Speedfax 2017

Load Centers & Circuit Breakers 

SPEEDFAX TM 

1Section 

PL Series 

Load Center 

Generator 

Ready 

Load Center 

PN Plug-On 

Neutral Load 

Center 

C o n t e n t s 

Load Centers 

Catalog Numbering System 1-2 

Plug-On Neutral Load Centers 1-3 

Electronic Breakers and Surge Protection 1-4 

PN Series 1-Phase Plug-On Neutral Load Centers 

Features 1-5 

1-phase, 3-wire, 120/240 Volts AC Main Breaker/Convertible 1-6 

1-phase, 3-wire, 120/240 Volts AC Main Lug/Convertible 1-7 

SN Series 1-Phase Plug-On Neutral Load Centers 

Features 1-8 

1-phase, 3-wire, 120/240 Volts AC Main Breaker 1-9 

1-phase, 3-wire, 120/240 Volts AC Main Lug 1-10 

1-phase, 3-wire, 120/240 Volts AC Specialty Main Lug and Breakers 1-11 

PL and ES Series 3-Phase Load Centers 

Features 1-12 

PL Series Main Lug and Main Breakers 1-13 

PL Series Unassembled Load Centers 1-14 

ES Series Main Lug and Main Breakers 1-15 

EQ ® Load Centers, 300-400 Amp 1-16 

Generator Ready Load Centers 1-17 

Riser Panel Load Centers 1-18 

EQ ® Load Centers, Small Circuit and Circuit Breaker Enclosures 1-19 – 1-20 

Renovation Interiors 1-21 

Load Center Accessories 1-22 – 1-25 

Knockout Diagrams 1-26 – 1-30 

Load Center Cross Reference 1-31 – 1-39 

Circuit Breakers 

Arc-Fault and Ground-Fault Breakers 1-40 

Type QP, 1" Breakers 1-41 

Duplex, Triplex and Quadplex Plug-In Breakers 1-42 

Special Application Breakers 1-43 

Type QD, 3/4" Breakers 1-44 

Main and Branch Circuit Breakers 1-45 

Circuit Breaker Dimension Drawings and Lug Data 1-46 – 1-47 

Circuit Breaker Accessories 1-48 – 1-49 

Surge Protection Products 1-50 – 1-52 

AC Disconnects, 1-Phase, NEMA 3R Rated 1-53 

1 

LOAD CENTERS & 

CIRCUIT BREAKERS 

Scan to connect 

online to the 

most up-todate 

version of 

this Section of 

SPEEDFAX. 

(Section was last modified on 03/31/20) 

Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX Product Catalog 1-1

Load Centers 

Revised on 03/31/20 

Catalog Numbering System 

1 




 

Type Enclosure or Component 

PN = Plug-On Neutral PN Series Indoor Type 1 

SN = Plug-On Neutral SN Series Indoor Type 1 

PNW = Plug-On Neutral PN Series Outdoor Type 3R 

SNW = Plug-On Neutral SN Series Outdoor Type 3R 

E = Indoor Type 1 2-10 and 30-42 circuits 300-400Amp 

G = Indoor Type 1 12-42 circuits 

W = Outdoor Type 3R 

I or PI = Interior 

R = Riser 

P = PL Series Indoor Type 1 12-70 circuits 

S = ES Series Indoor Type 1 12-70 circuits 

PW = PL Series Outdoor Type 3R 12-70 circuits 

SW = ES Series Outdoor Type 3R 12-70 circuits 

Spaces 

Maximum number of 1" breakers 

Circuits 

Maximum number of circuits 

Type of Main 

ML or L = Main Lug 

MB or B = Main Breaker 

System 

1 = 1-Phase, 3-Wire 

3 = 3-Phase, 3-Wire or 

3-Phase, 4-Wire 

Main Ampere Rating 

Ex:100 = 100 Amps 

Interior 

Blank 

A 

= Standard 

= Wireguide 

Trim/Others 

Blank = Combination 

S = Surface 

F = Flush 

T = Feed-Thru Lugs 

G or GB = Ground Bar Factory Installed 

Type of Bus Bar 

Blank 

C or CU 

P 

Trim Color 

Blank = Grey 

W = White 

= Aluminum 

= Copper 

= Aluminum Bus, Value Pack 

P 12 24 B 1 100 A S CU W 

Products Shown In Sections 1 of this Speedfax 

Meet or Exceed the Following Standards. 

n UL50 — Electric Cabinets and Boxes 

n UL67 — Electric Panelboards 

n UL486 — Wire Connectors 

n UL489 — Molded-Case Circuit Breakers 

n UL869 — Service Equipment 

n UL943 — Ground Fault interrupters 

(Class A — Personnel Protection) 

n Federal Specification W-P-115b — 

Panel Power Distribution 

n Federal Specification W-C-375B — 


n NEC 

n NEMA 250 

Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. 

Reference File Numbers: 

n Series Connected Circuit Breaker Information is 

recognized by UL under file #E10848(N) 

n Load Centers Listed by UL under file #E10703 

n Load Centers UL recognized components found 

under file #E10703, Volume 6 and 7. (Also 

referenced under the recognized components 

directory — section QEUY2) 

n EQ Circuit Breakers are Listed by UL under file 

#E82615 

1-2 

Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX Product Catalog

Plug-On Neutral Load Centers 


Overview 

Plug-On Neutral Load Centers 

You have come to know Siemens solutions for their durability, 

innovation, and safety attributes. This continues with the 

plug-on neutral load center with electronic breakers to provide 

a more secure connection resulting in a more confident 

installation. 

With an overall smaller electronic breaker footprint, the plugon 

neutral load center still gives you over 4” of wire bending 

space, which allows for a simpler, cleaner, and faster path to 

a finished project. 

1 



Simple 

n Quicker breaker installation 

n Wiring made easier with the neutral lug removed on CAFCI breakers 

n Same great features as PL and ES load centers 

Spacious 

n Small electronic breaker footprint 

n Design allows for neutral terminal accessibility 

n Over 4 inches of wire bending space 

Secure 

n Same reliable installation method 

n Neutral clip is the same as line side 

n Durable hook-rail 

A Siemens Advantage 

The plug-on neutral load center has the same great features of the 

PL and ES line, plus an integrated neutral bus. a 

Convertible 

Bonding Screw 

Visible Neutrals 

Insta-Wire 

Invertible 

Durable Hook-Rails 

Integrated 

Neutral Bus 

a PN panels are convertible and come with two ground 

bars. SN panels come with one ground bar. 


Electronic Breakers and Surge Protection 


Complete Offering 

1 



Electronic Breakers and Surge Protection 

The new plug-on neutral load center is compatible 

with existing surge solutions including the QSA 

breaker and FirstSurge stand-alone units. 

Additionally, there are four panels offered with a 

factory-installed FirstSurge unit. 

For more information on the Surge Protection 

product line, see Section 10 and Section 7 

Page 7-28 of the Speedfax at 

usa.siemens.com/speedfax. 

FirstSurge 

Surge Protection Device 

QSA Circuit Breaker and 

Surge Protection Device 

2-Pole 

Combination Type AFCI 

1-Pole 

GFCI 

1-Pole 


1-Pole 

Dual Function 

Plug-on neutral breaker offering: 

• 1 and 2-pole CAFCI 

• 1-pole Dual Function (CAFCI/GFCI) 

• 1-pole GFCI 

Features: 

• Load Lug(s) only on the CAFCI breakers 

• LED indicators for troubleshooting 

• Insta-Wire connectors 

Technical Data: 

• 10,000 AIC 

• 120V 

• UL Listed 

• HACR and SWD rated 

AFCI 

Dual 

Function 

GFCI (5mA) 

Breaker Type 

QAF2N 

Plug-on Neutral 

1-Pole 120V AC 

QAF2N 


2-Pole 120/240V AC 

QFGA2N 



QPF2N 



Ampere 

Rating 

10,000 A IR 

Catalog No. 

15 QA115AFCN 

20 QA120AFCN 

15 Q215AFCN 

20 Q220AFCN 

15 Q115DFN 

20 Q120DFN 

15 QF115AN 

20 QF120AN 

30 QF130AN 

Note: Both plug-on neutral and existing pigtail breakers are listed for use in plug-on 

neutral load centers. For information on the complete product line, go to page 25. 

1-4 




Features 

n Convertible 

n Invertible 

n Bonding Screw 

n Visible Neutrals 

All devices 

are provided 

with 2 factory 

installed 

ground bars. 

n Insta-Wire 

n Durable Hook-Rails 

n Integrated Neutral Bus 

n Extended Lifetime Warranty 

Invertible for bottom 

feed application. a 

All devices convertible 

from main lug to main 

breaker and vice versa. 

Mounting tabs 

on the trim 

hold it in place 

on the load 

center, freeing 

up both hands 

to drive the 

trim screws. 

1 



Combination 

head screw on 

the neutrals, 

ground, trim, 

upper pan, 

and bond 

screw provide 

installation 

flexibility. 

A rigid, sturdy 

base pan 

provides the 

ruggedness 

required 

for the 

most harsh 

applications. 

The prepositioned 

bond screw 

eliminates 

bond strap/ 

screw 

assemblies, 

and reduces 

the risk of 

losing components in the field. 

The patented 

INSTA-WIRE 

neutral/ground 

system allows 

for faster 

installation 

because 

screws are 

backed out, 

ready for wire insertion. The visible 

neutral and grounds system aids in 

the insertion of conductors. 

Copper Bus b 

All devices come with an 

integrated neutral bus. 

1-Phase PN Series Plug-On 

Neutral Load Centers ship with 

trims packaged separately. 

The outdoor enclosure has a 

slide hinge door for the easiest 

installation and can be removed 

by backing out only one screw. 

a Applies only to NEMA 1 PN and SN plug-on neutral load centers. 

b PN SKUs that have a C suffix have copper bus. 

Product Category RESI 




1-phase, 3-wire, 120/240 Volts AC Main Breaker/Convertible 

1 



Main Breaker/Convertible Load Centers 

100-225 Amperes 

Indoor Enclosure - NEMA Type 1 

Copper Bus 

60/75°C Rated 

Outdoor Enclosure - NEMA Type 3R 

Amp 

Rating 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits Catalog Number f 

Enclosure Height 

(inches) b Catalog Number 


(inches) c 

100 12 24 PN1224B1100C 18 PNW1224B1100C 21 

100 16 32 PN1632B1100C 21 PNW1632B1100C 23 

100 20 20 PN2020B1100C 21 PNW2020B1100C 27 

100 20 40 PN2040B1100C 21 — — 

100 24 24 PN2424B1100C 24 — — 

100 30 30 PN3030B1100C 26 — — 

100 30 48 — — PNW3048B1100C 29 

125 30 30 PN3030B1125C 26 — — 

125 30 48 — — PNW3048B1125C 29 

150 8 16 — — PNW0816B1150TC e 23 

150 20 40 PN2040B1150C 24 PNW2040B1150C 27 

150 30 30 PN3030B1150C 30 — — 

150 30 48 — — PNW3048B1150C 35 

200 8 16 — — PNW0816B1200TC e 23 

200 20 40 PN2040B1200C 26 PNW2040B1200C 27 

200 30 48 PN3048B1200 d 30 — — 

200 30 48 PN3048B1200C 30 PNW3048B1200C 35 

200 40 40 PN4040B1200 d 36 — — 

200 40 40 PN4040B1200C 36 PNW4040B1200C 38 

200 40 60 PN4060B1200 d 36 — — 

200 40 60 PN4060B1200C 36 — — 

200 54 82 PN5482B1200C 42 — — 

225 42 64 PN4264B1225C 39 PNW4264B1225C 38 

225 54 82 PN5482B1225C 43 — — 

a Factory installed 22KAIC main breaker. Suitable for use 

as service equipment. 

b Indoor enclosures are 14 1/4” wide by 3 7/8” deep. 

c Outdoor enclosures are 14 1/2” wide by 4 1/4” deep. 

d Includes all PN series features with aluminum bus. 

e Feed-thru lugs. 

f Available (made to order) in white by adding "W" to the 

end of the catalog number. 

1-6 

Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX Product Catalog 

Product Category RESI



1-phase, 3-wire, 120/240 Volts AC Main Lug/Convertible 

Main Lug/Convertible Load Centers c 



Copper Bus 



Amp Rating 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits Catalog Number f 


(inches) a Catalog Number 


(inches) b 

125 12 12 PN1212L1125C 18 PNW1212L1125C 21 

125 12 24 PN1224L1125C 18 PNW1224L1125C 21 

125 16 32 PN1632L1125C 21 PNW1632L1125C 23 

125 20 20 PN2020L1125C 21 — — 

125 20 40 PN2040L1125C 21 — — 

125 24 48 PN2448L1125C 24 — — 

125 30 48 PN3048L1125C 26 PNW3048L1125C 29 

125 40 40 PN4040L1125C 36 — — 

150 20 40 PN2040L1150C 24 PNW2040L1150C 27 

200 8 16 — — PNW0816L1200TC e 23 

200 12 24 PN1224L1200C 21 PNW1224L1200C 23 

200 20 40 PN2040L1200C 26 PNW2040L1200C 27 

200 24 48 PN2448L1200C 30 — — 

200 30 30 PN3030L1200C 30 — — 

200 30 48 PN3048L1200 d 30 — — 

200 30 48 PN3048L1200C 30 PNW3048L1200C 35 

200 40 40 PN4040L1200 d 36 — — 

200 40 40 PN4040L1200C 36 PNW4040L1200C 38 

200 40 60 PN4060L1200C 36 — — 

225 12 24 — — PNW1224L1225C 27 

225 42 64 PN4264L1225C 39 PNW4264L1225C 38 

225 54 82 PN5482L1225C 43 — — 

1 



a Indoor enclosures are 14 1/4” wide by 3 7/8” deep. 

b Outdoor enclosures are 14 1/2” wide by 4 1/4” deep. 

c 125A load centers will accept MBK100A and MBK125A. 

150A load centers will accept MBK150A. 200A load 

centers will accept MBK200A and MBK150A. 225A load 

centers will accept MBK225A, MBK200A, MBK150A. 

d Includes all PN series features with aluminum bus. 

e Feed-thru lugs. 


end of the catalog number. 





Features 

1 



n Invertible 

n Bonding Screw 

n Visible Neutrals 

n Insta-Wire 

SN Series 

Plug-On 

Neutral Load 

Centers 

come with 

one factory 

installed 

ground bar 

Combination 

head screw on 

the neutrals, 

ground, trim, 

upper pan, 

and bond 

screw provide 

installation 

flexibility. 

A rigid, sturdy 

base pan 

provides the 

ruggedness 

required 

for the 

most harsh 

applications. 

n Durable Hook-Rails 

n Integrated Neutral Bus 

n Extended 10-Year Warranty 

Invertible for bottom 

feed application. a 

All devices come with an 

integrated neutral bus 

Mounting tabs 

on the trim 

hold it in place 

on the load 

center, freeing 

up both hands 

to drive the 

trim screws. 

The prepositioned 

bond screw 

eliminates 

bond strap/ 

screw 

assemblies, 

and reduces 

the risk of 

losing components in the field. 

The patented 

INSTA-WIRE 

neutral/ground 

system allows 

for faster 

installation 

because 

screws are 

backed out, 

ready for wire insertion. The visible 

neutral and grounds system aids in 

the insertion of conductors. 

Aluminum 

Bus 

a Applies only to NEMA 1 PN and SN plug-on 

neutral load centers 

The outdoor enclosure has a 

slide hinge door for the easiest 

installation and can be removed 

by backing out only one screw. 

1-8 




1-phase, 3-wire, 120/240 Volts AC Main Breaker 

Main Breaker Load Centers a 



Aluminum Bus 



Amp 

Rating 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits Catalog Number e 


(inches) b Catalog Number 


(inches) c 

100 12 24 SN1224B1100 18 SNW1224B1100 21 

100 16 32 SN1632B1100 21 SNW1632B1100 23 

100 20 20 SN2020B1100 21 SNW2020B1100 27 

100 20 40 SN2040B1100 21 — — 

100 24 48 SN2448B1100 24 — — 

100 30 30 SN3030B1100 26 — — 

100 30 48 SN3048B1100 26 — — 

125 12 24 — — SNW1224B1125 21 

125 16 32 SN1632B1125 21 — — 

125 20 40 — — SNW2040B1125 27 

125 24 24 SN2424B1125 24 SNW2424B1125 27 

125 30 30 SN3030B1125 26 — — 

125 30 48 SN3048B1125 26 SNW3048B1125 29 

150 16 32 SN1632B1150 24 — — 

150 20 40 SN2040B1150 24 SNW2040B1150 27 

150 24 48 SN2448B1150 26 — — 

150 30 30 SN3030B1150 30 — — 

150 30 48 SN3048B1150 30 SNW3048B1150 35 

200 40 40 — — SNW4040B1150 38 

200 8 16 — — SNW0816B1200T d 23 

200 12 24 — — SNW1224B1200 23 

200 16 32 SN1632B1200 24 — — 

200 20 40 SN2040B1200 26 SNW2040B1200 27 

200 24 48 SN2448B1200 30 — — 

200 30 48 SN3048B1200 30 SNW3048B1200 35 

200 40 40 SN4040B1200 36 SNW4040B1200 38 

200 40 60 SN4060B1200 36 — — 

200 42 64 SN4264B1200 39 — — 

200 54 82 SN5482B1200 42 — — 

225 42 64 SN4264B1225 39 SNW4264B1225 38 

225 54 82 SN5482B1225 43 — — 

1 







d Feed-thru lugs. 

e Available (made to order) in white by adding “W” to 

the end of the catalog number. 





1-phase, 3-wire, 120/240 Volts AC Main Lug 

1 



Main Lug Load Centers 



Aluminum Bus 



Amp 

Rating 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits Catalog Number d 


(inches) a Catalog Number 


(inches) b 

125 12 12 SN1212L1125 18 SNW1212L1125 21 

125 12 24 SN1224L1125 18 SNW1224L1125 21 

125 16 32 SN1632L1125 21 SNW1632L1125 21 

125 20 20 SN2020L1125 21 — — 

125 20 40 SN2040L1125 21 SNW2040L1125 23 

125 24 24 SN2424L1125 24 SNW2424L1125 27 

125 24 48 SN2448L1125 24 — — 

125 30 48 SN3048L1125 26 SNW3048L1125 29 

125 40 40 SN4040L1125 30 — — 

150 16 32 SN1632L1150 21 — — 

150 20 40 SN2040L1150 24 SNW2040L1150 27 

150 24 48 SN2448L1150 26 — — 

200 8 16 — — SNW0816L1200T c 23 

200 12 24 SN1224L1200 21 SNW1224L1200 21 

200 20 40 SN2040L1200 26 SNW2040L1200 27 

200 24 48 SN2448L1200 26 — — 

200 30 30 SN3030L1200 30 — — 

200 30 48 SN3048L1200 30 SNW3048L1200 29 

200 40 40 SN4040L1200 36 SNW4040L1200 35 

225 12 24 — — SNW1224L1225 21 

225 40 60 SN4060L1225 36 — — 

225 42 64 SN4264L1225 36 SNW4264L1225 38 

225 54 82 SN5482L1225 42 — — 

a Indoor enclosures are 14 1/4” wide by 3 7/8” deep. 

b Outdoor enclosures are 14 1/2” wide by 4 1/4” deep. 

c Feed-thru lugs. 

d Available (made to order) in white by adding “W” to 

the end of the catalog number. 

1-10 


Specialty Main Lug and Main Breaker Plug-On Neutral Load Centers 

1-phase, 3-wire, 120/240 Volts AC 


Factory Installed FirstSurge Load Centers aef 

Amp 

Rating 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 

Indoor Enclosure – NEMA Type 1 

Enclosure Height b 

Catalog Number 

(inches) 

200 30 48 PN3048B1200S14 36 140kA 

200 40 60 PN4060B1200S14 42 140kA 

200 30 48 SN3048B1200S06 36 60kA 

Surge Protection 

1 



200 40 60 SN4060B1200S06 42 60kA 

500 Kcmil Lug Load Center af 

Amp No. of No. of 



Rating Spaces Circuits Catalog Number 

(inches) 

200 30 48 SN3048L1200L50 36 

Selectable Main Load Centers df 

Amp 

Rating 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 




(inches) 

Outdoor Enclosure – NEMA Type 3R 


125 24 24 SN2424C1125 24 SNW2424C1125 27 

200 20 40 SN2040C1200 26 SNW2040C1200 27 

200 30 48 SN3048C1200 30 SNW3048C1200 35 

200 40 40 SN4040C1200 36 SNW4040C1200 38 

Enclosure Height c 

(inches) 





d Selectable main load centers do not come with main 

lugs or main breakers. Those kits are sold separately. 

e PN has Copper bus 

f SN has Aluminum Bus 


PL and ES Series 3-Phase Load Centers 


Features 

1 



PL Series: 

n Convertible 

n Invertible 

n Flush or Surface Mount Combination Cover 

n Insta-wire neutrals & grounds 

n Ground bars included 

n Copper busbars 

n Dual neutrals on all configurations 

n Carton-in-carton packaging 

n Lifetime warranty 

ES Series: 

n Invertible 

n Flush or Surface Mount Combination Cover 

n Insta-wire neutrals & grounds 

n Aluminum busbars 

n Single sided neutral on 24 circuits 

and below 

n Single piece carton packaging 

n 10 year warranty 

PL Series 3-phase 

ES Series 3-phase 

1-12 



PL Series 3-Phase Main Lug & Main Breaker Load Centers 

3-phase, 3-wire, 240 Volt AC or 3-phase, 4-wire, 120/240 or 120/208 Volts AC 


Main Breaker/Convertible Load Centers 

30-70 Circuits / 100-225 Amperes 

Copper Bus g 

60/75°C Rated 22,000A IR a 

Branch Circuits Indoor Enclosure – NEMA Type 1 Outdoor Enclosure – NEMA Type 3R 

Amp 

Rating 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits Catalog Number 


(inches) c Catalog Number 

100 12 24 P1224B3100CU b 24 — — 

100 30 42 P3042B3100CU b 30 — — 

125 30 30 P3030B3125CU 39 — — 

150 24 42 P2442B3150CU 36 — — 

150 42 42 P4242B3150CU 42 — — 

200 30 54 P3054B3200CU 39 PW3054B3200CU 38 

200 42 60 P4260B3200CU i 42 PW4260B3200CU 42 

225 42 60 P4260B3225CU 42 — — 

225 42 60 P4260B3225TCU e 49 — — 

225 54 70 P5470B3225CU 49 — — 


(inches) d 

1 



Main Lug/Convertible Load Centers 


Copper Bus g 

60/75° Rated 100,000A IR h 


Amp 

Rating 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 




125 12 24 P1224L3125CU f 21 PW1224L3125CU f 21 

200 24 42 P2442L3200CU 36 PW2442L3200CU 35 

200 30 54 P3054L3200CU 39 PW3054L3200CU 38 

225 42 60 P4260L3225CU 42 PW4260L3225CU 42 

225 54 70 P5470L3225CU 49 — — 


(inches) d 

a May be installed on higher rated systems when protected 

by a circuit breaker with a higher AIR rating. 

b Back fed main breaker. 

c Indoor enclosures are 14 1/4" wide by 3 7/8" deep. 

d Outdoor enclosures are 14 1/2" wide by 4 1/4" deep. 

e Includes factory installed feed through lugs and is also nonconvertible. 

f Non-convertible to main breaker. 

g All load centers are provided with tin plated copper bus bars. 

h Rated 100,000A IR in series with breakers listed on 

wiring diagram. 

i Available (made to order) in white by adding "W" to the end 

of the part number 


PL Series 3-Phase Unassembled Load Centers 


3-phase, 3-wire, 240 Volt AC or 3-phase, 4-wire, 120/240 or 120/208 Volts AC 



1 

Main Breaker Convertible Unassembled Load Centers 


Interiors Enclosure Trim Kit 

Amp 

Rating 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 

Interior 



(inches) c 

Enclosure 


Copper Bus e 

60/75°C Rated 22,000A IR a 

No. Breaker 

Spaces 

Trim 

Catalog Number d 

100 30 42 PI3042B3100CU b 30 3PE30 30 PT3042B3100 

150 24 42 PI2442B3150CU 36 3PE36 24 PT2442X3150 

200 30 54 PI3054B3200CU 39 3PE39 30 PT3054X3200 

200 42 60 PI4260B3200CU 42 3PE42 42 PT4260X3200 

225 54 70 PI5470B3225CU 49 3PE49 54 PT5470X3225 

Main Lug Convertible Unassembled Load Centers 

Copper Bus e 


60/75° Rated 100,000A IR f 

Interiors Enclosure Trim Kit 

Amp 

Rating 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 

Interior 



(inches) c 

Enclosure 


No. Breaker 

Spaces 

Trim 


125 12 24 PI1224L3125CU 21 3PE21 12 PT1224L3125 

200 24 42 PI2442L3200CU 36 3PE36 24 PT2442X3200 

200 30 54 PI3054L3200CU 39 3PE39 30 PT3054X3200 

225 42 60 PI4260L3225CU 42 3PE42 42 PT4260X3225 

225 54 70 PI5470L3225CU 49 3PE49 54 PT5470X3225 

a May be installed on higher rated systems when 

protected by a circuit breaker with a higher AIR rating. 



d Trim catalog numbers with a “B” indicate for use with 

main breaker and is not convertible. “L” indicates for 

use with main lug and is not convertible. “X” indicates 

can be used with convertible interior. 

e All load center interiors are provided with tin plated 

copper bus bars. 

f Rated 100,000A IR in series with breakers listed on 


1-14 



ES Series 3-Phase Main Lug & Main Breaker Load Centers 

3-Phase, 3-Wire, 240 Volt AC or 3-Phase, 4-Wire, 120/240 or 120/208 Volts AC 


Main Breaker 


Aluminum Bus 

60/75°C Rated 10,000A IR a 


Amp 

Rating 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 




100 12 24 S1224B3100 b 24 SW1224B3100 23 

100 30 30 S3030B3100 b 30 — — 

100 30 42 S3042B3100 b 30 — — 

125 30 42 S3042B3125 35 — — 

150 24 42 S2442B3150 36 SW2442B3150 35 

150 42 42 S4242B3150 42 — — 

150 30 54 S3054B3150 35 — — 

200 30 54 S3054B3200 39 SW3054B3200 38 

200 42 60 S4260B3200 42 SW4260B3200 42 

225 42 42 S4242B3225 42 SW4242B3225 42 


(inches) d 

1 



Main Lug 


Aluminum Bus 

60/75° Rated 100,000A IR e 


Amp 

Rating 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 



(inches) c 


125 12 24 S1224L3125 21 SW1224L3125 21 

150 18 36 S1836L3150 24 SW1836L3150 23 

150 24 42 S2442L3150 30 SW2442L3150 27 

200 12 24 S1224L3200 21 SW1224L3200 21 

200 24 42 S2442L3200 30 SW2442L3200 27 

200 30 54 S3054L3200 f 30 SW3054L3200 35 

225 42 60 S4260L3225 f 36 SW4260L3225 38 

225 54 70 S5470L3225 f 42 — — 


(inches) d 

a May be installed on higher rated systems when 

protected by a circuit breaker with a higher AIR rating. 



d Outdoor enclosures are 14 1/2" wide by 4 1/4" deep. 

e Rated 100,000A IR in series with breakers listed on 



end of the part number. 


EQ ® Load Centers—300-400 Amp 


1-Phase, 3-Wire/3-Phase, 3-Wire, 4-Wire 

1 



Features 

n UL listed for 60/75°C conductors. 

See equipment markings for applications. 

n Copper bus standard. 

n Factory installed lock on indoor enclosures. 

n Main breaker units have a factory installed 

JXD2 type breaker. 

E3030MB1400SCU 

Main Breaker 300-400 Ampere b 

1Ø, 3-Wire 

120/240 Volts AC 

65,000A IR 


Amp 

Rating 

300 

400 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 


Enclosure 

Height a Trim Style Catalog Number 

Enclosure 

Height a 

42 42 E4242MB1300FCU 58 Flush — — 

42 42 E4242MB1300SCU 58 Surface — — 

30 30 — 47 Surface — — 

30 30 E3030MB1400SCU 52 Surface W3030MB1400CU 52 

42 42 E4242MB1400FCU 58 Flush — — 


240 Volts AC 

3Ø, 3-Wire, 4-Wire 

65,000A IR 


Amp Rating No. of Spaces No. of Circuits Catalog Number 

Enclosure 


Enclosure 

Height a 

300 42 42 E4242MB3300SCU 58 Surface — — 

30 30 E3030MB3400SCU 52 Surface — — 

400 

42 42 E4242MB3400FCU 58 Flush — — 


Main Lug 400 Ampere 

120/240 Volts AC 

1Ø, 3-Wire 

65,000A IR 



Enclosure 


Enclosure 

Height a 

12 6 — — — W0606ML1400CU cd 43 

400 

30 30 E3030ML1400SCU 41 Surface W3030ML1400CU 43 

42 42 E4242ML1400FCU 47 Flush — — 


240 Volts AC 

3Ø, 3-Wire, 4-Wire 

22,000A IR 

Branch Circuits Indoor Enclosure - NEMA Type 1 Outdoor Enclosure - NEMA Type 3R 


Enclosure 


Enclosure 

Height a 

30 30 E3030ML3400SCU 41 Surface — — 

400 

42 42 E4242ML3400FCU 47 Flush — — 


a Indoor and outdoor enclosures are 20" wide by 6" deep. 

b UL listed as suitable for use as service equipment. 

c Accepts up to six QN style breakers 

d 22,000A IR 

1-16 



Generator Ready Load Centers 


1-Phase, 3-Wire SN, 120/240 Volts AC 

Generator Ready Load Centers 

The Siemens generator ready load center can save thousands 

of dollars in future generator installation expenses while 

keeping initial expenses to a minimum. Works with an 

automatic standby generator or a portable generator. 

Load center features: 

n UL Listed 

n Indoor Type 1 and outdoor Type 3R 

n 225A max rated 

n Flush or surface mounting 

n Fits between standard stud centers 

n Tin plated copper bus bars 

n 22 kAIC rated 

n 120/240V ~ 

n Main lug – convertible to main breaker with addition of 

MBK150A, MBK200A, or MBK225A 

n Installation of transfer mechanism can be performed at time 

of generator installation 

NEMA 1 

1 



Automatic transfer switch features: 

n UL Listed 

n Operates automatically when connected to generator 

n Transfers load from utility to generator and back to utility 

n Transfer switch (sold separately) catalog number: 

GENTFRSWTCH ac 


Amp 

Rating 

No. of 

Spaces b 

No. of 

Circuits b Catalog Number Main 

Enclosure 

Height d 

200 30 42 G3042B1200GEN Main Breaker 42 

225 30 42 G3042L1225GEN Main Lug 42 

200 42 54 G4254B1200GEN Main Breaker 44 

225 42 54 G4254L1225GEN Main Lug 44 

Outdoor Enclosure – NEMA Type 3R 

Amp 

Rating 

No. of 

Spaces b 

No. of 

Circuits b Catalog Number Main 

200 30 42 W3042B1200GEN Main Breaker 42 

225 30 42 W3042L1225GEN Main Lug 42 

Enclosure 

Height e 

GENTFRSWTCH 

a Q2125S provided with GENTFRSWTCH for use with 

automatic transfer mechanism. 

b 2 spaces and 2 circuits are reserved for standby 

generator installation. 

c Field install breaker for voltage sensing required. 

d Indoor enclosures are 14 1/4" wide by 3 7/8" deep. 

e Outdoor enclosures are 14 1/2" wide by 4 1/4" deep. 

NEMA 3R 


Riser Panel Load Centers 



1 



Riser Panel Load Centers a 

Riser panel load centers are ideal for high rise applications. 

The shifted interior provides room for conductors to pass 

through the load center. The tap kits allow the installer to tap 

off from those conductors to power the panel. 

Features 

n UL Listed for use in 1Ø and 3Ø riser gutter applications. 

n Copper bus standard. 

n Main lug factory standard - convertible to main breaker. 

n Neutrals aligned on left side- keeps way clear for riser 

cables. 

n Available in 125 and 200 amp models. 

n Invertible for left and right hand applications. 

ECRLK250 

Riser Gutter Tap Kit b 

The riser gutter tap kit (ECRLK250) allows the installer to 

tap off the main conductors, eliminating the need to cut 

completely through the conductor. The tap kit accepts 250 

-1/0 on the main conductor side and 250-#6 on the tap side. 

R1632L1125CU 

Riser Gutter 

The riser gutter (RAG24) is used to convert any load center 

24” or larger into a riser panel. 

Features 

n Single and 3-phase applications 

n Compatible with any single or 3-phase Siemens load center 

24" or higher 

n Flush trim included 

n Load center mounting hardware and pass through brush 

included (Catalog no. RAG24) 

Any Load Center 

24" or larger 

RAG24 

1-phase, 3-wire SN, 120/240 Volts AC 


Dimensions (inches) 

Amp 

Rating 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits Aluminum Bus 

Aluminum Bus 

White Coating Copper Bus 

Copper Bus 

White Coating Height Width Depth 

Acceptable Main 

Breaker Kits 

125 16 32 R1632L1125 R1632L1125W R1632L1125CU — 24 14.25 3.88 MBK100A,MBK125A 

125 24 24 R2424L1125 R2424L1125W R2424L1125CU — 30 14.25 3.88 MBK100A, MBK125A 

125 24 42 R2442L1125 R2442L1125W R2442L1125CU R2442L1125CUW 30 14.25 3.88 MBK100A, MBK125A 

200 30 42 R3042L1200 R3042L1200W R3042L1200CU R3042L1200CUW 36 14.25 3.88 MBK150A, MBK200A 

a The riser panels are single phase only, but can be fed 

from 1-phase or 3-phase systems running through the 

gutter trough area. 

b ECRLK250 is sold separately. 

1-18 


EQ ® Load Centers, Small Circuit and Circuit Breaker Enclosures 



Features/Applications 

n Indoor and Outdoor Applications 

n UL Listed 

n 2 to 12 Space Options 

n SPA panels offer a 50A or 60A 

factory installed GFCI breaker 

n Service Entrance or Subfeed 

Applications 

1 



Small Circuit Load 

Centers 

Ideal for subfeed 

applications 

Renovation Panel 

Ideal for older home renovation 

projects where the distance 

between the studs is narrower 

than current construction 

practices. The narrower panel 

eliminates the need to ‘notch’ 

out the existing studs. 

Spa Panels 

Spa Panels are ideal for outdoor 

applications requiring the use 

of ground fault protection, such 

as hot tubs. A factory installed 

2-Pole GFCI breaker is provided, 

along with 2 extra circuits. 


Max Short 


Circuit Bus 

Phase Lug 


Rating Spaces Circuits Catalog Number Rating Material Mounting Wire Size 

Ground Bar H W D 

100 

10 20 E1020MB1100FCGP abc 22,000 Copper Flush 

14.6 12.3 3.7 

CU or AL 

ECGB10 Installed 

E1224ML1100FG de 100,000 Aluminum Flush 14.6 12.3 3.7 

12 24 

#4 - 2/0 AWG 

E1224ML1100FCU de 100,000 Copper Flush Use ECGB kits 14.6 12.3 3.7 

4 8 

E0408ML1125F fghij 100,000 Aluminum Flush j AL #12 - 2/0 AWG or 

12.8 6.5 3.3 

E0408ML1125S fghij 100,000 Aluminum Surface j CU #14 - 2/0 AWG 

Use ECGB or 12.8 6.5 3.3 

E0816ML1125F gi 100,000 Aluminum Flush 

ECLX kits 

14.6 12.3 3.7 

E0816ML1125S gi 100,000 Aluminum Surface 14.6 12.3 3.7 

125 

E0816ML1125FGB g ECGB10 or 

100,000 Aluminum Flush CU or AL 

14.6 12.3 3.7 

8 16 

ECLX071M Installed 

#4 - 2/0 AWG 

— 100,000 Aluminum Surface ECLX071M Installed 14.6 12.3 3.7 

E0816ML1125FCU g 100,000 Copper Flush 

14.6 12.3 3.7 

Use ECGB kits 

E0816ML1125SCU g 100,000 Copper Surface 14.6 12.3 3.7 


Max Short 


Circuit Bus Hub 

Phase Lug 


Rating Spaces Circuits Catalog Number Rating Material Provision Wire Size 

Ground Bar H W D 

100 2 4 W0204MB1100 cg 100,000 Aluminum 1.25” HS Hub 

Use ECGB or 12.1 6.2 4.4 

W0408ML1125 fhil 100,000 Aluminum 

AL #12 - 2/0 AWG or 

ECLX kits 

12.1 6.2 4.4 

4 8 W0408L1125SPA50 lm 100,000 Aluminum 

CU #14 - 2/0 AWG 

12.1 6.2 4.4 

ECGB5 Installed 

125 

W0408L1125SPA60 lm 100,000 Aluminum 12.1 6.2 4.4 

HS Cover 

8 16 W0816ML1125CU gi 100,000 Copper Plate 

Use ECGB or 

14.7 12.1 4.1 

ECLX kits 

150 4 4 W0404MB1150CTS cn 22,000 Copper 

20.0 11.1 4.7 

— 100,000 Aluminum CU or AL 

20.0 11.1 4.7 

8 

— 100,000 Aluminum #4 - 2/0 AWG 

20.0 11.1 4.7 

2” HS Hub ECLX384M Installed 

200 4 

W0404MB1200CT kn 22,000 Copper 20.0 11.1 4.7 

4 

W0404MB1200CTS kn HS Cover 

22,000 Copper 

Plate 

20.0 11.1 4.7 

a Suitable for use as service equipment when a main 

breaker (100A maximum) is used with retainer clip 

(Cat. No. ECMBR1). 

b Two Q115 and one Q130 included 

c 22KAIC Main Breaker factory installed 

d 70 amp maximum breaker. 

e Suitable for use as service entrace equipment when a 

main breaker (70A maximum) is used with reatiner clip 

(Cat. No. ECMBR1). 

f Will not accommodate a 2-pole circuit breaker with 

shunt trip. 

g Suitable for use as service equipment when not more 

than six main disconnecting means are provided. 

Check local codes and restrictions. 

h Packaged in quantities of 5. 

i CSA Listed 

j No Door 

k 10KAIC Main Breaker factory installed 

l l2-pole 60A GFCI, a restriction of #6 wire applies due 

to wire bend space of the enclosure. 

m Suffix SPA50 indicates a factory installed 50A 2-pole 

GFCI and suffix SPA60 indicates a factory installed 

60A 2-pole GFCI. 

n Suitable only for use as service equipment. 



EQ ® Load Centers, Small Circuit and Circuit Breaker Enclosures 

1-Phase and 3-Phase, 240V AC Max. 




1 

Features 

n Circuit breaker enclosures range from 

60A to 250A, indoor and outdoor models 

n UL listed 

n Suitable for use as service entrance 

equipment 

n UL listed for 60/75°C Conductors (See 

equipment markings for applications) 

n Outdoor type 3R devices use HS type 

hubs except for the W0204ML1060 

which uses HA type hubs 

W0202MB1200CU 

E0303ML3100CU 

Amp 

Rating 

No. of 

Poles 



Breaker 

Used a 

Max 

Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

1-Phase, 3-Wire SN - 120/240 Volts AC - Breaker Factory Installed 


Dimensions 

Max 

Dimensions 

(inches) 

Short (inches) 

Std. 

Breaker Circuit Std. 

Pkg. H W D Catalog Number Used a Rating Pkg. H W D 

100 2 E0202MB1100 Q2100 22,000 1 17.3 7.3 4.3 W0202MB1100CU Q2100 22,000 1 17.2 7.3 4.3 

150 2 — — — — — — — W0202MB1150CU QN2150H 

200 2 E0202MB1200 QN2200 22,000 1 20 8.7 4 W0202MB1200CU QN2200H 

65,000 1 19.8 8.7 5 

150 2 — — — — — — — WB2150BQR QR22B150L 

200 2 — — — — — — — WB2200BQR QR22B200L 10,000 1 26.9 7.1 4.4 

225 2 — — — — — — — WB2225BQR QR22B225L 

1-Phase, 3-Wire SN - 120/240 Volts AC - Enclosure Only 

E0204ML1060S 

60 2 

bd QP, QPH, or HQP 100,000 f 5 9.9 5.2 2.7 W0204ML1060bd QP, QPH, or HQP 100,000 f 5 8.1 5.5 3.5 

E0204ML1060F bd — — 

E0204ML1125SCU 

125 2 

c W0204ML1125CU 

QP or QPH 22,000 1 17.3 7.3 4.3 

c QP or QPH 

22,000 1 17.2 7.3 4.3 

E0204ML1125FCU c — — 

QN, QNH, or 

200 2 — — — — — — — W0202ML1200CU 65,000 1 19.8 8.7 5 

HQN 

1-4 — — — — — — — W0406ML1225CU QPP or QP 10,000 1 23.2 10.4 4.5 

225 

QR2, QRH2, or 

2 — — — — — — — QR2N3R2 

65,000 1 26.9 7.1 4.4 

HQR2 

QR2N1S 

QR2, QRH2, 

250 2 

HQR2, or HQR2H 100,000 1 31.4 9.6 5.6 — — — — — — — 

QR2N1F — — — — — — — 

3-Phase, 3-Wire 240 Volts AC or 3-Phase, 4-Wire SN — 120/208 Volts AC, 120/240, 240 Volts AC - Enclosure Only 

100 2-3 

250 2-3 

E0303ML3100S e QP or QPH 

W0303ML3100 

22,000 1 17.3 7.3 4.3 

e QP or QPH 

22,000 1 17.2 7.3 4.3 

EB3100S e BQ or BQH WB3100 e BQ or BQH 

QR2N1S 

QR2, QRH2, 

QR2, QRH2, 

QR2N3R3 

100,000 1 31.4 9.6 5.6 

HQR2, or 100,000 1 31.4 9.6 5.6 

HQR2, or HQR2H 

QR2N1F HQR2H 

— — — — — — — 

a Additional breaker types may be listed on the wiring 

diagram. 

b Will not accommodate 2-pole GFCI or Circuit breaker 

with shunt trip. 

c Can accommodate 2-pole GFCI breaker up to 60A. 

d CSA Listed 

e Will not accommodate circuit breaker with shunt trip. 

f Series rating 

1-20 



Renovation Interiors 


1 Phase, 3 WIRE, 120/240V 

Features 

n For use in home renovations 

with existing load centers a 

n Suitable for use in indoor 

Type 1 Enclosure 

n Interior, Flush Cover, and 

Hardware included 

n Adjustable depth 

n Incoming lugs: 2/0 - #4 AWG 

n UL listed 

1 




Min. Enclosure Size (inches) Max. Enclosure Size (inches) Cover Dimensions (inches) 

Rating Spaces Circuits Catalog Numbers L W D b L W D b L W 

100 8 16 RE0816ML1100J 13.00 10.50 3.75 19.00 14.25 6.00 22.00 18.00 

100 8 16 RE0816ML1100K 20.00 10.50 3.75 26.00 14.25 6.00 29.00 18.00 

125 12 24 RE1224ML1125J 17.00 12.25 3.75 21.00 14.25 6.00 23.00 18.00 

125 12 24 RE1224ML1125K 22.00 12.25 3.75 26.00 14.25 6.00 29.00 18.00 

a Existing enclosure must mearsure within listed 

dimensions for the use of the kit. 

b Depth of enclosure is measured from finished wall 

surface. 


Load Center Accessories 


Ground bar kits, hubs, lugs, and conversion kits 

1 



Catalog 

Number 

Description 

Pack 

Qty 

Ground Bar Kits 

EC1GB8 GROUND BAR KIT-8 POS 1 

EC1GB82 GROUND BAR KIT-8 POS, 2/0 LUG 1 












EC3GB352G GROUND BAR KIT-35 POS, 2/0 LUG b 1 

Ground Bar Kits (For Legacy Load Centers) 

ECGB5 GROUND BAR KIT-5 POS 1 


ECGB101 GROUND BAR KIT-10 POS, 1/0 LUG 1 







ECINSGB5 INSULATED GROUND BAR KIT-5 POS 1 



Hubs 

ECHA000 

CLOSURE PLATE 1 

ECHA075 HUB - 3/4” 1 

ECHA100 

HA Type 

W0204ML1060 

HUB - 1” 1 

ECHA125 HUB - 1 1/4” 1 

ECHA150 HUB - 1 1/2” 1 

ECHS000 


ECHS075 HUB - 3/4” 1 

ECHS100 HS Type HUB - 1” 1 

ECHS125 

PL & ES and 

Small Circuit 

HUB - 1 1/4” 1 

ECHS150 Loadcenters HUB - 1 1/2” 1 

ECHS200 HUB - 2” 1 

ECHS250 HUB - 2 1/2” 1 

ECHV000 


ECHV200 HUB - 2” 1 

ECHV250 HV Type HUB - 2.5” 1 

300-400A 

ECHV300 Loadcenters HUB 3” 1 

ECHV350 HUB - 3.5” 1 

ECHV400 HUB - 4” 1 

Lock Kits 

ECQFL2 

ECQFL1 

ECQFL3 

FLUSH LOCK KIT FOR ULT., PL, ES, 3PH 

100A-225A 

FLUSH LOCK KIT-REPLACEMENT FOR 

EQ LC 

ADD-A-LOCK (FLUSH LOCK ) 

FOR 300-400A LC 

1 

1 

1 

Catalog 

Number 

Description 

Pack 

Qty 

Load Center Conversion Kits cd 

MBK100A MAIN BREAKER KIT 100A 1PH 22K 1 





MBK3100 MAIN BREAKER KIT 100A 3PH QP 240V 10K 1 

MBK3125R MAIN BREAKER KIT 125A 3PH 240V 10K, QR 1 





MBK3125HR MAIN BREAKER KIT 125A 3PH 240V 22K, QR 1 





MBK3125HHR MAIN BREAKER KIT 125A 3PH 240V 65K, QR 1 





HMBK3125HR MAIN BREAKER KIT 125A 3PH 240V 100K, QR 1 





ECMLK125 1 PH MAIN LUG CONVERSION KIT 100-125A 1 




Lug Kits 

ECCS1 COLLAR STRAP FOR GRD BARS #14-1/0 1 

ECCS2 COLLAR STRAP FOR GRD BARS #6-250 1 

ECLKB1 NEUTRAL LUG KIT WITH BOND TAB 1 

ECLK3 NEUTRAL LUG KIT #1-300 1 

ECLK1-2 NEUTRAL LUG KIT #2 TO 1/0 1 

ECLK2N NEUTRAL LUG KIT #4-2/0 1 

ECLK3N NEUTRAL LUG KIT #1-300 1 

ECLK2 NEUTRAL LUG KIT #4-2/0 1 

ECLK2SC 2/0 LUG FOR 125AMP NEUTRAL FEEDER 1 

ECLK2125 125A SUB FEED LUGS-USES 2 SPACES 1 

ECLK2225 150A-225A SUB FEED LUGS-USES 4 SPACES 1 

ECLK3225 3P SUB FEED LUGS-USES 6 SPACES 1 

ECRLK250 RISER LUG KIT 250 KCMIL 3 

Miscellaneous Load Center Accessories 

ECCP1 PKG OF 100 CIRCUIT DIRECTORY 100 

ECQF3 QP/BQ/ED2 FILLER PLATE 5 

ECMBF125 1 PH 100&125A MAIN BREAKER FILLER PLATE 1 

EC3PMFP1 3 POLE MAIN FILLER PLATE, QJ 1 

EC3PMFPR 3 POLE MAIN FILLER PLATE, QR 1 

ECSMK1 SURFACE MOUNT 1/4" SPACE KIT FOR LC'S 4 

ECTS2 LC TRIM SCREWS 6 

ECTS2W LC TRIM SCREWS WHITE 6 

ECLCHINGE GREY LC HINGES 100 

ECADHLCDIRLBL ADHESIVE LC DIRECTORY LABELS 100 

ECSIELATCH SIEMENS LC LATCHES 25 

ECBONDSCRW LC BOND SCREW 10 

ECSN1 SCREWS & NUTS FOR HC HUB-BOTTOM USE 4 

RAG24 RISER AUX GUTTER 24" 1 

ECAFL ARC FLASH LABEL 10 

a The pack quantity is the number that is sold in a pack. Items listed on this page 

must be ordered in multiples of pack quantities but items are priced per each. 

For example, ECRLK250 come 3 to a pack so must be ordered in multiples of 3 

but pricing would be individual unit price times 3. 

b Bar has green-colored screws. 

c QR Main Breaker Kits include a QR filler plate. 

d Main Breaker Kits include line terminal barriers. 

1-22 



Load Centers Accessories 


Miscellaneous Load Center Accessories 

1 



Lug Kit, 3-Pole, Subfeed or 

Feed thru Applications 

ECLK3225 

2 PH Main Lug Conversion Kit 

150A-225A 

ECMLK225 

Main Breaker Kit 

200A - 225A, 1PH 22K 

MBK200A 

3-Pole Main Breaker Kit 

MBK3200 

Main Breaker Retainer Kit for EQ 

Load Centers 

ECMBR1 

Main Breaker Retainer kit for PN, SN, PL, ES, & 

Ultimate Load Centers 

ECMBR2 

Ground Bar Kit 

20 POS. 2/0 Lug 

ECGB202 

Ground Bar Kit, ECGB14 

Neutral Lug Kit, ECLK1-2 

wire range — #2-1 AWG 

Cu or Al 

Neutral Lug Kit, ECLK3 

wire range — #1-300 MCM 

Neutral Lug Kit, ECLK2 

wire range — #4-#2/0 AWG 

Cu or Al 

For use on Ground Bar only 

Collar Strap, Wire Range; 

ECCS1; ECCS2 

Add-A-Lock 

(Flush Lock) ECQFL1 

For EQ load centers 

Filler Plate, ECQF3 

Add-A-Lock 

(Flush Locak), ECQFL2 

PN, SN, PL, ES, Ultimate Load 

Centers and EQ III up to 225A 

Add-A-Lock 

(Flush Lock), ECQFL3 

300-400A Load Centers 




Load Center and Meter Combos Accessories 

1 



Load centers and meter combos 

Touchsafe barriers are required for any single main service 

entrance application for a panel covered under UL 67. Line 

Terminal Barriers will be included in Main Breaker Load 

Centers and Single Main Meter Combos manufactured after 

January 1, 2017. 

Single phase and 3-phase main breaker kits will include a 

barrier. Field installable kits are being created for replacements 

if needed and line terminal barriers are being added to hold 

down kits that can be used in back-fed applications. The 

barriers are designed to have minimal interference during 

load center installation, and can be removed and reattached 

as necessary. 

Catalog number 

Description 

ECLTB1 

For EQ Main Breakers/MBK kits 100A-125A 

ECLTB2 

For EQ Main Breakers/MBK kits 150A-225A 

ECLTB3 

For QN / QNR type breakers 

ECLTB4 

For QR 3 phase breakers 

ECMBR1 a 

For 2 Pole QP / MP-T type breakers for EQIII (extruded basepan) 

and Line 5 

ECMBR2 a 

For 2 Pole QP / MP-T type breakers to be used with PN, SN, ES, PL, 

Ultimate, and legacy Murray or Rock Solid load centers 

ECMBR3 

For 3 Pole QP / MP-T type breakers to be used with PL, 

ES 3 phase load centers 

ECLX387HD 

For 2 Pole MP-T type breakers in legacy Murray load centers 

a Barrier fits with 2-pole QP 70A and above and all 

amperages of QPH and HQP. 

1-24 




Manual Transfer Interlock Kits for Load Centers and Meter Combinations 

Prevents dangerous feedback between two sources of power 

Manual Transfer Interlock Kits a 

Catalog 

number 

ECSBPK01 

Usage 

Information 

For use on load centers or meter combinations 

that will accept 2-pole circuit breakers opposite 

one another as shown. 

Utility main 

breaker types 

Standby main 

breaker types 

QP, QPH, HQPH QP, QPH, HQPH 1 

Interlock 

Number 

1 



ECSBPK02 


that will accept 2- or 4-pole next to a 2-pole 

circuit breaker side by side as shown. 

QP, QPH, HQPH QP, QPH, HQPH 2 

ECSBPK03 

For use on Ultimate and Rock Solid 

load centers, 150 amp and higher, 

to connect the main breaker 

to a 2-pole circuit breaker. 

MBK150A, 

MBK200A, OR 

MBK225A 

QP, QPH, HQPH 3 

ECSBPK10 

For use on PN and SN plug-on neutral load 

centers, 150 amp and higher, to connect the 

main breaker to a 2-pole circuit breaker. 

ECSBPK04 

For use on Ultimate and Rock Solid 

load centers, 125 amp and lower, 

to connect the main breaker to a 

2-pole circuit breaker. 

MBK100A or 

MBK125A 

QP, QPH, HQPH 4 

ECSBPK11 

For use on PN and SN plug-on neutral load 

centers, 125 amp and lower, to connect the 

main breaker to a 2-pole circuit breaker. 

ECSBPK05 


that will accept a QNR (MD-TR) frame circuit 

breaker next to a 2-pole circuit breaker as 

shown. 

QNR, QNRH, HQNR QP, QPH, HQPH 5 

ECSBPK06 


that will accept a QN (MD-T) frame circuit 

breaker next to a 2-pole circuit breaker as 

shown. 

QN, QNH, HQN QP, QPH, HQPH 6 

ECSBPK07 

For use on load centers or meter 

combinations that will accept two QNR 

(MD-TR) circuit breakers side by side as 

shown OR will accept two QN (MD--T) circuit 

breakers side by side as shown. 

QNR, QNRH, HQNR, 

QN, QNH, HQN 

QNR, QNRH, 

HQNR QN, 

QNH, HQN 

7 

a Manual breaker interlock kits are attached to the 

breakers not the trim of the load center. 


Load Centers 


1-Phase Indoor and 1-Phase & 3-Phase Outdoor Enclosures—Knockout Diagrams 



1 

SN and PN 

1 Phase Load Centers 

Indoor 

1-26 


Load Centers 

3-Phase Indoor and Riser Enclosures—Knockout Diagrams 

1 



New Riser Panel KO Diagram 

6/17/08 

(10) K.O.s for 

1/2", 3/4", 1" Conduit 

(8) K.O.s for 

1/2", 3/4" Conduit 

(42) K.O.s for 1/2" Conduit 

(2) K.O.s for 

1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2" Conduit 

(4) 5/16" K.O.s 

RAG24 KO Dwg 

1/5/11 

(4) K.O.s for 

1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2" 

Conduit 

(8) K.O.s for 

1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2" 

Conduit 

(4) Mounting Holes 

All Riser Panels 

RAG24 


Load Centers 

Outdoor Enclosures—Knockout Diagrams 

1 



2 Type "HV" 

Hub Openings 

4 Mounting Holes 

.218 Dia 

12 K.O.'s For 

.5", .75", Conduit 

4 K.O.'s For 

.5", .75", 1", 

1.25" Conduit 

5 K.O.'s For 

1", 1.25", 1.50", 

2", 2.50" Conduit 

2 K.O.'s For 

.75", 1", 1.25", 1.50" Conduit 

2 K.O.'s For 

2.50", 3", 3.50" Conduit 

Outdoor 400A 

Load Center 

W0406ML1125CU 

W0204ML1060 

W0408ML1125 

1-28 


Load Centers 

Outdoor Enclosures—Knockout Diagrams 

1 



WB2225 and WB32225 

W0204ML1125 

W0303ML3100 

WB3100 

W0612ML1125 

W0816ML1125 


Load Centers 

Indoor Enclosures—Knockout Diagrams 



1 

24 K.O.'s For 

.5", .75" 

Conduit 

Indoor 300-400A 

Load Center 

8 K.O.'s For 

.5", .75", 1", 

1.25" Conduit 

E0612ML1125 

E0816ML1125 

E0816ML1125 

E1224ML1100F 

E1224ML1100F 

E0408ML1125 

E0408ML1125 



EB3100 

EB3100 

E0204ML1060 

E0204ML1060 

1-30 


Load Centers 

Cross Reference 

Phase Enclosure Legacy Catalog Number New Catalog Number Main Amperage Bus 

1 Indoor LC1224B1100 SN1224B1100 Main Breaker 100 Aluminum 

1 Indoor LC1224L1125 SN1224L1125 Main Lug 125 Aluminum 

1 Indoor LC1224L1125P SN2020B1100P1 Main Lug 125 Aluminum 

1 Indoor LC1224L1125W SN1224L1125W Main Lug 125 Aluminum 



1 







1 Indoor LC2040B1100CU PN2040B1100C Main Breaker 100 Copper 

1 Indoor LC2040B1100P SN2020B1100P1 Main Breaker 100 Aluminum 






1 Indoor LC2040L1125CU PN2040L1125C Main Lug 125 Copper 











1 Indoor LC3040B1100W SN3048B1100W Main Breaker 100 Aluminum 















Load Centers 


1 











1 Outdoor LW0816L1200TR SNW0816L1200T Main Lug 200 Aluminum 

1 Outdoor LW1224B1100 SNW1224B1100 Main Breaker 100 Aluminum 


1 Outdoor LW1224L1125 SNW1224L1125 Main Lug 125 Aluminum 


1 Outdoor LW1224L1225CU PNW1224L1225C Main Lug 225 Copper 










1 Outdoor LW4242L1225CU PNW4264L1225C Main Lug 225 Copper 

1 Indoor P1212L1125CU PN1212L1125C Main Lug 125 Copper 

1 Indoor P1224B1100CU PN1224B1100C Main Breaker 100 Copper 


1 Indoor P1224L1125CUSG PN1224L1125C Main Lug 125 Copper 



1 Indoor P1624B1100CUW PN1632B1100CW Main Breaker 100 Copper 





1 Indoor P2020L1125CUW PN2020L1125CW Main Lug 125 Copper 







1 Indoor P2040B1100ACU PN2040B1100C Main Breaker 100 Copper 

1-32 


Load Centers 



1 Indoor P2040B1100ACUW PN2040B1100CW Main Breaker 100 Copper 






1 



1 Indoor P2040L1125ACU PN2040L1125C Main Lug 125 Copper 

1 Indoor P2040L1125ACUW PN2040L1125CW Main Lug 125 Copper 






















1 Indoor P3040B1200 PN3048B1200 Main Breaker 200 Aluminum 


1 Indoor P3040B1200W PN3048B1200W Main Breaker 200 Aluminum 



1 Indoor P3040L1200 PN3048L1200 Main Lug 200 Aluminum 




1 Indoor P3040L1200SG PN3048L1200 Main Lug 200 Aluminum 

1 Indoor P3040L1200W PN3048L1200W Main Lug 200 Aluminum 

1 Indoor P3042B1125CUSP PN3030B1125C Main Breaker 125 Copper 

1 Indoor P3054B1200S140 PN3048B1200S14 Main Breaker 200 Copper 


Load Centers 


1 











1 Indoor P3060B1200A PN3048B1200 Main Breaker 200 Aluminum 



1 Indoor P3060B1200AW PN3048B1200W Main Breaker 200 Aluminum 



1 Indoor P3060L1200A PN3048L1200 Main Lug 200 Aluminum 



1 Indoor P3060L1200AW PN3048L1200W Main Lug 200 Aluminum 

1 Indoor P4040B1200 PN4040B1200 Main Breaker 200 Aluminum 


1 Indoor P4040B1200CUSG PN4040B1200C Main Breaker 200 Copper 


1 Indoor P4040B1200W PN4040B1200W Main Breaker 200 Aluminum 



1 Indoor P4040L1200 PN4040L1200 Main Lug 200 Aluminum 




1 Indoor P4040L1200SG PN4040L1200 Main Lug 200 Aluminum 

1 Indoor P4060B1200S140 PN4060B1200S14 Main Breaker 200 Copper 

1 Indoor P4080B1200A PN4060B1200 Main Breaker 200 Aluminum 



1 Indoor P4080B1200AW PN4060B1200W Main Breaker 200 Aluminum 



1 Indoor P4080L1200A PN4040L1200 Main Lug 200 Aluminum 



1 Indoor P4080L1200AW PN4040L1200W Main Lug 200 Aluminum 



1-34 


Load Centers 









1 














1 Outdoor PW0816B1150TC PNW0816B1150TC Main Breaker 150 Copper 

1 Outdoor PW0816B1200TC PNW0816B1200TC Main Breaker 200 Copper 

1 Outdoor PW0816L1200TC PNW0816L1200TC Main Lug 200 Copper 

1 Outdoor PW1212L1125CU PNW1212L1125C Main Lug 125 Copper 

1 Outdoor PW1224B1100CU PNW1224B1100C Main Breaker 100 Copper 





















Load Centers 


1 






1 Indoor S1020B1100 SN1224B1100 Main Breaker 100 Aluminum 

1 Indoor S1212L1125 SN1212L1125 Main Lug 125 Aluminum 





1 Indoor S1624B1100W SN1632B1100W Main Breaker 100 Aluminum 






1 Indoor S2020B1100P SN2020B1100P1 Main Breaker 100 Aluminum 


1 Indoor S2020L1125G SN2020L1125 Main Lug 125 Aluminum 

1 Indoor S2020L1125GW SN2020L1125W Main Lug 125 Aluminum 

1 Indoor S2020L1125W SN2020L1125W Main Lug 125 Aluminum 





1 Indoor S2030L1125SG SN2040L1125 Main Lug 125 Aluminum 



1 Indoor S2040B1100A SN2040B1100 Main Breaker 100 Aluminum 

1 Indoor S2040B1100AW SN2040B1100W Main Breaker 100 Aluminum 






1 Indoor S2040C1200 SN2040C1200 Main Convertible 200 Aluminum 

1 Indoor S2040L1125AG SN2040L1125 Main Lug 125 Aluminum 

1 Indoor S2040L1125AGW SN2040L1125W Main Lug 125 Aluminum 






1-36 


Load Centers 









1 

























1 Indoor S3030B1150SG SN3030B1150 Main Breaker 150 Aluminum 















Load Centers 


1 





1 Indoor S3040L1200L50 SN3048L1200L50 Main Lug 200 Aluminum 

1 Indoor S3040L1200L50W SN3048L1200L5W Main Lug 200 Aluminum 

1 Indoor S3040L1200P SN3048B1200P1 Main Lug 200 Aluminum 



1 Indoor S3054B1200S060 SN3048B1200S06 Main Breaker 200 Aluminum 
















1 Indoor S4040B1200SG SN4040B1200 Main Breaker 200 Aluminum 






1 Indoor S4060B1200S060 SN4060B1200S06 Main Breaker 200 Aluminum 














1-38 


Load Centers 









1 






1 Outdoor SW0816B1200T SNW0816B1200T Main Breaker 200 Aluminum 

1 Outdoor SW0816L1200T SNW0816L1200T Main Lug 200 Aluminum 

1 Outdoor SW1212L1125 SNW1212L1125 Main Lug 125 Aluminum 

1 Outdoor SW1224B1100 SNW1224B1100 Main Breaker 100 Aluminum 











1 Outdoor SW2040C1200 SNW2040C1200 Main Convertible 200 Aluminum 




















Arc-Fault and Ground-Fault Breakers 


Selection 

1 



Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupters (AFCI) 

AFCI’s detect arcing faults (an unintentional arcing condition in a circuit) that 

standard circuit breakers are not designed to detect. The device is intended to 

mitigate the effects of arcing faults by functioning to de-energize the circuit when 

an arc-fault is detected. 


Detects all three possible types of arc faults: line-to-ground, line-to-neutral, and series. 

Breaker 

Type 

QAF2/QAFH2/HQAF2 


QAF/QAFH 

2-Pole 120/240V AC 

QAF2N 

Plug-on Neutral/1-Pole 120V AC 

QAF/QAFH 

Plug-on Neutral/2-Pole 120/240V AC 

Amp 

Rating 

15 

20 

15 

20 

QAF2/QPF/QE/QPF2 Accessories 

10,000 A IR 

Catalog No. 

QA115AFC 

QA120AFC 

Q215AFC 

Q220AFC 

22,000 A IR 

Catalog No. 

QA115AFCH 

QA120AFCH 

Q215AFCHn — 

Q220AFCHn — 

15 QA115AFCN — — 

20 QA120AFCN — — 

15 Q215AFCN — — 

20 Q220AFCN — — 

65,000 A IR 

Catalog No. 

QA115AFCHHn 

QA120AFCHHn 

Dual Function AFCI/GFCI 

The Dual Function Circuit Breaker combines Combination Type AFCI and 5mA GFCI 

protection in one device. The device includes the Self Test feature, making it the first in 

class in electrical safety for homeowners. 

QFGA2/QFGAH2/HQFGA2 


QFGA2N 


Description 

Padlocking Device 1-Pole 


Handle Block 

15 

20 

Q115DF 

Q120DF 

Q115DFHn 

Q120DFH 

15 Q115DFN — — 

20 Q120DFN — — 

Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI) 

Catalog Number 

ECPLD1 

ECPLD2 

ECBX231M 

Q115DFHHn 

Q120DFHHn 

Provides Class A (5mA) ground fault protection. Intended for personnel protection. 

Includes Self Test as an added safety feature. 

Breaker Type 

QPF2/QPHF2/HQPF2 


QPF/QPHF 

2-Pole 120/240V AC 

QPF2N 


Amp 

Rating 

15 

20 

30 

15 

20 

30 

40 

50 

60 

10,000 A IR 

Catalog No. 

QF115A a 

QF120A a 

QF130A a 

QF215A 

QF220A 

QF230A 

QF240A 

QF250A 

QF260A 

22,000 A IR 

Catalog No. 

QF115AHn a 

QF120AHn a 

QF130AHn a 

QF215AHn 

QF220AHn 

QF230AHn 

QF240AHn 

QF250AHn 

QF260AHn 

15 QF115AN — — 

20 QF120AN — — 

30 QF130AN — — 

Ground Fault Equipment Protection (30mA) 

Provides protection of equipment from damaging line-to-ground faults currents. 

QE/QEH 


QE/QEH 

2-Pole 120/240V AC 

15 

20 

30 

15 

20 

30 

40 

50 

60 

QE115 

QE120 

QE130 

QE215 

QE220 

QE230 

QE240 

QE250 

QE260 

QE115Hn 

QE120Hn 

QE130Hn 

QE215Hn 

QE220Hn 

QE230Hn 

QE240Hn 

QE250Hn 

QE260Hn 

65,000 A IR 

Catalog No. 

QF115AHHn a 

QF120AHHn a 

QF130AHHn a 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

n Built to order. Allow 8 -10 weeks for delivery. 

a UL Listed as SWD (Switching Duty) Rated, suitable 

for 120V AC Fluorescent Lighting. 

1-Pole Combination 

Type AFCI 

1-Pole Dual 

Function AFCI/GFC 

1-Pole AFCI 


1-Pole GFCI 

1-Pole Equipment 

Protection 


Type AFCI 

1-Pole Dual Function 


2-Pole GFCI 


Protection 

1-40 





Type QP with INSTA-WIRE 

Continuous Current 

Rating @ 40° C 

Type QP Type QPH Type HQP 

10,000A IR 22,000A IR 65,000A IR 

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

1-Pole Plug-In (120/240V AC) e 

10 Q110 — — 

15 Q115c Q115H c Q115HHn c 

20 Q120c Q120H c Q120HHn c 

25 Q125 Q125Hn Q125HHn 

30 Q130 Q130H Q130HHn 

35 Q135n Q135Hn Q135HHn 

40 Q140 Q140H Q140HHn 

45 Q145n Q145Hn Q145HHn 

50 Q150 Q150H Q150HHn 

60 Q160 Q160Hn Q160HHn 

70 Q170 Q170Hn Q170HHn 

2-Pole Plug-In (Common-Trip 120/240V AC) 

10 Q210 — — 

15 Q215 Q215H Q215HH 

20 Q220 Q220H Q220HH 

25 Q225 Q225Hn Q225HHn 

30 Q230 Q230H Q230HH 

35 Q235 Q235Hn Q235HHn 

40 Q240 Q240H Q240HHn 

45 Q245 Q245Hn Q245HHn 

50 Q250 Q250H Q250HH 

60 Q260 Q260H Q260HH 

70 Q270 Q270H Q270HH 

80 Q280 Q280Hn Q280HHn 

90 Q290 Q290H Q290HHn 

100 Q2100 Q2100H Q2100HH 

110 Q2110 Q2110H Q2110HHn 

125 Q2125 Q2125H Q2125HH 

2-Pole Plug-In (Common-Trip 240V AC) 

15 Q215R — — 

20 Q220R — — 

30 Q230R — — 

40 Q240R — — 

50 Q250R — — 


15 Q315 Q315H Q315HHn 

20 Q320 Q320H Q320HH 

25 Q325 Q325Hn Q325HHn 

30 Q330 Q330H Q330HH 

35 Q335 Q335Hn Q335HHn 

40 Q340 Q340H Q340HH 

45 Q345 Q345Hn Q345HHn 

50 Q350 Q350H Q350HH 

60 Q360 Q360H Q360HH 

70 Q370 Q370H Q370HHn 

80 Q380 Q380H Q380HHn 

90 Q390 Q390H Q390HHn 

100 Q3100 Q3100H Q3100HH 

Q120 

Q220 

Q320 

1 



QP / QPH / HQP Internal Accessories 

Control Voltage AC Catalog Number Field/Factory Installed 

120V Shunt Trip add suffix …00S01n Factory 


120V Auxiliary Switch add suffix …01n b Factory 

Modifications 

Description 


400 Hz Calibration add suffix …Y h 

Marine 50˚C Ambient 

Calibration 

add suffix …M 

Fungus Proofing add suffix …F 

For external accessories 

please refer to page 1-48. 

n Built to order. Allow 2-3 weeks for delivery. 

a UL Listed for use with 60/75° wire through 40 amps, 

UL listed for use with 75° wire only for 50 amps 

and above, HACR rated. 

\b 1A and 1B contacts. 

c UL Listed for frequent switching applications (SWD). 

120V AC Fluorescent Lighting. 

d UL Listed for use on 3-phase grounded “B” systems — 

10,000 for this application. 

e Shipped 12 per sleeve. 

f Shipped 6 per sleeve. 

g Shipped 4 per sleeve. 

h UL Listed 5 KA IR. 

i Type QP1, UL listed for 16 AWG conductors and 

multiple wires. 




Duplex, Triplex and Quadplex Plug-In Breakers 

1 



Duplex Circuit Breakers 

Breaker Type 

QT 

1-Pole 

10K AIC 

120V AC 

Triplex Circuit Breakers 

Breaker 

Type 

QT 

2-Pole 

10K AIC 

120/240V AC 

Inner Poles 

Common Trip 

Ampere 

Rating Catalog Number Catalog Number 

15–15 Q1515 Q1515NC a 

15–20 Q1520 Q1520NC a 

20–20 Q2020 Q2020NC a 

20–30 Q2030 — 

30–15n Q3015 — 

30–20 Q3020 — 

30–30 Q3030 Q3030NC a 

SHIPPING: 12 per carton, (Wt. 4.8 lbs.) 

Ampere Rating 

Single Pole 

Common-Trip 

2-Pole 

Catalog 

Number 

15 15 Q21515CT 

15 20 Q21520CT 

15 25 Q21525CTn 

15 30 Q21530CT 

15 35 Q21535CTn 

15 40 Q21540CT 

15 45 Q21545CTn 

15 50 Q21550CT 

20 20 Q22020CT 

20 25 Q22025CTn 

20 30 Q22030CT 

20 35 Q22035CTn 

20 40 Q22040CT 

20 45 Q22045CTn 

20 50 Q22050CT 

30 30 Q23030CT 


QT Duplex 

These space saver duplex breakers combine two 

independent 1/2" breaker poles in a common unit. 

This unit plugs into one load center stab and 

requires one panel space. HACR rated. 

QT Triplex 

These space saver triplex breakers provide 

a 2-pole common trip breaker for 120/240V AC 

circuits and two single poles for 120V AC circuits. 

Triplex require two panel spaces. HACR rated. 

Quadplex Circuit Breakers 

Ampere Rating 

Breaker 

Type 

QT 

2-Pole 

10K AIC 

120/240V AC 

Inner and 

Outter 2 Poles 

Common Trip 

Common-Trip 

2-Pole Outside 

Common-Trip 

2-Pole Inside 

Catalog 

Number 

15 15 Q21515CT2 

15 30 Q21530CT2 

20 20 Q22020CT2 

20 50 Q22050CT2 

30 20 Q23020CT2 

30 25 Q23025CT2 

30 30 Q23030CT2 

30 50 Q23050CT2 

40 20 Q24020CT2 

40 30 Q24030CT2 

40 40 Q24040CT2 


QT Quadplex 

These space saver quadplex breakers provide 

two sets of common trip, two-pole breakers for 

120/240V AC circuits, and require two panel 

spaces. HACR rated. 

For external accessories, 

please refer to page 1-48. 

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data 

section. 

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. 

a Non-CTL. For replacement use only in panels manufactured 

before 1968 

1-42 




Special Application Breakers 

HID Lighting 

For high-intensity discharge lamp loads having in-rush currents 

above the instantaneous trip setting of a standard breaker. 

Breaker 

Type 

QP 

1-Pole 

120V AC 

QP 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

Wiring 

Diagram 

Figure 1 

Figure 2 

Complete Breaker UL Unenclosed 

Ampere Rating Catalog Number 

15 Q115HID a n 

20 Q120HID a 

30 Q130HID 

15 Q215HID 

20 Q220HIDn 

30 Q230HIDn 

Molded Case Switch 

For applications that do not require overcurrent protection. 

QP 

1-Pole 

120V AC 

QP 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

Figure 1 100 Q1100S 

Figure 2 

30 

50 

60 

125 

Q230S 

Q250S 

Q260S 

Q2125S 

Switching Neutral 

Figure 1 Figure 2 

1 



No-Noise 

For applications that require a reduction in the 60-cycle hum of 

a standard breaker. 


QP 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

Figure 2 

50 

60 

Q250NNn 

Q260NN 

Switching Neutrals 

Used where all conductors are required to be disconnected. 

Neutral pole of the circuit breaker does not connect to load 

center bus. One side is wired to neutral and the other side to 

the device. 

QG 

2-Wire 

Common Trip 

120V AC 

QG 

3-Wire 

Common Trip 

120/240V AC 

Figure 3 

15 

20 

QG215 

QG220 

Figure 4 20 QG320 

Wiring Diagrams 


Note: All circuit breakers on this page are 10K AIC 

a UL Listed as SWD (Switching Duty) Rated, suitable for 120V AC Fluorescent Lighting. 




3/4 Inch Plug-In Breakers 

1 



Features 

n 3/4" format 

n HACR Rated 

n UL Classified for use in certain Square D 

load centers 

Type QD Circuit Breakers 

The Type QD circuit breaker line is 

available in 1-pole and 2-pole common 

trip versions listed on this page. 

The circuit breakers are UL Classified 

and UL Listed. 

All QD breakers are supplied with load 

side connectors suitable for 60/75°C 

wire and are calibrated for 40°C 

maximum ambient applications. 

UL Classified 

Siemens Type QD circuit breakers are 

UL Classified for use in specific Square 

D load centers in place of Square D Type 

QO ® circuit breakers. A Panelboard 

Compatibility List packaged with each 

QD breaker shows which type QD 

circuit breakers are acceptable for 

use in Square D load centers. 

The interrupting rating on these circuit 

breakers is 10,000A IR maximum and 

they are not series rated with Square D 

circuit breakers or equipment. This UL 

Classification allows a Siemens Type QD 

circuit breaker to be used in place of a 

Square D Type QO circuit breaker in 

those load centers that are specifically 

shown on the Panelboard Compatibility 

list. For additional information, contact 

your local Siemens sales engineer. 

Shipping Weights 

Number of Number Per Shipping 

Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) 

1 16 3.8 

2 8 4.2 

Panelboard Compatibility List 

Listed Panelboards—Square D—Catalog Numbers 

QO2L30F/S 

QO2-4L70F/S 

QO2-4L70TS 

QO2-4L70RB 

QO6-12L100F/S 

QO6-12L100DF/S 

QO6-12L100TF/S 

QO6-12L100DTF/S 

QO6-12L100RB 

QO8-16L100F/S 




QO8-16L100RB 

QO112M100/RB 

QO116M100/RB 

QO120M100/RB 

QO124M100 

QO12L100DF/S 

QO12L100RB 

QO12-20M100/RB 

QO12-20M100TF/S 

D120 

1-Pole 

2-Pole 

Continuous 

Current Rating 120V 

120/240V Common Trip 

@ 40°C 



15 D115 a D215 

20 D120 a D220 

30 D130 D230 

40 D140 D240 

50 D150 D250 

60 D160 D260 

QO12M100/RB 

QO16-20M100/RB 

QO16M100/RB 

QO20M100/RB 

QO112L125G/RB 

QO112-24L125G/RB 

QO112-24L125GWGC 

QO116L125G 

QO116-24L125G/RB 

QO12-24L125/RB 

QO120-24L125G 


QO120L125G 

QO124L125G/RB 

QO124M125/RB 

QO16L125/RB 

QO16-12M125FTRB 

QO16-24L125/RB 

QO20L125/RB 

QO20-24L125/RB 

QO24L125/RB 

QO120-30L150G 

QO120-30M150/RB 

QO124L150G 

QO124M150 

QO130L150G/RB 

QO130M150/RB 

QO16L150/RB 

QO16M150/RB 

QO16-30L150/RB 


QO20-30M150/RB 

QO20-30M150TF/S 

QO20-30L150 

QO24L150/RB 

QO24M150/RB 

QO30L150/RB 

QO30M150/RB 

QO8-16M200FT/RB 

QO112L200G/RB 

QO120-40M200/RB 

QO120-40M200TC 

QO124M200 

QO130L200G/RB 

D220 

QO130-40M200 

QO130M200/RB 

QO130-40L200G/RB 

QO140M200/RB 

QO16L200/RB 

QO16M200/RB 


QO20-40L200/RB 

QO20-40M200TF/S 

QO20-40M200/RB 

QO24L200/RB 

QO24M200/RB 

QO30L200/RB 

QO30M200/RB 

QO30-40L200/RB 

QO30-40M200/RB 

QO40M200/RB 

QO140M225 

QO142L225G/RB 


section. 

a UL Listed for frequent switching applications (SWD). 

120V AC Fluorescent Lighting. One or two load 

conductors. 

1-44 





Main and Branch Circuit Breakers 

Breaker 

Type 

QN 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

QNH 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

HQN 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

Catalog 

Number 

150 QN2150 QN2150R b 10 

175 QN2175n QN2175R b n 10 

200 QN2200 QN2200R b 10 

150 QN2150H QN2150RH b 22 

175 QN2175Hn QN2175RH b n 22 

200 QN2200H QN2200RH b 22 

150 HQN2150 HQN2150R b 65 

175 HQN2175n — 65 

200 HQN2200 HQN2200R b 65 

UL Interrupting 

Ratings (kA) 

Requires 4 panel spaces, 2 adjacent and 2 opposite. SHIPPING: 1 per carton (Wt. 3 lbs.) 

QNR e 

QN e 

1 



Main Breaker Kits 

For use in PL, ES, and Ult Load Centers d 

UL 

Type 

Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

For use in EQIII Load Centers 

UL 

Type 

Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

EQ8681 100 MBK100A EQ9675 100 MBK100 22 

EQ8682 125 MBK125A EQ9677 125 MBK125 22 

EQ8693 150 MBK150A EQ9683 150 MBK150 22 

— — — EQ9684 175 MBK175n 22 

EQ8695 200 MBK200A EQ9685 200 MBK200 22 

EQ8696 225 MBK225A EQ9686 225 MBK225 22 


Ratings (kA) 

EQ9675 

Breaker 

Type 

QPJ c 

3-Pole 

240V AC 

Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

125 QPJ3125 10 

150 QPJ3150 10 

200 QPJ3200 10 


Ratings (kA) 

Requires 6 spaces due to cross over design. Fits only EQIII 125-400A 3-phase 

load centers 

SHIPPING: 5 per carton (Wt. 17 lbs.) 

Breaker 

Type 

QPP 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

QPPH 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

HQPH 

2-Pole, 120/240V AC 

HQPP 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

HQPPH 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

125 Q2125B 10 

150 Q2150B 10 

175 Q2175Bn 10 

200 Q2200B 10 

225 Q2225B 10 

125 Q2125BH 22 

150 Q2150BH 22 

175 Q2175BHn 22 

200 Q2200BH 22 

225 Q2225BHn 22 

100 HQ2100H 100 

125 HQ2125H 100 

125 

150 

175 

Obsolete 

200 

225 

100 

125 

150 

175 

Obsolete 

200 

225 


Breaker Ratings (kA) 

Volts AC 120/240 

MBK 

MBK 

(100,125)A (150,200,225)A 

QPJ 

2-Pole QPP 

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. 


a All circuit breakers on this page are common trip. 

b Reverse handle. 

c CSA Listed. 

d MBK100A for use in 100 and 125A load centers. 

MBK125A for use in 125A load centers. 

MBK150A for use in 150, 200 and 225A load centers. 

MBK200A for use in 200 and 225A load centers. 



e QNR required for horizontal applications or vertical 

applications where the lugs are facing up. The QN 

breaker is required for vertical applications where the 

lugs are facing down as shown. 




Line Diagrams/Dimension Drawings 



1 

1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 

3" 

2 3 /8" 

3 1 /8" 

QP, QPH, HQP 

Type QT 

Type QPF, QPHF, QE, QAF2, QAF2H 

Type EQ8681, EQ8682 

Type EQ8693, EQ8695, EQ8696 

Type QPJ 

Type QN, QNH, HQN 

Type QNR, QNRH, HQNR 

Type QPP, QPPH, HQPP, HQPPH 

a All standard circuit breakers are calibrated to 40°C maximum 

ambient application. 

1-46 




Lug Data 

Circuit Breaker Type 

Circuit Breaker 

Ampere Rating 

LOAD SIDE 

Cables 

Per Connector 

Connector 

Wire Range 

QP, QPH, HQP, Plug-in 10 1 or 2 #14-#16 AWG Cu 

15–35 

40–50 

55-125 

QP 1 & 2-Pole Only 55-60 1 

QT 15–35 

QPF, QPHF 15–30 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

40 1 #8 AWG CU-Al 

40–50 Exception: 

1 & 2-pole QP at 55-60 

40–60 

QAF2, QAFH2, QFGA2, QFGAH2 15–20 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

#14–#6 AWG Cu 

#14–#6 AWG Al 

#8–#6 AWG Cu 

#8–#4 AWG Al 

#8-#2/0 AWG Cu 

#8-#2/0 AWG Al 

#6-#4 AWG Cu-Al 

(#3 AWG compatible with QPH & HQP) 

#14–#6 AWG Cu 

#14–#6 AWG Al 

#8–#6 AWG Cu 

#8–#4 AWG Al 

#14–#10 AWG Cu 

#12–#8 AWG Al 

#8–#6 AWG Cu 

#8–#4 AWG Al 

#14–#12 AWG Cu 

#12–#10 AWG Al 

QD 15–20 2 #14–#10 AWG Cu Only 

1 

#14–#12 AWG Cu 

15–20 

1 

#12–#10 AWG Al 

25–35 

40–60 

1 

1 

1 

1 

#10–#8 AWG Cu 

#10–#6 AWG Al 

#8–#6 AWG Cu 

#8–#4 AWG Al 

QN, QNH, HQN 150–200 1 #1–300kcmil Cu-Al 

QS, QSH, QSHH, HQS, HQSH 100–225 1 #3–300kcmil Cu-Al 

1 



EQ8681-Ultimate, PL, ES, PN, SN 100 1 #4–3/0 AWG Cu-Al 

EQ8682-Ultimate, PL, ES, PN, SN 125 1 #4–3/0 AWG Cu-Al 

EQ8693-Ultimate, PL, ES, PN, SN 150 1 #1–300kcmil Cu-Al 



QPP, QPPH, HQPP, HQPPH 125 

150 

175 

200 

225 

EQ9675-EQIII 100 



EQ9684 175 



1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

#1 AWG Cu 

#2/0 AWG Al 

#1/0 AWG Cu 

#3/0 AWG Al 

#2/0 AWG Cu 

#4/0 AWG Al 

#3/0 AWG Cu 

250kcmil AWG Al 

#4/0 AWG Cu 


#8-#2/0 AWG Cu 

#8-#2/0 AWG Al 

#8-#2/0 AWG Cu 

#8-#2/0 AWG Al 

#1/0 AWG Cu 

#3/0 AWG Al 

#3/0 AWG Cu 


#2/0 AWG Cu 

#4/0 AWG Al 

#4/0 AWG Cu 


QPJ 125–200 1 #2–300kcmil Cu-Al 



Circuit Breaker Accessories 

1 



Circuit Breaker Accessories 

Catalog Number For Use With Breaker Type Number of Poles Standard Package 

Padlocking Device 

For locking breaker in “OFF” position. Note “ON” position does not affect breaker fuctionally 

ECPLD1 Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF2, QE, QT-Duplex, BQ, BQXD 1P 3 Pieces 

ECPLD1R 

Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, QE, QT-Duplex, BQ, BQXD 1P 

3 Pieces 

(Red Color) 

ECPLD2 

Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, QE, QT-Triplex & Quadplex, BQ, 2P 

3 Pieces 

BQXD 

ECPLD2R 


3 Pieces 

BQXD (Red Color) 

ECPLD3 Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, QE, BQ 3P 1 Piece 

US2:ECPLD3R Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, QE, BQ (Red Color) 3P 1 Piece 

ECQLD3 Type QP, BL, BQ, BQXD 1P 10 Pieces 

ECQLD4 Type QT-Duplex QT-Duplex Breakers 10 Pieces 

ECQLN3 150-225 MBKA, QN, QNR n/a 1 Piece 

ECQTH4 Type QP, BL, BQH Designed for (3) 1P Breakers 1 Piece 

Handle Tie 

Provide simultaneous swiching of 2 adjacent handles. 

ECQTH2 Type QT Duplex Designed for (2) QT Duplex Breakers 25 Pieces 

ECQTH3 Type QP, BL 2P 50 Pieces 

Mechanical Interlock 

ECQML12 Type QP, BL, BQ Interlock Bracket Designed for 1” Breaker 10 Pieces 

Handle Blocking Device 

For holding breaker in “ON” or “OFF” position. Not a lockout/tagout device 

ECQL1 Type QP, BL, BQ, BQXD 1P 10 Pieces 

ECBX231M Type QT-Duplex 1/2” Breakers 10 Pieces 

Main Breaker Retainer 

ECMBR1 EQ Load Centers 1 Piece 

ECMBR2 PL, ES, and Ultimate Load Centers: 2-pole QP 1 Piece 

ECMBR3 PL, ES, and Ultimate Load Centers: 3-pole QP 1 Piece 

Mounting Accessories 

MB120 Type BQ, BQH Mounting Clips 1P 20 Pieces 

FP9508 Type BQ, BQH FACE MOUNT PLATE 1P 10 Pieces 



SMB6R Type BQ MOUNTING BRACKET 1P, 2P, 3P 6 Pieces 

TCH65K Type BQ MOUNTING ADAPTER 500 Pieces 

BR2 Type BQ, BQH, BQXD Back Mounting Plates 2P 10 Pieces 



I0204ML1125CU Type QP Back Mounting Plates 1P, 2P 10 Pieces 

I0303ML3100CU Type QP Back Mounting Plates 3P 10 Pieces 

Replacement Lugs 

TA1Q1 Type BQ, NGG 100A Al Cu LGS n/a 6 Pieces 

TC1Q1 Type BQ, NGG 40A Al Cu LUGS n/a 6 Pieces 

Finger Shield 

BQFS1K Type BQXD Finger Shield (Bulk Pack) n/a 1000 Pieces 

BQFS2 Type BQXD Finger Shield n/a 2 Pieces 

Filler Plate 

ECQF3 1” Filler Plate n/a 5 Pieces 

For a complete list of standby power mechanical 

interlock kits, see page 1-25 

For use with Ultimate Load Center Main Breakers 

Not suitable for use on 15-50A, 10 AIC Type QP Circuit 

Breakers 

QP Type includes QPH, HQP 

BL Type includes BLH, HBL 

BQ Type includes BQH, HBQ 

QAF2 Type includes QAFH2, BAF2, BAFH2, QFGA2, 

QFGAH2, BFGA2, BFGAH2 

QPF Type includes QPHF, BLF, BLHF 

QE Type includes QEH, BLE, BLEH 

1-48 






ECPLD1 

ECQLD3 

1 



ECPLD2 

ECPLD1R/2R/3R (Single pole 

pictured. 2-/3-pole available) ECQLD4 ECQTH4 

Handle Tie 


ECQL1 

ECQTH2 

ECQTH3 

ECBX231M 


Mechanical Interlock 

ECMBR1 

ECMBR2 

ECQML12 


FP9508 

FP9556 

MB120 

SMB6R 

I0204ML1125 

FP9555 



Circuit Breaker and Surge Protective Device (SPD) 

1 



Features 

n 2 inch wide plug-on design 

— Includes (2) 1 Pole circuits breakers 

— No loss of load center spaces 

n Easy to install and perfect for retrofit 

n LEDs provide protection status 

Circuit Breaker and 

Surge Protective Device (SPD) 

Benefits 

By installing a Siemens Circuit Breaker and Surge Protective Device (SPD) in the 

load center of the residence, surge protection is provided for all branch circuits . 

Two green LED indicator lights are provided to show that surge protection is 

provided for all circuits connected to the load center. These breakers should be 

used for circuit protection of frequently used household or facility circuits because 

the lights and devices connected to these circuits provide an effective indication 

that surge protection is being provided. 

The circuit breaker and SPD utilize Siemens-built 150V AC, 40mm, metal oxide 

varistors (MOVs). The maximum impulse rating for the SPD module is 40kA. The 

standard interrupting rating for the circuit breakers is 10k AIC. All Type QP circuit 

breakers and SPD are plug-on style, with load terminals provided. The devices 

are rated for 120/240V AC and are calibrated for 40 degrees C maximum ambient 

applications. 

Breaker Type Ampere Rating Catalog Number Surge Type 

QP 

1- Pole 

120/240V AC 

10K AIC 

(2) 15 

(2) 20 

QSA1515SPD 

QSA2020SPD 

SPD 

SPD 


Amperage 

Number of Poles 

Initial Clamping Level 

Transient Energy Rating 

Transient Suppression 

Voltage Rating 

Peak Current Rating (impulse) 

Discharge Voltage Characteristic 

Discharge Current Withstand Rating 

Circuit Breaker Interrupting Rating 

Listings/Certifications 

QSA1515SPD 

QSA2020SPD 

15 or 20 Amp 

(2) 1-Pole Circuit Breakers 

240 Volts 

360 Joules line-to-neutral 

720 Joules line-to-line 

500 volts peak, line-to-neutral 

1000 volts peak, line-to-line 

40,000 amperes 

@ 1,500A, 600 volts 

@ 5,000A, 800 volts 

(both line-to-neutral) 


line-to-neutral 

10,000A, 120/240V AC 

UL, CSA 

Meets UL 1449 4th Edition 

For warranty information please refer to the surge 

website www.usa.siemens.com/surge 

1-50 



s 

1-888-333-3545 

usa.siemens. com/surge 

s 


Power Service Entrance Surge Protection 

FirstSurge TM 

- Power, Plus, or Pro 

n 4th Listed, Type 2, Surge Protective Device (SPD 

n Surge Current Capacities: 

– 60,000 A,FirstSurge Power (FS060) 

– 100,000 A,FirstSurge Plus (FS100) 

– 140,000 A, FirstSurge Pro (FS140) 

n 3 Stage Commercial Grade Notification: 

– Protection Status LEDs 

– Audible Alarm 

– Flashing Red Service LED 

n Ground Reference Monitoring (GRM) 

n 10 year product & connected equipment warranty* 

* See www.usa.siemens.com/surge for warranty terms and conditions. 

FirstSurge – FS060, FS100, FS140 

1 



Surge Type 

FirstSurge Power 

FirstSurge Plus 

FirstSurge Pro 


FS060 

FS100 

FS140 

A 

C 

To Protected Loads 

AC Surge Protection 

UL and CSA Listings 1449 4th Edition & CSA 22.2 No. 269.2 

Surge Spike Capacity 

60kA, 100kA, or 140kA 

Line Voltage 

120/240 1 Phase 50/60 Hz 

UL 1449 4th Edition VPR 

L-N, L-G, N-G: 600 V; L-L: 900V 

Rated Voltage (MCOV) 

L-N, L-G, and N-G: 150V; L-L: 300V 

Short Circuit Current 

Rating (SCCR) 

100kA 

Inominal (I n ) Rating 

20kA 

Response Time

SPD - Surge Protective Device 

Telephone Service Entrance Surge Protection 

1 



FSPHONE & FSPHONE4X 

n UL/cUL listed 

n Hardwired Telephone/Modem/Fax/DSL protection 

n Exceptionally fast response time 

n Low insertion loss 

n Available with or without enclosure 

n 5 Year product warranty* 

* See www.usa.siemens.com/surge for warranty terms and conditions. 

The Siemens FSPHONE & FSPHONE4X is a 2 pair, hardwired 

surge protector designed to stop surges from entering 

through the main telephone incoming service connection. It 

is equipped with a failshort device to permanently ground the 

telephone line in the event of a power cross. The FSPHONE 

is designed for indoor applications where the FSPHONE4X is 

useed for outdoor mounting is required. 

The FSPHONE4X includes the FSPHONE plus a weatherproof 

enclosure to facilitate indoor or outdoor applications. The 

enclosure is molded of temperature and humidity resistant 

thermoplas-tic to resist cracking and discoloration. The cover 

FSPHONE 

AC Surge Protection 

Catastrophic Surge Circuit 

Yes 

Spike Capacity 

200 Amps 

Let Through Voltage

AC Disconnects 

1-Phase, NEMA 3R Rated 

1 



WN2060 WN2060GFCI WF2060PL 

WNAS2060GFCI 

Steel AC Disconnects a 

Ampere Disconnect Horse Power Dimensions Pallet 

Rating Type Catalog Number Rating Height Width Depth Qty. 

30 Fused Pullout WF2030 3 7 1 ⁄4 5 2 1 ⁄8 360 

60 Fused Pullout WF2060 10 9 5 2 1 ⁄8 360 

60 Non-fused Pullout WN2060 10 7 1 ⁄4 5 2 1 ⁄8 360 

60 Non-automatic Switch WNAS2060 10 7 1 ⁄4 5 2 1 ⁄8 360 

Plastic AC Disconnects a 



30 Fused Pullout WF2030PL 3 7 1 ⁄4 5 2 1 ⁄2 216 

60 Fused Pullout WF2060PL 10 7 1 ⁄4 5 2 1 ⁄2 216 

60 Non-fused Pullout WN2060PL 10 7 1 ⁄4 5 2 1 ⁄2 360 

60 Non-Fused Pullout WN2060PLX 10 8 5 3 ⁄4 3 1 ⁄2 288 

60 Non-automatic switch WNAS2060PL 10 7 1 ⁄4 5 2 1 ⁄2 360 

Steel AC Disconnects with 15 Amp GFCI Receptacle a 



30 Fused Pullout WF2030GFCI 3 9 6 1 ⁄8 5 3 ⁄16 112 

60 Fused Pullout WF2060GFCI 10 9 6 1 ⁄8 5 3 ⁄16 112 

60 Non-fused Pullout WN2060GFCI 10 7 1 ⁄8 5 3 ⁄4 5 3 ⁄16 144 

60 Non-automatic Switch WNAS2060GFCI 10 7 1 ⁄8 5 3 ⁄4 5 3 ⁄16 144 

Wire Range Table 

Copper 

Aluminum 

Connector Solid Stranded Solid Stranded 

Line #14-8 #14-3 #12-8 #12-3 

Load #14-8 #14-3 #12-8 #12-3 

Neutral #12-8 #12-2 #12-8 #12-2 

Equip. Grnd #12-8 #12-2 #12-8 #12-2 

a Accepts Class H Fuse 



Load Centers and Circuit Breakers 

Notes 



1 

1-54 



Meter Centers 

SPEEDFAX TM 

2Section 

Single Position Meter Socket 

c o n t e n t s 

Talon Single and Multiple Meter Sockets 

General Information 2-2 – 2-4 

Single Position Meter Sockets - Residential Types 2-5 – 2-6 

Multiple Position Meter Sockets — Residential Types 2-7 – 2-8 

Single Position Meter Sockets — Commercial Types 2-9 – 2-10 

Special Application Meter Sockets 2-11 

Pedestal and Breaker Combination Meter Mounting Equipment 2-12 

Temporary Power Outlets 2-13 – 2-21 

Transformer-Rated Meter Mounting Equipment 2-22 – 2-24 

Accessories 2-25 


2 METER 

CENTERS 

Meter Centers / Combination Meter Sockets 

Catalog Number Logic and Introduction 2-34 – 2-35 

Surface Mount Meter-Mains 2-36 – 2-37 

Surface Mount Meter-Load Center Combo 2-38 – 2-41 

EUSERC Meter-Main Breaker 2-42 

SOLAR Ready, Surface/Flush Mount, 

Meter-Load Center Combination 2-43 – 2-45 

EUSERC Side-by-Side Meter Load Center Combo 2-46 – 2-47 

EUSERC Over/Under Meter Load Center Combo 2-48 

EUSERC Commercial Metering 2-49 – 2-50 

Accessories and Knockout Diagrams 2-51 – 2-67 

Over-Under Meter 

Load Center Combinations 

Murray Combination Meter Sockets 

Catalog Numbering Logic and Introduction 2-69 – 2-70 

100A-400A Meter Mains 2-71 

150A-200A Over-Under Construction 2-72 

100A-400A Meter Load Centers 2-73 

125A-400A EUSERC Side-By-Side Construction 2-74 

100A-225A EUSERC Meter Load Center 2-75 

400A EUSERC Side-By-Side Construction 2-76 

Group Metering: NYC Gangable Metering 2-78 – 2-82 

Side-by-Side Meter 

Load Center Combination 


online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 



Meter Centers 

Meter Mounting Devices 

Introduction 

Meter Socket 

METER 

CENTERS 

2 

Talon has been the standard for quality 

and innovation for meter mounting 

equipment for over half a Century, only 

under different brand names. The heart 

of our offering continues to be the HQ 

lever bypass socket. The basic design 

of this socket has not changed since its 

original inception in 1956 making this a 

solid, time-proven design. We continue 

to offer the HQ at a competitive price 

even when faced with lower cost and 

lower quality competition. The bypass 

blade for every HQ is rated for 320 

amps making every one of our sockets 

“Heavy Duty”. 

Our K base products continue to 

offer the same dependability and cost 

advantages for “extended range” 

metering. The residential socket 

line continues to grow daily as we 

continuously add or update our products 

for an ever-changing market. 

All Siemens single family sockets are 

branded as “Talon,” a name with much 

history behind it. The same great quality 

products you expect from Siemens, only 

with a different logo 

This publication is meant to serve only as a guide to our various meter socket product families, while providing a 

representation of each product family we have to offer. This catalog only contains a very small percentage of our 

total offering, and keep in mind that all meter sockets must be approved by your local utility before being installed. 

Please consult your regional Talon catalog that lists a more tailored offering for your area, along with utility 

approvals; these catalogs can be found at www.talonmetering.com. Please consult with your utility about the 

approvals prior to buying and installing a socket. 

2-2 


Meter Centers 

Meter Mounting Devices 

Introduction 

General Information 

Materials: 

16 gauge, galvanized steel, G-90 

Enclosures: 

NEMA 3R 

Finish: 

Steel - Light gray, baked on powder 

polyester 

Latches: 

All swing latches are stainless steel 

Block Material: 

Glass reinforced polyester 

Terminals: 

Residential - Tin-plated aluminum 

extrusions 6061-T6 

Commercial - Tin-plated copper and 

or tin plated aluminum 

Accessories: 

All hubs, closure plates, and 5th 

terminals, if included, are factory 

installed. 

Standards: 

Products cataloged herein meet or 

exceed the following standards: 

UL 486B, UL 414, NEMA 250, 

ANSI C12.7 UL File #30413 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

Siemens/Talon meter socket designs 

have been in the industry for more than 

60 years. No one knows metering 

installations like Siemens. Our meter 

sockets set the standard for quality, 

design, & workmanship. This is why we 

use stainless steel hardware; polyester 

powder-coat paint for long-lasting 

protection and appearance; type G90 

galvanized steel or 3003 grade aluminum 

enclosures and, in our commercial 

sockets, an all-plated copper current 

path. This is why Siemens meter sockets 

are seen in so many utility specifications. 

Features: 

n Residential single position sockets 

(types UAT) feature a quad neutral as a 

standard feature. 

n Most commercial sockets include 

a ground lug & some models are 

available with line & load lugs installed. 

n Lever bypass sockets feature the type 

HQ socket which is recognized by 

utilities as the industry standard for 

durability & quality. 

n Siemens features one of the most 

complete and comprehensive Meter 

socket lines available from any 

manufacturer. 

Meter Socket 

UAS877-PPZA 

4-Jaw 1Ø 3W 200 Amp Residential Horn 

Bypass - Sidewire Design 

40407-02CO 

7-Jaw 3Ø 4W 200 Amp Lever 

Bypass Type “HQ” 

48707-82GP 

7-Jaw 3Ø 4W 320 Amp Lever Bypass 

Type HQ - Sidewire Design 

UAT417-XG 

4-Jaw 1Ø 3W 200 Amp Residential - 

No Bypass 


Meter Centers 

Meter Socket Bypass Types 

2 

METER 

CENTERS 

There are several different bypass types used in the meter socket industry. The 

type of bypass used is dependent upon each individual utilities’ requirements for 

that application. The illustrations and photos below will explain some of the basic 

bypass types seen in section 2 of the Siemens’ Speedfax. This page is meant 

for informative purposes only and is not meant to imply or convey the use of any 

particular bypass or inter-changing of any types of bypass for any application. The 

local utility should always be contacted to ensure approval of equipment prior to 

installation. The types of bypasses listed below are for utility use only. 

Meter Socket 

Horn Bypass: 

Small tabs or “horns” on the line and load side of the meter socket act as electrical 

connection points for the utility to install a bypassing means- usually a specially 

produced wire or “jumper” designed for this specific application. 

Lever Bypass: 

A lever is used to rotate a plated copper blade between the line and load jaws. The 

lever bypass HQ socket also clamps on the meter when the bypass is dis-engaged. 

The bypass must be engaged to remove the meter then dis-engaged after the 

meter is installed. The bypass acts as an alternate path for current flow which helps 

to mitigate any arcing if the meter is being removed. This also ensures a constant 

current flow should the meter need to be removed. 

Test Block Bypass: 

Test Block Bypass sockets (TBB) have the line and load connectors mounted parallel 

to one another. This provides for a provision to bypass the meter by placing a 

jumper on the line and load bus. Note that this type of bypass is used primarily by 

those utilities subscribing to the EUSERC metering standards. 

2-4 


Meter Centers 

Single Position Meter Sockets—Residential Types 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

UAT111-0PGP 

UAT111-0GF 

UAT111-0MXA 

135 Amp Continuous Meter Mounting Equipment, Ringless, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 600V 1 Position 

Catalog 

Dimensions (inches) Cont. 

Number H W D Amps Service Lugs 

HORN BYPASS 

No. of 

Jaws 

5th 

Jaw 

Hub 

Provision 

KO 

Fig. 

Meter Socket 

UAT111-0PGP 

UAT111-0PQG 

11.7 8.0 3.7 135 OH/UG #14-2/0 4 

UAT111-0PDN 

UAT111-0PZA 

UAT111-0PV 

EC659-0121 

Installed 

RX Opening 

NO BYPASS 

UAT111-0G 

UAT111-0GF 

4 EC659-0121 

OH/UG 

UAT111-0JCA 

11.7 8.0 3.7 135 

#14-2/0 

RX Opening 1A 

UAT111-0MXA 5 Installed 

UAT111-PG UG 4 EC659-0121 None 1B 

1A 

135 Amp Continuous Meter Mounting Equipment, Ring Type, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 600V 1 Position 

Catalog 



No. of 

Jaws 

5th 

Jaw 

Hub 

Provision 

KO 

Fig. 

NO BYPASS 

UAT121-0BCO 5 Installed 

OH/UG 

UAT121-0GWR 4 EC659-0121 

UAT121-BBCO 

5 Installed 

UAT121-BGWR 11.7 8.0 3.7 135 OH #14-2/0 4 EC659-0121 

UAT121-BM 5 Installed 

UAT121-PBCO 

5 Installed 

UG 

UAT121-PGWR 4 EC659-0121 

RX Opening 

EC38597 Inst. 

None 

1A 

1B 

Contact utility or sales office for approval 

by your local utility prior to installation. 

7/16” Barrel lock knockout 


Stainless Steel latch and hasp 

Labeled for use on Duquense Light Company 

Sealing ring included 

All devices include a quad ground 

Add prefix "S" to catalog number for retail or single 

packed version 



Meter Centers 

Single Position Meter Sockets—Residential Types d 

METER 

CENTERS 

2 

UAT417-XGF 

UAT317-0PGP 

UAS877-PPZA 

Meter Socket 

200 Amp Continuous/250 Amp Max Meter Mounting Equipment, Ringless, 

1-Phase, 3-Wire 600V 1 Position 

Catalog 



No. of 

Jaws 

5th 

Jaw 

Hub 

Provision 

HORN BYPASS 

UAT317-0FP 5 Installed 

UAT317-0PDN 

UAT317-0PGP 

14.8 8.0 4.5 200 OH #6-350 

RX Opening 2 

4 

UAT317-0PQG 

UAT317-0PZA 

UAT417-0PQG 

4 EC659-0121 RX Opening 

UAT417-XFP 5 Installed RX CL. Plate 

14.8 11.4 4.5 200 OH/UG #6-350 

3A 

UAT417-XPCV 4 EC659-0121 RX CL. Plate 

UAT417-XPQG 

UAS817-PPGP 8 

UAS877-PPCV 

UAS877-PPDN 

14.0 13.0 5.2 200 UG-SW #6-350 4 EC659-0121 None 

UAS877-PPGP 

6A 

UAS877-PPZ 

UAS877-PPZA 

NO BYPASS 

UAT317-0G 

4 EC659-0121 

UAT317-0GF 4 EC659-0121 RX Opening 

14.8 8.0 4.5 200 OH #6-350 

UAT317-0MXA 5 Installed 

2 

UAT317-DGZ 4 EC659-0121 EC38599 Inst. 

UAT417-PG 

UG #6-350 4 EC659-0121 None 3B 

UAT417-XG 

14.8 11.4 4.5 200 

UAT417-XGDU 

OH/UG #6-350 4 EC659-0121 RX CL. Plate 3A 

UAT417-XGF 

UAT517-PDG 18.0 13.0 5.2 

UG 

None 

3B 

UAT618-XGNM 22.0 11.4 4.5 OH/UG RX CL. Plate 3A 

UAS818-PGNM 200 

#6-350 4 EC659-0121 

8 

14.0 13.0 5.2 UG-SW None 

UAS877-PG 

6A 

UAS917-XJCA 17.0 13.0 5.2 OH/UG-SW RX CL. Plate 7 

200 Amp Continuous/250 Amp Max Meter Mounting Equipment, Ring Type, 

1-Phase, 3-Wire 600V 1 Position 

Catalog 



No. of 

Jaws 

5th 

Jaw 

Hub 

Provision 

KO 

Fig. 

KO 

Fig. 

NO BYPASS 

UAT327-0GWR 4 EC659-0121 

14.8 8.0 4.5 200 OH #6-350 

UAT327-0MCO 5 Installed 

RX Opening 2 

UAT427-PMCO UG 

5 Installed None 3B 

14.8 11.4 4.5 200 

#6-350 

UAT427-XMWR OH/UG 4 EC659-0121 RX CL. Plate 3A 






All devices include a ground lug 

Labeled for use on Delmarva Power and Atlantic City Electric 



Line side studs 



2-6 



Meter Centers 

Single & Multiple Position Meter Sockets—Residential Types 

UA2311-0PGP with 

EC659-0121 installed 

WSC250C 

UA2717-YPGP 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

100 Amp/Position Meter Mounting Equipment, Ringless, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 300V Multi-Position 

Catalog 

Number 

HORN BYPASS 


H W D 

Bus 

Amps 

Cont. 

Amps 

Service 

No. of 

Pos. 

No. of 

Jaws 

5th 

Jaw 

Hub 

Provision 

UA2311-0PGP 

UA2311-0PQG 12.4 24.0 4.5 100 100 OH/UG 2 4 EC659-0121 RX Opening 

UA3311-0PGP 


UA4311-0PGP 


200 Amp/Position Meter Mounting Equipment, Ringless, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 300V Multi-Position 

KO 

Fig. 

16A 

16B 

17A 

17B 

18A 

18B 

Line 

Lugs 

Load 

Lugs 

#6-350 KCMIL #14-2/0 

#6-350 KCMIL #14-2/0 

#6-350 KCMIL #14-2/0 

UA2717-YPDN 

HORN BYPASS 

4 EC659-0121 HD Opening 

UA2717-YPGP 5 Installed HD CL. Plate 

13.9 24.0 5.2 200 200 OH/UG 2 

UA2717-YPQG 4 EC659-0121 HD Opening 

19A #1/0-600 KCMIL 

UA2717-YPZA 4 EC659-0121 HD Opening 

UA3717-YPDN 4 EC659-0121 HD Opening 

UA3717-YPGP 13.9 32.0 5.2 270 200 OH/UG 3 5 Installed HD CL. Plate 20A #1/0-600 KCMIL 


UA4719-YPDN 4 EC659-0121 HD Opening 

UA4719-YPGP 5 Installed HD CL. Plate 

(2)#1/0-600 

13.9 43.4 5.2 360 200 OH/UG 4 

21A 

UA4719-YPQG 4 EC659-0121 HD Opening 

KCMIL 


UA5719-KPGP 2-HD Opening (2)#1/0-600 

13.9 51.4 5.2 450 200 OH/UG 5 4 EC659-0121 

22 

UA5719-KPDN 

2-HD Opening KCMIL 

UA6719-KPQG 2-HD Opening (2)#1/0-600 

13.9 59.4 5.2 528 200 OH/UG 6 4 EC659-0121 

23 

UA6719-KPZA 

2-HD Opening KCMIL 

100/80 Amp/Position Meter Mounting Equipment, Ring Type, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 300V Multi-Position 

Catalog 


Number 

H W D 

NO BYPASS 

WSC150C 15.3 

11.3 

Bus 

Amps 

Cont. 

Amps 

Service 

No. of 

Pos. 

No. of 

Jaws 

5th 

Jaw 

Hub 

Provision 

1 

24 

1.25" KO 

WSC250C 30.5 3.8 — 80 OH/UG 2 5 Installed 

25 

in Top 

WSC350C 45.5 3 26 

WSN251CR 19.6 

2 

30 

WSN351CR 15.5 29.6 4.1 200 100 OH/UG 3 5 Installed RX CL. Plate 31 

WSN451CR 39.6 4 32 

KO 

Fig. 

Line 

Lugs 

#6-350 

KCMIL 

#6-350 

KCMIL 

#6-350 

KCMIL 

#6-350 

KCMIL 

#6-350 

KCMIL 

Load 

Lugs 

#6-4/0 #8-2/0 

#6-250 KCMIL #8-2/0 

Meter Socket 






Ground lug included 

2 Ground lugs included 


Unit is unbussed and indoor 

Center feed 

End feed 






Meter Centers 

Murray Branded Multiple Position Ring Type 

METER 

CENTERS 

2 

SC250C 

SN251CR 

SS251CR 

Meter Socket 

80 Amp/Position Meter Mounting Equipment 

1 Phase, 3 Wire, 300V Multi-Position Residential End Feed 

Catalog 


Number 

H W D 

SC150C a 15.3 

11.3 

Bus 

Amps 

Cont. 

Amps 

Service 

No. of 

Pos. 

1 

SC250C a 30.5 3.9 n/a 80 OH/UG 2 5 Installed 1.25” KO Top #6-4/0 #8-2/0 25 

SC350C a 45.6 3 26 


1 Phase, 3 Wire, 300V Multi-Position Residential End Feed 

Catalog 

Number 

NO BYPASS 

SN211AR 


H W D 

Bus 

Amps 

Cont. 

Amps 

Service 

No. of 

Pos. 

27.6 

2 

27 

SN311AR 14.1 35.8 5.3 200 100 OH/UG 3 4 EC659-0121 RX Opening #6-250 #8-2/0 28 

SN411AR 44.0 4 29 

SN251CR 

19.6 

2 

30 

SN351CR 15.5 29.6 4.1 200 100 OH 3 5 Installed RX CL. Plate #6-250 #8-2/0 31 

SN451CR 39.6 4 32 


1 Phase, 3 Wire, 300V Multi-Position Vertical Mounting 

Catalog 

Number 


H W D 

Bus 

Amps 

Cont. 

Amps 

Service 

No. of 

Pos. 

NO BYPASS 

SN205CX 25.6 8.0 4.4 200 100 OH 2 5 Installed RX Opening #8-350 #8-2/0 44 

SN305CX 35.9 8.0 4.4 200 100 OH 3 5 Installed RX Opening #8-350 #8-2/0 45 


1 Phase, 3 Wire, 300V Multi-Position Residential Center Feed 

Catalog 

Dimensions (inches) Bus Cont. 

No. of No. of 5th 

Line Load KO 

Number 

H W D Amps Amps Service Pos. Jaws Jaw Hub 

Lugs Lugs Fig. 

SS251CR 

28.0 

200 

2 

19B 

#8-250 

SS351CR 14.1 38.0 5.4 270 200 OH/UG 3 5 Installed HD Opening #1/0-500 

20B 

KCMIL 

SS451CR 48.0 360 4 21B 

No. of 

Jaws 

No. of 

Jaws 

No. of 

Jaws 

5th 

Jaw 

5th 

Jaw 

5th 

Jaw 

Hub 

Hub 

Hub 

Line 

Lugs 

Line 

Lugs 

Line 

Lugs 

Load 

Lugs 

Load 

Lugs 

Load 

Lugs 

KO 

Fig. 

24 

KO 

Fig. 

KO 

Fig. 



aUnit is unbussed, indoor, and gangable. 

2-8 



Meter Centers 

Single Position Meter Sockets—Commercial/Industrial Types 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

40405-02CO 40407-02CO 9804-9142 

200 Amp Continuous Meter Mounting Equipment, Ringless, Lever Bypass, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 600V 

Catalog 



4 OR 5 TERMINAL 

No. of 

Jaws 

Hub 

Provision 

KO 

Fig. 

4 RX CL. PLATE 9A 

Meter Socket 

5 RX CL. PLATE 9A 

40405-015F 

40405-025 

19.0 12.8 5.0 200 OH/UG #6-350 KCMIL 

40404-02QG 

40405-02QG 

40405-02CO 

40405-02GP 

40405-0BNU 19.0 12.8 5.0 200 OH/UG #6-350 KCMIL 5 RX OPENING 9A 

42505-02RG 3/8-24 STUD 

RX CL. PLATE 9A 

19.0 12.8 5.0 200 OH/UG 

5 

44305-02CV #6-350 KCMIL HD CL. PLATE 9B 

48805-0BNU 22.0 16.0 5.0 200 OH/UG #6-350 KCMIL 5 RX CL. PLATE 6B 

200 Amp Continuous Meter Mounting Equipment, Ringless, Lever Bypass, 3-Phase, 4-Wire 600V 

Catalog 



No. of 

Jaws 

Hub 

Provision 

7 TERMINAL 

40007-01GP 17.5 10.0 5.0 200 OH #6-350 KCMIL 7 RX OPENING 10 

40407-02QG 

40407-025 

40407-015F 

19.0 12.8 5.0 200 OH/UG #6-350 KCMIL 7 RX CL. PLATE 9A 

40407-02CO 

40407-02GP 

40407-01NU RX OPENING 9A 

19.0 12.8 5.0 200 OH/UG #6-350 KCMIL 7 

44307-02CV HD CL. PLATE 9B 

48807-02NU 22.0 16.0 

OH/UG 

6B 

5.0 200 

#6-350 KCMIL 7 RX CL. PLATE 

9804-9142 20.0 16.1 UG-SW 33 

KO 

Fig. 







2 Ground lugs included 

5th jaw installed at 6:00 position 

5th jaw installed at 9:00 position 

Labeled for use on Delmarva Power and Atlantic City Electric 

Murray brand labeled device 

Clamp jaw lever bypass type HQ 





Meter Centers 

Single Position Meter Sockets—Commercial/Industrial Types 

 

METER 

CENTERS 

2 

47704-02 

48104-02 9817-8061 

Meter Socket 

320 Amp Continuous/400 Amp Max Meter Mounting Equipment, Ringless, Lever Bypass, 

1-Phase, 3-Wire 600V 

Catalog 


No. of Hub 

KO 


Jaws Provision 

Fig. 

4 OR 5 TERMINAL 

44704-8265 34.0 20.2 6.2 320 

OH/ 

UG-SW 

#4-600 4 HD CL. PLATE 11A 

47604-81GP #4-600 4 HD OPENING 

28.0 12.8 5.0 320 OH/UG 

47605-02SP 3/8-24 STUD 5 HD CL. PLATE 

12 

47704-01NU 4 HD OPENING 

47704-02 28.0 13.8 6.0 320 OH/UG 1/2-20 STUD 4 HD CL. PLATE 13 

47705-01NU 5 HD OPENING 

48104-02 OH/ 3/8-24 STUD 4 

31.0 16.2 5.0 320 

48105-83BU UG-SW #4-600 5 

HD CL. PLATE 14 

48504-92 28.0 12.8 5.0 

UG 3/8-24 STUD 

NONE 35 

48704-82GP 34.0 20.2 6.2 

320 OH/ 

4 

#4-600 

UG-SW 

HD CL. PLATE 11B 

9804-9144 25.0 16.0 6.0 

13 

320 OH/UG 3/8-24 STUD 4 HD OPENING 

9804-9146 34.0 20.2 6.2 11C 

320 Amp Continuous/400 Amp Max Meter Mounting Equipment, Ringless, Lever Bypass, 

3-Phase, 4-Wire 600V 

Catalog 



No. of 

Jaws 

Hub 

Provision 

7 TERMINAL 

47707-01NU 1/2-20 STUD 

HD OPENING 

28.0 13.8 6.0 320 OH/UG 

7 

13 

47707-02 3/8-24 STUD HD CL. PLATE 

48707-82GP OH/ 

34.0 20.2 6.2 320 

#4-600 7 HD CL. PLATE 11B 

UG-SW 

9804-9145 25.0 16.0 6.0 

HD OPENING 13 

320 OH/UG 3/8-24 STUD 7 

9804-9147 34.0 20.2 6.2 HD CL. PLATE 11C 

400 Amp Continuous/400-480 Amp Max Meter Mounting Equipment, K7 Bolt-in, No Bypass, 

3-Phase, 4-Wire 600V 

Catalog 



No. of 

Jaws 

Hub 

Provision 

7 TERMINAL 

9817-8061 34.0 20.0 6.2 400 UG 

HD CL. PLATE 15 

1/2-20 Stud 7 

9817-9504 43.1 20.0 6.2 480 OH/UG (2) HD CL. Plate 15 

KO 

Fig. 

KO 

Fig. 







Bolt-in meter socket 

Lugs not included, order separately 

Anti-inversion clip included 

5th Jaw installed at 9:00 



2-10 



Meter Centers 

Special Application Meter Sockets 

 

MS44UTB 

MS14TB 

100-320 Amp Continuous EUSERC-Approved Meter Mounting Equipment, 

Ring Type, Test Block Bypass, 1-Phase & 3-Phase 

Catalog 

Number 

MS14TB 

Dimensions 

(inches) 

Cont. 

H W D Amps Service Lugs 

No. 

of 

Jaws 

5th 

Jaw 

1-Ph/3-Wire #6-2/0 4 EC5J 

MS15TB 24.1 12.4 4.8 100 3-Ph/3-Wire #6-2/0 5 Installed 

MS17TB 3-Ph/4-Wire #6-2/0 7 — 

MS24TB 

1-Ph/3-Wire #1/0-250 lay-in 4 UX005B 

MS25TB 30.1 14.1 6.1 200 3-Ph/3-Wire #1/0-250 lay-in 5 Installed 

MS27TB 3-Ph/4-Wire #1/0-250 lay-in 7 — 

MS44UTB 34.5 15.4 6.3 320 1-Ph/3-Wire 

(2)#1/0-250 

or (1)#4-600 

Hub 

Provision 

KO 

Fig. 

RX 39 

(2x) RX-top 

(1x) HD-bot. 

(2x) RX-top 

(3x) HC-bot. 

(2x) RX-top 

(1x) HD-bot. 

40 

41 

40 

4 — — 44 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

200 Amp Mobile Home Meter Pedestal 

Pad or Earth Mount, Ring or Ringless Design, 4 Jaw for 1 Phase 240V AC 

Continuous Duty 

Amps Per Position Catalog Number Cover Type 

Line Connectors 

(installed) 

Dimensions 

H W D 

200 MP0406B1200R Ringless (2) #6-350 kcmil 55.00 10.00 4.00 

MP0606L1200R Ringless (2) #6-350 kcmil 55.00 10.00 4.00 

MP0606L1200 Ring (2) #6-350 kcmil 55.00 10.00 4.00 

200 Amp Mobile Home Lever Bypass Meter Pedestal 

Pad or Earth Mount, Ringless, 5 Jaw for 1 Phase, 240V AC 

200 MP0406B1200RJL Ringless (2) #6-350 kcmil 55.00 10.00 4.00 

200 MP0606L1200RJL Ringless (2) #6-350 kcmil 55.00 10.00 4.00 

Meter Socket 

Breakers: Units will accept up to (3) 2 pole 

breakers or (6) 1 pole breakers - Siemens type 

QP or Murray type MP for up to 125amps and 

Siemens type QN for 200amp. 

Filler Plates: Un-used openings that have had 

the factory twist-outs removed can use part the 

ECQF3 filler plate. 

Required Accessories: 

Direct Burial Kit: Use catalog number MPEXT. 

This lengthens the device to 84", 90", or 96" 

depending on adjustment of the stabilizer foot. 

Pad Mount Kit: Use catalog number MPFLANGE. 

This kit bolts to the bottom of the MPEXT and 

will add 11" in length. 

MP0606: accomodates (3) 2 pole breakers or (6) 

1 pole breakers types Siemens QP/Murray MP-T 

(125amp max) and types Siemens QN/Murray 

MPD (150-200amp) 

MP0406: Siemens type QN 200amp breaker 

factory installed. Additional space for 4 one 

pole or 2 two pole breakers types Siemens QP/ 

Murray MP-T. Branch circuits run in parallel to 

200amp main breaker 

12 1/8” 

10” 

55” 

35” 

15” 

MP0606L1200R 

(Front) 

MP0606L1200RJL 

(Reverse) 

MP0606L1200RJL 

(Front) 

Contact utility or sales office for approval by your local utility prior to installation. 



Meter Centers 

Pedestal and Breaker Combination Meter Mounting Equipment 

 

2 

200/320A 4-7 Terminal Pedestal 

And Breaker Combination Meter 

Mounting Equipment 

METER 

CENTERS 

Meter Socket 

Common Features 

n 200A and 320A continuous duty models available 

n Factory installed lugs or studs 

n Ground lug on all devices 

n Horn or lever bypass (uses HQ lever bypass) 

n Extension kits available for pedestals 

n Breaker devices with provisions or installed 

breaker 

n Pole mount units with breakers available 

n Direct burial or pad mount capability 

Pedestal 

Cont. 

Amps 

Pos. 

No. 

of 

Term. Svc. 

Terminal Connector 

Dimensions 

(inches) 

47604-9CH 

Line Load Bypass W H D 

Hub 

Opening 

5th Jaw 

Kit No. 

UAB317-0PCH 

Breaker 

Breaker 

Type 

UAPB317-PPCH 

Catalog 

Number 

200 4 UG #6-350 kcmil #6-350 kcmil Horn 8.0 64.5 4.5 Blank Top H659-0121 None N/A UAP317-PPWI b 

200 4 UG 4/0-comp. lug See Breaker Horn 8.0 64.5 4.5 Blank Top H659-0121 200A-prov. QPP UAPB317-PPWI b 

200 5 UG #6-350 kcmil #6-350 kcmil Lever 11.0 56.0 6.0 Blank Top N/A None N/A 40405P-9WI b 

200 7 UG #6-350 kcmil #6-350 kcmil Lever 11.0 56.0 6.0 Blank Top N/A None N/A 40407P-9CH b 

200 7 UG #6-350 kcmil #6-350 kcmil Lever 11.0 56.0 6.0 Blank Top N/A None N/A 40407P-9UE b 

200 7 UG (2) #4-350 kcmil (2) #4-350 kcmil Lever 11.0 56.0 6.0 Blank Top N/A None N/A 40407P-9WI b 

320 4 UG 3/8”-24 Stud (2) #4-350 kcmil Lever 13.0 56.0 5.0 Blank Top H35815-2 None N/A 47604P-9CH b 

320 4 UG 1/0-600 kcmil #6-350 kcmil Lever 13.0 56.0 5.0 Blank Top H35815-2 None N/A 47604P-9WI b 

320 4 UG 3/8”-24 Stud #6-350 kcmil Lever 13.0 56.0 5.0 Blank Top H35815-2 (2) 200A-inst. QJ 47604PB-9CH b 

Combo 

Cont. 

Amps 

Pos. 

No. 

of 

Term. Svc. 

Dimensions 

Terminal Connector 

(inches) 

Line Load Bypass W H D 

Hub 

Opening 

5th Jaw 

Kit No. 

Breaker 

Breaker 

Type 

Catalog 

Number 

200 4 OH #14-2/0 See Breaker Horn 8.0 28.5 4.5 RX Opening H659-0121 125A-prov. QP UAB111-0PCH b 

200 4 OH #6-350 kcmil #6-300 kcmil Horn 8.0 28.5 4.5 RX Opening H659-0121 200A-inst. QJ UAB317-0PCH 

200 4 OH/UG (2) 1/0-600 kcmil #6-350 kcmil None 11.3 28.5 4.3 RX Cl. Plate H659-0121 200A-inst. QJ UAB417-XG b 

125 5 OH/UG #6-250 kcmil #2-1/0 CU, 2/0 AL Horn 18.5 17.0 5.1 RX Cl. Plate Installed 125A inst. QN LGMM0202B1125RJBX b 

150 5 OH/UG #6-250 kcmil #1-300 KCMIL Horn 18.5 17.0 5.1 RX Cl. Plate Installed 150A inst. QN LGMM0202B1150RJBX b 

200 5 OH/UG #6-250 kcmil #1-300 KCMIL Horn 18.5 17.0 5.1 RX Cl. Plate Installed 200A inst. QN LGMM0202B1200RJBX b 

125 4 OH/UG #14-2/0 See Breaker None 10.9 20.8 4.4 RX Cl. Plate H659-0121 QP UAB111-XG b 

100 4 OH/UG #14-2/0 See Breaker None 10.9 20.8 4.4 RX Cl. Plate H659-0121 QP UAB111-100 b 

125 4 OH/UG #14-2/0 See Breaker None 10.9 20.8 4.4 RX Cl. Plate H659-0121 QP UAB111-125 b 

200 4 OH/UG #6-350 kcmil See Breaker None 11.6 27.8 5.2 RX Cl. Plate H659-0121 QN/QP UAB417-XPG b 

150 4 OH/UG #6-350 kcmil See Breaker None 11.6 27.8 5.2 RX Cl. Plate H659-0121 QN UAB417-150 b 

200 4 OH/UG #6-350 kcmil See Breaker None 11.6 27.8 5.2 RX Cl. Plate H659-0121 QN UAB417-200 b 

200 4 UG #6-350 kcmil See Breaker None 13.2 25.2 5.2 Blank Top H659-0121 QN UAB877-PG b 

200 4 UG #6-350 kcmil See Breaker None 13.2 25.2 5.2 Blank Top H659-0121 QN UAB877-200 b 

Ring style cover. 

b Ringless style cover. 



2-12 


Temporary Power Outlet Panels 

Power Outlet Panel Types Available 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

Earth Mount Pedestals 

n Unmetered 

n Ring Type (Metered) 

n Ringless Type (Metered) 

n Lighted with photocell option 

Meter Socket 

Surface 

n Unmetered 

n Ring Type Metered 

(Meter at top or bottom) 

n Ringless Metered 

(Meter at top or bottom) 

n Lighted 

Pad Mount Pedestals 

n Unmetered 




Additional Accessories 

n Cable television & Phone connection 

n Water Connection 

Back to Back 

Earth Mount Pedestals 

n Unmetered 




Back to Back 

Pad Mount Pedestals 

n Unmetered 






Product Features 

Enclosures 

Pedestals 

Interiors (continued) 

2 

METER 

CENTERS 

Meter Socket 

A Rainproof 

Rainproof NEMA Type 3R construction. 

B Quality Finish 

All sheet metal components are 

powder coated with the highest 

quality finish and fabricated with G90 

galvanized steel. 

C Installation Ease 

Three raised mounting embosses 

make installation a snap. 

D Removable Deadfronts 

Easily removable upper and lower 

deadfronts allow easy access to 

internal components for ease of 

installation. 

E Theft Resistant 

The padlock provisions and elevated 

upper deadfront design prevent 

unauthorized removal of the plugs or 

access to the circuit breakers. 

F Meters Top or Bottom 

Metered units are available with 

meters at the top or bottom. 

b Ring and ringless type meter 

covers available. 

b Utility grade, meter socket base. 

b Units with meter at bottom are 

ideally suited for underground 

feeds. 

b Meter sockets available to 125 

amps maximum. 

G Easy Access Door 

Door allows additional room for plugs 

and is designed to open & close easily 

H Overhead/Underground Feeds 

Surface devices have provisions for 

overhead and underground feeds. 

b For an overhead feed, use a 

readily available Type RX 

interchangeable hub. Closure 

plate is factory included. 

b For an underground feed, an 

extensive variety of easily 

removable knockouts are 

provided. 

J One-Piece Construction 

Rigid, one-piece pedestal 

construction for all earth and pad 

mounted devices. Thoroughly tested 

for torsion and flexing resistance. 

K Block Assembly 

Loop-feed block assembly provides 

connectors capable of accepting up to 

350 kcmil conductors. 

(Standard option on pedestal devices. 

Available option on un-metered devices.) 

L Pad Mount 

Pad mounted devices are available. 

(not shown) 

Interiors 

M Bus Bars 

Plated bus bars provide the best 

protection against corrosion. 

N Copper Conductors 

Ready to use! All internal components 

are factory prewired with copper 

conductors. 

O Circuit Protection 

All receptacles are protected by 

lifetime warranted Siemens circuit 

breakers. 

P Receptacles 

Impact-resistant, thermoplastic, 

commercial grade receptacles. 

Q GFCI Protection 

All 125 volt, 20amp receptacles offer 

a GFCI protection option. Weather 

resistant receptacles are also available. 

Siemens GFCI circuit breakers are 

available to provide protection for all 

receptacles. 

 

 

R Wire Connectors 

All wire connectors are suitable for 

use with copper or aluminum wire. 

(not shown) 

 

 

 

A 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I Light Option 

Lighted option to assist with 

nighttime site location and operation. 

Light provisions are the longest 

lasting and have the lowest 

operating cost in the industry. Light can 

be wired in conjunction with a 120V 

photocell to minimize energy use. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2-14 




Build Your Own Catalog Numbering System 

 

 

 

 

T – 

 

 

 

 

Talon 

Temporary 

Power 

Main Type 

Main Lugs, 

L 125A 

Main Breaker, 

D 100A 

a Required fields. 

b A minimum of 1 receptacle 

must be selected. A maximum 

of 3 receptacles, with 

up to 125amps total, may be 

selected. UL does not allow 

field installation of receptacle 

kits. 

c Two receptacle devices ship 

in a 7" wide enclosure and 

are wired with a 3 circuit 

interior. Depending on the 

receptacle configuration 

selected an additional circuit 

may or may not be available 

d Enclosure includes same 

loop feed lugs as the pedestal 

devices. Enclosure is 

larger. Please see knockout 

diagrams for details. 

e Dash is only present if one 

of the options listed after 

the dash is needed. 

f Light kits are installed by 

the factory and require 

either a 120V GFCI breaker 

or 5-20RGFI receptacle to 

power the light fixture. 

Cable TV, phone, & water 

accessories are purchased 

separately and are not configured 

as part of the device. 

Photocell is factory wired and 

is mounted internally. 120V 

AC photocell only. 

"X" designates alternate 

receptacle configuration on 

each side. Contact sales 

office for pricing. 

Receptacles (3 max) 

1 14-50R 125/250V 50A 

1F 

Designates GFCI Circuit Breaker 

Protection 

2 14-30R 125/250V 30A 

2F 


Protection 

3 TT30R 125V 30A 

3F 


Protection 

4 L6-30R 250V 30A 

4F 


Protection 

5 6-20R 250V 20A 

5F 


Protection 

6 L5-20R 125V 20A 

6F 

8G 


Protection 

7 5-20R2GFI 125V 20A 

5-20R2 125V 20A 

Designates weather resistant 

receptacle with GFCI Circuit 

Breaker Protection 

9 L-530R 125V 30A 

9F 


Protection 

Meter/Bypass 

U 

R 

N 

L 

H 

Unmetered 

Ringless, 

No Bypass 

Ring, No Bypass 

Ringless, 

Lever Bypass 

Ringless, 

Horn Bypass 

Enclosure Type 

S 

Surface 

mount, 

un-metered 

Surface 

S2 mount, 

un-metered, 

loop feed lugs 

T 

surface 

mount, top 

feed-metered 

surface 

mount, 

B bottom feedmetered 

Direct burial 

P pedestal 

Pad mount 

M pedestal 

Direct burial 

2P pedestal, 

double-sided 

Pad mount 

2M pedestal, 

double sided 

RC 

MEG 

Approved 

Surface Mount 

Custom Options 

L Light kit factory 

installed 

Light kit with 

LP photocell 

factory installed 

Alternate 

receptacle 

X configuration 

on double-sided 

pedestal 

Custom color 

Cx configuration 

Custom Color 

Guidelines: 

b "Cx" designates custom 

color. Contact 

sales office for 

color code to insert 

into part number to 

replace the "x" in this 

designation. 

b Additional charges 

apply and depend on 

the color needed. 

b Custom color 

matching available: 

Customer must 

signoff on painted 

sample prior to production 

of order. 

b Order cancellations 

will involve a fee 

after custom paint is 

ordered. 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

Meter Socket 

Example: Catalog Number: TL1F37NT-LP 

Given specifications: 

b 125A Main Lugs 

b 50A, 125/250V receptacle with 

GFCI circuit breaker 

b 30A, 125V receptacle with a 

standard circuit breaker 

b 20A, 125V GFCI weather 

resistant receptacle 

b Ring type meter at the top 

b Surface mount device 

b Light option with photocell 

Step 1 

Start with the power receptacle product line prefix identifier: (T) 

Step 2 

Choose main type: (L) 

Step 3 

Choose the first receptacle and its circuit breaker type: (1F) 

Step 4 

Choose the second receptacle and its circuit breaker type: (3) 

Step 5 

Choose the third receptacle and its circuit breaker type: (7) 

Step 6 

Choose utility meter & bypass type required: (N) 

Step 7 

Choose enclosure type: (T) 

Step 8 

Add dash and select light option with photocell: (-LP) 



2 

METER 

CENTERS 

Meter Socket 

Most Common Items—See Previous Page to Build Your Own Catalog Number 

Catalog Number Mains Type Enclosure Type Meter Provision Receptacle #1 Receptacle #2 Receptacle #3 Options 

Surface Mount, Un-Metered 

TL17US 125A Main Lug Surface Mount Un-Metered 14-50R 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A N/A 

TL37US 125A Main Lug Surface Mount Un-Metered TT30R 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A N/A 

TL77US 125A Main Lug Surface Mount Un-Metered 5-20RGFI W.R. 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A N/A 

TL137US 125A Main Lug Surface Mount Un-Metered 14-50R TT30R 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A 

TL577US 125A Main Lug Surface Mount Un-Metered 6-20R 5-20R2 GFI W.R. 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A 

TL1F7US 125A Main Lug Surface Mount Un-Metered 14-50R, GFCI Brkr 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A N/A 

TL1F3F7US 125A Main Lug Surface Mount Un-Metered 14-50R, GFCI Brkr TT30R, GFCI Brkr 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A 

TL5F8G8GUS 125A Main Lug Surface Mount Un-Metered 6-20R, GFCI Brkr 

5-20R2, GFCI Brkr, 

W.R. 


W.R. 

TL1F3F7US2 125A Main Lug Surface Mount Un-Metered 14-50R, GFCI Brkr TT30R, GFCI Brkr 5-20R2 GFI W.R. 

Surface Mount, Metered 

TL137UP 125A Main Lug Burial Pedestal Un-Metered 14-50R TT30R 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A 

TL137NP 125A Main Lug Burial Pedestal Un-Metered 14-50R TT30R 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A 

N/A 

Loop Feed 

Lugs 

TL1F3F7UP 125A Main Lug Burial Pedestal Un-Metered 14-50R, GFCI Brkr TT30R, GFCI Brkr 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A 

TL138GUP 125A Main Lug Burial Pedestal Un-Metered 14-50R TT30R 


W.R. 

N/A 

TL137UP-LP 125A Main Lug Burial Pedestal Un-Metered 14-50R TT30R 5-20R2 GFI W.R. 

Light & 

Photocell 

TL137U2P 125A Main Lug 

Burial Pedestal- 

Double Sided 

Un-Metered 14-50R TT30R 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A 

Pedestal Mount, Metered & Un-Metered 

TL77NT 125A Main Lug Top Feed Metered- Ring 5-20R2 GFI W.R. 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A N/A 

TL77NB 125A Main Lug Bottom Feed Metered- Ring 5-20R2 GFI W.R. 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A N/A 

TL77RT 125A Main Lug Top Feed Metered- Ringless 5-20R2 GFI W.R. 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A N/A 

TL77RB 125A Main Lug Bottom Feed Metered- Ringless 5-20R2 GFI W.R. 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A N/A 

TL137RT 125A Main Lug Top Feed Metered- Ringless 14-50R TT30R 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A 

TL577NT 125A Main Lug Top Feed Metered- Ring 6-20R 5-20R2 GFI W.R. 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A 

TL1F77NT 125A Main Lug Top Feed Metered- Ring 14-50R, GFCI Brkr 5-20R2 GFI W.R. 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A 

TL1F77RB 125A Main Lug Bottom Feed Metered- Ringless 14-50R, GFCI Brkr 5-20R2 GFI W.R. 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A 

TL5F77NT 125A Main Lug Top Feed Metered- Ring 6-20R, GFCI Brkr 5-20R2 GFI W.R. 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A 

TL5F77RT 125A Main Lug Top Feed Metered- Ringless 6-20R, GFCI Brkr 5-20R2 GFI W.R. 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A 

TL5F77RB 125A Main Lug Bottom Feed Metered- Ringless 6-20R, GFCI Brkr 5-20R2 GFI W.R. 5-20R2 GFI W.R. N/A 

Special Accessories 

Catalog Number Description Notes 

TLAWATER Water Connection Accessory Accessories are intended to mount on each side of a direct burial or pad mount pedestal. 

These accessories can be used independently provided they are mounted on a 

TLATVP 

Television & Phone Connection Accessory flat surface. Mounting these accessories to round poles is not recommended. 

2-16 




Dimension Drawings 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

Meter Socket 

Unmetered Surface Mount, 7"wide 

Enclosure size for un-metered devices 

with two receptacles only. 

Unmetered Surface Mount, 10" wide 

Unmetered Surface Mount, 10"wide 

with Loop Feed Lugs 




Meter Socket 

METER 

CENTERS 

2 

Metered Top Feed Surface Mount 

Metered Bottom Feed Surface Mount 

2-18 




2 METER 

CENTERS 

Meter Socket 

Metered Pedestal Direct Burial 

Unmetered Pedestal Direct Burial 

Metered Pedestal Direct Burial 

Back to Back 

Unmetered Pedestal Direct Burial 

Back to Back 




Meter Socket 

METER 

CENTERS 

2 

Metered Pedestal Pad Mount 

Unmetered Pedestal Pad Mount 

Metered Pedestal Pad Mount 

Back to Back 

Unmetered Pedestal Pad Mount 

Back to Back 

2-20 




2 METER 

CENTERS 

Pad Mount Bolt Pattern 

Meter Socket 

Catalog Number: TLAWATER 

Water Kit 

Catalog Number: TLATVP 

Television & Phone Combination 


Meter Centers 

Transformer-Rated Meter Mounting Equipment 

 

2 

METER 

CENTERS 

Meter Socket 

Type PTS Transformer-Rated 

Meter Mounting Equipment 

with Test Switch Provisions 


n 20A continuous rated 

n Ground lug available 

n Steel or aluminum construction 

n Split or solid cover construction 

n OH and UG capabilities 

n 600V rated 

n Spacing for multiple test switch configurations 

n Customized test switch and wiring 

Consult the factory for other available options such as, but not 

limited to alternate enclosure and hasp material, kearnaloxed 

terminals, enclosures with special KO configurations, pre-wired 

units, test switch specifications and special labeling. 

KNOCKOUTS (inches): 

B: 1/2, 3/4 

Q: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2 

AC: 1/4, 1/2 

RX: Ø2.750 HUB 0P 

Socket 

Type 

PTS6: 

6 Jaw 

PTS8: 

8 Jaw 

PTS13: 

13 Jaw 

Catalog Numbers 

Cont. 

Terminal 

Ringless - Solid Cover Ringless - Split Cover Ring Type - Split Cover Dimensions (in.) Amp Hub 

Wire Range 

Aluminum Steel Aluminum Steel Aluminum Steel L W D Rating Opening Current Potential 

9837-8200 9837-8201 9837-8202 9837-8203 9837-8204 9837-8205 20.0 12.0 4.5 20 RX Cl. Plate #4-14 #8-14 

9837-8210 9837-8211 9837-8212 9837-8213 9837-8214 9837-8215 20.0 12.0 4.5 20 1” Hub Inst. #4-14 #8-14 

9837-8220 9837-8221 9837-8222 9837-8223 9837-8224 9837-8225 20.0 12.0 4.5 20 1.25” Hub Inst. #4-14 #8-14 

9837-8230 9837-8231 9837-8232 9837-8233 9837-8234 9837-8235 20.0 12.0 4.5 20 1.50” Hub Inst. #4-14 #8-14 

9837-8240 9837-8241 9837-8242 9837-8243 9837-8244 9837-8245 20.0 12.0 4.5 20 RX Opening #4-14 #8-14 

9837-8400 9837-8401 9837-8402 9837-8403 9837-8404 9837-8405 20.0 12.0 4.5 20 RX Cl. Plate #4-14 #8-14 

9837-8410 9837-8411 9837-8412 9837-8413 9837-8414 9837-8415 20.0 12.0 4.5 20 1” Hub Inst. #4-14 #8-14 

9837-8420 9837-8421 9837-8422 9837-8423 9837-8424 9837-8425 20.0 12.0 4.5 20 1.25” Hub Inst . #4-14 #8-14 

9837-8430 9837-8431 9837-8432 9837-8433 9837-8434 9837-8435 20.0 12.0 4.5 20 1.50” Hub Inst. #4-14 #8-14 

9837-8440 9837-8441 9837-8442 9837-8443 9837-8444 9837-8445 20.0 12.0 4.5 20 RX Opening #4-14 #8-14 

9837-8500 9837-8501 9837-8502 9837-8503 9837-8504 9837-8505 20.0 12.0 4.5 20 RX Cl. Plate #4-14 #8-14 

9837-8510 9837-8511 9837-8512 9837-8513 9837-8514 9837-8515 20.0 12.0 4.5 20 1” Hub Inst. #4-14 #8-14 

9837-8520 9837-8521 9837-8522 9837-8523 9837-8524 9837-8525 20.0 12.0 4.5 20 1.25” Hub Inst #4-14 #8-14 

9837-8530 9837-8531 9837-8532 9837-8533 9837-8534 9837-8535 20.0 12.0 4.5 20 1.50” Hub Inst. #4-14 #8-14 

9837-8540 9837-8541 9837-8542 9837-8543 9837-8544 9837-8544 20.0 12.0 4.5 20 RX Opening #4-14 #8-14 

GENERAL INFORMATION: 

Capacity: 20 amperes, 600 volts a.c. 

Application: Transformer-rated applications. Available with or without test switch and pre-wiring. 

Enclosures: 14-gauge .063 aluminum or 16-gauge galvannealed steel suitable for indoor or outdoor installation. 

Terminals: Set screw type. 

Hubs: Interchangeable 1”, 1-1/4”, 1-1/2” 

Finish: 

Aluminum unpainted unless specified. Steel enclosures have gray polyester powder coat finish. 

Test Switches: Standard 6 and 10 pole, 480-volt rated switches are available from stock. Special switches available upon request. 



2-22 


Meter Centers 

Transformer-Rated Meter Mounting Equipment 

 

Type HQ-T Transformer-Rated 

Meter Mounting Equipment 


n Clamping jaw lever bypass 

n 80A continuous rated 

n Ground lug available 

n Screw type terminals with pressure plate 

n Steel or aluminum construction 

n Glass filled polyester block construction 

n 200% rated bypass 

n Overhead and underground capabilities 

n 600V rated 

Consult the factory for other available options such as, but not 

limited to alternate enclosure and hasp material, kearnaloxed 

terminals, enclosures with special KO configurations, pre-wired 

units, test switch specifications and special labeling. 


: 1/4 

B: 1/2, 3/4 

S: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

AI: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

RX: Ø2.750 HUB 0P 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

Meter Socket 

Socket 

Type 

Catalog Numbers Dimensions (inches) Cont. 

Ampere 

Removable Handle Solid Handle L W D Rating 

Hub 

Opening 

Terminal Wire Range 

Current 

Term 

HQ-6T: 6 Jaw 9804-8544 9804-8548 17.5 10.0 5.0 80 RX Cl. Plate #4-14 #8-14 

9804-8482 9804-8485 17.5 10.0 5.0 80 1” Hub Installed #4-14 #8-14 

9804-8483 9804-8486 17.5 10.0 5.0 80 1.25” Hub Installed #4-14 #8-14 


9804-8419 9804-8456 17.5 10.0 5.0 80 1” Hub Installed #4-14 #8-14 

9804-8422 9804-8459 17.5 10.0 5.0 80 1.25” Hub Installed #4-14 #8-14 


9804-8420 9804-8457 17.5 10.0 5.0 80 1” Hub Installed #4-14 #8-14 

9804-8423 9804-8460 17.5 10.0 5.0 80 1.25” Hub Installed #4-14 #8-14 

9804-8426 9804-8463 17.5 10.0 5.0 80 1.50” Hub Installed #4-14 #8-14 

Potential 

Term 

GENERAL INFORMATION: 

Capacity: 80 ampere continuous, 600 volts a.c. 

Application: 6 terminal, single phase 2 or 3 wire; 8 terminal 2 or 3 phase, 3 wire, HQ-13T - 3 phase, 4 wire wye or 4 wire delta. For use with transformer-rated 

Class 10 or 20 meters. May also be used on self-contained applications up to 80 ampere load. 

Enclosures: Constructed of 16 gauge galvannealed steel with polyester powder coat finish. Also available in 12 gauge aluminum upon request. All 

enclosures are NEMA type 3R. 

Block Assembly: Glass fiber reinforced polyester. High strength, arc and track resistant. 

Bypass: 

Lever-Operated Jaw Release - Moving lever up closes bypass, providing positive short circuiting of the current circuits and releases 

jaw pressure on the meter current terminals providing easy removal of the meter. Also available is a removable bypass handle which 

allows a solid cover, #37943-2 for HQ-T or #54199-2 for HQ-TS, to be placed on the box with the bypass closed when it is necessary to 

remove the meter for in-shop repair or testing. Bypass capacity: 80 amp continuous. 

Terminals: Set screw type with pressure plate. Current terminals will accommodate conductors from #4 to #14. Potential terminals will accommodate 

from #8 to #14. 

Hubs: 

Cover plate or single removable gasketless hubs are interchangeable. 

UL: 

All sockets shown are UL approved. 

Safety Shield: Track resistant polycarbonate transparent safety shield provides liberal insulation between potential jaws and terminals and protection 

from accidental shorts and shocks. 




Meter Centers 

Current Transformer Cabinet 

Meter Socket 

METER 

CENTERS 

2 

Current Transformer Cabinet 

Amperage 

Rating 


Hub 

Provisions* 

Connectors 

4 Terminal for 1 Phase, 3 Wire 240V AC 

Dimension 

W H D 

Millbank 

Equivilant 

400-800 LG123636CTS2 Blank 3 Lugs per Phase 36 36 12 S-1855-0 

800-1200 LG124848CTS2 Blank 5 Lugs per Phase 48 48 12 S-1856-0 

Devices are 2 door and include stainless steel handles. All devices are NEMA type 3R rated. 

Lugs: #2-600 kcmil 

* We have many more CT cabinet options for varying utilities. Please consult your regional catalog 

for a complete offering. 



2-24 


Meter Centers 

Meter Socket Accessories 

 

RX Hub 

H56732 H56476 H58852 

H58022 

ECJS 

S64685-1 Neutral Kit 

EC659-0121 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

S35815-2 

SRSTD 

SRSS 

SRSW 

Meter Socket 

5TH & 6TH Jaw Assemblies 

For Use With 

All SUAxxxx single and multiple position sockets 

All SUAxxxx single and multiple position sockets 

All Lever Bypass single position sockets S35815-2 

SC and SD Unbussed Multiple-5th Jaw 

100A Test Block bypass sockets 

200A Test Block bypass sockets 

Anti-Inversion clip for use with 320amp 

sockets 

Miscellaneous Accessories 


EC659-0121 (grounded) 

EC659-0120 (insulated) 

WSX019 

EC5J 

UX005B 

H59676 

when required 

Description 


Insulated Neutral Kit for “S404xx” sockets EC64685 

Isolated Neutral Kit for S9817-8061 S69685-1 

Bypass Kit for S9817-8061 

S69623 

Jumper-200 Amp Rated-use on SUAxxx ECJS 

sockets only (temporary use only) 

Plastic Meter Cover- Ring 

ECPP 

Plastic Meter Cover- Ringless 

Neutral Isolation kit for 200amp lever 

bypass sockets 

ECCP3 

64690-1 

Interchangeable Hubs 

Description 

Sealing Rings 

Description 

Snap-On Type, aluminum 

Snap-On Type, steel 

Screw Type, aluminum 


RX CONDUIT HUBS 

EC38594 0 3 ⁄4 

EC38596 1 

EC38597 1 1 ⁄4 

EC38598 1 1 ⁄2 

EC38599 2 

EC38600 2 1 ⁄2 

Closure Plate EC38595 — 

HD CONDUIT HUBS 

EC56856 3 

EC56857 3 1 ⁄2 

Adapter Plate convert 

HD to RX 

EC56858 4 

EC9747-1113 — 

Closure Plate EC56933S — 

Hub Size 

(Inches) 


SRSTD 

SRSS 

SRSW 

Lugs for Sockets with Stud Terminals a 

Catalog Number For Use With Wire Range 

H58852 Line side of S9817 Socket on UG Applications (1) 3/0-800 kcmil 

H56732 Line & Load of S477 & Load/Neutral of S9817 Sockets (2) #4-350 kcmil 

H56476 Line & Load of S477 & Load/Neutral of S9817 Sockets (1) 3/0-750 kcmil 

H58022 Any socket with 3/8” Stud Terminals (2) #6-250 kcmil 

H55890 Any socket with 3/8” Stud Terminals (1) #6-350 kcmil 

a Each lug catalog number contains one lug unless otherwise noted. Order enough lugs to cover all terminations. 



Meter Centers 

Meter Socket Knockout Diagrams 

METER 

CENTERS 

Meter Socket 

2 

Figure 1A 

Figure 1B 

Figure 2 

Figure 3A 

Figure 3B 

Figure 4 


Figure 6A 

Figure 6B 

g: 1/4 

A: 1/2 

B: 1/2, 3/4 

L: 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2 

N: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 

P: 1, 1-1/4 

R: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 

S: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

X: 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

Z: 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

EE: 2, 2-1/2, 3 

GG: 2-1/2, 3, 3-1/2 

HH: 2-1/2, 3, 3-1/2, 4 

AB: 1/4, 1/2, 7/8 

AC: 1/4, 1/2 

AD: 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AE: 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4 

AF: 1, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AG: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AH: 1/4, 1/2, 3/4 

AI: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

HD: x4.281 HUB 0P 

RX: x2.750 HUB 0P 

2-26 


Meter Centers 


2 METER 

CENTERS 

Figure 7 

Figure 8 

Figure 9A 

Meter Socket 

Figure 9B 

Figure 10 

Figure 11A 


Figure 11B 

Figure 11C 

g: 1/4 

A: 1/2 

B: 1/2, 3/4 

L: 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2 

N: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 

P: 1, 1-1/4 

R: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 

S: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

X: 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

Z: 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

EE: 2, 2-1/2, 3 

GG: 2-1/2, 3, 3-1/2 

HH: 2-1/2, 3, 3-1/2, 4 

AB: 1/4, 1/2, 7/8 

AC: 1/4, 1/2 

AD: 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AE: 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4 

AF: 1, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AG: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AH: 1/4, 1/2, 3/4 

AI: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

HD: x4.281 HUB 0P 

RX: x2.750 HUB 0P 


Meter Centers 


Meter Socket 

METER 

CENTERS 

2 

Figure 12 

Figure 13 

Figure 14 

Figure 15 

Figure 16A 

Figure 16B 


Figure 17A 

Figure 17B 

g: 1/4 

A: 1/2 

B: 1/2, 3/4 

L: 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2 

N: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 

P: 1, 1-1/4 

R: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 

S: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

X: 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

Z: 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

EE: 2, 2-1/2, 3 

GG: 2-1/2, 3, 3-1/2 

HH: 2-1/2, 3, 3-1/2, 4 

AB: 1/4, 1/2, 7/8 

AC: 1/4, 1/2 

AD: 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AE: 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4 

AF: 1, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AG: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AH: 1/4, 1/2, 3/4 

AI: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

HD: x4.281 HUB 0P 

RX: x2.750 HUB 0P 

2-28 


Meter Centers 


2 METER 

CENTERS 

Figure 18A 

Figure 18B 

Meter Socket 

Figure 19A 

Figure 19B 

Figure 20A 


Figure 20B 

g: 1/4 

A: 1/2 

B: 1/2, 3/4 

L: 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2 

N: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 

P: 1, 1-1/4 

R: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 

S: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

X: 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

Z: 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

EE: 2, 2-1/2, 3 

GG: 2-1/2, 3, 3-1/2 

HH: 2-1/2, 3, 3-1/2, 4 

AB: 1/4, 1/2, 7/8 

AC: 1/4, 1/2 

AD: 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AE: 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4 

AF: 1, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AG: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AH: 1/4, 1/2, 3/4 

AI: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

HD: x4.281 HUB 0P 

RX: x2.750 HUB 0P 


Meter Centers 


Meter Socket 

METER 

CENTERS 

2 

Figure 21A 

Figure 21B 

Figure 22 

Figure 23 

Figure 24 


g: 1/4 

A: 1/2 

B: 1/2, 3/4 

L: 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2 

N: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 

P: 1, 1-1/4 

R: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 

S: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

X: 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

Z: 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

EE: 2, 2-1/2, 3 

GG: 2-1/2, 3, 3-1/2 

HH: 2-1/2, 3, 3-1/2, 4 

AB: 1/4, 1/2, 7/8 

AC: 1/4, 1/2 

AD: 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AE: 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4 

AF: 1, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AG: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AH: 1/4, 1/2, 3/4 

AI: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

HD: x4.281 HUB 0P 

RX: x2.750 HUB 0P 

2-30 


Meter Centers 


2 METER 

CENTERS 

Figure 25 

Figure 26 

Meter Socket 



Figure 29 

g: 1/4 

A: 1/2 

B: 1/2, 3/4 

L: 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2 

N: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 

P: 1, 1-1/4 

R: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 

S: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

X: 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

Z: 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

EE: 2, 2-1/2, 3 

GG: 2-1/2, 3, 3-1/2 

HH: 2-1/2, 3, 3-1/2, 4 

AB: 1/4, 1/2, 7/8 

AC: 1/4, 1/2 

AD: 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AE: 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4 

AF: 1, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AG: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AH: 1/4, 1/2, 3/4 

AI: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

HD: x4.281 HUB 0P 

RX: x2.750 HUB 0P 


Meter Centers 


Meter Socket 

METER 

CENTERS 

2 

Figure 30 

Figure 31 

Figure 32 



g: 1/4 

A: 1/2 

B: 1/2, 3/4 

L: 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2 

N: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 

P: 1, 1-1/4 

R: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 

S: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

X: 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

Z: 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 

EE: 2, 2-1/2, 3 

GG: 2-1/2, 3, 3-1/2 

HH: 2-1/2, 3, 3-1/2, 4 

AB: 1/4, 1/2, 7/8 

AC: 1/4, 1/2 

AD: 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AE: 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4 

AF: 1, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AG: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

AH: 1/4, 1/2, 3/4 

AI: 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 

HD: x4.281 HUB 0P 

RX: x2.750 HUB 0P 

2-32 


Meter Centers 


2 METER 

CENTERS 

Meter Socket 

Figure 39 

Figure 40 

Figure 41 

Figure 44 



Meter Centers 

Meter Combination Catalog Number Logic 

Combination Meter Sockets 

2 

MC 30 40 B 1 200 S E C W 

METER 

CENTERS 

Main Ampere 

Rating 

Circuits 

(max. No. of circuits) 

Spaces 

(max. No. of 1" breakers) 

MM = Meter Main 

MC = Meter Load Center Combination 

1 = 1-Phase 

3 = 3-Phase 

ML or L = Main Lug 

MB or B = Main Breaker 

F/S = Flush / Surface Mounting 

R = Ringless (blank = ring type) 

E = EUSERC Approved 

D/C = UG Feed Only / OH/UG feed 

J = 5th Jaw 

B = Horn Bypass 

A = Aluminum Enclosure 

H = Double Hub Provision 

L = Lever Bypass Socket 

M = Field Addable Sub Feed Main 

N = OH Only Main Lug 

T = Feed Thru Lugs 

W = Wide Load Center Design 

X = Larger Utility Section 

Z = OH Feed, Load out Bottom Only 

Special Suffixes: 

GA = Georgia Power Compliant 

CS = Comb. Feed with Test Block Bypass 

DS = UG only Feed with Test Block Bypass 

E2 = Back-to-back EUSERC with External 

Disconnect and Internal Load Center 

EY = Commercial Test Block Bypass 

with OH only Feed 

CEY = Commercial Test Block Bypass 

with OH and UG Feed 

2-34 


Meter Centers 

Meter Combination Introduction 

Meter Mains 

Meter Load Center Combinations 

Meter Mains 

Siemens Meter Mains are UL Listed and available from 100A 

to 400A services. These Meter Mains utilize a cost effective 

construction that is preferable in non-EUSERC areas. 

ad Center Combinations 

mbo 

Welcome to the Combination Meter Socket Meter Section. Mains This section includes 4 product Meter categories, Load Center which Combinations each include their own set 

of featured products. Look for the icons below to help explain the Meter Side-By-Side 

application Mains and design of products on Meter that Load page. Center Combinations 

Over-Under Combo 

Over-Under 

Meter Mains 

Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC Meter Mains 

Siemens EUSERC Meter Mains are UL Listed and available 

from 100A to 400A services. These meter mains utilize designs 

that meet EUSERC requirements. Two constructions are 

Side-By-Side 

available. EUSERC Meter Mains 


Side-By-Side 

Over-Under Construction 

Side-By-Side 

Over-Under 


Over-Under 

These Siemens Meter Mains feature Meter Mains a classic 

Side-By-Side Meter Load Center Construction 

Combinations 

over-under construction. Available in 100A and 

These Siemens Meter Mains have a side-by-side 

125A versions. 

construction that is slightly larger in order to 


meet EUSERC requirements. 

Side-By-Side Construction EUSERC Meter Mains 

Side-By-Side 

These Meter Mains utilize a cost effective sideby-side 

construction. Meter Mains combine 


Side-By-Side 

Side-By-Side 400A 400A Construction 

These Siemens Meter Mains have side-by-side 

a socket to the left and main circuit Side-By-Side breaker 

construction that meets EUSERC design, and 


Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

section to the right. Meter The Mains main breaker section Meter Load Center provide Combinations 400A service. 

includes 2 to 6 circuits. 

EUSERC Meter Load Center Combinations 

Side-By-Side 

Side-By-Side 400A 

Meter Load Center Combinations EUSERC Meter Mains EUSERC Meter Load Center Combinations 

Siemens Meter Load Center Combinations offer several Siemens Meter Load Center Combinations offer several 

different configurations and include a meter socket section and different configurations to meet a variety of installer demands. 

a load center EUSERC section. Meter Mains 

Side-By-Side 

Meter Mains These combos feature a Meter cost effective Load Center Combinations 

EUSERC Meter Load Over-Under Center These Combinations 

Combo Siemens combos Over-Under feature designs Side-By-Side that meet EUSERC 


requirements. 



Over-Under Combination Construction 

Over-Under Between the Studs Construction 

Over-Under 14” Side-By-Side 14” Side-By-Side Full Load Center 

These Siemens Meter Load Center 

These Combos have a full width load center 

Side-By-Side 


Combinations feature a EUSERC over-under Meter Mains configuration 

section above, and a meter socket section 

with a unique trough allowing service from either 

below, in a 14.3" wide configuration that allows 

ad Center Combinations Side-By-Side Side-By-Side overhead Side-By-Side or underground 400A to the device. 

flush mounting between typical 16" on center 


Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

stud construction. Surface mounting options 


Over-Under Construction Side-By-Side Over-Under EUSERC 14” Meter Load Side-By-Side Center 14” Combinations 

Side-By-Side available. Full Load Center Side-By-Side 400A 



Combinations feature a classic over-under 

Side-By-Side Between the Studs Construction 

ions 


construction, but are for overhead feed only. 

These combos have a half width load center 

EUSERC Meter Mains Side-By-Side 


section to the right and a meter socket section 

Side-By-Side Construction 

to the left, in a 14.2" wide configuration that 

mbo 

Load Center 

Over-Under Side-By-Side 400A 

Side-By-Side 


allows flush mounting between typical 16" on 

Combinations have a side-by-side configuration. 

center stud construction. Surface mounting 

EUSERC Meter Load Center Combinations options available. 

der 

EUSERC 

-By-Side 400A 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


Off-set Side-By-SideMeter Constuction 


These Siemens Meter 

Side-By-Side 

Load 

Full 

Center 

Load Center 

Combinations feature an offset meter to 

increase room for pulling conductors. 

Side-By-Side 

Over-Under 14” Side-By-Side 14” 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


Side-By-Side 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side Full Load Center 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


Side-By-Side Full Load Center Construction 


Combinations have a full width load center 

section to the right, and a meter socket section 

to the left. The overall width make this combo 

best suited for surface mounting. 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 


2 METER 

CENTERS 

Side- 

Sid 

er Combinations 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 



EUSERC 

EUSERC 



EUSERC 



Side-By-Side 400A Construction 

These Siemens Meter Mains have side-by-side 


provide 400A service. Available with 16 to 42 

circuits. 

e 14” 



Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX Product Catalog 2-35 

RC

Meter Mains 

Meter Load Center Combinations Meter Mains 

Meter Centers 

Surface Mount Meter-Mains, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 120/240V AC 

Side-By-Side 


Over-Under 

Side-By-Side Side-By-Side 

2 

METER 

CENTERS 

n UL listed 

n Pad locking provisions on all devices 

n Horn bypass and 5th jaw available as noted 

n Side hinged door with one screw removal where shown 

n Suitable for use only as service entrance equipment 

n 22,000 AIC rated, or as noted 

n RX type (or) HD type hub provision on top end wall as noted 

n Contact local utility to confirm meter socket placement prior to 

installation 

n See end of section for dimensions and wiring diagrams 



MM0202B1200RJBX MM0406L1200H MM0202B1200 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

S 

EUSERC Meter Load Ce 




EUSERC 

Over-Under 14” 

Side-By 

125, 150, and 200A meter main 

(factory installed), side hinge door. 

200A meter main (field 

added), side hinge door 

125 and 200A meter mains, 

side hinge door 


Amp 

Rating 

(Cont.) 

Utility 

Incoming 

Bypass 

Type 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 

Dimensions 

(inches) 

H W D 

Main 

Breaker 

Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

Hub 

Provision 

Meter-Main Breaker with Field Installed Breaker, Ring Style, 100-125amp 

MM0202ML1100S 100 OH None 2 2 18.0 7.4 4.0 QP type 10,000 RX — Ring 

MM0202ML1125H 125 OH/UG 17.0 16.0 5.0 QP(H) type 22,000 2-RX EC5J Ring 

Meter-Main Breaker with Factory Installed Breaker, 125-200amp (Side-by-Side construction) 

MM0202B1150 

Ring 

150 

QN2150H 

MM0202B1150R 

Ringless 

OH/UG None 2 2 17.0 16.0 5.0 

22,000 RX EMC5J 

MM0202B1200 

Ring 

200 QN2200H 

MM0202B1200R 

Ringless 

MM0202B1125RJB 125 

Q2125H 

Ringless 

MM0202B1150RJB 150 16.0 5.0 QN2150H Ringless 

MM0202B1200RJB 200 

OH/UG 

Horn 

QN2200H Ringless 

Bypass 

2 2 17.0 

22,000 RX Installed 

MM0202B1125RJBX 125 

Q2125H 

Ringless 

MM0202B1150RJBX 150 18.5 5.2 QN2150H Ringless 

MM0202B1200RJBX 200 QN2200H Ringless 

Meter-Main Breaker with Field Installed Main & Subfeed Breaker up to 200amp (Side-by-Side construction) 

MM0406L1200GA 

20.0 21.2 5.0 Main Lug 

RX Cl. 

Plate 

Ring 

MM0406L1200H 

None 

17.2 5.0 

EMC5J 

MM0406L1200RH 200 OH/UG 

4 6 

22,000 

Ringless 

19.8 

1-QN or 

MM0406L1200RGA 21.8 5.0 2-RX 

2-QP type 

Ringless 

MM0406L1200RHJB 

Horn 

Bypass 

17.2 5.0 Installed Ringless 

5th 

Jaw 

Cover 

Type 

Over/Under 

Side-by-Side 

Georgia Power approved 

2-36 



Meter Mains 


Meter Mains 

Meter Centers 


Surface Mount Meter-Mains, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 120/240V AC 

Side-By-Side 


Over-Under 


n UL listed 


n Side hinged door with one screw removal where shown 



n RX type (or) HD type hub provision on top end wall as noted 

n Contact local utility to confirm meter socket placement prior 

to installation 



EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 




EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

Sid 

EUSERC Meter Load Cen 

MM0202B1200JLX 

MM0404L1400RLM 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 




EUSERC 


Side-By-S 

200A meter main with lever bypass 

400A meter main, side hinge door, 

provisions for two field installed mains 


Amp 

Rating 

(Cont.) 

Utility 

Incoming 

Bypass 

Type 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Spaces 

Dimensions 

(inches) 

H W D 

Main Breaker 

Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

Meter-Main Breaker with Lever Bypass, Ringless, 200-400amp (Side-by-Side construction) 

MM0202B1200JLX 

QN2200H 

200 

2 2 21.1 17.2 5.3 

Provision for 

MM0202L1200JLX 

QN, QP, MP-T, or 

MD-T Type 

MM0404B11515RL 

(2) QN2150RH 

OH/UG HQ 

QN2200RH and 

MM0404B12010RL 

Lever 

Q2100H 

Bypass 

29 27 6 

MM0404B1400RLM 

(2) QN2200RH 

320 4 4 

(2) Provisions for 


QNR or QP Type 

(2) Provisions for 

MM0404L1400SDL UG 40 30 6.5 

QN or QP Type 

22,000 

65,000 

Hub 

Provision 

RX (Top) 

HC (Bot) 

HD 

22,000 — 

Meter-Main Breaker with Lever Bypass, Ringless, 100-400amp (Over/Under construction) 

MM0202B1100RLC 

MM0202L1125RLC 

100 

125 

27 

HQ 


OH/UG Lever 

Bypass 

2 2 

MM0202L1200RLC 

200 

38 

Q2100 

Provision for QP 

or MP-T Type 

36 16 5 QN2200H 

Provision for 

QN, QP, MP-T, or 

MD-T Type 

5th Jaw 

Installed 

H35815-2 

Cover 

Type 

Ringless 

22000 RX Installed Ringless 

Meter-Main Breaker with Lever Bypass, Ringless, 100-200amp, 3-phase (Over/Under construction) 


26 13.5 5.3 Q3100 

100 

HQ 

3 3 

Provision for QP 

— 

MM0303L3100RLC OH/UG Lever 

26 13.5 5.3 10000 RX 

or MP-T Type 

Bypass 

MM0303B3200RLC 200 0 0 38 16 5 QR23B200 Installed 

Ringless 



Meter MainsMeter Mains 

Meter Load Meter Center Load Combinations 

Center Combinations 

Meter Centers 

Side-By-Side 

Side-By-Side 

Surface Mount, Over/Under Meter-Load Center Combination, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 120/240V AC 



Over-Under 

Over-Under 

Side-By 

2 

n UL listed 

n Overhead and underground feed applications 

n Load wires bottom or back exit only 



MC0606L1200R MC0408B1150T MC1020B1100S 

n Side hinge doors removable by backing out only one screw 


n Suitable for use only EUSERC as Meter service Mains entrance equipment 




EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 


Side-By-Side 


MC2040B1200S 

METER 

CENTERS 



EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 


200A, main lug, 6 circuit 

(Twelve 1" spaces), for use 

with up to six 2-pole breakers 

150 or 200A, main breaker, 

four 1" spaces, feed thru 

lugs provided 


10 space, 20 circuit, 

overhead feed 




20 space, 40 circuit, 

overhead feed 



Amp 

Rating 

(Cont.) 

Utility 

Incoming 

Bypass 

Type 

No. of 

Spaces 

Meter-Load Center Combination, 125-200amp 

No. of 

Circuits 


H W D 

Main 

Breaker 

Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

Hub 

Provision 

MC0408B1150T Ring 

150 

MBK150 

MC0408B1150RT 

Ringless 

OH/UG None 4 8 30.0 14.0 5.0 

22,000 RX EC5J2 

MC0408B1200T Ring 

200 MBK200 

MC0408B1200RT 

Ringless 

MC0816B1150CT 150 

MBK150 

Ring 

MC0816B1200CT 200 MBK200 

None 

RX EC5J2 

MC0816B1150RCT 150 MBK150 

8 16 32.0 14.0 5.0 

Ringless 

MC0816B1200RCT 200 MBK200 

OH/UG 

22,000 

MC0816B1150RJBT 150 

MBK150 

RX-top, 

Horn 

Installed Ringless 

MC0816B1200RJBT 200 MBK200 

HC-bot 

MC3042B1200RC 

None 

200 

MC3042B1200RJB 

Horn 

30 42 42.0 14.0 5.0 EQ9985 RX EC5J2 Ringless 

MC0816B1150T 150 

QN2150RH 

Ring 

MC0816B1200T 29.0 12.0 5.2 QN2200RH 

EMC5J 

200 

None 

MC0816B1200RT OH 

8 16 

QN2200RH 22,000 RX 

Ringless 

MC0816B1200RTZ 

32.0 14.0 5.0 EQ8695 EC5J2 

200 

MC0816B1200RTB Horn 29.0 12.0 5.0 QN2200RH EMC5J 

Ringless 

MC2040B1150RC 150 

MBK150 

None 

EC5J2 

MC2040B1200RC 200 MBK200 

OH/UG 

20 40 36.0 14.0 5.0 

22,000 RX 

MC2040B1150RJBC 150 Horn 

MBK150 

Installed 

MC2040B1200RJBC 200 Bypass 

MBK200 

Ringless 

MC0606L1200R None 

EC5J2 

MC0606L1200RA 

27.0 14.0 5.0 

200 OH/UG 

12 6 

Main Lug 22,000 RX 

Ringless 

MC0606L1200RJB Horn Installed 

MC0606L1200RN None 29.0 12.0 5.2 EC5J2 

Over-Under Construction Meter Load Center Combinations 

Old Catalog 

Number 

JA1020B1100F 

New Catalog 

Number 

MC1020B1100F 

Amps 

Max 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 

Cover 

Type Mounting Service 

Flush 

Bypass 

Type 

5th 

Jaw 

Dimensions 

H W D 

JA1020B1100S MC1020B1100S Surface 

100 10 20 Ring 

— MC1020B1100FZ Flush 

OH none 19.4 12.1 4.4 4 

— MC1020B1100SZ Surface 

JA2040B1200F MC2040B1200F 

Flush 

5.1 

JA2040B1200S MC2040B1200S Surface 4.4 

200 20 40 Ring 

OH none 30.5 14.3 

— MC2040B1200FZ Flush 5.1 

5 

— MC2040B1200SZ Surface 4.4 

Cover 

Type 

Figure 

No main breaker provided. Accepts QN or QP type 2 or 

4-pole breakers. 

Suitable for use as service entrance equipment when not 

more than six disconnecting means are provided and 

when not used as a lighting an appliance panel board. 

Due to wire space restrictions on the trough side, the left 

side of the interior is limited to a 60A max branch. 

Aluminum enclosure. 

Feed thru lugs included. 

Dimensional and other technical data is applicable 

for "New Catalog Numbers" ONLY. 

Horizontal barrier installed—no top exit of load conductors 

allowed. Check with sales office for utility 

approved. 

UL Listed for Siemens and Murray breakers. 

Old Catalog Numbers JA1020B1100SP and 

JA2040B1200SP are obsolete with no replacement. 

2-38 



Meter Mains 

Meter Load Center Combinat 

Meter Centers 

Utility Specific, Over/Under Meter-Load Center Combination, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 120/240V AC 

Side-By-Side 


Over-Un 

n UL listed 










MC0816B1200RTD 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 



2 METER 

CENTERS 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 



Side-B 

200A offset design with 

feed thru lugs 


Amp 

Rating 

(Cont.) 

Utility 

Incoming 

Bypass 

Type 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 


H W D 

Main 

Breaker 

Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

Meter-Load Center Combination, 150-200amp, Sidewire (Underground Feed Only) 

Hub 

Provision 

5th 

Jaw 

Cover 

Type 

MC0606L1200RAD None 6 6 25.0 

Main Lug 10,000 

200 UG 

17.0 5.2 

MC0816B1200RTD None 8 16 29.0 MBK200 22,000 

HC-bot EC5J2 Ringless 

Meter-Load Center Combination Approved for Georgia Power, 150-200A 

MC0408B1150RGA 150 

MBK150 

4 8 33.5 

MC0408B1200RGA MBK200 

200 

MC0606L1200RGA OH/UG None 12 6 30.5 15.0 5.1 Main Lug 

MC0816B1150RGA 150 

MBK150 

8 16 35.5 

MC0816B1200RGA 200 MBK200 

22,000 

RX-top, 

HC-bot 

EC5J2 

Ringless 

Suitable for use as service entrance equipment when 

not more than six disconnecting means are provided 

and when not used as a lighting an appliance panel 

board. 

Due to wire space restrictions on the trough side, the 

left side of the interior is limited to a 60A max branch. 

Aluminum enclosure. 



Meter Mains 

Meter Load Center Combina 

Meter Centers 

Lever Bypass, Over/Under Meter-Load Center Combo, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 120/240V AC 

Side-By-Side 


Over-U 

MC2040B1200JLC 


2 

METER 

CENTERS 

n UL listed 

n Talon HQ lever bypass (heavy duty) 

n 125-200 amp 










n See page 2-42 for Solar Ready lever bypass 

n See page 2-44 for 300-400A lever bypass 

200A meter load center 

with lever bypass 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 



EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


Side 


Amp 

Rating 

(Cont.) 

Utility 

Incoming 

Bypass 

Type 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 


H W D 

Main 

Breaker 

Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

Hub 

Provision 

5th 

Jaw 

Cover 

Type 

Meter-Load Center Combination, 125-200amp, Lever Bypass 

MC0408B1200JLT 200 

Lever 4 8 30.5 16.0 5.0 EQ9985 

RX 

MC0816B1150JLT 150 

MBK150 

8 16 

MC0816B1200JLT 200 OH/UG HQ 

MBK200 

Lever 

32.1 14.3 5.2 

MC1224B1125JLC 125 

Bypass 

MBK125 

12 24 

MC1224B1200JLC 200 MBK200 

MC2040B1150JLC 150 

MBK150 

HQ 20 40 36.1 


OH/UG Lever 

14.3 5.2 

200 Bypass 

MBK200 

MC3042B1200JLC 30 42 42.1 

22,000 

RX-top, 

HC-bot 

Installed 

Ringless 

Due to wire space restrictions on the trough side, the 



2-40 


Meter Mains 


Meter Centers 


Surface Mount, Side-by-Side Meter-Load Center Combination, 

Side-By-Side 

1-Phase, 3-Wire 120/240V AC 


Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

n UL listed 



n 22,000 AIC Rated 

n Contact local utility to confirm meter socket approval prior 



n 


See end of section for dimensions and wiring diagrams 

MC0816B1200TH (shown) 

MC0816B1XXX(R)TH 

MC0816B1400RLTM 

MC0816B1350RLTM 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 

MC3042B1400SDL 


MC2442B1400SDB 

2 METER 

CENTERS 


200A OH/UG feed, 8 circuit, 

with feed thru lugs. 

EUSERC 

One factory installed main, 

provisions for up to 200A field 

400A meter load center 

installed main, 8 circuits, lever Over-Under 14” combination, Side-By-Side 14” 30 space/ Side-By-Side Full Load Center 

bypass. 

40 circuit lever bypass 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

400A bolt in K4 socket with 


400A main 


Amp 

Rating 

(Cont.) 

Utility 

Incoming 

Bypass 

Type 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 


H W D 

Meter-Load Center Combination, 150-200amp, Full Loadcenter Width 

Main 

Breaker 

Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

Hub 

Provision 

MC0816B1150TH 150 

QN2150RH 

Ring 

MC0816B1200TH 200 QN2200RH 

OH/UG None 8 16 21.0 22.9 5.0 

22,000 2-RX EMC5J 

MC0816B1150RTH 150 QN2150RH 

Ringless 

MC0816B1200RTH 200 QN2200RH 

MC1224B1125 125 

16.0 22.89 5.0 Q2125H 

RX EMC5J Ring 

OH/UG None 12 24 

EQ9575/ 22,000 RX-top 

MC1224B1125R 125 32.0 14.0 5.0 

EC5J2 Ringless 

EQ9677 

HC-bot 

MC2040B1150 150 

QN2150RH 

Ring 

MC2040B1200 200 QN2200RH 

20 40 18.0 22.9 5.0 

RX 

MC2040B1150R 150 QN2150RH 

OH/UG None 

22,000 

EMC5J 

MC2040B1200R 

QN2200RH 

Ringless 

MC3040B1200R 200 

30 40 24 23.5 5.3 QN2200RH RX-top 

MC4040B1200R 40 40 28 23.5 5.3 QN2200RH 

HC-bot 

Meter-Load Center Combination, 350-400amp, Lever Bypass 

MC0408B1400RLTM 4 8 

QN2200H 

HQ 

MC0816B1350RLTM 320 OH/UG 

8 16 29.0 27.0 6.0 QN2150H 

Lever 

MC0816B1400RLTM 8 16 QN2200H 

Meter-Load Center Combination, 400amp, Lever Bypass, Underground Feed Only 

5th 

Jaw 

Cover 

Type 

22,000 HD H35815-2 Ringless 


8 16 39.7 30.2 6.4 

(1) QN & 

Provisions for 

MC2442B1400SDL 320 UG 

(1)QN or (1)QP 

HQ 

24 42 39.5 30.3 6.0 JXD22B400 

Lever 

(1) QN & 

22,000 HD H35815-2 Ringless 

MC3042B1400SDL 30 42 39.7 30.2 6.4 Provisions for 

(1)QN or (1)QP 

Meter-Load Center Combination, 400amp, K4 Bolt-In Meter Socket, Underground Feed Only 


24 42 

Bolt In 

400 K4 

UG 

No Bypass 

MC3042B1400SDB 30 42 

39.7 30.2 6.4 

JXD22B400 

Factory 

QN2200RH 

Field QP(H), 

QNR(H) 

22,000 HD 

— 

— 

Ringless 


Bolt-in meter socket. This device should not be confused with class 

320amp lever bypass devices. Device can not be converted to lever 

bypass. Installer should ensure device approval prior to installation. 



EUSERC EUSERC Meter Mains Meter Mains 

Meter Centers 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC Compliant Side-by-Side Meter-Main Breaker, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 120/240V AC 


Side-By-Side Side-By-Side 400A 400A 

2 

METER 

CENTERS 

n UL listed 

n Designed to meet EUSERC standards 

n Underground Feed Applications (some with OH provisions) 

n Load wiring may exit top or bottom 



MM0202B1100ESC 


n Surface and semi-flush units available 

n Side hinge door removable by backing out only one screw 


n Contact local utility to confirm meter socket approval 

prior to installation 

n See end of section for dimensions and wiring 


diagrams 

MM0404L1400SC 

EUSERC EUSERC Meter Load Meter Center Load Combinations 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

MM0404L1400SCS 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Over-Under 14” Side-By-Side 14” Side-By-Side Side-By-Side Full Load Ce F 

100A factory installed 

main breaker 

200A factory installed 

main breaker 

400A with provisions for up 

to (2) 200A disconnects 

400A with provisions for up to (2) 

200A disconnects with bypass 

EUSERC Compliant Meter-Main Breaker, Factory and Field Options listed, 125-200amp 

Old Cat Number 

New Cat Number 

Utility 

Incoming 

Bypass 

Type 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 

Dimensions 

H W D 

Main 

Breaker 

Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

Mounting 

MM0406L1125FEC MM0202L1125EFC Provision 

Flush 

OH/UG none 2 2 23.6 14.5 5 for QP or 22,000 

MM0406L1125SEC MM0202L1125ESC MP-T type 

Surface 

MM0406L1200FEC MM0202L1200EFC 7 

Provision 

Flush 

for QN, QP, 

OH/UG none 2 2 28.6 14.5 

22,000 

MD-T, or 

MM0406L1200SEC MM0202L1200ESC 5 Surface 

MP-T type 

N/A MM0202B1100ESC OH/UG none 

Q2100H 

2 2 23.6 14.5 5 

22,000 Surface 

N/A MM0202B1200ESC QN2200H 

Hub 

Provisions 

RX (top) / 

HC (bot) 

RX (top) / 

HC (bot) 

RX (top) / 

HC (bot) 

5th Jaw 

EMC5J 

EMC5J 

EMC5J 

Cover 

Type 

Ring 

Ring 

Ring 


Amp 

Rating 

(Cont.) 

Utility 

incoming 

Bypass 

Type 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 

Dimensions (in.) 

H W D 

Main Breaker 

Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

Mounting 

EUSERC Compliant Meter-Main Breaker, Field Installed Main Main Breakers, 400amp max. (1) 

Hub 

Provision 

HD (top) 

MM0404L1400SC 

OH/UG 

39.7 33.2 6.5 

Surface 

None 

HD (bot) 

MM0404L1400FD UG 39.7 30.2 7.4 

(2) Provisions 

Flush HD (bot) 

320 

4 2 

for QNR or 22,000 


OH/UG 

QP Type 

HD (top) 

39.7 33.2 6.5 Surface 

Manual 

HD (bot) 

MM0404L1400FDS UG 39.7 30.2 7.4 Flush HD (bot) 

EUSERC Compliant Meter-Main Breaker, Single Main Disconnect, 400amp max. 

MM0202B1400SC 

OH/UG 

40 33.2 6.5 

None 

MM0202B1400SD UG 40 30.2 6.5 

MM0202B1400SCS 

OH/UG 

40 33.2 6.5 

320 

Manual 0 0 

MM0202B1400SDS UG 40 30.2 6.5 

MM0202B1400SCL 

OH/UG 

40 33.2 6.5 

Lever 

MM0202B1400SDL UG 40 30.2 6.5 

JXD22B400 22,000 Surface 

HD (top) 

HD (bot) 

5th 

Jaw 

Cover 

Type 

— Ring 

— Ring 

a Main breaker not included. 

b Flush adjustable for 2x4 walls only. 




2-42 



Meter Centers 

SOLAR Ready, Meter-Load Center Combination Overview 

Wide Variety of meter socket configurations are available. 

Lever Bypass and EUSERC configurations shown. 

n 60 amp maximum input 

n Dedicated alternative energy input 

n Power feeds ahead of service disconnect on load side of meter socket 

n Eliminates need to de-rate main breaker/bussing 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

OH/UG Feed 

HQ Heavy Duty lever bypass 

Adjustable flush rails 

Raised basepan 

24-1” spaces. Expanded for 

arc-fault breakers 

Raised neutral bar 

200 Amp main disconnect 

Removable trough 

Instawire neutral bars 

Side hinged doors 

OH/UG Feed 

MC2442S1200FC 

EUSERC 

MC2040S1200JLC 

Lever Bypass 




Meter Mains 


Meter Mains 

Meter Load Center Meter Combinations 

Mains 

Meter Centers 


Side-By-Side 


SOLAR Ready, Meter-Load Center Combination, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 120/240V AC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

Over-Under 

Over-Under 

14” Side-By-Side 14” 

Side-By-Side Full Combo Load Center 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side Over-Under Full Load Center Combo Side-By-Side 

Over-Under 

Side-By-Side Over-Under 400A 


Side-By-Side 

Side-B 

2 

METER 

CENTERS 

n UL listed 

n For overhead and underground feed applications 



n Surface and semi-flush units available - semi flush rails 

are depth adjustable for 2x6 studs 


MC3040S1200SC 

MC4040S1200SC 

n Load wiring may exit top EUSERC or Meter bottom Mains 



n Ring and Ringless type meter covers 



Side-By-Side 


n Side-By-Side See end of Side-By-Side section 400Afor dimensions and wiring diagrams 

n Devices accept Siemens & Murray circuit breakers 

MC0816S1200SCT MC2040S1200SZ EUSERC Meter Load Center Combinations MM020251200H 

MM020251200RHJ 

MM020251200RJB 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 



EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 


Sid 





EUSERC 


Side-By-Si 


Amp 

Rating 

(Cont.) 

Aux.Input 

Max./ 

Breaker Type 

Utility Bypass 

Incoming Type 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 

Dimensions 

(inches) 

H W D 

Main 

Breaker 

Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

EUSERC Compliant Meter-Load Center Combination, 200amp with Alternate Energy Input & 

Full Load Center Width (Side-by-Side Construction) 

MC3040S1200SC 

100A / QP(H) 

30 40 

200 

OH/UG None 

MC4040S1200SC MP-(H)T 

40 40 

35.7 21.0 5.1 QN2200RH 22,000 

EUSERC Compliant Meter-Load Center Combination, 200amp with Alternate Energy Input, 

Between Studs Width (Side-by-Side Construction) 

MC0816S1200SCT 200 

MC2442S1200SC 

60A / QP(H) 

MP-(H)T 

100A / QP(H) 

MP-(H)T 

OH/UG 

None 

8 16 40.7 14.5 7.1 

24 42 40.7 14.5 7.1 

MC2442S1200FC 

Meter-Load Center Combination, 200amp with Alternate Energy Input, 

Overhead Feed Only (Over/Under Construction) 

MC2040S1200SZ 200 

100A / QP(H) 

MP-(H)T 

MBK200 22,000 

OH None 20 40 32.7 14.4 4.3 MBK200 22,000 RX 

Meter-Load Center Combination, 200amp, Lever Bypass with Alternate Energy Input 

(Over/Under Construction) 

MC2040S1200JLC 200 

60A / QP(H) 

MP-(H)T 

OH/UG 

HQ Lever 

Bypass 

20 40 40.1 14.4 5.2 MBK200 22,000 

Meter Mains – Non-EURSERC, 200amp with Alternate Energy Input (60A max) 

and Ring Type Cover (Side-by-Side Construction) 

MM0202S1200H 200 

QP, QPH & 

others 

OH/UG None 2 2 19.7 21.3 5.2 

Meter Mains – Non-EURSERC, 200amp with Alternate Energy Input (60A max) 

and Ringless Type Cover (Side-by-Side Construction) 

MM0202S1200RHJ 

MM0202S1200RJB 

200 

QP, QPH & 

others 

OH/UG 

None 

Horn 

2 2 19.7 21.3 5.2 

QN, QP & 

others 

QN, QP & 

others 

22,000 

22,000 

Hub 

Provision 

RX-top, 

HC-bot 

RX-top, 

HC-bot 

RX-top, 

HC-bot 

RX-top, 

HC-bot 

RX-top, 

HC-bot 

5th 

Jaw 

EMC5J 

EMC5J 

EC659- 

0121 

Installed 

EMC5J 

EMC5J 

Cover 

Type 

Ring 

Ring 

Ring 

Ring 

Ringless 

Ringless 

a Semi flush device. 

b Feed thru lugs included. 

2-44 





Meter Mains 


Meter Mains 

Meter Load Center Meter Combinations 

Mains 

Meter Centers 

Side-By-Side 


SOLAR Ready, Meter-Load Center Combination, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 120/240V AC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

Over-Under 

Over-Under 

14” Side-By-Side 14” 

Side-By-Side Full Combo Load Center 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side Over-Under Full Load Center Combo Side-By-Side 

Over-Under 

Side-By-Side Over-Under 400A 


Side-By-Side 

Ringless 

Side- 

n UL listed 



n Surface and semi-flush units available 


MC3042S1400FCS 

n Ring and Ringless type EUSERC meter Meter covers 

Mains 




n Dedicated 200A auxiliary input provision for field 

installation of up to a 200A PV breaker 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 


MC3042S1400FCS 

Side-By-Side 




EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

Sid 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 



EUSERC 





EUSERC 


Side-By-S 


Amp 

Rating 

(Cont.) 

Aux.Input 

Max./ 

Breaker 

Type 

Utility 

Incoming 

Bypass 

Type 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 

Dimensions 

(inches) 

H W D 

Main 

Breaker 

Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

Hub 

Provision 

Meter-Load Center Combination, 400amp, Up to 200amp Alternate Energy Input, Lever Bypass 

MC3042S1400SCL 

200A / 

39.6 39.3 7.5 

320 

OH/UG Lever 30 42 

MC3042S1400FCL QN QP 

41.1 42.3 8.5 

EUSERC & CA Title 24 Compliant Meter-Load Center Combination, 400amp, 

Up to 200amp Alternate Energy Input, Manual Bypass 

MC3042S1400SCS 

200A / 

39.6 39.3 7.5 

320 

OH/UG Manual 30 42 

MC3042S1400FCS QN QP 

41.1 42.3 8.5 

MC3042S1400SDS 

200A / 

39.6 39.3 7.5 

320 

UG Manual 30 42 

MC3042S1400FDS QN QP 

41.1 42.3 8.5 

EUSERC & CA Title 24 Compliant Meter-Load Center Combination, 400amp, 

Up to 200amp Alternate Energy Input 

MC3042S1400SC 

200A 

39.6 39.3 7.5 

/ 

320 

OH/UG None 30 42 

MC3042S1400FC QN QP 

41.1 42.3 8.5 

5th 

Jaw 

QN2200RH 22,000 HD — 

Cover 

Type 

QN2200RH 22,000 HD — Ring 

QN2200RH 22,000 HD — Ring 

QN2200RH 22,000 HD — Ring 

MC3042S1400SD 

39.6 39.3 7.5 

200A / 

320 

UG None 30 42 

QN QP 

MC3042S1400FD 41.1 42.3 8.5 

QN2200RH 22,000 HD — Ring 

a Flush rail kit available: Part Number ECFRK3. 





Meter Centers 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC Compliant Side-by-Side Meter-Load Center Combination, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 120/240V AC 



S 

Side-By- 

2 

METER 

CENTERS 

n UL Listed 

n 100A-225A Continuous Rating as noted 

n Load center options include 8 space panel with feed 

through lugs and 12, 16, 24, 30 and 40 space panels 


n 5th Jaw available as noted 

n Factory installed semi flush mount option 


n Raised interior for ease of wiring 

n Raised neutral for ease of wiring 

n Convertable OH/UG 

n Contact local utility to confirm meter socket acceptance 


n See end of section for knock out diagrams and wiring 

schematics 

n See page 2-42 for Solar Ready options 

MC0816B1200ESN 

MC1224B1125ESC 

EUSERC Compliant Meter-Load Center Combination, 100-125amp 

Utility 

Incoming 

Bypass 

Type 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 

Dimensions 

Main 

Breaker 

Old Cat Number New Cat Number 

H W D 

5th Jaw 

MC1224B1100FEC MC1224B1100EFC 

22,000 

Flush RX (top) / 

OH/UG none 12 24 23.6 14.5 5 Q2100H 

HC (bot) EMC5J Ring 

MC1224B1100SEC MC1224B1100ESC Surface 

Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

Mounting 

Hub 

Provisions 

Cover 

Type 

MC1224B1125FEC MC1224B1125EFC 

Flush 

OH/UG none 12 24 23.6 14.5 5 Q2125H 22,000 

MC1224B1125SEC MC1224B1125ESC Surface 

RX (top) / 

HC (bot) 

EMC5J 

Ring 

EUSERC Compliant Meter-Load Center Combination, 200-225amp 

MC2442B1200FEC MC2040B1200EFC 7.0 

Flush 

OH/UG none 20 40 31.0 14.5 EQ9985 22,000 

MC2442B1200SEC MC2040B1200ESC 5.0 Surface 

RX (top) / 

HC (bot) 

EMC5J 

Ring 

MC2442B1225FEC MC2442B1225EFC 7.0 

Flush 

OH/UG none 24 42 35.0 14.5 EQ9986 22,000 

MC2442B1225SEC MC2442B1225ESC 5.0 Surface 

RX (top) / 

HC (bot) 

EMC5J 

Ring 

17.3 7.4 

Flush 

— MC2442B1200EFV 

OH/UG none 24 42 36.5 

EQ9986 22,000 

— MC2442B1200ESV 14.3 5.4 Surface 

MC0816B1200SCT MC0816B1200EST OH/UG none 8 16 29.75 14.5 5.0 EQ9985 22,000 Surface 

HC (bot) EMC5J Ring 

RX (top) / 

HC (bot) 

EMC5J 

Ring 

EUSERC Compliant Meter-Load Center Combination, 200 amp with 50amp Subfeed Provision 

MC0816B1200FCTM MC0816B1200EFN 7.0 

Flush 

OH/UG none 8 16 29.75 14.5 EQ9985 22,000 

MC0816B1200SCTM MC0816B1200ESN 5.0 Surface 

RX (top) / 

HC (bot) 

EMC5J 

Ring 

EUSERC Compliant Meter-Load Center Combination, 200amp, Full Load Center Width 


Utility 

Incoming 

Bypass 

Type 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 

Dimensions 

H W D 

Main Breaker 

Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

Mounting 

Hub 

Provisions 

5th Jaw 

Cover 

Type 

MC3040B1200SECW 

30 40 32.3 21.0 5.2 

OH/UG 

none 

MC4040B1200SECW 40 40 32.3 21.0 5.2 

QN2200RH 22,000 Surface 

RX (top)/ 

HC (bot) 

EMC5J 

Ring 


Devices are EUSERC compliant for field modification 

from factory UG to OH feed. 

Flush rail kits available. 

Flush rails adjustable for 2x4 walls only. 

Flush rails adjustable for up to 2x6 walls. 



Old Catalog Numbers MC1632B1100FEC, 

MC1632B1100SEC, MC1632B1125FEC and 

MC0816B1200FCT are obsolete with no replacement. 


Bus Rated 225A. 

2-46 



Meter Centers 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC Compliant Side-by-Side Meter-Load Center Combination, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 120/240V AC 



n UL Listed 

n 400A Max, 320A Continuous 

n Meter socket options include 320A (400A max), 

non-bypass and test block bypass 

n Load center options include 8 space panel and 

24-30 space panels 


MC3042B1400SC 

n Factory installed flush mount option 

n Surface mount devices accept field added flush rails 


n Contact local utility to confirm meter socket acceptance 


n See end of section for knock out diagrams and wiring 

schematics 

MC0816B1400FD 

2 METER 

CENTERS 


Amp 

Rating 

(Cont.) 

Utility 

Incoming 

Bypass 

Type 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 


H W D 

Main 

Breaker 

Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

Mounting 

Hub 

Provision 

EUSERC Compliant Meter-Load Center Combination, 400amp max. with 200amp Subfeed Provision 

HD (top) 

HC (bot) 

MC0816B1400SC OH/UG 

33.2 6.4 

Surface 

— 

None 8 16 39.7 

22,000 

MC0816B1400FD UG 30.2 7.4 Factory 

Flush HC (bot) — 

installed 

MC3042B1400SC 

OH/UG 

33.2 6.4 QN2200RH 

HD (top) — 

& Field 

Surface 

MC3042B1400SD 320 

None 30 42 39.7 30.2 6.4 Installed 

22,000 

HC (bot) 

— 

UG 

MC3042B1400FD 30.2 7.4 

secondary 


QP(H) or 

MC4040B1200SC 

OH/UG 

42 33.2 6.5 QNR(H) 

None 40 40 

MC4040B1200SD UG 42 30.2 6.5 

22,000 Surface 

HD (top) 

HC (bot) 

EUSERC Compliant Meter-Load Center Combination, 400amp max. with 400amp Main Breaker 

MC2442B1400SD 320 UG None 24 42 39.7 30.2 6.6 Factory JXD6 22,000 Surface 

EUSERC Compliant Meter-Load Center Combination with Test Block Bypass, 

400amp max. with 200amp Subfeed Provision 

HD (top) 

HC (bot) 

MC0816B1400SCS Factory 

HD (top) 

OH/UG 

33.2 6.4 QN2200RH 

Surface 

— 

HC (bot) 

Test 

& Field 

8 16 39.7 

22,000 

Block 

secondary 

MC0816B1400FDS UG 30.2 7.4 QP(H) or 

QNR(H) 


MC2442B1400SDS 320 UG Manual 24 42 40.0 30.0 6.5 Factory JXD 22,000 Flush HD — 

MC3042B1400SCS 

OH/UG 

Test 

Block 

33.2 6.4 

Factory 

— 

QN2200RH 

HD (top) 

Surface 

& Field 

HC (bot) 

30.2 6.4 22,000 

— 

secondary 

QP(H) or 

QNR(H) 

MC3042B1400SDS 

30 42 39.7 

UG 

MC3042B1400FDS 30.2 7.4 Flush HC (bot) — 


Line side lugs not included. 

5th 

Jaw 

Cover 

Type 

Ring 

— Ring 

— Ring 

Ring 


EUSERC Meter Load Center Com 

Meter Combinations 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC Compliant Over/Under Meter-Load Center Combination, 1-Phase, 3-Wire 120/240V AC 


2 

METER 

CENTERS 

General 

n UL Listed 

n Back to Back design – Meter section faces outdoor, load 

center faces indoor 

n 22,000 AIC rated 



Meter Section 


n Flush mounting enclosure, adjustable for 2x4 or 2x6 stud 

applications 

n Underground feed applications only 





MC1212L1200SED 

MC3042B1200FED 


MC3042B1250FE2 

MC3042B1250FE2 

Load Center View 

Meter Main View 


Amp 

Rating 

(Cont.) 

Utility 

Incoming 

Bypass 

Type 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 


H W D 

Main 

Breaker 

Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

Mounting 

Hub 

Provision 

EUSERC Compliant Meter-Load Center Combination, 200-225amp (Over/Under Construction) 

MC1212L1200SED RX (top) 

Surface 

200 UG None 12 12 38.4 14.4 7.4 NA 

HC (bot) 

MC1212L1200FED Flush HC (bot) 

22,000 

RX (top) 

MC2040B1200SED 

Surface 

200 UG None 20 40 41.9 14.4 7.4 MBK200A 

HC (bot) 

MC2040B1200FED Flush HC (bot) 

RX (top) 


Surface 

200 

MBK200A 

HC (bot) 


UG None 30 42 48.4 14.4 7.4 

22,000 

RX (top) 


Surface 

225 MBK225A 

HC (bot) 


EUSERC Compliant Meter-Load Center Combination with Interior Load Center, 

250amp (Back-to-Back Construction) 

MC2442B1250FE2 

24 

— 

200 UG None 

42 47.4 14.4 7.8 QNH 22,000 Flush HC 

MC3042B1250FE2 30 — 

5th 

Jaw 

EMC5J 

Cover 

Type 

Ring 

Ring 

No main breaker provided. Accept QN or QP type 2 or 


Suitable for use as service entrance equipment when 



board. 

Load wires exit top only. 

Load wires exit top or back. 

Provisions for up to 50A secondary main breaker. 

2-48 



EUSERC Commercial Metering 

Commercial Type BY Meter-Main Combinations 

Design/Performance Features 

n Outdoor/Indoor—one design for either 

installation. 

n Ring Type—meets requirements for 

various ring type locking provisions. 

n Test Block Bypass Installed—easy 

servicing without interruption. 

n Main Breaker Field Installed—adaptable 

to the job. 

n Main T-Fuse puller factory installed 

(less fuses)—adaptable to the job. 

n Contact local utility to confirm meter 

socket approval prior to installation 

Industry Specifications 

n EUSERC – SEC #300 

n 240V rated 

n 100A and 200A models 

n Up to 100,000 AIC when using fuses 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

Ring Type Commercial Meter-Disconnect Combinations with Test Block Bypass 

240V AC Max 


Amps 

Cont. 

Duty 

Max 

AIC 

Tenant 

Main 

CB or 

Fuse 

Provision Service Jaws 

Catalog 

Number 

Service 

Feed Height Width Depth 

100 

65,000 

Circuit 

Breaker 

Provision 

100,000 T-Fuse 

Puller 

QP/ 

QPH/ 

HQP 

Class T 

300V 

1Phase- 

3 Wire 

3 Phase- 

4 Wire 

1 Phase- 

3 Wire 

3Phase- 

4 Wire 

KO 

Fig. 

Wire Range 

AL/CU 

4 MM0202L1100EY OH 37.0 12.5 4.9 BY-1 #6-2/0 

7 MM0303L3100EY OH 37.0 12.5 4.9 BY-1 #6-2/0 

4 

7 

MM0202F1100EY OH 37.0 12.5 4.9 BY-1 #6-2/0 

MM0202F1100CEY OH/UG 24.0 20.2 4.9 BY-3 #6-2/0 

MM0303F3100EY OH 37.0 12.5 4.9 BY-1 #6-2/0 

MM0303F3100CEY OH/UG 24.0 20.2 4.9 BY-3 #6-2/0 

Hub 

Provision 

RX 

RX 

200 

35,000 

Circuit 

Breaker 

Provision 

100,000 T-Fuse 

Puller 

QJ2/ 

QJH2/ 

QJ2H/ 

HQJ2H 

Class T 

300V 

1 Phase- 

3 Wire 

3 Phase- 

4 Wire 

1 Phase- 

3 Wire 

3 Phase- 

4 Wire 

4 

7 

4 

7 

MM0202L1200EY OH 45.0 14.3 6.4 BY-2 #1/0-250 kcmil 

MM0202L1200CEY OH/UG 30.0 24.3 6.4 BY-4 #1/0-250 kcmil 

MM0303L3200EY OH 45.0 14.3 6.4 BY-2 #1/0-250 kcmil 

MM0303L3200CEY OH/UG 30.0 24.3 6.4 BY-4 #1/0-250 kcmil 

MM0202F1200EY OH 45.0 14.3 6.4 BY-2 #1/0-250 kcmil 

MM0202F1200CEY OH/UG 30.0 24.3 6.4 BY-4 #1/0-250 kcmil 

MM0303F3200EY OH 45.0 14.3 6.4 BY-2 #1/0-250 kcmil 

MM0303F3200CEY OH/UG 30.0 24.3 6.4 BY-4 #1/0-250 kcmil 

HC 

HC 

a Breaker/fuses not included. 




Commercial Type BY Meter-Load Center Combinations 

MC1224B1100CEY 

MC2442F3200CEY 

METER 

CENTERS 

2 

Design/Performance Features 

n Outdoor/Indoor—one design for either installation. 

n Ring Type—meets requirements for various ring type 

locking provisions. 

n Test Block Bypass Installed—easy servicing without 

interruption. 

n Main Breakers Factory Installed. 

n Main T-Fuse Pullers Factory Installed (less fuses). 

n Compact wall-hung design reduces material and 

labor costs. 

n 240V rated 

n 100A and 200A models 



Ring Type Commercial Meter-Load Center Combinations with Test Block Bypass 

240 V AC Max. 

Amps 

Cont. 

Duty Main Type 

No. of 

Spaces 

Max. 

Circuits 

Service 

Catalog 

Number 

1 Phase—3 Wire, 4 Jaws, Factory Installed Main Breaker 

100 Q2100 

installed 

QN2200RH 

200 

installed 

AIC Rating Dimensions (inches) a 

STD. MAX 

Hub 

AIC AIC Height Width Depth Prov. 

Wire Range 

AL/CU 

10 20 OH MC1020B1100EY 10,000 65,000 36.0 12.5 4.9 RX #6-2/0 BY-7 

12 24 OH/UG MC1224B1100CEY 10,000 42,000 24.0 20.2 4.9 RX #6-2/0 BY-8 

24 40 OH/UG MC2440B1200CEY 10,000 22,000 30.0 25.8 6.4 HC #1/0-250 kcmil BY-9 

3 Phase—4 Wire, 7 Jaws, Factory Installed T-Fuse Puller c 

100 Class T 300V 18 30 OH/UG MC1830F3100CEY 100,000 100,000 26.0 24.3 4.9 RX #6-2/0 BY-10 

200 Provision 24 42 OHUG MC2442F3200CEY 100,000 100,000 42.0 27.3 6.4 HC #1/0-250 kcmil BY-9 

KO 

Fig. 

BY Combo Accessories 

Description 

Catalog 

Number 

Hubs 

Conduit Size 

1" EC38596 

1 1 ⁄4" EC38597 

1 1 ⁄2" EC38598 

2" EC38599 

2" ECHC200 

2 1 ⁄2" EC38600 

2 1 ⁄2" ECHC250 

3" ECHC300 

Closure 

EC38595 

Plates 

ECHC000 

Adapter Plates 

Bottom Only 

ECHCRXA 

Description 

Fifth Jaw 

100A 

200A 

Catalog 

Number 

UX001WL 

UX005B 

a See accessories above for available 5th jaws. 

b UL Listed to field change main breaker to higher AIC. 

c Fuses not included. 

2-50 



Meter Centers 

Electricenter Accessories 

Selection 

RX Type Hub 

EC5J 

SRSTD 

EMC5J 

SRSW 

2 METER 

CENTERS 


Conduit Size 

(Inches) Lbs. Catalog Number 

RX Type Hubs 

3 

⁄4 EC38594 

1 EC38596 

1 1 ⁄4 EC38597 

1 1 ⁄2 EC38598 

2 EC38599 

2 1 ⁄2 EC38600 

HD Type Hubs 

2 EC56854 

2 1 ⁄2 EC56855 

3 EC56856 

3 1 ⁄2 EC56857 

4 EC56858 

HC Type Hubs 

2 ECHC200 

2 1 ⁄2 ECHC250 

3 ECHC300 

Accessories and Closure Plates 

Adapter ECHCRXA 

Plate 

EC9747-1113 (HD to RX) 

Closure ECHC000 

Plates 

EC38595 (RX Type) 

EC56933S (HD Type) 

Sealing Rings 

Description 

Snap-on type, aluminum 

Screw type, aluminum 


SRSTD 

SRSW 

Grounding Bars (AI/Cu — except where noted) 

Grounding bars are for use where grounding of electrical outlets 

and devices is by means of conductors. Each bar is equipped with 

large connectors rated for one #14-1/0 or, two or three #14-10 Cu/ 

AI and small connectors rated for one #14-6 or, two #14-12 Cu/AI. 

(May be restricted by wire bending space.) 

Number of Connectors 

Length Total Large Small Catalog Number 

1 5 ⁄8 4 0 4 ECLX068M 

2 5 ⁄16 7 2 5 ECLX069M 

3 1 ⁄2 11 3 8 ECLX071M 

4 5 ⁄8 15 4 11 ECLX072M 

5 3 ⁄4 19 5 14 ECLX073M 

7 23 6 17 ECLX074M 

8 1 ⁄8 27 7 20 ECLX075M 


Description 


Plastic Meter Opening Cover 

ECPP 

Plastic Meter Cover Ringless 

ECCP3 

NEMA Stud Mechanical Lugs a 

(2) #6-350 kcmil UK350TA 

(1) #2-600 kcmil Al/Cu UK600TA 

(2) #500-1000 kcmil Al/Cu UK1000TA 

5th Jaws 

EC5J 

EC5J2 

EC659-0121 

EMC5J 

H35815-2 

Neutral Feeder Lugs 

#2-1/0 ECLK1-2 

#4-2/0 ECLK2 

#1-350 kcmil ECLK3 

a Order one for each phase and neutral. For use on 

EUSERC 400A combinations. 

b See individual product pages for 5th jaw selection. 



Meter Centers 

Meter Combinations Dimensions and Wiring Schematics 

15.0 

5.1 

RX 

METER 

CENTERS 

2 

33.5 

Q 

A 

S 

R 

S 

MC0408B1150RGA / MC0408B1200RGA 

n Product tables for above on page 2-39 

MC0408B1150T / MC0408B1200T / 

MC0408B1150RT / MC0408B1200RT 

n Product tables for above on pages 2-38 and 2-72 

MC0408B1400RLTM / MC0816B1350RLTM / MC0816B1400RLTM 


MC0606L1200R / MC0606L1200RA / MC0606L1200RJB 


17.0 

Knockout Code — Conduit Sizes 

5.2 

A = 1 ⁄2 

L = 3 ⁄8, 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

B = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

M = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

C = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1 

N = 1 ⁄4 

25.0 

D = 3 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

E = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

P = 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 

Q = 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

D 

F = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

G = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

R = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

S = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

K 

H 

C 

A 

H 

MC0606L1200RAD 

H = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

J = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

K = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

T = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

U = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

V = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 


2-52 


Meter Centers 


15.0 

5.25 

12.03 

RX Type Hub 

5.1 

RX 

30.5 

29.06 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

K 

S 

S 

E 

E 

A 

R 

M 

M 

M 

MC0606L1200RGA 


A N 

MC0606L1200RN 


15.0 

5.1 

RX 

35.5 

Q 

A 

S 

R 

S 

MC0816B1150CT / MC0816B1200CT / 

MC0816B1150RCT / MC0816B1200RCT 


MC0816B1150RGA / MC0816B1200RGA 


12.5 

5.3 

RX HUB 


29.0 

K 

(2X) .31 

G 

MC0816B1150T / MC0816B1200T / MC0816B1200RT 


A = 1 ⁄2 

B = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

C = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1 

D = 3 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

E = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

F = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

G = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

H = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

J = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

K = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

L = 3 ⁄8, 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

M = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

N = 1 ⁄4 

P = 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 

Q = 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

R = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

S = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

T = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

U = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

V = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 


Meter Centers 

MC0816B1200EFN 


23.5 

C 

5.3 

(2X) RX HUB 

M 

A 

L 

2 

METER 

CENTERS 

21.0 

J 

H 

(3X) A 

MC0816B1200ESN/ 

(3X) .31 

MC0816B1200EST 

(2X) G 

(4X) C 

MC0816B1150TH / MC0816B1200TH / 

MC0816B1150RTH / MC0816B1200RTH 

U with 

HC Hub 

provision 

A 

C 

L 

M 

MC0816B1200EFN 



14.3 

5.2 

RX 

32.1 

MC0816B1200ESN / 

MC0816B1200EST 

K 

H 

C 

A 

H 

MC0816B1200JLT 



17.0 


5.2 

29.0 

A = 1 ⁄2 

B = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

C = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1 

D = 3 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

E = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

L = 3 ⁄8, 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

M = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

N = 1 ⁄4 

P = 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 

Q = 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

F = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

R = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

G = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

S = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

K 

H 

C 

A 

H 

MC0816B1200RTD 

H = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

J = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

K = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

T = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

U = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

V = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 


2-54 


Meter Centers 


2 METER 

CENTERS 

n Product tables for above on pages 2-47 and 2-76 n Product tables for above on pages 2-47 and 2-76 

30.260 

Lever 

By-pass 

Service 

Disconnect 

(200A maximum) 

1 

Service 

Disconnect 


22 

39.555 

A N B 

Neutral 

21 

N1 

42 

Equipment 

Ground 

(2X) C 

(16X) A 

(2X) F 

H 

(11X) B 

MC0816B1400SDL / MM0404L1400SDL 


n Product tables for above on pages 2-36, 2-41 2-73 and 2-76 


A = 1 ⁄2 

B = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

C = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1 

D = 3 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

E = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

F = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

G = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

H = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

J = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

K = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

L = 3 ⁄8, 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

M = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

N = 1 ⁄4 

P = 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 

Q = 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

R = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

S = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

T = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

U = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

V = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 



Meter Centers 


14.5 

7.1 

RX 

METER 

CENTERS 

2 

40.7 

MC1020B1100F/ 

(5x)L 

MC1020B1100S 

K M 

(4x)A 

C 


MC0816S1200SCT (shown) / 

MC2442S1200SC 

MC1020B1100FZ/ 

MC1020B1100SZ 


4.4 

B 

V 

C 

B 

A 

MC1020B1100F / 

MC1020B1100S 

V 

C 

B 

A 

MC1020B1100FZ/ 

MC1020B1100SZ 




MC1212L1200FED 

A = 1 ⁄2 

B = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

C = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1 

D = 3 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

E = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

F = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

G = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

H = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

J = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

K = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

L = 3 ⁄8, 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

M = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

N = 1 ⁄4 

P = 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 

Q = 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

R = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

S = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

T = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

U = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

V = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 


2-56 


Meter Centers 

MC1224B1100FC/MM1224B1100ESC 

MC1224B1125EFC/MC1224B1125ESC 


2 METER 

CENTERS 

MC1212L1200SED 



MC1224B1100EFC / 


MC1224B1125EFC / 


14.3 

5.2 

RX 

RX Hub 

23.5 

5.3 

32.1 

34.0 

J H (3X) A 

C 

C 

K 

H 

C 

A 

H 

MC1224B1125JLC / 

MC1224B1200JLC (shown) 

(3X) .31 

(2X) G 

(4X) C 

MC2040B1150 / MC2040B1150R / 

MC2040B1200 / MC2040B1200R 



14.3 

5.2 

RX 


C 

C 

36.1 

K H H 

MC2040B1150JLC / 

MC2040B1200JLC (shown) 

C A 


A = 1 ⁄2 

B = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

C = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1 

D = 3 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

E = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

F = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

G = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

H = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

J = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

K = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

L = 3 ⁄8, 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

M = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

N = 1 ⁄4 

P = 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 

Q = 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

R = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

S = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

T = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

U = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

V = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 



Meter Centers 


METER 

CENTERS 

2 

MC2040B1200F/ 

MC2040B1200S 


MC2040B1150RC / MC2040B1150RJBC / 

MC2040B1200RC / MC2040B1200RJBC 

U with 

HC Hub 

provision 

A 

L 

M 


C 


H with 

RX Hub 

provision 

B 

A 

C 

4.4 

MC2040B1200FZ/ 

MC2040B1200SZ 

A 

C 

B 

MC2040B1200F / 

MC2040B1200S 




B 

H with 

RX Hub 

provision 

A 

C 

4.4 


A = 1 ⁄2 

L = 3 ⁄8, 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

B = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

M = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

C = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1 

N = 1 ⁄4 

D = 3 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

P = 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 

E = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 Q = 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

F = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

R = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

G = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

S = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

C 

B 

A 

MC2040B1200FZ/ 

MC2040B1200SZ 

H = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

J = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

K = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

T = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

U = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

V = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 


2-58 


Meter Centers 


14.4 

5.2 

RX 

40.1 

2 METER 

CENTERS 



MC2442B1225EFC 

K H H 

C A 

MC2040S1200JLC 


4.3 

14.4 

RX 

C 

M 

A 

L 

32.7 

H 


(8x)A 

(6x)B (2x)C 


MC2040S1200SZ 

U with 

HC Hub 

provision 

A 

C 

L 

M 




A = 1 ⁄2 

B = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

C = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1 

D = 3 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

E = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

L = 3 ⁄8, 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

M = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

N = 1 ⁄4 

P = 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 

Q = 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

H 

F = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

G = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

R = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

S = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

U with 

HC Hub 

provision 

A 

C 

L 

M 


H = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

J = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

K = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

T = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

U = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

V = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 



Meter Centers 


30.260 

Service 

Disconnect 

2 

1 

22 

METER 

CENTERS 

39.555 

A N B 

Neutral 

21 

42 

N1 

Equipment 

Ground 

(2X) C (16X) A 

(2X) F 

MC2442B1250FE2 

H 

(11X) B 

MC2442B1400SD 



30.260 

14.5 

7.1 

Service 

Disconnect 

1 

22 

A N B 

39.555 

40.7 

Neutral 

21 

42 

N1 

Equipment 

Ground 

(2X) C (16X) A 

H 

(11X) B 

(2X) F 


K 

(4x)A 

C 

M 

(5x)L 

MC2442S1200FC 



RX HUB 

5.0 

20.9 


32.3 

A = 1 ⁄2 

B = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

C = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1 

D = 3 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

E = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

F = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

G = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

L = 3 ⁄8, 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

M = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

N = 1 ⁄4 

P = 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 

Q = 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

R = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

S = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

K 

(2X) M 

(11X) A 

(2X) L 

C 

H = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

J = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

K = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

T = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

U = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

V = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

MC3040B1200SECW / MC4040B1200SECW 


2-60 


Meter Centers 


21.0 

5.1 

RX 

35.7 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

K 

M 

M 

(2x)L 

(11x)A 

C 

MC3040S1200SC / MC4040S1200SC 


MC3042B1200FED (shown) / MC3042B1225FED 


14.3 

5.2 

RX 

42.1 

C 

C 

K H H 


C A 


MC3042B1200SED / MC3042B1225SED 



MC3042B1250FE2 

A = 1 ⁄2 

B = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

C = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1 

D = 3 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

E = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

F = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

G = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

H = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

J = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

K = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

L = 3 ⁄8, 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

M = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

N = 1 ⁄4 

P = 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 

Q = 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

R = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

S = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

T = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

U = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

V = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 



Meter Centers 


30.260 

C 

(4X) B 

30.260 

C 

(4X) B 

(11X) A 

(2X) H 

(2X) H 

(11X) A 

Service 

Disconnect 


Service 

Disconnect 


2 

1 

Service 

Disconnect 


22 

Test 

By-pass 

Test 

By-pass 

1 

Service 

Disconnect 


22 

METER 

CENTERS 

39.555 A N B 

Neutral 

39.555 

A N B 

Neutral 

(2X) C 

(16X) A 

21 

N1 

42 

Equipment 

Ground 

(2X) C 

(16X) A 

N1 

21 

42 

Equipment 

Ground 

(2X) F 

(2X) F 

H 

(11X) B 

MC3042B1400FD 

H 

(11X) B 

MC3042B1400FDS 



33.260 

33.260 

Service 

Disconnect 


Service 

Disconnect 


1 

Service 

Disconnect 


22 

Test 

By-pass 

Test 

By-pass 

1 

Service 

Disconnect 


22 

A N B 

39.555 A N B 

39.555 

Neutral 

Neutral 

(2X) C 

(16X) A 

21 

N1 

42 

Equipment 

Ground 

(2X) C 

(16X) A 

21 

N1 

42 

Equipment 

Ground 

(2X) F 

(2X) F 

H 

(11X) B 

MC3042B1400SC 

H 

(11X) B 

MC3042B1400SCS 



30.260 


39.555 

A N B 

Neutral 

1 

Service 

Disconnect 


Service 

Disconnect 


22 

A = 1 ⁄2 

B = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

C = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1 

D = 3 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

E = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

F = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

L = 3 ⁄8, 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

M = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

N = 1 ⁄4 

P = 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 

Q = 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

R = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

(2X) C (16X) A 

(2X) F 

H (11X) B 

21 

N1 

42 

MC3042B1400SD/ 

MC3042B1400SDS 

Equipment 

Ground 

G = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

H = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

J = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

K = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

S = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

T = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

U = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

V = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 


2-62 


Meter Centers 



30.260 

Service 

Disconnect 


39.555 A N B 

Neutral 

1 

Service 

Disconnect 


22 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

21 

N1 

42 

Equipment 

Ground 

(2X) C (16X) A 

(2X) F 

H (11X) B 



U with 

A L 

M 

HC Hub 

provision 


C 



MM0202B1125RJB 

MM0202B1150 / MM0202B1150R / MM0202B1150RJB 

MM0202B1200 / MM0202B1200R / MM0202B1200RJB 


MM0202B1125RJBX / MM0202B1150RJBX / MM0202B1200RJBX 



U with 

HC Hub 

provision 

A 

C 

L 


M 


A = 1 ⁄2 

B = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

C = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1 

D = 3 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

E = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

F = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

G = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

H = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

J = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

K = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

L = 3 ⁄8, 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

M = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

N = 1 ⁄4 

P = 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 

Q = 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

R = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

S = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

T = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

U = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

V = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 


Meter Centers 

MM0202L1125EFC/ 

MM0202L1125ESC 


RX Type Hub 

5.3 

21.1 

2 

METER 

CENTERS 

17.1 

C 

J 

H 

H 

MM0202L1200EFC 

A 

MM0202B1200JLX / MM0202L1200JLX 



MM0202L1125EFC / 



MM0202L1200EFC 

F 

MM0202ML1100S / JC002AR / JC002CS 



MM0202ML1125H / JC002CZ 


F 

A = 1 ⁄2 

B = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

C = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1 

D = 3 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

E = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

F = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

G = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

H = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

J = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

K = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

L = 3 ⁄8, 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

M = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

N = 1 ⁄4 

P = 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 

Q = 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

R = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

S = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

T = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

U = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

V = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

2-64 



Meter Centers 


RX 

H 

J A C T 

RX 

19.75 

J A C T 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

RX 

U with 

HC Hub 

provision 

A 

C 


30.260 

(11X) A 

(4X) B 

C 

L 

M 


J A C T 


30.260 

(11X) A 

(4X) B 

C 

MM0202S1200H / 

MM0202S1200RHJ / 

MM0202S1200RJB (shown) 

(2X) H 

(2X) H 

Service 

Disconnect 


Service 

Disconnect 


Service 

Disconnect 


Test 

By-pass 

Test 

By-pass 

Service 

Disconnect 


39.555 

A N B 

Equipment 

Ground 

39.555 

A N B 

Equipment 

Ground 

N1 

Neutral 

N1 

Neutral 

B 

(2X) H 

MM0404L1400FD 

B 

(2X) H 

MM0404L1400FDS 






A = 1 ⁄2 

B = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

C = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1 

D = 3 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

E = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

F = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

G = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

H = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

J = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

K = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

L = 3 ⁄8, 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

M = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

N = 1 ⁄4 

P = 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 

Q = 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

R = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

S = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

T = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

U = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

V = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 


Meter Centers 


33.260 

33.260 

Service 

Disconnect 


Service 

Disconnect 


2 

METER 

CENTERS 

Test 

By-pass 

Test 

By-pass 

39.555 A N B 

N1 

Equipment 

Ground 

Neutral 

Service 

Disconnect 


39.555 

A N B 

N1 

Equipment 

Ground 

Neutral 

Service 

Disconnect 


B 

(2X) H 


B 

(2X) H 

MM0404L1400SC 



17.2 

RX 

5.0 

21.8 

RX 

5.0 

19.8 

19.8 

C 

C 

J 

H 

H 

J 

H 

H 

C 

A 

C 

A 

MM0406L1200H / MM0406L1200RH / MM0406L1200RHJB 


MM0406L1200RGA 


RX Hub 

6.9 

14.2 


30.6 

A = 1 ⁄2 

B = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

C = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1 

D = 3 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

E = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

F = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

G = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

L = 3 ⁄8, 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 

M = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

N = 1 ⁄4 

P = 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 

Q = 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

R = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 

S = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

J 

(4X) A 

C 

(5X) L 

M 

MM0406L1200SEC 

H = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

J = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

K = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

T = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

U = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

V = ¾, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 


2-66 


Meter Centers 


12.2 

14.5 

4.5 

RX HUB 

5.3 

Z Interior 

19.5 

E 

34.0 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

(4X) A 

(4X) B 

(8X) C 

Z Interior 

.312 KO 

(2X) C 

D 

JA1020B1100S(Z) / JA1020B1100F(Z) 


(2X) C 

(6X) B 


JA2040B1200S(Z) / JA2040B1200F(Z) 


Type BY Wiring Diagrams 

Commercial All-In-Ones 

MC1020B1100EY 








Type BY Knockout Diagrams 

n Product tables for BY on page 2-47 and 2-48 

Figure BY-1 

Figure BY-2 

Figure BY-3 

Figure BY-4 

METER 

CENTERS 

2 

G 

A 

Figure BY-7 

Figure BY-8 

Figure BY-9 

Figure BY-10 

Knockout Code—Conduit Sizes 

= 1 ⁄4 S = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

A = 1 ⁄2 T = 1 1 ⁄4 

B = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4 U = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 

C = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1 V = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

D = 1 ⁄2, 1 W = 1 1 ⁄4, 2 

E = 1 ⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 X = 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

F = 1 ⁄2, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 Y = 1 1 ⁄2, 2 

G = 3 ⁄4 Z = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

H = 3 ⁄4, 1 AA = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

J = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 BB = 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2 

K = 3 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄4 CC = 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2 

M = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 EE = 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

N = 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 FF = 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

P = 1, 1 1 ⁄4 GG = 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2 

Q = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 HH = 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 

R = 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2 JJ = 3 1 ⁄2, 4 

LL = 3 

VV = 2 

2-68 



Catalog Number Logic 

New Style Combination Meter Sockets 

JA 30 40 B 1 200 S E C W 

Main Ampere 

Rating 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

Circuits 

(max. No. of circuits) 

Spaces 

(max. No. of 1" breakers) 

JC = Meter Main 

JA = Meter Load Center Combination 

L = Main Lug 

B = Main Breaker 

1 = 1 Phase 

3 = 3 Phase 

F/S = Flush / Surface Mounting 

R = Ringless (blank = ring type) 

J = 5th Jaw 

B = Horn Bypass 

E = EUSERC Approved 

D/C = UG Feed Only / OH/UG feed 

L = Lever Bypass Socket 

T = Feed Thru Lugs 

W = Wide Load Center Design 

M = Field Addable Sub Feed Main 

H = Double Hub Provision 

Z = OH Feed, Load out Bottom Only 

A = Aluminum Enclosure 

Special Suffixes: 

`CS = Comb. Feed with Test Block Bypass 

DS = UG only Feed with Test Block Bypass 



Introduction 

Meter Mains 


Meter Mains 


Meter Side-By-Side Mains 

This section includes 4 product categories, which each include their own set of featured products: 



Over-Under 

Side-B 

2 

METER 

CENTERS 

Meter Mains 

Murray Meter Mains are UL Listed and available from 100A 

to 400A services. These Meter Mains utilize a cost effective 

Side-By-Side 



bo 

Meter Mains 

Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 


Murray EUSERC Meter Mains are UL Listed and available from 

100A to 400A services. These meter mains utilize designs that 

meet EUSERC EUSERC Meter Over-Under Mains requirements. Combo Two constructions are Side-By-Side available. 

Over-Under Construction – These Meter Murray Mains 

Side-By-Side Meter Load Center Construction Combinations – These Murray 

Meter Mains feature a classic over-under 

Meter Mains have a side-by-side construction 

construction. Available in 100A and 125A 

that is slightly larger in order to meet EUSERC 

versions. 


requirements. 


Side-By-Side Construction – These Meter 


Side-By-Side 

Side-By-Side 400A 400A Construction – These 

Side-By-Side 

Mains utilize a cost effective side-by-side 

Murray Meter Mains have side-by-side 

construction. Meter Mains combine Side-By-Side a socket to 



Over-Under 

the left and main Meter circuit Mains breaker section to the Meter Load Center 

provide 

Combinations 

400A service. 

right. The main breaker section includes 2 to 6 

circuits. 


Side-By-Side 


Meter Load Center Combinations EUSERC Meter Mains EUSERC Meter Load Center Combinations 

Murray Meter Load Center Combinations offer several different Murray Meter Load Center Combinations offer several 

configurations and include a meter socket section and a load different configurations to meet a variety of installer demands. 

Side-By-Side 

center section. Meter Mains 

Meter 

These Murray combos feature a cost EUSERC Load 

effective Meter Center Load Combinations 

Center These Combinations 

Over-Under Combo Murray combos Over-Under feature designs Side-By-Side that meet EUSERC 

construction EUSERC that Meter is Mains preferable in non-EUSERC areas. 

requirements. 



Over-Under Combination Construction – 

These Murray Meter Load Center Combinations 

Over-Under 14” Side-By-Side Over-Under 14” Between Side-By-Side the Full Load Studs CenterConstruction 

– These Combos have a full width load center 

Side-By-Side 


feature a over-under configuration EUSERC Meter with Mainsa unique 

section above, and a meter socket section 

trough allowing service from either overhead or 

below, in a 14.3" wide configuration that allows 

Side-By-Side 

underground to the device. 

flush mounting between typical 16" on center 



Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

Side-By-Side 


stud construction. Surface mounting options 

Over-Under 14” Side-By-Side 14” Side-By-Side Full Load Center Side-By-Side 400A 

Over-Under Construction – These Murray EUSERC Meter Load Center Combinations available. 


Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

Meter Load Center Combinations feature a 


classic over-under construction. 

Side-By-Side Between the Studs Construction 

ons 


– These combos have a half width load center 

Side-By-Side 



Side-By-Side Construction – These Murray 

section to the right and a meter socket section 

Meter Load Center Combinations have a side-byside 

configuration. 

allows flush mounting between typical 16" on 

to the left, in a 14.2" wide configuration that 

mbo 

Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

Load Center Side-By-Side 400A 

center stud construction. Surface mounting 

EUSERC Meter Load Center Combinations options available. 

der 

EUSERC 

-By-Side 400A 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 



Side-By-Side 

Over-Under 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 



Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


Over-Under 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 


Side-By-Side Full Load Center Construction – 

These Murray Meter Load Center Combinations 

have a full width load center section to the right, 

and a meter socket section to the left. The 

overall width make this combo best suited for 

surface mounting. 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


Side 

er Combinations 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 


Side-By-Side 400A Construction – These 

Murray Meter Mains have side-by-side 


provide 400A service. Available with 16 to 42 

circuits. 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 




e 14” 

Side-By-Side Full Load Center Side-By-Side 400A 


2-70 

SERC

Meter Mains 

Meter Mains 


Meter Mains 


Meter Mains, 100A-400A 

Side-By-Side 

Side-By-Side 


Over-Under 


Side-By-Side 

Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

n UL listed 


n Horn bypass and 5th jaw available as noted 

n Side hinged door with one screw removal where shown Side-By-Side 




n See end of section for 5th jaw and main breaker 

n See Section 2, pages 2-44 thru 2-46 for wiring diagrams and 

knockout details. For Murray devices, replace "MM" with 

"JC" details if JC number is not shown. 


Meter Mains 

Figure 2 


Meter Mains 

Figure 3 



EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 


Meter Mains 

Side-By-Side 


EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 




Figure 4 

EUSERC 




EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 


Figure 1 



Meter Mains 

Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

JC0202B1125RJB 

meter mains, side hinge door 

Figure 5 

EUSERC 



2 METER 

CENTERS 


Side-By-Side 

Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 


Side-By-Side 

Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Over-Under Over-Under 14” Side-By-Side 

14” 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 



Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 


s 



EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 



enter Combinations 

Combinations 

Side-By-Side 

JC0406L1200RHJB 

200A meter main, 6 circuits 



Side-By-Side 

JC0404L1400RLM 

400A meter main, two field 

installed mains 



JC002CZ 

125A meter main 


EUSERC 

JC002CS 

meter main, OH feed only 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 




EUSERC 

Over-Under 

y-Side 14” 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

Amps 

Max. 


Side-By-Side Construction Meter Mains 

No. of 

Spaces 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side Over-Under 400A 14” Side-By-Side 14” 

EUSERC 

Max. 


Circuits Cover Type Mounting Service 

EUSERC EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side Over-Under 400A 14” Side-By-Side 14” 

Bypass 

Type 

EUSERC 

Catalog 

Number 


EUSERC 


Dimensions a 

Height Width Depth 

125 2 2 Ring Surface OH — JC002CZ b 14.1 14.1 4.6 4 

125 2 2 Ringless Surface OH/UG Horn JC0202B1125RJB c 17.0 16.0 5.0 1 

Ring 

— JC0202B1200 c 

200 2 2 Ringless Surface OH/UG — JC0202B1200R c 

17.0 16.0 5.0 1 

Ringless Horn JC0202B1200RJB c 

Ring 

— JC0406L1200H c 

200 4 6 Ringless Surface OH/UG — JC0406L1200RH c 

19.8 17.2 5.0 2 

Ringless Horn JC0406L1200RHJB c 

400 2 2 Ringless Surface OH/UG Lever JC0404L1400RLM c 29.0 27.0 6.0 3 

Figure 


EUSERC 

Over-Under Side-By-Side Combo400A 

Over-Under 

Amps 

Max. 

Over-Under Construction Meter Mains 

Side-By-Side 

No. of 

Spaces 

Max. 


Bypass 

Type 

Catalog 

Number 

Dimensions a 


100 2 2 Ring Surface OH — JC002CS b 18.1 7.0 3.6 5 

125 2 2 Ring Surface OH — JC002AR b 22.1 7.0 3.6 5 

Figure 

0A 

inations 

a Dimensions shown are representative of outside box length, 

width, & depth and do not include allowances for mounting 

bumps, endwalls, covers, hubs or hardware protrusions. 

Dimensions are subject to change. 

b Not suitable for 5th jaw applications. 

c Closure plate included. 

Provisions for MP-T Main Breaker. 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 



Side-By-Side 400A


Meter Mains 

Meter Mains 

Meter Load Meter Center Load Combinations 


Over-Under Construction Meter Load Center Combinations, 150A-200A 

Side-By-Side 

Side-By-Side 

Over-Under Over-Under 

Combo 

Combo 

Over-Under 

Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

Side-By-Side 



2 

METER 

CENTERS 

n UL listed 


n Underground feed accomplished by use of 

removable gutter trough 


n 22,000 AIC rated 


n Side hinge doors removable by backing out 

only one screw 

n Suitable for use only as service entrance 

equipment 

n RX type hub provision on top end wall 

n HC type hub provision on bottom end 

Side-By-Side 

Side-By-Side 

wall 

n Field addable 5th Jaw (EC5J2) 




socket placement prior to installation 

EUSERC 



n See end of section for 5th jaw and main 

breaker 





n See Section 2, pages 2-34 thru 2-42 for 

wiring diagrams and knockout details. 

For Murray devices, replace "MC" with 

"JA" details if JA number is not shown. 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Meter Mains 


Meter Mains 


Meter Mains 

Meter Load Center Meter Combinations Mains 


Figure 1 

Figure 2 

Figure 3 

Figure 4 

Side-By-Side 


Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

Side-By-Side 


Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

Side-By-Side 


Side-By-Side 

Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 


Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 





EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 


Side-By-Side 


Side-By-Side 


Side-By-Side 



JA0606L1200 

200A, main lug, 6 circuit 

EUSERC 




EUSERC 

EUSERC 

JA0408B1150T 

150A or 200A main breaker, 

four 1" spaces, feed thru lugs 

EUSERC 



EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 



JA0816B1150CT 

150A or 200A main breaker, 

eight 1" spaces, feed thru lugs 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 


JA0816B1120RT 

OH feed only, feed thru lugs, 

trailer panel 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 




Meter Mains 


Amps 

Max. 

Over-Under Combination Construction Meter Load Center Combinations 

Over-Under 

No. of 

Spaces 

Side-By-Side 

150 4 8 

Max. 


Ringless 

Bypass 

Type 

Catalog 

Number 

— JA0408B1150RT c 30.0 

Ring — JA0408B1150T c 

Dimensions 


Figure 

2 

EUSERC 

150 8 16 

Ring — JA0816B1150CT c 32.0 3 

Ringless — JA0816B1150RCT c 

eter Load Center Combinations 

200 12 6 

27.0 1 

Ringless Surface OH/UG — JA0606L1200R abce 

14.0 5.0 

Ring — JA0606L1200 abce 

Ringless — JA0606L1200RA abcde 

e 


EUSERC 

” Side-By-Side 14” 

200 4 8 

EUSERC 

200 8 16 

EUSERC 


Ringless — JA0408B1200RT c 

Ring — JA0408B1200T c 

30.0 2 

Ring — JA0816B1200CT c 

Ringless — JA0816B1200RCT c 

32.0 3 



Over-Under 

Amps 

Max. 

Over-Under Construction Meter Load Center Combinations 

Side-By-Side 

No. of 

Spaces 

200 8 16 

Max. 


Ringless 

Surface OH 

Bypass 

Type 

Catalog 

Number 

— JA0816B1200RT 

Ring — JA0816B1200T 

Dimensions 

Height Width Depth Figure 

29.0 12.0 5.2 4 

0A 

inations 

a No main breaker provided. Accept MD-T or MP-T type 2 

or 4-pole breakers. 

b Suitable for use as service entrance equipment when 



board. 

c Due to wire space restrictions on the trough side, the 


d Aluminum enclosure. 

e Suitable for use as service entrance equipment when 


and when not used as a lighting and appliance panel 

branch circuit panel board. 

EUSERC 

2-72 

EUSERC 




Side-By-Side 400A

n UL listed 



n Side hinge doors removable by backing out only one Side-By-Side screw 




n See end of section for 5th Meter jaw Mains and main breaker 


n See Section 2, pages 2-36 thru 2-50 for wiring diagrams 

and knockout details. For Murray devices, replace "MC" with 

Meter "JA" Load details Center Combinations if JA number is not shown. 

Side-By-Side 

Figure 2 

Figure 3 

Meter Mains 


Meter Load Center Combinations, 100A-400A 

Side-By-Side 

Meter Mains 



EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


Side-By-Side 


Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

Meter Mains 



Side-By-Side 


Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 


Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 



Over-Under 14” Side-By-Side EUSERC 14” Meter Side-By-Side Load Center Full Load Combinations 

Center Side-By-Side 400A 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 


Figure 1 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

Side-By-Side 



EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 



Over-Under 

Over-Under 14” Side-By-Side Meter 14” Mains Side-By-Side Full Load Center Meter Load Side-By-Side Center Combinations 

400A 

Meter Mains 


EUSERC 


Over-Under 


JA0816B1200TH 


OH/UG feed, with feed thru lugs 


Figure 4 

Figure 5 

Side-By-Side 

2 METER 

CENTERS 



Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

Over-Under 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 


Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

Side-By-Side 


EUSERC Over-Under Meter Mains 14” Side-By-Side 14” 


EUSERC Side-By-Side Meter 400A Mains 

ains 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 



EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 14” 

EUSERC 

JA0816B1400RLTM 

factory installed 200A main 

and provision for 2nd 

60A-200A main 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

JA3042B1400SDL 


400A, factory installed 200A 

main and provision for 2nd 

60A-200A main 


Side-By-Side Construction Meter Load Center Combinations 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 


EUSERC 


MC2040B1200S 

200A, OH feed only, 40 circuits 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 


Amps No. of Max. 

Bypass Catalog 

Dimensions 

Max. Spaces Circuits Cover Type Mounting Service Type Number 


Ringless 

— JA0816B1150RTH 

150 

Side-By-Side 400A Ring — JA0816B1150TH 

8 16 

21.0 

Ringless — JA0816B1200RTH 

200 

Ring — JA0816B1200TH 

Surface OH/UG 

200 20 40 Ring — JA2040B1200 b 18.0 

22.9 5.0 1 

350 8 16 

JA0816B1350RLTM a 

400 4 8 Ringless 

Lever JA0408B1400RLTM a 

29.0 27.0 6.0 2 

400 8 16 JA0816B1400RLTM a 

Side-By-Side 400A Construction Meter Load Center Combinations 


Bypass Catalog 

Dimensions 

Max. Spaces Circuits Cover Type Mounting Service Type Number 


400 30 42 Ring Surface UG Lever JA3042B1400SDL 40.0 30.0 6.5 3 

Over-Under Construction Meter Load Center Combinations 

Amps 

Max 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 

100 10 20 Ring 

200 20 40 Ring 

Side-By-Side 


MC1020B1100S 

100A, OH feed only, 20 circuits 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 




 

Cover 

Bypass 

New Catalog Dimensions 

Type Mounting Service Type Old Catalog Number Number 

H W D Figure 

Flush 

JA1020B1100F MC1020B1100F 

Surface JA1020B1100S MC1020B1100S 

OH none 

Flush — MC1020B1100FZ 19.4 12.1 4.4 4 

Surface — MC1020B1100SZ 

Flush 

JA2040B1200F MC2040B1200F 

5.1 

Surface JA2040B1200S MC2040B1200S 4.4 

OH none 

30.5 14.3 

Flush — MC2040B1200FZ 5.1 

5 

Surface — MC2040B1200SZ 4.4 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


a Feed thru lugs included. 

b Side by side design for OH/UG applications. 

c Over/under design for OH applications. 

Semi-Flush mounting only. 

Z=Solid horizontal barrier. Load wires exit back or 

bottom only. 

Dimensional and other technical data is applicable for 

"New Catalog Numbers" ONLY. 


Old Catalog Numbers JA1020B1100SP and 

JA2040B1200SP are obsolete with no replacement. 




EUSERC Side-By-Side Construction Meter Mains, 125A-400A 



EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


Side-By-Side Side-By-Side 14” 



EUSERC 



2 

METER 

CENTERS 

n UL listed 










n RX type hub provision on top endwall, HC type hub 

provision on bottom endwall 

n 5th jaw accessory available (EMC5J) 

n Ring type meter covers 





and knockout details. For Murray devices, replace "MM" 

with "JC" details if JC number is not shown. 

Figure 1 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 


Figure 2 

EUSERC 


JC0404L1400SC 

400A meter main 

EUSERC 


Side-By-Side Construction Meter Mains 

Amps No. of No. of Cover 

Old Catalog New Catalog Deminsions 

Max Spaces Circuits Type Mounting Service Bypass Type Number 

Number 

H W D 

125 

Flush 

JC0406L1125FEC MM0202L1125EFC 

2 2 Ring 

OH/UG none 

23.6 14.5 5 

125 Surface JC0406L1125SEC MM0202L1125ESC 

200 

Flush 

— MM0202L1200EFC 

7 

2 2 Ring 

OH/UG none 

28.6 14.5 

200 Surface JC0406L1200FEC MM0202L1200ESC 5 

100 

Surface 

JC0406L1200SEC MM0202B1100ESC 23.6 

2 2 Ring 

OH/UG none 

14.5 5 

200 Surface — MM0202B1200ESC 28.6 

Figure 

1 

Side-By-Side 400A Construction Meter Mains 


Catalog 

Dimensions a 

Max. Spaces Circuits Mounting Service Number 


400 4 2 

Surface OH/UG JC0404L1400SC d 33.2 6.4 

39.7 

Flush UG JC0404L1400FD d 30.2 7.4 

400 4 2 

Surface OH/UG JC0404L1400SCS cd 33.2 6.4 

39.7 

Flush UG JC0404L1400FDS cd 30.2 7.4 

Figure 

2 

2 

a Dimensions shown are representative of outside box 

length, width, and depth and do not include allowances 

for mounting bumps, endwalls, covers, hubs or hardware 

protrusions. Dimensions are subject to change. 

b Main breaker not included. 

c Test block bypass. 

d Main breaker: (2) Field QP(H) or QNR(H). 

No 5th Jaw available. 




2-74 



EUSERC Meter 

EUSERC 

Load 

Meter 

Center 

Load 

Combinations 

Side-By-Side 




Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

Side-By-Side 

Over 

EUSERC Meter Load Center Combos 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC Meter Load Center Combinations, 100A-225A 




EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 


Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


n UL listed 










n RX type hub provision on top endwall, HC type hub 

provision on bottom endwall 

n Ring type meter covers 



n 5th jaw accessory available 



and knockout details. For Murray devices, replace "MC" 

with "JA" details if JA number is not shown. 

Fig. 1 

JA1212L1200SED 

Fig. 3 

Meter Mains 

Side-By-Side 


Side-By-Side 

EUSERC Meter Load Center Meter Load Combinations Center Combinations 

Meter Mains 




EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 


EUSERC 

Fig. 2 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Over-Under 


JA3042B1200FED 

Fig. 4 

Meter Mains 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

Side-By-Side 


Side-By-Side Full Load Center Side-By-Side 400AOver-Under 14” Side-By-Side 14” 


EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 


Side-By-Side 

EUSERC Meter Load Meter Center Load Combination Cente 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 




EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

EUSERC 

Side-B 

Meter Side-By-Side Load Center 400A Combinations 


Over-Under 





Over-Under Between the Studs Construction Meter Load Center Combinations 

Amps 

Max. 

Side-By-Side Full Load Center Construction Meter Load Center Combinations 

200 

No. of 

Spaces 

200 12 12 

200 20 40 

200 

225 

30 42 

Max. 

Circuits Mounting Service 

Flush 

Surface 

UG 

Surface 

Flush 

UG 

Surface 

Flush 

Surface 

UG 

Flush 

Catalog 

Dimensions a 

Number 


JA1212L1200FED a 

JA1212L1200SED a 38.4 14.4 7.4 1 

JA2040B1200SED 


41.9 14.4 7.4 2 




48.8 14.4 7.4 2 


30 

JA3040B1200SECW 

40 Surface OH/UG 

32.3 21.0 5.2 5 

40 JA4040B1200SECW 

Fig. 5 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


JA4040B1200SECW 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side Full Load Center Side-By-Side 40 

Side-By-Side Between the Studs Construction Meter Load Center Combinations 

Amps 

Max 

No. of 

Spaces 

No. of 

Circuits 

100 12 24 Ring 

125 12 24 Ring 

200 20 40 Ring 

225 24 42 Ring 

200 

24 42 Ring 

8 16 Ring 

Cover 

Type Mounting Service 

Flush 

OH/UG 

Bypass 

Type 

Old Catalog 

Number 

JA1224B1100FEC 

New Catalog 

Number 


Dimensions 

H W D 

none 

Surface JA1224B1100SEC MC1224B1100ESC 

23.6 14.5 5 3 

Flush 

JA1224B1125FEC MC1224B1125EFC 

OH/UG none 

Surface JA1224B1125SEC MC1224B1125ESC 

Flush 

JA2442B1200FEC MC2040B1200EFC 

7 

OH/UG none 

31 14.5 4 

Surface JA2442B1200SEC MC2040B1200ESC 5 

Surface 

— MC2442B1225ESC 

5 

OH/UG none 

35 14.5 

Flush — MC2442B1225EFC 7 

Surface 

— MC2442B1200ESC 

5 

OH/UG none 

35 14.5 

Flush — MC2442B1200EFC 7 

Flush 

— MC0816B1200EFN 

7 

OH/UG none 

29.75 14.5 

Surface JA0816B1200SCTM MC0816B1200ESN 5 

Figure 

a Suitable for use as service entrance equipment when not 

more than six main disconnecting means are provided and 

when not used as a lighting and appliance panel board. 

FRK1 - Flush rail kit. 

Dimensional and other technical data is applicable for 

"New Catalog Numbers" ONLY. 

Old Catalog Numbers JA1632B1100FEC, 

JA1632B1100SEC and JA1632B1125FEC are obsolete 

with no replacement. 





EUSERC Side-By-Side Construction Meter Load Center Combinations, 400A 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 



2 

METER 

CENTERS 

n UL Listed 

n 400A Max, 320A Continuous 

n Meter socket options include 320A (400A 

max) lever bypass, non-bypass, test block 

bypass, and bolt on 

n Load center options include a meter 

main, 8 space panel with feed through 

lugs, 30 space panels 


n Accepts HD Type Hubs 

Meter Mains 

n Factory installed flush mount option 


n Surface mount devices accept field 

added flush rails 

n Suitable for use only as service 

entrance equipment 


socket acceptance prior to installation 

n Designed to meet EUSERC 

n See Section 2, pages 2-36 thru 2-50 

for wiring diagrams and knockout 

details. For Murray 

Meter Mains 


devices, replace "MC" with "JA" details 

if JA number is not shown. 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 


EUSERC 


Side-By-Side 


Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

Side-By-Side 


Over-Under 

Side-By-Side 

Flush Mount Front View 

Meter Mains 

Side-By-Side 


EUSERC 

Side-By-Side 

Figure 1 

EUSERC 


Side-By-Side 




JA0816B1400SCS 


meter combo with feed thru lugs, 

factory installed 200A main and 

provision for 2nd 



Over-Under 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


Side-By-Side 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


Figure 2 

EUSERC 



Side-By-Side 



JA3042B1400SC 

400A meter combo, factory installed 

200A main and provision for 2nd 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 


Accessories 

Description 


Flush Rail Kit for UG 

only devices 

ECFRK1 

Flush Rail Kit for OH/UG 

feed devices 

ECFRK2 

2" HD Type Hub EC56854 

2 1/2" HD Type Hub EC56855 


3 1/2" HD Type Hub EC56857 


HD Closure Plate 

EC56933S 

Snap on Sealing Ring SRSS 

Stainless Steel Screw 

Type Sealing Ring 

SRSW 

(2) #6-350 kcmil UK350TA 

(1) #2-600 kcmil UK600TA 

(2) 500-1000 kcmil UK1000TA 

EUSERC 


EUSERC 

EUSERC 


Side-By-Side 400A Construction Meter Load Center Combinations 

EUSERC 

EUSERC 

Amps 


No. of 


Max. 

Meter Catalog 

Dimensions 

Max. Spaces Circuits Mounting Service Socket Number 

Main Breaker 


Surface OH/UG JA0816B1400SC 

33.2 6.4 

400 8 16 

Plug In Factory QN2200RH, Field QP(H), QNR(H) 39.7 

Flush UG JA0816B1400FD 30.2 7.4 

Surface OH/UG JA0816B1400SCS 

33.2 6.4 

400 8 16 

Test Blk Factory QN2200RH, Field QP(H), QNR(H) 39.7 

Flush UG JA0816B1400FDS 30.2 7.4 

Plug In JA3042B1400SD 

400 30 42 Surface UG Test Blk JA3042B1400SDS Factory QN2200RH, Field QP(H), QNR(H) 39.7 30.2 6.4 

Bolt In JA3042B1400SDB 

Flush UG 

JA3042B1400FD 

30.2 7.4 

400 30 42 

Plug In 

Factory QN2200RH, Field QP(H), QNR(H) 39.7 

Surface OH/UG JA3042B1400SC 33.2 6.4 

Flush UG 

JA3042B1400FDS 

30.2 7.4 

400 30 42 

Test Blk 

Factory QN2200RH, Field QP(H), QNR(H) 39.7 

Surface OH/UG JA3042B1400SCS 33.2 6.4 

5th Jaw available. Use H35815-2. 

2-76 



Electricenter Accessories 

RX Type Hub 

HS Type Hub 


Conduit Size 

(Inches) Lbs. 

RX Type Hubs 

Catalog 

Number 

3 

⁄4 EC38594 

1 EC38596 

1 1 ⁄4 EC38597 

1 1 ⁄2 EC38598 

2 EC38599 

2 1 ⁄2 EC38600 

HC Type Hubs 

2 ECHC200 

2 1 ⁄2 ECHC250 

3 ECHC300 

Accessories and Closure Plates 

Adapter Plate 

HD to RX 

Adapter Plate 

HC to RX 

Closure Plates 

EC9747-1113 

HCRXA 

ECHC000 (HC) 

ECHS000 (HS) 

ECHV000 (HV) 

EC38595 (RX) 


EC5J-2 

Sealing Rings 

SX001M 

SX006M 

Grounding Bars (AI/Cu — except 

where noted) 

Grounding bars are for use where 

grounding of electrical outlets and devices 

is by means of conductors. Each bar 

is equipped with large connectors rated 

for one #14-1/0 or, two or three #14-10 

Cu/AI and small connectors rated for 

one #14-6 or, two #14-12 Cu/AI. (May be 

restricted by wire bending space.) 

Number of Connectors Catalog 

Length Total Large Small Number 

1 5 ⁄8 4 0 4 ECLX068M 

2 5 ⁄16 7 2 5 ECLX069M 

3 1 ⁄2 11 3 8 ECLX071M 

4 5 ⁄8 15 4 11 ECLX072M 

5 3 ⁄4 19 5 14 ECLX073M 

7 23 6 17 ECLX074M 

8 1 ⁄8 27 7 20 ECLX075M 

Description 

Snap-on type, aluminum 

Screw type, aluminum 


SRSTD 

SRSW 

Description 


Plastic Meter Opening Cover (JA, JC) 

ECPP 

Plastic Meter Cover Ringless (JB) 

ECCP3 

Fifth Jaw (for old style JA & JC units only) 

EC5J 

5th Jaw for new style JA & JC devices 

EMC5J / EC5J2 

5th Jaw for 400A @ 9:00 with shield (see chart) H35815-2 

NEMA Stud Mechanical Lugs for JB, JK and JL units a 

(2) #6-350 kcmil 

(1) #2-600 kcmil Al/Cu 

(2) #500-1000 kcmil Al/Cu 

UK350TA 

UK600TA 

UK1000TA 

Neutral Feeder Lugs 

#2-1/0 

#4-2/0 

#1-350 kcmil 

EMC5J 

ECLK1 

ECLK2 

ECLK3 

Catalog Number Main Breaker 5th Jaw 

JC0406L1200H 

Provision for EMC5J 

JC0406L1200RH 

(1) MD-T, MD-HT EMC5J 

JC0406L1200RHJB or (2) MP-T, MP-HT Included 

Provision for 

JC0404L1400RLM (2) MD-T(R), MD-HT(R), H35815-2 

MP-T, MP-HT 

JC0202B1125RJB MP2125KH Included 

JC0202B1200 MPD2200KH EMC5J 

JC0202B1200R MPD2200KH EMC5J 

JC0202B1200RJB MPD2200KH Included 

JA0408B1150T ME9683 EC5J2 

JA0408B1150RT ME9683 EC5J2 

JA0816B1150CT ME9683 EC5J2 

JA0816B1150RCT ME9683 EC5J2 

JA0606L1200 b EC5J2 

JA0606L1200R b EC5J2 

JA0606L1200RA ME9683 EC5J2 

JA0408B1200T ME9683 EC5J2 

JA0408B1200RT ME9683 EC5J2 

JA0816B1200CT ME9683 EC5J2 

JA0816B1200RCT ME9683 EC5J2 

JA0816B1200RT QN2200RH NA 

JA0816B1200T QN2200RH NA 

JA0816B1150RTH MPD2150RH EMC5J 

JA0816B1150TH MPD2150RH EMC5J 

JA0816B1200RTH MPD2200RH EMC5J 

JA0816B1200TH MPD2200RH EMC5J 

JA2040B1200 MPD2200RH EMC5J 

JA0816B1350RLTM MPD2150RH EMC5J 



JA3042B1400SDL MPD2200RH EC35815 

JA1020B1100S(Z) MP2100KH EC5J2 

JA1020B1100F MP2100KH EC5J2 

JA2040B1200S(Z) EQ9685 EC5J2 

JA2040B1200F EQ9685 EC5J2 

JA1212L1200FED NA EC5J2 

JA1212L1200SED NA EC5J2 

JA2040B1200FED MBK200M EC5J2 

JA2040B1200SED MBK200M EC5J2 





JA1224B1100FEC MP2100KH EMC5J 

JA1224B1100SEC MP2100KH EMC5J 






JC0406L1125FEC MP2125KH EMC5J 

JC0406L1125SEC MP2125KH EMC5J 

JA2442B1200FEC MEQ9985 EMC5J 

JA2442B1200SEC MEQ9985 EMC5J 

JC0406L1200FEC MEQ9985 EMC5J 

JC0406L1200SEC MEQ9985 EMC5J 

JA0816B1200SCTM 

EMC5J 

JA3040B1200SECW MPD2200RH EMC5J 

JA4040B1200SECW MPD2200RH EMC5J 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

a Order one for each phase and neutral. 

b No main breaker provided. Accept MD-T or MP-T type 2 or 4-pole breakers. 



Group Metering: NYC Gangable Metering 


2 

METER 

CENTERS 

Product Descriptions 

Murray New York City Apartment 

Metering is a versatile, unassembled 

modular metering product comprised of 

separate modules that may be assembled 

to produce a variety of configurations. 

Only those standard modules shown in 

this publication will be sold. Installation 

instructions are shipped with the 

product. The modules are: 

Meter Stacks 

Meter Stacks are available from 2 to 5 

meter positions, arranged vertically and 

pre-bussed on the line side. Each meter 

position is rated 100 amps continuous 

(125 amps maximum), 5 jaw, with 

the 5th jaw located at 9 o’clock and 

connected to the stack neutral bus. 

Indoor mounting only. 

Line Troughs 

Line troughs are indoor horizontal 

wireways that support the meter stacks 

and supply unmetered line power to 

meter stack bus. Line trough is available 

from 2 to 5 stack positions and may 

be ganged by means of couplers to 

accommodate 6 or more stacks. Phase 

blocks and line terminals are required 

to terminate line conductors and to 

provide means to field wire each 

stack. Trough end walls are ordered 

separately. 

Phase Blocks 

Phase blocks are required to terminate 

line conductors and provide terminals 

for field connection to each stack bus. 

Phase blocks are available with 3, 6 or 

12 take-off lugs. 

System Parameters 

n Mounting: Indoor only 

n Input: 208Y/120V AC, 3 Phase, 4 Wire or 120/240V AC, 

1 Phase, 3 Wire 

n Maximum line terminal- (2) 500 kcmil/phase 

n Output: 120Y/208V AC, 1 Phase, 3 wire or 120/240V AC, 

1 Phase, 3 Wire 100 Amps continuous/meter position (125 

amps maximum) 

n Meter Sockets: 5 jaw, with 5th jaw located at 9 o’clock and 

electrically connected to neutral bus 

n Tenant Circuit Breakers: Use Murray Type MP-T 2 pole plugon 

circuit breakers, (100 amps maximum) 

2-78 




Getting Started 

Before ordering components, the following should be known: 

n Installation instructions are shipped with the product 

n Number of meter positions 

n Amp rating of each meter position 

n Voltage and phase of incoming line 

n Line conductor size and quantity 

n Vertical and horizontal space limitations, if any 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

Meter stacks are 10” wide and are 10” high for each meter position, or blank position. 

(A 3-high stack with no blank postions would be 10” wide and 30” high). When considering 

the overall height of an installation, you must add the height of the line trough (12”) 

and the breaker trough (16”) to the stack height. 

An installation of 3-high stacks would be 58” in overall height (30” + 12” + 16” = 58”). 

All meter stacks in the same meter bank must be the same height to allow the breaker 

trough to fit on top of the stacks. 

Line Terminal Kits 

Line terminals are available in kits of 

4 terminals each. The terminals are 

tang lugs which mount on threaded 

studs provided on the phase blocks. 

Terminals are available in 3 sizes: 

n (1) 350 kcmil 

n (1) 500 kcmil 

n (2) 500 kcmil maximum 

Breaker Troughs 

Breaker troughs are horizontal indoor 

wireways that contain provisions for 

plug-in circuit breakers used as tenant 

mains. The trough bolt to the top of 

the meter stacks. Field wiring connects 

each meter socket to a circuit breaker 

mounting block. Breaker troughs are 

available in 2 to 5 stack postitions and 

can be ganged to accommodate 6 or 

more stacks. Trough end walls are 

ordered separately. 


New York City Apartment Metering 

uses standard 2-pole plug-on circuit 

breakers, Murray Type MP-T, 100 amps 

maximum. 

End Wall Kits 

These kits contain 4 end walls; 2 end 

walls for the line trough and 2 end walls 

for the breaker trough. 

Coupler Kits 

These kits each contain 2 trough coupler 

straps; one for the line trough and 

one for the breaker trough. These couplers 

mount using the same mounting 

screw holes as the end walls. 

Line Trough Spacer Kits 

These kits may be used to increase 

wire bend space between the first 

phase block and line entrance end 

wall, if necessary. They connect to line 

troughs with a standard coupling kit. 

Trough end walls are ordered separately. 



Meter Stack Selection 

2 

Use Selection Chart #1 and Specification Chart #1 

Knowing the number of meter positions, and the height and width 

requirements, select quantity and catalog number of stacks from 

Selection Chart #1. The height dimension in this chart includes line 

and breaker troughs. For specs, refer to Specification Chart #1. 

METER 

CENTERS 

Specification Chart #1—Meter Stacks 300V AC max., 

100 Amps/Position Continuous Duty, 1 or 3 Phase Network 

Meter 

Positions 

Height a 

(Inches) 

Catalog 

Number 

2 20 UVS210 #6-4/0 

2 30 UVS311B #6-4/0 

3 30 UVS310 #6-4/0 

3 40 UVS411B #6-4/0 

4 40 UVS410 #6-4/0 

4 50 UVS511B #6-4/0 

5 50 UVS510 #6-4/0 

Wire Range 

Line Terminals 

a All stacks are 10” wide. 

Selection Chart #1—Meter Bank Height and Width 

Meter Stack Combinations for Various Heights and Widths, by Number of Meter Positions 

No. of 

Meter 

Positions 

58” High 68” High 78” High 

Use this Quantity of: Width Use this Quantity of: Width Use this Quantity of: 

UVS310 UVS311B (Inches) UVS410 UVS411B (Inches) UVS510 UVS511B 

a Use (3) UVS310 instead of (3) UVS411B. 

b Use 3-high or 4-high stacks. 

Width 

(Inches) 

9 3 0 30 Not Practical a — 1 1 20 

10 2 2 40 1 2 30 2 0 20 

11 3 1 40 2 1 30 Not Possible b — 

12 4 0 40 3 0 30 Not Practical b — 

13 3 2 50 1 3 40 1 2 30 

14 4 1 50 2 2 40 2 1 30 

15 5 0 50 3 1 40 3 0 30 

16 4 2 60 4 0 40 Not Practical b — 

17 5 1 60 2 3 50 1 3 40 

18 6 0 60 3 2 50 2 2 40 

19 5 2 70 4 1 50 3 1 40 

20 6 1 70 5 0 50 4 0 40 

21 7 0 70 3 3 60 1 4 50 

22 6 2 80 4 2 60 2 3 50 

23 7 1 80 5 1 60 3 2 50 

24 8 0 80 6 1 60 4 1 50 

25 7 2 90 4 3 70 5 0 50 

26 8 1 90 5 2 70 2 4 60 

27 9 0 90 6 1 70 3 3 60 

28 8 2 100 7 0 70 4 2 60 

29 9 1 100 5 3 80 5 1 60 

30 10 0 100 6 2 80 6 0 60 

31 9 2 110 7 1 80 3 4 70 

32 10 1 110 8 0 80 4 3 70 

33 11 0 110 6 3 90 5 2 70 

34 10 2 120 7 2 90 6 1 70 

35 11 1 120 8 1 90 7 0 70 

36 12 0 120 9 0 90 4 4 80 

37 11 2 130 7 3 100 5 3 80 

38 12 1 130 8 2 100 6 2 80 

39 13 0 130 9 1 100 7 1 80 

40 12 2 140 10 0 100 8 0 80 

2-80 




Trough & Phase Block Selection 

Line Troughs 

(Use Selection Chart #2 and 

Specification Chart #2) 

Knowing the number of meter stacks, 

(not meter positions!) and the height 

and width requirements, select quantity 

and catalog number of stacks from 

Selection Chart #2. For specs, refer to 

Specification Chart #2 

Breaker Troughs 



Using the total number of meter 

stacks, (not meter positions!), select 

the quantity and catalog number of 

breaker troughs from Selection Chart #2 

and spec from Specification Chart #3. 

Use MP-T style breakers only. Breakers 

not included. 

Phase Blocks 



Using the number of meter stacks 

and the incoming power supply, use 

Selection Chart #2 to determine the 

quantity and catalog number of phase 

blocks for line and neutral termination. 

Spec these from Specification Chart #4. 

2 METER 

CENTERS 

Selection Chart #2—Line Trough, Breaker Trough and Phase Block Selection 

No. of 

Meter 

Stacks 

in Bank 

Line Trough Selection 

Left 

Trough 

Middle 

Trough 

Right 

Trough 

Breaker Trough Selection 

Left 

Trough 

Middle 

Trough 

Right 

Trough 

a Spacer ULT10SP is required if line conductors exceed #6 AWG. 

b Spacer ULT10SP is required if line conductors exceed #350 kcmil. 

c Requires (1) UCP1216 Coupler Kit. Kit provides coupling straps for both line and breaker troughs. 

d Requires (2) UCP1216 Coupler Kits. Kit provides coupling straps for both line and breaker troughs. 

Phase Block Section 

3 Phase, 4 Wire System 1 Phase, 3 Wire System 

Line 

Blocks 

Neutral 

Block 

Line 

Blocks 

Neutral 

Block 

3 ULT30a — — UBT30 — — (3) UPB3 (1) UPB3 (2) UPB3 (1) UPB3 

4 ULT40b — — UBT40 — — (3) UPB3 (1) UPB6 (2) UPB6 (1) UPB6 

5 ULT50 — — UBT50 — — (3) UPB6 (1) UPB6 (2) UPB6 (1) UPB6 

6 ULT30c — ULT30 UBT30c — UBT30 (3) UPB6 (1) UPB6 (2) UPB6 (1) UPB6 





11 ULT40d ULT40 ULT30 UBT40d UBT40 UBT30 (3) UPB12 (1) UPB12 (2) UPB12 (1) UPB12 

12 ULT40d ULT40 ULT40 UBT40d UBT40 UBT40 (3) UPB12 (1) UPB12 (2) UPB12 (1) UPB12 

Specification Chart #2—Line Troughs 

240V AC max. 1 Phase or 3 Phase 

Stack 

Positions 

Widtha 

(Inches) 

a Line troughs are 12” high. 

b Will not accommodate Phase Blocks. 

Catalog 

Number 

2 20 ULT20 b 

3 30 ULT30 

4 40 ULT40 

5 50 ULT50 

Specification Chart #3— 

Breaker Troughs a 

Stack 

Positions 

Widtha 

(Inches) 

Catalog 

Number 

2 20 UBT20 

3 30 UBT30 

4 40 UBT40 

5 50 UBT50 

a Use Murray Type MP-T circuit breakers. 

Breakers not included. 

b Height is 16”. 

Specification Chart #4—Phase Blocks 

240V AC max. 1 Phase or 3 Phase 

Number of 

Take-off Lugs Catalog Number 

Wire Range 

Linea 

Load 

3 UPB3 3/8 x 16 Stud #6 - #4/0 

6 UPB6 3/8 x 16 Stud #6 - #4/0 

12 UPB12 3/8 x 16 Stud #6 - #4/0 

a Requires separate line lug kit. 




Terminals & Accessories 

2 

METER 

CENTERS 

Line Terminals 

(Use Specification Chart #5) 

Knowing the size and quantity per 

phase of the line conductors, select and 

spec these from Specification Chart #5. 

Line terminals come in kits of four terminal 

each. One kit will supply line terminals 

for three phase legs and neutral. 

End Walls 

(Use Specification Chart #6) 

NOTE: Each installation MUST have 

an end wall kit! The kit provides end 

walls for each end of the line and 

breaker troughs. (Four end walls). Use 

Specification Chart #6. 

Coupling Kits 



When more than one line trough is 

needed to support the number of 

meter stacks on a job, or when a line 

trough spacer is required, coupling 

straps are required to connect the 

troughs. Use Selection Chart #2 footnotes 

3 and 4 to determine quantity 

of coupling kits required. Each kit provides 

one strap for line trough and one 

strap for breaker trough. Spec from 

Specification Chart #6. 

Line Trough Spacer Kits 



In some applications, the first phase 

block may be too close to the end wall 

of the line trough to provide proper wire 

bend space for the line conductors being 

used. Selection Chart #2 footnotes 1 

and 2 will show when spacer kits are 

required. 

Tenant Circuit Breakers 

Each meter position in use requires a 

tenant circuit breaker. Use standard 

Murray Type MP-T circuit breakers from 

the Murray Catalog. 

Specification Chart #5—Line Terminals 

Wire Range 


(1) #6-350 kcmil ULK1350 

(1) #4-500 kcmil or 

ULK1500 

(2) #1/0-250 kcmil 

(2) #2-600 kcmil ULK2500 

Specification Chart #6—End Wall and Coupling Kits 

Item 

End Wall Kit 

Contains 4 end walls; 2 for line 

trough and 2 for breaker trough. 

Coupling Kit 

Contains 2 coupling straps; 1 for line 

trough and 1 for breaker trough. 


UEW1216 

UCP1216 

Specification Chart #7—Accessories 

Item 

Spacer 

10” spacer for use with line trough to 

provide wire bend space where required 

Meter Cover 

Blank Position Cover 

Plastic Meter Cover (Ring Type) 

Breaker Filler Plate 


ULT10SP 

UMCVR 

UMBCVR 

SX087M 

LX100FP 

2-82 



Power Mod and Uni-PAK 

SPEEDFAX TM 

Section 

Power Mod 

Meter Stack 

Uni-PAK Meter Center 

Power Mod is built upon service, quality, and flexibility 

Siemens Power Mod is a robust, flexible, and feature-rich line of modular metering 

designed to exceed today’s market demands. Power Mod’s exclusive QuickSystem 

has been proven to reduce labor by as much as 43% over comparable solutions 

while exclusive products such as the BFT Main Feed Thru family of mains, allow for 

lower material cost and incredible flexibility. 

Uni-PAK Metering offers maximum flexibility and ease of installation 

Siemens Uni-PAK Metering offers maximum flexibility and ease of installation to meet 

the service requirements of multiple position metering projects. The outdoor/indoor 

devices are available in two through six gang set-ups which consist of a pull section 

with main lugs or stud terminations, and 4/5 jaw meter sockets with tenant circuit 

breaker provisions. 


Power Mod Modular Metering 3-2 – 3-104 

Overview of Power Mod Families 3-2 – 3-10 

Configuration Tips and Applications 3-11 – 3-13 

WB — Standard and Skinny Circuit Breaker Mains 3-14 – 3-19 

WEB — Circuit Breaker Pullbox Combinations 3-20 – 3-23 

WXB — Cross Bus Mains 3-24 – 3-26 

WBT — Feed Thru Tap Box with Breaker 3-27 – 3-29 

BFT — Main Feed Thru 3-30 – 3-32 

WS — Standard Switch Mains 3-33 – 3-35 

WES — Switch Pullbox Combinations 3-36 – 3-38 

WXS — Cross Bus Switch Mains 3-39 – 3-41 

WTB — Standard Tap boxes 3-42 – 3-45 

WET — Tap box Pullbox Combinations 3-46 – 3-48 

WT — Feed-Thru Tap boxes 3-49 – 3-51 

WMM — Residential Meter Stacks 3-52 – 3-57 

WML — Lever Bypass Meter Stacks 3-58 – 3-67 

WMLZ — Fusible Residential Lever Bypass Meter Stacks 3-68 – 3-72 

WMT — Test Block Bypass Meter Stacks 3-73 – 3-75 

WMK — K-Base Meter Stacks 3-76 – 3-78 

WC, WCL, WCT — House Power Modules 3-79 – 3-88 

WSPD — Surge Protection Units 3-89 – 3-93 

WMN — ConEd Residential Meter Stacks 3-94 – 3-96 

WTBN — ConEd Tap boxes 3-98 – 3-100 

WMMB — Aux Pull Box 3-101 – 3-102 

Elbows and Spacers 3-103 – 3-104 

3 METER 

CENTERS 


online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 

Uni-PAK Meter Centers 3-105 – 3-127 

Introduction 3-105 – 3-107 

WP Ring Style Meter Centers 3-108 

WP Ringless Style Meter Centers — No Bypass 3-109 

WP Ringless Style Meter Centers — Horn Bypass 3-110 

WEP EUSERC Ringstyle 3-111 

WPL Ringless, Lever Bypass 3-112 


Accessories and Replacement Parts 3-128 – 3-140 



Power Mod 


Introduction to QuickSystem Features 

Contractor-focused features, robust quality, dependable service, and exclusive products define Siemens Power Mod. The new 

standard in multi family metering. QuickSystem showcases the key strengths of Power Mod through five labor saving features: 

QuickConnect 

A Siemens exclusive feature, QuickConnect reduces 

bussing connections from many to one – ensuring 

a single reliable connection instead of multiple 

connections. 

Siemens 

exclusive 

feature 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

QuickTorque 

QuickTorque eliminates the need for time consuming 

torque readings. This breakaway nut provides a 

visual indicator of torque for the QuickConnect. 

When tightened, the outer head twists off at the proper 

torque for connection, leaving a single nut for future 

maintenance. 

QuickBolt 

A Siemens exclusive feature, QuickBolt eliminates the 

requirement to line up mechanical connections – instead 

bolts remain retracted until the openings line up – allowing 

the bolts to protrude through automatically. Springs push 

the bolts through and provide positive pressure to keep 

bolts in place while wingnuts are attached and tightened. 

Siemens 

exclusive 

feature 

QuickRoll 

A Siemens exclusive feature, QuickRoll eliminates 

typical metal brackets for mounting modules on 

the wall. Instead of metal scraping metal, QuickRoll 

allows the module to glide down the mounting rail 

via a durable nylon wheel inside a mounting bracket. 

Siemens 

exclusive 

feature 

QuickPhase 

Each individual meter position can be phased 

independently according to the users needs. 

QuickPhase allows the user the ultimate flexibility 

to adjust to each individual application. Some 

exclusions apply. 

3-2 


Power Mod 


Introduction to Basic Features 

Siemens Modular Metering includes an assortment of module 

types that can be configured to meet a wide range of residential 

and commercial group metering applications. 

Siemens modular metering provides for single phase, three 

wire, 120/240V AC; three phase, four wire 120/208Y 

applications, and three phase in/out, 240 Volt max delta systems. 

The cross bus that connects devices is aluminum and 

has a 1200 Amp continuous current rating. 

A typical application requires a main device module and one 

or more residential or commercial meter stacks. Depending 

on the application additional modules such as a pullbox, tap 

box, or a spacer may be required. 

All of the enclosures are made with G90 galvanized steel and 

painted with ANSI 61 paint. All swing latches and rivets are 

made with stainless steel. 

QuickConnect 

The time-saving QuickConnect (QC) provides a single connection for phase, 

neutral, and ground – all tightened by a single torque-indicating nut. Factory installed 

QuickBolt spring loaded bolts are located just above and below the QC opening 

to compress the surrounding gaskets together to form a water-tight seal. For extra 

stability additional nuts and bolts above and below QuickBolts are included as a 

means of physically joining the meter stacks together both above and below the QC 

opening. 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Siemens 

exclusive 

feature 

Neutral and Ground Provisions 

All grounds and neutrals may be relocated toward the top or bottom of the 

enclosure depending on where the cables exit. 

Tenant Breaker Provisions 

Each 225 Amp meter socket has a provision for a 2-pole 225A max plug-in type 

QS circuit breaker. The compact QS breaker fits in two inches and reduces 

enclosure size limited total mounting space required. Single right hand bend wiring 

saves time and wire. Insert a 125A QP into a 225 Amp QS slot without conversion 

kits or filler plates. Generous gutter space allows for wires to exit the top, bottom, 

or back of the meter module. 

WMM Module factory phasing is as follows: 

2 Gang: AB, BC 

3 Gang: AB, BC, AC 

4 Gang: AB, BC, AC, AB 

5 Gang: AB, BC, AC, AB, BC 

6 Gang: AB, BC, AC, AB, BC, AC 

Any position can be adjusted to any phase in the field. 


Power Mod 


Overview of Families 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

WB – Standard Circuit Breaker Mains 

Standard breaker modules (type WB) offer a balance 

between functionality, feature, and size constraints. 

Features include: 

n Compression lug landing pads (field install up to 

1200 Amps, standard feature up to 2000 Amps) 

n Combination overhead and underground feed up 

to1200 Amps, dedicated overhead or under ground 

feed up to 2000 Amps 

n 750kcmil AL wire options 

n 65K AIC standard, 100K AIC available for all models 

n Removable blank bottom endwall 

n Externally accessible breaker handle with 

padlock capability 

n Broad ampacity ratings up to 2000 Amps with nonstandard 

amperages available (such as 700, 900, etc.) 

n Field installable shunt trips 

n DAS blue light models available in amperages of 

1200-1600A 

Standard Circuit Breaker 

Mains quick reference 

n 200-2000A module rating 

n 1200A horizontal bus rating 

n UL Standard # 67 

n UL file # E27100 

n AIC rating (65k and 100k) 

n Voltage: 

– Single phase 120/240V AC max 

– Three phase 240V AC max 

n NEMA 3R rated 

WEB – Circuit Breaker-Pullbox Combinations 

EUSERC - compliant breaker - pullbox combination 

modules (type WEB) offer EUSERC compatibility, 

a wider range of lug options, and extra space for 

pulling in conductors. 


J NEMA 2-stud lug mounting pattern 

J 750 kcmil AL wire options 

J 65K AIC standard, 100K AIC available for all models 

J Removable blank bottom endwall 

J Externally accessible breaker handle with 


J Field installable shunt trips 

J Large removable ground wire trough with 

generous space for grounding conductors 

J DAS blue light models available in 1200A 

Circuit Breaker-Pullbox 

Combo quick reference 



n UL standard # 67 



n Voltage 

– Single phase 120/240V AC Max 

– Three phase 240V AC Max 


n EUSERC drawing number 347 

WXB – Cross Bus Main 

The WXB family of main breaker devices features incoming 

and out-going horizontal bus connections (no incoming 

lugs). This patented design allows the user to utilize 

the WXB family to connect to Siemens Sentron Busway 

or connect to a tap box (or other main) to lower the overall 

ampacity of the service disconnect. In addition users 

can now utilize incoming tap boxes to split the service 

between multiple mains. This can save the end-user 

on the material cost of the meter bank. Please see the 

applications pages for more information. 


J Incoming and Outgoing Power Mod horizontal bus 

J 65K AIC standard, 100K AIC available for all models 

J Broad ampacity ratings up to 1200 amps with nonstandard 

amperages available (such as 700, 900, etc…) 

J Field installable shunt trip 

J DAS blue light models available in 1200A 

Cross Bus Mains 

quick reference 

J 400-1200A module rating 

J 1200A horizontal bus rating 

J UL Standard #67 

J UL file # E27100 

J AIC rating (65k and 100k) 

J Voltage: 

– Single phase 

120/240V AC max 

– Three Phase 

240V AC max 

J NEMA 3R (outdoor) 

3-4 


Power Mod 



WBT - Feed Thru Tap Box with Horizontal Bus Breaker 

Feed thru tap box and breaker module (type WBT) offers 

the ability to pull conductors in and out of the enclosure for 

rise cable or loop feed applications as well as a main breaker 

device utilizing an incoming and out-going thru bus connections 

(including incoming lugs). This patented design allows the user to 

utilize the WBT family to connect to Siemens Sentron Busway. 


n Incoming and Outgoing Power Mod thru bus 

n Standard compression lug capability 


n Broad ampacity ratings up to 1200 Amps 

n DAS blue light models available in 1200A 

Feed Thru Tap Box with 

Breaker quick reference 

n 200-1200A breaker rating 

n 1200-2400A feed-thru rating 


n UL Standard #67 

n UL file #E27100 

n AIC rating (65K and 100K) 

n Voltage: 

– Three Phase 240V AC max 


Restrictions for WBT Feed Thru breaker tapbox units: 

Type WBT feed thru breaker tap boxes cannot be used as service equipment. The feed thru conductors must 

have upstream circuit protection. For feed thru conductor ratings up to 2,000 amps, Siemens Sentron or VL circuit 

breakers can be used. For feed thru conductor ratings over 2,000 amps but up to 2,400 amps, use Class L fuses. 

Please note that Siemens type WL circuit breakers CANNOT be used as the direct upstream main for these WBT 

feed thru breaker tap boxes. 

BFT - Main Feed Thru 

Main feed thru (type BFT) breaker modules has the ability to 

isolate power to side-mounted modules just like any other 

Power Mod main breaker module, but also contains feed-through 

lugs that can be used to supply and isolate power vertically to 

downstream group metering line ups. 





n Main breaker with broad ampacity ratings from 

1200A to 2000A 

n DAS blue light models available in amperages of 1400-1600A 

n For 1200A DAS you must use a 1400A DAS module and have 

the trip setting dialed down to 1200A in the field. 

WS – Standard Switch Mains 

Standard switch modules (type WS) are designed for flexibility, 

space savings, and durability. 



n Invertibility: 400-800 Amp devices can be rotated to accommodate 

the desired incoming feed direction 

n 750 kcmil AL wire options for most models 

n 100K AIC standard for all models 

n Class T fuse provisions 


Main Feed Thru 


n 1200-2000A module 

rating (breaker) 



n UL Standard #67, file #E27100 

n AIC rating (65K & 100K) 

n Voltage: 240V AC max 

n Available in single and three phase 

n NEMA 1 (Indoor) 

n Bottom feed only 

n All units come with no hubs 


(EUSERC applies to 1200A unit only) 

Standard Switch Mains 




n 1200A thru-bus rating 

n UL Standard # 98 

n 

UL file #E25506 

n AIC rating (100k AIC) 

n Voltage: 




3 METER 

CENTERS 

WES – Switch-Pullbox Combinations 

EUSERC - compliant switch-pullbox combination modules (type 

WES) offer EUSERC compatibility, a wider range of lug options, 

and extra space for pulling in conductors. 


n NEMA 2-stud lug mounting pattern 






n Extra ground lugs in each device 

Switch-Pullbox 

Combo quick reference 



n UL standard # 98 


n AIC Rating (100k AIC) 

n Voltage: 




n EUSERC drawing numbers 315, 343, 

and 347 


Power Mod 



3 

METER 

CENTERS 

WXS – Cross Bus Switch 

The WXS family of switches offers a 

standardized means of connecting Siemens 

Sentron busway to Power Mod for mid and 

high-rise applications. The Sentron Busway is 

connected via the TapStack which converts 

Sentron busway connections over to Power 

Mod horizontal bus connections. This enables 

the user to connect to Power Mod in as little as 

9” of wall space. 


n Fast connection of end-feed busway 

to Power Mod meter banks 



Pull Box quick reference 





n AIC rating: 100K 

n Voltage 




WTB – Standard Tap boxes 

Standard tap box modules (type WTB) are designed 

for versatility, space savings, and flexibility. 


J Standard compression lug capability 

J Invertibility: devices can be rotated to 

accommodate 

the desired incoming feed direction 

J 750 kcmil AL wire options for most models 

J 100K AIC standard for all models 

J Broad ampacity ratings from 400 to 2400 Amps 

J Line and load capability- service entrance and 

sub-feed rated 

Standard Tap box quick reference 



J UL Standard # 67 


J AIC rating (100K AIC) 

J Voltage 

- Single phase 120/240V AC max 

- Three phase 240V AC max 

J All swing latches and rivets are stainless steel. 

J NEMA 3R rated 

Restrictions for 1600-2400amp type WTB Power Mod Tap Boxes: 

When the 1600, 2000, or 2400amp tap boxes are used as service entrance equipment (fed directly from utility 

transformer) or when the supply originates from a Class L fuse or Siemens WL circuit breaker there are 

restrictions on the use of an additional down-stream horizontal cross-bus connected WTBN, WTB, WET, or WT 

type Power Mod tap boxes. When another tap box is connected to the same meter-bank, a type “WXB” module 

must be used as protection for the downstream tap box (placed between the incoming WTB tap box and the 

downstream outgoing tap box). This restriction does NOT apply if the tap box is fed from a Siemens Sentron or 

VL series molded case circuit breaker. Note that the maximum amperage for a Siemens Sentron circuit breaker 

is 2,000amps. 

WET – Tap box - Pullbox Combinations 

EUSERC - compliant Tap box-Pullbox Combination 

modules (type WET) offer EUSERC compatibility, 

a wider range of lug options, and extra space for 

pulling in conductors. 



J 750 kcmil AL wire options for most models 

J 100K AIC standard for all models 


J Removable bottom endwall 

Tap box – Pullbox Combination 




J UL Standard #’s 67 


J AIC Rating (100k) 

J Voltage 



J All swing latches and rivets are stainless steel. 


J EUSERC drawing numbers 343, 343A, 347 (Pullbox) 

3-6 


Power Mod 



WT – Feed Thru Tap box 

Feed-thru tap boxes (type WT) offer the ability to pull 

conductors in and out of the enclosure for riser cable or 

loop feed applications. 



J 750kcmil AI wire options 

J 100k AIC standard 

J Removable bottom endwall 


Feed Thru Tap box 



J 400-2400A feed-thru rating 



J UL file no. E27100 

J AIC rating (100k AIC) 

J Voltage 




Restrictions for 1600-2400amp type WT Power Mod Pull-Thru Tap Boxes: 

Type WT feed thru tap boxes cannot be used as service equipment. The feed thru conductors must have 

upstream circuit protection. When fed by a Class L fuse, there are restrictions on the use of additional downstream 

horizontal cross-bus connected WTBN, WET, or WT type Power Mod tap boxes. When another tap box 

is connected to the same meter-bank, a type WXB module must be used as protection for the downstream tap 

box (placed between the incoming WT tap box and the downstream outgoing tap box). This restriction does 

NOT apply if the tap box is fed from a Siemens Sentron or VL series molded case circuit breaker. Note that the 

maximum amperage for a Siemens Sentron circuit breaker is 2,000A. Please note that Siemens type WL circuit 

breakers CANNOT be used to feed WT Power Mod tap boxes. 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

WMM – Residential Meter Stacks 

The residential meter stacks (type WMM) are designed 

for residential applications. This core product offers many 

variations to meet the customers' requirements. 


J Movable neutrals and grounds. 

J Pivoting rain gutter. 

J Removable back plate. 

J Center punch dimples (outdoor). 

J QP breakers used in 125A. 

J 225A versions can use QS or QP breakers. 

Residential Meter Stacks 


J 2-6 gang 

J 125/225 Amp per position 

J 1200 Amp horizontal-bus rating 

J UL Standard #67 and #414 

J UL file no. E27100 

J AIC rating (100k) 

J Voltage: 

– Single phase 120/240V AC max. 

– Three phase in single phase out 

• 120/208V AC max. 

• 240/120V AC max. 

J Outdoor= NEMA 3R rated 

J Indoor= NEMA 1 rated 

J Ring type units comply with EUSERC 

drawing number 353 

WML – Lever Bypass Meter Stacks 

Commercial Lever Bypass meter stacks (type WML) 

are designed to meet the requirements of those utilities 

specifying lever bypass meter sockets for residential and 

commercial applications. 


J High-quality, time-proven Talon HQ sockets 

J A line of 3-phase 100 Amp meter stacks to 

minimize tenant main cost 

J Removable back knockout plate to facilitate wiring 

J 225 Amp capability in single and three phase designs 

J Up to 4 positions with 225 Amp tenant mains, 

up to 2 positions with 400 Amp tenant mains 

J Ease of wiring – tenant mains require only a 

single bend 

Lever Bypass quick reference 

J 100A/225A 1-4 position 

J 400A 1-2 position 

J 1200A horizontal-bus rating 

J UL Standard # UL67 


J AIC rating (25K, 65K and 100K) 

J Voltage 


– Three in single phase out 208Y/120V AC 


J All swing latches and rivets are 

stainless steel. 

J Outdoor = NEMA 3R rated 

J Indoor = NEMA 1 rated 


Power Mod 



3 

WML - Fusible Switch Lever Bypass Meter stacks 

This Commercial Lever Bypass meter stacks (type WML) 

feature a 400 Amp - class T - fusible pull out assembly. 


J High-quality, time proven Talon HQ sockets 


J Available in single and three phases designs 

J Single position with 400 Amp tenant main 

J Ease of wiring 

Lever Bypass With Fusible 

Switch Quick Reference: 

J 400A 1 position 


J UL Standard #UL67 

J UL file #E27100 

J AIC rating 65KAIC 

J Voltage: 


– Three phase in, single phase out 

208Y/120V AC 




METER 

CENTERS 

WMLZ/ WMLZF – Fusible Residential Lever 

Bypass Meter Stacks 

The WMLZ and WMLZF lever bypass meter stacks are 

designed to allow the use of class T (400 Amp max) 

fuses ahead of all meter positions where the local serving 

utility may require it. WMLZF stacks feature a 400 Amp 

fusible pull out assembly which connects to a secondary 

400 Amp horizontal bus that can feed downstream 

meter stacks. The WMLZ stacks include the secondary 

horizontal bus that can connect from the WMLZF meter 

stacks. The standard Power Mod 1200amp horizontal bus 

"passes thru" to feed downstream modules – the meter 

sockets in WMLZ and WMLZF do NOT connect directly 

to the 1200 Amp horizontal bus – only to the 400 Amp 

horizontal bus. 


J High-quality, time proven Talon HQ sockets 

J 125 Amp capability for 3-phase in/ single-phase out 

J 3 to 6 positions in botht the fused stack and the 

expansion stack 

J 400 Amp class T fusible-pullout in WMLZF stacks 

J Secondary 400 Amp thru bus to supply power to down 

stream sockets 

J Ease of wiring – tenant mains require only a single 

bend 

J Preconfigures and wired. 

WMT – Test Block Bypass Meter Stacks 

Commercial Test Block Bypass Meter Stacks (type 

WMT) are designed to meet the requirements of those 

utilities specifying test block bypass meter sockets for 

commercial applications in areas subscribing to the 

EUSERC standards. 


J High-quality, time-proven Siemens SMM 

switchboard meter socket 


J 225 Amp capability in single and three phase designs 

J Up to 3 positions with 225 Amp tenant mains 

J Wiring flexibility - tenant mains require only a 

single bend 

J Three phase input, single phase output modules 

J In line wiring: side knockouts allow wiring for 

adjacent units to pass through 

Xcel Residential Lever 

Bypass Quick Reference: 

J 125A 3-6 position 


J 400A secondary horizontalbus 

rating and vertical 

bus rating 

J UL Standard #UL67 

J UL file #E27100 

J AIC rating (100K) 

J Voltage 

– Three phase in, single phase out 

208Y/120V AC 

J Outdoor = NEMA 3R rated 

J Indoor = NEMA 1 rated 

Test Block Bypass 


J 225A 1-3 positions 


J UL Standard #’s 67 



J Voltage 


– 3 phase in single phase out 

120Y/208V AC max 




J EUSERC drawing numbers 312 and 353 

3-8 


Power Mod 



WSPD – Integral surge protection device for 

multi-family applications 

Surge protection modules for Power Mod (type WSPD) 

are horizontal-bus connected modules that allow the 

user to view surge status as well as access the SPD 

control panel without breaking the utility seal on the 

enclosure. An optional breaker disconnect is available to 

enable the end user to replace the SPD (surge protection 

device) without having to disconnect utility power to 

the Power Mod installation. 


J 100,200,300,400,500kA ratings available 

J External, vandal resistant and lockable clear cover 

over SPD control panel 

J Single phase horizontal bus and three phase 

horizontal bus 

J Optional breaker disconnect that opens phase and 

neutral to make SPD replacement quick and easy 

Surge Module 


J 100-500kA ratings 

available 

J 1200A horizontal 

bus rating 



J AIC rating: 100K 

J Voltage 




3 METER 

CENTERS 

WMK – K-Base Meter Stacks 

Commercial K-Base Meter Stacks (type WMK) are 

designed to meet the requirements of those utilities 

specifying bolt-in meter sockets for 400 and 600 Amp 

residential and commercial applications. 


J Exclusive Talon K4, K5, and K7 meter sockets 

J 1 position K4, K5, K7 modules with 400 and 600 

Amp tenant mains 

J 2 position K7 module with 400 Amp 

tenant main 

J Space saving design 

K-Base 


J 400A and 600A 

1-2 positions 

J 1200A horizontal 

bus rating 

J UL Standard # 67 



J Voltage 

– Single Phase 120/240V AC Max 

– Three In Single Phase Out 

208Y/120V AC 

– Three Phase 240V AC Max 


WMMB – auxillary pull boxes for use with WB, WTB, 

and WS Power Mod modules 

Auxillary pull boxes are used in cases where WEB, WES, 

or WET modules were not or cannot be used, but the 

user still needs to comply with the EUSERC standard. 

These modules feature incoming NEMA 2-stud lug 

mounting pattern lugs for underground feed and allow 

the user to pull wire from the lug landing in the pull box 

thru a 6” knockout and into: 400-1200amp WB, WTB 

and 400-800amp WS modules. Note this family does 

NOT have horizontal bus, it's intended only for lug in/lug 

out applications. 


J 6” side opening (right or left) with available 

gasket to help mitigate wire insulation damage 

J EUSERC compliant incoming pull section 

Pull Box 


J 400, 800,1200 Amp 




J Voltage 

– Single phse 120/240V AC max 



J No horizontal bus 


Power Mod 



3 

METER 

CENTERS 

WC – Residential meter socket with load center 

distribution panel 

The meter-load center combination offered by the WC 

series is unique and exclusive to the Siemens Power 

Mod family. This product offers the ability to combine 

house power applications with a meter socket thereby 

reducing material (pipe and wire) and installation time 

(separate load center or panel board). 




J 20 space - 40 circuit interior for single phase out 

put devices 

J 24 space - 42 circuit interior for three phase out 

put devices 

J Copper bus PL Series Siemens load center interior 

J Dual neutral and ground provisions with Siemens 

patented Instawire technology 

J Optional subfeed breaker for elevator applications 

J 250 Amp overall device rating 

WC House Power Panel 

quick reference: 

J 250 Amp, 1 position 

J 1200 Amp horizontal 

bus rating 





J Voltage 


– Three in single phase out 208Y120V AC 



J Copper load center bus bars 

J 125Amp MAX subfeed breaker- factory 

installed (type HED4) 

J 225Amp MAX main breaker- factory 

installed (type HFD6) 

WCL – Commercial Lever Bypass meter socket with 

load center distribution panel 

The meter-load center combination offered by the WCL 

series is unique and exclusive to the Siemens Power Mod 

family. This product offers the ability to combine house 

power applications with a meter socket thereby reducing 

material (pipe and wire) and installation time (separate load 

center or panel board). WCL modules feature the Talon 

HQ lever bypass for those utilities that specify lever bypass 

for residential and commercial applications. 




J 20 space - 40 circuit interior for single phase out 

put devices 

J 24 space - 42 circuit interior for three phase out 

put devices 





J 250 Amp overall device rating 

WCL House Power Panel 








J Voltage 










WCT – Commercial Test Block Bypass meter socket 

with load center distribution panel 

The meter-load center combination offered by the WCT 

series is unique and exclusive to the Siemens Power 

Mod family. This product offers the ability to combine 

house power applications with a meter socket thereby 

reducing material (pipe and wire) and installation time 

(separate load center or panel board). WCT modules feature 

a test block bypass socket for utilities subscribing 

to the EUSERC standard. 




J 20 space - 40 circuit interior for single phase 

out put devices 

J 24 space - 42 circuit interior for three phase 

out put devices 





J 250amp overall device rating 

WCT House Power Panel 



J 1200 Amp horizontal 

bus rating 





J Voltage 










3-10 


Power Mod 


Introduction 

The breadth of the Power Mod product line is un-matched 

in the industry today. The available options result in many 

different ways to configure the same project with some 

solutions focusing on material cost and other solutions that 

create the opportunity for labor savings. The following pages 

contain examples and tips for using Power Mod in common 

multi-family metering applications including, but not limited 

to high rise buildings, mixed use, and garden style apartment 

complexes. 

The following items are configuration tips and rules to keep in 

mind: 

Ampacity and Bussing 

Configurations are limited by the continuous current ratings 

for the main device (service entrance) and the horizontal 

bus. The Power Mod horizontal bus is always rated for 

1200amps from the factory. Siemens does not offer low 

800amp rated horizontal bus. All horizontal bus within the 

same meter bank must be single phase or three phase. 

Single and three phase horizontal bus cannot be mixed 

within the same meter bank. 

Connections 

A QuickConnect is required for each horizontal bus 

connection and is supplied with all WMM, WML, WMT, 

WC, WCL, WCT, WSPD, WMK, WXB, WXS, BE, WSP and 

WELB modules. The QuickConnect houses all phase, neutral, 

ground/bonding connections between Power Mod modules. 

Utility Requirements 

Utilities have varying requirements for equipment height, 

cover types, and bypass types. Therefore, utility acceptance 

should be verified prior to installation of any equipment. The 

COMPAS configuration tool can be utilized by any authorized 

Siemens sales or distributor representative to show critical 

dimensions of any installation. 

Service Entrance Modules and Requirements 

n In group metering applications breaker mains larger than 

1200A have been used for years as center fed devices 

where the load out of either side is 1200A or lower. This 

practice is acceptable because the products are tested as a 

complete system in accordance with UL standards. When 

installed per these instructions, the panelboard will meet 

the UL listing of the product and will be consistent with 

proven industry standard practice. 

n EUSERC-compliant service entrance modules (families 

WEB, WES, WET) are underground feed only and offer 

a wider range of lug options due to the larger enclosure 

size. These devices are also setup for compression lug 

installations from the factory. 

n Tap boxes (families WTB, WT, WET) provide a direct 

connection to the horizontal bus and do not provide any 

overcurrent protection. A tap box can be used with the 

WXB and WXS cross bus main families. To provide overcurrent 

protection to downstream adjacent modules, WTB 

and WET tap box families can be used as a service entrance 

point or a load side feed for remote equipment. WT feedthru 

tap boxes cannot be used as service entrance devices. 

An additional QuickConnect must be ordered separately 

when using a tap box on the load side. The WTB family 

features invertibility on 400–1600amp models. Each item 

from this family includes two sets of QuickBolts. The 

eventual left side must be removed prior to installation. 

n WB service entrance breaker modules: 200-1200amp 

modules are combination feed allowing service entrance 

conductors to enter the top or bottom of the enclosure. 

1400-1600amp WB modules come in top or bottom feed 

(combination feed is not available). 2000amp WB modules 

are available in dedicated bottom feed or combination feed 

configurations. 

n WS service entrance switch modules: 400 to 800amp 

modules are invertible for top or bottom feed. Each includes 

two sets of QuickBolts. The eventual left side must be 

removed prior to installation. 1200amp WS modules are 

bottom feed only and utilize a molded case switch (looks 

like a breaker) for the switching mechanism. 

Spacing Requirements 

A spacer is commonly required between a meter stack and 

a service entrance module. This is usually due to the need to 

have a minimum distance (left or right) from the meter to any 

obstruction. TIP: when the service entrance main is on the 

LEFT and you need a 125amp tenant main WMM stack use 

a 225amp WMM meter stack instead. The extra width of the 

225amp stack will provide 10” of clearance from the main 

and, since you can use a standard Q2100 or Q2125 in the 

stack, the cost increase from 125 to 225amp is still less than 

adding a spacer (type WSP). This also saves the installation 

labor of the spacer. 

Breaker Provisions 

A tenant breaker must be ordered separately for each tenant 

position or configured as factory installed within the COMPAS 

configuration tool. Blank filler plates are not available thus 

un-used positions must have a breaker installed or the access 

cover must be locked. 

Space Savings 

Utilize the WC-WCL-WCT families to save space. These 

devices allow for consolidating the typical setup of a meter 

stack and separate panel into a single device if the application. 

This allows for less wall space, increased material savings, 

and a lower install cost. Please see the configurations on the 

following pages for examples. 

Material Savings 

Utilize the WXB cross bus mains to lower your overall material 

cost. When a large ampacity main is needed (1200amps or 

above) utilizing a tap box and a WXB main can lower the 

overall cost by eliminating costly large frame breakers from the 

installation. As shown in figures 3 and 4 the installation does 

require more wall space, but the overall dollars are lower. 

3 METER 

CENTERS 


Power Mod 


Applications: Bus Duct Connections 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

Busway application 

Siemens Power Mod offers an efficient and standardized 

means of connecting Sentron Busway to Power Mod 

utilizing the TapStack module. This module connects to a 

joint in the busway and converts the bus structure over to 

that of the Power Mod horizontal bus in only nine inches. 

TapStacks are configured, priced, built, and shipped 

with the Sentron Busway. They require an additional 

QuickConnect coupler and are for indoor use on end-feed 

applications. TapStacks can connect to any Power Mod 

horizontal bus. 

Options for the user are: 

1. Direct Connection: in this option (below) the connection 

is made directly to any meter stack family. This 

application is for use when the service disconnect is 

located at the beginning of the busway. 

2. Connection to a service disconnect: in this option a 

connection is made to either a WXB cross bus main 

or a WXS switch main. Please note that ANY other 

mains (WB, WEB, WS, WES) cannot act as a service 

disconnect for downstream meter stacks. The WB, 

WEB, WS, WES mains CAN be used as tenant mains 

on the load-side of a service disconnect for use in 

feeding large remote loads such as a CT cabinet. WXB 

mains are available up to 1200amps and WXS mains are 

available up to 800amps. Both families have 100K AIC 

options for all models. 

3. Connection to a load-side main: In applications where 

branch circuit monitoring is used in lieu of Power Mod a 

tap stack plus Power Mod main (WB, WS) can be used 

where the installer cables out of the main over to a 

distribution panel (Siemens P3, P4, and P5 panel types). 

This essentially replaces a bus plug function. 

For Center feed bus duct application please contact your 

Siemens representative. 

Critical and recommended dimensions for 

Sentron Busway to Power Mod connections 

Tap Stack Module 

Warning 

Do not connect the Power Mod NEMA 1 corner 

units (BE) directly to busway; always use a WELB in 

its place or use another module as an intermediary 

between the two. 

3-12 


Power Mod 


Applications: Bus Duct Solutions 

Figure 11 

Figure 12 

Riser Busway 

Example of WXB or WXS cross bus mains protecting stacks being fed by busway 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Figure 13 

Figure 14 

Riser Busway 

Example of stacks fed by busway tapstack 

with an upstream main 

Example of stacks being fed by a meter center 

cubicle built inline with busway 

Figure 15 

Riser Busway 

Please Note: 

n There typically will be an offset off of the 

wall coming off of busway 

n Strut or artificial walls can be used to mount 

power mod when fed by busway 

n When fed by a cubicle tapstacks are 

not necessary 

n Tapstacks are busway products and must be 

used when connecting Power Mod products 

to busway when a cubicle is not used 

n Tapstacks and cubicles transpose busway 

phasing to match power mod phasing 

A WB main can be used to back-feed 

panel board off of busway 


Power Mod 


Type WB Standard and Skinny Circuit Breaker Mains 

Standard and Skinny Circuit 

Breaker Mains 

Standard breaker modules (type WB) offer a balance 

between functionality, feature, and size constraints. 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 


n QuickSystem features 

n Compression lug landing pads (field install up to 

1200 Amps, standard feature up to 2000 Amps) 

n Standard Mains offer combination overhead and 

underground feed up to1200 Amps as well as 

dedicated overhead or underground feed up to 

2000 Amps 

n Skinny Mains offer dedicated feed options, overhead 

or underground, in modules 200-1200 Amps 




n Externally accessible breaker handle with padlock 

capability 

n Broad ampacity ratings up to 2000 Amps with nonstandard 

amperages available (such as 700, 900, etc.) 


n DAS blue light models available in amperages of 

1200-1600 

Standard and Skinny Circuit Breaker Mains Quick Reference 



n UL Standard # UL67 



n Voltage: 



n All swing latches and rivets are stainless steel 


n G90 galvanized steel 

n ANSI 61 paint 

3-14 



Power Mod 


Type WB Standard Circuit Breaker Mains 

Suitable for use as service equipment. 

Bonding means may be removed for nonservice 

entrance equipment applications. 

Lugs are NOT included 

on 1400A-2000A 

standard breaker main 

modules and must be 


Refer to pages 3-129– 

3-130 for lug size 

options. 

Standard Mains - Single Phase 

Thermal magnetic circuit breaker service entrance modules: 1-phase, 3-wire SN, 120/240V AC 

Catalog Catalog Catalog No. 

(65k AIC) c (100k AIC) b c Blank Endwall 

number number (65k AIC) 

Catalog No. 

(100k AIC) 

Blank Endwall 

Amp. 

rating 

Service 

feed 

Breaker 

type Dimensions (inches) a 


Factory installed 

line side connections 

WB1200C b WB1200CU WB1200CNH WB1200CUNH 200 OH/UG JXD6 39.19 15.20 11.03 

(2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

(2 )4/0-500 kcmil AL 

Knockout 

Diagram 


(2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

(2 )4/0-500 kcmil AL 


(2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

(2 )4/0-500 kcmil AL 


(2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

(2 )4/0-500 kcmil AL 

WB1400C WB1400CU WB1400CNH WB1400CUNH 400 OH/UG JXD6 39.19 15.20 11.03 

(2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

(2 )4/0-500 kcmil AL 

KB-1 

WB1450C b WB1450CU WB1450CNH WB1450CUNH 450 OH/UG LXD6 39.19 15.20 11.03 

(2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

(2 )4/0-500 kcmil AL 


(2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

(2 )4/0-500 kcmil AL 

WB1600C WB1600CU WB1600CNH WB1600CUNH 600 OH/UG LXD6 39.19 15.20 11.03 

(2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

(2 )4/0-500 kcmil AL 

WB1700C b WB1700CU WB1700CNH WB1700CUNH 700 OH/UG MXD6 61.19 24.19 11.03 (3) 1/0-500 kcmil 

WB1800C WB1800CU WB1800CNH WB1800CUNH 800 OH/UG MXD6 61.19 24.19 11.03 (3) 1/0-500 kcmil 

KB-2 

WB1900C b WB1900CU WB1900CNH WB1900CUNH 900 OH/UG NXD6 61.19 24.19 11.03 (4) 1/0-500 kcmil 

WB11000C WB11000CU WB11000CNH WB11000CUNH 1000 OH/UG NXD6 61.19 24.19 11.03 (4) 1/0-500 kcmil KB-3 

WB11200C WB11200CU WB11200CNH WB11200CUNH 1200 OH/UG NXD6 61.19 24.19 11.03 (4) 1/0-500 kcmil 

WB11400T bd WB11400TU d WB11400TNH WB11400TUNH 

OH PXD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 

KB-4 

1400 

WB11400B bd WB11400BU d — — UG PXD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 KB-5 

WB11600T d WB11600TU d WB11600TNH WB11600TUNH 

OH PXD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 

1600 

3 Sets of 2 Studs 

KB-4 

WB11600B d WB11600BU d — — UG PXD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 

KB-5 

WB11800B bd WB11800BU d — — 

UG RXD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 

1800 

WB11800W WB11800WU WB11800WNH WB11800WUNH OH/UG RXD6 72.06 50.56 14.66 

(lugs not included) 

KB-6 

WB12000B d WB12000BU d — — 

UG RXD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 KB-5 

2000 

WB12000W bd WB12000WU d WB12000WNH WB12000WUNH OH/UG RXD6 72.06 50.56 14.66 KB-6 

DAS electronic circuit breaker service entrance modules with blue light maintanance mode: 1-phase, 3 wire SN, 120/240V AC 




Catalog No. 

(100k AIC) 

Blank Endwall 

Amp. 

rating 

Service 

feed 

Breaker 

type f Dimensions (inches) a 




WBM11200C WBM11200CU WBM11200CNH WBM11200CUNH 1200 OH/UG SND6 61.19 24.19 11.03 (4) 1/0-500 kcmil KB-3 

WBM11400T WBM11400T WBM11400TNH WBM11400TUNH 1400 OH SPD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 

KB-4 

WBM11400B WBM11400B — — 1400 UG SPD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 KB-5 

WBM11600T WBM11600T WBM11600TNH WBM11600TUNH 1600 OH SPD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 


KB-4 

WBM11600B WBM11600B — — 1600 UG SPD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 KB-5 

WBM11800B WBM11800BU — — 1800 UG RXD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 KB-5 

WBM11800W WBM11800WU WBM11800WNH WBM11800WUNH 1800 OH/UG RXD6 72.06 50.56 14.66 


KB-6 


WBM12000W WBM12000WU WBM12000WNH WBM12000WUNH 2000 OH/UG RXD6 72.06 50.56 14.66 KB-6 

Knockout 

Diagram 

3 METER 

CENTERS 


dimensions and do not include allowances for mounting 

bumps, endwalls, covers, hubs, or hardware protrusions. 


b Additional lead time required. Contact sales office for 

details. 100K and non-standard amperage modules. 

c Factory installed lugs standard on 200-1200A standard 

breaker main modules. Additional lug kit options available 

for 750 conductor size. Field installable compression lug 

landing pad also available. NEMA 2-stud compression lugs 

must be installed by user or utility. Lugs NOT included 

on 1400A-2000A standard breaker main modules and 

must be ordered separately. 

d 1200 amp maximum feed per side-must be used as a 

center fed main. 

e All breakers have a non-interchangeable trip unit. 

f 1800 amp and 2000 amp units utilize CT's and Relays to 

operated in Maintenance Mode. 



Power Mod 


Type WB Standard Circuit Breaker Mains 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

Factory installed lugs are standard on 200-1200A standard breaker 

main modules. Additional lug kit options are available for 750 

conductor size. Refer to pages 3-129 – 3-130 for lug kit options on 

200-1200A standard main breakers. In addition, a field installable 

compression lug landing pad is also available. Refer to page 

3-132 for lug landing pad options. NEMA 2-stud compression 

lugs must be installed by user or utility. 

Suitable for use as service equipment. Bonding means may be 

removed for non-service entrance equipment applications. 

Standard Mains – Three Phase 

Thermal magnetic circuit breaker service entrance modules: 3-phase, 4-wire SN, 240V AC max 




Catalog No. 

(100k AIC) 

Blank Endwall 

Dimensions 

(inches) a 


Amp. 

rating 

Service 

feed 

Breaker 

type 



Knockout 

Diagram 


(2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

(2 )4/0-500 kcmil AL 


(2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

(2 )4/0-500 kcmil AL 


(2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

(2 )4/0-500 kcmil AL 


(2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

(2 )4/0-500 kcmil AL 

WB3400C WB3400CU WB3400CNH WB3400CUNH 400 OH/UG JXD6 39.19 15.20 11.03 

(2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

(2 )4/0-500 kcmil AL 

KB-1 


(2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

(2 )4/0-500 kcmil AL 


(2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

(2 )4/0-500 kcmil AL 

WB3600C WB3600CU WB3600CNH WB3600CUNH 600 OH/UG LXD6 39.19 15.20 11.03 

(2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

(2 )4/0-500 kcmil AL 

WB3700C b WB3700CU WB3700CNH WB3700CUNH 700 OH/UG MXD6 61.19 24.19 11.03 (3) 1/0-500 kcmil 

WB3800C WB3800CU WB3800CNH WB3800CUNH 800 OH/UG MXD6 61.19 24.19 11.03 (3) 1/0-500 kcmil 

KB-2 

WB3900C b WB3900CU WB3900CNH WB3900CUNH 900 OH/UG NXD6 61.19 24.19 11.03 (4) 1/0-500 kcmil 

WB31000C WB31000CU WB31000CNH WB31000CUNH 1000 OH/UG NXD6 61.19 24.19 11.03 (4) 1/0-500 kcmil KB-3 

WB31200C WB31200CU WB31200CNH WB31200CUNH 1200 OH/UG NXD6 61.19 24.19 11.03 (4) 1/0-500 kcmil 

WB31400T bd WB31400TU d WB31400TNH WB31400TUNH 

1400 OH PXD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 KB-4 

WB31400B bd WB31400BU d — — UG PXD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 KB-5 

WB31600T d WB31600TU d WB31600TNH WB31600TUNH 

OH PXD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 

1600 3 Sets of 2 Studs 

KB-4 

WB31600B d WB31600BU d — — UG PXD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 

KB-5 

WB31800B bd WB31800BU d — — 

UG RXD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 

1800 

WB31800W WB31800WU WB31800WNH WB31800WUNH OH/UG RXD6 72.06 50.56 14.66 


KB-6 

WB32000B cd WB32000BU d — — 

UG RXD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 KB-5 

2000 

WB32000W bd WB32000WU d WB32000WNH WB32000WUNH OH/UG RXD6 72.06 50.56 14.66 KB-6 

DAS electronic circuit breaker service entrance modules with blue light maintanance mode: 3-phase, 4 wire SN, 240V AC max 




Catalog No. 

(100k AIC) 

Blank Endwall 

Amp. 

rating 

Service 

feed 


on 1400A-2000A 

standard breaker main 

modules and must be 




options. 

Breaker 

type f 

Dimensions 

(inches) a 



Knockout 

Diagram 


WBM31200C WBM31200CU WBM31200CNH WBM31200CUNH 1200 OH/UG SND6 61.19 24.19 11.03 (4) 1/0-500 kcmil KB-3 

WBM31400T WBM31400TU WBM31400TNH WBM31400TUNH 1400 OH SPD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 

KB-4 

WBM31400B WBM31400BU — — 1400 UG SPD6 72.06 31.34 14.66 KB-5 

WBM31600T 

WBM31600B 

WBM31600TU 

WBM31600BU 

WBM31600TNH 

— 

WBM31600TUNH 

— 

1600 

1600 

OH 

UG 

SPD6 

SPD6 

72.06 

72.06 

31.34 

31.34 

14.66 

14.66 


KB-4 

KB-5 


WBM31800W WBM31800WU WBM31800WNH WBM31800WUNH 1800 OH/UG RXD6 72.06 50.56 14.66 


KB-6 


WBM32000W WBM32000WU WBM32000WNH WBM32000WUNH 2000 OH/UG RXD6 72.06 50.56 14.66 KB-6 









for 750 conductor size. Field installable compression lug 

landing pad also available. NEMA 2-stud compression lugs 

must be installed by user or utility. Lugs NOT included 

on 1400A-2000A standard breaker main modules and 


d 1200 amp maximum feed per side-must be used as a 


e All breakers have a non-interchangeable trip unit. 

f 1800 amp and 2000 amp units utilize CT's and Relays to 

operated in Maintenance Mode. 

3-16 



Power Mod 


Type WB Skinny Circuit Breaker Mains with Dedicated Feed Direction 




Skinny Mains are narrower than 

standard WB mains because they 

require a predetermined dedicated feed 

direction; either top feed or bottom feed. 

This direction must be known prior to 

selecting the unit. If feed direction is 

unknown, use a combination feed unit 

from previous pages. 

Skinny Mains – Single Phase 

Skinny thermal magnetic circuit breaker service entrance modules: 1-phase, 3-wire SN, 120/240V AC c 

Catalog 

number 

(65k AIC) 

Catalog No. 

Catalog 

(100k AIC) b Blank Endwall 

number (65k AIC) 

Catalog No. 

(100k AIC) 

Blank Endwall b 

Amp. 

rating 

Service 

feed 

Dimensions (inches) a 

Breaker 


type d Height Width Depth line side connections e 

WB1200T WB1200TU WB1200TNH WB1200TUNH 200 Top JXD6 45.19 9.56 11 (2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

WB1200B WB1200BU — — 200 Bottom JXD6 45.19 9.56 11 (2) 4/0-500 kcmil AL 









WB1450T WB1450TU WB1450TNH WB1450TUNH 450 Top LXD6 45.19 9.56 11 (2) 3/0-500 kcmil CU 

WB1450B WB1450BU — — 450 Bottom LXD6 45.19 9.56 11 (2) 4/0-500 kcmil AL 





WB1700T WB1700TU WB1700TNH WB1700TUNH 700 Top MXD6 58.69 11.06 13.25 

WB1700B WB1700BU — — 700 Bottom MXD6 58.69 11.06 13.25 


(3) 1/0-500 kcmil 


WB1900T WB1900TU WB1900TNH WB1900TUNH 900 Top NXD6 58.69 11.06 13.25 

WB1900B WB1900BU — — 900 Bottom NXD6 58.69 11.06 13.25 



(4) 1/0-500 kcmil 



Skinny DAS electronic circuit breaker service entrance modules with blue light: 1-phase, 3 wire SN, 120/240V AC c 

Catalog 

number 

(65k AIC) 

Catalog No. 

Catalog 



Catalog No. 

(100k AIC) 



Amp. Service Breaker 


rating feed type d Height Width Depth line side connections e 

WBM11200T WBM11200TU WBM11200TNH WBM11200TUNH 1200 Top SND6 58.69 11.06 13.25 (4) 1/0-500 kcmil 

WBM11200B WBM11200BU — — 1200 Top SND6 58.69 11.06 13.25 (4) 1/0-500 kcmil 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Caution: Feed direction is not changeable in the field. Only select a Skinny Main if feed direction is 

certain. If feed direction is not certain, use combination feed mains found on pages 3-15 – 3-16. 









for 750 conductor size. 

d All breakers have a non-interchangeable trip unit. 

e Skinny Mains are non-compatible with the lug landing 

pads LLP600 and LLP1200. 


Power Mod 


Type WB Skinny Circuit Breaker Mains with Dedicated Feed Direction 




Skinny Mains are narrower than 

standard WB mains because they 

require a predetermined dedicated feed 

direction; either top feed or bottom feed. 

This direction must be known prior to 

selecting the unit. If feed direction is 

unknown, use a combination feed unit 

from previous pages. 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

Skinny Mains – Three Phase 

Skinny thermal magnetic circuit breaker service entrance modules: 3-phase, 4-wire SN, 240V AC max c 

Catalog 

number 

(65k AIC) 

Catalog No. 

Catalog 



Catalog No. 

(100k AIC) 


Amp. 

rating 

Service 

feed 


Breaker 


type d Height Width Depth line side connections e 




















(3) 1/0-500 kcmil 






(4) 1/0-500 kcmil 



Skinny DAS electronic circuit breaker service entrance modules with blue light: 3-phase, 4 wire SN, 240V AC max c 

Catalog 

number 

(65k AIC) 

Catalog No. 

Catalog 



Catalog No. 

(100k AIC) 


Amp. 

rating 

Service 

feed 

Breaker 

type d Height Width Depth 


line side connections e 

WBM31200T WBM31200TU WBM31200TNH WBM31200TUNH 1200 Top SND6 58.69 11.06 13.25 

WBM31200B WBM31200BU — — 1200 Bottom SND6 58.69 11.06 13.25 

(4) 1/0-500 kcmil 

Caution: Feed direction is not changeable in the field. Only select a Skinny Main if feed direction is 

certain. If feed direction is not certain, use combination feed mains found on pages 3-15 – 3-16. 









for 750 conductor size. 


e Skinny Mains are non-compatible with the lug landing 

pads LLP600 and LLP1200. 

3-18 


Power Mod 

Type WB Standard Circuit Breaker Mains Knockout Diagrams 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KB-1 

KB-2 

KB-3 

WB3200XX 

WB3250XX 

WB3300XX 

WB3350XX 

WB3400XX 

WB3450XX 

WB3500XX 

WB3600XX 

WB1200XX 

WB1250XX 

WB1300XX 

WB1350XX 

WB1400XX 

WB1450XX 

WB1500XX 

WB1600XX 

WB3700XX 

WB3800XX 

WB1700XX 

WB1800XX 

WB3900XX 

WB31000XX 

WB31200XX 

WB1900XX 

WB11000XX 

WB11200XX 

31-11/32 

31-11/32 

6 

3 

14-21/32 

6 TYPE "HD" 4" MAX 

HUB OPENINGS 

FACTORY INSTALLED 

COVER PLATES 

14-21/32 

18-5/32 

27-3/8 TO 

PHASE 

STUDS 

29-3/8 TO 

NEUTRAL 

STUDS 

} 

1-3/4 NEMA 

STUD SPACING 

72-1/16 

1-3/4 NEMA 

STUD SPACING 

72-1/16 

46-21/32 TO 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

BRACKET 

35-1/32 TO 

CROSS BUS 

CENTER 

48-21/32 TO 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

BRACKET 

37-1/32 TO 

CROSS BUS 

CENTER 

29-3/8 TO 

NEUTRAL 

STUDS 

} 

27-3/8 TO 

PHASE 

STUDS 

28-5/8 

REMOVABLE 

BOTTOM 

ENDWALL 

OPENING 

11-29/32 

WB31400TX 

WB31600TX 

WB32000TX 

KB-4 

WB11400TX 

WB11600TX 

WB12000TX 

WB31400BX 

WB31600BX 

WB31800BX 

WB32000BX 

KB-5 

WB11400BX 

WB11600BX 

WB11800BX 

WB12000BX 

WB12000W 

WB12000WU 

WB11800W 

WB11800WU 

KB-6 

WB31800W 

WB31800WU 

WB32000W 

WB32000WU 


Power Mod 


Type WEB Circuit Breaker – Pullbox Combinations 

Circuit Breaker – Pullbox Combinations 

EUSERC – compliant breaker – pullbox combination 

modules (type WEB) offer EUSERC compatibility, a 

wider range of lug options, and extra space for pulling 

in conductors. 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 




n 750 kcmil AL wire options 



n Externally accessible breaker handle with padlock 

capability 


n Large removable ground wire trough with generous 

space for grounding conductors 

n DAS blue light models available in 1200A 

Circuit Breaker-Pullbox Combinations Quick Reference 



n UL standard # UL67 



n Voltage 








3-20 


Power Mod 


Type WEB Circuit Breaker – Pullbox Combinations 





and must be ordered 

separately. 



options. 

Thermal magnetic combination circuit breaker and pullbox modules: 

1-phase, 3-wire SN, 120/240V AC max, meets EUSERC requirements 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Catalog 

number 

(65k AIC) 

Catalog 

number 

Ampere 

(100k AIC) b rating 

Service 

feed 

Breaker Dimensions (inches) a Line side c 

connections 

type d Height Width Depth (lugs not included) 

Knockout 

Diagram 

WEB1200B b WEB1200BU 200 UG JXD6 54.88 28.28 13.06 




1 set of 2 studs 

EB-1 

WEB1400B WEB1400BU 400 UG JXD6 54.88 28.28 13.06 

WEB1500B b WEB1500BU 500 UG LXD6 54.88 28.88 13.06 2 sets of 2 studs 

WEB1600B WEB1600BU 600 UG LXD6 54.88 28.28 13.06 

EB-2 

WEB1700B b WEB1700BU 700 UG MXD6 59.34 34.22 12.47 

WEB1800B WEB1800BU 800 UG MXD6 59.34 34.22 12.47 

WEB1900B b WEB1900BU 900 UG NXD6 59.34 34.22 12.47 

WEB11000B WEB11000BU 1000 UG NXD6 59.34 34.22 12.47 

3 sets of 2 studs 

EB-3 


DAS electronic combination circuit breaker and pullbox modules with blue light maintanance mode: 

1-phase, 3-wire SN, 120/240V AC max, meets EUSERC requirements 

Catalog 

number 

(65k AIC) 

Catalog 

number 

Ampere 


Service 

feed 


a Line sidec 

Breaker 

connections 


WEBM11200B WEBM11200BU 1200 UG SND6 59.34 34.22 12.47 


Knockout 

Diagram 

EB-3 

a Dimensions shown are representative of outside 

box dimensions and do not include allowances for 

mounting bumps, endwalls, covers, hubs, or hardware 



details. Non-standard modules 

c Lugs not included. Refer to page 3-129–3-130 for lug 

size options. 750 conductor size available. NEMA 2-stud 

compression lugs must be installed by user or utility. 




Power Mod 


Type WEB Circuit Breaker - Pullbox Combinations 





and must be ordered 

separately. 



options. 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

Thermal magnetic combination circuit breaker and pullbox modules: 

3-phase, 4-wire SN, 240V AC max, meets EUSERC requirements 

Catalog 

number 

(65k AIC) 

Catalog 

number 

Ampere 


Service 

feed 

Breaker Dimensions (inches) a Line side c 

connections 


Knockout 

Diagram 





WEB3400B WEB3400BU 400 UG JXD6 54.88 28.28 13.06 


EB-1 

WEB3500B b WEB3500BU 500 UG LXD6 54.88 28.28 13.06 2 sets of 2 studs 

WEB3600B WEB3600BU 600 UG LXD6 54.88 28.28 13.06 

EB-2 

WEB3700B b WEB3700BU 700 UG MXD6 59.34 34.22 12.47 

WEB3800B WEB3800BU 800 UG MXD6 59.34 34.22 12.47 

WEB3900B b WEB3900BU 900 UG NXD6 59.34 34.22 12.47 




EB-3 

DAS electronic combination circuit breaker and pullbox modules with blue light maintanance mode: 

3-phase, 4-wire SN, 240V AC max, meets EUSERC requirements 

Catalog 

number 

(65k AIC) 

Catalog 

number 

Ampere 


Service 

feed 

type Height Width Depth (lugs not included) 

Breaker 

Dimensions (inches) a Line side c 

connections 

WEBM31200B WEBM31200BU 1200 UG SND6 59.34 34.22 12.47 


Knockout 

Diagram 

EB-3 






details. Non-standard modules 

c Lugs not included. Refer to page 3-129–3-130 for lug 

size options. 750 conductor size available. NEMA 2-stud 



3-22 



Power Mod 


Type WEB Circuit Breaker – Pullbox Combinations: Knockout Diagrams 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

WEB1200B 

WEB3200B 

WEB1250B 

WEB3250B 

WEB1300B 

WEB3300B 

WEB1350B 

WEB3350B 

WEB1400B 

WEB3400B 

EB-1 

WEB1200BU 

WEB3200BU 

WEB1250BU 

WEB3250BU 

WEB1300BU 

WEB3300BU 

WEB1350BU 

WEB3350BU 

WEB1400BU 

WEB3400BU 

WEB1500B 

WEB1500BU 

WEB1600B 

WEB1600B 

EB-2 

WEB3500B 

WEB3500BU 

WEB3600B 

WEB3600BU 

34-7/32 

12-15/32 

32 

1-3/4" NEMA 

STUD SPACING 

} 

59-11/32 

44-7/8 TO 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

BRACKET 

33-1/4 TO 

CROSS BUS 

CENTER 

26-25/32 TO 

PHASE AND 

NEUTRAL 

STUDS 

REMOVABLE 

BOTTOM 

ENDWALL 

OPENING 

29-1/8 

3/4 KO 

8-5/8 

EB-3 

WEB1700B 

WEB3700B 

WEB1800B 

WEB3800B 

WEB1700BU 

WEB3700BU 

WEB1800BU 

WEB3800BU 

WEB1900B 

WEB1900BU 

WEB3900B 

WEB3900BU 

WEB11000B 

WEB11200B 

WEB31000B 

WEB31200B 

WEB11000BU 

WEB11200BU 

WEB31000BU 

WEB31200BU 


Power Mod 


Type WXB Main Units 

Cross Bus Main modules 

Cross Bus Main modules (type WXB) offer two 

distinct functions: first they can be used to connect 

Siemens Sentron Busway to a Power Mod line-up. 

Second they can be utilized to offer lower service 

sdisconnect ampacities or unique configurations 

where an incoming tap box is preferred. See application 

pages for examples. 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 



n Incoming and outgoing bus connections 

(right to left or left to right) 

n Standardized connection points to Siemens 

Sentron Busway 


n Externally accessible breaker handle with 


n Broad ampacity ratings up to 1200 Amps with 

non-standard amperages available (such as 700, 

900, etc.) 


n DAS blue light models available in 1200A" 







n Voltage: 


–Three phase 240V AC max 





3-24 


Power Mod 


Type WXB Main Units 

Not for use as service equipment. 

Connects via 

horizontal bussing 

only - NO LUGS 

Thermal magnetic circuit breaker modules: 1-phase, 3-wire SN, 120/240V AC b 


(65k AIC) 

Catalog number Ampere 

(100k AIC) c rating 

Service 

Feed 

Breaker 

Type 

Dimensions a 


Knockout 

diagram 

WXB1200N WXB1200NU 200 Horizontal Bus JXD6 27.05 15.59 10.82 WXB-1 

WXB1250N WXB1250NU 250 Horizontal Bus JXD6 27.05 15.59 10.82 




WXB1450N WXB1450NU 450 Horizontal Bus LXD6 27.05 15.59 10.82 



WXB1700N WXB1700NU 700 Horizontal Bus MXD6 36.05 18.13 12.63 


WXB-2 

WXB1900N WXB1900NU 900 Horizontal Bus NXD6 36.05 18.13 12.63 


WXB-3 

WXB11200N WXB11200NU 1200 Horizontal Bus NXD6 41.06 18.13 12.63 WXB-4 

Thermal magnetic circuit breaker modules: 3-phase, 4-wire SN, 240V AC max b 


(65k AIC) 

Catalog Number Ampere 

(100k AIC) c rating 

Service 

Feed 

Breaker 

Type 

Dimensions a 


Knockout 

diagram 





WXB-1 







WXB-2 



WXB-3 

WXB31200N WXB31200NU 1200 Horizontal Bus NXD6 41.06 18.13 12.63 WXB-4 

DAS electronic circuit breaker modules with blue light maintanance mode: 1-phase, 3 wire SN, 120/240V AC b 

Catalog number Catalog number 

Service 

Breaker Dimensions a 

Knockout 

(65k AIC) 

(100k AIC) a Ampere 

rating Feed 

Type Height Width Depth diagram 

WXBM11200N WXBM11200NU 1200 Horizontal bus SND6 41.06 18.13 12.63 WXB-4 

DAS electronic circuit breaker modules with blue light maintanance mode: 3-phase, 4 wire SN, 240V AC max b 

Catalog number Catalog number 

Service 

Breaker Dimensions a 

Knockout 

(65k AIC) 

(100k AIC) a Ampere 

rating Feed 

Type Height Width Depth diagram 

WXBM31200N WXBM31200NU 1200 Horizontal bus SND6 41.06 18.13 12.63 WXB-4 

3 METER 

CENTERS 





b Connects via horizontal bussing only. 

c Non Standard item – extended lead time applies 


Power Mod 


Type WXB Main Units: Knockout Diagrams 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

WXB-1 

WXB1200N 

WXB1200NU 

WXB1250N 

WXB1250NU 

WXB1300N 

WXB1300NU 

WXB1350N 

WXB1350NU 

WXB1400N 

WXB1400NU 

WXB1450N 

WXB1450NU 

WXB1500N 

WXB1500NU 

WXB1600N 

WXB1600NU 

WXB-1 

WXB3200N 

WXB3200NU 

WXB3250N 

WXB3250NU 

WXB3300N 

WXB3300NU 

WXB3350N 

WXB3350NU 

WXB3400N 

WXB3400NU 

WXB3450N 

WXB3450NU 

WXB3500N 

WXB3500NU 

WXB3600N 

WXB3600NU 

WXB-2 

WXB-2 

WXB1700N 

WXB1700NU 

WXB1800N 

WXB1800NU 

WXB3700N 

WXB3700NU 

WXB3800N 

WXB3800NU 

WXB-3 

WXB-3 

WXB-4 

WXB1900N 

WXB1900NU 

WXB11000N 

WXB11000NU 

WXB3900N 

WXB3900NU 

WXB31000N 

WXB31000NU 

WXB-4 

WXB11200N 

WXB11200NU 

WXBM11200N 

WXBM11200NU 

WXB31200N 

WXB31200NU 

WXBM31200N 

WXBM31200NU 

3-26 


Power Mod 


Type WBT Feed Thru Tap Box with Horizontal Bus Breaker 

WBT - Feed Thru Tap Box with Breaker 

The feed thru tap box with breaker (type WBT) offers 

the ability to pull conductors in and out of the enclosure 

for rise cable or loop feed applications as well as a main 

breaker device utilizing an incoming and out-going thru bus 

connections (including incoming lugs). In addition users don’t 

have to utilize any additional tap boxes as lugs are already 

included in the units. This can save the end-user on the 

material cost of the meter bank. 

The breaker in the WBT module only protects the floor that it 

is on. The vertical feed-thru lugs bypass the breaker entirely; 

This is the main distinction between the WBT and the BFT. 

Do not get this unit confused with the BFT main feed thru, as 

described on pages 3-30 -3-32. The BFT protects the floor it 

is on as well as the vertical cable run leaving out of the top of 

the unit, whereas the WBT only protects the floor it is on. 

The WBT cannot be used as a service entrance point therefor 

the neutral and ground are un-bonded. With that in mind, be 

sure to have an upstream protective device (BFT, WB, WEB, 

switchboard, etc.) ahead of the WBT module. 

3 METER 

CENTERS 






n Broad ampacity ratings from 200-1200A 

n Field installable shunt trip 

n DAS blue light models available in 1200 Amps 

Feed Thru Tap Box with Breaker Quick Reference 

n 200-1200A breaker rating 






n Voltage: 



n NEMA 3R (outdoor) 




Type WBT breaker tap boxes cannot be used as service equipment. The feed thru conductors must have upstream 

circuit protection. For feed thru conductor ratings up to 2,000 amps, Siemens Sentron or VL circuit breakers can be used. 

For feed thru conductor ratings over 2,000 amps but up to 2,400 amps, use Class L fuses. Please note that Siemens type 

WL circuit breakers CANNOT be used as the direct upstream main for these WBT feed thru breaker tap boxes. 


Power Mod 



Connects via lugs. 

Lug kits not included. Lug kits must 

be ordered separately per module. 

Refer to pages 3-129– 3-130 for 

lug size options. 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

Not for use as service equipment. 


Type WBT breaker tap boxes cannot be used as service equipment. The feed thru conductors must have upstream circuit protection. 

For feed thru conductor ratings up to 2,000 amps, Siemens Sentron or VL circuit breakers can be used. For feed thru conductor ratings 

over 2,000 amps but up to 2,400 amps, use Class L fuses. Please note that Siemens type WL circuit breakers CANNOT be used as the 

direct upstream main for these WBT feed thru breaker tap boxes. 


Thermal magnetic circuit breaker modules: 3-phase, 4-wire SN, 240V AC max. 


(65KAIC) 


(100KAIC) b 


(65KAIC) 

Blank Endwall 


(100KAIC) 


Breaker 

Amperage 

Rating 

Feed 

Through 

Bus Rating 

Breaker 

Type 



1200A Feed Through Bus 

WBT312X200 WBT312X200U WBT312X200NH WBT312X200UNH 200 1200 JXD6 64.58 27.65 13.24 





WBT312X450 WBT312X450U WBT312X450NH WBT312X450UNH 450 1200 LXD6 64.58 27.65 13.24 












WBT324X700 WBT324X700U WBT324X700NH WBT324X700UNH 700 2400 MXD6 77.94 35.55 14.95 

WBT324X800 WBT324X800U WBT324X800NH WBT324X800UNH 800 2400 MXD6 77.94 35.55 14.95 

WBT324X900 WBT324X900U WBT324X900NH WBT324X900UNH 900 2400 NXD6 77.94 35.55 14.95 



DAS electronic circuit breaker modules with blue light maintanance mode: 3-phase, 4 wire SN, 240V AC max 


(65KAIC) 


(100KAIC) b 


(65KAIC) 

Blank Endwall 


(100KAIC) 


Breaker 

Amperage 

Rating 

Feed 

Through 

Bus Rating 

Breaker 

Type 




WBTM324X12 WBTM324X12U WBTM324X12NH WBTM324X12UNH 1200 2400 SND6 79.75 35.55 16.96 

a Dimensions subject to changes. 

b Non Standard item – extended lead time applies. 

3-28 


Power Mod 



Feed Thru Tap Box with Horizontal Bus Breaker: 1200A 

WBT312X200NH 

WBT312X200UNH 

WBT312X250NH 

WBT312X250UNH 

WBT312X300NH 

WBT312X300UNH 

WBT312X350NH 

WBT312X350UNH 

Top Endwall View 

No Hub Version 

WBT312X400NH 

WBT312X400UNH 

WBT312X450NH 

WBT312X450UNH 

WBT312X500NH 

WBT312X500UNH 

WBT312X600NH 

WBT312X600UNH 

Top Endwall View 

Hub Opening Version 

WBT312X200 

WBT312X200U 

WBT312X250 

WBT312X250U 

WBT312X300 

WBT312X300U 

WBT312X350 

WBT312X350U 

WBT312X400 

WBT312X400U 

WBT312X450 

WBT312X450U 

WBT312X500 

WBT312X500U 

WBT312X600 

WBT312X600U 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Feed Thru Tap Box with Horizontal Bus Breaker: 2400A 

Top Endwall View No Hub Version 

WBT324X200NH 

WBT324X200UNH 

WBT324X250NH 

WBT324X250UNH 

WBT324X300NH 

WBT324X300UNH 

WBT324X350NH 

WBT324X350UNH 

WBT324X400NH 

WBT324X400UNH 

WBT324X450NH 

WBT324X450UNH 

WBT324X500NH 

WBT324X500UNH 

WBT324X600NH 

WBT324X600UNH 

WBT324X700NH 

WBT324X700UNH 

WBT324X800NH 

WBT324X800UNH 

WBT324X900NH 

WBT324X900UNH 

WBT324X1000NH 

WBT324X1000UNH 

WBT324X1200NH 

WBT324X1200UNH 

WBTM324X12NH 

WBTM324X12UNH 

Top Endwall View Hub Opening Version 

WBT324X200 

WBT324X200U 

WBT324X250 

WBT324X250U 

WBT324X300 

WBT324X300U 

WBT324X350 

WBT324X350U 

WBT324X400 

WBT324X400U 

WBT324X450 

WBT324X450U 

WBT324X500 

WBT324X500U 

WBT324X600 

WBT324X600U 

WBT324X700 

WBT324X700U 

WBT324X800 

WBT324X800U 

WBT324X900 

WBT324X900U 

WBT324X1000 

WBT324X1000U 

WBT324X1200 

WBT324X1200U 

WBTM324X12 

WBTM324X12U 


Power Mod 


Type BFT Main Feed Thru 

BFT - Main Feed Thru Modules 

The BFT is a main breaker module for the Power Mod group 

metering line up that has the ability to isolate power to 

side-mounted modules just like any other Power Mod main 

breaker module, but also contains feed-through lugs that can 

be used to supply and isolate power vertically to downstream 

group metering line ups. This is a revolutionary product in 

cabled riser applications. 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

The breaker in the BFT protects both the horizontal bus as 

well as the vertical cables leaving the top of the module. The 

BFT can be used as the service entrance point and therefore 

the neutral and ground is bonded in the unit. The neutral and 

ground can be un-bonded for non-service entrance applications. 



n Suitable for use as service entrance equipment 

n Breaker protects power outgoing, vertically and horizontally 

n 1200 amp meets EUSERC requirements 

n Incoming and outgoing Power Mod thru bus 



n Main breaker with broad ampacity ratings from 1200A 

to 2000A 

n Field installable shunt trip 

n DAS Blue light models available in 1400-1600 amps" 

n For 1200A DAS you must use a 1400A DAS module and 

have the trip setting dialed down to 1200A. 

Main Feed Thru Quick Reference 

n 1200-2000A module rating (breaker) 






n Voltage: 240V AC max 

n Available in single-phase and three-phase 


n NEMA 1 (indoor) 



n All modules are bottom-feed only 

n All modules have no hubs 

n EUSERC drawing #347 

3-30 


Power Mod 



Connects via lugs. 

Lug kits not included. Lug kits must be ordered 

separately per module. 

Refer to pages 3-129– 3-130 for lug size 

options. 





Thermal magnetic circuit breaker modules: 1-phase, 3-wire SN, 120/240V AC 


(65KAIC) 


(100KAIC) b 

Breaker 

Amperage 

Rating 

Breaker Type 

(65K AIC) 


Breaker Type 

(100K AIC) b Height Width Depth 

BFT11200B BFT11200BU 1200 PXD6 HPXD6 89.78 35.53 15.05 



BFT11800B BFT11800BU 1800 RXD6 HRXD6 89.78 35.53 15.05 


3 METER 

CENTERS 

Thermal magnetic circuit breaker modules: 3-phase, 4-wire SN, 240V AC max 


(65KAIC) 


(100KAIC) b 

Breaker 

Amperage 

Rating 

Breaker Type 

(65K AIC) 


Breaker Type 

(100K AIC) b Height Width Depth 






DAS electronic circuit breaker modules with blue light maintanance mode: 1-phase, 3 wire SN, 120/240V AC 


(65KAIC) 


(100KAIC) b 

Breaker 

Amperage 

Rating 


Breaker Type Breaker Type 

(65K AIC) c (100K AIC) bc Height Width Depth 

BFTM11400B BFTM11400BU 1400 SPD6 SHPD6 89.78 35.53 15.05 


BFTM11800B BFTM11800BU 1800 RXD6 HRXD6 89.78 35.53 15.05 


DAS electronic circuit breaker modules with blue light maintanance mode: 3-phase, 4 wire SN, 240V AC max 


(65KAIC) 


(100KAIC) b 

Breaker 

Amperage 

Rating 


Breaker Type Breaker Type 

(65K AIC) c (100K AIC) bc Height Width Depth 





a Dimensions subject to changes. 

b Non Standard item – extended lead time applies. 

c 1800 amp and 2000 amp units utilize CT's and Relays to operated in Maintenance Mode. 


Power Mod 



Type BFT Main Feed Thru: Single-phase 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

Type BFT Main Feed Thru: Three-phase 

3-32 


Power Mod 


Type WS Standard Switch Mains 

Standard Switch Mains 

Standard switch modules (type WS) are designed for 

flexibility, space savings, and durability. 




n Invertibility: 400-800 Amp devices can be rotated to 

accommodate the desired incoming feed direction 




n Front mounted handle – removes the need for 

spacers on the side 


n Handle is lockable in the ON or OFF positions 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Standard Switch Mains quick reference 





n AIC rating (100k AIC) 

n Voltage: 








Power Mod 


Type WS Standard Switch Mains 




Lugs not included on 

most models. 

NEMA 2-stud lugs 

must be installed by 

user or utility. 



options. 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

Fusible switch service entrance modules: 1-phase, 3-wire SN, 120/240V AC f 


(100k AIC) 


(100k AIC) 

Blank Endwall 

Rating 

amps 

Service 

feed 

Fuse Dimensions (inches) a Line side 

type f Height Width Depth connections 

Knockout 

Diagrams 

WMP02U b WMP02UNH 200 OH/UG T 33.00 12.00 13.00 (1) #6 - 250 KCMIL S-0 

WS1400CU c WS1400CUNH 400 OH/UG d T 50.13 15.19 16.31 1 set of 2 studs 

WS1600CU c WS1600CUNH 600 OH/UG d T 50.13 15.19 16.31 


S-1 




S-2 

WS11200BU eg — 1200 UG T 50.06 20.22 16.06 (4) 250- 500 kcmil S-3 

Fusible switch service entrance modules: 3-phase, 4-wire WN, 240V AC Max. f 


(100k AIC) 


(100k AIC) 

Blank Endwall 

Rating 

amps 

Service 

feed 

a Fuse 


Line side 

type f Height Width Depth connections 

Knockout 

Diagrams 

WMP024U b WMP024UNH 200 OH/UG T 33.00 12.00 13.00 (1) #6 - 250 KCMIL S-0 

WS3400CU c WS3400CUNH 400 OH/UG d T 50.13 15.19 16.31 1 set of 2 studs 



S-1 




S-2 

WS31200BU eg — 1200 UG T 50.06 20.22 16.06 (4) 250-500 kcmil S-3 






details. Fusible pull-out switch. 

c Lugs not included. Refer to page 3-129–3-130 for lug size 

options. NEMA 2-stud compression lugs must be 

installed by user or utility. 

d Module is invertible – rotate device to point hub openings 

to appropriate feed direction. 

e 500 kcmil max wire range size. 

f Fuses not included. 

g Device uses a molded case switch (looks like a breaker). 

Class T fuses must be installed in conjunction with the 

molded case switch for proper operation. 

Depending on installation details and adjacent product, 

a WSP spacer module may be required to provide 

enough clearance for hinges/latches. Contact your local 

sales person for support 

3-34 


Power Mod 

Type WS Standard Switch Mains: Knockout Diagrams 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

S-1 

WS1400CU 

WS1600CU 

WS3400CU 

WS3600CU 

S-0 

WMP02U 

WMP024U 

20- 7/32 

16 -1/16 

18- 5/16 

50- 1/16 

23- 1/2 TO 

CROSS BUS 

CENTER 

15- 3/4 TO 

NEUTRAL 

LUGS 

16- 15/16 

TO PHASE 

LUGS 

15- 7/32 TO 

GROUND 

LUG 

35- 1/8 TO 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

BRACKET 

17- 23/32 

REMOVABLE 

BOTTOM ENDWALL 

12 -23/32 

S-2 

S-3 

WS1800CU 

WS3800CU 

WS11200BU 

WS31200BU 


Power Mod 


Type WES Switch-Pullbox Combinations 

Switch-Pullbox Combinations 

EUSERC - compliant switch-pullbox combination 

modules (type WES) offer EUSERC compatibility, a 



3 

METER 

CENTERS 








n Front mounted handle - removes the need for 

spacers on the side 


n Large removable ground wire trough with generous 

space for grounding conductors 

n Extra ground lugs in each device 


Switch-Pullbox Combinations quick reference 





n AIC Rating (100k AIC) 

n Voltage: 



n All swing latches and rivets are stainless steel. 





3-36 


Power Mod 


Type WES Switch-Pullbox Combinations 




Lugs not included. 






options. 

Combination fusible switch and pullbox modules: 1-phase, 3-wire SN, 120/240V AC 

Meets EUSERC requirements c 


(100k AIC) 

Rating 

Amps 

Service 

feed 

Dimensions (inches) a Line sideb 

Fuse 

type b connections 

Height Width Depth (lugs not included) 

Knockout 

Diagram 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

WES1400BU 400 UG T 54.06 29.19 15.94 


ES-1 

WES1600BU 600 UG T 54.06 29.19 15.94 2 sets of 2 studs 

WES1800BU 800 UG T 54.06 29.19 15.94 

ES-2 

WES11200BU d 1200 UG T 68.97 34.25 13.47 


ES-3 

Combination fusible switch and pullbox modules: 3-phase, 4-wire SN, 240V AC max. 

Meets EUSERC requirements c 


(100k AIC) 

Rating 

Amps 

Service 

feed 

Fuse 

type 



Line side b 

connections 


Knockout 

Diagram 

WES3400BU 400 UG T 54.06 29.19 15.94 


ES-1 

WES3600BU 600 UG T 54.06 29.19 15.94 2 sets of 2 studs 

WES3800BU 800 UG T 54.06 29.19 15.94 

ES-2 

WES31200BU d 1200 UG T 68.97 34.25 13.47 


ES-3 





b Lugs not included. Refer to page 3-129–3-130 for lug size 

options. NEMA 2-stud compression lugs must be 


c Fuses not included. 

d Device uses a molded case switch (looks like a breaker). 

Class T fuses must be installed in conjunction with the 

molded case switch for proper operation. 



Power Mod 

Type WES Switch-Pullbox Combinations: Knockout Diagrams 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

ES-1 

ES-2 

WES1400BU 

WES3400BU 

WES1600BU 

WES1800BU 

WES3600BU 

WES3800BU 

34 -1/4 

13 -15/32 

26 -9/16 

ES-3 

1- 3/4" NEMA 

STUD SPACING 

68 -31/32 

44- 7/8 TO 

WES11200BU 

WES31200BU 

} 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

BRACKET 

33 -1/4 TO 

26 -13/16 TO 

PHASE AND 

CROSS BUS 

CENTER 

NEUTRAL STUDS 

29 -1/8 

3 -7/8 

(3) 3/4" KOs 

8- 5/8 

1 -1/8 

REMOVABLE BOTTOM 

ENDWALL OPENING 

3-38 


Power Mod 


Type WXS Switch Units 

Cross Bus Switch modules 

Cross Bus switch modules (type WXS) offer two 

distinct functions: first they can be used to connect 

Siemens Sentron Busway to a Power Mod line-up. 

Second they can be utilized to offer lower service 

disconnect ampacities or unique configurations where 

an incoming tap box is preferred. 



n Incoming and outgoing bus connections 

(right to left or left to right) 

n Standardized connection points to Siemens 



n Externally accessible switch handle with 



n Invertibility: Devices must be installed with line and 

load side in correct order 


3 METER 

CENTERS 






n AIC rating (100k) 

n Voltage: 


–Three phase 240V AC max 






Power Mod 


Type WXS Switch Units 

Not suitable for use as service equipment. 

Connects via 

horizontal bussing 

only - NO LUGS 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

1-phase, 3-wire SN, 120/240V AC b 


(100k AIC) 

Ampere 

rating 

Service 

Feed 

Fuse 

Type 

Dimensions a 


WXS1400NU 400 Horizontal Bus T 35.62 18.16 16.31 


Knockout 

diagram 

WXS1800NU 800 Horizontal Bus T 35.62 18.16 16.31 WXS 

WXS 

3-phase, 4-wire SN, 240V AC max b 


(100k AIC) c Ampere 

rating 

Service 

Feed 

Fuse 

Type 

Dimensions a 




Knockout 

diagram 

WXS3800NU 800 Horizontal Bus T 35.62 18.16 16.31 WXS 

WXS 





b Connects via horizontal bussing only – NO LUGS. 

3-40 


Power Mod 


Type WXS Switch Units: Knockout Diagrams 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

WXS1400NU 

WXS1600NU 

WXS1800NU 

WXS 

WXS3400NU 

WXS3600NU 

WXS3800NU 


Power Mod 


Type WTB Standard Tap boxes 

Standard Tap boxes 

Standard tap box modules (type WTB) are designed 

for versatility, space savings, and flexibility. 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 




n Invertibility: some devices can be rotated to 

accommodate the desired incoming feed direction 

(1600 Amps and lower) 



n Broad ampacity ratings from 400 to 2400 Amps 

n Line and load capability- service entrance and sub 

feed rated 

Standard Tapbox quick reference 





n AIC rating (100K AIC) 

n Voltage 








When the 1600, 2000, or 2400amp tap boxes are used as service entrance equipment (fed directly from utility 

transformer) or when the supply originates from a Class L fuse or Siemens WL circuit breaker there are restrictions on the 

use of an additional down-stream horizontal cross-bus connected WTBN, WTB, WET, or WT type Power Mod tap boxes. 

When another tap box is connected to the same meter-bank, a type “WXB” module must be used as protection for the 

downstream tap box (placed between the incoming WTB tap box and the downstream outgoing tap box). This restriction 

does NOT apply if the tap box is fed from a Siemens Sentron or VL series molded case circuit breaker. Note that the 

maximum amperage for a Siemens Sentron circuit breaker is 2,000amps. 

3-42 


Power Mod 


Type WTB Standard Tap boxes 



When the 1600, 2000, or 2400amp tap boxes are used as service entrance equipment (fed 

directly from utility transformer) or when the supply originates from a Class L fuse or Siemens 

WL circuit breaker there are restrictions on the use of an additional down-stream horizontal crossbus 

connected WTBN, WTB, WET, or WT type Power Mod tap boxes. When another tap box is 

connected to the same meter-bank, a type “WXB” module must be used as protection for the 

downstream tap box (placed between the incoming WTB tap box and the downstream outgoing 

tap box). This restriction does NOT apply if the tap box is fed from a Siemens Sentron or VL series 

molded case circuit breaker. Note that the maximum amperage for a Siemens Sentron circuit 

breaker is 2,000amps. 


must be installed 

by user or utility. 

Refer to pages 

3-129 – 3-130 for 


Suitable for use as service equipment. Bonding means may 

be removed for non-service entrance equipment applications. 

Tap box modules: 1-phase, 3-wire WN, 120/240V AC e 


(100k AIC) 


(100k AIC) 

Blank Endwall 

Ampere 

rating c 

Service 

feed 



Line side 

connections b 


KO 

Diagram 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

WTB1400CU WTB1400CUNH 400 OH/UG d 40.13 12.22 13.19 1 set of 2 studs T-1 

WTB1800CU 

WTB11200CU 

WTB1800CUNH 

WTB11200CUNH 

800 OH/UG d 40.13 12.22 13.19 

T-2 


1200 OH/UG d 47.13 15.61 13.31 T-3 

WTB11600CU f WTB11600CUNH f 1600 OH/UG d 50.25 25.09 13.81 


T-4 

WTB12000TU f WTB12000TUNH f OH 

2000 

WTB12000BU f — UG 

WTB12400TU f WTB12400TUNH OH 

2400 


67.94 35.00 14.78 3 sets of 2 studs 

67.94 35.00 14.78 


Optional 4 sets 

of 2 studs gh 

T-6 

Tap box modules: 3-phase, 4-wire SN, 240V AC Max. e 


(100k AIC) 


(100k AIC) 

Blank Endwall 

Ampere 

rating c 

Service 

feed 



Line side 

connections b 


KO 

Diagram 

WTB3400CU WTB3400CUNH 400 OH/UG d 40.13 12.22 13.19 1 set of 2 studs T-1 

WTB3800CU WTB3800CUNH 800 OH/UG d 40.13 12.22 13.19 

T-2 


WTB31200CU WTB31200CUNH 1200 OH/UG d 60.31 15.61 17.75 T-3 

WTB31600CU f WTB31600CUNH f 1600 OH/UG d 50.25 25.09 13.81 


T-5 

WTB32000TU f WTB32000TUNH f OH 

2000 


WTB32400TU f WTB32400TUNH OH 

2400 


67.94 35.00 14.78 3 sets of 2 studs 

67.94 35.00 14.78 



of 2 studs gh 

T-6 





b Lugs not included. Refer to page 3-129 – 3-130 for lug 

size options. 750 conductor size available NEMA 2-stud 


c 1200 amp maximum feed per side, any unit over 

1200A must be used as a center fed main. 

d Module is invertible- rotate device to point hub openings 

to appropriate feed direction. 

e QuickConnect not included. If used for load side 

application an additional coupler must be ordered. 

f Please see restriction note above. 

g Please see lug kit number LK18500N2C on pages 

3-129 – 3-130. For use with 500kcmil ONLY. 

h Fits 2400amp models ONLY. 



Power Mod 


Type WTB Standard Tap boxes: Knockout Diagrams 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

T-1 

WTB1400CU 

WTB3400CU 

T-2 

WTB1800CU 

WTB3800CU 

T-3 

WTB11200CU 

WTB31200CU 

3-44 


Power Mod 


Type WTB Standard Tap boxes: Knockout Diagrams 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

T-4 

WTB11600CU 

T-5 

WTB31600CU 

TOP VIEW FOR BOTTOM FED 

VIEW FOR TOP FED 

T-6 

WTB12000TU 

WTB12000BU 

WTB12400TU 

WTB12400BU 

WTB32000TU 

WTB32000BU 

WTB32400TU 

WTB32400BU 


Power Mod 


Type WET Tap box - Pullbox Combinations 

Tap box – Pullbox Combinations 

EUSERC – compliant Tap box – Pullbox Combination 

modules (type WET) offer EUSERC compatibility, a 



3 

METER 

CENTERS 







n Removable bottom endwall 

Tap box – Pullbox Combination quick reference 



n UL Standard #’s UL67 


n AIC Rating (100k) 

n Voltage 







n EUSERC drawing numbers 343 and 347 

3-46 


Power Mod 


Type WET Tap box - Pullbox Combinations 










options. 

EUSERC tap box modules: 1-phase, 3-wire SN, incoming, 120/240V AC 

Meets EUSERC requirements 

3 METER 

CENTERS 


(100k AIC) 

Ampere 

rating 

feed Height Width Depth (lugs not included) 

Service 

Dimensions (inches) a Line side 

connections b 

WET1400BU 400 UG 46.19 17.63 8.56 


Knockout Diagram 

ET-1 

WET1800BU 800 UG 50.19 27.13 11.38 


ET-2 

WET11200BU 1200 UG 50.19 35.19 11.38 


ET-3 

EUSERC tap box modules: 3-phase, 4-wire SN, incoming, 240V AC max. 

Meets EUSERC requirements 


(100k AIC) 

Ampere 

rating 

Service 

feed 



WET3400BU 400 UG 46.19 17.63 8.56 

Line side 

connections b 



Knockout Diagram 

ET-1 

WET3800BU 800 UG 50.19 27.13 11.38 


ET-2 

WET31200BU 1200 UG 50.19 35.19 11.38 


ET-3 





b Lugs not included. Refer to page 3-129–3-130 for lug 

size options. NEMA 2-stud compression lugs must be 



Power Mod 

Type WET Tap box - Pullbox Combinations: Knockout Diagrams 

ET-1 

WET1400BU 

WET3400BU 

ET-2 

WET1800BU 

WET3800BU 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

ET-3 

WET11200BU 

WET31200BU 

3-48 


Power Mod 


Type WT Feed Thru Tap box 

Feed Thru Tap box 

Family (type WT), the Feed Thru Tap box features 

cable in cable out lugs. Valuable for use in mid rise 

and high rise projects. 




n 250kcmil AI wire options 

n 100k AIC standard 

n Removable bottom endwell 


3 METER 

CENTERS 

Feed Thru Tap box quick reference 

■ 400-2400A module rating 

■ 400-2400A feed-thru rating 

■ 1200A horizontal bus rating 

■ UL standard 67 

■ UL file no. E27100 

■ AIC rating (100k AIC) 

■ Voltage: 


– Three phase, 240V AC max 

■ All swing latches and rivets are stainless steel. 

■ NEMA 3R rated 

■ G90 galvanized steel 

■ ANSI 61 paint 

Restrictions for Power Mod 1600-2400amp type WT Feed Thru Tap Boxes: 

Type WT feed thru tap boxes cannot be used as service equipment. The feed thru conductors must have upstream 

circuit protection. When fed by a Class L fuse, there are restrictions on the use of additional down-stream horizontal 

cross-bus connected WTBN, WET, or WT type Power Mod tap boxes. When another tap box is connected to the 

same meter-bank, a type WXB module must be used as protection for the downstream tap box (placed between the 

incoming WT tap box and the downstream outgoing tap box). This restriction does NOT apply if the tap box is fed 

from a Siemens Sentron or VL series molded case circuit breaker. Note that the maximum amperage for a Siemens 

Sentron circuit breaker is 2,000A. Please note that Siemens type WL circuit breakers CANNOT be used to feed 

WT Power Mod tap boxes. 


Power Mod 


Type WT Feed Thru Tap box 

3 

Restrictions for 1600-2400amp type WT Power Mod Pull-Thru Tap Boxes: 

Type WT feed thru tap boxes cannot be used as service equipment. The feed thru 

conductors must have upstream circuit protection. When fed by a Class L fuse, there are 

restrictions on the use of additional down-stream horizontal cross-bus connected WTBN, 

WET, or WT type Power Mod tap boxes. When another tap box is connected to the same 

meter-bank, a type WXB module must be used as protection for the downstream tap 

box (placed between the incoming WT tap box and the downstream outgoing tap box). 

This restriction does NOT apply if the tap box is fed from a Siemens Sentron or VL series 

molded case circuit breaker. Note that the maximum amperage for a Siemens Sentron 

circuit breaker is 2,000A. Please note that Siemens type WL circuit breakers CANNOT be 

used to feed WT Power Mod tap boxes. 

Lug kits not 

included. 

(2) Lug kits 

must be ordered 

separately per 

module. 

Refer to pages 

3-129–3-130 for 


METER 

CENTERS 

Not suitable for use as service equipment. 

Feed Thru Tap box modules: 1-phase, 120/240V AC 

Catalog 


Catalog 


Blank Endwall 

Ampere 

rating 

Service 

feed 

Dimensions (inches) KO 

Height Width Depth Line side conections Diagram 

WT1400PU WT1400PUNH 400 

59.25 17.25 8.13 1 set of 2 studs 

WT1800PU WT1800PUNH 800 62.25 26.75 11.13 2 sets of 2 studs 

WT11200PU WT11200PUNH 1200 68.34 35.19 11.41 

WT11600PU WT11600PUNH 1600 OH/UG 

67.94 35 14.78 

WT12000PU WT12000PUNH 2000 

WT12400PU WT12400PUNH 2400 67.94 35 14.78 




of 2 studs 

WP-1 

WP-2 

Feed Thru Tap box modules: 3-phase, 240V AC 

Catalog 


Catalog 


Blank Endwall 

Ampere 

rating 

Service feed 

Dimensions (inches) KO 

Height Width Depth Line side conections Diagram 

WT3400PU WT3400PUNH 400 

59.25 17.25 8.13 1 set of 2 studs 

WT3800PU WT3800PUNH 800 62.25 26.75 11.13 2 sets of 2 studs 

WT31200PU WT31200PUNH 1200 68.34 35.19 11.41 

WT31600PU WT31600PUNH 1600 OH/UG 

67.94 35 14.78 

WT32000PU WT32000PUNH 2000 

WT32400PU WT32400PUNH 2400 67.94 35 14.78 




of 2 studs 

WP-1 

WP-2 

Dimensions shown are representative of outside box 


bumps, endwalls, covers, hubs, or hardware 


Lugs not included. Refer to page 3-129–3-130 for lug 

size options. (2) Lug kits must be ordered separately 

per module. Refer to page 3-129 – 3-130 for lug 

size options. 

1200 amp maximum feed per side-must be used as a 


Please see restriction note above. 

Optional four sets of two studs obtained by installing 

bus extension which is provided in all applicable lug 

kits. 

3-50 


Power Mod 

Type WT Feed Thru Tap box: Knockout Diagrams 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

WP-1 

WT11200PU 

WT31200PU 

WT11600PU 

WP-2 

WT31600PU 

WT12000PU 

WT12400PU 

WT32000PU 

WT32400PU 


Power Mod 


Type WMM Residential Meter Stacks 

Residential Meter Stacks 

Power Mod’s core offering of Residential Meter 

Stacks, type WMM, offers the widest product offering 

and flexibility in the industry. Each meter stack 

houses the QuickSystem features to maximize 

productivity and minimize labor costs. To aid in 

productivity and labor cost reductions our 225 Amp 

meter stacks feature a new breaker - the “QS”. The 

QS breaker adds to the Siemens exclusive feature set 

on our new 225 Amp Residential Meter Stacks. 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

Benefits of the “QS” include: 

J An exclusive 6 high 225 Amp meter stack at the 

same height as our 125 Amp meter stack - 225 to 

125 conversion: No conversion kit needed. 

J Single right hand bend wiring - saves time and wire 

J 100K AIC offered from 100 up to 225 Amps 

Siemens Residential Meter Stacks are packed with 

features inside and out: our exclusive knock out plate 

offers flexibility when pulling wires to the stack, new 

breaker supports keep breakers level and straight, 

moveable neutrals and grounds to save wire, and all 

of the QuickSystem features all designed with the 

contractor in mind. 

Residential Meter Stacks quick reference 

n 2-6 gang 

n 125/225 Amp per position 

n 1200 Amp horizontal bus rating 

n UL standard 67 

n UL file no. E27100 

n AIC rating (100k) 

n Voltage: 



● 120/208V AC max. 

● 240/120V AC max. 


n Outdoor= NEMA 3R rated 

n Indoor= NEMA 1R rated 



n Ring type units comply with EUSERC drawing 

number 353 

3-52 


Power Mod 


Type WMM Residential Meter Stacks – 1 phase 4J 

n 2-6 gang 

n 125/225 Amp 

per position 

n 1200 Amp horizontal 

bus rating 

Residential 4-jaw ring type meter stacks: 1-phase, 3-wire SN, incoming and outgoing c 

Outdoor 

catalog number 

Indoor 


Meter positions 

per stack 

Max. tenant breaker (Amps): 125 

WMM21125 MM21125 2 Position 

Breaker provision 

Maximum 

Dimensions (inches) a Knockout 

AIC e Height Width Depth diagram 

100k 34.31 13.09 8.09 KA-12 

WMM31125 MM31125 3 Position QP, QPH, 

100k 43.31 13.09 8.09 KA-13 


HQP, HQPH, 

MP-T, MP-HT, 

100k 52.31 13.09 8.09 KA-14 

WMM51125 MM51125 5 Position MP-MT 

100k 61.31 13.09 8.09 KA-15 

WMM61125 MM61125 6 Position 100k 70.31 13.09 8.09 KA-16 

Max. tenant breaker (Amps): 225 


100k 34.31 16.22 8.09 KA-22 

WMM31225 MM31225 3 Position QS, QSH, QSHH, 

HQS, HQSH, QP, 

100k 43.31 16.22 8.09 KA-23 

WMM41225 MM41225 4 Position QPH, HQP, HQPH, 100k 52.31 16.22 8.09 KA-24 


MP-T, MP-HT, 

MP-MT 

100k 61.31 16.22 8.09 KA-25 

WMM61225 MM61225 6 Position 100k 70.31 16.22 8.09 KA-26 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Residential 4-jaw ringless type meter stacks: 1-phase, 3-wire SN, incoming and outgoing c 

Outdoor 

catalog 

number 

(no bypass) 

Outdoor 

catalog 

number 

(horn bypass) 

Indoor 

catalog 

number 

(no bypass) 

Indoor 

catalog 

number 

(horn bypass) 

Meter 

positions 

per stack 


WMM21125R WMM21125RB MM21125R MM21125RB 2 Position 

Breaker 

provision 

a Max. 


Knockout 


100k 34.31 13.09 8.09 KA-12 

WMM31125R 

WMM41125R 

WMM51125R 

WMM31125RB 

WMM41125RB 

WMM51125RB 

MM31125R 

MM41125R 

MM51125R 

MM31125RB 

MM41125RB 

MM51125RB 

3 Position 

4 Position 

5 Position 

QP, QPH, 

HQP, HQPH, 

MP-T, 

MP-HT, 

MP-MT 

100k 

100k 

100k 

43.31 

52.31 

61.31 

13.09 

13.09 

13.09 

8.09 

8.09 

8.09 

KA-13 

KA-14 

KA-15 

WMM61125R WMM61125RB MM61125R MM61125RB 6 Position 100k 70.31 13.09 8.09 KA-16 



100k 34.31 16.22 8.09 KA-22 


QS, QSH, 

QSHH, HQS, 100k 43.31 16.22 8.09 KA-23 


HQSH, QP, 

QPH, HQP, 100k 52.31 16.22 8.09 KA-24 


HQPH, MP-T, 

MP-HT, 100k 61.31 16.22 8.09 KA-25 

MP-MT 

WMM61225R WMM61225RB MM61225R MM61225RB 6 Position 100k 70.31 16.22 8.09 KA-26 





b 225A available in lower three positions only. 200A 

continuous for all other positions. 

c NOT for use on 3-phase, 4-wire delta systems. 

d Field installable 5th jaw (ECMF5). Fifth jaw can be 

isolated if needed (ECMF5i). 

e Max AIC determined by maximum AIC of tenant 

breakers. Higher ratings may be achieved through 

approved series rating combinations. 

f Install QP breakers below QS breakers. 


Power Mod 


Type WMM Residential Meter Stacks – 1 phase 5J 

n 2-6 gang 

n 125/225 Amp 

per position 

n 1200 Amp 

horizontal bus rating 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

Residential 5-jaw ring type meter stacks: 1-phase, 3-wire SN, incoming and outgoing cd 

Outdoor 


Indoor 


Meter positions 

per stack 


WMM21125J MM21125J 2 Position 


Maximum 



100k 34.31 13.09 8.09 KA-12 

WMM31125J MM31125J 3 Position QP, QPH, 

100k 43.31 13.09 8.09 KA-13 


HQP, HQPH, 

MP-T, MP-HT, 

100k 52.31 13.09 8.09 KA-14 

WMM51125J MM51125J 5 Position MP-MT 

100k 61.31 13.09 8.09 KA-15 

WMM61125J MM61125J 6 Position 100k 70.31 13.09 8.09 KA-16 



100k 34.31 16.22 8.09 KA-22 

WMM31225J MM31225J 3 Position QS, QSH, QSHH, 


100k 43.31 16.22 8.09 KA-23 

WMM41225J MM41225J 4 Position QPH, HQP, HQPH, 100k 52.31 16.22 8.09 KA-24 


MP-T, MP-HT, 

MP-MT 

100k 61.31 16.22 8.09 KA-25 


Residential 5-jaw ringless type meter stacks: 1-phase, 3-wire SN, incoming and outgoing c d 

Outdoor 

catalog 

number 

(no bypass) 

Outdoor 

catalog 

number 

(horn bypass) 


Indoor 

catalog 

number 

(no bypass) 

Indoor 

catalog 

number 

(horn bypass) 

Meter 

positions 

per stack 

WMM21125RJ WMM21125RJB MM21125RJ MM21125RJB 2 Position 



Max. 

Knockout 


100k 34.31 13.09 8.09 KA-12 


QP, QPH, 

100k 43.31 13.09 8.09 KA-13 


HQP, HQPH, 

MP-T, MP-HT, 

100k 52.31 13.09 8.09 KA-14 


MP-MT 

100k 61.31 13.09 8.09 KA-15 

WMM61125RJ WMM61125RJB MM61125RJ MM61125RJB 6 Position 100k 70.31 13.09 8.09 KA-16 



100k 34.31 16.22 8.09 KA-22 


QS, QSH, 

QSHH, HQS, 100k 43.31 16.22 8.09 KA-23 


HQSH, QP, 

QPH, HQP, 100k 52.31 16.22 8.09 KA-24 


HQPH, MP-T, 

MP-HT, 100k 61.31 16.22 8.09 KA-25 

MP-MT 








c NOT for use on 3-phase, 4-wire delta systems. 

d Field installable 5th jaw (ECMF5). Fifth jaw can be 

isolated if needed (ECMF5i). 

e Max AIC determined by maximum AIC of tenant breakers. 

Higher ratings may be achieved through approved 

series rating combinations. 


3-54 


Power Mod 


Type WMM Residential Meter Stacks – 3 phase in 1 phase out 5J 

n 2-6 gang 

n 125/225 Amp 

per position 

n 1200 Amp 

horizontal bus rating 

Residential 5-jaw ring type meter stacks: 3-phase, 4-wire SN, incoming and 1-phase, 3 wire SN outgoing cdg 

Outdoor 

catalog 

number 

Indoor 

catalog 

number 

Meter 

positions 

per stack 




Maximum 



100k 34.31 13.09 8.09 KA-12 


QP, QPH, 

100k 43.31 13.09 8.09 KA-13 

WMM42125J MM42125J 4 Position HQP, HQPH, MP-T, 100k 52.31 13.09 8.09 KA-14 


MP-HT, MP-MT 

100k 61.31 13.09 8.09 KA-15 




100k 34.31 16.22 8.09 KA-22 

WMM32225J MM32225J 3 Position QS, QSH, QSHH, 100k 43.31 16.22 8.09 KA-23 



QPH, HQP, HQPH, 

100k 52.31 16.22 8.09 KA-24 

WMM52225J MM52225J 5 Position MP-T, MP-HT, MP-MT 100k 61.31 16.22 8.09 KA-25 


3 METER 

CENTERS 

Residential 5-jaw ringless type meter stacks: 3-phase, 4-wire SN, incoming and 1-phase, 3 wire SN outgoing cdg 

Outdoor 

catalog 

number 

(no bypass) 

Outdoor 

catalog 

number 

(horn Bypass) 


Indoor 

catalog 

number 

(no bypass) 

Indoor 

catalog 

number 

(horn bypass) 

Meter 

positions 

per stack 


Breaker 

provision 


Max. 

Knockout 


100k 34.31 13.09 8.09 KA-12 


QP, QPH, 

100k 43.31 13.09 8.09 KA-13 


HQP, HQPH, 

MP-T, MP-HT, 

100k 52.31 13.09 8.09 KA-14 


MP-MT 

100k 61.31 13.09 8.09 KA-15 




100k 34.31 16.22 8.09 KA-22 


QS, QSH, 

QSHH, HQS, 100k 43.31 16.22 8.09 KA-23 


HQSH, QP, 

QPH, HQP, 100k 52.31 16.22 8.09 KA-24 


HQPH, MP-T, 

MP-HT, 100k 61.31 16.22 8.09 KA-25 

MP-MT 








c Approved for use on 3-phase, 4-wire delta systems. 

Must field phase away from B phase (A and C phase 

only). 

d 5th jaw can be isolated if needed (ECMF5i). 

e Max AIC determined by maximum AIC of tenant breakers. 

Higher ratings may be achieved through approved 

series rating combinations. 


g Stacks come factory phased as AB, BC, AC... top to 

bottom 


4 

2-9/32 

13-3/32 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 

Power Mod Mod Residential Meter Stacks 

125A knockout diagrams 

Type WMM Residential Meter Stacks: Knockout Diagrams 

8-3/32 


TO 

BUS 

R 

2-13/16 

6 

2 

YP. 

32 

2-13/32 

3 

2-7/16 

METER 

CENTERS 

1-5/8 TYP. 

12-31/32 

27" TO 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

BRACKET 

9" 

TYP. 

9" 

TYP. 

43-5/16 

36" TO 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

BRACKET 

52-5/16 

36" TO 

36" TO 

BOTTOM OF 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 34-5/16 

43-5/16 QUICK ROLL 

BRACKET 

BRACKET 

52-5/16 

36" TO 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

24-3/8 TO BRACKET 

CROSS BUS 

CENTER 

12-5/32 

24-3/8 TO 

12-5/32 

CROSS BUS 

CENTER 

2-13/16 

12-5/32 

12-5/32 2-13/32 

24-3/8 TO 12-5/32 12-5/32 

2-13/16 

2-13/16 

CROSS BUS 

2-13/16 

2-13/32 

CENTER 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 

REMOVABLE PLATE 

2-13/32 2-7/16 


2-13/32 

12-5/32 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 

1-5/8 TYP. 

2-13/16 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 2-7/16 


24-3/8 TO 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 

12-31/32 REMOVABLE PLATE 

2-7/16 

12-31/32 

REMOVABLE 2-13/32PLATE 

2-7/16 CROSS BUS 


1-5/8 TYP. 

CENTER 

1-5/8 TYP. 

1-5/8 TYP. 

12-31/32 

12-31/32 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 

12-31/32 

2-7/16 


2-13/16 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 

34-5/16 

15-3/8 TO 

CROSS BUS 

CENTER 

WMM21125XX 

WMM22125XXX 

13-3/32 

KA-12 

3-1/16 13-3/32 3-1/2 TYP. 

MM21125XX 

MM22125XXX 

9" 

TYP. 

9" 

TYP. 

1-5/8 TYP. 

WMM31125XX 

WMM32125XXX 

9" 

TYP. 

12-31/32 

KA-13 

9" 

TYP. 

MM31125XX 

MM32125XXX 

43-5/16 

24-3/8 TO 

CROSS BUS 

CENTER 

36" TO 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

BRACKET 

2-13/32 

2-7/16 

1-5/8 TYP. 

WMM41125XX 

WMM42125XXX 

9" 

TYP. 

12-31/32 

KA-14 

9" 

TYP. 

12-5/32 

MM41125XX 

MM42125XXX 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 


36" TO 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

BRACKET 

52-5/16 

24-3/8 TO 

CROSS BUS 

CENTER 

2-13/16 

2-13/ 

2-7/1 

1-5/8 T 

1-15/16 

3-1/4 

8-3/32 

125 Amp Typical Top View for NEMA 1 

13-3/32 

8-3/32 

61-5/16 

8-3/32 

125 Amp Typical Top View NEMA 3R 

36" TO 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

BRACKET 

9" 

TYP. 

36" TO 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

BRACKET 

70-5/16 

3-1/4 

2-8 

2-9/32 

125 Amp Typical Bottom View 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 

24-3/8 TO 

CROSS BUS 

CENTER 

2-13/16 

2-13/32 

2-7/16 

1-5/8 TYP. 

WMM51125XX 

WMM52125XXX 

12-31/32 

KA-15 

KA-15 

12-5/32 

MM51125XX 

MM52125XXX 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 


24-3/8 TO 

CROSS BUS 

CENTER 

2-13/16 

2-13/32 

2-7/16 

1-5/8 TYP. 

WMM61125XX 

WMM62125XXX 

12-31/32 

KA-16 

9" 

TYP. 

12-5/32 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 


MM61125XX 

MM62125XXX 

3-56 


Power Mod 

Power Mod Residential Meter Stacks 

Type WMM Residential Meter Stacks: Knockout Diagrams 

225A knockout diagrams 


L 

27" TO 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

BRACKET 

34-5/16 

36" TO 

BOTTOM OF 


52-5/16 

36" TO 

BRACKET34-5/16 

36" TO 

BOTTOM OF 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

36" TO 


52-5/16 

BRACKET 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

BRACKET 

43-5/16 

BRACKET 

9" 

TYP. 

9" 

9" 

TYP. 

TYP. 

9" 

9" 

36" TO 

9" 

-3/8 TO 

15-3/8 TO TYP. 

24-3/8 TO 

TYP. 

BOTTOM OF 

TYP. 

SS BUS 

CROSS BUS 

CROSS BUS 

9" 

QUICK ROLL 

ENTER 

CENTER 

CENTER 

24-3/8 TO 

TYP. 

24-3/8 TO 

BRACKET 

CROSS 12-5/32 BUS 

CROSS BUS 

2-13/16 

12-5/32 CENTER 

24-3/8 TO 

12-5/32 

CROSS BUS 

CENTER 

2-13/16 

CENTER 

12-5/32 2-13/32 

12-5/32 12-5/32 

2-13/16 

2-13/32 

2-13/32 

3/16 

2-13/16 

12-5/32 2-13/16 

2-13/32 

2-7/16 (6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2-13/32 2" 


2-13/16 

2-13/32 

24-3/8 TO 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 

2-7/16 

2-7/16 

2-13/32 

CROSS BUS 



1-5/8 TYP. 

CENTER 

1-5/8 TYP. 

1-5/8 TYP. 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 

2-7/16 

16-3/32 

2-7/16 

2-7/16 




16-3/32 

16-3/32 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 

1-5/8 TYP. 

1-5/8 TYP. 

2-7/16 

REMOVABLE PLATE 1-5/8 TYP. 

16-7/32 

2-13/16 

16-3/32 

KA-22 

16-3/32 1-5/8 TYP. 

16-3/32 

2-13/32 

WMM21225XX MM21225XX 

16-3/32 

WMM22225XXX MM22225XXX 

2-7/16 

8-3/32 

KA-23 

1-5/8 TYP. 

WMM31225XX MM31225XX 

16-3/32 

WMM32225XXX MM32225XXX 

WMM41225XX 

WMM42225XXX 

KA-24 

9" 

TYP. 

12-5/32 

MM41225XX 

MM42225XXX 

36" TO 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

BRACKET 

52-5/16 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 


24-3/8 TO 

CROSS BUS 

CENTER 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

2-13/16 

2-13/32 

2-7/16 

1-5/8 TYP. 

4" TYP. 

2" TYP. 

2-3/32 

16-7/32 

2-3/16 

3-1/4 

8-3/32 


61-5/16 

16-7/32 

36" TO 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

BRACKET 

70-5/16 

8-3/32 

9" 

TYP. 

36" TO 

BOTTOM OF 

QUICK ROLL 

BRACKET 

225 Amp Typical Top View for NEMA 3R 

4" TYP. 

2" TYP. 

2-3/16 

3-1/4 

2-9/32 

(6) KOs 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2" 


24-3/8 TO 

CROSS BUS 

CENTER 

2-13/16 

2-13/32 

2-7/16 

1-5/8 TYP. 

WMM51225XX 

WMM52225XXX 

16-3/32 

KA-25 

12-5/32 

MM51225XX 

MM52225XXX 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 


24-3/8 TO 

CROSS BUS 

CENTER 

2-13/16 

2-13/32 

2-7/16 

1-5/8 TYP. 

WMM61225XX 

WMM62225XXX 

16-3/32 

KA-26 

9" 

TYP. 

12-5/32 

(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 


MM61225XX 

MM62225XXX 

2-9 


Power Mod 


Type WML Lever Bypass Meter Stacks 

Lever Bypass Meter Stacks 

Lever Bypass meter stacks (type WML) are designed 

to meet the requirements of those utilities specifying 

lever bypass meter sockets for residential and 

commercial applications. 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 


n QuickSystem features a 

n High-quality, time-proven Talon HQ sockets 

n A line of 3-phase 100 Amp meter stacks to minimize 

tenant main cost 

n Removable back knockout plate to facilitate wiring 

n 225 Amp capability in single and three phase designs 

n Up to 4 positions with 225 Amp tenant mains, up to 

2 positions with 400 Amp tenant mains 

n All lever bypass stacks are ringless. 

Lever Bypass quick reference 

n 125A 2-6 position 

n 100A/225A 1-4 position 





n AIC rating (25K, 35K, 65k and 100K) 

n Voltage 


– Three in single phase out 208Y/120V AC 



n Indoor = NEMA 1 rated 

n Outdoor = NEMA 3R rated 



a QuickPhase is not applicable with non-field phaseable stacks (WML, 225A-400A, 

3-phase-in/3-phase-out). 

3-58 


Power Mod 




n 1200A horizontal 

bus rating 

Commercial Ringless Type Meter Stacks: Lever Bypass 

1-Phase, 3-Wire SN, Incoming and Outgoing, Lever Bypass, 5-Jaw Sockets b 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Outdoor 


Indoor 


Meter 

Positions 

Per Stack 


WML21125RJ ML21125RJ 2 


Maximum 

Dimensions (inches) a Stack Phasing 

AIC c Height Width Depth Phases/Sockets 

100k 36.18 14.48 11.51 — 

WML31125RJ ML31125RJ 3 100k 46.18 14.48 11.51 — 

WML41125RJ ML41125RJ 4 

QP, QPH, HQP, HQPH, 

MP-T, MP-HT, MP-MT 

100k 56.18 14.48 11.51 — 

WML51125RJ ML51125RJ 5 100k 66.18 14.48 11.51 — 

WML61125RJ ML61125RJ 6 100k 76.18 14.48 11.51 — 

3-Phase, 4-Wire SN, Incoming and 1-Phase, 3-Wire SN Outgoing, Lever Bypass, 5-Jaw Sockets b 

Outdoor 


Indoor 


Meter 

Positions 

Per Stack 


WML22125RJ ML22125RJ 2 


Maximum 

Dimensions (inches) a Stack Phasing 

AIC c Height Width Depth Phases/Sockets 

100k 36.18 14.48 11.51 — 

WML32125RJ ML32125RJ 3 


100k 46.18 14.48 11.51 — 

WML42125RJ ML42125RJ 4 MP-T, MP-HT, MP-MT 

100k 56.18 14.48 11.51 — 

WML52125RJ ML52125RJ 5 100k 66.18 14.48 11.51 — 

WML62125RJ ML62125RJ 6 100k 76.18 14.48 11.51 — 



mounting bumps, hubs, or hardware protrusions. 

b Not for use on 3-phase, 4-wire delta systems. 

Max AIC determined by maximum AIC of tenant 

breakers when used in conjuntion with a meter socket. 

Higher overall ratings may be achieved through 


d Stacks are field phaseable. 


Power Mod 





bus rating 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 



Meter 

Dimensions (inches) a Outdoor 

Indoor 

Positions 

Maximum 

Stack phasing 

Catalog Number Catalog Number Per Stack Breaker Provisions 

AIC c Height Width Depth phases/sockets 


WML11225RJ ML11225RJ 1 

100k 27.75 19.50 9.00 — 

WML21225RJ ML21225RJ 2 QS, QSH, QSHH, HQS, HQSH, 100k 40.75 19.50 9.00 — 



100k 49.75 19.50 9.00 — 

WML41225RJ ML41225RJ 4 100k 62.75 19.50 9.00 — 

3-Phase, 4-Wire SN, Incoming and 1-Phase, 3-Wire SN Outgoing, Lever Bypass, 5-Jaw Sockets b 

Outdoor 


Indoor 



WML12225RJ ML12225RJ 1 

Meter 

Positions 

Per Stack 


Maximum 

Dimensions (inches) a Stack phasing 

AIC c Height Width Depth phases/sockets 

100k 27.75 19.50 9.00 1-AB 

WML22AB225RJ ML22AB225RJ 2 100k 40.75 19.50 9.00 1-AC, 1-BC 

WML22BC225RJ ML22BC225RJ 2 100k 40.75 19.50 9.00 1-AC, 1-AB 

WML22CA225RJ ML22CA225RJ 2 QS, QSH, QSHH, HQS, HQSH, 100k 40.75 19.50 9.00 1-AB, 1-BC 



100k 49.75 19.50 9.00 1-AB, 1-BC, 1-CA 

WML42AB225RJ ML42AB225RJ 4 100k 62.75 19.50 9.00 2-AB, 1-BC, 1-CA 

WML42BC225RJ ML42BC225RJ 4 100k 62.75 19.50 9.00 1-AB, 2-BC, 1-CA 

WML42CA225RJ ML42CA225RJ 4 100k 62.75 19.50 9.00 1-AB, 1-BC, 2-CA 






breakers when used in conjuntion with a meter socket. 



d Are field phaseable. 

Not field phaseable. 

3-60 


Power Mod 



n 100A/125A 

1-4 position 


bus rating 


3-Phase, 4-Wire SN, Incoming And Outgoing, Lever Bypass, 7-Jaw Sockets e 

Outdoor 


Indoor 


Max. tenant breaker (Amps) : 100 

Meter Positions 

Per Stack 

Breaker 

Provisions 

Maximum 

AIC c 



WML13100RJ ML13100RJ 1 

65k 27.75 23.50 9.00 

WML23100RJ ML23100RJ 2 

QP, MP-T, QPH, 

MP-HT, HQP, 

65k 40.75 23.50 9.00 

WML33100RJ ML33100RJ 3 

MP-MT 

65k 49.75 23.50 9.00 

WML43100RJ ML43100RJ 4 65k 62.75 23.50 9.00 


WML13225RJ ML13225RJ 1 

100k 27.75 23.50 9.00 

WML23225RJ ML23225RJ 2 QR2, QRH2, 

100k 40.75 23.50 9.00 

WML33225RJ ML33225RJ 3 

MQ, MQH, MQL, 

HQR2, HQR2H 

100k 49.75 23.50 9.00 

WML43225RJ ML43225RJ 4 100k 62.75 23.50 9.00 

3 METER 

CENTERS 




b 3-pole breakers only. 

c Max AIC determined by maximum AIC of tenant breakers 

when used in conjunction with a meter socket. 



d Rated for use with 240/120V Delta systems. 


Power Mod 





bus rating 

n 25-35KAIC 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 


Outdoor 


Meter 

Positions 

Per Stack 


Maximum 

AIC 





Socket 

Phasing 

WML11400RJ 1 

JXD62B400 

25k 44.00 16.31 9.69 — — 

WML21400RJ 2 


25k 70.38 23.00 9.69 — — 

3-Phase, 4-Wire SN, Incoming and 1-Phase, 3-Wire SN Outgoing, Lever Bypass, 5-Jaw Sockets bd 


WML12400RJ 1 

JXD62B400 

25k 44.00 16.31 9.69 1-AB — 

WML22400RJ 2 


25k 70.38 23.00 9.69 1-AB, 1-BC — 



WML13400RJ 1 

JXD63B400 

25k 44.00 16.31 9.69 — — 

WML23400RJ 2 


25k 70.38 23.00 9.69 — — 



WML11400RJH 1 

Stack 

Phasing 

35k 51.06 16.34 9.75 — 1 Ph in / 1 Ph out 

WML12400RJH 1 CJD6-A 

35k 51.06 16.34 9.75 — 3 Ph in / 1 Ph out 

WML13400RJH 1 35k 51.06 16.34 9.75 — 3 Ph in / 3 Ph out 

Alternate Amperage Breakers 

For 1 Position Stacks 

Add 

Suffix 

 

Suffix 

T1 

T19 

T2 

T3 

T4 

Breaker 

Amperage 

200A 

225A 

250A 

300A 

350A 

Alternate Amperage Breakers 

For 2 Position Stacks 

Add 

Suffix 

 

Breaker 

Breaker 

Suffix Amperage Suffix Amperage 

T5 200A/200A T15 300A/400A 

T6 200A/250A T16 350A/350A 

T7 200/300A T17 350A/400A 

T8 200/350A T18 250A/250A 

T9 200/400A T20 200A/225A 

T10 250A/300A T21 225A/225A 

T11 250A/350A T22 225A/250A 

T12 250A/400A T23 225A/300A 

T13 300A/300A T24 225A/350A 

T14 300A/350A T25 225A/400A 





Alternate amperage breakers are available. Please 

see tables on left for suffix that needs to be added. 

Additional lead time may apply. Contact sales 

office for details. 


3-pole breakers only 

3-62 


Power Mod 



Fusible Switch Lever 


Fusible Switch Lever Bypass Meter stacks This Commercial 

Lever Bypass meter stacks (type WML) feature a 400 Amp - 

class T - fusible pull out assembly.. 



n High-quality, time proven Talon HQ sockets 


n Available in single and three phases designs 

n Single position with 400amp tenant main 

n All lever bypass stacks are ringless. 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Lever Bypass With Fusible Switch Quick Reference: 

■ 400A 1 position 


■ UL Standard #UL67 

■ UL file #E27100 

■ AIC rating 100KAIC 

■ Voltage 

– Single phase 120/240V AC Max 

– Three phase in, single phase out 208Y/120V AC 


■ All swing latches and rivets are stainless steel 

■ Outdoor = NEMA 3R rated 

■ Indoor = NEMA 1 rated 




Power Mod 



n 400A 1 position 


bus rating 

n 400A Class T fuse 

(not included) 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

Fusible Switch Lever Bypass Ringless Meter Stacks 

Outdoor 


Indoor 


Max. Tenant Fuse (Amps): 400 

Single-Phase In/Out 


Per Stack 

Breaker 

Provisions 

Maximum 

AIC 



WML11400RJFS ML11400RJFS 1 Class T fuse 100K 38.31 16.34 11.22 

Three-Phase In/ Single-Phase Out 


Three-Phase In/Out 


a Dimensions shown are representative of the outside box dimensions and do not include allowances for mounting bumps, hubs, or hardware protrusions. 

3-64 


Power Mod 

Meter Stacks: WML Lever Bypass Stacks Knockout Diagrams 

Typical top view 

for NEMA 1 

L-1 

WML11225RJ ML11225RJ 

WML12225RJ ML12225RJ L-4 


3 METER 

CENTERS 

WML42AB225RJ 

WML42BC225RJ 

WML42CA225RJ 

ML42AB225RJ 

ML42BC225RJ 

ML42CA225RJ 

L-2 


WML22AB225RJ ML22AB225RJ 

WML22BC225RJ ML22BC225RJ 

WML22CA225RJ ML22CA225RJ 

WML11400RJ 

WML12400RJ 

WML13400RJ 

L-5 

ML11400RJ 

ML12400RJ 

ML13400RJ 

WML31225RJ 

WML32225RJ 

L-3 

ML31225RJ 

ML32225RJ 

WML21400RJ 

WML22400RJ 

L-6 

ML21400RJ 

ML22400RJ 

WML23400RJ 

ML23400RJ 


Power Mod 


METER 

CENTERS 

3 

L-7 

L-8 

WML13100RJ 

ML13100RJ 

WML23100RJ 

ML23100RJ 

WML33100RJ 

L-9 

ML33100RJ 

WML43100RJ 

L-10 

ML43100RJ 

3-66 


Power Mod 


WML13225RJ 

L-11 

ML13225RJ 

WML23225RJ 

L-12 

ML23225RJ 


for NEMA 1 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

WML33225RJ 

L-13 

ML33225RJ 

WML43225RJ 

L-14 

ML43225RJ 


Power Mod 


Type WMLZF and WMLZ Utility Meter Stacks: Knockout Diagrams 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

Fusible Switch Lever 


The WMLZ and WMLZF lever bypass meter stacks are 

designed to allow the use of class T (400amp max) fuses 

ahead of all meter positions where the local serving utility 

may require it. WMLZF stacks feature a 400amp fusible 

pull out assembly which connects to a secondary 400amp 

horizontal bus that can feed downstream meter stacks. The 

WMLZ stacks include the secondary 400amp horizontal bus 

that can connect from the WMLZF meter stacks. The standard 

Power Mod 1200amp horizontal bus “passes thru” to 

feed downstream modules - the meter sockets in WMLZ 

and WMLZF do NOT connect directly to the 1200amp horizontal 

bus - only to the 400amp horizontal bus. 



n High-quality, time-proven Talon HQ sockets 

n 125 Amp capability for 3-phase in/single-phase out 

n 3 to 6 positions in both the fused stack and the 

expansion stack 

n 400 Amp class T fusible-pullout in WMLZF stacks 

n Secondary 400 amp horizontal bus to supply power to 

down stream sockets 

Xcel Residential Lever Bypass Quick Reference: 

■ 125A 3 – 6 position 


■ 400A secondary horizontal bus rating and 

vertical bus rating 

■ UL Standard # UL67 

■ UL file #E27100 

■ AIC rating (100K) 

■ Voltage -Three-phase in/ single-phase out 

120/240V AC max 

■ All swing latches and rivets are stainless steel 

■ Outdoor = NEMA 3R rated 

■ Indoor = NEMA 1R rated 



3-68 


Power Mod 



n 125A 3 – 6 position 

n 1200A horizontal bus 

n 400A 2nd 


n 400A vertical bus 

Fused Residential Ringless Type Stacks: Lever Bypass 

3-Phase, 4-Wire SN, Incoming and 1Phase, 3-Wire SN, Outgoing, Lever Bypass, 5-Jaw Sockets 


3 METER 

CENTERS 

Outdoor 


Indoor 



Per Stack 

Breaker 

Provisions 

Maximum AIC 



WMLZF32125RJ MLZF32125RJ 3 

100k 54.06 14.61 11.51 

WMLZF42125RJ MLZF42125RJ 4 QP, MP-T, QPH, HQP, 

HQPH, MP-HT, MP-MT 

100k 64.06 14.61 11.51 

WMLZF52125RJ MLZF52125RJ 5 100k 74.06 14.61 11.51 

WMLZF62125RJ MLZF62125RJ 6 100k 84.06 14.61 11.51 

Non-Fused Residential Ringless Type Stacks: Lever Bypass 

3-Phase, 4-Wire SN, Incoming and 1Phase, 3-Wire SN, Outgoing, Lever Bypass, 5-Jaw Sockets 


Outdoor 


Indoor 



Per Stack 

Breaker 

Provisions 

Maximum 

AIC 



WMLZ32125RJ MLZ32125RJ 3 

100k 54.06 14.61 11.51 

WMLZ42125RJ MLZ42125RJ 4 QP, MP-T, QPH, HQP, 

HQPH, MP-HT, MP-MT 

100k 64.06 14.61 11.51 

WMLZ52125RJ MLZ52125RJ 5 100k 74.06 14.61 11.51 

WMLZ62125RJ MLZ62125RJ 6 100k 84.06 14.61 11.51 

Accessories 

Catalog Number Description 

ECWMLZFBUS* WMLZ’s horizontal bussing attachment kit (contains 3 bus bars) 

ECWMLZEP 

End enclosure plate WMLZ’s and WMLZF’s 

ECWMLZBP 

Bottom enclosure plate WMLZ and WMLZF 

ECWML10 

Replacement metal meter cover for 125A (W)MLZ(F) stacks 

* Every WMLZ comes with a ECWMLZFBUS 


Power Mod 


Applications: WMLZ/ WMLZF – Fusible Residential Lever Bypass Meter Stacks 

Flow of Current 

3 

WMLZ 

WMLZ WMLZF 

WMLZF WMLZ WSPD 

METER 

CENTERS 

E 

E 

C 

C 

E 

Main 

Horizontal 

Bus 

A 

F 

Secondary 

Horizontal 

Bus 

D 

D 

B 

B 

D 

A Cables land on a tap box and current enters Power Mod line up on the main horizontal Bus. 

B Current is directed from the main horizontal bus down onto the WMLZF’s vertical bus and into the 

400 amp fuse pull out. 

C The current then goes up on the WMLZF’s vertical bus to feed the sockets. 

D WMLZ’s must be fed by a secondary horizontal bus from the WMLZF’s 

*Additional connections are required between the WMLZ and WMLZF. 

E The current then flows up from the secondary horizontal bus and on to the vertical bus to 

feed the sockets in the WMLZ’s. 

*More than one WMLZ can be fed from 1 WMLZF. 

F The main horizontal bus is used as a pass through on the WMLZ’s for any additional modules attached to the line up. 

*Quick Connect MUST be used between every module to maintain the line ups Neutral bonding, even if there are no extra modules 

attached at the end of the line up. 

3-70 


Power Mod 


3 Meter Stack 

WMLZ32125RJ, 

MLZ32125RJ 

4 Meter Stack 

WMLZ42125RJ, 

MLZ42125RJ 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

6 Meter Stack 

WMLZ62125RJ, 

MLZ62125RJ 

5 Meter Stack 

WMLZ52125RJ, 

MLZ52125RJ 


Power Mod 


4 Meter Stack 

WMLZF42125RJ, 

MLZF42125RJ 

3 Meter Stack 

WMLZF32125RJ, 

MLZF32125RJ 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

6 Meter Stack 

WMLZF62125RJ, 

MLZF62125RJ 

5 Meter Stack 

WMLZF52125RJ, 

MLZF52125RJ 

3-72 


Power Mod 


Type WMT Test Block Bypass Meter Stacks 

Test Block Bypass Meter Stacks 

Commercial Test Block Bypass Meter Stacks (type 

WMT) are designed to meet the requirements of 

those utilities specifying test block bypass meter 

sockets for commercial applications in areas subscribing 

to the EUSERC standards. 



n High-quality, time-proven Siemens SMM switchboard 

meter socket 


n 225 Amp capability in single and three phase 

designs 

n Up to 3 positions with 225 Amp tenant mains 

n Wiring flexibility - tenant mains require only a 

single bend 

n Three phase input, single phase output modules 

n In line wiring: side knockouts allow wiring for 

adjacent units to pass through 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Test Block Bypass Quick Reference 

n 225A 1-3 positions 


n UL Standard #'s UL67 


n AIC rating (100K) 

n Voltage 

– 1 phase 120/240V AC Max 

– 3 phase in 1 phase out 120Y/208V AC Max 

– 3 phase 240V AC Max 



n Indoor= NEMA 1R rated 

n G90 galvanized Steel 

n ANSI 61 Paint 

n EUSERC drawing #'s 312 and 353 


Power Mod 


Type WMT Test Block Bypass Meter Stacks 

n 225A 1-3 positions 


bus rating 


METER 

CENTERS 

3 

Commercial ring type meter stacks: Test Block Bypass c 

Outdoor 

Catalog 

number 

Indoor 

Catalog 

number 

Meter 

positions 

per stack 


Breaker provisions 

Maximum 

AIC Height Width Depth 

1-phase, 3-wire SN, incoming and outgoing, test block bypass, 4-jaw sockets b f 


WMT11225 MT11225 1 

QS, QSH, QSHH, 

40.50 21.50 9.00 — TB-1 

WMT21225 MT21225 2 



100k 46.00 21.50 9.00 — TB-2 

WMT31225 MT31225 3 


65.50 21.50 9.00 — TB-3 

3-phase, 4-wire SN, incoming and 1-phase, 3-wire SN outgoing, test block bypass, 5-jaw sockets b e 


Phase 

Knockout 

diagram 

WMT12225J MT12225J 1 

40.50 21.50 9.00 AB TB-1 

WMT22AB225J MT22AB225J 2 


46.00 21.50 9.00 1-BC, 1-CA 

WMT22BC225J MT22BC225J 2 



100k 46.00 21.50 9.00 1-AB, 1-CA 

WMT22CA225J MT22CA225J 2 


46.00 21.50 9.00 1-AB, 1-BC 

WMT32225J MT32225J 3 65.50 21.50 9.00 

3-phase, 4-wire SN, incoming and outgoing, test block bypass, 7-jaw sockets d 

1-AB, 1-BC, 

1-CA 

TB-2 

TB-3 


WMT13225J MT13225J 1 

40.50 25.50 9.00 — TB-4 

WMT23225J MT23225J 2 

QR2, QRH2, 

HQR2, HQR2H, 

100k 46.00 25.50 9.00 — TB-5 

MQ, MQH, MQL 

WMT33225J MT33225J 3 65.50 25.50 9.00 — TB-6 




b Not for use on 3-phase,4-wire delta systems. 

c Max AIC determined by maximum AIC of tenant 

breakers when used in conjunction with a meter socket. 

d Rated for use with 240/120V Delta systems. 


f Field installable 5th Jaw Kit available (ECMT5). 

3-74 


Power Mod 

Type WMT Test Block Bypass Meter Stacks: Knockout Diagrams 


for NEMA 1 

WMT12225J 

WMT11225 

TB-1 

MT12225J 

MT11225 

TB-2 

WMT22AB225J MT22AB225J 

WMT22BC225J MT22BC225J 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

WMT22CA225J 

MT22CA225J 

WMT11225 

MT11225 

WMT31225 

TB-3 

MT31225 

WMT13225J 

TB-4 

WMT13225J 

WMT32225J 

MT32225J 

TB-5 

TB-6 

WMT23225J 

MT23225J 

WMT33225J 

MT33225J 


Power Mod 


Type WMK K-Base Meter Stacks 

K-Base Meter Stacks 

Commercial K-Base Meter Stacks (type WMK) are 

designed to meet the requirements of those utilities 

specifying bolt-in meter sockets for 400 and 

600 Amp residential and commercial applications. 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 



n Exclusive Landis & Gyr K4, K5, and K7 meter 

sockets 

n 1 position K4, K5, K7 modules with 400 and 

600 Amp tenant mains 

n 2 position K7 module with 400 Amp tenant main 

n Space saving design 

K-Base quick reference 

n 400A and 600A 1-2 positions 





n Voltage 


– Three In Single Phase Out 208Y/120V AC 




n G90 Galvanized Steel 


3-76 


Power Mod 


Type WMK K-Base Meter Stacks 

n 400A and 600A 

1-2 positions 


bus rating 


3 METER 

CENTERS 

Commercial ringless type meter stacks: K-Base bolt-in, 25k AIC c f 

Catalog 

number 

Meter 

positions 

per stack 

Max. 

tenant breaker 

(Amps) 

Breaker 

provision d 

Maximum 

AIC Rating 

1-phase, 3-wire SN, incoming and outgoing, K4 K-Base bolt-in 

WMK11400R d 1 400 

JXD62B400 

Factory Inst. 



25k 54.00 19.25 10.00 — 

WMK11600R g LXD62B600 

1 600 

25k 54.00 19.25 10.00 — 

Factory Inst. 

3-phase, 4-wire SN, incoming and 1-phase, 3-wire SN outgoing, K5 K-Base bolt-in b f 

WMK12400RJ d 1 400 

JXD62B400 

Factory Inst. 

Phase 

Knockout 

Diagram 

KB-1 

25k 54.00 19.25 10.00 AB KB-2 

JXD62B400 

WMK22400RJ 2 400 

25k 72.87 27.00 11.00 AC KB-3 

Factory Inst. 

3-phase, 4-wire SN, incoming and outgoing, K7 K-Base bolt-in e 

WMK13400RJ d 1 

JXD63B400 

54.00 19.25 10.00 — KB-2 

400 

25k 

WMK23400RJ d 2 

Factory Inst. 

72.88 27.00 11.00 — KB-3 

WMK13600RJ g 1 600 

LXD63B600 

Factory Inst. 

25k 54.00 19.25 10.00 — KB-2 

2 Meter Positions 

Per Stack 

Breaker 

Amperage 

Alternate amperage breakers 

Add 

Suffix 

 

1 Meter Position 

Per Stack 

T1 

T2 

T3 

T4 

T19 

T20 

Breaker 

Amperage 

200A 

250A 

300A 

350A 

450A 

500A 

Add 

Suffix 

 

T5 

T6 

T7 

T8 

T9 

T10 

T11 

T12 

T13 

T14 

T15 

T16 

T17 

200A/200A 

200A/250A 

200A/300A 

200A/350A 

200A/400A 

250A/300A 

250A/350A 

250A/400A 

300A/300A 

300A/350A 

300A/400A 

350A/350A 

350A/400A 

a Dimensions shown are representative of 

outside box dimensions and do not include 

allowances for mounting bumps, hubs, or 

hardware protrusions. 

b Not for use on 3-Phase 4-wire delta systems. 

c Max AIC determined by maximum AIC of 

tenant breakers when used in conjunction with 

a meter socket. Higher overall ratings may 

be achieved through approved series rating 

combinations. 

d Alternate amperage breakers are available. 

Please see table below for suffix that needs to 

be added for ordering. Extended leadtime may 

apply. Contact sales office for more details. 

e Rated for use with 240/120V Delta systems 

f Not field phaseable 

g Alternate amperage breakers are available 

(T19 and T20). Please see table at left for suffix 

that needs to be added for ordering. Extended 

leadtime may apply. Contact sales office for 

more details. 

T18 

250A/250A 


Power Mod 

Type WMK K-Base Meter Stacks: Knockout Diagrams 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

KB-1 

WMK11400R 

WMK11600R 

WMK12400RJ 

WMK13400RJ 

KB-2 

WMK13600RJ 

KB-3 

WMK22400RJ 

WMK23400RJ 

3-78 


Power Mod 


Type WC House Power Module 

WC Series House Power Module 

Power Mod’s patented WC family of house 

power modules offers the ability to combine power 

distribution to branch circuits within a module that 

is connected directly to the horizontal bus. This 

reduces wall space needed, decreases labor and 

material cost (for installing a separate panel), and 

simplifies the electrical distribution system. 

Key Features of the WC family are: 

n Ring or Ringless Covers (horn bypass available 

with ringless) 

n Three or single phase horizontal bus with single 

phase output 

n 20 space, 40 circuit 100K AIC rated interior 

n Available subfeed breaker which can be used 

for large remote loads (such as elevators) or 

alternative energy inputs (solar) 

n Removable knock out plate 

n Load wires can exit out of the top, back, or bottom 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

The line of WC house power modules allow for 

un-precedented flexibility and savings. All of this 

while featuring the industry-leading QuickSystem 

that allows for the fastest install time. 

Series House Power Module quick reference 

n 1 Position, Single Phase Meter Socket 

n 250 Amp maximum rating per device. 

n 1200 Amp thru-bus rating 



n AIC rating: 100k 

n Voltage: 



● 120/208V AC max. 

● 240/120V AC max. 



n 20 space, 40 circuit PL Series copper bus interior 



n Optional subfeed or alternative energy input (solar) 

up to 125amps. 


Power Mod 


Type WC House Power Module: Ring Style 

Main Features: 

n 1 Position, Single Phase 

Meter Socket 

n 250 Amp maximum rating per 

device. See below tables for 

breakdown of allowed amperages 

depending on the main and 

subfeed breaker combinations. 


3 

METER 

CENTERS 

Residential 4-Jaw Ring Type Meter-Loadcenter Stacks: 1-Phase, 3-wire, SN, Horizontal Bus, Distribution, and Subfeed 

Catalog 

Number 

Main Breaker - 

Distribution b 

Distribution 

Subfeed Breaker 

(Type HED4) b 

Maximum 


Amperage Type Spaces Circuits Amperage AIC Height Width Depth 

Knockout 

Diagram 

WC2040B1T1 225 HFXD6 20 40 N/A 100k 39.10 16.22 12.14 WC-1 

WC2040B1T2 200 HFXD6 20 40 50 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 

WC2040B1T3 175 HFXD6 20 40 60 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 

WC2040B1T4 175 HFXD6 20 40 70 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 

WC2040B1T5 150 HFXD6 20 40 80 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 

WC2040B1T6 150 HFXD6 20 40 90 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 

WC-2 

WC2040B1T7 150 HFXD6 20 40 100 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 

WC2040B1T8 150 HFXD6 20 40 110 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 

WC2040B1T9 125 HFXD6 20 40 125 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 

Residential 5-Jaw Ring Type Meter-Loadcenter Stacks: 3-Phase, 4-wire SN, Horizontal Bus and 1-Phase, 

3-wire, SN, Distribution and Subfeed 

Catalog 

Number 

Main Breaker - 



(Type HED4) b 

Distribution 

Max. 

Amperage Type Spaces Circuits Amperage AIC Height Width Depth 

Phasing c Diagram 

Dimensions (inches) Knockout 

WC2040B2T1J 225 HFXD6 20 40 N/A 100k 39.10 16.22 12.14 AC WC-1 

WC2040B2T2J 200 HFXD6 20 40 50 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 AC 

WC2040B2T3J 175 HFXD6 20 40 60 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 AC 

WC2040B2T4J 175 HFXD6 20 40 70 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 AC 

WC2040B2T5J 150 HFXD6 20 40 80 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 AC 

WC2040B2T6J 150 HFXD6 20 40 90 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 AC 

WC-2 

WC2040B2T7J 150 HFXD6 20 40 100 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 AC 

WC2040B2T8J 150 HFXD6 20 40 110 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 AC 

WC2040B2T9J 125 HFXD6 20 40 125 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 AC 





b Breakers are factory installed. 

c Can be re-phased in the field. 

3-80 


Power Mod 


Type WC House Power Module: Ringless Style 


n 1 Position, Single Phase 

Meter Socket 

n 250 Amp maximum rating per 

device. See below tables for 

breakdown of allowed amperages 

depending on the main and 

subfeed breaker combinations. 


Residential 4 or 5-Jaw Ringless Type Meter-Loadcenter Stacks: 1-Phase, 3-wire, SN, Horizontal Bus, Distribution, and Subfeed 


Main Breaker- 

Distribution b Distribution 


(Type HED4) b 

Max. Dimensions a 

No bypass, 4J No bypass, 5J Horn Bypass, 5J Amp. Type Spaces Circuits Amperage AIC Height Width Depth 

Knockout 

Diagram 

WC2040B1T1R WC2040B1T1RJ WC2040B1T1RJB 225 HFXD6 20 40 N/A 100k 39.10 16.22 12.14 WC-1 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

WC2040B1T2R WC2040B1T2RJ WC2040B1T2RJB 200 HFXD6 20 40 50 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 





WC-2 




Residential 5-Jaw Ringless Type Meter-Loadcenter Stacks: 3-Phase, 4-wire SN, Horizontal Bus and 1-Phase, 

3-wire, SN, Distribution and Subfeed 

Subfeed 

Breaker 

(Type HED4) b 


Main Breaker- 


Max. 

No bypass Horn Bypass Amp. Type Spaces Circuits Amperage AIC Height Width Depth 

Dimensions a Phasing c Knockout 

Diagram 

WC2040B2T1RJ WC2040B2T1RJB 225 HFXD6 20 40 N/A 100k 39.10 16.22 12.14 AC WC-1 

WC2040B2T2RJ WC2040B2T2RJB 200 HFXD6 20 40 50 100k 39.10 21.75 12.14 AC 





WC-2 









c Can be re-phased in the field. 


Power Mod 

Type WC House Power Module: Knockout Diagrams 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

WC-1 

WC-2 

WC2040B1T1 

WC2040B1T1R 

WC2040B1T1RJ 

WC2040B1T1RJB 

KO Chart 

WC2040B2T1J 

WC2040B2T1RJ 

WC2040B2T1RJB 

DESIGNATION KO SIZE QTY 

A 2-1/2, 2, 1-1/2, 1-1/4, 1" 4 

B 1, 3/4, 1/2" 2 

C 3/4, 1/2" 14 

D 1/2" 8 

WC2040B1T2 

WC2040B1T2R 

WC2040B1T3 

WC2040B1T3R 

WC2040B1T4 

WC2040B1T4R 

WC2040B1T5 

WC2040B1T5R 

WC2040B1T6 

WC2040B1T6R 

WC2040B1T7 

WC2040B1T7R 

WC2040B1T8 

WC2040B1T8R 

WC2040B1T9 

WC2040B1T9R 

WC2040B1T2RJJ 

WC2040B1T2RJB 

WC2040B1T3RJ 

WC2040B1T3RJB 

WC2040B1T4RJ 

WC2040B1T4RJB 

WC2040B1T5RJ 

WC2040B1T5RJB 

WC2040B1T6RJ 

WC2040B1T6RJB 

WC2040B1T7RJ 

WC2040B1T7RJB 

WC2040B1T8RJ 

WC2040B1T8RJB 

WC2040B1T9RJ 

WC2040B1T9RJB 

WC2040B2T2J 

WC2040B2T2RJ 

WC2040B2T2RJB 

WC2040B2T3J 

WC2040B2T3RJ 

WC2040B2T3RJB 

WC2040B2T4J 

WC2040B2T4RJ 

WC2040B2T4RJB 

WC2040B2T5J 

WC2040B2T5RJ 

WC2040B2T5RJB 

WC2040B2T6J 

WC2040B2T6RJ 

WC2040B2T6RJB 

WC2040B2T7J 

WC2040B2T7RJ 

WC2040B2T7RJB 

WC2040B2T8J 

WC2040B2T8RJ 

WC2040B2T8RJB 

WC2040B2T9J 

WC2040B2T9RJ 

WC2040B2T9RJB 

3-82 


Power Mod 


Type WCL Lever Bypass House Power Module 

WCL Series House Power Module 

Power Mod’s patented WCL (lever bypass) family of house 

power modules offers the ability to combine power distribution 

to branch circuits within a module that is connected directly to 

the horizontal bus. This reduces wall space needed, decreases 

labor and material cost (for installing a separate panel), and 

simplifies the electrical distribution system. 

Key Features of the WCL family are: 

n Talon HQ Lever Bypass ringless meter socket 

n Phasing: 

– Single phase horizontal bus with single phase HQ socket 

and 20 space 40 circuit PL Series copper interior 

– Three phase horizontal bus with single phase HQ socket 

(phased AC) and 20 space 40 circuit PL Series copper 

interior 

– Three phase horizontal bus with three phase HQ socket 

and 24 space 42 circuit PL Series copper interior 

n 100K AIC 

n Available subfeed breaker which can be used for large 

remote loads (such as elevators) or alternative energy inputs 

(solar) 



The line of WCL house power modules allow for un-precedented 

flexibility and savings. All of this while featuring the industryleading 

QuickSystem that allows for the fastest install time. 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Lever Bypass Series House Power Module 


n Voltage 


n Talon HQ Lever Bypass Meter Socket 


n 250 Amp maximum rating per device 




n AIC rating 100K 

n Voltage 


– Three phase 

● 120/208V AC max. 

● 240/120V AC max. 



n Interiors: 20 space/40 circuit single phase or 24 space 42 

circuit three phase PL Series copper bus 

n G90 Galvanized Steel 


n Optional subfeed or alternative energy input (solar) up to 

125 Amps 


Power Mod 


Type WCL Lever Bypass House Power Module 


n Talon HQ Lever Bypass Meter Socket 


n 250amp maximum rating per device. 

See below tables for breakdown of 

allowed amperages depending on the 

main and subfeed breaker combinations 


METER 

CENTERS 

3 

Residential 4 or 5-Jaw Ringless Type Meter-Loadcenter Stacks: 1-Phase, 3-wire, SN, Horizontal Bus, Distribution, and Subfeed 

Main Breaker- 


Distribution 


(Type HED4) b 

Max. Dimensions a 

Knockout 

Catalog Number Amperage Type Spaces Circuits Amperage AIC Height Width Depth Diagram 

WCL2040B1T1RJ 225 HFXD6 20 40 N/A 100k 44.63 17.93 12.14 WCL-1 

WCL2040B1T2RJ 200 HFXD6 20 40 50 100k 44.63 22.35 12.14 

WCL2040B1T3RJ 175 HFXD6 20 40 60 100k 44.63 22.35 12.14 

WCL2040B1T4RJ 175 HFXD6 20 40 70 100k 44.63 22.35 12.14 

WCL2040B1T5RJ 150 HFXD6 20 40 80 100k 44.63 22.35 12.14 

WCL2040B1T6RJ 150 HFXD6 20 40 90 100k 44.63 22.35 12.14 

WCL-2 

WCL2040B1T7RJ 150 HFXD6 20 40 100 100k 44.63 22.35 12.14 

WCL2040B1T8RJ 150 HFXD6 20 40 110 100k 44.63 22.35 12.14 

WCL2040B1T9RJ 125 HFXD6 20 40 125 100k 44.63 22.35 12.14 

Commercial 5-Jaw Ringless Type-Lever Bypass Meter-Loadcenter Stacks: 3-Phase, 4-wire SN, 

Horizontal Bus and 1-Phase, 3-wire, SN, Distribution and Subfeed 

Main Breaker- 


Distribution 


(Type HED4) b 

Max. 

Catalog Number Amperage Type Spaces Circuits Amperage AIC Height Width Depth Phasing c Knockout 

Diagram 

WCL2040B2T1RJ 225 HFXD6 20 40 N/A 100k 44.63 17.93 12.14 AC WCL-1 

WCL2040B2T2RJ 200 HFXD6 20 40 50 100k 44.63 22.35 12.14 AC 





WCL-2 




Commercial 7-Jaw Ringless Type-Lever Bypass Meter-Loadcenter Stacks: 3-Phase, 4-wire SN, 

Horizontal Bus, Distribution and Subfeed 

Main Breaker- 


Distribution 


(Type HED4) b 

Max. 


Diagram 

WCL2442B3T1RJ 225 HFXD6 24 42 N/A 100k 44.63 17.93 12.14 AC WCL-1 






WCL-2 









c Cannot be re-phased in the field. 

3-84 


Power Mod 

Type WCL Lever Bypass House Power Module: Knockout Diagrams 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

WCL-1 

WCL-2 

WCL2040B1T1RJ 

WCL2040B2T1RJ 

WCL2040B3T1RJ 

Knockout Chart 

WCL2040B1T2RJ 

WCL2040B1T3RJ 

WCL2040B1T4RJ 

WCL2040B1T5RJ 

WCL2040B1T6RJ 

WCL2040B1T7RJ 

WCL2040B1T8RJ 

WCL2040B1T9RJ 

WCL2040B2T2RJ 

WCL2040B2T3RJ 

WCL2040B2T4RJ 

WCL2040B2T5RJ 

WCL2040B2T6RJ 

WCL2040B2T7RJ 

WCL2040B2T8RJ 

WCL2040B2T9RJ 

WCL2040B3T2RJ 

WCL2040B3T3RJ 

WCL2040B3T4RJ 

WCL2040B3T5RJ 

WCL2040B3T6RJ 

WCL2040B3T7RJ 

WCL2040B3T8RJ 

WCL2040B3T9RJ 


A 2-1/2, 2, 1-1/2, 1-1/4, 1" 4 

B 1, 3/4, 1/2" 2 

C 3/4, 1/2" 14 

D 1/2" 8 


Power Mod 


Type WCT Test Block Bypass House Power Module 

WCT Series House Power Module 

Power Mod’s patented WCT (test-block bypass) family of house 

power modules offers the ability to combine power distribution to 

branch circuits within a module that is connected directly to the thru 

bus. This reduces wall space needed, decreases labor and material 

cost (for installing a separate panel), and simplifies the electrical 

distribution system. 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

Key Features of the WCT family are: 

n Siemens SMM Switchboard ring-style meter socket 

n Phasing: 

– Single phase horizontal bus with a single phase meter socket and 

20 space 40 circuit PL Series copper interior 

– Three phase horizontal bus with a single phase meter socket 

(phased AC) and 20 space 40 circuit PL Series copper interior 

– Three phase horizontal bus with three phase meter socket and 

24 space 42 circuit PL Series copper interior 

n 100K AIC 

n Available subfeed breaker which can be used for large remote loads 

(such as elevators) or alternative energy inputs (solar) 



The line of WCT house power modules allow for un-precedented flexibility 

and savings. All of this while featuring the industry-leading 

QuickSystem that allows for the fastest install time. 

Test Block Bypass Series House Power Module Quick Reference 

n Siemens SMM Switchboard ring-style 

n 1 position, Single Phase Meter Socket 

n 250amp, maximum rating per device 

n 1200amp horizontal bus rating 

n UL standard #'s UL 67 


n AIC rating 100K 

n Voltage 

– 1 phase 120/240V AC max 





n Interiors: 

– 20 spaces/40 circuits single phase 

– 24 spaces/42 circuits 3 phase PL Series copper bus 



n Optional subfeed or alternative energy input (solar) up to 125amps 

n EUSERC drawing #'s 312 and 353 

3-86 


Power Mod 


Type WCT Test Block Bypass House Power Module 


n Siemens SMM Switchboard ring-style 


n 250amp maximum rating per device. 

See below tables for breakdown of 

allowed amperages depending on the 

main and subfeed breaker combinations. 

n 1200 Amp horizontal bus rating. 

Commercial 4-Jaw Ring Type-Test Block Bypass Meter-Loadcenter Stacks: 1-Phase, 3-wire, SN, 

Horizontal Bus, Distribution, and Subfeed 

Main Breaker- 


Distribution 


(Type HED4) b 

Max. 

Dimensions a 

Knockout 

Catalog Number Amperage Type Spaces Circuits Amperage AIC Height Width Depth Diagram 

WCT2040B1T1 225 HFXD6 20 40 N/A 100k 52.1 18.42 12.14 WCT-1 

WCT2040B1T2 200 HFXD6 20 40 50 100k 52.1 18.42 12.14 

WCT2040B1T3 175 HFXD6 20 40 60 100k 52.1 18.42 12.14 

WCT2040B1T4 175 HFXD6 20 40 70 100k 52.1 18.42 12.14 

WCT2040B1T5 150 HFXD6 20 40 80 100k 52.1 18.42 12.14 

WCT2040B1T6 150 HFXD6 20 40 90 100k 52.1 18.42 12.14 

WCT-2 

WCT2040B1T7 150 HFXD6 20 40 100 100k 52.1 18.42 12.14 

WCT2040B1T8 150 HFXD6 20 40 110 100k 52.1 18.42 12.14 

WCT2040B1T9 125 HFXD6 20 40 125 100k 52.1 18.42 12.14 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Dimensions a 

Commercial 5-Jaw Ring Type-Test Block Bypass Meter-Loadcenter Stacks: 3-Phase, 4-wire SN, 

Horizontal Bus and 1-Phase, 3-wire, SN, Distribution and Subfeed 

Main Breaker- 



(Type HED4) b 

Max. 


Diagram 

WCT2040B2T1J 225 HFXD6 20 40 N/A 100k 52.1 18.42 12.14 AC WCT-1 

WCT2040B2T2J 200 HFXD6 20 40 50 100k 52.1 18.42 12.14 AC 





WCT-2 




Dimensions a 

Commercial 7-Jaw Ring Type-Test Block Bypass Meter-Loadcenter Stacks: 3-Phase, 4-wire SN, 

Horizontal Bus, Distribution and Subfeed 

Main Breaker- 


Distribution 


(Type HED4) b 

Max. 


Diagram 

WCT2442B3T1J 225 HFXD6 24 42 N/A 100k 52.1 18.42 12.14 AC WCT-1 






WCT-2 









c Cannot be re-phased in the field. 


Power Mod 

Type WCT Test Block Bypass House Power Module: Knockout Diagrams 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

WCT-1 

WCT-2 

WCT2040B1T1 

WCT2040B2T1J 

WCT2040B3T1J 

Knockout Chart 

WCT2040B1T2 

WCT2040B1T3 

WCT2040B1T4 

WCT2040B1T5 

WCT2040B1T6 

WCT2040B1T7 

WCT2040B1T8 

WCT2040B1T9 

WCT2040B2T2J 

WCT2040B2T3J 

WCT2040B2T4J 

WCT2040B2T5J 

WCT2040B2T6J 

WCT2040B2T7J 

WCT2040B2T8J 

WCT2040B2T9J 

WCT2442B3T2J 

WCT2442B3T3J 

WCT2442B3T4J 

WCT2442B3T5J 

WCT2442B3T6J 

WCT2442B3T7J 

WCT2442B3T8J 

WCT2442B3T9J 


A 2-1/2, 2, 1-1/2, 1-1/4, 1" 4 

B 1, 3/4, 1/2" 2 

C 3/4, 1/2" 14 

D 1/2" 8 

3-88 


Power Mod 


Type WSPD Surge Protection Modules 

WSPD Surge Protection Modules 

Surge protection modules for Power Mod (type 

WSPD) are horizontal bus connected modules that 

allow the user to view surge status as well as access 

the SPD control panel without breaking the utility seal 

on the enclosure. An optional breaker disconnect is 

available to enable the end user to replace the SPD 

(surge protection device) without having to disconnect 

utility power to the Power Mod installation. 



n 35, 50, 60, 65, 100, 140, 200, 300, 400, 500kA 

ratings available 

n External, vandal resistant and lockable clear cover 

over SPD control panel 

n Single phase horizontal bus and three phase 


n Optional breaker disconnect that opens phase and 

neutral to make SPD replacement quick and easy 

n Skinny, selectable SPD option available with internal 

and external mounting 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Surge Protection Module quick reference 

n 35kA – 500kA kA rating 

n 1200amp horizontal bus rating 

n UL standard #67 


n AIC rating: 65kA and 100kA 

n Voltage 







Power Mod 


Type WSPD Surge Protection Modules 


n 100-500kA ratings 

n 1200 amp horizontal 

bus rating 

n Suitable for 100k 

AIC applications 

Lugs not required. 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

1-phase, 3-wire SN, 120/240V AC 


(with HEG Breaker 

Disconnect) 


(no disconnect) 

Breaker 

Type 

kA Surge 


Current b Height Width Depth Diagram 

WSPD1B10A WSPD1N10A HEG 100 29.19 13.38 7.91 



WSPD-B = Breaker 

WSPD-N = No breaker 



3-phase, 4-wire SN, Delta 240/120V AC 



Disconnect) 



Breaker 

Type 

a kA Surge 


Knockout 


WSPD3B10B WSPD3N10B HEG 100 29.19 13.38 7.91 







3-phase, 4-wire SN, Wye 208/120V AC 



Disconnect) 



Breaker 

Type 

kA Surge 



WSPD3B10C WSPD3N10C HEG 100 29.19 13.38 7.91 











b 200 - 500kA devices requite additional lead time. 

Please contact sales office for details on lead time. 

3-90 


Power Mod 

Type WSPD Surge Protection Modules: Knockout Diagrams 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

WSPD1B10A 

WSPD1B20A 

WSPD1B30A 

WSPD1B40A 

WSPD1B50A 

WSPD-B 

WSPD3B10B 

WSPD3B10C 

WSPD3B20B 

WSPD3B20C 

WSPD3B30B 

WSPD3B30C 

WSPD3B40B 

WSPD3B40C 

WSPD3B50B 

WSPD3B50C 

With breaker disconnect 

WSPD1N10A 

WSPD1N20A 

WSPD1N30A 

WSPD1N40A 

WSPD1N50A 

WSPD-N 

WSPD3N10B 

WSPD3N10C 

WSPD3N20B 

WSPD3N20C 

WSPD3N30B 

WSPD3N30C 

WSPD3N40B 

WSPD3N40C 

WSPD3N50B 

WSPD3N50C 

No breaker disconnect 


Power Mod 


Type Skinny WSPD Surge Protection Enclosure 

Skinny WSPD Surge Protection Enclosure 

Flexible surge protection in a small footprint. Choose desired 

Surge Protection Device to be paired with the Skinny WSPD 

enclosure. (SPD sold separately) 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

Space Saving Selectable Surge Protection: 

n 35 – 100kA Surge Current Protection 

n Single and Three Phase 

n NEMA 3R Outdoor Enclosure 

n 1200 amp horizontal bus rating 

n Suitable for 65k AIC applications 

Skinny WSPD enclosure 

Catalog Number Amps Phase Enclosure Type Short Circuit Current Rating 

WSPD1N 1200 1 NEMA 3R (Outdoor) 65kA 

WSPD3N 1200 3 NEMA 3R (Outdoor) 65kA 

Single Phase SPD Options 

Three Phase SPD Options 

SPD Type 1 

Catalog Number Surge Current Rating Installation 

TPS3A030500 50kA External a 

TPS3A03050N 50kA (N-G)P External a 

TPS3A0305D0 50kA DRY External a 

TPS3A0305DN 50kA DRY (N-G)P External a 

TPS3A0910000 100kA External a 

TPS3A091000E 100kA EIL External a 

TPS3A0910D00 100kA DRY External a 

TPS3A0910D0E 100kA DRY EIL External a 

QSPD2A035B 35kA Internal c 

QSPD2A065P 65kA Internal c 

SPD Type 2 


FS060 60kA External a 

FS100 100kA External a 

SPD Type 1 


TPS3B030500 50kA 240/120 3PH 4W Delta External b 

TPS3B03050N 50kA (N-G)P 240/120 3PH 4W Delta External b 

TPS3B0305D0 50kA DRY 240/120 3PH 4W Delta External b 

TPS3B0305DN 50kA DRY (N-G)P 240/120 3PH 4W Delta External b 

TPS3C030500 50kA 208Y/120V 3PH 4W External b 

TPS3C03050N 50kA (N-G)P 208Y/120V 3PH 4W External b 

TPS3C0305D0 50kA DRY 208Y/120V 3PH 4W External b 

TPS3C0305DN 50kA DRY (N-G)P 208Y/120V 3PH 4W External b 

TPS3B0910000 100kA 240/120 3PH 4W Delta External b 

TPS3B091000E 100kA EIL 240/120 3PH 4W Delta External b 

TPS3B0910D00 100kA DRY 240/120 3PH 4W Delta External b 

TPS3B0910D0E 100kA DRY EIL 240/120 3PH 4W Delta External b 

TPS3C0910000 100kA 208Y/120V 3PH 4W External b 

TPS3C091000E 100kA EIL 208Y/120V 3PH 4W External b 

TPS3C0910D00 100kA DRY 208Y/120V 3PH 4W External b 

TPS3C0910D0E 100kA DRY EIL 208Y/120V 3PH 4W External b 

QSPD3B065 65kA 240/120 3PH 4W Delta Internal c 

QSPD3C065 65kA 208Y/120V 3PH 4W Internal c 

Enclosure with 

Boltshield installed. 

SPD sold separately. 

Enclosure with circuit 

breaker and TPS3 installed. 

SPD sold separately 

a SPD is mounted externally and connected to the bus 

via a Q230HH circuit breaker purchased separately and 

installed in this unit. Install the SPD in accordance with 

standard practices to ensure watertight connections. 

Conduit and fittings must be purchased separately. 

b SPD is mounted externally and connected to the bus 

via a Q330HH circuit breaker purchased separately and 

installed in this unit. Install the SPD in accordance with 

standard practices to ensure watertight connections. 

Conduit and fittings must be purchased separately. 

c SPD is a plug-on device installed directly on the mounting 

provisions in this unit. 

3-92 


Power Mod 


Type Skinny WSPD Surge Protection Enclosure: Knockout Diagrams 

WSPD1N 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

WSPD3N 


Power Mod 


Type WMN ConEd Residential Meter Stacks 

3 

WMN ConEd Residential 

Meter Stacks 

Siemens Consolidated Edison Residential Meter Stacks are 

packed with features inside and out; our exclusive knock 

out plate offers flexibility when pulling wires to the stack, 

moveable neutrals and grounds to save wire, and all of 

the QuickSystem features all designed with the contractor 

in mind. Features 10" socket center-to-center distance to 

allow use of meter pulling tools. 

METER 

CENTERS 

Surge Protection Module quick reference 

n 2-6 gang 

n 125/225 Amp per position 

n 1200Amp horizontal bus rating 



n AIC rating: (100K) 

n Voltage 


– 240V AC max 


n Outdoor = NEMA 3R rated 

n Indoor = NEMA 1R rated 



3-94 


Power Mod 


Type WMN ConEd Residential Meter Stacks 


n 2-6 gang 


bus rating 



3 METER 

CENTERS 

Residential 5-jaw ring type meter stacks; 3-phase, 4-wire SN, incoming and 1-phase, 3 wire SN outgoing c 

Outdoor 

Catalog 

number 

Indoor 

Catalog 

number 


Meter 

positions 

per stack 

WMN22125J MN22125J 2 

Breaker 

provision 

a Maximum 


Knockout 

AIC Height Width Depth Diagram 

100k 35.31 12.97 8.09 WMN-1 

WMN32125J MN32125J 3 QP, QPH, 

100k 46.31 12.97 8.09 WMN-2 

WMN42125J MN42125J 4 

HQP, HQPH, 

MP-T, MP-HT, 

100k 56.31 12.97 8.09 WMN-3 

WMN52125J MN52125J 5 MPMT 

100k 66.31 12.97 8.09 WMN-4 

WMN62125J MN62125J 6 100k 76.31 12.97 8.09 WMN-5 

Max. tenant breaker (Amps): 225 b 

WMN22225J MN22225J 2 

100k 35.31 16.09 8.09 WMN-6 

WMN32225J 

WMN42225J 

WMN52225J 

MN32225J 

MN42225J 

MN52225J 

3 

4 

5 


HQS, HQSH, 

QP, QPH, HQP, 

HQPH, MP-T, 

MP-HT, MPMT 

100k 

100k 

100k 

46.31 

56.31 

66.31 

16.09 

16.09 

16.09 

8.09 

8.09 

8.09 

WMN-7 

WMN-8 

WMN-9 

WMN62225J MN62225J 6 100k 76.31 16.09 8.09 WMN-10 





225A available in lower three positions only. 

200A continuous for all other positions. 

Must use QuickPhase features to route all sockets AWAY 

from high-leg when 240/120 Delta voltage is used. 


breakers. 

Install QP breakers below QS. 


Power Mod 

Type WMN ConEd Residential Meter Stacks: Knockout Diagrams 

WMN-1 

WMN22125J 

MN22125J 

WMN-2 

WMN32125J 

MN32125J 

WMN-3 

WMN42125J 

MN42125J 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 


WMN-4 

WMN52125J 

MN52125J 

WMN-5 

WMN52125J 

MN62125J 


(6) CENTER PUNCH 

LOCATORS 


(6) KOs 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2" 

3-96 


Power Mod 

Type WMN ConEd Residential Meter Stacks: Knockout Diagrams 

WMN-6 

WMN22225J 

MN22225J 

WMN-7 

WMN32225J 

MN32225J 

WMN-8 

WMN42225J 

MN42225J 

3 METER 

CENTERS 


WMN-9 

WMN52225J 

MN52225J 

WMN-10 

WMN62225J 

MN62225J 




Power Mod 


Type WTBN ConEd Tap boxes 


ConEd Tap Boxes (type WTBN) are designed to meet 

the requirements of the Consolidated Edison Utility 

service area. WTBN tap boxes feature a shallow 

depth for front and rear alignment with WMN stacks. 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

ConEd Tap boxes 


n 1200Amp horizontal bus rating 



n AIC rating: (100K AIC) 

n Voltage 


– 240V AC max 





3-98 


Power Mod 




n 400-1200A 


bus rating 



3 METER 

CENTERS 

Tap Box modules: 3-phase, 4 wire SN, 208/120V AC Max 


(100k AC) 


(100k AC) 

Blank Endwall 

Ampere 

Rating 

a Service 


Line Side Connections 

feed b Height Width Depth (Lugs) 

Knockout 

Diagram 

WTBN3400CU WTBN3400CUNH 400 OH/UG 48.81 17.63 8.063 1 Set Of 2 Studs WTBN-1 

WTBN3600CU WTBN3600CUNH 600 OH/UG 48.81 17.63 8.063 1 Set Of 2 Studs WTBN-2 

WTBN3800CU WTBN3800CUNH 800 OH/UG 52.84 25.63 8.094 2 Sets Of 2 Studs WTBN-3 

WTBN31200CU WTBN31200CUNH 1200 OH/UG 64.47 25.63 8.094 2 Sets Of 2 Studs WTBN-4 





b Devices have studs on top and bottom, but only one 

side should be used. 


Power Mod 


METER 

CENTERS 

3 

WTBN-1 

WTBN3400CU 

WTBN-2 

WTBN3600CU 

WTBN-3 

WTBN3800CU 

WTBN-4 

WTBN31200CU 

3-100 


Power Mod 


WMMB Aux Pull Box 


n EUSERC compliant 

incoming pull section 

n Dual cover handles 

n Single and three 

phase models 

n No horizontal bus 

n EUSERC drawing 

number 343 and 347 

EUSERC compliant pullbox modules: 1-phase, 3-wire SN, incoming , 120/240V AC max. c 

Catalog 

number 

Ampere 

rating 

Withstand 

rating b 

Service 

feed 



KO 

drawing 

no. 

Line terminal lugs no. 

and size per line and netural 

Knockout 

Diagrams 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

WMMB1400 400 65,000 UG 37.50 16.69 9.34 P-1 1 set of 2 studs P-1 


WMMB11200 1200 65,000 UG 47.50 25.94 12.72 P-3 3 sets of 2 studs P-3 

EUSERC compliant pullbox modules: 3-phase, 4-wire SN, incoming, 240V AC max. c 

Catalog 

number 

Ampere 

rating 

Withstand 

rating b 

Service 

feed 



KO 

drawing 

no. 

Line terminal lugs no. 

and size per line and netural 

Knockout 

Diagrams 



WMMB31200 1200 65,000 UG 47.50 33.83 12.72 P-3 3 sets of 2 studs P-3 

Please Note: As of 4/10/2019 the WMMB modules no longer 

come with the pass through bushing. If it is required please 

order it as a separate part. The pass through bushing part 

number is WMMBK 





b Devices rated for 22,000. 65,000 rating requires cables 

to be tied together. Please see instructions with pullbox 

for details. 

c Devices do not have horizontal bus. 


Power Mod 

WMMB Aux Pull Box: Knockout Diagrams 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

W 

W 

P-1 

P-2 

P-3 

WMMB1400 

WMMB3400 

WMMB1800 

WMMB3800 

Width 

19.44 

25.94 

WMMB11200 

WMMB31200 

Width 

25.94 

33.83 

3-102 


Power Mod 


Expandable Elbows and Spacers 

Expandable Elbows 

The new expandable elbow provides a never before seen level of flexibility for 

multifamily metering products. This elbow has telescoping sides that allow both 

sides of the device to be extended. Variable widths on these elbows allow the 

installer to get the installation just right when connecting two parts of a meter bank 

together via the use of a corner. 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Elbow: Closed Position 

Expandable Spacers 

Elbow: Both Sides Expanded 

The expandable spacer is also a brand new arrival to the Power Mod product portfolio 

that works similar to the expandable elbow. Now electrical room installations can 

be designed for exact installation precision; the expandable spacer allows the 

installer to change the width of the meter bank spacer to an exact measurement. 

Flexability in Meter Bank 

Installations 

The diagram below shows how 

complex electrical rooms could be 

problematic when spacers and elbows 

do not have flexibility. In this example, 

an expandable spacer and expandable 

elbow can allow an engineer to design 

a meter bank installation on a jagged 

wall with all parts of the meter bank 

comfortably mounted on all walls 

without the need of additional strut or 

other artificial walls. 

WT 

WXB 

Spacer 

WMM 

WMM 

Inside 

Corner 

WMM x 3 

Outside 

Corner 

Top View 

Spacer: Closed Position 

Spacer: Both Sides Expanded 


Power Mod 


Elbows and Spacers 

Elbows and Spacers 

Siemens offers a wide range of auxiliary 

modules to help product fit your application. 

All units come with appropriate hardware 

and instruction sheets for safe installation. 

Standard elbow 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

12˝ to 18˝ 

12˝ to 18˝ 

Bussed Elbow and Bussed Extensions/Spacers 

NEMA 1 

Elbows 

NEMA 3R 

Elbows 

Bussed 

Extensions/ 

Spacers 

12˝ to 18˝ 

12˝ to 18˝ 

12.06˝ 

12.06˝ 

12.06˝ 

30.8˝ 

30.8˝ 

30.8˝ 

15˝ 

15˝ 

12˝ to 18˝ 

W 

BE1/BE4 

12˝ to 18˝ 

ELBT118/ELBT318 

BE1/BE4 

15˝ 

12˝ to 18˝ 

W 

12˝ to 18˝ 

W 



W 

D 

Inside Corner 

15˝ 

6.5˝ 

7.25˝ 

6˝ to cross 

bus center 

Inside Corner 

8.3˝ 

W 

BE1/BE4 

6.5˝ 

W 

D 

Inside Corner 

6.5˝ 

8.3˝ 

8.3˝ 

D 

7.25˝ 

7.25˝ 

10˝ to 17˝ 

6˝ to cross 

bus center 

6˝ to cross 

bus center 

10˝ to 17˝ 

10˝ to 17˝ 

12˝ to 18˝ 

15˝ 

15˝ 

12˝ to 18˝ 

BE4 

Outside Corner 

12˝ to 18˝ 


12˝ to 18˝ 


12.06˝ 

12.06˝ 

12.06˝ 

W 

6.5˝ 

W 

7.25˝ 

6˝ to cross 

bus center 

6˝ to cross 

bus center 

D 

Catalog 

number 

BE1 b 

BE4 b 

BE112 b 

BE412 b 

ELBT118 

ELBT318 

a Dimensions shown are representative of outside 8.3˝box dimensions 

10˝ WSP1/WSP3and do not include 

to 17˝ 

allowances for mounting bumps, endwalls, SFT1/SPT3 covers, hubs, or hardware protrusions. 


8.3˝ 

10˝ to 17˝ 

SFT1/SPT3 

W 

W 

6.5˝ 

6.5˝ 

W 

W 

7.25˝ 

7.25˝ 

D 

D 

WSP1/WSP3 

8.3˝ 

10˝ to 17˝ 

6˝ to cross 

SFT1/SPT3 bus center 

WSP1/WSP3 

WELB318 

WELB118 

WELB312 

WELB112 

WELB307E 

WELB107E 

WSP1 

WSP3 

SPT1 

SPT3 

Description 

Indoor Bussed Elbow, 15", 1-phase, 

3-wire, 1200 Amp maximum 

Indoor Bussed Elbow, 15", 3-phase, 


Indoor Bussed Elbow,12”, 1-phase, 


Indoor Bussed Elbow, 12”, 3-phase, 


Indoor Bussed Elbow, Inside Corner, 

Expandable Range from 1"-18", 

1-phase, 3-wire, 1200 Amp max 

Indoor Bussed Elbow, Inside Corner, 

Expandable Range from 1"-18", 

3-phase, 4-wire, 1200 Amp max 

Outdoor Elbow, Inside corner, 

3-phase, 100k max AIC 


1–Phase, 100k max AIC 





Outdoor Elbow, Outside corner, 


Outdoor Elbow, Outside corner, 


Outdoor Bussed Extension, 

1-phase, 3-wire, 

1200 Amp maximum 

Outdoor Bussed Extension, 

3-phase, 4-wire, 


Indoor Bussed Spacer, Expandable 

Range 10"-17", 1-phase, 3-wire, 


Indoor Bussed Spacer, Expandable 

Range 10"-17", 3-phase, 4-wire, 


b Do not connect indoor elbows directly to busway. 

Expandable elbow 



5.62 15.06 4.87 

5.62 15.06 4.87 

5.62 12.09 4.87 

5.62 12.09 4.87 

30.8 

30.8 

Expandable 

12" - 18" 

Expandable 

12" - 18" 

7.8 

7.8 

30.06 18.31 7.97 

30.06 18.31 7.97 

30.06 12.31 7.97 

30.06 12.31 7.97 

30.06 6.80 7.97 

30.06 6.80 7.97 

12.06 6.50 7.25 

12.06 6.50 7.25 

30.8 

30.8 

Expandable 

10" - 17" 

Expandable 

10" - 17" 

8.3 

8.3 

3-104 


Uni-PAK 


Uni-PAK Metering: Introduction 


Siemens Uni-PAK Metering offers maximum flexibility and ease 

of installation to meet the service requirements of multiple 

position metering projects. The outdoor/indoor devices are 

available in two through six gang set-ups which consist of a pull 

section with main lugs or stud terminations, and 4/5 jaw meter 

sockets with tenant circuit breaker provisions. 


n Siemens exclusive 200 ampere/position feature 

the QS breaker for faster / easier installation 

n Removable knock-out plate for back exit 

n Mounting rail for wall hanging - Siemens Exclusive 

n UL Listed for use with 60/75C degree wire 

n Outdoor/indoor construction 

n Overhead or underground service; load top, 

bottom or back 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Standard Uni-Pak 

Quick Reference 

• ANSI - Standard #C 12.7-1987 

• NEMA - Standard #250-1985 

• UL - File #E27100 

• UL - Standard #50, 67,414 

• Voltage 240V AC Maximum 

• 125 amp or 200 amp Maximum 

per position 

• 1000 Amps maximum bus 

• 2-6 positions 


Uni-PAK 



Uni-PAK Construction 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

Sturdy Steel Base Pan 

Provides reinforcing durable support 

for each tenant main breaker. 

2 Pole up to 225A @100kAIC 

Fits in 2 inch – compact width 

reduces enclosure size limiting 

total mounting space required. 

Handle 

available on larger devices to 

make lifting the unit easier. 

Top And Bottom Exit 

Line Lugs Factory 

Installed (WP, WEP, 

WPC) 

Rigid Molded Side Wall 

Provides reinforcing vertical 

support for each tenant main 

breaker. 


Ensures secure connection for 

breaker wiring. 

125 amp breakers can go into 

225 amp positions without 

conversion kits. 

Barrel Lock Capable Covers 

Accepts common utility barrel 

locks to protect against 

unauthorized usage. 

Lockable Breaker Cover 

1 Extra Neutral And Ground Termination 

3-106 


Uni-PAK 



Uni-PAK Features and Benefits 

Mounting Rail 

Simplified mounting by using a 

separate rail to hang the device. 

(Please Note: a mounting rail is 

not applicable for two position 

125A WP and WEP devices) 

5Th Jaw Option 

Located in 6 or 9 o’clock 

position. Factory or field 

installed 

Horn Bypass Option 

Factory or field installed. 

Front Accessible Connections 

All connections use similar 

hardware and use belleville 

washers for tight connections. 

Ring Or Ringless Covers 

Individual ring or ringless type 

meter covers. Ring to ringless kits 

available to make last minute cover 

changes for specified utility 

requirements. 

Apartment No. Emboss 

Provides convenience and 

organization. 

More Features 

1) Large range of ampacities 200- 1000A 

2) 125 amp continuous duty sockets 

feed plug-in tenant breakers through 

125 Amps 

3) 200 amp continuous duty sockets 

feed plug-in tenant breakers through 

225 Amps 

4) UL Listed for short circuit ratings up to 

100,000 RMS symmetrical Amps at 

240V AC 

5) Lever Bypass models available 

6) EUSERC compliant models available 

7) 2 - 6 number of meter positions 

8) Outdoor/indoor construction 

9) Overhead or underground service; 

load top, bottom or back 

10) Compact design for ease of handling 

and installation 

11) All unmetered bus is barriered and 

sealable to prevent unauthorized 

access. 

12) Electrodeposited paint provides 

uniform coverage for long-lasting 

protection and sharp appearance 

13) Complies with the following industry 

standards 

-ANSI - Standard # C 12.7-1987 

-NEMA - Standard #250-1985 

-UL - File #E10703 

-UL - Standard#50, 67, 414 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Removable Back End KO Plate 

Simplifies and speeds up pulling 

wire. Entire plate can be removed 

to allow ample space for wire. 

Knockouts in the plate can be 

removed before or after stack 

installation. 

Rain Channel 

Rotates out of the way for easy 

KO access 


Uni-PAK 


Uni-PAK Metering: WP Ring Style 

Single Piece Tenant cover 

225 amp 

devices 

accept 

standard 

125 amp 

breakers 

Mounting 

Rail c 

Features 

n Individual split covers 

n Ring style meter construction 

n UL Listed for 60 / 75°C conductors. See equipment 

markings for applications 

n For small apartment buildings, small professional and 

commercial buildings 

n Completely self-contained meter centers 

n Two to six 125A and 225A sockets breaker positions 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

Extra 

Neutral & 

Ground 

Provisions 

Factory 

Installed 

Lugs 

n Outdoor surface mounted enclosures 

n Compact, pre-bussed, easy to handle, hang and wire 

n Barriered, sealable compartment for unmetered currentcarrying 

parts 

n 

Al/Cu lay-in lugs, except two position 125A units 

n Top or bottom feed 

Removable KO Plate 

Smaller, 

more compact 

design 

enclosures 

are lighter 

and use 

less space 

n Bottom and rear branch wiring exits (Neutral and 

ground at bottom only) 

n ANSI #61 light gray electrodeposited paint on 

G90 galvanized steel 

n Field installable 5th jaw kit 

Ring Style Uni-PAK 120/240V 1 Phase, 3 Wire 

Maximum 

Tenant 

Main 

125 

225 

Bus 

Amperage 

Meter 

Positions 

Per Pak 

Catalog 

Number 

Breaker 

Provision 

Dimensions 

5th Jaw 

Assembly 

200 2 WP2211 c Max. AIC Height Width Depth 

Line Lugs Wire Range 

26.26 13.80 5.81 

#6-300 kcmil 

300 3 WP3311 38.75 

#2-600 kcmil 

25.42 

4 WP4411 

QP, QPH, 

47.75 

1/0-750 kcmil CU-AL or (2) 

400 5 WP4511 HQP, MP-T, 

65,000 38.75 38.95 

1/0-250 AL or (2) 1/0-3/0 CU 

6 WP4611 MP-HT, 

500 4 WP5411 

MP-MT 

47.75 26.47 

5 WP6511 

39.01 

(2) #2-600 kcmil 

600 

38.75 

6 WP6611 40.01 

ECMF5 

2 WP4212 

29.75 

7.56 6:00 or 9:00 

1/0-750 kcmil CU-AL or (2) 

400 3 WP4312 38.75 28.53 

1/0-250 AL or (2) 1/0-3/0 CU 

WP4412 QP, QPH, 

4 

HQP, MP-T, 

47.75 

WP6412 29.59 

MP-HT, 

600 5 WP6512 

100,000 

MP-MT, QS, 

(2) #2-600 kcmil 

46.22 

WP6612 QSH, QSHH, 

800 6 WP8612 

HQS, HQSH 

38.75 

(2) 1/0-750 kcmil or (4) 1/0- 

51.03 

250 AL or (4) 1/0-3/0 CU 

1000 WP10612 (3) #2-500 kcmil 

Uni-PAK Alternate Lug Kits (WP ONLY) b 

WPLK2400 400A Bus Lug Kit (2) #4-250 


Replacement Factory Installed Lug Kits (WP & WEP Only) 

ECMLK3225 

300 KCMIL - For use in devices with 200A rated bus 

(contains 1 lug assembly) 

WPRLK600 

600 KCMIL - For use in devices with 300A, 500A, 600A or 

1000A rated bus (contains 1 lug assembly) 

WPRLK750 

750 KCMIL- For use in devices with 400A or 800A rated bus 






b Designed for GA Power. Not limited thereto. 

c Mounting Rails are not applicable for two position 125A 

WP and WEP devices. These units are light enough to 

be mounted using the back wall mounting dimples. 

3-108 


Uni-PAK 


Uni-PAK Metering: WP Ringless Style, No Bypass 


225 amp 

devices 

accept 

standard 

125 amp 

breakers 

Extra 

Neutral & 

Ground 

Provisions 


Mounting 

Rail c 

Factory 

Installed 

Lugs 

Smaller, 

more 

compact 

design 

enclosures 

are lighter 

and use 

less space 

Features 

n Ringless meter construction 

n Individual split covers with barrel lock compatibility 

n Available with horn bypass factory installed 

n UL Listed for 60/75°C conductors See equipment 


n For small apartment buildings, small professional 

and commercial buildings 


n Two to six 125A and 225A breaker positions 

n Compact, pre-bussed, easy to handle, hang and wire 

n Barriered, sealable compartment for unmetered 

current-carrying parts 

n 

AI/Cu lay-in lugs, except two position 125A units 






n 5th jaw kit included with each unit 


3 METER 

CENTERS 

Ringless Style Uni-PAK 120/240V 1 Phase, 3 Wire 

Max. 

Tenant 

Main 

No Bypass 

125 

225 

Bus 

Amperage 

Meter 

Positions 

Per Pak 

Catalog 

Number 

Breaker 

Provision 

Max. AIC 

Dimensions 


5th Jaw 

Assembly 

Horn 

Bypass 

Kit 

Line Lugs 

Wire Range 

200 2 WP2211RJ c 26.26 13.80 5.81 

#6-300 kcmil 

300 3 WP3311RJ 38.75 

#2-600 kcmil 

25.42 

4 WP4411RJ QP, QPH, 

47.75 1/0-750 kcmil CU-AL or 

400 5 WP4511RJ HQP, MP-T, 

(2) 1/0-250 AL or 

65,000 

MP-HT, 

38.75 38.95 

6 WP4611RJ 

(2) 1/0-3/0 CU 

MP-MT 

500 4 WP5411RJ 47.75 26.47 

600 

5 WP6511RJ 

39.01 

(2) #2-600 kcmil 

38.75 

6 WP6611RJ 40.01 

INCL. 

2 WP4212RJ 

29.75 

9:00 

ECMFH 1/0-750 kcmil CU-AL or 

7.56 factory 

400 3 WP4312RJ 38.75 28.53 

(2) 1/0-250 AL or 

6:00 field 

WP4412RJ QP, QPH, 

(2) 1/0-3/0 CU 

4 

HQP, MP-T, 

47.75 

WP6412RJ 29.59 

MP-HT, 

600 5 WP6512RJ 

MP-MT, 100,000 

(2) #2-600 kcmil 

46.22 

WP6612RJ QS, QSH, 

800 6 WP8612RJ 

QSHH, 

38.75 

(2) 1/0-750 kcmil or 

HQS, HQSH 

(4) 1/0-250 AL or 

51.03 

(4) 1/0-3/0 CU 

1000 WP10612RJ (3) #2-500 kcmil 





ECMLK3225 



WPRLK600 



WPRLK750 

750 KCMIL- For use in devices with 400A or 800A rated bus (contains 

1 lug assembly) 






c Mounting Rails are not applicable for two position 

125 WP and WEP devices. These units are light enough 

to be mounted using the back wall mounting dimples. 


Uni-PAK 


Uni-PAK Metering: WP Ringless Style, Horn Bypass 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 


225 amp 

devices 

accept 

standard 

125 amp 

breakers 

Extra 

Neutral & 

Ground 

Provisions 

Removable 

KO Plate 

Ringless Style Uni-PAK 120/240V 1 Phase, 3 Wire 

Max. 

Tenant 

Main 

Bus 

Amperage 

Horn Bypass 

125 

225 

Meter 

Positions 

Per Pak 

Mounting 

Rail d 

Factory 

Installed 

Lugs 

Smaller, 

more 

compact 

design 

enclosures 

are lighter 

and use 

less space 

Catalog 

Number Breaker Provision Max. AIC 

Features 

n Ringless meter construction 

n Individual split covers with barrel lock compatibility 

n Horn bypass factory installed 

n UL Listed for 60/75°C conductors See equipment 


n For small apartment buildings, small professional and 

commercial buildings 


n Two to six 125A and 225A breaker positions 



n AI/Cu lay-in lugs, except two position 125A units 






n 5th jaw kit included with each unit 


Dimensions 


5th Jaw 

Assembly 

Line Lugs 

Wire Range 

200 2 WP2211RJB d 26.26 13.80 5.81 

#6-300 kcmil 

300 3 WP3311RJB 38.75 

#2-600 kcmil 

25.42 

4 WP4411RJB 47.75 1/0-750 kcmil CU-AL or 

400 5 WP4511RJB QP, QPH, HQP, MP-T, 

(2) 1/0-250 AL or 

65,000 38.75 38.95 

6 WP4611RJB MP-HT, MP-MT 

(2) 1/0-3/0 CU 

500 4 WP5411RJB 47.75 26.47 

5 WP6511RJB 

(2) #2-600 kcmil 

600 

38.75 40.00 

6 WP6611RJB 

INCL. 

2 WP4212RJB 

29.75 

9:00 1/0-750 kcmil CU-AL or 

400 3 WP4312RJB 38.75 28.53 7.56 

factory (2) 1/0-250 AL or 

WP4412RJB 

6:00 field (2) 1/0-3/0 CU 

4 

QP, QPH, HQP, MP-T, 

47.75 

WP6412RJB 29.59 

600 5 WP6512RJB MP-HT, MP-MT, QS, 

100,000 

(2) #2-600 kcmil 

QSH, QSHH, HQS, 

46.22 

6 WP6612RJB 

HQSH 

38.75 

(2) 1/0-750 kcmil or (4) 1/0- 

800 6 WP8612RJB 

51.03 

250 AL or (4) 1/0-3/0 CU 

1000 6 WP10612RJB (3) #2-500 kcmil 

Horn Bypass, Alternate Enclosure Size and Lug Configuration c 

125 200 2 WPC2211RJB d QP, QPH, HQP, MP-T, 

65,000 32.53 13.80 5.81 

MP-HT, MP-MT 

INCL. 

#6-300 kcmil 

QP, QPH, HQP, MP-T, 

9:00 

225 400 2 WPC4212RJB 

100,000 29.75 

MP-HT, MP-MT, QS, 

factory 

28.53 7.56 

QSH, QSHH, HQS, 

6:00 field 

225 400 3 WPC4312RJB 100,000 38.75 

HQSH 

#6-350 kcmil 





ECMLK3225 



WPRLK600 



WPRLK750 

750 KCMIL- For use in devices with 400A or 800A rated bus 







c Designed for use with Alliant Energy. Not limited thereto. 

d Mounting Rails are not applicable for two position 125A 

WP and WEP devices. These units are light enough to 

be mounted using the back wall mounting dimples. 

3-110 


Uni-PAK 


Uni-PAK Metering: WEP Ringstyle EUSERC 

225 amp 

devices 

accept 

standard 

125 amp 

breakers 

Single Piece 

Tenant cover 

Factory 

Installed Lugs 

Mounting 

Rail f 

Features 

n Individual split covers 

n UL Listed for 60 / 75°C conductors. See equipment 




n Semi flush with applicable field installed kit 

Extra 

Neutral & 

Ground 

Provisions 



n Al/Cu lay-in lugs, except two socket units 




n 

Meets EUSERC specifications when NEMA stud 

kit and flushing ring (if required) is field added. 

Compression lugs, if required, are sold separately. 

3 METER 

CENTERS 


EUSERC Compliant Ring Style Uni-PAK 120/240V 1 Phase, 3 Wire 

Max. 

Tenant 

Main 

125 

225 

Meter 

Positions 

Per Pak 

Catalog 

Number 

Breaker 

Provision 

Dimensions 

5th Jaw 

Assembly Line Lugs Wire Range 

Bus 

Amperage 

Semi- 

Flush 

Kit # 

EUSERC 

Drawing 

#342 

Max. AIC Height Width Depth 

200 2 WEP2211 f 32.52 13.80 

#6-300 kcmil WPFK1 figure 1 

300 3 WEP3311 38.75 

#2-600 kcmil WPFK2 

25.42 

4 WEP4411 QP, QPH, 

47.75 1/0-750 kcmil CU-AL or WPFK3 

400 

(2) 1/0-250 AL or 

5 WEP4511 

HQP, MP-T, 

65,000 38.75 38.94 

(2) 1/0-3/0 CU 

MP-HT, 

figure 3 

500 4 WP5411 

MP-MT 

47.75 31.28 

WPFK4 

400 6 WEP4611 

(2) #2-600 kcmil 

5 WEP6511 

38.75 44.82 

600 

WPFK5 

6 WEP6611 

ECMF5 

2 WEP4212 

29.75 

7.56 6:00 or 1/0-750 kcmil CU-AL or WPFK6 figure 2 

400 3 WEP4312 38.75 28.53 

9:00 (2) 1/0-250 AL or 

WPFK7 

WEP4412 QP, QPH, 

(2) 1/0-3/0 CU 

WPFK8 

4 

HQP, MP-T, 

47.75 

WEP6412 34.41 

WPFK9 figure 3 

MP-HT, 

600 5 WEP6512 

(2) #2-600 kcmil 

MP-MT, 100,000 

WEP6612 

QS, QSH, 

QSHH, 

51.04 (2) 1/0-750 kcmil or WPFK10 

800 

38.75 

6 WEP8612 HQS, HQSH 

(4) 1/0-250 AL or 

(4) 1/0-3/0 CU 

N/A 

1000 WEP10612 57.53 (3) #2-500 kcmil WPFK11 

EUSERC Dual-amp Uni-PAK for EV Car Charger cd 

Max. Tenant 

Main 

Bus 

Amperage 

Meter 

Positions 

Per Pak 

Catalog 

Number Breaker Provision Max. AIC 

Position 1: 50A 

Position 2: 200A 200A 2 WEP2212EVf QP, QPH, HQP, QS, QSH, 

QSHH, HQS, HQSH 

Dimensions 


5th Jaw 

Assembly Line Lugs Wire Range 

65,000 32.47 16.25 6.03 ECMF5 300 kcmil - #4 AWG 

NEMA Stud Kits (WEP Only) e 

Catalog Number Amperage Note 

WPSK400 400A fits 300-400 

WPSK600 600A fits 500-600 

WPSK800 800A — 

WPSK1000 1000A — 


ECMLK3225 



WPRLK600 



WPRLK750 

750 KCMIL- For use in devices with 400A or 800A rated bus (contains 






Please note the EUSERC standard currently only covers up to 

600 amp devices. Please consult utility prior to installation. 

c Applies to EUSERC drawing #342. 

d Uni-PAK designed for EV car charger. Has separate meter for 

utility company to offer lower rate for power to EV charger 

(50A top position). 

e To be used with compression or mechanical lugs. Power 

Mod type LK_N2(E) lug kits can be used. View cutsheet for 

specific lug kit options. 

f Mounting Rails are not applicable for two position 125A 

WP and WEP devices nor the EV device. These units are 

light enough to be mounted using the back wall mounting 

dimples. 


Uni-PAK 


Uni-PAK Metering: WPL Ringless Style, Lever Bypass 

HQ Lever 

Bypass 

Mounting 

Rail 

Dual Hub Provisions 

Features: 

n Side mounted handles to help in lifting 

n Provisions for one, two, or three incoming 

conductors per have and neutral (lugs field installed) 

n 225 amp branch tenant provisions @ 100,000 AIC 

n Full line of 2-6 position devices 

n Light and compact design 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

Factory 

installed 

5th Jaw 

125/225 

amp tenant 

provisions 

n Individual split cover 

n UL Listed for 60/75 degrees C conductors. See 

equipment markings for applications 

n For small apartment buildings, small professional 

and commercial buildings 



Removable 

KO Plate 



n Top or bottom fed 

Dual barrel lock provisions 

2-4 position 

column construction 

Field installed 

lugs with 1,2,3 

conductor options 




G90 galvanized steel. 

Ringless Style Uni-PAK 120/240V 1 Phase, 3 Wire, Lever Bypass 

Max. 

Tenant 

Main 

Bus 

Amperage 

Meter 

Positions 

Per Pak 

Catalog 

Number 

Breaker 

Provision 

Max. AIC 

Dimensions 


5th Jaw 

Assembly 

Line Lugs Wire Range 

2 WPL4212RJ 

36.88 

225 

400 

600 

3 WPL4312RJ 49.88 

4 

WPL4412RJ 

WPL6412RJ 

5 WPL6512RJ 

WPL6612RJ 

800 6 WPL8612RJ 

1000 WPL10612RJ 

QP, QPH, HQP, 

MP-T, MP-HT, 

MP-MT, QS, 

QSH, QSHH, 

HQS, HQSH 

100,000 

62.88 

49.75 

33.72 

53.56 

57.81 

9.84 

INCL. 

9:00 

position 

3/8" Stud – 

Field installed lugs 

Lug Kits (WPL only) 

Catalog 

Number 

H56476 

H60162 

Wire 

Range 

3/0-800 kcmil 

(2) 1/0-250 kcmil OR 

(1) #4-600 kcmil 

H68752-1 (3) #6-250 kcmil 

H56732 (2) #4-350 kcmil 

H56732-M (2) #4-500 kcmil 





Lug kits should be chosen based on the wire size being run to the unit. 

Wire should be sized according to the National Electrical Code. Lugs are 

sold separately. On 400-600A applications, a total of 3 lugs are required to 

wire the line side of the device. Lugs sold in packs of 2 pieces. 

3-112 


Uni-PAK 

Uni-PAK Metering: Dimensional and Knockout Diagrams 

WP2211 

Top view for 

WP2211 and WEP2211 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Bottom view for 


WEP2211 


Uni-PAK 


WP3311 

WEP3311 

Top view for 

WP3311, WP4411, WEP3311 and WEP4411 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 



WP4411 

WEP4411 

3-114 


Uni-PAK 


WP5411 

Top view for 

WP5411 


WP5411 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

WEP5411 

Top view for 

WEP5411 


WEP5411 


Uni-PAK 


WP4511 

WEP4511 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 



Top view for 


WP4611 

WEP4611 

3-116 


Uni-PAK 


WP6511 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Top view for WP6511 and WP6611 


WP6511 and WP6611 

WP6611 


Uni-PAK 


WEP6511 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

Top view for WEP6511 and WEP6611 


WEP6511 and WEP6611 

WEP6611 

3-118 


Uni-PAK 


WP4212 

WEP4212 

Top view for 

WP4212, WEP4212, WP4312 and WEP4312 

3 METER 

CENTERS 


WP4212, WEP4212, WP4312 and WEP4312 

WP4312 

WEP4312 


Uni-PAK 


WP4412 

WEP4412 

Top view for 


3 

METER 

CENTERS 



WP6412 

Top view for 

WP6412 


WP6412 

3-120 


Uni-PAK 


WEP6412 

Top view for 

WEP6412 


WEP6412 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

WP8612 

WEP8612 

Top view for 





Uni-PAK 


WP6512 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

Top view for WP6512 and WP6612 


WP6512 and WP6612 

WP6612 

3-122 


Uni-PAK 


WEP6512 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Top view for WEP6512 and WEP6612 


WEP6512 and WEP6612 

WEP6612 


Uni-PAK 


WP10612 / WEP10612 

Top view for WP10612 

Bottom view for WP10612 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

WEP2212EV 

Top view 

Bottom view 

WPL4212 

Top view for WPL4212 

Bottom view for WPL4212 

3-124 


Uni-PAK 


WPL4312 

Top view for 

WPL4312 and WPL4412 

3 METER 

CENTERS 



WPL4412 


Uni-PAK 


WPL6512 

Top view for 


METER 

CENTERS 

3 



WPL6612 

3-126 


Uni-PAK 


WPL8612 

WPL10612 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Top view for 







Multifamily Metering Accessories and Replacement Parts 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

Lugs, breakers and other accessories 

Siemens offers a wide range of accessories to help your product fit the application. 

Eliminate the need for special orders with replacement part kits available for your 

convenience. All kits come with appropriate hardware and instruction sheets for installation. 

3-128 


Power Mod 


Lug Kits: Lug selector 

Lugs are factory installed on WB main breaker modules 

200A-1200A. Alternate lug kit options (including 750kcmil) 

are available. 

A field installable compression lug landing pad is available 

as an accessory for standard breaker module 250A-1200A. 

Compression lug kits must be ordered in addition to the lug 

landing pad accessory. The lug landing pad accessory is not 

compatible with WB skinny mains (200-1200A WB's with B, 

BU, T or TU suffixes). 

Lug kits must be ordered separately for standard breaker 

modules 1400A-2000A. 

All EUSERC breaker mains, standard switches, EUSERC 

switches, standard tap boxes, and EUSERC tap boxes require 

lugs to be ordered separately and field installed. 

EUSERC Breaker Main Types WEB and WEBM 

Standard Breaker Main Types WB and WBM 

4 500 kcmil LK14500 ab LK34500 ab 

(Do not use this table for Skinny Mains) 

No. Wires Max Wire 1 Phase 

3 Phase 


3 Phase 

Amperage per Phase Size lug kit 

lug kit 

Amperage per Phase Size lug kit 

lug kit 

200-400 1 750 kcmil LK11750N2 LK31750N2 

200-400 1 750 kcmil LK11750 a LK31750 a 

2 500 kcmil LK12500N2 LK32500N2 


500-600 2 500 kcmil LK12500N2E LK32500N2E 

450-600 2 500 kcmil LK12500 ab LK32500 ab 

2 750 kcmil LK12750N2 LK32750N2 


3 750 kcmil LK13750N2 LK33750N2 

3 750 kcmil LK13750 a LK33750 a 

4 500 kcmil LK14500N2 LK34500N2 

900-1200 3 750 kcmil LK13750 a LK33750 a 

700-800 2 600 kcmil LK12600N2 LK32600N2 


2 750 kcmil LK12750N2 LK32750N2 

1400-1600 5 600 kcmil LK15600N2 LK35600N2 

3 500 kcmil LK13500N2 LK33500N2 

5 750 kcmil LK15750N2 LK35750N2 

3 750 kcmil LK13750N2 LK33750N2 

6 750 kcmil LK16750N2 LK36750N2 

3 750 kcmil LK13750N2E LK33750N2E 

1800-2000 6 750 kcmil LK16750N2 LK36750N2 

4 500 kcmil LK14500N2 LK34500N2 


Standard Breaker Main with Lug Landing Pad Installed c 

5 600 kcmil LK15600N2 LK35600N2 

Types WB and WBM 

900-1200 3 750 kcmil LK13750N2E LK33750N2E 

Amperage 


3 Phase 


per Phase Size lug kit 

lug kit 

5 600 kcmil LK15600N2 LK35600N2 

200-400 1 600 kcmil LK11600N2 LK31600N2 

2 350 kcmil LK12350N2 LK32350N2 Feed-Thru Tap Box with Breaker Type WBT 

450-600 2 350 kcmil LK12350N2 LK32350N2 

No. Wires Max Wire 

3 Phase 

700-800 2 600 kcmil LK12600N2 LK32600N2 

Amperage per Phase Size 

lug kit 

2 750 kcmil LK12750N2 LK32750N2 

1200 3 750 kcmil LK33750N2 

3 500 kcmil LK13500N2 LK33500N2 

4 500 kcmil LK34500N2 

3 750 kcmil LK13750N2 LK33750N2 

2400 6 750 kcmil LK36750N2 

4 500 kcmil LK14500N2 LK34500N2 

8 500 kcmil LK38500N2C 

900-1200 3 750 kcmil LK13750N2 LK33750N2 

8 750 kcmil LK38750N2A 

4 500 kcmil LK14500N2 LK34500N2 

Feed-Thru Breaker Main Types BFT and BFTM 

Skinny Breaker Main Types WB and WBM 

(Skinny Mains are 200-1200A WB/WBM units, with B, BU, T, or TU suffixes) Amperage 

No. Wires 

per Phase 

Max Wire 

Size 

1 Phase 

lug kit 

3 Phase 

lug kit 

Amperage 

No. Wires 

per Phase 

Max Wire 

Size 

1 Phase 

lug kit 

3 Phase 

lug kit 

200-400 1 750 kcmil LK11750 a LK31750 a 




3 750 kcmil LK13750 a LK33750 a 

4 500 kcmil LK14500 a LK34500 a 

900-1200 3 750 kcmil LK13750 a LK33750 a 

Definition of suffixes: 

(no N2) = square sentron breaker type lugs 

N2(E) = Nema 2-stud lug mounting pattern 

N2C = 

Same as N2 except designed for use with copper wire. 

Includes upward bus extension kit. 

N2A = 

Same as N2 except designed for use with aluminum wire. 

Includes upward bus extension kit. 

N2CD= 

Same as N2C except includes downward bus extension kit 

instead of upward extension. 

N2AD= 

Same as N2A except includes downward bus extension kit 

instead of upward extension. 

1200 3 750 kcmil LK13750N2 LK33750N2 

4 500 kcmil LK14500N2 LK34500N2 

5 600 kcmil LK15600N2 LK35600N2 

5 750 kcmil LK15750N2 LK35750N2 

6 750 kcmil LK16750N2 LK36750N2 

8 500 kcmil LK18500N2CD LK38500N2CD 

8 750 kcmil LK18750N2AD LK38750N2AD 

1400-1600 5 600 kcmil LK15600N2 LK35600N2 

5 750 kcmil LK15750N2 LK35750N2 

6 750 kcmil LK16750N2 LK36750N2 



1800-2000 6 750 kcmil LK16750N2 LK36750N2 



a Lug kits - Sentron mechanical breaker lugs 

b Factory installed lugs 

c Lug landing pad must be ordered in addition to lug kit. 

Refer to 3-132 for lug landing pad options. 

d WT tap boxes require 2 lug kits when used on feed thru applications. 

3 METER 

CENTERS 


Power Mod 


Lug Kits: Lug selector 

LLP1200 

1200A Lug 

landing pad 

Note that while some connector kits may physically fit, the 

maximum wire range of the connector may not meet UL 

required bending space. If a lug kit other than what is on the 

wiring diagram is used, it is up to the installer to ensure the 

installation is acceptable. 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

Standard Switch Main Type WS 

Amperage 

No. Wires 

per Phase 

Max Wire 

Size 

1 Phase 

lug kit 

3 Phase 

lug kit 

400 1 600 kcmil LK11600N2 LK31600N2 

2 500 kcmil LK12500N2 LK32500N2 


2 750 kcmil LK12750N2 LK32750N2 

600 2 500 kcmil LK12500N2 LK32500N2 


800 2 600 kcmil LK12600N2 LK32600N2 

2 750 kcmil LK12750N2 LK32750N2 

3 500 kcmil LK13500N2 LK33500N2 

1200 4 500 kcmil LK14500 ab LK34500 ab 

EUSERC Tap Box Type WET 

Amperage 

No. Wires 

per Phase 

Max Wire 

Size 

1 Phase 

lug kit 

3 Phase 

lug kit 

400 1 750 kcmil LK11750N2 LK31750N2 

2 500 kcmil LK12500N2 LK32500N2 

800 2 600 kcmil LK12600N2 LK32600N2 

2 750 kcmil LK12750N2 LK32750N2 

3 500 kcmil LK13500N2 LK33500N2 

3 750 kcmil LK13750N2 LK33750N2 

4 500 kcmil LK14500N2 LK34500N2 

1200 3 750 kcmil LK13750N2E LK33750N2E 


5 600 kcmil LK15600N2 LK35600N2 

EUSERC Switch Main Type WES 

Amperage 

No. Wires 

per Phase 

Max Wire 

Size 

1 Phase 

lug kit 

3 Phase 

lug kit 

400 1 750 kcmil LK11750N2 LK31750N2 

2 500 kcmil LK12500N2 LK32500N2 

600 2 500 kcmil LK12500N2 LK32500N2 

2 750 kcmil LK12750N2 LK32750N2 

3 750 kcmil LK13750N2 LK33750N2 

4 500 kcmil LK14500N2 LK34500N2 

800 2 600 kcmil LK12600N2 LK32600N2 

2 750 kcmil LK12750N2 LK32750N2 

3 500 kcmil LK13500N2 LK33500N2 

3 750 kcmil LK13750N2 LK33750N2 

4 500 kcmil LK14500N2 LK34500N2 

1200 3 750 kcmil LK13750N2E LK33750N2E 


5 600 kcmil LK15600N2 LK35600N2 

Standard Tap Box Type WTB 

Amperage 

No. Wires 

per Phase 

Max Wire 

Size 

1 Phase 

lug kit 

3 Phase 

lug kit 

400 1 600 kcmil LK11600N2 LK31600N2 

1 750 kcmil LK11750N2 LK31750N2 

2 500 kcmil LK12500N2 LK32500N2 

800 2 600 kcmil LK12600N2 LK32600N2 

2 750 kcmil LK12750N2 LK32750N2 

3 500 kcmil LK13500N2 LK33500N2 

1200 3 750 kcmil LK13750N2 LK33750N2 

4 500 kcmil LK14500N2 LK34500N2 

1600 5 600 kcmil LK15600N2 LK35600N2 

5 750 kcmil LK15750N2 LK35750N2 

6 750 kcmil LK16750N2 LK36750N2 

2000 6 750 kcmil LK16750N2 LK36750N2 

8 500 kcmil LK18500N2C LK38500N2C 

8 750 kcmil LK18750N2A LK38750N2A 

2400 6 750 kcmil LK16750N2 LK36750N2 



a Lug kits - Sentron mechanical breaker lugs 

b Factory installed lugs 

c Lug landing pad must be ordered in addition to lug kit. 

Refer to 3-132 for lug landing pad options. 

d WT tap boxes require 2 lug kits when used on feed thru applications. 

Feed-Thru Tap Box Type WT_PU d 

Amperage 

No. Wires 

per Phase 

Max Wire 

Size 

1 Phase 

lug kit 

3 Phase 

lug kit 

400 1 750 kcmil LK11750N2 LK31750N2 

2 500 kcmil LK12500N2 LK32500N2 

800 2 600 kcmil LK12600N2 LK32600N2 

2 750 kcmil LK12750N2 LK32750N2 

3 500 kcmil LK13500N2 LK33500N2 

4 500 kcmil LK14500N2 LK34500N2 

1200 3 750 kcmil LK13750N2 LK33750N2 


5 600 kcmil LK15600N2 LK35600N2 

1600 5 600 kcmil LK15600N2 LK35600N2 

5 750 kcmil LK15750N2 LK35750N2 

6 750 kcmil LK16750N2 LK36750N2 



2000 6 750 kcmil LK16750N2 LK36750N2 



2400 6 750 kcmil LK16750N2 LK36750N2 



ConEd Tap Box Type WTBN 

Amperage 

No. Wires 

per Phase 

Max Wire 

Size 

1 Phase 

lug kit 

400 1 600 kcmil LK31600N2 

1 750 kcmil LK31750N2 

2 350 kcmil LK32350N2 

2 500 kcmil LK32500N2 

600 2 350 kcmil LK32350N2 

2 500 kcmil LK32500N2 

800 2 600 kcmil LK32600N2 

2 750 kcmil LK32750N2 

3 500 kcmil LK33500N2 

4 500 kcmil LK34500N2 

1200 3 750 kcmil LK33750N2 

4 500 kcmil LK34500N2 

3-130 


Power Mod 


Modular Metering Lug Kits 

Power Mod: Modular Metering Lug Kits 

Lug Kits 

Quick Reference 

n UL 486 A/B 

n Tin-plated aluminium 

n NEMA 2-stud lug 

mounting pattern 

Lug Kit Contents 

Wire Range: 

1/0-750 kcmil 

Wire Range: 

#6-350 kcmil 

Wire Range: 

#2-600 kcmil 

Wire Range: 

300-800 kcmil 

Upward Bus 

Extension 

Downward Bus 

Extension 

Wire Binding 

Screw Torque: 

500 lb.-in. 

Wire Binding 

Screw Torque: 

275 lb.-in. 

Wire Binding 

Screw Torque: 

500 lb.-in. 

Wire Binding 

Screw Torque: 

500 lb.-in. 

Wire Binding 

Screw Torque: 

500 lb.-in. 

Wire Binding 

Screw Torque: 

500 lb.-in. 

Lug Kit 

Catalog 

Number Wire Range Lug Quantity Lug Quantity Lug Quantity Lug Quantity Unit Quantity Unit Quantity 

LK12350N2 #6-350 kcmil 3 

LK32350N2 #6-350 kcmil 4 

LK12500N2 1/0-500 kcmil 3 

LK32500N2 1/0-500 kcmil 4 

LK12500N2E #2-500 kcmil 6 

LK32500N2E #2-500 kcmil 8 

LK13500N2 1/0-500 kcmil 3 3 

LK33500N2 1/0-500 kcmil 4 4 

LK14500N2 1/0-500 kcmil 6 

LK34500N2 1/0-500 kcmil 8 

LK14500N2E 1/0-500 kcmil 3 6 

LK34500N2E 1/0-500 kcmil 4 8 

LK15600N2 1/0-600 kcmil 6 3 

LK35600N2 1/0-600 kcmil 8 4 

LK11600N2 #2-600 kcmil 3 

LK31600N2 #2-600 kcmil 4 

LK12600N2 #2-600 kcmil 6 

LK32600N2 #2-600 kcmil 8 

LK11750N2 300-750 kcmil 3 

LK31750N2 300-750 kcmil 4 

LK12750N2 300-750 kcmil 6 

LK32750N2 300-750 kcmil 8 

LK13750N2 300-750 kcmil 3 3 

LK33750N2 300-750 kcmil 4 4 

LK13750N2E 300-750 kcmil 9 

LK33750N2E 300-750 kcmil 12 

LK15750N2 300-750 kcmil 6 3 

LK35750N2 300-750 kcmil 8 4 

LK16750N2 1/0-750 kcmil 9 

LK36750N2 1/0-750 kcmil 12 

LK18500N2C 1/0-500 kcmil CU 12 3 

LK38500N2C 1/0-500 kcmil CU 16 4 

LK18570N2A 1/0-750 kcmil AL 12 3 

LK38570N2A 1/0-750 kcmil AL 16 4 

LK18500N2CD 1/0-500 kcmil CU 12 3 

LK38500N2CD 1/0-500 kcmil CU 16 4 

LK18570N2AD 1/0-750 kcmil AL 12 3 

LK38570N2AD 1/0-750 kcmil AL 16 4 

3 METER 

CENTERS 





Conduit Hubs 


Description 

Type HD 

Type RX 

EC56854 b 

2" Conduit Hub 

EC38594 

3/4" Conduit Hub 

EC56855 b 

2 1/2" Conduit Hub 

EC38596 


EC56856 


EC38597 


EC56857 


EC38598 


EC56858 


EC9747-1113 

Adapter plate for HD/RX 

EC56933S 

Closure Plate 

Accessory Catalog number Description 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

QC1 

QuickConnect 1-phase, 3-wire, 1200 Amp maximum. 

QC4 

QuickConnect 3-phase, 4-wire, 1200 Amp maximum. 

LLP600 e 

Lug Landing Pad for 200-600 Amp Standard Breaker modules (WB) only. Allows for use 

of compression lugs or NEMA 2-stud type lugs. Not compatible with Skinny mains. 

LLP1200 e 

Lug Landing Pad for 800-1200 Amp Standard Breaker modules (WB) only. Allows for use 

of compression lugs or NEMA 2-stud type lugs. Not compatible with Skinny mains. 

WMMBK a 

Pass-thru bushing - for use with pull box WMMB modules. 

WMEP 

Plastic end enclosure plate to cover exposed horizontal bussing at the ends 

of the meter center lineup. Comes factory included with all mains and tapboxes. 

This kit comes with (1) plate, (1) gasket and (4) screws. 

SRSS 

Sealing ring - snap-on, stainless steel. 

SRSW 

Sealing ring - screw type, stainless steel. 

SRSTD 

Sealing ring - snap on, aluminum (comes standard). 

ECJS c 

Meter bypass jumper 4 AND 5 JAW. For temporary use ONLY. Only works with ECPP cover. 

200A max. Comes with 2 jumpers. Not for use with WML sockets over 200A. Not compatible 

with utility anti-inversion clips. 

ECPP 

Plastic Ring Style cover plate. May be used with ringless style cover in conjunction with ECJS. 

As of 4/10/2019 this bushing is no longer supplied with 

WMMB devices. If needed it must be ordered separately. 

b Item is a kit consisting of adapter plate and 

RX Type Hub 

c Required per 1-phase meter socket. Residential type ring 

and ringless - 200 Amp max. Meter cannot be installed 

while in use. Made for use with ECPP cover plate. 

d No kits are available for WEP2211. 

e Cannot be used for top-feed applications. 

3-132 






ECCP3 

Plastic Ringless Style cover plate. 

ECMMRS 

ECMFTAB 

Power Mod mini ratchet set Includes: 

n 2” T-25 Torx Bit - Eases removal and re-installing of cover screws 

n 5/16" Magnetic Nut Setter - Eases the installation of tap boxes when QuickBolt assembly 

is required to be removed from one side. In addition, could be used to quickly install or 

reposition the 5th jaw. 

n 3/8” x 1/4” drive deep well socket - Eases connection of adjacent module using 

hardware provided. 

Mounting tabs or "ears" for top of Power Mod devices. Comes with 2 tabs. 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

ECMFGN125 

Kit for replacement or additional ground and neutral lugs for 100-125 Amp (W)MM, 

(W)MN, (W)ML and (W)MLZ(F) stacks. Can also be used as the replacement or additional 

ground lug kit for 225 Amp (W)MM, (W)MN, (W)MT and (W)ML stacks. 

ECMFN225 

Neutral lug kit for 225 Amp stacks (type (W)MM, (W)MN, (W)MT and (W)ML stacks only). 

ECMFPK 

Power Mod loose parts replacement kit. Includes: instruction sheet, (6) apartment number 

labels, (6) service disconnect labels, (4) 1/4-20 hex nuts, (4) #10-32 hex nuts, (4) 1/4-20 x 1/2 

screws, (4) wingnuts, (4) #10 flat washers, (4) #10 lock washers. 

ECMFCS 

Cover screw replacement (quantity 10) for Power Mod and Uni-PAK devices. 

ECMMBC 

Power Mod breaker cover replacement Type 3. Used only on 1200A WES mains, 

all WMK stacks, 100A 3-ph in/3-ph out (W)ML stacks and 400A (W)ML non-fused stacks. 

ECMMBCM 

Power Mod replacement plastic breaker cover for type all current 200-1000A WB, WXB, WEB 

and WBT main breaker units. This is also the replacement cover for all 1200A-2000A main 

breaker devices manufactured prior to 4/16/2018. [Please note that WB skinny mains and WBT 

mains manufactured between the dates of 4/16/2018 and 6/14/2019 in the 900-1000Amp range 

temporarily used the ECMMBCL cover. After 6/14/2019 these 900-1000A WB skinny and WBT 

mains transitioned to use ECMMBCM.] This cover is also used for 225A 3-phase (W)ML stacks. 

ECBC 

Breaker cover replacement for type (W)MM, (W)ML, WMT single phase meter stacks 

and series WP, WEP, WPL, and WPC Uni-PAK. 

ECMMBCL 

Power Mod replacement plastic breaker cover for all 1200-2000A main breaker modules 

manufactured on or after 4/16/2018 (WB, WXB, WEB, WBT and BFT). [Please note that WB 

skinny mains and WBT mains manufactured between the dates of 4/16/2018 and 6/14/2019 

in the 900-1000Amp range used this ECMMBCL cover as well.] 

ECMMKOP 

Power Mod knock-out plate with knock-outs for type (W)MM Residential Stacks 

(not suitable for Uni-PAK). Attaches to back wall of unit. 






ECMMNKOP 

Power Mod knock-out plate without knock-outs for Type (W)MM Residential Stacks 

(not suitable for Uni-Pak). This is a blank plate, ideal for contractors who want to cut 

their own holes in the back plate. 

ECMLNKOP 

Blank removable back plate for 100A (3-phase) and 225A (W)ML stacks as well as all 

1-phase-out (W)MT stacks. (not suitable for Uni-PAK). 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

ECMFWLCLIP 

MMCLIP 

Replacement rail/clip located on back of unit with wheels (Power Mod only). 

Replacement rail/clip that comes on back of unit, no wheels 

(for Power Mod modules manufactured prior to 2009). 

MMRAIL 

MMZR24 

MMZR36 

MMZR48 

MMZR60 

12” Standard wall mounting rail (Power Mod or Uni-PAK). 

24" long mounting "Z" rail for wall mounting (Power Mod or Uni-PAK). 




ECMFH 

Horn bypass kit for field replacement or addition on ringless type 

(W)MM meter stacks and ringless series WP and WPC Uni-PAK. 

ECMF5 

ECMT5 

5th jaw replacement for Power Mod type (W)MM meter stacks and 

series WP, WEP, and WPC Uni-PAK. 

5th jaw Power Mod stack WMT. 1-ph in/1-ph out only. 

ECMF5i 

Isolated 5th jaw. Allows for 5th jaw to be disconnected from the neutral while in place. 

For use on (W)MM and (W)MN stacks only. 

ECMFS 

Meter socket replacement for Power Mod type (W)MM meter stacks and 

series WP, WEP, and WPC Uni-PAK. 

ECMFBM1 

ECMFBM2 

Breaker mounting replacement for 125 Amp Power Mod type (W)MM, (W)ML, 

WMT single phase meter stacks and series WP, WEP, WPL and WPC Uni-PAK. 

Breaker mounting replacement for 225 Amp Power Mod type (W)MM, (W)ML, 

WMT single phase meter stacks and series WP, WEP, WPL and WPC Uni-PAK. 

ECMFMC 

Ringtype meter cover replacement for Power Mod type (W)MM Ringstyle residential 

meter stacks and WP, WEP, and WPC series ringstyle Uni-PAK. 

Do not confuse this kit with the Conversion kit. If going from ringless to ring type cover, 

a conversion kit is required, not a replacement kit. 

ECMFMCR 

Ringless meter cover replacement for Power Mod type (W)MM ringless 

residential meter stacks and WP and WPC series ringless Uni-PAK. 

Do not confuse this kit with the Conversion kit. If going from ring to ringless type cover, 

a conversion kit is required, not a replacement kit. 

3-134 






ECMMRLCK 

Power Mod and Uni-PAK ring to ringless cover conversion kit for 

type (W)MM meter stacks and WP series Uni-PAK. 

ECMMRCK 

Power Mod and Uni-PAK ringless to ring cover conversion kit for 

type (W)MM meter stacks and WP series Uni-PAK. 

ECMFC 

Bottom pull cover. Blank cover below the socket positions. 

For (W)MM Power Mod and WP, WEP, and WPC Uni-PAK. 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

ECMFPS 

Quick phase "Z" strap replacement for Power Mod type (W)MM meter stacks 

and series WP, WEP, and WPC Uni-PAK. 

ECWMLPS 

Phase Straps for Lever bypass stacks. For use on 3-PH-In/1-PH-out, 125A, (W)ML stacks 

only. Only applicable to field phaseable units. Includes (2) line straps, (2) phase straps and 

(6) 1/4-20 hex nuts. 

ECMMFSP400 

400A Power Mod metering switch main fuse bus replacement kit. Includes: 

bus plates, screws, hex nuts, washers and bolts (used to mount fuse in the module). 

For use with WS, WES and WXS switches. 

ECMMFSP600 




ECMMFSP800 




ECAFL 

(10) Arc flash labels. 

ECMMQRSCR 

Power Mod QR and QJ 3-phase breaker mounting and strap screws. Kit contains (2) #10-32 

x 2-7/16" screws and (3) 1/4-20 x 5/8" screws. For use on (W)ML and WMT Power Mod. 

ECMMGBE 

Power Mod ground lug bar assembly kit. Can be used on the following modules: 

WT_PU (1600-2400A), WTB (2000-2400A), WBT324X_(all), BFT (all). Adds 4 rows of 

NEMA stud kits to the ground bar. Can be used in bottom or top position. Includes 

1 extension assembly and screws. In feed-through devices, a second kit may be 

required for the outgoing grounds as well. 

ECGLK3300 

300 kcmil ground lug extension kit. Includes (3) lugs for ground. May be used on WB 

(up to 1200A), WBT, WTB and WT_PU (1600-2400A). 

ECGLK6300 

300 kcmil ground lug extension kit. Includes (6) lugs for ground. May be used on WB 

(up to 1200A), WBT, WTB, WET and WT_PU (400-2400A). Included bonding strap is only 

necessary for the WB series. 






ECMFMC10 

Ring-type meter cover for (W)MN stacks only. 

ECWML10 

Replacement ringless meter socket cover for use on 125A (W)ML, (W)MLZ 

and (W)MLZF stacks that are single-phase out only. 

3 

ECWMLC 

Bottom pull cover. Replacement part only. Only to be used on 125A (W)ML. 

METER 

CENTERS 

ECWMLZEP 

Secondary cross bus side cover plate. Replacement part only. For use on fusible meter 

stacks (W)MLZ(F). 

ECWMLZBP 

Bottom removable endwall plate for (W)MLZ(F) stacks. Replacement part only. 

ECWMLZFBUS 

Secondary cross bus assembly for (W)MLZ(F) stacks. These 3 bus bars are installed toward 

the base of the (W)MLZ stack to create a secondary bus connection to an adjacent (W)MLZF 

or (W)MLZ stack. Includes (3) bus bars and (6) hex nuts. Replacement part only. 

Replacement Breaker Covers 

These replacement metal covers (breaker side) are for WML, WMT and other three-phase modules manufactured prior to 

February 5, 2016. Prior to this date, these stacks were made to be only compatible with the QJ breaker. The QR breaker 

replaced the QJ breaker, so for these modules to be compatible with the QR breaker they will need a cover conversion kit from 

the table below. Stacks manufactured after February 5, 2016 will accept both QJ and QR breakers without needing a cover kit. 

Accessory Catalog Number Description 

ECWML3BC1 RX breaker side metal door cover for WML13225RJ accepts QR and QJ breaker. 




ECML3BC1 

RX breaker side metal door cover for ML13225RJ accepts QR and QJ breaker. 

ECML3BC2 


ECML3BC3 


ECML3BC4 


ECW3MMUBC1 RX breaker side metal door cover for W3MM1200U accepts QR and QJ breaker. 




ECW3MMBC1 RX breaker side metal door cover for W3MM1200 accepts QR and QJ breaker. 




ECWMT3BC1 RX breaker side metal door cover for WMT13225J accepts QR and QJ breaker. 



ECMT3BC1 

RX breaker side metal door cover for MT13225J accepts QR and QJ breaker. 

ECMT3BC2 


ECMT3BC3 


ECW3USSBC1 RX breaker side metal door cover for W3MM1225USS accepts QR and QJ breaker. 



3-136 





QS2100 QR23B225 Q260 Q360 

10K AIC 22K AIC 42K AIC 65K AIC 100K AIC 

Amperage Type QP Type QPH — Type HQP Type HQPH 

For use in 125 Amp and 225 a Amp single phase output WMM, WML, WMT, WP, WPC, WEP, WPL metering c 

60 Q260 Q260H Q260HH Q260HH — 

70 Q270 Q270H Q270HH Q270HH — 

80 Q280 Q280H Q280HH Q280HH — 

90 Q290 Q290H Q290HH Q290HH — 

100 Q2100 Q2100H Q2100HH Q2100HH HQ2100H 

110 Q2110 Q2110H Q2110HH Q2110HH — 

125 Q2125 Q2125H Q2125HH Q2125HH HQ2125H 

For use in 100 Amp, 3- phase output WML meter stacks only 

60 Q360 Q360H Q360HH Q360HH — 

70 Q370 Q370H Q370HH Q370HH — 

80 Q380 Q380H Q380HH Q380HH — 

90 Q390 Q390H Q390HH Q390HH — 

100 Q3100 Q3100H Q3100HH Q3100HH — 

For use in 225 a Amp single phase output WMM, WML, WMT, WP, WPC, WEP, WPL metering c 

Type QS b Type QSH b Type QSHH Type HQS b Type HQSH b 

100 QS2100 QS2100H QSH2100 QS2100HH HQS2100H 






3 METER 

CENTERS 

For use in 225 Amp 3-phase output WML and WMT meter stacks only 

10K AIC 25K AIC 65K AIC 100K AIC 

Amperage Type QR2 Type QRH2 Type HQR2 Type HQR2H 

100 QR23B100 QRH23B100 HQR23B100 HQR23B100H 






a QP Breakers will fit in 225A WMM, WML, and WMT 

meter stacks. 

b QS series rates with Murray circuit breakers. 

c Breaker selection (when applied to Uni-PAK) applies 

to WP, WPC, WEP, WPL, Uni-PAK metering only. QS 

breakers will not nit in SP or MP series. 





QS Breaker 

Power Mod's core offering of residential Meter Stacks, type WMM, offers the widest 

product offering and flexibility in the industry. Each meter stack houses the 

QuickSystem features to maximize productivity and minimize labor costs. To 

further simplify installation, our 225 Amp meter stacks feature the QS breaker. 

The QS breaker adds to the Siemens exclusive feature set in our Power Mod 

product line. Benefits and part numbers include: 

Front View 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

▪ An exclusive side wired design saves wiring space and eliminates 

difficult "S bends" 

▪ No need for costly filler plates — QS 225 Amp breaker takes the 

same space as standard 100 Amp QPs 

▪ Single right hand bend wiring - saves time and wire 

▪ Provides 100K AIC flexibility from 100 up to 225 Amps 

▪ 10K to 100K AIC Series Rating 

QS Breaker a 

Breaker Type QS QSH QSHH HQS HQSH 

Amperage 10K AIC 22K AIC 42K AIC 65K AIC 100K AIC 








QS Breaker Dimension Drawing 

1.00 

.19 

.58 

.96 

1.38 

CAUTION 

PRECAUCION 

7.89 

4.31 

000A 

000000 

ON 

20 

2.22 

NEUTRAL 

.99 

OFF 

20 

.19 

1.39 

1.34 

.28 

.16 

2.01 

2.38 

2.56 

2.66 

.37 

2.12 

1.06 

1.16 

QS breakers are not compatible with 125A rated stacks 

and also not compatible with PAK devices with 125A 

max tenant main ratings. 

3-138 


Uni-PAK Metering 

Accessories 


Selection 

Uni-PAK Lug Kits 

ECHS125 WPFKx 

WPRLK600 WPRLK750 

Catalog 

Number Description 

Replacement Factory Installed Lug Kits 

(WP & WEP Only) 

ECMLK3225 

300 KCMIL - For use in devices with 200A 

rated bus (contains 1 lug assembly) 

600 KCMIL - For use in devices with 300A, 

WPRLK600 500A, 600A or 1000A rated bus (contains 


WPRLK750 

750 KCMIL- For use in devices with 400A or 


Uni-PAK Alternate Lug Kits (WP ONLY) 



Uni-PAK NEMA Stud Kits (WEP ONLY) f 

WPSK400 Fits 300 - 400A 

WPSK600 Fits 500 - 600A 

WPSK800 800A 

WPSK1000 1000A 

Lug Kits (WPL ONLY) 

H56476 3/0-800 kcmil 

H60162 (2) 1/0-250 kcmil OR (1) #4-600 kcmil 

H68752-1 (3) #6-250 kcmil 

H56732 (2) #4-350 kcmil 

H56732-M (2) #4-500 kcmil 

Uni-PAK Accessories 

Catalog 


Type “HD” Conduit Hubs 

EC56854 2” Conduit Hub d 

EC56855 2½" Conduit Hub d 

EC56856 3" Conduit Hub 

EC56857 3½" Conduit Hub 


EC56933S Closure Plate 

Type “RX” Conduit Hubs 

EC38594 ¾" Conduit Hub 


EC38597 1¼" Conduit Hub 




EC38595 Closure Plate 

EC9747-1113 Adapter plate for HD/RX c 

Cover Plate 

ECPP 

ECCP3 

Plastic Ring Style a 

Plastic Ringless Style 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

Semi-flush Mounting Kits (WEP only) 

Flange Kit 

Number 

WPFK1 

WPFK2 

WPFK3 

WPFK4 

WPFK5 

WPFK6 

WPFK7 

WPFK8 

WPFK9 

WPFK10 

WPFK11 

WPFK12 

WPFK13 

Designed for use with: 

WEP2211, WTEG2211 

WEP3311, WTEG2211 

WEP4411, WTEG4411 

WEP4511, WTEG4511, WEP4611, WTEG4611 


WEP4212, WTEG4212 

WEP4312, WTEG4312 

WEP4412, WTEG4412 

WEP6412, WTEG6412 


WEP10612, WTEG10612 

WEP5411, WTEG5411 

WEP8612, WTEG8612 

a Not for use on lever bypass units. 

b Order NSK600 and PLK600 kits for use with 800 

Amp PAK. CU Cable only approved with 800A 

device. 

c Use Adapter plate with RX hubs for PAK units. 

d These items made of Adapter plate and 

equivalent RX hub. 

Lug kits should be chosen based on the wire 

size being run to the unit. Wire should be sized 

according to the National Electrical Code. Lugs 

are sold separately. On 400-600A applications, a 

total of 3 lugs are required to wire the line side 

of the device. Lugs sold in packs of 2 pieces. 

f To be used with compression or mechanical 

lugs. Power Mod type LK_N2(E) lug kits can be 

used. View cutsheet for specific lug kit options. 


Meter Centers 

OBSOLETE Modular Metering Replacement Parts Kits 


Selection 

MMBMT 

MMSCK1 

MMCVR1 

3 

METER 

CENTERS 

Part Number Description Contents 

Breaker Covers 

GMBC1 

One Top and bottom black plastic breaker 

Group Metering Breaker Cover - 125Amp Positions 

cover piece, 1 gasket, and a locking clip 

GMBC2 

Top and bottom black plastic breaker 

Group Metering Breaker Cover - 200Amp Positions 

cover pieces, gasket, and locking clip 

Meter Covers 

MMCVR1 

1 Ringstyle meter cover welded with 

Modular Metering Covers 125A Ring Style 

support brackets and painted 

MMCVR1R 

1 Ringless style meter cover welded with 

Modular Metering Covers 125A Ringless 


MMCVR2 


Modular Metering Covers 200A Ring Style 


MMCVR2R 


Modular Metering Covers 200A Ringless 


MMCVRLOW Modular Metering Bottom Cover 

Smallest (bottom) cover on meter stack 

(neutral access cover) 

and screw included 

MMCVRSCR Modular Metering Cover Screws Bag of 10 screws 

PAKMCVRR 


Tenant cover for Ring Style Uni-Pak Meter Center 


PAKMCVRL 


Tenant cover for RingLess Uni-Pak Meter Center 


Meter Socket/Breaker Mounting 

MMBMT1 Modular Metering Breaker Mounting S/A 125A Breaker mounting assembly for 125A stacks 

MMBMT2 Modular Metering Breaker Mounting S/A 200A Breaker mounting assembly for 200A stacks 

MMSCK1 Modular Metering Meter Socket Assembly 125A Meter Socket assembly includes jaws, 

MMSCK2 Modular Metering Meter Socket Assembly 200A straps, and hardware – see picture above 

MMSRPK c 

Replacement parts for 125A pre-1991 

modular metering (see tip below) 

Brief history of residential Power Mod products 

Meter and breaker mounting assembly. 

Contains 1 red plastic meter base, 4 jaws and 

connecting line straps for the breaker mount. 

Loose Parts Kits 

MMPK11 Modular Metering Loose Parts Kit 125A 1 PHASE 

MMPK13 Modular Metering Loose Parts Kit 125A 3 PHASE All loose screw bags, labels, instruction 

MMPK21 Modular Metering Loose Parts Kit 200A 1 PHASE sheet and aluminum sealing ring (No SBJ) 

MMPK23 Modular Metering Loose Parts Kit 200A 3 PHASE 

Miscellaneous Replacement Parts 

ECMM5J 5th Jaw Kit Contains 1 fifth jaw assembly, enough for one meter socket 

ECHBK Horn Bypass Kit Contains 4 horn bypsasses, enough for one meter socket 

ECCP3U ad 

Used beneath breaker cover to fill in the gaps on the sides of a 2-pole 

4" to 2" Filler Plate 

breaker used in a 4-inch slot 

1st Generation 

Modular Metering c 

2nd Generation 

Modular Metering a 

Power Mod 

(current) 

GMBC2 

a Fits modular metering made from 1992- 

2009 and PAK devices from 1992-2003 

(ie. 2nd Generation). 

Fits PAK devices from 2004-2011 

Fits 125A modular metering and 

PAK made from 1980-1991 only. Not 

compatible with EUSERC style PAK 

(EUSERC versions contain suffix W/WF). 

No other replacement parts available 

(ie. 1st Generation). 

d Not for use on lever bypass units. 

Stacks prior to 

1992 have the 

breaker under the 

meter socket. 

From 1992 to 2009, the 

breakers are located 

on the right side of the 

meter socket. 

Since 2009, the 

breakers are now located 

on the left side of 

the meter socket. 

3-140 


Power Mod 


WMM Residential Meter Stacks Rating Charts 

Use the tables below to determine the correct combination of equipment and circuit breakers for the available fault current. 

This chart provides series rating information for the most common applications. For a complete series rating chart please contact 

your local sales office. 

Available fault current 

RMS symmetrical amps at 

Meter module 

120/240 volts maximum Main Modules a branch circuit breakers 

Load center 

branch circuit breakers 

to 10,000 

Series 

WB, WB_U, WBM, WBM_U 

WEB, WEB_U, WEBM, WEBM_U 

WS_U, WES_U, WTB_U, 

WET_U, WXB, WXB_U 

WXBM, WXBM_U, WBTM, 

WBTM_U, BFTM and BFTM_U 

Series 



WXB, WXB_U, WXBM, 

WXBM_U, WBTM, WBTM_U, 

BFTM and BFTM_U 

QP, QPH, HQP, HQPH (2 pole, 15–125A) 

QS, QSH, QSHH, HQS, HQSH 

(2 pole, 100–225A) 

QPH, HQP, HQPH (2 pole, 15–125A) 


(2 pole, 100–225A) 

QP, QPH, HQP, QT, QAF, QAFH, 

QPF, QPHF, QE, QEH 

3 METER 

CENTERS 

to 22,000 

Series 

WS_U, WES_U 

WXS 



(2 pole, 100–225A) 



Series 

WTB_U, WET_U 


QSH, QSHH, HQS, HQSH 

(2 pole, 100–225A) 

to 42,000 

Series 



WXB, WXB_U, WXBM, 

WXBM_U, WBTM, WBTM_U, 

BFTM and BFTM_U 

Series 

WS_U, WES_U 

WXS 



(2 pole, 100–225A) 



(2 pole, 100–225A) 



Series 

WTB_U, WET_U 

HQP, HQPH (2 pole, 15–125A) 

QSHH, HQS, HQSH (2 pole, 100–225A) 

Series 



WXB, WXB_U 



(2 pole, 100–225A) 

to 65,000 

Series 

WS_U, WES_U 

WXS 



(2 pole, 100–225A) 



Series 

WTB_U, WET_U 

HQP, HQPH (2 pole, 15–125A) 

HQS, HQSH (100–225A) 

to 100,000 

Series 

WB_U, WBM_U, WEB_U, 

WEBM_U, WS_U, WES_U, 

WXB_U, WXS, WXBM_U, 

WBTM_U and BFTM_U 

HQPH (2 pole, 100–125A) 


(2 pole, 100–225A) 



Series 

WTB_U, WET_U 

HQPH (2 pole, 100–125A) 

HQSH (100–225A) 

a Service Entrance Modules: 

WB, WEB, WXB, WBT and BFT have 65k AIC breakers factory installed [(JXD2-A, JXD6-A) (LXD6-A) (MXD6) (NXD6) (PXD6) (RXD6)] 

WB_U, WEB_U, WXB_U, WBT_U and BFT_U have 100k AIC breakers factory installed [(HJXD6-A) (HLXD6-A) (HMXD6) (HNXD6) (HPXD6) (HRXD6)] 

WBM, WEBM, WXBM, WBTM and BFTM have 65k AIC DAS breakers factory installed [(SND6) (SPD6)] 

WBM_U, WEBM_U, WXBM_U, WBTM_U and BFTM_U have 100k AIC DAS breakers factory installed [(SHND6) (SHPD6)] 

WS_U and WES_U are fused switches (Class T – 300 volt) 

WTB_U and WET_U have NO overcurrent protection 


Power Mod 


WML and WMT Commercial Meter Stacks Rating Charts 




3 

METER 

CENTERS 



120/240V max 1-phase, 240V 

max 3-Phase Main Modules a Meter module 


to 10,000 

to 22,000 

Series 




WET_U, WXB, WXB_U, WXS, 



Series 


WEB, WEB_U, WEBM, 

WEBM_U, WXB, WXB_U, 



Series 

WS_U, WES_U 

WXS 

Series 

WTB_U 

WET_U 

QP, QPH, HQP, HQPH (2 pole,15–125A) 


(2 pole,100-225A) 

QP, QPH, HQP (3 pole,15–100A) 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H (3 Pole, 100–225A) 

JXD2-A, JD6-A, JXD6-A (2 and 3 pole, 200–400A) 

LD6-A, LXD6-A (2 and 3 pole, 600A) 

QPH, HQP, HQPH (2 pole,15–125A) 

QS, QSH, QSHH, HQS, HQSH (2 pole,100–225A) 

QPH, HQP (3 pole,15–100A) 







QSH, QSHH, HQS, HQSH (2 pole,100–225A) 


QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H (3 Pole, 100–225A) 

Load center 






to 25,000 

Series 




WET_U, WXB, WXB_U, WXS, 



JXD2-A, JD6-A, JXD6-A 

(2 and 3 pole, 200–400A) 

LD6-A, LXD6-A 

(2 and 3 pole, 600A) 

QPH, HQP 

to 42,000 

Series 

WB, WB_U, WBM, WBM_U, 





Series 

WS_U, WES_U 

WXS 



(2 pole,100–225A) 





(2 pole,100–225A) 





Series 

WTB_U 

WET_U 

HQP, HQPH (2 pole,15–125A) 

QSHH, HQS, HQSH (2 pole,100–225A) 

HQP (3 pole,15–100A) 

HQR2, HQR2H (3 Pole, 100–225A) 



QP, QPH, HQP 








3-142 


Power Mod 


WML and WMT Commercial Meter Stacks Rating Charts 






120/240V max 1-phase, 240V 

max 3-Phase Main Modules a Meter module 


to 65,000 

to 100,000 

Series 

WB, WB_U, WBM, WBM_U, 





Series 

WS_U, WES_U 

WXS 

Series 

WTB_U 

WET_U 

Series 

WB_U, WBM_U, WEB_U, 

WEBM_U, WS_U, WES_U, 

WXBM_U, WBTM_U and 

BFTM_U 

Series 

WTB_U, WET_U 

WXB_U, WXS 


QS, QSH, QSHH, HQS, HQSH (2 pole,100-225A) 





(2 pole,100-225A) 



HQP, HQPH (2 pole,15–125A) 

HQS, HQSH (2 pole,100–225A) 

HQP (3 pole,15–100A) 

HQR2, HQR2H (3 Pole, 100–225A) 

HQPH (2 pole,100–125A) 



HQPH (2 pole,100–125A) 

HQSH (2 pole,100–225A) 

HQR2H (3 Pole, 100–225A) 

Load center 

branch circuit breakers to 10,000 





3 METER 

CENTERS 









Power Mod 

Notes 

METER 

CENTERS 

3 

3-144 


Safety Switches 

SPEEDFAX TM 

4Section 

General Duty Switch 

Heavy Duty Switch 


Safety Switch Guide Form Specifications 4-2 

Feature Comparison 4-3 

Enclosure Types 4-4 


General Duty Safety Switches 

Plug Fuse Enclosed Type, 120/240V Fusible—Selection 4-6 

60A Special Application Type, 240V Non-Fusible—Selection 4-6 

General Duty Switches—Features 4-7 

240V Fusible and Non-Fusible—Selection 4-8 

Heavy Duty Safety Switches 

Heavy Duty Switches—Features 4-9 

240V Fusible—Selection 4-10 

600V Fusible—Selection 4-11 

600V Non-Fusible—Selection 4-12 

Type 4/4X and 12 with Viewing Window—Selection 4-13 

Special Applications Safety Switches 

Type ECS Elevator Control Switches 4-14 – 4-15 

4-Pole and 6-Pole—Selection 4-16 

Interlocked Receptacle—Selection 4-17 

Non-Metallic and 316 Grade Stainless—Selection 4-18 

Enclosed Solar PV Disconnects 4-19 

Accessories—General and Heavy Duty Switches 

Class R Fuse Clips, Class J Fusing, Class T Fuse Adapter Kits 4-20 

Neutral Kits, 200% Neutral Kits, Fuse Puller Kits 4-20 

Auxiliary Contacts, Copper Lug Kits, 4-21 

Equipment Ground Kits, Isolated Ground Kits 4-21 

Interchangeable Hubs 4-22 

Compression Lug, Neutral Barrier Kits, Lugs and Wire Ranges 4-22 

Multiple Padlocks, Kirk-Key Interlocks 4-22 

Dimensions and Weights 

General and Heavy Duty Switches 4-23 – 4-26 

Type 1 and 3R Knockout Diagrams 4-27 – 4-28 

Non-Metallic and Receptacle Switch Dimensions 4-29 

4-Pole and 6-Pole Switch Dimensions 4-30 

Double-Throw Switches 

Selection 4-31 – 4-32 

Dimensions 4-33 

Enclosed Rotary Disconnect Switches 4-34 – 4-35 

VBII Safety Switch Replacement Parts 4-36 

4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

Window Switch 


online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 



Type VBII Safety Switches 

Guide Form Specifications 


Product Overview 

4 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

Application 

Short Circuit 

Withstand 

Ratings 

General Duty Heavy Duty Double Throw 

General Duty Switches are intended for 

applications where reliable performance and 

continuity of service are needed, but where 

duty requirements are not severe and usual 

service conditions prevail. (These switches are 

intended for use primarily with supply 

circuits rated 240V AC or less where the available 

fault current is less than 100,000A when 

used with Class R or T fuses or 10,000A max. 

when used with Class H fuses.) 

Suitable for use on systems capable of 

delivering not more than 100,000 RMS 

symmetrical amperes of fault current as 

follows: 

Sw. Rating AIC Rating Protective Device a 

30-600A 10,000 Circuit Breaker 

30-600A 10,000 Class H Fuse 

30-600A 100,000 Class R Fuse 

100-600A 100,000 Class J or T Fuse 

Heavy Duty Switches are intended for use in 

applications where: 

1. Rugged construction, reliable performance, 

continuity of service and ease of maintenance 

are emphasized, or 

2. Available fault currents higher than 10,000A 

are likely to be encountered, such as in 

manufacturing plants, mass production 

industries, and commercial, institution-al and 

other large buildings served by network systems 

or transformers of higher capacities. 

3. System voltage is 600V AC or DC Max. 

4. A Type 12 or 4 / 4X enclosure is required. 

Double throw switches are intended to 

transfer loads from one power source to 

another. All 2 & 3 pole double throw switches 

are suitable for use as service equipment. All 

are UL Listed. Switches are rated for use on 

systems with an available fault current of up 

to 10,000 AIC when protected with Class H 

fuses or either 100,000 or 200,000 AIC when 

protected with Class R, J or Class T fuses. They 

can also be used to connect a single source of 

power to either of two loads, In this application 

it is necessary to field modify fusible switches 

so that the fuses are on the load side of the 

switching mechanism. 

Suitable for use on systems capable of delivering not more than 200,000 RMS symmetrical 

amperes of fault current as follows: 

Sw. Rating & Tpye AIC Rating Protective Device a 

All Heavy Duty & DT 10,000 Circuit Breaker 

30-600A HD & DT 10,000 Class H Fuse 

60A Compact HD 100,000 Class R, J or T Fuse 

GD & 4P DT 100,000 Class R, J or T Fuse 

30-600A HD 200,000 Class R, J or T Fuse 

30-600A DTF & DTNF DT b 200,000 Class R, J or T Fuse 

800 & 1200A HD & DT b 200,000 Class L or T Fuse 

Fuses 

Fusible switches will accept the following 

UL class fuses: 

30 “LF” - 30A max plug Fuses 

30-600A “GF” Class H & K, Class R with kit 

100-600A “GF” Class J-move base 

100-200 “GF” Class T with kit 

400-600A “GF” Class T-move bases 



30-600A “HF” Class H & K, Class R with kit 

30-600A, 600V “HF” Class J-move base 

100-600A, 240V “HF” Class J-move base 

100-200A “HF” Class T with kit 

400-600A “HF” Class T-move bases 

800-1200A “HF” Class L, Class T with kit c 



30-200A “DT” & “F” Class H & K, Class R with kit 

30 & 60A 600V “DT” Class J-move base 

100-200A “DT” Class J-move base, Class T with kit 

400-600A “DT” Class J-standard, Class T-move bases 

400A 240v “F” Class H-standard 

400A, 600V & 600A “F” Class T-Standard 

Cover 

Interlocks 

Underwriters’ 

Laboratories, Inc. 

NEMA 

Specifications 

Seismic 

Qualifications 

Groundable 

Neutral 

(All neutrals are 

bondable for service 

entrance use.) 

Voidable – cover interlocks on switches prevent 

the switch door from being opened when 

in the “ON” position. No cover interlock on 

30-60A GD or on plug fuse type switches. 

Listed by UL under file #E4776 as enclosed switches and also suitable for use as service equipment (where applicable). 

UL98 Enclosed and Deadfront Switches. 

Meet NEMA standard KS-1-2001 for type GD 

switches. 

Voidable dual cover interlocks standard on 

all heavy duty switches. Prevents cover from 

being opened when switch is in the “ON” 

position and prevents switch from being 

turned “ON” when door is opened. 

Meet NEMA standard KS-1-2001 for type HD 

switches. 

100-600A GD & all HD switches and “DT” type double throw switches have been tested and comply with the 2010 California Building Code (CBC) 

and with the 2009 International Building Code (IBC) - Compliance Level SDS = 1.85 g 

Fusible switches have groundable neutral 

blocks factory installed. Non-fusible switches 

accept field addable neutrals. 

All switches (both Fusible and Non-Fusible) 

are either supplied with factory installed neutrals 

or accept field addable neutrals. 

Dual cover interlocks standard on all double 

throw switches. Prevents cover from being 

opened when switch is in the “ON” position 

and prevents switch from being turned “ON” 

when door is opened. 

Meet NEMA standard KS-1-2001 type GD 

for “DTG” & type HD for “DT”, “F” & “NF” 

switches. 

All except 4 pole switches will accept field 

addable neutrals except that “DTG” 100 & 

200A switches are also available with factory 

installed neutrals. 

Padlocks 

Padlockable cover latch. OFF padlock 

provisions on handle. 

Padlockable cover latch and multiple OFF padlock 


Padlockable cover latch and multiple OFF padlock 


HP & Load 

Break Ratings 

All General Duty, Heavy Duty and Double Throw Switches are both load break and horsepower rated. 

a The protective device can either be a fuse installed in a 

fusible switch or an upstream fuse or circuit breaker 

protecting a non-fusible switch. The ampere rating of the 

upstream protective device must not exceed the switch 

ampere rating. 

b All 4 pole and fusible double switches with catalog numbers 

starting with “F” are rated 100,000 AIC max. 

c Class T kit available for 240V max. applications on 1200A 

switches. 

4-2 


Feature Comparison 



General 

Duty 

Heavy 

Duty 

Double 

Throw 

Features / 

Ratings 

b b b 30 thru 600 Amps 

b b 800 and 1200 Amps 

b b b 240 Volt AC 

b b 600 Volt AC 

b b b 250 Volt DC 

b 

600 Volt DC 

b b b Double-break visible blade design 

(30-200A) 

b b b Quick-make, quick-break switching action 

(excludes 30A GD) 

b 

Handle design for hook stick operation 

b b b Padlockable cover latch 

b b b Padlockable handle 

b b Single voidable cover interlock 

(excludes 30-60A GD) 

b b Dual voidable cover interlock 

b b b Type 1 enclosure 

b b b Type 3R enclosure 

b b Type 12 enclosure 

b b Type 4 / 4X enclosures 

b b b Generous wiring gutters that meet UL and 

NEC wire-bending space requirements 

b e b b Lugs suitable for copper or aluminum at 

60˚ or 75˚C 

b b b CU/AL wire lugs that meet UL 486B 

requirements 

b b Suitable for field-convertible compression 

connectors 

b f b b All plated copper current carrying parts 

(except lugs) 

b b b Spring reinforced Fuse Clips 

(except 30-60A GD) b 

b b Clear pivoting line terminal shield 

b b b Replacement parts (except 30-60A GD) 

b 

200% neutral available for 

purchase separately 

b g b ag b ag Provisions for UL Class T, R and H Fuses 

b b a Provisions for UL Class J and L Fuses 

b b Metal nameplate 

b b b Aux. switch kits (excludes 30-60A GD) 

b c 

Type 4X with stainless steel interior parts 

b d b Rolled flange enclosure design (30-200A) 

b b Isolated ground kits 

on 

in operation 

off 

Double Break Switching Action 

Like the time-proven Vacu-Break Design, 

the Siemens VBII double break switching 

action breaks the arc in two places in 

30-600A ratings. This reduces heat 

generation and increases switching 

speed by doubling the breaking distance. 

The result is enhanced performance and 

increased longevity. We also provide the 

most visible blade design available today. 

Unlike conventional knife blade switches, 

the blades are self-aligning to ensure 

positive contact. In addition, they have 

no wear and friction point since the 

“electrical hinge” has been eliminated. 

The result is a very fast, positive and 

reliable switching action for even the 

most severe applications. 

4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

a 400, 600V & 600A fusible, double-throw switches 

accept only Class J or T fuses. Only 800 & 1200A HD 

switches will accept Class L fuses. 

b 30-60A general duty switches have fuse clips 

constructed of spring type copper. 

c 30-200A Type VBII in stainless steel enclosures. 

d 100-200A. 

e 60A only suitable for Cu at 75°. 

f 200A general duty switches have aluminum neutral 

assemblies. 

g 100-600A GD & DT and 100-1200A HD switches will 

accept Class T fuses. 



General Duty and Heavy Duty 



4 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

Enclosure Types 

h A Type 1 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to 

provide protection against contact with the enclosed equipment 

in locations where unusual service conditions do not exist. 

h B Type 3R enclosures are intended for outdoor use primarily 

to provide a degree of protection against falling rain and sleet 

and must remain undamaged by the formation of ice on the 

enclosure. They are not intended to provide protection against 

conditions such as dust, internal condensation, or internal icing. 

h C Type 4, 4X enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor 

use primarily to provide a degree of protection against 

windblown dust, rain, splashing water and hose-directed water. 

They are not intended to provide protection against conditions 

such as internal condensation or internal icing. Also meets 

4X definition by providing a high degree of protection 

against corrosion. Siemens 30-200A stainless steel 4X switches 

are supplied stainless interior parts and hardware as standard. 

h D Type 4 enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use 

primarily to provide a degree of protection against windblown 

dust, rain, splashing water and hose-directed water. They are 

not intended to provide protection against conditions such as 

internal condensation or internal icing. 

h E Type 12 a enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to 

provide a degree of protection against dust, falling dirt and 

dripping water. They are not intended to provide protection 

against conditions such as internal condensation. 

Type 7/9 enclosures for use in hazardous locations. Use with 

molded case switches listed in Section 7. 

h A 

hB 

Load Break Ratings 

All Siemens safety switches are load break rated. The load 

break rating is assigned by UL after the switching unit has 

successfully performed the following tests: 

Number of 

Switch ON/OFF Number of Operations 

Ampere Operations With Without 

Rating per Minute Current Current Total 

30–100 6 6000 4000 10000 

200 5 6000 2000 8000 

400 4 1000 5000 6000 

600 3 1000 4000 5000 

800 2 500 3000 3500 

1200 1 500 2000 2500 

Horsepower Ratings 

All Siemens safety switches, where appropriate, are horsepower 

rated. Ratings are approved by UL only after the 

switching unit has undergone testing to determine its acceptability 

which includes repeated interruption of the locked rotor 

current of the motor for which it is to be rated as follows: 

Max HP Number of ON/OFF Number of Cycles 

Rating Operations per minute of Operation 

100 6 50 

500 1 10 

h C hD 

h E 

Non- Fusible Safety Switch AIC Ratings 

When Protected by a Circuit Breaker 

Breaker Frame Non-Fused Switch 

UL Listed Short Circuit 

Current Rating 

NEG, NGB, ED4 30 DT (240V) 18 kA Thru 240 VAC 

NEB, NEG, NGG, 100A GD & DT (240V) 18 kA Thru 240 VAC 

NGB, ED4 

NEB, NEG, NGG, 30-100A HD & DT (600V) 18 kA Thru 480 VAC 

NGB, ED4 

ED6 30-100A HD & DT (600V) 18 kA Thru 600 VAC 

FD6-A, JD6-A 200A HD & DT (600V) 18 KA Thru 600 VAC 

JD6-A, LD6-A 400A GD & DT (240V) 18 kA Thru 240 VAC 

JD6-A, LD6-A 400A HD & DT (600V) 18 kA Thru 600 VAC 

LD6-A 600A GD & DT (240V) 25kA Thru 240 VAC 

LD6-A 600A HD & DT (600V) 25kA Thru 600 VAC 

NNG 1200A HD & DT (600V) 25 kA Thru 600 VAC 

VBII Type 12 switches are also rated 3R & 3S for outdoor use. Type 3R is defined in B 

above. 3S rated enclosures provide a degree of protection against windblown dust and 

allow operation when the enclosure is ice laden. 

All switches above are rated at 10 KA when protected by any UL Listed CB 

Circuit breaker trip rating must not exceed switch ampere rating 

4-4 



Type VBII Safety Switch Catalog Numbering System 



H F 3 6 4 N R CU A 

Switch Type 

L = General Duty 

Plug Fused 

LNF222RA (no hub provision) 

G = Gen. Duty 

H = Heavy Duty 

DT = Double Throw 

DTG = General Duty DT 

Fused or Non-Fused 

F = Fused 

NF = Non-Fused 


1 = 1 

2 = 2 

3 = 3 

Voltage 

4 = 4 

6 = 6 

1 = 120V or 120/240V 

2 = 240V 

6 = 600V 

Amperes 

1 = 30A 

2 = 60A 

3 = 100A 

4 = 200A 

5 = 400A 

6 = 600A 

7 = 800A 

8 = 1200A 

Series Type 

A = 30A, 60A, 400A, 600A 

Omit = 30A-200A, 800A-1200A 

Special Applications With: 

CH = Crouse-Hinds Receptacle 

CJ = Factory J Fuse Spacings 

CR = Class R Clips Installed 

CU = Factory-Installed Copper Lugs 

G = Factory-Installed Ground Bar 

H = Height or Size Reduced 

L = Oversized Enclosure 

PN = Pyle-National Receptacle 

PV = Photovoltaic rated 

PVPG = Photovoltaic rated, Positive 

Ground 

W = Viewing Window 


Omit = Type 1, Indoor 

R = Type 3R, Outdoor 

S = Type 4 / 4X, Stainless Steel 

SS = Type 4 / 4X, 316 Grade 

Stainless Steel 

X = Type 4 / 4X, Non-Metallic 

J = Type 12, Industrial 

XL = Type 4/4X Non-Metallic 

Less Line & Load Lugs 

With or Without Neutral 

Omit = Less Neutral 

N = With Neutral 

4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

Type VBII Accessories Catalog Numbering System 

H R 6 4 

A 

Switch Type 

H = Heavy Duty 

G = General Duty 

Series Type 

A = 400A, 600A 

Omit = 30A-200A, 800A-1200A 

Accessory Type 

A1 = Auxiliary Switch 1/NO and 1/NC 

A2 = Auxiliary Switch 2/NO and 2/NC 

A3 = Auxiliary Switch Low Current 

CL = Compression Lug Barrier / Mounting Kit 

CU = Copper Lug 

G = Ground Lug Kit 

G2 = Insulated Ground Lug Kit 

J = Class J Fuse Kit 

LC = Copper Lug Kit 

N = Neutral 

N2 = 200% Neutral 

NCM = Field Replacement Lug Kit 

P = Fuse Puller Kit 

R = Class R - Fuse Clip Kit 

T = Class T - Fuse Kit 

Amperes 

1 = 30A 

2 = 60A 

12 = 30/60A 

3 = 100A 

23 = 60/100A 

123 = 30/60/100A 

Maximum Voltage 

2 = 240V Max 

6 = 600V Max 

1234 = 30/60/100/200A 

4 = 200A 

5 = 400A 

56 = 400/600A 

5678 = 400/600/800/1200A 

6 = 600A 

78 = 800/1200A 

Note: Catalog numbering systems above do not apply to 

4-pole & Type “F” & “FR” double throw switches 

& accessories. 

For 400A, 600A use 680V max accessories except 

for T Fuse Kit. 

Only offered for 400A, 600A. 

For 30A-200A, 800A-1200A. 


General Duty Enclosed Switches 

Plug Fuse and 60A Special Application Type 


Selection 

4 

Features 

b Compact size 

b Horsepower rated 

b Indoor and outdoor enclosures 

b Quick make-quick break mechanism 

b Visible “ON”-“OFF” indications 

b Padlock-off handle feature 

b Door padlock provision 

b Bondable neutral (where indicated) 

b Lugs suitable for copper or aluminum wire 

b UL Listed 

b Fuses — not included 

b Switches accept Edison base plug 

fuses 

b Hubs — see page 4-22 

b Lugs — see page 4-22 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 


Type Height Width Depth 

1 8 1 ⁄4 5 1 ⁄2 3 

3R 8 1 ⁄4 5 3 ⁄8 3 1 ⁄8 

Wire Range Table 

Switch Type 

Wire Range 

120/240 Volt Fusible Cu/Al 

30 Amp #14 to #8 AWG d 

240 Volt Non-Fusible Cu 

60 Amp #14 to #6 AWG 

Indoor — Type 1 Outdoor — Type 3R 

a 


Ampere Ship. Wt. (lbs.) Ship Wt. (lbs.) 


Rating Catalog Number Pkg. of 10 Catalog Number Pkg. of 10 Standard Maximum 

120/240 Volt Fusible 

1-Pole and Solid Neutral b 

120 Volt — 1-Phase, 2-Wire 

30 LF111N 35 LF111NR 35 1 

⁄2 2 

2-Pole and No Neutral 

120/240 Volt — 1-Phase, 2-Wire 

30 Use 2-Pole and Solid Neutral 

2-Pole and Solid Neutral b 

120/240 Volt — 1-Phase, 3-Wire 

30 LF211N 35 LF211NR 35 1 1 ⁄2 3 

240 Volt Non-Fusible 

2-Pole Special Application Switch 1 or 2-Pole — No Fuse 240 Volt — 1-Phase, 2-Wire 

60 — — LNF222RA c 30 — 10 

60 — — LNF222RL e 40 3 10 

For inches / millimeters conversion, multiply inches by 

25.4. 

a Dual horsepower ratings: 

Std. — applies when non-time delay plug fuses 

are installed. 

Max — applies when time-delay plug fuses are installed. 

b Has service entrance label. 

UL Listed as “Enclosed Switches” (suitable for use as 

service equipment where indicated) under File #E4776. 

(NEMA) — Type G.D. 

Federal Spec. — W-S-865C — type LD or type NDS 

c Bottom cable entry and exit only. No hub provision 

supplied. Ground lug is included and factory installed. 

d Line lugs will accept and are UL approved for #14 to #6 

Cu/Al cable. 

e Legacy style, oversize enclosure. Ground lug is 

included and factory installed. 

4-6 


Product Category GDSS


Features (60-600A) 



11 5 

10 

9 

6 

3 

4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

1 

8 

4 

7 

2 

1. Cover interlock 

2. Tangential knockouts 100-600A 

for easy conduit lineup 

3. Quick-make, quick-break operating 

mechanism that ensures positive 

operation 

4. Provisions for T, R, J, H, and K 

class fuses (T & J 100-600A) 

5. Wiring gutters that meet or 

exceed NEC wire-bending space 

requirements 

6. Visible blade, double-break switch 

action 

7. Positive 2 or 3 point mounting 

8. Highly visible red handle grip 

9. Informative door labeling which 

includes replacement parts list 

10. Handle and cover padlocking 

provisions 

11. 100A and above have sidehinged 

door that opens 180 

degrees for easier wiring 




Selection 

4 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

System 

Ampere 

Rating 

240 Volt Fusible 

Indoor — Type 1 


2-Pole, 2-Fuse, and Solid Neutral bcd 

Ship Wt. 

(lbs.) 

Std. Pkg 

Outdoor — Type 3R 


Ship Wt. 

(lbs.) 

Std. Pkg 

Horsepower Rating a 

240V AC 250 

1-Phase, 2-Phase, 3-Phase, Volt 

2-Wire 4-Wire 3-Wire DC 

Std. Max. Std. Max. Std. Max. Std. 

240 Volt AC/250 Volt DC 

030 GF221NA 030 g GF221NRA e 30 g 01 1 ⁄2 03 — — 03 007 1 ⁄2 05 

060 GF222NA 020 f GF222NRA e 20 f 03 10 — — 07 1 ⁄2 015 10 

100 GF223N 023 GF223NR 23 07 1 ⁄2 15 — — 15 030 20 

200 GF224N 047 GF224NR 48 15 — — — 25 060 40 

3-Pole, 3-Fuse, and Solid Neutral d 


030 GF321NA 030 g GF321NRA e 030 g 01 1 ⁄2 03 — — 03 007 1 ⁄2 05 

060 GF322NA 020 f GF322NRA e 020 f 03 10 — — 07 1 ⁄2 015 10 

100 GF323N 25 GF323NR 025 07 1 ⁄2 15 — — 15 030 20 

200 GF324N 49 GF324NR 050 15 — — — 25 060 40 

400 GF325NA 94.6 GF325NRA 94.6 15 — — — 50 125 50 

600 GF326NA 95.6 GF326NRA 95.6 15 — — — 75 200 — 

240 Volt Non-Fusible cd 

2-Pole or 3-Pole 


030 GNF221A 020 g GNF221RA e 020 g — 03 — — — — 05 

030 GNF321A i 020 g GNF321RA ei 020 g — 03 — — 007 1 ⁄2 — 05 

030 GNF321LA j 030 g GNF321RLA ej 030 g — 03 — — 007 1 ⁄2 — 05 

060 GNF222A 030 g GNF222RA e 030 g — 10 — — 015 — 10 

060 GNF322A 030 g GNF322RA e 030 g — 10 — — 015 — 10 

100 GNF323 023 GNF323R 024 — 15 — — 030 — 20 

200 GNF324 046 GNF324R 047 — 15 — — 060 — 40 

400 GNF325A 114 Use 600V Switch — HNF365RA — 15 — — 125 — 50 

600 GNF326A 116 Use 600V Switch — HNF366RA — 15 — — 200 — — 

a Dual horsepower ratings: Std.- applies when non-time 

delay fuses are installed. Max.- applies when timedelay 

fuses are installed. 

b These switches are UL-listed for application on 

grounded B-phase systems. 

c Suitable for use on 3-phase motor loads. 

d Service entrance labeled. 

e Has provision for ECHA type hub. 

f 5 switches per standard package. 

g 10 switches per standard package. 

h Height reduced switch (45.25 rather than 56 inches in 

height) for use with 500MCM or smaller conductors. 

i Not suitable for service entrance. 

j Indicates oversized enclosure. 

4-8 


Product Category GDSS


Features 

15 

3 

2 

20 

9 

11 

16 

17 

4 

1 

18 

6 

19 

13 

5 

4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

8 

14 

12 

7 

1. Quick-make, quick-break operating mechanism 

that ensures positive operation. 

2. Visible blade, double-break switching action. 

3. Arc chutes dissipate heat and prolong switch life. 

4. Highly visible red handle grip. 

Designed for hook stick operation. 

12. Unique enclosure design increases rigidity and 

prevents cuts and scrapes to conductors and 

installer’s hands. 

13. Spring reinforced fuse clips that assure reliable 

contact for cool operation. 

14. Door latch securely holds door closed and 

allows cover padlocking. 

10 

5. Defeatable dual cover interlock. 

6. Center punch provided for field drilling 

to allow ON padlocking. 

7. Handle can be padlocked in the OFF position 

with up to (3) padlocks with 5/16" hasps. 

8. Generous top, bottom and side gutters that 

meet or exceed NEC wire-bending space 

requirements. 

9. Informative door labeling which includes 

replacement parts list. 

10. Tangential knockouts through 600A for easy 

conduit lineup. 

11. Side-hinged door that opens past 180 degrees 

for easier wiring. 

15. Front removable mechanical lugs that are 

suitable for CU/AI 60 or 75° C conductors. 

16. Lugs are field convertible to copper 

body and to a wide variety of compression 

connectors. 

17. Hinged clear line terminal shield 

with probe holes for inspecting or 

testing line side terminals. 

18. Embossed aluminum nameplate on Heavy 

Duty Switches provides highly visible ON/OFF 

indication. 

19. Drawn cover for increased rigidity 

and resistance to abuse. 

20. Top key hole and bottom mounting holes 

provide easy 2 or 3 point mounting. 



Selection 

4 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

System 

Ampere 

Rating 



Ship Wt. 

(lbs.) 

Std. Pkg 



Ship Wt. 

(lbs.) 

Std. Pkg 

Horsepower Rating a 

240V AC 

1-Phase, 

2-Wire 

2-Phase, 

4-Wire 

3-Phase, 

3-Wire 

250 

Volt 

DC 

Std. Max. Std. Max. Std. Max. Std. 

240 Volt Fusible e 

2-Pole, 2-Fuse, and Solid Neutral c (Also used for 2-Pole, 2-Wire Applications) 240 Volt AC/250 Volt DC 

30 HF221N 012 HF221NR 013 01 1 ⁄2 03 — — 003 007 1 ⁄2 05 

60 HF222N 018 HF222NR 019 03 10 — — 007 1 ⁄2 015 10 

100 HF223N 023 HF223NR 024 07 1 ⁄2 15 — — 015 030 20 

200 HF224N 047 HF224NR 048 15 — — — 025 060 40 

400 HF225NA 91.1 HF225NRA 91.1 15 — — — 050 125 50 

600 HF226NA 95.6 HF226NRA 95.6 15 — — — 075 200 50 

800 HF227N 365 HF227NR 365 — — — — 100 250 50 

1200 HF228Nn 385 HF228NRn 385 — — — — 100 250 50 

3-Pole, 3-Fuse, and Solid Neutral (Also used for 3-Pole, 3-Wire Applications) 240 Volt AC/250 Volt DC 


2-Pole, 2-Fuse d 

3-Pole, 3-Fuse d 

0030 HF321N 014 HF321NR 015 01 1 ⁄2 03 — — 003 007 1 ⁄2 05 

0060 HF322N 019 HF322NR 020 03 10 — — 007 1 ⁄2 015 10 

0100 HF323N 025 HF323NR 026 07 1 ⁄2 15 — — 015 030 20 

0200 HF324N 049 HF324NR 050 15 — — — 025 060 40 

0400 HF325NA 94.6 HF325NRA 94.6 15 — — — 050 125 50 

0600 HF326NA 99.6 HF326NRA 99.6 15 — — — 075 200 50 

0800 HF327N 375 HF327NR 375 — — — — 100 250 50 

1200 HF328N 395 HF328NR 388 — — — — 100 250 50 


Type 4/4X Stainless 

Type 12 Industrial f 

0030 HF221S 013 HF221J 013 01 1 ⁄2 03 — — 003 007 1 ⁄2 05 

0060 HF222S 019 HF222J 019 03 10 — — 007 1 ⁄2 015 10 

0100 HF223S 024 HF223J 024 07 1 ⁄2 15 — — 015 030 20 

0200 HF224S 048 HF224J 048 15 — — — 025 060 40 

(Also used for 2-Pole, 2-Wire Applications in 400–800A Ratings) 240 Volt AC/250 Volt DC 

0030 HF321S 014 HF321J 014 01 1 ⁄2 3 — — 003 007 1 ⁄2 — 

0060 HF322S 020 HF322J 020 3 10 — — 007 1 ⁄2 015 10 

0100 HF323S 025 HF323J 025 07 1 ⁄2 15 — — 015 030 20 

0200 HF324S 049 HF324J 049 15 — — — 025 060 40 

400 HF325SA 93 HF325JA 93 15 — — — 50 125 50 

400 HF325SSA 93 — — 15 — — — 50 125 50 

600 HF326SA 98 HF326JA 98 15 — — — 75 200 50 

600 HF326SSA 98 — — 15 — — — 75 200 50 

800 HF327S■ 370 HF327J■ 365 — — — — 100 250 50 


Height reduced switch (45.25 rather than 56 inches in 


Dual horsepower ratings: Std.- applies when non-time 



These switches are UL-listed for application on 

grounded B-phase systems and are suitable for 

3-phase motor applications. 

When a neutral is required use a field installed 

neutral kit. 

Suitable for use as service entrance equipment. 

Also rated Type 3S/3R. 

304 grade stainless steel. For switches with enclosures 

constructed from 316 grade stainless steel, see page 4-18. 

4-10 


Product Category HDSS


Selection 

System 

Ampere 

Rating 


2-Pole, 2-Fuse c 

3-Pole, 3-Fuse 



Ship Wt. 

(lbs.) 

Std. Pkg 



Ship Wt. 

(lbs.) 

Std. Pkg 

Horsepower Rating 

480V AC 

1-Phase, 3-Phase, 

2-Wire 3-Wire 

600V AC 

1-Phase, 

2-Wire 

3-Phase, 

3-Wire 

Std. Max. Std. Max. Std. Max. Std. Max. 

250 

Volt 

DC 

600 

Volt 

DC 

480 Volt AC/600 Volt AC/600 Volt DC 

0030 HF261 015 HF261R 015 03 07 1 ⁄2 — — 03 10 — — 05 15 

0060 HF262 020 HF262R 020 05 20 — — 10 25 — — 10 30 

0100 HF263 026 HF263R 027 10 30 — — 15 40 — — 20 50 

480 Volt AC/600 Volt AC/250 Volt DC a 

0030 HF361 14 HF361R 015 03 07 1 ⁄2 005 015 03 10 007 1 ⁄2 020 05 — 

0030 HF361L g 19 HF361RL g 020 03 07 1 ⁄2 005 015 03 10 007 1 ⁄2 020 05 — 

0060 HF362 19 HF362R 020 05 20 015 030 10 25 015 050 10 30 

0060 — — HF362RL 025 05 20 015 030 10 25 015 050 10 30 

0100 HF363 24 HF363R 025 05 20 025 060 15 40 030 075 20 50 

0200 HF364 48 HF364R 049 25 50 050 125 30 50 060 150 40 50 

0400 HF365A 93 HF365RA 157 — — 100 250 — — 125 350 50 — 

0600 HF366A 98 HF366RA 161 — — 150 400 — — 200 500 50 — 

0800 HF367 365 HF367R 365 — — 200 500 — — 250 500 50 — 

1200 HF368 383 HF368R 385 — — 200 500 — — 250 500 50 — 

3-Pole, 3-Fuse and Solid Neutral 


0030 HF361N 014 HF361NR 015 03 07 1 ⁄2 005 015 03 10 007 1 ⁄2 020 05 — 

0060 HF362N 019 HF362NR 020 05 20 015 030 10 25 015 050 10 30 

0100 HF363N 025 HF363NR 026 10 30 025 060 15 40 030 075 20 50 

0200 HF364N 049 HF364NR 050 25 50 050 125 30 50 060 150 40 50 

0400 HF365NA 94.6 HF365NRA 94.6 — — 100 250 — — 125 350 50 — 

0600 HF366NA 99.6 HF366NRA 99.6 — — 150 400 — — 200 500 50 — 

0800 HF367N 375 HF367NR 375 — — 250 500 — — 250 500 50 — 

1200 HF368N 395 HF368NR 388 — — 250 500 — — 250 500 50 — 

600 Volt Fusible e (For 2-Pole Applications use outside poles of 3-Pole Switches) 

2-Pole, 2-Fuse c 

480 Volt AC/600 Volt AC/600 Volt DC 

Type 4/4X Stainless 

Type 12 Industrial f 

0030 HF261S 015 HF261J■ 015 03 07 1 ⁄2 — — 03 10 — — 05 15 

0060 HF262S 020 HF262Jn 020 05 20 — — 10 25 — — 10 30 

0100 HF263Sn 027 HF263Jn 027 10 30 — — 15 40 — — 20 50 

4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 



a 60-600A 3-Pole switches are also rated 600V DC. 

b Height reduced switch (45.25 rather than 56 inches in 


c Use 3-Pole switch for 200A applications. 

Product Category HDSS 

d Dual horsepower ratings: Std.- applies when non-time 



e Suitable for use as service entrance equipment except on 

1200 Amp solidly grounded wye systems per NEC 230.95. 

f Also rated Type 3S/3R. 


0030 HF361S 013 HF361J 014 — — 005 015 — — 007 1 ⁄2 020 05 — 

0060 HF362S 020 HF362J 020 — — 015 030 — — 015 050 10 30 h 

0100 HF363S 025 HF363J 025 — — 025 060 — — 030 075 20 50 h 

0200 HF364S 049 HF364J 049 — — 050 125 — — 060 150 40 50 

0400 HF365SA 93 HF365JA 93 — — 100 250 — — 125 350 50 — 

0400 HF365SSA 93 — — — — 100 250 — — 125 350 50 — 

0600 HF366SA 98 HF366JA 98 — — 150 400 — — 200 500 50 — 

0600 HF366SSA 98 — — — — 150 400 — — 200 500 50 — 

0800 HF367S 370 HF367Jn 365 — — 200 500 — — 250 500 50 — 

1200 HF368Sn 388 HF368Jn 388 — — 250 500 — — 250 500 50 — 

g Indicates oversized enclosure (30A switch with 60A 

lugs in a 60A enclosure or 60A switch with 100A lugs 

in a 100A enclosure). 

h 600V DC & 600V DC horsepower rating shown 

requires (2) poles to be connected in series. 





Selection 

Indoor — Type 1 Outdoor — Type 3R Horsepower Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

Ship 

Wt. (lbs.) 

Catalog 

Number 

Ship 

Wt. (lbs.) 

240 Volt 

1-Phase 3-Phase 

480 Volt 


600 Volt 


4 

System 

Ampere 

Rating 

250V 

DC 

600V 

DC 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

600 Volt Non-Fusible d 

2-Pole 

480 Volt AC / 600 Volt AC / 600 Volt DC 

30 HNF261 12 HNF261R 13 — — 07 1 ⁄2 — 10 — 5 15 

60 HNF262 19 HNF262R 20 — — 20 — 25 — 10 30 

100 HNF263 24 HNF263R 25 — — 30 — 40 — 20 50 

3-Pole 


30 HNF361 12 HNF361R 13 5 10 07 1 ⁄2 20 10 30 5 — 

30 — — HNF361RL f 19 5 10 07 1 ⁄2 20 10 30 5 — 

60 HNF362H b 11 HNF362RH b 11 10 20 20 50 20 40 10 — 

60 HNF362 a 18 HNF362R a 19 10 20 20 50 25 60 10 30 g 

60 — — HNF362RL f 24 10 20 20 50 25 60 10 30 g 

100 HNF363 a 23 HNF363R a 24 15 40 30 75 40 100 20 50 g 

200 HNF364 a 46 HNF364R a 47 15 60 50 125 50 150 40 50 

400 HNF365A a 75 HNF365RA a 75 15 125 50 250 50 350 50 — 

600 HNF366A a 77 HNF366RA a 77 15 200 50 400 50 500 50 — 

800 HNF367 295 HNF367R 295 15 250 50 500 50 500 50 — 

1200 HNF368 305 HNF368R 307 15 250 50 500 50 500 50 — 

600 Volt Non-Fusible d 

2-Pole c 


Type 4 / 4X Stainless Type 12 Industrial 

30 HNF261S 13 HNF261J 13 — — 07 1 ⁄2 — 10 — 5 15 

60 HNF262S 20 HNF262J 20 — — 20 — 25 — 10 30 

100 HNF263Sn 25 HNF263Jn 25 — — 30 — 40 — 20 50 

3-Pole 


30 HNF361S 13 HNF361J 13 5 10 07 1 ⁄2 20 10 30 5 — 

60 HNF362SH b 15 HNF362JH b 14 10 20 20 50 20 40 10 — 

60 HNF362S a 19 HNF362J a 19 10 20 20 50 25 60 10 30 g 

100 HNF363S a 24 HNF363J a 24 15 40 30 75 40 100 20 50 g 

200 HNF364S a 47 HNF364J a 47 15 60 50 125 50 150 40 50 

400 HNF365SA a 75 HNF365JA a 75 15 125 50 250 50 350 50 — 

400 HNF365SSA 75 — — 15 125 50 250 50 350 50 — 

600 HNF366SA a 77 HNF366JA a 77 15 200 50 400 50 500 50 — 

600 HNF366SSA 77 — — 15 200 50 400 50 500 50 — 

800 HNF367S 295 HNF367Jn 295 15 250 50 500 50 500 50 — 

1200 HNF368Sn 310 HNF368Jn 310 15 250 50 500 50 500 50 — 


a 60-600A 3-Pole switches are also rated 600V DC. 

b Compact switch (11.1"H, 6.6"W box less cover and handle). 

Short circuit withstand rating—100,000 RMS sym. amps. 

c Use 3-Pole switch for 200A application. 

d Suitable for use as service entrance equipment except for 

1200 when used on a 480 or 600V grounded wye system. 

e Also rated type 3S / 3R. 

f Indicates oversized enclosure (30A switch in a 60A 

enclosure or a 60A switch in a 100A enclosure. 

g 600V DC and 600V DC horsepower rating shown 




4-12 




Type 4/4X & 12 with Viewing Window 

Selection 

Description 

30–600A, 3-pole 600V max. in fusible and 

non-fusible versions in Type 4/4X stainless 

steel and Type 12 enclosures. 

All allow viewing of visible blade position. 

30–200A also allow viewing of indicating 

type fuses. 

Features 

b Rugged installer-friendly enclosure 

design features a gasket flange with 

continuously welded seams 

b Tool-free cover latches 

b Two, three and four point mounting 

b Metal handle with large insulating grip 

features a positive stop in both ON and 

OFF position 

b Ground lugs provided as standard 

b Type 12 enclosures are fabricated from 

galvanized steel and are also rated for 

3R/3S outdoor applications 

b Type 4X stainless steel switches 

(30–200A) are provided with stainless 

steel interior parts 

b The widest range of accessories 

available including 200% neutrals, 

gold plated PLC auxiliary contacts 

and isolated ground kits 

System 

Ampere 

Rating 


Ship 

Wt. (lbs.) 

Maximum Horsepower Rating 

240V AC 480V AC 600V AC 

1-Phase, 2-Wire 3-Phase, 3-Wire 3-Phase, 3-Wire 3-Phase, 3-Wire 

3-Pole, 3-Wire Fusible, Type 3R 600 Volt AC / 250 Volt DC 

30 HF361RW 17 3 7 1 ⁄2 15 20 5 — 

60 HF362RW 22 10 15 30 50 10 30 

250V 

DC 

600V 

DC 

4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

3-Pole, 3-Wire Non-Fusible, Type 3R 

600 Volt AC / 250 Volt DC 

30 HNF361RW 14 3 10 20 30 5 — 

60 HNF362RW 21 10 20 50 60 10 30 

3-Pole, 3-Wire Fusible, Type 12 600 Volt AC / 250 Volt DC 

30 HF361JW 17 3 7 1 ⁄2 15 20 5 — 

60 HF362JW 22 10 15 30 50 10 30 

100 HF363JW 26 15 30 60 75 20 50 

200 HF364JW 53 — 60 125 150 40 50 

400 HF365JWA 93 — 125 250 350 50 — 

600 HF366JWA 98 — 200 400 500 50 — 

3-Pole, 3-Wire Non-Fusible, Type 12 600 Volt AC / 250 Volt DC 

30 HNF361JW 14 3 10 20 30 5 — 

60 HNF362JW 21 10 20 50 60 10 30 

100 HNF363JW 25 15 40 75 100 20 50 

200 HNF364JW 51 15 60 125 150 40 50 

400 HNF365JWA 75 15 125 250 350 50 — 

3-Pole, 3-Wire Fusible, Type 4X Stainless Steel 600 Volt AC / 250 Volt DC 

30 HF361SW 17 3 7 1 ⁄2 15 20 5 — 

60 HF362SW 23 10 15 30 50 10 30 

100 HF363SW 28 15 30 60 75 20 50 

200 HF364SW 55 — 60 125 150 40 50 

400 HF365SWA 75 15 125 250 350 50 — 

400 HF365SSWA 75 15 125 250 350 50 — 

3-Pole, 3-Wire Non-Fusible, Type 4X Stainless Steel 600 Volt AC / 250 Volt DC 

30 HNF361SW 15 3 10 20 30 5 — 

60 HNF362SW 23 10 20 50 60 10 30 

100 HNF363SW 27 15 40 75 100 20 50 

200 HNF364SW 54 15 60 125 150 40 50 

400 HNF365SWA 75 15 125 250 350 50 — 

400 HNF365SSWA 75 15 125 250 350 50 — 

a 200A switches are also rated 600V DC. 

Maximum HP ratings listed apply only when time delay 

fuses are used. 

Also rated 3S/3R for outdoor use. 

All switches are suitable for use as service entrance 

equipment. Use outside poles of 3-pole switch for 2-pole 

application. 

600V DC and 600V DC horsepower rating shown 







Type ECS Elevator Control Switches 


Catalog Logic 

4 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

Elevator Control Switches 

Application 

Siemens Type (ECS) Elevator Control disconnect switches are 

designed for single cable or hydraulic elevator application to 

interrupt the incoming AC power upon receiving a signal from 

the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). 

Description 

The Elevator Control switch units come completely assembled 

for quick installation, eliminating the labor and time needed to 

assemble individual components. Therefore, the numbering 

system assures that you get all of the correct components, 

assembled with the correct ratings, without having to individually 

order accessories. 

It is easy to meet Code requirements for selective coordination 

in a fully fused system. Siemens Type (ECS) Elevator 

Control disconnect switches utilize Class J fuses that easily 

coordinate with any upstream fuse by simply using a 2:1 lineside 

to load-side fuse ratio. 

Standards 

n UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switch – 

Guide 96NK3917, File E182262 

Catalog Number System 

The following catalog numbering system defines an Elevator 

Control Switch construction. 

Elevator Control 

Switches 

Ampere rating 

1 = 30 A 

2 = 60 A 

3 = 100 A 

4 = 200 A 

5 = 400A 

Control Transformer 

T2 = 208 V 

T3 = 240 V 

T1 = 480 V 

T4 = 600 V) 

Fire Safety Interface Relay 

(3PDT, 10 A, 120 V) 

R2 = 24 Vdc Coil 

R1 = 120 Vac Coil 

ECS 1 T2 R2 G F1 3 N B 

Pilot Light ON 

G = Green 

R = Red 

W = White 

Fire Alarm Voltage Monitoring Relay 

(To Monitor Shunt Trip Voltage) 

F1 = Single-Pole 

F3 = Three-Pole 

Enclosure options (NEMA 1 Standard 

With No Suffix Designation Required) 

3 = NEMA 3R 

D = NEMA 12 

P = NEMA 4 Painted Steel 

Neutral Lug 

N = Isolated Full Capacity 

Auxiliary Contacts (1NO/1NC) 

B = Main Switch 

a 100 VA with Primary and Secondary fusing (120 V Secondary) 

4-14 



Type ECS Elevator Control Switches 


Features 

Elevator Control Switches 

Standard Features 

n 30-400 A, 600 Vac, 3-phase fused power switch 

n 200 kA RMS assembly short-circuit current rating 

n Shunt trip 120 V 

n Control power terminal block 

n Ground lug compliant with the National Electric Code 

n Class J fuse mounting only (Class J fuses not included) 

n Key to test switch 

n Pilot light – "ON" 

n Mechanically interlocked auxiliary contact for hydraulic 

elevators with battery backup (5 A, 120 Vac rated) 

n Handle designed for hook stick operation 

Optional Features 

n Control power transformer with fuses and blocks 

n Fire safety interface relay 

n Isolated neutral lug (oversized 200% rated neutral option 

available where required by excessive non-linear loads) 

n Fire Alarm Voltage Monitoring Relay (to monitor Shunt 

Trip Voltage) 

n NEMA 3R, 4, and 12 enclosures available 

n OSHPD Special Seismic Certification Preapproval (OSP) 

Other Options 

Optional features include contact closure, i.e. battery lowering/ 

door opening system. The B option offers support for the 

states of Arizona, Oregon, and Texas requirements to prevent 

"nuisance" fire alarms by over-riding the "Control Power not 

Available" signal when the Siemens Elevator control disconnect 

is manually (intentionally) turned off, and distinctive signaling for 

ON-OFF-TRIPPED conditions (Option B). 

All Siemens Elevator Control elevator disconnect switches 

are UL-Listed and designed for safe access by qualified 

personnel. When maintenance or shutdown service is 

required, no energized parts are exposed inside the enclosure 

when the disconnect switch is manually turned to the OFF 

position. For proper maintenance safety precautions, always 

turn off incoming power to the Siemens Elevator Control 

elevator switch when possible. When servicing any live 

electrical equipment, always wear appropriate personal 

protective equipment. 

Shunt-Trip Operation 

The disconnect means is a shunt-trip operated switch. The 

control power source for the shunt-trip operator is a 120 Vac 

supply originating in the Siemens Elevator Control switch. 

Current to the shunt-trip device is switched by an isolation 

relay, which is in turn controlled by the FACP. 

The control signal may be either 24 Vdc from the FACP 

(Option R2) or a "dry" contact closure in the FACP (Option R1). 

In the case of a “dry” contact closure, the sensing voltage is 

120 Vac originating in the Siemens Elevator Control switch. 

A key test switch (Option K) is included for testing the 

shunttrip circuit. 

Supervisory Indication 

Additionally, an optional separate relay can be specified to 

monitor the 120 Vac control power source in the Siemens 

Elevator Control switch. This relay (Option F1 or F3) is used to 

provide supervisory indication of "Control Power Available" as 

required by NFPA 72 Section 6.15.4.4. 

Transformer Fuse Details 

ECS Voltage/ 

Transformer Voltage 

Primary Fuse 

(amps) 

Secondary Fuse 

(amps) 

208/120 FNQ-R-2 FNM-1 1/4 

240/120 FNQ-R-2 FNM-1 1/4 

480/120 FNQ-R-1 FNM-1 1/4 

600/120 FNQ-R-1 FNM-1 1/4 

4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

UL A / NEC B Listed Horsepower Ratings 

Voltage / Poles 

30A 60A 100A 200A 400A 

Std b Max a Std b Max a Std b Max a Std b Max a Std b Max a 

208VAC / 3 Pole B 2 5 5 10 10 15 20 40 40 75 

240VAC / 3 Pole A 2 7½ 7½ 15 15 30 25 60 50 75 

480VAC / 3 Pole A 5 15 15 30 25 60 50 125 100 150 

6008VAC / 3 Pole A 7½ 20 15 50 30 75 60 150 125 200 

Fuse and Short Circuit Information 

This switch is suitable for use with Class J Fuses ONLY. 

a Max HP with time delay Class J Fuses. 

b Max HP with non-time delay Class J Fuses. 



Type VBII 4 & 6-Pole Heavy Duty Safety Switches 

Selection 

4 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

Application 

4 & 6-pole Switches are commonly 

used as a disconnecting means for 

two-speed, two-winding motors. 

Fused switches provide both over 

current and short circuit protection. 

Non-fusible switches normally provide 

a local disconnection means for twospeed 

motors which are remote from 

their motor controller. 4-pole switches 

are also used in 3-phase, 4-wire circuits 

when a switching neutral is required. 

All 4 & 6-pole switches are service 

entrance rated. 

Description 

4 & 6-pole switches are available in 

30-200A ratings and in both fusible and 

non-fusible versions. 4-pole switches are 

supplied with either Type 1 or Type12/3R 

enclosures. 

6-pole switches are available with either 

Type 12/3R or Type 4X stainless steel 

enclosures. 

Standards 

b UL & CUL listed under file #E4776 

b Meets UL98 for enclosed switches 

b 4 & 6-Pole switches are suitable for 

use as service entrance 

b Meets NEMA Standard KS-1 for 

enclosed switches 

b Meets NEC wire bending space 

requirements 

Features 

b Visible blade, double break switching 

action 

b Highly visible ON/OFF indication 

b Defeatable dual cover interlock 

b Padlock option in OFF position 

b All copper current carrying parts a 

b Tangenital knockouts (Type 1, 

4-pole switches) 

HNF662J 

4-Pole Type VBII Switches ab 

Indoor Type 1 Type 12/3R Industrial Horsepower Ratings 

Amp Catalog Ship Wt. Catalog Ship Wt. 240V, 2Ø, 4W 240V 3Ø 480V, 3Ø 600V, 3Ø 250V 

System Rating Number (lbs.) Number (lbs.) DC 


Fusible 600 Volt AC, 250 Volt DC — 4-Pole, 4 Fuse d 

30 HF461 36 HF461J 36 3 10 3 7 1 ⁄2 5 15 7 1 ⁄2 20 5 

60 HF462 40 HF462J 40 7 1 ⁄2 20 7 1 ⁄2 15 15 30 15 50 10 

100 HF463 43 HF463J 43 15 30 15 30 25 60 30 75 20 

200 HF464n 88 HF464Jn 88 25 50 25 60 50 125 60 150 40 

Non-fusible 600 Volt AC, 250 Volt DC — 4-Pole 

30 HNF461 32 HNF461J 32 — 10 — 10 — 20 — 30 5 

60 HNF462 34 HNF462J 34 — 20 — 20 — 50 — 60 10 

100 HNF463n 36 HNF463Jn 36 — 30 — 40 — 75 — 100 20 

200 HNF464n 78 HNF464Jn 78 — 50 — 60 — 125 — 150 4 

6-Pole Type VBII Switches abe 

Type 12/3R Industrial Type 4X Stainless Steel Horsepower Ratings c 

Amp Catalog Ship Wt. Catalog Ship Wt. 240V 3Ø 480V, 3Ø 600V, 3Ø 250V 

System Rating Number (lbs.) Number (lbs.) Std. Max. Std. Max. Std. Max. DC 

Fusible 600 Volt AC, 250 Volt DC — 6-Pole, 6 Fuse d 

30 HF661J 37 HF661Sn 37 3 7 1 ⁄2 5 15 7 1 ⁄2 20 5 

60 HF662J 41 HF662Sn 41 7 1 ⁄2 15 15 30 15 50 10 

100 HF663Jn 44 HF663Sn 44 15 30 25 60 30 75 20 

200 HF664Jn 90 HF664Sn 90 25 60 50 125 60 150 40 

Non-fusible 600 Volt AC, 250 Volt DC — 6-Pole 

30 HNF661J 33 HNF661S 33 — 10 — 20 — 30 5 

60 HNF662J 35 HNF662S 35 — 20 — 50 — 60 10 

100 HNF663J 37 HNF663S 37 — 40 — 75 — 100 20 

200 HNF664J 80 HNF664Sn 80 — 60 — 125 — 150 40 


a Lugs are aluminum alloy as standard. Optional copper 

body lugs are available. 

b All 4 & 6-pole VBII switches are suitable for use as 

service equipment when a neutral is installed or 

equipment ground kit is properly connected. 

c Dual horsepower ratings: Std. – applies when 

non-time-delay fuses are installed. Max. – applies 

when time delay fuses are installed. 

d Fusible switches accept Class H Fuses as the standard. 

Class R & J fuses can also be installed and 

increase the rating from 10,000 to 200,000 AIC. For 

Class J, the load base is moved upward. For Class R 

fuses, rejection kits are required. 

e Supplied with factory installed ground lugs. 

4-16 




Special Application Switches / Interlocked Receptacle Switches 

Selection 

Application 

Receptacle Safety Switches 

provide cord connection protection 

of heavy-duty portable equipment 

(welders, infrared ovens, batch 

feeders, portable conveyors, assembly 

line fixtures and tools, refrigerator 

trucks, etc.) under load or fault 

conditions. 

Standards 

All receptacle switches are UL listed 

under file #E4776. Those with a 

viewing window are also CSA certified 

under file #1079316. 

Description ab 

Type 12 and 4/4X Receptacle 

Safety Switches are available 

with 3-phase, 4-wire grounded 

type Crouse-Hinds Arkite 2 or 

Pyle-National receptacle, pre-wired 

and mounted with interlock linkage to 

the switch mechanism. Insertion or 

removal of the plug is prevented by 

the interlock linkage while the switch 

is in the “ON” position. Receptacle 

prevents operation of switch if 

incorrect plug is inserted. 

Crouse-Hinds Interlocked Receptacle Switches 

Type 12 

Type 4/4X 

Shipping Accepts Crouse-Hinds 

Ampere Wt. (lbs.) Arktite a Plug 

Rating Catalog Number Catalog Number Std. Pkg. Catalog Number 

HF362JCH 

4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

240V Fusible, 3-Pole, 3-Wire 

30 HF321JCH HF321SCHs 23 APJ3485 & NPJ3485 



600V Fusible, 3-Pole, 3-Wire 

30 HF361JCH HF361SCH 24 APJ3485 & NPJ3485 

60 HF362JCH HF362SCH 30 APJ6485 & NPJ6485 


600V Non-Fusible, 3-Pole, 3-Wire 

30 HNF361JCHs HNF361SCHs 22 APJ3485 & NPJ3485 

60 HNF362JCH HNF362SCH 29 APJ6485 & NPJ6485 

100 HNF363JCHs HNF363SCHs 35 APJ10487 & NPJ10487 

600V Fusible, 3-Pole, 3-Wire with Viewing Window 

30 HF361JCHWs HF361SCHWs 24 APJ3485 & NPJ3485 

60 HF362JCHW HF362SCHW 30 APJ6485 & NPJ6485 

100 HF363JCHWs HF363SCHWs 36 APJ10487 & NPJ10487 

600V Non-Fusible, 3-Pole, 3-Wire with Viewing Window 

30 HNF361JCHWs HNF361SCHWs 22 APJ3485 & NPJ3485 

60 HNF362JCHW HNF362SCHWs 29 APJ6485 & NPJ6485 

100 HNF363JCHWs HNF363SCHWs 35 APJ10487 & NPJ10487 

Pyle-National Interlocked Receptacle Switches 

3-Poles Fusible and Non-Fusible 

Type 12 

Ampere Rating 

Type 12 Stainless Steel Shipping Accepts Pyle-National 

Voltage Catalog Catalog Wt. (lbs.) QuelArc bc Plugs 

Switch Receptacle Rating Number Number Std. Pkg. Plug Catalog Number 

30 30 

600 (F) HF361JPNs HF361SPNs 23 

600 (N-F) HNF361JPN HNF361SPN 21 

JPD-83046 

240 (F) HF322JPNs — 28 

60 60 600 (F) HF362JPNs HF362SPNs 28 JPD-116046 

600 (N-F) HNF362JPN HNF362SPN 27 

s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery. 

a Arktite is a registered trademark of the Crouse- 

Hinds Company. Plugs are not sold or supplied by 

Siemens. 


b Indicates plug with maximum diameter cable bushing. 

c QuelArc is a registered trademark of the Pyle- 

National Company. 

Ampere rating of both switch and receptacle. 

Also rated Type 3R/3S. 

Enclosure is constructed of Type 304 stainless steel. 



Special Application Safety Switches / Type VBII Non-Metallic & 316 Grade Stainless Steel 

Application 

Siemens Non-metallic and 316 grade 

stainless steel switches provide a 

superior level of corrosion resistance 

to assure trouble free performance in 

the most severe conditions. 316 grade 

stainless steel provides increased 

corrosion resistance when compared to 

304 grade, especially in atmospheres 

containing a high level of chlorine 

commonly encountered in marine and 

waste management applications. Our 

non-metallic enclosures are constructed 

from fiberglass reinforced polyester and 

are extremely resistant to a wide range 

of corrosive atmospheres. They allow a 

wide range of operating temperatures 

and their insulating properties virtually 

eliminate problems caused by internal 

condensation. 

Description 

30-200A, 600V Max, fusible and nonfusible 

switches are available in both 

non-metallic and 316 grade stainless 

steel versions. All are supplied with 

factory installed ground bars as 

standard. Viewing windows are also 

available in the stainless offering. 

4 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

Type 4/4X Non-Metallic 

Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

Ship Weight 

Std. pkg. 

(lbs.) 

Horsepower Rating—3-Phase 

240 Volt AC 480 Volt AC 600 Volt AC 

Std. Max. Std. Max. Std. Max. 

250 

Volts 

DC 

600 

Volts 

DC 

3-Pole, 4-Wire, 240 Volt Fusible, Type 4X e 

30 HF321NX 21 3 7 1 ⁄2 — — — — 5 — 

60 HF322NXs 22 7 1 ⁄2 15 — — — — 10 — 

3-Pole, 4-Wire, 600 Volt AC Fusible, Type 4X bce 

30 HF361NX 21 3 7 1 ⁄2 5 15 7 1 ⁄2 20 5 15 d 

60 HF362NX 22 7 1 ⁄2 15 15 30 15 50 10 30 d 

100 HF363NXs a 39 15 30 25 60 30 75 20 50 d 

200 HF364NXs a 83 25 60 50 125 60 150 40 50 

3-Pole, 3-Wire, 600 AC Volt Non-Fusible, a Type 4X bc 

30 HNF361X 20 — 7 1 ⁄2 — 20 — 30 5 15 d 

60 HNF362X 20 — 15 — 50 — 60 10 30 d 

100 HNF363Xs 38 — 30 — 75 — 100 20 50 d 

200 HNF364Xs 81 — 60 — 125 — 150 40 50 

Type 4/4X 316 Grade Stainless Steel 

Ampere 

Rating 

Standard 

Catalog 

Number 

With Viewing 

Window 

Catalog 

Number 

Ship 

Weight 

(lbs.) 

Horsepower Rating—3-Phase 

240 Volt AC 480 Volt AC 600 Volt AC 

Std. Max. Std. Max. Std. Max. 

250 

Volts 

DC 

600 

Volts 

DC 

240V AC, 250V DC Fusible 3-Pole, 3-Wire 

30 HF321SSs — 15 3 7 1 ⁄2 — — — — 5 — 

60 HF322SSs — 19 7 1 ⁄2 15 — — — — 10 — 

100 HF323SSs — 27 15 30 — — — — 20 — 

200 HF324SSs — 48 25 60 — — — — 40 — 

600V AC, 250V DC Fusible 3-Pole, 3-Wire c 

30 HF361SS HF361SSW 17 3 7 1 ⁄2 5 15 7 1 ⁄2 20 5 — 

60 HF362SS HF362SSW▲ 21 7 1 ⁄2 15 10 30 15 50 10 30 d 

100 HF363SS HF363SSWs 28 15 30 25 60 30 75 20 50 d 

200 HF364SS HF364SSWs 54 25 60 50 125 60 150 40 50 

600V AC, 250 V DC Non-Fusible 3-Pole, 3-Wire ac 

30 HNF361SS HNF361SSW 15 — 10 — 20 — 30 5 — 

60 HNF362SS HNF362SSWs 21 — 20 — 50 — 60 10 30 d 

100 HNF363SS HNF363SSWs 26 — 40 — 75 — 100 20 50 d 

200 HNF364SS HNF364SSWs 51 — 60 — 125 — 150 40 50 


a Also used for 240 volt applications. 

b Add “L” to end of catalog number for switches less 

line & load lugs with mounting hardware for crimp 

type or copper body lugs. 

c 200A switches are also rated 600V DC max. 

d 600V DC voltage and horsepower rating shown 


e Supplied with factory installed neutral. 

4-18 




Enclosed Solar Photovoltaic (PV) Switches 


Selection 

Application 

Solar disconnect switches are 

designed to be used in the DC portion 

of photovoltaic power generation 

circuits. They incorporate powerful 

magnets within the switch line base 

which work in combination with a 

double break switching action to 

quickly dissipate the very hot arc that 

is generated when a 600V DC circuit 

is opened under load. These circuits 

are defined by article 690 of the NEC 

which requires the grounded conductor 

to be at ground potential at all times 

and therefore cannot be switched. 

Description 

30-200A switches are available in 

both Type 1 and 3R enclosures and in 

both fusible and non–fusible versions. 

They are provided with an additional 

door mounted warning label as 

required by the NEC and are supplied 

with a factory installed equipment 

ground bar. They are built to UL98 

requirements but are UL listed in file 

number E335018 as UL1741 photovoltaic 

disconnect switches. They are 

3 pole switches that are approved to 

switch 3 separate 600V DC circuits 

(one per pole). The design incorporates 

many of the standard VBII switch 

features including a rolled out enclosure 

front flange, a large metal operating 

handle, oversized line and load lugs 

and large wire gutters. 1000VDC 

photovoltaic switches are UL98B listed 

for solar applications and comply with 

article 690 of the NEC. The new 

400-600Amp switches are also UL98B 

listed at 600VDC and come in NEMA 

Type 3R. 

Solar Photovoltaic Enclosed Disconnect Switches 

Ampere 

Rating 

Indoor – Type 1 Outdoor – Type 3R Rated Isc 


Ship Wt* 

Std. Pkg. Catalog Number 

Ship Wt* 

Std. Pkg. 

Per NEC 

Article 690 

Negative Ground 3 Pole 3 Wire Fusible 600Volt DC 

30 HF361PV 14 HF361RPV 15 19.2 A 

60 HF362PV 20 HF362RPV 21 38.4 A 

100 HF363PV▲ 25 HF363RPV 26 64.0 A 

200 HF364PV▲ 49 HF364RPV 50 128.0 A 

Negative Ground 3 Pole 3 Wire Non-Fusible 600Volt DC 

30 HNF361PV 12 HNF361RPV 13 24.0 A 

60 HNF362PV 19 HNF362RPV 20 48.0 A 

100 HNF363PV▲ 24 HNF363RPV 25 80.0 A 

200 HNF364PV▲ 47 HNF364RPV 48 160.0 A 

Positive and Negative Ground, 1 Pole, Fusible 1000 Volt DC 

200 HF1104NPV▲ 52 HF1104NRPV▲ 53 128.0A 

Positive and Negative Ground, 1 Pole, Non-Fusible 1000 Volt DC 

200 HNF1104NPV▲ 50 HNF1104NRPV▲ 51 160.0A 

Positive Ground 3 Pole 3 Wire Fusible 600Volt DC 

30 HF361PVPG 14 HF361RPVPG 15 19.2 A 

60 HF362PVPG▲ 20 HF362RPVPG 21 38.4 A 

100 HF363PVPG▲ 25 HF363RPVPG▲ 26 64.0 A 

200 HF364PVPG▲ 49 HF364RPVPG▲ 50 128.0 A 

Positive Ground 3 Pole 3 Wire Non-Fusible 600Volt DC 

30 HNF361PVPG 12 HNF361RPVPG 13 24.0 A 

60 HNF362PVPG▲ 19 HNF362RPVPG 20 48.0 A 

100 HNF363PVPG▲ 24 HNF363RPVPG▲ 25 80.0 A 

200 HNF364PVPG▲ 47 HNF364RPVPG▲ 48 160.0 A 

Positive and Negative Ground, 2 Wire, 600Volt DC, Type 3R 

Amperage 

Rating 

No. 

Poles Fuse Type Catalog Number 

Ship Wt* 

Std. Pkg 

400A 1 Fusible HF165NRPV▲ 165 256A 

400A 1 Non-fusible HNF165NRPV▲ 127 256A 

600A 1 Fusible HF166NRPV▲ 167 384A 

600A 1 Non-fusible HNF166NRPV▲ 129 384A 

Rated Isc Per 

NEC Article 690 

HF361PV 

HNF361RPV 

4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 


* In pounds (lbs) 

Note: All disconnects are rated at 10,000 AIC per UL 

requirements when used with or protected by Class K, J 

or R fuses rated at 600VDC. 

HF362RPV 



General and Heavy Duty Safety Switches 

Accessories 


Selection 

HR612 

HT63 

HN264 

4 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

Class R Fuse Clip Kits 

All General Duty and Heavy Duty 

Switches are field convertible to accept 

Class R Fuse Clip Kits. The kits prevent 

the installation of Class H and K fuses 

(one kit required per 3-pole switch). 


Catalog 

Number 

HR21A 

HR21 

HR612 

HR22A 

HR62 

HR63 

HR64 

HR65A 

HR66A 

Class J Fusing 

All 30-600A, 600V and 100-600A,240V 

fusible Heavy Duty Switches are field 

convertible to accept Class J fuses by 

moving the load base to a pre-drilled J 

fuse position. All 100-600A, 240V 

fusible General Duty switches can also 

be field converted to accept Class J fuses. 

Class J Fuse Kits 

Catalog 

Number 

HJ66A 

Internal Shield Kits (for fusible switches) 

Kits provide a clear plastic inner door to 

prevent accidental contact with live parts. 

Test probe holes are provided and fuses 

can be replaced without removal of kit. 

Internal Shield Kits b 

Switch 

Ampere Rating 

30A HD 

60A HD 

100A HD 

200A HD 

Description 

30A, 240V Kit (GD only) 

30A, 240V Kit (HD only) 

30A, 600V Kit 

60A 240V Kit (GD only) 

60A, 600V Kit 

100A Kit 

200A Kit 

400A Kit 

600A Kit 

Description 

600A, 240V/600V Kit 

Kit Catalog Number 

HSK61SSW 

HSK62SSW 

HSK63SSW 

HSK64SSW 

Class T Fuse Adapter Kits 

All 100-600A, General Duty and 100- 

200Amp and 1200Amp Heavy Duty 

Switches are field convertible to accept 

Class T fuses. 

Class T Fuse Adapter Kits a 

Catalog 

Number 

HT23 

HT63 

HT24 

HT64s 

HT25A 

HT65A 

HT26A 

HT66A 

TFAK72 

TFAK75 

TFAK82 

HN612 

Description 

100A, 240V Kit 

100A, 600V Kit 

200A, 240V Kit 

200A, 600V Kit 

400A, 240V Kit 

400A, 600V Kit 

600A, 240V Kit 

600A, 600V Kit 

800A, 240V Kit 

800A, 600V Kit 

1200A, 240V Kit 

Neutral Kits 

Standard Neutral Kits can be field 

installed in General and Heavy Duty 

Switches. 

Neutral Kits 

Switch Ampere Rating Kit Catalog Number 

30 GD n/a 

30 HD HN612 

60 GD HN22A 

60, 100 HD, 100 GD HN623 

200 HN64 

400 & 600 HN656A 

800 & 1200 HN678 

200% Neutral Kits 

UL listed 200% Neutrals are available 

on 100-600A Heavy Duty Switches. 

They are typically used with non-linear 

transformers or where increased neutral 

ampacity/lug capacity is required. 


Switch 

Ampere 

Rating 

HP61 

Kit 

Catalog 

Number 

Fuse Puller Kits 

Fuse Puller Kits are field installable in 

30-100A Type VBII Heavy Duty Switches 

(one kit required per 3-pole switch). 


Wire Range Line & 

Load Lugs (Cu/Al) 

100 HN263 (2) #14-1/0 AWG 

200 HN264 (2) #6 AWG-300 Kcmil 

400 HN656A 

(2) 1/0 AWG-600 Kcmil 

(2) #6 AWG-300 Kcmil 

600 HN678A 

(2) 1/0 AWG-600 Kcmil 

(2) #6 AWG-300 Kcmil 

Switch 

Ampere 

Fuse Puller Kit 

Rating 


030 HP61 

060 HP62s 

100 HP63s 


a One kit per pole required. 

b Not designed for use in Non-metallic 4X safety 

switches. Not designed for use with Auxiliary Contacts. 

4-20 




Accessories 


Selection 

HA261234 

HA265678 

HLC612 

HG261234 

Auxiliary Contacts 

Auxiliary Contacts are available only for Heavy Duty Switches. 

The auxiliary contacts are available in 1 normally open and 

1 normally closed or 2 normally open and 2 normally closed 

configurations. Siemens offers a PLC Auxiliary Switch (30- 

600A) that has very low resistance for low voltage and current 

typical in PLC circuits. All auxiliary contacts make after and 

break before main switch contacts. 

Auxiliary Contacts a 

Switch 

Ampere 

Aux. Switch 

Catalog 

Number 

Kit Ampere 

Rating 

125V 

AC 

Max. 

250V 

AC 

Max. 

28V 

DC 

Max. 

Copper Lug Kits 

Heavy duty switches are UL approved to accept 

field installed copper lug kits. 

Horsepower 

Rating 

125V 

AC 

Max. 

250V 

AC 

Max. 

With 1 NO & 1 NC Isolated Contacts 

30-600 HA161234 10 10 7 1/2 3/4 

800-1200 HA165678 10 10 — 1/2 3/4 


30-600 HA261234 10 10 7 1/2 3/4 

800-1200 HA265678 10 10 7 1/2 3/4 

Low Current PLC Type with 1 NO & 

1 NC Gold Plated Contacts 

30-600 HA361234 10 10 7 1/2 3/4 

800-1200 HA365678 10 10 — 1/2 3/4 


Switch 

Ampere 

Rating 

Copper Lug 

Catalog 

Number 

Description 

30–60 HLC612 (9) Lugs/Kit #14-4 AWG Cu 

100 HLC63s (9) Lugs/Kit #14-1/0 AWG Cu 

200 HLC64s (9) Lugs/Kit #6 AWG-300 Kcmil Cu 

400-600 HCU656An (1) Lugs/Kit #1/0 AWG-600 Kcmil Cu 

800–1200 HLC65678 (1) Lugs/Kit #1/0 AWG-600 Kcmil Cu 


n Purchase field replacement kit along with lugs. 

a Series A 400A and 600A switches use HA161234, HA261234 or HA361234 auxiliary 

contacts. Earlier 400A and 600A switches use HA165678, HA265678 or HA365678 

auxiliary contacts. 

Quick Connects 

They provide two point control power take-off capability and 

are normally used on two poles on the line side when it is 

required to have control power available when the switch is 

in the OFF position. They provide a mounting provision for 

standard ¼” quick connect terminal. Installed in the line or 

load side. 30A VBII switches have lugs UL listed to accept (2) 

wires per pole as standard so a 30A kit is not required. 



HCQ62 

HCQ63 

HCQ64 

Isolated Ground Kits 

Isolated Ground Kits are available on 30-600A Heavy Duty 

Switches. They are normally used on circuits with a high content 

of computer or other electronic loading which require a ground 

which is isolated from the building ground and neutral circuits. The 

kit includes both isolated and grounded terminals as listed below. 

Isolated Ground Kits 

Switch 

Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog Number of Terminals 

Number Isolated Grounded 

30–200 HG261234 2 2 #14-4 AWG 

400–600 HG2656A 4 4 

Equipment Ground Kits 

Switch 

Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

Description 

60A 2 wire quick connect kit 



Number of 

Terminals 

Wire Range 

Per Terminal (Cu/Al) 

2/0-14 AWG 

2/0-6 AWG 


Equipment Ground Lug Kits are available for all General and 

Heavy Duty Switches. They are field installable in Type 1 

and Type 3R Switches and are factory installed as standard 

in Type 4 / 4X and Type 12 and also in all VBII 4&6-pole 

Switches. 

Wire Range 

Per Terminal (Cu/Al) 

30–200 GD HG61234 2 #14-4 AWG 

30–200 HD HG61234 2 #14-4 AWG 

400 & 600 HG656A 4 2/0-6 AWG 

800–1200 HG678 8 #6 AWG-250 Kcmil 

4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 




Hub and Lug Data 


Selection 

4 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 


Conduit hubs are available for Type 3R, 

12 and 4 / 4X applications. 30-200A 

Type 3R Switches are provided with a 

conduit hub provision and a removable 

hub plate on their top rainshed. 

Conduit 

Size 

(inches) 

Type 3R a 

Catalog 

Number 

Cover ECHA000 

3/4 ECHA075 

1 ECHA100 

1 1/4 ECHA125 

Cover ECHS000 

3/4 ECHS075 

1 ECHS100 

1 1/4 ECHS125 

1 1/2 ECHS150 

2 ECHS200 

2 1/2 ECHS250 

2 1/2 ECHV250 

3 ECHV300 

3 1/2 ECHV350 

4 ECHV400 

Type 4/4X b 

3/4 SSH075 

1 SSH100 

1 1/4 SSH125 

1 1/2 SSH150 

2 SSH200 

2 1/2 SSH250 

3 SSH300 

3 1/2 SSH350 

4 SSH400 

Used On 

30–60A GD Only 

100–200A GD 

30–200A HD 

400–1200A 

30–200A 

400–600A 

Note: 30 thru 200A. Type 3R Switches have 

removable hub plates on rainshed. 400A and 

larger Type 3R Switches have no provisions for 

mounting hubs. Drill or punch hole in the field to 

accommodate hub size desired. 

Field Replacement Kits and 

Neutral Barrier Kits 

All Heavy Duty Switches are field 

convertible for (Crimp) type lugs. 

When compression lugs are required for 

30-100A switches, a neutral barrier kit 

is required for 1-Phase, 3W or 3-Phase, 

4W applications. When compression 

lugs are required on 400-1200A switches, 

lug mounting kits are required. 

Field Replacement Kits and 

Neutral Barrier Kits 

Switch 

Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

Kit Description 

30 HCL612 Neutral Barrier Kit 

60 & 

100 

HCL623 Neutral Barrier Kit 

400 HCM65A 240V/600V Fusible Kit 

400 HNCM65A 

240/600V Non- 

Fusible Kit 

600 HCM66A 240V/600V Fusible Kit 

600 HNCM66A 

240V/600V Non- 

Fusible Kit 

800 & 

1200 e HCL65678n 

1 Pole, Compression 

Lug Mounting Kit 

Lugs 

30 & 60A HD Switches are suitable 

for use with 60° or 75°C wire. 100- 

1200A are suitable for use with 75°C 

rated wire. 

Multiple Padlock Accessory 

A tamper-proof device to provide for 

multiple padlocking to meet OSHA or 

plant requirements. Accepts up to 6 

1/4” padlocks. Catalog number SL0420. 

Standard Carton-12. 

SSH125 

ECHV300 

ECHS200 

Wire Ranges (Line, Load and Standard Neutral) 

Switch 

Ampere 

Rating 

Wire Range with 

Wire Bending Space 

Per NEC Requirements 

Lug Wire Range 

30GD #14-8 AWG (Cu/AI) #14-2 AWG (Cu/Al) f 

60GD #14-6 AWG (Cu) #14-2 AWG (Cu) f 

30HD #14-6 AWG (Cu/AI) #14-2 AWG (Cu/Al) 

60HD hj #14-3 AWG (Cu/AI) #14-2 AWG (Cu/Al) 

100 k #14-1/0 AWG (Cu/Al) #14-1/0 AWG (Cu/Al) 

200 i #6 AWG-250 Kcmil (Cu/Al) #6 AWG-300 Kcmil (Cu/Al) 

400 g (1) 1/0 AWG-600 Kcmil (Cu/Al) 

(2) 1/0 AWG-500 Kcmil (Cu/Al) 


600 g (1) 1/0 AWG-600 Kcmil (Cu/Al) 



800 

1200 

(3) 1/0 AWG-750 Kcmil (Cu/Al) Line Load 

(4) 1/0 AWG-750 Kcmil (Cu/Al) neutral 







SL0420 


a Hubs suitable for 3R Switches. 

b Also suitable for Type 12 applications. 

c Neutral Barrier kits are required on 30-100A switches 

only and only with 1-Phase / 3W or 3-Phase / 4W 

loads. Compression Lugs mounting kits are required 

on 400-1200A switches only. 

d Provides mounting for a single line or load lug. 

e Provides mounting for (2) compression lugs per phase 

on line or load. 

f Neutral lugs (only) are UL approved to accept #14-4 

CU/Al cable. 

g Max. wire size for height reduced switches is 500 kcmil 

(Cu/Al). 

h Compact HD NF switches are also UL approved for 

#2 Cu/Al conductors. 

i All 200A Heavy Duty Switches have a wire range 

& wire bending space for (1) #6-300 Kcmil (Cu/Al). 

j Also for 30A oversized heavy duty switches. 

k Also for 60A oversized heavy duty switches. 

4-22 


Product Category HDSS & RESI



Dimensions 

Safety Switch Dimensions (Inches)* & Shipping Weights 



Box 

A 

With 

Door 

B 

With 

Rain Shed 

C 

Box 

D 

With 

Handle 

E 

Box 

F 

With 

Handle 

G 

Knockout 

Diagram 

Shipping 

Weight 

(lbs.) 

GF221NA 8.4 8.56 — 5.08 5.44 2.93 3.96 S4 30(10) 

GF221NRA 8.4 8.56 8.56 5.08 5.44 2.93 3.96 S5 30(10) 

GF222NA 9.91 10.07 — 6.06 6.42 3.21 4.24 S21 20(5) 

GF222NRA 9.91 10.07 10.07 6.06 6.42 3.21 4.24 S22 20(5) 

GF223N 21.95 23.15 — 9.64 11.7 5.05 8.63 S10 23 

GF223NR 21.95 — 23.46 9.64 11.67 5.05 8.7 S11 24 

GF224N 29.9 31.07 — 14.62 16.68 6.36 10.92 S12 47 

GF224NR 29.9 — 31.42 14.61 16.68 6.36 10.92 S13 48 

GF225NA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S18 91.1 

GF225NRA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 91.1 

GF226NA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S18 95.6 

GF226NRA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 95.6 

GF321NA 8.4 8.56 — 5.08 5.44 2.93 3.96 S4 30(10) 

GF321NRA 8.4 8.56 8.56 5.08 5.44 2.93 3.96 S5 30(10) 

GF322NA 9.91 10.07 — 6.06 6.42 3.21 4.24 S21 20(5) 

GF322NRA 9.91 10.07 10.07 6.06 6.42 3.21 4.24 S22 20(5) 

GF323N 21.95 23.15 — 9.64 11.7 5.05 8.63 S10 25 

GF323NR 21.95 — 23.46 9.64 11.67 5.05 8.7 S11 25 

GF324N 29.9 31.07 — 14.62 16.68 6.36 10.92 S12 49 

GF324NR 29.9 — 31.42 14.61 16.68 6.36 10.92 S13 50 

GF325NA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S18 94.6 

GF325NRA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 94.6 

GF326NRA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 99.6 

GF326NA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S18 99.6 

GF326NRA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 99.6 

GNF221A 6.18 6.35 — 4.2 4.56 2.88 3.93 S4 20(10) 

GNF221RA 6.18 6.35 6.35 4.2 4.56 2.88 3.93 S5 20(10) 

GNF321LA 8.4 8.56 — 5.08 5.43 2.93 3.95 S4 30(10) 

GNF321RLA 8.4 8.56 8.56 5.08 5.43 2.93 3.95 S5 30(10) 

GNF222A 8.4 8.56 — 5.08 5.43 2.93 3.95 S4 30(10) 

LNF222RA 8.4 8.56 8.56 5.08 5.43 2.93 3.95 S20 30(10) 

GNF222RA 8.4 8.56 8.56 5.08 5.43 2.93 3.95 S5 30(10) 

GNF321A 6.18 6.35 — 4.2 4.56 2.88 3.93 S4 20(10) 

GNF321RA 6.18 6.35 6.35 4.2 4.56 2.88 3.93 S5 20(10) 

GNF322A 8.4 8.56 — 5.08 5.43 2.93 3.95 S4 30(10) 

GNF322RA 8.4 8.56 8.56 5.08 5.43 2.93 3.95 S5 30(10) 

GNF323 21.95 23.15 — 9.64 11.7 5.05 8.63 S10 23 

GNF323R 21.95 — 23.46 9.64 11.67 5.05 8.7 S11 24 

GNF324 29.9 31.07 — 14.62 16.68 6.36 10.92 S12 46 

GNF324R 29.9 — 31.42 14.61 16.68 6.36 10.92 S13 47 

GNF325A 33.47 33.96 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S18 75 

GNF326A 33.47 33.96 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S18 77 

HF221J also HF261J 14.27 17.33 — 6.65 9.02 5.32 10.46 — 13 

HF221N also HF261 14.26 15.45 — 6.64 9.01 5.05 10.17 S6 12 

HF221NR also HF261R 14.39 — 15.77 6.64 9.01 5.05 10.17 S8 13 

HF221S also HF261S 14.27 17.33 — 6.65 9.02 5.32 10.46 — 13 

HF222J also HF262J 16.22 19.31 — 9.17 11.47 5.33 10.46 — 19 

HF222N also HF262 16.26 17.46 — 9.15 11.53 5.05 10.17 S16 18 

HF222NR also HF262R 16.26 — 17.77 9.16 11.53 5.05 10.17 S17 19 

HF222S also HF262S 16.22 19.31 — 9.17 11.47 5.33 10.46 — 19 

HF223J also HF263J 21.96 23.16 — 9.65 12.02 5.34 10.46 — 24 

HF223N also HF263 21.95 23.15 — 9.64 12.01 5.05 10.17 S10 23 

HF223NR also HF263R 21.95 — 23.46 9.64 11.97 5.05 10.17 S11 24 

4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

*For inches / millimeters conversion, multiply inches 

by 25.4. 

a Knocks not provided on Type 4 / 4X and 12 or in 800 & 

1200A switches. 



Dimensions 


4 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 



Box 

A 

With 

Door 

B 

With 

Rain Shed 

C 

Box 

D 

With 

Handle 

E 

Box 

F 

With 

Handle 

G 

Knockout 

Diagram 

Shipping 

Weight 

(lbs.) 

HF223S also HF263S 21.96 23.16 — 9.65 12.02 5.34 10.46 — 24 

HF224J 29.96 31.07 — 14.62 16.95 6.63 12.58 — 48 

HF224N 29.9 31.07 — 14.62 16.98 6.36 12.33 S12 47 

HF224NR 29.9 — 31.42 14.61 16.99 6.36 12.33 S13 48 

HF224S 29.96 31.07 — 14.62 16.95 6.63 12.58 — 48 

HF225NRA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 91.1 

HF225NA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S18 91.1 

HF226NA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S18 95.6 

HF226NRA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 95.6 

HF227N 66.67 67.16 — 38.4 39.96 9.24 14.68 — 360 

HF227NR 66.67 — 67.74 38.4 39.96 9.24 14.68 — 362 

HF228N 66.67 67.16 — 38.4 39.96 9.24 14.68 — 362 

HF228NR 66.67 — 67.74 38.4 39.96 9.24 14.68 — 364 

HF365A 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S18 93 

HF365JA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.97 10.05 — 93 

HF365RA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 93 

HF365SA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 93 

HF365SSA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 93 

HF366A 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S18 98 

HF366JA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.97 10.05 — 98 

HF366RA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 98 

HF366SA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 98 

HF366SSA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 98 

HF321J 14.27 17.33 — 6.65 9.02 5.32 10.46 — 14 

HF321N 14.26 15.45 — 6.64 9.01 5.05 10.17 S6 14 

HF321NR 14.39 — 15.77 6.64 9.01 5.05 10.17 S8 15 

HF321S, SS 14.27 17.33 — 6.65 9.02 5.32 10.46 — 14 

HF322J 16.27 19.31 — 9.17 11.47 5.33 10.46 — 20 

HF322N 16.26 17.46 — 9.15 11.53 5.05 10.17 S16 19 

HF322NR 16.26 — 17.77 9.16 11.53 5.05 10.17 S17 20 

HF322S, SS 16.27 19.31 — 9.17 11.47 5.33 10.46 — 20 

HF323J 21.96 23.16 — 9.65 12.02 5.34 10.46 — 25 

HF323N 21.95 23.15 — 9.64 12.01 5.05 10.17 S10 25 

HF323NR 21.95 — 23.46 9.64 11.97 5.05 10.17 S11 26 

HF323S, SS 21.96 23.16 — 9.65 12.02 5.34 10.46 — 25 

HF324J 29.96 31.07 — 14.62 16.95 6.63 12.58 — 49 

HF324N 29.9 31.07 — 14.62 16.98 6.36 12.33 S12 49 

HF324NR 29.9 — 31.42 14.61 16.99 6.36 12.33 S13 50 

HF324S, SS 21.96 31.07 — 14.62 16.95 6.63 12.58 — 49 

HF325JA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.97 10.05 — 93 

HF325NA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S18 94.6 

HF325NRA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 94.6 

HF325SA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 93 

HF325SSA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 93 

HF326JA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.97 10.05 — 98 

HF326NA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S18 99.6 

HF326NRA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 99.6 

HF326SA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 98 

HF326SSA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 98 

HF327J 66.67 67.16 — 38.4 39.96 9.24 14.68 — 367 

HF327N 66.67 67.16 — 38.4 39.96 9.24 14.68 — 380 

HF327NR 66.67 — 67.74 38.4 40.25 9.24 14.68 — 383 

HF327S 66.67 67.16 — 38.4 39.96 9.24 14.68 — 367 

HF328N 66.67 67.16 — 38.4 39.96 9.24 14.68 — 382 

HF328NR 66.67 — 67.74 38.4 40.25 9.24 14.68 — 385 

HF361, PV, PVPG 14.26 15.45 — 6.64 9.01 5.05 10.17 S6 14 

HF361J, JW 14.27 17.33 — 6.65 9.02 5.32 10.46 — 14 

HF361L 16.26 17.46 — 9.15 11.53 5.05 10.17 S16 19 

HF361N 14.26 15.45 — 6.64 9.01 5.05 10.17 S6 14 

HF361NR 14.39 — 15.77 6.64 9.01 5.05 10.17 S8 15 

HF361R, RPV, RPVPG 14.39 — 15.77 6.64 9.01 5.05 10.17 S8 15 

HF361RL, RW 16.26 — 17.77 9.16 11.53 5.05 10.17 S17 20 

HF361S, SS, SSW, SW 14.27 17.33 — 6.65 9.02 5.32 10.46 — 15 

HF362, PV, PVPG 16.26 17.46 — 9.15 11.53 5.05 10.17 S16 19 


by 25.4. 



4-24 



Dimensions 




Box 

A 

With 

Door 

B 

With 

Rain Shed 

C 

Box 

D 

With 

Handle 

E 

Box 

F 

With 

Handle 

G 

Knockout 

Diagram 

Shipping 

Weight 

(lbs.) 

HF362J, JW 16.27 19.31 — 9.17 11.47 5.33 10.46 — 20 

HF362N 16.26 17.46 — 9.15 11.53 5.05 10.17 S16 19 

HF362NR 16.26 — 17.77 9.16 11.53 5.05 10.17 S17 20 

HF362R, RPV, RPVPG, RW 16.26 — 17.77 9.16 11.53 5.05 10.17 S17 20 

HF362RL 21.95 — 23.46 9.64 11.97 5.05 10.17 S11 25 

HF362S, SS, SSW, SW 16.27 19.31 — 9.17 11.47 5.33 10.46 — 20 

HF363, PV, PVPG 21.95 23.15 — 9.64 12.01 5.05 10.17 S10 24 

HF363J, JW 21.96 23.16 — 9.65 12.02 5.34 10.46 — 25 

HF363N 21.95 23.15 — 9.64 12.01 5.05 10.17 S10 25 

HF363NR 21.95 — 23.46 9.64 11.97 5.05 10.17 S11 26 

HF363R, RPV, RPVPG 21.95 — 23.46 9.64 11.97 5.05 10.17 S11 25 

HF363S, SS, SSW, SW 21.96 23.16 — 9.65 12.02 5.34 10.46 — 25 

HF364, PV, PVPG 29.9 31.07 — 14.62 16.98 6.36 12.33 S12 48 

HF364J, JW 29.96 31.07 — 14.62 16.95 6.63 12.58 — 49 

HF364N 29.9 31.07 — 14.62 16.98 6.36 12.33 S12 49 

HF364NR 29.9 — 31.42 14.61 16.99 6.36 12.33 S13 48 

HF364R, RPV, RPVPG 29.9 — 31.42 14.61 16.99 6.36 12.33 S13 49 

HF364S, SS, SSW, SW 29.96 31.07 — 14.62 16.95 6.63 12.58 — 49 

HF365A 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S18 93 

HF365JA, HF365JWA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.97 10.05 — 93 

HF365NA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S18 94.6 

HF365NRA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 94.6 

HF365RA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 93 

HF365SA, HF365SWA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 93 

HF365SSA, HF365SSWA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 93 

HF366A 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S18 98 

HF366JA, HF366JWA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.97 10.05 — 98 

HF366NA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S18 99.6 

HF366NRA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 99.6 

HF366RA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 98 

HF366SA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 98 

HF366SSA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 98 

HF367 66.67 67.16 — 38.4 39.96 9.24 14.68 — 380 

HF367J 66.67 67.16 — 38.4 39.96 9.24 14.68 — 380 

HF367N 66.67 67.16 — 38.4 39.96 9.24 14.68 — 382 

HF367NR 66.67 — 67.74 38.4 40.25 9.24 14.68 — 386 

HF367R 66.67 — 67.74 38.4 40.25 9.24 14.68 — 382 

HF367S 66.67 67.16 — 38.4 39.96 9.24 14.68 — 380 

HF368, J, S 66.67 67.16 — 38.4 39.96 9.24 14.68 — 383 

HF368N 66.67 67.16 — 38.4 39.96 9.24 14.68 — 385 

HF368NR 66.67 — 67.74 38.4 40.25 9.24 14.68 — 388 

HF368R 66.67 — 67.74 38.4 40.25 9.24 14.68 — 385 

HNF365JA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.97 10.05 — 75 

HNF365RA 33.47 33.96 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 75 

HNF365SA 33.47 33.96 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 75 

HNF365SSA 33.47 33.96 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 75 

HNF366SA 33.47 33.96 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 77 

HNF366SSA 33.47 33.96 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 77 

HNF366JA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.97 10.05 — 77 

HNF366RA 33.47 33.96 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 77 

HNF361, PV, PVPG also HNF261 & HNF362H 11.11 12.31 — 6.64 9.01 5.05 10.17 S7 12 

HNF361J, JW also HNF261J & HNF362JH 11.12 14.14 — 6.65 9.02 5.56 10.46 — 13 

HNF361R, RPV, RPVPG also HNF261R & HNF362RH 11.11 — 12.63 6.64 9.01 5.05 10.17 S9 13 

HNF361RL 16.26 — 17.77 9.16 11.53 5.05 10.17 S17 20 

HNF361S, SS, SSW, SW also HNF261S & HNF362SH 11.12 14.14 — 6.65 9.02 5.56 10.46 — 13 

HNF362, PV, PVPG also HNF262 16.26 17.46 — 9.15 11.53 5.05 10.17 S16 18 

HNF362J, JW also HNF262J 16.27 17.46 — 9.17 11.47 5.33 10.46 — 19 

HNF362R, RPV, RPVPG also HNF262R 16.26 — 17.77 9.16 11.53 5.05 10.17 S17 19 

HNF362RL 21.95 — 23.46 9.64 11.97 5.05 10.17 S11 24 

HNF362S, SS, SSW, SW also HNF262S 16.27 17.46 — 9.17 11.47 5.33 10.46 — 19 

HNF363, PV, PVPG also HNF263 21.95 23.15 — 9.64 12.01 5.05 10.17 S10 23 

HNF363J, JW also HNF263J 21.96 23.16 — 9.65 12.02 5.34 10.46 — 24 

HNF363R, RPV, RPVPG also HNF263R 21.95 — 23.46 9.64 11.97 5.05 10.17 S11 24 

HNF363S, SS, SSW, SW also HNF263S 21.96 23.16 — 9.65 12.02 5.34 10.46 — 24 

4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

*For inches / millimeters conversion, multiply inches by 25.4. 

a Knocks not provided on Type 4 / 4X and 12 or in 800 & 1200A switches. 




Dimensions 


4 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 



Box 

A 

With 

Door 

B 

With 

Rain Shed 

C 

Box 

D 

With 

Handle 

E 

Box 

F 

With 

Handle 

G 

Knockout 

Diagram 

Shipping 

Weight 

(lbs.) 

HNF364, PV, PVPG 29.9 31.07 — 14.62 16.98 6.36 12.33 S12 46 

HNF364J, JW 29.96 31.07 — 14.62 16.95 6.63 12.58 — 47 

HNF364R, RPV, RPVPG 29.9 — 31.42 14.61 16.99 6.36 12.33 S13 47 

HNF364S, SS, SSW, SW 29.96 31.07 — 14.62 16.95 6.63 12.58 — 47 

HNF365JA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.97 10.05 — 75 

HNF365JWA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.97 10.05 — 75 

HNF365RA 33.47 33.96 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 75 

HNF365SA, HNF365SWA 33.47 33.96 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 75 

HNF365SSA, HNF365SSWA 33.47 33.96 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 75 

HNF366JA 45.32 45.81 — 22.4 23.404 6.97 10.05 — 77 

HNF366RA 33.47 33.96 — 22.4 23.404 6.94 9.93 S19 77 

HNF366SA 33.47 33.96 — 22.4 23.404 7.34 10.347 — 77 

HNF367, J 54.67 55.16 — 38.4 39.96 9.24 14.68 — 302 

HNF367R 54.67 — 55.7 38.4 40.25 9.24 14.68 — 304 

HNF367S 54.67 55.16 — 38.4 39.96 9.24 14.68 — 302 

HNF368, J, S 54.67 55.16 — 38.4 39.96 9.24 14.68 — 305 

HNF368R 54.67 55.16 — 38.4 40.25 9.24 14.68 — 307 

LF111N 7.97 8.13 — 5.5 5.94 3 5.38 S2 35 (10) 

LF111NR 8.07 — 8.16 5.16 5.94 3.13 5.38 S3 35 (10) 

LF211N 7.97 8.13 — 5.5 5.94 3 5.38 S1 35 (10) 

LF211NR 8.07 — 8.16 5.16 5.94 3.13 5.38 S3 35 (10) 

Type 1 or 3R 

30-60A GD 

Type 1 or 3R 

100-200A GD, 30-200A HD Type VBII 

Type 4/4X or 12 

30-200A HD Type VBII 

Type 1 or 3R 

400-1200A Type VBII (GD & HD) 

Type 4/4X or 12 

400-1200A HD Type VBII 


by 25.4. 



4-26 




Knockout Diagrams 

Type 1 & 3R Enclosures 

30A F / NF & 60A NF Type 1 Enclosures 

30A F / NF & 60A NF Type 3R Enclosures 

S4 

Embossed .25 in. 

mounting holes 

(3 places) 

2 0.25 dia. K.O's 

S5 

Removable 

plate covering 

HA Type 

Hub opening 

(Max. 1.25 Conduit) 



(3 places) 

2 0.25 dia. K.O's 

4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

3 K.O.'s for Conduit 0.5-0.75-1 in. 


Removable plate covering 

HS Type Hub opening 


Removable plate covering 

HS Type Hub opening 


S8 

S9 

2 K.O.'s for Conduit 

0.75, 1 in. 


0.50, 0.75, 1 in. 

1 0.25 dia. K.O. 


0.75, 1 in. 


0.50, 0.75, 1 in. 

1 0.25 dia. K.O. 


by 25.4. 




Knockout Diagrams 

Type 1 & 3R Enclosures 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

4 

60A NF LNF 3R Enclosures 

60A F Type 1 Enclosures 

S20 



(3 places) 

S21 



(3 places) 

2 0.25 dia. K.O's 

2 0.25 dia. K.O's 



60A F Type 3R Enclosures 

Removable 

plate covering 

HA Type 

Hub opening 


S22 



(3 places) 

2 0.25 dia. K.O's 



by 25.4. 

4-28 


Special Application Safety Switches Dimension Drawings 

Non-Metallic 

Dimensions 

Non-Metallic 

Catalog 

Dimensions (Inches) Non-Metallic 

Number H W D A B C E F G J 

HF321NX 18.75 12.11 10.25 16.59 10.97 7.00 17.50 1.98 .46 9.20 

HF322NX 18.75 12.11 10.25 16.59 10.97 7.00 17.50 1.98 .46 9.20 

HF361NX a 18.75 12.11 10.25 16.59 10.97 7.00 17.50 1.98 .46 9.20 

HF362NX a 18.75 12.11 10.25 16.59 10.97 7.00 17.50 1.98 .46 9.20 

HF363NX a 26.95 14.87 13.25 24.84 13.72 6.25 25.75 3.75 .46 12.15 

HF364NX a 33.41 27.47 13.19 31.31 26.31 18.50 32.25 3.91 .47 12.10 

HNF361X a 18.75 12.11 10.25 16.59 10.97 7.00 17.50 1.98 .46 9.20 

HNF362X a 18.75 12.11 10.25 16.59 10.97 7.00 17.50 1.98 .46 9.20 

HNF363X a 26.95 14.87 13.25 24.84 13.72 6.25 25.75 3.75 .46 12.15 

HNF364X a 33.41 27.47 13.19 31.31 26.31 18.50 32.25 3.91 .47 12.10 

4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

VBII Interlocked Receptacle Switches 

Ampere 

Dimensions (Inches) 

Rating A B C D E F G 

Cr-H Type Fusible (240 & 600V) 

30 14.27 7.42 9.02 6.22 1.52 6.1 6.0 

60 16.27 9.17 11.47 6.34 1.52 6.4 7.4 

100 21.96 9.65 12.02 6.80 1.52 6.5 7.6 

Cr-H Type Non-Fusible (600V max.) 

30 14.27 7.42 9.02 6.22 1.52 6.1 6.0 

60 16.27 9.17 11.47 6.34 1.52 6.4 7.4 

100 21.96 9.65 12.02 6.80 1.52 6.5 7.6 

Pyle-National Type Fusible (240 & 600V) 

30 14.27 7.42 9.02 6.22 1.52 3.5 3.0 

60 16.27 9.17 11.47 6.34 1.52 5.0 4.5 

Pyle-National Type Non-Fusible (600V max.) 

30 14.27 7.42 9.02 a 6.22 1.52 3.5 3.0 

60 16.27 9.17 11.47 a 6.34 1.52 5.0 4.5 


by 25.4. 

a Dimensions also apply to “L” suffix switches (less 

lugs). 



4-Pole & 6-Pole 

Dimensions 

4 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

4 & 6-Pole Safety Switch Dimensions – Inches (mm) 

Enclosure 

Mounting 

Catalog 

Number A B C D E F 

Figure 1, 4-Pole Fusible and Non-fusible, Type 1 

HNF461 24.50 (622) 9.53 (242) 6.09 (155) 19.00 (483) 6.75 (171) 0.268 (7) 

HF461 29.12 (740) 9.53 (242) 6.09 (155) 23.50 (597) 6.75 (171) 0.268 (7) 

HNF462 24.88 (632) 11.50 (292) 6.09 (155) 19.00 (483) 9.38 (238) 0.268 (7) 

HF462 33.53 (852) 11.50 (292) 6.09 (155) 27.50 (699) 9.38 (238) 0.268 (7) 

HNF463 27.62 (702) 12.18 (309) 6.09 (155) 19.36 (492) 8.00 (203) 0.268 (7) 

HF463 36.44 (926) 12.18 (309) 6.09 (155) 28.11 (714) 8.00 (203) 0.268 (7) 

HNF464 36.00 (914) 19.12 (486) 6.42 (163) 30.88 (784) 15.00 (381) 0.44 (11) 

HF464 49.48 (1257) 19.12 (486) 6.42 (163) 45.50 (1130) 15.00 (381) 0.44 (11) 

Figure 2, 4 & 6-Pole Fusible Type 12/3R and 4X 

HF461J, HF661J, 29.50 (622) 9.53 (242) 6.48 (165) 31.65 (804) 5.47 (139) 0.27 (7) 

HF661S 

HF462J, HF662J, 33.53 (852) 11.50 (292) 6.48 (165) 35.69 (907) 8.00 (203) 0.27 (7) 

HF662S 

HF463J, HF663J, 36.44 (926) 12.18 (309) 6.48 (165) 38.67 (982) 8.47 (215) 0.27 (7) 

HF663S 

HF464J, HF664J, 49.48 (1257) 19.12 (486) 6.78 (172) 51.64 (1312) 13.44 (341) 0.33 (8) 

HF664S 

Figure 2, 4 & 6-Pole Non-fusible Type 12/3R and 4X 

HNF461J, HNF661J, 24.50 (622) 9.53 (242) 6.48 (165) 26.65 (667) 5.47 (139) 0.27 (7) 

HNF661S 

HNF462J, HNF662J, 24.88 (632) 11.50 (292) 6.48 (165) 27.03 (687) 8.00 (203) 0.27 (7) 

HNF662S 

HNF463J, HNF663J, 27.54 (700) 12.18 (309) 6.48 (165) 29.77 (756) 8.47 (215) 0.27 (7) 

HNF663S 

HNF464J, HNF664J, 36.00 (914) 19.12 (486) 6.78 (172) 38.16 (969) 13.44 (341) 0.33 (8) 

HNF664S 

Figure 1: Type 1 

Figure 2 : Type 12/3R and 4X 

4-30 



Double Throw 

Selection 

Description 

Double throw switches are intended to transfer loads 

from one power source to another. All 2 & 3-pole 

double throw switches are suitable for use as service 

equipment including non-fusible versions when used 

in combination with a UL listed circuit breaker or fusible 

switch. All are UL Listed and both horsepower 

and load break rated. Switches are rated for use on 

systems up to 10,000A when protected with Class 

H fuses or 100,000A when protected with Class R or 

Class T fuses b . They can also be used to connect a 

single source of power to either of two loads. In 

this application it is necessary to field modify fusible 

Double Throw Switches 

switches so that the fuses are on the load side of the 

switching mechanism. 

A cover interlock is provided on all ampere ratings. The 

operating handle may be padlocked in the off position. 

Fuse Capabilities of Fusible DTF Switches 

Amp 

Fuse Type 

Rating 

H R T J 

30 & 60A, 240V Std Yes (kit) No No 

30 & 60A, 600V Std Yes (kit) No Yes c 

100 & 200A Std Yes (kit) Yes (kit) Yes c 

400 & 600A (DTF) No No Yes c Std 

Number 

Type 1 — Indoor Type 3R — Outdoor a Type 12/3R — Industrial Type 4X — Stainless Steel 

System 

Voltage of Poles Amps Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

Heavy Duty Fusible (30-200A) with Class H fuse spacings —Less Neutral b 

240 

Volt AC 

or 

250 

Volt DC 

600 

Volt AC, 

250 

Volt DC 

Heavy Duty Non-Fusible —Less Neutral b 

240 

Volt AC 

or 

250 

Volt DC 

600 

Volt AC, 

or 

250 

Volt DC 

General Duty Non-Fusible 

240 

Volt AC 

2 200 DTF224s DTF224R — — 

30 DTF321 DTF321Rs — — 

60 DTF322 DTF322Rs — — 

3 

100 DTF323s DTF323R — — 

200 DTF324 DTF324R — — 

400 DTF325 FR325DTK s — — 

600 DTF326s FR326DTK d s — — 

30 DTF361 — — — 

60 DTF362s — — — 

3 100 DTF363 DTF363R — F353SSDTK s 

200 DTF364 DTF364R — F354SSDTK s 

400 DTF365 FR355DTK d s — F355SSDTK s 

30 DTNF221 — — — 

60 DTNF222 — — — 

2 100 DTNF223 — — — 

200 DTNF224 DTNF224R — — 

400 DTNF225 DTNF225R — — 

30 DTNF321 — — — 

60 DTNF322 — — — 

100 DTNF323 DTNF323R — — 

3 200 DTNF324 DTNF324R — — 

400 DTNF325 — — — 

600 DTNF326 — — — 

800 DTNF327s — — — 

30 DTNF361 DTNF361R DTNF361J DTNF361S 



3 200 DTNF364 DTNF364R DTNF364Js DTNF364S 

400 DTNF365 DTNF365R NF355HDTK NF355SSDTK 

600 DTNF366 DTNF366R — — 

800 DTNF367 DTNF367R — — 

1200 DTNF368s DTNF368R — — 

30 — NFR451DTKs — — 

60 — NFR452DTKs — — 

100 — NFR453DTKs — — 

4 e 200 NF454DTK NFR454DTKs — NF454SSDTKs 

400 NF455DTKs NFR455DTKs — — 



2 

3 

Type 3R — Outdoor a 

Less Neutral 

Type 3R — Outdoor a 

With Neutral 

Type 3R — Outdoor General 

Duty With Neutral 

100 DTGNF223R DTGNF223NR DTLNF213NR — 

200 DTGNF224R DTGNF224NR — — 



4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 


a Use HS Type hubs for 30–200A switches. 

400A and larger switches do not have hub provisions. 

b All Heavy Duty double throw switches with a catalog 

number starting with “DT” are rated 200,000 AIC max. 

when protected by Class R, J or T fuses. Fuse ampere 

rating must not exceed switch ampere rating. 

c Move load base. 

d Will accept class T Fuses only. 

e 4-pole switches are not approved for service entrance. 

Will accept class H fuses only. 

General duty Stand-by Power Panel catalog number 

DTLNF213NR contains (2) 100A, 2P circuit breakers 

rated 120/240V AC & 10,000 AIC. 




Double Throw 

Selection 

4 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

Accessories, Lug Data and Horsepower Ratings 

Accessories – 2 and 3-Pole Switches Type “DT” Only a 

Catalog 

Description 

Number 

30A 

HNC612 

60 & 100A HN263 

Neutral Kits 200A HNC264 

400 & 600A HN678 

800 & 1200A HND678 

30-200A (2) #14-4 AWG HG61234 

Equipment 

400 & 600A (4) #14-2/0 HG656 

Ground Kit 

800-1200A (8) #6-350 Kcmil HG678 

30-200A with (1) NO & (1) NC contact HA161234 

Auxiliary Contacts (HD only) 30-200A with (2) NO & (2) NC contacts HA261234 

(two required per switch) d 400-1200A with (1) NO & (1) NC contact HA165678 

400-1200A with (2) NO & (2) NC contacts HA265678 

30A, 240V Kit HR21 

Class R Fuse Clip Kits 30A, 600V Kit/60A, 240V Kit HR612 

(two required per switch) 60A, 600V Kit HR62 

100A Kit 

HR63 

200A Kit 

HR64 

100A, 240V Kit HT23 

Class T Fuse Adapter Kits 100A, 600V Kit HT63 

(two required per pole) 200A, 240V Kit HT24 

200A, 600V Kit HT64 

For 3 ⁄4" Conduit 

ECHS075 

For 1" Conduit 

ECHS100 

Type 3R Hubs (30-200A) For 1 1 ⁄4" Conduit ECHS125 

For 1 1 ⁄2" Conduit 

ECHS150 

For 2" Conduit 

ECHS200 

For 2 1 ⁄2" Conduit 

ECHS250 

Accessories – 4-Pole and Type “F” & “NF” 3-Pole Switches Only b 

Catalog 

Description 

Number 

Auxiliary Switch 

(1) NO, (1) NC d DS200EK1 

(two required per switch) 

30-800A 

(2) NO, (2) NC d DS200EK2 

30-60-100A 

DS100GK 

Ground Lug Kit c 200A DS200GK 

400-600-800A 

DS468GK 

30-60-100A Use Type HR Hubs 

Hubs 200-400A Use Type SSH 4, 4X Hubs 

600-800A Use Type SSH 4, 4X Hubs 

Neutrals (3-pole only) 30-60-100A DT100NK 

200A 

DT200NK 

400 & 600A Fusible DS800NK 

400A 3P Non-Fusible 

DT600NK 

Wire Ranges (Line, Load 

and Neutral) per NEC 

Requirements 

30-200A – 2, 3 & 4-Pole Switches 

Switch Wire Range (Cu/Al) 

Ampere New VBII Design 

Rating Line, Load and Neutral 

0 30 (1) #14–6 

060 (1) #14–2 

100 (1) #14–1/0 AWG 

100 (1) #14–1/0 AWG 

200 (1) #6–250 kcmil 

400-1200A – 2 & 3-Pole Switches 




400 

(1) 1/0 AWG–750 kcmil or 

(2) 1/0 AWG–250 kcmil 

600 (2) 1/0 AWG–500 kcmil 

800 


(3) 1/0 AWG–500 kcmil 

1200 


(4) 1/0 AWG–500 kcmil 

400-800A – 4-Pole switches 




400 


(1) 1/0 AWG–750 kcmil 

600 (2) 250-500 Kcmil 

800 (3) 250-500 Kcmil 

Maximum Horsepower Ratings 

Fused 

Ampere 

1-Phase AC 

3-Phase AC 

250V 

Rating 240V 240V 480V 600V DC 

0 30 03 0 7 1 ⁄2 015 020 05 

0 60 10 15 030 050 10 

100 15 30 060 075 20 

200 15 60 125 150 40 

400 — 125 125 125 50 

600 — 125 — — 50 

Non-Fused 

0 30 05 10 020 030 05 

0 60 10 20 050 060 10 

100 15 40 075 100 20 

200 15 60 125 150 40 

400-800 — 125 250 350 50 

Replacement Parts – 2 and 3-Pole Switches Only a 

Catalog 

Description 

Number 

Type 1, 3R & 12 Replacement Handle 30-200A HHD61234 

Type 4X Replacement Handle 30-200A HHD61234S 

Replacement Handle 400-1200A HHD656 


a For “DT” VBII Type switches only. 

b Also for fusible stainless & 400A Type 12 & 4x switches. 

c The following ground lugs are provided as standard in 

200A and larger switches 200-(1) #14-4 Cu/Al 

400-800A-(3) #6-250MCM Cu/Al. 

d One aux. required for normal and one required for 

emergency switch line base. 

4-32 


Product Category HDSS & RESI



Dimensions 

VBII Design Double Throw Dimensions (Inches) 

Enclosure 

Mounting 

Catalog Number A B C D E F 

Figure 1 (30-1200A Type 1 & 3R) 

DTNF221, DTNF321, DTNF361, DTNF361R 24.50 9.53 6.09 19.00 6.75 0.268 

DTF321, DTF321R, DTF361 29.12 9.53 6.09 23.50 6.75 0.268 

DTNF222, DTNF322, DTNF362, DTNF362R 24.88 11.50 6.09 19.00 9.38 0.268 

DTF322, DTF322R, DTF362 33.45 11.50 6.09 27.50 9.38 0.268 

DTNF223, DTNF323, DTNF323R, DTNF363, DTNF363R, 

DTGNF223R, DTGNF223NR, DTGNF323R , DTGNF323NR 

27.62 12.18 6.09 19.36 8.00 0.268 

DTF323, DTF323R, DTF363, DTF363R 36.44 12.18 6.09 28.11 8.00 0.268 

DTNF224, DTNF224R, DTNF324, DTNF324R, DTNF364, DTNF364R, 

DTGNF224R, DTGNF224NR, DTGNF324R, DTGNF324NR 

36.00 19.12 6.42 31.00 15.00 0.44 

DTF224, DTF224R, DTF324, DTF324R, DTF364, DTF364R 49.44 19.12 6.42 44.50 15.00 0.44 

DTF325, DTF326, DTF365 73.54 28.22 9.44 65.50 16.00 0.56 

DTNF225, DTNF225R, DTNF325, DTNF365, DTNF365R 57.71 28.22 9.44 49.75 16.00 0.56 

DTNF326, DTNF366, DTNF366R 57.71 28.22 9.44 49.75 16.00 0.56 

DTNF327, DTNF367, DTNF367R 71.65 41.60 9.44 63.70 32.00 0.56 

DTNF368, DTNF368R 71.65 41.60 9.44 63.70 32.00 0.56 

FR325DTK c , FR355DTK c 74.31 24.90 8.88 69.50 20.25 0.56 

FR326DTK c 85.65 27.00 8.88 80.75 22.25 0.56 

NFR451DTK c , NFR452DTK c , NFR453DTK c 24.63 17.34 4.78 21.50 14.97 0.27 

NF454DTK bc , NFR454DTK bc 37.25 19.19 6.32 33.50 16.00 0.56 

NF455DTK c , NF456DTK c , NF457DTK c , 

NFR455DTK c , NFR456DTK c , NFR457DTK c 63.31 27.00 8.88 58.50 22.25 0.56 

Figure 2 (30-200A Type 12 & 4X) 

4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

DTNF361J, DTNF361S 24.42 9.65 6.48 26.65 5.47 0.27 

DTNF362J, DTNF362S 24.80 11.61 6.48 27.03 8.00 0.27 

DTNF363J, DTNF363S 27.54 12.29 6.48 29.77 8.47 0.27 

DTNF364J, DTNF364S 35.93 19.24 6.78 38.16 13.44 0.33 

NF355HDTK ac , NF355SSDTK ac 53.82 22.66 7.25 56.20 18.00 0.56 

NF454SSDTK c 37.47 19.16 6.48 39.75 15.75 0.50 

F353SSDTK bc 37.00 11.62 5.50 38.50 9.00 0.26 

F354SSDTK bc 50.90 19.16 6.46 53.27 16.12 0.50 

F355SSDTK bc 74.50 25.00 8.92 76.69 20.25 0.56 

Figure 1 

Figure 2 

Type 1 & 3R d Type 4X & 12 


by 25.4. 

a (3) Mounting holes supplied (1 at top). 

b (4) Mounting holes provided. 

c These switches are not Type VBII design. 

d Drip hood not shown but provided on 

Type 3R enclosures. 


Enclosed Switches 

Rotary Disconnect Switches in Non-Metallic Enclosures e 

Selection 

4 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

Description 

16–125A non-fusible switches are available 

in fiberglass reinforced polycarbonate 

enclosures which are UL approved as Type 

12 & 4X and for either indoor or outdoor 

use. All are horsepower and load break 

rated. All are panel mounted and are either 

supplied with factory installed aux. contacts 

or will accept contact kits. All are compact 

in size while providing ample wiring space 

for copper line & load conductors. 


Siemens Enclosed Rotary Disconnect Switches 

b 16–125A, Non-Fusible 

b 600VAC max. rated 

b Available in both Type 12 and 4X 

non-metallic enclosures 

b Both screw and hinged cover 

designs available 

b Listed and marked “suitable for use 

as motor disconnect” per NEC 

Section 430-109 

b Screw cover switches are UL listed 

under File No. E47705 and are CSA 

certified under File No. 203576 

b IEC 60947-3 rated and CE marked 

(enclosures are IP65 rated) 

b HP rated 


Ampere 3 Pole, 3 Wire with (1) NO Shipping 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC 

Rating 3 Pole, 3 Wire & (1) NC Aux. Contact hi Weight a 1 Phase 3 Phase 3 Phase 3 Phase 

Non-Fusible, Type 1, 4X & 12K b with Screw Cover and Black Rotary Handle 600V AC Max. e 

b Hinged door switches are UL listed 

for multiple line and load conductors 

per phase in 30–100A ratings. 

They are UL & CUL listed under File 

No. E191706 

b Rotary handles are available in 

black, red, and yellow and in pistol 

grip designs 

b 16–63A screw cover switches have 

factory installed ground bars. All 

hinge cover switches accept ground 

lug kits 

b Screw cover switches are 

provided with knockouts 

b Padlockable in OFF position 

with up to (3) padlocks 

16 3LD2064-0TB51-0US2 3LD2064-1GP51-0US2 1 1 1 ⁄2 3 7 1 ⁄2 10 

25 3LD2164-0TB51-0US2 3LD2164-1GP51-0US2 1 3 7 1 ⁄2 10 15 

30 3LD2264-0TB51-0US2 3LD2264-1GP51-0US2 1 3 7 1 ⁄2 15 20 

30 — 3LD2264-1TS51-0US2 f s 1 3 7 1 ⁄2 15 20 

30 — 3LD2264-2TW51-0US2 g s 1 3 7 1 ⁄2 15 20 

63 3LD2565-0TB51-0US2 3LD2565-1GP51-0US2s 3 10 15 40 50 

100 3LD2766-0TB51-0US2 3LD2766-1GP51-0US2s 6 — 30 60 75 


Non-Fusible, Type 1, 4X & 12K b with Screw Cover and Red and Yellow Rotary Handle 600V AC Max. e 

16 3LD2064-0TB53-0US2 3LD2064-1GP53-0US2 1 1 1 ⁄2 3 7 1 ⁄2 10 

25 3LD2164-0TB53-0US2 3LD2164-1GP53-0US2 1 3 7 1 ⁄2 10 15 

30 3LD2264-0TB53-0US2 3LD2264-1GP53-0US2 1 3 7 1 ⁄2 15 20 

30 — 3LD2264-1TS53-0US2 f s 1 3 7 1 ⁄2 15 20 

30 — 3LD2264-2TW53-0US2 g s 1 3 7 1 ⁄2 15 20 


100 3LD2766-0TB53-0US2s 3LD2766-1GP53-0US2s 6 — 30 60 75 



a Carton quantity of (1). Shipping weight in pounds (lbs.). 

b Approved for indoor/outdoor use. No cover interlock provided. 

c 30 and 60A switches are also rated 600V AC. 

d Also rated as Type 12 and UL approved for both indoor and 

outdoor use. Defeatable cover interlock provided. 

e Screw cover enclosures are constructed from Makrolon 9425. 

Hinged cover enclosures are constructed from fiberglass reinforced 

polycarbonate. 

f Switch is supplied with (2) NO and no NC aux. contacts. 

g Switch is supplied with (4) NO and no NC aux. contacts. 

Ground bar is not provided or available. 

h Aux. contacts break about 3 Ms before and make about 3 Ms 

after main switch contacts. 

i 6P, 25A, switch with 1 NO & 1 NC aux. contacts and a black 

operating handle is also available. Order catalog number 

3LD2165-4VD51 (Discount Code: Pilot Devices). 

4-34 




Rotary Disconnect Switches 

Selection 

Enclosed Disconnect Switch Dimensions (Inches)* 

Catalog Ampere Fig. Dimensions 

Number Rating No. A B C D 

3LD2064- 16 5.52 d 3.94 3.19 4.57 

3LD2164- 25 5.52 d 3.94 3.19 4.57 

3LD2264- 30 

1 

5.52 d 3.94 3.19 4.57 

3LD2565- 63 6.93 e 5.75 4.10 5.87 

3LD2766- 100 11.90 8.35 5.36 7.13 

3LD2866- 125 11.90 8.35 5.36 7.13 

Note: 3LD2 Type switches only have top and bottom end KOs as follows: 

16-30A - 1/2” & 3/4”, 63A - 3/4” & 1”, 100 & 25A - 1” & 1 1/4” 

Figure 1 

UL and CUL Short Circuit Withstand Ratings 

Short Circuit Withstand Rating and Fuse Class 

With Line Side Fusing 

With Load Side Fusing a 

Ampere 5 kA at 10 kA at 18 kA at 5 kA at 18 kA at 

Rating 600V Max 600V Max 480V Max 480V Max 480V Max 

3LD2 Type Switches h 

RK5 

16 

(50A Max) 

— — — — 

Wire ranges 60/75°C Cu Only 

3LD2 Type Switches c 

16 Amps (1) #18-10 AWG 

25–30 Amps (1) #14-10 AWG 

63 Amps (1) #14-6 AWG 

100–125 Amps (1) #12-1 AWG 

HNF Type Switches 

(1) #14-#10 AWG Solid 

(1) #14-#4 AWG Stranded 

Up to (4) #12 AWG Solid 

30 Amps Up to (3) #12 AWG Stranded 

Up to (6) #14 AWG Stranded 


with (1) #10 AWG Stranded 

(1) #14-#10 AWG Solid 


(2) #6 AWG Stranded 

60 & 100 Amps 




Figure 2 

4 SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

25 & 30 RK5 (80A Max) 

— — — — 

63 

RK5 

(175A Max) 

— — — — 

100 & 

125 

— 

RK5 

(200A Max) 

— — — 


30 — 

Ferraz 

Shawmut 

A50P or lower 

H, K & RK5 H, K & RK5 

let-through 

(100A Max) (30A Max) 

semiconductor 

fuses 

J, T & CC 

(60A Max) 

(100A Max) Ferraz 

60 

H, K & RK5 

Shawmut 

(150A Max) 

A50P or lower 

H, K & RK5 

let-through 

(60A Max) 

f 

semiconductor 

100 f 

fuses 

(100A Max) 

a For use as supplemental protection on the load side of the branch circuit over current 

protective device. 

b Ground lug kit has two lugs for #14-4 Cu/Al wire. 

c Factory installed ground lugs supplied as follows: 16-30A #14-10 Cu, 63A #14-8 Cu. 

Ground lug not provided and is not available on catalog numbers 3LD2264-2TW51-0US2 

and 3LD2264-2TW53-0US2. 

d 6.38 inches high including mounting feet. 

e 7.85 inches high including mounting feet. 

f 60 & 100A HNF switches are rated 10kA at 480V max. with line side Class H, K & RK5 

150A max. fuses. 

g Wire range (1) #14-2 AWG 60/75 °C Cu only. 

h 16-63A 3LD switches are also rated 5kA at 600VAC max when protected by a 3RV type 

MSP of the same or lesser ampere rating. 


IEC Fuse and Withstand Ratings 

Ampere Rating gG Fuse Size Short Circuit Rating 

3LD2 Screw Cover Switches 

16 20A 5k Arms 

25 25A 10k Arms 

32 50A 10k Arms 

63 63A 15k Arms 

100 100A 20k Arms 

125 125A 20k Arms 

HNF Hinged Cover Switches 

30 63A 10k Arms 

60 100A 10k Arms 

100 100A 10k Arms 

Accessories 

Switch 

Ampere Catalog 

Rating Number Description 


16–30A 3LD9220-2C Neutral Kit 

63A 3LD9250-2CA Neutral Kit 



30–100A GSGK60 Ground Lug Kit b 

30A LBRA1 Auxiliary Contact Kit (1 NO-1 NC) 

60–100A LBRA2 Auxiliary Contact Kit (1 NO-1 NC) 

30–100A HF63CX g Neutral Kit 



Enclosed Bolted Pressure Switches & Safety Switch Replacement Parts 

Selection 

For enclosed bolted pressure contact switches order as lug-in/lug-out single section 

BPS main switchboards using either the SPACE 2000 Switchboard EPM or COMPAS. 

VBII Safety Switch Replacement Parts 

Handle / Handle Guard 

Ampere 

Line Base Load Base General Duty Heavy Duty 

Rating Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

Fusible 2- and 3-Pole 60-600A General Duty & 30-1200A Heavy Duty eh 

4 

SAFETY 

SWITCHES 

30 HD 240V HFB21 b HBB21 b — HH6123 g 

60 GD HFB612 b HBB612 b GH223 — 

60 HD 240V HFB22 b HBB22 b — HH6123 g 

30 600V HFB612 b HBB612 — HH6123 g 

60 600V HFB62 b HBB62 — HH6123 g 

100 HFB63 b HBB63 GH223 HH6123 g 

200 HFB64 b HBB64 GH24 HH64 g 

400 HFB65 cf HBB656 HH65678 HH65678 g 

600 HFB66 cf HBB656 HH65678 HH65678 g 

800 HFB67A bf HBB67A — HH65678 g 

1200 HFB68 bf HBB68 — HH68 g 

Non-Fusible 3-Pole 60-600A General Duty & 30-1200A Heavy Duty eh 

30 HD HNB612 b — — HH6123 g 

60 GD HNB612 b — GH223 — 

60 HD HNB623 b — — HH6123 g 

100 HNB623 b — GH223 HH6123 g 

200 HNB64 b — GH24 HH64 g 

400 HNB65 cf — HH65678 HH65678 g 

600 HNB66 cf — HH65678 HH65678 g 

800 HNB67A bf — — HH65678 g 

1200 HNB678 f — — HH68 g 

Ampere Mechanism Assembly Line & Load Lugs 


Fusible 2- and 3-Pole 60-600A General Duty 

& 30-1200A Heavy Duty eh 

30 HD 240V HM6123 g HL612 a 

60 GD HM6123 HL612 a 

60 HD 240V HM6123 g HL612 a 

30 600V HM6123 g HL612 a 

60 600V HM6123 g HL612 a 

100 HM6123 g HL63 a 

200 HM64 g HL64 a 

400 HM65 HL65678 d 

600 HM66 HL65678 d 

800 HM67A HL67A fi 

1200 HM678 

i 

Non-Fusible 3-Pole 60-600A General Duty 

& 30-1200A Heavy Duty eh 

30 HD HM6123 g HL612 a 

60 GD HM6123 HL612 a 

60 HD HM6123 g HL612 a 

100 HM6123 g HL63 a 

200 HM64 g HL64 a 

400 HM65 HL65678 d 

600 HM66 HL65678 d 

800 HM67A HL67A fi 

1200 HM678 

i 

Internal Shield Kits 

These kits provide an inner door on safety 

switches to prevent accidental contact with 

live parts. All kits are constructed from clear 

plastic, provide test probe holes and allow 

replacement of fuses without the removal 

of the kit. 

Catalog 

Number 

Switch 

Ampere 

Rating 

UPC Code 

040892_ _ _ _ _ 

For use with Fusible Type 1, 3R, 12 and 

4X Stainless Steel Enclosed Safety 

Switches 

HSK61SSW 30 79020 

HSK62SSW 60 79021 

HSK63SSW 100 79002 

HSK64SSW 200 79023 

For use with Fusible Type VBII 

Disconnect Switches 

HSK61 30 79024 

HSK623 60 & 100 79025 

HSK64 200 79026 

HF362 with 

HSK62SSW installed 

VBFS361F with 

HSK61 Installed 

a Three lugs included in kit. 

b Includes lugs. 

c Lugs not included. 

d One lug per kit. 

e One per switch required unless otherwise noted. 

f One required per pole. 

g For type 4/4X stainless steel switches add “S” to end of 

catalog number. 

h For replacement door for heavy duty switches add 

“DOOR” to end of switch catalog number. 

i Lugs included with line and load bases. 

Not for use with Non-metallic safety switches 

4-36 




SPEEDFAX TM 

Section 

CFS Compact 

Fusible Switch 

VBFS361 


Compact Non-Fusible Switches 

Rotary Switch—Selection 5-2 – 5-3 

Dimensions and Wire Ranges 5-4 

Enclosed Rotary Disconnect Switches 

Enclosed Rotary Disconnect Switch—Selection 5-5 

Technical information 5-6 

Type VBII (30-600A) 

Features and Ordering Information 5-7 

Switch and Handle Selection 5-8 

Accessories 5-9 – 5-10 

Dimensions and Lug Wire Ranges 5-11 

Type MCS (30-200A) 

Switches, Fuse, and No Fuse Kit—Selection 5-12 

Handle Operators and Accessories 5-13 

Type CFS Compact Fusible Switches 

General information and catalog numbering system 5-14 

Features and ordering information 5-15 

Switch, shaft and handle selection 5-16 

Selection and accessories 5-17 

Technical Characteristics 5-18 

Type CNFS Compact Non-Fusible Switches 

General information and catalog numbering system 5-19 

Features and ordering information 5-20 

Switch, shaft and handle selection 5-21 

Additional accessories 5-22 

Type VB Panelboard Units 

General and Withstand Ratings 5-23 


Vacu-Break Fusible Units—Selection 5-24 – 5-25 


Type HCP Switchboard Units 

Selection/Accessories 5-27 

Dimensions 5-28 

Type TFP Fusible Pullouts 

Selection/Dimensions 5-29 

5 DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

Panelboard Unit 


online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 




Compact Non-Fusible — Rotary 


Selection 

3LD2254-0TK51 

5 

DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

Features 

b 16–250 Ampere, to 100 hp, 480V 

and 600V 

b Rotary actuation models 

b 3LD2 Type switches are padlockable 

in the OFF position and are UL listed 

under File No. E47705 per UL508 and 

are CSA 


b Base, DIN-rail and door mounting 

b IEC 947-1 rated, CE marked 

b Listed and marked “suitable as motor 

disconnect” per NEC Section 430-109 

Application 

Siemens Load Break Switches are listed 

as manual motor controllers and are 

suitable as motor disconnects. They are 

load break rated and act as enclosure 

discon-nects when short circuit protection 

is provided upstream of the switch. 

If upstream over current protection is not 

provided, use a Siemens fusible Type 

VBII, CFS or MCS Disconnect Switch. 

Ordering Information 

Door Mounted Switches (Rotary 

Type Only) — Order either complete 

“3LD2” assemblies components as 

follows: 

Complete Assemblies include switch, 

handle, and shaft. Certain 25 and 32A 

assemblies are also available with factory 

installed neutral blocks and/or aux. 

contacts. These accessories can also 

be ordered as field installed kits. 

Door Mounted Complete Assemblies 

Operator, Shaft, & Switch) 600V AC Max. b 

Shaft Mounted 

Catalog 

Number c 

Short Circuit Withstand 

Ratings 

Switch Rating 

and Type Max. Line Side Fuse Rating 

5kA with Line Side Class H, K, or 

RK5 Fuses 

25 & 32A 3LD2 80A Max. at 600V AC Max. 

63A 3LD2 

175A Max. at 600V AC Max. 

Note: 3LD2 switches are also rated 5kA at 600V 

AC Max. when protected by a 3RV motor starter 

with a FLA rating equal to or less than the switch 


4 Hole Mounted 

AC Horsepower Ratings 

Catalog 

Number c Number 

of Poles 

Ampere 

Rating 

120V 

1Ø 

240V 

1Ø 3Ø 

480V 

3Ø 

600V 

3Ø 

— 3LD2003-1TP53 a 3 16 ½ 1½ 3 7½ 10 

3LD2154-0TK 3LD2103-0TK 3 

3LD2154-1TP 3LD2103-1TP 3 a 

3LD2154-1TL 3LD2103-1TL 3 + N 

25 2 3 7½ 10 15 

3LD2154-2EP 3LD2103-2EP 3 + N a 

3LD2254-0TK 3LD2203-0TK 3 

3LD2254-1TL 3LD2203-1TL 3 + N 

32 2 3 10 20 20 

3LD2555-0TK 3LD2504-0TK 3 63 — 10 15 40 50 

— 3LD2704-0TK 3 100 — — 30 60 75 

— 3LD2804-0TK 3 125 — — 40 75 100 

a Includes auxiliary contacts (1 NO and 1 NC). 

b Handles are IP65 rated and are also UL listed for Type 1, 4X 

and 12 applications. 

c Add 51 for a black handle or 53 for a red & yellow handle 

to the end of the catalog number. 

5-2 


Product Category PILO



Selection 

3LD Type Base Mounted Complete Assemblies 

(Operator, Shaft, & Switch) 600V AC Max.b 

Handle mounting b 

AC Horsepower Ratings 

Shaft 

(center hole) 

4 Hole 

(no defeat) 

4 Hole 

(with defeat) 120V 240V 480V 600V 

Catalog 

Catalog Number Ampere 

Number Catalog Number Number of Poles Rating 1Ø 1Ø 3Ø 3Ø 3Ø 

— 3LD2013-0TK5 3LD2017-0TK1 3 

— — 3LD2017-1TL1 3 + N 

16 ½ 1½ 3 7½ 10 

3LD2144-0TK5 3LD2113-0TK5 — 3 

3LD2144-1TL5 3LD2113-1TL5 — 3 + N 

25 2 3 7½ 10 15 

3LD2244-0TK5 3LD2213-0TK5 3LD2217-0TK1 3 

3LD2244-1TL53 3LD2213-1TL53 3LD2217-1TL1 3 + N 

32 2 3 10 20 20 

3LD2545-0TK5 3LD2514-0TK5 3LD2517-0TK1 3 

— — 3LD2517-1TL1 3 + N 

63 3 10 15 40 50 

— 3LD2714-0TK5 — 3 100 — — 30 60 75 

— 3LD2814-0TK5 — 3 125 — — 40 75 100 

— 3LD2318-0TK1 — 3 160 — — 40 75 75 

— 3LD2418-0TK1 — 3 250 — — 50 100 75 

Base Mount 

3LD2217-0TK13 

Accessories for Front Mounted 3LD2 Switches 

Catalog 

Switches 

Number Description Used With 

3LD9200-5B c 1 NO, 1 NC Aux. Contact 25-125A 

3LD9200-5BF c 1 NO, 1 NC Aux. with Gold Plated Contacts 25-125A 

3LD9220-2B Neutral/Ground Terminal 25 & 32A 

3LD9250-2BA Neutral/Ground Terminal 63A 

3LD9280-2B Neutral/Ground Terminal 100 & 125A 

3LD9220-0B 4th Pole (leading ON, lagging OFF) 25 & 32A 

3LD9250-0BA 4th Pole (leading ON, lagging OFF) 63A 

3LD9280-0B 4th Pole (leading ON, lagging OFF) 100 & 125A 

3LD9224-1B a Black Handle (4 hole mtg.) 25 & 32A 

3LD9284-1B a Black Handle (4 hole mtg.) 63-125A 

3LD9224-3B a Red/Yellow Handle (4 hole mtg.) 25 & 32A 

3LD9284-3B a Red/Yellow Handle (4 hole mtg.) 63-125A 

3LD9224-1D a Black Handle (shaft mtg.) d 25 & 32A 

3LD9284-1D a Black Handle (shaft mtg.) d 63-125A 

3LD9224-3D a Red/Yellow Handle (shaft mtg.) d 25 & 32A 

3LD9284-3D a Red/Yellow Handle (shaft mtg.) d 63-125A 

3LD9221-2A a Terminal Cover 1P (Pack of 4) 25 & 32A 


3LD9251-0A a Terminal Cover 3P (Pack of 4) 63A 

3LD9220-2C 

5 DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

Accessories for Base Mounted 3LD2 Switches 

3LD9200-5C c 1 NO, 1 NC Aux. Contact 25-250A 

3LD9200-5CF c 1 NO, 1 NC Aux. with Gold Plated Contacts 25-250A 

3LD9220-2C Neutral/Ground Terminal 25 & 32A 

3LD9250-2CA Neutral/Ground Terminal 63A 



3LD9220-0C 4th Pole (leading ON, lagging OFF) 25 & 32A 

3LD9250-0CA 4th Pole (leading ON, lagging OFF) 63A 



3LD9224-1B a Black Handle (4 hole mtg. no defeat) 25 & 32A 

3LD9284-1B a Black Handle (4 hole mtg. no defeat) 63-125A 

3LD9224-3B a Red/Yellow Handle (4 hole mtg. no defeat) 25 & 32A 

3LD9284-3B a Red/Yellow Handle (4 hole mtg. no defeat) 63-125A 

3LD9224-1D a Black Handle (shaft mtg.) 25 & 32A 

3LD9284-1D a Black Handle (shaft mtg.) 63-125A 

3LD9224-3D a Red/Yellow Handle (shaft mtg.) 25 & 32A 

3LD9284-3D a Red/Yellow Handle (shaft mtg.) 63-125A 



3LD9251-0A a Terminal Cover 3P (Pack of 4) 63A 

3LD9251-0A 

Note: 3LD2 shaft lengths allow the following 

maximum enclosure depths from the switch 

mounting surface to the outside of the cover: 

16-32A, 15.25" 

63-125A, 15.75" 

160 & 250A, 23.70" 

a Handles and line side terminal covers are supplied as 

standard with 3LD2 switches. 

b Add suffix 1 for a black or 3 for a red & yellow handle to the 

catalog number (except 3LD2244-1TL53 & 3LD2213-1TL53). 

Handles are IP65 rated and are also listed by UL for Type 1, 

4X and 12 applications. 

c Aux. contacts break about 30 Ms before and make about 3 

Ms after main switch contacts. 

Ratings 10A at 120V AC 

6A 

at 240V AC 

1.4A at 480V AC 

d Can be used as replacement handles on enclosed 3LD2 

switches. 

e Base mounted switches with direct mount handles 

are also available (3LD2330-0TK1 _ b rated 160A and 

3LD2430-0TK1_ b rated 250). 

Product Category PILO 





Dimensions 

Dimension Drawings and Wire Ranges 

Wire Ranges 60/75°C Cu only 

16A, 3LD20 (1) #18-10 AWG 

25A, 3LD21 (1) #14-8 AWG 

32A, 3LD22 (1) #14-8 AWG 

63A, 3LD25 (1) #14-6 AWG 

100, 125A, 3LD2 (1) #12-1 AWG 

160, 250A, 3LD2 (1) #1-400 MCM 

Drilling 

Pattern 

.125 

(3.2) 

.95 

(24.1) 

Dimension J Minimum Depth a 

Switch 

Dimension J 

3LD2 25 & 32A Front Shaft Mounted 3.07 (78) 

3LD2 63 Front Shaft Mounted 3.35 (85) 

3LD2 16-32A Front 4-hole Mounted 2.13 (54) 

3LD2 63A Front 4-hole Mounted 2.48 (63) 

3LD2 100 & 125A Front 4-hole Mounted 2.56 (65) 

3LD2 25 & 32A Base w/shaft Mtg. Handle 6.46 (164) 

3LD2 63A Base w/shaft Mtg. Handle 6.77 (172) 

3LD2 16-32A Base w/4-hole Mtg. Handle 5.59 (142) 

3LD2 63A Base w/4-hole Mtg. Handle 5.99 (152) 

3LD2 100-250A Base w/4-hole Mtg. Handle 6.07 (154) 

.877 

(22.5) 

a 

J 

C 

Shaft Mounted 

3LD2 Handle Cutout 

(4-hole pattern) 

F 

E 

A 

D 

0.16 in. 

(4 mm) 

G 

B 

5 

DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

H 

Switch 

Switch 

Dimensions Inches (mm) 

Type Catalog Number A B C D E F G H 

Rotary Front Mtg. 3LD20 1.89 (48) 1.97 (50) 1.97 (50) — — — — — 

Rotary Front Mtg. 3LD21 & 3LD22 1.81 (46) 2.17 (55) 1.97 (50) — — — — — 

Rotary Front Mtg. 3LD25 2.36 (60) 2.52 (64) 2.32 (59) — — — — — 

Rotary Front Mtg. 3LD27 & 3LD28 2.40 (61) 3.27 (83) 2.40 (61) — — — — — 

Rotary Base Mtg. 3LD20 1.89 (48) 1.97 (50) 2.29 (58) — — — — — 

Rotary Base Mtg. 3LD21 & 3LD22 1.81 (46) 2.17 (55) 2.29 (58) — — — — — 

Rotary Base Mtg. 3LD25 2.36 (60) 2.52 (64) 2.68 (68) — — — — — 



0.31 in. 

(8 mm) 

a Depth from outside of cover to back of switch. 

b Handle front plate dimensions: 

3LD 16-32A—2.64 inches square 

3LD 63-125—3.55 inches square 

5-4 



Enclosed Rotary Disconnect Switches e 

Description 

16–125A non-fusible switches are available 

in fiberglass reinforced polycarbonate 

enclosures which are UL approved as Type 

12 & 4X and for either indoor or outdoor 

use. All are horsepower and load break 

rated. All are panel mounted and are either 

supplied with factory installed aux. contacts 

or will accept contact kits. All are compact 

in size while providing ample wiring space 

for copper line & load conductors. 

Siemens Enclosed Rotary Disconnect Switches 

b 16–125A, Non-Fusible 

b 600VAC max. rated 

b Available in both Type 12 and 4X 

non-metallic enclosures 

b Both screw and hinged cover 

designs available 

b Listed and marked “suitable for use 

as motor disconnect” per NEC 

Section 430-109 

b Screw cover switches are UL listed 

under File No. E47705 and are CSA 


b IEC 60947-3 rated and CE marked 

(enclosures are IP65 rated) 

b HP rated 


Selection 

b Hinged door switches are UL listed 

for multiple line and load conductors 

per phase in 30–100A ratings. 

They are UL & CUL listed under File 

No. E191706 

b Rotary handles are available in 

black, red, and yellow and in pistol 

grip designs 

b 16–63A screw cover switches have 

factory installed ground bars. All 

hinge cover switches accept ground 

lug kits 

b Screw cover switches are 

provided with knockouts 

b Padlockable in OFF position 

with up to (3) padlocks 



Ampere 3 Pole, 3 Wire with (1) NO Shipping 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC 

Rating 3 Pole, 3 Wire & (1) NC Aux. Contact hi Weight a 1 Phase 3 Phase 3 Phase 3 Phase 

Non-Fusible, Type 1, 4X & 12K b with Screw Cover and Black Rotary Handle 600V AC Max. e 

16 3LD2064-0TB51-0US2 3LD2064-1GP51-0US2 1 1 1 ⁄2 3 7 1 ⁄2 10 

25 3LD2164-0TB51-0US2 3LD2164-1GP51-0US2 1 3 7 1 ⁄2 10 15 

30 3LD2264-0TB51-0US2 3LD2264-1GP51-0US2 1 3 7 1 ⁄2 15 20 

30 — 3LD2264-1TS51-0US2 f s 1 3 7 1 ⁄2 15 20 

30 — 3LD2264-2TW51-0US2 g s 1 3 7 1 ⁄2 15 20 




Non-Fusible, Type 1, 4X & 12K b with Screw Cover and Red and Yellow Rotary Handle 600V AC Max. e 

16 3LD2064-0TB53-0US2 3LD2064-1GP53-0US2 1 1 1 ⁄2 3 7 1 ⁄2 10 

25 3LD2164-0TB53-0US2 3LD2164-1GP53-0US2 1 3 7 1 ⁄2 10 15 

30 3LD2264-0TB53-0US2 3LD2264-1GP53-0US2 1 3 7 1 ⁄2 15 20 

30 — 3LD2264-1TS53-0US2 f s 1 3 7 1 ⁄2 15 20 

30 — 3LD2264-2TW53-0US2 g s 1 3 7 1 ⁄2 15 20 




5 DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 


a Carton quantity of (1). Shipping weight in pounds (lbs.). 

b Approved for indoor/outdoor use. No cover interlock provided. 

c 30 and 60A switches are also rated 600V AC. 

d Also rated as Type 12 and UL approved for both indoor and 

outdoor use. Defeatable cover interlock provided. 

e Screw cover enclosures are constructed from Makrolon 9425. 

Hinged cover enclosures are constructed from fiberglass reinforced 

polycarbonate. 

f Switch is supplied with (2) NO and no NC aux. contacts. 

g Switch is supplied with (4) NO and no NC aux. contacts. 

Ground bar is not provided or available. 

h Aux. contacts break about 3 Ms before and make about 3 Ms 

after main switch contacts. 

i 6P, 25A, switch with 1 NO & 1 NC aux. contacts and a black 

operating handle is also available. Order catalog number 

3LD2165-4VD51 (Discount Code: Pilot Devices). 






Technical information 

Enclosed Disconnect Switch Dimensions (Inches)* 

Catalog Ampere Fig. Dimensions 

Number Rating No. A B C D 

3LD2064- 16 5.52 d 3.94 3.19 4.57 

3LD2164- 25 5.52 d 3.94 3.19 4.57 

3LD2264- 30 

1 

5.52 d 3.94 3.19 4.57 

3LD2565- 63 6.93 e 5.75 4.10 5.87 

3LD2766- 100 11.90 8.35 5.36 7.13 

3LD2866- 125 11.90 8.35 5.36 7.13 

Note: 3LD2 Type switches only have top and bottom end KOs as follows: 

16-30A - 1/2” & 3/4”, 63A - 3/4” & 1”, 100 & 25A - 1” & 1 1/4” 

Figure 1 

Wire ranges 60/75°C Cu Only 


16 Amps (1) #18-10 AWG 

25–30 Amps (1) #14-10 AWG 

63 Amps (1) #14-6 AWG 

100–125 Amps (1) #12-1 AWG 


(1) #14-#10 AWG Solid 



30 Amps Up to (3) #12 AWG Stranded 



with (1) #10 AWG Stranded 

60 & 100 Amps 

(1) #14-#10 AWG Solid 


(2) #6 AWG Stranded 




Figure 2 

5 

DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

UL and CUL Short Circuit Withstand Ratings 

Short Circuit Withstand Rating and Fuse Class 

With Line Side Fusing 

With Load Side Fusing a 

Ampere 5 kA at 10 kA at 18 kA at 5 kA at 18 kA at 

Rating 600V Max 600V Max 480V Max 480V Max 480V Max 

3LD2 Type Switches h 

RK5 

16 

(50A Max) 

— — — — 

25 & 30 RK5 (80A Max) 

— — — — 

63 

RK5 

(175A Max) 

— — — — 

100 & 

125 

— 

RK5 

(200A Max) 

— — — 


30 — 

Ferraz 

Shawmut 

A50P or lower 

H, K & RK5 H, K & RK5 

let-through 

(100A Max) (30A Max) 

semiconductor 

fuses 

J, T & CC 

(60A Max) 

(100A Max) Ferraz 

60 

H, K & RK5 

Shawmut 

(150A Max) 

A50P or lower 

H, K & RK5 

let-through 

(60A Max) 

f 

100 f 

semiconductor 

fuses 

(100A Max) 

IEC Fuse and Withstand Ratings 

Ampere Rating gG Fuse Size Short Circuit Rating 

3LD2 Screw Cover Switches 

16 20A 5k Arms 

25 25A 10k Arms 

32 50A 10k Arms 

63 63A 15k Arms 

100 100A 20k Arms 

125 125A 20k Arms 

HNF Hinged Cover Switches 

30 63A 10k Arms 

60 100A 10k Arms 

100 100A 10k Arms 

Accessories 

Switch 



a For use as supplemental protection on the load side of the branch circuit over current 


b Ground lug kit has two lugs for #14-4 Cu/Al wire. 

c Factory installed ground lugs supplied as follows: 16-30A #14-10 Cu, 63A #14-8 Cu. 

Ground lug not provided and is not available on catalog numbers 3LD2264-2TW51-0US2 

and 3LD2264-2TW53-0US2. 

d 6.38 inches high including mounting feet. 

e 7.85 inches high including mounting feet. 

f 60 & 100A HNF switches are rated 10kA at 480V max. with line side Class H, K & RK5 

150A max. fuses. 

g Wire range (1) #14-2 AWG 60/75 °C Cu only. 

h 16-63A 3LD switches are also rated 5kA at 600VAC max when protected by a 3RV type 

MSP of the same or lesser ampere rating. 




63A 3LD9250-2CA Neutral Kit 



30–100A GSGK60 Ground Lug Kit b 

30A LBRA1 Auxiliary Contact Kit (1 NO-1 NC) 

60–100A LBRA2 Auxiliary Contact Kit (1 NO-1 NC) 

30–100A HF63CX g Neutral Kit 

5-6 



Type VBII (30-600A) with Flange Mounted Operating Handle 

Features and Ordering Information 

Features 

b 30-600A, 600VAC and DC ratings 

b 240 & 600V AC switches are UL 

Recognized under file number 

E121152, Vol. 3 and CSA certified 

under file number 154852 

b 600V DC Photovoltaic switches are 

UL Recognized under file number 

E335018, Vol. 3 and are rated to 

switch 3 separate 600V DC circuits 

b Visible blade quick make and break 

switching action 

b Panel and Flange mounted assemblies 

facilite installation 

b Panel mounted switches are variable 

depth 

b Short circuit rating of 10,000 AIC with 

class H fuse, and of 200,000 AIC with 

class R or J fuses. PV switches are 

rated 10,000 AIC at 600V DC with 

600V DC rated class K, J or R fuses. 

b Flange mounted handles rated as Type 

1, 3R & 12 or 4X are padlockable in 

the off position with up to (3) padlocks 

with 5/16 hasps 

b Meets UL98 requirements and suitable 

for both main and branch circuit applications 

b A complete line of aux contacts are 

available 

b Load break and horsepower rated 

b Defeatable cover interlock standard 

with all handles 

b Meets NFPA79 requirements 

b Seismic qualified — complies with the 

2010 California Building Code (CBC) 

— and with the International Building 

Code (IBC) — Compliance Level 

SDS = 1.85 g 

5 DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

VBFS361, VBLK1 & VBH1 

VBFS363F 

VBNFS365, VBLK4 & VBH2 


1. Determine the ratings required (amps, 

volts, HP, Fusible, NF), the mounting 

needed (Panel or Flange), and select 

the appropriate switch. 

2. For panel mounted switches with a 

rigid operating shaft (30-600A), order 

panel mounted switch, flange mounted 

operating handle & rigid linkage kit 

based on depth required. 

3. For panel mounted switches with a 

Max-Flex operator, order panel mounted 

switch, Max-Flex Handle & Adapter 

Kit and drive cable. 

4. Select accessories if required. 




Selection 

Switches—for Standard 600V Max AC or DC Applications 

5 

DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

Horsepower Rating, Switches and 3-Phase d 

Switch Max. AC 

600 

Ampere Voltage Catalog 

240 Volts AC 480 Volts AC 600 Volts AC 

Volts DC 

Rating Rating Number Standard Max. Standard Max. Standard Max. (max) d 

Fusible Panel Mounted Variable Depth Switches - 3-Pole e 

30 240 VBFS321 3 7 1/2 — — — — — a 

60 240 VBFS322 7 1/2 15 — — — — — b 

30 600 VBFS361 — — 5 15 7 1/2 20 15 c 

60 600 VBFS362 — — 15 30 15 50 30 c 

100 600 VBFS363 — — 25 60 30 75 50 c 

200 600 VBFS364 — — 50 125 60 150 50 

400 600 VBFS365 — — 100 250 125 350 — 

600 600 VBFS366 — — 150 400 200 500 — 

Non-fusible Panel Mounted Variable Depth Switches - 3-Pole e 

30 600 VBNFS361 — 10 — 20 — 30 15 c 

60 600 VBNFS362 — 20 — 50 — 60 30 c 

100 600 VBNFS363 — 40 — 75 — 100 50 c 

200 600 VBNFS364 — 60 — 125 — 150 50 

400 600 VBNFS365 — 125 — 250 — 300 — 

600 600 VBNFS366 — 200 — 400 — 500 — 

Fusible Flange Mounted Switches - 3-Pole 

30 240 VBFS321F 3 7 1/2 — — — — — a 

60 240 VBFS322F 7 1/2 15 — — — — — b 

30 600 VBFS361F — — 5 15 7 1/2 20 15 c 

60 600 VBFS362F — — 15 30 15 50 30 c 

100 600 VBFS363F — — 50 60 30 75 50 c 

200 600 VBFS364F — — 100 125 60 150 50 

Non-fusible Flange Mounted Switches – 3-Pole 

30 600 VBNFS361F — 10 — 20 — 30 15 c 

60 600 VBNFS362F — 20 — 50 — 60 30 c 

100 600 VBNFS363F — 40 — 75 — 100 50 c 

200 600 VBNFS364F — 60 — 125 — 150 50 

Note: Fusible switches include fuse provisions for Class H Fuses. The load base can be moved to pre-drilled holes for Class J Fuses on all 600V switches. If Class R 

Fuses are required, add a Class R Fuse Clip Kit. 

Switches—for Photovoltaic Applications, 600VDC Max. 

(for use in negative ground systems only) 

Switch 

Ampere 

Rating 


Rated Isc per NEC 

Article 690 

Fusible Panel Mounted Variable Depth Switches—3 Pole 

30 VBFS361PV 19.2A 

60 VBFS362PV 38.4A 

100 VBFS363PV 64.0A 

Non-Fusible Panel Mounted Variable Depth Switches—3 Pole 

30 VBNFS361PV 24.0A 

60 VBNFS362PV 48.0A 

100 VBNFS363PV 80.0A 

Fusible Flange Mounted Variable Depth Switches—3 Pole 

(Includes Type 1, 3R and 12 Rated Operating Handle) 

30 VBFS361FPV 19.2A 

60 VBFS362FPV 38.4A 

100 VBFS363FPV 64.0A 

Non-Fusible Flange Mounted Variable Depth Switches—3 Pole 

(Includes Type 1, 3R and 12 Rated Operating Handle) 

30 VBNFS361FPV 24.0A 



Cable Kit 

For use with 30-200A panel mounted switches and Max-Flex 

handle and adapter kit. 


FHOEC036 

FHOEC048 

Description 

36" long drive cable 

48" long drive cable 

Max-Flex TM Handle and Adapter Kit 

(Type 1, 12, 3R & 4X) Use with 30-200A panel mounted 

switches and cable kit. 


Operating Handle Description 

Plastic Handles 

VBHM1 

30-200A Type 1, 3R, 12 and 4X 

Metal Handles 

VBHM2 30-200A Type 1, 3R and 12 

VBHM2X 

30-200A Type 4X 

a Rated 5 HP at 250V DC. 

b Rated 10 HP at 250V DC. 

c 600V DC & 600V DC horsepower rating shown requires (2) poles to be connected 

in series. 

d Std. - applies when non-time delay fuses are used. 

Max. - applies when time delay fuses are used. 

e Includes line base, load base, operating mechanism and line and load lugs. 

Order operating handle and linkage kits from tables on pages 5-8 or 5-9. 

f Includes line base, load base, operating mechanism line and load lugs plastic 

operating handle and required linkage. 

g All photovoltaic switches are rated to be used with 

3 separate 600V DC circuits. 

h Fusible switches accept Class K or R fuses as standard and Class J fuses by 

relocating the load base. 

Rated 250V DC max and 50HP at 250V DC. 

Please add letter "M" to the end of catalog number for metal handle. 

VBNFS361, 

VBHM1 & 

FHOEC036 

5-8 





Selection & Accessories 

Flange Mounted Operating Handles 

For use with Panel Mounted Switches. 

Plastic handle is included with Flange 

Mounted Switches as standard. 

Catalog 

Number Operating Handle Description 

Plastic Handles 

VBH1 30-200A Type 1, 3R & 12 

VBH14X 30-200A Type 4X 

Metal Handles 

VBH112 30-200A Type 1, 3R & 12 

VBH14 30-200A Type 4X 

VBH2 400A Type 1 & 12 

VBH2R 400 & 600A Type 1, 3R & 12 

VBH24X 400 & 600A Type 4X 

Rigid Linkage Kits 

For use with Panel Mounted Switches. 

Not required for Flange Mounted 

Switches. 

Switch 

Catalog Ampere Enclosure Depth 

Number Rating Min Max. 

VBLK1 30-200 6.94 6.94 

VBLK2 30-200 6.94 19.0 

VBLK3 400 & 600 9.00 8.75 

VBLK4 400 & 600 9.00 19.0 

NEW 


They provide two point control power 

take-off capability and are normally 

used on two poles on the line side 

when it is required to have control 

power available when the switch is 

in the OFF position. They provide a 

mounting provision for standard ¼” 

quick connect terminal. Installed in 

the line or load side. 30A VBII switches 

have lugs UL listed to accept (2) wires 

per pole as standard so a 30A kit is 

not required. 

Catalog 

Number 

Description 

HCQ62 


HCQ63 


HCQ64 


HT63 

HR612 


These kits prevent the installation of 

Class H and K fuses (one kit required per 

switch). 


Catalog 

Number 

HR21 

HR612 

HR62 

HR63 

HR64 

HR656 

Internal Door Latch Kits 

For use with enclosures with door 

mounted latching bar. Required when a 

flange mounted switch is mounted in a 

Hoffmann or Rittal enclosure provided 

with an AB cutout. 

Catalog 

Number 

DKR2 

DKR3 

Description 

30A, 240V Kit (HD only) 

30A, 600V Kit/60A, 240V Kit 

60A, 600V Kit 

100A Kit 

200A Kit 

400A/600A Kit 

Description 

2 point (for use with 

enclosures less than 40" high) 

3 point (for use with 

enclosures 40" or larger 

in height) 

Class T Fuse Adapter Kits 

100-600A fusible switches are field 

convertible to accept Class T fuses. 

400-600A switches are field convertible 

to accept Class T fuses by moving the 

load base to a pre-drilled T fuse position. 

Class T Fuse Adapter Kits 

Catalog 


HT23 100A, 240V Kit 

HT63 100A, 600V Kit 

HT24 200A, 240V Kit 

HT64s 200A, 600V Kit 

Class J Fuse Provisions 

All 30-600A, 600V fusible switches are 

field convertible to accept Class J fuses 

by moving the load base to a pre-drilled 

J fuse position. 

Window Kits (Type 1, 12, 3R and 4x) 

Allows viewing of visible blades and of 

indicating fuses through 200A. 

Catalog 

Number 

VBWK1 

VBWK2 

VBWK3 

Description 

30A Window Kit 

60 & 100A Window Kit 

200-600A Window Kit 

HN612 

Neutral Kits 

Standard Neutral Kits can be field 

installed in 30-100A switches. 

Neutral Kits 

Switch 

Kit Catalog 

Ampere Rating 

Number 

30A 600V, 60A 240V HN612 

60A, 600V & 100A HN623 

200% Neutral Kits 

UL listed 200% Neutrals are available 

on 60 & 100A switches. They are typically 

used with non-linear transformers 

or where increased neutral ampacity/lug 

capacity is required. 


Switch 

Ampere Kit Catalog Wire Range Line & 

Rating Number Load Lugs (Cu/Al) 

60 & 100A HN263 (2) #14-1/0 AWG 

5 DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 


Dimensions (min. & max.) from enclosure mounting pan 

to outside surface of enclosure handle mounting flange. 

7.12 for 200A switches. 

One kit per pole required. 

UL approved (not CSA certified). 





Accessories 

5 

DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

HA161234 

HA261234 


The auxiliary contacts are available in 1 normally open and 1 normally closed 

or 2 normally open and 2 normally closed configurations. Siemens offers a 

PLC Auxiliary Switch (30-200A) that has very low resistance for low voltage 

and current typical in PLC circuits. All auxiliary contacts make after and break 

before main switch contacts. 

Switch 

Kit Ampere Rating 

Kit Horsepower Rating 

Ampere Aux. Switch 125V AC 250V AC 28V DC 125V AC 250V AC 28V DC 

Rating Catalog Number Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. 


30-200 HA161234 10 10 — 1/2 3/4 — 

400-600 HA165678 10 10 — 1/2 3/4 — 


30-200 HA261234 10 10 7 1/2 3/4 — 

400-600 HA265678 10 10 7 1/2 3/4 — 

Low Current PLC Type with 1 NO & 1 NC Gold Plated Contacts 

30-200 HA361234 10 10 — 1/2 3/4 — 

400-600 HA365678 10 10 — 1/2 3/4 — 


Fuse Puller Kits are field installable in 30-100A Type VBII Heavy Duty 

Switches (one kit required per 3-pole switch). 

Switch 

Ampere Fuse Puller Kit 

Rating Catalog Number 

030 HP61 

060 HP62s 

100 HP63s 

HP61 


All switches are UL approved to accept field installed copper lug kits. 

Switch Copper Lug 



30–60 HLC612 (9) Lugs/Kit #14-4 AWG Cu 

100 HLC63s (9) Lugs/Kit #14-1/0 AWG Cu 

200 HLC64s (9) Lugs/Kit #6 AWG-300 Kcmil Cu 

400–600A HLC65678 (1) Lugs/Kit #1/0 AWG-600 Kcmil Cu 

HLC612 


Equipment Ground Lug Kits are available for all switches. 

Switch 

Ampere Catalog Number of Wire Range 

Rating Number Terminals Per Terminal (Cu/Al) 

30–200 HG61234 2 #14-4 AWG 

400 & 600 HG656 4 #6 AWG-250 Kcmil 

NEW Internal Shield Kits (for fusible switches) 

Kits provide a “skirt” that encloses the VBII switch and also a clear plastic 

inner door to prevent accidental contact with live parts. Test probe holes 

are provided and fuses can be replaced without removal of kit. 


HSK61 

Switch 

Shield Kit 


30A 

HSK61 

60-100A HSK623 

200A 

HSK64 

5-10 





Lug Wire Ranges & Dimensions 

Lugs 

30 & 60A switches are suitable for use with 60° or 75°C wire. 100–600A 

switches are suitable for use with 75°C rated wire. All switches are supplied 

with factory installed line and load lugs. 

Wire Ranges (Line, Load and Standard Neutral) 

Switch 

Ampere 

Rating UL Approved Wire Range Lug Wire Range 

30 #14-6 AWG (Cu/AI) #14-2 AWG (Cu/Al) 

60 #14-2 AWG (Cu/AI) #14-2 AWG (Cu/Al) 

100 #14-1/0 AWG (Cu/Al) #14-1/0 AWG (Cu/Al) 

200 #6 AWG-300 Kcmil (Cu/Al) #6 AWG-300 Kcmil (Cu/Al) 

400 1/0 AWG-750 Kcmil (Cu/Al) or (1) 1/0 AWG-750 Kcmil (Cu/Al) or 

(2) 1/0 AWG-250 Kcmil (Cu/Al) (2) 1/0 AWG-250 Kcmil (Cu/Al) 

600 (2) 1/0 AWG-750 Kcmil (Cu/Al) or (2) 1/0 AWG-750 Kcmil (Cu/Al) or 

(4) 1/0 -250 Kcmil (Cu/Al) (4) 1/0 AWG-250 Kcmil (Cu/Al) 

Approximate Dimensions 

Mounting bracket shown with handle installed is supplied with 

Flange Mounted Switches only. All Panel Mounted Switches 

have a “L” shaped mounting pan with a line base, load base 

(if fusible) and mechanism installed. 

Dimensions 

Catalog Number A B C a D (min) D (max) 

Fusible, Panel Mounted 

VBFS321 11.88 N/A 7.47 6.94 19 

VBFS322 13.12 N/A 8.50 6.94 19 

VBFS361, VBFS361PV 11.88 N/A 7.47 6.94 19 

VBFS362, VBFS362PV 13.12 N/A 8.50 6.94 19 

VBFS363, VBFS363PV 13.12 N/A 8.50 6.94 19 

VBFS364 17 N/A 12.33 7.12 19 

VBFS365 26.25 N/A 16.50 8.63 19 

VBFS366 26.25 N/A 16.50 8.63 19 

Non-fusible, Panel Mounted 

VBNFS361, VBNFS361PV 9.79 N/A 7.47 6.94 19 



VBNFS364 10.77 N/A 12.33 7.12 19 

VBNFS365 13 N/A 16.50 8.63 19 

VBNFS366 13 N/A 16.50 8.63 19 

Fusible, Flange Mounted 

VBFS321F 11.88 14.08 7.47 7.27 N/A 

VBFS322F 13.12 15.83 8.85 7.27 N/A 

VBFS361F, VBFS361FPV 11.88 14.08 7.47 7.27 N/A 



VBFS364F 17 18.20 12.68 7.57 N/A 

Non-fusible, Flange Mounted 

VBNFS361F, VBNFS361FPV 9.79 11.78 7.47 7.27 N/A 



VBNFS364F 10.77 11.97 12.68 7.57 N/A 

D 

A 

C 

5 DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

a Dimension C for panel mounted switches indicates the minimum width from the left 

hand edge of the switch mounting pan to the right hand inside surface of the enclosure. 



Type MCS (30-200A) — Switches, Fuse and No Fuse Kits 

Selection 

Features 

b 30, 60, 100 and 200 Ampere Switches 

b UL Recognized (file # E121152 vol. 1 & 

2) and CSA Certified 

b Simple Mounting — with an integral 

switch and over center mechanism 

b Horsepower & load break rated 

b Compact Size 

b Visible Blade Contacts 

b Rugged Construction — with a short 

circuit current rating of 10,000 amps 

with Class H or 200,000 amps at 600V 

maximum AC, when fused with Class 

R or Class J fuses 

b Available with three operator handle 

options, allowing flexible placement 

of switch 

b Field Installable Auxiliary Contacts 

b Flexible Fuse Class Configurations 

b Flange mounted handles meet NFPA79 

requirements 

5 

DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

Type MCS Disconnect Switch with 

Max-Flex handle operator 


1. Select the basic switch size you need 

(30, 60, 100 or 200 ampere). 

2. Check the switch selected against the 

maximum horsepower rating required 

for our application. “L” or “R” suffix on 


fixed-depth, flange-mounted handle 

switch catalog numbers denotes left or 

right-handed mechanism drive. 

3. Choose either fuse or no fuse kit from 

chart below. Information 

4. Check “Minimum Dimensions” on page 


rotary handle 

5-13 for installation space requirements. 

5. Select from the list of handle operators, 

the type which best suits your 

application. Handle operators can be 

selected from the next page. 

Basic Switches 

Maximum Horsepower Rating, 3 Phase d 

Catalog Catalog 

240 Volts AC 480 Volts AC 600 Volts AC 

250 

Switch Maximum Number Number Time Time Time Volts 

Ampere Voltage Right Left Standard Delay Standard Delay Standard Delay DC 

Rating Rating Hand Hand Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse (max) d 

130 600 MCS603R MCS603L 13 17 1 ⁄2 15 115 17 1 ⁄2 120 15 

160 600 MCS606R MCS606L 17 1 ⁄2 15 15 130 15 150 10 

100 600 MCS610R MCS610Ls 15 30 25 160 30 175 20 

200 600 MCS620R MCS620Ls 25 60 50 125 60 150 40 

Fuse And No Fuse Kits (Includes load base plus line and load fuse clips) a 

Basic 

Switch 

Ampere 

Rating 

130 

160 

100 

200 

Switch 

Catalog 

Number 

MCS603R 

or 

MCS603L 

MCS606R 

or 

MCS606L 

MCS610R 

or 

MCS610L 

MCS620R 

or 

MCS620L 

Kit 

Description 

No Fuse Kits For Class H For Class J For Class R 

Standard Cu Only b Catalog Catalog Catalog 

Catalog Number Catalog Number Number a Number a Number a 

No Fuse TMK606 — — — — 

30A, 250V — — FCK203s — FCRK203 #14 to 

30A, 600V — — FCK206 FCJK603 FCRK206 #4 AWG 

60A, 250V — — FCK206 — FCRK206 Cu/AI 

60A, 600V — — FCK606 FCJK606 FCRK606 

No Fuse TMK606 — — — — 

60A, 250V — — FCK206 — FCRK206 #14 to 

60A, 600V — — FCK606 FCJK606 FCRK606 #4 AWG 

100A, 250V — — OFCK661s OFCK661s 

c 

Cu/AI 

100A, 600V — — OFCK661s OFCK661s 

c 

No Fuse TMK610 TMK610C — — — 

100A, 250V — — FCK610 FCK610 

c 

#14 to 

100A, 600V — — FCK610 FCK610 

c 

#2/0 AWG 

200A, 250V — — OFCK620 OFCK620 

c 

Cu/AI 

200A, 600V — — OFCK620 OFCK620 

c 

No Fuse TMK620 TMK620Cs — — — #6 to 

200A, 250V — — FCK620 FCK620 

c 

300 kcmil 

200A, 600V — — FCK620 FCK620 

c 

Cu/AI 

Lug 

Wire 

Size 


a For “copper only” connectors, order as follows: 

Fusible—order standard switch, standard fuse kit and copper 

only no fuse kit. 

Non-Fusible—order standard switch and copper only no 

fuse kit. 

b Includes both line and load lugs. 

c For Class R fuses order Class H kit from this table and the 

Class R conversion kit from the next page. 

d HP ratings for time delay fuses and for 250V DC also 

apply to Non-fusible switches. 

5-12 




Type MCS (30-200A) 

Accessories 

Auxiliary Switch Kits 

Contact Arrangement 

Switch 


MCS Disconnect Switch Panel Space Requirements 

Panel Space Requirements 

1 NO/1 NC 


2 NO/2 NC 


MCS603R MCSAKR136 MCSAKR236 

MCS603L MCSAKL136 MCSAKL236s 

MCS606R MCSAKR136 MCSAKR236 

MCS606L MCSAKL136 MCSAKL236s 

MCS610R MCSAK116 MCSAK216 

MCS610L MCSAK116 MCSAK216 

MCS620R MCSAK126 MCSAK226 

MCS620L MCSAK126 MCSAK226 

Handle Operators 

Fixed Depth, Flange Mounted, Types 1, 3, 3R, 12 af 

Minimum Dimensions (inches*) 

Switch 

Catalog 

Fuse 

Class R Fuse Conversion Kits 

Fuse Clip Rating Catalog Number 

100A, 600V SSRK33 

200A, 600V SSRK34 

Fuse Ejector Kits 

Switch 


MCS610 

MCS620 

Switch 

Complete Handle Mechanism Handle Only Switch Operator Only 

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

MCS603R FDFS06R FDH10 FDS06R 

MCS603L FDFS06L FDH10 FDS06L 







Variable Depth, Flange Mounted Max-Flex , Types 1, 3, 3R, 12 b 

Number Size “A” “B” “C” Class 

30A/240V 6.13 5.52 8.11 H, K, R 

MCS603 30A/600V 6.13 5.52 10.11 H, K, R 

30A/600V 6.13 5.52 8.48 J 

60A/240V 6.13 5.52 7.86 H, K, R 

MCS606 60A/600V 6.13 5.52 10.38 H, K, R 

60A/600V 6.13 5.52 8.35 J 

100A/240V 7.38 7.59 11.85 H, K, R 

MCS610 100A/600V 7.38 7.59 13.85 H, K, R 

100A/600V 7.38 7.59 10.6 J 

200A/240V 9.17 9.00 14.7 H, K, R 

MCS620 200A/600V 9.17 9.00 17.2 H, K, R 

200A/600V 9.17 9.00 13.32 J 

Fuse Ejector Kit 


FE100s 

FE200s 

Switch 

Complete Handle Mechanism Handle Only Switch Operator Only Cable Only c 

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

MCS603R FHOS06036R FHOHS FHOS06R FHOEC036 

MCS603L FHOS06036L FHOHS FHOS06L FHOEC036 





MCS620R FHOS20036R FHOHS FHOS20R FHOJC036 

MCS620L FHOS20036L FHOHS FHOS20L FHOJC036 

Variable Depth Rotary, Through-The-Door-Mounted, Types 1, 12 de 

Variable Depth 

Shaft Only Variable Depth 

MCS603R CRHOS06VD CRHOH RHOS06 RHOSVD 



MCS620R CRHOS20VD RHOH RHOS20 RHOSVD 

“A” – Dimension is measured from each 

cross bail pin. 

“B” – Dimension is measured from line 

side barrier to load side barrier. 

“C” – Dimension is measured from line 

side terminal of switch to load side 

terminal of fuse load base. 

5 DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 


aFor Type 4 and 4X applications, order handle only 


100A - FDH104 200A - FDH204 

bFor Type 4 and 4X applications, order handle only 

Catalog Number FHOHS4 

cStandard cable length is 36 inches. Alternate lengths are 

available as follows: 

Length Amps Cat. No. 

48" 30–100 FHOEC048 

60" 30–100 FHOEC060 

48" 200 FHOJC048 

60" 200 FHOJC060 

dFor Type 4 and 4X applications, order handle only 

Catalog Number RHOH4 

eFor Type 3 and 3R applications, order handle only 

Catalog Number RHOH 

f Min. enclosure depth from mounting pan to handle mounting 

surfaces: 30-100A 6.44 Inches 

200A 10.93 Inches 

*For millimeters multiply inches by 25.4. 

Product Category HDSS & MCCB 



Type CFS Switches, Shafts and Handles 




5 

DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

Description 

Siemens Type CFS compact fusible switches meet UL 98 

requirements and can be used in either service entrance 

or branch circuit applications. 30-800A, 3 pole switches are 

offered and are all rated 600V AC maximum. 30A switches 

are available with provisions for either Class CC or J fuses. 

60A and larger switches provided with Class J fuse provisions 

can be used in non-fusible applications with field installable 

no-fuse kits. 

All are open style, designed to be panel mounted and are 

UL listed under file number #E121152 or #E68312 and 

CSA certified under file number #222227. A variety of door 

mounted rotary operators are available with Type 1, 3R, 12 

or 4/4X ratings. 

NFPA79 Kits 

CFSNFPA1 AND CFSNFPA2N kits provide an internal handle 

and padlocking means to comply with article 5.3.4.2 of the 

NFPA-2002 standard. 


CFS Switches 

Compact Fusible Switch 

• Number of poles 3 = 3 

CFS 3 6 1 J 5 N 

• Max. Voltage Rating 6 = 600V 

• Ampere rating 

1 = 30A 

2 = 60A 

3 = 100A 

4 = 200A 

5 = 400A 

6 = 600A 

7 = 800A 

• Fuse provisions type 

C = Class CC 

J = Class J with right hand mechanism 

JL = Class J with left hand mechanism 

L = Class L with right hand mechanism 

• Max. AIC rating 

5 = 100kA 

Omit = 200kA J fused 

• Version 

N = New size reduced version 

N1 = New 100kA 60A switch 

Operating Handles 

CFS type handle 

• Shaft cross section 

5 = 5 mm 

10 = 10 mm 

12 = 12 mm 

• Handle color and length 

B = Black & blue, short 

R = Red & yellow, short 

BL = Black & blue, long 

RL = Red & yellow, long 

• NEMA type 

12 = 1, 3R and 12 

4 = 1, 3R, 12 and 4/4X 

• Version 

N = New version 

CFSH 10 R 12 N 

CFS Operating Shafts 

CFS type shaft 

• Shaft cross section 

5 = 5 mm 

10 = 10 mm 

12 = 12 mm 

• Shaft length 

200 = 200 mm 

400 = 400 mm 

• Switch compatibility 

Omit = 30A, 100kA 

H = 100 or 200 kA 

• Version 

N = New version 

CFSS 10 200 H N 

5-14 





Features and Ordering Information 

Features 

• 30 - 800A ratings 

• UL Listed under file #E121152 

& CSA Certified under file #222227 

• Door mounted rotary handles with defeatable cover interlock 

• Meets UL requirements for both main and branch circuit 

applications 

• Compact size 

• 100kA with Class CC fuses or up to 200kA with 

Class J fuses 

• Load break and horsepower rated 

• Quick make and break operation 

• All handles are padlockable with up to (3) padlocks with 

5/16” hasps in the OFF position 

• Catalog numbers CFS361C5 & CFS361J5 can be DIN-rail 

mounted and can be either front or side operated with 

standard rotary handles.. 

• All CFS part numbers ending in N can be either front or 

side operated with standard rotary handles. 

• Handles are available in Type 1, 3R, 4/4X & 12 ratings 

• NFPA 79 field installed kits are available 

• 30-400A, 200kA switches are provided with quick connect 

terminal provisions for voltage sensing or for 10A max. 

control circuits 

Switch Shaft Handle Lugs/Accessories 

5 DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

CFS363JN 

with (2) CFSAUX1NO CFSS10200HN CFSH10BL12N CFSL200 

Ordering information 

1. Select the panel mounted switch required based on 

Ampere, HP and AIC requirements. Switches with a right 

hand mechanism are standard, 30-100A switches with a 

left hand mechanism are available. 

2. Select handle based on environmental rating required. 

3. Select operating shaft (200 or 400mm in length). For enclosure 

depths of 9.0” or less from panel mounting surface to 

inside of door use 200mm long shafts. For deeper enclosures 

use 400mm long shafts. 30A 100kA switches can be 

used in 10” deep enclosures (panel to inside of door) with 

200mm shaft and CFSH5N handles. 

Note: Be sure to check shaft and handle compatibility with 

the switch selected by using information provided in the 

selection tables. 

4. Line & load lugs are provided as standard on 30-100A 

switches. Terminal kits are available for 200-800A switches 

if needed. 

5. Auxiliary contact are available if needed as follows. 

30A switch CFS361J5 will accept up to (2) aux contacts 

without an aux contact holder. If more than (2) aux contacts 

are required order aux contacts PLUS aux contact holder 

kit CFSAUXH1. All other switches will accept up to (4) aux 

contacts. 

6. 30-100A switches are designed to prevent inadvertent 

contact with live parts and shields are not required. 200 & 

400A switches are not supplied with terminal shields. They 

are available as field installed kits for both line and load 

terminals. 400-800A switches are supplied as standard with 

line shields and terminal shroud kits are available for the 

load side. 






Shaft and Handle Selection 

Fusible switches, 3-pole 600V AC Max. 30-100A & 600-800A switches 

are also rated 250V DC Max when poles are field connected in series e 

Switch 

Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

Fuse 

Provisions 

Provided 

Max Horsepower Ratings 

240V 

3Ø AC 

480V 

3Ø AC 

600V 

3Ø AC 

250V 

DC 

AC Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

CFS361JLN 

200kA 

Standard – With Right Hand Mounted Mechanism 

30 a 

30 a 

30 a CFS361C5 

CFS361J5 

CFS361JN 

Class CC 

Class J 

Class J 

7.5 

7.5 

7.5 

15 

15 

15 

20 

20 

20 

5 c 

5 c 

5 c 100kA 

100kA 

200kA 

60 a CFS362JN1 Class J 15 30 50 10 c 100kA 

60 a 

100 a 

200 b 

400 b 

600 b CFS362JN 

CFS363JN 

CFS364JN d 

CFS365JN d 

CFS366J hi 

Class J 

15 

30 

60 

125 

200 

30 

60 

125 

250 

400 

50 

75 

150 

350 

500 

10 c 

20 c 

— 

— 

— 

200kA 

800 b CFS367L hi Class L 200 400 500 — 200kA 

Optional – With Left Hand Mounted Mechanism d 

30 b 

Class J 7.5 15 20 5 c 

100 b CFS363JLN 

30 60 75 20 c 60 b CFS362JLN 

15 30 50 10 c 

CFS361J5 

5 

DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

Operating Shafts for 30-400A Switches e 

Catalog 

number 

Shaft length 

in. (mm) 

Switch & handle compatibility 

CFSS5200N 7.9 (200) 5mm x 5mm for use with CFS361C5 & CFS361J5 switches & 

CFSS5400N 15.7 (400) with "CFSH5" handles only 

CFSS5200HN 7.9 (200) 5mm x 5mm for use with all "CFSH10" handles & with 

CFSS5400HN 15.7 (400) CFS361C5 & CFS361J5 switches only 

CFSS10200HN 7.9 (200) 10mm x 10mm for use with all "CFSH10" handles & with all 

CFSS10400HN 15.7 (400) 30-400A switches except CFS361C5 & CFS361J5 

Compact rotary operating handles — door mounted 

(for use with CFS361C5 & CFS361J5 switches only) f 

Catalog 

number Color UL Type Operating shaft compatibility 

CFSH5B12N 

CFSH5R12N 

CFSH5B4N 

CFSH5R4N 

Blue & Black 

Yellow & Red 

Blue & Black 

Yellow & Red 

1, 3R & 12 

1, 3R, 12 & 4/4X 

CFSS5200N or CFSS5400N 

CFSS5400N 

Rotary Operating Handles - Door Mounted 

(for use with CFSS5200HN, CFSS5400HN, CFSS10200HN & CFSS10400HN) 

Catalog 

number Color Description 

Type 1, 3R & 12 g 

CFSH10B12N Blue & Black Heavy duty pistol grip (2.75” long for use 

CFSH10R12N Yellow & Red 

with 30A switches & CFS362JN1) 

CFSH10BL12N Blue & Black Heavy duty pistol grip 

CFSH10RL12N Yellow & Red 

(4.92” long for 30-400A switches) 

Type 1, 3R, 4/4X & 12 g 

CFSH10B4N Blue & Black Heavy duty pistol grip (2.75” long for use 

CFSH10R4N Yellow & Red 

with 30A switches & CFS362JN1) 

CFSH10BL4N Blue & Black Heavy duty pistol grip 

CFSH10RL4N Yellow & Red 

(4.92” long for 30-400A switches) 

CFSH5B12N 

a Line and load lugs included. 

b Line and load lugs are not included. 

Order from table on next page if required. 

c DC HP rating shown requires (3) poles to be connected 

in series. 

d CFS364JN & CFS365JN can be rotated 180º for left 

hand operation as standard. 

e Catalog numbers CFS361C5 & CFS361J5 accept 5mm 

x 5mm operating shafts. All other 30-400A switches 

accept 10mm x 10mm operating shafts. 

f Compact pistol grip design (2.75” long) with defeatable 

cover interlock. Cover can be opened when handle is 

padlocked in the OFF position. 

g Defeatable cover interlock provided. Cover cannot be 

opened when handle is padlocked in the OFF position. 

h 4 pole 600 & 800A switches, CFS466J & CFS467L are 

also available. 

i CFS366J and CFS367L are rated 250 & 600V DC when 

(2) poles are connected in series. 

5-16 






Selection and Accessories 

600 & 800A Rotary Operating Handles - Door Mounted (8.27” long) g 

Catalog 

number Color UL Type 

CFSH12BL12 Blue & Black 1, 3R & 12 

CFSH12RL12 Yellow & Red 1, 3R & 12 

CFSH12BL4 Blue & Black 1, 3R, 12 & 4/4X 

CFSH12RL4 Yellow & Red 1, 3R, 12 & 4/4X 

600 & 800A Operating Shafts (Cross Section 12mm x 12mm) 

Catalog 

number 

Shaft length 

in. (mm) 

CFSS12200H 12.59 (320) 10.43 – 16.68 in. 

CFSS12400H 15.75 (400) 10.43 – 19.84 in. 

Enclosure depth 

(switch mounting surface to door OD) 

CFSL200 & 400 

Type CFS Fusible Switch Accessories 

Catalog 

number 

Description 

Terminals a 

CFSL200 200A lug kit (6 lugs per kit) #6-3/0 

CFSL400N 

400A lug kit (6 lugs per kit) #2-600kcmil (for CFS365JN only) 

CNFSL400D 400A lug kit (6 lugs per kit, 2 wires per lug) #6-350kcmil 

CFSL400 

600-800A lug kit (6 lugs per kit, 2 wires per lug) #2-600kcmil i 

Shorting bars (no fuse kits) 

CFSSB60 

60A shorting bar kit (3 links per kit) 

CFSSB100 


CFSSB200 


CFSSB400 


CFSSB680 

600 & 800A shorting bar kit (1 link per kit) 

Auxiliary contacts (NEMA ratings AC A600 DC N600) 

CFSAUXH1 b Aux contact holder (CFS361C5 & CFS361J5) 

CFSAUX1NO Aux contact 1 NO (30-800A Sws) 

CFSAUX1NC Aux contact 1 NC (30-800A Sws) 

CFS11AUX 1NO, 1NC aux contact kit (side mount for 200kA switches) 

CFS22AUX 2NO, 2NC aux contact kit (side mount for 200kA switches) 

Terminal shrouds (line or load) 

CFSTS200N h 200A shroud kit (line or load 3-pole kit) 

CFSTS400N h 400A shroud kit (line or load 3-pole kit for CFS365JN only) 

CFSTS680 f 600/800A 3-pole shroud kit 

CFSTS6804 f 600/800A 4-pole shroud kit 

30A compact switch kits 

CFSPLK 

Shaft padlocking kit for 30A compact switch when door is opend 

CFSH5CDM Direct mount handle kit for CFS361C5 

CFSH5JDM Direct mount handle kit for CFS361J5 

CFSAUX1NC 

CFSSB100 – CFSSB400 

5 DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

NFPA 79 kits (if auxiliary contacts are needed, see table above) 

Kits provide an operating shaft suitable for use with all heavy duty handles (not for use with CFSH5 handles). 

Kits also provide an internal operating handle and an internal OFF padlocking provision. 

CFSNFPA1 d For use with CFS361C5 & CFS361J5 

CFSNFPA2N e For use with CFS361JN, CFS361CN, CFS362JN1, CFS362JN, CFS363JN & CFS364JN 

CFSNFPA3N e For use with CFS365JN only 

a Supplied as standard on 30-100A switches 

b CFS361C5 will accept (4) aux contacts without an aux 

contact holder. CFS361J5 will accept (2) aux contacts 

without an aux contact holder. 

c Supplied as standard on all but 30A, 100kA 

compact switches. 

d 12.6 in. (320 mm) long operating shaft included 

e 12.7 in. (323 mm) long operating shaft included 

f Line side terminal shrouds supplied with switch 

g Defeatable cover interlock included. 

Cover cannot be opened when the handle is 


h Neither line or load terminal shrouds are supplied as 

standard with new style 200 & 400A switches. 

i 2 kits needed for 800A, total 12 lugs to cover line and 

load sides 





Technical Characteristics 

UL & CSA Technical Characteristics And Panel Space Requirements 

Fuse Ac Short Electrical Mechanical 

Panel Space Requirements - in. (mm) 

Catalog Number Amps Class Circuit Rating Endurance Endurance Height Width Depth a 

CFS361C5 30 CC 100kA 6000 10000 4.56 (116) 3.78 (96) 6.00 (152) 

CFS361J5 30 J 100kA 6000 10000 4.56 (116) 4.15 (105) 6.00 (152) 

CFS361JN 30 J 200kA 6000 10000 5.35 (136) 5.89 (150) 6.00 (152) 

CFS361JLN 30 J 200kA 6000 10000 5.35 (136) 5.89 (150) 6.00 (152) 

CFS362JN1 60 J 100kA 6000 10000 5.35 (136) 5.89 (150) 6.00 (152) 

CFS362JN 60 J 200kA 6000 10000 7.32 (186) 5.89 (150) 6.00 (152) 

CFS362JLN 60 J 200kA 6000 10000 7.32 (186) 5.89 (150) 6.00 (152) 

CFS363JN 100 J 200kA 6000 10000 7.32 (186) 5.89 (150) 6.00 (152) 

CFS363JLN 100 J 200kA 6000 10000 7.32 (186) 5.89 (150) 6.00 (152) 

CFS364JN 200 J 200kA 6000 8000 11.46 (291) 7.72 (196) 6.00 (152) 

CFS365JN 400 J 200kA 1000 6000 15.35 (390) 10.19 (259) 8.00 (203) 

CFS366J 600 J 200kA 1000 5000 11.81 (300) 14.33 (364) 11.00 (280) 

CFS466J 600 J 200kA 1000 5000 11.81 (300) 18.03 (458) 11.00 (280) 

CFS367L 800 L 200kA 500 3500 11.81 (300) 14.33 (364) 11.00 (280) 

CFS467L 800 L 200kA 500 3500 11.81 (300) 18.03 (458) 11.00 (280) 

5 

DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

Wire Ranges Line & Load Lugs 

Switch 

Amperage Rating 

UL Approved 

Wire Size (75º C) 

CFS361J5 30 (1)#14-10 

CFS361C5 30 (1)#14-10 

CFS361JN 30 (1)#14-6 

CFS362JN1 60 (1)#14-6 

CFS362JN 60 (1)#12-1 

CFS363JN 100 (1)#12-1 

CFS364JN 200 (1)#3/0 

CFS365JN 400 (1)600MCM 

CFS366J 600 (2)350 MCM 

CFS367L 800 (2)600 MCM 

Auxiliary Contact Capability When An NFPA79 Kit Is Used 

Switch NFPA79 Kit Aux Contacts That Can Be Installed 

CFS361C5 

(2) Total, CFSAUX1NO or CFSAUX1NC 

CFSNFPA1 

CFS361J5 

(1) CFSAUX1NO or (1) CFSAUX1NC 

CFS361JN 

CFS362JN1 

CFS362JN 

CFS363JN 

CFS364JN 

CFS365JN 

CFSNFPA2N 

CFSNFPA3N 

(2) Total, CFSAUX1NO or CFSAUX1NC b 

(2) Total, CFSAUX1NO or CFSAUX1NC b 

a Minimum dimensions from mounting surface to inside 

of cover. Dimensions shown can be decreased if aux 

contacts are not required. 

b For additional auxiliary contacts use side mounted 

CFS11AUX or CFS22AUX. 

5-18 



Type CNFS Switches, Shafts And Handles 




Description 

Siemens Type CNFS compact non-fusible switches meet UL 

98 requirements and can be used in either service entrance 

or branch circuit applications. They are available in 30-800A, 

3-pole switches and are all rated 600VAC maximum. 

All are open style, designed to be panel mounted and are UL 

listed under file number #E121152 or #E68312 and CSA certified 

under file number #222227. A variety of door mounted 

rotary operators are available with Type 1, 3R, 12 or 4/4X 

ratings. 

These non-fusible switches are UL listed under file 

#E201138 and CSA certified under file #112964. They also 

conform to IEC standard 60947-3. 


CNFS Switches 

Compact Non-Fusible Switch 

• Number of poles 3 = 3 

• Max. Voltage Rating 6 = 600V 

• Ampere rating 

1 = 30A 

2 = 60A 

3 = 100A 

4 = 200A 

5 = 400A 

6 = 600A 

7 = 800A 

• Design type 

N = Compact design 

CNFS 3 6 1 N 

5 DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 





Features And Ordering Information 

Features 

• 30 - 800A ratings 

• UL Listed under file #E201138 & CSA Certified under file 

#112964 or #703166 

• Options to have door mounted pistol handles with defeatable 

cover interlock or direct mounted handles. 

• Meets UL 98 requirements 

• Compact size 

• All short circuit protection ratings require the use of Class J 

fuses in the circuit. 

• Load break and horsepower rated 

• Quick make and break operation 

• All external handles and direct handles for 600-800A switches 

are padlockable with up to (3) padlocks with 5/16” hasps 

in the OFF postition. Direct handles for 30-100A switches 

are padlockable with (1) padlock with 3/16” hasps in the 

OFF position. 

• All switches are able to be panel mounted. Catalog numbers 

CNFS361N, CNFS362N, & CNFS363N can also be DIN-rail 

mounted and can either be front or side operated with standard 

pistol handles. 

• Handles are available in Type 1, 3R, 4/4X & 12 ratings 

Shaft Handle Lugs/Accessories 

DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

5 

CFSS10200HN CFSH10BL12N CFSL200 


1. Select the panel mounted switch required based on 

Ampere, HP and AIC requirements. Switches with a right 

hand mechanism are standard. 

2. Select handle based on environmental rating required. 

3. For door mounted handles, select operating shaft based 

on enclosure depth. For enclosure depths of 9.00” or less 

from panel mounting surface to inside of door use up to 

200 mm long shafts. From 9.00” to 13.00” use up to 320 

mm long shafts. For deeper enclosures use up to 400 mm 

long shafts. For direct mount handles, no shaft is needed. 

Note: Be sure to check shaft and handle compatibility with 

the switch selected by using information provided in the 

selection tables. 

4. Line & load lugs are provided as standard on 30-100A 

switches. Terminal kits are available for 200-800A 

switches if needed. 

5. Auxiliary contacts are available if needed. Each switch 

will accept up to (2) aux contact modules, containing 

(2) contacts in each. 

6. 30-100A Series N switches are designed to prevent 

inadvertent contact with live parts and shields are not 

required but are offered as terminal shrouds. 100-400A 

switches are not supplied with terminal shields. They 

are available as separate field installed kits for both line 

and load terminals by amperage rating. Line side terminal 

screens are provided for 600-800A switches. 

5-20 





Shaft and Handle Selection 

Type CNFS compact non-fusible switches 

Max Horsepower Ratings 

Switch 


240V 480V 600V 

Short Circuit Rating 

Rating Number 

3Ø AC 3Ø AC 3Ø AC @ 480VAC @ 600VAC 

30 CNFS361N a 10 20 25 100 100 

60 CNFS362N a 20 40 50 100 100 

100 CNFS363N a 20 50 50 100 25 

200 CNFS364N b 75 150 200 200 200 

400 CNFS365N b 125 250 350 200 200 

600 CNFS366N b 200 400 350 200 200 

800 CNFS367N b 200 500 500 100 100 

CNFS363N 

Direct mount rotary handles for compact non-fusible switches 

Catalog Number Color Use with compact non-fusible switches 

CNFSHD1 Blue CNFS361N, CNFS362N, CNFS363N 

CNFSHD2 Black CNFS364N, CNFS365N 

CNFSHD3 Black CNFS366N, CNFS367N 

Operating shafts for compact non-fusible switches 

Catalog Number Shaft length in. (mm) Switch and handle compatibility 

CNFSS52001 7.9 (200) 

5mm x 5mm for use with 

CNFSS53201 12.6 (320) 

CNFS361N, CNFS362N and CNFS363N switches 

CNFSS54001 15.7 (400) 

and with "CNFSH5" handles only 

CFSS10200HN 7.9 (200) 

CNFSS103202 12.6 (320) 

CFSS10400HN 15.7 (400) 

CNFSS152003 7.9 (200) 

CNFSS153203 12.6 (320) 

CNFSS154003 15.7 (400) 


"CFSH10" handles and with CNFS364N 

and CNFS365N switches only 


"CFSH12" handles and with CNFS366N 

and CNFS367N switches only 

CNFSS154003 

5 DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

Compact rotary operating handles for non-fusible switches – door mounted 

Catalog Number Color UL Type 

Operating shaft 

compatibility 

Use with 

non-fusible 

compact switches 

CNFSH5BP121 Black NEMA 1, 3R, 12 

CNFSH5RP121 Red/Yellow NEMA 1, 3R, 12 

CNFSH5BP41 Black NEMA 4/4X 

CNFSS52001, 

CNFSS53201, 

CNFSS54001 

CNFS361N, 

CNFS362N, 

CNFS363N 

CFSH12RL12 

CNFSH5RP41 Red/Yellow NEMA 4/4X 

CFSH10BL12N Black NEMA 1, 3R, 12 

CFSH10RL12N Red/Yellow NEMA 1, 3R, 12 

CFSH10BL4N Black NEMA 4/4X 

CFSH10RL4N Red/Yellow NEMA 4/4X 

CFSS10200HN, 

CNFSS103202, 

CFSS10400HN 

CNFS364N, 

CNFS365N 

CFSH12BL12 Black NEMA 1, 3R, 12 

CFSH12RL12 Red/Yellow NEMA 1, 3R, 12 

CFSH12BL4 Black NEMA 4/4X 

CFSH12RL4 Red/Yellow NEMA 4/4X 

CNFSS152003, 

CNFSS153203, 

CNFSS154003 

CNFS366N, 

CNFS367N 

a Line and load lugs are included. 

b Line and load lugs are not included. Order from table 

on following pages if needed. 

c All switches can be rotated 180° for left hand operation 

as standard. 

d Compact pistol grip design (2.75” long) with defeatable 

cover interlock. Cover can be opened when handle is 


e Defeatable cover interlock provided. Cover cannot be 

opened when handle is in the OFF position. 

f Flange mounting is not available for non-fusible 

switches. 


5 

DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 




Additional Accessories 

Auxiliary contacts for use with non-fusible switches 

Use with Non-fusible 

Catalog Number Number of Contacts 

Contact Switches 

CNFS1AUX1 1 Normally Open + 1 Normally Closed 

CNFS361N, CNFS362N, CNFS363N 

CNFS2AUX1 2 Normally Closed 

CNFS1AUX2 

1st Auxiliary Contact: 

1 Normally Open + 1 Normally Closed CNFS364N, CNFS365N, CNFS366N, 

CNFS2AUX2 

2nd Auxiliary Contact: 

CNFS367N 

1 Normally Open + 1 Normally Closed 

Terminal shrouds for use with non-fusible switches 


Catalog Number Shroud Location 


CNFS1AUX1 

CNFSTS100 Top and Bottom CNFS361N, CNFS362N, CNFS363N 

CNFSTSC200T Top 

CNFS364N 

CNFSTSC200B Bottom 

CNFSTSC400T Top 

CNFS365N 

CNFSTSC400B Bottom 

CNFSTSC600B Bottom CNFS366N 

CNFSTSC800B Bottom CNFS367N 

Terminal lug kits for use with non-fusible switches 


Catalog Number Wire Sizes 


Included #10-2/0 CNFS361N, CNFS362N, CNFS363N 

CNFSTSC400T 

CFSL200 #6-300MCM CNFS364N 

CFSL400N #2-600MCM CNFS365N 

CNFSL400D #6-350MCM, 2 wires per lug CNFS356N 

CFSL200 & 400 

a 2 kits needed for 800A, total 12 lugs to cover line and 

load sides. 

5-22 



Type VB Panelboard Units 


Selection 

Fusible Units For SB1, SB2 Switchboards and F1, F2 Panelboards 

Catalog Numbering System V 7 E 3 2 3 3 A 

Vacu-Break 

Unit 

Width 

2 = 12" 7 = 17" M = 17" (Main) 

Height 

A = 2 1 ⁄2" B = 5" E = 7 1 ⁄2" F = 10" H = 15" S = 18.75" 


2 3 


2 = 240V 6 = 600V 

Amperes 

0 = Single Unit 

Double 1 = 30A 2 = 60A 3 = 100A 4 = 200A 

Ampere Rating 

1 = 30A 2 = 60A 3 = 100A 4 = 200A 5 = 400A 6 = 600A 

Series Type 

A = 400A, 600A Omit = 30A–200A, 800A–1200A 

Example: V7E3233 = Vacu-Break Unit, 17" Wide, 7 1 ⁄2" High, 3-Pole, 240 Volts, Double Branch Unit with 100 Amp 

Rating each side. Suffix letters MS indicate Main Switch. 

Vacu-Break ® Fusible Units 

2-Pole a , 12" Wide 

240V AC, 250V DC 

Ampere 

Unit 

Height 

Unit 

Depth 

Horsepower Rating 

240 Volt AC 

250 Volt 

Unit 

Lug Wire Range (Cu/AI) Weight Catalog 

Rating (inches) (inches) Standard Maximum DC and Cables Per Pole (pounds) Number 

130–30 2 1 ⁄2 b 4 1 ⁄2 01 1 ⁄2 03 05 (1)–#14 to #8 (Cu Only) 15 V2A2211LRn 

130–30 5 4 1 ⁄2 01 1 ⁄2 03 05 (1)–#14 to #4 19 V2B2211LRn 

130–60 5 4 1 ⁄2 01 1 ⁄2–3 03–10 05–10 (1)–#14 to #2 19 V2B2212LRn 

160–60 5 4 1 ⁄2 03 10 10 (1)–#14 to #2 19 V2B2222LRn 

100 7 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 07 1 ⁄2 15 20 (1)–#14 to #1/0 14 V2E2203LRn 

200 7 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 15 — 40 (1)–#6 to 350 kcmil 19 V2E2204LRn 

3-Pole 

240V AC, 250V DC 

Ampere 

Unit 

Height 

Unit 

Depth 


240 Volt AC 

Unit 

Lug Wire Range (Cu/AI) Weight Catalog 

Rating (inches) (inches) Standard Maximum and Cables Per Pole (pounds) Number 

Branch Circuits, 12" Wide Units 

130–30 2 1 ⁄2 b 4 1 ⁄2 03 07 1 ⁄2 (1)–#14 to #8 (Cu Only) 5 V2A3211n 

130–30 5111 4 1 ⁄2 03 07 1 ⁄2 (1)–#14 to #4 9 V2B3211n 

130–30 5111 4 1 ⁄2 03 07 1 ⁄2 (1)–#14 to #4 9 V2B3211R c n 

130–60 5111 4 1 ⁄2 03–7 1 ⁄2 07 1 ⁄2–15 (1)–#14 to #2 9 V2B3212n 

130–60 5111 4 1 ⁄2 03–7 1 ⁄2 07 1 ⁄2–15 (1)–#14 to #2 9 V2B3212R c n 

160–60 5111 4 1 ⁄2 07 1 ⁄2 15 (1)–#14 to #2 9 V2B3222 

160–60 5111 4 1 ⁄2 07 1 ⁄2 15 (1)–#14 to #2 9 V2B3222R c n 

100 7 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 15 30 (1)–#14 to #1/0 14 V2E3203 

200 10 11 6 3 ⁄4 25 60 (1)–#6 to 350 kcmil 21 V2F3204 

Main Switch d , 12" Wide Units, Back Connected 

200 10 6 3 ⁄4 25 50 e 21 V2F3204MSn 

5 DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

For inches / millimeters conversion, multiply inches by 25.4. 


a These units are available in LR (left, right) connection 

figurations only. 

b This unit is not a Vacu-Break unit, but rather operates on 

a sliding contact, double break principle. Rated 10,000 AIC 

max. with either Class H or K fuses. Will not accept Class R 

fuse clip kits. 

c Units set up for R-fuse application only. 

d For 2-pole main switch (200A), use 3-pole main switch 

Vacu-Break unit. 

e Load-side furnished with spade type bolted terminal pads. 

Product Category VBSS 



Type VB Panel Units 


Selection 

Vacu-Break ® Fusible Units for SB1, SB2 Switchboards and F1, F2 Panelboards 

Ampere 

Unit 

Height 

Unit 

Depth 


240 Volt AC 

250 Volt Lug Wire Range (Cu/AI) 

Unit 

Weight Catalog 

Rating (inches) (inches) Standard Maximum DC and Cables Per Pole (pounds) Number 

2-Pole a , Branch Circuits, 17" Wide Units 

240V AC, 250V DC 

30–30 12 1 ⁄2 b 6 3 ⁄4 01 1 ⁄2 003 05 (1)–#14 to #8 (Cu Only) 15 V7A2211__ ac n 

30–30 15 6 3 ⁄4 01 1 ⁄2 003 05 (1)–#14 to #4 19 V7B2211LRm 

30–30 15 6 3 ⁄4 01 1 ⁄2 003 05 (1)–#14 to #4 19 V7B2211_ a _R e 

30–60 c 15 6 3 ⁄4 01 1 ⁄2 –3 003–10 05–10 (1)–#14 to #2 19 V7B2212LR d n 

30–60 c 15 6 3 ⁄4 01 1 ⁄2 –3 003–10 05–10 (1)–#14 to #4 19 V7B2212LRR e n 

60–60 15 6 3 ⁄4 03 010 10 (1)–#14 to #2 19 V7B2222__ ac 

60–60 15 6 3 ⁄4 03 010 10 (1)–#14 to #2 19 V7B2222_ a _R e 

60–100 c 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 03–7 1 ⁄2 010–15 10–20 (1)–#14 to #1/0 18 V7E2223LR d n 

100–100 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 07 1 ⁄2 015 20 (1)–#14 to #1/0 20 V7E2233__ a m 

200 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 15 — 40 (1)–#6 to 350 kcmil 21 V7E2204__ a r 

400 10 10.5 

— — 

(1)-#1/0 to 750 kcmil or 

50 

(2)-#1/0 to 300 kcmil 

35 V7F3205A ● 

400 15 10.5 

— — 

(2)-#1/0 to 750 kcmil or 

50 

(4)-#1/0 to #4/0 

44 V7H2205A ● 

600 15 10.5 

— — — (2)-#1/0 to 750 kcmil or 

(4)-#1/0 to #4/0 

44 V7H2206A n● 

5 

DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

3-Pole, Branch Circuits, 17" Wide Units 

30–30 12 1 ⁄2 b 6 3 ⁄4 03 007 1 ⁄2 — (1)–#14 to #8 (Cu Only) 15 V7A3211 

30–30 15 6 3 ⁄4 03 007 1 ⁄2 — (1)–#14 to #4 19 V7B3211 

30–30 15 6 3 ⁄4 03 007 1 ⁄2 — (1)–#14 to #4 19 V7B3211R e 

30–60 15 6 3 ⁄4 03–7 1 ⁄2 007 1 ⁄2–15 — (1)–#14 to #2 19 V7B3212 

30–60 15 6 3 ⁄4 03–7 1 ⁄2 007 1 ⁄2–15 — (1)–#14 to #2 19 V7B3212R e 

60–60 15 6 3 ⁄4 07 1 ⁄2 015 — (1)–#14 to #2 19 V7B3222 

60–60 15 6 3 ⁄4 07 1 ⁄2 015 — (1)–#14 to #2 19 V7B3222R e 

60 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 07 1 ⁄2 015 — (1)–#14 to #1/0 13 V7E3202 

60–100 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 07 1 ⁄2–15 015–30 — (1)–#14 to #1/0 18 V7E3223 

100–100 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 15 030 — (1)–#14 to #1/0 20 V7E3233 

100–100 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 15 030 — (1)–#14 to #1/0 20 V7E3233R e 

100 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 15 030 — (1)–#14 to #1/0 14 V7E3203 

200–200 10 6 3 ⁄4 25 060 — (1)–#6 to 300 kcmil 40 V7F3644 f 

200–200 10 6 3 ⁄4 25 060 — (1)–#6 to 300 kcmil 40 V7F3244R e 

200 10 6 3 ⁄4 25 060 — (1)–#6 to 350 kcmil 21 V7F3204 

400 10 10.5 100 250 125 

(1)-#1/0 to 750 kcmil or 

(2)-#1/0 to 300 kcmil 

35 V7F3205A g ● 

400 15 10.5 100 250 125 

(2)-#1/0 to 750 kcmil or 

(4)-#1/0 to #4/0 

44 V7H3205A● 

600 15 10.5 150 400 200 

(2)-#1/0 to 750 kcmil or 

(4)-#1/0 to #4/0 

44 V7H3206A● 

240V AC 

3-Pole, Main Switch, 17" Wide Units (Vertical Mount, Top Feed, Front Connected) 

400 18.75 10 3 ⁄8 50 125 — — — VMS325T 

600 18.75 10 3 ⁄8 75 200 — — — VMS326T 

3-Pole, Main Switch, 17" Wide Units (Vertical Mount, Bottom Feed, Front Connected) 

400 18.75 10 3 ⁄8 50 125 — — — VMS325B 

600 18.75 10 3 ⁄8 75 200 — — — VMS326B 

240V AC 

240V AC 



r MR suffix. Built to order. Allow 4-6 weeks for delivery. 

m MR, LM suffix. Built to order. Allow 4-6 weeks for 

delivery. 

● A suffix. New 'Series A' design 

aOrder 2-pole branch circuit units by adding appropriate 

connection designation LM, LR or MR (indicating Left, Middle 

and Right, facing the panel). 

b This unit is not a Vacu-Break unit, but rather operates on a sliding 

contact, double break principle. Rated 10,000 AIC max. with 

either Class H or K fuses. Will not accept Class R fuse clip kits. 

c MR not available. 

d Available as Type LR connection designation only. 

e Switches set up for R-fuse applications only. 

f Rated 600 Volts but factory configured to accept 250V Class 

H, K or R fuses. Field convertible for Class J fuses for 600V 

applications. Field convertible for 300V Class T fuse with 

TFAK42 kit. 

g Compact 10" version of 400A. 

V7B2222MR not available 

3-pole compact 10" version suitable for 2-pole application. 

5-24 


Product Category VBSS


Type VB Panel Units 


Selection 

Vacu-Break ® Fusible Units For SB1, SB2 Switchboards and F1, F2 Panelboards 

Ampere 

Unit 

Height 

Unit 

Depth 


480 Volt AC 600 Volt AC 

Lug Wire Range (Cu/AI) 

Unit 

Weight Catalog 

Rating (inches) (inches) Standard Maximum Standard Maximum and Cables Per Pole (pounds) Number 

2-Pole, Branch Circuits, 17" Wide Units a 

600V AC, 250V DC 

1130–30 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 003 007 1 ⁄2 003 010 (1)–#14 to #4 14 V7E2611LR h n 

1130–60 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 003–5 007 1 ⁄2–20 003–5 020–25 (1)–#14 to #4 14 V7E2612LR h n 

1100 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 010 020 015 040 (1)–#14 to #1/0 14 V7E2603LR h n 

3-Pole, Branch Circuits, 17" Wide Units 

600V AC, 250V DC 

1130–30 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 005 015 007 1 ⁄2 020 (1)–#14 to #4 14 V7E3611 

1130–30 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 005 015 007 1 ⁄2 020 (1)–#14 to #4 14 V7E3611R g 

1130 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 005 015 007 1 ⁄2 020 (1)–#14 to #4 14 V7E3601 

1130–60 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 005–15 015–30 007 1 ⁄2–15 020–50 (1)–#14 to #2 14 V7E3612 

1160–60 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 015 030 015 050 (1)–#14 to #2 14 V7E3622 

1160–60 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 015 030 015 050 (1)–#14 to #2 14 V7E3622R g 

1160 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 015 030 015 030 (1)–#14 to #2 14 V7E3602 

1160–100 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 015–25 030–60 015–30 050–75 (1)–#14 to #1/0 18 V7E3623 

1100–100 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 025 060 030 075 (1)–#14 to #1/0 20 V7E3633 

1100–100 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 025 060 030 075 (1)–#14 to #1/0 20 V7E3633R g 

1100 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 025 060 030 075 (1)–#14 to #1/0 14 V7E3603 

1200–200 10 6 3 ⁄4 050 125 060 150 (1)–#6 to 300 kcmil 40 V7F3644J b 

1200 10 6 3 ⁄4 050 125 060 150 (1)–#6 to 350 kcmil 21 V7F3604 

1200 10 6 3 ⁄4 050 125 060 150 (1)–#6 to 350 kcmil 21 V7F3604R g 

1400 10 101⁄2 100 250 125 350 

(1)-#1/0 to 750 kcmil or 

(2)-#1/0 to 300 kcmil 

35 V7F3605A ● 

1400 15 101⁄2 100 250 125 350 

(2)-#1/0 to 750 kcmil or 

(4)-#1/0 to #4/0 

44 V7H3605A● 

1600 15 101⁄2 150 400 200 500 

(2)-#1/0 to 750 kcmil or 

(4)-#1/0 to #4/0 

44 V7H3606A● 

3-Pole, Main Switch, 17" Wide Units (Vertical Mount, Top Feed, Front Connected) 

600V AC, 250V DC 

1400 18.75 10 3 ⁄8 100 250 125 350 c — VMS365T 

1600 18.75 10 3 ⁄8 150 400 200 500 c — VMS366T 

5 DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

3-Pole, Main Switch, 17" Wide Units (Vertical Mount, Bottom Feed, Front Connected) 

600V AC, 250V DC 

1400 18.75 17 11 ⁄16 100 250 125 350 c — VMS365B 

1600 18.75 17 11 ⁄16 150 400 200 500 c — VMS366B 

3-Pole, Switchboard Units, 21" Wide Units, Front Connected e 

600V AC, 250V DC 

1800 25 12 3 ⁄4 200 500 250 500 — 160 VF357TL or BL d m 

1200 25 12 3 ⁄4 — — — — — 160 VF358TL or BL d 

3-Pole, Switchboard Units, 21" Wide, Back Connected 

600V AC, 250V DC 

1800 25 12 3 ⁄4 200 500 250 500 — 160 VB357TL or BL d n 

1200 25 12 3 ⁄4 — — — — — 160 VB358TL or BL d n 


u MR suffix only is available and built to order. Allow 2–3 

weeks for delivery. 

m BL suffix. Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. 


aCatalog number for 2-pole branch circuit units indicate 

connection designation LM, LR or MR (indicating Left, 

Middle and Right, facing the panel). 

bUnit configured to accept class J fuses only. Also accepts 

300V Class T fuses when used with TFAK42 adapter kit. 

cLoad-side furnished with spade type bolted terminal pads. 

d Suffix “T” or “TL” indicates Top Feed. 

Suffix “B” or “BL” indicates Bottom Feed. 

eBack connected units are also available. Substitute the letter 

“B” (back connected) for the letter “F” (front connected) 

in the prefix of the catalog number. All other features 

are identical. 

f Available as Type MR designation only. 

g Switches set up for R-fuse applications only. 

h Available as Type LR designation only. 

3-pole compact 10" version suitable for 2-pole application. 




Type VB Panelboard Units, Accessories 


Selection 

Extension Kits 

To extend Vacu-Break unit’s depth, 

order the extension kit which meets 

the specifications of the unit to be 

extended. Specify by catalog number 

from the table to the right. 

Fuse Adapter Kits 

Unit Type 

Unit Height 

(inches) 

Normal 

Unit Depth 

(inches) 

Extended 

Unit Depth 

(inches) 

Catalog 

Number 

V2A 12 1 ⁄2 4 9 ⁄16 16 3 ⁄4 W43000n 

V2B 15 4 9 ⁄16 16 3 ⁄4 W43002 

V7A 12 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 10 1 ⁄2 W48762 

V7B 15 6 3 ⁄4 10 1 ⁄2 W48763 

V7E 17 1 ⁄2 6 3 ⁄4 10 1 ⁄2 W48764 

V7F 10 6 3 ⁄4 10 1 ⁄2 W48765 

Class R and Class J Fuse Kits are single unit part numbers. Order (2) kits for dual units. Class T Fuse Kits are single pole part numbers. 

Order (3) kits for a 3-pole unit. To order the kit which meets the specifications of the unit to be changed, specify by catalog number 

from the tables below. 

5 

240 Volt Fuse Adapter Kits 

Switch Class R Kits Class J Kits Class T Kits 

Amperage Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

130 b Factory Inst. — — 

160 W56628 — — 

100 W55365 W49827 TFAK32 

200 W55366 W49819 TFAK42 

400 HR65A — HT25A 

600 HR66A HJ66A gh HT26A 

600 Volt Fuse Adapter Kits 

Switch Class R Kits Class J Kits Class T Kits 

Amperage Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

130 W56623 W49832 — 

160 W56629 W49830 — 

100 W55365 W49828 TFAK35 

200 W55366 c W49818 a TFAK45 

400 HR65A HJ65A fi HT65A, HT265A j 

600 HR66A HJ66A HT66A 

800 — — TFAK75 

DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

Vacu-Break Connecting Strap Kits For Panelboards and Switchboards 

Ampere 

Rating 

240V Unit 

Height (inches) 

600V Unit 


P4/S4/F1, FPP (10" Deep) 

Strap Kit 

P5/S5/F2 (12.75" Deep) 

Strap Kit 

130–30 12.5 — F602 F602D — 

130–30 15 17.5 F657 F657D VB657 

130-60 15 17.5 F657 F657D VB657 

160–60 15 17.5 F657 F657D VB657 

160-100 17.5 17.5 F657 F657D VB657 

100-100 17.5 17.5 F657 F657D VB657 

100 17.5 17.5 F657 F657D VB657 

200 17.5, 10 17.5, 10 F671 F671D VB671 

200–200 10 10 F672 F672D VB610 

SB1, SB2, SB3, VB-5, VB-6, 

Strap Kit 


Catalog 

Number 

Fuse Clip Kits 

VBFCL3 

VBFCL4 

Lug Kits 

VBRL4 

V7HBB65A 

V7FBB65A 

V7HBB66A 

Handle Kits 

VBRHK1232 

VBRHK41 

VBRHK42 

Description 

100A for V2E & V7E units (6) fuse clips per kit 

200A for V2E, V2F, V7E & V7F units (6) fuse clips per kit 

200A for V2F, V7E & V7F units (3) lugs per kit 

Replacement lug base for 400A standard height (15") Series A 

Replacement lug base for 400A compact height (10") Series A 

Replacement lug base for 600A Series A 

100A for twin V2E & V7E units (2) handles per kit 

200A for single V2E, V2F, V7E & V7F units (1) handle per kit 

200A for twin V7F units (2) handles per kit 

VBFCL4 

VBRL4 

For inches / millimeters conversion, multiply 

inches by 25.4. 



aFor 200 A single units only. Dual units are suitable for 

Class J only, when used above 240V. 

b5˝ unit height switches only. 

cFor single units only. 

Fuse clips provided can be used on both the line 

and load sides. 

Three line and three load fuse clips are provided. 

f Kit not required for branch circuit switch, 

relocate lug base to achieve fuse fit 

g J fuse option not available for 240V main switch 

h Lug base relocation plus kit required for branch 

circuit switches 

i Kit required for main switch only 

j HT265A required for V7F3605A 

k One lug base required per switch 

Not for use on V7F3605A 

Not for use on V7F3605A or V7F3205A 

VBRHK41 

5-26 


Product Category VBSS


Type HCP Switchboard Units, Accessories 


Selection 

Features 

b UL Listed under file number E6849 

Vol 1, Sect. 8 

b 400-1200A ratings 

b Visible contacts 

b Field installable shunt trip and auxiliary 

switch accessory kits 

b Installs in existing Siemens 

switchboards and power panelboards 

b Suitable for use on systems with up to 

200,000A available fault current, 

RMS symmetrical when equipped with 

Class J or Class L fuses 

3-Pole, Horizontal Mount a 

b Group mounts with other 30A through 

600A switches, and 100 through 1200 

amp frame breakers 

b Allows 800A and 1200A switches in 

standard 38" wide distribution sections 

in either main or branch configurations 

b 16 1 ⁄4" mounting height is the smallest 

1200A design in the industry, allowing 

up to 4 units in one vertical section 

b Field reversible horizontal mounting 

design for left or right hand cabling 

b Handle can be padlocked in the OFF 

position with up to three padlocks with 

5/16" hasps. A cover padlocking 

provision is also supplied 


Maximum Maximum 

Catalog Ampere AC Voltage Fuse 

Dimensions (inches*) 240V 480V 600V 

250V 

Number Rating Rating b Class H W D Std Max Std Max Std Max DC 

HCP367HJ400 1400 600 J 16.25 17.22 7.38 150 125 100 250 125 350 40 

HCP367HJ600 1600 600 J 16.25 17.22 7.38 175 200 150 400 200 400 40 

HCP327HT 800 240 T 16.25 17.22 7.38 100 250 — — — — 50 

HCP367H 1800 600 L 16.25 17.22 7.38 100 250 200 500 250 500 50 

HCP328HT 1200 240 T 16.25 17.22 7.38 100 250 — — — — 50 

HCP368H 1200 600 L 16.25 17.22 7.38 100 250 200 500 250 500 50 

3-Pole, Vertical Mount 

HCP367VJ400 1400 600 J 17.00 16.25 7.38 150 125 100 250 125 350 40 

HCP367VJ600s 1600 600 J 17.00 16.25 7.38 175 200 150 400 200 400 40 

HCP327VT 800 240 T 17.00 16.25 7.38 100 250 — — — — 50 

HCP367V 1800 600 L 17.00 16.25 7.38 100 250 200 500 250 500 50 

HCP328VT 1200 240 T 17.00 16.25 7.38 100 250 — — — — 50 

HCP368V 1200 600 L 17.00 16.25 7.38 100 250 200 500 250 500 50 

5 DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

Accessories 

Terminal Connectors (one lug per kit) 

Ampere Rating Catalog Number Connector Wire Range 

400–600A TA2K500 (2) #1 AWG–500 kcmil (Cu or AI) 

400–600A TC2K500 (2) #1 AWG–500 kcmil (Cu only) 

400–800A TA3K500 (3) #1 AWG–500 kcmil (Cu or AI) 

400–800A TC3K350 (3) #1 AWG–350 kcmil (Cu only) 

400-1200A TA4H500 (4) #2 AWG–500 kcmil (Cu or AI) 

400-1200A TA3H750 (3) 500–750 kcmil (Cu or AI) 


Contact 

Ampere Rating 

Shunt Trip Kit 


AC 

DC 

Control Voltage 

AC DC Catalog Number 

120 — HCPST120 

240 — HCPST240s 

277 — HCPST277 

480 — HCPST480s 

Switch 

Mounting 

Contacts 

Catalog 

Number 

15A 480 125 Left Pole 1NO/1NC A01HCPL4s 

15A 480 125 Right Pole 1NO/1NC A01HCPR4 

Switchboard Connection Strap Kit a 

Switch 


400–1200A F6162D 

T Fuse Adapter Kits (one per pole) 

Catalog 

Number 

TFAK72 

TFAK75 

TFAK82 

Description 

1800A, 300V AC 

1800A, 600V AC 

1200A, 300V AC 

HCP Replacement Handle Kit 

(For use on all HCP switches) 

SW Ampere Rating Catalog Number 

400–1200A HCPHK 

Compression Lug Adapter Kit 

The use of this kit provides for the 

mounting of up to four lugs per phase. 

Each kit accepts lugs with (2) 3/8" diameter 

mounting holes on 1" centers. One 

kit per pole line or load is required. Lugs 

are not provided. 

*For inches / millimeters conversion, multiply inches by 

25.4. 


a For horizontal mounting only in either 38" wide min 

switchboards or S5/F2 power panelboards. 

b Both 240 and 600V AC switches are also rated 250V DC 

max. 




Type HCP Switchboard Units 

Dimensions 

DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

5 

5-28 




Selection/Dimensions 

Features 


b 100 and 200 Ampere Disconnects 

b 240 Volt and 600 Volt Designs 

b Class T Fuses 

b Factory Installed Wire Connectors 

b U.L. Listed for applications up to 

200,000 Amps symmetrical at 

600 Volts 

b Physically interchangeable with 

Siemens Type QJ2, QJH2 

and QJ2-H 

b UL 1429, File No. E118778 

T-Fuse Pullouts 


T-Fuse Pullout 

TFP223 

Maximum Ampere Catalog Connector 

Voltage Rating Number Wire Range 60/75°C a 

240 b 100 TFP223 (1 pc.) #6-300 kcmil Cu 

200 TFP224 (1 pc.) #4-300 kcmil Al 

5 DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 


240 b 100 TFP323 

200 TFP324 (1 pc.) #6-300 kcmil Cu 

600 

100 TFP363 (1 pc.) #4-300 kcmil Al 

200 TFP364 

Fuses — Not included. Consult local sales office for replacement parts. 

Fusible Pullouts Dimensions (inches*) 

Class T Pullout Mounting Hardware 

Catalog Number MSQJ (Includes 4 screws) 


a Replacement terminal lug Catalog Number TA1Q300. 

b 240 bolt pullouts require 300 volt Class T fuses. 




Notes 

DISCONNECT 

SWITCHES 

5 

5-30 


Enclosed Circuit Breakers 

SPEEDFAX TM 

Section 


Enclosure Types 6-2 

Type 1 

Complete Assemblies 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 6-3 – 6-6 

Enclosed Molded Case Switches 6-7 

Enclosures 

Type 1, Selection 6-8 

Type 1, Dimensions 6-9 

Type 3R, Selection 6-10 

Type 3R, Dimensions 6-11 

Types 4, 4X, 7 and 9, Selection/Dimensions 6-12 

Types 5, 12 and 12K, Selection/Dimensions 6-13 

Knockout and Hub Data 6-14 

Types 7, 9 

6 ENCLOSED 


Types 5, 12, 12K 


online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 





General 

Type 3R 

Type 1 

ENCLOSED 


6 

Types 7, 9 

Types 5, 12, 12K 

Type 1 — A general indoor, sheet-steel 

enclosure for use in normal 

atmospheres. Listed[ as service 

entrance equipment. 

Type 3R — An outdoor, sheet-steel 

enclosure providing protection against 

driving rain, sleet or snow. Listed as 

service entrance equipment. 

Types 7, 9 — Cast aluminum enclosure 

classified for explosion and fire hazard. 

Only enclosure for use in hazardous 

location. Class I; Group D–Class II; 

Groups E, F, and G–Class III. 

Types 4, 4X (not shown) — Stainless 

steel indoor or outdoor enclosure 

designed for use in areas where serious 

corrosion problems exist. They provide a 

degree of protection against windblown 

dust, rain, splashing water and hosedirected 

water. Meets NEMA Type 3, 4, 

4X, 12 and 13 requirements and UL 508 

Type 4 and 4X requirements. 

Types 5, 12 — A special-industry, sheetsteel 

enclosure for use in atmospheres 

containing particles of lint, dust, dirt, 

sawdust and other foreign matter. 

Type 12K — A semi-dusttight sheetsteel 

enclosure. Listed as service 


6-2 



Complete Assemblies—Molded Case Circuit Breakers 


Selection 

Siemens Enclosed Circuit Breaker 

Complete Assemblies consist of a thermal 

magnetic molded case circuit breaker 

frame, trip unit, enclosure and standard 

line and load pressure wire connectors — 

assembled and shipped as one unit from 

the Siemens modification center. For 

service equipment or applications 

Catalog Numbering 

requiring a solid neutral, neutrals must be 

priced and ordered separately except as 

noted. 

To order, select the appropriate prefix 

from the table below and place it in front 

of the desired non-interchangeable trip or 

interchangeable trip circuit breaker catalog 

number. For circuit breaker selection, 

refer to SpeedFax Section 7. 

Note: Lead times are determined based 

on availability of components. 

Items marked with n in this 

section may contain components 

that are not normally stocked. 

Prefix 


E1S 

Type 1 Surface 

E1F 

Type 1 Flush 

E3R 

Type 3R 

E12 Type 12 

E4X 

Type 4X Stainless Steel 

E46 

Type 4X 316 Stainless Steel 

Example: 

Catalog number E1SJD63B400 consists of: 

(1) JD63F400 frame 

(1) JD63T400 trip unit 

(1) J6N1 enclosure 

(6) TA2J6500 wire connectors 

Selection by Enclosure Type 

Circuit Breaker Complete Assembly Lug 

Neutrals 

Number 

Type 1 

Catalog 

Breaker 

Frame 

of 

Poles 

Ampere 

Rating 

Surface 

or Flush 

Type 

3R 

Type 

12 

Type 

4, 4X 

Number 

(included) 


QR2 2, 3 100-250 TA1QR300 

QRH2 2, 3 100-250 TA1QR300 

HQR2 2, 3 100-250 TA1QR300 

HQR2H 2, 3 100-250 TA1QR300 

NGG, 2, 3 15-30 3TC1Q1 

LGG a 2, 3 35-125 3TC1GG20 

HGG, 

3VA51 

3VA52 

3VA61 

3VA62 

ED2 

ED4 

ED6 

2, 3 

15-125 

100-250 

(order lugs separately) 

2, 3 

40-150 

100-250 

(order lugs separately) 

2 15-60 

2 70-100 

3 15-60 

3 70-100 

2 15-60 

2 70-100 

2 110-125 

3 15-60 

3 70-100 

3 110-125 

2 15-60 

2 70-100 

3 15-60 

3 70-100 

3 110-125 

15-25A 

SA1E025 

30-60A 

Line LN1E100 

Load LD1E060 

70-100 

LN1E100 

110-125A 

TA1E6125 

Included with 

enclosure 

N125GG included 

with enclosure 

N250X included with 

enclosure 


W53045 

included with 

enclosure 

6 ENCLOSED 


Available configuration 

— Not available 

a NEMA 4X Enclosure is non-metallic 

Product Category MCCB 




Selection 


Circuit Breaker Complete Assembly Lug 

Neutrals 

Breaker 

Frame 

Number 

of 

Poles 

Ampere 

Rating 

Type 1 

Surface 

or Flush 

Type 

3R 

Type 

12 

Type 

4, 4X 

Catalog 

Number 

(included) Catalog Number 

2 15-60 

HED4 

CED6 

2 70-100 

2 n 110-125 

3 15-60 

3 70-100 

3 110-125 

2 n 15-100 — 

2 n 110-125 — 

3 15-100 — 

3n 110-125 — 

Refer to 

page 7-153 

Refer to 

page 7-153 


W53045 

included with 

enclosure 

DG 2, 3 50-150 TA1DG30 Catalog Number 

N250X Included with 

FG 2, 3 100-250 TAW1FG350 enclosure 

6 

ENCLOSED 



Breaker 

Frame 

Number 

of 

Poles 

Ampere 

Rating 

Complete Assembly 

Type 1 

Surface or 

Flush 

Type 

3R 

Type 

12 

70-225 

2 n 

FXD6, 

250 

FD6 

70-225 

3 

250 

70-225 

2 n 

HFD6, 

250 

HFXD6 

70-225 

3 n 

250 

CFD6 

3 n 

70-225 — 

250 — 

JXD2 

2 n 200-400 

3 200-400 

JXD6, 

2 n 200-400 

JD6 

3 200-400 

HJD6, 

2 n 200-400 

HJXD6 3 200-400 

HHJD6, 2 n 200-400 

HHJXD6 3 n 200-400 

CJD6 3 n 200-400 — 

Lug 

Neutrals (not included) 

Catalog 

Type 

4, 4X 

Number 


TA1FD350A 

TA2J6500 

N250 b 

W60992 a 




a Order catalog number W60993 neutral for type 4, 

4X enclosure or when a 200% neutral is required. 

b For 200% neutral order catalog number N2250 

6-4 


Product Category MCCB




Selection 


Circuit Breaker Complete Assembly Lug Catalog 

Neutrals (Not Included) 

Breaker 

Frame 

Number 

of Poles 

Ampere 

Rating 

Type 1 

Surface 

Type 

3R 

Type 

12 

Type 

4, 4X 

Number 

(included) 


3VA53, 3VA54 2 200-600 

3VA63, 3VA64 3 200-600 

(order lugs separately) HN656ACB 

LXD6, 

LD6 

2 n 

3 

450-600 

450-600 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HLD6, 

HLXD6 

HHLXD6 c , 

HHLD6 

2 n 250-600 

3 250-600 

2 n 450-600 

3 n 450-600 

TA2J6500 

W60993 a 

CLD6 3 n 450-600 — 

3VA55, 3VA65 2/3 600-800 — (order lugs separately) HN656ACB 

LMXD6, 

LMD6 

2 n 

3 n 

500-800 

500-800 

 

 

 

 

 

 

— 

— 

HLMXD6 c , 

HLMD6 

MXD6, 

MD6 

HMXD6 c , 

HMD6 

2 n 500-800 — 

3 n 500-800 — 

2 n 500-800 — 

3 n 500-800 — 

2 n 500-800 — 

3 n 500-800 — 

CMD6 3 n 500-800 — 

TA3K500 

W63623 b 

6 ENCLOSED 





a For 200% neutral in Type 1, 3R & 12 enclosures use 

neutral catalog number W63623. 

b For applications requiring 600MCM neutral conductors 

(max. 3 in & 3 out) use neutral catalog number 

W411239. 

c HHLXD6, HLMXD6 and HMXD6 are only available with 







Selection 


Circuit Breaker Complete Assembly Neutrals (Not Included) 

Lug 

Number 

Catalog 

Breaker of Ampere Type 1 Type Type Type Number 

Frame Poles Rating Surface 3R 12 4, 4X (included) Catalog Number 

NXD6 

2 n 900-1200 — 

3 900-1200 — 

2 n 800 — TA3K500 

2 n 900-1200 — for 800A 

ND6 

3 800 — 

2TA4N8500 

3 900-1200 — 

for 900-1200A 

HNXD6 3 900-1200 — 2-Pole W63623 b 

HND6 

2 n 800 — 

2 n 900-1200 — 3TA4N8500 

3 800 — 

for 900-1200A 

3-Pole 

3 900-1200 — 

CND6 3 n 900-1200 — 

PXD6 a 3 n 1200-1600 — — — TA5P600 

PD6 a 3 n 1200-1600 — — — TA5P600 

HPXD6 a 3 n 1200-1600 — — — TA5P600 

HPD6 a 3 n 1200-1600 — — — TA5P600 

CPD6 a 3 n 1200-1600 — — — TA5P600 N2000 

RXD6 a 3 1600-2000 — — — TC5R600 

RD6 a 3 n 1600-2000 — — — TC5R600 

HRXD6 a 3 n 1600-2000 — — — TC5R600 

HRD6 a 3 n 1600-2000 — — — TC5R600 

ENCLOSED 


6 




a Not assembled — components shipped separately. 

Includes connect-all mounting assembly 

Catalog Number MB9301. 

b For applications requiring 600MCM neutral conductors 

(max. 3 in & 3 out) use neutral catalog number 

W411239. 

6-6 




Complete Assemblies—Molded Case Circuit Switches 


Selection 


Molded Case Switch Enclosure Type Lug 

Neutrals 

Number 

Type 1 

Catalog 

Breaker of 

Ampere Surface Type 

Type 

Type 

Number 

Frame Poles Rating or Flush 3R 

12 

4, 4X (included) Catalog Number 

Included with 

QR 3 250 TA1QR300 

enclosure 

2 n 100 Refer to 

ED2 

3 100 

page 7-153 

100 

2 n 

125 

Refer to 

ED4 

100 

page 7-153 

3 

125 


100 

W53045 

2 n 

125 — — — — 

included with 

Refer to 

ED6 

page 7-153 

enclosure 

100 

3 

125 

100 — 

CED6 

DG 

FG 

2 n 

125 — 

100 — 

3 n 

125 — 

2 150 

3 150 

2 250 

3 250 

Refer to 

page 7-153 

TA1DG30 

TAW1FG350 



enclosure 

3VA51 

3VA52 

2 

3 

125 

125 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Order lugs 

separately 

2 250 Order lugs 

3 250 

separately 



enclosure 

Molded Case Switch Enclosure Type Lug 

Neutrals (not included) 

Catalog 

Breaker 

Frame 

Number 

of Poles 

Ampere 

Rating 

Type 1 

Surface 

Type 1 

Flush 

Type 

3R 

Type 

12 

Type 

4, 4X 

Number 


FXD6 

2 250 

3 250 

TA1FD350A N250 c 

CFD6 3 n 250 — 

JXD2 

2 n 400 — 

3 400 — 

TA2J6500 W60992 b 

JXD6 3 400 — TA2J6500 W60992 b 

CJD6 3 n 400 — — TA2J6500 W60992 b 

3VA63, 

2 600 (order lugs 

3VA64 

3 600 

separately) 

HN656ACB 

LXD6 3 600 — TA2J6500 W60993 d 

CLD6 3 n 600 — — TA2J6500 W60993 d 

3VA55 2/3 800 — 

(order lugs 

separately) 

HN656ACB 

MXD6 3 800 — — 

CMD6 3 n 800 — — — 

TA3K500 W63623 e 

NXD6 3 1200 — — — 

CND6 3 n 1200 — — — 

3TA4N8500 W63623 e 

PXD6 a 3 n 1600 — — — — TA5P500 N2000 

RXD6 a 3 n 2000 — — — — TC5R600 N2000 

6 ENCLOSED 





a Not assembled — components shipped separately. 

Includes connect-all mounting assembly Catalog 

Number MB9301. 

b Order Catalog Number W60993 neutral for Type 4, 

4X enclosure or when a 200% neutral is required. 

c For 200% neutral order catalog number N2250 

d For 200% neutral in Type 1, 3R & 12 enclosures use 

neutral catalog number W63623. 

e For applications requiring 600 MCM neutral conductors 

(Max. 3 in and 3 out) use neutral catalog number 

W411239. 




Enclosures — Type 1 


Selection 

Dimensions 

Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 

Type 1 

Fig. 

No. 

Breaker 

Frame 

No. 

of 

Poles 

Max. 

Current 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

Weight 

Lb./Ship. 

Package 

K.O. Dimensions 


6 Places 2 Places 

A B C D E F G H 

1 QP, QPH, HQP 1,2 0060 E0204ML1060S acg 016 7.1 5.1 3.3 5.8 3.8 1.1 — — 

1 QP, QPH, HQP 3 0100 E0303ML3100S acf 008 17.1 7.1 4.2 14.1 4.5 1.3 — — 

6 

ENCLOSED 


1 BQ, BQH, HBQ 3 0100 EB3100S cf 032 17.1 7.1 4.2 14.1 4.5 1.3 — — 

1 NGG, HGG, LGG 2, 3 125 

GG0121FN 

GG0121SN 

12 20.0 8.7 4.0 16.0 6.0 1.3 — — 

2 ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4 2, 3 0100 

E2N1S ci 008 16.7 7.5 5.1 13.7 5.2 1 

E2N1F ci 008 17.5 8.5 5.1 13.7 5.2 1 

0.8, 1.1, 1.3 0.8, 1.1, 1.3 

2 ED4, ED6, HED4, CED6 2, 3 0125 

CED6N1S cei 14 21.4 7.6 5.1 18.2 5.2 1 

CED6N1F cei 14 22.2 8.5 5.1 18.2 5.2 1 

1.7, 2 1.7, 2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

— 

FD6, FXD6, HFD6, 

HFXD6, HHFD6, CFD6 

JXD2, JD6, 

h 

JXD6, HJD6, 

HJXD6, HHJD6, 

HHJXD6, SJD6, 

SHJD6 

LD6, LXD6, 

h 

HLD6, HLXD6, 

HHLD6, HHLXD6, 

SLD6, SHLD6, 

SCJD6, SCLD6, 

CJD6, CLD6 

LMXD6, LMD6, 

HLMXD6, HLMD6 

MD6, MXD6, SMD6, h 

HMD6, HMXD6, 

SHMD6, ND6, NXD6, 

SND6, HND6, HNXD6, 

SHND6, CMD6, 

SCMD6, CND6, SCND6 

PD6, PXD6, HPD6, h 

HPXD6, CPD6, RD6, 

SPD6, SHPD6, RXD6, 

HRD6, HRXD6 

2, 3 0250 

F6N1S b 

F6N1F b 33 38.4 11.4 5.1 33.0 8.0 

1 

1.5 

1.1, 1.3, 1.7, 

2.0, 2.5, 3.0 

2, 3 0400 J6N1 b 120 41.2 22.4 10.7 37.0 18.2 2.1 — — 

2, 3 0600 LD6N1 b 101 46.0 22.4 10.7 42.0 18.2 2.1 — — 

2, 3 0800 LMD1 b 202 60.0 22.4 10.0 55.8 18.2 2.1 — — 

2–3 1200 MND61 b 202 60.0 22.4 10.0 55.8 18.2 2.1 — — 

3 2000 PRD6N1 n 350 90.0 32.0 28.0 — — — — — 

1.1, 1.3, 1.7, 

2.0, 2.5, 3.0 

For inches / millimeters conversion, 

see Application Data section. 

All above enclosures are suitable for use as service 

entrance devices 


a Surface mounted, indoor. If flush mounting is required, 

replace suffix “S” in catalog number with suffix “F”. 

Also, if outdoor model required, use prefix “W” 

instead of “E”. 

b Neutral not included. Order as separate item from table 

on next page. 

c Neutral included in enclosure. 

d Surface mounted, indoor. If outdoor model is required, 

use prefix “W” instead of “E”. Not available in flush 

(“F”) model. 

e Use for 110-125 ampere ED4, ED6, or HED4 

circuit breakers. 

f Will not accept breaker with shunt trip. 

g Will not accept 2-pole GFP or breaker with shunt trip. 

h Includes 100% rated breakers. 

i Enclosure will accept shunt trip and other internal 

accessories except GFP. 

6-8 




Enclosures — Type 1 


Selection 

Dimensions 

E 

F 

E 

F 

D 

L A D L 

A 

4X n .44 

MOUNTING HOLES 

C 

4X n .44 


C 

M 

M 

KNOCKOUT CODE 

CONDUIT SIZE 

A (TANGENTIAL) 2.00, 2.50, 3.00, 3.50 

KNOCKOUT CODE 

CONDUIT SIZE 

A (TANGENTIAL) 2.00, 2.50, 3.00, 3.50 


K 

B 

TYPE 1S 

K 

B 

TYPE 1F 

Figure 

Number 

Breaker 

Frame 

No. 

of 

Poles 

Max. 

Current 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

Weight 

Lb./Ship. 

Package 


A B C D E F G H J K L M N P 

4 

QR2, QR2H, 

HQR2, HQR2H 2–3 250 QR2N1S 

QR2N1F 40 31.4 9.1 5.6 25.3 6.1 2.4 4.6 2.2 2.1 4.9 32.2 9.6 — — 

4 3VA51 2,3 125 

4 

3VA52, 3VA61, 

3VA62 

2,3 250 

4 DG, FG 2–3 250 

5 

5 

3VA53, 3VA63, 

3VA54, 3VA64 2–3 600 3VAE6001S b 

3VAE6001F 

3VA55, 

3VA65 

Neutrals 

Neutral 

Catalog No. 

N250X 

2–3 800 

Enclosure 


QR2N1(S)(F) 

FG6N1(S)(F) 

3VAE250N1 (S)(F) 

3VAE125N1S 

3VAE125N1F 40 18.5 6.9 4.5 15.5 1.5 2.5 3.4 1.8 1.9 3.0 19.6 7.3 — — 

3VAE250N1S 

40 31.2 9.6 5.7 25.3 4.2 2.4 4.8 2.8 2.4 4.8 32.3 9.6 — — 

3VAE250N1F 

FG6N1S 

40 31.4 9.1 5.6 25.3 6.1 2.4 4.6 2.2 2.1 4.9 32.2 9.6 — — 

FG6N1F 

3VAE8001S 

3VAE8001F 

Neutral Cable Capacity 

and Wire Range 

6 AWG – 350 kcmil Cu/Al 

Grd. Lug 14 AWG –1/0 AWG Cu/Al 

N125X 3VAE125N1 (S)(F) 6 AWG – 350 kcmil Cu/Al 

N125GG GG0121SN/FN 

(1 pc.) #14-2/0 Cu/Al, 

(1 pc.) #1-300 kcmil Cu/Al 

Grd. Lug (1 pc.) #12 - #4 Cu/Al 

(3 pcs.)#12 - #10 Cu/Al 

W53045 

E2N1(S)(F) 

(1 pc.) #14–2 Cu/Al 

CED6N1(S)(F) d Grd. Lug (1 pc.) #14–8 Cu/Al 

N250 F6N1(S)(F) 

(1 pc.) #6–350 kcmil Cu/Al 

Grd. Lug (1 pc.) #14–2/0 Cu/Al 

HN656ACB 

W60992 

W60993 

W63623 

N2000 

3VAE6001S 

3VAE6001F 

3VAE8001S 

3VAE8001F 

J6N1 

LD6N1 

LMD1 

MND61 

PRD6N1 

1/0 - 600 kcmil Cu/Al 

Grd. Lug #6 - 300 kcmil Cu/Al 

(1 pc.) #1/0–750 kcmil Cu/Al or 

(2 pcs.) #1/0–300 kcmil Cu/Al 

Grd. Lug (1 pc.) #6–250 kcmil Cu/Al 

(2 pcs.) #1/0–600 kcmil 


(4 pcs.) 250 kcmil–500 kcmil Cu/Ali 


(6 pcs.) #3/0–750 kcmil Cu/Al 

Grd. Lug (2 pcs.) #3/0–750 Cu/Al 

68 44.9 22.1 6.8 40.0 16.0 3.1 — — — 14.3 42.8 

45.2 

111 60.0 22.5 10.2 52.0 16.0 3.2 — — — 14.3 60.5 

61.0 



a Surface mounted, indoor. If flush mounting is required, replace suffix “S” in 

catalog number with suffix “F”. Also, if outdoor model required, use prefix 

“W” instead of “E”. 

b Neutral not included. Order as separate item from table on next page. 

c Surface mounted, indoor. If outdoor model is required, use prefix “W” 

instead of “E”. Not available in flush (“F”) model. 

d Use for 110-125 ampere ED4, ED6, or HED4 circuit breakers. 

e Will not accept breaker with shunt trip. 

f Also for use with Type 3R, 12, 12K & 4X enclosures 

(Catalog numbers F6N3R, F6N12, F6N12K & FD6SS4). 

g Also for use with Type 3R, 12 & 4X enclosures 

(Catalog numbers J6N3R, J6N12, & LD6SS4). 

h Also for use with Types 3R and 12 enclosures 

(Catalog numbers LD6N3R & LD6N12). 

i For 600 MCM neutral cable (3) in, (3) out (#4–600 kcmil Cu/Al) 

use catalog number W411239 

22.4 

23.0 — — 

23.0 

23.5 — — 

200% Neutrals (For Type 1, 3R, 4/4X and 12 Enclosures) 

Neutral 

Catalog No. 

Enclosure 




N2250 F6N1(S)(F) f (2 pcs.) #4–350 kcmil Cu/Al 

Grd. Lug (1 pc.) #14–2/0 Cu/Al 

N2250X 

QR2N1(S)(F) 

FG6N1(S)(F) 

3VAE250N1 (S)(F) 


Grd. Lug 6 AWG – 2/0 AWG Cu/Al 

W60993 J6N1 g (2 pcs.) #1/0–600 kcmil 

Grd. Lug (1 pc.) #6-250 kcmil Cu/Al 

W63623 LD6N1 h (4 pcs.) 250 kcmil–500 kcmil Cu/Al 


HN678ACB 

3VAE6001S 

3VAE6001F 

3VAE8001S 

3VAE8001F 



6 ENCLOSED 





Enclosures — Type 3R 


Selection 

Dimensions 


Figure 4 

Type 3R 

Max. 

Current 

Rating 

Weight 

Lb./Ship. 

Package 


Figure 

Number Breaker Frame 

No. of 

Poles 


A B C D E F G H 

2 QP, QPH 1, 2 60 W0204ML1060 e 28 8.1 5.1 4.3 — — — — — 

2 QPP, QPPH, HQPP 1-4 225 W0406ML1225CU d 24 23.1 10.5 4.3 20.0 7.5 1.9 5.2 — 

2 HQP, QPH, HQP 3 100 W0303ML3100 d 9 17.1 7.3 4.3 14.1 4.5 1.1 3.7 — 

2 BQ, BQH, HBQ 3 100 WB3100 d 9 17.1 7.3 4.3 14.1 4.5 1.1 3.7 — 

2 NGG, HGG, LGG 2, 3 125 GG0123RN 15 19.7 9.0 5.0 16.6 6.0 1.2 4.5 — 

6 

ENCLOSED 


5 

5 

1 

1 

1 

4 

1 

ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, 

HED6 

2, 3 100 E2N3R c 12 17.6 7.2 5.2 12.6 5.2 1.0 3.0 — 

ED2, ED4, ED6, 

CED6 

2, 3 125 CED6N3R c 16 22.3 7.2 5.2 17.3 5.2 1.0 3.0 — 


HFXD6, HHFD6, 

2, 3 250 F6N3R b 45 38.1 14.1 7.7 33.3 8.0 0.8 123.5 0.8 

HHFXD6, CFD6 

JXD2, JD6, JXD6, 

HJD6, HJXD6, HHJD6, 2, 3 400 J6N3R b 126 41.0 26.7 11.7 35.7 18.2 2.1 24.5 1.1 

HHJXD6, SJD6, SHJD6 f 

LD6, LXD6, LXD6H, 

HLD6, HLXD6, HHLD6, 

HHLXD6, CJD6, CLD6, 

2, 3 600 LD6N3R b 137 46.0 26.7 11.7 40.7 18.2 2.1 24.5 1.1 

SCJD6, SLD6, SHLD6 f 

LMXD6, LMD6, 

HLMXD6, HLMD6 

2, 3 800 LMD3R b 210 61.1 26.7 11.7 57.5 18.2 2.1 24.5 1.1 

MD6, MXD6, HMD6, 

HMXD6, CMD6, SMD6, 

SHMD6, SCMD6, ND6, 

NXD6, HND6, HNXD6, 

2, 3 1200 MND63 b 210 61.1 26.7 11.7 57.5 18.2 2.1 24.5 1.1 

SCND6 f 

CND6, SND6, SHND6, 



Note: All above enclosures are suitable for use as service 

enterance equipment. 

a Does not include circuit breaker. 

Order circuit breaker separately. 

b Neutral not included. Order as separate item from table 

on next page. 

c Neutral included in enclosure. 

d Will not accept breaker with shunt trip. 

e Will not accept 2 pole GFP or breaker with shunt trip. 

f Includes 100% rated breakers. 

6-10 




Enclosures — Type 3R 


Selection / Dimension 

Dimensions 

E 

F 

E 

F 

D 

L 

A 

D 

L 

A 

4X n .44 


M 

C 

4X n.34 

MOUNTING HOLE 

C 

M 

KNOCKOUT CODE 

CONDUIT SIZE 

A (TANGENTIAL) 2.00, 2.50, 3.00, 3.50 

K 

B 

K 

B 


Figure 8 

Figure 

Number 

6 

Breaker 

Frame 

QR2, QR2H, 

HQR2, HQR2H 

No. 

of 

Poles 

Max. 

Current 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

Weight 

Lb./Ship. 

Package 


KO Dim. 

A B C D E F G H J K L M G H 

2-3 250 QR2N3R3 40 31.4 9.1 5.6 25.3 6.1 2.4 4.6 2.2 2.1 4.9 32.2 9.6 — — 

6 3VA51 2,3 125 3VAE125N3R 40 18.5 6.9 4.5 15.5 1.5 2.5 3.4 1.8 1.9 3.0 19.4 7.3 — — 

6 

3VA52, 3VA61, 

3VA62 

2,3 250 3VAE250N3R 40 31.2 9.6 5.7 25.3 4.2 2.4 4.8 2.8 2.4 4.8 32.3 9.6 — — 

6 DG, FG 2-3 250 FG6N3R 40 31.4 9.1 5.6 25.3 6.1 2.4 4.6 2.2 2.1 4.9 32.2 9.6 — — 

7 

3VA53, 3VA54, 

3VA63, 3VA64 

2-3 600 3VAE6003R 68 44.9 22.1 6.7 40.0 16.0 3.1 — — — 14.7 45.8 22.4 — — 

8 3VA55, 3VA65 2-3 800 3VAE8003R 111 60.1 22.7 10.6 61.1 16.0 3.3 — — — 16.0 61.1 23.5 — — 

Neutrals d 

Neutral 

Catalog 

Number 

Enclosure 

Catalog 

Number 



N125GG GG0123RN (1 PC.) #14-2/0 Cu/Al, (1 pc.) #1-300 kcmil Cu/Al 

Grd. Lug (1 pc.) #12 - #4 Cu/Al 

(3 pcs.)#12 - #10 Cu/Al 

N250X 

W53045 b 

QR2N3R3 

FG6N3R 

3VAE125N3R 

3VAE250N3R 

E2N3R 

CED6N3R c 


Gnd. Lug 14 AWG –1/0 AWG Cu/Al 

(1 pc.) #14–2 Cu/Al 

Grd. Lug (1 pc.) #14–8 Cu/Al 

N250 d F6N3R (1 pc.) #6–350 kcmil 

Grd. Lug (1 pc.) #14–2/0 Cu/Al 

W60992 d J6N3R (1 pc.) #1/0–750 kcmil Cu/Al or 

(2 pcs.) #1/0–300 kcmil Cu/A 


6 ENCLOSED 


HN656ACB 

3VAE6003R 

3VAE8003R 



W60993 d LD6N3R (2 pcs.) #1/0–600 kcmil 


W63623 

LMD3R 

MND63 

(4 pcs.) 250 kcmil–500 kcmil Cu/Ale 


Hubs — see page 6-14. 



a Neutral not included. Order as separate item from table 

on next page. 

b Neutral included in enclosure. 

c Use CED enclosure for all ED-frame 110-125 

ampere units. 

d 200% neutrals are also available. See listing on page 6-9. 

e For applications requiring 600MCM neutral conductors 

(3) in, (3) out (#4-600 kcmil Cu/Al) use neutral catalog 

number W41123. 




Enclosures — Types 4, 4X, 7, and 9 


Selection / Dimensions 

Dimensions 

6 

ENCLOSED 


Types 4 and 4X 

Breaker Frame 

Neutrals 

Neutral 


Figure 1A 

Figure 2 Types 7 and 9 e 

Breaker 

Frame 

Enclosure 

Catalog Number b 

No. 

of 

Poles 


see Application Data selection. 

Note: Above enclosures are suitable for use as service 


■ Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. 

a Does not include circuit breaker. 


Maximum 

Current 

Rating 

Figure 1B 

Catalog 

No. df 

Weight 

Lb./Ship. 

Package 



N125GG4X GG0124XN #14-4 Cu / #12-2 Al 

W53045 c ED6SS4 

(1 pc.) #14–2 Cu/Al 

Grd. Lug (1 pc.) #14–8 Cu/Al 

N250X 

N250 df 

W60993 df 

HN656ACB 

QR2N4X, QR2N4X316, FG6N4X, FG6N4X316, 

3VAE125N4X, 3VAE125N4X316, 3VAE250N4X, 3VAE250N4X316 

FD6SS4 

LD6SS4 

See 

Fig. 

3VAE6004X, 3VAE6004X316 

3VAE8004X, 3VAE8004X316 

No. 

of 

Poles 

Figure 2 

Max. 

Weight 

Rating Catalog Number a Package 

Current 

Lb./Ship 

b Enclosures shipped with handle and breaker hardware 

packaged within enclosure. 

c Neutral included. 

d Neutral not included. Order as separate item. 

e Breather and drain option is by SPECIAL ORDER only — 

add $70.00 to list price. 

6 AWG – 350 kcmil CU / AL 

Grd. Lug 14 AWG –1/0 AWG CU / AL 

(1 pc.) #6–350 kcmil 

Grd. Lug (1 pc.) #14–2/0 Cu/Al 

(2 pcs.) #1/0–600 kcmil 




Figure 3 


A B C D E F G 

NGG, HGG, LGG i 1A 2–3 125 GG0124XN 19.25 17.25 09.5 — 3.63 3.63 18.75 

QR2, QR2H, HQR2, HQR2H 3 2–3 250 QR2N4X, QR2N4X316 42 32.1 10.4 5.7 35.4 6.0 16.0 — 

ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4 j 1A 3 125 ED6SS4 g 44 20.0 16.0 06.0 7.16 9.75 3.0 — 

3VA51 3 2,3 125 

3VAE125N4X 18.6 19.4 7.7 5.7 19.5 5.0 9.3 — 

3VAE125N4X316 18.6 19.4 7.7 5.7 19.5 5.0 9.3 — 

3VA52, 3VA61, 3VA62 3 2,3 250 

3VAE250N4X 22.3 32.2 10.2 5.8 32.9 6.0 18.0 — 

3VAE250N4X316 22.3 32.2 10.2 5.8 32.9 6.0 18.0 — 

DG, FG 3 2-3 250 FG6N4X, FG6N4X316 42 32.1 10.4 5.7 35.4 6.0 16.0 — 

FXD6, FD6, j HFD6, FXD6, FD6 1A 2–3 250 FD6SS4 g 106 36.0 24.0 08.0 09.16 11.75 3.0 — 

JXD2, JXD6, JD6, hj HJD6, HJXD6, HHJD6, 

HHJXD6, SJD6, SHJD6, LXD6, LD6, HLD6, 1A 2–3 600 LD6SS4 n g 145 42.0 30.0 10.0 11.16 13.75 3.0 — 

HLXD6, HHLD6, HHLXD6, SLD6, SHLD6 

3VA53, 3VA54, 3VA63, 3VA64 3 2–3 600 3VA6004X, 3VA6004X316 80 48.75 22.25 7.38 47.19 16.0 22.25 — 

3VA55, 3VA65 3 2–3 800 3VAE8004X, 3VAE8004X316 126 60.1 22.9 10.7 61.1 16.0 30.6 — 


Knockouts 

Mounting Inside Outside Conduit Size 

A B C D E F G H K Std. Max 

ED2, ED4, 015–60 EA n 027 5.5 13.1 5.9 10.7 5.4 9.4 14.2 6.6 1.6 1.2 1.2 

ED6, HED4 2–3 070–100 EB n 032 6.0 18.0 6.5 16.0 5.6 9.8 19.3 6.7 2.0 2.0 2.0 

CED6 2–3 100 N/A 

FXD6, FD6, HFD6, HFXD6, CFD6 2–3 250 EC2 n 085 10.2 22.6 11.7 20.0 6.5 15.3 23.8 8.2 2.7 2.5 2.0 

JXD2, JXD6, JD6, SJD6, HJD6, 

HJXD6, HHJD6, HHJXD6, SHJD6 

2–3 200–350 EC4 n 085 10.2 22.6 11.7 20.0 6.5 15.3 23.8 8.2 2.7 2.5 3.0 

LXD6, LD6, SLD6, HLD6, 

HLXD6, HHLD6, HHLXD6, SHLD6 

2–3 600 ED6 n 190 11.8 40.7 13.3 37.8 7.8 18.1 46.6 9.8 3.6 4.0 4.0 

f For 400A max. 4/4x applications which require a 200% 

Neutral. See listing on page 6-9. 

g Suitable for use as Service Entrance device. 


i Non-metallic enclosure. 

j 304 Stainless Steel enclosures. 

316 Stainless Steel enclosures. 

6-12 




Enclosures — Types 5, 12 and 12K 


Selection / Dimensions 

Dimensions 

E 

F 

D 

L 

A 

4X n.34 

MOUNTING HOLE 

C 

M 

K 

B 

Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 

Types 5, 12 and 12K 

Figure 

Number 

Breaker 

Frame 

No. 

of 

Poles 

Max. 

Current 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

Weight 

Lb./Ship. 

Package 


A B C D E F G H J K L M 

1 

QR2, QR2H, 

HQR2, HQR2H 

2–3 0250 QR2N12 040 31.4 — 5.6 25.3 6.1 2.4 — — — — 32.2 9.6 

1 3VA51 2–3 125 3VAE125N12 40 18.5 — 4.5 15.5 1.5 2.5 — — — — 19.6 7.3 

1 3VA52, 3VA61, 3VA62 2–3 250 3VAE250N12 40 31.2 — 5.7 25.3 4.2 2.4 — — — — 32.3 9.6 

1 DG, FG 2–3 0250 FG6N12 040 31.4 — 5.6 25.3 6.1 2.4 — — — — 32.2 9.6 

2 ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4 2–3 0100 E2N12 ad 012 18.6 8.3 7.1 18 6.1 0.5 

2 CED6, ED2, ED4, ED6 2–3 0125 CED6N12 ad n 016 23.4 8.3 7.1 223⁄4 6.1 0.5 

2 

FXD6, FD6, FXD6, 

FD6, HFD6, CFD6 

2–3 0250 F6N12 ac 040 38.6 14.5 8.1 34.0 13.0 0.7 

3 

JXD2, JD6, JXD6, HJD6, 

HJXD6, HHJD6, HHJXD6, 2–3 0400 J6N12 104 41.5 21.6 11.9 37.2 20.4 0.6 

SJD6, SHJD6 

5 

3VA53, 3VA54, 

3VA63, 3VA64 

2–3 0600 3VAE60012 68 44.8 22.1 7.0 47.2 16.0 3.1 16.0 45.8 22.4 

3 

LD6, LXD6, HLD6, 

HLXD6, HHLD6, HHLXD6, 

SLD6, SHLD6, CJD6, CLD6, 

2–3 0600 LD6N12 n 104 46.5 21.6 11.9 42.2 20.4 0.6 

SCJD6, SCLD6 

5 3VA55, 3VA65 2–3 0800 3VAE80012 111 60.1 22.7 10.6 61.1 16.0 3.3 16.0 61.1 23.5 

4 

LMXD6, LMD6, 

HLMXD6, HLMD6 

2–3 0800 LMD12 n 220 60.0 37.4 10.0 0.4 3.0 2.0 

MD6, MXD6, SMD6, h 

4 

HMD6, HMXD6, SHMD6, 

ND6, NXD6, SND6, HND6, 

HNXD6, SHND6, CMD6, 

SCMD6, CND6, SCND6 

2–3 1200 MND612 c n 220 60.0 37.4 10.0 0.4 3.0 2.0 

6 ENCLOSED 


Neutrals 

Neutral 

Catalog No. 

W53045 d 

N250X 

N250 cf 

Enclosure 

Catalog No. b 

E2N12 

CED6N12 e 

QR2N12 

FG6N12 

3VAE125N12 

3VAE250N12 

F6N12 



(1 pc.) #14–2 Cu/Al 

6 AWG – 350 kcmil CU / AL 

Grd. Lug 14 AWG –1/0 AWG CU / AL 

(1 pc.) #6–350 kcmil 

Grd. Lug (1 pc.) #14–2/0 Cu/Al 

Neutrals (cont.) 

Neutral 

Catalog No. 

W60992 cf 

HN656ACB 

W60993 cf 

W63623 c 

Enclosure 

Catalog No. b 

J6N12 

3VAE60012 

3VAE80012 

LMD612 

MND612 

LD6SS4 



(1 pc.) #1/0–750 kcmil Cu/Al or 

(2 pc.) #1/0–300 kcmil Cu/Al 




(2 pcs.) #1/0–600 kcmil 


(4 pcs.) 250 kcmil–500 kcmil Cu/Al 


For inches/millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. 


Note: All above enclosures are suitable for use as service 

entrance devices. 

a Catalog Number is for Type 12. If Type 12K with knockouts 

is required, add suffix “K” to catalog number. 

b Does not include circuit breaker. 


c Neutral not included. Order as separate item. 

d Neutral included in enclosure. 

e Use CED enclosure for all ED-frame 110–125 

ampere units. 

f 200% neutrals are also available. See listing on page 6-9. 

g For 600 MCM neutral cable (3) in, (3) out (#4-600 kcmil Cu/ 

Al) use catalog number W411239 





Enclosures — Knockout and Hub Data 


Dimensions 

Knockouts & Wire Bending Space 

Breaker 

Frame 

QP, QPH, HQP 

15–125 

BQ, BQH, HBP 

70–100 

QPP, QPPH, HQPP 

125–225 

Conduit Range 

Per Knockout 

Outside Dimensions 

(inches) 

Types 1, 12 and 12K 

Type 3R 

Number of Knockouts Per Panel (Type 4, 4X, 12 have no KO’s) 

Maximum 

Hub Size 

(inches) 

Top Bottom Side Back Bottom Side Back Type 3R 

Maximum Cable Sizes 

Recommended (Cu/Al) 

for Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 

12 & 12K Enclosures e f 

1 

⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2 4 4 4 4 3 1 1 2 7 1 ⁄8" high encl. #6 c 

3 

⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4 1 1 2 2 8 1 3 2 

1 

⁄2, 3 ⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 — — — — 4 1 1 2 1 ⁄2 250 kcmil 

QR 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 — — 2 2 — 1 1 3 

d 

NGG 

3 

⁄4, 1, 1 1 ⁄4, 1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 — — — — — — — — 

ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4 

3VA51, 3VA52, 3VA61, 3VA62 

7 

⁄8, 1 1 ⁄8, 1 3 ⁄8, 1 3 ⁄4, 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 

d 

CED6 

7 

⁄8, 1 1 ⁄8, 1 3 ⁄8, 1 3 ⁄4, 2 2 a 2 a — — 2 — — 

7 

⁄8, 1 1 ⁄8, 1 3 ⁄8, 1 3 ⁄4, 2, 2 1 ⁄2 2 2 2 b 2 b — 1 1 

2 d (CFD6 only 300 kcmil) 

d 

FXD6, FD6, FXD6, FD6 

HFD6, CFD6 

JXD2, JXD6, JD6, 

HJD6, HJXD6, HHJD6, 

HHJXD6, SJD6, SHJD6 

LXD6, LD6, HLXD6, 

HLD6, HHLD6, HHLXD6, 

SLD6, SHLD6 

LMXD6, LMD6 

HLMXD6, HMLD6 

MD6, SMD6, HMD6 

ND6, SND6, HND6 

1 1 ⁄8, 1 3 ⁄8, 1 3 ⁄4, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3 

1 1 2 b 2 b 1 1 — 

1 1 — — 1 — — 

1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 1 1 2 4 — — — 4 (2) 600 kcmil 

1 1 ⁄2, 2, 2 1 ⁄2, 3, 3 1 ⁄2, 4 1 1 2 4 — — — 4 (2) 600 kcmil 

— — — — — — — — 4 (3) 600 kcmil 

— — — 

4 1 ⁄4 – 

4 3 ⁄4 

4 1 ⁄4 – 

4 3 ⁄4 

— — — 4 

4 

d 

(3) 600 kcmil or 

(4) 500 kcmil 

6 

ENCLOSED 


Hubs (Type 3R) 

Breaker 

Frame 

QP, QPH, HQP, 

BQ, BQH, HBQ, 

NGG, HGG, LGG 

QPP, QPPH, HQPP, 

QR2, QRH2, QR2H, HQR2H 


HED4, HED6, HHED6, 

CED6, DG, 3VA51 

FXD6, FD6, HFD6, HFXD6, 

CFD6, FG, 3VA52, JXD2, 

JD6, JXD6, HJD6, HJXD6, 

LD6, LXD6, HLD6, HLXD6(A) 

3VA53, 3VA54, 3VA62, 

3VA63, 3VA64 

Conduit 

Size 

(inches) 

Catalog 

Number 

0 3 ⁄4 ECHS075 

1 ECHS100 

1 1 ⁄4 ECHS125 

1 1 ⁄2 ECHS150 

2 ECHS200 

1 1 ⁄4 ECHS125 

1 1 ⁄2 ECHS150 

2 ECHS200 

2 1 ⁄2 ECHS250 

0 3 ⁄4 ECHR075 

1 ECHR100 

1 1 ⁄4 ECHR125 

1 1 ⁄2 ECHR150 

2 ECHR200 

2 ECHV200 

2 1 ⁄2 ECHV250 

3 ECHV300 

3 1 ⁄2 ECHV350 

4 ECHV400 

Note: Enclosures for 250A max breakers 

have a hub provision on the rainshed. 

Enclosures for larger breakers (J, L, M 

& N frame) have blank top rainsheds. 

Drill or punch hole in the field to 

accommodate hub size desired. 



a Type 12K only. 

b Type 12K enclosure has no knockouts this location. 

c 17 1 ⁄8" high enclosure provides sufficient wire bending 

space for all available CB lugs. 

d Sufficient wire bending space is provided for all 

available mechanical type CB lugs. 

e The use of cables larger than those listed below may 

violate NEC & UL wire bending space requirements. 

f The use of compression type connectors will violate 

NEC and UL wire bending space requirements. 

6-14 



Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

SPEEDFAX TM 

7Section 

Dual Function 


3VA 

molded 

case 

circuit 

breakers 


online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 

QR Circuit Breakers 

NGB Circuit 

Breakers 


What’s New in Circuit Breakers 7-3 – 7-4 

Federal Specifications Classification 7-5 

Reference Guides 7-6 – 7-18 

Load Center Breakers 

Arc Fault and Ground Fault Breakers 7-19 

QP, 1 Inch Breakers 7-20 

QT, ½ Inch Breakers 7-21 

Special Application Breakers 7-22 

QD ¾ Inch Breakers 7-23 

Main and Branch Breakers 7-24 – 7-25 

Circuit Breaker Dimension Drawings 7-26 

Circuit Breaker Lug Data 7-27 

Surge Protection 7-28 

Panelboard Mounted Circuit Breakers 

BL 240V Breakers 7-29 

BL 240V Arc Fault and Ground Fault Breakers 7-30 

Special Application 240V Panelboard Mounted Breakers 7-31 

BQD 100A Frame 480/277V Breakers 7-32 

GB 125A Frame 600/347V Breakers 7-33 

NGB2 125A Frame 600/347V Breakers 7-34 

Internal Accessories for BQD and NGB Breakers 7-35 

3VA41 125A Frame 600/347V Breakers 7-36 – 7-37 

General Application Circuit Breakers 

BQ 240V Breakers 7-38 

BQXD 240V DIN Rail Mounting Breakers 7-39 

QR250 Frame 240V Breakers 7-40 

CQD 100A Frame 480/277V Breakers 7-42 

GG 125A Frame 600/347V Breakers 7-43 

Internal Accessories for CQD and NGG Breakers 7-44 

3VA Molded Case Circuit Breakers 


3VA51 125A Thermal-magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers 7-48 – 7-52 

3VA61 150A Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers 7-53 – 7-55 





3VA54 600A Thermal-magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers 7-69 


3VA55 800A Thermal-magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers 7-73 



3VA Molded Case Switch and Motor Circuit Protector 7-79 – 7-80 

3VA Internal Accessories 7-81 

3VA Breaker Operators 7-82 – 7-87 

3VA Connection Technology 7-88 – 7-96 

3VA Plug-in and Draw-out Technology 7-97 – 7-99 

3VA Communication and Testing/Commissioning Devices 7-100 – 7-103 

3VA Accessories and Electrical Requirements 7-104 – 7-109 

(continued on next page) 

7 

MOLDED CASE 





SPEEDFAX TM 

7Section 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



Sentron Thermal Magnetic and Electronic Circuit Breakers 


ED 125A Frame 600V Breakers and Internal Accessories 7-111 – 7-113 

FD 250A Frame 600V Breakers and Internal Accessories 7-114 – 7-116 

JD/SJD 400A Frame Breakers and Internal Accessories 7-117 – 7-120 

LD/SLD 600A Frame Breakers and Internal Accessories 7-121 – 7-124 

LMD 800A Frame Breakers and Internal Accessories 7-125 – 7-127 

MD/SMD 800A Frame Breakers and Internal Accessories 7-128 – 7-131 

ND/SND 1200A Frame Breakers and Internal Accessories 7-132 – 7-135 

PD/SPD 1600A Frame Breakers and Internal Accessories 7-136 – 7-138 

RD 2000A Frame Breakers and Internal Accessories 7-139 

Magnetic Trip Only – ETI Motor Circuit Protectors 7-140 – 7-142 

Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings 7-143 – 7-145 

Molded Case Switch – Circuit Disconnect 7-146 

Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip IV Series Trip Units 7-147 – 7-148 

WL Power Circuit Breakers 7-149 – 7-152 

Lug Information 7-153 – 7-155 

Breaker Modifications 7-156 

Internal Accessories – Feature Combinations 7-157 

External Accessories 7-160 – 7-165 

Unusual Operating Conditions 7-166 – 7-167 

VL Thermal Magnetic and Electronic Circuit Breakers 

Catalog Numbering System 7-169 – 7-170 

Technical Overview 7-171 – 7-172 

Trip Unit Overview 7-173 – 7-174 

DG 150A Frame and Internal Accessories 7-175 – 7-178 

FG 250A Frame and Internal Accessories 7-179 – 7-182 

JG 400A Frame and Internal Accessories 7-183 – 7-186 

LG 600A Frame and Internal Accessories 7-187 – 7-190 

MG 800A Frame and Internal Accessories 7-191 – 7-194 

NG 1200A Frame and Internal Accessories 7-195 – 7-198 

PG 1600A Frame and Internal Accessories 7-199 – 7-201 

Molded Case Switch 7-202 

Motor Circuit Protector 7-203 

VL 600 Volt DC Circuit Breakers 7-204 

External Accessories 7-205 – 7-217 

Accessory Locations 7-218 

Suffix for Factory Mounted Internal Accessories 7-219 

Technical Data 7-220 – 7-221 

Unusual Operating Conditions 7-222 – 7-223 

General Technical 

Series Short Circuit Ratings 7-224 – 7-234 

Sentron IEC 94702 AC Interrupting Ratings 7-235 

Typical Specifications 7-236 

Superseded Circuit Breakers 7-237 – 7-239 

Sentron Sensitrip 

7-2 




Introduction 

What’s new in molded case circuit breakers: 

New Sentron Sensitrip 

Sentron Sensitrip IV ETU Circuit Breakers with Integrated DAS / 

Maintenance Mode 

Design enhancements include: 

n Upgraded ETU for NEC 240.87 code compliance (Arc Energy Reduction) 

n Frame ratings from 400A to 1600A 

n Identical footprint, kAIC ratings and accessory offering as legacy 

Sensitrip III ETU breakers to ease integration / retrofit 

n Maintenance mode versions require customer-supplied 24V external 

power supply, maintenance switch and light 

The New Siemens QR Circuit Breaker 

Implemented in load centers, panelboards, switchboards, meter centers, 

and modular metering, the new QR breaker is the same form-factor/ 

mounting as QJ breaker for easy retrofit. 

Design enhancements include: 

n Trip unit ratings from 100A to 250A. 

n Field installable internal accessories – 

shunt trip, aux switch or shunt/aux combo. 

n Two accessory pockets in 3-pole breakers. 

One accessory pocket in 2-pole breakers. 

n High in-rush current capability (450%). 

n Push-to-trip button. 

The Dual Function Circuit Breaker combines 

GFCI and AFCI, protecting against both Arc 

Faults and Ground Faults. This, along with the 

new Self-Test & Lockout feature, makes it the 

first in class in electrical safety for homeowners. 

n Faster Installation 

n Cost savings 

n Smaller Device 

n Self Test & Lockout feature as required by 

UL 943 effective June 2015 

The new 

Siemens 

3VA molded 

case circuit 

breakers 

n 125A thru 800A Thermal Magnetic 

Trip breakers 

n 150A thru 1000A Electronic Trip 


n Extensive and flexible accessories 

n Common internal accessories for 

the entire breaker family 

n Power metering with the series-8 

LCD electronic trip 

n Illuminated rotary handles show 

switch position 

n Smaller footprint than Sentron or 

VL breakers 

n Enhanced Tools and Resources 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


The Siemens GG circuit breaker is a compact, industrial 

design thermal magnetic breaker with valuable features 

for the global markets. These features include a design 

that meets multi-national standards, is suitable for DIN 

rail or base mounting without the need for adapters, 

and includes UL listed field installable accessories. The 

GG also has an over center toggle mechanism that is 

trip free and uses repulsion contact arm construction. 

Therefore, should a short circuit or tripping condition 

occur, the contacts are forced apart and the breaker 

cannot be held closed by means of the handle. 

NGB 

NGG 

HGG 

LGG 



Introduction 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Ordering 

In the FD through RD frames, you may 

order molded case circuit breakers three 

basic ways: 

b As separately ordered frames, trip 

units and lugs 

b As frame, trip unit and lugs ordered as 

one catalog number and shipped 

unassembled or assembled 

b As Frame and Trip Unit shipped 

assembled and with the trip unit made 

non-removable, in compliance with UL 

489 requirements that to be reverse 

fed the circuit breaker must not have 

an interchangeable trip unit. 

These two options are described in the 

following: 

Components Ordered Separately 

To get the components for a 3-pole, 400 

Amp standard interrupting circuit breaker, 

you would order the frame (JD63F400), 

the trip unit (JD63T400) and six lugs 

(TA2J6500). This option is normally 

useful only if you stock and use large 

volumes of product and wish to reduce 

your inventory cost. You may stock, for 

example, a smaller number of frames 

(JD63F400) and a variety of trip units 

(JD63T300, JD63T350, etc.) and 

assemble breakers as you need them. 

Frame, Trip Unit and Lugs 

Ordered Together 

If you order the catalog number 

JD63B400, you will receive a frame, a 

trip unit and 6 lugs in separate packages. 

By suffixing this number with “L” (e.g. 

JD63B400L), you will receive frame, trip 

unit and lugs assembled in one container. 

Pursuant to UL 489, a product ordered 

thus will have the markings “LINE” and 

“LOAD”, and may not be “reverse fed” 

(with power flowing from the “OFF” end 

of the breaker toward the “ON” end). 

Non-Interchangeable Trip Breakers 

If you place an “X” after the frame size 

designator (e.g. JXD63B400), you will 

receive a frame and trip unit assembled, 

with the trip unit made non-removable. 

If you suffix an “L” to this catalog 

number (e.g. JXD63B400L), you will 

receive the breaker, non-removable trip 

unit and lugs assembled. Unless you 

anticipate a specific need to change the 

breaker’s ampere rating in the future, 

this is the preferred ordering method, as 

the products are assembled to Siemens’ 

specifications in our factories. These 

breakers are suitable for use reverse fed 

according to UL 489, since the trip unit is 

not removable. 

The smaller frames (QJ, ED and below) 

do not have removable trip units, and 

consequently are shipped only as 

assembled products. To add lugs, 

see the ordering instructions on 

each product’s catalog page. 

500V DC Wiring Configuration 

Connecting Breakers for DC 

Application 

Most Siemens thermal magnetic trip 

MCCBs are applicable on direct current 

(dc) systems. Generally, for 250 V dc 

systems a two pole breaker is used, 

with one pole on each leg of the supply 

circuit. For three pole breakers applied on 

500 V undergrounded DC systems, it is 

important to connect the power supply 

“zig-zag” through the breaker as shown 

in the figure below. This assures that the 

Voltage between phases on the breaker 

terminals is uniformly distributed. 

See below for an alternative connection 

diagram. For a list of Sentron breakers 

with the DC ratings, please refer to 

pages 7-12 to 7-16. 

300 V 

MAX. 

300 V 

MAX. 

Load/Carga/ 

Charge 

7-4 



Federal Specification Classification 


Reference 

W-C-375C/GEN 

Class 

Interrupting Rating 

Symmetrical 

Amperes a Volts AC 60HZ 

Poles Range of Current Trip c the Indicated Class Level) 

Breaker Type 

(All Circuit Breakers Meet or Exceed 

10a b 5,000 120/240 1 or 2 15–100 QP, BQ, QT, BL 

10b 5,000 240 2 or 3 15–100 QP, BQ, BQD, CQD, BL 

11a 7,500 120 1 15–100 QP, BQ, BQD, CQD, BL 

11b 7,500 240 2 or 3 15–100 QP, BQ, BQD, CQD, BL 

12a b 10,000 120/240 1 or 2 15–100 QP, BQ, QT, ED2, BL 

12b 10,000 240 2 or 3 15–225 QP, BQ, QJ2, ED2, BQD, CQD, BL 

12c 10,000 277 1 15–100 bqd, cqd, NGG, NGB, NEG, NEB 

13a 14,000 277 1 15–100 ed4, bqd, cqd, NGG, NGB, NEG, NEB 

13b 14,000 277/480 1, 2, or 3 15–100 ed4, bqd, cqd 

14a 22,000 120/240 1 or 2 15–100 qph, bqh, blh 

14b 22,000 240 2 or 3 70–400 qjh2, qj2-h, bqh, bqd, cqd, blh 

15a 65,000 120/240 1 or 2 15–100 hqp, hbq, ed4, hed4, NGG, NGB 

15b 65,000 240 2 or 3 15–225 

ed6, ed4, fxd6, fd6, hed4, bqd, cqd, hqj2h, 

NGG, NGB, NEG, NEB 

16a 100,000 480 2 or 3 15–225 cfd6, ced6 

16b 100,000 600 2 or 3 15–600 ced6, cfd6, cjd6, scjd6, cld6, scld6 

17a 200,000 600 2 or 3 70–2000 — 

18,000 240 

18a 

14,000 480 2 or 3 15–125 ed6, hed6, hhed6 

14,000 600 

22,000 240 

19a 18,000 480 2 or 3 70–225 fxd6, fd6, cfd6, hfd6 

14,000 600 

25,000 240 

20a 22,000 480 2 or 3 70–225 fxd6-a, fd6-a, cfd6, hfd6 

22,000 600 

hfd6, cfd6, jxd6(A), JD6(A), SJD6-B, hjd(a), 

42,000 240 hjxd6(a), hhjd6, SHJD6-B, cjd6, SCJD6-B, 

21a 30,000 480 2 or 3 70–800 lxd6(a), ld6(a), SLD6-B, hld6(a), hlxd6(a), 

22,000 600 hhld6, SLD6-B, SHLD6-B, cld6, SCLD6-B, 

lmd6, lmxd6, hlmd6, hlmxd6, md6, mxd6, 

SMD6-B, hmd6, hmxd6, SHMD6-B, cmd6, SCMD6-B 

65,000 240 

22a 25,000 480 2 or 3 15–125 ced6, ed6, hed6, hhed6, fxd6-a, fd6-a 

18,000 600 

HHED6, FXD6-A, FD6-A, hfd6, hhfd6, cfd6, 

Jd6(a), jxd6(a), SJD6-B, hjd6(a), hjxd6(a), 

SHJD6-B, hhjd6, hhjxd6, cjd6, SCJD6-B, 

65,000 240 lxd6(a), ld6(a), SLD6-B, hld6(a), hlxd6(a), 

23a 35,000 480 2 or 3 70–1200 SHLD6-B, hhld6, hhlxd6, cld6, SCLD6-B, 

25,000 600 lmd6, lmxd6, hlmd6, hlmxd6, md6, mxd6, 

SMD6-B, hmd6, hmxd6, SHMD6-B, cmd6, SCMD6-B, 

nd6, nxd6, snd6-B, hnd6, hnxd6, shnd6-B, 

cnd6, scnd6-B 

65,000 240 

24a 50,000 480 2 or 3 1200–2000 

42,000 600 

125,000 240 

25a 80,000 480 2 or 3 600–4000 

60,000 600 

PD6, PXD6, HPD6, HPXD6, CPD6 

RD6, RXD6, HRD6, HRXD6, SPD6-B, SHPD6-B 

HHLD6, CLD6, CMD6, CND6 

SCLD6-B, SCMD6-B, SCND6-B, CPD6 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Applicable Standards 

UL489 — Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

and Circuit Breaker Enclosures. 

UL486A — Wire Connectors and 

Solderless Lugs for use with copper wire 

UL486B — Wire Connectors and 

Solderless Lugs for use with 

aluminum wire 

UL943 — Ground Fault Interrupters (for 

personnel protectors) 

UL1087 — Molded Case Switches 

UL50 — Cabinets and Boxes 

UL869 — Service Equipment 

NEMA AB-1 — Molded Case Circuit 

Breakers and Molded Case Switches 

CSA–C22.2 No. 5, C22.2 No. 14 

Note: 

(A) Molded case circuit breakers are designed and tested 

in accordance to applicable portions of UL489 and meet 

application requirements of the National Electric Code. 

Unless marked otherwise, circuit breakers are 80% duty rated. 

(B) Molded case circuit breakers are to be connected with 60 or 

75°C wire for circuit breakers having a rated ampacity of 

100 amperes or less. Circuit breakers having a rated ampacity 

greater than 100 amperes shall only be cabled with 75°C 

cable unless otherwise indicated on the circuit breaker 

label. Exceptions to this rule are outlined in the article 

110-14 C(1)(2) of the 2005 National Electric Code. 

a Interrupting ratings are not limited to the values or groups of 

values listed. However, the values listed are minimum values 

for the class specified. 

bSingle-unit or duplex construction must be specified. 

cUse minimum frame size for ampere rating. 



Reference Guide 


Selection/Application 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Thermal-Magnetic Trip Breakers 

Plug-In Breakers 

Panelboard Breakers 

QT 

QP, 

QPP a QPH, 

QPPH a HQP, 

HQPP a HQPPH a QPJ g BL h BLH HBL 

Page 7-21 7-22, 7-24 7-22, 7-24 7-20, 7-24 7-20, 7-24 7-24 7-29 7-29 7-29 

Poles 1, 2 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 e 2 2, 3 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 

Amperes 15-50 10-125 10-125 10-125 e 100-225 150-200 10-125 15-125 15-100 

1 Pole 

120/240 120/240 120/240 

120/240 120/240 120/240 120/240 120/240 120/240 

Volts (50/60 Hz) 

2 Pole 120/240 120/240 120/240 

3 Pole — 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 

120V 10,000 10,000 22,000 65,000 — — 10,000 22,000 65,000 

240V 10,000 10,000 22,000 65,000 100,000 10,000 10,000 22,000 65,000 

277V — — — — — — — — — 

UL 

347V — — — — — — — — — 

480/277V — — — — — — — — — 

480V — — — — — — — — — 

AC 

600/347V — — — — — — — — — 

Interrupt 

600V — — — — — — — — — 

Rating 

lCU — — — — — — — — — 

Symmetrical 

2-Pole 

220/ 

lCS — — — — — — — — — 

RMS 

240V 

lCU — — — — — — — — — 

Amperes 

2, 3-Pole 

lCS — — — — — — — — — 

50/ 415V 

lCU — — — — — — — — — 

60Hz i 2, 3-Pole 

lCS — — — — — — — — — 

IEC 

lCU — — — — — — — — — 

2-Pole 

947-2 380/ 

lCS — — — — — — — — — 

500V 

2-Pole 

lCU — — — — — — — — — 

lCS — — — — — — — — — 

2, 3-Pole 

lCU — — — — — — — — — 

lCS — — — — — — — — — 

DC 125/250 V DC Interrupting Rating 2-Pole — — — — — — — — — 

3-Pole — — — — — — — — — 

Ratings 

Dimensions 

in Inches 

Overcurrent 

Devices 

Accessories & 

Modifications 

Individual 

Enclosures 

Height 

10-50A — 2.87 2.87 — — — 3.56 3.56 3.75 

10-60A 3.12 — — — — — — — — 

55-125A — 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3 g 3.75 3.75 3.75 

1-Pole 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 — — 1.00 1.00 1.00 

Width 

2-Pole 2.00 2.00 2.00 a 2.00 4.00 g 2.00 2.00 2.00 

3-Pole 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 — 3.00 g 3.00 3.00 3.00 

Depth 2.06 2.37 2.37 2.37 2.37 2.34 2.37 2.37 2.37 

Thermal and Fixed magnetic Trip u u u u u u u u u 

Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic trip — — — — — — — — — 

Adjustable Magnetic trip only — — — — — — — — — 

Motor Circuit Protector — — — — — — — — — 

Molded Case Switch — ud — — — — — — — 

Undervoltage Trip — — — — — — — — — 

Shunt Trip — ud ud uf uf — u u u 

Auxilary Switch — — — — uf — u u u 

Alarm Switch — — — — — — — — — 

Mechanical Interlock — — — — — — — — — 

Fungus Proofing (ref. page 7-156) — — — — — — u u u 

Type 1 - Indoor Surface u u u u u — 

Type 1 - Indoor, Flush — u u u u — 

Type 3R - Outdoor-Rainproof — u u u u — 

Q3100 

B120 

B220H 

B320HH 


For Plug-in Breakers, see Load Centers & Circuit Breakers section. 

aTypes QPP, QPPH, HQPP and HQPPH are special 2-pole 

configurations for metering equipment. Amperage range = 

125–225A, width = 4 in. 

bSingle pole breakers available in ratings 10–70A only. 

c125A, 2-pole 120/240V AC only. 

dNot applicable to types QPP and QPPH. 

e Single pole circuit breakers available in ratings 15-70A only, 

125A available as a 2-pole only. 

f Not applicable to type HQPP and HQPPH. 

g Fits only Siemens EQIII load centers. Breaker is 2 or 3 

poles wide. 

h 10A, 1-pole & 2-pole 120/240V AC only. 

i Applicable for 15-30A breakers only. 

7-6 







Panelboard Breakers 

BQD, 

BQD6 a NGB 

NGB2 b HGB 

HGB2 b LGB 

LGB2 b 3VA41 

SEAB 

3VA41 

MEAB 

3VA41 

HEAB 

Page 7-32 7-33 7-33 7-33 7-36, 7-37 7-36, 7-37 7-36, 7-37 

Poles 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 

Amperes 15-100 15-125 15-125 15-125 15-125 15-125 15-125 

1 Pole 277 347 347 347 347 347 347 

Volts (50/60 Hz) 

2 Pole 480/277 600/347 600/347 600/347 600/347 600/347 600/347 

3 Pole 480/277 600/347 600/347 600/347 600/347 600/347 600/347 

120V 65,000 — — — — — — 

240V 65,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 65,000 85,000 150,000 

277V 14,000 25,000 35,000 65,000 25,000 35,000 65,000 

347V 10,000 14,000 

14,000 14,000 

22,000 b b 

65,000 

14,000 18,000 25,000 

UL 

480/277V 14,000 25,000 35,000 65,000 25,000 35,000 65,000 

Ratings 

Dimensions 

in Inches 

Overcurrent 

Devices 

Accessories & 

Modifications 

Individual 

Enclosures 

AC 

DC 

Height 

Width 

Interrupt 

Rating 

Symmetrical 

RMS 

Amperes 

IEC 

947-2 

50/ 

60Hz 

220/ 

240V 

380/ 

415V 

500V 

125/250 V DC Interrupting 

Rating 

480V — 

— 

25,000 b — 

35,000 

b 

600/347V 10,000 14,000 

14,000 

— 

b 

65,000 

25,000 35,000 65,000 

14,000 

22,000 b b 

25,000 

14,000 18,000 25,000 

600V — — — — — — — 

lCU 18,000 — — — — — — 

2-Pole 

lCS 9,000 — — — — — — 

lCU 65,000 — — — — — — 

2, 3-Pole 

lCS 33,000 — — — — — — 

lCU — — — — — — — 

2-Pole 

lCS — — — — — — — 

lCU 18,000 — — — — — — 

2, 3-Pole 

lCS 9,000 — — — — — — 

lCU — — — — — — — 

2-Pole 

lCS — — — — — — — 

2, 3-Pole lCU — — — — — — — 

lCS — — — — — — — 

2-Pole 14,000 14,000 14,000 14,000 — — — 

3-Pole — — — — — — — 

10-50A 4.50 

5.00 

5.00 

5.00 

5.40 b 5.40 b 5.40 b — — — 

10-60A — — — — — — — 

55-125A 4.50 

5.00 

5.00 

5.00 

5.40 b 5.40 b b 

5.40 

5.1 5.1 5.1 

1-Pole 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.0 1.0 1.0 

2-Pole 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.0 2.0 2.0 

3-Pole 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.0 3.0 3.0 

Depth 2.69 2.71 2.71 2.71 3.6 3.6 3.6 

Thermal and Fixed magnetic Trip u u u u u u u 

Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic trip — — — — — — — 

Adjustable Magnetic trip only — — — — — — — 

Motor Circuit Protector — — — — — — — 

Molded Case Switch — — — — — — — 

Undervoltage Trip — — — — √ √ √ 

Shunt Trip u u u u √ √ √ 

Auxilary Switch u u u u √ √ √ 

Alarm Switch u u u u √ √ √ 

Mechanical Interlock — — — — √ √ √ 

Fungus Proofing (ref. page 7-156) u u u u 

Type 1 - Indoor Surface 

Type 1 - Indoor, Flush 

Type 3R - Outdoor-Rainproof 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


NGB1B030B 


For Plug-in Breakers, see Load Centers & Circuit Breakers section. 

aBQD6 CSA certified 10,000A @ 600Y/347V 15–70A only. 

b When two numbers are shown for the xGB/xGB2 column, 

the top rating is for xGB and the bottom rating for xGB2. 







General Purpose Breakers 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


BQ BQH HBQ QR2 QRH2 HQR2 HQR2H 

Page 7-38 7-38 7-38 7-40 7-40 7-40 7-40 

Poles 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 

1-Pole 15–70 15–70 15–50 — — — — 

Amperes, Continuous 

2-Pole 15–125 15–100 15–70 100–250 100–250 100–250 100–250 

3-Pole 15–100 15–100 15–100 100–250 100–250 100–250 100–250 

1-Pole 120/240 120/240 120/240 — — — — 

Volts (50/60 Hertz) 

2-Pole 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 

3-Pole 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 

120V 10,000 22,000 65,000 — — — — 

UL 

240V 10,000 22,000 65,000 10,000 25,000 65,000 100,000 

480V — — — — — — — 

600/347V — — — — — — — 

AC 

Icu — — — — — — — 

1-Pole 

220/ 

Ics — — — — — — — 

240V 

Icu — — — — — — — 

2,3-Pole 

Ics — — — — — — — 

Ratings 

DC 

Dimensions 

in inches 

Overcurrent 

Devices 

Accessories and 

Modifications 

Individual 

Enclosures 

Interrupt Rating Symmetrical RMS Amperes 

IEC 

947-2 

50/ 

60Hz 

380/ 

415V 

500V 

1-Pole 

2,3-Pole 

1-Pole 

2,3-Pole 

Icu — — — — — — — 

Ics — — — — — — — 

Icu — — — — — — — 

Ics — — — — — — — 

Icu — — — — — — — 

Ics — — — — — — — 

Icu — — — — — — — 

Ics — — — — — — — 

Volts — 2-Pole — — — — — — — 

Interrupting Rating — DC Amperes — — — — — — — 

15–50A 3.75 3.75 4.00 — — — — 

Height 

55–125A 4.00 4.00 4.00 — — — — 

60–225A — — — 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 

1-Pole 1.00 1.00 1.00 — — — — 

Width 

2-Pole 2.00 2.00 2.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 

3-Pole 3.00 3.00 3.00 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 

Depth 2.37 2.37 2.37 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.53 

Thermal and Fixed Magnetic Trip u u u u u u u 

Molded Case Switch u — — — — — u 

Undervoltage Trip — — — — — — — 

Shunt Trip u u u u u u u 

Auxiliary Switch u u u u u u u 

Alarm Switch — — — — — — — 

Mechanical Interlock — — — u u u u 

Fungus Proofing (ref. page 7-156) u u u u u u u 

Type 1 — Indoor Surface u u u u u u u 

Type 1 — Indoor, Flush u u u u u u u 

Type 3R — Outdoor-Rainproof u u u u u u u 

Type 5, 12 — Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants — — — — — — — 

BQ1B020 BQ1B020H HB1B020 


CQD breakers are rated 14,000 KAIC at 480/277V. 

Type CQD6—CSA only. 

3-pole only. 

d Applicable for 15-30A breakers only. 

7-8 








CQD NGG HGG LGG 

Page 7-42 7-43 7-43 7-43 

Poles 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 

1-Pole 15–100 15–125 15–125 15–125 


2-Pole 15–100 15–125 15–125 15–125 

3-Pole 15–100 15-125 15–125 15–125 

1-Pole 277 347 347 347 

Volts (50/60 Hertz) 

2-Pole 480/277 600/347 600/347 600/347 

3-Pole 480/277 600/347 600/347 600/347 

120V 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 

UL 

240V 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 

480V 14,000 25,000 35,000 65,000 

600/347V 10,000 b 14,000 14,000 14,000 

AC 

Icu 18,000 

1-Pole 

25,000 — — 

220/ 

Ics 9,000 d 12,500 — — 

240V 

Ratings 

DC 

Dimensions 

in inches 

Overcurrent 

Devices 

Accessories and 

Modifications 

Individual 

Enclosures 

Interrupt Rating Symmetrical RMS Amperes 

IEC 

947-2 

50/ 

60Hz 

380/ 

415V 

500V 

2,3- 

Pole 

1-Pole 

2,3- 

Pole 

1-Pole 

2,3- 

Pole 

Icu 65,000 d 65,000 — — 

Ics 32,500 d 32,500 — — 

Icu — — — — 

Ics — — — — 

Icu 18,000 d 25,000 — — 

Ics 9,000 d 12,500 — — 

Icu — — — — 

Ics — — — — 

Icu — — — — 

Ics — — — — 

Volts — 2-Pole 125/250 125/250 125/250 125/250 

Interrupting Rating — DC Amperes 14,000 14,000 14,000 14,000 

15–50A 4.50 5.40 5.40 5.40 

Height 

55–125A 4.50 5.40 5.40 5.40 

60–225A — — — — 

1-Pole 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 

Width 

2-Pole 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 

3-Pole 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 

Depth 2.87 2.90 2.90 2.90 

Thermal and Fixed Magnetic Trip u u u u 

Molded Case Switch — — — — 

Undervoltage Trip — — — — 

Shunt Trip u u u u 

Auxiliary Switch u u u u 

Alarm Switch u u u u 

Mechanical Interlock — — — — 

Fungus Proofing (ref. page 7-156) u u u u 

Type 1 — Indoor Surface — u u u 

Type 1 — Indoor, Flush — u u u 

Type 3R — Outdoor-Rainproof — u u u 

Type 5, 12 — Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants — — u u 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


CQD120 

LGG2B020L 


CQD breakers are rated 14,000 KAIC at 480/277V. 

Type CQD6—CSA only. 

3-pole only. 




3VA UL Breakers 



Type 3VA51 3VA51 3VA52 3VA53 3VA54 3VA55 

Page 7-48 7-48, 7-49, 7-50 7-56, 7-57, 7-58 7-64, 7-65 7-69 7-73 

Number of Poles 1 2, 3, 4 2 in 3-pole, 3, 4 2 in 3-pole, 3, 4 2 in 3-pole, 3, 4 3, 4 

3VA5 molded case circuit breakers 

Size 125 A 125 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 

Rated current I n A 15 … 125 15 … 125 100 … 250 200 … 400 400 … 600 600 … 800 

Frequency Hz 0 … 400 0 … 400 0 … 400 0 … 400 0 … 400 0 … 400 

Electrical characteristics according to UL489 

Rated operational voltage 

V 347 600 600 600 600 600 

50/60 Hz AC 

Electrical characteristics according to IEC 60947-2 


U e 50/60 Hz AC 

V 415 690 690 690 690 690 

Rated insulation voltage U i V 500 800 800 800 800 800 

Rated impulse withstand 

voltage U imp 

kV 8 8 8 8 8 8 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Short-circuit breaking capacity 

according to UL 489 

UL Breaker Type 

S 

SEAS 

M 

MEAS 

H 

HEAS 

S 

SEAS 

M 

MEAS 

H 

HEAS 

M 

MFAS 

H 

HFAS 

C 

CFAS 

M H 

MJAS HJAS 

120 V AC / 50/60 Hz kA 65 85 150 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

240 V AC / 50/60 Hz kA — — — 65 85 100 85 100 200 85 100 200 85 100 200 85 100 200 

277 V AC / 50/60 Hz kA 25 35 50 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

347 V AC / 50/60 Hz kA 14 18 18 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

480 Y/277 V AC / 50/60 Hz kA — — — 25 35 65 35 65 100 35 65 100 35 65 100 35 65 100 

480 V AC / 50/60 Hz kA — — — 25 35 65 35 65 100 35 65 100 35 65 100 35 65 100 

600 Y/347 V AC / 50/60 Hz kA — — — 14 18 25 18 25 35 18 25 35 18 25 35 18 25 50 

600 V AC / 50/60 Hz kA — — — — — — 18 25 35 18 25 35 18 25 35 18 25 50 

125 V DC kA 14 25 30 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

250 V DC kA — — — 50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 

500 V DC kA — — — 50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 

600 V DC (3-pole only) kA — — — — — — 50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 



Short-circuit breaking capacity 

according to IEC 60947-2 

S M H S M H M H C M H C M H C M H C 

Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity I cu 

Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity I cs 

rms value, according to IEC 60947-2 

240 V AC / 50/60 Hz kA 25/25 36/36 55/55 55/55 85/85 150/150 85/85 100/100 200/200 85/85 100/100 200/200 85/85 100/100 200/200 85 100 200 

415 V AC / 50/60 Hz kA 5/5 5/5 5/5 36/36 55/55 70/70 55/55 70/70 110/110 55/55 70/70 110/110 55/55 70/70 110/110 55 70 110 

690 V AC / 50/60 Hz kA — — — 5/5 7/5 10/5 7/7 10/10 10/10 7/7 10/10 10/10 7/7 10/10 10/10 25 35 35 

125 V DC kA 14 25 30 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

250 V DC kA — — — 50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 

500 V DC kA — — — 50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 



C 

CJAS 

M 

MLAS 

H 

HLAS 

C 

CLAS 

M 

MMAS 

H 

HMAS 

C 

CMAS 

Applicable Standards: 

n UL489 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

n UL486A - Wire connectors and solderless lugs for 

use with copper 

n UL486B- Wire connectors and solderless lugs for 

use with aluminum wire 

n CSA-22.2 No. 5-13 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers, 

Molded case switches and circuit breaker enclosures 

n EN 60947-1 AMD 2 - Molded case circuit breakers 

n EN 60947-2 AMD 2 2013 

n EN 50581 2012 - RoHS compliant 

7-10 



3VA UL Breakers 



3VA61 3VA62 3VA63 3VA64 3VA65 3VA66 

7-52, 7-53 7-60, 7-61 7-66, 7-67 7-70, 7-71 7-74, 7-75 7-77, 7-78 

3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 

150 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800A 1000A 

15 … 125 15 … 125 100 … 250 200 … 400 600-800 1000 

0 … 400 0 … 400 0 … 400 0 … 400 50-60 50-60 

600 600 600 600 600 600 

690 690 690 690 690 690 

800 800 800 800 800 800 

8 8 8 8 8 8 

M H 

MDAE HDAE 

C 

CDAE 

L 

LDAE 

E 

EDAE 

M H 

MFAE HFAE 

C 

CFAE 

H E M H 

MFAE EFAE MJAE HJAE 

C 

CJAE 

L 

LJAE 

E 

EJAE 

M H 

MLAE HLAE 

C 

CLAE 

L 

LLAE 

E 

ELAE 

M 

MMAE 

H 

HMAE 

C 

CMAE 

M H 

MMNAE HMNAE 

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

100 100 200 200 — 100 100 200 200 — 100 100 200 200 — 100 100 200 200 — 100 150 200 100 150 200 

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

35 65 100 150 200 35 65 100 150 200 35 65 100 150 200 35 65 100 150 200 35 65 100 35 65 100 

35 65 100 150 200 35 65 100 150 200 35 65 100 150 200 35 65 100 150 200 35 65 100 35 65 100 

18 22 35 50 100 18 22 35 50 100 18 22 35 50 100 18 22 35 50 100 25 35 50 25 35 50 

18 22 35 50 100 18 22 35 50 100 18 22 35 50 100 18 22 35 50 100 25 35 50 25 35 50 

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

M H C L E M H C L E M H C L E M H C L E M H C M H C 

C 

CMNAE 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 85 110 200 85 110 200 

55/55 85/85 110/110 150/150 200 55/55 85/85 110/110 150/150 200 55/55 85/85 110/110 150/150 200 55/55 85/85 110/110 150/150 200 55 85 110 55 85 110 

— — — — 3 — — — — 3 — — — — 3 — — — — 3 25 35 35 25 35 35 

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

UL Type Structure Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 Position 4 

KAIC @ 480V Frame Family Trip System / Special Application 

S = 25=low 

M = 35=med low 

H = 65=med 

C = 100=med high 

L = 150=high 

E = 200=extra high 

E = 125A max 

D = 150A max 

F = 250A max 

J = 400A max 

L = 600A max 

M = 800A max 

MN = 1000A max 

A = 3VA 

S = Standard TMTU or MCS (Molded Case Switch) 

E = High End ETU 

B = Panelboard TMTU (Bolt-on) 

M = TMTU 50°C/NAVAL (UL 489 SB) 

P = TMTU MCP (Motor Circuit Protector) 

R = ETU MCP (Motor Circuit Protector) 






7 

MOLDED CASE 




ED2 ED4 ED6 HED4 HHED6 CED6 

FD6A, 

FXD6A 

HFD6, 

HFXD6 

HHFD6, 

HHFXD6 CFD6 

Page 7-111 7-111 7-111 7-112 7-112 7-112 7-114 7-115 7-115 7-115 

Poles 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 1 d , 2, 3 1, 2, 3 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 

Amperes, Continuous 15–100 15–125 15–125 15–125 15–50 15–125 70 –250 70-250 70-250 70–250 

1-Pole 120 277 347 277 — — — — — — 

Volts 50/60HZ 

2-Pole 240 480 600 480 600 600 600 600 600 600 

3-Pole 240 480 600 480 600 600 600 600 600 600 

Ratings 

AC 

DC 

Dimensions 

in inches 

Overcurrent 

Devices 

Accessories 

and 

Modifications 

Individual 

Enclosures 

Interrupt Rating 

Symmetrical RMS Amperes 

UL 

IEC 

947-2 

50/ 

60HZ 

120V 10,000 — — 100,000 — — — — — — 

240V 10,000 65,000 65,000 100,000 e 100,000 200,000 65,000 100,000 200,000 200,000 

277V — 22,000 a — 65,000 b — — — — — — 

347V — — 30,000 — — — — — — — 

480V — 18,000 25,000 142,000 65,000 200,000 35,000 65,000 100,000 200,000 

600V — — 18,000 — 18,000 100,000 22,000 25,000 25,000 100,000 

220/240V Icu — 65,000h — — — 65,000 100,000 — — 

Ics — — 17,000 h — — — 33,000 50,000 — — 

380/415V Icu — 35,000h — — — 35,000 65,000 — — 

Ics — — 9,000 h — — — 18,000 33,000 — — 

500V 

Icu — — 18,000 h — — — — — — — 

Ics — — 5,000 h — — — — — — — 

2-Pole, 250V DC Interrupting Ratings 5,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 — 30,000 30,000 30,000 — 50,000 

3-Pole, 500V DC Interrupting Ratings c — — 18,000 — — 50,000 18,000 25,000 — 50,000 

Height 6.34 6.34 6.34 6.34 6.58 9.26 9.50 9.50 14.12 14.12 

1-Pole 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 — — — — — — 

Width 

2-Pole 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 

3-Pole 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 

4-Pole — — — — — — — — — — 

Depth 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 

Thermal and Fixed Magnetic Trip u u u u u u — — — — 

Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic Trip — — — — — — u u u u 

Adjustable Magnetic Trip only — — u — — u u — — u 

Motor Circuit Protector u — — u 

Molded Case Switch u u u — — u u — — u 

Undervoltage Trip u u u u u u u u u u 

Shunt Trip u u u u u u u u u u 

Auxiliary Switch u u u u u u u u u u 

Alarm Switch u u u u u u u u u u 

Mechanical Interlock — — — — — — u u u u 

Rear Connection Studs u u u u u u u u u u 

Electric Motor Operator u u u u u u u u u u 

Plug-In Mounting Assembly (3 Pole Only) u u u u u u u u u u 

Fungus Proofing (ref. page 7-156) u u u u u u u u u u 

Type 1 — Indoor Surface u u u u u u u u u u 

Type 1 — Indoor, Flush u u u u u u — u — u 

Type 3R — Outdoor-Rainproof u u u u u u u u u u 

Type 7 — Flammable Gas Atmosphere u u u u u — u u u — 

Type 9 — Combustion Dusttight u u u u u — u u u — 

Type 5, 12 — Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants u u u u u u u u u u 

Type 12K — Semi-Dusttight u u u u u u u u u u 


a 1-pole only. 

b 35-100A: 25,000 AIR at 277V AC/15-30A: 

65,000 AIR at 277V AC. 

c For DC UPS system application. 

d Single pole ED6 (15–30A) 30kA, (35–100A) 18 kA. CSA Only. 

e Single pole HED4, 15-30A: 65,000 AIR at 240V AC; single 

pole HED4, 35-100A: 25,000 AIR at 240V AC. 

f HGG and LGG breakers are rated at 600/347V. 

g ED6, 2-pole available 20-30 amps only. 

h Rating applicable only to 3-pole breakers 

ED62B020 HED41B040 HHED63B020 

7-12 








JXD2-A 

JD6-A, 

JXD6-A 

HJD6-A, 

HJXD6-A 

HHJD6-A, 

HHJXD6-A CJD6-A 

LD6, 

LXD6 

HLD6, 

HLXD6 

HHLD6, 

HHLXD6 CLD6-A 

Page 7-117 7-117 7-118 7-118 7-118 7-121 7-122 7-122 7-122 

Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 

Amperes, Continuous 200-400 200-400 200-400 200-400 200-400 250-600 250-600 250-600 450-600 

Volts 50/60HZ 

2-Pole 

3-Pole 

240 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 

Ratings 

AC 

DC 

Dimensions in 

inches 

Overcurrent 

Devices 

Accessories & 

Modifications 

Individual 

Enclosures 



UL 

220/ 

240V 

IEC 947-2 380/ 

50/60HZ a 415V 

240V 65,000 65,000 100,000 200,000 200,000 65,000 100,000 200,000 200,000 

480V — 35,000 65,000 100,000 150,000 35,000 65,000 100,000 150,000 

600V — 25,000 35,000 50,000 100,000 25,000 35,000 50, 000 100,000 

Icu — 65,000 100,000 — — 65,000 100,000 — — 

Ics — 33,000 50,000 — — 33,000 50,000 — — 

Icu — 40,000 65,000 — — 40,000 65,000 — — 

Ics — 20,000 33,000 — — 20,000 33,000 — — 

500V Icu — — — — — — — — — 

Ics — — — — — — — — — 

2-Pole 250V DC Interrupting Ratings 30,000 30,000 30,000 — — 30,000 30,000 — — 

3-Pole, 500V DC Interrupting Ratings b — 25,000 35,000 — 50,000 35,000 — — 50, 000 

Height 11.00 11.00 11.00 11.00 17.86 11.00 11.00 11.00 17.86 

Width 2, 3-Pole 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 

Depth 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 

Thermal and Fixed Magnetic Trip — — — — — — — — — 

Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic Trip u u u u u u u u u 

Adjustable Magnetic Trip Only 

Motor Circuit Protector 

— u — — u u — — u 

Molded Case Switch u u u — u u u — u 

Undervoltage Trip u u u u u u u u u 

Shunt Trip u u u u u u u u u 

Auxiliary Switch u u u u u u u u u 

Alarm Switch u u u u u u u u u 

Mechanical Interlock u u u u u u u u u 

Rear Connection Studs u u u u u u u u u 

Electric Motor Operator u u u u u u u u u 

Plug-In Mounting Assembly u u u u u u u u u 

Fungus Proofing (ref. page 7-156) — u u u u u u u u 

Type 1 — Indoor Surface u u u u u u u u u 

Type 1 — Indoor, Flush — — — — — — — — — 

Type 3R — Outdoor-Rainproof u u u u u u u u u 

Type 7 — Flammable Gas Atmosphere u u u u — u u u — 

Type 9 — Combustion Dusttight u u u u — u u u — 

Type 5, 12 — Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants u u u u u u u u u 

Type 12K — Semi-Dusttight u u u u u u u u u 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



a Only applicable to non-interchangeable trip unit types: 

JXD6-A, HJXD6-A, LXD6 and HLXD6 

b For DC UPS application. 






7 

MOLDED CASE 




LMD6, 

LMXD6 

HLMD6, 

HLMXD6 

MD6, 

MXD6 

HMD6, 

HMXD6 CMD6 

ND6, 

NXD6 

HND6, 

HNXD6 CND6 

PD6, b 

PXD6 b 

HPD6, b 

HPXD6 b CPD6 b 

Page 7-125 7-126 7-128 7-129 7-129 7-132 7-133 7-133 7-136 7-136 7-136 

Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 3 3 3 

Ratings 

AC 

DC 

Dimensions 

in inches 


Volts 50/60 HZ 



500- 

800 

500- 

800 

500- 

800 

500- 

800 

400- 

800 

2-Pole 

3-Pole 

600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 

240V 65,000 100,000 65,000 100,000 200,000 65,000 100,000 200,000 65,000 100,000 200,000 

UL 

480V 50,000 65,000 50,000 65,000 100,0001 50,000 65,000 100,000 50,000 65,000 100,000 

600V 25,000 50,000 25,000 50,000 65,0001 25,000 50,000 65,000 25,000 50,000 65,000 

415V Ics — — 20,000 33,000 — 20,00011 33,000 — — — — 

220/ Icu — — 65,000 100,000 — 65,000 100,000 — — — — 

240V Ics — — 33,000 50,000 — 33,0001 50,000 — — — — 

IEC 947-2 

50/60HZ c 380/ Icu — — 40,000 65,000 — 40,0001 65,000 — — — — 

500V 

Icu — — — — —1 — — — — — — 

Ics — — — — — —1 — — — — — 

2-Pole 250V DC Interrupting Ratings 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,0001 30,0001 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 

3-Pole, 500V DC Interrupting Ratings a 25,000 50,000 25,000 50,000 50,000 25,00011 50,000 50,000 25,000 50,000 50,000 

Circuit breakers require 

Connect-all mounting 

block. Dims shown are 

for circuit breaker only. 

Height 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.0 16.00 16.00 

Width 7.50 7.50 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 

Depth 4.59 4.59 6.19 6.19 6.19 6.191 6.19 6.19 6.19 6.19 6.19 

Overcurrent Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic Trip u u u u u u u u u u u 

Devices Adjustable Magnetic Trip Only 


u — u — u — — — — — 

— 

Molded Case Switch u — u u — — 

Accessories Undervoltage Trip u — u — u u u u u u u 

and Shunt Trip u u u u u u u u u u u 

Modifications 

Auxiliary Switch u u u u u u u u u u u 

Alarm Switch u u u u u u u u u u u 

Mechanical Interlock u u u u u u u u u u u 

Rear Connections Studs u u u u u u u u — — — 

Electric Motor Operator u u u u u u u u u u u 

Plug-in Mounting Assembly u u u u u u u u — — — 

Fungus Proofing (ref. page 7-156) — — u u u u u u u u u 

Mounting Block (required) — — — — — — — — u u u 

Individual 

Enclosures 

Type 1 — Indoor Surface u u u u u u u u u u u 

Type 1 — Indoor, Flush — — — — — — — — — — — 

Type 3R — Outdoor-Rainproof u u u u u u u u — — — 

Type 7 — Flammable Gas Atmosphere — — — — — — — — — — — 

Type 9 — Combustion Dusttight — — — — — — — — — — — 

Type 5, 12 — Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, 

Coolants 

— — — — — — — — — — — 

Type 12K — Semi-Dusttight u u u u u u u u — — — 

800- 

1200 

800- 

1200 

800- 

1200 

1200- 

1600 

1200- 

1600 

1200- 

1600 


a For DC UPS application. 

b Requires Connect-all mounting assembly. Dimensions 

shown are for circuit breaker only. 

c Only applicable to non-interchangeable trip unit types: 

NXD6, HNXD6, MXD6 and HMXD6 

7-14 





Selection 


& Electronic Trip Breakers 

General Purpose 

Breakers 

Solid State Trip Circuit Breakers 

RD6, a HRD6, a 

RXD6 a HRXD6 a SJD6 SHJD6 SCJD6 SLD6 SHLD6 SCLD6 

Page 7-139 7-139 7-119 7-119 7-119 7-123 7-123 7-123 

Poles 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 

Amperes, Continuous 1600-2000 1600-2000 200-400 200-400 200-400 300-600 300-600 300-600 

Volts 50/60 HZ 3-Pole 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 

240V 65,000 100,000 65,000 100,000 200,000 65,000 100,000 200,000 

UL 480V 50,000 65,000 35,000 65,000 150,000 35,000 65,000 150,000 

600V 25,000 50,000 25,000 35,000 100,000 25,000 35,000 100,000 

AC 

Ratings 


Symmetrical RMS 

220/240V Icu — — — — — — — — 

Ics — — — — — — — — 

Amperes 

IEC60947-2 Icu — — — — — — — — 

380/415V 

50/60HZ Ics — — — — — — — — 

500V 

Icu — — — — — — — — 

Ics — — — — — — — — 

2-Pole 250V DC Interrupting Ratings 30,000 30,000 — — — — — — 

DC 

3-Pole, 500V DC Interrupting Ratings a 25,000 50,000 — — — — — — 

Height 16.00 16.00 11.00 11.00 17.86 11.0 11.00 17.86 

Dimensions in 

Width 3-Pole 9.00 9.00 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 

inches 

Depth 6.19 6.19 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 

Solid State Trip — — u u u u u u 

Optional DAS / Maintenance Mode — — u u u u u u 

Overcurrent Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic Trip u u — — — — — — 

Devices Adjustable Magnetic Trip Only — — — — — — — — 


Molded Case Switch u — — — — — — — 

Undervoltage Trip u u u u u u u u 

Shunt Trip u u u u u u u u 

Auxiliary Switch u u u u u u u u 

Accessories & Alarm Switch u u u u u u u u 

Modifications Mechanical Interlock u u u u u u u u 

Rear Connections Studs — — u u u u u u 

Electric Motor Operator u u u u u u u u 

Plug-In Mounting Assembly — — u u u u u u 

Fungus Proofing (ref. page 7-156) u u u u u u u u 

Mounting Block (required) u u — — — — — — 

Type 1 — Indoor Surface u u u u u u u u 

Type 1 — Indoor, Flush — — — — — — — — 

Type 3R — Outdoor-Rainproof — — u u — u u — 

Individual 

Enclosures 

Type 7 — Flammable Gas Atmosphere — — u u — u u — 

Type 9 — Combustion Dusttight — — u u — u u — 

Type 5, 12 — Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants — — u u u u u u 

Type 12K — Semi-Dusttight — — u u u u u u 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



a Requires Connect-all mounting assembly. Dimensions 

shown are for circuit breaker only. 





Selection 

7 

Electronic Trip Breakers 

Solid State Trip Circuit Breakers 

SMD6 SHMD6 SCMD6 SND6 SHND6 SCND6 SPD6 a SHPD6 a 

Page 7-130 7-130 7-130 7-134 7-134 7-134 7-137 7-137 

Poles 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 

Amperes, Continuous 600- 600- 600- 800- 800- 800- 1200- 1200- 

- 800 800 800 1200 1200 1200 1600 1600 

Volts 50/60HZ 3-Pole 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 

240V 65,000 100,000 200,000 65,000 100,000 200,000 65,000 100,000 

Ratings AC Interrupt 

UL 480V 50,000 65,000 100,000 50,000 65,000 100,000 50,000 65,000 

Rating 600V 25,000 50,000 65,000 25,000 50,000 65,000 25,000 50,000 

Symmetrical 

380/415V Icu — — — — — — — — 

RMS 

IEC60947-2 Ics — — — — — — — — 

Amperes 50/60HZ 

Icu — — — — — — — — 

690V 

Ics — — — — — — — — 

Height 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 

Dimensions in Width 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 

inches 

Depth 6.19 6.19 6.19 6.19 6.19 6.19 6.19 6.19 

Overcurrent Solid State Trip u u u u u u u u 

Devices Optional DAS / Maintenance Mode u u u u u u u u 

Undervoltage Trip u u u u u u u u 

Shunt Trip u u u u u u u u 

Auxiliary Switch u u u u u u u u 

Alarm Switch u u u u u u u u 

Accessories & Mechanical Interlock u u u u u u u u 

Modifications 

Rear Connection Studs u u u u u u — — 

Electric Motor Operator u u u u u u u u 

Plug-In Mounting Assembly u u u u u u — — 

Fungus Proofing (ref. page 7-156) u u u u u u u u 

Type 1 — Indoor Surface u u u u u u u u 

Type 1 — Indoor, Flush — — — — — — — — 

Type 3R — Outdoor-Rainproof u u u u u u — — 

Individual 

Enclosures 

Type 7 — Flammable Gas Atmosphere — — — — — — — — 

Type 9 — Combustion Dusttight — — — — — — — — 

Type 5, 12 — Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants u u u u u u — — 

Type 12K — Semi-Dusttight u u u u u u — — 

MOLDED CASE 



a Requires connect-all mounting block assembly. Dimensions 

shown are for circuit breaker. 

7-16 






Page 7-175 7-179 7-183 

Breaker Frame Family DG FG JG 

Continuous Amps 30–150A 40–250A 70–400A 

Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 

Max. Volts AC 600Y/347V 600Y/347V 600V 

Breaker Type NDGA HDGA LDGA NFGA HFGA LFGA NJGA HJGA LJGA 

Interrupting Class N H L N H L N H L 

240Vac 65 100 200 65 100 200 65 100 200 

Interrupting UL 480Vac 35 65 100 35 65 100 35 65 100 

Rating RMS 

600Vac 18 18 18 18 18 18 25 25 25 

Symmetrical 

Ratings Amperes 

220/240Vac 65/65 100/75 200/150 65/65 100/75 200/150 65/65 100/75 200/150 

AC 50/60Hz l CU /l CS 380/415Vac 40/40 70/70 100/75 40/40 70/70 100/75 45/45 70/70 100/75 

690Vac 12/6 12/6 12/6 12/6 12/6 12/6 12/6 15/8 15/8 

DC 

250Vdc (2-Pole) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 

Ratings (UL) b 600Vdc (3-Pole) — — — — 42 — — 65 — 

Interrupting 

500Vdc (3-Pole) 18 18 18 18 18 30 25 35 35 

Dimensions 

in Inches 

Trip Unit 

Information 

Specific 

Application 

Breakers 

Accessories & 

Modifications 

1-Pole — — 

2-Pole 6.9H x 4.1W x 3.4D 11H x 5.5W x 4.2D 

3-Pole 6.9H x 4.1W x 3.4D 11H x 5.5W x 4.2D 

4-Pole — — 

Thermal-Magnetic u u u 

Electronic u u u 

Electronic with LCD u u u 

Interchangeable Trip Unit — — u 

Reverse Feed (w/Non-Interchangeable Trip) u u u 

Communications Capability u u u 

Molded Case Switch u u u 

Motor Circuit Protector u u u 

100% Rated u u 

50°C Calibrated 

Auxiliary Switch u u u 

Alarm Switch u u u 

Shunt Trip u u u 

Undervoltage Release u u u 

Mechanical Interlocks u u u 

Electric Motor or Stored Energy Operator u u u 

Rear Connecting Studs u u u 

Plug-In Mounting Assy. w/Trip Interlock u u u 

Draw-Out Assembly u u u 

Handle Mechanism Options u u u 

Enclosures NEMA 3R – Outdoor, Rain Proof u u 

NEMA 4, 4X – Stainless Steel u u 

NEMA 1 – Indoor, Surface Mount u u 

NEMA 1 – Indoor, Flush Mount u u 

NEMA 7, 9 – Hazardous Locations 

NEMA 12 – Dust u u 

Terminal Shields u u u 

Distribution Lugs u u u 

Ground Sensor (Neutral Transformer) u u u 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


a 500Vdc nominal, 600Vdc max. for ungrounded DC UPS systems. 

b DC Interrupting Ratings are not applicable to electronic circuit breakers. 

Communications available via a COMPRO or COMMOD modules using Profibus or Modbus protocols. 

Consult Siemens for availability. 

“Non-metallic” NEMA 4X enclosure for NGG breakers. 

Special version, see page 7-204. 

GG are not VL family breakers and do not share common VL accessories. 

304 and 316 Stainless Steel 





7 

MOLDED CASE 


Page 7-187 7-191 7-195 7-199 

Breaker Frame Family LG MG NG PG 

Continuous Amps 150–600A 200–800A 300–1200A 400–1600A 

Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 

Max. Volts AC 600V 600V 600V 600V 

Breaker Type NLGB HLGB LLGB NMG HMG LMG NNG HNG LNG NPG HPG LPG 

Ratings 

Dimensions 

in Inches 

Trip Unit 

Information 

Specific 

Application 

Breakers 

Accessories 

and 

Modifications 

Interrupting Class N H L N H L N H L N H L 

Interrupting 

Rating RMS 

Symmetrical 

Amperes 

AC 50/60Hz 

240Vac 65 100 200 65 100 200 65 100 200 65 100 200 

UL 480Vac 35 65 100 35 65 100 35 65 100 35 65 100 

600Vac 18 18 18 25 35 65 25 35 65 25 35 65 

220/240Vac 65/65 100/75 200/150 65/35 100/50 200/150 65/65 100/75 200/100 65/35 100/50 200/100 

l CU / 

380/415Vac 45/45 70/70 100/75 50/50 70/70 100/75 50/25 70/35 100/50 50/25 70/35 100/50 

l CS 

690Vac 12/6 15/8 15/8 20/10 30/15 35/17 20/10 30/15 35/17 20/10 30/15 35/15 

Ratings (UL) c 600Vdc (3-Pole) — 65 — — 65 — — 65 — — 65 — 

250Vdc (2-Pole) 30 30 30 22 25 42 22 25 42 22 25 42 

DC 

Interrupting 

500Vdc (3-Pole) 25 35 35 35 50 65 35 50 65 35 50 65 

2-Pole 11H x 5.5W x 4.2D 16H x 7.5W x 4.7D 16H x 9W x 6.2D — 

3-Pole 11H x 5.5W x 4.2D 16H x 7.5W x 4.7D 16H x 9W x 6.2D 

Thermal-Magnetic u u u u 

Electronic u u u u 

Electronic with LCD u u u u 

Interchangeable Trip Unit u u u u 

Reverse Feed (w/Non-Interchangeable Trip) u u u u 

Communications Capability a u u u u 

Molded Case Switch u u u u 


100% Rated u u u u 

Auxiliary Switch u u u u 

Alarm Switch u u u u 

Shunt Trip u u u u 

Undervoltage Release u u u u 

Mechanical Interlocks u u u u 

Electric Motor or Stored Energy Operator u u u u 

Rear Connecting Studs u u u u 

Plug-In Mounting Assy. w/Trip Interlock 

u 

Draw-Out Assembly u u 

Handle Mechanism Options u u u u 

Terminal Shields u u u u 

Distribution Lugs 

Ground Sensor (Neutral Transformer) u u u u 

a Communications available via COMPRO or COMMOD modules using Profibus or Modbus protocol. 

b 500Vdc nominal, 600Vdc max. for ungrounded DC UPS systems. 

c DC Interrupting Ratings are not applicable to electronic circuit breakers. 

LG frame maximum 500A. 

Special version, see page 7-204. 

Special 600Vac 25kA version available, see page 7-188. 

7-18 



Arc-Fault and Ground-Fault Breakers 


Selection/Wiring Diagrams 


AFCI’s detect arcing faults (an unintentional arcing condition in a circuit) that standard 

circuit breakers are not designed to detect. The device is intended to mitigate 

the effects of arcing faults by functioning to de-energize the circuit when an arcfault 

is detected. 


Detects all three possible types of arc faults: line-to-ground, line-to-neutral, and series. 

Breaker 

Type 

QAF2/QAFH2/HQAF2 


QAF/QAFH 

2-Pole 120/240V AC 

QAF2N 


QAF/QAFH 

Plug-on Neutral/2-Pole 120/240V AC 

Amp 

Rating 

15 

20 

15 

20 

QAF2/QPF/QE/QPF2 Accessories 

10,000 A IR 

Catalog No. 

QA115AFC 

QA120AFC 

Q215AFC 

Q220AFC 

22,000 A IR 

Catalog No. 

QA115AFCH 

QA120AFCH 

Q215AFCHn — 

Q220AFCHn — 

15 QA115AFCN — — 

20 QA120AFCN — — 

15 Q215AFCN — — 

20 Q220AFCN — — 

65,000 A IR 

Catalog No. 

QA115AFCHHn 

QA120AFCHHn 


The Dual Function Circuit Breaker combines Combination Type AFCI and 5mA GFCI 

protection in one device. The device includes the Self Test feature, making it the first in 

class in electrical safety for homeowners. 

QFGA2/QFGAH2/HQFGA2 


QFGA2N 


Description 



Handle Block 

15 

20 

Q115DF 

Q120DF 

Q115DFHn 

Q120DFH 

15 Q115DFN — — 

20 Q120DFN — — 

Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI) 


ECPLD1 

ECPLD2 

ECBX231M 

Q115DFHHn 

Q120DFHHn 

Provides Class A (5mA) ground fault protection. Intended for personnel protection. 

Includes Self Test as an added safety feature. 

Breaker Type 

QPF2/QPHF2/HQPF2 


QPF/QPHF 

2-Pole 120/240V AC 

QPF2N 


Amp 

Rating 

15 

20 

30 

15 

20 

30 

40 

50 

60 

10,000 A IR 

Catalog No. 

QF115A a 

QF120A a 

QF130A a 

QF215A 

QF220A 

QF230A 

QF240A 

QF250A 

QF260A 

22,000 A IR 

Catalog No. 

QF115AHn a 

QF120AHn a 

QF130AHn a 

QF215AHn 

QF220AHn 

QF230AHn 

QF240AHn 

QF250AHn 

QF260AHn 

15 QF115AN — — 

20 QF120AN — — 

30 QF130AN — — 

Ground Fault Equipment Protection (30mA) 

Provides protection of equipment from damaging line-to-ground faults currents. 

QE/QEH 


QE/QEH 

2-Pole 120/240V AC 

15 

20 

30 

15 

20 

30 

40 

50 

60 

QE115 

QE120 

QE130 

QE215 

QE220 

QE230 

QE240 

QE250 

QE260 

QE115Hn 

QE120Hn 

QE130Hn 

QE215Hn 

QE220Hn 

QE230Hn 

QE240Hn 

QE250Hn 

QE260Hn 

65,000 A IR 

Catalog No. 

QF115AHHn a 

QF120AHHn a 

QF130AHHn a 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 


a UL Listed as SWD (Switching Duty) Rated, suitable 

for 120V AC Fluorescent Lighting. 


Type AFCI 

1-Pole Dual 


1-Pole AFCI 


1-Pole GFCI 


Type AFCI 

1-Pole Dual Function 


2-Pole GFCI 

7 

MOLDED CASE 




Type QP with INSTA-WIRE 


Selection 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



Rating @ 40° C 

Type QP Type QPH Type HQP 

10,000A IR 22,000A IR 65,000A IR 


1-Pole Plug-In (120/240V AC) e 

10 Q110 — — 

15 Q115c Q115H c Q115HHn c 

20 Q120c Q120H c Q120HHn c 

25 Q125 Q125Hn Q125HHn 

30 Q130 Q130H Q130HHn 

35 Q135n Q135Hn Q135HHn 

40 Q140 Q140H Q140HHn 

45 Q145n Q145Hn Q145HHn 

50 Q150 Q150H Q150HHn 

60 Q160 Q160Hn Q160HHn 

70 Q170 Q170Hn Q170HHn 

2-Pole Plug-In (Common-Trip 120/240V AC) 

10 Q210 — — 

15 Q215 Q215H Q215HH 

20 Q220 Q220H Q220HH 

25 Q225 Q225Hn Q225HHn 

30 Q230 Q230H Q230HH 

35 Q235 Q235Hn Q235HHn 

40 Q240 Q240H Q240HHn 

45 Q245 Q245Hn Q245HHn 

50 Q250 Q250H Q250HH 

60 Q260 Q260H Q260HH 

70 Q270 Q270H Q270HH 

80 Q280 Q280Hn Q280HHn 

90 Q290 Q290H Q290HHn 

100 Q2100 Q2100H Q2100HH 

110 Q2110 Q2110H Q2110HHn 

125 Q2125 Q2125H Q2125HH 


15 Q215R — — 

20 Q220R — — 

30 Q230R — — 

40 Q240R — — 

50 Q250R — — 


15 Q315 Q315H Q315HHn 

20 Q320 Q320H Q320HH 

25 Q325 Q325Hn Q325HHn 

30 Q330 Q330H Q330HH 

35 Q335 Q335Hn Q335HHn 

40 Q340 Q340H Q340HH 

45 Q345 Q345Hn Q345HHn 

50 Q350 Q350H Q350HH 

60 Q360 Q360H Q360HH 

70 Q370 Q370H Q370HHn 

80 Q380 Q380H Q380HHn 

90 Q390 Q390H Q390HHn 

100 Q3100 Q3100H Q3100HH 

Q120 

Q220 

Q320 

QP / QPH / HQP Internal Accessories 

Control Voltage AC Catalog Number Field/Factory Installed 



120V Auxiliary Switch add suffix …01n b Factory 

Modifications 

Description 


400 Hz Calibration add suffix …Y h 


Calibration 

add suffix …M 

Fungus Proofing add suffix …F 

For external 

accessories, please 

refer to page 7-158 





b 1A and 1B contacts. 

c UL Listed for frequent switching applications (SWD). 


d UL Listed for use on 3-phase grounded “B” systems — 





h UL Listed 5 KA IR. 

i Type QP1, UL listed for 16 AWG conductors and 

multiple wires. 

7-20 




Duplex, Triplex and Quadplex Plug-In Breakers 

Duplex Circuit Breakers 

Breaker Type 

QT 

1-Pole 

10K AIC 

120V AC 

Triplex Circuit Breakers 

Breaker 

Type 

QT 

2-Pole 

10K AIC 

120/240V AC 

Inner Poles 

Common Trip 

Ampere 


15–15 Q1515 Q1515NC a 

15–20 Q1520 Q1520NC a 

20–20 Q2020 Q2020NC a 

20–30 Q2030 — 

30–15n Q3015 — 

30–20 Q3020 — 

30–30 Q3030 Q3030NC a 


Ampere Rating 

Single Pole 

Common-Trip 

2-Pole 

Catalog 

Number 

15 15 Q21515CT 

15 20 Q21520CT 

15 25 Q21525CTn 

15 30 Q21530CT 

15 35 Q21535CTn 

15 40 Q21540CT 

15 45 Q21545CTn 

15 50 Q21550CT 

20 20 Q22020CT 

20 25 Q22025CTn 

20 30 Q22030CT 

20 35 Q22035CTn 

20 40 Q22040CT 

20 45 Q22045CTn 

20 50 Q22050CT 

30 30 Q23030CT 


Selection 

QT Duplex 

These space saver duplex breakers combine two 

independent 1/2" breaker poles in a common unit. 

This unit plugs into one load center stab and 

requires one panel space. HACR rated. 

QT Triplex 

These space saver triplex breakers provide 

a 2-pole common trip breaker for 120/240V AC 

circuits and two single poles for 120V AC circuits. 

Triplex require two panel spaces. HACR rated. 

Quadplex Circuit Breakers 

Ampere Rating 

Breaker 

Type 

QT 

2-Pole 

10K AIC 

120/240V AC 

Inner and 

Outter 2 Poles 

Common Trip 

Common-Trip 

2-Pole Outside 

Common-Trip 

2-Pole Inside 

Catalog 

Number 

15 15 Q21515CT2 

15 30 Q21530CT2 

20 20 Q22020CT2 

20 50 Q22050CT2 

30 20 Q23020CT2 

30 25 Q23025CT2 

30 30 Q23030CT2 

30 50 Q23050CT2 

40 20 Q24020CT2 

40 30 Q24030CT2 

40 40 Q24040CT2 


QT Quadplex 

These space saver quadplex breakers provide 

two sets of common trip, two-pole breakers for 

120/240V AC circuits, and require two panel 

spaces. HACR rated. 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


For external accessories, 

please refer to page 7-158 


section. 


a Non-CTL. For replacement use only in panels manufactured 

before 1968 





Selection 

HID Lighting 

For high-intensity discharge lamp loads having in-rush currents 

above the instantaneous trip setting of a standard breaker. 

Breaker 

Type 

QP 

1-Pole 

120V AC 

QP 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

Wiring 

Diagram 

Figure 1 

Figure 2 

Complete Breaker UL Unenclosed 


15 Q115HID a n 

20 Q120HID a 

30 Q130HID 

15 Q215HID 

20 Q220HIDn 

30 Q230HIDn 



QP 

1-Pole 

120V AC 

QP 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

Figure 1 100 Q1100S 

Figure 2 

30 

50 

60 

125 

Q230S 

Q250S 

Q260S 

Q2125S 

No-Noise 

For applications that require a reduction in the 60-cycle hum of 

a standard breaker. 

QP 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

Figure 2 

50 

60 

Q250NNn 

Q260NN 

Switching Neutral 



7 

MOLDED CASE 



Used where all conductors are required to be disconnected. 

Neutral pole of the circuit breaker does not connect to load 

center bus. One side is wired to neutral and the other side to 

the device. 

QG 

2-Wire 

Common Trip 

120V AC 

QG 

3-Wire 

Common Trip 

120/240V AC 

Figure 3 

15 

20 

QG215 

QG220 

Figure 4 20 QG320 



Note: All circuit breakers on this page are 10K AIC 

a UL Listed as SWD (Switching Duty) Rated, suitable for 120V AC Fluorescent Lighting. 

7-22 




3/4 Inch Plug-In Breakers Selection 

Features 

b 3/4" format 

b HACR Rated 

b UL Classified for use in certain Square D 

load centers 

Type QD Circuit Breakers 

The Type QD circuit breaker line is 

available in 1-pole and 2-pole common 

trip versions listed on this page. 

The circuit breakers are UL Classified 

and UL Listed. 

All QD breakers are supplied with load 

side connectors suitable for 60/75°C 

wire and are calibrated for 40°C 

maximum ambient applications. 

UL Classified 

Siemens Type QD circuit breakers are 

UL Classified for use in specific Square 

D load centers in place of Square D Type 

QO ® circuit breakers. A Panelboard 

Compatibility List packaged with each 

QD breaker shows which type QD 

circuit breakers are acceptable for 

use in Square D load centers. 

The interrupting rating on these circuit 

breakers is 10,000A IR maximum and 

they are not series rated with Square D 

circuit breakers or equipment. This UL 

Classification allows a Siemens Type QD 

circuit breaker to be used in place of a 

Square D Type QO circuit breaker in 

those load centers that are specifically 

shown on the Panelboard Compatibility 

list. For additional information, contact 

your local Siemens sales engineer. 

1-Pole 

2-Pole 

Continuous 

Current Rating 120V 

120/240V Common Trip 

@ 40°C 



15 D115 a D215 

20 D120 a D220 

30 D130 D230 

40 D140 D240 

50 D150 D250 

60 D160 D260 

D120 

D220 


Number of Number Per Shipping 


1 16 3.8 

2 8 4.2 

Panelboard Compatibility List 

Listed Panelboards—Square D—Catalog Numbers 

QO2L30F/S 

QO2-4L70F/S 

QO2-4L70TS 

QO2-4L70RB 

QO6-12L100F/S 




QO6-12L100RB 

QO8-16L100F/S 




QO8-16L100RB 

QO112M100/RB 

QO116M100/RB 

QO120M100/RB 

QO124M100 

QO12L100DF/S 

QO12L100RB 

QO12-20M100/RB 

QO12-20M100TF/S 

QO12M100/RB 

QO16-20M100/RB 

QO16M100/RB 

QO20M100/RB 

QO112L125G/RB 

QO112-24L125G/RB 


QO116L125G 

QO116-24L125G/RB 

QO12-24L125/RB 

QO120-24L125G 


QO120L125G 

QO124L125G/RB 

QO124M125/RB 

QO16L125/RB 


QO16-24L125/RB 

QO20L125/RB 

QO20-24L125/RB 

QO24L125/RB 

QO120-30L150G 

QO120-30M150/RB 

QO124L150G 

QO124M150 

QO130L150G/RB 

QO130M150/RB 

QO16L150/RB 

QO16M150/RB 

QO16-30L150/RB 


QO20-30M150/RB 

QO20-30M150TF/S 

QO20-30L150 

QO24L150/RB 

QO24M150/RB 

QO30L150/RB 

QO30M150/RB 

QO8-16M200FT/RB 

QO112L200G/RB 

QO120-40M200/RB 

QO120-40M200TC 

QO124M200 

QO130L200G/RB 

QO130-40M200 

QO130M200/RB 

QO130-40L200G/RB 

QO140M200/RB 

QO16L200/RB 

QO16M200/RB 


QO20-40L200/RB 

QO20-40M200TF/S 

QO20-40M200/RB 

QO24L200/RB 

QO24M200/RB 

QO30L200/RB 

QO30M200/RB 

QO30-40L200/RB 

QO30-40M200/RB 

QO40M200/RB 

QO140M225 

QO142L225G/RB 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



section. 

a UL Listed for frequent switching applications (SWD). 

120V AC Fluorescent Lighting. One or two load 

conductors. 




Main and Branch Circuit Breakers a 


Selection 

Breaker 

Type 

QN 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

QNH 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

Catalog 

Number 

150 QN2150 QN2150R b 10 

175 QN2175n QN2175R b n 10 

200 QN2200 QN2200R b 10 

150 QN2150H QN2150RH b 22 

175 QN2175Hn QN2175RH b n 22 

200 QN2200H QN2200RH b 22 

150 HQN2150 HQN2150R b 65 

175 HQN2175n — 65 


Ratings (kA) 

HQN 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 200 HQN2200 HQN2200R b 65 

Requires 4 panel spaces, 2 adjacent and 2 opposite. SHIPPING: 1 per carton (Wt. 3 lbs.) 

Main Breaker Kits 

For use in Ultimate Load Centersd For use in EQIII Load Centers 

UL 

Type 

Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

UL 

Type 

Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

EQ8681 100 MBK100A EQ9675 100 MBK100 22 

EQ8682 125 MBK125A EQ9677 125 MBK125 22 

EQ8693 150 MBK150A EQ9683 150 MBK150 22 

— — — EQ9684 175 MBK175n 22 

EQ8695 200 MBK200A EQ9685 200 MBK200 22 

EQ8696 225 MBK225A EQ9686 225 MBK225 22 


Ratings (kA) 

QNR e 

EQ9675 

QN e 

Breaker 

Type 

QPJ c 

3-Pole 

240V AC 

Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

125 QPJ3125 10 

150 QPJ3150 10 

200 QPJ3200 10 


Ratings (kA) 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Requires 6 spaces due to cross over design. Fits only EQIII 125-400A 3-phase 

load centers 

SHIPPING: 5 per carton (Wt. 17 lbs.) 

Breaker 

Type 

QPP 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

QPPH 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

HQPH 

2-Pole, 120/240V AC 

HQPP 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

HQPPH 

2-Pole 

120/240V AC 

Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

125 Q2125B 10 

150 Q2150B 10 

175 Q2175Bn 10 

200 Q2200B 10 

225 Q2225B 10 

125 Q2125BH 22 

150 Q2150BH 22 

175 Q2175BHn 22 

200 Q2200BH 22 

225 Q2225BHn 22 

100 HQ2100H 100 

125 HQ2125H 100 

125 

150 

175 

Obsolete 

200 

225 

100 

125 

150 

175 

Obsolete 

200 

225 


Breaker Ratings (kA) 

Volts AC 120/240 

MBK 

MBK 

(100,125)A (150,200,225)A 

QPJ 

2-Pole QPP 



a All circuit breakers on this page are common trip. 

b Reverse handle. 

c CSA Listed. 

d MBK100A for use in 100 and 125A load centers. 


MBK150A for use in 150, 200 and 225A load centers. 




e QNR required for horizontal applications or vertical 

applications where the lugs are facing up. The QN 

breaker is required for vertical applications where the 

lugs are facing down as shown. 

7-24 





Main and Branch Circuit Breakers 

QS Breaker 

PowerMod's core offering of residential Meter Stacks, type WMM, offers the 

widest product offering & flexibility in the industry. Each meter stack houses the 

QuickSystem features to maximize productivity and minimize labor costs. To 

further simplify installation, our 225 Amp meter stacks feature the QS breaker. 

The QS breaker adds to the Siemens exclusive feature set in our Power Mod 

product line. Benefits and part numbers include: 

Front View 

▪ An exclusive side wired design saves wiring space and eliminates 

difficult "S bends" 

▪ No need for costly filler plates — QS 225 Amp breaker takes the 

same space as standard 100 Amp QPs 

▪ Single right hand bend wiring - saves time and wire 

▪ Provides 100K AIC flexibility from 100 up to 225 Amps 

▪ 10K to 100K AIC Series Rating 

QS Breaker 

Breaker Type QS QSH QSHH HQS HQSH 

Amperage 10K AIC 22K AIC 42K AIC 65K AIC 100K AIC 








QS Breaker Dimension Drawing 

1.00 

.19 

.58 

.96 

7 

7.89 

1.38 

CAUTION 

PRECAUCION 

MOLDED CASE 


4.31 

000A 

000000 

ON 

20 

2.22 

NEUTRAL 

.99 

OFF 

20 

.19 

1.39 

1.34 

.28 

.16 

2.01 

2.38 

2.56 

2.66 

.37 

2.12 

1.06 

1.16 

For PowerMod information, please refer to 

Section 2, page 2-49 



Line Diagrams 



3" 

2 3 /8" 

3 1 /8" 

QP, QPH, HQP 

Type QT 

Type QPF, QPHF, QE, QAF2, QAF2H 

7 

Type EQ8681, EQ8682 

Type EQ8693, EQ8695, EQ8696 

Type QPJ 

MOLDED CASE 


Type QN, QNH, HQN 

Type QNR, QNRH, HQNR 

Type QPP, QPPH, HQPP, HQPPH 

a All standard circuit breakers are calibrated to 40°C maximum 

ambient application. 

7-26 



Lug Data 


Reference 



Ampere Rating 

LOAD SIDE 

Cables 

Per Connector 

Connector 

Wire Range 

QP, QPH, HQP, Plug-in 10 1 or 2 #14-#16 AWG Cu 

15–35 

40–50 

55-125 

QP 1 & 2-Pole Only 55-60 1 

QT 15–35 

QPF, QPHF 15–30 

QAF2, QAFH2, QFGA2, 

QFGAH2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

40 1 #8 AWG CU-Al 

40–50 Exception: 

1 & 2-pole QP at 55-60 

40–60 

15–20 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

#14–#6 AWG Cu 

#14–#6 AWG Al 

#8–#6 AWG Cu 

#8–#4 AWG Al 

#8-#2/0 AWG Cu 

#8-#2/0 AWG Al 

#6-#4 AWG Cu-Al 

(#3 AWG compatible with QPH & HQP) 

#14–#6 AWG Cu 

#14–#6 AWG Al 

#8–#6 AWG Cu 

#8–#4 AWG Al 

#14–#10 AWG Cu 

#12–#8 AWG Al 

#8–#6 AWG Cu 

#8–#4 AWG Al 

#14–#12 AWG Cu 

#12–#10 AWG Al 

QD 15–20 2 #14–#10 AWG Cu Only 

1 

#14–#12 AWG Cu 

15–20 

1 

#12–#10 AWG Al 

25–35 

40–60 

1 

1 

1 

1 

#10–#8 AWG Cu 

#10–#6 AWG Al 

#8–#6 AWG Cu 

#8–#4 AWG Al 

QN, QNH, HQN 150–200 1 #1–300kcmil Cu-Al 

QS, QSH, QSHH, HQS, HQSH 100–225 1 #3–300kcmil Cu-Al 

EQ8681-Ultimate, PL, ES 100 1 #4–3/0 AWG Cu-Al 

EQ8682-Ultimate, PL, ES 125 1 #4–3/0 AWG Cu-Al 

EQ8693-Ultimate, PL, ES 150 1 #1–300kcmil Cu-Al 



QPP, QPPH, HQPP, HQPPH 125 

150 

175 

200 

225 




EQ9684 175 



1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

#1 AWG Cu 

#2/0 AWG Al 

#1/0 AWG Cu 

#3/0 AWG Al 

#2/0 AWG Cu 

#4/0 AWG Al 

#3/0 AWG Cu 


#4/0 AWG Cu 


#8-#2/0 AWG Cu 

#8-#2/0 AWG Al 

#8-#2/0 AWG Cu 

#8-#2/0 AWG Al 

#1/0 AWG Cu 

#3/0 AWG Al 

#3/0 AWG Cu 


#2/0 AWG Cu 

#4/0 AWG Al 

#4/0 AWG Cu 


7 

MOLDED CASE 


QPJ 125–200 1 #2–300kcmil Cu-Al 



Circuit Breaker and Surge Protective Device (SPD) 

Features 

n 2 inch wide plug-on design 

— Includes (2) 1 Pole circuits breakers 

— No loss of load center spaces 

n Easy to install and perfect for retrofit 

n LEDs provide protection status 

Circuit Breaker and 

Surge Protective Device (SPD) 

Benefits 

By installing a Siemens Circuit Breaker and Surge Protective Device (SPD) in the 

load center of the residence, surge protection is provided for all branch circuits . 

Two green LED indicator lights are provided to show that surge protection is provided 

for all circuits connected to the load center. These breakers should be used 

for circuit protection of frequently used household or facility circuits because the 

lights and devices connected to these circuits provide an effective indication that 

surge protection is being provided. 

The circuit breaker and SPD utilize Siemens-built 150V AC, 40mm, metal oxide 

varistors (MOVs). The maximum impulse rating for the SPD module is 40kA. The 

standard interrupting rating for the circuit breakers is 10k AIC. All Type QP circuit 

breakers and SPD are plug-on style, with load terminals provided. The devices 

are rated for 120/240V AC and are calibrated for 40 degrees C maximum ambient 

applications. 

Breaker Type Ampere Rating Catalog Number Surge Type 

QP 

1- Pole 

120/240V AC 

10K AIC 

(2) 15 

(2) 20 

QSA1515SPD 

QSA2020SPD 

SPD 

SPD 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



Amperage 


Initial Clamping Level 

Transient Energy Rating 

Transient Suppression 


Peak Current Rating (impulse) 

Discharge Voltage Characteristic 

Discharge Current Withstand Rating 

Circuit Breaker Interrupting Rating 

Listings/Certifications 

QSA1515SPD 

QSA2020SPD 

15 or 20 Amp 

(2) 1-Pole Circuit Breakers 

240 Volts 

360 Joules line-to-neutral 

720 Joules line-to-line 

500 volts peak, line-to-neutral 

1000 volts peak, line-to-line 


@ 1,500A, 600 volts 

@ 5,000A, 800 volts 

(both line-to-neutral) 


line-to-neutral 

10,000A, 120/240V AC 

UL, CSA 

Meets UL 1449 4th Edition 

For warranty information please refer to the surge 

website www.usa.siemens.com/surge 

7-28 




Panelboard Mounting with INSTA-WIRE 

Selection 

1-Pole Bolt-On (120/240V AC) e Description Catalog Number 

Type BL a Type BLH a Type HBL a 

Continuous 

10,000A IR 22,000A IR 65,000A IR 


@ 40° C Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

10 B110 — — 

15 B115 d B115H d B115HH d 

20 B120 d B120H d B120HH d 

25 B125 B125H B125HHn 

30 B130 B130H B130HH 

35 B135 B135Hn B135HHn 

40 B140 B140H B140HH 

45 B145n B145Hn B145HHn 

50 B150 B150H B150HHn 

60 B160 B160Hn B160HHn 

70 B170 B170Hn B170HHn 

2-Pole Bolt-On (Common-Trip 120/240V AC) f 

10 B210 — — 

15 B215 B215H B215HH 

20 B220 B220H B220HH 

25 B225 B225Hn B225HHn 

30 B230 B230H B230HH 

35 B235 B235Hn B235HHn 

40 B240 B240H B240HH 

45 B245 B245Hn B245HHn 

50 B250 B250H B250HH 

60 B260 B260H B260HH 

70 B270 B270Hn B270HHn 

80 B280 B280Hn B280HHn 

90 B290 B290Hn B290HHn 

100 B2100 B2100H B2100HH 

110 B2110n B2110Hn B2110HHn 

125 B2125 B2125H B2125HHn 

1-Pole 

2-Pole 

3-Pole 

2-Pole Bolt-On (Common-Trip 240V AC) cf 

15 B215R — — 

20 B220R — — 

30 B230R — — 

40 B240Rn — — 

50 B250R — — 

3-Pole Bolt-On (Common-Trip 240V AC) g 

15 B315 B315H B315HH 

20 B320 B320H B320HH 

25 B325 B325H B325HHn 

30 B330 B330H B330HH 

35 B335 B335Hn B335HHn 

40 B340 B340H B340HH 

45 B345 B345Hn B345HHn 

50 B350 B350H B350HH 

60 B360 B360H B360HH 

70 B370 B370H B370HH 

80 B380 B380Hn B380HH 

90 B390 B390Hn B390HH 

100 B3100 B3100H B3100HH 

Breaker 

Dimensions 

Type Amperes L D1 D2 

BL, BLH 15–50 3 9 ⁄16 2 3 ⁄8 3 

BL, BLH 55–125 3 3 ⁄4 2 3 ⁄8 3 

HBL 15–125 3 3 ⁄4 2 3 ⁄8 3 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


BL/BLH/HBL Internal Accessories 

Modifications 

Description Catalog Number Field/Factory Installed 

120VAC Shunt Trip add suffix...00S01n Factory 


120V Auxiliary Switch add suffix...01n b Factory 

400Hz Calibration 


Calibration 

Fungus Proofing 

add suffix...Y h 

add suffix...M 

add suffix...F 

For external 

accessories, please 

refer to page 7-158 

n Built to order. Allow 2-3 weeks for delivery 



and above, HACR rated. 120V AC Fluorescent Lighting. 

b1A and 1B contacts. 

cUL Listed for use on 3-phase grounded “B” systems — 


dUL Listed for frequent switching applications (SWD). 

eShipped 12 per sleeve. 

fShipped 6 per sleeve. 

gShipped 4 per sleeve. 

hUL Listed 5KA IR. 

i10 Amp breaker does not have INSTA-WIRE. 

jFor 3 Phase Applications. 

UL Listed for reverse feed." 




Panelboard Mounting Circuit Breakers 


Selection 


AFCI’s detect arcing faults (an unintentional arcing condition in a circuit) that 

standard circuit breakers are unable to detect. The device is intended to mitigate 

the effects of arcing faults by functioning to de-energize the circuit when an arcfault 

is detected. 


Detects all three possible types of arc fault: line-to-ground, line-to-neutral, and series. 

Breaker 

Type 

BAF2/BAFH2/HBAF2 


BAF/BAFH 

2-Pole 120/240V AC 

Ampere 

Rating 


10,000 A IR 


22,000 A IR 


65,000 A IR 


15 BA115AFC a BA115AFCHn BA115AFCHHn 

20 BA120AFC a BA120AFCHn BA120AFCHHn 

15 B215AFC a B215AFCHn — 

20 B220AFC a B220AFCHn — 

The Dual Function Circuit Breaker combines Combination Type AFCI and GFCI, protecting 

against both Arc Faults and (5mA) Ground Faults. The device includes the Self Test 

feature, making it the first in class in electrical safety for homeowners. 

BFGA2/BFGAH2/ 

HBFGA2 


15 

20 

B115DF 

B120DF 

B115DFHn 

B120DFHn 

B115DFHHn 

B120DFHHn 

• UL Listed 


Type AFCI 

• HACR Rated 


Type AFCI 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Ground-Fault Circuit 

Interrupters (GFCI) 

Provides Class A (5mA) ground fault 

protection. Intended for personnel 

protection. De-energizes the circuit for all 

ungrounded conductors of the circuit. 

Breaker 

Type 

BLF2/ 

BLHF2 

1-Pole 

120V AC 

Bolt-On 

BLF/ 

BLHF 

2-Pole 

120/240V 

AC 

Bolt-On 

Amp 

Rating 

15 

20 

25 

30 

15 

20 

30 

40 

50 

60 

10k A IR 

Cat. No. 

BF115A a 

BF120A a 

BF125A 

BF130A 

BF215A 

BF220A 

BF230A 

BF240A 

BF250A 

BF260A 

22k A IR 

Cat. No. 

BF115AH a 

BF120AH a 

BF125AHn 

BF130AH 

BF215AHn 

BF220AH 

BF230AH 

BF240AHn 

BF250AHn 

BF260AHn 

65k A IR 

Cat. No. 

BF115AHHn 

BF120AHHn 

BF125AHHn 

BF130AHHn 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Ground Fault Equipment 

Protection (30mA) 

Provides protection of equipment from 

damaging line-to-ground faults currents. 

De-energizes the circuit for all 

ungrounded conductors of the circuit. 

Breaker 

Type 

BLE/ 

BLEH 

1-Pole, 

120V AC 

Bolt-On 

BLE/ 

BLEH 

2-Pole 

120/240V 

AC 

Bolt-On 

Amp 

Rating 

15 

20 

30 

15 

20 

30 

40 

50 

60 

10k A IR 

Cat. No. 

BE115 a 

BE120 a 

BE130 

BE215 

BE220 

BE230 

BE240 

BE250 

BE260 

22k A IR 

Cat. No. 

BE115Hn a 

BE120Hn a 

BE130Hn 

BE215Hn 

BE220Hn 

BE230Hn 

BE240Hn 

BE250Hn 

BE260Hn 

1-Pole Dual 


BAF2/BLF2/BLE Accessories 

Description 


Padlocking Device 1-Pole ECPLD1 

Padlocking Device 2-Pole ECPLD2 

Handle Block 

ECBX231M 



Protection 


Protection 


a UL Listed as SWD (Switching Duty) Rated, suitable for 


7-30 




Panelboard Mounting Circuit Breakers 

Selection 


Switching Neutrals a 

Breaker 

Type 

BLG 

2-Wire 

Common Trip 

BLG 

3-Wire 

Common Trip 

HID Lighting a 

Ampere 

Rating 

15 

20 


BG215 n 

BG220 n 

30 BG330 n 

For high-intensity discharge lamp loads having in-rush 

currents above the instantaneous trip setting of a standard 

breaker. 

BL 

1-Pole 

BL 

2-Pole 


15 B115HID b n 

20 B120HID b 

30 B130HID n 

15 B215HID b n 

20 B220HID b 

30 B230HID n 


BL 

30 B230S 

2-Pole 

2-Wire 


3-Wire 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



a HACR rated. 

b UL Listed for frequent switching applications (SWD). 120V AC fluorescent lighting. 




BQD 100A Frame Panelboard Mounting Circuit Breakers 

BQD d 

1-Pole 2-Pole c 3-Pole c 

Continuous Current 277V AC–125V DC 

480Y/277V AC– 

125/250V DC 480Y/277V AC 

Rating @ 40°C 


15 BQD115 a b BQD215 e BQD315 e 

20 BQD120 a b BQD220 e BQD320 e 

25 BQD125 b BQD225 e BQD325 e 




45 BQD145 b n BQD245 e BQD345 e 


60 BQD160 BQD260 BQD360 

70 BQD170n BQD270 BQD370 



100 BQD1100n BQD2100 BQD3100 

BQD6 CSA Certified 



1-Pole 2-Pole c 3-Pole c 

347V AC 600/347V AC 600/347V AC 


15 BQD6115 a BQD6215 BQD6315 

20 BQD6120 a BQD6220 BQD6320 

25 BQD6125n BQD6225n BQD6325n 

30 BQD6130 BQD6230 BQD6330 


40 BQD6140n BQD6240n BQD6340 


50 BQD6150n BQD6250n BQD6350 

60 BQD6160n BQD6260n BQD6360 

70 BQD6170n BQD6270n BQD6370 




BQD, BQD6 

BQD, BQD6 

Number of Number per Shipping 

Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) (ea.) 

1 1/12/48 1.6 

2 1/6/24 1.2 

3 1/4/16 2.0 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Interrupting Ratings (max. RMS symmetrical amperes kA) 

Breaker 

Type 

UL 

Volts AC 

Number 

of Poles 120 240 277 

480/ 

277 347 

IEC 947-2 f 

Volts AC 

Volts DC 220/240 380/415 

600/ 125/ 

347 125 250 I cu I cs I cu I cs 

BQD 1-Pole 65 — 14 — — — 14 — 18 9 — — 

2-Pole — 65 — 14 — — — 14 65 33 18 9 

3-Pole — 65 — 14 — — — 14 65 33 18 9 

BQD6 1-Pole — — — — 10 — 14 — 18 9 — — 

2-Pole — — — — — 10 — 14 65 33 18 9 

3-Pole — — — — — 10 — — 65 33 18 9 

Lugs For 60/75°C Wire 

BQD – Load End Only 

15–40 #14–#6 AWG Cu 

#12–#6 AWG Al 

45–100 #8–#1 AWG Cu 

#6–#1/0 AWG Al 




a SWD rated for switching fluorescent lighting. 

b HID rated at 277V AC. 

c Not suitable for 3-phase delta 480V applications. 

d HACR rated. 

e HID rated at 480Y/277V AC. 

f Applicable for 15-30A breakers only 

For external accessories, please refer 

to pages 7-160 to 7-165 

For internal accessories, please refer 

to page 7-35 

7-32 




GB Frame 


Selection 

Type NGB Frame (Panelboard Mount) 

Continuous 



@ 40°C 


15 NGB1B015B a b NGB2B015B b NGB3B015B b 

20 NGB1B020B a b NGB2B020B b NGB3B020B b 

25 NGB1B025B b NGB2B025B b NGB3B025B b 






60 NGB1B060B NGB2B060B NGB3B060B 







Load lugs are included as standard. HACR rated. 

Type HGB (Panelboard Mount) 

Continuous 



@ 40°C 


15 HGB1B015B a b HGB2B015B b HGB3B015B b 

20 HGB1B020B a b HGB2B020B b HGB3B020B b 

25 HGB1B025B b HGB2B025B b HGB3B025B b 






60 HGB1B060B HGB2B060B HGB3B060B 









Poles Carton Weight lbs. (kg) 

1 1 0.9 (0.4) 

2 1 1.9 (0.9) 

3 1 2.9 (1.2) 

Lugs for 60/75°C Wire 

Type 

NGB 

HGB 

LGB 

Ampere 

Rating 

15-30A 

35-125A 

NGB1B030B 

Type LGB (Panelboard Mount) 

Continuous 



@ 40°C 


15 LGB1B015B a b LGB2B015B b LGB3B015B b 

20 LGB1B020B a b LGB2B020B b LGB3B020B b 

25 LGB1B025B b LGB2B025B b LGB3B025B b 






60 LGB1B060B LGB2B060B LGB3B060B 







Catalog 

Wire Size 

Number 

#14-#6 AWG Cu TC1Q1 (qty. 1) 

#12-#6 AWG Al 3TC1Q1 (qty. 3) 

#8-1/0 AWG Cu 

#8-2/0 AWG Al 

3TC1GG20 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



NGB 

HGB 

LGB 

UL489 

Volts AC 

Volts DC 

Poles 120 240 277 347 480Y/277 600Y/347 125 125/250 

1 100 — 25 14 — — 14 — 

2,3 — 100 — — 25 14 — 14 

1 100 — 35 14 — — 14 — 

2,3 — 100 — — 35 14 — 14 

1 100 — 65 14 — — 14 — 

2,3 — 100 — — 65 14 — 14 

a SWD rated. 

b HID rated. 

c 2-pole only. 

2-pole only or two outer poles of 3-pole breaker 

UL Listed for reverse feed. 


to pages 7-160 to 7-165 


to page 7-35 




GB2 Frame 


Selection 

Type NGB2 g (Panelboard Mount) 

Continuous 



@ 40°C 


15 NGB1K015B a b NGB2K015B b NGB3K015B b 

20 NGB1K020B a b NGB2K020B b NGB3K020B b 

25 NGB1K025B b NGB2K025B b NGB3K025B b 






60 NGB1K060B NGB2K060B NGB3K060B 







Load lugs are included as standard. HACR rated. 

LGB3K125B 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Type HGB2 g (Panelboard Mount) 

Continuous 



@ 40°C 


15 HGB1K015B a b HGB2K015B b HGB3K015B b 

20 HGB1K020B a b HGB2K020B b HGB3K020B b 

25 HGB1K025B b HGB2K025B b HGB3K025B b 






60 HGB1K060B HGB2K060B HGB3K060B 








Number of 

Poles 

Number per 

Carton 

1 1 .75 (.34) 

2 1 1.3 (.59) 

3 1 2.0 (.98) 

Shipping 

Weight lbs. (kg) 

Lugs for 60/75°C Wire 

Type 

NGB2 

HGB2 

LGB2 

Ampere 

Rating 

15-30A 

35-125A 

Type LGB2 g (Panelboard Mount) 

Continuous 



@ 40°C 


15 LGB1K015B a b LGB2K015B b LGB3K015B b 

20 LGB1K020B a b LGB2K020B b LGB3K020B b 

25 LGB1K025B b LGB2K025B b LGB3K025B b 






60 LGB1K060B LGB2K060B LGB3K060B 







Catalog 

Wire Size 

Number 

#14-#6 AWG Cu TC1Q1 (qty. 1) 

#12-#6 AWG Al 3TC1Q1 (qty. 3) 

#8-1/0 AWG Cu 

#8-2/0 AWG Al 

3TC1GG20 


UL 489 

Type 

NGB2 

HGB2 

LGB2 

Volts AC 

Volts DC 

Poles 120 240 277 480 347 600Y/347 125 125/250 

1 100 — 25 — 14 — 14 — 

2, 3 — 100 — 25 — 14 — 14 

1 100 — 35 — 22 — 14 — 

2, 3 — 100 — 35 — 22 — 14 

1 100 — 65 — 25 — 14 — 

2, 3 — 100 — 65 — 25 — 14 

a SWD rated. 

b HID rated. 

c 2-pole only. 

2-pole only or two outer poles of 3-pole breaker 

Suitable for reverse feed applications 

f 3 pole breakers suitable for single phase applications 

g xGB2 breakers require different strap kits than xGB. Refer to 

Section 11 for specific catalog numbers. 


to pages 7-160 to 7-165 


to page 7-35 

7-34 




Accessories a 


Selection 

Shunt Trip 

BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6, 


NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB, 

LGB, NGB2, HGB2 and LGB2 

V AC V DC Catalog Number 

120 — CQDST120 

240 — CQDST240s 

277 — CQDST277s 

480 — CQDST480s 

600 — CQDST600 

— 012 CQDST12 

— 024 CQDST24 

— 048 CQDST48 

— 125 CQDST125 


Maximum 

Voltage 

Number 

of 

Contacts 

AC DC 

240 125 1A–1B CQDA1 

240 125 2A–2B CQDA2 

BQD, BQD6, CQD, 

CQD6, NGG, HGG, LGG, 

NGB, HGB, LGB, NGB2, 

HGB2 and LGB2 


CQDST120AAS 

Alarm Switch 


AC DC 

240 125 CQDBA 





Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch 

Combinations 

Shunt Trip 

Voltage 

AC 

DC 





24 — CQDST24AASs 






— 12 CQDST12DASs 




CQD with Accessory Installed 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Alarm and Auxiliary Switch 

Combinations 

For Breaker 


NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, 

HGB, LGB, NGB2, HGB2 

and LGB2 


CQDA1BAs 


aAdds 1-pole space for accessory. 




3VA41 125A Thermal-magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers 


Selection 

3VA41 125A Frame, 1-Pole Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 

S-Interrupting Class 

(SEAB) 

M-Interrupting Class 

(MEAB) 

H-Interrupting Class 

(HEAB) 


TM210 FTFM 

15 3VA4195-4ED14-0AA0 3VA4195-5ED14-0AA0 3VA4195-6ED14-0AA0 















3VA41 125A 1-Pole 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


3VA41 125A Frame, 1 in 2-Pole Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(SEAB) 


(SEAB) 


(MEAB) 


(MEAB) 


(HEAB) 


TM210 FTFM a 

















(HEAB) 


TM210 FTFM 
















3VA41 125A 1 in 2-Pole 

3VA41 125A 2-Pole 


The catalog numbers listed here are 

for complete, non-interchangable trip 

circuit breakers breakers with load 

lugs installed. 

All 3VA41 thermal-magnetic trip 

circuit breakers are UL listed for 

reverse feed applications. 

For NAVAL-rated 1, 2 or 3-P thermalmagnetic 

trip circuit breakers, change 

the 13th digit of the catalog number 

to the number "1". (For example, a 

35KA @480VAC, 40A, 3-pole, NAVAL 

rated 3VA41 would be catalog 

number 3VA4140-5ED31-1AA0) 

7-36 





Selection 


Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(SEAB) 


(MEAB) 


(HEAB) 


TM210 FTFM 
















Dimensions 

Shipping Weight 

Breaker Poles W in. (mm) H in. (mm) D in. (mm) lbs. kg 

3VA41 1 1 (25.4) 5.1 (129.4) 3.6 (92.2) 0.62 0.28 

3VA41 1 in 2 2 (50.8) 5.1 (129.4) 3.6 (92.2) 0.94 0.43 

3VA41 2 2 (50.8) 5.1 (129.4) 3.6 (92.2) 1.13 0.51 

3VA41 3 3 (76.2) 5.1 (129.4) 3.6 (92.2) 1.64 0.74 

Connectors for 75C Wire for 3VA41 

Type 

Steel wrap around (Cu cable only), 

1 cable lugs 

Aluminum body lug small (Cu/Al 

cable), 1 cable lug 

Aluminum body lug (Cu/Al cable), 

1 cable lugs 

Aluminum body lug small with control 

wire tap (Cu/Al cable), 1 cable lug 

Aluminum body lug with control wire 

tap (Cu/Al cable), 1 cable lugs 

Copper body lug small (Cu cable only), 

1 cable lugs 

Copper body lug (Cu cable only), 

1 cable lugs 

Copper body lug small with control 

wire tap (Cu cable only), 1 cable lugs 

Copper body lug with control wire tap 

(Cu cable only), 1 cable lugs 

Min. 

cable size 

Max. 

cable size 

Catalog No. 

(kit of 3 lugs) 

AWG 14 3/0 3VA9133-0JA11 

AWG 14 AWG 10 3VA9133-0JB10 

AWG 14 3/0 3VA9133-0JB11 

AWG 14 AWG 10 3VA9133-0JG10 

AWG 14 3/0 3VA9133-0JG11 

AWG 14 AWG 10 3VA9133-0JD10 

AWG 14 2/0 3VA9133-0JD11 

AWG 14 AWG 10 3VA9133-0JK10 

AWG 14 2/0 3VA9133-0JK11 

4 

Internal accessories configuration 

Auxiliary switch 


Leading 

changeover switch 

Alarm switch 

Trip alarm switch 

Short circuit alarm switch 

Auxiliary release 

Shunt trip flexible 

Shunt trip left 

Residual current release 

Undervoltage release 

Universal release 

Other 

Cylinder lock (type Ronis) 

Trip Settings for 3VA41 

TM210 - FTFM 

I n (A) I r (A) I i (A) 

15 15 300 

20 20 300 

25 25 300 

30 30 300 

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA) 

35 35 350 

Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 

40 40 400 

Poles 120 240 277 347 480Y/277V 480 600Y/347V 

45 45 450 

50 50 500 

1 65 25 14 

60 60 600 

2, 3 65 25 25 14 

70 70 700 

1 85 35 18 

3VA UL Molded Case Circuit 80 Breakers 80 800 

2, 3 85 35 35Accessories 18 and Spare Parts 90 90 900 

1 150 65 25 

100 100 1000 

2, 3 150 65 65Internal accessories 

25 

110 110 1100 

Design 

125 125 1250 

Interrupting Ratings for 3VA41 

Interrupting 

Class 

S 

M 

H 

Breaker 

Type 

SEAB 

MEAB 

HEAB 

3VA4 Accessories 

Description 

Padlocking Device for 3VA4 breaker 


3VA9038-0LB11 

Slot No.: 

Type 

AUX_HQ x x x 

AUX_HQ_el x x x 

x 

AUX_HP 

x 

LCS_HQ 

LCS_HQ_el 

LCS_HP 

Type 

Type 

STF 

STL 

STL_el 

3VA4/3VA5 

125 A 

1 in 2-pole 

/2-pole 

23 22 21 

TAS_HQ x x 

TAS_HQ_el x x 

TAS_HP 

x 

SAS_HQ 

SAS_HQ_el 

RCR 

UVR 

UNI 

3VA41 125A 3-Pole 

x 

x 

x 

x 

125 A 

23 22 21 11 12 13 

x x x x x x 

x x x x x x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x x x x 

x x x x 

x x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

3VA4 

125 A 

3-pole 

125 A 

x 

7 

MOLDED CASE 




Lug-In/Lug-Out with INSTA-WIRE 


Selection 

All BQ/BQH/HBQ circuit breakers are supplied with load side lugs. If line side lugs are required, add suffix “L” to catalog number. Consult Siemens 

for any additional charge. All standard circuit breakers are calibrated for 40°C maximum ambient application. 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Type BQ Type BQH Type HBQ 

Continuous 

Current Rating 10,000A IR 22,000A IR 65,000A IR 

@ 40° C 


1-Pole (120/240V AC) e 

15 BQ1B015 d BQ1B015H d HB1B015n d 

20 BQ1B020 d BQ1B020H d HB1B020n d 

25 BQ1B025 BQ1B025Hn HB1B025n 

30 BQ1B030 BQ1B030H HB1B030n 

35 BQ1B035n BQ1B035Hn HB1B035n 

40 BQ1B040 BQ1B040H HB1B040n 

45 BQ1B045n — HB1B045n 

50 BQ1B050 BQ1B050H HB1B050n 



2-Pole (Common-Trip 120/240V AC) f 

15 BQ2B015 BQ2B015H HB2B015n 

20 BQ2B020 BQ2B020H HB2B020n 


30 BQ2B030 BQ2B030H HB2B030n 


40 BQ2B040 BQ2B040H HB2B040n 

45 BQ2B045 — HB2B045n 

50 BQ2B050 BQ2B050H HB2B050n 

60 BQ2B060 BQ2B060H HB2B060n 


80 BQ2B080 BQ2B080Hn HB2B080 


100 BQ2B100 BQ2B100H HB2B100 

110 BQ2B110 — HB2B110n 

125 BQ2B125 BQ2B125H HB2B125 

2-Pole (Common-Trip 240V AC) cf 

15 BQ2H015 — — 

20 BQ2H020 — — 

30 BQ2H030 — — 

40 BQ2H040n — — 

50 BQ2H050 — — 

60 BQ2H060 — — 

70 BQ2H070n — — 

80 BQ2H080n — — 

90 BQ2H090n — — 

100 BQ2H100n — — 

3-Pole (Common-Trip 240V AC) g 

15 BQ3B015 BQ3B015H HB3B015n 

20 BQ3B020 BQ3B020H HB3B020n 

25 BQ3B025n BQ3B025Hn HB3B025 

30 BQ3B030 BQ3B030H HB3B030 

35 BQ3B035n BQ3B035H HB3B035 

40 BQ3B040 BQ3B040H HB3B040 

45 BQ3B045n BQ3B045H HB3B045 

50 BQ3B050 BQ3B050H HB3B050 

60 BQ3B060 BQ3B060H HB3B060 

70 BQ3B070 BQ3B070H HB3B070n 



100 BQ3B100 BQ3B100H HB3B100 

BQ / BQH / HBQ Internal Accessories 

Description Catalog Number Field/Factory Installed 



120V Auxiliary Switch add suffix...01n b Factory 

Factory Modifications 

Description 


Line Side Lugs 

Quick Connect Lug 

400Hz Calibration 

Marine 50˚ C Ambient 

Calibration 


1-Pole 

2-Pole 

3-Pole 

add suffix...L 

add suffix...QX 

add suffix...Y h 

add suffix...M 

add suffix...F 


to page 7-158 

n Built to order. Allow 2-3 weeks for delivery 




b 1A and 1B contacts. 

c UL Listed for use on 3-phase grounded “B” systems — 


d UL Listed for frequent switching 

applications (SWD). 120V AC Fluorescent Lighting. 




h UL Listed 5KA IR. 

Refer to Table A on page 7-153 

7-38 




DIN Rail Mounted Circuit Breakers 



Breaker 

Type 

Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

Line Side 

Connector 

Load Side 

Connector 

Interrupting Ratings 

(KA) (RMS Symmetrical 

Amperes) Volts AC 

120 120/240 

1-Pole DIN Rail (120/240V AC) 

BQLD 

1-Pole 

120V 

DIN Rail 

BQXD 

1-Pole 

120V 

DIN Rail 

10 BQ1B010QLD TC1Q1 TC1Q1 10 







45 BQ1B045QLD TA1Q1 TA1Q1 10 



10 BQ1B010QXD TC1Q1 Quick-Connect 10 







45 BQ1B045QXD TA1Q1 Quick-Connect 10 



2-Pole DIN Rail (120/240V AC) 

BQLD 

2-Pole 

120/240V 

DIN Rail 

BQXD 

2-Pole 

120/240V 

DIN Rail 





















BQ1B015QLD 

BQ1B015QXD 

BQ2B015QLD 

BQ2B015QXD 

7 

Lugs-For Use with BQXD 

Circuit Cab. Lug 

Breaker Per Wire Range Catalog 

Amp. Rtg. Lug AWG Number 

Line Side 

10–40 

1 

1 

#16–#6 Cu 

#12–#6 Al 

TC1Q1 ab 

45–125 

1 

1 

#8–#1 Cu 

#6–#1/0 Al 

TA1Q1 

Finger Safe Terminal Shield 

Protects against accidental contact with 

lugs–1 per lug. Fits line and load end. 

Catalog Number Qty 

BQFS2 2 

BQFS1K 1000 

BQ Enclosures 

Type 


1 EB3100S c 

3R 

WB3100 

BQ Breaker Dimensions 


Number of Poles Breaker Type Amperes L D1 D2 

1, 2 BQ 15-50 3¾ 2 3 ⁄8 3 

1, 2 BQH, HBQ 15-50 4 2 3 ⁄8 3 

1, 2 BQ, BQH, HBQ 55-125 4 2 3 ⁄8 3 

3 BQ, BQH, HBQ 15-100 4 2 3 ⁄8 3 

1, 2 BQXD 15-60 4½ 2 3 ⁄8 3 

MOLDED CASE 








bConnector has steel construction. 

cSurface mounted indoor. If flush mounting is required, 

replace suffix “S” in catalog number with suffix “F”. 

Neutral included in enclosure. 

Enclosure will not accept circuit breakers with shunt 

trips or auxiliary switches installed. 

Type BQXD uses TA1Q1 or TC1Q1 lugs on line side of 

circuit breaker. 

Enclosures, see Section 6 


to pages 7-158, 7-160 to 7-165 




QR 250A Frame 



7 

MOLDED CASE 


Continuous 


@ 40°C 

Type QR2 b 

2-Pole 

240V AC 


3-Pole 

240V AC 


100 QR22B100 QR23B100 

125 QR22B125 QR23B125 

150 QR22B150 QR23B150 

175 QR22B175 QR23B175 

200 QR22B200 QR23B200 

225 QR22B225 QR23B225 

250 QR22B250 QR23B250 

Type QRH2 b 

100 QRH22B100n QRH23B100 

125 QRH22B125 QRH23B125 

150 QRH22B150 QRH23B150 

175 QRH22B175n QRH23B175 

200 QRH22B200 QRH23B200 

225 QRH22B225 QRH23B225 

250 QRH22B250 QRH23B250 

Type HQR2 b 

100 HQR22B100n HQR23B100 

125 HQR22B125 HQR23B125 

150 HQR22B150 HQR23B150 

175 HQR22B175n HQR23B175 

200 HQR22B200 HQR23B200 

225 HQR22B225 HQR23B225 

250 HQR22B250 HQR23B250 

Type HQR2H b 

100 HQR22B100H HQR23B100H 

125 HQR22B125H HQR23B125H 

150 HQR22B150H HQR23B150H 

175 HQR22B175H HQR23B175H 

200 HQR22B200H HQR23B200H 

225 HQR22B225H HQR23B225H 

250 HQR22B250H HQR23B250H 


Load side 3TA1QR300 lugs are mounted and included 

when circuit breaker is ordered. For line and load lugs 

(3TA1QR300) installed at no additional charge, add 

suffix “L” to catalog number. 

50°C Calibration - See page 7-156. 

400HZ. - See page 7-156. 


Number 

of Poles 

Lugs For 75°C Wire a 

Catalog 

Number 

UL 489 Interrupting Ratings 

Breaker 

Type 

Lug 

Body 

QR2 10 

QRH2 25 

HQR2 65 

HQR2H 100 

Lug 

Wire Range 

3TA1QR300 Al #3 - 300 Kcmil Al/Cu 

3TC1QR250 Cu #3 - 300 Kcmil Cu ONLY 

CCQ250 CMP 

Number 

per Carton 

2 1 3.2 

3 1 4.5 

Shipping 

Weight (lbs.) 

#6 AWG - 350kcmil Al/Cu 

Enclosures (Neutral Included) 

Catalog 

Type 

Number 

1 QR2N1S or QR2N1F 

3R 

QR2N3R3 

12 QR2N12 

4X 

QR2N4X 

4X316 

QR2N4X316 



240 

7’’ 

3’’ 

2-pole 

4.5’’ 3-pole 

D 

2.53’’ 

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. a See Note: A page 7-147. 

Note: QR breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed 

applications. 

b HACR rated. 

Enclosures Section 6 


to pages 7-160 to 7-165 

7-40 




QR Accessories 


Selection 

Shunt Trip 


Shunt Trip 

Shunt Trip and Auxiliary 

Switch Combination 

AC DC In Rush 

Catalog Number Catalog Number 

— 24 1.1A S07QR2 S07QR2A 

120 - 240 48 2.0A AC / 1.8A DC S01QR2 S01QR2A 


Contains (1) or (2) sets of “A” contacts and “B” contacts 

Maximum Control 

Supply Voltage (V) 

Maximum Allowable 

Current (A) 

Single Auxiliary 1A -1B 

Contact Catalog Number 

Double Auxiliary 2A - 2B 

Contact Catalog Number 

250 AC /125 DC 5 AC / 0.5 DC A01QR2 A02QR2 

External Accessories 

Description 

Padlock Device 

Mounting Screw Kit 


Handle Sliding-bar Interlock 


HPLQR 

MSQR3 

HBLQR 

SBMIQR 

Padlock Device HPLQR Handle Block Block Device HBLQR Mechanical Interlock SBMIQR 

7 

MOLDED CASE 




CQD 100A Frame 

Type CQD (Cable In - Cable Out) DIN Rail Mount c 


Continuous 


277V AC 

125V DC 

480Y/277V AC 

125/250V DC 480Y/277V AC 

@ 40°C 


115 CQD115 ab CQD215 b CQD315 b 

120 CQD120 ab CQD220 b CQD320 b 

125 CQD125 b CQD225 b CQD325 b 

130 CQD130 b CQD230 b CQD330 b 

135 CQD135 b n CQD235 b n CQD335 b 

140 CQD140 b n CQD240 b CQD340 b 

145 CQD145 b n CQD245 b n CQD345 b n 

150 CQD150 b n CQD250 b CQD350 b 

160 CQD160n CQD260 CQD360 

170 CQD170n CQD270 CQD370 

180 CQD180n CQD280 CQD380 

190 CQD190n CQD290n CQD390 

100 CQD1100n CQD2100 CQD3100 






1 1 0.5 (0) 

2 1 1.0 (0) 

3 1 1.5 (1) 


Amps 

Wire Size 

15–40 #14–#6 AWG Cu 

#12–#6 AWG Al 

45–100 #8–#1 AWG Cu 

#6–#1/0 AWG Al 


Breaker 

Type 

CQD 

UL 

Volts AC 

Number 

of Poles 120 240 277 

480/ 

277 

IEC 947-2 d 

Volts AC 

Volts DC 220/240 380/415 

600/ 125/ 

347 125 250 I cu I cs I cu I cs 

1-Pole 65 — 14 — — 14 — 18 9 — — 

2-Pole — 65 — 14 — — 14 65 33 18 9 

3-Pole — 65 — 14 — — 14 65 33 18 9 

CQD 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


CQD 



a SWD rated. 

Note: CQD breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed 

applications. 

b HID rated. 

c HACR rated. 



Accessories pages 7-44 and 7-160 to 7-165 

7-42 




GG 125A Frame 

Type NGG (Cable In - Cable Out) 

Continuous 



@ 40°C 


15 NGG1B015L a b NGG2B015L b NGG3B015L b 

20 NGG1B020L a b NGG2B020L b NGG3B020L b 

25 NGG1B025L b NGG2B025L b NGG3B025L b 






60 NGG1B060L NGG2B060L NGG3B060L 







GG 

2.9 



5.4 

Line and load lugs are included as standard. If no lugs are required, remove the “L” suffix. 

HACR rated. 

Suitable for screws or DIN rail mounting. 

Type HGG (Cable In - Cable Out) 

Continuous 



@ 40°C Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

15 HGG1B015L b HGG2B015L b HGG3B015L b 








60 HGG1B060L HGG2B060L HGG3B060L 










1 1 .75 (0.34) 

2 1 1.3 (0.59) 

3 1 2.0 (0.98) 


NGG 

Ampere Rating Wire Size Catalog Number 

15–30A #14–#6 AWG Cu TC1Q1 (qty. 1) 

#12–#6 AWG Al 3TC1Q1 (qty. 3) 

35–125A #8–1/0 AWG Cu 

#8–2/0 AWG Al 

3TC1GG20 (qty. 3) 

15–125A Nut Keeper plate w/ screw 

(for crimp terminals) 

TNKG3 (qty. 3) 

GG 

Type LGG (Cable In - Cable Out) 

Continuous 



@ 40°C Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

15 LGG1B015L b LGG2B015L b LGG3B015L b 








60 LGG1B060L LGG2B060L LGG3B060L 







7 

MOLDED CASE 



Breaker 

Type 

NGG 

HGG 

LGG 

UL489 

IEC 60947-2 (Ics = 50%Icu) 

Volts AC Volts DC Volts AC Volts DC 

Poles 120 240 277 347 480 600Y/347 125 125/250 240 415 125/250 

1 65 — 25 14 — — 14 — 25 — — 

2,3 — 65 — — 25 14 — 14 65 — 14 

1 — — 35 14 — — 14 — — — — 

2,3 — — — — 35 14 — 14 — — — 

1 — — 65 14 — — 14 — — — — 

2,3 — — — — 65 14 — 14 — — — 


a b 

SWD rated. 

HID rated at 15-50A 1-pole @ 277 VAC; 2 & 3-pole @ 

480 VAC 






Accessories a 

Selection 

Shunt Trip 




HGB and LGB 

V AC V DC Catalog Number 

120 — CQDST120 

240 — CQDST240s 

277 — CQDST277s 

480 — CQDST480s 

600 — CQDST600 

— 012 CQDST12 

— 024 CQDST24 

— 048 CQDST48 

— 125 CQDST125 


Maximum 

Voltage 

AC DC 

Number 

of 

Contacts 

240 125 1A–1B CQDA1 

240 125 2A–2B CQDA2 



HGB and LGB 


CQDST120AAS 

Alarm Switch 


AC DC 

240 125 CQDBA 



HGB and LGB 


7 

MOLDED CASE 


Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch 

Combinations 

Shunt Trip 

Voltage 

AC 

DC 



HGB and LGB 












CQD with Accessory Installed 

Alarm and Auxiliary Switch 

Combinations 

For Breaker 

BQD, BQD6, CQD, NGG, 

HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB 

and LGB 


CQDA1BAs 


aAdds 1-pole space for accessory. 

7-44 




Notes 

 

7 

MOLDED CASE 





3VA UL Circuit Breakers 

Catalog Numbering Logic 

Breaker Designation 


3VA 6 1 40 – 5 HL 3 1 – 0 A A0 


Thermal magnetic panelboard breakers 4 

Thermal magnetic (Cable-in Cable-out) breakers 5 

Electronic trip breakers 6 

Frame Size 

125/150A 1 

250A 2 

400A 3 

600A 4 

800A 5 

1000A 6 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Rated Current 

3VA41/ 

3VA51 

3VA52 3VA53 3VA54 3VA55 3VA61 3VA62 3VA63 3VA64 3VA65 3VA66 

15A 95 

20A 200A 200A 20 

225A 225A 22 

25A 250A 250A 250A 250A 25 

30A 300A 30 

35A 350A 35 

40A 40A 400A 40A 400A 400A 40 

45A 45A 450A 45 

50A 50A 500A 50 

60A 60A 600A 600A 600A 600A 60 

70A 70A 700A 70 

80A 80A 800A 800A 80 

90A 90A 90 

100A 100A 100A 100A 1000A 10 

110A 110A 11 

125A 125A 12 

150A 150A 15 

175A 17 

Interrupting Capacity @ 480V 

3VA4/3VA5 3VA6 

MCP/MCS 200K 0 

MCP/MCS MCP/MCS 1 

25K 4 

35K 35K 5 

65K 65K 6 

100K 100K 7 

150K 8 

Trip Unit Protection Functions (see next page for details) 

Number of Poles (see next page for details) 

Connection Technology (see next page for details) 

Regional Specifics (as applicable) (see next page for details) 

Auxixliary Releases (see next page for details) 

Auxiliary/Alarm Switches (see next page for details) 

7-46 



3VA UL Circuit Breakers 



Catalog Numbering Logic (cont.) 


(see previous page for details) 

3VA 6 1 40 – 5 HL 3 1 – 0 A A0 

Trip Unit Protection Functions 

3VA4/3VA5 L I N 

TM230 MCCB fix adj EC 

TM210 MCCB fix fix ED 

TM240 MCCB adj adj EF 

TM230 MCCB fix adj 100% GC 

TM210 MCCB fix fix 100% GD 

TM240 MCCB adj adj 100% GF 

TM110M MSP fix MG 

TM120M MSP adj MH 

TM120M MSP adj MU 

MCS110 MSC fix BB 

3VA6 L S I G N LCD com. measurement values 

ETU320 LI MCCB adj adj 0%/50%/100% HL 

ETU330 LIG MCCB adj adj adj 0%/50%/100% HM 

ETU350 LSI MCCB adj adj fix 0%/50%/100% HN 

ETU550 LSI MCCB adj adj adj 20/40%...100/160% yes yes standard JP 

ETU556 LSI(G) MCCB adj adj adj alarm 20/40%...100/160% yes yes standard JT 

ETU560 LSIG MCCB adj adj adj adj 20/40%...100/160% yes yes standard JQ 

ETU820 LI MCCB adj adj 20/40%...100/160% yes yes advanced KL 

ETU830 LIG MCCB adj adj adj 20/40%...100/160% yes yes advanced KM 

ETU850LSI MCCB adj adj adj 20/40%...100/160% yes yes advanced KP 

ETU856 LSI(G) MCCB adj adj adj alarm 20/40%...100/160% yes yes advanced KT 

ETU860 LSIG MCCB adj adj adj adj 20/40%...100/160% yes yes advanced KQ 

ETU310M MCP adj MS 

MCS110 MCS fix BB 


1 pole 1 

2 pole 2 

3 pole 3 

4 pole 4 

1-in-2 pole 5 

2-in-3 pole 6 

Connection Technology 

Blank, punched copper bar without any lugs 1 

Nut keeper kit, line and load 2 

Nut keeper kit, load end only 3 

Aluminum wire connector, load end only 4 

Wire connector, line end only 5 

Wire connector, line and load 6 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Regional Specifics (as applicable) 

Standard 0 

NAVAL/50C 1 

100% Rated (3VA6) 2 

Auxiliary Releases Without A 

Auxiliary/Alarm Switches Without A0 





Selection 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(SEAS) 


(MEAS) 


(HEAS) 


TM210 FTFM 

















Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(SEAS) 


(MEAS) 


(HEAS) 


TM210 FTFM a 
















Dimensions 



3VA51 1 1 (25.4) 5.5 (140) 3 (76.5) 0.84 0.38 

3VA51 2 2 (50.8) 5.5 (140) 3 (76.5) 1.37 0.62 

3VA51 3 3 (76.2) 5.5 (140) 3 (76.5) 1.73 0.78 

3VA51 4 4 (101.6) 5.5 (140) 3 (76.5) 2.09 0.95 


Interrupting 

Class 

S 

M 

H 

Breaker 

Type 

SEAS 

MEAS 

HEAS 

3VA51 

125A 1-Pole 

3VA51 

125A 2-Pole 




circuit breakers without lugs. 

Order required lugs or connection 

technology separately for field 

installation. 




For NAVAL-rated thermal-magnetic 

trip circuit breakers, change the 13th 

digit of the catalog number to the 

number "1". (For example, a 35KA 

@480VAC, 40A, 3-pole, NAVAL rated 

3VA51 would be catalog number 

3VA5140-5ED31-1AA0) 



Volts DC 

Poles 120 240 277 347 480Y/277V 480 600Y/347V 125 250 500 b 600 b 

1 65 25 14 14 

2, 3, 4 65 25 25 14 14 50 50 50 

1 85 35 18 25 

2, 3, 4 85 35 35 18 25 85 85 85 

1 150 50 18 30 

2, 3, 4 150 65 65 25 30 100 100 100 

a Available with NAVAL/50C ratings. 

b Applies to 3VA51 3-Pole 

7-48 





Selection 


Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(SEAS) 


(MEAS) 


(HEAS) 


TM210 FTFM a 
















TM230 FTAM a 

15 3VA5195-4EC31-0AA0 3VA5195-6EC31-0AA0 3VA5195-6EC31-0AA0 















TM240 ATAM 

15 3VA5195-4EF31-0AA0 3VA5195-5EF31-0AA0 3VA5195-6EF31-0AA0 









3VA51 125A 3-Pole 







installation. 










3VA5140-5ED31-1AA0) 

Enclosures (3-pole only) 

Nema Type 


1 surface 3VAE125N1S 

1 flush 3VAE125N1F 

3R 

3VAE125N3R 

12 3VAE125N12 

4X (304) 

3VAE125N4X 

4X (316) 

3VAE125N4X316 

Neutral 

N250X 

200% Neutral N2250X 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Dimensions 



3VA51 1 1 (25.4) 5.5 (140) 3 (76.5) 0.84 0.38 

3VA51 2 2 (50.8) 5.5 (140) 3 (76.5) 1.37 0.62 

3VA51 3 3 (76.2) 5.5 (140) 3 (76.5) 1.73 0.78 

3VA51 4 4 (101.6) 5.5 (140) 3 (76.5) 2.09 0.95 






Selection 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(SEAS) 


(MEAS) 


(HEAS) 


TM210 FTFM Unprotected Neutral 
















TM210 FTFM 100% Neutral 

90 3VA5190-4GD41-0AA0 3VA5190-5GD41-0AA0 3VA5190-6GD41-0AA0 




TM230 FTAM Unprotected Neutral 

















90 3VA5190-4GC41-0AA0 3VA5190-5GC41-0AA0 3VA5190-6GC41-0AA0 




TM240 ATAM Unprotected Neutral 










TM240 ATAM 100% Neutral 

100 3VA5110-4GF41-0AA0 3VA5110-5GF41-0AA0 3VA5110-6GF41-0AA0 

3VA51 125A 4-Pole 







installation. 










3VA5140-5ED31-1AA0) 

7-50 







TM210 - FTFM TM230 - FTAM TM240 - ATAM 

I n (A) I r (A) I i (A) I n (A) I r (A) I i (A) I n (A) I r (A) I i (A) 

15 15 300 15 15 150 180 210 240 270 300 15 12 150 180 210 240 270 300 

20 20 300 20 20 150 180 210 240 270 300 20 16 150 180 210 240 270 300 

25 25 300 25 25 150 180 210 240 270 300 30 24 150 180 210 240 270 300 

30 30 300 30 30 150 180 210 240 270 300 40 32 200 240 280 320 360 400 

35 35 350 35 35 175 210 245 280 315 350 50 40 250 300 350 400 450 500 

40 40 400 40 40 200 240 280 320 360 400 60 48 300 360 420 480 540 600 

45 45 450 45 45 225 270 315 360 405 450 70 56 350 420 490 560 630 700 

50 50 500 50 50 250 300 350 400 450 500 80 64 400 480 560 640 720 800 

60 60 600 60 60 300 360 420 480 540 600 100 80 500 600 700 800 900 1000 

70 70 700 70 70 350 420 490 560 630 700 

80 80 800 80 80 400 480 560 640 720 3VA 800UL Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

90 90 900 90 90 450 540 630 720 810 Accessories 900 and Spare Parts 

100 100 1000 100 100 500 600 700 800 900 1000 

110 110 1100 110 110 550 660 770 880 990 Internal 1100 accessories 

125 125 1250 125 125 625 750 875 1000 1125 1250 

Design 


Type 

Steel wrap around (Cu 

cable only), 1 cable lugs 

Aluminum body lug small 

(Cu/Al cable), 1 cable lug 

Aluminum body lug (Cu/Al 

cable), 1 cable lugs 

Aluminum body lug small 

with control wire tap (Cu/Al 

cable), 1 cable lug 

Aluminum body lug with 

control wire tap (Cu/Al 

cable), 1 cable lugs 

Aluminum body lug large (Cu/ 

Al cable), 1 cable lugs with 1 

extended terminal cover 

Aluminum body lug large 

with control wire tap (Cu/Al 

cable), 1 cable lug and 

1 extended terminal cover 

Distribution lug, 6 cables (Cu/ 

Al cable), 1 cable lugs with 


Copper body lug small (Cu 

cable only), 1 cable lugs 

Copper body lug (Cu cable 

only), 1 cable lugs 

Copper body lug small with 

control wire tap (Cu cable 


Copper body lug with 



Min. 

cable 

size 

AWG 

14 

AWG 

14 

AWG 

14 

AWG 

14 

AWG 

14 

AWG 

4 

AWG 

4 

AWG 

14 

AWG 

14 

AWG 

14 

AWG 

14 

AWG 

14 

Max. 

cable 

size 

Catalog No. 


Catalog No. 


3/0 3VA9133-0JA11 3VA9134-0JA11 

AWG 

10 

3VA9133-0JB10 

3VA9134-0JB10 

3/0 3VA9133-0JB11 3VA9134-0JB11 

AWG 

10 

3VA9133-0JG10 

3VA9134-0JG10 

3/0 3VA9133-0JG11 3VA9134-0JG11 

300 

kcmil 

300 

kcmil 

AWG 

2 

AWG 

10 

3VA9133-0JJ12 

3VA9133-0JC12 

3VA9133-0JF60 

3VA9133-0JD10 

3VA9134-0JJ12 

3VA9134-0JF60 

3VA9134-0JD10 

2/0 3VA9133-0JD11 3VA9134-0JD11 

AWG 

10 

3VA9133-0JK10 

4 

3VA9134-0JK10 

2/0 3VA9133-0JK11 3VA9134-0JK11 

Internal accessories configuration 



Leading 


Alarm switch 


Short circuit alarm switch 







Other 


Slot No.: 

Type 

AUX_HQ x x x 

AUX_HQ_el x x x 

x 

AUX_HP 

x 

LCS_HQ 

LCS_HQ_el 

LCS_HP 

Type 

Type 

STF 

STL 

STL_el 

3VA4/3VA5 

125 A 

1 in 2-pole 

/2-pole 

23 22 21 

TAS_HQ x x 

TAS_HQ_el x x 

TAS_HP 

x 

SAS_HQ 

SAS_HQ_el 

RCR 

UVR 

UNI 

x 

x 

x 

x 

125 A 

3VA5 

125 A 

3 & 4-pole 

23 22 21 11 12 13 

x x x x x x 

x x x x x x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x x x x 

x x x x 

x x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

125 A 

x 

7 

MOLDED CASE 




3VA61 150A Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers 


Selection 


3VA61 150A 3-Pole 

The catalog numbers listed below are for complete, non-interchangable 

trip circuit breakers without lugs. 

Order required lugs or connection technology separately for field installation. 

All 3VA61 electronict trip circuit breakers are UL listed for reverse feed applications. 

All 3VA61 electronic trip circuit breakers are available with 100% ratings. 

For 100% rated electronic trip circuit breakers, change the 13th digit of the 

catalog number to the number "2". (For example, a 35KA @480VAC, 40A, 

3-pole, 100% rated 3VA61 would be catalog number 3VA6140-5HL31-2AA0) 

Requires the use of rated lugs — see lug table below. 

All 3VA6 circuit breakers are certified to UL 489 Supplement SB, are marked 

“Naval”, and are suitable for use at 50C. 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


3VA61 150A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit 

Continuous 

Ampere 


(MDAE) 


(HDAE) 

C-Interrupting Class 

(CDAE) 

L-Interrupting Class 

(LDAE) 

E-Interrupting Class 

(EDAE) 


ETU320 LI with dials 

40 3VA6140-5HL31-0AA0 3VA6140-6HL31-0AA0 3VA6140-7HL31-0AA0 3VA6140-8HL31-0AA0 3VA6160-0HL31-0AA0 a 

100 3VA6110-5HL31-0AA0 3VA6110-6HL31-0AA0 3VA6110-7HL31-0AA0 3VA6110-8HL31-0AA0 3VA6110-0HL31-0AA0 


ETU330 LIG with dials 

40 3VA6140-5HM31-0AA0 3VA6140-6HM31-0AA0 3VA6140-7HM31-0AA0 3VA6140-8HM31-0AA0 3VA6160-0HM31-0AA0 a 

100 3VA6110-5HM31-0AA0 3VA6110-6HM31-0AA0 3VA6110-7HM31-0AA0 3VA6110-8HM31-0AA0 3VA6110-0HM31-0AA0 


ETU350 LSI with dials 

40 3VA6140-5HN31-0AA0 3VA6140-6HN31-0AA0 3VA6140-7HN31-0AA0 3VA6140-8HN31-0AA0 3VA6160-0HN31-0AA0 a 

100 3VA6110-5HN31-0AA0 3VA6110-6HN31-0AA0 3VA6110-7HN31-0AA0 3VA6110-8HN31-0AA0 3VA6110-0HN31-0AA0 


ETU550 LSI with LCD 

40 3VA6140-5JP31-0AA0 3VA6140-6JP31-0AA0 3VA6140-7JP31-0AA0 3VA6140-8JP31-0AA0 — 



ETU556 LSI(G Alarm) with LCD 

40 3VA6140-5JT31-0AA0 3VA6140-6JT31-0AA0 3VA6140-7JT31-0AA0 3VA6140-8JT31-0AA0 — 



ETU560 LSIG with LCD 

40 3VA6140-5JQ31-0AA0 3VA6140-6JQ31-0AA0 3VA6140-7JQ31-0AA0 3VA6140-8JQ31-0AA0 — 



ETU820 LI LCD with Metering 

40 3VA6140-5KL31-0AA0 3VA6140-6KL31-0AA0 3VA6140-7KL31-0AA0 3VA6140-8KL31-0AA0 — 



ETU830 LIG with LCD and Metering 

40 3VA6140-5KM31-0AA0 3VA6140-6KM31-0AA0 3VA6140-7KM31-0AA0 3VA6140-8KM31-0AA0 — 



ETU850 LSI with LCD and Metering 

40 3VA6140-5KP31-0AA0 3VA6140-6KP31-0AA0 3VA6140-7KP31-0AA0 3VA6140-8KP31-0AA0 — 



ETU856 LSI(G Alarm) with LCD and Metering 

40 3VA6140-5KT31-0AA0 3VA6140-6KT31-0AA0 3VA6140-7KT31-0AA0 3VA6140-8KT31-0AA0 3VA6160-0KT31-0AA0 a 

100 3VA6110-5KT31-0AA0 3VA6110-6KT31-0AA0 3VA6110-7KT31-0AA0 3VA6110-8KT31-0AA0 3VA6110-0KT31-0AA0 


ETU860 LSIG with LCD and Metering 

40 3VA6140-5KQ31-0AA0 3VA6140-6KQ31-0AA0 3VA6140-7KQ31-0AA0 3VA6140-8KQ31-0AA0 3VA6160-0KQ31-0AA0 a 

100 3VA6110-5KQ31-0AA0 3VA6110-6KQ31-0AA0 3VA6110-7KQ31-0AA0 3VA6110-8KQ31-0AA0 3VA6110-0KQ31-0AA0 


a The lowest amperage trip unit available for the EDAE class breakers is 60 amps. 

7-52 





Selection 





All 3VA61 electronic trip circuit breakers are UL listed for reverse feed applications. 






3VA61 150A 4-Pole 




Continuous 

Ampere 


(MDAE) 


(HDAE) 


(CDAE) 


(LDAE) 


(EDAE) 



40 3VA6140-5HL41-0AA0 3VA6140-6HL41-0AA0 3VA6140-7HL41-0AA0 3VA6140-8HL41-0AA0 3VA6160-0HL41-0AA0 a 




40 3VA6140-5HM41-0AA0 3VA6140-6HM41-0AA0 3VA6140-7HM41-0AA0 3VA6140-8HM41-0AA0 3VA6160-0HM41-0AA0 a 




40 3VA6140-5HN41-0AA0 3VA6140-6HN41-0AA0 3VA6140-7HN41-0AA0 3VA6140-8HN41-0AA0 3VA6160-0HN41-0AA0 a 















ETU820 LI LCD with Metering 













40 3VA6140-5KT41-0AA0 3VA6140-6KT41-0AA0 3VA6140-7KT41-0AA0 3VA6140-8KT41-0AA0 3VA6160-0KT41-0AA0 a 




40 3VA6140-5KQ41-0AA0 3VA6140-6KQ41-0AA0 3VA6140-7KQ41-0AA0 3VA6140-8KQ41-0AA0 3VA6160-0KQ41-0AA0 a 



7 

MOLDED CASE 


a The lowest amperage trip unit available for the EDAE class breakers is 60 amps. 






Connectors for 75C wire for 3VA61 

Type 

Minimum 

cable size 

Maximum 

cable size 

Part Number 


Part Number 


Steel Wrap around (Cu cable only) 

AWG 10 3/0 3VA9143-0JA12 3VA9144-0JA12 

single cable lugs b AWG 4 350 kcmil 3VA9243-0JA12 3VA9244-0JA12 

Aluminum Body Lug (Cu/Al cable) 

AWG 14 1/0 3VA9143-0JB11 3VA9144-0JB11 

single cable lugs a AWG 6 350 kcmil 3VA9243-0JB12 3VA9244-0JB12 

Aluminum body lug with control wire tap 

AWG 14 1/0 3VA9143-0JG11 c 3VA9144-0JG11 c 

(Cu/Al cable) single cable lugs a AWG 6 350 kcmil 3VA9243-0JG12 3VA9244-0JG12 

Aluminum body lug large (Cu/Al cable) 

single cable lugs and 1 ext’d terminal cover a AWG 2 350 kcmil 3VA9243-0JJ13 3VA9244-0JJ13 

Aluminum body lug large with control wire tap 

(Cu/Al cable) single cable lugs and 

AWG 2 350 kcmil 3VA9243-0JC13 3VA9244-0JC13 

1 extended terminal cover a 

Aluminum body lug, 2 cables (Cu/Al cable) with 

1 extended terminal cover a AWG 4 300 kcmil 3VA9243-0JJ22 3VA9244-0JJ22 

Aluminum body lug, 2 cables (Cu/Al cable) 

with control wire tap and 1 extended terminal cover a AWG 4 300 kcmil 3VA9243-0JC22 3VA9244-0JC22 

Distribution lug, 6 Cables (Cu/Al cable) with 

1 extended terminal cover b AWG 14 AWG 2 3VA9243-0JF60 3VA9244-0JF60 

Copper body lug (Cu cable only) single cable lugs 

AWG 14 1/0 3VA9143-0JD11 3VA9144-0JD11 

kit of 3 single lugs a AWG 6 350 kcmil 3VA9243-0JD12 3VA9244-0JD12 

Copper body lug (Cu cable only) with control 

AWG 14 1/0 3VA9143-0JK11 c 3VA9144-0JK11 c 

wire tap single cable lugs a AWG 6 350 kcmil 3VA9243-0JK12 3VA9244-0JK12 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



Interrupting 

Class 

Dimensions 

Breaker 

Type 



240 480Y/277V 480 600Y/347V 600 

M MDAE 100 35 35 18 18 

H HDAE 100 65 65 22 22 

C CDAE 200 100 100 35 35 

L LDAE 200 150 150 50 50 

E EDAE — 200 200 100 100 



3VA61 3 4.1 (105) 7.8 (198) 3.4 (86) 5.5 2.5 

3VA61 4 5.5 (140) 7.8 (198) 3.4 (86) 7.1 3.2 


Nema Type 




3R 

3VAE250N3R 

12 3VAE250N12 

4X (304) 

3VAE250N4X 

4X (316) 

3VAE250N4X316 

Neutral 

N250X 


a Meets requirements for 100% rated breakers up to 150A. 

b Meets requirements for 100% rated breakers up to 100A. 

c Limited to 150A including the control wire tap. 

7-54 







ETU320-LI, ETU330-LIG, ETU350-LSI 

Continuous 

Amperage LI, LIG, LSI LSI LIG 

LI, LIG, LSI 

4P only 

I n (Amp) I r(Amp) (L) t ld (sec) (L) I i (Amp) (I) a (Amp) (S) t sd (sec) (S) I g (Amp) (G) I N=xI r (Amp) 

I sd= xIr 

40 15 - 40 0.5 - 17 60-480 1.5 - 10 0.08 - 0.4 15 - 40 1 / OFF 

100 40 - 100 0.5 - 17 150-1200 1.5 - 10 20 - 100 0.5 - 1 / OFF 

150 60 - 150 0.5 - 17 225-1500 1.5 - 10 30 - 150 0.5 - 1 / OFF 

a I i for ETU350 is fixed at the maximum level shown in table. 

ETU550-LSI, ETU556 LSI(A), ETU560-LSIG, ETU820-LI, ETU830-LIG, ETU850-LSI, ETU856 LSI(A), ETU860-LSIG 

Continuous 

Amperage LI, LIG, LSI, LSIG, LSI(G) LSI, LSIG, LSI(G) LIG, LSIG, LSI(G) 

LSI 3P with 

External CT 

LI, LIG, LSI, LSIG, 

LSI(G) 4P only 

I n (Amp) I r(Amp) (L) t ld (sec) (L) I i (Amp) (I) I sd (Amp) (S) t sd (sec) (S) I g (Amp) (G) t g (G) I N=xI r (Amp) I N (Amp) 

40 15 - 40 0.5 - 25 60-480 24 - 400 0.05 - 0.5 15 - 40 0.05 - 0.8 15 - 64 / OFF 15 - 64 / OFF 

100 40 - 100 0.5 - 25 150-1200 60 - 1000 20 - 100 20 - 160 / OFF 20 - 150 / OFF 

150 60 - 150 0.5 - 20 225-1500 90 - 1500 30 - 150 30 - 240 / OFF 30 - 150 / OFF 

For specific trip settings refer to the Electronic Trip Unit section 3VA of the UL 3VA Molded Systems Case Manual, Circuit Breakers 

which can be found in the document download center at https://www.siemens.com/download?BTLV_50412. 

Accessories and Spare Parts 

Internal accessories 


Optional equipment 

3VA6 

3VA6 

150/250 A 150/250 A 

3-pole 

4-pole 

250 A 250 A 



Leading changeover switch 

Alarm switch 


Electrical alarm switch 


Slot No.: 

Type 

Type 

Type 

24 23 22 21 11 12 13 14 34 33 32 31 24 23 22 21 11 12 13 14 

AUX_HQ x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 

AUX_HQ_el x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 

AUX_HP x x x x x x x x x x 

x x x x x 

LCS_HQ x x 

LCS_HQ_el x x 

LCS_HP x x 

TAS_HQ x x x x x x x x 

TAS_HQ_el x x x x x x x x 

TAS_HP x x x x 

EAS_HQ x x 

EAS_HQ_el x x 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



STF x x x x 



STL x x 

UVR x x 

4 


UNI x x 

ETU/communication 

Type 

Communication module 

Breaker data server 

COM060 

x 

x 

24 V module 

x 

x 

Other 


x 

x 

I201_19495 

See page 7-81 for internal accessory 

part numbers. 





Selection 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


3VA52 250 A, 2-Pole in 3-Pole Frame Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(MFAS) 


(HFAS) 


(CFAS) 


TM210 FTFM 
















TM230 FTAM 












Dimensions 



3VA52 2(3-) pole 4.1 (105) 7.3 (185) 3.3 (83) 4.1 1.9 

3VA52 3-pole 4.1 (105) 7.3 (185) 3.3 (83) 4.5 2.1 

3VA52 250A 3-Pole 







installation. 




For NAVAL rated thermal-magnetic 




@480VAC, 150A, 3-pole, NAVAL 




Nema Type 




3R 

3VAE250N3R 

12 3VAE250N12 

4X (304) 

3VAE250N4X 

4X (316) 

3VAE250N4X316 

Neutral 

N250X 


7-56 





Selection 

3VA52 250 A Frame, 3-Pole Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(MFAS) 


(HFAS) 


(CFAS) 


TM210 FTFM a 
















TM230 FTAM a 












TM240 ATAM 









Dimensions 



3VA52 2(3-) pole 4.1 (105) 7.3 (185) 3.3 (83) 4.1 1.9 

3VA52 3-pole 4.1 (105) 7.3 (185) 3.3 (83) 4.5 2.1 







installation. 








@480VAC, 150A, 3-pole, NAVAL 




Nema Type 




3R 

3VAE250N3R 

12 3VAE250N12 

4X (304) 

3VAE250N4X 

4X (316) 

3VAE250N4X316 

Neutral 

N250X 


7 

MOLDED CASE 







Selection 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


3VA52 250A Frame, 4-pole Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(MFAS) 


(HFAS) 


(CFAS) 


TM210 FTFM 


























TM230 FTAM 












TM230 FTAM 100% Neutral 










TM240 ATAM 
















7-58 







Interrupting 

Class 

Breaker 

Type 



Volts DC 

240 480Y/277V 480 600Y/347V 600 250 500 600 (3P) 

M MFAS 85 35 35 18 18 50 50 50 

H HFAS 100 65 65 25 25 85 85 85 

C CFAS 200 100 100 35 35 100 100 100 


TM210 - FTFM TM230 - FTAM TM240 - ATAM 

I n (A) I r (A) I i (A) I n (A) I r (A) I i (A) I n (A) I r (A) I i (A) 

40 40 400 70 70 350 420 490 560 630 700 70 56 350 420 490 560 630 700 

50 50 500 80 80 400 480 560 640 720 800 80 64 400 480 560 640 720 800 

60 60 600 90 90 450 540 630 720 810 900 100 80 500 600 700 800 900 1000 

70 70 700 100 100 500 600 700 800 900 1000 125 100 625 750 875 1000 1125 1250 

80 80 800 110 110 550 660 770 880 990 1100 150 120 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 

90 90 900 125 125 625 750 875 1000 1125 1250 175 140 875 1050 1225 1400 1575 1750 

100 100 1000 150 150 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 200 160 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 

110 110 1100 175 175 875 1050 1225 1400 1575 1750 250 200 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 

125 125 1250 200 200 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 

150 150 1500 225 225 1125 1350 1575 1800 2025 2250 

175 175 1750 250 250 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 

200 200 2000 

225 225 2250 

250 250 2500 


Minimum 

cable size 

Maximum 

cable size 

Part Number 


Part Number 


Type 

Steel wrap around AWG 10 3/0 3VA9233-0JA11 3VA9234-0JA11 

(Cu cable only), 

single cable lugs 

AWG 4 350 kcmil 3VA9233-0JA12 3VA9234-0JA12 

Aluminum body lug AWG 14 1/0 3VA9233-0JB11 3VA9234-0JB11 

(Cu/Al cable), 


AWG 6 350 kcmil 3VA9233-0JB12 3VA9234-0JB12 

Aluminum body lug AWG 14 1/0 3VA9233-0JG11 3VA9234-0JG11 

(Cu/Al cable) with control 

wire tap, single cable lugs AWG 6 350 kcmil 3VA9233-0JG12 3VA9234-0JG12 


(Cu/Al cable) single cable 

lugs with 1 extended 

AWG 2 350 kcmil 3VA9233-0JJ13 3VA9234-0JJ13 

terminal cover 


with control wire tap 

(Cu/Al cable) single cable AWG 2 350 kcmil 3VA9233-0JC13 3VA9234-0JC13 

lugs and 1 extended 

terminal cover 

Aluminum body lug, 

2 cables (Cu/Al cable) 

with control wire tap and 

AWG 4 300 kcmil 3VA9233-0JJ22 3VA9234-0JJ22 


Distribution lug, 6 Cables 

(Cu/Al cable) with 1 AWG 14 AWG 2 3VA9233-0JF60 3VA9234-0JF60 

extended terminal cover 

Copper body lug 

(Cu cable only) 

AWG 14 1/0 3VA9233-0JD11 3VA9234-0JD11 


AWG 6 350 kcmil 3VA9233-0JD12 3VA9234-0JD12 

Copper body lug with AWG 14 1/0 3VA9233-0JK11 3VA9234-0JK11 


only) single cable lugs AWG 6 350 kcmil 3VA9233-0JK12 3VA9234-0JK12 


part numbers. 

4 

3VA UL Molded Case Circuit Breakers 



Design 





Leading 


Alarm switch 







Other 


Slot No.: 

Type 

AUX_HQ 

AUX_HQ_el 

AUX_HP 

LCS_HQ 

LCS_HQ_el 

LCS_HP 

Type 

TAS_HQ 

TAS_HQ_el 

TAS_HP 

Type 

STF 

STL 

UVR 

UNI 

3VA5 

250 A 

2(3)-pole & 3-pole 

250 A 

24 23 22 21 11 12 13 14 

x x x x x x x x 


x x x x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x x x x 

x x x x 

x x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

I201_19494 

7 

MOLDED CASE 






Selection 


3VA62 250A 3-Pole 












7 

MOLDED CASE 



Continuous 

Ampere 


(MFAE) 


(HFAE) 


(CFAE) 


(LFAE) 


(EFAE) 



100 3VA6210-5HL31-0AA0 3VA6210-6HL31-0AA0 3VA6210-7HL31-0AA0 3VA6210-8HL31-0AA0 — 



100 3VA6210-5HM31-0AA0 3VA6210-6HM31-0AA0 3VA6210-7HM31-0AA0 3VA6210-8HM31-0AA0 — 



100 3VA6210-5HN31-0AA0 3VA6210-6HN31-0AA0 3VA6210-7HN31-0AA0 3VA6210-8HN31-0AA0 — 











ETU820 LI with LCD and Metering 










100 3VA6210-5KT31-0AA0 3VA6210-6KT31-0AA0 3VA6210-7KT31-0AA0 3VA6210-8KT31-0AA0 — 



100 3VA6210-5KQ31-0AA0 3VA6210-6KQ31-0AA0 3VA6210-7KQ31-0AA0 3VA6210-8KQ31-0AA0 — 


7-60 





Selection 


3VA62 250A 4-Pole 













Continuous 

Ampere 


(MFAE) 


(HFAE) 


(CFAE) 


(LFAE) 


(EFAE) 



































7 

MOLDED CASE 







Connectors for 75C wire for 3VA62 

Type 

Minimum 

cable size 

Maximum 

cable size 

Part Number 


Part Number 



AWG 10 3/0 3VA9143-0JA12 3VA9144-0JA12 

single cable lugs a AWG 4 350 kcmil 3VA9243-0JA12 3VA9244-0JA12 


single cable lugs with control wire tap 

AWG 10 3/0 3VA9143-0JH12 3VA9144-0JH12 

AWG 4 350 kcmil 3VA9243-0JH12 3VA9244-0JH12 

Aluminum Body Lug (Cu/Al cable) 

AWG 14 1/0 3VA9143-0JB11 3VA9144-0JB11 

single cable lugs a AWG 6 350 kcmil 3VA9243-0JB12 3VA9244-0JB12 


AWG 14 1/0 3VA9143-0JG11 3VA9144-0JG11 


Aluminum body lug large (Cu/Al cable) 

single cable lugs and 1 ext’d terminal cover a AWG 2 350 kcmil 3VA9243-0JJ13 3VA9244-0JJ13 

Aluminum body lug large with control wire tap 

(Cu/Al cable) single cable lugs and 

AWG 2 350 kcmil 3VA9243-0JC13 3VA9244-0JC13 

1 extended terminal cover a 

Aluminum body lug, 2 cables (Cu/Al cable) 

with 1 extended terminal cover a AWG 4 300 kcmil 3VA9243-0JJ22 3VA9244-0JJ22 


control wire tap and 1 extended terminal cover a AWG 4 300 kcmil 3VA9243-0JC22 3VA9244-0JC22 


1 extended terminal cover a AWG 14 AWG 2 3VA9243-0JF60 3VA9244-0JF60 

Copper body lug (Cu cable only) 


Copper body lug (Cu cable only) with control 

wire tap single cable lugs 

AWG 14 1/0 3VA9143-0JD11 a 3VA9144-0JD11 a 

AWG 6 350 kcmil 3VA9243-0JD12 b 3VA9244-0JD12 b 

AWG 14 1/0 3VA9143-0JK11 a 3VA9144-0JK11 a 

AWG 6 350 kcmil 3VA9243-0JK12 b 3VA9244-0JK12 b 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



Interrupting 

Class 

Dimensions 

Breaker 

Type 



240 480Y/277V 480 600Y/347V 600 

M MFAE 100 35 35 18 18 

H HFAE 100 65 65 22 22 

C CFAE 200 100 100 35 35 

L LFAE 200 150 150 50 50 

E EFAE — 200 200 100 100 



3VA62 3 4.1 (105) 7.8 (198) 3.4 (86) 5.5 2.5 

3VA62 4 5.5 (140) 7.8 (198) 3.4 (86) 7.1 3.2 


Nema Type 




3R 

3VAE250N3R 

12 3VAE250N12 

4X (304) 

3VAE250N4X 

4X (316) 

3VAE250N4X316 

Neutral 

N250X 



b Meets requirements for 100% rated breakers up to 250A, 

requires the use of 90 degree wire. 

7-62 








Continuous 


LI, LIG, LSI 

4P only 

I sd= xIr 

I n (Amp) I r(Amp) (L) t ld (sec) (L) I i (Amp) (I) a (Amp) (S) t sd (sec) (S) I g (Amp) (G) I N=xI r (Amp) 

100 40 - 100 0.5 - 17 150-1200 1.5 - 10 

20 - 100 0.5 - 1 / OFF 

0.08 - 0.4 

250 100 - 250 0.5 - 13 375-2500 1.5 - 10 50 - 250 0.5 - 1 / OFF 

a I i for ETU350 is fixed at the maximum level shown in table. 


Continuous 


LSI 3P with 

External CT 




100 40 - 100 0.5 - 25 150-1200 60 - 1000 

20 - 100 

20 - 160 / OFF 20 - 160 / OFF 

0.05 - 0.5 

0.05 - 0.8 

250 100 - 250 0.5 - 13 375-2500 150 - 2500 50 - 250 50 - 400 / OFF 50 - 250 / OFF 

For specific trip settings refer to the Electronic Trip Unit section 3VA of the UL 3VA Molded Systems Case Manual, Circuit Breakers 

which can be found in the document download center at https://www.siemens.com/download?BTLV_50412 





3VA6 

3VA6 

150/250 A 150/250 A 

3-pole 

4-pole 

250 A 250 A 


Slot No.: 

Type 

24 23 22 21 11 12 13 14 34 33 32 31 24 23 22 21 11 12 13 14 

AUX_HQ x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 


AUX_HQ_el x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 


x x x x x 

LCS_HQ x x 


LCS_HQ_el x x 

LCS_HP x x 

Alarm switch 

Type 

7 

TAS_HQ x x x x x x x x 







TAS_HQ_el x x x x x x x x 

TAS_HP x x x x 

EAS_HQ x x 

EAS_HQ_el x x 

Type 

STF x x x x 

STL x x 

UVR x x 

4 

MOLDED CASE 



UNI x x 


Type 



COM060 

x 

x 

24 V module 

x 

x 

Other 


x 

x 

I201_19495 


part numbers. 





Selection 

3VA53 400A, 2-Pole in 3-Pole Frame, Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(MJAS) 


(HJAS) 


(CJAS) 


TM230 FTAM 







7 

MOLDED CASE 


3VA53 400A Frame, 3-Pole Frame, Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(MJAS) 


(HJAS) 


(CJAS) 


TM230 FTAM a 







TM240 ATAM 








TM230 - FTAM 

I n (Amp) I r(Amp) I i (Amp) 

200 200 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 

225 225 1125 1350 1575 1800 2025 2250 

250 250 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 

300 300 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 

350 350 1750 2100 2450 2800 3150 3500 

400 400 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600 4000 

TM240 - ATAM 


200 160 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 

225 180 1125 1350 1575 1800 2025 2250 

250 200 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 

300 240 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 

350 280 1750 2100 2450 2800 3150 3500 

400 320 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600 4000 

3VA53 400A 3-Pole 







installation. 





trip circuit breakers, change the 

13th digit of the catalog number 


35KA@480VAC, 400A, 3-pole, rated 


3VA5340-5EC31-1AA0) 


7-64 





Selection 


Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(MJAS) 


(HJAS) 


(CJAS) 






























Dimensions 



3VA53 3 6.4 (162) 10.3 (262) 6.7 (170) 11.5 5.2 

3VA53 4 8.2 (208) 10.3 (262) 6.7 (170) 15.0 6.8 


Interrupting 

Class 

Breaker 

Type 



240 

480Y/ 

277V 480 

600Y/ 

347V 600 

Volts DC 

250 

(2P) 

600 

(3P) 

750 

(3P) 

750 

(4P) 

4 

1000 

(4P) 

M MJAS 85 35 35 18 18 50 50 10 50 10 

H HJAS 100 65 65 25 25 85 85 10 85 10 

C CJAS 200 100 100 35 35 100 100 10 100 10 


3VA53 400A 4-Pole 







Leading 

changeover 

switch 

Alarm switch 







Other 


Slot No.: 

Type 

LCS_HQ 

LCS_HQ_el 

LCS_HP 

Type 

TAS_HQ 

TAS_HQ_el 

TAS_HP 

Type 

3 & 4-pole 

25 24 23 22 21 11 12 13 14 15 35 34 33 32 31 2 

AUX_HQ x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 

AUX_HQ_el x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 

AUX_HP x x x x x x 

x x x x x x 

STF 

STL 

UVR 

UNI 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

3VA5 

400/600 A 

x 

x 

600 A 

x 

x 

x 

x x 

x x 

x 

x 

x 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


4/6 Siemens · 04/2017 





Selection 


3VA63 400A 3-Pole 





3VA63 electronic trip circuit breakers are available with 100% ratings (250A only). 







7 

MOLDED CASE 



Continuous 

Ampere 


(MJAE) 


(HJAE) 


(CJAE) 


(LJAE) 


(EJAE) 



































7-66 





Selection 

3VA63 400A 4-Pole 


Interrupting 

Class 

Dimensions 

Breaker 

Type 



240 480Y/277V 480 600Y/347V 600 

M MJAE 100 35 35 18 18 

H HJAE 100 65 65 22 22 

C CJAE 200 100 100 35 35 

L LJAE 200 150 150 50 50 

E EJAE — 200 200 100 100 



3VA63 3 6.4 (162) 10.3 (262) 6.7 (170) 11.0 5.2 

3VA63 4 8.2 (208) 10.3 (262) 6.7 (170) 15.0 6.8 


Continuous 

Ampere 


(MJAE) 


(HJAE) 


(CJAE) 


(LJAE) 


(EJAE) 



































7 

MOLDED CASE 







7 

MOLDED CASE 


Connections for 75C wire for 3VA53 and 3VA63 

Type 

Minimum 

cable size 

Maximum 

cable size 

Part Number 


Part Number 


Steel wrap around (Cu cable only) single cable lugs a 1/0 500 kcmil 3VA9473-0JA13 3VA9474-0JA13 

Steel wrap around (Cu cable only) 


1/0 500 kcmil 3VA9473-0JH13 3VA9474-0JH13 

Aluminum body lug (Cu/Al cable) single cable lugs a AWG 1 600 kcmil 3VA9373-0JB13 3VA9374-0JB13 





2/0 600 kcmil 3VA9473-0JJ23 3VA9474-0JJ23 


control wire tap and 1 extended terminal cover 

2/0 600 kcmil 3VA9473-0JC23 3VA9474-0JC23 


1 extended terminal cover a AWG 14 AWG 2 3VA9373-0JF60 3VA9374-0JF60 

Copper body lug (Cu cable only) single cable lugs a AWG 1 600 kcmil 3VA9373-0JD13 3VA9374-0JD13 

Copper body lug (Cu cable only) with 

control wire tap single cable lugs a AWG 1 600 kcmil 3VA9373-0JK13 3VA9374-0JK13 

Copper body lug, 2 cables (Cu cable only) with 

1 extended terminal cover a 2/0 600 kcmil 3VA9473-0JE23 3VA9474-0JE23 


Copper body lug, 2 cables (Cu cable only) with control 

wire tap and 1 extended terminal cover a 2/0 Accessories and 600 Spare kcmil Parts 3VA9473-0JL23 3VA9474-0JL23 




3VA5 & 3VA6 

3VA5 & 3VA6 

Enclosures for 3VA53 and 

3VA63 (3-pole only) 

NEMA Type Catalog Number 

1 Surface 3VAE6001S 

1 Flush 3VAE6001F 

3R 

3VAE6003R 

12 3VAE60012 

4X (304) 

4X (316) 

Neutral 

3VAE6004X 

3VAE6004X316 

HN656ACB 

200% Neutral HN678ACB 



Continuous 


LI, LIG, LSI 

4P only 

I sd= xIr 

I n (Amp) I r(Amp) (L) t ld (sec) (L) I i (Amp) (I) d (Amp) (S) t sd (sec) (S) I g (Amp) (G) I N=xI r (Amp) 

250 100 - 250 0.5 - 17 375-3000 1.5 - 10 

50 - 250 0.5 - 1 / OFF 

0.08 - 0.4 

400 150 - 400 0.5 - 17 600-4000 1.5 - 10 80 - 400 0.5 - 1 / OFF 

d I i for ETU350 is fixed at the maximum level shown in table. 


Continuous 


4 





Alarm switch 


 







 




24 V module 

Other 


UVR x x 

UNI x x 

Type 

LSI 3P with 

External CT 

See page 7-81 for internal 

accessory part numbers. 




250 100 - 250 0.5 - 25 375-3000 150 - 2500 

50 - 250 

50 - 400 / OFF 50 - 400 / OFF 

0.05 - 0.5 

0.05 - 0.8 

400 150 - 400 0.5 - 17 600-4000 240 - 4000 4/6 Siemens · 04/201780 - 400 80 - 640 / OFF 80 - 400 / OFF 

For specific trip settings refer to the Electronic Trip Unit section of the 3VA Systems Manual, 


Slot No.: 

Type 

Type 

Type 

3-pole 

4-pole 

25 24 23 22 21 11 12 13 14 15 35 34 33 32 31 25 24 23 22 21 11 12 13 14 15 

AUX_HQ x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 

AUX_HQ_el x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 


x x x x x x x x x x 

LCS_HQ 

LCS_HQ_el 

LCS_HP 

TAS_HQ 

TAS_HQ_el 

TAS_HP 

EAS_HQ 

EAS_HQ_el 

STF 

STL 

COM060 

x 

x 

x 

x 

400/600 A 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

400/600 A 

600 A 600 A 

c These accessories are for 

electronic trip breakers only. 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

I201_19495 

7-68 





Selection 

3VA54 600A, 2-Pole in 3-Pole Frame, Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(MLAS) 


(HLAS) 


(CLAS) 


TM230 FTAM 





Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(MLAS) 


(HLAS) 


(CLAS) 


TM230 FTAM a 




TM240 ATAM 





Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(MLAS) 


(HLAS) 


(CLAS) 


















Dimensions 



3VA54 3 6.4 (162) 10.3 (262) 6.7 (170) 11.5 5.2 

3VA54 4 8.2 (208) 10.3 (262) 6.7 (170) 15.0 6.8 


Interrupting 

Class 

Breaker 

Type 



240 

480Y/ 

277V 480 

600Y/ 

347V 600 

Volts DC 

250 

(2P) 

600 

(3P) 

750 

(3P) 

750 

(4P) 

1000 

(4P) 

M MLAS 85 35 35 18 18 50 50 10 50 10 

H HLAS 100 65 65 25 25 85 85 10 85 10 

C CLAS 200 100 100 35 35 100 100 10 100 10 


TM230 - FTAM 

I n (A) I r(A) I i (A) 

450 450 2250 2700 3150 3600 4050 4500 

500 500 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 

600 600 3000 3600 4200 4800 5400 6000 

TM240 - ATAM 

I n (A) I r(A) I i (A) 

450 360 2250 2700 3150 3600 4050 4500 

500 400 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 

600 480 3000 3600 4200 4800 5400 6000 

3VA54 600A 3-Pole 

3VA54 600A 4-Pole 







installation. 





trip circuit breakers, change the 

13th digit of the catalog number 

to the number "1". (For example,a 



3VA5460-5EC31-1AA0) 


7 

MOLDED CASE 






Selection 


3VA64 600A 3-Pole 





3VA64 electronic trip circuit breakers are available with 100% ratings (400A only). 




Requires the use of copper lugs — see lug table below. 



7 

MOLDED CASE 



Continuous 

Ampere 


(MLAE) 


(HLAE) 


(CLAE) 


(LLAE) 


(ELAE) 



































7-70 





Selection 

3VA64 600A 4-Pole 


Interrupting 

Class 

Dimensions 

Breaker 

Type 



240 480Y/277V 480 600Y/347V 600 

M MLAE 100 35 35 18 18 

H HLAE 100 65 65 22 22 

C CLAE 200 100 100 35 35 

L LLAE 200 150 150 50 50 

E ELAE — 200 200 100 100 



3VA64 3 6.4 (162) 10.3 (262) 6.7 (170) 11.0 5.2 

3VA64 4 8.2 (208) 10.3 (262) 6.7 (170) 15.0 6.8 


Continuous 

Ampere 


(MLAE) 


(HLAE) 


(CLAE) 


(LLAE) 


(ELAE) 



































7 

MOLDED CASE 







7 

MOLDED CASE 


Connections for 75C wire for 3VA54 and 3VA64 

Type 

Minimum 

cable size 

Maximum 

cable size 

Part Number 


Part Number 


Steel Wrap around (Cu cable only) single cable lugs 1/0 500 kcmil 3VA9473-0JA13 3VA9474-0JA13 



1/0 500 kcmil 3VA9473-0JH13 3VA9474-0JH13 

Aluminum Body Lug (Cu/Al cable) single cable lugs AWG 1 600 kcmil 3VA9373-0JB13 3VA9374-0JB13 


(Cu/Al cable) single cable lugs 

AWG 1 600 kcmil 3VA9373-0JG13 3VA9374-0JG13 



2/0 600 kcmil 3VA9473-0JJ23 3VA9474-0JJ23 


control wire tap and 1 extended terminal cover 

2/0 600 kcmil 3VA9473-0JC23 3VA9474-0JC23 



AWG 14 AWG 2 3VA9373-0JF60 3VA9374-0JF60 

Copper body lug (Cu cable only) single cable lugs a AWG 1 600 kcmil 3VA9373-0JD13 3VA9374-0JD13 

Copper body lug (Cu cable only) with 

control wire tap single cable lugs a AWG 1 600 kcmil 3VA9373-0JK13 3VA9374-0JK13 

Copper body lug, 2 cables (Cu cable only) with 

1 extended terminal cover b 2/0 600 kcmil 3VA9473-0JE23 3VA9474-0JE23 


Copper body lug, 2 cables (Cu cable only) 

with control wire tap and 1 extended terminal cover b 2/0 Accessories and 600 Spare kcmil Parts 3VA9473-0JL23 3VA9474-0JL23 

a Meets the requirement for 100% rated breakers up to 400A. 

b Meets requirement for 100% rated breakers up to 400A, 

requires the use of 90 degree wire. 

Enclosures for 3VA54 and 

3VA64 (3-pole only) 

NEMA Type Catalog Number 

1 Surface 3VAE6001S 

1 Flush 3VAE6001F 

3R 

3VAE6003R 

12 3VAE60012 

4X (304) 

4X (316) 

Neutral 

3VAE6004X 

3VAE6004X316 

HN656ACB 

200% Neutral HN678ACB 



Continuous 


LI, LIG, LSI 

4P only 

I sd= xIr 

I n (Amp) I r(Amp) (L) t ld (sec) (L) I i (Amp) (I) c (Amp) (S) t sd (sec) (S) I g (Amp) (G) I N=xI r (Amp) 

400 150 - 400 0.5 - 17 600-4800 1.5 - 10 

80 - 400 0.5 - 1 / OFF 

0.08 - 0.4 

600 250 - 600 0.5 - 15 900-5400 1.5 - 9 120 - 600 0.5 - 1 / OFF 

c I i for ETU350 is fixed at the maximum level shown in table. 


Continuous 


4 







Alarm switch 


 







 




24 V module 

Other 


UVR x x 

UNI x x 

Type 

LSI 3P with 

External CT 

b These accessories are for 

electronic trip breakers only. 

See page 7-81 for internal 

accessory part numbers. 




400 150 - 400 0.5 - 25 600-4800 240 - 4000 

80 - 400 

80 - 640 / OFF 80 - 600 / OFF 

0.05 - 0.5 

0.05 - 0.8 

600 250 - 600 0.5 - 15 900-5400 360 - 5400 4/6 Siemens · 04/2017120 - 600 120 - 960 / OFF 120 - 600 / OFF 



Slot No.: 

Type 

Type 

Type 

3-pole 

4-pole 

25 24 23 22 21 11 12 13 14 15 35 34 33 32 31 25 24 23 22 21 11 12 13 14 15 

AUX_HQ x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 

AUX_HQ_el x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 


x x x x x x x x x x 

LCS_HQ 

LCS_HQ_el 

LCS_HP 

TAS_HQ 

TAS_HQ_el 

TAS_HP 

EAS_HQ 

EAS_HQ_el 

STF 

STL 

COM060 

3VA5 & 3VA6 

x 

x 

x 

x 

400/600 A 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

3VA5 & 3VA6 

400/600 A 

600 A 600 A 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

I201_19495 

7-72 





Selection 

3VA55 800A, 2-pole in 3-pole Frame, Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(MMAS) 


(HMAS) 


(CMAS) 


TM230 FTAM 




3VA55 800A, 3-pole Frame, Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(MMAS) 


(HMAS) 


(CMAS) 


TM230 FTAM 




3VA55 800A, 4-pole Frame, Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

Cont. 

Ampere 

Rating 


(MMAS) 


(HMAS) 


(CMAS) 










3VA55 800A 3-Pole 

Dimensions 



3VA55 2(3) 8.3 (210) 12.5 (318) 5.8 (147) 29.3 13.3 

3VA55 3 8.3 (210) 12.5 (318) 5.8 (147) 29.4 13.4 

3VA55 4 11.1 (280) 12.5 (318) 5.8 (147) 37.4 17.0 


Interrupting 

Class 

Breaker 

Type 



240 

480Y/ 

277V 480 

600Y/ 

347V 600 

Volts DC 

250 

(2P) 

600 

(3P) 

750 

(3P) 

750 

(4P) 

1000 

(4P) 

M MMAS 85 35 35 18 18 50 50 50 50 18 

H HMAS 100 65 65 25 25 85 85 85 85 25 

C CMAS 200 100 100 50 50 100 100 100 100 50 


TM230 - FTAM 


600 600 3000 3600 4200 4800 5400 6000 

700 700 3500 4200 4900 5600 6300 7000 

800 800 4000 4800 5600 6400 7200 8000 

TM240 - ATAM 


600 480 3000 3600 4200 4800 5400 6000 

700 560 3500 4200 4900 5600 6300 7000 

800 640 4000 4800 5600 6400 7200 8000 

3VA55 800A 4-Pole 




circuit breakers with nut keepers on 

both line and load ends. 



installation. 




For NAVAL rated (3-pole only) thermalmagnetic 

trip circuit breakers, change 

the 13th digit of the catalog number 




3VA5580-5EC32-1AA0) 

7 

MOLDED CASE 






Selection 


3VA65 800A 3-Pole 


trip circuit breakers with nut keepers on both line and load ends. 



3VA65 electronic trip circuit breakers are available with 100% ratings. 






7 

MOLDED CASE 


3VA65 800A, 3-pole Frame, Electronic Trip Unit 

Continuous 

Ampere 


(MMAE) 


(HMAE) 


(CMAE) 



600 3VA6560-5HL32-0AA0 3VA6560-6HL32-0AA0 3VA6560-7HL32-0AA0 



600 3VA6560-5HM32-0AA0 3VA6560-6HM32-0AA0 3VA6560-7HM32-0AA0 



600 3VA6560-5HN32-0AA0 3VA6560-6HN32-0AA0 3VA6560-7HN32-0AA0 



600 3VA6560-5JP32-0AA0 3VA6560-6JP32-0AA0 3VA6560-7JP32-0AA0 



600 3VA6560-5JT32-0AA0 3VA6560-6JT32-0AA0 3VA6560-7JT32-0AA0 



600 3VA6560-5JQ32-0AA0 3VA6560-6JQ32-0AA0 3VA6560-7JQ32-0AA0 



600 3VA6560-5KL32-0AA0 3VA6560-6KL32-0AA0 3VA6560-7KL32-0AA0 



600 3VA6560-5KT32-0AA0 3VA6560-6KT32-0AA0 3VA6560-7KT32-0AA0 



600 3VA6560-5KQ32-0AA0 3VA6560-6KQ32-0AA0 3VA6560-7KQ32-0AA0 


7-74 





Selection 


Interrupting 

Class 

Breaker 

Type 



240 480Y/277V 480 600Y/347V 600 

M MMAE 100 35 35 25 25 

H HMAE 150 65 65 35 35 

C CMAE 200 100 100 50 50 

3VA65 800A 4-Pole 

Dimensions 



3VA65 3 8.3 (210) 12.5 (318) 5.8 (147) 29.4 13.4 

3VA65 4 11.1 (280) 12.5 (318) 5.8 (147) 37.4 17.0 


Continuous 

Ampere 


(MMAE) 


(HMAE) 


(CMAE) 























7 

MOLDED CASE 










3VA55 and 3VA65 800A / 3VA66 1000A Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers 



Connections for 75C wire for 3VA55, 3VA65 and 3VA66 

Type 

Minimum 

cable size 

Maximum 

cable size 

Part Number 


Part Number 


Aluminum body lug, 2 cables (Cu/Al cable) 4/0 600 kcmil 3VA9573-0JB23 3VA9574-0JB23 

Aluminum body lug, 2 cables (Cu/Al cable) with control wire tap 4/0 600 kcmil 3VA9573-0JG23 3VA9574-0JG23 

Aluminum body lug, 2 cables (Cu/Al cable) with1 extended terminal cover a 400 kcmil 750 kcmil 3VA9673-0JJ24 3VA9674-0JJ24 

Aluminum body lug, 2 cables (Cu/Al cable) with control wire tap and 

1 extended terminal cover a 400 kcmil 750 kcmil 3VA9673-0JC24 3VA9674-0JC24 

Aluminum body lug, 3 cables (Cu/Al cable) 4/0 400 kcmil 3VA9673-0JB32 3VA9674-0JB32 

Aluminum body lug, 3 cables (Cu/Al cable) with control wire tap 4/0 400 kcmil 3VA9673-0JG32 3VA9674-0JG32 

Aluminum body lug, 3 cables (Cu/Al cable) with 1 extended terminal cover a 500 kcmil 750 kcmil 3VA9673-0JJ34 3VA9674-0JJ34 


1 extended terminal cover a 500 kcmil 750 kcmil 3VA9673-0JC34 3VA9674-0JC34 

Aluminum body lug, 4 cables (Cu/Al cable) with 1 extended terminal cover a 4/0 500 kcmil 3VA9673-0JJ43 3VA9674-0JJ43 


1 extended terminal cover a 4/0 500 kcmil 3VA9673-0JC43 3VA9674-0JC43 

Aluminum body lug, 4 cables (Cu/Al cable) with 1 extended terminal cover a 4/0 600 kcmil 3VA9673-0JJ44 3VA9674-0JJ44 


1 extended terminal cover a 4/0 600 kcmil 3VA9673-0JC44 3VA9674-0JC44 

Copper body lug, 3 cables (Cu/Al cable) a 4/0 400 kcmil 3VA9673-0JD32 3VA9674-0JD32 

Copper body lug, 3 cables (Cu/Al cable) with control wire tap a 4/0 400 kcmil 3VA9673-0JK32 3VA9674-0JK32 

Copper body lug, 4 cables (Cu/Al cable) with 1 extended terminal cover 4/0 500 kcmil 3VA9673-0JE43 3VA9674-0JE43 

Copper body lug, 4 cables (Cu/Al cable) with control wire tap and 


a Meets requirements for 100% rated breakers up to 800A, requires the use of 90 degree wire. 

Product not yet released. 

4/0 500 kcmil 3VA9673-0JL43 3VA9674-0JL43 






3VA5 & 3VA6 

800A & 1000A 

3- & 4-pole 

1250 A 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



TM230 - FTAM 


600 600 3000 3600 4200 4800 5400 6000 

700 700 3500 4200 4900 5600 6300 7000 

800 800 4000 4800 5600 6400 7200 8000 

Trip Settings for 3VA65 and 3VA66 


Cont. 

Amp LI, LIG, LSI LSI LIG 

I n (Amp) 

I r(Amp) (L) 

t ld (sec) 

(L) 

I i (Amp) (I) 

I sd= xIr 

(Amp) (S) 

t sd (sec) 

(S) 

I g (Amp) 

(G) 

4 

LI, LIG, LSI 

4P only 

I N=xI r 

(Amp) 

600 240 - 600 0.5 - 17 900 - 7200 1.5 - 12 0 - 0.4 120 - 600 0.2 - 1.0 

800 320 - 800 0.5 - 17 1200 - 8000 1.5 - 10 0 - 0.4 160 - 800 0.2 - 1.0 

1000 400 - 1000 0.5 - 17 1500 - 10000 1.5 - 10 0 - 0.4 200 - 1000 0.2 - 1.0 



Type 

LCS_HQ 

Leading changeover switch LCS_HQ_el 

LCS_HP 

Alarm switch 

Type 

TAS_HQ 


TAS_HQ_el 

TAS_HP 

EAS_HQ 

Electrical alarm switch (3VA6) 

EAS_HQ_el 

SAS_HQ 


SAS_HQ_el 


Type 


STF 

STL 


STL (EI) 


RCR 


UVR 


UNI 

 


Type 

Communication module 3VA server COM060 

24 V module 

Other 


Slot No.: 

AUX_HQ 

AUX_HQ_el 

AUX_HP 

24 23 22 21 11 12 13 14 15 16 


x x x x 

x x x x 

x x x x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

Internal Booster 

x x 

x 

x 

x 

x x 

x x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

x 

ETU550-LSI, ETU556 LSI(A), ETU560-LSIG, ETU820-LI, ETU856 LSI(A), ETU860-LSIG 

Cont. Amp LI, LIG, LSI, LSIG, LSI(G) LSI, LSIG, LSI(G) LIG, LSIG, LSI(G) 

LSI 3P with 

External CT 




600 240 - 600 0.5 - 25 900 - 7200 360 - 7200 0.05 - 0.5 120 - 600 0.05 - 0.8 120 - 960 120 - 600 

800 320 - 800 0.5 - 25 1200 - 8000 480 - 8000 0.05 - 0.5 160 - 800 0.05 - 0.8 160 - 1280 160 - 800 

1000 400 - 1000 0.5 - 25 1500 - 10000 600 - 10000 0.05 - 0.5 200 - 1000 0.05 - 0.8 200 - 1600 200 - 1000 



7-76 


4/6 Siemens · 04/2017




Selection 



trip circuit breakers with nut keepers on both line and load ends. 





3VA66 800A 3-Pole 


Continuous 

Ampere 


(MMNAE) 


(HMNAE) 


(CMNAE) 




















7 

MOLDED CASE 






Selection 


Interrupting 

Class 

Breaker 

Type 



240 480Y/277V 480 600Y/347V 600 

M MMNAE 100 35 35 25 25 

H HMNAE 150 65 65 35 35 

C CMNAE 200 100 100 50 50 

3VA66 800A 4-Pole 

Dimensions 



3VA66 3 8.3 (210) 12.5 (318) 5.8 (147) 29.4 13.4 

3VA66 4 11.1 (280) 12.5 (318) 5.8 (147) 37.4 17.0 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



Continuous 

Ampere 


(MMNAE) 


(HMNAE) 


(CMNAE) 




















7-78 



3VA Molded Case Switch and Motor Circuit Protector 


Selection 

Breaking capacity (the SCCR rating) is the 

maximum permissible short circuit current 

at the installation location of the MCS in 

combination with an appropriate overload 


Magnetic switch 

Electronic Trip Unit switch 

Molded Case Switch Magnetic 

Frame 

(Breaker 

Type) 

3VA51 

(HEAS) 

Max. 

Ampere 

Rating 

2-Pole 

3-Pole 

Short-Circuit 

Current Rating (AC) 

Short-Circuit 

Current Rating (DC) 

Catalog Number Catalog Number 240V 480V 600V 125V 250V b 500V c 600V c 

Instantaneous 

short circuit 

protection 

100 3VA5110-1BB21-0AA0 3VA5110-1BB31-0AA0 150k 65k 25k a 30k 100k 100k — 1600 A 

Catalog Number Catalog Number 240V 480V 600V 250V 500V b 600V c 750V c 

3VA52 

(HFAS) 

3VA53 

(HJAS) 

3VA54 

(HLAS) 

3VA55 

(HMAS) 

150 3VA5215-0BB61-0AA0 3VA5215-0BB31-0AA0 100k 65k 25k 85k 85k — 85k 2400 A 


400 3VA5340-0BB61-0AA0 3VA5340-0BB31-0AA0 100k 65k 25k 85k 85k 85k 10k 6000 A 



Frame 

(Breaker 

Type) 

3VA52 

(CFAS) 

3VA53 

(CJAS) 

3VA54 

(CLAS) 

3VA55 

(CMAS) 

Max. 

Short-Circuit 

Short-Circuit 

Instantaneous 

Ampere 

2-Pole 

3-Pole 

Current Rating (AC) Current Rating (DC) 

short circuit 

Rating Catalog Number Catalog Number 240V 480V 600V 250V 500V b 600V c 750V c protection 







7 

MOLDED CASE 


Molded Case Switch Electronic 

Frame 

(Breaker 

Type) 

3VA63 

(CJAE) 

3VA64 

(CLAE) 

Max. 

Ampere 

Rating 

2-Pole 

3-Pole 

Short-Circuit Current 

Rating 

Catalog Number Catalog Number 240V 480V 600V 

Instantaneous 

short circuit 

protection 

400 — 3VA6340-1BB31-0AA0 200k 100k 35k 5600 A 

600 — 3VA6460-1BB31-0AA0 200k 100k 35k 5400 A 

a Rated at 600 Y/347 V AC. 

b Two poles in series. 

c Three poles in series. 



3VA Molded Case Switch and Motor Circuit Protector 


Selection 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Motor circuit protector TM120M AM c 

Frame 

(Breaker 

Type) 

3VA51 

(HEAP) 

3VA52 

(HFAP) 

3VA53 

(HJAP) 

Maximum 

Ampere 

Rating 

3-Pole 


Instantaneous 

short circuit 

protection 

1 3VA5181-1MU31-0AA0 3 ... 7 

3VA5181-1MH31-0AA0 5 ... 12 

2 3VA5102-1MU31-0AA0 6 ... 14 

3VA5102-1MH31-0AA0 10 ... 24 

3 3VA5103-1MU31-0AA0 9 ... 21 

3VA5103-1MH31-0AA0 15 ... 36 

5 3VA5105-1MU31-0AA0 15 ... 35 

3VA5105-1MH31-0AA0 25 ... 60 

7 3VA5107-1MU31-0AA0 21 ... 49 

3VA5107-1MH31-0AA0 35 ... 84 

10 3VA5191-1MU31-0AA0 30 ... 70 

3VA5191-1MH31-0AA0 50 ... 120 

15 3VA5195-1MU31-0AA0 45 ... 105 

3VA5195-1MH31-0AA0 75 ... 180 

25 3VA5125-1MU31-0AA0 75 ... 175 

3VA5125-1MH31-0AA0 125 ... 300 

30 3VA5130-1MU31-0AA0 90 ... 210 

3VA5130-1MH31-0AA0 150 ... 360 

40 3VA5140-1MU31-0AA0 120 ... 280 

3VA5140-1MH31-0AA0 200 ... 480 

50 3VA5150-1MU31-0AA0 150 ... 350 

3VA5150-1MH31-0AA0 250 ... 600 

70 3VA5170-1MU31-0AA0 210 ... 490 

3VA5170-1MH31-0AA0 350 ... 840 

80 3VA5180-1MU31-0AA0 240 ... 560 

3VA5180-1MH31-0AA0 400 ... 960 

90 3VA5190-1MU31-0AA0 270 ... 630 

3VA5190-1MH31-0AA0 450 ... 1080 

100 3VA5110-1MU31-0AA0 300 ... 700 

3VA5110-1MH31-0AA0 500 ... 1200 

110 3VA5111-1MU31-0AA0 330 ... 770 

3VA5111-1MH31-0AA0 550 ... 1320 

125 3VA5112-1MU31-0AA0 375 ... 875 

3VA5112-1MH31-0AA0 625 ... 1500 

150 3VA5215-0MU31-0AA0 450 ... 900 

3VA5215-0MH31-0AA0 900 ... 1800 

200 3VA5220-0MU31-0AA0 600 ... 1200 

3VA5220-0MH31-0AA0 1200 ... 2400 

250 3VA5225-0MU31-0AA0 750 ... 900 

3VA5225-0MH31-0AA0 1250 ... 2500 

250 3VA5325-0MU31-0AA0 750 ... 1500 

3VA5325-0MH31-0AA0 1500 ... 3000 


Motor circuit protector ETU310M b 

3VA61 

(CDAR) 

3VA62 

(CFAR-Y) 

3VA63 

(CJAR) 

3VA64 

(CLAR) 

3VA65 

(CMAR) 



Volts DC 

Frame 

Breaker 

Type 240 480 

600Y/ 

347V 600 125 (1P) 250 (2P) 500 d (3P) 600 (3P) 

3VA51 HEAP 150 65 25 — 30 100 100 — 

3VA52 

HFAP 100 65 25 25 85 85 

CFAP 200 100 35 35 100 100 

3VA53 

HJAP 100 65 25 25 — — — — 

CHAP 200 100 35 35 — — — — 

3VA54 

HLAP 100 65 25 25 — — — — 

CLAP 200 100 35 35 — — — — 

3VA55 

HMAP 100 65 25 — — — — — 

CMAP 100 100 50 — — — — — 

3VA61 CDAR 200 100 35 35 — — — — 

3VA62 CFAR 200 100 35 35 — — — — 

3VA63 CJAR 200 100 35 35 — — — — 

3VA64 CLAR 200 100 35 35 — — — — 

3VA65 CMAR 200 100 42 — — — — — 

Motor circuit protector TM120M AM b 

Frame 

(Breaker 

Type) 

3VA54 

(HLAP 

3VA55 

(HMAP) 

3VA52 

(CFAP) 

3VA53 

(CJAP) 

3VA54 

(CLAP) 

3VA55 

(CMAP) 

Maximum 

Ampere 

Rating 

3-Pole 


Instantaneous 

short circuit 

protection 

400 3VA5440-0MU31-0AA0 750 ... 1500 

3VA5440-0MH31-0AA0 1200 ... 2400 

500 3VA5450-0MU31-0AA0 1500 ... 3000 

3VA5450-0MH31-0AA0 3000 ... 6000 

600 3VA5460-0MU31-0AA0 1800 ... 3600 

3VA5460-0MH31-0AA0 3000 ... 6000 

600 3VA5560-0MH31-0AA0 4800 ... 9600 

150 3VA5215-1MU31-0AA0 450 ... 900 

3VA5215-1MH31-0AA0 900 ... 1800 

200 3VA5220-1MU31-0AA0 600 ... 1200 

3VA5220-1MH31-0AA0 1200 ... 2400 

250 3VA5225-1MH31-0AA0 750 ... 900 

3VA5225-1MU31-0AA0 1250 ... 2500 

250 3VA5325-1MU31-0AA0 750 ... 1500 

3VA5325-1MH31-0AA0 1500 ... 3000 

400 3VA5440-1MU31-0AA0 750 ... 1500 

3VA5440-1MH31-0AA0 2400 ... 4800 

500 3VA5450-1MU31-0AA0 1500 ... 3000 

3VA5450-1MH31-0AA0 3000 ... 6000 

600 3VA5460-1MU31-0AA0 1500 ... 3000 

3VA5460-1MH31-0AA0 3000 ... 6000 

600 3VA5560-1MH31-0AA0 4800 ... 9600 

25 3VA6125-1MS31-0AA0 75 ... 375 

30 3VA6130-1MS31-0AA0 90 ... 450 

40 3VA6140-1MS31-0AA0 120 ... 600 

50 3VA6150-1MS31-0AA0 150 ... 750 

70 3VA6170-1MS31-0AA0 210 ... 1050 

80 3VA6180-1MS31-0AA0 240 ... 1200 

90 3VA6190-1MS31-0AA0 270 ... 1350 

100 3VA6110-1MS31-0AA0 300 ... 1500 

110 3VA6211-1MS31-0AA0 330 ... 1650 

125 3VA6212-1MS31-0AA0 375 ... 1875 

150 3VA6215-1MS31-0AA0 450 ... 2250 

200 3VA6220-1MS31-0AA0 600 ... 2400 

200 3VA6320-1MS31-0AA0 600 ... 3000 

250 3VA6325-1MS31-0AA0 750 ... 3750 

400 3VA6440-1MS31-0AA0 1200 ... 5200 

500 3VA6450-1MS31-0AA0 1500 ... 6000 

800 3VA6580-1MS31-0AA0 2400 ... 12000 

Motor 

Circuit 

Protector 

a Rated at 600 Y/347 V AC. 

b SCCR is 100kA at 480 V. SCCR rating is the maximum 

permissible short circuit current of the MCP in combination 

with an appropriate overload protection device. 

c SCCR is 65kA at 480 V. SCCR rating is the maximum 

permissible short circuit current of the MCP in combination 

with an appropriate overload protection device. 

d 2 poles required for 500VDC for breaker types HFAP 

and CFAP. 

7-80 



3VA Internal Accessories 


Selection 

Internal Accessories 

Auxiliary and Alarm Switches 

Switch 

Type 


(AUX) 

Leading Changeover 

Switch (LCS) 

Trip Alarm Switch 

(TAS) 

Electronic Alarm 

(EAS) 

Shunt Trips 


HP High Power 

(2 slots) 

HQ Compact 

(1 slot) 

HQ Electronic a 

(1 slot) 

3VA9978-0AA11 3VA9978-0AA12 3VA9978-0AA13 

3VA9978-0AA21 3VA9978-0AA22 3VA9978-0AA23 

3VA9978-0AB11 3VA9978-0AB12 3VA9978-0AB13 

— 3VA9978-0AB22 3VA9978-0AB23 


(3 slots) 

380 ... 600 — 3VA9978-0BL20 

— 12 3VA9978-0BL10 

24 24 ... 30 3VA9978-0BL30 

48 ... 60 — 3VA9978-0BL31 

110 ... 127 110 ... 127 3VA9978-0BL32 

208 ... 277 220 ... 250 3VA9978-0BL33 

Type VAC 50/60 Hz VDC 

Shunt Trip Left 

(STL) 

(STF) b 208 ... 277 — 3VA9978-0BA23 

24 — 3VA9978-0BA20 

48 ... 60 — 3VA9978-0BA21 

Shunt Trip Flexible 110 ... 127 — 3VA9978-0BA22 

380 ... 500 — 3VA9978-0BA24 

600 — 3VA9978-0BA25 

Undervoltage Release 


(UVR) 

— 12 3VA9978-0BB10 

— 24 3VA9978-0BB11 

— 48 3VA9978-0BB12 

— 125 ... 127 3VA9978-0BB14 

— 250 3VA9978-0BB16 

24 — 3VA9978-0BB20 

120 ... 127 — 3VA9978-0BB24 

208 ... 230 — 3VA9978-0BB25 

440 ... 480 — 3VA9978-0BB27 

Universal Release (Undervoltage and Shunt trip) 

Universal Release 

(UNI) 

— 12 3VA9978-0BD11 

— 24 3VA9978-0BD12 

— 48 3VA9978-0BD13 

Auxiliary switches and 

alarm switches HQ 

AUX LCS TAS EAS 


STL 


alarm switches HP 

AUX LCS TAS 

Undervoltage 

releases UVR 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Time-delay Device for Undervoltage Release 

Type VAC 50/60 Hz VDC Delay Time Catalog Number 

230 230 Fixed – 100ms minimum 3VA9978-0BF22 

Time-delay Device 

— 24 Fixed – 100ms minimum 3VA9978-0BF23 

Universal 

release UNI 

Time-delay device 

for undervoltage 

releases 

a Use only with 3VA6. 

b Shunt trip flexible can be used in the left pocket of the 

3VA5 breakers. They can be used in the left or right 

pocket of the 3VA6 breakers. 



3VA Manual Operators 


Selection 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Front Mounted Rotary Operator 

Degree of protection NEMA 1 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

800A 

1000A 

Type 

Color 

3VA5 

125A 

3VA5 

250A 


Standard without illumination kit Gray u — — — — 3VA9137-0EK11 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0EK11 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0EK11 

— — — — u 3VA9677-0EK11 

Standard with illumination kit Gray u — — — — 3VA9137-0EK13 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0EK13 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0EK13 

EMERGENCY-OFF 

Yellow-Red u — — — — 3VA9137-0EK15 

without illumination kit 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0EK15 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0EK15 

— — — — u 3VA9677-0EK15 

EMERGENCY-OFF 


with illumination kit 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0EK17 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0EK17 

Standard with door interlock Gray u — — — — 3VA9137-0EK21 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0EK21 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0EK21 

— — — — u 3VA9677-0EK21 

Standard with door interlock, 

Gray u — — — — 3VA9137-0EK23 


— u u — — 3VA9277-0EK23 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0EK23 

EMERGENCY-OFF 


with door interlock 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0EK25 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0EK25 

— — — — u 3VA9677-0EK25 

EMERGENCY-OFF with door interlock, Yellow-Red u — — — — 3VA9137-0EK27 


— u u — — 3VA9277-0EK27 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0EK27 


Gray u — — — — 3VA9137-0EK31 

with door open function 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0EK31 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0EK31 

— — — — u 3VA9677-0EK31 


Gray u — — — — 3VA9137-0EK33 

with door open function, 


— u u — — 3VA9277-0EK33 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0EK33 


with door open function 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0EK35 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0EK35 

— — — — u 3VA9677-0EK35 


with door open function, 


— u u — — 3VA9277-0EK37 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0EK37 

7-82 





Selection 

Door Mounted Rotary Operator a 

Degree of protection 

Type 1, 12, 3R and 4X 

NFPA-79 

Supplementary 

Handles 

Type 

Side Mounted Rotary Operator a 

n Without mounting plate 

n Rotary operator with shaft 300 mm 

n Handle with masking plate 75 x 75 mm 

n Degree of protection Type 1, 12, 3R, 4X 

n With mounting plate 

n Rotary operator with short shaft 

n Handle with masking plate 75 x 75 mm 

n Degree of protection Type 1, 12, 3R, 4X 

Side 

Mounted 

Rotary 

Operator 

Door 

Interlock 

a Lockable with up to three padlock hasps. 

Color 

3VA5 

125A 

3VA5 

250A 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

800A 

1000A 


Standard Gray u — — — — 3VA9137-0FK21 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0FK21 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0FK21 

— — — — u 3VA9677-0FK21 

Standard with illumination kit Gray u — — — — 3VA9137-0FK23 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0FK23 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0FK23 

— — — — u 3VA9677-0FK23 

EMERGENCY-OFF 

EMERGENCY-OFF 



with open door function 


with open door function 


Yellow- 

Red 

Yellow- 

Red 

u — — — — 3VA9137-0FK25 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0FK25 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0FK25 

— — — — u 3VA9677-0FK25 

u — — — — 3VA9137-0FK27 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0FK27 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0FK27 

— — — — u 3VA9677-0FK27 

Gray u — — — — 3VA9137-0FK31 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0FK31 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0FK31 

— — — — u 3VA9677-0FK31 

Gray u — — — — 3VA9137-0FK33 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0FK33 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0FK33 

— — — — u 3VA9677-0FK33 

EMERGENCY-OFF with door Yellow- u — — — — 3VA9137-0FK35 

interlock, with open door function Red 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0FK35 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0FK35 

— — — — u 3VA9677-0FK35 

EMERGENCY-OFF with door Yellow- u — — — — 3VA9137-0FK37 

interlock, with open door 

Red 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0FK37 

function, with illumination kit 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0FK37 

— — — — u 3VA9677-0FK37 

Standard Gray u — — — — 3VA9137-0GC01 

— u u — — 3VA9477-0GC01 

— — — u — 3VA9477-0GC11 

— — — — u 3VA9677-0GC01 

EMERGENCY-OFF 

Yellow- 

Red 

u — — — — 3VA9137-0GC05 

— u u — — 3VA9477-0GC05 

— — — u — 3VA9477-0GC15 

— — — — u 3VA9677-0GC05 

Standard Gray u — — — — 3VA9137-0PK11 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0PK11 

Standard with 

illumination kit 

Gray u — — — — 3VA9137-0PK13 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0PK13 

EMERGENCY-OFF Yellow-Red u — — — — 3VA9137-0PK15 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0PK15 

EMERGENCY-OFF 


Yellow-Red u — — — — 3VA9137-0PK17 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0PK17 

Standard with mounting plate Gray u — — — — 3VA9137-0PK51 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0PK51 

Standard with mounting plate, Gray u — — — — 3VA9137-0PK53 


— u u — — 3VA9277-0PK53 

EMERGENCY-OFF with 

Yellow-Red u — — — — 3VA9137-0PK55 

mounting plate 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0PK55 

EMERGENCY-OFF with mounting Yellow-Red u — — — — 3VA9137-0PK57 

plate, with illumination kit 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0PK57 

Standard for use with the side 

wall mounted rotary operators 

n Without mounting plate 

Gray u — — — — 3VA9177-0VF40 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0VF40 

7 

MOLDED CASE 






Selection 

Breaker Operator 

Type 

Color 

3VA5 

125A 

3VA5 

250A 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

800A 

1000A 


Without handle, 

without shaft adapter 

Gray u — — — — 3VA9137-0GK00 

— u u — — 3VA9277-0GK00 

— — — u — 3VA9447-0GK00 

Without handle, 

with shaft adapter 

Gray — — — — u 3VA9677-0GK00 

3VA9277-0GK00 

3VA9677-0GK00 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Handles with Masking Plate (Purchase breaker operator, shaft and shaft adapter separately) 

n Degree of protection 

Type 1, 12, 3R and 4X 

Type 

Color 

Tolerance 

Compensation 

Door 

Open 

Function 

3VA5 

125A 

3VA5 

250A 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

800A 

1000A 


Standard Gray Without Without u u u — — 8UD1721-0AB11 

With Without u u u — — 8UD1721-0AB21 

Without Without — — — u — 8UD1731-0AB11 

With Without — — — u — 8UD1731-0AB21 

Without With u u u — — 8UD1721-0AC11 

With With u u u — — 8UD1721-0AC21 

Without With — — — u — 8UD1731-0AC11 

With With — — — u — 8UD1731-0AC21 

Without With — — — — u 8UD1741-0AB11 

With With — — — — u 8UD1741-0AB21 

Emergency 

Yellow- 

Red 

Without Without u u u — — 8UD1721-0AB15 

With Without u u u — — 8UD1721-0AB25 

Without Without — — — u — 8UD1731-0AB15 

With Without — — — u — 8UD1731-0AB25 

Without With u u u — — 8UD1721-0AC15 

With With u u u — — 8UD1721-0AC25 

Without With — — — u — 8UD1731-0AC15 

With With — — — u — 8UD1731-0AC25 

Without With — — — — u 8UD1741-0AB15 

With With — — — — u 8UD1741-0AB25 

Metal Rotary Handles (Purchase breaker operator, shaft and shaft adapter separately) 

n Large, degree of protection 

Type 1, 3, 3R, 12 

n Large, degree of protection 

Type 4, 4X 

Metal Black — With u u u u u RHOH 

Metal Stainless — With u u u u u RHOH4 

n Compact, degree of protection 

Type 1,3,3R,12 

Compact Black — With u u u u 

— RHOHC 


Type 4, 4X 

Compact Stainless — With u u u u 

— 

RHOH4C 

n Long, degree of protection 

1,3,3R,12 


1,3,3R,12 

Emergency Red — With u u u u u RHVPEMH 

Emergency Red — With u u u u — RHVMEMH 

For additional information for selecting handle and breaker operator combinations, please refer to the brochure: 

https://digitalcontentcenter.compas.siemens-info.com/SIE_FL_3VA_Handles.pdf 

7-84 





Selection 

Pistol Grip Handles (Purchase breaker operator, shaft and shaft adapter separately) 

Type 

Color 

Tolerance 

Compensation 

Door 

Open 

Function 

3VA5 

125A 

3VA5 

250A 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

800A 

1000A 



Type 1,3R,12 

Plastic Gray — With u u u u — 3VA9477-0FH11 


Type 1,3R,12 

Emergency Red — With u u u u — 3VA9477-0FH15 

Door Mounted Rotary Operator Accessories 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

800A 

Type 

3VA5 

125A 

3VA5 

250A 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 600A 1000A Catalog Number 

8 mm Shaft 300 mm/12 in long for 8UD plastic handles u u u u — 8UD1900-2WA00 

(Fixing bracket optional) 

8 mm Shaft 600 mm/24 in long for 8UD plastic handles u u u u — 8UD1900-2WB00 

(Fixing bracket required) 

12 mm Shaft 300 mm/12 in long for 8UD plastic handles — — — — u 8UD1900-4WA00 

12 mm Shaft 600 mm/24 in long for 8UD plastic handles — — — — u 8UD1900-4WB00 

u u u u — 3VA9477-0GF20 

8 mm Shaft 300 mm/12 in long for metal handles 




12 mm Shaft 300/12 in mm long for metal handles 




8 mm Shaft 300/12 in mm long for pistol grip handles 


8 mm Shaft 600 mm long/24 in for pistol grip handles 


u u u u — 3VA9477-0GF21 

— — — — u 3VA9877-0GF22 

— — — — u 3VA9877-0GF23 

u u u u — 3VA9477-0GF10 

u u u u — 3VA9477-0GF11 

Adapter for 8 mm Shaft for door mounted operator u u u u — 8UD1900-2DA00 

Adapter for 12 mm Shaft for door mounted operator — — — — u 8UD1900-4DA00 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Fixing bracket for Shaft u — — — — 3VA9137-0GA80 

— u u u — 3VA9477-0GA80 

Fixing bracket for 12 mm x 12 mm shaft — — — — u 3VA9677-0GA80 

Variable depth adapter 8 x 8 mm u u u u — 3VA9487-0GB10 

Door Coupling 8 mm x 8 mm 

(for 8UD plastic handles) 

Door coupling 12 mm x 12 mm 


Mounting tolerance compensation 8 x 8 mm 


Mounting tolerance compensation 12 mm x 12 mm 


u u u — — 8UD1900-2HA00 

— — — u u 8UD1900-4HA00 

u u u u — 8UD1900-2GA00 

— — — — u 8UD1900-4GA00 





Selection 

General Accessories for Manual Operators 

Type Details Part Number 

Labeling plate for 

— 3VA9087-0SX10 

manual operators 

Illumination kit for 

manual operators 

24 V DC voltage 

Cylinder Lock (type Kaba) 

n For 8UD plastic door mounted 

rotary operators (in masking plate) 

n Standard masking plate 

Cylinder Lock (type Kaba) a 



n Standard masking plate 

Cylinder Lock (type Kaba) 



n EMERGENCY-OFF masking plate 

Cylinder Lock (type Kaba) a 



n EMERGENCY-OFF masking plate 

Cylinder Lock (type Ronis) 

n includes 2 keys 

n for locking or interlocking 

n installation in all rotary 

operators w/ shaft stub 

For Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

3VA5, 125...250 A Front mounted rotary 

operators 

3VA6, 150...600 A 

3VA5, 3VA6, 

125...600 A 

3VA5, 3VA6, 

800..1000A 

Key 1 

Key 2 

Key 3 

Key 4 

Key 1 

Key 2 

Key 3 

Key 4 

Key 1 

Key 2 

Key 3 

Key 4 

Key 1 

Key 2 

Key 3 

Key 4 

Key 1 

Key 3 

Key 4 

Door mounted rotary 

operators 

8UD1900-0KA10 

8UD1900-0KA20 

8UD1900-0KA20 

8UD1900-0KA30 

8UD1900-0MB01 

8UD1900-0NB01 

8UD1900-0PB01 

8UD1900-0QB01 

8UD1900-0MC01 

8UD1900-0NC01 

8UD1900-0PC01 

8UD1900-0QC01 

8UD1900-0MB05 

8UD1900-0NB05 

8UD1900-0PB05 

8UD1900-0QB05 

8UD1900-0MC05 

8UD1900-0NC05 

8UD1900-0PC05 

8UD1900-0QC05 

3VA9980-0VL10 

3VA9980-0VL30 

3VA9980-0VL40 

7 

Cylinder lock adapter for 8UD rotary operator 

n to mount in rotary operator 

3VA9980-0LF20 

MOLDED CASE 


Variable depth flange mounted operator kit 

Cylinder lock adaptor for front mounted rotary operator 

3VA9677-0EK.. and door mounted rotary operator 3VA9677-0FK.. 

3VA55/3VA65/3VA66 

Type 

Complete kit comprising: 

n Switching mechanism adjustable depth 

200mm to 400mm 

n Epoxy coated steel handle, NEMA 1/3R/12, 

black = OFF, red = ON 


n Switching mechanism adjustable depth 


n Stainless steel handle, chrome-plated NEMA 4/4X, 

black=OFF, red=ON 


n Swithching mechanism adjustable depth 


n Handle stainless steel, chrome-plated NEMA 4/4X, 

black=OFF, black=ON 

3VA5 

125A 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 

3VA9670-0LF20 

3VA5 

250A 


u — — — 3VA9138-0DK72 

— u u — 3VA9278-0DK72 

— — — u 3VA9478-0DK72 

u — — — 3VA9138-0DK82 

— u u — 3VA9278-0DK82 

— — — u 3VA9478-0DK82 

u — — — 3VA9138-0DK84 

— u u — 3VA9278-0DK84 

— — — u 3VA9478-0DK84 

a With door open function 

7-86 



3VA Manual and Motor Operators 


Selection 

Max Flex Operator 

Type 

Complete Kit 

n Operating mechanism 

n Plastic handle, NEMA 1/12, black=OFF, green=ON 

n Bowden Cable 36 inches (0.9m) long 

Complete Kit 

n Operating mechanism 

n Steel handle, epoxy coated NEMA 1/3R/12, 

black=OFF, red=ON, 

n Bowden Cable 36 inches (0.9m) long 

3VA5 

125A 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 

3VA5 

250A 


u — — — 3VA9137-0CK12 

— u u — 3VA9277-0CK12 

— — — u 3VA9477-0CK12 

u — — — 3VA9137-0CK72 

— u u — 3VA9277-0CK72 

— — — u 3VA9477-0CK72 

Complete kit and spare mechanism 

Motor Operators a 

a Lockable with up to three padlock hasps. 

Type 

Operating Mechanism (spare) u — — — 3VA9137-0CB10 

— u u — 3VA9277-0CB10 

— — — u 3VA9477-0CB10 

Handle - Plastic, NEMA 1/12, 

u u u u 3VA9977-0CH12 

black = OFF, green = ON 

Handle - Steel, Epoxy coated, NEMA 1/3R/12, 

u u u u 3VA9977-0CH72 


Handle - Steel, Epoxy coated, NEMA 1/3R/12, 

u u u u 3VA9977-0CH74 

black = OFF, black = ON 

Handle - Steel, chrome-plated, NEMA 4/4X, 

u u u u 3VA9977-0CH82 


Handle - Steel, chrome-plated, NEMA 4/4X, 

u u u u 3VA9977-0CH84 

black = OFF, black = ON 

Bowden Cable, 36 inches (0.9m) u u u — 3VA9278-0CC10 








Bowden Cable, 36 inches (0.9m) — — — u 3VA9578-0CC10 








MaxFlex Auxiliary switch (leading from On to Off) 

n 1 CO 

u u u u 3VA9478-0CX10 

MaxFlex Auxiliary switch (leading from On to Off) 

n 2 CO 

u u u u 3VA9478-0CX20 

3VA5 

125 A 

3VA5 

250 A 

3VA6 

150 A 

250 A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 

Part Number 

Motor Operator without Stored Energy Feature 

24 ... 60 V DC u — — — 3VA9137-0HA10 

— u u — 3VA9277-0HA10 

— — — u 3VA9447-0HA10 

110 ... 230 V AC 

u — — — 3VA9137-0HA20 

110 ... 250 V DC 

— u u — 3VA9277-0HA20 

— — — u 3VA9447-0HA20 

Motor Operator with Stored Energy Feature 

24 V DC — u u — 3VA9277-0HC10 

42 ... 60 V AC/DC — u u — 3VA9277-0HC20 

110 ... 230 V AC / 110 ... 250 V DC — u u — 3VA9277-0HC30 

Motor Operator with Stored Energy Feature with Communication 

24 V DC — u u — 3VA9277-0HC15 

110 ... 230 V AC / 110 ... 250 V DC — u u — 3VA9277-0HC35 

7 

MOLDED CASE 




3VA Connection Technology 


Selection 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Box Terminals 

Type 

Steel wrap-around lug 


kit of 3 single lugs 












Aluminum Wire Connectors 

Aluminum body lug 

small (Cu/Al cable) 



small (Cu/Al cable) 



small with control wire 

tap (Cu/Al cable) 


small with control wire 



(Cu/Al cable) 



(Cu/Al cable) 




(Cu/Al cable) 


Aluminum body lug with 

control wire tap (Cu/Al 

cable) kit of 4 single lugs 


two cables (Cu/Al cable) 


Minimum 

cable crosssection 

(standard) 

Class B 

Maximum 


(standard) 

Class B 

For molded case circuit breakers/ 

rated current 

3VA5 

125A 

3VA5 

250A 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

800A 

1000A 

Part Number 

AWG 14 3/0 u — — — — 3VA9133-0JA11 

AWG 10 3/0 — u — — — 3VA9233-0JA11 

AWG 4 350 kcmil — u — — — 3VA9233-0JA12 

AWG 10 3/0 — — u — — 3VA9143-0JA12 

AWG 4 350 kcmil — — u — — 3VA9243-0JA12 

1/0 500 kcmil — — — u — 3VA9473-0JA13 

AWG 14 3/0 u — — — — 3VA9134-0JA11 

AWG 10 3/0 — u — — — 3VA9234-0JA11 

AWG 4 350 kcmil — u — — — 3VA9234-0JA12 

AWG 10 3/0 — — u — — 3VA9144-0JA12 

AWG 4 350 kcmil — — u — — 3VA9244-0JA12 

1/0 500 kcmil — — — u — 3VA9474-0JA13 

AWG 10 3/0 — u — — — 3VA9233-0JH11 

AWG 4 350 kcmil — u — — — 3VA9233-0JH12 

AWG 10 3/0 — — u — — 3VA9143-0JH12 

AWG 4 350 kcmil — — u — — 3VA9243-0JH12 

1/0 500 kcmil — — — u — 3VA9473-0JH13 

AWG 10 3/0 — u — — — 3VA9234-0JH11 

AWG 4 350 kcmil — u — — — 3VA9234-0JH12 

AWG 10 3/0 — — u — — 3VA9144-0JH12 

AWG 4 350 kcmil — — u — — 3VA9244-0JH12 

1/0 500 kcmil — — — u — 3VA9474-0JH13 

AWG 14 AWG 10 u — — — — 3VA9133-0JB10 

AWG 14 AWG 10 u — — — — 3VA9134-0JB10 

AWG 14 AWG 10 u — — — — 3VA9133-0JG10 

AWG 14 AWG 10 u — — — — 3VA9134-0JG10 

AWG 8 3/0 u — — — — 3VA9133-0JB11 

AWG 14 1/0 — u — — — 3VA9233-0JB11 

AWG 6 350 kcmil — u — — — 3VA9233-0JB12 b 

AWG 14 1/0 — — u — — 3VA9143-0JB11 b 

AWG 6 350 kcmil — — u — — 3VA9243-0JB12 

2/0 600 kcmil — — — u — 3VA9373-0JB13 a 

AWG 8 3/0 u — — — — 3VA9134-0JB11 

AWG 14 1/0 — u — — — 3VA9234-0JB11 

AWG 6 350 kcmil — u — — — 3VA9234-0JB12 

AWG 14 1/0 — — u — — 3VA9144-0JB11 b 

AWG 6 350 kcmil — — u — — 3VA9244-0JB12 b 

2/0 600 kcmil — — — u — 3VA9374-0JB13 a 

AWG 8 3/0 u — — — — 3VA9133-0JG11 

AWG 14 1/0 — u — — — 3VA9233-0JG11 

AWG 6 350 kcmil — u — — — 3VA9233-0JG12 

AWG 14 1/0 — — u — — 3VA9143-0JG11 b 

AWG 6 350 kcmill — — u — — 3VA9243-0JG12 b 

2/0 600 kcmil — — — u — 3VA9373-0JG13 a 

AWG 8 3/0 u — — — — 3VA9134-0JG11 

AWG 14 1/0 — u — — — 3VA9234-0JG11 

AWG 6 350 kcmil — u — — — 3VA9234-0JG12 

AWG 14 1/0 — — u — — 3VA9144-0JG11 b 

AWG 6 350 kcmil — — u — — 3VA9244-0JG12 b 

2/0 600 kcmil — — — u — 3VA9374-0JG13 a 

4/0 600 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9573-0JB23 

aThis conductor is ampere-rated at 380A with copper wire and 310A with aluminum wire. bMeets requirements of 100% rated breakers up to 150A. 

7-88 





Selection 

Aluminum Wire Connectors (cont.) 

3 lug kit 

pictured 

4 lug kit 

pictured 

Type 


two cables (Cu/Al cable) 



two cables with control 

wire tap (Cu/Al cable) 



two cables with control 




three cables (Cu/Al cable) 






three cables with control 




three cables with control 



Minimum 


(standard) 

Class B 

Aluminum Wire Connectors and Terminal Covers 

Type 


(Cu/Al cable) 

2 lug 3 lug 4 lug 

Aluminum body lug large with 

control wire tap (Cu/Al cable) 

Description 

Kit of 2 single lugs and 










Maximum 


(standard) 

Class B 


rated current 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

800A 

1000A 

3VA5 3VA5 

125A 250A 

Part Number 

4/0 600 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9574-0JB23 

4/0 600 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9673-0JG23 

4/0 600 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9674-0JG23 

4/0 400 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9673-0JB32 

4/0 400 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9674-0JB32 

4/0 400 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9673-0JG32 

4/0 400 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9674-0JG32 

Min. 

cable 

crosssection 

(std.) 

Class B 

Max. 

cable 

crosssection 

(std.) 

Class B 


rated current 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

800A 

1000A 

3VA5 3VA5 

125A 250A 

Part Number 

AWG 4 300 kcmil u — — — — 3VA9132-0JJ12 


AWG 2 350 kcmil — u — — — 3VA9233-0JJ13 

AWG 2 350 kcmil — — u — — 3VA9243-0JJ13 a 




AWG 4 300 kcmil u — — — — 3VA9132-0JC12 

Terminal Cover 

with Probe 

Holes Part 

Number 

AWG 4 300 kcmil u — — — — 3VA9133-0JC12 3VA9133-0JC18 

AWG 2 350 kcmil — u — — — 3VA9233-0JC13 3VA9233-0JC18 

AWG 2 350 kcmil — — u — — 3VA9243-0JC13 a 3VA9243-0JC18 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



Aluminum body lug, 

2 Cables (Cu/Al cable) 





AWG 4 300 kcmil u — — — — 3VA9134-0JC12 

AWG 2 350 kcmil — u — — — 3VA9234-0JC13 

AWG 2 350 kcmil — — u — — 3VA9244-0JC13 a 



2/0 600 kcmil — — — u — 3VA9473-0JJ23 

3 lug 4 lug 





2/0 600 kcmil — — — u — 3VA9474-0JJ23 

a Meets requirements of 100% rated breakers up to 250A. 





Selection 

Aluminum Wire Connectors and Terminal Covers (cont.) 

Type 

Description 

Aluminum body lug, 2 Cables Kit of 3 single lugs and 

with control wire tap (Cu/Al cable) 1 extended terminal cover 

Min. 

cable 

crosssection 

(std.) 

Class B 

Max. 

cable 

crosssection 

(std.) 

Class B 


rated current 

3VA5 3VA5 


3VA6 3VA6 3VA6 

with Probe 

3VA5 3VA5 150A 400A 800A 

Holes Part 

125A 250A 250A 600A 1000A Part Number Number 

AWG 4 300 kcmil — u — — 3VA9233-0JC22 3VA9233-0JC28 

AWG 4 300 kcmil — — u — 3VA9243-0JC22 a 3VA9243-0JC28 

2/0 600 kcmil — — — u 3VA9473-0JC23 3VA9473-0JC28 



AWG 4 300 kcmil — u — — 3VA9234-0JC22 

AWG 4 300 kcmil — — u — 3VA9244-0JC22 a 

2/0 600 kcmil — — — u 3VA9474-0JC23 

3 lug 4 lug 

Aluminum body 

lug two cables 

(Cu/Al cable) 

3 lug kit pictured 





400 kcmil 750 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9673-0JJ24 


Aluminum body 

lug two cables with 

control wire tap 

(Cu/Al cable) 

3 kit lug pictured 





400 kcmil 750 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9673-0JC24 


7 

MOLDED CASE 




Aluminum body lug three cables 

with control wire tap (Cu/Al cable) 

Aluminum body 

lug four cables 

(Cu/Al cable) 


Aluminum body 

lug four cables 

with control wire 























4/0 500 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9673-0JJ43 

4/0 500 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9674-0JJ43 

4/0 500 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9673-0JC43 

4/0 500 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9674-0JC43 


four cables (Cu/Al cable) 

Aluminum body lug four cables 

with control wire tap (Cu/Al cable) 

Distribution lug, 

6 Cables (Cu/Al cable) 
















4/0 600 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9673-0JJ44 

4/0 600 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9674-0JJ44 

4/0 600 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9673-0JC44 

4/0 600 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9674-0JC44 

AWG 14 AWG 2 u — — — 3VA9132-0JF60 

AWG 14 AWG 2 u — — — 3VA9133-0JF60 3VA9133-0JF68 

AWG 2 — u — — 3VA9233-0JF60 3VA9233-0JF68 

AWG 2 — — u — 3VA9243-0JF60 b 3VA9243-0JF68 

AWG 2 — — — u 3VA9373-0JF60 c 3VA9373-0JF68 

AWG 14 AWG 2 u — — — 3VA9134-0JF60 

AWG 2 — u — — 3VA9234-0JF60 

AWG 2 — — u — 3VA9244-0JF60 b 

AWG 2 — — — u 3VA9374-0JF60 c 

a Meets requirements of 100% rated breakers up to 250A. 

b Meets requirements of 100% rated breakers up to 100A. c Meets requirements of 100% rated breakers up to 100A. 

7-90 





Selection 

Copper Wire Connectors 

Type 

Copper body lug, small (Cu cable 

only) Kit of 3 single lugs 

Minimum 


(standard) 

Class B 

Maximum 


(standard) 

Class B 


rated current 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

800A 

1000A 

3VA5 3VA5 

125A 250A 

Part Number 

AWG 14 AWG 10 u — — — — 3VA9133-0JD10 


Kit of 3 single lugs 

Copper body lug, small (Cu cable 

only) Kit of 4 single lugs 

AWG 14 2/0 u — — — — 3VA9133-0JD11 

AWG 14 1/0 — u — — — 3VA9233-0JD11 

AWG 6 350 kcmil — u — — — 3VA9233-0JD12 

AWG 14 1/0 — — u — — 3VA9143-0JD11 

AWG 6 350 kcmil — — u — — 3VA9243-0JD12 

2/0 600 kcmil — — — u — 3VA9373-0JD13 

AWG 14 AWG 10 u — — — 3VA9134-0JD10 



Copper body lug, three cables (Cu 

cable) Kit of 3 single lugs 

Copper body lug, three cables (Cu 

cable) Kit of 4 single lugs 

Copper body lug, small with control 

wire tap (Cu cable only) 


AWG 14 AWG 10 u — — — — 3VA9134-0JD11 

AWG 14 1/0 — u — — — 3VA9234-0JD11 

AWG 6 350 kcmil — u — — — 3VA9234-0JD12 

AWG 14 1/0 — — u — — 3VA9144-0JD11 

AWG 6 350 kcmil — — u — — 3VA9244-0JD12 

2/0 600 kcmil — — — u — 3VA9374-0JD13 

4/0 400 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9673-0JD32 

4/0 400 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9674-0JD32 

AWG 14 AWG 10 u — — — 3VA9133-0JK10 

Copper body lug with control wire 

tap (Cu cable only) 


Copper body lug, small with 

control wire tap (Cu cable only) 


Copper body lug with control wire 

tap (Cu cable only) 


Copper body lug, three cables 

with control wire tap (Cu cable) 


Copper body lug, three cables 

with control wire tap (Cu cable) 


AWG 14 2/0 u — — — — 3VA9133-0JK11 

AWG 14 1/0 — u — — — 3VA9233-0JK11 

AWG 6 350 kcmil — u — — — 3VA9233-0JK12 

AWG 14 1/0 — — u — — 3VA9143-0JK11 

AWG 6 350 kcmil — — u — — 3VA9243-0JK12 

2/0 600 kcmil — — — u — 3VA9373-0JK13 

AWG 14 2/0 u — — — 3VA9134-0JK10 

AWG 14 AWG 10 u — — — — 3VA9134-0JK11 

AWG 14 1/0 — u — — — 3VA9234-0JK11 

AWG 6 350 kcmil — u — — — 3VA9234-0JK12 

AWG 14 1/0 — — u — — 3VA9144-0JK11 

AWG 6 350 kcmil — — u — — 3VA9244-0JK12 

2/0 600 kcmil — — — u — 3VA9374-0JK13 

400 kcmil 600 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9673-0JK32 

400 kcmil 600 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9674-0JK32 

7 

MOLDED CASE 






Selection 

Copper Wire Connectors (cont.) 

Type 

Copper body lug, 2 Cables (Cu 

cable only) Kit of 3 single lugs 

and 1 extended terminal cover 

Minimum 


(standard) 

Class B 

Maximum 


(standard) 

Class B 


rated current 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

800A 

1000A 

3VA5 3VA5 

125A 250A 

Part Number 

2/0 600 kcmil — — — u — 3VA9473-0JE23 

Copper body lug 2 Cables (Cu 

cable only) Kit of 4 single lugs 

and 1 extended terminal cover 

2/0 600 kcmil — — — u — 3VA9474-0JE23 

Copper body lug, four cables 

(Cu cable) Kit of 3 single lugs and 


4/0 500 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9673-0JE43 




4/0 500 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9674-0JE43 




4/0 500 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9673-0JL43 




4/0 500 kcmil — — — — u 3VA9674-0JL43 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Nut Keeper Kits 


Type 

Nut keeper kit 





kit of 3 single lug 

and terminal 

covers 


kit of 4 single lug 

and terminal 

covers 

Maximum 

terminal 

width 

Maximum 

terminal 

thickness 


rated current 

3VA5 

125A 

3VA5 

250A 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

800A 

1000A 

Part Number 

17 mm / 0.7 inch 6.5 mm /0.25 inch u — — — — 3VA9133-0QA00 

25 mm / 1 inch 8 mm / 0.3 inch — u — — — 3VA9233-0QA00 

25 mm / 1 inch 8 mm / 0.3 inch — — u — — 3VA9243-0QA00 

35 mm / 1.4 inch 10 mm / 0.4 inch — — — u — 3VA9473-0QA00 

17 mm / 0.7 inch 6.5 mm /0.25 inch u — — — — 3VA9134-0QA00 

25 mm / 1 inch 8 mm / 0.3 inch — u — — — 3VA9234-0QA00 

25 mm / 1 inch 8 mm / 0.3 inch — — u — — 3VA9244-0QA00 

35 mm / 1.4 inch 10 mm / 0.4 inch — — — u — 3VA9474-0QA00 

50 mm / 2.0 inch 30 mm / 1.18 inch — — — — u 3VA9673-0QA00 

50 mm / 2.0 inch 30 mm / 1.18 inch — — — — u 3VA9674-0QA00 

7-92 





Selection 

Bus Connector Extensions 

Type 

Front bus connectors 

extended 1 single connector 

Maximum 

terminal 

width 

22 mm / 

0.9 inch 

Maximum 

terminal 

thickness 

8 mm / 

0.3 inch 


rated current 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

800A 

3VA5 

125A 

3VA5 

250A 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 600A 1000A Part Number 

u — — — — 3VA9131-0QB00 


extended kit of 3 single connectors, 

2 phase barriers, and 1 insulating 

plate 

22 mm / 

0.9 inch 

8 mm / 

0.3 inch 

u — — — — 3VA9133-0QB00 


extended kit of 4 single connectors, 

3 phase barriers, and 1 insulating 

plate 

22 mm / 

0.9 inch 

8 mm / 

0.3 inch 

u — — — — 3VA9133-0QB00 


extended kit of 3 single connectors 

and 1 insulating plate 

32 mm / 

1.3 inch 

40 mm / 

1.6 inch 

10 mm / 

0.4 inch 

12.5 mm / 

0.5 inch 

— u u — — 3VA9273-0QB00 

— — — u — 3VA9473-0QB00 


extended kit of 4 single connectors 

and 1 insulating plate 

50.8 mm / 

2.0 inch 

32 mm / 

1.3 inch 

40 mm / 

1.6 inch 

30 mm / 

1.18 inch 

10 mm / 

0.4 inch 

12.5 mm / 

0.5 inch 

— — — — u 3VA9673-0QB00 

— — u — — 3VA9274-0QB00 

— — — u — 3VA9474-0QB00 

50.8 mm / 

2.0 inch 

30 mm / 

1.18 inch 

— — — — u 3VA9674-0QB00 


offset kit of 3 single connectors 

1 insulating plate 

Distance between pole centers: 

400/600 A = 70 mm / 2.76 inches 


offset kit of 4 single connectors 

1 insulating plate 

Distance between pole centers: 

400/600 A = 70 mm / 2.76 inches 

60 mm / 

2.4 inch 

80 mm / 

3.15 inch 

60 mm / 

2.4 inch 

80 mm / 

3.15 inch 

12.5 mm / 

0.5 inch 

30 mm / 

1.18 inch 

12.5 mm / 

0.5 inch 

30 mm / 

1.18 inch 

— — — u — 3VA9473-0QC00 

— — — — u 3VA9673-0QC00 

— — — u — 3VA9474-0QC00 

— — — — u 3VA9674-0QC00 

7 

MOLDED CASE 





Rear connection studs flat 

Rear connection studs round 

Type 


kit of 2 short flat studs and 

1 long flat stud 


kit of 2 short flat studs and 

2 long flat studs 


1 short flat stud 


1 long flat stud 


kit of 1 long round stud and 

2 short round studs 


rated current 

3VA5 

125A 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 


3VA5 

3VA6 

800A 

1000A 

Selection 

3VA5 

250A 

Part Number 

u — — — — 3VA9133-0QE00 

— u — — — 3VA9233-0QE00 

— — u — — 3VA9243-0QE00 

— — — u — 3VA9473-0QE00 

— — — — u 3VA9673-0QE00 

u — — — — 3VA9134-0QE00 

— u — — — 3VA9234-0QE00 

— — u — — 3VA9244-0QE00 

— — — u — 3VA9474-0QE00 

— — — — u 3VA9674-0QE00 

u — — — — 3VA9131-0QE10 

— u — — — 3VA9231-0QE10 

— — u — — 3VA9241-0QE10 

— — — u — 3VA9471-0QE10 

u — — — — 3VA9131-0QE20 

— u — — — 3VA9231-0QE20 

— — u — — 3VA9241-0QE20 

— — — u — 3VA9471-0QE20 

u — — — — 3VA9133-0QF00 

— u — — — 3VA9233-0QF00 

— — u — — 3VA9243-0QF00 

— — — u — 3VA9473-0QF00 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



kit of 2 long round studs and 





1 long round stud 

u — — — — 3VA9134-0QF00 

— u — — — 3VA9234-0QF00 

— — u — — 3VA9244-0QF00 

— — — u — 3VA9474-0QF00 

u — — — — 3VA9131-0QF10 

— u — — — 3VA9231-0QF10 

— — u — — 3VA9241-0QF10 

— — — u — 3VA9471-0QF10 

u — — — — 3VA9131-0QF20 

— u — — — 3VA9231-0QF20 

— — u — — 3VA9241-0QF20 

— — — u — 3VA9471-0QF20 

7-94 





Selection 

Phase barriers, terminal covers, and insulating plates 

Type 

Phase barriers 

kit of 2 phase barriers 


rated current 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

800A 

3VA6 

3VA5 3VA5 150A 

125A 250A 250A 600A 1000A Part Number 

u — — — — 3VA9132-0WA00 

— u u — — 3VA9272-0WA00 

— — — u — 3VA9472-0WA00 


with Probe Holes 

Part Number 

— — — — u 3VA9672-0WA00 

Terminal cover for 

1-pole breakers 

u — — — — 3VA9131-0WD10 



u — — — — 3VA9131-0WD20 





Terminal cover intermediate 

for 3-pole breakers 

Terminal cover intermediate 

for 4-pole breakers 

Terminal cover extended for 


u — — — — 3VA9131-0WD30 3VA9131-0WD31 

— u u — — 3VA9271-0WD30 3VA9271-0WD31 

— — — u — 3VA9471-0WD30 3VA9471-0WD31 

— — — — u 3VA9671-0WD30 

u — — — — 3VA9131-0WD40 

— — u — — 3VA9271-0WD40 

— — — u — 3VA9471-0WD40 

— — — — u 3VA9671-0WD40 

— — — — u 3VA9671-0WE30 

— — — — u 3VA9671-0WE40 

u — — — — 3VA9131-0WF20 





u — — — — 3VA9131-0WF30 3VA9131-0WF31 

— u u — — 3VA9271-0WF30 3VA9271-0WF31 

— — — u — 3VA9471-0WF30 3VA9471-0WF31 

— — — — u 3VA9671-0WF30 

u — — — — 3VA9131-0WF40 

— u u — — 3VA9271-0WF40 

— — — u — 3VA9471-0WF40 

— — — — u 3VA9671-0WF40 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Terminal cover offset for 


— — — u — 3VA9471-0WG30 

Terminal cover offset for 


— — — u — 3VA9471-0WG40 





Selection 

Phase barriers, terminal covers, and insulating plates 

For molded case circuit breakers 

/ rated current 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 

3VA5 3VA5 

Type 

125A 250A 

Part Number 

Rear insulating plate extended for 2-pole breakers u — — — 3VA9131-0WJ20 


— u u — 3VA9271-0WJ30 

— — — u 3VA9471-0WJ30 


— — u — 3VA9271-0WJ40 

— — — u 3VA9471-0WJ40 

Rear insulating plate offset for 3-pole breakers — — — u 3VA9471-0WK30 

7 

Rear insulating plate offset for 4-pole breakers — — — u 3VA9471-0WK40 

MOLDED CASE 


Control wire tap for busbar 

(for fixed mounting) 

— u u — 3VA9270-0WC00 

— — — u 3VA9470-0WC00 

7-96 



3VA Plug-in and Draw-out Technology 


Selection 

Plug-in socket 

Type 

Plug-in unit, 3-pole, complete kit 

Consists of: Plug-in socket, Plug-in unit, 

conversion kit, Mounting screw kit 

For molded case circuit breakers / 

rated current 

3VA61/62 

150A/250A 

3VA63 

400A 

3VA64 

600A Part Number 

u — — 3VA9143-0KP00 

— u — 3VA9343-0KP00 

— — u 3VA9443-0KP00 

Plug-in unit, 4-pole, complete kit 

Consists of: Plug-in socket, Plug-in unit, 


u — — 3VA9144-0KP00 

— u — 3VA9344-0KP00 

— — u 3VA9444-0KP00 

3 pole 4 pole 

Plug-in unit, 3-pole, conversion kit 

Consists of: Screw-fastened terminal 

covers for molded case circuit breakers, 

Plug-in contacts, Cable cage, Autotrip plunger 

u — — 3VA9143-0KP10 

— u u 3VA9343-0KP10 

Plug-in unit, 4-pole, conversion kit 

Consists of: Screw-fastened terminal 

covers for molded case circuit breakers, 

Plug-in contacts, Cable cage, Autotrip plunger 

u — — 3VA9144-0KP10 

— u u 3VA9344-0KP10 

3 pole 4 pole 

Draw-out units 

Type 

Draw-out unit, 3-pole, complete kit 

Consists of: Draw-out socket, Draw-out unit, conversion 

kit, Mounting screw kit 

Draw-out unit, 4-pole, complete kit 

Consists of: Draw-out socket, Draw-out unit, 



rated current 

3VA61/62 

150A/250A 

3VA63 

400A 

3VA64 

600A Part Number 

u — — 3VA9143-0KD00 

— u — 3VA9343-0KD00 

— — u 3VA9443-0KD00 

u — — 3VA9144-0KD00 

— u — 3VA9344-0KD00 

— — u 3VA9444-0KD00 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Draw-out unit, 3-pole, conversion kit 

Consists of: Screw-fastened terminal covers, 

Side wall, Plug-in contacts, Cable cage, Autotrip plunger 

u — — 3VA9143-0KD10 

— u u 3VA9343-0KD10 

Draw-out unit, 4-pole, conversion kit 

Consists of: Screw-fastened terminal covers, 

Side wall, Plug-in contacts, Cable cage, Autotrip plunger 

u — — 3VA9144-0KD10 

— u u 3VA9344-0KD10 

3 pole 4 pole 

Note: Crank handle for the drawout unit must be ordered seperately. 





Selection 

Accessories 

Type 

Cable cage for plug-in/draw-out unit 3-/4- 

pole (spare part) Cable duct for routing of 

the required cables from the internal acc. 

on the back of the breaker. 


rated current 

3VA61/62 

150A/250A 

3VA63/64 

400A/600A 

Part Number 

u — 3VA9167-0KB02 

— u 3VA9367-0KB02 

Door feedthrough u — 3VA9147-0KT00 

— u 3VA9347-0KT00 

Autotrip plunger 

Plug-in unit 

u — 3VA9267-0KP81 

— u 3VA9457-0KP81 

Autotrip plunger 

Draw-out unit 

u — 3VA9267-0KD81 

— u 3VA9457-0KD81 

Terminal cover for plug-in/draw-out unit, 

3-pole (spare part) To provide circuit breaker 

touch protection, for mounting on the 

molded case cicuit breaker 

u — 3VA9143-0KB01 

— u 3VA9343-0KB01 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Terminal cover for plug-in/draw-out unit, 

4-pole (spare part) To provide circuit breaker 

touch protection, for mounting on the 

molded case cicuit breaker 

Crank handle for draw-out unit 

Insulated, including crank holder 

u — 3VA9144-0KB01 

— u 3VA9344-0KB01 

3VA9987-0KD81 

7-98 





Selection 

Other Accessories 

Type 

Communication link for draw-out unit 

Consists of: Cable kit with 3 special position signaling switches, 

connecting cable 3VA9987-0KC10 

Part Number 

3VA9977-0KC00 

Position signaling switches 

For draw-out unit 

3VA9977-0KB00 

Spare connecting cable 

To connect the position signaling switches for 

communication with the COM060 

3VA9987-0KC10 

Auxiliary circuit connector 

n For draw-out units 

3VA9977-0KD80 

Auxiliary circuit connector 

n For plug-in units 

3VA9977-0KP80 

7 


n Includes a lock with 2 keys 

n For locking 

n For installation in all rotary operators with shaft stub 

n For mounting in the adapter kit for the accessories component 

3VA9980-0VL10 

3VA9980-0VL30 

3VA9980-0VL40 

MOLDED CASE 


Cylinder lock adapter for draw-out unit 

n For fitting a cylinder lock in the right-hand side wall of the draw-out unit 

n To prevent unauthorized withdrawl or insertion of the circuit breaker; 

n Circuit breaker can be locked in the CONNECT, TEST, or DISCONNECT position 

3VA9970-0LF40 





3VA Communication and Testing/Commissioning Devices 

Communication and testing/commissioning devices 

Communications overview 

■ Design 


Selection 

powermanager power 

monitoring software 

powerconfig 

software 

PROFIBUS 

Ethernet (Modbus TCP) 

I201_19498 

SIMATIC S7 

PROFINET 

3VA-line 

T-Connector 

T-Connector 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


3VA6 molded case 

circuit breaker 

3VA6 molded case 

circuit breaker 

COM800 

breaker data server 

DSP800 

display 

COM060 

communication module 

7KM PAC Switched 

Ethernet PROFINET 

expansion module 

7KM PAC 

PROFIBUS DP 


7KM PAC RS485 

MODBUS RTU 


7-100 





Selection 

Modules 

Type 

24 V Module 

n 24 V DC 

n For mounting in the right-hand accessories 

compartment of the 3VA6 

n Optional energy supply for the ETU, also includes 

contiunous operation of the ETU display and the 

metering function of the ETU 8-series 

COM060 communication module 

n For mounting in the right-hand accessories 

compartment of the 3VA6 molded case circuit breaker 

(including ETU power supply) 

n Communication with the COM800/COM100 breaker 

data server via the 3VA-line 

n Including a T-Connector 

Spare SLC adapter COM060, 

24 V module accessory for: 

n 3VA61/62 100/150/250 

For molded case circuit 

breakers / rated current 

3VA63/64/65/66 

3VA61/62 

150A/250 A 

400A/600A 

800A/1000A Part Number 

u — 3VA9177-0TB50 

— u 3VA9377-0TB50 

u — 3VA9177-0TB10 

— u 3VA9377-0TB10 

u — 3VA9187-0TB60 

Spare SLC adapter COM060, 

24 V module accessory for: 

n 3VA63/64 400/600 

— u 3VA9387-0TB60 


Type 

COM800 breaker data server 

n 2 terminating resistors 

n Central communication module for connecting up to eight 3VA6 molded 

case circuit breakers via the 3VA-line 

n Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s interface 

n Module slot for plugging on an optional PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET 

or RS485 module 

Part Number 

3VA9977-0TA10 

COM100 breaker data server 

n 2 terminating resistors 

n Central communication module for connecting one 3VA6 molded 

case circuit breaker 

n Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s interface 

n Module slot for plugging on an optional PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET 

or RS485 module 

7KM PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion module 

n The 7KM PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion module is used for connecting 

the COM800/COM100 breaker data server, and the 3VA molded case circuit 

breakers conneccted to it, to PROFIBUS DPV1 

n The 7KM PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion module provides the status and measured 

quantities of the 3VA molded case circuit breaker for the PROFIBUS DP master. 

It receives information (e.g. commands) from the PROFIBUS DP master, and 

forwards this information to the 3VA molded case circuit breaker 

7KM PAC Switched Ethernet PROFINET expansion module 

n The 7KM PAC Switched Ethernet PROFINET expansion module is used to connect 

the COM800/COM100 breaker data server, and the connected 3VA molded case 

circuit breaker, to PROFINET via two Ethernet interfaces 

n The 7KM PAC Switched Ethernet PROFINET expansion module provides the status 

and measured quantities of the 3VA molded case circuit breaker to PROFINET via 

the PROFINET IO, PROFIenergy and Modbus TCP protocols 

3VA9977-0TA20 

7KM9300-0AB01-0AA0 

7KM9300-0AE01-0AA0 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


7KM PAC RS485 Modbus RTU expansion module 

n The 7KM PAC RS485 Modbus expansion module is used to connect the COM800/ 

COM100 breaker data server, and the 3VA molded case circuit breaker connected 

to it, to Modbus RTU 

n The 7KM PAC RS485 Modbus expansion module provides the status and measured 

quantities of the 3VA molded case circuit breaker for the Modbus RTU master. 

It receives information (e.g. commands) from the Modbus RTU master, and forwards 

this information to the 3VA molded case circuit breaker 

7KM9300-0AM00-0AA0 





Selection 

Accessories for Communication 

Type 

T-Connector 

n Spare part 

n Provides spur line feeder to COM060 and loops to the nextcircuit breaker 

n Includes a connection adapter for mounting on the 3VA6 breaker enclosure 

DIN rail adapter 

For snapping the T-Connector onto a DIN rail 

Part Number 

3VA9987-0TG10 

3VA9987-0TG11 

Preassembled T-Connector-to-T-Connector or 

T-Connector-to-COM800/ COM100 connecting cable 

n 0.4 m long 

n 1 m long 

n 2 m long 

n 4 m long 

Preassembled connecting cable for extending the 

COM060-to-T-Connector spur line connection 

n 0.4 m long 

n 0.8 m long 

Additional bus terminating resistors 

3VA9987-0TC10 

3VA9987-0TC20 

3VA9987-0TC30 

3VA9987-0TC40 

3VA9987-0TF20 

3VA9987-0TF10 

3VA9987-0TE10 

Voltage tap to external N conductor 

Cable for connecting the neutral point for the metering function of the 

8-Series ETU, length 1.5 m 

3VA9987-0UC10 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


External current transformer as straight-through transformer. Connection of an external current 

transformer for the N conductor for 3-pole 3VA6 molded case circuit breakers for 5-series and 

8-series ETUs (ETU850, ETU856, ETU860), including connecting cable 

n In = 25 ... 150A 

n In = 160 ... 350 A 

n In = 400 ... 630 A 

n In = 600 ... 1000 A 

DSP800 display 

n For displaying the status, measured values and parameters of up to 8 

3VA6 molded cases circuit breakers 

n Connection to the COM800/COM100 via Ethernet for displaying information 

of the COM800/COM100 and the connected 3VA6 molded case circuit breaker 

3VA9077-0NA10 

3VA9177-0NA10 

3VA9377-0NA10 

3VA9677-0NA10 

3VA9977-0TD10 

EFB300 

n External function box for connection to the ETU of the 3VA6 molded case circuit breaker 

n 4 digital outputs for information output, 1 digital input 

n ZSI functionality 

n S0 interface 

n Including cable 1.5 m in length 

3VA9977-0UA10 

Connecting cable for EFB300 and MMB300. Spare part 

n 1.5 m long 

n 3.0 m long 

n 3.0 m long for 3VA with EFB and RCD820 

3VA9987-0UB10 

3VA9987-0UB20 

3VA9987-0UB30 

7-102 





Selection 

Test devices 

Type 

TD300 

n Connection to the front interface of the ETU 

n Test device for activating the ETU and triggering a test trip 

Part Number 

3VA9977-0MA10 

TD500 

n Connection to the front interface of the ETU 

n Initiation of various test trips (LSING) 

n USB interface for connection of a PC using powerconfig 

n ETU parameterization 

n Including external power supply unit with adapter for Europe, UL and GB 

n Including connecting cable to the 3VA6 molded case circuit breaker 

3VA9977-0MB10 

Spare part: External power supply for TD500 

110 ... 240 V AC 

3VA9987-0MX10 

7 

Spare part: Cable for connecting to the TD500 to the 3VA6 molded 


3VA9977-0MY10 

MOLDED CASE 


Maintenance Mode Box 

MMB300 

n Realization of the NEC 240.87 (Arc Energy Reduction) -> personal protection 

during maintenance work 

n Switch into maintenance mode by changing the I- and G-protection 

to the lowest possible value through an external signal (e.g. door contact) 

n Available for all 3VA6 circuit breakers with electronic trip unit 

n Daisy chain up to 8 circuit breakers equipped with MMB300 

n Additional digital output (D01) for ETU signals available 

n Capable of DIN rail mounting 

n Includes cable 1.5m in length 

3VA9977-0UF10 



3VA Accessories for Locking, Blocking and Interlocking 


Selection 

Locking, Blocking, & Interlocking 


rated current 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

800A 

1000A 


Type 

125A 125A 250A 

Part Number 

Blocking device for the handle — u — — — — 3VA9038-0LB10 

— — u u u — 3VA9378-0LB10 

Padlock device for the handle u — — — — — 3VA9038-0LB11 

— — u u — — 3VA9138-0LB11 

— — — — u — 3VA9338-0LB11 

— — — — — u 3VA9578-0LB10 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


3VA5/3VA6 

3VA4 

Adapter kit for mounting the cylinder lock (type 

Ronis) in the accessories compartment of the 

molded case circuit breaker Comprising 2 cylinder 

lock casings (one for locking and one for interlocking) 

and the appropriate mounting module 

n To implement an interlock or a lock: select 

suitable cylinder lock(s) 

n For an interlock: select the same cylinder lock 

number 

— u — — — — 3VA9137-0LF10 

— — u — — — 3VA9237-0LF10 

— — — u — — 3VA9147-0LF10 

— — — — u — 3VA9347-0LF10 

— — — — — u 3VA9577-0LF10 


n Includes a lock with 2 keys 

n For locking or interlocking 

n For installation in all rotary operators with 

shaft stub 

n For mounting in the adapter kit for the 

accessories compartment 

n Key 1 (lock number 1) — u u u u — 3VA9980-0VL10 



Sliding bar 

Complete kit for interlocking 2 circuit breakers 

n The article number must be ordered 2X to 

implement an interlock between 3 breakers 

of the same size 

Module for handle interlock using a bowden cable 

n A separate handle interlock module is required 

for each switching device 

n A Bowden cable must be ordered separately 

— u — — — — 3VA9138-0VF30 

— — u — — — 3VA9238-0VF30 

— — — u — — 3VA9148-0VF30 

— — — — u — 3VA9348-0VF30 

— u — — — — 3VA9137-0VF10 

— — u — — — 3VA9237-0VF10 

— — — u — — 3VA9147-0VF10 

— — — — u — 3VA9347-0VF10 

— — — — — u 3VA9577-0VF10 

Rear interlock with rod 

Complete Kit 

n Mounting frames are not included in scope of 

supply 

— u u u u — 3VA9078-0VM10 


Complete Kit 

n Mounting frames are included in scope of 

supply 

— — — — — u 3VA9578-0VM10 


Complete Kit for plug-in/draw-out unit 

n Mounting frames are not included in scope of 

supply 

— u u u u — 3VA9078-0VM30 

7-104 



3VA Accessories for Locking, Blocking and Interlocking 


Selection 

Locking, Blocking, & Interlocking 


rated current 

3VA6 

150A 

250A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

400A 

600A 

3VA5 

3VA6 

800A 

1000A 

3VA5 3VA5 

Type 

125A 250A 

Part Number 

Bowden cable 

n Length 0.6 m u u u u — 3VA9980-0VC10 



Mounting frame for rear interlock with rod ab 

The following are required for the complete 

mounting frame kit: 

n Profile poles u u u u — 3VA9078-0VK10 

n Mounting Plates u — — — — 3VA9138-0VK20 

— u — — — 3VA9238-0VK20 

— — u — — 3VA9248-0VK20 

— — — u — 3VA9448-0VK20 

Cover frame for door cut-out 

Cover frame for door cut-out for molded 


n 3-pole, door cut-out without trip unit 



n 3-pole, door cut-out with trip unit 



n 4-pole, door cut-out without trip unit 



n 4-pole, door cut-out with trip unit 

Cover frame for door cut-out for MO320 

motor operators 

Cover frame for door cut-out for front 

mounted rotary operators 

Cover frame for door cut-out for front 

mounted rotary operator with door interlock 

Cover frame for door cut-out for door 

feedthrough 

u — — — — 3VA9033-0SB10 

— u u — — 3VA9143-0SB10 

— — — u — 3VA9373-0SB10 

— — — — u 3VA9583-0SB10 

u — — — — 3VA9033-0SB20 

— u — — — 3VA9233-0SB20 

— — u — — 3VA9143-0SB20 

— — — u — 3VA9343-0SB20 

— — — — u 3VA9583-0SB20 

u — — — — 3VA9034-0SB10 

— u u — — 3VA9144-0SB10 

— — — u — 3VA9374-0SB10 

— — — — u 3VA9584-0SB10 

u — — — — 3VA9034-0SB20 

— u — — — 3VA9234-0SB20 

— — u — — 3VA9144-0SB20 

— — — u — 3VA9344-0SB20 

— — — — u 3VA9584-0SB20 

u — — — — 3VA9033-0SB10 

— u u — — 3VA9237-0SB30 

— — — u — 3VA9377-0SB30 

u — — — — 3VA9033-0SB10 

— u u — — 3VA9143-0SB10 

— — — u — 3VA9373-0SB10 

— — — u — 3VA9377-0SB30 

— — — — u 3VA9583-0SB50 

— u u — — 3VA9233-0SB20 

— — — u — 3VA9333-0SB20 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Labeling plate for cover frame 

3VA9087-0SX10 

a 2 mounting plates are required. They are screwed onto 

the profile rail that can be ordered above. Different 

breakers can be mutually interlocked. 

b Breakers with plug-in unit can be mounted on the 

mounting plates, but the profile rails cannot be used. 



3VA Accessories and Spare Parts 


Selection 

Other accessories 

Type 

Busbar adapter system with 60 mm 

busbar center-to-center spacing 

3-pole 


rated current 

3VA5 3VA5 


3VA5 3VA5 150A 400A 800A 

125A 250A 250A 600A 1000A Part Number 

u — — — — 8US1211-4SS00 a 

— u u — — 8US1213-4AP03 b 

— — — u — 8US1213-4AH04 b 

Busbar adapter system with 60 mm 

busbar center to center spacing, 

bottom connection, 3-pole 

Busbar adapter designed for 3VA breaker 

used as a main 

u — — — — 8US1215-4SS00 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Metric mounting screw kit 

u — — — — 3VA9151-0SS10 

For fixed mounted breakers 1-pole 

Metric mounting screw kit (2 pcs) 

u — — — — 3VA9116-0SS10 


Metric mounting screw kit (4 pcs) 

u u — — — 3VA9114-0SS10 

For fixed mounted breakers 3-,4-pole 


— — u — — 3VA9126-0SS10 



— — u — — 3VA9124-0SS10 



— — — u — 3VA9328-0SS10 



— — u — — 3VA9124-0SS10 

For plug-in and draw-out unit 

SAE mounting screw kit (2 pcs) 

u — — — — 3VA9151-0SS00 


SAE Mounting screw kit (2 pcs) 

u — — — — 3VA9156-0SS00 



u — — — — 3VA9154-0SS00 

For fixed mounting breakers 4-pole 


— u u — — 3VA9164-0SS00 

For fixed mounted breakers 3-,4-pole and 3VA6 

150/250 plug-in and draw-out units 


— u u — — 3VA9166-0SS00 



— — — u — 3VA9368-0SS00 

For fixed mounted breakers 2-,3-,4-pole and 3VA6 

400/600 plug-in and draw-out units 

Replacement handle extension accessory — — — u — 3VA9487-0SC10 

a Busbar adapter designed for 3VA breaker used as 

a feeder. 

b Busbar adapter designed for 3VA breaker used as either 

a main or feeder. 

7-106 



3VA Accessory Electrical Requirements 

Auxiliary switches electrical requirements 


Technical data 



alarm switches HQ 

Auxiliary switches and alarm 

switches HQ_electronic 


alarm switches HP 

Rated 

operational 

voltage 

Conventional 

free-air thermal 

current 

IEC 

Ratings 

Listed 

Max. rated Inductive load 

current (UL/CSA) (0.75-0.8 AC) 

AUX LCS TAS EAS AUX LCS TAS EAS AUX LCS TAS 

U e V AC 240 24 600 

50 Hz 

V DC 250 24 250 

th = e A 6 0.3 10 

AC-12 12 V A 6 0.3 10 

24 V A 6 0.3 10 

48 V A 6 -- 10 

125 V A 6 -- 10 

220/240 V A 6 -- 10 

380/440 V A -- -- 6 

600 V A -- -- 2 

AC-15 12 V A 3 0.3 6 

2/4 V A 3 0.3 6 

48 V A 3 -- 6 

125 V A 3 -- 6 

220/240 V A 3 -- 6 

380/440 V A -- -- 2 

600 V A -- -- 0.6 

DC-12 12 V A 6 0.1 6 

24 V A 4 0.1 6 

48 V A 2 -- 2 

110 V A 0.5 -- 0.6 

250 V A 0.25 -- 0.3 

DC-13 12 V A 1 0.07 3 

24 V A 0.8 0.07 3 

48 V A 0.4 -- 0.8 

110 V A 0.2 -- 0.2 

250 V A 0.1 -- 0.1 

24 V A 3 0.3 6 

300 V A 3 -- 6 

600 V A -- -- 6 

Pilot duty (AC) 24 V A 3 -- 6 

127 V A 3 -- 6 

240 V A 3 -- 3 

480 V A -- -- 1.5 

600 V A -- -- 1.2 

Resistive load (DC) 24 V A 0.25 0.1 0.3 

250 V A 0.25 -- 0.3 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Resistive load - pilot 

duty sequence (DC) 

125 V A 0.6 -- 0.9 

250 V A 0.3 -- 0.55 

Minimum load At 24 mA 70 0.5 70 

V DC 

At 5 V DC mA -- 1 -- 



3VA Accessory Electrical Requirements 



Shunt trip/undervoltage electrical requirements 


STL 

Shunt trip 

flexible STF 

Undervoltage 

releases UVR 

Universal 

release UNI 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Power consumption U e 12 V DC W 50 -- -- -- 

24 50 V AC/60 Hz VA 50 -- -- -- 

24 ... 30 V DC W 7 ... 50 -- -- -- 

48 ... 60 50 V AC/60 Hz VA 15 ... 20 -- -- -- 

48 ... 60 V DC W 20 ... 30 -- -- -- 

110 ... 127 50 V AC/60 Hz VA 30 ... 40 -- -- -- 

110 ... 127 V DC W 30 ... 40 -- -- -- 

208 ... 277 50 V AC/60 Hz VA 16 ... 35 -- -- -- 

220 ... 250 V DC W 28 ... 35 -- -- -- 

380 ... 600 50 V AC/60 Hz VA 10 ... 30 -- -- -- 

24 50 V AC/60 Hz VA -- 300 -- -- 

48 ... 60 50 V AC/60 Hz VA -- 340 ... 600 -- -- 

110 ... 127 50 V AC/60 Hz VA -- 500 ... 650 -- -- 

208 ... 277 50 V AC/60 Hz VA -- 360 ... 650 -- -- 

380 ... 500 50 V AC/60 Hz VA -- 330 ... 600 -- -- 

600 50 V AC/60 Hz VA -- 300 -- -- 

12 ... 250 V DC W -- -- < 2.5 -- 

24 ... 230 50 V AC/60 Hz VA -- -- < 2 -- 

380 ... 480 50 V AC/60 Hz VA -- -- < 2.5 -- 

12 V DC (Cat II; 

PELV/SELV) 


PELV/SELV) 


PELV/SELV) 

W -- -- -- UVR: < 2.5 

SHT: 20 

W -- -- -- UVR: < 2.5 

SHT: 20 

W -- -- -- UVR: < 2.5 

SHT: 20 

Rated impulse withstand 

U imp kV 6 4 0.5 

voltage 

Making current I max at V 1.5 A/24 V AC 18 A/24 V AC 5 mA/480 V 1.5 A/24 V 

Maximum tripping time ms < 10 

Service life Electrical trips 8500 

Mechanical switching cycles of the circuit breaker 25000 

Priority over other control 

Given 

signals 

Degree of protection Lid of the accessories compartment closed IP40 

Lid of the accessories compartment open IP 20 

Minimum signal duration ms 40 40 -- 40 

Response voltage shunt 

trip 


response voltage 

Pick-up (circuit 

breaker trips) 


breaker can be 

switched on) 


breaker trips) 

Us/V % 70 ... 110 -- 70 ... 110 

Us/V % -- -- 85 ... 110 

Us/V % -- -- 35 ... 70 

Tripping frequency Trips per hour Unlimited 120 Unlimited 

Can be used for electrical 

interlocking of molded case 

circuit breakers 

No No Yes 

7-108 


which indicates ON and OFF and, via LED, whether the 

reaker has tripped (TRIP). It is thus possible to identify ■ Design 

tching position of the molded case circuit breaker at any 

• The MO320 motor operator is simply snapped into Revised position on on 10/15/20 

a mounting frame that is installed instead of the accessories 

ferent reset modes 3VA can Molded be selected, Case i.e. in one Circuit mode, the Breakers 

lid of the molded case circuit breaker. 

r resets the molded case circuit breaker automatically 

he other, it waits for confirmation by an OFF signal before 

the breaker. 3VA Accessory Electrical Requirements ■ Technical specifications 


more, the motor operator can be locked in the 

MO320 motor operator 3VA5 3VA5 3VA6 

sition by means DC breaking of several padlocks. capacity according to UL489 

125 A 250 A 150 A/ 400 A/ 

250 A 600 A 

Degree of protection NEMA 1 

Applies to MCCBs Rated control in line supply protection voltage and 24 V ... 60 V - DC 2 current (0.85 ... 1.26) paths with a 3-pole circuit 

MCS, if protected (operating by a range suitable of control overcurrent 110 V ... 230 V 

breaker 

AC/ 

or 

protection device. supply voltage) 

110 V ... 250 - V 3 DC current (0.85 ... paths 1.1) with a 4-pole molded 

With an non-grounded Rating system, all poles 250 W, max. 500 case W (60 circuit ms) breaker in series can take 

must always Make be switched time, typically off. < 800 ms < 1000 over ms the switch-off < 1700 ms 

The grounded Break pole time, must typically always be assigned < 800 ms < Further 1000 ms wirings are available < 1400 mson request. 

to the individual current path so that in the 

event of an ground fault at least... 

3VA51 3VA52 3VA53 3VA54 

125 A 

(15- 125 A) 

250 A 

(40 – 250 A) 

400 A 

(200 - 400 A) 

DC single-pole 

disconnection 

DC all-pole 

disconnection 

600 A 

(450 – 600 A) Grounded a Grounded a Isolated 

on and ordering data DC breaking capacity acc. UL489 in kA 

S M H M H C M H C M H C 

Version 

For molded case circuit DT Article No. Price PE PS*/ PG 

125 V 250 V 250 V breakers/ 250 V 

b 

per PU (UNIT, P. unit 

rated current 

SET, 

3VA5 3VA5 3VA6 3VA6 

M) 

125 A 250 A 150 A, 400 A, 

Load 250 A Load 600 

Load 

A Load Load 

Load Load Load Load Load 

Load 

Load Load Load Load Load Load Load Load Load 

operators 14 25 30 50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 

Load 

Load Load 

Motor operators without stored energy feature 

250 V (MO320) 500 V 500 V 500 V 

Versions 

• 24 ... 60 V DC ✓ -- -- -- 3VA9137-0HA10 1 1 unit 1CB 

-- ✓ ✓ -- 3VA9277-0HA10 1 1 unit 1CB 

-- -- Load -- ✓Load 

Load Load 3VA9447-0HA10 Load 

Load Load Load Load 1 Load 1 unit 1CB 

Load Load Load Load Load Load 

• 110 ... 230 V AC, 

✓ -- 

Load 

-- -- Load Load 

3VA9137-0HA20 

Load 

50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 

1 1 unit 1CB 

7-0HA10 

110 ... 250 V DC 

-- ✓ ✓ -- 3VA9277-0HA20 1 1 unit 1CB 

500 V 750 V 600 V -- -- 600 V -- ✓ 3VA9447-0HA20 1 1 unit 1CB 

Load Load Load 

Load Load Loa 

Load 

Load Loa 

G 

7 

50 85 100 50 85 100 

750 V 750 V 

Load 

Load Load 

50 85 100 50 85 100 6 6 10 6 6 10 

Load Load Load Load 


Load 

Load Load 

Load 

Load GF 

GF GF 

GF 

Load 

GF 

GF 


Load 

Load Load Load Load Load 

Load Load 

Load GF GF 

GF 

GF GF 

GF 

MOLDED CASE 


Load Load Loa 

Load Load Lo 

600 V 1000 V 750 V 750 V 

50 85 100 50 85 100 

1000 V 1000 V 

Load 

Load Load 



— 

Load 

Load Load 

GF 

GF GF 

Load Load 

Load GF 

Lo G 

GF 

50 85 100 50 85 100 6 6 10 6 6 10 

Siemens · 04/2017 

GF ground fault monitoring 

a Minus pole grounded 

b Also covers 1-pole circuit breaker in 2-pole frame 


Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers 




If used on 250A frame and above means 

non-interchangeable trip breaker with 

factory assembled frame and trip. Solid 

state trip and current limiting (S or C in 

first character) are non-interchangeable 

only, and the “X” is omitted. 

X D 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Trip Unit Type 

— Omitted – Thermal-Magnetic 

S — Sensitrip ® Electronic Trip 

Sentron Series Type/Interrupting Range 

— Omitted – Standard Rating 

H — High IC Rating 

HH — Extra High IC Rating 

C — Highest IC Rating and Current Limiting 

Frame Identifier 

E — Type ED M — Type MD 

F — Type FD N — Type ND 

J — Type JD P — Type PD 

L — Type LD R — Type RD 

LM — Type LMD 


2 — 240 Vac 

4 — 480 Vac 

6 — 600 Vac 


1 

2 

3 

A — used to indicate advanced electronic trip unit with maintenance mode capability (always 3 poles) 

B — used to indicate basic electronic trip unit (always 3 poles) 

(Specific Application Type) 

B — Standard 40°C Breaker 

M — Calibrated for 50°C Application 

F — Frame Only 

T — 40°C Trip Unit Only 

W — 50°C Trip Unit Only 

S — Molded Case Switch 

L — Low Instantaneous Range ETI Breaker 

A — Standard Range ETI Breaker 

H — High Instantaneous Range ETI Breaker 

Maximum Continuous Current Rating 

ED Frame — 015, 020, 025, 030, 035, 040, 045, 050, 060, 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125 

FD Frame — 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 

JD Frame — 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 

LD Frame — 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 

LMD Frame — 500, 600, 700, 800 

MD Frame — 500, 600, 700, 800 

ND Frame — 900, 100 (1000A), 120 (1200A) 

PD Frame — 120 (1200A), 140 (1400A), 160 (1600A) 

RD Frame — 160 (1600A), 180 (1800A), 200 (2000A) 

Suffix 

L — where applicable indicates a breaker shipped with line/loads lugs installed 

A — used with a switch to show automatic self protection 

Y — 400 Hertz 

H — 100% rated 

P — Load side lugs only 

NAV — Naval Ratings 

NOTE: 

— Position omitted if not used. 

7-110 



ED 125A Frame Sentron Series 


Selection 

Ordering Instructions 

All ED Frame Sentron circuit breakers are supplied with load side lugs. If line side lugs are required, add ”L” suffix to catalog number. 

Consult Siemens sales office for any addditional charge 

50°C Calibration, 400HZ - see page 7-156. All ED frame circuit breakers may be reverse connected 

Type ED2 e 

Note: ED frame circuit breakers qualified to UL 489 

Supplement SB “Naval”— See page 7-156 for 

additional information 


aCSA Certified only (Not UL) 

Blue Label 


Continuous 

125V DC 

Current Rating 120V AC 125V DC 240V AC 250V DC 240V AC 

@ 40°C 


015 ED21B015 d n ED22B015 ED23B015 

020 ED21B020 d n ED22B020 ED23B020 

25 ED21B025n ED22B025n ED23B025n 

030 ED21B030n ED22B030 ED23B030 

35 ED21B035n ED22B035n ED23B035n 

040 ED21B040n ED22B040 ED23B040 

45 ED21B045n ED22B045n ED23B045n 

050 ED21B050n ED22B050 ED23B050 

060 ED21B060n ED22B060 ED23B060 

070 ED21B070n ED22B070 ED23B070 

80 ED21B080n ED22B080n ED23B080 

90 ED21B090n ED22B090n ED23B090n 

100 ED21B100n ED22B100 ED23B100 

Type ED4 e 

Continuous 


@ 40°C 

Blue Label 


120V AC 

277V AC 125V DC 480V AC 250V DC 480V AC 


015 ED41B015 d — ED43B015 

020 ED41B020 d ED42B020 ED43B020 

025 ED41B025 ED42B025 ED43B025 

030 ED41B030 ED42B030 ED43B030 

035 ED41B035n ED42B035n ED43B035 

040 ED41B040 ED42B040 ED43B040 

045 ED41B045n ED42B045n ED43B045 

050 ED41B050 ED42B050 ED43B050 

060 ED41B060 ED42B060 ED43B060 

070 ED41B070 ED42B070 ED43B070 

080 ED41B080n ED42B080n ED43B080 

090 ED41B090n ED42B090n ED43B090 

100 ED41B100 ED42B100 ED43B100 

110 ED41B110 ED42B110n ED43B110 

125 — ED42B125 ED43B125 

Type ED6 e 

Blue Label 

Continuous 

1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 3-Pole 

Current 

Rating 347V AC 600V AC 250V DC 600V AC 500V DC 600V DC 

@ 40°C Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

15 ED61B015 — — ED63D015L 

20 ED61B020 ED62B020 ED63B020 ED63D020L 

25 ED61B025 ED62B025n ED63B025 ED63D025L 

30 ED61B030 ED62B030 ED63B030 ED63D030L 

35 ED61B035 — ED63B035 ED63D035L 

40 ED61B040 — ED63B040 ED63D040L 

45 ED61B045n — ED63B045 ED63D045L 

50 ED61B050 — ED63B050 ED63D050L 

60 ED61B060 — ED63B060 ED63D060L 

70 ED61B070n — ED63B070 — 

80 ED61B080 — ED63B080 — 

90 ED61B090 — ED63B090 — 

100 ED61B100n — ED63B100 — 

110 — — ED63B110 — 

125 — — ED63B125 — 

bFor CED types and all 110–125 ampere ED frames. 

cSee Note: A, page 7-153. 

dSWD rated. 

e HACR rated. 

Not for use with HHED6 breakers. 




ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6 

1 30 38 

2 10 25 

3 10 38 

CED6 

2 5 20 

3 5 30 

Lugs 

Ampere 

Rating 

No. of 

Poles 

Catalog 

Number 

Aluminum Body Lugs 

All 15–25A 1, 2, 3 

Line/Load 

SA1E025 

All 30–100A 1, 2, 3 

Line Side 

LN1E100 

ED2, 4, 6, HED4 

30-60A 

ED2, 4, 6, HED4 

70-100A 

ED2, 4, 6, HED4, 

HHED6 

30-100A 

1 

1 

2, 3 

All 110, 125A 2, 3 

Copper Body Lugs 

All 30–125A 1, 2, 3 

Load Side 

LD1E060 

Load Side 

LD1E100 

Load Side 

LN1E100 

Line/Load 

TA1E6125 

Wire 

Range 

#14–#10 Cu 

#12–#10 Al 

Modifications page 7-156 



#10–1/0 Cu/Al 

#10–#4 Cu/Al 

#6–#1/0 Cu/Al 

#10–1/0 Cu/Al 

#3–3/0 Cu 

#1–2/0 Al 

Line/Load #10–1/0 Cu 

TC1ED6150 c only 

Compression Lugs 

All ED, HED, HHED, CED CCE125 2/0 

Enclosures (Neutral Included) 

Type 


1 (Surface) E2N1S (15–100A) 

1 (Flush) E2N1F (15–100A) 

3R 

E2N3R (15–100A) 

4–4X ED6SS4 (15–125A) 

7–9 EA (15–60A) 

7–9 EB (70–100A) 

12 E2N12 (15–100A) 

1 (Surface) CED6N1S b 

1 (Flush) CED6N1F b 

3R 

CED6N3R b 

12 CED6N12 b 

7 

MOLDED CASE 





ED 125A Frame Sentron Series 



7 

MOLDED CASE 


Type HED4 

Black Label 


Continuous 

Current Rating 277V AC 125V DC 480V AC 250V DC 480V AC 

@ 40°C 


015 HED41B015 a HED42B015 HED43B015 

020 HED41B020 a HED42B020 HED43B020 

25 HED41B025 HED42B025n HED43B025 

030 HED41B030 HED42B030 HED43B030 

35 HED41B035n HED42B035n HED43B035 

040 HED41B040 HED42B040 HED43B040 


050 HED41B050n HED42B050 HED43B050 






110 — HED42B110n HED43B110 

125 — HED42B125n HED43B125 

Type HHED6 Black Label Type CED6 Red Label 

Continuous 

Current 

Rating 

@ 40°C 


600V AC 

600V AC, 

250V DC 

600V AC, 

500V DC b 


015 HHED63B015A CED62B015 CED63B015 

020 HHED63B020 CED62B020n CED63B020 

025 HHED63B025 — — 

030 HHED63B030 CED62B030n CED63B030 

035 HHED63B035 — — 

040 HHED63B040 — CED63B040 

045 HHED63B045 — — 

050 HHED63B050 — CED63B050 

060 — CED62B060n CED63B060 

070 — CED62B070n CED63B070 

080 — CED62B080n CED63B080 

090 — CED62B090n CED63B090 

100 — CED62B100n CED63B100 

110 — — CED63B110n 

125 — CED62B125n CED63B125 


Fuseless Current Limiting 

FIGURE1 - ED, HED, HHED 

 

H 

 

 

W3 

W1 

W2 

1-POLE 2-POLE 3-POLE 

FIGURE 2 - CED (3-Pole shown) 

 

H 

Dimensions (in inches) 

 

 

 

W2, W3 

Breaker Type W1 W2 W3 H D D1 

Figure 1 

ED2, ED4, 

ED6, HED4, 

1 2 3 6.35 3.92 4.56 

ED6 ETI c 

Figure 1 

HHED6 

— 2 3 6.53 3.92 4.56 

Figure 2 

CED6, 

CED6 ETI c — 2 3 9.58 3.92 4.56 

UL 489 AIR (File #E10848) IEC 947-2 

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) 

Volts AC (50/60Hz) 

Volts AC Volts DC 220/240 380/415 500 

Breaker Type 120 240 277 347 480 600 125 250 500 600 lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs 

ED2 (1-P) 10 — — — — — 5 — — — — — — — — — 

ED2 (2, 3-P) — 10 — — — — — 5 (2-P) — — — — — — — — 

ED4 (1-P) 65 — 22 — — — 30 — — — — — — — — — 

ED4 (2, 3-P) — 65 — — 18 — — 30 (2-P) — — — — — — — — 

ED6 (1P) — — — 30 — — — 30 — — — — — — — — 

ED6 (2, 3-P) — 65 — — 25 18 — — 18 (3-P) — 65 17 35 9 18 5 

ED6 (3-P) — — — — — — — — — 10 g — — — — — — 

HED4 (1-P) 

(15–30A) 

100 — 65 — — — 30 — — — — — — — — — 

HED4 (1-P) 

(35–100A) 

100 — 25 — — — 30 — — — — — — — — — 

HED4 (2, 3-P) — 100 — — 42 — — 30 (2-P) — — — — — — — — 

HHED6 (2, 3-P) — 100 — — 65 18 — — — — — — — — — — 

CED6 (2, 3-P) — 200 — — 200 100 — 50 (2-P) 30 (3-P) — — — — — — — 

 

 

 

D 

D1 

 

 

D1 

 

D 


aSWD rated. 

bWhen wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is 

UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS 

systems. 

c ED6-ETI, CED6-ETI, see page 7-140 for ordering 

information. 

d Single Pole 15-30A 30KA @ 347V non-UL. 

35-100A 18KA @ 347V non-UL. 

e HACR rated. 

f HHED63B015A is rated 18KAIC at 600/347V. 

g 600VDC only applies to ED63D___ breakers 

7-112 




Accessories 


Selection 

Accessories for: 

ED 125A Frame 

Combinations 

Available only when ordered together. 

Only one module can be added to a 

breaker. Additional accessories, which 

always attach to the left pole, cannot be 

added to the combination later. Adds 1 

inch pole space. 

Equipment 

Ground Sensing 

A field addable kit containing 30mA or 

5 mA ground fault accessory module, 

current transformer with 24 inch leads, 

and current transformer mounting 

equipment. Current transformer to 

mount in gutter of lighting panel or 

any control panel. Accessory module 

operates from separate 120V control 

power source. 

Both 30MA and 5MA devices are 

equipment protection devices only. 

Do not use for personnel protection. 

GF01ED60 

Shunt Trip Combinations 

1 Shunt Trip 

Control 1 Shunt Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Shunt Trip and 1 Shunt Trip and 2 

Voltage 1 Shunt Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch and 1 Alarm Switch 1 Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switches 

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

024 S17ED60 — — — — 

048 S18ED60 — — — — 

120 S01ED60 S01ED62A S01ED62AB S01ED62B S01ED62AA 

208 — S02ED62As S02ED62ABs S02ED62Bs S02ED62AAs 

240 S03ED60 S03ED62A S03ED62AB S03ED62Bs S03ED62AAs 

277 S15ED60s S15ED64As S15ED64ABs S15ED64Bs — 

480 S04ED60 S04ED64As S04ED64ABs S04ED64Bs — 

012 S16ED60s S16ED62As — — — 

024 S07ED60 S07ED62A S07ED62ABs S07ED62Bs S07ED62AAs 

048 S09ED60s S09ED62As S09ED62ABs S09ED62Bs S09ED62AAs 



Undervoltage Trip Combinations 

1 Undervoltage Trip 

1 Undervoltage and 1 Auxiliary 1 Undervoltage 1 Undervoltage 

Control 1 Undervoltage Trip and Switch and Trip and Trip and 2 

Voltage Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Alarm Switch 1 Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switches 

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

120 U01ED60 U01ED62A U01ED62ABs U01ED62Bs U01ED62AAs 

208 U02ED60s U02ED62As U02ED62ABs U02ED62Bs U02ED62AAs 

240 U03ED60 U03ED62As U03ED62ABs U03ED62Bs U03ED62AAs 

277 U16ED60s U16ED64As U16ED64ABs U16ED64Bs — 

480 U06ED60s U06ED64As U06ED64ABs U06ED64Bs — 

600 U08ED60s — — — — 

024 U13ED60 U13ED62As U13ED62ABs U13ED62Bs U13ED62AAs 



250 U12ED60s U12ED62As — — U12ED62AAs 

Auxiliary Switch Combinations 

Maximum 1 Alarm Switch and 1 Alarm Switch and 

Voltage 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches 2 Auxiliary Switches 

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

240 250 A01ED62 A01ED62B A02ED62 A02ED62B 

480 A01ED64 A01ED64B — — 

Maximum 

Voltage 1 Auxiliary Switch 


24 A01EDLV Gold Plated Contacts—for PLC use 

Alarm Switch Only 

Maximum 

Voltage 1 Alarm Switch 


240 250 B00ED62 

480 B00ED64 

Ground Fault Sensing Relay Kit — Equipment Protection Only 

For Use With Number of Catalog Number 

Breaker Frame Poles Description 30mA 5mA 

Basic Kit GF01ED60 GF01ED65 

CED6, ED2, ED4 

Basic Kit with Normally 

ED6, EFC, EFF, 1, 2, 3 Open Bell Alarm 

GF01ED60B0 GF01ED65B0s 

Closed Bell Alarm 

HED4, HHED6 

Basic Kit with Normally 

GF01ED60BC GF01ED65BCs 

7 

MOLDED CASE 






FD 250A Frame Sentron Series 


Selection 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Type FXD6-A a 

Blue Label 

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker – Without Lugs) 

Continuous 


2-Pole 

3-Pole 

@ 40°C 



70 FXD62B070n FXD63B070 

80 FXD62B080n FXD63B080 

90 FXD62B090n FXD63B090 

100 FXD62B100 FXD63B100 

110 FXD62B110n FXD63B110 

125 FXD62B125 FXD63B125 

150 FXD62B150 FXD63B150 

175 FXD62B175 FXD63B175 

200 FXD62B200 FXD63B200 

225 FXD62B225 FXD63B225 

250 FXD62B250 FXD63B250 

Type FD6-A 

Interchangeable Trip 

Continuous 


@ 40°C 



UL 489 AIR (File E10848) 

IEC 947-2 g 

Volts AC (50/60Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60Hz) 

Breaker 

240 480 600 250 500 c 220/240 380/415 500 

Type lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs 

FXD6-A, FD6-A 65 35 22 30 (2-P) 18 (3-P) 65 33 35 18 — — 

HFXD6, HFD6 100 65 25 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 100 50 65 33 — — 

HHFD6, HHFXD6 200 100 25 — — — — — — — — 

CFD6 200 200 100 30 (2-P) 50 (3-P) — — — — — — 

Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range 

Nominal Instantaneous Values 

+20% +20% 

Breaker Ampere Tolerance 

Tolerance 

Rating Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 High 

170-90 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 

100-110 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 

125-150 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 

175-200 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 

225-250 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 

Note: FD frame qualified to UL489 supplement SB “NAVAL”. 

See page 7-156 for additional information. 

Blue Label 

Complete Breaker 

Unassembled w/Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only 


2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC b 

70 FD62B070n FD62T070n 

80 FD62B080n FD62T080n 

90 FD62B090n FD62T090n 

100 FD62B100n FD62T100n 

110 FD62B110n FD62T110n 

125 FD62B125n FD62F250 FD62T125n 

150 FD62B150 FD62T150 

175 FD62B175n FD62T175n 

200 FD62B200 FD62T200 

225 FD62B225n FD62T225n 

250 FD62B250n FD62T250n 

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC c 

70 FD63B070n FD63T070n 

80 FD63B080n FD63T080n 

90 FD63B090n FD63T090n 

100 FD63B100 FD63T100 

110 FD63B110n FD63T110n 

125 FD63B125 FD63F250 FD63T125 

150 FD63B150 FD63T150 

175 FD63B175 FD63T175 

200 FD63B200 FD63T200 

225 FD63B225 FD63T225 

250 FD63B250 FD63T250 


Complete Breaker Unassembled 

with Lugs 

Prices of FD6, HFD6, and HHFD6 

breakers includes frame, trip and 

both line and load lugs (TA1FD350A). 

When ordered by these catalog 

numbers, the customer will receive 

the frame, trip, and lugs separately 

packaged. For applications requiring 

different lugs, order individual items 

as needed. 

Complete Breaker Assembled without 

Lugs 

Prices of FXD6, HFXD6, HHFXD6, 

and CFD6 includes frame with 

non-interchangeable trip unit 

installed only. Order required lugs 

separately. For line and load lugs 

(TA1FD350A) installed, add suffix 

“L” to catalog number (add 2 times 

list price of lugs for each pole). 

50°C Applications see page 7-156. 

400 Hz Applications see page 7-156. 

Lugs For 75°C Wire e 

Catalog 

Wire 

Number Range 

TA1FD350A 

#6—350 kcmil Cu 

#4—350 kcmil Al 

TC1FD350 #6—350 kcmil Cu 

Compression Lug 

CCF250 

350 kcmil Cu/Al 

Enclosures 

Catalog 

Type 

Number 

1 F6N1S(F) 

3R 

F6N3R 

4-4X FD6SS4 

7-9 EC2 

12 F6N12 

Neutral d N250 





a Type FXD6-A circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse 

fed applications. 

b 2-pole units are 3-pole width. 

c When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is 


systems only. 

d Order neutral as separate item. 

e See Note: A, page 7-153. 

f HACR rated. 

g Only applicable to interchangable trip unit types: 

FXD6A, HFXD6A. 

7-114 




FD 250A Frame Sentron Series 


Type HFD6, Type HFXD6 bc 


Continuous 


@ 40°C 

Type CFD6-A c 


Red Label 

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker 

without Lugs) 

Continuous 


@ 40°C 

3-Pole 

600V AC/500V DC 


070 CFD63B070n 

080 CFD63B080n 

090 CFD63B090n 

100 CFD63B100n 

110 CFD63B110n 

125 CFD63B125n 

150 CFD63B150 

175 CFD63B175 

200 CFD63B200 

225 CFD63B225 

250 CFD63B250 

Black Label 




2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width) 

70 HFD62B070n FD62T070n 

80 HFD62B080n FD62T080n 

90 HFD62B090n FD62T090n 

100 HFD62B100n FD62T100n 

110 HFD62B110n FD62T110n 

125 HFD62B125n HFD62F250 FD62T125n 

150 HFD62B150n FD62T150n 

175 HFD62B175n FD62T175n 

200 HFD62B200n FD62T200n 

225 HFD62B225n FD62T225n 

250 HFD62B250n FD62T250n 

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC 

70 HFD63B070n FD63T070n 

80 HFD63B080n FD63T080n 

90 HFD63B090n FD63T090n 

100 HFD63B100 FD63T100 

110 HFD63B110n FD63T110n 

125 HFD63B125 HFD63F250 FD63T125 

150 HFD63B150 FD63T150 

175 HFD63B175 FD63T175 

200 HFD63B200 FD63T200 

225 HFD63B225 FD63T225 

250 HFD63B250 FD63T250 

Type HHFD, HHFXD6 bc 

3-Pole 600V AC, Extra High Interrupting 

70 HHFD63B070n FD63T070n 



100 HHFD63B100 FD63T100 

110 HHFD63B110n FD63T110n 

125 HHFD63B125 HHFD63F250 FD63T125 

150 HHFD63B150 FD63T150 

175 HHFD63B175 FD63T175 

200 HHFD63B200 FD63T200 

225 HHFD63B225 FD63T225 

250 HHFD63B250 FD63T250 

W 



Breaker 

D1 

Type W L D (to 

handle) 

Figure 1 

FXD6-A, FD6-A, 

HFD6, HFXD6, 4.50 09.50 4 5.25 

HHFD6, FD6-ETI 

Figure 2 

CFD6, 

CFD6-ETI 4.50 14.25 4 5.25 




FD6-A, HFD6, HHFD6, FXD6-A 

Assembled Circuit Breaker (less connectors) 

2 1 08.6 

3 1 10 

FD6-A, HFD6, HHFD6 Frame Only 

2 1 07.5 

3 1 08.7 

FD6 Trip Unit Only 

2 1 01.1 

3 1 01.3 

CFD6 Assembled Circuit Breaker (less terminals) 

3 1 16 

D 

 

L 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



a When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker 

is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded 

UPS systems. 

b For non-interchangeable trip 3-pole HFD6 type circuit 

breaker, change prefix identifier from HFD6 to HFXD6. 

Price equals frame and trip prices combined, e.g. price 

of HFXD63B250 equals price of HFD63F250 plus price of 

FD63T250. Order lugs separately. 

c Type HFXD6, HHFXD6, CFD6 are UL Listed for reverse 

feed applications. 

d FXD6, ETI, CFD6, ETI — See page 7-140 for 

ordering information. 

HACR rated. 






Selection 

Accessories: 

for FD, FFC & FFF 250A Frames 


Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip 


024 S17FD60 

120 S01FD60 

240 S03FD60 

277 S15FD60s 

480 S04FD60 

600 S06FD60s 

012 S16FD60s 

024 S07FD60 

048 S09FD60s 

125 S11FD60 

250 S13FD60s 




1 Undervoltage Trip and 

1 Auxiliary Switch 

S01FD60 

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number 

120 U01FD60 W01FD64 

208 U02FD60s W02FD64s 

240 U03FD60 W03FD64s 

277 U16FD60s W16FD64s 

480 U06FD60s W06FD64s 

024 U13FD60 W13FD64 

048 U14FD60s W14FD64s 

125 U10FD60s W10FD64s 


7 

MOLDED CASE 


Voltage 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches 


240 A01FD62 A02FD62 

480 A01FD64 A02FD64 

24 A01FDLV Gold Plated Contacts - 

for PLC use 

Alarm Switch Combinations 

Maximum 

Voltage 

1 Alarm Switch 

1 Alarm Switch and 



480 250 B00FD64 C01FD64 


aAuxiliary switch application is for 480V AC maximum. 

Note: Old F-frame accessories cannot be used in new 

Sentron line. Likewise, new FD-frame accessories 

cannot be used on old F-frame circuit breakers. 

7-116 




JD 400A Frame Sentron Series 


Selection 

Type JXD2-A 

240V AC, 2-Pole 250V DC Only 

Blue Label 

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs) 



2-Pole (3-Pole Width) 


3-Pole 


200 JXD22B200n JXD23B200 

225 JXD22B225n JXD23B225 

250 JXD22B250n JXD23B250 

300 JXD22B300 JXD23B300 

350 JXD22B350n JXD23B350 

400 JXD22B400 JXD23B400 

Type JXD6-A a 

600V AC, 2-Pole 250V DC, 3-Pole 500V DC b 

Blue Label 


200 JXD62B200n JXD63B200 

225 JXD62B225n JXD63B225 

250 JXD62B250n JXD63B250 

300 JXD62B300 JXD63B300 

350 JXD62B350n JXD63B350 

400 JXD62B400 JXD63B400 

Type JD6-A 


Continuous 


@ 40°C 




IEC 947-2 e 

Volts AC Volts DC Volts AC (50/60Hz) 

Breaker 

(50/60Hz) 220/240 380/415 500 

Type 240 480 600 250 500 b lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs 

JXD2-A 065 — — 30 (2-P) — — — — — — — 

JXD6-A, JD6-A 065 035 025 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 065 033 040 20 — — 

HJD6-A, HJXD6-A 100 065 035 30 (2-P) 35 (3-P) 100 050 065 33 — — 

HHJD6, HHJXD6 200 100 050 — — — — — — — — 

CJD6-A 200 150 100 30 (2-P) 50 (3-P) — — — — — — 


Blue Label 





200 JD62B200n JD62T200n 

225 JD62B225n JD62T225n 

250 JD62B250n JD62F400 JD62T250n 

300 JD62B300n JD62T300n 

350 JD62B350n JD62T350n 

400 JD62B400 JD62T400 


200 JD63B200 JD63T200 

225 JD63B225 JD63T225 

250 JD63B250 JD63F400 JD63T250 

300 JD63B300 JD63T300 

350 JD63B350 JD63T350 

400 JD63B400 JD63T400 


+20% +20% 

Breaker Ampere Tolerance Tolerance 


200-300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 

350-400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 



with Lugs 

Prices of JD6, HJD6, and HHJD6 

breakers include frame, trip and 

both line and load lugs (TA2J6500). 



the frame, trip, and lugs separately 

packaged. For applications 

requiring different lugs, order 

individual items as needed. 


Lugs 

Prices of JXD6, HJXD6, HHJXD6, 

and CJD6 include frame with 




(TA2J6500) installed, add suffix “L” 

to catalog number (add 2 times list 

price of lugs for each pole). 

100% Rated (3-pole only) 

Types JXD6 and HJXD6 breakers 

are available with 100% ratings. 

To order add suffix “H” to catalog 

number, and 10% to list price.n 

100% rated JD breakers require the 

use of 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C 

ampacity and lugs TC1J6600 

or TC2J6500. 


400Hz Applications see page 7-156. 

Lugs For 75°C Wire c 

Cables 

Catalog per Wire 

Number Lug Range 

TA2J6500 1, 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu 

2 #4/0-500 kcmil Al 

TA1L6750 1 500-750 kcmil Al 

1 500-600 kcmil Cu 

TC1J6600 1 #3/0-600 kcmil Cu 

TC2J6500 1, 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu 


CCL600 1 500 kcmil Cu/Al 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



a Type JXD2 and JXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for 


bWhen wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is 


systems only. 

c See Note: A, page 7-153. 

d HACR rated. 

e Only applicable to interchangable trip unit types: 

JXD6-A, HJXD6-A. 

Note: JD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B 

“NAVAL.” See page 7-156 for additional information. 







JD 400A Frame Sentron Series 


7 

MOLDED CASE 


Type HJD6-A, HJXD6-A bdf 


Continuous 


@ 40°C 

Black Label 





200 HJD62B200n JD62T200n 

225 HJD62B225n JD62T225n 

250 HJD62B250n HJD62F400n JD62T250n 

300 HJD62B300n JD62T300n 

350 HJD62B350n JD62T350n 

400 HJD62B400n JD62T400 

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC abe 

200 HJD63B200 JD63T200 

225 HJD63B225 JD63T225 

250 HJD63B250 HJD63F400 JD63T250 

300 HJD63B300 JD63T300 

350 HJD63B350 JD63T350 

400 HJD63B400 JD63T400 

Type HHJD6, HHJXD6 bdf 

Black Label 

2-Pole 600V AC (3-Pole Width) 

200 HHJD62B200n JD62T200n 

225 HHJD62B225n JD62T225n 

250 HHJD62B250n HHJD62F400n JD62T250n 

300 HHJD62B300n JD62T300n 

350 HHJD62B350n JD62T350n 

400 HHJD62B400n JD62T400 

3-Pole 600VAC 

200 HHJD63B200 JD63T200 

225 HHJD63B225 JD63T225 

250 HHJD63B250 HHJD63F400 JD63T250 

300 HHJD63B300 JD63T300 

350 HHJD63B350 JD63T350 

400 HHJD63B400 JD63T400 

Type CJD6-A ef 


Red Label 


Without Lugs) 

Continuous 


@ 40°C 

200 

2-Pole 

600V AC/250V DC 


3-Pole 

600V AC/500V DC 


CJD63B200n 

225 CJD63B225n 

250 

For 2-pole application 

CJD63B250n 

use outside poles of 

300 

3-pole circuit breaker 

CJD63B300n 

350 CJD63B350n 

400 CJD63B400 

 

D1 

W 

D 



To 

Breaker 

Handle 

Type W L D D1 

Figure 1 

JXD2-A, JXD6-A, JD6-A 

HJD6-A, HJXD6-A, HHJD6, 7.5 11 4 5.44 

HJD6, HJXD6, HHJXD6, 

JXD6-ETI, c SJD6, SHJD6 

Figure 2 

CJD6, CJD6-ETI, c SCJD6 

7.5 17.86 4 5.44 

Enclosures (Except SCJD6) 

Type 


1 J6N1 

3R 

J6N3R 

12 J6N12 

4X 

LD6SS4 

7, 9 (200-250A) EC4 

7, 9 (300-400A) EE 

Neutral 

W60992 




JXD2, JXD6, JD6, HJD6, HHJD6 

Assembled Breaker (less terminals) 

2 1 17.5 

3 1 19.5 

JD6, HJD6, HHJD6 Frame Only 

2 1 14 

3 1 15.5 

JD6 Trip Unit Only 

2 1 03.5 

3 1 04 

CJD6 Complete Assembled Breaker 

(less terminals) 

3 1 31.5 

D 



2-pole units available in 3-pole construction. 

a When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is 

UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded 

UPS systems only. 

b For non-interchangeable 3-pole HJD6 or HHJD6 type 

circuit breaker change the prefix identifier to HJXD6 

or HHJXD6. Price equals price of frame plus price of 

trip, e.g. price of HJXD63B400 equals price of 

HJD63F400 plus price of JD63T400. Order lugs 

separately. 

c JXD6-ETI, CJD6-ETI see page 7-140 for ordering information. 

d Type HJXD6, HHJXD6 Circuit Breakers are UL listed for 

reverse fed applications. 

e CE applies to non-interchangeable type HJXD6-A only. 

f HACR rated. 

7-118 




SJD 400A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip IV Series 


Selection 

Current Limiting 

Type SJD6-B Type SHJD6-B Type SCJD6-B 

Blue Label Black Label Red Label 

Max 3-Pole, 600V AC 3-Pole, 600V AC 3-Pole, 600V AC 

Current 

Rating 


(Advanced trip unit) c 


(Basic trip unit) 









200 SJD6A200LI SJD6B200LI SHJD6A200LI SHJD6B200LI SCJD6A200LI SCJD6B200LI 



200 SJD6A200LIG SJD6B200LIG SHJD6A200LIG SHJD6B200LIG SCJD6A200LIG SCJD6B200LIG 



200 SJD6A200LSI SJD6B200LSI SHJD6A200LSI SHJD6B200LSI SCJD6A200LSI SCJD6B200LSI 



200 SJD6A200LSIG SJD6B200LSIG SHJD6A200LSIG SHJD6B200LSIG SCJD6A200LSIG SCJD6B200LSIG 



SJD 400A Frame – 100% Rated b 

Type SJD6-B 

Blue Label 

Type SHJD6-B 

Black Label 

Max 3-Pole, 600V AC 

3-Pole, 600V AC 

Current 

Rating 









200 SJD6A200LIH SJD6B200LIH SHJD6A200LIH SHJD6B200LIH 



200 SJD6A200LIGH SJD6B200LIGH SHJD6A200LIGH SHJD6B200LIGH 



200 SJD6A200LSIH SJD6B200LSIH SHJD6A200LSIH SHJD6B200LSIH 



200 SJD6A200LSIGH SJD6B200LSIGH SHJD6A200LSIGH SHJD6B200LSIGH 



Trip Unit Adjustable Functions 

No. of 

cables 

per connector 

Suffix 

Letter 

Code 

Trip 

Type 

Cont 

Current 

Setting 

Long 

Time 

Delay 

Instantaneous 

Pick Up 

LI LI u u u 

Short 

Time 

Pick Up 

Short 

Time 

Fixed 

Delay 

Short 

Time 

l 2 t 

Delay 

Ground 

Fault 

Pick Up 

LIG LIG u u u u u 

LSI LSI u u u u u u 

LSIG LSIG u u u u u u u u 


Breaker 

Type 

RMS Symmetrical kA 

UL 489 (File E10848) 

240V AC 480V AC 600V AC 

SJD6-B 65 35 25 

SHJD6-B 100 65 35 

SCJD6-B 200 150 100 

Neutral Transformers 


200 N02SJD 

300 N03SJD 

400 N04SJD 

Ground 

Fault 

Delay 


Pricing information for all Digital 

Sentron Series SJD Frames is 

for complete breaker only - price 

required lugs as separate items - 

lugs are suitable for 75°C Wire. 

SJD6-B, SHJD6-B and SCJD6-B are 

acceptable for reverse connection 

application. 


Breaker 

Type 

Number per 

Carton 

SJD6-B 1 20 

SHJD6-B 1 20 

SCJD6-B 1 33 

Lugs for 75° C Wire a 

Catalog 

Number 

Wire 

Range 

Shipping 

Weight (lbs) 

2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu 

TA2J6500 

2 #4/0-500 kcmil Al 

1 500-750 kcmil Al 

TA1L6750 

1 500-600 kcmil Cu 

TC1J6600 1 #3/0-600 kcmil Cu 

TC2J6500 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu 

TA2J630 2 #4-#3/0 Cu/Al 


CCL600 1 (pc.) #1/0-500 kcmil Cu/Al 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit 

breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire systems. 

For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) 

transformer as separate and additional item. 

All breakers built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery. 

aFor additional information, see Note: A, page 7-153. 

b Refer to the NEC for proper application of 100% 

rated devices. 

c Advanced trip unit equipped with DAS / 

Maintenance Mode. Requires customer-supplied 24V 

external power supply, maintenance switch and light. 








Selection 


JD 400A Frame 

LD 600A Frame 

LMD 800A Frame 

SJD 400A Frame 

SLD 600A Frame 



1 Shunt Trip and 



024 S17JLD6 — 

048 S18JLD6s — 

120 S01JLD6 S01JLD62A 


277 S15JLD6s S15JLD64As 

480 S04JLD6 — 



048 S09JLD6s S09JLD62A 

125 S11JLD6 S11JLD62As 








2 Auxiliary Switches 

S01JLD6 

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

120 U01JLD6 U01JLD62A U01JLD62AA 

208 U02JLD6s U02JLD62As U02JLD62AAs 

240 U03JLD6 U03JLD62As U03JLD62AAs 






Maximum 

Voltage 1 Form C 2 Form C 


480 250 A01JLD64 A02JLD64 

— 24 A01JLDLV A02JLDLV 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



Maximum 

Voltage 






AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number CatalogNumber 

480 250 B01JLD64 A01JLD64B A02JLD64B 

ETU Testing Unit 

Breaker Type Description Catalog Number 

SJD, SLD, SMD, Power Stick 

EPSP18V 

SND, SPD 

Spare cable for Power Stick COMPCA 

The EPSP18V Power Stick is a hand-held, battery-operated power supply 

that can be used for trip testing the Sensitrip IV electronic trip units. 

Requires two 9V batteries. 

Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right 

side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit 

breakers. No accessories can be added if 

mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this 

page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, HJ6, 

SJL, LJ6, LL6, HL6 and SLL circuit breakers. 


7-120 




LD 600A Frame Sentron Series 


Selection 

Type LXD6-A ad 

Blue Label 


2-Pole (3-Pole Width) 3-Pole 

Continuous 


600V AC 250V DC 600V AC 500V DC 

@ 40°C 



450 LXD62B450n LXD63B450 

500 LXD62B500n LXD63B500 

600 LXD62B600 LXD63B600 

Type LD6-A d 


Continuous 


@ 40°C 




IEC 947-2 e 

Breaker 

Volts AC (50/60Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60Hz) 

Type 240 480 600 250 500 c 220/240 380/415 500 

(lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) 

LD6-A, LXD6-A 065 035 025 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 065 033 040 20 — — 

HLD6-A, HLXD6-A 100 065 035 30 (2-P) 35 (3-P) 100 050 065 33 — — 

HHLD6, HHLXD6 200 100 050 — — — — — — — — 

CLD6-A 200 150 100 — 50 (3-P) — — — — — — 



+20% +20% 



250-300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 

350-450 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 

500-600 3000 3430 3800 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 


a Type LXD6A circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse 

fed applications. 

b When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is 




d HACR rated. 

e Only applicable to interchangable trip unit types: 

LXD6, HLXD6. 

Note: LD frame qualified to UL489 supplement SB “NAVAL”. 


Blue Label 





250 LD62B250n JD62T250n 

300 LD62B300n JD62T300n 

350 LD62B350n JD62T350n 

400 LD62B400 LD62F600 JD62T400 

450 LD62B450n LD62T450n 

500 LD62B500n LD62T500n 

600 LD62B600 LD62T600 


250 LD63B250 JD63T250 

300 LD63B300 JD63T300 

350 LD63B350 JD63T350 

400 LD63B400 LD63F600 JD63T400 

450 LD63B450 LD63T450 

500 LD63B500 LD63T500 

600 LD63B600 LD63T600 






with Lugs 

Prices of LD6, HLD6, and HHLD6 

breakers include frame, trip, and 

both line and load lugs (TA2J6500). 



the frame, trip and lugs separately 

packaged. For applications requiring 

different lugs, order individual items 

as needed. 


Lugs 

Prices of LXD6, HLXD6, HHLXD6, 

and CLD6 include frame with noninterchangeable 

trip unit installed 

only. Order required lugs separately. 

For line and load lugs (TA2J6500) 

installed, add suffix “L” to catalog 

number (add 2 times list price of 

lugs for each pole). 

100% Rated (3-pole only) 

Types LXD6 and HLXD6 breakers 

are available with 100% ratings. 

To order add suffix “H” to catalog 

number, and 10% to list price. 100% 

rated LD breakers require the use of 

90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C 

ampacity and lugs TC1J6600 

or TC2J6500. 






LXD6, LD6, HLD6, HHLD6 


2 1 17.5 

3 1 19.5 

LD6, HLD6, HHLD6 Frame Only 

2 1 14 

3 1 15.5 

LD6, HHLD6 Trip Unit Only 

2 1 03.5 

3 1 04 

CLD6 Complete Assembled Breaker 

(less terminals) 

3 1 31.5 

Lugs For 75°C Wire c 

Cables 



TA2J6500 1, 2 #3/0 500 kcmil Cu 

2 #4/0 500 kcmil Al 

TC2J6500 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu 

TA1L6750 1 500-750 kcmil Al 

1 500-600 kcmil Cu 

TC1J6600 1 #3/0-600 kcmil Cu 


CCL600 1 500 kcmil Cu/Al 

7 

MOLDED CASE 





LD 600A Frame Sentron Series 


7 

MOLDED CASE 


Type HLD6-A, HLXD6-A bcf 


Continuous 


@ 40°C 

Black Label 





250 HLD62B250n JD62T250n 

300 HLD62B300n JD62T300n 

350 HLD62B350n JD62T350n 

400 HLD62B400n HLD62F600n JD62T400 

450 HLD62B450n LD62T450n 

500 HLD62B500n LD62T500n 

600 HLD62B600n LD62T600 

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC ae 

250 HLD63B250 JD63T250 

300 HLD63B300 JD63T300 

350 HLD63B350 JD63T350 

400 HLD63B400 HLD63F600 JD63T400 

450 HLD63B450 LD63T450 

500 HLD63B500 LD63T500 

600 HLD63B600 LD63T600 

Type HHLD6, HHLXD6 bcf 

Black Label 

2-Pole 600V AC (3-Pole Width) 

250 HHLD62B250n JD62T250n 

300 HHLD62B300n JD62T300n 

350 HHLD62B350n JD62T350n 

400 HHLD62B400n HHLD62F600n JD62T400 

450 HHLD62B450n HHLD62T450n 




250 HHLD63B250 JD63T250 

300 HHLD63B300 JD63T300 

350 HHLD63B350 JD63T350 

400 HHLD63B400 HHLD63F600 JD63T400 




Type CLD6-A cf 


Red Label 


Without Lugs) 

Continuous 


@ 40°C 

2-Pole 

600V AC/250V DC 


3-Pole 

600V AC/500V DC 


CLD63B450n 

450 For 2-pole application 

500 use outside poles of CLD63B500 

600 3-pole circuit breaker CLD63B600 

 

D1 

D 



L 

To 

Handle 

Breaker 

Type W L D D1 

Figure 1 

LXD6-A, LD6-A 

HLD6-A 

HHLD6, HHLXD6, 

7.5 11 4 5.44 

LXD6–ETI, d SLD6, SHLD6 

Figure 2 

CLD6, 7.5 17.86 4 5.44 

CLD6-ETI, d SCLD6 

D 

Enclosures: (except SCLD6) 

Type 


1 LD6N1 

3R 

LD6N3R 

12 LD6N12 

4X 

LD6SS4 

7,9 ED6 

Neutral 

W60993 

L 



a When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is 



b For complete assembled 3-pole HLD6 or HHLD6 type 

circuit breaker change the prefix identifier HLD6 or 

HHLD6 to HLXD6 or HHLXD6. Price is sum of frame and 

trip units prices, e.g. price of HLXD63B400 is the price of 

HLD63F600 plus the price of LD63T600. Order the 

terminal connectors separately. 

c Type HLXD6, HHLXD6, & CLD6 Circuit Breakers are UL 

Listed for reverse feed applications. 

d LXD6-ETI, CLD6-ETI see page 7-140 for ordering information. 

e CE Applies to non-interchangeable type HLXD only. 

f HACR rated. 

7-122 




SLD 600A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip IV Series 


Selection 


Type SLD6-B Type SHLD6-B Type SCLD6-B 



Current 

Rating 


(Advanced trip unit) a 











300 SLD6A300LI SLD6B300LI SHLD6A300LI SHLD6B300LI SCLD6A300LI SCLD6B300LI 




300 SLD6A300LIG SLD6B300LIG SHLD6A300LIG SHLD6B300LIG SCLD6A300LIG SCLD6B300LIG 




300 SLD6A300LSI SLD6B300LSI SHLD6A300LSI SHLD6B300LSI SCLD6A300LSI SCLD6B300LSI 




300 SLD6A300LSIG SLD6B300LSIG SHLD6A300LSIG SHLD6B300LSIG SCLD6A300LSIG SCLD6B300LSIG 





Suffix 

Letter 

Code 

Trip 

Type 

Cont 

Current 

Setting 

Long 

Time 

Delay 

Instantaneous 

Pick Up 

LI LI u u u 

Short 

Time 

Pick Up 

Short 

Time 

Fixed 

Delay 

Short 

Time 

l 2 t 

Delay 

Ground 

Fault 

Pick Up 




Ground 

Fault 

Delay 



Sentron Series SLD Frames is 

for complete breaker only – price 

required lugs as separate items – 

lugs are suitable for 75°C Wire. 

SLD6, SHLD6 and SCLD6 are 


application. 


Breaker 

Type 


UL 489 (File E10848) 

240V AC 480V AC 600V AC 

SLD6-B 65 35 25 

SHLD6-B 100 65 35 

SCLD6-B 200 150 100 



300 N03SJD 

400 N04SJD 

500 N05SLD 

600 N06SLD 


Breaker 

Type 

Number per 

Carton 

SLD6-B 1 20 

SHLD6-B 1 20 

SCLD6-B 1 33 

Shipping 

Weight (lbs) 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits. 



For ordering information and terminal connectors see 

page 7-121; for enclosures, see page 7-122. 

100% Rated – Not available in SLD6 Frame. 

All breakers built to order. Allow 2-3 weeks for delivery. 

a Advanced trip unit equipped with DAS / Maintenance 

Mode. Requires customer-supplied 24V external power 

supply, maintenance switch and light. 






Selection 


JD 400A Frame 

LD 600A Frame 









024 S17JLD6 — 

048 S18JLD6s — 




480 S04JLD6 — 













S01JLD6 










Maximum 



480 250 A01JLD64 A02JLD64 


7 

MOLDED CASE 



Maximum 

Voltage 











EPSP18V 

SND, SPD 












7-124 




LMD 800A Frame Sentron Series 

Selection 

Type LMXD6 ad 

Blue Label 


without Lugs) 

Continuous 


@ 40°C 

Type LMD6 d 


Continuous 


@ 40°C 

2-Pole (3-Pole Width) 


3-Pole 


500 — LMXD63B500n 

600 LMXD62B600n LMXD63B600 

700 LMXD62B700n LMXD63B700 

800 LMXD62B800 LMXD63B800 


Blue Label 





500 LMD62B500n LMD62T500n 

600 LMD62B600n LMD62F800n LMD62T600n 

700 LMD62B700n LMD62T700n 

800 LMD62B800n LMD62T800n 


500 LMD63B500n LMD63T500n 

600 LMD63B600n LMD63F800 LMD63T600n 

700 LMD63B700n LMD63T700n 

800 LMD63B800 LMD63T800 


Ampere Rating Low +/- 20% 2 3 4 5 6 7 High +/- 20% 

Tolerance 

Tolerance 

500-600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 

700-800 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 



with Lugs 

Prices of LMD6 and HLMD6 breakers 

include frame, trip, and both line 

and load lugs (TA3K500). These 

catalog numbers include the frame, 

trip and lugs separately packaged. 

For applications requiring different 

lugs, order individual items as 

needed. 

Complete Breaker Assembled 

without Lugs 

Prices of LMXD6 and HLMXD6 

include frame with 




(TA3K500) installed, add suffix “L” 








LMD6, HLMD6, LMXD6, HLMXD6 

Complete Breaker (less terminals) 

2 1 53 

3 1 61.5 

LMD6, HLMD6 Frame Only 

2 1 42.25 

3 1 46 

LMD6, HLMD6 Trip Unit Only 

2 1 4.5 

3 1 6.5 

Lugs c for 75°C Wire 

Cables 



TA2K500 1, 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu/Al 

TA3K500 1-3 #1/0-500 kcmil Cu/Al 

TA2N750 1, 2 500-750 kcmil Cu/Al 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



a LMXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse 

connected applications. 


UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded UPS 

systems only. 



d HACR rated. 






LMD 800A Frame Sentron Series 


Type HLMXD6 ad 

Black Label 


Without Lugs) 

Continuous 


@ 40°C 

500 

2-Pole 

600V AC/250V DC 


3-Pole 

600V AC/500V DC 


HLMXD63B500n 

600 

For 2-pole application 

HLMXD63B600n 

use outside poles of 

700 


HLMXD63B700n 

800 HLMXD63B800 

Type HLMD6 d 


Continuous 


@ 40°C 

Black Label 


Unassembled Frame Only Trip Unit Only 



500 HLMD62B500n 

LMD62T500n 

600 HLMD62B600n LMD62T600n 

HLMD62F800n 




500 HLMD63B500 

LMD63T500n 

600 HLMD63B600 LMD63T600n 

HLMD63F800 

700 HLMD63B700 LMD63T700n 

800 HLMD63B800 LMD63T800 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



UL 489A IR 


Breaker 

Volts AC 

Volts DC 

Type 240 480 600 250 500 

LMD6, LMXD6 65 50 25 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 

HLMD6, HLMXD6 100 065 050 30 (2-P) 50 (3-P) 


Breaker 

Type W L D D1 

LMD6, 

LMXD6, 

HLMD6, 7.5 16 4.5 5.93 

HLMXD6 

LMXD6-ETI b 

Enclosures 

Type 


1 LMD1 

3R 

LMD3R 

12 LMD12n 

Neutral 

W63623 



a HLMXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse 

connection applications. 

b LMXD6-ETI, see page 7-140 for catalog information. 

c When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker 

is UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded 


d HACR rated. 

7-126 






Selection 


JD 400A Frame 

LD 600A Frame 









024 S17JLD6 — 

048 S18JLD6s — 




480 S04JLD6 — 













S01JLD6 










Maximum 



480 250 A01JLD64 A02JLD64 



Maximum 

Voltage 











EPSP18V 

SND, SPD 





7 

MOLDED CASE 












MD 800A Frame Sentron Series 


Selection 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Type MXD6 af 

Blue Label 


Without Lugs) 

Continuous 

Current Rating 2-Pole b 

3-Pole 

@ 40°C 



600 MXD62B600n MXD63B600 

700 MXD62B700n MXD63B700 

800 MXD62B800n MXD63B800 

Type MD6 f 


Blue Label 


Continuous Complete Breaker 

Current Rating Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only 

@ 40°C 



500 MD62B500n 

MD62T500n 

600 MD62B600n MD62T600n 

MD62F800n 

700 MD62B700n MD62T700n 

800 MD62B800n MD62T800n 


500 MD63B500 

MD63T500 

600 MD63B600 MD63T600 

MD63F800 

700 MD63B700 MD63T700 

800 MD63B800 MD63T800 

Lugs d 

Catalog 

Number 

Cables 

Per Lug 

Lugs 

Per Kit 

Wire 

Range 

TA2K500 1-2 1 #1-500 kcmil Cu/Al 

TA3K500 1-3 1 1/0-500 kcmil Cu/Al 

TC2K500 1-2 1 #1-500 kcmil Cu 

Kits 

2TA2N8750 1-2 2 500-750 kcmil Cu/Al 

3TA2N8750 3 

2TA3N8750 1-3 2 500-750 kcmil Cu/Al 

3TA3N8750 3 

2TA4N8500 1-4 2 250-500 kcmil Cu/Al 

3TA4N8500 3 

2TA4P8500 1-4 2 250-500 kcmil Cu/Al 

3TA4P8500 3 

Ampere 


Rating Low +/- 20% 2 3 4 5 6 7 High +/- 20% 

Tolerance 

Tolerance 

500 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 

600–800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 



with Lugs 

Pricing information for MD6 and 

HMD6 breakers includes frame, trip, 

and both line and load lugs 

(TA3K500). When ordered by these 

catalog numbers, the customer will 

receive the frame, trip and lugs 

separately packaged. For 

applications requiring different lugs, 

order individual items as needed. 


Lugs 

Prices of MXD6, HMXD6 and 

CMD6 include frame with 

non-interchangeable trip units 



(TA3K500) installed, add suffix “L” 



100% Rated e 3-Pole Only 

Types MXD6, HMXD6 and CMD6 

breakers are available with 100% 

ratings. To order add suffix “H” to 

catalog number, and 10% to list 

price. 100% rated MD breakers 

require the use of 90°C cable 

sized at 75°C ampacity and lugs 

3TA4P8500 or 3TA2N8750. 




Number of 

Poles 

Number per 

Carton 

Shipping 

Weight (lbs.) 

MD6, HMD6, HMXD6, CMD6 Complete Breaker 

Assembled (less lugs) 

2 1 53 

3 1 61.5 

MD6, HMD6 Frame Only 

2 1 42.25 

3 1 46 

MD6, HMD6 Trip Unit Only 

2 1 4.5 

3 1 6.5 

SMD6 Breaker 

3 1 61.5 


a MXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse 


b 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only. 

c When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker 

is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded 

UPS systems. 

d See Note: A, page 7-153. 

e 80% rated breakers with the CE mark will also be 

marked in the 100% rated version. 

f HACR rated. 

Note: MD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”. 


Enclosures 

Type 


1 MND61 

3R 

MND63 

12 MND612n 

Neutral 

W63623 




7-128 




MD 800A Frame Sentron Series 



Type HMXD6 ae 

Black Label 


Without Lugs) 

Continuous 


@ 40°C 

2-Pole 

600V AC/250V DC 


3-Pole 

600V AC/500V DC 


HMXD63B600n 


700 use outside poles of HMXD63B700n 


800 HMXD63B800 

Type HMD6 e 


Continuous 


@ 40°C 

Black Label 





500 HMD62B500n MD62T500n 

600 HMD62B600n 

HMD62F800n 

MD62T600n 

700 HMD62B700n MD62T700n 

800 HMD62B800n MD62T800n 

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC d 

500 HMD63B500 MD63T500 

600 HMD63B600 

HMD63F800 

MD63T600 

700 HMD63B700 MD63T700 

800 HMD63B800 MD63T800 

Type CMD6 ae 


Red Label 


Without Lugs) 

Continuous 


@ 40°C 

2-Pole 

600V AC/250V DC 



3-Pole 

600V AC/500V DC 


CMD63B600n 


700 use outside poles of CMD63B700n 


800 CMD63B800 

UL 489 AIR—File E10848 

IEC 947-2 AIR f 


Volts AC (50/60HZ) 

Breaker 

Volts AC Volts DC 220/240 380/415 500 

Type 240 480 600 250 500 d (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs 

MD6, MXD6 065 050 25 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 065 033 040 20 — — 

HMD6, HMXD6 100 065 50 30 (2-P) 50 (3-P) 100 050 065 33 — — 

CMD6 200 100 65 — 50 (3-P) — — — — — — 

Lug 

When wire lug shield NDTS is used. 

Note: NDTS lug shields are required when oversized lugs 

are used. The kits include the NDTS shield. 


(To 

Breaker 

Handle) 

Type W L D D1 


HMXD6, CMD6, 

MXD6-ETI, CMD6-ETI, 

9 16 6 8.25 

SMD6-B, SHMD6-B, 

and SCMD6-B 

with lug shields 9 24 6 8.25 

7 

MOLDED CASE 




a HMXD6 and CMD circuit breakers are UL listed for 

reverse connection applications. 


c MXD6-ETI, CMD6-ETI see page 7-140 for catalog information. 


d When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is 


systems only. 

e HACR rated. 

f Only applicable to interchangable trip unit types: 

MXD6, HMXD6 



SMD 800A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip IV Series 


Selection 


Type SMD6 Type SHMD6-B Type SCMD6-B 



Current 

Rating 













600 SMD6A600LI SMD6B600LI SHMD6A600LI SHMD6B600LI SCMD6A600LI SCMD6B600LI 



600 SMD6A600LIG SMD6B600LIG SHMD6A600LIG SHMD6B600LIG SCMD6A600LIG SCMD6B600LIG 



600 SMD6A600LSI SMD6B600LSI SHMD6A600LSI SHMD6B600LSI SCMD6A600LSI SCMD6B600LSI 



600 SMD6A600LSIG SMD6B600LSIG SHMD6A600LSIG SHMD6B600LSIG SCMD6A600LSIG SCMD6B600LSIG 



SMD 800A Frame – 100% Rated a 


Type SMD6-B Type SHMD6-B Type SCMD6-B 


7 

MOLDED CASE 



Current 

Rating 













600 SMD6A600LIH SMD6B600LIH SHMD6A600LIH SHMD6B600LIH SCMD6A600LIH SCMD6B600LIH 



600 SMD6A600LIGH SMD6B600LIGH SHMD6A600LIGH SHMD6B600LIGH SCMD6A600LIGH SCMD6B600LIGH 



600 SMD6A600LSIH SMD6B600LSIH SHMD6A600LSIH SHMD6B600LSIH SCMD6A600LSIH SCMD6B600LSIH 



600 SMD6A600LSIGH SMD6B600LSIGH SHMD6A600LSIGH SHMD6B600LSIGH SCMD6A600LSIGH SCMD6B600LSIGH 




Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series MD frames is for 

complete breaker only. Price requires lugs or lug kits as separate items. 

Lugs are suitable for 75°C wire or as noted. Connector wire ranges 

and cavities are established in conjunction with Table 6.1.4.2.1 of UL 

489 standards. Choose actual connector for circuit breakers based on 

customer requirements. 

Recommended Terminal Connectors 

Breaker Frame Ampere Rating Connector or Connector Kit 

MD 500-600 TA2K500 

MD 700-800 TA3K500 

Types SMD6-B, SHMD6-B and SCMD6-B are acceptable for reverse 

connection applications 


Suffix 

Letter 

Code 

Trip 

Type 

Cont 

Current 

Setting 

Long 

Time 

Delay 

Instantaneous 

Pick Up 

Short 

Time 

Pick Up 

Short 

Time 

Delay 

Ground 

Fault 

Pick Up 

LI LI u u u 


LSI LSI u u u u u 

LSIG LSIG u u u u u u u 

Ground 

Fault 

Delay 

Lugs for 75° C Wire b 

Catalog 

Number 


Breaker 

Type 

Cables 

per Lug 


UL 489 (File E10848) 

240V 

AC 

480V 

AC 

Wire 

Range 

TA2K500 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu/Al 


TC2K500 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu 

Kits (3 lugs/kit) 

3TA4N8500 4 250-500 kcmil Cu/Al 

3TA4P8500 4 250-500 kcmil Cu/Al 

3TA2N8750 2 500-750 kcmil Cu/Al 

3TA3N8750 3 500-750 kcmil Cu/Al 

600V 

AC 

SMD6-B 65 50 25 

SHMD6-B 100 65 50 

SCMD6-B 200 100 65 

Each kit contains 

the following: 

3TA4P8500 - 

3 connectors plus 

1 NDTS end barrier 

3TA3N8750 - 



3TA2N8750 - 



Neutral 

Transformers 

Ampere 

Rating Catalog Number 

600 N06SMDA 

700 N07SMDA 

800 N08SMDA 





All breakers built to order. Allow 2-3 weeks for delivery. 

a Use 2-3TA4P8500 or 2-3TA3N8750 for 3-pole. These kits 

are rated for 90°C wire. 90°C cable must be used and 

sized per 75°C ampacity. 

b For additional information, see Note: A, page 7-153. 

c Advanced trip unit equipped with DAS / Maintenance 





7-130 






Selection 


MD/SMD 800A Frame 

ND/SND 1200A Frame 

PD/SPD 1600A Frame 

RD 2000A Frame 






120 S01MN6 S01MN64A 

208 S02MN6s — 

240 S03MN6 S03MN64As 

277 S15MN6s S15MN64As 


600 S06MN6s — 


024 S07MN6 S07MN64A 

048 S09MN6s — 

125 S11MN6 S11MN64As 









S01MN6 

Accessory modules can mount in either 

left hand or right hand poles of all circuit 

breakers, including solid state. Exception: 

when mechanical interlock is used. 

Accessories cannot be mounted in left 

pole. 


120 U01MN6 U01MN64A U01MN64AA 

208 U02MN6s U02MN64As U02MN64AAs 




600 U06MN6s — — 





Maximum 



480 250 A01MN64 A02MN64 

— 24 A01MNDLVs A02MNDLVs 

7 


Maximum 

Voltage 







480 250 B00MN64 A01MN64B A02MN64B 




EPSP18V 

SND, SPD 





MOLDED CASE 






ND 1200A Frame Sentron Series 


Selection 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Type NXD6 ah 

Blue Label 


Without Lugs) 

Continuous 


@ 40°C 

2-Pole 

600V AC/250V DC 




UL 489 A IR 

3-Pole 

600V AC/500V DC 


0900 NXD62B900n NXD63B900 

1000 NXD62B100n NXD63B100 

1200 NXD62B120n NXD63B120 

Type ND6 h 


Continuous 


@ 40°C 

IEC 947-2 i 

Breaker 

Volts AC Volts DC Volts AC (50/60HZ) 

Type 240 480 600 250 500 c 220/240 380/415 500 

(lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) 

ND6, NXD6 65 50 25 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 65 33 40 20 — — 

HND6, HNXD6 100 65 50 30 (2-P) 50 (3-P) 100 50 65 33 — — 

CND6 200 100 65 — 50 (3-P) — — — — — — 


Blue Label 


Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only 



0800 ND62B800n 

MD62T800n 

0900 ND62B900n ND62T900n 

ND62F120 

1000 ND62B100n ND62T100n 

1200 ND62B120 ND62T120 


0800 ND63B800 

MD63T800 

0900 ND63B900 ND63T900 

ND63F120 

1000 ND63B100 ND63T100 

1200 ND63B120 ND63T120 


+20% +20% 



800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 08000 

900-1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 



with Lugs 

Prices of ND6 and HND6 breakers 

include frame, trip, and both line and 

load lugs (3TA4N8500). These catalog 

numbers are the frame, trip and lugs 

separately packaged. For applications 

requiring different lugs, order 

individual items as needed. 


without Lugs 

Prices of NXD6, HNXD6, and 

CND6 include frame with 

non-interchangeable trip units 

installed only. Order required 

terminal connectors separately. 

For line and load lugs (3TA4N8500) 

installed, add suffix “L” to catalog 

number (add 2 times list price of 

lug kit). 

100% Rated (3-Pole only) g 

Types NXD6, HNXD6 and CND6 

breakers are available with 100% 

ratings. To order, add suffix “H” to 

catalog number, and add 10% to 

list price. 100% rated ND breakers 

require 90°C cable sized at 75°C 

ampacity and lug kit 3TA4P8500 

or 3TA3N8750. 



Lugs f 

Catalog 

Number 

Cables 

per Lug 

Wire 

Range 



TC2K500 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu 

Kits (2 Kits required per breaker) 

2TA4P8500 d 

3TA4P8500 d 4 250-500 kcmil Cu/Al 

2TA4N8500 e 

3TA4N8500 e 4 250-500 kcmil Cu/Al 

2TA2N8750 

3TA2N8750 

2 500-750 kcmil Cu/Al 

2TA3N8750 

3TA3N8750 

3 500-750 kcmil Cu/Al 


a NXD6 circuit breakers are UL listed for reverse 




UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded UPS 

systems only. 

d Use 2 – 3TA4P8500 kits for 3-pole, or 2 – 2TA4P8500 

kits for 2-pole. Rated for 90° C cable. Use for 100% rated 

breakers. 

e Use 2 – 3TA4N8500 for 3-pole or 2 – 2TA4N8500 for 

2-pole. Rated for 75°C cable. 

f See Note: A, page 7-153. 

g 80% rated breakers with the CE mark will also be 

marked in the 100% rated version. 

h HACR rated. 

i Only applicable to interchangable trip unit types: 

NXD6, HNXD6. 

Note: ND frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”. 


Enclosures 

Type 


1 MND61 

3R 

MND63 

12 MND612n 

Neutral W63623 




7-132 




ND 1200A Frame Sentron Series 



Type HNXD6 ad 

Black Label 


Without Lugs) 

Continuous 


@ 40°C 

2-Pole 

600V AC/250V DC 


3-Pole 

600V AC/500V DC 


HNXD63B900 


1000 use outside poles of HNXD63B100 

1200 3-pole circuit breaker HNXD63B120 

Type HND6 d 


Continuous 


@ 40°C 

Black Label 


Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only 



0800 

0900 

For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker 

1000 

1200 


0800 HND63B800 

MD63T800 

0900 HND63B900 ND63T900 

HND63F120 

1000 HND63B100 ND63T100 

1200 HND63B120 ND63T120 

NXD63B120 

Type CND6 ad 


Red Label 

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker) 

Continuous 

Current Rating 2-Pole 

3-Pole 

@ 40°C 



0900 For 2-pole application, CND63B900n 

1000 use outside poles of CND63B100 


1200 CND63B120 




ND6, HND6, NXD6, HNXD6, CND6 


2 1 53 

3 1 61.5 

ND6, HND6 Frame Only 

2 1 42.25 

3 1 46 

ND6, HND6 Trip Unit Only 

2 1 04.5 

3 1 06.5 

Lugs 

When lugs shield NDTS is used. 

Note: NDTS lug shields are required when oversized lugs 

TA4P8500 or TA4N8500 are used. The kits include 

the NDTS shield. 


Breaker 

Type W L D D1 

ND6, NXD6, HND6, 

HNXD6, CND6, 

SND6-B, SHND6-B, 

9 16 6 8.25 

and SCND6-B 

with NDTS 

lug shield 

9 24 6 8.25 

7 

MOLDED CASE 




a HNXD6 and CND6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for 

reverse connection applications. 





d HACR rated. 




SND 1200A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip IV Series b 


Selection 


Type SND6-B Type SHND6-B Type SCND6-B 



Current 

Rating 













800 SND6A800LI SND6B800LI SHND6A800LI SHND6B800LI SCND6A800LI SCND6B800LI 



800 SND6A800LIG SND6B800LIG SHND6A800LIG SHND6B800LIG SCND6A800LIG SCND6B800LIG 



800 SND6A800LSI SND6B800LSI SHND6A800LSI SHND6B800LSI SCND6A800LSI SCND6B800LSI 



800 SND6A800LSIG SND6B800LSIG SHND6A800LSIG SHND6B800LSIG SCND6A800LSIG SCND6B800LSIG 



SND 1200A Frame – 100% Rated a 


Type SND6-B Type SHND6-B Type SCND6-B 


7 

MOLDED CASE 



Current 

Rating 













800 SND6A800LIH SND6B800LIH SHND6A800LIH SHND6B800LIH SCND6A800LIH SCND6B800LIH 



800 SND6A800LIGH SND6B800LIGH SHND6A800LIGH SHND6B800LIGH SCND6A800LIGH SCND6B800LIGH 



800 SND6A800LSIH SND6B800LSIH SHND6A800LSIH SHND6B800LSIH SCND6A800LSIH SCND6B800LSIH 



800 SND6A800LSIGH SND6B800LSIGH SHND6A800LSIGH SHND6B800LSIGH SCND6A800LSIGH SCND6B800LSIGH 




Suffix 

Letter 

Code 

Trip 

Type 

Cont 

Current 

Setting 

Long 

Time 

Delay 

Instantaneous 

Pick Up 

Short 

Time 

Pick Up 

Short 

Time 

Fixed 

Pick Up 


Ampere 

Rating 

Short 

Time I 2 t 

Delay 

Ground 

Fault 

Pick Up 

LI LI u u u 





Breaker RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848) 

Type 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC 

SND6-B 65 50 25 

SHND6-B 100 65 50 

SCND6-B 200 100 65 

Catalog 

Number 

800 N08SMDA 

1000 N10SNDA 

1200 N12SNDA 

Ground 

Fault 

Delay 



For ordering information and terminal connectors, 

and enclosures, see page 7-132. 





a Use 2-3TA4P8500 or 2-3TA3N8750 for 3-pole. These kits 

are rated for 90°C wire. 90°C cable must be used and 

sized per 75°C ampacity. 

b SND6, SHND6 and SCND6 circuit breakers are UL Listed 

for reverse connection applications. 




7-134 






Selection 











120 S01MN6 S01MN64A 

208 S02MN6s — 

240 S03MN6 S03MN64As 



600 S06MN6s — 


024 S07MN6 S07MN64A 

048 S09MN6s — 

125 S11MN6 S11MN64As 









S01MN6 






pole. 







600 U06MN6s — — 





Maximum 



480 250 A01MN64 A02MN64 


7 


Maximum 

Voltage 







480 250 B00MN64 A01MN64B A02MN64B 




EPSP18V 

SND, SPD 





MOLDED CASE 





PD 1600A Frame Sentron Series 

Selection 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Type PXD6 b Non-Interchangeable Trip e 

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a 

Continuous 

Current 


Blue Label 


(Frame/Trip Unit Only) Mounting Assembly Lugs (6 required) 


1200 PXD63B120n MB9301 

1400 PXD63B140n -or- TA5P600 

1600 PXD63B160 MBR9302 

Type PD6 Interchangeable Trip e 

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a 

Continuous 

Current 

Rating @ 

40°C 



Catalog 


Number 

Number Number 

Type HPXD6 b Non-Interchangeable Trip e 

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a 

Blue Label 



Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only) 


1200 HPXD63B120n 

1400 HPXD63B140n 

1600 HPXD63B160 

Type CPD6 Non-Interchangeable Trip e 


3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a 

Mounting 

Assembly 

Catalog 

Number 

Blue Label 

Lugs (6 required) 

Catalog 

Number 

1200 PD63B120n PD63T120n MB9301 

1400 PD63B140 PD63F160 PD63T140 -or- TA5P600 

1600 PD63B160 PD63T160 MBR9302 

Type HPD6 Interchangeable Trip e 

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a 

Continuous 

Current 

Rating @ 

40°C 



Catalog 


Number 

Number Number 

Mounting 

Assembly 

Catalog 

Number 

Black Label 


Catalog 

Number 

1200 HPD63B120n PD63T120n MB9301 

1400 HPD63B140 HPD63F160 PD63T140 -or- TA5P600 

1600 HPD63B160 PD63T160 MBR9302 

Red Label 





1200 CPD63B120n 

1400 CPD63B140n 

1600 CPD63B160n 

Ordering Instructions 


with Lugs 

Prices of PD6, HPD6, RD6, and HRD6 

type breakers include frame, trip, 

mounting base (MB9301), and both 

line and load lugs (PD Frame – 

TA5P600, RD Frame – TC5R600). When 

ordered by these catalog numbers, the 

customer will receive the frame, trip, 

mounting assembly and lugs 

separately packaged. For applications 

requiring different mounting base or 

lugs, order individual items as needed. 


without Lugs 

Prices of PXD6, HPXD6, RXD6, HRXD6 

and CPD6 type breakers include frame 

with non-interchangeable trip unit 

installed only. Order required 

mounting base and lugs separately. 

100% Rated (3-Pole only) 

Types PXD6, HPXD6 breakers are 

available with 100% ratings. To order 

add suffix “H” to catalog number, 

and 10% to list price. 100% PD 

breakers require 90˚ C cable sized 

at 75˚ C ampacity and TC5R600 lugs. 

RD 2000A Frames not available with 

100% ratings. 


400HZ Applications see page 7-156. 

Lugs (6 required per breaker) d 

No of 

Catalog Cables per 

Number Connector Wire Range 

TA5P600 1-5 300-600 kcmil Cu/Al 

TC5R600 1-5 300-600 kcmil Cu only 

TA4P750s 1-4 600-750 kcmil Cu/Al 

TA6R600 1-6 300-600 kcmil Cu/Al 


UL 489 A IR 

RMS Symmetrical KA 

Breaker 

Volts AC 

Volts DC a 

Type 240 480 600 250 500 

PD6, PXD6 65 50 25 30 (2P) 25 (3P) 

HPD6, HPXD6 100 65 50 30 (2P) 50 (3P) 

CPD6 200 100 65 30 (2P) 50 (3P) 



a Use two outside poles of a 3-pole circuit breaker for 250V 



systems only. 

c PXD6, HPXD6 and CPD6 type circuit breakers are UL 

Listed for reverse feed applications. 

d For additional information See Note: A, page 7-153. 

e HACR rated. 

Note: PD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”. 


7-136 




SPD 1600A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip IV Series 



Type SPD6-B 

Blue Label 

Type SHPD6-B 

Black Label 

Max 3-Pole, 600V AC 

3-Pole, 600V AC 

Current 

Rating 









1400 SPD6A140LI SPD6B140LI SHPD6A140LI SHPD6B140LI 

1600 SPD6A160LI SPD6B160LI SHPD6A160LI SHPD6B160LI 

1400 SPD6A140LIG SPD6B140LIG SHPD6A140LIG SHPD6B140LIG 

1600 SPD6A160LIG SPD6B160LIG SHPD6A160LIG SHPD6B160LIG 

1400 SPD6A140LSI SPD6B140LSI SHPD6A140LSI SHPD6B140LSI 

1600 SPD6A160LSI SPD6B160LSI SHPD6A160LSI SHPD6B160LSI 

1400 SPD6A140LSIG SPD6B140LSIG SHPD6A140LSIG SHPD6B140LSIG 

1600 SPD6A160LSIG SPD6B160LSIG SHPD6A160LSIG SHPD6B160LSIG 


No. of 

cables 

per connector 

Suffix 

Letter 

Code 

Trip 

Type 

Cont 

Current 

Setting 

Long 

Time 

Delay 

Instantaneous 

Pick Up 

LI LI u u u 

Short 

Time 

Pick Up 

Short 

Time 

Fixed 

Delay 

Short 

Time 

l 2 t 

Delay 

Ground 

Fault 

Pick Up 




Interrupting 

Ratings 

Breaker RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 

Type 

240V AC 480V AC 600V AC 

SPD6-B 65 50 25 

SHPD6-B 100 65 50 

Mounting Block 

(Required) b 


MB9301 

MBR9302 

Ground 

Fault 

Delay 



Sentron Series PD frame unit is 

for breaker only. Price required 

mounting block assembly and 

necessary terminal connectors 

as separate items. 

SPD6-B and SHPD6-B are 


applications. 

Lugs a 

Catalog 

Number 

Wire 

Range 

TA5P600 1-5 pcs. 300-600 kcmil Cu/Al 

TC5R600 1-5 pcs. 300-600 kcmil Cu Only 

TA6R600 1-6 pcs. 300-600 kcmil Cu/Al 



1400 N14SPD 

1600 N16SPD 

Enclosure 

Type 


1 PRD6N1 

7 

All PD, RD Frames: 

MOLDED CASE 


MB9301 (shown) 

MBR9302 

MBR9302 MB9301 MBR9302 

MB9301 







a For additional information, see Note: A, page 7-153. 

b The PD frame circuit breaker requires the use of a 

connect-all mounting assembly to allow for placing 

into service. 









Selection 











120 S01MN6 S01MN64A 

208 S02MN6s — 

240 S03MN6 S03MN64As 



600 S06MN6s — 


024 S07MN6 S07MN64A 

048 S09MN6s — 

125 S11MN6 S11MN64As 









S01MN6 






pole. 







600 U06MN6s — — 




7 


Maximum 



480 250 A01MN64 A02MN64 


MOLDED CASE 



Maximum 

Voltage 







480 250 B00MN64 A01MN64B A02MN64B 




EPSP18V 

SND, SPD 






7-138 




RD 2000A Frame Sentron Series 

Selection 

Type RXD6 d 

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a 

Blue Label 

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Only Without Lugs) 

Continuous 

Current 



(Frame/Trip Unit Only) Mounting Assembly Lugs (6 required) 


1600 RXD63B160 MB9301 

1800 RXD63B180 -or- TC5R600 

2000 RXD63B200 MBR9302 

Type RD6 d 

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a 

Interchangeable Trip (Unassembled Circuit Breaker with Lugs) 

Continuous Complete Breaker 

Mounting 

Current Unassembled Frame Only Trip Unit Only Assembly 

Rating @ Catalog 

Catalog Catalog Catalog 

40°C Number 

Number Number Number 

Type HRXD6 d 


UL 489 A IR 

RMS Symmetrical KA 

Breaker 

Volts AC 

Volts DC a 

Type 240 480 600 250 500 

RD6, RXD6 65 50 25 30 (2P) 25 (3P) 

HRD6, HRXD6 100 65 50 30 (2P) 50 (3P) 

Blue Label 


Catalog 

Number 

1600 RD63B160n RD63T160n MB9301 

1800 RD63B180 RD63F200 RD63T180 -or- TC5R600 

2000 RD63B200 RD63T200 MBR9302 

Black Label 





1600 HRXD63B160n 

1800 HRXD63B180n 

2000 HRXD63B200 

Type HRD6 d 

Continuous 

Current 

Rating @ 

40°C 



Catalog 


Number 

Number Number 

Mounting 

Assembly 

Catalog 

Number 

Black Label 


Catalog 

Number 

1600 HRD63B160n RD63T160n MB9301 

1800 HRD63B180 HRD63F200 RD63T180 -or- TC5R600 

2000 HRD63B200 RD63T200 MBR9302 

Mounting Block 

Catalog 

Number 

MB9301 

MBR9302 

RXD63B200 


Connection Points 

Front 

Rear 



PXD6, HPXD6, RXD6, HRXD6, CPD6 

Assembled Breakers 

3 1 61.5 

PD6, HPD6, RD6, HRD6 

Frame Only 

3 1 55.0 

PD6, RD6 

Trip Unit Only 

3 1 06.5 

Mounting Assembly 

MB9301 1 53.0 

MBR9302 1 50.9 

Lugs (6 required per breaker) e 

No of 

Catalog Cables per 

Number Connector Wire Range 

TC5R600 1-5 300-600 kcmil Cu only 

TA6R600 1-6 300-600 kcmil Cu/Al 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range (PD / RD Frames) 


+20% +20% 



1200-2000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9790 10,000 



a Use two outside poles of a 3-pole circuit breaker for 

250V DC applications. 




c RXD6 and HRXD6 type circuit breakers are UL Listed for 


d HACR rated. 

e For additional information See Note: A, page 7-153. 

Note: RD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”. 


For required mounting base (MB9301 or MBR9302) see 

page 7-137. 




Magnetic Trip Only — ETI Motor Circuit Protector 


Selection 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Breaker 

Type 

ED6-A 

600V AC 

250V DC 

CED6-A 

600V AC 

250V DC 

FXD6 d 

600V AC 

250V DC 

CFD6 d 

600V AC 

250V DC 

JXD6(A) a 

600V AC 

250V DC 

CJD6 a 

600V AC 

250V DC 

LXD6(A) a 

600V AC 

250V DC 

CLD6 a 

600V AC 

250V DC 

LMXD6 d 

600V AC 

250V DC 

MXD6 d 

600V AC 

250V DC 

CMD6 d 

600V AC 

250V DC 

Ampere 

Rating 

Instantaneous Trip Range b 

Minimum c Maximum c 2-Pole 


Complete Circuit Breaker Without Lugs e 


3-Pole 

001 002.6 00009 — ED63A001 

002 007 00022 — ED63A002 

003 010 00035 — ED63A003 

005 016 00054 — ED63A005 

010 030 00100 — ED63A010 

025 055 00180 — ED63A025 

030 080 00270 — ED63A030 

040 115 00375 — ED63A040 

050 180 00600 — ED63A050 

100 315 01000 — ED63A100 

125 500 01250 — ED63A125 

SHIPPING: 

03.8 lbs. each 

001 002.6 00009 — CED63A001n 

002 007 00022 — CED63A002n 

003 010 00035 — CED63A003n 

005 016 00054 — CED63A005n 

010 030 00100 — CED63A010n 

025 055 00180 — CED63A025n 

030 080 00270 — CED63A030n 

040 115 00375 — CED63A040n 

050 180 00600 — CED63A050n 

100 315 01000 — CED63A100n 

125 500 01250 — CED63A125n 

SHIPPING: 

06 lbs. each 

150 0400 00800 — FXD63L150n 

150 0800 01500 — FXD63A150 

150 1100 02500 — FXD63H150 

250 1100 02500 — FXD63A250 

SHIPPING: 

09 lbs. each 

150 0400 00800 — CFD63L150n 

150 0800 01500 — CFD63A150n 

150 1100 02500 — CFD63H150n 

250 1100 02500 — CFD63A250n 

SHIPPING: 12 lbs. each 12 lbs. each 

400 1250 02500 — JXD63L400 

400 2000 04000 JXD62H400n JXD63H400 


400 1250 02500 — CJD63L400n 

400 2000 04000 — CJD63H400n 

SHIPPING: 29.5 lbs. each 31.5 lbs. each 

600 2000 04000 LXD62L600n LXD63L600n 

600 3000 06000 — LXD63H600 


600 2000 04000 — CLD63L600n 

600 3000 06000 — CLD63H600n 

SHIPPING: 

31.5 lbs. each 

800 2800 06000 — LMXD63L800n 

800 3200 08000 — LMXD63A800 

SHIPPING: 

35 lbs. each 

800 3000 06000 — MXD63L800n 

800 4000 08000 — MXD63A800n 

800 5000 10000 — MXD63H800 

SHIPPING: 

33 lbs. each 

800 3000 06000 — CMD63L800n 

800 4000 08000 — CMD63A800n 

800 5000 10000 — CMD63H800n 

SHIPPING: 

80 lbs. each 

Important Information 

ETI interrupting ratings are determined through combination tests with properly sized overload relays and contactors. 

e Connectors included when ordering by circuit breaker catalog number for HEM, ED and CED6 ETIs. Order ETI 

circuit breaker and lugs (2 per pole) separately for the FXD6, CFD6, MXD6, CMD6, JXD6, CJD6, LXD6 and CLD6 ETI’s. 

Lug Information pages 7-153 to 7-155 


Accessories pages 7-160 to 7-165 

Application data pages 7-141 to 7-142 


a 2-pole available in 3-pole width only. 

b When applied on DC Circuits — Trip levels will increase 

approximately + 15 to 20%. 

c Tolerance -20%/+30% for lowest setting. All other settings 

are -20%/+20% 

d For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit 

breaker. 

7-140 




Motor Circuits 


Application 

General 

Protection of Motor Circuits 

Molded case circuit breakers are used in 

motor circuits as a disconnecting means 

and for short-circuit protection. They 

should be used in conjunction with 

motor-running, over-current-protection 

devices, and should permit the motor 

to start without nuisance tripping from 

motor-inrush current. The circuit breaker 

should have a continuous-current rating 

of not less than 115% of the motor 

full-load current. 

The recommended motor circuit 

protectors (Siemens ETI instantaneous 

only circuit breakers) listed have 

continuous-current ratings of at least 

115% of motor full-load currents. The 

trip-setting positions are approximately 

11 times motor full-load currents. The 

suggested trip settings may have to be 

adjusted upward to no higher than 1300% 

of full-load current for non-design E type 

motors, and no greater than 1700% of full 

load current for design E motors, to allow 

for motor start-up due to inrush currents. 

Breaker Mounted Immediately Ahead 

of Motor Starter 

Siemens ETI motor circuit protectors are 

recommended for use in combination 

motor starters to provide selective 

short-circuit protection for the motor 

branch circuit. The adjustable 

instantaneous-trip feature of the Siemens 

ETI motor circuit protector provides for a 

trip setting slightly above the peak 

motor-inrush current. With this setting, 

no delay is introduced in opening the 

circuit when a fault occurs. This circuit 

breaker has no time-delay trip element. 

Therefore it must be used in conjunction 

with, and immediately ahead of, the 

motor-running overcurrent protective 

device. 

Important: The information below does 

not apply to all motor applications: it 

is recommended that the user refer to 

the National Electrical Code (NEC) for 

specific needs. 

Table 1 (When Breaker is Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter) 

3-Phase Induction Type Motors (Siemens ETI motor circuit protectors for branch circuit use with alternating-current combination, full voltage motor starters). 

Motor 

ETI Trip Setting 

Full Load Catalog Adjust- 

Amperes Number ment Amperes 

.20 – .33 Low 2.6 

.34 – .45 2 4.5 

.46 – .56 ED63A001 3 6 

.57 – .68 CED63A001 4 7.5 

.69 – .81 High 9 

.53 – .83 Low 7 

.84 – 1.14 2 11 

1.15 – 1.45 ED63A002 3 15 

1.46 – 1.68 CED63A002 4 19 

1.69 – 2.00 High 22 

.76 – 1.29 Low 10 

1.30 – 1.75 2 17 

1.76 – 2.29 ED63A003 3 23 

2.30 – 2.68 CED63A003 4 30 

2.69 – 3.18 High 35 

1.23 – 1.99 Low 16 

2.00 – 2.75 2 26 

2.76 – 3.52 ED63A005 3 36 

3.53 – 4.14 CED63A005 4 46 

4.15 – 4.90 High 54 

2.30 – 3.83 Low 30 

3.84 – 5.37 2 50 

5.38 – 6.52 ED63A010 3 70 

6.53 – 7.68 CED63A010 4 85 

7.69 – 9.10 High 100 

4.23 – 6.91 Low 55 

6.92 – 9.61 2 90 

9.62 – 11.91 ED63A025 3 125 

11.92 – 13.83 CED63A025 4 155 

13.84 – 16.40 High 180 

6.15 – 10.37 Low 80 

10.38 – 14.22 2 135 

14.23 – 18.06 ED63A030 3 185 

18.07 – 20.75 CED63A030 4 235 

20.76 – 24.50 High 270 


Motor Full Catalog Adjust- 

Load Amperes Number ment Amperes 

8.84 – 14.22 Low 115 

14.23 – 19.60 2 185 

19.61 – 24.99 ED63A040 3 255 

25.00 – 28.83 CED63A040 4 325 

28.84 – 34.00 High 375 

13.84 – 23.06 Low 180 

23.07 – 31.52 2 300 

31.53 – 39.99 ED63A050 3 410 

40.00 – 46.14 CED63A050 4 520 

46.15 – 54.50 High 600 

24.23 – 41.52 Low 315 

41.53 – 56.91 2 540 

56.92 – 68.45 ED63A100 3 740 

68.46 – 76.91 CED63A100 4 890 

76.92 – 90.90 High 1000 

38.46 – 55.37 Low 500 

55.38 – 70.75 2 720 

70.76 – 84.60 ED63A125 3 920 

84.61 – 96.14 CED63A125 4 1100 

96.15 – 113.60 High 1250 

30.76 – 35.37 Low 400 

35.38 – 39.99 2 460 

44.51 – 49.23 FXD63L150 4 580 

53.84 – 58.45 CFD63L150 6 700 

58.46 – 63.06 7 760 

63.07 – 74.50 High 820 

61.53 – 69.22 Low 800 

69.23 – 76.91 2 900 

84.61 – 92.29 FXD63A150 4 1100 

100.00 – 108.00 CFD63A150 6 1300 

108.00 – 115.00 7 1400 

115.00 – 136.00 High 1500 

85.00 – 100.00 Low 1100 

100.00 – 115.00 2 1300 

131.00 – 146.00 FXD63A250 4 1700 

162.00 – 177.00 CFD63A250 6 2100 

177.00 – 192.00 7 2300 

192.00 – 227.00 High 2500 


Motor Full Catalog Adjust- 

Load Amperes Number ment Amperes 

95.00 – 110.00 Low 1250 

110.00 – 124.00 2 1430 

138.00 – 151.00 JXD63L400 4 1790 

165.00 – 178.00 CJD63L400 6 2140 

178.00 – 192.00 7 2320 

192.00 – 227.00 High 2500 

154.00 – 176.00 Low 2000 

176.00 – 198.00 2 2290 

220.00 – 242.00 JXD63H400 4 2860 

264.00 – 285.00 CJD63H400 6 3430 

285.00 – 308.00 7 3710 

308.00 – 326.00 High 4000 

155.00 – 176.00 Low 2000 

176.00 – 198.00 2 2290 

220.00 – 242.00 LXD63L600 4 2860 

264.00 – 285.00 CLD63L600 6 3430 

285.00 – 308.00 7 3710 

308.00 – 326.00 High 4000 

231.00 – 264.00 Low 3000 

264.00 – 292.00 2 3430 

330.00 – 362.00 LXD63H600 4 4290 

395.00 – 428.00 CLD63H600 6 5140 

428.99 – 462.00 7 5570 

462.00 – 490.00 High 6000 

215.00 – 238.00 Low 2800 

238.00 – 261.00 2 3100 

261.00 – 284.00 3 3400 

308.00 – 369.00 LMXD63L800 5 4000 

369.00 – 423.00 6 4800 

423.00 – 462.00 7 5500 

462.00 – 490.00 High 6000 

246.00 – 269.00 Low 3200 

269.00 – 284.00 2 3500 

284.00 – 323.00 3 3700 

362.00 – 492.00 LMXD63A800 5 4700 

492.00 – 562.00 6 6400 

562.00 – 616.00 7 7300 

616.00 – 660.00 High 8000 

231.00 – 264.00 Low 3000 

264.00 – 292.00 2 3430 

292.00 – 330.00 3 3800 

362.00 – 395.00 MXD63L800 5 4710 

428.00 – 462.00 CMD63L800 7 5570 

462.00 – 490.00 High 6000 

308.00 – 352.00 Low 4000 

352.00 – 442.00 2 4570 

442.00 – 447.00 3 5740 

483.00 – 527.00 MXD63A800 5 6280 

571.00 – 616.00 CMD63A800 7 7240 

616.00 – 660.00 High 8000 

385.00 – 440.00 Low 5000 

495.00 – 550.00 MXD63H800 3 6430 

605.00 – 660.00 CMD63H800 5 7860 

660.00 – 695.00 6 8575 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Note: Lowest instantaneous settings have a -20%/+30% tolerance and all 

other settings have a -20%/+20% tolerance. 



Motor Circuits 

Breaker Mounted at a Distance From 

Motor Starter 

ET thermal-magnetic circuit breakers 

conform to the National Electrical Code 

table 430-52 requirements for motor 

branch and feeder circuit protection 

when properly applied in conjunction with 

motor-running overcurrent protective 

devices. The recommended 

circuit-breaker ratings in Table 2 provide 

adequate time delay for starting the 

majority of three phase induction motors. 

To determine the ampere ratings of the ET 

breaker to protect a motor feeder, add the 

rating of the ET breaker used to protect 

the largest motor branch circuit in the 

group to the full-load currents of the 

remaining motors in the group. 

Application 

Interrupt Ratings 

For normal commercial purposes, 

available fault current can conveniently 

be obtained in the Interrupting 

Selector Tables. 

Table 2 (When Breaker is Mounted at a Distance From Motor Starter) 

3-Phase Induction Type Motors (EQ and ET circuit breakers (thermal-magnetic trip) for branch breaker use with alternating-current combination motor starters). 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


200 and 208V Motors 230V Motors 460V Motors 575V Motors 

Motor 240V Circuit Breaker Data 

Horse- 

240V Circuit Breaker Data a 480V Circuit Breaker Data a 600V Circuit Breaker Data a 

power Breaker Catalog Ampere Breaker Catalog Ampere Breaker Catalog Ampere Breaker Catalog Ampere 

Rating Type Number Rating Type Number Rating Type Number Rating Type Number Rating 

000 1 ⁄2 BQ3B015 015 BQ3B015 015 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015 

000 3 ⁄4 BQ3B015 015 BQ3B015 015 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015 

001 

BQ b BQ3B015 015 BQ b BQ3B015 015 ED43B015 015 

ED63B015 015 

ED4 

ED6 

001 1 ⁄2 BQ3B015 015 BQ3B015 015 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015 

002 BQ3B020 020 BQ3B015 015 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015 

003 BQ3B030 030 BQ3B020 020 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015 

005 BQ3B040 040 BQ3B030 030 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015 

007 1 ⁄2 BQ3B060 060 BQ3B050 050 ED43B030 030 ED63B020 020 

010 BQ b BQ3B070 070 BQ b BQ3B070 070 ED4 ED43B030 030 ED6 ED63B030 030 

015 BQ3B100 100 BQ3B090 090 ED43B040 040 ED63B035 035 

020 BQ3B100 100 ED43B050 050 ED63B050 050 

025 FXD63B125 125 FXD63B125 125 FXD63B090 090 FXD63B060 060 

030 FXD63B150 150 FXD63B150 150 FXD63B100 100 

FXD6 

FXD63B070 070 

040 FXD6 FXD63B175 175 FXD6 FXD63B175 175 FXD6 FXD63B125 125 FXD63B090 090 

050 FXD63B200 200 FXD63B200 200 FXD63B150 150 FXD63B100 100 

FXD63B225 225 

060 JXD2 JXD23B300 300 — — — FXD6, FD6 FXD63B150 150 FXD6 FXD63B100 100 

075 JXD2 JXD23B400 400 JXD2 JXD23B350 350 FXD6, FD6 FXD63B200 200 FXD6, FD6 FXD63B125 125 

100 JXD2 JXD23B400 400 JXD2 JXD23B400 400 

FD6 c FD63B250 250 

JD6 c JD63B250 250 

FXD6, FD6 FD63B175 175 

125 

LD6 c or LD63B600 

600 

LD6 c or LD63B500 or 

500 JD6 c JD63B300 300 

FXD6, FD6 FXD63B200 200 

LMD6 LMD63B600 LMD6 LMD63B500 OR JD6 c JD63B200 200 

150 


600 LMD6 

LD63B600 or 

600 JD6 c JD63B300 300 

FXD6 or FXD63B225 225 

LMD6 LMD63B600 LMD63B600 JD6 c JD63B225 225 

200 LMD6 LMD63B800 800 LMD6 LMD63B800 800 c JD6 JD63B350 350 JD6 c JD63B300 300 

250 — — — — — — JD6 c JD63B400 400 JD6 c JD63B400 400 

300 — — — — — — 


LMD6 LMD63B600 

600 JD6 c JD63B400 400 

350 — — — — — — LMD6 LMD63B700 700 

LD6 c or 

LMD6 

LD63B500 or 

LMD63B500 

500 

400 — — — — — — LMD6 LMD63B800 800 


LMD6 LMD63B600 

600 

500 — — — — — — — — — LMD6 LMD63B800 800 

aThe selection of breakers for this table is in accordance with 

Article 430, 2005 National Electric Code. Recommended 

circuit breakers are for full voltage starting, special 

consideration is necessary for reduced voltage starting. 

bFor panelboard applications, substitute the BL breaker for 

the BQ, ED2 circuit breakers may also be used. 

cFor non-interchangeable trip applications, substitute the 

FXD6 for the FD6, the JXD6 for the JD6, or the LXD6 for 

the LD6. 

7-142 



Adjustable Installments Magnetic Trip Settings 


Application 

Maximum Nominal ETI Motor Circuit Protector Thermal Magnetic 

Breaker Continuous AC Adjustable Trip Range Catalog Number Catalog Number 

Type Amperes Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 High 3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 

1 2.6 4.5 6 7.5 — — — 9 ED63A001 — — 

2 7 11 15 19 — — — 22 ED63A002 — — 

3 10 17 23 30 — — — 35 ED63A003 — — 

5 16 26 36 46 — — — 54 ED63A005 — — 

10 30 50 70 85 — — — 100 ED63A010 — — 

ED6 25 55 90 125 155 — — — 180 ED63A025 — — 

30 80 135 185 235 — — — 270 ED63A030 — — 

40 115 185 255 325 — — — 375 ED63A040 — — 

50 180 300 410 520 — — — 600 ED63A050 — — 

100 315 540 740 890 — — — 1000 ED63A100 — — 

125 500 720 920 1100 — — — 1250 ED63A125 — — 

1 2.6 4.5 6 7.5 — — — 9 CED63A001n — — 

2 7 11 15 19 — — — 22 CED63A002n — — 

3 10 17 23 30 — — — 35 CED63A003n — — 

5 16 26 36 46 — — — 54 CED63A005n — — 

10 30 50 70 85 — — — 100 CED63A010n — — 

CED6 25 55 90 125 155 — — — 180 CED63A025n — — 

30 80 135 185 235 — — — 270 CED63A030n — — 

40 115 185 255 325 — — — 375 CED63A040n — — 

50 180 300 410 520 — — — 600 CED63A050 — — 

100 315 540 740 890 — — — 1000 CED63A100 — — 

125 500 720 920 1100 — — — 1250 CED63A125 — — 

70 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — FXD62B070 FXD63B070 

80 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — FXD62B080 FXD63B080 

90 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — FXD62B090 FXD63B090 

100 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — FXD62B100 FXD63B100 

110 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — FXD62B110 FXD63B110 

125 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 — FXD62B125 FXD63B125 

FXD6-A 

150 400 460 520 580 640 700 760 820 FXD63L150 — — 

150 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 FXD63A150 FXD62B150 FXD63B150 

150 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 FXD63H150 — — 

175 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — FXD62B175 FXD63B175 

200 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — FXD62B200 FXD63B200 

225 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 — FXD62B225 FXD63B225 

250 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 FXD63A250 FXD62B250 FXD63B250 

70 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — FD62B070 FD63B070 

80 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — FD62B080 FD63B080 

90 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — FD62B090 FD63B090 

100 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — FD62B100 FD63B100 

110 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — FD62B110 FD63B110 

FD6-A 125 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 — FD62B125 FD63B125 

150 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 — FD62B150 FD63B150 

175 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — FD62B175 FD63B175 

200 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — FD62B200 FD63B200 

225 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 — FD62B225 FD63B225 

250 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 — FD62B250 FD63B250 

70 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — HFD62B070 HFD63B070 

80 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — HFD62B080 HFD63B080 

90 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — HFD62B090 HFD63B090 

100 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — HFD62B100 HFD63B100 

110 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — HFD62B110 HFD63B110 

HFD6 125 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 — HFD62B125 HFD63B125 

150 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 — HFD62B150 HFD63B150 

175 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — HFD62B175 HFD63B175 

200 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — HFD62B200 HFD63B200 

225 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 — HFD62B225 HFD63B225 

250 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 — HFD62B250 HFD63B250 

70 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — — HHFD63B070 

80 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — — HHFD63B080 

90 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — — HHFD63B090 

100 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — — HHFD63B100 

110 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — — HHFD63B110 

HHFD6 125 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 — — HHFD63B125 

150 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 — — HHFD63B150 

175 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — — HHFD63B175 

200 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — — HHFD63B200 

225 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 — — HHFD63B225 

250 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 — — HHFD63B250 

70 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — CFD62B070 CFD63B070 

80 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — CFD62B080 CFD63B080 

90 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — CFD62B090 CFD63B090 

100 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — CFD62B100 CFD63B100 

110 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — CFD62B110 CFD63B110 

125 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 — CFD62B125 CFD63B125 

CFD6 150 400 460 520 580 640 700 760 820 CFD63L150 — — 

150 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 CFD63A150 CFD62B150 CFD63B150 

150 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 CFD63H150 — — 

175 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — CFD62B175 CFD63B175 

200 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — CFD62B200 CFD63B200 

225 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 — CFD62B225 CFD63B225 

250 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 CFD63A250 CFD62B250 CFD63B250 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Note: Tolerances for instantaneous trip points meet UL 489 

(7.3). Nominal AC instantaneous trip points are given 

in the tables. For DC instantaneous trip points, add 15% 

to nominal values. 

Instantaneous trip adjustment is made through the 

breaker cover on all frame breakers. To change instantaneous 

trip point on circuit breaker, depress indicating 

knob, then rotate to desired position. 




Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings 

Application 

7 

MOLDED CASE 





200 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JXD22B200 JXD23B200 

225 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JXD22B225 JXD23B225 

JXD2(A) 

250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JXD22B250 JXD23B250 

300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JXD22B300 JXD23B300 

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — JXD22B350 JXD23B350 

400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — JXD22B400 JXD23B400 

200 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JXD62B200 JXD63B200 

225 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JXD62B225 JXD63B225 

JXD6(A) 

250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JXD62B250 JXD63B250 

300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JXD62B300 JXD62B300 

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — JXD62B350 JXD23B350 

400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — JXD62B400 JXD23B400 

200 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JD62B200 JD63B200 

225 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JD62B225 JD63B225 

250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JD62B250 JD63B250 

JD6(A) 300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JD62B300 JD63B300 

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — JD62B350 JD63B350 

400 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 JXD63L400 — — 

400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 JXD63H400 JD62B400 JD63B400 

200 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HJD62B200 HJD63B200 

225 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HJD62B225 HJD63B225 

HJD6(A) 250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HJD62B250 HJD63H250 

300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HJD62B300 HJD63B300 

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HJD62B350 HJD63B350 

400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HJD62H400 HJD63B400 

200 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HHJD62B200 HHJD63B200 

225 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HHJD62B225 HHJD63B225 

HHJD6 250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HHJD62B250 HHJD63B250 

300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HHJD62B300 HHJD63B300 

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HHJD62B350 HHJD63B350 

400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HHJD62B400 HHJD63B400 

200 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — — CJD63B200 

225 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — — CJD63B225 

250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — — CJD63B250 

CJD6 300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — — CJD63B300 

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — — CJD63B350 

400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 CJD63H400 — CJD63B400 

400 1250 1450 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 CJD63L400 — — 

450 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — LXD62B450 LXD63B450 

LXD6(A) 500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — LXD62B500 LXD63B500 

600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — LXD62B600 LXD63B600 

250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — LD62B250 LD63B250 

300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — LD62B300 LD63B300 

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — LD62B350 LD63B350 

LD6(A) 400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — LD62B400 LD63B400 

450 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — LD62B450 LD63B450 

500 3000 3430 3800 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — LD62B500 LD63B500 

600 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 LXD63L600 — — 

600 3000 3430 3800 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 LXD63H600 LD62B600 LD63B600 

250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HLD62B250 HLD63B250 

300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HLD62B300 HLD63B300 

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HLD62B350 HLD63B350 

HLD6(A) 400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HLD62B400 HLD63B400 

450 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HLD62B450 HLD63B450 

500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — HLD62B500 HLD63B500 

600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — HLD62B600 HLD63B600 

250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HHLD62B250 HHLD63B250 

300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HHLD62B300 HHLD63B300 

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HHLD62B350 HHLD63B350 

HHLD6 400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HHLD62B400 HHLD63B400 

450 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HHLD62B450 HHLD63B450 

500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — HHLD62B500 HHLD63B500 

600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — HHLD62B600 HHLD63B600 

250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — — CJD63B250 

300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — — CJD63B300 

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — — CJD63B350 

CLD6 

400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — — CLD63B400 

450 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — — CLD63B450 

500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — CLD63B500 

600 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 CLD63L600 — — 

600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 CLD63H600 — CLD63B600 

500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — LMXD63B500 

600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — LMXD62B600 LMXD63B600 

LMXD6 700 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 — LMXD62B700 LMXD63B700 

800 2800 3100 3400 3700 4000 4800 5500 6000 LMXD63L800 — — 

800 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 LMXD63A800 LMXD62B800 LMXD63B800 

500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — LMD62B500 LMD63B500 

600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — LMD62B600 LMD63B600 

LMD6 

700 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 — LMD62B700 LMD63B700 

800 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 — LMD62B800 LMD63B800 

7-144 



Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings 

Application 




500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — HLMXD63B500 

HLMXD6 

600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — HLMXD63B600 

700 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 — — HLMXD63B700 

800 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 — — HLMXD63B800 

500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — HLMD62B500 HLMD63B500 

HLMD6 

600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — HLMD62B600 HLMD63B600 

700 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 — HLMD62B700 HLMD63B700 

800 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 — HLMD62B800 HLMD63B800 

500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — MD62B500 MD63B500 

600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — MD62B600 MD63B600 

MD6 

700 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — MD62B700 MD63B700 

800 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 MXD63L800 — — 

800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 MXD63A800 MD62B800 MD63B800 

800 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 MXD63H800 — — 

500 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — MXD62B500 MXD63B500 

600 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — MXD62B600 MXD63B600 

MXD6 

700 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — MXD62B700 MXD63B700 

800 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 MXD63L800 — — 

800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 MXD63A800 MXD62B800 MXD63B800 

800 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 MXD63H800 — — 

500 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — HMD62B500 HMD63B500 

HMD6 

600 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — HMD62B500 HMD63B600 

700 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — HMD62B700 HMD63B700 

800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — HMD62B800 HMD63B800 

500 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — HMXD63B500 

HMXD6 

600 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — HMXD63B600 

700 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — — HMXD63B700 

800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — — HMXD63B800 

400 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — 

500 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — 

600 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — CMD63B600 

CMD6 700 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — — CMD63B700 

800 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 CMD63L800 — — 

800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 CMD63A800 — CMD63B800 

800 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 CMD63H800 — — 

800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — ND62B800 ND63B800 

ND6 

900 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — ND62B900 ND63B900 

1000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — ND62B100 ND63B100 

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — ND62B120 ND63B120 

900 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — NXD62B900 NXD63B900 

NXD6 1000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — NXD62B100 NXD63B100 

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — NXD62B120 NXD63B120 

800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — HND62B800 HND63B800 

HND6 

900 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — HND62B900 HND63B900 

1000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — HND62B100 HND63B100 

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — HND62B120 HND63B120 

900 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HNXD63B900 

HNXD6 1000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HNXD63B100 

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HNXD63B120 

800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — — CND63B800 

CND6 

900 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — CND63B900 

1000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — CND63B100 

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — CND63B120 

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — PD63B120 

PD6 1400 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — PD63B140 

1600 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — PD63B160 

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — PXD63B120 

PXD6 1400 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — PXD63B140 

1600 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — PXD63B160 

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HPD63B120 

HPD6 1400 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HPD63B140 

1600 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HPD63B160 

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HPXD63B120 

HPXD6 1400 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HPXD63B140 

1600 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HPXD63B160 

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — CPD63B120 

CPD6 1400 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — CPD63B140 

1600 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — CPD63B160 

RD6 

1800 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — RD63B180 

2000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — RD63B200 

RXD6 

1800 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — RXD63B180 

2000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — RXD63B200 

HRD6 

1800 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HRD63B180 

2000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HRD63B200 

HRXD6 

1800 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HRXD63B180 

2000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HRXD63B200 

7 

MOLDED CASE 




Molded Case Switch — Circuit Disconnect 

Maximum 

2-Pole 

3-Pole 

Self-Protective 

Frame 

Instantaneous 

Amp Rating Catalog Number Catalog Number Override±20% c 

1100 

BQ2S060n BQ3S060n 11000 

BQ2S100n BQ3S100n 11000 

1125 ED22S100An ED23S100A 11000 

ED42S100An ED43S100A 11000 

ED42S125An ED43S125A 11000 

ED62S100An ED63S100A 11000 

— ED63S125A 11000 

CED62S100An CED63S100An 11000 

CED62S125An CED63S125An 11000 

1250 — HQR23S250HA 12000 

FXD62S250A FXD63S250A 13200 

HFXD62S250An HFXD63S250An 13200 

a CFD63S250An 13200 

1400 JXD22S400An JXD23S400A 16000 

— JXD63S400A 16000 

— HJXD63S400An 16000 

a 

CJD63S400An 16000 

1600 — LXD63S600A 16000 

— HLXD63S600An 16000 

a 

CLD63S600An 16000 

1800 — LMXD63S800An 18000 

— MXD63S800A 18000 

a 

CMD63S800A 18000 

1200 — NXD63S120A 10000 

a 

CND63S120An 10000 

1600 

2000 

a 

a 

PXD63S160A e 10000 

RXD63S200An e 10000 


Selection 


Order by catalog number. Switches 

include frame and self protective trip 

unit only. Order lugs separately from 

pages 7-153 to 7-155. 

MOLDED CASE 


7 


a For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit 

breaker. 

b For additional lugs see pages 7-153 to 7-155. 

c Molded case switches up to R frame contain a self 

protecting instantaneous element, which may open 

circuit above their override set point. 

d UL file E57556 Volume 1, section 2 and 

CSA LR 42022-51. 

e Requires mounting block MB9301 or MBR9302. 

Lugs pages 7-153 to 7-155 


Accessories pages 7-160 to 7-165 

7-146 




Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip IV Series 


Technical 

The Sentron Sensitrip IV 

circuit breaker is a true RMS 

current sensing device. Digital 

microprocessor circuitry within the 

electronic trip unit provides more 

precise control over the circuit 

breaker functions. This control 

allows circuit coordination flexibility 

not available with thermal magnetic 


Functions available in Sentron Sensitrip circuit breakers 

Catalog 

Number 

Suffix 

Trip 

Type 

Cont 

Current 

Setting 

Long 

Time 

Delay 

LI LI u u u 

Instantaneous 

Pickup 

Short 

Time 

Pickup 

Short 

Time 

Fixed 

Delay 

Short 

Time 

I2t 

Delay 

Ground 

Fault 

Pickup 




Ground 

Fault 

Delay 

Typical Trip Unit Labeling and Adjustment Positions for the Sentron Sensitrip Circuit Breaker. 

LI Trip Units a 

LIG Trip Units a 

LSI Trip Units a 

7 

LSIG Trip Units a 

MOLDED CASE 


l n 

l r 

= Maximum circuit breaker ampere rating 

= Continuous current rating expressed in amperes 

I i = Instantaneous pickup expressed in amperes 

I sd = Short time pickup expressed in multiples of I r 

I g = Ground fault pickup expressed in amperes 

t sd = Short time delay - either fixed or I 2 t time delay function 

t ld = Long time delay - I 2 t time delay function 

t g = Ground fault delay - I 2 t time delay function 

NOTE: Frame rating (In) of 600A shown as an example. 

Trip unit settings will vary based on the specific frame 

rating (In) of the device. 

a Schematic of advanced trip unit shown. Basic trip units 

are identical but do not include DAS / Maintenance 

Mode functionality. 



Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip IV Series 


Technical 

(I r ) 

(t ld ) 

(I i ) 

A. Adjustable “Continuous Amps” 

Rating Switch 

All Sensitrip IV solid state molded 

case circuit breakers have an adjustable 

ampere rating switch. Adjustments 

made to this switch change the 

continuous current rating of the breaker. 

B. Adjustable “Long Time 

Delay” Switch 

All Sensitrip IV circuit breakers have 

an adjustable long time delay switch to 

allow for selection of long time delays 

of fixed time intervals at six times the 

setting of the adjustable “continuous 

amps” rating switch. 

C. Adjustable “Instantaneous 

Pick-Up” Switch 

Sensitrip IV circuit breakers with an 

adjustable instantaneous pick up 

switch allow selection of a specific 

instantaneous trip setting. 

(I r ) 

Time 

6 x Ir 

(t ld ) 

Time 

(I sd ) 

Time 

D. Adjustable “Short Time 

Pick-Up” Switch (Optional) 

Sensitrip IV circuit breakers with 

an adjustable short time pick-up 

switch allow for selection of short 

time pick-up in a range from 1.5 

to 10 times the setting of the 

maximum current rating. 

E. Adjustable “Short Time 

Delay” Switch (Optional) 

Sensitrip IV circuit breakers with 

an adjustable short time pick-up 

switch also contain a switch for 

adjustment in time delay. The 

adjustable short time delay switch 

allows for either of two modes of 

short time delays. One range of 

settings enables the breaker to be 

set for fixed time delays and the 

other range of settings enables 

the breaker to be set for short time 

delays based on l 2 t curves. 

(t sd ) 

(Ig) 

3 x Ig 

(t g ) 

Adjustable “Ground Fault Pick-Up” Switch 

Sensitrip IV circuit breakers containing the 

optional equipment ground fault protection 

have a ground fault pick-up setting. The 

ground fault pick-up settings allow for one 

of three time delays based on I 2 t curves. 

For 3-phase, 4-wire systems, an external 

neutral transformer is required with an 

ampere rating equal to the trip unit ampere 

rating. 

l n 

l r 

= Maximum circuit breaker ampere rating 

= Continuous current rating expressed in amperes 

I i = Instantaneous pickup expressed in amperes 

I sd = Short time pickup expressed in multiples of I r 

I g = Ground fault pickup expressed in amperes 

t sd = Short time delay - either fixed or I 2 t time delay 

function 

t ld = Long time delay - I 2 t time delay function 

t g = Ground fault delay - I 2 t time delay function 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Examples of Adjustment Settings 

Catalog Number SLD6A600LI 

Frame 

Switch 1 Swtich 2 Switch 3 

Rating (I n ) 

Continuous Current Setting (I r ) Long Time Delay Setting (t ld ) Instantaneous Pickup Setting (I i ) 

Setting 600A 200 2.5 750 

Description 600A max current rating 200A 2.5 sec to trip @ 6 x I r [6 x 200A = 1200A] 750A 

Catalog Number SLD6A600LSIG 

Switch 1 Switch 2 Swtich 3 Switch 4 

Frame 

Short 

Rating Cont. Current Long Time Short Time Instantaneous Time Delay 

(I n ) 

Setting (I r ) Delay Setting (t ld ) Pickup Setting (I sd ) Pickup Setting (I i ) Setting (t sd ) 

Ground Fault 

Pickup Setting 

(Ig) 

Ground Fault 

Delay Setting 

(tg) 

Setting 600A 300 10 1.5 5 0.1 36 [.18] 36 [.18] 

Description 

600A max 

current rating 

300A 

10 sec @ 6 x Ir 

[6 x 300A = 1800A] 

1.5 x Ir 

[1.5 x 200A = 300A] 

5 x In 

[5 x 600A = 3,000A] 

0.1 sec 

Ig = 36 x 10 

[36 x 10 = 360A] 

0.18 sec @ 3 x Ig 

[3 x 360 = 1,080A] 

7-148 


WL Power Circuit Breakers 

3-pole & 4-pole, up to 6000A 

General 

Breaker Description 

The ever-increasing use of plant and 

energy management systems has 

intensified the demand for circuit 

breakers supporting multiple open 

protocols to monitor and control the flow 

of energy in the power system. The 

extensive and modular WL family of 

circuit breakers and accessories provides 

this for applications from 200A to 6000A. 

Applications 

WL breakers can be applied as main, tie, 

feeder or distribution breakers in 

low-voltage electrical power systems. 

Versions 

b Frame ratings: 800A to 6000A 

b 3 physical frame sizes 

b Rated nominal operating voltage up 

to 635VAC 

b Seven interrupting classes from 50kA 

to 200kA at 480V 

b Circuit breaker or non-automatic switch 

b WL Circuit Breakers are delivered as 

complete assembled breakers or 

individual frames, guide frames, and 

accessories 

Installation Types 

Fixed-mounted or Draw-out version. 

Standards 

b WL ANSI / UL 1066 Circuit Breakers 

will satisfy: C37.13, C37.16, C37.17, 

C37.50, NEMA SG3 

b WL UL 489 Circuit Breakers will 

satisfy: UL 489 

b WL Circuit Breakers are suitable for 

use in UL 1558 LV Switchgear and UL 

891 LV Switchboards 

Conditions of Application 

WL Circuit Breakers are designed to 

meet standard Industrial and Commercial 

application requirements. 

Uniform Dimensions 

WL Circuit Breaker dimensions differ 

only in the device width, which varies by 

frame size. With the exception of the 

200kA ANSI Frame Size II which has an 

additional 5” in depth to accommodate 

integral fuses and the UL489 Frame Size 

I which measures only 15” in height to 

allow six-high stacking in switchboards. 

Minimal Space Requirements 

The WL design is extremely compact 

without sacrificing performance and does 

not use energy-wasting heat sinks. 

Trip Units 

The electronic, micro processor-based 

trip unit is auxiliary voltage-independent 

for all protective functions and enables 

adaptation to the different protection 

requirements of distribution systems, 

motors, transformers and generators. 

Non-Automatic Switch 

A special version of the circuit breaker is 

used as a non-automatic switch. 

The non-automatic switch is constructed 

without a trip unit and has no protective 

function. A possible application is for use 

as a tie in systems with parallel feeds. 

Main Bus Connectors 

Breakers are equipped with standard 

vertical main bus connections. Horizontal 

bus connections are available as an 

option in Frame Size 1 and 2 up to 

2000A. 

Communication Capability 

MODBUS or PROFIBUS communications 

transmit the acquired and metered 

data, such as current values, breaker 

status, trip log, etc. to a central 

monitoring computer. With a factory 

installed metering function option, the 

WL acquires data useful for power 

management and can contribute to a 

significant savings in energy costs. A 

new, internal circuit breaker bus enables 

the expansion of breaker functionality 

through the integration of many 

secondary functions which were 

previously separate, including: 

b Control of analog displays 

b Options for testing the 

communication setup 

b Display of breaker status and reason 

for trip 

b Input modules for reading other 

external signals and transmitting 

these signalsvia PROFIBUS or 

MODBUS communication 

b A selection of output modules to 

provide contact closures based on 

events or measured-value setpoints. 

It is not only possible to monitor the 

breaker remotely, it is also possible 

to open and close the breaker as well 

as setting parameters remotely 

Operating Mechanisms 

Circuit breakers can be optionally 

delivered with different operating 

mechanisms, including: 

b Manual operating mechanism with 

mechanical closing (standard) 


mechanical and electrically 

interlocked closing 

b Motorized operating mechanism with 

mechanical and electrically interlocked 

closing. Operating mechanisms with 

electrically interlocked closing are 

suitable for synchronizing tasks 


Auxiliary switches can be added according 

to the type of installation. They are 

easily mounted via front, top mounted 

terminal blocks. 

Modularity 

Common guide frames for the draw-out 

version make them completely interchangeable 

between the UL 489 and 

ANSI / UL 1066 rated circuit breakers. 

Components, such as auxiliary releases, 

motorized operating mechanisms, trip 

units, current sensors, auxiliary 

signal switches, automatic reset devices 

or interlocks can be used to modify or 

retrofit any circuit breaker to meet 

changing requirements. The main contacts 

can be replaced to extend the life 

of the circuit breaker and feature integrated 

contact wear indicators. 

Electronic Trip Unit Modularity 

Modularity is the outstanding feature of 

the new WL Circuit Breakers. The trip 

units themselves can be retrofitted with 

special LCDs, ground fault modules, 

rating plugs and communication 

modules.100% Rated Circuit Breaker WL 

circuit breakers are designed for 

continuous operation at 100% of their 

current rating without the need for 

external heat sinks. 

Conditions of Application 

WL Circuit Breakers are designed to 

meet standard Industrial and Commercial 

application requirements. 

7 

MOLDED CASE 




Communication Information 

General 

MOLDED CASE 


7 

7-150 



Electronic Trip Units 

General 

Trip Unit Functions 

Basic Protective Functions ETU745 ETU748 ETU776 

Long-time overcurrent protection L l l l 

Short-time delayed overcurrent protection S l l l 

Instantaneous overcurrent protection I l l l 

Neutral conductor protection N l l l 

Ground fault protection G u u u 

Additional Functions 

Selectable neutral protection l l l 

Defeatable short-time protection l — l 

Defeatable instantaneous protection l — l 

Selectable thermal memory l l l 

Zone selective interlocking l l l 

Selectable I2t or fixed short-time delay l l l 

Adjustable instantaneous pick-up l — l 

Selectable I2t or I4t long-time delay l l l 

Adjustable short-time delay and pick-up l l l 

Selectable and adjustable neutral protection l l l 

Dual protective setting capability — — l 

Dynamic arc-flash sentry — — l 

Extended instantaneous protection l l l 

Parameterization and Displays 

Parameterization by rotary switches (10 steps) l l — 

Parameterization by communication (absolute values) — l l 

Parameterization by menu/keypad (absolute values) — — l 

Remote parameterization of the basic functions — — l 

Remote parameterization of the additional functions — — l 

Alphanumeric LCD u u — 

Graphical LCD — — l 

Metering Function 

Metering function u u u 

Metering function Plus u u u 

Communication 

CubicleBUS l l l 

Communication via PROFIBUS-DP u u u 

Communication via the MODBUS u u u 

Communication via the Ethernet (BDA) u u u 

l Standard — Not available u Optional 

7 

MOLDED CASE 




3-pole & 4-pole, up to 6000A 

General 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Rating Plug 

It is no longer necessary to replace the 

current transformer to change the rated 

current of the breaker. Instead, you 

simply replace the rating plug which is 

easily accessible on the front of the trip 

unit. The circuit breaker is set to the new 

rated current quickly and is already 

correctly labeled. 

Long Time Overcurrent Protection 

with Switchable I2t/I4t Characteristics 

The long time overcurrent 

protection in the ETU745, ETU755 and 

ETU776 trip units can be switched 

between an I2t and I4t characteristic to 

improve coordination between upstream 

circuit breakers and fuses. 

Front Panel 

The front panel is designed so that it can 

be accessed through a cutout in the 

door, which means that all controls and 

displays are accessible even when the 

cubicle door is closed. The front panels 

of all Frame Size II and Frame Size III 

circuit breakers are identical, and allow 

for two different through-door access 

designs: Trip unit and front panel controls 

or front panel controls only. The degree 

of protection of the front panel is IP 20. 

Environmental Protection 

The plastics used are halogen-free and 

recyclable. 

Safety and Reliability 

In order to help protect the electrical 

distribution system and circuit breaker 

against unauthorized breaker operations, 

Exclusive Features 

Generator/Utility 

Protection Sets 

24/7/365 power availability is critical for 

some systems. On-site generation capability 

is growing more and more common 

in many systems. All of the WL digital 

electronic trip units allow the system 

designer to precisely tailor trip settings 

for the most demanding requirements. 

However, the 776 trip unit allows one set 

of trip settings for a fully loaded utility 

feed and with a simple contact closure, 

the trip unit toggles to a second trip set 

tailored to provide optimal generator protection. 

The wide range of settings 

allows the WL to provide protection for 

a minimal generator capacity for only 

essential loads, through full backup for an 

entire facility. This dual utility/generator 

protection capability in a single circuit 

breaker allows the system designer 

unparalleled, cost effective, flexibility. 

Dynamic Arc-Flash Sentry 

A unique feature of the WL trip unit 

allows the system designer to achieve 

lower levels of arc flash energy and 

delayed tripping for selective trip 

coordination purposes. 

a wide range of locking devices can be 

installed or retrofit, including: 

b Lockable drawout version to protect 

against unauthorized removal 

(standard) 

b High degree of protection through 

Plexiglas cover 

b Mechanical reclosing lockout after 

long-time, short-time or instantaneous 

trip (optional) 

b Devices with trip unit ETU745 or 

higher are equipped with temperature 

sensors on the BSS and 

COM15/COM16 (standard) 

b Lock provision for locking the breaker 

in the OPEN position 

b Lockable covers for the CLOSE button 

b Lockable racking handle prevents 

moving the breaker 

b Lockable charging handle prevents 

charging the springs 

Standard Version Features 

WL Circuit Breakers have the following 

standard equipment: 

b Mechanical CLOSE and mechanical 

OPEN push buttons 


mechanical closing 

b Contact position indicator 

b Front panel ready-to-close indicator 

Dynamic Arc-Flash Sentry (DAS) employs 

the unique dual protective setting capability 

of the 776 trip unit, coupled with 

the ability to easily toggle to a lower arc 

flash parameter set. A normal operation 

parameter set can be optimized for 

selective trip coordination, while the 

second set is optimized for lower arc 

flash energy levels. The dynamic action 

comes from the ability to switch from 

the normal operation set to the arc flash 

limiting set based on the presence of 

personnel as they approach the flash 

protection boundary. A wide variety of 

switching methods may be used based 

on the needs of a particular facility. The 

capabilities range from fully automatic 

switching using appropriate occupancy 

sensors to manual switching via a 

key operation. 

Extended Instantaneous Protection 

Extended Instantaneous protection (EIP), 

another unique feature of the WL trip 

unit, allows the system designer to 

achieve full selective trip coordination up 

to the short-time rating of the frame 

while also allowing application of the 

breaker up to the interrupting rating of 

the frame. The typical power circuit 

breaker with an ‘LS’ trip unit, or when 

b Spring charge indicator 

b Rear vertical main contacts 

b Main contact replacement flag 

b Auxiliary plug system with bare wire 

pressure screw terminals. Delivery 

includes all auxiliary plugs necessary 

for both factory installed and future 

field installed accessories 

b Mechanical trip indicator of the 

overcurrent release system 

b Automatic reset after trip 

b The front panel cannot be removed if 

the circuit breaker closed 

b Laminated main contact fingers as part 

of the breaker contact strip on 

the drawout circuit breaker 

b Breaker position display in the 

operator’s panel 

b Captive crank handle for racking out 

the breaker 

b Guide frame with guide rails for easy 

handling of draw-out version 

b Breaker cannot be moved in the 

CLOSED state 

b Rated current coding between the 

guide frame and the breaker 

b Suitable for reverse feed applications 

b The breaker is always equipped with 

the required number of secondary 

disconnect blocks 

the instantaneous function is switched 

off on an ‘LSI’ trip unit, can only be 

applied up to it’s short-time rating, 

commonly 85kA or less. For application 

on systems with levels of available fault 

current above the short-time rating, the 

typical ‘LS’ power circuit breaker cannot 

be applied or must employ an instantaneous 

override. This instantaneous 

override is set at as much as 20% below 

the short-time rating and can seriously 

compromise selective trip coordination 

with downstream breakers. 

The WL, equipped with EIP, overcomes 

these limitations by providing full 

withstand capability, and full coordination, 

with a minus 0% short-time band 

tolerance up to 85kA on frame Size II 

and 100kA on Size III. Above fault currents 

of 20% higher than the full shorttime 

rating, the WL breaker is self-protecting, 

and the EIP function will trip the 

breaker instantly to protect the frame 

and the system from these extremely 

high currents, as high as 150kA on frame 

Size III. One added benefit is that arc 

flash energy is greatly reduced in this 

high current region due to the instantaneous 

trip response that EIP provides. 

7-152 


Lug Information 

Mechanical Lug 


Selection 

For Use 

With Type(s) 

BQ, BQH, 

BQHF 

BQE, 

BQF, 

BL, BLH, 

HBL, 

HBQ 

Switching 

Neutrals 

BG, 

BLG 

BQD, CQD 

BQD6, CQD6 

NGG, HGG, 

LGG 


Ampere Rating 

Line Side 

15–40 

45–125 

Load Side 

15–20 

25–35 

40–50 

55–70 

*exceptions in Table A 

80–100 

110–125 

Cables Per 

Lug 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 


#14–#6 AWG Cu 

#12–#6 AWG Al 

#8–#1 AWG Cu 

#6–#1/0 AWG Al 

#14–#10 AWG Cu 

#12–#10 AWG Al 

#14–#6 AWG Cu 

#12–#6 AWG Al 

#8–#6 AWG Cu 

#8–#4 AWG Al 

#8–#4 AWG Cu 

#8–#2 AWG Al 

#4–#1/0 AWG Cu 

#2–#1/0 AWG Al 

#2–#1/0 AWG Cu 

#1/0–#2/0 AWG Al 

Catalog 

Number 

TC1Q1 ab 

TA1Q1 b 

Lugs are integral to 












Line Side (CQD, CQD6) & Load Side 

15–40 1 

#14–#6 AWG Cu 

#12–#6 AWG Al 

Integral 

45–100 1 

#8–#1 AWG Cu 

#6–#1/0 AWG Al 

Integral 

15–30 1 

#14–#6 AWG Cu 

#12–#6 AWG Al 

TC1Q1 

15–30 1 

#14–#6 AWG Cu 

#12–#6 AWG Al 

3TC1Q1 (pkg. of 3) 

35–125 1 

#8–#1/0 AWG Cu 

#8–#2/0 AWG Al 

3TC1GG20 (pkg. of 3) 

15–125 — NUT KEEPER PLATE TNKG3 c (pkg. of 3) 

Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in conjunction with Table 6.1.4.2.1 of UL 489 standards. 

Table A 

For Use 

With Type(s) 


Ampere Rating Cables Per Lug Lug Wire Range Number of Poles 

Load Side 

BQ, BL, QP 55-60 1 

#8–#4 AWG Cu-Al 

#3 AWG requires 22 or 65 

kAIC 

This exception is applicable 

to 1- and 2-pole only 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Note: 

(A) Molded case circuit breakers having a rated ampacity 

of 125 amperes or less are to be connected with 60 or 

75°C wire. Circuit breakers having a rated ampacity 

greater than 125 amperes shall only be cabled with 

75°C cable unless otherwise indicated on the circuit 

breaker label. Exceptions to this rule are outlined in 

article 110-14 C(1)(2) of the 2005 National 

Electrical Code. 

(B) Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in 

conjunction with Table 6.1.4.2.1 of UL 489 standards. 

a Lug is steel. 

b Sold in package of six. 

c One nut keeper plate is required with each lug on the 

NGG breaker. 



Lug Information 

Aluminum Body Lugs for Copper or Aluminum Wire 


Selection 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


For Use 

With Type(s) 

QR2, QR2H, 

HQR2, HQR2H 

All 2, 3-pole 


ED6 ETI, 

HED4, 

HHED6 

CED6 

All 1-pole 

ED, HED 

FXD6-A, FD6-A, 

HFD6, 

cfd6 

HHFD6 

SJD6-B, 

SHJD6-B 

SCJD6-B 

JXD2(A), JXD6(A), 

JD6(A), SJD6-B, 

HJD6(A), HJXD6(A) 

HHJXD6, HHJD6, 

SHJD6-B, CJD6, 

SCJD6-B 

LXD6(A), LD6(A), 

SLD6-B, HLD6(A), 

HLXD6(A), HHLXD6, 

HHLD6, SHLD6-B, 

CLD6, SCLD6-B 

LMD6 a , LMXD6 a , 

HLMD6 a , 

HLMXD6 a , MD6, 

MXD6, SMD6-B, 

HMD6, HMXD6, 

SHMD6-B, CMD6, 

SCMD6-B 

ND6, 

NXD6, SND6-B, 

HND6, HNXD6, 

SHND6-B, CND6, 

SCND6-B 

PD6, HPD6, 

CPD6 

PXD6, 

HPXD6, 

SPD6-B, 

SHPD6-B 

PD6, PXD6, 

HPD6, HPXD6, 

SPD6-B, SHPD6-B, 

RD6, RXD6, 

HRD6, HRXD6, STD 


Ampere Rating 

Cables Per 

Lug 


100-250 1 #3–300 Kcmil Al/C 

15–25 1 

#14–#10 AWG (Cu) 

#12–#10 AWG (Al) 

Catalog 

Number 

3TA1QR300 

(3 lugs per kit) 

SA1E025 

30–100 1 #10–#1/0 (Cu or Al) LN1E100 

110–125 1 

#3-3/0 (Cu) 

#1-2/0 (Al) 

30–60 1 #10–4 (Cu or Al) 

70–100 1 #4–#1/0 (Cu or Al) 

70–250 1 

#6 AWG–350 kcmil (Cu) 

#4 AWG–350 kcmil (Al) 

TA1E6125 

LD1E060 

(Load Side) 

LD1E100 

(Load Side) 

TA1FD350A 

65-200 1–2 #4 AWG–3/0 (Cu or Al) TA2J630 

200–400 1–2 

250–600 1–2 

500–600 

3/0–500 kcmil (Cu) 

4/0–500 kcmil (Al) 

3/0–500 kcmil (Cu) 

4/0–500 kcmil (Al) 

TA2J6500 

TA2J6500 

1–2 #1–500 kcmil (Cu or Al) TA2K500 

1–3 1/0–500 kcmil (Cu or Al) TA3K500 

500–800 1–2 500–750 kcmil (Cu or Al) TA2N750 b 

800–1200 1–4 

250–500 kcmil (Cu or Al) 

250–500 kcmil (Cu or Al) 

2TA4P8500 bc 

3TA4P8500 bd 

2TA4N8500 c 

3TA4N8500 d 

1200–1600 1–5 300–600 kcmil (Cu or Al) TA5P600 

1200–2000 1–6 300–600 kcmil (Cu or Al) TA6R600 

aUse TA2K500 or TA3K500 only. 

bUsed for 100% rated MD/ND frame breakers. 

Rated for 90° C cable. 

cContains 2 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier. 

dContains 3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier. 

7-154 



Lug information 

Optional Mechanical Lugs 


Selection 

For Use 

With Type 

QR2, QR2H, 

HQR2, HQR2H 


Ampere Rating 

Cables 

Per Lug 

Lug 

Material 

Qty Per 

Catalog No 



100-250 1 Cu #3 - 300 Kcmil Cu ONLY) 3 

3TC1QR2520 

(3 lugs per kit) 

ED, HED 1, 2 & 3-pole 1, 2 & 3-pole 30-125 1 Cu #10–#1/0 (Cu) 1 TC1ED6150 

HFD6, HHFD6, 

CFD6, F(X)D6-A 

J(X)D2(A), J(X)D6(A), 

HJD6(A), HHJD6, 

SHJD6-B, L(X)D6(A), 

HHLD6, SCD6-B, 

HLD6(A), SHLD6-B, 

CJD6, CLD6, SCJD6-B, 

SCLD6-B 

SMD6-B, M(X)D6, 

HM(X)D6, HMD6, 

CMD6, SCMD6-B, SND6-B, 

N(X)D6, HN(X)D6, 

SHND6-B, CND6, SCND6-B 

70–250 1 Cu #6 AWG–350 kcmil (Cu) 1 TC1FD350 

200–600 

250–600 

1 

1–2 

1 

1 

Cu 

Al 

3/0–600 kcmil (Cu) 

3/0–500 kcmil (Cu) 

500–750 kcmil (Al) 

500–600 kcmil (Cu) 

1 

1 

TC1J6600 a 

TC2J6500 a 

1 TA1L6750 

500–600 1–2 Cu #1 AWG–500 kcmil (Cu) 1 TC2K500 

700–800 1–2 Al 

800–1200 1–3 Al 

500–750 kcmil (Cu) 

500–750 kcmil (Al) 

500–750 kcmil (Cu) 

500–750 kcmil (Al) 

2 

3 

2 

3 

2TA2N8750 

3TA2N8750 

2TA3N8750 

3TA3N8750 

R(X)D6, HR(X)D6 1600–2000 1–5 Cu 300–600 kcmil (Cu) 1 TC5R600 

P(X)D6, HP(X)D6, 

CPD6, SPD6-B, SHPD6-B 

1200–1600 1–4 Al 600–750 kcmil (Cu/Al) 1 TA4P750s 


For Circuit Breaker Types 

Ampere 

Rating Poles 

Lugs 

Per Kit Lug Wire Size Catalog Number 

Lugs (contains indicated number of lugs and necessary hardware per kit) 

ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6, CED6 15–125 1, 2, 3 1 #2/0 AWG Cu/Al CCE125 

QR2, QR2H, HQR2, HQR2H 100-250 2-3 1 #6 - 350kcmil Al/Cu CCQ250 

F(X)D6-A, HF(X)D6, HHF(X)D6, CFD6 125–250 2, 3 1 350 kcmil CCF250 

JXD2-A, J(X)D6-A, HJ(X)D6-A, HHJ(X)D6-A, CJD6, SJD6-B, SHJD6-B, 

SCJD6-B, L(X)D6-A, HL(X)D6-A, CLD6, SLD6-B, SHLD6-B, SCLD6-B 

200–600 2, 3 1 500 kcmil CCL600 

Kits (contain lugs and hardware for complete line or load end of 2 or 3-pole breaker) 

2 6 

CCM800K2 

M(X)D6, HM(X)D6, CMD6, SMD6-B, SHMD6-B, SCMD6-B 500–800 

3 9 CCM800K3 

500 kcmil 

2 8 CCN1200K2 

N(X)D6, HN(X)D6, CND6, SND6-B, SHND6-B, SCND6-B 900–1200 

3 12 CCN1200K3 

Distribution Lugs 

For Circuit Breaker Types 

Ampere 

Rating 

Poles 

Lugs 

Per kit 

NGG, HGG, LGG 15-125 1,2,3 1 6 

ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6, CED6 15-125 1,2,3 1 6 

F(X)D6-A, HF(X)D6, HHF(X)D6, CFD6 70-250 2,3 1 6 

Wires 

Per Lug Lug Wire Size Catalog Number 

#6-#4 AL 

#14-#4 Cu 

TA6GG04 

#14-#4 AWG Cu 

#6-#4 AWG Al 

TA6ED06 

#14-#4 AWG Cu 

#6-#4 AWG Al 

TA6FD04 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


JXD2-A, J(X)D6-A, HJ(X)D6-A, HHJ(X)D6-A, CJD6-A, 

SJD6-B, SHJD6-B, SCJD6-B, L(X)D6-A, HL(X)D6-A, CLD6-A, 

SLD6-B, SHLD6-B, SCLD6-B 

200-600 2,3 1 6 

#14-2/0 AWG Cu 

#6-2/0 AWG Al 

TA6JD20 


aUsed for 100% rated JD/LD frame circuit breakers. 

Special purpose wire connectors, not for general use. 




Modifications 


General/Selection 

A variety of internal and external 

accessories, as well as modifications, 

are available to adapt Siemens circuit 

breakers to special installation 

requirements. UL listed internal 

accessories for 100 through 2000A 

circuit breakers are field-addable. 

Internal accessories fine tune an 

electrical distribution system, 

allowing control of the circuit breakers to 

meet special application requirements. 

For example, emergency situations may 

dictate tripping critically placed circuit 

breakers quickly. Shunt trips accomplish 

this conveniently and efficiently. 

Or, when voltage drops are a concern, 

undervoltage trips automatically open 

the circuit breaker at a predetermined 

voltage level. 

A wide range of external operating and 

mounting accessories is also available. 

For example, face, shallow, and back 

mounting plates are ideal for tailoring BQ 

circuit breakers to OEM applications. 

A complete line of operating handles 

and handle-blocking devices meet 

switchboard, enclosure and safety 

needs. Plug-in mounting assemblies, 

which simplify switchboard mounting of 

circuit breakers and permit breaker 

removal without disconnecting bus or 

cable connections, are available. 

50°C Ambient Calibration — Not UL listed and not available for solid state, 100% rated breakers 

or 400HZ calibrated breakers. 

For BL Type Circuit Breakers 

— Add suffix ‘M’ to catalog number 

(Example: B120M)....................................................................................No Charge 

For BQ and ED Frame Circuit Breakers 

— Replace ‘B’ in catalog number with ‘M’.................................................No Charge 

(Example: BQ3M060, ED63M060) 

For FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, and RD Frame Circuit Breakers 

Non-Interchangeable Trip (3–pole only).................................................No Charge 

— Replace ‘B’ in catalog number with ‘M’ 

(Example: FXD63M225, JXD63M400) 

400 HZ Calibration 

UL Listed (5KA IR) 

for BQ & BL Type Circuit Breakers (200A max.)...........................................Add 25% to list price 

— Add suffix ‘Y’ to catalog number 

Not UL Listed 

for all other Circuit Breakers, see derating tables on page 7-167 and order standard circuit breakers. 


All BQD, CQD, GB, GG, ED, FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, RD, DG, FG, JG, LG, MG, NG, and PG 

Frame Circuit Breakers are inherently fungus resistant and do not require special treatment. 

For BL, and BQ Type Circuit Breakers............................................................Add $10.00 net per pole 

— Consult Sales Office for Availability 

For all other Circuit Breaker Types..................................................................Add $160.00 net per device 

— Consult Sales Office for Availability 

Certificate of Compliance with Test Report (catalog number CERT OF COMP.) Add $210.00 net 

Certificate of compliance testing must be performed on the actual device being shipped. 

The certificate cannot be provided after initial shipment. Order for devices with COC requirement 

must be placed directly with the factory by the sales office and shipped directly to the end user. 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


UL 489 Supplement SB Naval Use Breakers 

Breakers tested to UL 489 Supplement SB are qualified for use 

on non combat and auxiliary naval vessels. 

Various Siemens molded case breakers can be labeled "NAVAL" 

in compliance with UL 489 Supplement SB. See table to the 

right for specific breaker types and UL file references. 

Supplement SB testing comprises two sets of vibration tests. 

The first is to find mechanical resonances in the product and 

to subject the breaker to extreme testing at each resonant 

frequency. The second is a swept frequency test, in which the 

frequency of excitation is changed in intervals of 1Hz, and held 

at each frequency for five minutes. The excitation frequencies 

run from 4 to 33Hz, and the test is conducted in each of the 

three orthogonal axes of the breaker. 

During these tests, the breaker must not trip from the closed 

position, nor may the contacts touch from the open position. 

Calibration and insulation resistance are also verified during the test. 

For detailed information, refer to UL 489, Supplement SB. 


For “NAVAL” label, add $75. net per catalog number per order. 

Order must be placed directly with the factory by Siemens 

Sales Office. 

Breaker Type 

UL File 

BL E82615, Vol 1, Sec 1 & 4 

NGB E10848, Vol 10, Sec 3 

CED6 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 13 

HED4, ED6 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 11 

FXD6, HFD6, HHFD6 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 17 

HHJD6 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 20 

7-156 





General 

Feature Combinations 

The available feature combinations are shown in the chart below. For applications requiring combinations 

of features not listed in this chart, consult the sales office for availability. 

Modules Avail. On ST/ UVT/ Elect. 

Per Breaker ST/ ST/ AUX/ UVT/ UVT/ AUX/ AUX/ Bell Ground Grd fault 

Breakers Breaker Poles ST AUX ALSW ALSW UVT AUX ALSW ALSW AUX ALSW ALSW Alarm fault w/Bell 

QP, BQ, BL a 1 1, 2, 3 1 — — — — — 1,2 — — — — — 

BQD, CQD, GB, GG 1 2, 3 1 1/1 — — — — 1,2 1/1 1 — — — 

QR 1, 2 2, 3 1 1/1 — — — — 2 — — — — — 

All ED 1 1, 2, 3 1 1/1,1/2 1/1 1/1/1 1 1/1, 1/2 1/1 1/1/1 1, 2 1/1, 2/1 1 — 1 1 

All FD 2 2, 3 1 — — — 1 1/1 — — 1, 2 1/1 1 — — — 

All JD, LD, LMD b 2 2, 3 1 1 — — 1 1/1, 1/2 — — 1, 2 1/1, 1/2 1, 2 — — — 

SJD, SHJD, 

SCJD,SLD, 1 3 1 1 — — 1 1/1, 1/2 — — 1, 2 1/1, 1/2 1, 2 — — — 

SHLD, SCLD c 

All MD, ND, PD, RD 

Including Electronic 2 2, 3 1 1/1 — — 1 1/1, 1/2 — — 1, 2 1/1, 2/1 1, 2 — — — 

trip d For ED Frames For FD Frames For JD and LD Frames 

Shunt Trip (ST) 

One or all critical circuit breakers may 

be tripped from a distant control point 

by use of a shunt trip device. A shunt 

trip operates through an auxiliary switch 

contact; when the breaker opens, current 

is not maintained on the shunt trip coil. 

Undervoltage Trip (UVT) 

When voltage drops to a value below 35% 

of the nominal coil rating, the undervoltage 

trip device automatically opens the breaker. 

The operation is instantaneous, and the 

circuit breaker cannot be reclosed until the 

voltage returns to 85% of line voltage. The 

undervoltage trip, which is continuously 

energized, must be energized before the 

circuit breaker can be closed. 

Auxiliary Switch (AUX) 

For applications requiring remote “on” or 

“off” indication (or electrical interlocking), 

auxiliary switches are available. Each 

switch comprises an “A” (open when 

circuit breaker is open) and a “B” (closed 

when circuit breaker is open) contact with 

a common connection. (Form C) 

Alarm Switch (ALSW) 

The alarm switch contact is closed when 

the circuit breaker is opened automatically 

by an overload, short circuit, shunt trip or 

undervoltage trip. The alarm switch 

contact is open when the circuit 

breaker is reset. 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


S01FD60 

S01FD60 

aFactory assembled only 

bIf mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module 

can be installed in the right pocket. 

cIf mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module 

can be installed. 

dIf mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module 

can be installed in the left pocket. 




Circuit Breaker Accessories 

Catalog Number For Use With Breaker Type Number of Poles Standard Package 


For locking breaker in “OFF” position. Note “ON” position does not affect breaker fuctionally 

ECPLD1 Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF2, QE, QT-Duplex, BQ, BQXD 1P 3 Pieces 

ECPLD1R 

Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, QE, QT-Duplex, BQ, BQXD 1P 

3 Pieces 

(Red Color) 

ECPLD2 


3 Pieces 

BQXD 

ECPLD2R 


3 Pieces 

BQXD (Red Color) 

ECPLD3 Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, QE, BQ 3P 1 Piece 

US2:ECPLD3R Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF, QE, BQ (Red Color) 3P 1 Piece 

ECQLD3 Type QP, BL, BQ, BQXD 1P 10 Pieces 

ECQLD4 Type QT-Duplex QT-Duplex Breakers 10 Pieces 

ECQLN3 150-225 MBKA, QN, QNR n/a 1 Piece 

ECQTH4 Type QP, BL, BQH Designed for (3) 1P Breakers 1 Piece 

Handle Tie 

Provide simultaneous swiching of 2 adjacent handles. 

ECQTH2 Type QT Duplex Designed for (2) QT Duplex Breakers 25 Pieces 

ECQTH3 Type QP, BL 2P 50 Pieces 

Mechanical Interlock 

ECQML12 Type QP, BL, BQ Interlock Bracket Designed for 1” Breaker 10 Pieces 


For holding breaker in “ON” or “OFF” position. Not a lockout/tagout device 

ECQTH2 Type QP, BL, BQ, BQXD 1P 10 Pieces 

ECQTH3 Type QT-Duplex 1/2” Breakers 10 Pieces 


ECMBR1 EQ Load Centers 1 Piece 

ECMBR2 Ultimate Load Centers 1 Piece 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



MB120 Type BQ, BQH Mounting Clips 1P 20 Pieces 




SMB6R Type BQ MOUNTING BRACKET 1P, 2P, 3P 6 Pieces 

TCH65K Type BQ MOUNTING ADAPTER 500 Pieces 




I0204ML1125CU Type QP Back Mounting Plates 1P, 2P 10 Pieces 

I0303ML3100CU Type QP Back Mounting Plates 3P 10 Pieces 

Replacement Lugs 

TA1Q1 Type BQ, NGG 100A Al Cu LGS n/a 6 Pieces 

TC1Q1 Type BQ, NGG 40A Al Cu LUGS n/a 6 Pieces 

Finger Shield 

BQFS1K Type BQXD Finger Shield (Bulk Pack) n/a 1000 Pieces 

BQFS2 Type BQXD Finger Shield n/a 2 Pieces 

Filler Plate 

ECQF3 1” Filler Plate n/a 5 Pieces 

For a complete list of standby power mechanical 

interlock kits, see page 1-25 

For use with Ultimate Load Center Main Breakers 

Not suitable for use on 15-50A, 10 AIC Type QP Circuit 

Breakers 

QP Type includes QPH, HQP 

BL Type includes BLH, HBL 

BQ Type includes BQH, HBQ 

QAF2 Type includes QAFH2, BAF2, BAFH2, QFGA2, 

QFGAH2, BFGA2, BFGAH2 

QPF Type includes QPHF, BLF, BLHF 

QE Type includes QEH, BLE, BLEH 

7-158 




General 


ECPLD1 

ECQLD3 

ECPLD2 

ECPLD1R/2R/3R (Single pole 

pictured. 2-/3-pole available) ECQLD4 ECQTH4 

Handle Tie 


ECQL1 

ECBX231M 

ECQTH2 

ECQTH3 



7 

ECMBR1 

ECMBR2 

ECQML12 

MOLDED CASE 



FP9508 

FP9556 

MB120 

SMB6R 

I0204ML1125 

FP9555 





Selection 

Handle Ties with Padlock Device 

Provide simultaneous switching of 2 or 3 adjacent handles. 

Do not provide common trip. 

For Use With Catalog Standard Wt Lb/ 

Breaker Frame(s) Number Package Std Pkg 

BQD, NGB, HGB, LGB 

BQDHT2 10 1 

⁄2 

BQDHT3 10 1 

⁄2 

Padlocking Devices 

For locking breaker in “OFF” position. 

All QR HPLQR 1 1 

⁄4 

All BQD, CQD, NGB, HGB, LGB BQDPLD 01 1 

⁄8 

NGG, HGG, LGG HPLG 01 1 

⁄4 

All ED ED2HPL 01 1 

⁄4 

All FD FD6PL1 01 1 

⁄4 

All JD, LD, LMD JD6HPL 01 1 

⁄4 

All MD, ND, PD, RD MN6PLD 01 

1 

⁄4 

FD Padlocking 

Device 

FD6PLI 

Handle Blocking Devices 

For holding breaker in “ON” or “OFF” position. 

Not a lockout/tagout device. 

All QR HBLQR 1 1 

All BQD, CQD, GG, GB BQDHBD 01 1 

⁄4 

All ED E2HBL 01 1 

⁄4 

All FD FD6HB1 01 1 

⁄2 

7 

All JD, LD, LMD JD6HBL 01 1 

⁄2 

All MD, ND, PD, RD MN6BL 01 

1 

⁄2 

Handle Extensions 

For replacement. One extension shipped with breaker. 

All MD, ND, PD, RD EX11 01 2 

FD Handle 

Blocking Device 

FD6HB1 

MOLDED CASE 


Terminal Shields 

Breaker Type 

Poles 

Catalog 

Number 

HGG, LGG, NGG 3 TSSG3A 1 

JD, LD 3 JDTERMSHIELD 1 

MD, ND, PD, RD 3 MDTERMSHIELD 1 

Standard 

Package 

Handle 

Extension 

EX11 


a Sold only in standard package quantities. 

7-160 






Selection 

Face Mounting Plates 

For Use With Number Catalog Standard Wt Lb/ 

Breaker Frame(s) of Poles Number Package Std Pkg 

1 CQDFMB1 1 1 

⁄4 

CQD, CQD6 2 CQDFMB2n 1 1 

⁄4 

3 CQDFMB3n 1 1 

⁄4 

1 FMPG1 1 1 

⁄4 

NGG, HGG, LGG 2 FMPG2 1 1 

⁄4 

3 FMPG3 1 1 

⁄4 

Back Mounting Plates 

ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HED6 1 E2BMB 1 1 

⁄4 

Mounting Screw Kits 


MSE6 

CQD, CQD6 CQDSMK a 1 1 1 ⁄4 

NGG, HGG, LGG MSKG4 a 1 1 

⁄4 

All QR MSQR3 1 1 

⁄5 

All ED (CED6 requires 2 kits) 

MSE6 a 1 1 

⁄4 

MSE6100 b 100 f 1 

All FD (CFD6 requires 2 kits) 

MSF6 a 1 1 

⁄4 

MSF650 c 50 f 1 

All EG 1-pole MSKE1 — — 

All EG 2-pole MSKE2 — — 

All JD, LD MSJ6 a 1 

1 

⁄4 

All LMD MSLMD 1 1 

⁄4 

All MD, ND, MSMN 1 

All PD, RD MSPR6 1 2 

1 

⁄4 


MI5444 

“MI” Mechanical Interlocks 

For Use With Panel g Plug-in Standard Wt Lb 

Breaker Type(s) Mounted Mounted Package Std Pkg 

All QR (Sliding Bar) SBMIQR — 1 1 1 ⁄2 

All FD MI5444 MI5444 1 — 

All JD, LD MI5413 d — 1 1 

All LMD MI5406 d n — 1 1 

All MD MI5404 e n — 1 3 

All ND MI5404 e n — 1 3 

All PD, RD MI5405 e s — — — 

7 

MOLDED CASE 




aKit consists of 4 screws and washers. 

bConsists of 1 screw and washers (order 100). 

cConsists of 1 screw and washers (order 50). 

d With mechanical interlock in place, no accessory can be 

installed into circuit breaker right pole. 

e Addition of the mechanical interlock will prevent 

accessory installation in the left pole. 

f Sold only in standard package quantities. Multiply List 

Price Each times package quantity for full price. 

g Mechanical interlock is not designed for use within 

Siemens panelboards. 





Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handles 

Types 1, 3, 3R , 12, 4 4X 

For Use 

With 

Breaker 

Frames 

Complete Mechanism 


Standard 

Depth 

Variable 

Depth 

Handle Only 

Catalog 

Number 

Breaker 

Operator 

Catalog 

Number 

Shaft Only 

Length 

(inches) 

Catalog 

Number 

ED a CRHOESD CRHOEVD 

RHOEBO 2 RHOSSD 

FD CRHOFSD CRHOFVD 

CRHOH c RHOFBO 12 RHOSVD 

JD, LD CRHOJSD CRHOJVD RHOJBO 16 RHOSXD 

LMD CRHOLMSD CRHOLMVD RHOLMBO 

3 RHONSSDs 

MD, ND 

RHONSD RHONVD RHOH c RHONBO d 12 RHONSVD 

PD, RD 

24 RHONSXD 


RHOH 

Selection 

Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handles 

Types 1 & 12 

For Use With 

Standard Depth Variable Depth Handle and Shaft Breaker Operator 

Breaker Frames Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

CQD, NGG, HGG, LGG — RHOCQVD RHOH62 e CQDOP 

ED D11CEU1 D11CEU2 — — 

FD D11CFU1s D11CFU2 — — 

JD, LD — D11CJU2 — — 

For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG red emergency handle, order assembly RHOCQVDE (includes handle and operator).s 

For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG in a NEMA 3R enclosure, order CQDOP34 operator, RHOH handle and RHOSVD shaft. 

For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG in a NEMA 4 or 4X enclosure, order CQDOP34 operator, RHOH4 handle and RHOSVD shaft. 

CRHOH 

Through Door Mounted Operating Handles b 

Types 1 & 12 

For Use With 

Standard Depth Variable Depth 

Breaker Frames 


CQD, NGG, HGG, LGG FMHOS — 

ED E2RH1 E2RHV9 

FD F6RH1 F6RHV9 

D11CEU2 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Door Latch Kits 


Type 

Right Hand 

Left Hand 

2 point latch DKR2 DKL2n 

3 point latch DKR3 DKL3n 

Standard Depth 

F6RH1 

Rotary Handle 

RHOCQVD 

Variable Depth 

F6RHV9 



a For use on 3-pole ED frame only. 

b Meets the requirements of NFPA 79, section 5.3.3.1 

for locking external operator disconnecting devices. 

c For 3 or 3R, order shaft and breaker operator as shown, 

and handle RHOH. For 4 & 4X, order handle RHOH4. 

Consult sales office for additional EG operator shaft 

lengths. 

d For extended shaft support order catalog number 

RHONSB2. 

e Length of shaft is 300mm (11.8 inches). 

7-162 






Selection 

Max-Flex, Flange Mounted Variable Depth Operators c 

Frames 

GG 

ED 

FD 

JD, LD, 

SJD, SLD 

LMD 

MD, ND, 

PD, RD, 

SMD, SND, 

SPD 

NEMA 

Type 

1, 3 (R), 

12 

Complete Kit 

Catalog 

Number 

MFKG3R3 

Handle Only 

Catalog 

Number 

MFHG3R 

4 (x) MFKG4X3 MFHG4X 

1, 3 (R), 

12 

FHOE036 a FHOH 

4 (x) — FHOH4 

1, 3 (R), 

12 

FHOF036 FHOH 

4 (x) — FHOH4 

1, 3 (R), 

12 

FHOJ036 FHOH 

4 (x) — FHOH4 

1, 3 (R), 

12 

FHOLM036 FHOH 

4 (x) — FHOH4 

1, 3 (R), 

12 

FHON048 FHOHN 

4 (x) — FHOHN4 

Breaker Operator 


MFMG 

FHOEBO a 

FHOFBO 

FHOJBO 

FHOLMBO 

FHONBO 

36" Cable 


MFCF036 

FHOEC036 

FHOFC036 

FHOJC036 

FHOJC036 

FHONC048 b 

Max-Flex handles are available with solid black handles instead of the customary “red for on” flange handle. These are 

preferred for use in IECmarkets, where red handles have specific meaning. Order components separately, appending the 

letter “i” to the catalog number (e.g. FHOHI). 

FHOH 

FHOFBO 

Alternate Length Cable Only 

ED FD JD/LD/LMD MD/ND/PD/RD 

Inches Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

048 FHOEC048 FHOFC048 FHOJC048 FHONC048 




120 FHOEC120s FHOFC120 FHOJC120s FHONC120s 

144 FHOEC144s FHOFC144s FHOJC144s FHONC144s 

Handle Auxiliary Switch 

For use with Max-Flex and Rotary Door operators (FHOH and RHOH). 1 NO and 1 NC contact (Form C). 

For Use With 

ED, FD, JD, LD, LMD, ND, PD, RD, SD, Max Flex 

Fixed Depth Flange Mounting 


HAS1 

Minimum 

Left Hand Mount 

Right Hand Mount 

Enclosure NEMA 

Frames Depth Type Catalog Number Catalog Number 

ED 6.44 

1, 3R, 12 FDFBELs FDFBERs 

4, 4X FDFBEL4s FDFBER4s 

FD 6.44 

1, 3R, 12 FDFBFLs FDFBFRs 

4, 4X FDFBFL4s FDFBFR4s 

FDFBFR 

FHOFC036 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Max-Flex handles are available with solid black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle. These are 

preferred for use in IECmarkets, where red handles have specific meaning. Order components separately, appending the 

letter “i” to the catalog number (e.g. FHOHI). 


aFor 1- or 2-pole breaker order FHOED036 complete kit or 

FHOEDBO breaker operator only. Use MFHM3R handle. 

b48 inch cable is standard length for M through R frame 

Max-Flex operators. 

cMeets requirements of NFPA 79, section 5.3.3.1 for 

locking external operator disconnecting devices 

dConsult sales office for additional cable lengths for EG 

Flex Shaft Operators. For 3-Pole only. 

3-Pole ED only. 






Telemand ® Motor Operator 

AC 

Hinged to Open Down 

Breaker Frame Voltage Catalog Number 

ED except CED 

120 MOE6120 

240 MOE6240s 

ED motor operator opens downward. 

Breaker DC Hinged to Open Right AC Hinged to Open Right 

Frame Voltage Catalog Number Voltage Catalog Number 

24 MOF6024DCs 120 MOF6120 

FD 48 MOF6048DCs 240 MOF6240 

125 MOF6125DCs 

24 MOJ6024DCs 120 MOJ6120 

JD, LD 48 MOJ6048DCs 240 MOJ6240 

125 MOJ6125DCs 

24 MOLMD6024DCs 120 MOLMD6120 

LMD 48 MOLMD6048DCs 240 MOLMD6240 

125 MOLMD6125DCs 

MD, ND, — — 120 EMOPL120MN 

PD, RD — — 240 EMOPL240MN 

To order FD through RD motor operators with Left side hinges, add “L” to catalog number (e.g. MOF6120L). 

List prices are the same.s 

Telemand Motor Operator 

FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, RD 

Frames 

Dimensions 

Frame A B C D E F 

ED 7.04 4.31 — 4.31 13.84 8.84 

FD 9.50 4.55 1.60 6.84 9.70 7.58 

JD, LD, LMD 11.00 7.50 0.79 8.34 9.85 7.74 

MD, ND, PD, RD 16.00 9.00 — 9.83 13.13 10.13 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Operating Currents 

On 

Off 

Catalog In-Rush Running Time In-Rush Running Time Reset 

Number (Amps) (Amps) (msec) (Amps) (Amps) (msec) (Amps) 

MOE6120 10.25 2.3 550 10 2.3 400 2.3 

MOE6240 5.2 1.1 500 5 1 330 1.1 

MOF6120/L 13.6 5.5 200 13.6 5.5 175 5.5 

MOF6240/L 7.6 3.5 200 7.6 3.5 185 3.5 

MOLMD6120/L 13.6 6 210 13.6 6 185 6 

MOJ6120/L 13.6 6 210 13.6 6 185 6 

MOJ6240/L 7.6 3.5 217 7.6 3.5 185 3.5 

EMOPL120MN 15 5.5 500 15 5.5 500 5.5 

EMOPL240MN 7.6 3.25 500 7.6 3.25 500 3.25 

Front View 

Bottom View 



7-164 






Selection 

Plug-In Mounting Assemblies, Including Base and Tulip Assemblies 

Base 

Line Side 

Load Side 

Steel Switchboard 

All ND 

2 PC5664 c s PC5664 c s 

PL9699 

3 PC5666 c PC5666 c 

For Use With 

Mounting Plate a 

Breaker Frames Poles Catalog Number b Catalog Number b Catalog Number 

All ED 2 PC2637s PC2638s 

except CED 3 PC2657 PC2658 

PL2616 

CED 

2 PC2637s PC2638s 

3 PC2657 PC2658 

PL2617 

All FD 2 PC4753s PC4753s 

except CFD 3 PC4754 PC4754 

PL4762 

CFD 

2 PC4753s PC4753s 

3 PC4754 PC4754 

PL4763 

All JD 2 PC5777s PC5777s 

except CJD 3 PC5778 PC5778 

PL5796 

Kit CJD, SCJD 3 PCCJD PCCJD PL5797 

All LD 2 PC5660s PC5660s 

except CLD 

PL5680 

3 PC5661 PC5661 

Switchboard 

Kit CLD, SCLD 3 PCCLD PCCLD PL5797 

Mounting 

Plate 

2 PC5662s PC5662s 

All MD 

PL9698 

3 PC5663 PC5663 

Tulip 

Assemblies 

Tulip Assemblies Separately 

For Frame 

ED 

FD 

JD 

LD 

MD 

ND 

3-Pole 


TCE3s 

TCF3s 

TCJ3s 

TCL3s 

TCM3s 

TCN3s 

RS4756 

RS4755 

Rear-Connecting Studs 

For Use 

Extension 

With 

Behind 

Line Side 

Load Side 

Breaker Ampere Breaker 

Frames Rating Description (inches) Catalog Number d Catalog Number d 

100 Line Side (Short) 2.38 RS2643 e s — 

All ED 

100 Load Side (Short) 2.38 — RS2644 e s 

100 Line Side (Long) 4.88 RS2641 e s — 

100 Load Side (Long) 4.88 — RS2642 e s 

All FD 

250 Short 3.12 RS4756 e s RS4756 e s 

250 Long 7.06 RS4755 e s RS4755 e s 

All JD 

400 Short 5.85 RS5774s RS5774s 

400 Long 11.20 RS5773s RS5773s 

All LD 

600 Short 5.85 RS5784s RS5784s 

600 Long 11.20 RS5783s RS5783s 

CJD, SCJD 

CLD, SCLD 

Add required shield kit. 

CLRSJL3 

LM(X)D6, 

800 

Short 5.85 RS5788s RS5788s 

HLM(X)D6 Long 11.20 RS5787s RS5787s 

All MD, 1200 Short 5.50 RS5786s RS5786s 

ND 1200 Long 8.00 RS5785s RS5785s 


With Rear-Connecting Studs 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



aMust be ordered separately with other plug-in 

assemblies. 

bEach piece catalog number consists of (1) mounting 

block assembly and required tulip assemblies (2) for 

2-pole, (3) for 3-pole 

cFor vertical bus mounting — for horizontal, substitute 

PC5665 for PC5664 and PC5667 for PC5666. 

dPrice includes one current stud, insulating tube, stud 

nuts and terminal shields, when required. 

eFor proper electrical clearance, studs must alternate 

between short and long stud lengths on circuit breaker 

poles (e.g. SLSLSL or LSLSLS). 

fPlug-in assembly for EG breakers include line and load 

side in one assembly. 




Unusual Operating Conditions 


Reference 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Note: The information provided on this and the next page is intended for reference and recommendation only. Because several 

variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at the same time, the data below is based less on controlled testing, 

than on experience and engineering judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on special conditions and treatment. 

High Ambient Temperatures 

Because thermal-magnetic trip breakers 

are temperature sensitive and calibrated 

for a specific ambient of 40° C (104° F) 

(average enclosure temperature), a 

higher ambient will cause the breaker to 

trip at lower current than its nameplate 

rating, in other words, causing the 

breaker to “derate” (see Table 1). 

Similarly, the current carrying capacity 

of a circuit conductor is based upon a 

certain ambient temperature, a higher 

ambient will reduce its current carrying 

capacity, causing it to “derate.” Thus, 

with a fluctuating temperature, a 

thermal-magnetic breaker will derate 

nearly parallel with its connected circuit 

conductors and maintain close circuit 

protection. If the application temperature 

exceeds 40° C (104° F) and is known, 

either a breaker specially calibrated for 

the higher ambient or one oversized 

according to Table 1 may be selected. 

In a case such as this, the circuit 

conductors should be oversized as well. 

Siemens Sensitrip ® IV and Type SB 

Encased Systems Breakers are 

insensitive to temperature changes. 

However, they do include circuitry to 

protect the components from 

abnormally high temperatures. 

Moisture — Corrosion 

For atmospheres having high moisture 

content and / or where fungus growth is 

prevalent, a special preventive treatment 

may be required. 

Where the air is heavily laden with 

corrosive elements, breakers made 

with special corrosion-resistant 

finishes may be required. 

Altitude 

Reduced air density at altitudes greater 

than 6600 ft. (2000 meters) affects the 

ability of a molded case circuit breaker 

to transfer heat and interrupt faults. 

Therefore, circuit breakers applied at 

these altitudes should have interrupting, 

insulation and continuous currents 

derated as indicated in Figure 1. 

Table 1 — Temperature Derating Data for Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 

Reference 

Ampere 

Rating at 

40°C (104°F) 

Altitude in Feet (Meters) 

Ampere Rating at: 

50°C 

(122°F) 

13,000 (4,000) 

12,000 (3,675) 

11,000 (3,350) 

10,000 (3,000) 

9,000 (2,750) 

8,000 (2,400) 

7,000 (2,100) 

6,000 (1,800) 

60°C 

(140°F) 

15 13 11 

20 18 16 

25 23 21 

30 28 26 

35 30 28 

40 37 34 

50 46 42 

60 56 52 

70 65 60 

90 84 78 

100 94 87 

125 114 100 

150 136 120 

175 159 140 

200 182 160 

225 205 180 

250 235 220 

300 276 252 

350 325 301 

400 372 340 

500 468 435 

600 564 525 

700 658 613 

800 754 704 

900 828 749 

1000 900 825 

1200 1090 1000 

1400 1304 1148 

1600 1500 1320 

1800 1690 1485 

2000 1880 1650 

Siemens Breaker Frames 

BQ, 

BL, 

BQD, 

CQD, 

GG, 

GB, 

ED 

QR 

FD 

JD 

LD 

MD 

ND 

PD 

RD 

1.0 .95 .90 .85 .80 .75 

Rating Correction Factor 

Figure 1 — Altitude Adjustment 

7-166 




400 Hz Systems a 

Siemens molded case circuit breakers 

can be applied for overcurrent protection 

on 400Hz systems, commonly used to 

power computer installations, aircraft, 

military and other specialty equipment. 

Below are basic guidelines. 

Circuit Breaker Derating Required 

This table lists the maximum continuous 

current carrying capacity for Siemens 

breakers at 400Hz. Due to the increased 

resistance of the copper sections 

resulting from the skin effect produced 

by eddy currents at these frequencies, 

circuit breakers in many cases require 

derating. The thermal derating on these 

devices is based upon 100%, 

three phase application in open air in a 

maximum of 40° C (104° F) with 48 in. 

(1219 mm) of the specified cable or bus 

at the line and load side. Additional 

derating of not less than 20% will be 

required if the circuit breaker is to be 

utilized in an enclosure. Further derating 

may be required if the enclosure 

ambient temperature exceeds 40° C 

(104° F). 

Cable and Bus Sizing 

The cable and bus sizes to be utilized 

at 400Hz are not based on standard 

National Electric Codes tables for 60Hz 

application. Larger cross sections are 

necessary at 400Hz. All bus bars 

specified are based upon mounting 

the bars in the vertical plane to allow 

maximum air flow. All bus bars are 

spaced at a minimum of 0.25 in. (6 mm) 

apart. Mounting of bus bars in the 

horizontal plane will necessitate 

additional drafting. Edgewise orientation 

of the bus may change the maximum 

ratings indicated. If additional information 

is required for other connections of cable 

or bus, contact Siemens for information. 

Application Recommendations 

It is recommended that temperatures be 

measured on the line and load terminals 

or T-connectors of the center pole. These 

Reference 

are usually the hottest terminals with a 

balanced load. A maximum temperature 

of 75° C (35° C over a maximum ambient 

of 40° C) would verify the particular 

application. Temperature profiles taken 

on these breakers can be correlated to 

ensure that the hottest points within 

the breaker are within the required 

temperature limits. 

Factory Configuration 

When required, molded case circuit 

breakers may be factory calibrated for 

400Hz application. These breakers are 

specially labeled for 400Hz usage and 

their nameplate current rating will 

include the necessary derating factory. 

The highest “Maximum Continuous 

Amperes” rating at 400Hz, found in the 

table below approximates the highest 

specially calibrated 400Hz nameplate 

ampere rating available for a given 

frame size. Contact Siemens for 

ordering information on other 

breakers applied in 400Hz systems. 

400Hz Breakers 

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating 

75°C (167°F) 

At 40°C (104°F) b 

Copper 

Siemens 

60HZ 400HZ Cable per Pole 

Breaker Enclosed No of Wire 

Type Open Air Open Air c After Derating Pieces Size 

015 015 012 1 #14 

020 020 016 1 #12 

025 025 020 1 #10 

030 030 024 1 #10 

035 035 028 1 #10 

040 040 032 1 #8 

ED2, ED4, ED6, 045 043 034 1 #8 

BQD, HED4, 050 048 038 1 #8 

HED6, CED6, 060 057 046 1 #6 

GG, GB 

070 067 054 1 #4 

080 076 061 1 #4 

090 086 069 1 #3 

100 095 076 1 #3 

110 105 084 1 #2 

125 119 095 1 #1 

070 063 050 1 #4 

080 072 058 1 #4 

090 080 064 1 #3 

QR2, QR2H, 

HQR2, HQR2H, 

FD6, FXF6, 

HFD6, HFXD6, 

CFD6 

100 090 072 1 #3 

110 095 075 1 #2 

125 105 084 1 #1 

150 125 100 1 #1/0 

175 140 112 1 #2/0 

200 160 128 1 #3/0 

225 180 144 1 #4/0 

250 200 160 1 250 kcmil 

200 170 136 1 #3/0 

225 190 152 1 #4/0 

JXD2, JD6, 

JXD6, HJD6, 250 210 168 1 250 kcmil 

HJXD6, HHJD6, 300 240 192 1 350 kcmil 

HHJXD6, CJD6 

350 260 208 1 500 kcmil 

400 300 240 2 #3/0 

200 170 170 2 #3/0 

JD6, JXD6, 

225 190 190 2 #4/0 

HJD6, HJXD6 250 210 210 1 250 kcmil 

100% Rated 300 240 240 1 350 kcmil 

350 260 260 1 500 kcmil 

400 300 300 2 #3/0 

aThe information provided on this page is intended for 

reference and recommendation only. Because several 

variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at 

the same time, the data above is based less on 

controlled testing, than on experience and engineering 

judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on 

special conditions and treatment. 

bAdditional derating may be required if the ambient 

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating 

75°C (167°F) 

At 40°C (104°F) b 

Copper 

Siemens 

60HZ 400/415HZ Cable per Pole 

Breaker Enclosed No of Wire 

Type Open Air Open Air c After Derating Pieces Size 

0250 0210 168 1 250 kcmil 

LD6, LXD6, 

HLD6, HLXD6, 

HHLD6, 

HHLXD6, 

CLD6 

LD6, LXD6, 

HLD6, HLXD6, 

100% Rated 

MD6, MXD6, 

HMD6, 

HMXD6, CMD6 

MD6, MXD6, 

HMD6, 

HMXD6, CMD6 

100% Rated 

ND6, NXD6 

HND6, HNXD6, 

CND6 

ND6, NXD6 

HND6, HNXD6, 

CND6 

100% Rated 

PD6, PXD6, 

HPD6, HPXD6, 

CPD6, 

PD6, PXD6, 

HPD6, HPXD6, 

CPD6 

100% Rated 

RD6, RXD6, 

HRD6, HRXD6 

80% Rated 

0300 0240 192 1 350 kcmil 

0350 0260 208 1 500 kcmil 

0400 0300 240 2 #3/0 

0450 0340 272 2 #4/0 

0500 0375 300 2 250 kcmil 

0600 0420 336 2 350 kcmil 

0250 0210 210 1 250 kcmil 

0300 0240 240 1 350 kcmil 

0350 0260 260 1 500 kcmil 

0400 0300 300 2 #3/0 

0450 0340 340 2 #4/0 

0500 0375 375 2 250 kcmil 

0600 0420 420 2 350 kcmil 

0500 0400 320 2 250 kcmil 

0600 0430 360 2 350 kcmil 

0700 0500 400 3 250 kcmil 

0800 0560 448 3 300 kcmil 

0500 0400 400 2 250 kcmil 

0600 0430 430 2 350 kcmil 

0700 0500 500 3 250 kcmil 

0800 0560 560 3 300 kcmil 

0800 0560 448 3 300 kcmil 

0900 0600 480 3 350 kcmil 

1000 0650 520 3 400 kcmil 

1200 0780 624 4 350 kcmil 

0900 0600 600 3 350 kcmil 

1000 0650 650 3 400 kcmil 

1200 0780 780 4 350 kcmil 

1200 0780 624 4 400 kcmil 

1400 0850 680 4 500 kcmil 

1600 0960 768 5 500 kcmil 

1200 0780 780 4 400 kcmil 

1400 0850 850 4 500 kcmil 

1600 0960 960 5 500 kcmil 

1600 0960 768 5 500 kcmil 

1800 1080 864 5 500 kcmil 

2000 1200 960 6 500 kcmil 

temperature is greater than 40°C (104°F). 

cCalculated after derating to compensate for the heating 

of the copper conductor, caused by the skin effect 

generated by eddy currents produced at 400/415HZ. 

7 

MOLDED CASE 




Notes 

MOLDED CASE 


7 

7-168 


VL Circuit Breakers 



Interrupting Class 

N — Normal 

H — High 

L — Very High 

C — Trip Unit Only 

Frame Family 

D — Type DG 

F — Type FG 

J — Type JG 

Breaker Type 

L — Type LG 

M — Type MG 

N — Type NG 

E — Global DG, FG Frame Only 

600 Y/347 V 

G — Global interchangeable (UL, 

IEC, CE, CSA, NOM , CCC ) 

J — 240V rated JG frame, 

Non-interchangeable only 

K — Global, Non-interchangeable 

(DG, FG, LG-frame) 

M — Motor Circuit Protector 

P — Motor Circuit Protector 

(DG, FG Only) 

P — Type PG 

R — Molded Case Switch 

(DG, FG, LG-frame) 


T — Trip Unit Only 

V — Thermal Magnetic, standard 40°C 

ambient, 600VAC 25kA, UL/CSA 

(LG frame) 

W — 100% rated, Non-interchangeable 

(DG, LG-frame) 

X — Global Non-interchangeable 

Y — 100% rated, Non-interchangeable 


2, 3 

Trip Unit 

F — Frame only, without trip unit 


B — Thermal Magnetic, standard 40° C ambient 

A — Electronic w/ LCD, LSI or 3P (neutral protected) 

L — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Low G — Electronic w/ LCD, LSIG, 3P/4W (selectable residual or 

instantaneous range 

return type ground fault protection) 

J — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Low K — Electronic with LCD, LSI and GF alarm only, 3P/4W 

instantaneous range (LG-frame) 

(selectable residual or return type ground fault alarm) 

M — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Standard R — Electronic LI or 3P (neutral protected) 


T — Electronic LSI or 3P (neutral protected) 

Y — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Standard V — Electronic, LSIG or 3P/4W, residual ground fault protection 

instantaneous range (LG-frame) 

W — Electronic, LIG or 3P/4W, residual ground fault protection 

H — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - High 


Continuous Current Rating 

For DG use 050, 060, 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125, 150 

For FG use 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 

For JG use 250, 300, 350, 400 

For LG use 400, 500, 600 

For MG use 600, 700, 800 

For NG use 800, 900, 100 (1000A), 120 (1200A) 

For PG use 120 (1200A), 140 (1400A), 160 (1600A) 

Terminations 

B — Load End Standard (cu/al) Lugs 

L — Line & Load Standard (cu/al) Lugs 

X — No Lugs (use only if accessory suffixes are to follow) 

Accessories 

Auxiliary and Alarm Switch Combinations 

Suffix Description 

A1 — 1 Alarm (includes 1NO & 1NC switch with a 2 Aux./1 Alarm Base, for frames DG to LG) Note: A1 and A3 include 1NO and 1NC switch for 

A2 — 2 Aux (1NO & 1NC switch with a 3 Aux. Base, for frames DG to LG) alarm purposes, only one of these switches may 

A3 — 2 Aux + 1 Alarm (2NO & 2NC switches with a 2 Aux./1 Alarm Base, for frames DG to LG) be used as there is only one space for an alarm. 

A3 — 2 Aux + 2 Alarm (2NO & 2NC switches with a 2 Aux./2 Alarm Base, for frames MG to PG) 

A4 — 4 Aux (2NO & 2NC switches with a 4 Aux. Base, for frames MG to PG) 

Shunt Trips 

RB — 24 VDC RM — 48-60 VAC 

RC — 48-60 VDC RN — 110-127 VAC 

RD — 110-127 VDC RS — 208-277 VAC 

LCD = Liquid Crystal Display 

RE — 250 VDC RV — 380-600 VAC 

LI = Long Delay & Instantaneous trip functions 

Under Voltage Releases 

UA — 12 VDC UN — 110-127 VAC 

LSI = Long Delay, Short Delay, & Instantaneous trip functions 

LSIG = Long Delay, Short Delay, Instantaneous, & Ground Fault trip functions 

GF = Ground Fault 

UB — 24 VDC UP — 208 VAC 

3P = 3-pole 

UC — 48 VDC UR — 220-250 VAC 

4W = 4-wire 

UD — 110-127 VDC US — 277 VAC 

UE — 220-250 VDC UT — 380-415 VAC 

UG — 60 VDC UU — 440-480 VAC 

UK — 24 VAC 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Select Frames 




Selection 

If ordering factory-installed accessories or special modifications, you must order a 15-digit catalog number. See the examples 

below for a detailed explanation. The 15 digit number is achieved by placing X’s in positions not being occupied by an 

accessory/modification. Contact Siemens for circuit breakers configured with accessories. 

Auxiliary Switch Example: 

H F G 3 B 2 0 0 L A 2 X X X X 

Standard 9-digit Aux. Switch Completes Cat # 

Shunt Trip / UVR Example: 

H F G 3 B 2 0 0 L X X U N X X 

Standard 9-digit 

UVR 

Completes Cat # 

Shunt Trip / Auxiliary Switch Example: 

H F G 3 B 2 0 0 L A 2 R N X X 

Standard 9-digit Aux. Shunt Completes 

Switch Trip Cat # 

Non-Interchangeable Trip Breakers Example: 

H F X 3 B 2 0 0 L 

Standard 9-digit 

MOLDED CASE 


7 

7-170 



Technical Overview 

Technical 

Frame Summary and Ratings Table 

Frame Family DG FG JG 

Continuous Ampere Range 30 to 150A 40 to 250A 70 to 400A 

Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 

Maximum Voltage Rating 600Y/347 600Y/347 600V 

Type of Protection 

Thermal-Magnetic u u u 

Electronic u u u 

Electronic with LCD u u u 


Molded Case Switch u u u 

100% Rated Breaker ETU only — u 

Interchangeable Trip Unit — — u 

W In.(mm) 4.1 (105) 5.5 (139) 

H 7.3 (175) 11 (279) 

D 3.4 (81) 4.2 (102) 

D1 4.2 (107) 5.4 (138) 

Type N – Normal Interrupting Rating a , RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA) 

240Vac 65 65 65 

UL 480Vac 35 35 35 

600Vac 18 18 25 

240Vac 65/65 65/65 65/65 

IEC 415Vac 40/40 40/40 45/45 

(l CU /l CS ) 

690Vac 12/6 12/6 12/6 

DC Voltages – Interrupting Rating (kA) d 

250Vdc - 2p 30 30 30 

500Vdc - 3p c 18 18 25 

Type H – High Interrupting Rating a , RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA) 

240Vac 100 100 100 

UL 480Vac 65 65 65 

600Vac 18 18 25 

240Vac 100/75 100/75 100/75 

IEC 415Vac 70/70 70/70 70/70 

(l CU /l CS ) 

690Vac 12/6 12/6 15/8 


250Vdc - 2p 30 30 30 

500Vdc - 3p c 18 25 35 

600Vdc - 3p 42 42 65 

Type L – Very High Interrupting Rating a , RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA) 

240Vac 200 200 200 

UL 480Vac 100 100 100 

600Vac 18 18 25 

240Vac 200/150 200/150 200/150 

IEC 415Vac 100/75 100/75 100/75 

(l CU /l CS ) 

690Vac 12/6 12/6 15/8 


250Vdc - 2p 30 30 30 

500Vdc - 3p c 18 30 35 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


a UL does not recognize AIC ratings for Molded Case 

Switches or Motor Circuit Protectors. 

b For 600 VDC breakers see page 7-204. 

c 500Vdc nominal, 600Vdc max. for ungrounded DC UPS 

systems. 

d DC Interruption Ratings do not apply to electronic trip 


DG & FG breakers are 600Y/347V. 



Technical Overview 

Technical 

Frame Summary and Ratings Table — Continued 

Frame Family LG MG NG PG 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Continuous Ampere Range 150 to 600A 200 to 800A 300 to 1200A 400 to 1600A 

Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 

Maximum Voltage Rating 600V 600V 600V 600V 

Type of Protection 

Thermal-Magnetic u u u u 

Electronic u u u u 

Electronic with LCD u u u u 

Motor Circuit Protector u u u — 

Molded Case Switch u u u u 

100% Rated 400/500 Amp u u u 

Interchangeable Trip Unit — u u u 

W In.(mm) 5.5 (139) 7.5 (190) 9 (229) 

H 11 (279) 16 (406) 16 (406) 

D 4.2 (102) 4.7 (114) 6.2 (157) 

D1 5.4 (138) 5.9 (151) 8.1 (207) 

Type N – Normal Interrupting Rating a , RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA) 

240Vac 65 65 65 65 

UL 480Vac 35 35 35 35 

600Vac 18 25 25 25 

240Vac 65/65 65/65 65/65 65/65 

IEC 415Vac 45/45 50/50 50/25 50/25 

(l CU /l CS ) 

690Vac 12/6 20/10 20/10 20/10 


250Vdc - 2p 30 22 22 22 

500Vdc - 3p c 25 35 35 35 

Type H – High Interrupting Rating a , RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA) 

240Vac 100 100 100 100 

UL 480Vac 65 65 65 65 

600Vac 18 35 35 35 

240Vac 100/75 100/75 100/75 100/50 

IEC 415Vac 70/70 70/70 70/35 70/35 

(l CU /l CS ) 

690Vac 15/8 30/15 30/15 30/15 


250Vdc - 2p 30 25 25 25 

500Vdc - 3p c 35 50 50 50 

600Vdc - 3p e 65 65 65 65 

Type L – Very High Interrupting Rating a , RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA) 

240Vac 200 200 200 200 

UL 480Vac 100 100 100 100 

600Vac 18 50 65 65 

240Vac 200/150 200/150 200/150 200/150 

IEC 415Vac 100/75 100/75 100/75 100/75 

(l CU /l CS ) 

690Vac 15/8 35/17 35/17 35/17 


250Vdc - 2p 30 42 42 42 

500Vdc - 3p c 35 65 65 65 

a UL does not recognize AIC ratings for Molded Case 

Switches or Motor Circuit Protectors. 

b 25kA available in a special version. Standard breakers 

rated 18kA. See page 7-188. 

c 500Vdc nominal, 600Vdc max. for ungrounded DC UPS 

systems. 

d DC Interruption Ratings do not apply to electronic trip 


e For 600 VDC breakers see page 7-204. 

Thermal-magnetic available non-interchangeable only. 

13.6” with extended shields. 

7-172 



Trip Unit Overview 

Selection 

The interchangeability of the VL circuit 

breaker trip units allow for easy conversion 

from any of 3 types of protection. 

They are thermal-magnetic, electronic, 

or electronic with a built-in LCD. The 

thermal-magnetic trip unit features an 

adjustable magnetic trip setting. The 

electronic trip units are microprocessor 

based true RMS sensing devices and 

are available with a variety of adjustable 

trip settings, configurations, and information 

menus. With precise control 

over the circuit beaker functions and 

access to system status, diagnostics, 

and information, these trip units allow 

for unsurpassed flexibility in circuit 

coordination. 

An example of coordination is the out 

of the box Ground Fault function on the 

Model 555 trip units. The pick-up and 

time delay settings are set at the 

factory for each frame and do not 

overlap with the settings on the other 

frames. Therefore, when VL breakers 

are used together in a system the GF 

protection is automatically coordinated. 

The user also has the ability to program 

a custom coordination scheme with 

adjustable settings on both the 555 and 

586 trip units. 

VL Trip Units 

Trip Unit Functions 

Continuous Amps Rating (I r ) 

This setting is the continuous current 

that the breaker will carry without tripping. 

It can be set up to 100% of the trip 

unit’s nominal rating (I n ). 

Long Time Delay (t r ) 

Sometimes referred to as the “overload” 

position, this function controls the breaker‘s 

“pause-in-tripping” time. It allows 

low level, temporary inrush currents 

such as those encountered when starting 

a motor to pass without tripping. The 

time delay begins when the current 

reaches 6 x I r . 

Instantaneous Pick-up (I i ) 

This function sets the breaker to trip 

instantaneously during high fault conditions. 

This function may be turned off on 

Model 586 trip units. Turning this function 

off will enable an instantaneous trip 

Model 525 Model 555 Model 586 

Thermalmagnetic 

Electronic 

LI 

Electronic 

LIG 

Electronic 

LSI 

Electronic 

LSIG 

override function to ensure self protection 

of circuit breaker. 

Short Time Pick-Up (l sd ) 

This function controls the level of fault 

current the breaker will carry for a short 

time without tripping, thus allowing 

downstream devices to clear short circuits 

ahead of up-stream protection. 

It may be defeated (turned-off) on 

Model 586 trip units. 

Short Time Delay (t sd ) 

This controls the interval of time the 

breaker will remain closed against a fault 

(at the Short Time Pick-up current level) 

without tripping. The time delay may be 

set at fixed points or at short time intervals 

based on l 2 t curves. This function is 

used with the Short Time Pick-up to 

achieve selectivity and better system 

coordination. 

Electronic 

with LCD 

LSI 

Electronic 

with LCD 

LSIG 

Electronic 

with LCD 

LSI + G alarm only 

Continuous Current Setting (I r ) Fixed u u u u u u u 

Long Time Delay (t r ) h u u u u u u u 

Instantaneous Function l l l l l (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) 

Instantaneous Pickup (I i ) u u u u u u u u 

Short Time Function h h h l l (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) 

Short Time Pick-up (I sd ) h h h u u u u u 

Short Time Delay (t sd ) h h h u u u u u 

Ground Fault Pick-up (I g ) h h u h u h u h 

Ground Fault Delay (t g ) h h u h u h u h 

Ground Fault Alarm Pick-up h h h h h h u u 

Ground Fault Alarm Delay h h h h h h u u 

Alarm & Status Indicator h l l l l l l l 

Built-in Display (LCD) h h h h h l l l 

Pre-Trip Alarm a h l l l l l l l 

Last Trip Information h l a l a l a l a l l l 

Zone Selective a h l l l l l l l 

Communications a h l l l l l l l 

u Adjustable setting 

l This feature is included 

h Feature is not included. 

a Requires a COMPRO20 or COMMOD21 module in a communication system. 

Ground Fault Pick-Up (I g ) 

This setting controls the level of ground 

fault current that will cause the breaker 

to trip. Model 555 Electronic Trip Units 

act on the residual current to sense 

ground current. The Model 586 

Electronic Trip Unit is programmable 

and allows the user to select either 

the residual current method or direct 

detection (via a separate current transformer) 

to detect ground current. 

Ground Fault Time Delay (t g ) 

This controls the interval of time the 

breaker will remain closed after a ground 

fault is detected (at the Ground Fault 

Pick-up current level) without tripping. 

7 

MOLDED CASE 





Selection 

Thermal-Magnetic trip units, Model 525, combine the inverse time element design for low level overloads, and instantaneous 

magnetic action for short circuit protection. The standard unit has preset overload protection and an adjustable instantaneous trip 

setting, with 6 set points. Thermal-Magnetic trip units are available throughout the VL family, from 50 to 1600A. 


Electronic trip units are available through 

the VL family, from 60A (which can be 

set as low as 30A) up through 1600A. 

They are also available in four trip 

configurations (LI, LIG, LSI, LSIG) and 

features can include a built-in LCD 

display. 

On the Model 555 Electronic Trip Unit a 

flashing LED confirms that the 

microprocessor is in operating and 

another indicates an overload condition. 

For ease-of-use and to insure proper 

coordination, the set points for the 

continuous current are shown on the 

face of these trip units in amps. 

On the Model 586, the LCD version, the 

current in each phase is continuously 

shown on the display. Unlike many 

displays, no secondary or auxiliary voltage 

is required as long as the breaker is 

energized and a minimal load current is 

present. These trip units can also indicate 

the “last trip” status (date, time, 

amps) when they‘re connected to a PC 

via one of our communications modules. 

Without being connected via a communication 

module, the last trip status can be 

viewed on Model 586 trip units (no time 

stamp). 

Typical Trip Unit Labeling and Adjustment Positions 

Model 555 Electronic Trip Unit 

with LSIG trip functions 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Model 586 Electronic Trip Unit 

has an LCD display 

7-174 



DG 150A Frame, VL Series 

Selection 


Complete Assembled Breaker 

A complete factory assembled DG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and 

standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a complete 

breaker. Assembled breakers are only available with standard 

connectors. 

For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. 

Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications. 

For special applications, refer to page 7-222. 

Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. 

For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd 

character of the catalog number to “W”. Available in electronic and electronic 

with LCD only. 

HACR rated. 


Interrupting 

Class 

Breaker 

Type 

Connectors for 75°C Wire 


UL 489 IEC 60947-2 

Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 

600Y 

220/240 380/415 690 

240 480 /347 250 500 

Ampere Wire No. of cables 

Construction Rating Range per connector Catalog Number 

Steel 30-150 #8–1/0 Cu 1 3TW1DG20 b 

Aluminum 30-150 #6–3/0 Al/Cu 1 3TA1DG30 

Copper 30-150 #6–3/0 Cu 1 3TC1DG30 b 


30-150 #14–#2 Al/Cu (3pcs. Max) 3 3TA3DG02 b 

30-150 #14–#4 Cu, #14–#6 Al 6 3TA6DG04 b 


30-150 #14–2/0 kcmil Al/Cu – 2CLD20 c 

30-150 #14–2/0 kcmil Al/Cu – 3CLD20 b 

a Standard connector supplied with complete breakers. 

b Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors. 

c 2 Lugs for 2-pole breakers. 

d Required for 100% rated DG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity 

ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS 

N NDGB 65 35 18 30 18 65 65 40 40 12 6 

H HDGB 100 65 18 30 18 100 75 70 70 12 6 

L LDGB 200 100 18 30 18 200 150 100 75 12 6 

Dimensions, inches (mm) 

Number 

To Handle 

of Poles Width Length Depth D1 

2, 3 4.1 (105) 6.9 (175) 3.4 (81) 4.2(107) 

Approx. Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) 

Trip Unit Complete 

Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker 

2, 3 3.7 (1.7) 2.2 (1.0) 2.6 (1.2) 5.9 (2.7) 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


DG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous 

Trip Adjustment Range 

Instantaneous 

Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (I i) 

Amp Rating (I n ) Min. Max. 

50 450 600 

60 450 600 

70 450 700 

80 450 800 

90 500 1000 

100 500 1000 

110 550 1100 

125 625 1250 

150 800 1600 

Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range. External Accessories pages 7-205 through 7-217 




DG 150A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

Selection 

I i 

AMPS 

1120 1280 

960 

1440 

800 1600 

I n =150A 

40? C 

TM ~ 

TRIP UNIT/DISPARADOR 525 

Type / Tipo CDT3 

Cat. No. - CDT3B150 

Model 525 Trip Unit 

DG 150A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER 

Continuous 

Ampere Rating 

N-Interrupting Class 






50 NDK2B050L HDK2B050L LDK2B050L 









DG 150A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 


7 

MOLDED CASE 


Continuous 

Ampere Rating 
















7-176 




DG 150A Electronic Trip Units 

Selection 

Model 555 Trip Units 

DG 150A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit a 


Continuous 

Ampere Rating 







ELECTRONIC LI TRIP 

60 NDK3R060L HDK3R060L LDK3R060L 



ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 

60 NDK3T060L HDK3T060L LDK3T060L 



ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 

60 NDK3V060L HDK3V060L LDK3V060L 



ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP 

60 NDK3W060L HDK3W060L LDK3W060L 



7 

DG 150A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit a 



Continuous 

Ampere Rating 







LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 

60 NDK3A060L HDK3A060L LDK3A060L 



LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 

60 NDK3G060L HDK3G060L LDK3G060L 



LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY 

60 NDK3K060L HDK3K060L LDK3K060L 



MOLDED CASE 


a Due to the location of the magnetic tripping solenoid, the 

left accessory pocket is not available for accessories. 




Internal Accessories for DG 150A and FG 250A Frames 

Selection 

Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits 

Description Mounting Pocket a Catalog Number 


1A/B c Left, Right b ASKL1 

Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3 

2 Aux. Switches 

1A + 1B Left, Right ASKL2 

Bases AMBL1 

2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch 

1A + 1B, 1A/B c Left, Right b ASKL3 


Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only 

Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number 

Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right AMBL1 

2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch Left Pocket Only AMBL2 

2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch Right Pocket Only AMBL3 

Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only 

Common to DG - PG Frames 

Description 


1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA 

1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB 

Shunt Trips 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



24 VDC STRLB24DC 

48-60 VDC STRLC60DC 

110-127 VDC STRLD125DC 

220-250 VDC Right Pocket Only STRLE250DC 

48-60 VAC STRLM60 

110-127 VAC STRLN120 

208-277 VAC STRLS277 

380-600 VAC STRLV600 



12 VDC UVRLA12DC 

24 VDC UVRLB24DC 

48 VDC UVRLC48DC 

60 VDC UVRLG60DC 

110-127 VDC UVRLD125DC 

220-250 VDC UVRLE250DC 

24 VAC Right Pocket Only UVRLL24 

110-127 VAC UVRLN120 

220-240 VAC UVRLR240 

208 VAC UVRLP208 

277 VAC UVRLS277 

380-415 VAC UVRLT415 

440-480 VAC UVRLU480 

UVRLN120 

a Refer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 7-218 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for 

accessory combinations. 

b These kits include two bases, one for mounting switches in the left pocket and another for mounting in the right. 

c Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time. 

‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). 

‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). 

External Accessories pages 7-205 through 7-217 

7-178 




FG 250A Frame, VL Series 




A complete factory assembled FG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, 

and standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as 

a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard 

connectors. 





HACR rated. 


To RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) 

50-250 #14–#4 Cu/Al 6 3TA6FG04 

UL 489 IEC 60947-2 

Number 

of Poles Width Length Depth 

Handle 

D1 


Breaker 600Y/ 220/240 380/415 690 

2, 3 4.1 (105) 6.9 (175) 3.4 (81) 4.2 (107) 

Type 240 480 347 250 500 ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS 

NFG 65 35 18 30 18 65 65 40 40 12 6 

HFG 100 65 18 30 18 100 75 70 70 12 6 Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) 

LFG 200 100 18 30 18 200 150 100 75 12 6 




2, 3 4.0 (1.8) 2.2 (1.0) 2.6 (1.2) 6.2 (2.8) 

Ampere Wire No. of cables Catalog 

Construction Rating Range per connector Number 

Steel 50-250 #4–350 kcmil Cu 1 3TW1FG350 

Aluminum 50-250 #4–350 kcmil Al/Cu 1 3TAW1FG350 

Copper 50-250 #4–350 kcmil Cu 1 3TCW1FG350 


50-250 #12–2/0 Cu/Al 3 3TA3FG20 

Standard connector supplied with complete breakers. 

Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors. 

2 Lugs for 2-pole breakers. 

3 Lugs for 3-pole breakers. 

FG Thermal-Magnetic, 

Instantaneous Trip 

Adjustment Range 

Instantaneous 



100 625 1250 

110 800 1600 

125 800 1600 

150 800 1600 

175 1000 2000 

200 1000 2000 

225 1250 2500 

250 1250 2500 

Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range. 


7 

MOLDED CASE 






FG 250A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

Selection 

I i 

AMPS 

1750 2000 

1500 

2250 

1250 2500 

I n =250A 

40? C 

TM ~ 

TRIP UNIT/DISPARADOR 525 

Type / Tipo CFT3 

Cat. No. - CFT3B250 


FG 250A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 


Continuous 

Ampere Rating 







100 NFK2B100L HFK2B100L LFK2B100L 








FG 250A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 


7 

MOLDED CASE 


0 

Continuous 

Ampere Rating 















7-180 




FG 250A Electronic Trip Units 

Selection 


FG 250A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit a 


Continuous 

Ampere Rating 








100 NFK3R100L HFK3R100L LFK3R100L 




100 NFK3T100L HFK3T100L LFK3T100L 




100 NFK3V100L HFK3V100L LFK3V100L 




100 NFK3W100L HFK3W100L LFK3W100L 



7 

FG 250A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit a 



Continuous 

Ampere Rating 








100 NFK3A100L HFK3A100L LFK3A100L 




100 NFK3G100L HFK3G100L LFK3G100L 




100 NFK3K100L HFK3K100L LFK3K100L 



MOLDED CASE 


a Due to the location of the magnetic tripping solenoid, the 

left accessory pocket is not available for accessories. 




Internal Accessories for DG 150A and FG 250A Frames 

Selection 








Bases AMBL1 

2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switches 

1A + 1B, 1A/B c Left, Right b ASKL3 









Description 




Shunt Trips 

7 







110-127 VAC STRLN120 

208-277 VAC STRLS277 

380-600 VAC STRLV600 

MOLDED CASE 











110-127 VAC UVRLN120 

220-240 VAC UVRLR240 



380-415 VAC UVRLT415 

440-480 VAC UVRLU480 

UVRLN120 

a Refer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 7-218 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be 

used for accessory combinations. 

b These kits include two bases, one for mounting switches in the left pocket and another for mounting in the right. 

c Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time. 




7-182 




JG 400A Frame, VL Series 




A complete factory assembled JG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, 

and standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped 

as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with 

standard connectors. 

For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as 

separate items. 


For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. 

For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog 

number to “X” for standard breakers. 

For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3 rd 

character of the catalog number to ”Y“ (3-pole only). 




HACR rated. Number To Handle 


2, 3 5.5 (139) 11 (279) 4.2 (102) 5.4 (138) 


Interrupting 

Class 

Breaker 

Type 


UL 489 AIR (File E10848) IEC 60947-2 


220/240 380/415 690 

240 480 600 250 500 


N NJGA 65 35 25 30 25 65 65 45 45 12 6 

H HJGA 100 65 25 30 35 100 75 70 70 15 8 

L LJGA 200 100 25 30 35 200 150 100 75 15 8 

Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) 



2, 3 9.3 (4.2) 4.0 (1.8) 4.0 (1.8) 12.6 (5.7) 




Steel 70-400 1/0–600 kcmil Cu 1 3TW1JG600 b 

Aluminum 70-400 3/0–250 kcmil Al/Cu 2 3TA2JG250 ab 

Aluminum 70-400 250–750 kcmil Al 1 3TA1JG750 b 

Aluminum 70-400 3/0–600 kcmil Cu 1 3TA1JG750 b 

Copper 70-400 3/0–600 kcmil Cu 1 TC1JG750 

Copper 70-400 3/0–250 kcmil Cu 2 TC2JG250 


70-400 #14–4 Cu 12 3TA12JG04 b 

70-400 #14–2/0 Al/Cu 6 3TA6JG20 b 


70-400 #6–350 kcmil — 3CLJ350 b 

70-400 250-600 kcmil — 3CLJ600 b 

a Standard construction supplied for each breaker. 


c Required for 100% rated JG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu 

cable sized at 75°C ampacity. 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


JG Thermal-Magnetic, 

Instantaneous 


Instantaneous 



250 1250 2500 

300 1500 3000 

350 1750 3500 

400 2000 4000 






JG 400A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

Selection 

JG 400A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 


N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class 


FRAME ONLY 

Continuous 

NJG2F400 HJG2F400 LJG2F400 

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 

250 NJG2B250L HJG2B250L LJG2B250L CJT2B250 




JG 400A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 



FRAME ONLY 

Continuous 







7 

JJ 400A Frame 240V max., 2-pole with 

Thermal-Magnetic Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit 


MOLDED CASE 


Continuous 

Ampere Rating 


COMPLETE BREAKER 

250 NJJ2B250 

300 NJJ2B300 

350 NJJ2B350 

400 NJJ2B400 

JJ 400A Frame 240V max., 3-pole with 

Thermal-Magnetic Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit 

Continuous 

Ampere Rating 



COMPLETE BREAKER 

250 NJJ3B250 

300 NJJ3B300 

350 NJJ3B350 

400 NJJ3B400 

Terminal connectors must be ordered separately. 

Breaker Type NJJA. 

7-184 




JG 400A Electronic Trip Units 

Selection 


JG 400A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit 



FRAME ONLY 

Continuous 




250 NJG3R250L HJG3R250L LJG3R250L CJT3R250 

400 NJG3R400L HJG3R400L LJG3R400L CJT3R400 


250 NJG3T250L HJG3T250L LJG3T250L CJT3T250 

400 NJG3T400L HJG3T400L LJG3T400L CJT3T400 


250 NJG3V250L HJG3V250L LJG3V250L CJT3V250 

400 NJG3V400L HJG3V400L LJG3V400L CJT3V400 


250 NJG3W250L HJG3W250L LJG3W250L CJT3W250 

400 NJG3W400L HJG3W400L LJG3W400L CJT3W400 

7 

JG 400A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit 




FRAME ONLY 

Continuous 




250 NJG3A250L HJG3A250L LJG3A250L CJT3A250 

400 NJG3A400L HJG3A400L LJG3A400L CJT3A400 


250 NJG3G250L HJG3G250L LJG3G250L CJT3G250 

400 NJG3G400L HJG3G400L LJG3G400L CJT3G400 


250 NJG3K250L HJG3K250L LJG3K250L CJT3K250 

400 NJG3K400L HJG3K400L LJG3K400L CJT3K400 

MOLDED CASE 





Internal Accessories for JG 400A and LG 600A Frames 

Selection 








Bases AMBL1 


1A + 1B, 1A/B Left, Right b ASKL3 









Description 




Shunt Trips 







110-127 VAC STRLN120 

208-277 VAC STRLS277 

380-600 VAC STRLV600 

7 

MOLDED CASE 











110-127 VAC UVRLN120 

220-240 VAC UVRLR240 



380-415 VAC UVRLT415 

440-480 VAC UVRLU480 

UVRLN120 

a Refer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 7-218 for guidelines and limitations about which 

pockets may be used for accessory combinations. 

b Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time. 


‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). External Accessories pages 7-205 through 7-217 

7-186 




LG 600A Frame, VL Series 




A complete factory assembled LG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and 

standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete 

breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors. 




Mounting hardware is included with each breaker. 

For 100% rated breakers, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to 

“W”. Available on 400/500 Amp only (3-pole only). 

HACR rated. 



UL 489 IEC 60947-2 


Interrupting Breaker 

220/240 380/415 690 

Class Type 240 480 600 250 500 


N NLGB 65 35 18 30 25 65 65 45 45 12 6 

H HLGB 100 65 18 30 35 100 75 70 70 15 8 

L LLGB 200 100 18 30 35 200 150 100 75 15 8 

Special 600Vac 25kA thermal-magnetic version (Type HLGC) available, see page 7-188. 




Aluminum 150-600 #2–600 kcmil Al/Cu 2 (load side) 3TA2LG600LD 

Aluminum 150-600 #2–600 kcmil Al/Cu 2 (line side) 3TA2LG600LN 

Copper 150-600 #2–600 kcmil Cu 2 (load side) 3TC2LG600LD 

Copper 150-600 #2–600 kcmil Cu 2 (line side) 3TC2LG600LN 


150-600 #6–350 kcmil Al/Cu — 6CLL350 

150-600 250-750 kcmil Al/Cu — 3CLL750 

150-600 250-600 kcmil Al/Cu — 6CLL600 

Standard construction supplied for each breaker. 

Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors. 

Kit consists of 6 lugs for Line or Load end. 

Required for 100% rated LG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity. 

LG Thermal-Magnetic, 

Instantaneous 


Instantaneous 



400 2000 4000 

500 2500 5000 

600 2750 5500 

Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings. 


Number 

To Handle 


2, 3 5.5 (139) 11 (279) 4.2 (102) 5.4 (138) 

Ext. 13.6 

Shield (345.5) 




2, 3 17.4 (7.9) 3.5 (1.6) 4.2 (1.9) 20.9 (9.5) 

7 

MOLDED CASE 






LG 600A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

Selection 

LG 600A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 



Continuous 

Ampere Rating 




400 NLK2B400L HLK2B400L LLK2B400L 



LG 600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 


Continuous 


Ampere Rating 





7 

MOLDED CASE 


Type HLGC 600A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit , 600Vac 25kA only 


Continuous 


Ampere Rating 


400 — HLV2B400L — 

500 — HLV2B500L — 

600 — HLV2B600L — 

Type HLGC 600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit , 600Vac 25kA only 


Continuous 


Ampere Rating 


400 — HLV3B400L — 

500 — HLV3B500L — 

600 — HLV3B600L — 

For 100% rated 400A or 500A versions, change the third 

character of the catalog number to “Z”. 

Consult sales office for availability. 

7-188 




LG 600A Electronic Trip Units 

Selection 

LG 600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit 

Continuous 

Ampere Rating 

400 

600 

400 

600 

400 

600 

400 

600 






NLK3R400L 

NLK3R600L 

NLK3T400L 

NLK3T600L 

NLK3V400L 

NLK3V600L 

NLK3W400L 

NLK3W600L 

HLK3R400L 

HLK3R600L 


HLK3T400L 

HLK3T600L 


HLK3V400L 

HLK3V600L 


HLK3W400L 

HLK3W600L 

LLK3R400L 

LLK3R600L 

LLK3T400L 

LLK3T600L 

LLK3V400L 

LLK3V600L 

LLK3W400L 

LLK3W600L 

7 

LG 600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit 

Continuous 

Ampere Rating 

400 

600 

400 

600 

400 

600 





NLK3A400L 

NLK3A600L 

NLK3G400L 

NLK3G600L 

NLK3K400L 

NLK3K600L 

HLK3A400L 

HLK3A600L 


HLK3G400L 

HLK3G600L 

ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY 

HLK3K400L 

HLK3K600L 


LLK3A400L 

LLK3A600L 

LLK3G400L 

LLK3G600L 

LLK3K400L 

LLK3K600L 

MOLDED CASE 





Internal Accessories for JG 400A and LG 600A Frames 

Selection 








Bases AMBL1 


1A + 1B, 1A/B Left, Right b ASKL3 









Description 




Shunt Trips 







110-127 VAC STRLN120 

208-277 VAC STRLS277 

380-600 VAC STRLV600 

7 

MOLDED CASE 











110-127 VAC UVRLN120 

220-240 VAC UVRLR240 



380-415 VAC UVRLT415 

440-480 VAC UVRLU480 

UVRLN120 

a Refer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 7-218 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets 

may be used for accessory combinations. 

b Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time. 


‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). External Accessories pages 7-205 through 7-217 

7-190 




MG 800A Frame, VL Series 



A complete factory assembled MG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and 

standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete 

breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard 

connectors. 




For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For 

non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number 

to “X” for standard breakers. 


character of the catalog number to ”Y“. 



HACR rated. 


Interrupting 

Class 

Breaker 

Type 


UL 489 IEC 60947-2 


220/240 380/415 690 

240 480 600 250 500 


N NMG 65 35 25 22 35 65 65 50 50 20 10 

H HMG 100 65 35 25 50 100 75 70 70 30 15 

L LMG 200 100 50 42 65 200 150 100 75 35 17 



Number 

To Handle 


2, 3 7.5 (190) 16 (406) 4.7 (119) 5.9 (151) 


Complete 

Poles Frame Trip Unit Breaker 

2, 3 31.3 (14.2) 4.0 (1.8) 35.3 (16.0) 




Aluminum 200-800A 1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu 3 3TA3MG500 b 

Aluminum 200-800A 500-750 kcmil Al/Cu 2 3TA2MG750 b 

Copper 200-800A 1/0–500 kcmil Cu 3 TC3MG500 e 

Aluminum 200-800A #2–600 kcmil Al/Cu 3 3TA3MG600 bd 

a Standard connector supplied with complete breakers. 


c Consists of one terminal. 

d Includes extended terminal cover. 

e Required for 100% rated MG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity. 

MG Thermal-Magnetic, 

Instantaneous 


Instantaneous 



600 3000 6000 

700 3250 6500 

800 3250 6500 


7 

MOLDED CASE 






MG 800A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

Selection 


MG 800A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 



FRAME ONLY 

Continuous 

NMG2F800 HMG2F800 LMG2F800 


600 NMG2B600L HMG2B600L LMG2B600L CMT2B600 



MG 800A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 



FRAME ONLY 

Continuous 






MOLDED CASE 


7 

7-192 




MG 800A Electronic Trip Units 

Selection 


MG 800A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit 



FRAME ONLY 

Continuous 




600 NMG3R600L HMG3R600L LMG3R600L CMT3R600 

800 NMG3R800L HMG3R800L LMG3R800L CMT3R800 


600 NMG3T600L HMG3T600L LMG3T600L CMT3T600 

800 NMG3T800L HMG3T800L LMG3T800L CMT3T800 


600 NMG3V600L HMG3V600L LMG3V600L CMT3V600 

800 NMG3V800L HMG3V800L LMG3V800L CMT3V800 


600 NMG3W600L HMG3W600L LMG3W600L CMT3W600 

800 NMG3W800L HMG3W800L LMG3W800L CMT3W800 

MG 800A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit 




FRAME ONLY 

Continuous 




600 NMG3A600L HMG3A600L LMG3A600L CMT3A600 

800 NMG3A800L HMG3A800L LMG3A800L CMT3A800 


600 NMG3G600L HMG3G600L LMG3G600L CMT3G600 

800 NMG3G800L HMG3G800L LMG3G800L CMT3G800 


600 NMG3K600L HMG3K600L LMG3K600L CMT3K600 

800 NMG3K800L HMG3K800L LMG3K800L CMT3K800 

7 

MOLDED CASE 





Internal Accessories for MG 800A, NG 1200A and PG 1600A Frames 

Selection 




2A + 2B Left Pocket Only ASKP3 

Bases AMBP2 


2A + 2B Left, Right ASKP4 

Bases AMBP1 

x4 



Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right AMBP1 

2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches Left Pocket Only AMBP2 



Description 




x4 

Shunt Trips 


24 VDC STRPB24DC 

48-60 VDC STRPC60DC 

110-127 VDC STRPD125DC 

220-250 VDC Right Pocket Only STRPE250DC 

48-60 VAC STRPM60 

110-127 VAC STRPN120 

208-277 VAC STRPS277 

380-600 VAC STRPV600 

AMBP2 


7 

MOLDED CASE 



12 VDC UVRPA12DC 

24 VDC UVRPB24DC 

48 VDC UVRPC48DC 

60 VDC UVRPG60DC 

110-127 VDC UVRPD125DC 

220-250 VDC UVRPE250DC 

110-127 VAC Right Pocket Only UVRPN120 

220-240 VAC UVRPR240 

208 VAC UVRPP208 

277 VAC UVRPS277 

380-415 VAC UVRPT415 

440-480 VAC UVRPU480 

a Refer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 7-218 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets 

may be used for accessory combinations. 



STRPN120 

UVRPN120 


7-194 




NG 1200A Frame, VL Series 


Complete Assembled Breaker with Lugs 

A complete factory assembled NG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, 

and standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete 

breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors. 




For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For 

non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number 

to “X” for standard breakers. 





A Toggle Handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker. 

HACR rated. 


Interrupting 

Class 

Breaker 

Type 


UL 489 IEC 60947-2 


220/240 380/415 690 

240 480 600 250 500 


N NNG 65 35 25 22 35 65 35 50 25 20 10 

H HNG 100 65 35 25 50 100 50 70 35 30 15 

L LNG 200 100 65 42 65 200 100 100 50 35 17 



Number 

To Handle 

of Poles W L D D1 

2, 3 9 (229) 16 (406) 6 (152) 8.1 (207) 


Complete 


2, 3 46.3 (21.0) 8.8 (4.0) 55.1 (25.0) 




Aluminum 300-1200A 1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu 4 3TA4NG500 cd 

Aluminum 300-1200A 500-750 kcmil Al/Cu 3 3TA3NG750 d 

Copper 300-1200A 1/0–500 kcmil Cu 4 3TC4NG500 bd 

Aluminum 300-1200A 1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu 4 3TA4NG500H bd 


300-1200A 1/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu — 12CLN500 

a Total of 12 connectors (4 per phase Line or Load). 

b For 100% rated NG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity. 

c Standard connector provided with complete breakers. 

d Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors. 

NG Thermal-Magnetic, 

Instantaneous 


Instantaneous 



800 4000 8000 

900 5000 10000 

1000 5000 10000 

1200 7000 12000 


7 

MOLDED CASE 






NG 1200A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 

Selection 

I i 

AMPS 

9000 10000 

8000 

11000 

I n= 

40 C 

TM ~ 

1200A 

I i 

AMPS 

9000 10000 

8000 

11000 

I i 

AMPS 

9000 10000 

8000 

11000 

7000 12000 

Trip Unit/Disparador 525 

7000 12000 

Amps 

7000 12000 

Amps 


NG 1200A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 



FRAME ONLY 

Continuous 

NNG2F120 HNG2F120 LNG2F120 


800 NNG2B800L HNG2B800L LNG2B800L CNT2B800 




NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 



FRAME ONLY 

Continuous 







MOLDED CASE 


7 

7-196 




NG 1200A Electronic Trip Units 

Selection 


NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit 



FRAME ONLY 

Continuous 




800 NNG3R800L HNG3R800L LNG3R800L CNT3R800 




800 NNG3T800L HNG3T800L LNG3T800L CNT3T800 




800 NNG3V800L HNG3V800L LNG3V800L CNT3V800 




800 NNG3W800L HNG3W800L LNG3W800L CNT3W800 



7 

NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit 




FRAME ONLY 

Continuous 




800 NNG3A800L HNG3A800L LNG3A800L CNT3A800 




800 NNG3G800L HNG3G800L LNG3G800L CNT3G800 




800 NNG3K800L HNG3K800L LNG3K800L CNT3K800 



MOLDED CASE 





Internal Accessories for MG 800A, NG 1200A, and PG 1600A Frames 

Selection 





Base AMBP2 



Base AMBP1 

x4 






Common to DG-PG Frames 

Description 




x4 

Shunt Trips 







110-127 VAC STRPN120 

208-277 VAC STRPS277 

380-600 VAC STRPV600 

AMBP2 

7 

MOLDED CASE 











220-240 VAC UVRPR240 



380-415 VAC UVRPT415 

440-480 VAC UVRPU480 





STRPN120 

UVRPN120 


7-198 




PG 1600A Frame, VL Series & Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 



A complete factory assembled PG breaker includes the frame and trip unit only. 

The connectors must be ordered as separate items. 

PG thermal-magnetic breakers sold as non-interchangeable only. 

For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and connectors as 


Connectors require a Breaker Lug Mounting Assembly or Breaker Mounting 

Base and must be ordered as a seperate item. 

For DC applications, use Thermal magnetic trip unit only. 

For reverse feed applications select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. 

Change the third digit of the catalog number to “X” for non-interchangeable trip 

breakers. 





A Toggle Handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker. 


Interrupting 

Class 

Breaker 

Type 



Construction Rating Range per phase Catalog Number 

Aluminum 1200-1600A 1/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu 6 3TA6PG750 ac 

Aluminum 1200-1600A 300–600 kcmil Al/Cu 5 TA5P600 bd 

Aluminum 1200-1600A 600–750 kcmil Al/Cu 4 TA4P750 bd 

Aluminum 1200-1600A 300–600 kcmil Al/Cu 6 TA6R600 bd 

Copper 1200-1600A 300–600 kcmil Cu 5 TC5R600 bde 

Mounting Arrangement 

Description 

Lug Mounting Assembly 

Breaker Mounting Base (Front Connect) 

Breaker Mounting Base (Rear Connect) 


UL 489 

IEC 60947-2 (ETU only) 


240 480 600 250 500 


LMAP1600 

MBPG1600 

MBPG1601 

220/240 380/415 690 


N NPG 65 35 25 22 35 65 35 50 25 20 10 

H HPG 100 65 35 25 50 100 50 70 35 30 15 

L LPG 200 100 65 42 65 200 100 100 50 35 17 


Number 

To Handle 

of Poles W L D D1 

2, 3 9 (229) 16 (406) 6 (152) 8.1 (207) 


Complete 


2, 3 60.2 (27.3) 8.8 (4.0) 69.0 (31.3) 

PG Thermal-Magnetic, 

Instantaneous 


Instantaneous 



1200 7000 12000 

1400 7000 12000 

1600 7000 12000 


I i 

AMPS 

9000 10000 

8000 

11000 

7000 12000 

I n = 1600A 

40º C 

TM ~ 

Trip Unit/Disparador 525 


I i 

AMPS 

9000 10000 

8000 

11000 

7000 12000 

Amps 

I i 

AMPS 

9000 10000 

8000 

11000 

7000 12000 

Amps 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 


Continuous Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

Ampere Rating 


1200 NPX3B120 HPX3B120 LPX3B120 

1400 NPX3B140 HPX3B140 LPX3B140 

1600 NPX3B160 HPX3B160 LPX3B160 

a Requires Lug Mounting Assembly LMAP1600. 

b Requires Breaker Mounting Base MBPG1600 Kit or 

MBPG1601. 

c Consists of 3 connectors. 

d Consists of 1 connector. 

e Required for 100% rated PG breakers. Requires 90°C cable 

sized at 75°C ampacity. 

IEC 60947-2: ONLY applies to Electronic Trip Units (ETUs). 





PG 1600A Electronic Trip Units 

Selection 

PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit 




FRAME ONLY 

Continuous 

NPG3F160 HPG3F160 LPG3F160 



1200 NPG3R120 HPG3R120 LPG3R120 CPT3R120 

1600 NPG3R160 HPG3R160 LPG3R160 CPT3R160 


1200 NPG3T120 HPG3T120 LPG3T120 CPT3T120 

1600 NPG3T160 HPG3T160 LPG3T160 CPT3T160 


1200 NPG3V120 HPG3V120 LPG3V120 CPT3V120 

1600 NPG3V160 HPG3V160 LPG3V160 CPT3V160 


1200 NPG3W120 HPG3W120 LPG3W120 CPT3W120 

1600 NPG3W160 HPG3W160 LPG3W160 CPT3W160 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit 




FRAME ONLY 

Continuous 

NPG3F160 HPG3F160 LPG3F160 



1200 NPG3A120 HPG3A120 LPG3A120 CPT3A120 

1600 NPG3A160 HPG3A160 LPG3A160 CPT3A160 


1200 NPG3G120 HPG3G120 LPG3G120 CPT3G120 

1600 NPG3G160 HPG3G160 LPG3G160 CPT3G160 


1200 NPG3K120 HPG3K120 LPG3K120 CPT3K120 

1600 NPG3K160 HPG3K160 LPG3K160 CPT3K160 

7-200 




Internal Accessories for MG 800A, NG 1200A, and PG 1600A Frames 

Selection 





Base AMBP2 



Base AMBP1 

x4 






Common to DG-PG Frames 

Description 




x4 

Shunt Trips 







110-127 VAC STRPN120 

208-277 VAC STRPS277 

380-600 VAC STRPV600 

AMBP2 










220-240 VAC UVRPR240 



380-415 VAC UVRPT415 

440-480 VAC UVRPU480 

STRPN120 

7 

MOLDED CASE 






UVRPN120 






General 

Typically a molded case switch is used 

when a compact load-break switch is 

needed for disconnect purposes. The 

VL line of molded case switches from 

Siemens is made of the same materials 

and components as the VL circuit 

breakers but do not provide overcurrent 

protection. Each molded case 

switch has a fixed instantaneous selfprotecting 

trip element which may 

open the switch under high fault conditions. 

Application Note 

Overcurrent protection must be provided 

by an appropriate overcurrent protective 

device located upstream from 

Selection 

the molded case switch. Also, the 

short-circuit current rating of the 

switch is limited to the interrupting rating 

of the upstream protective device 

or the ratings in the table below, 

whichever is less. 


Each type VL molded case switch accepts the same terminals and accessories as the equivalent VL circuit breakers. 

All type VL molded case switches are suitable for reverse feed applications. 

Mounting hardware and standard line and load terminals are included on ratings through 250A. For 400 – 1600A ratings, 

order the lugs separately. 

All ratings are UL listed and CSA certified. 


Maximum 

Ampere 

Rating / Frame 

2-Pole 3-Pole Short-Circuit Current Rating Self Protective 

Instantaneous 

Catalog Number Catalog Number 240V 480V 600V Override 

150A / DG HDR2S150 HDR3S150 100k 65k 20k 2,500A 

250A / FG HFR2S250 HFR3S250 100k 65k 20k 3,500A 

400A / JG HJS2S400 HJS3S400 100k 65k 25k 4,400A 

600A / LG HLR2S600 HLR3S600 100k 65k 18k 5,500A 

800A / MG HMS2S800 HMS3S800 100k 65k 35k 6,500A 

1200A / NG HNS2S120 HNS3S120 100k 65k 35k 12,000A 

1600A / PG — HPS3S160 100k 65k 35k 14,000A 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Maximum 

Ampere 

Rating / Frame 

3-Pole Short-Circuit Current Rating Self Protective 

Instantaneous 

Catalog Number 240V 480V 600V Override 

250A / FG LFR3S250 200k 100k 25k 3,500A 

400A / JG LJS3S400 200k 100k 25k 4,400A 

600A / LG LLR3S600 200k 100k 18k 5,500A 

800A / MG LMS3S800 200k 100k 65k 6,500A 

1200A / NG LNS3S120 200k 100k 65k 12,000A 

1600A / PG LPS3S160 200k 100k 65k 14,000A 

The Short-Circuit Current Rating is the maximum available 

current of the circuit where the switch is used, when protected 

by an appropriate overcurrent protective device. 

7-202 




Motor Circuit Protectors 

Selection 

General 

Protection of Motor Circuits 

Molded case circuit breakers are used in motor circuits as a disconnecting means and for short-circuit protection. They should be 

used in conjunction with motor-running, over-current protection devices, and should permit the motor to start without nuisance tripping 

from motor-inrush current. The circuit breaker should have a continuous current rating of not less than 115% of the motor fullload 

current. 

The recommended motor circuit protectors listed have continuous-current ratings of at least 115% of motor full-load currents. The 

trip setting positions are approximately 11 times motor full-load current. The suggested trip settings may need to be adjusted 

upward to no higher than 1300% of full-load current for non-design E type motors, and no greater than 1700% of full-load current 

for design E motors, to allow for motor startup due to in-rush current. 

Breaker Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter 

Siemens motor circuit protectors are recommended for use in combination motor starters to provide selective short-circuit protection 

for the motor branch circuit. The adjustable instantaneous trip feature of the Siemens motor circuit protector provides for a trip 

setting slightly above the peak motor in-rush current. With this setting, no delay is introduced in opening the circuit when a fault 

occurs. This circuit breaker has no time-delay trip element. Therefore it must be used in conjunction with, and immediately ahead 

of, the motor-running overcurrent protection device. 

Important: The information below does not apply to all motor applications: it is recommended that the user refer to the National 

Electrical Code (NEC) for specific needs. 

Table 1 (When Breaker is Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter) 

3-Phase Induction Type Motors (Siemens motor circuit protectors for branch circuit use with alternating-current combination, full voltage motor starters) 

Motor Full 

Trip 

Load Amperes Setting (A) Catalog Number a 

35-50 450 

42-60 540 

48-70 630 HDP3L150L 

55-80 720 

62-90 810 

69-100 900 

58-83 750 

69-100 900 

81-117 1050 HDP3M150L 

92-133 1200 

104-150 1350 

115-150 b 1500 

96-139 1250 

115-150 b 1500 

135-150 b 1750 HDP3H150L 

135-150 b 2000 

135-150 b 2250 

135-150 b 2500 

46-67 600 

55-80 720 

65-93 840 HFP3L250L 

74-107 960 

83-120 1080 

92-133 1200 

77-111 1000 

92-133 1200 

108-156 1400 HFP3M250L 

123-178 1600 

138-200 1800 

154-222 2000 

135-194 1750 

162-210 2100 

188-220 2450 HFP3H250L 

215-241 2800 

242-250 b 3150 

242-250 b 3500 

Motor Full 

Trip 

Load Amperes Setting (A) Catalog Number a 

96-139 1250 

115-167 1500 

135-194 1750 HJM3L400 

154-222 2000 

173-250 2250 

192-278 2500 

154-222 2000 

185-267 2400 

215-311 2800 HJM3M400 

246-356 3200 

277-400 3600 

308-400 b 4000 

154-222 2000 

185-267 2400 

215-311 2800 HLM3J600 

246-356 3200 

277-400 3600 

308-444 4000 

212-306 2750 

254-367 3300 

296-428 3850 HLM3Y600 

338-489 4400 

381-550 4950 

423-600 5500 

250-361 3250 

292-422 3800 

335-483 4350 HMM3M800 

385-556 5000 

442-638 5740 

500-722 6500 

385-556 5000 

462-667 6000 

538-778 7000 HNM3M120 

615-889 8000 

692-1000 9000 

769-1111 10,000 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


a Motor circuit protectors rated 150A and 250A are supplied with line and load lugs 

installed. If lugs are required on 400A to 1200A motor circuit breakers, order required 

lugs separately. 

b These settings are provided for starting currents greater than 11X but not to exceed 

17X. Full Load Amps ( FLA ) not to exceed ampere rating of MCP. 





600 Volt DC Circuit Breakers Selection 

General 

Siemens UL Listed non-interchangeable 

trip DC Thermal/magnetic Molded Case 

Circuit Breakers shown below are for use 

in grounded & ungrounded general DC 

circuits and ungrounded battery supply 

circuits of UPS systems. These breakers 

are rated at 600Vdc closed circuit and 

feature rated interruption levels from 

42,000 to 65,000 amperes as indicated in 

the table. This family of circuit breakers 

is rated from 100 to 1600 Amperes. 

Types HFGD through HPGD circuit breakers 

are provided with an adjustable 

magnetic over-current function located 

on the face of the circuit breaker. 

Contact Siemens for specific magnetic 

over-current values. 

To properly use these UL Listed circuit 

breakers at 600Vdc and the indicated 

interruption level, it is necessary to 

connect the terminals of the 3 pole 

circuit breaker in a series configuration 

as shown in the diagram below. 

Types HFGD through HPGD use the 

same internal and external accessories 

as the standard FG through PG frames 

and associated types. Consult the 

individual frame section for accessory 

information. 

Frame 

Type 

Continuous 

Ampere Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

(3-pole) a 

Short-Circuit 


600VDC b 

+ – 

100 HFC3B100 42K 

150 HFC3B150 42K 

FG 

HFGD 

175 HFC3B175 42K 

200 HFC3B200 42K 

250 HFC3B250 42K 

250 HJC3B250 65K 

JG 

HJGD 

300 HJC3B300 65K 

350 HJC3B350 65K 

LOAD 

400 HJC3B400 65K 

400 HLC3B400 65K 

LG 

HLGD 

500 HLC3B500 65K 

600 HLC3B600 65K 

600 HMC3B600 65K 

MG 

HMGD 

700 HMC3B700 65K 

800 HMC3B800 65K 

800 HNC3B800 65K 

7 

NG 

HNGD 

900 HNC3B900 65K 

1000 HNC3B100 65K 

MOLDED CASE 


PG 

HPGD 

1200 HNC3B120 65K 

1200 HPC3B120 65K 

1400 HPC3B140 65K 

1600 HPC3B160 65K 

a Terminal connectors must be ordered separately; see page 7-212. 

b Standard VL breakers DG - PG feature DC ratings up to 500V for ungrounded UPS 

applications. Consult the individual frame section for more information. 

7-204 



Selection 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


1 Base for Plug-In or Draw-Out 

2 Interphase Barriers 

3 Rear Terminals – Flat and Round 

4 Bus Extensions 

5 Terminal Connectors 

6 Plug-In Terminal Blades 

7 Extended Terminal Shield 

8 Standard Terminal Shield 

9 Cover Frame for Door Cutout 

10 Stored Energy Operator 

11 Rotary Handle Operator 

12 Variable Depth Rotary Operator 

13 Max Flex Operator 

14 Circuit Breaker 

15 Shunt Trip or Undervoltage Releases 

16 Auxiliary/Alarm Switches 

17 Thermal Magnetic Trip Unit (525) 

18 Electronic Trip Unit (555) 

19 Elec. Trip Unit with LCD (586) 

20 Communication Module with ZSI 

21 Electronic Trip Unit Tester and 

LCD Power Supply 




RHFF 

RHVF12 

For DG to FG Frame For JG to LG Frame 

150 to 250 A 400 A to 600 A 

Description Catalog Number Catalog Number 

Through-Door Rotary Handle Operator Kit 

Fixed depth and the handle is mounted 

directly on the circuit breaker. 

Lockable knob (for up to 3 padlocks). 

NEMA 1, 12 RHFF RHFL 

Red Handle Version 

with red knob, yellow indicator plate 

NEMA 1, 12 RHFFEM RHFLEM 

Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit 

Variable depth, door mounted handle. 

Includes knob with masking frame, 

indicator plate, detachable door coupling, 

12” shaft, and breaker mounted rotary 

operator. Lockable knob (for up to 3 

padlocks). 

NEMA 1, 12 RHVF12 RHVL12 

RHVFBM 


For Direct or Extended Rotary 

Handle Operators (RHF and RHV). 

Form C, Early Break type2 Aux. Switch Kit a 

Includes 1 switch with 5’ wire 

For Door-Mounted Operator — — RHSLA1 

For Through-Door Operator RHSFA1F RHSLA1F 

Includes 2 switches with 5’ wire 

For Door-Mounted Operator — — RHSLA2 

For Through-Door Operator RHSFA2F RHSLA2F 

Door-Mounted Rotary Operator Mechanism 

Breaker mechanism only RHVFBM RHVLBM 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


RHVM3RH 

RHVMS12 

Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Only 

Standard version NEMA 1, 12 RHVM12H RHVM12H 

NEMA 3R RHVM3RH RHVM3RH 

NEMA 4X RHVM4XH RHVM4XH 

Red Handle version RHVMEMH RHVMEMH 

NFPA-79 Handle Kit 

Intermediate handle for NFPA-79 compliance 

with door-mounted rotary operator RHVF79H RHVM79H 

Extension Shaft Only, for Door Mounted Operator 

2 inches (50.8mm) RHVMS02 RHVMS02 

3 inches (76.2mm) — — — — 

12 inches (304.8 mm) RHVMS12 RHVMS12 

16 inches (406.4 mm) RHVMS16 RHVMS16 

24 inches (609.6mm) w/ support bracket RHVMS24 RHVMS24 

RHVM12H 

a During manual operation, Early Break auxiliary switch contacts open before the breaker opens. 

7-206 



For MG Frame 

For NG to PG Frame 

800 A 1200 to 1600 A 


Through-Door Rotary Handle Operator Kit 

Fixed depth, breaker mounted. 

For direct fitting to the circuit breaker. 

Lockable with up to 3 padlocks. 

NEMA 1, 12 — — — — 

Red Handle version 

with red knob, yellow indicator plate 

NEMA 1, 12 — — — — 

Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit 

Variable depth, door mounted handle. 

Includes knob with masking frame, 

indicator plate, detachable door coupling, 

12” shaft, and breaker mounted rotary 

operator. Lockable knob (for up to 3 

padlocks). 

NEMA 1, 12 RHVM12 — — 


For Direct or Extended Rotary 

Handle Operators (RHF and RHV). 

Early Break type2 Aux. Switch Kit 

Includes 1 switch with 5’ wire 

For Door-Mounted Operator RHSMA1 RHSPA1 

For Through-Door Operator — — — — 

Includes 2 switches with 5’ wire 

For Door-Mounted Operator RHSMA2 RHSPA2 

For Through-Door Operator — — — — 

Door-Mounted Rotary Operator Mechanism 

Breaker mechanism only RHVMBM RHVPBM 

Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Only 

Standard version NEMA 1, 12 RHVM12H RHVP3RH 

NEMA 3R RHVM3RH RHVP3RH 

NEMA 4X RHVM4XH RHVP4XH 

Red Handle version RHVMEMH RHVPEMH 

NFPA-79 Handle Kit 

Intermediate handle for NFPA-79 compliance 

with door-mounted rotary operator RHVM79H RHVP79H 

Extension Shaft Only, for Door Mounted Operator 

2 inches (50.8mm) RHVMS02 — — 

3 inches (76.2mm) — — RHVPS03 

12 inches (304.8 mm) RHVMS12 RHVPS12 

16 inches (406.4 mm) RHVMS16 — — 

24 inches (609.6mm) w/ support bracket RHVMS24 RHVPS24 

7 

MOLDED CASE 






For DG and FG Frame For JG and LG Frame 

150 to 250 A 400 to 600 A 


Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit 

Adjustable from 8” to 16” 

Complete kit, includes handle and 

variable depth operator. 

NEMA 1, 3R, 12 FHVF3R FHVL3R 

NEMA 4X FHVF4X FHVL4X 

IEC Black Handle NEMA 1, 3R, 12 FHVF3RB FHVL3RB 

NEMA 4X FHVF4XB FHVL4XB 

Max-Flex, Variable Depth Flange 

Mounted Operator Kit 

Complete kit, includes plastic handle, breaker 

operator, and cable. NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFKF3R MFKL3R 

For DG and FG operators, the cable is 36”, 

all others are 48” 

May be right- or left-hand mounted 

Handle Only, for Max-Flex Variable Depth 

NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Plastic MFHM3R MFHM3R 

NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Steel - epoxy coated MFHM3RS MFHM3RS 

NEMA 4, 4X Steel - chrome plated MFHM4X MFHM4X 

Solid color (all gray) Plastic a 

NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFHM3RB MFHM3RB 

Solid color (black handle) Steel epoxy coated a 

NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFHM3RSB MFHM3RSB 

Breaker Operator Mechanism Only, for Max-Flex MFMF MFML 

Cable Only, for Max-Flex Variable Depth 

36” MFCF036 MFCM036 






120” MFCF120 MFCM120 

144” MFCF144 MFCM144 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



Form C (1NO - 1NC), early break b 

1 Aux. switch MFSFA1 MFSLA1 

2 Aux. switch MFSFA2 MFSLA2 

a Max-Flex handles are available with solid gray or black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle. 

The black handle is preferred for IEC markets, where red handles have a specific meaning. 

b During manual operation, Early Break aux. contacts open before the breaker opens. 

7-208 



For MG Frame For NG Frame For PG Frame 

800 A 1200 A 1600 A 

Description Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 

Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit 

Adjustable from 8” to 16” 

Complete kit, includes handle and 

variable depth operator. 

NEMA 1, 3R, 12 — — 

NEMA 4X — — 

IEC Black Handle NEMA 1, 3R, 12 — — 

NEMA 4X — — 

Max-Flex, Variable Depth Flange 

Mounted Operator Kit 

Complete kit, includes plastic handle, breaker 

operator, and cable. NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFKM3R MFKP3RS MFKP3RS 

For DG and FG operators, the cable is 36”, 

all others are 48” 

May be right- or left-hand mounted 

Handle Only, for Max-Flex Variable Depth 

NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Plastic MFHM3R — — 

NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Steel - epoxy coated MFHM3RS MFHP3RS MFHP3RS 

NEMA 4, 4X Steel - chrome plated MFHM4X MFHP4X MFHP4X 

Solid color (all gray) Plastic a 

NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFHM3RB — — 

Solid color (black handle) Steel epoxy coated a 

NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFHM3RSB MFHP3RSB MFHP3RSB 

Breaker Operator Mechanism Only, for Max-Flex MFMM MFMP MFMP 

Cable Only, for Max-Flex Variable Depth 

36” MFCM036 — — 

48” MFCM048 MFCP048 MFCP048 



84” MFCM084 — — 





Form C (1NO - 1NC), early break b 

1 Aux. switch MFSPA1 MFSPA1 MFSPA1 

2 Aux. switch MFSPA2 MFSPA2 MFSPA2 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


a Max-Flex handles are available with solid gray or black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle. 

The black handle is preferred for IEC markets, where red handles have a specific meaning. 

b During manual operation, Early Break aux. contacts open before the breaker opens. 






Description 

Stored Energy and Motor Operators 

Lockable with up to 3 padlocks. 

For DG to FG Frame 

150 to 250 A 


AC Voltage DC Voltage 

Stored Energy Type 

— 24 SEAFB 

42-48 42-48 SEAFM 

60 60 SEAFY 

110–127 110–127 SEAFN 

220–250 220–250 SEAFR 

Cylinder Locks for Field Installation 

CLKF 

Connections 

For DG Frame 

For FG Frame 

150 A 250 A 


7 

MOLDED CASE 


Standard 3-Pole Set 


Front Bus Bar Connections 

Includes nut keeper plates and shield. 

Standard (straight) 

3-Pole Set FBCD3 FBCF3 

Bus Bar Connection Strap Kit — — 

Includes 6 - Bus Bars, 6 Nut Keepers & Shields — — 

100% rated applications 


Includes 2 terminal shields. 

3-Pole Standard Shield TSSF3 TSSF3 

3-Pole Extended Shield TSLF3 TSLF3 

Interphase Barriers 

Set of 2 barriers IPBF IPBF 

Also fits plug-in and draw-out bases. 

Lug Mounting Assy. — — 

Breaker Mounting Base 

Front connected — — 

Rear connected — — 

IPBF 

7-210 




For JG to LG Frame For MG Frame For NG to PG Frame 

400 to 600 A 800 A 1200 to 1600 A 


Stored Energy Type Stored Energy Type Motor Operator Type 

SEALB SEAMB MTRPB 

SEALM SEAMM MTRPM 

SEALY SEAMY MTRPY 

SEALN SEAMN MTRPN 

SEALR SEAMR MTRPR 

CLKP CLKP CLKP 

For JG Frame For LG Frame For MG Frame For NG Frame For PG Frame 

400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 1600 A 


FBCJ3 FBCL3 FBCM3 

— — — SSBP SSBP 

SSBPH 

SSBPH 

7 

TSSL3 — TSSM3 TSSP3 TSSP3 

TSLL3 — TSLM3 TSLP3 TSLP3 

IPBM IPBM IPBM IPBP IPBP 

MOLDED CASE 


— — — — LMAP1600 b 

— — — — MBPG1600 

— — — — MBPG1601 

a Not for use with standard Al terminals. Use Standard 

Shield for rear connection and Extended Shield for busbar 

connection. 

b Kit includes connection for one side of breaker only. 

Order quantity 2 if connecting line and load side. 




Connections 

For DG Frame 

For FG Frame 

150 A 250 A 


Nut Keeper Plates 

For ring/tongue terminal or bus bar connections. 

(For metric threads on other than the JG frame, 

change ”TNK” to ”TMK”) 

1 Nut Keeper Plate TNKD TNKF 

Kit of 3 TNKD3 TNKF3 

TNKD3 

Mechanical Lugs 

Steel Wrap Around Body (Cu Wire Only) 

Cable Size; (cables per phase) #8-1/0; 1-hole #4-350 kcmil; 1-hole 

Single Lug TW1DG20 TW1FG350 

Kit of 3 3TW1DG20 3TW1FG350 

Aluminum Body (Al or Cu Wire) 


Single Lug TA1DG30 TAW1FG350 

Kit of 2 — — 

Kit of 3 3TA1DG30 3TAW1FG350 

Cable Size; (cables per phase) — — 

Single Lug — — 

Kit of 2 — — 

Kit of 3 — — 

3TA2LG600LD 



 

— — 

Copper Body (Cu Wire Only) 


Single Lug TC1DG30 TCW1FG350 

Kit of 2 — — 

Kit of 3 3TC1DG30 3TCW1FG350 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


3TA4NG500 




Cable Size; (cables per phase) #14-2/0; 1-cable #4-350 kcmil; 1-cable 

Kit of 2 2CLD20 — 

Kit of 3 3CLD20 3CLF350 

Cable Size; (cables per phase) — 

Kit of 2 — 

Kit of 3 — — 


Kit of 3 — — 

Distribution Lugs (Cu Wire Only) 

#14-#1; 2-hole and 

Cable Size; (cables per phase) #14-#2; 3-hole #14-2/0; 1-hole 

Single Lug TA3DG02 TA3FG20 

Kit of 3 3TA3DG02 3TA3FG20 

Cable Size; (cables per phase) #14-#4; 6-hole #14-#4; 6-hole 

Single Lug TA6DG04 TA6FG04 

Kit of 3 3TA6DG04 3TA6FG04 

Note: pictures provide graphical 

representaions only. 

Control Wire Terminals 

Control Wire Terminal (Single) — — 

Control Wire Terminal (Kit of 3) — — 

Required for 100% rated breakers. Requires 90°C cable 


7-212 




400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 1600 A 


TMKJ TNKL TNKM TNKP TNKP 

TMKJ3 TNKL3 TNKM3 TNKP3 TNKP3 

metric only 

1/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole — — — — 

TW1JG600 — — — — 

3TW1JG600 — — — — 

3/0-250 kcmil; 2-hole #2-600 kcmil; 2-hole 1/0-500 kcmil, 3-hole 1/0-500 kcmil; 4-hole 1/0-750 kcmil; 6-hole 

TA2JG250 — TA3MG500 — — 

— — 3TA3MG500 2TA4NG500 — 

— 

3TA2JG250 3TA2LG600LD a 3TA4NG500 3TA6PG750 e 

3TA2LG600LN b 

3TA4NG500H c 

AL: 250-750 kcmil 

AL: 250-750 kcmil 

CU: 3/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole CU: 3/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole 500 -750 kcmil; 2-hole 500 -750 kcmil; 3-hole 600-750 kcmil; 4-hole 

TA1JG750 TA1JG750 (400A max) TA2MG750 — TA4P750 f 

— — — 2TA3NG750 

3TA1JG750 3TA1JG750 (400A max) 3TA2MG750 3TA3NG750 — 

— — #2-600 kcmil; 3-hole 300-600 kcmil; 5; 6-hole 

— — — TA5P600 f 

TA6R600 f 

— — 3TA3MG600 d (Kit of 3) — — 

3/0-250 kcmil; 2-hole #2-600 kcmil; 2-hole 1/0-500 kcmil; 3-hole 1/0-500 kcmil; 4-hole — 

TC2JG250 — TC3MG500 — — 

— — — — — 

— 

— 3TC2LG600LD — 3TC4NG500 — 

3TC2LG600LN 

3/0-750 kcmil; 1-hole — — — 300-600 kcmil; 5-hole 

TC1JG750 — — — TC5R600 f 

#6-350 kcmil; 1-cable #6-350 kcmil; 2-cable 1/0-500 kcmil; 4-cable — 

— — — — — 

3CLJ350 6CLL350 (kit of 6) — 12CLN500 (kit of 12) — 

250-600 kcmil; 1-cable 250-750 kcmil; 1-cable — — — 

3CLJ600 3CLL750 — — — 

— — — — — 

250-600 kcmil; 2-cable 

6CLL600 (kit of 6) — — — 

— — — — — 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


#14-#4; 12-hole — — — — 

TA12JG04 — — — — 

3TA12JG04 — — — — 

#14-2/0; 6-hole — — — — 

TA6JG20 — — — — 

3TA6JG20 — — — — 

TA2JG250PT — TA3MG500PT — — 

— 3TA2LG600LNPT — 3TA4NG500PT — 

All lug kits include the nut keepers. 

a Mounted on Load Side Only. 

b Mounted on Line Side Only. 

c Required for 100% rated breakers. Requires 90°C cable 


d Requires extended modified shield. 

e Used only with LMAP1600 mounting base. 

f Used only with MBPG1600 or MBPG1601 mounting 

base. 





General 

For DG Frame 

For FG Frame 

150 A 250 A 


Handle Padlocking Device HPLF HPLF 

To padlock breaker toggle in the “OFF” position. Accepts up 

to 3 padlocks with 5–8 mm shackles. 

Handle Blocking Device HBDF HBDF 

For holding the handle in the “ON” position. Not a 

lockout/tagout device. 

Handle Padlocking 

Device 

Cable Interlock Mechanism 

Provides mechanical interlocking between 2 circuit-breakers - 

includes operator mechanism for one circuit breaker only. CBTF CBTF 

Combination with the next larger or smaller frame size is possible. 

Interlock Cable 

Cable only, to connect 2 circuit breakers. 

Cable length 18 in. .46m (recommended up to 250A) CBCF18 CBCF18 

Cable length 36 in. .91m (recommended from 400–800A) CBCM36 CBCM36 

Cable length 54 in. 1.37m (recommended from 1200–1600A) CBCP54 CBCP54 

Cable Interlock 

System 


Includes the necessary hardware to mount a circuit breaker to the 

user’s prepared surface 

Kit with 2 screws (SAE thread) MSKF2 MSKF2 

Kit with 4 screws (SAE thread) MSKF4 MSKF4 

Trip Adjustment Sealing Cover 

Includes a trip unit cover to prevent tampering or adjustment 

of trip settings. Seal not included. 3VL97008BL00 3VL97008BL00 

MOLDED CASE 


7 

7-214 





400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 1600 A 


HPLL HPLL HPLM HPLP HPLP 

HBDL HBDL HBDM HBDP HBDP 

CBTL CBTL CBTM CBTP CBTP 

— — — — — 

CBCM36 CBCM36 CBCM36 — — 

CBCP54 CBCP54 CBCP54 CBCP54 CBCP54 

— — — — — 

MSKL4 MSKL4 MSKM4 MSKP4 MSKP4 

3VL97008BL00 3VL97008BL00 3VL97008BL00 3VL97008BL00 3VL97008BL00 

7 

MOLDED CASE 






Ground Sensors & Electronic Accessories 

For DG Frame 

For FG Frame 

150 A 250 A 

NGSF150 

NGSM600 


Neutral Current Transformer (Ground Sensor, N-pole) 

Neutral = 35/60A NGSD060 — 

Neutral = 100A NGSF100 NGSF100 

Neutral = 150A NGSF150 NGSF150 

Neutral = 250A — NGSJ250 

Neutral = 400A — — 



Neutral = 1000/1200A — — 


Communications & Electronics 

Spare Flat 

Cable 

Power Stick - Hand held, battery operated power supply 

for LCD trip units. (Requires two 9V batteries.) Trip testing 

for both 555 & 586 trip units. 

EPSP18V 

EPSP18V 

Spare flat cable for Power Stick. COMPCA COMPCA 

Power Stick 

COM20 Profibus Communications Module with ZSI for 

electronic trip units (order cable separately) 

COMPRO20 

COMPRO20 

COM21 Modbus Communications Module with ZSI for 

electronic trip units (order cable separately) 

COMMOD21 

COMMOD21 

Cable for COM20/21, 1.5 m (4.9 ft) COMKIT3 COMKIT3 

Cable for COM20/21, 3.0 m (9.8 ft) COMKIT6 COMKIT6 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Com20 Profibus 

& Com21 Modbus 

Communications 

Module 

Door Cutouts & Extensions 

Addressing Plug - assigns a field bus address without a 

PC by plugging into COM20/21 

3UF79100AA000 

Cover Frame for Door Cutout 

For fixed or plug-in mounted circuit breakers. (IP30) 

2-Pole & 3-Pole BZLF3 BZLF3 

3UF79100AA000 

Cover Frame for 

Door Cutout 

For breakers with stored energy operator. (IP40) BZLFRHSE BZLFRHSE 

Circuit-breaker draw-out mounted and toggle handle operated. 

Kit includes cover frame (bezel) and escutcheon as needed. (IP40) 

(not for use with rotary handle or stored energy operator) BZLFBDC BZLFBDC 

THEL 

Toggle Handle Extension — — 

For spare or replacement. (One is included with each 

NG - PG frame.) 

THEP 

7-216 




 


400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 1600 A 


— — — — — 

— — — — — 

— — — — — 

NGSJ250 — — — — 

NGSL400 NGSL400 — — — 

— NGSM600 NGSM600 — — 

— — NGSN800 NGSN800 — 

— — — NGSP120 NGSP120 

— — — — NGSP160 

EPSP18V EPSP18V EPSP18V EPSP18V EPSP18V 

COMPCA COMPCA COMPCA COMPCA COMPCA 

COMPRO20 COMPRO20 COMPRO20 COMPRO20 COMPRO20 

COMMOD21 COMMOD21 COMMOD21 COMMOD21 COMMOD21 

COMKIT4 COMKIT4 COMKIT5 COMKIT5 COMKIT5 

COMKIT7 COMKIT7 COMKIT8 COMKIT8 COMKIT8 

3UF79100AA000 3UF79100AA000 3UF79100AA000 3UF79100AA000 3UF79100AA000 

7 

BZLL3 BZLL3 BZLM3 BZLP3 BZLP3 

MOLDED CASE 


BZLLRHSE BZLLRHSE BZLMRHSE BZLPRHSE BZLPRHSE 

BZLLBDC 

BZLLBDC 

THEL THEL THEM THEP THEP 




Accessory Locations 

Selection 

Locations of Internally Mounted Accessories 

Frame Family Left Pocket Right Pocket 

DG*, FG*, JG, LG 

150 to 600A 

Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches 

Up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Swich 

Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 3 Auxiliary Switches 

or up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Switch 


or up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Switch 

MG, NG, PG 

800 to 1600A 

Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches 

Up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 2 Alarm Swiches 



* Except DG and FG breakers with Electronic Trip Units. Due to the location of the Magnetic Latch, the Left Pocket is not available for accessories. 

7 

Accessory Information 

b Aux. Switch is an Auxiliary Switch, 1A 

or 1B contact 

b Alarm Switch has 1A or 1B contact 

b UVR is an Undervoltage Release 

b The standard location for factory 

mounted Auxiliary and Alarm Switches 

is the Left Pocket 

Accessory Maximums 

DG, FG, JG, LG Maximum Accessories: 

b Maximum of six (6) switches total 

b DG, FG Maximum of two (2) Alarm 

Switches, one each in the Left and 

Right Pockets. JG, LG Max. of 1 Alarm, 

Left only 

MG, NG, PG Maximum Accessories: 

b Maximum of eight (8) switches total 

b Maximum of two (2) Alarm Switches, 

Left Pocket only 

MOLDED CASE 


For applications using COMMOD20 and COMMOD21 for 

communication using Modbus or Profibus 

DG, FG 

COMKIT3 & COMKIT6 provide auxiliary 

contact kit. May add only one or two 

contact blocks for Alarm or Auxiliary 

function. 

JG, LG 


contact kit mounted in left pole pocket. 

One contact block can be added for 

Auxiliary function. Right pole pocket 

available for other release or an additional 

Auxiliary contact kit. 

MG, NG, PG 


contact kit mounted in Left pole pocket. 

Two contact blocks can be added for 

Auxiliary function and one for Alarm 

function. Right pole pocket available for 

other release or an additional Auxiliary 

Contact kit. 

7-218 



Selection 

Suffix for factory mounted Switch Combinations 

Then add 

Device 

If the frame is: And you need these functions: this suffix: Catalog Number 


DG, FG, JG or LG 1 NO Alarm A1 ASKL1 

1 NC Alarm 

DG, FG, JG or LG 


1 NO + 1 NC Aux. Contacts 

A2 

ASKL2 


DG, FG, JG or LG 1NO + 1NC Aux. and 1NC Alarm A3 ASKL3 

2NO Aux. and 1NC Alarm 


MG, NG or PG 

1NO + 1NC Aux. and 1NO + 1NC Alarm 

2NO Aux. and 2NC Alarm 

A3 

ASKP3 

2NC Aux. and 2NO Alarm 

MG, NG or PG 


2NO + 2NC Aux. 

A4 

ASKP4 

Suffix for factory mounted Shunt Trips 

Then add 

Device 


24V DC RB STRLB24DC 

48-60V DC RC STRLC60DC 

110-127V DC RD STRLD125DC 

DG, FG, JG or LG 

220-250V DC RE STRLE250DC 

48-60V AC RM STRLM60 

110-127V AC RN STRLN120 

208-277V AC RS STRLS277 

380-600V AC RV STRLV600 

24V DC RB STRPB24DC 

48-60V DC RC STRPC60DC 

110-127V DC RD STRPD125DC 

MG, NG or PG 

220-250V DC RE STRPE250DC 

48-60V AC RM STRPM60 

110-127V AC RN STRPN120 

208-277V AC RS STRPS277 

380-600V AC RV STRPV600 

Suffix for factory mounted Undervoltage Releases 

Then add 

Device 


12V DC UA UVRLA12DC 

24V DC UB UVRLB24DC 

48V DC UC UVRLC48DC 

60V DC UG UVRLG60DC 

110-127V DC UD UVRLD125DC 

220-250V DC UE UVRLE250DC 

DG, FG, JG or LG 24V AC UK UVRLL24 

110-127V AC UN UVRLN120 

220-240V AC UR UVRLR240 

208V AC UP UVRLP208 

277V AC US UVRLS277 

380-415V AC UT UVRLT415 

440-480V AC UU UVRLU480 

12V DC UA UVRPA12DC 

24V DC UB UVRPB24DC 

48V DC UC UVRPC48DC 

60V DC UG UVRPG60DC 

110-127V DC UD UVRPD125DC 

220-250V DC UE UVRPE250DC 

MG, NG or PG 110-127V AC UN UVRPN120 

220-240V AC UR UVRPR240 

208V AC UP UVRPP208 

277V AC US UVRPS277 

380-415V AC UT UVRPT415 

440-480V AC UU UVRPU480 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



Technical Data 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


DG FG JG LG MG NG PG 

Max rated continuous current 150 250 400 600 800 1200 1600 


NEMA V AC 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 

IEC V AC 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 

Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage 

Main conducting paths kV 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 

Auxiliary circuits kV 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 

Ambient Temperature Range ºC -25 to +75 -25 to +75 -25 to +75 -25 to +75 -25 to +75 -25 to +75 -25 to +75 

High Ambient Derating (thermal-mag.) 50ºC 93% 93% 93% 93% 95% 95% 95% 

60ºC 86% 86% 86% 86% 86% 86% 80% 

70ºC 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 74% 

Operating Cycles 20,000 20,000 20,000 10,000 5,000 3,000 3,000 

Max switching rate (per hour) 120 120 120 60 60 30 30 

Power loss (at max. rated current) 

Thermal-magnetic W 15 – 48 32 – 80 60 – 175 85 – 230 170 – 250 150 – 220 200 – 260 

Electronic trip unit W 40 60 90 160 250 210 260 

IEC 1 

Time constant t = 10 ms 

1 current path 2 current paths 3 current paths 

in series in series 

Up to 250V DC 440V DC 600V DC — — — — — — — 

NEMA 

Time constant t = 8 ms 

2 poles switching 1 current path 

250V DC Max. 2 30 30 30 30 42 42 42 

3 poles switching 2 current paths in series 

500V DC Max. 2 18 25 35 35 65 65 65 

Accessories 

Auxiliary/ Alarm Switch 

Current rating (1 or 2 switches) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 

Current rating (3 or 4 same switch) A 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 

Shunt Trip 

Pick-up voltage V 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 

Power Consumption (short-time) at: 

48 – 60 V AC VA 401 – 501 401 – 501 401 – 501 401 – 501 401 – 501 401 – 501 401 – 501 

110 – 127 V AC VA 424 – 489 424 – 489 424 – 489 424 – 489 424 – 489 424 – 489 424 – 489 

208 – 277 V AC VA 533 – 736 533 – 736 533 – 736 533 – 736 533 – 736 533 – 736 533 – 736 

380 – 600 V AC VA 408 – 645 408 – 645 408 – 645 408 – 645 408 – 645 408 – 645 408 – 645 

24 V DC W 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 

48 – 60 V DC W 740 – 925 740 – 925 740 – 925 740 – 925 740 – 925 740 – 925 740 – 925 

110 –127 V DC W 559 – 648 559 – 648 559 – 648 559 – 648 559 – 648 559 – 648 559 – 648 

220 – 250 V DC W 722 – 820 722 – 820 722 – 820 722 – 820 722 – 820 722 – 820 722 – 820 

Max. Operating time ms 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 

1 Consult Siemens for short circuit values. 

2 Review individual frame and type values. 

7-220 




DG FG JG LG MG NG PG 

Undervoltage Trip 

Drop voltage (percentage) V 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 

Pick-up voltage (percentage) V 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 

Power consumption (continuous) at: 

110 – 127 V AC VA 1 1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 

220 – 250 V AC VA 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 

208 V AC VA 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 

277 V AC VA 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 

380 – 415 V AC VA 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 

440 – 480 V AC VA 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 

500 – 525 V AC VA 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 

600 V AC VA 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 

Max. opening time ms 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 

Motorized Operating Mechanism 

Motor with stored energy mechanism 

(synchronizable) X X X X 

Motor Operator X X X 

Max. switching rate (per hour) 120 120 120 60 60 30 30 

Command duration ms 20 – 50 20 – 50 20 – 50 20 – 50 20 – 50 — — 

Closing time ms




Reference 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Note: The information provided on 

this and the next page is intended for 

reference and recommendation only. 

Because several variables can act on 

a circuit breaker’s performance at the 

same time, the data below is based less 

on controlled testing, than on experience 

and engineering judgment. Contact 

Siemens for further information on 


High Ambient Temperatures 

Because thermal-magnetic trip breakers 

are temperature sensitive and calibrated 

for a specific ambient of 40° C (104° 

F) (average enclosure temperature), a 

higher ambient will cause the breaker 

to trip at lower current than its nameplate 

rating, in other words, causing 

the breaker to “derate” (see Table 1). 

Similarly, the current carrying capacity 

of a circuit conductor is based upon a 

certain ambient temperature, a higher 

ambient will reduce its current carrying 

capacity, causing it to “derate.” Thus, 

with a fluctuating temperature, a thermal-magnetic 

breaker will derate nearly 

parallel with its connected circuit conductors 

and maintain close circuit protection. 

If the application temperature 

exceeds 40° C (104° F) and is known, 

either a breaker specially calibrated for 

the higher ambient or one oversized 

according to Table 1 may be selected. 

In a case such as this, the circuit conductors 

should be oversized as well. 

Siemens Electronic Trip Unit Breakers 

are insensitive to temperature changes. 

However, they do include circuitry to 

protect the components from abnormally 

high temperatures. 

Table 1 – Temperature derating data for thermal-magnetic breakers 

Reference Ampere 

Rating at 

40° C (104° F) 

Ampere Rating at: 

50°C 

(122° F) 

60° C 

(140° F) 

50 46 42 

60 56 52 

70 65 60 

90 84 78 

100 94 87 

125 114 100 

150 136 120 

175 159 140 

200 182 160 

225 205 180 

250 235 220 

300 276 252 

350 325 301 

400 372 340 

500 468 435 

600 564 525 

700 658 613 

800 754 704 

900 828 749 

1000 900 825 

1200 1090 1000 

1400 1304 1148 

1600 1500 1320 


DG 

FG 

JG 

LG 

MG 

NG 

PG 

Altitude 

Reduced air density at altitudes greater 

than 6600 ft. (2000 meters) affects the 

ability of a molded case circuit breaker 

to transfer heat and interrupt faults. 

Therefore, circuit breakers applied at 

these altitudes should have interrupting, 

insulation and continuous currents 

derated as indicated in Figure 1. 

Figure 1 – Altitude adjustment 

7-222 




Unusual Operating Conditions 400 Hz Systems 

Circuit Breaker Derating Required 

This table lists the maximum continuous 

current carrying capacity for 

Siemens breakers at 400Hz. Due to 

the increased resistance of the copper 

sections resulting from the skin effect 

produced by eddy currents at these 

frequencies, circuit breakers in many 

cases require derating. The thermal 

derating on these devices is based 

upon 100%, three phase application in 

open air in a maximum of 40°C (104° F) 

with 48 in. (1219 mm) of the specified 

cable or bus at the line and load 

side. Additional derating of not less 

than 20% will be required if the circuit 

breaker is to be utilized in an enclosure. 

Further derating may be required 

if the enclosure ambient temperature 

exceeds 40°C(104° F). 

Cable and Bus Sizing 

The cable and bus sizes to be utilized 

at 400Hz are not based on standard 

National Electric Codes tables for 60Hz 

application. Larger cross sections are 

necessary at 400Hz. All bus bars 

specified are based upon mounting the 

bars in the vertical plane to allow maximum 

air flow. All bus bars are spaced 

at a minimum of 0.25 in. (6 mm) apart. 

Mounting of bus bars in the horizontal 

plane will necessitate additional drafting. 

Edgewise orientation of the bus may 

change the maximum ratings indicated. 

If additional information is required for 

other connections of cable or bus, contact 

Siemens for information. 

Reference 

Application Recommendations 

It is recommended that temperatures 

be measured on the line and load terminals 

or T-connectors of the center pole. 

These are usually the hottest terminals 

with a balanced load. A maximum 

temperature of 75°C (35°C over a maximum 

ambient of 40°C) would verify 

the particular application. Temperature 

profiles taken on these breakers can 

be correlated to ensure that the hottest 

points within the breaker are within the 

required temperature limits. 


Circuit breakers used in 400 Hz systems 

are limited to a 5000 A interrupting 

rating. If higher ratings are required, 

consult Siemens. 

Breaker 

type 

DG 

FG 

JG 

JG 

100% 

Rated 

LG 

Maximum continuous ampere rating 

at 40°C (104°F) 

60HZ 400HZ 

Open air Open air derating 

Enclosed after 

75°C (167F) 

Copper 

cable per pole 

No of 

pieces 

Wire size 

50 48 38 1 #8 

60 57 46 1 #6 

70 63 50 1 #4 

80 72 58 1 #4 

90 80 64 1 #3 

100 90 72 1 #3 

110 95 75 1 #2 

125 105 84 1 #1 

150 125 100 1 #1/0 

100 90 72 1 #3 

110 95 75 1 #2 

125 105 84 1 #1 

150 125 100 1 #1/0 

175 140 112 1 #2/0 

200 160 128 1 #3/0 

225 180 144 1 #4/0 

250 200 160 1 250 kcmil 

250 210 168 1 250 kcmil 

300 240 192 1 350 kcmil 

350 260 208 1 500 kcmil 

400 300 240 2 #2/0 

250 210 210 1 250 kcmil 

300 240 240 1 350 kcmil 

350 260 260 1 500 kcmil 

400 300 300 2 #3/0 

400 300 240 2 #3/0 

500 375 300 2 250 kcmil 

600 420 336 2 350 kcmil 

Breaker 

type 

LG 

MG 

MG 

100% 

Rated 

NG 

NG 

100% 

Rated 

PG 

PG 100% 

Rated 

Maximum continuous ampere rating 

at 40°C (104°F) 

60HZ 400HZ 

Open air Open air derating 

Enclosed after 

75°C (167F) 

Copper 

cable per pole 

No of 

pieces 

Wire size 

400 300 240 2 #3/0 

500 375 300 2 250 kcmil 

600 420 336 2 350 kcmil 

600 430 360 2 350 kcmil 

700 500 400 3 250 kcmil 

800 560 448 3 300 kcmil 

600 430 430 2 350 kcmil 

700 500 500 3 250 kcmil 

800 560 560 3 300 kcmil 

800 560 448 3 300 kcmil 

900 600 480 3 350 kcmil 

1000 650 520 3 400 kcmil 

1200 780 624 4 350 kcmil 

900 600 600 3 350 kcmil 

1000 650 650 3 400 kcmil 

1200 780 780 4 350 kcmil 

1200 780 624 4 400 kcmil 

1400 850 680 4 500 kcmil 

1600 960 768 5 500 kcmil 

1200 780 780 4 400 kcmil 

1400 850 850 4 500 kcmil 

1600 960 960 5 500 kcmil 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


The information provided on this page is intended for 

reference and recommendation only. Because several 

variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at 

the same time, the data above is based less on controlled 

testing, than on experience and engineering 

judgment.Contact Siemens for further information on 


Additional derating may be required if the ambient 

temperature is greater than 40°C (104°F). 

Calculated after derating to compensate for the heating 

of the copper conductor, caused by the skin effect 

generated by eddy currents produced at 400/415HZ. 



Series Connected Short Circuit Ratings 


General 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


The term “Series Connected Short 

Circuit Rating” refers to the application of 

series circuit breakers in a combination 

that allows downstream breakers to have 

lower individual interrupting ratings than 

the available fault current. 

240V Breaker Series Ratings 

Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

22000 

Main Breaker 

Branch Breaker 

Type 

Max. 

Amperes Type 

QPH, BQH, 

BLH 

QPMH 

QJH2 

QPPH 

QRH2 

42000 QJ2H 

65000 

HQP, HBQ, 

HBL 

70 (1P) 

125 (2P) 

100 (3P) 

QP, BQ, BL 

This is permitted as long as the series 

combination has been tested and certified 

by UL. 

The tables on these pages list specific 

main and branch breaker combinations 

that may be used for the short circuit 

interrupting ratings shown. 

Number 

of Poles Voltage Amperes 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 

240 

240 

15-70 

15-125 

15-100 

QE, BLE, QPF, BLF 2 120/240 15-60 

QE, BLE, BE, QPF, 

BQF, BLF QPF2, BLF2 

1 240 15-30 

QT 1, 2 120/240 15-40 

QG, BG, BLG 1, 2 120/240 15-30 

BAF, QAF, QAF2, BAF2, 

QFGA2, BFGA2 

1 120 15-20 

BAF, QAF 2 120/240 15-20 

QP 1 

120 15-25 

120/240 35-70 

2 120/240 15-25 

35-125 

200 (2P) 

1 

QE, QPF 

120/240 15-30 

2 

15-60 

QAF, BAF 

1 120 15-20 

2 120/240 15-20 

QT 2 120/240 15-30 

1 120/240 15-70 

QP, BQ, BL 

2 240 15-125 

3 240 60-100 

QPF, BQF, BLF, BG, BLG 

1 120 15-30 

QE, BE, BLE, QPF2, BLF2 

225 

QPF, BLF, BG, BLG, QE 

(2P, 3P) 

2 120/240 15-60 

BE, BLE 

BAF, QAF, QAF2, BAF2 1 120 15-20 

BAF, QAF 2 120/240 15-20 

QT 1, 2 120/240 15, 20, 40 

QR2 2,3 240 100-225 

225 (2P) 

250 

(2, 3P) 

225 

(2, 3P) 

70 (1P) 

125 (2P) 

100 (3P) 

1 

2 

120/240 

120/240 

15-70 

15-125 

QP, BQ, BL 

QE, BLE, BE, QPF, BQF, 

BLF, QPF2, BLF2 

1 120 15-30 

QE, BLE, BE, QPF, BLF 2 120/240 15-60 

BAF, QAF, QAF2, BAF2 1 120 15-20 

BAF, QAF 2 120/240 15-20 

QPP 2 120/240 125-200 

QT 1, 2 120/240 15-40 

QP,BQ,BL 

1 

2 

2 

3 

1 

2 

120/240 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

240 15-125 

240 15-100 

120 15-30 

120/240 15-30 

QG, BG, BLG 

QT 1,2 120/240 15-50 

QFGA2, BFGA2, QAF2, 

BAF2, QAF, BAF 

1 120 15-20 

QAF, BAF 2 120/240 15-20 

QPF2, BLF2, QPF, BQF, 

BLF, QE, BLE, BE 

1 120 15-30 

QPF, BLF, QE, BLE 2 120/240 15-60 

QN, QNR 2 120/240 150-200 

QS 2 120/240 100-225 

QR2 2 120/240 100-250 

QP, BQ, BL 

1 

2 

120/240 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

3 240 60-100 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

1 

2 

120/240 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

3 240 15-100 

QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-225 

QJH2 2, 3 240 60-225 

QP, BQ, BL, 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

QPF, BQF, BLF, BE, QPHF, 

BQHF, BLHF, QEH, BLEH, 

QE, BLE, QPF2, BLF2, 

QPHF2, BLHF2, QPHF2, 

BLHF2 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 

240 

240 

15-70 

15-125 

15-100 

1 120 15-30 

QEH, BLEH, QE, QPHF, 

BLHF, BLE, QPF, BLF 

2 120/240 15-60 

QT 1, 2 120/240 15-40 

QG, BG, BLG 1, 2 120/240 15-30 

Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

65000 

(cont.) 

Main Breaker 


Type 

Max. 

Amperes Type 

HQP, HBQ, 

HBL 

ED4, 

ED4, ED6 

NDGA, 

NDGB 

HQPP 

FD6-A, 

FXD6-A 

NFGA, 

NFGB 

70 (1P) 

125 (2P) 

100 (3P) 

100 

(1P) 

125 

(2P, 3P) 

150 

(2P, 3P) 

225 

(2P) 

250 

(2P,3P) 

No substitutions are permitted. All combinations 

shown have been tested and 

are UL Listed. This information is provided 

as a reference tool only. For verification 

of specific combination ratings 

consult the UL Recognized 

Components Directory. 

240V Breaker Series Ratings (continued) 

HQR2 

BAF, QAF, BQAF, QAF2, 

BAF2, QAFH2, BAFH2, 

QFGA2, BFGA2, QF- 

GAH2, BFGAH2 

Number 


1 120 15-20 

BAF, QAF 2 120/240 15-20 

1 120/240 15-70 

QP, BQ, BL 

2 240 15-125 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

3 240 15-100 

QPHF, BQHF, BLHF, QPF, 

BQF, BLF, QE, QEH, BLEH, 

1 

BE, BLE, QPF2, BLF2, 

120 15-30 

QPHF2, BLHF2 


BLHF,BLE, QPF, BLF 

2 120/240 15-60 

QAF2, BAF2, BAF, QAF, 

BQAF, QAFH2, BAFH2, 

QAFH, BQAFH, BAFH, 1 120 15-20 


GAH2, BFGAH2 

QAF, BAF, QAFH, BAFH 2 120/240 15-20 

ED2 1,2,3 120/240 15-100 

QT 1,2 120/240 15-40 

1 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

2 

3 

QP, BQ, BL, 

1 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

2 

QPF, BQF, BLF, QPHF, 

BQHF, BLHF, QEH, BLEH, 

QE, BLE, BE, BLF2, QPF2, 

QFGA2, BFGA2 


BLHF, BLE, QPF, BLF 

BAF, QAF, BQAF, QAF2, 

BAF2, QAFH2, BAFH2, 

QAFH, BQAFH, QFGAH2, 

BFGAH2 

120/240 

240 

240 

120/240 

120/240 

15-70 

15-125 

15-100 

15-70 

15-125 

1 120/240 15-30 

2 120/240 15-60 

1 120 15-20 

BAF, QAF, QAFH, BAFH 2 120/240 15-20 

QT 1, 2 120 15-40 

QPPH, QPP 2 120/240 125-200 

QP, BQ, BL 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

240 15-100 

QPF, QPHF, BLF, BLHF 1,2 120/240 15-60 

QPF2, BLF2, QPHF2, 

BLHF2 

1 

2 

120 

120/240 

15-30 

15-60 

QAF, BAF, QAF2, BAF2, 

BQAF, QAFH2, BAFH2, 

QAFH, BQAFH, BAFH, 1 120 15-20 


GAH2, BFGAH2 


QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-225 

QJ2H, QJ2, QJH2 2,3 240 60-225 

QPPH 2 120/240 125-225 

1 120/240 15-70 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

2 120/240 15-125 

3 240 15-100 

QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-250 

QP, BQ, BL 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

240 15-100 

QT 1,2 120/240 15-50 


1 120 15-20 


QAF, BAF 2 120/240 15-20 


1 120 15-30 


QPF, BLF, QE, BLE 2 120/240 15-60 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

240 15-100 

7-224 





General 


Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

65000 

(cont.) 

Main Breaker 


Type 

Max. 

Amperes Type 

Number 


QFGAH2, BFGAH2, QAFH2, 

1 

BAFH2, QAFH, BAFH 

120 15-20 

QAFH, BAFH 2 120/240 15-20 

QPHF, BLHF, QPHF2, 

HQR2 250 

1 120 15-30 

BLHF2, QEH, BLEH 

(cont.) (2P, 3P) 

QEH, BLEH, QPHF, BLHF 2 120/240 15-60 

QN, QNH, QNR, QNRH 2 120/240 150-200 

QS, QSH, QSHH 2 120/240 100-225 

QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-250 

JXD2-A, 

JD6-A 

JXD6-A 

NJGA/ 

NJJA 

SJD6-A 

SJD6-B 

HJD6-A, 

HJXD6 

LD6-A 

LXD6-A 

NLGA, 

NLGB 

SLD6-A 

SLD6-B 

HLD6-A, 

HLXD6-A 

MD6, 

MXD6 

400 

(2P, 3P) 

600 

(2P, 3P) 

800 

(2P, 3P) 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 

120/240 

240 

15-70 

15-125 

15-100 

QAF2, BAF2, QAFH2, 

BAFH2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 

QFGAH2, BFGAH2 

QPF2, BLF2, QPHF2, BLHF2 1 120 15-30 

QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-250 

QJ2H, QJH2 2,3 240 60-225 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

240 15-100 

QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-250 

QN, QNH 2 120/240 150-200 

QNR, QNRH 2 120/240 150-200 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 

120/240 

240 

15-70 

15-125 

15-100 


BAFH2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 



QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-250 

QPH 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 

120/240 

240 

15-70 

15-125 

15-100 


BAFH2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 



1 120/240 15-70 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

2 120/240 15-125 

3 240 15-100 

QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-250 


BAFH2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 



QJ2H, QJH2 2,3 240 60-225 

1 120/240 15-70 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

2 120/240 15-125 

3 240 15-100 

QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-250 


BAFH2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 



QN, QNH 2 120/240 150-200 

QNR, QNRH 2 120/240 150-200 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 

120/240 

240 

15-70 

15-125 

15-100 


BAFH2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 



BLHF2 

1 120 15-30 

QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-250 

QPH 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 

120/240 

240 

15-70 

15-125 

15-100 


BAFH2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 



QPH, BQH, BLH 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 

120/240 

240 

15-70 

15-125 

15-100 


BAFH2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 



QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-250 


Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

65000 

(cont.) 

Main Breaker 


Type 

Max. 

Amperes Type 

NMG, 

HMG 

SMD6 

SMD6-B 

HMXD6 

HMD6 

ND6, NXD 

NNG, HNG 

SND6 

SND6-B 

HND6, 

HNXD6 

SPD6, 

SPD6-B, 

PD6, PXD6 

NPG 

HPD6, 

HPXD6 

HRD6, 

HRXD6 

RD6, RXD6 

800 

(2P, 3P) 

(cont.) 

1200 

(2P, 3P) 

1600 

(2P, 3P) 

2000 

(2P, 3P) 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

Number 


1 

2 

3 

120/240 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

240 15-100 


BAFH2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 



QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-250 

QN, QNH 2 120/240 150-200 

QNR, QNRH 2 120/240 150-200 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 

120/240 

240 

15-70 

15-125 

15-100 


BAFH2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 



QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-250 

QPH 


BAFH2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 



BLHF2 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 

120/240 

240 

15-70 

15-125 

15-100 

1 120 15-20 

1 120 15-30 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

240 15-100 


BAFH2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 



BLHF2 

1 120 15-30 

QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-250 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 

120/240 

240 

15-70 

15-125 

15-100 


BAFH2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 



BLHF2 

1 120 15-30 

QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-250 

QN, QNH 2 120/240 150-200 

QNR, QNRH 2 120/240 150-200 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 

120/240 

240 

15-70 

15-125 

15-100 


BAFH2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 



BLHF2 

1 120 15-30 

QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-250 

QPH 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 

120/240 

240 

15-70 

15-125 

15-100 


BAFH2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 120 15-20 



BLHF2 

1 120 15-30 

1 120/240 15-70 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

2 120/240 15-125 

3 240 15-100 

QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-250 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

240 15-100 

QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-250 

QN, QNH 2 120/240 150-200 

QNR, QNRH 2 120/240 150-200 

QPH 

QPH 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

240 15-100 

120/240 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

240 15-100 

QR2, QRH2 2,3 240 100-250 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

240 15-100 

7 

MOLDED CASE 






General 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

100000 

Main Breaker 


Type 

Max. 

Amperes Type 

Number 


HED4 100 (1P) ED2, ED4 1 120 15-100 

QP, BQ, BL, 

1 120/240 15-70 

QPH, BQH, BLH, 

2 240 15-125 

HQP, HBQ, HBL, 

3 240 15-100 

QAF2, BAF2, QAF, BQAF, 

BAF, QAFH2, BAFH2, 

HQAF2, HBAF2, QAFH, 

BQAFH, BAFH, QFGA2, 

1 120 15-20 

BFGA2 HQFGA2, HBF- 

GA2, QFGAH2, BFGAH2 

HED4, 

HED6 

NGB, 

HGB, 

LBG 

NGB, 

HGB, 

LBG 

HDGA, 

HDGB 

HQPPH 

HQJ2H 

125 

(2P, 3P) 

150 

(2P, 3P) 

225 

(2P) 

225 

(2P, 3P) 


QEH,BLEH, QE, BE, 

QPHF,BQHF, BLHF, QPF, 

BLF, BQF, BLE, QPF2, 1 120 15-30 

BLF2, QPHF2, BLHF2, 

HQPF2, HBLF2 

QEH, BLEH, QPHF, QE, 

BLHF,QPF,BLF, BLE 

2 120/240 15-60 

ED2 1,2,3 120/240 15-100 

ED4 1 120 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

QT 1,2 120/240 15-40 

QAF2, QAFH2, QAF, 

BQAF, BAF, BAFH2, 



1 120 15-20 




QPF,BQF,BLF, QPHF, 

BQHF, BLHF, QPF2, BLF2, 

QPHF2, BLHF2, HQPF2, 

1 120 15-30 

HBLF2 

QPF, BLF 2 120/240 15-60 

QP, BQ, BL, QPH, BQH, 

BLH, HQP, HBQ,HBL 

1 

2 

3 

120 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

240 15-100 

ED4, ED6 1 240 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

NDGA, NDGB 2,3 240 50-150 

QP, BQ, BL, QPH, BQH, 1 120/240 15-70 

BLH, HQP, HBQ, HBL 2 120/240 15-125 

HQPP, QPPH, QPP 2 120/240 125-225 





1 120 15-20 




QEH, BLEH, QE, BE, 


BQF, BLF, BLE, QPF2, 1 120 15-30 

BLF2, QPFH2, BLHF2, 

HQPF2, HBLF2 

QE, QEH, BLEH, 

QPHF,BLHF,QPF,BLF,BLE 

2 120/240 15-60 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2 120/240 100-225 

QT 1,2 120/240 15-40 

QP, BP, QL 1 120/240 15-25 

35-70 

2 120/240 15-25 

35-125 

3 240 15-100 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-225 

QPH, BQH, BLH, HQP, 

HBQ ,HBL 







1 

2 

3 

120/240 

120/240 

240 

15-70 

15-125 

15-100 

1 120 15-20 

QAF, BAF, QAFH, QAFH 2 120/240 15-20 

QEH, BLEH, QE, BE, 


BQF, BLF, BLE, QPF2, 1 120 15-30 

BLF2, HQPF2, HBLF2, 

QPHF2, BLHF2 

QEH, BLEH, QPHF, BLE, 

BLHF, QE, QPF, BLF 

2 120/240 15-60 

QT 1 120/240 15-50 


Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

100000 

(cont.) 

Main Breaker 


Type 

Max. 

Amperes Type 

QP, BQ, BL, 


HQP, HBQ, HBL 







HFD6, 

HFXD6 

HFGA, 

HFGB 

HQR2H 

HJD6-A, 

HJXD6-A 

250 

(2P, 3P) 

400 

(2P, 3P) 

Number 


1 

2 

3 

120/240 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

240 15-100 

1 120 15-20 


QE, BE, BLE, QPHF, 

BQHF, BLHF, QPF, BQF, 

BLF, QEH, BLEH, QPF2, 1 120 15-30 

BLF2, HQPF2, HBLF2, 

QPHF2, BLHF2 

QPF, BLF, BLE, BLEH, 

QPHF, BLHF, QEH, QE 

2 120/240 15-60 

ED4 1 120 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 70-250 

QJ2, QJH2, QJ2H 2,3 240 60-225 

HQPP, QPPH, QPP 2 120/240 125-225 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

QT 1,2 120/240 15-40 

NDGA, NDGB 2, 3 240 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2, 3 240 70-250 

ED4, ED6 1 240 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

NFGA, NFGB 2, 3 240 70-250 


BAFH2, HQAF2, HBAF2, 

QFGA2, BFGA2 HQFGA2, 1 120 15-20 

HBFGA2, QFGAH2, 

BFGAH2 

QPF2, BLF2, HQPF2, 

HBLF2, QPHF2, BLHF2 

1 120 15-30 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

FD6, FXD6 2, 3 240 70-250 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2, 3 240 70-250 

QP, BQ, BL 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

240 15-100 

QT 1,2 120/240 15-50 



1 120 15-20 

QAF, BAF 2 120/240 15-20 



1 120 15-30 

QPF, BLF, QE, BLE 2 120/240 15-60 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

1 

2 

120/240 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

3 240 15-100 

QFGAH2, BFGAH2, 

QAFH2, BAFH2, HQFGA2, 

1 

HBFGA2, HQAF2, HBAF2, 

120 15-20 

QAFH, BAFH 

QAFH, BAFH 2 120/240 15-20 

QPHF, BLHF, QPHF2, 

BLHF2, QEH, BLEH, 1 120 15-30 

HQPF2, HBLF2 

QEH, BLEH, QPHF, BLHF 2 120/240 15-60 

HQP, HBQ, HBL 

1 

2 

120/240 15-70 

120/240 15-125 

3 240 15-100 

QS, QSH, QSHH, HQS 2 120/240 100-225 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

ED4 1 120 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2, 3 240 15-125 





BFGAH2 



1 120 15-30 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2, 3 240 70-250 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 

JXD2-A, SJD6-A 

2, 3 240 200-400 

NDGA, NDGB 2, 3 240 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2, 3 240 70-250 

NJGA, NJJA 2, 3 240 200-400 

7-226 







General 

Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

100000 

(cont.) 

Main Breaker 


Type 

Max. 

Amperes Type 

HJGA 

SHJD6, 

SHJD6-A, 

SHJD6-B 

HLD6-A, 

HLXD6-A 

HLGA, 

HLGB 

SHLD6, 

SHLD6-A, 

SHLD6-B 

400 

(2P, 3P) 

400 (3P) 

600 

(2P, 3P) 

600 

(3P) 

Number 


ED4, ED6 1 240 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 





BFGAH2 



1 120 15-30 

NFGA, NFGB 2, 3 240 70-250 

FD6, FXD6 2, 3 240 70-250 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2, 3 240 70-250 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

NJGA, NJJA 2, 3 240 200-400 

JD6, JXD6 2, 3 240 200-400 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 2, 3 240 200-400 

ED4 1 120 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2, 3 240 15-125 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2, 3 240 70-250 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 

JXD2-A, SJD6-A, SJD6-B 

2, 3 240 200-400 





BFGAH2 



1 120 15-30 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

NDGA, NDGB 2, 3 240 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2, 3 240 70-250 

NJGA, NJJA 2, 3 240 200-400 

ED4 1 120 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 





BFGAH2 



1 120 15-30 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 70-250 

JD6-A, JXD6-A, JXD2-A, 

SJD6-A, SJD6-B 

2,3 240 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 240 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600 

SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 240 300-600 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

NDGA, NDGB 2, 3 240 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2, 3 240 70-250 

NJGA, NJJA 2, 3 240 200-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2, 3 240 400-600 

ED4, ED6 1 240 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

NFGA, NFGB 2, 3 240 70-250 

FD6, FXD6 2, 3 240 70-250 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2, 3 240 70-250 

NJGA, NJJA 2, 3 240 200-400 

JD6, JXD6 2, 3 240 200-400 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 2, 3 240 200-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2, 3 240 400-600 





BFGAH2 



1 120 15-30 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

LD6, LD6-A 2, 3 240 200-600 

LXD6, LXD6-A 2, 3 240 450-600 

ED4 1 120 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 70-250 


SJD6-A, SJD6-B 

2,3 240 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 240 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600 

SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 240 300-600 





BFGAH2 



1 120 15-30 

Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

100000 

(cont.) 

Main Breaker 


Type 

Max. 

Amperes Type 

SHLD6, 

SHLD6-A 

SHLD6-B 

(cont.) 

HMG 

HMD6, 

HMXD6 

SHMD6, 

SHMD6-B 

HNG 

600 

(3P) 

(cont.) 

800 

(2P, 3P) 

800 

(3P) 

1200 

(2P, 3P) 

Number 


QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

NDGA, NDGB 2, 3 240 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2, 3 240 70-250 

NJGA, NJJA 2, 3 240 200-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2, 3 240 400-600 

ED4, ED6 1 240 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

NFGA, NFGB 2, 3 240 70-250 

FD6, FXD6 2, 3 240 70-250 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2, 3 240 70-250 

NJGA, NJJA 2, 3 240 200-400 

JD6, JXD6 2, 3 240 200-400 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 2, 3 240 200-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2, 3 240 400-600 

LD6, LD6-A 2, 3 240 200-600 

LXD6, LXD6-A 2, 3 240 450-600 

NMG 2, 3 240 600-800 





BFGAH2 



1 120 15-30 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

LMD6, LMXD6 2, 3 240 600-800 

MD6, MXD6 2, 3 240 400-800 

NDGA, NDGB 2, 3 240 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2, 3 240 70-250 

NJGA, NJJA 2, 3 240 200-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2, 3 240 400-600 

NMG 2, 3 240 600-800 

ED4 1 120 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 70-250 

JD6-A, JXD6-A, 


2,3 240 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 240 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600 



QFGA2, BFGA2 HQFGA2, 


BFGAH2 

1 120 15-20 



1 120 15-30 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 240 300-600 

MD6, MXD6 2,3 240 500-800 

SMD6, SMD6-B 3 240 600-800 

NDGA, NDGB 2, 3 240 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2, 3 240 70-250 

NJGA, NJJA 2, 3 240 200-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2, 3 240 400-600 

NMG 2, 3 240 600-800 

ED4 1 120 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 70-250 


JXD2-A 

2,3 240 200-400 

SJD6-A, SJD6-B 2,3 240 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 240 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600 





BFGAH2 



1 120 15-30 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 240 300-600 

MD6, MXD6, SMD6, 

SMD6-B 

2,3 240 500-800 

ED4, ED6 1 240 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

NFGA, NFGB 2, 3 240 70-250 

FD6, FXD6 2, 3 240 70-250 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2, 3 240 70-250 

NJGA, NJJA 2, 3 240 200-400 

JD6, JXD6 2, 3 240 200-400 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 2, 3 240 200-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2, 3 240 400-600 

LD6, LD6-A 2, 3 240 200-600 

LXD6, LXD6-A 2, 3 240 450-600 

7 

MOLDED CASE 








General 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

100000 

(cont.) 

Main Breaker 


Type 

Max. 

Amperes Type 

HNG 

(cont.) 

HND6, 

HNXD6 

SHND6, 

SHND6-B 

HPG 

1200 

(2P, 3P) 

1200 

(3P) 

1600 

(2P, 3P) 

Number 






BFGAH2 



1 120 15-30 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

NMG 2, 3 240 600-800 

LMD6, LMXD6 2, 3 240 600-800 

NNG 2, 3 240 800-1200 

ND6, NXD6 2,3 240 600-1200 

ED4 1 240 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 70-250 



2,3 240 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 240 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600 

SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 240 300-600 

MD6, MXD6, 

SMD6 

2,3 240 500-800 

ND6, NXD6, 

SND6, SND6-B 

2,3 240 500-1200 





BFGAH2 



1 120 15-30 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

NDGA, NDGB 2, 3 240 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2, 3 240 70-250 

NJGA, NJJA 2, 3 240 200-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2, 3 240 400-600 

NMG 2, 3 240 600-800 

NNG 2, 3 240 800-1200 

ED4 1 240 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 70-250 



2,3 240 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 240 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600 

SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 240 300-600 

MD6, MXD6, 

SMD6, SMD6-B 

2,3 240 500-800 

ND6, NXD6, 

SND6, SND6-B 

2,3 240 500-1200 





BFGAH2 



1 120 15-30 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

NDGA, NDGB 2, 3 240 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2, 3 240 70-250 

NJGA, NJJA 2, 3 240 200-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2, 3 240 400-600 

NMG 2, 3 240 600-800 

NNG 2, 3 240 800-1200 

ED4, ED6 1 240 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

NFGA, NFGB 2, 3 240 70-250 

FD6, FXD6 2, 3 240 70-250 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2, 3 240 70-250 

NJGA, NJJA 2, 3 240 200-400 

JD6, JXD6 2, 3 240 200-400 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 2, 3 240 200-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2, 3 240 400-600 

LD6, LD6-A 2, 3 240 200-600 

LXD6, LXD6-A 2, 3 240 450-600 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

NMG 2, 3 240 600-800 

LMD6, LMXD6 2, 3 240 600-800 

MD6, MXD6 2, 3 240 400-800 

NNG 2, 3 240 800-1200 

ND6, NXD6 2, 3 240 600-1200 

NPG 2, 3 240 1200-1600 

PD6, PXD6 2, 3 240 1200-1600 

Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

100000 

(cont.) 

Main Breaker 


Type 

Max. 

Amperes Type 

HPD6, 

HPXD6, 

SHPD6 

SHPD6-B 

SHPD6, 

SHPD6-B 

HRD6, 

HRXD6 

200000 CED6 

1600 

(3P) 

2000 

(3P) 

125 

(2P, 3P) 

Number 


ED4 1 240 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 

JXD2-A 

2,3 240 200-400 

SJD6-A, SJD6-B 3 240 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 240 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600 

SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 240 300-600 

MD6, MXD6, 2,3 240 500-800 

SMD6, SMD6-B 3 240 600-800 

ND6, NXD6, 

SND6, SND6-B 

2,3 240 500-1200 

PD6, PXD6 2,3 240 1200-1600 

SPD6, SPD6-B 3 240 1400-1600 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

NDGA, NDGB 2, 3 240 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2, 3 240 70-250 

NJGA, NJJA 2, 3 240 200-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2, 3 240 400-600 

NMG 2, 3 240 600-800 

NNG 2, 3 240 800-1200 

NPG 2, 3 240 1200-1600 

ED4 1 240 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 240 70-250 

JD6-A, JXD6-A, JXD2-A 2,3 240 200-400 

SJD6-A, SJD6-B 3 240 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 240 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600 

SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 240 300-600 

MD6, MXD6, 2,3 240 500-800 

SMD6, SMD6-B 3 240 500-800 

ND6, NXD6 2,3 240 500-1200 

SND6, SND6-B 3 240 500-1200 

NPG, PD6, PXD6 2,3 240 1200-1600 

SPD6, SPD6-B 3 240 1400-1600 

NDGA, NDGB 2, 3 240 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2, 3 240 70-250 

NJGA, NJJA 2, 3 240 200-400 

NLGA 2, 3 240 400-600 

NMG 2, 3 240 600-800 

NNG 2, 3 240 800-1200 

NPG 2, 3 240 1200-1600 

ED4 1 240 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

JD6-A, JXD6-A, JXD2-A 2,3 240 200-400 

SJD6-A, SJD6-B 3 240 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 240 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600 

SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 240 300-600 

MD6,MXD6 2,3 240 500-800 

SMD6, SMD6-B 3 240 500-800 

ND6, NXD6, 2,3 240 500-1200 

SND6, SND6-B 3 240 500-1200 

PD6, PXD6 2,3 240 1200-1600 

SPD6, SPD6-B 3 240 1200-1600 

RD6, RXD6 2,3 240 1600-2000 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 240 100-250 

NDGA, NDGB 2,3 240 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 240 70-250 

NJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2,3 240 400-600 

NMG 2,3 240 600-800 

NNG 2,3 240 800-1200 

NPG 2,3 240 1200-1600 

QP, BQ, BL 


HQP, HBQ, HBL 




BQAFH, BAFH, HQFGA2, 

HBFGA2, QFGA2, QF- 

GAH2, BFGAH2 

1 

2 

3 

120/240 

120/240 

240 

15-70 

15-125 

15-100 

1 120 15-20 

BAF, QAF, BAFH, QAFH 2 120/240 15-20 

QPHF, BQHF, BLHF,QPF, 

BQF, BLF, QEH, QE, BE, 1 120 15-30 

BLEH, BLE 

QEH, BLEH, QAHF, QE, 

QPHF, BLHF, QPF, 2 120/240 15-60 

BLE, BLF 

ED4, HED4 1 120 15-100 

ED4, ED6, HED4, HED6 2,3 240 15-125 

QT 1,2 120/240 15-40 

NGB,HGB,LBG 1,2,3 240 15-125 

7-228 







General 

Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

200000 

(cont.) 

Main Breaker 


Type 

Max. 

Amperes Type 

Number 


NGB,HGB,LBG 1,2,3 240 15-125 

LDGA, 150 

NDGA, NDGB, HDGA, 

LDGB (2P, 3P) 

2, 3 240 50-150 

HDGB 

1 120/240 15-70 

QP, BQ, BL, QPH, BQH, 

2 120/240 15-125 

BLH, HQP, HBQ, HBL 

3 240 15-100 




BQAFH, BAFH, HQFGA2, 

1 120 15-20 

HBFGA2, QFGA2, QF- 

GAH2, BFGAH2 

BAF, QAF, BAFH, QAFH 2 120/240 15-20 

QPHF, BQHF, BLHF, QE, 

BE, BLE, QPF, BQF, BLF, 1 120 15-30 

QEH, BLEH, QAF, BAF 

QPHF, BLHF, QE, BLE, 

CFD6 

QPF, BLF, QEH, BLEH, 2 120/240 15-60 

QAF, BAF 

LFGA, 

LFGB 

CJD6-A 

LJGA 

HHJD6, 

HHJXD6 

HHLD6, 

HHLXD6 

CLD6-A 

250 

(2P, 3P) 

400 

(2P, 3P) 

600 

(2P, 3P) 

ED2 1,2,3 120/240 15-100 

HED4, ED4 1 120 15-100 

ED4, ED6, 

HED4, HED6 

2,3 240 15-125 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 

HFD6, HFXD6 

2,3 240 70-250 

QJ2H, QJH2, QJ2 2,3 240 60-225 

QPPH, QPP 2 120/240 125-225 

QT 1,2 120/240 15-40 

NGB,HGB,LBG 1,2,3 240 15-125 


HDGB 

2, 3 240 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB, HFGA, 

HFGB 

2, 3 240 70-250 

NGB,HGB,LBG 1,2,3 240 15-125 


HDGB 

2, 3 240 50-150 


HFGB 

240 70-250 

HFD6, HFXD6 240 70-250 


2 120/240 100-125 

HQP, HBQ, HBL 

3 240 100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 

HFD6, HFXD6 

2,3 240 70-250 

JXD2-A, JD6-A, 

JXD6-A, HJD6-A, 2,3 240 200-400 

HJXD6-A 

QT 1,2 120/240 15-30 

NGB,HGB,LBG 1,2,3 240 15-125 


HDGB 

2, 3 240 50-150 


HFGB 

240 70-250 

NJGA, HJGA, NJJA 240 200-400 

NGB,HGB,LBG 1,2,3 240 15-125 


HDGB 

2, 3 240 50-150 


HFGB 

240 70-250 

HFD6, HFXD6 240 70-250 


FD6-A, FXD6-A 

2 

HFD6, HFXD6 

3 

240 70-250 


HDGB 

2, 3 240 50-150 


HFGB 

240 70-250 


FD6-A, FXD6-A 

HFD6, HFXD6 

2, 3 240 70-250 


HDGB 

2, 3 240 50-150 


HFGB 

240 70-250 


NLGA, HLGA, NLGB, 

HLGB 

240 400-600 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

2 120/240 100-125 

HQP, HBQ, HBL 

3 240 100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 240 15-125 

FD6-A, FXD6-A HFD6, 

HFXD6 

2,3 240 70-250 

JXD2-A, JD6-A, JXD6-A, 

HJD6-A, HJXD6-A 

2,3 240 200-400 

LD6-A, HLD6-A 2,3 240 200-600 

Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

200000 

(cont.) 

Main Breaker 


Type 

Max. 

Amperes Type 

CLD6-A 

(cont.) 

LLGA, 

LLGB 

CMD6 

LMG 

SCMD6, 

SCMD6-A 

SCMD6-B 

CND6-A 

600 

(2P, 3P 

800 

(2P, 3P 

800 (3P) 

1200 

(2P, 3P) 

Number 


LXD6-A, HJXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600 

QT 1,2 120/240 15-30 

NGB,HGB,LBG 1,2,3 240 15-125 


HDGB 

2 - 3 240 50-150 


HFGB 

240 70-250 



HLGB 

240 400-600 

NGB,HGB,LBG 1,2,3 240 15-125 


HDGB 

2, 3 240 50-150 


HFGB 

240 70-250 

HFD6, HFXD6 240 70-250 



HLGB 

240 400-600 

ED4 1 240 15 

ED4, ED6, 

HED4, HED6 

2,3 240 15-125 

FD6-A, FXD6-A, 

HFD6, HFXD6 

2,3 240 70-250 


JXD6-A, HJD6-A 

2,3 240 200-400 

HJXD6-A 

LD6-A, HLD6-A 2,3 240 200-600 

LXD6-A, HLXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600 

MD6, MXD6, 

HMD6, HMXD6 

2,3 240 500-800 


HDGB 

2,3 240 50-150 


HFGB 

2,3 240 70-250 

NJGA, HJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400 


HLGB 

2,3 240 400-600 

NMG, HMG 2,3 240 600-800 

HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 240 70-250 

MD6, MXD6 2,3 240 400-800 

HMD6, HMXD6 2,3 240 400-800 


HDGB 

2,3 240 50-150 


HFGB 

2,3 240 70-250 

NJGA, HJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400 


HLGB 

2,3 240 400-600 

NMG, HMG 2,3 240 600-800 

MD6, MXD6, 

HMD6, HMXD6 

2,3 240 500-800 


HDGB 

2,3 240 50-150 


HFGB 

2,3 240 70-250 

NJGA, HJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400 


HLGB 

2,3 240 400-600 

NMG, HMG 2,3 240 600-800 

ED4, ED6 1 240 15 

ED4, ED6, 

HED4, HED6 

2,3 240 15-125 


HFD6, HFXD6 

2,3 240 70-250 


JXD6-A, HJD6-A, 2,3 240 200-400 

HJXD6-A 

LD6-A, HLD6-A 2,3 240 200-600 

LXD6-A, HLXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600 

MD6, MXD6, 

HMD6, HMXD6 

2,3 240 500-800 

ND6, NXD6, SHND6, 

HND6,HNXD6 

2,3 240 500-1200 


HDGB 

2,3 240 50-150 


HFGB 

2,3 240 70-250 

NJGA, HJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400 


HLGB 

2,3 240 400-600 

NMG, HMG 2,3 240 600-800 

7 

MOLDED CASE 






General 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

200000 

(cont.) 

Main Breaker 


Type 

Max. 

Amperes Type 

Number 


HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 240 70-250 

MD6, MXD6 

HMD6, HMXD6 

2,3 240 400-800 

ND6,NXD6,HND6,HNXD6 2,3 240 600-1200 

LNG 


1200 HDGB 

2,3 240 50-150 

(2P, 3P) NFGA, NFGB, HFGA, 

HFGB 

2,3 240 70-250 

NJGA, HJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400 


HLGB 

2,3 240 400-600 

NMG, HMG 2,3 240 600-800 

MD6, HMD6, 

HMXD6, MXD6, MXD6 

2,3 240 400-800 

SHMD6, SMD6, 

2,3 240 400-800 

SHMD6-B, SMD6-B 

SCND6-A, 1200 

NMG, HMG 2,3 240 600-800 

SCND6-B (3P) 

ND6, HND6, NXD6, 

2,3 240 500-1200 

HNXD6 

SHND6, SND6, 

SHND6-B, SND6-B 

3 240 500-1200 

NDGA, NDGB, HNDGA, 

NDGB 

2,3 240 50-150 


SCND6-A, 1200 HFGB 

2,3 240 70-250 

SCND6-B (2P, 3P) NJGA, HJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400 


HLGB 

2,3 240 400-600 

NMG, HMG 2,3 240 600-800 


HFD6, HFXD6 

2,3 240 70-250 


JXD6-A, HJD6-A, 2,3 240 200-400 

HJXD6-A 

LD6-A, HLD6-A 2,3 240 200-600 

LXD6-A, HLXD6-A 2,3 240 450-600 


2,3 240 500-800 

HMXD6 

1600 

CPD6 

ND6, NXD6, 

(3P) 

2,3 240 500-1200 

HND6, HNXD6, SND6 


HDGB 

2,3 240 50-150 


HFGB 

2,3 240 70-250 

NJGA, HJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400 


HLGB 

2,3 240 400-600 

NMG, HMG 2,3 240 600-800 

MD6,MXD6, 

HMD6, HMXD6 

2,3 240 400-800 

ND6,NXD6, 

HND6, HNXD6 

2,3 240 600-1200 

PD6, PXD6, HPD6 

HPXD6 

2,3 240 1000-1600 


1600 

2,3 240 50-150 

LPG 

HDGB 

(2P, 3P) 


2,3 240 70-250 

HFGB 

HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 240 70-250 

NJGA, HJGA, NJJA 2,3 240 200-400 


HLGB 

2,3 240 400-600 

NMG, HMG 2,3 240 600-800 

480V Breaker Series Ratings 

Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

Main Breaker 

Type 

18,000 ED4 

ED6 

NGB, 

HGB, 

25,000 LBG 

35,000 

42,000 

50,000 

HED6 

FD6-A, 

FXD6-A 

JD6-A, 

JXD6-A 

HED4 

HJD6-A, 

HJXD6-A 

HFD6, 

HFXD6 

HJD6-A, 

HJXD6-A, 

HLD6-A, 

HLXD6-A 

MD6, 

MXD6 

SMD6 

SMD6-B 

ND6, 

NXD6 

SND6 

SND6-B 

SPD6, 

SPD6-B 

Max. 

Amperes 

125 

(2 & 3P) 

125 

(2P & 3P) 

250 

(2P & 3P) 

400 

(2P & 3P) 

125 

(2P & 3P) 

400 

(2P & 3P) 

250 

(2P & 3P) 

400 

(2P & 3P) 

600 

(2P & 3P) 

800 

(2P & 3P) 

800 

(3P) 

1200 

(2P & 3P) 

1200 

(3P) 

1600 

(3P) 


Type 

Number 


BQD, CQD 1,2,3 277/480 15-100 

BQD, CQD 1,2,3 277/480 15-100 

1 277 15-100 

BQD, CQD 

2 277/480 15-100 

3 277/480 15-100 

BQD, CQD 1,2,3 277/480 15-100 

ED4 1 277 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 480 15-125 

NGB,HGB,LBG 

NGB,HGB,LBG 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

277 

277/480 

277/480 

277 

277/480 

277/480 

15-125 

15-125 

15-125 

15-125 

15-125 

15-125 

BQD, CQD 1,2,3 277/480 15-100 

ED4 1 277 15-100 

ED4, ED6 2,3 480 15-125 

NGB,HGB,LBG 

NGB,HGB,LBG 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

277 

277/480 

277/480 

277 

277/480 

277/480 

15-125 

15-125 

15-125 

15-125 

15-125 

15-125 

HED4 2,3 480 15-50 

HED4 2,3 480 15-50 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 480 70-250 

JD6-A,JXD6-A 2,3 480 200-400 

SJD6-A, SJD6-B 3 480 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 480 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 480 450-600 

SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 480 400-600 

NDGA, NDGB 2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA 2,3 480 250-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2,3 480 400-600 

NMG 2,3 480 600-800 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 480 200-400 

SJD6-A, SJD6-B 3 480 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 480 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 480 450-600 

SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 480 400-600 

LMD6, LMXD6 2,3 480 600-800 

NDGA, NDGB 2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA 2,3 480 250-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2,3 480 400-600 

NMG 2,3 480 600-800 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 380 70-250 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 480 200-400 

SJD6-A, SJD6-B 3 480 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 480 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 480 450-600 

SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 480 400-600 

NDGA, NDGB 2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA 2,3 480 250-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2,3 480 400-600 

NMG, LMD6, 

LMXD6 

2,3 480 600-800 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 480 200-400 

SJD6-A, SJD6-B 3 480 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 480 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 480 450-600 

SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 480 400-600 

LMD6, LMXD6 2,3 480 600-800 

NDGA, NDGB 2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA 2,3 480 250-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2,3 480 400-600 

NMG 2,3 480 600-800 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 480 200-400 

SJD6-A, SJD6-B 3 480 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 480 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 480 450-600 

SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 480 400-600 

7-230 





General 


Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

50,000 

(cont.) 

65,000 

Main Breaker 

Type 

PD6, PXD6 

RD6, RXD6 

HDGA, 

HDGB 

HFD6, 

HFXD6 

HFGA, 

HFGB 

HJD6-A, 

HJXD6-A 

HJGA 

HHJD6, 

HHJXD6 

HLD6-A, 

HLXD6-A 

HHLD6, 

HHLXD6 

HLGA, 

HLGB 

HMD6, 

HMXD6 

Max. 

Amperes 

1600 

(3P) 

18-2000 

(3P) 

150 

(2P & 3P) 

250 

(2P & 3P) 

400 

(2P & 3P) 

600 

(2P & 3P) 

800 

(2P & 3P) 


Number 

Type 


FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 480 70-250 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 480 200-400 

SJD6-A 3 480 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 480 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 480 450-600 

SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 480 400-600 

NDGA, NDGB 2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA 2,3 480 250-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2,3 480 400-600 

NMG 2,3 480 600-800 

NNG 2,3 480 800-1200 

NPG 2,3 480 1200-1600 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 480 70-250 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 480 200-400 

SJD6-A, SJD6-B 3 480 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 480 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 480 450-600 

SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 480 400-600 

NDGA, NDGB 2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA 2,3 480 250-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2,3 480 400-600 

NMG 2,3 480 600-800 

NNG 2,3 480 800-1200 

NPG 2,3 480 1200-1600 

NDGA, NDGB 2,3 480 50-150 

BQD, CQD 1,2,3 277/480 15-100 

ED4, HED4 1 277 15-100 

ED4, ED6, HED4, 

HED6 

2,3 480 15-125 

NDGA, NDGB 

480 50-150 

2,3 

NFGA, NFGB 480 70-250 

NDGA, NDGB 

480 50-150 

2,3 

NFGA, NFGB 480 70-250 

HED4, ED4 1 277 15-100 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 480 70-250 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 480 200-400 

NDGA, NDGB 2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA 2,3 480 250-400 

NDGA, NDGB 2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA 2,3 480 250-400 

NGB,HGB,LBG 

NGB,HGB,LBG 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

277 

277/480 

277/480 

277 

277/480 

277/480 

15-125 

15-125 

15-125 

15-125* 

15-125* 

15-125* 

ED4, HED4 1 277 15-100 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 480 70-250 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 480 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 480 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 480 450-600 

NDGA, NDGB 2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA 2,3 480 250-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2,3 480 400-600 

NGB,HGB,LBG 

NGB,HGB,LBG 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

277 

277/480 

277/480 

277 

277/480 

277/480 

15-125 

15-125 

15-125 

15-125* 

15-125* 

15-125* 

NDGA, NDGB 2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA 2,3 480 250-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2,3 480 400-600 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 480 70-250 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 480 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 480 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 480 450-600 

LMD6, LMXD6 2,3 480 600-800 

MD6, MXD6 2,3 480 400-800 

NDGA, NDGB, 

NDGB 

2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA 2,3 480 250-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2,3 480 400-600 

NMG 2,3 480 600-800 


Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

65,000 

(cont.) 

100,000 

Main Breaker 

Type 

HMG 

HND6, 

HNXD6 

HNG 

HPD6, 

HPXD6 

HPG 

HRD6, 

HRXD6 

LDGA, 

LDGB 

CFD6 

LFGA, 

LFGB 

HHFD6, 

HHFXD6 

Max. 

Amperes 

800 

(2P & 3P) 

(cont.) 

1200 

(2P & 3P) 

1600 

(3P) 

1600 

(2P & 3P) 

18-2000 

(3P) 

150 

(2P & 3P) 

250 

(2P & 3P) 


Number 

Type 


LMD6,LMXD6 2,3 480 600-800 

MD6,MXD6 2,3 480 400-800 

SMD6, SMD6-B 3 480 500-800 

NDGA, NDGB, 

NDGB 

2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA 2,3 480 250-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2,3 480 400-600 

NMG 2,3 480 600-800 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 480 70-250 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 480 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 480 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 480 450-600 

MD6, MXD6 2,3 480 500-800 

SMD6, SMD6-B 3 480 500-800 

LMD6, LMXD6 2,3 480 600-800 

NDGA, NDGB, 

NDGB 

2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA 2,3 480 250-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2,3 480 400-600 

NMG 2,3 480 600-800 

NNG 2,3 480 800-1200 

LMD6,LMXD6 2,3 480 600-800 

MD6, MXD6 2,3 480 400-800 

ND6,NXD6 2,3 480 800-1200 

NDGA, NDGB, 

NDGB 

2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA 2,3 480 250-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2,3 480 400-600 

NMG 2,3 480 600-800 

NNG 2,3 480 800-1200 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 480 70-250 

NDGA, NDGB, 

NDGB 

2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA 2,3 480 250-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2,3 480 400-600 

NMG 2,3 480 600-800 

NNG 2,3 480 800-1200 

NPG 2,3 480 1200-1600 

LMD6,LMXD6 2,3 480 600-800 

MD6, MXD6 2,3 480 400-800 

ND6,NXD6 2,3 480 800-1200 

NDGA, NDGB 2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA 2,3 480 250-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2,3 480 400-600 

NMG 2,3 480 600-800 

NNG 2,3 480 800-1200 

NPG 2,3 480 1200-1600 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 480 70-250 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 2,3 480 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 480 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 480 450-600 

NDGA, NDGB 2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA 2,3 480 250-400 

NLGA, NLGB 2,3 480 400-600 

NMG 2,3 480 600-800 

NNG 2,3 480 800-1200 

NPG 2,3 480 1200-1600 

NGB,HGB,LBG 

BQD, CQD 

NGB,HGB,LBG 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2,3 

1 

2 

3 

277 

277/480 

277/480 

15-125* 

15-125* 

15-125* 

277/480 

277/480 

15-100 

15-30 

277 15-125* 

277/480 15-125* 

277/480 15-125* 

NDGA, NDGB, 

HDGA, HDGB 

2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB, 

HFGA, HFGB 

2,3 480 70-250 

HFD6, HFXD6 2, 3 480 70-250 

1 277 15-125* 

NGB,HGB,LBG 2 277/480 15-125* 

3 277/480 15-125* 

7 

MOLDED CASE 






General 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

100,000 

(cont.) 

Main Breaker 

Type 

HHJXD6, 

HHJD6, 

CJD6-A 

LJGA 

HHLD6, 

HHLXD6 

LLGA, 

LLGB 

CMD6 

LMG 

SCMD-A 

SCMD6-B 

SCND6-A 

SCND6-B 

LNG 

Max. 

Amperes 

400 

(2P, 3P) 

600 

(2P, 3P) 

800 

(3P) 

800 

(2P, 3P) 


Number 

Type 



HED6 

1 277 15-100 

HFD6, HFXD6, 

FXD6-A, FD6-A 

2,3 480 70-250 

NDGA, NDGB, 

HDGA, HDGB 

2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB, 

HFGA, HFGB 

2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA, HJGA 2,3 480 200-400 

1 277 15-125* 

NGB,HGB,LBG 2 277/480 15-125* 

3 277/480 15-125* 

NDGA, NDGB, 

HDGA, HDGB 

2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB, 

HFGA, HFGB 

2,3 480 70-250 

HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 480 70-250 


HED6 

1 277 15-100 

HFD6, HFXD6, 

FXD6-A, FD6-A 

2,3 480 70-250 

NDGA, NDGB, 

HDGA, HDGB 

2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB, 

HFGA, HFGB 

2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA, HJGA 2,3 480 200-400 

NDGA, NDGB, 

HDGA, HDGB 

2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB, 

HFGA, HFGB 

2,3 480 70-250 

HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA , HJGA 2,3 480 200-400 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 

HFD6-A, HFXD6-A 

2,3 480 70-250 

JD6-A, HJD6-A, 

JXD6-A, HJXD6-A 

2,3 480 200-400 

LD6-A, HLD6-A 2,3 480 200-600 

LXD6-A, HLXD6-A 2,3 480 450-600 


2,3 

HMXD6 

480 500-800 

NDGA, NDGB, 

HDGA, HDGB 

2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB, 

HFGA, HFGB 

2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA, HJGA 2,3 480 200-400 

NLGA, HLGA, 

NLGB, HLGB 

2,3 480 400-600 

NDGA, NDGB, 

HDGA, HDGB 

2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB, 

HFGA, HFGB 

2,3 480 70-250 

HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA, HJGA 2,3 480 200-400 

NLGA, NLGB, 

HLGA, HLGB 

2,3 480 400-600 


2,3 

HMXD6 

480 500-800 

800 (3P) HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 480 70-250 

1200 (3P) HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 480 70-250 

NDGA, NDGB, 

HDGA, HDGB 

2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB, 

HFGA, HFGB 

2,3 480 70-250 

HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 480 70-250 

1200 NJGA, HJGA 2,3 480 200-400 

(2P, 3P) NLGA, HLGA, 

NLGB, HLGB 

2,3 480 400-600 

MD6, MXD6, HMD6 

HMXD6 

2,3 480 400-800 

ND6, NXD6, HND6 

HNXD6 

2,3 480 600-1200 


Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

100,000 

(cont.) 

150,000 

200,000 

Main Breaker 

Type 

CND6 

CPD6 

LPG (2,3P) 

CJD6-A 

CLD6-A 

CED6 

CFD6 


Max. 

Number 

Amperes Type 


FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 480 70-250 

HFD6-A, HFXD6-A 2,3 480 70-250 

JD6-A, HJD6-A 


2,3 480 200-400 

LD6-A, HLD6-A 2,3 480 200-600 

LXD6-A, HLXD6-A 2,3 480 450-600 

1200 (3P) 

MD6, MXD6 

HMD6, HMXD6 

2,3 480 500-800 

ND6, NXD6 

HND6, HNXD6 

2,3 480 500-1200 

NDGA, NDGB, 

HDGA, HDGB 

480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB, 

HFGA, HFGB 2 - 3 

480 70-250 

NJGA, HJGA 480 200-400 

NLGA, HLGA, 

NLGB, HLGB 

480 400-600 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 

HFD6-A, HFXD6-A 

2,3 480 70-250 

NDGA, NDGB, 

HDGA, HDGB 

2,3 480 50-150 

1600 (3P) NFGA, NFGB, 

HFGA, HFGB 

2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA, HJGA 2,3 480 200-400 

NLGA, HLGA, 

NLGB, HLGB 

2,3 480 400-600 

NDGA, NDGB, 

HDGA, HDGB 

2,3 480 50-150 

NFGA, NFGB, 

HFGA, HFGB 

2,3 480 70-250 

HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 480 70-250 

NJGA, HJGA 2,3 480 200-400 

1600 NLGA, NLGB, 

(2P, 3P) HLGA, HLGB 

2,3 480 400-600 


2,3 

HMXD6 

480 500-800 

ND6, NXD6, HND6 

HNXD6 

2,3 480 500-1200 

PD6,PXD6, HPD6 

HPXD6 

2,3 480 1200-1600 

ED4 1 277 15-100 

400 HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 480 70-250 

(2P, 3P) JD6-A, HJD6-A, 


2,3 480 200-400 

ED4 1 277 15-100 

HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 480 70-250 

600 JD6-A, HJD6-A, 

(2P, 3P) JXD6-A, HJXD6-A 

2,3 480 200-400 

LD6-A, HLD6-A 2,3 480 200-600 

LXD6-A, HLXD6-A 2,3 480 450-600 

BQD, CQD 

1 277 15-100 

2,3 277/480 20-30 

ED4, HED4 1 277 15-100 

125 ED4, ED6, HED4, 

(2P, 3P) HED6 

2,3 480 15-125 

1 277 15-125 

NGB,HGB,LBG 2 277/480 15-125 

3 277/480 15-125 

BQD, CQD 

1 277 15-100 

2,3 277/480 20-30 

250 

(2P, 3P) 

ED4, ED6 2,3 277 15-50 

ED4, HED4 1 480 15-100 

HED4, HED6 2,3 480 15-125 


HFD6, HFXD6 

2,3 480 70-250 

NGB,HGB,LBG 

1 

2 

3 

277 

277/480 

277/480 

15-125 

15-125 

15-125 

7-232 





General 

240V Fuse Series Ratings 

Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

65,000 

100,000 

Main Fuse 


Type 

Max. 

Amperes 

Type 

Number 

of Poles 

Max. 

Amperes 

J, R 15-600 (1,2,3P) QPH, BQH, BLH 1,2,3 15-125 

T 15-1200 (1,2,3P) QPH, BQH, BLH 1,2,3 15-125 

L 

601-6000 

(1,2,3P) 

QPH, BQH, BLH 1,2,3 15-125 

QP, BQ, BL 1,2,3 15-125 

HQP, HBQ, HBL, 

QPH, BQH, BLH 

3 15-100 

QPF, BQF, BLF, QHPF, 

QE, BE, BLE, QEH, BLEH, 

1 

15-200 (1,2,3P) BLHF, BQHF, QAF, BAF, 

15-30 

QAFH, BAFH 

T 

(300V) 

J, R 

T 

L 

QEH, BLEH, QE, QPF, 

QPHF, BLHF, BLE, BLF, 2 15-60 

QAF, BAF, QAFH, BAFH 

QT 1,2 15-50 

15-600 (1,2,3P) 

QPH, BQH, BLH, HQP, 

HBQ, HBL 

1,2 15-125 

ED4, HED4 1 15-100 

ED4, ED6, HED4, HED6 2,3 15-125 


15-600 (2,3P) BAFH2, QFGA2, BFGA2, 1 15-20 




1 15-30 

70-600 (2,3P) FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 70-250 

100-600 (2,3P) QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 100-250 


2,3 

200-600 (2,3P) SJD6-A, SJD6-B 

200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 200-600 

300-600 (3P) SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 300-600 

450-600 (2,3P) LXD6-A 2,3 450-600 

ED4, HED4 1 15-100 

ED4, ED6, HED4, HED6 2,3 15-125 

15-1200 (2,3P) 




1 15-20 

GAH2, BFGAH2 



1 15-30 

70-1200 (2,3P) FXD6-A, FD6-A 2,3 70-250 

100-600 (2,3P) QR2, QRH2, HQR2 2,3 100-250 

450-1200 (2,3P) LXD6-A 2,3 450-600 


2,3 200-400 

JXD2-A 

200-1200 (2,3P) 

SJD6-A, SJD6-B 3 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 200-600 

300-1200 (3P) SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 300-600 

601-6000 

(2,3P) 

ED4, HED4 1 15-100 

ED4, ED6, HED4, HED6 2,3 

FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 70-250 

JD6-A, JXD6-A, JXD2-A 2,3 200-400 

SJD6-A, SJD6-B 3 200-400 

LD6-A 2,3 200-600 

LXD6-A 2,3 450-600 

SLD6-A, SLD6-B 3 300-600 

SMD6, SMD6-B 3 500-800 

SND6, SND6-B 3 500-1200 

PD6, PXD6, SPD6 3 1200-1600 

RD6, RXD6 3 1600-2000 

240V Fuse Series Ratings (continued) 

Series 

Rating 

kAIR 

200,000 

Main Fuse 


Type 

Max. 

Amperes 

Type 

Number 

of Poles 

Max. 

Amperes 

R 

125-200 

(2,3P) 

QJH2, QJ2H, QJ2 2,3 125-200 

T, J 

125-600 

(2,3P) 

QJH2, QJ2H 2,3 125-225 

125-400 

(2,3P) 

QJ2 2,3 125-225 

J, R 

70-600 

(2,3P) 

HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 70-250 

70-1200 HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 70-250 

T 600-1200 

(2,3P) 

NMG, HMG 2,3 600-800 

HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 70-250 

MD6, MXD6, 

2,3 500-800 

601-6000 HMD6, HMXD6 

L 

(2,3P) 

NMG, HMG 2,3 600-800 

ND6, NXD6, 

HND6, HNXD6 

2,3 500-1200 

J,R 

15-600 

(1,2,3P) 

NGB,HGB,LBG 1,2,3 15-125 

J,R 

50-600 

(2,3P) 

NDGA, HDGA 2,3 50-150 

J,R 

70-600 

(2,3P) 

NFGA, HFGA 2,3 70-250 

J,R 

200-600 

(2,3P) 

NJGA, HJGA 2,3 200-400 

J,R 

400,600 

(1,2,3P) 

NLGA, HLGA 2,3 400-600 

T 

15-1200 

(1,2,3P) 

NGB,HGB,LBG 1,2,3 15-125 

T 

50-1200 

(2,3P) 

NDGA, HDGA 2,3 50-150 

T 

70-1200 

(2,3P) 

NFGA, HFGA 2,3 70-250 

T 

200-1200 

(2,3) 

NJGA, HJGA 2,3 200-400 

T 

400-1200 

(2,3P) 

NLGA, HLGA 2,3 400-600 

NDGA, HDGA 2,3 50-150 

L 

601-6000 NFGA, HFGA 2,3 70-250 

(2,3P) 

NJGA, HJGA 2,3 200-400 

NJGA, HLGA 2,3 400-600 

7 

MOLDED CASE 






General 

480V Fuse Series Ratings 

Series 

Main Fuse 


Rating 

kAIR Type 

Max. 

Amperes 

Type 

Number 

of Poles 

Max. 

Amperes 

50,000 J 

60-400 (1,2,3P) ED4 1 60-100 

15-400 (2,3P) ED4 2,3 15-100 

J 15-400 (1,2,3P) ED4 1 15-50 

T, J 70-600 (2,3P) FD6-A, FXD6-A 2,3 70-250 

J, R 70-600 (2,3P) HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 70-250 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 

2,3 200-400 

200-600 (2,3P) HJD6-A, HJX 

T, J, R 

LD6-A, HLD6 2,3 200-600 

450-600 (2,3P) LXD6-A, HLD6 2,3 450-600 

T 70-1200 (2,3P) HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 70-250 

JD6-A, JXD6-A 

2,3 200-400 

HJD6-A, HJX 

T, L 601-1200 (2,3P) 

LD6-A, HLD6 2,3 200-600 

LXD6-A, HLX 2,3 450-600 

HFD6, HFXD6 2,3 70-250 

MD6, MXD6 

HMD6, HMXD6 

2,3 500-800 

L 

ND6, NXD6 

601-6000 

2,3 500-1200 

HND6, HNXD6 

(2,3P) 

NDGA, HDGA 2,3 50-150 

NFGA, HFGA 2,3 70-250 

NJGA, HJGA 2,3 200-400 

100,000 

NLGA, HLGA 2,3 400-600 

J,R 

50-600 

(2,3P) 

NDGA, HDGA 2,3 50-150 

J,R 

70-600 

(2,3P) 

NFGA, HFGA 2,3 70-250 

J,R 

200-600 

(2,3P) 

NJGA, HJGA 2,3 200-400 

J,R 

400-600 

(2,3P) 

NLGA, HLGA 2,3 400-600 

T 

601-1200 

(2,3P) 

NDGA, HDGA 2,3 50-150 

T 

601-1200 

(2,3P) 

NFGA, HFGA 2,3 70-250 

T 

601-1200 

(2,3P) 

NJGA, HJGA 2,3 200-400 

T 

601-1200 

(2,3P) 

NLGA, HLGA 2,3 400-600 

NDGA, HDGA 2,3 50-150 

L 601-6000 (2,3P) 

NFGA, HFGA 2,3 70-250 

NJGA, HJGA 2,3 200-400 

NLGA, HLGA 2,3 200-400 

200,000 

R 15-100 (1,2,3P) 

BQD, CQD 1 15-100 

BQD, CQD 2,3 20-30 

T, J 15-200 (1,2,3P) 

BQD, CQD 1 15-100 

BQD, CQD 2,3 20-30 

MOLDED CASE 


7 

7-234 



IEC 947-2® AC Interrupting Ratings, 50/60 HZ KA 


Reference 

Ampere Breaker Breaker 

220/240 Volts 380/415 Volts 500 Volts 

Rating Frame Type 

Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics 

15-125 ED ED6 65 17 35 9 — — 

FXD6 65 33 35 18 — — 

70-250 FD 

HFXD6 100 50 65 33 — — 

HHFXD6 200 100 100 50 — — 

250-400 JD 

JXD6(A) 65 33 40 20 — — 

HJXD6(A) 100 50 65 33 — — 

400-600 LD LXD6(A) 65 33 40 20 — — 

HLXD6(A) 100 50 65 33 — — 

600-800 MD 

MXD6 65 33 40 20 — — 

HMXD6 100 50 65 33 — — 

800-1200 ND 

NXD6 65 33 40 20 — — 

HNXD6 100 50 65 33 — — 

7 

MOLDED CASE 




Typical Specifications 

Reference 

General Specifications 

Molded case circuit breakers shall provide circuit overcurrent protection with 

inverse time and instantaneous tripping characteristics and shall be Siemens 

Sentron, Sensitrip or approved equal. 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


All circuit breakers shall be listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc., conform 

to applicable requirements of NEMA Standard Publication No. AB1 and meet 

appropriate classifications of Federal Specifications W C 375B/Gen. 

All circuit breakers shall have a quick-make, quick-break over center toggle type 

mechanism and the handle mechanism shall be trip free to prevent holding contacts 

closed against a short circuit or sustained overload. All circuit breaker handles shall 

assume a position between “ON” and “OFF when tripped automatically. Multi-pole 

circuit breakers shall be common-trip such that an overload or short circuit on any 

one pole will result in all poles opening simultaneously. Arc extinction is to be 

accomplished by magnetic arc chutes. All ratings are to be clearly visible. When 

reverse feed is indicated on the drawings, in accordance with UL, circuit breakers 

with sealed trip units shall be supplied. 

Thermal Magnetic Specifications 

Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, all Circuit breakers 2000 Ampere 

and below shall have thermal-magnetic trip units, with inverse time-current 

characteristics. Automatic operation of these circuit breakers shall be obtained by 

means of thermal-magnetic tripping devices located in each pole providing inverse 

time delay and instantaneous circuit protection. Circuit breakers shall be ambient 

compensating in that, as the ambient temperature increases over 40°C, the circuit 

breaker automatically derates itself so as to better protect its associated conductor. 

Thermal magnetic breakers from 250 to 2000A frames shall have thermal 

interchangeable trip units, with instantaneous magnetic trip settings that are 

adjustable and accessible from the front of all circuit breakers on frame sizes 250 

Amperes and above. Where indicated, provide circuit breakers UL listed for 

application at 100% of their continuous ampere rating in their intended enclosure. 

Motor Circuit Protectors 

Where indicated on the drawings and in the combination motor starter/motor 

control center schedule, furnish instantaneous magnetic trip only circuit breakers 

for motor short circuit protection. The magnetic trips shall be adjustable and 

accessible from the front of all circuit breakers frames. The continuous current 

rating shall be between 1 and 800 Amperes as indicated on the drawing. 

The interrupting rating of the circuit breakers shall be as indicated in the 

specifications, and shown on the drawing or single line diagram. The interrupting 

rating of the circuit breakers shall be at least equal to the available short circuit 

current at the line terminals of the circuit breaker and correspond to the UL listed 

integrated short circuit current rating specified. 


Provide shunt trips, bell alarms, and auxiliary switches as shown on the contract 

drawings. Gold plated auxiliary switches shall be supplied for PLC connection. Internal 

accessories for all breakers shall be UL listed for field installation and modification. 

Solid State Sensing Specifications 

As indicated on the drawings, circuit breaker frames 

400 Ampere through 3200-Ampere shall have 

microprocessor-based RMS sensing trip units, with 

the capability to measure through to the 21st harmonic. 

Automatic operation of all circuit breaker frames 400A 

and larger shall be obtained by means of solid state 

tripping elements providing inverse time delay and 

(instantaneous) and/or (short-time delay) circuit 

protection. Continuous current ratings shall be adjustable 

from 20% to 100% of the trip unit rating, without the need 

for a rating plug. Long-time delay and instantaneous trip 

shall be adjustable. The optional short-time trip function 

shall have adjustable pick-up settings, three fixed times, 

and I 2 t ramp. Circuit breaker frames 400A and larger, and 

where indicated on the drawings, shall be 100% equipment 

rated. 

Integral Ground 

Fault Option 

Main and feeder circuit breakers, as indicated on the 

drawings, shall be provided with integral ground fault 

protection. Ground fault pick-up shall be adjustable from 

20% to 70% of the circuit breakers maximum continuous 

current rating. Ground fault time delay shall be adjustable 

with three 1 2 t ramps. 

Metering Option 

When indicated on the drawings, solid state trip breakers 

shall be furnished with a plug-in or panel mounted 

metering device. This device shall simultaneously display 

all three phase currents, as well as average current, 

ground current, and phase unbalance. In addition it shall 

display breaker status, a max log, and a trip log. The trip 

log will retain and display date, time and type of trip 

(overload, short circuit or ground fault) for the most 

recent 5 trip events. 

Current Limiting Specifications 

Where indicated on the drawings, Siemens current 

limiting circuit breakers are to be furnished. Current 

limiting circuit breakers shall limit the let-through I 2 t to a 

value less than the I 2 t of one-half cycle wave of the 

symmetrical prospective current without any fusible 

elements when operating within its current range. 

Series Connected Combination Specifications 

Where protective devices are applied in series combination, 

such that the prospective available fault current exceeds 

the interrupting rating (AIR) of the downstream protective 

devices, such combinations shall be UL recognized 

combinations. All electrical equipment using these UL 

recognized circuit breaker combinations shall be clearly 

marked in accordance with NEC Section 240-83(c). 

Connection Accessories 

Unless otherwise noted, Mechanical lugs shall be provided with all Molded Case 

Breakers. Where indicated on the drawings, compression lugs shall be provided on 

1200 Ampere frame and below circuit breakers. All compression lugs shall be 

supplied by the Circuit Breaker Manufacturer. Where indicated on the drawings, 

UL listed plug-in or rear connectors shall be supplied. 

7-236 



Superseded Breakers 

General 

Sentron Series Note Superseded Note Superseded 

CED62B015-CED62B125 

a 

CLE62B015-CLE62B100 

c 

CE2B015-CE2B100 

CED62S100A 

a 

CLE62S100 

c 

CE2S100 

CED63A001-CED63A125 

a 

CLE63A001-CLE63A125 

CED63B015-CED63B125 

a 

CLE63B015-CLE63B100 

c 

CE3B015-CEB100 

CED63S100A 

a 

CLE63S100 

c 

CE3S100 

HHED63B015-HHED63B125 

a 

HED63B015-HED63B125 

CFD62A150, CFD62L150, CFD62A250 

a 

CLF62A150, CLF62A250 

CFD62B070-CFD62B250 

a 

CLF62B070-CLF62B240 

c 

CJ2B125-CJ2B250 

CFD62S250A 

a 

CLF62S250 

CFD63A150, CFD63L150, CFD63A250 

a 

CLF63A150, CLF63A250 

CFD63B070-CFD63B250 

a 

CLF63B070-CLF63B250 

c 

CJ3B125-CJ3B250 

CFD63S250A 

a 

CLF63S250 

CJD62B200-CJD62B400 

a 

CLJ62B100-CLJ62B400 

d 

CJ2B300-CJ2B400 

CJD62H400, CJD62L400 

a 

CLJ62L400, CLJ62H400 

CJD62S400A 

a 

CLJ62S400 

d 

CJ2S400 

CJD63B200-CJD63B400 

a 

CLJ63B200-CLJ63B400 

d 

CJ3B300-CJ3B400 

CJD63H400, CJD63L400 

a 

CLJ63L400, CLJ63H400 

CJD63S400A 

a 

CLJ63S400 

d 

CJ3S400 

CPD63B120-CPD63B160 

e 

CP3B120-CP3B160 

ED21B015-ED21B100 

a 

E21B015-E21B100 

b 

EE1B015-EE1B100 

ED22B015-ED22B100 

a 

E22B015-E22B100 

b 

EE2B015-EE2B100 

ED22S100A 

a 

E22S100A 

b 

EE2S100 

ED23B015-ED23B100 

a 

E23B015-E23B100 

b 

EE3B015-EE3B100 

ED23S100A 

a 

E23S100A 

b 

EE3S100 

ED41B015-ED41B100 

a 

E41B015-E41B100 

b 

EH1B015-EH1B100 

ED42B015-ED42B125 

a 

E42B015-E42B100 

b 

EH2B015-ED2B125 

ED42S100A 

a 

E42S100 

b 

EH2S100 

ED43B015-ED43B125 

a 

E43B015-E43B100 

b 

EH3B015-EH3B100 

ED43S100A 

a 

E43S100 

b 

EH3S100 

ED61B015-ED61B100 

a 

E61B015-E61B100 

b 

EF1B015-EF1B020 

ED62B015-ED62B125 

a 

E62B015-E62B100 

b 

EF2B015-EF2B100 

ED62S100A 

a 

E62S100A 

b 

EF2S100 

ED63A001-ED63A125 

a 

E63A001-E63A125 

b 

EF3A003, EF3J050, EF3L050-EF3A100, EF3H1 

ED63B015-ED63B125 

a 

E63B015-E63B100 

b 

EF3B015-EF3B100 

ED63S100A 

a 

E63S100A 

b 

EF3S100 


a 


FD62B070-FD62B250 f a F62B070, F62B250 

FD63B070-FD63B250 f a F63B070-F63B250 

FXD62A150, FXD62L150, FXD62A250 

a 

FJ62A150, FJ62L150-FJ62A250 

FXD62B070-FXD62B250 f a FJ62B070-FJ62B250 

b 

FJ2B070-FJ2B225 

FXD62S250A 

a 

FJ62S250 

b 

FJ2S225 

FXD63A150, FXD63L150, FXD63A250 

a 

FJ63A150, FJ63L150-FJ63A250 

b 

FJ3A225 

FXD63B070-FXD63B250 f a FJ63B070-FJ63B250 

b 

FJ3B070-FJ3B225 

FXD63S250A 

a 

FJ63S250 

b 

FJ3S225 


a 

HE41B015-HE41B100 


a 

HE42B015-HE42B100 


a 

HE43B015-HE43B100 


a 

HE61B015-HE61B100 

b 

HE2B015-HE2B100 


a 

HE63B015-HE63B100 

b 

HE3B015-HE3B100 

HFD62B070-HFD62B250 

a 

HF62B070-HF62B250 

HFD63B070-HFD63B250 

a 

HF63B070-HF63B250 


a 


HJD63B200-HJD63B400 

a 

HJ63B200-HJ63B400 

b 

HJ3B125-HJ3B400 

HLD63B250-HLD63B600 

a 

HL63B450-HL63B600 

b 

HL3B450-HL3B600 

HMD63B500-HMD63B800 

b 

HN3B500-HN3B800 

HND63B100-HND63B120 

b 

HK3B100-HK3B120 

HPD63B120-HPD63B160 

b 

HP3B120-HP3B160 

HRD63B160-HRD63B200 

b 

HR3B160-HR3B200 

7 

MOLDED CASE 


aMechanically and electrically interchangeable. 

bElectrically interchangeable only, refer to sales office for 

further details. 

cElectrically interchangeable only if the system interrupting 

capacity is less than or equal to: 

200 kA at 240V AC 

200 kA at 480V AC 

100 kA at 600V AC 

dElectrically interchangeable only if the system interrupting 

capacity is less than or equal to: 

200 kA at 240V AC 

150 kA at 480V AC 

100 kA at 600V AC 

eRefer to local sales office for replacement information. 

fEffective 1994 — The FD6 and FXD6 types have been 

replaced by FD6-A and FXD6-A type thermal / magnetic 

circuit breakers — mechanically and electrically 

interchangeable with the exception that FXD6-A and FD6-A 

have 22kA at 600V AC ratings versus 18kA at 600V AC for 

types FXD6 and FD6. 





General 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



JD62B200-JD62B400 a JLB200-JL62B400 b JL2B070-JL2B400 

JD63B200-JD63B400 a JL63B200-JL63B400 b JL3B0L0-JL3B400 

JXD22B200-JXD22B400 a JD22B200-JD22B400 b JD2B250-JD2B400 

JXD22S400A a JD22S400 b JD2S400 

JXD23B200-JXD23B400 a JD23B200-JD23B400 b JD3B250-JD3B400 

JXD23S400A a JD23S400 b JD3S400 

JXD62B200-JXD62B400 a JJ62B200-JJ62B400 b JJ2B250-JJ2B400 

JXD62H400, JXD62L400 a JL62L400, JL62H400 b JL2L400-JL2H400 

JXD62S400A a JJ62S400A 

JXD63B200-JXD63B400 a JJ63B200-JJ63B400 b JJ3B200-JJ3B400 

JXD63H400, JXD63L400 a JL63A400, JL63H400, JL63L400 b JL3H400, JL3L400, JL3A225 

JXD63S400A a JJ63S400A 

LD62B250-LD62B500 a LL63B250-LL62B600 b LL2B450-LL2B600 

LD62B250-LD63B600 a LL63B250-LL63B600 b LL3B450-LL3B600 

LXD62B450-LXD62B600 a LJ62B450-LJ62B600 

LXD62J600, LXD62L600 b LL2H600, LL2U600, LL2X600 

LXD62S600A a LJ62S600 

LXD63B450-LXD63B600 a LJ63B450-LJ63B600 

LXD64H600, LXD63L600 a LL63H600, LL63L600 b LL3A450, LL3H600 

LXD63S600A a LJ63S600A b LL3S600 

MD62B500-MD62B800 b KM2B500-KM2B800 

MD63B500-MD63B800 b KM3B500-KM3B800 

MXD62A800, MXD62H800, MXD62L800 b KM2A800, KM2H800, KM2L800 

MXD62S800A b KM2S800 

MXD63A800, MXD63H800, MXD63L800 b KM3A600, KM3H800, KM3L800 

MXD63S800A b KM3S800 

ND63B100-ND63B900 b KP3B100-KP3B900 

NXD63S120A b KP3S120 

PD63B120-PD63B160 b HP3B120-HP3B160 

PXD63S160A b HP3S160 

RD63B160-RD63B200 b HR3B160-HR3B200 

QR22B100 – QR22B225 

QJ22B060-QJ22B225 

QR22B100H – QR22B225H 

QJ22B060H-QJ22B225H 

HQR23S250HA 

QJ22S225 

QJ23B100 – QR23B225 

QJ23B060-QJ23B225 

QR23B100H – QR23B225H 

QJ23B060H-QJ23B225H 

QRH22B100 – QRH22B225 

QJH22B060-QJH22B225 

QRH23B100 – QRH23B225 

QJH23B060-QJH23B225 

HQR23S250HA QJH23S225 a 

QJH22B060-QJH22B225 a QJ2H125-QJ2B225 

QJH23B060-QJH23B225 a QJ3H125-QJ3H225 

QJH23S225 a QJ3S225 

RD63B160-RD63B200 b HR3B160-HR3B200 

RXD63S200A b HR3S200 

SCJD6B200LI-SCJD6B400LI a SCJD69200-SCJD69400 

SCJD6B200LIG-SCJD6B400LIG a SCJD69200G-SCJD69400G 

SCJD6B200LSIG-SCJD6B400LSIG a SCJD69200NGT-SCJD69400NGT 

SCJD6B200LSI-SCJD6B400LSI a SCJD69200NT-SCJD69400NT 

SCLD6B300LI-SCLD6B600LI a SCLD69300-SCLD69600 

SCLD6B300LIG-SCLD6B600LIG a SCLD69300G-SCLD69600G 

SCLD6B300LSIG-SCLD6B600LSIG a SCLD69300NGT-SCLD69600NGT 

SCLD6B300LSI-SCLD6B600LSI a SCLD69300NT-SCLD69600NT 

SCMD6B600LI-SCMD6B800LI a SCMD69600A-SCMD69800A 

SCMD6B600LIG-SCMD6B800LIG a SCMD69600AG-SCMD69800AG 

SCMD6B600LSIG-SCMD6B800LSIG a SCMD69600ANGT-SCMD69800ANGT 

SCMD6B600LSI-SCMD6B800LSI a SCMD69600ANT-SCMD69800ANT 


bElectrically interchangeable only, refer to sales office for 

further details. 

cElectrically interchangeable only if the system 

interrupting capacity is less than or equal to: 

200 kA at 240V AC 

200 kA at 480V AC 

100 kA at 600V AC 

dElectrically interchangeable only if the system 

interrupting capacity is less than or equal to: 

200 kA at 240V AC 

150 kA at 480V AC 

100 kA at 600V AC 

eRefer to local sales office for replacement information. 

7-238 





General 


SCND6B800LI-SCND6B120LI a SCND69800A-SCND69120A 

SCND6B800LIG-SCND6B120LIG a SCND69800AG-SCND69120AG 

SCND6B800LSIG-SCND6B120LSIG a SCND69800ANGT-SCND69120ANGT 

SCND6B800LSI-SCND6B120LSI a SCND69800ANT-SCND69120ANT 

SHJD6B200LI-SHJD6B400LI a SHJD69200-SHJD69400 a SHJ63B200-SHJ63B400G 

SHJD6B200LIG-SHJD6B400LIG a SHJD69200G-SHJD69400G a SHJ63B200G-SHJ63B400G 

SHJD6B200LSIG-SHJD6B400LSIG a SHJD69200NGT-SHJD69400NGT a SHJ63N200G-SHJ63N400G 

SHJD6B200LSI-SHJD6B400LSI a SHJD69200NT-SHJD69400NT a SHJ63N200-SHJ63N400 

SHLD6B300LI-SHLD6B600LI a SHLD69300-SHLD69600 a SHL63B300-SHL63B600 

SHLD6B300LIG-SHLD6B600LIG a SHLD69300G-SHLD69600G a SHL63B300G-SHL63B600G 

SHLD6B300LSIG-SHLD6B600LSIG a SHLD69300NGT-SHLD69600NG a SHL63N300G-SHL63N600G 

SHLD6B300LSI-SHLD6B600LSI a SHLD69300NT-SHLD69600NT a SHL63N300-SHL63N600 

SHND6B100LI-SHND6B120LI a SHND69100A-SHND69120A a SHND69100-SHND69800 

SHND6B100LIG-SHND6B120LIG a SHND69100AG-SHND69120AG a SHND69100G-SHND69800G 

SHPD6B140LI-SHPD6B160LI a SHPD69140-SHPD69160 b SHPF3B120-SHPF3B160 

SHPD6B140LIG-SHPD6B160LIG a SHPD69140G-SHPD69160G b SHPF3B120G-SHPF3B160G 

SHND6B100LSIG-SHND6B120LSIG a SHND69100NGT-SHND69800NGT a SHKF3N100G-SHKF3N800G 

SHND6B100LSI-SHND6B120LSI a SHND69100NT-SHND69800NT b SHKF3N100-SHKF3N800 

SJD6B200LI-SJD6B400LI a SJD69200-SJ369400 a SJL63B200-SJL63B400 

SJD6B200LIG-SJD6B400LIG a SJD69200G-SJD69400G a SJL63B200G-SJL63B400G 

SJD6B200LSIG-SJD6B400LSIG a SJD69200NGT-SJD69400NGT a SJL63N200G-SJL63N400G 

SJD6B200LSI-SJD6B400LSI a SJD69200NT-SJD69400NT a SJL63N200-SJL63N400 

SLD6B300LI-SLD6B600LI a SLD69300-SLD69600 a SLL63B300-SLL63B600 

SLD6B300LIG-SLD6B600LIG a SLD69300G-SLD69600G a SLL63B300G-SLL63B600G 

SLD6B300LSIG-SLD6B600LSIG a SLD69300NGT-SLD69600NGT a SLL63N300G-SLL63N600G 

SLD6B300LSI-SLD6B600LSI a SLD69300NT-SLD69600NT a SLL63N300-SLL63N600 

SMD6B600LI-SMD6B800LI a SMD69600A-SMD69800A a SMD69600-SMD69800 

SMD6B600LIG-SMD6B800LIG a SMD69600AG-SMD69800AG a SMD69600G-SMD69800G 

SMD6B600LSIG-SMD6B800LSIG a SMD69600ANGT-SMD69800ANGT a SMD69600NGT-SMD69800NGT 

SMD6B600LSI-SMD6B800LSI a SMD69600ANT-SMD69800ANT a SMD69600NT-SMD69800NT 

SND6B800LI-SND6B120LI a SND69800A-SND69120A a SND69100-SND69800 

SND6B800LIG-SND6B120LIG a SND69800AG-SND69120AG a SND69100G-SND69800G 

SND6B800LSIG-SND6B120LSIG a SND69800ANGT-SND69120ANGT a SND69100NGT-SND69800NGT 

SND6B800LSI-SND6B120LSI a SND69800ANT-SND69120ANT a SND69100NT-SND69800NT 

SHPD6B140LI-SHPD6B160LI a SPD69140-SPD69160 b SHPF3B120-SHPF3B160 

SHPD6B140LIG-SHPD6B160LIG a SPD69140G-SPD69160G b SHPF3B120G-SHPF3B160G 

SHPD6B140LSIG-SHPD6B160LSIG a SPD69140NGT-SPD69160NGT b SHPF3N120-SHPF3N160G 

SHPD6B140LSI-SHPD6B160LSI a SPD69140NT-SPD69160NT b SHPF3N120G-SHPF3N160G 

— — d BQCC1B015-BQC1B030 

— — d CC1B015-CC1B030 

— — d CC2B015-CC2B030 

— — d CC3B015-CC3B030 

— — d EF2A003, EF2H050, EF2L050, EF2A100 

— — d EF2H150, EF2L150 

— — d EH1B015-EH1B100 

— — d EH2B015-EH2B100 

— — d EH3B015-EH3B100 

— — c HE2A003, HE2H050, HE2L050-HE2A100 

— — c HE3A003, HE3H050, HE3L050-HE3A100 

— — c HE3B015-HE3B100 

7 

MOLDED CASE 



bElectrically interchangeable only, refer to sales 

office for further details. 

cThese units are for replacement purposes only. 

Consult sales office for availability. 

dThese units are no longer manufactured, and no 

replacement is available. 



Notes 

MOLDED CASE 


7 

7-240 


Transformers 

SPEEDFAX TM 

Section 

Sentron Power Centers 


Transformer—Dry Type Distribution 8-2 – 8-3 

Features and Technical Information 8-4 

Catalog Coding System 8-5 – 8-8 

Single Phase—Distribution Dry Type 8-9 - 8-10 

Three Phase—Distribution Dry Type 8-11 - 8-14 

Filtered Isolation and Motor Drive 8-15 

Sentron Power Centers 8-16 - 8-17 

High Efficiency Transformers 8-18 

Harmonic Mitigation Transformers 8-19 - 8-20 

Buck-Boost Transformers 

Buck-Boost Application, Selection Tables 8-21 - 8-24 

Buck Boost Single Phase and Three Phase Connection Diagrams 8-25 - 8-26 

Accessories for Transformers: Lugs, Drip Shields and Wall Brackets 8-27 

Harmonic Mitigating Transformers 

8 TRANSFORMERS 



online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 



Transformers 

Dry Type Distribution 600 Volt Class 

General 

Siemens dry type distribution transformers 

are rated 600 volt class and are 

available in a wide variety of ratings to 

provide versatile electrical distribution 

for general purpose, lighting and power 

loads in commercial and industrial 

applications. 

Ratings are available from 0.25 through 

167 kVA single phase, and 3 through 

1000 kVA 3-phase. A variety of primary 

and secondary voltage ratings are 

available to match the load requirements 

to the distribution system. All units meet 

applicable ANSI and NEMA standards. 

Standard designs are UL Listed. 

Transformers are designed, manufactured, 

and tested in accordance with 

ANSI, NEMA and IEEE Standards and 

are UL Listed. All units are fungus resistant. 

Fungus proof is not an option. 

Encapsulated Transformer 

Ventilated Transformer 

Encapsulated 

n The self-cooled kVA rating shall be 

suitable for 30°C average, 40°C 

maximum ambient temperature. 

n Ratings from 0.25 kVA through 25 

kVA,1-phase, and from 3 kVA through 

15 kVA 3-phase are available. 

n Feature indoor/outdoor enclosures 

with integral wall mounting brackets, 

and either a 135°C rise, 180°C insulation 

system or a 95°C rise, 130°C 

insulation system. 

Ventilated 

n Ratings from 15 kVA through 167 kVA 

1- phase, and from 15 kVA through 

1000 kVA 3-phase are available. 

n Indoor NEMA 1/3R enclosures with 

150oC rise and 220oC insulation 

systems are standard. Many options 

are available. 

n Most three phase designs (15 kVA 

through 75kVA) and single phase 

designs (15 kVA through 50kVA) 

include primary and secondary 

terminal lugs. For more information, 

refer to lug table on page 8-8 

Call customer support for confirmation 

if needed. 

n 1-phase up to 167 kVA and 3-phase 

up to 750kVA are Seismic certified 

for floor mounting. Call customer support 

for larger kVA certification or wall 

mounting applications. 

DOE 2016 Efficiency Standards 

8 

TRANSFORMERS 

n Department of Energy (DOE) 

10 CFR 431 released efficiency 

standards which will take effect 

January 1, 2016. 

n New efficiency standards apply 

to dry-type three-phase ventilated 

transformers, including Harmonic 

Mitigating Transformers from 

15 kVA to 1000kVA 

n New standards will surpass and 

supersede NEMA TP1 standards and 

will make NEMA Premium obsolete. 

n DOE 2016 designs have grainoriented, 

non-aging silicon steel. 

n Dry type, three phase ventilated 

transformers must be manufactured 

to DOE 2016 standards after January 

1, 2016 

n NEMA TP1 rated transformers will 

still be available for single phase 

transformers after January 1, 2016 

n See accompanying chart for efficiency 

increases for DOE 2016 standards. 

Comparison of 3-Phase 

LV Transformer Efficiency 

kVA 

TP1 

NEMA 

Premium 

DOE 

2016 

15 97.00% 97.90% 97.89% 

30 97.50% 98.25% 98.23% 

45 97.70% 98.39% 98.40% 

75 98.00% 98.60% 98.60% 

112.5 98.20% 98.74% 98.74% 

150 98.30% 98.81% 98.83% 

225 98.50% 98.95% 98.94% 

300 98.60% 99.02% 99.02% 

500 98.70% 99.09% 99.14% 

750 98.80% 99.16% 99.23% 

1000 98.90% 99.23% 99.28% 

a NEMA Premium will no longer be available after 

January 1, 2016 due to DOE 2016 requirements. 

8-2 


Distribution Dry Type Transformers 


600 Volts Class — Single and Three Phase Selection 

600 Volts Class 

Single Phase 0.25-167 kVA 

Three Phase 3-1000 kVA 

Features 

n Standard units are UL listed and are 

designed in accordance with ANSI, 

NEMA (ST20) and IEEE standards 

Encapsulated 

n UL listed designs (UL 506) 

n Totally enclosed, non-ventilated, heavy 

gauge steel enclosure 

n Core and coil completely embedded 

within a resin compound for quiet, low 

temperature operation 

n Encapsulation seals out moisture and air 

n UL listed indoor/outdoor enclosure 

features integral wall mounting brackets 

n Rugged design resists weather, dust, 

and corrosion 

n Efficient, compact, lightweight, easy 

to install 

n Flexible wiring leads that terminate 

within the bottom wiring compartment 

n Large wiring compartment on the 

bottom with convenient knockouts 

n High quality non-aging electrical grade 

core steel 

n Precision wound coils 

Ventilated 

n UL listed designs (UL 1561) 

n Designed for indoor NEMA 2 installations. 

NEMA 3R enclosures suitable for 

outdoor locations available as an option 

n All D16 catalog numbers include NEMA 

3R enclosures as standard unless other 

options chosen change or remove the 

enclosure 

n Core and coils are designed with UL 

listed high-temperature materials rated 

for 220°C; standard units feature 150°C 

winding temperature rise 

n Optional low temperature rise of 115° 

C or 80° C winding temperature rise for 

increased efficiency and additional overload 

capability 

n Rugged sheet steel enclosure per 

UL1561, UL506 standards with removable 

panels for access to the internal 

wiring area 

n Neoprene noise dampening pads isolate 

the core and coil from the enclosure 

n Optional drip shields/weathershield and 

wall brackets available 

n High quality grain-oriented, non-aging 

silicon steel core for 3 Phase units 

Single Phase Transformer Ampere Ratings 

Single Phase Full Load Amperes (FLC) 

kVA 120V 208V 240V 277V 480V 600V 

0.25 2.0 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.5 0.4 

0.50 4.2 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.0 0.8 

0.75 6.3 3.6 3.1 2.7 1.6 1.3 

1 8.3 4.8 4.2 3.6 2.1 1.7 

1.5 12.5 7.2 6.2 5.4 3.1 2.5 

2 16.7 9.6 8.3 7.2 4.2 3.3 

3 25 14.4 12.5 10.8 6.2 5 

5 41 24 20.8 18.0 10.4 8.3 

7.5 62 36 31 27 15.3 12.5 

10 83 48 41 36 20.8 16.7 

15 125 72 62 54 31 25 

25 206 120 104 90 52 41 

37.5 312 180 156 135 76 62 

50 416 240 208 180 104 83 

75 625 340 312 270 156 125 

100 833 480 416 361 208 166 

167 1391 803 695 603 347 278 

Three Phase Transformer Ampere Ratings 

Three Phase Full Load Amperes (FLC) 

kVA 208V 240V 480V 600V 

3 8.3 7.2 3.6 2.9 

6 16.6 14.4 7.2 5.8 

9 25 21.6 10.8 8.6 

15 41.7 36.1 18.0 14.4 

30 83.4 72.3 36.1 28.9 

45 124 108 54.2 43.4 

75 208 180 90 72 

112.5 312 270 135 108 

150 416 360 180 144 

225 624 541 270 216 

300 832 721 360 288 

500 1387 1202 601 481 

750 2084 1806 903 723 

1000 2779 2408 1204 963 

Insulation Class and Temperature Rise a 

kVA 

Insulation 

1-Phase 3-Phase Temperature Class Temperature Rise 

0.25-1 N/A 130° C 95° C 

1.5-25 3-15 180° C 135° C 

15-167 15-1000 220° C 150° C 

Sound Level in Decibels – 600V Class 

Self Cooled Ventilated Self 

kVA 

K Factor: 

1, 4, 9 

K Factor: 

13, 20 

Cooled 

Sealed kVA 

NEMA Average DB 

a Temp rise and insulation system values shown are 

typical. Variation in these values may exist depending 

on size, design and series. but will comply with the 

requirements of UL506 and UL1561 

Self Cooled Ventilated 

K Factor: 

1, 4, 9 

K Factor: 

13, 20 

NEMA Average DB 

0-3.00 40 40 45 112.51-150.00 50 53 55 

3.01-9.00 40 40 45 150.01-225.00 55 58 57 

9.01-15.00 45 45 50 225.01-300.00 55 58 57 

15.01-30.00 45 45 50 300.01-500.00 60 63 59 

30.01-50.00 45 48 50 500.01-700.00 62 65 61 

50.01-75.00 50 53 55 700.01-1000.00 64 67 63 

75.01-112.50 50 53 55 

Self 

Cooled 

Sealed 



Transformers 

Dry Type Distribution 600 Volt Class 



8 

TRANSFORMERS 

Standard Construction Features 

Transformers rated 15 kVA and larger 

shall be a ventilated dry type with a 

UL Listed 220°C insulation system. 

Units shall be designed to operate with 

a rated maximum temperature rise of 

150°C (Optional 115°C or 80°C rise can 

be specified). 

Construction shall consist of aluminum 

windings and arranged to brace coil 

layers and provide maximum ventilation. 

(Optional copper windings can be specified). 

3-Phase cores shall be constructed 

of grain-oriented, non-aging silicon steel 

with high magnetic permeability and 

low loss characteristics. 

Core laminations shall be tightly 

assembled. The complete core and coil 

assembly shall be impregnated with 

non-hydroscopic thermo-setting varnish 

to provide a high dielectric, moisture 

resistant, flame retardant seal that is 

inherently fungus-resistant. 

Core and coil assemblies shall be 

constructed to provide short circuit with 

stand capability as defined by ANSI and 

NEMA standards. The complete assembly 

shall be installed on vibration dampening 

pads to reduce noise and will be 

securely bolted to the enclosure base. 

A flexible grounding conductor shall 

be installed between the core and coil 

assembly and the transformer enclosure. 

Enclosures shall be ventilated, heavy 

gauge steel construction finished 

with light gray paint. Front and rear 

covers shall be removable to provide 

access to the terminal compartment. 

Terminals shall be fully sized 

to carry the transformer full load current 

and shall be arranged to accept 

required UL-Listed cable connectors. 

Units installed outdoors shall have a 

UL-Listed type 3R outdoor enclosure, 

or shall be UL Listed with optional 

weathershields installed. Standard 

voltage ratings shall be supplied with 

NEMA standard taps for the high-voltage 

windings. Unless specified otherwise, 

average sound levels (150°C rise) shall 

meet the NEMA ST20 standards. 

Each transformer shall have a securely 

attached nameplate providing complete 

electrical ratings, wiring diagram, tap 

connections, and catalog number, as 

applicable. 

K-Factor Rated for Non-Linear Loads 

Siemens offers transformer designs 

which meet K-Factor ratings. K-Factor 

is a ratio between the additional losses 

due to harmonics and the eddy losses 

at 60Hz. It is used to specify transformers 

for non-linear loads. Note that 

K-Factor transformers do not eliminate 

harmonic distortion; they withstand the 

non-linear load condition without overheating. 

K-Factor Features 

n Designed to ANSI and NEMA 

Standards 

n UL K-Factor Listed per UL 1561 

n K-Factor Rating Designed to IEEE 

c57.110 

n Aluminum Wound Coils 

n Core, Conductors designed for 

Harmonics and Eddy Currents 150°C 

n Rise, 220°C Insulation 

n Electrostatic Shield to Attenuate Line 

Transients 

n 200% Neutral Bar (2X Phase current) 

n NEMA 3R Enclosure standard for D16 

catalog numbers 

Transformers shall be designed, manufactured, 

and tested in accordance with 

ANSI, NEMA and IEEE Standards and 

shall be UL Listed. The self-cooled kVA 

rating shall be suitable for 30°C average, 

40°C maximum ambient temperature. 

Non-Linear rated transformers shall be 

suitable for nonsinusoidal loads and 

harmonic distortion as indicated in IEEE 

C57.110, and shall be designed with the 

following K-Factor rating (choose one): 

n K4 for 50% Non-Linear load 




Non-Linear rated transformers shall be 

UL Listed and shall bear the UL marking 

on the nameplate along with the specified 

K-Factor rating. Non-Linear rated 

transformers shall include the following 

design features: 

a) Core designed to withstand voltage 

distortion and high frequency harmonic 

currents. Magnetic flux density 

designed to reduce eddy currents and 

prevent saturation or overheating of 

the core 

b) Primary and secondary coils designed 

to minimize stray losses, skin effect 

losses, and excessive heating from 

harmonic currents. Coils shall not 

exceed the specified winding temperature 

rise, the corresponding hot 

spot temperature rating, or the 220°C 

insulation rating while carrying the 

specified Non-Linear load. 

c) Neutral bus sized for 200% of rated 

current to withstand circulating currents 

and triplen harmonics. 

d) An Electrostatic Shield between the 

primary and secondary winding and 

grounded to a common point within 

the transformer enclosure. When 

properly grounded, the shield shall 

provide noise isolation and attenuate 

common mode and transverse mode 

noise transients under normal loading 

conditions. 

e) The design and materials used shall 

enable the transformers to comply 

with NEMA TP1 efficiency standards. 

Options 

n Special K-Factor ratings 

n Special voltage ratings 

n NEMA 3R provided for Series J 

Single-Phase with Drip Shield (DS) 

n 80° or 115°C temperature rise 

n Low noise designs 

n Copper windings 

n Drip Shields (when not provided as 

standard – see chart on page 8-8) 

n Wall mounting brackets (15–75 kVA) 

(standard in most cases) 

n NEMA Premium ® Efficiencies 

available only until January 1st, 2016 

on 3-Phase but will continue to be 

available on Single-Phase 

a Temp rise and insulation system values shown are typical. 

Variation in these values may exist depending on size, 

design and series, but all will comply with the requirements 

of UL506 and UL1561. 

8-4 



Overview of Transformer Offerings 


Selection 




Single Phase Transformers 

Siemens offers single phase transformers 

from 0.25 kVA to 167 kVA with 

aluminum windings. Common optional 

modifiers include Low Temperature 

Rise, Electrostatic Shield, Copper 

Windings, Wall Mounting Brackets and 

Drip Shields. See Page 8-10 for common 

single-phase transformer offerings. 

Three Phase Transformers 

Siemens offers three phase transformers 

from 3 kVA through 1000kVA 

with aluminum windings. Common 

optional modifiers include K factor, Low 

Temperature Rise, Electrostatic Shield, 

Copper Windings, Low Noise, Wall 

Mounting Brackets, and Drip Shields. 

All three phase dry-type ventilated 

transformers will be manufactured to 

DOE 2016 efficiency standards after 

January 1, 2016. See page 8-12 for 

common three-phase transformer 

offerings. 

Motor Drive Isolation Transformers 

Siemens Drive Isolation Transformers 

are designed to meet the rugged 

demands of AC and DC variable speed 

drives and to provide circuit isolation 

from SCR’s. The separate primary and 

secondary windings provide isolation 

between the incoming line and the load, 

minimizing line disturbances, feedback 

and transients caused by SCR firing. 

Common optional modifiers include low 

temperature rise, electrostatic shields, 

copper windings, thermal switches, wall 

mounting brackets and drip shields. See 

page 8-15 for more details. 


Siemens Sentron Power Center is a 

pre-wired combination of a primary 

breaker disconnect, dry type shielded 

transformer, secondary breaker disconnect 

and a secondary power panel all 

in one convenient package. You save 

time, space and money by not having 

to individually assemble, mount and 

wire these components. Simply add the 

branch breakers and you’re ready to go. 

Both plug-on and bolt-on breaker panels 

are available. All Sentron Power Centers 

are UL-3R listed for indoor and outdoor 

use. See page 8-17 for more details. 


The Sentron Harmonic Mitigating 

Transformers (HMTs) are designed to 

meet the needs of modern power 

distribution systems that contain a large 

percentage of non-linear equipment 

that produces harmonics. The Sentron 

HMTs are specially designed to operate 

under high non-linear load conditions 

and have the additional benefit of 

improving the overall power system 

reliability. Siemens Sentron Harmonic 

Mitigating Transformers are only available 

in three-phase with either one or 

two secondaries (outputs). See page 8-20 

for more details. DOE 2016 efficiency 

standards apply after January 1, 2016. 


The Buck-Boost Transformer has four 

separate windings; two windings in 

the primary and two windings in the 

secondary. It can be used as either 

an insulating transformer or autotransformer. 

As an autotransformer, the unit 

can be corrected to Buck (decrease) 

or Boost (increase) a supply voltage. 

Since autotransformers may transmit 

line disturbances directly, they may be 

prohibited in some areas by local building 

codes. As insulating transformers, 

these units can accommodate a high 

voltage of 120, 240, or 480 volts. For 

units with two 12 volt secondaries, two 

16 volt secondaries, or two 24 volt secondaries, 

the output can be wired for 

either secondary voltage, or for 3-wire 

secondary. The unit is rated (kVA) as 

any conventional unit. See Page 8-23 for 

more details. 




Catalog Number Coding System for Transformers 


Selection 

(The first five options are dedicated to Basic Rating Information 

Basic Rating Information and are the beginning of all Transformer part numbers) 

Secondary 

Voltage Suffix Taps Suffix 

Primary and Secondary Primary Voltage Configuration Suffix 240/1Ph 120V 1 None N 

terminal lugs are 

240x120 V 1Ph A 240 2 2-5% FCBN R 

included on certain 

ventilated transformers. 

208 V 1Ph or 3Ph Delta B 208Y/120 3 2-5% (1 FCAN, 1 FCBN) S 

See chart on page 8-8 240 V 1Ph or 3Ph Delta C 480 4 4-2.5% (2 FCAN, 2 FCBN) T 

for lug information 

480x240 V 1Ph D 480Y/277 5 2-2.5% FCBN U 

277 V 1Ph E 380Y/219 6 4-2.5% FCBN X 

480 V 1Ph or 3Ph Delta F 230Y/133 7 6-2.5% (2 FCAN, 4 FCBN) Y 

Phase Suffix 600 V 1Ph or 3Ph Delta G 220/1Ph 110V 8 4-3.1% (2 FCAN, 2 FCBN) J 

1-Phase 1 190/200/208/220x380 400/416/440 H 400Y/231 9 2-3.5% (1 FCAN, 1 FCBN) K 

3-Phase 3 190/208/220/240x380 416/440/480 X 416Y/240 0 3-5% (1 FCAN, 2 FCBN) M 

380V Delta secondary is available 

by special quote. 

Includes center tap on one phase 

often referred to as a lighting tap. 

Taps are determined by 

transformer design and are 

not selectable on standard 

catalog units. 

3 F 3 Y 150 K13 F ES C LN3 Z4 TE TEE TP1 LZ 

Basic Rating Information 

Optional Modifiers (If applicable, add suffix to part number in this order, from left to right) 

8 

TRANSFORMERS 

kVA 

Suffix 

0.25 205 

0.5 505 

0.75 705 

1 001 

1.5 105 

2 002 

3 003 

5 005 

6 006 

7.5 007 

9 009 

10 010 

15 015 

25 025 

30 030 

37.5 037 

45 045 

50 050 

75 075 

100 100 

112.5 112 

150 150 

167 167 

225 225 

300 300 

500 500 

750 750 

1000 000 

(To create a Transformer part number, add applicable suffixes after 

Optional Modifiers Basic Rating Information in the order shown here and on next page) 

Modifier Suffix Description 

K4 

K-Factor 

K13 

K-Factor of 1 is standard for all and is not shown as part of part number. 

Addition of K-Factor options 4-through 30 include Electrostatic Shield (ES) 

K20 option and 200% neutral 

K30 

150C temperature rise with 220 insulation class is standard, no suffix code is needed 

Low 

Temperature 

B B=80C (80° C temp rise, can tolerate 30% continuous overload) 

Rise 

F F=115C (115° C temp rise, can tolerate 15% continuous overload) 

G G=130C 

Electrostatic shield (full width copper foil) for added noise attenuation and reduction of 

high frequency disturbances. 

Electrostatic 

Shield 

ES 

ES is standard with K4-K30 options, so it is not included in catalog number with 

K4-K30 options. Common mode attenuation is either 50dB (Series J) or 60dB 

(Series H). Transverse mode attenuation is either 10dB (Series H) or 30dB (Series J). 

ES2 ES2=dual (only applicable to HD1). Series H only. 

Copper Wound C C=Copper Windings. Aluminum windings are standard, no suffix code needed. 

LN3 LN3=3dB below NEMA ST20 

Low Noise LN5 LN5=5dB below NEMA ST20 

LN() ()=dB below NEMA ST20. Contact sales office for levels other than LN3 & LN5. 

Seismic rated Z4 

See chart on page 8-8 for available seismic ratings, not part of catalog 

number when standard. Not used after DOE 2016 is introduced. Shown for 

legacy products only. 

Totally Enclosed 

(Non-Ventilated) 

Totally Enclosed 

Encapsulated 

Energy 

Efficient e 

TE 

TEE 

D16 

TE for Series H is NEMA 4 as a standard. TE for Series J is NEMA 3R as a 

standard. Other NEMA types available. TE option not available with D16 

and TP1. 

Same as TE except encapsulated. TEE not available with D16 and TP1. 

D16=DOE 2016 standards. DOE 2016 standards will replace TP1 For 3 Phase 

Ventilated Dry Type Transformers for 15 kVA-1000kVA starting Jan. 1, 2016 

TP1 Still valid for single phase and all non ventilated transformers after Jan. 1, 2016 

Frequency LZ Standard is 60 Hertz. LZ option is 50/60 Hz. Not available with TP1 and D16. 

Note 1: If the catalog number will not completely describe the product, it will be identified 

as SPC-- - -kVA-XFMR. 

Note 2: “JST” suffix has been removed. Standard units are in stock for immediate 

shipment in many cases. Contact customer support. 

With continuous overloads these units will be operating at 150 C rise designs. 

e All D16 catalog numbers include NEMA 3R enclosures as standard unless other options 

chosen change or remove the enclosure. 

8-6 




Selection 


Harmonic 

Mitigation 

“NEMA 

Premium” 

Phase Shift 

for HD1 

Optional Modifiers (continued) 

HD1 for DOE 2016 standard 3 phase dry type ventilated transformers only. Series H only. 

HD1 

NP 

HD1=1 secondary/single output 

Surpasses NEMA-TP1 (Combine NP with available combined options as shown: 

“TP1…NP”, “HM1…NP”, “HM2…NP“). DOE 2016 standards surpass NP. NP not 

available after January 1 , 2016 for DOE 2016 3 phase ventilated dry type transformers 

(15kVA-1000kVA). NP 1-phase will continue to be available after this date. 

Only to be used with suffix code HD1 

0 0 degree lagging 

30 30 degree lagging 

Optional Product Offerings 

1. For non-standard or non-cataloged 

voltages or non-cataloged primary taps 

refer to sales office. 

2. Non-standard application, 50/60 Hz, 

special impedance, voltage, etc.- 

consult sales office. 

3. Auto transformers (A)- see page 8-11. 

4. Non-standard paint color-contact sales 

office. 

5. Harmonic mitigating transformers-see 

page 8-15. 

6. Transformer and panel combinationssee 

page 8-13 & 8-14. 

Optional Modifiers—continued (If applicable, add suffix to part number in this order, from left to right) 

HD1 NP 30 TS7 TV TB SS SSN4X I3 CC W VG DS 


Thermal 

Switches 

TVSS/SPD 

Terminal Block 


Enclosure 


Special 

Impedance 

Optional Modifiers (continued) 

Typical Thermal Switch is 2.5 A and 250V max, typical installation is one TS per coil with wires 

brought to a modular screw terminal block on top of the transformer. Customer must specify NO 

or NC contacts. Contact customer support for special requirements. 

TS7 ( ) 170C ( ) =no value: 1 switch 

TS8 ( ) 180C ( ) = 2: 2 switches 

TS0 ( ) 200C ( ) = 6: 6 switches 

Filter Capacitors Secondary Side with Surge Suppression. Available for Series H only. 

TV 

Must specify 100kA or 200kA surge rating. 

Contact customer support for standard terminal block availability. 

TB 

If special terminating requirements please advise 

SS 304 stainless (NEMA 3R if no NEMA type qualifier is specified) 

SS316 316 stainless (NEMA 3R if no NEMA type qualifier is specified) 

304 stainless is standard. Stainless steel 316 available with a special quote. 

SSN4X Non-Metallic NEMA 4X option not available. 

Standard is grey painted steel. 304 is standard for stainless steel option and 316 Stainless steel is 

available with a special quote. 

N12 NEMA 12 (SSN12 with 304 stainless) 316 available with special quote 

N4 NEMA 4 (SSN4 with 304 stainless) 316 available with special quote 

The impedance tolerance per ANSI is +/- 7.5% nominal which is the “I” value shown on 

Impedance charts. (see SpeedFax Supplement - Addendums H and J) 

Contact customer support for special requirements (if max or min or min/max range is required.) 

(If no Min or Max is specified - catalog number will NOT include an “I” value) 

Ix.x or Ix I2.5 = 2.5% max. or I3 = 3% max. for example. I2.5 to I6.5 are typical values. 

IMx.x IM2.5 = 2.5% min. or IM3 = 3% min. for example. 

IM2.5I5.5 = 2.5% min. and 5.5% max. impedance range or IM21I5 = 2% min. and 5% 

IMx.xIx.x 

max. range are examples. 

Name plate is displayed on frame bracket. Product may be shipped with or without 

CC 

enclosure. 

W Some DOE 2016 3 Phase Dry Type Ventilated Transformers include Wall Brackets. 

See chart on next page for non-DOE availability and DOE 2016 details. 

Core and Coil 

Assembly 

Wall Mounting 

Brackets 

Vent Guard VG Vent Guard is a Mesh screen to prevent vent opening access. 

Drip Shields 

(weathershields) 

DS 

Most DOE 2016 Dry Type Ventilated Transformers include Drip Shields from 15kVA to 

1000kVA. See chart on next page for availability. Also see non-DOE availability. 


The W and DS codes are not always part of the catalog number. 

Only shown as reference when it is not a standard feature of the device. 

Not available with D16 or TP1. 





Selection 

Seismic Rated: 

All others not listed below are not seismic rated 

(contact customer support for Wall Mounting Ratings if needed) 

Encapsulated Ventilated Non Ventilated 

Phase Series J Series J Series H Series J 

1 1-25kVA 

(Wall Mounted) 

S DS =2.00g ; z/h = 1.00 ; I p = 1.5 

1-250 kVA 

(Floor Mounted) 

S DS =2.00g ; z/h = 1.00 ; I p = 1.5 

15-167kVA 

(Floor Mounted Only) 

S DS =2.00g ; z/h = 1.00 ; I p = 1.5 

1-250kVA 


S DS =2.00g ; z/h = 1.00 ; I p = 1.5 

3 3-75kVA 


S DS =2.00g ; z/h = 1.00 ; I p = 1.5 

1-1000kVA 


S DS =2.00g ; z/h = 1.00 ; I p = 1.5 

15-750kVA 

(Floor Mounted Only) 

S DS =2.00g ; z/h = 1.00 ; I p = 1.5 

1-500kVA 


S DS =2.00g ; z/h = 1.00 ; I p = 1.5 

DOE 2016 3 Phase Ventilated 

3 NA 1-1000kVA 


Seismic labels are standard up to 750kVA with 150C temperature rise. 

Series J Results are filed with OSHPD per OSP-0109-10. 

Series H results are filed with OSHPD per OSP-0136-10. 

15-750kVA 


Seismic Qualified according to: 

• International Building Code (IBC) 2012 

• American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 7-10 

NA 

8 

TRANSFORMERS 

Wall Mounting Brackets and Drip Shields 

1 Phase Dry Type Wall Brackets/Drip Shields 

Wall Mounting Brackets (W) Drip Shields (DS) 

kVA 

Series J Series H Series J Series H 

0.25-25 Encapsulated Wall Mount only NA NA NA 

All items below are Ventilated 

15, 25 Optional** Standard Standard Standard 

37.5 Optional** See Note 1 Standard Standard 

50 Optional** See Note 1 Standard Standard 

75 NA See Note 1 Standard Standard 

100-500 NA Standard Standard 

3 Phase Dry Type Ventilated DOE 2016 Wall Brackets/Drip Shields 


kVA 


15, 30 Optional** Standard Standard Standard 

45 Optional** See Note 1 Standard Standard 

75 See Note 2 See Note 1 Standard Standard 

112.5-1000 N/A See Note 1 Standard Standard 

3 Phase Dry Type Encapsulated 


kVA 


3-15 Standard Standard N/A N/A 

**For DOE 2016 and 1-Phase ventilated, cost of transformer will not include wall brackets. 

Wall brackets will be an additional charge. 

Standard Terminal Lug Offerings 

(Primary and Secondary) for Ventilated Transformers (150 Degree Rise - Series J only - Without a K rating) 

1-Phase 

3-Phase 

kVA 120/240V 208V 480V 600V kVA 120/240V 208V 480V 600V 

0-15 Contact customer support 0-15 Contact customer support 

15 #2/0-6 #14-2 #14-2 #14-2 15 #14-2 #14-2 #14-2 #14-2 

25 250MCM-6 250MCM-6 #14-2 #14-2 30 #2/0-6 #2/0-6 #14-2 #14-2 

37.5 350MCM-6 350MCM-6 #14-2 #14-2 45 250MCM-6 250MCM-6 #14-2 #14-2 

50 600MCM-2 600MCM-2 #2/0-6 #2/0-6 75 600MCM-2 350MCM-6 #2/0-6 #2/0-6 

>50 Contact customer support >75 Contact customer support 

Values listed above are for standard configurations. 

There may be slight variations depending on requirements. 

Contact Customer Support for special requirements 

For Series H, see chart in Series H Addendum - Page H-16. Lug sizes are not available except on cutsheets. 

Contact Customer Support for special requirements. 

1. Standard with DH1 and DH2 enclosures. 

For DH3 enclosure, Series H transformers 

1000 lbs or less can be wall mounted with 

kit p/n TWB75H. The DH3 designation is 

found on the lower left corner of the Front 

View Outline on the transformer drawing. 

2. Optional except with copper windings or 

options B, K13, K20. See table page 8-27. 

8-8 



Single Phase 


Selection 

kVA 

Catalog 

Number Taps a Temperature 

Rise 

Insulation 

Mounting 

Type bef 

Drip Shield 

Provided c 

Enclosure 

Style – Type d 

Optional 

Modifications 

208 Volts Primary, 120/240 Volts Secondary 

1. 1B1N001 N 95° C 130° C Wall No Encapsulated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 4 

2 1B1N002 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

3 1B1N003 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

5 1B1N005 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

7.5 1B1N007 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

010 1B1N010 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

015 1B1N015 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

15 1B1Y015TP1 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3 

025 1B1Y025TP1 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 1, 2, 3 

037.5 1B1Y037TP1 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 1, 2, 3 

050 1B1S050TP1 Y g S 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 1, 2, 3 

075 1B1S075TP1 Y g S 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3 

0100 1B1S100TP1 Y g S 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3 

0167 1B1S167TP1 Y g S 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3 

240 @ 480 Volts Primary, 120/240 Volts Secondary 

.25 1D1N205 N 95° C 130° C Wall No Encapsulated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 4 

.50 1D1N505 N 95° C 130° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

.75 1D1N705 N 95° C 130° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

1.0 1D1N001 N 95° C 130° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

1.5 1D1N105 N 135° C 180° C Wall No Encapsulated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 4 

2.0 1D1N002 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

3.0 1D1N003 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

5.0 1D1N005 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

7.5 1D1N007 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

10.0 1D1N010 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

15 1D1N015 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

15 1D1Y015TP1 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3 

25 1D1Y025TP1 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 1, 2, 3 

37.5 1D1Y037TP1 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 1, 2, 3 

50 1D1Y050TP1 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 1, 2, 3 

75 1D1Y075TP1 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3 

100 1D1Y100TP1 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3 

167 1D1Y167TP1 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3 


3 1E1U003 U 135° C 180° C Wall No Encapsulated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 4 

5 1E1U005 U 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

7.5 1E1U007 U 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

10 1E1U010 U 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

15 1E1U015 U 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

25 1E1U025 U 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 


3 1F1R003 R 135° C 180° C Wall No Encapsulated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 4 

5 1F1R005 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

7.5 1F1R007 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

10 1F1R010 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

15 1F1R015 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

25 1F1R025 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

Optional Modifications Table (Contact Sales office for List Price) 

Optional (commonly used) 

Catalog 

Modifications 

Suffix Code 

1a. 115° C Rise F 

1b. 80° C Rise B 

2. Electrostatic Shield ES 

3. Copper Windings C 

4. Wall Mounting Brackets1 W 

5. Drip Shields DS 

Taps 

Description 

Designation 

None 

N 

2–5% FCBN R 

2–5% (1 FCAN, 1 FCBN) S 

2–2.5% FCBN U 

6–2.5% (2 FCAN, 4 FCBN) Y 


a Actual taps may vary based on volts/turn ratio. 

b Wall designations for units having standard features. 

c For outdoor application. Ventilated transformers 

requiring drip shields/weathershields are UL listed for 

outdoor use. All are NEMA 3R rated. 

d Encapsulated transformers are UL listed for indoor/ 

outdoor use. NEMA 3R rated. 

e Items marked floor and wall can be wall mounted with 

optional wall bracket. 

f See table on page 8-8 for available kits. 

g Series H Tap Standard. 

h Series J Tap Standard. 

Product Category XFMR 



Single Phase 


Selection 

kVA 

Catalog 


Rise 


Insulation 

Mounting 

Type be 

Drip Shield 

Provided c 

Enclosure 

Style d 

Optional 

Modifications 

3 1G1R003 R 135° C 180° C Wall No Encapsulated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 4 

5 1G1R005 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

7.5 1G1R007 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

10 1G1R010 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

15 1G1R015 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

25 1G1R025 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 4 

25 1G1T025TP1 Y g T h 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3 

37.5 1G1T037TP1 Y g T h 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 1, 2, 3 

50 1G1T050TP1 Y g T h 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 1, 2, 3 

75 1G1T075TP1 Y g T h 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3 

100 1G1T100TP1 Y g T h 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3 

167 1G1T167TP1 Y g T h 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3 

Overseas Model 190/200/208/220 x 380/400/416/440 Volts Primary, 120/240 Volts Secondary—1Ø, 50/60 Hz 

1 1H1N001 N 95° C 130° C Wall No Encapsulated – NEMA 3R 2, 3 

2 1H1N002 i N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 

3 1H1N003 i N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 

5 1H1N005 i N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 

7.5 1H1N007 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 

10 1H1N010 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 

15 1H1N015 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 

25 1H1N025 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 


1 1X1N001 N 95° C 130° C Wall No Encapsulated – NEMA 3R 2, 3 

2 1X1N002 i N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 

3 1X1N003 i N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 

5 1X1N005 i N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 

7.5 1X1N007 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 

10 1X1N010 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 

15 1X1N015 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 

25 1X1N025 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 


1 1H8N001 N 95° C 130° C Wall No Encapsulated – NEMA 3R 2, 3 

2 1H8N002 i N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 

3 1H8N003 i N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 

5 1H8N005 i N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 

7.5 1H8N007 N 135° C 180° C Wall No 2, 3 

8 

TRANSFORMERS 



Modifications 

1a. 115° C Rise F 





5. Drip Shields DS 

Catalog 

Suffix Code 

Taps 

Description 

None 

N 

2–5% FCBN R 

2–5% (1 FCAN, 1 FCBN) S 

2–2.5% FCBN U 

6–2.5% (2 FCAN, 4 FCBN) Y 

Designation 



c For outdoor application. Ventilated transformers 

requiring drip shields/weathershields are UL listed for 

outdoor use. All are NEMA 3R rated. 



e Items marked floor and wall can be wall mounted with 

optional wall bracket. 


g Series H Tap Standard. 

h Series J Tap Standard. 

i Available with CE mark. 

8-10 


Product Category XFMR


Three Phase 


Selection 

kVA 

Catalog 


Rise 

Insulation 

Mounting 

Type beh 

Drip Shield 

Provided c 

Enclosure 

Style d 

Optional 

Modifications 

480 Volts ∆ Primary, 240 Volts ∆ Secondary With 120 Volt Tap On B Phase 

15 3F1Y015D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 4 

30 3F1Y030D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 1, 2, 3, 4 

45 3F1Y045D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 1, 2, 3, 4 

75 3F1Y075D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 4 

112.5 3F1Y112D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 4 

150 3F1Y150D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3 



500 3F1T500D16 Y j , T 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3 

750 3F1T750D16 Y j , T 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3 

480 Volts ∆ Primary, 240 Volts ∆ Secondary 

3 3F2R003 f R 135° C 180° C Wall No Encapsulated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3 

6 3F2R006 f R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 3 

9 3F2R009 f R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 3 

15 3F2R015 f R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 3 

480 Volts ∆ Primary, 208Y/120 Volts Secondary 


6 3F3R006 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 3 

9 3F3R009 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 3 

15 3F3R015 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 3 

15 3F3Y015D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 

30 3F3Y030D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 

45 3F3Y045D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 


112.5 3F3Y112D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 6 

150 3F3Y150D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 6 



500 3F3T500D16 Y j , T 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 6 

750 3F3T750D16 Y j , T 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 6 

1000 3F3T000D16 T 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 6 

kVA 

Catalog 

Temperature 

Number Taps a Rise 



Catalog 

Modifications 

Suffix Code 

1a. 115°C Rise F 

1b. 80°C Rise B 




6. Low noise — XdB below std. LNX 

Insulation 

Mounting 

Type 

Drip Shield 

Required 

Taps 

Description 

Designation 

None 

N 

2–5% FCBN R 

2–5% (1 FCAN, 1 FCBN) S 

2–2.5% FCBN U 

6–2.5% (2 FCAN, 4 FCBN) Y 

Optional 

Modifications 

Avg. Sound 

Level 

Totally Enclosed Transformers, Indoor/Outdoor Use 480 Volts ∆ Primary, 208Y/120 Volts Secondary g 

15 3F3Y015TE Y 150° C 220° C Floor No 1, 2, 3 50dB 




112.5 3F3Y112TE Y 150° C 220° C Floor No 1, 2, 3 55dB 

150 3F3Y150TE Y 150° C 220° C Floor No 1, 2, 3 55dB1 

225 3F3Y225TE Y 150° C 220° C Floor No 1, 2, 3 57dB1 

300 3F3Y300TE Y 150° C 220° C Floor No 1a, 2, 3 57dB1 

480 Volts ∆ Primary, 240 Volts ∆ Secondary with 120V Lighting Tap on B Phase g 





112.5 3F1Y112TE Y 150° C 220° C Floor No 1, 2, 3 55dB 



300 3F1Y300TE Y 150° C 220° C Floor No 1a, 2, 3 57dB 




c Ventilated transformers with drip shields are UL listed 

for outdoor use. NEMA 3R rated. 



e See table on page 8-8 for available kits. 

f 240 volt secondary (3F2) is available in 3-phase 3 to 

15kVA only. 

g TE units will have inrush equal to 2 sizes 

larger than rated kVA. 

h Items marked floor and wall can be wall mounted 

with optional wall bracket that may be identified with 

“W” suffix on catalog number. 

i Wall mounting for 150˚C temperature rise. 

j Series H Tap Standard. 

k Series J Tap Standard. 




Three Phase 


Selection 

8 

TRANSFORMERS 

kVA 

Catalog 

Temperature 




Catalog 

Modifications 

Suffix Code 

1a. 115°C Rise F 

1b. 80°C Rise B 




6. Low noise — XdB below std. LNX 

Insulation 

Mounting 

Type bfg 

Drip Shield 

Provided c 

Taps 

Description 

Designation 

None 

N 

2–5% FCBN R 

2–5% (1 FCAN, 1 FCBN) S 

2–2.5% FCBN U 

6–2.5% (2 FCAN, 4 FCBN) Y 

Enclosed 

Type d 

Optional 

Modifications 




30 3F5Y030D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes Ventilated 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 

45 3F5Y045D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes Ventilated 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 

75 3F5Y075D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 6 

112.5 3F5Y112D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated 1, 2, 3, 6 

150 3F5Y150D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated 1, 2, 3, 6 



500 3F5T500D16 Y , T 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated 1, 2, 3, 6 

3-Phase 480 ∆ — 208Y/120 K-4 (50% Non-Linear Load) e 

15 3F3Y015K4D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 3, 4, 6 

30 3F3Y030K4D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes Ventilated 1, 3, 4, 6 


75 3F3Y075K4D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 3, 6 

112.5 3F3Y112K4D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated 1, 3, 6 

150 3F3Y150K4D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated 1, 3, 6 



500 3F3T500K4D16 Y , T 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated 1, 3, 6 

































c Ventilated transformers drip shields are UL listed for 

outdoor use. 


outdoor use. 15kVA with R taps also available in 

ventilated enclosure. 

e K-Factor transformers equipped with electrostatic shield 

and 200% neutral as standard features. 


g Items marked floor and wall can be wall mounted 

with optional wall bracket that may be identified with 

“W” suffix on catalog number. Wall mounting brackets 

will not be available for Series J 75kVA with copper 

winding options. 

Series H Tap Standard. 

Series J Tap Standard. 

8-12 




Three Phase 


Selection 

Catalog 

Temperature 





outdoor use. 


outdoor use. 15kVA with R taps also available in 

ventilated enclosure. 

Mounting 

Type bef 

Drip Shield 

Provided c 

Enclosure 

Style – Type d 

Optional 

Modifications 

kVA 

Insulation 


3 3B3R003 R 135° C 180° C Wall No Encapsulated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3 

6 3B3R006 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 3 

9 3B3R009 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 3 

15 3B3R015 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 3 

15 3B3Y015D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 

30 3B3Y030D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 


75 3B3Y075D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 6 

112.5 3B3Y112D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 6 

150 3B3M150D16 Y , M 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 6 

225 3B3M225D16 S , M 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 6 

300 3B3M300D16 S , M 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 6 


208 Volt ∆ Primary, 240 ∆ Secondary with 120 Volt TAP on B Phase g 









9 3B5R009 R 135° C 180° C Wall No Encapsulated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3 

15 3B5R015 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 3 







225 3B5M225D16 S , M 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 6 




15 3C3Y015D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 

30 3C3Y030D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 


75 3C3Y075D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 6 

112.5 3C3Y112D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 6 

150 3C3Y150D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 6 

225 3C3M225D16 S , M 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 6 

300 3C3M300D16 S , M 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 6 



15 3C5Y015D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 



75 3C5Y075D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 6 

112.5 3C5Y112D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 6 

150 3C5Y150D16 Y 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 6 

225 3C5M225D16 S , M 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 6 



Optional Modifications Table 


Modifications 

1a. 115° C Rise F 





6. Low noise—XdB below std. LNX 

Catalog 

Suffix Code 

Taps 

Description 

Designation 

None 

N 

2–5% FCBN R 

2–5% (1 FCAN, 1 FCBN) S 

2–2.5% FCBN U 

6–2.5% (2 FCAN, 4 FCBN) Y 

e See table on page 8-8 for available kits. 

f Items marked floor and wall can be wall mounted 

with optional wall bracket that may be identified 

with “W” suffix on catalog number. Wall mounting 

brackets will not be available for Series J 75kVA with 

copper winding options. 

Seismic Ratings 

Series J Rating Information (see page 8-8) 

Phase 1 

Phase 3 

1kVA-500kVA (Floor Mounted) 

S DS =2.00g ; z/h = 1.00 ; I p = 1.5 

g Reduced capacity 1-phase tap— When utilizing 1-phase 

tap at 5%, the 3-phase load is reduced to 85% max. (5% 

reduction on 3 coils). 10% of rated kVA absolute 

maximum (evenly balanced on each side of lighting tap). 

When utilizing 1-phase tap at 10%, the 3-phase 

load is reduced to 70% max. (10% reduction on 3 coils). 

Results are filed with OSHPD per OSP-0109-10. 







Three Phase 


Selection 

kVA 

Catalog 

Temperature 


Insulation 

Mounting 

Type bi 

Drip Shield 

Provided c 

Enclosure 

Style d 

Optional 

Modifications 



6 3G3R006 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 3 

9 3G3R009 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 3 

15 3G3R015 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 3 

15 3G3T015D16 Y , T 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 

30 3G3T030D16 Y , T 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 


75 3G3T075D16 Y , T 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 6 

112.5 3G3T112D16 Y , T 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 6 

150 3G3T150D16 Y , T 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 6 






6 3G5R006 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 3 

9 3G5R009 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 3 

15 3G5R015 R 135° C 180° C Wall No 1, 2, 3 

15 3G5T015D16 Y , T 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 



75 3G5T075D16 Y , T 150° C 220° C Floor Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 1, 2, 3, 6 

112.5 3G5T112D16 Y , T 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 6 





Dual Purpose Auto Transformers 

8 

600V Pri 

480V Sec 

kVA 

480V Pri 

380V Sec 

Catalog 

Temperature 


Insulation 

Mounting 

Type b 

Drip Shield 

Required c 

Enclosure 

Style d 

Optional 

Modifications 

600 Volts Primary, 480 Volts Secondary 3Ø 60 Hz OR— 480 Volts Primary 380 Volts Secondary 3Ø 50/60 Hz Alternate Rating 

15 12 3G4N015A N 80° C 130° C Wall No Encapsulated – NEMA 3R — 

30 24 3G4N030A N 115° C 180° C Wall No — 

45 36 3G4N045A N 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes Ventilated – NEMA 3R 4, 5 

75 60 3G4N075A N 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 4, 5 

112.5 90 3G4N112A N 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 4, 5 



300 240 3G4N300A N 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 5 

500 400 3G4N500A N 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 51 

TRANSFORMERS 


Optional (commonly used) Catalog 

Modifications 

Suffix Code 

1a. 115° C Rise F 





6. Low noise - XdB below std. LNX 

Taps 

Description 

Designation 

None 

N 

2–5% FCBN R 

2–5% (1 FCAN, 1 FCBN) S 

2–2.5% FCBN U 

6–2.5% (2 FCAN, 4 FCBN) Y 




outdoor use. 


outdoor use. 

If used on unbalanced loads, these auto transformers will 

need to be used on a 4-wire system with the supply 

neutral connected to the transformer. If used on motor 

loads, then they may be used on a 3-wire system without 

a neutral or fourth wire. Review in NEC 450-4 and 450-5. 

Items marked floor and wall can be wall mounted 

with optional wall bracket that may be identified 

with “W” suffix on catalog number. Wall mounting 

brackets will not be available for Series J 75kVA with 

copper winding options. See pages 8-8 and 8-27 for 

details. 



i See table on page 8-8 for available kits. 

8-14 




Motor Drive Isolation 

Selection 


For industrial and commercial 

applications with SCR-controlled 

adjustable speed motor drives, and AC 

adjustable frequency or DC drives. 

Designed for use with motor drives, 

the drive isolation transformer must 

isolate the motor from the line and 

handle the added loads of the drivecreated 

harmonics. 

Drive isolation transformers are 

engineered for both AC adjustable 

frequency and DC motor drives. 

They are specifically designed to 

accommodate the electrical and 

mechanical stresses, regenerative 

current reversals and frequent short 

circuits, inherent in severe drive duty 

cycles. 

Three Phase 60HZ Motor Drive Isolation Transformers 

Motor Catalog Standard Mounting Drip Shield Optional 

kVA H.P. d Number Taps Rise Insulation Type Required b Modifications 

7.5 3 & 5 DT ( ) 007 S 135° C 180° C Floor & Wall No 1, 2, 3 

11 7.5 DT ( ) 011 S 135° C 180° C Floor & Wall No 1, 2, 3 

14 10 DT ( ) 014 S 150° C 220° C Floor & Wall Yes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 







75 60 DT ( ) 075 S 150° C 220° C Floor Yes 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 











DT ( ) Code Primary Volts Secondary Volts 

18 208 Delta 208Y/120 

20 208 Delta 230Y/133 

21 208 Delta 460Y/266 

22 230 Delta 230Y/133 

24 230 Delta 460Y/266 

30 380 Delta 460Y/266 

42 460 Delta 230Y/133 

44 460 Delta 460Y/266 

45 460 Delta 380Y/220 

52 575 Delta 230Y/133 

54 575 Delta 460Y/266 


Catalog 

Optional Modifications 

Suffix Code 

1a. 115° C Rise F 

1b. 080° C Rise B 



4. Wall Mounting Brackets W 

5. Drip Shields/Weather Shields DS 

6. Thermal Switches TS 

(Contact Sales office for List Price) 



b For outdoor application. Ventilated transformers 

requiring drip shields are UL listed for outdoor use. No 

charge when requested at time of initial project order. 

c Items marked floor and wall can be wall mounted with 

optional wall bracket identified with “W” suffix on 

catalog number. See pages 8-8 and 8-27 for 

details. 

d Refer selection and application guide for additional 

information on horsepower, Ampere, kVA ratings and 

applications. Standard taps varies with design volts/ 

turn ratio. 




Sentron Power Centers – Plug-In Series 


Selection 

Economical Space Saving Package 

Siemens Sentron Power Center is a 

pre-wired combination of a primary 

breaker disconnect, dry type shielded 

transformer, secondary breaker 

disconnect and a secondary power panel 

all in one convenient package. 

You save time, space and money by not 

having to individually assemble, mount 

and wire these components. Simply add 

the branch and you’re ready to go. 

UL-3R Enclosures 

All Sentron Power Center enclosures are 

UL-3R listed for indoor and outdoor use. 

Transformer Assembly 

Siemens totally encapsulated distribution 

transformers are designed for general 

purpose indoor/outdoor operation. 

Sentron Power Centers can be installed 

in a wide variety of atmospheric and 

environmental conditions. A 180°C, UL 

recognized insulation system is used 

with a 115°C temperature rise. 

Sentron Power Center units are electrostatically 

shielded to provide transient 

voltage protection at no extra cost. All 

units have 2-5% FCBN taps. 

Panel Assembly 

The power panel assembly will 

accommodate one-inch, 1, 2 or 3-pole, 

common trip, duplex secondary branch 

circuit breakers, Type Q and QT as well 

as ground fault circuit breakers. Per UL 

and NEC requirements, the Sentron 

Power Center assembly comes fully 

equipped with primary and secondary 

main circuit breakers. Branch circuit 

breakers can be obtained from our local 

distributor once you have established 

your branch circuit requirements. All 

Sentron Power Centers are UL listed 

for service entrance. 

* Not Seismic rated 

** Not available for Buy America 

a 

Number Reference kVA 

120V (1-Pole) 120V (1-Pole) 240V (2-pole) Height Width Depth Net Weight (lbs.) 

Maximum Secondary Circuits 

Interior 

Catalog 1" Wide 1/2" Wide 2" Wide Number 

Approximate Dimensions (in inches) Approximate 

480 Volts Primary, 240/120 Volts Secondary — Single Phase b — Sentron Power Centers e 

5.0 1LPC005 8 16 4 I1224ML1100 32.13 13.25 7.63 120 

7.5 1LPC007 8 16 4 I1224ML1100 32.13 15.88 11.00 160 

10.0 1LPC010 8 16 4 I1224ML1100 34.38 15.88 11.00 185 

15.0 1LPC015 12 24 6 I1224L1125CU 34.38 17.13 12.38 240 

25.0 1LPC025 20 40 10 I2440L1200CU 41.88 17.88 13.50 330 

8 

TRANSFORMERS 

a Number h Reference h kVA 

120V (1-Pole) 120V (1-Pole) 208V (3-pole) Height Width Depth Net Weight (lbs.) 

Maximum Secondary Circuits 

Interior 

Catalog 1" Wide 1/2" Wide 3" Wide Number 

Approximate Dimensions (in inches) Approximate 

480 Volts ∆ Primary, 208Y/120 Volts Secondary — Three Phase — Sentron Power Centers 

9.0 3LPC009 12 24 4 Pl1836L3200CUB 33.75 22.13 7.63 255 

15.0 3LPC015 12 24 4 Pl1836L3200CUB 35.13 22.13 12.38 385 

22.5 3LPC022 18 36 6 Pl2442L3200CUB 38.25 30.25 13.38 535 

30.0 3LPC030 24 42 8 Pl3054L3200CUB 43.75 33.00 13.75 680 

Circuit Breaker Data for Plug-In Sentron Power Centers 

480 Volts to 240/120 Volts — Single Phase 

480 Volts ∆ to 208Y/120 Volts — Three Phase 

480 Volts 240/120 Volts Maximum Rating 

Primary Secondary of Secondary 

kVA Breaker af Main Breakers 

5.0 ED42B025L (25A) Q225 (25A) 20 Amps 

7.5 ED42B025L (25A) Q240 (40A) 30 Amps 

10.0 ED42B035L (35A) Q250 (50A) 40 Amps 

15.0 ED42B050L (50A) Q270 (70A) 60 Amps 

25.0 ED42B090L (90A) Q2125 (125A) 100 Amps 

480 Volts 208Y/120 Volts Maximum Rating 

Primary Secondary of Secondary 

kVA Breaker af Main Breakers 

9.0 ED43B025L (25A) Q330 (30A) 25 Amps 

15.0 ED43B040L (40A) Q350 (50A) 40 Amps 

22.5 ED43B070L (70A) Q370 (70A) 60 Amps 

30.0 ED43B090L (90A) Q3100 (100A) 80 Amps 

a Primary breaker has lineside lug for customer 

connection. 

b 18,000 Amps RMS Symmetrical Interrupting Capacity. 

Sentron Power Centers are NEMA 3R for outdoor 

application and may be ordered with “SS” suffix for 

304 stainless steel enclosure. For 316 stainless steel add 

suffix SS316. 

Secondary branch breakers are not included and must 

be ordered separately. 

Primary and secondary main breakers are included and 

are factory installed. 

ED frame breakers furnished are rated 18000 AIC and 

are sufficient for fault current of transformer. No other 

breakers are currently approved for use. 

Copper windings are standard on 1LPC005 and 3LPC009. 

Add CU to other partnumber to get copper windings. 

h CU and CUB interiors have tin plated copper bus. 

1-Phase 5 thru 10kVA have aluminum bus. CUB refers to 

OEM interior verses CU un-assembled interior. 

8-16 



Sentron Power Centers – Bolt-on Series 


Selection 

Bolt-on Breaker Option 

The same economical space saving package, NEMA 3R rated enclosure, and UL 

listed transformer of the original Sentron Power Center but now available with 

more robust BOLT-ON BREAKERS. 

Panel Assembly 

This version of the Sentron Power Center uses our UL Recognized P1 Lighting 

Panel interior with the following ratings & features: 

J 200 kA Short Circuit rating 

J 240 Volts maximum (when using type BL branch devices) 

J 250 Amps maximum 

J Copper bus 

J 18 circuit panel for 15kVA and below 

J 30 circuit panel for designs above 15kVA 

The power panel assembly will accommodate one-inch, 1, 2, or 3-pole type BL, 

BLH, HBL branch Breakers, to include the BL family of AFCI, GFCI, Ground Fault, 

Switching Neutrals, HID Lighting, Tungsten Lighting, and Molded Case Switches. 

The Sentron Power Center assembly comes fully equipped with transformer primary 

and secondary main circuit breakers. Branch circuit breakers can be obtained from 

our local distributor once you have established your branch circuit requirements. 

All Sentron Power Centers are UL listed for service entrance applications. 

* Not Seismic rated 

** Buy America may be available on some models. Catalog numbers will end in 

“BA.” Lead times will be affected. Please contact Customer Support for more 

information. 

Voltage rating: 480 - 240/120, Single Phase b , Sentron Power Center e 

kVA 

Catalog 

Maximum Secondary Circuits Approximate Dimensions (inches) 

Number 1” Wide 2” Wide Interior Part Number Height Width Depth 

Approximate 

Weight (lbs.) 

5 1LPC005JA 16 8 K11D255001 38.00 15.88 11.00 165 

7.5 1LPC007JA 16 8 K11D255001 38.00 15.88 11.00 165 

10 1LPC010JA 16 8 K11D255001 38.00 17.13 12.38 240 

15 1LPC015JA 16 8 K11D255001 38.00 17.13 12.38 240 

25 1LPC025JA 28 14 K11D255002 45.19 17.88 13.50 330 

Voltage rating: 480 Delta - 208Y/120, Three Phase, Sentron Power Center d 

kVA 

Catalog 

Maximum Secondary Circuits a Approximate Dimensions (inches) 

Number 1” Wide 2” Wide Interior Part Number Height Width Depth 

Circuit Breaker Data for Bolt-on Sentron Power Centers 

For Single Phase Sentron Power Centers 

For Three Phase Sentron Power Centers 

Approximate 

Weight (pounds) 

9 3LPC009JA 15 7 K11D255201 33.75 22.13 7.63 255 

15 3LPC015JA 15 7 K11D255201 35.13 22.13 12.38 385 

22.5 3LPC022JA 27 13 K11D255202 43.75 33.00 13.75 680 

30 3LPC030JA 27 13 K11D255202 43.75 33.00 13.75 680 

kVA 

Transformer 

Primary Breaker 

Panel Secondary 

Main Breaker 

Maximum rating of 

Branch Breakers (Amps) 

5 ED42B025L (25A) B230H (30A) 20 

7.5 ED42B025L (25A) B240H (40A) 30 

10 ED42B035L (35A) B250H (50A) 40 

15 ED42B050L (50A) B270 (70A) 60 

25 ED42B090L (90A) B2125 (125A) 100 

kVA 

Transformer 

Primary Breaker 

Panel Secondary 

Main Breaker 

Maximum rating of 

Branch Breakers (Amps) 

9 ED43B025L (25A) B330H (30A) 25 

15 ED43B040L (40A) B350H (50A) 40 

22.5 ED43B070L (70A) B370 (70A) 60 

30 ED43B090L (90A) B3100 (100A) 80 


a Primary breaker has lineside lug for customer 

connection. 

b 18,000 Amps RMS Symmetrical Interrupting Capacity. 

Sentron Power Centers are NEMA 3R for outdoor 

application and may be ordered with “SS” suffix for 

304 stainless steel enclosure. For 316 stainless steel add 

suffix SS316. 

Secondary branch breakers are not included and must 

be ordered separately. 

Primary and secondary main breakers are included and 

are factory installed. 

ED frame breakers furnished are rated 18000 AIC and are 

sufficient for fault current of transformer. No other breakers 

are currently approved for use. 

Standard windings are aluminum. Add “CU” at end 

for copper windings. Contact customer support for 

assistance. 

Excluding Secondary Main Breaker that 

takes up 2 poles. 

Excluding Secondary Main Breaker that 

takes up 3 poles. 


Transformers 

High Efficiency Transformer 

Selection 

DOE 2016 Efficiency Standards 

The Department of Energy (DOE) 10 

CFR 431 has released new efficiency 

standards which will be put into effect 

January 1, 2016. These standards 

surpass and supersede NEMA TP1 

efficiency standards. All low-voltage drytype 

three-phase ventilated transformers 

from 15 kVA through 1000kVA must be 

manufactured to these standards after 

January 1, 2016. DOE 2016 standards 

also apply to Harmonic Mitigating 

Transformers (See pages 8-19 – 8-20). 

Transformers manufactured to DOE 

2016 efficiencies must meet efficiency 

levels with a 35% load and temperature 

of 75°C. Transformers with DOE 2016 

standards have grain-oriented, nonaging 

silicon steel cores. DOE 2016 

standards do not apply to single phase, 

encapsulated, motor drive isolation, and 

auto transformers. 

High Efficiency Transformers 

Single Phase 

Three Phase 

kVA TP1 Efficiency kVA DOE 2016 Efficiency 

15 97.70% 15 97.89% 

25 98.00% 30 98.23% 

37.5 98.20% 45 98.40% 

50 98.30% 75 98.60% 

75 98.50% 112.5 98.74% 

100 98.60% 150 98.83% 

167 98.70% 225 98.94% 

250 98.80% 300 99.02% 

333 98.90% 500 99.14% 

750 99.23% 

1000 99.28% 

8 

NEMA TP1 Efficiency Standards 

NEMA TP1 will still be a valid efficiency 

standard for single phase transformers 

after January 1, 2016. The TP1 designs 

use high grade electrical steel and other 

features to lower flux density and reduce 

losses especially at average 35% loading 

where the TP1 measurements apply. 

The core construction employs the use 

of high quality grain-oriented, non-aging 

silicon steel with high permeability, low 

hysteresis, and low eddy current losses. 

These characteristics are required to 

achieve the TP1 efficiency levels. Core 

laminations must be tightly assembled 

enabling magnetic flux densities to be 

kept well below the saturation point. 

TRANSFORMERS 

8-18 


Transformers 

Sentron Harmonic Mitigating Transformers (HD1) 

Selection 

Description 


Transformers (HMTs) are designed to 

meet the needs of modern power 

distribution systems that contain a large 

percentage of non-linear equipment that 

produces harmonics. Some examples of 

this type of equipment are computers, 

printers, fax machines, scanners, copiers, 

uninterruptible power supplies, ballast 

and variable frequency drives (VFD). 

This type of equipment generates 

harmonic voltages and currents because 

they contain AC to DC power conversion 

rectifiers. Harmonic voltages and 

currents can cause a variety of problems 

ranging from poor power factor, voltage 

distortion, capacitor resonance and 

motor failures to overloaded transformers 

and conductors. 

The Sentron HMTs are specially designed 

to operate under high non-linear load 

conditions and have the additional benefit 

of improving the overall power system 

reliability. 

Application 

One of the most effective ways to 

eliminate power system harmonics is to 

use a technique known as “phase 

shifting.” In this method power system 

harmonics are eliminated by pairing 

together harmonics that have 180° 

relative angular displacement, which 

causes them to cancel one another out. 

This can be accomplished by a variety 

of means: 

Single Output Harmonic 

Mitigating Transformer 

(0° or -30° primary-secondary 

angular displacement) 

n The primary of this transformer has a 

delta connection and its secondary has 

a special double winding connection. 

Although there is only one secondary 

three phase output, the 3 rd , 9 th and 15 th 

harmonic currents are prevented from 

circulating in the primary windings by 

canceling their magnetic fluxes at low 

impedance with the double winding 

secondary, reducing voltage distortions 

to the loads. 

n When two transformers with this 

type of connection, 0° and -30° 

displacement, are used in parallel, 

the 3 rd , 9 th and 15 th harmonic currents 

are canceled as previously described, 

and additionally the 5 th and 7 th harmonic 

currents are cancelled in the electrical 

supply common to both transformers 

due to their relative 30° phase shift. 

n If a single harmonic mitigating 

transformer (0°) is used in an existing 

or new system utilizing standard 

delta-wye transformers (-30°), the 5 th 

and 7 th harmonic currents originating 

from the HMT transformer (0°) will 

attempt to cancel the 5 th and 7 th 

harmonic currents originating from the 

standard delta-wye transformer (-30°). 

This reduces the overall 5 th and 7 th 

harmonics present in the system, with 

the actual reduction dependent on the 

magnitudes of the secondary loads. 

Benefits 

Elimination of undesirable harmonics by 

using the Siemens Sentron HMTs is an 

effective solution to the power quality 

problems encountered by today’s power 

system professionals. By treating the 

harmonics at their source, using 

advanced technology, installation 

problems can be avoided and overall 

system reliability improved. The Sentron 

HMT product line provides many far 

reaching benefits such as lower 

operating cost, improved operating 

efficiency, reduced down-time due to 

outages caused by nuisance tripping, 

and increased equipment life due to 

low-voltage distortions. 

Design and Construction 

Features 


Transformers comply with all applicable 

ANSI/IEEE standards including 

C57.12.91, C57.96, C57.110, CSA # 

C22.2 No. 47 (CUL), UL506, UL1561 as 

well as NEMA ST-20. The design life is 

25 years at 150 degree C rise, 30 years 

at 115C rise and 40 years for 80C rise 

models. Approvals and listings include 

UL, CSA. with CE approval available 

when requested. The Sentron HMTs 

have capability of K-factor up to K-13, 

which is achieved by harmonic 

cancellations in the secondary and low 

flux density design for protection against 

heat in place of design enlargement 

protection only. Both copper and 

aluminum coil windings are available 

and full width copper foil electrostatic 

shield is standard. Additional shield 

options are available for higher noise 

attenuation requirements. All HMTs 

have 150C rise with optional 130C, 115C 

and 80C winding rise designs available. 

All designs include vacuum impregnated 

polyester resin encapsulation of 

windings and NEMA 3R enclosures. 

A neutral sized at 200% of the ampacity 

of the secondary phase conductors for 

extra protection against triplens and 

unbalanced single phase loads. The 

Sentron HMT designs have DOE 2016 

energy efficient rating equal to that of a 

non K-Factor rated transformer. 

Siemens HMT designs have DOE 2016 

efficiency levels at 35% load @ ref 

temp. 75 degree C. 



Transformers 

Sentron Harmonic Mitigating Transformers (HD1) 

Catalog Number Coding: 

Single output (1 secondary) = HD1, 

Phase Shift Options: HD1 followed by > (00) or (30) degree. 

HMT, 480 Volt Primary 208Y/120 Volt Secondary (3F3)–150C 

(standard), 115C and 80C Winding Rise displayed on this page. 

HMTs are also available with 480–480Y/277 (3F5), 208– 

208Y/120 (3B3), 208–480Y/277 (3B5). 

Selection 

Standard Features Include: 

n K-13 Load profile rating. 

n DOE 2016 Efficiencies at 35% load. 

n (C) Copper windings or Aluminum windings (no suffix code). 

n (ES) Electrostatic shield. 

n 150 C Winding rise. 

Changes after January 1, 2016: 2 output, 15 & 45 deg Lag & 

130 deg C temp rise will no longer be standard. They can be 

provided with a special quote from MAP. 

kVA 

150C (Std) 

Rise HMT 

Catalog Number a 

115C 

Rise HMT 


80C 

Rise HMT 


Secondary Configuration 

Enclosure 

Style 

Optional HMT 

Modifications 

Outputs Phase Shift 

15 3F3Y015CHD100 3F3Y015FCHD100 3F3Y015BCHD100 1 Zero Degree Vented A,B,C,D,E,F,G 

15 3F3Y015CHD130 3F3Y015FCHD130 3F3Y015BCHD130 1 30 Deg Lagging Vented A,B,C,D,E,F,G 







112.5 3F3Y112CHD100 3F3Y112FCHD100 3F3Y112BCHD100 1 Zero Degree Vented A,B,C,D,E,F,G 

112.5 3F3Y112CHD130 3F3Y112FCHD130 3F3Y112BCHD130 1 30 Deg Lagging Vented A,B,C,D,E,F,G 







500 3F3Y500CHD100 3F3Y500FCHD100 3F3Y500BCHD100 1 Zero Degree Vented C,D,E,F,G 

500 3F3Y500CHD130 3F3Y500FCHD130 3F3Y500BCHD130 1 30 Deg Lagging Vented C,D,E,F,G 

Optional Modifications Table for HMTs 

8 

TRANSFORMERS 

A 

B 

C 

E 

F 

Sound Level 

LN3= (3dB below NEMA standard) 

LN5= (5dB below NEMA standard) 

Attenuation—Single shield—60dB Common Mode Std. 

ES2= Double shield—80dB Common Mode > 

Filtering & Attenuation 

TV= Secondary side TVSS (100kA & 200kA available) 

with common mode noise attenuation 

TB= Terminal Block 

G 

G 

G 

G 

G 

G 

G 

G 

G 

Thermal Sensors 170° C= (TS7), 185° C= (TS8) or 200° C= (TS0) 

TS7 = 1 sensor center coil 

TS72 = 2 sensors center coil 

TS76 = 6 sensors, (2) on each coil 







a Contact Sales Office for pricing. 

ES2 

Common Mode: 

Transverse Mode: 

100dB: Between 60 Hz – 1 kHz 10dB: @ 10kHz 

90 dB: Between 1 kHz – 10 kHz 20dB: @ 100 kHz 

80dB: Between 10 kHz – 1000 kHz 40db: @ 1000 kHz 

8-20 


Warehouse Stock Transformers 

Warehouse Stock 


Selection 

Buck-Boost Application 

Description and Selection 

The Buck-Boost Transformer has four 

separate windings, two-windings in 

the primary and two-windings in the 

secondary. The unit is designed for use 

as an isolation (or insulating) transformer 

or as an autotransformer. As an autotransformer 

the unit can be connected 

to Buck (decrease) or Boost (increase) 

a supply voltage. When connected in 

either the Buck or Boost mode, the unit 

is no longer an isolation (or insulating) 

transformer but is an autotransformer. 

Units are designed for 60Hz applications 

(50Hz units available upon request). 

Autotransformers are more economical 

and physically smaller than equivalent twowinding 

transformers and are designed to 

carry the same function as two-winding 

transformers, with the exception of isolating 

two circuits. Since autotransformers may 

transmit line disturbances directly, they may 

be prohibited in some areas by local building 

codes. Before applying them, care should 

be taken to assure that they are acceptable 

according to local code. 

NOTE: Autotransformers are not used in 

closed delta connections as they introduce 

into the circuit a phase shift which makes 

them uneconomical. 

As isolation (or insulating) transformers 

these units can accommodate a high voltage 

of 120, 240 or 480 volts. For units 

with two 12 volt secondaries, two 16 volt 

secondaries, or two 24 volt secondaries, the 

output can be wired for either secondary 

voltage, or for 3-wire secondary. The unit is 

rated (kVA) as any conventional transformer. 

Operation 

Electrical and electronic equipment is 

designed to operate on a standard supply 

voltage. When the supply voltage is constantly 

too high or too low, (usually greater 

than ± 5%), the equipment fails to operate 

at maximum efficiency. A Buck-Boost 

transformer is a simple and economical 

means of correcting this off-standard 

voltage up to ± 20%. A Buck-Boost 

transformer will NOT, however, stabilize 

a fluctuating voltage. Buck-Boost 

transformers are suitable for use in a three 

phase autotransformer bank in either 

direction to supply 3-wire loads. They are 

also suitable for use in a three phase 

autotransformer bank which provides a 

neutral return for unbalanced current. They 

are NOT suitable for use in a three phase 

autotransformer bank to supply a 4-wire 

unbalanced load when the source is a 

3-wire circuit. 

Construction 

Buck-Boost Transformers are contained 

within a NEMA 3R, non-ventilated weatherproof 

enclosure. Wiring compartments 

are located at the bottom. Core and coil 

assemblies are encapsulated. Isolation (or 

insulating) system temperature is 130° C 

and the widing temperature rise is 95° C for 

units up through 1 kVA. Isolation (or insulating) 

system temperature is 180° C and the 

winding temperature rise is 135° C for units 

1.5 kVA and above. 

How To Select The Proper 

Transformer 

To select the proper Transformer for Buck- 

Boost applications, determine: 

1. Input line voltage — The voltage that you 

want to buck (decrease) or boost 

(increase). This can be found by 

measuring the supply line voltage with a 

voltmeter. 

2. Load voltage — The voltage at which 

your equipment is designed to operate. 

This is listed on the nameplate of the load 

equipment. 

3. Load kVA or Load Amps — You do not 

need to know both — one or the other is 

sufficient for selection purposes. This 

information usually can be found on the 

nameplate of the equipment that you 

want to operate. 

4. Number of phases — Single or three 

phase line and load should match 

because a transformer is not capable of 

converting single to three phase. It is 

however a common application to make 

a single phase transformer connection 

from a three phase supply by use of two 

legs of the three phase supply circuit. 

Care must always be taken not to overload 

the leg of the three phase supply. 

This is particularly true in a Buck-Boost 

application because the supply must 

provide for the load kVA, not just the 

nameplate rating of the Buck-Boost 

transformer. 

5. Frequency — The supply line frequency 

must be the same as the frequency of 

the equipment to be operated — either 

50 or 60 cycles. 

How To Use Selection Charts 

1. Choose the selection table with the 

correct number of phases for single or 

three phase applications. 

2. Line/Load voltage combinations are listed 

across the top of the selection table. 

Select a line/load voltage combination 

which comes closest to matching your 

applications. 

3. Follow the selected column down until 

you find either the kVA or load amps of 

your application. If you do not find the 

exact value, go on the next highest rating. 

4. Now follow across the table to the far lefthand 

side to find the catalog number and 

the kVA of the transformer you need. 

5. Follow the column of your line/load voltage 

to the bottom to find the connection 

diagram for this application. 

NOTE: Connection diagrams show lowvoltage 

and high-voltage connection 

terminals. Either can be input or output 

depending on Buck or Boost application. 

6. In the case of three phase loads either 

two or three single phase transformers 

are required as indicated in the “quantity 

required” line at the bottom of the table. 

The selection is dependent on whether a 

Wye connected bank of three transformers 

with a neutral is required or whether 

an open Delta connected bank of two 

ransformers for a Delta connected load 

will be suitable. 

7. For line/load voltage not listed on the 

selection tables, use the pair listed on the 

table that is slightly above your application 

for reference. Then apply the first 

formula at the bottom of the table to 

determine “new” output voltage. The 

new kVA rating can be found using the 

second formula. 




Buck-Boost 

Selection 

120 @ 240 Volts Primary — 12/24 Volts Secondary, 60 Hz, No Taps, Wall Mounted 

Single Phase — Table 1 Boosting Bucking 

Catalog Line Voltage 

Number* (Available) 

96 100 105 109 189 208 215 220 125 132 229 245 250 252 

Insulating 

Load Voltage 

Transformer 

(Output) 

Rating 

115 120 115 120 208 229 237 242 114 120 208 222 227 240 

050BB1224J kVA .24 .25 .50 .50 .43 .48 .49 .50 .52 .55 .48 .51 .52 1.05 

.050 kVA Load Amps 2.08 2.08 4.17 4.17 2.08 2.08 2.08 2.08 4.59 4.59 2.29 2.29 2.29 4.38 

100BB1224J kVA .48 .50 .96 1.00 .87 .95 .99 1.01 1.04 1.10 .95 1.02 1.04 2.10 

.100 kVA Load Amps 4.17 4.17 8.33 8.33 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.17 9.16 9.16 4.58 4.58 4.58 8.75 

150BB1224J kVA .72 .75 1.44 1.50 1.30 1.43 1.48 1.51 1.55 1.65 1.43 1.53 1.56 3.15 

.150 kVA Load Amps 6.25 6.25 12.50 12.50 6.25 6.25 6.25 6.25 13.75 13.75 6.88 6.88 6.88 13.13 

205BB1224J kVA 1.19 1.25 2.40 2.50 2.17 2.38 2.47 2.52 2.60 2.75 2.38 2.54 2.60 5.25 

.250 kVA Load Amps 10.42 10.42 20.83 20.83 10.42 10.42 10.42 10.42 22.92 22.92 11.46 11.46 11.46 21.88 

505BB1224J kVA 2.37 2.50 4.80 5.00 4.33 4.77 4.94 5.04 5.18 5.50 4.77 5.09 5.20 10.50 

.500 kVA Load Amps 20.83 20.83 41.67 41.67 20.83 20.83 20.83 20.83 45.83 45.83 22.92 22.92 22.92 43.75 

705BB1224J kVA 3.56 3.75 7.19 7.50 6.50 7.15 7.41 7.56 7.77 8.25 7.15 7.63 7.80 15.75 

.750 kVA Load Amps 31.25 31.25 62.50 62.50 31.25 31.25 31.25 31.25 68.75 68.75 34.38 34.38 34.38 65.63 

1BB1224J kVA 4.75 5.00 9.58 10.00 8.67 9.53 9.88 10.08 10.36 11.00 9.53 10.17 10.40 21.00 

1.00 kVA Load Amps 41.67 41.67 83.33 83.33 41.67 41.67 41.67 41.67 91.66 91.66 45.83 45.83 45.83 87.50 

105BB1224J kVA 7.13 7.50 14.38 15.00 13.00 14.30 14.81 15.13 15.54 16.50 14.30 15.26 15.61 31.50 

1.50 kVA Load Amps 62.50 62.50 125.00 125.00 62.50 62.50 62.50 62.50 137.50 137.50 68.75 68.75 68.75 131.25 

2BB1224J kVA 9.50 10.00 19.17 20.00 17.33 19.07 19.75 20.17 20.72 22.00 19.07 20.35 20.81 42.00 

2.00 kVA Load Amps 83.33 83.33 166.66 166.66 83.33 83.33 83.33 83.33 183.33 183.33 91.66 91.66 91.66 175.00 

3BB1224J kVA 14.25 15.00 28.75 30.00 26.00 28.60 29.63 30.25 31.08 33.00 28.60 30.53 31.21 63.00 

3.00 kVA Load Amps 125.00 125.00 250.00 250.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 275.00 275.00 137.50 137.50 137.50 262.50 

5BB1224J kVA 23.75 25.00 47.92 50.00 43.33 47.67 49.37 50.42 51.79 55.00 47.67 50.88 52.02 105.00 

5.00 kVA Load Amps 208.33 208.33 416.66 416.66 208.33 208.33 208.33 208.33 458.33 458.33 229.17 229.17 229.17 437.50 

Connection Diagram (pg. 8-25) 2 2 1 1 4 4 4 4 4 1 4 4 4 3 

8 

TRANSFORMERS 

Three Phase — Table 2 Boosting Bucking 

Catalog Line Voltage 189Y/ 195Y/ 200Y/ 208Y/ 416Y/ 416Y/ 

Number* (Available) 109 113 115 120 240 240 

189 208 220 218 229 250 255 264 

Insulating 

Load Voltage 208Y/ 234Y/ 240Y/ 229Y/ 458Y/ 437Y/ 

Transformer 

(Output) 120 135 139 132 264 252 

Rating 

208 229 242 208 208 227 232 240 

050BB1224J kVA 1.50 .84 .86 1.65 1.65 3.15 .75 .83 .87 1.58 .83 .90 .92 .95 

.050 kVA Load Amps 4.17 2.08 2.08 4.17 2.08 4.17 2.08 2.08 2.08 4.39 2.29 2.29 2.29 2.29 

100BB1224J kVA 3.00 1.69 1.73 3.30 3.30 6.29 1.50 1.65 1.75 3.15 1.65 1.80 1.84 1.90 

.100 kVA Load Amps 8.33 4.17 4.17 8.33 4.17 8.33 4.17 4.17 4.17 8.75 4.58 4.58 4.58 4.58 

150BB1224J kVA 4.50 2.54 2.60 4.96 4.96 9.44 2.26 2.48 2.62 4.73 2.48 2.71 2.76 2.86 

.150 kVA Load Amps 12.50 6.25 6.25 12.50 6.25 12.50 6.25 6.25 6.25 13.13 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 

205BB1224J kVA 7.50 4.22 4.33 8.30 8.25 15.75 3.75 4.13 4.37 7.88 4.13 4.50 4.61 4.76 

.250 kVA Load Amps 20.83 10.42 10.42 20.83 10.42 20.83 10.42 10.42 10.42 21.88 11.46 11.46 11.46 11.46 

505BB1224J kVA 15.01 8.44 8.66 16.60 16.50 31.50 7.50 8.26 8.73 15.76 8.26 9.01 9.21 9.53 

.500 kVA Load Amps 41.67 20.83 20.83 41.67 20.83 41.67 20.83 20.83 20.83 43.75 22.92 22.92 22.92 22.92 

705BB1224J kVA 22.52 12.67 12.99 24.90 24.75 47.25 11.26 12.39 13.10 23.64 12.39 13.52 13.82 14.29 

.750 kVA Load Amps 62.50 31.25 31.25 62.50 31.25 62.50 31.25 31.25 31.25 65.63 34.38 34.38 34.38 34.38 

1BB1224J kVA 30.02 16.89 17.32 33.20 33.00 63.00 15.01 16.51 17.47 31.52 16.51 18.02 18.42 19.05 

1.00 kVA Load Amps 83.33 41.67 41.67 83.33 41.67 83.33 41.67 41.67 41.67 87.50 45.83 45.83 45.83 45.53 

105BB1224J kVA 45.03 25.33 25.98 49.80 49.50 94.50 22.52 24.77 26.20 47.28 24.77 27.03 27.63 28.53 

1.50 kVA Load Amps 125.00 62.50 62.50 125.00 62.50 125.00 62.50 62.50 62.50 131.25 68.75 68.75 68.75 68.75 

2BB1224J kVA 60.06 33.77 34.64 66.40 66.00 126.00 30.02 33.03 34.93 63.05 33.03 36.04 36.84 38.11 

2.00 kVA Load Amps 166.67 83.33 83.33 166.67 83.33 166.66 83.33 83.33 83.33 175.00 91.67 91.67 91.67 91.67 

3BB1224J kVA 90.07 50.66 51.96 99.59 99.00 189.00 45.03 49.54 52.39 94.57 49.54 54.06 55.25 57.16 

3.00 kVA Load Amps 250.00 125.00 125.00 250.00 125.00 250.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 262.50 137.50 137.50 137.50 137.50 

5BB1224J kVA 150.11 84.44 86.60 165.99 165.00 318.00 75.05 82.56 87.32 157.62 82.56 90.10 92.09 95.26 

5.00 kVA Load Amps 416.67 208.33 208.33 416.67 208.33 416.66 208.33 208.33 208.33 437.50 229.17 229.17 229.17 229.17 

Quantity Required 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 


* All Buck-Boost transformers listed 

are available for immediate shipment. 

• Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: 

Rated Output Voltage 

@ Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. 

Rated Input Voltage 

• Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: 

Actual Input Voltage 

@ Output kVA = New kVA Rating. 


• Inputs and outputs may be reversed 

without affecting kVA capacity. See 

note on page 8-25 

8-22 



Buck-Boost 


Selection 





95 100 105 208 215 215 220 225 135 240 240 245 250 255 

Insulating 

Load Voltage 

Transformer 

(Output) 

Rating 

120 113 119 236 244 229 235 240 120 212 225 230 234 239 

050BB1632J kVA .19 .36 .37 .37 .38 .72 .73 .73 .42 .37 .75 .77 .78 .80 

.050 kVA Load Amps 1.56 3.12 3.12 1.56 1.56 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.54 1.77 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33 

100BB1632J kVA .38 .72 .74 .74 .76 1.44 1.46 1.50 .84 .74 1.50 1.54 1.56 1.60 

.100 kVA Load Amps 3.13 6.25 6.25 3.13 3.13 6.25 6.25 6.25 7.09 3.54 6.66 6.66 6.66 6.66 

150BB1632J kVA .56 1.06 1.12 1.12 1.14 2.16 2.20 2.26 1.26 1.10 2.26 2.30 2.34 2.40 

.150 kVA Load Amps 4.69 9.38 9.38 4.69 4.69 9.38 9.38 9.38 10.64 5.30 10.02 10.02 10.02 10.02 

205BB1632J kVA .94 1.78 1.86 1.88 1.91 3.59 3.67 3.75 2.11 1.84 3.75 3.83 3.90 3.98 

.250 kVA Load Amps 7.81 15.63 15.63 7.81 7.81 15.63 15.63 15.63 17.71 8.85 16.67 16.67 16.67 16.67 

505BB1632J kVA 1.88 3.56 3.72 3.75 3.81 7.19 7.34 7.50 4.21 3.68 7.50 7.67 7.80 7.97 

.500 kVA Load Amps 15.63 31.25 31.25 15.63 15.63 31.25 31.25 31.25 35.42 17.71 33.33 33.33 33.33 33.33 

705BB1632J kVA 2.81 5.34 5.58 5.63 5.72 10.78 11.02 11.25 6.32 5.53 11.25 11.50 11.70 11.95 

.750 kVA Load Amps 23.44 46.88 46.88 23.44 23.44 46.88 46.88 46.88 53.13 26.56 50.00 50.00 50.00 50.00 

1BB1632J kVA 3.75 7.13 7.44 7.50 7.63 14.38 14.69 15.00 8.43 7.37 15.00 15.33 15.60 15.93 

1.00 kVA Load Amps 31.25 62.50 62.50 31.25 31.25 62.50 62.50 62.50 70.83 35.42 66.67 66.67 66.67 66.67 

105BB1632J kVA 5.63 10.69 11.16 11.25 11.44 21.56 22.03 22.50 12.64 11.05 22.50 23.00 23.40 23.90 

1.50 kVA Load Amps 43.90 93.80 93.80 46.90 46.90 93.80 93.80 93.80 106.30 53.10 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 

2BB1632J kVA 7.50 14.25 14.88 15.00 15.25 28.75 29.38 30.00 16.86 14.73 30.00 30.67 31.20 31.87 

2.00 kVA Load Amps 62.50 125.00 125.00 62.50 62.50 125.00 125.00 125.00 141.70 70.80 133.30 133.30 133.30 133.30 

3BB1632J kVA 11.25 21.38 22.31 22.50 22.88 43.13 44.06 45.00 25.29 22.10 45.00 46.00 46.80 47.80 

3.00 kVA Load Amps 93.80 187.50 187.50 93.80 93.80 187.50 187.50 187.50 212.50 106.30 200.00 200.00 200.00 200.00 

5BB1632J kVA 18.75 35.63 37.19 37.50 38.13 71.88 73.44 75.00 42.15 36.83 75.00 76.67 78.00 79.67 

5.00 kVA Load Amps 156.30 312.50 312.50 156.30 156.30 312.50 312.50 312.50 354.20 177.10 333.30 333.30 333.30 333.30 



Catalog Line Voltage 183Y/ 208Y/ 

Number* (Available) 106 120 

195 208 225 240 245 250 256 265 272 

Insulating 

Load Voltage 208Y/ 236Y/ 

Transformer 

(Output) 120 136 

Rating 

208 236 240 208 230 234 240 234 240 

050BB1632J kVA 1.13 1.28 1.13 .62 1.30 .56 1.33 1.35 1.39 .72 .74 

.050 kVA Load Amps 3.13 3.13 3.13 1.56 3.13 1.56 3.34 3.34 3.34 1.77 1.77 

100BB1632J kVA 2.25 2.55 2.25 1.30 2.60 1.13 2.66 2.70 2.77 1.44 1.48 

.100 kVA Load Amps 6.25 6.25 6.25 3.13 6.25 3.13 6.67 6.67 6.67 3.55 3.55 

150BB1632J kVA 3.38 3.83 3.38 1.95 3.90 1.69 3.98 4.05 4.16 2.15 2.21 

.150 kVA Load Amps 9.38 9.38 9.38 4.69 9.38 4.69 10.00 10.00 10.00 5.31 5.31 

205BB1632J kVA 5.63 6.39 5.63 3.17 6.50 2.81 6.64 6.76 6.93 3.59 3.68 

.250 kVA Load Amps 15.63 15.63 15.63 7.81 15.63 7.81 16.67 16.67 16.67 8.85 8.85 

505BB1632J kVA 11.26 12.77 11.26 6.33 12.99 5.63 13.28 13.50 13.86 7.17 7.36 

.500 kVA Load Amps 31.25 31.26 31.25 15.63 31.25 15.63 33.33 33.33 33.33 17.69 17.71 

705BB1632J kVA 16.89 19.16 16.89 9.50 19.49 8.44 19.92 20.26 20.78 10.76 11.04 

.750 kVA Load Amps 46.88 46.88 46.88 23.44 46.88 23.44 50.00 50.00 50.00 26.54 26.56 

1BB1632J kVA 22.52 25.55 22.52 12.67 25.98 11.26 26.56 27.02 27.71 14.34 14.72 

1.00 kVA Load Amps 62.50 62.50 62.50 31.25 62.50 31.25 66.67 66.67 66.67 35.39 35.42 

105BB1632J kVA 33.77 38.32 33.77 19.00 38.97 16.89 39.84 40.53 41.57 21.52 22.08 

1.50 kVA Load Amps 93.75 93.75 93.75 46.88 93.75 46.88 100.00 100.00 100.00 53.08 53.13 

2BB1632J kVA 45.03 51.10 46.03 25.33 51.96 22.52 53.11 54.04 55.43 28.69 29.44 

2.00 kVA Load Amps 125.00 125.00 125.00 62.50 125.00 62.50 133.33 133.33 133.33 70.78 70.83 

3BB1632J kVA 67.55 76.64 67.55 38.00 77.94 33.77 79.67 81.06 83.14 43.03 44.17 

3.00 kVA Load Amps 187.50 187.50 187.50 93.75 187.50 93.75 200.00 200.00 200.00 106.17 106.25 

5BB1632J kVA 112.58 127.74 112.58 63.33 129.90 56.29 132.79 135.09 138.56 71.72 73.61 

5.00 kVA Load Amps 312.50 312.50 312.50 156.25 312.50 156.25 333.33 333.33 333.33 176.95 177.08 

Quantity Required 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 

Connection Diagram (pg. 8-25) 5 5 11 12 11 12 11 11 11 12 12 




• Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: 










note on page 8-25. 



Buck-Boost 

Selection 





230 380 416 425 430 435 440 450 450 460 277 480 480 504 

Insulating 

Load Voltage 

Transformer 

(Output) 

Rating 

276 418 458 468 473 457 462 495 472 483 231 436 457 480 

050BB2448J kVA .29 .44 .48 .49 .49 .95 .96 .52 .98 1.01 .29 .50 1.00 1.05 

.050 kVA Load Amps 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 2.08 2.08 1.04 2.08 2.08 1.25 1.15 2.19 2.19 

100BB2448J kVA .58 .87 .95 .97 .99 1.90 1.93 1.03 1.97 2.01 .58 1.00 2.00 2.10 

.100 kVA Load Amps 2.08 2.08 2.08 2.08 2.08 4.17 4.17 2.08 4.17 4.17 2.50 2.29 4.38 4.38 

150BB2448J kVA .86 1.31 1.43 1.46 1.48 2.86 2.89 1.55 2.95 3.02 .86 1.50 3.00 3.15 

.150 kVA Load Amps 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13 6.25 6.25 3.13 6.25 6.25 3.75 3.44 6.56 6.56 

205BB2448J kVA 1.44 2.18 2.38 2.43 2.46 4.76 4.81 2.58 4.92 5.03 1.44 2.50 5.00 5.25 

.250 kVA Load Amps 5.21 5.21 5.21 5.21 5.21 5.21 10.42 5.21 10.42 10.42 6.25 5.73 10.94 10.94 

505BB2448J kVA 2.88 4.35 4.77 4.87 4.93 9.52 9.62 5.16 9.83 10.06 2.88 5.00 10.00 10.50 

.500 kVA Load Amps 10.42 10.42 10.42 10.42 10.42 20.83 20.83 10.42 20.83 20.83 12.50 11.46 21.88 21.88 

705BB2448J kVA 4.31 6.53 7.15 7.30 7.39 14.28 14.44 7.73 14.75 15.09 4.31 7.49 15.00 15.75 

.750 kVA Load Amps 15.63 15.63 15.62 15.63 15.63 31.25 31.25 15.63 31.25 31.25 18.75 17.19 32.81 32.81 

1BB2448J kVA 5.75 8.71 9.53 9.74 9.85 19.04 19.25 10.31 19.67 20.13 5.75 9.99 20.00 21.00 

1.00 kVA Load Amps 20.83 20.83 20.83 20.83 20.83 41.67 41.67 20.83 41.67 41.67 25.00 22.92 43.75 43.75 

105BB2448J kVA 8.63 13.06 14.30 14.61 14.78 28.56 28.88 15.47 29.50 30.19 8.63 14.99 30.00 31.50 

1.50 kVA Load Amps 31.25 31.25 31.25 31.25 31.25 62.50 62.50 31.25 62.50 62.50 37.50 34.38 65.63 65.63 

2BB2448J kVA 11.50 17.42 19.07 19.48 19.71 38.08 38.50 20.63 39.33 40.25 11.50 19.98 40.00 42.00 

2.00 kVA Load Amps 41.67 41.67 41.67 41.67 41.67 83.33 83.33 41.67 83.33 83.33 50.00 45.83 87.50 87.50 

3BB2448J kVA 17.25 26.13 28.60 29.22 29.56 57.13 57.75 30.94 59.00 60.38 17.25 29.98 60.00 63.00 

3.00 kVA Load Amps 62.50 62.50 62.50 62.50 62.50 125.00 125.00 62.50 125.00 125.00 75.00 68.80 131.25 131.25 

5BB2448J kVA 28.75 43.54 47.67 48.70 49.30 95.20 96.20 51.56 98.30 100.60 28.80 50.00 100.00 105.00 

5.00 kVA Load Amps 104.17 104.17 104.17 104.17 104.20 208.30 208.30 104.17 208.30 208.30 125.00 114.60 218.75 218.75 


8 

TRANSFORMERS 


Catalog Line Voltage 399Y/ 

Number* (Available) 230 

380 430 440 460 460 480 480 440 440 460 460 480 480 500 500 

Insulating 

Load Voltage 480Y/ 

Transformer 

(Output) 277 

Rating 

418 473 462 506 483 528 504 400 419 438 418 457 436 455 476 

050BB2448J kVA .86 .75 .85 1.66 .91 1.74 .95 1.82 .79 1.58 1.66 .83 1.73 .86 .90 1.80 

.050 kVA Load Amps 1.04 1.04 1.04 2.08 1.04 2.08 1.04 2.08 1.14 2.18 2.18 1.14 2.18 1.14 1.14 2.19 

100BB2448J kVA 1.73 1.51 1.70 3.33 1.82 3.48 1.90 3.63 1.59 3.17 3.31 1.66 3.46 1.73 1.80 3.61 

.100 kVA Load Amps 2.08 2.08 2.08 4.16 2.08 4.16 2.08 4.16 2.29 4.37 4.37 2.29 4.37 2.29 2.29 4.38 

150BB2448J kVA 2.60 2.26 2.56 4.99 2.73 5.22 2.85 5.45 2.38 4.75 4.97 2.48 5.19 2.59 2.70 5.41 

.150 kVA Load Amps 3.12 3.13 3.12 6.24 3.12 6.25 3.12 6.24 3.43 6.55 6.55 3.43 6.55 3.43 3.43 6.56 

205BB2448J kVA 4.33 3.77 4.26 8.32 4.56 8.70 4.76 9.08 3.96 7.92 8.28 4.14 8.64 4.32 4.51 9.02 

.250 kVA Load Amps 5.20 5.21 5.20 10.40 5.20 10.40 5.20 10.40 5.72 10.92 10.92 5.72 10.92 5.72 5.72 10.94 

505BB2448J kVA 8.60 7.54 8.52 16.64 9.11 17.40 9.51 18.16 7.93 15.85 16.57 8.28 17.29 8.64 9.02 18.04 

.500 kVA Load Amps 10.40 10.42 10.40 20.80 10.40 20.80 10.40 20.80 11.44 21.84 21.84 11.44 21.84 11.44 11.44 21.88 

705BB2448J kVA 12.90 11.31 12.77 24.97 13.67 26.10 14.27 27.24 11.89 23.77 24.85 12.42 25.93 12.96 13.52 27.06 

.750 kVA Load Amps 15.60 15.63 15.60 31.20 15.60 31.20 15.60 31.20 17.16 32.76 32.76 17.16 32.76 17.16 17.16 32.81 

1BB2448J kVA 17.30 15.08 17.03 33.29 18.23 34.80 19.02 36.31 15.85 31.70 33.14 16.57 34.57 17.28 18.03 36.08 

1.00 kVA Load Amps 20.80 20.83 20.80 41.60 20.80 41.60 20.80 41.60 22.88 43.68 43.68 22.88 43.68 22.88 22.88 43.75 

105BB2448J kVA 25.90 22.62 25.55 49.93 27.34 52.50 28.53 54.47 23.78 47.55 49.71 24.85 51.86 25.92 27.05 54.13 

1.50 kVA Load Amps 31.20 31.25 31.20 62.40 31.20 62.40 31.20 62.40 34.32 65.52 65.52 34.32 65.62 34.32 34.32 65.63 

2BB2448J kVA 34.60 30.17 34.07 66.58 36.46 69.60 38.04 72.63 31.70 63.40 66.27 33.13 69.15 34.56 36.06 72.17 

2.00 kVA Load Amps 41.60 41.67 41.60 83.20 41.60 83.20 41.60 83.20 45.76 87.36 87.36 45.76 87.36 45.76 45.76 87.50 

3BB2448J kVA 52.00 45.25 51.18 100.03 54.69 104.57 57.07 109.12 47.63 95.25 99.57 49.77 103.89 51.92 54.18 108.25 

3.00 kVA Load Amps 62.50 62.50 62.50 125.00 62.50 125.00 62.50 125.00 68.75 131.25 131.25 68.75 131.25 68.75 68.75 131.25 

5BB2448J kVA 86.10 75.42 85.17 166.44 91.15 174.01 95.11 181.57 79.26 158.50 165.69 82.83 172.87 86.39 90.16 180.42 

5.00 kVA Load Amps 104.00 104.17 104.00 208.00 104.00 208.00 104.00 208.00 114.40 218.40 218.40 114.40 218.40 114.40 114.40 218.75 

Quantity Required 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 

Connection Diagram (pg. 8-25) 6 12 12 11 12 11 12 11 12 11 11 12 11 12 12 11 



• Output voltage for lower input can be found by: 










note on page 8-25. 

8-24 



Single Phase, Three Phase 

Typical Connection Diagrams 

If you are using this unit as an auto 

transformer to buck (lower) or boost 

(raise) the voltage by a 12 to 48 volts use 

the information on pages 8-22 to 8-24 to 

select the proper wiring diagram. 

Note: HV= Higher Voltage, LV= Lower 

Voltage when bucking and boosting. 

If you are using this unit as an isolation 

transformer with a primary of 120 or 

240 or 480 volts and the secondary of 

12/24, 16/32, or 24/48 (depending on the 

model) use the wiring diagram located 

on the inside of the cover to the wiring 

compartment. 

Low-voltage Applications: 

By using the “Standard Step-down 

Application” diagram at left, buck boost 

transformers will convert 120V or 240V to 

12, 24, 16 or 32 volts and 240V or 480V to 

24 or 48 volts without affecting the nameplate 

kVA rating of the transformer. Buck 

boost transformers used in this type of 

application will become isolation or insulating 

type transformers. 

Single Phase 

Diagram 1 

Diagram 2 

(Standard Step-down Application)* 

Diagram 3 

Diagram 4 


Note: 

•Inputs and Outputs may be reversed; kVA capacity 

remains constant. Exception: Cannot use 3-wire input 

with 4-wire output to form a neutral and does not 

apply to standard step-down applications. 

•Refer to NEC 450-4 for overcurrent protection of an 

autotransformer. 

•All applications are suitable for 60Hz only, 

contact factory for 50Hz information. 




Single Phase, Three Phase 

Typical Connection Diagrams 

Three Phase 

Note: Contact sales office for diagrams applicable to “J” suffix. 

Diagram 5 a 

Diagram 6 a 

Diagram 7 a Diagram 8 a 

Diagram 9 

Diagram 11 b 

TRANSFORMERS 

8 

Diagram 12 b 

a These diagrams can only be used when the source is a 

4-wire supply. 

b The neutral XO should not be used when the source is a 

three wire supply. 

Note: 

•Inputs and Outputs may be reversed; kVA capacity 

remains constant. Exception: Cannot use 3-wire input 

with 4-wire output to form a neutral and does not 

apply to standard step-down applications. 

• Refer to NEC 450-4 for overcurrent protection of an 

autotransformer. 

• All applications are suitable for 60Hz only, 

contact factory for 50Hz information. 

8-26 



Accessories and Details 


Selection 

Drip Shield/Weather Shield Kits for 

Ventilated Transformers ab 

Drip shields are integral to enclosure for Series H 

transformers and all DOE 2016 Series J transformers. 

Include DS option code to catalog number to include 

with single phase Series J transformers. Drip shield kits 

are available for field installation for Series J and other 

previously sold series transformers. Call factory for price 

and availability. See page 8-8 for additional information. 

Wall Mounting Brackets for 

Ventilated Transformers 

For Series H transformers, wall brackets are integral to the 

enclosure up to 30kVA and most 45kVA. A Wall Bracket Kit is 

available for 45kVA transformers that do not include wall brackets 

and for most 75kVA transformers. They should be ordered 

separately for field installation rather than including the W option 

in the catalog number. Series H wall brackets are not seismic 

certified. For Series J, include W option code for wall brackets to 

come with Series J transformers up to 75kVA or order separately 

for field installation. Call factory for price and availability. 

Terminal Lug Kits For Ventilated Transformers 

Catalog 

Number 

Single 

Phase 

kVA Sizes 

Three 

Phase 

kVA Sizes 

Primary 

Terminal Lug c 

Qty. d 

Range 

Secondary 

Terminal Lug c 

Qty. d 

Cable 

Range 

Primary 

Hardware Included 

Secondary 

Hardware Included 

Qty. Bolt Size Qty. Bolt Size 

TLK14Q 75, 100 — 4 #6-350 kcmil 8 #6-350 kcmil 4 3/8 x 1 1/2 8 3/8 x 1 1/2 

TLK15Q 167.5 — 8 #6-350 kcmil 12 1/0-750 kcmil 8 3/8 x 1 1/2 12 1/2 x 1 1/2 

TLK34Q — 112.5 3 #6-350 kcmil 8 #6-350 kcmil 3 3/8 x 1 1/2 8 3/8 x 1 1/2 

TLK35Q — 150 3 #6-350 kcmil 8 1/0-750 kcmil 3 3/8 x 1 1/2 8 3/8 x 1 1/2 

TLK36Q — 225 6 #6-350 kcmil 16 #6-350 kcmil 6 3/8 x 1 1/2 16 3/8 x 1 1/2 




c May be used on “JST” suffix and “non JST” suffix transformers. Terminal lugs are screw type, lug connectors suitable 

for both copper and aluminum cable. All lugs are single barrel and suitable for cable ranges shown. 750kcmil lugs are 

capable of holding (2) 250kcmil cables in lieu of (1) 750kcmil cable. All lugs are rated 90˚C. 

d Lug kits contain quantity required for each kVA based NEC ampacities for cable range indicated. For cable sizes outside 

the range, hole size of terminal may not be the correct size to mount other lugs. Bolt size in Hardware included column 

provides indication of hole size. 

e Primary and secondary terminal lugs are included on 

most ventilated transformers. (15kVA - 75kVA 3PH & 

15kVA - 50kVA 1PH). Some 45 or 75kVA may not have 

secondary lugs depending on number and type of additional 

options. Call factory for confirmation. 

Standard Terminal Lug Offerings 

(Primary and Secondary) for Ventilated Transformers (150 Degree Rise - Series J only - Without a K rating) 

1-Phase 

3-Phase 

kVA 120/240V 208V 480V 600V kVA 120/240V 208V 480V 600V 

0-15 Contact customer support f 0-15 Contact customer support f 

15 #2/0-6 #14-2 #14-2 #14-2 15 #14-2 #14-2 #14-2 #14-2 

25 250MCM-6 250MCM-6 #14-2 #14-2 30 #2/0-6 #2/0-6 #14-2 #14-2 

37.5 350MCM-6 350MCM-6 #14-2 #14-2 45 250MCM-6 250MCM-6 #14-2 #14-2 

50 600MCM-2 600MCM-2 #2/0-6 #2/0-6 75 600MCM-2 350MCM-6 #2/0-6 #2/0-6 

>50 Contact customer support >75 Contact customer support 

Values listed above are for standard configurations. There may be slight variations depending on requirements. Contact Customer Support for special requirements. Encapsulated units 

less than or equal to 15kVA do not have lugs. Lead wires are provided. 

For Series H, see chart in Series H Addendum - Page H-17 Lug Pad sizes are not available except on cutsheets. Contact Customer Support for special requirements. 

Wall Bracket Kits for 

Series J DOE 2016 3 Phase Transformers 

Series J Wall Bracket Kits 

Temp Rise 

K Factor 

kVA 150C 115C 80C K1 K4 K13 K20 

15 TWB15J TWB15J TWB75J TWB15J TWB15J TWB75J TWB75J 

30 TWB75J TWB75J TWB75J TWB75J TWB75J TWB75J TWB75J 

45 TWB75J TWB75J NA TWB75J TWB75J NA NA 

75 TWB75J TWB75J NA TWB75J TWB75J NA NA 

Wall Bracket Kit not available for 75kVA with Copper Windings. 

See Wall Bracket/Drip Shield Table on Page 8-8 for availability information. 

Wall Bracket for Series J 

SIngle Phase Transformers 

Series J Wall Bracket Kits 

Temp Rise 

kVA 150C 115C 80C 

15 TWB15J TWB15J TWB75J 


37.5 TWB75J TWB75J TWB75J 


75 NA NA NA 

100 NA NA NA 


a Series J Drip Shield Kits are available as a special order. 

Add “XD” to the catalog number. 


b UL Listed for indoor and outdoor use with 

dripshield installed. 


Transformers 

Notes 

TRANSFORMERS 

8 

8-28 


Digital Power & Thermal Monitoring Products 

SPEEDFAX TM 

Section 


SEM3T Thermal 

Monitoring System 

Selection and Application Guide 

New! Thermal Monitoring System – SEM3T 

Electrical Power Monitoring Software 

Power Distributions Solutions Introduction 

Power Monitoring Systems Overview 9-2 

Intelligent Metering and Control Devices 9-3 

Power Meters 

PAC2200 9-4 

PAC3120 9-5 

PAC3200T 9-6 

PAC3220 9-7 

PAC4200 9-8 

9410 9-9 

9810 9-10 – 9-11 

Enclosed Meters 9-12 

Branch Circuit Monitoring /SEM3 Embedded Metering 9-13 –9-20 

Enclosures for External Applications 9-21 – 9-22 

MD Meter – BACnet MSTP/IP standalone meter 9-23 

Low-voltage Current Transformers 9-24 – 9-25 

Thermal Monitoring Solution 

SEM3T 9-26 – 9-33 

Energy Management Software 

Powermanager Software 9-34 

WinPM.Net Software 9-35 

Application Engineering 

Digitalization for Smart Infrastructure 9-36 

Services 9-37 

Siemens recognizes that high performance facilities make for high performance 

business. Energy is the lifeline of your business, and better efficiency and 

sustainability can have a large positive impact on your bottom line. 

Energy Management and Control Systems from Siemens are complete enterprise 

solutions that help you manage the energy costs and availability of your business. 

With our advanced meters and controls, you can be sure to use only the energy you 

need, when you need it. 

Assembled Meter Enclosure 

Siemens Power Distribution Solutions contribute toward achieving LEED® 

certification and provides the needed energy metering data for federal/local 

government energy reductions programs. 

Power Meters 

Features and Benefits of Siemens Power Distribution Solutions: 

n Power Quality Reliability & Analysis 

n Utilities Cost Allocation & Billing 

n Utilities Usage Aggregation 

n Load Preservation 

n Equipment Monitoring 

n Facility Monitoring & Automation 

n Sequence of Event Recording 

n Preventative Maintenance 

n Electrical Asset Management 

Additional Products/Services 

n Branch Circuit Monitoring 

n Sub-Billing and Cost Allocation 

n Application Engineering 

n Services Agreements 

n Network/Communication 

Components 

n Integration with Existing 

n SCADA/BAS Systems 

n Incorporation of Third Party Devices 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 


online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 

For Technical Assistance Contact: 1-800-333-7421 

Create Support Ticket Online: 

https://support.industry.siemens.com/my/WW/en/requests#createRequest 

PDS Request for Information / Request for Quote: 

www.usa.siemens.com/pds-request 



Totally Integrated Power 

System Overview 

General 

9 

POWER 

MONITORING 

1. Power Meters 

Siemens power monitors combine the best of new technologies and 

proven practices. Monitor critical loads, power quality, and demand 

via the web directly from the meters. 

2. Power Monitoring Software 

WinPM.Net and Powermanager web-enabled software facilitates 

easy, enterprise-wide connection to power monitoring equipment, 

circuit breakers, and other devices from Siemens and third parties. 

Access information via the web with unlimited no-cost clients using 

built-in Web Client via your web browser. 

3. Communications Networks 

Utilize existing Ethernet or RS-485 communications networks to 

extract the information you need and get it where it needs to go. 

4. Components 

Current Transformers (CTs), Voltage/Potential Transformers (PTs), 

Power Supplies, Ethernet Switches, Protocol Converters. Siemens 

can provide everything required for your system. 

5. Intelligent I/O 

Our S7 I/O enables plug-n-play communications with Modbus 

devices and expands digital and analog input and output functionality 

of Siemens Systems. 

6. Billing and Load Allocation Software 

Powermanager is the simplified solution for cost allocation, billing & 

load/demand analysis using your web browser. 

7. Engineering Services 

PDS Application Engineers can help from design through 

commissioning of even the most demanding power quality 

and monitoring systems. 

8. Motor Control Centers 

Monitor mains and feeders for critical or power-intensive loads. 

Communicate with WL, VL and 3VA breakers, SIMOCODE, I/O and 

devices from other manufacturers. Use Siemens power meters to 

web-enable new as well as existing MCCs. 

9. Low- & Medium-Voltage Switchgear 

Web-enable switchgear by having Siemens power monitoring as well 

as breaker status and upload the information to a corporate Intranet 

or to the Internet. Use MeterMail TM directly from meters for alarm 

conditions or simple reporting. 

10. Facility Management Systems 

Tie into building automation systems to provide the required 

power and energy information. Many communications options 

are available ranging from legacy protocols to XML directly from 

the power monitors. 

11. Distributed Control Systems, Automation, and 

SCADA/Human Machine Interface 

Siemens power monitors and/or software can talk to all major 

vendors’ systems. 

9-2 


Power Distribution Solutions 


Intelligent Metering and Control Devices 

PAC2200 PAC3120 MD Meter SEM3 PAC3200T PAC3220 PAC4200 9410 9810 

Power, Energy and Demand 

Voltage/current: per phase, average n n n n n n n n n 

Voltage/current: unbalance n n n n n n n n 

Power: real(kW), reactive(kVAR), apparent(kVA), 

power factor, frequency n n n n n n n n n 

Energy: bi-directional, import, export n n n n n n n n 

Energy kWh: total, net n n n n n n n n n 

Demand: block, sliding window n n n n n n n n n 

Demand: thermal predicted n n 

Power Quality Analysis 

Sag(Dip)/Swell disturbances monitoring n n 

Voltage disturbance direction detection n n 

High speed transient capture 

10MHz 

Harmonics (individual, even, odd, total) up to THD only THD only THD only 63rd 63rd 63rd 

Sampling rate, maximum samples/cycle 135k 135k 60 135k 135k 204 256 1024 

Flicker, harmonics to EN50160, IEC 6100-4-7 / 4-15 n n 

Configurable for IEEE 519-2014, SEMI/ITIC 

n 

Data and Waveform Logs 

Triggered by setpoint, schedule, or external signal n n 

Sequence-of-event logs or alarm logs, variable log depth n n n n 

Minimum/maximum logs n n n n n n 

Onboard Historical logging Memory c c 8GB (6 mos.) c c d 320MB 2GB 

Email data and event logs 

n 

Waveform recording n n 

Waveform in COMTRADE format with FTP n n 

GPS time synchronization NTP/SNTP NTP NTP/SNTP NTP/SNTP SNTP NTP/SNTP NTP/SNTP 

Time-stamps, resolution in seconds ±1 sec 1 min ±1 sec ±1 sec ±0.1 sec. ±0.1 msec. ±0.1 msec. 

Time synchronization - IEEE1588/IEC615888/PTP n n 

Communication Ports, Protocols and I/O 

( ) = Optional 

USB ports 1 2 (not activated) 

RS-485-only ports (1) 1 1 1 (1) (1) 1 2 

Ethernet ports (1) (1) 1 1 2 1 2 (UTP) 2 (UTP) 

PROFIBUS ports (1) (1) 

PROFINET ports (2) (2) 

Modbus RTU Slave on serial (n) n n n (n) (n) n n 

Modbus RTU Master on serial ports n n 

Modbus/TCP on Ethernet ports (n) n n n n n n n 

Modbus TCP Master over Ethernet n n 

BACnet MS/TP n n 

BACnet IP on Ethernet ports n n 

SNMP n n n 

DNP 3 n n 

IEC 61850 n n 

DHCP (n) n n n n n (IP v4/IP v6) n (IP v4/IP v6) 

RSTP n n 

Secure protocols (HTTPS, SFTP, SSH, Secure Modbus) HTTPS HTTPS 

Ethernet Gateway: 31 other meters accessible via RS-485 (n) n n 

Multiple masters over Ethernet 3 2 4 3 3 3 8 8 

On-board web server - Realtime, Trending (n) n (CSV output) n n n n n 

On-board web server - Waveform display n n 

Analog inputs (1) (1) (16) (16) 

Analog outputs (8) (8) 

Digital status/counter inputs (standard/optional add-ons) 1 2 2/(44) 1 2 / (8) 2 / (8) 3 / (24) 8 / (24) 

Digital relay outputs (control/pulse) 1 2 1 1 1 2 / (4) 2 / (4) 1 / (8) 4 FA/2RO (8RO) a 

Integrated display B/W B/W B/W Opt. Color B/W B/W Color Color 

Setpoints, Alarming and Control 

Setpoints, minimum response time n n n n n n ½ cycle ½ cycle 

Math, logic, trig, log, linearization formulas and/or, > < Grouping and/or, > < and/or, > < and/or, > < n n 

Multi-condition alarms n n n n n n 

Email on alarm n n 

Revenue metering 

ANSI C12.1 accuracy compliant 1.0 n n 

ANSI C12.20 0.5 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.2 b 0.2 

EN50160 Compliance Reporting n n (Ed4) 

IEC 61000-4-30 Class A/S n(Class S Meter) n(Class A Ed3) 

IEC 61577-12 accuracy compliant 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 

IEC 62053-22 replaces IEC 60687 0.2S compliant n n n n n n n (0.1S) 

IEC 62053-23, 24 compliant for Reactive Energy accuracy n n n n n (0.25) 

IEC 62586-1 (new Power Quality standard) 

n 

IEC 60687 accuracy class compliant n (1.0) n (0.5) n (0.2) n (0.5) n (0.5) n (0.2) n (0.2) n (0.2) 

ANSI class 10, IEC 1/10 (1A nominal, 10A max) n n 

ANSI class 20, IEC 5/20 (5A nominal, 20A max) n n 

Time-of-use n n n n n n n 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 

Some Features are optional, Refer to datasheets for allowable port configurations. Products meet or exceed the accuracy requirements of the standards listed; due to form factors, not all ANSI/IEC compliance tests may apply. Some products certified by third party laboratory. 

FA - Form A contact output, RO - Relay output. 

c Load profile kWh/day for 63 days. kWh/month for 24 months. 

b This meter is 0.2S compliant at 5A nominal CT, and 0.5S compliant at 1A nominal CT. 

d Load profile kWh/15min values for 40 days. 




PAC2200 Power Meter 

Reliable and Precise Monitoring of Electrical Power Systems 

The PAC2200 is a powerful compact din rail mounted 

power monitoring device that is suitable for use in 

industrial, government and commercial applications 

where basic metering and energy monitoring is required. 

The meter may be used as a standalone device monitoring 

over 50+ parameters or as part of an industrial control, 

building automation or global power monitoring system. 

Metering and monitoring applications range from simple 

analog volt and amp meter replacements to stand-alone 

sub billing or cost allocation installations with multiple 

tariffs. 

The PAC2200 provides open communications using Modbus 

RTU/TCP, and Mbus protocols for easy integration into 

any local or remote monitoring system. With a built-in web 

server viewing your data has never been easier. Simple 

configuration of the meter can be done from the front display 

or by using a PC with SENTRON powerconfig setup free 

software available for download from SIEMENS website. 

Precision 

n ANSI C12.1 Class 1 

n Energy Measurement 

• Voltage +/- 0.5% 

• Current +/- 0.5% 

• Power Factor +/- .5% 

• Sampling Rate 135K/per cycle 

n Revenue Accurate 

• Sub Billing 

• Cost Allocation 

• MID Certified variant for European 

customers 

n Cost Effective 

Energy Management 

n Serves three masters via the 

TCP connection 

n Energy Consumption 

n Automation Integration 

n Solution for LEED ® credit 

n Monitors Critical Equipment 

n Modbus TCP/RTU 

n Mbus 

Reliability 

n Economical Measurement 

• Commercial 

• Industrial 

• Residential 

n Degree of Protection 

• Front – IP40 

• Rear – IP20 

n 480V Connected Voltage 

n Simple Retrofit Installation 

n Integration with Existing Systems 

97 mm [3.8 in] 

71 mm 

[2.8 in] 

108 mm 

[4.2 in] 

9 

POWER 

MONITORING 

Condensed LCD Display to indicate: 

• Display title or designation of the 

displayed measurements 

• Phase 

• Measured value 

• Unit 

• Labeling of function keys 

Example of operating menu: 

The texts can be displayed in several languages, which can be 

selected directly on the device. The condensed graphic LCD 

display facilitates reading even from a distance. For optimum 

visability even in poor light conditions the PAC2200 comes with 

a gradually adjustable background illumination. 

Order information 

Product 

PAC2220 Modbus RTU, L-L: 400 V, L-N: 230 V, 5 Amp, self-powered, screw terminals 

PAC2220 Modbus TCP, L-L: 400 V, L-N: 230 V, 5 Amp, strd rail instr, self-powered, screw terminals 

PAC2220 Modbus RTU, MID Certified, L-L: 400 V, L-N: 230 V, 5 Amp, self-powered, screw terminals 

PAC2220 Modbus TCP, MID Certified ,L-L: 400 V, L-N: 230 V, 5 Amp, self-powered, screw terminals 


7KM22002EA301DA1 

7KM22002EA301EA1 

7KM22002EA301HA1 

7KM22002EA301JA1 

Languages included 

as standard in the 

meter are English, 

German, French, 

Spanish, Italian, 

Portuguese, Turkish, 

Russian and 

Chinese. 

9-4 





Basic Monitoring of Electrical Power Systems 

The PAC3120 is a powerful compact power monitoring 

device that is suitable for use in industrial, government and 

commercial applications, where basic metering and energy 

monitoring is required. The meter may be used as a stand 

alone device monitoring over 100+ parameters or as part 

of an industrial control, building automation or global power 

monitoring system. Metering and monitoring applications 

range from simple analog volt and amp meter replacements 

to stand-alone sub-billing or cost allocation installations. 

Precision 

n ANSI C12.20 class 0.5 


• Voltage +/- 0.2% 

• Current +/- 0.2% 

• Power Factor +/- 0.5% 

• Sampling Rate 135k/per cycle 







n Demand Control 




n Sub Metering 

The PAC3120 has many features not usually found in this 

price class of meters. A large graphical display supports 

multiple languages and easy to use menus that can be used 

to set up the meter. The meter also has built in Modbus RTU 

communications via a RS485 interface. The meter comes 

standard with two digital inputs and two digital outputs. One 

output is suitable for pulse output for export/import real and 

reactive energy. The other output is controllable from an 

outside source by way of a Modbus register. 

Reliability 











96 mm [3.78 in.] 


Product 

96 mm [3.78 in.] 

Full Graphic LCD Display to indicate: 

• Display title or designation 

of the displayed measurements 

• Phase 


• Unit 


PAC3120 Compression terminals AC/DC 

PAC3120 Compression terminals DC Only 

Adapter Plate for 4700/4720 meter cutout 

PAC32/4200 Meter DIN Rail adapter – Meter display will not be seen 

PAC32/4200 Meter DIN Rail 2-adapter – Meter display will not be seen 

Example of operating menu 

With an easy-to-read adjustable back lit LCD 

display, the PAC3120 can be commissioned in 

only two steps. After selecting the language 

and setting two parameters (voltage and 

current inputs), the meter is ready for use. 


7KM31200BA011DA0 

7KM31201BA011EA0 

93-47ADAPTER 

7KM9900-0YA00-0AA0 

7KM9900-0XA00-0AA0 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 

Languages included as standard in the meter are 

English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese, 

Turkish, Russian and Chinese. 

Product Category: PDS 




PAC3200T Power Meter 


The PAC3200T is a powerful compact din rail mounted power 

monitoring device that is suitable for use in industrial, government 

and commercial applications where basic metering and energy 

monitoring is required. The meter may be used as a standalone 

device monitoring over 100+ parameters or as part of an industrial 

control, building automation or global power monitoring system. 

Metering and monitoring applications range from simple analog 

volt and amp meter replacements to stand-alone sub billing or cost 

allocation installations with multiple tariffs. 

The PAC3200T provides open communications 

using Modbus TCP protocol for easy integration 

into any local or remote monitoring system. With 

a built-in web server viewing your data has never 

been easier. Simple configuration of the meter can 

be done by using a PC with SENTRON powerconfig 

setup free software available for download from 

SIEMENS website. 

Precision 

n ANSI C12.20 Class 0.5s 


• Voltage +/- 0.5% 

• Current +/- 0.5% 



• Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) 













Reliability 











97 mm [3.8 in] 

71 mm 

[2.8 in] 

108 mm 

[4.2 in] 

• DIN rail mount 

• Modbus TCP/Ethernet Port available on the 

top right slot 

• No Integrated display 

Current and Voltage Input 

wiring screw terminals 

Digital Input and Digital Output 

wiring screw terminals 

9 

POWER 

MONITORING 


Product 

PAC3200T DIN Rail Mount Power Meter without DISPLAY, AC/DC, Modbus TCP, L-L: 400 V, 

L-N: 230 V, 5 A, wide-range pwr sup. unit AC/DC, screw terminals 


7KM32000CA011AA0 







Russian and 

Chinese. 

9-6 






The PAC3220 is a powerful compact power monitoring 

device that is suitable for use in industrial, government and 

commercial applications where basic metering and energy 

monitoring is required. The meter may be used as a stand 

alone device monitoring over 100+ parameters or as part of 

an industrial control, building automation or global power monitoring 

system. Metering and monitoring applications range from simple 

analog volt and amp meter replacements to stand-alone sub billing 

or cost allocation installations with multiple tariffs. 

The PAC3220 provides open communications using 

Modbus RTU/TCP, PROFIBUS-DP, and PROFINET 

protocols for easy integration into any local or remote 

monitoring system. With a built-in web server viewing 

your data has never been easier. Simple configuration of 

the meter can be done from the front display or by using 

a PC with SENTRON powerconfig setup free software 

available for download from SIEMENS website. 

Precision 



• Voltage +/- 0.2% 

• Current +/- .2% 



• Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) 













n Industrial Systems 

• PROFIBUS 

• PROFINET 

Reliability 











96 mm [3.78 in.] 

96 mm [3.78 in.] 

Full Graphic LCD Display to indicate: 

• Display title or designation of the 

displayed measurements 

• Phase 


• Unit 



Example of operating menu: 

The texts can be displayed in several languages, which can 

be selected directly on the device. The large graphic LCD 

display facilitates reading even from a distance. For optimum 

visability even in poor light conditions the PAC3220 

comes with a gradually adjustable background illumination. 

Product 

PAC3220 compression terminals (not suitable for use with ring tongue terminals), AC/DC 

PAC3220 compression terminals (not suitable for use with ring tongue terminals), DC only 

Expansion Module - PAC PROFIBUS DP 

Expansion Module - PAC PROFINET 

Expansion Module - PAC MODBUS RTU 

Expansion Module - I(N), I(Diff), Analog for PAC 3220 or 4200 

PAC3220/4200 Meter DIN Rail adapter – Meter display will not be seen 

PAC3220/4200 Meter DIN Rail 2-Tier adapter – Meter display will not be seen 

Power Supply. Input: 120-230V AC / 110-300V DC Output: 24 V DC 4 Amps. DIN Rail mounted. 

Adapter Plate for 4700/4720 meter cutout 


7KM32200BA011DA0 

7KM32201BA011EA0 

7KM93000AB010AA0 

7KM93000AE020AA0 

7KM99000XA000AA0 

7KM92000AD000AA0 

7KM99000YA000AA0 

7KM99000XA000AA0 

US2:PWRSP4A 

93-47ADAPTER 

Example of Optional 

Expansion Module install 







Russian and 

Chinese. 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 



• 





The PAC4200 is a feature packed power monitoring device 

that is suitable for use in industrial, government and 

commercial applications where basic to advanced metering, 

logging, and I/O is required. The meter may be used as a 

stand alone device monitoring over 200 parameters or as 

part of an industrial control, building automation or global 

enterprise wide monitoring system. 

Advanced power quality monitoring and logging applications 

range from single low-voltage breaker / building metering 

to sub-station main feeder monitoring, sub-billing or cost 

allocation installations with multiple tariffs. Whether your goal 

is to reduce operation cost, reduce your carbon footprint or to 

maintain your power assets, the PAC4200 meter should be an 

important part of your power monitoring system. 

The PAC4200 provides open communication using the 

standard built-in Ethernet Modbus TCP and has the capability 

of communicating through Optional Modbus RTU, PROFIBUS- 

DP, and PROFINET protocol modules simultaneously. This 

allows for easy integration into any local or remote monitoring 

system. With a built-in web server viewing your data has 

never been easier. The gateway functionality of this device 

reduces installation cost by replacing other gateway devices 

and simplifying wiring. 

Precision 

n ANSI C12.20 Class .2s 


• Voltage +/- .2% 

• Current +/- .2% 


• Sampling Rate 204/per cycle 

• Individual Harmonics up to 63rd 

n Power Quality 









n Min/Max and Event Logs 

• Storage Capacity 40 days at 15 min 

intervals 

• Event Logging 4000 events 



n Modbus Gateway 



• PROFIBUS • PROFINET 

Reliability 









n Customizable Displays 




SENTRON PAC, PROFIBUS 

DP, MODBUS RTU and PROFINET 

expansion modules for 

remote data transmission. 

Two Digital Input and two 

Digital Outputs as standard 

MODBUS TCP 

integrated into the 

meter as standard 

• 

Terminal blocks for voltage 

and current measuring, 

control power and digital 

input and output 

• 

96 

mm 

3.78 

in. 

Digital input and output 

module provides 4 additional 

digital inputs and 2 digital outputs 

96 mm 

3.78 in. 

77 mm 

3.03 in. 

9 

POWER 

MONITORING 


Product 


PAC4200 compression terminals (not suitable for use with ring tongue terminals), AC/DC 

7KM42120BA003AA0 

PAC4200 compression terminals (not suitable for use with ring tongue terminals), DC only 

7KM42111BA003AA0 

Expansion Module - PAC PROFIBUS DP 

7KM93000AB010AA0 

Expansion Module - PAC PROFINET 

7KM93000AE020AA0 

Expansion Module - PAC MODBUS RTU 

7KM99000XA000AA0 

Expansion Module - PAC additional I/O 

7KM92000AB000AA0 

Expansion Module - I(N), I(Diff), Analog for PAC 3220 or 4200 

7KM92000AD000AA0 

PAC3220/4200 Meter DIN Rail adapter – Meter display will not be seen 7KM99000YA000AA0 

PAC3220/4200 Meter DIN Rail 2-Tier adapter – Meter display will not be seen 

7KM99000XA000AA0 

Power Supply. Input: 120-230V AC / 110-300V DC Output: 24 V DC 4 Amps. DIN Rail mounted. 

US2:PWRSP4A 

Adapter Plate for 4700/4720 meter cutout 93-47ADAPTER 

99mm, 3.90 in., with 


9-8 


Product Category: PDS



9410 Web-Enabled Power Quality & Analysis Meter 


The 9410 series meters are ideally suited to local and remote monitoring of lowor 

high-voltage electrical installations in industrial facilities, commercial buildings, 

utility networks or critical power environments. Facility and operations personnel 

will benefit in energy-related costs while avoiding power quality conditions that 

can reduce equipment life and productivity. 

The 9410 series meter is easy to install and use, offering integrated or remote 

high-visibility displays. A range of expansion modules help match features to 

the application and support field-upgrading of meters as required. Serial and 

Ethernet communication enable the meter to be used within a WinPM.Net power 

management system or with third-party management systems. 

Precision 


• Energy Measurement 

• Voltage +/- .1% 

• Current +/- .1% 


• Sampling Rate 256/ 

per cycle 

• Individual Harmonics 

up to 63rd 

• Sags / Swells 

Detection 

• Programmable Math / 

Logic Function 







n 9410 Waveform Capture 

n Onboard Waveform 

Display Webpages 

n Customizable 

Webpages 

n Min/Max and 

Event Logs 



n Solution for LEED ® 

credit 

n Monitors Critical 

Equipment 

n Modbus Gateway 


n Modbus Master 


n IEC 61850 Protocol 

Reliability 

n Economical 

Measurement 




• Front – IP54, 

UL type 12 


n 600V Connected 

Voltage 

n Customizable Displays 

n Email Alarms through 

Ethernet 

n Field Addable Modules 

n Simple Retrofit 

Installation 

n Integration with 

Existing Systems 

Product 


9410 AC Powered Panel meter with integrated color display, 1 DO, 3 DI, 

dual port Ethernet 

US2:9410DC 

9410 AC Powered DIN transducer meter packaged with remote display 

(includes 3m cable ) 

US2:9410RC 

9410 AC Powered Meter without display (DIN rail mount transducer version) 

with 1 DO, 3 DI, dual port Ethernet 

US2:9410TC 

9410 DC Powered Panel meter with integrated color display, 1 DO, 3 DI, 

dual port Ethernet, 20Vdc-60Vdc PS 

US2:9410D24VDC 

9410 DC Powered DIN transducer meter packaged with remote display 

(includes 3m cable ), 20Vdc-60Vdc PS 

US2:9410R24VDC 

9410 DC Powered Meter without display (DIN rail mount transducer version) 

with 1 DO, 3 DI, dual port Ethernet, 20Vdc-60Vdc PS 

US2:9410T24VDC 

9410 Panel meter with integrated color display, 1 DO, 3 DI, dual port Ethernet. 

Measurement Canada - Ready to be Hardware/Firmware sealable. SIEMENS US2:9410DCAN 

Canada to work with local sealing house for actual hardware sealing 

Accessories 


9410 Remote color LCD display, 96 mm x 96 mm, with 3 m cable US2:948DISP96 

9410 I/O Module with 2 relay outputs, and 6 digital inputs (wetted) US2:948M2DO6DI 

9410 I/O Module, 2 analog outputs (4 - 20 mA, 0- 10 VDC), and 4 analog 

inputs (4 - 20 mA, 0 - 30 VDC) 

US2:948M2AO4AI 

9410 Voltage and Current Sealing Kit (included with base meter) US2:9410SK 

9410 Remote display cable, 10 meters US2:948DCAB10 

9410 Remote Display Mounting Adapter kit for 4" round hole - requires 9410RC US2:94PMAK 

9410 Replacement hardware kit for 9410 meter US2:94PMHWK 

9410 Replacement hardware kit for remote display US2:94PMRDHWK 

9410 24Vdc Meter replacement hardware kit for remote display US2:94PMHWKDC 

A. 

B. 

C. 

D. 

3.562 in. 

90.5 mm 

Dimensions for I O 

modules typical. 

Up to four modules 

allowed to 

be connected. 

3.562 in. 

90.5 mm 

3.562 in. 

90.5 mm 

3.562 in. 

90.5 mm 

3.62 in. 

92 mm + 0.8-0.0 

3.562 in. 

90.5 mm 

3.78 in. 

96 mm 

0.866 in. 

22 mm 77.5 in. 

3.051mm 

6.515 Max in. 

165.48 Max mm 

3.562 in. 

90.5 mm 

0.866 in. 

66 mm 

3.574 in. 

90.8 mm 

3.562 in. 

90.5 mm 

3.62 in. 

92 mm + 0.8-0.0 

3.78 in. 

96 mm 

3.574 in. 

90.8 mm 

3.562 in. 

90.5 mm 

Dimensions for I O 

modules typical. 

Up to four modules 

allowed to 

be connected. 

3.78 in. 

96 mm 

3.78 in. 

96 mm 

Dimensions: 

A. Meter with integrated display panel mount 

into a square cutout 

B. Meter with integrated display with up to 

(4) I/O module 

C. Din Rail mounted meter with up to 

(4) I/O modules 

D. Din Rail Mounted meter with remote display 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 





9810 High Accuracy Advanced Power Quality and Analysis Meter 

Power Quality Meter with Web Server Technology 

The Siemens 9810 series high accuracy and advanced power quality meter combines 

accurate; 3-phase energy and power measurement with data logging, power quality 

analysis, e-mail, alarming, Modbus mastering, Transient detection, Disturbance 

Direction Detection (DDD), Pre-Event/Post-Event Waveform capture and extensive 

I/O capabilities in a highly flexible and modular format. Analysis results are captured 

in the event log, along with a time-stamp and confidence level indicating level of 

certainty. The 9810 base meter includes 8 digital inputs capable of providing ±1 

millisecond time stamping and 4 digital outputs. The 9810 meters support numerous 

protocols including Modbus, ION, DNP3, IEC 61850, HTTP, HTTPS, DLMS, FTP, 

SNMP, SMTP, DPWS, RSTP, PTP, NTP/SNTP, GPS, Syslog, and DHCP protocols. 

Fast sampling rates and extensive memory make this the perfect choice for critical 

power systems making analysis of issues possible for correction and prevention. 

As a data accumulator, the 9810 meter can also save money and time by simplifying 

wiring and networking. Information from the meter and downstream devices can 

be displayed on the large capacitive 7” touch display or smaller 3.5” display, on 

customizable web pages in reports and screens. 

Applications for the 9810 meter range from 

A 

critical power applications A such as 

data centers to industrial, commercial and government power and power quality 

monitoring systems. The 9810 meter is offered in a number of forms from single 

meter enclosures integrated into Siemens switchgear, switchboard and panelboards. 

Place this high end power quality meter throughout the power distribution system 

where critical information is desired. Know what is happening in your facility and get 

maximum efficiency. 

Precision 

n ANSI C12.20 Class .1s 


• Voltage +/- .1% 

• Current +/- .1% 

• Power A Factor +/- .5% 

• 9810 Sampling Rate 

1024 samples per cycle 

• 9810 Individual Harmonics 

up to 63rd 

• Sags / Swells Detection 

• Programmable Math / 

Logic Function 




B 

3.562 in. 

90.5 mm 

Reliability 





n Email BAlarms 

Cn Customizable Displays 5.33 in. 

6.30 in. C 

135.3 mm 

n 3.562 Password in. Protected 160 mm 

3.562 in. 

90.5 mm 

90.5 mm 

n Hardware Lockable 

n Supports Copper Ethernet 


3.562 in. 

90.5 mm 

6.30 in. 

160 mm 

B 

B 



n Waveform Capture 

n Transient Capture 17 μs @ 60 Hz 

n Disturbance Direction Detection 

(DDD) 

n Customizable Webpages 

n Extensive data logging, trending 

and forecasting 

Non-volatile on-board logging of min/ 

max values, energy and demand, 

maintenance data, alarms, and any 

measured parameters. Trending and 

short-term forecasting of energy, 

demand, D 

6.30 in 

5.33 and in. measured 160 parameters. 

mm D 

135.3 mm 



6.30 in. 

160 mm 


n Modbus Master / Gateway 

6.30 in. 

n Supports Multiple 160 mm Protocols 

n Supports Multiple Master via 

Ethernet 

6.30 in 

160 mm 

6.30 

160 

.562 in. 

0.5 mm 

9 

POWER 

MONITORING 

Din rail mounted meter 

with 4 I/O modules 

C 

3.562 in. 

6.30 in. 90.5 mm 

160 mm 

3.562 in. 

90.5 mm 

6.30 in. 

5.33 in. 160 mm 

135.3 mm 

6.30 in. 

160 mm 

5.33 in. 

135.3 mm 

D 

E 

6.30 in. 

160 mm 

Dimensions for I/O modules typical. 

0.866 in. Up to four modules allowed 0.866 in. to 

66 mm be connected. 66 mm be connected. 

Back-to-back adapter used to Large 7 in. touchscreen 

panel mount display and meter capacitive display 

D 

6.30 in 

160 mm 

6.30 in 7.76 in. 

160 mm 197 mm 

E 

6.30 in 

160 mm 

6.89 in. 

175 mm 


Up to four modules allowed to 

7.76 in. 

197 mm 

6.30 in 

160 mm 

F 

6.89 in. 

175 mm 

3.5 in. pushbutton 

display 

3.78 in. 

96 mm 

F 

3.78 in. 

96 mm 

3.7 

96 

0.866 in. 

66 mm 


0.866 in. Up to four modules allowed to 

Dimensions for 66 I/O mm modules typical. be connected. Dimensions: 

Up to four modules allowed to 

Dimensions: 

be connected. 

A. Back-to-back adapter cutout A. Back-to-back dimensions adapter B. cutout 96mm dimensions mounting adapter cutout B. 96mm mounting adapter cutout 

9-10 E 

7.76 in. 

197 mm 

C. Din rail mounted meter with 

Siemens Industry, 7.76 in. Inc. SPEEDFAX Product Catalog F C. Din 4 I/O rail modules mounted meter D. Back-to-back with 4 I/O modules adapter used D. to Back-to-back panel mount adapter display used and meter to panel m 

3.78 in. 


197 mm 

F 

96 mm 

E. Large 7in touchscreen 3.78 in. capacitive E. Large display 7in touchscreen F. 3.5in capacitive pushbutton display display F. 3.5in pushbutton display 

96 mm



9810 High Accuracy Advanced Power Quality and Analysis Meter 


Product 


9810 with 7" display (either din rail or panel mount) US2:9810RC 

Ø 3.7 - 4.0 

(.146 - .157) 

9810 without display US2:9810TC 

Accessories 


Ø 4.0 - 3.5 

(0.14 - 0.16) Ø 30.0 - 31.0 

(1.18 - 1.22) 

Large 7" display 

US2:9810R7DISP 

82.4 

(3.24) 

Small 3.5" display + 3M cable 

US2:948DISP96 

Remote display cable 10 M 

US2:948DCAB10 

Remote display hardware kit 

Expansion Modules 

I/O Module-Digital (6IN/2OUT) 

US2:9810PMRDHWK 


US2:948M2DO6DI 

30.0 

(1.18) 

82.4 

(3.24) 

I/AI Module-Analog (4IN/2OUT) 

US2:948M2AO4AI 

Miscellaneous 


9810 Hardware Kit US2:9810PMHWK 

mm 

(in) 

197 

(7.76) 

9810 Back to Back adapter US2:9810BBADAPTER 

9810 Current Input Green Connectors Hardware Kit. US2:9810CTHWK 

9610/9510/ADR to 9810 mounting adapter 

US2:9810MADAPTER 

92.8 - 92.0 

(3.65 - 3.62) 

Electrical Characteristics 

Measurement 

accuracy 

Data update rate 

Input-voltage 

characteristics 

Input-current 

characteristics 

Current and voltage Class 0.1 as per IEC 61557-12 

Active power Class 0.1 as per IEC 61557-12 

Power factor Class 0.5 as per IEC 61557-12 

Frequency Class 0.02 as per IEC 61557-12 

Active energy 

Class 0.1S IEC 62053-22 (In=5A) 

Class 0.1 IEC 61557-12, 

ANSI C12.20 Class 0.1 

Reactive energy Class 0.5S IEC 62053-24 

1/2 cycle or 1 second 

Specified accuracy voltage 

57 VLN/100 VLL TO 400 VLN/690 VLL 

Impedance 

5MΩ per phase 

Specified accuracy frequency 42 to 69Hz (50/60Hz nominal) 

Limit range of operation -frequency 20 to 450Hz 

Rated nominal current 

1A (0.1S), 5A (0.1S), 20A (0.1ANSI) 

Specified accuracy current range Starting Current: 1mA (No Accuracy) 

Accurate Range: 10mA-20A 

Permissible overload 

500A rms for 1s 

Impedance 

0.0003Ω per phase 

Burden 

0.01 VA max at 5A 

Power supply AC 90-480V AC ±10% (50/60Hz ± 10%), 90-120V AC ±10% (400Hz) 

DC 110-480V DC ±15% 

Ride-through time 

100 ms (6 cycles at 60Hz) typical, 120V AC 



Burden 

Meter Only: 16.5W/38 VA max at 480V AC (50/60 Hz) 

Fully optioned meter: 40W/80 VA max at 480V AC (50/60 Hz) 

Input/outputs Meter Base Only Meter Base Only 8 form A digital inputs (30V AC/60V DC) 

4 form A (KY) solid state digital output (30V AC/60V, 75mA) 

2 form C relay outputs (8 A at 250 V AC/ 5 A at 24 V DC) 

Optional 

Digital - 6 form A digital inputs (30V AC/60V DC) 8 A at 250V AC or 5A at 24V DC) 

Analog - 4 analog inputs (4-20mA, 0-30V DC) +2 analog outputs (4-20mA 0-10V DC) 

Mechanical Characteristics 

175 

(6.89) 

48.6 - 48.2 

(1.91 - 1.90) 

92.8 - 92.0 

(3.65 - 3.62) 

67.2 - 66.8 

(2.65 - 2.63) 

Ø 23.0 - 22.0 

(0.91 - 0.87) 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 

Weight 

IP degree of 

protection 

DIN rail mounted Model 1.5 kg 

IO modules 0.140 kg 

7” Touchscreen display: 0.861 kg 

3.5” Display: 0.300 kg 

IP 65, UL type 12: Panel mount and 

touchscreen display, front. 

IP 30: Panel mount rear, DIN rail mount, 

I/O modules. 

Dimensions 

Panel mount model: Color remote display 

(2 options): 197 x 175 x 27.5 mm touchscreen 

96 x 96 x 27 mm pushbutton 

DIN model 

IO modules 

Touchscreen Display(s) 

160 x 160 x 135.3 mm 

160 x 160 x 135.3 mm 

90.5 x 90.5 x 22 mm 

192 mm and 96 mm 





Enclosed Meters 

Convenience and Reliability with 

Siemens Meter Enclosures 

The Siemens meter enclosure offering is available to order with 

the SENTRON PAC series meters, the ACCESS series meters, 

and a combination of both power meter product offerings. The 

enclosed meter offering provides the required energy and basic 

metering information needed for a typical sub-billing / cost 

allocation application, as well as providing a simple retrofit solution 

for any project. 

With Safety being paramount, Siemens has designed the meter 

enclosure product offering with many safety and convenience 

features in mind. These include a single circuit breaker for both 

the control voltage & voltage taps to protect internal wiring 

and the power meters from damage and allowing a “single 

source” disconnect from outside power, separate CT shorting 

blocks for each meter, a grounding lug, and the Modbus serial 

communications will be terminated to one location for ease of 

network installation. 

The Siemens meter enclosure solutions are delivered with all 

the required components pre-installed prior to shipment. All 

components will be mounted to a back plate in the enclosure and 

for applications above 240 volts, a CPT will be provided for control. 

For low cost and simple tenant monitoring, sub-billing or 

industrial cost allocation, turn to Siemens metering units. 

Installed in rugged NEMA 1 or NEMA 12 enclosures, these 

metering units are ideal for: 

n Property Management Firms 

n Government Applications 

n Universities 

n Corporate Campus Facilities 

n Malls 

n Food Courts 

n Building Retrofits 

Features: 

n Rugged design and small footprint for easy installation 

n Bright, easy-to-read LCD display 

n Multiple configurations 

n Packaged by voltage and current ratings to 

accommodate any installation 

n Utilizes 5A secondary current input for improved 

accuracy and increased compatibility 

Benefits: 

n Replace multiple utility meters with one enclosure, 

saves wall space 

n Consolidate utility bills for sub-billing and energy 

management, bill tenants on actual usage 

n Improve energy efficiency 

n Aggregate energy purchases for reduced rates 

n Improve productivity when coupled with Siemens 

software solutions or third party billing software 

Catalog Logic: 

E N C L X X X X X X X X X X 

9 

POWER 

MONITORING 

Meter 

31 PAC3100 Series Meter 



Voltage 

240 240V 

480 480V 

Type 

01 NEMA 1 Enclosure 

12 NEMA 12 Enclosure 

Module 

TC Standard 

RT Modbus RTU 

PD PROFIBUS 

PN PROFINET 

Options 

X Standard 

PAC3100 standard is Modbus RTU. 

PAC3200 and PAC4200 Standard is Modbus TCP. 

Modules not available on PAC3100. 

Meter Enclosure 


Description 

US2:ENCL3124001TCX PAC3100,240V, NEMA1 


US2:ENCL3224001TCX PAC3200,240V, NEMA 1 


9-12 


Product Category PDS



Branch Circuit Monitoring/ SEM3 Embedded Metering 

Space Savings, Convenience, and Reliability with Siemens Branch Circuit Monitoring 

In a world where tenant square 

footage is a premium in commercial 

building designs, the area for electrical 

metering is being drastically reduced, 

and critical power is being relied upon 

in data centers applications, Siemens 

Branch Circuit Monitoring provides 

the solution. 

The Siemens Branch Circuit 

Monitoring Solution utilizes the 

metering and monitoring technology 

integrated into the space saving 

panelboards from Siemens. When 

compared to the typical external 

wall mounted metering installations, 

considerable savings in space, 

installation costs, and data collection 

are realized with the Siemens Branch 

Circuit Monitoring Solution. 

In addition, contractor labor costs for 

installation of sub-metering systems 

continues to increase. Still, building 

owners and property management 

companies must face the challenges of 

how to cost effectively provide tenant 

sub-metering in the constrained spaces. 

To meet the sub-metering challenges 

of designers, contractors and property 

management companies, Siemens 

offers a proven cost-effective solution 

for Branch Circuit Monitoring/Embedded 

Metering .This solution combines a fully 

integrated metering system factory 

installed into the Siemens Panelboards, 

Switchboards, Bus Plug and remote 

external wall mount enclosures, which 

along with the required local or remote 

sub-billing software, provides a “Total” 

sub-metering system. 

Siemens Branch Circuit Monitoring / 

Embedded Metering Solution 

n Saves you money – A tenant billing system improves cash 

flow, allows immediate pass-on of electric rate increases 

and helps building owners control costs. Tenants are 

confident they are paying their fair share for energy use and 

are saving money through energy conservation. 

n Fast, low-cost installation – The embedded Siemens 

solution provides a faster and lower cost installation 

compared to other external systems. 

n Lower space requirements – The embedded panelboard 

construction design requires no additional wall space to 

provide tenant metering. Conventional metering requires 

an external metering enclosure and possibly a current 

transformer transition cabinet. 

n Reliable and accurate – Many Siemens systems are already 

in operation in large commercial and residential buildings 

around the country. Their accuracy exceeds utility industry 

and government standards for revenue grade meters. 

n LEED certification – Provides the energy monitoring and 

logging required to achieve additional LEED points. 

n Automated billing – With automated billing services the 

responsibility to acquire the data, store the data and bill 

the tenants is removed from the property management 

company, thus saving manpower and time. 

n Responsive service – With remote monitoring, continuous 

24/7 monitoring can be done by the property management 

company or tenants. The service can also relay consumption 

changes to the owners for immediate investigation. 

Designer and contractor benefits include: 

n Much smaller footprint versus the traditional socket meter 

combo units 

n Factory pre-wired – less installation time 

n Drastically less installation wiring 

n No CT installation required in the field 

n All equipment fits into the standard Siemens panel design 

n Additional utilities like water, air and gas can be easily 

integrated into the system for a comprehensive monitoring 

system 

n Hardwire and wireless communication options 

n All components factory calibrated to meet revenue metering 

requirements 

n Additional meters can be added in the field 

n UL, IEC, BTL, ANSI and CSA approved 

n NY & CA State Approved Meter. 

n Embedded web-server for on-site configuration and real 

time data view. 

n Monitor 1 to 45 branch circuits. 

Branch Circuit Monitoring applications include: 

n Mixed Tenant & Retail 

n Industrial Manufacturing 

n Higher Ed 

n Strip Malls 

n Critical Power 

n Goverment 

n LEEDS buildings 

n Airports 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 

Please Contact Your Siemens Sales Engineer for additional information 

regarding Branch Circuit Monitoring / Embedded Metering 





Branch Circuit Monitoring/ SEM3 Embedded Micro Sub Metering 

9 

POWER 

MONITORING 

Powerful embedded metering at the source of consumption! 

The new Siemens Embedded Micro Metering Module (SEM3) is a modular metering 

solution for energy monitoring, data analysis, and sub billing applications. The flexible 

design allows for low, medium, and high density metering requirements to be met 

efficiently and economically using only a few standardized components integrated into 

Siemens Panelboard and Switchboard products. SEM3 is pre-engineered to integrate 

into new Siemens Panelboards and Switchboards but has also been designed to be 

implemented in OEM and retrofit applications as well. 

The SEM3 provides an innovative and cost effective metering solution that can be 

incorporated into existing applications such as power monitoring, building automation, 

and sub-billing systems. SEM3 also has the flexibility to be installed as a standalone 

solution with real time data available from the controller’s standard built-in web pages. 

This metering product has two levels of accuracy to meet the market’s differing 

requirements and price points. This versatile system allows you to meter just the 

loads you need without the excess hardware and space requirements of traditional 

or competing solutions. 

Order Information 

Features & Benefits: 

n System designed to meter up to 45 

metering points 

n Easy retrofit and plug-n-play 

expansion features 

n High metering accuracy up to 0.2%; 

standard 1.0% 

n Installed and configured in 

SIEMENS engineered Panel boards, 

Switchboards, and Bus Plugs at 

SIEMENS Plants. SIEMENS ONE 

SOLUTION! 

n Built-in HTML web pages for easy 

configuration & real-time data 

monitoring for Voltage, Current, 

Power, Energy, Water, and, Gas 

n Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP, SNMP, 

NTP, BACnet IP & MSTP protocols 

n Utilizes milliamp CT’s reducing 

hardware and increasing safety 

n Solid core CT’s for high accuracy and 

split core CT’s for easy retrofit. 

n Emailing, Alarming, Trending, 

Totalizing, Event Logging & Data 

Logging 

n Offline Configuration for improving 

Field and Factory engineering time 

n 4 Language support includes English, 

German, French, and Spanish 

Controller 

Main Controller - Directly powered from 

Voltage sources 

Main Controller - External Power Supply 

input 120V/125VDC for powering up the 

controller. Leads are available for voltage 

measuring Sources. Pulse output feature is 

not available in this variant. 

Meter Modules 

Meter - Standard Accuracy 1% 

with Pulse Output 

Meter - High Accuracy 0.2% 

with Pulse Output 

Meter Modules 

Meter Rack 3 Position 





Cables 

Controller to Rack Cable - 6 Inch 




Controller to Rack Cable - 5 Foot 



Solid Core CT’s 

Solid Core CT 50:0.1 









Split Core CT’s 

Split Core CT 50:0.1 










US2:SEM3CONTROLLER 

US2:SEM3CONT120V 

US2:SEM3PLAMETER 

US2:SEM3PHAMETER 

US2:SEM3RACK3 

US2:SEM3RACK6 

US2:SEM3RACK9 

US2:SEM3RACK15 


US2:SEM3CAB6INCH 




US2:SEM3CAB5FT 



US2:SEM3SCCT50 









7KT1280-5MA00 

7KT1280-5MA01 

7KT1280-5MA02 

7KT1280-5MA03 

7KT1280-5MA04 

7KT1280-5MA05 

7KT1280-5MA06 

7KT1280-5MA07 

7KT1280-5MA08 

9-14 



Embedded Micro Metering Module 


Selection 

Meter Rack 

(3, 9, 15, 21) 

A 

C 

Meter Rack 

(3, 9, 15, 21) 

Variable Dimensions (inches) 

Catalog Number Description A B C 

US2:SEM3RACK3 3 position rack 1.900 3.570 2.282 





B 

Controller Dimensions 

Controller 


US2:SEM3CONTROLLER 

US2:SEM3CONT120V 

(For 120V Variant external powered, 

Pulse Output feature is not available in 

this variant) 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 





Selection 

Current Transformer – Solid Core 

Dimensions (Inches) 

Description 

Catalog Number A B C D E F G 

Solid Core CT 50:0.1 US2:SEM3SCCT50 1.40 0.38 0.20 0.92 2.12 0.74 0.37 









Current Transformer – Solid Core 

A 

B 

E 

C 

G 

D 

F 

G 

Current Transformer – Split Core 

Description Catalog Number A B C D E F 

Split Core CT 50:0.1 7KT1280-5MA00 0.50 0.50 2.40 2.69 0.95 1.10 









Current Transformer – Split Core 

Meter Module 

9 

POWER 

MONITORING 

Meter Module 

Description 

Meter - Standard Accuracy 

1% with Pulse Output 

Meter - High Accuracy 0.2% with 

Pulse Output 

Catalog No. 

US2:SEM3PLAMETER 

US2:SEM3PHAMETER 

9-16 




Selection 

SEM3 System configured in Panelboards 

The Siemens SEM3 system can be configured for factory 

installation in branch circuit monitoring applications using the 

Siemens COMPAS configuration tool. This option can lower 

the installation time of the system for the installer while 

providing a factory warrantied solution. 

The SEM3 system can be factory installed in unit space in 

type P2, P4, & P5 Siemens panel boards and SB1, SB2, & 

SB3 type Siemens switchboards. Please note P1 and P3 

configurations are not available at this time and the amount 

of unit space needed varies depending upon the application. 

Please note that lead time adders will apply and may vary 

depending upon the configuration of the system. 

SEM3 for use in Siemens Panelboards 

Type P2: Enclosure 

• Available in a NEMA 1, 3R, or 12 rated enclosure. 

• Minimum width & depth: 24” width x 5.75” depth 

• Height: Up to 74" depending on branch breaker selection 

– Addition of monitoring on some mains (primary and subfeed) may require additional box 

length. In these cases the box will be increased to the next size available as a standard 

design. 

– In cases where enclosure size is increased all multi-section panels will be increased to 

match the largest section. 

Controller 

SEM3 controller is mounted in unit space opposite of the feed location specified in COMPAS 

(i.e., bottom mount for top feed) and will require 3” of unit space. Each controller will be 

powered by direct tap connection to the panel section bus. Each controller can monitor up to 

45 circuits. Applications that require monitoring more than 45 circuits will require additional 

controllers. 

Current Transformers (CTs) 

Five sizes of CTs are available for use in the P2 panel: 50, 125, 250, 400 & 600 amp. All CTs 

are pre-mounted to a support bracket that attaches to the base rail of the interior of the panel 

board. Each bracket supports a maximum of 3 CTs and is designed for the breaker selected 

(brackets are not interchangeable between breaker frames). Each CT will be attached to a data 

module that is placed in the meter racks. 

Meter Racks 

Each meter rack requires 3” of unit space. All meter racks will be installed next to the SEM3 

controller in unit space. The COMPAS configuration tool will select the appropriate meter rack 

configuration according to the user’s application and will use the 21 space meter rack as a 

default option where possible. Only one meter rack (regardless of number of positions) can be 

installed in 3” of unit space. 

NOTE: Monitoring of 45 circuits will require 9" of unit space: two 21 position racks and one 3 position 

rack 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 





Selection 

SEM3 System configured in Distribution Panels and Switchboards 

The information below pertains to panelboard types P4, P5 

and switchboard types SB2, and SB3. Please note SEM3 is 

not available for P3 panelboards or SB1 switchboards. SEM3 

is available in NEMA type 1, 3R, and 12 enclosures. SEM3 

specifics to P4, P4, SB2, and SB3 are: 

SEM3 for use in Siemens Switchboards 

Controller 

SEM3 controller is mounted in unit space. For P4 and P5 panels it will be mounted opposite 

of the feed location specified in COMPAS (i.e., bottom mount for top feed). The controller 

will require 3.75” of unit space in P4/5 and SB2/3. Each controller will be powered by 

direct tap connection to the section bus and can monitor up to 45 circuits. Applications that 

require monitoring more than 45 circuits will require additional controllers. For multi-section 

applications each controller will only be connected to meter racks in the same section as the 

controller. 


Six sizes of CTs are available for use in P4/5 & SB2/3 applications: 50, 125, 250, 400, 600, 1200, 

1600, and 2000 amp. All CTs are pre-mounted to a support bracket that attaches to the interior. 

Each bracket supports a maximum of 3 CTs and is designed for the breaker selected (brackets 

are not interchangeable between breaker frames). Each CT will be attached to a data module 

that is placed in the meter racks. 

Meter Racks 

Each meter rack requires 3.75” of unit space. All meter racks will be installed next to the 

SEM3 controller in unit space. The COMPAS configuration tool will select the appropriate 

meter rack configuration according to the user’s application and will use the 21 space meter 

rack as a default option where possible. Only one meter rack (regardless of number of 

positions) can be installed in 3.75” of unit space. For multi-section applications each rack 

will only be connected to data modules from CTs in that section. Racks will not be setup to 

monitor CTs from adjacent sections. 

NOTE: Monitoring of 45 circuits will require 9" of unit space: two 21 position racks and one 3 

position rack 

9 

POWER 

MONITORING 

Other Considerations 

Configuration: Data modules from CTs monitoring a circuit breaker must be mounted adjacent 

to one another in the meter rack. Any field changes to the factory configuration must take this 

into account. 

Start-up & Commissioning: Siemens can provide these services. Contact your local 

SIEMENS PDS Power Solutions Business Developer for more details. 

Billing Services for sub billing applications: Billing services are available. Contact your local 


9-18 




P2 Devices 

Enclosure sizes 

Selection 

Example P2 Panel with SEM3 Type 1 Enclosure (24“ Wide x 5.75“ Deep) 

Enclosure heights are in 6“ increments from 26“ thru 74“. 

Enclosure heights: 26“, 32“, 38“, 44“, 50“, 56“, 62“, 68“, 74“ 

The COMPAS configuration tool can provide actual dimensions based on the configuration. 

Example below is largest standard P2 enclosure for factory assembled panel 

with all small (1“) branch breakers installed. 

24" std. width 

Main Breaker / Main Lug space 

varies based on selected options 

Unit space varies 

based on selected options 

Note: All circuits do not have to be monitored 

by SEM3 - user can select any circuits in this 

space to be monitored. 

Based on smallest branch breakers and a 

3-phase main being monitored. 

There is a maximum of 63 circuits that can be 

monitored with the configuration shown. 

Some selections of main breakers and 

other subfeed options could limit this further. 

In this situation there is 30" of unit space available - 

so 60 branch circuits could be monitored. 

If monitoring the main three additional circuits could 

be monitored with a total of 63 circuits. 

This requires two controllers and three 21 position 

racks using 15" of unit space. 

- see below - 

SEM3 space varies by number of circuits 

monitored - this uses unit space. 

== > 6" of space for up to 21 circuits monitored 

one controller and one 21-pos rack 


one controller and two 21-pos racks 


one controller and two 21-pos racks plus one 3-pos rack 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 


two controllers and three 21-pos racks 

Note: If subfeed space is needed - it will take 

away from available unit space. 




Selection 

P4 and P5 Devices 


Example P4 and P5 Panel with SEM3 Type 1 Enclosure 

P4 = (32“ Wide x 10“ Deep) 

P5 = (38“ or 46“ Wide x 10“ Deep) 

Enclosure heights are in 15“ increments from 60“ thru 90“. 

Enclosure heights: 60“, 75“, 90“ (there are optional depths also) 

The COMPAS configuration tool can provide actual dimensions 

based on the configuration. Example below is largest standard 

P4 enclosure for factory assembled panel - unit space is in 3.75“ 

increments - up to 6 circuits can occupy each 3.75“ of unit space. 

32“ std. width for P4 








Based on smallest branch breakers and a 3-phase main 

being monitored. There is a maximum of 63 circuits that can 

be monitored with the configuration shown. Some 

selections of main breakers and other subfeed options could 

limit this further. 

In this situation there is 37.5" of unit space available - 




9 

POWER 

MONITORING 


racks using 18.75" of unit space. 

- see below - 



== > 7.5" of space for up to 21 circuits monitored 










9-20 



Enclosures for External Applications 


Selection 

Standard Enclosures for External Applications 

Typical SEM3 with 

display example 

The SEM3 standalone enclosure is 

ideal for retrofit/external wall mount 

applications, as it requires minimal 

modification of existing systems while 

gaining full functionality of the SEM3 

branch circuit monitoring solution. 

Installation of the required milliamp 

current transformers (CT) is minimized 

by utilizing the Siemens Split Core CTs 

ranging from 50 to 2000 Amps. See 

“Split Core CT” section. 

SEM3 standard enclosures are available 

with NEMA 1, 4 and 12 ratings. The 

SEM3 meter enclosure is shipped 

with all the required components 

installed. The control voltage is wired 

to a fusible disconnect switch to 

protect the system and to provide a 

disconnect from outside power to the 

meter. SEM3 Solid Core CTs are self 

shorting, not requiring a shorting block 

in the enclosure/panel.Shorting blocks 

are recommended for SEM3 Split 

Core CT’s installed in an enclosure/ 

panel. The enclosure has a ground lug 

for equipment grounding. When the 

control voltage is greater than 480 

volts, a CPT is provided between the 

disconnect switch and SEM3 controller. 

The enclosure is pre-drilled to make 

mounting quick and easy. 

The standard enclosure comes with the 

controller, power supply, disconnect, 

meter racks, communication cables, 

and shorting blocks. Meter modules 

and CTs are added separately. As 

mentioned previously, the display is 

available as an option. 

No Display Standard Enclosure for External Application – HMI, SEM3 Meter Modules, and CT’s are not included 

Description 


SEM3 3M ENCL Type 1 16T x 12W X 6D 

US2:SEM303ENCL1 





SEM3 9M ENCL Type 1 16DT x 12W X 6D 


SEM3 9M ENCL Type 12W 16DT x 12W X 6D 






SEM3 15M ENCL Type 12W 16DT x 12W X 6D 



SEM3 18M ENCL Type 1 20T x 12W x 6D 

SEM3 18M ENCL Type 12W 20T x 12W x 6D 



SEM3 21M ENCL Type 12W 20T x 12W x 6D 


SEM3 30M ENCL Type 1 20T x 16W x 6.62D 

SEM3 30M ENCL Type 12W 20T x 16W x 6.62D 










SEM3 Enclosure 

without display 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 















SEM3 Enclosure without meter 

modules installed 



Enclosures for External Applications 

Selection 

Standard Enclosure with HMI Display & Switch for External Application – SEM3 Meter Modules, and CT’s are not included 

Description 

SEM3 3M w/display/switch 16 x 16 x 6.5 

SEM3 3M w/display 16 x 16 x 6.5 

SEM3 9M w/display/switch 16 x 16 x 6.5 

SEM3 9M w/display 16 x 16 x 6.5 

SEM3 15M w/display/switch 20 x 16 x 8 

SEM3 15M w/display 20 x 16 x 8 












US2:SEM303ENCL1DS 

US2:SEM303ENCL1D 















Remote Touch Display Enclosure Package - No SEM3 parts included 

Description 

SEM3 ENCL 7” Touch Display 24 VDC/1.3 Amp Power Supply 

SEM3 ENCL 7” Touch Display 24 VDC/1.3 Amp PS UL Listed 

SEM3 ENCL 7” Touch Display 24 VDC/1.3 Amp PS + 8 Port Switch 


US2:SEM3TP7SEN 

US2:SEM3TP7SENUL 

US2:SEM3TP7AEN 

SEM3 ENCL 7” Touch Display 24 VDC/1.3 Amp PS + 

8 Port Switch UL Listed 

US2:SEM3TP7AENUL 

SEM3 ENCL 9” Touch Display 24 VDC/1.3 Amp Power Supply US2:SEM3TP9SEN 

SEM3 ENCL 9” Touch Display 24 VDC/1.3 Amp PS UL Listed US2:SEM3TP9SENUL 

SEM3 ENCL 9” Touch Display 24 VDC/1.3 Amp PS + 8 Port Switch US2:SEM3TP9AEN 




SEM3 ENCL 12” Touch Display 24 VDC/1.3 Amp Power Supply US2:SEM3TP12SEN 

SEM3 ENCL 12” Touch Display 24 VDC/1.3 Amp PS UL Listed US2:SEM3TP12SENUL 


8 Port Switch 

US2:SEM3TP12AEN 




Optional Loose Remote Touch Display and Power Supply 

Description 


SEM3 7” TD 100-240VAC + SITOP PS 24VDC 

US2:SEM3TOUCHP7 

9 

POWER 

MONITORING 









9-22 



MD Series Power Meter 

MD BM and MD BMD Model Power Meters 

Siemens Industry’s MD BM and MD BMD Model Power 

Meters are sub metering devices designed to provide real 

time, accurate electricity metering to enable proper control 

over energy costs. The meter can capture kWh/kW energy 

and demand data, as well as virtually all relevant energy 

parameters for diagnostics and monitoring on three-phase 

or single- phase circuit installations. The meters’ flexibility, 

size, and ease-of-use make them ideal tools for gathering 

detailed consumption information in commercial, industrial, 

governmental, and retail environments. The meters use 

direct connections to each phase of the voltage and various 

interchangeable current transformer (CT) options such as splitcore 

CTs or flexible Rogowski Coils (for large loads or large 

cables and buss bars) to monitor current on each phase. All 

of Siemens’ current transformers are internally shunted for 

intrinsically safe operation on energized conductors. 

The power meters make over 75 total electrical 

measurements which are derived from the voltage and 

current inputs. Electrical load diagnostic parameters such 

as power factor and line frequency are captured in addition 

to energy and demand values. The Siemens MD BM and 

MD BMD Power Meters require no external power and the 

power supplies can accommodate service voltages ranging 

from 80 to 600V (phase-to-phase). The simple installation is 

accomplished by connecting the color-coded voltage leads 

and clearly labeled CTs. A three-LED indicator display confirms 

proper CT-to-phase installation. The meters automatically 

adjust for CT orientation—greatly reducing set-up time and all 

but eliminating installation errors. 

Product Description 

MD Meter BACnet-Modbus 

MD Meter Modbus-BACnet IP 

MD Meter BACnet-Modbus w/display 

MD Meter Modbus-BACnet IP w/display 

Mini SplitCore 0.4 Opening 50A 



Small SplitCore 0.75 Opening 50A 

Small SplitCore 0.75 Opening 100A 

Medium SplitCore 1.25 Opening 100A 




Large SplitCore 2.00 Opening 600A 

Large SplitCore 2.00 Opening 1000A 

Rogowski Coil Current Transformer, 16” (40 cm); 4.5” (11.5 cm) opening; 4000A 

Rogowski Coil Current Transformer, 24” (60 cm); 7.0” (18 cm) opening; 4000A 

Rogowski Coil Current Transformer, 36” (90 cm); 10.8 (28 cm) opening; 4000A 


US2:MDBM 

US2:MDBMIP 

US2:MDBMD 

US2:MDBMIPD 

US2:SCTHSC0050U 

US2:SCTHMC0100U 

US2:SCTHMC0200U 

US2:SCTSCS0050U 

US2:SCTSCS0100U 

US2:SCTSCM0100U 




US2:SCTSCL0600U 

US2:SCTSCL1000U 

US2:SCTR161310U 



9 POWER 

MONITORING 




Low-voltage Current Transformers 

Comprehensive metering grade CT offering spilt-core, flexible and solid core designs 

Split core – Rectangular Window 

Siemens Instrument Grade Current Transformers 

(CT) have a split-core construction and provide 

a safe 5A secondary output. These split-core 

current transformers allow for easy installation, 

retrofit, and service. CT’s come with 4’ leads 

(18 gauge). Use on low-voltage applications of 

600V or less. 

Accuracy 1.0%. 

200A – 300A 400A – 800A 1000A – 1200A 

A = 3.75” (95mm) A = 4.90” (124mm) A = 4.90” (124mm) 

B = 1.51” (38mm) B = 2.89” (73mm) B = 5.50” (140mm) 

C = 1.25” (32mm) C = 2.45” (62mm) C = 2.45” (62mm) 

D = 1.13” (29mm) D = 1.13” (29mm) D = 1.13” (29mm) 

E = 4.20” (107mm) E = 5.57” (141mm) E = 8.13” (207mm) 

F = 4.75” (121mm) F = 5.91” (150mm) F = 5.92” (150mm) 

Amps 

Window 

(C x B) Catalog Number 

200A 1.25”x1.51” PDS-CTSC-021 

300A 1.25”x1.51” PDS-CTSC-031 

400A 2.45”x2.89” PDS-CTSC-042 

600A 2.45”x2.89” PDS-CTSC-062 

800A 2.45”x2.89” PDS-CTSC-083 

1000A 2.45”x5.50” PDS-CTSC-013 

1200A 2.45”x5.50” PDS-CTSC-123 

1600A 2.45”x5.50” PDS-CTSC-163 

2000A 2.45”x5.50” PDS-CTSC-200 

3000A 2.75”x6.625” PDS-CTSC-03R 

Split-core – Round Window 

Split-core round rubber insulated flexible CT’s with 

12’ heavy duty leads (18 AWG) and 5A secondary 

output for use on low-voltage applications of 600V. 

Accuracy is 4% for 200/300A, 3% for 400A, and 

2% for 600A/800A and 1% for 1200A and above. 

9 

POWER 

MONITORING 

200A – 1200A 

3000A – 4000A 

A = 4.00” A = 6.00” 

B = 1.25” B = 1.25” 

C = 1.50” C = 1.50” 

D = 6.50” D = 8.50” 

Amps 

Window 

(A) 


200A 4.00” PDS-CTHC-024 

300A 4.00” PDS-CTHC-034 

400A 4.00” PDS-CTHC-044 

600A 4.00” PDS-CTHC-064 

800A 4.00” PDS-CTHC-084 

1200A 4.00” PDS-CTSC-123 

2000A 6.00” PDS-CTHC-206 

3000A 6.00” PDS-CTHC-306 

4000A 6.00” PDS-CTHC-406 

9-24 


Product Category PDS



Low-voltage Current Transformers 

Comprehensive metering grade CT offering spilt-core, flexible and solid core designs 

Solid-core – Round with Round Window 

Solid-core – Square with Round Window 

The small size 

solid core Current 

Transformer (CT) are 

designed for tight 

locations and new 

installations providing 

a safe 5 amp 

secondary for use on 

voltage applications 

of 600V or less. 

Accuracy is 1.2% for 

100A, 0.3% for 200A 

and up. 

Solid core – Round metering grade, 600V 

Catalog Number Primary Size 

SMU-CT-011 100A 1.75” x 2.47”, 1” Window 




SMU-CT-041 400A 1.1” x 3.56”, 1.56” Window 




SMU-CT-02R 2000A 1.15” x 5.73”, 3.25” Window 

Siemens Instrument 

Grade Current 

Transformers (CT) are 

designed as solid-core 

construction and provide 

a safe 5A secondary 

output. Solid-core CT’s 

come with terminals for 

attaching leads. Use on 

low-voltage applications 

of 600V or less. 

Amps Dimension (A x B x C x D) Accuracy Catalog Number 

200:5 1.25” x 4.88” x 2.19” x 4.68” 0.1% PDS-CTRC-021 

300:5 1.25” x 4.88” x 2.19” x 4.68” 0.1% PDS-CTRC-031 

400:5 1.25” x 4.88” x 2.19” x 4.68” 0.1% PDS-CTRC-041 

500:5 1.25” x 5.10” x 3.00” x 5.50” 0.1% PDS-CTRC-051 

600:5 1.25” x 5.10” x 3.00” x 5.50” 0.1% PDS-CTRC-061 

800:5 1.25” x 5.10” x 3.00” x 5.50” 0.1% PDS-CTRC-081 

1000:5 1.25” x 5.10” x 3.00” x 5.50” 0.1% PDS-CTRC-101 

100:5 2.25” x 6.31” x 3.00” x 5.82” 0.6% PDS-CTRC-012 

200:5 2.25” x 6.31” x 3.00” x 5.82” 0.3% PDS-CTRC-022 

300:5 2.25” x 6.31” x 3.00” x 5.82” 0.3% PDS-CTRC-032 

400:5 2.25” x 6.31” x 3.00” x 5.82” 0.3% PDS-CTRC-042 

800:5 4.00” x 6.44” x 3.25” x 3.25” 0.3% PDS-CTRC-084 

1000:5 4.00” x 6.44” x 3.25” x 3.25” 0.3% PDS-CTRC-104 

1200:5 4.00” x 6.44” x 3.25” x 3.25” 0.3% PDS-CTRC-124 

1600:5 4.00” x 6.44” x 3.25” x 3.25” 0.3% PDS-CTRC-164 

2000:5 4.00” x 6.44” x 3.25” x 3.25” 0.3% PDS-CTRC-204 

3200:5 6.50” x 9.88” x 7.00” x 7.00” 0.3% PDS-CTRC-326 

4000:5 6.50” x 9.88” x 7.00” x 7.00” 0.3% PDS-CTRC-426 

Shorting Block 

All low-voltage current transformers should be installed with a 

shorting block to allow for easy removal of the metering unit 

and to provide a safe method for disconnecting the CT signal. 

One shorting block is required per meter. Various size shorting 

blocks are available; 4, 6, and 8 pole configurations are available 

with four slotted shorting screws and cover. Wire size is 

18-10 AWG. 

Catalog 

Mounting 

Number Ckts. L D min. D max. 

IKU4SC 4 3.25 2.88 3.00 

IKU6SC 6 4.50 4.12 4.25 

IKU8SC 8 5.75 5.38 5.50 

IKU12SC 12 8.25 7.88 8.00 

Typical electrical meter CT and shorting 

block installation 

This example 

shows a common 

three phase, three 

wire installation 

where three CT’s 

and one shorting 

block are used. 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 



SEM3T — Reliable Thermal Sensing in electrical equipment 


Introduction 

Avoid downtime with 24/7 continuous monitoring via SIEMENS SEM3T Thermal Monitoring 

SEM3T Thermal 

Monitoring System 

Selection and Application Guide 

For many years, scheduled infrared 

thermography (IR) inspections have 

been the accepted method for 

reducing risk of fire by identifying 

faulty or loose connections in electrical 

distribution systems. SEM3T is a 

system specifically designed to provide 

continuous thermal monitoring. It offers 

a safer, more effective way to detect 

thermal risks before they progress into 

a major failure. 

The method also delivers up to a 10:1 

return on investment due to avoided 

equipment damage and downtime. 

Continuous Thermal Monitoring is now 

enabling safer, more efficient inspection 

of energized electrical equipment, 

ensuring electrical asset integrity. This 

becomes apparent when looking at the 

technology comparison of SEM3T to IR 

windows and thermal imaging. 

To meet the thermal monitoring 

challenges of operations owner, 

design engineers, and contractors, 

Siemens offers a proven cost-effective 

solution for Thermal Monitoring. This 

solution combines a fully integrated 

thermal monitoring system factory 

installed into the Siemens Panelboards, 

Switchboards, and Switchgears, which 

along with the required local or remote 

monitoring software, provides a “Total” 

Power and Thermal monitoring system. 

9 

POWER 

MONITORING 

Siemens Thermal Monitoring/ 

Embedded Monitoring Solution 

n Saves you money – SIEMENS SEM3T thermal monitoring 

system specifically designed to provide 24x7 detection of 

hotspots at an early stage of development; thus, avoiding 

potential downtime resulting from Arc Flash / power outage 

incidents. 

n Fast, low-cost installation – The embedded Siemens 

solution provides a faster and lower cost installation 

compared to other external systems. 

n Safety in mind – SIEMENS thermal monitoring system 

is safer, more effective way to detect thermal risks before 

they progress into a major failure. 

n Minimum space requirements – The embedded switchgear, 

switchboard and panelboard construction design requires no 

additional wall space to provide thermal monitoring. 

n Reliable and accurate – SIEMENS thermal monitoring 

system is non-invasive reliable and easily installed thermal 

monitoring solution which can monitor numerous locations 

within low voltage apparatus including bus joints, lug 

landings, bus ducts, transformers, and circuit breakers. 

Thermal sensors can be positioned appropriately to detect 

ambient temperature, as well as overloaded or poorly 

conducting electrical connections. 

n Automated alert notifications – With automated alert 

notification services the responsibility to acquire the data, 

store the data and analyze the data is removed from the 

facility management company, thus saving manpower and 

time. 

n Responsive service – With remote monitoring, continuous 

24/7 monitoring can be done by the facility management 

company or local users. The service can also relay thermal 

hotspot conditions changes to the owners for immediate 

investigation. 

Designer and Contractor benefits include: 

n No need to wait for inspector to scan the system to 

understand abnormalities 

n Factory pre-wired – less installation time 

n Drastically less installation wiring & cost 

n Thermal sensors are calibrated to meet the accuracy 

standards and requirements 

n All equipment fits into the standard Siemens electrical 

equipment design 

n UL, CE (Pending) approved 

n Embedded web-server for on-site configuration, real time 

data display, data logging, event logging, trending and alarm 

notifications. 

n Built-in industry standard Modbus TCP communication 

n Dual Ethernet ports for daisy chaining over Ethernet and 

Wi-Fi as an option 

n Monitor 1 to 45 thermal points. 

n Web pages can also be set by a user to four different 

languages (English, German, French, or Spanish) for 

configurations and real-time data display 

Thermal Monitoring applications include: 

n Industrial Manufacturing 

n Critical Power - Data Centers and Hospitals 

n Government 

n LEEDS buildings 

n Airports 

n Higher Education 

Please Contact Your Siemens Sales Engineer for additional information regarding Thermal Sensing: 

9-26 



SEM3T 


Overview 

SEM3T System Overview 

Inside electrical apparatus equipment 

1. Main Controller 

2. Rack to Controller Cables 

3. Thermal Sensors 

4. Thermal Module 

5. Racks 

0... 80% up to 31º C 

0... 50% at 40º C 

IP20 

14º...149º F 

-10º...65º C 

SEM3T Controller 

SEM3T Controller can provide thermal monitoring for up to 45 

Thermal points. SEM3T Controller acts as a Data Server and 

processes the data from the Thermal Modules. The controller 

can be configured to create several groups with multiple 

thermal points. This information either viewed in real-time or 

communicated to other systems through its communication 

interfaces. Some applications may require for more than 45 

thermal points in one apparatus electrical equipment. If so, 

then simply add a second controller. Two controllers can 

monitor up to 90 thermal points. Using the available dual 

Ethernet ports in each controller, daisy chaining of multiple 

controllers in a serial fashion is achievable. 

n SEM3T Controller has built-in web pages for real-time data, 

historical logging/trending, alarm notifications, KPI dash 

boards, and configurations 

n Easy to integrate to Siemens MindSphere cloud platform – 

MindSphere ready device 

n 24vdc power supply 

n Optional Wi-Fi 

n Available standard communication protocol: Modbus TCP 

for integration with monitoring software system, SMTP for 

emailing, and NTP for network time synchronization 

n Dual Ethernet (RJ45) ports for daisy chain over Ethernet 

n Meets global certifications/ standards 

SEM3T Thermal Module 

The Thermal Module reads the address from the racks 

designated by its location and thermal signals from its 

respective thermal sensor. Each Thermal Module is an 

independent thermal module that samples thermal signals, 

processes these signals using the embedded algorithms and 

communicates these parameters to the controller. When the 

thermal module is powered and is communicating properly 

with the controller, the power LED will blink. 

n One thermal module per thermal monitoring location 

n No configuration required for the modules 

n Connects directly to thermal sensors 

SEM3T Thermal Sensors 

Thermal Sensors are components used for thermal 

measurement. SEM3T product is UL listed. Thermal Sensor 

lead wires come with standard 10’ can be extended up to 

50’, still maintaining the thermal output accuracy. 

n Thermal Sensors are designed to work specifically with the 

SEM3T product 

n Lead wire type: UL rated operating temperature to 200ºC, 

600V rated, UL style 1199, 18AWG, 10 x 30 stranded 

n Primary rating: 600VAC 

n Overvoltage category: CAT IV 

n Operating temperature 0ºC to 130ºC 

n Very reliable non-powered wired Sensors are designed to 

withstand harsh environments Thermal Sensors come in the 

following variants and sizes: 

n 4 types Sensor Screw Ring terminals for monitoring thermal 

points at joint locations 

n Sensor S-Ring sizes: 1/4”, 5/16”, 3/8”, 1/2” 

n Cylindrical sensor for monitoring ambient temperature 

Sensor C-Ring 

SEM3 Racks 

The SEM3 Racks are the holders for the thermal modules. 

Embedded within a rack is the internal addressing for the 

communication of thermal information from the module to 

the controller via Ethernet cables. A two-way DIP switch 

is available on the 9, 15, and 21 position racks for thermal 

monitoring addressing, whereas a rotary switch is available to 

set the addressing on 3 and 6 position racks. 

n Five types of racks available 

n DIP switch or rotary switch for controller to recognize 

module location and rack assignments 

Rack to Controller Cables 

The communications cables connect the SEM3 racks to the 

controller and daisy chain additional meter racks together 

in series (for 3 and/or 6 meter module racks only). Multiple 

lengths are available to suit a wide variety of panelboard and 

switchboard configurations. The data cables are insulated 

for 600V applications and are not standard Ethernet cables. 

NOTE: See ordering information page for cable sizes and 

catalog numbers. 

n Seven cable lengths 

n 600V rated Ethernet cable. Note: Regular Ethernet RJ45 

cables are rated only up to 300V and are not allowed to use 

for this application 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 


POWER POWER 

POWER 

POWER POWER 


SEM3T 


Selection and Application Guide | SEM3T 


Ordering Selection and and and Application technical Guide data | | | SEM3T 



Part 

SEM3T Controller with Wi-Fi 

SEM3T Controller without Wi-Fi 


7KT1281-0AA10 

7KT1281-0AA00 

2.41in 

[61.21mm] 2.41in 

[61.21mm] 

2.41in 

2.09in 

[61.21mm] 

[53.09mm] 2.09in 

[53.09mm] 

2.09in 

[53.09mm] 

1.84in 

[46.74mm] 1.84in 

[46.74mm] 

1.84in 

[46.74mm] 

Controller 

ETHERNET SD ETHERNET 

PORT 1 

PORT 2 

ETHERNET SD ETHERNET 

PORT 1 

PORT 2 

ETHERNETSDSD 

SD 

ETHERNET 

PORT PORT 1PORT 1 1 

PORT PORT 2PORT 2 2 

Description 

Altitude / Elevation 

Humidity 

Operating 

Temperature Range 

Power Supply 

Requirement 

24 V DC 

power supply leads 

Thermal 

Sensor Leads 

Information 

3000 Meters/9843 Feet 

Maximum relative humidity 80% for 

temperature up to 31°C decreasing linearly 

to 50% relative humidity at 40°C 

-10°C to +65°C / 14°F to 149°F 

UL Listed 24V DC Class II power supply. 

IN-LBS 

[Nm] IN-LBS mm 2 mm 2 AWG 

[Nm] IN-LBS mm 2 mm 2 AWG 

[Nm] [Nm] 

mm 2 mm 2 2 

mm mm 2 2 

AWG 

2 AWG 

5 [.56] .50 to 2.50 22 to 14 

1.7 [.19] 0.75 18 

mm 2 mm 2 mm mm 2 2 2 


(Thermal SEM3T Monitoring System) Controller 

Model No: 7KT1281-0AA1 0 

(Thermal Monitoring System) 

SEM3T 

Model No: 

7KT1281-0AA1 

Controller 

0 

DEVICE 

(Thermal Monitoring System) System) 

Model ETHERNEDEVICE 

Model No: Model No: No: 7KT1281-0AA1 T 0 0 0 

SD CAR ETHERNE D T 

DEVICE 

SD CAR D 

ETHERNE T T T 

SD SD SD CARD 

CAR D D 

Siemens Industry, Inc. 

Norcross, 

Siemens 

GA USA 

Industry, Inc. 

www.usa.siemens.com/SEM3T 

Norcross, GA USA 


Siemens Siemens Industry, Industry, Inc. Inc. Inc. 

WIFI MAC: XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 

Norcross, Norcross, GA GA USA USA GA USA 

LAN MAC: XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 

WIFI MAC: XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 


LAN MAC: XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 

Contains Transmitter Module FCC ID: TFB-TIWI1-01 

Contains Transmitter WIFI WIFI MAC: WIFI MAC: MAC: Module XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 

IC: 5969A-TIWI101 

Contains Transmitter Module FCC ID: TFB-TIWI1-01 

LAN LAN MAC: MAC: LAN MAC: XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 

Contains Transmitter Module IC: 5969A-TIWI101 

C 

Contains Contains US 

Transmitter Module Module FCC FCC ID: FCC ID: ID: TFB-TIWI1-01 

Contains Contains Transmitter Module Module IC: IC: IC: 5969A-TIWI101 

LISTEDC 

US 

E499865 

THERMAL MONITOR 

C CLISTED 

C US US US 

E499865 

THERMAL MONITOR 

24Vdc 

LISTED LISTED 

CLASS 2, 300 mA 

E499865 E499865 E499865 

THERMAL THERMAL MONITOR THERMAL 

24Vdc WiFi 

MONITOR MONITOR 

(-) (+) CLASS 2, 300 mA 

RACK(S) 

ANT WiFi 

(-) RACK(S) 

24Vdc 

(+) 

24Vdc ANT 

CLASS CLASS 2, 300 CLASS 2, 300 mA mA 2, 300 mA 

WiFi WiFi WiFi 

(-) (-) (+) (+) (-) (+) 

RACK(S) RACK(S) 

ANT ANT ANT 

Hole Dimensions 

Hole Dimensions 1.08in 

2x Ø .177 [4.50mm] 1.08in 

2x Hole Hole Ø .177 Dimensions [4.50mm] [27.43mm] 

[27.43mm] 

1.08in 

2x 2x 2x Ø Ø .177 .177 [4.50mm] 

[27.43mm] 

4.49in 

[114.05mm] 4.49in 

[114.05mm] 

4.11in 

4.49in 

[104.39mm] 4.11in 

[114.05mm] 

[104.39mm] 

4.11in 

[104.39mm] 

.35in 

[8.89mm] .35in 

[8.89mm] .35in .35in 

[8.89mm] 

SEM3T Thermal Module 


Part 

SEM3T Sensor Module 


7KT1281-1AA00 

Thermal Module 

Description 

Information 

Altitude / Elevation 3000 Meters/9843 Feet 

Pollution Degree 3 (UL 61010) 

Overvoltage Category IV (UL 61010) 

Operating 

Temperature Range 

-10°C to +65°C / 14°F to 149°F 

SENSOR MODULE 

9 

SEM3T SEM3T 

SEM3T 

SEM3T SEM3T 

SENSOR MODULE 

SENSOR MODULE 

SENSOR SENSOR MODULE MODULE 

POWER 

MONITORING 

1.59 in 

[4.39mm] 1.59 in 

[4.39mm] 1.59 1.59 in in in 

[4.39mm] 

1.7 IN-LBS [0.19 Nm] 

1.7 IN-LBS [0.19 Nm] 

1.7 1.7 1.7 IN-LBS [0.19 [0.19 Nm] Nm] 

.54in 

[13.72mm] .54in 

[13.72mm] 

.54in .54in 

[13.72mm] 

2.18 in 

[55.37mm] 2.18 in 

[55.37mm] 

2.18 2.18 in in in 

[55.37mm] 

.19-.23 IN [5-6mm] 

.19-.23 IN [5-6mm] 

.19-.23 IN IN IN [5-6mm] 

9-28 


11 

11 

11 11 11

Power SEM3T | Selection Distribution and Application Guide Solutions 

SEM3T | Selection and Application Guide 

SEM3T 


Ordering and technical data 

SEM3T Thermal Sensors 

.06in .06in [1.52mm] Overall Overall Thickness 

.45in 

.45in [11.43mm] 

[11.43mm] 

Diameter “A” “A” Diameter “B” “B” 

10ft 10ft [3.66m] [3.66m] 

+ 

+ 

.60in 

.60in [15.24mm] 

[15.24mm] 

2.29in 

2.29in [58.17mm] 

[58.17mm] 3.29in 

3.29in [83.57mm] 

[83.57mm] 

Screw Ring Terminal 

Dimensions inches [mm] 

Description Catalog Number A B 

SEM3T sensor 

1⁄ 4” terminal 

SEM3T sensor 


SEM3T sensor 


SEM3T sensor 


7KT1281-2SA00 

7KT1281-2SA01 

7KT1281-2SA02 

7KT1281-2SA03 

0.257 

[6.527] 

0.323 

[8.204] 

0.386 

[9.804] 

0.515 

[13.081] 

0.625 

[15.875] 

1.00 

[25.4] 

1.125 

[28.575] 

1.25 

[31.75] 

* Example: The SEM3T Sensor 1/4” terminal accepts a 1/4” bolt /screw and the 

tightening torque is 6-9 lb-ft. 

Torque (lb-ft) for 

non-lubricated 

threads* 

6 – 9 

6 – 9 

20 – 30 

40 – 50 

Cylindrical Ring Terminal 

.52in 

.52in [13.21mm] 

[13.21mm] 

.34in 

.34in [8.64mm] 

[8.64mm] 

.43in 

.43in [10.92mm] 

[10.92mm] 

.73in 

.73in [18.54mm] 

[18.54mm] 

2.32in 

2.32in [58.93mm] 

[58.93mm] 

Description 

SEM3T sensor cylindrical 

Sensor Information 


7KT1281-2CA00 

Description 

Information 

Altitude / Elevation 

3000 Meters/9843 Feet 

Pollution Degree 3 (UL 61010) 

Overvoltage Category IV (UL 61010) 

Operating Temperature Range 0°C to 130°C / 32°F to 266°F 

Wire Type 

UL rated operating temperature to 200ºC, 

600V rated, UL style 1199, 18 AWG, 10x30 

stranded 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 


12


SEM3T 



Ordering and technical data 

Racks and Cables 

Variable Dimensions inches [mm] 

Catalog Number Description A B C D 

US2:SEM3RACK3 3 position rack 1.90 [48.26] 3.57 [90.68] 2.28 [57.91] 1.79 [45.46] 





D 

6” (152.40 mm) 


12” (304.80 mm) 


24” (609.60 mm) 


9 

600V Rated 

36” (914.40 mm) 


POWER 

MONITORING 

Product Connector Electrical Ratings 

Description 

Controller Rack Connector 

Sensor 

Module 

Rack - Ethernet Connector 

Rack - Module Connector 

Information 

12VDC, 0.5A max 

5VDC, 0.14mA max 

12VDC, 12mA max 

12VDC, 0.5A max 

12VDC, 12mA max 

IP20 

0 ... 80% up to 31º C 

0 ... 50% at 40º C 

14º...149ºF 

-10º...65ºC 

13 

9-30 



SEM3T 



Order Information 

Controller 


SEM3T Controller with Wi-Fi 

7KT1281-0AA10 

SEM3T Controller wiithout Wi-Fi 

Thermal Sensor Module 

7KT1281-0AA00 

with Wi-Fi 

without Wi-Fi 

SEM3T Sensor Module 

7KT1281-1AA00 

Thermal Sensors 

SEM3T Sensor Screw Ring Terminal 1 ⁄ 4” 

7KT1281-2SA00 


7KT1281-2SA01 



7KT1281-2SA02 

7KT1281-2SA03 

SEM3T Sensor Cylindrical Ring Terminal 

7KT1281-2CA00 

Accessories 

SEM3T Wi-Fi Antenna and Cable 

7KT1281-8AN00 

Meter Racks 

Module Rack 3 Position 





Cables 

Controller to Rack Cable – 6 inch 




Controller to Rack Cable – 5 Foot 



Standard Enclosures for retrofit and external wall mount applications 

SEM3T 21 x Thermal Points ENCLOSURE NEMA Type 1 – SEM3T Controller, 

Thermal Modules, Racks, Cables, 24VDC PS, Fusing, and Wiring 











Standard Enclosures for retrofit and external wall mount applications 

SEM3T Controller 24VDC Power Supply 

(Only sold with loose SEM3T Controller) 

US2:SEM3RACK3 

US2:SEM3RACK6 

US2:SEM3RACK9 










US2:SEM3T21ENCLN1 






US2:SEM3T24VDCPS 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 


SEM3T 

Power 

| Selection 

Distribution 

and Application Guide 

Solutions 

SEM3T 

SEM3T System Configuration in Switchgear 

SEM3T System Configuration in Switchboards 

Typical SEM3T Thermal Sensor locations in Low Voltage Switchgear. 



Typical configuration 

Fig 1: Rear View of Switchgear 

SEM3T Sensor on 

Power Connector* 

SEM3T Sensor on 

Power Connector* 

Section 1 Section 2 

SEM3T Sensor is typically installed at two locations 

on LVS as shown in Fig 1 & 2: 

*Power Connector (Where Horizontal Bus connects 

to Vertical Bus) 

Lug Pads (Incoming & Load) 

The sensor is installed either under bolt head or 

nut as applicable, one sensor per phase. 

SEM3T Sensor on Lug Pads. 

POWER 

MONITORING 

9 

Mounted over the Lug 

Fig 2: Rear Iso View of Switchgear 

14 

9-32 



SEM3T 



Typical SEM3T Thermal Sensor locations in Low Voltage Switchboards 




Typical configuration 

SEM3T Sensor is typically installed at following locations on Switchboard 

as shown in Fig 3 & 4: 

Splice 

Lug Pads (Incoming & Load) 

The sensor is installed either under bolt head or nut as applicable, one 

sensor per phase. 

SEM3T sensor on 

splice connection 

Fig 4: Front Iso view 

of Switchboard 

Fig 3: Front view 

of Switchboard 

SEM3T Sensor on Lug Pads, mounted over the lug 

SEM3T Sensor C-Ring is installed on cable insulation for outgoing MCCB 

breakers. The sensor is installed with a cable zip tie. 

One sensor per phase. 

SEM3T Sensor C-Ring is installed on the cable insulation of P4, P5 Panels 

as shown in Fig 5: 

The sensor is installed with a cable zip tie, one sensor per phase. 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 

Fig 5: Front View of Panel 

15 




Powermanager 

A power management system that can be customized to your needs. 

View and control your facilities’ infrastructure condition from anywhere. 

Cost allocation and Sub-billing Reports 

Cost allocation and sub-billing functionality in the Powermanager 

software allows the user to track energy related costs by building, 

floor, tenant, feeder or location. Match virtually any fixed rate 

billing structure and use comprehensive multi-year scheduling and 

time-of-use features to manage the energy costs. 

Load Studies and Asset Management 

Trend power usage data to take full advantage of your electrical 

distribution system capacity and avoid over-design. Create usage 

profiles that will allow you to distribute loads and avoid demand 

peak which helps to identify energy leaks such as equipment 

running during down time. 

Equipment Monitoring and Control 

Powermanager allows you to meter all your utilities including gas, 

steam, air and water and set up general condition alarming and 

pre-event alarms for impending or imminent conditions. Interface 

with other energy management and SCADA systems through 

multiple communication channels and protocols like OPC. 

Reports 

Standard reports provide models of daily electricity usage so you 

can distribute loads and avoid demand peaks. This enables you 

to allocate energy consumption and/or costs to individual areas 

and identify expensive processes that need attention. The historic 

trending report compiles data from load circuits over a users 

predefined period. This enables the user to fully utilize the power 

distribution system and run at near rated tolerances. 


SENTRON Powermanager software, 

combined with Siemens power meters and 

low-voltage protective devices, provides a 

complete energy management solution for 

your business. It allows you to measure, 

process, analyze, store and share energy 

usage and status information across your 

entire enterprise. It offers control capabilities, 

comprehensive energy usage and reliability, 

and detailed reporting that will help you 

reduce energy related costs. 

Benefits 

n Visibility and control of power flows 

n Exact knowledge of the consumption profile 

n Increase of energy efficiency 

n Optimization of power supply contracts 

n Compliance with contractual terms or regulations 

n Allocation of costs to individual cost centers 

n Optimization of plant maintenance 

n Identification of critical systems conditions 

The Powermanager software: 

n Is available in a stand-alone or LAN/WAN based configuration 

that can also exchange information with other supervisory 

systems like building automation software 

n Can utilize any Ethernet or serial based connections 

n Is expandable from the basic monitoring application to a fully 

customized enterprise management system 

n Is fully scalable with regard to the connected devices and to 

the software’s function to meet current and future needs 

n Ensures the seamless integration of power monitoring devices 

from the Siemens SENTRON PAC Series Meter, SEM3, 

and SENTRON WL/VL/3VA circuit breakers as well as other 

Modbus communicating devices 

n Is designed to collect, archive, monitor, display and evaluate 

any kind of energy related device data 

n Provides web based reporting and detailed graphics 

construction utilities as standard 

9 

POWER 

MONITORING 

Powermanager Software V4.x and greater versions - Device Licenses 

POWERMANAGER BASIC 10 DEVICES 

POWERMANAGER 20 ADTNL.DEVICES 






Powermanager Software V4.x and greater versions - Add Ons and Upgrades 

POWERMANAGER OPT PACKAGE EXPERT 

POWERMANAGER OPT PACKAGE CLIENT (2) 

POWERMANAGER OPT PACKAGE CLIENT (5) 

POWERMANAGER OPT PACKAGE 1 x DISTR SYS 

Contact Siemens for upgrade information 


7KN27102CE400YC0 

7KN27111CE400YC0 

7KN27112CE400YC0 

7KN27113CE400YC0 

7KN27114CE400YC0 

7KN27115CE400YC0 

7KN27116CE400YC0 


7KN27120CE400YC0 

7KN27121CE400YC0 

7KN27122CE400YC0 

7KN27124CE400YC0 

9-34 




WinPM.Net Enhanced Web-Enabled Energy Management Software 

Cost allocation and sub-billing 

Track energy-related costs by building, 

feeder, or tool. Match virtually any 

billing structure and use comprehensive 

multi-year scheduling and time-of-use 

activity profiles. 

Load studies and asset management 

Trend power usage data to take full 

advantage of your electrical distribution 

system capacity and avoid over-design. 

Create usage profiles so you can 

distribute loads and avoid demand 

peak. 

Demand and power factor control 

Eliminate penalties through automated 

power factor correction, load shedding, 

or peak shaving. 

Equipment monitoring and control 

Meter all your utilities including 

gas, steam, air and water. Set up 

alarms for pending problems, prealarm 

on impending or imminent 

conditions. Interface with other energy 

management and SCADA systems 

through multiple communication 

channels and protocols. 

WinPM.Net is a complete energy information management solution for 

your business allowing you to process, analyze, store and share energy 

usage and power quality data across your entire enterprise. It offers 

control capabilities, comprehensive power quality and reliability analysis 

and can help you reduce energy-related costs. WinPM.net allows you to 

manage intelligent metering and protective devices, analyze data, and 

decide on new courses of action to help you save money and keep your 

business up and running. 

Its cutting-edge flexibility and compatibility means you can add one 

piece at a time, at your own pace, while still maintaining your original 

investments. Interface to your existing systems through industry-standard 

protocols and choose newer components as they become available. 

The WinPM.Net software: 

n Provides detailed analysis of the power quality and overlays waveforms 

to correlate phase-to-phase relationships between voltages and 

currents and cascading failures 

n Pinpoints the sources of transients, harmonics, or sags, whether 

external or internal to your facility, allowing you to decide on the right 

corrective actions. By monitoring circuits 24 hours a day, you can 

develop strategies to avoid interruptions 

n Provides a comprehensive graphics utility as standard to build and edit 

any graphical screen whether it is a standard screen or a customized 

one. These custom screens can display real-time and historical data, 

alarms, status indications, meter, relay and third party equipment 

information 

n Supports Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP, ION, XML, OPC, FTP, and PQDIF 

compliant systems, so you can unify your diverse operations into one 

system. Interface to other energy management software, or include 

transducers, PLCs, and RTUs in a WinPM.net network. OPC can extract 

values from other software databases then combine these values with 

up-to-date readings from WinPM.net to perform real time calculations 

n Offers easy, cost effective and fast system expansion. The system 

grows as your needs grow. Add one piece at a time, at your own pace, 

within your own budget 


Software 

WinPM.NET V9.0 DVD New (Includes 5 meter device licenses, 

1 Eng Client, 2 Web Clients, New! Dashboards & PQDIF) 

WinPM.NET V9.0 DVD Replacement 

Device License 

WinPM.Net V9.0 9xxx Meter Device License Limit 6 to 50 



WinPM.Net V9.0 3rd Party device/Modbus/SeaBus Dev. Lic. Limit 1 to 50 



Options 

WinPM.Net V9.0 Engineering Client License Limit 2 to 50 

WinPM.Net V9.0 Engineering Client License Limit 51 to 100 

WinPM.Net V9.0 Web Client License 

WinPM.Net V9.0 OPC Server License 

WinPM.NetSQL Server 2017 - 2 CORE License increment (*** Minimum 

of 4 cores per server is required (2 x 3ZS67317CC900BA0 minimum)) 

Software upgrade 


3ZS67100CC900BA0 

3ZS67100CC900BC0 

3ZS68120CC900BA2 

3ZS68130CC900BA2 

3ZS68140CC900BA2 

3ZS68220CC900BA2 

3ZS68230CC900BA2 

3ZS68240CC900BA2 

3ZS67220CC900BA2 

3ZS67230CC900BA2 

3ZS67420CC900BA2 

3ZS67520CC900BA2 

3ZS67317CC900BA0 

Contact your local SIEMENS D&CES Business Developer for ordering information & upgrade. 

Allows remote configuration of base WinPM.Net software. Excel is required for excel base reports using 

Reporter. Outlook is required for e-mailing reports. 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 




Digitalization for Smart Infrastructure 

Cloud & IIoT Solution Offerings 

The Siemens Digital Solutions & Services team offers a 

complete portfolio of digitally enabled products that provide 

access to data for customers to manage and monitor their 

assets, as well as analytical insights into their electrical 

infrastructure. 

Provides: 

• Edge Connectivity for Cloud Applications 

• Plug & Play for Siemens LP Products 

• Simplified Dashboarding of Connected Assets 

• Mobile, Tablet, & Desktop Compatible 

• Multiple Data Export Options 

• MindSphere Enabled 

Edge Data Collection Unit (DCU) 

n Collects field-level device data and stores locally at the edge 

n Predefined asset model for automatic configuration of 

MindSphere assets 

n Custom Dashboarding of live data 

n Dual Ethernet ports for local and external networks 

n Easily connect and monitor standard modbus devices 

n Standard device drivers for LP equipment:: 

• PAC Power Meters 

• ACCESS Power Meters 

• SEM3 

• 3WL, 3VA, 3VL 

n Energy usage and cost breakdown for sub-billing 

n One-time or scheduled data export via FTP, USB, and Email 

n On-board storage options with or without local display 

SIMATIC Nanobox 

PC IPC127E 

SIMATIC Nanobox 

PC IPC227E 

SIMATIC Touch PC 

IPC277E (7”) 

9 

POWER 

MONITORING 

Cloud Connectivity and Applications 

Data aggregated in the Edge DCU can be pushed to an 

external server or cloud platform for long-term storage. The 

Edge DCU also offers greater flexibility in configuring and 

creating a hierarchy of your assets. By doing configuration at 

the local level and pushing this structure to cloud platforms, 

such as MindSphere, it removes the need of programming 

the traditional MindConnect devices in the cloud, transferring 

the configuration files to USB, before loading directly onto 

hardware. Cloud connectivity empowers customers to realize 

value from their data by giving them access to their data 

outside of their facility. This allows customer to interact with 

their data using applications built by Siemens experts, or 

develop new applications for specific requirements. Using the 

Siemens cloud applications, users have the ability to choose 

and change displays to the specific metrics of interest, 

view and compare time-series data of similar devices, and 

configure and export reports. 

9-36 



Services 

Advantages to You... 

n Technical experts 

n Single source supplier 

n Available 24/7, 

365 days a year 

n Reduced total cost of 

ownership (TCO) 

n Avoid unscheduled 

downtime with 

preventive maintenance 

Service Products 

Modular service products enable 

you to customize a technical service 

agreement to meet your organization’s 

maintenance needs over the entire 

life cycle of your installation. Including 

Service products in your TSA will 

provide the following benefits: 

• Substantial savings versus “on 

demand” purchases 

• Optimized scaling of your 

maintenance organization 

• Assurance that your installation is 

operating at maximum performance 

and availability 

Telephone and Internet 

Priority support 

When you need help right now, choose 

the support coverage that fits your 

business: 

24 hours x 7 days a week 

8 hours x 5 days a week 

Extended support 

With extended support, you can 

request blocks of support hours for 

specific projects and tasks. We can 

customize this support service to meet 

your individual needs. 

Remote service 

Remote service provides support and 

diagnostics via data line to save you 

time and money. Technical support 

specialists directly access your system 

for real-time troubleshooting to provide 

maximum uptime. 

Technical account liaison 

A technical account liaison provides 

consulting and guidance on all aspects 

of support through familiarity with the 

application, your business goals and 

processes, and your maintenance and 

engineering staff. 

In addition to a site visit to assess your 

installation and support requirements, 

the technical account liaison will 

conduct monthly reviews with your 

staff to ensure you are receiving 

maximum payback on your investment. 

Field services 

Block of hours 

Purchase field service hours in 40 hour 

increments for preventative, predictive 

or emergency services. 

Maintenance programs 

Packaged maintenance programs 

available for: 

• System performance checks 

• Run diagnostics 

• Analyze power quality 

• Visual inspections of key system 

components 

• Database trim and backup 

Training 

Operation and maintenance 

Siemens training offers a broad range of 

educational services, providing quality 

and excellence to the automation 

industry. Targeted product and system 

training provides the student with 

practical, hands-on experience. 

Customized on-site training 

On-site training is excellent for large 

groups or when individual, one-on-one 

instruction is needed. When the trainer 

visits your facility, product training 

will be conducted on your specific 

installation. Classroom lectures, and 

trouble-shooting techniques specific to 

your installation are covered in detail 

during the training session. 

Software update service 

The software update service 

enables you to take advantage of 

enhancements to the most current 

software versions. A site evaluation 

is conducted to determine necessary 

upgrade requirements prior to the 

Software Update Service. 

9 POWER 

MONITORING 



Notes 

POWER 

MONITORING 

9 

9-38 


Surge Protective Devices (SPD) 

SPEEDFAX TM 

Section 



online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 

Siemens TPS3 family of hardwired Surge Protective Devices 

(formally known as Surge/Lightning Arrestors and/or 

Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors –TVSS) 

Family SPDs 10-2 

SOLID Protection 10-3 

BoltShield Surge Protective Devices 10-4 – 10-5 

First Surge 10-6 – 10-7 

TPS3 01 and TPS3 L1 (10 Mode) 10-8 


TPS3 03 10-10 

TPS3 03 DC 10-11 



TPS3 09 10-14 

TPS3 11 10-15 

TPS3 12 and TPS3 L12 (10 mode) 10-16 

TPS3 15 and TPS3 L15 (10 mode) 10-17 

Frequently Asked Questions 10-18 

Integrally Mounted SPDs External or Wall Mounted SPDs Residential SPDs 

See pages 1-50 – 1-52 

Features 

Features 

Features 

n Per Phase Surge Current Capacity 

ranging from 100 kA to 1000 kA 

n Industry best VPRs 


ranging from 50 kA to 1000 kA 

n Industry best VPRs 


of 40, 50, 60, 100 or 140 kA 

n Complete Service Protection for 

n I n = 20 kA (most models) 

n Across the board UL 96A compliance 

(most models) 

n Ground Reference Monitoring 

(GRM) diagnostics 

n I n = 20 kA (most models) 

n Across the board UL 96A compliance 

(most models) 



(excluding TPS3 03 & TPS3 09) 

- Power 

- Telephone 

- Coax 



10 SPD 



SPD - Surge Protective Devices 


Siemens Surge Protection Innovations 

Introduction 

In today’s electronic world, home and 

business electrical systems just aren’t 

complete unless they incorporate surge 

protection. Stopping Surges Before 

They Get Into these systems is best 

accomplished through the installation 

of appropriately sized hard-wired surge 

protective devices (SPDs) beginning at the 

incoming service followed by installations 

at other key surge entry points. 

When Siemens first developed the 

Transient Protection System (TPS) family 

of surge protectors, we knew early 

on that hard-wired surge protectors 

needed fully coordinated safety controls. 

This led to the adoption of a number 

of SPD industry safety control firsts 

including the patented Ceramgard and 

TranSafe circuitry, coordinated fusing 

and thermal cutouts, dielectric isolation, 

mechanical re-enforcing taping, etc… 

resulting in a design that ensures the 

highest possible electrical system surge 

protection and reliability. 

Our next generation UL 1449 4th Edition 

TPS3 SPDs carry on this same legacy. 

Every TPS3 is infused with Siemens 

engineering safety and performance 

“know-how.” Siemens SPDs have the 

highest degree of safety while delivering 

the industry’s best performance 

ratings – some of the lowest Voltage 

Protection Ratings (VPRs), Type 1 or 2 

and 20 kA I-nominal ratings (for most 

models) with surge current ratings 

from 50 to 1000 kA. 

The BoltShield line of SPDs helps 

address the changing NEC codes that 

require surge protection in all dwellings. 

The Siemens BoltShield family of 

residential and commercial products 

allows this to be done easily and at a 

reasonable cost. 

Electrical disturbances will always 

occur, but they don’t have to cause 

surge protectors to fail in an unsafe 

manner. Safer surge protection means 

uncompromised electrical system 

protection, safety, and reliability. 

The following pages provide additional 

technical and ordering information 

concerning our entire offering of surge 

protection devices. 

Surge Protector Per Phase Surge Current Capacities 

Wall Mounted Standard Mode 

Per Phase 

Surge 

Current 

TPS3 01 TPS3 02 TPS3 03 TPS3 03 DC TPS3 05 TPS3 06 TPS3 09 TPS3 11 TPS3 12 TPS3 15 

50 kA 

100 kA 

150 kA 

200 kA 

250 kA 

300 kA 

400 kA 

500 kA 

600 kA 

800 kA 

1000 kA 

10 Mode SPDs 

Per Phase 

Surge 

Current 

TSP3 L1 TPS3 L2 TPS3 L5 TPS3 L6 TPS3L 12 TPS3L 15 

10 

SPD 

100 kA 

150 kA 

300 kA 

450 kA 

500 kA 

600 kA 

900 kA 

10-2 



Recommending Surge Protection 

SOLID Protection 

Either at home or in the work place, 

nearly every electrical load is electronic 

infused. With today’s power quality 

being the same as it was 50 years ago, 

equipment is more susceptible to surge 

damage and/or disruption generated 

by normal electrical distribution 

interactions. Places where lightning 

activity is minimal are now experiencing 

more electronic failures due to surges 

generated by the day to day operations 

of equipment like washers and dryers, 

copiers, chillers, etc. 

In response to this susceptibility, code 

authorities have mandated emergency 

power distribution equipment now 

must be protected by a listed SPD. 

The reasoning is based upon anecdotal 

understating that surge protected 

systems are more reliable. Supported by 

S O L D 

government studies, the most efficient 

way to protect electrical systems from 

surges is through the installation of 

hardwired SPDs at key points throughout 

the distribution system. These locations 

can easily be remembered by memorizing 

the locations of the acrostic found within 

the following phrase, “The best surge 

protected system is a SOLID one,” where 

each letter of the word SOLID stand for 

the locations on the electrical system 

where SPDs should be installed. 

The illustration to the right shows 

“SOLID” locations for a school’s electrical 

system. Under each ‘SOLID’ location is a 

Siemens TPS3 model number with surge 

current capacities matching those to what 

are typically specified by consultants 

across North America. 

TPS30620 

or 

TPS31220 

TPS30515 

or 

TPS31215 

TPS30110 

or 

TPS31110 

TPS31110 

or 

TPS30910 

TPS30350 

or 

Call TPS Group 

Service 

Entrance 

Outside loads 

like Parking 

Lot Lighting 

powered 

from 

distribution 

panels 

Lower voltage 

distribution 

panels 

powering 

computers 

and other 

electronics 

Individual 

critical 

equipment 

like servers 

Data, 

telephone, 

and coaxial 

cables 

Surge Arrestor Replacement 

Discrete or True 10 Mode Style SPDs 

TPS3 03 

Type 1 SPD 

with I n = 20 kA 

Low-voltage surge and lightning 

arrestors became obsolete when 

UL 1449 3rd edition went into 

effect in 2009. 

They were replaced with Type 

1 SPDs having an I-nominal (I n ) 

rating equal to 20 kA. Most all 

Siemens TPS3s are rated as 

Type 1, I n =20 kA SPDs. However, 

the style and form factor of traditional 

surge arrestors is best 

replaced using our TPS3 03. 

A B C N G 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

= Parallel MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

For mission critical or high profile applications, 

a growing number of end users prefer the assurance 

discrete or true 10-mode SPDs provide. 

When surges traverse the electrical system 

via phase to phase conductors, standard SPDs 

indirectly protect via the line to neutral or line to 

ground modes of protection. Siemens integral 

or wall mounted “Discrete” or “True” 10-mode 

SPDs address L-L surges by incorporating 

directly connected line to line surge protection 

elements. This style of SPD provides the “Just 

in Case” assurance mission critical or high profile 

projects require. 

10 SPD 


BoltShield Surge Protective Devices 

BSPD – Commercial Surge Protection for Panel Boards 


Catalog Logic 

BSPD series for panelboards 


Catalog # BSPD – 2 – A – 100 

Series 

BSPD 

Poles 

2 = 2 Pole 

3 = 3 Pole 

Voltage Code 

A = 120/240V, 1Ø 3W (Fig.1) 

B = 240/120V, 3Ø 4W (Fig.3) 

C = 208Y/120V, 3Ø 4W (Fig.2) 

D = 240V, 3Ø 3W (Fig.4) 

E = 480Y/277V, 3Ø, 4W (Fig.1) 

F = 480V, 3Ø, 3W (Fig.4) 

G = 600V, 3Ø, 3W (Fig.4) 

K = 380Y/220V, 3Ø, 4W (Fig.1) 

L = 600Y/347V, 3Ø, 4W (Fig.1) 

S = 400Y/230V, 3Ø, 4W (Fig.1) 

T = 415Y/240V, 3Ø, 4W (Fig.1) 

Surge Current Rating 

100 = 100kA per Mode/Phase 

BSPD Series 

Product specifications 

General specifications 

Maximum surge current rating range 

UL Type designation 

UL 1449 I-nominal rating 

UL 1449 short circuit current rating 

Repetitive impulse 

Response time 

100 kA per phase 

SPD Type 1 b 

20kA 

200kA 

5,000 hits 

BoltShield Surge Protective Devices 

QSPD – Residential Surge Protection for Load Centers 


Catalog Logic 

QSPD series for load centers 


QSPD catalog number logic 

QSPD – 2 – A – 065 

Series 

QSPD 

Poles 

2 = 2 Pole 

3 = 3 Pole 

Voltage Code 

A = 120/240V, 1Ø 3W (Fig.1) 

B = 240/120V, 3Ø 4W (Fig.3) 

C = 208Y/120V, 3Ø 4W (Fig.2) 

D = 240V, 3Ø 3W (Fig.4) 


065P = 65kA per Mode/Phase 

in retail blister pack packaging 

QSPD-Base catalog number logic 

QSPD – 2 – A – 035B 

Series 

QSPD 

Poles 

2 = 2 Pole 

Voltage Code 

A = 120/240V, 1Ø 3W (Fig.1) 


035B = 35kA per Mode/Phase 

QSPD Series 

QSPD-Base 

Product specifications 

General specifications QSPD QSPD-Base 

Maximum surge 

current rating range 

65kA per phase 35kA per phase 

UL Type designation 

SPD Type 1 b 

UL 1449 I-nominal rating 

UL 1449 short circuit 

current rating 

Repetitive impulse 

Response time 

20kA 

200kA 

5,000 hits 


FirstSurge 

FirstSurge Total Home Surge Protection 

Total Home Protection 

Siemens believes today’s residential 

surge protectors come up short when 

protecting today’s modern home filled 

with smart appliances and electronics. 

This is why we developed our 

FirstSurge commercial class total 

home surge protectors. These electrical 

system surge protectors are sized for 

where you live. They will let you know 

when there is something wrong or 

when they are worn out. 

Based upon thunderstorm frequency, 

geographic location, and home size, 

we developed a surge exposure map 

correlating with FirstSurge current 

capacities known to provide years of 

protective service for each shaded area. 

Sized For Where You Live 

Model 

FirstSurge Power (FS060) 

FirstSurge Plus (FS100) 

FirstSurge Pro (FS140) 

Surge 

Capacity 

60,000 A 

100,000 A 

140,000 A 

Know You’re Protected: 

3 Stage Commercial Grade 

Notification 

When there is a problem, Siemens 

FirstSurge takes the guesswork out of 

knowing when it is time to be replaced. 

What will you see and hear when this 

occurs? 

Audible Alarm: 

Green LED(s): 

Red Service Light: 

Beeps 

Extinguish 

Flashes 

Ground Reference Monitoring (GRM) 

FirstSurge is GRM-equipped notifying 

you a rare safety hazard exists due to a 

compromised electrical system neutral 

to ground bond. What will you see and 

hear when this occurs? 

Audible Alarm: Beeps 

Green LED(s): Remains Lit 

Red Service Light: Flashes 

SPD 

10 

10-6 



FirstSurge 

Features & Benefits 

n UL 1449 Listed, Type 2, Surge Protective Device (SPD) 

n Rated for 120/240 split phase panels up to 400A 

n Surge Current Capacities: 

- 60,000 A 

- 100,000 A 

- 140,000 A 

n 3 Stage Commercial Grade Notification 

n Ground Reference Monitoring (GRM) 

n Installs onto any brand load center 

n Type 4 rated outdoor enclosure 

n 10 year product and connected equipment warranty* 

Technical Specifications 

Surge Spike Capacity 

Line Voltage 

FirstSurge Power (FS060) 60,000 A 

FirstSurge Plus (FS100) 100,000 A 

FirstSurge Pro (FS140) 140,000 A 

120/240 Split Phase, 50/60 Hz 

UL 1449 3rd Ed VPR L-N: 600 V 

L-G: 600 V 

N-G: 600 V 

L-L: 900 V 

Rated Voltage (MCOV) 150V – L-N, L-G, and N-G; 300V – L-L 

Response Time 


TPS3 Integral or Internally Mounted SPDs 

Selection 

TPS3 01 and TPS3 L1 

(True or Discrete 10-Mode) 

Siemens TPS3 01 and L1 surge protective devices 

are designed for integration within our P1, P2, 

and P3 power distribution panel boards, as well 

as TIASTAR motor control centers and busway 

systems. The TPS3 01 and L1 SPDs feature Ground 

Integrity Monitoring (GIM) diagnostics 

10 

SPD 

TPS3 01 and TPS3 L1 Key Features 

n UL 1449-4 Type 2 SPD and UL 1283 Listed 

– Optional UL 1449 4th Edition Listed Type 1 

n Type 1 / Type 2 SPD 

n 100 - 300 kA Per Phase Surge Current 

n 20 kA I n (Most models) 

n 200 kA SCCR (Most models) 

n UL 96A Lightning Protection Master Labeling 

compliant (@ 20 kA) 

n Large block, individually fused, thermally 

protected, 50kA MOVs 

n Every MOV is monitored, including N-G 

n Mounts internal to: 

– P1, P2, and P3 panels 

– TIASTAR motor control centers – 

standard 6”bucket 

– STP series busplug on SX series busway 

n Consult factory for field retrofit in P1 panels 

n Modes of Protection: L-N, L-G, N-G, and L-L 

n All UL required OCP & safety coordination 

included 

– Type 1 SPDs intended for Line or Load side of 

Main Disconnect 

– Type 2 SPDs intended for Load side of 


n Standard Monitoring: LED Indicators, Surge 

Counter, Dry Contacts, Audible Alarm w/ silence 

switch & test button 

n Dimensions: 11.5” x 7.2” x 4.5” 

(292.1 mm x 182.9 mm x 114.3 mm) 

n Weight: 4.55 lb. (2.06 kg) 

n Designed, manufactured & tested consistent with: 

– ANSI / IEEE C62.41.1-2002, C62.41.2-2002, 

C62.45-2002, C62.62-1010, C62.72-2007 and 

CSA C22.2 No. 269.1 and 269.2 

– 1992/2000 NEMA LS-1 

– NEC Article 285 

– IEC 61643, CE 

▪n 10 Year Product Warranty 

Available Options: 

n Direct bus connected or can be wired to a circuit 

breaker (include W option) 


Voltage Code 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 

C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 

D = 240 V, 3Ø, 3W 

E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 

F = 480 V, 3Ø, 3W 

G = 600 V, 3Ø, 3W 

K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W 

L = 600/347 V, 3Ø, 4W 

S = 400/230 V, 3Ø, 4W 

Catalog # TPS3 01 

TPS3 01 

Surge Current (kA) Options 

10 = 100 kA per phase X = Surge counter 

15 = 150 kA per phase (Standard) 

20 = 200 kA per phase 

25 = 250 kA per phase W= Terminal lug 

30 = 300 kA per phase B = Busway application 

M = MCC application 

Example: TPS3C0120X002 = Type 2 SPD (Default) for a 208/120V panelboard 

with a surge current capacity of 200 kA per phase and a surge counter. 

When an option is not selected, include a zero (0) in the field. 

Available Accessories: Ordered Separately 

RMSIE = Remote monitor 

Available in 100 kA & 150 kA only 


Voltage Code 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 

C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 

E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 

K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W 

S = 400/230 V, 3Ø, 4W 

TPS3 L1 

Catalog # TPS3 L1 


15 = 150 kA per phase X = Surge counter 

30 = 300 kA per phase (Standard) 

W= Terminal lug 

B = Busway application 


2 = Type 2 SPD 

(Default) 

Includes UL 

1283 EMI/ 

RFI Filters 


(Consult Factory Prior 

to Ordering) 


(Default) 

Includes UL 

1283 EMI/ 

RFI Filters 


Example: TPS3CL130X002 = 10 Mode Type 2 SPD (Default) for a 208/120V panelboard 





10-8 




Selection 




are designed for integration within our Revised P1 

power distribution panel boards.The TPS3 01 and 

L1 SPDs feature Ground Integrity Monitoring (GIM) 

diagnostics. 



– Optional UL 1449 4th Edition Recognized Type 1 













– Revised P1 Lighting Panelboards 

n Consult factory for field retrofit in P1 panels 



included 









(294.6 mm x 144.8 mm x 124.5 mm) 

n Weight: 4.55 lb. (2.06 kg) 

n 10 Year Product Warranty 


n Direct bus connected 

Can be wired to a circuit breaker (consult 

factory at time of order or see installation manual 

for retrofit) 



Voltage Code 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 

C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 

D = 240 V, 3Ø, 3W 

E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 

F = 480 V, 3Ø, 3W 

G = 600 V, 3Ø, 3W 

K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W 

L = 600/347 V, 3Ø, 4W 

S = 400/230 V, 3Ø, 4W 

Surge Current (kA) 








TPS3 02 

Options 

X = Surge counter (Standard) 

2 = Type 2 SPD (Default) 

Includes UL 1283 EMI/RFI Filters 


(Consult Factory Prior to Ordering) 

Example: TPS3C0220X2 = Type 2 SPD (Default) for a 208/120V panelboard with a 

surge current capacity of 200 kA per phase and a surge counter. 




Available in 100kA & 150 kA only 

TPS3 L2 

Voltage Code 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 

C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 

E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 

K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W 

S = 400/230 V, 3Ø, 4W 




Options 






10 SPD 

Example: TPS3CL230X2 = 10 Mode Type 2 SPD (Default) for a 208/120 V panelboard 







TPS3 External or Wall Mounted SPDs 

Selection 

TPS3 03 

TPS3 03 is a UL 1449 4th Edition 50 kA Type 1 compact surge 

protective device that can be used as a replacement secondary 

surge or lighting arrestors. Having a Type 1 designation 

allows for flexible electrical system connection location (line 

or load side) as well as UL 96A compliance (@ 20 kA I n ). 

TPS3 03 Key Features 

n UL 1449 4th Edition Listed Type 1 

n Type 1 Rated SPD 

n 50 kA Per Phase Surge Current 


n 200 kA SCCR (Most models 

n UL 96A Lightning Protection Master Labeling compliant 

(@ 20 kA)) 

n Every MOV is monitored 

n Mounts external to electrical distribution equipment 

– Recommend for Line Side or Load Side Applications 

n Standard compact NEMA 4X polycarbonate enclosure 

n Modes of Protection: L-N or L-G and L-L 

n Standard Monitoring: LED Indicator 


(82.6 mm x 82.6 mm x 83.8 mm) 

n Weight: 2 lb. (0.9 kg) 



n Dry contacts & Audible Alarm (option “D”) 

n Neutral to Ground Protection (option “N”) 

TPS3 03 



TPS3 01 DIN RAIL Mounting 

Voltage Code 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 



Options 

D = Dry contact 

& audible alarm 

C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 

N = Adds N-G 

D = 240 V, 3Ø, 3W 

Protection 

E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 

F = 480 V, 3Ø, 3W 

G = 600 V, 3Ø, 3W 

K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W 

L = 600/347 V, 3Ø, 4W 

Example: TPS3C0305D0 = Type 1 SPD for a 208/120V application 

with a surge current capacity of 50 kA per phase, in a standard 

NEMA 4X enclosure with dry contacts and audible alarm option. 




SPD 

10 

10-10 




Selection 

TPS3 03 DC 

TPS3 03 DC is available in 300VDC, 600VDC and 1000VDC versions, which 

are designed to protect photovoltaic electrical systems. Typical PV 

installation would be on the DC solar panel side and also on the AC side of 

the inverter/converter. AC voltage TPS3 03’s are also available. SPDs are 

highly recommended when lightning activity is present to protect 

sensitive electrical photovoltaic components. 

TPS3 03 DC is designed as a stand alone device in a NEMA 4X 

polycarbonate enclosure. Large block, thermally protected 50 kA MOVs 

are utilized. A green LED illuminates for diagnostic monitoring. TPS3 03 

DC comes standard with a Tri-Mount installation kit which allows it to be 

Nipple, DIN-rail or Bracket mounted. 

TPS3 09 

Diagram 

Dimensions 



Voltage Code 

M = 300 VDC P = 1000 VDC R = 600 VDC 

Tri-Mount Installation 

Mounting Kit Included 

Performance Data 

Siemens Part Number TPS3M0305 TPS3R0305 TPS3P0305 

Modes of Protection 

DC+ – DC- , DC+ – Ground, DC- – Ground 

Nominal Network Voltage Un 300VDC 600VDC 1000VDC 

Technology 

Large Block, Thermally Protected 50kA MOVs 

Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage DC Uc 425VDC 760VDC 1180VDC 

Maximum Surge Current (8/20 μs) Imax 50kA 50kA 50kA 

Nominal Discharge Current (8/20 μs) In 20kA 20kA 10kA 

Voltage Protection Level (3kA 8/20μs) Up



Selection 




are designed for integration within our P4 and P5 

panelboards as well as distribution switchboards. 

The TPS3 01 and L1 SPDs feature Ground Integrity 

Monitoring (GIM) diagnostics. 














– P4 & P5 panelboards and distribution 

switchboards 



included 








n Dimensions: 10” x 17” x 6” 

(254 mm x 431.8 mm x 152.4 mm) 

n Weight: 9.4 lb. (4.2 kg) 


– ANSI / IEEE C62.41.1-2002, C62.41.2-2002, 

C62.45-2002, C62.62-1010, C62.72-2007 and 

CSA C22.2 No. 269.1 and 269.2 

– 1992/2000 NEMA LS-1 


– IEC 61643, CE 

▪n 10 Year Product Warranty 



TPS3 L5 

TPS3 05 

Voltage Code Surge Current (kA) 

Options 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 10 = 100 kA per phase 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 15 = 150 kA per phase 


C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 20 = 200 kA per phase 2 = Type 2 SPD (Default) 

D = 240 V, 3Ø, 3W 25 = 250 kA per phase 


E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 30 = 300 kA per phase 0 = Type 1 SPD 

F = 480 V, 3Ø, 3W 


G = 600 V, 3Ø, 3W 

K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W Example: TPS3C0530X2 = Type 2 SPD (Default) for a 208/120V power panel 

L = 600/347 V, 3Ø, 4W with a surge current capacity of 300 kA per phase and a surge counter. 

S = 400/230 V, 3Ø, 4W When an option is not selected, include a zero (0) in the field. 




A B C N G 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 


MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

“True” or “Discrete” 

10-Mode SPD 

10 

SPD 

Panelboard Features: 

n Copper or aluminum bus 

MB or MLO 

Switchboard Features: 

n Copper or aluminum bus 

200% rated neutral bus for harmonic-rich 

applications 

CSA, UL 891, UL 67 and NEMA PB-2 



Voltage Code Surge Current (kA) 

Options 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 15 = 150 kA per phase 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 30 = 300 kA per phase 


C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 


E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 


K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W 


S = 400/230 V, 3Ø, 4W 


Example: TPS3C0530X2 = Type 2 SPD (Default) for a 208/120V power panel 





10-12 




Selection 




are designed for integration within our SB1, 

SB2, SB3, Type RCS Switchboards, Low-voltage 

Switchgear, Motor Control Centers, and Busway 

Systems. The TPS3 01 and L1 SPDs feature Ground 

Integrity Monitoring (GIM) diagnostics. 














– SB1, SB2, SB3 and Type RCS Switchboards 

– Type WL low-voltage switchgear 

– TIASTAR motor control centers - 

standard 12” bucket 

– STP series busplug on SX series busway 



included 







switch & test button, Rotary disconnect switch 


(271.8 mm x 292.1 mm x 114.3 mm) 

n Weight: 6.8 lb. (3.0 kg) 


– ANSI / IEEE C62.41.1-2002, C62.41.2-2002, 

C62.45-2002, C62.62-1010, C62.72-2007 and 

CSA C22.2 No. 269.1 and 269.2 

– 1992/2000 NEMA LS-1 


– IEC 61643, CE 


– ANSI / IEEE C62.41.1-2002, C62.41.2-2002, 

C62.45-2002, C62.62-1010, C62.72-2007 & CSA 

C22.2 No. 269.1 and .2 

– 1992/2000 NEMA LS-1 


– IEC 61643, CE 



Voltage Code 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 

C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 

D = 240 V, 3Ø, 3W 

E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 

F = 480 V, 3Ø, 3W 

G = 600 V, 3Ø, 3W 

K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W 

L = 600/347 V, 3Ø, 4W 

S = 400/230 V, 3Ø, 4W 










X = Surge counter 

(Standard) 



Example: TPS3C0120X002 = Type 2 SPD (Default) for a 208/120V panelboard 





G voltage code only available in 200 & 250 kA 

Not available in 500 kA 

TPS3 L6 


TPS3 06 


Voltage Code Surge Current (kA) Options 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 15 = 150 kA per phase X = Surge counter 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 30 = 300 kA per phase (Standard) 

C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 45 = 450 kA per phase 

E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 


K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W 


S = 400/230 V, 3Ø, 4W 

Example: TPS3CL645X2 = 10 mode Type 2 SPD (Default) for a 208/120V switchboard 






(Default) 

Includes UL 

1283 EMI/ 

RFI Filters 


(Consult Factory 

Prior to Ordering) 

A B C N G 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 


MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 


10-Mode SPD 


(Default) 

Includes UL 

1283 EMI/ 

RFI Filters 




10 SPD 




Selection 

TPS3 09 

TPS3 09 is a UL 1449 4th Edition 100 kA Type 1 compact 

multi-mode surge protective device that can be installed on 

either the line or load side of the electrical service. When 

installed at the electrical service entrance, it can be used for 

UL 96A compliance (@ 20 kA I n ). 


n UL 1449 4th Edition Listed Type 1 

n Type 1 Rated SPD 

n 100 kA Per Phase Surge Current 




(@ 20 kA) 



– Weatherproof hub included 

n Mounts internal to P1 panelboards & busway 

– P1 - Field retrofit or factory install 

– P2 and P3 - factory install only 

n Standard compact NEMA 4X polycarbonate enclosure 


n Standard Monitoring: LED Indicators 

n Wire Size: Prewired with 3’ (91.4 cm) of #10 AWG 

n Dimensions: 8.3” x 3.6” x 3.0” (211 mm x 91 mm x 77 mm) 





n Extended indicator light (option “E”) 

n Internal mounting in P1, P2 Panels (option “I”), requires 

TPS9IKITP1 or TPS9IKITP2 mounting bracket accessory. 



Voltage Code 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 

C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 

D = 240 V, 3Ø, 3W 

E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 

F = 480 V, 3Ø, 3W 

G = 600 V, 3Ø, 3W 

K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W 

L = 600/347 V, 3Ø, 4W 

S = 400/230 V, 3Ø, 4W 



Example: TPS3C0910D000 

= Type 1 SPD for a 208/120V 

panelboard with a surge current 

capacity of 100 kA per phase with 

standard NEMA 4X enclosure, 

dry contacts and audible alarm option. 

Available for field retrofit in P1 panels. 

TPS3 09 

Options 

E = Extended 

indicator light 

I = Internal 

mounting in 

P1, P2 panels a 

D = Dry 

Contact & 

audible alarm 




XMFMKIT = Flush mount plate 

TPS9IKITP1 = Mounting bracket for installation in P1 panels 

TPS9IKITP2 = Mounting bracket for installation in P2 panels (factory install only) 

a Requires TPS9IKITP1 or TPS9IKITP2 mounting bracket accessory, see available 

Accessories. Prewired cables are extended from 3 to 6 feet. 

SPD 

10 

10-14 





Selection 

TPS3 11 

TPS3 11 is a UL 1449 3rd Edition Listed multi-mode Type 1 

surge protective device with a per phase surge current capacity 

that can be increased to 200 kA. In addition, this unit provides 

UL 1283 listed EMI/RFI or Sine Wave tracking filtering that will 

condition low energy L-N coupled noise. When installed at the 

electrical service entrance, it can be used for UL 96A compliance 

(@ 20 kA I n ). 

Standard monitoring includes protection status indication LEDs. 

Complete protection is intact when the status indicators are 

illuminated. When protection is lost, the status indicator will 

extinguish and the red service light will illuminate. An audible 

alarm and dry contacts are available monitoring options. 

A new diagnostic feature integrated within the TPS3 11 is 

Ground Integrity Monitoring or (GIM) diagnostic indication circuit. 

Ground Integrity Monitoring or (GIM) diagnostics monitors 

the health of the electrical system’s neutral to ground bond. If 

voltage is seen across neutral and ground, the phase indicators 

will remain illuminated, while the red service light begins to 

flash alerting the end user that the electrical system grounding 

needs to be checked and serviced. This feature can be remotely 

monitored when the optional dry contacts are included. 

Siemens TPS3s are one of the first in the industry to offer this 

power quality safety and performance indication. 





n 100, 150, 200 kA Per Phase Surge Current 




(@ 20 kA) 



n Standard NEMA 4X polycarbonate enclosure (UL 746C (f1), 

UL 94-5VA) 


n Standard Monitoring: LED Indicators and Ground Integrity 

Monitoring diagnostics 

n Wire size: #8 AWG to #10 AWG 

n Dimensions: 6” x 6” x 4” (152 mm x 152 mm x 102 mm) 





TPS3 11 



Voltage Code 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 

C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 

D = 240 V, 3Ø, 3W 

E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 

F = 480 V, 3Ø, 3W 

G = 600 V, 3Ø, 3W 

K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W 

L = 600/347 V, 3Ø, 4W 

S = 400/230 V, 3Ø, 4W 







KITFMXF = Flush mount plate 

Available in 100 kA per phase only 

Example: TPS3C1110D2 = 

Type 2 SPD (Default) for a 

208/120V application with a 

surge current capacity of 100 kA 

per phase, in a standard NEMA 

4X enclosure with dry contacts 

and audible alarm option. 

When option D is NOT selected, 

include a zero (0) in the field. 

Options 


(Default) 

Includes UL 

1283 EMI/RFI 

Filters 




D = Dry Contacts 

& audible 

alarm 

10 SPD 



10 

SPD 


TPS3 12 and TPS3 L12 (True or Discrete 10-Mode) 

TPS3 12 and TPS3 L12 are UL 1449-4 Type 2 and Optional 

UL 1449 4th Edition surge protective device with a per 

phase surge current capacity that can be increased to 

500 kA (TPS3 L12 up to 450 kA). For mission critical or 

high profile applications, the TPS3 L12 is our “True” or 

“Discrete” 10-mode style SPD providing the “Just in Case” 

assurance of directly connected L-L MOVs. 

Both TPS3 12 and TPS3 L12 are UL 1283 Listed 

incorporating EMI/RFI or Sine Wave tracking filtering 

designed to condition low energy L-N coupled noise. When 


UL 96A compliance (@ 20 kA In). 

Standard monitoring includes protection status indication 

LEDs, audible alarm, and dry contacts. Complete protection 

is intact when the status indicators are illuminated. When 

protection is lost, the status indicator will extinguish, the 

red service light will illuminate, and the dry contacts will 

change state. An optional surge counter is available. 

A new diagnostic feature integrated within the TPS3 12 and 

TPS3 L12 is Ground Integrity Monitoring or (GIM) diagnostic 

indication circuit. Ground Integrity Monitoring or (GIM) 

diagnostics monitors the health of the electrical system’s 

neutral to ground bond. If voltage is seen across neutral and 

ground, the phase indicators will remain illuminated, while 

the red service light begins to flash alerting the end user 

that the electrical system grounding needs to be checked 

and serviced. This feature can be remotely monitored via 

the dry contact outputs. Siemens TPS3s are one of the 

first in the industry to offer this power quality safety and 

performance indication. 





n TPS3 12: 100 – 500 kA Per Phase Surge Current 

n TPS3 L12: 150, 300, 450 kA Phase Surge Current 




(@ 20 kA) 



– Recommended for line side or load side applications 

n Standard NEMA 1/12/3R/04 ANSI 61 steel enclosure 

n TPS3 12 Modes of Protection – L-N, L-G, N-G, and L-L 

n TPS3 L12 Modes of Protection – L-N, L-G, N-G, and L-L 

(directly connected L-L elements) 

n Standard Monitoring: 

– LED Indicators 

– Ground Integrity Monitoring diagnostics 

– Dry Contacts 

– Audible alarm with silence switch and test button 

n Wire size: #8 AWG to 1/0 

n Dimensions: 12” x 12” x 7” (305 mm x 305 mm x 178 mm) 

n Weight: 20 lb. (9.07 kg) 



n Internal rotary disconnect 

n Thru-door disconnect 



Voltage Code 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 

C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 

D = 240 V, 3Ø, 3W 

E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 

F = 480 V, 3Ø, 3W 

G = 600 V, 3Ø, 3W 

K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W 

L = 600/347 V, 3Ø, 4W 

S = 400/230 V, 3Ø, 4W 

A B C N G 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 


Surge Current (kA) Enclosure 








MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 


10-Mode SPD 



0 = Standard NEMA 

1/12/3R/4 Steel 

V = NEMA 4X nonmetallic 

S = NEMA 4X stainless steel 

F = NEMA 1 flush mount 

P = NEMA 1 screwcover pullbox 

with extended display on 6ft 

cable for line side mounting 

in SWBD/SWGR 

Example: TPS3C12100XD2 = Type 2 SPD (Default) for a 208/120V application 

with a surge current capacity of 100kA per phase, in a standard NEMA 1/12/3R/4 

enclosure with a surge counter and internal rotary disconnect option. 

When option X, T, or D are NOT selected, include a zero (0) in the field. 




Available in 100 kA, 150 kA, 200 kA & 250 kA only 

Voltage Code 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 

C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 

E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 

K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W 

S = 400/230 V, 3Ø, 4W 





TPS3 L12 


1/12/3R/4 Steel 







in SWBD/SWGR 

Example: TPS3CL12150XD2 = 10 Mode, Type 2 SPD (Default) for a 208/120V 

application with a surge current capacity of 150kA per phase, in a standard NEMA 

1/12/3R/4 enclosure with a surge counter and internal rotary disconnect option. 

When an option is NOT selected, include a zero (0) in the field. 



Selection 

TPS3 12 

Options 


(Default) 

Includes 

UL 1283 EMI/ 

RFI Filters 

0 = Type 1 SD 



D = Internal rotary 

disconnect 

T = Thru-door 

disconnect 

X = Surge 

Counter 

(Standard) 

Options 


(Default) 

Includes 

UL 1283 EMI/ 

RFI Filters 

0 = Type 1 SD 



D = Internal rotary 

disconnect 

T = Thru-door 

disconnect 

X = Surge 

Counter 

(Standard) 

Internal disconnect options and other NEMA ratings may increase enclosure size and weight 

10-16 




Selection 

TPS3 15 and TPS3 L15 (True or Discrete 10-Mode) 

TPS3 15 and TPS3 L15 are UL 1449-4 Type 2 and Optional 

UL 1449 4th Edition surge protective device with a per phase 

surge current capacity that can be increased to 1000 kA 

(TPS3 L15 up to 900 kA). For mission critical or high profile 

applications, the TPS3 L15 is our “True” or “Discrete” 

10-mode style SPD providing the “Just in Case” assurance of 

directly connected L-L MOVs. 

Both TPS3 15 and TPS3 L15 are UL 1283 Listed 

incorporating EMI/RFI or Sine Wave tracking filtering 

designed to condition low energy L-N coupled noise. When 


UL 96A compliance (@ 20 kA I n ). 

Standard monitoring includes protection status indication 

LEDs, audible alarm, and dry contacts. Complete protection 

is intact when the status indicators are illuminated. When 

protection is lost, the status indicator will extinguish, the red 

service light will illuminate, and the dry contacts will change 

state. An optional surge counter is available. 

A new diagnostic feature integrated within the TPS3 15 and 

TPS3 L15 is Ground Integrity Monitoring or (GIM) diagnostic 

indication circuit. Ground Integrity Monitoring or (GIM) 

diagnostics monitors the health of the electrical system’s 

neutral to ground bond. If voltage is seen across neutral and 

ground, the phase indicators will remain illuminated, while the 

red service light begins to flash alerting the end user that the 

electrical system grounding needs to be checked and serviced. 

This feature can be remotely monitored via the dry contact 

outputs. Siemens TPS3s are one of the first in the industry to 

offer this power quality safety and performance indication. 


n UL 1449-4 and UL 1283 Listed 



n TPS3 15: 400 – 1000 kA Per Phase Surge Current 

n TPS3 L15: 600 and 900 kA Phase Surge Current 




(@ 20 kA) 



– Recommended for line side or load side applications 

n Standard NEMA 1/12/3R/04 ANSI 61 steel enclosure 

n TPS3 15 Modes of Protection – L-N, L-G, N-G, and L-L 

n TPS3 L15 Modes of Protection – L-N, L-G, N-G, and L-L 

(directly connected L-L elements) 

n Internal rotary disconnect switch included 

n Standard Monitoring: 

– LED Indicators 

– Ground Integrity Monitoring diagnostics 

– Dry Contacts 

– Audible alarm with silence switch and test button 

n Wire size: #8 AWG to 1/0 

n Dimensions: 20” x 20” x 7” (508 mm x 508 mm x 178 mm) 

n Weight: 64 lb. (29 kg) 



n Thru-door disconnect 

TPS3 15 



Voltage Code 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 

C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 

D = 240 V, 3Ø, 3W 

E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 

F = 480 V, 3Ø, 3W 

G = 600 V, 3Ø, 3W 

K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W 

L = 600/347 V, 3Ø, 4W 

S = 400/230 V, 3Ø, 4W 


40 = 400 kA per phase 

50 = 500 kA per phase 



1K = 1000 kA per phase 

Enclosure 


1/12/3R/4 Steel 







in SWBD/SWGR 

Example: TPS3C1560SX02 = Type 2 SPD (Default) for a 208/120V application 

with a surge current capacity of 600 kA per phase, in a NEMA 4X stainless steel 

enclosure with a surge counter and standard disconnect switch. 




Available in G voltage code only 



A B C N G 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 


MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 

MOVs 


10-Mode SPD 



Voltage Code 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 

C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 

E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 

K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W 

S = 400/230 V, 3Ø, 4W 




TPS3 L15 


1/12/3R/4 Steel 







in SWBD/SWGR 

Example: TPS3CL15600X02 = 10 Mode, Type 2 SPD (Default) for a 208/120V 

application with a surge current capacity of 600 kA per phase, in a standard 

NEMA 1/12/3R/4 enclosure with a surge counter. 




Other NEMA ratings may increase enclosure size and weight. 

Options 


(Default) 

Includes 

UL 1283 EMI/ 

RFI Filters 

0 = Type 1 SD 



T = Thru-door 

disconnect 

X = Surge 

Counter 

(Standard) 

Options 


(Default) 

Includes 

UL 1283 EMI/ 

RFI Filters 

0 = Type 1 SD 



T = Thru-door 

disconnect 

X = Surge 

Counter 

(Standard) 

10 SPD 



Surge Protective Devices 

FAQ 

Frequently Asked Questions 

10 

SPD 

What is a surge protective device or SPD? 

A Surge Protective Device is a device that attenuates 

(reduces in magnitude) random, high energy, short duration 

overvoltages caused by lightning, utilities, switching, etc. 

Such anomalies occur in the form of voltage and current 

spikes with a duration of less than half an ac voltage cycle. 

These high energy power spikes can damage sensitive 

electronic equipment, such as computers, instrumentation, 

and process controllers. 

How do SPDs work? 

Surge Suppressors divert high energy power away from a 

load by providing a lower impedance path to common point 

earth ground. This is similar in concept to pressure relief 

valves that protect water heaters from overpressure. Surge 

suppressors used most often for protection of AC Power have 

metal oxide varistors (MOVs) connected in parallel. 

Where are SPDs installed? 

AC voltage surge suppressors are typically installed in these 

three areas: at a utility service entrance for protection of an 

entire facility, in distribution panelboards and switchboards 

for protection of sensitive downstream loads; connected to 

a wall outlet for individual protection of a specific piece of 

equipment, such as a computer or solid-state controller. 

What is clamping voltage? 

Clamping voltage, also referred to as peak let through or 

suppressed voltage rating, is the amount of voltage a surge 

suppressor permits to pass through it to the attached load 

during a transient event. Clamping voltage is a performance 

measurement of a surge suppressor’s ability to attenuate 

a transient. For example, a surge suppressor might limit a 

6,000V surge so that only 700V is ‘visible’ to the load. The 

Voltage Protection Rating is 700V, commonly called Clamping 

Voltage. This performance value is confirmed by Underwriters 

Laboratories during tests conducted while evaluating a surge 

suppressor for listing. 

What is surge current capacity? 

Surge current capacity is the maximum amount of surge 

current that a surge suppressor can pass for a single transient 

event. This level is used to indicate the protection capacity 

of a particular surge suppressor design, and when specifying 

surge suppressors. For example, in a high exposure 

application with very large transients present from lightning, 

a higher level surge current capacity might be desired. Be 

aware that surges have natural limitations and that larger 

surge current capacity tends to add redundancy rather than 

the implied ability to handle an extremely large surge. For 

example, an entire lightning strike cannot go through wire; it 

is much like trying to put the output from a fire hose through 

a soda straw. Consequently, suppressors do not need to be 

sized for entire lightning strikes. There are valid reasons for 

adding excess surge current capacity for redundancy reasons. 

What types of components make up a SPD? 

The device most commonly used in AC voltage surge 

suppressors are MOVs, a solid-state device made of zinc 

oxide materials. MOVs are voltage sensitive semiconductors, 

which change from high impedance to low impedance when 

sensing an overvoltage condition. MOVs are packaged for 

specific voltages and current handling capacities. Other 

devices (more typically found in DC applications) include single 

junction diodes and gas tubes that ionize at preset voltages. 

What features should be considered when 

selecting SPDs? 

Two important areas to consider during the selection of a 

surge suppressor are performance and safety, and include 

the following criteria: Performance: 1) surge current capacity; 

and 2) clamping voltage. Safety: 1) the individual suppression 

circuit should be fused to clear an inoperative MOV during an 

extreme transient event, and 2) provide overcurrent protection 

for the surge suppressor during a fault condition. 

What surge current capacity is required? 

Surge current capacity is dependent on the application and 

the amount of required protection. The selection of the proper 

surge suppressor is not an exact science and cannot be scientifically 

calculated from a standard algorithm. 

Questions to consider when specifying the proper surge 

current capacity for a surge suppressor include: 

n What is the geographic location of the facility and it’s 

susceptibility to lightning? (For example, Florida is a highlightning 

area; California is a low lightning area.) 

n Is the facility in a rural or urban setting? 

n Is the facility the tallest building around? 

n Is the facility at the end of the utility grid? 

n If it is an existing facility, what is its power quality history? 

Based on the above information, and taking into account the 

cost of protection, the following is a good rule of thumb: a 

surge suppressor with a surge current capacity in the range of 

100kA to 300kA would be used in conjunction with a service 

entrance panelboard or switchboard. A surge suppressor with 

a surge current capacity in the range of 100kA to 200kA would 

be used in conjunction with a downstream panelboard 

10-18 


Panelboards 

SPEEDFAX TM 

Section 


online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 

Circuit 

Breaker 

Lighting 

Panel 

Type P1 

Circuit 

Breaker 

Lighting or 

Distribution 

Panel Types 

P2/P3 

Circuit 

Breaker 

Distribution 

Panel Type 

P4/P5 


Features, Reference Guide & General Specifications 11-2 – 11-8 

Unassembled Panelboards 11-9 – 11-13 

Factory Assembled Panelboard Coding System 11-16 

Factory Assembled Panelboard Pricing 11-17 

Type P1 11-18 – 11-26 

Specifications 11-18 

Main Lug and Main Breaker 11-19 

Branch and Subfeed Breakers 11-20 

Modifications and Additions 11-24 – 11-25 

Enclosure Dimensions 11-26 

Type P2 11-27 – 11-39 


Enclosure Selection/ Dimensions 11-28 – 11-29 

Main Breaker and Subfeed Breakers 11-30 

Branch Breakers 11-31 




Type P3 11-40 – 11-50 


Enclosure Selection/ Dimensions 11-41 

Alternate Main, Branch and Subfeed Breakers 11-42 – 11-43 

Main Lug and Main Breaker 11-44 – 11-45 



3VA Breaker Reference Info used in Panelboards P1 thru P5 11-51 – 11-69 

Type P4 11-70 – 11-83 


Enclosure Selection 11-70 – 11-72 


Main Switch and Alternate Main Breakers 11-74 

Branch Devices – Circuit Breaker and Switch 11-75 – 11-77 



Type P5 11-84 – 11-97 


Enclosure Selection 11-85 


Alternate Main Breaker and Main Switch 11-87 

Branch Breakers 11-88 – 11-89 

Branch Switches 11-90 



Column Type Panelboards 11-98 – 11-101 

Telephone and Equipment Cabinets 11-102 

Panelboard Modifications and Additions 11-103 – 11-105 

Enclosures—Relay Cabinets, NEMA 4X 11-103 

Remote Switches—ASCO, LEN 11-103 

Enclosure, Door, & Trim Modifications 11-104 

Circuit Breaker Accessories & Panel Skirts 11-105 

Coordination Panels 11-106 – 11-113 

11 PANELBOARDS 



Panelboards 


Introduction 

General 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

This generation of panelboards from Siemens offers the 

high level of engineering and innovation you’ve come to 

expect from the leader in power distribution technology. 

The “P Series” line of panelboards offers a stepped approach 

to power distribution. 

Additional strength has been added to an already rugged and 

durable panelboard family. Engineered specifically to provide 

maximum flexibility, the new designs simplify wiring and 

reduce material requirements making them easier to install 

and less costly than competitive products. At the heart of the 

product line is the extensive research and technology found 

among Siemens circuit protection devices – both fusible 

switches and molded case circuit breakers. 

• Sized more like a lighting panel, the P3 packs the power of a 

distribution panel in a space-saving, highly flexible design. 

• The P4 is a mid-sized distribution panel that allows both 

fusible and circuit breaker branch and main devices. 

• The powerful P5 anchors the high end of the series. With 

larger fusible and circuit breaker branch and main devices, 

the venerable P5 delivers maximum power and flexibility to 

larger distribution systems. 

Siemens also offers a number of specialty panels, like column 

panels, SEM3 (Embedded Micro Metering Module TM ), 

Disaggregation Panels (which are California Title-24 compliant), 

and others. Don’t see a panel to meet your requirements? Ask 

your Siemens representative about our custom capabilities. 

The line is anchored by the innovative P1. Featuring the industry’s 

most flexible designs, the P1 virtually eliminates common 

errors, such as feed direction, and main lug versus main breaker. 

Increasing distribution is simplified by the ability to add 

feed-thru lugs. The Revised P1 design introduced in January 

2015 has added Extended Circuits up to 66 and has available 

smaller Enclosures with no Subfeed option for added flexibility 

Subsequent steps in the P Series offer increased capacity and 

more design options: 

• The highly flexible P2 provides options to fit the most 

demanding specifications. 

Key Panelboard Features 

Features Overview 

P Series lighting panel features include Fas-Latch trim, which 

is popular among installers; the jacking screw system, that 

permits adjustments even after wiring has been installed; our 

exclusive split neutral, and more. Many panelboards have the 

capability of mixing and matching breakers of different sizes 

and ratings – or changing from main lug to main breaker, or 

adding subfeed breakers without changing the box size. Other 

models accept a wide range of fuse types, including Siemens 

exclusive Vacu-Break ® technology. 

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 

Lighting And Appliance Applications (Pre 2008 NEC) ● ● ● ● ● 

Power Panelboard Applications — ● ● ● ● 

Convertible From Top Feed To Bottom Feed 

Or Vice Versa 

● — — — — 

Change From Main Lug To Main Breaker Or Add 

Subfeed Without Changing Enclosure Size ● — — — — 

Space-Saving, Horizontally Mounted Main Breaker Up To 250 Amps Up To 250 Amps Up To 250 Amps • • 

Short-Circuit Rating Label Giving Performance Level ● ● ● ● ● 

Standard Aluminum Ground Assembly ● ● ● ● ● 

Blank End-Walls Standard ● ● ● ● ● 

Bolted Current-Carrying Parts ● ● ● ● ● 

Split Neutral ● — ● ● ● 

Connection Accessible From Front ● ● ● ● ● 

Screw-Type Mechanical Lugs ● ● ● ● ● 

Time-Reducing Wing Nuts To Secure Interior 

Without Tools 

● ● ● ● ● 

Main and Branch Devices Connected With Case- 

Hardened Hardware 

● ● ● ● ● 

Flush Lock, Concealed Door Hinges/Trim Screws ● ● ● — — 

Symmetrical Interior Mounting Studs To Eliminate 

Upside-Down Mounting of Box 

● ● ● ● ● 

Interior Height Adjustment For Flush Applications ● ● ● ● ● 

Mix and Match Fusible Switch Circuit Breaker Capability — — — ● ● 

Shallow Depth 5.75" 5.75" 7.75" 10.00" 12.75" 

Accepts A Wide Range Of Fuse Types — — — ● ● 

Accepts Vacu-Break Fusible Switch — — — ● ● 

Accepts A Wide Range Of Circuit Breakers ● ● ● ● ● 

Accepts PDS ACCESS Communications Tie-In — ● ● ● ● 

Optional Compression Lugs ● ● ● ● ● 

• Standard 

KO’s available on P1 and P2 – 5.75" Deep x 20" Wide 

boxes and P3 7.75" deep X 24" wide boxes. 

Panelboards equipped with Siemens Sensitrip 

Circuitbreakers or Power Meters can be integrated into 

SIEMENS PDS ACCESS Electrical Monitoring System. 

For Revised P1, only when Subfeed Space is selected, 

Interior Part Number ends with "T". When "N" is at end 

there is no Subfeed Space available 

11-2 


Panelboards 



General 

Class CTL Panelboards (when applicable) 

Class CTL panelboards incorporate physical features which, in 

conjunction with the physical size, configuration, or other means 

provided in Class CTL circuit breakers, are designed to prevent 

the installation of more over current protective poles than the 

number for which the device is designed and rated, per UL 67 

and National Electrical Code (NEC) NFPA70. 

Service Entrance Equipment 

When a panelboard is used as service entrance equipment, it 

must be located near the point of entrance of building supply 

conductors. In a main lugs only panel, the number of breakers 

or switches directly connected to the main bus must be limited 

to six. In a panel having a main breaker or main switch, the 

number of circuits are not limited except as may be provided 

under other panelboard requirements, i.e., lighting and 

appliance branch circuit panelboards. Also, panels must include 

a connector for bonding and grounding the neutral conductor. 

UL67 requires Service Entrance Barriers for all Panels used for 

Service Entrance. Siemens includes these barriers in all Factory 

assembled panels and also has available Field Installable kits 

when needed. 

Panelboard Code Data (where applicable) 

Lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboards were included 

in editions of the National Electrical Code prior to 2008. The 

NEC no longer distinguishes between lighting and appliance 

panelboards and power panelboards; therefore, eliminating the 

42 circuit branch circuit limitation. Adoption of this code vary by 

a state or local jurisdiction. Consult the local code authorities to 

determine if this has been adopted in that area. 

Integrated Equipment Short Circuit Rating 

The term “Integrated Equipment Short Circuit Rating” refers 

to the application of series connected circuit breakers in a 

combination that allows some breakers to have lower individual 

interrupting ratings than the available fault current. This is 

permitted as long as the series combination has been tested 

and certified by UL. 

Standards 

NEC: 2014 (where accepted) 

NEMA: PB1.1 

UL: 67, 50 and 50E. Listed by Underwriter’s Laboratories, 

Inc., under “Panelboards” File #E2269, and #E4016. 

Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c. 

Wire Connectors 

Standard wire connectors in Siemens panels are suitable for 

copper or aluminum cables rated 60/75 degree. Copper main 

lugs are a price-added option for most panel types and some 

Circuit Breakers (check with Siemens sales for availability). It 

should be noted that most copper lugs will only accept copper 

cables. Some applications, 100% rated devices in particular, 

require that the cable and connectors be rated 90 degree but 

are sized to the 75 degree tables. 

Standard ground connectors are also suitable for copper or 

aluminum wire. Ground connector assemblies (EGK, IGK) have 

(6) 1/0 max. and (15) #6 max. connections. The 1/0 holes are 

capable of connecting up (3) #10 max. wires. The #6 holes 

can accept up to (2) #12 max. wires. Copper ground 

assemblies (ECGK, ICGK) are rated for copper wire only and 

have the same wiring capacity as the Al/Cu connectors. 

Standard neutrals, like standard main lugs, are also rated for 

copper or aluminum wire. The neutral cross bar material follows 

the selection bus. Copper neutral lugs are rated for copper 

cable only and available as a price added option. 

Lug Data 

Space Required for Mounting of Double Panels 

Wall Wall 

Shown mounted in wall 

Shown mounted on surface of wall 

Use two or more panelboards with feed-thru or subfeed lugs 

when: 

1. Lighting and appliance panelboards are required with more 

than 42 circuits in areas where the zone code has not been 

accepted. 

2. More circuit mounting space is required than is provided in 

the largest box size 

Feed-Thru Lugs 

Fig. G-1 Fig. G-2 

Subfeed Lugs or Double Lug 

Feed-thru lugs are mounted at the opposite end of the main 

bus from the main lugs or main breaker and are used to connect 

two or more panelboards to the incoming feeder. The 

feeder cables are brought into Panelboard 1 and connected to 

the main lugs or main breaker. Cables interconnecting the two 

panelboards are connected to the feed-thru lugs in Panelboard1 

and are carried over the main lugs in Panelboard 2. This arrangement 

could be reversed with the main lugs located at the top 

and the feed-thru lugs at the bottom of the panel. 

Subfeed lugs are mounted directly beside the main incoming 

lugs and are used to connect two or more panelboards 

to the incoming feeder. The feeder cables are brought into 

Panelboard 1 and connected to the main lugs. Another set of 

cables that are the same size are connected to the subfeed 

lugs of Panelboard 1 and are carried over the main lugs of 

Panelboard 2. 

Note: P1 panelboards do not have subfeed lugs available. 

If this configuration is needed, move to a P2 or P3 

panelboard. 



Panelboards 



General 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Bussing Sequence 

Interiors are designed to accommodate 

top or bottom feed. Regardless of 

which is specified, the uppermost pole 

is always on “A” phase; the second 

pole down is always on “B” phase, and 

the third pole down is always on ”C” 

phase (assuming 3Ø panel). 

As standard, branch breakers shall be 

mounted at the top of the panel with 

“spaces” at the bottom, regardless of 

the direction panel is fed. 

All breakers have bolted connections 

except plug-in type. The panel design 

provides bracing up to 200,000A IR UL 

short circuit rating. Case-hardened, high 

performance, thread rolling screws are 

used on branch bus. 

Circuit Breaker Lighting 

Panel Type P1 

Circuit Breaker Lighting or 

Distribution Panel Types P2/P3 

Circuit Breaker Distribution 

Panel Type P4/P5 

Fusible Switch Distribution 

Panel Type P4/P5 

Panelboard Ratings (Updated June 2014 with release of Revised P1 design) 

Description P1 Revised P2 P3 P4 P5 

Max. Voltage 480Y/277V AC Max. 600V AC Max. 

600V AC Max. 

600V AC Max. 600V AC Max. 

600Y/347V AC 

250V DC Max. 

250V DC Max. 

250V DC Max. 250V DC Max. 

System 

Mains 

Main Lugs 

Main Breaker 

Main Switch 

Circuits 

1-Phase, 2-wire 




125A-400A 

100A-400A 

— 

18, 30, 42, 54, 66 (250A) 

30, 42, 54, 66 (400A) 





125A-600A 

100A-600A 

— 





250A-800A 

225A-600A 

— 




400A-1200A 

400A-800A 

— 

18, 30, 42, 54, 66 

— — — 

78, 90 

Branch Ratings 15-125A 15-400A 15-400A 15-800A MCCB 

30-200A Fusible 

Branch 

Disconnect 

Devices 

Subfeed 

Circuit 

Breakers 

Enclosure 

Heights 

Inches – (mm) 

Standard 

Trims 

BL, BLH, HBL, BQD, BL, BLH, HBL, BQD, BQD6 , QJ2 , 

BQD6 , BLE, BLEH, QJH2 , QJ2H , QR2 , QRH2 , 

BLF2, BLHF2, HBLF2, HQR2 , HQR2H , ED4, HED4, 

BLFB, BLHFB, BAF2, HHED6, ED6, BLE, BLEH, BLF2, 

BAFH2, HBAF2, BGL, BLHF2, HBLF2, BLFB, BLHFB, BAF2, 

NGB , HGB , LGB BAFH2, HBAF2, BGL, NGB, HGB, 

LGB, NGB2, HGB2, LGB2 

ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6, 

QJ2, QJH2, QJ2H, QR2, 

QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H, 

FD6, HFD6, FXD6, HFXD6 

26, 32, 38, 44, 50, 56 

@250A (660, 813, 965, 

1118, 1270, 1422) 

56, 62, 68, 74 @400A 

(1422, 1575, 1727, 1880) 

Fas-Latch – 1 Piece 

Surface or Flush 

JD6, HJD6, 

JXD6, HJXD6, 

FD6, HFD6, 

FXD6, HFXD6 

26, 32, 38, 44, 50, 56, 

62, 68, 74 

(660-1880) 



BL, BLH, HBL, BQD, BQD6 , 

QJ2 , QJH2 , QJ2H , QR2 , 

QRH2 , HQR2 , HQR2H , 

ED4, HED4, HHED6, ED6, 

BLHF, BAF2, BAFH2, HBAF2, 

BGL, NGB, HGB, LGB, NGB2, 

HGB2, LGB2 

JD6, HJD6, 

JXD6, 

FD6, HFD6, 

FXD6, HFXD6 

56, 62, 68, 74, 80 

(1422-2032) 



All 15-600A 

MCCBs, 

VL MG at 800A 

and 30-200A VB 

switches 

— — 

60, 75, 90 

(1524, 1905, 

2286) 

Four Piece 





800A-1200A 

800A-1200A 

200A-1200A 

15-1200A MCCB 

30-1200 Fusible 

All 15-1200A 

MCCBs, 30-600A 

VB switches and 

400-1200A HCP 

switches 

60, 75, 90 

(1524, 1905, 2286) 

Four Piece 


Functional pricing is based on circuits shown. However, the 

panel can be figured with less circuits. 

P1 can have max. 1 subfeed breaker when Subfeed Space is 

available. P2 and P3 can have up to (2) FD subfeed breakers. 

JD and FD breakers are mounted vertical. Limitations apply. 

Trim ring provided for flush applications. 

A maximum of (4) QJ/QR breakers may be mounted 

in a P2 Panel and are single mounted. 

A maximum of (6) QJ/QR breakers may be mounted 

in a P3 panel and are twin mounted. 

P1 panels with xGB breakers are limited to xGB branch 

devices only. BL and BQD frames may not be mixed in 

this panel type. 

Factory assembled P1 has capability of 600Y/347V AC 

system when the proper breakers are selected. 

BQD6 is not UL Listed. Only for CUL and CSA panels. 

11-4 


Panelboards 



General 

Typical Panelboard Modifications 

Description 

Box 

Type 1 

Lighting and Distribution Panelboards 

Distribution Panelboards 

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 

Standard 

(20" W) 

Standard 

(20" W) 

Standard 

(24" W) 

Standard 

Standard 

Type 1 Enclosure with Hood ● ● ● ● ● 

Type 1 w/Gasket between box and front ● ● ● — — 

Type 2 Enclosure - Drip Tight (this is not available) — — — — — 

Type 3R/12 ● ● ● ● ● 

Type 4, 4X (size varies by type/material) ● ● ● ● ● 

Wider Box (check w/factory for custom options not shown) ● (24”W) ● (24”W) ● (custom) ● (custom) ● (custom) 

Deeper Box (check w/factory for custom options not shown) ● (7.75"D) ● (7.75”D) ● (custom) ● (custom) ● (custom) 


Front – NEMA Type 1 only 

Front with Door Standard Standard Standard ● ● 

4-piece Front — — — Standard Standard 

4-piece Front w/Hinged Gutter Covers — — — ● ● 

Hinged-to-Box Front/Screw-to-Box Front ● ● ● (see Door-in-Door) (see Door-in-Door) 

Door-in-Door Front ● ● ● ● ● 

Common Front (custom - multi section applications) ● (custom) ● (custom) ● (custom) — — 

Special Locks ● (custom) ● (custom) ● (custom) ● (custom) ● (custom) 

Nameplate (mounting provisions provided as Std - P1/P2/P3) 

- Nameplate text is configured in COMPAS with limitations. 

● ● ● ● ● 

Interior 

Aluminum Equipment Ground Bar Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard 

Copper Equipment Ground Bar ● ● ● ● ● 

Insulated Equipment Ground (CU or AL) ● ● ● ● ● 

Subfeed Lugs (see page 11-33 or 11-46) — ● ● ● ● 

Feed-Thru Lugs ● ● ● ● ● 

Split Bus — ● ● ● ● 

Compression Lugs ● ● ● ● ● 

Copper Lugs ● ● ● ● ● 

200% Neutral ● ● ● 400 - 600A 400 - 600A 

Temperature Rated - Aluminum1 Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard 

Temperature Rated - Copper 1 ● ● ● ● ● 

750 Ampere / in. - Aluminum — ● ● ● ● 

1000 Ampere / in. - Copper — ● ● ● ● 

Copper Plating 

Tin 

Tin Std./ Tin Std./ 

Silver Opt. Silver Opt. 

Silver 

Silver 

Remote Control Switches 

External 

Mounted 

● ● ● ● 

Time Clocks 

External 

Mounted 

● ● ● ● 

Circuit Breaker Shunt Trips ● ● ● ● ● 

R, J and T Fuse Clips — — — ● ● 

All aluminum bus is tin-plated. ● Available as an option. — Not Available 

UL Fuse Classes a 

Interrupting 

Class Amperes Volts Ratings (kA) l 2 t, l i Circuits 

H 1-600 250 and 600V or less AC 10 — Less than 10,000A Available 

K5 b 1-600 250 and 600V or less AC 100 l•t – RK5 up to 100A, Feeder circuits 

l i – RK5 up to 100A 

J 1-600 600V or less 200 l•t – Low, l i – Low Feeder circuits (motor load small %) 

RK1 1/10-600 600V or less and 250V or less 200 l•t – Slightly > J, l i – Slightly > J Feeder circuits (motor load small %) 

RK5 1/10-600 600V or less and 250V or less 200 l•t – > RK-1, l i – > RK-1 Motor starting currents a factor 

T 1-800, 300 and 600V or less AC To 200 l•t – Low, l i – Low Non-Motor loads 

1-1200 

L 601-1200 600V or less 200 l•t – Low, l i – Low Mains, feeder circuits 

a Per UL 67. 

b Fuses do not prohibit the use of Class H type fuse in switch. 


Panelboards 

Trim / Front 


Dimensions 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Standard Trim (FAS-Latch) Typical Dimensions 

(Hinges available as shown on right side only) 

(Typical 14 Gauge Steel construction or UL approved equivalent) 

Standard Trim (FAS-Latch) 

(14 Gauge Standard - no options) 

(UPB includes surface or flush versions 

of this style in chart on page 14. Other 

special fronts below may not be part of 

the UPB program.) 

Surface Flush 

Box Size A A 

# of 

Hinges 

26 26 27.5 2 

32 32 33.5 2 

38 38 39.5 2 

44 44 45.5 3 

50 50 51.5 3 

Surface Flush 

Box Size A A 

# of 

Hinges 

56 56 57.5 3 

62 62 63.5 3 

68 68 69.5 3 

74 74 75.5 3 

Material: 

• HRPO Steel painted ANSI 61 Light 

Grey is standard. 

• 304 Stainless available with limited 

piano hinge options. 

Also available 

• Screw to Box Trim 

(14 Gauge Std./12 Gauge & 10 Gauge 

Optional) 

• Piano Hinge Trim 

(14 Gauge Std./12 Gauge Optional) 

a) Screw to box with 

Piano Hinge Door 

b) Hinge to Box with Piano Hinge 

and Piano Hinge Door 

c) Door-in-Door with Piano Hinge, 

Both Doors 

Door in Door Front 

(14 Gauge Standard /12 Gauge 

& 10 Gauge optional) 

Hinged to Box Front 

(14 Gauge Standard /12 Gauge 

& 10 Gauge optional) 

11-6 


Panelboards 

Special Enclosures 


Options 


NEMA 3R/12 Enclosures 

(Sizes vary by construction) 

NEMA 4 Enclosures/ 

NEMA 4X Enclosures 

(Sizes vary by construction) 

“P” Series Panelboard Family for Lighting and 

Appliance and Distribution Panel Applications 

Type 1 Front Styles available with material, lock and hinge options. d 

Push-In Panel Locks - Availability for Front/Door by Gauge c 

Note: Some Styles of fronts are not available in all Gauges shown (GA). 

Front/Door 

Thickness 

Replacement kit # 

(where available) 

and Reference 

Material # 

0.178 max (16-14 GA) Cat # LPLOCK01A a 

ref 11-1895-01 

0.208 max (12 GA) Cat # LPLOCK02A a 

ref 11-1895-02 

0.238 max (10 GA) Cat # LPLOCK03A a 

ref 11-1895-03 

This lock is 

Keyed For 

standard lock 

- keyed for B363A 

standard lock 


standard lock 


FAS-Latch (16 

Gauge) 

STB (Screw-to-Box) 

HTB (Hinged Front) 

DND (Door-in-Door) 

STB w/Piano Hinge 

Door 

HTB w/Piano Hinge 

2 places 

DND w/Piano Hinge 

2 places 

STB 304 Stainless 

w/Piano Hinge Door 

20" & 24" wide only 

HTB 304 Stainless 

w/Piano Hinge 2 

places 20" & 24" 

wide only 

std std std std std std std std std std 

n/a opt opt opt opt opt opt n/a n/a n/a 

n/a opt opt opt n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 

0.178 max (16-14 GA) Cat # tbd a ref tbd standard latch 

* * * * * * * * * * 

- no key provision 

Special Keyed Locks b below: (Contact Customer Support if needed) 

Front/Door Thickness Ref. Material Number b This lock is Keyed For e 

0.178 max (16-14 GA) 11-1896-01 Yale LL803 / GE 75 

(Corbin TEY) 

opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt 

0.178 max (16-14 GA) 11-1896-02 Yale LL806 opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt 

0.178 max (16-14 GA) 11-1896-03 Corbin TEU1 opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt 

0.178 max (16-14 GA) 11-1896-04 Corbin CAT 60 opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt 

0.178 max (16-14 GA) 11-1896-05 National C413A opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt 

0.208 max (12 GA) 11-1896-06 Yale LL803 / GE 75 n/a opt opt opt opt opt opt n/a n/a n/a 

(Corbin TEY) 

0.208 max (12 GA) 11-1896-07 Yale LL806 n/a opt opt opt opt opt opt n/a n/a n/a 

0.208 max (12 GA) 11-1896-08 Corbin TEU1 n/a opt opt opt opt opt opt n/a n/a n/a 

0.208 max (12 GA) 11-1896-09 Corbin CAT 60 n/a opt opt opt opt opt opt n/a n/a n/a 

0.208 max (12 GA) 11-1896-10 National C413A n/a opt opt opt opt opt opt n/a n/a n/a 

0.238 max (10 GA) 11-1896-11 Yale LL803 / GE 75 n/a opt opt opt n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 

(Corbin TEY) 

0.238 max (10 GA) 11-1896-12 Yale LL806 n/a opt opt opt n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 

0.238 max (10 GA) 11-1896-13 Corbin TEU1 n/a opt opt opt n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 

0.238 max (10 GA) 11-1896-14 Corbin CAT 60 n/a opt opt opt n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 

0.238 max (10 GA) 11-1896-15 National C413A n/a opt opt opt n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 

DND 304 Stainless 

w/Piano Hinge 2 

places 20" & 24" 

wide only 

Comments 

be 

be 

be 

be 

be 

be 

be 

be 

be 

be 

be 

be 

be 

be 

be 

a Lock kits include one replacement lock with 2 keys 

#B363A 

b See Contact list below or Contact Customer Support 

for re-ordering special keyed locks as needed. 

c The lock options for Yale 511, BEST, Corbin 15751 and 

Corbin 15757 CANNOT be used in 12GA and 10GA 

fronts, or with any 304 Stainless Steel Fronts. 

d Factory has final determination on whether combinations 

of non-standard features are available. Contact 

Customer Support for complex front configurations. 

e The factory does not stock keys for these 

locks. It’s the customer’s responsibility to 

obtain it from outside sources. See contact 

info for special keys below. 

f Nema 3R/12, Nema4, Nema4X SS, Nema 

4X non-metallic Enclosures cannot be 

used with the fas-latch lock assy. 

g Consult Factory or Customer Support for 

any other special lock requirements. 

Contacts for Special Keys: 

National C413A Go to this website: http://compx.com/distcsp.html 

==> then lookup a distributor in 

your area to get keys. Or call 864-297-6655 

Corbin TEU1 or 

CAT 60 

Yale LL803 / GE 

75 (Corbin TEY) 

Contact your local distributor 

for special keys 

Contact your local distributor 

for special keys 


Panelboards 

Features / Benefits 

Reference 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

The standard Siemens P1 panelboard has some unique features that make it easier to design for an engineer, easier to 

reconfigure in the field for a contractor, and easier to upgrade and maintain for the Owner. The P1 is the smallest panel in the 

Siemens lineup, with bus sizes up to 400A. What makes it different is the split neutral design and the open ended bus. In the 

Siemens panel, instead of the common single neutral bus on one end, we have a neutral bus on both sides that is cross-bussed. 

This makes branch wiring simpler and cleaner – the lead lengths for line and neutral can now be made nearly the same, creating 

more room and a neater installation. It also allows access to both ends of the bus as a standard feature – this provides the 

flexibility to make changes in the field, even if it wasn’t part of the original configuration. New Revised P1 introduced in 2015 

has extended circuits up to 66 available and also non-feed thru versions are available, without the Subfeed Space, in a 6'' smaller 

enclosure. 

MAIN BREAKER or SUB-FEED BREAKER 

MAIN LUGS or FEED-THROUGH LUGS 

INTEGRAL BUS MOUNTED SPD 

The following can be done to a standard P1 panelboard in the field with no modifications: 

b Change from top fed to bottom fed 

b Add feed-through lugs 

b Add an Integral bus-mounted SPD 

b Add a sub feed breaker up to 250 amps 

b Change from Main Lugs to Main Breaker 

b Change from Main Breaker to Main Lugs 

b Panel may have up to two ground assemblies. Options are: (a) standard aluminum, (b) optional copper, or (c) optional insulated/ 

isolated aluminum or copper. Mounting provisions in opposing corners of the box are standard. Any of these options may be 

added after installation. 

Only when Subfeed Space is selected/available. 

11-8 


Panelboards 


Unassembled 

Reference 

Type P1 unassembled panelboards are 

completely convertible from main lug 

to main breaker and vice-versa. 

Additionally, feed-thru lugs up to 400 

ampere or subfeed circuit breakers up 

to 250 ampere can be added without 

increasing the box height for Revised 

P1 with “T” suffix, see the chart. 

1. When BL / BQD or GB Main Breaker 

is chosen as back-fed in unit space, 

the Main Breaker will use 2 or 3 positions 

of unit space and will reduce 

usable branch circuit space. 

2. List catalog number and price of 

interior, box and front. 

3. Select main lug kit or main breaker 

kit from appropriate tables. 

Note: Main/Subfeed Breaker 

mounting kits may be ordered with 

or without breakers included, see 

page 11-11 and 11-12 for selection. 

4. List required branch circuit 

breakers and filler plates to cover 

any unused positions. 

5. Select any modifications 

or accessories. 


Note: Revised P1 was introduced in 2015. All original P1 devices do not include the "Subfeed Space" Indicator. 

All original P1 included the Subfeed Space as standard. 

P 1 X 1 8 M C 2 5 0 A T 

Type of Panel 

P1 

Voltage and System 

X = 208Y/120, 3-Phase 4-Wire (C for Factory Assembled) 

A = 120/240V, 1-Phase 3-Wire 

E = 480Y/277V, 3-Phase 4-Wire 

7 = xGB interior, 480Y/277V, 3-Phase 4-Wire 

Circuits 

18, 30, 42, 54* (*Revised P1 only) 

Mains MC = Convertible mains 

Select Main Lug Kit or Breaker Mounting Kit from pages 11-11 or 11-12 

Amperage 

400A max (typically 250A or 400A) d 

Main Bus Material 

A = Aluminum 

C = Copper 

Subfeed Space Indicator (for Revised P1 only) 

T = Subfeed Space Included 

Note: Standard bussing in P1 panels is tin plated for aluminum and copper. 

Standard bus is temperature rated to the maximum amperage in the panel. 

Branch Breakers 

Panel Type Voltage (Max.) Breaker Type Additional Information 

P1, Revised P1 480 / 277 BQD, NGB, HGB, LGB, 

See Page 11-13 

240 BL, BLH, HBL, BQD, NGB, HGB, LGB 

600 / 347 BQDG , NGB, HGB, LGB 

a Consult sales office for availability of CSA. 

See Speedfax for additional information. 

600/347V options are not available in a UPB panel – see factory assembled section. 

d P1 panels use either 250A rated bus or 400A rated bus, regardless of the Main Breaker installed (or) MLO Amp rating chosen. 

Panels with 250A bus can have up to 250A Main Breaker or Main Lugs. Panels with 400A bus can have up to 400A Main Breaker or Main Lugs. 


Panelboards 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Distributor Stock – Type P1 Panelboards 

Pricing An Unassembled Panel 

400A Max. — 20" Wide x 5.75" Deep 

1. Choose the appropriate Interior from the table 

below. 

2. Choose the Main Device: Main Lugs from 

page 11-11, Main Breaker Kit from pages 11-11 

to 11-12 and Main Breakers from Section 7. 

3. Choose Branch Breakers. BL, BQD and xGB 

breakers from Section 7. 

4. Choose Feed-Thru Lugs or Subfeed Breaker 

Kit from pages 11-11 to 11-12 and Subfeed 

Breaker from Section 7. 

Selection 

Type P1 Unassembled Panelboards (Revised P1 introduced 2014) 

Amps 

Max. # 

of Poles 

Original Interior 


Revised P1 

Interior 


Convertible Mains — 1-Phase, 3-Wire 120/240V 

a Front included in NEMA 3R and 3R/12 Box. 

The New Revised P1 (18 circuit 250A only) is limited to 100A 

per connection (200A per pair) when installing Branch Breakers 

Box 

Size 

Type 1 

Encl. 

Type 1 

Type 3R/12 Front 

Encl. Surface 

Type1 

Front 

Flush 

18 P1A18MC250A P1A18MC250AT 32 B32 WP32 S32B F32B 

250 



54 P1A54MC250AT 50 B50 WP50 S50B F50B 

18 P1A18MC400A — — — — — — 

400 



54 P1A54MC400AT 74 B74 WP74 S74B F74B 

18 P1A18MC250C P1A18MC250CT 32 B32 WP32 S32B F32B 

250 



54 P1A54MC250CT 50 B50 WP50 S50B F50B 

18 P1A18MC400C — — — — — — 

400 



54 P1A54MC400CT 74 B74 WP74 S74B F74B 

Convertible Mains — 3-Phase, 4-Wire 208Y/120V 

18 P1X18MC250A P1X18MC250AT 32 B32 WP32 S32B F32B 

250 



54 P1X54MC250AT 50 B50 WP50 S50B F50B 

18 P1X18MC400A — — — — — — 

400 



54 P1X54MC400AT 74 B74 WP74 S74B F74B 

18 P1X18MC250C P1X18MC250CT 32 B32 WP32 S32B F32B 

250 



54 P1X54MC250CT 50 B50 WP50 S50B F50B 

18 P1X18MC400C — — — — — — 

400 



54 P1X54MC400CT 74 B74 WP74 S74B F74B 

Convertible Mains — 3-Phase, 4-Wire 480Y/277V 

18 P1E18MC250A P1E18MC250AT 32 B32 WP32 S32B F32B 

250 



54 P1E54MC250AT 50 B50 WP50 S50B F50B 

18 P1E18MC400A — — — — — — 

400 



54 P1E54MC400AT 74 B74 WP74 S74B F74B 

18 P1E18MC250C P1E18MC250CT 32 B32 WP32 S32B F32B 

250 



54 P1E54MC250CT 50 B50 WP50 S50B F50B 

18 P1E18MC400C — — — — — — 

400 



54 P1E54MC400CT 74 B74 WP74 S74B F74B 

Interiors for xGB Breakers — 3-Phase, 4-Wire 480Y/277V 

18 P1718MC250A P1718MC250AT 32 B32 WP32 S32B F32B 

250 



54 P1754MC250AT 50 B50 WP50 S50B F50B 

18 P1718MC400A — — — — — — 

400 



54 P1754MC400AT 74 B74 WP74 S74B F74B 

18 P1718MC250C P1718MC250CT 32 B32 WP32 S32B F32B 

250 



54 P1754MC250CT 50 B50 WP50 S50B F50B 

18 P1718MC400C — — — — — — 

400 



54 P1754MC400CT 74 B74 WP74 S74B F74B 

across from one another. All other configurations allow 125A 

per connection max. (250A per pair max.) 

42 circuit with Back-fed Main 

54 circuit 400A 

11-10 


Product Category: UNPB

Panelboards 

Distributor Stock – Type P1 Panelboards 


Selection 

Lug Kits — Main or Feed Thru 

Amp 

Rating 

250 

400 

Mat. 

AL 

CU 

AL 

CU 

400 AL 

Wire Range 

(includes Neutral) 

(1) #6 AWG- 

350 kcmil (CU or AL) 

(1) #6 AWG- 

350 kcmil (CU) 

(2) 1/0 - 250 kcmil 

or (1) #2 AWG-600 kcmil 

(2) 1/0 - 4/0 

or (1) 1/0 - 600 kcmil 

(1) AL 1/0-750 kcmil 

(2) AL/CU 250kcmil max. 

[max.(1) 600 kcmil CU wire] 

Service 

Original P1 

Catalog No. 

Revised P1 

Catalog No. 

1 Phase MLKA1 MLKA1A 


1 Phase MLKC1 MLKC1A 


1 Phase 4MLKA1 4MLKA1A 


1 Phase 4MLKC1 4MLKC1A 


1 Phase – 4MLKA1B 

3 Phase – 4MLKA3B 

MBKQJ3A 

MBKFD3A 


Breaker Mounting Kits — Main or Subfeed w/o Breaker 

Ampere 

Rating Breaker Types Service 

Original P1 

Catalog No. 

Revised P1 

Catalog No. b 

100A BL, BLH, HBL 1-Phase MBKBL1 MBKBL1A 

3-Phase MBKBL3 MBKBL3A 

100A BQD 

— 

1-Phase 

125A NGB, HGB, LGB MBKNB1 

MBKBC1NBA 

100A BQD 

MBKBC3 

3-Phase 


MBKBC3NBA 

125A ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6 1-Phase MBKED1 MBKED1A 

3-Phase MBKED3 MBKED3A 

225A QJ2, QJH2, QJ2H 1-Phase MBKQJ1 MBKQJ1A 

3-Phase MBKQJ3 MBKQJ3A 

225A QR2, QRH2, HQR2, 1-Phase MBKQR1 MBKQR1A 

HQR2H 

3-Phase MBKQR3 MBKQR3A 

250A FXD6, FD6, HFD6, 1-Phase MBKFD1 MBKFD1A 

HFXD6 

3-Phase MBKFD3 MBKFD3A 

400A a JXD2, JD6, JXD6, 1-Phase MBKJD1 MBKJD1A 

HJD6, HJXD6 

3-Phase MBKJD3 MBKJD3A 

a400 amp kit is for main only — not allowed for subfeed breaker. 

MBKBFA kit is available to mount BL/BQD/xGB 2-pole or 3-pole in unit space as a "Back-Fed 

Main". This occupies branch space and reduces circuit count by 2 or 3 positions. (includes 

Neutral Lug, "MAIN" label and instructions). 

Although QR is rated 250A, it is limited to 225A in panelboard. 

Copper Neutral Lug Kits — 250A 

No.of 

Original P1 Revised P1 

Circuits Description 

Catalog No. Catalog No. 

18 

CNKL18 Use 30 ckt kit 

30 2 or 4 Branch Neutral Strips, CNKL30 CNLK30A 

42 1 Main Neutral Lug, Hardware CNKL42 CNLK42A 

54, 66 — CNLK54A 

2/0 Neutral Lug Kits — 250A and 400A 

18 

— Use 30 ckt kit 

30 2 or 4 Branch Neutral Strips, — LNLK30A 

42 Hardware 

— LNLK42A 

54, 66 — LNLK54A 

200% Neutral Lug Kits/250A 

18 

2NLK18 Use 30 ckt kit 

30 2 or 4 Branch Neutral Strips, 2NLK30 2NLK30A 

42 2 Main Neutral Lugs, Hardware 2NLK42 2NLK42A 

54, 66 — 2NLK54A 

200% Neutral Lug Kits/400A 

18 

42NLK18 Use 30 ckt kit 

30 

2 or 4 Branch Neutral Strips, 

42NLK30 42NLK30A 

1 Main 600MCM Neutral Lug, 

42 

Hardware 

42NLK42 42NLK42A 

54, 66 — 42NLK54A 

NOTES: 

a Original P1 kits will not work with Revised P1 interiors if the chart shows different part numbers for each. 

Revised P1 kits will not work with Original P1 interiors if the chart shows different part numbers for each. 

Field installable Service Entrance Barrier kits are now available as required by UL67 (In COMPAS, you 

must select Service Entrance Required). 

Miscellaneous Parts and Accessories 

Catalog # Description 

BK1 

Bonding Kit for 400A max. Original P1 Panels 

BK1A 

Bonding Kit for 400A max. Revised P1 Panels 

BK2 Bonding kit for S1/S2 400 & 600 

BK3 

Bonding kit for S3 Panel 

IMK1 

Interior Adjusting Kit 

LPDC01 Directory Card (Pack of 10; ref. 12-1110-01) 

LPDC02 Directory Card Holder (Pack of 10; ref. 11-1824-01) 

MCHK 

Metal Card Holder Kit 

NBK03 

Number Strips 1–42. Stick-on type (P1 Panels only) 

NBK04 


NBK05 


NBK06 


EGK 

AL Ground Bus 44 Connections 

ECGK 

CU Ground Bus 44 Connections 

IGK 

Insulated AL Ground Bus 

ICGK 

Insulated CU Ground Bus 

SEBKRP1V1 c FD, QJ, QR Service Entrance Barrier Kit (Revised P1) 

SEBKRP1V2 c ED Service Entrance Barrier Kit (Revised P1) 

SEBKRP1V3 c BL/BQD Service Entrance Barrier Kit (Revised P1) back-fed 

SEBKRP1V4 c xGB Service Entrance Barrier Kit (Revised P1) back-fed 

SEBKRP1V5 c BL/BQD/xGB Service Entrance Barrier Kit (RP1 in main 

space) 

SEBKP1P2P3V1 c JD, LD Service Entrance Barrier Kit (RP1, P1, P2, P3) 

EWK1 

End Wall Kit with Knockouts (20" W x 5.75" DP) 

EWK2 


EBF1 

NEB/HEB Filler Plate 

P1SCRWS Package of 42 breaker mounting screws for P1 

1" Branch circuit filler plate (used for BL/BQD/xGB/ 

DFFP1 

xGB2/ED blank positions) (suitable for replacing QF3 

in P1 thru P5 Panelboards and Switchboards) 

P1CONBPHCU Connector kit – 6 pcs. B-phase Copper 

P1CONBPHAL Connector kit – 6 pcs. B-phase Aluminum 

P1CONACPHCU d Connector kit – 6 pcs. A or C-phase Copper 

MBKQRFK 

P1/Revised P1 Filler for 1PH/3PH QR. Horizontal 

mount only. 

ANSI/NEMA General Instructions for Proper Installation, 

Operation, and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 

PB 1.1-2013 

600 Volts or Less (O&M Manual) 

a Replacement parts only. 

PDF can be downloaded (at no cost) and printed at this location: 

www.nema.org/standards/pages/Panelboards.aspx (ref. Material #11-1056-01) 

c Factory installed and Field installable Service Entrance Barrier kits are now available 

as required by UL67. (In COMPAS, you must select Service Entrance Required.) 

d Use for both CU and AL bus interiors. 

Product Category UNPB 


Panelboards 

Warehouse Stock/Unassembled – Type P1 Panelboards 


Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Main Breaker Mounting Kits with Breakers for P1 Panels 

(250A and lower can be used as subfeed kits also) 

Original P1 Catalog No. 

(QJ/QR type listed where 

applicable) 

Revised P1 Catalog No. 

(QJ/QR type listed where 

applicable) 

Description 

Ratings 

MBKED3100 MBKED3100A Kit w/3-pole ED4 100A breaker 65KA 18KA 

MBKED3125 MBKED3125A Kit w/3-pole ED4 125A breaker 65KA 18KA 

MBKQR1 plus breaker MBKQR1125A Kit w/2-pole QR2 125A breaker 10KA — 










MBKQR1 plus breaker MBKQR1125HA Kit w/2-pole HQR2 125A breaker 65KA — 










MBKFD3150 MBKFD3150A Kit w/3-pole FXD6 150A breaker 65KA 35KA 





MBKJD1300 MBKJD1300A Kit w/2-pole JXD6 300A breaker 65KA 35KA 




MBKJD12300 MBKJD12300A Kit w/2-pole JXD2 300A breaker 65KA – 




240V 

480V 

Branch Breakers 

Selection for P1 

a Kits are for Main only. New “Revised P1” kits can be used for either top feed or bottom feed. 

NOTE: "Revised P1" Kits above only work for interior numbers ending in "T" or "N". Use "Original P1" kits for all others. 

Selection Guide 

1. Select breaker type. 

2. Select required 

amperage. 

3. Select number of 

poles. 

4. Select branch breaker 

catalog numbers. 

5. Select ground bar and 

filler plates. 

(See replacement 

parts & accessories 

on Page 11-11.) 

300A Main installed. 

These Revised P1 kits 

can now be used as top 

or bottom feed. 

11-12 


Product Category UNPB

Panelboards 

Warehouse Stock/Unassembled 


Selection 

Branch Breakers Selection for P1 

BL Family Circuit Breakers 

Amp 


Ratings 120V 240/120V 240V 240V 

Type BL - 10,000A IR a 

15 B115 B215 B215R B315 

20 B120 B220 B220R B320 

25 B125 B225 B225R B325 

30 B130 B230 B230R B330 

35 B135 B235 B235R B335 

40 B140 B240 B240R B340 

45 B145 B245 B245R B345 

50 B150 B250 B250R B350 

55 B155 — — — 

60 B160 B260 — B360 

70 B170 B270 — B370 

80 — B280 — B380 

90 — B290 — B390 

100 — B2100 — B3100 

Type BLH — 22,000 IR a 

15 B115H B215H — B315H 

20 B120H B220H — B320H 

25 B125H B225H — B325H 

30 B130H B230H — B330H 

35 B135H B235H — B335H 

40 B140H B240H — B340H 

45 B145H B245H — B345H 

50 B150H B250H — B350H 

55 B155H — — — 

60 B160H B260H — B360H 

70 B170H B270H — B370H 

80 — B280H — B380H 

90 — B290H — B390H 

100 — B2100H — B3100H 

Type HBL — 65,000A IR a 

15 B115HH B215HH — B315HH 

20 B120HH B220HH — B320HH 

30 B130HH B230HH — B330HH 

40 B140HH B240HH — B340HH 

50 B150HH B250HH — B350HH 

60 — B260HH — B360HH 

70 — B270HH — B370HH 

80 — B280HH — B380HH 

90 — B290HH — B390HH 

100 — B2100HH — B3100HH 

BQD & GB Family Circuit Breakers 

Amp 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 

Ratings 277V 480Y/277V 480Y/277V 

Type BQD b – 14,000A IR @ 480/277V | 65,000A IR @ 240V 

15 BQD115 BQD215 BQD315 

20 BQD120 BQD220 BQD320 

25 BQD125 BQD225 BQD325 

30 BQD130 BQD230 BQD330 

35 BQD135 BQD235 BQD335 

40 BQD140 BQD240 BQD340 

45 BQD145 BQD245 BQD345 

50 BQD150 BQD250 BQD350 

55 BQD155 BQD255 BQD355 

60 BQD160 BQD260 BQD360 

70 BQD170 BQD270 BQD370 

80 BQD180 BQD280 BQD380 

90 BQD190 BQD290 BQD390 

100 BQD1100 BQD2100 BQD3100 

GB Family b 

Type NGB - 25,000A IR @ 480/277V | 100,000A IR @ 240V 

Type HGB - 35,000A IR @ 480/277V | 100,000A IR @ 240V 

Type LGB - 65,000A IR @ 480/277V | 100,000A IR @ 240V 

Type NGB/HGB/LGB - 14,000A IR @ 347V and 600Y/347V 

Amp 

Ratings 277V 480Y/277V 480Y/277V 

15 xGB1B015B xGB2B015B xGB3B015B 















Typical Cable Ranges by Breaker Type 

UL Breaker 

Type 

BL 

BQD 

xGB 

Amps 

Connector Range 

for AL cable 

Connector Range 

for CU cable 

15-20A #12-#10 AWG #14-#10 AWG 

25-35A #8-#6 AWG #8-#6 AWG 

10-50A #8-#4 AWG #8-#6 AWG 

55-70A #8-#2 AWG #8-#4 AWG 

80-100A #2-#1/0 AWG #4-#1/0 AWG 

15-40A #12-#6 AWG #14-#6 AWG 

45-100A #6-1/0 AWG #8 - #1 AWG 

15-30A #12-#6 AWG #14-#6 AWG 

35-125A #4-2/0 AWG #6-1/0 AWG 


a To add Shunt trip to BL breakers (factory assempled 

only), See SpeedFax Breaker accessories section 7. 

One inch additional unit space required typically. 

b To add Shunt trip or other accessories to BQD and GB 

family breakers, See SpeedFax Breaker accessories 

section 7. One inch additional unit space required 

typically for each. 


Panelboards 

Warehouse Stock/Unassembled 


Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

AFCI/GFCI 

Electronic 


Trip 

Type 

Combination 

AFCI 

Dual Function 

AFCI/GFCI 

Switching 

Neutrals1 

GFCI 

Personnel 

Protection 

(5mA) 

GFCI 

Ground 

Fault 

Equipment 

Protection 

(30mA) 

Breaker 

Type 

1-Pole 

Max IR (kA) at 

Amp Ratings 

120V Available 

2-Pole 


120/ 

240V 

Amp Ratings 

Available 

Catalog 

Number 

BAF2 10 15 — — BA115AFC 

10 20 — — BA120AFC 

BAFH2 22 15 — — BA115AFCH 

22 20 — — BA120AFCH 

HBAF2 65 15 — — BA115AFCHH 

65 20 — — BA120AFCHH 

BAF — — 10 15 B215AFC 

— — 10 20 B220AFC 

BAFH — — 22 15 B215AFCH 

— — 22 20 B220AFCH 

BFGA2 10 15 — — B115DF 

10 20 — — B120DF 

BFGAH2 22 15 — — B115DFH 

22 20 — — B120DFH 

HBFGA2 65 15 — — B115DFHH 

65 20 — — B120DFHH 

BLG 

2-Wire/3-Wire 

Common Trip 

10 15 — — BG215 

10 20 — — BG220 

— — 10 30 BG330 

BLF2 10 15 — — BF115A 

10 20 — — BF120A 

10 30 — — BF130A 

BLF — — 10 15 BF215A 

— — 10 20 BF220A 

— — 10 30 BF230A 

— — 10 40 BF240A 

— — 10 50 BF250A 

— — 10 60 BF260A 

BLHF2 22 15 — — BF115AH 

22 20 — — BF120AH 

22 30 — — BF130AH 

BLHF — — 22 15 BF215AH 

— — 22 20 BF220AH 

— — 22 30 BF230AH 

— — 22 40 BF240AH 

— — 22 50 BF250AH 

— — 22 60 BF260AH 

HBLF2 65 15 — — BF115AHH 

65 20 — — BF120AHH 

65 30 — — BF130AHH 

BLE 10 15 — — BE1153 

10 20 — — BE1203 

10 30 — — BE130 

— — 10 15 BE215 

— — 10 20 BE220 

— — 10 30 BE230 

— — 10 40 BE240 

— — 10 50 BE250 

— — 10 60 BE260 

BLEH 22 15 — — BE115H2 

22 20 — — BE120H2 

22 30 — — BE130H2 

— — 22 15 BE215H2 

— — 22 20 BE220H2 

— — 22 30 BE230H2 

— — 22 40 BE240H2 

— — 22 50 BE250H2 

— — 22 60 BE260H2 

a Built to order. Additional "circuit" is included for neutral 

(via pigtail) and is NOT connected to bus. 2-pole is one 

phase and one neutral pigtail. 3-pole is two phase 

connections and one neutral pigtail. 

b Allow 8-10 weeks for delivery 

c UL Listed as SWD (Switching Duty) Rated, suitable for 

120V AC fluorescent lighting 

11-14 


Panelboards 

Panelboard Replacement, Modification, and Additions 


Selection 

S1/S2 Panels—All the original P1 panel kits for 250 amp and 

below panels will work for 250 amp maximum S1/S2 panels 

(will not work for S1/S2 400A and above). 

Note: Revised P1 kits will not work with S1/S2 or SE Panels. 

400/600 Amp S1/S2 and All SE Panels 

Lug Kits — Main or Feed Thru 

Ampere 

Catalog 

Rating Material Wire Range Service Number 

125A/250A Al/Cu (2) 1/0–250 kcmil 1-Phase MLKA1 

125A/250A Al/Cu (2) 1/0–250 kcmil 3-Phase MLKA3 

400A/600A 

400A/600A 

Al/Cu 

Al/Cu 

(2) #4–250 kcmil or 

(1) 3/0–500 kcmil 

(2) #4–250 kcmil or 

(1) 3/0–500 kcmil 

1-Phase 

3-Phase 

SMLKA1 

SMLKA3 

Other applications: 

For P4/S4 and 10" deep SPP panels see page 11-77 for branch breaker mounting kits. 

For P5/S5 and 12.75" deep SPP panels see page 11-91 for branch breaker mounting kits. 

For P4/F1 and 10" deep FPP panels see page 11-77 for branch fusible switch mounting kits. 

For P5/F2 and 12.75" deep FPP panels see page 11-91 for branch fusible switch mounting kits. 

For Series 5, Series 6, CDP6 and VB 6 panels as well as FC20, FCI, FCII, SB1, SB2 and SB3 

distribution switchboards, see page 12-32 for branch device mounting kits. 

Filler Plate Replacement Kits for Lighting Panels 

Ref. 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

G 

Panel Type 

P1 & RP1, 

P2, P3, C1, C2 

P1 & RP1, C1 

P1 & RP1 

P1 & RP1 

P1 & RP1 

P1 & RP1 

P1 & RP1 

Breaker 

Position Breaker Type Orientation Catalog No. Description 

Branch & 

Main 

Main / 

Subfeed 

Main / 

Subfeed 

Main / 

Subfeed 

Main / 

Subfeed 

Main / 

Subfeed 

Main / 

Subfeed 

BL/BQD/xGB/ 

xGB2/ED 

Horizontal or Vertical 

(as needed) 

Neutral Kits 

Ampere 

Catalog 

Rating Description Number 

250A max. 30/42 circuit 200% neutral kit 2NLK2 

400/600A max. 42 circuit 200% neutral kit 2NLK1 

Breaker Mounting Kits (Main or Subfeed) 

Ampere 

Catalog 

Rating Breaker Types Service Number 

125A ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6 1-Phase SMBKED1 

125A ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6 3-Phase SMBKED3 

250A FXD6, FD6, HFXD6, HFD6 1-Phase SMBKFD1 

250A FXD6, FD6, HFXD6, HFD6 3-Phase SMBKFD3 

400A JD6, JXD6, HJD6, HJXD6 1-Phase SMBKJD1 

400A JD6, JXD6, HJD6, HJXD6 3-Phase SMBKJD3 

600A LD6, LXD6, HLD6, HLXD6 1-Phase SMBKLD1 

600A LD6, LXD6, HLD6, HLXD6 3-Phase SMBKLD3 

DFFP1 Blank Filler 1" 

blank - no breaker Horizontal or Vertical DFFP01A P1 Blank Filler Plate 

ED Horizontal DFFPED01 P1 125A Filler Plate 

QJ 2-pole Horizontal DFFPQJ02 P1 QJ Filler Plate 

QJ 3-pole Horizontal DFFPQJ01 P1 QJ Filler Plate 

QR Horizontal MBKQRFK P1 QR Filler Plate 

FD Horizontal DFFPFD01 FD Filler Plate 

H P1 & RP1 Main JD Vertical DFFPJD01 Deadfront Filler 400A Breaker 

I P2 & P3 Branch 

BL/BQD/xGB/ 

xGB2/ED 

n/a 

DFK1 

J P2 & P3 Branch blank - no breaker Horizontal DFFP3 

K P2 & P3 Branch blank - no breaker Horizontal DFFP6 

L P2 Branch QR Horizontal and Vertical BBKQRP1FK 

M P3 Branch QR Horizontal BBKQRP2FK 

N P3 Branch NEB/HEB Horizontal EBF1 EB Deadfront Filler 

O P3 Branch 

BL, BQD, 

ED or GB 

Horizontal 

DFP3AP01 

Center strips included (7 sizes) 

3", 6", 9", 12", 15", 18", 21" (of branch height) 

P2 Blank Deadfront Plate 3" 

P3 Blank Cover Plate 2.97" 

P2 Blank Deadfront Plate 6" 

P3 Blank Cover Plate 5.97" 

QR Deadfront Plate 

P1 QR Filler Plate 

P2 QR Filler Plate 

P3 QR Deadfront Filler 

P3 DUAL QJ Deadfront Plate 

P3 DUAL QJ Deadfront Plate (1-Phase & 3-Phase) 

P3 QR-QJ Combo Deadfront Plate 

Breaker Blank Filler 

P3 BL/BQD/ED/xGB adaptor 

plate 3" - 1 Piece per pack 


Product Category UNPB 


Panelboards 

Factory Assembled 


Selection 

11 


P 1 C 4 2 F X 2 5 0 A T S T 

PANELBOARDS 

Type of Panel P1, P2, P3, P4, P5 

Voltage and System* 

C = 208Y/120 3Ø 4 W Wye AC - All (X for UPB) R = 415/240 3Ø 4 W Wye AC - All 

E = 480Y/277 3Ø 4 W Wye AC - All 

S = 440/250 3Ø 4 W Wye AC - All 

D = 240 3Ø 3 W Delta AC - All 

L = 600/347 3Ø 4 W Wye AC - All 

F = 480 3Ø 3 W Delta AC - P2, P3, P4, P5 

T = 230 3Ø 3 W Delta AC - All 

G = 600 3Ø 3 W Delta AC - P2, P3, P4, P5 

W = 380 3Ø 3 W Delta AC - P2, P3, P4, P5 

I = 347 3Ø 3 W Delta AC P2, P3, P4, P5 

1 = 24V DC 1-Pole Branch Only - P2, P3, P4, P5 

B = 240/120 3Ø 4 W Delta BØ High Leg AC - P2, P3, P4, P5 2 = 24V DC 2-Pole Branch Only - P2, P3, P4, P5 

Q = 240/120 3Ø 4 W Delta CØ High Leg AC - P2, P3, P4, P5 3 = 48V DC 1-Pole Branch Only - P2, P3, P4, P5 

A = 120/240 1Ø 3 W Grounded Neutral AC - All 4 = 48V DC 2-Pole Branch Only - P2, P3, P4, P5 

H = 120 1Ø 2 W Grounded Neutral AC - P2, P3, P4, P5 5 = 125V DC 1-Pole Branch Only - P2, P3, P4, P5 

J = 240 1Ø 2 W No Neutral AC - All 

N = 125V DC 2-Pole Branch Only - P2, P3, P4, P5 

Y = 125 1Ø 2 W Grounded Neutral AC - P2, P3, P4, P5 O = 125/250V DC 2-Pole Branch Only - P2, P3, P4, P5 

Z = No Longer Available 

P = 125/250V DC 2 & 3-Pole Branch - P2, P3, P4, P5 

K = 220/127 3Ø 4 W Wye AC - All 

U = 120V AC 3Ø3W - All 

M = 380/220 3Ø 4 W Wye AC - All 

V = 240V 3Ø3W Grounded B Phase - P2, P3, P4, P5 

*For any voltage system not listed, check with sales for availability. 

Circuits or Enclosure Height 

P1 – 18, 30, 42, 54, 66 

P2 – 18, 30, 42, 54, 66, 78, 90 

P3 – 56, 62, 68, 74, 80 

P4, P5 – 60, 75, 90 

Main Lug (ML), Main Breaker 

(See Main Breaker Table coding below), Main Switch (MS) 

Amperage 

100–400A = P1 250 – 800A = P3 

100–600A = P2 400 –1200A = P4, P5 

Bus Bus Bus 

Code a Material Plating P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 

A Temp rated Al. Tin-Plated • • • • • • Indicates default 

B 750A/sq. in. Al. Tin-Plated n/a • • • • for this bus type. 

C Temp rated Cu. Tin-Plated • n/a n/a n/a n/a 

E Temp rated Cu. Silver-Plated n/a optional optional • • 

F Temp rated Cu. Tin-Plated n/a • • n/a n/a 

G 1000A/sq. in. Cu. Tin-Plated n/a • • optional optional 

H 1000A/sq. in. Cu. Silver-Plated n/a optional optional • • 

Feed Location T = Top B = Bottom 

Mounting 

S = Surface 

F = Flush. Flush trims extend 1 1/2" beyond the base box dimensions on P1, P2 and P3; and 2" on P4 and P5 panels. 

Subfeed Space Indicator (for P1 only) T = Subfeed Space Included N = No Subfeed Space 

Main Breaker Coding 

Breaker 

Code Type 

BL BL 

BH BLH 

BR BLR 

HB HBL 

BQ BQD 

B6 BQD6 c 

CE CED6 

E4 ED4 

E6 ED6 

H4 HED4 

HA HHED6 

CF CFD6 

FD FD6 

FX FXD6 

HF HFD6 

Breaker 

Code Type 

H2 HFXD6 

H1 HHFD6 

H3 HHFXD6 

G2 HGB 

G3 LGB 

NB NGB 

G4 NGB2 

G5 HGB2 

G6 LGB2 

CJ CJD6 

6H HHJD6 

H9 HHJXD6 

H6 HJD6 

H5 HJXD6 

H7 HJXD6H 

Breaker 

Code Type 

J6 JD6 

JD JXD2 

JX JXD6 

JH JXD6H 

SC SCJD6 

SX SHJD6 

SY SHJD6H 

SJ SJD6 

SH SJD6H 

CL CLD6 

HH HHLD6 

XH HHLXD6 

HL HLD6 

HO HLXD6 

HP HLXD6H 

a Standard bussing in P1, P2 and P3 panels is tin- plated 

for aluminum and copper. Standard bus is temperature 

rated to the maximum amperage in the panel. 

Breaker 

Code Type 

L6 LD6 

LX LXD6 

LH LXD6H 

S1 SCLD6 

S2 SHLD6 

SL SLD6 

QJ QJ2 

Q2 QJ2H 

QH QJH2 

C9 CMD6 

CH CMD6H 

HM HMD6 

HR HMXD6 

HS HMXD6H 

Breaker 

Code Type 

MD MD6 

MX MXD6 

MH MXD6H 

SO SCMD6 

SQ SCMD6H 

S5 SHMD6 

S6 SHMD6H 

SM SMD6 

AX SMD6H 

CN CND6 

C6 CND6H 

HN HND6 

HT HNXD6 

HX HNXD6H 

b Not available for Revised P1 xGB interiors. 

c BQD6 is not UL Listed. Only for CUL and CSA panels 

Breaker 

Code Type 

ND ND6 

NX NXD6 

NT NXD6H 

SR SCND6 

ST SCND6H 

AD SHND6 

SD SHND6H 

SN SND6 

AY SND6H 

J6 HJG 

J7 HJX 

J5 HJY 

J9 LJG 

J3 LJX 

J8 LJY 

Breaker 

Code Type 

L3 LLK 

J2 NJG 

J1 NJX 

J4 NJY 

L2 HLK 

L7 NLK 

M5 HMG 

M2 HMX 

M8 HMY 

M6 LMG 

M3 LMX 

M9 LMY 

M4 NMG 

M1 NMX 

M7 NMY 

Breaker 

Code Type 

N8 HNG 

N2 HNX 

N5 HNY 

N9 LNG 

N3 LNX 

N6 LNY 

N7 NNG 

N1 NNX 

N4 NNY 

QR QR2 

Q4 QRH2 

Q5 HQR2 

Q6 HQR2H 

Q7 QR2-MCS 

d P3, P4, P5 enclosure height tables found on page 

11-41, 11-70 and 11-85. These show the amount of 

unit space available. 

11-16 


Panelboards 


Circuit Breaker / Lighting and Distribution 

Pricing 

Type P1 

1) To specify a particular panelboard; 

list panel catalog number, branches, 

modifications, and price on an 

Estimate Sheet. Price includes interior 

with provisions, box, ground bar, and 

trim. See Example No. 1. 

2) When more than 66 circuits are 

specified for P1 a two section panel 

will be required. Feed-thru lugs must 

be priced in one section from the 

modifications on pages 11-24. 

Example No. 2 is a two section 

panel, each having 42 circuits. 

Section One will contain 1-225/3 QR2 

main breaker (top feed), 250A 

feed-thru lugs and 21" of unit space. 

Section Two will contain 250A main 

lugs only (bottom feed) and 21" of 

unit space. Sections will be 44" 

in height. 

3) Standard main breakers are indicated 

by the 6th and 7th positions in the 

catalog number. If any other main 

breaker type is required, replace with 

the appropriate code from page 11-16. 

See Example No. 3. 

4) All panel modifications must be listed 

and priced separately. 

5) If the boxes are to be sized the same 

then each panel must have the same 

amount of unit space. 


NOTE: This panel does not require Subfeed 

Space — indicated by "N" suffix 

Panel LPA 

1 — P1C30QR225ATSN 2540. 

10–20/1 25. ea. 250. 

4–30/3 140. ea. 560. 

3350. 

NOTE: This panel does includes Subfeed 

Space — indicated by "T" suffix 

Panel LPB 

1 — P1C42QR225ATST 2760. 

1 — P1C42ML250ATST 1330. 

1 — Feed-Thru Lugs 190. 

4280. 

NOTE: This panel does includes Subfeed 

Space — indicated by "T" suffix 

Panel LPC 

1 — P1C42HF250CTST 3160. 

HFD6 Main 1900. 

42–20/1 BLH 35. ea. 1470. 

Cu Bus 255. 

Type 3R 860. 

7645. 

Example No. 1 (pricing not current) 

Type P2 

Type P2 panelboards are priced the 

same as Type P1 described above except 

for two section panels. 

1) When more than 42 circuits are 

specified for P2, a two section panel 

will be assumed. Main breaker codes 

in the 5th and 6th positions will 

dictate the use of feed-thru lugs. 

An “ML” in the fifth and sixth 

positions will dictate the use of 

subfeed lugs for 125A and 250A and 

feed-thru lugs for 400A and 600A. 

Types P3, P4 and P5 

1) To specify a particular panelboard, 

first determine voltage, system, 

amperage and type of main, 

amperage and type of branch 

devices, and modifications if any. 

(Step 1) 

Step #1 

Amperage 400 

Voltage 208Y/120 

System 3-phase 4-wire 

Main 

Main Breaker 

Branches 5-125/3, 2-225/3, 

1-250/3 

Modification None 

Feed 

Top 

Mounting Surface 


Boxes will be sized the same for two 

section panels. 

Base price includes all provisions. 

Subfeed or feed-thru lugs as 

required must be priced separately. 

Example No. 4 is a two section 

panel, each having 42 circuits. 

Section One will contain 1-400/3 

JXD6 main breaker (top feed), 225A 

feed-thru lugs, and 21" of unit space. 

Section Two will contain 400A main 

2) List branch devices and 

modifications requiring space 

additions. List unit space 

requirements of each. 

Note: Some units are twin mounted 

meaning two breakers occupy the 

same unit space. 

Step #2 

Unit Space Calculation 

5-125/3 QR2 5" = 15" 

5-225/3 QR2 5" = 5" 

1-250/3 FXD6 5" = 5" 

25" 

Enclosure is B275 from Selection 

Chart on page 11-48. 

(32" wide, 75" high, 10" deep). 


lugs only (bottom feed) and 21" of 

unit space. Sections will be 53" 

in height. 

Select appropriate enclosure height 

from selection chart on pages 11-41, 

11-70, or 11-85, based on unit space 

requirements. (Step 2) 

3) Select panelboard catalog number 

from appropriate table based upon 

voltage, system, amperage and unit 

space requirements. (Step 3) 

Step #3 

1—P4C75JX400ATS $04210. 

5-125/3 QR2 940. 4700. 

2-225/3 QR2 940. 1880. 

1-250/3 FXD6 2700. 2700. 

13490. 

(pricing not current) 



Panelboards 



General 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Revised Type P1 

480Y/277 Vac Maximum 

600Y/ 347 Vac Maximum (limited 

applications) 

400 Ampere Mains 

400 Ampere Maximum Branch 

UL Short Circuit Rating — 

200,000 A. @ 240 Vac / 100,000 A. @ 

480/277 Vac. IR Maximum 

Branch Breaker Symmetrical 

Interrupting Capacity 

Based on Underwriters’ Test Procedure 

Feed thru and subfeed lugs may result in 

lower interrupting ratings if not protected 

by a main device. Consult sales office. 

Meets 2014 NEC wire bending 

requirement, section 408.55. 

Meet Federal Specification W-P-115C. 

Panelboards 

Listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories, 

Inc., under ”Panelboards” File #E2269 

for interiors and #E4016 for boxes 

and fronts. 

Service 

1-phase 2-wire - 120 Vac, 240 Vac, 

1-phase 3-wire - 120/240 Vac, 

3-phase 3-wire - 480Y/277 (when derived 

from 3-phase 4-wire system), 240 Vac, 

120 Vac 

3-phase 4-wire - 208Y/120 Vac, 

480Y/277 Vac, 600Y/347 Vac, 

380/220 Vac. 

Panelboard Fronts and Doors 

Standard panelboards are furnished 

with trim featuring concealed fasteners 

and hinges with a flush door lock. 

All are factory-assembled for ease of 

installation. Fronts are fabricated from 

code gauge steel and finished ANSI-61. 

See page 11-6 for optional fronts. 

Main Breakers 

BL, BLH, HBL, NGB, HGB, LGB, 

BQD, ED4, ED6, HED4, QR2, 

QRH2,HQR2, HQR2H, FXD6, FD6, 

HFD6, HFXD6, JXD6, JD6, 

HJXD6, HJD6. 

(All main breakers except 400 

amp frame are mounted horizontal.) 

Note: Revised P1 interiors with 

BL, BQD or GB Type Mains can be 

Back-fed in unit space. See special 

Notes for unit space reduction. 

Main Breaker Panel Connectors 

Ampere 

Rating Connectors Suitable for Cu or Al 

100 (1)—#14 1/0 AWG 

125 (1)—#4 1/0 AWG 

225 (1)—#4 AWG–300 kcmil 

250 

(1)—#4/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al 

(1)—#6/0 AWG–350 kcmil Cu 

400a 

(2)—#3/0 AWG–250 kcmil Al or 

(1)—#3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al 

Connector ranges indicated do not apply 

to all main breaker types. Refer to molded 

case circuit breaker standard pressure 

wire connector chart (Section 7) for the 

connector range of a specific frame. 

Main Lug Connectors 

125 (1)—#6 AWG–350 kcmil 

250 (1)—#6 AWG–350 kcmil 

400 std. 

AL (2) 110-250 kcmil or 

(1) #2 AWG–600 kcmil 

400 opt. 

400 opt. 

CU (2) 1/0–4/0 or 

(1) 110–600 kcmil 

AL (1) AL 1/0–750 kcmil 

(2) AL/CU 250 kcmil max. 

[max. (1) 600 kcmil (1) wire] 

Boxes 

20" wide, 5.75" deep 

b End walls are blank as standard. 

b End walls with knockouts will be 

supplied at no charge on 5.75" deep 

panels if requested at time of order. 

Main Breaker Gutter Dimensions 

(inches) 

Main 

Breaker 

Side 

Gutter 

20" 

w/box 

24" 

w/box 

Main Lug End Gutter Dimensions 

(inches) 

Amp End Neutral 

Rating Gutter Location 

125 10.500 11.500 

250 10.500 11.500 

400 c 25.500 26.750 

Neutral 

Location 

20" 

w/box 

BL, BLH, HBL 8.680 10.690 10.500 

BQD b 7.880 9.880 10.500 

NGB, LGB, HGB 7.770 9.770 10.500 

ED4, ED6, HED4 6.125 8.125 10.500 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2, 

HQR2H 

6.500 8.500 10.500 


HFDX6 

5.250 7.250 10.500 

JD6 b , JXD6 b 15.000 15.000 26.750 

Side Gutter Wiring Space (inches) 

Panel 

Reference Panel Width 24" 

Letter Width 20" (Optional) 

A 6.375 7.375 

B 5.500 7.500 

C 6.125 8.125 

D 6.500 8.500 

E d 5.250 7.250 

F 5.000 7.000 

Branch Breaker Side Gutters 

Weight — Approximate 

Total panelboard weight when filled with 

a normal quantity of breakers and 

accessories is: 

b About 3 lbs. per inch of box height 

Gauge Steel Boxes (Type 1) 

Width Height Gauge Steel 

20" All #16 

Fronts — Surface, Flush (Type 1) 

20" All #14 


The term “Series Connected Short 

Circuit Rating” refers to the application 

of series connected circuit breakers in a 

combination that allows some breakers 

to have lower individual interrupting 

ratings than the available fault current. 

This is permitted as long as the series 

combination has been tested and certified 

by UL. 

The table below lists specific main 

and branch breaker series combinations 

that are marked on all P1 panels. 

All combinations shown have been tested 

for use in P1 panelboards and 

are UL listed. Other combinations are 

available. See Circuit Breaker Section, 

of this book. 

These series ratings must be specified on 

order at time of entry. 

a P1 400 amp main breaker panels have wire bending 

space available for 600 kcmil. 

b 400A main breaker is vertical mounted. 


c Feed-thru lug wire bending space is 15.000" and neutral 

wire bending space is 15.880" on 400A panel. 

d P1 panel limited to (1) subfeed 250 amperes max. 

See Branch Breaker Side Gutter Chart for 

Revised P1 Backfed Options. 

11-18 


Panelboards 


Selection 

Shown with Standard Mains, Top Fed and Surface Trim 

Catalog number is for aluminum main bus. For optional copper 

main bus change “A” in position 11 to “C”. 

Panels are top feed, surface mounted. For bottom feed, change 

“T” in position 12 to “B”. For flush mounting, change “S” in 

position 13 to “F”. 

Table P1-16 – Main Lugs Only 

Main Lug Only 

Max Panel 

Amp 

Rating 

125 

250 

400 

Max 

1-Pole 

Circuits 

Box 

Height 

(in.) 

Original P1 – 

Subfeed Space 

208Y/120V 3-Phase 

4-Wire Catalog # 

Revised P1 – 

Subfeed Space Original P1 – 

Subfeed Space 

208Y/120V 3-Phase 


120/240V 1-Phase 



Subfeed Space Original P1 – 

Subfeed Space 

120/240V 1-Phase 


480Y/277V 3-Phase 



Subfeed Space 

480Y/277V 3-Phase 


18 32 P1C18ML125ATS P1C18ML125ATST P1A18ML125ATS P1A18ML125ATST P1E18ML125ATS P1E18ML125ATST 

30 38 P1C30ML125ATS P1C30ML125ATST P1A30ML125ATS P1A30ML125ATST P1E30ML125ATS P1E30ML125ATST 


54 50 N/A P1C54ML125ATST N/A P1A54ML125ATST N/A P1E54ML125ATST 


18 32 P1C18ML250ATS P1C18ML250ATST P1A18ML250ATS P1A18ML250ATST P1E18ML250ATS P1E18ML250ATST 





18 56 P1C18ML400ATS – P1A18ML400ATS – P1E18ML400ATS – 



54 74 — P1C54ML400ATST — P1A54ML400ATST — P1E54ML400ATST 

66 74 — P1C66ML400ATSN — P1A66ML400ATSN — P1E66ML400ATSN 

Table P1-17 – Main Circuit Breaker 

100 

125 

225 

250 

400 

Replace fifth and sixth position in panelboard catalog number, with 

alternate main breaker code. 

Note: Original P1 was produced until 2015 and in January the revised P1 

was introduced. All interior numbers that end with “T” or “N” are the new 

Revised interiors. T” at end of catalog number indicates there is a Subfeed 

area available. “N” at end of catalog number indicates there is no Subfeed 

area available. 

18 32 P1C18BL100ATS P1C18BL100ATST P1A18BL100ATS P1A18BL100ATST P1E18BD100ATS P1E18BD100ATST 

30 38 P1C30BL100ATS P1C30BL100ATST P1A30BL100ATS P1A30BL100ATST P1E30BD100ATS P1E30BD100ATST 

42 44 P1C42BL100ATS P1C42BL100ATST P1A42BL100ATS P1A42BL100ATST P1E42BD100ATS P1E42BD100ATST 

54 50 — P1C54BL100ATST — P1A54BL100ATST — P1E54BD100ATST 

66 56 — P1C66BL100ATST — P1A66BL100ATST — P1E66BD100ATST 

18 32 P1C18NB125ATS P1C18NB125ATST — — P1E18NB125ATS P1E18NB125ATST 

30 38 P1C30NB125ATS P1C30NB125ATST — — P1E30NB125ATS P1E30NB125ATST 

42 44 P1C42NB125ATS P1C42NB125ATST — — P1E42NB125ATS P1E42NB125ATST 

54 50 — P1C54NB125ATST — — — P1E54NB125ATST 

66 56 — P1C66NB125ATST — — — P1E66NB125ATST 

18 32 P1C18QR225ATS P1C18QR225ATST P1A18QR225ATS P1A18QR225ATST P1E18FX250ATS P1E18FX225ATST 

30 38 P1C30QR225ATS P1C30QR225ATST P1A30QR225ATS P1A30QR225ATST P1E30FX250ATS P1E30FX225ATST 

42 44 P1C42QR225ATS P1C42QR225ATST P1A42QR225ATS P1A42QR225ATST P1E42FX250ATS P1E42FX225ATST 

54 50 — P1C54QR225ATST — P1A54QR225ATST — P1E54FX225ATST 

66 56 — P1C66QR225ATST — P1A66QR225ATST — P1E66FX225ATST 

18 32 P1C18FX250ATS P1C18FX250ATST P1A18FX250ATS P1A18FX250ATST P1E18FX250ATS P1E18FX250ATST 

30 38 P1C30FX250ATS P1C30FX250ATST P1A30FX250ATS P1A30FX250ATST P1E30FX250ATS P1E30FX250ATST 

42 44 P1C42FX250ATS P1C42FX250ATST P1A42FX250ATS P1A42FX250ATST P1E42FX250ATS P1E42FX250ATST 

54 50 — P1C54FX250ATST — P1A54FX250ATST — P1E54FX250ATST 

66 56 — P1C66FX250ATST — P1A66FX250ATST — P1E66FX250ATST 

18 56 P1C18JX400ATS — P1A18JX400ATS — P1E18JX400ATS — 

30 62 P1C30JX400ATS P1C30JX400ATST P1A30JX400ATS P1A30JX400ATST P1E30JX400ATS P1E30JX400ATST 

42 68 P1C42JX400ATS P1C42JX400ATST P1A42JX400ATS P1A42JX400ATST P1E42JX400ATS P1E42JX400ATST 

54 74 — P1C54JX400ATST — P1A54JX400ATST — P1E54JX400ATST 

66 2 74 2 — P1C66JX400ATSN — P1A66JX400ATSN — P1E66JX400ATSN 

Table P1-18 – Standard Enclosures 


Box 

Height Type 1 Standard Trim 

(in.) Box Surface Flush Type 3R Type 3R/12 

26 B26 S26B F26B NR26 WP26 

32 B32 S32B F32B NR32 WP32 

38 B38 S38B F38B NR38 WP38 

44 B44 S44B F44B NR44 WP44 

50 B50 S50B F50B NR50 WP50 

56 B56 S56B F56B NR56 WP56 

62 B62 S62B F62B NR62 WP62 

68 B68 S68B F68B NR68 WP68 

74 B74 S74B F74B NR74 WP74 

For all products without subfeed space - change 

“T” at end to “N” and reduce box size by 6”. 

No sub-feed space only for 400A 66 circuit. 

BL/BQD/GB Type Mains are only available as Back-Fed. No kits are available for 

use in Main or Sub-feedspace. (GB Type includes NGB, HGB and LGB Breakers). 

These breakers take up branch circuit space. 

xGB interiors are not available as Non-Feed-Thru, without Subfeed Space. 

16 GA std., Optional 14 GA & 12 GA Enclosures only. 

14 Gauge Steel only. 

16 Gauge Can w/ 14 Gauge Front. 

The New Revised P1 (18 circuit 250A only) is limited to 100A per connection 

(200A per pair) when installing Branch Breakers across from one another. All 

other configurations allow 125A per connection max. (250A per pair max.) 


Product Category PBSB 


Panelboards 



Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Table P1-3 – Main Breaker Panel Size Selector – Revised P1 

Max 

Ampere 

rating 

100 

125 

225 

250 

400 

Main 

Breaker 

Types 

BL , BLH , 

HBL , BQD 

NGB , HGB , 

LGB 

ED4 

ED6, HED4 

QR2, QRH2, 

HQR2, HQR2H 

FXD6, FD6, 

HFD6, HFXD6 

JD6, JXD6, 

HJD6, 

HJXD6 

Connections suitable 

for Cu or Al 

#8-#6 AWG Cu or Al 

#8-6 AWG Cu or 

#8-4 AWG Al 

#8-#1 AWG Cu or 

#6-#1/0 AWG Al 

15-30 amp: #14-#6 Cu or 

#12-#6 Al 

35-125 amp: #6-1/0 Cu 

#4-2/0 Al 

#14-#10 AWG Cu or 

#12-10 AWG Al 

#3-3/0 Cu or #1-2/0 Al 

#3-3/0 Cu or #1-2/0 Al 

#6 AWG-300 Kcmil (Cu) or 

#4 AWG-300 Kcmil (Al) 

#6 AWG-350 Kcmil (Cu) or 

#4 AWG-350 Kcmil (Al) 

3/0-500 Kcmil (Cu) or 

4/0-500 Kcmil (Al) 

Max # Max # 

Poles 

FT 1 Poles 

NFT 

Dimensions in inches (mm) 

Unit Space 

Box Height 

FT NFT 

A A B 

Weight in 

Lbs. (kg) 

18 – 9 26 (661) 90 (41) 

18 30 9 15 32 (813) 105 (48) 

30 42 15 21 38 (965) 120 (55) 

42 54 21 27 44 (1118) 135 (61) 

54 66 27 33 50 (1270) 150 (67) 

66 – 33 – 56 (1423) 165 (73) 

18 – 9 26 (661) 95 (43) 

18 30 9 15 32 (813) 110 (50) 

30 42 15 21 38 (965) 125 (57) 

42 54 21 27 44 (1118) 140 (64) 

54 66 27 33 50 (1270) 155 (71) 

66 – 33 – 56 (1423) 170 (78) 

18 – 9 26 (661) 95 (43) 

18 30 9 15 32 (813) 110 (50) 

30 42 15 21 38 (965) 125 (57) 

42 54 21 27 44 (1118) 140 (64) 

54 66 27 33 50 (1270) 155 (71) 

66 – 33 – 56 (1423) 170 (78) 

– 30 – 15 56 (1423) 172 (78) 

30 42 15 21 62 (1575) 190 (86) 

42 54 21 27 68 (1728) 208 (95) 

54 66 27 33 74 (1880) 226 (104) 

Note: Main breakers use breaker connectors. For sizes, see breaker connector chart. 400A MLO Panels have wire bend space for 

600kcmil CU & AL wire when using standard lugs. With optional 750kcmil AL/CU connectors, wire bend space is available for up to 

750kcmil AL wire, but is still limited to 600kcmil CU wire. 

400A 66 circuit only available with non-feed thru versions. 

BL, BLH, HBL, BQD, and xGB mount in unit space and count in max. # of poles. 

Table P1-4 – Main Breaker Selection 

Ampere rating 

Breaker 

Types 

Max. Ir (kA) at 

240 AC 480/277V AC 

Main 

Breaker 

Code 

Additional Trip Values 

BL (STD) 10 BL 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 

100 

BLH 22 BH 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 

HBL 65 HB 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 

BQD 65 14 BQ 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 

NGB (STD) 100 25 NB 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

HGB 100 35 G2 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

125 

LGB 100 65 G3 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

ED4 (STD) 65 18 E4 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

ED6 (3-pole) d 65 25 E6 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

HED4 42 42 H4 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

QR2 10 QR 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

225 

QRH2 25 Q4 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

HQR2 65 Q5 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

HQR2H 100 Q6 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

FXD6 (STD) 65 35 FX 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 

250 

FD6 65 35 FD 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 

HFD6 100 65 HF 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 

HFXD6 100 65 H2 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 

JXD2 65 – JD 300, 400 

JXD6 (STD) 65 35 JX 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 

400 

JD6 65 35 J6 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 

HJD6 100 65 H6 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 

HJXD6 100 65 H5 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 

xGB interiors are not available as non-feed-thru without sub-feed space. 

d EDC/CED6 2-pole has limited amps available (20-50A). 

11-20 


Product Category PBSB

Panelboards 



Selection 

Table P1-5 - Main Lug Panel Size Selector - Revised P1 

Maximum 

Ampere rating 

125 

(or) 

250 

400 

Max # 

Poles 

FT 

Max # 

Poles 

NFT 


Unit Space 

FT 

A 

NFT 

A 

Box Height 

B" 

Weight in 

Lbs. (kg) 

18 – 9 26 (661) 90 (41) 

18 30 9 15 32 (813) 105 (48) 

30 42 15 21 38 (965) 120 (55) 

42 54 21 27 44 (1118) 135 (61) 

54 66 27 33 50 (1270) 150 (67) 

66 – 33 – 56 (1423) 165 (73) 

– 30 – 15 56 (1423) 120 (55) 

30 42 15 21 62 (1575) 135 (61) 

42 54 21 27 68 (1728) 150 (68) 

54 66 27 33 74 (1880) 165 (75) 

MLO Connectors 

Suitable for 

(1) #6 AWG - 350 kcmil 

(CU or AL) 

AL (2) 1/0 - 250 kcmil or 

(1) #2 AWG - 600 kcmil 

CU (2) 1/0 - 4/0 or 

(1) #2 AWG - 600 kcmil 


Table P1-6 – Branch Circuit Breakers 

Circuit Breakers a Max IR (kA) at 


Revised P1 Branch 

1-Pole 2-Pole and 3-Pole 

Amp 

Rating 

Trip 

Type 

100 Thermal 

Magnetic 

XX 

Special b 

Application 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

and misc. 

125 Thermal 

Magnetic 

Breaker 

Family 

Breaker 

Type 120V 277V 347V 

125V 

DC 

Amp 

Ratings 

Available 

120/ 

240V 

240V 

480Y/ 

277V 

480V 

600Y/ 

347V 

600V 

125/ 

250V 

DC 

250V 

DC 

Amp 

Ratings 

Available 

BL BL 10 — — — 15-70 10 10 — — — — — — 15-100 d 

BLH 22 — — — 15-70 22 22 — — — — — — 15-100 d 

HBL 65 — — — 15-50 65 65 — — — — — — 15-100 

BLG 

BL 

BQD 

BQD 

(CSA) 

BL 

BLG b 10 — — — 15-20 10 - — — — — — — 30 

BL(HID) b 10 — — — 15-30 10 - — — — — — — 15-30 

BQD e 65 14 — 14 15-100 — 65 14 — — — 14 — 15-100 

BQD6 f 65 — — 14 15-70 — 65 — 10 — 14 — 15-70 

AFCI/GFCI 

& Dual 

Function 

X — — — see special 

table page 

11-13 

x — — — — — — — see special 

table page 

11-13 

GB NGB 100 25 14 14 15-125 — 100 25 — 14 — 14 — 15-125 

HGB 100 35 14 14 15-125 — 100 35 — 14 — 14 — 15-125 

LGB 100 65 14 14 15-125 — 100 65 — 14 — 14 — 15-125 

3VA41 c 

info 

not yet 

available 

X X X X X X X — X — — X 

X X X X X X X — X — — X 

X X X X X X X — X — — X 

a Unit space is 1 inch per pole, except for Special Application with accessory included. 

- No branch kits available, unit space for all branch positions is twin mount. 

- Branch space is either for BL/BQD only (or) for xGB/3VA41 only. (after 3VA41 is made availabe). 

b BLG: Two-pole breaker is one phase and neutral. Three pole is two phases and neutral 

- See SpeedFax Page 7-31 for additional info. Some are Built to order. Allow 2-3 weeks delivery. 

c Availability and additional specs tbd, expected late 2019. (COMPAS may allow 

selection of alternate trip units) 

d 110A-125A BL/BLH (2-pole only) available as Main or 

Subfeed only in Revised P1 panels. 

e Approved for CSA and UL Listed. 

f Approved for CSA but not UL Listed. 


Panelboards 



Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Table P1-7 – Subfeed Breakers (Note: All BL/BQD/xGB Main Strap Kits can also be used for Subfeed.) 

Breaker 

Type 

Number 

of Poles 

Max. Interrupting Rating (kA) 

240V 

480Y/277V 

Available Trip Values 

QR2 2, 3 10 – 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

QRH2 2, 3 25 – 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

HQR2 2, 3 65 – 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

HQR2H 2, 3 100 – 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

ED4 2, 3 65 18 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

ED6 (3-pole) d 2, 3 65 25 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

HED4 2, 3 100 42 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

HHED6 2, 3 100 65 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

FXD6 2, 3 65 35 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 

FD6 2, 3 65 35 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 

HFD6 2, 3 100 65 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 

HFXD6 2, 3 100 65 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 

Table P1-8 – Breaker Mounting Kit 

Main or Subfeed Strap Kit w/o Breaker 

Ampere 

Rating Breaker Types Service 

Table P1-9 – Lug Kits (Main or Feed-Thru) 

Amp 

Rating 

250 

400 

Matl. 

AL 

CU 

AL 

CU 

400 AL 

Wire Range 

(includes Neutral) 

(1) #6 AWG- 

350 kcmil (CU or AL) 

(1) #6 AWG- 

350 kcmil (CU) 

(2) 1/0 - 250 kcmil 

or (1) #2 AWG-600 kcmil 

(2) 1/0 - 4/0 

or (1) 1/0 - 600 kcmil 

(1) AL 1/0-750 kcmil 

(2) AL/CU 250kcmil 

max. 

[max.(1) 600 kcmil CU 

wire] 

Original P1 

Catalog 

Number 

Revised P1 

Catalog 

Number b 

100A BL, BLH, HBL 1-Phase MBKBL1 MBKBL1A 

3-Phase MBKBL3 MBKBL3A 

100A BQD 

— 

1-Phase 


MBKBC1NBA 

100A BQD 

MBKBC3 

3-Phase 


MBKBC3NBA 

125A ED4, ED6, HED4, 1-Phase MBKED1 MBKED1A 

HHED6 

3-Phase MBKED3 MBKED3A 

225A QJ2, QJH2, QJ2H 1-Phase MBKQJ1 MBKQJ1A 

3-Phase MBKQJ3 MBKQJ3A 

225A QR2, QRH2, HQR2, 1-Phase MBKQR1 MBKQR1A 

HQR2H 

3-Phase MBKQR3 MBKQR3A 

250A FXD6, FD6, HFD6, 1-Phase MBKFD1 MBKFD1A 

HFXD6 

3-Phase MBKFD3 MBKFD3A 

400A a JXD2, JD6, JXD6, 1-Phase MBKJD1 MBKJD1A 

HJD6, HJXD6 

3-Phase MBKJD3 MBKJD3A 

a400 amp kit is for main only — not allowed for subfeed breaker. 

MBKBFA kit is available to mount BL/BQD/xGB 2-pole or 3-pole in unit space as a 

"Back-Fed Main". This occupies branch space and reduces circuit count by 2 or 3 positions. 

(includes Neutral Lug, "MAIN" label and instructions). 


Revised 

P1 

Catalog 

Number 

Original 

Catalog 

Service Number 









1 Phase — 4MLKA1B 

3 Phase — 4MLKA3B 

Table P1-10 – Copper Neutral Lug Kits – 250A 

No. of 

Circuits 

18 

Description 

Original P1 

Catalog 

Number 

CNLK18 

Revised P1 

Catalog 

Number 

Use 30 ckt kit 

30 2 or 4 Branch Neutral Strips, CNLK30 CNLK30A 

42 1 Main Neutral Lug, Hardware CNLK42 CNLK42A 

54, 66 — CNLK54A 

Table P1-10A – 2/0 Neutral Lug Kits – 250A and 400A 

No. of 

Circuits 

18 

Original P1 

Catalog 

Number 

Revised P1 

Catalog 

Number 

Description 

— Use 30 ckt kit 

30 2 or 4 Branch Neutral Strips, — LNLK30A 

42 Hardware 

— LNLK42A 

54, 66 — LNLK54A 

Table P1-11 – 200% Neutral Lug Kits – 250A 

No. of 

Circuits 

18 

Original P1 

Catalog 

Number 

2NLK18 

Revised P1 

Catalog 

Number 

Description 

Use 30 ckt kit 

30 2 or 4 Branch Neutral Strips, 2NLK30 2NLK30A 

42 2 Main Neutral Lugs, Hardware 2NLK42 2NLK42A 

54, 66 — 2NLK54A 

Table P1-12 – 200% Neutral Lug Kits – 400A 

No. of 

Circuits 

18 

Description 

Original P1 

Catalog 

Number 

42NLK18 

Revised P1 

Catalog 

Number 

N/A 

30 

42 

2 or 4 Branch Neutral Strips, 

1 Main 600 kcmil Neutral Lug, 

Hardware 

42NLK30 

42NLK42 

42NLK30A 

42NLK42A 

54, 66 — 42NLK54A 

NOTES: 

a Original P1 kits will not work with Revised P1 interiors if the chart shows different part numbers for each. 

Revised P1 kits will not work with Original P1 interiors if the chart shows different part numbers for each. 

c Field installable Service Entrance Barrier kits are now available as required by UL67 (In COMPAS, you must 

select Service Entrance Required). 

c ED6/CED6 2-pole has limited amps available (20-50A) 

11-22 


Panelboards 



Selection 

Table P1-13 – Main Breaker Gutter Dimensions Inches (mm) 

Main 

Gutter Space 

Neutral Location 

to Endwall 

Breaker 

20” wide box 24” wide box 20” wide box 

BL, BLH, HBL 8.680 (220) 10.690 (272) 10.500 (267) 

BQD 7.880 (200) 9.880 (251) 10.500 (267) 

NGB, HGB, LGB 7.770 (197) 9.770 (248) 10.500 (267) 

ED4, ED6, HED4 6.125 (156) 8.125 (206) 10.500 (267) 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H 6.500 (165) 8.500 (216) 10.500 (267) 

FD6, FXD6, HFD6, HFXD6 5.250 (133) 7.250 (184) 10.500 (267) 

JD6, JXD6 15.000 (381) 15.000 (381) 26.500 (674) 

 

JD frame mounted vertically. 

For Revised P1 with Back-fed Main option, use Side Gutter 

Wiring Spec Table P1-15. 

 

These dimensions are for Revised P1 only. See Original P1 cut sheets for valid 

dimensions if needed (P1 production prior to January 2015). 

Table P1-14 – Main Lug End Gutter Dimensions Inches (mm) 

Amp End Gutter 

Neutral Location - to Endwall 

Rating 20” wide box 24” wide box 20” wide box 24” wide box 

125 9.500 (242) 9.500 (242) 10.500 (267) 10.500 (267) 

250 9.500 (242) 9.500 (242) 10.500 (267) 10.500 (267) 

400 25.500 (648) 25.500 (648) 26.750 (680) 26.750 (680) 

NOTE: Feed-thru lug and neutral wire bending space is 15.000” and 16.250” respectively 

on 400A panel. 

Table P1-15 – Side Gutter Wiring 

Space Inches (mm) (Fig P1-1) Fig P1-1 

Reference 

Letter 

Panel 

Width 20” 

Panel 

Width 24” 

Optional 

A 6.375 (167) 8.375 (213) 

B 5.500 (140) 7.500 (191) 

C 5.000 (127) 7.000 (178) 

D 6.125 (156) 8.125 (206) 

E 6.500 (165) 8.500 (216) 

F 5.250 (133) 7.250 (184) 

 

Subfeed mounting limit 1 per panel. 

Panel Width 

20 in. (508 mm) 

For all Revised P1 panels using BL/BQD or xGB breakers as 

mains in back-fed position, use this chart for wiring space. 


Catalog # Description 

BK1 

Bonding Kit for 400A max. Original P1 Panels 

BK1A 

Bonding Kit for 400A max. Revised P1 Panels 

BK2 Bonding kit for S1/S2 400 & 600 

BK3 

Bonding kit 

IMK1 




MCHK 

Metal Card Holder Kit 

NBK03 

Number Strips 1–42. Stick-on type (P1 Panel only) 

NBK04 

Number Strips 43–84. Stick-on type; 

Use w/ P1 series Panels 

NBK05 



NBK06 



EGK 

AL Ground Bus 44 Connections 

ECGK 

CU Ground Bus 44 Connections 

IGK 

Insulated AL Ground Bus 

ICGK 

Insulated CU Ground Bus 

SEBKRP1V1 c FD, QJ, QR Service Entrance Barrier Kit 

(Revised P1) 

SEBKRP1V2 c ED Service Entrance Barrier Kit (Revised P1) 

SEBKRP1V3 c BL/BQD Service Entrance Barrier Kit 

(Revised P1) back-fed 

SEBKRP1V4 c xGB Service Entrance Barrier Kit 

(Revised P1) back-fed 

SEBKRP1V5 c BL/BQD/xGB Service Entrance Barrier Kit 

(RP1 in main space) 

SEBKP1P2P3V1 c JD, LD Service Entrance Barrier Kit 

(RP1, P1, P2, P3) 

EWK1 


EWK2 


EBF1 

NEB/HEB Filler Plate 

P1SCRWS Package of 42 breaker mounting screws for P1 

DFFP1 

1" Branch circuit filler plate (used for BL/BQD/ 

xGB/xGB2/ED blank positions) (suitable for 

replacing QF3 in P1 thru P5 Panelboards and 

Switchboards) 

P1CONBPHCU Connector kit – 6 pcs. B-phase Copper 

P1CONBPHAL Connector kit – 6 pcs. B-phase Aluminum 

P1CONACPHCU d Connector kit – 6 pcs. A or C-phase Copper 

MBKQRFK 

P1/Revised P1 Filler for 1PH/3PH QR. 

Horizontal mount only. 

ANSI/NEMA 

PB 1.1-2013 

General Instructions for Proper Installation, 

Operation, and Maintenance of Panelboards 

Rated 600 Volts or Less (O&M Manual) 

Replacement parts only. 

b PDF can be downloaded (at no cost) and printed at: 

www.nema.org/standards/pages/Panelboards.aspx 

c Factory installed and Field installable Service Entrance 

Barrier kits are now available as required by UL67. (In 

COMPAS, you must select Service Entrance Required.) 

d Use for both CU + AL bus interiors. 


Feed-Thru (FT) Non-Feed-Thru (NFT) Example of Back-fed xGB Main breaker installed 


Panelboards 

Type P1 Panelboard Modifications and Additions 


Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Panel Options 

Enclosures 

• Extra gutter to sides or ends of the can 

• 24” wide boxes 

• Hinged to box trim 

• Door-in-door trims 

• Screw to box trims 

• Piano hinge trims 

• Painted boxes (ANSI 61 Light Gray is standard color) 

• Custom colors 

• Increase gauge trims and boxes (See pages 12-13) 

• Stainless steel trims (304 SS only) for Type 1 enclosures 

• Type 1 enclosures (Std 16 Gage / Optional 14 or 12 Gage) 

• Type 1 Standard are A60 Galvanealed non painted (Painted Type 1 

use HRPO material) 

• NEMA 3R/12 enclosures 16 Gauge Can w/ 14 Gauge front) 

• NEMA 4 enclosures (14 Gauge only) 

• NEMA 4X enclosures (14 Gauge only - 304SS Std, 316SS 

Optional) 

• Special Keyed Locks (Keys are not supplied) 

• Panel skirts 

• Gaskets between trim and box 

TEY 

TEU1 

Cat 60 

LL803 

LL806 

Yale 47 (NYC) 

National C413A 

Beck Lock 7-pin tumbler 

Southco 1 4 Fastener 

Corbin 1001 FAB7 

*See page 11-7 for more information. 

All fit FAS-Latch Front* 

Special non-FAS-Latch* 

Panel Modifications 

• Main Bus 

Standard main bus is tin-plated aluminum. For copper main 

bus, add from the table for each panel. Includes copper 

neutral cross bar. For copper neutral branch lugs, see 

miscellaneous. 

• Compression lug for MLO a 

• Contactor mains - Mount in 23” enclosure ahead of panel. 

– Asco 920 through 225 amps 

– Asco 911 through 150 amps 

– Siemens LEN through 30 amps 

• Branch and main breaker accessories 

– Handle blocks 

– Handle locks 

• Feed-thru lugs 

Cannot be used in conjunction with SPD/TVSS or subfeed 

breakers. Do not add height to the panel. 

Feed-thru Lugs 

Amp Rating 

250 

400 

• 200% neutral 

Type 

AL/CU 

Mechanical 

CU 

Mechanical 

AL/CU 

Compression 

AL/CU 

AWG Mechanical 

CU 

AL/CU 

Compression 

Note: Specify copper or aluminum cable. 

Connector 

CU/AL Range 

(1)–#6 AWG- 

350 kcmil 

(1)–#6 AWG- 

350 kcmil 

(1)–#6 AWG- 

350 kcmil 

(2)–#1/0 - 

250 kcmil or 

(1)–#2 AWG- 

600 kcmil 

(1)–1/0-600 kcmil 

(2)-1/0-4/0 

(1) 400-600 kcmil AL 

(1) 400-500 kcmil CU 

Do not increase panel or enclosure size. 

Accessories on 1” pole breakers (BL, BQD, xGB, ED) will take 1” unit space. 

External to the panel, supplied in a separate enclosure. 

• Copper lugs, mechanical line and branch neutral 

• Bus mounted SPD/TVSS 

• Service entrance labeling 

• Factory installed and Field installable Service Entrance Barrier 

kits are now available as required by UL67 

• Grounding of Panelboards 

Ground Bars except for brazed to box are shipped with 

the panel interior. 

– Non-Insulated Equipment Ground Bar – standard 

– Copper Non-Insulated Ground Bar – optional 

– AL Insulated Equipment Ground Bar – optional 

– CU Insulated Equipment Ground Bar – optional 

– Ground Bar Brazed to Box (recommended for painted boxes) 

• Shunt Trip on Main or Branch b 

BL, BLH, HBL, BQD, xGB as branch use 

1” unit space for shunt trip. 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H, ED2, ED4, ED6, 

HED4, HED6, HHED6, FD6, FXD6, HFD6 

HFXD6, JXD6, JD6, HJD6, HJXD6 

• Remote control switches – 480V AC max. mounted in 

a 23” enclosure to be cable connected to the panel. 

• Time Clocks – mounted in a 23” enclosure to be cable 

connected to the panel. Tork time clock can be supplied and 

mounted in panelboard cabinet. 

Time Clock Information and Options 

Time Clock (1- or 2-Pole, Single or Double Throw Contacts, 

3-Pole Single Throw) 277V Maximum with Plain Dial 

Options: 

Astronomical Dial 

An Omitting Device 

Reserve Power or Carryover 

Space and Mounting Provisions Only 

11-24 



Panelboards 



Selection 


Table P1-19 – Lugs 

Style 

MLO 

Main 

Breaker 

Amp 

Rating 

125 

250 

Breaker 

Type 

Compression 

Connectors 

N/A (1) #6 AWG - 350 kcmil None 

Box Height 

Addition 

400 N/A 

(1) 400 - 600 kcmil AL 

(1) 400 - 500 kcmil CU 

None 

125 ED4, ED6, HED4 (1) #14 AWG - 2/0 Box must go to 24” wide 

225 

QR2, QRH2, 

HQR2, HQR2H 

250 FXD6, HFD6 

(1) #6 AWG - 350 kcmil 

CU or AL 

(1) #6 AWG - 350 kcmil 

CU or AL 

Box must go to 24” wide 

Box must go to 24” wide 

Note: Standard compression lugs used for P1 panels are range taking lugs and require a 

particular crimping tool (tool is Hubbell/Anderson Versa Crimp VC6 -for 250A) to accommodate 

the range. Consult factory for information. 200% neutral not available with compression lugs. 

xGB breakers cannot accommodate compression lugs. (For 400A tool use Hubbell/Anderson 

Versa Crimp VC6FT/VC7FT - see instruction sheet for details.) 

Enclosure Modifications 

NEMA-4–Water Tight, Dust Tight, 

Steel Enclosure 

(Actual NEMA-4 enclosure is larger than 

standard Type 1 enclosure. See chart 

below for reference to approximate 

actual size.) 

Table P1-20 

Standard 

Box Height 

(in inches) 

Actual NEMA 4 

Enclosure Size 

H W D 

32 32 20 8 

38 42 30 8 

44 48 36 8 

56 60 36 10 

Note: Larger NEMA 4 enclosures are not 

available. 


Table P1-21 – NEMA Type 4X (Water Tight, Dust Tight and Corrosion Resistant) 

Enclosure – Stainless Steel (304SS is standard) 

Note: 316SS is optional - must be specified 

Catalog 

Number 

Enclosure – Non-metalic / Fiberglass 

Size (inches) 

Size (inches) 

Ref. Size (inches) 

Catalog 

Catalog 

Interior 

H W D Number H W D Number Height H W D 

Custom order 

in COMPAS 

Reference Number 

B4X26 26 20 5.75 24B4X26 26 24 5.75 tbd 26 30 24 8 A30H2408GQRLP 

B4X32 32 20 5.75 24B4X32 32 24 5.75 tbd 32 36 30 8 A36H3008GQRLP 

B4X38 38 20 5.75 24B4X38 38 24 5.75 tbd 38 

B4X44 44 20 5.75 24B4X44 44 24 5.75 tbd 44 

48 36 12 A48H3612GQRLP 

B4X50 50 20 5.75 24B4X50 50 24 5.75 tbd 50 

B4X56 56 20 5.75 24B4X56 56 24 5.75 tbd 56 

60 36 12 A60H3612GQRLP 

B4X62 62 20 5.75 24B4X62 62 24 5.75 tbd 62 na na na na 



Remote Switch Modifications 

Table P1-22 – Control Power 

Transformer 

Size 

VA Relay 

0, 1 50 

2 75 

3 150 

4 250 

Table P1-24 – Remote Control 

Switch Modification 

Description 

Auxiliary Contacts (mounted, not wired) 

2-Wire Control 

Table P1-23 – Applications for a Remote Switch 

Switch Type 

Modification 

920 Mounts in 23” relay cabinet as a main only 

LEN 

30A mounts in 23” relay cabinet as a main only 

Gauge Steel of Boxes/Fronts, Surface and Flush (see pgs. 11-6 & 11-7) 

Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

Gauge Steel 

H W Box Front/Door Type 

26-74 (660-1880) 20 (508) 16 14 Type 1 

26-74 (660-1880) 20 (508) 16 16/14 Type 3R/12 

32-60 (813-1524) 20-36 (508-914) 14 14 Type 4 

26-74 (660-1879) 20 (508) 14 14 Type 4X 

36-60 (914-1524) 30-36 (762-914) N/A N/A Type 4X Non-Metallic 

16 Gauge is Standard (14 Gauge & 12 Gauge are optional) 

15 Gauge Steel Can with 14 Gauge Door or Similar Approved Construction 

No Optional Gauge available 

304SS 14 Gauge Std., 316SS 14 Gauge optional 

Sizes do not match Standard Enclosure Sizes - See Table P1-21 - material is non-metallic - No Gauge Specified. 

f FAS-Latch is 14 GA only. Screw-to-Box, Hinge-to-Box, Door-in-Door (14 GA Std./12 GA Std. or 10 GA Optional) 

STB/HTB/DND with Piano Hinge (14 GA Std./12 GA Optional) (14 GA Stainless 304 Optional) 



Panelboards 

Type P1 Enclosure Details 


Dimensions 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Type 1 Box 

Box is symmetrical 

0.313 in. Dia. 

0.313 in. Dia. 

³⁄₄ in. 

[19 ] 

20 in. 

[ 508 ] 

³⁄₄ in. 

[19 ] 

ounting Holes 

437 in. Square) 

(UL approved construction. 16 Gage Steel or equivalent alternate Construction. 

14 or 12 Gage is available as an optional special order.) 

G60 Galvanized is standard without paint. 

Type 3R and 3R/12 Box 

(Mounting Holes 

0.437 in. Square) 

8.0 in. 

[ 204 ] 

Flush Mounting 

8.0 in. 

[ 204 ] 

5.75 in. 

[ 146 ] 





Mounting Holes 

.437 in. Square) 







23.0 in. 

[ 584 ] 

23.0 in. 

[ 584 ] 

(UL approved construction. 16 Gage Steel Can with 

14 Gage front or similar approved construction.) 

A60 Galvannealed with ANSI 61 light gray paint is standard. 

Dimensions are interior of the box. Add 5/8” to width for absolute 

dimension. Add 1/8” to height for absolute dimension. 

Dimensions shown in inches and millimeters [ ]. 

11-26 


Panelboards 


Type P2 Panelboards 

General 

Features 

Flexibility is the hallmark of the P2 panel. 

This panel offers a wide array of factoryassembled 

options to meet almost all 

lighting panel applications. With this 

design, the ability to mix breaker frames 

in unit space up to 250 amps will also 

meet many distribution panel requirements 

in a much smaller package. Bussing 

options for the P2 vary from the typical 

temperature rated to 750 A/Si aluminum 

to 1000A/Si copper. Standard bussing in 

the P2 panel is tin-plated. Silver-plated 

copper is also offered as an option. 

Integrated time clocks, bus mounted 

contactors, as mains or sub mains, split 

bus, and subfeed lugs (up to 400 amp) 

are just a few of the options of this 

unique panel. 

Like a lighting panel, P2 is set up around 

18, 30, 42, 54, 66, 78, and 90 circuit 

configurations. It will also allow the user 

to configure the panel to the smallest 

possible size. The P2 panel starts with 

9" of unit space (18 circuits of 1" pole 

breakers). Breakers mounted in unit 

space can be mixed and matched to 

meet customer requirements. All 1" pole 

breakers (BL, BQD, xGB, xGB2, ED 

frames) are mounted in 3" or 6" pole 

increments. Breaker frames, above 125 

amps, are mounted in 6" single breaker 

mountings. 

As an example of a minimum panel, (6) 

20 amp 1-pole BL breakers (3" of unit 

space) and a 3-pole 225 amp QJ breaker 

(6" of unit space) equaling 9" of unit 

space can be configured in a P2 panel 

without any extra provisions or space 

required. FD 250 amp and JD 400 amp 

breakers are mounted as subfeed 

breakers outside of unit space. 

Another unique feature of the P2 

panel is that blank unit space can be 

added to allow for future expansions 

or modifications. Any expansions or 

modifications must be in 3" increments. 

BL, BQD, xGB, xGB2, and ED frame 

breakers have 3" or 6" pole kits, and 

can be mixed in unit space by these 

increments. Breakers of the same 

frame can cross from one mounting 

to another if contiguous. QR frame 

breakers are mounted in 6" increments 

for two- and three pole, single mounted 

units. Changes in the unit space length 

for BL, BQD, xGB, xGB2, or ED frame 

breakers require an addition deadfront, 

center strip kit. Check with sales or the 

factory for additional unit space kits. 

Main Lug / Main Breaker 

Enclosure – Standard Type 1 enclosure 

is 20" wide x 5.75" deep X. Box Height is 

determined by main device and unit 

space. See charts for box height. 

Voltage – 600V AC max. 

250V DC max. 

Amperage – 600 amp max. 

Short circuit rating – 200 KAIC max. 

symmetrical or equal to the lowest rated 

device installed unless a series rating 

is indicated. Panels with subfeed or 

feed-thru lugs without a main device, 

circuit breaker or fusible unit, are limited 

to a three-cycle rating. The three-cycle 

rating for the P2 panel is limited to 22 

KAIC. Note that the main device may 

be mounted remote from the panel. 

Bussing – The P2 panel has more 

options to meet market requirements. 

The standard bussing is temperature 

rated aluminum. The rating is per the 

requirements of UL 67 – the standard for 

panelboards. All aluminum bussing is 

tin-plated. Optional bussing for the P2 

panel is: 750 A/Si aluminum, temperature 

rated copper, and 1000 A/Si copper. 

The copper bus option for this panel is 

tin-plated. 

Weight – Approximate 

Total panelboard weight when filled 

with a normal quantity of breakers and 

accessories is about 3 lbs. (1 kg) per 

inch (54g per mm) of box height. 




Gauge Steel 


26-74 (660-1880) 20 (508) 16 14 Type 1 

26-74 (660-1880) 20 (508) 16 16/14 Type 3R/12 

32-60 (813-1524) 20-36 (508-914) 14 14 Type 4 

26-74 (660-1879) 20 (508) 14 14 Type 4X 







f FAS-Latch is 14 GA only. 

Screw-to-Box, Hinge-to-Box, Door-in-Door (14 GA Std./12 GA Std. or 10 GA Optional) 

STB/HTB/DND with Piano Hinge (14 GA Std./12 GA Optional) 


Panelboards 




11 

PANELBOARDS 

Standard Circuit P2 Panels (Neutral Configurations for up to 54 circuits max.) 

Table below shows minimum Box Size 

required for the Unit Space indicated 

with the Main Option at the top of each 

Column. 

n Adding other options generally will 

add to the box Height when configured 

in COMPAS. Also, there may be 

cost adders with each option. 

n The maximum number of 1" circuits 

supported is show at the bottom of 

each column in brackets. [54p] = max 

54 poles of 1" circuits supported (BL, 

BQD, ED, xGB, xGB2). 

n Unit space is available in 9", 15", 21", 

27", 33", 39", and 45" sizes. 

n Within unit space listed, the neutral 

will support up to 54 circuits. 

n When more then 54 circuits are 

required, COMPAS will configure with 

larger Extended Circuit Neutral - see 

Extended Circuit chart below for minimum 

box sizes. 

n Box sizes available: 26", 32", 38", 44", 

50", 62", 68", 74" 

“B” 

Dimension 

Box 

Height 

P2 Panels with Standard Line Lugs. Unit Space (starting with 9" and adding 6" increments) “A” Dimension 

Main Lugs 

Main Breakers 

125A 

250A 

400A 

600A 

125A Horiz. 

BL, BQD, 

xGB, ED 

125A 

Vert. 

ED 

125A 

Horiz. 

CED 

225A 

Horiz. 

QR 

26 9 — — 9 — — — — — — — — — — — 

32 15 9 — 15 9 9 9 — — — — — — — — 

38 21 15 9 21 15 15 15 9 9 — — — — — — 

44 27 21 15 27 21 21 21 15 15 9 — — — — — 

50 33 27 21 33 27 27 27 21 21 15 9 9 — — — 

56 39 33 27 39 33 33 33 27 27 21 15 15 — 9 — 

62 45 39 33 45 39 39 39 33 33 27 21 21 9 15 9 

68 45 45 39 45 45 45 45 39 39 33 27 27 15 21 15 

74 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 39 33 33 21 27 21 

[54p] [54p] [54p] [54p] [54p] [54p] [54p] [54p] [54p] [54p] [54p] [54p] [42p] [54p] [42p] 

225A 

Vert. 

QR 

250A 

Horiz. 

FD 

Extended Circuit P2 Panels (Neutral Configurations for more than 54 circuits) 

When COMPAS configuration has 

more than 54 circuits, the large neutral 

configuration is needed. Box size shown 

is the minimum available without any 

options. 

“B” 

Dimension 

Box 

Height 

250A 

Vert. 

FD 

250A 

Vert. 

CFD 

P2 Panels with Standard Line Lugs. Unit Space (starting with 9" and adding 6" increments) “A” Dimension 

Main Lugs 

Main Breakers 

125A 

250A 

400A 

600A 

125A Horiz. 

BL, BQD, 

xGB, ED 

n Unit space of 33", 39", and 45" are 

available. 

n Unit space will be reduced by 

selecting some options such as Feedthru 

lugs, Surge Protection Devices, 

and the other Subfeed options. 

125A 

Vert. 

ED 

125A 

Horiz. 

CED 

225A 

Horiz. 

QR 

56 33 — — 33 — — 33 — — — n/a — n/a n/a n/a 

62 39 33 33 39 33 33 39 33 — — n/a — n/a n/a n/a 

68 45 39 39 45 39 39 45 39 33 — n/a — n/a n/a n/a 

74 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 39 33 n/a 33 n/a n/a n/a 

[90p] [90p] [90p] [90p] [90p] [90p] [90p] [90p] [78p] [66p] n/a [66p] n/a n/a n/a 

Note: The vertical main breaker application for ED, QJ, QR, and FD adds 6" of box height. 

225A 

Vert. 

QR 

250A 

Horiz. 

FD 

250A 

Vert. 

FD 

250A 

Vert. 

CFD 

400A 

Vert. 

JD 

400A 

Vert. 

JD 

400A 

Vert. 

CJD 

400A 

Vert. 

CJD 

600A 

Vert. 

LD 

600A 

Vert. 

LD 

600A 

Vert. 

CLD 

n In general, vertically mounted mains 

require 6" more box space than 

equivalent horizontally mounted 

mains. 

n Neutral configuration supports a 

maximum of 90 1-pole breakers. 

600A 

Vert. 

CLD 

Main lug wire 

bending space 

diagram 

Main breaker 

wire bending 

space diagram 

Box depth = 5.75 in. 

(146 mm) 

Box width = 20 in. 

(508 mm) 

for 100-600A 

Box depth = 5.75 in. 

(146 mm) 

Box width = 20 in. 

(508 mm) 

for 100-600A 

11-28 


Panelboards 




Standard Circuit P2 Panels 

Main Breaker Wire Bending 

Standard Circuits (up to 54 1" module branch poles) 

Panel Amps Breaker Frames C D 

100 

BL 5.75 8.00 

BQD 5.13 8.00 

xGB, xGB2 4.63 8.00 

125 

ED (horiz.) 4.00 8.00 

ED (vert.) 6.56 11.13 

225 

QR (horiz.) 5.00 7.00 

QR (vert.) 10.06 16.69 

250 

FD (horiz.) 5.00 7.00 

FD (vert.) 13.25 22.72 

400 JD 15.38 25.00 

600 LD 15.38 23.00 

Extended Circuit P2 Panels 


Extended Circuits (more than 54 1" module branch poles) 

Panel Amps Breaker Frames C D 

100 

BL 5.75 6.56 

BQD 5.13 6.56 

xGB, xGB2 4.63 6.56 

125 

ED (horiz.) 4.00 6.56 

ED (vert.) 12.56 14.88 

225 

QR (horiz.) 5.00 6.44 

QR (vert.) 10.06 15.53 

250 

FD (horiz.) 5.00 5.63 

FD (vert.) 19.25 25.71 

400 JD 15.38 23.75 

600 LD (54p max) N/A N/A 



Standard Circuits (up to 54 1" module branch poles) 

Panel Amps Standard Connectors C D 

125 (1) #14-2/0 6.62 8.19 

250 (1) #6 AWG - 350 MCM 11.75 10.72 

400 

(1) #4 AWG - 600 MCM 14.00 13.09 

or (2) #6 - 250 MCM 

600 (2) #4 AWG - 500 MCM 14.00 11.00 


Extended Circuits (more than 54 1" module branch poles) 

Panel Amps Standard Connectors C D 

125 (1) #14-2/0 12.62 8.91 

250 (1) #6 AWG - 350 MCM 17.75 13.69 

400 

(1) #4 AWG - 600 MCM 14.00 14.19 

or (2) #6 - 250 MCM 

600 (2) #4 AWG - 500 MCM 14.00 14.23 

Branch Breaker Side Gutters Inches (mm) 

Reference 

Letter Panel Width 20" (508) 

A 5.750 (146) 

B 5.125 (130) 

C 4.000 (102) 

D 5.000 (127) 

E 4.625 (117) 

A 

BL, BLH, HBL 

BL, BLH, HBL 

BLF2, BLHF2, 

BLF2, BLHF2, 

A 

B 

HBLF2, BLFB, BLHFB HBLF2, BLFB, BLHFB 

B 

BQD, BQD6 c 

BQD, BQD6 c 

C 

ED4, ED6 

ED4, ED6 

HED4, HHED6 

HED4, HHED6 

C 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H 

D 

(Single Mounted) 

D 

NGB, HGB, LGB NGB, HGB, LGB 

E E 

NGB2, HGB2, LGB2 NGB2, HGB2, LGB2 

Panel Width 

20 in. (508 mm) 

Refer to diagrams at the bottom of page 11-28. 

Single branch mounting construction. 

c BQD6 is not UL Listed. Only for CUL and CSA panels. 


Panelboards 



Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Main Breaker Selection a 

Amp 

Rating 

100 

125 

225 

250 

400 

600 

Breaker 

Type 

Max. Interrupting Rating (kA) 

240V 480V 600V 

Ref. 

Type 

Code 

Horizontal 

or Vertical 


BL 10 — — BL H 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 

HBL 65 — — HB H 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 

BQD 65 14 — BQ H 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 

BLH 22 — — BH H 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 

NGB 100 25 14 NB H 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

HGB 100 35 14 G2 H 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

LGB 100 65 14 G3 H 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

ED4 65 18 — E4 H/V 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

ED6 e 100 25 14 E6 H/V 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 (3-pole) 

HED4 100 42 — H4 H/V 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

CED6 b 200 200 100 CE H/V 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

NGB2 100 25 14 G4 H 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

HGB2 100 35 22 G5 H 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

LGB2 100 65 25 G6 H 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

QR2 10 — — QR H 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

QRH2 25 — — Q4 H 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

HQR2 65 — — Q5 H 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

HQR2H 100 — — Q6 H 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

FD6 65 35 18 FD H/V 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

FXD6 65 35 18 FX H/V 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

HFD6 100 65 25 HF H/V 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

HFXD6 100 65 25 H2 H/V 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

CFD6 b 200 200 100 CF H/V 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

FD6 65 35 18 FD H/V 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 

FXD6 65 35 18 FX H/V 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 

HFD6 100 65 35 HF H/V 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 

HFXD6 65 35 25 H2 H/V 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 

JXD6 b 65 35 25 JX V 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 

JD6 b 65 35 35 J6 V 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 

HJXD6 b 100 65 35 H6 V 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 

HJD6 b 100 65 35 H5 V 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 

SJD6 b 65 35 25 SJ V 200, 300, 400 

SHJD6 b 100 65 35 S2 V 200, 300, 400 

CJD6 b 200 200 100 CJ V 200, 300, 400 

SCJD6 b 200 200 100 SC V 200, 300, 400 

LXD6 b 65 35 25 LX V 450, 500, 600 

LD6 b 65 35 25 L6 V 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 

HLXD6 b 100 65 35 HL V 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 

HLD6 b 100 65 35 HO V 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 

SLD6 b 65 35 25 SL V 300, 400, 500, 600 

SHLD6 b 100 65 35 S6 V 300, 400, 500, 600 

CLD6 b 200 150 100 CL V 300, 400, 500, 600 

SCLD6 200 150 100 C6 V 300, 400, 500, 600 

When an ED4, ED6, 

HED4, HHED6, QR2, 

QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H, 

FD6, HFD6, or FXD6 

frame main breaker is 

required to be vertically 

mounted, pricing will 

typically be higher. 

Vertically Mounted Main Breaker (available in 2-pole or 3-pole) 

Additional 

Ampere Rating Breaker Type(s) 

Unit Space (in.) 

125 ED4, ED6 e , HED4, HHED6 6 

225 QR2, QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H 6 

250 FXD6, FD6, HFD6 6 

Subfeed Breakers (available in 2-pole or 3-pole) 

Mounting Position When Ampere Maximum Interrupting Rating 

Breaker Used as Subfeed Breaker Ratings (kA) Symmetrical 

Type 

Vertical For Load 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC 

FD6 c , FXD6 Twin 70–250 65 35 22 

HFD6 c , HFXD6 Twin 70–250 100 65 25 

JD6 d , JXD6 Single 200–400 65 35 25 

HJD6 d , HJXD6 Single 200–400 100 65 35 

a Interchangeable trip main breakers are mounted at top 

of panel only. 

b Vertically mounted. 

c Twin mounted subfeed breakers are mounted at the 

bottom of panelboard only and adds 24" to the panel 

height. 

d Subfeed breaker is mounted at bottom of panelboard 

only. 400 amp subfeed breaker adds 24" to the panel 

height. (Only for use with MLO) 

e ED6/CED6 2-pole limited amps available (20-50A) 

11-30 


Product Category UNPB

Panelboards 



Selection 

P2 Branch Circuit Breakers 

Amp 

Rating 

100 

xx 

125 

225 

Trip 

Type 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Breaker 

Family 

BL 

Special BLG 

Application BL 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

BQD 

Electronic 

and misc. 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

BL 

GB 

Sentron 

GB2 

3VA41 c 

QR 

Breaker 

Type 

1-Pole 


120V 277V 347V 

125V 

DC 

Amp 

Ratings 

Avail. 

2-Pole and 3-Pole 


120/ 

240V 

240V 

480Y/ 

277V 

480V 

600Y/ 

347V 

600V 

125/ 

250V 

DC 

250V 

DC 

Amp 

Ratings 

Avail. 

S = Single Mount 

S 

T = Twin mount 

T 

Unit Max 

Space 1-pole 

per Kit Circuits 

(in.) per Kit 

BL 10 — — — 15-70 10 10 — — — — — — 15-100 — T 3.00 6 

BLH 22 — — — 15-70 22 22 — — — — — — 15-100 — T 3.00 6 

HBL 65 — — — 15-50 65 65 — — — — — — 15-100 — T 3.00 6 

BLG a 10 — — — 15-20 10 — — — — — — — 30 — T 3.00 6 

BL (HID) 10 — — — 15-30 10 — — — — — — — 15-30 — T 3.00 6 

BQD e 65 14 — 14 15-100 — 65 14 — — — 14 — 15-100 — T 3.00 6 

BQD6 f 65 — — 14 15-70 — 65 — 10 — 14 — 15-70 — T 3.00 6 

AFCI/ 

GFCI 

& Dual 

Function 

x — — — 

see 

special 

table 

page 

11-13 

x — — — — — — — 

see 

special 

table 

page 

11-13 

— T 3.00 6 

NGB 100 25 14 14 15-125 — 100 25 — 14 — 14 — 15-125 — T 3.00 6 

HGB 100 35 14 14 15-125 — 100 35 — 14 — 14 — 15-125 — T 3.00 6 

LGB 100 65 14 14 15-125 — 100 65 — 14 — 14 — 15-125 — T 3.00 6 

ED4 65 22 — 30 15-100 — 65 — 18 — — — 30 15-125 — T 3.00 6 

ED6 g — — — 15-100 — 65 — 25 — 18 — 30 20-125 — T 3.00 6 

HED4 b 100 25 b — 30 15-100 — 65 — 18 b — — — 30 15-125 — T 3.00 6 

HHED6 — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 18 — — 15-50 — T 3.00 6 

NGB2 100 25 14 14 d 15-125 — 100 — 25 14 — 14 d — 15-125 — T 3.00 6 

HGB2 100 35 22 14 d 15-125 — 100 — 35 22 — 14 d — 15-125 — T 3.00 6 

LGB2 100 65 25 14 d 15-125 — 100 — 65 25 — 14 d — 15-125 — T 3.00 6 

info not x x x x x x x — x — — x — T 3.00 6 

yet available 

x x x x x x x — x — — x — T 3.00 6 

x x x x x x x — x — — x — T 3.00 6 

QR2 — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — 100-225 — T 6.00 3 

QRH2 — — — — — — 25 — — — — — — 100-225 — T 6.00 3 

HQR2 — — — — — — 65 — — — — — — 100-225 — T 6.00 3 

HQR2H — — — — — — 100 — — — — — — 100-225 — T 6.00 3 


Branch Neutral Connections 

Wire Range Max. Number of Connections Max. Amp h 

#14-#6 26 65 

#14-1/0 28 125 

#6-350 kcmil 3 250 

(1) #4-600 kcmil 

or (2) #6-250 kcmil 

1 400 

a BLG two-pole breaker is one phase and neutral. Three 

pole is two phases and neutral - See SpeedFax page 7-31 

b 1-pole HED4 15-30A rated 65kA; 35-100A rated 25kA: 

3-pole HED4 rated 42kA 

c Availability and additional specs tbd, expected late 

2019. (COMPAS may allow selection of alternate trip 

units) 

d 2-pole only or two outer poles of 3-pole breaker 

e Approved for CSA and UL Listed. 

f Approved for CSA but not UL Listed. 

g ED6 2-pole only available in 20A, 25A and 30A. ED6 

1-pole not UL listed - See SpeedFAX section 7 for more 

details. 

h Based on 75 degree copper. 



Panelboards 



Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Main Lugs Only — Examples of basic P2 Panel numbers w/o devices that add to box height. 

Max Max. Min. Standard or 

3Ø4W 208Y/120V 

1Ø3W 120/240V 

3Ø4W 480Y/277V 

Panel Amp 1-pole Unit Extended 

Box Height 

Box Height 

Box Height 

Rating Circuits space Circuit Panel Number Inches Min. Panel Number Inches Min. Panel Number Inches Min. 

18 9 Standard P2C18ML125ATS 26 P2A18ML125ATS 26 P2E18ML125ATS 26 

30 15 Circuit P2C30ML125ATS 32 P2A30ML125ATS 32 P2E30ML125ATS 32 

42 21 Panel P2C42ML125ATS 38 P2A42ML125ATS 38 P2E42ML125ATS 38 

125 

54 27 P2C54ML125ATS 44 P2A54ML125ATS 44 P2E54ML125ATS 44 

66 33 Extended P2C66ML125ATS 56 P2A66ML125ATS 56 P2E66ML125ATS 56 






250 








400 








600 





Main Circuit Breaker — Examples of Panel numbers w/o options that add to box height. 

Max Main Max. 

Standard 

1Ø3W 120/240V 

3Ø4W 208Y/120V 

3Ø4W 480Y/277V 

Panel Amp Type 1-pole Unit or 

Box Height 

Box Height 

Box Height 

Rating ref Circuits space Extended Panel Number Inches Min. Panel Number Inches Min. Panel Number Inches Min. 

100 BL/BQD, 18 9 Standard P2A18BL100ATS 26 P2C18BL100ATS 26 P2E18BQ100ATS 26 

xGB, 30 15 Circuit P2A30BL100ATS 32 P2C30BL100ATS 32 P2E30BQ100ATS 32 

ED horiz. 42 21 Panel P2A42BL100ATS 38 P2C42BL100ATS 38 P2E42BQ100ATS 38 

54 27 P2A54BL100ATS 44 P2C54BL100ATS 44 P2E54BQ100ATS 44 

125 Horiz. 18 9 Standard P2A18BQ125ATS 26 P2C18NB125ATS 26 P2E18E4125ATS 26 

Main a 30 15 Circuit P2A30BQ125ATS 32 P2C30NB125ATS 32 P2E30E4125ATS 32 

42 21 Panel P2A42BQ125ATS 38 P2C42NB125ATS 38 P2E42E4125ATS 38 

BQD, 54 27 P2A54BQ125ATS 44 P2C54NB125ATS 44 P2E54E4125ATS 56 

xGB, ED 66 33 Extended P2A66BQ125ATS 56 P2C66NB125ATS 56 P2E66E4125ATS 56 

78 39 Circuit P2A78BQ125ATS 62 P2C78NB125ATS 62 P2E78E4125ATS 62 

90 45 Panel P2A90BQ125ATS 68 P2C90NB125ATS 68 P2E90E4125ATS 68 

225 Horiz. 18 9 Standard P2A18QR225ATS 32 P2C18QR225ATS 32 P2E18FX225ATS 38 

Main b 30 15 Circuit P2A30QR225ATS 38 P2C30QR225ATS 38 P2E30FX225ATS 44 

42 21 Panel P2A42QR225ATS 44 P2C42QR225ATS 44 P2E42FX225ATS 50 

QR, FD 54 27 P2A54QR225ATS 50 P2C54QR225ATS 50 P2E54FX225ATS 56 

(225A 66 33 Extended P2A66QR225ATS 56 P2C66QR225ATS 56 P2E66FX225ATS 68 

max.) 

78 39 Circuit P2A78QR225ATS 62 P2C78QR225ATS 62 P2E78FX225ATS 74 

90 45 Panel P2A90QR225ATS 68 P2C90QR225ATS 68 n/a n/a 

250 Horiz. 18 9 Standard P2A18FX250ATS 38 P2C18FX250ATS 38 P2E18FX250ATS 38 

Main c 30 15 Circuit P2A30FX250ATS 44 P2C30FX250ATS 44 P2E30FX250ATS 44 

42 21 Panel P2A42FX250ATS 50 P2C42FX250ATS 50 P2E42FX250ATS 50 

FD 

54 27 P2A54FX250ATS 56 P2C54FX250ATS 56 P2E54FX250ATS 56 

66 33 Extended P2A66FX250ATS 68 P2C66FX250ATS 68 P2E66FX250ATS 68 

78 39 Circuit P2A78FX250ATS 74 P2C78FX250ATS 74 P2E78FX250ATS 74 

90 45 Panel n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 

400 Vert. JD 18 9 Standard P2A18JX400ATS 50 P2C18JX400ATS 50 P2E18JX400ATS 50 

Main d 30 15 Circuit P2A30JX400ATS 56 P2C30JX400ATS 56 P2E30JX400ATS 56 

42 21 Panel P2A42JX400ATS 62 P2C42JX400ATS 62 P2E42JX400ATS 62 

54 27 P2A54JX400ATS 68 P2C54JX400ATS 68 P2E54JX400ATS 68 

66 33 Extended P2A66JX400ATS 74 P2C66JX400ATS 74 P2E66JX400ATS 74 

600 Vert. LD 18 9 Standard P2A18LX600ATS 56 P2C18LX600ATS 56 P2E18LX600ATS 56 

Main e 30 15 Circuit P2A30LX600ATS 62 P2C30LX600ATS 62 P2E30LX600ATS 62 

42 21 Panel P2A42LX600ATS 68 P2C42LX600ATS 68 P2E42LX600ATS 68 

54 27 P2A54LX600ATS 74 P2C54LX600ATS 74 P2E54LX600ATS 74 

General Note: Panel numbers and box sizes are for 

reference only - COMPAS will configure proper 

box size needed based on all options. 

a 125A: for vert ED & horiz. CED add 6" of box height for 

both Standard and Extended Circuit. 

b 225A: for vert QR & FD add 6" of box height for Standard 

Circuit. Add 12" of box height for Extended Circuit FD 

Horizontal. 

c 250A: for vert FD add 6" of box height; for vert CFD 

add 12" of box height. (Standard Circuit- see chart for 

Extended Circuit) 

d 400A: for CJD add 12" of box height for Standard Circuit. 

e 600A: for CLD add 6" of box height for Standard Circuit. 

11-32 



Panelboards 



Selection 

Enclosures 

Extra Gutter to Sides or Ends 

of the Can (Type 1 Only) 

Description 

6" end gutter 

2" side gutter 

Barrier in gutter (add to extra 

gutter price – min 4" required) 

24" wide 

Hinged trims 

Piano hinged trims 

Door-in-door trims 

Screw to the box trims 

Trim mounted devices . . . . . See page 11-104 

• Pilot lights 

• Toggle switches 

• Push buttons 

Painted boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . See page 11-104 

Custom colors . . . . . . . . . . See painted boxes 

Increase gauge trims 

and boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See page 11-104 

Stainless steel trims 

and boxes, Type 1 . . . . . . . See page 11-104 

Meters 

(Contact sales for pricing and application 

engineering for space requirements) 

Panel Skirts See page 11-105 

Special Locks 

TEY 

TEU1 

Cat 60 

LL803 

LL806 

Yale 47 (NYC) 


Best Lock 7-pin tumbler 

Southco 1/4 Fastener 


Panel Bus Modifications 

Catalog Number Addition 

Amperes Ratings 

Main Bus 

125A 250A 400A 600A 

750 A/SI AL. B B B B 

Copper (tin pltd.) F F F F 

Copper (silver E E E E 

pltd.) 

1000 A/SI Copper G G G G 

(tin pltd.) 

1000 A/SI Copper 

(silver pltd.) 

H H H H 

Subfeed, Feed-Thru and Split 

Bus (for 2-pole or 3-pole) 

Ampere 

Rating 

Connector 

Cu/Al Wire Range 

Feed-Thru Lugs — Cannot Be Used 

in Conjunction with TVSS or Subfeed 

Breakers (200% Neutral not available) 

(1)—#12 AWG-2/0 

100/125 

6 

kcmil 

(1)—#6 AWG-350 

225/250 

6 

kcmil 

(2)—250 kcmil 

400 

9 

(1)—600 kcmil 

600 (2)—250-500 kcmil 12 

Split Bus (1 per interior) 

Requires feed thru lugs also to feed sub 

panel section and for space requirements. 

(1)—#12 AWG-2/0 

100/125 

6 

kcmil 

(1)—#6 AWG-350 

225/250 

6 

kcmil 

(2)—250 kcmil 

400 

6 

(1)—600 kcmil 

600 (2)—250-500 kcmil 6 

Contactor Mains or Submain* 

See Page 11-103 

• Asco 920 through 225 amps – adds 

12" unit space as main, 15" unit 

space as submain 

• External with manufacture supplied 

enclosure 

• Siemens LEN through 30 amps - adds 6" as 

main; 18" for up to 100A submain and 21" 

for 200A. 7.75" depth cans for up to 100A 

and 10" depth cans for 200A. 

*Call plant for correct can size. 

Branch and Main Breaker Accessories 

See breaker section of this catalog. 

• Handle blocks 

• Handle locks 

• Aux. Contacts 1 

• UVR a 

Unit 

Space 

(inches) 

Subfeed (Double) Lugs for Main Lug 

Panelboards Only (400 max) 

100/125 

(2)—#12 AWG-2/0 

kcmil 

6 

225/250 

(2)—#6 AWG-350 

kcmil (custom) 

6 

400 

(4)—250 kcmil 

(custom) 

(2)—600 kcmil 

6 

Increase Capacity Neutral up to 200% 

(N/A on Feed Thru Lugs & Subfeed Lugs) 

Main Bus Amps 

125 

250 

400 

600 

Copper MLO Only 

Main Bus Amps 

125 250 400 600 

Bus mounted SPD See Section 10 

Service Entrance Label 

Type P2 Panelboards are factory labeled 

suitable for use as service entrance 

equipment when NEC requirements are met. 

A panelboard cannot have more than six 

main disconnects, unless it is a lighting and 

appliance branch panelboard. Lighting and 

appliance branch panelboards are limited to 

two main disconnects. Factory installed and 

Field installable Service Entrance Barrier kits 

are now available as required by UL67 (In 

COMPAS, you must select Service Entrance 

Required). 

Grounding of Panelboards 

Ground Bars except for brazed to box are 

shipped with the panel interior not factory 

mounted. 

• Non-Insulated Equipment Ground Bar 

• Copper Non-Insulated Ground Bar 

• Al Insulated Equipment Ground Bar 

• Cu Insulated Equipment Ground Bar 

• Ground Bar Brazed to Box 

(Not recommended for painted or 

NEMA 3R enclosures) 

Shunt Trip on Main or Branch 

BL, BLH, HBL, NGB, HGB, LGB, NGB2, 

HGB2, LGB2, ED4, HED4, HHED6 uses 

1" unit space for shunt trip. All others 

may be used on mains or subfeeds. See 

breaker section for list price adders. 

Time Clocks 

Time clocks may be mounted in a 23" 

enclosure to be cable connected to the 

panel. Sangamo, Tork or Paragon time 

clock can be supplied and mounted in 

panelboard cabinet. Adds 12" to panel 

height. Mounts in Sub-area. 

Description 

Time Clock (1 or 2-pole, single or double 

throw contacts; 3-pole, single throw) 

277V maximum with plain dial 

Astronomical dial 

An omitting device 

Reserve power or carryover 

Space and mounting 

provisions only 


a Accessories on 1" pole breakers 

(BL, BQD, ED) will take unit space. 

See page 11-36 for unit space adders and 

compatibility with other options. 

(Devices mounted and wired to the trim 

should also have hinged trim specified) 



Panelboards 


Embedded Micro Metering Module (Type P2 Panelboard) 

Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 





the installation time of the system for the installer while providing 

a factory warrantied solution. 


type P2, P4, & P5 Siemens panel boards and SB1, SB2, & 

SB3 type Siemens switchboards. Please note P1 and P3 

configurations are not available at this time and the amount 





Type P2: Enclosure 

• Available in a NEMA 1, 3R, or 12 rated enclosure. 

• Minimum width & depth: 24” width x 5.75” depth 

• Height: Up to 74" depending on branch breaker selection 

– Addition of monitoring on some mains (primary and subfeed) may require additional box 

length. In these cases the box will be increased to the next size available as a standard 

design. 

– In cases where enclosure size is increased all multi-section panels will be increased to 

match the largest section. 

Controller 


(i.e., bottom mount for top feed) and will require 3” of unit space. Each controller will be powered 

by direct tap connection to the panel section bus. Each controller can monitor up to 45 

circuits. Applications that require monitoring more than 45 circuits will require additional controllers. 


Five sizes of CTs are available for use in the P2 panel: 50, 125, 250, 400 & 600 amp. All CTs 

are pre-mounted to a support bracket that attaches to the base rail of the interior of the panel 

board. Each bracket supports a maximum of 3 CTs and is designed for the breaker selected 

(brackets are not interchangeable between breaker frames). Each CT will be attached to a data 

module that is placed in the meter racks. 

Meter Racks 






NOTE: Monitoring of 45 circuits will require 9" of unit space: two 21 position racks and one 3 position 

rack 

11-34 


Panelboards 

Embedded Micro Metering Module (Type P2 Panelboard) 

Selection 

P2 Devices 


Example P2 Panel with SEM3 Type 1 Enclosure (24" Wide x 5.75" Deep) 

Enclosure heights are in 6" increments from 26" thru 74". 

Enclosure heights: 26", 32", 38", 44", 50", 56", 62", 68", 74" 

The COMPAS configuration tool can provide actual dimensions based on the configuration. 

Example below is largest standard P2 enclosure for factory assembled panel 

with all small (1") branch breakers installed. 

24" std. width 









Based on smallest branch breakers and a 

3-phase main being monitored. 

There is a maximum of 63 circuits that can be 

monitored with the configuration shown. 

Some selections of main breakers and 

other subfeed options could limit this further. 

In this situation there is 30" of unit space available - 





racks using 15" of unit space. 

- see below - 














Panelboards 

Type P2 Panelboard Standard Modifications and Additions 


Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Box Size Additions for Optional Features 

Main Lugs 

Main Breakers 

125A 

Horiz. 125A 125A 225A 225A 225A 250A 250A 400A 400A 600A 600A 

BL, BQD, Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Vert. Vert. Vert. Vert. Vert. 

Options 

125A 250A 400A 600A ED, xGB CED ED QR QR FD FD CFD JD CJD LD CLD 

*Min. Box Size 26" 32" 38" 38" 26" 32" 32" 32" 38" 38" 44" 50" 50" 62" 56" 62" 

200% Neutral 

(lug type) 

0 0 6 (all) 6 (all) 0 0 0 N/A 0 N/A 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Std. Lugs 

(100% Neut. PNL) 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

CU Lugs 


6 6 6 0 N/A N/A 0 N/A 0 N/A 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Comp Lugs 


6 6 6 6 N/A N/A 0 N/A 0 N/A 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Feed-thru 

Standard Lugs 

6 6 12 12 6 6 6 N/A 6 N/A 6 6 12 12 12 12 

Feed-thru Cu Lugs 6 6 12 N/A N/A N/A 6 N/A 6 N/A 6 6 12 12 N/A N/A 

Feed-thru 

Comp Lugs 

6 12 12 N/A N/A N/A 6 N/A 6 N/A 12 12 12 12 N/A N/A 

Subfeed Standard 

Lugs 

0 6 6 N/A — — — — — — — — N/A — — — 

Split Bus 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 N/A 6 N/A 6 6 6 6 6 6 

(1) FD Subfeed 

(Horizontal Mtg.) 

N/A 12 12 12 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 

(2) FD Subfeed 

(Vertical Mtg.) 

N/A 24 24 24 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 24 24 24 24 N/A N/A N/A 

SPD 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 

Split bus is paired with feed-thru lugs by default. Feed-thru lugs are to feed the section after the split. 

NOTE: N/A = OPTION NOT AVAILABLE 

*Min. Box Size, corresponding to 9" of Unit Space. 

Compression Lugs (Aluminum body except where not Al) 

Style 

MLO 

Main 

Breaker 

Amp 

Rating 

Breaker 

Type 

Compression 

Connectors 

Box Height 

Addition 

125 N/A (1)#6 - 350 kcmil Al/Cu 6 

250 N/A (1)#6 - 350 kcmil Al/Cu 6 

400 N/A 

(1) 400-600 Kcmil AL or 

(1) 400-500 Kcmil CU or 

6 

(2) #6 - 350 Kcmil Al/Cu 

600 N/A 

(2)#6 - 350 kcmil Cu or Cu/Al or 

400 - 600 kcmil Al/Cu 

6 

100 

ED4, ED6, HED4 

Box must go to 24" wide on CED6 breaker only 

HHED6, CED6 

(1)#14-2/0 AWG Cu or Al 

Add 6" to box height for NØ 

225 QR2, QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H (1)#6 AWG - 350 kcmil Cu or Al Box must go to 24" wide 

250 FXD6, HFD6, CFD6 (1)#6 AWG - 350 kcmil Cu or Al 

Box must go to 24" wide for all breakers 

Requires an additional 6.0" box height 

JD6, JXD6, HJD6, 

400 CJD6, SJD6, SHJD6, (2)#1/0 AWG - 500 kcmil Cu or Al 9 

SCJD6 

LD6, LXD6, HLD6, 

600 CJD6, SLD6, SHLD6, (2)#2/0 AWG - 500 kcmil Cu or Al 6 

SCLD6 

Alternate Lugs 

Amp 

Style Rating 

Breaker 

Type 

MLO 400 N/A 

Main 

Breaker 

400 

JD6, JXD6, HJD6, 

CJD6, SJD6, SHJD6, 

SCJD6 

Standard AL 

Connectors 

(1) 250 - 750 kcmil or 

(2)#3/0 AWG - 250 kcmil Cu or Al 

(1)#4/0 AWG - 750 kcmil Cu or Al 6 

Box Height 

Addition 

6 

Not available for feed thru lug. 

11-36 



Panelboards 

Type P2 Panelboard Connector Modifications 


Selection 


Description 

20" Panel Width 

NEMA 3R enclosures 

NEMA 3R/12 enclosures 

Gasket between trim and box (Type 1) 



NEMA 3R/12 enclosures 

Gasket between trim and box (Type 1) 


NEMA-4—Water Tight, Dust Tight, 

Steel Enclosure (Actual NEMA-4 

enclosure is larger than standard 

Type 1 enclosure. See chart below for 

reference to approximate actual size.) 

Standard 

Box Height 

(in inches) 

Actual NEMA 4 

Enclosure Size 

H W D 

32 32 20 8 

38 42 30 8 

44 48 36 8 

56 60 36 10 

NOTE: Larger NEMA 4 enclosures are 

not available. 

NEMA-4X—Water Tight, Dust Tight and Corrosion Resistant 

(consult plant for actual enclosure size) 

Catalog 

Number 

Enclosure – Stainless Steel 

Size (inches) (304SS is standard) 

Enclosure – Fiberglass 

Size (inches) 

H W D H D W 

B4X26 26 20 5.75 36 30 8 

B4X32 32 20 5.75 36 30 8 

B4X38 38 20 5.75 48 36 12 

B4X44 44 20 5.75 48 36 12 

B4X50 50 20 5.75 60 36 12 

B4X56 56 20 5.75 60 36 12 

B4X62 62 20 5.75 

B4X68 68 20 5.75 

B4X74 74 20 5.75 

NOTE: 316SS is available as an option - must be specified. 

a16 Gauge Cans w/ 14 Gauge Front) 

b 14 Gauge only 

c 14 Gauge only - 304SS Std, 316SS Optional) 



Gauge Steel 


26-74 (660-1880) 20 (508) 16 14 Type 1 

26-74 (660-1880) 20 (508) 16 16/14 Type 3R/12 

32-60 (813-1524) 20-36 (508-914) 14 14 Type 4 

26-74 (660-1879) 20 (508) 14 14 Type 4X 









STB/HTB/DND with Piano Hinge (14 GA Std./12 GA Optional) (14 GA Stainless 304 Optional) 



Panelboards 

Type P2 Panelboard Kits and Accessories 


Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Standard Enclosures 


Box 

Type 1 Standard Trim 

Height 

Inches Box Surface Flush Type 3R Type 3R/12 a 

26 B26 S26B F26B NR26 WP26 

32 B32 S32B F32B NR32 WP32 

38 B38 S38B F38B NR38 WP38 

44 B44 S44B F44B NR44 WP44 

50 B50 S50B F50B NR50 WP50 

56 B56 S56B F56B NR56 WP56 

62 B62 S62B F62B NR62 WP62 

68 B68 S68B F68B NR68 WP68 

74 B74 S74B F74B NR74 WP74 

Same as Type 3R with Gasket added for Type 12 Spec. 

Options For Type 1 Trims 

Items must be ordered as manual line item on Spartanburg 

n Hinged trim – Replace “B” suffix with “H” 

n Door-in-door – Replace “B” suffix with “D” 

n Screw to Box - Replace "B" suffix with "C" 

n Metal card holder - Add "M" suffix on all trims 

n Stainless Steel – 304 Stainless only with piano hinge 

Option For 24" Wide Enclosures with Equal Gutter on 

Both Sides (Excludes NEMA 3R) 

n 24" wide with equal gutter on both sides - Add “24” as prefix 

Breaker Kits and Accessories 

Kit Number Description Contents 

BBKB32 (P2/P3) BL/BQD 6-pole 3" branch breaker kit Kit contains top barrier, (3) A/C connectors, (1) B connector, hardware 

BBKED32 (P2/P3) ED 6-pole 3" branch breaker kit 

Kit contains breaker support, inter-phase barriers, (3) A/C connectors, (1) 

B connector, hardware 

BBKNB32 (P2/P3) xGB 6-pole 3" branch breaker kit Kit contains top barrier, (3) A/C connectors, (1) B connector, hardware 

BBKGB32 (P2/P3) xGB2 6-pole 3" branch breaker kit Kit contains top barrier, (3) A/C connectors, (1) B connector, hardware 

BBKQ1 (P2) QJ branch breaker kit for 2 and 3-pole single mount 

Kit to contain all connectors and cover plates necessary to mount both 

2 and 3-pole QJ breakers 

BBKQR1 (P2) a P2 branch BKR strap kit for single QR 1-phase/3-phase. 

Kit to contain all connectors and cover plates necessary to mount both 

2 and 3-pole breakers 

DFK1 (P2) BL, BQD, ED deadfront kit for 1" pole breakers Center strips 3", 6", 9", 12", 15", 18", 21" plus mounting hardware 

DFFP3 Deadfront filler 3" 3" empty space filler and hardware 


BNK2 Branch neutral (P2) Three tier lug with mounting hardware to increase neutral capacity 

P2BK1 P2 250A max. Bonding Kit Bonding strap and hardware 



BBKQRP1FK 

P2 Filler for QR. Horizontal or vertical mount. 1-phase/3- Kit contains all cover plates necessary to change from QJ to QR both 

phase. 

2 and 3-pole breakers. 

SEBKP2V1 c BL, BQD Main Service Entrance Barrier (P2 only) Kit contains barrier, mounting brackets, and hardware 

SEBKP2V2 c xGB Main Service Entrance Barrier (P2 only) Kit contains barrier, mounting brackets, and hardware 

SEBKP2V3 c FD, QJ, QR Horizontal Main Service Entrance Barrier 

(P2, P2 with SEM3, P3) 

Kit contains barrier, mounting brackets, and hardware 

SEBKP2V4 c 

FD, QJ, QR Vertical Main Service Entrance Barrier 

(P2, P2 with SEM3) 


SEBKP2V5 c 

ED Horizontal Main Service Entrance Barrier 



SEBKP2V6 c 

ED Vertical Main Service Entrance Barrier 



SEBKP1P2P3V1 c JD, LD Service Entrance Barrier Kit (RP1, P1, P2, P3) Kit contains barrier, mounting brackets, and hardware 


Two kits required for P2 Extended circuit Panels 

c Factory installed and Field installable Service Entrance Barrier kits are now available as required by UL67. (In COMPAS, you must select Service Entrance Required.) 

Type P1, P2, and P3 Panelboards 


Catalog No. Description 

Catalog No. Description 

EGK 

Al Ground Bus 44 Connections 

NBK6 Number Strips 86-168 (snap-in type, P2/P3 panels) 

P2BK1 P2 250A Max Horiz. Main Breaker 


P2BK2 P2 125A Main Lug Bonding Kit 


P2BK3 P2 250-600A Main Lug and all Vert. Main Breaker Bonding Kit ECGK Cu Ground Bus 44 Connections 

IMK1 


IGK 

Insulated Al Ground Bus 


ICGK Insulated Cu Ground Bus 


EWK1 End Wall Kit with Knockouts (20" W x 5.75" DP) 

ANSI/NEMA 

PB 1.1-2013 

General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation, and 

Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 V or Less (O&M Manual) a 

EWK2 

DFFP1 


1" Filler Plate – (used for BL/BQD/xGB/xGB2/ED blank 


positions) (suitable for replacing QF3 in P1 thru P5 


Panelboards and Switchboards) 


EBF1 NEB/HEB Filler Plate 

PDF can be downloaded (at no cost) and printed at this location: http://www.nema.org/standards/pages/Panelboards.aspx 

11-38 



Panelboards 



Dimensions 

Type 1 Box 


0.313 in. Dia. 


0.313 in. Dia. 

³⁄₄ in. 

[19 ] 

20 in. 

[ 508 ] 

³⁄₄ in. 

[19 ] 



(UL approved construction. 16 Gage Steel or equivalent alternate Construction. 

14 or 12 Gage is available as an optional special order.) 

A60 Galvannealed is standard without paint. 




8.0 in. 

[ 204 ] 

Flush Mounting 

8.0 in. 

[ 204 ] 

5.75 in. 

[ 146 ] 













23.0 in. 

[ 584 ] 

23.0 in. 

[ 584 ] 

(UL approved construction. 16 Gage Steel Can with 

14 Gage front or similar approved construction.) 


Dimensions are interior of the box. Add 5/8” to width for absolute 

dimension. Add 1/8” to height for absolute dimension. 



Panelboards 



General 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Features 

Another innovation from Siemens is 

the P3 panel. It is a smaller, footprint 

distribution panel to fit a large number 

of applications that require more (or 

larger) branch devices than the lighting 

panel class offer. This panel offers a 

wide array of factory-assembled 

options, and has the ability to mix 

breaker frames in unit space up to 

250 amps. Bussing options for the P3 

vary from the standard temperature 

aluminum to temperature rated copper, 

750 A/Si aluminum, and 1000A/Si 

copper designs. All bussing in the P3 

panel is tin-plated as a standard. 

Silver-plated copper is offered as an 

option on a copper bus. Integrated 

time clocks, bus mounted contactors, 

as mains or sub mains, split bus and 

subfeed lugs (up to 400 amp) are just a 

few of the options of this unique panel. 

The P3 panel configurations, defined by 

the unit space, allow for a given 

amperage, main device, and box height. 

The P3 panel starts with a 56" high box. 

Breaker unit space can be mixed and 

matched to meet customer 

requirements. All 1" pole breakers 

(BL, BQD, xGB, xGB2, ED frames) are 

mounted in 3" or 6" pole increments. 

Breakers frames, above 125 amps, are 

mounted in 6" single or twin breaker 

mountings. QR (225A max) and 3VA52 

(250A max) breakers are twin mounted 

in 6" unit space. A max of 6 total large 

frame breakers are allowed in unit 

space. Any subfeed breakers do not 

reduce this. For example, FD 250 amp 

and JD 400 amp breakers are mounted 

as subfeed breakers outside of unit 

space. 

Main Lug/Main Breaker 


is 24" wide x 7.75" deep. X Box Height 

is determined by main device and unit 



250V DC max. 

Amperage – 800 amp max. 

Short Circuit Rating – 200 Kaic max. 

symmetrical or equal to the lowest 

rated device installed unless a series 

rating is indicated. Panels with subfeed 

or feed-thru lugs without a main device, 




Kaic. Note that the main device may be 

mounted remote from the panel. 





requirements of UL 67 – the standard 

for panelboards. All aluminum bussing 

is tin-plated. Optional bussing for the P3 

panel is: 750 A/si aluminum, 

temperature rated copper, and 1000 

A/si copper. The copper bus option 

for this panel is tin-plated. 






Gauge Steel of Boxes Fronts, 

Surface & Flush 

Dimensions in inches (mm) Gauge Steel 

Width Height Box Front 

24" 56 - 80" #16 #14 

(610) (1422, 2032) 

Like other distribution panels, the P3 

panel can have blank space added 

into the panel to allow for future 

expansions or modifications. Any 

expansions or modifications must 

be in 3" increments. BL, BQD, xGB, 

xGB2, and ED frame breakers have 3" 

or 6-pole kits and can be mixed in unit 

space by these increments. Breakers 

of the same frame can cross from one 

mounting to another if contiguous. xGB 

frame breakers cannot be mixed with 

other frame types. Any expansion or 

modification must be in 3" increments 

also. QR frame breakers are mounted 

in 6" increments for two and three 

pole single and twin mounted units. 

Changes in the unit space length for 

BL, BQD, xGB, xGB2, or ED frame 

breakers require an additional deadfront 

center strip kit. Check with sales or the 

factory for additional unit space kits. 

11-40 


Panelboards 




Panel Unit Space To Box Height Requirements 

P3 Panels With Standard Line Lugs. Unit Space (starting with 9" and adding 6" increments) “A” Dimension 

Main Lugs 

Main Breakers 

“B” 250A 250A 250A 400A 400A 600A 600A 

Dimension Horiz. Vert. Vert. Vert. Vert. Vert. Vert. 

Box Height 250A 400A 600A 800A FD FD CFD JD CJD LD CLD 

56 27 21 21 21 21 15 9 9 — 9 — 

62 33 27 27 27 27 21 15 15 9 15 9 

68 39 33 33 33 33 27 21 21 15 21 15 

74 45 39 39 39 39 33 27 27 21 27 21 

80 45 45 45 45 45 39 33 33 27 33 27 



Breaker 

Frame C E F 

FD Horiz. 7.25 — 20.13 

FD Vert. — 12.25 25.38 

CFD — 13.63 31.38 

JD — 15.63 29.38 

CJD — 14.75 35.38 

LD — 14.75 29.38 

CLD — 14.00 35.38 

Main Lug Wire Bending 

Panel Amps Standard Connectors C D 

250 (1) #6 AWG - 350 kcmil 10.75 1 13.50 

400 (2) #3/0 AWG - 250 kcmil 16.00 17.88 

or (1) 600 kcmil 

600 (2) #3/0 AWG - 500 kcmil 16.00 17.88 

800 b (2) 600 kcmil 16.00 17.88 

aThis lug is removable. 

bCU wire Required for 800A with 2 cables. See Alternate 

Lugs page 11-47 for 3 cables CU or AL options. 

Main Breaker Wire Bending Diagram 

Main Lug Wire Bending Diagram 

Box depth = 7.75 in. (197 mm) 

Box width = 24 in. (610 mm) 



Side Gutters Inches (mm) 

Reference 

Panel 

Letter Width 24" (609) 

A 7.750 (197) 

B 7.125 (181) 

C 6.000 (152) 

D 1 7.000 (178) 

E 5.000 (127) 

F 6.625 (168) 

G 5.500 (140) 

a Single branch mounting construction. 

b BQD6 is not UL Listed. Only for CUL and CSA panels. 

Box depth = 7.75 in. (197 mm) 

Box width = 24 in. (610 mm) 

Main Lug Wire Bending 

Branch Breaker Wire Bending Diagram 

A 

BL, BLH, HBL 

BL, BLH, HBL 

BLF2, BLHF2 

BLF2, BLHF2 

A 

B HBLF2, BLFB, BLHFB HBLF2, BLFB, BLHFB B 

BQD, BQD6 b 

BQD, BQD6 b 

C 

D/E 

F 

ED4, ED6 

QR2, QRH2 

NGB, HGB, LGB 

ED4, ED6 

QR2, QRH2 

NGB, HGB, LGB 

HED4, HHED6 

HQR2, HQR2H 

NGB2, HGB2, LGB2 

HED4, HHED6 

HQR2, HQR2H 


C 

D/E 

F 

G 

MFAS, HFAS, CFAS MFAS, HFAS, CFAS 

(3VA52) 

(3VA52) 

G 

Panel Width 

24 in. (610 mm) 



Panelboards 



Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Alternate Main Breakers 

Ampere 

Rating 

250 

400 

600 

Max. Interrupting Rating (kA) Ref. 

Breaker 

Type Horizontal 

Available Configurations 

Type 240V 480V 600V Code or Vertical 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC Available Trip Values 

FD6 65 35 18 FD H/V STD STD STD 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 200, 225, 250 

FXD6 65 35 18 FX H/V STD STD STD 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 200, 225, 250 

HFD6 100 65 25 HF H/V ADD ADD ADD 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 200, 225, 250 

HFXD6 100 65 25 H2 H/V ADD ADD ADD 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 200, 225, 250 

CFD6 a 200 150 100 CF V ADD ADD ADD 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 200, 225, 250 

JXD6 a 65 35 25 JX V STD STD STD 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 

JD6 a 65 35 25 J6 V STD STD STD 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 

HJXD6 a 100 65 35 H6 V ADD ADD ADD 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 

HJD6 a 100 65 35 H5 V ADD ADD ADD 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 

SJD6 a 65 35 25 SJ V ADD ADD ADD 200, 300, 400 

SHJD6 a 100 65 35 S2 V ADD ADD ADD 200, 300, 400 

CJD6 a 200 200 100 CJ V ADD ADD ADD 200, 300, 400 

SCJD6 a 200 200 100 SC V ADD ADD ADD 200, 300, 400 

LXD6 a 65 35 25 LX V STD STD STD 450, 500, 600 

LD6 a 65 35 25 L6 V STD STD STD 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 

HLXD6 a 100 65 35 HL V ADD ADD ADD 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 

HLD6 a 100 65 35 HO V ADD ADD ADD 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 

SLD6 a 65 35 25 SL V ADD ADD ADD 300, 400, 500, 600 

SHLD6 a 100 65 35 S6 V ADD ADD ADD 300, 400, 500, 600 

CLD6 a 200 150 100 CL V ADD ADD ADD 300, 400, 500, 600 

SCLD6 200 150 100 C6 V ADD ADD ADD 300, 400, 500, 600 

a Vertically mounted 

STD = Standard configuration. ADD = Additional cost. 

11-42 



Panelboards 



Selection 


Amp 

Rating 

100 

xx 

125 

225 

250 

Trip 

Type 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Breaker 

Family 

BL 

Special BLG 


Thermal 

Magnetic 

BQD 

Electronic 

and misc. 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

BL 

GB 

Sentron 

GB2 

3VA41 c 

QR 

3VA52 d 

(W/TM230 

trip) 

Breaker 

Type 

1-Pole 


120V 277V 347V 

125V 

DC 

Amp 

Ratings 

Avail. 



120/ 

240V 

240V 

480Y/ 

277V 

480V 

600Y/ 

347V 

600V 

125/ 

250V 

DC 

250V 

DC 

Amp 

Ratings 

Avail. 



S 

T 

Unit Max 

Space 1-pole 


(in.) per Kit 

BL 10 — — — 15-70 10 10 — — — — — — 15-100 d — T 3.00 6 

BLH 22 — — — 15-70 22 22 — — — — — — 15-100 d — T 3.00 6 

HBL 65 — — — 15-50 65 65 — — — — — — 15-100 — T 3.00 6 

BLG a 10 — — — 15-20 10 — — — — — — — 30 — T 3.00 6 

BL (HID) 10 — — — 15-30 10 — — — — — — — 15-30 — T 3.00 6 

BQD f 65 14 — 14 15-100 — 65 14 — — — 14 — 15-100 — T 3.00 6 

BQD6 g 65 — — 14 15-70 — 65 — 10 — 14 — 15-70 — T 3.00 6 

AFCI/ 

GFCI 

& Dual 

Function 

x — — — 

see 

special 

table 

page 

11-13 

x — — — — — — — 

see 

special 

table 

page 

11-13 

— T 3.00 6 

NGB 100 25 14 14 15-125 — 100 25 — 14 — 14 — 15-125 — T 3.00 6 

HGB 100 35 14 14 15-125 — 100 35 — 14 — 14 — 15-125 — T 3.00 6 

LGB 100 65 14 14 15-125 — 100 65 — 14 — 14 — 15-125 — T 3.00 6 

ED4 — 22 — 30 15-100 — 65 — 18 — — — 30 15-125 — T 3.00 6 

ED6 — — — — — — 65 — 25 — 18 — 30 20-125 — T 3.00 6 

HED4 b — — — — — — 65 — 18 b — — — 30 15-125 — T 3.00 6 

HHED6 — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 18 — — 15-50 — T 3.00 6 

NGB2 100 25 14 14 d 15-125 — 100 — 25 14 — 14 e — 15-125 — T 3.00 6 

HGB2 100 35 22 14 d 15-125 — 100 — 35 22 — 14 e — 15-125 — T 3.00 6 

LGB2 100 65 25 14 d 15-125 — 100 — 65 25 — 14 e — 15-125 — T 3.00 6 

info not x x x x x x x — x — — x — T 3.00 6 

yet available 

x x x x x x x — x — — x — T 3.00 6 

x x x x x x x — x — — x — T 3.00 6 

QR2 — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — 100-225 — T 6.00 6 

QRH2 — — — — — — 25 — — — — — — 100-225 — T 6.00 6 

HQR2 — — — — — — 65 — — — — — — 100-225 — T 6.00 6 

HQR2H — — — — — — 100 — — — — — — 100-225 — T 6.00 6 

MFAS — — — — — 85 85 — 35 — 18 — — 100-250 — T 6.00 6 

HFAS — — — — — 100 100 — 65 — 25 — — 100-250 — T 6.00 6 

CFAS — — — — — 200 200 — 100 — 35 — — 100-250 — T 6.00 6 


Subfeed Breakers (available in 2-pole or 3-pole) 

Breaker 

Type 

Mounting Position When 

Used as Subfeed Breaker 

Ampere 

Ratings 

For Load 

Maximum Interrupting Rating 

(kA) Symmetrical 

240V AC 480V AC 600V AC 

FD6 h , FXD6 Twin (Vertical) 70–250 65 35 18 

HFD6 h , HFXD6 Twin (Vertical) 70–250 100 65 25 

JD6 i , JXD6 Single (Horizontal) 200–400 65 35 25 

HJD6 i , HJXD6 Single (Horizontal) 200–400 100 65 35 

Neutral Connectors 

Wire Range 

Max. 

Number of Max. 

Connections Amps 

#14-#1/0 44 125 

#4 - 350 kcmil 6 250 

(1)#4 - 600 kcmil or 

(2)#6 - 250 kcmil 

1 400 



b 1-pole HED 15-30A rated 65kA; 35-100A rated 25kA: 

3-pole HED rated 42kA 

c Availability and additional specs tbd, expected late 2019. 

(COMPAS may allow selection of alternate trip units) 

d Twin Mount 3VA52 available 2018 with Thermal 

Magnetic Trip (TMTU), 3VA62 with Electronic Trip 

(ETU) availability tbd. 

e 2-pole only or two outer poles of 3-pole breaker 

f Approved for CSA and UL Listed. 

g Approved for CSA but not UL Listed. 

h Twin mounted subfeed breakers are mounted at bottom 

of panelboard only and adds 24" to the panel height. 

i Subfeed breaker is mounted at bottom of panelboard 

only. 400 amp subfeed breaker adds 30" to the panel 

height. 



Panelboards 



Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Typical Catalog Numbers 

Main Lugs Only – Examples of Panel numbers w/o options that add to box height. 

– Shown with Aluminum bus, Top fed, and Surface Trims 

Max. Panel 

Amp Rating 

250 

400 

600 

800 

Max.Unit 

Space 

(inches) 

120/240V 


208Y/120V 


240/120V Delta 3Ø4W 

BØ High Leg 


Box 

Height 

Inches 

27 P3A56ML250ATS P3C56ML250ATS P3B56ML250ATS 56 




















Max. Panel 

Amp Rating 

Max.Unit 

Space 

(inches) 

480V Delta 


240V Delta 


480Y/277V 



Box 

Height 

Inches 

27 P3F56ML250ATS P3D56ML250ATS P3E56ML250ATS 56 


250 






400 






600 






800 




General Note: Panel numbers and box sizes are for reference only - COMPAS will configure proper Box size needed. 

11-44 



Panelboards 



Selection 

Typical Catalog Numbers 

Main Circuit Breaker – Examples of Panel numbers w/o options that add to box height. 

– Shown with Aluminum bus, Top fed, and Surface Trims 

Max. Panel 

Amp Rating 

Max.Unit 

Space 

(inches) 

120/240V 


208Y/120V 


240/120V Delta 3Ø4W 

BØ High Leg 


250 a 33 P3A68FD250ATS P3B68FD250ATS P3C68FD250ATS 68 

21 P3A56FD250ATS P3B56FD250ATS P3C56FD250ATS 56 




400 b 21 P3A68JD400ATS P3B68JD400ATS P3C68JD400ATS 68 

9 P3A56JD400ATS P3B56JD400ATS P3C56JD400ATS 56 




600 c 21 P3A68LD600ATS P3B68LD600ATS P3C68LD600ATS 68 

9 P3A56LD600ATS P3B56LD600ATS P3C56LD600ATS 56 




Box 

Height 

Inches 


Max. Panel 

Amp Rating 

Max.Unit 

Space 

(inches) 

480V Delta 


240V Delta 


480Y/277V 



250 a 33 P3F68FD250ATS P3D68FD250ATS P3E68FD250ATS 68 

21 P3F56FD250ATS P3D56FD250ATS P3E56FD250ATS 56 




400 b 21 P3F68JD400ATS P3D68JD400ATS P3E68JD400ATS 68 

9 P3F56JD400ATS P3D56JD400ATS P3E56JD400ATS 56 




600 c 21 P3F68LD600ATS P3D68LD600ATS P3E68LD600ATS 68 

9 P3F56LD600ATS P3D56LD600ATS P3E56LD600ATS 56 




General Note: Panel numbers and box sizes are for reference only - COMPAS will configure proper Box size needed. 

Box 

Height 

Inches 

a 250A: for Vert. FD subtract 6" of unit space; for CFD 

subtract 12" of unit space 

b 400A: for CJD box height 56 does not exist, subtract 6" 

from unit space for all others 

c 600A: for CLD box height 56 does not exist, subtract 6" 

from unit space for all others 



Panelboards 



Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Enclosures 

Extra Gutter to Sides or Ends 

of the Can (Type 1 Only) 

Description 

6" end gutter 

2" side gutter 

Barrier in gutter (add to extra 

gutter price – min 4" required) 

Hinged trims 

Piano hinged trims 

Door-in-door trims 

Screw to the box trims 

Trim mounted devices . . . . . See page 11-104 

• Pilot lights 

• Toggle switches 

• Push buttons 

Painted boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . See page 11-104 

Custom colors . . . . . . . . . . See painted boxes 

Increase gauge trims 

and boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See page 11-104 

Stainless steel trims, 

Type 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See page 11-104 

Meters 

(Contact sales for pricing and application 

engineering for space requirements) 

Panel Skirts See page 11-105 

Special Locks (see page 11-7) 

TEY 

TEU1 

Cat 60 

LL803 

LL806 

Yale 47 (NYC) 


Best Lock 7-pin tumbler 

Southco 1/4" Fastener 


Panel Bus Modifications 

Catalog Number Addition 

Amperes Ratings 

Main Bus 

125A 250A 400A 600A 

750 A/SI AL. B B B B 

Copper (tin pltd.) F F F F 

Copper (silver E E E E 

pltd.) 

1000 A/SI Copper G G G G 

(tin pltd.) 

1000 A/SI Copper 

(silver pltd.) 

H H H H 

Subfeed, Feed-Thru and Split 

Bus (for 2-pole or 3-pole) 

Ampere 

Rating 

Branch and Main Breaker Accessories 

See page 11-102 and Breaker Section 

• Handle blocks 

• Handle locks 

• Aux. Contacts a 

• UVR a 

Increase capacity neutral up to 200% 

Main Bus Amps 

125 

250 

400 

600 



Copper MLO Only 

Main Bus Amps 

125 

250 

400 

600 

Connector 

Cu/Al Wire Range 

Unit 

Space 

(inches) 

Subfeed (Double) Lugs for Main Lug 

Panelboards Only (400 max) 

225/250 (2)—#6 AWG-350 kcmil 6 

400 

(4)—250 kcmil 

(2)—600 kcmil 

6 

Feed-Thru Lugs — Cannot Be Used 

in Conjunction with TVSS or Subfeed 

Breakers 



225/250 (1)—#6 AWG-350 kcmil 6 

400 

(2)—250 kcmil 

(1)—600 kcmil 

6 

600 (2)—250-500 kcmil 9 

800 (2)—600 kcmil 12 

Split Bus (1 per interior) 

225/250 (1)—#6 AWG-350 kcmil 6 

400 (2)—250 kcmil 

6 

(1)—600 kcmil 

600 (2)—250-500 kcmil 6 

800 (2)—600 kcmil 6 

(Devices mounted and wired to the trim should 

also have hinge-to-box trim specified) 

Bus mounted SPD 

See Section 10 for TPS1 

Service Entrance Label 

Type P3 Panelboards are factory labeled 

suitable for use as service entrance 

equipment when NEC requirements are met. 

A panelboard cannot have more than six 

main disconnects, unless it is a lighting and 

appliance branch panelboard. Lighting and 

appliance branch panelboards are limited to 

two main disconnects. Factory installed and 

Field installable Service Entrance Barrier kits 

are now available as required by UL67 (In 

COMPAS, you must select Service Entrance 

Required). 


Ground Bars except for brazed to box are 

shipped with the panel interior not factory 

mounted. 

• Non-Insulated Equipment Ground Bar 





(Not recommended for painted or 

NEMA 3R enclosures) 

Shunt Trip on Main or Branch 

BL, BLH, HBL, BQD, ED4, HED4, ED6, 

HHED6, QR2, QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H as 

branch only. BL, BLH, HBL, NGB, HGB, 

LGB, ED4, HED4, ED6, HHED6 uses 1" 

unit space for shunt trip. All others may 

be used on mains or subfeeds. 

Time Clocks 

Time clocks may be mounted in a 23" 

enclosure to be cable connected to the 

panel. Sangamo, Tork or Paragon time 

clock can be supplied and mounted in 

panelboard cabinet. Adds 12" to panel 

height. Mounts in Sub-area. 

Description 

Time Clock (1 or 2-pole, single or double 

throw contacts; 3-pole, single throw) 

277V maximum with plain dial 

Astronomical dial 

An omitting device 

Reserve power or carryover 

Space and mounting 

provisions only 

a Accessories on 1" pole breakers (BL, BQD, ED) will take 

unit space. 

11-46 



Panelboards 

Type P3 Panelboard Standard Modifications 

Selection 

Option Combinations 

Subfeed Feed-thru FD a JD a FD b 200% Min. Box Unit Space 

Amps Incoming Lugs Lugs Subfeed Subfeed Subfeeds Neutral Size (in.) (in.) 

• — — — • 56 27 

Main Lug Only — — • — — • 56 15 

— — — • • 56 9 

• — — — • 56 21 

Main Lugs w/Subfeed Lugs • — • — — • 56 21 

250 — — — • • 62 9 

Main Breaker (Horiz. FD) — 

• — — — • 56 21 

— • — — • 56 9 

Main Breaker (Vert. FD) None Std. • — — — • 56 15 

Main Breaker (CFD) 

None Std. 

• — — — • 56 9 

— • — — • 68 9 

• — — — — • 56 21 

— • — — — • 56 15 

Main Lug Only — — • — — • 56 9 

— — — • — • 56 9 

— — — — • • 62 9 

— — — — • 56 9 

• — — — • 62 9 

400 bc Main Breaker (JD) None Std. — • — — • 68 9 

— — • — • 68 9 

— — — • • 74 9 

— — — — • 62 9 

• — — — • 74 9 

Main Breaker (CJD) None Std — • — — • 74 9 

— — • — • 74 9 

— — — • • 80 9 

— — — — • 56 21 

• — — — • 56 15 

Main Lug Only — — • — — • 56 9 

— — • — — 56 9 

— — — • • 62 9 

— — — — • 56 9 

• — — — • 62 9 

600 bc Main Breaker LD — — • — — • 68 9 

— — • — — 68 9 

— — — • • 74 9 

— — — — • 62 9 

• — — — • 68 9 

Main Breaker CLD — — • — — • 74 9 

— — • — — 74 9 

— — — • • 80 9 

— — — — • 56 21 

• — — — • 56 9 

800 bc Main Lug Only — — • — — • 56 9 

— — • — — 56 9 

— — — • • 62 9 


a Subfed lugs are currently not offered as standard with 

main circuit breakers. 

b Subfed lugs on panels above 400A are not standard. 

c 200% neutral cannot be provided along with a 400A 

subfeed breaker because the breaker blocks the 4th 

lug site. 


Panelboards 



Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 


Amp Breaker 

Compression 

Box Height 

Style Rating Type 

Connectors 

Addition 

250 N/A (1)#6 AWG - 350 kcmil — 

MLO 

Main 

Breaker 

400 N/A 

(1) 250 - 500 kcmil or 

(2)# 1/0 AWG - 250 kcmil 

600 N/A (2)#3/0 AWG - 500 kcmil — 

800 N/A (2) 400-750 kcmil Cu only — 

250 FXD6, HFD6, CFD6 (1)#6 AWG - 350 kcmil Cu or Al 

CFD6 requires an 

additional 6.0" box height 

400 

JD6, JXD6, HJD6, CJD6, 

SJD6, SHJD6, SCJD6 

(2)#1/0 AWG - 500 kcmil Cu or Al — 

600 

LD6, LXD6, HLD6, CJD6, 

SLD6, SHLD6, SCLD6 

(2)#2/0 AWG - 500 kcmil Cu or Al — 

— 

— 


Amp 

Style Rating 

MLO 

Main 

Breaker 



Description 


NEMA 3R/12 enclosures a 

Gasket between trim 

and box (Type 1) 

Breaker 

Type 

400 N/A 

Standard AL 

Connectors 

(1) 250 - 750 kcmil or 

(2)#3/0 AWG - 250 kcmil Cu or Al 

800 N/A (3)#4-500 Kcmil CU or Al capacity 6 

400 

JD6, JXD6, HJD6, CJD6, 


(1)#4/0 AWG - 750 kcmil Cu or Al 6 

Box Height 

Addition 

6 

NEMA-4X For Type P3 

Water Tight, Dust Tight and Corrosion Resistant 

(consult plant for actual enclosure size and for 

NEMA 4 enclosures) 

Box Height Enclosure – Stainless Steel 

Inches H W D 

56 56 24 7.75 

62 62 24 7.75 

68 68 24 7.75 

74 74 24 7.75 

80 80 24 7.75 

a 16 Gauge Cans w/ 14 Gauge Front) 

b 14 Gauge only 

c 14 Gauge only - 304SS Std, 316SS Optional) 

11-48 



Panelboards 

Type P3 Panelboard Kits and Accessories 


Selection 

Standard Enclosures 

Box 

Height 

(in.) 


Type 1 

Standard Trim 

Box Surface Flush Type 3R Type 3R/12 

56 24WD56 P3S56 P3F56 24NRD56 24WPD56 

62 24WD62 P3S62 P3F62 24NRD62 24WPD62 

68 24WD68 P3S68 P3F68 24NRD68 24WPD68 

74 24WD74 P3S74 P3F74 24NRD74 24WPD74 

80 24WD80 P3S80 P3F80 24NRD80 24WPD80 

Options For Type 1 Trims 

Items must be ordered as manual line item on factory 

Hinged trim – Add “H” suffix 

Door-in-door – Add “D” suffix 

Metal card holder – Add “M” suffix 




BBKB32 (P2/P3) BL/BQD 6-pole 3" branch breaker kit Kit contains top barrier, (3) A/C connectors, (1) B connector, hardware 

BBKNB32 (P2/P3) NGB, HGB, LGB 6-pole 3" branch breaker kit Kit contains top barrier, (3) A/C connectors, (1) B connector, hardware 

BBKGB32 (P2/P3) NGB2, HGB2, LGB2 6-pole 3" branch breaker kit Kit contains top barrier, (3) A/C connectors, (1) B connector, hardware 

BBKEB32 (P3) NEB/HEB 6-pole 3" branch breaker kit Kit contains top barrier, (3) A/C connectors, (1) B connector, hardware 

BBKED32 (P2/P3) ED 6-pole 3" branch breaker kit 

Kit contains breaker support, inter-phase barriers, (3) A/C connectors, 

(1) B connector, hardware 

BBKQ2 (P3) Branch breaker kit for 2 and 3-pole QJ twin mount 

Kit contains all connectors and cover plates necessary to mount both 2 and 


BBKQR2 ac P3 twin BKR mounting kit for QR 1-phase/3-phase 

Kit contains all connectors and cover plates necessary to mount both 2 and 

3-pole breakers (limit 6 QR per panel) 

BBKVA52P3T c P3 strap kit; twin mount 3VA52 branch 

Uses 6" of unit space. Includes 2x BBKVA52P3HW, barrier, straps, & 

mounting hardware. 

BBKA52P3HW P3 branch breaker hardware kit Includes screw retainers & mounting screws. 



P3BK1 P3 bonding kit 800A max MLO+MB Bonding strap and hardware. For all MLO+MB configurations. 

EBF1 HEB/NEB Filler Plate Filler Plate 

BBKQRP2FK 

Kit contains all cover plates necessary to change from QJ to QR both 2 and 

P3 Filler for QR. Dual mount horizontal. 

3-pole breakers. For 1-phase panel, both breakers must change from QJ to 

1-phase/3-phase. 

QR, cannot have one of each installed. 

SEBKP3V1 b Service entrance barrier kit CFD, FD (P3 only) Kit contains barrier, mounting brackets, and hardware 

SEBKP1P2P3V1 b JD, LD Service Entrance Barrier Kit (RP1, P1, P2, P3) Kit contains barrier, mounting brackets, and hardware 

SEBKP2V3 

FD, QJ, QR Horizontal Main Service Entrance Barrier 

(P2, P2 with SEM3, P3) 



b Factory installed and Field installable Service Entrance Barrier kits are now available as required by UL67. (In COMPAS, you must select Service Entrance Required.) 

c Maximum 6 large frame breakers in unit space. (QR + 3VA52) 

Type P1, P2, and P3 Panelboards 


Catalog Number Description 

EGK 

Al Ground Bus 44 Connections 

BK1 

Bonding kit for 250A max. and all P1 panels 

IMK1 




NBK3 

Number Strips 1-42. Snap-in type; Use w/P2 & P3 series Panels 

NBK4 


NBK5 


NBK6 


NBK7 


NBK8 


ECGK 

Cu Ground Bus 44 Connections 

IGK 

Insulated Al Ground Bus 

ICGK 

Insulated Cu Ground Bus 

EWK2 


DFFP1 

1" Filler Plate (used for BL/BQD/xGB/xGB2/ED blank positions) (Suitable for replacing QF3 in 

P1 thru P5 Panelboards and Switchboards) 

ANSI/NEMA 

PB 1.1-2013 

General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Panelboards 

Rated 600 Volts or Less (O&M Manual) a 

PDF can be downloaded (at no cost) and printed at this location: http://www.nema.org/standards/pages/Panelboards.aspx 



Panelboards 



Dimensions 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Type 1 Box 


0.313 in. Dia. 

0.313 in. Dia. 

(UL approved construction. 16 gage steel or equivalent alternate construction. 

14 or 12 gage is available as an optional special order.) 

G60 Galvanized is standard without paint. 


10.0 

[254] 

10.0 

[254] 

















27.0 in. 

[ 686 ] 

27.0 in. 

(UL approved construction. 16 gage steel can with 

[ 686 ] 

14 gage front or similar approved construction.) 


a Dimensions are interior of the box. Add 5/8" to width for absolute 

dimension. Add 1/8" to height for absolute dimension. 


11-50 


3VA Breaker Configuration Information in Panelboards 


3VA breaker Accessories Information 

Selection 

Panelboard Specific 3VA Accessories Available in Panelboards 

3VA Series Accessories 

There are 4 positions on each side of 

the trip handle of the 3VA52 breaker. 

Accessories can be 1, 2 or 3 positions 

wide and fit in specific locations as 

shown on charts and on the inside 

cover of each breaker. 

Accessory types: 

3VA breaker auxiliary releases allow 

remote electrical tripping of the circuit 

breaker 

n STL – Shunt Trip Left 

n STF – Shunt Trip Flexible 

n UVR – Undervoltage Releases Trip 


n 

Accessories UNI – Universal and Spare Release Parts - Shunt 

Trip and an Undervoltage Release 

Internal are Combined accessories 

■ Overview 

Color coding of accessories 

STL 

UVR 

UNI 

All Auxiliary and Alarm Switches for 

3VA breakers belong to an integrated 

range of accessories 

n AUX_HQ / AUX_HP – Auxiliary 

Switches 

n LCS_HQ / LCS_HP – Leading 

Changeover Switches 

n TAS_HQ / TAS_HP – Trip Alarm 

Switches 

n EAS_HQ / EAS_HP – Electrical 

alarm switches 

3VA Auxiliary and Alarm Switches 

have standard (HQ) and high capacity 

(HP) types as well as “electronic” 

versions for example: AUX_HQ_el 

* Padlock accessory will be available 

in a future release. 

LCS 

EAS 

3VA52 Breaker Features 

3VA Internal Breaker 

Accessories configurations 

TMTU 

Thermal-Magnetic trip 

Accessory Slots 

Frame 

width 

Amp 

range 

3VA41 - 1-pole 1p 15-125 0 

3VA41 - 1-pole in 2p frame 

3 

3VA41 - 2-pole 

2p 15-125 

3 

3VA41 - 3-pole 3p 15-125 6 

3VA51 - 1-pole 1p 15-125 0 

3VA51 - 1 pole in 2p frame 2p 15-125 3 

3VA51 - 2 pole in 3p frame 

6 


3p 15-125 

6 

3VA51 - 3-pole MCS 3p 100 6 

3VA52 - 2-pole in 3p frame 

8 


3p 100-250 

8 

3VA52 - 3-pole MCS 3p 100-250 8 

3VA53 - 3-pole 3p 200-400 10 

ETU - Electronic Trip* 

3VA61 - 3 pole 3p 16-150 8 

3VA62 - 3-pole 3p 40-250 8 

3VA63 - 3-pole 3p 100-400 10 

3VA64 - 3-pole 3p 160-600 10 


* 100% rated may have reduced ranges 

3VA6 ETU only 

STF 

COM060 

24 V module Lock adapter for 

mounting the 

cylinder lock 

AUX 

TAS 

I201_19551 

A color coding system has been used to clearly identify the 

specific functions of individual accessories: 

Color Auxiliary switches and alarm switches Auxiliary releases 

Black Auxiliary switch AUX • Shunt trip left STL 

• Shunt trip flexible STF 

Gray Leading changeover switch LCS • Undervoltage release UVR 

Yellow Trip alarm switch TAS -- 

Green Electrical alarm switch EAS -- 

Blue -- Universal release UNI 

Auxiliary switches 

All auxiliary and alarm switches for the 3VA UL molded case 

circuit breakers belong to an integrated range of accessories. 

The auxiliary switches can be simply snapped into place and 

connected up in the accessories compartment provided on the 

front face of the unit to the left and right of the handle. 

The purpose of the auxiliary switches (AUX) is to signal the 

position of the main contacts of the molded case circuit breaker. 

The contacts of the auxiliary switches open and close 

simultaneously with the main contacts of the molded case circuit 

breaker. 

Leading changeover switches (LCS) signal the opening of the 

Auxiliary releases 

Auxiliary releases allow remote electrical tripping of the circuit 

breaker. They can be used to monitor control or main circuits in 

order to implement 3VA a accessories protective system install against easily. accidental 

restart following a power failure, for example. 

Special Hardware kit for P3 Twin Mount aligns screw 

Undervoltage 

for 

releases 

easy 

trip 

installation. 

the 3VA UL molded case circuit 

breaker in the event that the rated voltage of a monitored circuit 

drops below a minimum permissible limit or fails altogether. 

Shunt trips can be used Siemens to trip Industry, the 3VA Inc. UL SPEEDFAX molded case Product circuit Catalog 11-51 

breaker remotely. The STF variant can be mounted in either the 

left-hand or the right-hand accessories compartment (for 3VA6 

only). The STL type is specifically designed for mounting in the



P1 Lighting Panel General information 

Minimum enclosure size: 20" wide x 5.75" deep 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

P1 Lighting Panelboard 

P1 interiors have unit space setup for either: 

A) BL/BQD type of breakers only 

or 

B) xGB and 3VA41 breakers only in same interior 

(no BL/BQD allowed) 

Deadfront Supports 

Neutral Riser 

Neutral Strips: 

1/0 max. factory 

assembled 

(BL/BQD) 

2/0 max. 

available for 

field install 

2/0 max. std. 

for xGB/3VA41 

A/C-Phase 

Connector 

- CU or AL 

Base Rails 

Main Space 

P1 Lighting Panel 

P1 Main Space can include: 

Main Lugs: 250A or 400A max 

Main Breaker Types: 

n 100A max BL/BQD & 125A max. xGB or ED 

n 125A max. 3VA41 (TMTU) 

(horiz. mount) 

n 225A max. QR series (horizontal mount) 

n 250A max. FD series (horizontal mount) 

n 400A max. 3VA53/63 (TMTU/ETU) 

(vertical mount) 

(ETU = Electronic Trip Unit) 

(TMTU = Thermal Magnetic Trip Unit) 

n 400A max. JD series (vertical mount) 

Future 3VA offering in development: 



P1 Branch Breakers — Small Frame only: 

a) 100A max BL series 

b) 100A max BQD series 

c) 125A max xGB or 3VA41 

series after 3/1/2020 

(Cannot Mix with BL/BQD) 

Note: always check dead front labels 

for allowed breakers 

B-Phase 

Connector 

- CU or AL 

Bus Bars: 

250A - CU or AL 


Subfeed Space 

P1 Subfeed Space offering: 

Feed-thru Lugs: 

A) 250A or 400A 

B) Surge Protection Devices (SPD) 

C) Subfeed Breakers: 

– 250A max. horizontal mounnt FD 

– 225A max. QR 

– 100A max. BL/BQD 

– 125A max. xGB/3VA41/ED 


– 250A max. 3VA52 TMTU 

– 250A max. 3VA62 ETU 

– Horizontal mount only 

11-52 







P2 interiors have flexible unit space setup for 

Multiple Branch Breaker Types and many different 

Main/Subfeed options. 

Neutral Cross 

Strap 

– positions for 

mounting 

Neutral lugs 

– many different 

configurations 

are used. 


1/0 max. cable size 

"Step lugs" and other 

varieties depending 

on the configuration 

– factory assembled 

only 

– optional field installable 

kits may be added in 

near future to include 

2/0 capability. 

Various Branch 

Breaker Strap 

Kits installed 

Field installable 

Neutral Extension 

can be added for 

AFCI/GFCI when 

needed due to 

short pigtails. It 

can be positioned 

anywhere along 

the base rail on 

either side. 

kit # BNKP2EX1 

BNKP2EX1 


Base Rails 

Main Space 



Main Lugs: 125A, 250A, 400A or 600A 

==> also Subfeed Lugs: 125A, 250A or 400A 


n 100A max. BL/BQD or 125A max. xGB or ED 



n 600A max. LD series (vertical mount) 










P2 Branch Breakers — Small Frame: 



c) Various AFCI/GFCI series 

d) 125A max ED series (480V delta capable) 

e) 125A max xGB series 

f) 125A max GB2 series 

(480V delta capable) 


g) 125A max. 3VA41 TMTU 


P2 Branch Breakers — Large Frame 

(6 max.) 

1) 225A max QR series (total 225A/250A 

frame, four per panel limit) 


2) 150A max 3VA61 ETU single mount 

3) 250A max 3VA52/62 TMTU/ETU 

single mount 


Bus Bars: 




Subfeed Space offering: 


A) 125A, 250A, 400A, or 600A 


C Subfeed Breakers: 

– 250A max. FD twin mount vertical 

– 400A max. JD single mount vertical 


– 400A max. 3VA53/63 (TMTU/ETU) 

(vertical single mount) 

Subfeed Space 






11 

PANELBOARDS 


P3 interiors have flexible unit space setup for 

Multiple Branch Breaker Types and many different 

Main/Subfeed options. 

Main Lugs shown 

installed 


Base Rails 



Main Lugs: 250A, 400A, 600A or 800A 

==> also Subfeed Lugs: 250A or 400A 




n 600A max. LD series (vertical mount) 

Neutral Cross 

Straps 

– top and bottom 

– positions for 

mounting up to 

four 350 kcmil 

Neutral lugs 

each 


1/0 max. cable 

currently 

– factory assembled 

only 

– optional field 

installable kits 

may be added 

in near future to 

include 2/0 max. 

capacity neutral 

kits. 

Various Branch 

Breaker Strap Kits 

installed 

Bus Bars: 





Neutral Cross 

Straps 

P3 interior is similar 

to P2 but has a 2 inch 

high riser to allow for 

larger Breakers and 

additional gutter space. 

Main Space 

Subfeed Space 



(horizontal mount) 












e) 125A max xGB series 

f) 125A max GB2 series (480V delta capable) 


g) 125A max. 3VA41 TMTU (480V delta 

capable 


(6 max.) 

1) 225A max QR series (twin mount) 

2) 250A max 3VA52 Series (twin Mount) 

(total 225A/250A frame, 6 per panel limit) 


3) 250A max 3VA62/3VA61 ETU single 

mount 

New 3VA offering has many field 

installable accessories available. 

P3 Subfeed Space offering: 


A) 225A/250A, 400A, 600A or 800A 


C) Subfeed Breakers: 

– 250A max. FD twin mount vertical 

– 400A max. JD single mount vertical 



(vertical twin mount) 


(vertical single mount) 

11-54 




P4 Power Panel General information 

Minimum enclosure size: 32" wide x 10" deep 

P4 Power Panel 

P4 interiors have unit space setup for Multiple Branch 

Breaker Types and many different Main Breaker options. 

Neutral 

Connections* 

– at Main end 

of panel 

– Various configurations. 

* Depends on 

breaker selection 

- Consult factory 

for details 

Main Lugs 

shown 

installed 

Main Space 

– Mains are mounted 

in unit space 

– All are horizontal mount 

Vented Front Cover 



Main Lugs: 400A, 600A, 800A, 

1000A or 1200A 

Main Breaker Types: (horizontal mount) 

n 100A max. BL/BQD or 125A max. xGB or ED 

n 400A max. JD and VL-JG series 

n 600A max. LD and VL-LG series 

n 800A max. LM and VL-MG series 








SEM3 CT's 

installed 

Various 

Branch 

Breaker 

Strap Kits 

installed 

Bus Bars: 

CU or AL 

SEM3 

Controller 

and Meter 

module 

racks 

P4 Unit Space 

below Bus: 

There is no 

actual Subfeed 

space.- All 

Space is unit 

space, but at 

the bottom 

below the 

bus, there can 

be additional 

components 

such as the 

SEM3 devices 

shown. 

Unit Space 

below Bus 



(10, 22, 65 kaic @ 240V) 


(14 kaic @ 480/277V) 



e) 125A max xGB seriesf) 125A max 

GB2 series (480V delta capable) 


g) 125A max. 3VA41 TMTU 



(6 max.) 

1) 150A max VL-DG series 

2) 150A 3VA61 ETU Series (new 2019) 

3) 225A max QR series 

4) 250A max FD or VL-FG series 

5) 250A max 3VA52/62 TMTU/ETU (new 2019) 

6) 400A max JD and VL-JG series 

7) 600A max. LD and VL-LG series 

8) 800A max. MD and VL-MG series 


9) 400A max. 3VA53/63 (TMTU/ETU) 



New 3VA offerings have many field 

installable accessories available including 

strap kits. 

(See Strap Kit Table page 11-77). 


P4 Standard Box Width is 32" W 




P5 Power Panel General information 

Minimum enclosure size: 38" wide x 10" deep 

11 

PANELBOARDS 


P5 interiors have unit space setup for Multiple Branch 

Breaker Types and many different Main Breaker options. 

Neutral 

Connections* 

– at Main end 

of panel 

– Various configurations. 

* Depends on 

breaker selection 

- Consult factory 

for details 

Main Lugs 

shown 

installed 

SEM3 CT's 

installed 

Various 

Branch 

Breaker 

Strap Kits 

installed 

Bus Bars: 

CU or AL 

Main Space 

– Mains are mounted 

in unit space 

– All are horizontal mount 




Main Lugs: 400A, 600A, 800A, 

1000A or 1200A 

Main Breaker Types: (horizontal mount) 

n 400A max. JD and VL-JG series 

n 600A max. LD and VL-LG series 

n 800A max. LM and VL-MG series 

n 1200A max. ND and VL-NG series 











d) 125A max ED series 


d) 125A max xGB series 

e) 125A max GB2 series 



f) 125A max. 3VA41 TMTU 


SEM3 

Controller 

and Meter 

module 

racks 

P5 Unit Space 

below Bus: 

There is no 

actual Subfeed 

space.- All 

Space is unit 

space, but at 

the bottom 

below the 

bus, there can 

be additional 

components 

such as the 

SEM3 devices 

shown. 

Unit Space 

below Bus 

P5 Branch Breakers — 

Large Frame (6 max.) 

1) 150A max VL-DG series 

2) 150A 3VA61 ETU Series (new 2019) 

3) 225A max QR series 

4) 250A max FD or VL-FG series 

5) 250A max 3VA52/62 TMTU/ETU 

(new 2019) 

6) 400A max JD and VL-JG series 

7) 600A max. LD and VL-LG series 

8) 800A max. MD and VL-MG series 

9) 1200A max. ND and VL-NG series 





(See Strap Kit Table page 11-91). 


P5 Standard Box Width is 38" W 

11-56 




3VA Electronic Trip Units 

Selection 

3VA6 ETU – "Electronic Trip" versions of 3VA Breakers used in Panelboards 

n See following pages for internal accessory pocket locations available in TMTU & ETU versions 

n Standard part number shown for base trip unit - other variations available shown in lower chart 

n Breakers shown do not include lugs - lugs are ordered separately as needed per application 

n COMPAS will allow various Lug configurations based on Panel Type and mounting location 


For Accessories 

and positions see 

tables on pages 

11-64 and 11-68 

Connector Kits for 3 Pole 3VA6 series Breakers 

Description 

note: Use 3-pole for 

2-pole applications 

Connector Kits AL CU 

3 Pole 3VA6 series Breakers without connectors 

Standard in COMPAS includes ETU350 LSI Trip 

(Ir and Ii are adjustable) 

One Connector Kit 

required for each 

breaker when panel 

mounted. 

ETU350 LSI 

included 

3VA61/62 3VA9243-0JB12 3VA9243-0JD12 

3VA63 3VA9373-0JB13 3VA9373-0JD13 

3VA64 

ETU350 LSI 

included 

ETU350 LSI 

included 

ETU350 LSI 

included 

kA ratings @ 50/60 Hz 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 

240 VAC kAIC rating ==> 100 100 200 200 

480Y / 277 VAC kAIC rating ==> 35 65 100 150 




250 VDC kAIC rating ==> na na na na 

amps Adj. Ir code 

3VA61 UL Type Code / MB code ==> MDAE / W2 HDAE / W3 CDAE / W4 LDAE a / W5 

40 16-40 40 3VA61 3P breaker w/trip 3VA6140-5HN31-0AA0 3VA6140-6HN31-0AA0 3VA6140-7HN31-0AA0 3VA6140-8HN31-0AA0 



3VA62 UL Type Code / MB code ==> MFAE / WA HFAE / WB CFAE / WC LFAE a / WD 



3VA63 UL Type Code / MB code ==> MJAE / WE HJAE / WF CJAE / WG LJAE a / WH 



3VA63 MCS UL Type Code / MB code ==> na na CJAE / WG na 

400 na 40 3VA63 3P Molded Case Sw non adj. short circuit release I i ==> 3VA6340-1BB31-0AA0 na 

3VA64 UL Type Code / MB code ==> MLAE / WJ HLAE / WK CLAE / WL LLAE a / WM 



3VA64 MCS UL Type Code / MB code ==> na na CLAE / WL na 

600 na 60 3VA64 3P Molded Case Sw non adj. short circuit release I i ==> 3VA6460-1BB31-0AA0 na 

Electronic Trip Units available for 3VA61/62/63/64 series 

(COMPAS may require special Mod for some options) 

Part # 

Display and/or 

Differences Alternate Trips available I r I i I sd I g Ground Fault type Metering Included 

…HL31-0AA0 ETU320 LI I r I i — — na no 

…HM31-0AA0 ETU330 LIG I r I i — I g Adjustable Protection (b) no 

…JP31-0AA0 ETU550 LSI with Display only I r I i I sd — na yes - Display only 

…JT31-0AA0 ETU556 LSI(G) with Display only I r I i I sd I g Adjustable Alarm (a) yes - Display only 

…JQ31-0AA0 ETU560 LSI(G) with Display only I r I i I sd I g Adjustable Protection (b) yes - Display only 

…KL31-0AA0 ETU820 LI w/Display & Metering I r I i — — na yes - both 

…KM31-0AA0 ETU830 LIG w/Display & Metering I r I i — I g Adjustable Protection (b) yes - both 

…KP31-0AA0 ETU850 LSI w/Display & Metering I r I i I sd — na yes - both 

…KT31-0AA0 ETU856 LSI(G) w/Display & Metering I r I i I sd I g Adjustable Alarm (a) yes - both 

…KQ31-0AA0 ETU860 LSIG w/Display & Metering I r I i I sd I g Adjustable Protection (b) yes - both 

Trip Unit Feature 

description and notes 

I r 

Adjustable Overload 

Protection 

I i 

I sd 

I g 

Adjustable 

Instantaneous Short- 

Circuit Protection 

Adjustable Delayed 

Short-Circuit Protection 

Either (a) Adjustable 

Ground-Fault Alarm 

or (b) Adjustable 

Ground-Fault 

Protection (not both) 

The "L" series of UL type codes may not be available 

for use in all Panelboard types - check COMPAS for 

verification. 




3VA Electronic Trip Units — 100% Rated 

Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

3VA6 100% rated ETU – "Electronic Trip" versions of 3VA Breakers in Panelboards 

n See following pages for internal accessory pocket locations available in TMTU & ETU versions 

n Breakers shown do not include lugs - lugs are ordered separately as needed per application 

n COMPAS will allow various Lug configurations based on Panel Type and mounting location 

For Accessories 

and positions see 

tables on pages 

11-64 and 11-68 

Connector Kits for 3 Pole 3VA6 series Breakers – 100% rated (Requires CU Connectors) 

Description 

note: Use 3-pole for 

2-pole applications 

Connector Kits AL CU 

One Connector Kit 

required for each 

breaker when panel 

mounted. 

3 Pole 3VA6 series Breakers – 100% rated – without connectors 

Standard in COMPAS includes ETU350 LSI Trip 

(Ir and Ii are adjustable) 

ETU350 LSI 

included 

3VA61/62 not allowed 3VA9243-0JD12 

3VA63 not allowed 3VA9373-0JD13 

3VA64 

ETU350 LSI 

included 

ETU350 LSI 

included 

ETU350 LSI 

included 

kA ratings @ 50/60 Hz 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 






250 VDC kAIC rating ==> na na na na 

amps Adj. Ir code 

3VA61 UL Type Code / MB code ==> MDAE / W2 HDAE / W3 CDAE / W4 LDAE a / W5 




3VA62 UL Type Code / MB code ==> MFAE / WA HFAE / WB CFAE / WC LFAE a / WD 



3VA63 UL Type Code / MB code ==> MJAE / WE HJAE / WF CJAE / WG LJAE a / WH 


3VA64 UL Type Code / MB code ==> MLAE / WJ HLAE / WK CLAE / WL LLAE a / WM 


Electronic Trip Units available for 3VA61/62/63/64 series 

(COMPAS may require special Mods for some options) 

Part # 

Display and/or 

Differences Alternate Trips available I r I i I sd I g Ground Fault type Metering Included 

…HL31-0AA0 ETU320 LI I r I i — — na no 

…HM31-0AA0 ETU330 LIG I r I i — I g Adjustable Protection (b) no 

…JP31-0AA0 ETU550 LSI with Display only I r I i I sd — na yes - Display only 

…JT31-0AA0 ETU556 LSI(G) with Display only I r I i I sd I g Adjustable Alarm (a) yes - Display only 

…JQ31-0AA0 ETU560 LSI(G) with Display only I r I i I sd I g Adjustable Protection (b) yes - Display only 

…KL31-0AA0 ETU820 LI w/Display & Metering I r I i — — na yes - both 

…KM31-0AA0 ETU830 LIG w/Display & Metering I r I i — I g Adjustable Protection (b) yes - both 

…KP31-0AA0 ETU850 LSI w/Display & Metering I r I i I sd — na yes - both 

…KT31-0AA0 ETU856 LSI(G) w/Display & Metering I r I i I sd I g Adjustable Alarm (a) yes - both 

…KQ31-0AA0 ETU860 LSIG w/Display & Metering I r I i I sd I g Adjustable Protection (b) yes - both 

Trip Unit Feature 

description and notes 

I r 

Adjustable Overload 

Protection 

I i 

I sd 

I g 

Adjustable 

Instantaneous Short- 

Circuit Protection 

Adjustable Delayed 

Short-Circuit Protection 

Either (a) Adjustable 

Ground-Fault Alarm 

or (b) Adjustable 

Ground-Fault 

Protection (not both) 

The "L" series of UL type codes may not be available 

for use in all Panelboard types - check COMPAS for 

verification. 

11-58 




Communications Modules 

Selection 

3VA6 Communications modules and related accessories for field installation a 

n COMPAS may not allow some of these kits for selection - Special Mod may be required. 

n Some items may not be installed in panels and may be shipped separate from Panels even if Configured in COMPAS 

Description 

Quick 

reference 

code 

Voltage 

AC max 

or range 

Voltage 

DC max 

or range 

Accessory 

Catalog 

Number b 

Qty of 

slots in 

breaker 

req'd 

Max. 

Qty. 

per 

Brkr 

Position to install for 

3VA61/62 and 

3VA63/64 only 

Pocket reference # ==> 25 24 23 22 21 11 12 13 14 15 

Group b Left side pocket Right side pocket 

COM Modules and Cables 

Communications Module - 3VA61/62 COM060 n/a 24VDC 3VA9177-0TB10 4 1 X 


COM060-to-T-Connector ext. cable 0.4 m COM060-to-T n/a n/a 3VA9987-0TF20 n/a n/a External 

COM060-to-T-Connector ext. cable 0.8 m COM060-to-T n/a n/a 3VA9987-0TF10 n/a n/a External 

COM060 T-Connector (spare part) T-Connector n/a n/a 3VA9987-0TG10 n/a n/a External 

Terminal Resistor TermRes n/a n/a 3VA9987-0TE10 n/a n/a External 

COM800 Breaker Data Server = max 8 COM800 n/a n/a 3VA9977-0TA10 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

COM100 Breaker Data Server = max 1 COM100 n/a n/a 3VA9977-0TA20 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

COM100-800 extension cable 0.4 m COM ext Cable n/a n/a 3VA9987-0TC10 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

COM100-800 extension cable 1 m COM ext Cable n/a n/a 3VA9987-0TC20 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 



7KM Pac Profibus DP Expansion Module 7KMAB n/a n/a 7KM9300-0AB01-0AA0 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

7KM PAC Switched Ethernet Profinet 

Expansion Module 

7KMAE n/a n/a 7KM9300-0AE01-0AA0 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

7KM PAC RS485 Modbus RTU Exp. Module 7KMAM n/a n/a 7KM9300-0AM00-0AA0 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

DAS, Displays and Related Components 

DAS Module "Maintenance Mode Box" MMB300 n/a n/a 3VA9977-0UF10 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

EFB300 - External function box EFB300 n/a n/a 3VA9977-0UA10 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

Display - DSP800 DSP800 n/a n/a 3VA9977-0TD10 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

1.5m Connecting cable for MMB300/EFB300 MMB/EFB 1.5m n/a n/a 3VA9987-UB10 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

3.0m Connecting cable for MMB300/EFB300 MMB/EFB 3.0m n/a n/a 3VA9987-UB20 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

Motor Operators 

M0320 Motor Operator - 24-60V DC M0320 n/a 24-60V 3VA9447-0HA10 n/a 1 P4/P5 only and SWBD 

M0320 Motor Operator - 110-230V AC or 

110-250V DC 

EFB300 n/a n/a 3VA9977-0UA10 n/a 1 P4/P5 only and SWBD 

Misc. External Components and Cables 

Neutral Current Transformer, In = 25-150A NCT150 n/a n/a 3VA9077-0NA10 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

Neutral Current Transformer, In= 160-350A NCT350 n/a n/a 3VA9177-0NA10 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

Neutral Current Transformer, In = 400-630A NCT630 n/a n/a 3VA9377-0NA10 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

TD300 - Activation & Trip Box TD300 n/a n/a 3VA9977-0MA10 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

TD500 - Test device TD500 n/a n/a 3VA9977-0MB10 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

TD500 External Power Supply TD500EX n/a n/a 3VA9987-0MX10 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

Cable to connect to TD500 from 3VA6 TD500CBL n/a n/a 3VA9977-0MY10 n/a n/a P4/P5 only and SWBD 

Special Connector Lugs with Control Wire Tap 

#14-3/0 AL wire connector Kit c w/con-tap AL-lug 3VA51 3VA9133-0JG11 125A TMTU only Line or Load end as needed 

#14-2/0 CU wire connector Kit c w/con-tap CU-lug 3VA51 3VA9133-0JK11 125A TMTU only Line or Load end as needed 

#6-350 kcmil AL wire conn. Kit c w/con-tap AL-lug 3VA52 3VA9233-0JG12 250A TMTU only Line or Load end as needed 

#6-350 kcmil CU wire conn. Kit c w/con-tap CU-lug 3VA52 3VA9233-0JK12 250A TMTU only Line or Load end as needed 


#14-1/0 AL wire connector Kit c w/con-tap AL-lug 3VA61 3VA9143-0JG11 150A ETU only Line or Load end as needed 

#6-350 kcmil AL wire conn. Kit c w/con-tap AL-lug 3VA61/62 3VA9243-0JG12 150/250A ETU only Line or Load end as needed 

#14-1/0 CU wire connector Kit c w/con-tap CU-lug 3VA61 3VA9143-0JK11 150A ETU only Line or Load end as needed 

#6-350 kcmil CU wire conn. Kit c w/con-tap CU-lug 3VA61/62 3VA9243-0JK12 150/250A ETU only Line or Load end as needed 

#1-600 kcmil AL wire conn. Kit c w/con-tap AL-lug 3VA53/63 3VA9373-0JG13 400A TMTU or ETU Line or Load end as needed 

#1-600 kcmil CU wire conn. Kit c w/con-tap CU-lug 3VA53/63 3VA9373-0JK13 400A TMTU or ETU Line or Load end as needed 

2/0-600 kcmil AL 2 port conn. Kit c w/con-tap AL-2lug 3VA54/64 3VA9473-0JC23 600A TMTU or ETU Line or Load end as needed 

a Some accessories may be "field install only" if not available in COMPAS, or not 

available for use in Panelboards 

b Many accessories available for the 3VA5 and 3VA6 breakers may not be suitable for use 

in Lighting Panelboards. 

- COMPAS allows only options that are available for factory assembly. 

Some accessories listed above may not be available for all Panelboard configurations. 

c Lugs are NOT supplied with loose breaker as standard - must order seperately or 

configure in COMPAS to include lugs. 

- Factory assembled panels include AL lugs as standard without control wire tap, 

CU lugs are optional. These kits include 3 connectors and hardware. 




3VA41 Breakers – 1 Pole and 1 Pole in 2-Pole Frame 

Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

3VA41 1 Pole Breakers 

3VA41 TMTU 125A max. - breakers include AL lugs installed 

3VA41 

1-Pole Description 

TMTU 

frame 

1 Pole 3VA41 

with AL connectors included – for 14 AWG to 3/0 - CU/AL cable 

for CU order one 3VA9133-0JD11 connector kit 

Note: No accessory pockets available – see 1-pole in 2-pole frame 

UL Type Code ==> SEAB MEAB HEAB 

Panelboard MB codes ==> V1 V2 V3 

120 VAC kAIC rating ==> 65 85 150 a 

277 VAC kAIC rating ==> 25 35 65 

347 VAC kAIC rating ==> 14 18 25 

125 VDC kAIC rating b ==> 14 25 30 

IC family @ 277 VAC ==> 25kA 35kA 65kA 

FTFM Trip included ==> TM210 TM210 TM210 

Type 

kA 

code 

Type 

ref 

MB 

code 

3VA41 SEAB S EAB V1 

3VA41 MEAB M EAB V2 

3VA41 HEAB H EAB V3 


Amps Code Description 

1-pole 1-pole 1-pole 

15 95 3VA41 1P breaker w/TM210 3VA4195-4ED14-0AA0 3VA4195-5ED14-0AA0 3VA4195-6ED14-0AA0 















3VA41 

1-Pole in 2-Pole Description 

1 Pole in 2-Pole Frame 3VA41 

with AL connectors included for CU order one 3VA9133-0JD11 connector kit 

Note: Only 3 Left side Accessory pockets available 


amps code Description 

1-Pole in 2-Pole Frame 1-Pole in 2-Pole Frame 1-Pole in 2-Pole Frame 
















a Although some breakers have a kAIC rating above 100 

kAIC – many panels are limited to 100 kAIC or less. 

b DC Voltage panels are limited by various factors. 

These DC ratings apply to the Breaker only. 

11-60 




3VA41 Breakers – 2 Pole and 3 Pole 

Selection 

3VA41 2 and 3 Pole Breakers 

3VA41 TMTU 125A max. - breakers include AL lugs installed 

3VA41 


TMTU 

frame 

3 Pole 3VA41 

with AL connectors included – for 14 AWG to 3/0 - CU/AL cable 

for CU order one 3VA9133-0JD11 connector kit 

UL Type Code ==> SEAB MEAB HEAB 

Panelboard MB codes ==> V1 V2 V3 

Ratings 3-pole | 2-pole 3-pole | 2-pole 3-pole | 2-pole 

240 VAC kAIC rating ==> 65 | 65 85 | 85 150 a | 150 a 

480Y / 277 VAC kAIC rating ==> 25 | 25 35 | 35 65 | 65 

480 VAC kAIC rating ==> 25 | 25 35 | 35 65 | 65 


600 VAC kAIC rating ==> na | na na | na na | na 

250 VDC kAIC rating b ==> na | 50 na | 85 na | 100 


FTFM Trip included ==> TM210 TM210 TM210 

Type 

kA 

code 

Type 

ref 

MB 

code 

3VA41 SEAB S EAB V1 

3VA41 MEAB M EAB V2 

3VA41 HEAB H EAB V3 





















100 10 3VA41 3P MCS 65 kA na na 3VA4110-1BB31-0AA0 

3VA41 


2 Pole 3VA41 

with AL connectors included for CU order one 3VA9133-0JD11 connector kit 

Note: Only 3 Left side Accessory pockets available 


























Internal and External Accessories for 125A 3VA Breakers 

Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Accessories for 3VA41/51 TMTU 125A max. 

n 6 slots max. are available - 3 on each side of trip handle.\ 

n COMPAS will allow only modules that will be allowed in panel being configured. 

n Note: 3VA41/51 2-pole and "1-pole in 2-pole frame" have only 3 Left side 

Accessory pockets available. 

Accessories 


Left side only 

Only one per breaker allowed 

Description 

Quick 

reference 

code 

Voltage 

AC max 

or range 

Voltage 

DC max 

or range 

Accessory 

Catalog 

Number b 

Qty of 

slots in 

breaker 

req'd 

Max. 

Qty. 

per 

Brkr 

Position 

to install 

for 3VA41/51 only 

Left side Right side 

Pocket reference # ==> 23 22 21 11 12 13 

Shunt trip left -10 STL-10 n/a 12 3VA9978-0BL10 3 1 X 

Shunt trip left -20 STL-20 380...600 n/a 3VA9978-0BL20 3 1 X 

Shunt trip left -30 STL-30 24 24…30 3VA9978-0BL30 3 1 X 

Shunt trip left -31 STL-31 48…60 n/a 3VA9978-0BL31 3 1 X 

Shunt trip left -32 STL-32 110…127 110…127 3VA9978-0BL32 3 1 X 


Shunt trip flexible -20 STF-20 24 n/a 3VA9978-0BA20 3 1 X 

Shunt trip flexible -21 STF-21 48…60 n/a 3VA9978-0BA21 3 1 X 





Undervoltage release -10 UVR-10 n/a 12 3VA9978-0BB10 3 1 X 



Undervoltage release -14 UVR-14 n/a 125…127 3VA9978-0BB14 3 1 X 


Undervoltage release -20 UVR-20 24 n/a 3VA9978-0BB20 3 1 X 

Undervoltage release -24 UVR-24 120…127 n/a 3VA9978-0BB24 3 1 X 



Universal release UNI-11 n/a 12vdc 3VA9978-0BD11 3 1 X 




Right side or left 

side options 

External b 

Accessories 

and field kits 

Auxiliary switch - standard AUX_HQ 240VAC n/a 3VA9978-0AA12 1 6 X X X X X X 

Leading Chg-over SW - standard LCS_HQ 240VAC n/a 3VA9978-0AA22 1 1 X 

Trip alarm (bell alarm) - standard TAS_HQ 240VAC 250VDC 3VA9978-0AB12 1 4 X X X X 

Auxiliary switch - High capacity a AUX_HP 600VAC n/a 3VA9978-0AA11 2 2 X X 

X 

X 

Leading Chg-over SW - High Cap a LCS_HP 600VAC 250VDC 3VA9978-0AA21 1 1 X 

Trip alarm (bell alarm) - High Cap a TAS_HP 600VAC 250VDC 3VA9978-0AB11 2 2 X X 

Auxiliary switch - electronic d AUX_HQ_el 24VAC 24VDC 3VA9978-0AA13 1 6 X X X X X X 

Leading Chg-over SW - electronic d LCS_HQ_el 24VAC n/a 3VA9978-0AA23 1 1 X 

Trip alarm (bell alarm) - electronic d TAS_HQ_el 24VAC 24VDC 3VA9978-0AB13 1 4 X X X X 

#14-3/0 AL wire connector Kit c AL-lug n/a n/a 3VA9133-0JB11 n/a n/a Included w/ 3VA41 only 

#14-2/0 CU wire connector Kit c CU-lug n/a n/a 3VA9133-0JD11 n/a n/a Load end as required 


(future offering - details tbd) 

tbd n/a n/a tbd n/a n/a availability and 

usage locations tbd 

3VA41 only Padlock Device tbd n/a n/a 3VA9038-0LB11 n/a n/a for 1p, 2p or 3p 

3VA41 2" Handle tie Device tbd n/a n/a 3VA9032-0LB20 n/a n/a 2" wide for 1p only 

3VA41 3" Handle tie Device tbd n/a n/a 3VA9033-0LB20 n/a n/a 3" wide for 1p only 

a High capacity/power (HP) max. Amps load capacity is higher than standed module 

(.55A up to 6.0A) depends on Voltage and AC/DC requirements - see SpeedFax section 

7 or 3VA documentation for more information. 

b Many accessories available for the 3VA4, 3VA5 and 3VA6 breakers may not be suitable 

for use in Lighting Panelboards. 

– COMPAS allows options that are available. All accessories listed above can be used 

with Panelboards in general, but there will be exceptions. 

c Lugs are NOT supplied with loose breaker – must order separately or configured in 

COMPAS to include lugs. 3VA41 is an exception – AL connectors are included as standard 

– Factory assembled panels include AL lugs as standard, CU lugs are optional. These 

kits include 3 connectors and hardware 

d Special electronically-compatible (el) variants are available for applications that require 

the auxiliary switch signals to be linked to low voltage systems. 

– May need special Mod in COMPAS. 

11-62 





Selection 

3VA52 2 and 3 Pole Breakers 

3VA52 TMTU 250A max. 

n Part numbers shown are without Lugs. 

n Standard Lug kits used in Panelboards are shown in tables below. 

TMTU 

frame 

Type 

kA 

code 

Type 

ref 

MB 

code 

3VA52 MFAS M FAS VA 

3VA52 HFAS H FAS VB 

3VA52 CFAS C FAS VC 


3VA52 


3 Pole 3VA52 without connectors 

The default for Panelboard in COMPAS will be AL 1-conductor connectors: 

for AL order one 3VA9233-0JB12 (accepts (1) #6 AWG-350kcmil AL/CU conductor) 

for CU order one 3VA9233-0JD12 (accepts (1) #6 AWG-350kcmil CU only conductor) 

UL Type Code ==> MFAS HFAS CFAS 

Panelboard MB codes ==> VA VB VC 







250 VDC kAIC rating ==> na | 50 na | 85 na | 100 


FTAM Trip included ==> TM230 TM230 TM230 




100 10 3VA52 3P breaker w/TM230 3VA5210-5EC31-0AA0 3VA5210-6EC31-0AA0 3VA5210-7EC31-0AA0 








Molded Case Switch HFAS CFAS 

100 10 3VA52 3P MCS 100kA na na 3VA5210-1BB31-0AA0 

150 15 3VA52 3P MCS 65kA/100kA na 3VA5215-0BB31-0AA0 3VA5215-1BB31-0AA0 


3VA52 


2 Pole 3VA52 (in 3-Pole frame) without connectors 


for AL order one 3VA9233-0JB12 (accepts (1) #6 AWG-350kcmil AL/CU conductor) 

for CU order one 3VA9233-0JD12 (accepts (1) #6 AWG-350kcmil CU only conductor) 












Molded Case Switch HFAS CFAS 

100 10 3VA52 2P MCS 100kA na na 3VA5210-1BB61-0AA0 










Internal and External Accessories for 150-250A 3VA Breakers 

Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Accessories for 3VA52, 3VA61 and 3VA62 breakers 

n 3VA52 TMTU 250A max. and 3VA61 ETU 150A max. and 3VA62 ETU 250A max. 

n 6 - 8 slots max. are available – 4 on each side of trip handle. 


Description 

Accessories 


Left side only 


Quick 

reference 

code 

Voltage 

AC max 

or range 

Voltage 

DC max 

or range 

Accessory 

Catalog 

Number b 

Qty of 

slots in 

breaker 

req'd 

Max. 

Qty. 

per 

Brkr 

Position 

to install 

for 3VA52/61/62 only 

Left side pocket Left side pocket 

Pocket reference # ==> 24 23 22 21 11 12 13 14 













Right side 

opt. 3VA6 

only 














Right or left side options 

3VA52, and 3VA61, 3VA62 (ETU) 

Auxiliary switch - standard AUX_HQ 240VAC n/a 3VA9978-0AA12 1 6 X X X X X X X X 



Electrical Alarm Switch std. (ETU 0nly) EAS_HQ 240VAC 250VDC 3VA9978-0AB22 1 1 X 

Auxiliary switch - high capacity a AUX_HP 600VAC n/a 3VA9978-0AA11 2 2 

X X X X 

X 

X 



Auxiliary switch - electronic d AUX_HQ_el 24VAC 24VDC 3VA9978-0AA13 1 6 X X X X X X X X 



Electrical Alarm Switch electronic d 

(ETU 0nly) 

EAS_HQ_el 24VAC 24VDC 3VA9978-0AB23 1 1 X 

Ronis adapter FOR 3VA63/64 Ronis Adapter n/a n/a 3VA9347-0LF10 4 1 X 

Cylinder Lock (type Ronis) Key 1 Ronis Key 1 n/a n/a 3VA9980-0VL10 

one one 


installs in 

per per 

adapter 

Cylinder Lock (type Ronis) Key 3 Ronis Key 3 n/a n/a 3VA9980-0VL30 adapter 

adapter 

above 








with Panelboards in general, but there will be exceptions." 

c Lugs are NOT supplied with loose breaker as standard - must order separately or configure 

in COMPAS to include lugs. 


kits include 3 connectors and hardware. 




11-64 





Selection 

Description 

Accessories (continued) 

Quick 

reference 

code 

Voltage 

AC max 

or range 

Voltage 

DC max 

or range 

Accessory 

Catalog 

Number b 

Qty of 

slots in 

breaker 

req'd 

Max. 

Qty. 

per 

Brkr 

Position 

to install 

for 3VA52/61/62 only 

Left side pkt Left side pkt 

Pocket reference # ==> 24 23 22 21 11 12 13 14 



3VA61/62 (ETU) only 


COM060-to-T-Connector 

ext. cable 0.4 m 



COM060-to-T n/a n/a 3VA9987-0TF20 n/a n/a 


COM060 T-Connector (spare part) T-Connector n/a n/a 3VA9987-0TG10 n/a n/a 

External b Accessories 

and Field Kits 

#6-350 kcmil AL wire connector Kit c AL-lug n/a n/a 3VA9233-0JB12 TMTU only 3VA52 Load end as required 

#6-350 kcmil CU wire connector Kit c CU-lug n/a n/a 3VA9233-0JD12 TMTU only 3VA52 Load end as required 

#14-1/0 AL wire connector Kit c AL-lug n/a n/a 3VA9143-0JB11 ETU only 3VA61/62 Load end as required 

#6-350 kcmil AL wire connector Kit c AL-lug n/a n/a 3VA9243-0JB12 ETU only 3VA61/62 Load end as required 

#14-1/0 CU wire connector Kit c CU-lug n/a n/a 3VA9143-0JD11 ETU only 3VA61/62 Load end as required 

#6-350 kcmil CU wire connector Kit c CU-lug n/a n/a 3VA9243-0JD12 ETU only 3VA61/62 Load end as required 



tbd n/a n/a tbd n/a n/a 

availability and 


3VA52/61/62 PadLock Device tbd n/a n/a 3VA9138-0LB11 n/a n/a 

M0320 Motor Operator 

- 24-60V DC 


- 110-230V AC or 110-250V DC 

M0320 n/a 24-60V 3VA9277-0HA10 n/a 1 P4/P5 and SWBD only 

M0320 

110- 

230V 

110- 

250V 

3VA9277-0HA20 n/a 1 P4/P5 and SWBD only 

COM100 and COM800 modules and cables can be found on Communications Tables with ETU Breakers earlier in this section. 



















Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

3VA53 Breakers 




TMTU 

frame 

Type 

kA 

code 

Type 

ref 

MB 

code 

3VA53 MJAS M JAS VE 

3VA53 HJAS H JAS VF 

3VA53 CJAS C JAS VG 

3VA53 




for AL order one 3VA9473-0JJ23 (accepts (2) 2/0-600kcmil AL/CU conductors) 

for CU order one 3VA9473-0JE23 (accepts (2) 2/0-600kcmil CU only conductors) 

Alternate single conductor lugs are available: 

for AL order one 3VA9473-0JB13 (accepts (1) #1 AWG-600kcmil AL/CU conductors) 

for CU order one 3VA9473-0JD13 (accepts (1) #1 AWG-600kcmil CU only conductors) 

UL Type Code ==> MJAS HJAS CJAS 

Panelboard MB codes ==> VE VF VG 



















3VA53 






















11-66 





Selection 

3VA54 Breakers 




TMTU 

frame 

Type 

kA 

code 

Type 

ref 

MB 

code 

3VA54 MLAS M LAS VJ 

3VA54 HLAS H LAS VK 

3VA54 CLAS C LAS VL 


3VA54 









UL Type Code ==> MLAS HLAS CLAS 

Panelboard MB codes ==> VJ VK VL 
















3VA54 























Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Accessories for 3VA53, 3VA63, 3VA54 and 3VA64 breakers 

n 3VA53 TMTU 400A max. and 3VA63 ETU 400A max.3VA54 TMTU 600A max. and 3VA64 ETU 600A max. 

n 10 slots max. are available - 5 on each side of trip handle. 


Description 

Accessories 


Left side preferred 


Quick 

reference 

code 

Voltage 

AC max 

or range 

Voltage 

DC max 

or range 

Accessory 

Catalog 

Number b 

Qty of 

slots in 

breaker 

req'd 

Max. 

Qty. 

per 

Brkr 


3VA53/63 and 

3VA54/64 only 

Left side pocket Right side pocket 














Right 

side opt. 

3VA6 

only 














Right or left side options 

3VA53/54 and 3VA63/64 (ETU) 

Auxiliary switch - standard AUX_HQ 240VAC n/a 3VA9978-0AA12 1 6 X X X X X X X X X X 



Electrical Alarm Switch std. (ETU 0nly) EAS_HQ 240VAC 250VDC 3VA9978-0AB22 1 1 X 

Auxiliary switch - high capacity a AUX_HP 600VAC n/a 3VA9978-0AA11 2 2 

X X X X 

X X X X 



Auxiliary switch - electronic d AUX_HQ_el 24VAC 24VDC 3VA9978-0AA13 1 6 X X X X X X X X X X 



Electrical Alarm Switch electronic d 

X 

EAS_HQ_el 24VAC 24VDC 3VA9978-0AB23 1 1 

(ETU 0nly) 

Ronis adapter FOR 3VA63/64 Ronis Adapter n/a n/a 3VA9347-0LF10 4 1 X 


one one 


installs in 

per per 

adapter 

Cylinder Lock (type Ronis) Key 3 Ronis Key 3 n/a n/a 3VA9980-0VL30 adapter 

adapter 

above 








with Panelboards in general, but there will be exceptions. 

c Lugs are NOT supplied with loose breaker as standard - must order separately or 

configure in COMPAS to include lugs. 

– Factory assembled panels include AL lugs as standard, CU lugs are optional. 

These kits include 3 connectors and hardware. 




11-68 





Selection 

Description 

Accessories (continued) 

Quick 

reference 

code 

Voltage 

AC max 

or range 

Voltage 

DC max 

or range 

Accessory 

Catalog 

Number b 

Qty of 

slots in 

breaker 

req'd 

Max. 

Qty. 

per 

Brkr 


3VA53/63 and 

3VA54/64 only 

Left side pocket Right side pocket 




3VA63/64 (ETU) only 








COM060 T-Connector (spare part) T-Connector n/a n/a 3VA9987-0TG10 n/a n/a 

External b Accessories 

and Field Kits 

#1-600 kcmil AL wire 

connector Kit c AL-lug n/a n/a 3VA9373-0JB13 

#1-600 kcmil CU wire 

connector Kit c CU-lug n/a n/a 3VA9373-0JD13 

2/0-600 kcmil AL 2 port 

connector Kit c AL-2lug n/a n/a 3VA9473-0JJ23 

2/0-600 kcmil CU 2 port 

connector Kit c CU-2lug n/a n/a 3VA9473-0JE23 



TMTU 

or ETU 

600A max. 

tbd n/a n/a tbd n/a n/a 

Line or Load end as needed 

availability and 


3VA53/63 or 54/64 PadLock Device tbd n/a n/a 3VA9338-0LB11 n/a n/a 


- 24-60V DC 


- 110-230V AC or 110-250V DC 

M0320 n/a 24-60V 3VA9277-0HA10 n/a 1 P4/P5 only 

M0320 

110- 

230V 

110- 

250V 

3VA9277-0HA20 n/a 1 P4/P5 only 

COM100 and COM800 modules and cables can be found on Communications Tables with ETU Breakers earlier in this section. 
















Panelboards 



General 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Features 

The P4 panel has a medium sized 

footprint and fits a larger number of 

applications that require larger branch 

devices and higher amp ratings than 

what the lighting panel class offers. 

Even with the increased capacity, this 

panel is a space saver with its 32" width 

and 10" depth. The P4 panel offers a 

wide array of factory-assembled options 

and has the ability to mix breaker frames 

in unit space up to 800 amps and fusible 

switches up to 200 amps. Bussing 

options for the P4 vary from the standard 

temperature rated aluminum to 

temperature rated copper and 750A/SI 

aluminum and 1000A/SI copper designs. 

All aluminum bussing in the P4 panel is 

tin-plated as a standard. Silver-plated is 

offered as the default for copper bus and 

tin as an option. Integrated time clocks, 

bus mounted contactors as mains or 

submains, split bus and subfeed lugs (up 

to 600 amp) are just a few of the options 

of this flexible panel. 

The 3 panel configurations defined by 

the unit space allowed for a given 

amperage, main device and box height. 


All of the branch devices are unit space 

mounted. Breakers and switches can be 

mixed and matched to meet customer 

requirements. 

Enclosure Selection 

Main Lug / Main Breaker 


is 32" wide x 10" deep. The Box Height 




250V DC max. 

Amperage – 400-800 amp main breaker 

or 400-1200 amp main lug only. 

Short Circuit Rating – 200 KAIC max. 


device installed unless a series rating is 

indicated. Panels with subfeed or 





KAIC. Note that the main device may 

be mounted remote from the panel. 





requirements of UL 67 – the standard for 

panelboards. All aluminum bussing is 

tin-plated. Optional bussing for the P4 

panel is: 750 A/SI aluminum, temperature 

rated copper, and 1000 A/SI copper. 

The copper bus option for this panel 

is silver-plated. 

Available Circuit Space in Inches (mm) 

Enclosure Dimension in Inches (mm) 

Dimension “C” 

H W D Main Lug Main Breaker 

Type 1 and Type 3R/12 400-800A 400-800A 

60 (1524) 32 (813) 10 (254) 30 (762) 21.25 (540) 

75 (1905) 32 (813) 10 (254) 45 (1143) 36.25 (921) 

90 (2286) 32 (813) 10 (254) 60 (1524) 51.25 (1302) 



with a normal quantity 

of breakers and accessories is about 8 

lbs. (1 kg) per inch 

(54g per mm) of box height. 

Main Lugs 1 

Ampere Rating 

Connectors Suitable for 

Copper or Aluminum 

400 (1) - #3/0 AWG-500 kcmil 

(2) - #3/0 AWG-250 kcmil 

600 (2) - #3/0 AWG-500 kcmil 

800 (3) - #3/0 AWG-500 kcmil 

1000 (4) - #3/0 AWG-500 kcmil 

1200 (4) - #3/0 AWG-500 kcmil 

a Alternate lugs for 750 kcmil cable are available, but 

result in significant loss of branch unit mounting space. 

Consult Siemens. 

Gauge Steel of Boxes 

Fronts, Surface and Flush 

Dimensions in 

inches (mm) Gauge Steel 

Width Height Box Fronts 

32" 

(813) 

60 - 75 - 90 

(1524, 1905, 

2286) 

#16 1 #14 (1 piece trim) 

#14 Ga (4 piece 

trim) 

#12 #12 (1 piece trim, 

door in door) 

#10 #10 (1 piece door 

trim in) 

#16 #16 (4 piece trim) 

a Box has 16 gauge side panels, 14 gauge backplates and 

12 gauge back support. 

Main Breaker Unit Space Dimensions 

Ampere 

Rating 

Breaker 

Type 

400 JXD6, JD6, HJXD6, 

HJD6, 

HHJXD6, HHJD6 

Breaker Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

Family A 

B 

Sentron 10.425 (265) 

400 NJ, HJ, LJ VL 12.500 (318) 

400 SJD6, SHJD6 Sentron 10.425 (265) 

400 CJD6, SCJD6 Sentron 8.250 (210) 

600 LXD6, LD6, HLXD6, Sentron 10.425 (265) 

HLD6, HHLXD6, HHLD6 

600 NL, HL, LL VL 11.250 (286) 

600 SLD6, SHLD6 Sentron 10.425 (265) 

600 CLD6, SCLD6 Sentron 8.250 (210) 

800 NM, HM, LM VL 10.500 (267) 

13.125 (333) 

a Standard trim is four piece without door. Surface or flush one piece trim is available for 

32 in. (813 mm) wide circuit breaker panel. 

Solid state (electronic) trip units only. 

11-70 


Panelboards 


Dimensions 

Main Breaker Selection 

Ampere 

Rating 

400 

600 

800 

Trip 

Type 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid state) 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid state) 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid state) 

Breaker 

Family 

Sentron 

VL 

Sentron 

Sentron 

VL 

Sentron 

VL 

VL 

Frame 

Type 

Maximum Interruption Rating (KAIC) 

240V 480V 600V 

Unit Space 

Requirements in 

Inches (mm) 

Trip Amperage 

JXD6, JD6 65,000 35,000 25,000 8.75 (222) 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 

HJXD6, HJD6 100,000 65,000 35,000 8.75 (222) 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 

HHJXD6, HHJD6 200,000 100,000 50,000 8.75 (222) 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 

CJD6 200,000 150,000 100,000 8.75 (222) 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 

NJ 65,000 35,000 25,000 6.25 (159) 250, 400 

HJ 100,000 65,000 25,000 6.25 (159) 250, 400 

LJ 200,000 100,000 25,000 6.25 (159) 250, 400 

SJD6 65,000 35,000 25,000 8.75 (222) 200, 300, 400 

SHJD6 100,000 65,000 35,000 8.75 (222) 200, 300, 400 

SCJD6 200,000 150,000 100,000 8.75 (222) 200, 300, 400 

LXD6 65,000 35,000 25,000 8.75 (222) 450, 500, 600 

LD6 65,000 35,000 25,000 8.75 (222) 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 

HLXD6, HLD6 100,000 65,000 35,000 8.75 (222) 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 

HHLXD6, HHLD6 200,000 100,000 50,000 8.75 (222) 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 

CLD6 200,000 150,000 100,000 8.75 (222) 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 

NL 65,000 35,000 25,000 6.25 (159) 400, 600 

HL 100,000 65,000 25,000 6.25 (159) 400, 600 

LL 200,000 100,000 25,000 6.25 (159) 400, 600 

SLD6 65,000 35,000 25,000 8.75 (222) 300, 400, 500, 600 

SHLD6 100,000 65,000 35,000 8.75 (222) 300, 400, 500, 600 

SCLD6 200,000 150,000 100,000 8.75 (222) 300, 400, 500, 600 

NM 65,000 35,000 25,000 8.75 (222) 600, 700, 800 

HM 100,000 65,000 35,000 8.75 (222) 600, 700, 800 

LM 200,000 100,000 50,000 8.75 (222) 600, 700, 800 

NM 65,000 35,000 25,000 8.75 (222) 600, 800 

HM 100,000 65,000 35,000 8.75 (222) 600, 800 

LM 200,000 100,000 50,000 8.75 (222) 600, 800 


Main Lugs Only Wire Bending Space 


Main Lug 

Neutral 

400A 600A 800A 1000A 1200A 400-600A 800-1200A 

Lugs A B C D E F G 

Standard 16.500 16.750 15.969 15.969 15.969 13.125 13.125 

(419) (419) (406) (406) (406) (333) (333) 

Oversize 16.500 21.750 25.969 25.969 25.969 18.125 23.125 

(419) (552) (660) (660) (660) (460) (587) 

Crimp 19.187 18.250 18.687 18.250 18.250 15.937 15.937 

(487) (464) (475) (464) (464) (405) (405) 

Standard 16.750 15.969 — — — 13.125 13.125 

w/Subfeed (425) (406) (333) (333) 

Standard 16.500 16.750 — — — 13.125 13.125 

w/Feed-thru (419) (419) (333) (333) 

Branch Switch Unit Space 

Mounting Height in inches (mm) 

Main Lugs Only Unit Space 

Ampere Number Twin Single AC Cables Per Connectors Suitable for 

Rating of Poles Mounted Mounted Voltage Connector Copper or Aluminum 

30-30 2, 3 2.50 (64) — 240 1 #14 - #8 AWG (Cu Only) 

30-30 2, 3 5.00 (127) — 240 1 #14 - #4 AWG 

30-60 2, 3 5.00 (127) — 240 1 #14 - #4 AWG 

60-60 2, 3 5.00 (127) — 240 1 #14 - #4 AWG 

60-100 2, 3 7.50 (191) — 240 1 #10 - #1/0 AWG 

100-100 2, 3 7.50 (191) — 240 1 #10 - #1/0 AWG 

200-200 3 10.00 (254) — 240 1 #6 AWG - 350 kcmil 

200 2 — 7.50 (191) 240 1 #6 AWG - 350 kcmil 

200 3 — 10.00 (254) 240 2 #6 AWG - 350 kcmil 

30-30 2, 3 7.5 (191) — 600 1 #14 - #8 AWG 

30-60 2, 3 7.5 (191) — 600 1 #14 - #4 AWG 

60-60 2, 3 7.5 (191) — 600 1 #14 - #4 AWG 

60-100 2, 3 7.5 (191) — 600 1 #10-#1/0 AWG 

100-100 2, 3 7.5 (191) — 600 1 #10-#1/0 AWG 

200-200 3 10.00 (254) — 600 1 #6 AWG - 250 kcmil 

100 2, 3 — 7.50 (191) 600 1 #10-#1/0 AWG 

200 2, 3 — 10.00 (254) 600 1 #6 AWG - 250 kcmil 


Panelboards 



Dimensions 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Branch Breaker Side Gutter Inches (mm) 

Reference 

Letter 

A 11.0 (279) 

B 10.98 (279) 

C 8.62 (219) 

D 7.0 (178) 

E 5.75 (146) 

F 5.25 (133) 

H 4.62 (177) 

I 8.76 (223) 

J 10.42 (265) 

K 10.0 (254) 

L 8.25 (210) 

M 10.0 (254) 

N 7.0 (178) 

O 5.0 (127) 

P 7.50 (191) 

Q 7.9 (200) 

R 7.9 (200) 

S 12.5 (318) 

T 11.25 (286) 

AA 7.06 (179) 

AB 6.55 (166) 

AC 6.55 (166) 

Panel Width 32 Inches 


A 

B 

BL, BLH, HBL, BQD, BLE, BLEH, 

BLR, BLF2, BLHF2, HBLF2,BLFB, 

BLHFB, BAF, BAHF, BGL, BQD 

NGB, HGB, LGB 


BL, BLH, HBL, BQD, BLE, BLEH, 

BLR, BLF2, BLHF2, HBLF2, BLFB, 

BLHFB, BAF, BAHF, BGL, BQD 

NGB, HGB, LGB 


D ED4, ED6, HED4 ED4, ED6, HED4 D 

H CED CED H 

E QR2, QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H QR2, QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H E 

F 

FXD6, FD6, HFXD6, 

HFD6, HHFXD6, HHFD6, 

SFD6, SHFD6 

FXD6, FD6, HFXD6, 

HFD6, HHFXD6, HHFD6 

SFD6, SHFD6 

AA 3VA52 – [MFAS, HFAS, CFAS] 3VA52 – [MFAS, HFAS, CFAS] AA 

Q ND, HD, LD ND, HD, LD Q 

AB 

3VA61 – [MDAE, HDAE, 

CDAE, LDAE] 


CDAE, LDAE] 

R NF, HF, LF NF, HF, LF R 

AC 

3VA62 – [MFAE, HFAE, 

CFAE, LFAE] 


CFAE, LFAE] 

I CFD6, SCFD6 I 

J 

JD6, JXD6, SJD6, HJD6, HXJD6, SHJD6, HHJD6, 

HHJXD6, LD6, LXD6, SLD6, HLD6, HXLD6, SHLD6, 

HHLD6, HHLXD6 

A 

B 

F 

AB 

AC 

J 

L CJD6, SCJD6, CLD6, SCLD6 L 

S NJ, HJ, LJ S 

T NL, HL, LL T 

K NM, HM, LM K 

M VB 30A, VB 60A (5”) VB 30A, VB 60A (5”) M 

N VB 30A, VB 60A (5”) VB 30A, VB 60A (5”) N 

O VB 100 - 200A VB 100 - 200A O 

P VB 100 - 200A Single P 

11-72 


Panelboards 

Power and Distribution 

Type P4 


Catalog number is for aluminum main 

bus. For optional copper main bus 

change “A” in position 11 to “E” (silverplated 

copper bus). 

a For 600V application, change “F” in position 3 to “G”. See alternate 

main breaker table on page 11-74 for 600V rated mains. Change position 

5 and 6 and add price from table. Price only 600V rated branch breakers. 

Panels are top feed, surface mounted. 

For bottom feed, change “T” in position 

12 to “B”. For flush mounting, 

change “S” in position 13 to “F”. 

Replace fifth and sixth position 

in panelboard catalog number, 

with alternate main breaker code. 

Use price adders from main breaker 

section table. Horizontally mounted. 

Main Lugs Only — shown with aluminum bus, top fed, and surface trims. 

Unit 

208Y/120V 240/120V 120/240V or 250 V DC Max 

Maximum 

Panel Amps 

Space 

(inches) 







30 P4C60ML400ATS P4B60ML400ATS P4A60ML400ATS 

400 




600 




800 




1000 




1200 



Maximum 

Panel Amps 

Unit 

Space 

(inches) 

240V 480Y/277V 480V a 







30 P4D60ML400ATS P4E60ML400ATS P4F60ML400ATS 

400 




600 




800 




1000 




1200 



Main Circuit Breaker — shown with standard mains, aluminum bus, top fed, and surface trims. 

Maximum 

Panel Amps 

400 

600 

800 

Maximum 

Panel Amps 

400 

600 

800 

Unit 

Space 

(inches) 

208Y/120V 240/120V 120/240V or 250 Vdc Max 







21.25 P4C60JX400ATS P4B60JX400ATS P4A60JX400ATS 



21.25 P4C60LX600ATS P4B60LX600ATS P4A60LX600ATS 



21.25 P4C60M1800ATS P4B60M1800ATS P4A60M1800ATS 



Unit 

Space 

(inches) 

240V 480Y/277V 480V a 







21.25 P4D60JX400ATS P4E60JX400ATS P4F60JX400ATS 



21.25 P4D60LX600ATS P4E60LX600ATS P4F60LX600ATS 



21.25 P4D60M1800ATS P4E60M1800ATS P4F60M1800ATS 



Selection 




Panelboards 



Selection 

11 

Type P4 

Alternate Main Breaker Selection 

PANELBOARDS 

Breaker 

Frame 

Rating 

400 

Trip 

Type 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Breaker 

Family 

Sentron 

Frame 

Type 

Type 

Reference 

Code 

Trip 

Amperage 

Unit Space 

Requirements 

in Inches 

Maximum Interruption 

Rating (KAIC) Volts AC 

240 480 600 

JXD6 JX 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 8.75 65,000 35,000 25,000 

JD6 J6 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 8.75 65,000 35,000 25,000 

HJXD6 H5 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 8.75 100,000 65,000 35,000 

HJD6 H6 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 8.75 100,000 65,000 35,000 

HHJXD6 H9 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 8.75 200,000 100,000 50,000 

HHJD6 6H 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 8.75 200,000 100,000 50,000 

CJD6 CJ 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 8.75 200,000 150,000 100,000 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

VL 

Sentron 

NJ J1 250, 400 6.25 65,000 35,000 25,000 

HJ J7 250, 400 6.25 100,000 65,000 25,000 

LJ J3 250, 400 6.25 200,000 100,000 25,000 

SJD6 SJ 200, 300, 400 8.75 65,000 35,000 25,000 

SHJD6 SX 200, 300, 400 8.75 100,000 65,000 35,000 

SCJD6 SC 200, 300, 400 8.75 200,000 150,000 100,000 

600 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Sentron 

LXD6 LX 450, 500, 600 8.75 65,000 35,000 25,000 

LD6 L6 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 8.75 65,000 35,000 25,000 

HLXD6 HO 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 8.75 100,000 65,000 35,000 

HLD6 HL 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 8.75 100,000 65,000 35,000 

HHLXD6 XH 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 8.75 200,000 100,000 50,000 

HHLD6 HH 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 8.75 200,000 100,000 50,000 

CLD6 CL 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 8.75 200,000 150,000 100,000 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

VL 

Sentron 

NL L7 400, 600 6.25 65,000 35,000 25,000 

HL L2 400, 600 6.25 100,000 65,000 25,000 

LL SL 400, 600 6.25 200,000 100,000 25,000 

SLD6 L6 300, 400, 500, 600 8.75 65,000 35,000 25,000 

SHLD6 S2 300, 400, 500, 600 8.75 100,000 65,000 35,000 

SCLD6 SI 300, 400, 500, 600 8.75 200,000 150,000 100,000 

800 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

VL NM M1 600, 700, 800 8.75 65,000 35,000 25,000 

HM M2 600, 700, 800 8.75 100,000 65,000 35,000 

LM M3 600, 700, 800 8.75 200,000 100,000 50,000 

LMXD6 LM 500, 600, 700, 800 8.75 65,000 50,000 25,000 

Sentron 

LMD6 L1 500, 600, 700, 800 8.75 65,000 50,000 25,000 

HLMXD6 HK 500, 600, 700, 800 8.75 100,000 65,000 50,000 

HLMD6 HJ 500, 600, 700, 800 8.75 100,000 65,000 50,000 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

VL 

NM M1 600, 800 8.75 65,000 35,000 25,000 

HM M2 600, 800 8.75 100,000 65,000 35,000 

LM M3 600, 800 8.75 200,000 100,000 50,000 


section. 

11-74 



Panelboards 



Selection 


Amp 

Rating 

100 

xx 

125 

150 

225 

250 

Trip 

Type 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Breaker 

Family 

BL 

Special BLG 


Thermal 

Magnetic 

BQD 

Electronic 

and misc. 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

BL 

GB 

Sentron 

GB2 

3VA41 c 

VL 

3VA61 c 

(ETU350 LSI 

standard) 

General 

Application 

Sentron 

VL 

3VA52 c 

(W/TM230 

trip) 

3VA62 c 

(ETU350 LSI 

standard) 

Breaker 

Type 

1-Pole 


120V 277V 347V 

125V 

DC 

Amp 

Ratings 

Avail. 



120/ 

240V 

240V 

480Y/ 

277V 

480V 

600Y/ 

347V 

600V 

125/ 

250V 

DC 

250V 

DC 

Amp 

Ratings 

Avail. 


S 


T 

Unit Max 

Space 1-pole 


(in.) per Kit 

BL 10 — — — 15-70 10 10 — — — — — — 15-100 d — T 3.75 e 6 

BLH 22 — — — 15-70 22 22 — — — — — — 15-100 d — T 3.75 e 6 

HBL 65 — — — 15-50 65 65 — — — — — — 15-100 — T 3.75 e 6 

BLG a 10 — — — 15-20 10 — — — — — — — 30 — T 3.75 e 6 

BL (HID) 10 — — — 15-30 10 — — — — — — — 15-30 — T 3.75 e 6 

BQD f 65 14 — 14 15-100 — 65 14 — — — 14 — 15-100 — T 3.75 e 6 

BQD6 g 65 — — 14 15-70 — 65 — 10 — 14 — 15-70 — T 3.75 e 6 

AFCI/ 

GFCI 

& Dual 

Function 

x — — — 

see 

special 

table 

page 

11-13 

x — — — — — — — 

see 

special 

table 

page 

11-13 

— T 3.75 e 6 

NGB 100 25 14 14 15-125 — 100 25 — 14 — 14 — 15-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

HGB 100 35 14 14 15-125 — 100 35 — 14 — 14 — 15-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

LGB 100 65 14 14 15-125 — 100 65 — 14 — 14 — 15-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

ED4 — 22 — 30 15-100 — 65 — 18 — — — 30 15-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

ED6 — — — — — — 65 — 25 — 18 — 30 20-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

HED4 b — — — — — — 65 — 42 — 18 — 30 15-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

HHED6 — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 18 — — 15-50 — T 3.75 e 6 

NGB2 100 25 14 14 d 15-125 — 100 — 25 14 — 14 d — 15-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

HGB2 100 35 22 14 d 15-125 — 100 — 35 22 — 14 d — 15-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

LGB2 100 65 25 14 d 15-125 — 100 — 65 25 — 14 d — 15-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

info not x x x x x x x — x — — x 6 

yet available 

x x x x x x x — x — — x 6 

x x x x x x x — x — — x 6 

ND — — — — — — 65 — 35 18 — — — 60-150 — T 5.00 6 

HD — — — — — — 100 — 65 20 — — — 60-150 — T 5.00 6 

LD — — — — — — 200 — 100 25 — — — 60-150 — T 5.00 6 

MDAE — — — — — 100 35 35 18 18 — — 40-150 — T 5.00 6 

HDAE — — — — — 100 65 65 22 22 — — 40-150 — T 5.00 6 

CDAE — — — — — 200 100 100 35 35 — — 40-150 — T 5.00 6 

LDAE — — — — — 200 150 150 50 50 — — 40-150 — T 5.00 6 

QR2 — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — 100-225 — T 5.00 6 

QRH2 — — — — — — 25 — — — — — — 100-225 — T 5.00 6 

HQR2 — — — — — — 65 — — — — — — 100-225 — T 5.00 6 

HQR2H — — — — — — 100 — — — — — — 100-225 — T 5.00 6 

FXD6, 

FD6 

— — — — — — 65 — 35 — 22 — 30 70-250 S T 5.00 3 or 6 

HFXD6, 

HFD6 

— — — — — — 100 — 65 — 25 — 30 70-250 S T 5.00 3 or 6 

HHFXD6, 

— 

HHFD6 

— — — — — 200 — 100 — 25 — — 70-250 S T 5.00 3 or 6 

CFD6 — — — — — — 200 — 200 — 100 — 30 70-250 S - 5.00 3 

NF — — — — — — 65 — 35 18 — — — 100-250 S T 5.00 3 or 6 

HF — — — — — — 100 — 65 20 — — — 100-250 S T 5.00 3 or 6 

LF — — — — — — 200 — 100 25 — — — 100-250 S T 5.00 3 or 6 

MFAS — — — — — 85 85 — 35 — 18 — 50 100-250 — T 5.00 6 

HFAS — — — — — 100 100 — 65 — 25 — 85 100-250 — T 5.00 6 

CFAS — — — — — 200 200 — 100 — 35 — 100 100-250 — T 5.00 6 

MFAE — — — — — — 100 35 35 18 — — — 100-250 — T 5.00 6 

HFAE — — — — — — 100 65 65 22 — — — 100-250 — T 5.00 6 

CFAE — — — — — — 200 100 100 35 — — — 100-250 — T 5.00 6 

LFAE — — — — — — 200 150 150 50 — — — 100-250 — T 5.00 6 









e Accessories such as shunt trips on 3 pole breakers 

require 6.25" of unit space 





Panelboards 



Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 


(cont.) 

Amp 

Rating 

400 

600 

800 

Trip 

Type 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

Breaker 

Family 

Sentron 

VL 

Sentron 

Sentron 

VL 

Sentron 

VL 

Breaker 

Type 

JXD6, 

JD6 

HJXD6, 

HJD6 

HHJXD6, 

HHJD6 

1-Pole 


120V 277V 347V 

125V 

DC 

Amp 

Ratings 

Avail. 



120/ 

240V 

240V 

480Y/ 

277V 

480V 

600Y/ 

347V 

600V 

125/ 

250V 

DC 

250V 

DC 

Amp 

Ratings 

Avail. 


S 


T 

Unit Max 

Space 1-pole 


(in.) per Kit 

— — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — 30 200-400 S — 8.75 3 

— — — — — — 100 — 65 — 35 — 30 200-400 S — 8.75 3 

— — — — — — 200 — 100 — 50 — — 200-400 S — 8.75 3 

CJD6 — — — — — — 200 — 150 — 100 — 30 200-400 S — 8.75 3 

NJ — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — — 250-400 S — 6.25 3 

HJ — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 25 — — 250-400 S — 6.25 3 

LJ — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 25 — — 250-400 S — 6.25 3 

SJD6 — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — — 200-400 S — 8.75 3 

SHJD6 — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 35 — — 200-400 S — 8.75 3 

SCJD6 — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 100 — — 200-400 S — 8.75 3 

LXD6 — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — 30 450-600 S — 8.75 3 

LD6 — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — 30 250-600 S — 8.75 3 

HLXD6, 

HLD6 

— — — — — — 100 — 65 — 35 — 30 250-600 S — 8.75 3 

HHLXD6, 

— 

HHLD6 

— — — — — 200 — 100 — 50 — — 250-600 S — 8.75 3 

CLD6 — — — — — — 200 — 150 — 100 — — 250-600 S — 8.75 3 

NL — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 18 — — 400-600 S — 6.25 3 

HL — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 18 — — 400-600 S — 6.25 3 

LL — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 18 — — 400-600 S — 6.25 3 

SLD6 — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — — 300-600 S — 8.75 3 

SHLD6 — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 35 — — 300-600 S — 8.75 3 

SCLD6 — — — — — — 200 — 150 — 100 — — 300-600 S — 8.75 3 

NM — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — 22 600-800 S — 8.75 3 

HM — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 35 — 25 600-800 S — 8.75 3 

LM — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 50 — 42 600-800 S — 8.75 3 

NM — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — — 600-800 S — 8.75 3 

HM — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 35 — — 600-800 S — 8.75 3 

LM — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 50 — — 600-800 S — 8.75 3 












11-76 


Panelboards 



Selection 

Type S4/P4/SPP (10" deep) and F1/P4/FPP (10" deep) 

Connecting Strap Kits — w/o Circuit Breaker 

For use with Type P4, Type S4 or Sentron SPP Shallow depth panelboards 

Max 

Amp 

Rating 

Breaker 

Family 

Breaker 

Type 

Catalog 

Number 

Unit 

Height 

(inches) 

Mounting 

100 General BL, BQD SBL 3.75 Twin 

General xGB SNB 3.75 Twin 

125 

General xGB2 SGB2 3.75 Twin 

General ED SE6 3.75 Twin 

General CED SCE 3.75 Twin 

150 VL DG SDG 5.00 Twin 

3VA 3VA61 S3VA52T h 5.00 Twin 

225 General QR SQR 5.00 Twin 

VL FG SFG 5.00 Twin 

250 

Sentron FD SF6 5.00 Twin 

Sentron CFD SCF 5.00 Single 

3VA 3VA52, 3VA62 i S3VA52T h 5.00 Twin 

VL JG SJG 6.25 Single 

Sentron JD SJ1 8.75 Single 

400 Sentron CJD SCJ 8.75 Single 

Sentron SJD SSJ1 8.75 Single 

Sentron SCJD SSCJ 8.75 Single 

VL LG SLG 6.25 Single 

Sentron LD SL6 8.75 Single 

600 Sentron CLD SCL 8.75 Single 

Sentron SLD SSL6 8.75 Single 

Sentron SCLD SSCL 8.75 Single 

800 VL MG MG1 8.75 Single 

Branch Switch Selection 

Ampere 

Rating 

240V — Twin Mounted 

Mounting 


NEC Fuse Clips b 

30-30 2½ c 

30-30 5 

30-60 5 

60-60 5 

60-100 7½ 

100-100 7½ 

200-200 10 

240V — Single Mounted 


30 7½ 

60 7½ 

100 7½ 

200 10 

200 7½ 



30-30 7½ 

30-60 7½ 

60-60 7½ 

60-100 7½ 

100-100 7½ 

200-200 10 

600V — Single Mounted 


100 7½ 

200 10 


3VA Breaker Provision Kits 

Breaker Type Catalog Number Description 

3VA52, 3VA61 or 

3VA62 Breaker 

S3VA52PR 

Contains the necessary 

hardware to land breaker 

on an existing strap kit 

Service Entrance Barriers 

Field installable Barriers to meet UL 67 service entrance requirements 

Breaker Type 


(S)JD, (S)LD, MG 

SEBP4V1 

CJD, CLD 

SEBP4V2 

JG, LG 

SEBP4V3 

Connecting Strap Kits d Fusible 

For use with Sentron Shallow Depth or Type SPP/FPP/F1/P4 power panels 

Ampere Rating Unit Height (inches) 10" Deep Box Catalog Number 

30–30 2.5 F602 

30–60 5, 7.5 F657 

30–60 5, 7.5 F657 

60–60 5, 7.5 F657 

60–100 5, 7.5 F657 

100–100 5, 7.5 F657 

100 7.5 F657 

200 10 F671 

200–200 10 F672 

Blank Plates — Circuit Breaker and Vacu-Break 

For use with Type P4, Type S4 or Sentron SPP Shallow 

depth panelboards 

Height 

(inches) 

Filler Plates 

For use with Type P4, Type S4 or Sentron SPP Shallow 

depth panelboards 

Filler Plate 

Breaker Type 


BL, BLH, HBL ED4, ED6, 

HED4, HHED6, NGB, HGB, DFFP1 e 

LGB, NGB2, HGB2, LGB2 

NEB, HEB 

Catalog 

Number 

1.25 6FPB01 

2.5 6FPB02 

3.75 6FPB03 

5.0 6FPB05 

10.0 6FPB10 

EBF1 

Cover Plates 

For use with Sentron Shallow Depth or 

Type SPP/FPP/F1/P4 power panels 

Breaker Type 


QR 

SQRC 


a Includes housing frame plate without breaker handle 

opening. Provisions include all necessary mounting 

hardware less breakers. 

b For Class J, R or T fuse clip prices, refer to page 11-78. 

For Class J fuse clips price 600V, 7 1 ⁄2" high units. 

c NEC fuse clips only. 

d Normal stock item. 

Suitable to replace QF3 in P1 thru P5 Panelboards and 

Switchboards. 

To replace a QJ with a QR only a new cover is needed 

up to 225A 

Although QR is rated 250A, it is limited to 225A in 

panelboard. 

h To field install a single 3VA52, 3VA61 or 3VA62 breaker 

to an existing strap, provision kit #S3VA52PR is required. 

i 3VA62 breaker will be available in Fall 2019. 



Panelboards 

Modifications and Additions 


Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

P4 Panelboards 

Devices Mounted on Gutter Cover 

Includes Device, Mounting – Wired or 

Unwired 

Description 

One piece front with door 

Hinged Gutter Covers 4 pc front 

Toggle Switch — SPST or 3-way 

15A, 277V maximum 

Pilot Light — General Purpose 

Neon or Incandescent 

Pushbutton 

Increased Capacity Neutral 

Ampere Rating 

Unit Space 

Phase Neutral ( inches) 

400 600 0 

400 800 0 

600 1200 0 

800 1200 0 

Subfeed or Feed-Thru Lugs 

(One Set Per Panel) 

Subfeed Double Lugs 

(Main Lug Panels) 

Amp 

Rating 

400 0 

600 0 

800 N/A 

1200 N/A 


Unit Spaces 

(Additional inches) 

MLO 

Ampere Rating Unit Space (inches) 

400 10 

600 10 

800 17.5 

1200 17.5 

Fuse Clip Provisions 

(Add to 250 Volts or 600 Volts 

Unit Prices Per Switch) 

Amp 

Rating 

Class 

J 

Class 

R 

30 • • 

60 • • 

100 • • 

200 • • 

Class 

T 

Spanner Wrenches 

(for Vacu-Break Switches) 

Ground Fault on Main Breaker 

Description 

Conventional Ground Fault Includes: 

ground fault relay, ground sensor, CPT 

& shunt trip 

Test and Monitor Panel 

Ground Fault add to 

Sensitrip III breaker price 

Time Clocks 

Sangamo, Tork or Paragon time clock 

can be supplied, mounted in panelboard 

cabinet. For required increase in enclosure 

dimension, consult local sales office. 

Description 

Time clock (1- or 2-Pole, Single or 

Double Throw Contacts; 3-Pole Single 

Throw) 

277V Maximum with Plain Dial 

Optional: 





Main Bus 

Standard main bus and ground bus are 

tin-plated aluminum. For copper main 

bus, neutral bus and ground bus, add 

from the table for each panel. 

Lugs – For Main Lug Only Panels 

Standard main lugs and neutral lugs 

are tin-plated aluminum, UL listed for 

use with aluminum/copper cables. 

Copper only lugs are an option. 

Ampere Rating 

400 - 1200 

Shunt Trip on Main and Branches 

Description 

BL, BQD, NGB, HGB, LGB, NGB2, HGB2, 

LGB2 (branch only) 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H, 

ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6, CED6 

All others to 800A 

100% Rated Main Circuit Breakers 

Ampere 

Rating 

400A 

600A 

Breaker 

Type 

JXD6H, HJXD6H 

SCJD6H, SHJD6H 

NJY, HJY, LJY 

LXD6H, HLXD6H 

NMY , HMY , LMY 

Grounding of Panelboards Ground 

Bars (except for brazed-to-box) 

are shipped with the panel interior 

factory mounted. 

▪ Non-Insulated Equipment Ground 

Bar – Standard 

▪ Copper Non-Insulated Ground Bar 

▪ Al Insulated Equipment Ground Bar 

▪ Cu Insulated Equipment Ground Bar 

▪ Ground Bar Brazed to Box 



Blocks handle in either the 

“ON” or “OFF” position. 

Padlocking Device – Padlocks 

in “OFF” position. 

Available in 90” high enclosure only. Unit space is 42 

1/2” with Test and Monitor Panel; 45” without Test and 

Monitor Panel. 

Not available on Sensitrip III. 

For required unit space, consult local sales office. 

Shunt Trip on 100A frame breakers increases mounting 

height to 6.25” for twin mounting. 

The 600A, 100% rated breaker requires the use of an 

800A frame breaker. 

11-78 



Panelboards 



Selection 








type P2, P4, & P5 Siemens panel boards. Please note P1 and 

P3 configurations are not available at this time and the amount 






Available in a NEMA 1, 3R, or 12 rated enclosure 

Controller 






Seven sizes of CTs are available for use in the P4 panel: 50, 125, 250, 400, 600, 800, 1200 

amp. All CTs are pre-mounted to a support bracket that attaches to the base rail of the interior 

of the panel board. Each bracket supports a maximum of 3 CTs and is designed for the breaker 

selected (brackets are not interchangeable between breaker frames). Each CT will be attached 

to a data module that is placed in the meter racks. 

Meter Racks 







position rack 



to one another in the meter rack. Any field changes to the factory configuration must take 

this into account. 







Panelboards 



Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

P4 Devices 


Example P4 Panel with SEM3 Type 1 Enclosure 

P4 = (32" Wide x 10" Deep) 


Enclosure heights: 60", 75", 90" (there are optional depths also) 



P4 enclosure for factory assembled panel - unit space is in 3.75" 

increments - up to 6 circuits can occupy each 3.75" of unit space. 

32" std. width for P4 



















- see below - 













Due to gutter space limitations, SEM3 is not available in a P4 Powerpanel for 3VA52, 3VA61, or 3VA62 breakers. 

11-80 


Panelboards 


Selection 

Lug Modifications 


Style 

Amp 

Rating Breaker Type Compression Connectors Available Unit Space Reduction 

400 N/A All compression lugs 


MLO 


Deduct 5.0” of Unit Space 



JD6, JXD6, HJD6, HJXD6, 

Main Breaker 400 

HHJD6, HHJXD6, CJD6, 

(2)#2/0 AWG - 500 Kcmil Cu or Al 


LD6, LXD6, HLD6, HLXD6, 

Deduct 0” of Unit Space 

NL, HL, LL 

(1)#6 - 350 Kcmil Cu or Al 

HHLD6, HHLXD6, CLD6, 


Main Breaker 600 SLD6, SHLD6, SCLD6 


NJ, HJ, LJ 

(2)#6 - 350 Kcmil Cu or Al 



Amp 

Rating 

400 N/A 

Breaker 

Type Compression Connectors Available Unit Space Reduction 

(1)#3/0 AWG - 750 Kcmil or 

(2)#3/0 AWG 250 Kcmil Cu or Al 


600 N/A (2)#3/0 AWG - 750 Kcmil Deduct 5” of Unit Space 

800 N/A (3)#3/0 AWG - 750 Kcmil Cu or Al Deduct 10” of Unit Space 

1200 N/A 






Panelboards 

Kits and Accessories 

Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

P4 Enclosures 

Description 

P4 Type 1 32” W x 10” D x 60” H 

P4 Type 1 32” W x 10” D x 75” H 

P4 Type 1 32” W x 10” D x 90” H 

P4 Type 3R/12 60” H 

P4 Type 3R/12 75” H 

P4 Type 3R/12 90” H 


PB60 

PB75 

PB90 

WP260 

WP275 

WP290 

P4 Trims 

Description 

P4 Std (4 piece trim) vented 60” 



P4 VBS Std (4 Piece trim) vented 60” 



P4 Std (4 piece trim) unvented 60” 



P4 VBS Std (4 Piece trim) unvented 60” 



P4 Std (4 piece trim) vented 60” with hinged gutter covers 



P4 VBS Std (4 piece trim) vented 60” w/Hinged gutter covers 



P4 Std (4 piece trim) unvented 60” with hinged gutter covers 



P4 VBS Std (4 piece trim) unvented 60” w/Hinged gutter covers 



P4 Std (1 PC Door) vented 60” 



P4 Std (1 PC Door) unvented 60” 



P4 Std (1 PC Door-in-door) vented 60” 



P4 Std (1 PC Door-in-door) unvented 60” 




P460V 

P475V 

P490V 

P460VV 

P475VV 

P490VV 

P460NV 

P475NV 

P490NV 

P460NVV 

P475NVV 

P490NVV 

P460VHG 

P475VHG 

P490VHG 

P460VVHG 

P475VVHG 

P490VVHG 

P460NVHG 

P475NVHG 

P490NVHG 

P460NVVHG 

P475NVVHG 

P490NVVHG 

P460VD 

P475VD 

P490VD 

P460NVD 

P475NVD 

P490NVD 

P460VDD 

P475VDD 

P490VDD 

P460NVDD 

P475NVDD 

P490NVDD 

P4 Flush mounting kits 

Description 

Flush kit for P4 60” High 




F60 

F75 

F90 

11-82 



Panelboards 



Dimensions 

Type 1 Box 


8.0 in. 

[ 203 ] 

Recommended Conduit Area 

4.37 in. 

[ 111 ] 

6.63 in. 

[ 168 ] 

4.37 in. 

[ 111 ] 

6.63 in. 

[ 168 ] 

0.31 in. 

[ 8 ] 

Mounting 

dimple 

0.31 in. 

[ 8 ] 

Mounting 

dimple 


30.0 in. 

[ 254 ] 

6.63 in. 

[ 168 ] 

6.63 in. 

[ 168 ] 

14.04 in. 

[ 357 ] 

14.04 in. 

[ 357 ] 

4.37 in. 

[ 111 ] 

4.37 in. 

[ 111 ] 


0.5 in. 

[ 127 ] 

0.5 in. 

[ 127 ] 

16.08 in. [ 408 16.08 ] in. [ 408 ] 

(Mounting Holes (Mounting Holes 

0.44 in. Square) 0.44 in. Square) 



0.83 in. 

[ 21 ] 

0.83 in. 

[ 21 ] 





16.0 in. [ 40616.0 ] in. [ 406 ] 

32.4 in. 

[ 823 ] 

32.4 in. 

[ 823 ] 

0.93 in. 

[ 24 ] 

0.93 in. 

[ 24 ] 

10.39 in. 

[ 264 ] 

10.39 in. 

[ 264 ] 



Panelboards 



General 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Features 

The P5 is the largest distribution panel 

in the Siemens’ panel family. Even with 

a larger footprint, the P5 is still a space 

saver with its 38” width and 12.75” 

depth. The panel offers higher main 

ratings to fit applications that require 

larger branch devices. 

This panel offers a wide array of factory 

assembled options and has the ability 

to mix breaker frames in unit space up 

to 1200 amps and fusible switches up 

to 1200 amps. Bussing options for the 

P5 vary from the standard temperature 

rated aluminum to temperature rated 

copper and 750 A/SI aluminum and 

1000A/SI copper designs. All aluminum 

bussing in the P5 panel is tin-plated 

as a standard. Silver-plated is offered 

as the default for copper bus and tin 

as an option. Integrated time clocks, 

bus mounted contactors as mains or 

submains, split bus and subfeed lugs 

(up to 600 amps) are just a few of the 

options of this flexible panel. 

The P5 panel configurations defined by 

the unit space allowed for a given 

amperage, main device and box height. 


All of the branch devices are unit space 

mounted. Breakers and switches can be 

mixed and matched to meet customer 

requirements. 

Main Lug / Main Breaker / Main 

Switch 


is 38" wide x 12.75" deep. X Box Height 




250V DC max. 

Amperage – 400-1200 amp main 

breaker, 400-1200 amp main lug only or 

200-1200 amp main switch. 

Short Circuit Rating – 200 Kaic max. 


device installed unless a series rating is 

indicated. Panels with subfeed or 





Kaic. Note that the main device may be 

mounted remote from the panel. 





requirements of UL 67 – the standard 

for panelboards. All aluminum bussing 

is tin-plated. Optional bussing for 

the P5 panel is: 750 A/SI aluminum, 

temperature rated copper, and 

1000 A/SI copper. The copper bus 

option for this panel is tin-plated. 






Main Lugs a 

Ampere 

Connectors Suitable for 

Rating 


400 (1) 250-500Kcmil 

600 (2) #3/0-500Kcmil 

800 (3) #3/0 AWG-500 Kcmil 

1000 (4) #3/0 AWG-500 Kcmil 

1200 (4) #3/0 AWB-500 Kcmil 

aAlternate lugs for 750 kcmil cable are available, but 

result in significant loss of branch unit mounting space. 

Consult Siemens. 

Gauge Steel of Boxes Fronts, 

Surface and Flush 

Dimensions in 

inches (mm) Gauge Steel 

Width Height Box Fronts 

38" 

(965) 

60 - 75 - 90 

(1524,1905, 

2286) 

60 - 75 - 90 

(1524,1905, 

2286) 

60 - 75 - 90 

(1524,1905, 

2286) 

#16 a #14 (1 piece trim) 

#14 (4 piece trim) 

#14 #12 (1 piece & 

door in door) 

#10 (1 piece & 

door in door) 

#14 #16 (4 piece, top 

and bottom over) 

#10 (4 piece, side/ 

gutter cover) 

a 16 gauge side panels, 12 gauge back support, 14 gauge 

back panels. 

11-84 


Panelboards 



Enclosure Selection 

Enclosure Dimension in Inches (mm) 

Available Unit Space in Inches (mm) 

H W D Main Lug Only Main Breaker Main VB Switch 

Main HCP 

Switch 

Type 1 or 3R/12 Type 1 Type 3R/12 400 - 1200A 400-800A 1200A 200A 400A-600A 400-1200A 

60 (1524) 38 (965) 12.75 (324) 14.25 (362) 30 (762) 21.25 (540) 20 (508) 20 (508) - 13.75 (349) 

75 (1905) 38 (965) 12.75 (324) 14.25 (362) 45 (1143) 36.25 (921) 35 (889) 40 (1016) 25 (889) 28.75 (730) 

90 (2286) 38 (965) 12.75 (324) 14.25 (362) 60 (1524) 51.25 (1302) 50 (1270) 55 (1397) 40 (1270) 43.75 (1111) 


Main Breaker Unit Space Dimensions 

Ampere Breaker Breaker 


Rating Family Type 

A 

B 

Sentron JXD6, JD6, HJXD6, HJD6, HHJXD6, HHJD6 13.425 (265) 

VL 

400 

NJ, HJ, LJ 15.500 (318) 

SJD6, SHJD6 13.425 (265) 

Sentron 

CJD6, SCJD6 11.250 (210) 

Sentron LXD6, LD6, HLXD6, LD6, HHLXD6, HHLD6 13.425 (265) 

VL 

600 

NL, HL, LL 14.250 (286) 

SLD6, SHLD6 13.425 (265) 

Sentron 

CLD6, SCLD6 11.250 (210) 

13.125 (333) 

VL NM, HM, LM 13.425 (265) 

800 

MXD6, MD6, HMXD6, HMD6, 

13.00 (330) 

Sentron 

CMD6, SMD6, SHMD6, SCMD6 

10.42 (265 

VL NN, HN, LN 13.425 (265) 

1200 

Sentron 

NXD6, ND6, HNXD6, HND6, 

CND6, SND6, SHMD6, SCND6 

13.00 (330) 

13.00 (330) 

Main Switch 

Maximum 

Ampere Rating A B 

400A/600A VB 9.30 (236) 

800A/1200A HCP 10.30 (262) 13.125 (333) 

200A VB 13.425 (265) 

Main Switch Connectors 

Ampere 

Rating 

400 

Connectors suitable for 


(1) #3/0 AWG-500 kcmil 

(2) #3/0 AWG-250 kcmil 

600 (2) #3/0 AWG-500 kcmil 

800 (3) #3/0 AWG-500 kcmil 

1200 (4) #3/0 AWG-500 kcmil 

Main Breaker Wire Bending Space 

Dimensions & Main Switch 


Lugs 


Main Lug 

400A 

A 

600A 

B 

800A 

C 

1000A 

D 

1200A 

E 

Neutral 

800A 

G 

Standard 16.500 (419) 16.750 (425) 15.969 (406) 15.969 (406) 15.969 (406) 13.125 (333) 

Oversize 16.500 (419) 21.750 (552) 25.969 (660) 25.969 (660) 25.969 (660) 23.125 (587) 

Crimp 19.187 (487) 18.250 (464) 18.687 (475) 18.250 (464) 18.250 (464) 15.937 (405) 

Standard with 

Subfeed 

16.750 (425) 15.969 (406) — — — 13.125 (333) 

Standard with 

Feed-thru 

16.500 (419) 16.750 (425) — — — 13.125 (333) 


a Standard trim is for space without door. Surface flush 

one piece trim is available for 32" (813mm) wide circuit 

breaker panel. 

Available with solid state (electronic) trip units only. 


Panelboards 


Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Type P5 


Catalog number is for aluminum main 

bus. For optional copper main bus 

change “A” in position 11 to “E” (silverplated 

copper bus). 

Main Lugs Only — shown with aluminum bus, top fed, and surface trims. 

Maximum Unit 

208Y/120V 240/120V 120/240V or 250 Vdc Max 

Panel 

Ampere Rating 

Space 

(inches) 







800 b 45 P5C75ML800ATS P5B75ML800ATS P5A75ML800ATS 




1000 




1200 



Maximum 

Panel 

Ampere Rating 

Unit 

Space 

(inches) 

240 480Y/277V 480V a 



Panels are top feed, surface mounted. 

For bottom feed, change “T” in position 

12 to “B”. For flush mounting, 

change “S” in position 13 to “F”. 





800 b 45 P5D75ML800ATS P5E75ML800ATS P5F75ML800ATS 




1000 




1200 



Replace fifth and sixth position 

in panelboard catalog number, 

with alternate main breaker code. 

Use price adders from main breaker 

section table. Horizontally mounted. 

Main Circuit Breaker — shown with aluminum bus, top fed, and surface trims. 

Maximum Unit 

208Y/120V 240/120V 120/240V or 250 Vdc Max 

Panel 

Ampere Rating 

Space 

(inches) 







800 b 36.25 P5C75M1800ATS P5B75M1800ATS P5A75M1800ATS 



20 P5C60N1120ATS P5B60N1120ATS P5A60N1120ATS 

1200 



Maximum 

Panel 

Ampere Rating 

Unit 

Space 

(inches) 

240 480Y/277V 480V a 







800 b 36.25 P5D75M1800ATS P5E75M1800ATS P5F75M1800ATS 



20 P5D60N1120ATS P5E60N1120ATS P5F60N1120ATS 

1200 





a For 600V, change “F” in position 3 to “G”. Price only 

branch breakers with 600V ratings. 

b Alternate main breaker requires additional 1.25" unit space. 

11-86 



Panelboards 



Selection 

Main Fusible Switch (fuses not included) 

Maximum Unit 208Y/120V 240/120V 120/240V 240V 480Y/277V 480V a 

Panel 

Ampere Rating 

Space 

(inches) 













400 

25 P5C75MS400ATS P5B75MS400ATS P5A75MS400ATS P5D75MS400ATS P5E75MS400ATS P5F75MS400ATS 


600 



28.75 

800 d P5C75MS800ATS P5B75MS800ATS P5A75MS800ATS P5D75MS800ATS P5E75MS800ATS P5F75MS800ATS 

43.75 P5C90MS800ATS P5B90MS800ATS P5A90MS800ATS P5D90MS800ATS P5E90MS800ATS P5F90MS800ATS 

28.75 

1200 d P5C75MS120ATS P5B75MS120ATS P5A75MS120ATS P5D75MS120ATS P5E75MS120ATS P5F75MS120ATS 

43.75 P5C90MS120ATS P5B90MS120ATS P5A90MS120ATS P5D90MS120ATS P5E90MS120ATS P5F90MS120ATS 


Alternate Main Breaker Selection b 

Breaker 

Frame 

Rating 

400 

600 

800 

1200 

Trip 

Type 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid state) 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid state) 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid state) 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid state) 



Breaker 

Family 

Sentron 

VL 

Sentron 

Sentron 

VL 

Sentron 

VL 

Sentron 

VL 

Sentron 

VL 

Sentron 

VL 

Sentron 

a For 600V, change “F” in position 3 to “G”. Price only 

branch breakers with 600V ratings. 

b For ground fault, see page 11-92. 

Unit Space 

Requirements 

in Inches 

Maximum Interruption Rating 

(KAIC) Volts AC 

Frame 

Type 

Type Ref. 

Code 

Trip 

Amperage 

240 480 600 

JXD6 JX 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 8.75 65,000 35,000 25,000 

JD6 J6 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 8.75 65,000 35,000 25,000 

HJXD6 H5 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 8.75 100,000 65,000 35,000 

HJD6 H6 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 8.75 100,000 65,000 35,000 

HHJXD6 H9 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 8.75 200,000 100,000 50,000 

HHJD6 6H 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 8.75 200,000 100,000 50,000 

CJD6 CJ 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 8.75 200,000 150,000 100,000 

NJ J1 250, 400 6.25 65,000 35,000 25,000 

HJ J7 250, 400 6.25 100,000 65,000 25,000 

LJ J3 250, 400 6.25 200,000 100,000 25,000 

SJD6 SJ 200, 300, 400 8.75 65,000 35,000 25,000 

SHJD6 SX 200, 300, 400 8.75 100,000 65,000 35,000 

SCJD6 SC 200, 300, 400 8.75 200,000 150,000 100,000 

LXD6 LX 450, 500, 600 8.75 65,000 35,000 25,000 

LD6 L6 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 8.75 65,000 35,000 25,000 

HLXD6 HO 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 8.75 100,000 65,000 35,000 

HLD6 HL 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 8.75 100,000 65,000 35,000 

HHLXD6 XH 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 8.75 200,000 100,000 50,000 

HHLD6 HH 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 8.75 200,000 100,000 50,000 

CLD6 CL 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600 8.75 200,000 150,000 100,000 

NL L7 400, 600 6.25 65,000 35,000 25,000 

HL L2 400, 600 6.25 100,000 65,000 25,000 

LL SL 400, 600 6.25 200,000 100,000 25,000 

SLD6 L6 300, 400, 500, 600 8.75 65,000 35,000 25,000 

SHLD6 S2 300, 400, 500, 600 8.75 100,000 65,000 35,000 

SCLD6 SI 300, 400, 500, 600 8.75 200,000 150,000 100,000 

NM M1 600, 700, 800 8.75 65,000 35,000 25,000 

HM M2 600, 700, 800 8.75 100,000 65,000 35,000 

LM M3 600, 700, 800 8.75 200,000 100,000 50,000 

LMXD6 LM 500, 600, 700, 800 8.75 65,000 50,000 25,000 

LMD6 L1 500, 600, 700, 800 8.75 65,000 50,000 25,000 

HLMXD6 HK 500, 600, 700, 800 8.75 100,000 65,000 50,000 

HLMD6 HJ 500, 600, 700, 800 8.75 100,000 65,000 50,000 

MXD6 MX 500, 600, 700, 800 10.00 65,000 50,000 25,000 

MD6 MD 500, 600, 700, 800 10.00 65,000 50,000 25,000 

HMXD6 HR 500, 600, 700, 800 10.00 100,000 65,000 50,000 

HMD6 HM 500, 600, 700, 800 10.00 100,000 65,000 50,000 

CMD6 CM 500, 600, 700, 800 10.00 200,000 100,000 65,000 

NM M1 600, 800 8.75 65,000 35,000 25,000 

HM M2 600, 800 8.75 100,000 65,000 35,000 

LM M3 600, 800 8.75 200,000 100,000 50,000 

SMD6 SM 600, 700, 800 10.00 65,000 50,000 25,000 

SHMD6 S5 600, 700, 800 10.00 100,000 65,000 50,000 

SCMD6 SO 600, 700, 800 10.00 200,000 100,000 65,000 

NN N1 800, 900, 1000, 1200 10.00 65,000 35,000 25,000 

HN N2 800, 900, 1000, 1200 10.00 100,000 65,000 35,000 

LN N3 800, 900, 1000, 1200 10.00 200,000 100,000 65,000 

NXD6 NX 900, 1000, 1200 10.00 65,000 50,000 25,000 

ND6 ND 900, 1000, 1200 10.00 65,000 50,000 25,000 

HNXD6 HT 900, 1000, 1200 10.00 100,000 65,000 50,000 

HND6 HN 900, 1000, 1200 10.00 100,000 65,000 50,000 

CND6 Cn 900, 1000, 1200 10.00 200,000 100,000 65,000 

NN N1 800, 1000, 1200 10.00 65,000 35,000 25,000 

HN N2 800, 1000, 1200 10.00 100,000 65,000 35,000 

LN N3 800, 1000, 1200 10.00 200,000 100,000 65,000 

SND6 SN 800, 1000, 1200 10.00 65,000 50,000 25,000 

SHND6 AD 800, 1000, 1200 10.00 100,000 65,000 50,000 

SCND6 SR 800, 1000, 1200 10.00 200,000 100,000 65,000 

c Replace “MS” in catalog number with code letter. 

(See Main Fusible Switch Table above) 

d 800 and 1200 ampere switches have “L” class fuse 

provisions (Type HCP). 



Panelboards 



Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 


Amp 

Rating 

100 

xx 

125 

150 

225 

250 

Trip 

Type 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Breaker 

Family 

BL 

Special BLG 


Thermal 

Magnetic 

BQD 

Electronic 

and misc. 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

BL 

GB 

Sentron 

GB2 

3VA41 c 

VL 

3VA61 c 

(ETU350 LSI 

standard) 

QR 

Sentron 

VL 

3VA52 c 

(W/TM230 

trip) 

3VA62 c 

(ETU350 LSI 

standard) 

Breaker 

Type 

1-Pole 


120V 277V 347V 

125V 

DC 

Amp 

Ratings 

Avail. 



120/ 

240V 

240V 

480Y/ 

277V 

480V 

600Y/ 

347V 

600V 

125/ 

250V 

DC 

250V 

DC 

Amp 

Ratings 

Avail. 


S 


T 

Unit Max 

Space 1-pole 


(in.) per Kit 

BL 10 — — — 15-70 10 10 — — — — — — 15-100 d — T 3.75 e 6 

BLH 22 — — — 15-70 22 22 — — — — — — 15-100 d — T 3.75 e 6 

HBL 65 — — — 15-50 65 65 — — — — — — 15-100 — T 3.75 e 6 

BLG a 10 — — — 15-20 10 — — — — — — — 30 — T 3.75 e 6 

BL (HID) 10 — — — 15-30 10 — — — — — — — 15-30 — T 3.75 e 6 

BQD f 65 14 — 14 15-100 — 65 14 — — — 14 — 15-100 — T 3.75 e 6 

BQD6 g 65 — — 14 15-70 — 65 — 10 — 14 — 15-70 — T 3.75 e 6 

AFCI/ 

GFCI 

& Dual 

Function 

x — — — 

see 

special 

table 

page 

11-13 

x — — — — — — — 

see 

special 

table 

page 

11-13 

— T 3.75 e 6 

NGB 100 25 14 14 15-125 — 100 25 — 14 — 14 — 15-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

HGB 100 35 14 14 15-125 — 100 35 — 14 — 14 — 15-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

LGB 100 65 14 14 15-125 — 100 65 — 14 — 14 — 15-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

ED4 — 22 — 30 15-100 — 65 — 18 — — — 30 15-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

ED6 — — — — — — 65 — 25 — 18 — 30 20-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

HED4 b — — — — — — 65 — 42 — 18 — 30 15-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

HHED6 — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 18 — — 15-50 — T 3.75 e 6 

NGB2 100 25 14 14 d 15-125 — 100 — 25 14 — 14 d — 15-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

HGB2 100 35 22 14 d 15-125 — 100 — 35 22 — 14 d — 15-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

LGB2 100 65 25 14 d 15-125 — 100 — 65 25 — 14 d — 15-125 — T 3.75 e 6 

info not x x x x x x x — x — — x 6 

yet available 

x x x x x x x — x — — x 6 

x x x x x x x — x — — x 6 

ND — — — — — — 65 — 35 18 — — — 60-150 — T 5.00 6 

HD — — — — — — 100 — 65 20 — — — 60-150 — T 5.00 6 

LD — — — — — — 200 — 100 25 — — — 60-150 — T 5.00 6 

MDAE — — — — — 100 35 35 18 18 — — 40-150 — T 5.00 6 

HDAE — — — — — 100 65 65 22 22 — — 40-150 — T 5.00 6 

CDAE — — — — — 200 100 100 35 35 — — 40-150 — T 5.00 6 

LDAE — — — — — 200 150 150 50 50 — — 40-150 — T 5.00 6 

QR2 — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — 100-225 — T 5.00 6 

QRH2 — — — — — — 25 — — — — — — 100-225 — T 5.00 6 

HQR2 — — — — — — 65 — — — — — — 100-225 — T 5.00 6 

HQR2H — — — — — — 100 — — — — — — 100-225 — T 5.00 6 

FXD6-A, — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 22 — 30 70-250 S T 5.00 3 or 6 

FD6-A 

HFXD6, — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 25 — 30 70-250 S T 5.00 3 or 6 

HFD6 

HHFXD6, — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 25 — — 70-250 S — 5.00 3 

HHFD6 

CFD6-A — — — — — — 200 — 200 — 100 — 30 70-250 S — 5.00 3 

NF — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 18 — — 100-250 — T 5.00 6 

HF — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 20 — — 100-250 — T 5.00 6 

LF — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 25 — — 100-250 — T 5.00 6 

MFAS — — — — — 85 85 — 35 — 18 — 50 100-250 — T 5.00 6 

HFAS — — — — — 100 100 — 65 — 25 — 85 100-250 — T 5.00 6 

CFAS — — — — — 200 200 — 100 — 35 — 100 100-250 — T 5.00 6 

MFAE — — — — — — 100 35 35 18 — — — 100-250 — T 5.00 6 

HFAE — — — — — — 100 65 65 22 — — — 100-250 — T 5.00 6 

CFAE — — — — — — 200 100 100 35 — — — 100-250 — T 5.00 6 

LFAE — — — — — — 200 150 150 50 — — — 100-250 — T 5.00 6 



b 1-pole HED 15-30A rated 65kA; 35-100A rated 25kA: 3-pole 

HED rated 42kA 








11-88 


Panelboards 



Selection 


cont. 

Amp 

Rating 

400 

600 

800 

1200 

Trip 

Type 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

Thermal 

Magnetic 

Electronic 

(Solid 

state) 

Breaker 

Family 

Sentron 

Breaker 

Type 

JXD6-A, 

JD6-A 

HJXD6-A, 

HJD6-A 

HHJXD6, 

HHJD6 

1-Pole 






Unit Max 

Space 

per Kit 

(in.) 

Amp 

125/ Amp 

1-pole 

125V Ratings 120/ 480Y/ 600Y/ 250V 250V Ratings 

Circuits 

120V 277V 347V DC Avail. 240V 240V 277V 480V 347V 600V DC DC Avail. S T 

per Kit 

— — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — 30 200-400 S T 8.75 3 or 6 

— — — — — — 100 — 65 — 35 — 30 200-400 S T 8.75 3 or 6 

— — — — — — 200 — 100 — 50 — — 200-400 S T 8.75 3 or 6 

CJD6-A — — — — — — 200 — 150 — 100 — 30 200-400 S — 8.75 3 

NJ — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — — 250-400 S T 6.25 3 or 6 

VL HJ — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 25 — — 250-400 S T 6.25 3 or 6 

LJ — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 25 — — 250-400 S T 6.25 3 or 6 

SJD6-B — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — — 200-400 S — 8.75 3 

Sentron SHJD6-B — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 35 — — 200-400 S — 8.75 3 

SCJD6-B — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 100 — — 200-400 S — 8.75 3 

LXD6 — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — 30 450-600 S — 8.75 3 

LD6 — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — 30 250-600 S — 8.75 3 

HLXD6, — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 35 — 30 250-600 S — 8.75 3 

Sentron HLD6 

HHLXD6, — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 50 — — 250-600 S — 8.75 3 

HHLD6 

CLD6 — — — — — — 200 — 150 — 100 — — 250-600 S — 8.75 3 

NL — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 18 — — 400-600 S — 6.25 3 

VL HL — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 18 — — 400-600 S — 6.25 3 

LL — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 18 — — 400-600 S — 6.25 3 

SLD6 — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — — 300-600 S — 8.75 3 

Sentron SHLD6 — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 35 — — 300-600 S — 8.75 3 

SCLD6 — — — — — — 200 — 150 — 100 — — 300-600 S — 8.75 3 

NM — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — 22 600-800 S — 8.75 3 

VL HM — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 35 — 25 600-800 S — 8.75 3 

LM — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 50 — 42 600-800 S — 8.75 3 

MXD6 — — — — — — 65 — 50 — 25 — 30 600-800 S — 10.00 3 

MD6 — — — — — — 65 — 50 — 25 — 30 500-800 S — 10.00 3 

Sentron HMXD6 — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 50 — 30 600-800 S — 10.00 3 

HMD6 — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 50 — 30 500-800 S — 10.00 3 

CMD6 — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 65 — — 600-800 S — 10.00 3 

NM — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — — 600-800 S — 8.75 3 

VL HM — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 35 — — 600-800 S — 8.75 3 

LM — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 50 — — 600-800 S — 8.75 3 

SMD6 — — — — — — 65 — 50 — 25 — — 600-800 S — 10.00 3 

Sentron SHMD6 — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 50 — — 600-800 S — 10.00 3 

SCMD6 — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 65 — — 600-800 S — 10.00 3 

NN — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — 22 800-1200 S — 10.00 3 

VL HN — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 35 — 25 800-1200 S — 10.00 3 

LN — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 50 — 42 800-1200 S — 10.00 3 

NXD6 — — — — — — 65 — 50 — 25 — 30 900-1200 S — 10.00 3 

ND6 — — — — — — 65 — 50 — 25 — 30 800-1200 S — 10.00 3 

Sentron HNXD6 — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 50 — 30 900-1200 S — 10.00 3 

HND6 — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 50 — 30 800-1200 S — 10.00 3 

CND6 — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 65 — — 900-1200 S — 10.00 3 

NN — — — — — — 65 — 35 — 25 — — 800-1200 S — 10.00 3 

VL HN — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 35 — — 800-1200 S — 10.00 3 

LN — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 65 — — 800-1200 S — 10.00 3 

SND6 — — — — — — 65 — 50 — 25 — — 800-1200 S — 10.00 3 

Sentron SHND6 — — — — — — 100 — 65 — 50 — — 800-1200 S — 10.00 3 

SCND6 — — — — — — 200 — 100 — 65 — — 800-1200 S — 10.00 3 




b 1-pole HED 15-30A rated 65kA; 35-100A rated 25kA: 3-pole 

HED rated 42kA 










Panelboards 




11 

PANELBOARDS 

Ampere 

Rating 


Mounting 


NEC Fuse Clips 

30-30 2½ 

30-30 5 

30-60 5 

60-60 5 

60-100 7½ 

100-100 7½ 

200-200 10 

240V — Single Mounted NEC Fuse Clips 

30 7½ 

60 7½ 

100 7½ 

200 10 

200 7½ 

400 10 

400 15 

600 15 

800 (HCP) 16¼ 

1200 (HCP) 16¼ 

Ampere 

Rating 


Mounting 


NEC Fuse Clips 

30-30 7½ 

30-60 7½ 

60-60 7½ 

60-100 7½ 

100-100 7½ 

200-200 10 

600V — Single Mounted NEC Fuse Clips 

100 7½ 

200 10 

400 10 

400 15 

400 (HCP) 15 

600 15 

600 15 

800 c (HCP) 16¼ 

1200 c (HCP) 16¼ 

Branch Breaker Side 

Gutter Inches (mm) 

Reference 

Letter 

Panel Width 38 Inches 


A 14.00 (356) 

B 13.98 (355) 

C 11.62 (295) 

D 10.00 (254) 

E 7.61 (193) 

F 8.75 (222) 

G 8.25 (210) 

H 10.90 (276) 

I 10.90 (276) 

J 11.76 (299) 

K 7.92 (201) 

L 8.00 (203) 

M 13.42 (341) 

N 12.00 (305) 

O 15.50 (393) 

P 14.25 (362) 

Q 13.42 (341) 

R 13.42 (341) 

S 10.00 (254) 

T 8.00 (203) 

U 10.50 (267) 

V 10.50 (267) 

W 9.30 (236) 

X 10.30 (262) 

Y 9.30 (236) 

Z 10.30 (262) 

AA 10.10 (257) 

AB 9.59 (244) 

AC 9.59 (244) 

A BL, BLH, HBL, BQD BL, BLH, HBL, BQD A 

B 

NGB, HGB, LGB 


NGB, HGB, LGB 


D ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6 ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6 D 

E CED6 CED6 E 

F QR2, QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H QR2, QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H F 

G 

FD6, FXD6, 

HFD6, HHFD6 

FD6, FXD6, 

HFD6, HHFD6 

AA 3VA52 – [MFAS, HFAS, CFAS] 3VA52 – [MFAS, HFAS, CFAS] AA 

H ND, HD, LD ND, HD, LD H 

AB 


CDAE, LDAE] 


CDAE, LDAE] 

I NF, HF, LF NF, HF, LF I 

AC 


CFAE, LFAE] 


CFAE, LFAE] 

J CFD J 

K 

JD6, JXD6, 

HJD6, HHJD6 

JD6, JXD6, 

HJD6, HHJD6 

L NJ, HJ, LJ NJ, HJ, LJ L 

M 

SJD6, SHJD6, LD6, LXD6, 

HLD6, HHLD6, SLD6, SHLD6 

M 

N CJD6, SCJD6, CLD6, SCLD6 N 

O NJ, HJ, LJ O 

P NL, HL, LL P 

Q NM, HM, LM Q 

R NN, HN, LN R 

S VB 30 A VB 30 A S 

T VB 30 - 60A VB 30 - 60A T 

U VB 60 -100A VB 60 -100A U 

V VB 200A VB 200A V 

W VB 100A Single W 

X VB 200A Single X 

Y VB 400 – 600A Single Y 

Z HCP 400 – 1200A Single Z 

B 

G 

AB 

AC 

K 



a For Class J, R or T fuse clip prices, refer to page 11-92. 

b NEC fuse clips only. 

c 800 and 1200 ampere switches have class “L” fuse 

provisions. (Type HCP). 

11-90 



Panelboards 




Types P5 and SPP/FPP, F2 (12 3/4" deep) 

Connecting Strap Kits abc 


For use with P5, Sentron Deep or Type S5 Power Panels 

Max 

Amp 

Rating 

Breaker 

Family 



3VA52, 3VA61 or 

3VA62 Breaker 

Breaker 

Type 

S3VA52PR 

Catalog 

Number 1 

Unit 

Height 

(inches) 




Mounting 

100 General BL, BQD SBLBD 3.75 Twin 

125 General xGB SNBD 3.75 Twin 

General XGB2 SGB2D 3.75 Twin 

General ED SE6D 3.75 Twin 

General CED SCED 3.75 Twin 

150 VL DG SDGD 5.00 Twin 

3VA 3VA61 S3VA52TD h 5.00 Twin 

225 General QR SQRD 5.00 Twin 

250 Sentron FD SF6D 5.00 Twin 

VL FG SFGD 5.00 Twin 

Sentron CFD SCFD 5.00 Single 

3VA 3VA52, 3VA62 i S3VA52TD h 5.00 Twin 

400 Sentron JD SJ1D 8.75 Single 

Sentron JD SJ2D 8.75 Twin 

Sentron SJD SSJ1D 8.75 Single 

VL JG SJG1D 6.25 Single 

VL JG SJG2D 6.25 Twin 

Sentron CJD SCJD 8.75 Single 

Sentron SJD SCJD 8.75 Single 

600 Sentron LD SL6D 8.75 Single 

Sentron SLD SSL6D 8.75 Single 

VL LG SLGD 6.25 Single 

Sentron CLD SCLD 8.75 Single 

Sentron SCLD SSCLD 8.75 Single 

800 VL MG MG1D 8.75 Single 

Sentron LMD SLM1D 8.75 Single 

Sentron MD SMND 10.00 Single 

Sentron SMD SSMND 10.00 Single 

1200 VL NG NG1D 10.00 Single 

Sentron ND SMND 10.00 Single 

Sentron SND SSMND 10.00 Single 

Service Entrance Barriers 

Field installable Barriers to meet UL 67 service entrance requirements 

Breaker Type 


(S)JD, (S)LD, MG 

SEBP4V1 

CJD, CLD 

SEBP4V2 

JG, LG 

SEBP4V3 

(S)MD,(S)ND without shield 

SEBP5V1 

(S)MD,(S)ND with shield 

SEBP5V2 

Vacu-Break Switches 

SEBP5V3 

HCP Switches 

SEBP5V4 

Connecting Strap Kits c 

Fusible 

For use with P5, Sentron FPP Deep or 

Type F2 power panels 

Ampere 

Rating 

Unit Height 

(inches) 

30–30 2.5 F602D 

30–30 5, 7.5 F657D 

30–60 5, 7.5 F657D 

60–60 5, 7.5 F657D 

60–100 5, 7.5 F657D 

100–100 5, 7.5 F657D 

100 7.5 F657D 

200 7.5 F657D 

200 10 F671D 

200–200 10 F672D 

400–600 15 F6150D 

800–1200 d 16.25 F6162D 

12. 75" Deep Box 

CatalogNumber 

Blank Plates 

Circuit Breaker and Vacu-Break a 

For use with P5, Sentron SPP and 

Type S5 power panels 

Height 

Catalog 

(inches) 

Number 

1.25 6FPB01 

2.5 6FPB02 

3.75 6FPB03 

5.0 6FPB05 

10.0 6FPB10 

Filler Plates 



Filler Plate 

Breaker Type Catalog Number 

BL, BLH, HBL, 

BQD, ED4, 

ED6, HED4, HHED6, DFFP1 e 

NGB, HGB, LGB, 

NGB2, HGB2, LGB2, 

NEB, HEB 

EBF1 

Cover Plates 



Breaker Type Catalog Number 

QR 

SQRC 




a Normal stock item. 

b Includes cover plate and mounting hardware, 

less circuit breaker. 

c Also fits Types FCI, FCII, SB1 and SB2 switchboards. 

d 800 –1200 amp units are HCP switch. 

Suitable to replace QF3 in P1 thru P5 Panelboards and 

Switchboards 

To replace a QJ with a QR only a new cover is needed 

up to 225A 

Although QR is rated 250A, it is limited to 225A in 

panelboard. 

h To field install a single 3VA52, 3VA61 or 3VA62 breaker 


i 3VA62 breaker will be available in Fall 2019. 

Note: When a front filler plate is not completely filled with 

breakers, the openings in the unused space must be 

closed with filler plates selected from this table. 



Panelboards 



Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 


Devices Mounted on Gutter Cover 

Includes Device, Mounting – Wired 

or Unwired 

Description 

One piece front with door 

(Depth increases to 14.25”) 

Hinged Gutter Covers 4 pc front 

Toggle Switch — SPST or 3-way 

15A, 277V maximum 

Pilot Light — General Purpose 

Neon or Incandescent 

Pushbutton 


Ampere Rating Unit Space (inches) 

400 10 

600 10 

800 17.5 

1200 17.5 


Ground Bars except for brazed to box 

are shipped with the panel interior 

factory mounted. 

• Non-Insulated Equipment Ground 

Bar – Standard 





Fuse Clip Provisions 

(Add to 250 Volts or 600 Volts 

Unit Prices Per Switch) 

Amp 

Rating 

Class 

J 

• Indicates available 

Class 

R 

Class 

T 

30 • • N/A 

60 • • N/A 

100 • • • 

200 • • • 

400 N/A • • 

600 • • • 

Ground Fault on Main Breaker 

Description 

Conventional Ground 

Fault Includes: 

Ground Fault Relay, Ground 

Sensor, CPT and Shunt Trip 

Test and Monitor Panel 

Ground Fault add to 

Sensitrip III breaker price 

(takes 5” of unit space) 

Time Clocks 

Amp 

Rating 

Sangamo, Tork or Paragon time clock 

can be supplied, mounted in panelboard 

cabinet. For required increase 

in enclosure dimension, consult local 

sales office. 



Blocks handle in either the 

“ON” or “OFF” position. 

800-1200 

800-1200 

Description 

Time clock (1- or 2-Pole, Single or 

Double Throw Contacts; 3-Pole Single 

Throw) 

277V Maximum with Plain Dial 

Optional: 





Padlocking Device – Padlocks 

in “OFF” position. 

Main Bus 

Standard main bus and ground bus are 

tin-plated aluminum. For copper main 

bus, neutral bus and ground bus, add 

from the table for each panel. 

Lugs – For Main Lug Only Panels 

Standard main lugs and neutral lugs 

are tin-plated aluminum, UL listed for 

use with aluminum/copper cables. 

Copper only lugs are an option. 

Ampere Rating 

400 - 1200 

Shunt Trip on Main and Branches 

Description 

BL, BQD, NGB, HGB, LGB, NGB2, 

HGB2, LGB2 (branch only) 

QR2, QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H 

ED4, HED4, HHED6, CED6 

(branch only) 

All others to 1200A 

100% Rated Main Circuit Breakers 

Ampere 

Rating 

400 

Breaker 

Type 

JXD6H, HJXD6H 

NJY, HJY, LJY 

600 LXD6H, HLXD6H 

600 NMY, HMY, LMY 

NNY, HNY, LNY 

800 MXD6H, HMXD6U, SMD6, 

SHMD6, SND6, SHND6, 

NXD6H, HNXD6H 

NNY, HNY, LNY 

1200 

NXD6H, HNXDH, 

For use on main lug, main breaker or main switch 

panels without subfeed breakers. 

Available in 90” high enclosure only. Unit space is 

42½" with Test and Monitor Panel; 45" without Test 

Monitor Panel. 

Not available on Sensitrip III. 

For required unit space, consult local sales office. 

Shunt Trip on 100A frame breakers increases mounting 

height to 6.25” for twin mounting. 

The 600A, 100% rated braaker application requires the 

use of an 800A frame breaker. 

The 800A, 100% rated breaker application requires the 

use of a 1200A frame breaker. 

11-92 



Panelboards 



Selection 








type P2, P4, & P5 Siemens panel boards. Please note P1 and 

P3 configurations are not available at this time and the amount 






Available in a NEMA 1, 3R, or 12 rated enclosure 

Controller 






Seven sizes of CTs are available for use in the P5 panel: 50, 125, 250, 400, 600, 800, 1200 

amp. All CTs are pre-mounted to a support bracket that attaches to the base rail of the interior 

of the panel board. Each bracket supports a maximum of 3 CTs and is designed for the breaker 

selected (brackets are not interchangeable between breaker frames). Each CT will be attached 

to a data module that is placed in the meter racks. 

Meter Racks 







position rack 



to one another in the meter rack. Any field changes to the factory configuration must take 

this into account. 







Panelboards 


Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

P5 Devices 


Example P5 Panel with SEM3 Type 1 Enclosure 

P5 = (38" or 46" Wide x 10" Deep) 


Enclosure heights: 60", 75", 90" (there are optional depths also) 



P4 enclosure for factory assembled panel - unit space is in 3.75" 

increments - up to 6 circuits can occupy each 3.75" of unit space. 

38" std. width for P5 



















- see below - 













11-94 



Panelboards 



Selection 


Vacu-Break Fusible Switches 

For Branch Circuit Use with AC Combination Full Voltage Starters 


Mounting Height in Inches (mm) 

240V AC 480V AC 240V AC 480V AC 

Amp 

Rating 

With 

NEC Fuse 

With Dual- 

Element Fuse 

With NEC 

Fuse 

With Dual- 

Element Fuse Twin Single Twin Single 

Min. Section 

Width 

Inches (mm) 

30-30 3 7.5 — — 2.50 (64) — — — 32 (813) 

30-30 3 7.5 5 10 5.00 (127) — 7.50 (191) — 32 (813) 

30-60 3-7.5 7.5-15 5-15 25 5.00 (127) — 7.50 (191) — 32 (813) 

60-60 7.5 15 15 25 5.00 (127) — 7.50 (191) — 32 (813) 

60-100 7.5-15 15-30 15-25 25-50 7.50 (191) — 7.50 (191) — 32 (813) 

100-100 15 30 25 50 7.50 (191) — 7.50 (191) — 32 (813) 

100 — — 25 50 — — — 7.50 (191) 32 (813) 

200 25 50 50 100 — 10.00 (254) — 10.00 (254) 32 (813) 

200-200 — 50 — 100 10.00 (254) — 10.00 (254) — 32 (813) 

400 50 100 100 — — 10.00 (254) — 10.00 (254) 38 (965) 

400 50 100 100 — — 15.00 (381) — 15.00 (381) 38 (965) 

600 75 100 — — — 15.00 (381) — 15.00 (381) 38 (965) 


Connector Modifications 


Style Amp Rating Breaker Type Compression Connectors Available Unit Space Reduction 

800 N/A All compression lugs Deduct 5.0” Unit Space 

MLO 



800 

MD6, HMD6, CMD6, 

SMD6, SHMD6, 

(3)#2/0 AWG - 500 Kcmil CU or Al 0 

Main Breaker 

1200 

SCMD6 

ND6, HND6, CND6, 

SND6, SHND6. 

SCND6 

(4)#250 - 500 Kcmil Cu or Al 0 


Style Amp Rating Breaker Type Compression Connectors Available Unit Space Reduction 

800 N/A (3)#3/0 AWG - 750 Kcmil Cu or Al Deduct 10” Unit Space 

(4)#3/0 - 600 Kcmil Cu or Al 

1000 N/A 

MLO 


Deduct 10” Unit Space 

1200 N/A 


(4)#3/0 AWG - 750 Kcmil CU or Al 

Deduct 10” Unit Space 

100,000 kA at 480V with Class J or Class RK5 

fuses. 

The 2.50 inch (64mm) high unit is suitable for NEC 

Class H and K5 fuses only. Class R rejection type fuse 

holders are not available. 



Panelboards 

Kits and Accessories 

Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 


Enclosures 

Description 

P5 Type 1 36" W x 12.75" D x 60" H 

P5 Type 1 36" W x 12.75" D x 75" H 

P5 Type 1 36" W x 12.75" D x 90" H 

P5 Type 1 36" W x 14.75" D x 60" H 

P5 Type 1 36" W x 14.75" D x 75" H 

P5 Type 1 36" W x 14.75" D x 90" H 

P5 Type 3R/12 60" H 

P5 Type 3R/12 75" H 

P5 Type 3R/12 90" H 


PB860 

PB875 

PB890 

PBD860 

PBD875 

PBD890 

WP860 

WP875 

WP890 

Trims 

Description 

P5 Std (4 piece trim) vented 60" 



P5 Std (4 piece trim) unvented 60" 



P5 Std (4 piece trim) vented 60" with hinged gutter covers 



P5 Std (4 piece trim) unvented 60" with hinged gutter covers 



P5 Std (1 PC Door) vented 60" 



P5 Std (1 PC Door) unvented 60" 



P5 Std (1 PC Door-in-door) vented 60" 



P5 Std (1 PC Door-in-door) unvented 60" 




P560V 

P575V 

P590V 

P560NV 

P575NV 

P575NV 

P560VHG 

P575VHG 

P590VHG 

P560NVHG 

P575NVHG 

P590NVHG 

P560VD 

P575VD 

P590VD 

P560NVD 

P575NVD 

P590NVD 

P560VDD 

P575VDD 

P590VDD 

P560NVDD 

P575NVDD 

P590NVDD 

Flush mounting kits 

Description 

Flush kit to P5 60" High 




F860 

F875 

F890 

Required with door over breaker handles. 

Unvented trims require amps per square inch bussing. 

Requires 14.5" deep box. 

11-96 



Panelboards 



Dimensions 

Type 1 Box 


4.37 in. 

[ 111 ] 

4.37 in. 

[ 111 ] 

6.63 in. 

[ 168 ] 

6.63 in. 

[ 168 ] 

0.31 in. 

[ 8 ] 

Mounting 

dimple 

0.31 in. 

[ 8 ] 

Mounting 

dimple 


14.04 in. 

[ 357 ] 

14.04 in. 

[ 357 ] 

4.37 in. 

[ 111 ] 

6.63 in. 

[ 168 ] 

4.37 in. 

[ 111 ] 

6.63 in. 

[ 168 ] 

12.75 in. 

[ 324 ] 

12.75 in. 

[ 324 ] 


0.49 in. 

[ 12 ] 

0.49 in. 

[ 12 ] 

16.08 in. 

[ 408 ] 

16.08 in. 

[ 408 ] 

0.83 in. 

[ 21 ] 

0.83 in. 

[ 21 ] 

38.37 in. 

[ 975 ] 

38.37 in. 

[ 975 ] 

16.00 in. 

[ 406 ] 

16.00 in. 

[ 406 ] 

0.93 in. 

[ 24 ] 

0.93 in. 

[ 24 ] 

14.76 in. 

[ 375 ] 

14.76 in. 

[ 375 ] 



Panelboards 

Circuit Breaker / Column Type 

General 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Type C1 

240 Volts AC Maximum 




200,000 IR Maximum 

Branch Breaker Symmetrical 


Based on Underwriters’ Test Procedure 

Type C2 

480Y/277 Volts AC Maximum 




100,000 IR Maximum 

Meets NEC wire bending requirement, 

section 312–6. 

Panelboards 

Listed by Underwriter’s Laboratories, 

Inc., under “Panelboards” File #E2269. 

Meets Federal Specification 

W–C375B/Gen. 

Service 

240 Volts Maximum. 1-Phase, 3-Wire, or 

3-Phase, 4-Wire. 

Panelboards Fronts and Doors 

Standard panelboards are furnished with 

trim with a flush door lock. All are factory 

assembled for ease of installation. Fronts 

are fabricated from code gauge steel and 

finished ANSI-61. 

Main Breakers C1 

BL, BLH and HBL frame breakers are 

mounted horizontally. All other frames 

are mounted vertically. 

Main Breakers C2 

BQD frame breakers are mounted 

horizontally. All other frames are 

mounted vertically. 

Boxes 

C1 — 7 5 ⁄8" wide, 5 3 ⁄4" deep. 

C2 — 8 1 ⁄2" wide, 5 3 ⁄4" deep. 


Circuit 

Side Gutter 

Type Breaker (inches) 

C1 BL, BLH, HBL 3.505 

C2 BQD 3.5 

Weight–Approximate 

Total panelboard weight when filled with 

a normal quantity of breakers and 

accessories is: 

*About 3 lbs. per inch of box height. 

Gauge Steel Boxes 

Type Width Height Gauge Steel 

C1 7 5 ⁄8" 48", 73", 85" #14 

C2 8 1 ⁄2" 48", 73", 85" #14 

Fronts 

C1 7 5 ⁄8" 48", 73", 85"* #14 

C2 8 1 ⁄2" 48", 73", 85"* #14 

*Note: Feed thru lugs and subfeed breaker not available 

for this height. 

Main Breaker Connectors 

Ampere 

Rating Connectors suitable for Cu or Al 

100 (1) #14–1/0 AWG 

125 (1) #4–1/0 AWG 

225 (1) #6 AWG–300 kcmil 

250 (1) #4 AWG–350 kcmil Al 

(1) #6 AWG–350 kcmil Cu 

Main Lugs 

125 (1) #6 AWG–350 kcmil 

250 (1) #6 AWG–350 kcmil 



a Connector ranges indicated do not apply to all main breaker types. Refer to 

molded case circuit breaker standard pressure wire connectors in the breaker 

section of this catalog for the wire ranges for a specific breaker frame. 

11-98 


Panelboards 



Selection 

Main Lugs Only C1 

Maximum 

Panel 

Ampere Rating 

Maximum 

1-Pole 

Circuits 

Box 

Height 

(inches) 

240 Volts Maximum 

208Y/120V 120/240V 





18 48 C1C18ML125CTS C1A18ML125CTS 

125 




250 



Main Circuit Breaker ab C1 

240 Volts Maximum 

18 48 C1C18BL100CTS C1A18BL100CTS 

100 



18 48 C1C18E4125CTS C1A18E4125CTS 

125 

30 73 C1C30E4125CTS C1A30E4125CTS 

42 85 C1C42E4125CTS C1A42E4125CTS 

18 48 C1C18QR225CTS C1A18QR225CTS 

225 



18 48 C1C18FX250CTS C1A18FX250CTS 

250 




Main Lugs Only C2 

Maximum 

Panel 

Ampere Rating 

Maximum 

1-Pole 

Circuits 

Box 

Height 

(inches) 

480Y/277 Volts Maximum 

480Y/277V 



18 48 C2E18ML125CTS 

125 

30 73 C2E30ML125CTS 

42 85 C2E42ML125CTS 

18 48 C2E18ML250CTS 

250 

30 73 C2E30ML250CTS 

42 85 C2E42ML250CTS 

Main Circuit Breaker ab C2 

480Y/277 Volts Maximum 

18 48 C2E18BD100CTS 

100 

30 73 C2E30BD100CTS 

42 85 C2E42BD100CTS 

18 48 C2E18E4125CTS 

125 

30 73 C2E30E4125CTS 

42 85 C2E42E4125CTS 

18 48 C2E18FX225CTS 

225 

30 73 C2E30FX225CTS 

42 85 C2E42FX225CTS 

18 48 C2E18FX250CTS 

250 

30 73 C2E30FX250CTS 

42 85 C2E42FX250CTS 

Alternate Main Breaker Selection ab C1 

Ampere 

Rating 

Breaker 

Type 

Maximum 

Interrupting 

Rating (KA) 

Catalog 

Number 


BL 10 BL 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 

100 

BLH 22 LH 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 

HBL 65 HL 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 

125 

ED4 65 E4 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

HED4 100 H4 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

HHED6 100 HA 50 (3-pole only) 

225 QR2 10 QR 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

225 

FXD6 65 FX 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

HFD6 b 100 HF 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

250 

FXD6 65 FX 250 

HFD6 b 100 HF 250 



a BL, BLH, HBL and BQD are horizontally mounted. 

All others vertically mounted. 

b Interchangeable trip breakers such as FD6 and HFD6 

cannot be back fed. Must be top feed only. 



Panelboards 



Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Branch Breaker Selection C1 

Breaker 

Type 

Available 

Ampere 

Rating 

Maximum Interrupting 

Availability 

Rating (kA) 

1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 120V 120/240V 240V 

15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60 u u u — 10 — 

BL (120V) 70 u u u — 10 — 

70, 80, 90, 100 — u u — 10 — 

BL (HID) 15, 20, 30 u u — — — — 

BLF (GFCI) 

15, 20, 30 u u — 10 — — 

40, 50, 60 — u — 10 — — 

BLE (EQGFI) 15, 20, 30 u u — 10 — — 

BGL (SWN) 15, 20, 30 — u u 10 — — 

BLR (240V) 

15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60 — u — — — 10 

70, 80, 90, 100 — u — — — 10 

15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60 u u u — 22 — 

BLH (120V) 70 u u u — 22 — 

70, 80, 90, 100 — u u — 22 — 

BLHF (GFCI) 

15, 20, 30 u u — — 22 — 

40, 50, 60 — u — — 22 — 

HBL 

15, 20, 30, 40, 50 u u u — 65 65 

60, 70, 80, 90, 100 — u u — 65 65 

Subfeed Breakers — Limit One Per Panel b C1 (Not available for 42 circuit panels) 

ED4 

15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 —– u u — — 65 

110, 125 —– u u — — 65 

HED4 

15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 —– u u — — 65 

110, 125 —– u u — — 100 

HHED6 15, 20, 30, 40, 50 (3-pole only) —– — u — — 100 

QR2 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 —– u u — — 10 

FXD6 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 —– u u — — 65 

HFD6 c 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 —– u u — — 100 

Alternate Main Breaker Selection abc C2 

Ampere Breaker Catalog 

Rating Type IR Number Available Trip Values 

100 BQD 14 BD 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 

ED4 18 E4 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

125 ED6 25 E6 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

HED4 42 H4 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125 

HHED6 65 HA 50 (3-pole only) 

225 

FXD6 

HFD6 

35 

65 

FX 

HF 

70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

170, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225 

250 

FXD6 

HFD6 

35 

65 

FX 

HF 

250 

250 

Branch Circuit Breakers C2 

Breaker 

Type 

Available 

Ampere 

Rating 

Maximum Interrupting 

Availability 

Rating (kA) 

1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 277V 480/277V 480V 

BQD 

15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60 u u u 14 14 — 

70, 80, 90, 100 u u u 14 14 — 

Subfeed Breakers — Limit One Per Panel ab C2 (Not available for 42 circuit panels) 

ED4 

15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 —– u u — 18 18 

110, 125 —– u u — 18 18 

d 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 —– u u — — 25 

ED6 

110, 125 —– u u — — 25 

HED4 

15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 —– u u — — 42 

110, 125 —– u u — — 42 

FXD6 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 —– u u — — 35 

HFD6 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 —– u u — — 65 

a No increase in box height. Space is already built into 

C1 panel. 

b BL, BLH, HBL and BQD are horizontally mounted. 

All others vertically mounted. 

c Interchangeable trip breakers such as FD6 and HFD6 

cannot be back fed. Must be top feed only. 

d ED6/CED6 2-pole limited amps available (20-50A) 

11-100 



Panelboards 

Circuit Breaker / Column Type, Modifications and Additions 

Selection 

Type C1/C2 

When required, special constructions or additions to standard 

panelboards may be specified for factory-assembled column 

panelboards. 

Box Modifications 

Description 

Gasketed 

Metal Card Holder 

Welded Metal Card Holder 

Nameplate 

Al Ground Bar 

Cu Ground Bar 

Insulated Al Ground Bar 

Insulated Cu Ground Bar 

Interior Modifications 

Description 


Cu Neutral Lugs 

Cu main Lugs 125A 

Cu main Lugs 250A 

Box Sizing Chart 

Certain modifications such as subfeed breakers and feed-thru 

lugs require additional unit space. Use this chart to determine 

proper enclosure size. 

Box Height 

Panel Configuration 

(inches) 

All MLO 18 Circuit 48 



All MLO 18 Circuit with feed-thru lugs 73 

All MLO 30 Circuit with feed-thru lugs 85 

All MLO 18 Circuit with subfeed breaker 73 

All MLO 30 Circuit with subfeed breaker 85 

All Main Breaker 18 Circuit 48 



All Main Breaker 18 Circuit with feed-thru lugs 73 

All Main Breaker 30 Circuit with feed-thru lugs 85 

All Main Breaker 18 Circuit with subfeed breaker 73 

All Main Breaker 30 Circuit with subfeed breaker 85 

Column Extension 

Available in various standard lengths, 

extensions are 5 1 ⁄4 inches deep and 

7 inches wide. 

Height (inches) Catalog Number 

14 LXX-14 

20 LXX-20 

26 LXX-26 

32 LXX-32 

38 LXX-38 

41 LXX-41 

44 LXX-44 

53 LXX-53 

56 LXX-56 

62 LXX-62 

65 LXX-65 

68 LXX-68 

74 LXX-74 

80 LXX-80 

86 LXX-86 

Pull Boxes 

Two styles of pull boxes are available, 

top and front mounted. When the panel 

and its extensions are mounted in a 

structural WF beam a front mounted pull 

box is required. When the panels are 

surface mounted, a top mounted pull box 

may be used. Provisions are made so 

that the neutral bar may be mounted in 

the pull box when required. 

(Front mounted pull box dimensions are 

14" H. X 20" W.) 

Description 


Top Mount 

LXXP-T 

Front Mount LXX50-F 




MBKQRC1FK 

C1 Filler for QR in Main position 

1PH or 3PH 

Kit contains all cover plates necessary to change from 

QJ to QR both 2 and 3-pole breakers. 



a Must be ordered as a manual line. 

Includes 50" extension. 



Panelboards 

Telephone and Equipment Cabinets 


11 

PANELBOARDS 

Telephone and Equipment Cabinets: Conform to requirements of Underwriters’ 

Laboratories, Inc., for all cabinets and boxes bearing their label. Surface and Flush 

enclosures: box and front constructed of code-gauge steel, box galvanized and front 

only finished with light gray, ANSI-61. Cabinets provided without backboards. 

Boxes: Standard construction has blank end walls, without knockouts. 

Fronts: Siemens Fas Latch fronts feature concealed hinges and fastening screws. Match 

P1 and P2 Panels in appearance. Two locks supplied on doors more than 51 inches high. 

Cabinets 



With FAS Latch Front 

Surface Mount 


29 20 5.75 TCS29B TCF29B 

41 20 5.75 TCS41B TCF41B 

47 20 5.75 TCS47B TCF47B 

59 20 5.75 TCS59B TCF59B 

Flush Mount 


Dimensions 



a Add S for Surface, F for Flush. 

11-102 



Panelboards 


Selection 

Customer Relay Cabinets 

Dimensions 

H W D Catalog Number 

23 20 5.75 RC(1)23B a 

23 24 5.75 RCW(1)23B 


Ampere 

Rating 

ASCO #920 

Mechanically held 

ASCO #911 — Mechanically held remote control 

switch suitable for all classes of loads (Total system 

loads). Voltage rated to 480V AC, UL listed. 

Siemens LEN 

Electrically Held 

2-Pole 3-Pole 3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 

20 — — — — — 

30 u u — — u 

60 u u — — u 

75 u u — — — 

100 u u u — u 

150 u u u — — 

200 u u — — u 

225 u u — — — 

260 — — u — — 

300 — — u — — 

400 — — u — — 

600 — — u — — 

800 — — u — — 

1000 — — u — — 

1200 — — u — — 

u = available configurations 

Application (See individual panel sections for application information) 

Remote Control Switch Modification 

Description 

Auxiliary Contacts (Mounted Not Wired) Ea. 

2-Wire Control (add 6" to panel height.) 

Control Power Transformer 

Size 

VA 

0,1 50 

2 75 

3 150 

4 250 

Replace (1) with ”S” for surface applications and ”F” 

for flush applications. 

Includes Fas latch trim and steel mounting pan. If 2 or 

more cabinets are to be stackedn order (no extra charge 

for connecting hardware). 

Available in P4 or P5 only. 



Panelboards 



Selection 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

Standard Enclosures Made From 

Special Materials — Type P1, P2, P3 

Stainless Steel Options 

14GA 304 SS 

Front 

Grade (Brush Front) Front 

* Stainless available only for Screw-to-Box, Hinge-to-Box, and Door-in-Door. 

All have piano hinges only. 

**No special sizes. 20" and 24" wide only. 

Stainless Steel Additions to 

Enclosure Size (Type 1 Only) 

Width 

Depth 

Lighting Panel 

Order in 2" increments 

(30" max) 


(10" max) 

Consult factory for dimension limitations. 

Distribution Panels 



Miscellaneous 

Description. 

Conduit Hubs — Up to 

1 1/2 in. Each 

2 in. to 

2 1/2 in. Each 

3 in. Each 

Painted Finish 

Set-up Charge Net . 

Box Only 

Alternate Color Trim 

Front And Door Modifications 

Two Panels with Common Trim (14 GA only) 

Devices Mounted On Interior-Includes 

Device, Mounting (Wired or Unwired) 

Toggle Switch-SPST or 3-way; 15A, 277 V Maximum 

Pilot Light-General Purpose, Neon or Incandescent 

Pushbutton 



Gauge Steel 


26-74 (660-1880) 20 (508) 16 14 Type 1 

26-74 (660-1880) 20 (508) 16 16/14 Type 3R/12 

32-60 (813-1524) 20-36 (508-914) 14 14 Type 4 

26-74 (660-1879) 20 (508) 14 14 Type 4X 









STB/HTB/DND with Piano Hinge (14 GA Std./12 GA Optional) 

Note: For retro fit interiors and fronts into existing can, retro fit must match or exceed 

minimum height, width, and depth requirements of standard Type 1 enclosures. 

a Panels having doors over 48 in. high, 2 locks are standard. 

Lighting panels only. Field must supply dimensional 

information and panel orientation. 

11-104 



Panelboards 

Circuit Breaker Accessories and Modifications 


Selection 

Conduit Enclosing Shield (Panel Skirts) 

Sheet metal to cover conduits above or below a standard 

panelboard box. 

Skirt Length Width Depth 

8, 9, 11, 12, 14, 17, 18, 23, 25 

26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 

32, 33, 34, 35, 36 

37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44 

8, 9, 11, 12, 14, 17, 18, 23, 25 

26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 

32, 33, 34, 35, 36 

37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44 

20.00 

24.00 

5.75 

7.75 

Panel Skirts Standard Configurations 

Molded Case Switches a 

(Non-Automatic Circuit Interrupters) 

When Molded case switches are substituted for thermal 

breakers deduct from the installed thermal breaker price: 

Ampere 

Breaker 

Availability 

Rating Frame 3-Pole 2-Pole 

100 ED2 u u 

ED4 u u 

ED6 u u 

225 QR2 u u 

250 FXD6 u u 

400 JXD2 u u 

JXD6 u u 

600 LXD6 u u 

800 MD6 u u 

1200 ND6 u — 


3 Sides Open Back 

4 Sides Screw Front 

Notes: 

A) 4-sided skirts have standard Part Numbers (not catalog numbers). 

B) 3-sided skirts are ordered as Custom in COMPAS. 

C) Order in COMPAS with interior when possible. 

D) If ordered separate from interior, use a manual line in COMPAS. 

E) Must note if Top Entry or Bottom Entry required. 

Available only as a main switch for non-service 

equipment applications. Not available for branch 

devices. 



Panelboards 

Quik-Spec Coordination Panelboard 


11 

PANELBOARDS 

QuickShip 

All SQSCP configurations of the standard NEMA 1 enclosure can be 

specified for shipment within 10 business days of order when specified. 

Mains 

Assembly SCCRs 

Voltage ratings 

Bus amperages 

Branch circuits 

Panels 

Through-lugs 

& loadside 

disconnect 

Neutrals 

Grounds 


Spare fuses 

Options 

MLO (Main Lug Only) 

Fused disconnect switch 

Non-fused disconnect switch 

200kA, 100kA or 50kA AC, 100kA 

or 20kA@125Vdc 

Applicable on any 600Vac or less, or 125Vdc 

or less systems 

400A, 225A, 200A, 100A, 60A or 30A 

Circuits: 18, 30 or 42* 

Amps: Up to 100A 

Type: 1-, 2- and 3-Pole 

Feed: top & bottom 

Mounting: surface or flush 

Door/Trim: regular or door-in-door 

NEMA Ratings: 1 & 3R. 

Other ratings available, consult factory. 

Feed-Through: single and double 

Sub-Feed 

Feed/Sub-Through 

Fused loadside disconnect, 

(up to 1/2 of main amp rating) 

200A, 400A and 800A unbonded and bonded 

Non-isolated or isolated 

Standard size panelboard 

(20” W x 5¾” D x 33”- 69” H)* 

Spare fuse compartment holds up to six fuses 

Surge protection device (SPD) for high 

and low energy transients.* 

Depending on configuration. 

125Vdc rating applicable to only 80 amp or less CCPBs on MLO panels only. 

*Factory installed SPD options 

Discharge Current 

Data 

Sheet 

Number 

Nominal Maximum Response 

System & Voltage 

Catalog Number (I n ) (I max ) Time SCCR 

Single-phase, 120/240 BSPM2240S3G 

2150 

Three-phase Wye, 208/120 BSPM4208WYNG 

20 kA 40 kA ≤25 ns 200 kA 

2152 

Three-phase Wye, 480/277 BSPM4480WYNG 2152 

Delta, 480 BSPM3480DLG 2151 

11-106 


Panelboards 

Quik-Spec Coordination Panelboard 


Catalog Symbol: SQSCP4 

Description 

Panelboards for commercial/industrial 

branch or service entrance applications 

on systems up through 600Vac. 

Main options 

▪ Main lug only (MLO) 

▪ Fused main disconnect 

▪ Non-fused main disconnect 


The SQSCP is specifically designed 

to address the NEC ® Selective 

Coordination Requirements for 

Emergency, Legally Required Standby, 

Healthcare Essential Electrical and 

Critical Operation Power Systems 

(COPS) per NEC ® 700.28, 701.27, 

645.27 and 708.54. Not for applications 

requiring AFCI protected circuits. The 

SQSCP is configured to order for the 

application. To confirm availability of 

options and constructions, contact your 

Siemens distributor. 

Ratings 

Volts: 600Vac (or less), 125 Vdc 

Amps: 30, 60, 100, 200, 225, 400A 

SCCR: 20kA or 100kA @ 125Vdc–See 

panelboard short circuit ratings table for 

AC ratings. 

Agency information 

▪ UL 67–Standard for panelboards 

▪ UL 50/UL 50E–Enclosures for electrical 

equipment 

▪ CSA 22.2, No. 29-M1989– 

Panelboards and encl. panelboards 

▪ UL listed, class CTL panelboard (meets 

editions of the NEC prior to 2008 with 

regard to the NEC® 408.15 limit of 

42 overcurrent devices per panel) 

▪ UBC and CBC Seismic Qualified and 

IBC Approved 

Branch disconnect options 

▪ 1-, 2-, and 3-pole 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 

60, 70, 90, and 100A rejecting branch 

disconnects (see table for details). 

Branch ampacity on 125Vdc panels 

limited to SCCPB 80A or less. 

Branch circuit positions 

▪ 18, 30 and 42 

Neutral options 

▪ Unbonded and bonded 200A, 400A 

and 800A 

Ground options 

▪ Isolated and non-isolated 

Enclosures 

▪ NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R. Other ratings 

available. Consult factory. 

Spare fuse compartment 

▪ Six space spare fuse compartment 

standard on all models 

Panelboard Short-circuit Current Ratings 

SCCR 

AC main options 

Main lug only 

(MLO) a 

70-200A main disc. no fuses a 

or w/ Class J fuses 

225-400A main disc. no fuses a 

or w/ Class J fuses 

SCCP_CF main 

disc. (60A) b 

High 200kA 200kA 100kA 200kA 100kA 

Std. 50kA 50kA 50kA 50kA 20kA 

a Class J, T or RK1 fuses upstream, max amps = panel amps. 

b CUBEFuse® disconnect 

DC 

Main lug only 

(MLO) a 


Panelboards 

SCCPB Branch Disconnects, CUBEFuse ® 

Replacement parts and performance data 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

I 

J 

Fuse and disconnect performance data 

For details and specifications, 

access the following data sheets online at 

www.usa.siemens.com/panelboards 

CUBEFuse ® Specifications Catalog Symbols 

STCF_ (6-100A Indicating version) 

STCF_RN (1-100A Non-indicating version) 

Description 

The CUBEfuse ® is a finger-safe, dual-element, time delay UL 

Class CF power fuse with Class J fuse electrical performance 

charcteristics. 10 Seconds minimum operating time at 500% 

rated current. 

I – CCPB Branch Disconnects 

Poles Ampacity Part No. 

1-pole 

2-pole 

3-pole 

15A, 20A, 30A, 40A, 50A, 60A, 

70A, 90A, 100A 

J – CUBEFuse ® Fuses 

For CCPB Part No. 

SCCPB-(# of poles)-15CF 





Non-indicating Part 

No. STCF(amps)RN 

STCF1RN, STCF3RN, 


STCF15RN 

STCF17-1/2 RN 

STCF20RN 

STCF25RN 

STCF30RN 

STCF35RN 

STCF40RN 

STCF45RN 

STCF50RN 

SCCPB-1-(amp)CF 



Indicating Part 

No. STCF(amps) 

STCF6 

STCF10 

STCF15 

STCF17-1/2 

STCF20 

STCF25 

STCF30 

STCF35 

STCF40 

STCF45 

STCF50 

SCCPB-(# of poles)-60CF STCF60RN STCF60 



STCF80RN 

STCF90RN 

STCF80 

STCF90 


a CCPB disconnect can accept CUBEFuses® with amp ratings 

less than or equal to the amp rating of the SCCPB disconnect. 

1A indicating CUBEFuse® not available. Correct fit with SCCPB 

disconnect requires indicating CUBEFuse® with date code R38 or later. 

Ratings 

Volts: 600Vac/300Vdc 

Amps: 1-100 (non-indicating version) 

6-100 (indicating version) 

IR: 300kA RMS Sym. (UL) 

200kA RMS. Sym (CSA) 

100kA DC (UL & CSA) 

Agency Information 

▪ UL Listed Special Purpose Fuse: Guide JFHR, 

File E56412 

▪ CSA Certified Fuse: Class 1422- 02, File 53787 

▪ CE compliance for the European Union 

low voltage directive 

Other Ratings/Specifications 

Watts Loss at rated current: STCF30: 3.99W 

STCF60: 6.23W 

STCF100: 9.51W 

Operating and Storage Temperature Range 

14 to 149°F(-10 to 65°C) 

Material Specifications 

▪ Case: Glass filled PES (Polyethersulfone) 

▪ Terminals: Copper alloy 

▪ Terminal plating: Electroless tin 

▪ Indicator lens: PES (Polyethersulfone) 

(indicating version only) 

▪ Indicator: Energetic chemical 

CUBEFuse®, Low-Peak®, Quik-Spec, QuickShip, and 

easyID are valuable trademarks of Cooper Industries in the 

United States and other countries. 

11-108 


Panelboards 

SCCPB Branch Disconnects, CUBEFuse ® 


SCCPB Horsepower Ratings 

SCCPB Disconnect 

Amp 

Rating 

HP Rating @ Vac 

120 240 480 600 

SCCPB-(poles)-15CF 15 0.5 3 5 7.5 

SCCPB-(poles)-20CF 20 0.75 3 7.5 10 

SCCPB-(poles)-30CF 30 1.5 5 15 10 

SCCPB-(poles)-40CF 40 2 7.5 20 10 

SCCPB-(poles)-50CF 50 3 7.5 20 10 

SCCPB-(poles)-60CF 60 3 7.5 20 10 

SCCPB-(poles)-70CF 70 3 15 30 40 

SCCPB-(poles)-90CF 80 5 20 40 50 

SCCPB-(poles)-100CF 100 5 20 50 50 


Branch Disconnects 

SCCPB 

Part No. 

Poles 

Fuse Amp 

Range 

Max. 

SCCBP 

Amp. 

Non-indicating 

Fuses (Standard) 

Indicating 

Fuses (Opt’l) 

SCCPB-1-15CF 1 



1-15 15 



STCF15RN 

STCF6 

STCF10 

STCF15 




17.5-20 20 

STCF17-1/2 RN 

STCF20RN 

STCF17-1/2 

STCF20 




25-30 30 

STCF25RN 

STCF30RN 

STCF25 

STCF30 




35-40 40 

STCF35RN 

STCF40RN 

STCF35 

STCF40 




45-50 50 

STCF45RN 

STCF50RN 

STCF45 

STCF50 



60 60 STCF60RN STCF60 




70 70 STCF70RN STCF70 





80-90 90 

STCF80RN 

STCF90RN 

STCF80 

STCF90 




100 100 STCF100RN STCF100 

a SCCPB disconnect can accept CUBEFuses® with amp ratings less 

than or equal to the amp rating of the SCCPB disconnect. 

Correct fit with SCCPB disconnect requires indicating 

CUBEFuses® with date code R38 or later. 


Panelboards 

Enclosure/System Types, AC & DC Voltages 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

NEMA 1 

▪ Flush or surface mount. 

▪ Galvanized steel with removable end 

walls –blank or with knockouts to order. 

▪ Box sizes: 20” W x 5.75” D x 33”, 50”, 

59” or 69” H (510 W x 145 D x 838, 

1270, 1500 or 1753mm H). Box can be 

rotated 180° to accommodate conduit 

feed. 

▪ Enclosure and chassis mounting instructions 

are found in supplied literature. 

▪ Chassis mounts directly onto studs in 

the enclosure. 

▪ Trim finished with gray powder coat 

paint over phosphatized steel (ANSI 61). 

▪ Door and door-in-door configurations 

with locks. 

▪ Door locks use key #2A1910-2. 

▪ Circuit directory card is located on the 

inside of the door. 

▪ Trim screws are concealed. 

AC Voltages 

1 phase, 2 wire 

▪ 120V 1 phase, 2 wire 



▪ 120/240V 1 phase, 3 wire 

1 phase, 2 wire, Wye 


1 phase, 2 wire, Delta 


A 

C 

B 

N 

A 

NEMA 3R 

▪ Surface mount only. 

▪ Finished with gray powder coat paint 

over phosphatized steel (ANSI 61). 

▪ Bottom feed only, no knockouts 

▪ Box sizes: 20” W x 7.7” D x 34.5”, 

51.5”, 60.5” or 70.5 H (510 W x 195 D 

x 876, 1310, 1535 or 1791mm H). 

▪ Enclosure and chassis mounting instructions 

are found in supplied literature 

▪ Chassis mounts directly onto studs in 

the enclosure. 

▪ Gasketed door has vault handle with 

lock. 

▪ Door locks use key #2A1910-1. 

▪ Circuit directory card is located on the 

inside of the door. 

Busing 

Tin-plated copper with sufficient cross section to meet UL 67 temperature 

rise requirements. 

Distributed 1- & 3-phase busing 

All SCCPB branch disconnects can be mounted in 

any branch circuit position. 


▪ 240/480V 1 phase, 3 wire 


▪ 208Y/120V 3 phase, 4 wire 

▪ 480Y/277V 3 phase, 4 wire 

▪ 600Y/347V 3 phase, 4 wire 


▪ 240/120V 3 phase, 4 wire 

▪ 480/240V 3 phase, 4 wire 


▪ 240V, 3 phase, 3 wire 



▪ 240V, 3 phase, 3 wire, 

grounded B 


grounded B 


grounded B 


▪ 208Y/120V 1 phase, 3 wire 

▪ 480Y/277V 1 phase, 3 wire 

C 

C 

A 

A 

B 

N 

B 

C 

A 

B 

N 

C 

A 

B 

A 

B 

C 

B 

N 

C 

DC voltage 


▪ 125Vdc, 2 wire 

N 

+125Vdc 

Single-phase 

Three-phase 

(Up to 125Vdc, MLO option 

only, SCCPB 40A or less.) 

11-110 


Panelboards 

Dimensions and Panelboard Configurations 

NEMA 1 and 3R Enclosure Dimensions 

Encl. Type 

NEMA 1 

Encl. Height 


H HC MH CH DH RH SH DW D 

33 33.0 N/A 29.0 26.0 28.9 25.0 2.0 20.0 5.7 

50 50.0 N/A 43.0 40.0 37.9 39.0 3.5 20.0 5.7 

59 59.0 N/A 52.0 49.0 46.9 48.0 3.5 20.0 5.7 


69 69.0 N/A 62.0 59.0 56.9 58.0 3.5 20.0 5.7 

33 33.0 34.5 35.5 26.0 28.9 25.0 2.0 20.0 6.3 

NEMA 3R 

50 50.0 51.5 52.5 40.0 37.9 39.0 2.0 20.0 6.3 

59 59.0 60.5 61.5 49.0 46.9 48.0 2.0 20.0 6.3 

69 69.0 70.5 71.5 59.0 56.9 58.0 2.0 20.0 6.3 

Available panelboard configurations 

Based on enclosure height, panel amp rating and number of branch circuit positions 

Encl. height 

(inches) 

33” 30–200 

Panel amp rating 

Branch 

positions 

18 

Available configurations 

· Main lug only, with or without feed-through lugs 

· Non-fused disconnect, no loadside options 

30 · Main lug only, no loadside options 

18 · 30 through 60A fused main disconnect with or without feed-through lugs or TVSS device 

30–60 



50” 

59” 

70–200 

30–200 

225–400A 

70–200 


30 · 70 through 200A fused disconnect with or without feed-through lugs 

18 

30 

42 

18 

· Main lug only with TVSS device 

· Non-fused disconnect, with feed-through lugs or TVSS device 

· Main lugs only, with feed-through lugs or TVSS device 

· Non-fused disconnect, with or without feed through lugs 

· Main lug only, with or without feed-through lugs or TVSS device 

· Non-fused disconnect, with or without feed-through lugs 

· Main lug only, with ot without feed through lugs or TVSS device 

· Non-fused disconnect, with or without feed-through lugs 

30 · Main lug only, with or without feed-through lugs 

30 · 70 through 200A fused main disconnect, with TVSS device 


30–200 42 · Non-fused disconnect with TVSS device 

225–400A 

18 

30 

42 

· Main lug only with loadside disconnect 

· Non-fused disconnect, with TVSS device 

· 225 through 400A fused disconnect with or without feed-through lugs or TVSS device 

· Main lug only, with TVSS device 

· 225 through 400A fused disconnect, with no loadside options 

· Main lug only, with or without feed-through lugs or TVSS device 

· Non-fused disconnect, with no loadside options 

18 · Non-fused disconnect, with loadside disconnect 

69” 225–400A 

30 

42 

· Main lug only with loadside disconnect 

· 225 through 400A fused disconnect with feed-through lugs or TVSS device 

· Non-fused disconnect, with or without feed through lugs or TVSS device 

· 225 through 400A fused main disconnect, with or without feed-through lugs or TVSS device 


Panelboards 

NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R 

Dimensions 

11 

PANELBOARDS 

NEMA 1 Enclosures 

and Interior 

1.1 

0.3 

0.5 

DETAIL A 

11.3 

2.2 

21 (7/8, 1-1/8) 

Concentric KO 

7.4 

Blank Endwall 

Knockout Endwall 

Enclosures Available with 2 Blank, 2 Knockout, or 1 Each Endwall 

3.1 

Flush Mount 

DW + 3.0 

Surface Mount 

DW 

2.9 

1.5 

(1-3/4, 2, 2-1/2, 3, 3-5/8, 4-1/8) 

Concentric KO 

Flush Mount 

DW + 3.0 

Surface Mount 

DW 

SH 

A 

Ground 

Door Lock 

Flush Mount 

H + 3.0 

CH 

MH 

Neutral 

RH 

H 

Surface Mount 

H 

DH 

Spare Fuse 

Compartment 

20.0 

16.0 

2.0 

D 

0.25 Mounting 

Hole Emboss 

Front View 

(Door in Door Option Shown on Right) 

Box with Interior 

Side View of Box 

0.2 0.5 

NEMA 3R Enclosures 

Interior same as NEMA 1 

SH 2.0 

DETAIL B 

SCALE 1 : 4 

Top End Wall (No Knockouts) 

B 

0.65 

7.68 

D 

0.6 

2X 

H 

MH 

HC 

Box Interior Same as NEMA 1 

13.0 

DW 

Front View 

Side View 

Bottom End Wall (No Knockouts) 

11-112 


Panelboards 

Fuse Curves 

Time-Current Characteristic Curves– 

Average Melt 


Current Limitation Curves 


Panelboards 

Notes 

PANELBOARDS 

11 

11-114 


Lighting Controls 

SPEEDFAX TM 

Section 

Lighting Controls Business 

Discontinuation — Phase out of 

i-3 Control Technology V2 

Please note: Siemens Low Voltage & Products has exited the lighting control 

business. 

In 2012, we began the process with the phase out of LCP3000EZ. We are 

continuing this process by announcing the phase out of i-3 Control Technology. 

12 LIGHTING 

CONTROLS 

It is important to point out that Siemens is not exiting lighting control 

entirely. Our sister division Siemens Building Technologies supports a 

lighting control product called Gamma Lighting Control. 

The following is what to expect during this phase out process of i-3: 

1. No new system orders will be taken after September 30, 2014. 

2. Requirements for replacement parts will continue to be supported for product 

under warranty. The timing of the support is calculated based on existing 

warranty commitments as well as expected normal product mortality life. 

If you have any questions about this announcement or have the need for 

replacement parts for an existing system please contact your Siemens sales 

representative for more information and assistance. 


online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 



Lighting Controls 

Notes 

LIGHTING 

CONTROLS 

12 

12-2 


Switchboards 

SPEEDFAX TM 

Section 

Front Connected Switchboard (Type SB2) 


Front Connected Switchboards 13-2 to 13-11 

Distribution Switchboards (Type SB1, SB2, SB3) 13-2 to 13-4 

Integrated Power Systems Switchboards (Type IPS) 13-5 to 13-6 

Commercial Multi-Metering Switchboards (Type SMM & MMS) 13-7 

Embedded Micro Metering Module (SEM3) 13-8 

Sm@rt DAS Type SB3 13-9 

Generator Ready Switchboards 13-10 to 13-11 

TPS3 Family of Hardwired Surge Protective Devices 13-12 

Rear Connected Switchboards (Type RCS) 13-13 

Stock Service Entrance Switchboards 13-14 to 13-22 

General Stock Switchboard Overview 13-14 

Super Blue Pennant Switchboards 13-15 to 13-20 

Circuit Breaker Stock Switchboard (Type BCT) 13-21 

Fusible Stock Switchboard (Type SCT) 13-22 

13 SWITCHBOARDS 

Switchboard Monitoring 

Sm@rtGear Mobile App 13-23 – 13-24 

Switchboard Replacement Parts and Modification Kits 13-25 – 13-26 

Integrated Power Systems Switchboard 

Rear Connected Switchboard (Type RCS) 


online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 



Distribution Switchboards 

Type SB1, SB2 and SB3 

General 

13 

SWITCHBOARDS 


Siemens modular front connected switchboard design 

provides a broad range of features and capabilities for a 

wide range of applications. 

Every aspect of design of Siemens switchboards has been 

aimed at improving layout convenience, reducing installation 

costs and minimizing the impact and cost of changes to the 

system. 

Siemens switchboards provide a rugged design and the 

flexibility necessary in electrical systems for all types of 

applications, some examples are: 

n Commercial buildings 

n Industrial plants 

n Retail chain stores 

n Health care facilities 

n Hi-rise complexes 


Features 

n Up to 6000 ampere main bus rating 

n Up to 600 volts AC 

n Bus bracing up to 200KAIC 

n Tin plated aluminum bus, silver plated copper bus or tin 

plated copper bus 

n Bussing can be temperature or density rated 

n Type 1 and Type 3R enclosures 

n Main and branch circuit breakers and fusible switches 

n Thermal magnetic and solid state circuit breakers 

n Surge protective devices 

n Customer metering 

n Utility metering provisions 

n Ground fault protection on mains and distribution devices 

n Busway and transformer connections 

n ACCESS power monitoring on mains and branches 

Service Sections 

Typical switchboards require one or more service main 

disconnects that feed one or more distribution sections. 

Service sections can be fed from overhead or underground, 

occasionally underground applications require that a pull 

section to be added to the switchboard lineup. 

Distribution Sections 

All switchboard distribution sections can accommodate any 

combination of panel mounted or individually mounted circuit 

breakers or fusible switches. This modularity allows future 

system modifications to be made without adding switchboard 

sections. 

Front Accessibility 

All Siemens switchboards are rear aligned and front 

accessible, enabling switchboards to be placed against a wall, 

while minimizing floor space requirements. Switchboards are 

standard rear aligned to minimize floor space requirements 

but can be front and rear aligned as an option. 

Rear Accessibility 

Rear access is available as an option for when bus 

maintenance and cable entry and exit require access to the 

rear of the switchboard. 

Front Connected Distribution Switchboard (Type SB2) 

13-2 




General 

Features & Benefits (continued) 

Protective Devices 

Thermal magnetic molded case circuit breakers can be 

supplied from 15 to 2000 amperes. Solid state (electronic) 

molded case circuit breakers are available from 30 to 1600 

amperes. The solid state trip units provide finite trip setting 

adjustment, Modbus and Profibus communication along with 

many other features. 

WL insulated case UL489 circuit breakers can be provided 

from 200 to 5000 amperes with solid state trip units. 

For fusible applications, bolted pressure switches, high 

contact pressure switches and Vacu-Break fusible switches 

can be supplied. 

Power Monitoring 

Power monitoring can be accomplished in both service and 

distribution sections with a wide array of ACCESS power 

monitoring products. Digital and analog meters can be applied 

as well as branch circuit monitoring devices for tenant subbilling 

or cost allocation applications. See section 9 of the 

Speedfax for further information on power monitoring devices. 

Standards and Certifications 

n UL891 

n NEMA PB-2 

n Seismically qualified 

n Other equipment is UL listed as applicable 

Additional Information 

For complete application and pricing information contact 

your local Siemens sales office. 

For further information on the product, visit our website at 

www.usa.siemens.com/switchboards 

For detailed configuration information consult the selection 

and application guide on the website. 


Surge Protective Devices 

Siemens surge protective devices can be applied in 

switchboards to improve the electrical system’s protection, 

safety and reliability. These devices can be applied in 

customer metering compartments in main service sections 

or can be panel mounted in auxiliary compartments in 

distribution sections. See section 10 of the Speedfax for 

further information on surge protection devices. 

Arc Flash Mitigation 

Many arc flash mitigating features can be incorporated into 

switchboards. The WL breaker can be provided with Dynamic 

Arc Flash Sentry to allow for safer device settings when 

personnel are working near the switchboard. Also, breaker 

shutters, remote racking devices and infrared scanning 

windows can be supplied to further protect personnel from 

potential arc flash hazards. 

Busway and Transformer Connections 

Busway and transformer incoming and outgoing connections 

can be provided in switchboards. For busway connections to 

the switchboard, bussing is provided up to where the busway 

enters the switchboard. Also, a cutout for the busway is 

provided to allow for quick connection of the switchboard to 

the busway. For transformer connections, flex connectors are 

supplied for close coupling the switchboard to the secondary 

side of the unit substation. 

Front Connected Distribution 

Switchboard (Type SB2) 





General 

Individual Product lines 

SB1 Switchboards 

Siemens SB1 switchboards have been specifically designed 

for the shortest lead times and for applications where floor 

space is at a premium. The rear of all sections align so the 

switchboard can be installed against a wall. SB1 switchboards 

can contain main and branch protective devices and through 

bus ratings up to 2000 amperes and 600 Volts AC. 


Siemens SB3 switchboards are designed for custom 

options. SB3 switchboards can incorporate custom busway 

& transformer connections, rear access, all types of utility 

metering provisions and many other options. No matter your 

need, Siemens SB3 switchboards can provide a solution. 

13 

SWITCHBOARDS 


Siemens SB2 switchboards have been designed to be able to 

incorporate additional features. SB2 switchboards can have 

extra depth behind the bussing in each distribution section, 

can be front and rear aligned and can handle up to 4000 

amperes and 600 Volts AC. These switchboards may also 

include insulated case circuit breakers, solid state molded 

case circuit breakers and density rated bussing. 


Available Features 

Device 

Usage 

Device Type 

Ampere 

Rating 

Mounting 

• Individual or panel mounted mains 

• Individual or panel mounted branches 

• Thermal magnetic MCCBs 

• 2000A maximum main bus 

• Front accessible 

• Rear Aligned 

• Standard Utility Metering Position 

• Customer metering: digital & analog meters 

• 65KAIC interruption rating 

• 65C Copper and Aluminum bussing 

• Type 1 and 3R enclosures 

• Integrated lighting panelboards 

Main 

Branch 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCB) 


Vacu-Break Switches (VBS) 


High Contact Pressure Switches (HCP) 

Bolted Pressure Switches (BPS) 





High Contact Pressure Switches (HCP) 


400 - 1200 

400 - 2000 

400 - 600 

800 - 1200 

800 - 1200 

800 - 2000 

15 - 1200 

400 - 2000 

30 - 600 

800 - 1200 

400 - 1200 

800 - 1200 

Panel 

Individual 

Panel 

Individual 

Individual 

Individual 

Panel 

Individual 

Panel 

Individual 

Individual 

Individual 



Device 

Usage 

Device Type 

Ampere 

Rating 

Mounting 

• All SB1 options 


• Electronic trip unit (solid state) MCCBs 

• Density rated copper and aluminum bussing 


• Standard Maintenance Mode DAS (Dynamic Arc Sentry) 

Main 

Branch 

All SB1 main devices 


WL Insulated Case Circuit Breakers (WL) 

All SB1 branch devices 



Up to 4000 

Up to 4000 

Up to 4000 

Up to 4000 

Individual 

Individual 

Individual 

Individual 



Device 

Usage 

Device Type 

Ampere 

Rating 

Mounting 

• All SB1 & SB2 options 



• Rear accessible 

• Custom busway and transformer connections 

• Additional special options and configurations 

Main 

Branch 

All SB1 & SB2 main devices 



All SB1 & SB2 branch devices 



Up to 6000 

Up to 5000 

Up to 6000 

Up to 5000 

Individual 

Individual 

Individual 

Individual 

13-4 


Integrated Power Systems Switchboards 

Type IPS 

General 


Siemens integrated power systems (IPS) switchboards 

integrate multiple pieces of electrical distribution equipment 

into a single assembly. The design results in reduced 

installation time, a reduced footprint and reduced labor risk 

for installation. 

The modular design of the IPS switchboard allows it to be 

combined with standard service entrance or distribution 

switchboards if needed. Also, the IPS switchboard can be 

added to an existing switchboard lineup. 

IPS switchboards have a wide range of applications and are 

commonly used in retail stores, offices, health care facilities 

and retrofits. 



Commonly Mounted Equipment 

Features 

n All standard SB1, SB2 & SB3 switchboard features 

n Lighting panelboards 

n Distribution transformers 

n Half high distribution switchboard chassis 

n Individually mounted breakers (cable in & cable out) 

n Auxiliary sections for surge devices, ACCESS power 

monitoring, contactors, relays, time clocks, motor starters, 

customer equipment, etc. 


1 

Distribution sections 

n Up to 3000A (full height) 

n Up to 1200A (half height) 

3 

2 

Transformers 

n Up to 300KVA (full height) 

n Up to 150KVA (half height) 

1 

2 

3 

Panelboards 

n Up to 800A (full height) 

n Up to 600A (half height) 


Integrated Power Systems Switchboards 

Type IPS 

General 

Features & Benefits (continued) 

Reduced Installation Time 

IPS switchboards arrive at a jobsite with the components 

factory installed and wired. The result is significantly reduced 

installation time. The realized savings on installation result in 

lower labor costs which drops directly to the bottom line. 


n UL891 

n NEMA PB-2 


n Mounted panelboards built to UL67 and NEMA PB-1 


13 

SWITCHBOARDS 

Reduced Space Requirements 

By integrating components that are typically individually 

mounted, the IPS switchboard can reduce the space 

requirements for typical electrical equipment installation by 

up to 40%. This smaller footprint frees up valuable square 

footage that can be utilized by the building owner for other 

profitable uses. 

Reduced Installation Risk 

IPS switchboards are assembled at Siemens manufacturing 

plants with meticulous attention to details reinforced with 

strict testing procedures. This focus on quality ensures that 

problems encountered with traditional installations such 

as misinterpretation of drawings or field installation errors 

are eliminated. Utilizing IPS switchboards eliminates risks, 

enabling projects to come in on time and on budget. 


For complete application and pricing information contact your 

local Siemens sales office. 






Optimized electrical room layout 

Traditional layout 

Integrated power systems layout 

Panelboard 

Panelboard 

Panelboard 

Transformer 

Panelboards 

Panelboards 

Transformer 

& 2-Panelboards 

4-Panelboards 

n 50% reduction 

in required 

floor space 

n 90% reduction 

in installation 

time 

13-6 


Commercial Multi-Metering Switchboards 

Type SMM & MMS 

General 


Siemens commercial multi-metering switchboards 

provide utility metering for multiple tenants. The sockets 

and protective devices are cable connected at the factory 

making the sockets ready for the installation of the meters. 

With the modular design of Siemens switchboards all 

multi-metering sections can be combined with standard 

main service or distribution sections. 

Multi metering switchboards can be used in many 

applications, some of the most common are: 

n Shopping centers 

n Office buildings 

n Retail chain stores 


Features 





n Standard hot sequence metering with optional cold 

sequence metering 

n 100, 200 or 320 ampere meter sockets 

n Sockets include lever type manual bypass 

n Ring-less type meter cover design 

n Type 1 and Type 3R ratings 

n All other SB1, SB2 & SB3 switchboard features 

Individual Product Lines 

Type SMM 

Type SMM switchboards are specifically designed for the 

west coast and meet all EUSERC requirements. 


Type MMS 

Type MMS switchboards are designed for non-EUSERC 

territories and are designed to meet the specific requirements 

of any local utility. 


n UL891 

n NEMA PB-2 








SMM Commercial 

Multi-Metering Switchboard 




Switchboards 


Selection 

SEM3 System configured in Distribution Panels and Switchboards 

The information below pertains to panelboard types P4, P5 

and switchboard types SB1, SB2, and SB3. Please note 

SEM3 is not available for P3 panelboards. SEM3 is available in 

NEMA type 1, 3R, and 12 enclosures. SEM3 specifics to P4, 

P5, SB1, SB2, and SB3 are: 

13 

SWITCHBOARDS 

SEM3 for use in Siemens Switchboards 

Controller 

SEM3 controller is mounted in unit space. For P4 and P5 panels it will be mounted opposite 

of the feed location specified in COMPAS (i.e., bottom mount for top feed). The controller 

will require 3.75” of unit space in P4/5 and SB1/2/3. Each controller will be powered by direct 

tap connection to the section bus and can monitor up to 45 circuits. Applications that require 

monitoring more than 45 circuits will require additional controllers. For multi-section applications 

each controller will only be connected to meter racks in the same section as the controller. 


Six sizes of CTs are available for use in P4/5 & SB1/2/3 applications: 50, 125, 250, 400, 600, 

and 1200 amp. All CTs are pre-mounted to a support bracket that attaches to the interior. Each 

bracket supports a maximum of 3 CTs and is designed for the breaker selected (brackets are 

not interchangeable between breaker frames). Each CT will be attached to a data module that is 

placed in the meter racks. 

Meter Racks 

Each meter rack requires 3.75” of unit space. All meter racks will be installed next to the SEM3 




installed in 3.75” of unit space. For multi-section applications each rack will only be connected 

to data modules from CTs in that section. Racks will not be setup to monitor CTs from adjacent 

sections. 


position rack 



to one another in the meter rack. Any field changes to the factory configuration must take this 

into account. 

Start-up & Commissioning: Siemens can provide these services. Contact your local SIEMENS 

PDS Power Solutions Business Developer for more details. 



13-8 


Switchboards 


Sm@rt DAS Type SB3 

What is the solution? 

n Simple, scalable – Can integrate all MCCBs, ICCBs and 

Power Circuit Breakers in a single system 

n Consistent Architecture - System can be used in most 

equipment including Switchgear, Switchboards, and Power 

Panels 

n Outside the Zone - Maintenance switches can be mounted 

on a remote panel outside arc flash zone 

What are the benefits? 

n Complies with NEC 240.87 

n Scalable solution to add multiple breakers 

n Can set instantaneous to any required value -- not just 

fixed values 

n Can be utilized on both WL, VL breakers 

n MODBUS communication – allows for additional control 

over a SCADA system or local HMI 


n Siemens Sm@rt DAS controller with MODBUS TCP/IP 

n MODBUS communication linking intelligent devices 

n One light/switch per breaker 

n Power/Insulated Case Circuit Breaker features 

• ETU 776 

• COM16 (MODBUS module) 

• Ability to change all protection setting parameters 

n Molded Case Circuit Breaker Features: 

• ETU 586 

• COMMOD21 (MODBUS module) 

• Ability to change short time and instantaneous 

protection setting parameters 

DAS Optional Features 

n Optional single switch for entire system with indicator 

lights for individual breakers 

n Optional HMI 

• Remote activation 

• Adjust trip settings on breakers 


DAS Architecture 

Activation switch 

(1 per breaker) 

Upstream 

PMCS, DCS, 

PCS or SCADA 

systems via 

MODBUS TCIP 

Indicator lights 

(1 per breaker) 

Controller 

HMI (optional) 

Low-Voltage 

Power Breaker 

Insulated Case 

Breaker 

Molded Case 


Molded Case 


Molded Case 


Switchboard with Sm@rt DAS 


Generator Ready Switchboards 

Type Generator Ready 



13 

SWITCHBOARDS 

Siemens Generator Ready quick connect switchboards meet 

the market need for quick connection of a generator for 

temporary back-up power. 

The most common application of these switchboards are 

retail stores with perishable items, nursing homes & hospitals. 

However, these types of switchboards should be applied in 

any application that is sensitive to power outages. 

Features 

n All standard SB1, SB2 & SB3 switchboard features 

n Crouse-Hinds quick-connect Cam-Loks for a quick primary 

connection method 

n Standard mechanical lugs suitable for use with Type W 

welding cable for a secondary connection method 

n NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R enclosures 

n Trap door on NEMA 3R enclosure to maintain rating with 

cables connected 

n Labeled phases and ground connections 

n Bus connection between generator breaker and plug-in 

quick connects 

n Mechanical interlocking with normal breaker 

n Removable screw cover for covering quick-connects when 

not in use 

n Stand alone or hard bussed in standard switchboard lineup 

Generator Breaker Compartment 

The generator breaker can be connected to the normal main 

switchboard by cable or bus. The generator breaker should 

be key-interlocked with the main breaker in the normal 

switchboard lineup. The switchboard can rated Suitable for 

Service Entrance (SUSE). 

Quick-Connect Compartment 

The Crouse-Hinds quick-connect Cam-Loks are provided in 

a compartment with a removable screw cover covering the 

quick-connects for when they are not in use. In addition to 

the quick-connects, standard mechanical lugs are provided as 

a secondary method of connection. The mechanical lugs are 

rated for Type W welding cable which is common in these 

generator connection applications. 

Generator Ready Switchboard in NEMA 3R Enclosure 

Outgoing Connection 

The outgoing load connection of the generator breaker can be 

accomplished through either cable connection or can be hard 

bussed to an existing or new switchboard lineup. 

4/0 Crouse-Hinds quick connect Cam-Lok 


n UL891 

n NEMA PB-2 

n NEC702 

n Florida Building Code section 420.4.2.9.7 



13-10 


Generator Ready Switchboards 

Type Generator Ready 


1 2 

3 

1 

2000A main WL generator 

breaker key interlocked with 

normal main breaker 

Hinged NEMA 3R door to 

maintain NEMA 3R rating with 

cables connected 


3 

4 

4 

2 

2000A of Crouse-Hinds Cam-Loks 

for a three phase four wire system 

with ground connections 

Standard mechanical lugs suitable 

for use with Type W welding 

cable as a secondary method of 

connection 

Common Application 


Surge Protective Devices in Switchboards 


TPS3 Family of Hardwired Surge Protective Devices 

TPS3 Integral or Internally Mounted 

SPDs for Switchboards 

Siemens Integral TPS3 06 and L6 are UL 1449 4th Edition, 

factory installed SPDs within our Siemens Switchboards, 

utilizing optimal electrical system connections to minimize 

impedance losses. This results in the some of the industry’s 

best “installed” Voltage Protection Ratings. These SPDs 

share the following features: 

13 

SWITCHBOARDS 

TPS3 Features 

n UL 1449 4th Edition and UL 1283 

n UL 1449-4 Type 2 SPD, UL 1283 Listed, CSA 22.2 No. 

269.2, Optional UL 1449 4th Edition Recognized Type 1, 

CSA 22.2 


n 200 kA SCCR (most models) 

n UL96A Lightning Protection Master Label Compliant 

n 100 – 500 kA surge current capacity per phase 

n EMI/RFI filtering or Sine Wave tracking 

n Standard Monitoring – LEDs, Audible Alarm, Dry Contacts, 

Surge Counter, and Ground Reference Monitoring (GRM) 

Diagnostics 


TPS3 06 


Catalog # 

TPS3 

06 X 

Voltage Code 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 




(Standard) 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 15 = 150 kA per phase Options 

C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 20 = 200 kA per phase 

D = 240 V, 3Ø, 25 = 250 kA per phase B = Busway application 

3W 

E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 30 = 300 kA per phase M = MCC application 

F = 480 V, 3Ø, 3W 

G = 600 V, 3Ø, 3W 



K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W 

L = 600/347 V, 3Ø, 4W 

S = 400/230 V, 3Ø, 4W 



RMSIE = Remote monitor WHXWDP120 = 10’ Display cable extension 

G voltage code only available in 200 & 250 kA 


Example: TPS3C0640X002 = Type 2 SPD (Default) for a 208/120V switchboard 


Options 


Includes UL 1283 EMI/ 

RFI Filters 


“True,” “Discrete,” or “L-L Enhanced” 10 Mode SPD 

Catalog # 

TPS3 L6 

X 

Voltage Code 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 

C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 

E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 

K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W 

S = 400/230 V, 3Ø, 4W 








(Standard) 

Options 



Example: TPS3CL645X02 = 10 mode Type 2 SPD (Default) for a 208/120V switchboard 



Options 


Includes UL 1283 EMI/ 

RFI Filters 


13-12 


Rear Connected Switchboards 

Type RCS 

General 

Siemens RCS switchboards differ from 

the front connected (Type SB1, SB2, 

SB3) design primarily in the distribution 

sections. In the distribution section 

the branch feeders are individually 

mounted. Because of this method of 

mounting, access to the outgoing cable 

terminals must be from the rear of 

the unit. Bus bar extensions from the 

feeder devices are run to the rear of 

the RCS section stopping before the 

conduit area for easy access and cable 

connection. 

An optional cable management system 

can be requested to secure the 

outgoing cables. The front and rear 

of all sections align and are designed 

for mounting away from the wall. 

RCS switchboard will accommodate 

requirements up to 6000 ampere 

and 600 volts. The main bus can be 

specified for 400 to 6000 ampere 

rating. Main, tie and branch devices 

are available in amperage ratings up to 

6000 amps. RCS switchboards can be 

indoor (NEMA 1) or outdoor (NEMA 3R) 

construction. 

RCS switch boards utilize Type WL 

insulated case and/or low-voltage 

power circuit breakers with drawout 

mountings. Features and benefits 

include high breaker density, 100kA 

standard short circuit bus bracing 

and three levels of horizontal bus. 

Options include insulated/isolated bus, 

Dynamic Arc Flash Sentry, ModBus 

Communication and intelligent power 

monitoring. 


Switchboard 

Type RCS 

Mounting 

WL Insulated Case 


Drawout Mount 

WL LV Power 


Drawout Mount 

Main Devices Individual 400-5000A 400-5000A 

Branch Devices Individual 400-5000A 400-5000A 

For additional information on this product visit our website at www.sea.siemens.com. 

For application pricing information contact your local distributor or the closest Siemens sales office. 


Stock Service Entrance Switchboards 

Product Description and Application 

General 

13 

SWITCHBOARDS 


Siemens stock service entrance switchboards are designed as 

stock units to meet the fast delivery needs of the market. 

All of Siemens stock switchboards are suitable for service 

entrance. These switchboards combine utility metering 

provisions and a main service disconnect that can either be a 

Vacu-Break fusible switch or a molded case circuit breaker. 

Stock switchboards have many applications, some of the 

most common include: 

n Retail stores 


n Small factories 

n Commercial stores and shopping centers 

Individual Product Lines 

Super Blue Pennant 

n Specifically designed to meet EUSERC requirements 

n Provision for EUSERC utility metering 

n Main fusible switch or circuit breaker 

n Optional distribution panel 

BCT Service Cubicle 

n Provision for utility metering (non-EUSERC) 

n Main molded case circuit breaker 

SCT Service Cubicle 

n Provision for utility metering (non-EUSERC) 

n Main Vacu-Break fusible switches 








Super Blue Pennant BCT Service Cubicle SCT Service Cubicle 

13-14 



Super Blue Pennant Switchboards 

General 


Siemens Super Blue Pennant stock service entrance 

switchboards are designed as stock units to meet the fast 

delivery needs of the market. 

Super Blue Pennant switchboards are suitable for service 

entrance and are specifically designed to meet EUSERC 

requirements. They combine utility metering provisions 

with either a main Sentron molded case circuit breaker 

or Vacu-Break fusible switch. An optional plug-in or bolt 

on distribution panel can also added in the field in the 

same section. 

Super Blue Pennant switchboards have many applications, 

some of the most common include: 






Features 

n Up to 800 amperes 



n Type 1 or Type 3R enclosures 

Utility Provision 

Incoming main lugs are mechanical screw-type, mounted on 

studs and accept a wide range of cable sizes. A barriered hot 

sequence utility metering compartment is supplied which 

meets all EUSERC requirements. The meter and test block 

provisions are also built to meet EUSERC requirements. 


The main service disconnect can be either a Sentron molded 

case circuit breaker in 400, 600 or 800 amperes or a Vacu- 

Break fusible switch in 400 or 600 amperes. 


Distribution Panel 

Super Blue Pennant switchboards can accommodate an 

optional distribution panel assembly per unit with ratings of 

400, 600 or 800 amperes. The distribution panel can take up 

to 40 single pole branch breakers which can be either bolt on 

or plug-in. 

Standards & Certifications 

n UL891 

n NEMA PB-2 



Super Blue Pennant 




Dimensions 

Type 1 — Indoor 

Type 3R — Outdoor Weatherproof 

SWITCHBOARDS 

13 


Description A B C 

Without Lug Landing 46 14 12 

With Lug Landing 58 26 24 


Description A B C 

Without Lug Landing 53 15 13 

With Lug Landing 65 27 25 

For inches / millimeters conversion, see conversion table 

in Application Data section. 

13-16 




Selection 

Main Circuit Breaker 

Main Device 

Ampere 

Rating 

Service 

Voltage 

Meter Distribution Approximate 

Catalog Number Socket Kits 

Weight (lbs.) 

Indoor Outdoor Clips Available Indoor Outdoor 

400 Ampere 

Line Lugs 

(2)— 3 ⁄0-500 

kcmil (Copper 

or Aluminum) 

Breaker Rated 

65,000A IR 

Symmetrical 

at 240 Volts 

35,000A IR 

Symmetrical 

at 480 Volts 

Type JD6 

600 Ampere 

Line Lugs 

(2)— 3 ⁄0-500 

kcmil (Copper 

or Aluminum) 

Breaker Rated 

65,000A IR 

Symmetrical 

at 240 Volts 

35,000A IR 

Symmetrical 

at 480 Volts 

Type LD6 

120/240; 1-Phase, 

3-Wire 

240/120; 3-Phase, 

4-Wire Delta 

240; 3-Phase, 

3-Wire 

208Y/120; 3-Phase, 

4-Wire 

480Y/277; 3-Phase, 

4-Wire 

480; 3-Phase, 

3-Wire 

120/240; 1-Phase, 

3-Wire 

240/120; 3-Phase, 

4-Wire Delta 

240; 3-Phase, 

3-Wire 

208Y/120; 3-Phase, 

4-Wire 

480Y/277; 3-Phase, 

4-Wire 

480; 3-Phase 

3-Wire 

PB224 WPB224 5 PQ2630 

PQ2612 

PB424 WPB424 15 

PB444 WPB444 15 

PQ4630 

PQ4612 

PE4630 

PF4606 

PB226 WPB226 5 PQ2630 

PQ2612 

PB426 

WPB426 

PB446 WPB446 15 

15 PQ4630 

PQ4612 

PE4630 

PF4606 

320 1050 

335 1060 

335 1060 

320 1050 

335 1060 

335 1060 


800 Ampere 

Line Lugs 

(3)— 3 ⁄0-500 

kcmil (Copper 

or Aluminum) 

Breaker Rated 

65,000A IR 

Symmetrical 

at 240 Volts 

50,000A IR 

Symmetrical 

at 480 Volts 

Type MD6 

120/240; 1-Phase, 

3-Wire 

240/120; 3-Phase, 

4-Wire Delta 

240; 3-Phase, 

3-Wire 

208Y/120; 3-Phase, 

4-Wire 

480Y/277; 3-Phase, 

4-Wire 

480; 3-Phase, 

3-Wire 

PB228 WPB228 5 PQ2840 

PQ2816 

PB428 WPB428 15 

PB448 

WPB448 

PQ4840 

PQ4818 

15 PE4840 

PF4809 

460 1090 

475 1090 

475 1090 



a Load side lugs, distribution panel and subfeed kits are 

not included. 

b For 6-jaw requirements, order 6th clip kit 

from accessories. 

= Warehouse Stock 

Product Category SWBD 




Selection 

Main Fusible Switch 

Main Device 

Ampere 

Rating 

Service 

Voltage 

Meter Distribution Approximate 

Catalog Number Socket Kits 

Weight (lbs.) 

Indoor Outdoor Clips Available Indoor Outdoor 

120/240; 1-Phase, 

3-Wire 

PF224 WPF224 5 PQ2630 

PQ2612 

365 1094 

13 

SWITCHBOARDS 

400 Ampere 

Line Lugs 

(2)— 3 ⁄0-500 

kcmil (Copper 

or Aluminum) 

200,000 AIC 

maximum at 

600 Volts 

240/120; 3-Phase, 

4-Wire Delta 

240; 3-Phase, 

3-Wire 

208Y/120; 3-Phase, 

4-Wire 

480Y/277; 3-Phase, 

4-Wire 

480; 3-Phase, 

3-Wire 

120/240; 1-Phase, 

3-Wire 

PF424 WPF424 15 

PF444 WPF444 15 

PQ4630 

PQ4612 

PE4630 

PF4606 

PF226 WPF226 5 PQ2630 

PQ2612 

375 1110 

375 1110 

370 1100 

600 Ampere 

Line Lugs 

(2)— 3 ⁄0-500 

kcmil (Copper 

or Aluminum) 

200,000 AIC 

maximum at 

600 Volts 

240/120; 3-Phase, 

4-Wire Delta 

240; 3-Phase, 

3-Wire 

208Y/120; 3-Phase, 

4-Wire 

480Y/277; 3-Phase, 

4-Wire 

480; 3-Phase 

3-Wire 

PF426 

WPF426 

PF446 WPF446 15 

15 PQ4630 

PQ4612 

PE4630 

PF4606 

390 

1110 

390 1120 



aFuses not included. 

bLoad side lugs, distribution panel and subfeed kits are 

not included. 

c For 6-jaw requirements, order 6th clip kit 

from accessories. 


13-18 


Product Category SWBD




Selection 

Main Device (Circuit Breaker or Fusible Switch) 

Load Side Lugs — Discount Schedule SWBD 

Ampere Rating Description Catalog Number Wire Range 

400 For Fusible LKF4 (1)—3/0-750 kcmil (Cu or Al) 

600 Switch LKF6 (2)—3/0-500 kcmil (Cu or Al) 

400 For Circuit LKB4 (1)—600-750 kcmil (Cu or Al) 

600 Breaker LKB6 (2)—3/0-350 kcmil (Cu or Al) 

800 LKB8 (2)—600-750 kcmil (Cu or Al) 

Distribution Panel Kits — Discount Schedule SWBD 

Ampere 

Rating 

400 

and 

600 

800 

Voltage 

120/240V; 1-Phase, 3-Wire 

240/120V; 3-Phase, 4-Wire Delta 

240V; 3-Phase, 3-Wire 

208Y/120V; 3-Phase, 4-Wire 


480V; 3-Phase, 3-Wire 

120/240V; 1-Phase, 3-Wire 

240/120V; 3-Phase, 4-Wire Delta 




480Y/277V; 3-Phase 4-Wire 

Number and Type of Breaker Poles 

QR2, QRH2, 

QP or HQ ED4 or HQR2 

FXD6 

Catalog 

Number 

30 — — — PQ2630 

12 — 12 — PQ2612 

30 — — — PQ4630 

42 

12 — 12 — PQ4612 

— 30 — — PE4630 42 

— 12 — 6 PF4606 65 

40 — — — PQ2840 

12 — 16 — PQ2816 

65 

40 — — — PQ4840 

12 — 18 — PQ4818 

70 

— 40 — — PE4840 65 

— 12 — 9 PF4809 70 

Weight 

39 


Circuit Breaker Subfeed Kits: (Breakers Not Included) — Discount Schedule SWBD 

Description 


For FXD6-225A 2 or 3-pole 

PSFFJ6 

For JXD6, JD6, HJD6 400A 2 or 3-pole 

PSFJL6 



Includes phase and neutral load lugs and neutral link 

assembly. 

2-pole FXD6 requires 3-pole space. 

Includes branch neutral and disconnect link assembly. 

1-pole breakers must not be connectedto “B” phase. 

2-pole breakers must be rated 240V. 

FXD6 circuit breakers are limited to 225A maximum. 

Price from Molded Case Circuit Breaker section. 


Product Category SWBD 





Accessories 

Description 


Underground Pull Section or Full Height Section For Load Wiring — Discount Schedule SWBD 

14.5" Deep 90" High 

14" Wide (12" opening) — indoor PUG14 

15" Wide (12" opening) — outdoor WPUG14 

26" Wide (24" opening) — indoor PUG26 

27" Wide (24" opening) — outdoor WPUG26 

10" Wide (load wiring) PLW10 

13 

Lug Landing Kits — Discount Schedule SWBD (Requires Catalog Number PUG26 or WPUG26) 

400A 1-Phase, 3-Wire or 3-Phase, 4-Wire PLL44 a 



SWITCHBOARDS 

“R” Fuse Clip Adapter Kit (Set of 3) — Discount Schedule VBSS 

400A 240/600V 

600A 240/600V 

“J” Fuse Clip Adapter Kit (Set of 3) — Discount Schedule VBSS 

400A 240V 

400A 600V 

600A 240V 

600A 600V 

HR65A 

HR66A 

bc 

HJ65A bd 

HJ66A bc 

HJ66A 

“T” Fuse Clip Adapter Kit (One Pole Kit) — Discount Schedule VBSS 

400A 240V 

400A 600V 

600A 240V 

600A 600V 

HT25A 

HT65A, HT265A e 

HT26A 

HT66A 

Optional Meter Sockets and Doors — Discount Schedule SWBD 

Meter Compartment Door (32" Wide x 15" High for “S” base socket with 

test block cutout (order necessary meter base from items below) 

Meter Compartment Door (32" Wide x 30" High) for 2 “S” base 

meters with mounting provisions for test block and printing 

demand meter (order meter base from table below) 

Left Hand Hinge or Right Hand Hinge 

Blank Meter Compartment Door (32" Wide x 15" High) 

PSP32 

PSDP32 

PBP32 

5 Clip Meter Socket with ring PMS5 





Filler Plates — Discount Schedule MCCB 

QP, BL, BQD, xGB, xGB2, ED 

Handle Blocking and Padlock Devices — Discount Schedule MCCB 

Blocking (QP-HQP 1, 2 and 3-pole) 

Blocking (QR2, QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H) 

Blocking (ED2, ED4, ED6) 

Padlock (QP-HQP) 

Padlock (QR2, QRH2, HQR2, HQR2H) 

Padlock (ED2, ED4, ED6) 

QF3 

ECQL1 

HBLQR 

E2HBL 

ECQLD3 

HPLQR 

ED2HPL 

Equipment Ground Bus –– Discount Schedule SWBD 

PEGB42 




● A suffix. New ‘Series A’ design 

aA PUG26 or WPUG26 Underground pull section is 

required when using these lug landing kits. 

b Kit not required for branch circuit swtiches, relocate lug 

base to achieve fuse fit. 

c J fuse option not available for 240V main switches. 

d Lug base relocation plus kit required for branch circuit 

swtiches. 

e Kit required for Main Switch only. 

13-20 


Product Category SWBD



Selection 


Siemens BCT stock service entrance switchboards are 

designed as stock units to meet the fast delivery needs of the 

market. 

Siemens BCT switchboards incorporate a utility current 

transformer compartment and a Sentron molded case circuit 

breaker in a single section. 

BCT switchboards have many applications, some of the most 

common include: 






Features 




n Type 1 enclosures only 


The provision can be adjusted for use with 12” or 14.5” 

primary bar type current transformers. All switchboards 

are supplied as top feed cold sequence metering only. 

Switchboards can be field modified for other configurations 

per the available configurations table below. 


The main service disconnect is a Sentron molded case circuit 

breaker available from 400 to 1200 amperes. 


Utility metering provsion 

Enclosure 

The enclosure is tamperproof with a hinged door over the 

utility provision compartment with a latch for the utility to 

be able to seal off the compartment. Enclosures are only 

available as type 1 indoor. 


n UL891 

n NEMA PB-2 



BCT Catalog Numbers & Application Data 

Neutral disconnect link 

Connectors (Per Phase & Neutral) 

Ampere 

Rating 

Connectors Suitable 

For Cu or Al 

400 (1) 4/0-500 kcmil 

(2) 250 kcmil 

600 (2) 4/0-500 kcmil 

800 (2) 250-500 kcmil 

1000 (4) 250-500 kcmil 

1200 (4) 250-500 kcmil 

Catalog 

Number 

Symmetrical Amperes 


Ampere 

Rating 

Dimensions 

(inches) 

Available 

Configurations 

Top Feed Top 

Cold Feed 

240V 480V 600V System Voltage 

Height Width Depth Seq. Hot Seq. 

BCT436JXD6 65,000 35,000 25,000 

● ● ● 

400 120/240V 1-Phase, 3-Wire 

BCT436HJD6 100,000 65,000 35,000 ● ● 

208Y/120V 3-Phase, 4-Wire 70 

BCT636LXD6 65,000 35,000 25,000 

240V 3-Phase, 3-Wire 

● ● ● 

600 

BCT636HLD6 100,000 65,000 35,000 480Y/277V 3-Phase, 4-Wire 

● ● 

BCT836MXD6 65,000 50,000 25,000 


● ● ● 

800 600V 3-Phase, 3-Wire 

32 13.75 

BCT836HMD6 100,000 65,000 50,000 ● 

BCT1036NXD6 65,000 — — 

● ● ● 

1000 

90 

BCT1036HND6 100,000 — — 208Y/120V 3-Phase, 4-Wire 

● 

BCT1236NXD6 65,000 — — 

1200 


● ● ● 

BCT1236HND6 100,000 — — ● 

PTE Potential Transformer Enclosure — — — 20 20 10 

Bottom Feed 

Cold / Hot 

Seq. 




Selection 


Siemens SCT stock service entrance switchboards are 

designed as stock units to meet the fast delivery needs of the 

market. 

Siemens SCT switchboards incorporate a utility current 

transformer compartment and a Vacu-Break fusible switch. 


Features 




n Type 1 enclosures only 

13 

SWITCHBOARDS 

SCT switchboards have many applications, some of the most 

common include: 






The provision can be adjusted for use with 12” or 14.5” 

primary bar type current transformers. All switchboards are 

supplied as top feed cold sequence metering only.. 


The main service disconnect is a Vacu-Break fusible switch 

available from 400 to 1200 amperes. 

Enclosure 

The enclosure is tamperproof with a hinged door over the 

utility provision compartment with a latch for the utility to 

be able to seal off the compartment. Enclosures are only 

available as type 1 indoor. 


n UL891 

n NEMA PB-2 


Connectors (Per Phase & Neutral) 


SCT Catalog Numbers & Application Data 

Vacu-Break Main Switch 

Ampere 

Rating 

Connectors Suitable 

For Cu or Al 

400 (1) 4/0-500 kcmil 

(2) 250 kcmil 

600 (2) 4/0-500 kcmil 

800 (2) 250-500 kcmil 

1000 (4) 250-500 kcmil 

1200 (4) 250-500 kcmil 

Fuse Clips 

Ampere 

Rating 

Fuse 

Clip 

400 - 600 R 200,000 

800 - 1200 L 100,000 

Symmetrical Amperes 



Ampere 


Cold Sequence Hot Sequence Rating System Voltage 


SCT432 LSCT432 400 120/240V 1-Phase, 3-Wire 

SCT632 LSCT632 600 208Y/120V 240V 3-Phase, 4-Wire 3-Phase, 3-Wire 

SCT436 LSCT436 400 480Y/277V 3-Phase, 4-Wire 

SCT636 LSCT636 600 480 or 600V 3-Phase, 3-Wire 

90 32 20 

SCT836 LSCT836 800 All — 

SCT1236 LSCT1236 1200 208Y/120V 240V 3-Phase, 4-Wire 3-Phase, 3-Wire 

13-22 



Sm@rtGear Mobile App 

Take control of your gear 

from your smart device 

Remotely monitor, configure, and control using 

mobile phone or tablet (wireless or hardwired) 

Switchgear 


Switchboard 

Selection 

Arc flash safety 

n Remotely open/close breakers from outside arc 

flash hazard zone – no longer need dedicated 

control panel 

n Remotely activate breaker maintenance mode 

from outside arc flash hazard zone 

n Remotely view breaker status from outside arc 

flash hazard zone 

Ease of commissioning 

n Set breaker settings via touchscreen using mobile 

phone or tablet 


Security 

n Local security enabled WPA2 WIFI network only 

allowing local access 

MindSphere (IoT) capable 

Intelligence and control at your fingertips 





Selection 

Sm@rtGear Mobile Network Topology 

Wireless 

Mobile Devices Running Siemens Sm@rt Mobile App 

Hardwire 


13 

SWITCHBOARDS 

Network 

Switch 

— Ethernet 

— ULP 

Network 

Switch 

Smart 

DAS 

Local 

Server 

Smart 

DAS 

Local 

Server 

Wireless 

Router 

Modbus 

Gateway 

Modbus 

Gateway 

WL/VL Electronic Trip Unit 

ETU 

Power Meter 

SEM3 Modular 

Metering 


ETU 

Power Meter 

SEM3 Modular 

Metering 

Sm@rtGear Mobile Standard Features 

n Available in Type WL LV Switchgear, SB Switchboards and 

P4/P5 Power Panelboard 

n Integrates with Siemens application using phone or tablet 

n Ethernet switch and WIFI access point with WPA2 encryption 

Power/Insulated Case Circuit Breaker Feature 

n ETU 776 with Sm@rt Dynamic Arc Sentry (DAS) 

n MODBUS communication 

n Protective settings and alarm functions 

n Current and voltage monitoring 

n Power metering functions 

n Electrically operated breakers 

n Remote open/close 

Molded Case Circuit Breaker Features 

n ETU 586 with Smart DAS 



n Current monitoring 

n Breaker status 

Sm@rtGear Mobile Optional Features 

n PAC Digital meter integration 

n SEM3 submetering integration 

n Siemens MindSphere IoT integration 

13-24 


Switchboard Replacement Parts & Modification Kits 

Replacement Information, Accessories & Modifications 


Selection 

Connection Strap Kits - Circuit Breaker 

For use with SB1, SB2, SB3, FC20, FCI, FCII, CDP-6 & VB-6 

switchboards or series 5 or 6 CDP circuit breaker panelboards. 

Includes straps, cover plates and necessary hardware for 

switchboards manufactured since 1974. For replacement strap 

kits for RCIII switchboards, contact your local sales office. 

Connection Strap Kits - Vacu-Break & HCP 

For use with SB1, SB2, SB3, FC20, FCI, FCII, VB-5 & VB-6 

switchboards. Includes straps, cover plates and necessary 

hardware for switchboards manufactured since 1974. For 

replacement strap kits for RCIII switchboards, contact your 

local sales office. 

Max 

Amp 

Rating 

Breaker 

Family 

Breaker Type 

Catalog 

Number 

Unit 

Height 

(Inches) 

Mounting 

100 General BL, BQD SBLBD 3.75 Twin 

125 General EB SEBD 3.75 Twin 

General xGB SNBD 3.75 Twin 

General XGB2 SGB2D 3.75 Twin 

General ED 6E62 3.75 Twin 

General CED 6CLE2 3.75 Twin 

150 VL DG SDGD 5.00 Twin 

3VA 3VA61 S3VA52TD b 5.00 Twin 

225 General QJ 6QJ2 5.00 Twin 

General QR 6QR2 5.00 Twin 

250 VL FG SFGD 5.00 Twin 

Sentron FD 6F62 5.00 Twin 

Sentron CFD 6CLF1 5.00 Single 

3VA 3VA52, 3VA62 c S3VA52TD b 5.00 Twin 

400 VL JG SJG2D 6.25 Twin 

VL JG SJG1D 6.25 Single 

Sentron JD 6JJ61 8.75 Single 

Sentron JD 6JJ62 8.75 Twin 

Sentron CJD 6CLJ1 8.75 Single 

Sentron SJD 6SJL1 8.75 Single 

Sentron SCJD 6SCJ1 8.75 Single 

600 VL LG SLGD 6.25 Single 

Sentron LD 6LL61 8.75 Single 

Sentron CLD 6CLL1 8.75 Single 

Sentron SLD 6SLL1 8.75 Single 

Sentron SCLD 6SCL1 8.75 Single 

800 VL MG MG1D 8.75 Single 

Sentron LMD SLM1D 8.75 Single 

Sentron MD SMND 10.00 Single 

Sentron SMD SSMND 10.00 Single 

1200 VL NG NG1D 10.00 Single 

Sentron ND SMND 10.00 Single 

Sentron SND SSMND 10.00 Single 



3VA52, 3VA61 or 

3VA62 Breaker 

S3VA52PR 




Switch 

Type 

Filler Plates 



Includes straps, cover plates and necessary hardware for 

switchboards manufactured since 1974. For replacement strap 

kits for RCIII switchboards, contact your local sales office. 

Breaker Frame 

Ampere 

Rating 

Unit Height 

(inches) 

Filler Plate 


Catalog 

Number 

Vacu-Break 30-30 5, 7.5 VB657 

30-60 5, 7.5 

60-60 5, 7.5 

60-100 7.5 

100-100 7.5 

100 7.5 

200 7.5, 10 VB671 

200-200 10 VB610 

400-600 10, 15 VB6150 

HCP 800-1200 16.25 F6162D 

Blank Plates - Circuit Breaker & Fusible Switch 

For use with SB1, SB2, SB3, FC20, FCI, FCII switchboards or 

series 5 or 6 VB and CDP panelboards. 

Unit Height (Inches) 


1.25 6FPB01 

2.5 6FPB02 

3.75 6FPB03 

5 6FPB05 

10 6FPB10 

Notes 

BL, BQD, ED, xGB, xGB2 DFFP1 Per Pole 

Note: When a front filler plate is not completely filled with 

breakers, the openings in the unused space must be closed 

with 1-pole filler plates from table. 



Consult sales office for availability 

b To field install a single 3VA52, 3VA61 or 3VA62 breaker 


c 3VA62 breaker will be available in Fall 2019. 


Switchboard Replacement Parts & Modification Kits 

Replacement Information, Accessories & Modifications 


Selection 

Replacement Meter Socket Kits bc 

For use with SMM and SMD metering switchboards 

Type 

1-Phase 

3-Phase 


MSK2001 

MSK2003 

Connecting Kits b 

For use with SMM and SMD metering switchboards 

13 

SWITCHBOARDS 

Disconnect Device 

NGG 

EG 

BQ 

QR 

ED 

FD 

CED 

T-Fuse Pullout 


SMMNGMK 

SMMHEMK 

SMMBQMK 

SMMQRMK 

SMMEDMK 

SMMFDMK 

SMMCEMK 

SMMTFMK 

Cover Plates 



Breaker Type 

QR 


SQRC d 


Consult sales office for availability 

b Siemens meter socks used in SMM switchboards 

c Siemens Type WMS263 Meter Sockets are rated 200A 

in application Data Section 

d To replace a QJ with a QR only a new cover is needed 

up to 225A. 

13-26 


Switchgear 

SPEEDFAX TM 

Section 

Type GM-SG Metal-Clad Switchgear 

5-MSV Replacement Breaker 

Type WL Low voltage 

Metal-Enclosed Switchgear 


online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 


Medium-voltage Equipment 14-2 – 14-26 

5–15 kV Types GM-SG and GM-SG-AR and 

38 kV Type GM38 Metal-Clad Switchgear 14-2 – 14-4 

5–15 kV Types GM-SG and GM-SG-AR Switchgear Overview 14-5 – 14-15 

Type GM-SG Switchgear 14-5 

Arc-Resistant Type GM-SG-AR Switchgear 14-6 

Type GMSG Vacuum Circuit Breakers 14-7 – 14-8 

Types GM-SG and GM-SG-AR Switchgear Dimensions 14-9 – 14-11 

Types GM-SG and GM-SG-AR Switchgear Accessories 14-12 – 14-13 

Types GM-SG and GM-SG-AR Switchgear End Views 14-14 – 14-15 

38 kV Type GM38 Metal-Clad Switchgear 14-16 – 14-18 

38 kV Gas-Insulated Metal-Clad Switchgear 14-19 

OEM Component Offering 14-20 

5–15 kV SIEBREAK Metal-Enclosed Load-Interrupter Switchgear 14-21 

Types SIMOVAC and SIMOVAC-AR MVC up to 7.2 kV 14-22 – 14-25 

Motor Protection 14-26 

Protective Relays & SCADA Systems 14-27 – 14-33 

SCADA/Substation Automation 14-27 

SIPROTEC Protective Relays 14-28 – 14-31 

Competitor Comparison 14-32 – 14-33 

Replacement Breakers & Retrofit Products 14-34 – 14-35 

Medium-voltage Replacement Circuit Breakers 14-34 

Safety Racking Solutions 14-35 

Field Services 14-36 – 14-39 

Start-up/Commissioning/Engineer-by-the-Day Services 14-36 – 14-37 

Power System Studies 14-38 

Arc Flash Study 14-39 

Secondary Unit Substations 14-40 – 14-51 

Overview 14-40 

Type SIEBREAK Metal-Enclosed Load-Interrupter Primary Switch 14-41 

Transformers—Dry Type 14-44 – 14-45 

Transformers—Liquid-Filled Type 14-46 

Type WL Low-voltage Switchgear Substation Secondaries 14-47 

Switchboard Substation Secondaries (See Switchboard Section 13) 14-48 

Transformer Diagrams 14-49 – 14-51 

Low-voltage Switchgear 14-52 – 14-94 

Standard WL Low-voltage Switchgear 14-52 – 14-80 

Construction Details 14-53 – 14-55 

WL Circuit Breakers 14-56, 14-58 

Electronic Tripping Units 14-57, 14-59 

Technical Information 14-60 – 14-71 

Section Configuration/Dimensions 14-73 – 14-80 

Sm@rtGear Mobile App 14-81 – 14-82 

Sm@rtGear WL Low-voltage Switchgear 14-83 – 14-84 

Marine WL Low-voltage Switchgear 14-85 

Arc Resistant WL Low-voltage Switchgear 14-86 – 14-88 

Arc Flash Solutions 14-89 – 14-94 

All statements, technical information and recommendations contained herein are based on information and tests we 

believe to be reliable. The accuracy or completeness hereof is not guaranteed. Since conditions of use are outside our 

control, the user should determine the suitability of the product for its intended use and assumes all risk and liability 

whatsoever in connection herewith. 

14 SWITCHGEAR 



Medium-voltage Equipment 

5 – 15 kV Types GM-SG and GM-SG-AR and 38 kV Type GM38 Metal-Clad Switchgear General 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

Overview 

Siemens 5, 7.2, 15 and 38 kV class 

medium-voltage, one- or two-high 

vacuum circuit breaker switchgear is of 

the Metal-Clad type as covered by 

ANSI/IEEE standard C37.20.2. All 

parts are completely enclosed within 

grounded metal barriers. Circuit 

breakers are the horizontal drawout 

type. Secondary control devices and 

primary circuits are isolated from each 

other by shutters or barriers. Primary 

circuits of different potential are also 

separated by barriers. All primary bus 

work and joints are completely encased 

with insulation material to suit the 

voltage class of the equipment. 

Single Source Responsibility 

Single source responsibility is assured 

since the complete equipment 

is designed by Siemens and is 

manufactured and tested in a single 

facility. The vacuum circuit breakers are 

checked in the switchgear cells as part 

of production testing, and to assure 

interchangeability. 

Features 

Siemens Type 3AH3 Operating 

Mechanism 

The types GMSG and 38-3AH3 

circuit breakers use the proven 

Siemens type 3AH3 stored-energy 

operating mechanism. This operator 

is an evolution of the type 3A family 

of operators first introduced in 1976. 

Over 120,000 type 3AH3 operating 

mechanisms have been produced since 

1998. 

Faster Interruption 

Standard interrupting time is five-cycles 

with an option available for three-cycle 

interrupting time. 

Floor Rollout 

No lift truck or dolly is needed to insert 

or remove circuit breakers in the lower 

cell of the switchgear located at floor 

level. For indoor switchgear located 

on a raised housekeeping pad or for 

outdoor, non-walk-in switchgear, a 

lift truck is required to handle circuit 

breakers or drawout fuse trucks. 

Closed Door Racking 

The circuit breaker can be racked in or 

out with the cell door open or closed. 

The mechanism includes an indicator to 

show the racking mechanism position 

with the door closed. For racking, a 

manual drive crank or an optional electric 

motor drive may be used. 

Automatic Shutters 

Automatically operated grounded steel 

shutters are included to allow or block 

access to the stationary primary 

disconnects. The shutters are opened 

by the circuit breaker as it moves 

toward the connected position. The 

shutters close as the circuit breaker 

is racked away from the connected 

position. The shutters remain closed 

until they are forced open by insertion 

of the circuit breaker. This design 

enhances protection for personnel 

compared to shutters that are linked to 

the racking mechanism. 

5 through 15 kV Available in One- or 

Two-High Design 

38 kV Available in One-High Design 

Only 

Tested to ANSI/IEEE Standards 

Siemens switchgear is tested to meet 

the requirements of ANSI/IEEE 

standards. A complete design test program 

including short-circuit interruption, loadcurrent 

switching, continuous current, 

mechanical endurance, close and latch 

current, short time and momentary 

withstand, impulse withstand, and the 

other tests required by the standards 

has been successfully completed. 

These tests encompass the complete 

equipment design, including both the 

switchgear structure and the circuit 

breaker removable element. Certified 

test data can be furnished to customers 

upon request. 

UL or C-UL Listing 

When specified, if the component 

configuration allows, the switchgear can 

be provided with the UL or C-UL (for 

use in Canada) Listed label, indicating 

conformance to the requirements 

of ANSI/IEEE C37.54 and ANSI/IEEE 

C37.55. 

Quality Systems 

Facilities involved with application, 

engineering, design and production are 

certified to ISO 9001 requirements. 

Siemens Relays, see Relaying section 

on page 14-28 

Type GM-SG 5 - 15 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear 

Type GM38 38 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear 

14-2 



5 – 15 kV Types GM-SG and GM-SG-AR and 38 kV Type GM38 Metal-Clad Switchgear General 

Siemens types GM-SG and GM-SG- 

AR 5, 7.2 and 15 kV and type GM38 

38 kV metal-clad power switchgear 

assemblies with horizontal drawout 

vacuum circuit breakers take advantage 

of the latest developments in vacuum 

interrupter technology. Up to two circuit 

breakers can be stacked in a single 

vertical section, allowing significant 

space savings in the types GM-SG and 

GM-SG-AR switchgear. In the type 

GM38 switchgear, circuit breaker are 

available only in the lower compartment. 

The equipment meets or exceeds the 

latest standards of ANSI, IEEE and 

NEMA. 

Types GM-SG, GM-SG-AR and 

GM38 switchgear are designed for 

use in industrial plants, commercial 

buildings, electric utility systems, 

cogeneration installations and other 

electrical systems. It is commonly 

used for protection and switching of 

transformers, motors, generators, 

capacitors, buses, distribution feeder 

lines and, in general, for protection of 

any medium-voltage power circuit. 

Siemens’ experience gained in over 80 

years of supplying metal-clad switchgear 

in the U.S. has been captured in the 

switchgear designs. The objective has 

been to incorporate features designed 

to provide safety, while simplifying 

operation and maintenance, and 

minimizing installation cost. 

The switchgear structure and the 

drawout vacuum circuit breaker are 

an integrated design, with dielectric, 

thermal and interruption integrity built 

directly into the basic design, not added 

as an afterthought. 

Siemens Vacuum Interrupters 

The vacuum interrupters used in the 

types GMSG and 38-3AH3 circuit 

breakers are manufactured by Siemens 

and have been proven in thousands of 

installations since 1976. The chromecopper 

contact design used in these 

vacuum interrupters assures low 

chopping levels, eliminating the need 

for surge protection on most circuits. 

Front Mounted Operating 

Mechanism 

The simple type 3AH3 operating 

mechanism makes maintenance and 

inspection easy. The mechanism is 

located on the front of the circuit 

breaker, rather than underneath. 

Maintenance Intervals 

If applied under ANSl “usual service” 

conditions, maintenance of the circuit 

breaker mechanism is only needed at 

10-year intervals for type GMSG circuit 

breakers and at five-year intervals for 

type 38-3AH3 circuit breakers. 

Maintenance of the switchgear cubicle 

is recommended at five-year intervals, 

and primarily consists of cleaning 

insulation. 

“Universal” Spare Circuit Breaker 

The physical configuration and interlock 

logic allow the use of a single circuit 

breaker to serve as a “universal” spare 

breaker at an installation site for up to 

50 kA for type GM-SG or type GM-SG- 

AR, or for up to 40 kA in type GM38 

switchgear. The universal spare breaker 

(63 kA) type GMSG vacuum circuit 

breaker is designed such that a circuit 

breaker can be installed in any type 

GM-SG circuit breaker cell rated 63 kA. 

Circuit breakers rated 63 kA cannot 

be used in equipment rated 50 kA 

and lower. The interlock logic checks 

the principal rating characteristics 

(continuous current, maximum voltage, 

and interrupting current), and allows 

a circuit breaker to be inserted in any 

circuit breaker cell, provided that the 

circuit breaker equals or exceeds the 

ratings required by the cell. 

Full ANSI and IEEE Design 

Background 

Full design integrity is assured. ANSl 

C37.09 and C37.20.2 require design 

tests on circuit breakers and structures 

together. The 3AH3 operator design 

is controlled in our global center 

of competence for circuit breakers 

in Berlin, and final assembly of both 

the drawout circuit breaker and the 

switchgear structures occurs in a 

single facility. Siemens controls the 

entire process, from design concept to 

production. Records are maintained to 

document compliance with ANSl/IEEE 

standards. 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

4,000 A Rating (5 – 15 kV) 

Designs are available to 3000A selfcooled, 

and 4,000 A fan cooled. 

3,000 A Rating (38 kV) 

Designs are available to 2,000 A selfcooled 

and 3,000 A fan cooled. 

Type GM-SG Circuit Breaker Cell Interior 



5 – 15 kV Types GM-SG and GM-SG-AR and 38 kV GM38 Metal-Clad Switchgear General 

Type GM-SG Circuit Breaker Cell (1,200 A or 2,000 A 

with VT Auxiliary (3,000 A Similar Except Upper Cell 

Reserved for Fan-Cooling Equipment) 

1 

2 

12 

The type GM-SG-AR arc-resistant design offers significant 

flexibility compared to the design of other suppliers. The sidemounted, 

arc duct design for the type GM-SG-AR allows the 

same flexibility as the type GM-SG non-arc resistant design 

for mounting voltage transformers, a drawout control power 

transformer and fuse roll-out trays. 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

3 

4 

5 2 

2 

2 

11 

8 

11 

8 

8 10 

6 7 

7 

9 

Siemens type GM38 metal-clad switchgear provides enhanced 

flexibility in locating circuit breaker, auxiliary and metering cells 

within the structure layout. Circuit breakers are located in the 

lower cell positions. The upper cell position can be used for 

voltage transformers with the associated drawout primary fuses. 

Each vertical section contains the main bus bar compartment, 

plus a rear compartment for incoming and outgoing connections. 

The front portion of the vertical section contains a lower cell 

for circuit breaker, auxiliary devices, VTs, CPT (if primary fuses 

are located in upper cell) or drawout primary fuses for a CPT 

located in the rear of the section. 

Instruments, protective relays and power meters along with 

their secondary wiring and other components are located in 

the upper cell. The switchgear is normally designed so that 

additional vertical sections may be added in the future. 

1 Upper type GMSG circuit breaker 

2 Standard accuracy current 

transformers (CTs)-two per 

bushing 

3 Isolated protective relay and 

instrument compartment 

4 Inter-unit wiring 

5 Lower type GMSG circuit breaker 

6 Ground bar 

7 Ground sensor CT 

8 Main bus bars 

9 Power cable duct 

10 Removable barrier 

11 Surge arresters 

12 Outgoing cable lugs 

(downfeed shown) 

Structural Flexibility for Types GM-SG and GM-SG-AR 

Siemens metal-clad switchgear provides enhanced flexibility 

in locating circuit breaker, auxiliary, and metering cells within 

the structure layout. Circuit breakers rated 1,200 A and 

2,000 A may be located in upper or lower cell positions. 

Bus sectionalizing (tie) circuit breaker cells may be located on 

the upper or lower levels and are located next to an auxiliary 

cell on the same level for the transition bus work. 

The types GM-SG and GMSG-AR offer significant flexibility for 

stacking breakers. See page 14-12 for more information. The 

3,000 A circuit breaker can be used for 4,000 A continuous 

current applications, with the addition of fan cooling equipment 

in the auxiliary cell above or below the circuit breaker. This 

application of fan cooling is well suited if loads above 3,000 A 

are infrequent, as for example, in the case of a fan-cooled 

rating on a power transformer. 

Enclosure Design 

The switchgear designs include full ANSI/IEEE C37.20.2 

Metal-Clad construction. This means complete enclosure of 

all live parts and separation of major portions of the circuit to 

retard the spread of faults to other compartments. 

The type GM-SG-AR design includes full ANSI/IEEE C37.20.7- 

2007, accessibility type 2B. The ground bus extends the entire 

length of the complete switchgear lineup, and to all circuit 

breaker cells. 

Exhaust System for Type GM-SG-AR 

The top-mounted pressure relief channel (PRC) is factoryinstalled 

for reduced installation time. An outlet from the 

switchgear room is supplied with each lineup of equipment. 

Circuit Breaker Interchangeability 

The switchgear cubicle and the removable circuit breaker 

element are both built to master fixtures so circuit breakers 

of the same ratings are interchangeable with each other 

even if the circuit breaker is required for use with a cell with 

“provisions only” supplied years earlier. A circuit breaker of 

higher rating can be used in a cell of equal or lower rating. 

The GMSG circuit breaker is not interchangeable with the 

older designs. 63 kA rated type GMSG circuit breakers can 

only be used in 63 kA rated cells and lower rated circuit 

breakers cannot be used in 63 kA rated cells. The type 

38-3AH3 circuit breaker is interchangeable with the type 

38-3AF circuit breaker, provided the ratings are equal. The 

type 38-3AF circuit breaker is not interchangeable with the 

40 kA type 38-3AH3. 

14-4 



Medium-voltage Type GM-SG Switchgear 

General 

5, 7.2 and 15 kV Drawout Metal-Clad Indoor Switchgear up to 63 kA 

n One-high or two-high construction 

n Up to 100 full-fault interruptions 

n Universal spare circuit breaker for 

50 kA and lower ratings 

n Universal spare circuit breaker for 

63 kA ratings 

n Interlocks permit insertion of higher 

rated vacuum circuit breaker into 

lower rated cell but not vice versa 

n Front accessible circuit breaker 

operating mechanism for ease of 

maintenance 

n Closed door racking 

n Floor rollout circuit breaker in lower 

cell without a dolly 

n Visible secondary disconnect 

n Circuit breaker ships inside of cell, 

thus reducing installation cost and 

transit damage 

n Pair with Siemens protective relays to 

match any typical application 

n Horizontal drawout type GMSG 

vacuum circuit breaker with type 

3AH3 operating mechanism 

n Uses the latest developments in 

vacuum interrupter technology 

n Highly reliable vacuum interrupters - 

MTTF over 57,000 years 

n Common type 3AH3 operator 

platform for all ratings 

n Over 120,000 type 3AH3 operators 

produced since 1998 

n Generator circuit breakers (to IEEE 

C37.013 optionally available) 

n 10,000 operations to overhaul 

n Three-cycle interrupting time 

(optional) 

n Meets or exceeds the latest ANSI, 

IEEE and NEMA standards 

n UL or C-UL Listing available 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Type GMSG circuit breaker ratings constant kA basis - ANSI/IEEE C37.06-2009 

Historic 

“MVA” class 

Maximum 

design 

voltage kV 

Rated 

interrupting 

rating kA 

Maximum 

interrupting and 

short-time kA 

Voltage 

range 

factor Continuous current Insulation levels dielectric Close & latch (kA) 

rms Peak 

60 Hz BIL 

1.55 KI 2.6 KI 

— 4.76 40 40 1.0 1,200, 2,000, 3,000 19 60 62 104 

— 4.76 50 50 1.0 1,200, 2,000, 3,000 19 60 78 130 

— 4.76 63 63 1.0 1,200, 2,000, 3,000 19 60 98 164 

— 8.25 40 40 1.0 1,200, 2,000, 3,000 36 95 62 104 

— 15.0 25 25 1.0 1,200, 2,000 36 95 39 65 

— 15.0 40 40 1.0 1,200, 2,000, 3,000 36 95 62 104 

— 15.0 50 50 1.0 1,200, 2,000, 3,000 36 95 78 130 

— 15.0 63 63 1.0 1,200, 2,000, 3,000 36 95 98 164 

4,000 A fan-cooled available using a 3,000 A circuit breaker together with a modified 

switchgear structure incorporating fan cooling equipment. 

Type GM-SG switchgear available as: 

n Indoor (type GM-SG) 

n Outdoor non-walk-in (type OGM-SG) 

n Outdoor walk-in Shelter-Clad (type SGM-SG) 

n Single-aisle 

n Factory insulated and assembled aisle (optional). 

n Available with SIERS - Siemens Integrated Electric-Racking System 



Arc-Resistant Type GM-SG-AR Switchgear 

General 

5, 7.2 and 15 kV Drawout Metal-Clad Arc-Resistant Indoor Switchgear up to 63 kA 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

n Arc-resistant to IEEE C37.20.7, up to 

63 kA, 0.5 sec, accessibility type 2B 

n Application flexible exhaust system 

n Top-mounted pressure relief 

channel factory-installed for reduced 

installation time 

n One-high or two-high construction 


n Universal spare circuit breaker 

n Interlocks permit insertion of higher 

rated vacuum circuit breaker into 

lower rated cell but not vice versa 



maintenance 

n Closed-door racking 




n Circuit breaker ships inside of cell, 

thus reducing installation cost and 

transit damage 

n Instrumentation/controls located in a 

separate compartment isolated from 

all primary circuit elements 

n Pair with Siemens protective relays 

to match any typical application 

n Horizontal drawout type GMSG 

vacuum circuit breaker with type 

3AH3 operating mechanism 



n Highly reliable vacuum interrupters - 


n Common type 3AH3 operator 

platform for all ratings 

n Over 120,000 type 3AH3 operators 

produced since 1998 

n 10,000 operations to overhaul 

n Three-cycle interrupting time 

(optional) 




Type GMSG circuit breaker ratings constant kA basis - ANSI/IEEE C37.06-2009 

Historic 

“MVA” class 

Maximum 

design 

voltage kV 

Rated 

interrupting 

rating kA 

Maximum 

interrupting and 

short-time kA 

4,000 A fan-cooled available using a 3,000 A circuit breaker together with a modified 

switchgear structure incorporating fan cooling equipment. 

Voltage 

range 

factor Continuous current Insulation levels dielectric Close & latch (kA) 

rms Peak 

60 Hz BIL 

1.55 KI 2.6 KI 

— 4.76 40 40 1.0 1,200, 2,000, 3,000 19 60 62 104 

— 4.76 50 50 1.0 1,200, 2,000, 3,000 19 60 78 130 

— 4.76 63 63 1.0 1,200, 2,000, 3,000 19 60 98 164 

— 8.25 40 40 1.0 1,200, 2,000, 3,000 36 95 62 104 

— 15.0 25 25 1.0 1,200, 2,000 36 95 39 65 

— 15.0 40 40 1.0 1,200, 2,000, 3,000 36 95 62 104 

— 15.0 50 50 1.0 1,200, 2,000, 3,000 36 95 78 130 

— 15.0 63 63 1.0 1,200, 2,000, 3,000 36 95 98 164 

Type GM-SG-AR 

switchgear available as: 

n Indoor (Type GM-SG-AR) 

n Outdoor walk-in Shelter-Clad (Type SGM-SG-AR) 

n Single-aisle 

n Factory insulated and assembled aisle (optional). 

14-6 



Type GMSG Vacuum Circuit Breakers 

General 

Type GMSG Vacuum Circuit Breakers 5, 7.2 and 15 kV 

Siemens type GMSG circuit breakers are available in 25 kA 

through 63 kA “constant kA” interrupting classes, or 

250 MVA through 1,000 MVA on the older “constant MVA” 

rating basis. Continuous current ratings include 1,200 A, 

2,000 A, and 3,000 A self-cooled. 4,000 A is available using a 

3,000 A circuit breaker together with forced-air (fan) cooling 

and larger conductors in the switchgear cubicle. 

Maintenance Features 

Type GMSG circuit breakers incorporate many features 

designed to reduce and simplify maintenance, including: 

n Low maintenance vacuum interrupter 

n Ten-year maintenance interval (assuming ANSI “usual 

service” conditions) 

n Floor rollout 

n Front-mounted operator 

n Common operator family 

n Simple outer-phase barriers 

n “Universal” spare circuit breaker concept 

n Non-sliding current transfer 

n Rugged secondary disconnects. 

Ten-Year Maintenance Interval on type GMSG Circuit 

Breaker 

When applied under mild conditions (ANSI “usual service” 

conditions), maintenance is typically needed at ten-year 

intervals on the circuit breaker. The maintenance interval for 

the switchgear cubicles is five years. 

Low-Maintenance Requirements 

The vacuum interrupter is a sealed unit, so the only 

maintenance necessary is to clean off any contaminants and 

to check the vacuum integrity. The vacuum interrupters can 

be disconnected from the stored-energy mechanism quickly, 

without tools, and vacuum integrity inspected by hand; 

alternatively, a simple high-potential test can be used. 

Floor Rollout 

When located in the lower cell, the circuit breakers are 

arranged to rollout directly on the floor in front of the 

switchgear if the switchgear is not located on a 

“housekeeping” pad. No adapter, hoist, or lift truck is 

necessary. 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Front Side (barriers removed) Rear 

Type GMSG Circuit Breaker 



Type GMSG Vacuum Circuit Breaker Ratings 

Selection 

Type GMSG and GM-SG-AR Circuit Breaker Ratings (New “Constant kA” Ratings Basis) 

These ratings are in accordance with the following standards: 

n ANSI/IEEE C37.04-1999 Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers 

n ANSI C37.06-2009 AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis - Preferred Ratings and Related 

Required Capabilities for Voltages Above 1,000 Volts 

n ANSI/IEEE C37.09-1999 Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis 

n ANSI/IEEE C37.010-1999 Application Guide for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis 

Circuit Breaker Type a 

Rated Values 

Units 

5-GMSG- 

40- 

xxxx-104 

5-GMSG- 

50- 

xxxx-130 

5-GMSG- 

63- 

xxxx-164 

7-GMSG- 

40- 

xxxx-104 

15-GMSG- 

25- 

xxxx-65 

15-GMSG- 

40- 

xxxx-104 

15-GMSG- 

50- 

xxxx-130 

15-GMSG- 

63- 

xxxx-164 

Maximum Design Voltage (V) b kV rms 4.76 4.76 4.76 8.25 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

Voltage Range Factor (k) c — 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 

Withstand 

Voltage Levels 

Power 

Frequency 

Lightning 

Impulse (BIL) 

kV rms 19 19 19 36 36 36 36 36 

kV crest 60 60 60 95 95 95 95 95 

Continuous d 

A rms 

1,200 

2,000 

3,000 

4,000FC 

1,200 

2,000 

3,000 

4,000FC 

1,200 

2,000 

3,000 

4,000FC 

1,200 

2,000 

3,000 

4,000FC 

1,200 

2,000 

1,200 

2,000 

3,000 

4,000FC 

1,200 

2,000 

3,000 

4,000FC 

1,200 

2,000 

3,000 

4,000FC 

Short-Circuit (I) ef kA rms sym 40 50 63 40 25 40 50 63 

Interrupting Time g 

ms 

cycles 

83 

5 

83 

5 

83 

5 

83 

5 

83 

5 

83 

5 

83 

5 

83 

5 

Permissible Tripping Delay (y) Sec 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 

Maximum Symmetrical 

Interrupting (I) 

kA rms sym 40 50 63 40 25 40 50 63 

% dc Component % 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 

Short-Time Current (I) 

(Three Seconds) 

Closing and Latching 

(Momentary) 

Asymmetrical 

(1.55 x I) 

kA rms 40 50 63 40 25 40 50 63 

kA rms 62 78 98 62 39 62 78 98 

Closing and Latching 

(Momentary) 

Peak 

(2.6 x I) 

kA peak 104 130 164 104 65 104 130 164 

a “xxxx” in type designation refers to the continuous current rating 1,200 A, 2,000 A, 

or 3,000 A, as appropriate. The 4,000 A fan-cooled rating is achieved using a 3,000 A 

circuit breaker, in combination with fan cooling as indicated in Footnote 4. 

b Maximum design voltage for which the circuit breaker is designed, and the upper 

limit for operation. 

c K is listed for informational purposes only. For circuit breakers rated on a “constant 

kA basis”, the voltage range factor is 1.0. 

d 4,000FC indicates that fan cooling is included in the switchgear structure for this 

rating. 4,000 A rating is not available in outdoor equipment. 

e All values apply to polyphase and line-to-line faults. 

f Standard duty cycle is O - 0.3s - CO - 3 min. - CO. 

g Standard rated interrupting time is five cycles (83 ms)/Optional rated interrupting 

time of three cycles (50 ms) 63 kA is available (except with 24 Vdc tripping). 

14-8 



Types GM-SG and GM-SG-AR Switchgear 

Dimensions 

Cubicle Dimensions Per Vertical Section ac 

Type 


Height Width Depth Drawout Aisle 

Weight in lbs. (kg) 

GM-SG 95.3 (2,419) 36.0 (914) 98.7 (2,507) 72.0 (1,829) 

recommended 3,300 (1,497) 

SGM-SG 114.8 (2,915) 36.0 (914) 173.4 (4,404) 72.0 (1,829) 

included 

5,000 (2,268) 

OGM-SG 113.6 (2,886) 36.0 (914) 101.9 (2,588) 72.0 (1,829) 


GM-SG-AR 116.4 (2,957) 40.0 (1,016) 102.8 (2,611) 72.0 (1,829) 


SGM-SG-AR 135.6 (3,444) 40.0 (1,016) 179.8 (4,566) 72.0 (1,829) 

included 

5,900 (2,682) 

Dimensions are approximate. 

Add 6” (152 mm) to each end of the lineup for aisle extension 12” (304 mm) total. 

Dimensions are approximate size of floor footprint.For outdoor equipment, enclosure 

overhangs floor frame. Refer to Footnote 5. 

If indoor switchgear is installed on a raised housekeeping pad, the pad must not 

extend farther than 3” (75 mm) from the front of the switchgear to avoid interference 

with the use of the portable lift truck. 

Add for roof and enclosure overhang: 

• Rear (cable side): 

• Non-walk-in: 3.6” (92 mm) 

• Shelter-Clad: 3.6” (92 mm). 

• Front (drawout side): 

• Non-walk-in: 3.7” (94 mm) 

• Shelter-Clad: 1.7” (43 mm). 

72” (1,829 mm) aisle space recommended allows room for interchange of circuit 

breakers. Minimum aisle space required for handling circuit breaker with lift truck is 

65” (1,651 mm). Minimum aisle space required if all circuit breakers are at floor level 

is 55” (1,397 mm). 

Add 9” (229 mm) to length of the lineup for end trims. 

The switchgear must have at least 6” (152 mm) horizontal clearance: 

• From left and right sides to nearest wall or equipment, and 

• From rearmost extension of vents on rear to nearest wall or equipment. 

No obstructions permitted within 10” (254 mm) of top of switchgear structure. 

Add 4.5” (114 mm) to depth for front and rear doors. 

Add 1.0” (25 mm) for GM-SG-AR equipment rated 63 kA. 

Add weight of circuit breakers from Table 13. 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Type GMSG vacuum circuit breaker weight in lbs (kg) bc 

Continuous current A 

Circuit breaker type 

1,200 2,000 3,000 

a Weight is approximate. 

Approximate circuit breaker (width x depth x height): 32” (813 mm) x39” 

(991 mm) x 36”(914 mm). If packed for shipment separate from 

switchgear : 42”(1,067 mm) x 47” (1,194 mm) x 43” (1,092 mm). 

Weight estimates are for circuit breaker only. Add 75 lbs (34 kg) if shipped 

separately packaged. 

5-GMSG-40/5-GMSG-250 440 (200) 650 (295) 665 (302) 

5-GMSG-50/5-GMSG-350 455 (206) 665 (302) 670 (304) 

5-GMSG-63 809 (368) 819 (372) 824 (375) 

7-GMSG-40/7-GMSG-500 455 (206) 665 (302) 675 (306) 

15-GMSG-25/15-GMSG-500 430 (195) 640 (290) – 

15-GMSG-40/15-GMSG-750 445 (202)) 670 (304) 675 (306) 

15-GMSG-50/15-GMSG-1000 460 (209) 675 (306) 680 (308) 

15-GMSG-63 819 (372) 829 (377) 834 (379) 

5-GMSG-GCB-40/15-GMSG-GCB-40 475 (215) 685 (311) 715 (324) 





Types GM-SG and GM-SG-AR 

Stacking Versatility 

Stacking versatility 

GM-SG non-arc-resistant (up to 63 kA) and GM-SG-AR arc-resistant (up to 50 kA) - 

1,200 A 

circuit 

breaker 

A 

1,200 A 

circuit 

breaker 

A 

Auxiliary 

Auxiliary 

C 

D 

1,200 A 

circuit 

breaker 

A 

2,000 A 

circuit 

breaker 

A 

2,000 A 

circuit 

breaker 

A 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

1,200 A 

circuit 

breaker 

B 

Auxiliary 

Auxiliary 

E 

F 

1,200 A 

circuit 

breaker 

B 

2,000 A 

circuit 

breaker 

B 

1,200 A 

circuit 

breaker 

B 

2,000 A 

circuit 

breaker 

B 

Auxiliary 

Auxiliary 

C 

D 

2,000 A 

circuit 

breaker 

A 

Vented 7 

A 

Fan 7 

A 

3,000 A 

circuit 

breaker 

A 

Auxiliary 

Auxiliary 

C 

D 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

2,000 A 

circuit 

breaker 

B 

Auxiliary 

Auxiliary 

E 

F 

3,000 A 7 

circuit 

breaker 

B 

3,000 A 7 

circuit 

breaker 

B 

Vented 

Auxiliary 

E 

F 

Auxiliary 

Auxiliary 

E 

F 

Footnotes for GM-SG non-arc-resistant (up to 63 kA) and GM-SG-AR arc-resistant (up to 50 kA) : 

Main bus sizes 1,200 A, 2,000 A, 3,000 A or 4,000 A (self-cooled). 

No rollout auxiliaries allowed in upper cell (C or D) if lower cell (B) has 3,000 A circuit breaker. If 3,000 A circuit breaker is located in upper cell (A), one rollout auxiliary may be 

located in lower cell F. 

Auxiliary cells (C, D, E or F) may each contain one rollout (except as indicated in Footnotes 2 and 7). 

Fuse rollout for stationary CPT must be located in lower rollout cell F, if CPT is located in rear or is remote. 

Stacking arrangements are available as shown for all types of equipment in the GM-SG family. Total circuit breaker loading in a vertical unit may not exceed main bus rating. 

Consult Siemens for specific application assistance regarding total load limits in each unit or refer to ANSI/IEEE C37.20.2. 

Generator circuit breakers (type GMSG-GCB) conform to same stacking rules as standard (nongenerator) circuit breakers. 

For fan-cooled 4,000 A rating, circuit breaker (3,000 A self-cooled, 4,000 A fan-cooled) may be located in lower cell (B) with fan cooling in cell A. 

14-10 



Types GM-SG and GM-SG-AR 

Stacking Versatility 

Stacking versatility continued 

GM-SG-AR arc-resistant 63 kA - 

1,200 A 

circuit 

breaker 

1,200 A 

circuit 

breaker 

Auxiliary 

1,200 A 

circuit 

breaker 

2,000 A 

circuit 

breaker 

2,000 A 

circuit 

breaker 

A 

A 

D 

A 

A 

A 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

1,200 A 

circuit 

breaker 

B 

Auxiliary 

B 

1,200 A 

circuit 

breaker 

B 

2,000 A 

circuit 

breaker 

B 

1,200 A 

circuit 

breaker 

B 

2,000 A 

circuit 

breaker 

B 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Auxiliary 

2,000 A 

circuit 

breaker 

Vented 7 

Fan 7 

Auxiliary 

D 

A 

A 

A 

A 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

Low-voltage 

panel 

2,000 A 

circuit 

breaker 

Auxiliary 

3,000 A 7 

circuit 

breaker 

3,000 A 7 

circuit 

breaker 

Auxiliary 

B 

B 

B 

B 

B 

Footnotes for GM-SG-AR arc-resistant 63 kA: 

1. Main bus sizes 1,200 A, 2,000 A, 3,000 A or 4,000 A (self-cooled). 

No rollout auxiliaries allowed in upper cell (A) if lower cell (B) has 3,000 A circuit breaker. 

Auxiliary cells (A or B) may each contain one rollout (except as indicated in Footnotes 2 and 7). 

Fuse rollout for stationary CPT must be located in lower rollout cell B, if CPT is located in rear or is remote. 

Stacking arrangements are available as shown for arc-resistant type GM-SG-AR equipment rated 63 kA. Total circuit breaker loading in a vertical unit may not exceed main bus rating. 

Consult Siemens for specific application assistance regarding total load limits in each unit or refer to ANSI/IEEE C37.20.2. 

Generator circuit breakers (type GMSG-GCB) conform to same stacking rules as standard (nongenerator) circuit breakers. 

For fan-cooled 4,000 A rating, circuit breaker (3,000 A self-cooled, 4,000 A fan-cooled) may be located in lower cell (B) with fan cooling in cell A. 



GM-SG Accessories 

General 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

Accessories 

Standard accessories include: 

n Manual racking crank 

n Spring charging crank 

n Drawout extension rails (to enable 

handling of circuit breakers or 

auxiliary rollouts in upper cells or 

above floor level) 

n Lift sling (for circuit breakers or 

rollout trays above floor level) 

n Split plug jumper (standard unless 

test cabinet is furnished) 

n Contact lubricant 

n Touch-up paint 

n Auxiliary rollout tray insertion/ 

withdrawal rods (arc-resistant up to 

50 kA) 

n Circuit breaker manual trip rod (arcresistant 

up to 63 kA). 

Optional accessories include: 

n Circuit breaker lift truck 

n Adapter for lift truck, for lifting 

auxiliary rollout trays for GM-SG (up 

to 63 kA) or GM-SG-AR (up to 50 kA) 

n Test cabinet (in place of split plug 

jumper) 

n Test plugs (if required by devices) 

n Portable electric racking motor 

assembly (to enable racking while 

operator is at a distance from the 

switchgear) 

n Manual or electrical ground and test 

device. 

Test provisions, either a split plug 

jumper or a test cabinet, are available 

for testing the circuit breaker outside 

its cubicle. 

Accessory cabinet 

Type GMSG circuit breaker on lift truck 

Drawout extension rails 

The split plug jumper is used to 

bridge the secondary disconnects 

with a flexible cable, so the circuit 

breaker may be electrically closed and 

tripped with the control switch on 

the instrument panel while the circuit 

breaker is outside of its compartment. 

The test cabinet, including a control 

switch, is used for closing and tripping 

the circuit breaker at a location remote 

from the switchgear. 

For arc-resistant equipment: rollout tray 

insertion/ withdrawal tools up to 50 kA 

and manual trip rod (up to 63 kA) 

14-12 



GM-SG Accessories 

General 

Type GMSG-MO manually operated ground and test device 

Note: Due to the special nature of ground 

and test devices, each user must develop 

definitive operating procedures for incorporating 

safe operating practices. Only 

qualified personnel should be allowed to 

use ground and test devices. 

Manually operated ground and test 

device (up to 50 kA), type GMSG-MO 

The type GMSG-MO ground and test 

device (up to 50 kA) is a drawout 

element that can be inserted into a 

circuit breaker cell rated for a shortcircuit 

current of 50 kA or lower. The 

type GMSG-MO device opens the 

shutters, connects to the cell primary 

disconnecting contacts and provides a 

means to make the primary disconnect 

stabs available for testing or grounding. 

The type GMSG-MO device is suitable 

for high-potential testing of outgoing 

circuits of the switchgear main bus 

or for phase sequence checking. The 

type GMSGMO device also provides a 

means to connect temporary grounds 

to de-energized circuits for maintenance 

purposes. 

The manual ground and test 

incorporates three-position, single-pole 

switches (upper stabs to ground, neutral 

and lower stabs to ground), eliminating 

the need for userfurnished ground 

cables. The switches are hookstick 

operable and, in the closed position, 

are rated for the full momentary and 

short-time ratings of the associated 

switchgear. User-furnished grounding 

cables and commercially available 

ground clamps seldom have ratings 

equal to those of the switchgear. 

Type GMSG-EO electrically operated 

ground and test device 

Electrically operated ground and test 

device (for up to 50 kA and for 63 kA), 

type GMSG-EO 

An electrical ground and test device 

includes a power-operated switch 

(derived from a type GMSG circuit 

breaker) arranged to allow grounding 

one set of disconnect stabs. These 

devices are able to close and 

latch against short-circuit currents 

corresponding to the ratings of the 

equipment. 

The electrically operated ground and test 

device rated for a short-circuit current of 

50 kA can be used in any type GM-SG 

family circuit breaker compartment rated 

up to 50 kA. 

The 63 kA device can be used only 

in type GM-SG family circuit breaker 

compartments rated 63 kA. 

Neither the 50 kA device nor the 63 kA 

device require any adapters for use in 

cells. 

Two devices, one each for the upper 

and lower stabs, are required if 

grounding is desired to either side of 

the unit. The type GMSG-EO device 

also provides a means of access to the 

primary circuits for high potential tests 

or for phase sequence checking. 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Separate insulated hinged panels cover 

the upper and lower stabs and include 

padlock provisions. The type GMSG-MO 

device also includes individual hookstickremovable 

barriers between each singlepole 

switch and the upper stabs and 

lower stabs. 

Due to the unique requirements 

frequently involved in such devices, 

all applications of electrically operated 

ground and test devices should be 

referred to Siemens for review. 



Type GM-SG 

Dimensions 

Switchgear Side Views 

107.0 (2,718) 

118.7 

(3,015) 

to floor 

line 

3.6 (92) 

14 

95.3 

(2,419) 

Front of 

frame 

3.7 (94) 

Rear of 

frame 

110.3 

(2,802) 

to floor 

line 

SWITCHGEAR 

98.7 (2,507) 

Type GM-SG Indoor Switchgear 

Floor line 

Switchgear base 6.0 (152.4) 

101.9 (2,588) 

Type OGM-SG Non-Walk-In Outdoor Switchgear 

179.7 (4,564) 

Field assembly 

Factory assembly 

Front 

panel 

3.6 (92) 

44 (1,117) door 

41.6 (1,056) opening 

72 (1,929) aisle 

118.9 

(3,020) 

110.3 

(2,802) to 

floor line 

Floor line 

40.9 

(1,039) 

Switchgear base 6.0 (152.4) 

173.5 (4,407) 

Type SGM-SG Shelter-Clad Single-Aisle Outdoor Switchgear 

14-14 



Type GM-SG-AR 

Dimensions 

Switchgear Side Views continued 

116.4 

(2,957) 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

102.8 (2,611) 

Type GM-SG-AR indoor switchgear 

179.7 (4,564) 

Factory assembly 70.6 (1,796) 

Factory assembly 109.1 (2,771) 

3.0 (76.2) 

2.0 (51.6) 

Exhaust 

plenum 

location 

127.2 

(3,231) 

115.0 

(2,921) 

44 (1,117) door 

41.6 (1,056) 

opening 

72 (1,929) aisle 

2.0 (51.6) 

105.7 

(2,685) 

135.6 

(2,802) 

40.8 

(1,036) 

Floor line 

Aisle floor 

6.0 (152.4) 

Switchgear base 

174.8 (4,440) 

Type SGM-SG-AR Shelter-Clad single-aisle outdoor switchgear 



38 kV Type GM38 Metal-Clad Switchgear General/Specifications 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

Drawout Indoor Switchgear 

n Horizontal drawout type 38-3AH3 

vacuum circuit breaker 



n Highly reliable vacuum interrupters – 





n UL Listing available for 40 kA rating 

n Universal spare circuit breaker 

n Interlock permits insertion of higher 

rating vacuum circuit breaker into 

lower rated cell but not vice-versa 



maintenance 

n Closed door racking 




n One-high construction 

n Pair with Siemens protective relays to 

match any typical application 

n Available with SIERS - Siemens 

Integrated Electric-Racking System 

Type 38-3AH3 Circuit Breaker Ratings 


Measured Parameter 

38-3AH3- 

1500 38-3AH3- 

31 38-3AH3- 

40 

Nominal Voltage Class kV 38.0 38.0 38.0 

General Nominal Three-Phase MVA Class MVA 1,500 — — 

Rated 

Maximum Design Voltage (V) kV rms 38.0 38.0 38.0 

Voltage Voltage Range Factor (K) K 1.65 1.0 1.0 

Insulation Withstand 

Power Frequency kV rms 80 80 80 

Levels 

Voltage Levels 

Lightning Impulse (BIL) kV peak 150 150 150 

Rated 

Values 

Related 

Required 

Capabilities 

Rated 

Current 

Current 

Closing and 

Latching 

(Momentary) 

Continuous 

Amperes 

1,200 

2,000 

3,000FC 

1,200 

2,000 

3,000FC 

1,200 

2,000 

3,000FC 

Short-Circuit (At Rated Maximum Design Voltage) (I) kA rms sym 21 31.5 40 

Interrupting Time Cycles/ms 5/83 5/83 5/83 

Permissible Tripping Delay (Y) Sec. 2 2 2 

Maximum Design Voltage (V) divided by K = (V/K) kA rms 23 38 38 

Maximum symmetrical (sym) interrupting (K x I) kA rms sym 35 31.5 40 

Short-Time Current (K x I) (three seconds) kA rms sym 35 31.5 40 

Asymmetrical kA rms 56 50 62 

Peak kA peak 95 85 104 

Type 38-3AH3-1500 ratings are in accord with ANSI C37.06-1987. Types 38-3AH3-31 and 38-3AH3-40 ratings conform to ANSI/IEEE C37.06-2009 ratings. 

Maximum voltage for which the circuit breaker is designed and the upper limit for operation. 

K is the ratio of rated maximum voltage to the lower limit of the range of operating voltage in which the required symmetrical and asymmetrical interrupting 

capabilities vary in inverse proportion to the operating voltage. 

3,000 A ratings are achieved using forced air cooling in the switchgear cubicle. 

To obtain the required symmetrical interrupting capability of a circuit breaker at an operating voltage between 1/K times rated maximum voltage and 

rated maximum voltage, the following formula shall be used. 

Rated Maximum Voltage 

Required Symmetrical Interrupting Capacity = Rated Short Circuit Current × 

Operating Voltage 

For operating voltages below 1/K times rated maximum voltage, the required symmetrical interrupting capability of the circuit breaker shall be equal to 

K times rated short circuit current. 

With the limitations stated in 5.10 of ANSI/IEEE Standard C37.04-1979, all values apply for polyphase and line-to-line faults. For single phase-to-ground 

faults, the specific conditions stated in 5.10.2.3 of ANSI Standard C37.04-1979 apply. 

Current values in this row are not to be exceeded even for voltages below 1/K times rated maximum voltage. For voltages between rated maximum 

voltage and 1/K times rated maximum voltage, follow 5 above. 

Current values in this row are independent of operating voltage up to and including rated maximum voltage. 

Included for reference only—not listed in ANSI/IEEE C37.06. 

14-16 



38 kV Type GM38 Metal-Clad Switchgear Dimensions 

Enclosure Dimensions 

Cubicle Dimensions—Per Vertical Section 

Type 

Indoor 

Shelter-Clad 

Single-Aisle 

Shelter-Clad 

Common- Aisle 

Aisle-less 

non-walk-in 

GM38 

SGM38 

SGM38 

OGM38 

Weight 

in lbs. (kg) 

5,000 

(2,273) 

6,400 

(2,909) 

11,700 

(5,318) 

5,800 

(2,636) 


Height Width Depth Drawout Aisle 

110.0 

(2,794) 

132.5 

(3,366) 

132.5 

(3,366) 

130.5 

(3,315) 

48.0 

(1,219) 

48.0 

(1,219) 

48.0 

(1,219) 

48.0 

(1,219) 

130.0 

(3,302) 

234.5 

(5,956) 

363.75 

(9,239) 

139.35 

(3,539) 

96.0 (2,438) 

Recommended 

96.0 (2,438) 

Included 

96.0 (2,438) 

Included 

96.0 (2,438) 

Recommended 

Type 38-3AH3 Circuit Breaker 

Weights in lbs. (kg) 

Cont. 

Current 

Amps 

Circuit BreakerType 

38-3AH3-1500 38-3AH3-31 38-3AH3-40 

1,200 800 (364) 800 (364) 850 (387) 

2,000 900 (409) 900 (409) 950 (432) 

3,000 1,000 (455) 1,000 (455) 1,050 (478) 

Add 6" (152 mm) to each end of lineup 

for aisle extension, 12" (305 mm) total. 

Add for roof overhang Non-Walk-in Shelter-Clad 

Rear (Cable Side) 3.875" (98 mm) 3.875" (98 mm) 

Front 6.875" (175 mm) 1.5" (38 mm) 

110.0 

(2,794) 

130.0 

(3,302) 

6.78 

(172) 

130.5 

(3,315) 

139.35 

(3,539) 

126.87 

(3,223) 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Type GM38 indoor switchgear 

127.0 

(3,226) 

Type OGM38 non-walk-in outdoor switchgear 

8.0 

(203) 

234.5 (5,956) 

1.55 

(39) 


139.35 (3,539) 

Factory assembled 

3.87 

(98) 

96.0 

(2,438) 

132.5 

(3,366) 

Aisle 

Front panel 

126.87 

(3,223) 

Floor line 

Aisle floor 

Switchgear base 

8.0 

(203) 

229.0 (5,817) 

Type SGM38 Shelter-Clad single-aisle outdoor switchgear 

3.87 

(98) 


363.75 (9,239) 



3.87 

(98) 

96.0 

(2,438) 

126.87 (3,223) 

132.5 (3366) 

Front panel 

Aisle 

Front panel 

8.0 

(203) 

Floor line 

356.0 (9,042) 

Type SGM38 Shelter-Clad common-aisle outdoor switchgear 



38 kV GM38 Metal-Clad Switchgear Dimensions 

Side Views — 1,200 A, 2,000 A, 3,000 A Circuit Breakers/Auxiliary 

A 

110 

(2.794) 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

A. Surge arrester 

Auxiliary/1,200A, 2,000 A or 3,000 A circuit breaker (no drawout 

auxiliaries in upper cell for 3,000 A fan-cooled circuit breaker) 

Circuit breaker 1,200 A or 2,000 A with VT auxiliary (downfeed 

cables) 

B 

C 

D 

B. Drawout 

primary 

current limiting 

fuses for VTs 

C. VTs 

E 

D. Drawout 

primary 

current 

limiting fuses 

for CPT 

E. Control power 

(1Ø or 3Ø) 

VT auxiliary/1,200 A or 2,000 A circuit breaker (upfeed cables) 

CPT fuse truck/stationary CPT (1Ø or 3Ø) 

130 (3,302) 30 (762) 

H 

F 

G 

F. Main bus to 

left side 

G. Main bus to 

right side 

H. Bus tie circuit 

breaker 

J 

K 

L 

M 

J. Feeder circuit 

breaker 

K. Main bus to 

right side 

L. Transition bus 

M. Main bus to 

left side (bus 

tie circuit 

breaker 

section) 

Auxiliary/Bus tie circuit breaker 

Auxiliary/feeder circuit breaker (adjacent to right side of bus tie 

circuit breaker section) 

14-18 



38 kV Gas-Insulated Metal-Clad Switchgear General/Specifications 

Gas-Insulated Switchgear 

Types 8DA10 and 8DB10 mediumvoltage, 

gas-insulated switchgear are gasinsulated, 

vacuum circuit breaker designs 

with a voltage range of 4.16 kV to 38 kV. 

Lightning impulse withstand voltage 

ratings up to 200 kV BIL and interrupting 

ratings up to 40 kA are available. 

The types 8DA10 and 8DB10 mediumvoltage, 

gas-insulated switchgear designs 

feature fixed-mounted, vacuum circuit 

breakers, connectable to the main bus 

through three-position (closed-open-ready 

to ground) switches. The position of the 

switches is externally observable from 

the front of the unit using a convenient 

camera system. Medium-voltage, gasinsulated 

switchgear is suitable for 

systems where small size, arc resistance, 

environmental immunity or reduced 

maintenance needs are important. 

Depending upon the voltage rating, 

medium-voltage, gas-insulated switchgear 

is approximately 1/5th the size of 

conventional air-insulated switchgear. 


n Tested for arc-resistance to IEEE 

C37.20.7-2007, type 2A 

n Significantly reduced PPE needs 

n Compact – up to 80% smaller 

than air-insulated switchgear 

n 20-year internal maintenance 

cycle 

n Meets IEEE and IEC standards 


n Single-phase design eliminates 

phase-to-phase faults 

n Meets NEC visible disconnect 

requirement 

n Well suited for contaminated 

environments 

n Pair with Siemens protective 

relays to match any application. 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Rated Values 

Maximum Design Voltage kV 15 27 38 42* 

Frequency Hz 60 60 60 60 

Power-Frequency Withstand Voltage (1 min.) kV rms 36 60 80 80 

Lightning Impulse Withstand Voltage kV peak 95 125 170; 200* 185; 200* 

Short-Circuit Interrupting Current kA 40 40 40 40 

Short-Time Withstand Current, 3 s kA 40 40 40 40 

Short-Circuit Making Current (close and latch) kA peak 104 104 104 104 

Peak Withstand Current kA peak 104 104 104 104 

Continuous Current of Main Bus A 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 

Continuous Current of Circuit Breakers A 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 

* On request. Consult factory 

Type 8DA dimensions in inches (mm) 

Type 8DB dimensions in inches (mm) 

73 

(1,850) 

47.2 

(1,200) 

82.7 

(2,100) 

47.2 

(1,200) 

106.3 

(2,700) 

106.3 

(2,700) 

59 

(1,500) 

59 

(1,500) 

23.6 

(600) 

64 

(1,625) 

23.6 

(600) 

105 

(2,665) 

Front view 

Side view 

Front view 

Side view 



OEM Component Offering 

Siemens Medium-voltage (MV) OEM Component Offering 

Qualified MV OEM Panel Builders 

can utilize Siemens’ skeleton or cell 

kit components to build out entire 

switchgear solutions. A full line up of 

Non-Arc GM-SG, GM38 ANSI and also 

select IEC components from Siemens’ 

global portfolio are available: 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

n MV Vacuum Circuit Breakers 5-38kV 

n Skeleton 

n Cell Kit 

n MOC and TOC 

n Ground and Test Devices 

n Rollouts 

n Bus Boots / Insulation Products 

n Lifting devices and other accessories 

For more information, please contact 

1-800-241-4453, email: info.us@ 

siemens.com, or your local sales office. 

GMSG Skeleton 

SION 3AE5 IEC MV Breaker 

GMSG Cell kit 

GMSG Breaker 

14-20 



5 – 15 kV SIEBREAK Metal-Enclosed Load Interrupter Switchgear General/Specifications 

SIEBREAK Metal-Enclosed Load Interrupter Switchgear 

Standard 

n Single, duplex, and selector switch 

types 

n Non-fused or fused 

n Indoor type 1 enclosure 

n Large 8” x 18” (203 mm x 457 mm) 

viewing window 

n Hinged, grounded metal barrier in 

front of switch blades 

n 11-gauge doors, covers, and barriers 

n Silver-plated copper bus 

n Provisions for key interlocking 

n Mechanical door and switch interlock 

n Upper and lower ventilation louvers 

n Glass-polyester bus supports 

n Non-corrosive nameplate 

n Space heater with thermostat 

n NEMA CC1 hole patterns for cable 

termination. 

n Meets or exceeds applicable 

standards from ANSI, IEEE, CSA, 

EEMAC, and NEMA. 

Optional 

n UL or C-UL Listing 

n Current-limiting or explusion fuses 

n Indoor type 2 drip-proof enclosure 

n Indoor type 12 dust-resistant 

enclosure 

n Outdoor non-walk-in type 3R 

enclosure 

n Motor-operated mechanism 

n Tin-plated copper bus. 

n Auxiliary switches (2 NO-2 NC) 

n Mimic bus 

n Ground studs 

n Screens and filters (indoor) 

Modular configurations to mount: 

n Surge arresters 

n Instrument transformers 

n Control power transformers 

n Power meters 

n Other auxiliary equipment. 

Applications: 

n Standalone bay 

n Transformer primary 

n Lineups. 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

SIEBREAK Specifications 

Rated voltage Type 5 kV 15 kV 

Rated frequency 

50/60 Hz 

Rated duration power frequency withstand voltage 19 kV 36 kV 

Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage (BIL) 60 kV 95 kV 

Fuse short circuit current rating Current Limiting 50 kA 50 kA 

Expulsion 37.5 29.4 

Switch rating Continuous Current 600 A and 1200 A 

Interrupting rms 

25 kA and 38 kA 

Momentary rms 

40 kA, 61 kA, 80 kA 

Assembly rating Main bus continuous current 1200 A and 2000 A 

Short-time 2 second 

25kA and 38 kA 



SIMOVAC non-arc-resistant and SIMOVAC-AR arc-resistant MVC up to 7.2 kV 

General 

SIMOVAC Medium-voltage Controllers 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

Siemens experience gained in over 

50 years of supplying mediumvoltage 

controllers in the U.S. has 

been captured in the SIMOVAC and 

SIMOVAC-AR designs. The objective 

has been to incorporate features 

designed to provide safety, while 

simplifying operation and maintenance, 

and reducing installation cost. Siemens 

is committed to providing products that 

are reliable and high quality. Typical 

applications include: 

n Squirrel-Cage Induction Motors (nonreversing, 

reversing or multi-speed) 

n Reduced-Voltage Starters (solid-state 

type) 

n Synchronous motors (brush-less type) 

n Transformer Feeders 

n Capacitor Bank Feeders 

n Power Bus Feeders (Tie). 

The utilization voltage range for the 

controllers is 2.3 kV through 7.2 kV. 

The Siemens SIMOVAC-AR and 

SIMOVAC medium-voltage controller 

allows the user to combine vacuum 

contactors, latched contactors and loadbreak 

switches in one lineup. The user 

can also connect directly to Siemens 

type GM-SG-AR or GM-SG mediumvoltage 

switchgear with a transition 

section. This provides extreme flexibility 

in systems design. 

Load-Break Switches (LBS) 

Drawout Controllers: 

n Full-Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) 

n Reduced-Voltage Solid State (SSRVS) 

n Brushless Synchronous (BL-SYNCH) 

n Two-Speed Two-Winding (2S2W) 

n Two-Speed One-Winding (2S1W) 

n Full-voltage reversing (FVR). 

E2 (Fused) Contactors — To meet 

interrupting capability required for NEMA 

Class E2 controllers, types 12SVC400 

and 12SVC800 contactors are provided 

with primary current-limiting fuses in 

each phase. The resulting interrupting 

ratings are shown in bottom table. 

Controller maximum current capability 

Type 1 non-arc-resistant; 

type 2 non-arc-resistant; 

Type 1 Type 12 nonarc-resistant 

Controller type 

type 3 outdoor non-arc-resistant arc-resistant 

Two-high compartment 340 A top 340 A top 340 A top 

with 12SVC400 controller 400 A bottom 400 A bottom 380 A bottom 

One-high compartment 

with 12SVC400 controller 

One-high compartment 

with 12SVC800 controller 

Controller assembly ratings 

Maximum 

voltage kV 

Short-circuit 

current class 

E2 kA 

5.0 63 60 

7.65 63 60 

400 A top or bottom 

Insulation 

level Main bus 

(impulse) continuous 

kV current A 

Typical 

SIMOVAC 

non-arcresistant 

controller 

Typical 

SIMOVAC- 

AR arcresistant 

controller 

400 A top 

or bottom 

Short-time current 

duration (main bus) 

1,200, 2,000, 10 cycles 

3,000, 4,000 (2-seconds optional) 

1,200, 2,000, 10 cycles 

3,000, 4,000 (2-seconds optional) 

380 A top 

or bottom 

720 A 720 A 630 A 

Internal arc resistance 

(SIMOVAC-AR only) 

Accessibility 

type 2B 0.5 seconds 

Accessibility 

type 2B 0.5 seconds 

Contactor/controller ratings 

All main bus ratings are on a self-cooled, 

ventilated basis. 

b Short-time duration for controllers without main bus is 

limited to contactor capability (with fuses). 

c Insulation level is for the controller, with inductive 

transformers disconnected for testing (per UL 347). 

d 50 kA with certain contactor/ fuse combinations. 

e Type 12 up to 2,000 A. Type 3R up to 3,000 A. 

Interrupting capacity Motor horsepower rating (three-phase) Transformer loads 

Enclosed 

System Vacuum continuous 

voltage contactor ampere rating Unfused class E1 Fused class E2 Synchronous motors Induction motors Max motor Max three- phase Max fuse 

kV Type A kA kA 0.8 PF 1.0 PF HP fuse rating kVA 

rating 

2.3 12SVC400 400 4.8 63 1,500 1,750 1,500 24R 1,500 450E 

2.3 12SVC800 720 7.2 63 3,000 3,500 3,000 57X 2,500 900E 

4.0 12SVC400 400 4.8 63 2,500 3,000 2,500 24R 2,500 450E 

4.0 12SVC800 720 7.2 63 5,500 6,000 5,500 57X 5,000 900E 

4.6 12SVC400 400 4.8 63 3,000 3,500 3,000 24R 3,000 450E 

4.6 12SVC800 720 7.2 63 6,000 7,000 6,000 57X 5,000 900E 

6.9 12SVC400 400 4.8 63 4,000 5,000 4,000 24R 2,000 -3,500 200E -18R 

6.9 12SVC800 720 7.2 63 8,000 10,000 8,000 57X 4,000-6,000 400E -57X 

Refer to Controller maximum current capability table 

for further detail. 

Based on self-cooled transformer rating. 

With 24R fuse, interrupting capacity is 50 kA. 

With 48X or 57X fuse, interrupting capacity is 50 kA. 

Maximum fuse is 18R. 

Fuse shown will not permit transformer forced cooling 

rating of 133 percent of self-cooled rating. 

14-22 



SIMOVAC-AR medium-voltage controller 

General 

Arc-resistant, up to 720 A, and 2.4 kV, 4.16 kV and 6.9 kV 

Description 

A leader in the design of mediumvoltage 

controllers, Siemens offers its 

advanced arc-resistant medium-voltage 

controller with enhanced safety for 

your personnel. Siemens combined its 

knowledge as a leading manufacturer of 

motors worldwide and as a world-class 

supplier of medium-voltage controller 

innovation and technologies to deliver 

flexibility and reliability. 

Featuress and benefits 

n Tested for arc-resistance to IEEE 

C37.20.7-2007, up to 63 kA, 0.5 s, 

accessibility type 2B 

n UL 347 5th edition/CSA C22.2 No. 

253-09 

n 400 A bolt-in or plug-in (optional) or 

720 A bolt-in vacuum contactor 

n 400 A or 720 A non-load-break 

isolation switch 

n 2.4 kV, 4.16 kV and 6.9 kV (up to 7.65 

kV) system voltage ratings 

n 1,200 A, 2,000 A, 3,000 A or 4,000 

A main bus with standard epoxy 

insulation on bus bars, and with 

optional boots for insulating joints 

n Tin- or silver-plated bus available 

n Front accessible 

n Main bus and ground bus are 

supported and braced up to 63 kA 

two-second short-time capability 

n Top-mounted pressure relief channel 

shipped installed for reduced site 

installation time 

n Isolation switch with visible indication 

through viewing window to verify that 

the power cell is isolated from lineside 

source – no need to open panel 

door 

n Isolation switch mechanically 

interlocked with the access door 

to prevent user access to primary 

compartment when isolation switch is 

closed 

n Low-voltage compartment is 

isolated from the medium-voltage 

compartment 

n All components are front accessible, 

facilitating routine inspection or parts 

replacement 

n Current-limiting fuses, contactor 

assembly and isolating switch 

assembly are easily removed from 

the enclosure 

n The main bus compartment is top, 

side and front accessible for easy 

installation and extension. 

14 SWITCHGEAR 



SIMOVAC Controller Configurations 

Dimensions/Specification 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

General description 

The Siemens SIMOVAC controller is 

an integrated system of contactors and 

components arranged for convenient 

access within a common enclosure 

consisting of one or more free-standing 

structural sections. SIMOVAC indoor 

sections are normally 36” (914 mm) 

wide, 30” (762 mm) deep and 95” 

(2,413 mm) tall, while SIMOVAC-AR 

indoor sections are normally 36” (914 

mm) wide, 40” (1,016 mm) deep and 

112” (2,845 mm) tall) as shown in the 

figures on the following page. 

1,200 A load-interrupter switch sections 

are similar but are usually 48” (1,218 

mm) wide. 

Outdoor controllers are similar except 

width increases 6” (152 mm) per 

section, height increases to 107.3” 

(2,725 mm), and depth increases to 

37.4” (950 mm). 

The controllers can be arranged to meet 

specific customer needs and can be 

configured to accept up to two starters 

per vertical section as shown in drawing 

in right column 

The modular compartments of the 

section may contain starters, lowvoltage/control 

devices or space for 

future starters. 

In general, each starter unit is divided 

into medium-voltage and low-voltage/ 

control compartments each with 

its own door, and has the following 

features: 

n The low-voltage/control compartment 

is isolated from the medium-voltage 

compartment of the section with 

grounded metal barriers and provides 

ample space for relays, terminal 

blocks and other control circuit 

elements. 

n The medium-voltage compartment 

contains the vacuum contactor, 

primary fuses, current and voltage 

transformers (optional), a control 

power transformer (if applicable), 

a no-load isolating switch, load 

connections, and has space for 

optional surge protection devices 

such as surge limiters. (Refer to the 

figure below). 

G 

Item 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

G 

H 

I 

D 

I 

I 

A 

C 

Description 

Main bus 

Vertical bus 

Bolt-in primary fuses 

12SVC400 contactor (plug-in shown) 

No-load isolating switch (shown closed) 

No-load isolating switch (shown open) 

Isolating switch operating handle 

Phase current transformers 

Load cables (internal) to user’s terminal 

pads on left side of compartment 

H 

H 

E 

F 

B 

Item 

Description 

A 

Isolating switch 

operating handle 

B 

C 

Primary current-limiting 

fuses 

Contactor 

G 

D 

E 

Phase current 

transformers 

Ground sensor 

transformer 

F 

H 

A 

F 

Primary fuses for control 

power transformer 

B 

B 

B 

G 

H 

I 

Control power 

transformer 

Outgoing cable 

terminations 

(with optional ball-type 

ground studs) 

Optional voltage 

transformers 

I 

D 

C 

A 

E 

D 

G 

C 

F 

12SVC400 

12SVC800 

14-24 



SIMOVAC Controller Configurations 

Dimensions/Specification 

Typical SIMOVAC non-arc-resistant controller configurations 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

B 

B 

D 

F 

C 

E 

G 

F 

D 

C 

H 

F 

C 

D 

F 

D 

F 

B 

C 

E 

C 

E 

I 

J 

One-high 

controller 

36 (914) 1 

Load-interrupter 

switch - 600 A 

Incoming line 

Item Description Item Description Item Description 

A Main bus compartment E Isolating switch handle I Upper controller compartment 

B Isolating switch blade viewing window F High-voltage door J Lower controller compartment 

C High-voltage door handle G Interrupter switch blade viewing window 

D Low-voltage door H Interrupter switch handle 

36 (914) 30 (762) 

Two-high 

Side view 

controllers 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Typical SIMOVAC-AR arc-resistant controller configurations 

K K K K K 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

B 

B 

D 

F 

C 

E 

G 

F 

D 

C 

H 

F 

C 

D 

F 

D 

F 

C 

E 

B 

C 

E 

I 

J 

One-high 

controller 

36 (914) 1 

Load-interrupter 

switch - 600 A 

Incoming line 

36 (914) 40 (1,016) 

Two-high 

Side view 

controllers 

Item Description Item Description Item Description 

A Main bus compartment E Isolating switch handle I Upper controller compartment 

B Isolating switch blade viewing window F High-voltage door J Lower controller compartment 

C High-voltage door handle G Interrupter switch blade viewing window K Pressure relief channel 

D Low-voltage door H Interrupter switch handle 

600 A load-interrupter switches are 36” (914 mm) wide. 

1,200 A switches are 48” (1,218 mm) wide. 

For outdoor non-arc-resistant configurations, add 6” 

(151 mm) per section. 



Motor Protection 

Protective Relaying 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

Overload protection – 

types 3RU or 3RB 

Running overcurrent (overload) 

protection for the motor must also 

be provided according to NEMA 

standards. This overload (or longtime) 

protection can be provided by the 

Siemens type 3RU (OLR) bimetallic 

thermal overload relay. This three-phase 

adjustable relay provides inherent 

singlephase protection and phase 

unbalance protection with NEMA class 

10 tripping characteristics, providing 

optimum protection for motors having 

acceleration times of six seconds or 

less and allowable hot locked rotor 

times of five seconds or more. It is 

equipped with an isolated normally 

open contact to actuate a remote alarm 

in the event of an overload trip. 

SIPROTEC protective relays 

The SIPROTEC protective relay family 

includes many of the secondary ANSI 

functions, allowing the user to use one 

protective relay for motor protection 

applications. 

Type SIPROTEC 5 relay 

SIMOVAC and SIMOVAC-AR can also 

be equipped with the SIPROTEC 5 

arc-protection solution that optically 

detects arcs reliably as they develop. 

The SIPROTEC 5 protective relay is 

then able to initiate a command to 

open an upstream circuit breaker to 

quickly clear the arcing fault, reducing 

potential damage to the equipment, 

and providing better protection for 

personnel. 

Type 3RU overload relay 

Type 3RB overload relay 

14-26 


Protective Relays & SCADA Systems 

SCADA Substation Automation 

General 

SICAM PAS & PQ Analyzer 

SICAM PAS (Power Automation System) 

is a complete substation automation 

control and protection system for HV 

and MV switchgear (i.e., >600 volts) 

used in electric utility and industrial 

facility substations. SICAM PAS offers 

many time and cost saving benefits for 

entities along the switchgear value chain 

including, electric utilities, industrial plant 

owners, switchgear manufacturers, 

designers, integrators, panel builders, 

installers and OEMs. 

Key Features 

n Integrated substation automation 

system for SCADA monitoring, 

control and system protection. 

n Fully compliant with the IEC 61850 

industry design standard. 

n Automated Power Quality and 

protection relay fault record retrieval 

and data reporting (supports NERC 

PRC-002 and 005). 

n Substation Human Machine Interface 

(HMI) for visualization, alarm handling 

and control using graphical displays. 

n NERC CIP cyber security compliance 

tools. 

n Redundant server option for greater 

reliability 

n Communications redundancy via 

Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP) 

and High Availability Redundancy 

Protocol (HSR) 

n Fully complient with IEC 61850 

Edition 2 

Benefits 

n SICAM PAS saves designers, panel 

builders and OEMs time and money 

to deploy standardized and reusable 

protection and control systems. 

n SICAM PAS is interoperable with 

third-party devices using IEC 61850, 

DNP, OPC and Modus communication 

protocols. 

n The IEC 61850 design standard 

results in a a 70% reduction of panel 

wiring which saves in material costs 

and installation and test time. 

n IEC 61850 also provides the 

means to bench test and debug 

the system and protection design 

before the switchgear is deployed 

in the substation, which significantly 

reduces the project schedule and 

on-site integration risk. 

n Plant owners can see savings through 

automated power quality reporting. 

SICAM PAS Substation Server 

SICAM PAS works on industrialstandard 

hardware with the Microsoft 

Windows operating systems. The 

advantages of this platform are low 

hardware and software costs, ease 

of operation, scalability, flexibility and 

constantly available support. With the 

powerful real-time data distribution 

system, applications can be allocated 

among several computers, thus 

boosting performance, connectivity 

and availability of over 600 intelligent 

electronic devices. A database system 

stores and organizes the data basis 

(e.g. configuration data, administrative 

status data, etc.). The device master 

function for communication with 

Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs) 

supports a large number of well 

established protocols. The SICAM 

PAS data normalization function allows 

conversions such as measured-value 

filtering, threshold value calculation and 

linear characteristics. 

SICAM PAS CC HMI 

SICAM PAS CC is used for process 

visualization. Specifically designed 

for energy applications, it assists the 

operating personnel in optimizing the 

operations management. It provides 

quick visualization and response to 

substation conditions. SICAM SCC is 

based on SIMATIC WinCC, one of the 

leading process visualization systems 

that is used in industrial automation 

world. The client-server architecture 

allows for up to 16 client off of a signal 

server for extensive visualization of 

the power system throughout the 

substation and industrial plant. 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Siemens Siprotec Relay (see Siprotec 

specific info on page 14-28) 



SIPROTEC Protective Relays 

General 

SIPROTEC Relays: Premier protection with less engineering effort 

SWITCHGEAR 

14 

Engineering for relaying systems costs many times more than 

the purchase price of the relays themselves. The SIPROTEC 

line of relays from Siemens is designed and built to simplify 

design and configuration, while reducing ownership costs. 

The hardware and firmware design of SIPROTEC relays are 

proven to stand up to tough substation operating conditions 

worldwide. Separate design and validation steps provide 

stable operating systems to minimize in-service firmware 

upgrades. 

Stable firmware process 

SIPROTEC relays reduce total ownership cost and engineering 

effort for firmware upgrades – only one critical firmware 

upgrade has been required in the past 12 years. 

Unmatched reliability 

Siemens SIPROTEC protective relays average a 600-year 

mean time between failures (MTBF), meaning for every 

600 relays you own, you can expect one or fewer failures 

per year. This measurement is the result of over 1.2 million 

relays installed worldwide, and it includes “out-of-the-box” or 

“initial” failures. 

High reliability measured on more than one million digital 

relays in service. 

Important: SIPROTEC quality data does not exclude “out-ofthe-box” 

or “initial” failures. 

14-28 




General 

Stable, easy and powerful software 

DIGSI setting software simplifies protection and automation 

configuration to reduce human performance errors. It also 

reduces total ownership costs with a historical track record of 

high-stability and low-upgrade frequency, saving on substation 

trips and upgrade times. 

DIGSI software provides intuitive setting and configuration for single 

or multiple relays 

Export to popular CAD systems reduces errors and cost. 

Powerful CFC logic enables flexible operating arrangements 

using digital and analog measurements. Pre-configured 

logic for single and dual-breaker or breaker-and-a-half bus 

configurations reduces needed settings for faster setup. 

SIGRA fault analysis software provides the most advanced 

tool for relay engineers to identify fault conditions. Users can 

view multiple events, calculate system impedances, relay 

values, and other elements to better understand relay and 

power system performance. 

SIGRA event analysis software provides viewing and calculations for 

Comtrade event files 

Easy to upgrade for future applications 

n Modular hardware for easy additions and field changes 

– Next time your requirements change, simply adjust your 

expansion modules for communications, I/O, displays, 

and fault recording memory. 

n Change functions to match changing conditions 

– Load only the functions needed into the relay 

– Add or remove protection elements with drop-and-drag 

functionality 

– Avoid setting and CPU clutter by eliminating unnecessary 

protection functions 

Pre-loaded resident protection elements can be activated, 

duplicated or de-activated at any time in the future, without 

changing firmware 

SIPROTEC 5 

DIGSI 5 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

49T 50N 27 87M 66 24 

32R 

õ 

40 59 64 51N 

67 87L 61G 79 63 50 

40 59 64 51N 49 64R 

81 21 67G 79 

81 21 67G 79 63 51V 

32R 87T 51 87N 

32R 87T 51 87N 37 ... 

This is like a protection “buffet service,” where the user self 

serves by dragging and dropping. 

For more information, please visit http://automation.usa.siemens.com/consultant/ or contact your local sales office. 




Selection 

ANSI Selection List for Protective Relays 

Distance 

Pilot wire differential 

Line differential 

Overcurrent 

Motor protection 

Differential 

Generator and 

motor protection 

Breaker management 

Synchronizing 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

7SA522 

7SA6 

7SD600 

7SD5 

7SD610 

7SJ45 

7SJ46 

7SJ600 

7SJ602 

7SJ80 

7SJ61 

7SJ62 

7SJ63 

7SJ64 

7SK80 

7VH60 

7UT612 

7UT613 

7UT63 

7SS60 

7SS52 

7UM61 

7UM62 

7VK61 

7VE6 

7SV600 

7RW600 

Breaker failure 

Voltage, frequency 

ANSI 

No.* Protection functions 

14 Locked rotor protection — — — — — — — — — — l l l l ■ — — — — — — ■ ■ — — — — 

21 Distance protection, phase ■ ■ — l — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ■ ■ — — — — 

21N 

Distance protection, earth 

(ground) 

■ ■ — l — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

21FL Fault locator ■ ■ — l — — — — — l — l l l — — — — — — — — — — — — — 

24 Overfluxing (V/f protection) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — l l — — ■ ■ — — — ■ 

25 

Synchronizing, synchronism 

check 

l l — l — — — — — l — l — l — — — — — — — — — ■ ■ — — 

27 Undervoltage l l — l l — — — — l — l l l l — — — l — — ■ ■ l l — ■ 

27/34 Stator earth-fault 3rd harmonic — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ■ ■ — — — — 

32 Directional power — — — — — — — — — l — l — l l — — — l — — — ■ — — — — 

32F Forward power — — — — — — — — — l — l — l l — — l — — — l ■ — — — — 

32R Reverse power — — — — — — — — — l — l — l l — — l — — — ■ ■ — — — — 

37 Undercurrent or underpower — — — — — — — — l ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — — — — — — — ■ — — — — 

40 Loss of field — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — l ■ — — — — 

46 

Load unbalance, negative 

phase-sequence overcurrent 

— — — — — — — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — l — l — — l l — — — — 

47 Phase-sequence voltage ■ ■ — ■ — — — — — l — ■ ■ ■ l — — — — — — ■ ■ — — — — 

48 

Incomplete sequence, 

locked rotor 

— — — — — — — ■ l — l l l l ■ — — — — — — l l — — — — 

49 Thermal overload — l — ■ ■ — — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — ■ ■ ■ — — ■ ■ — — — — 

49R Rotor thermal protection — — — — — — — ■ ■ — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — — — — — — — ■ — — — — 

49S Stator thermal protection — — — — — — — ■ ■ — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — — — — — — ■ ■ — — — — 

50 Instantaneous overcurrent ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — ■ ■ ■ — l ■ ■ ■ — — — 

50N 

Instantaneous earth-fault 

overcurrent 

■ ■ — ■ ■ — — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — ■ ■ ■ — l ■ ■ — — — — 

50BF Breaker failure l l — ■ l — — — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — l l l — ■ ■ ■ ■ — ■ — 

51GN 

Zero speed and 

underspeed device 

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ■ — — — — 

51 Overcurrent-time relay, phase ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — ■ ■ ■ — l ■ ■ — — — — 

51N Overcurrent-time relay, earth ■ ■ — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — ■ ■ ■ — l ■ ■ — — — — 

51M Load jam protection — — — — — — — — — — l l l l ■ — — — — — — — — — — — — 

51V 

Overcurrent-time relay, voltage 

controlled 

— — — — — — — — — — — ■ — ■ — — — — — — — ■ ■ — — — — 

59 Overvoltage l l — l l — — — — l — l l l l — — — l — — ■ ■ l l — ■ 

59N 

Residual voltage earth-fault 

protection 

l l — l — — — — ■ l — ■ ■ ■ l — — — — — — ■ ■ — — — — 

59GN Stator earth-fault protection — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ■ ■ — — — — 

64 

100 % Stator earth-fault protection 

(20 Hz) 

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — l — — — — 

64R Rotor earth fault — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ■ ■ — — — — 

n Standard function 

l Optional 

] ANSI/IEEE C37.2: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers 


14-30 




Selection 

ANSI Selection List for Protective Relays 

Distance 

Pilot wire differential 

Line differential 

Overcurrent 

Motor protection 

Differential 

Generator and 

motor protection 

Breaker management 

Synchronizing 

Breaker failure 

7SA522 

7SA6 

7SD600 

7SD5 

7SD610 

7SJ45 

7SJ46 

7SJ600 

7SJ602 

7SJ80 

7SJ61 

7SJ62 

7SJ63 

7SJ64 

7SK80 

7VH60 

7UT612 

7UT613 

7UT63 

7SS60 

7SS52 

7UM61 

7UM62 

7VK61 

7VE6 

7SV600 

7RW600 

Voltage, frequency 

ANSI 

No.* Protection functions 

67 Directional overcurrent — — — — l — — — — l — l l l — — — — — — — ■ ■ — — — — 

67N 

Directional earth-fault 

overcurrent 

l l — l l — — — ■ l — l l l l — — — — — — ■ ■ — — — — 

67G 

Stator earth-fault directional 

overcurrent 

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ■ ■ — — — — 

68 Power swing detection l l — l — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — l — — — — 

74TC Trip circuit supervision ■ ■ — ■ ■ — — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — l l l — — ■ ■ ■ — — — 

78 Out-of-step protection — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ■ — — — — 

79 Auto-reclosure l l — l l — — l l l l l l l — — — — — — — — — ■ — — — 

81 Frequency protection ■ ■ — l l — — — — l — l l l l — — — l — — ■ ■ — l — ■ 

81R 

Rate-of-frequency-change 

protection 

— — — — — — — — — l — l — — l — — — — — — l l — l — l 

Vector jump supervision — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — l l — l — — 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

85 Carrier interface/remote trip ■ ■ l ■ ■ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ■ — — — — — — 

86 Lockout function ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — — — — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — ■ ■ ■ ■ — ■ ■ ■ l — — 

87G 

Differential protection 

generator 

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ■ ■ ■ — — — ■ — — — — 

87T 

Differential protection 

transformer 

— — ■ l l — — — — — — — — — — ■ ■ ■ ■ — — — ■ — — — — 

87BB Differential protection busbar — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — — — — — — 

87M Differential protection motor — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ■ ■ ■ — — — ■ — — — — 

87L Differential protection line — — ■ ■ ■ — — — — — — — — — — — ■ ■ ■ — — — — — — — — 

87N 

Restricted earth-fault 

protection 

— — — l l — — — — ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — ■ l l l — — — l — — — — 

n Standard function 

l Optional 

] ANSI/IEEE C37.2: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers 

Only sensitive directional earth-fault overcurrent (67Ns). 





Selection 

Siemens Protective Relays - Quick Competitor Comparison by Application 

Motor Protection 

Model Siemens Equivalent Typical Catalog Number 

GE 239 7SK80 7SK8051-5EC96-3HD0+L0G 

GE 269 7SK80 7SK8051-5EC96-3HD0+L0G 

GE 269+ 7SK80 7SK8051-5EC96-3HD0+L0G 

GE 369 7SK80 SIMPRO-100-R-V 

GE 469 7SK80 and 7SJ601 SIMPRO-100-R-V/7SJ6015-4EA01-0AA0 

Feeder Protection 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 


ABB CO (4 single phase) 7SJ45 (1 three phase) 7SJ4505-1EA00-1AA1 (1 three phase) 

7SJ46 (1 three phase) 

7SJ4605-1EA00-1AA0 (1 three phase) 



ABB Microshield 7SJ600 7SJ6005-4EA00-0DA1 

7SJ602 

7SJ6025-4EB00-1FA0 

7SJ80 

7SJ8041-5EC96-3FC1+L0G 

7SJ61 

7SJ6115-5EC90-1FA0+L0D 

7SJ62 

7SJ6215-5EC90-1FE0+L0D 

ABB DPU-1500 7SJ62 7SJ6215-5EC90-1FE0+L0D 

7SJ63 

7SJ6315-5EC90-1FE0+L0D 

7SJ64 

7SJ6405-5EC92-1FE4+L0D 

ABB DPU-2000R 7SJ62 7SJ6215-5EC90-1FE0+L0D 

7SJ63 

7SJ6315-5EC90-1FE0+L0D 

7SJ64 

7SJ6405-5EC92-1FE4+L0D 

Basler BE3-51 (4 single phase) 7SJ45 (1 three phase) 7SJ4505-1EA00-1AA1 (1 three phase) 



Basler BE1-51 (4 single phase) 7SJ45 (1 three phase) 7SJ4505-1EA00-1AA1 (1 three phase) 





Basler BE1-851 7SJ600 7SJ6005-4EA00-0DA1 

7SJ602 

7SJ6025-4EB00-1FA0 

7SJ80 

7SJ8041-5EC96-3FC1+L0G 

7SJ61 

7SJ6115-5EC90-1FA0+L0D 

Basler BE1-951 7SJ62 7SJ6215-5EC90-1FE0+L0D 

7SJ63 

7SJ6315-5EC90-1FE0+L0D 

7SJ64 

7SJ6405-5EC92-1FE4+L0D 

GE MDP 7SJ45 7SJ4505-1EA00-1AA1 

7SJ46 

7SJ4605-1EA00-1AA0 

7SJ601 

7SJ6015-4EA01-0AA0 

7SJ80 

7SJ8041-5EC96-3FC1+L0G 

GE 735 7SJ600 7SJ6005-4EA00-0DA1 

7SJ602 

7SJ6025-4EB00-1FA0 

7SJ80 

7SJ8041-5EC96-3FC1+L0G 

7SJ61 

7SJ6115-5EC90-1FA0+L0D 

GE 750 7SJ62 7SJ6215-5EC90-1FE0+L0D 

7SJ63 

7SJ6315-5EC90-1FE0+L0D 

7SJ64 

7SJ6405-5EC92-1FE4+L0D 

GE F60 7SJ62 7SJ6215-5EC90-1FE0+L0D 

7SJ63 

7SJ6315-5EC90-1FE0+L0D 

7SJ64 

7SJ6405-5EC92-1FE4+L0D 

SEL 351A 7SJ62 7SJ6215-5EC90-1FE0+L0D 

7SJ63 

7SJ6315-5EC90-1FE0+L0D 

7SJ64 

7SJ6405-5EC92-1FE4+L0D 

SEL 351 7SJ62 7SJ6215-5EC90-1FE0+L0D 

7SJ63 

7SJ6315-5EC90-1FE0+L0D 

7SJ64 

7SJ6405-5EC92-1FE4+L0D 

SEL 351S 7SJ62 7SJ6215-5EC90-1FE0+L0D 

7SJ63 

7SJ6315-5EC90-1FE0+L0D 

7SJ64 

7SJ6405-5EC92-1FE4+L0D 

SEL 501 7SJ600 7SJ6005-4EA00-0DA1 

7SJ602 

7SJ6025-4EB00-1FA0 

7SJ80 

7SJ8041-5EC96-3FC1+L0G 

7SJ61 

7SJ6115-5EC90-1FA0+L0D 

SEL 551 7SJ600 7SJ6005-4EA00-0DA1 

7SJ602 

7SJ6025-4EB00-1FA0 

7SJ80 

7SJ8041-5EC96-3FC1+L0G 

7SJ61 

7SJ6115-5EC90-1FA0+L0D 

*Siemens catalog numbers in Bold are the preferred equivalent model. 

Siemens does not accept any liability for the information contained in this document. 


14-32 




Selection 

General Protection 


ABB GPU2000 7UM62 7UM6215-5EC90-0BA0+L0D 

Basler BE1- GPS100 7UM61 7UM6115-5EC90-0CA0+L0D 

7UM62 

7UM6215-5EC90-0BA0+L0D 

Beckwith M-3420 7UM61 7UM6115-5EC90-0CA0+L0D 

7UM62 

7UM6215-5EC90-0BA0+L0D 

Beckwith M-3425 7UM62 7UM6215-5EC90-0CA0+L0D 

GE 489 7UM61 7UM6115-5EC90-0CA0+L0D 

7UM62 

7UM6215-5EC90-0BA0+L0D 

SEL 300G 7UM61 7UM6115-5EC90-0CA0+L0D 

7UM62 

7UM6215-5EC90-0BA0+L0D 

Bus Protection 


ABB HU 7VH60 7VH6002-0EA20-0AA0 

ABB CA 7VH60 7VH6002-0EA20-0AA0 

ABB TPU2000R 7UT513 7UT5135-4GB11-1AA0 

7UT612 

7UT6125-5EC00-1AA0 

Basler BE1-87 7UT513 7UT5135-4GB11-1AA0 

7UT612 

7UT6125-5EC00-1AA0 

(3) 7VH60 7VH6002-0EA20-0AA0 

GE PVD 7VH60 7VH6002-0EA20-0AA0 

GE B30 7UT513 7UT5135-4GB11-1AA0 

7UT612 

7UT6125-5EC00-1AA0 

SEL 387 7UT513 7UT5135-4GB11-1AA0 

7UT612 

7UT6125-5EC00-1AA0 

Transformer Protection 

14 SWITCHGEAR 


ABB HU (3) 7UT512 (1) 7UT5125-4GB11-0AA0 

7UT513 (1) 

7UT5135-4GB11-1AA0 

7UT612 (1) 

7UT6125-5EC00-1AA0 

ABB CA (3) 7UT512 (1) 7UT5125-4GB11-0AA0 

7UT513 (1) 

7UT5135-4GB11-1AA0 

7UT612 (1) 

7UT6125-5EC00-1AA0 

ABB TPU2000R 7UT512 7UT5125-4GB11-0AA0 

7UT513 

7UT5135-4GB11-1AA0 

7UT612 

7UT6125-5EC00-1AA0 

Basler BE1-CDS 7UT513 7UT5135-4GB11-1AA0 

7UT612 

7UT6125-5EC00-1AA0 

GE 745 7UT513 7UT5135-4GB11-1AA0 

7UT612 

7UT6125-5EC00-1AA0 

GE T60 7UT513 7UT5135-4GB11-1AA0 

7UT612 

7UT6125-5EC00-1AA0 

SEL 387 7UT513 7UT5135-4GB11-1AA0 

7UT612 

7UT6125-5EC00-1AA0 

SEL 587 7UT512 7UT5125-4GB11-0AA0 

7UT513 

7UT5135-4GB11-1AA0 

7UT612 

7UT6125-5EC00-1AA0 

Voltage/Frequency Protection 


Basler BE1-27 7RW600 and 7RW80 7RW60000-4EA00-0DA0 and 7RW8020-5EC96-1DA0+L0G 

Basler BE1-59 7RW600 and 7RW80 7RW60000-4EA00-0DA0 and 7RW8020-5EC96-1DA0+L0G 

Basler BE1-27/59 7RW600 and 7RW80 7RW60000-4EA00-0DA0 and 7RW8020-5EC96-1DA0+L0G 

Basler BE1-81O/U 7RW600 and 7RW80 7RW60000-4EA00-0DA0 and 7RW8020-5EC96-1DA0+L0G 

GE IAV 7RW600 and 7RW80 7RW60000-4EA00-0DA0 and 7RW8020-5EC96-1DA0+L0G 

GE IFV 7RW600 and 7RW80 7RW60000-4EA00-0DA0 and 7RW8020-5EC96-1DA0+L0G 

GE MIV 7RW600 and 7RW80 7RW60000-4EA00-0DA0 and 7RW8020-5EC96-1DA0+L0G 

GE NGV 7RW600 and 7RW80 7RW60000-4EA00-0DA0 and 7RW8020-5EC96-1DA0+L0G 

GE DFF 7RW600 and 7RW80 7RW60000-4EA00-0DA0 and 7RW8020-5EC96-1DA0+L0G 

GE MFF 7RW600 and 7RW80 7RW60000-4EA00-0DA0 and 7RW8020-5EC96-1DA0+L0G 

GE SFF 7RW600 and 7RW80 7RW60000-4EA00-0DA0 and 7RW8020-5EC96-1DA0+L0G 

*Siemens catalog numbers in Bold are the preferred equivalent model. 


Replacement Breakers & Retrofit Products 

Medium-voltage Replacement Circuit Breakers 

General 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

Ratings from 5–38 kV, 250–1500 MVA, 

1200-3000 Amperes 

Replacement circuit breakers provide a 

cost-effective way to upgrade your 

system capabilities while saving you from 

costly maintenance and lost productivity 

and preserving your investment in 

existing cubicles and cables. 

Whether your equipment was originally 

manufactured by Allis-Chalmers, 

Westinghouse, GE, Federal Pacific, ITE, 

or another manufacturer, we will assist 

you to evaluate the Siemens replacement 

options which best meet your needs. 

Why Replacement Breakers? 

n Increased Reliability and Performance 

n Reduced Operating and Maintenance 

Expenditures 

n Reduced Downtime, Minimal 

Changeover Time During Upgrade 

n Preserved Investment in Existing 

Cubicles 

n Improved Employee and 

Environmental Safety 

Why Siemens? 

Siemens Offers the Best Vacuum Circuit 

Breaker in the Industry. 

n Superior Performance, Longer Service 

Life 

– 10,000 full load operation, 10-year 

maintenance cycle on replacement 

circuit breakers with 3AH operator 

n Standard Operator on All Siemens 

Replacement, Medium-voltage 

Distribution, and Outdoor Vacuum 


n Extensive Replacement Breaker 

Experience – 750+ projects since 

1983 

– Over 400,0000 3AF/H series circuit 

breakers in service worldwide 

– Nuclear Class 1E Rated (350+ 

breakers) 

n Full Range of Service Capabilities by 

Skilled Factory-Trained Engineers and 

Technicians 

Siemens Medium-voltage Replacement Circuit Breakers 

The following circuit breakers are available as pre-engineered designs. Other 

manufacturers, models, and ratings can be engineered by Siemens. 

Transformer Protection 

Manufacturer Model kV Ratings 

MVA 

AMP 

Allis-Chalmers AM 5 150 1200, 2000 

(All Air-Magnetic) 250 1200, 2000 

MB 7 250 1200, 2000 

500 1200, 2000 

MC/MCV 15 150 1200 

250 1200, 2000 

500 1200, 2000 

MA 5 250 1200, 2000 

350 1200, 2000 

FA 5 350 3000 

FB 7 500 1200, 2000, 3000 

FC/FCV 15 500 1200, 2000 

750 1200, 2000 

1000 1200, 2000, 3000 

Siemens 3AF(H2), GMI, GMSG 5 250 1200, 2000 

350 1200, 2000, 3000 

7.5 500 1200, 2000, 3000 

15 500 1200, 2000 

750 1200, 2000 

1000 1200, 2000, 3000 

GE Magneblast (AMH) 4.16 250 600, 1200, 2000 

(All Air-Magnetic) Magneblast (AM) 2.4 100 600, 1200, 2000 

150 600, 1200, 2000 

4.16 100 600, 1200, 2000 

150 600, 1200, 2000 

250 600, 1200, 2000 

350 1200, 2000, 3000 

7.2 500 1200, 2000, 3000 

13.8 250 1200, 2000 

500 1200, 2000 

750 1200, 2000 

1000 1200, 2000, 3000 

Westinghouse DH 5 150 1200, 2000 

250 1200, 2000 

350 3000 

7.5 500 1200, 2000 

15 500 1200, 2000 

750 1200, 2000 

1000 1200, 2000, 3000 

DHP 5 350 1200, 2000 

7.5 500 1200, 2000 

15 500 1200, 2000 

750, 750C 1200, 2000 

1000 1200, 2000 

ITE HV 5 100 600, 1200 

150 600, 1200 

250 600, 1200 

HK 7.5 500 1200, 2000 

15 500 1200, 2000 

750 1200, 2000 

1000 1200, 2000 

Federal Pacific DST2 5 250 1200, 2000 

7.5 500 1200, 2000 

15 500 1200, 2000 

750 1200, 2000 

MOP 27 1000 1200 

McGraw Edison PSD 15 501 1200 

502 2000 

751 1200 

5-MSV (replacement for Allis-Chalmers MA) 

14-34 


Replacement Breakers & Retrofit Products 

SARRACS Safety Remote Breaker Racking System 

General 

In addition to eliminating the need for arc flash 

suits during racking, SARRACS also streamlines 

the procedure. First, the unit is positioned 

and secured. Then, the operator connects the 

breaker’s racking mechanism to SARRACS’ 

Racking Adaptor. 

With the Operator’s Station in hand, the 

operator moves to a location safely beyond 

the flash zone. The object, switchgear and 

breaker are selected on the touch screen. Next, 

the starting position is input and the racking 

operation initiated. 

As the breaker is being racked, the operator 

receives precise real-time location and 

movement readings. Should a problem occur, 

fault-indicating screens are displayed, and the 

racking process is terminated immediately. 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

SARRACS (Safety Remote Breaker Racking System) provides increased 

protection for your most important assets – your personnel and your equipment 

Traditionally, breaker racking on 

an energized system required that 

operators work within the arc flash 

boundary, at risk from intense heat, 

percussion forces and airborne debris 

should a fault explosion occur. This led 

OSHA to establish the current standard 

that requires personnel to wear fullbody 

flash suits while performing 

racking procedures within the flash 

boundary. 

Now, with SARRACS, the operator 

can be positioned safely outside the 

arc flash boundary while racking any 

manufacturer’s breaker in or out of 

a live bus – eliminating the need for 

flash suits. In addition, the advanced 

technologies Siemens incorporated into 

SARRACS make racking more efficient, 

while limiting the potential for damage 

to electrical equipment during the 

procedure. 

Maximize safety 

Via the touch screen on the portable 

Operator’s Station, racking procedures 

can be controlled from a distance 

of up to 75 feet. 

Streamlining the process improves 

racking efficiency, reduces downtime 

SARRACS shortens breaker racking 

times by as much as 50% over 

traditional techniques. In addition, it 

allows expenses for related safety 

equipment, including flash suits, to be 

kept to a minimum. 

Siemens components deliver 

Siemens reliability 

SARRACS uses a three-phase gear 

motor to provide the power needed for 

racking and a digital encoder for precise 

position control and sensing. An AC 

variable-frequency drive operates all 

speed adjustments, over current limits 

and ramp functions. 

Unmatched control capabilities 

The advanced Siemens SIMATIC S7-200 

PLC provides the control required to limit 

damage to the breaker or cell that can 

be caused by equipment misalignment 

and jamming. This allows for: 

n Precise position tracking and 

movement monitoring to .001” 

n Accurate detection of breaker 

positions requiring high or 

low torque 

Total flexibility – 

one unit can take on any breaker 

n Simply adjust the elevation of the 

motor carriage to align the gear motor 

assembly to the racking mechanism 

on any manufacturer’s breaker 

n Profile Torque Protection technology 

uses the PLC to generate a distinct 

torque vs. position record for each 

individual breaker in a lineup. These 

torque profiles are stored in PLC 

memory using the Operator’s Station 

and can be easily updated anytime a 

breaker is being racked. 

Easily transport and store 

this robust yet compact unit 

With ball bearing wheels, casters and 

a transport handle, this lightweight 

unit (200 lbs.) is easily maneuvered in 

confined spaces. 

Get your operators up to speed 

in the shortest possible time 

Either at your facility or at one of our 

training centers, Siemens can provide 

professional training to ensure safe 

and efficient SARRACS operation. 


Field Services 

Start-up Commissioning Services 

General 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

We realize that, even though our Totally 

Integrated Automation® and Totally 

Integrated Power® products are 

designed for quick and easy installation, 

your schedule may not allow you to 

allocate the resources and personnel 

necessary to get this equipment up and 

running when it is required. 

In today’s business environment, staff 

members are frequently overloaded, or 

they may be dedicated to other projects. 

Now, when you purchase new 

equipment from Siemens, you can add 

startup services at special rates. This will 

give you the additional help required to 

meet even the most pressing 

deadlines... at affordable rates. You can 

be confident that we will arrive at your 

door with the installation experience 

necessary to get your new general 

purpose drives, motor control center or 

switchgear properly started up and 

working when you need it. 

Factory-trained engineers will: 

n Startup your newly-purchased 

Siemens equipment 

n Test for operational functionality 

n Provide a written report detailing tests 

and services 

n Advise your team on upkeep and 

maintenance. 

In many cases, you will receive a oneyear 

parts warranty extension on your 

new equipment such as: 

n Motor control centers 

n General purpose variable speed drives 

n Low-voltage switchgear. 

Medium-voltage Switchgear Startup 

Service 

n Inspect anchorage, alignment and 

grounding 

n Check tightness of bolted bus joints 

n Measure and record critical distances 

such as contact gap 

n Perform mechanical operation tests on 

the operating mechanism 

n Perform a contact resistance test on 

the breaker vacuum contacts 

n Perform insulation resistance tests 

n Perform vacuum interrupter integrity 

(over-potential) tests 

n Perform insulation resistance test on 

all control wiring at 1000 volts DC 

n Verify trip, close, trip-free and antipump 

functions 

n More 

Low-voltage Switchgear Startup 

Service 

n Perform mechanical operational test 

n Check cell fit and element alignment 

n Check tightness of connections 

n Lubricate as required 

n Perform a contact resistance test 

n Perform an insulation resistance test 

at 1000 volts DC from pole-to-pole and 

from each pole-to-ground with breaker 

closed and across open contacts of 

each phase 

n Perform secondary current injection 

testing 

n More 

Switchboards and Power Switching 

Centers 

n Inspect for physical damage and 

nameplate compliance with single line 

diagram 

n Perform mechanical operational test. 

(circuit breakers, switches, etc.) 

n Check cell fit and element alignment 

n Check tightness of connections and 

lubricate 

n Perform a contact resistance test on 

RL/WL/SB breakers and power switches 

n Perform an insulation resistance test 

at 1000 volts DC from pole-to-pole and 

from each pole-to-ground with breaker 

or switch closed and across open 

contacts of each phase 

n Perform Secondary Current Injection 

Testing (RL/WL/SB breakers) 

n More 


14-36 



Start-up Commissioning Services 

General 

Motor Control Center Startup Service 

n Ensure that all protective devices have 

been properly set and locked 

n Review power fuse selection and 

installation procedures 

n Conduct a general physical inspection 

of MCC power and control 

connections. Check tightness of 

connections 

n Ensure incoming line power 

connections comply with UL/NEC 

requirements where applicable 

n Ensure that any special motor starting 

and running applications have been 

considered when selecting motor 

starter controls, and that main 

metering is functioning properly 

n Perform startup on drives, solid state/ 

soft-start starters and other equipment 

n More 

General Purpose Variable Speed 

Drives Startup Service 

n Inspect electrical and mechanical parts 

after installation and wiring (per 

drawings) 

n Make final adjustments such as speed 

range, acceleration/deceleration and 

tuning to motor 

n Check starting, stopping, interlocking 

and sequencing (per drawings) 

n Check and adjust for purchased 

options such as bypass, braking, serial 

communications, encoder interface, 

and line filters 

n Verify power quality (MM440 units 

only) 

n More 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Engineer-by-the-Day for new equipment purchases 

*Minimum purchase required. Extended warranty 

not vailable with Engineer-by-the-Day service. 

Now, you can take advantage of the 

expertise of a Siemens factory-trained 

engineer to startup your Siemens power 

distribution and control equipment 

purchases. 

Engineer-by-the-Day is available in 

complete one-day increments for setup 

of the following products*: 

n ACCESS power monitoring 

n Busway 

n Dry type transformers 

n Insulated case circuit breakers 

n Molded case circuit breakers 

n Panelboards 

n Sensitrip circuit breakers 

n Switchboards 

n Switches 

n More 

Siemens Industry is committed to 

ensuring that your equipment is up and 

running...when you need it. Siemens 

Industrial Services provides expert 

factoryauthorized equipment startup at 

a special rate when you purchase the 

service before your product is delivered. 

Get your equipment up and running on 

time. Contact your local distributor or 

Siemens Industry sales office to learn 

more. 



Power System Studies 

General/Selection 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

Short Circuit Study 

Power system specialists from Siemens 

will determine the maximum duty that 

your system’s protective devices, 

transformers, and interconnections will 

be subjected to in the event of three 

phase and/or line-to-ground fault 

conditions. In addition, we will provide 

basic information required to establish 

protective relay settings. 

Coordination Study 

Under fault conditions, systems should 

isolate the faulted area to minimize 

disturbance to the remaining system, 

and simultaneously limit damage to 

equipment. We will review the 

characteristics of your protective 

devices, then provide the settings 

necessary to ensure that your system 

functions optimally should a fault occur. 

Harmonic Analysis 

As AC drives have become increasingly 

prevalent in industry, we have seen the 

introduction of destructive harmonics to 

many systems. The power quality 

experts from Siemens will determine the 

extent and severity of harmonics in your 

system, then recommend the 

appropriate means of limiting potential 

damage. 

Transient Stability Study 

This study is particularly valuable for 

facilities that generate their own power, 

and those with very large motors. Our 

power system specialists will study the 

transient response of rotating equipment 

following system disturbances, and 

analyze system behavior in relation to 

the power company tie. 

Protective Device Evaluation 

With the objective of achieving optimum 

protection, we will perform the 

necessary calculations required to select 

the interrupting rating of power fuses, 

circuit breakers, and other protective 

devices. 

Power Quality Assessment 

With the proliferation of sensitive 

electronic equipment in recent years, 

power quality has become a major 

concern for industry. We perform 

structured, step-by-step studies with 

timely diagnosis and expert solutions to 

the complex challenges of utility and 

end-user power quality issues. 

Arc Flash Study 

NFPA 70E recommends that an Arc 

Flash Hazard Analysis be performed prior 

to work on electrical equipment. 

Siemens will determine the incident 

energy levels, Arc Flash Boundary (AFB), 

and required level of Personal Protective 

Equipment (PPE). 

Load Flow Study 

This steady-state analysis of your 

system’s capability to supply the 

connected load will produce a listing of 

real and reactive power flow in each line 

or branch, and the bus voltages, under 

both normal and abnormal system 

conditions. 

Voltage Unbalance Study 

Voltage flicker and poor voltage 

regulation are a common concern on 

systems with large arc furnaces. The 

experts from Siemens use this study to 

develop comprehensive solutions that 

limit the effects of voltage irregularities 

and protect sensitive equipment. 

Grounding Study 

With the goal of ensuring proper 

protection and reducing the possibility of 

excessive transient overvoltages during 

line-to-ground faults, our engineers will 

determine and recommend the most 

appropriate form of system grounding 

protection (including solidstate, low 

resistance, and high resistance). 

With power system expertise and 

experience that comes from real-world 

successes, the specialized team of 

professional engineers and certified 

technicians from Siemens will help you: 

n Minimize downtime 

n Improve the safety of your operations 

for employees and sub-contractors 

n Optimize your system’s performance 

n Extend your equipment’s life cycle 

n Reallocate your valuable internal 

maintenance resources to your core 

business 

n Maximize the protection of sensitive 

electronics 

n Ensure your facility complies with 

applicable safety regulations 

In addition, the power system specialists 

from Siemens also provide the following: 

Power System Studies on 

“Equipment Release for Manufacture” 

n To ensure adequate interrupting rating, 

and to ensure that coordination 

capabilities are recognized 

Streamlined Power System 

Construction Studies (PSCS) 

n For devices being installed on 

construction projects 


14-38 



Arc Flash Study 

General 

Arc Flash Hazards 

In the fraction of a second that it takes 

copper to expand to vapor, an arc flash 

can generate skin-searing heat — four 

times hotter than the surface of the sun. 

Recent revisions to NFPA70E require 

that an Arc Flash Hazard Analysis be 

performed prior to working on or near 

electrical equipment containing exposed 

energized conductors. The analysis 

determines the arc flash boundaries 

(AFB), incident energy levels and the 

required level of personal protective 

equipment (PPE). The recommendations 

in the analysis can be used to determine 

hazards in your workplace. Implementing 

the recommendations will help protect 

your workers and help you satisfy OSHA 

requirements. 

The Siemens solution to 

minimize risks from arc flash 

hazards 

Working within NFPA and IEEE 

guidelines, our experienced power 

systems engineers will perform 

systematic and accurate Arc Flash Hazard 

Studies as follows: 

1. Short Circuit Calculations 

Siemens will either use your data, or 

make calculations for you, to identify 

bolted and arcing fault levels at key 

points in a power distribution system. 

2. Protective Device Coordination 

Using the customer’s electrical 

systems coordination study, Siemens 

determines the duration of the arcing 

faults. 

3. Arc Flash Hazard Calculations 

The incident energy level, the flash 

hazard boundary, and the PPE required 

are then calculated for each location. 

4. Documentation 

The information above is compiled for 

you into a comprehensive report, 

which contains information necessary 

to comply with regulatory 

requirements. 

5. Unsafe Work Locations 

The report will identify work locations 

having incident energy levels in excess 

of available PPE ratings. 

6. Arc Flash Hazard Mitigation 

Recommendations will be made to 

minimize Arc Flash Hazards by 

changes in system protection or 

operational procedures. 

7. Arc Flash Hazard Labels 

In addition to the report, our customers 

will receive a field label containing the 

flash hazard boundary distance, 

incident energy level, PPE category 

and shock hazard for each location. 

Implementing 

recommendations from a 

Siemens Arc Flash Hazard 

Study can bring you the 

following benefits: 

n Improve employee safety 

n Improve your electrical system 

n Provide safety information to 

subcontractors 

n Assist in compliance with regulations 

n Provide you with documentation that 

may bring about reductions in workers 

compensation and insurance rates 

Turn to Siemens for Arc Flash Hazard 

Studies, comprehensive safety training 

and other related services that will 

enhance the safety of your personnel 

and the reliability of your operation. 

SARRACS — Complete arc flash 

protection for switchgear racking. 

After completion of your Arc Flash Hazard 

Study and Equipment Labeling efforts, 

why not consider another aspect to your 

personnel safety initiatives? Why not 

consider Siemens’ SARRACS remote 

circuit breaker racking system? Racking 

medium-voltage circuit breakers (>1000V) 

into and out of a live bus is one instance 

where the PPE required may not be 

adequate to protect personnel from arc 

flash. Siemens SARRACS effectively 

removes the operator from the arc flash 

boundary by allowing for remote 

installation or removal. In addition, 

SARRACS provides torque monitoring to 

detect improper breaker connection. 

14 SWITCHGEAR 



Secondary Unit Substations 

Overview 

General 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

Siemens offers a wide variety of unit 

substation designs to meet customer 

requirements. A unit substation 

consists of one or more transformers 

mechanically and electrically 

connected to and coordinated in 

design with one or more switchgear or 

switchboard assemblies. A secondary 

unit substation is defined as a unit 

substation whose outgoing section is 

rated below 1000 volts. 

A typical secondary unit substation 

consists of three sections: 

n Primary: an incoming section that 

accepts incoming high voltage (2400 to 

13,800 volts) line 

n Transformer: section that transforms 

incoming voltage down to utilization 

voltage (600 volts or less) 

n Secondary: an outgoing section that 

distributes power to outgoing feeders 

and provides protection for these 

feeders (600 volts and less) 

Standard secondary unit substations 

consist of: 

n Medium-voltage Primary 

n Transformer 

n Low-voltage Secondary 

Siemens also offers low-voltage unit 

substations with: 

n Low-voltage Primary 

n Transformer 

n Low-voltage Secondary 

The primary reason for using a secondary 

unit substation is to bring power as close 

as possible to the center of the loads. 

Another reason is that it provides a 

system design concept incorporating a 

wide variety of components that permits 

tailoring equipment to the needs of the 

application. A secondary unit substation 

provides 

n Reduced power losses 

n Better voltage regulation 

n Improved service continuity 

n Increased functional flexibility 

n Lower installation cost 

n Efficient space utilization 

Every component and assembly of 

secondary unit substations are designed 

and engineered as an integral part of a 

complete system. 

Primary Switch 

Liquid Filled Transformer 

Switchboard with WL Encased 

Systems Breakers 


Dry Type Transformer 

Type SB3 Switchboard with 

Fusible Switches 


Liquid Filled Transformer 

Type WL Low-voltage 

Switchgear 


14-40 


Siemens Unit Substation Solutions 

5 – 15 kV SIEBREAK Metal-Enclosed Load Interrupter Switchgear 

SIEBREAK Specifications 

Standard 

n Indoor type 1 enclosure 

n Large 8” x 18” (203 mm x 457 mm) 

viewing window 

n Hinged, grounded metal barrier in 

front of switch blades 

n Provisions for key interlocking 

n Upper and lower ventilation louvers 

n Glass-polyester bus supports 

n Non-corrosive nameplate 

n Space heater with thermostat 

n NEMA CC1 hole patterns for cable 

termination. 

n Meets or exceeds applicable 

standards from ANSI, IEEE, CSA, 

EEMAC, and NEMA. 

Optional 

n UL or C-UL Listing 

n Current-limiting or explusion fuses 

n Indoor type 2 drip-proof enclosure 

n Indoor type 12 dust-resistant 

enclosure 

n Outdoor non-walk-in type 3R 

enclosure 

n Motor-operated mechanism 

n Tin-plated copper bus. 

n Auxiliary switches (2 NO-2 NC) 

n Mimic bus 

n Ground studs 

n Screens and filters (indoor) 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Dimensions 

Single Duplex Selector c Front access c 

Indoor a Width b 36 inches (914mm) 72 inches (1829 mm) 36 inches (914mm) 60 inches (1524 mm) 

Depth 62 inches (1581 mm) 72 inches (1829 mm) 56 inches (1422 mm) 

Height 

92 inches (1575 mm) 

Indoor a Depth 

72 inches (1829 mm) 

Width bde 54 inches (1372 mm) 90 inches (2286 mm) 54 inches (1372 mm) not available 

Height 

Notes: 

a Incoming cables available top or bottom entry 

b Transformer connection available left side or right side 

c Auxiliary devices not available with selector and front access 

d Outdoor width include 18-inch (457 mm) liquid-filled transformer termination section 

e For outdoor dry type transformer, add 2.67 inches (67 mm) to the width for termination 

105 inches (2667 mm) 



5 – 15 kV SIEBREAK Metal-Enclosed Load Interrupter Switchgear 


Rated voltage Type 5 kV 15 kV 


50/60 Hz 

Rated duration power frequency withstand voltage 19 kV 36 kV 

Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage (BIL) 60 kV 95 kV 

Fuse short circuit current rating Current Limiting 50 kA 50 kA 

Expulsion 37.5 29.4 

Switch rating Continuous Current 600 A and 1200 A 

Interrupting rms 

25 kA and 38 kA 

Momentary rms 

40 kA, 61 kA, 80 kA 

Assembly rating Main bus continuous current 1200 A and 2000 A 

Short-time 2 second 

25kA and 38 kA 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

Fuse Selection Table 

System 

Voltage 

Fuse 

type a 

Symmetrical 

Interrupting kA 

Equivalent 

MVA 500 kVA 750 kVA 1000 kVA 1500 kVA 2000 kVA 2500 kVA 3000 kVA 3750 kVA 5000 kVA 

2400 CL-14 50 260 200 250 400 500 600 — — — — 

RBA400 37.5 155 200 250 400 — — — — — — 

RBA800 37.5 155 — — — 540 720 — — — — 

4160 CL-14 50 450 100 125 200 300 500 500 — — — 

RBA400 37.5 270 100 150 200 300 400 — — — — 

RBA800 37.5 270 — — — — 540 540 — — 

4800 CL-14 50 520 80 125 200 250 400 450 — — — 

RBA400 37.5 310 100 125 200 250 400 400 — — — 

RBA800 37.5 310 — — — — — — 540 — — 

7200 CL-14 50 620 65 80 125 200 250 300 — — — 

RBA400 29.4 365 65 80 125 200 250 300 400 — — 

RBA800 29.4 365 — — — — — — — 450 — 

12470 CL-14 50 1079 40 50 65 100 125 200 200 250 — 

RBA400 29.4 635 40 50 80 100 150 200 200 250 400 

RBA800 29.4 635 — — — — — — — — — 

13200 CL-14 50 1143 30 50 65 100 125 150 200 250 300 

RBA400 29.4 672 30 50 65 100 125 150 200 250 300 

RBA800 29.4 672 — — — — — — — — — 

13800 CL-14 50 1195 30 50 65 100 125 150 200 250 300 

RBA400 29.4 702 30 50 65 100 125 150 200 250 300 

RBA800 29.4 702 — — — — — — — — — 

Notes: 

a Incoming cables available top or bottom entry 

b Transformer connection available left side or right side 

c Auxiliary devices not available with selector and front access 

d Outdoor width include 18-inch (457 mm) liquid-filled transformer termination section 

e For outdoor dry type transformer, add 2.67 inches (67 mm) to the width for termination 

14-42 



Overview 

Siemens offers a wide variety of 

unit substation designs to meet 

virtually any customer requirement. 

A unit substation consists of one 

or more transformers mechanically 

and electrically connected to, and 

coordinated with, one or more 

switchgear or switchboard assemblies. 

A secondary unit substation is defined 

as a unit substation whose outgoing 

section is rated below 1,000 volts. 

A typical secondary unit substation 

consists of three sections: 

n Primary: depending on the specific 

application, this section accepts 

medium-voltage (2,400 to 27,600 

volts) incoming power 

n Transformer: reduces incoming 

voltage to utilization voltage (600 volts 

or less) 

n Secondary: distributes power to, 

and provides protection for, outgoing 

feeders (600 volts and less). 

Primary Switch Dry-Type Transformer Type SB3 Switchboard 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

The key benefit of a secondary unit 

substation is that it economically 

brings power as close as possible to 

the loads, minimizing power loss and 

maximizing voltage regulation. It also 

enhances flexibility, using a system 

design concept that integrates a wide 

variety of components to tailor the 

equipment to the specific needs of 

each application. 

Every component or assembly utilized 

in secondary unit substations is 

engineered to be an integral part of a 

complete system. 

A secondary unit substation helps 

you: 

n Reduce power losses 

n Enhance voltage regulation 

n Improve service continuity 

n Increase functional flexibility 

n Lower installation costs 

n Minimize space utilization. 

Primary Switch Liquid Filled Type Transformer Type SB3 Switchboard 



Transformers: Dry Type — VPI/VPE 

4 in. 4 in. 

D 

Plan view 

W 

HV-terminal 

Danger 

Fan 

control 

panel 

H 

HV 

air 

terminal 

chamber 

(optional) 

N.P. 

Fan 

control 

when req. 

LV 

air 

terminal 

chamber 

(optional) 

Front 

Ground 

bus 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

18 in. 

(457 mm) 

Std. 

Front view 

indoor 

18 in. 

(457 mm) 

Std. 

Type = VPI/VPE 

Primary Volts = 2400-13800 

Sec_Volts = 208-600 

Temperature Rise = 150C for Aluminum Windings, 80/115C for Copper Windings 

Standard kV BIL (HV/LV) = 60/30 for Aluminum Windings, 95/30 for Copper Windings 

W 

Front view 

outdoor 

Table 1 Low-voltage Switchgear or Switchboard Coordination 

Winding Material 

KVA 

Height 

(Inches) 

Width 

(Inches) 

Depth 

(Inches) 

Weight 

(Pounds) 

Aluminum 300 90 90 54 4600 

Aluminum 500 90 90 54 4800 

Aluminum 750 90 90 54 5800 

Aluminum 1000 90 102 60 7000 

Aluminum 1500 96 102 60 9200 

Aluminum 2000 102 102 60 11000 

Aluminum 2500 108 112 60 12200 

Aluminum 3000 108 118 60 14100 

Aluminum 3750 112 126 66 15800 

Aluminum 5000 118 132 66 17000 

Copper 300 90 90 54 6000 

Copper 500 90 96 60 6400 

Copper 750 90 102 60 8000 

Copper 1000 96 102 60 9700 

Copper 1500 102 108 60 13200 

Copper 2000 108 112 60 17400 

Copper 2500 118 126 60 19000 

Copper 3000 118 132 60 22000 

Copper 3750 126 132 66 27000 

Copper 5000 132 138 66 30000 

14-44 



Transformers: Dry Type — Cast Coil 

Type = Cast Coil 

Primary Volts = 2400-13800 

Sec_Volts = 208-600 

Temperature Rise = 80/115C for Both Aluminum & Copper Windings 

Standard kV BIL (HV/LV) = 60/30 for Aluminum Windings, 95/30 for Copper Windings 

Table 2 Low-voltage Switchgear or Switchboard Coordination 

Winding Material 

KVA 

Height 

(Inches) 

Width 

(Inches) 

Depth 

(Inches) 

Weight 

(Pounds) 

Aluminum 300 90 90 54 5500 

Aluminum 500 90 90 54 6300 

Aluminum 750 90 96 60 7800 

Aluminum 1000 96 102 60 9500 

Aluminum 1500 102 108 60 11500 

Aluminum 2000 108 112 60 13800 

Aluminum 2500 112 126 60 16200 

Aluminum 3000 118 132 60 19200 

Aluminum 3750 126 138 66 25000 

Aluminum 5000 132 144 66 28000 

Copper 300 90 90 60 6200 

Copper 500 90 96 60 7000 

Copper 750 90 102 60 9100 

Copper 1000 96 112 60 10600 

Copper 1500 102 118 60 14300 

Copper 2000 108 118 66 18200 

Copper 2500 118 126 66 19500 

Copper 3000 126 132 66 23500 

Copper 3750 126 144 66 28000 

Copper 5000 132 160 66 35000 

14 SWITCHGEAR 



Transformers: Liquid Filled Type 

Top view 

Elevation 

H 

G 

8 

J 

H 3 

H 2 

H 1 

X 3 

X 2 

X 1 

X 0 

C 

D 

E 

F 

A 

SWITCHGEAR 

14 

B 

Unit Type Substation Transformer 

Primary Volts = 25kV and below, Secondary Voltage = 5kV and below 

Table 3 Liquid-Filled 55/65 °C Rise 

Aluminum Windings 

Copper Windings 

Drawing Dimensions (in.) 

kVA A B C D E F G H J 

Gallons Of 

Fluid 

Approx. Total 

Weight (lbs.) 

(With Fluid) 

Gallons Of 

Fluid 

Approx. Total 

Weight (lbs.) 

(With Fluid) 

500 66 51 26 52 45 45 30 60 35 300 5600 310 5900 

750 75 59 26 52 55 55 34 68 35 360 7000 370 7400 

1000 75 67 26 52 55 55 38 76 35 420 8400 430 8800 

1500 75 59 59 80 55 55 34 68 35 400 9500 420 10000 

2000 85 67 67 90 55 55 38 76 39 520 12000 500 12800 

2500 85 75 68 92 55 55 42 84 41 570 14600 590 14900 

3750 85 75 70 120 65 65 42 84 45 790 20500 830 21500 

5000 99 87 72 144 65 65 48 96 49 1050 26000 1090 28000 

7500 99 95 74 148 75 75 52 104 53 1320 35000 1360 37000 

10,000 99 103 76 152 75 75 56 112 57 1740 43000 1780 45000 

12,000 99 103 82 164 75 75 56 112 61 1850 49000 1880 50000 

Weights, gallons of fluid and dimensions are for reference only, and not for construction. 

Please contact Siemens Industry Inc. for exact dimensions 

14-46 



Type WL Low-voltage Switchgear Substation Secondaries 

Siemens type WL low-voltage, metalenclosed 

switchgear is designed, 

constructed and tested to provide 

superior power distribution, power 

monitoring and control. At the heart of 

the type WL low-voltage switchgear 

is the world class Siemens type WL 

breaker. Siemens type WL low-voltage 

switchgear can be utilized in the 

following applications: 

n Industrial 

n Institutional 

n Critical power 

n Utility and co-generation 

n Commercial. 

Product Scope 

n Equipment ratings: 

635 Vac maximum 

Three-phase, three-wire 

Three-phase, four-wire 

50/60 Hz 

6,000 A maximum horizontal bus 

5,000 A maximum vertical bus. 

n Enclosure options: 

NEMA 1 indoor 

NEMA 3R outdoor walk-in 

NEMA 3R outdoor non walk-in. 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Exclusive features 

Generator/utility protection sets 

24/7/365 power availability is critical 

for some systems. On-site generation 

capabilities are becoming more and 

more common. Type WL digital 

electronic trip units allow the system 

designer to precisely tailor trip settings 

for the most demanding requirements. 

The Siemens type WL 776 trip unit 

allows one set of trip settings for a fully 

loaded utility feed and, with a simple 

contact closure, the trip unit toggles 

to a second trip set tailored to provide 

optimal generator protection. The wide 

range of settings allows the type WL 

to provide protection for a minimal 

generator capacity for only essential 

loads, through full backup for an entire 

facility. This dual utility/generator 

protection capability in a single circuit 

breaker allows the system designer 

unparalleled, cost effective flexibility. 

For more information, visit our web site at: 

www.usa.siemens.com/switchgear. 

Extended instantaneous protection (EIP) 

This patent pending type WL trip unit 

feature allows the system designer to 

achieve full selective trip coordination up 

to the short-time rating of the frame, while 

also allowing application of the circuit 

breaker up to the interrupting rating of the 

frame. EIP allows the type WL breaker 

to be applied up to the full withstand 

rating of the circuit breaker, for complete 

coordination, with a minus 0% short-time 

band tolerance up to 85 kA on Frame Size 

II and 100 kA on Frame Size III. 

Above fault currents of 20-percent higher 

than the full short-time rating, the type 

WL circuit breaker is self-protecting, and 

the EIP function will trip the circuit breaker 

instantly to protect the frame and the 

system from these extremely high currents 

(as high as 150 kA on Frame Size III). An 

added benefit is that arc flash energy is 

greatly reduced in this high- current region 

due to EIP’s instantaneous trip response. 

Industry standards 

Type WL switchgear with power circuit 

breakers are designed, tested and 

constructed in accordance with: 

n UL 1558—Metal-Enclosed Lowvoltage 

Power Circuit Breaker 

Switchgear 

n ANSI C37.20.1—Metal-Enclosed 

Low- Voltage Power Circuit Breaker 

Switchgear. 

Type WL drawout circuit breakers are 

designed for continuous operation 

at 100-percent of their current rating 

without the need for external heat 

sinks, and are in accordance with: 

n UL 1066—Low-voltage AC and DC 

Power Circuit Breakers Used in 

Enclosures 

n ANSI C37.13—Low-voltage AC Power 

Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures. 

Switchgear Secondary 

Note: See Pages 14-52 to 14-72 for complete 

details concerning WL Low-voltage 

Switchgear unit substation secondaries. 



Switchboard Substation Secondaries 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 


Siemens modular front connected 

switchboard design provides a broad 

range of features and capabilities for 

a wide range of applications. 

Every aspect of design of Siemens 

switchboards has been aimed at 

improving layout convenience, 

reducing installation costs and 

minimizing the impact and cost of 

changes to the system. 

Siemens switchboards provide a 

rugged design and the flexibility 

necessary in electrical systems for all 

types of applications, some examples 

are: 

n Industrial plants 

n High-rise complexes 

n Hospitals 

n Commercial buildings 


Siemens switchboards are designed, 

tested and constructed in accordance 

with: 

n UL891 – Switchboards 

n NEMA PB-2 

n Seismially qualified 

n Other equipment is UL listed as 

applicable 


Siemens switchboards ratings and 

features include: 




n Copper or aluminum bussing 

n Temperature or density rated bussing 


n Main and branch circuit breakers and 

fusible switches 

n Thermal magnetic and solid state 


n Surge protective devices 

n Utility metering provisions 

n ACCESS power monitoring on mains 

and branches 

n Ground fault protection on mains and 

branches 

n Busway and transformer connections 

n Protective relaying 

n Two and three device autothrowover 

scheme 

Further Switchboard 

Information 

See Section 13 for complete details 

concerning SB3 front-connected 

switchboard unit substation 

secondaries. 

14-48 



Indoor Dry Type Transformer 

Diagrams 

Indoor - dry transformer 

92.0 (2,337) 

Swgr 

gnd 

(X0) 

Five PEM nuts 

3/ 8 -16 for 

joining 

switchgear 

with 

transformer 

9.0 9.0 

(229) (229) 

H1 H2 H3 

(X1)(X2) 

(X3) 

18.5 (470) 

56.0 (1,422), 62.0 (1,575), 72.0 (1,829), or 

82.0 (2,083) transformer to left of switchgear 

(flush front transformer mounting) 

A 

36.0 (914) 

A 

Five PEM nuts 

3/ 8 -16 for 

joining 

switchgear 

with 

transformer 

9.0 9.0 

(229) (229) 

H1 H2 H3 

(X3)(X2) 

(X1) 

18.5 (470) 

Swgr 

gnd 

(X0) 

92.0 (2,337) 

56.0 (1,422), 62.0 (1,575), 72.0 (1,829), or 

82.0 (2,083) transformer to left of switchgear 

(flush front transformer mounting) 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Footnotes: 

1. This arrangement applies to indoor SIEBREAK switch 5 kV-15 kV up to 1,200 A termination with dry-type transformer termination. 

2. Filler strips at the ends of the transformer must be provided by the transformer supplier in case the transformer exceeds 92” (2,337 

mm) height and 56” (1,422 mm) depth. 

3. If cables are to be used for connections to transformer, transformer supplier to provide and install cable connections including lugs 

and insulation on terminals if required. Maximum 2 x 500 kcmil cables per phase. 

4. If bus bars are to be used for connections to transformer, transformer supplier to provide and install required bus connections. 

Transformer supplier also to provide and install flex connectors for connections to switchgear as well as insulation for flex 

connectors. 

5. Connect switchgear ground when continuous ground is required. 

6. Transformer supplier to provide necessary hardware (except PEM nuts) for joining switchgear with transformer. 



Indoor Liquid Filled Transformer 

Diagrams 

Indoor - liquid-filled transformer 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

92.0 (2,337) 

c Ltransformer 

throat 

H1 H2 H3 

(X1)(X2) 

(X3) 

8.0 8.0 

(203) (203) 

Swgr 

gnd 

(X0) 

33.55 (852) 

56.0 (1,422), 62.0 (1,575), 

72.0 (1,829), or 82.0 (2,083) 

transformer to left of switchgear 

Termination on 

left-hand side 

symmetrical to 

right-hand side 

except phase 

reversal 


throat 

55.0 (1,397) 

Z 

18.0 

(457) 

36.0 

(914) 

18.0 

(457) 

Z 

Transformer 

flange 





except phase 

reversal 

55.0 (1,397) 

H1 H2 H3 

(X3)(X2) 

(X1) 

8.0 

(203) 

L 

8.0 

(203) 

c transformer 

throat 

33.55 (852) 

56.0 (1,422) 

92.0 (2,337) 

Footnotes: 

1. This arrangement applies to indoor SIEBREAK switch 5 kV-15 kV up to 1,200 A termination with liquid-filled type transformer 

termination. 

2. This arrangement applies to bar-type connection to transformer only. 

3. Filler strips at the ends of the transformer must be provided by the transformer supplier in case the transformer exceeds 92” (2,337 

mm) height and 56” (1,422 mm) depth. 

4. Transformer supplier to provide necessary hardware (except PEM nuts) for joining switchgear with transformer. 

14-50 


Selection and Application Guide | SIEBREAK Metal-Enclosed Interrupter Switchgear 


Outdoor Liquid Type Transformer 

Diagrams 

Outdoor - liquid-filled transformer 

98.9 (2,512) 

52.8 (1,341) 

Swgr gnd 

(X0) 


throat 

H3 H2 H1 

(X1)(X2) 

(X3) 

8.0 8.0 

(203) (203) 

33.5 (851) 

72.0 (1,829) transformer to 

left of switchgear 

105 (2,667) 





except phase 

reversal 


Z 

throat 

61.0 (1,549) 

18.0 

(457) 

36.0 

(914) 

18.0 

(457) 

Z 

Transformer 

flange 





except phase 

reversal 

Five 3/ -16 8 

PEM nuts for 

joining 

switchgear 

with 

transformer 

61.0 (1,549) 

105.0 (2,667) 

64.12 (1,629) 

H1 H2 H3 

(X3)(X2) 

(X1) Swgr 

gnd 

(X0) 

8.0 

(203) 

L 

33.55 (852) 

8.0 

(203) 

c transformer 

throat 

72.0 (1,829) transformer 

on right side of switchgear 

98.7 (2,507) 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Footnotes: 

1. This arrangement applies to outdoor SIEBREAK switch 5 kV-15 kV up to 1,200 A termination with liquid-filled type 

transformer termination. 

2. This arrangement applies to bar-type connection to transformer only. 

3. Transformer supplier to provide necessary hardware (except nuts) for joining switchgear with transformer. 


Low-voltage Switchgear 

Type WL Low-voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear 

General 



14 

SWITCHGEAR 

Siemens Type WL low-voltage metalenclosed 

switchgear is designed, 

constructed and tested to provide 

superior power distribution, power 

monitoring and control. At the heart of 

the Type WL low-voltage switchgear is 

the World Class Siemens WL breaker. 

Siemens Type WL low-voltage 

switchgear can be utilized in the 

following applications: 

n Industrial 

Semiconductor 

Petrochemical 

Automotive 

Biotech 

Pharmaceutical 

n Institutional 

Water treatment 

Airports 

Universities 

Medical facilities 

Correctional facilities 

n Critical power 

Data Processing 

Continuous industrial process 

Hospitals 

n Utility and co-generation 

n Commercial 

Large office buildings 

Distribution centers 

Large warehouses 

Product Scope: 

n Equipment ratings 

635VAC Maximum 

3 Phase 3 Wire, 

3 Phase 4 Wire 

50/60 Hz 

6000 amp maximum horizontal bus 

6000 amp maximum vertical bus 

n Enclosure options 

NEMA 1 Indoor 

NEMA 3R Outdoor Walk-In 

NEMA 3R Outdoor Non Walk-in 

Siemens WL breakers can be manually 

or electrically operated, fused or 

unfused and are available in the 

following rating designations – N, S, H, 

L, M and F. Refer to tables on Page 13 

for interrupt and withstand ratings for 

each rating designation. 



Industry Standards 




n UL 1558 — Metal-Enclosed Lowvoltage 


Switchgear 

n ANSI C37.20.1 — Metal-Enclosed 

Low-voltage Power Circuit Breaker 

Switchgear 

n ANSI C37.50 — Test Procedure 

for Low-voltage AC Power Circuit 

Breakers Used in Enclosures 

n ANSI C37.51 — Conformance Testing 

of Metal-Enclosed Low-voltage AC 

Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear 

Assemblies 

n NEMA SG5 - Power Switchgear 

Assemblies 

n Applicable requirements of the 

National Electric Code (NEC) 

WL drawout circuit breakers are in 

accordance with: 

n UL 1066 — Low-voltage AC and 

DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in 

Enclosures 

n ANSI C37.13 — Low-voltage AC 


Enclosures 

n ANSI C37.16 — Preferred Ratings, 

Related Requirements, and 

Application for Low-voltage Power 

Circuit Breakers and AC Power Circuit 

Protectors 

n ANSI C37.17 — Trip Devices for AC 

and General Purpose DC Low-voltage 

Power Circuit Breakers 

n NEMA SG3 - Low-voltage Power 


Features and modifications required 

by NEC are incorporated when the 

assembly is designated as “Service 

Equipment.” 

UL Listing 

Underwriters’ Laboratories listing mark 

(UL) is supplied for each vertical section 

provided all devices within a vertical 

section are UL Listed or UL Recognized 

and suitable for the intended use. All 

circuit breaker drawout elements are 

UL Listed. 

Optional CSA compliance with cUL 

labeling is available. 

Arc Resistant 

Optional Type WL arc resistant lowvoltage 

switchgear is available and is 

UL listed to ANSI/IEEE C37.20.7. Type 

2B arc resistant accessibility rating with 

maximum internal acring short-circuit 

current rating of 100kA @508V and 

85kA @ 635V. 

Seismic Qualification 

Seismic qualification to all major seismic 

construction standards (IBC, UBC, CBC, 

SBC, BOCA and IEEE 693) is available. 

14-52 




Construction Details 

General 

The Siemens Type WL switchgear 

assembly consists of one or more 

metal-enclosed vertical sections. The 

end sections are designed to allow 

installation of future sections. 

Each vertical section consists of up to 

four individually enclosed breaker or 

auxiliary compartments which are sized 

to provide uniform height. 

Included in each assembly are various 

components such as circuit breakers, 

instrumentation and control equipment, 

transformers, relays, three-phase bus 

work, and all internal wiring, connectors, 

and other supporting equipment. 

In accordance with ANSI C37.20.1, the 

maximum temperature for parts that 

are handled is 50°C. The main bus 

maximum temperature rise is 65°C 

above 40°C ambient. The temperature 

rise of the air surrounding the cable 

connection points is limited to 45°C 

above 40°C ambient. 

Finish 

During construction, the structural steel 

parts, panels, and compartments are all 

prepared for painting by a five-stage 

wash system. 

Standard finish color is light gray ANSI 

61. The standard painting process is a 

UL approved electrostatic powder coat 

paint system utilizing a polyester 

powder coat paint. The completed finish 

has a nominal 2 mils dry film thickness. 

Assembly Construction 

Siemens Type WL metal-enclosed low 

voltage switchgear is constructed of 

a rigid internal frame structure that 

minimizes the possibility of damage 

during shipment and supports multiple 

installation methods – rolling or lifting. 

Lifting eyes are integrated into the 

internal frame design and ensure 

the structural integrity of the lifting 

assembly is always adequate for the 

weight of the total structure. 

If requested in advance, the switchgear 

structure can be shipped so that the 

unit can be tilted onto its back during 

installation. This is an option that must 

be specified at order entry. 

1 

Each complete vertical section contains 

three compartments. 

(1) Front compartment containing 

breakers and/or auxiliary equipment 

(2) Bus compartment containing 

horizontal and vertical bus 

(3) Rear cable compartment containing 

the load side runbacks connecting 

the load side of the breaker to the 

load cable terminals 

Within the front compartment, each 

breaker is barriered and compartmented 

from all other breakers in the front 

compartment. This design also isolates 

the breakers in the front compartment 

from the bus compartment. 

Optional barriers can be supplied to 

isolate the bus compartment from the 

rear cable compartment. Other optional 

barriers include: (1) Full depth section 

barriers to isolate one section from the 

adjacent section(s). (2) Barriers to isolate 

the incoming line side connections to 

the main breaker(s) from the load side 

bus and connections in the switchgear 

section. (Line/load barriers are provided 

as a standard feature for service 

equipment main breakers.) 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Breaker Hoist and Track 

2 Ventilation and Lifting Structure 

2 

3 Quarter Turn Door Latch 

4 Secondary Disconnect Access Door 

5 Channel Sill Base (Optional) 

6 Breaker Compartment 

7 Auxiliary Instrument Compartment 

8 Secondary Disconnect 

9 Breaker Cradle (Guide Frame) 

Breaker Drawout Rail 

TOC Switch Operator 

7 

6 

3 

4 

8 

 

9 

 

5 





14 

Main and Ground Bus 

The standard main bus is silver-plated 

copper. Tin-plated copper bus is 

optionally available. Vertical and 

horizontal bus bar utilize a channel 

shape design to maximize short circuit 

withstand capability and minimize heat 

rise. All bus joints include Grade 5 bolts 

and conical spring washers. Provisions 

for future extension of the main bus 

include plated joints and high tensile 

strength steel hardware. 

The main three-phase horizontal bus 

is arranged vertically one phase above 

the other with edge-to-edge alignment 

to provide high, short circuit strength. 

Insulated main bus with isolated vertical 

bus is optional. 

Control and Communication Wiring 

Standard control and communication 

wiring is #14 AWG extra-flexible, 

stranded copper type SIS. Control 

and communication wiring is installed 

and accessed from the front of the 

switchgear structure. Each breaker 

compartment has a dedicated horizontal 

and vertical wireway. 

For devices not having screw-type 

terminals, pressure terminals are used. 

Insulation 

The insulation used is a UL recognized 

thermoset material that has excellent heat 

resistance, flame retardance, dimensional 

stability and low moisture absorption. 

Circuit Breaker Compartments 

Typical circuit breaker compartments 

include primary disconnects, drawout 

rails, secondary disconnects, vertical 

wireway, horizontal wireway and, 

if applicable, TOC switch operator, 

MOC switch operator and associated 

interlocks. Draw-out rails allow the 

breaker to be withdrawn from the 

compartment without additional 

extensions or adapters. Up to six (2 

sets of three) current transformers for 

metering or relaying can be mounted 

in each compartment. 

A variety of auxiliary devices such as 

breaker control switches, indicating 

lights and pushbuttons can be mounted 

on the breaker compartment door. 

SWITCHGEAR 

Vertical bus ratings available are 1600, 

2000, 3200, 4000, 5000 and 6000 

amperes continuous current. Horizontal 

bus ratings available are 1600, 2000, 

3200, 4000, 5000 and 6000 amperes. 

A neutral bus is furnished when 

specified, and can be rated 1600, 

2000, 3200, 4000, 5000 or 6000 

amperes continuous current. 

1 2 3 4 

A 1/4” X 3” standard copper ground bus 

extends through all sections. Cable lugs 

are mounted to the ground bus in 

each section. 

Standard short-circuit withstand (4 cycle) 

and short-time withstand (60 cycle) bus 

bracing is 100,000 amperes. Higher 

shortcircuit withstand bus bracings 

(150kA and 200kA) are available. 

Load side runbacks for feeder circuits 

are copper construction, are insulated 

with sleeve tubing in the main bus area, 

and are supported by high-strength 

bus bracing. 

5 

6 7 8 

TOC Switch Operator 

2 Breaker Compartment Rear Barrier 

3 Secondary Disconnect 

4 Vertical Wireway 

Circuit Breaker Cell Interior 

5 Interference Interlock 

6 Drawout Rails 

7 Primary Disconnect 

8 Cradle Mounted Current 

Transformer 

14-54 





Options 

Switchgear Mounted Hoist 

The integrally mounted hoist, standard 

on walk-in outdoor and optional on 

indoor switchgear enclosures, travels 

along rails on top of the switchgear to 

assist in breaker handling. 

TOC and MOC Switches 

The Truck Operated Cell (TOC) Switch 

provides interlocking control or remote 

indication of the breaker racking 

position. The cubicle mounted auxiliary 

switch or Mechanism Operated Cell 

(MOC) switch provides interlocking 

control or remote indication based on 

the main contact position (open or 

closed). 

Shutters 

These provide protection against 

accidental contact with primary 

disconnects in a compartment when 

the breaker is removed. Shutters 

automatically close when the breaker 

is withdrawn and are pad-lockable and 

field installable. 

Key Interlock 

This provides a mechanical means 

for operating circuit breakers and 

other devices only when predescribed 

conditions are met. 

Test Set 

A portable breaker test set is available 

as an option and supports testing the 

full range of functions and protective 

settings supplied with the breaker trip 

unit. 

Metering and Auxiliary Compartments 

Compartments are available to house 

devices such as voltage transformers, 

metering, control power transformers, 

and supervisory devices. 

Instrument and Control Transformers 

Voltage transformers and control power 

transformers are mounted in auxiliary 

compartments. These transformers 

are protected by primary pull-out type 

current-limiting fuses and secondary 

fuses. Current transformers are 

normally mounted on the compartment 

primary disconnect studs where they 

are readily accessible. See Tables on 

Page 31 for available ratings. 

Miscellaneous 

• Each switchgear lineup includes a 

breaker lifting device that is adjustable 

for use with Size II and Size III 

breakers. 

• An optional portable breaker hoist 

is available if the integrated breaker 

hoist and track is not specified. 

• A test cabinet is also available as 

an option. The test cabinet is wall 

mounted necessary equipment for 

testing electrically-operated breakers 

that have been removed from the 

breaker compartment. The test 

cabinet doesn’t include or replace a 

breaker trip unit tester. 

• A WL remote breaker racking device 

(RBRD) is available as an optional 

accessory that allows maintenance 

personnel to safely rack Siemens 

Type WL breakers into the Connect, 

Test and Disconnect positions from 

up to 30 feet away from the breaker. 

This allows the operator to be outside 

the arc flash hazard boundary and 

thereby providing additional personnel 

protection. 

• 4” high formed steel channel sills 

are available for indoor switchgear 

enclosures. 

Outdoor Switchgear 

Type WL switchgear is available in two 

outdoor (NEMA 3R) enclosures. Walk-in 

and non walk-in versions are available 

to meet your particular application. 

For protection from snow, rain and 

other foreign matter, both outdoor 

enclosures rest on a six-inch high, 

formed steel base which provides rigid 

support and a tight bottom seal. A 

heavy duty protective under-coating is 

applied to the underside of all outdoor 

enclosures to protect against moisture 

and corrosion. Shielded ventilation 

housings permit proper air circulation 

while excluding dirt and foreign matter. 

In the walk-in outdoor enclosure a 

lighted, unobstructed service aisle is 

provided at the front of the switchgear 

allowing inspection and maintenance 

without exposure to the elements. 

An access door equipped with an 

emergency bar release is located at 

each end of the aisle. 

The following features are standard 

with walk-in outdoor enclosures. 

(1) Space heaters in breaker 

compartment and bus compartment. 

(2) Screens and filters for exterior door 

ventilation louvers. 

(3) Incandescent lighting receptacle 

with three-way switch at each aisle 

access door. 

(4) Duplex receptacle with ground fault 

protection at each aisle access door. 

(5) Load center for power distribution 

to lights, receptacles, switches and 

heaters. 

For non walk-in outdoor enclosures, 

space heaters and screens/filters for 

ventilation louvering are standard with 

lighting, receptacles, switches and load 

centers offered as options. 

Side View 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Rear View 



Type WL Low-voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear—WL CIrcuit Breakers 

Overview 

WL Circuit Breaker 

Superior individual products for low-voltage power distribution systems 

3 

2 

4 

5 

6 7 

8 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

21 

22 

1 

 

 

25 

 

9 

 

23 

 

24 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guide Frame (for drawout version only) 

2 Vertical to Horizontal BUS Connector 

3 Position Signaling Switch (TOC) 

4 Breaker / Guide Frame Grounding 

Contact 

5 Shutter (locking) 

6 MODBUS or PROFIBUS 

Communications 

7 External CubicleBUS I/O Module 

8 Plug-In Open and Closed Solenoids 

9 Multiple Secondary Connections 

Auxiliary Switch Block 

Door Sealing Frame 

Interlocking Set Base Plate 

Protective Cover for 

OPEN/CLOSE Buttons 

Multiple Key Locking Accessories 

Single Bolt Motor Operator Installation 

Operations Counter 

Breaker Status Sensor (BSS) 

Complete Trip Unit Family 

Remote Reset 

Breaker Data Adapter (BDA) for 

Internet Connection 

21 Multi Angle LCD Module 

22 Ground Fault Protection Module 

23 Rating Plug 

24 Metering Function (+ wave forms 

and harmonics) 

25 Circuit Breaker 

14-56 



Type WL Low-voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear—Electronic Trip Units 

Overview 


During development of our electronic 

trip units we have consistently striven 

to ensure modularity. The following 

are just some of the modules that are 

simple to retrofit at any time: 

n Ground fault protection 

n Communication 

n Metering function 

n Displays 

n Rating plugs 

This enables fast local adaptation to 

new system conditions. At the same 

time, the ETUs are provided with 

new, innovative functions, and all trip 

units are completely interchangeable 

independent of breaker ratings. 

Rating Plug 

The Rating Plug is a replaceable module 

that enables users to reduce the rated 

device current for optimum adaptation 

to the system; e.g. during startup of a 

plant section. The Rating Plug should be 

selected so that it corresponds to the 

rated current of the system. 

Switch-selectable I2t or I4t 

Characteristic Curve Improved 

Overload Protection 

The best possible protection is assured 

when all protective devices in the 

system are optimally coordinated. 

To achieve optimum selectivity 

and coordination, the long-time 

characteristic can be switched between 

l2t and l4t. 

Switchable Parameter Sets 

To allow the protection to adapt to 

changes in system needs such as 

switching between utility and generator 

feeds, WL Circuit Breakers support 

ETUs with two independent parameter 

sets. Switching between the parameter 

sets occurs in less than 100 ms and can 

be done remotely or via a contact input 

to an optional CubicleBUS module. 

Extended Instantaneous Protection 

The electronic trip units designed 

for use with the WL circuit breaker 

provide a feature we call “Extended 

Instantaneous Protection” (Patent 

Pending). 

It allows the WL breaker, as a family, 

across the entire range of ampacities 

to be applied at the withstand rating of 

the breaker with minus 0% tolerance; 

that means no instantaneous override. 

EIP further enables the circuit breaker 

to be applied up to the full interrupting 

rating of the breaker on systems where 

the available fault current exceeds the 

withstand rating, even with LS-only trip 

units. Why is this feature important? 

The answer is reliable power. 

The coordination of the main breaker 

and the first level of feeder breakers 

is especially important because of the 

wide spread outage that will occur if 

one of these breakers trips 

unnecessarily. 

Conventional practice is to specify 

electronic trip beakers with “LS” type 

trip units in critical power systems. 

These ‘Long-Time’ and ‘Short-Time’ 

only trip units forgo the fast tripping 

times given by an ‘Instantaneous’ 

function. The justification for this delay 

is the benefit of allowing a downstream 

breaker to open first to clear a high 

magnitude fault. The main or feeder 

stays closed to keep the remainder of 

the loads operating. 

However, a circuit breaker with an 

LS-only trip unit may never be applied 

on a system capable of delivering 

fault current higher than the breaker’s 

withstand rating, commonly 85kA or 

less. Where the available fault current 

is above this level, a breaker with 

an additional function must be used 

— an instantaneous override. This 

instantaneous override function trips the 

breaker instantly when the fault current 

reaches a pre-determined level below 

the withstand rating, usually around 

20% lower. The benefit of this override 

is to allow application of the breaker up 

to the interrupting rating, which may be 

as high as 150kA. The disadvantage is 

that it compromises the coordination 

benefit because the main will probably 

trip at the same time as a downstream 

branch breaker in that 20% lower 

override window. 

This is where the Extended 

Instantaneous Protection feature of 

the WL can offer the next level of 

coordination and protection functionality. 

Unlike an instantaneous override, 

Extended Instantaneous Protection (EIP) 

allows the full withstand rating — in 

fact up to the tolerance of plus 20% 

higher. Of course, EIP still provides the 

ability of the breaker to be applied at the 

interrupting level, as high as 150kA in a 

Frame Size III, non-fused breaker. This 

unique combination enables the system 

designer to achieve the highest possible 

level of coordination in the industry and 

also allows application of the WL on 

modern power systems with extremely 

high levels of available fault current. 

A further benefit offered by EIP, over a 

standard LS trip unit equipped breaker, 

is that it provides an extra measure of 

protection in the event that the available 

fault current increases at some time 

during the life of the system beyond 

the withstand level. This would typically 

be due to a utility transformer change 

but could also be due to the addition 

of generators or large motors that 

contribute fault current. EIP provides 

the breaker the ability to react in an 

instantaneous fashion to a high level 

fault instead of having to rely on the 

slower reaction time of the short-time 

function. 

14 SWITCHGEAR 



Type WL Low-voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear—WL CIrcuit Breakers 

Selection 

Selection Criteria for WL Circuit Breakers 

SWITCHGEAR 

14 

The basic criteria for selecting circuit 

breakers is: 

Maximum Available Short Circuit 

at the installation point. This value 

determines the short circuit current 

interrupting rating or short circuit 

current withstand rating of the circuit 

breaker. 

Rated Current In which is to flow 

through the respective circuit breaker 

continuously. This value may not be 

greater than the maximum rated current 

of the circuit breaker. The rated current 

for the WL is determined by the rating 

plug, up to the maximum frame rating. 

Ambient Temperature of the circuit 

breaker. 

Design of the circuit breaker. 

Protective Functions of the circuit 

breaker.These are determined by the 

selection of the appropriate trip unit. 

Dynamic Arc-Flash Sentry (Patent 

Pending) A unique feature of the WL 

trip unit allows the system designer to 

achieve lower levels of arc flash energy 

and delayed tripping for selective trip 

coordination purposes. 

Dynamic Arc-Flash Sentry (DAS) 

employs the unique dual protective 

setting capability of the 776 trip units, 

coupled with the ability to easily toggle 

to a lower arc flash parameter set. A 

normal operation parameter set can be 

optimized for selective trip coordination, 

while the second set is optimized for 

lower arc flash energy levels. The 

dynamic action comes from the ability 

to switch from the normal operation 

set to the arc flash limiting set based 

on the presence of personnel as they 

approach the flash protection boundary. 

A wide variety of switching methods 

may used based on the needs of a 

particular facility. The capabilities range 

from fully automatic switching using 

appropriate occupancy sensors to 

manual switching via a key operation. 

14-58 



Type WL Low Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear 

Electronic Trip Unit 

Type WL Low-voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear—Electronic Trip Units 

Selection 


Basic Protective Functions ETU745 ETU748 ETU776 

Long-time overcurrent protection L 

Short-time delayed overcurrent protection S 

Instantaneous overcurrent protection I -- 

Neutral protection 

N 

Ground fault protection G 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Additional Functions 

Selectable neutral protection 

Defeatable short-time delay 

Defeatable instantaneous protection -- 

Selectable thermal memory 

Zone selective interlocking 

Selectable I 2 t or fixed short-time delay 

Adjustable instantaneous pick-up -- 

Selectable I 2 t or I 4 t long-time delay 

Adjustable short-time delay and pick-up 

Selectable and adjustable neutral protection 

Dual protective setting capability -- -- 

Extended instantaneous protection 

Parameterization and Displays 

Parameterization by rotary switches (10 steps) -- 

Parameterization by communication (absolute values) 

Parameterization by menu/keypad (absolute values) -- -- 

Remote parameterization of the basic functions -- 

Remote parameterization of the additional functions -- -- 

Alphanumeric LCD -- 

Graphical LCD -- -- 

Metering Function 

Metering function Plus 

Communication 

CubicleBUS 

Communication via PROFIBUS-DP 

Communication via the MODBUS 

Communication via the Ethernet (BDA) 

standard -- not available optional 



WL Low-voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear 

Technical Information 

Tripping Characteristics 

Every trip unit and every trip function 

has its own characteristic. You will find 

just a small section of these illustrated 

below. The characteristics show the 

respective greatest and smallest setting 

range of WL Circuit Breakers. 

To obtain a complete release 

characteristic, the appropriate 

characteristic functions must be 

determined. 

The characteristics show the behavior 

of the overcurrent release when it is 

activated by a current already flowing 

before tripping. If the overcurrent 

trip takes place immediately after 

closing and the overcurrent release is 

therefore not yet activated, the opening 

time is prolonged by about 3 to 10 

ms, depending on the value of the 

overcurrent. 

SWITCHGEAR 

14 

14-60 





Tripping Characteristics 

14 SWITCHGEAR 





WL Circuit Breakers ANSI / UL 1066 

WL Circuit Breakers ANSI / UL 1066 

Breaker Ratings 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

Frame Size II 

Frame Rating 800 1600 2000 3200 

Rating Class N S H L F N S H L F S H L F S H L 

Instantaneous Short-circuit Current 1 254VAC 50 65 85 100 200 50 65 85 100 200 65 85 100 200 65 85 100 

(kA RMS) 50/60 Hz 508VAC 50 65 85 100 200 50 65 85 100 200 65 85 100 200 65 85 100 

635VAC 50 65 65 85 200 50 65 65 85 200 65 65 85 200 65 65 85 

Short-time Withstand 

Current I cw 

(kA RMS) 50/60 Hz 0.5s 50 65 65 85 — 50 65 65 85 — 65 65 85 — 65 65 85 

Extended Instantaneous 

Protection 

(kA RMS -0% to +20%) 50 65 65 85 — 50 65 65 85 — 65 65 85 — 65 65 85 

Close and Latch Ratings 

(kA RMS) 50/60 Hz 50 65 65 85 65 50 65 65 85 65 65 65 85 65 65 65 85 

Rating Plug Range 

200, 225, 250, 300, 315, 350, 

400, 450, 500, 600, 630, 700, 

800 amps 

200, 225, 250, 300, 315, 350, 

400, 450, 500, 600, 630, 700, 

800, 1000, 1200, 1250, 

1600 amps 

200, 225, 250, 300, 315, 

350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 

630, 700, 800, 1000, 

1200, 1250, 1600, 

2000 amps 

200, 225, 250, 

300, 315, 350, 

400, 450, 500, 

600, 630, 700, 

800, 1000, 1200, 

1250, 1600, 2000, 

2500, 3000, 

3200 amps 

Endurance Rating 

(switching operations Mechanical 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 

with maintenance) 2 Electrical 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 

Frame Size III 

Frame Rating 3200 4000 5000 6000 

Rating Class M F H L M F H L M F H L M 

Instantaneous Short-circuit 

Current 1 

(kA RMS) 50/60 Hz 

254V AC 

508V AC 

635V AC 

150 

150 

85 

200 

200 

200 

85 

85 

85 

100 

100 

85 


Current Icw 

(kA RMS) 50/60 Hz 0.5 s 100 2 – 85 100 3 100 2 – 85 100 100 3 – 85 100 100 3 

Extended Instantaneous 

Protection 

(kA RMS -0% to +20%) 

254V AC 

508V AC 

635V AC 

150 

85 – 85 100 

150 

150 

85 

200 

200 

200 

85 

85 

85 

100 

100 

85 

150 

85 – 85 100 

150 

150 

85 

200 

200 

200 

85 

85 

85 

100 

100 

85 

150 

85 – 85 100 

Close and Latch Ratings 

(kA RMS) 50/60 Hz 100 2 85 85 85 100 2 85 85 85 100 2 85 85 85 100 2 

Rating Plug Range 800. 1000. 1200. 

1250, 1600, 2000, 

2500, 3000, 3200 

amps 

Endurance Rating 

(switching operations 

with maintenance) 2 

Mechanical 

Electrical 

10,000 

10,000 

800, 1000, 1200, 1250, 

1600, 2000, 2500, 3000, 

3200, 4000 amps 

10,000 

10,000 

800,1000, 1200, 1250, 

1600, 2000 2500, 3000, 

3200, 4000, 5000 amps 

10,000 

10,000 

150 

150 

85 

150 

85 

800,1000, 1200, 1250, 

1600, 2000 2500, 3000, 

3200, 4000, 5000, 6000 

amps 

10,000 

10,000 

1 Maximum rated voltage for fused breakers is 600VAC. 

2 Maintenance means: replacing main contacts and arc chutes (see operating instructions). 

3 Short-time withstand rating is 85kA RMS at 635VAC. 

14-62 





WL Non-Automatic Switches ANSI / UL 1066 

WL Non-Automatic Switches ANSI / UL 1066 

Ratings 

Frame Size II 


Frame Rating 800 1600 2000 3200 3200 4000 5000 6000 

Rating Class L F 1 L F 1 L F 1 L F 1 L F 1 L F 1 L 


Current 

(kA RMS) 50/60 Hz 0.5 s 85 20 85 20 85 20 85 40 100 40 100 40 100 

Breaking Capacity with 

External Relay (kA RMS) 

635Vac , 50/60 Hz, 

max time delay 0.5 s 85 20 85 20 85 20 85 40 100 40 100 40 100 

WL Circuit Breakers 

Frame Rating 

Frame Size II 

1 Interrupting rating is equal to 200kA based on the rating of the fuse . 

2 Consult factory for fuse carriage power loss . 

3 ETU with external control power . 

4 ETU without external control power . 


800 1600 2000 3200 3200 4000 5000 6000 

Rated current I n 

at 40°C, at 50/60Hz A 800 1600 2000 3200 3200 4000 5000 6000 

Rated operational 

(nominal) voltage VAC 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 

Rated maximum voltage VAC 635 635 635 635 635 635 635 635 

Permissible ambient 

temperature 

operation 

(for operation with 

LCD max. 55°C) °C -25 / +70 -25 / +70 -25 / +70 -25 / +70 -25 / +70 -25 / +70 -25 / +70 -25 / +70 

Storage 

(observe special 

conditions for LCD) °C -40 / +70 -40 / +70 -40 / +70 -40 / +70 -40 / +70 -40 / +70 -40 / +70 -40 / +70 

Power loss at Rated Current 

with 3-phase 2 

symmetrical load 

W 

85 

130 

(fused) 

320 

520 

(fused) 

500 

850 

(fused) 1150 700 1100 1650 2475 

Operating times 

Make-time ms 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 

Break-time (with active ETU) 3 ms 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 

Break-time 

(without active ETU) ms 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 

Total clearing time 

(with active ETU) ms 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 

Total clearing time 

(without active ETU) ms 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 

Make-time, electrical 

(via closing solenoid) ms 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 

Break-time, electrical 

(via shunt trip) ms 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 

(via instantaneous UVR) ms 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 

14 SWITCHGEAR 



Breaker Technical Data 




14 

SWITCHGEAR 



Frame Size II 


Frame Rating 800 1600 2000 3200 3200 4000 5000 6000 

Endurance 

Mechanical 

(without maintenance) 

operating 

cycles 12,500 12,500 10,000 10,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 

Mechanical 

(with maintenance) 1 

operating 

cycles 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 

Electrical 

(without maintenance) 

operating 

cycles 7,500 7,500 4,000 4,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 

Electrical 

(with maintenance ) 1 

operating 

cycles 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 

Switching frequency 1/h 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 

Minimum interval 

between breaker trip and 

next closing of the 

circuit breaker (when 

used with the automatic 

mechanical reset of the 

bell alarm) ms 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 

Mounting position 

30° 30° 

30° 30° 

Dhmax. 

= 1 mm 

Auxiliary secondary wire 

size (Cu) max # of aux. 

connecting leads x cross 

section (solid or stranded) 

TOC wire connection size 

(Cu) max # of aux. 



Weight 3 


Guide Frame 

MOC wire connection 

size (Cu) max # of aux. 



Bare 

wire 

pressure 

terminal 

1 x AWG 14 

or 

2 x AWG 16 

1 x AWG 14 

or 

2 x AWG 16 

1 x AWG 14 

or 

2 x AWG 16 

1 x AWG 14 

or 

2 x AWG 16 

1 x AWG 14 

or 

2 x AWG 16 

1 x AWG 14 

or 

2 x AWG 16 

1 x AWG 14 

or 

2 x AWG 16 

1 x AWG 14 

or 

2 x AWG 16 

Tension 

spring 

terminal 2 x AWG 14 2 x AWG 14 2 x AWG 14 2 x AWG 14 2 x AWG 14 2 x AWG 14 2 x AWG 14 2 x AWG 14 

Ring tongue 

terminal 

(standard) 

2 x AWG 14 

1 x AWG 10 2 

2 x AWG 16 

2 x AWG 14 

1 x AWG 10 2 

2 x AWG 16 

2 x AWG 14 

1 x AWG 10 2 

2 x AWG 16 

2 x AWG 14 

1 x AWG 10 2 

2 x AWG 16 

2 x AWG 14 

1 x AWG 10 2 

2 x AWG 16 

2 x AWG 14 

1 x AWG 10 2 

2 x AWG 16 

2 x AWG 14 

1 x AWG 10 2 

2 x AWG 16 

2 x AWG 14 

1 x AWG 10 2 

2 x AWG 16 

Bare 

wire 

pressure 


kg/lb 

kg/lb 

Bare 

wire 

pressure 

NSE0_00061a 

72/159 

51/112 

NSE0_00062a 

72/159 

51/112 

NSE0_00927 

75/165 

60/132 

95/209 

69/152 

155/341 

139/306 

155/341 

139/306 

155/341 

139/306 

155/341 

139/306 


1 Maintenance consists of replacing main contacts and arc chutes (see operating instructions .) 

2 For use only with Siemens supplied ring terminals (WL10RL) . 

3 Fused Breaker Weights (kg/lb) Frame Size II (fused) Frame Size III (fused) 

Breaker 103/227 same as table above 

Guide Frame 68/150 130/275 

Fuse Carriage – 102/225 

14-64 



 




WL Circuit Breaker Accessory Ratings 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 




WL Circuit Breaker Accessory Ratings 

 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14-66 



 



 

 

 

ü 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü 

 

ü 

ü 

 

ü 

ü 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü 

 

 

 

 

ü 

 

 

 

 

ü 

 

 

 

 

 

ü 

 

 

ü 

 

 

ü 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü 

 

 


14 SWITCHGEAR 

 

 

 

 

 

ü 

 

m 

 



 




 

 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

m 

 

 

ü 

 

 

ü 

 

 

 

ü 

 

ü 

ü 

ü 

ü 

ü 

ü 

ü 

ü 

ü 

 

 

ü 

ü 

 

 

ü 

ü 

ü 

ü 

ü 

ü 

ü 

ü 

ü 

ü 

ü 

ü 

ü 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü 

 

m 

 

14-68 



 



 

 

 

ü ü 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü ü 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

ü ü 

 

ü 

 

ü 

ü 

 

ü ü 

ü ü 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü ü 

 

 

 

 

ü ü 

 

 

 

 

ü 

 

m m 

ü ü 

 

 

ü ü 

 

 

ü ü 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü ü 

 

 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

 

 

 

 

ü 

 

m 

 

 

 



 




 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

 

 

 

 

 

ü 

 

 

 

 

 

m 

ü 

 

ü ü 

 

 

ü ü 

 

 

 

ü ü 

 

ü ü 

ü ü 

ü ü 

ü ü 

ü ü 

ü 

ü ü 

ü ü 

ü ü 

 

 

ü ü 

ü ü 

 

 

ü ü 

ü ü 

ü ü 

ü ü 

ü ü 

ü ü 

ü ü 

ü ü 

ü ü 

ü ü 

ü ü 

ü ü 

ü ü 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü 

 

m 

 

14-70 




WL Secondary Terminal Assignments 



WL Secondary Terminal Assignments 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

22 



Type WL Circuit Breakers 

General 

WL Communication Overview 

Connection Diagram 

1 Breaker Data Adapter 

(BDA) 

13 13 

2 Browser-capable input 

and output device 

(e.g. notebook) 

WinPM.Net 

Server 

WinPM.Net 

Web Client 

Ethernet /Internet /Intranet 

3 WL Circuit Breaker 

4 COM 16 MODBUS 

module or COM 15 

PROFIBUS module 

Ethernet 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

5 Breaker Status Sensor 

(BSS) 

6 Electronic Trip Unit 

7 Metering function PLUS 

8 Zone Selective 

Interlocking (ZSI) module 

9 Digital output module 

with relay or optocoupler 

outputs 

10 Digital output module 

with relay or optocoupler 

outputs, remotely 

configurable 

11 Analog output module 

12 Digital input module 

MODBUS Master 

PLC or Supervisory 

Software 

14 

9510 Meter* 

(Ethernet 

Gateway) 

Optional 

2 

MODBUS 

8 9 10 11 

4 

5 

1 

6 

3 

BDA 

7 

WL Circuit Breaker 

with COM 16 

15 

BDA Plus* 

* The Siemens BDA Plus or meters, 9330, 9350, 95/9610 can 

be used as a gateway to enable Ethernet communication 

to the WL Circuit Breaker. 

12 

13 WinPM.Net on PC 

14 PLC (e.g. SIMATIC S7) 

15 BDA Plus 

Features 

n Industry standard MODBUS or 

PROFIBUS communication available on 

all WL breakers from 200A to 6000A. 

n The high modularity of the WL Circuit 

Breakers and accessories allows 

simple retrofitting of all communication 

components. 

n The ability to connect additional input 

and output modules to the breaker 

internal CubicleBUS of the WL opens 

up a range of opportunities to reduce 

secondary device count and wiring and 

to increase functionality implemented in 

switchgear. 

n Innovative software products for local 

configuration, operation, monitoring and 

diagnostics of WL Circuit Breakers using 

MODBUS, PROFIBUS or via Ethernet/ 

Intranet/Internet. 

n Complete integration of WL Circuit 

Breakers in all Totally Integrated Power 

and Totally Integrated Automation 

Solutions. 

14-72 


(559 m m ) 

(559 m m Type WL Low ) 

Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear 

Section Configurations 




General Notes: 

• A blank/instrument compartment can 

always be substituted for a breaker 

compartment. 

• Any 22” wide section can be 32” wide 

if more conduit working room is needed. 

• For bus duct connections – if incoming 

is top, Compartment A must be blank/ 

instrument, if incoming is bottom, 

Compartment D must be blank/instrument. 

• Bussed transition section is 22” wide 

• For close coupled transformer connections, 

Compartment A must be blank/instrument. 

• Utility metering is always in a separate 

section. Section width is dependent 

on utility. 

Section Compartment Arrangement 

A 

Compartment 

B 

Compartment 

C 

Compartment 

D 

Compartment 

Switchgear Depth Dimensional Information 

(Dimensions below are for internal frames – 

not total structure depth) 

• Non-fused indoor – 60” standard, 70” and 

80” optional 

• Fused indoor – 65” standard, 75” and 


22 in. 

(559 m m ) 

• Non-fused 22 in. 

non-walk-in outdoor – 60” 

(559 standard m m ) and 75” optional 

• Fused non-walk-in outdoor – 65” standard 

and 75” optional 

22 in. 

•(559 Non-fused m m ) 22 walk-in 

22 in. 

in. outdoor – 60” standard 

(559 and m m ) 75” optional 

(559 m m ) 

• Fused walk-in outdoor – 65” standard and 


• Walk-in outdoor aisle is 42” deep 

• Sections with cable connected main, tie 

and/or feeder breakers that are 3200 amp 

or greater must be minimum depth of 

70” for unfused breakers and 75” for 

fused breakers. 

Main Sections – Non-Fused Breakers 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 

Main Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000, 3200 

Feeder Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000, 3200 


800, 1600, 

2000 

22 in. 

(559 mm) 


800, 1600, 

2000 


800, 1600, 

2000, 3200 

Main Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000, 3200 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 

22 in. 

(559 mm) 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 

Main Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000, 3200 


800, 1600, 

2000 

22 in. 

(559 mm) 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 

Main Breaker 

4000, 5000 


800, 1600, 2000, 

3200, 4000 

Refer to Note 1 


800, 1600, 2000 


32 in. 

(813 mm) 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 

Main Breaker 

4000, 5000 



800, 1600, 2000 

32 in. 

(813 mm) 

Auxiliary 

Compartment 

Main Breaker 

6000 

Auxiliary 

Compartment 

32 in. 

(813 mm) 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Note 1 – If a 4000 amp feeder breaker is installed in 

Compartment C, Compartment D must be a Blank or 

Instrument Compartment. 

Note 2 – If a 4000 amp breaker is installed in 

Compartment B, Compartment A must be a Blank or 

Instrument Compartment. 

Main Sections – Fused Breakers 

Note 3 – If incoming is bottom, feeder breakers can 

mount in compartments A and/or B. 


Compartment B, the middle level through bus is not 

available. 


Compartment D, the lower level through bus is not 

available. 

Note 6 – Only one 800, 1600, 2000 amp feeder breaker 

can be mounted per section. If the horizontal main bus 

is at the top of the section, the 800, 1600, 2000 amp 

feeder breaker can go in the A compartment and a blank/ 

instrument compartment must go in the D 

compartment. If the horizontal main bus is a the bottom 

of the section, the 800, 1600, 2000 amp feeder breaker 

can go in the D compartment and a blank/instrument 

compartment must go in the A compartment. 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 

Main Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000 


800, 1600, 

2000 


800, 1600, 

2000 

22 in. 

(559 mm) 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 

Main Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000 


800, 1600, 

2000 

22 in. 

(559 mm) 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 

Main Breaker 

3200, 4000 


800, 1600, 2000 

32 in. 

(813 mm) 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 

Main Breaker 

5000 

32 in. 

(813 mm) 

Note 7 – Any feeder section (or bus transition section) 

with 6000 amp vertical bus must be 32” wide. 

24 







Tie Sections – Non-Fused Breakers 

Tie Sections – Fused Breakers 


800, 1600, 

2000 


800, 1600, 

2000 


800, 1600, 2000 

Feeder 22 in. 

Breaker 

800, (559 

1600, m m ) 

2000 


Blank 22 or Auxiliary 

in. 

Compartment 

(559 m m ) 

Feeder 22 in. Breaker 

(559 800, m m ) 1600, 

2000 

 

 

 


800, 1600, 

2000 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 

Tie Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000, 3200 


800, 1600, 

2000, 3200 


800, 1600, 

2000 

Tie Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000, 3200 

Tie Breaker 

4000, 

5000 


800, 1600, 2000, 

3200, 4000 



800, 

Tie Breaker 

22 in. 1600, 2000, 22 in. 

22 in. 800, 1600, 

(559 3200, m m ) 4000 

22 in. 

22 in. (559 Main 22 

m 

in. Breaker m ) 22 in. (559 m m 2000 ) 22 in. 


22 in. 

(559 m m ) 

(559 m m 

(559 ) 6000 m m ) 

(559 m m (559 ) m m ) 

(559 m m ) 

Tie Breaker 

4000, 5000 


800, 1600, 

2000 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tie Breaker 

3200, 4000 

Tie Breaker 

5000 


800, 1600, 

2000 


800, 1600, 

2000 


800, 1600, 2000 



800, 1600, 2000 

Blank or Auxiliary 

Compartment 


800, 1600, 

2000 

 

 

 


800, 1600, 

2000 

22 in. 

(559 mm) 

22 in. 

(559 mm) 

32 in. 

(813 mm) 

32 in. 

(813 mm) 

32 in. 

(813 mm) 

22 in. 

(559 mm) 

 

 

32 in. 

(813 mm) 

32 in. 

(813 mm) 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

Main and Tie Sections – Non-Fused Breakers 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 


800, 1600, 

2000 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 


800, 1600, 2000 

Main and Tie Sections – Fused Breakers 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 


800, 1600, 

2000 


800, 1600, 

2000 

Main Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000, 3200 

Tie Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000, 3200 

Main Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000, 3200 

Main Breaker 

4000, 5000 

Tie Breaker 

4000 

Main Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000 

Main Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000 

Tie Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000 

Tie Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000, 3200 

Main Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000, 3200 

Tie Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000, 3200 


800, 1600, 2000, 

3200, 4000 


Main Breaker 

4000 

Tie Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000 

Tie Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000 

Main Breaker 

800, 1600, 

2000 


800, 1600, 

2000 


800, 1600, 

2000 


800, 1600, 

2000 


800, 1600, 2000 



800, 1600, 2000 


800, 1600, 

2000 


800, 1600, 

2000 


800, 1600, 

2000 

22 in. 

(559 mm) 

22 in. 

(559 mm) 

22 in. 

(559 mm) 

32 in. 

(813 mm) 

32 in. 

(813 mm) 

22 in. 

(559 mm) 

22 in. 

(559 mm) 

22 in. 

(559 mm) 

Feeder Sections – Non-Fused Breakers (see Note 7 on page 24) 

Feeder Sections – Fused Breakers (see Note 7 on page 24) 


800, 1600, 

2000 


800, 1600, 

2000 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 

 

 

 


800, 1600, 

2000 


Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 


800, 1600, 

2000, 3200 


800, 1600, 

2000, 3200 



800, 1600, 

2000, 3200 


22 in. 

(559 mm) 


800, 1600, 

2000 


4000, 5000 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 

32 in. 

(813 mm) 


4000, 5000 


4000, 5000 

Blank or 

Instrument 

Compartment 

32 in. 

(813 mm) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


3200, 4000 


800, 1600, 

2000 


32 in. 

(813 mm) 


5000 

32 in. 

(813 mm) 

25 

14-74 



Shipping Weights and Dimensional Information 



Shipping Weights and Dimensional Information 

Siemens Type WL Low Voltage Switchgear 

can be configured in many ways by 

combining different section types. Up 

to five vertical sections plus a transition 

section can be shipped together as a unit. 

Maximum shipping split length for indoor 

structures is 110 in. (2794 mm). If all 

vertical sections are not to be shipped as 

a unit, specifications need to be provided 

that describe the limiting factors (e.g., 

low door or narrow hallway). 

Normal indoor vertical sections are 96 in. 

(2438 mm) high and a minimum 60 in. 

(1524 mm) deep for non-fused breakers 

and 65 in. (1651 mm) deep for fused 

breakers. A top-mounted hoist, which 

is shipped as an accessory in a separate 

container, adds 6.2 in. (157 mm) for a 

total installed height of 102.2 in. 

(2596 mm). 

The outdoor switchgear assembly 

contains the indoor assembly in an 

outdoor housing. The overall height is 

112.8 in. (2865 mm) for non walk-in 

designs and 114 in. (2896 mm) for 

walk-in designs. The depth of a 

non walk-in outdoor 

assembly with a 60 in. (1524 mm) internal 

structure is 82.3 in. (2090 mm) and the 

depth of a walk-in outdoor assembly with 

a 60 in. (1524 mm) internal structure is 

110.7 in. (2812 mm). Maximum shipping 

split length for outdoor structures is 66 in. 

(1676 mm). 

The major assembly sections include: 

• Transition Sections — used as 

transition to liquid filled transformer 

or to outdoor dry type transformers. 

• Auxiliary Sections — used as incoming 

bus duct or cable entrance when a 

main breaker is not used. 

• Main Sections — used to contain main 

breaker and may house metering and 

feeder breakers. 

• Feeder Sections — used to contain 

feeder breakers and other equipment 

such as instrumentation. 

• Tie Sections — used to contain tie 

breaker and other equipment such 

as feeder breakers. 

Transition Section For Liquid Filled and 

Outdoor Dry Type Transformers 

Dimension A Weight 

in inches (mm) in lbs. (kg) 

Indoor 55 (1397) 500 (227) 

Outdoor 61 (1549) 550 (250) 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Approximate Weight – Lbs. 

Section Type 22” 22” 32” 32” 38” 38” 48” 48” 

Indoor Outdoor Indoor Outdoor Indoor Outdoor Indoor Outdoor 

Auxiliary 

1000 2000 1300 2500 1800 3200 N/A N/A 

(450) (900) (585) (1125) (810) (1440) 

Utility N/A N/A N/A N/A 2100 3500 2600 4500 

Metering (945) (1575) (1170) (2025) 

Breaker 

1400 2400 2000 3300 N/A N/A N/A N/A 

(630) (1080) (900) (1485) 

Weights shown in pounds and ( ) kilograms. 

Weights shown do not include weight of circuit breaker removeable element (but does include cradle). 

Add 400 lbs for hoist and track. 

On outdoor switchgear, add 500 lbs for end walls (weight is for both ends). Refer to shipping documents for actual weights. 

26 



Dimensional Information 




Indoor Floor Plan and Cable Space Details 

1.25 

(32) 

typ. 

.86 

(22) 

4.42 (112) 

.75 (19) typ. 

.75 (19) typ. 

1.50 

(38) 

.86 

(22) 

5.86 

(149) 7.88 1 

(200) 

Note 

3 

4.82 

(122) 

B 

Transformer 

Throat 

4.00 

(102) 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

A 

Liquid filled & 

outdoor dry type 

transformers only 

C L 

14.9 

(378) 

Maximum available 

space in top or bottom 

of unit for customer's 

power cables 

(4) Holes for 

.50 (12mm) 

Grade 5 

anchor bolts 

Space for 

secondary 

leads from 

above 

2.00 (51) 

5.00 

(127) 

4.00 2 

(102) 

1.00 

(25) 

2.12 

(54) 

End Trim Panel (typ.) 

Required on left and 

right end of switchboard 

lineup — adds 2” 

to total lineup width 

3.00 (76) 

D 

Space for 

secondary 

leads from 

below 

7.00 

(179) 

C 

2.37 (60) 

Note 4 

1.00 (25) W 

W = 22 (559) or 32 (813) 

1.00 (25) 

2.00 (51) 

4.40 (112) 

A B C D 

Equipment Depth 

Direction of Cables 

60” Non-Fused with 

1 2 

(N, S, H or L-Class Breakers) Below 21.50 (546) 

13.88 (353) 32.59 (828) 

OR 

Above 21.25 (540) 1 18.88 (480) 37.59 (955) 

65” Fused with (F-Class Breakers) 

70” Non-fused with 

(N, S, H or L-Class Breakers) 

Below 31.50 (800) 1 2 13.88 (353) 32.59 (828) 

OR 

75” Fused with (F-Class Breakers) Above 31.25 (794) 1 18.88 (480) 37.59 (955) 

80” Non-fused with Below 41.50 (1054) 1 2 

(N, S, H or L-Class Breakers) Above 41.25 (1048) 1 

13.88 (353) 32.59 (828) 

80” Fused with Below 36.50 (927) 1 2 

(F-Class Breakers) Above 36.25 (921) 1 

18.88 (480) 37.59 (955) 

Note: Dimensions shown in inches and (mm). 

1 Reduce by 7.88” if upper neutral is present with cables above or if a lower neutral is present with cables below. 

2 Reduce by 4.00” if an 800-3200A breaker is located in the bottom compartment. 

Reductions per notes 1 & 2 are additive. Example: cables below + lower neutral + 2000A breaker in bottom compartment = B-11.88. 

3 Reduce cable space by 4.00” x 4.82” if Neutral Riser is present. (Consult Factory). 

4 4.10 (104) if W=22; 4.60 (117) if W=32. 

27 

14-76 







Indoor Side View 

Optional Hoist 

Lifting Holes (3) 

Vent stack 

4.0 (102) 

24.9 

(632) 

hoist 

Extension 

102.2 

(2596) 

top of 

Hoist 

Front 

Compartment 

E 

Bus 

Compartment 

17.8 

(452) 

Cable 

Compartment 

F 

92.0 

(2337) 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

42.0 (1067) 

Minimum 

Aisle Space 

Recommended 

Floor Line 

2.37 

(60) 

A 

G 

A E F G 

Equipment Depth Breaker Compartment Depth Rear Compartment Depth Anchor Bolt Spacing 

60 (1524) Non-fused breakers 19.8 (503) 22.4 (569) 59.13 (1502) 

65 (1651) Fused breakers 24.8 (630) 22.4 (569) 64.13 (1629) 






28 







Outdoor Non-Walk-in Floor Plan 

3 

1 

2 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

1 60” is representative for a 60” deep switchgear internal structure. For other 

internal structure depths (65 or 75) add extra depth to 60” that is shown. 

2 75.37 is representative for a 60” deep internal structure. For other internal 

structure depths (65 or 75) add extra depth to 75.37 that is shown. 

3 Refer to appropriate indoor plan view for available customer conduit information. 

Outdoor Non Walk-in Side View 

Dimensions shown in inches (mm) 

1 82.27 dimension is based on 60” internal frame structure and if a deeper 

internal frame structure is used (65 or 75) the extra depth should be added 

to the 82.27 dimension. 










29 

14-78 







Outdoor Walk-in Floor Plan 

3 

2 

1 

1 60” is representative for a 60” deep switchgear internal structure. For other 

internal structure depths (65 or 75) add extra depth to 60” that is shown. 

2 103.8” is representative for a 60” deep internal structure. For other internal 

structure depths (65 or 75) add extra depth to 103.8” that is shown. 

3 Refer to appropriate indoor plan view for available customer conduit information. 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Outdoor Walk-in Side View 

Dimensions shown in inches (mm) 







30 









VT, CPT, CT Data 



VT, CPT, CT Data 

Voltage Transformers – External Metering and Relaying 

Accuracy Class at 60 Hz 

Thermal 

Burden Volt-Amp Rating 

Ratio W X Y Rating VA Hertz 

600:120 0.6 1.2 1.2 100 150 50/60 

480:120 0.6 1.2 1.2 100 150 50/60 

288:120 0.6 1.2 1.2 100 150 50/60 

Control Power Transformers – 115ºC Rise 

14 

Primary 

Secondary 

kVA Phase Voltage Voltage 

3 

5 

10 1 

Single 240/480 120/240 

15 1 Accuracy at 60 Hz Metering Burden (ohms) 

SWITCHGEAR 

Current Transformers for FSII WL Breaker Applications - External Metering and Relaying 2 

Accuracy at 60 Hz Metering Burden (ohms) 

Ratio B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8 Class 

100.5 1.2 — — — — C5 

150.5 1.2 — — — — C7 

200.5 1.2 — — — — C9 

250.5 1.2 — — — — C12 

300.5 0.6 0.6 — — — C15 

400.5 0.6 0.6 1.2 — — C20 

500.5 0.6 0.6 1.2 — — C25 

600.5 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 C21 

800.5 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 C29 

1000.5 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 C35 

1200.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 C20 

1500.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 C25 

1600.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 C27 

2000.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 C34 

2500.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 C20 

3000.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 C21 

3200.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 C20 

Current Transformers for FSIII WL Breaker Applications – External Metering and Relaying 2 

Ratio B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8 Class 

2000.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 C20 

2500.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 C20 

3000.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 C20 

3200.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 C20 

4000.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 C20 

5000.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 C20 

6000.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 C20 

1 Requires complete compartment. 

2 Breaker compartment will accept 1 set of CT’s each on top and bottom primary disconnects. 

31 

14-80 




Take control of your gear 

from your smart device 

Remotely monitor, configure, and control using 

mobile phone or tablet (wireless or hardwired) 

Arc flash safety 

n Remotely open/close breakers from outside arc 

flash hazard zone – no longer need dedicated 

control panel 

n Remotely activate breaker maintenance mode 

from outside arc flash hazard zone 

n Remotely view breaker status from outside arc 

flash hazard zone 

Switchgear 


Switchboard 

Selection 

Ease of commissioning 

n Set breaker settings via touchscreen using mobile 

phone or tablet 

Security 

n Local security enabled WPA2 WIFI network only 

allowing local access 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

MindSphere (IoT) capable 

Intelligence and control at your fingertips 

Elevation Screen WL Breaker Dashboard PAC 4200 Dashboard 





Selection 

Sm@rtGear Mobile Network Topology 

Wireless 


Hardwire 


— Ethernet 

— ULP 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

Smart 

DAS 

Local 

Server 

Network 

Switch 

Smart 

DAS 

Local 

Server 

Network 

Switch 

Wireless 

Router 

Modbus 

Gateway 

Modbus 

Gateway 


ETU 

Power Meter 

SEM3 Modular 

Metering 


ETU 

Power Meter 

SEM3 Modular 

Metering 

Sm@rtGear Mobile Standard Features 

n Available in Type WL LV Switchgear, SB Switchboards and 

P4/P5 Power Panelboard 

n Integrates with Siemens application using phone or tablet 

n Ethernet switch and WIFI access point with WPA2 encryption 

Power/Insulated Case Circuit Breaker Feature 

n ETU 776 with Sm@rt Dynamic Arc Sentry (DAS) 



n Current and voltage monitoring 

n Power metering functions 

n Electrically operated breakers 

n Remote open/close 

Molded Case Circuit Breaker Features 

n ETU 586 with Smart DAS 



n Current monitoring 

n Breaker status 

Sm@rtGear Mobile Optional Features 

n PAC Digital meter integration 

n SEM3 submetering integration 

n Siemens MindSphere IoT integration 

14-82 



Siemens Sm@rtGear Low-voltage Switchgear 

Introduction 

Sm@rtGear LVS System Architecture 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

The future 

The past 

Why settle for partial control when you can have 

total control and pay less? Traditional hard wired 

remote control panels provide additional safety 

for your personnel but Siemens Sm@rtGear 

LVS can provide the same breaker remote 

control plus remote monitoring and configuration 

of all embedded intelligent devices. 

Siemens Sm@rtGear LVS is pre-configured 

and pre-programmed low-voltage metalenclosed 

switchgear that provides out-of-the-box 

remote monitoring, configuration and control of 

embedded intelligent devices. 

All of the Sm@rtGear LVS communication 

backbone is installed and tested at the Siemens 

factory and the user only has to physically connect 

the three communication cables that connect the 

low-voltage switchgear to the remotely mounted 

touch screen interface panel (HMI). 

The remote HMI allows the user to access the 

intelligent devices embedded in the low-voltage 

switchgear. Using the HMI, the user can monitor, 

configure and control the intelligent devices. The 

Sm@rtGear LVS CPU acts as the local master 

and can also be a remote slave tied into an 

upstream supervisory system. 



Siemens Sm@rtGear Low-voltage Switchgear 

Features 

SWITCHGEAR 

14 

Sm@rtGear LVS standard 

features 

n PC with pre-programmed software 

to remotely monitor, configure and 

control embedded intelligent devices 

and structural monitoring devices. 

n 22” touch screen HMI pre-configured 

and programmed with application 

specific graphical user interface 

(application specific elevation and 

one-line drawings) that act as user 

home page. 

n Communication backbone linking 

embedded intelligent devices, CPU 

and HMI. 

n ETU776 trip units in all breakers with 

Dynamic Arc Flash Sentry (DAS) that 

supports arc flash incident energy 

reduction. 

n Electrically operated breakers with 

spring charge motor, shunt trip and 

remote closing coil. 

n Metering and protective relaying 

functionality in all breakers. 

Sm@rtGear LVS standard 

functionality includes: 

n LVS one-line view 

n LVS elevation view 

n User Administrator 

n Cell Blocking 

n WL breaker control (Password or 

hardware enabled/disabled) 

n WL breaker monitoring 

n WL breaker configuration 

Documentation 

Sm@rtGear LVS optional 

functionality includes: 

n WL breaker monitoring 

n Digital meter monitoring (provided at 

no additional cost if digital meter is 

supplied) 

n TPS 6 SPD monitoring 

(provided at no additional cost if SPD 

is supplied) 

n High Resistance Grounding (HRG) 

(provided at no additional cost if HRG 

is supplied) 

n LVS structural monitoring 

n Custom Maintenance Reports 

14-84 



Type WL Low-voltage Switchgear for Marine and Offshore Applications 


Siemens Type WL Low-voltage Switchgear for 

Marine and Offshore Applications 

Siemens offers low-voltage switchgear 

for marine and offshore applications. 

Siemens Type WL Low-voltage 

Switchgear can be manufactured to 

meet ABS, USCG, DNV and Lloyd’s 

of London standards. Additionally 

all Siemens Type WL Low-voltage 

Switchgear is built to the applicable UL, 

ANSI and IEEE standards. 

Equipment Ratings 

n 635V AC maximum 

n 3 phase 3 wire, 3 phase 4 wire 

n 50/60 Hz 

n 6000 amp maximum horizontal bus 

n 6000 amp maximum vertical bus 

n Silver plated copper bus standard – tin 

plated copper optional 

n Standard bus bracing 100kA –optional 

up to 200kA 

Seismic Qualification 

Seismic qualification to all major seismic 

construction standards (IBC, UBC, CBC, 

SBC, BOCA and IEEE 693) is available. 

For additional Type WL low-voltage 

switchgear product information, 

including configuration information, 

refer to the WL Low-voltage Metal- 

Enclosed Switchgear Selection and 

Application Guide – Siemens Document 

No. LVSA-LVMES-0313. 

Additional Industry Standards 

Compliance 




n UL 1558 — Metal-Enclosed Lowvoltage 


Switchgear 

n ANSI C37.20.1 — Metal-Enclosed 

Low-voltage Power Circuit Breaker 

Switchgear 

n ANSI C37.50 — Test Procedure 

for Low-voltage AC Power Circuit 

Breakers Used in Enclosures 

n ANSI C37.51 — Conformance Testing 

of Metal-Enclosed Low-voltage AC 

Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear 

Assemblies 

n NEMA SG5 — Power Switchgear 

Assemblies 

n NEC — Applicable requirements of 

the National Electric Code (NEC) 

n CSA — Optional CSA compliance 

with cUL labeling is available. 

n ANSI C37.20.7 — Optional Type WL 

arc resistant low-voltage switchgear 

is available and is UL listed to ANSI/ 

IEEE C37.20.7. Type 2B arc resistant 

accessibility rating with maximum 

internal arcing short-circuit current 

rating of 100kA @508V and 85kA @ 

635V 

WL Drawout Circuit Breakers are in 

accordance with: 

n UL 1066 — Low-voltage AC and 

DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in 

Enclosures 

n ANSI C37.13 — Low-voltage AC 


Enclosures 

n ANSI C37.16 — Preferred Ratings, 

Related Requirements, and 

Application for Low-voltage Power 

Circuit Breakers and AC Power Circuit 

Protectors 

n ANSI C37.17 — Trip Devices for AC 

and General Purpose DC Low-voltage 

Power Circuit Breakers 

n NEMA SG3 — Low-voltage Power 


14 SWITCHGEAR 



Type WL Arc Resistant Low-voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear 


14 

SWITCHGEAR 

WL Arc Resistant Low-voltage Switchgear 

Features, Benefits and Ratings 

Enhanced Safety 

Siemens now offers arc resistant, 

metal-enclosed, low-voltage switchgear 

designed to provide an additional 

degree of protection for personnel 

performing normal operating duties in 

proximity to the energized equipment. 

Such duties include opening or closing 

circuit breakers, closed door circuit 

breaker racking, reading instruments, 

or other activities that do not require 

cover removal or opening doors (other 

than auxiliary/ instrument compartment 

doors). 

Why Arc Resistant Switchgear 

Standard metal-enclosed switchgear is 

designed to withstand the mechanical 

forces generated by bolted faults on 

the load terminals until a power circuit 

breaker or other protective device can 

interrupt the flow of fault current. This 

capability is verified by short-circuit 

and short-time withstand tests on the 

equipment and interruption tests on the 

power circuit breakers. During a bolted 

fault, the voltage at the fault location 

is essentially zero and the fault energy 

is dissipated throughout the power 

system. The arc generated within the 

power circuit breaker during interruption 

is cooled and extinguished by the circuit 

breaker arc chutes. The minimal out 

gassing of arc byproducts from the arc 

chutes is contained by the switchgear 

as verified by interruption tests. 

Siemens arc resistant low-voltage 

switchgear provides an added degree 

of protection over standard metalenclosed 

switchgear. In addition to 

bolted faults, Siemens WL arc resistant 

low-voltage switchgear is designed 

and performance tested to ANSI/IEEE 

C37.20.7 to provide protection from 

the hazards of internal arcing faults. 

An internal arcing fault can be caused 

by insulation degradation, insulation 

contamination, entrance of vermin, 

foreign objects coming into contact 

with the energized bus, or any other 

unplanned condition that creates an 

electrical discharge path through air. 

During an arcing fault, the voltage at 

the fault location is essentially the 

system voltage and the fault energy 

is focused within the switchgear 

enclosure. Arc temperatures can 

exceed 20,000 degrees Kelvin, rapidly 

heating the air and vaporizing metal 

parts. The expanding plasma creates 

severe mechanical and thermal stress 

in the equipment which can blow open 

doors and covers and burn through or 

fragment the enclosure. 


n ANSI/IEEE Type 2B Arc Resistant to 

protect personnel at the front, back 

and sides of the equipment. 

n UL Listed, performance tested 

and classified as arc resistant in 

accordance with ANSI/IEEE C37.20.7. 

n Reinforced enclosure to withstand 

pressure from internal arcing faults. 

n Internal venting system with pressure 

dams and pressure vents to channel 

the flow of arc fault gases and vent 

these gases out the top of the gear 

and away from personnel. 

n Reinforced and gasketed front doors 

with additional hinges and latching 

means. 

n One piece circuit breaker 

compartment doors with insert panels 

for control devices such as fuses, 

indicating lights and circuit breaker 

control switches when required. 

n Reinforced bolted rear covers. 

n Insulated/Isolated bus bar system. 

n Integrally designed circuit breaker 

door sealing frame that allows the 

user to rack a circuit breaker to 

connect, test or disconnect position 

without having to install additional 

hardware (bellows, shrouds, etc) and 

still maintain arc resistant rating of the 

apparatus. 

n Shutters in circuit breaker 

compartments. 

n Riser Base with integrated arc 

plenum. 

n Four high power circuit breaker 

stacking capability. No additional 

stacking/configuration restrictions. 

n All section configurations available. 

Available in solidly grounded or 

resistance grounded configurations. 

n Non-fused non current-limiting 

circuit breakers allow full power 

coordination. 

Recommended Optional Features 

Overhead plenum with exhaust duct. 

The system is designed to transfer the 

byproducts of the arcing event (smoke, 

particulate matter, heat, etc.) away 

from the immediate vicinity of the lowvoltage 

switchgear when an internal 

arcing fault occurs. Typically, the 

14-86 




Dimensional Data 

exhaust duct will vent the byproducts 

to a location usually outside of the room 

in which the low-voltage switchgear 

is located. The overhead plenum is 

attached to the roof of the low-voltage 

switchgear, and can be exhausted 

in any direction ((left, right, forward, 

backward) away from the switchgear 

assembly or unit substation. 

Dynamic Arc Flash Sentry (DAS). 

DAS employs the unique dual 

parameter setting capability of the 

ETU776 trip unit, coupled with the 

ability to easily toggle to a lower arc 

flash parameter set. A normal operation 

parameter set can be optimized for 

selective trip coordination, while the 

second set is optimized for lower arc 

flash energy levels. The dynamic action 

comes from the ability to switch from 

the normal operation set to the arc flash 

limiting set based on the presence of 

personnel as they approach the flash 

protection boundary. 

Zone Selective Interlocking (ZSI). 

If WL circuit breakers are arranged in 

several levels and minimum delays 

are desired, it is advisable to use the 

ZSI module. The circuit breakers are 

interconnected by these modules. In 

the event of a short-circuit, all circuit 

breakers communicate to determine 

and isolate the exact short-circuit 

location. Thus, only the closest 

upstream circuit breaker will be opened. 

The ZSI module provides the complete 

range of selectivity with the short delay 

time of tzsi = 50 ms. By shortening the 

delay time, the ZSI module significantly 

reduces arc duration, stress and 

damage in the event of a short-circuit in 

the switchgear. 

High resistance grounding. 

Reduces available fault current during 

ground faults thereby reducing arc 

energy. 

Ratings 

• ANSI/IEEE Type 2B accessibility 

• Maximum internal arcing short-circuit current: 

100kA @ 508V and 85kA @ 635V 

• WL power circuit breaker frames range from 800A 

to 6000A 

• 3 and 4 pole WL power circuit breakers 

• Maximum arcing duration: 500 msec 

• Vertical bus continuous current ratings to 6000A 

• Horizontal bus continuous current ratings to 6000A 

• Maximum voltage: 635V 

• 3 Phase 3 Wire, 3 Phase 4 Wire 

• 50/60 Hz 

A 


G 

1.25 (32) 

(Typ.) 

5.11 (130) 

B 

Non-fused 32.59 (828) 

Fused 37.59 (955) 

3.27 (83) 

Transformer 

Throat 

C L 

transformers only 

14.9 

(378) 

(4) Holes for 

.50(12mm) 

Grade 5 

anchor bolts 

2.37(60) 

Note 3 

Rear 

5.20 (132) (Note 1) 

Maximum Space 

For Cables Below 

4.00 (101) (Note 2) 

Maximum Space 

For Cables Above 

Space for 

secondary 

leads from 

above (Note 6) 

Space for 

secondary 

leads from 

below 

1.00(25) W 

7.00 

(179) 

4.40 (179) 

1.00 (25) 

2.00 (51) 

Front 

Plan View (WL Arc Resistant Switchgear 

without Optional Overhead Plenum) 

A = Equipment Depth +2.6 (66) 

2.00 

(51) 

5.00 

(127) 

4.59 

(Typ.) 

(116) 

2.28 

(Typ.) 

(57) 

1.25 (51) (Typ.) 

2.12 (54) 

Anchor Bolt Spacing 

G = Equipment Depth – 0.88 (22) 

Equipment 

Minimum Width 

W 

3 Pole FS2 22 (559) 

3 Pole FS3 32 (813) 

4 Pole FS2 32 (813) 

4 Pole FS3 40 (1016) 

11.40 

(289) 

B1 

End Trim Panel (Typ.) 

Required on left and 

right end of switchgear 

lineup - adds 2" 

to total lineup width 

3.00 (76) 

Non-Fused 13.88 (353) 

Fused 18.88 (480) 

Equipment 

Depth 

118.0 (2997) Minimum Ceiling Height Required (See Note 4) 

106.5 (2705) 

Top of Hoist 

24.9 (632) 

Hoist Extension 

39.0 (991) Minimum 

Aisle Space Required 

42.0 (1067) Minimum 

Aisle Space Recommended 

Floor or Pad Surface 

Optional Hoist 


• NEMA 1 indoor 

Industry Standards 

• UL-1558 

• ANSI/IEEE C37.20.1 

• ANSI C37.51 

• ANSI/IEEE C37.20.7 

2.37(60) G 

Side View 

Riser Base 

Cable Direction 

Below 

B 

Lifting Holes (3) 

Vent Stack 

A 

4.0 

4.0 (102) 

96.0 

(2438) 

36.0 (914) Minimum 

Aisle Space Required 

Cable Direction 

Above 

B1 

60 (1524) Non-fused 20.00 (508) a 13.68 (347) 

65 (1651) Fused 20.00 (508) a 13.68 (347) 

70 (1778) Non-fused 30.00 (762) a 23.68 (601) 

75 (1905) Fused 30.00 (889) a 23.68 (728) 

80 (2032) Non-fused 40.00 (1016) a 33.68 (855) 

80 (2032) Fused 35.00 (889) a 28.68 (728) 

a Space available for cables below is reduced by 5.20 inches when a 

lower neutral bus is present. 

14 SWITCHGEAR 





14 

SWITCHGEAR 


13 

(330) 

10 

(254) 

Overhead 

Plenum 

Vents 

Aux/Bkr 

Comp 

Aux/Bkr 

Comp 

Aux/Bkr 

Comp 

Aux/Bkr 

Comp 

Riser Base 

Overhead Plenum 

Vents 

Aux/Bkr 

Comp 

Aux/Bkr 

Comp 

Aux/Bkr 

Comp 

Aux/Bkr 

Comp 

Riser Base 

35.0 (889) 

Exhaust Duct 

Width = 21.36 (542) 

External Duct 

Support Holes 

Floor or Pad Surface 

104.60 

(2656) 

Exhaust Duct 

14.50 

(368) 

To Exterior Wall 

23.0 (584) x 

15.0 (381) 

Wall space required 

at 104.0 (2641) 

from f oor 

Front View: WL Arc Resistant Switchgear with Overhead Plenum 

119 

(3022) 


Drawings are not to scale. 

1. Space available for cables below is reduced by 5.20 inches when a lower 

neutral bus is present. 

2. Space available for cables below is reduced by 4.00 inches if an 800-3200A 

circuit breaker is located in the bottom compartment. Reductions per notes 

1 & 2 are additive. Example: cables below + lower neutral + 2000A circuit 

breaker in bottom compartment = B – 9.20 

3. 4.10 (104) if W = 22; 4.60 (117) if W = 32, W = 40 

4. 118 (2997) minimum room ceiling height is required for ventilation of arc 

products for LV Arc resistant switchgear without overhead plenum. 

5. 120 (3048) minimum room ceiling height is required for LV Arc resistant 

switchgear with overhead plenum. 

6. Not applicable for Overhead plenum application. Consult Factory for 

guidelines for secondary leads from above solutions. 

7. Custom designed exhaust duct is provided when the exit is towards the 

front to clear the overhead hoist. Cross-sectional area of the exhaust duct 

remains same as shown in figure. Wall cutout required is same at 104 (2641) 

from floor. 

8. Siemens to provide weatherproof box to be installed outside the exterior 

wall over the exhaust duct exit. 

9. The area outside the exhaust duct vent needs to be kept clear of personnel 

and equipment due to the potential for pressurized exhaust gases being 

expelled in the area as a result of arc fault in the switchgear. An area of 4 

feet X 4 feet centered on exhaust duct vent needs to be clear at all times. 

10. Exhaust duct is not self supporting, recommended support every 6 linear 

feet minimum. The duct supports are not supplied by Siemens and must be 

supplied by the purchaser or the installing contractor. 

11. LV Arc Resistant switchgear with and without overhead plenum should be 

installed on a solid surface to maintain the arc ratings. 

Guide Form Specifications 

A. This section supplements Section 16435 – Low-voltage 

Switch gear unless otherwise noted. 

B. Comply with requirements of latest revision of ANSI/IEEE 

C37.20.7 – Guide for Testing Metal-Enclosed Switchgear 

Rated up to 38kV for Internal Arcing Faults. 

C. Arc Resistant Electrical Ratings: 

1. Nominal System Voltage: [600 V] [480 V] [240 V] [208 V] 

2. Maximum Design Voltage: [635 V] [508 V] [254 V] 

3. Accessibility Type: 2B 

4. Internal Arcing Short-Circuit Current: [85kA @ 635V] 

[100 kA@ 508V] 

5. Arcing Duration: 100 msec, 500 msec 

D. Arc Resistant General Construction: 

1. Indoor NEMA 1 enclosure 

2. Riser Base with arc plenum 

3. Insulated/Isolated bus bar system 

4. [Removable rear panels with captive screws.] [Hinged 

rear doors with captive hardware.] 

5. Devices connected to the primary bus such as: surge 

arresters, potential transformers, control power 

transformers and their associated current limiting fuses 

must be locatedin the rear of the switchgear in the bus/ 

cable compartment and not in auxiliary compartments. 

6. Shutters in power circuit breaker compartments. 

7. One piece circuit breaker compartment doors with insert 

panels for fuses, indicating lights and control switches 

when required. 

WARNING: This equipment contains hazardous voltages. 

Death, serious personal injury, or property damage may result 

if safety instructions are not followed. Only qualified personnel 

should work on or around this equipment after becoming 

thoroughly familiar with all warnings, safety notices, and 

maintenance procedures provided with the equipment. The 

successful and safe operation of this equipment is dependent 

upon proper handling, installation, operation and maintenance. 

14-88 



Arc Flash Solutions 

General 

Arc Resistant Switchgear 

n Insulated and isolated bus 

n Separation barriers and top venting 

n Breaker shutters 

Arc resistant metal-enclosed low-voltage switchgear is an 

optional product offering that contains and channels internal 

arcing fault energy. This new switchgear construction provides 

an additional degree of protection to the personnel performing 

normal operating duties in close proximity to the equipment 

while the equipment is operating under normal conditions. In 

each of the descriptions below, additional design features are 

indicated, all of which aid in directing faults upward away from 

personnel or reduce the chances of a fault by insulating and 

isolating live parts. 

Front view 

Door gaskets and sealing trims 

Type 2B accessibility rating 

allows auxiliary/control 

compartment door to be open 

and still maintain arc resistant 

rating 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Extra hinges 

Thumb screw latches added 

One piece breaker door 

Enhanced sill channel with 

internal plenum for arc venting 

Breaker sealing frame 

maintains arc resistant rating 

with breaker in Connect, Test 

or Disconnect position. 

Rear view 

Pressure release vent in rear top cover 

Extra bolts and pressure dams in rear 

covers/doors 

Rear vent covers extended for vent flaps 

Extra bolts on 

end trim sheets 


PANEL 1 

SWGR 1 

DLA: 1600 

Man.: SIEMENS 

Trip: ETU 776 LSIG 

Max A/Plug/Setting: 800 / 800 

DLA: 1600 

Man.: SIEMENS 



PANEL 1 

SWGR 1 

DLA: 1600 

Man.: SIEMENS 



DLA: 1600 

Man.: SIEMENS 





GRID 

General 

Dynamic Arc Sentry 

One of the trip units available for the Siemens WL Family of 

GEN 1 

BUS 2 

BUS 3 

breakers is the ETU 776. It offers dual parameter sets that Vs:480 V 

enable the trip unit to automatically lower the instantaneous 

setting and thereby lower the available energy in a fault 

condition. Commonly referred to as “maintenance mode”, 

making a breaker trip faster while engaged in any form 

of maintenance or just by being in proximity to energized 

TX-4 

GRID 

BUS 1 

TX-4 

GEN 1 

equipment is an effective way to minimize arc flash dangers. 

BUS 2 

BUS 3 

Vs:480 V 

If one is concerned about the effects of temporarily inhibiting 

selectivity, then rest assured that with the ETU 776 single 

step changes are possible giving engineers the ability to clear 

faults faster with minimum effect on coordination. In the 

example below the effects of the DAS system may be seen. 

BUS 1 

Example 1 

SWGR 1 

PPE: 3 

AHE: 10.6 cal/cm^2(100%) 

AFB: 105.68 in 

WD: 24 in 

1600 

WL 1600 

SWGR 1 

PPE: 0 

AHE: 0.74 cal/cm^2(100%) 

AFB: 17.38 in 

WD: 24 in 

1600 

WL 1600 

800 800 800 

600 600 600 800 800 800 

WL WL WL WL WL WL 

800 800 800 

600 600 600 800 800 800 

WL WL WL WL WL WL 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

.01 .1 1 Time in Seconds 10 100 1000 

Type: WLL 

Size: WLL 800A 

PANEL 1 

Type: WLL 


SWGR 1 Main 

SIEMENS WLL ETU 776 LSIG 

WLL 1600A 1600 Amp 

PANEL 2 PANEL 3 POWER PANEL 1 POWER PANEL 2 POWER PANEL 3 

SWGR 1 800A FEEDER 


WLL 800A 800 Amp 

.5 1 10 100 1000 10000 

Current in Amperes X 100 


Type: WLL 


PANEL 1 

Type: WLL 


SWGR 1 Main 


WLL 1600A 1600 Amp 

PANEL 2 PANEL 3 POWER PANEL 1 POWER PANEL 2 POWER PANEL 3 

SWGR 1 800A FEEDER 



.5 1 10 100 1000 10000 


480 Volt Phase Time-Current Characteristic Curves 

02-15-2010 

TCC 1 

14:00:27 

Parameter Set A 

C:\EDSA2005\Projects\DAS SWGR whitepaper.PDC 


02-15-2010 

TCC 2 

13:48:48 

Parameter Set B 

C:\EDSA2005\Projects\DAS SWGR whitepaper.PDC 

Parameter set "A" 

Parameter set "B" 

WL Breaker with ETU 776 

Dual Parameter 

sets enable 

“maintenance 

mode” - can be 

set remotely via 

software or 

automatically via 

digital input. 

14-90 




General 

Under normal conditions, the switchgear’s calculated arc flash 

energy will require PPE level 3 protection for anyone within 

the arc flash boundary. Incorporating the features built into 

the DAS system, and using the ETU776 trip unit, the system 

changes to parameter set B. In the second figure the 

instantaneous has been changed to a lower setting and the 

calculation shows a reduction of arc flash energy. The 

resultant PPE level has been reduced to 0. 

Below is another example of the benefit of the DAS, or even 

manual switching, of breaker parameter set. The reduced 

settings set available in the ETU 776 can also be used to 

reduce the arc flash energy at downstream equipment. In the 

first figure on the left with normal settings the arc energy at 

panel 1 requires PPE level 2. After switching to the parameter 

B settings, the PPE level at Panel 1 is reduced to 0. 

Example 2 

SWGR 1 

WL 1600 

1600 

WL 800 

800 

PANEL 1 

PPE: 2 

AHE: 5.9 cal/cm^2(85%) 

AFB: 47.36 in 

WD: 17.9 in 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Arc Flash in parameter A 

Arc Flash in parameter A 

Arc Flash in parameter B 


SWGR 1 

DLA: 1600 

Man.: SIEMENS 

Type: WLL 




PANEL 1 

DLA: 1600 

Man.: SIEMENS 

Type: WLL 




.5 1 10 100 1000 10000 



TCC 1 

SWGR 1 Main 


WLL 1600A 1600 Amp 

800A FEEDER 



03-31-2010 

11:42:04 


SWGR 1 

DLA: 1600 

Man.: SIEMENS 

Type: WLL 




PANEL 1 

DLA: 1600 

Man.: SIEMENS 

Type: WLL 




.5 1 10 100 1000 10000 



TCC 2 

SWGR 1 Main 


WLL 1600A 1600 Amp 

800A FEEDER 



03-31-2010 

09:34:42 

C:\EDSA2005\Projects\SAFETYSWITCHGEARWHITEPAPER.PDC 

C:\EDSA2005\Projects\SAFETYSWITCHGEARWHITEPAPER.PDC 




General 

Remote operation and monitoring 

n Remote Monitoring for temperature, metering and 

maintenance data. 

n Remote Control via communications with or without 

interposing relays. 

n Remote Racking feature. 

n Remote Operation for opening and closing via local hand 

held pendant station. 

Remote Monitoring is an effective way to maintain separation 

between personnel and energized electrical equipment. 

With the latest equipment from Siemens, this is now 

easier and more cost effective than ever. Maintenance 

personnel and engineers can now view real-time electrical 

parameters, operating conditions (like temperature in the 

breaker and number of operations), and open and close 

breakers remotely. The WinPM.Net software with its Web 

Enabled interface allows multiple users to access only the 

information they are interested in from the convenience 

of their desks. Accountants can access cost allocation 

and utility billing information to enforce accountability for 

electrical resources and verify utility bills. Trip settings 

and other parameters for the LV power breakers can be 

modified and monitored remotely as well. 

In addition, WL breakers with appropriate electrical controls 

and communication components, can be opened and 

closed through communications directly or with the use of 

interposing relays. 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

Unit sub #5 elevation 

Real-time data from WL 

breakers with remote 

open/close capability 

14-92 




General 

Remote Racking Device 

Although it is always preferable to work on equipment 

that has been de-energized, in some cases it may not be 

practical. Siemens now offers the Remote Breaker Racking 

Device. This product uses an integral torque overload sensing 

mechanism and allows users to safely rack our WL breakers 

into the Connect, Test and Disconnect position from up to 30 

feet away. 

This allows the operator to be outside the arc flash boundary 

thereby providing additional personnel protection and reducing 

the PPE requirements. This system can be retrofitted to 

existing Siemens WL switchgear lineups. 

Remote Operator Pendant 

This hand held pendant allows a user to remotely operate 

(open/close) a WL breaker without being in front of the 

switchgear. Standard cable lengths are 30 feet with other 

lengths available. This pendant, along with the Remote 

Racking device, can be used to improve personnel safety by 

putting operators outside the arc flash boundary. Maintenance 

personnel can remotely open breakers and close breakers, 

without being in front of the equipment. The Remote 

Operator Pendant can be used in combination with the 

Remote Racking Device for added personnel safety. 

Remote Racking Device 

14 SWITCHGEAR 

Remote Operator Pendant 

Control port on WL Switchgear 




General 

Other protection options 

n Infrared Viewing ports 

n Zone Selective Interlocking 

n High Resistance Grounding 

14 

SWITCHGEAR 

Infrared Viewing Ports 

Infrared viewing ports allow maintenance personnel to 

monitor temperatures of the cable and bus connection points 

in the rear of the gear while it is energized and under load. 

Excessive temperatures can be an indication of a problem 

with a connection. 

Zone Selective Interlocking 

Zone Selective Interlocking eliminates any intentional time 

delay in the event a fault occurs between two breakers in 

adjacent zones. In the schematic to the right, representative 

time delay values are shown for the breakers in each zone. 

If a fault occurs on the load side of the downstream breaker, 

the ZSI system enables the upstream breaker’s delay and 

allows the downstream device more time to independently 

clear the fault. If the fault occurs on the line side of the 

downstream breaker (between two zones), the delay in the 

upstream breaker will not occur. This allows the fastest 

tripping time for faults and will reduce the amount of arc 

energy which may be released. The ZSI function is available 

for short time delays and ground fault delays. 

Infrared viewing ports 

High Resistance Grounding 

Research has shown that a high percentage of arc faults 

start as a phase to ground fault. High resistance grounding 

systems minimize the available phase to ground arcing 

current. 

Zone Selective Interlocking 

A high resistance grounding system reduces the magnitude of 

phase to ground faults. This will reduce the mechanical stress 

on equipment for the most common of faults and will reduce 

the magnitude of energy released. 

PH1 PH2 PH3 

PH1 PH2 NEUT 

3-CLF 

2-CLF 

ROD 

TEST 

RELAY 

PULSE 

RELAY 

RES 

RES 

TEST 

RELAY 

PULSE 

RELAY 

TEST 

RESISTOR 

RES 

METER 

RELAY 

RES 

SYSTEM 

SWITCH 

RES 

RES 

SYSTEM 

SWITCH 

AM 

W 

NORMAL 

TEST 

RESISTOR 

RES 

METER 

RELAY 

RES 

W 

NORMAL 

WIRE LOOP FOR 

PORTABLE DETECTOR 

R 

FAULT 

AM 

R 

FAULT 

G 

PULSE 

WIRE LOOP FOR PORTABLE DETECTOR 

G 

PULSE 

CONTROL 

CIRCUIT 

PULSE SW 

CONTROL 

CIRCUIT 

PULSE SW 

14-94 


Busway Systems 

SPEEDFAX TM 

Section 


online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 

Sentron connection 

XJ-L 

Bus plugs 


Busway Systems Overview 

General Pricing Notes 15-2 

Busway Selector Chart 15-3 

Sentron ® Busway 

Sentron Busway Overview 15-4 – 15-5 


Technical Data 15-7 – 15-8 

Straight Sections – Feeder, Plug-In, & One-Sided Plug-In 15-9 – 15-10 

Busway Straight Sections Aluminum & Copper 15-11 

Elbows 15-12 – 15-13 

Offsets and Combinations 15-14 – 15-15 

Tees 15-16 

Tap Boxes 15-17 – 15-21 

Expansion Fittings 15-22 

Reducers and Phase Rotation Fittings 15-23 

Service Heads 15-24 

Hangers and End Closers 15-25 – 15-27 

Roof and Wall/Ceiling/Floor Flanges 15-28 

Busway Accessories 15-29 

Flanged Ends, Combination Flange/Elbows 15-30 – 15-32 

Cubicle Options 15-33 

Panelboards and Meter Center Modules 15-34 – 15-35 

Installation and Application Information 15-36 

Sentron Busway Quick Reference 15-39 

Programs and Services 15-37 – 15-41 

Sentron Bus Plugs 

Bus Plug Overview 15-43 

Circuit Breaker Bus Plugs 15-44 – 15-49 

Fusible Bus Plugs 15-50 – 15-55 

SPD Bus Plugs 15-56 – 15-58 

3/6 Bus Plugs 15-59 – 15-63 

XJ-L TM HD Busway 

Introduction and Overview 15-64 – 15-65 

Busway Specifications 15-66 

Straight Sections 15-67 – 15-68 

Elbows, Tees and Crosses 15-69 – 15-70 

Tap Boxes and Flanges 15-71 – 15-73 

Accessories - Hangers & End Closers 15-74 

XJ-L HD Bus Plugs 

Selection Guide and Catalog Numbering System 15-75 

XQ and XQR Series 15-76 

XPM Series 15-77 

XEC and XLEC Series 15-78 

XLVB Series and Plug-in Tap Box 15-79 

Legacy Products 

BD ® Plug-In (225 - 1600 Ampere) Copper 15-80 

XL-U ® Aluminum (225–5000 Ampere) 15-81 

XL-U Copper (225–6500 Amperes) 15-82 

XL-X ® , XL-U, BD Plug-In Units 15-83 – 15-84 

15 

BUSWAY SYSTEMS 




Pricing Notes 


General 

15 


A. Footage Pricing 

1. Sentron and XL-U base pricing is 

listed on a per foot charge. When 

calculating the footage charge, 

fractions are figured to the next 

larger number of whole feet (i.e., 

a linear run totaling 66'3" would 

be priced at 67 feet.) 

2. BD and XJ-L HD base pricing is 

listed on a per section charge. 

B. Accessories 

Some busway accessories are 

listed as complete device prices 

while others are listed under 

accessory charges. 

1. Complete device price includes all 

material and accessory charges 

for a standard device. (Busway 

footage included if applicable). 

2. Accessory Charge includes 

fabrication and any miscellaneous 

fittings for the standard device. 

(No busway footage included). 

C. End Cable Tap Boxes are designed 

to be installed at the beginning or 

end of a busway run. The busway 

rating determines the tap box list 

price. Mechanical lugs are standard. 

For compression lugs add 30% to 

tap box list price. 

D. Elbows with an angle other than 90 

degrees, the accessory charge is to 

be doubled. 

E. Flange Ends (Switchboard 

Connections / Stubs) accessory 

prices are for connection to Siemens 

equipment. For connection to other 

manufacturer’s equipment, multiply 

the flange end list price by 2.5. 

Standard list price includes eight 

inches of bus extension into 

equipment from mounting flange, 

if more than 8 inches required 

consult factory for pricing. Sentron 

Switchboards can be assembled 

with the Busway Flanged End 

pre-installed, eliminating the labor 

to connect the Busway to the 

switchboard at the job site. 

F. Service Heads are specially 

constructed tap boxes suitable for 

outdoor use and are equipped to 

accept service cables through a 

removable insulated bottom plate. 

The busway should be priced 

through the end of the run. 

G. Phase Transpositions can be built 

into a busway section to provide 

better voltage balance on long runs. 

To price, use the “Expansion Section” 

accessory charge for the appropriate 


H. Hangers 

Sentron and XL-U busway are UL 

listed for standard hanger spacing 

of ten feet (on center). Purchasing 

busway hangers for horizontal 

installations is optional. Unistrut/ 

Kindorf is commonly used by 

contractors as an approved 

alternative. 

Two hangers are furnished free of 

charge with every straight section of 

BD and XJ-L HD. Self compensating 

“Spring” hangers required for 

vertical installations are designed to 

be field installed by the installer and 

are shipped separately. These are 

also used as intermediate supports 

where floor-to-floor height is greater 

than 16 feet. 

I. Ceiling, Floor And Wall Flanges are 

used when busway passes through a 

floor or wall and are intended to 

cover that portion of the opening 

around the outside of the busway. 

They are not to be used to 

support the busway. 

J. Reducers price is determined by the 

rating of the larger busway. Fused 

reducers do not include fuses. 

K. Special Paint — Busway Sections, 

Accessories And Bus Plugs 

Standard finish is ASA #61 light gray. 

For other than standard color, add 

20% and consult factory for 

availability. XJL HD Busway is 

offered in ASA#61 Gray and Graphite 

Gray. 

L. For Silver Finishing of Copper Bus 

Bars, add 10%. 

M. Roof Flanges are specially constructed 

collars and plates built onto a section of 

3R busway which passes through a flat 

or angled roof. Roof pitch must be 

given for angled roof. 

N. Circuit Breaker Type Bus Plugs 

for Sentron Busways are priced as 

“complete devices” with circuit 

breakers factory installed. 

Circuit Breaker plugs for BD, XL-U 

and XL-X busways are priced 

“enclosure only” unless otherwise 

indicated. XJ-L HD may or may not 

have a circuit breaker and receptacle 

installed, depending upon the bus 

plug type. 

O. Fusible Type Bus Plugs do not 

include fuses. Adapter kits for Class 

R, T & J fuses are available for field 

installation. 

P. Cubicle list prices include labor and 

material for a single frame device 

with enclosure including line side 

internal bussing for connection to 

busway and protective device. 

Fuses and load side bussing are 

not included in the base price. 

Q. Sentron Busway has been tested in 

accordance with UL1479 and offers 

a certified two hour fire rating for 

gypsum wall board construction, 

and a three hour fire rating for 

concrete slab or block penetrations. 

These ratings were achieved using 

standard busway installed with 

SpecSeal ® sealant from 

Specified Technologies Inc. 

This material is available through 

Electrical Distribution. 

R. Expansion Section 

Qty (1) Expansion Section should be 

used for every 200ft of continuous 

Busway run length, at every 

transition to a vertical run, and for 

each building expansion joint. The 

Busway run must be positioned 

accordingly to accommodate the 

Expansion Section(s). 

15-2 



Busway Selector Chart (100-6500 Ampere) 


General 

I-T-E (previously known as Bulldog Electric) was 

the first manufacturer to make a Busway System. 

Since its introduction in 1932, Busway Systems have 

improved and expanded into several designs to meet 

the ever changing needs of the electrical industry. 

The Busway Selection Chart below will help you in 

selecting the proper product to fit your requirements. 

Busway Selector Chart 

100-6500 Ampere 600 Volts or Less 

Product 

Plug-in and Feeder Busway 

Feature 

Ampere 

Rating 

Conductor 

Use 

AC Service 

50-60 Hz 

400Hz 

Sentron 

Plug-in/Feeder 

XL-U 

Plug-in/Feeder 

XJ-L HD 

Plug-in 

BD 

Plug-in 

100 u 

150 

200 

225 u u u u 

400 u u u u 

600 u u u 

800 u u u 

1000 u u u 

1200 u u u 

1350 u u u 

1600 u u u 

2000 u u 

2500 u u 

3000 u u 

3200 u 

4000 u u 

5000 u u 

6000, 6500 u 

Copper u u u u 

Aluminum u u 

Indoor u u u u 

Outdoor u u 

2W 

1Ø3W 

u 

3Ø3W u u u u 

3Ø4W 100% N u u u u 

3Ø4W 200% N u u 

Voltage 600 volts or less u u u u 

Ventilated 

u 

Construction 

Non-Ventilated u u u u 

UL 857 u u u u 

Meets 

NEMA BU1 u u u u 

Electrical 

CSA/CUL C22.2 NO 27 u u u u 

Standard 

ANCE NMX-J-148ANCE u u u u 

15 


a Consult factory for information. 


Sentron Busway Systems 

Sentron Busway Overview 


Overview 

15 


Sentron Busway for Global Power Distribution Applications 

Building on a solid foundation of 

advanced products for the construction 

industry, the Siemens Sentron name is 

recognized worldwide as synonymous 

with quality and consistent performance. 

Sentron Busway delivers impressive 

features and benefits that make it 

ideal for many types of industrial and 

construction implementations. 

Engineered to ensure the safe and 

efficient distribution of power in 

industrial, commercial and institutional 

environments world-wide, Sentron 

ampacities range from 225A to 5000A 

UL. Thanks to an innovative design, you 

benefit from labor-saving installation and 

a flexible, compact bus system that is 

an ideal fit for most applications. In fact, 

Sentron Busway is one of the industry’s 

least labor-intensive systems. 

Sentron Busway installs with minimal 

hardware and often costs less than 

cable and conduit installations. The 

lightweight aluminum housing acts as an 

integral ground, joint stacks connect with 

splice plates featuring a single-bolt 

design, and bus plugs and cable tap 

boxes offer the industry’s largest wire 

bending space. An optional 200% 

neutral within the bus bar housing 

accommodates harmonics common in 

today’s power systems. 

Sentron Busway conductors are 

insulated with a state-of-the-art epoxy 

insulation system, which is applied using 

an electrostatic spray process for optimal 

insulation integrity. 

Exemplifying the spirit of continuing 

innovation, Sentron Busway is now 

available with economical and convenient 

elbow stacks for changing left, right, up 

or down directions at 90 degrees. 

And, of course, Sentron Busway is 

certified to design standards worldwide, 

including UL, NEMA, IEC, CSA, VDE 

and BS. 

Siemens Busway Business uses 

industry leading technology in all its 

manufacturing processes. From bus bar 

fabrication to Electrostatic Spray Epoxy 

insulation, all the processes used in 

the manufacturing of Siemens Sentron 

Busway are electronically controlled 

to provide for consistent, high quality 

results, making Sentron Busway 

products best in its class. 

Housing 

Sentron Busway incorporates an all 

aluminum housing. This lightweight 

totally enclosed, non-ventilated housing 

resists rust and other elements, 

distributes heat away from the 

conductors, and provides an excellent 

ground path. The totally enclosed 

design also eliminates the need for 

derating of the system regardless of 

installation orientation. The housing is 

covered with an electrostatically applied 

light gray ANSI 61 polyester urethane 

powder paint that is scratch resistant 

and has a 1,000-hour salt spray 

resistance rating. 

Conductors 

Sentron Busway conductors have 

a compact construction and can be 

configured as 3-phase 3-wire, 3-phase 

4-wire or 3-phase 4-wire with 200% 

neutral. The conductors may be ordered 

in copper (98% conductivity), 1000A/in 2 

M-Rated Copper, Aluminum (58% 

conductivity) and 750A/in 2 L-Rated 

Aluminum. The optional 200% neutral 

helps to handle harmonic conditions 

that may exist. This system is 

especially useful with discharge lighting 

(fluorescent) and computer installations. 

This will help to minimize overheating 

and prolong the life cycle of your power 

distribution equipment. 

Ground 

Sentron Busway offers ground options 

to meet your specifications: standard 

integral aluminum housing ground and 

optional internal grounding bars. An 

optional isolated ground is also available 

which is especially useful in applications 

where a clean ground is needed (such 

as hospitals or high tech). 

Plating 

All bus bars are electroplated with 

tin. This unique tin plating provides 

excellent conductivity and prevents 

impurities from attaching to the bars. 

Optional silver plating is also available 

with a copper conductor only. 

Insulation 

Sentron Busway is insulated with 

an Epoxy Powder Coating system 

designed by Siemens Engineers, Epoxy 

System Engineers and Epoxy Powder 

Specialists, specifically for Siemens 

Busway products. 

The Siemens exclusive Electrostatic 

Spray insulation process produces 

uniform application of Epoxy powder 

over the entire conductor bar. This is 

further enhanced by the inline filter 

process and magnetic separator 

that helps to eliminate contaminants 

common to fluidized bed systems. The 

electrostatic application also provides 

a better coating consistency than that 

of the older fluidized bed process. The 

combination of electrostatic spray and 

lower oven temperatures produces 

a consistent coverage with fewer 

impurities and pinholes in the insulation. 

The lower oven temperatures reduce 

the risk of bar annealing, which affects 

the overall quality of the system. 

Sentron Busway insulation is Class B, 

130°C Rated. Every bus bar and 

completed assembly is dielectric 

tested to ensure the insulation is free 

of defects. 

15-4 



Sentron Busway Overview 


Overview 

Joint Stack 

Each Sentron Busway piece is shipped 

with a joint stack and joint covers 

installed at one end of the busway and a 

shipping end protector at the other end. 

The joint stacks feature a single bolt 

design and a special, torque indicating, 

double headed break-off bolt. This 

eliminates the need for torque wrenches 

and assures proper torque at installation 

of 50 ft.-lbs.(68 N-m). 

When the proper torque value is 

achieved, the top bolt head will shear 

off. Each joint stack allows for +/- .625 

inches (15.8mm) adjustability at each 

joint. Over adjustment is prevented by 

the joint covers, which will only allow a 

.625 inch (15.8mm) adjustment when 

the knockouts on the joint cover are 

removed. 

It is possible to remove any joint 

connection assembly to allow electrical 

isolation or removal of a busway length 

without disturbing adjacent busway 

lengths. Isolation joint stacks are 

available and used to electrically isolate 

a busway section(s) within a busway 

run. For easy visual identification, 

isolation joint stack assemblies are 

painted white. 

Joint Assembly 

Plug-in Opening 

Sentron Busway offers plug-in style 

busway which feature plug-in openings 

rated for finger safety to IP2X in 

accordance with IEC 529 and BS EN 

60439-1, -2 and BS EN 60529. 

Each plug-in opening has a reversible 

hinged dead front designed to protect 

the contact surfaces from dirt, dust or 

moisture. Gasketing is used where 

applications require a splash proof 

(IP55) rating. 

IP Ratings 

Sentron Busway is available in a variety 

of IP ratings. Use the chart below to 

determine the IP rating that best fits 

your application needs. 

Testing 

Each piece of Sentron Busway is factory 

tested before shipping. Tests performed 

include dielectric tests, which are used 

to insure integrity of insulation. In 

addition, Sentron Busway is tested in 

accordance with both UL and IEC 

standards. All Sentron Busway is 

manufactured and inspected in an ISO 

9001:2000 registered facility. 

Plug-In Opening 

and Cover 

Standards 

Watch 

All Sentron Busway 

the Joint 

products meet the 

following standards: 

Assembly 

video 

n UL 857 

n NEMA BU1 

n CSA C22.2 

n IEC 60529 (2004) 

n BS EN 60529 

n BS EN 60439-1, 

60439-2 

n UL 1479 

n DIN 4102 Parts 9&12 

n BS 6387 Parts 11.1 and 11.2 

Labor Savings 

Using Sentron Busway instead of cable 

and conduit can create savings of up to 

20 - 30% on total installed costs. Sentron 

busway is lightweight, compact and 

takes half the time to install as cable and 

conduit. For more information, visit our 

web site at www.sea.siemens.com. 

15 


Levels of Protection Description 


Code Description 

Feeder Plug-In Sentron Bus Plugs 

IP 2X Plug-In outlet protects against access to live parts by .472 in. (12 mm) test probe, even with cover • • • 

opened. Finger Safe 

IP 40 Enclosure protects against entry of .039 in. (1.0 mm) test probe. Indoor (Typical UL Designation) • • • 

IP 55 Enclosure protects against entry of dust and water jets. Splash Proof • • • 

IP 66 Enclosure is dust tight and protects against powerful water jets. Outdoor (International Only) • 

NEMA 3R Enclosure protects against rain, sleet and damage from ice formation. Outdoor • 





Selection 

Suffix part of Catalog Numbers 

15 


S X 4 0 2 C 1 0 

Sentron 

SX = US Lengths 

Configuration 

3 = 3Ø, 3W 

4 = 3Ø, 4W 100% Neutral 

5 = 3Ø, 4W 200% Neutral 

Ampere Rating 

02 = 225A 32 = 3200A 

04 = 400A 40 = 4000A 

06 = 600A 50 = 5000A a 

08 = 800A 

10 = 1000A 

12 = 1200A 

13 = 1350A 

16 = 1600A 

20 = 2000A 

25 = 2500A 

30 = 3000A 

Bus Bar Material 

C = Copper 

M = 1000 Amps/In 2 Copper 

A = Aluminum 

L = 750 Amps/In 2 Aluminum 

Ground 

1 = Integral (Housing) 

2 = Internal Bus Bar b 

3 = Isolated Ground b 

IP Rating 

0 = IP40 f 

4 = IP55 f 

6 = IP66 cgh 

9 = NEMA 3R dgh 

a Copper only 

b Copper or aluminum ground bar 

c IEC Markets 

d NEMA Markets 

e For odd degree angle (other than 90°) specify the degree angle of the turn. 

f Indoor only (Plug-in and Feeder) 

g Outdoor use (Feeder only) 

h Elbow Stack (IP40 and IP55 only) 

Feeder Length in Inches, ex.: 2'3" = 027 

Feeder lengths available from 1'3" 

(024 Inches) up to 10'0" (120 inches) 

Plug-in L Length 04 = 4'0" 

06 = 6'0" 

08 = 8'0" 

10 = 10'0" 

One-sided I Length 04 = 4'0" 

plug-in (Riser) 

06 = 6'0" 

08 = 8'0" 

10 = 10'0" 

Elbows 

P L 0 6 

S = Stack h 

L = 90° Edge Up 

O = Odd 

Down 

degree angle e Flat Right 

Left 

Tees E Edge Up 

Down 

Flat 

Right 

Left 

Offsets F Edge Up 

Down 

Flat 

Right 

Left 

Combinations O Edge Up Flat Left 

Edge Down Flat Left 

Edge Up Flat Right 

Edge Down Flat Right 

Flat Left 

Flat Left 

Flat Right 

Flat Right 

EXpansion P F T 

Fittings 

Edge Up 

Edge Down 

Edge Up 

Edge Down 

Center Cable T B Standard 

Tap Boxes 

EXpanded 

End Cable T Vertical Standard 

Tap Boxes Horizontal EXpanded 

Joint Mounted T Vertical Left 

Tap Boxes Horizontal Right 

Both 

End Closers C L S 

FlanGe Roof F L 

Wall 

Joint Stacks Standard S T 

Isolation 

SerVice Heads 1 = 1-Phase Tranformer H 

3 = 3-Phase 

T = Throat Utility Florida Pwr/Light 

Houston Pwr/Light 

Commonwealth ED 

Pacific Gas/Electric 

Detroit Edison 

San Diego 

Seattle 

Other 

Reducers Fused R F 

Non-fused R N 

Flanged End E = Int’l Standard N D 

R = U.S. Standard N 

D 

O = Other 

Transposition R PG = Phase & Ground 

PO = Phase only 

GO = Ground only 

15-6 





Technical 

Temperature Rise Curves 

Aluminum Bus Bar 


Temperature Rise Curves 

Copper Bus Bar 


Amperage 

Amperage 

Temperature Rise ˚C 

Temperature Rise ˚C 

R, X, Z and Ohms, Voltage Drop 

Voltage Drop - Concentrated Loads, Line-to-Line per 100 feet at 100% 

Bus Bar Width Ohms x 10 -3 per 100 feet Rated Load, 35°C Ambient 

x 0.25 in. Line to Neutral Power Factor 

Ampere Rating (6.4mm) Thick R X Z 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 

AL L-Rated c 

225 — 1.75 (44.5) 3.94 1.13 4.10 0.88 1.02 1.15 1.27 1.39 1.49 1.57 1.54 

400 — 1.75 (44.5) 4.08 1.23 4.26 1.66 1.91 2.15 2.38 2.58 2.77 2.91 2.83 

600 — 1.75 (44.5) 4.26 1.32 4.46 2.64 3.03 3.40 3.75 4.08 4.37 4.58 4.43 

800 400 2.38 (60.5) 3.42 1.06 3.58 2.82 3.24 3.64 4.02 4.36 4.67 4.90 4.74 

1000 600 3.25 (82.6) 2.45 0.74 2.56 2.50 2.88 3.24 3.57 3.89 4.17 4.38 4.24 

1200 800 4.38 (111.3) 1.86 0.59 1.95 2.32 2.66 2.99 3.29 3.58 3.82 4.01 3.87 

1350 1000 5.38 (138.7) 1.39 0.24 1.41 1.50 1.81 2.10 2.39 2.67 2.93 3.17 3.25 

1600 1200 6.50 (165.1) 1.21 0.45 1.29 2.19 2.48 2.75 3.00 3.23 3.43 3.56 3.35 

2000 1350,1600 8.75 (222.3) 0.91 0.35 0.98 2.11 2.38 2.64 2.87 3.08 3.26 3.37 3.16 

2500 2000 (2) 5.63 (143.0) 0.68 0.29 0.74 2.09 2.34 2.57 2.78 2.97 3.12 3.21 2.95 

3000 2500 (2) 6.75 (171.5) 0.54 0.28 0.61 2.24 2.47 2.67 2.85 3.01 3.12 3.16 2.80 

3200 2000 (2) 7.50 (190.5) 0.48 0.33 0.58 2.53 2.73 2.91 3.06 3.17 3.23 3.20 2.68 

4000 3000,3200 (2) 9.00 (228.6) 0.46 0.21 0.51 2.34 2.61 2.85 3.08 3.27 3.43 3.51 3.20 

CU M-Rated c 

225 — 1.75 (44.5) 2.34 1.13 2.60 0.69 0.77 0.84 0.90 0.95 0.99 1.01 0.91 

400 — 1.75 (44.5) 2.44 1.13 2.69 1.26 1.40 1.52 1.64 1.74 1.82 1.86 1.69 

600 — 1.75 (44.5) 2.58 1.16 2.83 1.96 2.18 2.39 2.58 2.74 2.87 2.94 2.68 

800 400 1.75 (44.5) 2.71 1.17 2.95 2.67 2.98 3.28 3.55 3.78 3.97 4.08 3.76 

1000 — 2.25 (67.2) 2.12 0.89 2.30 2.58 2.88 3.17 3.44 3.67 3.86 3.98 3.67 

1200 600 2.88 (73.2) 1.66 0.77 1.83 2.56 2.85 3.11 3.35 3.56 3.72 3.80 3.45 

1350 800 3.50 (88.9) 1.30 0.64 1.45 2.34 2.59 2.82 3.03 3.20 3.33 3.39 3.04 

1600 1000 4.50 (114.3) 1.06 0.56 1.20 2.37 2.60 2.82 3.01 3.17 3.29 3.32 2.94 

2000 1200,1350 6.00 (152.4) 0.77 0.44 0.89 2.27 2.48 2.66 2.83 2.96 3.05 3.07 2.66 

— 1600 — — — — — — — — — — — — 

2500 2000 8.50 (215.9) 0.53 0.35 0.65 2.15 2.34 2.50 2.64 2.75 2.82 2.81 2.39 

3000 — (2) 4.75 (120.7) 0.49 0.27 0.56 2.07 2.28 2.46 2.62 2.76 2.86 2.89 2.54 

3200 — (2) 5.50 (139.7) 0.44 0.30 0.53 2.33 2.51 2.67 2.80 2.90 2.96 2.93 2.44 

4000 2500,3000,3200 (2) 6.50 (165.1) 0.39 0.26 0.47 2.50 2.71 2.89 3.04 3.16 3.23 3.21 2.71 

5000 4000 (2) 8.50 (215.9) 0.30 0.21 0.37 2.49 2.69 2.86 3.00 3.11 3.17 3.15 2.63 

15 


Notes: 

For plug-in distributed loads, divide voltage drop 

values by 2. 

To determine voltage drop line-to-neutral, multiply lineto-line 

values by 0.577. 

Actual voltage drop for different lengths and at 

loadings less than full rated current can be calculated 

using the formula: 

Vd (actual) = Vd (table) x actual load x actual length (ft) 

rated load 100 feet 

For 50 Hz, multiply reactance (X) by 0.85 and resistance 

values do not change. For 400 Hz, multiply reactance 

by 3.75 and multiply resistance by 1.4. Calculate new 

voltage drop: 

Vd = amps load x E3(Rcos θ + X sin θ) per 100 ft, 

where cos θ = Power Factor. 

For metric conversion R, X, Z values ”in Ohms per 

meters Line to Neutral” 

R x .0328 

X x .0328 

Z x .0328 

For metric conversion ”Line to Line per meter at 25° C 

ambient in mV/A/m” (Vd 32.8) / A. Divide Vd by 2 for 

distributed loads. 

Voltage Drop will decrease in lower ambient 

temperature. Contact Siemens for Voltage Drop in 

other ambient conditions. 




Technical 

Ground Capacity 

15 


Effective Current 

Min. CSA 

Carrying Capacity Grd. Circuit Characterisitics under Fault 

for 

Sectional 

of Housing Conditions Ohms x 10 -3 per 100 ft 

Bus Bar 

Ground Bus Area 50% Integral 

Width Bars per UL 857 Internal (Hsg.) % of % of Internal Ground Housing Ground 

Inches per Table 14 Ground Bar Ground UL Phase 

Ampere Rating (mm) Pole In2 (mm2) In2 (mm2) In2 (mm2) Req Bar R X Z R X Z 

A L-Rated 

225 — 1.75 (44.5) 1 0.08 (53.5) 0.22 (141.1) 2.30 (1485.1) 1333 253 4.872 9.037 10.267 5.797 12.963 14.200 

400 — 1.75 (44.5) 1 0.17 (107.1) 0.22 (141.1) 2.30 (1485.1) 667 253 4.872 9.037 10.267 5.797 12.963 14.200 

600 — 1.75 (44.5) 1 0.17 (107.1) 0.22 (141.1) 2.30 (1485.1) 667 253 4.872 9.037 10.267 5.797 12.963 14.200 

800 400 2.38 (60.5) 1 0.17 (107.1) 0.30 (191.9) 2.40 (1550.1) 688 192 3.351 7.333 8.063 4.932 10.000 11.150 

1000 600 3.25 (82.6) 1 0.20 (126.5) 0.41 (262.1) 2.54 (1639.9) 607 147 2.833 6.628 7.208 3.662 8.442 9.202 

1200 800 4.38 (111.1) 1 0.23 (146.5) 0.55 (352.8) 2.72 (1756.6) 552 115 2.487 5.852 6.358 3.189 6.926 7.625 

1350 1000 5.38 (136.5) 1 0.29 (189.7) 0.67 (433.5) 2.88 (1859.8) 446 94 2.182 5.115 5.561 2.713 5.883 6.478 

1600 1200 6.50 (165.1) 1 0.29 (189.7) 0.81 (524.2) 3.06 (1975.4) 467 84 1.801 4.489 4.837 2.289 5.206 5.687 

2000 1350,1600 8.75 (222.3) 1 0.35 (227.7) 1.09 (705.6) 3.42 (2207.7) 425 69 1.390 3.467 3.735 1.623 4.267 4.565 

2500 2000 5.63 (142.9) 2 0.52 (332.3) 1.41 (907.3) 3.85 (2480.7) 320 59 1.145 2.955 3.169 1.526 3.837 4.129 

3000 2500 6.75 (171.5) 2 0.59 (380.0) 1.69 (1088.7) 4.20 (2711.9) 301 53 0.954 2.683 2.848 1.221 3.635 3.835 

3200 2000 7.50 (190.5) 2 0.81 (522.6) 1.88 (1209.7) 4.44 (2866.8) 229 51 0.894 2.493 2.648 1.144 3.428 3.614 

4000 3000,3200 9.00 (228.6) 2 0.81 (522.6) 2.25 (1451.6) 4.92 (3176.5) 250 50 0.715 2.339 2.446 0.916 3.378 3.500 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 1.75 (44.5) 1 0.05 (33.5) 0.22 (141.1) 2.30 (1485.1) 2128 261 3.803 6.330 7.380 5.183 10.083 11.338 

400 — 1.75 (44.5) 1 0.11 (67.7) 0.22 (141.1) 2.30 (1485.1) 1054 261 3.803 6.330 7.380 5.183 10.083 11.338 

600 — 1.75 (44.5) 1 0.11 (67.7) 0.22 (141.1) 2.30 (1485.1) 1054 261 3.803 6.330 7.380 5.183 10.083 11.338 

800 400 1.75 (44.5) 1 0.11 (67.7) 0.22 (141.1) 2.30 (1485.1) 1054 261 3.803 6.330 7.380 5.183 10.083 11.338 

1000 — 2.25 (57.2) 1 0.13 (85.2) 0.28 (181.5) 2.38 (1536.7) 860 207 3.029 5.993 6.715 4.409 9.191 10.194 

1200 600 2.88 (73.0) 1 0.18 (114.2) 0.36 (231.9) 2.48 (1601.8) 661 166 2.460 5.676 6.186 3.674 8.212 8.996 

1350 800 3.50 (88.9) 1 0.24 (152.3) 0.44 (282.3) 2.58 (1665.8) 510 140 2.188 5.267 5.704 2.807 7.492 8.000 

1600 1000 4.50 (114.3) 1 0.24 (152.3) 0.56 (362.9) 2.74 (1769.0) 534 113 1.893 4.323 4.719 2.756 6.880 7.411 

2000 1200,1350 6.00 (152.4) 1 0.29 (189.7) 0.75 (483.9) 2.98 (1923.8) 457 90 1.476 3.181 3.507 2.205 6.032 6.422 

— 1600 6.50 (165.1) 1 0.29 (189.7) 0.81 (524.2) 3.06 (1975.4) 467 84 1.801 4.489 4.837 2.289 5.206 5.687 

2500 2000 8.50 (215.9) 1 0.35 (227.7) 1.06 (685.5) 3.38 (2181.9) 421 70 1.087 2.020 2.294 1.764 5.419 3.072 

3000 — 4.75 (120.7) 2 0.41 (265.8) 1.19 (766.1) 3.56 (2290.0) 376 66 0.984 1.874 2.117 1.470 4.631 4.859 

3200 — 5.50 (139.7) 2 0.59 (380.0) 1.38 (887.1) 3.80 (2453.9) 277 60 0.947 1.691 1.938 1.378 4.129 4.353 

4000 2500,3000,3200 6.50 (165.1) 2 0.59 (380.0) 1.63 (1048.4) 4.12 (2660.3) 296 54 0.773 1.500 1.688 1.323 3.060 3.334 

5000 4000 8.50 (215.9) 2 0.71 (456.1) 2.13 (1371.0) 4.76 (3073.2) 278 50 0.606 1.218 1.360 0.882 1.783 1.989 

Note: Bus bar thickness = .25 in. (6.4mm), Ground bar thickness = .125 in.(3.18mm) 

UL Short Circuit Ratings 

UL Series Connected with Fuse 

Maximum Fuse Size for 200kA 

RMS Symmetrical (kA) 

RMS Symmetrical Rating 

Ampere Rating 6 cycle 1 sec. 3 sec. Class R Class J & T Class L 

AL L-Rated 

225 — 85 28 16 600 600 J & T — 

400 — 85 28 16 600 600 J & T — 

600 — 85 28 16 600 600 J & T — 

800 400 100 47 27 — 800 T 1200 

1000 600 100 50 29 — — 3000 

1200 800 125 60 35 — — 3000 

1350 1000 150 75 43 — — 3000 

1600 1200 150 90 52 — — 3000 

2000 1350,1600 150 110 64 — — 5000 

2500 2000 200 130 75 — — 5000 

3000 2500 200 160 92 — — — 

3200 2000 200 160 92 — — — 

4000 3000,3200 200 200 115 — — — 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 85 40 23 600 600 J & T — 

400 — 85 40 23 600 600 J & T — 

600 — 85 40 23 600 600 J & T — 

800 400 85 40 23 — 800 T 1600 

1000 — 100 50 29 — — 3000 

1200 600 100 65 38 — — 3000 

1350 800 100 80 46 — — 3000 

1600 1000 125 95 55 — — 4000 

2000 1200,1350 150 115 66 — — 5000 

— 1600 150 90 52 — — 3000 

2500 2000 150 130 75 — — 5000 

3000 — 200 175 101 — — — 

3200 — 200 175 101 — — — 

4000 2500,3000,3200 200 200 115 — — — 

5000 4000 200 200 115 — — — 

Sentron Busway has UL 

approved Series Ratings. By 

using the appropriate line side 

fuse, short circuit ratings can be 

enhanced to 200kA for lower 

amperage busway. 

15-8 



Straight Sections – Plug-In, One-Sided Plug-In and Feeder 


Selection 

Straight Sections 

Sentron Busway can be ordered with 

Aluminum or Copper bus bars. 

Aluminum bars are available in 225-4000 

ampere sections. Copper bars are 

available in 225-5000 ampere sections. 

Sentron Busway includes an integral 

housing ground, and is available with an 

internal ground bar or an isolated ground 

bar in all ampere ratings. Sentron 

Busway housing is a four-piece 

aluminum design. 

Plug-In Sections 

Sentron plug-in sections are designed 

with plug-in openings centered on 24 in. 

(610mm) intervals, and are located on 

both sides of the busway for optimum 

utilization. Plug-in sections are available 

in standard lengths of 4 ft. (1.22m), 6 ft. 

(1.83m), 8 ft. (2.44m) and 10 ft. (3.05m). 

Sentron plug-in sections meet IP40 

(indoor) and IP55 (splash proof) 

requirements. One joint stack assembly 

is provided with each plug-in section. 

One-Sided Plug-In Sections 

Sentron one-sided plug-in sections are 

designed with plug-in openings centered 

on 24 in. (610mm) intervals on one side 

of the busway only. This eliminates 

unusable plug-in outlets in vertical 

applications. One-sided plug-in busway 

is available in standard lengths of 4 ft. 

(1.22m), 6 ft. (1.83m), 8 ft. (2.44m) and 

10 ft. (3.05m). Sentron one-sided plugin 

busway is available in IP40 (indoor) 

and IP55 (splash proof). One joint stack 

assembly is provided with each section. 

Plug-In Outlet Features 

The plug-in outlet molded guard design 

prevents incidental finger contact with 

live conductors. Sentron plug-in outlets 

are IP 2X rated (with the outlet cover 

open) which means a .472 in. (12mm) or 

larger probe is unable to enter a plug-in 

outlet. The outlet is IP40 Rated with the 

cover closed and IP55 Rated when 

configured with gaskets. 

Feeder Sections 

Feeder busway carries the current of the 

busway system from the supply source. 

Feeder busway does not have plug-in 

outlets. Sentron Feeder busway is 

available in custom lengths from 

15 in. (0.37m) to 10 ft. (3.05m). Feeder 

sections are rated as IP40 (Indoor), IP55 

(Splash Proof), NEMA 3R (Outdoor), and 

IP66 (International Outdoor). One joint 

stack assembly is provided with each 

feeder section. 

Standard Plug-In Section (Standard plug-in outlets on both sides on 24 in. centers) 

Suffix PL04 (4 ft.), PL06 (6 ft.), PL08 (8 ft.), PL10 (10 ft.) 

15 


Standard One-Sided Plug-In Section (Standard Plug-In outlets on one side on 24 in. centers) 

Suffix RI04 (4 ft.), RI06 (6 ft.), RI08 (8 ft.), RI10 (10 ft.) 

Standard Feeder Section 

Suffix F024 - 120 (last 3 digits = length in Inches, 015=15 in., 120=120 in.) 




Selection 

15 


Sentron Busway, Widths and Weights 

Approximate Weight - lbs per ft. (kg per meter) 

3Ø, 4-Wire 

3Ø, 3-Wire 3Ø, 4-Wire 3Ø, 4-Wire 200% Neutral 

Dimension with Internal with Internal 200% with Internal 

Ampere Rating Inches (mm) 3Ø, 3-Wire Ground 3Ø, 4-Wire Ground Neutral Ground 

AL L-Rated 

225 — “W1” 3.9 (99) 5 (8) 5 (8) 6 (9) 6 (9) 7 (10) 7 (10) 

400 — “W1” 3.9 (99) 5 (8) 5 (8) 6 (9) 6 (9) 7 (10) 7 (10) 

600 — “W1” 3.9 (99) 5 (8) 5 (8) 6 (9) 6 (9) 7 (10) 7 (10) 

800 400 “W1” 4.6 (117) 6 (9) 6 (9) 7 (10) 7 (10) 7 (11) 8 (11) 

1000 600 “W1” 5.4 (137) 7 (10) 7 (11) 8 (12) 8 (12) 9 (13) 9 (14) 

1200 800 “W1” 6.6 (168) 8 (12) 9 (13) 9 (14) 10 (15) 11 (16) 11 (17) 

1350 1000 “W1” 7.6 (193) 9 (13) 10 (15) 11 (16) 11 (17) 12 (18) 13 (19) 

1600 1200 “W1” 8.7 (221) 10 (15) 11 (17) 12 (18) 13 (19) 14 (21) 15 (22) 

2000 1250,1600 “W1” 10.9 (277) 13 (19) 14 (21) 15 (23) 16 (24) 18 (26) 19 (28) 

2500 2000 “W2” 13.7 (348) 15 (22) 17 (25) 18 (27) 20 (30) 22 (33) 23 (34) 

3000 2500 “W2” 15.8 (402) 17 (25) 19 (28) 21 (31) 23 (34) 25 (37) 27 (40) 

3200 2000 “W2” 17.3 (439) 18 (27) 20 (30) 23 (34) 25 (37) 27 (40) 29 (43) 

4000 3000,3200 “W2” 20.3 (516) 22 (33) 25 (37) 27 (40) 30 (44) 32 (48) 35 (52) 

CU M-Rated 

225 — “W1” 3.9 (99) 9 (13) 10 (14) 10 (16) 11 (17) 12 (18) 13 (19) 

400 — “W1” 3.9 (99) 9 (13) 10 (14) 10 (16) 11 (17) 12 (18) 13 (19) 

600 — “W1” 3.9 (99) 9 (13) 10 (14) 10 (16) 11 (17) 12 (18) 13 (19) 

800 400 “W1” 3.9 (99) 9 (13) 10 (14) 10 (16) 11 (17) 12 (18) 13 (19) 

1000 — “W1” 4.4 (112) 10 (15) 11 (17) 12 (19) 14 (20) 15 (22) 16 (23) 

1200 600 “W1” 5.1 (130) 12 (18) 14 (20) 15 (23) 16 (24) 18 (26) 19 (29) 

1350 800 “W1” 5.7 (145) 14 (21) 16 (24) 17 (26) 19 (29) 21 (31) 23 (34) 

1600 1000 “W1” 6.7 (170) 17 (26) 19 (29) 22 (32) 24 (35) 26 (38) 28 (42) 

2000 1200,1350 “W1” 8.2 (208) 22 (32) 25 (37) 28 (41) 30 (45) 33 (50) 36 (54) 

— 1600 “W1” 8.7 (221) 13 (19) 14 (21) 15 (23) 16 (24) 18 (26) 19 (28) 

2500 2000 “W1” 10.7 (272) 30 (44) 34 (50) 38 (56) 42 (62) 46 (68) 50 (74) 

3000 — “W2” 11.8 (300) 33 (49) 37 (55) 42 (63) 47 (70) 51 (76) 56 (83) 

3200 — “W2” 13.3 (335) 37 (55) 42 (63) 48 (72) 53 (79) 58 (86) 64 (95) 

4000 2500,3000,3200 “W2” 15.3 (389) 43 (64) 50 (75) 56 (83) 62 (92) 68 (101) 75 (112) 

5000 4000 “W2” 19.3 (491) 56 (83) 64 (95) 72 (107) 80 (119) 89 (132) 97 (145) 

15-10 


Sentron Straight Section Busway 

Copper (225-5000 Ampere) and Aluminum (225-4000 Ampere) 


Selection 

Copper (225 - 5000Ampere) 

Base Catalog Number Guide 

Ampere 

3-Pole 

3-Pole 

Internal 

Ground 

3-Pole 

Isolated 

Ground 

4- Pole 

4-Pole 200% 

Neutral 

4-Pole 

Internal 

Ground 

4-Pole 200% 

Neutral 

Internal 

Ground 

4-Pole 

Isolated 

Ground 

4-Pole 200% 

Neutral 

Isolated 

Ground 

225 SX302C1 SX302C2 SX302C3 SX402C1 SX502C1 SX402C2 SX502C2 SX402C3 SX502C3 














Aluminum (225 - 4000Ampere) 

Base Catalog Number Guide 

Ampere 

3-Pole 

3-Pole 

Internal 

Ground 

3-Pole 

Isolated 

Ground 

4- Pole 

4-Pole 200% 

Neutral 

4-Pole 

Internal 

Ground 

4-Pole 200% 

Neutral 

Internal 

Ground 

4-Pole 

Isolated 

Ground 

4-Pole 200% 

Neutral 

Isolated 

Ground 

225 SX302A1 SX302A2 SX302A3 SX402A1 SX502A1 SX402A2 SX502A2 SX402A3 SX502A3 













15 


Suffix Numbers 

Base Catalog Number Suffix 

Busway Type IP40 IP55 IP66 Nema 3R 

Feeder 0F 4F 6F 9F 

Plug-in 0P 4P — — 

One-sided Plug-in 0R 4R — — 

Product Category: BUSW 



Elbows 


Selection 

15 


Sentron Busway elbows provide a simple, convenient 

method of changing the direction (left, right, up or 

down) of a busway run. Two elbow styles are offered: 

elbow stack and elbow section. 

Flatwise Elbow Stacks, Dimensions (standard/min.) 


Ampere Rating 

“A” 

AL L-Rated 

225 — 1.00 (25) 

400 — 1.00 (25) 

600 — 1.00 (25) 

800 400 1.12 (28 

1000 600 2.00 (51) 

1200 800 2.50 (64) 

1350 1000 3.00 (76) 

1600 1200 3.50 (89) 

2000 1350,1600 4.62 (117) 

2500 2000 5.75 (146) 

3000 2500 7.00 (178) 

3200 2000 7.75 (197) 

4000 3000,3200 9.35 (237) 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 1.00 (25) 

400 — 1.00 (25) 

600 — 1.00 (25) 

800 400 1.00 (25) 

1000 — 1.12 (28) 

1200 600 1.25 (33) 

1350 800 2.00 (50) 

1600 1000 2.50 (64) 

2000 1200,1350 3.25 (83) 

— 1600 4.62 (117) 

2500 2000 4.50 (114) 

3000 — 5.00 (127) 

3200 — 5.75 (146) 

4000 2500,3000,3200 6.75 (171) 

5000 4000 8.87 (225) 

Note: Flatwise elbow stacks can be ordered as either right-hand (ESFR) 

or left-hand (ESFL) to follow the same nomenclature as an elbow section. 

The construction is identical and interchangeable. 

Flatwise Elbow Stacks 

Flatwise elbow stacks are used for left and right directional 

changes when the busway system is mounted flatwise in the 

horizontal plane (bus bars run parallel to the floor). 

Flat 

Suffix ESFR/ESFL 

Edgewise Elbow Stacks, Dimensions (standard/min.) 


Ampere Rating 

“A” 

AL L-Rated 

225 — 4.25 (108) 

400 — 4.25 (108) 

600 — 4.25 (108) 

800 400 4.25 (108) 

1000 600 4.25 (108) 

1200 800 4.25 (108) 

1350 1000 4.25 (108) 

1600 1200 4.25 (108) 

2000 1350,1600 4.25 (108) 

2500 2000 4.25 (108) 

3000 2500 4.25 (108) 

3200 2000 4.25 (108) 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 4.25 (108) 

400 — 4.25 (108) 

600 — 4.25 (108) 

800 400 4.25 (108) 

1000 — 4.25 (108) 

1200 600 4.25 (108) 

1350 800 4.25 (108) 

1600 1000 4.25 (108) 

2000 1200,1350 4.25 (108) 

— 1600 4.25 (108) 

2500 2000 4.25 (108) 

3000 — 4.25 (108) 

3200 — 4.25 (108) 

4000 2500,3000,3200 4.25 (108) 

5000 4000 4.25 (108) 

Note: Edge up and edge down elbow stacks are not interchangeable. 

Edgewise Elbow Stacks 

Edgewise elbow stacks create up and down directional changes. 

The “A” phase is on the inside of the bend for edge up elbow 

stacks. The “A” phase is on the outside of the bend for edge down 

elbow stacks. 

Edge Down 

Suffix ESED 

Edge Up 

Suffix ESEU 

15-12 



Elbows 


Selection 

Flatwise Elbow Sections, Dimensions (standard/min.) 


Ampere Rating “A” ”B” 

AL L-Rated 

225 — 12 (305) 12 (305) 

400 — 12 (305) 12 (305) 

600 — 12 (305) 12 (305) 

800 400 12 (305) 12 (305) 

1000 600 12(305) 12 (305) 

1200 800 12 (305) 12 (305) 

1350 1000 12 (305) 12 (305) 

1600 1200 18 (457) 18 (457) 

2000 1350,1600 18 (457) 18 (457) 

2500 2000 18 (457) 18 (457) 

3000 2500 18 (457) 18 (457) 

3200 2000 18 (457) 18 (457) 

4000 3000,3200 24 (610) 24 (610) 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 12 (305) 12 (305) 

400 — 12 (305) 12 (305) 

600 — 12 (305) 12 (305) 

800 400 12 (305) 12 (305) 

1000 — 12 (305) 12 (305) 

1200 600 12 (305) 12 (305) 

1350 800 12 (305) 12 (305) 

1600 1000 12 (305) 12 (305) 

2000 1200,1350 12 (305) 12 (305) 

— 1600 18 (457) 18 (457) 

2500 2000 18 (457) 18 (457) 

3000 — 18 (457) 18 (457) 

3200 — 18 (457) 18 (457) 

4000 2500,3000,3200 18 (457) 18 (457) 

5000 4000 24 (610) 24 (610) 

Edgewise Elbow Sections, Dimensions (standard/min.) 



AL L-Rated 

225 — 10 (254) 10 (254) 

400 — 10 (254) 10 (254) 

600 — 10 (254) 10 (254) 

800 400 10 (254) 10 (254) 

1000 600 10 (254) 10 (254) 

1200 800 10 (254) 10 (254) 

1350 1000 10 (254) 10 (254) 

1600 1200 10 (254) 10 (254) 

2000 1350,1600 10 (254) 10 (254) 

2500 2000 10 (254) 10 (254) 

3000 2500 10 (254) 10 (254) 

3200 2000 10 (254) 10 (254) 

4000 3000,3200 10 (254) 10 (254) 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 10 (254) 10 (254) 

400 — 10 (254) 10 (254) 

600 — 10 (254) 10 (254) 

800 400 10 (254) 10 (254) 

1000 — 10 (254) 10 (254) 

1200 600 10 (254) 10 (254) 

1350 800 10 (254) 10 (254) 

1600 1000 10 (254) 10 (254) 

2000 1200,1350 10 (254) 10 (254) 

— 1600 10 (254) 10 (254) 

2500 2000 10 (254) 10 (254) 

3000 — 10 (254) 10 (254) 

3200 — 10 (254) 10 (254) 

4000 2500,3000,3200 10 (254) 10 (254) 

5000 4000 10 (254) 10 (254) 

Note : Odd angle elbow flatwise and edgewise elbow sections are available 

for angles 95° - 175° in 5° increments. 

Flatwise Elbow Sections 

Flatwise elbow sections are used for left and right directional 

changes when the busway system is mounted in the horizontal plane 

(bus bars run parallel to the floor). The joint stack assembly may be 

moved to the opposite leg to change the orientation from left to 

right/right to left. 

Flat Left 

Suffix ELFL 

Flat Right 

Suffix ELFR 

Edgewise Elbow Sections 

Edgewise elbow sections create up and down directional changes. 

The “A”phase bus bar lies on the inside of the bend for edge up 

elbows. The “A” phase bus bar lies on the outside of the bend for 

edge down elbows. The joint stack assembly on edgewise elbows 

can not be moved in order to change orientation from up to 

down/down to up. Sentron Busway elbow sections are shipped with 

a joint stack assembly on one end for direct connection to the 

busway system. 

Edge Up 

Suffix ELEU 

Edge Down 

Suffix ELED 

15 




Offsets 

Selection 

Offsets can be utilized to solve difficult contour 

problems and save space. In applications where space 

does not allow for two connected elbows, a single 

offset can bypass an obstruction. All offsets are 

supplied with one joint stack assembly. 

15 


Flatwise Offsets, Dimensions (standard/min.) 


Ampere Rating *“A” ”B” ”C” 

AL L-Rated 

225 — 12 (305) 5 (127) 12 (305) 

400 — 12 (305) 5 (127) 12 (305) 

600 — 12 (305) 5 (127) 12 (305) 

800 400 12 (305) 5 (127) 12 (305) 

1000 600 12 (305) 5 (127) 12 (305) 

1200 800 12 (305) 5 (127) 12 (305) 

1350 1000 12 (305) 5 (127) 12 (305) 

1600 1200 18 (457) 5 (127) 18 (457) 

2000 1350,1600 18 (457) 5 (127) 18 (457) 

2500 2000 18 (457) 5 (127) 18 (457) 

3000 2500 18 (457) 5 (127) 18 (457) 

3200 2000 18 (457) 5 (127) 18 (457) 

4000 3000,3200 24 (610) 8 (203) 24 (610) 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 12 (305) 5 (127) 12 (305) 

400 — 12 (305) 5 (127) 12 (305) 

600 — 12 (305) 5 (127) 12 (305) 

800 400 12 (305) 5 (127) 12 (305) 

1000 — 12 (305) 5 (127) 12 (305) 

1200 600 12 (305) 5 (127) 12 (305) 

1350 800 12 (305) 5 (127) 12 (305) 

1600 1000 12 (305) 5 (127) 12 (305) 

2000 1200,1350 12 (305) 5 (127) 12 (305) 

— 1600 

2500 2000 18 (457) 5 (127) 18 (457) 

3000 — 18 (457) 5 (127) 18 (457) 

3200 — 18 (457) 5 (127) 18 (457) 

4000 2500,3000,3200 18 (457) 5 (127) 18 (457) 

5000 4000 24 (610) 8 (203) 24 (610) 

Flat Right 

Suffix OFFR 

Flat Left 

Suffix OFFL 

Edgewise Offsets, Dimensions (standard/min.) 



AL L-Rated 

225 — 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

400 — 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

600 — 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

800 400 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

1000 600 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

1200 800 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

1350 1000 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

1600 1200 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

2000 1350,1600 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

2500 2000 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

3000 2500 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

3200 2000 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

4000 3000,3200 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

400 — 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

600 — 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

800 400 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

1000 — 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

1200 600 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

1350 800 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

1600 1000 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

2000 1200,1350 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

— 1600 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

2500 2000 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

3000 — 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

3200 — 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

4000 2500,3000,3200 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

5000 4000 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 

*Note: Leg Dimensions A and C have been reversed from prior publications. 

Edge Up 

Suffix OFEU 

Edge Down 

Suffix OFED 

15-14 




Combinations 

Selection 

Combinations are used to create edge to flat and flat 

to edge changes in the busway run. One joint stack 

assembly is shipped with combination. 

Flat Right - Edge Up 

Suffix CORU 

Flat Left - Edge Up 

Suffix COLU 

See drawings for minimum dimensions. Consult 

Busway Order Service for information on custom 

lengths. 

Combinations, Dimensions (standard/min.) 



AL L-Rated 

225 — 10 (254) 8 (203) 12 (305) 

400 — 10 (254) 8 (203) 12 (305) 

600 — 10 (254) 8 (203) 12 (305) 

800 400 10 (254) 8 (203) 12 (305) 

1000 600 10 (254) 8 (203) 12 (305) 

1200 800 10 (254) 8 (203) 12 (305) 

1350 1000 10 (254) 8 (203) 12 (305) 

1600 1200 10 (254) 12 (305) 18 (457) 

2000 1350,1600 10 (254) 12 (305) 18 (457) 

2500 2000 10 (254) 12 (305) 18 (457) 

3000 2500 10 (254) 12 (305) 18 (457) 

3200 2000 10 (254) 12 (305) 18 (457) 

4000 3000,3200 10 (254) 16 (406) 24 (610) 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 10 (254) 8 (203) 12 (305) 

400 — 10 (254) 8 (203) 12 (305) 

600 — 10 (254) 8 (203) 12 (305) 

800 400 10 (254) 8 (203) 12 (305) 

1000 — 10 (254) 8 (203) 12 (305) 

1200 600 10 (254) 8 (203) 12 (305) 

1350 800 10 (254) 8 (203) 12 (305) 

1600 1000 10 (254) 8 (203) 12 (305) 

2000 1200,1350 10 (254) 8 (203) 12 (305) 

— 1600 10 (254) 12 (305) 18 (457) 

2500 2000 10 (254) 12 (305) 18 (457) 

3000 — 10 (254) 12 (305) 18 (457) 

3200 — 10 (254) 12 (305) 18 (457) 

4000 2500,3000,3200 10 (254) 12 (305) 18 (457) 

5000 4000 10 (254) 16 (406) 24 (610) 

Edge Up - Flat Left 

Suffix COUL 

Flat Right - Edge Down 

Suffix CORD 

Edge Up - Flat Right 

Suffix COUR 

Flat Left - Edge Down 

Suffix COLD 

15 


*Note: Leg Dimensions A and C have been reversed from prior publications. 

Edge Down - Flat Left 

Suffix CODL 

Edge Down - Flat Right 

Suffix CODR 



Tees 

Selection 

Tees are used to simplify directional and plane 

orientation changes in a busway system. Tees can 

make 90° bends left or right, and up and down along 

the busway run. All tees are supplied with two joint 

stack assemblies. 

15 


Flatwise Tees, Dimensions (standard/min.) 


Ampere Rating 

“A”, ”B”, ”C” 

AL L-Rated 

225 — 12 (305) 

400 — 12 (305) 

600 — 12 (305) 

800 400 12 (305) 

1000 600 12 (305) 

1200 800 12 (305) 

1350 1000 12 (305) 

1600 1200 18 (457) 

2000 1350,1600 18 (457) 

2500 2000 18 (457) 

3000 2500 18 (457) 

3200 2000 18 (457) 

4000 3000,3200 24 (610) 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 12 (305) 

400 — 12 (305) 

600 — 12 (305) 

800 400 12 (305) 

1000 — 12 (305) 

1200 600 12 (305) 

1350 800 12 (305) 

1600 1000 12 (305) 

2000 1200,1350 12 (305) 

— 1600 18 (457) 

2500 2000 18 (457) 

3000 — 18 (457) 

3200 — 18 (457) 

4000 2500,3000,3200 18 (457) 

5000 4000 24 (610) 

Flatwise Tees 

Flatwise tees are used to create left and right branches. 

Flat Right 

Suffix TEFR 

Flat Left 

Suffix TEFL 

Edgewise Tees, Dimensions (standard/min.) 


Ampere Rating 

“D” 

AL L-Rated 

225 — 13 (330) 

400 — 13 (330) 

600 — 13 (330) 

800 400 13 (330) 

1000 600 13 (330) 

1200 800 18 (457) 

1350 1000 18 (457) 

1600 1200 18 (457) 

2000 1350,1600 18 (457) 

2500 2000 27 (686) 

3000 2500 27 (686) 

3200 2000 27 (686) 

4000 3000,3200 29 (737) 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 13 (330) 

400 — 13 (330) 

600 — 13 (330) 

800 400 13 (330) 

1000 — 13 (330) 

1200 600 13 (330) 

1350 800 13 (330) 

1600 1000 18 (457) 

2000 1200,1350 18 (457) 

— 1600 18 (457) 

2500 2000 18 (457) 

3000 — 27 (686) 

3200 — 27 (686) 

4000 2500,3000,3200 27 (686) 

5000 4000 29 (737) 

Edgewise Tees 

Edgewise tees are used to create branches that stem up or down 

from the busway run. 

Edge Up 

Suffix TEEU 

Edge Down 

Suffix TEED 

a 

a 12.0" (305mm) For Isolated Ground. 

15-16 



End Tap Boxes 


Selection 

End tap boxes are non-fusible devices used to connect cable and conduit to the end of a 

busway run or where busway runs connect without the need for over-current protection. End 

tap boxes may be installed at the end or beginning of a run. Vertical end tap boxes and 

horizontal end tap boxes can be installed in both horizontal and vertical applications. Extended 

end tap boxes are available if the application requires additional wire bending space. One joint 

stack assembly is shipped with each end tap box. 

Standard and Extended Horizontal End Tap Boxes, Dimensions 

Cable Lugs 

Dimensions Inches (mm) Wire Bend Space Per Phase & Neutral Ground 

Ampere Rating “A” “B” Std. “B” Ext. “C” Std. “C” Ext. Qty. Size Lugs a 

AL L-Rated 

225 — 13 (330) 30 (762) 34 (863) 17 (432) 21 (533) 1 a 1 

400 — 13 (330) 30 (762) 34 (863) 17 (432) 21 (533) 1 b 1 

600 — 13 (330) 30 (762) 34 (863) 17 (432) 21 (533) 2 b 1 

800 400 13 (330) 30 (762) 34 (863) 17 (432) 21 (533) 3 b 1 

1000 600 13 (330) 30 (762) 34 (863) 17 (432) 21 (533) 4 b 1 

1200 800 18 (457) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 4 b 1 

1350 1000 18 (457) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 4 b 1 

1600 1200 18 (457) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 5 b 1 

2000 1350,1600 18 (457) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 6 b 2 

2500 2000 27 (686) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 8 b 2 

3000 2500 27 (686) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 9 b 2 

3200 2000 27 (686) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 9 b 2 

4000 3000,3200 29 (737) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 12 b 3 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 13 (330) 30 (762) 34 (863) 17 (432) 21 (533) 1 a 1 

400 — 13 (330) 30 (762) 34 (863) 17 (432) 21 (533) 1 b 1 

600 — 13 (330) 30 (762) 34 (863) 17 (432) 21 (533) 2 b 1 

800 400 13 (330) 30 (762) 34 (863) 17 (432) 21 (533) 3 b 1 

1000 — 13 (330) 30 (762) 34 (863) 17 (432) 21 (533) 4 b 1 

1200 600 13 (330) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 4 b 1 

1350 800 13 (330) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 4 b 1 

1600 1000 18 (457) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 5 b 1 

2000 1200,1350 18 (457) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 6 b 2 

— 1600 18 (457) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 5 b 1 

2500 2000 18 (457) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 8 b 2 

3000 — 27 (686) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 9 b 2 

3200 — 27 (686) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 9 b 2 

4000 2500,3000,3200 27 (686) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 12 b 3 

5000 4000 29 (737) 33 (838) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 15 b 4 

Horizontal End Tap Box 

Suffix ETHS (Standard) 

Suffix ETHX (Extended) 

15 


Standard and Extended Vertical End Tap Boxes, Dimensions 

Cable Lugs 

Dimensions Inches (mm) Wire Bend Space Per Phase & Neutral Ground 

Ampere Rating “A” “B” Std. “B” Ext. “C” Std. “C” Ext. Qty. Size Lugs a 

AL L-Rated 

225 — 13 (330) 25 (635) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 1 a 1 

400 — 13 (330) 25 (635) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 1 b 1 

600 — 13 (330) 25 (635) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 2 b 1 

800 400 13 (330) 25 (635) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 3 b 1 

1000 600 13 (330) 25 (635) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 4 b 1 

1200 800 18 (457) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 4 b 1 

1350 1000 18 (457) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 4 b 1 

1600 1200 18 (457) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 5 b 1 

2000 1350,1600 18 (457) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 6 b 2 

2500 2000 27 (686) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 8 b 2 

3000 2500 27 (686) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 9 b 2 

3200 2000 29 (737) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 9 b 2 

4000 3000,3200 29 (737) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 12 b 3 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 13 (330) 25 (635) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 1 a 1 

400 — 13 (330) 25 (635) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 1 b 1 

600 — 13 (330) 25 (635) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 2 b 1 

800 400 13 (330) 25 (635) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 3 b 1 

1000 — 13 (330) 25 (635) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 4 b 1 

1200 600 13 (330) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 4 b 1 

1350 800 13 (330) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 4 b 1 

1600 1000 18 (457) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 5 b 1 

2000 1200,1350 18 (457) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 6 b 2 

— 1600 18 (457) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 5 b 1 

2500 2000 18 (457) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 8 b 2 

3000 — 27 (686) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 9 b 2 

3200 — 27 (686) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 9 b 2 

4000 2500,3000,3200 27 (686) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 12 b 3 

5000 4000 29 (737) 28 (711) 32 (813) 20 (508) 24 (610) 15 b 4 

Vertical End Tap Box 

Suffix ETVS (Standard) 

Suffix ETVX (Extended) 

a #6 AWG -350 kcmil, Cu/AI. b #4 AWG -600 kcmil, Cu/AI. c 24.0" (610mm) for isolated ground. 



Center Tap Boxes 


Selection 

Center tap boxes are non-fusible devices utilized to feed to or take off power from the busway 

run. When loads served by the busway run do not require over-current protection, center tap 

boxes may be used. If the application requires additional wiring bending space, extended 

center tap boxes are available. One joint stack assembly is provided with each center tap box. 

15 


Standard and Extended Center End Tap Boxes, Dimensions 

Cable Lugs 

Per Phase & 

Dimensions Inches (mm) Wire Bend Space Neutral Ground 

Ampere Rating “A”Std. “B” “D” “A” Ext.. “C” Std. “C” Ext. Qty. Size Lugs a 

AL L-Rated 

225 — 25 (635) 16 (406) 3.9 (99) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 1 a 1 

225 — 25 (635) 16 (406) 3.9 (99) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 1 b 1 

400 — 25 (635) 16 (406) 3.9 (99) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 1 b 1 

600 — 25 (635) 16 (406) 3.9 (99) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 2 b 1 

800 400 25 (635) 16 (406) 4.2 (107) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 3 b 1 

1000 600 25 (635) 16 (406) 4.6 (117) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 4 b 1 

1200 800 29 (737) 16 (406) 5.2 (132) 33 (838) 20 (508) 24 (610) 4 b 1 

1350 1000 29 (737) 16 (406) 5.7 (145) 33 (838) 20 (508) 24 (610) 4 b 1 

1600 1200 33 (838) 20 (508) 6.3 (160) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 5 b 1 

2000 1350,1600 33 (838) 20 (508) 7.4 (188) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 6 b 2 

2500 2000 37 (940) 24 (610) 8.7 (221) 41 (1041) 20 (508) 24 (610) 8 b 2 

3000 2500 37 (940) 24 (610) 9.7 (246) 41 (1041) 20 (508) 24 (610) 9 b 2 

3200 2000 37 (940) 24 (610) 9.7 (246) 41 (1041) 20 (508) 24 (610) 9 b 2 

4000 3000,3200 45 (1143) 28 (711) 11.9 (302) 49 (1245) 20 (508) 24 (610) 12 b 3 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 25 (635) 16 (406) 3.9 (99) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 1 b 1 

400 — 25 (635) 16 (406) 3.9 (99) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 1 b 1 

600 — 25 (635) 16 (406) 3.9 (99) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 2 b 1 

800 400 25 (635) 16 (406) 3.9 (99) 29 (737) 17 (432) 21 (533) 3 b 1 

1000 — 25 (635) 16 (406) 4.2 (107) 29 (737) 18 (457) 22 (559) 4 b 1 

1200 600 29 (737) 16 (406) 4.5 (114) 33 (838) 22 (559) 26 (660) 4 b 1 

1350 800 29 (737) 16 (406) 4.8 (122) 33 (838) 21 (533) 25 (635) 4 b 1 

1600 1000 29 (737) 20 (508) 5.3 (135) 33 (838) 21 (533) 25 (635) 5 b 1 

2000 1200,1350 29 (737) 20 (508) 6.1 (155) 33 (838) 20 (508) 24 (610) 6 b 2 

— 1600 33 (838) 20 (508) 6.3 (160) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 5 b 1 

2500 2000 33 (838) 24 (610) 7.3 (185) 37 (940) 23 (584) 17 (432) 8 b 2 

3000 — 33 (838) 24 (610) 7.9 (201) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 9 b 2 

3200 — 33 (838) 24 (610) 7.9 (201) 37 (940) 20 (508) 24 (610) 9 b 2 

4000 2500,3000, 

3200 37 (940) 28 (711) 9.4 (239) 41 (1041) 20 (508) 24 (610) 12 b 3 

5000 4000 40(1016) 34 (863) 11.7(297) 44 (1118) 19 (483) 23 (584) 15 b 4 

Center Tap Box 

Suffix CTBS (Standard) 

Suffix CTBX (Extended) 

a #6 AWG -350 kcmil, Cu/AI. 

b #4 AWG -600 kcmil, Cu/AI. 

c 24.0" (610mm) for isolated ground. 

15-18 


NCBA 


Joint Mounted Tap Boxes 


Selection 

The joint mounted tap box (JMTB) is 

used to tap off power via the busway 

joint. This device does not provide 

over-current protection and therefore, 

must be installed in compliance with 

NEC 240.21(B) a . The small footprint is 

ideal for space limited applications. The 

JMTB is compatible with Power Mod, 

Lighting Panels, Power Panels, and 

Switchboards 1200A and lower. 

Horizontal Orientation JMTB 

"A" LENGTH 

JOINT - 

36" MINIMUM 

120" MAXIMUM 

5.00" 

BUSWAY 

DEPTH 

5.3" 

EXIT 

ACCESS PANEL 

LUG DIRECTION 

16.5" 

OVERALL DEPTH 

18.0" 

CENTERED 

ON JOINT 

"W" 

BUSWAY WIDTH 

5.0" 

BUSWAY DEPTH 

LOCKING PROVISION 

ACCESS PANEL 

5.3" 

EXIT 

18.0" 

CENTERED 

ON JOINT 


n Lug Orientation: Vertical or Horizontal 

n Maximum Voltage: 600V 

n Maximum UL Short Circuit Rating: 

150kA b 

n Amperage Range: 100- 1200A 

n Lug Type: Compression Only 

"B" LENGTH 

JOINT - 

18" MINIMUM 

25.0" 

BUSWAY TO END OF COVER 

"W" 

BUSWAY WIDTH 

25.0" 

BUSWAY TO END OF COVER 

STD 4.0" 

FLUSH 2.5" 

BUSWAY 

TO REAR 

OF JMTB 

15 

Vertical Orientation JMTB 

5.0" 

BUSWAY 

DEPTH 

16.5" 

OVERALL DEPTH 

15.3" 

BOX DEPTH 

ACCESS PANEL 

LUG 

DIRECTION 

24.0" 

HEIGHT 

18.3" 

OF JOINT 

TO EDGE OF COVER 

20.0" 

BUSWAY TO 

EDGE OF COVER 

STD 4.0" 

OF EXIT OPENINGS IS FLUSH 2.5" 

5.3 INCHES FROM REAR TO REAT 

OF JMTB 

OF JMTB 

"W" 

BUSWAY 

WIDTH 

BUSWAY 

SECTION 2 

"A" LENGTH 

(OVERALL) 

44" MINIMUM 

120" MAXIMUM 

"B" LENGTH 

JOINT - 

BUSWAY SECTION 1 

(INCLUDES STD JOINT) 

18" MINIMUM 

Configuration Types 

Given a vertical bus run, the JMTB can 

be configured such that it is on the 

Left, Right, or Both sides. The JMTB 

is shipped from the factory installed on 

the busway. 

When installed on vertical busway, the 

lug orientation matches the orientation 

of the tap box. If using the horizontal 

JMTB the lug orientation will be left/ 

right, if vertical JMTB it will be up/ 

down. 

The standard JMTB extends 4" beyond 

the rear plane of the busway however 

a flush mount variation is available 

extending 2.5" from the rear of the 

busway. 


Wire 

size 

Straight Lug 


Stacking Lug 


1/0 AL1/0-NTN ASL1/0-NTN 




250 AL250-NTN ASL250-NTN 




The JMTB requires compression lugs, 

which aid in minimizing product size. 

The JMTB is shipped with UL listed 

crimp type compression lugs, which are 

sized to the amperage of the load side 

device. 

Should additional lugs be required, 

please reference the table below. 

The JMTB utilizes general purpose 

aluminum 2 hole NEMA lugs, 

compatible with Aluminum and Copper 

wire. Homac AL-N series or equivalent 

are recommended. c 

If housing ground is selected the JMTB 

will contain a standard 4-hole NEMA 

pattern on a dedicated ground bar. If 

internal/isolated ground is selected, two 

ground bars will be included, each with 

the standard NEMA 4-hole pattern. 


a This device requires compliance with NEC 240.21(B), 

see 2017 NEC, commonly referred to as the 10ft feeder 

tap rule. Feeder tap conductors cannot be over 10ft 

without overcurrent protection. Main circuit protection 

device is required downsteam. Please reference the 

NEC before using this device. 

b For series ratings reference the UL short circuit table in 

the Technical Data section. 

c Replacement lugs to be supplied by others. 



TBNK Fittings for Joint Mounted Tap Boxes 


Selection 

TBNK flexible fittings 

TBNK flexible fittings are a UL listed, factory installed series 

of wireway couplings for use with Sentron Joint Mounted Tap 

Boxes (JMTB’s). TBNK fittings provide a nominal 4.25” long 

flexible wireway for coupling the JMTB and rigidly mounted 

downstream equipment. TBNK fittings allow for expansion 

and contraction of the Busway absorbing up to an inch of 

movement. Available in 4, 6, and 8-inch sizes, TBNK fittings 

are suitable for a wide range of equipment amperages and 

cabling requirements. TBNK fittings if desired should be 

selected when ordering Sentron JMTB’s. 

Horizontal JMTB with TBNK 

15 


Installation and Grounding 

TBNK flexible fittings must be field installed onto downstream 

equipment. JMTB’s ordered with TBNK fittings include 

Installation Instructions and a template for making the 

required cut-out in the downstream equipment enclosure. 

Location of equipment, cut out and cabling must comply with 

applicable standards including NEC, Local Building Codes 

and any other authorities having jurisdiction. Consult codes 

in advance to assure compliance. The JMTB is shipped from 

the factory with a braided copper ground cable riveted onto 

the TBNK. During installation, the opposite end of the ground 

cable must be connected to the enclosure of the downstream 

equipment. The Installation Instructions provide details of the 

ground cable installation procedure. 

Vertical JMTB with TBNK 

TBNK flexible fittings 

Catalog 

Number Cutout Size Wireway Size 

Maximum 

Cable Size 

TBNK4 3.8”x 3.8” 4”x 4” (16 sq. inch) 900MCM 

TBNK6 5.8”x 5.8” 6”x 6” (36 sq. inch) 500MCM 

TBNK8 7.8”x 7.8” 8”x 8” (64 sq. inch) 4/0 

15-20 



TBNK Fittings for Joint Mounted Tap Boxes 



TBNK4, TBNK6 and TBNK8 

15 

TBNK cut out pattern 




Expansion Fittings 


Selection 

15 


Expansion Fittings, Dimensions (standard/min.) 


Ampere Rating 

“A” 

AL L-Rated 

225 — 13 (330) 

400 — 13 (330) 

600 — 13 (330) 

800 400 13 (330) 

1000 600 13 (330) 

1200 800 18 (457) 

1350 1000 18 (457) 

1600 1200 18 (457) 

2000 1350,1600 18 (457) 

2500 2000 23 (584) 

3000 2500 23 (584) 

3200 2000 25 (635) 

4000 3000,3200 25 (635) 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 13 (330) 

400 — 13 (330) 

600 — 13 (330) 

800 400 13 (330) 

1000 — 13 (330) 

1200 600 13 (330) 

1350 800 13 (330) 

1600 1000 18 (457) 

2000 1200,1350 18 (457) 

— 1600 18 (457) 

2500 2000 18 (457) 

3000 — 23 (584) 

3200 — 23 (584) 

4000 2500,3000,3200 23 (584) 

5000 4000 25 (635) 

Expansion Fittings 

Expansion fittings accommodate for expansion and contraction of a 

busway run and building movement. Expansion fittings typically are 

installed in the center of long busway runs, and at the beginning of 

riser runs (within the first 20ft of vertical busway when total vertical 

run length is equal to or greater then 40ft) to minimize stress on the 

lower most device or where a busway run crosses an expansion joint 

of a building. 

Qty (1) Expansion Section should be used for every 200ft of 

continuous Busway run length, at every transition to a vertical run, and 

at each building expansion joint. The Busway run must be positioned 

accordingly to accommodate the Expansion Section(s). 

Expansion Fitting 

Suffix XPFT 

Flush Mount Expansion Fitting 

Often useful in riser application, flush mount expansion fittings allow 

for the busway to be positioned closer to building walls (reference 

page 15-36 for minimum required clearances). The flush mount design 

shifts the centerline of the busway up or down by 5 in. on the 20 in. 

height axis shown above. 

a 24.0" (610mm) for isolated ground. 

15-22 



Reducers and Phase Rotation Fittings 


Selection 

Fused Reducers, Dimensions (standard/min) 

Dimensions A Inches (mm) 

X1 Ampere Rating DIM B = 20.00 DIM B = 24.00 

AL L-Rated X2 < 2000 3200 > X2 2000 X2 3200 

225 — 10.5 (267) — — 

400 — 10.5 (267) — — 

600 — 10.5 (267) — — 

800 400 10.5 (267) — — 

1000 600 10.5 (267) — — 

1200 800 10.5 (267) — — 

1350 1000 15.0 (381) — — 

1600 1200 15.0 (381) — — 

2000 1350,1600 15.0 (381) — — 

2500 2000 20.0 (508) 25.0 (635) — 

3000 2500 20.0 (508) 25.0 (635) — 

3200 — 25.0 (635) 30.0 (762) — 

4000 3000,3200 25.0 (635) 30.0 (762) 30.0 (762) 

CU M-Rated X2 < 2000 3200 > X2 2000 X2 3200 

225 — 10.5 (267) — — 

400 — 10.5 (267) — — 

600 — 10.5 (267) — — 

800 225, 400 10.5 (267) — — 

1000 — 10.5 (267) — — 

1200 600 10.5 (267) — — 

1350 800 10.5 (267) — — 

1600 1000 10.5 (267) — — 

2000 1200, 1350 15.0 (381) — — 

— 1600 15.0 (381) — — 

2500 2000 15.0 (381) 20.0 (508) — 

3000 — 20.0 (508) 25.0 (635) — 

3200 — 20.0 (508) 25.0 (635) — 

4000 

2500, 3000, 

3200 

20.0 (508) 25.0 (635) 30.0 (762) 

5000 4000 25.0 (635) 30.0 (762) 30.0 (762) 

Notes: X1 is the Intial Amperage Stub. X2 is the Reduced Amperage Stub. 

IF X2 = 3200A or 4000A, the Box height will need to be increased from 20.00" to 

24.00" due to the 3500A+ Fuses have a diameter of 5.75" 

180 Degrees Phase Rotation 

Fittings, Dimensions (std/min.) 

Ampere Rating 

AL L-Rated 

Dimensions A 

Inches (mm) 

225 — 7.9 (200) 

400 — 7.9 (200) 

600 — 7.9 (200) 

800 400 8.5 (216) 

1000 600 9.4 (239) 

1200 800 10.5 (267) 

1350 1000 11.5 (293) 

1600 1200 12.6 (321) 

2000 1350, 1600 14.9 (376) 

2500 2000 17.6 (447) 

3000 2500 19.8 (503) 

3200 2000 21.3 (541) 

4000 3000, 3200 24.3 (617) 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 7.9 (200) 

400 — 7.9 (200) 

600 — 7.9 (200) 

800 400 7.9 (200) 

1000 — 8.4 (213) 

1200 600 9.0 (229) 

1350 800 9.6 (245) 

1600 1000 10.6 (270) 

2000 1200, 1350 12.1 (372) 

— 1600 12.6 (321) 

2500 2000 14.6 (200) 

3000 — 15.8 (402) 

3200 — 17.3 (439) 

4000 

2500, 3000, 

3200 

19.3 (490) 

5000 4000 23.3 (592) 

Fused Reducers 

The National Electric Code requires over current protection when 

busway systems are reduced in ampacity. A fused reducer is used to 

reduce the allowable ampere rating in those sections of the busway 

that do not require a higher rating (i.e. at branch circuit junctures). 

Fused Reducer – Class L Size Fuses 

Suffix RFRF 

90 Degrees Phase Rotation 

Fittings, Dimensions (std/min.) 

Ampere Rating Dimensions A 

AL L-Rated Inches (mm) 

225 

400 

600 

800 

225 

400 17 (432) 

1000 600 

1200 800 

1350 1000 

1600 1200 

2000 1350, 1600 

20 (508) 

2500 2000 24 (610) 

3000 2500 28 (711) 

3200 — 

4000 3000 

34 (863) 

CU M-Rated 

225 

400 

600 

225 & 400 

800 

1000 — 

17 (432) 

1200 600 

1350 800 

1600 1000 

2000 1200, 1350 

— 1600 20 (508) 

2500 2000 

3000 — 24 (610) 

3200 — 

4000 

2500, 28 (711) 

3000 

5000 4000 34 (863) 

Non-Fused Reducers 

Non-fused reducers are used in conjunction with the following 

exception to the Fused Reducer in the National Electric Code: 

“For industrial establishments only, omission of over current 

protection shall be permitted at points where busways are reduced 

in ampacity, provided that the length of the busway having the 

smaller ampacity does not exceed 50 ft. and has an ampacity of 

at least equal to one-third the rating or setting of the over current 

device next back on the line, and provided that such busway is 

free from contact with combustible material.” Special joint stack 

connections are provided for non-fused reducer connections. 

Consult factory for specific design guidelines. 

Phase-Rotation Fittings 

Phase-rotation fittings can be used when the application 

requires a phase rotation in the power supply. Phase 

rotation fittings can be ordered for “phase and 

ground”, “phase only” and “ground only” rotations. 

Phase Rotation Fitting 

Suffix TRPG, Phase and Ground 

TRPO, Phase Only 

TRGO, Ground Only 

90 Degrees Phase 

Rotation Fitting 

180 Degrees Phase 

Rotation Fitting 

15 




Service Heads 

Selection 

Service Heads are used to connect busway to a service entrance. In the Sentron Busway line, 3 single-phase service heads and 

3-phase service head connections are available. The standard service entrance connection is the 3-phase service head which 

consists of one service head for all three phases. 3 single-phase service heads consist of three heads – one for each phase and 

may be used to meet the requirements of certain applications. To ensure ease of installation of incoming cables, both types of 

Sentron service heads are constructed so that the lugs face the Glastic bottom of the box. The Glastic bottom provides 

insulation and protection to the incoming cables. 

15 


Single-Phase Service Heads, Dimensions (standard/min.) 

Cable Lugs per 

Dimensions Inches (mm) Phase and Neutral Ground 

Ampere Rating Single-Phase “A” Qty. Size Lugs a 

AL L-Rated 

225 13 (330) 1 a 1 

400 225 13 (330) 1 b 1 

600 — 13 (330) 2 b 1 

800 400 13 (330) 3 b 1 

1000 600 13 (330) 4 b 1 

1200 800 18 (457) 4 b 1 

1350 1000 18 (457) 4 b 1 

1600 1200 18 (457) 5 b 1 

2000 1350,1600 20 (508) 6 b 2 

2500 2000 27 (686) 8 b 2 

3000 2500 29 (737) 9 b 2 

3200 2000 29 (737) 9 b 2 

4000 3000,3200 29 (737) 12 b 3 

CU M-Rated 

225 13 (330) 1 a 1 

400 13 (330) 1 b 1 

600 13 (330) 2 b 1 

800 400 13 (330) 3 b 1 

1000 — 13 (330) 4 b 1 

1200 600 13 (330) 4 b 1 

1350 800 13 (330) 4 b 1 

1600 1000 18 (457) 5 b 1 

2000 1200,1350 20 (508) 6 b 2 

— 1600 18 (457) 5 b 1 

2500 2000 20 (508) 8 b 2 

3000 — 27 (686) 9 b 2 

3200 — 27 (686) 9 b 2 

4000 2500,3000,3200 27 (686) 12 b 3 

5000 4000 29 (737) 15 b 4 

Three Single-Phase Service Heads 

Suffix V1TX 

Three-Phase Service Heads, Dimensions (standard/min.) 

Cable Lugs per 

Dimensions Inches (mm) Phase and Neutral Ground 

Ampere Rating Three-Phase “B” Qty. Size Lugs a 

AL L-Rated 

225 13 (330) 1 a 1 

400 225 13 (330) 1 b 1 

600 — 13 (330) 2 b 1 

800 400 13 (330) 3 b 1 

1000 600 13 (330) 4 b 1 

1200 800 18 (457) 4 b 1 

1350 1000 18 (457) 4 b 1 

1600 1200 18 (457) 5 b 1 

2000 1350,1600 18 (457) 6 b 2 

2500 2000 27 (686) 8 b 2 

3000 2500 27 (686) 9 b 2 

3200 2000 27 (686) 9 b 2 

4000 3000,3200 29 (737) 12 b 3 

CU M-Rated 

225 13 (330) 1 a 1 

400 13 (330) 1 b 1 

600 13 (330) 2 b 1 

800 400 13 (330) 3 b 1 

1000 — 13 (330) 4 b 1 

1200 600 13 (330) 4 b 1 

1350 800 13 (330) 4 b 1 

1600 1000 18 (457) 5 b 1 

2000 1200,1350 18 (457) 6 b 2 

— 1600 18 (457) 5 b 1 

2500 2000 18 (457) 8 b 2 

3000 — 27 (686) 9 b 2 

3200 — 27 (686) 9 b 2 

4000 2500,3000,3200 27 (686) 12 b 3 

5000 4000 29 (737) 15 b 4 

Three-Phase Service Head 

Suffix V3TX 

a #6 AWG - 350 kcmil, Cu / Al. 

b #4 AWG - 600 kcmil, Cu / Al. 

15-24 



Hangers 


Selection 

Trapeze Hanger—Aluminum (AL) and Copper (CU) 

“A” Dimensions Flat Mounted 

Ampere Rating 

Inches (mm) Catalog Number a 

AL L-Rated 

225 — 10.0 (254) SXTH1 

400 — 10.0 (254) SXTH1 

600 — 10.0 (254) SXTH1 

800 400 10.0 (254) SXTH1 

1000 600 10.0 (254) SXTH1 

1200 800 10.0 (254) SXTH1 

1350 1000 13.5 (343) SXTH2 

1600 1200 13.5 (343) SXTH2 

2000 1350,1600 13.5 (343) SXTH2 

2500 2000 13.5 (343) SXTH3 

3000 2500 13.5 (343) SXTH3 

3200 2000 13.5 (343) SXTH3 

4000 3000,3200 23.0 (584) SXTH4 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 10.0 (254) SXTH1 

400 — 10.0 (254) SXTH1 

600 — 10.0 (254) SXTH1 

800 400 10.0 (254) SXTH1 

1000 — 10.0 (254) SXTH1 

1200 600 10.0 (254) SXTH1 

1350 800 10.0 (254) SXTH1 

1600 1000 10.0 (254) SXTH1 

2000 1200,1350 13.5 (343) SXTH2 

— 1600 13.5 (343) SXTH2 

2500 2000 13.5 (343) SXTH2 

3000 — 18.5 (470) SXTH3 

3200 — 18.5 (470) SXTH3 

4000 2500,3000,3200 18.5 (470) SXTH3 

5000 4000 23.0 (584) SXTH4 

a Use SXTH1 for Edge Mounted. 

Spring Hanger—Aluminum (AL) and Copper (CU) b 

Ampere Rating 

Floor to Ceiling Height (ft.) 

10 12 14 16 18 

AL L-Rated 

225 — SXSH4 SXSH4 SXSH4 SXSH4 SXSH4 



800 400 SXSH4 SXSH4 SXSH4 SXSH6 SXSH6 





2000 1350,1600 SXSH8 SXSH8 SXSH8 SXSH8 SXSH8 





CU M-Rated 

Trapeze Hanger 

A complete offering of hangers is available to 

support Sentron Busway in both vertical and 

horizontal applications. Standard trapeze hangers 

support Sentron Busway in horizontal applications 

on 10 ft. (3.05m) centers. Additional hangers may 

be used if structural requirements mandate their 

use. The contractor must supply drop rods to 

complete assembly for trapeze hangers. 

Flat 

Mounted 

Edge 

Mounted 

Watch the 

Busway 

Support 

installation 

video 

Spring Hanger 

Spring hangers and floor support hangers must 

be used to provide secure mounting of the 

busway run in vertical applications. Spring 

hangers support the weight of the busway on 

each floor and also compensate for minimal 

building movement and thermal expansion. 

Maximum distance between spring hangers 

may not exceed 16 ft. (4.88m). When ordering 

18 ft. (5.49m) floor to ceiling height assemblies, 

intermediate support hangers are necessary. 

15 













3200 — SXSH12 SXSH12 SXSH14 SXSH14 SXSH12A 

4000 

2500, 

3000, 3200 

SXSH12 SXSH14 SXSH14 SXSH16 SXSH14A 

5000 4000 SXSH14 SXSH12A SXSH14A SXSH16A SXSH16B 

b Assuming 3P4W busway with no additional busway-supported weight per floor. This information is confirmed 

during the quotation process, for additional information please contact your local Siemens Sales representative. 

*Note: Flanges do not offer support to the busway. Flanges provide 

a means of covering the hole created in the existing structure. 



Hangers 

Selection 

15 


Structural Steel Hanger, Dimensions and Catalog Numbers 

“A” Dimensions Catalog 

Ampere Rating Inches (mm) Number 

AL L-Rated 

225 — 10.0 (254) SXSS1 

400 — 10.0 (254) SXSS1 

600 — 10.0 (254) SXSS1 

800 400 10.0 (254) SXSS1 

1000 600 10.0 (254) SXSS1 

1200 800 10.0 (254) SXSS1 

1350 1000 13.5 (343) SXSS2 

1600 1200 13.5 (343) SXSS2 

2000 1350,1600 13.5 (343) SXSS2 

2500 2000 18.5 (470) SXSS3 

3000 2500 18.5 (470) SXSS3 

3200 2000 18.5 (470) SXSS3 

4000 3000,3200 23.0 (584) SXSS4 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 10.0 (254) SXSS1 

400 — 10.0 (254) SXSS1 

600 — 10.0 (254) SXSS1 

800 400 10.0 (254) SXSS1 

1000 — 10.0 (254) SXSS1 

1200 600 10.0 (254) SXSS1 

1350 800 10.0 (254) SXSS1 

1600 1000 10.0 (254) SXSS1 

2000 1200,1350 13.5 (343) SXSS2 

— 1600 13.5 (343) SXSS2 

2500 2000 13.5 (343) SXSS2 

3000 — 13.5 (343) SXSS2 

3200 — 13.5 (343) SXSS2 

4000 2500,3000,3200 13.5 (343) SXSS2 

5000 4000 23.0 (584) SXSS4 

Single Drop Rod Hanger, Catalog Numbers 

Ampere Rating 


AL L-Rated 

225 — SXDRA1 

400 — SXDRA1 

600 — SXDRA1 

800 400 SXDRA2 

1000 600 SXDRA3 

1200 800 SXDRA4 

1350 1000 SXDRA5 

1600 1200 SXDRA6 

2000 1350,1600 SXDRA7 

2500 2000 — 

3000 2500 — 

3200 2000 — 

4000 3000,3200 — 

CU M-Rated 

225 — SXDRC1 

400 — SXDRC1 

600 — SXDRC1 

800 400 SXDRC1 

1000 — SXDRC2 

1200 600 SXDRC3 

1350 800 SXDRC4 

1600 1000 SXDRC5 

2000 1200,1350 SXDRC6 

— 1600 SXDRC6 

2500 2000 SXDRC7 

3000 — — 

3200 — — 

4000 2500,3000,3200 — 

5000 4000 — 

Structural Steel Hanger 

A complete offering of hangers is available to support Sentron Busway in 

both vertical and horizontal applications. Structural Steel hangers support 

Sentron Busway in horizontal applications on 10 ft. (3.05m) centers. 

Additional hangers may be used if structural requirements mandate their 

use. 

Single Drop Rod Hanger 

A complete offering of hangers is available to support Sentron Busway in 

both vertical and horizontal applications. Single drop rod hangers support 

Sentron Busway in horizontal applications on 10 ft. (3.05m) centers. 

Additional hangers may be used if structural requirements mandate their 

use. The contractor must supply drop rods to complete assembly for single 

drop rod hangers. 

Note: Drop rod hangers can only be used when 

phase arrows are pointing up. 

15-26 



Hangers and End Closers 

Selection 

Wall Mounted Hanger, Dimensions and Catalog Numbers 

Dimensions Inches (mm) Catalog 

Ampere Rating “A” ”B” ”C” Number 

AL L-Rated 

225 — 12.3 (311) 6.1 (156) 4.2 (107) SXWH1 

400 — 12.3 (311) 6.1 (156) 4.2 (107) SXWH1 

600 — 12.3 (311) 6.1 (156) 4.2 (107) SXWH1 

800 400 12.3 (311) 6.1 (156) 3.8 (97) SXWH1 

1000 600 12.3 (311) 6.1 (156) 3.8 (97) SXWH1 

1200 800 12.3 (311) 6.1 (156) 2.8 (72) SXWH1 

1350 1000 16.3 (413) 8.1 (206) 4.4 (111) SXWH2 

1600 1200 16.3 (413) 8.1 (206) 3.9 (98) SXWH2 

2000 1350,1600 16.3 (413) 8.1 (206) 2.8 (70) SXWH2 

2500 2000 20.8 (527) 10.4 (264) 3.6 (92) SXWH3 

3000 2500 20.8 (527) 10.4 (264) 2.5 (64) SXWH3 

3200 2000 20.8 (527) 10.4 (264) 1.8 (46) SXWH3 

4000 3000,3200 25.3 (641) 12.6 (321) 2.5 (64) SXWH4 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 12.3 (311) 6.1 (156) 4.2 (107) SXWH1 

400 — 12.3 (311) 6.1 (156) 4.2 (107) SXWH1 

600 — 12.3 (311) 6.1 (156) 4.2 (107) SXWH1 

800 400 12.3 (311) 6.1 (156) 3.8 (97) SXWH1 

1000 — 12.3 (311) 6.1 (156) 3.8 (97) SXWH1 

1200 600 12.3 (311) 6.1 (156) 2.8 (72) SXWH1 

1350 800 12.3 (311) 6.1 (156) 2.8 (72) SXWH1 

1600 1000 12.3 (311) 6.1 (156) 2.8 (72) SXWH1 

2000 1200,1350 16.3 (413) 8.1 (206) 4.4 (111) SXWH2 

— 1600 16.3 (413) 8.1 (206) 3.9 (98) SXWH2 

2500 2000 16.3 (413) 8.1 (206) 2.8 (70) SXWH2 

3000 — 20.8 (527) 10.4 (264) 3.6 (92) SXWH3 

3200 — 20.8 (527) 10.4 (264) 2.5 (64) SXWH3 

4000 2500,3000,3200 20.8 (527) 10.4 (264) 1.8 (46) SXWH3 

5000 4000 25.3 (641) 12.6 (321) 2.5 (64) SXWH4 

Wall Mounted Hanger 

Wall Mounted Hangers are used for horizontal 

applications close to a wall. The busway can be mounted 

either edgewise or flatwise to the wall. 

Wall Mounted Hanger ensures the minimum clearance 

between the wall and the busway run. 

End Closers 

End closers safely terminate a busway run and protect the 

bus bar ends. End closers may be removed easily in order 

to extend a busway run. End closers are shipped with 

Glastic insulation pieces, however, joint stacks and 

inspection covers are not included. 

End Closers 

(Joint stack and covers not included) 

Suffix ECLS 

15 




Roof, Wall, Ceiling and Floor Flanges 

Selection 

Roof, wall, ceiling and floor flanges are available for Sentron 

Busway. When the busway run passes thorough a roof, wall or 

ceiling, a flange should be used. Flanges do not offer support 

to the busway. Flanges provide a means of covering the hole 

created in the existing structure. Additional sealant may be 

required to meet fire codes and all other local requirements. No 

caulking or gasketing is provided with Sentron flanges. 

15 


Roof Flanges, Dimensions 



AL L-Rated 

225 — 12 (305) 18 (457) 

400 — 12 (305) 18 (457) 

600 — 12 (305) 18 (457) 

800 400 12 (305) 18 (457) 

1000 600 12 (305) 18 (457) 

1200 800 12 (305) 18 (457) 

1350 1000 16 (406) 22 (559) 

1600 1200 16 (406) 22 (559) 

2000 1350,1600 16 (406) 22 (559) 

2500 2000 20.5 (521) 22 (559) 

3000 2500 20.5 (521) 26.5 (673) 

3200 2000 20.5 (521) 26.5 (673) 

4000 3000,3200 25 (635) 31 (787) 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 12 (305) 18 (457) 

400 — 12 (305) 18 (457) 

600 — 12 (305) 18 (457) 

800 400 12 (305) 18 (457) 

1000 — 12 (305) 18 (457)) 

1200 600 12 (305) 18 (457) 

1350 800 12 (305) 18 (457) 

1600 1000 12 (305) 18 (457) 

2000 1200,1350 16 (406) 22 (559) 

— 1600 16 (406) 22 (559) 

2500 2000 16 (406) 22 (559) 

3000 — 20.5 (521) 26.5 (673) 

3200 — 20.5 (521) 26.5 (673) 

4000 2500,3000,3200 20.5 (521) 26.5 (673) 

5000 4000 25 (635) 31 (787) 

Roof Flanges 

Roof flanges are available for Sentron Busway. When the busway run passes 

thorough a roof, a flange should be used. Flanges do not offer support to the 

busway. Flanges provide a means of covering the hole created in the existing 

structure. Additional sealant may be required to meet fire codes and all other 

local requirements. No caulking or gasketing is provided with Sentron flanges. 

Roof flanges provide a watertight seal for use with NEMA 3R and IP66 rated 

busway. Roof pitch must be indicated on drawings when ordering roof flanges. 

Roof Flanges 

Suffix GRFL 

Wall, Ceiling and Floor Flanges, Dimensions 



AL L-Rated 

225 — 11 (279) 7 (178) 

400 — 11 (279) 7 (178) 

600 — 11 (279) 7 (178) 

800 400 11 (279) 7 (178) 

1000 600 12 (305) 8 (203) 

1200 800 13 (330) 9 (229) 

1350 1000 14 (356) 10 (254) 

1600 1200 15 (381) 11 (279) 

2000 1350,1600 17 (432) 13 (330) 

2500 2000 20 (508) 16 (406) 

3000 2500 22 (559) 18 (457) 

3200 2000 24 (610) 20 (508) 

4000 3000,3200 26 (660) 22 (559) 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 10 (254) 6 (152) 

400 — 10 (254) 6 (152) 

600 — 10 (254) 6 (152) 

800 400 10 (254) 6 (152) 

1000 — 11 (279) 7 (178) 

1200 600 12 (305) 8 (203) 

1350 800 12 (305) 8 (203) 

1600 1000 13 (330) 9 (229) 

2000 1200,1350 15 (381) 11 (279) 

— 1600 15 (381) 11 (279) 

2500 2000 17 (432) 13 (330) 

3000 — 18 (457) 14 (356) 

3200 — 19 (483) 15 (381) 

4000 2500,3000,3200 21 (533) 17 (432) 

5000 4000 26 (660) 22 (559) 

Wall, Ceiling and Floor Flanges 

Wall/Floor flanges are available for Sentron Busway. When the busway run 

passes thorough a wall, ceiling or floor, a flange should be used. Flanges do 

not offer support to the busway. Flanges provide a means of covering the hole 

created in the existing structure. Additional sealant may be required to meet 

fire codes and all other local requirements. No caulking or gasketing is 

provided with Sentron flanges. 

Wall, Ceiling and Floor Flanges 

Suffix GWFL 

15-28 



Busway Accessories 


Selection 

The following table identifies the approximate feeder footage that is included in busway fittings. 

Ampere 

Rating 

225–1350 Al 

225–1600 Cu 

1600–3200 Al 

2000–4000 Cu 

4000 Al 

5000 Cu 

Elbow 

Stack Elbow Tee Cross 

Tap 

Box 

End 

Tap 

Box 

Center 

Flanged 

End 

Swbd. 

Conn. 

XFMR 

Throat 

Expansion 

Section 

Reducer 

Fusible 

0' 2' 3' 4' 1' 4' 1' 4' 4' 4' 4' 

0' 3' 5' 6' 1' 4' 1' 4' 4' 4' 4' 

0' 4' 6' 8' 1' 4' 1' 4' 4' 4' 4' 

Reducer 

Unfused 

Watch 

the Joint 

Assembly 

video 

“M” Rating / Standard 

Rating Conversion Table 

1000/A Square Inch 

“M” Rating 

Standard Rating Equivalent 

Sentron 

225 600 

400 800 

600 1200 

800 1350 

1000 1600 

1200 2000 

1350 2000 

1600 — 

2000 2500 

2500 4000 

3000 4000 

3200 4000 

4000 5000 

Sway Brace Bracket 

Catalog Number SXSB 

“L" Rating / Standard 

Rating Conversion Table 


“L” Rating 

Standard Rating Equivalent 

Sentron 

225 600 

400 800 

600 1000 

800 1200 

1000 1350 

1200 1600 

1350 2000 

1600 2000 

2000 2500 

2500 3000 

3000 4000 

3200 4000 

Lifting Kit 

Catalog Number SXLK 

15 


Busway Assembly Tool 

Catalog Number SXBAT 




Flanged Ends 

Flanged ends provide a direct connection to low-voltage 

switchgear, switchboards, motor control centers, large 

power panels, and other electrical distribution equipment. 

Selection 

Flanged ends are shipped with one joint stack assembly. The 

switchgear manufacture supplies lugs and mounting hardware. 

See illustration for flanged end drilling patterns. 

15 


Flanged End, Dimensions 


Fig. 

Ampere Rating “W” No. 

AL L-Rated 

225 — 1.75 (44.4) 1 

400 — 1.75 (44.4) 1 

600 — 1.75 (44.4) 1 

800 400 2.38 (60.5) 1 

1000 600 3.25 (82.6) 1 

1200 800 4.38 (111.3) 1 

1350 1000 5.38 (136.7) 1 

1600 1200 6.50 (165.1) 1 

2000 1350,1600 8.75 (222.3) 1 

2500 2000 5.63 (143.0) 2 

3000 2500 6.75 (171.5) 2 

3200 2000 6.75 (171.5) 2 

4000 3000,3200 9.00 (228.6) 2 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 1.75 (44.4) 1 

400 — 1.75 (44.4) 1 

600 — 1.75 (44.4) 1 

800 400 1.75 (44.4) 1 

1000 — 2.25 (57.2) 1 

1200 600 2.88 (73.2) 1 

1350 800 3.50 (88.9) 1 

1600 1000 4.50 (114.3) 1 

2000 1200,1350 6.00 (152.4) 1 

— 1600 6.50 (165.1) 1 

2500 2000 8.50 (215.9) 1 

3000 — 4.75 (120.7) 2 

3200 — 5.50 (139.7) 2 

4000 2500,3000,3200 6.50 (165.1) 2 

5000 4000 8.50 (215.9) 2 

Flanged End 

Suffix FRND 


b 

Flanged End Bus Bar Drilling Pattern (NEMA) a 

(Same pattern for 2 bus bars per pole, see figure 2 above.) 

a Other drilling patterns are available and must be specified at order entry. 

b See Figures 4, 5 and 6 on page 15-32. 

15-30 



Flanged Ends 


Selection 

Flanged End, Dimensions (standard/min.) 


Ampere Rating Ref. Bar Width Fig. No. “A” ”B” ”C” ”D” ”E” ”F” ”G” Fig. No. 

AL L-Rated 

225 — 2.38 (60.5) 1 10.0 (254) 8.00 (203) 4.38 (111) 1.94 (49) 3.88 (99) — 6.00 (152) 4, 5 

400 — 2.38 (60.5) 1 10.0 (254) 8.00 (203) 4.38 (111) 1.94 (49) 3.88 (99) — 6.00 (152) 4, 5 

600 — 2.38 (60.5) 1 10.0 (254) 8.00 (203) 4.38 (111) 1.94 (49) 3.88 (99) — 6.00 (152) 4, 5 

800 400 2.38 (60.5) 1 10.0 (254) 8.00 (203) 4.38 (111) 1.94 (49) 3.88 (99) — 6.00 (152) 4, 5 

1000 600 3.25 (82.6) 1 10.0 (254) 8.00 (203) 4.38 (111) 1.94 (49) 2.06 (52) — 6.00 (152) 4, 6 

1200 800 4.38 (111.3) 2 15.50 (395) 13.50 (343) 7.13 (181) 1.60 (41) 3.19 (81) — 8.50 (216) 4, 6 

1350 1000 5.38 (136.7) 2 15.50 (395) 13.50 (343) 7.13 (181) 2.10 (53) 4.19 (106) — 8.50 (216) 4, 6 

1600 1200 6.50 (165.1) 2 15.50 (395) 13.50 (343) 7.13 (181) 2.66 (67) 5.31 (135) — 8.50 (216) 4, 6 

2000 1350,1600 8.75 (222.3) 2 15.50 (395) 13.50 (343) 7.13 (181) 3.78 (96) 7.56 (192) — 8.50 (216) 4, 6 

2500 2000 5.63 (143.0) 3 20.0 (508) 18.00 (457) 4.50 (114) 0.68 (17) 1.37 (36) 4.44 (113) 13.25 (337) 4, 6 

3000 2500 6.75 (171.5) 3 20.0 (508) 18.00 (457) 4.50 (114) 0.68 (17) 1.37 (36) 5.56 (141) 13.25 (337) 4, 6 

3200 2000 7.50 (190.5) 4 24.0 (610) 22.0 (569) 5.50 (140) 0.68 (17) 1.37 (36) 6.32 (161) 13.25 (337) 4, 6 

4000 3000,3200 9.00 (228.6) 4 24.0 (610) 22.0 (569) 5.50 (140) 0.68 (17) 1.37 (36) 7.81 (198) 14.25 (362) 4, 6 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 1.75 (44.4) 1 10.0 (254) 8.00 (203) 4.38 (111) 1.63 (41) 3.25 (83) — 6.00 (152) 4, 5 

400 — 1.75 (44.4) 1 10.0 (254) 8.00 (203) 4.38 (111) 1.63 (41) 3.25 (83) — 6.00 (152) 4, 5 

600 — 1.75 (44.4) 1 10.0 (254) 8.00 (203) 4.38 (111) 1.63 (41) 3.25 (83) — 6.00 (152) 4, 5 

800 400 1.75 (44.4) 1 10.0 (254) 8.00 (203) 4.38 (111) 1.63 (41) 3.25 (83) — 6.00 (152) 4, 5 

1000 — 2.25 (57.2) 1 10.0 (254) 8.00 (203) 4.38 (111) 1.88 (48) 3.75 (95) — 6.00 (152) 4, 5 

1200 600 2.88 (73.2) 1 10.0 (254) 8.00 (203) 4.38 (111) 0.85 (21) 1.69 (43) — 6.00 (152) 4, 6 

1350 800 3.50 (88.9) 1 10.0 (254) 8.00 (203) 4.38 (111) 1.16 (29) 2.31 (59) — 6.00 (152) 4, 6 

1600 1000 4.50 (114.3) 2 15.50 (395) 13.50 (343) 7.13 (181) 1.66 (42) 3.31 (84) — 8.50 (216) 4, 6 

2000 1200,1350 6.00 (152.4) 2 15.50 (395) 13.50 (343) 7.13 (181) 2.41 (42) 4.81 (122) — 8.50 (216) 4, 6 

— 1600 6.50 (165.1) 2 15.50 (395) 13.50 (343) 7.13 (181) 2.66 (67) 5.31 (135) — 8.50 (216) 4, 6 

2500 2000 8.50 (215.9) 2 15.50 (395) 13.50 (343) 7.13 (181) 3.66 (93) 7.31 (186) — 8.50 (216) 4, 6 

3000 — 4.75 (120.7) 3 20.0 (508) 18.00 (457) 4.50 (114) 0.68 (17) 1.37 (36) 3.56 (90) 13.25 (337) 4, 6 

3200 — 5.50 (139.7) 3 20.0 (508) 18.00 (457) 4.50 (114) 0.68 (17) 1.37 (36) 4.32 (110) 13.25 (337) 4, 6 

4000 2500,3000,3200 6.50 (165.1) 3 20.0 (508) 18.00 (457) 4.50 (114) 0.68 (17) 1.37 (36) 5.31 (135) 13.25 (337) 4, 6 

5000 4000 8.50 (215.9) 4 24.0 (610) 22.00 (569) 5.50 (140) 0.68 (17) 1.37 (36) 7.31 (186) 14.25 (362) 4, 6 


Figure 3 

15 


Integral and Internal Ground Strap Drilling Detail 




Combination Flange/Elbows 


Selection 

Combination Flange/Elbow 

A combination Flange/Elbow may be used in space 

constrained applications. Flatwise and edgewise combination 

flange/elbows require a minimum clearance of 5 in. (127mm) 

from the top of the connecting equipment to the centerline of 

the busway. 

Flat Elbow with Flanged End, Dimensions 

15 


Ampere Dimensions inches (mm) 

Rating Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum 

"A" "B" "A" "B" "A" "B" "A" "B" 

800 4.75 (121) 12 (305) 22 (559) 48 (1219) 4.50 (121) 12 (305) 22 (559) 48 (1219) 

1000 5.20 (132) 12 (305) 22 (559) 48 (1219) 4.70 (121) 12 (305) 22 (559) 48 (1219) 

1200 5.75 (146) 12 (305) 22 (559) 48 (1219) 5.00 (121) 12 (305) 22 (559) 48 (1219) 

1350 6.25 (159) 12 (305) 22 (559) 48 (1219) 5.30 (121) 12 (305) 22 (559) 48 (1219) 

1600 6.80 (173) 18 (457) 22 (559) 48 (1219) 5.80 (121) 12 (305) 22 (559) 48 (1219) 

2000 8.00 (203) 18 (457) 28 (711) 48 (1219) 6.60 (121) 12 (305) 22 (559) 48 (1219) 

2500 9.30 (236) 18 (457) 28 (711) 48 (1219) 7.80 (121) 18 (457) 28 (711) 48 (1219) 

3000 10.40 (264) 18 (457) 28 (711) 48 (1219) 8.40 (121) 18 (457) 28 (711) 48 (1219) 

3200 11.15 (283) 18 (457) 28 (711) 48 (1219) 9.20 (234) 18 (457) 28 (711) 48 (1219) 

4000 12.70 (323) 24 (607) 34 (864) 48 (1219) 10.20 (121) 18 (457) 28 (711) 48 (1219) 

5000 12.20 (121) 24 (607) 34 (864) 48 (1219) 

Edge Elbow with Flanged End, Dimensions 

Minimum 

Maximum 

"A" "B" "A" "B" 

5.00 (127) 10 (254) 18 (457) 48 (1219) 

Edge Elbow with Flanged End 

Flat Elbow with Flanged End 

15-32 



Cubicle Options 


Selection 

In-Line Disconnect Cubicle, Dimensions 

Description 

of Unit 

Type of Disconnect 

Fusible Switch 800-1200A Vacu-Break 

Molded Case JD6, LD6, MD6, ND6 

Circuit Breaker PD6, RD6 

Digital Sentron SJD6, SLD6, SMD6, SND6 

Series MCCB’s SPD6 1600A Frame 

Power 

200-5000A WL 


Bolted Pressure 800A 

Switch 1200-2500A 

3000A 

4000A 

ACCESScompatible 

In-Line Disconnect Cubicles 

Cubicles provide a means of mounting switches or circuit breakers where power 

feeds to or pulls from the busway system. When bolted connections are preferred, 

cubicles may be used in place of plug-in units. Cubicles can also be used at ampere 

ratings that exceed standard plug-in unit ratings. Modifications to cubicles can be 

made in order to accommodate key inter-locks, ground fault detector systems and 

power monitoring systems. 

In-Line Disconnect Cubicle 

Consult your local Siemens sales office for details on 

WL breakers. 

Consult factory for dimensions. 

Fusible Cubicles 

3-Pole, 600V/4-Pole, 480/277V 

Horizontal 

Vertical 

Ampere Ratings: 

800 

1200 

Bolted Pressure Switches 

3-Pole 480V, 4-Pole 480V, 

3-Pole 600V or 4-Pole 600V 

Ampere Ratings: 

800 

1200 

1600 

2000 

2500 

3000 

4000 

Solid State Molded Case Circuit 

Breaker Cubicles 

3-Pole, 600V or 4-Pole 480/277V 

Breaker Frame 

Ampere Rating 

SJD6-A, SHJD6-A, 

SCJD6-A 

200–400 

SLD6-A, SHLD6-A, 

SCLD6-A 

300–600 

SMD6, SHMD6, 

SCMD6-A 

600–800 

SND6, SHND6, 

SCND6-A 

800–1200 

SPD6, SHPD6 1400–1600 

a Fuses not included. 

For electrically operated, specify control voltage. 

IP40 and IP55 

Molded Case Circuit Breaker Cubicles 

3-Pole, 600V or 4-Pole 480/277V 

Breaker Type Ampere Rating 

FD6 70–250A 

JD6 200–400A 

LD6 450–600A 

MD6 500–800A 

ND6 900–1200A 

PD6 1200–1600A 

RD6 1600–2000A 

Power Circuit Breaker b 

3-Pole or 3-Phase, 4-Wire 

Breaker 

Frame 

Type 

Type WL 

Frame Size 1 

(S, H, L Rating Class) 

Frame Size 2 

(S, L, C Rating Class) 

Frame Size 3 

(L and C Rating Class) 

Max. 

Amp. 

Rating 

Current-Limiting 

3-Phase, 600V AC or 

120/280V AC, 277/480V AC 

Breaker Type Ampere Rating 

CFD6 70–250A 

CJD6 200–400A 

CLD6 450–600A 

CMD6 600–800A 

CND6 900–1200A 

CPD6 1200–1600A 

Interrupting current frame Ics (kAIR RMS) 50/60 Hz 

240 Volt 480 Volt 600 Volt 

2000A 65k 85k 100k 65k 85k 100k 65k 65k 65k 

3000A 65k 100k 150k 65k 100k 150k 65k 85k 100k 

5000A — 100k 150k — 100k 150k — 85k 100k 

In-Line Disconnect Cubicle, Approximate Dimensions 

Dimensions in Inches 

Description of Unit Type of Disconnect 

A B C 

Fusible Switch 800-1200A Vacu-Break 36 (914) 36 (914) 32 (813) 

Molded Case 


Digital Sentron 

Series MCCB's 

Power Circuit 

Breaker 

Bolted Pressure 

Switch 

JD6, LD6, MD6, ND6 36 (914) 28 (711) 28 (711) 

PD6, RD6 36 (914) 36 (914) 32 (813) 

SJD6, SLD6, SMD6, SND6 36 (914) 28 (711) 28 (711) 

SPD6, 1600A Frame 36 (914) 36 (914) 32 (813) 

WL Frame Size 1 48 (1219) 36 (914) 32 (813) 

WL Frame Size 2 48 (1219) 36 (914) 32 (813) 

WL Frame Size 3 48 (1219) 36 (914) 32 (813) 

800A 33 (838) 36 (914) 32 (813) 

1200-2500A 37 (940) 40 (1016) 32 (813) 

3000A 37 (940) 40 (1016) 48 (1219) 

4000A 41 (1041) 40 (1016) 48 (1219) 

15 





Panelboards and Meter Center Modules 

Selection 

Meter center modules provide a quick and 

convenient method of connecting to metering 

devices for both commercial and industrial 

applications. 

Meter center modules connect at the side of a 

busway run to special joint stacks; these special 

joints can be added to existing busway to 

accommodate meter center module 

connections. When using multiple metering 

stacks, main disconnects are available if the 

system reaches the 6 circuit rule (see metering 

bulletin for further information). 

15 


Dimensional Data Required 


“A” Distance between floor and bottom 

of meter center as required by the 

customer. 

“B” Dimension from bottom of meter 

center to centerline of meter center 

joint connection stack: 

100-125A Panel, B = 16.5 (419) 

200A Panel, B = 22.0 (559) 

“C” Equals “A” plus “B”, Minimum 16.0 (406) 

“D” Individual meter center height. 

Consult Modular Metering application 

information. 

15-34 




Selection 

Meter Center Cubicles 

Meter center cubicles provide a quick and convenient method of connecting to metering devices for both commercial and 

industrial applications and have the main disconnect circuit breaker factory installed. 

Having the main disconnect built into the device reduces the required space on the right and left side of the busway. Meter 

center modules connect at the side of the cubicle frame box using an QC4 stack. Meter center cubicles are available for 

600 – 1200 Amp (L, M and N Frames). They are available with flexible meter center connections, left side, right side or both. 

(When ordering a meter center cubicle a QC4 stack must be ordered separately.) 

Molded Case Circuit Breaker Cubicles with Meter Tap Stack Provisions Dimensions, Inches (mm) 

Busway L Frame Breaker (250-600A) M Frame Breaker (250-800A) N Frame Breaker (800-1200A) 

Ampere Rating Width W A B C A B C A B C 

AL L-Rated 

225 — 3.9 (99) 32 (813) 24 (620) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 

400 — 3.9 (99) 32 (813) 24 (620) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 

600 — 3.9 (99) 32 (813) 24 (620) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 

800 400 4.6 (117) 32 (813) 24 (610) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 

1000 600 5.4 (137) 32 (813) 24 (610) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 

1200 800 6.6 (168) 32 (813) 24 (610) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 

1350 1000 7.6 (193) 32 (813) 24 (610) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 

1600 1200 8.7 (221) 32 (813) 24 (610) 20 (490) 37 (940) 26 (660) 20 (490) 37 (940) 26 (660) 20 (490) 

2000 1350,1600 10.9 (277) 32 (813) 24 (610) 20 (490) 37 (940) 26 (660) 20 (490) 37 (940) 26 (660) 20 (490) 

2500 2000 13.7 (348) 32 (813) 24 (610) 23.5 (597) 37 (940) 26 (660) 23.5 (597) 37 (940) 26 (660) 23.5 (597) 

3000 2500 15.8 (401) 32 (813) 24 (610) 23.5 (597) 37 (940) 26 (660) 23.5 (597) 37 (940) 26 (660) 23.5 (597) 

3200 2000 17.3 (439) 32 (813) 24 (610) 23.5 (597) 37 (940) 26 (660) 28 (711) 37 (940) 26 (660) 28 (711) 

4000 3000,3200 20.3 (516) 32 (813) 24 (610) 28 (711) 37 (940) 26 (660) 28 (711) 37 (940) 26 (660) 28 (711) 

4000 3000,3200 20.3 (516) 32 (813) 24 (610) 28 (711) 37 (940) 26 (660) 28 (711) 37 (940) 26 (660) 28 (711) 

CU M-Rated 

225 — 3.9 (99) 32 (813) 24 (620) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 

400 — 3.9 (99) 32 (813) 24 (620) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 

600 — 3.9 (99) 32 (813) 24 (620) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 

800 400 3.9 (99) 32 (813) 24 (620) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 

1000 — 4.4 (112) 32 (813) 24 (610) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 

1200 600 5.1 (130) 32 (813) 24 (610) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 

1350 800 5.7 (145) 32 (813) 24 (610) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 

1600 1000 6.7 (170) 32 (813) 24 (610) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 37 (940) 26 (660) 16 (406) 

2000 1200,1350 8.2 (208) 32 (813) 24 (610) 20 (490) 37 (940) 26 (660) 20 (490) 37 (940) 26 (660) 20 (490) 

— 1600 8.7 (221) 32 (813) 24 (610) 20 (490) 37 (940) 26 (660) 20 (490) 37 (940) 26 (660) 20 (490) 

2500 2000 10.7 (272) 32 (813) 24 (610) 20 (490) 37 (940) 26 (660) 20 (490) 37 (940) 26 (660) 20 (490) 

3000 — 11.8 (300) 32 (813) 24 (610) 20 (490) 37 (940) 26 (660) 20 (490) 37 (940) 26 (660) 20 (490) 

3200 — 13.3 (335) 32 (813) 24 (610) 20 (490) 37 (940) 26 (660) 23.5 (597) 37 (940) 26 (660) 23.5 (597) 

4000 2500,3000,3200 15.3 (389) 32 (813) 24 (610) 23.5 (597) 37 (940) 26 (660) 23.5 (597) 37 (940) 26 (660) 23.5 (597) 

5000 4000 19.3 (491) 32 (813) 24 (610) 28 (711) 37 (940) 26 (660) 28 (711) 37 (940) 26 (660) 28 (711) 

15 


Meter Center Module 

Main Disconnect Meter Module 

Meter Center Cubicle 

Side Mount 

Panelboard 

For this panelboard configuration, 

please contact Spartanburg 

plant for mounting information. 

Configuration only available 

for P2 and P3 panels in 240V or 

below applications. 



Installation and Application Information 


Selection 

15 


Installation 

In preparation for installation of your 

busway systems, it is important to 

familiarize yourself with the following 

installation publications: 

b General Instructions For Handling, 

Installation, Operation and 

Maintenance of Busway Rated 

600 Volts or Less (NEMA Standards 

Publication BU1.1) 

b Storage, Installation and 

Maintainance Instructions for 


These publications should be read 

through thoroughly and used as 

reference during installation to 

ensure proper installation procedures. 

All equipment should be inspected 

upon delivery. If the busway is not 

installed immediately, it should be 

stored in a clean, dry location. Factory 

supplied record drawings as well as 

installation tools should be accessible 

in preparation for installation. 

Video content illustrating bus plug 

installation, joint assembly, and support 

installation is also available and meant 

to compliment the two aforementioned 

documents. 

UL 1479 Fire Rated Installations 

Sentron Busway has been tested in 

accordance with UL 1479 and offers 

a certified two hour fire rating for 

gypsum wallboard construction and 

a three hour fire rating for concrete 

slab or block penetrations. These 

ratings were achieved using standard 

busway installed with SpecSeal sealant 

from Specified Technologies Inc. The 

SpecSeal fire stop system provides 

superior performance at the industry’s 

lowest installed cost. 

SIEMENS 

Order information: 

Sentron Busway Clean Order Form 

Sales Engineer: 

Order Status: Released Hold for Release 

Run Designation: 

Busway Catalog #: 

Plating Type: Tin or Silver 

Special Paint, provide paint chip 

Busway mounting position in reference to the floor 

Busway Check List: 

1) Field sketches or factory approval drawings attached? 

2) Dimensions from walls, column lines, etc. 

3) Wall, floor and roof thickness and pitch 

4) Floor Elevations 

a) Floor to floor 

b) Floor to ceiling 

5) Wall location Dimensions (indicate on drawing) 

6) Equipment pads / curbs Height 

7) Existing Busway to be extended cat # 

a) Phasing 

b) Nameplate Information 

c) Match to competitor, Contact the plant 

8) Special SWBD connection, provide details 

9) Phase Transpositions: (indicate phasing on drawing) 

Special Comments 

Example page of busway clean order 

form. Please contact your local Siemens 

sales representative. 

Measuring 

Critical to the success of any busway 

installation is the layout and the 

accurate measuring of the busway. First 

and foremost: 

Select a route for your busway that will 

require the fewest fittings and the 

maxumum number of 10' (3.05m) 

sections. It is important that the busway 

system be designed to meet the 

requirements of the National Electric 

Code for Busway. There are a number of 

techniques that may be used to ensure an 

accurate measurement before purchasing 

and installing the busway. The following 

tools will be required during layout and 

measuring: 

b Laser measurement device 

b Measuring stick 

b Chalkline 

b Plumb bob 

b Marker 

Watch 

Busway joint 

assembly 

video 

Watch SLVB 

Bus Plug 

installation 

video 

Watch 

Busway 

support 

video 

Support and installation videos. 

Minimal Clearances 

Minimum clearances for installing feeder 

busway are shown. Additional clearance 

may be required for plug-in devices 

larger than 100A fusible and 250A circuit 

breaker. 

15-36 





Selection 

Recommended Measurement Steps 

1. Using systems requirements for 

amperage, voltage, and conductors, 

determine the physical size of the 

busway. This is important when 

setting minimum clearances from 

walls, columns, ceilings and other 

obstructions. See page 30 for 

minimal clearances. 

2. Prior to any layout, review the 

complete area to determine the best 

location for the run. Special attention 

needs to be given to existing 

equipment such as plumbing, HVAC, 

steel columns, beams and permanent 

structures. 

3. Measure all dimensions from fixed 

points such as columns, walls, floors 

and ceilings. 

4. Make a preliminary sketch showing 

proposed busway routing, elevations 

and obstructions. Be sure to show 

all floor and wall locations including 

thickness. 

5. Where plug-in devices are 

being used, be sure to allow for 

proper operation clearances. See 

dimensional requirements shown 

in the bus plug section of this 

publication. 

Reference the following documents 

online at www.usa.siemens.com/ 

busway. 

• Sentron Quick Reference 

• Busway Order Entry Checklist 

• Sentron Busway Installation and 

Instruction Guide 

Maintenance 

In order to maintain system 

performance, it is necessary to perform 

regular maintenance on your busway 

system. Siemens Storage, Installation 

and Maintenance Instructions, and 

NEMA Publication BU1.1 should be 

used as a guide to proper maintenance 

procedures. Routine maintenance of 

your busway system will increase its 

life and performance. 

Custom Product 

With a 60 year history in designing 

and manufacturing Busway Systems, 

Siemens can develop custom solutions 

to meet specific job requirements. 

Siemens specializes in custom 

engineered busway sections, 

connections, and bus plugs. Consult 

your local Siemens sales office for 

details on custom pricing and ordering 

Connecting to Existing Equipment 

Do you have existing power distribution 

equipment (non-Sentron) that you 

would like to run Sentron Busway to 

or from? Siemens can engineer special 

connection pieces that allow you to 

connect Sentron Busway quickly and 

efficiently. 

Transformer Connections 

Siemens can connect Sentron Busway 

to almost any transformer. All you need 

to do is provide complete drawings of 

transformer secondary connections with 

detailed drilling pattern and phasing 

information to your local Siemens sales 

engineer and they can order you a 

custom designed connection piece. 

Paint 

Sentron Busway products have a 

protective finish of ANSI 61 gray 

(standard) polyester urethane powder 

paint. The paint is electrostatically 

applied to all housing surfaces. Colors 

other than ANSI 61 gray may be special 

ordered. 

Low Current Density Busway Sentron 

Busway may be ordered as 1000 A/in 2 

Copper or 750 A/in 2 Aluminum. 

Conversion is as follows: 

Required M or L Rating 

AL 

L-Rated 

225 — 

400 — 

600 — 

800 400 

1000 600 

1200 800 

1350 1000 

1600 1200 

2000 1350,1600 

2500 2000 

3000 2500 

3200 2000 

4000 3000,3200 

Required M or L Rating 

AL 

L-Rated 

225 — 

400 — 

600 — 

800 400 

1000 — 

1200 600 

1350 800 

1600 1000 

2000 1200, 1350 

— 1600 

2500 2000 

3000 — 

3200 — 

4000 2500, 3000 

5000 4000 

“L” Rating = 750 A/in 2 Aluminum 

“M” Rating = 1000 A/in 2 Copper 

1600 “M” rated is dedicated offering. 

15 






Selection 

15 


Applications – 200% Neutral Option 

Power system harmonics are created 

by numerous types of non-linear loads 

which are often very high in harmonic 

content. The harmonics generated create 

problems in electrical systems and 

equipment. The presence of nonlinear 

loads can result in overheated neutrals 

and lead to deterioration of equipment 

performance and a reduced equipment 

life cycle. In order to prevent such problems 

from occurring, the Computer and 

Business Equipment Manufacturers 

Association (CBEMA) recommends 

that the neutral be oversized to at 

least 173% of the ampacity of the 

phase conductors to prevent problems. 

Sentron Busway offers two fully rated 

bus bars, therefore providing twice the 

current carrying surface as the phase 

bars. Each neutral bar is plated with the 

same tin plating and insulated with the 

same electrostatically applied epoxy 

insulation as the phase bars. This 200% 

neutral capacity helps prevent overheating 

caused by non-linear loads. 

Isolated Ground 

Sentron Busway is available with an 

optional isolated ground. This isolated 

ground provides a clean ground path for 

high frequency signals coming through 

the ground. This option is very useful in 

applications where there are computers 

or diagnostic equipment. The isolated 

ground option is often used in hospitals 

and higher technology industry applications. 

Services – Power II Fit Final 

Connection Program 

A “Final Connection” section is a length 

of busway inserted into a run of busway 

after the major portion of the busway 

run has been installed. This allows the 

release of the majority of the busway 

run long before the final dimensions are 

known. 

Final Connection pieces must be 

identified at the time of the original 

order release with approximate date 

of Final Connection order. The Final 

Connection order form should be 

emailed to Busway Customer Service. 

For program details visit our website: 

www.usa.siemens.com/busway or 

contact your local Siemens sales office. 

Measuring and Layout 

For large jobs, Siemens Busway 

Systems offer assistance with measuring 

and layout of the busway. This service 

is negotiated on a job by job basis. 

Emergency Service 

Siemens provides a 24-hour emergency 

service call center where you can call 

at any time for emergency service. 

1.800.241.4453 will put you in touch 

with a trained professional who will 

help assess the situation and put you in 

touch with a product expert. 

15-38 



Siemens Sentron Busway Quick Reference 


General 

Siemens Sentron Busway Quick Reference 

Critical Dimensions: 

Busway that passes through a wall, ceiling or floor: 

b Centerline of a joint to the wall, ceiling or floor = 7 in. min. 

b Centerline of a joint (above a floor support) to a floor = 16 in. min. 

b Joints cannot be positioned inside a wall, ceiling or floor 

(joints must be accessible for maintenance). 

Feeder Busway clearances: 

b From the top of the busway to a ceiling/floor/wall or other busway = 6 in. min. 

b From the side of the busway to a ceiling/floor/wall or other busway = 4 in. min. 

Plug-in Busway clearances: 

b Plug-In busway clearances depend on the configuration of bus plugs 

(see bus pug clearance charts in the Sentron Selection and Application Guide) 

Feeder Busway minimal clearances 

b Otherwise, clearances for feeder busway apply. 

b Note orientation of the operating handle and provide clearance for access & operation. 

Feeder Busway length: 

b Minimum length = 14.38 in. 

b Maximum length = 10 ft. 

Plug-In & Riser length: 

b Available only in 4, 6, 8 and 10 ft. lengths 

Flat Elbow section: 

b Maximum leg length = 4 ft. 

b Minimum leg length: Varies according to amperage and bus bar material 

Edge Elbow section: 

b Maximum length = 4 ft. 

b Minimum leg length = 10 in. 

Combination and Offset Elbows: 

b Maximum leg lengths = 4 ft. 

b Minimum leg lengths: varies according to amperage and bus bar material 

Elbow - Stub Combinations: 

b Maximum leg length = 4 ft. 

b Minimum leg length = 2.50 in. + (case size x .5) 

Critical Details: 

b Busway DRAWINGs must include all relevant dimensions. 

b CENTERLINE dimensions are expected (please note any dimensions that are not center line dimensions). 

b WALLs and FLOORs must be located (wall & floor thickness must be included). 

b Locate the FRONT of all switchboards and provide the phasing of any existing boards (advise if any PADs are located 

under boards and height of pads). 

b When using One-SIDED plug-in busway please note the desired direction of the load side of bus plugs (G,A,B,C,N from 

left to right will position the load side to the bottom and “UP is On” handle operation) 

b TRANSFORMER THROAT connections require complete details. 

b Horizontal plug-in busway must be oriented with the A phase on top (bolt head on top). 

b In-Line Disconnect CUBICLEs are engineered to order. The FRONT of the cubicle and Breaker information must 

be specified. 

b Panels - panel type and size / if a certain panel or breaker height is required (those dimensions) 

b Curb height 

Intermediate Hangers 

b Add qty (1) Intermediate Hanger for floor to ceiling height greater than 16ft. Consult factory if greater than 32 ft. 

Expansion Sections: 

b Qty (1) Expansion Section should be used for every 200 ft of continuous Busway run length, length, at every transition 

to a vertical run over 40' in continuous length, and at each building expansion joint. 

Outdoor Busway: 

b Route busway to minimize outdoor busway run length. 

b Call factory before quoting outdoor busway runs over 50 ft. 

b Avoid installing busway near exhaust pipes that may generate steam or caustic vapors. 

15 




Programs and Services 


Selection 

15 


What is the Power II Fit Program? 

Siemens PIIF Program compensates for dimensional 

deviations that may result in busway layouts. With the PIIF 

Program, specific dimensions on straight sections and/or 

elbows may be left out of factory released drawings. After 

the busway run has been installed (minus PIIF pieces), 

final measurements are taken and sent to your Siemens 

representative. 

Why use the Power II Fit Program? 

The P II F Program can save you both time and money by 

eliminating uncertainty in busway measurements. When you 

take advantage of the P II F Program, your busway runs fit 

exactly the first time, eliminating incorrect pieces and costly 

reordering time. 

When should the Power II Fit Program be used? 

The PIIF Program will benefit you when you are uncertain 

of exact dimensions on long busway runs and when difficult 

contour situations require special attention. Common 

applications of the PIIF Program include tie bus or other 

configurations in which the busway origin and termination are 

rigidly defined. 

Ordering Details 

• Identify Siemens Busway PIIF Pieces at time of original 

order. Busway Customer Service approves PIIF Pieces. 

• Send PIIF Order Form to Busway Customer Service 

when exact measurements are known. 

• Busway Customer Service acknowledges PIIF Order and 

PIIF pieces ship within lead time per table. 

Field Dimension Measurement Guide 

Program Details 

• Product Line: SENTRON. 

• Pricing: Included with original order entry. 

Table below only applies to Sentron Busway. 

Consult factory for Legacy Products. 

Piece Type 1-3 Pieces a Pieces a 

1-5 Total 

Straight 

Sections 

5 days c 5-10 

Working 

Days 

Standard 90 

Elbows b N/A 5-15 

Working 

Days 

Non Standard N/A Consult 

Fittings b lead times 

Elbows / Other 

factory for 

6-10 Total 

Pieces a 

10-15 

Working 

Days 

10-20 

Working 

Days 

Consult 

factory for 

lead times 

11 or more 

Total Pieces a 

Consult 

factory for 

lead times 

Consult 

factory for 

lead times 

Consult 

factory for 

lead times 

a Lead times are in business days from receipt of complete PIIF Order Form. The number 

of pieces is calculated based of how many pieces are released in a given week on 

any project. All orders ship via standard carrier originating from Spartanburg, SC. Ex: 

4 straight sections and 2 elbows would be considered 6 total pieces and they would 

be ready to ship in 10-20 days. All field fit pieces must be shown on layout drawings 

issued by factory. If pieces are not shown on factory layout drawings as field fits they 

are not eligible for the field fit program. 

b Standard 90 elbows are defined in the selection and application guide as 90 degree 

elbows. Offsets & Combinations will be considered Non Standard Elbows or Other 

Fittings. 

c Pending material availability. All sections must be shorter than 5ft from center line to 

center line if air freight is required. Lengths of pieces should be determined during the 

approval drawing stage. 

90 Degree Elbow Sections: 

Measure the distance "X" and "Y" between the housings of 

the connecting sections. Forward this to the factory via the 

Power II Fit Order Form and we will calculate the lengths of 

elbow required. 

X 

Y 

X 

Y 

End of 

side 

Channel 


Measure the distance "A" between the housings of the 

connecting sections. Forward this to the factory via the 

Power II Fit Order Form and we will calculate the length 

of busway required. 

(Shown with Joint Covers Removed) 

Elbow Stacks: 

Measure the distance "A" between the housings of the 

connecting sections. Forward this to the factory via the 

Power II Fit Order Form and we will calculate the lengths of 

elbow required. 

A 

(Shown with Joint Covers Removed) 

End of 

channel 

A 

A 

End of 

side 

Channel 

15-40 



Programs and Services 

What is the Power II Measure service? 

Siemens Power II Measure (P II M) service provides 

professional busway routing and measurement by a factory 

representative. The Siemens representative will meet with 

the designated site contact to review project details and 

discuss routing options. Using a laser measuring device, 

all pertinent site measurements will be recorded and then 

transferred to a CAD approval drawing(s). The P II M service 

guarantees correct alignment and routing of the busway. If 

there are any errors in the busway routing that resulted from 

Siemens, replacement busway items will be provided at no 

charge. 

Why use the Power II Measure service? 

The P II M service can save you both time and money by: 

• Ensuring the most cost effective busway routing 

• Ensuring accurate measurements 

• Reducing order engineering lead-time 


Selection 

Program details 

• Product Line: Sentron, XJL, XLU, BD 

• Pricing: Fixed daily rate includes travel expenses, 

site review, measurement service and approval drawings 

• Deliverable: An electronic CAD approval package will be submitted 

within 3 weeks of the site visit. The drawing package 

will include isometric busway routing with gear orientation, 

and any special application notes/details. 

Ordering details 

• The P II M service should be ordered at the same time as 

the busway 

• The P II M service may be ordered for project cost estimation 

• Allow 2 weeks notice to schedule the P II M service 

When should the Power II Measure service be used? 

The P II M service can be beneficial for all projects (new 

or existing, large or small). The P II M service is especially 

beneficial for large and/or complex projects. 

15 





Table of Contents 

15 


Non-Metered Sentron 3/6 Bus Plug 

Sentron SLVB Bus Plug 


Sentron Bus Plug Overview 15-43 

Bus Plug Catalog Numbering System 15-44 

Circuit Breaker Bus Plugs Dimensions and Weights 15-45 

Bus Plugs with Standard Circuit Breakers 15-46 

Bus Plugs with Current Limiting Circuit Breakers 15-47 

Circuit Breaker Bus Plugs Dimensions and Weights 15-48 

Wall Clearance and Circuit Breaker Bus Plug Dimensions 15-49 

Fusible Bus Plugs Catalog Numbering System 15-50 

Fusible Bus Plugs Ratings 15-51 

Fusible Plugs Selection and Ordering 15-52 

Fusible Bus Plugs Dimensions and Weights 15-53 – 15-54 

Wall Clearance and Fusible Bus Plug Dimensions 15-55 

SPD Bus Plugs 15-56 

SPD Bus Plugs Catalog Numbering System 15-57 

SPD Bus Plugs Dimensions and Weights 15-58 

3/6 Bus Plugs 15-59 

3/6 Bus Plugs Catalog Numbering System 15-60 

3/6 Bus Plugs Product Configuration 15-61 

3/6 Bus Plugs Dimensions and Weights 15-62 – 15-63 

15-42 



Sentron Bus Plug Overview 


Overview 

SENTRON Bus Plugs are engineered 

with the installer and end user in mind. 

The installer will benefit from the 

numerous features, such as factory 

installed circuit breakers, compact 

footprint, generous wirebend space, 

and dual interlocks. The end user will 

appreciate the visible position indicator, 

as well as the spring loaded pad 

lockable latch which prevents access to 

unauthorized personnel. 

SENTRON Bus Plugs are designed 

with an interlock device to prevent 

the door from being opened when the 

disconnect is on. This also prevents the 

disconnect from being turned on while 

the door is open. The interlock ensures 

that the protective device is “OFF” 

prior to installation or removal of the 

bus plug. Once the bus plug is properly 

installed, a spring - loaded, padlock 

latch provides additional security by 

preventing unauthorized access to the 

unit. 

PLUG-IN OUTLET 

COVER 

Alignment and interlock stabs are 

features of the Sentron Bus Plugs 

engineered to prevent improper 

installation of the unit. Guide stabs 

prevent installing the bus plug 180 

degrees out of rotation. In addition, 

the stabs provide vertical support for 

vertical applications. The bus plug 

ground stabs are designed to ensure 

positive contact with both the integral 

and optional internal busway grounds 

before the bus plug fingers contact the 

phase and neutral bars. Sentron Bus 

Plugs also feature bolt-on mounting 

to the busway housing for secure 

attachment. 

Sentron Bus Plugs can be configured 

for horizontal or vertical applications. 

The following Bus Plugs can be 

mounted (side by side) five (5) per 

busway side channel (Total 10 per 10’ 

Section). 

n 30-600 SLVBH Fusible (Horizontal) a 

n 30-200 SLVBR Fusible (Riser) a 

n 30-400 Circuit Breaker a 

n 10-100A 3/6 Bus Plug (Horizontal) b 

TWIN ALIGNMENT 

SLOTS 

BUSWAY INTERLOCK 

LEVER 

Sentron SLVB Fusible Bus Plugs 

feature a direct drive mechanism. The 

operating handle mounts directly to the 

switch mechanism for fewer moving 

parts. 

Enclosure Ratings: 

n IP40 

n IP55 

Conductors: 

n 3-phase, 3-wire 

n 3-phase, 4-wire 

n 3-phase, 4-wire 200% neutral (400A 

and below) 

Grounding: 

n Integral (Housing) 

n Internal 

n Isolated 

BUS PLUG 

MOUNTING SCREWS 

15 


COVER INTERLOCK 

SCREW 

COVER INTERLOCK 

SCREW 

TWIN 

ALIGNMENT / INTERLOCK 

TABS 

STOP FEATURE 

SUPPORT RAIL 

BUS PLUG 

HANDLE 

STOP 

FEATURE 

SUPPORT RAIL 

VERIFICATION 

WINDOW 

Note: SLVBH Horizontal Application Shown. 

a Contact Siemens for 200% Neutral Applications. 

b IP55 enclosure not available. 


Sentron Circuit Breaker Bus Plugs 



Selection / Application 

Sentron Bus Plugs—Circuit Breaker (Installed) 

S L E C S a 3 2 0 1 5 0 G E D 2 

15 


Plug Type 

SL = Sentron II 

Circuit Breaker Frame 

E = 15–125A 

F = 70–250A 

J = 200–400A 

L = 250–600A 

M = 500–800A 


C = Circuit Breaker Enclosure 

L = Current Limiting Enclosure 

Cradle Designation 

S = 3Ø3W and 3Ø4W > 400A 

3Ø5W (200%N) > 200A 

Configuration 

3 = 3Ø, 3W 

4 = 3Ø, 4W 

5 = 3Ø, 4W 200% neutral cd 

Breaker Voltage 

2 = 240V e 

4 = 480V f 

6 = 600V 

Ampere Trip Rating 

IP Rating 

0 = IP40 

4 = IP55 

Ground Designation 

G = Internal Ground 

IG = Isolated Ground 

Circuit Breaker Frame Identification 

a The S digit is only used on 3- and 4-wire (100%N) plugs that are greater 

than 400A and 200%N plugs greater than 200A. Lower amperage plugs 

do not require this digit. (Ex. SLEC32060ED2) 

b The G and IG digits are used to specify internal and isolated ground 

respectively. Integral (housing) ground plugs do not require this digit. 

(Ex. SLEC360150ED6) 

c Available through 250A only. 

d Available with E and F Frame breakers only. 

e Available with ED2 breakers only. 

f Available with ED4 and HHED6 breakers only. 

15-44 



Circuit Breaker Bus Plugs Dimensions and Weights 


Overview 

Standard Circuit Breakers, Bus Plug Ratings a 

Plug-In 

Units 

Series 

Circuit 

Breaker 

Max. Rating 

Frame 

Size 

Max. Short 

Circuit 


SLEC 125A, 600V E Frame 100kA, 240V, 3 ph 

65kA, 480V, 3 ph a 

25kA, 600V, 3 ph 

SLFC 250A, 600V F Frame 200kA, 240V, 3 ph 

100kA, 480V, 3 ph 

25kA, 600V, 3 ph 

SLJC 400A, 600V J Frame 200kA, 240V, 3 ph 

100kA, 480V, 3 ph 

50kA, 600V, 3 ph 

SLLCS 600A, 600V L Frame 200kA, 240V, 3 ph 

100kA, 480V, 3 ph 

50kA, 600V, 3 ph 

SLMCS 800A, 600V M Frame 200kA, 240V, 3 ph 

100kA, 480V, 3 ph 

65kA, 600V, 3 ph 

Current Limiting Circuit Breakers, Bus Plug Ratings a 

Plug-In 

Units 

Series 

Circuit 

Breaker 

Max. Rating 

Frame 

Size 

Max. Short 

Circuit 


SLEL 125A, 600V CED Frame 200KA, 240V, 3 ph 

200KA, 480V, 3 ph 

100KA, 600V, 3 ph 

SLFL 250A, 600V CFD Frame 200KA, 240V, 3 ph 

200KA, 480V, 3 ph 

100KA, 600V, 3 ph 

SLJL 400A, 600V CJD Frame 200KA, 240V, 3 ph 

150KA, 480V, 3 ph 

100KA, 600V, 3 ph 

SLLLS 600A, 600V CLD Frame 200KA, 240V, 3 ph 

150KA, 480V, 3 ph 

100KA, 600V, 3 ph 

SLMLS 800A, 600V CMD Frame 200KA, 240V, 3 ph 

100KA, 480V, 3 ph 

65KA, 600V, 3 ph 

Sentron Circuit Breaker Bus Plugs feature an easy to read 

“position indicator” label, designed to be visible from the 

floor, that clearly marks whether the bus plug is in the 

“Off,” “On,” or “Tripped” position. Circuit breaker bus plugs 

are available in frame sizes from 125 amps to 800 amps with 

interrupting ratings of standard, high or current limiting. 

Circuit breaker bus plugs will be shipped complete with 

factory installed circuit breakers. The following Siemens 

molded case circuit breaker frames may be ordered with 

Sentron Circuit Breaker Bus Plugs: ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, 

HHED6, CED6, FXD6, FD6, HFD6, CFD6 JXD6, JD6, HJD6, 

CJD6, LXD6, HLD6, CLD6, MXD6, HMD6, CMD6. 

Refer to the diagram on page 15-44 for easy ordering 

instructions. 

Sentron circuit breaker bus plugs can be custom configured to 

meet application specific requirements. 

Consult your local Siemens sales office for details on custom 

pricing and ordering. 

15 


a Available in IP40 or IP55 variant. 



Bus Plugs with Standard Circuit Breakers abcd 


Selection 

15 


Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

E Frame 3-Pole, 240 Volt, ED2 Breaker 

SLEC32***0ED2 

15-60A SLEC32***0GED2 

SLEC32***0IGED2 

SLEC32***0ED2 

70-100A SLEC32***0GED2 



SLEC34***0ED4 

15-60A SLEC34***0GED4 


SLEC34***0ED4 

70-100A SLEC34***0GED4 


SLEC34***0ED4 

110-125A SLEC34***0GED4 



SLEC36***0ED6 

15-60A SLEC36***0GED6 


SLEC36***0ED6 

70-100A SLEC36***0GED6 


SLEC36***0ED6 

110-125A SLEC36***0GED6 


F Frame 3-Pole, 600 Volt, FXD6 Breaker 

SLFC36***0FXD6 

70-225A SLFC36***0GFXD6 

SLFC36***0IGFXD6 

SLFC362500FXD6 

250A 

SLFC362500GFXD6 

SLFC362500IGFXD6 

J Frame 3-Pole, 600 Volt, JXD6 Breaker 

SLJC36***0JXD6 

200-400A d SLJC36***0GJXD6 

SLJC36***0IGJXD6 

Ampere Catalog Ampere Catalog 

Rating Number Rating Number 



J Frame 4-Pole, 600 Volt, JXD6 Breaker 

SLJC46***0JXD6 

200-400A d SLJC46***0GJXD6 

SLJC46***0IGJXD6 

E Frame 200% Neutral 

SLEC42***0ED2 

SLEC52***0ED2 

15-60A SLEC42***0GED2 15-60A SLEC52***0GED2 



SLEC42***0ED2 

SLEC52***0ED2 






15-60A SLEC44***0ED4 SLEC54***0ED4 

SLEC44***0GED4 15-60A SLEC54***0GED4 












SLEC46***0ED6 

SLEC56***0ED6 




SLEC46***0ED6 

SLEC56***0ED6 




SLEC46***0ED6 

SLEC56***0ED6 




F Frame 4-Pole, 600 Volt, FXD6 Breaker F Frame 200% Neutral 



70-225A SLFC46***0GFXD6 70-200A SLFC56***0GFXD6 



SLFC462500FXD6 


250A SLFC462500GFXD6 225-250A SLFC56***0GFXD6 

SLFC462500IGFXD6 


L Frame 3-Pole, 600 Volt, LXD6 Breaker 

SLLCS36***0LXD6 

450-600A d SLLCS36***0GLXD6 

SLLCS36***0IGLXD6 

M Frame 3-Pole, 600 Volt, MXD6 Breaker 

SLMCS36***0MXD6 

500-800A d SLMCS36***0GMXD6 

SLMCS36***0IGMXD6 

L Frame 4-Pole, 600 Volt, LXD6 Breaker 

SLLCS46***0LXD6 

450-600A d SLLCS46***0GLXD6 

SLLCS46***0IGLXD6 

M Frame 4-Pole, 600 Volt, MXD6 Breaker 

SLMCS46***0MXD6 

500-800A d SLMCS46***0GMXD6 

SLMCS46***0IGMXD6 

Description 

Spring Kit 

Catalog 

Number 

SXSK 

NOTE: Used on 400A and larger bus plugs that require 

auxiliary support and that are mounted on vertical/ 

riser busway. Kit contains two springs (part number 

32-9909-04). One kit required per bus plug. Spring kits are 

automatically included when 400A and larger bus plug 

is selected. 

a Replace “***” with breaker trip rating. 

Example: SLEC36060ED6, for 60A trip. 

b All plugs shown have an IP40 rating, if IP54/55 is desired 

substitute ”4” for ”0” in position 10 (or 11 for cradle 

plugs): 

E Frame: Ex. SLEC360604ED6 

F Frame: Ex. SLFC360704FXD6 

J Frame: Ex. SLJC361004JXD6 

L Frame: Ex. SLLCS365004LXD6 

M Frame: Ex. SLMCS368004MXD6 

c For the following breaker substitutions, change the 

catalog number suffix: 

15-60A: HHED6 Ex. SLEC36***0HHED6 



F Frame: FD6 Ex. SLFC36***0FD6 

F Frame: HFD6 Ex. SLFC36***0HFD6 

J Frame: JD6 Ex. SLJC36***0JD6 

J Frame: HJD6 Ex. SLJC36***0HJD6 

L Frame: LD6 Ex. SLLCS36***0LD6 

L Frame: HLD6 Ex. SLLCS36***0HLD6 

M Frame: MD6 Ex. SLMCS36***0MD6 

M Frame: HMD6 Ex. SLMCS36***0HMD6 

d 400A and larger bus plugs that require auxiliary support. 

See also SXSK Spring Kit. 

15-46 


Product Category: BPLU


Bus Plugs with Current Limiting Circuit Breakers b 


Selection 

Ampere 

Rating 

Catalog 

Number 

E Frame 3-Pole, 600 Volt, CED6 Breaker 

SLEL36***0CED6 

15-60A SLEL36***0GCED6 

SLEL36***0IGCED6 


70-100A SLEL36***0GCED6 



110-125A SLEL36***0GCED6 


F Frame 3-Pole, 600 Volt, CFD6 Breaker 

SLFL36***0CFD6 

100-225A SLFL36***0GCFD6 

SLFL36***0IGCFD6 

SLFL362500CFD6 

250A 

SLFL362500CGFD6 

SLFL362500ICGFD6 

J Frame 3-Pole, 600 Volt, CJD6 Breaker 

SLJL36***0CJD6 

200-400A c SLJL36***0CGJD6 

SLJL36***0ICGJD6 

L Frame 3-Pole, 600 Volt, CLD6 Breaker 

SLLLS36***0CLD6 

450-600A c SLLLS36***0GCLD6 

SLLLS36***0IGCLD6 

M Frame 3-Pole, 600 Volt, CLD6 Breaker 

SLLLS36***0CMD6 

500-800A c SLLLS36***0GCMD6 

SLLLS36***0IGCMD6 

Ampere Catalog Ampere Catalog 

Rating Number Rating Number 

E Frame 4-Pole, 600 Volt, CED6 Breaker 



15-60A SLEL46***0GCED6 15-60A SLEL56***0GCED6 













F Frame 4-Pole, 600 Volt, CFD6 Breaker 



100-225A SLFL46***0GCFD6 70-200A SLFL56***0GCFD6 



SLFL462500CFD6 


250A SLFL462500GCFD6 225-250A SLFL56***0GCFD6 

SLFL462500IGCFD6 


J Frame 4-Pole, 600 Volt, CJD6 Breaker 

SLJL46***0CJD6 — 

200-400A c SLJL46***0GCJD6 — 

SLJL46***0IGCJD6 — 

L Frame 4-Pole, 600 Volt, CLD6 Breaker 

SLLLS46***0CLD6 

450-600A c SLLLS46***0GCLD6 

SLLLS46***0IGCLD6 

M Frame 4-Pole, 600 Volt, CLD6 Breaker 

SLLLS46***0CMD6 

500-800A c SLLLS46***0GCMD6 

SLLLS46***0IGCMD6 


F Frame 200% Neutral 

J Frame 200% Neutral 

SLJL562000CJD6 

200A c 

SLJL562000GCJD6 

SLJL562000IGCJD6 

SLJLS56***0CJD6 

225-400A c SLJLS56***0GCJD6 

SLJLS56***0IGCJD6 

15 


a Replace “***” with breaker trip rating. 

Example: SLEC36060ED6, for 60A trip. 

b All plugs shown have an IP40 rating, if IP54/55 is 

desired, substitute ”4” for ”0” in position 10 

(or 11 for cradle plugs): 

E Frame: Ex. SLEC360604ED6 

F Frame: Ex. SLFC360704FXD6 

J Frame: Ex. SLJC361004JXD6 

L Frame: Ex. SLLCS365004LXD6 

M Frame: Ex. SLMCS368004MXD6 

c 400A and larger bus plugs that require auxiliary 

support. See also SXSK Spring Kit. 

Product Category: BPLU 



Circuit Breaker Bus Plugs Dimensions and Weights 


Selection 

Circuit Breaker Bus Plugs, Dimensions and Weights (Enclosure only) 

Ampere 

Rating 


“A” a “B” “C” “D” max. “E” “F” “J” “K” 

Weight 

lbs (kg) 

125 15.13 (384) 10.18 (259) 9.75 (248) 1.60 (41) 2.50 (64) 2.50 (64) 3.50 (89) 2.25 (57) 35 (15.87) 

250 20.25 (514) 10.18 (259) 9.75 (248) 1.60 (41) 2.50 (64) 2.50 (64) 3.25 (83) 3.25 (83) 50 (22.68) 

400 21.75 (552) 16.75 (425) 11.75 (298) 1.60 (41) 5.75 (146) 5.75 (146) 4.00 (102) 3.25 (83) 83 (37.64) 

600 41.50 (1054) 19.75 (502) 15.75 (400) 2.31 (59) 7.00 (178) 7.75 (197) — — 130 (58.97) 

800 41.50 (1054) 19.75 (502) 15.75 (400) 2.31 (59) 7.00 (178) 7.75 (197) — — 177 (80.29) 

125 – 400A Bus Plugs 

15 


600 – 800A Bus Plugs 

Circuit Breaker Bus Plugs, Load Lugs and Knockouts 

Frame 

Size 

Ground 

Lug Cu/Al 

Neutral Lug 

Cu/AI 

Phase Lug 

Cu/AI 

Knockout Sizes 

In. (mm) 

E Frame #14-2 #14-2 #14-1/0 7/8 (22) 

F Frame #14-2 #6-350 kcmil #6-350 kcmil 7/8 (22) 

J Frame #14-2 (2) #4-500 kcmil (2) 3/0-500 kcmil 7/8 (22) 

L Frame #6-350 kcmil (2) 3/0-500 kcmil (2) 3/0-500 kcmil No Knockouts 

M Frame #4-500 kcmil (3) #1-500 kcmil (3) #1-500 kcmil No Knockouts 

a Current limiting breakers add 5-7 inches to 

dimension A, depending upon breaker amperage. 

15-48 



Wall Clearance and Circuit Breaker Bus Plug Dimensions 


Selection 

600A and 800A Cradle Mounted 

30A – 400A 

15 


Dim. 

Legend 

Circuit Breaker Plugs No Cradle 

E Frame 

Current 

F Frame 

Current 

J Frame 

Current 

Circuit Breaker Plugs w/Cradle 

L Frame 

Current 

M Frame 

Current 

Standard Limiting Standard Limiting Standard Limiting Standard Limiting Standard Limiting 

A 17.00 (432) 22.00 (559) 22.00 (559) 27.00 (686) 23.50 (597) 30.50 (775) 41.50 (1054) 41.50 (1054) 41.50 (1054) 41.50 (1054) 

B 10.25 (260) 10.25 (260) 10.25 (260) 10.25 (260) 16.75 (425) 16.75 (425) 19.75 (502) 19.75 (502) 19.75 (502) 19.75 (502) 

C 9.75 (248) 9.75 (248) 9.75 (248) 9.75 (248) 11.75 (298) 11.75 (298) 15.75 (400) 15.75 (400) 15.75 (400) 15.75 (400) 

D 12.25 (311) 12.25 (311) 12.25 (311) 12.25 (311) 18.75 (476) 18.75 (476) 20.25 (514) 20.25 (514) 20.25 (514) 20.25 (514) 

E 2.50 (64) 2.50 (64) 2.50 (64) 2.50 (64) 5.75 (146) 5.75 (146) 7.75 (197) 7.75 (197) 7.75 (197) 7.75 (197) 

F 2.50 (64) 2.50 (64) 2.50 (64) 2.50 (64) 5.75 (146) 5.75 (146) 7.00 (178) 7.00 (178) 7.00 (178) 7.00 (178) 

G 24.00 (610) 29.00 (737) 29.00 (737) 29.00 (737) 32.50 (826) 39.50 (1003) 41.50 (1054) 41.50 (1054) 41.50 (1054) 41.50 (1054) 

H 11.25 (286) 11.25 (286) 11.25 (286) 11.25 (286) 13.50 (343) 13.50 (343) 18.00 (457) 18.00 (457) 18.00 (457) 18.00 (457) 

J1 3.50 (89) 3.50 (89) 3.25 (83) 3.25 (83) 4.00 (102) 4.00 (102) — — — — 

K1 2.25 (57) 2.25(57) 3.25 (83) 3.25 (83) 3.25 (83) 3.25 (83) — — — — 

Legend: 

A = Length of enclosure including handle 

B = Height of enclosure 

C = Depth of enclosure 

D = Height of enclosure including optional handle location 

E = Extension of plug above top of busway 

F = Extension of plug below bottom of busway 

G = Cover (depth) clearance for enclosure 

H = Depth of enclosure from handle to edge of busway 

J = Knockout/ pilot hole location (horizontal) 

K = Knockout/ pilot hole location (vertical) 


15 


Sentron Fusible Bus Plugs 


Sentron SLVB Bus Plugs—Fusible 

Plug Type 

SL = Sentron II 

Heavy Duty Fusible Switch 

VB 

Orientation 

R = Vertical 

H = Horizontal 

Configuration (Poles/Wires) 

3 = 3Ø3W 

4 = 3Ø4W 

5 = 3Ø4W 200% Neutral b 

Voltage 

2 = 240V 

6 = 600V 

Max Ampere Rating 

1 = 30A 

2 = 60A 

3 = 100A 

4 = 200A 

5 = 400A 

6 = 600A 

IP Rating 

0 = IP40 

4 = IP55 



IG = Isolated Ground 


Watch SLVB 

Bus Plug 

installation 

video 

S L V B R 3 2 1 0 G a Revised on 06/30/18 

a The G and IG digits are used to specify internal and isolated ground 

respectively. Integral (housing) ground plugs do not require this digit. 

(Ex. SLID3610, SLEC360150ED6) 

b Available through 400A only. 

15-50 



Fusible Bus Plugs 


Selection 

Fusible Bus Plugs 

The Sentron SLVB Bus Plug meets all 

UL and CSA standards to assure reliable 

performance in all environments. 

The installer and end user will appreciate 

new features like Highly Visible 

Position Indicator, Dual Stab Busway 

Interlocks, Dual Cover Interlocks, and 

Bolt-on Mounting. 

Sentron SLVB Fusible Bus Plugs are 

available in 30, 60, 100, 200, 400 and 

600 amp ratings (compatible with H, R, 

T, K and J fuses). 

Standard Fusible, Bus Plug Ratings 

Plug-In 

Units Series 

Max. 

Rating Fused Switch 

Fuse Class 

Fuse Kits 

R Fuse Kits 

T Fuse Kits 

Max. Short Circuit 


SLVB_21 30A, 240V H, K, R SLR2030 — 200kA, 240V, 3ph 

SLVB_61 30A, 600V H, K, R, J SLR6030 — 200kA, 600V, 3ph 

SLVB_22 60A, 240V H, K, R SLR2060 — 200kA, 240V, 3ph 

SLVB_62 60A, 600V H, K, R, J SLR6060 — 200kA, 600V, 3ph 

SLVB_23 100A, 240V H, K, R, J, T SLR2100 SLT2100 200kA, 240V, 3ph 








15 


Standard Fusible, Bus Plug Horsepower Ratings 

Plug-In 

Units Series 

Fused Switch 

Max. Rating 

240V, 1 ph 240V, 3 ph 480V, 3 ph 600V, 3 ph 


SLVB_21 30A, 240V 1.5 3.0 3.0 7.5 — — — — 

SLVB_61 30A, 600V — — — — 5.0 15.0 7.5 20.0 

SLVB_22 60A, 240V 3.0 10.0 7.5 15.0 — — — — 

SLVB_62 60A, 600V — — — — 15.0 30.0 15.0 50.0 

SLVB_23 100A, 240V 7.5 15.0 15.0 30.0 — — — — 

SLVB_63 100A, 600V — — — — 25.0 60.0 30.0 75.0 

SLVB_24 200A, 240V 15.0 — 25.0 60.0 — — — — 

SLVB_64 200A, 600V — — — — 50.0 125.0 60.0 150.0 

SLVB_25 400A, 240V 15.0 — 50.0 125.0 — — — — 

SLVB_65 400A, 600V — — — — 100.0 250.0 125.0 350.0 

SLVB_26 600A, 240V 15.0 — 75.0 200.0 — — — — 

SLVB_66 600A, 600V — — — — 150.0 400.0 200.0 500.0 



Bus Plugs / Fusible Plugs 


Selection 

Ampere Catalog Catalog 


3-Pole, 250 Volt a 4-Pole, 250 Volt, a 

200% Neutral a 

Rating Number 

Rating Number Number 

30A 

SLVB*3210 

30A SLVB*4210 SLVB*5210 

SLVB*3210G 

SLVB*4210G 

SLVB*5210G 

SLVB*3210IG 

SLVB*4210IG 

SLVB*5210IG 

60A 

SLVB*3220 

60A SLVB*4220 SLVB*5220 

SLVB*3220G 

SLVB*4220G 

SLVB*5220G 

SLVB*3220IG 

SLVB*4220IG 

SLVB*5220IG 

100A 

SLVB*3230 

100A SLVB*4230 SLVB*5230 

SLVB*3230G 

SLVB*4230G 

SLVB*5230G 

SLVB*3230IG 

SLVB*4230IG 

SLVB*5230IG 

200A 

SLVB*3240 

200A SLVB*4240 SLVB*5240 

SLVB*3240G 

SLVB*4240G 

SLVB*5240G 

SLVB*3240IG 

SLVB*4240IG 

SLVB*5240IG 

400A b 

SLVB*3250 

400A b SLVB*4250 SLVB*5250 

SLVB*3250G 

SLVB*4250G 

SLVB*5250G 

SLVB*3250IG 

SLVB*4250IG 

SLVB*5250IG 

600A b 

SLVB*3260 

SLVB*3260G 

SLVB*3260IG 

600A b 

SLVB*4260 

SLVB*4260G 

SLVB*4260IG 

15 


Ampere Catalog Catalog 


3-Pole, 600 Volt a 4-Pole, 600 Volt, a 

200% Neutral a 

Rating 

Number 

Rating Number Number 

30A 

SLVB*3610 

30A SLVB*4610 SLVB*5610 

SLVB*3610G 

SLVB*4610G 

SLVB*5610G 

SLVB*3610IG 

SLVB*4610IG 

SLVB*5610IG 

60A 

SLVB*3620 

60A SLVB*4620 SLVB*5620 

SLVB*3620G 

SLVB*4620G 

SLVB*5620G 

SLVB*3620IG 

SLVB*4620IG 

SLVB*5620IG 

100A 

SLVB*3630 

100A SLVB*4630 SLVB*5630 

SLVB*3630G 

SLVB*4630G 

SLVB*5630G 

SLVB*3630IG 

SLVB*4630IG 

SLVB*5630IG 

200A 

SLVB*3640 

200A SLVB*4640 SLVB*5640 

SLVB*3640G 

SLVB*4640G 

SLVB*5640G 

SLVB*3640IG 

SLVB*4640IG 

SLVB*5640IG 

400A b 

SLVB*3650 

400A b SLVB*4650 SLVB*5650 

SLVB*3650G 

SLVB*4650G 

SLVB*5650G 

SLVB*3650IG 

SLVB*4650IG 

SLVB*5650IG 

600A b 

SLVB*3660 

600A b 

SLVB*4660 

SLVB*3660G 

SLVB*4660G 

SLVB*3660IG 

SLVB*4660IG 

Note: Replace * in catalog number with “H” for horizontal applications and “R” for riser applications. 

Ground Detector And 

Potentializer Plug 

Description 

For 2 or 3-pole 

240 and 480 volt 

service. 

Catalog 

Number 

SLPGR3140G 

Note: Available in IP40 construction only. 

Description 

Spring Kit 

Catalog 

Number 

SXSK 

Note: Used on 400A and larger bus plugs that 

require auxiliary support and that are mounted 

on vertical/riser busway. Kit contains two springs 

(part number 32-9909-04). One kit required per bus 

plug. Spring kits are automatically included when 

400A and larger bus plug is selected. 

Fuse Adapter Kits 

Class R Class T Class J 

Switch Std Fuse Catalog Catalog Catalog 

Rating Class Number Number Number 

250V 

30A H, K SLR2030 

60A H, K SLR2060 

100A H, K SLR2100 SLT2100 

200A H, K SLR2200 SLT2200 

400A b H, K, J SLR2400 SLT2400 

600A b H, K, J SLR2600 SLT2600 SLJ2600 

600V 

30A H, K, J SLR6030 

60A H, K, J SLR6060 

100A H, K, J SLR6100 SLT6100 

200A H, K, J SLR6200 SLT6200 

400A b H, K, J SLR6400 SLT6400 

600A b H, K, J SLR6600 SLT6600 SLJ6600 

a All plugs shown are rated IP40; if IP55 rating is desired, 

substitute a “4” for “0” in position 9. 

b 400A and larger bus plugs require auxiliary support. See 

also SXSK Spring Kit. 

15-52 




Fusible Bus Plugs Dimensions and Weights 


Selection 

Horizontal Fusible Bus Plug Dimensions and Weighs (Enclosure Only) 

Ampere 

Rating 

30 13.13 

(333) 

60 13.13 

(333) 

100 13.13 

(333) 

200 14.88 

(377) 

400 18.63 

(473) 

600 18.63 

(473) 


“A” “B” “C” 

13.86 

(352) 

14.86 

(377) 

15.86 

(402) 

22.86 

(580) 

25.48 

(647) 

25.48 

(647) 

7.96 

(202) 

7.96 

(202) 

7.96 

(202) 

10.58 

(268) 

15.67 

(398) 

15.67 

(398) 

“D 

max.” “E” “F” “J” “K” “L” “M” “N” “P” 

2.60 

(66) 

2.60 

(66) 

2.60 

(66) 

2.60 

(66) 

5.50 

(140) 

5.50 

(140) 

6.18 

(156) 

7.18 

(182) 

8.18 

(207) 

15.88 

(403) 

12.67 

(322) 

12.67 

(322) 

2.66 

(67) 

2.66 

(67) 

2.66 

(67) 

2.66 

(67) 

7.67 

(195) 

7.67 

(195) 

2.65 

(67) 

2.65 

(67) 

2.65 

(67) 

3.40 

(86) 

12.15 

(309) 

12.15 

(309) 

2.06 

(52) 

2.06 

(52) 

2.06 

(52) 

3.06 

(78) 

3.06 

(78) 

3.06 

(78) 

9.81 

(249) 

9.81 

(249) 

9.81 

(249) 

9.81 

(249) 

11.80 

(299) 

11.80 

(299) 

6.22 

(157) 

6.22 

(157) 

6.22 

(157) 

7.95 

(201) 

9.43 

(239) 

9.43 

(239) 

5.27 

(134) 

5.27 

(134) 

5.27 

(134) 

5.27 

(134) 

11.91 

(303) 

11.91 

(303) 

8.59 

(218) 

9.59 

(244) 

10.59 

(269) 

17.59 

(447) 

15.14 

(385) 

15.14 

(385) 

Weight 

lbs (kg) 

23.5 (10.66) 

25.5 (11.56) 

28.0 (12.70) 

49.0 (22.22) 

100.0 (254) 

100.0 (254) 

Watch SLVB 

Bus Plug 

installation 

video 

15 




Fusible Bus Plugs Dimensions and Weights 


Selection 

Riser Fusible Bus Plug Dimensions and Weighs (Enclosure Only) 

Ampere 

Rating 

30 10.13 

(257) 

60 10.13 

(257) 

100 11.13 

(282) 


“A” “B” “C” 

13.86 

(352) 

14.86 

(377) 

15.86 

(402) 

7.96 

(202) 

7.96 

(202) 

7.96 

(202) 

“D 

max.” “E” “F” “J” “K” “L” “M” “N” “P” 

5.25 

(133) 

5.25 

(133) 

5.25 

(133) 

2.74 

(69) 

2.74 

(69) 

7.74 

(196) 

2.36 

(59) 

2.36 

(59) 

3.36 

(85) 

2.65 

(67) 

2.65 

(67) 

2.65 

(67) 

2.06 

(52) 

2.06 

(52) 

2.06 

(52) 

8.06 

(204) 

8.06 

(204) 

8.06 

(204) 

5.08 

(129) 

2.08 

(52) 

6.08 

(154) 

7.8 

(198) 

7.8 

(198) 

7.8 

(198) 

6.06 

(154) 

7.06 

(179) 

8.06 

(205) 

Weight 

lbs (kg) 

23.5 (10.66) 

25.5 (11.56) 

28.0 (12.70) 

Watch SLVB 

Bus Plug 

installation 

video 

200 14.88 

(377) 

22.86 

(580) 

10.58 

(268) 

5.90 

(149) 

5.11 

(129) 

4.74 

(120) 

3.40 

(86) 

3.06 

(78) 

10.42 

(264) 

7.35 

(186) 

9.05 

(230) 

13.81 

(351) 

49.0 (22.22) 

400 18.63 

(473) 

25.48 

(647) 

15.67 

(398) 

5.50 

(140) 

6.60 

(167) 

7.10 

(180) 

12.15 

(309) 

3.06 

(78) 

11.97 

(304) 

9.25 

(234) 

13.56 

(344) 

13.49 

(342) 

100.0 (2540) 

600 18.63 

(473) 

25.48 

(647) 

15.67 

(398) 

5.50 

(140) 

6.60 

(167) 

7.10 

(180) 

12.15 

(309) 

3.06 

(78) 

11.97 

(304) 

9.25 

(234) 

13.56 

(344) 

13.49 

(342) 

100.0 (2540) 


15 

Fusible Switch Plug, Load Lugs, and Knockouts 

Ampere 

Rating 

Ground Lug 

Cu/Al 

Neutral Lug 

Cu/Al 

Phase Lug 

Cu/Al 

30 #14-1/0 #14-2 #14-2 7/8 (22) 

60 #14-1/0 #14-1/0 #14-2 7/8 (22) 

100 #14-1/0 #14-1/0 #14-1/0 7/8 (22) 

200 #14-1/0 #6-300MCM #6-300MCM 7/8 (22) 

400 (2)#6-350MCM (2) 1/0-250MCM or 

(1) 1/0-750MCM 

600 (2)#6-350MCM (4) 1/0-250MCM or 

(2) 1/0-750MCM 

(2) 1/0-250MCM or 

(1) 1/0-750MCM 

(4) 1/0-250MCM or 

(2) 1/0-750MCM 

Knockout Sizes Inches (mm) 

7/8 (22) 

7/8 (22) 

15-54 



Wall Clearance and Fusible Bus Plug Dimensions 


Dimensions 

Wall Clearance and Bus Plug Dimensions 

Horizontal (Inches/mm) 

Dim. 30 60 100 200 400 600 

A 13.13 13.13 13.13 14.88 18.63 18.63 

(333) (333) (333) (377) (473) (473) 

B 13.86 14.86 15.86 22.86 27.00 27.00 

(352) (377) (402) (580) (686) (686) 

C 7.96 7.96 7.96 10.58 15.67 15.67 

(202) (202) (202) (268) (398) (398) 

D 15.89 16.68 17.68 24.66 20.00 20.00 

(403) (423) (449) (626) (508) (508) 

E 6.19 7.19 8.19 15.19 12.67 12.67 

(157) (182) (208) (385) (322) (322) 

F 2.67 2.67 2.67 2.67 7.67 7.67 

(67) (67) (67) (67) (195) (195) 

G 20.39 20.39 20.39 24.76 33.75 33.75 

(517) (517) (517) (628) (857) (857) 

H 13.09 13.09 13.09 16.55 21.17 21.17 

(332) (332) (332) (420) (538) (538) 

J 2.65 2.65 2.65 3.40 12.15 12.15 

(67) (67) (67) (86) (309) (309) 

K 2.06 2.06 2.06 3.06 3.06 3.06 

(52) (52) (52) (78) (78) (78) 

L 2.65 2.65 2.65 2.65 2.65 2.65 

(67) (67) (67) (67) (67) (67) 

M 15.07 15.07 15.07 16.82 21.00 21.00 

(382) (382) (382) (427) (533) (533) 

Wall Clearance and Bus Plug Dimensions 

Riser (Inches/mm) 

Watch SLVB 

Bus Plug 

installation 

video 

15 


Dim. 30 60 100 200 400 600 

A 10.13 10.13 11.13 14.68 18.63 18.63 

(237) (257) (282) (372) (473) (473) 

B 13.86 14.86 15.86 22.86 27.00 27.00 

(352) (377) (402) (580) (686) (686) 

C 7.96 7.96 7.96 10.58 15.67 15.67 

(202) (202) (202) (268) (398) (398) 

D 15.89 16.68 17.68 24.66 20.00 20.00 

(403) (423) (449) (626) (508) (508) 

E 2.74 2.74 7.74 5.11 6.60 6.60 

(69) (69) (196) (129) (167) (167) 

F 2.36 2.36 3.36 4.74 7.10 7.10 

(59) (59) (85) (120) (180) (180) 

G 17.39 17.39 18.39 24.76 33.75 33.75 

(441) (441) (467) (628) (857) (857) 

H 13.09 13.09 13.09 16.55 21.17 21.17 

(332) (332) (332) (420) (538) (538) 

J 2.65 2.65 2.65 3.40 12.15 12.15 

(67) (67) (67) (86) (309) (309) 

K 2.06 2.06 2.06 3.06 3.06 3.06 

(52) (52) (52) (78) (78) (78) 

L 3.55 3.55 3.55 3.55 2.65 2.65 

(90) (90) (90) (90) (67) (67) 

M 12.07 12.07 13.07 16.82 21.00 21.00 

(306) (306) (331) (427) (533) (533) 


Sentron SPD Bus Plugs 



Technical 

15 


The Siemens advantage... 

Siemens history of innovation and 

safety continues with our line of UL 

1449 4th Edition SPD’s. The TPS Series 

utilizes thermally protected MOV’s 

specifically designed for safe operation 

in high fault current or sustained 

overvoltage conditions that can cause 

other SPD’s to fail in an unsafe manner 

and damage other equipment in the 

distribution system. Every MOV, including 

N-G, is monitored. Indicator lights 

for each phase provide indication of 

loss of protection and phase loss protection. 

The direct bus, integral design 

reduces circuit impedance resulting in 

the lowest possible let-through voltages 

providing maximum protection to facility 

equipment and systems. 

All TPS Series SPD’s: 

• UL 1449 4th Edition Listed, CUL, CE 

Mark 

• Designed, tested, manufactured to 

ANSI/IEEE C62.42.1 – 2002, C62.41.2 

– 2002, C62.45 – 2002 

• Provide indication of loss of protection 

on each phase and phase loss 

• Include all UL-required over current 

protection and safety coordination 

inside 

• Prevent internally generated surges 

from propagating throughout a facility 

and externally generated surges from 

reaching sensitive loads 

Low Exposure Applications – TPS3 09 

n 100kA per phase 

• 200kA SCCR 

• 20kA nominal discharge current 

• Indicator lights standard 

• Individually fused, thermally protected MOV’s 

• Dry contacts and audible alarm optional 

Medium Exposure Applications – TPS3 01 

• 100kA – 300kA per phase 



• Indicator lights, audible alarm and dry contacts standard 


• EMI/RFI filtering 

• Surge counter optional 

High Exposure Applications – TPS3 06 

• 400kA – 500kA per phase 



• Indicator lights, audible alarm and dry contacts standard 


• EMI/RFI filtering 

• Surge counter optional 

Watch SLVB 

Bus Plug 

installation 

video 

15-56 





Catalog Number Logic 

Sentron SPD Bus Plug Numbering System 

Plug Type 

STP = Sentron SPD VBII 

Orientation 

HF = Horizontal Fused (standard) 

R = Riser d 

Configuration (Poles/Wires) 

3 = 3Ø 3W 

4 = 3Ø 4W 

IP Rating 

4 = IP55 



Voltage Code 

A = 120/240V 1Ø 3W 

B = 240/120V 3Ø 4W 

D = 240V 3Ø 3W 

E = 480Y/277V 3Ø 4W 

F = 480V 3Ø 3W 

G = 600V 3Ø 3W 

L = 600Y/347V 3Ø 4W 

TPS Model Number 

01 = TPS3 01 c 

1L = TPS3 L1 (10 Mode) ac 

06 = TPS3 06 c 

6L = TPS3 L6 (10 Mode) ac 

09 = TPS3 09 b 


10 = 100kA per Phase TPS3 01, TPS3 09 

15 = 150kA per Phase TPS3 L1 

20 = 200kA per Phase TPS3 01 

25 = 250KA per phase TPS3 01 

30 = 300kA per Phase TPS3 01, TPS3 L1 


45 = 450kA per Phase TPS3 L6 


Options 

TPS3 01 and TPS3 06: 

R = Remote Monitor 

X = Surge Counter 

TPS 9: 

D = Dry Contact & Audible Alarm 

S T P H F 4 4 G E 0 6 4 0 X 

Watch SLVB 

Bus Plug 

installation 

video 

15 


Notes: 

a The 10 mode devices provide additional circuit protection for Line to Neutral and Neutral to Ground. The 10 modes of protection are: 

L1-G, L2-G, L3-G, L1-L2, L2-L3, L1-L3, L1-N, L2-N, L3-N, N-G. 

b Standard features: indicator lights. 

c Standard features: indicator lights, dry contacts, audible alarm with silence switch, test button. 

d In riser applications, Sentron SPD Bus Plug Numbering System only requires the "R" character. 





Technical 

Horizontal SPD bus plugs dimensions and weights 

Plug type 

Dimensions inches (mm) 

“A” “B” “C” “D” max. “E” “F” Weight lbs. (kgs) 

TPS 9 13.30 (336) 15.86 (403) 7.44 (189) 2.60 (66) 8.17 (208) 2.66 (67) 30 (13.63) 

TPS 1 19.30 (490) 11.77 (299) 8.50 (216) 2.60 (66) 4.08 (104) 2.66 (67) 35 (15.90) 

TPS 6 19.30 (490) 11.77 (299) 8.50 (216) 2.60 (66) 4.08 (104) 2.66 (67) 38 (17.27) 

Watch SLVB 

Bus Plug 

installation 

video 

15 


Riser SPD bus plugs dimensions and weights 

Plug type 


“A” “B” “C” “D” max. “E” “F” Weight lbs. (kgs) 

TPS 9 10.25 (260) 13.86 (352) 7.96 (202) 5.25 (133) 2.74 (69) 2.36 (59) 25 (11.36) 

TPS 1 11.25 (286) 19.36 (492) 7.96 (202) 5.25 (133) 7.74 (196) 3.36 (85) 35 (15.90) 

TPS 6 15.00 (381) 22.86 (580) 10.58 (268) 5.25 (133) 5.11 (129) 4.74 (120) 45 (20.45) 

15-58 


Sentron 3/6 Bus Plugs 



Technical 


The Sentron 3/6 bus plug is designed for light industrial, 

commercial, and datacenter applications. Optional factory 

installed receptacles range from 10 to 100A per pole, and 

the bus plug allows for anywhere between 1 and 6 poles of 

distribution (i.e. two 3Ø receptacles per plug). This product 

combines plug-and-play capabilities, minimizing installation 

time and cost, with the option for preconfigured embedded 

branch circuit metering utilizing SEM3. 

Product Application 

Building your metered network of Sentron 3/6 bus plugs is 

easy. There are two variations of metered bus plugs, simple 

meter plugs (child) and controller plugs (parent). Each SEM3 

controller can monitor 42 bus plug poles. Depending on the 

number of metered poles per bus plug, one parent controller 

plug can monitor between 6 to 41 bus plugs. An example of 

a network of seven 6-pole bus plugs is shown below (in this 

case there is one controller and six metered plugs). Outputs 

from multiple controller plugs may be consolidated at an 

Ethernet switch (shown below) or integrated directly into a 

building or site management system. 

Metered Bus Plug 1 Metered Bus Plug 2 Metered Bus Plug 3 Controller Bus Plug 1 Metered Bus Plug 4 Metered Bus Plug 5 Metered Bus Plug 6 

15 

600V Isolated 

Siemens Cable 

Controller Bus Plug 2 

600V Isolated 

Siemens Cable 

600V Isolated 

Siemens Cable 

600V Isolated 

Siemens Cable 

600V Isolated 

Siemens Cable 

8 Port Ethernet Switch 

600V Isolated 

Siemens Cable 


CAT6 Cable 

CAT6 Cable 

CAT6 Cable 

Controller Bus Plug 3 

The function of the Ethernet switch is to aggregate signals being 

generated by each SEM3 controller. Each SEM3 controller bus plug may 

monitor up to 42 poles. Metered bus plugs may have between 1 and 6 

metered poles. SEM3 may also be embedded in other electrical 

equipment such as switchboards or panels, providing a comprehensive 

power monitoring solution. 

Power Monitoring System/Building 

Management System/SCADA 

CAT6 Cable 






Sentron 3/6 Bus Plugs—Circuit Breaker (Installed) 

B P S A 1 A 0 A 1 A 0 0 N N 

Prefix 

BP = Bus Plug 

Type 

S = Sentron 

Enclosure 

A =13 x 10in (60A max branch, corded receptacle) 

C = 13 x 14in (60A max branch, flush mount receptacle) 

D = 13 x 14in (100A max branch, any receptacle) 

System Configuration 

1 = 3Ø 

2 = 3Ø + Internal Grd 

3 = 3Ø + Isolated Grd 

5 = 3Ø + Neutral 

6 = 3Ø + Neutral + Internal Grd 

7 = 3Ø + Neutral + Isolated Grd 

9 = 3Ø + 200% Neutral 

0 = 3Ø + 200% Neutral + Internal Grd 

Z = 3Ø + 200% 

15 


Color 

A = Graphite 

G = ANSI 61 

X = Other 

Connection Type 

0 = Enclosure Only 

1 = Breaker Only 

2 = Flush Mount Receptacle 

3 = 3ft Corded Connector 




7 = Custom 

Number of Circuits and Phasing 

A1-D4 

Breaker Frame 

A = BL 

B = BLH 

C = HBL 

D = BQD 

E = NGB 

Device Amps 

00 = No Breaker 

9A = 10A 

9B = 15A 

9C = 20A 

9D = 25A 

9E = 30A 

9F = 35A 

9G = 40A 

9H = 45A 

9J = 50A 

9K = 60A 

9L = 70A 

9M = 80A 

9N = 90A 

9P = 100A 

Metering System 

N = None 

C = SEM3 Controller 

M = SEM3 Meter Only 

Meter Type 

N = None 

G = 3 Meter Rack, Low Accuracy Meters 

H = 3 Meter Rack, High Accuracy Meters 

X = 6 Meter Rack, Low Accuracy Meters 

Y = 6 Meter Rack, High Accuracy Meters 

15-60 


0 

0 


Rev 

Third 

Angle 

Proj 

0 



Sht 

421799 1 

Technical 

Product Configurations 

Field Wire-able Bus Plug 

n Enclosure height of 14.20" 

n Customer supplied receptacle or corded connector 

Third 

n Stocking program for specific variants 

Dwg. No. 

421799 

Angle 

Proj 

E 

C 

Field Wire-able Bus Plug 

A 

Non-Metered Bus Plug 

n Standard enclosure height of 10.18" at 60A (per pole) and below 

n Enclosure height of 14.20" for all surface mounted receptacle variants 

D 

n Factory installed corded or surface mount receptacles/connectors 

Metered Bus Plug 




E 

n Preconfigured SEM3 meter rack (child) 

Controller Bus Plug 




D 

n Preconfigured SEM3 meter rack and controller (parent) 

Product Configurations 

Circuit 


Load Connection 

Branch Circuit Metering 

(SEM3) 

• 1-6 poles of distribution 

• 10-100A per pole 

• 100 and 200% neutral options 

BL, BLH, HBL, BQD, NGB, 

• Field wired (with KO's), no receptacles 

• Surface or flush mount receptacles 

• Corded Connector(s) or receptacle(s) at 3, 5, 7, or 10 ft 

• Meter only lug or meter and controller plug 

• 3 and 6 meter racks available 

• Low (1%) and high (.2%) accuracy meters available 

Filename: 

Model Name: 421750 

Dwg. No. 

Sht Rev 

Model Name: 421750 0 

Filename: 

421799 

421799 3 

Non-Metered Bus Plug 

C 

A 

REPRESENTATIVE OF SENTRON BPSC & BPSD W/O CONTROLLER 

B 

B 

Metered Bus Plug 

REPRESENTATIVE OF SENTRON BPSA W/O CONTROLLER 

A 

B 

3B-542T 5/9/2016 

Rev ECN Date 

- Denotes latest changes 

Q - Critical Dimension 

.XX 

.XXX 

Angular 

15 

Unless otherwise sp 

dimensions are in in 

. 

Tolerances are nonand 

are as follows u 

specified otherwise. 

Do not scal 

Dwn S. PEVER 

Chk SEP 

Apvd SEP 


3B-542T 5/9/2016 

Date 

Rev ECN 

I 


- Critical Dimension 

H 

E 

C 

Controller Bus Plug 

A 

H 

B 

D 

10.18 

I 

6.61 


REPRESENTATIVE OF BPSA W/CONTROLLER

0 

Q 



Technical 

Corded Bus Plug (Non-Metered and Metered) Dimensions and Weights 

Ampere 

Rating 


“A” “B” “C” “D”. “E” “F” “G” “H” “I” 

Weight lbs. 

(kgs)* 

10-60A 13.21 (336) 10.18 (259) 7.64 (194) 4.12 (105) 1.03 (26) 6.93 (176) 6.29 (160) 3.55 (90) 6.64 (169) 21 (9.52) 

70-100A 13.21 (336) 14.20 (361) 7.64 (194) 8.12 (206) 1.03 (26) 6.93 (176) 6.29 (160) 3.55 (90) 10.64 (270) 23 (10.43) 

*Approximate weight without cord of heaviest plug in amperage range. 

Third 

Angle 

Proj 

15 


Corded Bus Plug (Controller) Dimensions and Weights 

Ampere 

Rating 

Dwg. No. 

Sht Rev 

Filename: 

Model Name: 421750 421799 

0 

421799 3 

D 

E 


“A” “B” “C” “D”. “E” “F” “G” “H” “I” 

Weight lbs. 

(kgs)* 

10-60A 17.64 (448) 10.20 (259) 7.64 (194) 4.12 (105) 1.03 (26) 6.93 (176) 10.71 (272) 3.55 (90) 6.64 (169) 29 (13.15) 

70-100A 17.64 (448) 14.20 (361) 7.64 (194) 8.12 (206) 1.03 (26) 6.93 (176) 10.71 (272) 3.55 (90) 10.64 (270) 31 (14.06) 


C 

B 

REPRESENTATIVE OF SENTRON BPSA W/O CONTROLLER 

A 

5/9/2016 

3B-542T 

I 

Rev ECN Date 



H 

.XX 

.XXX 

Angular 

Dwn 

Chk 

Apvd 

F 

Unless otherwise specified 

dimensions are in inches 

. 

Tolerances are non-cumulative 

and are as follows unless 


.02 

.005 

Do not scale drawing 

S. PEVER Date 05/09/16 

SEP Date 05/09/16 

SEP Date 05/09/16 

2 

Dwg No 

Scale 

OF PLUG IN BASE 

G 

Confidential Property of 


DIMENSION DRAWING 

SENTRON 3/6 BUS PLUGS 

SENTRON BUSWAY 

421799 

1.000 

Sheet 

3 

of 

4 

Rev 

0 


E 

C 

A 

F 

G 

H 

B 

D 

10.18 

I 

6.61 

15-62 

REPRESENTATIVE OF BPSA W/CONTROLLER 


Surface Mount Receptacle Bus Plug (Non-Metered and Metered) Dimensions and Weights 

Ampere 

Rating 


“A” “B” “C” “D”. “E” “F” “G” “H” “I” 

Weight lbs. 

(kgs)* 

10-100A 13.21 (336) 14.20 (361) 7.64 (194) 8.12 (206) 1.03 (26) 6.93 (176) 6.29 (160) 3.55 (90) 10.64 (270) 23 (10.43) 


Third 

Angle 

Proj 

421799 

Sht 

421799 1 

Rev 

0 

Q 

0 

0 



Technical 

Dwg. No. 

E 

C 

A 

F 


G 

H 

Filename: 

D 

B 

I 

15 

Surface Mount Receptacle Bus Plug (Controller) Dimensions and Weights 

Model Name: 421750 

Ampere 

Rating 

REPRESENTATIVE OF SENTRON BPSC & BPSD W/O CONTROLLER 


“A” “B” “C” “D”. “E” “F” “G” “H” “I” 

0 

Weight lbs. 

(kgs)* 

10-100A 17.64 (448) 14.20 (361) 7.64 (194) 8.12 (206) 1.03 (26) 6.93 (176) 10.71 (272) 3.55 (90) 10.64 (270) 33 (14.97) 


5/9/2016 

3B-542T 

Date 

ECN 

Rev 



Q 



. 




.XX 

.XXX 

Angular 

Dwn 

Chk 

Apvd 

0.02 

0.005 



SEP Date 05/09/16 

SEP Date 05/09/16 

2 

Dwg No 

Scale 




SENTRON 3/6 BUS PLUGS 


421799 

1.000 

Sheet 

1 

of 

4 

Rev 


Third 

Angle 

Proj 

Dwg. No. 

Sht Rev 

Filename: 

Model Name: 421750 421799 

0 

421799 2 

D 

E 

C 

A 

10.20 

B 

4.00 

REPRESENTATIVE OF BPSC & BPSD W/CONTROLLER 


F 

G 

H 

I 

5/9/2016 

Date 




. 






.XX 

.02 

Siemens Industry, Inc. .XXX SPEEDFAX .005 SENTRON Product 3/6 Catalog BUS PLUGS15-63 

3B-542T 

ECN 

Rev 



Angular 

2 


Dwn 

Dwg No 


Chk SEP Date 05/09/16 

Apvd 

Date 

Scale 

SEP 

05/09/16 


421799 

1.000 

Sheet 2 of 4 

Rev 

0

XJ-L HD Busway System 


XJ-L HD Busway Introduction 

XJ-L HD Busway is available up to 400A. XJ-L Busway is the 

leading power distribution solution for demanding applications 

that require reliable, high quality power. XJ-L HD Busway is 

the optimal choice for both contractors and users concerned 

with designing superior electrical systems that require a high 

plug density and optimal space utilization. 

15 


Competitive advantages: 

• Compact size – small cross section for applications where 

busway routing is constrained 

• Joint Connection – dual spring clamp assemblies ensure 

reliable, maintenance-free joints 

• Safety – plug-in outlets are IP2X finger safe 

• Reliability – fundamental design has a 60 year history of 

reliability 

• Service – simple snap together installation, maintenance 

free joints, factory stock of critical components and large 

distribution inventory of bus plugs ensure quick and easy 

serviceability 

• Fittings – elbow, tee, crosses, flanged end, and tap boxes 

are offered in standard and custom configurations 

• Compatibility – the full range of XJ-L HD bus plugs are 

interchangeable between 100A, 225A and 400A busway 

Key features: 

• Up to twelve 100A bus plugs can be installed per 10’ of 

plug-in busway. Plug-in busway can be configured with six 

plug-in openings per side (standard) or twelve on one side 

(high density). 

• Bus plugs are readily installed on energized busway and 

are fully interchangeable between 100, 225 and 400A 


• Bus plugs are available with fusible or circuit breaker 

disconnects, configured with a wide variety of optional 

receptacles, branch circuit breakers, drop cords, etc. 

• Bus bars are solid copper (98% conductivity) and tin plated 

for superior electrical performance and corrosion resistance 

(optional silver plating is also available). The solid bus bar 

design provides superior short circuit strength (up to 35 kA) 

compared to channel style conductors and cable. 

• Totally enclosed steel housing is robust, guarding against 

incidental contact and contamination of live parts. Enclosed 

box design will not twist or distort during bus plug 

installation. 

• Installation is fast and easy. Joint connections simply snap 

together without special tools, housing couplers, or bus 

connectors. 

• Suitable for horizontal and vertical mounting and under-the 

floor applications. 

15-64 



XJ-L HD Busway Overview 

XJ-L HD Busway 

XJ-L HD Busway is well known for its 

outstanding performance, providing 

convenient, cost-effective power distribution 

for high-tech environments, data 

centers, laboratories, and other applications 

requiring consistent, quality 

power distribution. Key XJ-L HD design 

features include optional isolated 

ground or 200% neutral across entire 

product range. 

As a result, XJ-L HD Busway is an intelligent 

choice for contractors and users 

concerned with designing superior electrical 

distribution systems. The compact 

design is ideal for limited working areas 

in critical power, manufacturing, laboratory 

test facilities, schools, hospitals, 

and machine shops. 

With XJ-L HD Busway, you get an 

exclusive, optional isolated ground 

design that ensures clean power. Unlike 

bonded ground designs that may convey 

surges from one electrical devce to 

another, the XJ-L HD optional isolated 

ground system is well suited for critical 

power environments. The ground bar is 

the same size as the phase bars, with 

the same ampere rating. Installation is 

easy, joining one XJ-L HD Busway section 

to another is as simple as matching 

ends and snapping them together. 

Bus bars are held securely in place by 

spring pressure clips located in the joint 

insulator. The joint is secured when 

the external housing plate is attached 

with captive screws. Thanks to built-in 

flexibility and a low initial cost, you also 

benefit from future savings when you 

need new equipment. 

Time to add on busway for new or 

expanded facilities? The XJ-L Busway 

you installed years ago matches the 

XJ-L HD Busway you specify today and 

years from now the new busway sections, 

components or system-compatible 

bus plugs will still fit. 

Dependability 

With over one million feet in service, 

XJ-L HD Busway has a proven track 

record. The busway joints are easy to 

install and maintenance free. Solid copper 

bus bars and totally enclosed steel 

housings are designed for decades of 

dependable service. 

Flexibility 

Siemens XJ-L HD Busway is available 

in a wide variety of straight lengths, 

elbows, tees, crosses, and tap boxes 

that can be installed and then readily 

expanded or reconfigured to meet 

changing requirements. Custom fittings 

and straight lengths can be engineered 

to tailor the busway system to application-specific 

customer requirements. 

Bus Plugs can be installed, then relocated 

as required without de-energizing 

the busway. All XJ-L HD Bus Plugs are 

fully interchangeable with all XJ-L HD 

Busway configurations. 

Cost 

Siemens XJ-L HD Busway offers a 

lower cost solution, compared to cable 

and conduit, sandwich style busway 

or even light duty track busway. Snap 

together installation requires no special 

tools and is fast, easy and maintenance 

free. Solid, highly conductive bus bars 

minimize electrical losses and ensure 

long-term energy savings. 

Equipment protection 

Critical equipment is protected via 

fuse or circuit breaker plugs. Due to 

their proximity, the plugs provide a 

localized method of protection and 

isolated disconnection. 

Space 

Space in critical power/data center facilities 

is at a premium. XJ-L HD Busway 

requires less space than conventional 

power distribution methods such as 

cable and conduit. 

Availability 

XJ-L HD plugs are stocked to meet 

your quick-ship requirements. Once 

you factor in all the advantages, XJ-L 

HD is clearly the best choice for reliable, 

flexible, and economical power 

distribution for data centers, light industrial, 

and high tech applications. 

15 





XJ-L HD Busway Specifications 

15 


XJ-L HD Busway is available in 100A, 

225A and 400A ratings making it the 

right choice for light industrial and commercial 

applications where low initial 

startup and maintenance costs are prerequisites. 

XJ-L HD Busway is the most 

logical choice for high tech, data intensive 

environments, especially when 

isolated ground is required. 

Housing 

XJ-L HD Busway features a totally 

enclosed, non-ventilated, steel housing. 

The housing is covered with an electrostatically 

applied polyester urethane 

powder paint. Choice of colors: ASA#61 

Gray or Graphite Gray. The paint is 

scratch resistant and has a 500 hour 

salt spray rating. 

Conductors 

The conductors are fabricated from 

98% conductivity copper. The bars 

are “spaced-in-air” and held securely 

in the housing by the plug-in outlets 

and joints. 

Neutral 

100% neutral is available for standard 4 

wire applications. A second neutral bar 

can be added for 200% neutral capacity. 

Note: the 200% neutral bar can be utilized 

as Isolated Ground. 

The internal ground bus is 100% rated 

for 100A, 60% rated for 225A, and 50% 

for 400A busway. Isolated ground is 

rated at 100% for both amperages. 

Plating 

The entire length of the bus bar is tin 

plated to ensure good electrical 

contact at all joint and plug tap-off 

points. The plating also serves to 

protect the bars from corrosion. 

Optional silver plating is available. 

Plug-in base 

XJ-L HD Busway features multiple plugin 

locatons. The plastic, non-tracking 

outlets are located on 20 or 9.75 inch 

centers and support the bus bars providing 

bracing during short circuit conditions. 

The plug-in outlets are IP2X 

(finger safe). 

Joint connection 

Busway sections are connected via a 

maintenance-free, spring pressure joint. 

The busway ends are easily aligned and 

bus bar ends are held securely in place 

by spring pressure clips located in 

the joint insulator. The housings are 

connected via external housing plates 

and captive screws. 

Bus plugs 

There are twleve plug-in outlets on 

each 10 foot (3.048 m) section, six 

openings on 5 foot (1.524 m) sections 

and two outlets on 2 foot (.616 m) 

sections. Bus plugs are available with 

amperages ranging from 15A to 100A. 

Bus plugs feature circuit breakers or 

fusible switch disconnects. 

Testing 

Each piece of XJ-L HD Busway is 

factory tested prior to shipment. A 

dielectric test is performed to ensure 

product integrity. XJ-L HD Busway 

is manufactured and inspected in 

accordance to an ISO 9001 registered 

Quality Management System. 

Standards 

XJ-L HD Busway products meet the 

following standards: 

UL 857 

NEMA BU1 

CSA C22.2 

Ratings 

Amperage: 

Voltage: 

Short circuit: 

100A, 225A and 400A 

600 VAC max a 

100A – 10kAIC 

225A – 22kAIC 

400A – 35kAIC 

a 225A three phase four or five wire has 277/480V max 

R,X,Z and voltage drop 

Ampere 

rating 

Bus bar width 

x .125 in. (3.2 mm) 

thick 

Ohm x 10- 3 per 100 ft. 

Line to neutral 

Voltage drop – concentrated loads, line-to-line per 100 ft. 

at 100% rated load, 35°C ambient power factor 

R X Z 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 

100 0.50 (13.0) 1.67 8.71 1.88 2.30 2.54 2.75 2.94 3.10 3.21 3.25 2.89 

225 1.00 (25.4) 8.20 4.08 9.16 2.48 2.74 2.98 3.19 3.37 3.51 3.57 3.20 

400 2.13 (54.1) 4.27 3.01 5.23 2.88 3.10 3.29 3.44 3.56 3.62 3.57 2.96 

15-66 




Plug-in section 

Plug-in Busway Only 

Prefix Type Fitting Type Amp Configuration Color Plug-In Location Plug-In Spacing 

BW J P 1 2 0 1 6 G L 2 

XJ-L HD 

Plug-in 

Plug-in sections 

Length: 

024 = 24 inches 

060 = 60 inches 

120 = 120 inches 

1 = 100 

2 = 225 

4 = 400 

1 = 3Ø 



4 = 3Ø + Internal Grd + Isolated Grd 




8 = 3Ø + Neutral + Internal Grd + Isolated Grd 

9 = 3Ø + 200% Neutral 

0 = 3Ø + 200% Neutral + Internal Ground 

A = Graphite 

G = ANSI 61 

X = Other 

Available in 10 foot (3.048 m), 5 foot (1.524 m) or 2 foot (.616 m) standard plug-in lengths, XJ-L HD 

Busway offers layout flexibility to meet custom requirements. Plug-in busway can be configured with 

six plug-in openings per side or twelve on one side. 

L = Left Side Only 

R = Right Side Only 

S = Dual Side 

1 = 20” Dual Side a 

2 = 9.75” Single 

Side b 

Notes: 

a Use for Plug-in Length = “S” 

b Use for Plug-in Length = “L” or “R” 

Feeder Section 

Prefix Type Fitting Type Amp Configuration Color 

BW J F 1 2 0 1 6 G 

XJ-L HD 

Feeder 

Length in inches, 

Ex. 2’ 3” = 024 

Feeder lengths 

available from 

16” (016) up to 

10’ 0” (120) 

1 = 100 

2 = 225 

4 = 400 

1 = 3Ø 








9 = 3Ø + 200% Neutral 


A = Graphite 

G = ANSI 61 

X = Other 

15 


Feeder Sections 

Feeder busway carries the current of the busway system from the supply source. Feeder busway does 

not have plug-in outlets. Feeder busway is available in custom lengths from 16.00 in (406mm) to 120.00 

in (3048mm). Feeder sections are available as Indoor. 

XJ-L HD Busway also features an exclusive rotating cover plate to facilitate inspection of the joints. 

The light weight design of the busway and plugs makes the installation of XJ-L HD Busway quick and 

trouble-free. 




Plug-in Section (Dual Side) 

Plug-in Section (Single Side–Right hand configuration shown) 

9.75 in 

(248 mm) 

9.75 in 

(248 mm) 

9.75 in 

(248 mm) 

Top 

15 


4.0 in 

(102 mm) 

Insulator 

End 

9.75 in 

(248 mm) 

10.0 ft 

(3.05 m) 

9.75 in 

(248 mm) 

7.0 in 

(178 mm) 

Inspection 

window 

Plug-in Section 

Ampere 

Rating 

Bus Bar 

Material 

Bar 

Thickness 

Bar 

Width 

Housing 

Width 

Housing 

Height 

Max 

Voltage 

Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

Length 

Ft (M) 

3 Pole 4 Pole 

Model Number 

Wgt. 

(lb) Model Number Wgt. 

(lb) 

100 Copper .125 (3.2) .5 (13) 2.0 (51) 6.13 (156) 600V 10kA 10.0 (3.05) BWJP12011GS1 42 BWJP12015GS1 45 

100 Copper .125 (3.2) .5 (13) 2.0 (51) 6.13 (156) 600V 10kA 5.0 (1.52) BWJP06011GS1 21 BWJP06015GS1 23 

100 Copper .125 (3.2) .5 (13) 2.0 (51) 6.13 (156) 600V 10kA 2.0 (.61) BWJP02411GS1 8 BWJP02415GS1 9 

225 Copper .125 (3.2) 1.0 (25) 2.5 (64) 6.13 (156) 600V 22kA 10.0 (3.05) BWJP12021GS1 56 BWJP12025GS1 62 


225 Copper .125 (3.2) 1.0 (25) 2.5 (64) 6.13 (156) 600V 22kA 2.0 (.61) BWJP02421GS1 10 BWJP02425GS1 12 



400 Copper .125 (3.2) 2.12 (54) 3.6 (92) 6.13 (156) 600V 35kA 2.0 (.61) BWJP02441GS1 15 BWJP02445GS1 17 

Model Numbers Effective Aug 2011 

Feeder Section 

Ampere 

Rating 

Bus Bar 

Material 

Bar 

Thickness 

Bar 

Width 

Housing 

Width 

Housing 

Height 

Max 

Voltage 

Short 

Circuit 

Rating 

Length 

In. (mm) 

3 Pole 4 Pole 

10' Model 

Number 

Wgt. 

(lb/ft) 

10' Model 

Number 

100 Copper .125 (3.2) .5 (13) 2.0 (51) 6.13 (156) 600V 10kA 

BWJF12011GS1 4.2 BWJP12015GS1 4.5 

16.0-120.0 

225 Copper .125 (3.2) 1.0 (26) 2.5 (64) 6.13 (156) 600V 22kA BWJF12021GS1 5.6 BWJP12025GS1 6.2 

(406 - 3048) 

400 Copper .125 (3.2) 2.12 (54) 3.6 (92) 6.13 (156) 600V 35kA BWJF12041GS1 6.9 BWJP12045GS1 7.9 

Wgt. 

(lb/ft) 

15-68 



Elbows 

Fittings 


BW J E L E L 1 7 A 

XJ-L HD E L 

Elbow 

E = Edge 

F = Flat 

L = Left 

R = Right 

1 = 100 

2 = 225 

4 = 400 

1 = 3Ø 








9 = 3Ø + 200% Neutral 


A = Graphite 

G = ANSI 61 

X = Other 

Flat elbows 

Right hand or left hand XJ-L HD Busway system 90 

degree flat elbows are available. When specifying be 

sure to use the proper catalog number suffix to identify 

the required fitting. 

Edge elbows 

Right hand or left hand XJ-L HD Busway system 90 

degree edge elbows are available. When specifying, be 

sure to use the proper catalog number suffix to identify 

the required fitting. 

Flat Elbow 

Ampere 

Rating Poles Model Number Right Model Number Left 

100 3 BWJELFR11G BWJELFL11G 






Edge Elbow 

Ampere 

Rating Poles Model Number Right Model Number Left 

100 3 BWJELER11G BWJELEL11G 






15 


Flat right elbow shown 

Edge right 

elbow shown 

Insulator 

end 

IG 

A 

B 

C 

N 

G 

Insulator end 

IG A B C N G 

IG A B C N G 



Tees and Crosses 

Fittings 

Cross 


BW J C R E 2 1 7 A 

XJ-L HD C R E = Edge 2 1 = 100 

2 = 225 

4 = 400 

Cross 

Crosses are fittings used to interconnect 

two busway runs which are located at 

right angle to each other. 

1 = 3Ø 








9 = 3Ø + 200% Neutral 


A = Graphite 

G = ANSI 61 

X = Other 

15 

Cross 

Ampere 

Rating Poles Model Number 

100 3 BWJCRE211G 






22.0” 

(559 mm) 


Fittings 

Tee 

Cross – Type 2 


BW J T E E 2 1 7 A 

XJ-L HD T E E = Edge 2,4 1 = 100 

2 = 225 

4 = 400 

Tee 

Tees permit a second run of busway to extend 

at right angles to a straight busway run. 

Tees 

Ampere 

Rating Poles Model Number Model Number 

100 3 BWJTEE211G BWJTEE411G 






1 = 3Ø 








9 = 3Ø + 200% Neutral 


4.0" 

(102 mm) 

Tee – Type 2 

Top 

18.0" 

(457 mm) 

4.0" 

(102 mm) 

22.0" 

(559 mm) 

18.0" 

(457 mm) 

A = Graphite 

G = ANSI 61 

X = Other 

Insulator End 

18.0" 

(457 mm) 

22.0" 

(559 mm) 

Insulator End 

4.0" 

(102 mm) 

C L 

C L 

Insulator End 

Top 

Right Hand Shown 

Tee – Type 4 

Insulator End 

18.0" 

(457 mm) 

4.0" 

(102 mm) 

15-70 



Tap Boxes 

Center Tap Boxes 

Tap Box Only b 

Prefix Type Fitting Type Amp Config. Color Tap Box Steel Lug opt. Meter Meter Surface 

BW J C T L N 2 4 A S A 1 N 

XJ-L HD C T 

L = Left 

(rear) 

R = Right 

(front) 

N 

1 = 100 

2 = 225 

4 = 400 

A = Graphite 

G = ANSI 61 

X = Other 

S = Standard 

X = Custom / 

Other 

N = None 

1 = PAC3200 

2 = PAC3100 

X = Other 

N = None / NA 

L = Left 

R = Right (Inspection 

Cover Side) 

X = Other 


Notes: 

Use X for Tap Box Steel 

Not required for Flanged End. Leave fields blank 

1 = 3Ø 


A = Std Mech Lug 


B = 1.75 Dual Hole (No Lug) 

4 = 3Ø + Internal Grd + Isolated Grd X = Custom / Other a 


D = Extended Box with 500MCM Mechanical 




9 = 3Ø + 200% Neutral 


Center Cable Tap Box 

Center tap boxes are non-fusible devices utilized to feed to or 

take off power from the busway run. When loads served by 

the busway run do not require over-current protection, center 

tap boxes may be used. If the application requires additional 

wiring bending space, extended center tap boxes are available. 

Center tap boxes are an actual part of the busway run 

and require a space of 32 in. (810 mm) for installation. 

Figure 1 

Right 

4.0” 

(102 mm) 

3.5” 

(89 mm) 

13.0” 

(330 mm) 

3.5” 

(89 mm) 

4.0” 

(102 mm) 

12.0” 

(305 mm) 

15 


Figure 2 

Left 


3.5” 

(89 mm) 

4.0” 

(102 mm) 

6.13” 

(156 mm) 


Ampere 

Rating 

Poles 

Model Number 

Right Connected 

Fig 1 

Model Number 

Left Connected 

Fig 2 

Teminals Provided 

Qty/Pole and Size 

Cu/Al wire 

225 3 BWJCTRN21GSANN BWJCTLN21GSANN (1) 350MCM - #6 





XJ-L HD Busway Systems 


Tap Boxes 

End Tap Boxes 

Tap Box Only b 

Prefix Type Fitting Type Amp Config. Color Tap Box Steel Lug opt. Meter Meter Surface 

BW J E T B R 2 4 A S A 1 R 

XJ-L HD E T B 

End Tap Box 

R = 

Right 

Notes: 

Use X for Tap Box Steel 

Not required for Flanged End. Leave fields blank 

1 = 100 

2 = 225 

4 = 400 

A = Graphite 

G = ANSI 61 

X = Other 

S = Standard 

X = Custom / 

Other 

N = None 

1 = PAC3200 

2 = PAC3100 

X = Other 

N = None / NA 

L = Left 

R = Right (Inspection 

Cover Side) 

X = Other 

1 = 3Ø 


A = Std Mech Lug 


B = 1.75 Dual Hole (No Lug) 

4 = 3Ø + Internal Grd + Isolated Grd X = Custom / Other a 


D = Extended Box with 500MCM Mechanical 




9 = 3Ø + 200% Neutral 


15 


End Tap Box 

End tap boxes are devices used to connect cable and conduit 

to the end of a busway run or where busway runs connect 

without the need for over-current protection. End tap boxes 

may be installed at the end or beginning of a run. 

Tap boxes can be configured with surge protection and current 

monitoring devices. 

End Tap Box 

Ampere 


Teminals Provided 

Qty/Pole and Size Cu/Al 

wire 

100 3 BWJETBR11GS (1) 1/0 - #14 

100 4 BWJETBR15GS (1) 1/0 - #14 

225 3 BWJETBR21GS (1) 350MCM - #6 

225 4 BWJETBR25GS (1) 350MCM - #6 

400 3 BWJETBR41GS (2) 350MCM - #6 

400 4 BWJETBR45GS (2) 350MCM - #6 

5.2" 

(132.1 mm) 

2.8" 

(71.1 mm) 

16.5" 

(419.1 mm) 

5.2" 

(132.1 mm) 

26.0" 

(660.4 mm) 

16.0" 

(406.4 mm) 


9.2" 

(233.7 mm) 

15-72 



Flanged Ends 

Flanged End 

Prefix Type Fitting Type Amp Config. Color 

BW J F R N N 2 4 A 

XJ-L HD 

Flanged 

End 

F 

E = Std. 

R = Nema 

X = Other 

N 

N 

1 = 100 

2 = 225 

4 = 400 

1 = 3Ø 








9 = 3Ø + 200% Neutral 


A = Graphite 

G = ANSI 61 

X = Other 

Flanged end 

Flanged ends are used to connect busway to 

switchboards. Flanged ends come complete with bus 

bar extensions to facilitate the making of electrical 

connections. 

Flanged end 

Ampere 


100 3 BWJFENN11GS 






15 




Accessories 

Busway hanger 

XH2 and XH3 hangers are used to support 

XJ-L HD Busway and can be used with 

customer supplied rods up to 3/8 inch in 

diameter. Hangers are adaptable for wall 

mounting or ceiling suspension arrangements, 

either edge or flat. Custom mounting solutions 

available upon request. 

Busway Hanger 

Ampere 

Rating 

Model Number 

Dimn A 

in. (mm) 

100 BWJH0011G 2.25 (57) 

225 BWJH0012G 2.75 (69) 

400 BWJH0014G 4 (101) 

Tip: Bus plug access may be restricted by hangers or drop 

rods. This should be considered in the system layout. 

Hangers 

Prefix Type Fitting Type Amp Color 

BW J H 0 0 1 1 G 

XJ-L HD 

Hanger 

H 

Notes: 

a MTO-E Custom Product 

001 = Singe Drop Rod (XH style) 

1 = 100 

002 = Side Mount for strut channel a 2 = 225 

003 = Saddle Mount for strut channel a 4 = 400 

004 = Pole Mount a 

005 = Dual Drop Rod Saddle a 

006 = Dual/Single Drop Rod Frame 

XXX = Other a 

A = Graphite 

G = ANSI 61 

X = Other 

15 


End closer 

An end closer is used to terminate 

busway runs. To extend 

the run, simply remove the end 

closer and add new sections as 

needed. 

End Closer 


BW J X E N N 1 G 

XJ-L HD 

End Closer 

X E N N 1 = 100 

2 = 225 

4 = 400 

A = Graphite 

G = ANSI 61 

X = Other 

End Closer 

Ampere 

Rating Model Number 

Dimn. A 

in (mm) 

Dimn. B 

in (mm) 

100 BWJXENN1G 2.06 (52) 0.94 (24) 

225 BWJXENN2G 2.31 (59) 1.44 (37) 

400 BWJXENN4G 3.44 (87) 2.5 (64) 

Tip: Utilization of the busway plug-in opening adjacent to the End 

Closer may be limited to XQ45 bus plugs. This applies only if the End 

Closer is located to the Right-hand of the bus plug. 

XOC outlet covers 

Replacement outlet covers are 

available for closing off the plugin 

outlets when desired. 

Outlet Cover 

Ampere 

Rating Model Number 

100 BWJXOCN1G 

225 BWJXOCN2G 

400 BWJXOCN4G 

Outlet Cover 


BW J X O C N 1 G 

XJ-L HD 

Plug-in Cover 

X O C N 1 = 100 

2 = 225 

4 = 400 

A = Graphite 

G = ANSI 61 

X = Other 

15-74 




Bus Plugs 

Bus plugs for XJ-L Busway are available 

from 15A to 100A, with molded case 

circuit breakers or Vacu-Break fusible 

switches. All XJ-L bus plugs are fully 

interchangeable with all XJ-L Busway 


Lightweight and portable, plugs can be 

installed or relocated as required without 

de-energizing the busway. Preengineered 

plug-in opening locations 

ensure no interference for greater 

density and maximum flexibility. This 

is especially important in high tech 

areas requiring frequent movement 

of equipment. 

XJ-L HD Bus Plugs are available 

with 3 or 6 branch circuit 

protection in both single and 

3-phase configurations, ranging 

from 15A – 100A for maximum 

power density and flexibility. 

A wide variety of NEMA and IEC 

receptacles or cord connections 

are available for the XJ-L Bus 

Plugs. 


Enclosure Type Plug-in Spacing Breaker Type Application 

A = 3 Circuit - XQ Series 20.00 & 9.75 

XQ style - No receptacle 

B = 3 Circuit - XQR Series 20.00 & 9.75 j BQ, BQH, HBQ 

tacle provision. May be used for 

custom receptacles or when additional 

XQR style — with duplex recep- 

wiring space is required 

C = 3 Circuit HD XPM 20.00 & 9.75 Use for applications that require 

D = 3-6 Circuit HD XPM 20.00 & 9.75 

BL, BLH, HBL, 

factory installed breakers and 

BQD, NGB 

receptacles 

G = XLEC 20.00 & 9.75 j Cover operable handle. Uses 

ED2,ED4,ED6, 

heavy duty E-Frame Breakers 

HED4 

H = XEC 20.00 & 9.75 j Uses heavy duty E-Frame breakers 

J = Plug-in Tap Box 20.00 na Plug-in tap off device - lugs only 

K = XLVB Fusible 20.00 & 9.75 j na Cover operable Vacu-Break Switch 

15 


Siemens XJ-L HD Bus Plugs and Power Modules 

Prefix Type Enclosure System Config. Color Breaker Group Ampere Rating or 

Breaker/Receptacle 

Arrangement efgh 

Use For Breaker Group = A, B, X i 

Custom 

Features 

BP J H 6 A A E D 4 6 0 N N 

Bus 

Plug 

XJ-L HD 

A = 3 Circuit 

XQ Series 

B = 3 Circuit – 

XQ Series 

Receptacle 

Provision 

C = 3 Circuit HD XPM 

D = 3-6 Circuit HD XPM 

G = XLEC bfj 

H = XEC cfj 

J = Plug-in Tap 

Box bdh 

K = XLVB 

Fusible bdgj 

A = Graphite 

G = ANSI 61 

X = Other 

1 = 3Ø 








9 = 3Ø + 200% Neutral 


A = Non-Mixed Factory 

Installed Breakers a 

E = Enclosure Only 

(no Breaker) ai 

X = Other / Fusible d 

See Notes below 

for information 

NN = None / NA 

Notes: 

a Use “A” or “E” for XLEC and XEC 

b Available in System Configs: 1,2,5,6 

c Available in System Configs: 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 

d For non-breaker style plug use “X” for Breaker Grouping field. (Fusible & Plug-in Tap Box) 

e For Enclosure = C,E,F see Breaker / Receptacle Arrangement Schedule for Details 

f For XEC and XLEC Ampere Rating field use ED2xx, ED4xx,ED6xx where xx = 15 to 00 trip rating (100A max). 

g For XLVB Ampere Rating field use 02xxx for 240V & 06xxx for 600V where xxx = 030, 060, 100 ampere 

h For Plug-in Tap Box Ampere Rating field use PBxxx where xxx = 100, 200 ampere 

i Ampere Rating and Customer Features fields not required for Breaker Group = “E”. Leave fields blank. 

j Requires two plug-in openings for 9.75 spacing. 

200A Tap Box installs on 20.0 dual side plug-in spacing only. Requires two plug-in openings. 




Bus Plugs 

XQ and XQR Series 

XQ and XQR bus plugs accept BQ (bolt-on) circuit breakers. 

The plugs feature knockouts to facilitate quick installation. 

The XQR has added wiring space to allow receptacle installation. 

XQ Series Bus plug (60A max) 

Breaker Type Volts 

No. of 

Spaces 

Model 

Number 

Model 

Number 

BQ, BQH and HBQ 120/240 3 BPJA1GE BPJA5GE 

Enclosure Only 

15 


XQR Series Bus plug (60A max) 

No. of Model Model 

Breaker Type Volts Spaces Number Number 

BQ, BQH and HBQ 120/240 3 BPJB1GE BPJB5GE 

Enclosure Only 

Accessories for XQ and XQR Series 

XEQH 

W62890 

W68101 

Floor Operating Handle (not for 1 pole or 2 pole breakers) 

Bonded Ground Kit 

Isolated Ground Kit 

XEQH 

W62890 

W68101 

15-76 




Bus Plugs 

XPM Series 

Use for applications that require factory installed breakers and receptacles. 

XPM Series HD Bus plug 3/6 

Interrupt 

Breaker 

Type 

Rating 

(RMS kA) Config. 

BL 10 1-pole 120V 

10 1-pole 120V 

22 1-pole 120V 

22 3-pole 240V 

BLH 10 2-pole 120/240V 

10 3-pole 120/240V 

22 2-pole 120/240V 

22 3-pole 120/240V 

10 1-pole 120V 

22 1-pole 120V 

65 1-pole 120V 

22 3-pole 240V 

65 3-pole 240V 

HBL 10 2-pole 120/240V 

10 3-pole 120/240V 

22 2-pole 120/240V 

22 3-pole 120/240V 

65 2-pole 120/240V 

65 3-pole 120/240V 

10 1-pole 120V 

22 1-pole 120V 

65 1-pole 120V 

10 2-pole 240V 

10 3-pole 240V 

22 2-pole 240V 

22 3-pole 240V 

65 2-pole 240V 

BQD 

65 3-pole 240V 

10 2-pole 120/240V 

10 3-pole 120/240V 

22 2-pole 120/240V 

22 3-pole 120/240V 

65 2-pole 120/240V 

65 3-pole 120/240V 

14 1-pole 227V 

14 2-pole 227/480V 

14 3-pole 227/480V 

10 1-pole 120V 

22 1-pole 120V 

65 1-pole 120V 

10 2-pole 240V 

10 3-pole 240V 

22 2-pole 240V 

22 3-pole 240V 

65 2-pole 240V 

65 3-pole 240V 

10 2-pole 120/240V 

10 3-pole 120/240V 

NGB 

22 2-pole 120/240V 

22 3-pole 120/240V 

65 2-pole 120/240V 

65 3-pole 120/240V 

14 1-pole 227V 

25 1-pole 227V 

14 2-pole 227/480V 

14 3-pole 227/480V 

25 2-pole 227/480V 

25 3-pole 227/480V 

14 1-pole 347V 

14 2-pole 347/600V 

14 3-pole 347/600V 

No. of 

Spaces 

Model 

Number 

6 BPJE… 

XPM Series HD Bus plug 3 Circuit 

Breaker 

Type 

BQ 

BQH 

HBQ 

Interrupt 

Rating 

(RMS kA) Config. 

10 1-pole 120V 

10 2-pole 240 V 

10 3-pole 240 V 

10 2-pole 120/240 V 

10 3-pole 120/240 V 

10 1-pole 120V 

22 1-pole 120V 

22 3-pole 240 V 

10 2-pole 120/240 V 

10 3-pole 120/240 V 

22 2-pole 120/240 V 

22 3-pole 120/240 V 

10 1-pole 120V 

22 1-pole 120V 

65 1-pole 120V 

22 3-pole 240 V 

65 3-pole 240 V 

10 2-pole 120/240 V 

10 3-pole 120/240 V 

22 2-pole 120/240 V 

22 3-pole 120/240 V 

65 2-pole 120/240 V 

65 3-pole 120/240 V 

3 Circuit XPM - STANDARD 

1.88 C L Plug-In Outlet 

8.35 

4.00 

6.70 

4.00 

3 Circuit XPM - EXTENDED 

1.88 C L Plug-In Outlet 

9.35 

No. of 

Spaces 

5.75 

6.63 

Model 

Number 

3 BPJC… 

6 Circuit XPM 

15 


3-6 Circuit XPM 

3 Circuit XPM 



Bus Plugs 

XEC Series 

(Cover operable, 100A max) 

XEC bus plugs accept ED2, ED4, ED6 and HED6 circuit breakers. The plugs feature 

a spacious chassis which allows room for wire bending and knockout provisions. 

Isolated ground plugs are available from the factory. 

XEC Series bus plug 

Breaker 

Type 

Volts 

Ampere 

Rating Model Number Model Number 

ED2 240 100 BPJH1GAED200NN BPJH5GAED200NN 



Enclosure 

Only 

600 Max 15-100 BPJH1GE BPJH5GE 

W62890 

bonded 

ground kit 

15 


XLEC Series 

(Floor operable, 100A max) 

XLEC bus plugs accept ED2, ED4, ED6 and HED4 circuit breakers. The plugs feature 

a spacious chassis which allows room for wire bending and knockout provisions. 

These plugs may be operated from the floor with a pull chain or hookstick. 

XLEC Series bus plug 

Breaker 

Type 

Volts 

Ampere 


ED2 240 100 BPJG1GAED200NN BPJG5GAED200NN 



Enclosure 

Only 

600 Max 15-100 BPJG1GE BPJG5GE 

Additional add-on features, 

such as shunt trips, alarm 

switches, and auxillary contacts 

are also available for 

XEC and XLEC bus plugs. 

15-78 




Bus Plugs 

XLVB Series 

(Floor operable, 100A max) 

XLVB fusible bus plugs utilize the Vacu-Break switching principle, which 

minimizes arcing and reduces maintenance costs. The Vacu-Break bus plugs 

are quick-make and quick-break, cover interlocked, horsepower rated, and may 

be operated from the floor with a pull chain or hookstick. 

XLVB Series bus plug 

Volts 

Ampere 


240 30 BPJK1GX02030NN BPJK5GX02030NN 






W47185 

ON/OFF labels 

100A Plug-in Tap Box 

Plug-in cable tap boxes are non-fusible 

devices used for end or center feed. 

The 100A tap boxes can be attached at 

any plug-in opening. 

15 



Ampere 


100 3 BWJJ1GXPB100NN 


Note: Add suffix letter “G” to catalog number for ground bus. 


Plug-in cable tap boxes are non-fusible devices 

used for end or center feed. The 200A tap box 

requires two adjacent openings on 20" centers. 

200A plug-in tap boxes are not suitable for use 

with XJ-L HD Busway. 


Ampere 




Note: Add suffix letter “G” to catalog number for ground bus. 

W62892 

Grd Finger Kit 


Busway Power Distribution 

BD Plug-In (225 — 1600 Ampere) Copper 


Selection 

Ampere 

Rating 

Plug In 

10’–0” 

Straight 

Length 

Catalog 

Number 

Case 

Dimensions 

(inches) 

Shipping 

Weight 

Lb./Ft. 

90° Elbow 

Prefix 

Catalog 

Number 

Switch-Board 

Connection 

Prefix 

Building 

Expansion 

Fitting 

Catalog 

Number 

Cable Tap Box 

End 

Catalog 

Number 

Center 

Catalog 

Number 

End Closure 

Catalog 

Number 


225 BDP302 4 1 ⁄16 x 8 7 ⁄8 09 LDP302 FEP302 EJP302 ETB302 CTB302 ECP6 

400 BDP304 4 1 ⁄16 x 8 7 ⁄8 12 1 ⁄2 LDP304 FEP304 EJP304 ETB304 CTB304 ECP6 




1350 BDP313 12 1 ⁄8 x 8 7 ⁄8 28 LDP313 FEP313 EJP313 ETB313 CTB313 ECA10 


3-Phase, 4-Wire — Full Capacity Neutral 






Rod-Hanger Adapter (optional) UJ100 

Hangers 

Catalog 

Number 

600V or Less 

BDH10 

BDH12 

480V or Less 

BDH10 

BDH12 

15 


Aluminum to Copper Cross Reference 

Aluminum BD Busway is no longer available. Please use the cross reference 

below to identify compatible copper equivalent. 

Plug In 

10'– 0" 

Straight 

Length Case 

Ampere Catalog Dimensions 

Rating Number (inches) 

Aluminum 


225 ABD302 4 1 ⁄16 x 8 7 ⁄8 

400 ABD304 4 1 ⁄16 x 8 7 ⁄8 

600 ABD306 6 1 ⁄16 x 8 7 ⁄8 

Plug In 

10'– 0" 

Straight 

Length Case 

Ampere Catalog Dimensions 

Rating Number (inches) 

Copper 


225 BDP302 4 1 ⁄16 x 8 7 ⁄8 

400 BDP304 4 1 ⁄16 x 8 7 ⁄8 

600 BDP306 4 1 ⁄16 x 8 7 ⁄8 

“M” Rating / Standard Rating 

Conversion Table 

1000/A Square Inch Standard 


Rating Equivalent 

225 — 

400 0600 

600 0800 

800 0800 

1000 1000 

1200 — 

1350 1350 

1600 1600 

2000 — 

2500 — 

3000 — 

4000 — 

800 ABD308 6 1 ⁄16 x 8 7 ⁄8 

1000 ABD310 12 1 ⁄8 x 8 7 ⁄8 

1200 ABD312 12 1 ⁄8 x 8 7 ⁄8 


225 ABD4024 4 1 ⁄16 x 8 7 ⁄8 

400 ABD4044 4 1 ⁄16 x 8 7 ⁄8 

600 ABD4064 6 1 ⁄16 x 8 7 ⁄8 

800 ABD4084 8 1 ⁄8 x 8 7 ⁄8 

1000 ABD4104 12 1 ⁄8 x 8 7 ⁄8 

1200 ABD4124 12 1 ⁄8 x 8 7 ⁄8 


Section. 

For higher short circuit ratings add an “H” after the “D” 

or “P” (ABDH302 or BDPH302). Consult sales office for 

ratings. 

“GK” suffix is an internal ground bus. For any other 

ground configuration, consult local sales office. Please 

use following footage for fittings: 

Elbow - 3' 

SWB - 1' 

End Cable Tap Box - 1' 

Center Cable Tap Box - 10' 

Building Expansion - 10' 

800 BDP308 6 1 ⁄16 x 8 7 ⁄8 

1000 BDP310 6 1 ⁄16 x 8 7 ⁄8 

1350 BDP313 12 1 ⁄8 x 8 7 ⁄8 

1600 BDP316 12 1 ⁄8 x 8 7 ⁄8 


225 BDP4024 4 1 ⁄16 x 8 7 ⁄8 

400 BDP4044 4 1 ⁄16 x 8 7 ⁄8 

600 BDP4064 4 1 ⁄16 x 8 7 ⁄8 

800 BDP4084 8 1 ⁄8 x 8 7 ⁄8 

1000 BDP4104 8 1 ⁄8 x 8 7 ⁄8 

 

Right Edgewise 

Elbow (-2) 

Left Edgewise 

Elbow (-4) 

 

Suffix Description 

-1 Right Flatwise Appropriate suffix 

-2 Right Edgewise must be added to 

-3 Left Flatwise Elbow Catalog 

-4 Left Edgewise Number to order. 

Switchboard stub includes flange to cover cutout 

in top of indoor switchboard and 6" of bus inside 

switchboard. Connecting hardware supplied by 

switchboard manufacturer. 

Includes busway stub. Total length added to run is 2’ 

for 225A and 400A aluminum or 225A–600A copper; 3’ for 

all others. Box is designed to connect to offset bus-bar 

ends. When it is to be connected to straight bus-bar ends, 

adapter will be furnished upon request. 

Must be factory-assembled to busway. Complete 

device includes 10’ busway. 

Two hangers included free of charge with each busway 

section, elbow, tee and cross. 

15-80 


Product Category: BUSW


XL-U Aluminum (225–5000 Ampere) 

Selection 

225–5000 Amperes / 600 Volts or Less 

Non-Ventilated 225–600 Amperes 

Busway Catalog Number 

Ampere 

Rating 

3-Pole 

Basic 

Catalog 

Number 

Case 

Dimensions 

(inches) 

Shipping 

Weight 

Lb./Ft. 

Wall Flange 

Catalog 

Number 

Floor 

Support 

Catalog 

Number 

End Closure 

Catalog 

Number 

Hangers 

Catalog 

Number 

225 UH302AB 4 1 ⁄2 x 10 8 UF145 UFS145 UE145 UH145 



4-Pole Full Neutral 




Ventilated 800–5000 Amperes With Ground Bus 

Busway Sections Complete 

Ampere Rating 

Edge-wise Flat-wise Basic 

Catalog 

Number 

3-Pole 

Case 

Dimensions 

(inches) 

Shipping 

Weight 

Lb./Ft. 

Wall 

Flange 

Catalog 

Number 

Floor 

Support 

Catalog 

Number 

End 

Closure 

Catalog 

Number 

Hangers 

Catalog 

Number 

800 800 UH308AV 4 1 ⁄2 x 10 10 UF145 UFS145 UE145 UH145 







3000 3000 UH330AV 7 1 ⁄2 x 20 5 ⁄8 32 UF275 UFS279 UE275 UH275 














XLU Suffix Table 

Description 

Suffix 

Feeder 

F 

Plug-in 

P 

Elbow 

L 

Tee 

T 

Cross 

X 

Switchboard Connection S 

Expansion Section J 


M 

End Tap Box 

B 

XFMR Throat — 

XFMR Tap 1-3 Phase — 


Roof Flange — 

Fused Reducer — 

Non Fused Reducer — 

15 


Ventilated XL-U busway has two ratings; see above for 

edgewise or flatwise mounting. 

For rod-hanger adapter UJ100 see page 15-80. 

GENERAL NOTES: 

1) For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application 

Data Section. 

2) To form complete catalog number, use basic catalog 

number and substitute suffix of required item. Example: 

Basic busway Catalog Number U316AV— accessory 

switchboard stub with ground bus U316AVSG. 

3) Totally Enclosed offering is available up to 3000A Al. 

Replace “V” with “E” in catalog number. 

4) The following feeder busway footages apply: 

XL-U Elbow 2’ XLU-EXP Section 4’ 

XL-U Tee 3’ XL-U SWBD Stub 1’ 

XL-U Cross 4’ XL-U Reducer 4’ 

5) For higher short circuit rating add an “HH” after the 

“U” (UHH302ABP) 

6) Floor and ceiling flanges are ordered by description. 

7) Internal ground bar provided as standard. 

8) For elbows other than 90°, accessory charge is doubled. 

9) Switchboard stub includes flange to cover cutout 

in top of indoor switchboard and 8” of bus inside 

switchboard. Connecting hardware supplied by 

switchboard manufacturer. 

10)Transformer throat connection includes gasketed box 

sized to match throat plus flexible straps and bolts. 

No Busway footage is included. For connection to 

transformers not manufactured by Siemens, consult 

factory 




XL-U Copper (225–6500 Amperes) 

Selection 

225–6500 Amperes / 600 Volts or Less 

Non-Ventilated 225–600 Amperes 

15 


Busway Catalog Number 

Ampere 

Rating 

3-Pole 

Basic 

Catalog 

Number 

Case 

Dimensions 

(inches) 

Shipping 

Weight 

Lb./Ft. 

Wall 

Flange 

Catalog 

Number 

Floor 

Support 

Catalog 

Number 

End 

Closure 

Catalog 

Number 

Hangers 

Catalog 

Number 

225 UH302CB 

8 UF145 UFS145 UE145 UH145 

400 UH304CB 4 1 ⁄2 x 10 12 UF145 UFS145 UE145 UH145 

600 UH306CB 13 UF145 UFS145 UE145 UH145 


225 UH502CB 

9 UF145 UFS145 UE145 UH145 

400 UH504CB 4 1 ⁄2 x 10 13 UF145 UFS145 UE145 UH145 

600 UH506CB 15 UF145 UFS145 UE145 UH145 

Ventilated 800–5000 Amperes With Ground Bus 

Busway Sections Complete 

Ampere Rating 

Edge-wise Flat-wise Basic 

Catalog 

Number 

3-Pole 

Case 

Dimensions 

(inches) 

Shipping 

Weight 

Lb./Ft. 

Wall 

Flange 

Catalog 

Number 

Floor 

Support 

Catalog 

Number 

End 

Closure 

Catalog 

Number 

Hangers 

Catalog 

Number 

800 UH308CV 4 1 ⁄2 x 10 12 UF145 UFS145 UE145 UH145 

1000 1000 UH310CV 4 1 ⁄2 x 10 15 UF145 UFS145 UE145 UH145 







4000 4000 UH340CV 7 1 ⁄2 x 20 5 ⁄8 57 UF275 UFS279 UE275 UH275 

















XLU Suffix Table 

Description 

Suffix 

Feeder 

F 

Plug-in 

P 

Elbow 

L 

Tee 

T 

Cross 

X 

Switchboard Connection S 

Expansion Section J 


M 

End Tap Box 

B 

XFMR Throat — 



Roof Flange — 

Fused Reducer — 

Non Fused Reducer — 

“M” Rating / Standard Rating 

Conversion Table 



225 

400 

600 

800 

1000 

1200 

1350 

1600 

2000 

2500 

3000 

4000 

Standard 

Rating Equivalent 

— 

— 

800 

1200 

1350 

1600 

2000 

2500 

2500 

3000 

4000 

5000 

Ventilated XL-U busway has two ratings; see above for 

edgewise or flatwise mounting. 

For rod-hanger adapter UJ100 see page 15-80. 

GENERAL NOTES: 

1) For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application 

Data Section. 

2) To form complete catalog number, use basic catalog 

number and substitute suffix of required item. Example: 

Basic busway Catalog Number U316CV— accessory 

switchboard stub with ground bus U316CVSG. 

3) Totally Enclosed offering is available up to 4000A Cu. 

Replace “V” with “E” in catalog number. 

4) The following feeder busway footages apply: 

XL-U Elbow 2’ XLU-EXP Section 4’ 

XL-U Tee 3’ XL-U SWBD Stub 1’ 

XL-U Cross 4’ XL-U Reducer 4’ 

5) For higher short circuit rating add an “HH” after the “U” 

(UHH302CBP) 

6) Floor and ceiling flanges are ordered by description. 

7) Internal ground bar provided as standard. 

8) For elbows other than 90°, accessory charge is doubled. 

9) Switchboard stub includes flange to cover cutout in top 

of indoor switchboard and 8” of bus inside switchboard. 

Connecting hardware supplied by switchboard 

manufacturer. 

10)Transformer throat connection includes gasketed box 

sized to match throat plus flexible straps and bolts. 

No Busway footage is included. For connection to 

transformers not manufactured by Siemens, consult 

factory 

15-82 


Product Category: BUSW



XL-X, XL-U, BD Plug-In Units 

Circuit Breaker Plugs 

As of June 2014, Siemens no long supplies a complete solution for Legacy bus plug offerings. 

Floor Operable 

Breaker 

Type 

AC 

Volts 

ED2 240 

ED4 480 

Ampere 

Rating 

15–60 

70–100 

15–60 

70–100 

15–60 

70–100 


Enclosure Only b 


XL-X 


XL-U 


BD Plug-In ab 


Enclosure Only b 


XL-X 


XL-U 


BD Plug-In ab 

REC3100G UEC3100G BEC3100 REC4100G UEC4100G BEC4100 

ED6 

600 

FD6, FXD 70–250 RFC3250G UFC3250G BFC3250 RFC4250G UFC4250G BFC4250 

Selection 

I-T-E Fusible Vacu-Break ® Switch Plugs Floor-Operable with Line Terminal Protection 



Horsepower Ratings Catalog Number Horsepower Ratings, AC Catalog Number 

Volts 

250 AC 

or 

250 DC 

600 AC 

Ampere 

Rating 

Standard 

(NEC) 

Maximum 

(Time Delay) XL-X XL-U 

BD 

Plug-In a 

Standard 

(NEC) 

Note: These are for use on busway with internal ground 

bus manufactured after March, 1986. For ground kits 

prior to this date, consult local sales office. 

Maximum 

(Time Delay) XL-X XL-U 

BD 

Plug-In a 

030 003 007½ RV321G UV321G BOS14321 003 007½ RV421G UV421G BOS16421 

060 007½ 015 RV322G UV322G BOS14322 007½ 015 RV422G UV422G BOS16422 

100 015 030 RV323G UV323G BOS14323 015 030 RV423G UV423G BOS16423 


030 007½ 020 RV361G UV361G BOS14351 005 015 RV461G UV461G BOS16451 




Fuse Adapter Kits — RV and UV 

Class “J” 

Catalog 

Number 

Class “T” 

Catalog 

Number 

Class “R” 

Catalog 

Number 

240V AC/250V DC 

30 

 

W56626 

60 

 

W56628 

100 

 

TFAK32 W55365 

200 

 

TFAK42 W55366 

600V 

30 

 

W56627 

60 

 

W56629 

100 

 

TFAK35 W55365 

200 

 

TFAK45 W55366 

Field Addable Ground Kits for 

BD Bus Plugs Fusible 


30–60 W63231 

100 W63232 

200 W63233 

Fuse Adapter Kits — BOS 

Amperage 

Amperage 

Class “J” 

Catalog 

Number 

Class “T” 

Catalog 

Number 

Class “R” 

Catalog 

Number 

240V AC/250V DC 

30 

 

W56626 

60 

 

W56628 

100 W49827 TFAK32 W55365 

200 W49819 TFAK42 W55366 

600V 

30 W49832 

 

W56627 

60 W49830 

 

W56629 

100 W49828 TFAK35 W55365 

200 W49818 TFAK45 W55366 

15 


a Grounding Finger — See table. 

b Enclosures available from stock. When ordering 

circuit breaker bus plugs complete with breaker, 

factory-installed, allow time for assembly and SPECIFY 

enclosure frame size, phase and ampere rating. 

Example: One UEC3100—ED4—3P—70A–factory 

assembled 

c When BD busway capacity exceeds 400A for aluminum 

or 600A for copper, capacity must be specified to obtain 

proper number and arrangement of neutral fingers. 

Not required. 

Replace “_” with “1” or “2” . 

See Table: BD Bus Plug Catalog Number Ref. shown on 

Page 15-61. 

Product Category: BPLU 



XL-X, XL-U and BD Plug-In Units and Cubicles 

Shipping Weights — Pounds 

For Circuit Breaker Bus Plugs Only 


Breaker 

Type 

Ampere 

Rating 

Enclosure 

Only 

XL-U 

XL-X 

BD, 

LO-X 

Complete 

Assembly 

XL-U 

XL-X 

BD, 

LO-X 


Enclosure 

Only 

XL-U 

XL-X 

BD, 

LO-X 

Complete 

Assembly 

XL-U 

XL-X 

ED2, 

ED4, 15–100 12 14 13 15 13 15 14 10 

ED6 

FD6, 

FXD 

70–250 1 27 51 37 45 28 55 38 

Fusible and Molded Case Circuit Breaker Cubicles 

See page 15-33 for typical configurations. 

BD, 

LO-X 

Shipping Weights — Pounds 

For Fusible Switch Bus Plugs Only 


XL-X 

XL-U BD, LO-X 

Switch 

Ampere 

Rating 

Prefix 

RV 

UV 

Prefix 

BOS 


Selection 


XL-X 

XL-U BD, LO-X 

Prefix 

RV 

UV 

Prefix 

BOS 

30,60 17 15 19 12 

100 17 18 19 18 

200 36 34 38 36 

BD Bus Plug Catalog Number Reference 

Catalog 

Number 

ABD4 Busway 

225 

ABD402 

400 

ABD404 

600 

ABD406 

800 

ABD408 

1000 

ABD410 

1200 

ABD412 

BDP4 Busway 

225 

BDP402 

400 

BDP404 

600 

BDP406 

800 

BDP408 

1000 

BDP410 

1350 

BDP413 

BOS16451 — — u — u u — — — — — u u 

BOS16452 — u — u — — — u u u u — — 

As of June 2014, Siemens no long supplies a complete solution for Legacy bus plug offerings. 

1600 

BDP416 


15 

15-84 



Motor Control Centers 

SPEEDFAX TM 

Section 

tiastar Motor Control Center 



Overview of tiastarTM 16-2 

Construction Details 16-3 – 16-4 

Technical 

Dimensions and Weights 16-5 

Wiring Classifications 16-6 

Incoming Cable Space, Wiring Troughs, Wiring Terminations 16-7 

Components Overview 

Heavy Duty Starters 16-8 

Overload Relays 16-9 

SIRIUS Soft Starters 16-10 

Variable Frequency Drives 16-11 

Modular Converter 16-12 –16-14 

Power Monitoring 16-15 

Surge Protective Devices 16-16 


Starter Ratings and Dimensions 16-17 – 16-18 

Power Distribution Ratings and Dimensions 16-21 

Aftermarket 

Product History 16-22 – 16-23 

MCC Quote Request Form 16-24 

16 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 

Solid State Starter Class 14 

ESP200 Solid State Overload 


online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 



tiastar Motor Control Centers 

Overview of tiastar 


16 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 

Motor Control Centers at Siemens 

Motor control centers (MCC) have 

come a long way since they were introduced 

in 1937 as a way to save floor 

space by placing several starters in a 

single cabinet. Modern processes and 

facilities now dictate that motor control 

centers should display a high level of 

intelligence as well. They must deliver 

vital operating information; plus provide 

automation features, optimal control, 

and critically fast communications to 

meet even the most demanding applications. 

Ideally, the best-of the-best 

must also save installation time and 

money. Siemens MCCs are designed 

as self-contained modular units. They 

come with rear-mounted, self-aligning 

copper stabs that firmly grasp onto the 

bus. Brackets also guide the placement 

of units, further assuring positive 

engagement with the bus. 

tiastar MCC 

Siemens tiastar MCC is based on the 

Furnas System/89 TM MCC introduced 

in 1980 and represent the state-of-theart 

motor control technology, with a 

modular, open architecture design. High 

performance and quality expectations 

have been researched at the planning 

stage and throughout the construction 

stage. The Siemens tiastar MCC has 

many features and options to meet your 

specific needs. Requirements such as 

the standard isolated vertical bus to fully 

insulated and isolated vertical bus and 

standard 22mm to 30mm pilot devices. 

Heavy gauge steel is used for framing 

and side panel; sections are separated 

by 14 gauge steel barriers that are 

formed to provide rigidity and durability. 

The modular units implement all the 

motor protection and control functions, 

determine operational, diagnostic and 

statistical data, and organize communications 

data between the automation system 

and the motor feeder. 

tiastar SMART MCC 

Siemens tiastar Smart MCC with 

PROFIBUS-DP Communications combines 

heavy-duty construction and user 

friendly features. These intelligent units 

deliver detailed diagnostics by communicating 

with starter units, variable 

frequency drives, reduced voltage softstart 

units, circuit breakers, or power 

meters via PLC/DCS. This means overload 

relays, linked to the PLCs, can now 

deliver detailed motor management 

data at speeds previously unheard of. 

PROFIBUS-DP, the backbone of the 

system, greatly simplifies I/O wiring. 

Also, custom communication options 

such as PROFINET and Modbus RTU 

are available. 

Domestic Design Standards 

The following are the principal domestic 

standards which apply to motor control 

center design, testing, construction and 

application. The tiastar motor control 

center complies fully with the latest 

version of all these standards. 

NEMA 

n AB-1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

n ICS 1 General Standards for Industrial 

Control 

n ICS 2.3 Industrial Control Systems: 

Instructions for the Handling, 

Installation, Operation, and 

Maintenance of Motor Control Centers 

n ICS 18 Standard for motor control centers 

NFPA – National Fire Protection 

Association 

n 70 National Electrical Code 

Low Voltage Seismic 

Compliance 

Today, strict seismic requirements are 

not limited to areas prone to earthquakes. 

Engineers in all locations must 

be aware of, and comply with, earthquake 

protection regulations. In addition 

to construction materials and techniques, 

these regulations cover nonstructural 

building systems, including 

electrical components. In critical applications, 

such as healthcare facilities, 

these components must be designed 

to go beyond surviving an earthquake, 

to remain in operation after the event 

is over. 

At Siemens, we are committed to making 

it easier for you to comply with all 

building requirements, including seismic 

ratings. 

Please contact your Siemens representative 

for complete details on seismic 

rating compliance for specific products 

and configurations. 

The purpose of this compliance assessment 

is to document the seismic compliance 

of tiastar motor control center to 

the following building codes: 

Building code 

Edition 

Uniform Building Code (UBC) 1997 

BOCA National Building Code 1999 

(BOCA) 

Standard Building Code (SBC) 1999 

California Building Code (CBC) 2013 

International Building Code (IBC) 2012 

Earthquake loading compliance tests (shake 

tests) were performed at Clarke Dynamic 

Test Laboratories in accordance with ICC-ES- 

AC 156 and ASCE 7-10. 

tiastar Motor Control Center 

UL 

n 845 Motor Control Centers 

n 508 Industrial Control Equipment 

n 891 Switchboard Design 

n 94 Test for Flammability of Plastic 

Materials for Parts, Devices, and 

Appliances 

n 489 Molded Case Circuit Breakers and 

Circuit Breaker Enclosures 

n 991 Tests for Safety-related Controls 

Employing Solid-state Devices 

Notes: 

1. tiastar motor control centers are certified to the stringent 

seismic requirements of California OSHPD (Office 

of Statewide Health Planning and Development). 

Approval # OSP-0074-10. For details, refer to: http:// 

www.oshpd.ca.gov/FDD/Pre-Approval/. 

2. The codes and standards referenced in this document 

are published by independent organizations, institutes, 

or agencies. All copyrights and trademarks related to 

such codes and publications and the use thereof belong 

to the entities owning rights to the same. 

3. These test results indicate third-party analysis of the 

Siemens product for compliance to the referenced 

codes and editions. Nothing in this publication should 

be taken as endorsements, official approvals, or official 

test results provided by the publishers of the referenced 

codes or any code enforcement authorities. 

16-2 




Quality Features Exceed Standards 

Siemens tiastar motor control centers 

are composed of a number of vertical 

sections bolted together. That allows 

for future addition of MCC vertical units 

so the equipment can expand with 

customer needs. The standards structure 

is 90 in. (2286 mm) high, plus a 1.125 in. 

(29 mm) high channel sill. Front-only 

structures can be either 15 in. (381 mm) 

or 20 in. (508 mm) deep. Double deep 

mounted structures are 30 in. (762 mm) 

or 40 in. (1016 mm) deep, and consist of 

two horizontal and vertical buses. This 


allows for correct bus phasing on the 

front or rear. Siemens provides a 21 in. 

back-to-back design, consisting of a 

common horizontal and vertical bus 

structure, for applications where 

available footprint is limited. 

 

2 

4 

3 

16 

5 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 

6 





Features 

Entire horizontal 

bus assembly 

is in top 12” 

of the vertical 

section 

4 Isolated and 

insulated vertical 

bus assembly 

(Optional) 

2 Clear Lexan® 

horizontal 

wireway barrier 

5 Dual location pilot 

device panel 

16 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 

3 Plug-in units 

with integrated 

racking handles 

6 Industry’s best 

unit operating 

handle 

Important Additional Features: 

J All wiring and components meet or exceed the 

requirements of UL, CSA, NEMA, EEMAC, and NEC 

J Pre-wired components are professionally harnessed 

to industrial terminal blocks 

J Full depth wire tie rods are standard in each vertical 

wireway 

J 

J 

J 

J 

White interior increases visibility for easy wiring, 

maintenance and inspection 

Modular units are fully interchangeable 

Each tiastar MCC is designed to satisfy your most 

exacting specifications 

White on black base operating handle is easy to 

identify 

16-4 



Dimensions and Weights 

Technical 

Dimensions 

Structure 

Height 91.125 in. (2315 mm) 

Front Mounted Only Structure (FO) 

Width 20 in. (508 mm) 

24 in. (610 mm) 

30 in. (762 mm) 

40 in. (1016 mm) 

50 in. (1270 mm) 

60 in. (1524 mm) 

Depth 15 in. (381 mm) 

20 in. (508 mm) 

Back to Back Structure (BTB) 


30 in. (762 mm) 


Double Deep MCC 


41 in. (1441 mm) 

Vertical Wireway 

Height 72 in. (1829 mm) 


Optional width 8 in. (203.2 mm) 


Cross Section 38.25 sq. in. (972 sq. mm) 

With Opt width 76.50 sq. in. (1943 sq. mm) 

Top Horizontal Wireway 



Bottom Horizontal Wireway 



20 in. (508 mm) 

30 in.* (762 mm)* 

* BTB 40 in.* (1016 mm)* 


NEMA 1 

Indoor 

NEMA 1A Gasketed Indoor 

NEMA 2 Drip proof Indoor 

NEMA 12 Dust tight Indoor 

NEMA 3R Rainproof 

Outdoor 

(Non walk-in) 

Pull Box (Top Hat) 

Height 12 in. 

18 in. 

24 in. 

Width 

20 in. 

30 in. 

Depth 

15 in. 

20 in. 

Structural Gauge Chart 

Structural Parts 

Divider Sheets 

Side Sheets 

Center Bottom Cross Ties 

Rear Channel (FO) 

Channel Sills 

Center-Top Channel 

Vertical Bus Mounting Angles 

Lifting Angles 

Rear Covers 

Top Plates 

End Covers 

Separator Angles 

Shelf Brackets 

Unit Parts 

Top and Bottom Unit Barriers 

Back Pan 

14 ga. 

14 ga. 

12 ga. 

13 ga. 

7 ga. 

13 ga. 

14 ga. 

7 ga. 

16 ga. 

13 ga. 

16 ga. 

12 ga. 

10 ga. 

14 ga. 

13 ga. 

14 ga. 

Side Barrier Plate 

18 ga. 

Angles 

14 ga. 

Doors 

13 ga. 

14 ga. 

Finish (Ext.) 

ANSI 61 Light Gray 

Electrostatically applied TGIC-free polyester 

powder in standard. 

Bus 

Horizontal Bus (A) 600A Cu 

800A 

Cu 

1200A 

Cu 

1600A 

Cu 

2000A 

Cu 

2500A* Cu *NEMA 1 only 

600A 

Al 

800A 

Al 

1200 Al 

Vertical Bus (A) 300A Cu 

600A 

Cu 

800A 

Cu 

Neutral Bus (Bottom Mounted) (A) 600A Cu 

800A 

Cu 

1200A 

Cu 

1600A 

Cu 

Options 

Full Neutral Cu 

Neutral Landing Pad 

Bus Bracing (KA Sym) 

42KA 

65KA 

100KA* 

* Cu Only 

Barriers 

Isolation Barrier 

Grounded sheet steel with stab openings 

Glass filled polyester sandwich that isolates 

Insulated & Isolated Barrier and insulates each phase from the others and 

the bus from the front and rear compartments 

Removable covers 

Inserts to cover unused openings in V-bus 

barrier 

Option available for the stab in location of 

Automatic shutter mechanism each plug-in unit and requested future space. 

Standard in Arc Resistant MCCs. 

Ground Bus 

Horizontal (Bottom Mounted) (A) 300A Cu 

Required for UL labeling 600A Cu 

600A 

Al 

Vertical (A)* 300A Cu 

* Available with motor ground terminations 

Plating 

All power bus, tin plated is Standard 

Silver plating available by request (Cu only) 

Incoming Line Terminations 

Incoming line arrangements are available in many 

configurations from 600A to 2500A 

Weight Table 


H W D Type 

Shipping weight for 

NEMA 1, 2, and 12 

91.125 (2315) 20 (508) 15 (381) FO 550 (250) 650 (295) 

20 (508) 20 (508) FO 650 (295) 700 (318) 

30 (762) 15 (381) FO 700 (318) 800 (363) 

30 (762) 20 (508) FO 850 (386) 900 (409) 

20 (508) 21 (533) BTB 670 (304) N/A 

30 (762) 21 (533) BTB 880 (400) N/A 

Wiring Specifications 

Control on Units 

Interconnection 

control wiring 

between Units 

Power wiring– 

Sized to suit 

maximum HP 

rating of unit 

16 ga. copper 

105°C 

600V 

14 ga. copper 

105°C 

600V 

14 ga. to 2 ga. copper 105°C 

600V 

1 ga. to 500 kcmil copper 105°C 

600V 

Weights per Section in 

lbs (Kg) for NEMA 3R 

16 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 



Wiring Classifications 

Technical 

16 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 

Siemens MCC’s are available as either 

Class I or Class II assemblies utilizing 

either 

Type A, Type B, or Type C wiring as defined 

in NEMA ICS18-2001. Below are the 

NEMA class and type definitions: 

Class I — Independent Units 

Class I motor control centers shall consist 

of mechanical groupings of combination 

motor control units, feeder tap units, other 

units, and electrical devices arranged in a 

convenient assembly. The manufacturer 

shall furnish drawings that include: 

a. Overall dimensions of the motor control 

center, identification of units and their 

location in the motor control center, 

locations of incoming line terminals, 

mounting dimensions, available conduit 

entrance areas, and the location of the 

master terminal board if required (Type C 

wiring only). 

b. Manufacturer’s standard diagrams for 

individual units and master terminal boards 

(Type C wiring only) consist of one or more 

drawing(s) that: 

1. Identify electrical devices. 

2. Indicate electrical connections. 

3. Indicate terminal numbering 

designations. 

Note: When a combination schematic and / 

or wiring diagram for a unit is supplied 

showing optional devices, the manufacturer 

shall provide information to indicate which 

devices are actually furnished. 

Class II — Interconnected Units 

Class II motor control centers shall be the 

same as Class I motor control centers with 

the addition of manufacturer furnished 

electrical interlocking and wiring between 

units as specified in overall control system 

diagrams supplied by the purchaser. 

In addition to the drawings furnished 

for Class I motor control centers, the 

manufacturer shall furnish drawings that 

indicate factory interconnections within the 

motor control center. 

Class I-S and II-S — Motor Control 

Centers With Custom Drawing 

Requirements 

Class I-S and II-S motor control centers 

shall be the same as Class I and II except 

custom drawings shall be provided in lieu 

of standard drawings as specified by the 

user. Examples of custom drawings are: 

b Special identifications for electrical 

devices 

b Special terminal numbering designations 

b Special sizes of drawings 

The drawings supplied by the manufacturer 

shall convey the same information 

as drawings provided with Class I and II 

motor control centers, additionally modified 

as specified by the user. 

Types of Wiring 

Type A 

User field wiring shall connect directly to 

device terminals internal to the unit and 

shall be provided only on Class I motor 

control centers. 

Type B 

a. Type B user field load wiring for 

combination motor control units size 3 or 

smaller shall be designated as B-D or B-T, 

according to the following: 

b B-D connects directly to the device 

terminals, which are located immediately 

adjacent and readily accessible to the 

vertical wireway. 

b B-T connects directly to a load terminal 

block in, or adjacent to, the unit. 

b. Type B user field load wiring for 

combination motor control units larger than 

size 3, and for feeder tap units, shall 

connect directly to unit device terminals. 

c. Type B user field control wiring 

shall connect directly to unit terminal 

block(s) located in, or adjacent to, each 

combination motor control unit. 

Type C 

User field control wiring shall connect 

directly to master terminal blocks mounted 

at the top or bottom of those vertical 

sections that contain combination motor 

control units or control assemblies which 

shall be factory wired to their master 

terminal blocks. User field load wiring for 

combination motor control units, size 3 or 

smaller, shall connect directly to master 

terminal blocks mounted at the top or 

bottom of vertical sections. Motor control 

unit load wiring shall be factory wired to 

the 

master terminal blocks. User field load 

wiring for combination motor control units 

larger than size 3, and for feeder tap units, 

shall connect directly to unit device 

terminals. 

Type A 

Figure 1. Class I, Type A Wiring 

Type B 

Figure 2. Class I, Type B-d Wiring 

Figure 3. Class I, Type B-t Wiring 

Type C 

Figure 4. Class I, Type C Wiring 

16-6 



Incoming Cable Space, Wiring Troughs, Wiring Terminations 

Technical 

The National Electrical Code establishes 

very specific guidelines for minimum 

cable bending space within motor control 

centers. Figures 1 through 5 below 

describe the most common 

arrangements for terminating main 

incoming power cables in the MCC. 

Consult Siemens for incoming line 

compartment braced for 100,000 

amperes symmetrical, short circuit. 

Incoming Cable Space 

Description of 

Incoming Service 

≤ 350 kcmil 

Two per Phase 

≤ 600 kcmil One or 

Two per Phase 

≤ 600 kcmil Three or 

Four per Phase 

750 kcmil One or 

Two per Phase 

350 kcmil One or 

Two per Phase 

≤ 600 kcmil One or 

Two per Phase 

≤ 750 kcmil, up to eight per phase 

≤ 500 kcmil One or Two per Phase 

≤ 750 kcmil One per Phase to 

Main Breaker 

≤ 500 kcmil One to 

Four per Phase 

≤ 750 kcmil One per Phase to 

Main Breaker 

Busway or Cable Feed 

to Line Reactor 

Top or Bottom 

Incoming Section 

Top — Directly 

on Main Bus 

Top 

Top 

Top 

Bottom 

Bottom 

Top or Bottom 

Top 

Top 

Top or Bottom 

Cable Entry 

Top or Bottom 

Either 

Either 

Top 

Top 

Bottom 

Bottom 

Either 

Bottom 

Top 

Either 

Space Requirements 

in Inches (mm) 

Top Wireway plus 

12.0 (305) or 

18.0 (457) 


24.0 (607) 

Bottom Wireway plus 

18.0 (457) 

Bottom Wireway plus 

24.0 (610) 

See 

Breaker / Disconnect 

See 

Breaker / Disconnect 

Consult Siemens 

Notes 

None See Figure 3 


18.0 (457) 

Full Structure 

See Figure 1 

See Figure 1 

— 

600 A Maximum 

See Figure 2 

600 A Maximum 

See Figure 2 


See Figure 4 

See Figure 5 


Siemens MCC’s are equipped with a 12 in. (305 mm) high, full-width horizontal wireway in the top and 6 in. (152 mm) in the bottom 

of each structure. A separate vertical wireway connects the top and bottom wiring areas in each vertical section. This wireway is 4 

in. (102 mm) wide by 10 in. (254 mm) deep. 

Note: All standard Siemens termination schemes shown herein do comply with applicable cable bending requirements of UL and the NEC. 

Figure 1 

Figure 2 

Figure 3 

16 

Main Lugs at Top with Top Cable Entry 

Can accommodate up to two 600 kcmil cables 

per phase when using Siemens standard 

mechanical lugs. A total height of 24 in. (610 

mm). This includes 12 in. (305 mm) for the top 

wireway plus 12 in. (305mm) of unit space. 

Compression lugs require extra vertical space 

or the addition of a top hat. 

Main Lugs at Bottom with Bottom Cable 

Entry 

Lugs are bolted directly to the bottom of the 

vertical bus. Can accommodate up to two 350 

kcmil per phase in 24 in. (610 mm) high 

compartment. This includes 6 in. (152 mm) for 

the bottom wireway plus 18 in. (457 mm) of unit 

space. Can accommodate up to two 600 kcmil 

per phase in 30 in. (762 mm) high compartment. 

This includes 6 in. (152 mm) for the bottom 

wireway plus 24 in. (610 mm) of unit space. 

Main Lugs at Top with Top or Bottom 

Cable Entry 

In this arrangement the lugs mount directly 

on the horizontal bus, eliminating the need to 

use unit mounting space. The limitation here 

is 350 kcmil cable per phase. 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 

Figure 4 

Figure 5 

Main Disconnect with Bottom Cable Entry 

Main Disconnect with Top Cable Entry 

If bottom entry is used, cables must be properly laced and supported based upon the available short circuit 

current. See dimensional requirements for molded case breakers and fused switches, consult local sales office. 



Heavy Duty Starters 


16 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 


Size 00–4 magnetic starters include the 

following standard features: 

b Rugged Industrial Design 

b Half Sizes for Cost and Space Savings 

b Dual Voltage, Dual Frequency Coils 

b Solid State or Ambient Compensated 

Bimetal Overload Protection 

b Wide Range of Accessories 

b Easy Coil Access 

b Overload Test Feature 

b Straight Thru Wiring 

b Gravity Dropout 

b Large Silver Cadmium Contacts 

b UL listed file #E14900 (class 14, 22, 

30, 40 & 43) 

b CSA certified file #LR 6535 (class 14, 

22, 30, 40 & 43) 

Application 

Heavy Duty starters are designed for 

across the line starting of single phase 

and polyphase motors. 

These controls are available in NEMA 

Sizes 00 through 8. In addition to the 

usual NEMA Starter Sizes, Siemens 

offers three exclusive Half Sizes; 1 3 ⁄4, 

2 1 ⁄2 and 3 1 ⁄2. These integral sizes offer 

the same rugged, industrial 

construction as our NEMA Sizes and 

ensure efficient operating performance. 

Half Sizes provide a real cost savings 

by cutting down on over capacity when 

NEMA Sizes exceed the motor ratings. 

All Siemens Heavy Duty controls, 

including our popular Half Sizes comply 

with applicable NEMA and UL tests. 

All starters are supplied with a NO 

holding interlock that in conjunction 

with an appropriate pilot device will 

provide low voltage protection or 

release. 

NEMA starters are ideal for 

applications requiring dependability 

and durability. Typical applications 

include use with machine tools, air 

conditioning equipment, material 

handling equipment, compressors, 

hoists and various production and 

industrial equipment as well as in 

demanding automotive applications. 


16-8 



Overload Relays 


Overload Protection 

Siemens understands customer needs 

vary from motor to motor. That is why 

we offer 4 lines of overload protection. 

For basic needs you can specify bi-metal 

ambient compensated overloads. If 

single phase is a concern our customers 

can specify ESP200, and for the most 

advanced motor protection, customers 

can consider SIMOCODE overloads that 

provide detailed information and control. 

Ambient Compensated Bimetal 

Single Phase and Three Phase 

Ambient Compensated Bimetal 

Overloads 

These thermal type overload relays are 

used to protect motors from excessive 

heat resulting from sustained motor 

overloads, rapid motor cycling and stalled 

rotor conditions. Although these devices 

function based on thermal principles 

they are designed to compensate for 

the ambient air temperature surrounding 

the overload. This helps prevent the 

occurrence of nuisance tripping when 

there are high surrounding ambient temperatures. 

The percentage of overload 

determines the length of time required 

to open the circuit. 

b Ambient Compensated Bimetal 

Overloads 

—Automatic or manual reset adjustment 

—A manual test button is provided 

to test the operation of the 3-pole 

overload relay control contacts 

—w15% nominal trip current adjustment 

—Accept either standard Class 20 or 

Quick Trip (NEMA Class 10) heater 

elements without any other changes 

or adjustments 

—Available with a normally open contact 

for an alarm circuit (SPDT) up to 

60A 

—Compensated bimetal overload 

relays provide a constant trip time in 

ambient temperatures from –20°F to 

r170°F for a given heater rating 

b UL Listed File #E22655 or Component 

Recognized 

b CSA Certified File #LR6535 


ESP200 Solid State Overloads 

Designed for a wide variety of applications. 

The field selectable Trip Class 5, 

10, 20 or 30 can easily be set by 2 DIP 

switches. This eliminates the guess 

factor of an application requirements 

and provides reduced inventory for 

multiple applications. The inherent 

benefits of the ESP200 ultimately 

results in cost savings for the user. 

ESP200 has a 4:1 current adjustment 

range with a fine adjustment dial 

labeled in full load amps. The heaterless 

overload minimizes the heat 

trapped in the enclosures, reduces 

cost for ventilation or cooling. Easily 

accessible Reset button, provides visible 

and audible indications to ensure 

the tripped overload is ready to restart. 

Designed to replace thermal, or 

ESP100 overload relays for any application. 

It has the same dimensions 

and footprint of the ESP100 overload 

relays. It can be directly coupled to the 

contactors or remotely mounted. In 

addition to the NEMA contactor applications, 

it also can be used with other 

types of controllers for applications 

requiring DP or IEC contactors. As a 

retrofit for other brands, it is used with 

a plate available for retrofitting competitive 

products. 

SIMOCODE pro 

SIMOCODE pro is the latest generation 

of Motor Management System 

(“Smart Overload”) bringing a new level 

of flexibility and functionality within the 

Siemens smart motor control center. 

By means of a PROFIBUS DP interface, 

it can easily be linked to higher-level 

automation systems. SIMOCODE pro 

implements all motor protection and 

control functions, determines operational, 

diagnostic and statistical data and 

organizes the communication between 

the automation system and MCC bucket. 

The SIMOCODE pro consists of two 

device series with different levels of 

functionality: 

SIMOCODE pro C (Compact) 

The compact motor management system 

can be used for Full Voltage Nonreversing 

(FVNR) starters, Full Voltage 

Reversing (FVR) starters, and base 

overload functionality. 

CT Module 

Keypad 

(Door Mounted) 

SIMOCODE pro C 

SIMOCODE pro V (Variable) 

The variable motor management system 

has an even greater range of functions, 

including voltage and power monitoring 

and expandable modules for additional 

I/O, as well as temperature and ground 

fault protection. 

CT Module 

Expandable Module 

SIMOCODE pro V 

Keypad 

(Door Mounted) 

Note: For detailed information on the SIMODE pro please 

contact the local Siemens Sales Office. 

16 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 



SIRIUS Soft Starters 


16 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 

SIRIUS Soft Starters 

Overview 

The advantages of the SIRIUS soft 

starters at a glance: 

• Soft starting and soft stop 

• Stepless starting 

• Reduction of current peaks 

• Avoidance of mains voltage fluctuations 

during starting 

• Reduced load on the power supply 

network 

• Reduction of the mechanical load in 

the operating mechanism 

• Considerable space savings and 

reduced wiring compared with 

mechanical reduced voltage starters 

• Maintenance-free switching 

• Fits perfectly in the SIRIUS modular 

system 

SIRIUS 3RW40 

SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters include 

soft start and soft stop, and internal 

bypass. At the same time they come 

with additional functions, i.e. selectable 

solid-state motor overload, intrinsic 

device protection and adjustable current 

limiting, as well as a new patented 

two-phase control method (Polarity 

Balancing) that is unique in this rating 

range. 

SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters are part 

of the SIRIUS modular system. This 

results in advantages such as identical 

sizes and a uniform connection system. 

Thanks to their particularly compact 

design, SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters are 

only half as big as comparable wye-delta 

starters. Hence they can be mounted 

in compact space requirements in the 

control cabinet. Configuring and installation 

are carried out quickly and easily 

thanks to the 3-wire connection. 

SIRIUS 3RW40 for three-phase motors 

Soft starters rated up to 300 Hp (at 460 

V) for standard applications in threephase 

power systems. Extremely small 

sizes, low power losses and simple 

commissioning are just three of the 

many advantages of the SIRIUS 3RW40 

soft starters. 

Applicable standards 

• IEC 60947-2 

• UL/CSA #E143112 

Application areas 

• Fans 

• Pumps 

• Building/construction machines 

• Presses 

• Escalators 

• Transport systems 

• Air conditioning systems 

• Ventilators 

• Assembly lines 

• Operating mechanisms 

SIRIUS 3RW44 

In addition to soft starting and soft 

stopping, the solid-state SIRIUS 3RW44 

soft starters provide numerous functions 

for higher-level requirements. 

They cover a rating range up to 800Hp 

at 460 V in the inline circuit. 

The SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters are 

characterized by a compact design 

for space-saving and clearly arranged 

control cabinet layouts. For optimized 

motor starting and stopping, the innovative 

SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters are an 

attractive alternative with considerable 

savings potential compared to applications 

with a frequency converter. The 

new torque control and adjustable current 

limiting enable these high feature 

soft starters to be used in nearly every 

conceivable task. They reliably mitigate 

the sudden torque applications and current 

peaks during motor starting and 

stopping. This creates savings potential 

when calculating the size of the controlgear 

and when servicing the machinery 

installed. Be it for inline circuits or insidedelta 

circuits – the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft 

starter offers savings especially in terms 

of size and equipment costs. 

Combinations of various starting, operating 

and ramp-down possibilities ensure 

an optimum adaptation to the application 

specific requirements. Operating 

and commissioning can be performed 

by means of the user-friendly keypad 

and a menu prompted, multi-line graphic 

display with background lighting. The 

optimized motor ramp-up and rampdown 

can be effected by means of just 

a few settings with a previously selected 

language. Four-key operation and 

plain-text displays for each menu point 

guarantee full clarity at every moment 

of the parameterization and operation. 


• IEC 60947-4-2 

• UL/CSA #E143112 

Application areas, e.g. 

• Pumps 

• Mills 

• Ventilators 

• Saws 

• Compressors 

• Crushers 

• Water transport 

• Mixers 

• Conveying systems and lifts 

• Centrifuges 

• Hydraulics 

• Industrial cooling and refrigerating 

systems 

16-10 



Variable Frequency Drives 


MICROMASTER 

family of products 

MICROMASTER 440 

Application 

The MICROMASTER 440 inverter 

is suitable for a variety of variable-speed 

drive applications. Its flexibility provides 

for a wide spectrum of applications. 

These also include cranes and hoisting 

gear, high-bay warehouses, production 

machines for food, beverages and 

tobacco, packaging machines etc.; i.e. 

applications which require the 

frequency inverter to have a higher 

functionality and dynamic response than 

usual. The inverter is especially characterized 

by its customer-oriented 

performance and ease of use. Its large 

mains voltage range enables it to be 

used all over the world. 

Design 

The MICROMASTER 440 inverter 

has a modular design. The operator 

panels and modules can be easily 

exchanged. 

International standards 

n The MICROMASTER 440 inverter 

complies with the requirements of 

the EU low voltage guideline 

n The MICROMASTER 440 inverter has 

the marking 

n acc. to and c certified 

n c-tick 

Main characteristics 

n Easy, guided start-up 

n Modular construction allows maximum 

configuration flexibility 

n Six programmable isolated digital 

inputs 

n Two scaleable analog inputs (0 V to 

10 V, 0 mA to 20 mA) can also be 

used as a 7th/8th digital input 

n Two programmable analog outputs (0 

mA to 20 mA) 

n Three programmable relay outputs (30 

V DC/5 A resistive load; 250 V AC/2A 

inductive load) 

n Low-noise motor operation thanks 

to high pulse frequencies, adjustable 

(observe derating if necessary) 

n Complete protection for motor and 

inverter. 

Options (overview) 

n EMC filter, Class A/B 

n LC filter and sinusoidal filter 

n Line commutating chokes 

n Output chokes 

n Gland plates 

n Basic Operator Panel (BOP) for parameterizing 

the inverter 

n Plain text Advanced Operator Panel 

(AOP) with multi-language display 

n Communication modules 

– PROFIBUS 

– DeviceNet 

– CANopen 

n Pulse encoder evaluation module 

n PC connection kits 

n Mounting kits for installing the operator 

panels in the control cabinet doors 

n PC start-up tools executable under 

Windows 98 and NT/2000/ME/XP 

Professional 

n TIA integration with Drive ES 

16 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 



G120 Modular Converter 


SINAMICS G120C 

SINAMICS G120C has been especially designed 

for an economic, space-saving and easy-to-operate 

frequency converter providing a multitude of functions. 

This device combines in particular compactness with 

superior power density and is characterized by fast 

installation and commissioning. 

16 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 

Smallest size 

• Compact design (integrated braking chopper) 

• Fast mechanical installation (i.e. pluggable terminals) 

Easy to use 

• Simple, optimized commissioning with the 

STARTER tool 

• Effective, adequate parameter set (simple storing 

and cloning functions 

using IOP, BOP-2 or SD card) 

• Usable with IOP or BOP-2 operator panels 

Leading edge technology 

• Energy-efficient, encoder-less vector control - 

automatic flow reduction with V/F ECO 

• Safety Integrated (Safe Torque Off) 

• Communication PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET, CAN 

and USS/ Modbus RTU 

Application 

For industrial and commercial applications (secondary 

drive in production machines or generally for water/ 

waste water, automotive). Application examples 

include mixers, extruders, simple pumps, fans, 

compressors, vibrator motors, simple wire drawing 

machines. 

Design 

SINAMICS G120C is a compact inverter where the Control Unit 

(CU) and Power Module (PM) function units are combined in 

one device. SINAMICS G120C can be integrated into the widest 

range of applications, either using the integrated digital and 

analog inputs or via the integrated fieldbus interface (available 

in the USS/ Modbus RTU, PROFINET, PROFIBUS DP, CANopen 

versions). Especially the product versions with integrated 

PROFIBUS DP or Profinet interface make full integration 

into the Siemens TIA family possible, therefore allowing the 

advantages of the seamless TIA product family to be fully 

utilized. SINAMICS G120C devices are preset in the factory so 

that they can be immediately connected to PROFIBUS DP or 

Profinet fieldbuses and used without parameterization. 

16-12 





SINAMICS G120 

SINAMICS G120 is a modular drive inverter system that 

comprises various function units. These are essentially: 

Control Unit (CU) and Power Module (PM). The CU 

controls and monitors the PM and the connected motor 

in several operating modes that can be selected. It 

supports communication with a local or central controller 

and monitoring devices. 

• With many innovative functions 

Safety Integrated for safety-relevant machines and systems, 

capable of regenerative feedback into the line 

supply for energy saving 

• Fast commissioning 

STARTER tool and data backup using the BOP-2, IOP 

or MMC/SD card 

• Efficient and consistent solutions 

via Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), consistency 

from SINAMICS through to the automation level 

Application 

Machines and plants in industrial and commercial 

applications (machinery construction, automotive, 

textiles, chemical industry, printing, steel). Application 

examples include: Pumps and fans, Compressors, 

Centrifuges, Conveyor systems. 

Selecting the Power Module 

Power 

Module 

Control 

Unit 

Operator 

Panel 

Design 

16 

Power 

Module 

G_D011_EN_00354 

+ 

Control 

Unit 

+ 

Operator 

Panel 

SINAMICS G120 

standard inverters 

G_D011_XX_00356 

PM240 Power Modules 

PM240 Power Modules are suitable for many applications. 

The PM240 has an integrated braking chopper in frame sizes 

FSA up to FSF and has the possibility of connecting a braking 

resistor. For frame size FSGX, an optional pluggable braking 

module can be ordered. 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 

Application-oriented design of SINAMICS G120 

SINAMICS G120 standard inverters are modular inverters 

for standard drives. Selection of the SINAMICS G120 is 

reduced to two or three steps thanks to the modular 

system used. 

PM250 Power Modules 

PM250 power modules are suitable for the same applications 

as the PM240, but they are specialized to address conveyorrelated 

applications - where the braking energy is directly 

fed back into the line supply using the unique technology of 

Efficient Infeed Technology. This feature provides the ability 

to feed energy back into the supply system in the generator 

mode (electronic braking) so that the energy in not wasted in 

a braking resistor. 





SINAMICS G120 (cont.) 

Selecting the Control Unit 

The optimum Control Unit is selected, based on the number 

of I/Os and any additional functions required such as Safety 

Integrated or HVAC. The communication options are already 

integrated and do not have to be additionally ordered or 

plugged in. Three product series are available corresponding 

to the particular application. 

Power 

Module 

Control 

Unit 

Operator 

Panel 

Selecting Optional System Components 

Intelligent Operator Panel IOP 

Graphic display with bar-type diagrams, e.g. for status values 

such as pressure or flow rate. 

Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 

Menu navigation and 2-line display permit fast and userfriendly 

commissioning of the inverter. Simple basic 

commissioning by simultaneously displaying parameter value, 

as well as the option of filtering parameters. 

Power 

Module 

Control 

Unit 

Operator 

Panel 

G_D011_XX_00355 

CU230 Control Units 

The CU230 Control Units have been specifically designed for 

pump, fan and compressor applications. 

G_D011_XX_00357 

16 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 


The CU240 Control Units are suitable for a wide range of 

applications in a general machine construction, such as 

conveyor belts, mixers and extruders. 


The CU250 Control Unit is particularly suited for drives with 

high requirements in speed and torque accuracy. 

16-14 






Siemens line of power meters provides 

market leading technology for power 

quality measurement. These products 

continually change to meet growing 

needs for power quality and energy 

monitoring. Siemens tiastar MCCs 

are fully capable of installing any of 

Siemens power meters for your needs. 

PAC3200 

PAC4200 

PAC3100 

The SENTRON PAC3100 is a powerful 

compact power monitoring device 

that is suitable for use in industrial, 

government and commercial applications, 

where basic metering and energy 

monitoring is required. The meter may 

be used as a stand alone device monitoring 

over 25 parameters or as part of 

an industrial control, building automation 

or global power monitoring system. 

Metering and monitoring applications 

range from simple analog volt and amp 

meter replacements to stand-alone subbilling 

or cost allocation installations. 

The PAC3100 has many features not 

usually found in this price class of 

meters. A large graphical display supports 

multiple languages and easy to 

use menus that can be used to set up 

the meter. The meter also has built 

in Modbus RTU communications via 

a RS485 interface. The meter comes 

standard with two digital inputs and outputs. 

One output is suitable for pulse 

output for export/import real and reactive 

energy. The other output is controllable 

from an outside source by way of 

a Modbus register. 

PAC3200 

The SENTRON PAC3200 is a powerful 

compact power monitoring device 

that is suitable for use in industrial, 

government and commercial applications 

where basic metering and energy 

monitoring is required. The meter 

may be used as a stand alone device 

monitoring over 50 parameters or as 

part of an industrial control, building 

automation or global power monitoring 

system. Metering and monitoring 

applications range from simple analog 

volt and amp meter replacements to 

stand-alone sub billing or cost allocation 

installations with multiple tariffs. 

The SENTRON PAC3200 provides open 

communications using Modbus RTU/ 

TCP, PROFIBUS-DP, and PROFINET 

protocols for easy integration into any 

local or remote monitoring system. 

Simple configuration of the meter can 

be done from the front display. 

PAC4200 

The SENTRON PAC4200 is a feature 

packed power monitoring device that 

is suitable for use in industrial, government 

and commercial applications 

where basic to advanced metering, logging, 

and I/O is required. The meter may 

be used as a stand alone device monitoring 

over 200 parameters or as part of 

an industrial control, building automation 

or global enterprise wide monitoring 

system. 

Advanced power quality monitoring and 

logging applications range from single 

low voltage breaker / building metering 

to sub-station main feeder monitoring, 

sub-billing or cost allocation installations 

with multiple tariffs. Whether your goal 

is to reduce operation cost, reduce your 

carbon footprint or to maintain your 

power assets, the PAC 4200 meter 

should be an important part of your 

power monitoring system. 

The SENTRON PAC4200 provides open 

communication using the standard builtin 

Ethernet Modbus TCP and has the 

capability of communicating through 

Optional Modbus RTU, PROFIBUS-DP, 

and PROFINET protocol modules simultaneously. 

This allows for easy integration 

into any local or remote monitoring 

system. The gateway functionality of 

this device reduces installation cost by 

replacing other gateway devices and 

simplifying wiring. 

16 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 



TPS3 Family of Hardwired Surge Protective Devices 


TPS3 Integral or Internally Mounted SPDs for MCCs 

Siemens Integral TPS3s are UL 1449 4th Edition, factory installed SPDs within 

our MCCs, utilizing optimal electrical system connections to minimize impedance 

losses. This results in the some of the industry’s best “installed” Voltage Protection 

Ratings. This SPD has the following features: 

TPS3 01 Features 

n UL 1449 4th Edition and UL 1283 

n UL 1449-4 Type 2 SPD, UL 1283 

Listed, CSA 22.2 No. 269.2, Optional 

UL 1449 4th Edition Recognized 

Type 1, CSA 22.2 

n 20 kA l n (most models) 

n 200 kA SCCR (most models) 

n UL96A Lightening Protection Master 

Label Compliant 

n 100 –300 kA surge current capacity 

per phase 

n EMI/RFI filtering or Sine Wave 

tracking 

n Standard Monitoring –LEDs, audible 

alarm, dry contacts, surge counter, 

and ground references monitoring 

(GRM) diagnostics. 

n 10 year product warranty 

TPS3 01 Module 

16 

TPS3 01 MCC Installation 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 


Catalog # TPS3 01 X 0 M 

Voltage Code 

A = 120/240 V, 1Ø, 3W 

B = 120/240 V, 3Ø, 4W 

C = 120/208 V, 3Ø, 4W 

D = 240 V, 3Ø, 3W 

E = 277/480 V, 3Ø, 4W 

F = 480 V, 3Ø, 3W 

G = 600 V, 3Ø, 3W (100kA & 150kA Only) 

K = 380/220 V, 3Ø, 4W 

L = 600/347 V, 3Ø, 4W 

S = 400/230 V, 3Ø, 4W 

Please consult the factory for applications 

requiring SPDs with larger per phase 

surge current capacities and/or 10-mode 

style configurations. 







- Example: TPS3C0120X0M = Type 4 SPD intended for use in Type 1 

applications, for a 208/120 V MCC with a surge current capacity of 200 kA 

per phase and a surge counter option 

- When an option is not selected, include a zero (0) in the field 

- Available Accessory: Ordered Separately 


2 = Type 2 SPD (Default) Includes 

UL 1283 EMI/RFI Filters 

0 = Type 1 SPD (Consult Factory 


M = MCC Application 

X= Surge Counter 

16-16 



Starter Ratings and Dimensions 


MCC Starter Ratings and Dimensions 

NEMA 

Size 

Maximum Horsepower Rating 

208V 230V 400V 460V 480V 600V 

Circuit Breaker Type (For Maximum HP at 460V) Fusible Type (For Maximum HP at 460V) 

MCP 

Frame 

Size 

(Amp) 

Dimensions 

in inches (mm) 

Unit Height 

W= Width, D= Depth 

kA 

Interrupting 

Rating at 

480V 

Standard 

Disconnect 

Sw/Fuse 

Clip Sizes 


Unit Height 


kA 

Interrupting 

Rating at 

480V 

Full Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) and Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) - UL Listed 

FVNR FVR IR Std/Opt FVNR FVR IR 

1 7.5 7.5 10 10 10 10 

12 (305) 18 (457) 

30/30 12 (305) 18 (457) 

2 10 15 25 25 25 25 125 12 (305) 24 (610) 60/60 12 (305) 24 (610) 

3 25 30 50 50 50 50 18 (457) 30 (762) 100/100 24 (610) 36 (914) 

4 40 50 75 100 100 100 125/250 24 (610) 36 (914) 42/100 200/200 42 (1067) 48 (1219) 

5 75 100 150 200 200 200 250/400 36 (914) 48 (1219) 

JD6 

MCS/ 400 

60 (1524) 60 (1524) 100 

6 150 200 300 400 400 400 

400/600/ 

800 

7 — — — 600 600 600 1200 

Full Voltage Contactor (FVC) 

48 (1219) 

72 (1829) 

20W x 20D 

(508W x 508D) 

72 (1829) 

30W(762W) 

N/A 42/65 

MD6 

MCS/800 

ND6 

MCS/1200 

72 (1829) 

72 (1829) 

40W x 20D 

(1016W x 508D) 

72 (1829) 

30W (762W) 

N/A 

1 

2 

10.8 

16.2 

11.9 

17.9 

18.7 

31.2 

— 

— 

23.8 

35.8 

31 

46.7 125 

12 (305) 

12 (305) 

30/30 

60/60 

12 (305) 

12 (305) 

3 32 35 62 — 71 93 18 (457) 100/100 24 (610) 

4 48 54 94 — 107 140 125/250 24 (610) 100 200/200 42 (1067) 

5 108 119 206 — 238 311 250/400 36 (914) 

JXD6 

MCS/400 

60 (1524) 

6 198 218 346 — 437 570 600/800 

48 (1219) 

72 (1829) 

7 259 286 476 — 572 747 1200 72(1829) 65 

LXD6 

MCS/800 

NXD6 

MCS/1200 

72 (1829) 

30W ( 762W) 

72 (1829) 

50W 20D 

(1270W x 508D) 

100 

16 

Two Speed, Constant or Variable Torque — UL Listed 

2S2W 2S1W IR Std/Opt 2S2W 2S1W IR 

1 7.5 7.5 10 — 10 10 

24 (610) 24 (610) 

30/30 24 (610) 24 (610) 

2 10 15 25 — 25 25 125 24 (610) 24 (610) 60/60 24 (610) 24 (610) 

3 25 30 50 — 50 50 36 (914) 48 (1219) 100/100 30 (762) 36 (914) 

4 40 50 75 — 100 100 125/250 48 (1219) 60 (1524) 42/100 200/200 36 (914) 48 (1219) 100 

5 75 100 150 — 200 200 250/400 

72 (1829) 72 (1829) 

JD6 72 (1829) 72 (1829) 

30W (762W) 30W (762W) 

MCS/400 30W (762W) 30W (762W) 

6 150 200 300 — 400 400 600/800 

72 (1829) 

30W (672W) 

Consult 

Siemens 

MD6 

MCS/800 

72 (1829) 

40W (1016W) 

Consult 

Siemens 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 

Two Speed, Constant Horsepower — UL Listed 

2S2W-CH 2S1W-CH IR Std/Opt 2S2W-CH 2S1W-CH IR 

1 

2 

5 

7.5 

5 

10 

7.5 

20 

— 

— 

7.5 

20 

7.5 

20 125 

24 (610) 

24 (610) 

24 (610) 

24 (610) 

30/30 

60/60 

24 (610) 

24 (610) 

24 (610) 

24 (610) 

3 20 25 40 — 40 40 30 (762) 36 (914) 100/100 36 (914) 48 (1219) 

4 30 40 50 — 75 75 125/250 36 (914) 48 (1219) 42/100 200/200 48 (1219) 60 (1524) 

5 60 75 100 — 150 150 250/400 

6 100 150 200 — 300 300 400/600 

72 (1829) 

30W (762W) 

72 (1829) 

30W (762W) 

72 (1829) 

30W (762W) 

Consult 

Siemens 

JD6 

MCS/ 400 

MD6 

MCS/800 

72 (1829) 

30W (672W) 

72 (1829) 

40W (1016W) 

72 (1829) 

30W (672W) 

Consult 

Siemens 

100 

The addition of oversized CPTs (above 50VA), relays, timers, etc. may increase unit height. 

For other available voltage ratings, consult Siemens. 

Interrupting ratings are 25kAIC when not UL listed. 

Fixed mounted units (not plug-in). 

Note: For half size starters, contact Siemens. 





MCC Starter Ratings and Dimensions (cont.) 

NEMA 

Size 


208V 230V 400V 460V 480V 600V 

Circuit Breaker Type (For Maximum HP at 460V) Fusible Type (For Maximum HP at 460V) 

Standard 

Breaker 

Type 

Dimensions 


Unit Height 


kA 

Interrupting 

Rating at 

480V 

Standard 

Disconnect 

Sw/Fuse 

Clip Sizes 


Unit Height 


kA 

Interrupting 

Rating at 

480V 

Reduced Voltage Autotransformer (RVAT) Non-Reversing, Closed Transition — UL Listed 

2 10 15 25 — 25 25 

MCP 

RVAT IR Std/Opt RVAT IR 

42 (1067) 100/100 48 (1219) 

3 25 30 50 — 50 50 48 (1219) 200/200 60 (1524) 

4 40 50 75 — 100 100 

5 75 100 150 — 200 200 

72 (1829) 

30W (762W) 

72 (1829) 

30W (762W) 

6 150 200 300 — 400 400 Consult Siemens 

7 — — — — 600 600 ND6 

72 (1829) 

20W x 20D (508W x 508D) 

Reduced Voltage Wye Delta, Open and Closed Transition 

JD6MCS/ 

400 

MD6MCS/ 

800 

ND6MCS/ 

1200 

ND6MCS/ 

1200 

72 (1829) 

30W (762W) 

72 (1829) 

30W (762W) 


72 (1829) 

40W x 20D (1016W x 508D) 

YDO YDC IR Std/Opt YDO YDC IR 

2 20 25 25 — 40 40 

30 (762) 42 (1067) 

100/100 36 (914) 48 (1219) 

3 25 30 50 — 75 75 36 (914) 48 (1219) 200/200 48 (1219) 60 (1524) 

4 60 60 75 — 150 150 MCP 36 (914) 48 (1219) 42/100 JD6MCS/ 

400 

72 (1829) 72 (1829) 

5 150 150 150 — 300 300 

72 (1829) 

30W (672W) 

72 (1829) 

30W (672W) 

LD6MCS/ 

600 

72 (1829) 30W 

(672W) 

72 (1829) 

30W (672W) 

100 

16 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 

NEMA 

Size 


208V 230V 400V 460V 480V 600V 


MCP 

Frame 

Size 

Dimensions 


Unit Height 

kA Interrupting 

Rating at 480V 

Dual Full Voltage Non-Reversing (DFVNR) Unit with Circuit Breaker 

1 7.5 7.5 10 — 10 10 125 18 (457) 100 

Compact Units Available – High Density FVNR 

1 7.5 7.5 — — 10 — 

2 10 15 — — 25 — 125 

6 (152) 

3 25 30 — — 50 — 12 (305) 

4 40 50 — — 100 — 125/250 18 (457) 

100 

Compact Units Available – High Density FVC 

NEMA 

Size 208V 230V 400V 460V 480V 600V 

1 9.7 10.7 — — 22 — 

2 16.2 17.9 — — 37 — 

6 (152) 

3 32 35.8 — — 74 — 12 (305) 

4 48 54 — — 112 — 18 (457) 


Unit Height 

kA Interrupting 

Rating at 480V 

100 

The addition of oversized CPTs (above 50VA), relays, timers, etc. may increase unit height. 


Interrupting ratings are 25kAIC when not UL listed. 


The addition of relays, timers, etc. will increase unit height. 

16-18 





SINAMICS G120C- Technical Data 

Output Ratings Dimensions - in. (mm) a IR 

Frame 

Size 

LO-OL 

A 

LO-OL 

hp 

HI-OL 

A 

HI-OL 

hp 

A 1.4 0.5 1.1 0.5 

A 1.9 0.75 1.4 0.5 

A 2.6 1 1.9 0.75 

A 3.5 2 2.6 1 

A 4.8 2 3.5 2 

A 6.2 3 4.8 2 

A 7.5 3 6.2 3 

B 10.6 5 7.5 3 

B 14.0 10 10.6 5 

C 21.3 15 14.0 10 

C 26.4 15 21.3 15 

C 31.5 20 26.4 15 

Circuit Breaker, Reactor (Line or Load) and Drive Included. 

Mounting 

Height 

18 (457) 

24 (610) 

30 (762) 

Structure 

W x D 

20 x 15 

(508 x 381) 

65ka 

SINAMICS G120 Technical Data 

Output Ratings Dimensions - in. (mm) a IR 

Frame 

Size 

LO-OL 

A 

LO-OL 

hp 

HI-OL 

A 

HI-OL 

hp 

A 1.2 0.5 1.3 0.5 

A 1.6 0.5 1.7 0.75 

A 2.0 0.75 2.2 1 

A 2.9 1 3.1 1.5 

A 3.8 2 4.1 2 

B 5.5 3 5.9 3 

B 7.2 3 7.7 5 

B 9.5 5 10.2 5 

C 16.7 10 13.2 7.5 

C 23.3 15 19 10 

C 29.8 20 26 15 

D 35.3 25 32 20 

D 41.9 30 38 25 

D 55.8 40 45 30 

E 69.8 50 60 40 

E 83.7 60 75 50 

F 102.3 75 90 60 

F 134.9 100 110 75 

F 165.5 125 145 100 

F 190.7 150 178 125 

F 240.0 150 200 150 

Gx 264.3 200 250 200 

Gx 323.8 250 302 250 

Gx 417.4 350 370 300 

D 35.3 25 32 20 

D 41.9 30 38 25 

D 55.8 40 45 30 

E 69.8 50 60 40 

E 83.7 60 75 50 

F 102.3 75 90 60 

F 134.9 100 110 75 

F 165.5 125 145 100 

1 Circuit Breaker, Reactor (Line or Load) and Drive Included. 

2 Fixed Mounted 

PM240 

PM250 

Mounting 

Height 

18 (457) 

24 (610) 

36 (914) 

48 (1219) 

60 (1624) 

72 (1829) 

48 (1219) 

60 (1624) 

72 (1829) 

Structure 

W x D 

20 x 15 

(508 x 381) 

20 x 15 

(508 x 381) 

20 x 20 

(508 x 508) 

40 x 20 

(1016 x 508) 

20 x 15 

(508 x 381) 

20 x 20 

(508 x 508) 

65ka 

16 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 





16 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 

480V Solid State Reduced Voltage — 

NEMA 1 MCC Enclosures 

Rating 

HP RVSS Type Rated 

Amperes 

5 3RW40 9 

10 3RW40 19 

15 3RW40 24 

20 3RW40 28 

25 3RW40 34 

30 3RW40 42 

40 3RW40 58 

50 3RW40 70 

75 3RW40 117 

100 3RW40 145 

150 3RW40 205 

Dimensions - In. (mm) 

Mounting 

Height 

18 (457) 

24 (610) 

36 (914) 

200 3RW40 315 

48 (1219) 

300 3RW40 385 72 (1829) 

15 3RW44 26 

Structure 

WxD 

20 x 15 

(508 x 381) 

20 3RW44 32 

100 

25 3RW44 42 

30 3RW44 52 

40 3RW44 68 36 (914) 

50 3RW44 82 

60 3RW44 100 

75 3RW44 117 

100 3RW44 145 

125 3RW44 180 

150 3RW44 215 48 (1219) 

200 3RW44 280 

250 3RW44 385 

400 3RW44 494 

450 3RW44 562 72 (1829) 30 x 15 

500 3RW44 693 

(762 x 381) 

600 3RW44 850 65 

750 3RW44 970 Consult Siemens 

800 3RW44 1076 Consult Siemens 

42 


For other enclosure types, consult Siemens. 

Ratings are based on CLASS 20 overloads and 6 starts per Hour. Consult Siemens for 

other applications. 

Dimensions shown are for circuit breaker or fusible disconnects. 

RVSS with bypass and / or isolation contactors require extra mounting space. Consult 

Siemens for further information. 

3RW40 Units include line side isolation contactor 


IR 

480V Variable Frequency Drives — 

NEMA 1A MCC Enclosures 

Rating 

HP 

Drive 

Type 

Rated 

Amperes 


Mounting 

Height 

2 

4 18 (457) 

5 10.2 

24 (610) 

7.5 16 

10 18.4 

15 26 36 (914) 

20 32 

25 38 48 (1219) 

30 45 

MM440 

40 62 48 (1219) 

60 (1524) 

75 110 

50 76 

60 90 

Structure 

W x D 

20 x 15 

(508 x 381) 

100 145 

125 178 

150 205 30 x 15 

200 250 

72 (1829) 20 x 15 

(508 x 381) 

600V Variable Frequency Drives — 

NEMA 1A MCC Enclosures 

Rating 

HP 

Drive 

Type 

Rated 

Amperes 

2 

5 

2.7 

6.1 

7.5 9 

10 11 

15 17 

20 22 

25 27 

MM440 

30 32 

40 41 

50 52 

60 62 

75 77 

100 99 

125 125 

(762 x 381) 



Ratings are for Variable Torque applications. Consult Siemens for other applications. 

Dimensions shown are for circuit breaker or fusible disconnects except as noted. 

Fusible disconnect unit is larger, consult Siemens. 

Drives with bypass and / or isolation contactors require extra mounting space. 

Consult Siemens for further information. 



Mounting 

Height 

24 (610) 

48 (1219) 

60 (1624) 

Structure 

W x D 

20 x 15 

(508 x 381) 

72 (1829) 20 x 15 

IR 

100 

IR 

100 



Ratings are for Variable Torque applications. Consult Siemens for other applications. 

Dimensions shown are for circuit breaker or fusible disconnects except as noted. 

Fusible disconnect unit is larger, consult Siemens. 

Drives with bypass and / or isolation contactors require extra mounting space. 

Consult Siemens for further information. 


16-20 



Power Distribution Ratings and Dimensions 


Lighting Panelboards 

Applied in MCCs 

Amp 

Rating 

Main Lug Only 

125/250 

Number 

of Circuits 

Main Circuit Breaker 

125/250 

Height in Inches (mm) 

1%, 3W 

240/120 

3%, 4W 

208Y/120 

3%, 4W 

277/480 

18 30 (762) 30 (762) 30 (762) 

30 36 (914) 36 (914) 36 (914) 

42 42 (1067) 42 (1067) 42 (1067) 

18 30 (762) 30 (762) 30 (762) 

30 36 (914) 36 (914) 36 (914) 

42 42 (1067) 42 (1067) 42 (1067) 

Distribution Transformers 

KVA Rating 

1 

1.5 

2 

3 

5 

7.5 

10 

15 

25 

30 

37.5 

45 

9 

15 

25 

30 

37.5 

45 

Phase 

1 

Unit Height in 

Inches (mm) 

12 (305) 

18 (457) 

24 (610) 

36 (914) 

3 18 (457) 

24 (610) 

Plate mounted. 

Transformer mounted on brackets 6 in. 

(152 mm) off sills. 

Requires 20 in. (508 mm) deep structure. 

16 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 



Product History 

Aftermarket 

Siemens has an installed base of motor 

control centers dating back to 1964 

due to acquisitions of Allis-Chalmers 

in 1978, ITE Gould in 1983 and Furnas 

Electric in 1996. This has resulted in 

eleven MCC models installed across 

the United States. Replacement units 

for these models as well as the current 

tiastar MCC offerings are built in 

the Siemens West Chicago plant. 

Siemens developed this tool to help 

people gain a better understanding of 

the wide variety of this installed base 

of MCCs. This should enable people 

to order aftermarket buckets or new 

MCCs much easier. In this program 

brochure, all the tools necessary 

for identifying existing MCCs to 

ordering forms are included. All items 

listed as follows: timeline, product 

overview, identification guide, product 

descriptions, work sheets and ordering 

check sheet. The intent of this guide is 

to provide a tool for Siemens customers 

so they can make a more educated 

purchasing decision. If you have any 

questions, please contact your local 

Siemens representative. 

MCC Timeline 

ITE 

Allis-Chalmers 

Furnas 

ITE 

16 

Allis-Chalmers 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 

Siemens-Allis 

Furnas 

Siemens 

Siemens 

Siemens-Furnas 

Siemens 

Siemens 

Siemens 

1964 1965 1971 1972 1975 1979 1980 1986 1990 1992 1993 1995 1996 1997 2001 2002 >2002 

Year 

Note: Timeline represents approximate values 

16-22 



Product History 

Aftermarket 

This overview is a clear and concise snap shot of Siemens 

entire MCC product offering. For your convenience, typical 

MCC part numbers are shown for continued identification 

possibilities. 

Furthermore, the overview covers the standard options for the 

product offering. 

Original 

manufacturer 

Model 

Production Bucket w/ 

dates door & handle 

Factory 

retrofit 

Typical MCC 

number 

Siemens tiastar 2002 – Current X — Same as System89 

Siemens/Furnas System89 1980 – 2001 X — 89BFXX### ### 

89BSXX### ### 

89BBXX### ### 

WX### (ex. WU760) 

Siemens Model 95 + 1997 – 2001 X — 95BFXX### ### 

95BSXX### ### 

95BBXX### ### 

XX### (ex. WU760) 

Siemens Model 95 1995 – 1997 X — 09-001-XXXX-XXXXX-XXX 

Siemens Model 90 1990 – 1997 X — 30-001-XXXX-XXXXX 

Siemens Allis Marq 21 1975 – 1990 X — 01-14XX-XXXXX-XX 

Allis-Chalmers Mark 2 1972 – 1975 X — ##### (ex. 15375) 

Allis-Chalmers Mark 1 1965 – 1972 X — 

ITE Gould 5600 1971 – 1992 — X 84-XXXXX-XX 

ITE Gould 9600 1964 – 1971 — X 85-XXXXX-XX 

86-XXXXX-XX 

Furnas Class89 1965 – 1979 — X 89FVXXXX XXX 

89SVXXXX XXX 

89BVXXXX XXX 

V#### (ex. V2176) 

Dates represent approximate values only. 

Buckets exceeding 250 amps are fix mounted. 

Contact West Chicago Aftermarket Dept. for Retrofit Program at (800) 683-6200. 

In some instances, a generic 5 alphanumeric number is designed as the MCC sales order number. In most cases a 5 alphanumeric number within the 

MCC number is the sales order number. MCC numbers can be found inside the MCC bucket. 

Starters 

208V, 230V, 400V, 480V, 600V NEMA size 

FVNR 1-7 

FVR 1-7 

DFVNR 1 

2S1W-CT 1-6 

2S1W-VT 1-6 

2S2W-CT 1-6 

2S2W-VT 1-6 

RVAT 2-7 

RVSS 

Consult factory 

VFD 

Consult factory 

YDC/YDO 2-5 

Standard options 

Amp meter + CT 

CT 

Voltage monitor 

Vac. contactor 

Transducer 

Fuse puller 

Bypass 

ASI® 

Ground fault 

Elapse time meter 

Surge suppression 

Under voltage CB 

Shunt trip 

Ground stab 

High density bucket 

Special paint 

Timer 

4P relay 

Extra unit space 

X=Letter 

# = Number 

16 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 



MCC Quote Request Form 

Aftermarket 

Aftermarket and Replacement units forms are available at www.usa.siemens.com/mcc on the aftermarket page. 

MOTOR CONTROL 

CENTERS 

16 

16-24 


Control Products 

SPEEDFAX TM 

Section 

Class 14 

Class 17, 18 

Class 

82, 83, 84, 

87, 88 

Class LE, 

LC, CLM 


online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 

N E M A & G e n e r a l P u r p o s e C o n t r o l 

Product Overview 17-5 

Manual Control 

Fractional HP Starters, Class SMF 17-6 - 17-7 

Switches, Class MMS and MRS 17-8 - 17-9 

Starters and Switches, Class 11 - 3RV 17-10 - 17-11 

NEMA Control 


Non-Combination Starters Features and Benefits 17-13 - 17-14 

Non-Reversing Starters, Class 14 17-15 - 17-16 

Combination Starters Features and Benefits 17-17 

Combination Starters, Class 17 and 18 17-18 - 17-23 

Reversing Starters, Class 22 17-24 

Combination Reversing Starters, Class 25 and 26 17-25 - 17-26 

Two Speed Starters Features and Benefits 17-27 

Two Speed Starters, Class 30 17-28 - 17-29 

Combination Two Speed Starters, Class 32 17-30 - 17-33 

Reduced Voltage Control 

Reduced Voltage Features and Benefits 17-34 

Auto Transformer Starters, Class 36 and 37 17-35 - 17-38 

Part Winding Starters, Class 36 and 37 17-39 - 17-42 

Wye Delta Open Transition, Class 36 and 37 17-43 - 17-46 

Wye Delta Closed Transition, Class 36 and 37 17-47 - 17-50 

Heavy Duty Contactors 

Non-Reversing Contactors, Class 40 17-51 - 17-52 

Vacuum Contactors, 17-51 

Reversing Contactors, Class 43 17-53 

Definite Purpose Contactors 17-54 - 17-60 


Class 48, 958 and 3RB20 17-62 - 17-65 

Duplex Controllers 

Features and Benefits 17-66 

Non Combination, Class 83 17-67 

Combination, Class 84 17-68 - 17-69 

Pump Control Panels 

Slim Line NEMA Pump Controller for Agricultural, Class 82 17-70 - 17-73 

Class 87 and 88 Features and Benefits 17-74 - 17-75 

Full-Voltage Type, Class 87 17-76 

Vacuum Starter Type, Class 87 17-77 

Reduced-Voltage Type, Class 88 17-78 - 17-79 

Lighting Control 

Electrically Held Contactors, Class LE 17-81 - 17-86 

Electrically Held Contactors, Class LC 17-87 - 17-91 

Mechanically Held Contactors, Class CLM 17-92 - 17-94 

Control Power Transformers 

Domestic and International (UL, CSA, CE) Class MT, MTG 17-95 - 17-99 

Modifications and Drawings 

Field Modification Kits 17-100 - 17-110 

Enclosure Kits 17-111 - 17-113 

Factory Modifications 17-114 - 17-118 

Dimensions 17-126 - 17-154 

Wiring Diagrams 17-155 - 17-175 

Replacement Parts 

SMF Manual Starter Heater Elements 17-119 

NEMA Coils and Contact Kits 17-120 - 17-121 

Coil VA Ratings and Overload Relays 17-122 

Lighting Contactor Parts and Kits 17-123 

(continued on next page) 

NEMA & General 

Purpose Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 




SPEEDFAX TM 

Section 

Motor Starters, Soft Starters and Load Feeders 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

3RE4 

3RW40 

3RW44 

Class 73/74 

Enclosed IEC Controls 

General information and catalog numbering system 17-176 - 17-177 

Enclosed starters 17-178 - 17-180 

Enclosed contactors 17-181 - 17-182 

Overload Relay 17-183 

Field modifications and accessories 17-184 - 17-188 

Circuit diagrams 17-189 

Dimension drawings 17-190 - 17-192 

For Operation in the Control Cabinet 3RW Soft Starters 

Introduction 17-193 

General data 17-194 

3RW30 for standard applications 


Application 17-195 

Selection and ordering data 17-196 


Application examples 17-198 

Function 17-235 

Technical specifications 17-236 - 17-245 

Dimensional drawings 17-282 

Schematics 17-287 




Selection and ordering data 17-200 - 17-202 

Accessories 17-203 - 17-204 

Application examples 17-205 




Schematics 17-288 - 17-289 

3RW44 for high-feature applications 

Configuration 17-206 




Sirius ES engineering software 17-211 - 17-215 

Accessories 17-216 - 17-217 

Application examples 17-218 - 17-220 



Dimensional drawings 17-284 - 17-285 

Schematics 17-290 - 17-293 

Class 73/74 Enclosed Softstarter applications 




Factory Modifications 17-234 


Schematics 17-294 

17-2 



SPEEDFAX TM 

Section 

Pilot Devices 

Class 50 

Class 51 

SIRIUS ACT 3SU Series 

Overview 17-295 - 17-296 

For more information on the SIRIUS ACT 3SU product line, 

please see Section 10 of the US Industrial Controls catalog 

Class 52 30.5mm Mounting Diameter Pilot Devices 

Introduction 17-297 

Momentary Push Button, Non-Illuminated 17-298 - 17-299 

2 & 3 Position Push-Pull Mushroom Head Devices, 

Non-Illuminated 17-300 - 17-301 

2 & 3 Position Push-Pull Mushroom Head Devices, 

Illuminated 17-302 - 17-303 

2 Position Twist-to-Release Mushroom Head Devices, 

Non-Illuminated 17-304 

2 Position Twist-to-Release Mushroom Head Devices, Illuminated 17-305 

Indicator Light 17-306 - 17-307 

Push Button & Push-to-Test, Illuminated 17-308 - 17-309 

Push Button Mushroom Head Devices,Illuminated 17-310 

Selector Switches, Illuminated 17-311 

Selector Switch Short & Long Lever, Non-Illuminated 17-312 - 17-313 

Keyed Selector Switch 17-314 - 17-315 

Selector Push Button 17-317 

Special Devices 17-318 

Cam Selection Guide for Selector Switch, Keyed 

Selector Switch and Selector Pushbutton 17-319 

Custom Selector Switch Designs 17-320 

Accessories and Spare Parts 17-321 - 17-324 

Dimensional Drawings 17-325 - 17-328 

Break Glass and EPO Pushbutton Stations 17-329 

Class 52 30.5mm Enclosed Pushbutton Stations 

Assembled Enclosures with Standard Devices 17-330 - 17-331 

P30 Empty Enclosures Only 17-332 

Enclosure Legend Plates 17-333 


Technical Specifications 17-335 

Retail Packaging Convenience Center 17-336 - 17-337 

Pilot Devices 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Class 52 



NEMA & General Purpose Controls 


Controls Express 

Starters at the speed you need 

Siemens NEMA starters, pump panels and lighting 

contactors are known for their dependability and ruggedness, 

and now they are delivered faster than ever before 

through Controls Express. 

Controls Express puts our most popular products in your 

hands faster, because we stock more products across our 

entire product line. Our Class 14 NEMA starters, Class 87 

pump panels, and LC & LE lighting contactors are now 

available in stock for immediate or next day shipping. 

In addition, thousands of our open and enclosed starters 

can now be built-to-order and shipped in 1-3 days through 

Controls Express. 

Siemens is committed to making your job easier by stocking 

more products, offering more configurations, expediting 

factory modifications, and delivering industry leading 

turnaround times on our most requested control products. 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

To quickly identify products that are part of Controls 

Express and therefore available in 3 days or less, applicable 

catalog numbers have a light blue background. 

See the appropriate selection pages listed below. 

Class 14 NEMA Starters see pages 17-15 & 17-16 

Class 17 NEMA Combination Starters see pages 17-18 

& 17-20. For quick ship versions with factory 

modifications see on-line at 

www.usa.siemens.com/controls-express 

Class 18 NEMA Combination Starters see page 17-22. 

Class 40 NEMA Contactors see page 17-51 

Class 87 Pump Panels see page 17-76 

LE Lighting Contactors see page 17-83 

LC Lighting Contactors see page 17-89 & 17-90 

Controls Express lead times apply to orders of up to 

6 units of the Class 14, Class 87, LC, or LE. Please 

contact customer service at 1-866-663-7324 for lead 

times of larger order volumes. 

For more information on Controls Express and a 

complete list of available products, please visit our 

website at www.usa.siemens.com/controls-express 

17-4 



NEMA & General Purpose Controls 



Class SMF 

Fractional Horsepower 

Manual Starters 

Page 17-6 

Class MMS & MRS 

Fractional Horsepower 

Manual Switches 

Page 17-8 

Class 11 

Manual Starters and 

Switches 

Page 17-10 

Class 14 

NEMA Starters 

Page 17-15 

Class 17, 18 

NEMA Combination 

Starters 

Page 17-18 

Class 22 

NEMA Reversing 

Starters 

Page 17-24 

Class 25, 26 


Reversing Starters 

Page 17-25 

Class 30 

NEMA Multi-Speed 

Starters 

Page 17-28 

Class 32 


Multi-Speed Starters 

Page 17-30 

Class 36, 37 

Reduced Voltage 

Electromechanical 

Starters 

Page 17-34 



Class 40 

NEMA Contactors 

and Vacuum Contactors 

Page 17-51 

Class 43 

NEMA Reversing 

Contactors 

Page 17-53 

Class 42, 45 

Definite Purpose 

Contactors 

Page 17-54 

Class 48, 958, 3RB20 


Page 17-61 

Class 82, 83, 84, 

87, 88 

Pump Controls 

Page 17-70 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Class LE, LC, CLM 

Lighting Contactors 

Page 17-81 

Class MT, MTG 

Control Power 

Transformers 

Page 17-95 

Modifications and 

Drawings 

Page 17-100 

Heater Tables and 


Page 17-119 

3RE4 Enclosed IEC 

motor controllers 

Page 17-176 



Fractional HP Starters, Class SMF 

General 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Class SMF 

Class SMF fractional horsepower starters 

provide overload protection as 

well as manual on-off control for small 

horsepower motors in a variety of 

industrial and commercial applications. 

Available in one or two pole versions, 

these devices are suitable for use with 

AC single phase motors up to 1 HP. 

Two pole starters can also be used 

with DC motors up to 3 ⁄4 HP. Typical 

applications include fans, conveyors, 

pumps, and small machine tools. 


16 amperes. 

Overload Trip Assembly 

Motor protection is provided by a Class 

SMFH heater element which must be 

installed before the starter will operate. 

Two Speed Starters 

Two speed manual starters are 

designed for control of small single 

phase AC motors having separate 

windings for high and low speed 

operation. Two toggle operated starters 

are used, with overload protection 

included for each motor winding. 

Surface mounting devices, and those 

with a gray flush plate, utilize a 

mechanical interlock which allows 

direct control of the motor by means 

of the toggle operators. 

Enclosures 

Class SMF, NEMA Type 1 surface 

mounting enclosures are sheet steel 

with a thermo-plastic wrap-around cover 

for convenience in wiring. The NEMA 

Type 1 enclosure is also available in an 

oversized version which allows more 

wiring space. A zinc alloy die casting is 

used for NEMA Type 4 enclosures. 

Pilot Lights 

Red or green neon pilot light units 

are available for flush mounting plates, 

NEMA Type 1 enclosures, and NEMA 

Type 4 enclosures. Pilot lights may 

be either factory or field installed. (For 

starters that contain a pilot light, a Red 

light is standard. For a Green pilot light 

add ”G” to the end of the catalog 

number.) 

Terminals 

Binding head screw type terminals are 

suitable for #10 or smaller copper wire, 

and are accessible from the front. All 

terminals are clearly marked. 

Mounting 

Open types without a pilot light fit 

standard single gang switch boxes, and 

can be used with any cover plate having 

a standard toggle cutout. Single-unit 

flush mounting types, including those 

with pilot lights, are suitable for wall 

mounting in a standard switch box or 

for machine cavity mounting without 

a box. 

Operation 

Available with toggle handle or with 

removable key type operator to 

discourage unauthorized operation. 

Class SMF Starter in a NEMA Type 1 

Enclosure with Pilot Light 

Emergency Off Actuator 

A toggle operator extender is available 

for Class SMF, NEMA Type 1 surface 

mounted units. The extender has a red 

vinyl button that provides a fast and 

easy method for locating and switching 

the device‘s toggle operator into 

the OFF position. The Emergency Off 

Actuator is available in kit form only 

for field installation. 

Handle Guard/Lock-Off 

An optional handle guard on Class 

SMF, NEMA Type 1 enclosed starters 

prevents accidental operation of the 

toggle operator and also allows the 

toggle operator to be padlocked in 

either the “ON” or “OFF” position. 

This handle guard can be factory 

installed on NEMA Type 1 enclosed 

starters and is also available in kit form 

for field installation on NEMA Type 1 

surface and flush mounting enclosures. 

Standard NEMA Type 4 metallic 

enclosures include provisions for 

padlocking the device in the 

OFF position. 

17-6 



Fractional HP Starters with Melting Alloy Overload, Class SMF 

Class SMF Starter in a NEMA Type 1 

Enclosure with Pilot Light 


Heater Elements see page 17-119. 

Field Modification Kits see page 17-100. 

Dimensions see page 17-126. 

Wiring Diagrams see page 17-155. 


Selection 


Maximum Horsepower 

AC Single Phase DC 

Volts 1-Pole 2-Pole 2-Pole 

115 1 1 3 

⁄4 

230 1 2 3 

⁄4 

277 1 1 — 

Starter—Class SMF, Single Phase a 

General Purpose Flush Mounting NEMA Type 1 General Purpose NEMA Type NEMA NEMA Type 

Open Starter with Flush Plate Enclosure, Surface Mounting 3R, 4 & 12 Type 4 3R, 7 & 9 

(No Enclosure Provided) Watertight, Watertight, Div 1 and Div 2 

Dust-tight Dust-tight Class I Groups 

Metallic Metallic B, C, D & 

Standard Jumbo 

Enclosure Enclosure Class II Groups 

Gray Stainless Stainless 

with Clear Cover 

E, F, G 

Flush Steel Steel 

Enclosures 

Type Open Type Plate Flush Plate Flush Plate Standard Oversized 

of No. of Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List 

Operator Poles Starter Features e Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ 

Standard SMFF01 SMFFF1 SMFFS1 — — SMFFG1 SMFFGJ1 SMFFWN1 — — — — 

1 

Red Pilot Light SMFF01P SMFFF1P SMFFS1P SMFFSJ1P SMFFG1P SMFFGJ1P — — — — 

Toggle 


2 



1 


Key 

Standard SMFF04 — — SMFFS4 — — SMFFG4 SMFFGJ4 SMFFWN4 — — — — 

2 


Starter With Handle Guard/Lock-Off—Class SMF, Single Phase a 

Standard — — d — d — d — SMFFG5 SMFFGJ5 — — SMFFW1 b SMFFR1 b 

Red Pilot Light — — d — d — d — SMFFG5P SMFFGJ5P — — SMFFW1P b — — 

1 (2) 3 ⁄4" NPT Outlets — — d — d — d — — — — — — — SMFFW1H SMFFR1H 

Toggle 

Red Pilot Light — — d — d — d — SMFFG6P SMFFGJ6P — — SMFFW2P b — — 

2 (2) 3 ⁄4" NPT Outlets — — d — d — d — — — — — — — SMFFW2H SMFFR2H 

(2) 3 ⁄4" NPT Outlets 

— — d — d — d — — — — — — — SMFFW2PH — — 

and Red Pilot Light 

One Starter in Duplex Enclosure—Class SMF, Single Phase a 

(2) 3 ⁄4" NPT Outlets 

and Red Pilot Light 

— — d — d — d — — — — — — — SMFFW1PH — — 

Standard — — d — d — d — SMFFG6 SMFFGJ6 — — SMFFW2 b SMFFR2 b 

General Purpose Flush Mounting 

Open Starter with Flush Plate - (No Enclosure Provided) 

Gray Flush Plate Stainless Steel Flush NEMA Type 1 General 

For Wall or Cavity Plate for Wall or Cavity Purpose Enclosure Replacement 

Type of Number Mounting Mounting Surface Mounting Starters 

Operator of Poles Starter Features e Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ 

Toggle 2 

Standard — — — — SMFFG02 — — 

Red Pilot Light — — — — SMFFG02P — — 

Key 2 Red Pilot Light — — — — SMFFG04P — — 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Two Starters In Duplex Enclosure—Class SMF, Single Phase c 

Standard SMFFF222 — — SMFFG222 — — 

Toggle 2 Per Starter 

Red Pilot Light on Each Starter SMFFF222P — — SMFFG222P — — 

Key 2 Per Starter Red Pilot Light on Each Starter SMFFF44P SMFFS44P SMFFG44P — — 

Starter And “Auto-Off-Hand” SPDT Selector Switch (AC Only)—Class SMF, Single Phase a 

Standard SMFFF71 — — SMFFG71 — — 

1 

Red Pilot Light SMFFF71P SMFFS71P SMFFG71P — — 

Toggle 

Standard — — — — SMFFG72 — — 

2 

Red Pilot Light SMFFF72P SMFFS72P SMFFG72P — — 

Key 2 Red Pilot Light SMFFF74P SMFFS74P SMFFG74P — — 

Two Speed Starters (AC Only)—Class SMF, Single Phase c 

Mechanical Interlock SMFFF11 — — SMFFG11 SMFF01T 

1 Mechanical Interlock and (2) Red Pilot Lights SMFFF11P — — SMFFG11P SMFF01PT 

Mechanical Interlock, HIGH-OFF-LOW 

— — — — — — SMFF01PT 

Selector Switch and (2) Red Pilot Lights 

Toggle 

Mechanical Interlock SMFFF22 — — SMFFG22 — — 

2 Mechanical Interlock and (2) Red Pilot Lights SMFFF22P — — SMFFG22P SMFF02PT 

Mechanical Interlock, HIGH-OFF-LOW 

— — SMFFS202P — — SMFF02PT 

Selector Switch and (2) Red Pilot Lights 

a One heater element required. 

b Furnished with (1) 3 ⁄4" NPT Outlet in bottom (reversible 

for top feed). 

c Two heater elements required. 

d Order Open Type starter plus separate handle guard kit. 

e For starters that contain a pilot light, a Red light is 

standard. For a Green pilot light add ”G” to the end of 

the catalog number. 

Product Category: NEMA 



Fractional HP Switches, Class MMS, MRS 

General 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Class MMS, MRS 

Class MMS and MRS motor starting 

switches provide manual “ON-OFF” 

control of single or three phase AC 

motors where overload protection is 

not required or is provided separately. 

Compact construction and a 600 volt 

rating make these switches suitable 

for a wide range of industrial and 

commercial uses. Typical applications 

include small machine tools, pumps, 

fans, conveyors and many other types 

of electrical machinery. They can also 

be used on non-motor loads such as 

resistance heating applications. 


MMS & MRS: 30 amperes at 250 

volts max, 26.4 amperes at 277 volts, 

20 amperes at 600 volts max, 30 

amperes resistive at 600 volts max. 

Two Speed—Class MRS 

Two speed manual switches may be 

used with separate winding three phase 

or single phase AC motors where 

overload protection is not required or is 

provided separately. Two switches are 

employed to give “ON-OFF” control in 

each speed. 

Reversing—Class MRS 

Reversing manual switches provide 

a compact means of starting, stopping 

and reversing AC motors where 

overload protection is not required or 

is provided separately. They are suitable 

for use with three phase squirrel cage 

motors and for single phase motors 

which can be reversed by reconnecting 

motor leads. Two switches are used, 

one to connect the motor forward 

rotation and one for reverse. 

Enclosures 

Class MMS, MRS, NEMA Type 1 

surface mounting enclosures are sheet 

steel with a thermo-plastic wrap-around 

cover for convenience in wiring. 

The NEMA Type 1 enclosure is also 

available in an oversized version which 

allows more wiring space. A zinc alloy 

die casting is used for NEMA Type 4 

enclosures. 

Pilot Lights 

Red or green neon pilot light units 

are available for flush mounting plates, 

NEMA Type 1 enclosures, and NEMA 

Type 4 enclosures. Pilot lights may 

be either factory or field installed. (For 

switches that contain a pilot light, a Red 

light is standard. For a Green pilot light 

add ”G” to the end of the catalog 

number.) 

Terminals 

Binding head screw type terminals are 

suitable for #10 or smaller copper wire, 

and are accessible from the front. All 

terminals are clearly marked. 

Mounting 

Open types without a pilot light fit 

standard single gang switch boxes, and 

can be used with any cover plate having 

a standard toggle cutout. Single-unit 

flush mounting types, including those 

with pilot lights, are suitable for wall 

mounting in a standard switch box or 

for machine cavity mounting without 

a box. 

Operation 

Available with toggle handle or with 

removable key type operator to 

discourage unauthorized operation. 

Class MMS Switch in a 

NEMA Type 1 Enclosure 


A toggle operator extender is available 

for Class MMS, MRS, NEMA Type 1 

surface mounted units. The extender 

has a red vinyl button that provides a 

fast and easy method for locating and 

switching the device‘s toggle operator 

into the OFF position. The Emergency 

Off Actuator is available in kit form 

only for field installation. 

Handle Guard/Lock-Off 

An optional handle guard on Class 

MMS, MRS, NEMA Type 1 enclosed 

switches prevents accidental operation 

of the toggle operator and also allows 

the toggle operator to be padlocked in 

either the “ON” or “OFF” position. This 

handle guard is available in kit form for 

field installation on NEMA Type 1 

surface and flush mounting enclosures. 

Standard NEMA Type 4 metallic 

enclosures include provisions for 

padlocking the device in the 

OFF position. 

17-8 



Switches a , Class MMS, MRS 


Selection 

Class MMS Switch in a 

NEMA Type 1 Enclosure 


Heater Elements not Required. 

Field Modification Kits see 

page 17-100. 




No of Motor Type 

Maximum HP 

DC Ratings 

Device Poles AC 115V 230V 450–575V 90V 115V 230V 

Class MMS 

2 Single Phase 2 2 3 1 2 1 1 /2 

3 3-Phase 2 7 1 /2 10 1 2 1 1 /2 

Class MRS 2 Single Phase 2 2 3 1 2 1 1 /2 

Reversing 3 3-Phase 2 7 1 /2 10 1 2 1 1 /2 

2 Single Phase 2 2 3 1 2 1 

Class MMS 

/2 

3 3-Phase, Constant or Variable Torque 2 7 

Two Speed 

/2 10 1 2 1 1 /2 

3 3-Phase, Constant Horsepower 2 7 1 /2 10 1 2 1 1 /2 

Switch—Class MMS, Single Phase and 3-Phase 

General Purpose Flush Mounting NEMA Type 1 General Purpose NEMA Type NEMA NEMA 

Open Switch with Flush Plate Enclosure Surface Mounting 3R, 4 & 12 Type 4 b Type 7 & 9 b 

(No Enclosure Provided) Watertight, Watertight, Class I Groups 

Standard Jumbo Dust-tight Dust-tight B, C & D & 

Gray Stainless Stainless Metallic Enclosurer Metallic Class II Groups 

with Clear Cover Enclosure E, F, G 

Flush Steel Steel 

Enclosures 

Type No Open Type Plate Flush Plate Flush Plate Standard Oversized 

of of Switch Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List 

Operator Poles Features d Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ 

2 

Standard MMSK01 MMSKF1 MMSKS1 — MMSKG1 — MMSKWN1 MMSKW1 MMSKR1 

Red Pilot Light 

115V AC MMSK01A c MMSKF1A MMSKS1A — MMSKG1A MMSKGJ1A MMSKW1A — 

Toggle 


230V AC 

MMSK01B c MMSKF1B MMSKS1B MMSKSJ1B MMSKG1B — MMSKW1B — 

3 Standard MMSK02 MMSKF2 MMSKS2 — MMSKG2 MMSKGJ2 MMSKWN2 MMSKW2 MMSKR2 


208-240V AC MMSK02B c MMSKF2B MMSKS2B — MMSKG2B MMSKGJ2B MMSKW2B — 


440-600V AC 

MMSK02C c — MMSKS2C MMSKSJ2C MMSKG2C MMSKGJ2C MMSKW2C — 

2 

Standard MMSK03 MMSKF3 MMSKS3 — MMSKG3 MMSKGJ3 MMSKWN3 — — 


115V AC — MMSKF3A MMSKS3A MMSKSJ3A MMSKG3A MMSKGJ3A — — 

Key 


230V AC 

MMSK03B MMSKF3B MMSKS3B MMSKSJ3B MMSKG3B MMSKGJ3B — — 

3 

Standard MMSK04 MMSKF4 MMSKS4 — MMSKG4 MMSKGJ4 MMSKWN4 — — 


208–240V AC MMSK04B MMSKF4B MMSKS4B MMSKSJ4B MMSKG4B MMSKGJ4B — — 


MMSK04C 

440–600V AC 

MMSKF4C MMSKS4C MMSKSJ4C MMSKG4C MMSKGJ4C — — 

Reversing Switch—Class MRS, Single Phase and 3-Phase 


Flush Mounting NEMA Type 1 

Open Switch with Flush Plate General Purpose Replacement Switch 

Type of Number of Suitable Switch Features d (Including (No Enclosure Provided) Enclosure Surface Mounting Class MRS 

Operator Poles Motor Types Mechanical Interlock) Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ 

Single Phase Standard MRSKF11 — MRSK01T 

2 3-Lead Red Pilot Device—115V AC MRSKF11A — MRSK01AT 

Repulsion-Induction Red Pilot Device— 230V AC MRSKF11B MRSKG11B MRSK01BT 

Toggle 

3-Phase; Also 

Standard MRSKF22 MRSKG22 — 

Single Phase Capacitor, Red Pilot Light—110–120V AC MRSKF22A MRSKG22A MRSK02AT 

3 

Split Phase, or 4-Lead Red Pilot Light—208–220V AC MRSKF22B — MRSK02BT 

Repulsion-Induction 

Red Pilot Light—440–600V AC MRSKF22C MRSKG22C MRSK02CT 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Two Speed Switch—Class MMS, Single Phase and 3-Phase 


Flush Mounting NEMA Type 1 

Open Switch with Flush Plate General Purpose Replacement Switch 

Type of Number of Suitable Switch Features d (Including (No Enclosure Provided) Enclosure Surface Mounting Class MRS 

Operator Poles Motor Types Mechanical Interlock) Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ 

Single Phase Standard MMSKF11 MMSKG11 MRSK01T 

2 Two Winding (2) Red Pilot Devices—115V AC MMSKF11A MMSKG11A MRSK01AT 

Toggle 

(3-Lead) (2) Red Pilot Devices—230V AC MMSKF11B MMSKG11B MRSK01BT 

3-Phase Standard MMSKF22 MMSKG22 MRSK02T 

3 Separate Winding (2) Red Pilot Lights—208–240V AC MMSKF22B MMSKG22B MRSK02BT 

(Wye-Connected) (2) Red Pilot Lights—440–600V AC MMSKF22C MMSKG22C MRSK02CT 

a Manual switches do not include overloads. 

b Furnished with (1) 3/4" NPT outlet in bottom (reversible 

for top feed). In order to obtain a 3 ⁄4" NPT outlet in top 

and bottom, add suffix letter “H” to type number with 

List Price adder. 

c Do not use as replacement interiors for NEMA Type 4 

metallic enclosures. For replacement unit, order 

Type MMSK01 or MMSK02 and separate pilot light kit. 

d For switches that contain a pilot light, a Red light is 

standard. For a Green pilot light add ”G” to the end 

of the catalog number. 




Starters and Switches, Class 11 - 3RV 


General 

Now Available with the New 3RV2 Innovations MSP 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Class 11 - 3RV 

Class 11 across the line manual 

starters and switches provide control 

for machinery where remote start stop 

control is not required. 

Class 11 - 3RV manual starters are 

used for single and poly-phase motors 

up to 20HP @ 575V. Starters have bimetallic 

heater elements to provide class 

10 overcurrent protection. Each starter 

has a fourth bimetallic strip that reacts 

only to the ambient temperature 

inside the control panel. This ambient 

compensation helps prevent the starter 

from nuisance tripping when the panel 

temperature is higher than the ambient 

temperature of the motor. 

A built-in differential trip bar causes the 

starter to trip faster on a phase loss 

condition to help reduce motor damage. 

Magnetic trip elements in each starter 

take the device off line when it senses 

current of 13 times the maximum FLA 

dial setting. 

Class 11 - 3RV switches provide 

control for inherently protected motors. 

Typical applications include metal and 

woodworking machinery, grinders, 

power saws, conveyors, fans, pumps, 

blowers, textile and packaging 

machinery, and paper cutters. 

Each switch is provided with magnetic 

trip elements which take the device off 

line when it senses current of 13 times 

the maximum switch rating. 

Class 11 - 3RV manual starters can be 

used as Type E self-protected manual 

combination starters (up to 22 amps) 

per UL508 or as components in 

Group Installation per NEC 430.53. 

When using the Class 11 - 3RV as a 

manual combination starter upstream 

protection is not required. 

Class 11 - 3RV controllers are available 

with low voltage protection which will 

automatically open the power poles 

when the voltage drops or the power 

is interrupted. 

Controllers with the LVP option provide 

the OSHA requirements for protecting 

personnel from potential injury caused 

by the automatic start-up of machinery 

following a voltage drop or power 

interruption when low voltage 

protection is specified. 

Class 11 - 3RV is available as Open 

style, or in NEMA 1. 

Standard Features include: 

b ON/OFF rotary handle with lockout 

and visible trip indication 

b Adjustment dial for setting to motor 

FLA (Starters only) 

b Low Voltage Protection (LVP) Option 

b Short Circuit trip at 13 times the 

maximum setting of the FLA dial 

or rated current 

b Ambient compensated up to 140°F 

b Phase loss sensitivity 

b Test trip function 

b LVP Option Meets OSHA 

Requirements 

b UL Listed 

b CSA Certified 

OPEN TYPE 

Starter 

NEMA 1 


17-10 



Starters and Switches, Class 11 - 3RV 


Selection 


No heaters required. 




For applications requiring a low voltage 

protection coil see table at right. 

Low Voltage Protection Coil Table 

60 Hz Voltage Letter 

120V 

* F 

208V 

* D 

240V 

* G 

460V 

* H 

*Add corresponding letter to end of base Class 11 

catalog number for low voltage protection coil 

with List Price adder. 

Note: The LVP option for Open type 3RV is available 

from the factory, please order separately from 

the field modification kits on page 17-101. 

The coil voltage should correspond with the 

line voltage. 

Class 11 Manual Motor Starter 

Manual Starter—Class 11 - 3RV 

Max HP Enclosure 

FLA 

Adjustment Single Phase 3-Phase 

Range a HP Ratings 

HP Ratings 

Open Type 

NEMA 1 


115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Catalog No. List Price $. Catalog No. List Price $ 

0.11-0.16 — — — — — — 3RV2011-0AA10 b 11AD3B 

0.14-0.2 — — — — — — 3RV2011-0BA10 b 11BD3B 

0.18-0.25 — — — — — — 3RV2011-0CA10 b 11CD3B 

0.22-0.32 — — — — — — 3RV2011-0DA10 b 11DD3B 

0.28-0.4 — — — — — — 3RV2011-0EA10 b 11ED3B 

0.35-0.5 — — — — — — 3RV2011-0FA10 b 11FD3B 

0.45-0.63 — — — — — — 3RV2021-0GA10 b 11GD3B 

0.55-0.8 — — — — — 1 

⁄2 3RV2021-0HA10 b 11HD3B 

0.7-1 — — — — 1 

⁄2 

1 

⁄2 3RV2021-0JA10 b 11JD3B 

0.9-1.25 — — — — 3 

⁄4 

3 

⁄4 3RV2021-0KA10 b 11KD3B 

1.1-1.6 — 1 

⁄10 — — 3 

⁄4 1 3RV2021-1AA10 b 11LD3B 

1.4-2 — 1 

⁄8 — — 1 1 1 ⁄2 3RV2021-1BA10 b 11MD3B 

1.8-2.5 — 1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄2 

1 

⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 3RV2021-1CA10 b 11ND3B 

2.2-3.2 1 

⁄10 

1 

⁄4 

3 

⁄4 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 3RV2021-1DA10 b 11PD3B 

2.8-4 1 

⁄8 

1 

⁄3 

3 

⁄4 1 2 3 3RV2021-1EA10 b 11QD3B 

3.5-5 1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄2 1 1 3 3 3RV2021-1FA10 b 11RD3B 

4.5-6.3 1 

⁄4 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 5 5 3RV2021-1GA10 b 11SD3B 

5.5-8 1 

⁄3 1 2 2 5 5 3RV2021-1HA10 b 11TD3B 

7-10 1 

⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 3 3 7 1 ⁄2 10 3RV2021-1JA10 b 11UD3B 

9-12.5 1 

⁄2 2 3 3 7 1 ⁄2 10 3RV2021-1KA10 b 11VD3B 

11-16 1 3 5 5 10 15 c 3RV2021-4AA10 b 11WD3B 

14-20 1 1 ⁄2 3 5 7 1 ⁄2 15 20 c 3RV2021-4BA10 b 11XD3B 

17-22 2 3 7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 15 20 c 3RV2021-4CA10 b 11YD3B 

20-25 2 c 5 c 7 1 ⁄2 c 7 1 ⁄2 c 15 c 20 c 3RV2021-4DA10 b 11ZD3B 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Manual Switch—Class 11 - 3RV 

Rated 

Single Phase 3-Phase 

NEMA 1 

Current a HP Ratings 

HP Ratings 

Open Type 


Max HP Enclosure 

115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Catalog No. List Price $. Catalog No. List Price $ 

1 — — — — 1 c ⁄2 1 c ⁄2 3RV2321-0JC10 b 111D3B 

5 1 c ⁄6 1 c ⁄2 1 c 1 c 3 c 3 c 3RV2321-1FC10 b 112D3B 

10 1 c ⁄2 1 1 c ⁄2 3 c 3 c 7 1 c ⁄2 10 c 3RV2321-1JC10 b 113D3B 

20 1 1 c ⁄2 3 c 5 c 7 1 c ⁄2 15 c 20 c 3RV2321-4BC10 b 114D3B 

25 2 c 5 c 7 1 c ⁄2 7 1 c ⁄2 15 c 20 c 3RV2321-4DC10 b 115D3B 

a Instantaneous Magnetic Trip will occur at 13 times 

the maximum FLA dial setting or rated switch current. 

b Product Category: IEC 

c Shaded Ratings apply for Manual Motor Controllers 

Only! These Ratings do not apply as UL Listed Manual 

Combination Starters. 



Heavy Duty Control 



General 

Class 

17 — Combination Starter 

(Non Fusible, Fusible) 

18 — Combination Starter 

(Circuit Breaker) 

25 — Reversing 

Combination Starter 

(Non Fusible, Fusible) 

26 — Reversing 


(Circuit Breaker) 

Size 

B — 00 

C — 0 

D — 1 

E — 1 3 ⁄4 

F — 2 

G — 2 1 ⁄2 

H — 3 

I — 3 1 ⁄2 

J — 4 

L — 5 

M — 6 

N — 7 

P — 8 

Model 

U — Solid-state OLR size 

0–4 & size 7 & 8 

P — Solid-state size 5 & 6 


92 — Standard Width 

82 — Extra Wide 

Solid-state OLR 

Current Range 

Three Phase 

A — 0.25–1 

B — 0.75–3.4 

C — 3–12 

D — 5.5–22 

E — 10–40 

F — 13–52 

G — 25–100 

H — 50–200 

J — 100–300 w/ CT’s 

K — 133–400 w/ CT’s 

L — 200–600 w/ CT’s 

M — 250–750 w/ CT’s 

N — 400–1200 w/ CT’s 


B — NEMA 1 

F — NEMA 4X Fiberglass 

N — NEMA 3/3R/4/12 

W — NEMA 4/4X 304 Stainless Steel 

X — NEMA 4/4X 316 Stainless Steel 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Class 

14 — Across the Line NEMA 

Motor Starter 

22 — Reversing NEMA Motor 

Starter 

40 — Across the Line NEMA 

Magnetic Contactor 

43 — Reversing NEMA Magnetic 

Contactor 

Size 

B — 00 

C — 0 

D — 1 

E — 1 3 ⁄4 

F — 2 

G — 2 1 ⁄2 

H — 3 

I — 3 1 ⁄2 

J — 4 

L — 5 

M — 6 

N — 7 

P — 8 

Model 

U — Solid-state OLR size 

00–4, Size 7 & 8 

P — Solid-state sizes 5 & 6 


Current Range 

Three Phase 

A — 0.25–1 

B — 0.75–3.4 

C — 3–12 

D — 5.5–22 

E — 10–40 

F — 13–52 

G — 25–100 

H — 50–200 

J — 100–300 w/ CT’s 

K — 133–400 w/ CT’s 

L — 200–600 w/ CT’s 

M — 250–750 w/ CT’s 

N — 400–1200 w/ CT’s 

Single Phase a 

A — 0.25–1 

B — 0.75–3.4 

C — 3–12 

D — 5.5–22 

Coil 

Pilot Control Circuit 

A — 110–120V/220–240V@60Hz 

2 — suitable for 

110V/190–220V@50Hz 

3-wire control 

C — 220–240V/440–480V@60Hz 

(NO aux. 

190–220V/380–440V@50Hz 

contact incl.) 

D — 200–208V@60Hz 

E — 550–600V@60Hz 

550V@50Hz 


F — 120V@60Hz 

110V@50Hz 

1 — 2 power poles,1-phase G — 220–240V@60Hz 

3 — 3 power poles, 3-phase 

190–220V@50Hz 

8 — 3 power poles, 3-phase, H — 440–480V@60Hz 

extra wide enclosure 

380–440V@50Hz 

J — 24V@60Hz 

24V@50Hz 

L — 277V@60Hz 

240V@50Hz 


A — Open 

B — NEMA 1 

F — NEMA 4X Fiberglass 

0 — NEMA 3/3R/4/12 

W — NEMA 4/4X 304 Stainless Steel 

X — NEMA 4/4X 316 Stainless Steel 

Class 

36 — Non 

Combination 

Reduced 

Voltage 

Starter 

37 — Combination 

Reduced 

Voltage 

Starter 

Size 

C — 0 

D — 1 

E — 1 3 ⁄4 

F — 2 

G — 2 1 ⁄2 

H — 3 

I — 3 1 ⁄2 

J — 4 

L — 5 

M — 6 

N — 7 

P — 8 

Model 

U — Solid-state 

OLR size 0–4 

& size 7 & 8 

P — Solid-state 

size 5 & 6 


Current Range 

Type 

T — Auto XFMR 

P — Part Wind. 

0 — Wye Delta 

Open Trans. 

C — Wye Delta 

Closed Trans. 

Line Volts 

2 — 230 

3 — 380 

4 — 460 

5 — 575 

6 — 200/208 


A — Open 

B — NEMA 1 

W — NEMA 4/4X 

Coil 

D 

E 

F 

Disconnect Type 

D — Non Fused Disc. 

F — Fusible Disc. 

P — MCP 

Stainless Steel G 

0 — NEMA H 

3/3R/4/12 L 

a Single phase solid-state OLR available on Class 14 

Starters only. 

Not available on sizes 5–8. 

For Class 37 only. 

Not available on sizes 7 and 8. 

17-12 




Features and Benefits 

General 



Size 00–4 magnetic starters include the 

following standard features: 


b Half Sizes for Cost and Space Savings 


b Solid State Overload Protection 

b Wide Range of Accessories 

b Easy Coil Access 

b Overload Test Feature 

b Straight Thru Wiring 

b Gravity Dropout 

b Large Silver Cadmium Contacts 


30, 40 & 43) 


22, 30, 40 & 43) 

Application 

Heavy Duty starters are designed for 

across the line starting of single phase 

and polyphase motors. 

These controls are available in NEMA 

Sizes 00 through 8. In addition to the 

usual NEMA Starter Sizes, Siemens 

offers three exclusive Half Sizes; 1 3 ⁄4, 

2 1 ⁄2 and 3 1 ⁄2. These integral sizes offer 

the same rugged, industrial 

construction as our NEMA Sizes and 

ensure efficient operating performance. 

Half Sizes provide a real cost savings 

by cutting down on over capacity when 

NEMA Sizes exceed the motor ratings. 

All Siemens Heavy Duty controls, 

including our popular Half Sizes comply 

with applicable NEMA and UL tests. 

All starters are supplied with a NO 

holding interlock that in conjunction 

with an appropriate pilot device will 

provide low voltage protection or 

release. 

NEMA starters are ideal for 

applications requiring dependability 

and durability. Typical applications 

include use with machine tools, air 

conditioning equipment, material 

handling equipment, compressors, 

hoists and various production and 

industrial equipment as well as in 

demanding automotive applications. 

Starters are available as an open type 

or in NEMA 1, 12/3/3R, 4 (painted), 

4/4X (stainless), and 4X (fiberglass) 

enclosures. 

Gravity Dropout 

For added reliability, the gravity dropout 

of the armature and contacts is assisted 

by stainless steel springs which help 

provide quick, precise opening of the 

contacts. 

45 Degree, Wedge Action Contacts 

The 45 degree, wedge action contacts 

reduce tracking and provide faster arc 

quenching. The resulting self-cleaning 

and reduced contact bounce mean 

cooler operation and longer life for the 

large silver cadmium oxide contacts. 

Terminal Design 

Control terminals are self-rising 

pressure type. 

Molded Coil 

Magnetic coils are carefully wound and 

then sealed in epoxy. Encapsulation 

helps seal out moisture, promotes 

heat transfer and resists electrical, 

mechanical and thermal stresses. 

Dual Voltage/Frequency Coil 

Starters are available with dual voltage, 

dual frequency coils. They are designed 

to operate on either 50 or 60 Hertz. 

Molded Stationary Contact Block 

Thermoset materials resist arc tracking 

and the stresses of heat and severe 

impact. 

Field Modification Kits 

All starters can be modified in the field 

with a complete range of accessories. 

These include pushbuttons, selector 

switches, pilot lights, auxiliary contacts 

and surge suppressors. 

Auxiliary Equipment 

b NEMA starters are available with 

built-in START-STOP push buttons 

for 3-wire control or a 

HAND-OFF-AUTO selector 

switch for 2-wire control 

b Field modifications such as auxiliary 

contacts, pilot lights, push buttons, 

selector switches, and fuse blocks 

are available to meet particular 

application requirements 

b Normally opened or normally closed 

auxiliary power pole kits are available 

for Sizes 00 through 1 3 ⁄4 

b Transformers can be ordered as 

either factory or field modifications. 

In some cases these may require a 

larger enclosure 

b A full line of replacement parts are 

available including contact kits, coils, 

and overload relays 

Size 5 & 6 Starters 

Additional Features 

b Solid State Overload (3RB type) 

Standard 

b Latest technology in arc quenching to 

extend contactor life 

b Wide variety of enclosures in all 

starter configurations 

Size 7 & 8 Starters 

Additional Features 

b New Compact Design 

b Can be mounted in any position 

b Same coil voltage is AC or DC 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 




Selection 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

ESP200 Solid State Starter 

ESP200 starters combine the rugged 

NEMA contactors with a state of the 

art solid state overload that provides 

phase loss, phase unbalance ground 

fault protection. It offers the user 

greater motor protection and extended 

life in heavy duty applications. The 

ESP200 ultimately results in a cost 

savings to the user. 

ESP200 Solid State Overload Relays 

Standard features provide Improved 

Starter Performance: 

b True phase loss protection; trips 

within 3 seconds 

b Phase unbalanced prevents motor 

running inefficiently 

b Ground fault trip when selected 

b Selectable trip class 5, 10, 20 or 30 

b Reset trip can be selected Auto/ 

Manual restart 

b Easy to select and use, Dip Switch 

selectable 

b Overload is self powered, no need for 

external power source 

Half Size Starters 

Half-Size starters feature all the 

rugged performance characteristics of 

our NEMA rated starter sizes, but are 

fractionally sized to more closely match 

your exact motor rating. As a result, 

significant economic savings are made 

possible without sacrificing the reliability 

you expect from a heavy duty starter. 

These additional starter sizes have the 

reserve capacity to handle occasional 

plugging and jogging applications 

without derating. Superior operating 

performance in heavy duty applications 

is assured by the large current carrying 

parts, not by derating the device. 

Exclusive “half-sizes” save potentially 

hundreds, even thousands of dollars 

per project. 

Using the table below, simply match 

the specific size starter to the 

horsepower rating of your motor. 

Every half-size starter saves you 

money—up to 31%. 

All “half-sizes” comply to applicable 

NEMA and UL standards. 

ESP200 ® FLA Adjustment Dial—Set the 

adjustment dial on the overload to the 

FLA of the motor. 

Figure 1 

Typical Solid-State Overload 

Adjustment Dial Markings 

DIP Switch Settings 

Adjust DIP switch settings to the Trip 

Class desired 5, 10, 20, or 30. 

b Set Phase Unbalance ON or OFF 

b Set Phase Loss ON or OFF 

b Set Reset to Manual or Automatic 

b Set Ground Fault ON or OFF 

Each overload is precisely calibrated 

and labels are laser printed. 

Savings for Siemens “Half-Size” Starters in NEMA 1 Enclosures, FVNR 

Motor Size 

“Half-Size” 

Starter Half 

Savings Over 

230V 460V Size 

Size List Price $ Next Full Size 

7 1 ⁄2 10 1 — — 

10 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 31% 

15 25 2 — — 

20 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 20% 

30 50 3 — — 

40 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 13% 

50 100 4 — — 

Standard Auxiliary Contacts 

Type Size (3rd Character) Configuration Internal / External 

B Thru E 1N.O. Internal 

All FVNR F Thru J 1N.O. External 

Starters & 

Contactors L Thru M 2N.O., 2N.C. External 

N Thru P 1N.O., 1N.C. External 

17-14 


Product Category: NEMA

Heavy Duty Motor Starters 

Solid State Overload with Auto/Manual Reset, Class 14 


Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. Dual voltage coils are 

wired on high voltage unless specified on order. 


Factory Modifications see page 17-114. 

Dimensions see pages 17-129 open and 17-141 enclosed. 


Replacement Parts see page 17-120. 

Coil Table 


Selection 

60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 a A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 a C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 

For other voltages and frequencies, 

see Factory Modifications page 17-114. 

Open Type & Standard Width Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole 

Max Hp 

Overload 

Enclosure 

Open Type 

NEMA 1 

Standard Auxiliary 


Contacts g 

NEMA 4/4X Stainless 

Watertight, Dust-tight, 

Corrosion Resistant 

@ = W for 304 Stainless Steel 

@ = X for 316 Stainless Steel 

NEMA 4X Fiberglass 

Watertight, Dust-tight 


NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

200 

NEMA Half 

Volts 230 

Volts 460 

Volts 575 

Amp Frame Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List 

Volts Size Size Range Size Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Catalog List 

Number Price $ 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 00 — 0.25–1 A 14BUA32A* 14BUA32B* Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 00 — 0.75–3.4 A 14BUB32A* 14BUB32B* Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — 

1 1 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 2 — 00 — 3–12 A1 14BUC32A* 14BUC32B* Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 0 — 0.25–1 A 14CUA32A* 14CUA32B* 14CUA32@* 14CUA32F* 14CUA320* 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 0 — 0.75–3.4 A 14CUB32A* 14CUB32B* 14CUB32@* 14CUB32F* 14CUB320* 

2 2 5 5 0 — 3–12 A1 14CUC32A* 14CUC32B* 14CUC32@* 14CUC32F* 14CUC320* 

3 3 — — 0 — 5.5–22 A1 14CUD32A* 14CUD32B* 14CUD32@* 14CUD32F* 14CUD320* 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 1 — 0.25–1 A 14DUA32A* 14DUA32B* 14DUA32@* 14DUA32F* 14DUA320* 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 1 — 0.75–3.4 A 14DUB32A* 14DUB32B* 14DUB32@* 14DUB32F* 14DUB320* 

2 2 5 5 1 — 3–12 A1 14DUC32A* 14DUC32B* 14DUC32@* 14DUC32F* 14DUC320* 

3 3 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 14DUD32A* 14DUD32B* 14DUD32@* 14DUD32F* 14DUD320* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 14DUE32A* 14DUE32B* 14DUE32@* 14DUE32F* 14DUE320* 

10 10 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 14EUE32A* 14EUE32B* 14EUE32@* 14EUE32F* 14EUE320* 

10 15 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 14FUF32A* 14FUF32B* 14FUF32@* 14FUF32F* 14FUF320* 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 14GUG32A* 14GUG32B* 14GUG32@* 14GUG32F* 14GUG320* 

25 30 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 14HUG32A* 14HUG32B* 14HUG32@* 14HUG32F* 14HUG320* 

30 40 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 50–200 B 14IUH32A* 14IUH32B* 14IUH32@* 14IUH32F* 14IUH320* 

40 50 100 100 4 — 50–200 B 14JUH32A* 14JUH32B* 14JUH32@* 14JUH32F* 14JUH320* 

75 100 200 200 5 — 55–250 — 14LPU32A* 14LPU32B* — — — — 14LPU320* 

150 200 400 400 6 — 160–630 — 14MPX32A* 14MPX32B* — — — — 14MPX320* 

— 300 600 600 7* — 400–1220 A1+CT 14NUN32A* 14NUN32B* — — — — 14NUN320* 

— 450 900 900 8 — 400–1220 A1+CT 14PUN32A* 14PUN32B* — — — — 14PUN320* 

Open Type & Standard Width Enclosure, Single Phase, 2-Pole 

Max Hp 

Overload 

Enclosure 

Open Type 

NEMA 1 



Contacts 

115 

Volts 

1 

⁄8 

208/ 

230 

Volts 









NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

NEMA Amp Frame Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List 

Size Range Size Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Catalog 

Number 

1 

⁄4 0 0.75–3.4 A 14CUB12A* 14CUB12B* 14CUB12@* 14CUB12F* 14CUB120* 

1 

⁄4 

1 

⁄2 0 3–12 A1 14CUC12A* 14CUC12B* 14CUC12@* 14CUC12F* 14CUC120* 

1 2 0 5.5–22 A1 14CUD12A* 14CUD12B* 14CUD12@* 14CUD12F* 14CUD120* 

1 

⁄8 

1 

⁄4 1 0.75–3.4 A 14DUB12A* 14DUB12B* 14DUB12@* 14DUB12F* 14DUB120* 

1 

⁄4 

1 

⁄2 1 3–12 A1 14DUC12A* 14DUC12B* 14DUC12@* 14DUC12F* 14DUC120* 

1 2 1 5.5–22 A1 14DUD12A* 14DUD12B* 14DUD12@* 14DUD12F* 14DUD120* 

3 7 1 ⁄2 2 25-100 B 14FUG12A* 14FUG12B* 14FUG12@* 14FUG12F* 14FUG120* 

7 1 ⁄2 15 3 25-100 B 14HUG12A* 14HUG12B* 14HUG12@* 14HUG12F* 14HUG120* 

List 

Price $ 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the 

National Electric Code). 

a Dual voltage coils not available in size 5–8 starters. 

Coils D, F, or G will be wired for incoming voltage. J coil 

will be wired for separate source. Coils E, H, and L do 

not apply to single phase starters. 

F coil 100-250V AC 50/60Hz, or DC, 

H coil 150-500V AC 50/60Hz, or DC 

Only available F coil100-250V AC 50/60Hz, or DC 

To receive a single phase starter in an extra wide enclosure 

order an enclosure kit from pg 17-111 and the open style 

starter from pg 17-15 as separate items. 




Solid State Overload with Auto/Manual Reset, Class 14 


Selection 


Coil Table 

NEMA 1 








60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 



Extra Wide Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole 

Max Hp 

Overload 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 







NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 



200 

Volts 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 00 — 0.25–1 A 14BUA82B* Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 00 — 0.75–3.4 A 14BUB82B* Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — 

1 1 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 2 — 00 — 3–12 A1 14BUC82B* Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 0 — 0.25–1 A 14CUA82B* 14CUA82@* 14CUA820* 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 0 — 0.75–3.4 A 14CUB82B* 14CUB82@* 14CUB820* 

2 2 5 5 0 — 3–12 A1 14CUC82B* 14CUC82@* 14CUC820* 

3 3 — — 0 — 5.5–22 A1 14CUD82B* 14CUD82@* 14CUD820* 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 1 — 0.25–1 A 14DUA82B* 14DUA82@* 14DUA820* 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 1 — 0.75–3.4 A 14DUB82B* 14DUB82@* 14DUB820* 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

2 2 5 5 1 — 3–12 A1 14DUC82B* 14DUC82@* 14DUC820* 

3 3 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 14DUD82B* 14DUD82@* 14DUD820* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 14DUE82B* 14DUE82@* 14DUE820* 

10 10 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 14EUE82B* 14EUE82@* 14EUE820* 

10 15 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 14FUF82B* 14FUF82@* 14FUF820* 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 14GUG82B* 14GUG82@* 14GUG820* 

25 30 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 14HUG82B* 14HUG82@* 14HUG820* 

30 40 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 50–200 B 14IUH82B* 14IUH82@* 14IUH820* 



17-16 



Combination Heavy Duty Starters 



General 


Features 

Combination starters include 

the following features: 

b Manufactured with Cold Forming 

“TOX” Process 

b Solid State Overloads Standard on 

Sizes 5–8 

b Easy to Install 

b Wide Range of Enclosure Types 

Available 

b Heavy Duty Quarter Turns 

b 100kA Short Circuit Current Rating 

when Protected with Class R Fuses 

to 600V or MCP to 480V 

b Visible Blade Disconnect 

b Industrial Type Disconnect Handle 


25, 26 & 32) 


18, 25, 26 & 32) 

Application 

A combination starter meets National 

Electrical Code requirements for: 

1. A means of providing short circuit 

motor protection with fused or breaker 

disconnection of line voltage. 

2. A means of safeguarding personnel 

from contact with live parts and from 

accidental starting of machinery by 

disconnecting the motor and the 

controller. 

3. A motor controller with overload 

protection. 

Prewired combination starters eliminate 

the cost of wiring between separate 

disconnect and starter. Factory testing 

assures field performance. Combination 

starters also provide a more compact 

and attractive installation than separate 

units. 


Combination starters are available in 

NEMA 1, 12/3/3R/4 (painted), 4/4X 

(stainless), and 4X fiberglass enclosures. 

Enclosures protect personnel from 

contact with live parts and depending 

upon the construction, protect the 

control in varying degrees from physical 

damage and harmful atmospheres. All 

enclosures are supplied with corrosion 

resistant finishes. 

Heavy Duty Disconnect Switches 

The disconnect switch that goes the 

distance in durability, performance and 

reliability has the following advantages: 

b Visible blades for the highest level 

of safety 

b Double break switching action to 

reduce arcing, increase lifetime and 

eliminate the “electric hinge” 

b More rugged positive action switch 

b Oversized lugs are standard 

b Line side shield to help guard 

personnel from contact with live parts 

b Higher horsepower rating for 

design E high efficiency motors 

b UL listed for IIsco, Burndy and T&B 

crimp type lugs 

b The 200A switch accepts up to 300 

MCM versus 250 MCM wire size 

Its rugged construction - with a high 

fault withstand rating of 100kA at 600 

VAC when fused with class R rated 

fuses - meets the most stringent 

industry standards set forth by the 

automotive, petro-chemical, and pulp 

and paper industries. UL recognized and 

CSA certified, our disconnect switches 

are available either non-fusible or fusible 

with class R and class J fuse clips. 

Enclosure Kits for NEMA 

Combination Starters Description 

You can assemble a non-stocked combination 

starter per your unanticipated 

needs in minutes. Say, for example, 

your customer needs a fusible combination 

starter that you don’t have in stock. 

You need in now, but don’t sweat it. 

Simply start with the enclosure kit 

which has the handle preinstalled. You 

install the required starter and fusible 

disconnect, connect the power wire 

and you are finished. Within minutes, 

you have the required combination 

starter in your hands. No more waiting 

on the factory. You need it, you got it! 

What Is In It For You! 

b Reduce Lead-time - What used to 

take days to get now takes minutes 

b Reduced Inventory - Instead of 

stocking scores of various combination 

starters, simply stock a few 

enclosure kits, disconnect kits, circuit 

breaker kits and open starters. With 

these basic “building blocks” you 

virtually have hundreds of products 

on-hand 

b Quality - The same high level of 

quality you have been accustomed 

to with our products will also be 

found in these new enclosure kits 

b UL Listed - By correctly following 

the instructions included with the kits, 

the product you build is 

UL/CSA Listed 

Refer to page 17-112 for more details. 

Siemens Type ETI Circuit Breaker 

The ETI circuit breaker is a device 

designed specifically for application 

in motor circuits. The ETI is a magnetic 

only protective device designed to 

provide protection against short 

circuit current. 

The instantaneous-only type ETI circuit 

breaker employs adjustable magnetic 

trip settings to allow broader application 

ranges and a higher degree of motor 

short circuit protection. 


These combination starters use the 

same starters described in the heavy 

duty starter section of this catalog. 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



Non-Fusible with Solid State Overload, Class 17 




For Fusible Styles see page 17-20. 







Coil Table 

Selection 

60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 a A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 a C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 



Standard Width Enclosure, 3 Phase, 3-Pole 

Max Hp 

Overload 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 










NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Disc. 

200 

Volts 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

Amp 

Range 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 0 — 0.25–1 A 30 17CUA92B* 17CUA92@* 17CUA92F* 17CUA92N* 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 0 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 17CUB92B* 17CUB92@* 17CUB92F* 17CUB92N* 

2 2 5 5 0 — 3–12 A1 30 17CUC92B* 17CUC92@* 17CUC92F* 17CUC92N* 

3 3 — — 0 — 5.5–22 A1 30 17CUD92B* 17CUD92@* 17CUD92F* 17CUD92N* 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 1 — 0.25–1 A 30 17DUA92B* 17DUA92@* 17DUA92F* 17DUA92N* 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 1 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 17DUB92B* 17DUB92@* 17DUB92F* 17DUB92N* 

2 2 5 5 1 — 3–12 A1 30 17DUC92B* 17DUC92@* 17DUC92F* 17DUC92N* 

3 3 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 30 17DUD92B* 17DUD92@* 17DUD92F* 17DUD92N* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 60 17DUE92B* 17DUE92@* 17DUE92F* 17DUE92N* 

10 10 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 60 17EUE92B* 17EUE92@* 17EUE92F* 17EUE92N* 

10 15 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 60 17FUF92B* 17FUF92@* 17FUF92F* 17FUF92N* 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 100 17GUG92B* 17GUG92@* 17GUG92F* 17GUG92N* 

20 25 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 100 17HUG92B* 17HUG92@* 17HUG92F* 17HUG92N* 

30 40 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 50–200 B 200 17IUH92B* 17IUH92@* 17IUH92F* 17IUH92N* 

40 50 100 100 4 — 50–200 B 200 17JUH92B* 17JUH92@* 17JUH92F* 17JUH92N* 

75 100 200 200 5 — 55–250 — 400 17LPU92B* — — — — 17LPU92N* 

150 200 400 400 6 — 160–630 — 600 17MPX92B* — — — — 17MPX92N* 

— 300 600 600 7 — 400–1220 A1+CT 1200 17NUN92B* — — — — 17NUN92N* 

— 450 900 900 8 — 400–1220 A1+CT 1600 17PUN92B* — — — — 17PUN92N* 

List 

Price $ 



a Dual voltage coils not available in starter sizes 5–8. 

For 60A disconnect, order fusible cat. no. page 17-20. 

For 20 HP and 200A disconnect, order fusible cat. no. 

page 17-20. 


page 17-20. 




Only available 

F coil 100-250V AC 50/60Hz, or DC 

17-18 




Non-Fusible with Solid State Overload, Class 17 


Selection 




For Fusible Styles see page 17-21. 






Coil Table 

60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 




Hp 

200 

Volts 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Overload 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

Disc. 

Amp 

Range 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 






Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 0 — 0.25–1 A 30 17CUA82B* 17CUA82@* 17CUA82N* 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 0 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 17CUB82B* 17CUB82@* 17CUB82N* 

2 2 5 5 0 — 3–12 A1 30 17CUC82B* 17CUC82@* 17CUC82N* 

3 3 — — 0 — 5.5–22 A1 30 17CUD82B* 17CUD82@* 17CUD82N* 

1 1 1 

⁄6 ⁄6 ⁄3 

1 

⁄2 

1 

⁄2 1 — 0.25–1 A 30 17DUA82B* 17DUA82@* 17DUA82N* 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 1 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 17DUB82B* 17DUB82@* 17DUB82N* 

2 2 5 5 1 — 3–12 A1 30 17DUC82B* 17DUC82@* 17DUC82N* 

3 3 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 30 17DUD82B* 17DUD82@* 17DUD82N* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 60 17DUE82B* 17DUE82@* 17DUE82N* 

10 10 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 60 17EUE82B* 17EUE82@* 17EUE82N* 

10 15 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 60 17FUF82B* 17FUF82@* 17FUF82N* 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 100 a 17GUG82B* 17GUG82@* 17GUG82N* 

20 b 25 c 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 100 17HUG82B* 17HUG82@* 17HUG82N* 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





page 17-21. 


page 17-21. 




Fusible with Solid State Overload, Class 17 









Coil Table 


Selection 

60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 a A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 a C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 





17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Standard Width Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole 

Max Hp 

200 

Volts 

1 

⁄6 

Overload 

Disc. 

Amp Fuse Clip 

Range Amp/Volts 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 










NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

230 460 575 NEMA Half Amp Frame 

Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog 

Volts Volts Volts Size Size Range Size 

Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number 

1 

⁄6 — — 0 — 0.25–1 A 30 30A/250V 17CUA92B*10 17CUA92@*10 17CUA92F*10 17CUA92N*10 

— — 1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 0 — 0.25–1 A 30 30A/600V 17CUA92B*11 17CUA92@*11 17CUA92F*11 17CUA92N*11 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 — — 0 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 30A/250V 17CUB92B*10 17CUB92@*10 17CUB92F*10 17CUB92N*10 

— — 1 1 ⁄2 2 0 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 30A/600V 17CUB92B*11 17CUB92@*11 17CUB92F*11 17CUB92N*11 

2 2 — — 0 — 3–12 A1 30 30A/250V 17CUC92B*10 17CUC92@*10 17CUC92F*10 17CUC92N*10 

— — 5 5 0 — 3–12 A1 30 30A/600V 17CUC92B*11 17CUC92@*11 17CUC92F*11 17CUC92N*11 

3 3 — — 0 — 5.5–22 A1 30 30A/250V 17CUD92B*10 17CUD92@*10 17CUD92F*10 17CUD92N*10 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 — — 1 — 0.25–1 A 30 30A/250V 17DUA92B*10 17DUA92@*10 17DUA92F*10 17DUA92N*10 

— — 1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 1 — 0.25–1 A 30 30A/600V 17DUA92B*11 17DUA92@*11 17DUA92F*11 17DUA92N*11 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 — — 1 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 30A/250V 17DUB92B*10 17DUB92@*10 17DUB92F*10 17DUB92N*10 

— — 1 1 ⁄2 2 1 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 30A/600V 17DUB92B*11 17DUB92@*11 17DUB92F*11 17DUB92N*11 

2 2 — — 1 — 3–12 A1 30 30A/250V 17DUC92B*10 17DUC92@*10 17DUC92F*10 17DUC92N*10 

— — 5 5 1 — 3–12 A1 30 30A/600V 17DUC92B*11 17DUC92@*11 17DUC92F*11 17DUC92N*11 

3 3 — — 1 — 5.5–22 A1 30 30A/250V 17DUD92B*10 17DUD92@*10 17DUD92F*10 17DUD92N*10 

— — 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 30 30A/600V 17DUD92B*11 17DUD92@*11 17DUD92F*11 17DUD92N*11 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 30 30A/250V 17DUE92B*10 17DUE92@*10 17DUE92F*10 17DUE92N*10 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 60 60A/250V 17DUE92B*12 17DUE92@*12 17DUE92F*12 17DUE92N*12 

— — 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 60 60A/600V 17EUE92B*13 17EUE92@*13 17EUE92F*13 17EUE92N*13 

10 10 — — — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 60 60A/250V 17EUE92B*12 17EUE92@*12 17EUE92F*12 17EUE92N*12 

10 15 — — 2 — 13–52 B 60 60A/250V 17FUF92B*12 17FUF92@*12 17FUF92F*12 17FUF92N*12 

— — 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 60 60A/600V 17FUF92B*13 17FUF92@*13 17FUF92F*13 17FUF92N*13 

— — — 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 60 60A/600V 17GUG92B*13 17GUG92@*13 17GUG92F*13 17GUG92N*13 

— — 30 — — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 100 100A/600V 17GUG92B*15 17GUG92@*15 17GUG92F*15 17GUG92N*15 

15 20 — — — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 100 100A/250V 17GUG92B*14 17GUG92@*14 17GUG92F*14 17GUG92N*14 

20 25 — — 3 — 25–100 B 100 100A/250V 17HUG92B*14 17HUG92@*14 17HUG92F*14 17HUG92N*14 

— — 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 100 100A/600V 17HUG92B*15 17HUG92@*15 17HUG92F*15 17HUG92N*15 

25 30 — — 3 — 25–100 B 200 200A/250V 17HUG92B*16 17HUG92@*16 17HUG92F*16 17HUG92N*16 

30 40 — — — 3 1 ⁄2 50–200 B 200 200A/250V 17IUH92B*16 17IUH92@*16 17IUH92F*16 17IUH92N*16 

— — 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 50–200 B 200 200A/600V 17IUH92B*17 17IUH92@*17 17IUH92F*17 17IUH92N*17 

40 50 — — 4 — 50–200 B 200 200A/250V 17JUH92B*16 17JUH92@*16 17JUH92F*16 17JUH92N*16 

— — 100 100 4 — 50–200 B 200 200A/600V 17JUH92B*17 17JUH92@*17 17JUH92F*17 17JUH92N*17 

75 100 — — 5 — 55–250 — 400 400A/250V 17LPU92B*18 — — — — 17LPU92N*18 

— 100 — — 5 — 55–250 — 600 600A/250V 17LPU92B*20 — — — — 17LPU92N*20 

— — — 125 5 — 55–250 — 200 200A/600V 17LPU92B*17 — — — — 17LPU92N*17 

— — 200 200 5 — 55–250 — 400 400A/600V 17LPU92B*19 — — — — 17LPU92N*19 

— — 200 — 5 — 55–250 — 600 600A/600V 17LPU92B*21 — — — — 17LPU92N*21 

150 200 — — 6 — 160–630 — 600 600A/250V 17MPX92B*20 — — — — 17MPX92N*20 

— — 400 400 6 — 160–630 — 600 600A/600V 17MPX92B*21 — — — — 17MPX92N*21 

— — 400 400 6 — 160–630 — 800 800A/600V 17MPX92B*23 — — — — 17MPX92N*23 

— — 600 600 7 — 400–1220 A1+CT 1200 1200A/600V 17NUN92B*24 — — — — 17NUN92N*24 

— — 900 900 8 — 400–1220 A1+CT 1600 1600A/600V 17PUN92B*25 — — — — 17PUN92N*25 

List 

Price $ 




Use Class J fuses only. 

Single phase wiring page 17-156. 





17-20 



Fusible with Solid State Overload, Class 17 










Coil Table 

Selection 

60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 




Max Hp 

200 

Volts 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Overload 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

Disc. 

Amp 

Range 

Fuse Clip 

Amp/Volts 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 





Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

Catalog 

Number 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 

— — 0 — 0.25–1 A 30 30A/250V 17CUA82B*10 17CUA82@*10 17CUA82N*10 

— — 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 0 — 0.25–1 A 30 30A/600V 17CUA82B*11 17CUA82@*11 17CUA82N*11 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 

— — 0 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 30A/250V 17CUB82B*10 17CUB82@*10 17CUB82N*10 

— — 1 1 ⁄2 2 0 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 30A/600V 17CUB82B*11 17CUB82@*11 17CUB82N*11 

2 2 — — 0 — 3–12 A1 30 30A/250V 17CUC82B*10 17CUC82@*10 17CUC82N*10 

— — 5 5 0 — 3–12 A1 30 30A/600V 17CUC82B*11 17CUC82@*11 17CUC82N*11 

3 3 — — 0 — 5.5–22 A1 30 30A/250V 17CUD82B*10 17CUD82@*10 17CUD82N*10 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 

— — 1 — 0.25–1 A 30 30A/250V 17DUA82B*10 17DUA82@*10 17DUA82N*10 

— — 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 

1 — 0.25–1 A 30 30A/600V 17DUA82B*11 17DUA82@*11 17DUA82N*11 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 

— — 1 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 30A/250V 17DUB82B*10 17DUB82@*10 17DUB82N*10 

— — 1 1 ⁄2 2 1 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 30A/600V 17DUB82B*11 17DUB82@*11 17DUB82N*11 

2 2 — — 1 — 3–12 A1 30 30A/250V 17DUC82B*10 17DUC82@*10 17DUC82N*10 

— — 5 5 1 — 3–12 A1 30 30A/600V 17DUC82B*11 17DUC82@*11 17DUC82N*11 

3 3 — — 1 — 5.5–22 A1 30 30A/250V 17DUD82B*10 17DUD82@*10 17DUD82N*10 

— — 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 30 30A/600V 17DUD82B*11 17DUD82@*11 17DUD82N*11 

5 5 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 30 30A/250V 17DUE82B*10 17DUE82@*10 17DUE82N*10 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 

— — 1 — 10–40 A1 60 60A/250V 17DUE82B*12 17DUE82@*12 17DUE82N*12 

— — 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 60 60A/600V 17EUE82B*13 17EUE82@*13 17EUE82N*13 

10 10 — — — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 60 60A/250V 17EUE82B*12 17EUE82@*12 17EUE82N*12 

10 15 — — 2 — 13–52 B 60 60A/250V 17FUF82B*12 17FUF82@*12 17FUF82N*12 

— — 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 60 60A/600V 17FUF82B*13 17FUF82@*13 17FUF82N*13 

— — — 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 60 60A/600V 17GUG82B*13 17GUG82@*13 17GUG82N*13 

— — 30 — — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 100 100A/600V 17GUG82B*15 17GUG82@*15 17GUG82N*15 

15 20 — — — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 100 100A/250V 17GUG82B*14 17GUG82@*14 17GUG82N*14 

20 25 — — 3 — 25–100 B 100 100A/250V 17HUG82B*14 17HUG82@*14 17HUG82N*14 

— — 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 100 100A/600V 17HUG82B*15 17HUG82@*15 17HUG82N*15 

25 30 — — 3 — 25–100 B 200 200A/250V 17HUG82B*16 17HUG82@*16 17HUG82N*16 

List 

Price $ 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per 

the National Electric Code). 



MCP Type with Solid State Overload, Class 18 










Coil Table 

Selection 

60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 a A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 a C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 





17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Standard Width Enclosure, 3-Phase, 3-Pole 

Max Hp 

200 

Volts 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Motor 

Circuit 

Interruter 

ETI Amps 

Overload 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 






Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 




Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

Catalog 

Number 

1 

⁄2 

1 

⁄2 1 1 0 — 3 0.75–3.4 A 18CUB92B* 18CUB92@* 18CUB92F* 18CUB92N* 

2 2 5 5 0 — 10 3–12 A1 18CUC92B* 18CUC92@* 18CUC92F* 18CUC92N* 

3 3 — — 0 — 25 5.5–22 A1 18CUD92B* 18CUD92@* 18CUD92F* 18CUD92N* 

1 

⁄2 

1 

⁄2 1 1 1 — 3 0.75–3.4 A 18DUB92B* 18DUB92@* 18DUB92F* 18DUB92N* 

2 2 5 5 1 — 10 3–12 A1 18DUC92B* 18DUC92@* 18DUC92F* 18DUC92N* 

3 3 7 1 ⁄2 10 1 — 25 5.5–22 A1 18DUD92B* 18DUD92@* 18DUD92F* 18DUD92N* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 10 — 1 — 30 10–40 A1 18DUE92B* 18DUE92@* 18DUE92F* 18DUE92N* 

— — 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 40 10–40 A1 18EUE92B* 18EUE92@* 18EUE92F* 18EUE92N* 

10 15 25 25 2 — 50 13–52 B 18FUF92B* 18FUF92@* 18FUF92F* 18FUF92N* 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 100 25–100 B 18GUG92B* 18GUG92@* 18GUG92F* 18GUG92N* 

25 30 50 50 3 — 125 25–100 B 18HUG92B* 18HUG92@* 18HUG92F* 18HUG92N* 

30 40 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 125 50–200 B 18IUH92B* 18IUH92@* 18IUH92F* 18IUH92N* 

40 50 100 100 4 — 150 50–200 B 18JUH92B* 18JUH92@* 18JUH92F* 18JUH92N* 

50 75 150 200 5 — 250 55–250 — 18LPT92B* — — — — 18LPT92N* 

75 100 200 — 5 — 400 55–250 — 18LPU92B* — — — — 18LPU92N* 

100 125 250 300 6 — 400 160–630 — 18MPW92B* — — — — 18MPW92N* 

150 200 400 400 6 — 600 160–630 — 18MPX92B* — — — — 18MPX92N* 

— 250 500 500 7 — 800 400–1220 A1+CT 18NUV92B* — — — — 18NUV92N* 

— 300 600 600 7 — 1000 400–1220 A1+CT 18NUY92B* — — — — 18NUY92N* 

— 400 800 800 8 — 1200 400–1220 A1+CT 18PUW92B* — — — — 18PUW92N* 

— 450 900 900 8 — 1600 400–1220 A1+CT 18PUZ92B* — — — — 18PUZ92N* 

List 

Price $ 








17-22 




MCP Type with Solid State Overload, Class 18 


Selection 









Coil Table 

60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 




Max Hp 

200 

Volts 

1 

⁄2 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Motor 

Circuit 

Interruter 

ETI Amps 

Overload 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 






Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

Catalog 

Number 

1 

⁄2 1 1 0 — 3 0.75–3.4 A 18CUB82B* 18CUB82@* 18CUB82N* 

List 

Price $ 

2 2 5 5 0 — 10 3–12 A1 18CUC82B* 18CUC82@* 18CUC82N* 

3 3 — — 0 — 25 5.5–22 A1 18CUD82B* 18CUD82@* 18CUD82N* 

1 

⁄2 

1 

⁄2 1 1 1 — 3 0.75–3.4 A 18DUB82B* 18DUB82@* 18DUB82N* 

2 2 5 5 1 — 10 3–12 A1 18DUC82B* 18DUC82@* 18DUC82N* 

3 3 7 1 ⁄2 10 1 — 25 5.5–22 A1 18DUD82B* 18DUD82@* 18DUD82N* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 10 — 1 — 30 10–40 A1 18DUE82B* 18DUE82@* 18DUE82N* 

— — 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 40 10–40 A1 18EUE82B* 18EUE82@* 18EUE82N* 

10 15 25 25 2 — 50 13–52 B 18FUF82B* 18FUF82@* 18FUF82N* 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 100 25–100 B 18GUG82B* 18GUG82@* 18GUG82N* 

25 30 50 50 3 — 125 25–100 B 18HUG82B* 18HUG82@* 18HUG82N* 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Reversing Heavy Duty Starters 

Solid State Overload, Class 22 


Selection 






Dimensions see page 17-130 open and 17-145 enclosed. 


Coil Table 

60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 a A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 a C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 




Max Hp 

Overload 

Enclosure 

Open Type 

NEMA 1 



Contacts 




304 Stainless Steel 




NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

200 

Volts 

1 

⁄6 

230 

Volts 

1 

⁄6 

460 

Volts 

1 

⁄3 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

1 

⁄2 00 — 0.25–1 A 22BUA32A* 22BUA32B* Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — 

List 

Price $ 



1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 00 — 0.75–3.4 A 22BUB32A* 22BUB32B* Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — 

1 1 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 2 — 00 — 3–12 A1 22BUC32A* 22BUC32B* Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — 

1 1 

⁄6 ⁄6 

1 

⁄2 

1 

⁄3 1⁄2 0 — 0.25–1 A 22CUA32A* 22CUA32B* 22CUA32W* 22CUA32F* 22CUA320* 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 0 — 0.75–3.4 A 22CUB32A* 22CUB32B* 22CUB32W* 22CUB32F* 22CUB320* 

2 2 5 5 0 — 3–12 A1 22CUC32A* 22CUC32B* 22CUC32W* 22CUC32F* 22CUC320* 

3 3 — — 0 — 5.5–22 A1 22CUD32A* 22CUD32B* 22CUD32W* 22CUD32F* 22CUD320* 

1 1 1 

⁄6 ⁄6 ⁄3 

1 

⁄2 1 — 0.25–1 A 22DUA32A* 22DUA32B* 22DUA32W* 22DUA32F* 22DUA320* 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 1 — 0.75–3.4 A 22DUB32A* 22DUB32B* 22DUB32W* 22DUB32F* 22DUB320* 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

2 2 5 5 1 — 3–12 A1 22DUC32A* 22DUC32B* 22DUC32W* 22DUC32F* 22DUC320* 

3 3 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 22DUD32A* 22DUD32B* 22DUD32W* 22DUD32F* 22DUD320* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 22DUE32A* 22DUE32B* 22DUE32W* 22DUE32F* 22DUE320* 

10 10 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 22EUE32A* 22EUE32B* 22EUE32W* 22EUE32F* 22EUE320* 

10 15 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 22FUF32A* 22FUF32B* 22FUF32W* 22FUF32F* 22FUF320* 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 22GUG32A* 22GUG32B* 22GUG32W* 22GUG32F* 22GUG320* 

25 30 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 22HUG32A* 22HUG32B* 22HUG32W* 22HUG32F* 22HUG320* 

30 40 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 50–200 B 22IUH32A* 22IUH32B* 22IUH32W* 22IUH32F* 22IUH320* 

40 50 100 100 4 — 50–200 B 22JUH32A* 22JUH32B* 22JUH32W* 22JUH32F* 22JUH320* 

75 100 200 200 5 — 55–250 — 22LPU32A* 22LPU32B* — — — — 22LPU320* 

150 200 400 400 6 — 160–630 — 22MPX32A* 22MPX32B* — — — — 22MPX320* 

— 300 600 600 7 — 400–1220 A1+CT 22NUN32A* 22NUN32B* — — — — 22NUN320* 

— 450 900 900 8 — 400–1220 A1+CT 22PUN32A* 22PUN32B* — — — — 22PUN320* 









Auxiliary contacts 

22B-22E 4th pole built-in 

22F-22J 2 NO & 2 NC 

17-24 



Combination Reversing Heavy Duty Starters 

Non-Fusible, Class 25 




Fuse clips see page 17-115. 







Coil Table 

Selection 

60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 a A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 a C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 



Standard Width Enclosure with Solid State Overload, 3-Phase, 3-Pole 

Max Hp 

Overload 

Enclosure 

200 

Volts 

Disc. 

Amp 

Rating 

NEMA 1 









NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 0 — 0.25–1 A 30 25CUA92B* 25CUA92W* 25CUA92F* 25CUA92N* 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 0 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 25CUB92B* 25CUB92W* 25CUB92F* 25CUB92N* 

2 2 5 5 0 — 3–12 A1 30 25CUC92B* 25CUC92W* 25CUC92F* 25CUC92N* 

3 3 — — 0 — 5.5–22 A1 30 25CUD92B* 25CUD92W* 25CUD92F* 25CUD92N* 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 1 — 0.25–1 A 30 25DUA92B* 25DUA92W* 25DUA92F* 25DUA92N* 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 1 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 25DUB92B* 25DUB92W* 25DUB92F* 25DUB92N* 

2 2 5 5 1 — 3–12 A1 30 25DUC92B* 25DUC92W* 25DUC92F* 25DUC92N* 

3 3 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 30 25DUD92B* 25DUD92W* 25DUD92F* 25DUD92N* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 60 25DUE92B* 25DUE92W* 25DUE92F* 25DUE92N* 

10 10 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 60 25EUE92B* 25EUE92W* 25EUE92F* 25EUE92N* 

10 15 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 60 25FUF92B* 25FUF92W* 25FUF92F* 25FUF92N* 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 100 25GUG92B* 25GUG92W* 25GUG92F* 25GUG92N* 

20 25 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 100 25HUG92B* 25HUG92W* 25HUG92F* 25HUG92N* 

30 40 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 50–200 B 200 25IUH92B* 25IUH92W* 25IUH92F* 25IUH92N* 

40 50 100 100 4 — 50–200 B 200 25JUH92B* 25JUH92W* 25JUH92F* 25JUH92N* 

75 100 200 200 5 — 55–250 — 400 25LPU92B* — — — — 25LPU92N* 

150 200 400 400 6 — 160–630 — 600 25MPX92B* — — — — 25MPX92N* 

— 300 600 600 7 — 400–1220 A1+CT 1200 25NUN92B* — — — — 25NUN92N* 

— 450 900 900 8 — 400–1220 A1+CT 1600 25PUN92B* — — — — 25PUN92N* 

List 

Price $ 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 











MCP Type, Class 26 


Selection 









Coil Table 

60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 a A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 a C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 





17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Standard Width Enclosure with Solid State Overload, 3-Phase, 3-Pole 

Max Hp 

200 

Volts 

1 

⁄2 

Motor 

Circuit 

Interruter 

ETI Amps 

Overload 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 









NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

230 460 575 NEMA Half 

Amp Frame Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog 

Volts Volts Volts Size Size 

Range Size Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number 

1 

⁄2 1 1 0 — 3 0.75–3.4 A 26CUB92B* 26CUB92W* 26CUB92F* 26CUB92N* 

2 2 5 5 0 — 10 3–12 A1 26CUC92B* 26CUC92W* 26CUC92F* 26CUC92N* 

3 3 — — 0 — 25 5.5–22 A1 26CUD92B* 26CUD92W* 26CUD92F* 26CUD92N* 

1 

⁄2 

1 

⁄2 1 1 1 — 3 0.75–3.4 A 26DUB92B* 26DUB92W* 26DUB92F* 26DUB92N* 

2 2 5 5 1 — 10 3–12 A1 26DUC92B* 26DUC92W* 26DUC92F* 26DUC92N* 

3 3 7 1 ⁄2 10 1 — 25 5.5–22 A1 26DUD92B* 26DUD92W* 26DUD92F* 26DUD92N* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 10 — 1 — 30 10–40 A1 26DUE92B* 26DUE92W* 26DUE92F* 26DUE92N* 

— — 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 40 10–40 A1 26EUE92B* 26EUE92W* 26EUE92F* 26EUE92N* 

10 15 25 25 2 — 50 13–52 B 26FUF92B* 26FUF92W* 26FUF92F* 26FUF92N* 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 100 25–100 B 26GUG92B* 26GUG92W* 26GUG92F* 26GUG92N* 

25 30 50 50 3 — 125 25–100 B 26HUG92B* 26HUG92W* 26HUG92F* 26HUG92N* 

30 40 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 125 50–200 B 26IUH92B* 26IUH92W* 26IUH92F* 26IUH92N* 

40 50 100 100 4 — 150 50–200 B 26JUH92B* 26JUH92W* 26JUH92F* 26JUH92N* 

50 75 150 200 5 — 250 55–250 — 26LPT92B* — — — — 26LPT92N* 

75 100 200 — 5 — 400 55–250 — 26LPU92B* — — — — 26LPU92N* 

100 125 250 300 6 — 400 160–630 — 26MPW92B* — — — — 26MPW92N* 

150 200 400 400 6 — 600 160–630 — 26MPX92B* — — — — 26MPX92N* 

— 250 500 500 7* — 800 400–1220 A1+CT 26NUV92B* — — — — 26NUV92N* 

— 300 600 600 7* — 1000 400–1220 A1+CT 26NUY92B* — — — — 26NUY92N* 

— 400 800 800 8 — 1200 400–1220 A1+CT 26PUW92B* — — — — 26PUW92N* 

— 450 900 900 8 — 1600 400–1220 A1+CT 26PUZ92B* — — — — 26PUZ92N* 

List 

Price $ 








17-26 



Two Speed Heavy Duty Starters 



General 

Features 



b Compact Design 

b Snap-On Front Removable Auxiliary 

Contacts 

b Electrical and Mechanical Interlocks 

b Half Sizes — Space and Cost Savings 

b Industrial Type Disconnect 

Operating Handle 

b Visible Blade Disconnect Thru Size 4 

b Adjustable Motor Circuit Protector 

b 100,000 Amp Fault Protection with 

MCP or Class R Fuses 

b Pilot Device Locations identified 

on All Enclosures 

b UL Listed File #E14900 

b CSA Certified File #LR6535 

Applications 

Multi-speed magnetic starters 

automatically reconnect multi-speed 

motor windings for the desired speed in 

response to a signal received from push 

button stations or other pilot devices. 

These starters are available for two 

speed motors. 

Consequent Pole multi-speed motors 

having two speeds on a single winding 

(consequent pole) require a starter 

which reconnects the motor leads to 

half the number of effective motor 

poles at the high speed point. In this 

type of motor, the low speed is one 

half the high speed. 

Separate Windings motors having 

separate windings for each speed 

provide more varied speed 

combinations in that the low speed 

need not be one half the high speed. 

Starters for separate winding 

motors consist of a starter unit 

for each speed. 

Multi-speed motor starters are available 

for constant torque, variable torque and 

constant horsepower motors. 

Constant Torque motors maintain 

constant torque at all speeds. 

Horsepower varies directly with speed. 

This type of motor is applicable to 

conveyors, mills and similar 

applications. 

Variable Torque motors produce a 

torque characteristic which varies as 

the square of the speed. This type of 

motor is applicable to fans, blowers 

and centrifugal pumps. 

Constant Horsepower motors 

maintain constant horsepower at all 

speeds and therefore torque varies 

inversely with speed. This type of 

motor is applicable where the same 

horsepower is required at all speeds. 

The higher current required at 

low speed requires derating on 

starters for constant horsepower 

applications. This type of motor is 

applicable to metal working machines 

such as drills, lathes, mills, bending 

machines, punch presses, and power 

wrenches. 

Operation 

Magnetic starters for multi-speed 

applications select the desired speed 

in accordance with the pilot control. 

The shock to machinery upon the 

reduction of speed is greater than when 

the speed is increased. Therefore, the 

pilot control should be wired so that the 

stop button must be depressed before 

dropping to a lower speed or time 

delays should be used for applications 

requiring full automatic operations. The 

multi-speed controls are available with 

the necessary interlocks or relays to 

provide this type of operation. 

These controls may be modified for 

compelling or acceleration pilot control. 

Selective Control permits the 

operator to start the motor at any speed 

and to change to a higher speed by 

merely pushing a button. To change to 

a lower speed it is necessary to 

first depress the stop button and to 

then press the proper speed button. 

Selective control is a function of the 

pilot control selected and requires no 

starter modifications. 

Compelling Control requires that the 

motor always be started at the lower 

speed and that the push buttons be 

operated in speed sequence to go to 

the next higher speed. To change to a 

lower speed, the stop button must be 

depressed and then the push buttons 

operated in speed sequence until the 

desired speed is reached. Compelling 

control can be added from the factory 

modification section page 17-117. 

Acceleration Control provides that 

the motor be accelerated auto matically 

with timers by progressively energizing 

the controls from the push button 

station from the lowest to highest 

speed. To change to a lower speed the 

stop button is depressed and then it is 

necessary to proceed as if starting from 

rest. Acceleration control can be added 

from the factory modification section 

page 17-117. 

Deceleration Control provides that 

the motor be decelerated auto matically 

with a timer when going from high 

speed to low speed. The timer allows 

the motor to decelerate from high 

speed to a lower speed before 

automatically restarting the motor in 

low speed. Deceleration control can 

be added from the factory modification 

section page 17-117. 

Open Style Two Speed Starter 

(ESP100 Overload) 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



Constant or Variable Torque with Solid State Overload, Class 30 


Selection 

2S2W Starter 



Replace the (*) with a letter from 

the coil table. Dual voltage coils 

are wired on high voltage unless 

specified on order. 

Replace the (†) with the letter that 

corresponds to the correct low 

speed FLA in the FLA table. 

Field Modification Kits see page 

17-102. 





Coil Table 

60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 



Low Speed FLA Table 

OLR 

Size FLA Frame Size † 

0,1 0.25–1 A A 

0,1 0.75–3.4 A B 

0,1 3–12 A1 C 

0,1 5.5–22 A1 D 

0-1 3 /4 10–40 A1 E 

2-3 13–52 B F 

2-3 25–100 B G 

3 1 /2-4 50–200 B H 

One Winding Consequent Pole, 3-Phase (Constant or Variable Torque) 

Max Hp 

Overload Enclosure 

Open Type 

NEMA 1 


Standard Auxiliary Contacts General Purpose 







NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

200 230 460 575 NEMA Half Amp Frame Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog 

Volts Volts Volts Volts Size Size Range Size Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number 

1 

⁄2 3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 0 — 0.75–3.4 A 30CUB†32A2V* 30CUB†32B2V* 30CUB†32W2V* 30CUB†32F2V* 30CUB†3202V* 

2 2 5 5 0 — 3–12 A1 30CUC†32A2V* 30CUC†32B2V* 30CUC†32W2V* 30CUC†32F2V* 30CUC†3202V* 

3 3 — — 0 — 5.5–22 A1 30CUD†32A2V* 30CUD†32B2V* 30CUD†32W2V* 30CUD†32F2V* 30CUD†3202V* 

1 

⁄2 3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 — 0.75–3.4 A 30DUB†32A2V* 30DUB†32B2V* 30DUB†32W2V* 30DUB†32F2V* 30DUB†3202V* 

2 2 5 5 1 — 3–12 A1 30DUC†32A2V* 30DUC†32B2V* 30DUC†32W2V* 30DUC†32F2V* 30DUC†3202V* 

3 3 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 30DUD†32A2V* 30DUD†32B2V* 30DUD†32W2V* 30DUD†32F2V* 30DUD†3202V* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 30DUE†32A2V* 30DUE†32B2V* 30DUE†32W2V* 30DUE†32F2V* 30DUE†3202V* 

10 10 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 30EUE†32A2V* 30EUE†32B2V* 30EUE†32W2V* 30EUE†32F2V* 30EUE†3202V* 

10 15 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 30FUF†32A2V* 30FUF†32B2V* 30FUF†32W2V* 30FUF†32F2V* 30FUF†3202V* 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 30GUG†32A2V* 30GUG†32B2V* 30GUG†32W2V* 30GUG†32F2V* 30GUG†3202V* 

25 30 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 30HUG†32A2V* 30HUG†32B2V* 30HUG†32W2V* 30HUG†32F2V* 30HUG†3202V* 

30 40 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 50–200 B 30IUH†32A2V* 30IUH†32B2V* 30IUH†32W2V* 30IUH†32F2V* 30IUH†3202V* 

40 50 100 100 4 — 50–200 B 30JUH†32A2V* 30JUH†32B2V* 30JUH†32W2V* 30JUH†32F2V* 30JUH†3202V* 

Two Separate Windings, 3-Phase (Constant or Variable Torque) 

Max Hp 


Open Type 

NEMA 1 

Standard Auxiliary Contacts General Purpose 





316 Stainless Steel (Optional) 




NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

200 230 460 575 NEMA Half Amp Frame Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog 

Volts Volts Volts Volts Size Size Range Size Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number 

1 

⁄2 3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 0 — 0.75–3.4 A 30CUB†32A1V* 30CUB†32B1V* 30CUB†32W1V* 30CUB†32F1V* 30CUB†3201V* 

2 2 5 5 0 — 3–12 A1 30CUC†32A1V* 30CUC†32B1V* 30CUC†32W1V* 30CUC†32F1V* 30CUC†3201V* 

3 3 — — 0 — 5.5–22 A1 30CUD†32A1V* 30CUD†32B1V* 30CUD†32W1V* 30CUD†32F1V* 30CUD†3201V* 

1 

⁄2 3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 — 0.75–3.4 A 30DUB†32A1V* 30DUB†32B1V* 30DUB†32W1V* 30DUB†32F1V* 30DUB†3201V* 

2 2 5 5 1 — 3–12 A1 30DUC†32A1V* 30DUC†32B1V* 30DUC†32W1V* 30DUC†32F1V* 30DUC†3201V* 

3 3 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 30DUD†32A1V* 30DUD†32B1V* 30DUD†32W1V* 30DUD†32F1V* 30DUD†3201V* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 30DUE†32A1V* 30DUE†32B1V* 30DUE†32W1V* 30DUE†32F1V* 30DUE†3201V* 

10 10 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 30EUE†32A1V* 30EUE†32B1V* 30EUE†32W1V* 30EUE†32F1V* 30EUE†3201V* 

10 15 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 30FUF†32A1V* 30FUF†32B1V* 30FUF†32W1V* 30FUF†32F1V* 30FUF†3201V* 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 30GUG†32A1V* 30GUG†32B1V* 30GUG†32W1V* 30GUG†32F1V* 30GUG†3201V* 

25 30 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 30HUG†32A1V* 30HUG†32B1V* 30HUG†32W1V* 30HUG†32F1V* 30HUG†3201V* 

30 40 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 50–200 B 30IUH†32A1V* 30IUH†32B1V* 30IUH†32W1V* 30IUH†32F1V* 30IUH†3201V* 

40 50 100 100 4 — 50–200 B 30JUH†32A1V* 30JUH†32B1V* 30JUH†32W1V* 30JUH†32F1V* 30JUH†3201V* 

List 

Price $ 

List 

Price $ 



If motor FLA are unknown, select overload on the 

basis that low speed FLA will be no greater than 50% 

of high speed FLA. 

b Auxiliary contacts 30C-30E 4th pole built-in 

30F-30J 2 NO & 2 NC 

17-28 




Constant HP with Solid State Overload, Class 30 


Selection 


Coil Table 

High/Low Speed FLA Table 

2S2W Starter 







corresponds to the correct FLA in 

High/Low Speed FLA Table. 


17-102. 

Factory Modifications see page 

17-114. 




60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 



OLR 


0,1 0.25–1 A A 

0,1 0.75–3.4 A B 

0,1 3–12 A1 C 

0,1 5.5–22 A1 D 

0-1 3 /4 10–40 A1 E 

2-3 13–52 B F 

2-3 25–100 B G 

3 1 /2-4 50–200 B H 

* First (†) for high speed, second 

(†) for low speed. Use motor nameplate 

to select FLA. If motor FLA 

are unknown, select overload on 

the bases that the low speed FLA 

will be no greater than 50 % of high 

speed FLA. 

One Winding Consequent Pole, 3-Phase (Constant Horsepower) 

Max Hp 

Enclosure 

Open Type 


NEMA 1 









NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

200 

Volts 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Two Separate Windings, 3-Phase (Constant Horsepower) 

Max Hp 

Enclosure 

Open Type 


Catalog 

Number 

NEMA 1 


List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 





List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 




List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

2 2 3 3 0 — 30CU††32A2H* 30CU††32B2H* 30CU††32W2H* 30CU††32F2H* 30CU††3202H* 

5 5 7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 1 — 30DU††32A2H* 30DU††32B2H* 30DU††32W2H* 30DU††32F2H* 30DU††3202H* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 10 10 — 1 3 ⁄4 30EU††32A2H* 30EU††32B2H* 30EU††32W2H* 30EU††32F2H* 30EU††3202H* 

7 1 ⁄2 10 20 20 2 — 30FU††32A2H* 30FU††32B2H* 30FU††32W2H* 30FU††32F2H* 30FU††3202H* 

10 15 25 25 — 2 1 ⁄2 30GU††32A2H* 30GU††32B2H* 30GU††32W2H* 30GU††32F2H* 30GU††3202H* 

20 25 40 40 3 — 30HU††32A2H* 30HU††32B2H* 30HU††32W2H* 30HU††32F2H* 30HU††3202H* 

25 30 50 50 — 3 1 ⁄2 30IU††32A2H* 30IU††32B2H* 30IU††32W2H* 30IU††32F2H* 30IU††3202H* 

30 40 75 75 4 — 30JU††32A2H* 30JU††32B2H* 30JU††32W2H* 30JU††32F2H* 30JU††3202H* 

NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

List 

Price $ 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

200 

Volts 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

2 2 3 3 0 — 30CU††32A1H* 30CU††32B1H* 30CU††32W1H* 30CU††32F1H* 30CU††3201H* 

5 5 7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 1 — 30DU††32A1H* 30DU††32B1H* 30DU††32W1H* 30DU††32F1H* 30DU††3201H* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 10 10 — 13⁄4 30EU††32A1H* 30EU††32B1H* 30EU††32W1H* 30EU††32F1H* 30EU††3201H* 

7 1 ⁄2 10 20 20 2 — 30FU††32A1H* 30FU††32B1H* 30FU††32W1H* 30FU††32F1H* 30FU††3201H* 

10 15 25 25 — 2 1 ⁄2 30GU††32A1H* 30GU††32B1H* 30GU††32W1H* 30GU††32F1H* 30GU††3201H* 

20 25 40 40 3 — 30HU††32A1H* 30HU††32B1H* 30HU††32W1H* 30HU††32F1H* 30HU††3201H* 

25 30 50 50 — 3 1 ⁄2 30IU††32A1H* 30IU††32B1H* 30IU††32W1H* 30IU††32F1H* 30IU††3201H* 

30 40 75 75 4 — 30JU††32A1H* 30JU††32B1H* 30JU††32W1H* 30JU††32F1H* 30JU††3201H* 

List 

Price $ 



First (†) for high speed, second (†) for low speed. Use 

motor nameplate information to select FLA. If motor 

FLA are unknown, select overload on the basis that 

low speed FLA will be no greater than 50% of high 

speed FLA. 


30C-30E 4th pole built-in 

30F-30J 2 NO & 2 NC 



Combination Two Speed Heavy Duty Starters 

Non-Fusible, Constant or Variable Torque with Solid State Overload, Class 32 


Selection 







corresponds to the correct low 

speed FLA in the FLA table. 



17-102. 

Factory Modifications see page 

17-114. 




Coil Table 

60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 a A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 a C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 




OLR 


0,1 0.25–1 A A 

0,1 0.75–3.4 A B 

0,1 3–12 A1 C 

0,1 5.5–22 A1 D 

0-1 3 /4 10–40 A1 E 

2-3 13–52 B F 

2-3 25–100 B G 

3 1 /2-4 50–200 B H 



17 


Max Hp 

Overload 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 









NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

Disc. 

200 230 460 575 NEMA Half Amp Frame Amp Catalog 

List Catalog 

List Catalog List Catalog 

Volts Volts Volts Volts Size Size Range Size Range Number 

Price $ Number 

Price $ Number Price $ Number 

1 

⁄2 3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 0 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 32CUB†92B2V2* 32CUB†92W2V2* 32CUB†92F2V2* 32CUB†92N2V2* 

2 2 5 5 0 — 3–12 A1 30 32CUC†92B2V2* 32CUC†92W2V2* 32CUC†92F2V2* 32CUC†92N2V2* 

3 3 — — 0 — 5.5–22 A1 30 32CUD†92B2V2* 32CUD†92W2V2* 32CUD†92F2V2* 32CUD†92N2V2* 

1 

⁄2 3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 32DUB†92B2V2* 32DUB†92W2V2* 32DUB†92F2V2* 32DUB†92N2V2* 

2 2 5 5 1 — 3–12 A1 30 32DUC†92B2V2* 32DUC†92W2V2* 32DUC†92F2V2* 32DUC†92N2V2* 

3 3 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 30 32DUD†92B2V2* 32DUD†92W2V2* 32DUD†92F2V2* 32DUD†92N2V2* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 60 32DUE†92B2V2* 32DUE†92W2V2* 32DUE†92F2V2* 32DUE†92N2V2* 

10 10 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 60 32EUE†92B2V2* 32EUE†92W2V2* 32EUE†92F2V2* 32EUE†92N2V2* 

10 15 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 60 32FUF†92B2V2* 32FUF†92W2V2* 32FUF†92F2V2* 32FUF†92N2V2* 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 100 32GUG†92B2V2* 32GUG†92W2V2* 32GUG†92F2V2* 32GUG†92N2V2* 

20 25 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 100 32HUG†92B2V2* 32HUG†92W2V2* 32HUG†92F2V2* 32HUG†92N2V2* 

30 40 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 50–200 B 200 32IUH†92B2V2* 32IUH†92W2V2* 32IUH†92F2V2* 32IUH†92N2V2* 

40 50 100 100 4 — 50–200 B 200 32JUH†92B2V2* 32JUH†92W2V2* 32JUH†92F2V2* 32JUH†92N2V2* 

List 

Price $ 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


Max Hp 

Overload 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 









NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

Disc. 

200 230 460 575 NEMA Half Amp Frame Amp Catalog 

List Catalog 

List Catalog List Catalog 

Volts Volts Volts Volts Size Size Range Size Range Number 

Price $ Number 

Price $ Number Price $ Number 

1 

⁄2 3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 0 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 32CUB†92B1V2* 32CUB†92W1V2* 32CUB†92F1V2* 32CUB†92N1V2* 

2 2 5 5 0 — 3–12 A1 30 32CUC†92B1V2* 32CUC†92W1V2* 32CUC†92F1V2* 32CUC†92N1V2* 

3 3 — — 0 — 5.5–22 A1 30 32CUD†92B1V2* 32CUD†92W1V2* 32CUD†92F1V2* 32CUD†92N1V2* 

1 

⁄2 3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 32DUB†92B1V2* 32DUB†92W1V2* 32DUB†92F1V2* 32DUB†92N1V2* 

2 2 5 5 1 — 3–12 A1 30 32DUC†92B1V2* 32DUC†92W1V2* 32DUC†92F1V2* 32DUC†92N1V2* 

3 3 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 30 32DUD†92B1V2* 32DUD†92W1V2* 32DUD†92F1V2* 32DUD†92N1V2* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 60 32DUE†92B1V2* 32DUE†92W1V2* 32DUE†92F1V2* 32DUE†92N1V2* 

10 10 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 60 32EUE†92B1V2* 32EUE†92W1V2* 32EUE†92F1V2* 32EUE†92N1V2* 

10 15 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 60 32FUF†92B1V2* 32FUF†92W1V2* 32FUF†92F1V2* 32FUF†92N1V2* 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 100 32GUG†92B1V2* 32GUG†92W1V2* 32GUG†92F1V2* 32GUG†92N1V2* 

20 25 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 100 32HUG†92B1V2* 32HUG†92W1V2* 32HUG†92F1V2* 32HUG†92N1V2* 

30 40 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 50–200 B 200 32IUH†92B1V2* 32IUH†92W1V2* 32IUH†92F1V2* 32IUH†92N1V2* 

40 50 100 100 4 — 50–200 B 200 32JUH†92B1V2* 32JUH†92W1V2* 32JUH†92F1V2* 32JUH†92N1V2* 

List 

Price $ 



a Dual voltage coils not available in modified starters. 




17-30 




Non-Fusible, Constant Horsepower with Solid State Overload, Class 32 


Selection 



the coil table. Dual voltage coils are 

wired on high voltage unless 



corresponds to the correct FLA in the 

High/Low Speed FLA Table. 







Coil Table 

60Hz Voltage Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 a A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 a C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 

For other voltages and 

frequencies see Factory 

Modifications page 17-114. 


OLR 


0,1 0.25–1 A A 

0,1 0.75–3.4 A B 

0,1 3–12 A1 C 

0,1 5.5–22 A1 D 

0-1 3 /4 10–40 A1 E 

2-3 13–52 B F 

2-3 25–100 B G 

3 1 /2-4 50–200 B H 







speed FLA. 


Max Hp 

200 230 460 575 NEMA 

Volts Volts Volts Volts Size 

Half 

Size 

Overload 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

Disc. 

Amp 

Range 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 


Catalog 

Number 


List 

Price $ 





Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 




Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

Catalog 

Number 

2 2 3 3 0 — — — 30 32CU††92B2H2* 32CU††92W2H2* 4054.00 32CU††92F2H2* 32CU††92N2H2* 

5 5 7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 1 — — — 30 32DU††92B2H2* 32DU††92W2H2* 4173.00 32DU††92F2H2* 32DU††92N2H2* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 10 10 — 1 3 ⁄4 — — 60 32EU††92B2H2* 32EU††92W2H2* 4873.00 32EU††92F2H2* 32EU††92N2H2* 

7 1 ⁄2 10 20 20 2 — — — 60 32FU††92B2H2* 32FU††92W2H2* 6146.00 32FU††92F2H2* 32FU††92N2H2* 

10 15 25 25 — 2 1 ⁄2 — — 100 32GU††92B2H2* 32GU††92W2H2* 7219.00 32GU††92F2H2* 32GU††92N2H2* 

20 25 40 40 3 — — — 100 32HU††92B2H2* 32HU††92W2H2* 9321.00 32HU††92F2H2* 32HU††92N2H2* 

25 30 50 50 — 3 1 ⁄2 — — 200 32IU††92B2H2* 32IU††92W2H2* 18079.00 32IU††92F2H2* 32IU††92N2H2* 

30 40 75 75 4 — — — 200 32JU††92B2H2* 32JU††92W2H2* 19263.00 32JU††92F2H2* 32JU††92N2H2* 

Max Hp 

200 230 460 575 NEMA 

Volts Volts Volts Volts Size 

Half 

Size 

Overload 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

Disc. 

Amp 

Range 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 





Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 




Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

Catalog 

Number 

2 2 3 3 0 — — — 30 32CU††92B1H2* 32CU††92W1H2* 32CU††92F1H2* 32CU††92N1H2* 

5 5 7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 1 — — — 30 32DU††92B1H2* 32DU††92W1H2* 32DU††92F1H2* 32DU††92N1H2* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 10 10 — 1 3 ⁄4 — — 60 32EU††92B1H2* 32EU††92W1H2* 32EU††92F1H2* 32EU††92N1H2* 

7 1 ⁄2 10 20 20 2 — — — 60 32FU††92B1H2* 32FU††92W1H2* 32FU††92F1H2* 32FU††92N1H2* 

10 15 25 25 — 2 1 ⁄2 — — 100 32GU††92B1H2* 32GU††92W1H2* 32GU††92F1H2* 32GU††92N1H2* 

20 25 40 40 3 — — — 100 32HU††92B1H2* 32HU††92W1H2* 32HU††92F1H2* 32HU††92N1H2* 

25 30 50 50 — 3 1 ⁄2 — — 200 32IU††92B1H2* 32IU††92W1H2* 32IU††92F1H2* 32IU††92N1H2* 

30 40 75 75 4 — — — 200 32JU††92B1H2* 32JU††92W1H2* 32JU††92F1H2* 32JU††92N1H2* 

List 

Price $ 

List 

Price $ 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 




First † for high speed, second † for low speed. Use motor 

nameplate information to select FLA. If motor FLA 

are unknown, select overload on the basis that 


speed FLA. 




MCP Type, Constant or Variable Torque with Solid State Overload, Class 32 


Selection 




wired on high voltage unless specified 

on order. 


corresponds to the correct low speed 

FLA in the FLA table. 






Coil Table 

60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 a A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 a C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 

For other voltages and frequencies, see 

Factory Modifications page 17-114. 


OLR 


0,1 0.25–1 A A 

0,1 0.75–3.4 A B 

0,1 3–12 A1 C 

0,1 5.5–22 A1 D 

0-1 3 /4 10–40 A1 E 

2-3 13–52 B F 

2-3 25–100 B G 

3 1 /2-4 50–200 B H 



17 


Max Hp 


200 

Volts 

1 

⁄2 

Motor 

Circuit 

Interruter 

ETI Amps 

NEMA 1 









NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

230 460 575 NEMA Half 




3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 0 — 3 0.75–3.4 A 32CUB†92B2V* 32CUB†92W2V* 32CUB†92F2V* 32CUB†92N2V* 

2 2 5 5 0 — 10 3–12 A1 32CUC†92B2V* 32CUC†92W2V* 32CUC†92F2V* 32CUC†92N2V* 

3 3 — — 0 — 25 5.5–22 A1 32CUD†92B2V* 32CUD†92W2V* 32CUD†92F2V* 32CUD†92N2V* 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 — 3 0.75–3.4 A 32DUB†92B2V* 32DUB†92W2V* 32DUB†92F2V* 32DUB†92N2V* 

2 2 5 5 1 — 10 3–12 A1 32DUC†92B2V* 32DUC†92W2V* 32DUC†92F2V* 32DUC†92N2V* 

3 3 10 10 1 — 25 5.5–22 A1 32DUD†92B2V* 32DUD†92W2V* 32DUD†92F2V* 32DUD†92N2V* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 30 10–40 A1 32DUE†92B2V* 32DUE†92W2V* 32DUE†92F2V* 32DUE†92N2V* 

— — 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 40 10–40 A1 32EUE†92B2V* 32EUE†92W2V* 32EUE†92F2V* 32EUE†92N2V* 

10 15 25 25 2 — 50 13–52 B 32FUF†92B2V* 32FUF†92W2V* 32FUF†92F2V* 32FUF†92N2V* 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 100 25–100 B 32GUG†92B2V* 32GUG†92W2V* 32GUG†92F2V* 32GUG†92N2V* 

25 30 50 50 3 — 125 25–100 B 32HUG†92B2V* 32HUG†92W2V* 32HUG†92F2V* 32HUG†92N2V* 

30 40 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 125 50–200 B 32IUH†92B2V* 32IUH†92W2V* 32IUH†92F2V* 32IUH†92N2V* 

40 50 100 100 4 — 150 50–200 B 32JUH†92B2V* 32JUH†92W2V* 32JUH†92F2V* 32JUH†92N2V* 

List 

Price $ 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


Max Hp 


NEMA 1 


200 

Volts 

1 

⁄2 

Motor 

Circuit 

Interruter 

ETI Amps 








NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

230 460 575 NEMA Half 




3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 0 — 3 0.75–3.4 A 32CUB†92B1V* 32CUB†92W1V* 32CUB†92F1V* 32CUB†92N1V* 

2 2 5 5 0 — 10 3–12 A1 32CUC†92B1V* 32CUC†92W1V* 32CUC†92F1V* 32CUC†92N1V* 

3 3 — — 0 — 25 5.5–22 A1 32CUD†92B1V* 32CUD†92W1V* 32CUD†92F1V* 32CUD†92N1V* 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 — 3 0.75–3.4 A 32DUB†92B1V* 32DUB†92W1V* 32DUB†92F1V* 32DUB†92N1V* 

2 2 5 5 1 — 10 3–12 A1 32DUC†92B1V* 32DUC†92W1V* 32DUC†92F1V* 32DUC†92N1V* 

3 3 10 10 1 — 25 5.5–22 A1 32DUD†92B1V* 32DUD†92W1V* 32DUD†92F1V* 32DUD†92N1V* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 30 10–40 A1 32DUE†92B1V* 32DUE†92W1V* 32DUE†92F1V* 32DUE†92N1V* 

— — 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 40 10–40 A1 32EUE†92B1V* 32EUE†92W1V* 32EUE†92F1V* 32EUE†92N1V* 

10 15 25 25 2 — 50 13–52 B 32FUF†92B1V* 32FUF†92W1V* 32FUF†92F1V* 32FUF†92N1V* 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 100 25–100 B 32GUG†92B1V* 32GUG†92W1V* 32GUG†92F1V* 32GUG†92N1V* 

25 30 50 50 3 — 125 25–100 B 32HUG†92B1V* 32HUG†92W1V* 32HUG†92F1V* 32HUG†92N1V* 

30 40 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 125 50–200 B 32IUH†92B1V* 32IUH†92W1V* 32IUH†92F1V* 32IUH†92N1V* 

40 50 100 100 4 — 150 50–200 B 32JUH†92B1V* 32JUH†92W1V* 32JUH†92F1V* 32JUH†92N1V* 

List 

Price $ 







17-32 




MCP Type, Constant Horsepower with Solid State Overload, Class 32 


Selection 




wired on high voltage unless specified 

on order. 


corresponds to the correct FLA in the 

High/Low Speed FLA table. 






Coil Table 


24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 a A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 a C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 

For other voltages and 

frequencies see Factory 

Modifications page 17-114. 


OLR 


0,1 0.25–1 A A 

0,1 0.75–3.4 A B 

0,1 3–12 A1 C 

0,1 5.5–22 A1 D 

0-1 3 /4 10–40 A1 E 

2-3 13–52 B F 

2-3 25–100 B G 

3 1 /2-4 50–200 B H 







speed FLA. 


Max Hp 


NEMA 1 


200 

Volts 


Max Hp 


NEMA 1 


200 

Volts 

230 

Volts 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Motor 

Circuit 

Interruter 

ETI Amps 

Motor 

Circuit 

Interruter 

ETI Amps 

Amp 

Range 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

Frame 

Size 

Catalog 

Number 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 









Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 







Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

Catalog 

Number 

2 2 3 3 0 — 10 — A or A1 32CU††92B1H* 32CU††92W1H* 32CU††92F1H* 32CU††92N1H* 

5 5 7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 1 — 25 — A or A1 32DU††92B1H* 32DU††92W1H* 32DU††92F1H* 32DU††92N1H* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 10 10 — 1 3 ⁄4 40 — A1 32EU††92B1H* 32EU††92W1H* 32EU††92F1H* 32EU††92N1H* 

7 1 ⁄2 10 20 20 2 — 50 — B 32FU††92B1H* 32FU††92W1H* 32FU††92F1H* 32FU††92N1H* 

10 15 25 25 — 2 1 ⁄2 100 — B 32GU††92B1H* 32GU††92W1H* 32GU††92F1H* 32GU††92N1H* 

20 25 40 40 3 — 100 — B 32HU††92B1H* 32HU††92W1H* 32HU††92F1H* 32HU††92N1H* 

25 30 50 50 — 3 1 ⁄2 125 — B 32IU††92B1H* 32IU††92W1H* 32IU††92F1H* 32IU††92N1H* 

30 40 75 75 4 — 150 — B 32JU††92B1H* 32JU††92W1H* 32JU††92F1H* 32JU††92N1H* 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

2 2 3 3 0 — 10 — A or A1 32CU††92B2H* 32CU††92W2H* 32CU††92F2H* 32CU††92N2H* 

5 5 7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 1 — 25 — A or A1 32DU††92B2H* 32DU††92W2H* 32DU††92F2H* 32DU††92N2H* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 10 10 — 1 3 ⁄4 40 — A1 32EU††92B2H* 32EU††92W2H* 32EU††92F2H* 32EU††92N2H* 

7 1 ⁄2 10 20 20 2 — 50 — B 32FU††92B2H* 32FU††92W2H* 32FU††92F2H* 32FU††92N2H* 

10 15 25 25 — 2 1 ⁄2 100 — B 32GU††92B2H* 32GU††92W2H* 32GU††92F2H* 32GU††92N2H* 

20 25 40 40 3 — 100 — B 32HU††92B2H* 32HU††92W2H* 32HU††92F2H* 32HU††92N2H* 

25 30 50 50 — 3 1 ⁄2 125 — B 32IU††92B2H* 32IU††92W2H* 32IU††92F2H* 32IU††92N2H* 

30 40 75 75 4 — 150 — B 32JU††92B2H* 32JU††92W2H* 32JU††92F2H* 32JU††92N2H* 

List 

Price $ 

List 

Price $ 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 




First † for high speed, second † for low speed. Use motor 

nameplate information to select FLA. If motor FLA 

are unknown, select overload on the basis that 


speed FLA. 



Reduced Voltage Heavy Duty Starters 



General 

Siemens manufactures the three commonly 

used electromechanical reduced 

voltage starters. Each one is designed 

for specific application requirements 

and consists of auto transformer, 

wye-delta and partwinding starters. 

The reduced voltage starter: 

b Reduces inrush current 

b Provides smoother acceleration of the 

load 

b Reduces starting torque 

b Reduces stresses on mechanical 

linkages 

Combination and non-combination 

reduced voltage starter sizes range 

from 0 to 6 including Siemens exclusive 

motormatched half-sizes. Enclosure 

types include 1, 3R/12, 4 painted and 

4/4X stainless steel. UL listed file 

#E14900 (class 36); file #E185287 

(class 37). CSA certified file #LR 6535 

(class 36 & 37). 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Auto Transformer Starter 

b Maximum torque per amp 

b Three coil auto transformer for balanced 

starting currents 

b 50, 65 and 80% voltage taps 

b Closed circuit transition 

b Adjustable starting time 

b Solid-state OLR overload as standard 

b CPT supplied as standard 

b Wide range of factory modifications 

Wye-Delta Starter 

b Lowest starting torque 

b Closed or open circuit transition 





Various Methods of Electro-Mechanical Reduced Voltage Motor Starting 

—A General Comparison 

Part-Winding Starter 

b Simplest design – most economical 





Autotransformer Part-Winding Wye-Delta 

50% 65% 80% 

Characteristic Tap Tap Tap 2 step 

Starting current drawn from 

line as % of that which would 25% 42% 64% 65% 33% 

be drawn upon full voltage 

starting 

Starting current drawn by the 

motor 

50% 65% 80% 65% 58% 

Starting torque developed as 

25% 42% 64% 40% 33% 

% of that which would be 

Increases slightly 

developed on full voltage 

with speed 

starting 

Smoothness of acceleration First in order of Third in order of Second in order of 

Smoothness Smoothness Smoothness 

Allowable accelerating times 15 seconds at 200HP 

(typical) max. or 30 seconds on 5 seconds max. 5-60 seconds 

200HP based on Limited by motor Limited by motor 

NEMA medium duty design design 

transformers 

Starting current and torque Adjustable within limits 

and adjustments 

of various taps 

Fixed 

Fixed 

17-34 



Auto Transformer with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 







Coil and Control Voltage 

Selection 

The coil voltage will always match the 

motor voltage. As standard, a CPT is 

supplied and 120V control voltage is 

utilized. To change to 120V voltage 

(CPT not supplied), change the 9th 

character to “F”. To change to 24VAC 

voltage (CPT not supplied), change the 

9th character to “J”. 

NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosures 

Motor 

Voltage 

200 

230 

460 

575 

Max 

Hp 

NEMA 

Size 

(1/2 Size) 

Overload Relay 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

Non-Combination 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Combination Non-Fusible 

Disconnect Combination Fusible Disconnect Combination Circit Breaker 

Disc. 

Fuse Clip 

Circuit 

Amp Catalog List Amp/Volt Catalog List Breaker Catalog List 

Rating Number Price $ Rating Number Price $ Amps Number Price $ 

10 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUET6BD 60 37EUET6BDD 60A/250V 37EUET6BDF 50 37EUET6BDP 

10 2 13–52 B 36FUFT6BD 60 37FUFT6BDD 60A/250V 37FUFT6BDF 50 37FUFT6BDP 

15 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGT6BD 100 37GUGT6BDD 100A/250V 37GUGT6BDF 100 37GUGT6BDP 

25 3 25–100 B 36HUGT6BD 100 37HUGT6BDD 100A/250V 37HUGT6BDF 100 37HUGT6BDP 

30 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHT6BD 200 37IUHT6BDD 200A/250V 37IUHT6BDF 125 37IUHT6BDP 

40 4 50–200 B 36JUHT6BD 200 37JUHT6BDD 200A/250V 37JUHT6BDF 150 37JUHT6BDP 

50 5 55–250 — — — — — — 250 37LPST6BDP 

75 5 55–250 — 36LPUT6BD 400 37LPUT6BDD 400A/250V 37LPUT6BDF 400 37LPUT6BDP 

150 6 160–630 — 36MPXT6BD 600 37MPXT6BDD 600A/250V 37MPXT6BDF 600 37MPXT6BDP 

10 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUET2BG 60 37EUET2BGD 60A/250V 37EUET2BGF 50 37EUET2BGP 

15 2 13–52 B 36FUFT2BG 60 37FUFT2BGD 60A/250V 37FUFT2BGF 50 37FUFT2BGP 

20 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGT2BG 100 37GUGT2BGD 100A/250V 37GUGT2BGF 100 37GUGT2BGP 

30 3 25–100 B 36HUGT2BG 100 37HUGT2BGD 100A/250V 37HUGT2BGF 100 37HUGT2BGP 

40 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHT2BG 200 37IUHT2BGD 200A/250V 37IUHT2BGF 125 37IUHT2BGP 

50 4 50–200 B 36JUHT2BG 200 37JUHT2BGD 200A/250V 37JUHT2BGF 150 37JUHT2BGP 

75 5 55–250 — — — — — — 250 37LPST2BGP 

100 5 55–250 — 36LPUT2BG 400 37LPUT2BGD 400A/250V 37LPUT2BGF 400 37LPUT2BGP 

200 6 160–630 — 36MPXT2BG 600 37MPXT2BGD 600A/250V 37MPXT2BGF 600 37MPXT2BGP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUET4BH 60 37EUET4BHD 60A/600V 37EUET4BHF 50 37EUET4BHP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUFT4BH 60 37FUFT4BHD 60A/600V 37FUFT4BHF 50 37FUFT4BHP 

30 (2½) 13–52 B 36GUGT4BH 100 37GUGT4BHD 100A/600V 37GUGT4BHF 100 37GUGT4BHP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUGT4BH 100 37HUGT4BHD 100A/600V 37HUGT4BHF 100 37HUGT4BHP 

75 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHT4BH 200 37IUHT4BHD 200A/600V 37IUHT4BHF 125 37IUHT4BHP 

100 4 50–200 B 36JUHT4BH 200 37JUHT4BHD 200A/600V 37JUHT4BHF 150 37JUHT4BHP 

150 5 55–250 — — — — — — 250 37LPST4BHP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPUT4BH 400 37LPUT4BHD 400A/600V 37LPUT4BHF 400 37LPUT4BHP 

400 6 160–630 — 36MPXT4BH 600 37MPXT4BHD 600A/600V 37MPXT4BHF 600 37MPXT4BHP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUET5BE 60 37EUET5BED 60A/600V 37EUET5BEF 50 37EUET5BEP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUFT5BE 60 37FUFT5BED 60A/600V 37FUFT5BEF 50 37FUFT5BEP 

30 (2½) 13–52 B 36GUGT5BE 100 37GUGT5BED 100A/600V 37GUGT5BEF 100 37GUGT5BEP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUGT5BE 100 37HUGT5BED 100A/600V 37HUGT5BEF 100 37HUGT5BEP 

75 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHT5BE 200 37IUHT5BED 200A/600V 37IUHT5BEF 125 37IUHT5BEP 

100 4 50–200 B 36JUHT5BE 200 37JUHT5BED 200A/600V 37JUHT5BEF 150 37JUHT5BEP 

150 5 55–250 — — — — — — 250 37LPST5BEP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPUT5BE 400 37LPUT5BED 400A/600V 37LPUT5BEF 400 37LPUT5BEP 

400 6 160–630 — 36MPXT5BE 600 37MPXT5BED 600A/600V 37MPXT5BEF 600 37MPXT5BEP 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 














Selection 




utilized. To change to 120V voltage (CPT 

not supplied), change the 9th character 

to “F”. To change to 24VAC voltage 


character to “J”. 

NEMA 4 Painted Enclosures 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Motor 

Voltage 

200 

230 

460 

575 

Max 

Hp 

NEMA 

Size 

(1/2 Size) 


Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 



Disc. 

Fuse Clip 

Circuit 



10 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUET6ED 60 37EUET6EDD 60A/250V 37EUET6EDF 50 37EUET6EDP 

10 2 13–52 B 36FUFT6ED 60 37FUFT6EDD 60A/250V 37FUFT6EDF 50 37FUFT6EDP 

15 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGT6ED 100 37GUGT6EDD 100A/250V 37GUGT6EDF 100 37GUGT6EDP 

25 3 25–100 B 36HUGT6ED 100 37HUGT6EDD 100A/250V 37HUGT6EDF 100 37HUGT6EDP 

30 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHT6ED 200 37IUHT6EDD 200A/250V 37IUHT6EDF 125 37IUHT6EDP 

40 4 50–200 B 36JUHT6ED 200 37JUHT6EDD 200A/250V 37JUHT6EDF 150 37JUHT6EDP 

50 5 55–250 — — — — — — 250 37LPST6EDP 

75 5 55–250 — 36LPUT6ED 400 37LPUT6EDD 400A/250V 37LPUT6EDF 400 37LPUT6EDP 

150 6 160–630 — 36MPXT6ED 600 37MPXT6EDD 600A/250V 37MPXT6EDF 600 37MPXT6EDP 

10 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUET2EG 60 37EUET2EGD 60A/250V 37EUET2EGF 50 37EUET2EGP 

15 2 13–52 B 36FUFT2EG 60 37FUFT2EGD 60A/250V 37FUFT2EGF 50 37FUFT2EGP 

20 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGT2EG 100 37GUGT2EGD 100A/250V 37GUGT2EGF 100 37GUGT2EGP 

30 3 25–100 B 36HUGT2EG 100 37HUGT2EGD 100A/250V 37HUGT2EGF 100 37HUGT2EGP 

40 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHT2EG 200 37IUHT2EGD 200A/250V 37IUHT2EGF 125 37IUHT2EGP 

50 4 50–200 B 36JUHT2EG 200 37JUHT2EGD 200A/250V 37JUHT2EGF 150 37JUHT2EGP 

75 5 55–250 — — — — — — 250 37LPST2EGP 

100 5 55–250 — 36LPUT2EG 400 37LPUT2EGD 400A/250V 37LPUT2EGF 400 37LPUT2EGP 

200 6 160–630 — 36MPXT2EG 600 37MPXT2EGD 600A/250V 37MPXT2EGF 600 37MPXT2EGP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUET4EH 60 37EUET4EHD 60A/600V 37EUET4EHF 50 37EUET4EHP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUFT4EH 60 37FUFT4EHD 60A/600V 37FUFT4EHF 50 37FUFT4EHP 

30 (2½) 13–52 B 36GUGT4EH 100 37GUGT4EHD 100A/600V 37GUGT4EHF 100 37GUGT4EHP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUGT4EH 100 37HUGT4EHD 100A/600V 37HUGT4EHF 100 37HUGT4EHP 

75 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHT4EH 200 37IUHT4EHD 200A/600V 37IUHT4EHF 125 37IUHT4EHP 

100 4 50–200 B 36JUHT4EH 200 37JUHT4EHD 200A/600V 37JUHT4EHF 150 37JUHT4EHP 

150 5 55–250 — — — — — — 250 37LPST4EHP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPUT4EH 400 37LPUT4EHD 400A/600V 37LPUT4EHF 400 37LPUT4EHP 

400 6 160–630 — 36MPXT4EH 600 37MPXT4EHD 600A/600V 37MPXT4EHF 600 37MPXT4EHP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUET5EE 60 37EUET5EED 60A/600V 37EUET5EEF 50 37EUET5EEP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUFT5EE 60 37FUFT5EED 60A/600V 37FUFT5EEF 50 37FUFT5EEP 

30 (2½) 13–52 B 36GUGT5EE 100 37GUGT5EED 100A/600V 37GUGT5EEF 100 37GUGT5EEP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUGT5EE 100 37HUGT5EED 100A/600V 37HUGT5EEF 100 37HUGT5EEP 

75 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHT5EE 200 37IUHT5EED 200A/600V 37IUHT5EEF 125 37IUHT5EEP 

100 4 50–200 B 36JUHT5EE 200 37JUHT5EED 200A/600V 37JUHT5EEF 150 37JUHT5EEP 

150 5 55–250 — — — — — — 250 37LPST5EEP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPUT5EE 400 37LPUT5EED 400A/600V 37LPUT5EEF 400 37LPUT5EEP 

400 6 160–630 — 36MPXT5EE 600 37MPXT5EED 600A/600V 37MPXT5EEF 600 37MPXT5EEP 



17-36 












Selection 









NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel Enclosures 

Motor 

Voltage 

200 

230 

460 

575 

Max 

Hp 

NEMA 

Size 

(1/2 Size) 


Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 



Disc. 

Fuse Clip 

Circuit 



10 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUET6WD 60 37EUET6WDD 60A/250V 37EUET6WDF 50 37EUET6WDP 

10 2 13–52 B 36FUFT6WD 60 37FUFT6WDD 60A/250V 37FUFT6WDF 50 37FUFT6WDP 

15 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGT6WD 100 37GUGT6WDD 100A/250V 37GUGT6WDF 100 37GUGT6WDP 

25 3 25–100 B 36HUGT6WD 100 37HUGT6WDD 100A/250V 37HUGT6WDF 100 37HUGT6WDP 

30 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHT6WD 200 37IUHT6WDD 200A/250V 37IUHT6WDF 125 37IUHT6WDP 

40 4 50–200 B 36JUHT6WD 200 37JUHT6WDD 200A/250V 37JUHT6WDF 150 37JUHT6WDP 

10 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUET2WG 60 37EUET2WGD 60A/250V 37EUET2WGF 50 37EUET2WGP 

15 2 13–52 B 36FUFT2WG 60 37FUFT2WGD 60A/250V 37FUFT2WGF 50 37FUFT2WGP 

20 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGT2WG 100 37GUGT2WGD 100A/250V 37GUGT2WGF 100 37GUGT2WGP 

30 3 25–100 B 36HUGT2WG 100 37HUGT2WGD 100A/250V 37HUGT2WGF 100 37HUGT2WGP 

40 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHT2WG 200 37IUHT2WGD 200A/250V 37IUHT2WGF 125 37IUHT2WGP 

50 4 50–200 B 36JUHT2WG 200 37JUHT2WGD 200A/250V 37JUHT2WGF 150 37JUHT2WGP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUET4WH 60 37EUET4WHD 60A/600V 37EUET4WHF 50 37EUET4WHP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUFT4WH 60 37FUFT4WHD 60A/600V 37FUFT4WHF 50 37FUFT4WHP 

30 (2½) 13–52 B 36GUGT4WH 100 37GUGT4WHD 100A/600V 37GUGT4WHF 100 37GUGT4WHP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUGT4WH 100 37HUGT4WHD 100A/600V 37HUGT4WHF 100 37HUGT4WHP 

75 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHT4WH 200 37IUHT4WHD 200A/600V 37IUHT4WHF 125 37IUHT4WHP 

100 4 50–200 B 36JUHT4WH 200 37JUHT4WHD 200A/600V 37JUHT4WHF 150 37JUHT4WHP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUET5WE 60 37EUET5WED 60A/600V 37EUET5WEF 50 37EUET5WEP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUFT5WE 60 37FUFT5WED 60A/600V 37FUFT5WEF 50 37FUFT5WEP 

30 (2½) 13–52 B 36GUGT5WE 100 37GUGT5WED 100A/600V 37GUGT5WEF 100 37GUGT5WEP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUGT5WE 100 37HUGT5WED 100A/600V 37HUGT5WEF 100 37HUGT5WEP 

75 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHT5WE 200 37IUHT5WED 200A/600V 37IUHT5WEF 125 37IUHT5WEP 

100 4 50–200 B 36JUHT5WE 200 37JUHT5WED 200A/600V 37JUHT5WEF 150 37JUHT5WEP 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 















Selection 









NEMA 12, NEMA 3/3R 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Motor 

Voltage 

200 

230 

460 

575 

Max 

Hp 

NEMA 

Size 

(1/2 Size) 


Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 



Disc. 

Fuse Clip 

Circuit 



10 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUET6ND 60 37EUET6NDD 60A/250V 37EUET6NDF 50 37EUET6NDP 

10 2 13–52 B 36FUFT6ND 60 37FUFT6NDD 60A/250V 37FUFT6NDF 50 37FUFT6NDP 

15 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGT6ND 100 37GUGT6NDD 100A/250V 37GUGT6NDF 100 37GUGT6NDP 

25 3 25–100 B 36HUGT6ND 100 37HUGT6NDD 100A/250V 37HUGT6NDF 100 37HUGT6NDP 

30 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHT6ND 200 37IUHT6NDD 200A/250V 37IUHT6NDF 125 37IUHT6NDP 

40 4 50–200 B 36JUHT6ND 200 37JUHT6NDD 200A/250V 37JUHT6NDF 150 37JUHT6NDP 

50 5 55–250 — — — — — — 250 37LPST6NDP 

75 5 55–250 — 36LPUT6ND 400 37LPUT6NDD 400A/250V 37LPUT6NDF 400 37LPUT6NDP 

150 6 160–630 — 36MPXT6ND 600 37MPXT6NDD 600A/250V 37MPXT6NDF 600 37MPXT6NDP 

10 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUET2NG 60 37EUET2NGD 60A/250V 37EUET2NGF 50 37EUET2NGP 

15 2 13–52 B 36FUFT2NG 60 37FUFT2NGD 60A/250V 37FUFT2NGF 50 37FUFT2NGP 

20 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGT2NG 100 37GUGT2NGD 100A/250V 37GUGT2NGF 100 37GUGT2NGP 

30 3 25–100 B 36HUGT2NG 100 37HUGT2NGD 100A/250V 37HUGT2NGF 100 37HUGT2NGP 

40 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHT2NG 200 37IUHT2NGD 200A/250V 37IUHT2NGF 125 37IUHT2NGP 

50 4 50–200 B 36JUHT2NG 200 37JUHT2NGD 200A/250V 37JUHT2NGF 150 37JUHT2NGP 

75 5 55–250 — — — — — — 250 37LPST2NGP 

100 5 55–250 — 36LPUT2NG 400 37LPUT2NGD 400A/250V 37LPUT2NGF 400 37LPUT2NGP 

200 6 160–630 — 36MPXT2NG 600 37MPXT2NGD 600A/250V 37MPXT2NGF 600 37MPXT2NGP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUET4NH 60 37EUET4NHD 60A/600V 37EUET4NHF 50 37EUET4NHP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUFT4NH 60 37FUFT4NHD 60A/600V 37FUFT4NHF 50 37FUFT4NHP 

30 (2½) 13–52 B 36GUGT4NH 100 37GUGT4NHD 100A/600V 37GUGT4NHF 100 37GUGT4NHP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUGT4NH 100 37HUGT4NHD 100A/600V 37HUGT4NHF 100 37HUGT4NHP 

75 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHT4NH 200 37IUHT4NHD 200A/600V 37IUHT4NHF 125 37IUHT4NHP 

100 4 50–200 B 36JUHT4NH 200 37JUHT4NHD 200A/600V 37JUHT4NHF 150 37JUHT4NHP 

150 5 55–250 — — — — — — 250 37LPST4NHP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPUT4NH 400 37LPUT4NHD 400A/600V 37LPUT4NHF 400 37LPUT4NHP 

400 6 160–630 — 36MPXT4NH 600 37MPXT4NHD 600A/600V 37MPXT4NHF 600 37MPXT4NHP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUET5NE 60 37EUET5NED 60A/600V 37EUET5NEF 50 37EUET5NEP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUFT5NE 60 37FUFT5NED 60A/600V 37FUFT5NEF 50 37FUFT5NEP 

30 (2½) 13–52 B 36GUGT5NE 100 37GUGT5NED 100A/600V 37GUGT5NEF 100 37GUGT5NEP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUGT5NE 100 37HUGT5NED 100A/600V 37HUGT5NEF 100 37HUGT5NEP 

75 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHT5NE 200 37IUHT5NED 200A/600V 37IUHT5NEF 125 37IUHT5NEP 

100 4 50–200 B 36JUHT5NE 200 37JUHT5NED 200A/600V 37JUHT5NEF 150 37JUHT5NEP 

150 5 55–250 — — — — — — 250 37LPST5NEP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPUT5NE 400 37LPUT5NED 400A/600V 37LPUT5NEF 400 37LPUT5NEP 

400 6 160–630 — 36MPXT5NE 600 37MPXT5NED 600A/600V 37MPXT5NEF 600 37MPXT5NEP 



17-38 





2 Step Part Winding with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 Selection 




Dimensions see page page 17-150. 













Motor 

Voltage 

200 

230 

460 

575 

Max 

Hp 


NEMA 

Size Amp 

(1/2 Size) Range 

Frame 

Size 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 



Disc. 

Fuse Clip 

Circuit 



7 1 ⁄2 0 5.5–22 A1 36CUDP6BD 60 37CUDP6BDD 60A/250V 37CUDP6BDF 30 37CUDP6BDP 

10 1 5.5–22 A1 36DUDP6BD 60 37DUDP6BDD 60A/250V 37DUDP6BDF 50 37DUDP6BDP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEP6BD 100 37EUEP6BDD 100A/250V 37EUEP6BDF 100 37EUEP6BDP 

20 2 13–52 B 36FUFP6BD 100 37FUFP6BDD 100A/250V 37FUFP6BDF 100 37FUFP6BDP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGP6BD 200 37GUGP6BDD 200A/250V 37GUGP6BDF 125 37GUGP6BDP 

40 3 25–100 B 36HUGP6BD 200 37HUGP6BDD 200A/250V 37HUGP6BDF 150 37HUGP6BDP 

50 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHP6BD 200 37IUHP6BDD 200A/250V 37IUHP6BDF 250 37IUHP6BDP 

75 4 50–200 B 36JUHP6BD 400 37JUHP6BDD 400A/250V 37JUHP6BDF 400 37JUHP6BDP 

100 5 55–250 — — — — — — 600 37LPSP6BDP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPUP6BD 600 37LPUP6BDD 600A/250V 37LPUP6BDF 600 37LPUP6BDP 

7 1 ⁄2 0 5.5–22 A1 36CUDP2BG 60 37CUDP2BGD 60A/250V 37CUDP2BGF 30 37CUDP2BGP 

10 1 5.5–22 A1 36DUDP2BG 60 37DUDP2BGD 60A/250V 37DUDP2BGF 50 37DUDP2BGP 

20 (1½) 10–40 A1 36EUEP2BG 100 37EUEP2BGD 100A/250V 37EUEP2BGF 100 37EUEP2BGP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUFP2BG 100 37FUFP2BGD 100A/250V 37FUFP2BGF 100 37FUFP2BGP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGP2BG 200 37GUGP2BGD 200A/250V 37GUGP2BGF 100 37GUGP2BGP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUGP2BG 200 37HUGP2BGD 200A/250V 37HUGP2BGF 150 37HUGP2BGP 

60 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHP2BG 200 37IUHP2BGD 200A/250V 37IUHP2BGF 250 37IUHP2BGP 

75 4 50–200 B 36JUHP2BG 400 37JUHP2BGD 400A/250V 37JUHP2BGF 250 37JUHP2BGP 

125 5 55–250 — — — — — — 400 37LPSP2BGP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPUP2BG 600 37LPUP2BGD 600A/250V 37LPUP2BGF 600 37LPUP2BGP 

300 6 160–630 — 36MPXP2BG 1200 37MPXP2BGD 1200A/250V 37MPXP2BGF 1200 37MPXP2BGP 

10 0 5.5–22 A1 36CUDP4BH 30 37CUDP4BHD 30A/600V 37CUDP4BHF 30 37CUDP4BHP 

15 1 5.5–22 A1 36DUDP4BH 60 37DUDP4BHD 60A/600V 37DUDP4BHF 30 37DUDP4BHP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEP4BH 60 37EUEP4BHD 60A/600V 37EUEP4BHF 50 37EUEP4BHP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUFP4BH 100 37FUFP4BHD 100A/600V 37FUFP4BHF 100 37FUFP4BHP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGP4BH 200 37GUGP4BHD 200A/600V 37GUGP4BHF 100 37GUGP4BHP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUGP4BH 200 37HUGP4BHD 200A/600V 37HUGP4BHF 125 37HUGP4BHP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHP4BH 200 37IUHP4BHD 200A/600V 37IUHP4BHF 150 37IUHP4BHP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUHP4BH 400 37JUHP4BHD 400A/600V 37JUHP4BHF 250 37JUHP4BHP 

250 5 55–250 — — — — — — 400 37LPSP4BHP 

350 5 55–250 — 36LPUP4BH 600 37LPUP4BHD 600A/600V 37LPUP4BHF 600 37LPUP4BHP 

600 6 160–630 — 36MPXP4BH 1200 37MPXP4BHD 1200A/600V 37MPXP4BHF 1200 37MPXP4BHP 

10 0 5.5–22 A1 36CUDP5BE 30 37CUDP5BED 30A/600V 37CUDP5BEF 30 37CUDP5BEP 

15 1 5.5–22 A1 36DUDP5BE 60 37DUDP5BED 60A/600V 37DUDP5BEF 30 37DUDP5BEP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEP5BE 60 37EUEP5BED 60A/600V 37EUEP5BEF 50 37EUEP5BEP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUFP5BE 60 37FUFP5BED 60A/600V 37FUFP5BEF 50 37FUFP5BEP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGP5BE 100 37GUGP5BED 100A/600V 37GUGP5BEF 100 37GUGP5BEP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUGP5BE 200 37HUGP5BED 200A/600V 37HUGP5BEF 125 37HUGP5BEP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHP5BE 400 37IUHP5BED 400A/600V 37IUHP5BEF 150 37IUHP5BEP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUHP5BE 400 37JUHP5BED 400A/600V 37JUHP5BEF 250 37JUHP5BEP 

250 5 55–250 — — — — 400A/600V 37LPSP5BEF — — 

350 5 55–250 — 36LPUP5BE 600 37LPUP5BED 600A/600V 37LPUP5BEF 400 37LPUP5BEP 

600 6 160–630 — 36MPXP5BE 1200 37MPXP5BED 1200A/600V 37MPXP5BEF 1200 37MPXP5BEP 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 
























17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


Motor 

Voltage 

200 

230 

460 

575 

Max 

Hp 


NEMA 

Size Amp 


Frame 

Size 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 



Disc. 

Fuse Clip 

Circuit 



7½ 0 5.5–22 A1 36CUDP6ED 60 37CUDP6EDD 60A/250V 37CUDP6EDF 30 37CUDP6EDP 

10 1 5.5–22 A1 36DUDP6ED 60 37DUDP6EDD 60A/250V 37DUDP6EDF 50 37DUDP6EDP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEP6ED 100 37EUEP6EDD 100A/250V 37EUEP6EDF 100 37EUEP6EDP 

20 2 13–52 B 36FUFP6ED 100 37FUFP6EDD 100A/250V 37FUFP6EDF 100 37FUFP6EDP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGP6ED 200 37GUGP6EDD 200A/250V 37GUGP6EDF 125 37GUGP6EDP 

40 3 25–100 B 36HUGP6ED 200 37HUGP6EDD 200A/250V 37HUGP6EDF 150 37HUGP6EDP 

50 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHP6ED 200 37IUHP6EDD 200A/250V 37IUHP6EDF 250 37IUHP6EDP 

75 4 50–200 B 36JUHP6ED 400 37JUHP6EDD 400A/250V 37JUHP6EDF 400 37JUHP6EDP 

100 5 55–250 — — — — — — 600 37LPSP6EDP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPUP6ED 600 37LPUP6EDD 600A/250V 37LPUP6EDF 600 37LPUP6EDP 

7½ 0 5.5–22 A1 36CUDP2EG 60 37CUDP2EGD 60A/250V 37CUDP2EGF 30 37CUDP2EGP 

10 1 5.5–22 A1 36DUDP2EG 60 37DUDP2EGD 60A/250V 37DUDP2EGF 50 37DUDP2EGP 

20 (1½) 10–40 A1 36EUEP2EG 100 37EUEP2EGD 100A/250V 37EUEP2EGF 100 37EUEP2EGP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUFP2EG 100 37FUFP2EGD 100A/250V 37FUFP2EGF 100 37FUFP2EGP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGP2EG 200 37GUGP2EGD 200A/250V 37GUGP2EGF 100 37GUGP2EGP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUGP2EG 200 37HUGP2EGD 200A/250V 37HUGP2EGF 150 37HUGP2EGP 

60 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHP2EG 200 37IUHP2EGD 200A/250V 37IUHP2EGF 250 37IUHP2EGP 

75 4 50–200 B 36JUHP2EG 400 37JUHP2EGD 400A/250V 37JUHP2EGF 250 37JUHP2EGP 

125 5 55–250 — — — — — — 400 37LPSP2EGP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPUP2EG 600 37LPUP2EGD 600A/250V 37LPUP2EGF 600 37LPUP2EGP 

300 6 160–630 — 36MPXP2EG 1200 37MPXP2EGD 1200A/250V 37MPXP2EGF 1200 37MPXP2EGP 

10 0 5.5–22 A1 36CUDP4EH 30 37CUDP4EHD 30A/600V 37CUDP4EHF 30 37CUDP4EHP 

15 1 5.5–22 A1 36DUDP4EH 60 37DUDP4EHD 60A/600V 37DUDP4EHF 30 37DUDP4EHP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEP4EH 60 37EUEP4EHD 60A/600V 37EUEP4EHF 50 37EUEP4EHP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUFP4EH 100 37FUFP4EHD 100A/600V 37FUFP4EHF 100 37FUFP4EHP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGP4EH 200 37GUGP4EHD 200A/600V 37GUGP4EHF 100 37GUGP4EHP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUGP4EH 200 37HUGP4EHD 200A/600V 37HUGP4EHF 125 37HUGP4EHP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHP4EH 200 37IUHP4EHD 200A/600V 37IUHP4EHF 150 37IUHP4EHP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUHP4EH 400 37JUHP4EHD 400A/600V 37JUHP4EHF 250 37JUHP4EHP 

250 5 55–250 — — — — — — 400 37LPSP4EHP 

350 5 55–250 — 36LPUP4EH 600 37LPUP4EHD 600A/600V 37LPUP4EHF 600 37LPUP4EHP 

600 6 160–630 — 36MPXP4EH 1200 37MPXP4EHD 1200A/600V 37MPXP4EHF 1200 37MPXP4EHP 

10 0 5.5–22 A1 36CUDP5EE 30 37CUDP5EED 30A/600V 37CUDP5EEF 30 37CUDP5EEP 

15 1 5.5–22 A1 36DUDP5EE 60 37DUDP5EED 60A/600V 37DUDP5EEF 30 37DUDP5EEP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEP5EE 60 37EUEP5EED 60A/600V 37EUEP5EEF 50 37EUEP5EEP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUFP5EE 60 37FUFP5EED 60A/600V 37FUFP5EEF 50 37FUFP5EEP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGP5EE 100 37GUGP5EED 100A/600V 37GUGP5EEF 100 37GUGP5EEP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUGP5EE 200 37HUGP5EED 200A/600V 37HUGP5EEF 125 37HUGP5EEP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHP5EE 400 37IUHP5EED 400A/600V 37IUHP5EEF 150 37IUHP5EEP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUHP5EE 400 37JUHP5EED 400A/600V 37JUHP5EEF 250 37JUHP5EEP 

250 5 55–250 — — — — 400A/600V 37LPSP5EEF — — 

350 5 55–250 — 36LPUP5EE 600 37LPUP5EED 600A/600V 37LPUP5EEF 400 37LPUP5EEP 

600 6 160–630 — 36MPXP5EE 1200 37MPXP5EED 1200A/600V 37MPXP5EEF 1200 37MPXP5EEP 



17-40 





















Motor 

Voltage 

200 

230 

460 

575 

Max 

Hp 


NEMA 

Size Amp 


Frame 

Size 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 


Disconnect 

Disc. 

Amp Catalog List 

Rating Number Price $ 

Combination Fusible 

Disconnect 

Fuse Clip 

Amp/Volt Catalog 

Rating Number 

Combination Circit Breaker 

Circuit 

Breaker Catalog List 

Amps Number Price $ 

7½ 0 5.5–22 A1 36CUDP6WD 60 37CUDP6WDD 60A/250V 37CUDP6WDF 30 37CUDP6WDP 

10 1 5.5–22 A1 36DUDP6WD 60 37DUDP6WDD 60A/250V 37DUDP6WDF 50 37DUDP6WDP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEP6WD 100 37EUEP6WDD 100A/250V 37EUEP6WDF 100 37EUEP6WDP 

20 2 13–52 B 36FUFP6WD 100 37FUFP6WDD 100A/250V 37FUFP6WDF 100 37FUFP6WDP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGP6WD 200 37GUGP6WDD 200A/250V 37GUGP6WDF 125 37GUGP6WDP 

40 3 25–100 B 36HUGP6WD 200 37HUGP6WDD 200A/250V 37HUGP6WDF 150 37HUGP6WDP 

50 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHP6WD 200 37IUHP6WDD 200A/250V 37IUHP6WDF 250 37IUHP6WDP 

75 4 50–200 B 36JUHP6WD 400 37JUHP6WDD 400A/250V 37JUHP6WDF 400 37JUHP6WDP 

7½ 0 5.5–22 A1 36CUDP2WG 60 37CUDP2WGD 60A/250V 37CUDP2WGF 30 37CUDP2WGP 

10 1 5.5–22 A1 36DUDP2WG 60 37DUDP2WGD 60A/250V 37DUDP2WGF 50 37DUDP2WGP 

20 (1½) 10–40 A1 36EUEP2WG 100 37EUEP2WGD 100A/250V 37EUEP2WGF 100 37EUEP2WGP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUFP2WG 100 37FUFP2WGD 100A/250V 37FUFP2WGF 100 37FUFP2WGP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGP2WG 200 37GUGP2WGD 200A/250V 37GUGP2WGF 100 37GUGP2WGP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUGP2WG 200 37HUGP2WGD 200A/250V 37HUGP2WGF 150 37HUGP2WGP 

60 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHP2WG 200 37IUHP2WGD 200A/250V 37IUHP2WGF 250 37IUHP2WGP 

75 4 50–200 B 36JUHP2WG 400 37JUHP2WGD 400A/250V 37JUHP2WGF 250 37JUHP2WGP 

10 0 5.5–22 A1 36CUDP4WH 30 37CUDP4WHD 30A/600V 37CUDP4WHF 30 37CUDP4WHP 

15 1 5.5–22 A1 36DUDP4WH 60 37DUDP4WHD 60A/600V 37DUDP4WHF 30 37DUDP4WHP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEP4WH 60 37EUEP4WHD 60A/600V 37EUEP4WHF 50 37EUEP4WHP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUFP4WH 100 37FUFP4WHD 100A/600V 37FUFP4WHF 100 37FUFP4WHP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGP4WH 200 37GUGP4WHD 200A/600V 37GUGP4WHF 100 37GUGP4WHP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUGP4WH 200 37HUGP4WHD 200A/600V 37HUGP4WHF 125 37HUGP4WHP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHP4WH 200 37IUHP4WHD 200A/600V 37IUHP4WHF 150 37IUHP4WHP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUHP4WH 400 37JUHP4WHD 400A/600V 37JUHP4WHF 250 37JUHP4WHP 

10 0 5.5–22 A1 36CUDP5WE 30 37CUDP5WED 30A/600V 37CUDP5WEF 30 37CUDP5WEP 

15 1 5.5–22 A1 36DUDP5WE 60 37DUDP5WED 60A/600V 37DUDP5WEF 30 37DUDP5WEP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEP5WE 60 37EUEP5WED 60A/600V 37EUEP5WEF 50 37EUEP5WEP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUFP5WE 60 37FUFP5WED 60A/600V 37FUFP5WEF 50 37FUFP5WEP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGP5WE 100 37GUGP5WED 100A/600V 37GUGP5WEF 100 37GUGP5WEP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUGP5WE 200 37HUGP5WED 200A/600V 37HUGP5WEF 125 37HUGP5WEP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHP5WE 400 37IUHP5WED 400A/600V 37IUHP5WEF 150 37IUHP5WEP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUHP5WE 400 37JUHP5WED 400A/600V 37JUHP5WEF 250 37JUHP5WEP 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

























17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


Motor 

Voltage 

200 

230 

460 

575 

Max 

Hp 


NEMA 

Size Amp 


Frame 

Size 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 


Disconnect 

Disc. 

Amp Catalog List 


Call Combination Fusible Disconnect 

Call 

Fuse Clip 

Amp/Volt Catalog List 


Combination Circit Breaker 

Circuit 

Breaker Catalog List 

Amps Number Price $ 

7½ 0 5.5–22 A1 36CUDP6ND 60 37CUDP6NDD 60A/250V 37CUDP6NDF 30 37CUDP6NDP 

10 1 5.5–22 A1 36DUDP6ND 60 37DUDP6NDD 60A/250V 37DUDP6NDF 50 37DUDP6NDP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEP6ND 100 37EUEP6NDD 100A/250V 37EUEP6NDF 100 37EUEP6NDP 

20 2 13–52 B 36FUFP6ND 100 37FUFP6NDD 100A/250V 37FUFP6NDF 100 37FUFP6NDP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGP6ND 200 37GUGP6NDD 200A/250V 37GUGP6NDF 125 37GUGP6NDP 

40 3 25–100 B 36HUGP6ND 200 37HUGP6NDD 200A/250V 37HUGP6NDF 150 37HUGP6NDP 

50 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHP6ND 200 37IUHP6NDD 200A/250V 37IUHP6NDF 250 37IUHP6NDP 

75 4 50–200 B 36JUHP6ND 400 37JUHP6NDD 400A/250V 37JUHP6NDF 400 37JUHP6NDP 

100 5 55–250 — — — — — — 600 37LPSP6NDP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPUP6ND 600 37LPUP6NDD 600A/250V 37LPUP6NDF 600 37LPUP6NDP 

7½ 0 5.5–22 A1 36CUDP2NG 60 37CUDP2NGD 60A/250V 37CUDP2NGF 30 37CUDP2NGP 

10 1 5.5–22 A1 36DUDP2NG 60 37DUDP2NGD 60A/250V 37DUDP2NGF 50 37DUDP2NGP 

20 (1½) 10–40 A1 36EUEP2NG 100 37EUEP2NGD 100A/250V 37EUEP2NGF 100 37EUEP2NGP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUFP2NG 100 37FUFP2NGD 100A/250V 37FUFP2NGF 100 37FUFP2NGP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGP2NG 200 37GUGP2NGD 200A/250V 37GUGP2NGF 100 37GUGP2NGP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUGP2NG 200 37HUGP2NGD 200A/250V 37HUGP2NGF 150 37HUGP2NGP 

60 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHP2NG 200 37IUHP2NGD 200A/250V 37IUHP2NGF 250 37IUHP2NGP 

75 4 50–200 B 36JUHP2NG 400 37JUHP2NGD 400A/250V 37JUHP2NGF 250 37JUHP2NGP 

125 5 55–250 — — — — — — 400 37LPSP2NGP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPUP2NG 600 37LPUP2NGD 600A/250V 37LPUP2NGF 600 37LPUP2NGP 

300 6 160–630 — 36MPXP2NG 1200 37MPXP2NGD 1200A/250V 37MPXP2NGF 1200 37MPXP2NGP 

10 0 5.5–22 A1 36CUDP4NH 30 37CUDP4NHD 30A/600V 37CUDP4NHF 30 37CUDP4NHP 

15 1 5.5–22 A1 36DUDP4NH 60 37DUDP4NHD 60A/600V 37DUDP4NHF 30 37DUDP4NHP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEP4NH 60 37EUEP4NHD 60A/600V 37EUEP4NHF 50 37EUEP4NHP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUFP4NH 100 37FUFP4NHD 100A/600V 37FUFP4NHF 100 37FUFP4NHP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGP4NH 200 37GUGP4NHD 200A/600V 37GUGP4NHF 100 37GUGP4NHP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUGP4NH 200 37HUGP4NHD 200A/600V 37HUGP4NHF 125 37HUGP4NHP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHP4NH 200 37IUHP4NHD 200A/600V 37IUHP4NHF 150 37IUHP4NHP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUHP4NH 400 37JUHP4NHD 400A/600V 37JUHP4NHF 250 37JUHP4NHP 

250 5 55–250 — — — — — — 400 37LPSP4NHP 

350 5 55–250 — 36LPUP4NH 600 37LPUP4NHD 600A/600V 37LPUP4NHF 600 37LPUP4NHP 

600 6 160–630 — 36MPXP4NH 1200 37MPXP4NHD 1200A/600V 37MPXP4NHF 1200 37MPXP4NHP 

10 0 5.5–22 A1 36CUDP5NE 30 37CUDP5NED 30A/600V 37CUDP5NEF 30 37CUDP5NEP 

15 1 5.5–22 A1 36DUDP5NE 60 37DUDP5NED 60A/600V 37DUDP5NEF 30 37DUDP5NEP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEP5NE 60 37EUEP5NED 60A/600V 37EUEP5NEF 50 37EUEP5NEP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUFP5NE 60 37FUFP5NED 60A/600V 37FUFP5NEF 50 37FUFP5NEP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGP5NE 100 37GUGP5NED 100A/600V 37GUGP5NEF 100 37GUGP5NEP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUGP5NE 200 37HUGP5NED 200A/600V 37HUGP5NEF 125 37HUGP5NEP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHP5NE 400 37IUHP5NED 400A/600V 37IUHP5NEF 150 37IUHP5NEP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUHP5NE 400 37JUHP5NED 400A/600V 37JUHP5NEF 250 37JUHP5NEP 

250 5 55–250 — — — — 400A/600V 37LPSP5NEF — — 

350 5 55–250 — 36LPUP5NE 600 37LPUP5NED 600A/600V 37LPUP5NEF 400 37LPUP5NEP 

600 6 160–630 — 36MPXP5NE 1200 37MPXP5NED 1200A/600V 37MPXP5NEF 1200 37MPXP5NEP 



17-42 




Wye Delta, Open Transition with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 





Wiring Diagrams see page 17-164 . 




Selection 










Motor 

Voltage 

200 

230 

460 

575 

Max 

Hp 

NEMA 

Size 

(1/2 Size) 


Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 



Disc. 

Fuse Clip 

Circuit 



10 1 10–40 A1 36DUE06BD 60 37DUE06BDD 60A/250V 37DUE06BDF 50 37DUE06BDP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUE06BD 100 37EUE06BDD 100A/250V 37EUE06BDF 100 37EUE06BDP 

20 2 13–52 B 36FUF06BD 100 37FUF06BDD 100A/250V 37FUF06BDF 100 37FUF06BDP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUG06BD 200 37GUG06BDD 200A/250V 37GUG06BDF 125 37GUG06BDP 

40 3 25–100 B 36HUG06BD 200 37HUG06BDD 200A/250V 37HUG06BDF 150 37HUG06BDP 

50 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUH06BD 200 37IUH06BDD 200A/250V 37IUH06BDF 250 37IUH06BDP 

60 4 50–200 B 36JUH06BD 400 37JUH06BDD 400A/250V 37JUH06BDF 250 37JUH06BDP 

75 5 55–250 — 36LPS06BD 400 37LPS06BDD 400A/250V 37LPS06BDF 400 37LPS06BDP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPU06BD 600 37LPU06BDD 600A/250V 37LPU06BDF 600 37LPU06BDP 

300 6 160–630 — 36MPX06BD 1200 37MPX06BDD 1200A/250V 37MPX06BDF 1200 37MPX06BDP 

10 1 10–40 A1 36DUE02BG 60 37DUE02BGD 60A/250V 37DUE02BGF 50 37DUE02BGP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUE02BG 60 37EUE02BGD 60A/250V 37EUE02BGF 50 37EUE02BGP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUF02BG 100 37FUF02BGD 100A/250V 37FUF02BGF 100 37FUF02BGP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUG02BG 200 37GUG02BGD 200A/250V 37GUG02BGF 100 37GUG02BGP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUG02BG 200 37HUG02BGD 200A/250V 37HUG02BGF 150 37HUG02BGP 

60 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUH02BG 200 37IUH02BGD 200A/250V 37IUH02BGF 250 37IUH02BGP 

75 4 50–200 B 36JUH02BG 400 37JUH02BGD 400A/250V 37JUH02BGF 250 37JUH02BGP 

100 5 55–250 — 36LPS02BG 400 37LPS02BGD 400A/250V 37LPS02BGF 400 37LPS02BGP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPU02BG 600 37LPU02BGD 600A/250V 37LPU02BGF 600 37LPU02BGP 

350 6 160–630 — 36MPX02BG 1200 37MPX02BGD 1200A/250V 37MPX02BGF 1200 37MPX02BGP 

15 1 5.5-22 A1 36DUD04BH 30 37DUD04BHD 30A/600V 37DUD04BHF 30 37DUD04BHP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUE04BH 60 37EUE04BHD 60A/600V 37EUE04BHF 50 37EUE04BHP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUF04BH 100 37FUF04BHD 100A/600V 37FUF04BHF 100 37FUF04BHP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUG04BH 200 37GUG04BHD 200A/600V 37GUG04BHF 100 37GUG04BHP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUG04BH 200 37HUG04BHD 200A/600V 37HUG04BHF 125 37HUG04BHP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUH04BH 200 37IUH04BHD 200A/600V 37IUH04BHF 150 37IUH04BHP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUH04BH 400 37JUH04BHD 400A/600V 37JUH04BHF 250 37JUH04BHP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPS04BH 400 37LPS04BHD 400A/600V 37LPS04BHF 400 37LPS04BHP 

300 5 55–250 — 36LPU04BH 600 37LPU04BHD 600A/600V 37LPU04BHF 600 37LPU04BHP 

700 6 160–630 — 36MPX04BH 1600 37MPX04BHD 1600A/600V 37MPX04BHF 1200 37MPX04BHP 

15 1 5.5-22 A1 36DUD05BE 30 37DUD05BED 30A/600V 37DUD05BEF 30 37DUD05BEP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUE05BE 60 37EUE05BED 60A/600V 37EUE05BEF 50 37EUE05BEP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUF05BE 100 37FUF05BED 100A/600V 37FUF05BEF 50 37FUF05BEP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUG05BE 100 37GUG05BED 100A/600V 37GUG05BEF 100 37GUG05BEP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUG05BE 200 37HUG05BED 200A/600V 37HUG05BEF 125 37HUG05BEP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUH05BE 200 37IUH05BED 200A/600V 37IUH05BEF 150 37IUH05BEP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUH05BE 400 37JUH05BED 400A/600V 37JUH05BEF 250 37JUH05BEP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPS05BE 400 37LPS05BED 400A/600V 37LPS05BEF 250 37LPS05BEP 

300 5 55–250 — 36LPU05BE 600 37LPU05BED 600A/600V 37LPU05BEF 400 37LPU05BEP 

700 6 160–630 — 36MPX05BE 1600 37MPX05BED 1600A/600V 37MPX05BEF 1600 37MPX05BEP 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 














Selection 











17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


Motor 

Voltage 

200 

230 

460 

575 

Max 

Hp 

NEMA 

Size 

(1/2 Size) 


Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 



Disc. 

Fuse Clip 

Circuit 



10 1 10–40 A1 36DUE06ED 60 37DUE06EDD 60A/250V 37DUE06EDF 50 37DUE06EDP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUE06ED 100 37EUE06EDD 100A/250V 37EUE06EDF 100 37EUE06EDP 

20 2 13–52 B 36FUF06ED 100 37FUF06EDD 100A/250V 37FUF06EDF 100 37FUF06EDP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUG06ED 200 37GUG06EDD 200A/250V 37GUG06EDF 125 37GUG06EDP 

40 3 25–100 B 36HUG06ED 200 37HUG06EDD 200A/250V 37HUG06EDF 150 37HUG06EDP 

50 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUH06ED 200 37IUH06EDD 200A/250V 37IUH06EDF 250 37IUH06EDP 

60 4 50–200 B 36JUH06ED 400 37JUH06EDD 400A/250V 37JUH06EDF 250 37JUH06EDP 

75 5 55–250 — 36LPS06ED 400 37LPS06EDD 400A/250V 37LPS06EDF 400 37LPS06EDP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPU06ED 600 37LPU06EDD 600A/250V 37LPU06EDF 600 37LPU06EDP 

300 6 160–630 — 36MPX06ED 1200 37MPX06EDD 1200A/250V 37MPX06EDF 1200 37MPX06EDP 

10 1 10–40 A1 36DUE02EG 60 37DUE02EGD 60A/250V 37DUE02EGF 50 37DUE02EGP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUE02EG 60 37EUE02EGD 60A/250V 37EUE02EGF 50 37EUE02EGP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUF02EG 100 37FUF02EGD 100A/250V 37FUF02EGF 100 37FUF02EGP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUG02EG 200 37GUG02EGD 200A/250V 37GUG02EGF 100 37GUG02EGP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUG02EG 200 37HUG02EGD 200A/250V 37HUG02EGF 150 37HUG02EGP 

60 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUH02EG 200 37IUH02EGD 200A/250V 37IUH02EGF 250 37IUH02EGP 

75 4 50–200 B 36JUH02EG 400 37JUH02EGD 400A/250V 37JUH02EGF 250 37JUH02EGP 

100 5 55–250 — 36LPS02EG 400 37LPS02EGD 400A/250V 37LPS02EGF 400 37LPS02EGP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPU02EG 600 37LPU02EGD 600A/250V 37LPU02EGF 600 37LPU02EGP 

350 6 160–630 — 36MPX02EG 1200 37MPX02EGD 1200A/250V 37MPX02EGF 1200 37MPX02EGP 

15 1 5.5-22 A1 36DUD04EH 30 37DUD04EHD 30A/600V 37DUD04EHF 30 37DUD04EHP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUE04EH 60 37EUE04EHD 60A/600V 37EUE04EHF 50 37EUE04EHP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUF04EH 100 37FUF04EHD 100A/600V 37FUF04EHF 100 37FUF04EHP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUG04EH 200 37GUG04EHD 200A/600V 37GUG04EHF 100 37GUG04EHP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUG04EH 200 37HUG04EHD 200A/600V 37HUG04EHF 125 37HUG04EHP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUH04EH 200 37IUH04EHD 200A/600V 37IUH04EHF 150 37IUH04EHP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUH04EH 400 37JUH04EHD 400A/600V 37JUH04EHF 250 37JUH04EHP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPS04EH 400 37LPS04EHD 400A/600V 37LPS04EHF 400 37LPS04EHP 

300 5 55–250 — 36LPU04EH 600 37LPU04EHD 600A/600V 37LPU04EHF 600 37LPU04EHP 

700 6 160–630 — 36MPX04EH 1600 37MPX04EHD 1600A/600V 37MPX04EHF 1200 37MPX04EHP 

15 1 5.5-22 A1 36DUD05EE 30 37DUD05EED 30A/600V 37DUD05EEF 30 37DUD05EEP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUE05EE 60 37EUE05EED 60A/600V 37EUE05EEF 50 37EUE05EEP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUF05EE 100 37FUF05EED 100A/600V 37FUF05EEF 50 37FUF05EEP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUG05EE 100 37GUG05EED 100A/600V 37GUG05EEF 100 37GUG05EEP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUG05EE 200 37HUG05EED 200A/600V 37HUG05EEF 125 37HUG05EEP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUH05EE 200 37IUH05EED 200A/600V 37IUH05EEF 150 37IUH05EEP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUH05EE 400 37JUH05EED 400A/600V 37JUH05EEF 250 37JUH05EEP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPS05EE 400 37LPS05EED 400A/600V 37LPS05EEF 250 37LPS05EEP 

300 5 55–250 — 36LPU05EE 600 37LPU05EED 600A/600V 37LPU05EEF 400 37LPU05EEP 

700 6 160–630 — 37MPX05EF 1600 37MPX05EED 1600A/600V 37MPX05EEF 1600 37MPX05EEP 



17-44 












Selection 










Motor 

Voltage 

200 

230 

460 

575 

Max 

Hp 

NEMA 

Size 

(1/2 Size) 


Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 



Disc. 

Fuse Clip 

Circuit 



10 1 10–40 A1 36DUE06WD 60 37DUE06WDD 60A/250V 37DUE06WDF 50 37DUE06WDP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUE06WD 100 37EUE06WDD 100A/250V 37EUE06WDF 100 37EUE06WDP 

20 2 13–52 B 36FUF06WD 100 37FUF06WDD 100A/250V 37FUF06WDF 100 37FUF06WDP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUG06WD 200 37GUG06WDD 200A/250V 37GUG06WDF 125 37GUG06WDP 

40 3 25–100 B 36HUG06WD 200 37HUG06WDD 200A/250V 37HUG06WDF 150 37HUG06WDP 

50 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUH06WD 200 37IUH06WDD 200A/250V 37IUH06WDF 250 37IUH06WDP 

60 4 50–200 B 36JUH06WD 400 37JUH06WDD 400A/250V 37JUH06WDF 250 37JUH06WDP 

10 1 10–40 A1 36DUE02WG 60 37DUE02WGD 60A/250V 37DUE02WGF 50 37DUE02WGP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUE02WG 60 37EUE02WGD 60A/250V 37EUE02WGF 50 37EUE02WGP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUF02WG 100 37FUF02WGD 100A/250V 37FUF02WGF 100 37FUF02WGP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUG02WG 200 37GUG02WGD 200A/250V 37GUG02WGF 100 37GUG02WGP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUG02WG 200 37HUG02WGD 200A/250V 37HUG02WGF 150 37HUG02WGP 

60 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUH02WG 200 37IUH02WGD 200A/250V 37IUH02WGF 250 37IUH02WGP 

75 4 50–200 B 36JUH02WG 400 37JUH02WGD 400A/250V 37JUH02WGF 250 37JUH02WGP 

15 1 5.5-22 A1 36DUD04WH 30 37DUD04WHD 30A/600V 37DUD04WHF 30 37DUD04WHP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUE04WH 60 37EUE04WHD 60A/600V 37EUE04WHF 50 37EUE04WHP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUF04WH 100 37FUF04WHD 100A/600V 37FUF04WHF 100 37FUF04WHP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUG04WH 200 37GUG04WHD 200A/600V 37GUG04WHF 100 37GUG04WHP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUG04WH 200 37HUG04WHD 200A/600V 37HUG04WHF 125 37HUG04WHP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUH04WH 200 37IUH04WHD 200A/600V 37IUH04WHF 150 37IUH04WHP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUH04WH 400 37JUH04WHD 400A/600V 37JUH04WHF 250 37JUH04WHP 

15 1 5.5-22 A1 36DUD05WE 30 37DUD05WED 30A/600V 37DUD05WEF 30 37DUD05WEP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUE05WE 60 37EUE05WED 60A/600V 37EUE05WEF 50 37EUE05WEP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUF05WE 100 37FUF05WED 100A/600V 37FUF05WEF 50 37FUF05WEP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUG05WE 100 37GUG05WED 100A/600V 37GUG05WEF 100 37GUG05WEP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUG05WE 200 37HUG05WED 200A/600V 37HUG05WEF 125 37HUG05WEP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUH05WE 200 37IUH05WED 200A/600V 37IUH05WEF 150 37IUH05WEP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUH05WE 400 37JUH05WED 400A/600V 37JUH05WEF 250 37JUH05WEP 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 















Selection 











17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


Motor 

Voltage 

200 

230 

460 

575 

Max 

Hp 

NEMA 

Size 

(1/2 Size) 


Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 



Disc. 

Fuse Clip 

Circuit 



10 1 10–40 A1 36DUE06ND 60 37DUE06NDD 60A/250V 37DUE06NDF 50 37DUE06NDP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUE06ND 100 37EUE06NDD 100A/250V 37EUE06NDF 100 37EUE06NDP 

20 2 13–52 B 36FUF06ND 100 37FUF06NDD 100A/250V 37FUF06NDF 100 37FUF06NDP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUG06ND 200 37GUG06NDD 200A/250V 37GUG06NDF 125 37GUG06NDP 

40 3 25–100 B 36HUG06ND 200 37HUG06NDD 200A/250V 37HUG06NDF 150 37HUG06NDP 

50 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUH06ND 200 37IUH06NDD 200A/250V 37IUH06NDF 250 37IUH06NDP 

60 4 50–200 B 36JUH06ND 400 37JUH06NDD 400A/250V 37JUH06NDF 250 37JUH06NDP 

75 5 55–250 — 36LPS06ND 400 37LPS06NDD 400A/250V 37LPS06NDF 400 37LPS06NDP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPU06ND 600 37LPU06NDD 600A/250V 37LPU06NDF 600 37LPU06NDP 

300 6 160–630 — 36MPX06ND 1200 37MPX06NDD 1200A/250V 37MPX06NDF 1200 37MPX06NDP 

10 1 10–40 A1 36DUE02NG 60 37DUE02NGD 60A/250V 37DUE02NGF 50 37DUE02NGP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUE02NG 60 37EUE02NGD 60A/250V 37EUE02NGF 50 37EUE02NGP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUF02NG 100 37FUF02NGD 100A/250V 37FUF02NGF 100 37FUF02NGP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUG02NG 200 37GUG02NGD 200A/250V 37GUG02NGF 100 37GUG02NGP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUG02NG 200 37HUG02NGD 200A/250V 37HUG02NGF 150 37HUG02NGP 

60 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUH02NG 200 37IUH02NGD 200A/250V 37IUH02NGF 250 37IUH02NGP 

75 4 50–200 B 36JUH02NG 400 37JUH02NGD 400A/250V 37JUH02NGF 250 37JUH02NGP 

100 5 55–250 — 36LPS02NG 400 37LPS02NGD 400A/250V 37LPS02NGF 400 37LPS02NGP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPU02NG 600 37LPU02NGD 600A/250V 37LPU02NGF 600 37LPU02NGP 

350 6 160–630 — 36MPX02NG 1200 37MPX02NGD 1200A/250V 37MPX02NGF 1200 37MPX02NGP 

15 1 5.5-22 A1 36DUD04NH 30 37DUD04NHD 30A/600V 37DUD04NHF 30 37DUD04NHP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUE04NH 60 37EUE04NHD 60A/600V 37EUE04NHF 50 37EUE04NHP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUF04NH 100 37FUF04NHD 100A/600V 37FUF04NHF 100 37FUF04NHP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUG04NH 200 37GUG04NHD 200A/600V 37GUG04NHF 100 37GUG04NHP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUG04NH 200 37HUG04NHD 200A/600V 37HUG04NHF 125 37HUG04NHP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUH04NH 200 37IUH04NHD 200A/600V 37IUH04NHF 150 37IUH04NHP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUH04NH 400 37JUH04NHD 400A/600V 37JUH04NHF 250 37JUH04NHP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPS04NH 400 37LPS04NHD 400A/600V 37LPS04NHF 400 37LPS04NHP 

300 5 55–250 — 36LPU04NH 600 37LPU04NHD 600A/600V 37LPU04NHF 600 37LPU04NHP 

700 6 160–630 — 36MPX04NH 1600 37MPX04NHD 1600A/600V 37MPX04NHF 1200 37MPX04NHP 

15 1 5.5-22 A1 36DUD05NE 30 37DUD05NED 30A/600V 37DUD05NEF 30 37DUD05NEP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUE05NE 60 37EUE05NED 60A/600V 37EUE05NEF 50 37EUE05NEP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUF05NE 100 37FUF05NED 100A/600V 37FUF05NEF 50 37FUF05NEP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUG05NE 100 37GUG05NED 100A/600V 37GUG05NEF 100 37GUG05NEP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUG05NE 200 37HUG05NED 200A/600V 37HUG05NEF 125 37HUG05NEP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUH05NE 200 37IUH05NED 200A/600V 37IUH05NEF 150 37IUH05NEP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUH05NE 400 37JUH05NED 400A/600V 37JUH05NEF 250 37JUH05NEP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPS05NE 400 37LPS05NED 400A/600V 37LPS05NEF 250 37LPS05NEP 

300 5 55–250 — 36LPU05NE 600 37LPU05NED 600A/600V 37LPU05NEF 400 37LPU05NEP 

700 6 160–630 — 37MPX05NF 1600 37MPX05NED 1600A/600V 37MPX05NEF 1600 37MPX05NEP 



17-46 




Wye Delta, Closed Transition with Solid State Overload, Class 36 & 37 








Selection 










Motor 

Voltage 

200 

230 

460 

575 

Max 

Hp 


NEMA 

Size Amp 


Frame 

Size 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 



Disc. 

Fuse Clip 

Circuit 



10 1 10–40 A1 36DUEC6BD 60 37DUEC6BDD 60A/250V 37DUEC6BDF 50 37DUEC6BDP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEC6BD 100 37EUEC6BDD 100A/250V 37EUEC6BDF 100 37EUEC6BDP 

20 2 13–52 B 36FUFC6BD 100 37FUFC6BDD 100A/250V 37FUFC6BDF 100 37FUFC6BDP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGC6BD 200 37GUGC6BDD 200A/250V 37GUGC6BDF 125 37GUGC6BDP 

40 3 25–100 B 36HUGC6BD 200 37HUGC6BDD 200A/250V 37HUGC6BDF 150 37HUGC6BDP 

50 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHC6BD 200 37IUHC6BDD 200A/250V 37IUHC6BDF 250 37IUHC6BDP 

60 4 50–200 B 36JUHC6BD 400 37JUHC6BDD 400A/250V 37JUHC6BDF 250 37JUHC6BDP 

75 5 55–250 — 36LPSC6BD 400 37LPSC6BDD 400A/250V 37LPSC6BDF 400 37LPSC6BDP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPUC6BD 600 37LPUC6BDD 600A/250V 37LPUC6BDF 600 37LPUC6BDP 

300 6 160–630 — 36MPXC6BD 1200 37MPXC6BDD 1200A/250V 37MPXC6BDF 1200 37MPXC6BDP 

10 1 10–40 A1 36DUEC2BG 60 37DUEC2BGD 60A/250V 37DUEC2BGF 50 37DUEC2BGP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEC2BG 60 37EUEC2BGD 60A/250V 37EUEC2BGF 50 37EUEC2BGP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUFC2BG 100 37FUFC2BGD 100A/250V 37FUFC2BGF 100 37FUFC2BGP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGC2BG 200 37GUGC2BGD 200A/250V 37GUGC2BGF 100 37GUGC2BGP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUGC2BG 200 37HUGC2BGD 200A/250V 37HUGC2BGF 150 37HUGC2BGP 

60 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHC2BG 200 37IUHC2BGD 200A/250V 37IUHC2BGF 250 37IUHC2BGP 

75 4 50–200 B 36JUHC2BG 400 37JUHC2BGD 400A/250V 37JUHC2BGF 250 37JUHC2BGP 

100 5 55–250 — 36LPSC2BG 400 37LPSC2BGD 400A/250V 37LPSC2BGF 400 37LPSC2BGP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPUC2BG 600 37LPUC2BGD 600A/250V 37LPUC2BGF 600 37LPUC2BGP 

350 6 160–630 — 36MPXC2BG 1200 37MPXC2BGD 1200A/250V 37MPXC2BGF 1200 37MPXC2BGP 

15 1 5.5-22 A1 36DUDC4BH 30 37DUDC4BHD 30A/600V 37DUDC4BHF 30 37DUDC4BHP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEC4BH 60 37EUEC4BHD 60A/600V 37EUEC4BHF 50 37EUEC4BHP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUFC4BH 100 37FUFC4BHD 100A/600V 37FUFC4BHF 100 37FUFC4BHP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGC4BH 200 37GUGC4BHD 200A/600V 37GUGC4BHF 100 37GUGC4BHP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUGC4BH 200 37HUGC4BHD 200A/600V 37HUGC4BHF 125 37HUGC4BHP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHC4BH 200 37IUHC4BHD 200A/600V 37IUHC4BHF 150 37IUHC4BHP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUHC4BH 400 37JUHC4BHD 400A/600V 37JUHC4BHF 250 37JUHC4BHP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPSC4BH 400 37LPSC4BHD 400A/600V 37LPSC4BHF 400 37LPSC4BHP 

300 5 55–250 — 36LPUC4BH 600 37LPUC4BHD 600A/600V 37LPUC4BHF 600 37LPUC4BHP 

700 6 160–630 — 36MPXC4BH 1600 37MPXC4BHD 1600A/600V 37MPXC4BHF 1200 37MPXC4BHP 

15 1 5.5-22 A1 36DUDC5BE 30 37DUDC5BED 30A/600V 37DUDC5BEF 30 37DUDC5BEP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEC5BE 60 37EUEC5BED 60A/600V 37EUEC5BEF 50 37EUEC5BEP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUFC5BE 100 37FUFC5BED 100A/600V 37FUFC5BEF 50 37FUFC5BEP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGC5BE 100 37GUGC5BED 100A/600V 37GUGC5BEF 100 37GUGC5BEP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUGC5BE 200 37HUGC5BED 200A/600V 37HUGC5BEF 125 37HUGC5BEP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHC5BE 200 37IUHC5BED 200A/600V 37IUHC5BEF 150 37IUHC5BEP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUHC5BE 400 37JUHC5BED 400A/600V 37JUHC5BEF 250 37JUHC5BEP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPSC5BE 400 37LPSC5BED 400A/600V 37LPSC5BEF 250 37LPSC5BEP 

300 5 55–250 — 36LPUC5BE 600 37LPUC5BED 600A/600V 37LPUC5BEF 400 37LPUC5BEP 

700 6 160–630 — 37MPXC5BF 1600 37MPXC5BED 1600A/600V 37MPXC5BEF 1600 37MPXC5BEP 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 














Selection 











17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


Motor 

Voltage 

200 

230 

460 

575 

Max 

Hp 


NEMA 

Size Amp 


Frame 

Size 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 



Disc. 

Fuse Clip 

Circuit 



10 1 10–40 A1 36DUEC6ED 60 37DUEC6EDD 60A/250V 37DUEC6EDF 50 37DUEC6EDP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEC6ED 100 37EUEC6EDD 100A/250V 37EUEC6EDF 100 37EUEC6EDP 

20 2 13–52 B 36FUFC6ED 100 37FUFC6EDD 100A/250V 37FUFC6EDF 100 37FUFC6EDP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGC6ED 200 37GUGC6EDD 200A/250V 37GUGC6EDF 125 37GUGC6EDP 

40 3 25–100 B 36HUGC6ED 200 37HUGC6EDD 200A/250V 37HUGC6EDF 150 37HUGC6EDP 

50 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHC6ED 200 37IUHC6EDD 200A/250V 37IUHC6EDF 250 37IUHC6EDP 

60 4 50–200 B 36JUHC6ED 400 37JUHC6EDD 400A/250V 37JUHC6EDF 250 37JUHC6EDP 

75 5 55–250 — 36LPSC6ED 400 37LPSC6EDD 400A/250V 37LPSC6EDF 400 37LPSC6EDP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPUC6ED 600 37LPUC6EDD 600A/250V 37LPUC6EDF 600 37LPUC6EDP 

300 6 160–630 — 36MPXC6ED 1200 37MPXC6EDD 1200A/250V 37MPXC6EDF 1200 37MPXC6EDP 

10 1 10–40 A1 36DUEC2EG 60 37DUEC2EGD 60A/250V 37DUEC2EGF 50 37DUEC2EGP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEC2EG 60 37EUEC2EGD 60A/250V 37EUEC2EGF 50 37EUEC2EGP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUFC2EG 100 37FUFC2EGD 100A/250V 37FUFC2EGF 100 37FUFC2EGP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGC2EG 200 37GUGC2EGD 200A/250V 37GUGC2EGF 100 37GUGC2EGP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUGC2EG 200 37HUGC2EGD 200A/250V 37HUGC2EGF 150 37HUGC2EGP 

60 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHC2EG 200 37IUHC2EGD 200A/250V 37IUHC2EGF 250 37IUHC2EGP 

75 4 50–200 B 36JUHC2EG 400 37JUHC2EGD 400A/250V 37JUHC2EGF 250 37JUHC2EGP 

100 5 55–250 — 36LPSC2EG 400 37LPSC2EGD 400A/250V 37LPSC2EGF 400 37LPSC2EGP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPUC2EG 600 37LPUC2EGD 600A/250V 37LPUC2EGF 600 37LPUC2EGP 

350 6 160–630 — 36MPXC2EG 1200 37MPXC2EGD 1200A/250V 37MPXC2EGF 1200 37MPXC2EGP 

15 1 5.5-22 A1 36DUDC4EH 30 37DUDC4EHD 30A/600V 37DUDC4EHF 30 37DUDC4EHP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEC4EH 60 37EUEC4EHD 60A/600V 37EUEC4EHF 50 37EUEC4EHP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUFC4EH 100 37FUFC4EHD 100A/600V 37FUFC4EHF 100 37FUFC4EHP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGC4EH 200 37GUGC4EHD 200A/600V 37GUGC4EHF 100 37GUGC4EHP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUGC4EH 200 37HUGC4EHD 200A/600V 37HUGC4EHF 125 37HUGC4EHP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHC4EH 200 37IUHC4EHD 200A/600V 37IUHC4EHF 150 37IUHC4EHP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUHC4EH 400 37JUHC4EHD 400A/600V 37JUHC4EHF 250 37JUHC4EHP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPSC4EH 400 37LPSC4EHD 400A/600V 37LPSC4EHF 400 37LPSC4EHP 

300 5 55–250 — 36LPUC4EH 600 37LPUC4EHD 600A/600V 37LPUC4EHF 600 37LPUC4EHP 

700 6 160–630 — 36MPXC4EH 1600 37MPXC4EHD 1600A/600V 37MPXC4EHF 1200 37MPXC4EHP 

15 1 5.5-22 A1 36DUDC5EE 30 37DUDC5EED 30A/600V 37DUDC5EEF 30 37DUDC5EEP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEC5EE 60 37EUEC5EED 60A/600V 37EUEC5EEF 50 37EUEC5EEP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUFC5EE 100 37FUFC5EED 100A/600V 37FUFC5EEF 50 37FUFC5EEP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGC5EE 100 37GUGC5EED 100A/600V 37GUGC5EEF 100 37GUGC5EEP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUGC5EE 200 37HUGC5EED 200A/600V 37HUGC5EEF 125 37HUGC5EEP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHC5EE 200 37IUHC5EED 200A/600V 37IUHC5EEF 150 37IUHC5EEP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUHC5EE 400 37JUHC5EED 400A/600V 37JUHC5EEF 250 37JUHC5EEP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPSC5EE 400 37LPSC5EED 400A/600V 37LPSC5EEF 250 37LPSC5EEP 

300 5 55–250 — 36LPUC5EE 600 37LPUC5EED 600A/600V 37LPUC5EEF 400 37LPUC5EEP 

700 6 160–630 — 37MPXC5EF 1600 37MPXC5EED 1600A/600V 37MPXC5EEF 1600 37MPXC5EEP 



17-48 












Selection 










Motor 

Voltage 

200 

230 

460 

575 

Max 

Hp 


NEMA 

Size Amp 


Frame 

Size 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 



Disc. 

Fuse Clip 

Circuit 



10 1 10–40 A1 36DUEC6WD 60 37DUEC6WDD 60A/250V 37DUEC6WDF 50 37DUEC6WDP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEC6WD 100 37EUEC6WDD 100A/250V 37EUEC6WDF 100 37EUEC6WDP 

20 2 13–52 B 36FUFC6WD 100 37FUFC6WDD 100A/250V 37FUFC6WDF 100 37FUFC6WDP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGC6WD 200 37GUGC6WDD 200A/250V 37GUGC6WDF 125 37GUGC6WDP 

40 3 25–100 B 36HUGC6WD 200 37HUGC6WDD 200A/250V 37HUGC6WDF 150 37HUGC6WDP 

50 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHC6WD 200 37IUHC6WDD 200A/250V 37IUHC6WDF 250 37IUHC6WDP 

60 4 50–200 B 36JUHC6WD 400 37JUHC6WDD 400A/250V 37JUHC6WDF 250 37JUHC6WDP 

10 1 10–40 A1 36DUEC2WG 60 37DUEC2WGD 60A/250V 37DUEC2WGF 50 37DUEC2WGP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEC2WG 60 37EUEC2WGD 60A/250V 37EUEC2WGF 50 37EUEC2WGP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUFC2WG 100 37FUFC2WGD 100A/250V 37FUFC2WGF 100 37FUFC2WGP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGC2WG 200 37GUGC2WGD 200A/250V 37GUGC2WGF 100 37GUGC2WGP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUGC2WG 200 37HUGC2WGD 200A/250V 37HUGC2WGF 150 37HUGC2WGP 

60 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHC2WG 200 37IUHC2WGD 200A/250V 37IUHC2WGF 250 37IUHC2WGP 

75 4 50–200 B 36JUHC2WG 400 37JUHC2WGD 400A/250V 37JUHC2WGF 250 37JUHC2WGP 

15 1 5.5-22 A1 36DUDC4WH 30 37DUDC4WHD 30A/600V 37DUDC4WHF 30 37DUDC4WHP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEC4WH 60 37EUEC4WHD 60A/600V 37EUEC4WHF 50 37EUEC4WHP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUFC4WH 100 37FUFC4WHD 100A/600V 37FUFC4WHF 100 37FUFC4WHP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGC4WH 200 37GUGC4WHD 200A/600V 37GUGC4WHF 100 37GUGC4WHP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUGC4WH 200 37HUGC4WHD 200A/600V 37HUGC4WHF 125 37HUGC4WHP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHC4WH 200 37IUHC4WHD 200A/600V 37IUHC4WHF 150 37IUHC4WHP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUHC4WH 400 37JUHC4WHD 400A/600V 37JUHC4WHF 250 37JUHC4WHP 

15 1 5.5-22 A1 36DUDC5WE 30 37DUDC5WED 30A/600V 37DUDC5WEF 30 37DUDC5WEP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEC5WE 60 37EUEC5WED 60A/600V 37EUEC5WEF 50 37EUEC5WEP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUFC5WE 100 37FUFC5WED 100A/600V 37FUFC5WEF 50 37FUFC5WEP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGC5WE 100 37GUGC5WED 100A/600V 37GUGC5WEF 100 37GUGC5WEP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUGC5WE 200 37HUGC5WED 200A/600V 37HUGC5WEF 125 37HUGC5WEP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHC5WE 200 37IUHC5WED 200A/600V 37IUHC5WEF 150 37IUHC5WEP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUHC5WE 400 37JUHC5WED 400A/600V 37JUHC5WEF 250 37JUHC5WEP 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 














Selection 











17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


Motor 

Voltage 

200 

230 

460 

575 

Max 

Hp 


NEMA 

Size Amp 


Frame 

Size 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 



Disc. 

Fuse Clip 

Circuit 



10 1 10–40 A1 36DUEC6ND 60 37DUEC6NDD 60A/250V 37DUEC6NDF 50 37DUEC6NDP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEC6ND 100 37EUEC6NDD 100A/250V 37EUEC6NDF 100 37EUEC6NDP 

20 2 13–52 B 36FUFC6ND 100 37FUFC6NDD 100A/250V 37FUFC6NDF 100 37FUFC6NDP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGC6ND 200 37GUGC6NDD 200A/250V 37GUGC6NDF 125 37GUGC6NDP 

40 3 25–100 B 36HUGC6ND 200 37HUGC6NDD 200A/250V 37HUGC6NDF 150 37HUGC6NDP 

50 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHC6ND 200 37IUHC6NDD 200A/250V 37IUHC6NDF 250 37IUHC6NDP 

60 4 50–200 B 36JUHC6ND 400 37JUHC6NDD 400A/250V 37JUHC6NDF 250 37JUHC6NDP 

75 5 55–250 — 36LPSC6ND 400 37LPSC6NDD 400A/250V 37LPSC6NDF 400 37LPSC6NDP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPUC6ND 600 37LPUC6NDD 600A/250V 37LPUC6NDF 600 37LPUC6NDP 

300 6 160–630 — 36MPXC6ND 1200 37MPXC6NDD 1200A/250V 37MPXC6NDF 1200 37MPXC6NDP 

10 1 10–40 A1 36DUEC2NG 60 37DUEC2NGD 60A/250V 37DUEC2NGF 50 37DUEC2NGP 

15 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEC2NG 60 37EUEC2NGD 60A/250V 37EUEC2NGF 50 37EUEC2NGP 

25 2 13–52 B 36FUFC2NG 100 37FUFC2NGD 100A/250V 37FUFC2NGF 100 37FUFC2NGP 

30 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGC2NG 200 37GUGC2NGD 200A/250V 37GUGC2NGF 100 37GUGC2NGP 

50 3 25–100 B 36HUGC2NG 200 37HUGC2NGD 200A/250V 37HUGC2NGF 150 37HUGC2NGP 

60 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHC2NG 200 37IUHC2NGD 200A/250V 37IUHC2NGF 250 37IUHC2NGP 

75 4 50–200 B 36JUHC2NG 400 37JUHC2NGD 400A/250V 37JUHC2NGF 250 37JUHC2NGP 

100 5 55–250 — 36LPSC2NG 400 37LPSC2NGD 400A/250V 37LPSC2NGF 400 37LPSC2NGP 

150 5 55–250 — 36LPUC2NG 600 37LPUC2NGD 600A/250V 37LPUC2NGF 600 37LPUC2NGP 

350 6 160–630 — 36MPXC2NG 1200 37MPXC2NGD 1200A/250V 37MPXC2NGF 1200 37MPXC2NGP 

15 1 5.5-22 A1 36DUDC4NH 30 37DUDC4NHD 30A/600V 37DUDC4NHF 30 37DUDC4NHP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEC4NH 60 37EUEC4NHD 60A/600V 37EUEC4NHF 50 37EUEC4NHP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUFC4NH 100 37FUFC4NHD 100A/600V 37FUFC4NHF 100 37FUFC4NHP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGC4NH 200 37GUGC4NHD 200A/600V 37GUGC4NHF 100 37GUGC4NHP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUGC4NH 200 37HUGC4NHD 200A/600V 37HUGC4NHF 125 37HUGC4NHP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHC4NH 200 37IUHC4NHD 200A/600V 37IUHC4NHF 150 37IUHC4NHP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUHC4NH 400 37JUHC4NHD 400A/600V 37JUHC4NHF 250 37JUHC4NHP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPSC4NH 400 37LPSC4NHD 400A/600V 37LPSC4NHF 400 37LPSC4NHP 

300 5 55–250 — 36LPUC4NH 600 37LPUC4NHD 600A/600V 37LPUC4NHF 600 37LPUC4NHP 

700 6 160–630 — 36MPXC4NH 1600 37MPXC4NHD 1600A/600V 37MPXC4NHF 1200 37MPXC4NHP 

15 1 5.5-22 A1 36DUDC5NE 30 37DUDC5NED 30A/600V 37DUDC5NEF 30 37DUDC5NEP 

30 (1¾) 10–40 A1 36EUEC5NE 60 37EUEC5NED 60A/600V 37EUEC5NEF 50 37EUEC5NEP 

40 2 13–52 B 36FUFC5NE 100 37FUFC5NED 100A/600V 37FUFC5NEF 50 37FUFC5NEP 

60 (2½) 25–100 B 36GUGC5NE 100 37GUGC5NED 100A/600V 37GUGC5NEF 100 37GUGC5NEP 

75 3 25–100 B 36HUGC5NE 200 37HUGC5NED 200A/600V 37HUGC5NEF 125 37HUGC5NEP 

100 (3½) 50–200 B 36IUHC5NE 200 37IUHC5NED 200A/600V 37IUHC5NEF 150 37IUHC5NEP 

150 4 50–200 B 36JUHC5NE 400 37JUHC5NED 400A/600V 37JUHC5NEF 250 37JUHC5NEP 

200 5 55–250 — 36LPSC5NE 400 37LPSC5NED 400A/600V 37LPSC5NEF 250 37LPSC5NEP 

300 5 55–250 — 36LPUC5NE 600 37LPUC5NED 600A/600V 37LPUC5NEF 400 37LPUC5NEP 

700 6 160–630 — 37MPXC5NF 1600 37MPXC5NED 1600A/600V 37MPXC5NEF 1600 37MPXC5NEP 



17-50 



3-Phase, Class 40 


Selection 









Coil Table 

60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 a A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 a C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 




Max Hp 

Enclosure 

Open Type NEMA 1 


Contactor 

Amp 

Rating 








NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

200 230 460 575 

NEMA Half Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog 

Volts Volts Volts Volts 

Size Size Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number 

1 1 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 2 2 9 00 — 40BP32A* 40BP32B* Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — 

3 3 5 5 18 0 — 40CP32A* 40CP32B* 40CP32W* 40CP32F* 40CP320* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 10 10 27 1 — 40DP32A* 40DP32B* 40DP32W* 40DP32F* 40DP320* 

10 10 15 15 40 — 1 3 ⁄4 40EP32A* 40EP32B* 40EP32W* 40EP32F* 40EP320* 

10 15 25 25 45 2 — 40FP32A* 40FP32B* 40FP32W* 40FP32F* 40FP320* 

15 20 30 30 60 — 2 1 ⁄2 40GP32A* 40GP32B* 40GP32W* 40GP32F* 40GP320* 

25 30 50 50 90 3 — 40HP32A* 40HP32B* 40HP32W* 40HP32F* 40HP320* 

30 40 75 75 115 — 3 1 ⁄2 40IP32A* 40IP32B* 40IP32W* 40IP32F* 40IP320* 

40 50 100 100 135 4 — 40JG32A* 40JG32B* 40JG32W* 40JG32F* 40JG320* 

75 100 200 200 270 5 — 40LP32A* 40LP32B* — — — — 40LP320* 

150 200 400 400 540 6 — 40MP32A* 40MP32B* — — — — 40MP320* 

— 300 600 600 810 7 — 40NH32A* 40NH32B* — — — — 40NH320* 

— 450 900 900 1215 8 — 40PH32A* 40PH32B* — — — — 40PH320* 


Max Hp 

Contactor 

Amp 

Rating 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 






NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

200 

Volts 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

1 1 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 2 2 9 00 — 40BP82B* Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — 

3 3 5 5 18 0 — 40CP82B* 40CP82W* 40CP820* 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 10 10 27 1 — 40DP82B* 40DP82W* 40DP820* 

10 10 15 15 40 — 1 3 / 4 40EP82B* 40EP82W* 40EP820* 

10 15 25 25 45 2 — 40FP82B* 40FP82W* 40FP820* 

15 20 30 30 60 — 2 1 / 2 40GP82B* 40GP82W* 40GP820* 

25 30 50 50 90 3 — 40HP82B* 40HP82W* 40HP820* 

30 40 75 75 115 — 3 1 / 2 40IP82B* 40IP82W* 40IP820* 

40 50 100 100 135 4 — 40JG82B* 40JG82W* 40JG820* 

List 

Price $ 

List 

Price $ 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Note: Hp’s shown above are based on the overload 

amp range for the FLA’s (per the National Electric 

Code) of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes 

carry one maximum Hp rating. 

a Dual voltage coils not available in size 5-8 starters. 





F coil100-250V AC 50/60Hz, or DC 

 


Type Size (3rd Character) Configuration Internal / External 

B Thru E 1N.O. Internal 

All FVNR F Thru J 1N.O. External 

Starters & 

Contactors L Thru M 2N.O., 2N.C. External 

N Thru P 1N.O., 1N.C. External 

Lugs are not included, refer to page 17-106. 




Single Phase, 4-Pole & Vacuum, Class 40 


Selection 


Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. 

Dual voltage coils are wired on high voltage unless 




Dimensions see pages 17-131 open and 

17-141 enclosed. 



Coil Table 

60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 a A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 a C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 





17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Open Type & Standard Width Enclosure, Single Phase, 2-Pole c 

Max Hp 

Enclosure 

Open Type d NEMA 1 


208/ 

230 

Volts 

Contactor 

Amp 

Rating 

NEMA 4/4X 

Stainless 



NEMA 4X 

Fiberglass 



NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

115 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

1 

⁄3 1 9 00 — 40BP12A* 40BP12B* Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — 

1 2 18 0 — 40CP12A* 40CP12B* 40CP12W* 40CP12F* 40CP120* 

2 3 27 1 — 40DP12A* 40DP12B* 40DP12W* 40DP12F* 40DP120* 

3 5 35 1P — 40EP12A* 40EP12B* 40EP12W* 40EP12F* 40EP120* 

3 7 1 ⁄2 45 2 — 40FP12A* 40FP12B* 40FP12W* 40FP12F* 40FP120* 

5 10 60 — 2 1 ⁄2 40GP12A* 40GP12B* 40GP12W* 40GP12F* 40GP120* 

7 1 ⁄2 15 90 3 — 40HP12A* 40HP12B* 40HP12W* 40HP12F* 40HP120* 

Open Type & Standard Width Enclosure, 4-Pole 

Max Hp 

Enclosure 



200 

Volts 

Contactor 

Amp 

Rating 

NEMA 4/4X 

Stainless 



Catalog List 


NEMA 4X 

Fiberglass 



Catalog List 


NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

1 

⁄3 1 1 ⁄2 2 2 9 00 — 40BP22A* 40BP22B* Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — 


3 7 1 ⁄2 10 10 27 1 — 40DP22A* 40DP22B* 40DP22W* 40DP22F* 40DP220* 


List 

Price $ 

Vacuum Contactors, 3-Phase, 3-Pole a 

Max Hp 

Contactor 

Amp 

NEMA 

Open Type 

200V 230V 460V 575V Rating Size Catalog Number List Price $ 

40 50 100 100 135 4 40JV32A* 

75 100 200 200 270 5 40LV32A* 

150 200 400 400 540 6 40MV32A* 

Note: Hp’s shown above are based on the overload amp 

range for the FLA’s (per the National Electric Code) 

of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry 

one maximum Hp rating. 

a Dual voltage coils not available for vacuum contactors. 

Refer to Page 17-114 for a complete list of available coil voltages. 

To order single phase contactor in an extra wide enclosure, 

order the enclosure kit from Page 17-111 and the open 

style contactor as separate items. 

Coils D, F, or G will be wired for incoming voltage. 

J coil will be wired for separate source. Coils E, H, 

and L do not apply to single phase starters. 

1 NO Auxiliary. 

17-52 



Reversing Heavy Duty Contactors 

Class 43 


Selection 









Coil Table 

60Hz Voltage 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 a A 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

220–240/440–480 a C 

440–480 H 

575–600 E 




Max Hp 

Enclosure 



Contactor 

Amp 

Rating 








NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

200 

Volts 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

1 

⁄2 

1 

⁄2 2 2 9 00 — 43BP32A* 43BP32B* Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — 


7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 10 10 27 1 — 43DP32A* 43DP32B* 43DP32W* 43DP32F* 43DP320* 


10 15 25 25 45 2 — 43FP32A* 43FP32B* 43FP32W* 43FP32F* 43FP320* 

15 20 30 30 60 — 2 1 ⁄2 43GP32A* 43GP32B* 43GP32W* 43GP32F* 43GP320* 

25 30 50 50 90 3 — 43HP32A* 43HP32B* 43HP32W* 43HP32F* 43HP320* 

30 40 75 75 115 — 3 1 ⁄2 43IP32A* 43IP32B* 43IP32W* 43IP32F* 43IP320* 

40 50 100 100 135 4 — 43JG32A* 43JG32B* 43JG32W* 43JG32F* 43JG320* 

75 100 200 200 270 5 — 43LP32A* 43LP32B* — — — — 43LP320* 

100 200 400 400 540 6 — 43MP32A* 43MP32B* — — — — 43MP320* 

— 300 600 600 810 7 — 43NH32A* 43NH32B* — — — — 43NH320* 

— 450 900 900 1215 8 — 43PH32A* — — — — — — — 

Open Type & Standard Width Enclosure, Single Phase, 3-Wire, 2-Pole 

Max Hp 

Enclosure 

208/ 

230 

Volts 

Contactor 

Amp 

Rating 



NEMA 4/4X 

Stainless 



Catalog List 


NEMA 4X 

Fiberglass 



Catalog List 


NEMA 3/3R/4/12 


Weatherproof 

115 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

1 

⁄3 1 9 00 43BP12A* 43BP12B* Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — Use Size 0 — 

1 2 18 0 43CP12A* 43CP12B* 43CP12W* 43CP12F* 43CP120* 

2 3 27 1 43DP12A* 43DP12B* 43DP12W* 43DP12F* 43DP120* 

3 5 35 1P 43EP12A* 43EP12B* 43EP12W* 43EP12F* 43EP120* 

List 

Price $ 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 






Coils D, F, or G will be wired for incoming voltage. J 

coil will be wired for separate source. Coils E, H, and L 

do not apply to single phase starters. 







43B-43E 4th pole built-in 

43F-43J 2 NO & 2 NC 



Definite Purpose Control 

Class 42 & 45 


Product Nomenclature 

Class 42 & 45 Product Nomenclature 

Class 45 

DP Contactor 

Information shown on nomenclature sheets is for reference only to identify devices from existing catalog numbers. 

This information is not to be used for the creation of new catalog numbers. 

45 C G 2 0 A J A 

CLASS 

45 

DP Contactor 

AMP 

RATING MODEL POWER POLES NC POWER POLES ENCLOSURE COIL STD FEATURES 

E 30 

G 40 

G 

1 1 power pole 

2 2 power poles 

0 None A Open F 120V, 60 HZ 

110V, 50 HZ 

G 208-240V, 60 HZ 

190-220V, 50 HZ 

H 440-480V, 60 HZ 

380-440V, 50 HZ 

J 24V, 60 HZ 

24V, 50 HZ 

L 277V, 60 HZ 

A Jumper Bar 

* Class F coil standard. 

Binding head screws 

(30A)/ lugs (40A) and 

quad quick connect 

standard. 

* Contact cover 

comes standard. 

Class 42 

DP Contactor 

Information shown on nomenclature sheets is for reference only to identify devices from existing catalog numbers. 

This information is not to be used for the creation of new catalog numbers. 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

42 B F 3 5 A J 

CLASS 

42 

DP Contactor 

AMP 

RATING MODEL POWER POLES CONTROL CIRCUIT ENCLOSURE COIL 

B 30 

C 40 

D 50 

E 60 

F 75 

G 90 

F 

E* 

*75-90 amp 

only 



5 Without auxiliary 

contact 

A Open 

F 110V, 50 HZ 

120V, 60 HZ 

G 190-220V, 50 HZ 

208-240V, 60 HZ 

J 24V, 50 HZ 

24V, 60 HZ 

H 380-440V, 50 HZ 

440-480V, 60 HZ 

L 277V, 60 HZ 

17-54 



Class 42 & 45 


General Application 

Class 45 

 

45EG10AJA 45GG10AJA 

45EG20AJ 45GG20AJ 

Features 

n Power Terminations: 

• Quad Quick Connects 

• 30A: Screws 

• ≥40A: Box Lugs 

n Compact Size 

n Durable Metal Back Plate 

n Enclosed Body and Coil 

n One Pole Version Includes Shunt Bar 

n Quiet Operation 

n Weld-Resistant Silver Cadmium Oxide Contacts 

n Visual Contact Position Indication 

n Class F Coil Insulation 

Class 42 

 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

42BF35AJ 42CF35AJ 

42CF15AJ 42FE35AJ 

Features 

n Power Terminations: 

• Quick Connects 

• 30A: Screws 

• ≥40A: Box Lugs 

n Compact Size 

n Durable Metal Back Plate 

n Quiet Operation 

n Weld-Resistant Silver Cadmium Oxide Contacts 

n Visual Contact Position Indication 

n Class F Coil Insulation 

n Snap-On Auxiliary Contacts 

n Replacement Coils Available 

Approvals & Standards: 

n 

n ARI 780 & 790 

n Canadian Heater Rated 

n SCCR 600 VAC 

n UL File E14900 



Class 42 & 45 


Selection 


Use complete catalog number. 

Replace the (●) with letter from 

the coil table on this page 

For additional information see 

www.usa.siemens.com/controls 

Coil Selection (●) 

60Hz Voltage 50Hz Voltage Letter 

24 24 J 

110–120 110 F 

208–240 190–220 G 

277 240 L 

440–480 380–440 H a 

a Not available on Class 42 2-pole units 

Contactors 

Class 45 Contactors 

Locked Rotor Amps 

Non 

FLA 

240V 277V 480V 600V 

Inductive 

Amps Poles 

Catalog 

Number 

30 180 180 — — 40 1 45EG10A●A 

40 240 240 — — 50 1 45GG10A●A 

30 180 — 150 120 40 2 45EG20A● 

40 240 — 200 160 50 2 45GG20A● 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Class 42 Contactors 

FLA 

Locked Rotor Amps 

240V 480V 600V 

Non 

Inductive 

Amps 

Horsepower 

1 PH 3 PH 

120 V 240 V 240V 480V 600V 

Poles 

Catalog 

Number 

30 180 150 120 40 2 3 7.5 — — 2 42BF15A● 

40 240 200 160 50 3 5 10 — — 2 42CF15A● 

30 180 150 120 40 — 3 7.5 10 15 3 42BF35A● 

40 240 200 160 50 — 5 10 15 20 3 42CF35A● 

50 300 250 200 63 — 5 15 20 25 3 42DF35A● 

60 360 300 240 75 — 7.5 20 25 30 3 42EF35A● 

75 450 375 300 94 — 15 25 40 40 3 42FE35A● 

90 540 450 360 120 — 15 30 50 50 3 42GE35A● 

Accessories 


Description Class Contactor FLA Auxiliary Contact Ratings 

Snap-on Side Mounted 


49ACR0 

42 30-60 

42 75-90 

NEMA A600 

10A 600VAC 

11A 1/2HP 125-250VAC, 

0.6A 125VDC, 0.3A 250VDC 

NEMA A600 

10A 600V 

11A 1/2HP 125-250VAC, 

0.6A 125VDC, 0.3A 250VDC 

Auxiliary 

Contacts 

Catalog 

Number 

1 NO 49ACR0 

1 NC 49ACRC 

1 NO & 1 NC 49ACR6 

2 NO 49ACR7 

2 NC 49ACR8 

1 SPDT 49D36098001 

2 SPDT 49D36098003 

1 NO 49D22125001 

1 NC 49D22125002 

1 SPDT 49CE42SPDT 

17-56 



Class 42 & 45 



Replacement Coils 

Class 42 

Description 

Third 

Character 

of Cat. No. 

B, C F 

Fourth 

Character 

of Cat. No. Volts 60 Hz Volts 50 Hz 

Catalog 

Number 

24 24 75D70646AJ 

110-120 110 75D70646AF 

208-240 190-220 75D70646AG 

277 240 75D70646AL 

440-480 380-440 75D70646AH 

75D70646AF 

D, E F 

24 24 75D70550AJ 

110-120 110 75D70550AF 

208-240 190-220 75D70550AG 

277 240 75D70550AL 

440-480 380-440 75D70550AH 

75D70550AF 

F, G E 

24 24 75D54772AJ 

110-120 110 75D54772AF 

208-240 190-220 75D54772AG 

277 240 75D54772AL 

440-480 380-440 75D54772AH 

75D54772AF 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



Class 42 & 45 




17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Poles 

Amps 

Coil 

Volts SIEMENS ABB 

Allen 

Bradley 

Arrow 

Hart 

Eaton Cutler 

Hammer Fasco 

General 

Electric 

Joslyn 

Clark 

Products 

Unlimited Square D Steveco 

1 30 24 45EG10AJA DP30C1P-F 400-DP30NJ1 C301NU10 C25CNB130T 1S30-A CR453CC3HAA A77-306653A-3 3100-15Q2 8910DP31V14 94388 

120 45EG10AFA DP30C1P-1 400-DP30ND1 C301NU20 C25CNB130A 1S30-B CR453CC3AAA A77-306653A-1 3100-15T2 8910DP31V02 94389 

208/240 45EG10AGA DP30C1P-2 400-DP30NA1 C301NU30 C25CNB130B 1S30-C CR453CC3BAA A77-3066531-2 3100-15U2 8910DP31V09 94390 

40 24 45GG10AJA — — — C25CNB140T — — — 3100-15Q19 8910DP41V14 — 

120 45GG10AFA — — — C25CNB140A — — — 3100-15T19 8910DP41V02 — 

208/240 45GG10AGA — — — C25CNB140B — — — 3100-15U19 8910DP41V09 — 

2 30 24 45EG20AJ — 400-DP30NJ2 C302U10 C25BNB230T 2S30-A CR453CC2HAA A77-306657A-3 3100-20Q6 8910DPA32V14 90244 

120 45EG20AF — 400-DP30ND2 C302U20 C25BNB230A 2S30-B CR453CC2AAA A77-306657A-1 3100-20T6 8910DPA32V02 90245 

208/240 45EG20AG — 400-DP30NA2 C302U30 C25BNB230B 2S30-C CR453CC2BAA A77-306657A-2 3100-20U6 8910DPA32V09 90246 

277 45EG20AL — 400-DP30NF2 C302050 C25BNB230H — CR453CC2FAA — 3100-20V6 8910DPA32V04 — 

40 24 45GG20AJ — — CA01NU10 C25BNB240T — CR453CE2HBB — 3100-20Q18 8910DP42V14 — 

120 45GG20AF — — CA01NU20 C25BNB240A — CR453CE2ABB — 3100-20T18 8910DP42V02 — 

208/240 45GG20AG — — CA01NU30 C25BNB240B — CR453CE2BBB — 3100-20U18 8910DP42V09 — 

3 30 24 42BF35AJ DP30C3P-F 400-DP30NJ3 ACC330UM10 C25DND330T 3M30-A CR453AC3HAA A77-309044A-3 3100-30Q9 8910DPA33V14 90163 

120 42BF35AF DP30C3P-1 400-DP30ND3 ACC330UM20 C25DND330A 3M30-B CR453AC3AAA A77-309044A-1 3100-30T99 8910DPA33V02 90164 

208/240 42BF35AG DP30C3P-2 400-DP30NA3 ACC330UM30 C25DND330B 3M30-C CR453AC3BAA A77-309044A-2 3100-30U9 8910DPA33V03 90165 

40 24 42CF35AJ DP40C4P-F 400-DP40NJ3 ACC430UM10 C25DNF340T 3M40-A CR453AD3HBB A77-309046A-3 3100-30Q10 8910DPA43V14 90170 

120 42CF35AF DP40C4P-1 400-DP40ND3 ACC430UM20 C25DNF340A 3M40-B CR453AD3ABB A77-309046A-1 3100-30T10 8910DPA43V02 90171 

208/240 42CF35AG DP40C4P-2 400-DP40NA3 ACC430UM30 C25DNF340B 3M40-C CR453AD3BBB A77-309046A-2 3100-30U10 8910DPA43V09 90172 

50 24 42DF35AJ — 400-DP50NJ3 ACC530U10 C25FNF350T 3L50-A CR353FE3BH1 A77-288514A-3 3100-30Q16 8910DPA53V14 92459 

120 42DF35AF — 400-DP50ND3 ACC530U20 C25FNF350A 3L50-B CR353FE3BA1 A77-288514A-1 3100-30T16 8910DPA53V02 92460 

208/240 42DF35AG — 400-DP50NA3 ACC530U30 C25FNF350B 3L50-C CR353FE3BB1 A77-288514A-2 3100-30U16 8910DPA53V09 92461 

60 24 42EF35AJ DP60C3P-F 400-DP60NJ3 ACC630U10 C25FNF360T 3L60-A CR353FF3BH1 A77-288517A-3 3100-30Q17 8910DPA63V14 92462 

120 42EF35AF DP60C3P-1 400-DP60ND3 ACC630U20 C25FNF360A 3L60-B CR353FF3BA1 A77-288517A-1 3100-30T17 8910DPA63V02 92463 

208/240 42EF35AG DP60C3P-2 400-DP60NA3 ACC630U30 C25FNF360B 3L60-C CR353FF3BB1 A77-288517A-2 3100-30U17 8910DPA63V09 92464 

75 24 42FE35AJ — 400-DP75NJ3 ACC730U10 C25FNF375T — CR353EG3BH1 A77-288520A-3 3186-30I75 8910DPA73V14 92465 

120 42FE35AF — 400-DP75ND3 ACC730U20 C25FNF375A — CR353EG3BA1 A77-288520A-1 3186-30J75 8910DPA73V02 92467 

208/240 42FE35AG — 400-DP75NA3 ACC730U30 C25FNF375B — CR353EG3BB1 A77-288520A-2 3186-30K75 8910DPA73V09 92468 

90 24 42GE35AJ — — — C25GNF390T — CR353EH3BH1 — 3186-30I90 8910DPA93V14 92469 

120 42GE35AF — — ACC930U20 C25GNF390A — CR353EH3BA1 — 3186-30J90 8910DPA93V02 — 

208/240 42GE35AG — — ACC930U30 C25GNF390B — CR353EH3BB1 — 3186-30K90 8910DPA93V09 — 

This cross reference does not purport to cover all details or variations in 

equipment, nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in 

connection with installation, operation, or maintenance. Should further 

information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not 

covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes, the matter should be 

referred to the local Siemens Industry, Inc. sales office. 

The contents of this cross reference shall not become part or modify 

any prior or existing agreement, commitment or relationship. The 

sales contract contains the entire obligation of Siemens Industry, Inc. 

The warranty contained in the contract between the parties is the 

sole warranty of Siemens Industry, Inc. Any statements contained 

herein do not create new warranties or modify the existing warranty. 

17-58 



C 

Class 42 & 45 

2.38" 

B 

B 


Dimensions 

E 

30-40A 1 Pole C with Shunt 

2.38" 

2.38" 

C 

A 

B 

LABEL 

B 

Shunt 

A 

B 

LABEL 

B 

Shunt 

D 

E 

E 

D1 

LABEL 

LABEL 

A 

Shunt 

LABEL 

G 

A 

Shunt 

LABEL 

G 

D 

D1 

A 

Shunt 

A 

Shunt 

D 

D1 

G 

G 

G 

G 

2.38" 

30-40A 2 Pole 

2.38" 

2.38" 

C 

C 

C 

A 

B 

B 

B 

LABEL 

A 

B 

B 

B 

LABEL 

D 

E 

E 

E 

D1 

A 

A 

LABEL 

LABEL 

G 

A 

A 

LABEL 

LABEL 

G 

D 

D 

D1 

D1 

G 

G 

G 

G 

30-40A 2 Pole 

Optional side mouted 




C 

C 

C 

0.08" 

0.08" 

0.08" 

A 

B 




Auxiliary BSwitch 

0.42" 0.42" 

0.42" 0.42" 

B 

0.42" 0.42" 

LABEL 

A 

B 




Auxiliary BSwitch 

0.42" 0.42" 

0.42" 0.42" 

B 

0.42" 0.42" 

LABEL 

D1 

0.30" 

0.30" 

2.38" 

1.50" 

2.38" 

1.50" 

2.38" 

1.50" 

D 

3.64" 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

A 

A 

LABEL 

LABEL 

A 

LABEL 

LABEL 

A 

G 

0.62" B 0.62" 

B 

D1 

0.62" 0.62" 

E 

G 

D1 

0.30" 

D 

D 

3.64" 

3.64" 



Microswitch Blocks G 

Microswitch Blocks G 

0.62" B 0.62" 0.62" B 

0.62" 

E 

G 

G 



0.62" Dimensions B 0.62" 0.62" B 

0.62" 

Microswitch Blocks 

Microswitch BlocksMounting 

Max E 

Catalog No. FLA Poles A Optional side B mouted C Optional D side mouted D1 Optional E side mouted Screw G Wire Size 

45EG10A*A 30 1 3.19 Microswitch 1.97 Blocks 2.46 

Auxiliary 

1.5 

Switch 

1.77 Microswitch 1.61Blocks10 8 

45GG10A*A C 

40 1 3.19 1.97 

0.42" 

2.46 1.5 

B 

1.77 

0.42" 

1.61 10 4 

2.87" 

45EG20A*A 30 2 3.19 1.97 2.46 Optional 1.5 side mouted 1.77 1.61 10 8 

2.24" 

0.06" 

45GG20A*A 40 2 3.19 1.97 2.46Auxiliary 1.5Switch 

1.77 1.61 10 4 

42BF35A* 30 3 3.69 2.38 2.87 Optional 3.13 side mouted 3.25 1.98 10 8 

C 

0.42" B 

0.42" 

2.87" 

42CF35A* 40 3 3.69 2.38 2.87 

Auxiliary 

3.13 

Switch 

3.25 1.98 10 4 

2.24" 

0.30" 

0.06" 

42BF15A* 

C 30-40 2(at 3P)* 3.69 2.38 0.42" 2.87 3.13 B 3.25 0.42" 1.98 10 3.64" 4 

2.87" 

42CF15A* 

LABEL 

2.24" 

0.06" 

Note - 2* Pole is a 3 pole body with center contacts removed. 

D1 

A 

0.30" D 

3.19" 

3.64" 

LABEL 

0.30" 

Siemens Industry, Inc. 3.64" SPEEDFAX D1 Product Catalog 17-59 

A 

LABEL 

D 

3.19" 

D1 

A 

D

A 

A 

D1 

0.30" 

D 

A 


Class 42 & 45 

50-60A 3 Pole 

LABEL 

G 

0.62" B B 



0.62" 0.62" 0.62" 

E 



G 

0.62" B B 

A 

LABEL 

G 

D1 

0.62" 0.62" 0.62" 

E 

G 


D 

3.64" 

Dimensions 




Optional side mouted Microswitch Blocks 


C 

0.06" 

0.42" B 

0.42" 



2.87" 

2.24" 

C 

0.06" 

A 

0.42" B 

0.42" 

LABEL 

3.64" 

D1 

3.19" 

2.87" 

2.24" 

0.30" 

0.30" 

D 

A 

LABEL 

G 

0.62" B 

0.62" 

3.64" 

D1 

3.19" 

1.50" 

E 

D 

75-90A 3 Pole 



3.96" 



G 

0.62" B 

0.62" 



1.50" 

E 

3.50" 

2.87" 



3.96" 

5.00" 

G 3.50" 

2.87" 

0.31" 

17 

A 

LABEL 

5.00" 

D1 

G 

0.31" 

D 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

A 

LABEL 

B 

4.53" 



C 

D1 

2.48" 

E 

D 

B 

4.53" 



C 

2.48" 

E 

Catalog No. FLA Poles 

42DF35A* 

42EF35A* 

42FE35A* 

42GE35A* 

Dimensions 

A B C D D1 E 

Mounting 

Screw G 

50-60 3 4.04 2.87 3.11 3.13 3.25 2.24 10 2 

75-90 3 5.02 3.5 4.39 4.43 4.63 2.87 10 1/10 

Max 

Wire Size 

17-60 




General 

Class 

48 — Overload Size 

A — Frame A 

B — Frame B 

Model 

T — ESP200 

No. of Poles 

3 — 3 Phase 

1 — Single Phase 

Trip Curve 

00 — Class 5, 10, 20 or 30 Selectable 

Current Range 

A — 0.25–1 a 

B — 0.75–3.4 a 

C — 3–12 a 

D — 5.5–22 a 

E — 10–40 

F — 13–52 

G — 25–100 

H — 50–200 

Reset 

S — Selectable (Man/Auto) 

J — 100–300 (3.33-10 current range with 300:5 CT and 1 loop with frame A1 (3-12A)-device) 

K — 133–400 (3.33-10 current range with 400:5 CT and 1 loop with frame A1 (3-12A)-device) 

L — 200–600 (3.33-10 current range with 600:5 CT and 1 loop with frame A1 (3-12A)-device) 

M — 250–750 (3.33-10 current range with 750:5 CT and 1 loop with frame A1 (3-12A)-device) 

N — 400–1200 (3.33-10.17 currant range with 1200:5 CT and 1 loop with frame A1 (3-12A)-device) 

Class 

958 — Overload 

Amp Range 

E — 10–40 

G — 25–100 

H — 50–200 

Model 

B — ESP200 

No. of Poles 

3 — 3 phase 

Trip Curve 

A — 958 

Type 




Class 

958L 

— Overload 

Amp Range 

Model 

B — ESP200 

Type 

Trip Curve 

A — 958L 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

D — 5.5–22 

E — 10–40 

F — 13–52 

G — 25–100 

H — 50–200 

No. of Poles 

3 — 3 phase 


a Ranges available in Single or 3-phase. 



Solid State ESP200, Class 48, 958 and 958L 

General 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Features 

b Trip Classes - 5, 10, 20, or 30 Selectable by DIP-switches 

b Phase Loss Protection - Trips in less than 3 Seconds 

b Phase Unbalance - Trips based on Trip Class selected 

b Ground Fault - Trips 60% of Motor Current 

b Trip Indicator - Visible 

b Ambient Insensitive 

b No Heaters Required 

b Self-Powered - No outside source required 

b FLA dial with wide Adjustment - 4:1 ratio 

b Self Protected in short circuit condition (when used with 

proper fuses or motor starter protector) 

b Test Button - Tests Electronics 

b Thermal Memory 

b Conformally coated circuit board 

b 1 NO and 1NC Contacts Standard. B600, R300 

b Operating Temperature: -25 °C - 65 °C 

b Repeat Accuracy


Solid State ESP200, 958, 958L and Bimetal 


General 


958 or 958L Solid State Overload 

Applications 

ESP200 Solid State Overloads 

Designed for a wide variety of applications. 

The field selectable Trip Class 5, 

10, 20 or 30 can easily be set by 2 DIP 

switches. This eliminates the guess 

factor of an application requirements 

and provides reduced inventory for 

multiple applications. The inherent 

benefits of the ESP200 ultimately 

results in cost savings for the user. 

ESP200 has a 4:1 current adjustment 

range with a fine adjustment dial 

labeled in full load amps. The heaterless 

overload minimizes the heat trapped in 

the enclosures, reduces cost for ventilation 

or cooling. Easily accessible Reset 

button, provides visible and 

audible indications to ensure the tripped 

overload is ready to re-start. 

Designed to replace thermal, or ESP100 

overload relays for any application. It 

has the same dimensions and footprint 

of the ESP100 overload relays. It can 

be directly coupled to the contactors 

or remotely mounted. In addition to 

the NEMA contactor applications, it 

also can be used with other types of 

controllers for applications requiring DP 

or IEC contactors. As a retrofit for other 

brands, it is used with a plate available 

for retrofitting competitive products. 

958 ESP200 Special Use Solid State 

Overloads 

This overload is specifically designed for 

special applications, to provide excellent 

protection of hermetically sealed and 

artificially cooled motors that require 

ambient insensitive and quick trip 

response times. Combined with a series 

lockout relay, it provides unsurpassed 

protection for hermetically sealed 

compressor motors in air conditioning 

applications. The combination of high trip 

speed, current adjustment, and ease of 

installation makes it suitable for these 

applications. The trip curves are 

customized to provide proper overload 

protection for these loads without 

causing nuisance tripping. 

It has selectable manual or automatic 

reset mode, and provides ground fault 

selection to protect equipment from 

damage in case of a fault. 

958L ESP200 Oil Field Solid State 

Overloads 

Specifically designed for the oil market 

and the cycling loads experienced with 

these types of pumping applications. 

These overload relays provide protection 

for standard motors, oil well pump 

motors, multi-torque connections, and 

ultra-high slip motors. 

Rotors can be damaged in less than 15 

seconds during motor stall conditions 

if electrical power is not removed. To 

prevent damage during motor stall, the 

958L solid state overload removes the 

power in 7 seconds at 250% lock rotor 

current. Therefore, the motor casing 

and the rotor will be protected from 

being damage saving the user money 

and time. 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



Solid State ESP200 and 3RB20 


Selection 


For CT’s see Accessories page 17-65. 


To retrofit or direct mount to a contactor, order 49ASMP1, 2, or 3 separately. See 

Retrofit Plates below. 

For remote mounting of frame size A order 49ASMS1 terminals separately, see page 17-106. 

3-Phase, 48ATC3S00 

Solid State—Class 48 



Current Adjustment Range Phase Frame Size Catalog Number MRPD/MLFB List Price $ 

0.25–1 3 “A” 48ATA3S00 3UB81134AB2 

0.75–3.4 3 “A” 48ATB3S00 3UB81134BB2 

3–12 3 “A1” 48ATC3S00 3UB81234CW2 

5.5–22 3 “A1” 48ATD3S00 3UB81234DW2 

10–40 3 “A1” 48ATE3S00 3UB81234EW2 

13–52 3 “B” 48BTF3S00 3UB81334FW2 

25–100 3 “B” 48BTG3S00 3UB81334GW2 

50–200 3 “B” 48BTH3S00 3UB81334HW2 

100–300 3 “A1” b 48ATJ3S00 3UB81234JW2 

133–400 3 “A1” h 48ATK3S00 3UB81234KW2 

200–600 3 “A1” d 48ATL3S00 3UB81234LW2 

250–750 3 “A1” g 48ATM3S00 3UB81234MW2 

400–1220 3 “A1” e 48ATN3S00 3UB81234NW2 

0.25–1 1 “A” 48ATA1S00 3UB88134AB2 

0.75–3.4 1 “A” 48ATB1S00 3UB88134BB2 

3–12 1 “A1” 48ATC1S00 3UB88234CW2 

5.5–22 1 “A1” 48ATD1S00 3UB88234DW2 

25-100 1 “B” 48BTG1S00 3UB88334GW2 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Solid State—3RB206 cf , 3-Phase, Manual/Auto Reset 

For Contactor Size 

Setting Range Amps 

Class 10 

Catalog Number List Price $ 

5 55 - 250 3RB2066-1GC2 3RB2066-2GC2 

6 160 - 630 3RB2066-1MC2 3RB2066-2MC2 

Class 20 

Catalog Number List Price $ 

Retrofit Plates for Contactors, Class 48 

Replacement for Starter Sizes ESP200 Overload Frame Size a Retrofit Plate Suffix Plate Kit Separate Price Adder $ 

Size 00–1 3 ⁄4 A or A1 1P 49ASMP1 

Size 2, 2 1 ⁄2 B 2P 49ASMP2 

Size 3, 3 1 ⁄2 B 3P 49ASMP3 

Size 4 B 4P 49ASMP3 

a To determine frame size of replacement solid state 

overload, refer to retrofit plates table above. 

b Requires use of 300:5 Current Transformers–3 of 

97CT005. 

c Product Category: IEC. 

d Requires use of 600:5 Current Transformers–3 of 

97CT008. 

e Requires use of 1200:5 Current Transformers–3 of 

97CT012. 

f Overload has busbar connections. 

g Requires use of 750:5 Current Transformers–3 of 

97CT009. 

h Requires use of 400:5 Current Transformers–3 of 

97CT006. 

17-64 




Special Use Solid State Overloads, Class 958 and 958L 

Selection 

Class 958, 958L 



Current Transformers 

Rating Catalog No. List Price $ 

150:5 97CT002 

200:5 97CT003 

250:5 97CT004 

300:5 97CT005 

400:5 97CT006 

600:5 97CT008 

750:5 97CT009 

1200:5 97CT012 

Solid State—Class 958 and 958L 

Current Adjustment Range Phase Frame Size Catalog Number MRPD/MLFB List Price $ 

10–40 3 “A1” 958EB3SA 3UB85235EW2 

25–100 3 “B” 958GB3SA 3UB85335GW2 

50–200 3 “B” 958HB3SA 3UB85335HW2 

5.5–22 3 “A1” 958LDB3SA 3UB85236DW2 

10–40 3 “A1” 958LEB3SA 3UB85236EW2 

13–52 3 “B” 958LFB3SA 3UB85336FW2 

25–100 3 “B” 958LGB3SA 3UB85336GW2 

50–200 3 “B” 958LHB3SA 3UB85336HW2 

Time - Current - Characteristics 

CLASS 48 


CLASS 48 


CLASS 958, 958L 


CLASS 958, 958L 

1000 

1000 

1000 

Trip - curve depending on unbalance 

Trip - curve depending on unbalance - CLASS 20 

CLASS 20 



Trip time in seconds 

500 

100 

50 

CLASS 30 - cold start 


500 

100 

50 


500 

100 

50 

phase unbalance = 0%, CLASS 20 





17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


10 

10 

CLASS 958L 

10 


5 

5 

5 


CLASS 5 - warm start 

CLASS 958 

1 

0.6 1 1.5 2 

5 

10 

multiple of full load amp (FLA) 


1 

0.6 1 1.5 2 

5 

10 



1 

0.6 1 1.5 2 

5 

10 



a Temperature rating S25° to R60°C. 



Duplex Heavy Duty Controllers 


General 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Class 83 

Features 

Class 84 

b Heavy Duty NEMA Starters 

b Solid State Overload Relays 

b Fusible or MCP 

b Heavy Duty Disconnect Handle 

b Flexibility with Field Modifications 

b Alternator Transfer on De-energization 

b UL Listed for Outdoor Use 

b UL Listed file #E14900 (class 83); file 

#E185287 (class 84) 

b CSA certified file #LR 6535 (class 83 

& 84) 

Application 

Duplex pump controls are designed to 

perform one or both of two distinct 

functions: duplexing and alternation. The 

duplexing function provides capacity for 

system peaking or above normal demand 

without having the full motor capacity 

spinning at all times. It also provides 

standby capacity for use when one of the 

motors or pumps is disabled. The duplexing 

function is also referred to as lead/lag 

or main/standby. When two pumps or 

compressors are controlled by a duplex 

controller, they are started in sequence 

as necessary to attain preset values of 

pressure, flow or liquid level. 

Two field devices such as pressure 

switches or float switches provide 

electrical signals to the duplex controller. 

One remote device is set to initiate the 

starting of the lead motor. This motor is 

rated to handle normal system demand. 

The second motor is usually the same 

rating and is referred to as the lag motor. 

It is only energized when the system 

demand is greater than the capacity of 

the lead motor. The lag motor is started 

when the second remote device is 

signalling for more output than the 

lead motor can produce. 

The alternation function reverses the 

lead and lag mode for the two motors in 

a duplex system. Upon alternation the 

first motor as described above becomes 

the lag motor and the second motor 

assumes the lead function. The 

alternation is usually programmed to 

occur at any time both pumps come to 

rest. The alternation function equalizes 

wear on the two machines and extends 

the life of seals and bearings. 


Duplex controllers are available in 

NEMA 1, 12/3/3R, 4 (painted) and 

4/4X (stainless) enclosures. 

Enclosures protect personnel from 

contact with live parts and depending 

upon the construction, protect the 

control in varying degrees from physical 

damage and harmful atmospheres. All 

enclosures are supplied with corrosion 

resistant finishes. 


These Duplex controllers use the same 

starters described in the heavy duty 

starter section of this catalog. 

Siemens Type ETI Circuit Breaker 

The ETI circuit breaker is a device 

designed specifically for application 

in motor circuits. The ETI is a magnetic 

only protective device designed to 

provide protection against short 

circuit current. 

The instantaneous-only type ETI circuit 

breaker employs adjustable magnetic 

trip settings to allow broader application 

ranges and a higher degree of motor 

short circuit protection. 

Features 

Two control transformers may be 

provided for low voltage control to 

safeguard personnel from high voltage. 

One transformer is required for each 

starter to provide independent control 

circuits. 

A Hand-Off-Auto selector switch for each 

starter may be mounted in the enclosure 

door or furnished separately for remote 

control. Test push buttons or pilot lights 

may also be installed on the enclosure. 

Solid-state Overload Relays are supplied 

as standard. 

Heavy Duty Disconnect Switches 

The disconnect switch that goes the 

distance in durability, performance and 

reliability has the following advantages: 

b Visible blades for the highest level 

of safety 

b Double break switching action to 

reduce arcing, increase lifetime and 

eliminate the “electric hinge” 

b More rugged positive action switch 




b Higher horsepower rating for 

design E high efficiency motors 

b UL listed for IIsco, Burndy and T&B 

crimp type lugs 

b The 200A switch accepts up to 300 

MCM versus 250 MCM wire size 

Its rugged construction - with a high 

fault withstand rating of 100kA at 600 

VAC when fused with class R rated 

fuses - meets the most stringent 

industry standards set forth by the 

automotive, petro-chemical, and pulp 

and paper industries. UL recognized and 

CSA certified, our disconnect switches 

are available either non-fusible or fusible 

with class R and class J fuse clips. 

17-66 



Non-Combination, Class 83 


Selection 


Standard duplex controllers include an alternator indicated 

by characters "92" within the catalog number. The standard 

coil voltage supplied with the alternator is 120V separate 

control. This is the only control voltage available with the 

alternator. 

To omit the alternator, change the character string within 

the catalog number from "92" to "95". All coil voltages listed 

in the coil table are valid with non-alternator controllers. 

To change the coil voltage for non-alternator controllers, 

change the 9th character in the catalog number with a 

letter shown in the coil table. 






Coil Table 


24 J 

120 F 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

440–480 H 

550–600 E 

Non-Combination (with Solid-State Overload) 

Max Hp 

200 

Volts 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Overload 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 





Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

NEMA 4 Painted 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

NEMA 12 

NEMA 3/3R 

Industrial Use 

Weatherproof 

Catalog 

Number 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 0 — 0.25–1 A 83CUA92BF 83CUA92WF 83CUA92EF 83CUA920F 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 0 — 0.75–3.4 A 83CUB92BF 83CUB92WF 83CUB92EF 83CUB920F 

2 2 5 5 0 — 3–12 A1 83CUC92BF 83CUC92WF 83CUC92EF 83CUC920F 

3 3 — — 0 — 5.5–22 A1 83CUD92BF 83CUD92WF 83CUD92EF 83CUD920F 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 1 — 0.25–1 A 83DUA92BF 83DUA92WF 83DUA92EF 83DUA920F 

List 

Price $ 



1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 1 — 0.75–3.4 A 83DUB92BF 83DUB92WF 83DUB92EF 83DUB920F 

2 2 5 5 1 — 3–12 A1 83DUC92BF 83DUC92WF 83DUC92EF 83DUC920F 

3 3 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 83DUD92BF 83DUD92WF 83DUD92EF 83DUD920F 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 83DUE92BF 83DUE92WF 83DUE92EF 83DUE920F 

10 10 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 83EUE92BF 83EUE92WF 83EUE92EF 83EUE920F 

10 15 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 83FUF92BF 83FUF92WF 83FUF92EF 83FUF920F 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 83GUG92BF 83GUG92WF 83GUG92EF 83GUG920F 

25 30 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 83HUG92BF 83HUG92WF 83HUG92EF 83HUG920F 

30 40 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 50–200 B 83IUH92BF 83IUH92WF 83IUH92EF 83IUH920F 

40 50 100 100 4 — 50–200 B 83JUH92BF 83JUH92WF 83JUH92EF 83JUH920F 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Not available on standard alternator style (‘92’ in the 

catalog number). 




Combination Disconnect (Fusible & Non-Fusible), Class 84 


Selection 






alternator. 







For factory installed fusible disconnect, see page 17-115. 






Coil Table 


24 J 

120 F 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

440–480 H 

550–600 E 

Two Disconnect Switches with Solid-State Overload 



Max Hp 

200 

Volts 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄2 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Overload 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

Disc. 

Amp 

Range 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 


Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 





Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 



Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

NEMA 12 

NEMA 3/3R 


Weatherproof 

Catalog 

Number 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 0 — 0.25–1 A 30 84CUA92BDF 84CUA92WDF 84CUA92EDF 84CUA920DF 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 0 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 84CUB92BDF 84CUB92WDF 84CUB92EDF 84CUB920DF 

List 

Price $ 

2 2 5 5 0 — 3–12 A1 30 84CUC92BDF 84CUC92WDF 84CUC92EDF 84CUC920DF 

3 3 — — 0 — 5.5–22 A1 30 84CUD92BDF 84CUD92WDF 84CUD92EDF 84CUD920DF 

1 1 1 

⁄6 ⁄6 ⁄3 

1 

⁄2 1 — 0.25–1 A 30 84DUA92BDF 84DUA92WDF 84DUA92EDF 84DUA920DF 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 1 — 0.75–3.4 A 30 84DUB92BDF 84DUB92WDF 84DUB92EDF 84DUB920DF 

2 2 5 5 1 — 3–12 A1 30 84DUC92BDF 84DUC92WDF 84DUC92EDF 84DUC920DF 

3 3 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 30 84DUD92BDF 84DUD92WDF 84DUD92EDF 84DUD920DF 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 30 84DUE92BDF 84DUE92WDF 84DUE92EDF 84DUE920DF 

10 10 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 60 84EUE92BDF 84EUE92WDF 84EUE92EDF 84EUE920DF 

10 15 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 60 84FUF92BDF 84FUF92WDF 84FUF92EDF 84FUF920DF 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 100 84GUG92BDF 84GUG92WDF 84GUG92EDF 84GUG920DF 

20 25 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 100 84HUG92BDF 84HUG92WDF 84HUG92EDF 84HUG920DF 

30 40 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 50–200 B 200 84IUH92BDF 84IUH92WDF 84IUH92EDF 84IUH920DF 

40 50 100 100 4 — 50–200 B 200 84JUH92BDF 84JUH92WDF 84JUH92EDF 84JUH920DF 





Not available on standard alternator style 

(‘92’ in the catalog number). 

17-68 




Combination Circuit Breaker, Class 84 


Selection 






alternator. 












Coil Table 


24 J 

120 F 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

440–480 H 

550–600 E 

2 Motor Circuit Protectors (with Solid-State Overload) 

Max Hp 

Overload 

Motor 

Circuit 

Interrupter 

ETI 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 



Watertight, Dust-tight, Corrosion 

Resistant , 304 Stainless Steel, 



NEMA 12 

NEMA 3/3R 

Industrial Use, Weatherproof 

200 

Volts 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 0 — 0.25–1 A 3 84CUA92BMF 84CUA92WMF 84CUA92EMF 84CUA920MF 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 0 — 0.75–3.4 A 3 84CUB92BMF 84CUB92WMF 84CUB92EMF 84CUB920MF 

2 2 5 5 0 — 3–12 A1 10 84CUC92BMF 84CUC92WMF 84CUC92EMF 84CUC920MF 

3 3 — — 0 — 5.5–22 A1 25 84CUD92BMF 84CUD92WMF 84CUD92EMF 84CUD920MF 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄6 

1 

⁄3 

1 

⁄2 1 — 0.25–1 A 3 84DUA92BMF 84DUA92WMF 84DUA92EMF 84DUA920MF 

1 

⁄2 

3 

⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 1 — 0.75–3.4 A 3 84DUB92BMF 84DUB92WMF 84DUB92EMF 84DUB920MF 

2 2 5 5 1 — 3–12 A1 10 84DUC92BMF 84DUC92WMF 84DUC92EMF 84DUC920MF 

3 3 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 25 84DUD92BMF 84DUD92WMF 84DUD92EMF 84DUD920MF 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 30 84DUE92BMF 84DUE92WMF 84DUE92EMF 84DUE920MF 

— — 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 40 84EUE92BMF 84EUE92WMF 84EUE92EMF 84EUE920MF 

10 15 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 50 84FUF92BMF 84FUF92WMF 84FUF92EMF 84FUF920MF 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 100 84GUG92BMF 84GUG92WMF 84GUG92EMF 84GUG920MF 

20 25 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 100 84HUG92BMF 84HUG92WMF 84HUG92EMF 84HUG920MF 

30 40 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 50–200 B 125 84IUH92BMF 84IUH92WMF 84IUH92EMF 84IUH920MF 

40 50 100 100 4 — 50–200 B 150 84JUH92BMF 84JUH92WMF 84JUH92EMF 84JUH920MF 

List 

Price $ 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 






Not available on standard alternator style 

(‘92’ in the catalog number). 



Slim Line NEMA Pump Controller for the Agricultural industry, Class 82 

General 

Features 

The Class 82 Slim Line NEMA Pump was designed 

specifically for the agricultural market. It is well suited for 

irrigation and similar pumping applications and is built to 

withstand the harsh elements of the outdoors 

Typical applications include: 

• Crop irrigation 

• Sprinklers, misters and soakers 

• Watering for livestock and other dairy applications 

• Ground dewatering for excavation and construction sites 



Why you should use the Class 82 Pump Panel 

• Simplicity and its compact lightweight design makes 

this an attractive solution to your budgeting challenges. 

• The contactor is NEMA rated to provide reliable motor 

control and protection expected in the most demanding 

applications. 

• The ESP200 solid-state overload relay has a protective 

coating on the circuit board which gives it superior protection 

against high humidity, condensation and corrosive 

environments. 

• Its size and weight is about half that of the Class 87 

which increases the ease of installation. 


82 A D C 6 F B H 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Series 

A = Standard size enclosure 

B = Extra large enclosure (starter size 1 only) 

Starter Size 

D = 1 

F = 2 

OLR Current Range 

B = 0.75-3.4A 

C = 3-12A 

D = 5.5-22A 

E = 10-40A 

F = 13-52A 

Cover Control 

6 = HOA selector switch with Start push button 

Disconnect Type 

F = Fusible disconnect 

Disconnect & Fuse Clip Rating 

A = 30A/250V 

B = 30A/600V 

C = 60A/250V 

D = 60A/600V 

Coil Voltage 

F = 110VAC 50HZ / 120VAC 60HZ 

G = 220VAC 50HZ / 240VAC 60HZ 

H = 480VAC 60HZ 

17-70 





General 



(see accessories on this page) 

Factory Modifications (NA) 

Dimensions see page 17-150 

Wiring Diagram see page 17-169 


(refer to instruction sheet A5E35327591A) 

Coil Table 

50/60Hz Voltage 

110VAC 50HZ / 

120VAC 60HZ 

220VAC 50HZ / 

240VAC 60HZ 

480VAC 60HZ 

Letter 

F 

G a 

H b 

Product Selection 

Max Hp Rating 

Overload 

HOA & Start Push Button 

Motor Voltage 

Relay Amp Disc. Amp Fuse Clip HOA & Start Push Button (Extra wide Encl) 

230 460 NEMA Size Range 

Rating Amp/Volts Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ 

— 1 1 0.75–3.4 30 30A/600V 82ADB6FB* 82BDB6FB* c 

— 5 1 3–12 30 30A/600V 82ADC6FB* 82BDC6FB* c 

— 10 1 5.5–22 30 30A/600V 82ADD6FB* 82BDD6FB* c 

— 10 1 10–40 30 30A/600V — 82BDE6FB* c 

2 — 1 3–12 30 30A/250V 82ADC6FA* 82BDC6FA* c 

3 — 1 5.5–22 30 30A/250V 82ADD6FA* 82BDD6FA* c 

7 1/2 — 1 10–40 30 30A/250V 82ADE6FA* 82BDE6FA* c 

— 25 2 13-52 60 60A/600V 82AFF6FD* c — 

15 — 2 13-52 60 60A/250V 82AFF6FC* c — 

Replace the (*) with a letter from the coil table. 

c Available in May 2017. 



Accessories 

Image 

Description 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price 

Image 

Description 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price 

3/4" type 3R conduit hub ECHS075 

1" type 3R conduit hub ECHS100 

1 1/4" type 3R conduit hub ECHS125 

1 1/2" type 3R conduit hub ECHS150 

Contactor auxiliary 

contacts, side mounted 

1 NO/NC (NEMA A300/ 

Q300) 

3RH29111DA11 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Disconnect switch 

auxiliary contacts 

2 NO/2 NC DPDT 

(NEMA A600) 

HA261234 

ESP200 tamper resistance 

cover 

49ASTC1 

Fuse puller kit 

for 30A switch (1 kit 

required per switch) 

HP61 

30A, 240V Class R 


HR21 

30A, 600V Class R 


HR612 

a G coil is not available with a 600v disconnect 

b H coil is not available with a 250v disconnect 




Selection 

Class 82 Technical information 

General Technical Data: 

Weight 

Height x Width x Depth 

Maximum altitude 

Ambient (outside enclosure) storage temperature 

Ambient (outside enclosure) operating temperature 

Country of origin 

Size 1 (Standard Encl.) 23lbs. 

Size 1 (Extra Wide Encl.) 47lbs. 

Size 2 (Standard Encl.) 47lbs. 

Size 1 (Standard Encl.) 26 x 12 x 5in. 

Size 1 (Extra Wide Encl.) 35 x 17 x 6in. 

Size 2 (Standard Encl.) 35 x 17 x 6in. 

6560 ft. 

(-30 to 65)°C / (-22 to 149)°F 

(-20 to 40)°C / (-4 to 104)°F 

Mexico 

Horsepower Rating: 

See selection table above 

See selection table above 

Contactor: 

Number of NO main contacts 3 

Amp rating 

32A, 50A 

Mechanical operating cycles 10,000,000 



17 

Internal / Standard Auxiliary Contact: 

Number of NC / NO auxiliary contacts 

NEMA contact rating designation 

Optional auxiliary contacts available 

Coil: 

Voltage 

Apparent pull-in / holding power 

Normal coil operating limits (% of rated voltage) 

Pick-up time / Drop-out time 

1NC / 1NO 

A600 AC / Q600 DC 

Yes 

220/230V 50/60Hz, 460V 60Hz, or 110/120V 50/60Hz 

81 VA / 10.5 VA 

80% - 110% at 60Hz 

8-40 / 4-16 msec 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Overload Relay: 

Current range 

0.75 - 3.4 or 3 - 12 or 5.5 - 22 or 10 - 40 Amps or 13 - 52 Amps 

Trip Class Class 5 / 10 (factory set) / 20 / 30 

Trip detection 

Overload, phase failure, phase unbalance, ground fault 

Phase failure sensitivity 

Trip time after phase loss: < 3 sec 

Repeat accuracy Within 1% 

Reset options 

Manual, automatic and remote 

External reset 

Yes 

Test function 

Electronics and manual actuation 

Conformal coating on printed circuit board 

Yes 


1NC /1NO 

Rating of auxiliary contacts 

B600 AC / R300 DC 

Single contact isolation 

600 V 

Dual contact isolation 

300 V differing polarity / 600 V common polarity 

17-72 






Class 82 Technical information 

Disconnect Switch: 

Rating 

Fuse type accepted 

Enclosure: 

Type 

Rating 

30 A with 30A/600 or 30A/250 V Class H fuse clips 

60 A with 60A/600 or 60A/250 V Class H fuse clips 

Class H, J or R 

NEMA Type 3/3R enclosure 

Weather proof for outdoor use 

Standard Control Devices: 

Hand-Off-Auto selector switch 

Start push button 

3SU1 30mm, round, metal with matte finish 

3SU1 30mm, round, metal with matte finish 

Mounting / Wiring: 

Mounting orientation 

Vertical 

Mounting type 

Pole and surface 

Disconnect line side connection type / torque 

Box lug / 35 lb in (14 - 10); 40 lb in (8); 45 lb in (6 - 4) AWG 

Disconnect line side solid and stranded conductors 1x(14 - 2 AWG) 60/75°C AL or CU 

Power terminal block connection type / torque 

Screw / 24 - 32 lb - in 

Power terminal block solid and stranded conductors 1x(18 - 2 AWG) 75°C CU 

Control terminal block connection type / torque 

Screw / 12 - 18 lb - in 

Control terminal block solid and stranded conductors 1x(22 - 8 AWG) 75°C CU 

Coil connection type / torque 

Screw / 7 - 10 lb in 

Coil solid and standed conductors 

2x(16 - 12 AWG) CU 60/75°C 

Main auxiliary contact connection type / torque 


Main auxiliary contact solid and stranded conductors 2x(20 - 16), 2x(18 - 14) 75°C CU 

OLR auxiliary contact connection type / torque 


OLR auxiliary contact solid and starnded conductors 2x(20 - 14 AWG) CU 60/75°C 

Short Circuit Current Rating: 

Fuses 10kA@600V (Class H or K); 85kA@600V (Class R or J) 

Certificates / Approvals: 

cULus UL (file no. E185287) 

UL rated Service Entrance Equipment 

ISO 9001 certification 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



Class 87, 88 


General 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Features 

b Fully Gasketed NEMA 3R Rainproof 

Enclosures 

b 100,000 Amp Interrupting Capacity 

with Class R Fuses 

b Heavy Duty NEMA Starters 

b Solid State Overload Relays 

b Heavy Duty Disconnect Handle 

b Available in Reduced Voltage Versions 

b Bold Pilot Legend on Front 

b Generous Accessory Space 

b Copper Grounding Lug For Three 

#6 Wires 

b UL Listed for Outdoor Use and 

Service Equipment File #E185287 

Application 

Heavy duty pump control panels are 

designed to withstand the most 

demanding environments. Typical 

applications include irrigation, agriculture, 

petrochemical, wastewater treatment 

and wherever motor control is 

challenged by harsh elements. 

Installation is easy. Panels are factory 

wired to provide flexible control and 

protect against short circuits and 

overloads. Ample space is provided 

for field modifications and installation 

of accessories. 

The pump control panels feature a full 

sized removable auxiliary panel for the 

mounting of accessories. The fusible 

version features fuse clips for full sized 

RK5 or compact class J fuses and 

accessory mounting space for the 

most commonly used accessories. 

Class 87 pump panels become jockey 

pump panels with the addition of a 

pressure switch. The jockey pump’s 

primary function is to maintain water 

pressure at a preset level and thus 

compensate for possible shortage of 

water in the pumping system. When the 

water pressure drops below the preset 

level, the pressure switch energizes 

the starter which in turn activates the 

jockey pump. The water pressure is then 

brought back up to the desired level. This 

insures the maintenance of proper water 

pressure at all times. 

Features 

Specified by Fortune 500 companies, 

Siemens NEMA starters offer 

prolonged service under severe duty 

conditions. NEMA rated, these starters 

utilize large silver cadmium oxide 

contacts and wide copper heat sinks 

to ensure rapid heat dissipation and 

maximum electrical life. 

ESP200 solid state overload relay 

Refer to the section on Class 48 overload 

relays for features and benefits. 

Pump panels are factory set at trip 

Class 10. 

HOA and Start Pushbutton 

Every pump panel comes with an HOA 

and a start pushbutton. 

Half Size Starters 

Siemens motor matched starters feature 

all the rugged performance characteristics 

of our NEMA rated starter sizes, but are 

fractionally sized to more closely match 

your exact motor rating. As a result, 

significant economic savings are made 

possible without sacrificing the reliability 

you expect from a heavy duty starter. 

These additional starter sizes have the 

reserve capacity to handle occasional 

plugging and jogging without de-rating 

the device. 

Siemens motor matched can save hundreds, 

even thousands of dollars per 

project. 

Siemens motor matched starters comply 

with NEMA, UL and CSA standards. 

17-74 



Class 87, 88 


General 

Panels are predrilled for easy repositioning 

of the fuse trailer block to accommodate 

250 and 600 volt fuses and full sized RK 

or compact J fuses. Circuit breakers are 

also available. 

Heavy Duty Fusible 

Disconnect Switch 

The disconnect switch has the following 

advantages: 

b Visible blades for the highest 

level of safety 

b Double Break Switching Action 

to reduce arcing, increase lifetime 

and eliminate the “electric hinge” 





The motor circuit protector provides fast, 

accurate fault clearing that will minimize 

damage to the motor and control 

apparatus and protect branch circuit 

conductors. Continuous current ratings 

and adjustable trip ranges meet NEC 

requirements for full load and locked 

rotor currents. The adjustable 

instantaneous trip point can be set 

precisely to assure fault protection 

and eliminate nuisance tripping. 

Removable Door 

Enclosure door may be lifted off to make 

wiring easier. 

Mounting Flanges 

Convenient flanges at top and bottom 

of the enclosure provide easy mounting. 

They fit pole or flat surfaces using 

keyhole slots. 

Quarter Turn Latches 

Quarter turns are utilized to secure the 

door. 

Wind Catches 

A wind catch is provided to prevent the 

door from slamming shut (or open) due 

to high wind conditions. 

Safety Disconnect Handle 

Up to three padlocks can be used to 

lock the disconnect in the OFF position. 

Maintenance work can be performed 

without hazard to personnel. 

External Reset 

The overload relay may be quickly reset 

by means of a button on the front of the 

enclosure. 

Ground Lugs 

Insures proper connecting of ground 

wires and lightning arresters. 

UL Listed 

Assures proper construction throughout 

control panel. 

Reduced Voltage 

Available in part winding, wye delta and 

auto transformer types, these controls 

may be necessary where the power 

company limits the amount of current 

drawn from its lines, or where starting 

torque must be reduced. 

Fully gasketed NEMA 3/12 weatherproof 

enclosures are supplied with 

Class 88 reduced voltage starters. 

Part Winding Starters apply starting 

current in timed steps to minimize 

voltage fluctuations. 

Auto Transformer Starters maintain 

a closed circuit during transition and 

eliminate voltage or current surges. 

They draw less current than part winding 

starters and are well suited for starting 

motors over 20 Hp. 

Wye Delta starters and motors are 

used in areas where the power supply is 

inadequate to supply full starting current 

without objectionable voltage drop or for 

applications where low starting torque is 

required. Centrifugal pumps and similar 

apparatus requiring a low starting torque 

are typical applications. Both ends of all 

three windings of the wye delta motor 

are brought out so that they may be 

accessible for reconnecting from wye 

to delta. 

Auxiliary Equipment 

Pilot Lights are easily installed on the 

enclosure. Oil Tight and Heavy Duty, 

they meet NEMA A600 requirements. 

Lightning Arresters protect the control 

panel from lightning induced surges. 

Undervoltage and Phase Sensing 

Relays protect the pump against low 

voltage, voltage imbalance, loss of phase 

and phase reversal. 

Anti-Backspin Timers prevent the 

motor from starting during motor/shaft 

backspin. 

Class 87 NEMA Vacuum Starter 


The Siemens vacuum starter pump 

controllers are designed for the harshest 

environments. Typical environments 

include chemical, petrochemical, 

waste water treatment and mining. 

Contaminations present in these 

severe environments are detrimental 

to conventional air-break contacts 

decreasing their life expectancy and 

reliability. The Siemens vacuum starter 

pump controllers are well suited for 

these environments because the 

contacts are contained in hermetically 

sealed contact tubes. This prevents 

contaminates in the atmosphere from 

affecting the operation of the contacts. 

Additionally, neither arcs nor arcing 

gases are produced which dramatically 

increases the electrical endurance of 

the contacts. 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



Standard Pump Panel with Solid State Overload, Class 87 







Sizes 1-4 will be supplied standard with a 240/480 volt coil. To 

change the coil voltage, change the 8th character in the catalog 

number to the letter shown in the coil table. 

Sizes 5 & 6 will be supplied standard with a 480 volt coil. To change 

the coil voltage, change the 8th character in the catalog number to 

the letter shown in the coil table. 

Coil Table 

60Hz Voltage 

Selection 

Letter 

24 J 

120 F 

110–120/220–240 A a 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

220–240/440–480 C a 

277 L 

440–480 H 

550–600 E 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Fusible Disconnect 

Max Hp 

200 

Volts 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Overload 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

Disc. 

Amp 

Range 

Fuse 

Clip 

Amp / Volts 

Catalog 

Number 

— — 1 1 1 — 0.75–3.4 b A 30 30A/600V 87DUB6FC 

— — 5 5 1 — 3–12 A1 30 30A/600V 87DUC6FC 

— — 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 30 30A/600V 87DUD6FC 

— — 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 60 60A/600V 87DUD60C 

— — 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 30 30A/600V 87EUE6FC 

— — 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 60 60A/600V 87EUE60C 

— — 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 60 60A/600V 87FUF6FC 

— — 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 100 100A/600V 87FUF60C 

— — 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 60 60A/600V 87GUG6FC 

— — 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 100 100A/600V 87GUG60C 

— — 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 100 100A/600V 87HUG6FC 

— — 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 200 200A/600V 87HUG60C 

— — 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 50–200 B 200 200A/600V 87IUH6FC 

— — 100 100 4 — 50–200 B 200 200A/600V 87JUH6FC 

— — 200 200 5 — 55–250 — 400 400A/600V 87LPU6FH 

— — 250 — 6 — 160–630 — 600 600A/600V 87MSW6FH 

2 2 — — 1 — 3–12 A1 30 30A/250V 87DUC6LC 

3 3 — — 1 — 5.5–22 A1 30 30A/250V 87DUD6LC 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 30 30A/250V 87DUE6LC 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 — — 1 — 10–40 A1 60 60A/250V 87DUE6PC 

10 10 — — — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 60 60A/250V 87EUE6LC 

10 15 — — 2 — 13–52 B 60 60A/250V 87FUF6LC 

10 15 — — 2 — 13–52 B 100 100A/250V 87FUF6PC 

15 20 — — — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 60 60A/250V 87GUG6LC 

15 20 — — — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 100 100A/250V 87GUG6PC 

20 30 — — 3 — 25–100 B 100 100A/250V 87HUG6LC 

25 30 — — 3 — 25–100 B 200 200A/250V 87HUG6PC 

30 40 — — — 3 1 ⁄2 50–200 B 200 200A/250V 87IUH6LC 

40 50 — — 4 — 50–200 B 200 200A/250V 87JUH6LC 

75 100 — — 5 — 55–250 — 400 400A/250V 87LPU6LG 


Max Hp 

Overload 

Motor Circuit 

200 

Volts 

230 

Volts 

460 

Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

Interrupter 

ETI Amps 

Catalog 

Number 

1 

⁄2 

1 

⁄2 1 1 1 — 0.75–3.4 b A 3 87DUB6MC 

2 2 5 5 1 — 3–12 A1 10 87DUC6MC 

3 3 10 10 1 — 5.5–22 A1 25 87DUD6MC 

7 1 ⁄2 7 1 ⁄2 10 — 1 — 10–40 A1 30 87DUE6MC 

— — 15 15 — 1 3 ⁄4 10–40 A1 40 87EUE6MC 

10 15 25 25 2 — 13–52 B 50 87FUF6MC 

15 20 30 30 — 2 1 ⁄2 25–100 B 100 87GUG6MC 

25 30 50 50 3 — 25–100 B 100 87HUG6MC 

30 40 75 75 — 3 1 ⁄2 50–200 B 125 87IUH6MC 

40 50 100 100 4 — 50–200 B 150 87JUH6MC 

50 75 150 200 5 — 55–250 — 250 87LPT6MH 

75 100 200 200 5 — 55–250 — 400 87LPU6MH 

100 125 250 300 6 — 160–630 — 400 87MSW6MH 

150 200 400 400 6 — 160–630 — 600 87MSX6MH 

List 

Price $ 

List 

Price $ 



a Not available on Size 5 and larger. 

b For an overload amp range of 0.25-1A, change the 

5th character from a ‘B’ to an ‘A’. 

A version with coil code A is also stocked via 

Controls Express. 

17-76 



Vacuum Break and Oil Well Pump Control Panels 

Class 87 


Selection 







Replace the (*) in the catalog number with a letter from the coil table. 

Refer to page 17-38 for information on the 958L OLR 

Coil Table 

60Hz Voltage 

24 J 

120 F 

200–208 D 

220–240 G 

277 L 

440–480 H 

550–600 E 

Letter 

Vacuum Break Pump Control Panels (Vacuum Contactor with Trip Class 10 Solid-State Overload Relay) 

Max Hp 



480 Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 


Range 

Fuse Clip 

Amps/Volts Catalog Number MCI Amps Catalog Number 

100 100 4 50-200A a 200A/600V 87JCN6F* 250A 87JCN6M* 

100 100 4 55-250A 200A/600V 87JCM6F* 250A 87JCM6M* 

200 200 5 55-250A 400A/600V 87LCU6F* 400A 87LCT6M* 

250 300 6 160-630A — — 400A 87MCW6M* 

400 400 6 160-630A — — 600A 87MCX6M* 

Oil Well Pump Control Panels (Open Air Contactor with 958L Solid-State Overload Relay) 

Max Hp 



480 Volts 

575 

Volts 

NEMA 

Size 


Range 

Fuse Clip 

Amps/Volts Catalog Number MCI Amps Catalog Number 

25 25 2 13-52 60A/600V 87FPI6F* 50 87FPI6M* 

50 50 3 25-100 100A/600V 87HPK6F* 100 87HPK6M* 

100 100 4 50-200 200A/600V 87JPM6F* 150 87JPM6M* 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Note: Hp’s shown above are based on the overload amp 

range for the FLA’s (per the National Electric Code) 

of typical industrial motors. All starter sizes carry 

one maximum Hp rating. 

a ESP200 overload relay. 



Reduced Voltage Pump Panels 

Auto Transformer & Part winding (2 Step) with Solid State Overload, Class 88 


Selection 

Auto Transformer 

Part Winding 





Wiring Diagrams see pages 17-162 and 17-163. 


Coil & Control Voltage 

The coil voltage on the 

contactors will be the 

motor voltage. A CPT will 

be supplied to provide the 

control voltage. The control 

voltage will be 120V. 

To change the control 

voltage to customer 

supplied (no CPT included), 

change the 9th character to 

the following: 

for 24V , use ”J” 

for 120V, use ”F” 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Auto Transformer Type 

Motor 

Voltage 

230 

460 

Overload 



Max 

Hp 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 

Fuse Clip Size 

Amps/Volts 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 


Amps 

Catalog 

Number 

15 13–52 B 2 — 60A/250V 88FUFT2FG 50 88FUFT2MG 

20 25–100 B — 2 1 ⁄2 100A/250V 88GUGT2FG 100 88GUGT2MG 

30 25–100 B 3 — 100A/250V 88HUGT2FG 100 88HUGT2MG 

40 50–200 B — 3 1 ⁄2 200A/250V 88IUHT2FG 125 88IUHT2MG 

50 50–200 B 4 — 200A/250V 88JUHT2FG 150 88JUHT2MG 

75 55–250 — 5 — — — 250 88LPST2MG 

100 55–250 — 5 — 400A/250V 88LPUT2FG 400 88LPUT2MG 

200 160–630 — 6 — — — 600 88MSXT2MG 

25 13–52 B 2 — 60A/600V 88FUFT4FH 50 88FUFT4MH 

30 25–100 B — 2 1 ⁄2 60A/600V 88GUGT4FH 50 88GUGT4MH 

50 25–100 B 3 — 100A/600V 88HUGT4FH 100 88HUGT4MH 

75 50–200 B — 3 1 ⁄2 200A/600V 88IUHT4FH 125 88IUHT4MH 

100 50–200 B 4 — 200A/600V 88JUHT4FH 150 88JUHT4MH 

150 55–250 — 5 — — — 250 88LPST4MH 

200 55–250 — 5 — 400A/600V 88LPST4FH 400 88LPUT4MH 

250 160–630 — 6 — — — 400 88MSVT4MH 

400 160–630 — 6 — 600A/600V 88MSXT4FH 600 88MSXT4MH 

Part Winding 2 Step 

Motor 

Voltage 

230 

460 

Overload 



Max 

Hp 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 


Amps/Volts 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 


Amps 

Catalog 

Number 

20 10–40 A1 — 1 3 ⁄4 100A/250V 88EUEP2FG 100 88EUEP2MG 

25 13–52 B 2 — 100A/250V 88FUFP2FG 100 88FUFP2MG 

40 25–100 B — 2 1 ⁄2 200A/250V 88GUGP2FG 100 88GUGP2MG 

50 25–100 B 3 — 200A/250V 88HUGP2FG 150 88HUGP2MG 

60 50–200 B — 3 1 ⁄2 200A/250V 88IUHP2FG 250 88IUHP2MG 

75 50–200 B 4 — 400A/250V 88JUHP2FG 250 88JUHP2MG 

125 55–250 — 5 — — — 400 88LPSP2MG 

150 55–250 — 5 — 600A/250V 88LPUP2FG 600 88LPUP2MG 

30 10–40 A1 — 1 3 ⁄4 100A/600V 88EUEP4FH 100 88EUEP4MH 

40 13–52 B 2 — 100A/600V 88FUFP4FH 100 88FUFP4MH 

60 25–100 B — 2 1 ⁄2 200A/600V 88GUGP4FH 100 88GUGP4MH 

75 25–100 B 3 — 200A/600V 88HUGP4FH 150 88HUGP4MH 

100 50–200 B — 3 1 ⁄2 200A/600V 88IUHP4FH 250 88IUHP4MH 

150 50–200 B 4 — 400A/600V 88JUHP4FH 250 88JUHP4MH 

250 55–250 — 5 — — — 400 88LPSP4MH 

350 55–250 — 5 — 600A/600V 88LPUP4FH 600 88LPUP4MH 

List 

Price $ 

List 

Price $ 

Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). 

17-78 



Reduced Voltage Pump Panels 

Wye Delta with Solid State Overload, Class 88 


Selection 





Wiring Diagrams see pages 17-164 and 17-165. 


Coil & Control Voltage 

The coil voltage on the contactors 

will be the motor voltage. A 

CPT will be supplied to provide 

the control voltage. The control 

voltage will be 120V. 

To change the control voltage 

to customer supplied (no CPT 

included), change the 9th 

character to the following: 

for 24V , use ”J” 

for 120V, use ”F” 

Wye Delta 

Motor 

Voltage 

200 

230 

460 

575 

Max 

Hp 

Overload 

Amp 

Range 

Frame 

Size 

NEMA 

Size 

Half 

Size 


Amps/Volts 

Motor 

Circuit 

Interruter 

ETI Amps 

Open Transition 

Closed Transition 

Fusible Disconnect Circuit Breaker Fusible Disconnect Circuit Breaker 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Catalog 

Number 

10 10–40 A1 1 — 60A/250V 50 88DUE06FD 88DUE06MD 88DUEC6FD 88DUEC6MD 

15 10–40 A1 — 1 3 ⁄4 100A/250V 100 88EUE06FD 88EUE06MD 88EUEC6FD 88EUEC6MD 

20 13–52 B 2 — 100A/250V 100 88FUF06FD 88FUF06MD 88FUFC6FD 88FUFC6MD 

30 25–100 B — 2 1 ⁄2 200A/250V 125 88GUG06FD 88GUG06MD 88GUGC6FD 88GUGC6MD 

40 25–100 B 3 — 200A/250V 150 88HUG06FD 88HUG06MD 88HUGC6FD 88HUGC6MD 

50 50–200 B — 3 1 ⁄2 200A/250V 250 88IUH06FD 88IUH06MD 88IUHC6FD 88IUHC6MD 

60 50–200 B 4 — 400A/250V 250 88JUH06FD 88JUH06MD 88JUHC6FD 88JUHC6MD 

75 55–250 — 5 — 400A/250V 400 88LPS06FD 88LPS06MD 88LPSC6FD 88LPSC6MD 

150 55–250 — 5 — 600A/250V 600 88LPU06FD 88LPU06MD 88LPUC6FD 88LPUC6MD 

300 160–630 — 6 — — 800 — 88MSX06MD — 88MSXC6MD 

10 10–40 A1 1 — 60A/250V 50 88DUE02FG 88DUE02MG 88DUEC2FG 88DUEC2MG 

15 10–40 A1 — 1 3 ⁄4 60A/250V 50 88EUE02FG 88EUE02MG 88EUEC2FG 88EUEC2MG 

25 13–52 B 2 — 100A/250V 100 88FUF02FG 88FUF02MG 88FUFC2FG 88FUFC2MG 

30 25–100 B — 2 1 ⁄2 200A/250V 100 88GUG02FG 88GUG02MG 88GUGC2FG 88GUGC2MG 

50 25–100 B 3 — 200A/250V 150 88HUG02FG 88HUG02MG 88HUGC2FG 88HUGC2MG 

60 50–200 B — 3 1 ⁄2 200A/250V 250 88IUH02FG 88IUH02MG 88IUHC2FG 88IUHC2MG 

75 50–200 B 4 — 400A/250V 250 88JUH02FG 88JUH02MG 88JUHC2FG 88JUHC2MG 

100 55–250 — 5 — 400A/250V 400 88LPS02FG 88LPS02MG 88LPSC2FG 88LPSC2MG 

150 55–250 — 5 — 600A/250V 600 88LPU02FG 88LPU02MG 88LPUC2FG 88LPUC2MG 

350 160–630 — 6 — — 1200 — 88MSX02MG — 88MSXC2MG 

15 5.5-22 A1 1 — 30A/600V 30 88DUD04FH 88DUD04MH 88DUDC4FH 88DUDC4MH 

30 10–40 A1 — 1 3 ⁄4 60A/600V 50 88EUE04FH 88EUE04MH 88EUEC4FH 88EUEC4MH 

40 13–52 B 2 — 100A/600V 100 88FUF04FH 88FUF04MH 88FUFC4FH 88FUFC4MH 

60 25–100 B — 2 1 ⁄2 200A/600V 100 88GUG04FH 88GUG04MH 88GUGC4FH 88GUGC4MH 

75 25–100 B 3 — 200A/600V 125 88HUG04FH 88HUG04MH 88HUGC4FH 88HUGC4MH 

100 50–200 B — 3 1 ⁄2 200A/600V 150 88IUH04FH 88IUH04MH 88IUHC4FH 88IUHC4MH 

150 50–200 B 4 — 400A/600V 250 88JUH04FH 88JUH04MH 88JUHC4FH 88JUHC4MH 

200 55–250 — 5 — 400A/600V 400 88LPS04FH 88LPS04MH 88LPSC4FH 88LPSC4MH 

300 55–250 — 5 — 600A/600V 600 88LPU04FH 88LPU04MH 88LPUC4FH 88LPUC4MH 

700 160–630 — 6 — — 1200 — 88MSX04MH — 88MSXC4MH 

15 5.5-22 A1 1 — 30A/600V 30 88DUD05FE 88DUD05ME 88DUDC5FE 88DUDC5ME 

30 10–40 A1 — 1 3 ⁄4 60A/600V 50 88EUE05FE 88EUE05ME 88EUEC5FE 88EUEC5ME 

40 13–52 B 2 — 100A/600V 50 88FUF05FE 88FUF05ME 88FUFC5FE 88FUFC5ME 

60 25–100 B — 2 1 ⁄2 200A/600V 100 88GUG05FE 88GUG05ME 88GUGC5FE 88GUGC5ME 

75 25–100 B 3 — 200A/600V 125 88HUG05FE 88HUG05ME 88HUGC5FE 88HUGC5ME 

100 50–200 B — 3 1 ⁄2 200A/600V 150 88IUH05FE 88IUH05ME 88IUHC5FE 88IUHC5ME 

150 50–200 B 4 — 400A/600V 250 88JUH05FE 88JUH05ME 88JUHC5FE 88JUHC5ME 

200 55–250 — 5 — 400A/600V 400 88LPS05FE 88LPU05ME 88LPSC5FE 88LPSC5ME 

300 55–250 — 5 — 600A/600V 400 88LPU05FE 88LPU05ME 88LPUC5FE 88LPUC5ME 

700 160–630 — 6 — — 1200 — 88MSX05ME — 88MSXC5ME 

List 

Price $ 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Note: All starter sizes carry one maximum Hp rating (per the National Electric Code). 




Notes 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 



17-80 



Lighting and Heating Control 

Electrically Held Lighting Contactors, Class LE 


Features 

Simplicity and compact lightweight design makes Class LE 

lighting contactors an attractive solution to your budgeting 

challenges. 



• Used in applications where it is not critical that contacts 

remain closed if control power is lost 

• Rated for tungsten lighting (incandescent filament), 

ballast lighting (fluorescent, HID, metal halide, mercury 

vapor, quartz halogen and sodium-lamp), resistive and 

general use loads 

• Contacts are rated 20 - 400 amps at 600 volts 

• 3 and 4 pole (up to 12 pole for 30 and 60 amp contactors) 

• Most contactors have built-in auxiliary contacts for 

convenient 3-wire control 

• Combination lighting contactors are UL Listed for Service 

Entrance 

• Wide range of coil voltages from 24 to 600 VAC 50/60Hz 

• Compact design allows for smaller panels and more 

wiring room 

• Finger and back-of-hand safe terminals 

• Panel and DIN rail mounting 

• Full line of enclosures including NEMA 1, 3/3R, 4, 4/4X 

stainless steel and 12 

• Available in combination form with choice of non-fusible 

disconnect, fusible disconnect or circuit breaker 

• Full line of factory and field modifications 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Features 


LE 0 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


B = Combination Circuit Breaker 

D = Combination Non-Fused Disconnect 

F = Combination Fusible Disconnect 

N = Non-Combination 

Disconnect Rating 

0 = N/A 

A = 30A/250V Disconnect 

B = 30A/600V Disconnect 

C = 60A/250V Disconnect 

D = 60A/600V Disconnect 

E = 100A/250V Disconnect 

F = 100A/600V Disconnect 

G = 200A/250V Disconnect 

H = 200A/600V Disconnect 

J = 400A/250V Disconnect 

K = 400A/600V Disconnect 

T = 20A Circuit Breaker 

V = 30A Circuit Breaker 

Y = 60A Circuit Breaker 

Z = 100A Circuit Breaker 


0 = Open 

1 = NEMA 1 

2 = NEMA 12/3R 

4 = NEMA 4/4X SS 

Contactor Rating (Amp) 

B = 20 

C = 30 

D = 60 

E = 100 

F = 200 

G = 300 

H = 400 

N.C. Poles 

0 = None 

N.O. Poles 

03 = Three 

04 = Four 

06 = Six 

09 = Nine 

12 = Twelve 

Coil Voltage (AC 60Hz) 

024 = 24 

120 = 120 

208 = 208 

240 = 240 

277 = 277 

347 = 347 

480 = 480 

600 = 600 

Series 

A = 200 – 400A Contactors 

B = 20 & 30A Contactors 

C = 60 & 100A Contactors 

17-82 






Selection 


Replace *** with a number from the coil table. 



Dimensions see page 17-135 for open, 

page 17-153 for enclosed. 

Wiring Diagram see page 17-170. 


Coil Table 

VAC 60Hz *** 

24 024 

120 120 

208 208 

240 240 

277 277 

347 a 347 

480 480 

600 600 

Replace the (***) with a number from 

the coil table. 

Non-Combination Contactor 


Normally Normally 

Max. Amp Number Closed Open Open 1 3/3R/12 4/4X 304 S.S. 

Rating of Poles Contacts Contacts Catalog Number 

20 

3 0 3 LEN00B003***B LEN01B003***B LEN02B003***B LEN04B003***B 

4 0 4 LEN00B004***B LEN01B004***B LEN02B004***B LEN04B004***B 

3 0 3 LEN00C003***B LEN01C003***B LEN02C003***B LEN04C003***B 


30 




3 0 3 LEN00D003***C LEN01D003***C LEN02D003***C LEN04D003***C 

60 




100 3 0 3 LEN00E003***C LEN01E003***C LEN02E003***C LEN04E003***C 

200 3 0 3 LEN00F003***A LEN01F003***A LEN02F003***A LEN04F003***A 

300 3 0 3 LEN00G003***A LEN01G003***A LEN02G003***A LEN04G003***A 

400 3 0 3 LEN00H003***A LEN01H003***A LEN02H003***A LEN04H003***A 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

a Not available on 60 - 400A contactors. 







Contactor LEN00B003 LEN00B004 LEN00C003 LEN00C004 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

General technical data: 

Finger-safe (main circuit / control circuit) yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes 

Altitude (m) 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 

Ambient storage temperature (°C) -55 to 80 -55 to 80 -55 to 80 -55 to 80 

Ambient operating temperature (°C) 0 to 40 0 to 40 0 to 40 0 to 40 

Humidity (% non-condensing) 10 to 95 10 to 95 10 to 95 10 to 95 

Shock resistance at rectangular impulse (g/ms) 6.7 / 5, 4.2 / 10 6.7 / 5, 4.2 / 10 7.5 / 5, 4.7 / 10 7.5 / 5, 4.7 / 10 

Shock resistance at sine pulse (g/ms) 10.5 / 5, 6.6 / 10 10.5 / 5, 6.6 / 10 11.8 / 5, 7.4 / 10 11.8 / 5, 7.4 / 10 

Mechanical operating cycles as operating time: 

of contactor 30,000,000 30,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 

of contactor with additional aux contacts 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 

Main circuit: 

Number of NC / NO main contacts 0NC / 3NO 0NC / 4NO 0NC / 3NO 0NC / 4NO 

Typical power loss per conductor (W) 0.7 0.7 0.9 0.9 

Off-load operating frequency (cycles per hour) 10,000 10,000 5,000 5,000 

Current ratings: 

Tungsten (poles per phase) 

Ballast (poles per phase) 

General and resistive (poles per phase) 

Coil ratings: 

20A @277V 1p 1ph 

20A @480V 2p 1ph 

20A @480V 3p 3ph 

20A @347V 1p 1ph 

20A @600V 2p 1ph 

20A @600V 3p 3ph 

20A @600V 1p 1ph 

20A @600V 2p 1ph 

20A @600V 3p 3ph 

20A @277V 1p 1ph 

20A @480V 2p 1ph 

20A @480V 3p 3ph 

20A @347V 1p 1ph 

20A @600V 2p 1ph 

20A @600V 3p 3ph 

20A @600V 1p 1ph 

20A @600V 2p 1ph 

20A @600V 3p 3ph 

30A @277V 1p 1ph 

30A @480V 2p 1ph 

30A @480V 3p 3ph 

30A @347V 1p 1ph 

30A @600V 2p 1ph 

30A @660V 3p 3ph 

30A @600V 1p 1ph 

30A @600V 2p 1ph 

30A @600V 3p 3ph 

Nominal voltage 2) 2) 2) 2) 

Inrush / sealed power (VA) 31.7 / 4.8 31.7 / 4.8 87 / 9.4 87 / 9.4 

Coil voltage tolerance factor 0.8 - 1.1 0.8 - 1.1 0.8 - 1.1 0.8 - 1.1 

Internal/standard auxiliary contact: 

30A @277V 1p 1ph 

30A @480V 2p 1ph 

30A @480V 3p 3ph 

30A @347V 1p 1ph 

30A @600V 2p 1ph 

30A @600V 3p 3ph 

30A @600V 1p 1ph 

30A @600V 2p 1ph 

30A @600V 3p 3ph 

Number of NC / NO auxiliary contacts 0NC / 1NO NA 1NC / 1NO 1NC / 1NO 

Rating A600 / Q600 NA A600 / Q600 A600 / Q600 

Installation/mounting/dimensions: 

Mounting orientation vertical vertical vertical vertical 

Type of mounting: screw / DIN rail yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes 

Height x Width x Depth (mm) 57.5 x 45 x 73 57.5 x 45 x 73 85 x 45 x 97 85 x 60 x 97 

Minimum clearance to sides (mm) 0 0 0 0 

Minimum clearance to earthed parts (mm) 6 6 6 6 

Connection type / torque for main circuit terminals screw / 7-10 lb in screw / 7-10 lb in screw / 18-22 lb in screw / 18-22 lb in 

Connection type / torque for control circuit terminals screw / 7-10 lb in screw / 7-10 lb in screw / 7-10 lb in screw / 7-10 lb in 

Solid and stranded conductors for 

main contacts (AWG) 

Solid and stranded conductors for 

control circuit (AWG) 

2x(20-16), 

2x(18-14), 2x(12) 

2x(20-16), 

2x(18-14) 

2x(20-16), 

2x(18-14), 2x(12) 

2x(20-16), 

2x(18-14) 

2x(6-12), 

2x(14-8) 

2x(20-16), 

2x(18-14) 

2x(6-12), 

2x(14-8) 

2x(20-16), 

2x(18-14) 

Conductor type for main and control circuits 75°C CU 75°C CU 75°C CU 75°C CU 

Short circuit current rating of main circuit: 

Short circuit current rating 5kA @ 600V 5kA @ 600V 5kA @ 600V 5kA @ 600V 

Max fuse / circuit breaker (Amp) 30 / 25 30 / 25 60 / 40 60 / 40 

Certificates: cULus cULus cULus cULus 

Must use an external (optional) auxiliary contact. 

2) Refer to catalog selection tables for coil voltages. 

17-84 






LEN00D003 LEN00E003 LEN00F003 LEN00G003 LEN00H003 

no / yes no / yes no / yes no / yes no / yes 

2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 

-55 to 80 -55 to 80 -55 to 80 -55 to 80 -55 to 80 

0 to 40 0 to 40 0 to 40 0 to 40 0 to 40 

10 to 95 10 to 95 10 to 95 10 to 95 10 to 95 

11.8 / 5, 7.4 / 10 6.7 / 5, 4 / 10 8.5 / 5, 4.2 / 10 8.5 / 5, 4.2 / 10 8.5 / 5, 4.2 / 10 

18.5 / 5, 10 / 10 10.6 / 5, 6.3 / 10 13.4 / 5, 6.5 / 10 13.4 / 5, 6.5 / 10 13.4 / 5, 6.5 / 10 


10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 

10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 

Main circuit: 

0NC / 3NO 0NC / 3NO 0NC / 3NO 0NC / 3NO 0NC / 3NO 

3.8 5.3 13 18 35 

5,000 5,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 


60A @277V 1p 1ph 

60A @480V 2p 1ph 

60A @480V 3p 3ph 

60A @347V 1p 1ph 

60A @600V 2p 1ph 

60A @600V 3p 3ph 

60A @347V 1p 1ph 

60A @600V 2p 1ph 

60A @600V 3p 3ph 

Coil ratings: 

100A @277V 1p 1ph 

100A @480V 2p 1ph 

100A @480V 3p 3ph 

100A @347V 1p 1ph 

100A @600V 2p 1ph 

100A @600V 3p 3ph 

100A @347V 1p 1ph 

100A @600V 2p 1ph 

100A @600V 3p 3ph 

200A @277V 1p 1ph 

200A @480V 2p 1ph 

200A @480V 3p 3ph 

200A @600V 1p 1ph 

200A @600V 2p 1ph 

200A @600V 3p 3ph 

200A @600V 1p 1ph 

200A @600V 2p 1ph 

200A @600V 3p 3ph 

300A @277V 1p 1ph 

300A @480V 2p 1ph 

300A @480V 3p 3ph 

300A @600V 1p 1ph 

300A @600V 2p 1ph 

300A @600V 3p 3ph 

300A @600V 1p 1ph 

300A @600V 2p 1ph 

300A @600V 3p 3ph 

400A @277V 1p 1ph 

400A @480V 2p 1ph 

400A @480V 3p 3ph 

400A @600V 1p 1ph 

400A @600V 2p 1ph 

400A @600V 3p 3ph 

400A@600V 1p 1ph 

400A @600V 2p 1ph 

400A @600V 3p 3ph 

2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 

188 / 16.5 326 / 22 300 / 5.8 590 / 6.7 830 / 9.2 

0.8 - 1.1 0.8 - 1.1 0.8 - 1.1 0.8 - 1.1 0.8 - 1.1 

Internal/standard auxiliary contact: 

1 N C / 1 N O 1 N C / 1 N O 2NC / 2NO 2NC / 2NO 2NC / 2NO 

A600 / P600 A600 / P600 A300 / Q300 A300 / Q300 A300 / Q300 


vertical vertical vertical vertical vertical 

yes / yes yes / yes yes / no yes / no yes / no 

113 x 55 x 130 140 x 70 x 152 172 x 120 x 180 210 x 145 x 202 214 x 160 x 225 

6 6 10 10 10 

6 6 10 10 10 

screw / 26-39 lb in screw / 26-39 lb in screw / 90-110 lb in screw / 180-195 lb in screw / 180-195 lb in 

screw / 7-10 lb in screw / 7-10 lb in screw / 7-10 lb in screw / 7-10 lb in screw / 7-10 lb in 

2 x (18 ... 2), 

1 x (18 ... 1) 

2 x (18 ... 2), 

1 x (18 ... 1) 

2x(6-3/0) 2x(2/0-500MCM) 2x(2/0-500MCM) 

2x (20 ... 16), 

2x (18 ... 14) 

2 x (18 ... 2), 

1 x (18 ... 1) 

2x(18-14) 2x(18-14) 2x(18-14) 

75°C CU 75°C CU 75°C CU 75°C CU 75°C CU 


5kA @ 600V 10kA @ 600V 10kA @ 600V 18kA @ 600V 18kA @ 600V 

100 / 80 200 / 125 400 / 250 600 / 400 800 / 500 

cULus cULus cULus cULus cULus 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Selection 






Wiring Diagram see page 17-170. 


Coil Table 

VAC 60Hz *** 

24 024 

120 120 

208 208 

240 240 

277 277 

347 347 

480 480 

600 600 

Replace the (***) with a number from 

the coil table. 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Combination Contactor 


Non-Fusible 

Fusible 


Max. 

Amp 

Rating 

Number 

of NO 

Poles 

Disc. 

Amp 

Rating 

Disc Amp/ 

Fuse Clip 

Rating 

Circuit 

Breaker 

Rating 


1 3/3R/12, 4 4/4X 304 S.S. 


20 3 30A — — LEDB1B003***B LEDB2B003***B LEDB4B003***B 

30 3 30A — — LEDB1C003***B LEDB2C003***B LEDB4C003***B 

60 3 60A — — LEDD1D003***B LEDD2D003***B LEDD4D003***B 

100 3 100A — — LEDF1E003***B LEDF2E003***B LEDF4E003***B 

200 3 200A — — LEDH1F003***A LEDH2F003***A LEDH4F003***A 

300 3 400A — — LEDK1G003***A LEDK2G003***A LEDK4G003***A 

20 

30 

60 

100 

200 

300 

3 — 30A/250V — LEFA1B003***B LEFA2B003***B LEFA4B003***B 

3 — 30A/600V — LEFB1B003***B LEFB2B003***B LEFB4B003***B 

3 — 30A/250V — LEFA1C003***B LEFA2C003***B LEFA4C003***B 

3 — 30A/600V — LEFB1C003***B LEFB2C003***B LEFB4C003***B 

3 — 60A/250V — LEFC1D003***B LEFC2D003***B LEFC4D003***B 

3 — 60A/600V — LEFD1D003***B LEFD2D003***B LEFD4D003***B 

3 — 100A/250V — LEFE1E003***B LEFE2E003***B LEFE4E003***B 

3 — 100A/600V — LEFF1E003***B LEFF2E003***B LEFF4E003***B 

3 — 200A/250V — LEFG1F003***A LEFG2F003***A LEFG4F003***A 

3 — 200A/600V — LEFH1F003***A LEFH2F003***A LEFH4F003***A 

3 — 400A/250V — LEFJ1G003***A LEFJ2G003***A LEFJ4G003***A 

3 — 400A/600V — LEFK1G003***A LEFK2G003***A LEFK4G003***A 

20 3 — — 20A LEBT1B003***B LEBT2B003***B LEBT4B003***B 

30 3 — — 30A LEBV1C003***B LEBV2C003***B LEBV4C003***B 

60 3 — — 60A LEBY1D003***B LEBY2D003***B LEBY4D003***B 

100 3 — — 100A LEBZ1E003***B LEBZ2E003***B LEBZ4E003***B 

Not available on 200 - 400A contactors. 

Type 4 painted enclosure through 100 Amp only. 

17-86 



Electrically Held Lighting Contactors, Class LC 

Features 

Class LC lighting contactors deliver unprecedented versatility 

in application, simplicity in configuration and performance in 

operation. Ingenious design, rugged construction and a host 

of truly useful features make them uniquely appealing to all 

those who use them. 

Convenient side access 

field power wiring. 

Contact position indication – when 

button protrudes, contact is closed 

. 

Power poles can easily be added at 

any time based on changing needs. 

Furthermore, they may be converted 

from NO to NC (or vice versa) simply 

by repositioning. 

A simple kit easily 

converts electrically held 

units to mechanically 

held and includes a 2- 

or 3-wire control module. 

Plug-in auxiliary contacts 

are NO when installed on 

the left side of the contactor, 

NC on the right. 

Standard base enables 

contactor to be field 

expandable for flexibility 

and future needs. 

Finger and back-of-hand 

safe terminals. 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

• Used in all applications where either electrically or 

mechanically held contactors are specifically suited and 

also ideal for maximum flexibility and future expansion 

• Rated for tungsten lighting (incandescent filament), ballast 

lighting (fluorescent, HID, metal halide, mercury vapor, quartz 

halogen and sodium-lamp), resistive and general use loads 

• Contacts are rated up to 30 amps at 600 volts 

• Up to 12 poles (maximum of 8 normally closed) 

• Wide range of coil voltages from 24 to 600 VAC 50/60Hz 

• Can be ordered as either electrically or mechanically held and 

can also be converted from electrically to mechanically held 

in the field with a simple conversion kit 

• Modular design enables you to stock the building block 

components to assemble all configurations of both the 

electrically and mechanically held contactors thus 

dramatically reducing inventory 

• Full line of enclosures including NEMA 1, 3/3R, 4, 4/4X 

stainless steel and 12 

• Full line of factory and field modifications 




Features 


LC E0 C A 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Controller Type 

E0 = Electrically Held 

(Convertible to MH) 


0 = Open 

1 = NEMA 1 

2 = NEMA 12/3R 

4 = NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel 

Contactor Rating (Amp) 

C = 30 

N.C. Poles 

0 = None 

1 = One 

2 = Two 

3 = Three 

4 = Four 

5 = Five 

6 = Six 

7 = Seven 

8 = Eight 

N.O. Poles 

00 = None 

01 = One 

02 = Two 

03 = Three 

04 = Four 

05 = Five 

06 = Six 

07 = Seven 

08 = Eight 

09 = Nine 

10 = Ten 

11 = Eleven 

12 = Twelve 

Coil Voltage 

024 = 24V 60Hz / 20V 50Hz 

120 = 115-120V 60Hz / 110V 50Hz 

208 = 200-208V 60Hz 

240 = 230-240V 60Hz / 220V 50Hz 

277 = 277V 60Hz / 240V 50Hz 

347 = 347V 60Hz 

480 = 460-480V 60Hz / 440V 50Hz 

600 = 575-600V 60Hz / 550V 50Hz 

17-88 





To order standard electrically held contactor, 

simply select catalog number from tables below. 

To order mechanically held contactor, select 

catalog number from tables below and specify 

conversion module from factory modification 

section from page 17-117. 

To convert standard electrically held contactor 

to mechanically held in the field, select 

catalog number from tables below and select 

conversion module kit from field modification 

section on page 17-104. 




Dimensions see page 17-134 open, 

page 17-153 enclosed. 




Coil Table 

Selection 

VAC 60Hz *** 

24 024 

120 120 

208 208 

240 240 

277 277 

347 347 

480 480 

600 600 

Replace the (***) with a number 

from the coil table. 

Non-Combination Contactor (30 Amp max.) 


No. of Poles 

Open 1 3/3R/12 4/4X 304 S.S. 

N.C. N.O. Catalog Number 

2 

LCE00C200***A LCE01C200***A LCE02C200***A LCE04C200***A 

3 LCE00C300***A LCE01C300***A LCE02C300***A LCE04C300***A 


5 0 LCE00C500***A LCE01C500***A LCE02C500***A LCE04C500***A 




1 





1 





0 










0 












17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Selection 

Non-Combination Contactor (30 Amp max.) 




17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

No. of Poles 

Open 1 3/3R/12 4/4X 304 S.S. 

N.C. N.O. Catalog Number 

0 










0 








0 








0 






0 






0 




0 






17-90 





General technical data: 

Finger-safe (main circuit / control circuit) 

yes / yes 

Degree of pollution 3 

Altitude (m) 2,000 

Ambient storage temperature (°C) -30 to 65 

Ambient operating temperature (°C) -25 to 40 

Humidity (% non-condensing) 

no data 

Shock resistance at rectangular impulse (g/ms) 

no data 

Shock resistance at sine pulse (g/ms) 

no data 

Rated impulse voltage resistance (kV) 

no data 

Rated insulation voltage (V) 600 


of contactor 100,000 

of contactor with additional aux contacts 100,000 

Main circuit: 

Number of main contacts 

2 - 12 (maximum of 8 NC) 

Typical power loss per conductor (W) 

no data 

Off-load operating frequency (cycles per hour) 

60 for continued operation 


20A @277V 1p 1ph 

Tungsten (poles per phase) 

20A @480V 2p 1ph 

20A @480V 3p 3ph 

30A @347V 1p 1ph 

Ballast (poles per phase) 

30A @600V 2p 1ph 

30A @600V 3p 3ph 

30A @600V 1p 1ph 

General and resistive (poles per phase) 

30A @600V 2p 1ph 

30A @600V 3p 3ph 

Coil ratings: 

Nominal voltage 

(refer to coil voltage table) 

Inrush / sealed power (VA) 248 / 28 

Coil voltage tolerance factor 0.85 - 1.1 

External/optional auxiliary contact: 


2NC / 2NO max 

Rating 

A600, 24VDC, 24VAC 


Mounting orientation 

vertical 

Type of mounting: screw / DIN rail 

yes / no 

Height x Width x Depth (mm) 188 x 106 x 98 

Minimum clearance to sides (mm) 12.7 

Minimum clearance to earthed parts (mm) 12.7 

Connection type / torque: 

Main contact terminals 

screw / 35 lb in 

Coil terminals 


Auxiliary contact terminals 

screw / 7-12 lb in 

Control module terminals 


Solid and stranded conductors (AWG): 

Main contact terminals 

1x(14-8), #8 solid or stranded 

2x(14-8), #8 stranded only 

Coil terminals 

2x(18-14) 

Auxiliary contact terminals 

2x(22-12) 

Control module terminals 

1x(22-12) 

Conductor type for main / control circuits 

75°C CU / 60-75°C CU 


Short circuit current rating 

(see SCCR tables) 

Certificates: 

cUL 

Coil voltages: 

24V 60Hz / 20V 50Hz 

115-120V 60Hz / 110V 50Hz 

200-208V 60Hz 

230-240V 60Hz / 220V 50Hz 

277V 60Hz / 240V 50Hz 

347V 60Hz 

460-480V 60Hz / 440V 50Hz 

575-600V 60Hz / 550V 50Hz 

Short circuit current ratings with fuses: 

Max. 

Device 

Max. 

Volt. 

Fuse 

Rating 

(Amps) 

SCCR 

(kA) 

600 RK fuse 60 5 

Short circuit current ratings with circuit breakers: 

Max. 

Volt. 

Siemens 

Listed 

Circuit 

Breaker 

Max. 

Device 

Rating 

(Amps) 

600 NGG3B040L 40 5 

480 HEG3B040L 40 5 

480 ED63B040L 40 5 

480 NGG3B040L 40 5 

Conversion module: 

Input Volt. 

(AC) 

Steady State 

Current @ Rated 

Volts (mA) 

Max. 

VA 

24 80 5 

115-120 83 12 

200-277 91 30 

Conversion module: 

Min. pulse duration (3-wire module) 

Max. allowable leakage current 

EMI 

Surge transient peak 

Frequency range 

250ms 

1.8 mA 

35 V/m 

6 kV 

40-70 Hz 

SCCR 

(kA) 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


Lighting and Heating Contactors 

Mechanically and Magnetically Held Lighting Contactors, Class CLM 

Selection 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

CLM 20 Amp 

CLM 100 Amp 

Mechanically Latched Lighting 

and Heating Contactor 

The CLM Lighting Contactors can be 

used with metal halide, mercury vapor, 

quartz halogen, tungsten and fluorescent 

lighting. They provide reliable and 

convenient lighting control in numerous 

applications, such as industrial plants, 

schools, hospitals, office buildings, 

shopping centers, airports, stadiums . . . 

literally everywhere lighting is required. 

The CLMs are listed under UL 508 

with no derating when used open or 

enclosed. Combination lighting 

contactors are listed for UL service 

entrance. 

UL listed File #E60310 

CSA Certified File LR 6535 

Type CLM 20 Amp Lighting 

Contactor Solid State Control 

Modules 

The CLM 20 amp lighting contactor 

is an electromagnetically operated, 

mechanically latched three wire control 

contactor. The most commonly used 

method of control is a three position 

momentary contact switch with a 

center-off position. The controlling 

device must be able to make the coil 

inrush current but need not break it. 

The coil current is interrupted by the 

control contacts within the CLM 

contactor. Power for the control line may 

come from a separate source or directly 

from the line side of the CLM contactor. 

The CLM contactor can also be 

controlled by devices such as: 

b Break-glass control stations 

b Timers having single pole, double 

throw contacts 

b Photo-electric cells a 

b Energy management systems a 

b Microprocessors a 

b Occupancy sensors a 

Control modules make it possible to 

use a controlling device that does not 

have enough current-carrying capacity 

to control the CLM contactor directly. 

Control modules are also used when 

the control station is to be located at 

a distance greater than the allowable 

contactor line run. 

Another use for control modules occurs 

when the controlling device is only 

available as a single pole single-throw 

contact necessitating a two wire 

control line. 

Still another application for control 

modules is when start-stop three 

wire control is needed. 

Control modules also can make it 

possible to operate the CLM coil from 

its own incoming line at one voltage 

while providing the control at a 

second, perhaps lower voltage. 

Two Wire Control Module 

(Accessory 47) 

The advantages of two wire controls are: 

1. Control station can have lower 

ampacity rating. 

2. Control station can be located an 

extended distance from the CLM 

contactor. 

3. Control module can frequently be 

controlled directly from 

microprocessor. 

4. Control devices can be two wire 

single pole, single-throw types. 

5. Control voltage may be different than 

the CLM coil circuit and at a lower 

voltage level. 

Note: If the control power to the solid 

state control module is lost while the 

module is energized the lighting 

contactor will open. If the line power 

to the lighting contactor is lost while the 

contactor is energized the contactor will 

not change state with return of line 

voltage. Power will be restored to 

the load if the control module is still 

energized. Control station should 

be the maintained type. 

Three Wire Control Module 


1. The accessory 48 consists of two 

relays with contacts appropriately 

interconnected which provides for an 

interlocking that prevents both relays 

from being energized simultaneously. 

2. This module has similar characteristics 

to the two wire module (Accessory 47) 

except there is no change of switch 

contact position upon loss of control line 

power. Control stations should be the 

momentary type. 

Stop-Start Control Module 


Stop-start three wire maintained control 

is an arrangement used mostly when 

controlling motors, but can be used in 

lighting applications. 

Any number of momentary contact 

control stations consisting of normally 

open start buttons and normally closed 

stop buttons can be used. Start buttons 

are connected in parallel and stop 

buttons in series. 

Operation (Magnetic Latch) 

A permanent magnet is built into the 

contactor structure of the 30A, 60A, 

100A, and 200A contactors that will 

maintain the contactor in its energized 

state indefinitely without using control 

power. When energized, a DC current is 

applied that produces a magnetic field 

that reinforces the polarity of the 

permanent magnet, and the contactor 

pulls in immediately. The current 

to the coil is disconnected by the coil 

clearing interlock. In order to drop out 

the contactor, it is necessary to apply a 

field through the OFF coil in the reverse 

direction to the permanent magnet. 

This momentarily cancels the magnetic 

attraction and the contactor drops out. 

Coil and module failures are possible 

when used with solid state relays and 

PLC outputs. 24-volt systems are ok to 

use, but 120 volts and above should be 

discouraged. If higher values cannot 

be avoided, an interposing relay should 

be used. 

(Mechanically Latched) 

The 300 & 400A lighting and heating 

contactors operate using a latching 

mechanism. 

Closing – When the “close” pushbutton 

is operated, the closing coil is energized, 

closing the contactor. As the contactor 

closes, the latch lever hooks over the 

latch pin to mechanically latch the 

contactor closed. The coil-clearing 

auxiliary contact de-energizes the 

closing coil. 

Opening – When the “Trip” pushbutton 

is operated, the trip solenoid coil is 

energized, unhooking the latch lever 

from the latch pin, which allows the 

contactor to open. As the contactor 

opens, the coil-clearing auxiliary contact 

de-energizes the trip solenoid coil. 

a Operation through control modules. 

17-92 



Mechanically and Magnetically Held Lighting Contactors, Class CLM 


E 


E Field modification kits see page 17-102. 

E Factory modifications see page 17-114. 

E Dimensions see page 17-139 open page 17-153 enclosed. 

E Wiring Diagrams see page 17-173. 

E Replacement parts see page 17-123. 


Coil Table 

60Hz Voltage 

Selection 

Number 

24 b 024 

120 120 

208 208 

240 240 

277 277 

480 480 

600 600 

Open and Non-combination Enclosed Contactors 

Open Type 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 NEMA 12 NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel 

General Purpose NEMA 3/3R Watertight, Dust-tight, 


Corrosion Resistant, 

Max 

Weatherproof 


Amp Number 

Rating of Poles Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ 

2 CLM1B02*** CLM2B02*** CLMSB02*** 



20 6 see table CLM1B06*** CLM2B06*** CLMSB06*** 

8 below CLM1B08*** CLM2B08*** CLMSB08*** 



2 CLM0C02*** CLM1C02*** CLM2C02*** CLMSC02*** 




30 6 CLM0C06*** CLM1C06*** CLM2C06*** — — 

8 CLM0C08*** CLM1C08*** CLM2C08*** — — 

9 CLM0C09*** CLM1C09*** CLM2C09*** — — 

10 CLM0C10*** CLM1C10*** CLM2C10*** — — 

12 CLM0C12*** CLM1C12*** CLM2C12*** — — 

2 CLM0D02*** CLM1D02*** CLM2D02*** CLMSD02*** 




60 6 CLM0D06*** CLM1D06*** CLM2D06*** — — 

8 CLM0D08*** CLM1D08*** CLM2D08*** — — 

9 CLM0D09*** CLM1D09*** CLM2D09*** — — 

10 CLM0D10*** CLM1D10*** CLM2D10*** — — 

12 CLM0D12*** CLM1D12*** CLM2D12*** — — 

2 CLM0E02*** CLM1E02*** CLM2E02*** CLMSE02*** 

100 




2 CLM0F02*** CLM1F02*** CLM2F02*** CLMSF02*** 

200 




300 

2 CLM0G02*** CLM1G02*** CLM2G02*** — — 

3 CLM0G03*** CLM1G03*** CLM2G03*** — — 

400 

2 CLM0H02*** CLM1H02*** CLM2H02*** — — 

3 CLM0H03*** CLM1H03*** CLM2H03*** — — 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Open 20 Amp Contactors 

Max 

110–120V Coil 50/60Hz 208–240V Coil 50/60Hz 265–277V Coil 50/60Hz 

Amp Number 

Rating of Poles a Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ 

2 CLM22031 CLM22061 CLM22071 

3 CLM32031 CLM32061 CLM32071 

4 CLM42031 CLM42061 CLM42071 

20 6 CLM62031 CLM62061 CLM62071 

8 CLM82031 CLM82061 CLM82071 

10 CLM102031 CLM102061 CLM102071 

12 CLM122031 CLM122061 CLM122071 

a Contactors with 2–6-poles will be assembled with 

all poles located in the top portion of the contactor. 

Contactors with 8–12-poles will be assembled with 

6-poles in the top portion and the remaining poles in 

the bottom portion of the contactor. 

b 24 volt coils are not available on 20, 300 and 400 amp 

contactor sizes. For 24 volt control of 20 amp contactor 

select solid state control module. 

CLM 30 & 60A 6-12-pole can be field assembled. 

Order mounting kit 49MCMPMA and the appropriate 

number of 2-5 pole contactors. 

480 or 600 volt coils are not available on 20 amp 

contactors. 




Combination Mechanically and Magnetically Held Lighting Contactors, Class CM 


E 


E Field modification kits see page 17-102. 

E Factory modifications see page 17-114. 

E Dimensions see page 17-153. 

E Wiring Diagrams see page 17-173. 

E Replacement parts see page 17-123. 

Coil Table 

60Hz Voltage 


Selection 

Number 

24 a 024 

120 120 

208 208 

240 240 

277 277 

480 480 

600 600 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Combination Lighting Contactors 

Enclosure 

NEMA 1 NEMA 12, NEMA 3/3R NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel 

General Purpose NEMA 4 Painted (thru 100 amps) Watertight, Dust-tight, 


Corrosion Resistant, 

Contactor Number Disc Disc Amp/ Circuit Weatherproof, Watertight, Dust-tight 304 Stainless Steel 

Disconnect Amp of NO Amp Fuse Clip Breaker 

Type Rating Poles Rating Rating Rating Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ 

20 3 30A — — CMNB14*** CMNB24*** CMNBS4*** 

30 3 30A — — CMNC14*** CMNC24*** CMNCS4*** 

Non-Fusible 

60 3 60A — — CMND15*** CMND25*** CMNDS5*** 

100 3 100A — — CMNE16*** CMNE26*** CMNES6*** 

200 3 200A — — CMNF17*** CMNF27*** CMNFS7*** 

300 3 400A — — CMNG18*** CMNG28*** CMNGS8*** 

20 

3 — 30A/250V — CMFB10*** CMFB20*** CMFBS0*** 

3 — 30A/600V — CMFB11*** CMFB21*** CMFBS1*** 

30 

3 — 30A/250V — CMFC10*** CMFC20*** CMFCS0*** 

3 — 30A/600V — CMFC11*** CMFC21*** CMFCS1*** 

Fusible 

60 

3 — 60A/250V — CMFD12*** CMFD22*** CMFDS2*** 

3 — 60A/600V — CMFD13*** CMFD23*** CMFDS3*** 

100 

3 — 100A/250V — CMFE14*** CMFE24*** CMFES4*** 

3 — 100A/600V — CMFE15*** CMFE25*** CMFES5*** 

200 

3 — 200A/250V — CMFF16*** CMFF26*** CMFFS6*** 

3 — 200A/600V — CMFF17*** CMFF27*** CMFFS7*** 

300 

3 — 400A/250V — CMFG18*** CMFG28*** CMFGS8*** 

3 — 400A/600V — CMFG19*** CMFG29*** CMFGS9*** 

20 3 — — 20A CMBB14*** CMBB24*** CMBBS4*** 

Circuit 30 3 — — 30A CMBC15*** CMBC25*** CMBCS5*** 

Breaker 60 3 — — 60A CMBD18*** CMBD28*** CMBDS8*** 

100 3 — — 100A CMBE18*** CMBE28*** CMBES8*** 

200 3 — — 200A CMBF10*** CMBF20*** CMBFS0*** 

300 3 — — 300A CMBG11*** CMBG21*** CMBGS1*** 

Lighting & Heating Contactor Ratings CLM 

Maximum AC/DC Voltage and 

Amp Ratings 

Poles to Load 

Load Amperes 2 for 1-Phase 

Type Continuous 1 for 1-Phase 3 for 3-Phase 

Tungsten 20 250V AC 250V AC 

Ballast 20 347V AC 600V AC 

General 30 347V AC 600V AC 

General 20 125V DC 250V DC 

Inrush Current Over Fuse Size (amps RMS) 

at AC Control Voltage 20A CLM 

Amps 120V 240V 277V 347V 480V 

Inrush 5.0 2.5 2.2 1.8 1.3 

Fuse 2.0 1.0 1.0 0.75 0.5 

Contactor Ratings 

Load Amperes Max Volts Max Volts 

Type Continuous Line to Line Line to Neutral 

Tungsten 30-400 480 277 

Ballast 30-400 600 346 

Heating 30-400 600 346 

AC Coil Data 

Contactor 

Amperes No. Poles Inrush VA Dropout VA 

20 2-12 625 6 

30 2-5 410 40 

60 2-3 410 40 

60 4-5 600 40 

100/200 2-3 900 200 

100/200 4-5 1300 130 

300/400 2-3 1600 550 

a 24 volt coils are not available on 20 and 300 amp contactors. 

Use solid state control module on 20 amp size. 

600 volt coils are not available on 20 amp 

contactors. 

17-94 



Industrial Control Power Transformers 

Class MT 


General 

Features 

b Enclosed coils (50-5000VA); 

Completely encloses the transformer 

coils against moisture, dust, dirt and 

industrial contaminants for maximum 

protection in hostile and industrial environments. 

b Fuse clips (most models). Factory 

mounted for integral fusing on the 

secondary side to save panel space, 

save wiring time and save the cost 

of buying an add-on fuse block or kit 

b Integrally finger safe terminals. 

Between terminals and transformer, 

protect against electrical creepage. 

Up to 30% greater terminal contact 

area permits low-loss connections. 

Extra-deep barriers reduce the chance 

of shorts from frayed leads or careless 

wiring 

b Terminals. Molded into the 

transformer, are difficult to break 

during wiring. A full quarter-inch of 

thread on the 8-32 terminal screws 

prevents stripping and pullout 

b Jumpers supplied. Two jumper links 

are standard with all transformers 

which can be wired for dual primary 

voltages 

Operation 

Industrial control circuits and motor 

control loads typically require more 

current when they are initially energized 

than under normal operating conditions. 

This period of high current demand, 

referred to as inrush, may be as great 

as ten times the current required under 

steady state (normal) operating 

conditions, and can last up to 40 

milliseconds. A transformer in a circuit 

subject to inrush will typically attempt 

to provide the load with the required 

current during the inrush period. 

However, it will be at 

the expense of the secondary voltage 

stability by allowing the voltage to 

the load to decrease as the current 

increases. This period of secondary 

voltage instability, resulting from 

increased current, can be of such 

magnitude that the transformer is 

unable to supply sufficient voltage to 

energize the load. The transformer 

must therefore be designed and 

constructed to accommodate the high 

inrush current, while maintaining 

secondary voltage stability. According 

to NEMA standards, the secondary 

voltage would typically be 

at 85% of the rated voltage. 


are specifically designed and built to 

provide adequate voltage to the load 

while accommodating the high current 

levels present at inrush. These 

transformers deliver excellent 

secondary voltage regulation and meet 

or exceed the standards established 

by NEMA, ANSI, UL and cUL. Their 

rugged construction and excellent 

electrical characteristics ensure reliable 

operation of electromagnetic devices 

and trouble-free performance. 


b Laminations are built with silicon 

steel to minimize core losses and 

to increase optimum performance and 

efficiency 

b Copper magnet wire of the highest 

quality assures efficient operation 

b Factory mounted type “K” fuse 

clips are standard on all secondary 

transformers where possible 

b Two jumper links are standard with 

all transformers which can be wired 

for dual primary voltages 

b cUL Listed and CSA certified 

b 50/60 Hz rated 

b Insulation materials are of the 

highest rating available for the 

temperature class 

b Mounting plate is heavy gauge steel 

to add strength to core construction 

and provide stable mounting. Slotted 

mounting feet permit easy installation 

b Attractive black finish; easy-to-read 

nameplate with complete rating data 

and wiring diagram 

b Class 130°C (226°F) insulation 

system. 80°C (176°F) temperature 

rise. (50-750VA typical) 

b Class 180°C (356°F) insulation 

system. 120°C (248°F) temperature 

rise. (1000–5000VA typical) 

b Optional field mounted 2-pole 

primary Class CC fuse block is 

available 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



Class MTG 

General 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Features 

b Class MTG Industrial Control Transformers are 100% 

certified for all domestic and International Applications 

b The MTG line has full compliance with IEC Safety 

standards EN 61 558 

b CE Mark in accordance with requirements for EN 61 558 

b Meets IP-20 specifications per IEC 529 for finger-safe 

protection because all of our CPTs come standard with 

touchsafe terminals, both primary and secondary sides. 

There is no need to buy any terminal cover accessories. 

b UL Listed 

b Exceeds applicable requirements for control transformers as 

determined by NEMA and ANSI 

b Insulation requirements is twice that of UL5085 

b Available in 50 to 750 VA sizes, in all standard voltage 

combinations 

b Class 130°C (226°F) insulation system. 80°C (176°F) 

temperature rise. (50-750VA typical) 

b Class 180°C (356°F) insulation system. 120°C (248°F) 

temperature rise. (1000–5000VA typical) 

b Primary and secondary fusing capability available as field 

installed kits for domestic or international fusing 

b Integrally-molded terminals and barriers between terminals 

make breakage virtually impossible during wiring. The MTG 

transformer construction is the same as our high quality 

Class MT transformers 

Optional Field Installed Fuse Clip Kits For Panel 

Mounting 

b 2-Pole primary Class CC fuse block 

b 1-Pole secondary midget fuse block for 13 ⁄32 u 1 1 ⁄2 fuses 

b 2-Pole primary international type fuse blocks 

b 1-Pole secondary international type fuse blocks 

Touch safe terminals are standard on all CPTs 

The Touch-Safe terminals are designed to comply with IEC 

742 and IP 20 requirements. The international fuse block kits 

have inherent touch safe terminals and fuse clips. 

Siemens Meets International Standards 

CSA (Canadian Standards Association) was utilized as a 

Competent Body in reviewing, interpreting and properly 

complying with the requirements of IEC-742 to place a CE 

mark on its MTG Series product. As a National Certification 

Body, CSA also has the proper documentation and reports 

on file for MTG Series to utilize the CB Scheme ensuring 

acceptance throughout the world. 

The standard Siemens MTG product is available with terminal 

covers which meets the requirements of IEC-529, IP20 

degree of protection and meets the applicable requirements 

for covers per IEC-742. 

IEC-742 

The requirements for industrial control circuit transformers 

to be used in the European Common Market are identified 

by the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) and 

specified under IEC-742, Non-Short Circuit Proof Isolating 

Transformers, under the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC. 

Manufacturers of control transformers indicate compliance 

with these requirements by placing a CE mark on the 

product. 

b Winding to winding insulation requirements may be twice 

that for IEC-742 compared to UL506 

b The electrical clearances between current carrying parts 

are one-third greater to comply with IEC-742 requirements 

for units up to 250VA with voltages up to 440 volts ac 

b Transformers manufactured to IEC-742 requirements 

will have a minimum of 10% higher overload capacity 

than those manufactured only to UL506 requirements 

While no requirement exists in IEC-742 for the electrical 

connections to be either finger safe or touch proof, the 

specification does state that IF a transformer is supplied 

with a cover to prevent incidental contact with current 

carrying parts, that cover must utilize two separate methods 

or places of securing it to the component, with neither being 

dependent upon the other. Additionally, one of these methods 

MUST require a tool to remove it. 

IEC-529 

The requirements for finger-safe or touch-proof electrical 

connections are identified by the International Electrotechnical 

Commission (IEC) under specification 529, Classification of 

Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures. These various 

degrees of protection are identified and differentiated by IP 

ratings. 

The IP specification which most closely approximates 

protection to a human finger is IP20. This IP rating would 

be the most common degree of touch-proof connection 

for electrical components such as transformers. 

EN 61 558 

The requirements for industrial control transformers to be 

used in the European Common Market are identified 

by the IEC and specified in EN 61 558, Safety of Power 

Control Transformers, under Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC. 

CE mark on the product indicates compliance. 

17-96 



Class MT, MTG 

General 

Transformer Selection 

Process 

Selecting a transformer for industrial 

control circuit applications requires 

knowledge of the following terms: 

Inrush VA is the product of load voltage 

(V) multiplied by the current (A) that 

is required during circuit start-up. It 

is calculated by adding the inrush VA 

requirements of all devices (contactors, 

timers, relays, pilot lights, solenoids, 

etc.), which will be energized 

together. Inrush VA requirements are 

best obtained from the component 

manufacturer. 

Sealed VA is the product of load 

voltage (V) multiplied by the current (A) 

that is required to operate the circuit 

after initial start-up or under normal 

operating conditions. It is calculated by 

adding the sealed VA requirements of 

all electrical components of the circuit 

that will be energized at any given 

time. Sealed VA requirements are 

best obtained from the component 

manufacturer. Sealed VA is also 

referred to as steady state VA. 

Primary Voltage is the voltage available 

from the electrical distribution 

system and its operational frequency, 

which is connected to the transformer 

supply voltage terminals. 

Secondary Voltage is the voltage 

required for load operation which is connected 

to the transformer load 

voltage terminals. 

Once the circuit variables have been determined, transformer selection is a simple 

5-step process as follows: 

1. Determine the Application Inrush VA by using the following industry accepted formula: 

——————————– 

Application Inrush VA = √(Inrush VA) 2 r (Sealed VA) 2 

2. Refer to the Regulation Data Chart. If the primary voltage is basically stable and 

does not vary by more than 5% from nominal, the 90% secondary voltage column 

should be used. If the primary voltage varies between 5% and 10% of nominal, 

the 95% secondary voltage column should be used. 

3. After determining the proper secondary voltage column, read down until a value 

equal to or greater than the Application Inrush VA is found. In no case should a 

figure less than the Application Inrush VA be used. 

4. Read left to the Transformer VA Rating column to determine the proper 

transformer for this application. As a final check, make sure that the Transformer 

VA Rating is equal to or greater than the total sealed requirements. If not, select 

a transformer with a VA rating equal to or greater than the total sealed VA. 

5. Refer to the following pages to determine the proper catalog number based 

on the transformer VA, and primary and secondary voltage requirements. 

Regulation Data Chart 

Inrush VA At 20% Power Factor 

NEMA/IEC NEMA/IEC NEMA/IEC 

Transformer 95% Sec 90% Sec 85% Sec 

VA Ratings Voltage Voltage Voltage 

25 100/––– 130/––– 150/––– 

50 170/190 200/220 240/270 

75 310/350 410/460 540/600 

100 370/410 540/600 730/810 

150 780/860 930/1030 1150/1270 

200 810/900 1150/1270 1450/1600 

250 1400/1540 1900/2090 2300/2530 

300 1900/2090 2700/2970 3850/4240 

350 3100/3410 3650/4020 4800/5280 

500 4000/4400 5300/5830 7000/7700 

750 8300/9130 11000/12100 14000/15400 

1000 a 15000/––– 21000/––– 27000/––– 

1000 b 9000/––– 13000/––– 18500/––– 

1500 10500/––– 15000/––– 205000/––– 

2000 17000/––– 25500/––– 34000/––– 

3000 24000/––– 36000/––– 47500/––– 

5000 55000/––– 92500/––– 115000/––– 

To comply with NEMA standards, which require all magnetic devices to operate successfully at 85% of rated voltage, the 

90% secondary voltage column is most often used in selecting a transformer. 

a For units with Class 105°C insulation systems. 

b For units with Class 180°C insulation systems. 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Fuse Clip Kit KCCFPX2R 

Primary Fuse Kit 

In addition to factory installed secondary 

fusing, Siemens offers a primary 

fuse kit for class MT transformers size 

50–750 VA for field installation. The 

primary fuse kit includes a 2-pole Class 

cc fuse block, instructions and all 

associated mounting and wiring 

hardware. Additionally, this fuse kit 

will fit most competitors’ units. To 

order this kit, use catalog number 

KCCFPX2R. The primary fuse kit, 

when installed, will add a maximum of 

0.69 in. (18 mm) to the transformer “A” 

dimension and 1.94 in. (49 mm) to the 

“C” dimension. 

Primary Fuse Kit Installation—Class MT Transformer with Primary Fuse Kit, KCCFPX2R 



Domestic, Class MT 


Selection 


E Use the Voltage Table to determine the 

primary and secondary voltage required. 

E Field Modifications see page 17-110. 

E Dimension and wiring diagrams are 

available in CAD and PDF format on 

SIOS. 

E All MT and MTG CPTs come standard 

with touch safe terminals. 

Voltage Table 

Primary Volts 50/60 Hz Secondary Volts Letter 

240 X 480, 230 X 460, 220 X 440 120/115/110 A 

240 X 480 24 B 

120 X 240 24 C 

115 X 230 24 D 

550/575/600 110/115/120 E 

208/277 120 F 

208/230/460 115 G 

230/460/575 95/115 H 

380/400/415 110 X 220 I 

208/230/460, 200/220/440,240/480 24 X 115, 23 X 110, 25 X 120 J 

240/416/480/600, 230/400/460/575, 99/120/130, 95/115/125, 

220/380/440/550, 208/500 91/110/120, 85/100/110 

L 

240 X 480 120 X 240 M 

Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter 

VA 

A B C D E F 

Rating Catalog No List Price $ Catalog No List Price $ Catalog No List Price $ Catalog No List Price $ Catalog No List Price $ Catalog No List Price $ 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

50 MT0050A MT0050B MT0050C MT0050D MT0050E MT0050F 









750 MT0750A MT0750B — — — — MT0750E MT0750F 

1000 MT1000A — — — — — — MT1000E — — 

1500 MT1500A — — — — — — — — — — 

2000 MT2000A — — — — — — — — — — 

3000 MT3000A — — — — — — — — — — 

5000 MT5000A — — — — — — — — — — 

Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter 

VA 

G H I J L M 

Rating Catalog No List Price $ Catalog No List Price $ Catalog No List Price $ Catalog No List Price $ Catalog No List Price $ Catalog No List Price $ 

50 MT0050G MT0050H MT0050I MT0050J MT0050L MT0050M 

75 MT0075G MT0075H MT0075I MT0075J — — MT0075M 






350 MT0350G MT0350H — MT0350I MT0350J MT0350L MT0350M 


750 MT0750G MT0750H MT0750I — — MT0750L MT0750M 

1000 MT1000G MT1000H MT1000I — — — — MT1000M 

1500 MT1500G MT1500H MT1500I — — — — MT1500M — 

2000 MT2000G MT2000H MT2000I — — — — MT2000M — 

3000 MT3000G MT3000H MT3000I — — — — MT3000M — 

5000 MT5000G MT5000H — — — — — — MT5000M — 

17-98 




International, Class MTG 


Selection 


E Use the Voltage Table to determine 

the primary and secondary voltage 

required. 

E Field Modifications see page 17-110. 

E Dimension and wiring diagrams are 

available in CAD and PDF format on 

SIOS. 

E All MT and MTG CPTs come standard 

with touch safe terminals. 

Voltage Table 

Primary Volts 50/60 Hz Secondary Volts Letter 

240 X 480, 230 X 460, 220 X 440 120/115/110 A 

240 X 480 24 B 

120 X 240 24 C 

550/575/600 110/115/120 E 

380/400/415 110 X 220 I 

208/230/460, 200/220/440, 240/480 24 X 115, 23 X 110, 25 X 120 J 

380 24 P 

Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter Voltage Letter 

VA 

A B C E I J P 

Rating Catalog No List Price $ Catalog No List Price $ Catalog No List Price $ Catalog No List Price $ Catalog No List Price $ Catalog No List Price $ Catalog No List Price $ 

50 MTG0050A MTG0050B MTG0050C MTG0050E MTG0050I MTG0050J MTG0050P 










1000 MTG1000A MTG1000B MTG1000C — MTG1000E — MTG1000I — MTG1000J — — 

1500 MTG1500A — — — — MTG1500E — MTG1500I — — — — — 

2000 MTG2000A — — — — MTG2000E — MTG2000I — — — — — 

3000 MTG3000A — — — — MTG3000E — MTG3000I — — — — — 

5000 MTG5000A — — — — MTG5000E — MTG5000I — — — — — 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 




Class SMF, MMS, MRS 

Accessories—Class SMF 

Catalog List 

Description Number Price $ 

Handle Guard Kit with Padlock Provision 

SMFFL1 


SMFPB1 

Additional Key for Key Operated Devices 

SMFFK1 

Pilot Light Kits—Class MMS, MRS a 

Red 

Green 

Voltage 

Pilot Light 

Pilot Light 

Device Rating Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ 

Class SMF 115–277V AC SMFPL10 SMFPL10G 

Selection 

Accessories—Class MMS, MRS 

List 

Description Catalog Number Price $ 

Handle Guard Kit with Padlock Provision 

SMFFL1 


SMFPB1 

Additional Key for Key Operated Devices 

SMFFK1 

Pilot Light Kits—Class MMS, MRS a 

Red 

Green 

Voltage 

Pilot Light 

Pilot Light 

Device Rating Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ 

110–120V AC SMFPL11 SMFPL11G 

Class MMS 208–277V AC SMFPL12 SMFPL12G 

440–600V AC SMFPL13 SMFPL13G 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Enclosures—Class SMF 

Catalog List 

Enclosure Type For Use With SMF Number Price $ 

Standard Size 

NEMA 1 


Oversized 

NEMA Type 1 


NEMA 3R, 4, 12 

Watertight 

Dust-tight 

FO1, FO1P, FO2, FO2P, FO3, 

FO3P, FO4, FO4P 





SMFFE2 

SMFFE1 

SMF40BC2 

Nameplates—Class SMF 

Without 

With 

Pilot Light 

Pilot Light 

Nameplate Catalog List Catalog List 

For Use On Marking Number Price $ Number Price $ 

Standard 

commercial switch box 

cover including None SMFFN2 — — 

stainless steel plates 

Stainless Steel Plate None SMFFSN3 SMFFSN4 

NEMA 1 None SMFFN30 SMFFN40 

surface mounted enclosure High SMFFN31 SMFFN41 

or gray flush plate Low SMFFN32 SMFFN42 

Enclosures—Class MMS 

Catalog List 

Enclosure Type For Use With MMS Number Price $ 

Standard Size 

KO1, KO1P, KO1B, KO2, 

NEMA 1 KO2A, KO2B, KO3, KO3A, MMSKE3 


KO3B, KO4, KO4A, KO4B 

Oversized 

KO1, KO2B, KO2C, KO3, 

NEMA Type 1 KO3A, KO3B, KO4, KO4B, SMFKE1 


KO4C, KO2 

Jumbo 


NEMA Type 1 KO3A, KO3B, KO4, KO4B, SMFKE2 


KO4C, KO2 

NEMA 3R, 4, 12 


Watertight KO3A, KO3B, KO4, KO4B, SMF40BC2 

Dust-tight 

KO4C 

Nameplates —Class MMS 

Without 

With 

Pilot Light 

Pilot Light 

Nameplate Catalog List Catalog List 

For Use On Marking Number Price $ Number Price $ 

Standard 

commercial switch box 

cover including None SMFFN1 — — 

stainless steel plates 

NEMA 1 None SMFFN10 SMFFN20 

surface mounted High SMFFN11 SMFFN21 

enclosure or Low SMFFN12 SMFFN22 

gray flush plate Forward SMFFN13 — — 

Reverse SMFFN14 SMFFN24 

Replacement Parts—Class SMF, MMS 

List 

Description Catalog Number Price $ 

Replacement Toggle Kits:Type FW and KW (NEMA 4 Metallic Enclosure) 

SMFHW1 

a Pilot lights can be field installed on standard NEMA 1 

general purpose surface mount enclosures, and 

NEMA 3R, 4 and 12 enclosures only. 

For flush mounting units a complete switch unit with 

pilot light must be ordered. 

17-100 





Selection 

Description Type Catalog Number List Price $ 

Auxiliary Contact Blocks 

3RV2901-1D 

3RV2901-1A 

3RV2922-1CP0 

Plug in contact block 

1 block per 3RV 

mountable at the front 

Side mount auxiliary contact with 

screw connection 

1 side mount auxiliary 

contact per 3RV mountable 

on the left-hand side 

Signaling Contact Block 

Signaling contact 

1 signaling contact per 3RV 

mountable on the left-hand 

side. Can also be fitted 

together with side mount 

auxiliary contact. 

Auxiliary Releases 


1 undervoltage release 

per 3RV mountable on the 

right-hand side. 

Cannot be fitted together 



with early make contacts (2NO) 

1 undervoltage release 

per 3RV mountable at 

the right-hand side. 

Cannot be fitted together 


Shunt trip 

1 shunt trip per 3RV 

mountable at the righthand 

side. Cannot be 

fitted together with 

undervoltage release. 

Pilot Lights 

3RV2901-1D 

1 SPDT contact, NO/NC 

1 SPDT contact NO/NC electronic contact d 3RV2901-1G 

1 NO r 1 NC 

3RV2901-1E 

1 NO r 1 NC 3RV2901-1A 

2 NO 3RV2901-1B 

2 NC 3RV2901-1C 

2 NO r 2 NC 3RV2901-1J 

1NO + 1NC for any trip 

+ 

1NO + 1NC for short 

circuit trip only. 

3RV2921-1M 

AC 50Hz 

AC 60Hz 

— 120V 3RV2902-1AF0 

230V 208V 3RV2902-1AM1 

415V 240V 3RV2902-1AP0 

480V 

3RV2902-1AV1 

AC 50Hz 

AC 60Hz 

230V 240V 3RV2922-1CP0 

415V 480V 3RV2922-1CV1 

AC 50Hz/60Hz a 

DC b 

20–24V 20–70V 3RV2902-1DB0 

90–110V 70–190V 3RV2902-1DF0 

200–240V 190–330V 3RV2902-1DP0 

350–415V 330–500V 3RV2902-1DV0 

AC 50Hz/60Hz 

24V 

49SBLBJ c 

For NEMA 1 enclosure only. Kit 

120V 

49SBLBF c 

includes Red, Green, and 

240V 

49SBLBG c 

Amber lenses 

480V 

49SBLBH c 

3RV2902-1DP0 600V 49SBLBE c 

3RV2928-1H 

3RV2901-0H 

Lug Kit 

Required for Type E Manual 


Mounting 

Push-in Mounting Hole Kit 

For screw panel mounting 

of the 3RV 

Sealing device 

Adjustment Dial covers 

Front mount auxiliary cover 

Door Operators 

Thru-the-door operators 

Rotary operating mechanism, rated 

NEMA 12, lockable with up to 

3 padlocks in the OFF position. 

Includes extension shift and 

connecting element for the 3RV. 

For 3RV with amp range: 

0.11-22A up to 480V Max. 0.11-12.5A up to 

575V Max 

Four mounting holes required for each 3RV. 

For sealing the FLA 

adjustment dial 

(Kit includes 10 covers) 

For sealing the front mount 

auxiliary opening. (Kit includes 10 covers) 

With Black Handle 

3RV2928-1H 

3RV2928-0B 

3RV2908-0P 

3RV2901-0H 

130 mm depth 3RV2926-0B 

330 mm depth with 

supporting bracket 

3RV2926-0K 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

a 100% on time. 

b 5 sec. max. on time. 

c Product Category: PILO. 

d Compatible for use in dusty atmospheres. Contacts 

rated for 1-300mA @ 3-60V. 




Pilot Devices 


Selection 

Push Buttons and Enclosure Controller Size or Catalog List 

Selector Switches Class Type (Lighting Rating) Type Number Price $ 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

49SDPB5 

49SDSB1 

49SAP05 

49SAS01 

Start, Stop Push Buttons 

49SAPB5 

Open 00-4 Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch 49SASB1 

Off-On Selector Switch 

49SASB4 


49SDPB5 

00-4 or (20–100A) Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch 49SDSBJ 


49SDSB4 

14, 40, LC, LEN, CLMa 1 Start, Stop Push Buttons 49SAP05 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch 

49SAS01 

5-8 or (200–400A) 

Keyed Hand-Off-Auto (key removable in all positions) 49SAS09 


49SAS04 


49SAP05 

12, 4/4X 00-8 or (20–400A) 


49SAS01 



49SAS04 

Open 00-4 Forward-Off-Reverse Selector Switch 49SASB2 

00-4 Forward-Off-Reverse Selector Switch 49SDSBJ 

22, 43 

1 

Forward, Reverse, Stop Push Buttons 

49SAP02 

5-8 

Forward-Off-Reverse Selector Switch 

49SAS02 

12, 4/4X 0-8 


49SAP02 


49SAS02 

Open 0-4 High-Off-Low Selector Switch 49SASB3 

0-1 3 ⁄4 High-Off-Low Selector Switch 49SDSBJ 

30 (2S1W) 

1 

High, Low, Stop Push Buttons 

49SAP03 

2-4 

High-Off-Low Selector Switch 

49SAS03 

12, 4/4X 0-4 


49SAP03 


49SAS03 

Open 0-4 High-Off-Low Selector Switch 49SASB3 

1 0-4 High-Off-Low Selector Switch 49SDSBJ 

30 (2S2W) 


49SAP03 

12, 4/4X 0-4 


49SAS03 

17, 18, 36, 37, 83, 84, 


49SAP05 

LED,LEF, LEB, CMN a , 


49SAS01 

CMF a , CMB a 

1, 12, 4/4X 0-8 (20-400A) 



49SAS04 

25, 26 1, 12, 4/4X 0-8 


49SAP02 


49SAS02 

32 1, 12, 4/4X 0-4 


49SAP03 


49SAS03 

a To be used for replacement of switch only. Does not 

include relay or extra contact block on 30-400A CLM 

and CM Lighting Contactors. Class 49SB not available 

for these devices. 

17-102 




Pilot Lights 


Selection 

Description 

Class 

Enclosure 

Type 

Controller Size or 

(Lighting Rating) 

Lens Color 

(Lamp Type) Legend(s) Voltage 

Catalog 

Number 

14, 40, LC, 

LEN, CLM 

1 (with liftoff 

cover) 

00–4 or (20–100A) 

Red, Green, Amber 

(LED lamp) 

ON, RUN, 

OFF a , OLR 

TRIPPED 

24 to 240 V AC/DC 49SDLBU 

277 V AC 49SDLBL 

49SDLBU 

14, 17, 18, 

36, 37, 40, 

83 d , 84 d , 

88, CLM, 

CM, LE, 

LEN, LC 

1 (with 

hinged 

cover), 

3/3R, 4, 

4X, 12 

00–8 or (20–400A) 

Red 

ON (Refer to voltage table) 49SPL0BR* 

incandecent lamp) c OFF ab (Refer to voltage table) 49SPL0AR* 

(Transformer Type 

Green 

ON (Refer to voltage table) 49SPL0BG* 

incandecent lamp) c OFF ab (Refer to voltage table) 49SPL0AG* 


49SPL0BRF 

49SPL0JRF 

49SFL0BGU 

49SBLBL 

52AED2 

82, 87 3/3R 1-6 

22, 43 

22, 25, 26, 

43 

30 

30, 32 


cover) 

1 (with 

hinged 

cover), 

3/3R, 4, 

4X, 12 


cover) 

1 (with 

hinged 

cover), 

3/3R, 4, 

4X, 12 

00–4 

00-8 

0-1 3/4 (1-winding) 

0-4 (2-winding) 

0-4 (1- or 2-winding) 

Red 

(LED lamp) 

Green 

(LED lamp) 

Red, Red 

(LED lamp) 

Green, Green 

(LED lamp) 

Red, Red 


incandecent lamp) c 

Green, Green 



Red, Red 

(LED lamp) 

Green, Green 

(LED lamp) 

Red, Red 



Green, Green 



24 to 240 V AC/DC 49SFL0BRU 

ON 

277 V AC 49SFL0BRL 

24 to 240 V AC/DC 

OFF a 49SFL0ARU 

277 V AC 49SFL0ARL 

24 to 240 V AC/DC 49SFL0BGU 

ON 

277 V AC 49SFL0BGL 

24 to 240 V AC/DC 

OFF a 49SFL0AGU 

277 V AC 49SFL0AGL 

FORWARD, 

REVERSE 

FORWARD, 

REVERSE 

FORWARD, 

REVERSE 

FORWARD, 

REVERSE 

HIGH, 

LOW 

HIGH, 

LOW 

HIGH, 

LOW 

HIGH, 

LOW 

24 to 240 V AC/DC 49SDLB7RU 

277 V AC 49SDLB7RL 

24 to 240 V AC/DC 49SDLB7GU 

277 V AC 49SDLB7GL 

(Refer to voltage table) 


49SPL0JR* 

49SPL0JG* 







49SPL0KR* 

49SPL0KG* 

Lens Kit for pilot light light kits 49SDLB* Red, Green, Amber — — 49SBLBL 

LED lamp BA9s type used to replace 

incandecsent or LED lamps. Applies only to 

49SP* pilot light kits. 

Red 

Green 

Amber 

White 

Red 

Green 

Amber 

White 

— 24 V AC/DC 

— 120 - 600 V AC/DC 

52AED2 

52AED3 

52AED4 

52AEDB 

52AEB2 

52AEB3 

52AEB4 

52AEBB 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Voltage Table 

Voltage Code (*) 

24 V AC (Full voltage) J 

120 V AC F 

240 V AC G 

480 V AC H 

600 V AC E 

a To use as an OFF indicator, the contactor must have a 

normally closed (NC) auxiliary contact available for the 

circuit. Order separately as needed. 

b Includes a nomally closed (NC) auxiliary contact for 

NEMA controller sizes 0–4. 

c Incandecsent lamps may be replaced with 52AE* LED 

lamps listed on this page. 

d Class 83 and 84 requires a quantity of two pilot light 

kits. 




NEMA, Lighting and Heating Contactors, 20 Amp CLM, CMB, CMF, CMN 

Selection 

Solid State Control Module Kits For Lighting and Heating Contactors a 

CLM 20 Amp 

Contactor Kit 

Description 

120V AC, 50/60 Hz 

24V AC/DC, 

50/60 Hz 

240/277V AC, 

50/60 Hz 

Accessory 

47 

(2-Wire 

Control) 

(2W) 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Accessory 

Catalog 

Number 

List 

Price $ 

Accessory 

Catalog 

Number 

CLM4379771 

CLM4379781 

CLM4379791 

48 

49 

CLM4379772 (3-Wire CLM4379782 (Start/Stop CLM4379792 

Control) 

Control) 

(3W) 

(3WS) 

CLM4379773 CLM4379783 CLM4379793 

List 

Price $ 

Protective Shielding for NEMA Products 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Class 40 

Class 14, 22, 30, 40, 43 

Contactor or 

Starter Size 00–1 3 ⁄4 List Price $ 2–2 1 ⁄2 List Price $ 3–3 1 ⁄2 List Price $ 4 List Price $ 

Contactor Shield 


49PSC1 49PSC2 49PSC3 49PSC4 

Starter Shield 


49PSS1 49PSS2 49PSS3 49PSS4 

Class 17, 25, 32, 87 

Disconnect 

Size 

30A 49PSD5 

60 & 100A 49PSD6 

200A 49PSD7 

Class 14 

Catalog 

Number List Price $ 

Disconnect with protective shield 

Power Pole Kits Class Enclosure type Contactor Size (Amp) Description 

LC Open, 1, 12, 4/4X 30 Single power pole 

Double power pole 

Field Kit 

Catalog No. 

49LCPP1A 

49LCPP2A 

Electrically Held to Mechanically 

Held Conversion Modules Class Enclosure type Contactor Size (Amp) Description 

LC Open, 1, 12, 4/4X 30 2-wire, 24VAC 

2-wire, 110-120VAC 

2-wire, 200-277VAC 

3-wire, 24VAC 

3-wire, 110-120VAC 

3-wire, 200-277VAC 

Field Kit 

Catalog No. 

49LCCM1A 

49LCCM2A 

49LCCM3A 

49LCCM4A 

49LCCM5A 

49LCCM6A 

a These kits are only for use with 20A mechanically held 

lighting contactors. 

17-104 




NEMA, Reduced Voltage and Lighting 


Selection 

Starter/Contactor Auxiliary Contact Kits 

Description Class Size Type Catalog Number List Price $ 

1 NO 49AB10 

1 NC 49AB01 

1 NC Early Break 49AB01EB 

1 NC Late Break 49AB01LB 

1 NC Extra Late Break 49AB01XLB 

14, 17, 18, 22, 25, 26, 

00-4 1 NO Extra Late Make 49AB10XLM 

30, 32, 36, 37, 40, 43, 

1 NO & 1 NC 49AB11 

83, 84, 87, 88 

2 NO 49AB20 

4 NO 49AB40 

3 NO & 1 NC 49AB31 

2 NO & 2 NC 49AB22 

2 NO 3RH1921-1EA20 

14, 17, 18, 22, 25, 26, 

5, 6 1 NO & 1 NC 3RH1921-1DA11 

36, 37, 40, 43, 87, 88 

2 NC 3RH1921-1EA02 

14, 17, 18, 22, 25, 26 1 NO & 1 NC (Inside L or R) 49CAL18-11 

7, 8 

40, 43 

1 NO & 1 NC (Outside L or R) 49CAL18-11B 

LC 30 

1 NO/NC 49LCAC1PA 

2 NO/NC 49LCAC2PA 

20 Front Mounted 1 NO/NC 3RH2911-1HA11 

LE 30-100 Side Mounted 1 NO/NC 3RH2911-1DA11 

200-400 Side Mounted 1 NO/NC 3RH1921-1EA11 

20 Amps 

1 NO/NC SPDT CLM4097291 

2 NO/NC SPDT CLM4097292 

1 NO & 1 NC CLMFCAK11 

2 NC CLMFCAK02 

30-200 Amps 

2 NO CLMFCAK20 

CLM, CMN, CMF, CMB 

1 Coil Clearing NO & NC CLMFCCK11 

1 NO & 1 NC CLMHCAK11 

300-400 Amps 

2 NC CLMHCAK02 

2 NO CLMHCAK20 

1 Coil Clearing NO & NC CLMHCCK11 

Disconnect Auxiliary Switch Kits 

Disconnect Amp or 

Description Class CB Rating Type Catalog Number List Price $ 

Non-fusible 17, 25, 32, 37, 83, 84, 

30 - 200A 2 NO/2 NC DPDT (NEMA A600) HA261234 

or Fusible Type 87, 88, LED, LEF, CMN, CMF 

MCP 18, 26, 32, 37, 83, 84, 

87, 88, LEB, CMB 

3A–125A 1 NO/1 NC 240V A02ED62 

250A 1 NO/1 NC 480V A02FD64 

400A-600A (2) 1 NO/1 NC SPDT-480V A02JLD64 

Control Power Transformer Kits a 

Recommended Transformer Size VA Transformer Table 

Description Control Size Transformer VA Rating Catalog Number List Price $ Primary Volts Secondary Volts Code 

00–2 1 ⁄2 45 or 50 45 VA KT*050 b 120 24 1 

3–3 1 ⁄2 75 50 VA KT*050P 208 24 G 

4 150 100 VA KT*100 208 120 H 

5-6 150 150 VA KT*150 240/480 24 4 

7-8 300 200 VA KT*200 240/480 120 8 

Lighting Control 300 VA KT*300 277 24 5 

CLM 500 VA KT*500 277 120 7 

20A, 2 - 12P 150 600 24 6 

30A, 3P 100 Replace * with code from Transformer table. Kits used with NEMA 1 600 120 9 

30A, 6 - 12P 200 general purpose lift-off cover type require extra wide enclosure. 

60A, 3P 100 Class 14 Sizes 0-2 1 ⁄2 

60A, 4 - 6P 150 Class 30 (2S2W) Sizes 0-2 1 ⁄2 

60A, 8 - 12P 250 Class 30 (2S1W) Sizes 0-1 3 ⁄4 

100/200A, 3P 200 

100/200A, 5P 250 

Transformer 300/400A, 3P 250 

50/60HZ 

LC & LE 

LC 30A, 2-12P 100 

LE 20, 30, 60A, 3 & 4P 45 

LE 30A, 6P 45 

LE 30A, 9-12P 100 

LE 60A, 6-12P 150 

LE 100, 200A, 3P 100 

LE 300, 400A, 3P 150 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

a Installation of CPTs may require a larger enclosure. 

b 45VA transformer kits will include secondary but not 

primary fusing. Sizes 50VA and higher include 

2-pole primary fusing and 1-pole secondary fusing. 

c For 24VAC control a minimum of 100VA CPT is required. 




ESP200 Accessories 


Selection 

Accessories 

Description Catalog Number List Price $ 

ESP200 Tamper Resistance Cover 

49ASTC1 

3UB89848 

ESP100/200 Mounting Plate 

Frame Size Controller Size 

A or A1 00 - 1 3/4 49ASMP1 

B 2 -2 1/2 49ASMP2 

B 3-4 49ASMP3 

Mounting Kit 49ASMS1 

Universal Reset Operator 

8" for class 36, 37 and 87 

in NEMA 1, 12 and 3/3R 

49MARB 



Overload Relay Reset Operator 

for Class 14, 22, 30 and 83 non-combination starters 

in NEMA type 1, 12 and 4/4X enclosures 


for Class 17, 18, 25, 26, 32 and 84 combination starters 

in NEMA type 1 enclosures 

49MBRS 

49MBRS1 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


for Class 17, 18, 25, 26, 32 and 84 combination starters 

in NEMA type 12 and 4/4X enclosures 

Overload Relay Reset Operator with red button 

for any Class in NEMA type 1, 3R, 4/4X and 12 enclosures 

with a 30mm hole 

49MBRS2 

49MARSR 

ESP200 Reset Extender 49ASRE 

Protective Boot 

Offers protection from ice and foreign substances 

from interfering with button operation. 

For use with 49MARSR reset. 

52AABA 

Current Transformer 300:5 use with 3UB81234JW2 97CT005 

Current Transformer 400:5 use with 3UB81234KW2 97CT006 

Current Transformer 600:5 use with 3UB81234LW2 97CT008 

Current Transformer 750:5 use with 3UB81234MW2 97CT009 

Current Transformer 1200:5 use with 3UB81234NW2 97CT012 

17-106 




NEMA Accessories 

Selection 

Miscellaneous Kits 

Encl. Controller Catalog List 

Description Class Type Size Number Price $ 

Mechanical Interlock 00–1 49CCF22H 

for Horizontally 

Mounted Contactors 

Includes wire 

14, 40 Open 

1 3 ⁄4 49EEF22H 

2, 2 1 ⁄2 49GGF22H 

3, 3 1 ⁄2 49HHP22H 

4 49JJG22H 

Interlock Only 5, 6 3RA1954-2A 

5 3RA1963-2A 

Wire Kit Only 

14, 40 Open 6 3RA1973-2A 

5 3RA1962-2A 

Base Plate Only 

6 3RA1972-2A 

7 49VM750H 

Mechanical Interlock 14, 40 Open 

8 49VM1650H 

00–1 49CCF22HP 

1 3 ⁄4 49EEF22HP 

Includes wire & 

14, 40 Open 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

mounting plate 

49GGF22HP 

3, 3 1 ⁄2 49HHP22HP 

4 49JJG22HP 

Includes Left Right 

mounting plate 14, 40 Open 2, 2 1 ⁄2 3, 3 1 ⁄2 49L107944 

(Different Frame Sizes) 3, 3 1 ⁄2 2, 2 1 ⁄2 49L107945 

Surge Suppressor for 120V AC 

Surge coil. Limits transient voltage All but 

Suppressor produced by the coil to 220% Class LC, LE, CLM 

maximum peak line volts. 

All 00–4 a 49D26344 

Auxiliary NO 36A at 600V AC Max All but 

All 

49SAF0 

00–13⁄4 

Power Pole NC 25A at 600V AC Max Class LC, LE, CLM 49SAFC 

Top or Bottom, 2-Pole 

CLM4097331 

Main Contacts 

Top, 3-Pole 

CLM4097332 

CLM All 20 Amps 

Lighting Contactors Top or Bottom, 4-Pole CLM4097333 

Top or Bottom, 6-Pole 

CLM4097334 

Load Side 

Includes 3 power lugs 

Power Take for making extra All but All 00–1 3 ⁄4 49SAE 

Off Kit connections to the load Class LC, LE, CLM 

side of the contactor 

Lug Kit for Contactors For AL/CU Wire 14, 40 All 2-2 1 ⁄2 49SAAF c 

3-3 1 ⁄2 49SAAH c 

Item Wire Range 

4 Line 4 Load 75D35994002 c 

49SAAF 2-14 

49SAAH 2/0-14 

For AL/CU Wire 14, 40 All 5, 6 3RT1966-4G b 

75D35994001 250MCM-6 

7 49ZATK750-3 

Use CU Only 14, 40 All 

8 49ZATK1650-6 b 

Three Conductor Ground Lug 

Kit Meets UL 508 and CSA 2-14 AWG AL/CU Wire All All All 75D28182001 

Standard 22.2 No 14-1973 

Lightning Arrestor All All All 49D45584002 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Backspin Timer 

On delay timer that reduces 

risk of starting into a 87, 88 All All 

3RP2025-1AQ30 

3RP2025-1AP30 

backspin 

Covers the hole that is 

Hole Plug typically used for the 87 All 1-4 49D41149006 

conduit hub 

Hole Plug 

Covers the hole in the enclosure door/cover 

40, 43, LC, LE, 

normally filled by overload reset 49MBRS. 

CLM & CM 

Hole plug is used for enclosed contactors. 

1 All 49MZPB2 

Illustration Description Contactor Wire Size Catalog Number List Price $ 

Lug Kit 

NEMA size 4 (Vacuum) 

1 Kit = 1 Terminal block. 1 kit NEMA size 5 2/0 to 600 MCM, max. one 500MCM 

necessary for each line and load. NEMA size 6 & one 600MCM 

3RT1966-4G 

3RT1966-4G 

a Surge Suppression for NEMA sizes 5 – 8 are supplied 

internal with the coil. For size 4 panel mount. 

b Only 3 lugs are suplied for line or load. 

If lugs for line and load are required order 2 kits. 

c Lug Kit for contactors include 3 lugs for line or load. 

75D35994001 for line side. 

75D35994002 for load side. 




NEMA Accessories 


Selection 

Fused and Non-Fused Disconnect Switch Kits b 

Basic Switch Switch Load Base Load Base 

Switch Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Lug 

Ampere Number List Number List Kit Number List Number List Wire 

Rating Non-Fused Price $ Fused Price $ Description Class J Price $ Class H c Price $ Size 

30 HNB612 HFB21 30A, 250V — — HBB21 #14-2 AWG (Cu/AI) 

HFB612 30A, 600V HBB612 HBB612 


HFB62 60A, 600V HBB62 HBB62 

100 HNB623 HFB63 100A, 250V — — HBB63 #14-1/0 AWG (Cu/AI) 

100A, 600V HBB63 


200A, 600V HBB64 

Class R Fuse Conversion Kits 

Catalog Number Description List Price $ 

HR21 

30A, 240V 

HR612 

30A, 600V 

HR612 

60A, 240V 

HR62 

60A, 600V 

HR63 100A, 240/600V 

HR64 200A, 240/600V 

Metal Conduit Hubs 

Description Conduit Size Class 

Controller 

Size 

Enclosure 

Type 

Milbank 

Catalog No. d 



1" 

A7514 

1 1/2" A7516 

87 All 3R 

2" A7517 

2 1/2" A7518 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 

a Product Category: PILO. 

b Product Category: HDSS. 

c For Class R fuses order Class H kit from this table 

and the Class R conversion kit. 

d Milbank catalog numbers are for reference only. Milbank 

conduit hubs are not sold by Siemens but can be purchased 

at a typical electrical hardware and supply distributor. 

17-108 




NEMA, Overload Relays 

Selection 

Sirius 3RB20 

Illustration Description For Overload Type Catalog Number List Price $ 

Reset mechanisms 

Reset plunger 

Mounts directly to overload relay. Requires 3RB206 3RU1900-1A 

separate reset operator in enclosure door. Kit 

includes reset plunger, holder and funnel. 

Reset plunger with reset button 

Cable length 

3RU1900-1B 

Flexible cable reset mechanism 

15.75 in (400mm) 

Requires a 6.5 mm hole in the 

3RB206 

enclosure with a maximum 

Cable length 

enclosure thickness of 8 mm. 23.62 in (600mm) 3RU1900-1C 

Flexible reset 

Covers 

Tamper resistant cover for current setting and manual/automatic reset button. 3RB206 3RB2984-0 

Competitive Retrofit Overload Plates 

NEMA 

Plate 

Manufacturer Size Part Number List Price $ 

A-B 0, 1 49D57090 

A-B 2 49D57161 

Sq. D 0, 1 49D57091 

Electronic Coil System with Remaining Lifetime Indication and 24VDC PLC Output 

21 - 27V 96 - 127V 200 - 277V 

Class Size Model Type Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ 

All 

5 

P – – 3RT1965-5PF31 3RT1965-5PP31 

V – – 3RT1966-5PF31 3RT1966-5PP31 

6 

P – – 3RT1975-5PF31 3RT1975-5PP31 

V – – 3RT1976-5PF31 3RT1976-5PP31 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 




Class MT, MTG 


Selection 

Fuse Blocks, Touch-Safe Terminal Covers 


International Fusing a 


KCCF1G 

SECONDARY FUSE 

BLOCK,1P,250V MAX 

1-Pole Fuse Block, 

Touch-Safe. Up to 6.3A 

for 5 mm u 20 mm or 

5 mm u 25 mm (Requires 

DIN Rail Mounting) 

SINGLE POLE FUSE 

BLOCK COVER KIT 

8WA1011-1SF12 

KCCFBCK 


Touch-Safe 32A, for 

10 u 38 mm Cylindrical 

Fuses. (Requires DIN 

Rail Mounting.) 



KCCFP2RG 

2 Pole PRIMARY FUSE 

BLOCK,2P,600V MAX 

(block only) 

2 Pole PRIMARY FUSE 

BLOCK KIT with wire 

Leads 

3NW7013 


Touch-Safe 32A, for 




CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 

KCCFPX2R 

US2:49FCCPT 

Secondary Fuse Clips, 

2 per pack 

3NW7023 

US2:49JUCPT 

Terminal Jumpers 


Touch-Safe 4-50A, for 




Touch safe cover for 

secondary fuse clips 

3NW7111 

US2:KCCSECFCVR 

3 pole fuse blk 

(2 pole primary and 

1 pole secondary) 

Fuse Block DIN Rail 

Mounting for separate 

screw mounting to panel. 

(Max 2-pole 2-25A size 

per rail.) 

(Max 1-pole 4-50A size 

per rail.) 

US2:KCCFP3POLE 

8WA1815 

a Product Category: IEC. 

17-110 




Non-Combination Enclosure Kits, Class 49 


Selection 

49 E B 14 E B 11 07 05 R 

Class 

49 — Field 

Kit 

Type 

E — Enclosure 

Only Model 

B — Before 2002 

C — 2002 

Product Class 

14 — Class 14, 40 

22 — Class 22, 43 

30 — Class 30 

Starter Size 

E — 00, 0, 1, 1 3 ⁄4 

G — 2, 2 1 ⁄2 

I — 3, 3 1 ⁄2 

J — 4 

NEMA Type 

B — NEMA 1 

0 — NEMA 3R/4/12 

Width 

(In Inches) 

Height 

(In Inches) 

Depth 

(In Inches) 

Reset Installation 

R — Reset 

Non-Reversing Starters & Contactors Class 14, 40 

NEMA 1 

General Purpose (Clamshell) c 

NEMA 3R/4/12 

Watertight, Dust-tight, Weatherproof d 

Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) Max. 

CPT 

Without CPT 

With CPT (Extra Wide) 

Size Catalog Number Catalog Number VA Catalog Number Catalog Number 

00–1 3 ⁄4 49EC14EB110705R 49EC14IB201208R 200 49EB14E0130806R 49EB22E0131306R 

2, 2 1 ⁄2 49EC14GB140807R 49EC14IB201208R 200 49EB14G0160907R 49EB22G0161406R 

3, 3 1 ⁄2 49EC14IB201208R 49EC14IB201208R 100 49EB14J0261408R 49EB14J0261408R 

3, 3 1 ⁄2 — 49EC14JB251409R 250 — — 

4 49EC14JB251409R 49EC14JB251409R 300 49EB14J0261408R — 

Reversing Starters & Reversing Contactors Class 22, 43 

NEMA 1 


NEMA 3R/4/12 

Watertight, Dust-tight, Weatherproof d 


CPT 

Without CPT 

With CPT (Extra Wide) 

Size Catalog Number Catalog Number VA Catalog Number Catalog Number 

00–1 3 ⁄4 49EC14IB201208R 49EC14IB201208R 200 49EB22E0131306R 49EB22E0131306R 

2, 2 1 ⁄2 49EC14IB201208R 49EC14IB201208R 200 49EB22G0161406R 49EB22G0161406R 

3, 3 1 ⁄2 49EC14JB251409R 49EC14JB251409R 250 — — 

4 49EC14JB251409R 49EC14JB251409R 300 — — 

Lighting Contactors Class LC and LE 

NEMA 1 


NEMA 3R/4/12 

Watertight, Dust-tight, Weatherproof bd 


CPT 

Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) 

Class Size Pole Catalog Number Catalog Number VA Catalog Number Catalog Number 

LC 30A 2-12 49EC14GB140807R 49EC14IB201208R 200 49EB22G0161406R 49EB30G0161808R 

LE 20A, 30A 3-4 49EC14EB110705R 49EC14IB201208R 200 49EB22G0161406R 49EB22G0161406R 

LE 30A 6-9 49EC14IB201208R 49EC14IB201208R 200 49EB22G0161406R 49EB14J0261408R 

LE 30A 12 49EC14IB201208R 49EC14JB251409R 250 49EB22G0161406R 49EB14J0261408R 

LE 60A 3-6 49EC14GB140807R 49EC14IB201208R 200 49EB22G0161406R 49EB22G0161406R 

LE 60A 9-12 49EC14IB201208R 49EC14IB201209R 250 49EB22G0161406R 49EB14J0261408R 

LE 100A 3 49EC14IB201208R 49EC14IB201208R 200 49EB14J0261408R 49EB14J0261408R 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Lighting Contactors Class CLM 

NEMA 1 

General Purpose (Clamshell) ac 

NEMA 3R/4/12 

Watertight, Dust-tight, Weatherproof bd 


CPT 

Without CPT With CPT (Extra Wide) 

Size Pole Catalog Number Catalog Number VA Catalog Number Catalog Number 

20A 2-12 49EC14GB140807R 49EC14IB201208R 200 49EB22G0161406R 49EB22G0161406R 

30A 2-5 49EC14EB110705R 49EC14IB201208R 200 49EB22G0161406R 49EB22G0161406R 

30A 6-12 49EB30G0161808R 49EB30G0161808R 200 49EB22G0161406R 49EB30G0161808R 

60A 2-5 49EC14GB140807R 49EC14IB201208R 250 — — 

100A 2-5 49EC14IB201208R 49EC14IB201208R 200 — — 

Clamshell enclosure suitable for two operating devices 

and two pilot lights. See Field Mods page 17-102. 

Hinged cover enclosures, except for 

49EB14E0130806R, are suitable for one or more class 

52 operating devices and one or more class 52 pilot 

lights. See Field Mods page 17-94. 

Install NEMA 1 hole plug cat. no. 3SB1902-0AR 

(included) when the cover OL reset is not needed. 

d Install NEMA 12 hole plug cat. no. 52ABH6 (not 

included) when the cover OL reset is not needed. 



Combination Starter Enclosure Kits 



Features 

b 100kA short circuit rating when protected with class R fuses 

to 600V or MCP to 480V and when installing listed components 

from the instruction guide 

b Enclosure types available, NEMA 1, 12, 3R and painted NEMA 4. 

b Pre-Drilled mounting panels 

b Heavy duty quarter turns 

b Industrial type disconnect handle 

Disconnect Type Enclosure Kit 

b Used to assemble both non-fusible and fusible combination starters 

b Accommodates Class 14 full voltage non-reversing (FVNR) NEMA 

starters 00 – 4 including Siemens exclusive half sizes 

b Handle mechanism, power wire, mounting panel, reset assembly, 

and instruction guide included. Hardware for panel mounted 

devices and disconnect switch are not included 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

MCP Type Enclosure Kit 

b Used to assemble combination starters with circuit breakers 

b Accommodates Class 14 full voltage non-reversing (FVNR) NEMA 

starters 00 – 4 including Siemens exclusive half sizes 

b Handle mechanism, power wire, mounting panel, reset assembly 

and instruction guide included. Circuit breaker not included however, 

mounting hardware for the circuit breaker is. 

How to Select the Required Kits to Assemble a Combination Starter 

1. From the catalog, select a class 14 open type starter. 

2. Based on the starter size, select the enclosure kit from table 1a for 

fusible or non-fusible combination starters or select from table 1b 

for combination starters with an MCP. 

3. For a non-fusible combination starter, select the disconnect switch kit from table 2a. 

For a fusible combination starter, select the appropriate disconnect switch, fuse clip 

kit, and class R rejection kit from table 2b (for H fusing, class R rejection kit not required). 

For combination starters with MCP, select the appropriate circuit breaker kit from table 3. 

Nomenclature for Combination Enclosure Kits 

49 E C 17 B B 24 11 08 R 

Class 

49 — Field Kit 

Type 

E — Enclosure Kit 

Model 

C — Model C 

Product Class 

17 — Disconnect Type 

18 — Circuit Breaker Type 


B — NEMA 1 

N — NEMA 3R/4/12 

Height 

(In Inches) 

Width 

(In Inches) 

Depth 

(In Inches) 

Reset Installation 

R — Reset Installed 

Disc / CB Amp Rating 

B — 30/60 amp disconnect 

C — 100 amp disconnect 

D— 125 amp breaker frame 

E — 150 amp breaker frame 

F — 200 amp disconnect 

17-112 


Combination Starter Enclosure Kits 


Selection 

Table 1a - FVNR Combination Starter Kits for use with Disconnect Devices 

Starter 

Size 

Disc. 

Amp 

Rating 

NEMA 1 



NEMA 3R/4/12 

Watertight, Dust-tight, Weatherproof 


0 - 2 60 49EC17BB241108R 49EC17BN241108R 

2 ½ - 3 100 49EC17CB242008R 49EC17CN242008R 

Table 1b. – FVNR Combination Starter Kits for use with MCP Devices 

Starter 

Size 

Max 

MCP 

Amps 

NEMA 1 



NEMA 3R/4/12 

Watertight, Dust-tight, Weatherproof 


0 - 2 50 49EC18DB241108R 49EC18DN241108R 

2 ½ - 3 125 49EC18DB242008R 49EC18DN242008R 

Table 2a – Non-Fusible Disconnect Kits 

Disconnect Switch 

Switch Rating 

30A 

60A 

100A 

200A 


HNB612 

HNB623 

HNB623 

HNB64 

Table 2b – Fusible Disconnect Kits 

Fuse Clip 

Ratings 

Table 3 – Circuit Breaker Kits 

MCP Type Used with Solid State 


Starter 

Size 

Class 

Overload 

Amp Range 

Rejection Clips 

Disconnect Switch Load Base for Fuse for Class R Fusing 


30A-250V H HFB21 HBB21 HR21 

30A-600V H HFB612 HBB612 HR612 

60A-250V H HFB22 HBB22 HR612 

60A-600V H HFB62 HBB62 HR62 

100A-250V H HFB63 HBB63 HR63 

100A-600V H HFB63 HBB63 HR63 

200A-250V H HFB64 HBB64 HR64 

200A-600V H HFB64 HBB64 HR64 

Motor Circuit 

Interrupter Amps 

Circuit 

Breaker Kit 

0.75-3.4 3 ED63A003 

0 3-12 10 ED63A010 

5.5-22 25 ED63A025 

0.75-3.4 3 ED63A003 

1 3-12 10 ED63A010 

5.5-22 25 ED63A025 

10-40 30 ED63A030 

1 3 ⁄4 10-40 40 ED63A040 

2 13-52 50 ED63A050 

2 1 ⁄2 25-100 100 ED63A100 

3 25-100 100 ED63A100 

3 1 ⁄2 50-200 125 ED63A125 

4 50-200 150 FXD63A150L 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Selection 


All modifications will consist of Siemens standard components as available. Standard equipment dimensions and enclosure construction 

may not apply when certain modifications and special features are added. 

Pilot Devices 

Enclosure 

Description Modification Class Type Modification Code List Price $ 

Start, Stop 14, 17, 18, 36, 37, 40, 83 c , 84 c , CLM, CM, LC, LE All A1 

Forward, Reverse, Stop 22, 25, 26, 43 All 

Push Buttons High, Low , Stop 30, 32 All 

A2 

E-Stop 14, 17, 18, 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 36, 37, 40, 43 All ES 

Hand-Off-Auto 

14, 17, 18, 36, 37, 40, 83 c , 84 c , LC, LE All A3 

CM, CLM All A3 

For 24 volt HOA control, 

20 Amp contactor only 

CM, CLM 1 EM 

Off-On 

14, 17,18, 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 36, 37, 40, 43, 

83 c , 84 c , CLM, CM, LC, LE 

All 

A4 

Selector Switches Auto-Off 14, 17, 18, 40, 83 c , 84 c , CM, CLM, LC, LE All A6 

Forward-Off-Reverse 22, 25, 26, 43 All 

High-Off-Low 30, 32 All 

A5 

Hand-Off-Auto (Keyed) 14, 17, 18, 36, 37, 40, 83 c , 84 c , LC, LE, CLM, CM All A9 

Auto-Off-Low-High 30, 32 All A0 



17 

Pilot Lights 

Lens Red Green Green LED Bulb 

Color ➔ Red Green Red Green Red Green Amber White Push-To-Test Push-To-Test Push-To-Test Upgrade 

On On Overload Control On On 

For/Rev For/Rev Relay Power For/Rev For/Rev 

Enclosure 

Legend➔ Low/High Low/High Run Run Off Off Tripped On Low/High Low/High Off 

Class Type Mod Code➔ FA FB FC FD FJ FK FL FW FS FT FU FE a 

14, 40, 17, 18, 36, 37, 

87, 88, LC, LE, CLM, CM All 

22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 43, 

83 c , 84 c All 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Coil Options 

Class 14, 17, 18, 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 40, 43, 83 d , 84 d , 87, 88 

Coil Letter 

Controller Size — List Price $ 

Volts 60 HZ Volts 50 HZ Change 00–2 1 ⁄2 3, 3 1 ⁄2 4 

24 24 J 

120 110 F 

110–120/220–240 110/190–220 A 

200–208 — D 

220–240 190–220 G 

277 240 L 

220–240/440–480 190–220/380–440 C 

440–480 380–440 H 

575–600 550 E 

24V 

S e 

DC Coil b 48V U 

125V 

V 

. 

250V 

W 

Coil Letter Controller Size 4 (Vacuum Only) 

AC (50–60 HZ) or DC Change Size 5 & 6 (ALL) 

23–26V J 

42–48V U 

110–127V F 

200–220V D 

220–240V G 

240–277V L 

380–420V K 

440–480V H 

575–600V E 

a Pilot lights are transformer type as standard. For LED 

type bulbs, order suffix FE in addition to the standard 

device suffix(es). For example, to order red “ON” and 

green “OFF” pilot lights with LED bulbs, order FA, 

FK and FE. 

b DC coils include 1 NC, late break aux. contact. 

This aux. contact takes up one side of the starter 

(00–4 only). 

c For Class 83 and 84, two devices are included. 

d For Class 83, 84 standard enclosure (92) alternating 

relay available in 24V or 120V control only. 

e S coil is not available for size 4 contactors or starters. 

17-114 





Selection 


Replace (*) with letter from Transformer Table. 

Transformer Table 

Primary Secondary 

Volts Volts Letter 

120 24 B 

208 24 S 

208 120 T 

240 24 J 

240 120 F 

277 24 N 

277 120 P 

380 110 U 

415 100 W 

480 240 R 

480/240 24 D 

480/240 120 A 

600 24 E 

600 120 C 

Control Power Transformers 

Description 

Standard Capacity a 

with 1-Secondary Fuse 

Modification 

Code 

B* 

Product 

Class c 

Standard Capacity with 2-Primary 

and 1-Secondary Fuse 

100VA Extra Capacity with 

2-Primary and 1-Secondary Fuse 

150VA Extra Capacity with 

2-Primary and 1-Secondary Fuse 

Factory Assembled Fuse Clips—Class 25, 32, 84 d 

Fuse 

Clip Amps Volts Modification Code 

30 250 10 

30 600 11 

60 250 12 

60 600 13 

100 250 14 

100 600 15 

200 250 16 

200 600 17 

400 250 18 

400 600 19 

600 250 20 

600 600 21 

800 600 23 

1200 600 24 

1600 600 25 

D* 

C* 

C*1 

All 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Note: Factory will furnish the same voltage coils as 

transformer secondary voltage (except with class 

36,37). 

a The standard control transformer supplied for starter 

sizes 0 through 2 1 ⁄2 will be rated 45VA and have the 

appropriate secondary fuse. Primary fuses will not be 

supplied as standard. For primary fuse option select 

appropriate suffix from table. 

Class 83 and 84 duplex controllers requires two CPTs. 

d Class 84 Duplex Controllers require two fusible 

disconnects. 




Selection 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Additional Auxiliary Contacts 

NO NC Modication 

Controller Size — List Price $ 

Class Contacts Contacts Code 00–1 3 ⁄4 2–4 5–6 7–8 

— 1 G01 — — 

— 2 G02 — 

1 — G10 — — 

1 1 G11 

1 2 G12 — — 

2 — G20 — 

2 1 G21 — — 

2 2 G22 — 

2 3 G23 — — 

3 1 G31 — 

14, 17, 18, 40, 83 c , 84 c 3 2 G32 — — 

3 3 G33 — — — 

4 — G40 — 

4 1 G41 — — 

4 2 G42 — — — 

4 4 G44 — — — 

5 — G50 — — 

5 1 G51 — — — 

5 3 G53 — — — 

6 — G60 — — — 

6 2 G62 — — — 

7 1 G71 — — — 

8 — G80 — — — 

— 2 G02 a — — 

2 — G20 a — — 

2 2 G22 a — 

22, 25, 26, 43 & 4 0 G40 a — 

30, 32 (2-winding) 4 4 G44 a — — 

6 2 G62 a — — 

8 0 G80 a — — 

0 2 G02 a — — — 

2 — G20 a — — — 

2 2 G22 a — — 

30, 32 4 — G40 a — — 

(1-winding) 4 4 G44 a — — — 

6 2 G62 a — — — 

8 — G80 a — — — 

LE, CLM, CM 1 1 G11 — — — 

LC 0 1 G01 

1 0 G10 

1 1 G11 

0 2 G02 

2 0 G20 

LE, CLM, CM 0 2 G02 a — — — 

2 0 G20 a — — — 

2 2 G22 a — — — 

Controller Size - Price Deduction $ 

Modification 

Description Class Code 0, 1 1 3 ⁄4 - 2 1 ⁄2 3 3 1 ⁄2, 4 5, 6 7, 8 

Omit Overload Relay and Reset Button 17, 18, 25, 26 EX1 

a Auxiliary contacts will be added evenly across 

contactors. (i.e. Class 22, G02 suffix will add 2 NC 

contacts (one per contactor). 

b Double the price addition for Class 30 and 32. 

c For class 83 and 84 contacts will be added to both 

starters. Price x 2. 

17-116 





Selection 

Control Options 

Description 

Lighting Control Modules (does not include pilot devices) CLM 20 Amp only All 

Class 

Enclosure 

Type 

Surge Suppression for 120V AC Coil b 14, 17, 18, 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 36, 37, 83, 84, 87, 88 All SS 

Disconnect Switch Interlock 2 NO/2 NC DPDT 17, 25, 32, 37, 84, CM, LE All GY 

Motor Circuit 

Protector Interlock 

NO/NC SPDT 18, 26, 32, 37, 84, CM, LE All GY 

Lightning Arrestor All All L 

Circuit Breaker Shunt Trip 18, 26, 32, 37, 84, 87, 88, CM, LE All L6 

Circuit Breaker Undervoltage Trip 18, 26, 32, 37, 84, 87, 88, CM, LE All L7 

Circuit Breaker Alarm Switch Trip 18, 26, 32, 37, 84, 87, 88, CM, LE All L8 

Ground Lug – 3 Conductor All All L10 

Control Circuit Fuse and Holder 

F1 (1 fuse) 

All 

All 

(Transformer Primary Fusing) 

F2 (2 fuses) 

Control Circuit Circuit Breaker Internally Operated All All F4 

Space Heater (120V separate control) All All SH 

Space Heater with Thermostat (120V separate control) All All ST 

Surge Capacitor 87, 88 All SC 

Alarm Package (includes horn, light, relay & push-button) 83, 84, 87, 88 All M7 

Backspin Protection 87, 88 All T5 

Blown Control Fuse Indicator Light 17, 25, 32, 37, 84, 87, 88, CM, LC, LE All L11 

Minimum Run Timer 0.2 sec. - 3 mins. 87, 88 All T6 

Single Phase 120VAC Combination Starter 17, 18, 25, 26 All SP1 

Single Phase 240VAC Combination Starter 17, 18, 25, 26 All SP2 

Modification Code 

2W (2-wire control module) 

3W (3-wire control module) 

3WS (Start/Stop control module) 

Reversing Options 

Description 

Class 

Modification 

Code 

Reversing in one speed only 2 speed 1 winding 

R6 

Reversing in one speed only 2 speed 2 winding 

R7 

30, 32 

Reversing in both speeds 2 speed 1 winding 

R8 

Reversing in both speeds 2 speed 2 winding 

R9 

Reversing for Reduced Voltage 36, 37 R 



Motor Management with PROFIBUS DP Communications 

Description Class Enclosure Type Modification Code 

SIMOCODE pro C With 0.3-3A Current Module 

MC1 

SIMOCODE pro C With 2.4-25A Current Module 

MC2 

SIMOCODE pro C With 10-100A Current Module 

MC3 


MC4 


MC5 

SIMOCODE pro V With 0.3-3A Current/Voltage Module 14,17,18,22,25,26 All 

MV1 

SIMOCODE pro V With 2.4-25A Current/Voltage Module 

MV2 

SIMOCODE pro V With 10-100A Current/Voltage Module 

MV3 


MV4 


MV5 

Factory Parameterization of SIMOCODE 

MM0 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Electrically Held to Mechanically Held Conversion Modules 

Class Enclosure type Contactor Size (Amp) Description 

LC All 30 2-wire, 24VAC 

2-wire, 110-120VAC 

2-wire, 200-277VAC 

3-wire, 24VAC 

3-wire, 110-120VAC 

3-wire, 200-277VAC 

Modification 

Code 

2W1 

2W2 

2W3 

3W1 

3W2 

3W3 

a Supplied as NEMA 12, field convertible to NEMA 3R. 

b Surge Suppression for NEMA sizes 5 – 8 are supplied 

internal with the coil. 

A CPT must also be ordered to power the motor management 

device. Motor management may be ordered 

with other product classes as specials. 





Selection 

Control Relays 

Enclosure 

Type 

Description 

Class 

4 NO 

Control Relay 4-Poles Max 

2 NO/2 NC All 

R22 

4 NC R04 

Under/Over Voltage, Phase Failure, Phase Sequence, Phase Unbalance 

R1 

Ground Fault Relay 

R5 

Electronic On Delay Relay (.15s–100h) 24V/120V 

T1 

All 

Electronic On Delay Relay (.15s–100h) 24V/240V a 

T2 

Electronic Off Delay Relay (.15s–100s) 120V 

All 

T3 

Electronic Off Delay Relay (.15s–100s) 240V a 

T4 

24 hour time clock 

24 hour time clock with day omission 

7 day time clock 

Compelling Relay 

Acceleration Control 

Deceleration Control 

Meters—Mounted on Enclosure 

LC, LE, CLM, CM 

30, 32 

Modification 

Code 

R40 

T7 

T8 

T9 

A6 

A7 

A8 



Description Class Enclosure Type Modification Code 

Ammeter (includes a C.T. if necessary) 

1, 3, 4, 4X, 12 M1 

Ammeter and Switch (3-Phase with 3 C.T.’s) 14, 17, 18, 22, 

1, 12 M2 

25, 26, 30 , 32 , 

Voltmeter 1, 3, 4, 4X, 12 M3 

36, 37, 40, 43, 83, 

Voltmeter and Switch (3-Phase) 84, 87, 88 

1, 12 M4 

Elapsed Time Meter 1, 3, 4, 4X, 12 M5 

Function Identification Plates 

Description Class Modification Code 

Function identification plate, with marking as specified All N1 

Terminal Blocks 

17 


3 Point Terminal 



All 

TC3 

TC6 

TC9 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Special Ratings 


Service Entrance Rating 

Please note Class 87, 88, CM and LE (combination type) 

are UL Listed for Service Entrance as standard and thus 

does not need to be modified for such. 

17, 18, 

25, 26, 32, 

37, 84 

N3 

Drawings 

Description Class Catalog Number 

Approval/submittal and as-built drawings for factory modified product may 

be ordered. The drawing set includes an enclosure outline, a panel layout and 

a schematic. When entering the order, use the line item notes to reference a 

product and modifications or an existing order that the drawings are to be 

engineered for. Specify the contact information and an email address in the 

ship to address field. Attach any reference drawings to the order or forward to 

National Customer Support. Once completed, the drawing set will emailed. 

All 

CONTROLDRAWING 

a Not available on Class 36, 37. 

ETM available with 120V coil only. 

For terminal point more than 9 terminals use 

additional suffixes. Max 3 suffixes can be selected. 

Class 30 and 32 can be modified with only an elapsed 

time meter. No other meters apply to class 30 or 32. 

17-118 




Heater Elements, Class SMF 


General 


Heater Elements Class SMF 

1. Determine number of heater elements required from Table A. 

2. Determine motor full load current and service factor. 

3. If the motor and controller are in the same ambient temperature: 

a. For 1.15 to 1.25 service factor motors use 100% of motor full load current for heater element selection. 

b. For 1.0 service factor motors use 90% of motor full load current for heater element selection. 

c. Heater elements are class 20. 

4. If the motor and controller are in different ambient temperatures multiply motor full load current by the multiplier in 

Table B. Use the resultant full load current for heater element selection. 

5. Select proper heater element from table below. 

6. All tables are based on the operation of the motor and controller in the same ambient temperature, 40°C (104°F) or 

less. Always be certain the correct heater element is installed in the starter before operating the motor. 

Heater Motor Full-Load List 

Catalog Number Current (Amps) Price $ 

SMFH01 0.157–0.173 

SMFH02 0.174–0.192 

SMFH03 0.193–0.212 

SMFH04 0.213–0.235 

SMFH05 0.236–0.261 

SMFH06 0.262–0.289 

SMFH07 0.290–0.321 

SMFH08 0.322–0.355 

SMFH09 0.356–0.399 

SMFH10 0.41–0.44 

SMFH11 0.45–0.49 

SMFH12 0.50–0.53 

SMFH13 0.54–0.58 

SMFH14 0.59–0.65 

SMFH15 0.66–0.71 

SMFH16 0.72–0.78 

SMFH17 0.79–0.85 

SMFH18 0.86–0.96 

SMFH19 0.97–1.04 

SMFH20 1.05–1.16 

SMFH21 1.17–1.25 

SMFH22 1.30–1.39 

SMFH23 1.38–1.54 

SMFH24 1.48–1.63 

SMFH25 1.57–1.75 

SMFH26 1.66–1.86 

Table A 

Number of Heater Elements 

Number of 

Device Heater Elements Notes 

SMFF*1 

SMFF*2 

All single pole and two pole SMF 

SMFF*3 

1 starters require only 1 Heater 

SMFF*4 

Element. 

SMFF*5 

SMFF*6 

SMFF*22 

Duplex Unit. One Heater Element 

2 

SMFF*44 

per starter. 

SMFF*11 

Two Speed Starter. One Heater 

2 

SMFF*22 

Element per speed. 

Heater Motor Full-Load List 

Catalog Number Current (Amps) Price $ 

SMFH27 1.80–1.99 

SMFH28 1.96–2.15 

SMFH29 2.16–2.38 

SMFH30 2.39–2.75 

SMFH31 2.76–2.84 

SMFH32 2.85–3.06 

SMFH33 3.07–3.45 

SMFH34 3.46–3.70 

SMFH35 3.71–4.07 

SMFH36 4.08–4.32 

SMFH37 4.33–4.90 

SMFH38 4.91–5.35 

SMFH39 5.36–5.85 

SMFH40 5.86–6.41 

SMFH41 6.42–6.79 

SMFH42 6.80–7.57 

SMFH43 7.58–8.15 

SMFH44 8.16–8.98 

SMFH45 8.99–9.67 

SMFH46 9.68–9.95 

SMFH47 9.96–10.8 

SMFH48 10.9–12.1 

SMFH49 12.2–13.1 

SMFH50 13.2–13.9 

SMFH51 14.0–15.0 

SMFH52 15.1–16.0 

Table B—Special Applications 

Heater Element Selection 

Ambient Temperature of Motor 

Constant 10°C Constant 10°C 

Same as (18°F) Higher (18°F) Lower 

Continuous 

Controller Than Controller Than Controller 

Duty Motor 

Ambient Ambient Ambient 

Service Factor Full Load Current Multiplier 

1.15 to 1.25 1.0 0.9 1.05 

1.0 0.9 0.8 0.95 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 




Starters and Contactors – AC Coils 

Selection 


4th character of starter or contactor catalog number indicates model. 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

AC Coils — For Class 14, 17, 18, 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 36, 37, 40, 43, 83, 84, 87, 88 

Volts 

Size Model 60Hz 50Hz Catalog Number List Price $ 

24 24 75D73070J 

120 110 75D73070F 

110–120/220–240 110/190–220 75D73070A 

P 208 — 75D73070D 

00–2 1 ⁄2 U (ESP200) 220–240 190–220 75D73070G 

277 240 75D73070L 

220–240/440–480 190–220/380–440 75D73070C 

440–480 380–440 75D73070H 

575–600 550 75D73070E 

24 24 75D73251J 

120 110 75D73251F 

110–120/220–240 110/190–220 75D73251A 

P 208 — 75D73251D 

3 , 3 1 ⁄2 U (ESP200) 220–240 190–220 75D73251G 

277 240 75D73251L 

220–240/440–480 190–220/380–440 75D73251C 

440–480 380–440 75D73251H 

575–600 550 75D73251E 

24 24 75D70131J 

120 110 75D70131F 

120/220–240 110/190–220 75D70131A 

G 208 — 75D70131D 

4 U (ESP200) 220–240 190–220 75D70131G 

277 240 75D70131L 

220–240/440–480 190–220/380–440 75D70131C 

440–480 380–440 75D70131H 

575–600 550 75D70131E 

23-26 23-26 3RT1966-5AB31 

110-127 110-127 3RT1966-5AF31 

200-220 200-220 3RT1966-5AM31 

4, 5 V (Vacuum) 220-240 220-240 3RT1966-5AP31 

240-277 240-277 3RT1966-5AU31 

380-420 380-420 3RT1966-5AV31 

440-480 440-480 3RT1966-5AR31 

575-600 575-600 3RT1966-5AT31 

23-26 23-26 3RT1965-5AB31 

110-127 110-127 3RT1965-5AF31 

200-220 200-220 3RT1965-5AM31 

5 P 220-240 220-240 3RT1965-5AP31 

240-277 240-277 3RT1965-5AU31 

380-420 380-420 3RT1965-5AV31 

440-480 440-480 3RT1965-5AR31 

575-600 575-600 3RT1965-5AT31 

23-26 23-26 3RT1975-5AB31 

110-127 110-127 3RT1975-5AF31 

200-220 200-220 3RT1975-5AM31 

6 P 220-240 220-240 3RT1975-5AP31 

V (Vacuum) 240-277 240-277 3RT1975-5AU31 

380-420 380-420 3RT1975-5AV31 

440-480 440-480 3RT1975-5AR31 

575-600 575-600 3RT1975-5AT31 

7 H 100-250 100-250 75ZAF750-70 

150-500 150-500 75ZAF750-71 

8 H 100-250 100-250 75ZAF1650-70a 

a Set of 2 coils. Recommend to change printed circuit 

board when changing coils. 49ZP1650 see page 17-121. 

17-120 




Starters and Contactors – DC Coils, Late Break Aux Contacts, Rectifiers, Contact Kits 

Selection 


4th character of starter or contactor catalog number indicates model. 

DC Coils for Size 00-4 require Late Break Interlock. 

DC Coils — For Class 14, 17, 18, 22, 25, 26, 30, 32, 40, 43 

Size Model Volts DC Catalog Number List Price $ 

12 75D73070R 

24 75D73070S 

32 75D73070T 

00–2 1 ⁄2 P 

48 75D73070U 

U (ESP200) 

125 75D73070V 

250 75D73070W 

12 75D73251R 

24 75D73251S 

32 75D73251T 

3, 3 1 ⁄2 P 

48 75D73251U 

U (ESP200) 

125 75D73251V 

250 75D73251W 

4 

48 75D70131U 

G 

125 75D70131V 

U (ESP200) 

250 75D70131W 

23-26 3RT1966-5AB31 

4, 5 V (Vacuum) 42-48 3RT1966-5AD31 

110-127 3RT1966-5AF31 

240-277 3RT1966-5AU31 

Note: For sizes 7 & 8 contactors the AC coils are used for DC see page 17-116. 

Late Break Auxiliary Contacts 

Control Size Model Catalog Number List Price $ 

00–4 P, G, S, T 49AB01LB 

Board for Size 8 Contactor 

Control Size Model Catalog Number List Price 

8 H 49ZP1650 



Contact Kits – Single Pole Stationary and Movable Contacts, Contact Spring a 

Model 

Description Size Number of Poles in Kit (4th position in part number) Catalog Number List Price $ 

Internal Aux Contact (00-1- 3 ⁄4) P, U 75AF14 

00 P, U 75BF14 

0 P, U 75CF14 

1 

1 

P, U 75DF14 

1 3 ⁄4–1P P, U 75EF14 

2 1 P, U 75FP14 

2 1 ⁄2 1 P, U 75GP14 

3 P, U 75HF14 

3 1 1 

⁄2 

P, U 75IF14 

4 1 G, T 75JG14 

4 (Vacuum) 3 (Bottles) V, C 3RT1964-6V 

Class 14, 17, 18, 22, 25, 5 3 P 3RT1966-6A 

26, 30, 32, 36, 37, 40, 43, 5 (Vacuum) 3 (Bottles) V, C 3RT1966-6V 

83, 84, 87, 88 6 3 P 3RT1976-6A 

6 (Vacuum) 3 (Bottles) V, C 3RT1976-6V 

14, 40 

7 3 H 49ZL750 

8 3 H 49ZL1650 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Armature and Magnet Kits 

Size Catalog Number List Price $ 

00–2 1 ⁄2 49AMSA2 

3–3 1 ⁄2 49AMSA3 

4 49AMSA4 

a On 3-phase controls, all 3-poles should be replaced - 

3 kits required. 






Selection 

Power Pole Kits 

Class Enclosure type Contactor Size (Amp) Description Catalog No. 

LC Open, 1, 12, 4/4X 30 

Single power pole 

Double power pole 

49LCPP1A 

49LCPP2A 

Replacement Contact Kits 

Class Contactor Size (Amp) Description Catalog No. 

LC 30 NA NA 

LE 

20, 30 NA NA 

60 

100 

200 

300 

400 

1 contact kit includes 3 moving 

and 6 fixed contacts. 

3RT2937-6A 

3RT1945-6A 

3RT1956-6A 

3RT1965-6A 

3RT1975-6A 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 



17-122 




Lighting Contactors, Type LC, LE, CLM, CMF, CMN 


Selection 

Replacement Coil Kits 

Class Contactor Size (Amp) Description Catalog No. 

LC 

LE 

30 24V 60Hz / 20V 50Hz 

115-120V 60Hz / 110V 50Hz 

200-208V 60Hz 

230-240V 60Hz / 220V 50Hz 

277V 60Hz / 240V 50Hz 

347V 60Hz 

460-480V 60Hz / 440V 50Hz 

575-600V 60Hz / 550V 50Hz 

20, 30 NA NA 

60 24VAC 50/60Hz 

110VAC 50Hz / 120VAC 60Hz 

208VAC 50/60Hz 

220VAC 50Hz / 240VAC 60Hz 

277VAC 60Hz 

480VAC 60Hz 

600VAC 60Hz 

100 24VAC 50/60Hz 

110VAC 50Hz / 120VAC 60Hz 

208VAC 50/60Hz 

220VAC 50Hz / 240VAC 60Hz 

277VAC 60Hz 

480VAC 60Hz 

600VAC 60Hz 

75LCC024A 

75LCC120A 

75LCC208A 

75LCC240A 

75LCC277A 

75LCC347A 

75LCC480A 

75LCC600A 

3RT29345AC21 

3RT29345AK61 

3RT29345AM21 

3RT29345AP61 

3RT29345AU61 

3RT29345AV61 

3RT29345AT61 

3RT29445AC21 

3RT29445AK61 

3RT29445AM21 

3RT29445AP61 

3RT29445AU61 

3RT29445AV61 

3RT29445AT61 

LE 

200 

300 

23 - 26 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

110 - 127 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

200 - 220 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

220 - 240 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

240 - 277 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

440 - 480 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

575 - 600 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

23 - 26 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

110 - 127 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

200 - 220 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

220 - 240 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

240 - 277 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

440 - 480 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

575 - 600 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

3RT19555AB31 

3RT19555AF31 

3RT19555AM31 

3RT19555AP31 

3RT19555AU31 

3RT19555AR31 

3RT19555AT31 

3RT19655AB31 

3RT19655AF31 

3RT19655AM31 

3RT19655AP31 

3RT19655AU31 

3RT19655AR31 

3RT19655AT31 



AC Coils 20 Amps b 

Type 

Contactor 

Size 

400 

Number 

of Poles 

120V, 60Hz 

110V, 50Hz 

23 - 26 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

110 - 127 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

200 - 220 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

220 - 240 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

240 - 277 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

440 - 480 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

575 - 600 V AC 50-60Hz / DC 

240V, 60Hz 

208V, 50Hz 

277V 

50/60Hz 

3RT19755AB31 

3RT19755AF31 

3RT19755AM31 

3RT19755AP31 

3RT19755AU31 

3RT19755AR31 

3RT19755AT31 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

CLM4097341 

CLM 20 Amp 2–12 CLM4097341 CLM4097342 CLM4097343 

AC Coils 30–400 Amps c 

CLMC4C120 

CLMGU3C120 

Type 

CLM†C 

CLM†D 

CLM†E 

Contactor 

Size 

30 Amp 

60 Amp 

100, 200 

Amp 

Number Catalog Number 

of Poles 24V AC 120V AC 208V AC 220/240V AC 277V AC 480V AC 600V AC 

2–3-Pole CLMC4C024 CLMC4C120 CLMC4C208 CLMC4C240 CLMC4C277 CLMC4C480 CLMC4C600 

4-Pole CLMC4C024 CLMC4C120 CLMC4C208 CLMC4C240 CLMC4C277 CLMC4C480 CLMC4C600 

5-Pole CLMC5C024 CLMC5C120 CLMC5C208 CLMC5C240 CLMC5C277 CLMC5C480 CLMC5C600 

2–3-Pole CLMD3C024 CLMD3C120 CLMD3C208 CLMD3C240 CLMD3C277 CLMD3C480 CLMD3C600 

4-Pole CLMD5C024 CLMD5C120 CLMD5C208 CLMD5C240 CLMD5C277 CLMD5C480 CLMD5C600 

5-Pole CLMD5C024 CLMD5C120 CLMD5C208 CLMD5C240 CLMD5C277 CLMD5C480 CLMD5C600 

2–3-Pole CLME3C024 CLME3C120 CLME3C208 CLME3C240 CLME3C277 CLME3C480 CLME3C600 

4-Pole CLME5C024 CLME5C120 CLME5C208 CLME5C240 CLME5C277 CLME5C480 CLME5C600 

5-Pole CLME5C024 CLME5C120 CLME5C208 CLME5C240 CLME5C277 CLME5C480 CLME5C600 

CLM†G 

Latching Coil 300/400 

2–3-Pole — CLMGL3C120 CLMGL3C208 CLMGL3C240 CLMGL3C277 CLMGL3C480 CLMGL3C600 

Unlatch Coil 

Amp 

2–3-Pole — CLMGU3C120 CLMGU3C208 CLMGU3C240 CLMGU3C277 CLMGU3C480 CLMGU3C600 

a Product Category: IEC. 

b Coil kits for 20 amp CLM contactors include the coil 

clearing auxiliary contact. 

c For 30–200 amp CLM contactors, in the event that 

either the coil or the control module fails, it is 

recommended that both be replaced. 




Lighting Contactors, CLM, CMB, CMF & CMN 


Selection 


For CLM: 5th character of contactor catalog number indicates Frame Size. 

For CMB, CMF, CMN: 4th character of contactor catalog number indicates Frame Size. 

Main Contacts 20 Amp Lighting Contactors 

Contactor Number of Catalog List 

Type Size Poles Location Number Price $ 

CLM4097334 

CLM 

20 Amp 

2 Top or Bottom CLM4097331 

3 Top CLM4097332 





17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Main Contacts 30–400 Amp Lighting Contactors 

Frame Contactor Number of Catalog List 

Type Size Size Poles Number Price $ 

Auxiliary Contact Blocks 20 Amp Lighting Contactors b 

Contactor Catalog List 

Type Size Contacts Number Price $ 

CLM 

C 

D 

20 Amp 

Auxiliary Contact Blocks 30–400 Amp Lighting Contactors 

Frame Contactor Contact Catalog List 

Type Size Size Configuration Number Price $ 

CLM 

30 Amp 

60 Amp 

CLM E 100 Amp 

CLMFCAK11 

F 

G 

H 

200 Amp 

300 Amp 

400 Amp 

C to F b 

G to H a 

2 CLMCCK02 

3 CLMCCK03 

4 CLMCCK04 

5 CLMCCK05 

2 CLMDCK02 

3 CLMDCK03 

4 CLMDCK04 

5 CLMDCK05 

2 CLMECK02 

3 CLMECK03 

4 CLMECK04 

5 CLMECK05 

2 CLMFCK02 

3 CLMFCK03 

4 CLMFCK04 

5 CLMFCK05 

2 CLMGCK02 

3 CLMGCK03 

2 CLMHCK02 

3 CLMHCK03 

1 Form C NO, NC Contact CLM4097291 

2 Form C NO, NC Contacts CLM4097292 

30–200 Amps 

300–400 Amps 

1 NO and 1 NC CLMFCAK11 

2 NC CLMFCAK02 

2 NO CLMFCAK20 

1 Coil Clearing CLMFCCK11 

NO and NC 

1 NO and 1 NC CLMHCAK11 

2 NC CLMHCAK02 

2 NO CLMHCAK20 

1 Coil Clearing CLMHCCK11 

NO and NC 

Control Module Rectifier c 

Type Device Contactor Size Number of Poles Catalog Number List Price $ 

CLM 

CLM†C to 

CLM†F 

30–200 Amps All CLMKCMR 

a Maximum 1 block per contactor. 

b Maximum 2 blocks per contactor. 

c For 30–200 amp CLM contactors, in the event that 

either the coil or the control module fails, it is 

recommended that both be replaced. 

17-124 



Miscellaneous 

Selection 

Replacement Handle Assemblies and Disconnect Mechanisms 

Enclosure Types 1, 3R, 4, 4X Stainless Steel & 12 

Handle Assembly Only 

Handle Assembly and 

Disconnect Mechanism 

Class Disconnect (Amps) Enclosure Size 

Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ 

17, 25, 32, 84, 87, CM, LE 30, 60 & 100 

75D73944015 

75D68257103 

37, 88 30 & 60 75D73944018 75D68257048 

17, 25, 32, 84 200 75D73944015 75D68257105 

All Standard and Extra-wide Sizes 

37, 88, CM, LE 200 75D73944015 75D68257063 

87 200 75D73944023 75D68257068 

17, 25, 37, 87, 88, CM, LE 400 & 600 75D73944027 75D68257078 

Class 

18, 26, 32, CM, LE 3 - 125 

Motor Circuit 

Interrupter (Amps) 


(24”H x 11”W x 8”D), 

(24”H x 20”W x 8”D) 

Handle Assembly Only 

Handle Assembly and 

Disconnect Mechanism 

Catalog Number List Price $ Catalog Number List Price $ 

75D73944025 

75D68257080 

18, 26, 32 100 - 125 (36”H x 24”W x 8”D) 75D73944025 75D68257073 

18, 26, 32 150 & 250 

75D73944028 

75D68257089 

18, 26, 37, 87, 88, CM 300 - 600 75D73944027 75D68257078 

87 3 - 125 75D73944025 75D68257080 

87 150 75D73944028 75D68257089 

All Standard Sizes 

87 250 75D73944011 75D68257077 

37, 88 30 - 125 75D73944025 75D68257073 

37, 84, 88, CM 150 - 250 75D73944011 75D68257077 

84 3 - 125 75D73944025 75D68257074 

Quarter Turn Assemblies 



Description Class Enclosure Type Catalog Number List Price $ 

Quarter-Turn 

Latch 

17, 18, 25, 26, 32, 87 & 88 

1, 3/3R & 12 75D46260004 

4 & 4X 75D46260005 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 




Class SMF, MMS 

Dimensions 

Class SMF and MMS Open Type 

NEMA Type 3R, 4 and 12 

(Top and Bottom) 

Class SMF 

aTypes FO–1, 1P, 2, 2P 

(with toggle operator) 

Class MMS 

aTypes KO–1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C 

(with toggle operator) 

NEMA Type 1B General Purpose Flush Mounting 

Device Class Type 

Fractional HP Starter 

SMF 

FWN1, 1P, FWN2, 2P 

FWN3, 3P, FW4, 4P 

Motor Starting Switch 

MMS 

KWN1, 1A, 1B, KWN2, 2B, 2C 

KWN3, 3A, 3B, KWN4, 4B, 4C 

NEMA Type 4 Watertight Die Cast Zinc Enclosure 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Type of 


Device Operator Type A B C 

FF1, 1P, 2, 2P 1.44 2.75 4.50 

FS1, 1P, 2, 2P (37) (70) (114) 

Toggle 

1.44 3.50 5.25 

Class SMF 

FSJ1P, 2P 

(37) (89) (133) 

Fractional 

FF3, 3P, 4, 4P 1.44 2.75 4.50 

HP Starter 

FS3, 3P, 4, 4P (37) (70) (114) 

Key 

1.44 3.50 5.25 

FSJ3P, 4P 

(37) (89) (133) 

KF1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C 1.75 2.75 4.50 

KS1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C (44) (70) (114) 

Class Toggle 

1.75 3.50 5.25 

MMS 

KSJ1A, 1B, 2B, 2C 

(44) (89) (133) 

Motor 

Starting 

KF3, 3A, 3B, 4, 4B, 4C 1.75 2.75 4.50 

Switch 

KS3, 3A, 3B, 4, 4B, 4C (44) (70) (114) 

Key 

1.75 3.50 5.25 

KSJ3A, 3B, 4B, 4C 

(44) (89) (133) 

NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Surface Mounting Enclosures 


A B C D E F G H I 

3.00 2.75 1.13 0.25 3.75 4.69 4.25 4.56 0.78 

(76) (70) (28) (6) (95) (119) (108) (116) (20) 


Fractional HP Starter SMF FW1, 1P, 2, 2P 

Motor Starting Switch MMS KW1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C 

Standard Size—Class SMF and MMS 

Types FG & KG (Single-Unit) 

Note: Dimensions for reference, not for construction. 

Dimensions are in inches (mm). 

Oversized—Class SMF and MMS 

Types FGJ & KGJ (Single-Unit) 

a Dimensions typical for key operator devices. 

Jumbo MMSKE2 

1 ⁄20– 3 ⁄40 Knock-Out On Back and Sides 

17-126 



Class SMF, MMS 

Dimensions 

NEMA Type 7 and 9 Cast Aluminum Enclosure 


A B C D G H 

4.00 5.75 1.38 6.36 4.38 1.20 

(101) (146) (35) (161) (111) (30) 


Fractional HP Starter SMF FR1, FR2 

Motor Starting Switch MMS KR1, KR2 

NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Enclosure For Two Unit Devices 

Type of 

Device Operator Class Type 

One Starter 

Toggle SMF FG02, 02P 

Key SMF FG04P 

Two Starters 

Toggle SMF FG222, 222P 

Key SMF FG44P 

One Starter and Toggle SMF FG71, 71P, 72, 72P 

One Sel. Switch a Key SMF FG74P 

Reversing Switch b 

KG11, 11A, 11B, 22, 22A, 

Toggle MRS 

22B, 22C 

Two Speed Starter Toggle SMF FG11, 11P, 22, 22P 

Two Speed Switch Toggle MMS KG11, 11A, 11B, 22, 22B, 22C 



NEMA Type 1B General Purpose Flush Mounting For Two Unit Devices 

Type of 

Device c Operator Class Type A B C D 

5.25 3.75 5.25 1.44 

FF22, 22P 

(133) (95) (133) (37) 

Toggle SMF 

4.56 3.50 4.50 1.44 

FS22P 

Two (116) (89) (114) (37) 

Starters 

5.25 3.75 5.25 1.44 

FF44P 

(133) (95) (133) (37) 

Key SMF 

4.56 3.50 4.50 1.44 

FS44P 

(116) (89) (114) (37) 

5.25 0.75 5.25 2.00 

FF71, 71P, 72, 72P 

(133) (19) (133) (51) 

One Toggle SMF 

4.56 3.50 4.50 2.00 

Starter 

FS71P, 72P 

(116) (89) (114) (51) 

and One 

Selector 

5.25 3.75 5.25 2.00 

FF74P 

Switch d (133) (95) (133) (51) 

Key SMF 

4.56 3.50 4.50 2.00 

FS74P 

(116) (89) (114) (51) 

KF11, 11A, 11B 

Reversing 

5.25 3.75 5.25 1.75 

Toggle MRS KF22, 22A 

Switch 

(133) (95) (133) (44) 

22B, 22C 

Two 

5.25 3.75 5.25 1.44 

Speed Toggle SMF FF11, 11P, 22, 22P 

(133) (95) (133) (37) 

Switch 

Two 

KF11, 11A, 11B 5.25 3.75 5.25 1.44 

Speed Toggle MMS 

22, 22B, 22C (133) (95) (133) (37) 

Switch 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



a Selector switch is on the left, increases overall depth 

to 3.50 in. (89 mm). 

b Only one pilot light (located on right) is used on MRS 

switches. 

c Dimensions include factory wired power connections. 

d Selector switch is on the left, extends 1.62 in. (41 mm) 

from mounting surface. 





Dimensions 

3RV102 

Class 11 - NEMA 1 Enclosure 



3/4 - 1 NPT 

1/2 NPT 

1/2 - 3/4 NPT 

1/2 - 3/4 NPT 

1/2 - 3/4 NPT 

1/2 - 3/4 NPT 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

10.20 

8.63 

1/2 - 3/4 NPT 

1/4 Mounting Screw 

Typ. (3) Places 

4.63 

6.39 

1/2 - 3/4 NPT 

5.05 

1/2 - 3/4 NPT 

3/4 - 1 NPT 

Note: Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions 

for reference, not for construction. Contact Sales 

Office for dimensions not listed. 

17-128 



Solid State Overload, Class 14 

Dimensions 

Figure 1 

Figure 1 

Figure 2 

Figure 2 

C 

C1 

D2 

B1 

.50 B 

.50 

C 

C1 

D2 

B1 

.50 B 

C L 

C L 

A 

D 

E 

J 

A 

D 

J 

L 

M 

M1 

E1 

D1 

G 

M 

M1 

L 

K 

E1 

D1 

B2 

G 

C 

C1 

Figure Figure 3 3 

D2 

.50 

B1 

B 

C1 

C 

Figure 4 4 Figure 5 

.50 

B1 

B 

E2 

D2 

C L 

C L 

A 

J 

J 

D 

A 

D 

M 

M1 

L 

K 

E1 

D1 

G 

M 

M1 

L 

E1 

K 

D1 

G 



Open Type Solid State Overload 

Mounting 

Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Screw Reset Dimensions 

Size Figure A B B1 B2 C C1 D D1 D2 E E1 E2 G J K L M M1 

00–1 3 ⁄4 1 7.44 3.50 5.75 — 3.75 3.50 6.50 2.00 0.19 6.27 1.00 — #10 5.60 — 0.18 3.23 3.41 

(189) (89) (146) (95) (89) (165) (51) (5) (159) (25) (142) (5) (82) (87) 

2–2 1 ⁄2 2 8.13 3.50 5.75 4.60 4.00 3.77 7.62 2.00 0.19 — 1.00 — #10 6.87 0.48 0.18 3.88 4.06 

(207) (89) (146) (117) (102) (96) (194) (51) (5) (25) (174) (12) (5) (99) (103) 

3–3 1 ⁄2 3 9.78 4.50 6.75 — 5.19 4.66 9.22 1.44 0.28 — 0.72 — 0.25 8.43 0.48 0.18 4.04 4.22 

(248) (114) (171) (132) (118) (234) (37) (7) (18) (6) (214) (12) (5) (103) (107) 

4 4 11.06 4.50 6.75 — 5.75 4.66 10.34 1.44 0.44 — 0.72 0.72 0.25 9.35 0.48 0.18 4.04 4.22 

(281) (114) (171) (146) (118) (263) (37) (11) (18) (18) (6) (237) (12) (5) (103) (107) 

5 5 12.76 5.71 6.89 — 8.54 — 7.09 4.72 — — — — 0.35 — — — — — 

(324) (145) (175) (217) (180) (120) (9) 

6 6 13.03 6.30 7.48 — 9.29 — 7.09 5.12 — — — — 0.35 — — — — — 

(331) (160) (190) (236) (180) (130) (9) 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Note: Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions 

for reference, not for construction. Contact Sales 

Office for dimensions not listed. 


L3 

Reversing & Multispeed Heavy Duty Starters 

Solid State Overload Class 22, 30 

Dimensions 

D 

D1 

J 

.50 

B1 

B 

Figure 1 

C L 

Figure 1 

C 

C1 

A 

D 

D1 

J 

.50 

B1 

B 

Figure 2 

C L 

Figure 2 

A 

C 

C1 

.50 

D1 

J 

D 

B1 

B 

Figure 3 

C L 

Figure 3 

A 

C 

C1 

L 

K 

K1 

E 

B2 

G 

M1 

M 

K 

K1 

B2 

G 

M1 

M 

K 

K1 

E 

G 

L 

M1 

M 

E 

Figure 4 4 

Figure 5 

Figure 5 

D1 

.50 

B1 

B 

E 

C 

C1 

.50 

B1 

E 

D1 

C 

C1 

J 

J 

A 

D 

D 

A 

L 



.50 

K 

K1 

B1 

E 

Figure 6 6 

G 

L 

D1 

M1 

M 

C 

C1 

.50 

K 

K1 

B1 

E 

B 

Figure 7Figure 7 

G 

D1 

4.05 

4.23 

C 

C1 

J 

A 

D 

J 

A 

17 

L 

D 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

K 

K1 

B 

G 

M1 

M 

K 

K1 

B 

G 

L 

M1 

M 

Class 22 Reversing & Class 30 2 Speed/2 Winding 

Mounting 


Size Figure A B B1 B2 C C1 D D1 E G J K K1 L M M1 

00–1¾ 1 7.69 7.75 10.50 3.62 3.92 3.61 7.25 0.22 7.25 #10 5.77 1.25 4.75 0.18 3.58 3.40 

2–2½ 2 8.94 8.25 10.50 3.62 4.17 3.98 8.50 0.22 7.25 #10 7.10 0.77 4.75 0.18 4.23 4.05 

3– 3½ 3 11.44 10.94 12.75 — 5.65 5.03 10.75 0.34 10.25 #10 9.18 1.64 6.00 0.18 4.69 4.51 

4 4 11.91 10.94 12.75 — 6.22 5.12 11.22 0.34 10.25 0.25 9.53 0.65 6.00 0.18 4.68 4.50 

Class 30 2 Speed/1 Winding 

Mounting 


Size Figure A B B1 B2 C C1 D D1 E G J K K1 L M M1 

00–1¾ 1 7.69 7.75 10.50 3.62 3.92 3.61 7.25 0.22 7.25 #10 5.77 1.25 4.75 0.18 3.58 3.40 

2–2½ 5 9.19 14.55 16.30 — 3.94 3.85 8.75 0.22 13.00 #10 7.33 0.77 5.75 0.18 4.23 4.05 

3–3½ 6 11.44 16.94 18.75 — 5.65 5.07 10.75 0.34 16.25 #10 9.18 1.64 6.00 0.18 4.68 4.50 

4 7 11.91 16.94 17.75 — 6.22 5.12 10.75 0.82 16.25 #10 9.06 1.64 6.00 0.18 4.68 4.50 


Contact sales office for dimensions not listed. 


17-130 



Class 40 

Dimensions 

Full Voltage Open Type NEMA Contactor Size 00-8 

Figure 1 

Figure 2 

Figure 3 



Figure 4 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Open Type 

Mounting 

Mounting 

3rd Character Outline Dimensions Dimensions Screw 

Size of Catalog No. a Fig A B B1 B2 C D D1 E G 

00–1 3 ⁄4 C, D, E 1 4.31 (110) 3.94 (100) 4.25 (108) 4.75 (121) 3.75 (70) 3.94 (100) 0.19 (5) 1.00 (25) #10 

2–2 1 ⁄2 F,G 1 4.88 (124) 3.94 (100) 4.25 (108) — 4.00 (102) 4.50 (114) 0.19 (5) 1.00 (25) #10 

3–3 1 ⁄2 H, I 1 6.13 (156) 5.13 (130) 5.50 (140) — 5.06 (129) 5.63 (143) 0.25 (6) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6) 

4 J 1 7.81 (198) 5.19 (132) 5.50 (140) — 5.75 (146) 6.56 (167) 0.81 (21) 0.75 (19) 0.5 (13) 

5 L 2 8.27 (210) 5.71 (145) 6.89 (175) — 8.54 (217) 7.09 (180) 4.72 (120) — 0.35 (9) 

6 M 2 8.43 (214) 6.3 (160) 7.48 (190) — 9.29 (236) 7.09 (180) 5.12 (130) — 0.35 (9) 

7 N 3 14.05 (357) 8.27 (210) — — 9.53 (242) 9.80 (249) 2.83 (72) — 0.25 (6) 

8 P 4 15.41 (392) 17.23 (438) — — 10.56 (268) 12.28 (312) — 5.35 (136) 0.35 (9) 




a 3rd character of catalog number identifies contactor 

rating. 


Magnetic Reversing Contactors 

Class 43 

Dimensions 

Figure 1 



Figure 2 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 

Open Type Horizontal Mounted 

Mounting 

Mouning 

Outline Dimensions Dimensions Screw 

Size Fig. A B B1 C C1 D D1 E F G 

00–1 3 ⁄4 1 7.69 (195) 7.75 (197) 9.25 (235) 3.88 (98) — 7.25 (184) 0.25 (6) 3.63 (92) — #10 

2, 2 1 ⁄2 1 8.94 (227) 7.75 (197) 9.25 (235) 4.56 (116) — 8.5 (216) 0.25 (6) 3.63 (92) — #10 

3–3 1 ⁄2 1 11.44 (291) 10.94 (278) 11.50 (292) 5.19 (132) — 10.75 (273) 0.38 (6) 5.13 (130) — 0.25 

4 1 8.50 (216) 10.94 (278) 11.50 (292) 6.25 (159) — 7.81 (198) 0.38 (6) 5.13 (130) — 0.25 

5 2 18.07 (459) 14.20 (361) — 9.44 (240) — 17.20 (437) — 9.61 (244) — 

6 2 11.61 (295) 18.88 (480) 9.45 (240) 10.85 (276) 7.44 (189) 10.44 (265) 10.71 (272) 17.72 (450) 1.18 (30) — 




17-132 


Overload Relays & Current Transformers 

Solid State Overload 

Dimensions 

Dimensions “A” Frame—ESP200 Solid State Overload 

Overload (55 - 630 Amps), SIRIUS 3RB20 

Dimensions “A1” Frame—ESP200 Solid State Overload 

Frame Size A Frame Size A1 Frame Size B 

Dimensions mm in. mm in. mm in. 

A 80 3.15 80 3.15 100.4 3.95 

B 12.6 0.5 12.6 0.5 8.6 0.34 

C 27.7 1.1 28 1.10 32.6 1.28 

Dimensions “B” Frame—ESP200 Solid State Overload 

D 44.85 1.77 44.85 1.77 44.85 1.77 

E 34.9 1.37 34.9 1.37 23.5 0.93 

F 19.6 0.77 19.6 .077 33.5 1.32 

G 48.95 1.93 48.95 1.93 46.23 1.82 

H 10.7 0.42 10.7 0.42 10.9 0.43 



I 2.3 0.09 2.3 0.09 2.4 0.09 

J 80 3.15 80 3.15 104.6 4.12 

K 53.9 2.12 53.9 2.12 58.6 2.31 

L 66.0 2.6 55.9 2.20 50 1.97 

M 89.7 3.53 89.7 3.53 114 4.49 

N 10.18 0.40 10.18 0.40 4.7 0.19 

O — — 10.77 0.42 23.6 0.93 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Current Transformers (all CT’s have the same dimensions) 

P — — 8.62 0.34 21.1 0.83 

R — — 12.9 0.51 27.1 1.07 

S 9.5 0.37 — — 2.45 0.1 

T 5.2 0.21 5.2 0.21 5.2 0.21 

Note: When mounted on a plate, torque screws to 

11 lb.in. (1.2 Nm). 


Lighting & Heating Contactors 

Class LC Open Contactors 

Dimensions 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 



17-134 



Open Contactors, Class LE 

Dimensions 

LEN00B (20A 3 Pole and 4 Pole) 

45 

73 

5 35 

57.5 

29.8 

5 

LEN00C003 (30A 3 Pole) 

45 

97 

35.1 

4.8 

85 

43 

2.5 

75 

7.5 



5 

LEN00C004 (30A 4 Pole) 

60 

45 

5 

97 

5 

35.1 

4.8 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

5 

2.5 

7.5 

87 

75 

43 

50 

5 

5 





Dimensions 

LEN00D003 (60A 3 Pole) 

LEN00E003 (100A 3 Pole) 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 



LEN00C006 (30A 6 Pole) 

LEN00D006 (60A 6 Pole) 

Dimensions in inches. 

17-136 


GROUND 

1/ L1 3/ L2 5/ L3 

2/ T1 

11 

21NC 

13NO 

14NO 

22NC 

3. 4. 5. 6. A2 

3RT20 

4/ T2 

6/ T3 

A1 

1/ L1 3/ L2 5/ L3 

2/ T1 

11 

21NC 

13NO 

14NO 

22NC 

3. 4. 5. 6. 

4/ T2 

6/ T3 

A1 

A2 

3RT20 

1/ L1 3/ L2 5/ L3 

2/ T1 

11 

21NC 

13NO 

14NO 

22NC 

3. 4. 5. 6. 

4/ T2 

6/ T3 

A1 

A2 

3RT20 




Dimensions 

LEN00C009 (30A 9 Pole) 

LEN00D009 (60A 9 Pole) 

11.75 

.31 11.13 

.31 

5.49 

Ø.28 

(4) MTG. 

HOLES 

5.87 

5.25 



LEN00C012 (30A 12 Pole) 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

LEN00D012 (60A 12 Pole) 




Dimensions 

LEN00F003 (200A 3 Pole) 

9 

17 37 

61 

107 

169 

100 

SIEMENS 

LEN00G003 (300A 3 Pole) 

17 

140 

170 

130 

7 

120 

96 

48 

71 

120 



SIEMENS 

168 

210 

9 

180 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

145 

132 

202 

LEN00H003 (400A 3 Pole) 

96 

48 

89 

130 

9 

SIEMENS 

182 

200 

180 

160 

511 

25 

150 

224 

17-138 



Mechanically / Magnetically Held Lighting Contactors, Class CLM 

Dimensions 

CLM Contactor, 20 Amp 

Figure 1 

Figure 2 

Figure 3 

G 

A 

B 

C 

E 

F 

D 



Open Type Lighting and Heating Contactors 

Class 

CLM 

Figure 

Number 

1 

2 

3 

Amp 

Rating 

Figure is representative and may not depict the 

actual number of contactors mounted on the plate. 

There will be either 2 or 3 contactors. Furthermore, 

each contactor may have 3, 4 or 5 poles. 

Number of 

Poles A B C D E F G 

30 2–4 3.31 (84) 1.65 (42) 3.95 (100) 4.38 (111) 0.23 (6) 4.61 (117) 1.50 (38) 

30 5 4.19 (106) 2.09 (53) 3.95 (100) 4.38 (111) 0.23 (6) 4.61 (117) 1.50 (38) 

60 2, 3 3.31 (84) 1.65 (42) 3.95 (100) 4.38 (111) 0.23 (6) 4.94 (125) 1.50 (38) 

60 4, 5 5.06 (129) 2.53 (64) 3.95 (100) 4.38 (111) 0.23 (6) 4.94 (125) 1.50 (38) 

100 2, 3 4.62 (117) 2.31 (59) 6.00 (152) 6.62 (168) 0.38 (10) 6.75 (171) 1.88 (48) 

100 4, 5 7.25 (184) 3.62 (92) 6.00 (152) 6.62 (168) 0.38 (10) 6.75 (171) 1.88 (48) 

200 2, 3 4.62 (117) 2.31 (59) 6.00 (152) 6.62 (168) 0.38 (10) 6.75 (171) 1.88 (48) 

200 4, 5 7.25 (184) 3.62 (92) 6.00 (152) 6.62 (168) 0.38 (10) 6.75 (171) 1.88 (48) 

30 6, 8 8.00 (196) 0.31 (8) 5.25 (129) 5.87 (144) 0.31 (8) 4.86 (119) 7.38 (181) 

30 9, 10, 12 11.75 (289) 0.31 (8) 5.25 (129) 5.87 (144) 0.31 (8) 4.86 (119) 11.13 (273) 

60 6 8.00 (196) 0.31 (8) 5.25 (129) 5.87 (144) 0.31 (8) 5.19 (127) 7.38 (181) 

60 8, 9, 10 11.75 (289) 0.31 (8) 5.25 (129) 5.87 (144) 0.31 (8) 5.19 (127) 11.13 (273) 

60 12 16.75 (410) 0.31 (8) 5.25 (129) 5.87 (144) 0.31 (8) 5.19 (127) 16.13 (395) 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


Dimensions in inches (mm). 



Mechanically Latched 300 and 400 Amps, Class CLM 

Dimensions 

CLM Contactors 300 Amp 



CLM Contactors 400 Amp 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 


Dimensions in inches (mm). 

17-140 


Heavy Duty Motor Starters & Contactors 

Enclosed, Class 14, 40 


Dimensions 

Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 

View is typical for bottom and top 

Outline Dimensions Mounting 

Conduit Size Approx. 

Enclosure 

Ship Reference 

Type Size Fig. b A B C D E G a K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 Wt Lbs Drawing 

00–1 3/4 

1 11.00 6.41 5.00 8.22 4.63 0.25 0.5 0.5-0.75 0.75–1 — — 10 D68870 

(w/o CPT) 

1 

(Standard 

width for 

use with 

or without 

CPT) 

1 

(Extra wide 

for use with 

CPT) 

2–2 1/2 

(w/o CPT) 

2 13.53 8.00 6.38 10.25 6.00 0.25 0.5-0.75 0.75-1 1–1.25 — — 15 D68870 

3–3 1/2 3 19.13 11.38 7.69 15.63 8.25 0.25 0.5-0.75 1–1.25 1.5–2 — — 26 D68870 

4 4 24.88 13.38 8.13 21.75 9.00 0.25 0.5-0.75 1.25–1.5 2–2.5 — — 37 D68870 

5 5 48.00 24.00 12.00 49.56 22.50 0.38 2–3 135 

6, 7 5 48.00 24.00 12.00 49.56 22.50 0.38 2–2.5 150 

8 5 60.00 38.00 16.00 61.56 36.50 0.38 275 

00–2 1/2 3 19.13 11.38 7.69 15.63 8.25 0.25 0.5-0.75 1–1.25 1.5–2 — — 26 D68870 

3–3 1/2 4 24.88 13.38 8.13 21.75 9.00 0.25 0.5-0.75 1.25–1.5 2–2.5 — — 37 D68870 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Note: Dimensions are in inches. 

a G designates mounting screw size. 

b Enclosures shown in figures 1 - 4 have lift-off covers. 

Enclosures shown in figure 5 have hinged covers. 


Heavy Duty Motor Starters & Contactors 



Dimensions 

Figure 1 

Figure 2 

G 

Figure 3 

G 

Typical view 

top and bottom 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Outline Dimensions Mounting Conduit Size 

Approx. 

Ship Wt Reference 

Enclosure Type Size Fig. A B C D E G a K1 K2 K3 Lbs Drawing 

4/4X Fiberglass 0-1 3/4 1 13.00 7.75 5.44 12.25 5.00 0.375 — — — 12 D41547 

(Standard width for 

use with or without 

2-2 1/2 1 16.00 8.13 6.06 15.25 5.00 0.375 — — — 18 D41547 

CPT) 

3-4 1 26.00 13.13 7.56 25.25 10.00 0.375 — — — 49 D41552 

3/3R/4/12 

0-1 3/4 2 13.00 7.75 5.44 12.25 5.00 0.25 — — — 12 D41547 

(Standard width for 2-2 1/2 2 16.00 8.13 6.06 15.25 5.00 0.25 — — — 18 D41547 

use without CPT) 3-4 2 26.00 13.13 7.56 25.25 10.00 0.25 — — — 49 D41552 

0–1 3/4 2 13.00 12.63 5.38 12.25 10.00 0.25 — — — 30 D17150 

2–2 1/2 2 16.00 13.25 6.13 15.25 11.00 0.25 — — — 33 D17150 

3/3R/4/12 

3–3 1/2 2 24.00 20.00 8.00 25.56 18.50 0.375 — — — 49 D41552 

(Extra wide for use 4 2 30.00 24.00 10.00 31.56 22.50 0.375 — — — 64 D17150 

with CPT) 

5 3 48.00 24.00 12.00 49.56 22.50 0.375 — — — D65608007 

6, 7 3 48.00 24.00 12.00 49.56 22.50 0.375 — — — D65608009 

8 3 60.00 38.00 16.00 61.56 36.50 0.375 — — — 275 D65632006 

4/4X Stainless Steel 0-1 3/4 2 13.00 7.75 5.44 12.25 5.00 0.25 — — — 18 D41546 

(Standard width for 2-2 1/2 2 16.00 8.13 6.06 15.25 5.00 0.25 — — — 36 D41546 

use without CPT) 3-4 2 26.00 13.13 7.56 25.25 10.00 0.25 — — — 67 D41551 

0–1 3/4 2 13.00 12.63 5.38 12.25 10.00 0.25 — — — 30 D41917 

2–2 1/2 2 16.00 13.25 6.13 15.25 11.00 0.25 — — — 33 D42935 

4/4X Stainless Steel 3–3 1/2 2 24.00 20.00 8.00 25.56 18.50 0.375 — — — 64 D41551 

(Extra wide for use 4 2 30.00 24.00 10.00 31.56 22.50 0.375 — — — 67 D43292 

with CPT) 

5 (Painted) 3 48.00 24.00 12.00 49.56 22.50 0.375 — — — D65608007 

6, 7 (Painted) 3 48.00 24.00 12.00 49.56 22.50 0.375 — — — D65608009 

8 3 60.00 38.00 16.00 61.56 26.50 0.375 — — — 275 D65632006 



17-142 





Dimensions 


H 

Typical view 


7.0 3.0 3.0 

H 

Typical view 


1 /2 X 3 /4 

Knockout 

6.00 

(156) 

1 X 1 1 /4 

Knockout 

B 

C 

1/2 X 3 

1 1 /4 

/2 X 2 Knockout 

Knockout 

B 

E 

D 

1 1 /2 X 2 

Knockout 

C 

G 

A 

G A 

E 

D 

Mounting 

Holes for 

1/4" Screws 

Qty. 3 

E 

D 

Mounting 

Holes for 

1/4" Screws 

Qty. 4 


8.5 

3.5 3.5 

1 

1 1 /2 X 3 /4 

/2 X 2 

1 1 /2 Knockout X 2 

Knockout 

Knockout 

E 

B 

D 

H 

Typical view 


C 



G 

E 

D 

A 

Mounting 

Holes for 

1/4" Screws 

Qty. 4 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Approx. 

Enclosure 


Type Size Fig. A B C D E G H Wt Lbs Drawing 

0–2 1 24.00 11.00 8.00 6.13 2.13 21.00 3.50 35 D68774001 

1 

(Standard 

width) 

1 

(Extra wide) 

2 1/2, 3 (except 

200A Disc.) 

2 24.00 20.00 8.00 15.00 2.13 21.00 3.50 48 D68774002 

3 (200A Disc.), 

3 1/2, 4 

3 36.00 24.00 8.00 14.00 5.00 33.50 5.00 101 D68774003 

5 4 72.16 20.00 11.03 71.00 16.00 — — 250 D56032005 

6 4 60.00 38.00 12.00 36.50 0.75 61.56 — 275 D56032006 

0–2 2 24.00 20.00 8.00 15.00 2.13 21.00 3.50 48 D68774002 

2 1/2, 3 3 36.00 24.00 8.00 14.00 5.00 33.50 5.00 101 D68774003 






Dimensions 

Figure 1 

Figure 2 

Figure 3 

5.50 

(140) 

B 

C 

E 

B 

D 

C 

E 

B 

D 

C 

H 

G 

A 

AGH 

AGH 

E 

D 

Mounting Holes for 

1/4" Screws Qty. 3 





Figure 4 

Figure 5 

C 



Mounting Hole 

for 1/4" screw 

D 

A 

E 

B 


No. 10 Screws Qty. 4 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Approx. 

Outline Dimensions 

Mounting Dimensions 

Enclosure 


Type Size Fig. A B C D E G H Wt Lbs Drawing 

0–2 1 24.00 11.00 8.00 6.00 2.50 25.75 26.75 35 D56033 

3/3R/4/4X/12 

(Standard width) 

3/3R/4/4X/12 

(Extra wide) 

4/4X Fiberglass 

(Standard width) 

2 1/2, 3 (except 

200A Disc.) 

2 24.00 20.00 8.00 15.00 2.50 25.75 26.75 48 D56033 

3 (200A Disc.), 

3 1/2, 4 

3 36.00 24.00 8.00 12.00 6.00 37.75 38.75 101 D56033 

5 (Painted) 4 72.16 20.00 11.03 71.00 16.00 — — 250 D56032005 

6 (Painted) 4 60.00 38.00 12.00 36.50 0.75 61.56 63.10 275 D56032006 

0–2 2 24.00 20.00 8.00 15.00 2.50 25.75 26.75 48 D56033 

2 1/2, 3 3 36.00 24.00 8.00 12.00 6.00 37.75 38.75 101 D56033 

0–1 3/4 5 23.75 14.62 7.12 24.09 12.20 — — 42 

2–3 1/2 5 23.75 23.75 8.50 24.06 21.30 — — 44 

4 5 39.37 29.52 12.20 40.94 27.95 — — 55 


17-144 


Reversing Heavy Duty Starters & Contactors 



Dimensions 

Figure 1 

Figure 2 

Figure 3 


Type Size Fig. c G a A B C D E K1 K2 K3 K4 Wt Lbs Drawing 

Outline Dimensions Mounting 


Enclosure 


00–2 1/2 1 19.12 11.38 7.69 15.62 8.25 0.25 0.5-1.25 1-1.25 1.5-2 — 30 D68870 

1 

(Standard width 3–4 2 24.88 13.38 8.12 21.75 9.00 0.25 1.25-1.5 1.25-1.5 2-2.5 — 52 D68870 

for use with or 5 3 48.00 24.00 12.00 49.56 22.50 0.38 1.25-1.5 1.25-1.5 0.5-0.75 1.25-1.5 135 D65608 

without CPT) 

6, 7 3 48.00 24.00 12.00 49.56 22.50 0.38 1.25-1.5 1.25-1.5 0.5-0.75 1.25-1.5 150 D65608013 

0–1 3/4 3 12.00 12.00 6.00 12.75 8.00 0.38 — — — — 30 D41917 

2–2 1/2 3 16.00 14.00 6.00 16.75 12.00 0.38 — — — — 33 D42935 

4/4X 

3–3 1/2 


3 24.00 20.00 8.00 25.56 18.50 0.38 — — — — 53 D17423 

(w/o CPT) 

(Standard width 

for use without 3–3 1/2 

3 30.00 24.00 10.00 31.56 22.50 0.38 — — — — 64 D43292 

CPT) 

(w/ CPT),4 

5 b 3 48.00 24.00 12.00 49.56 22.50 0.38 — — — — D65608007 

6, 7 b 3 48.00 24.00 12.00 49.56 22.50 0.38 — — — — 65608009 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



b Type 4 painted enclosure. 

c Enclosures shown in figures 1 and 2 have lift-off covers. 

Enclosures shown in figure 3 have hinged covers. 


Reversing Heavy Duty Starters & Contactors 



Dimensions 


Figure 7 

12.50 .188 

5.00 10.00 

1.20 

48.00 

45.75 

.69 

2.38 

15.25 

20.00 

4-POINT MOUNTING 

FOR .31 SCREWS 

29.88 

DOOR 

OPEN 

90ϒ 

A 

B C B A 

.38 HOLE DIA. 

FOR PADLOCK 

11.62 

2.71 

K1 

K2 

K3 

0 

0.50 

7.25 

10.00 

12.75 

16.50 

A COMB. K.O.’s FOR 1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 2.00, OR 2.50 CONDUIT 

B COMB. K.O.’s FOR 1.00, 1.25, OR 1.50 CONDUIT 

C COMB. K.O.’s FOR 0.50 OR 0.75 CONDUIT 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Enclosure 

Type 

3/3R/4/12 


for use with or 

without CPT) 

4/4X Fiberglass 


for use with or 

without CPT) 




Mounting 

Size Fig. A B C D E G a K1 K2 K3 Wt Lbs Drawing 


0–1 3/4 5 13.00 12.63 5.63 12.25 10.00 0.25 — — — 30 D17150 

2–2 1/2 5 16.00 13.25 6.13 15.25 11.00 0.25 — — — 33 D17150 

3–3 1/2 

(w/o CPT) 

5 24.00 20.00 8.00 25.56 18.50 0.380 — — — 53 D17150 

3–4 

(w/ CPT) 

5 30.00 24.00 10.00 31.56 22.50 0.380 — — — 64 D17150 

5 7 48.00 24.00 12.00 49.56 22.50 0.375 — — — D65608007 

6 7 48.00 24.00 12.00 49.56 22.50 0.375 — — — 

0–2 1/2 6 24.00 20.00 8.00 25.56 18.50 0.380 — — — 35 

3–4 6 30.00 24.00 10.00 31.56 22.50 0.380 — — — 38 



17-146 





Dimensions 


7.0 3.0 3.0 

H 

Typical view 


8.5 

3.5 3.5 

H 

Typical view 


E 

1 1 1 /2 X 3 /4 

/2 X 2 Knockout 

Knockout 

B 

D 

1 1 /2 X 2 

Knockout 

C 

1 1 /2 X 2 

Knockout 

E 

1/2 X 3/4 


Knockout 

B 

D 

C 

G 

G A 

A 

E 

D 

Mounting 

Holes for 

1/4" Screws 

Qty. 4 

E 

D 

Mounting 

Holes for 

1/4" Screws 

Qty. 4 

Figure 4 

Figure 5 

E 

B 

D 

C 



AGH 



Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Approx. 

Enclosure 

Type Size Fig. A B C D E G H 

Ship 

Wt Lbs 

Reference 

Drawing 

0–2 1/2 1 24.00 20.00 8.00 15.00 2.13 21.00 3.50 60 D68774002 

1 

3-4 2 36.00 24.00 8.00 14.00 5.00 33.50 5.00 121 D68774003 

(Standard 

width) 

5 3 72.16 20.00 11.03 71.00 16.00 — — 250 D56032005 

6 3 72.10 40.20 18.10 78.00 18.00 — — 275 D56032006 

0–2 1/2 5 24.00 20.00 8.00 15.00 3.50 25.75 26.75 63 D68774005 

3/3R/4/4X/12 3-4 5 36.00 24.00 8.00 14.00 6.00 37.75 38.75 124 D68774006 

(Standard 

width) 

5(Painted) 3 72.16 20.00 11.03 71.00 16.00 — — 250 D56032005 

6(Painted) 3 72.10 40.20 18.10 78.00 18.00 — — 275 D56032006 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


Mounting 


Enclosure 


Type Size Fig. A B C D E G a K1 K2 K3 Wt Lbs Drawing 

4/4X Fg 0-2 1/2 4 24.00 20.00 8.00 25.56 18.50 0.38 — — — 18 24-139-861-001 

(Standard 

width) 

3-4 4 30.00 24.00 10.00 31.56 22.50 0.38 — — — 28 24-139-861-003 





Enclosed, Class 30 


Dimensions 

Figure 1 

Figure 1a 

Figure 2 


K1 K2 K3 

A 

D 

A 

D 

G 

E 

B 

G 

E 

B 

C 

C 

K1 K2 K3 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Starter Type 

(Enclosure 


Type) Size Fig. b A B C D E G a K1 K2 K3 

2 Speed 1 Winding 

(Type 1 for use 

with or without 

CPT) 


(Type 4/4X 

Stainless Steel for 


CPT) 


(Type 3/3R/4/12 for 


CPT) 


(Type 4/4X Fg. for 

use w/ or w/o CPT) 


(Type 1 for use 

with or without 

CPT) 


(Type 4/4X 

Stainless Steel for 


CPT) 


(Type 3/3R/4/12 for 


CPT) 


(Type 4/4X Fg. for 

use w/ or w/o CPT) 

Approx. 

Ship 

Wt Lbs 

Reference 

Drawing 

0–1 3/4 w/o CPT 1 19.13 11.38 7.69 15.63 8.25 0.25 0.5-0.75 1.0-1.25 1.5-2 26 D68870 

0–1 3/4 w/ CPT 1a 24.88 13.38 8.13 21.75 9.00 0.25 0.5-0.75 1.25-1.5 2-2.5 52 D68870 

2–2 1/2 2 16.00 17.13 7.63 15.25 14.00 0.25 0.5-0.75 1.25-1.5 1.25-1.5 39 D42932001 

3–3 1/2 2 24.88 13.38 8.13 21.75 9.00 0.25 0.5-0.75 1.25–1.5 2–2.5 60 D72956002 

4 3 24.88 13.38 8.13 21.75 9.00 0.25 0.5-0.75 1.25–1.5 2–2.5 61 D43292001 

0–1 3/4 w/o CPT 3 12.00 12.00 6.00 12.75 10.00 0.38 — — — 34 D41917000 

0–1 3/4 w/ CPT 3 16.00 16.00 8.00 17.60 14.50 0.38 — — — 47 

2–2 1/2 w/o CPT 3 16.00 16.00 8.00 17.60 14.50 0.38 — — — 47 

2–2 1/2 w/ CPT 3 30.00 24.00 10.00 31.56 22.50 0.38 — — — 55 

3–3 1/2 3 30.00 24.00 10.00 31.56 22.50 0.38 — — — 61 D43292001 

4 3 30.00 24.00 10.00 31.56 22.50 0.38 — — — 61 D43292001 

0–1 3/4 w/o CPT 3 13.00 12.63 5.38 12.25 10.00 0.25 — — — 34 

0–1 3/4 w/ CPT 3 16.00 17.13 7.63 15.25 14.00 0.25 — — — 47 D17150010 

2–2 1/2 w/o CPT 3 16.00 17.13 7.63 15.25 14.00 0.25 — — — 47 D17150010 

2–2 1/2 w/ CPT 3 24.00 20.00 8.00 25.56 18.50 0.38 — — — 55 

3–4 3 30.00 24.00 10.00 31.56 22.50 0.38 — — — 61 D19673000 

0–2 1/2 4 23.78 23.78 6.89 — — 0.25 — — — 28 24139861003 

3–4 4 39.38 29.53 12.60 — — — — — — 24139861004 

0–2 1/2 w/o CPT 1 19.13 11.38 7.69 15.63 8.25 0.25 0.5-0.75 1.0-1.25 1.5-2 30 D68870 

0–2 1/2 w/ CPT 1a 24.88 13.38 8.13 21.75 9.00 0.25 0.5-0.75 1.25-1.5 2-2.5 52 D68870 

3–4 w/o CPT 1a 24.88 13.38 8.13 21.75 9.00 0.25 0.5-0.75 1.25-1.5 2-2.5 52 D68870 

0–1 3/4 w/o CPT 3 12.00 12.00 6.00 12.75 10.00 0.38 — — — 34 

0–1 3/4 w/ CPT 3 16.00 16.00 8.00 17.60 14.50 0.38 — — — 41 

2–2 1/2 w/o CPT 3 16.00 16.00 8.00 17.60 14.50 0.38 — — — 41 

2–2 1/2 w/ CPT 3 16.00 16.00 8.00 17.60 14.50 0.38 — — — 41 

3–3 1/2 w/o CPT 3 30.00 24.00 10.00 31.56 22.50 0.38 — — — 55 

3–3 1/2 w/ CPT 3 30.00 24.00 10.00 31.56 22.50 0.38 — — — 61 D43292001 

4 3 30.00 24.00 10.00 31.56 22.50 0.38 — — — 61 D43292001 

0–1 3/4 w/o CPT 3 13.00 12.63 5.38 12.25 10.00 0.25 — — — 34 

0–1 3/4 w/ CPT 3 16.00 17.13 7.63 15.25 14.00 0.25 — — — 41 D17150010 

2–2 1/2 w/o CPT 3 16.00 13.25 6.13 15.25 11.00 0.25 — — — 41 

2–2 1/2 w/ CPT 3 16.00 17.13 7.63 15.25 14.00 0.25 — — — 41 D17150010 

3–3 1/2 w/o CPT 3 24.00 20.00 8.00 25.56 18.50 0.38 — — — 55 

3–4 w/CPT 3 30.00 24.00 10.00 31.56 22.50 0.38 — — — 61 D19673000 

0–2 1/2 4 23.78 23.78 6.89 — — 0.25 — — — 28 24139861003 

3–4 4 39.38 29.53 12.60 — — — — — — 24139861004 

Note: Dimensions are in inches. a G designates mounting screw size. b Enclosures shown in figures 1and 1a have lift-off covers. 

Enclosures shown in figures 2, 3 and 4 have hinged covers. 

17-148 



Enclosed, Class 32 

Dimensions 


7.0 3.0 3.0 

8.5 

3.5 3.5 

H 

Typical view 


H 

Typical view 


E 

1 1 /2 X 2 

Knockout 

1/2 X 3 /4 

Knockout 

B 

D 

1 1 /2 X 2 

Knockout 

C 

1 1 /2 X 2 

Knockout 

E 

1/2 X 3 /4 


Knockout 

B 

D 

C 

G 

G A 

A 

E 

D 

Mounting 

Holes for 

1/4" Screws 

Qty. 4 

E 

D 

Mounting 

Holes for 

1/4" Screws 

Qty. 4 

Figure 4 

Figure 3 

E 

B 

D 

C 



AGH 

NEMA 1 Standard Width 0–4 




Mounting 

Approx 

Dimensions 

Ship Wt 

Size Figure A B C D E G H Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg 

0–1 3 ⁄4 (1 Winding) 1 24 (610) 20 (508) 8 (203) 15.00 (381) 2.125 (54) 21.00 (533) 3.50 (90) 68 (31) D68774 

2–4 (1 Winding) 2 36 (914) 24 (610) 8 (203) 14.00 (356) 5.00 (127) 33.50 (851) 3.50 (90) 71 (32) D68774 

0–2 1 ⁄2, (2 Winding) 1 24 (610) 20 (508) 8 (203) 15.00 (381) 2.125 (54) 21.00 (533) 3.50 (90) 135 (61) D68774 

3–4 (2 Winding) 2 36 (914) 24 (610) 8 (203) 14.00 (356) 5.00 (127) 33.50 (851) 3.50 (90) 138 (63) D68774 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

NEMA 12/3/3R/4 (Painted), 4/4X Stainless Standard Width 0–4 

0–1 3 ⁄4 (1 Winding) 4 24 (610) 20 (508) 8 (203) 15.00 (381) 2.50 (64) 25.75 (654) 26.75 (680) 68 (31) D68774 

2–4 (1 Winding) 4 36 (914) 24 (610) 8 (203) 12 (305) 6.00 (152) 37.75 (959) 38.75 (984) 71 (32) D68774 

0–2 1 ⁄2, (2 Winding) 4 24 (610) 20 (508) 8 (203) 15.00 (381) 2.50 (64) 25.75 (654) 26.75 (680) 135 (61) D68774 

3–4 (2 Winding) 4 36 (914) 24 (610) 8 (203) 12 (305) 6.00 (152) 37.75 (959) 38.75 (984) 138 (63) D68774 

Nema 4X Fiberglass 0–4 

Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Mtg Screw Conduit Size Approx Ship Wt 

Size Figure A B C D E G K1 K2 K3 Lbs (Kg) Ref Dwg 

0–1 3 ⁄4 3 23.780 (604) 14.680 (373) 6.890 (175) 24.125 (613) 12.250 (311) 1 

⁄4 — — — 18 (8) — 

2–4 3 23.780 (604) 23.780 (604) 6.890 (175) 24.125 (613) 21.250 (540) 1 

⁄4 — — — 28 (13) — 

Note: Dimensions in inches (mm). 

Dimensions for reference, not for construction. 



Reduced Voltage Starters 

Class 36, 37, 82 


Dimensions 

Figure 1 

Figure 2 

B 

H 

C 

K 

C 

L 

Handle 

(Optional) 

(4) .687 Dia Holes 

D 

A 

Restricted Area 

for 


D 

A 

E 

G 

Mounting Hole 


E 

B 

J 

Class 36, 37, NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 12/3R, Combination and Non-combination 



Enclosure 

Type 

1, 4/4X & 

12/3R 

Class 82 size 1 

.25 

Size 

AutoTransformer Part Winding & Wye Delta 


Disc. & MCP Type Disc. Type MCP Type Fig. A B C D E 

1 3/4–2 1/2 0–2 0–2 1/2 1 42.00 32.00 12.00 43.60 30.50 

3–3 1/2 2 1/2–3 1/2 3–3 1/2 1 48.00 38.00 12.00 49.60 36.50 

4 4 4 1 60.00 38.00 12.00 61.60 36.50 

5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 2 90.00 29.97 20.00 16.00 24.44 

2.88 

3.50 

5.57 

3.50 

10.93 

1/4-20 x1/2" 

SCREW 

3.06 

2.75 

Reference 

Drawing 

2.88 

3.50 

3.50 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

1.68 

24.27 .37 

2.13 

1.81 25.00 

∅2.85 O.D. FLANGED 

26.13 

CONDUIT OPENING 

∅1.375, ∅1.700, ∅2.000, ∅2.500 

MOUNTING HOLES FOR 

ECCENTRIC KNOCKOUT 

5/16" HARDWARE 

∅1.125, ∅1.385, ∅1.750, ∅2.000 

5.02 

ECCENTRIC KNOCKOUT 

(2 PLACES) 

5.08 

ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES 

START BUTTON 

HAND-OFF-AUTO SELECTOR SWITCH 

Class 82 Size 1 1/2, 2 


17-150 



Class 83, 84 


Dimensions 

Figure 1 


A 

Class 83 Non-Combination Type 

Enclosure 

Type Size Fig. 


Mounting 

Conduit Size 

A B C D E G a K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 

1 0–1 3/4 1 20.00 20.00 6.00 21.60 18.50 0.38 — — — — — 20 

2, 2 1/2 1 24.00 20.00 8.00 25.60 18.50 0.38 — — — — — 57 

3–4 1 30.00 24.00 10.00 31.60 22.50 0.38 — — — — — 93 

3/3R/4/12 0–1 3/4 2 20.00 20.00 6.00 21.60 18.50 0.38 — — — — — 20 

2, 2 1/2 2 24.00 20.00 8.00 25.60 18.50 0.38 — — — — — 57 

3–4 2 30.00 24.00 10.00 31.60 22.50 0.38 — — — — — 93 

4X 

Stainless 

Steel 

0–1 3/4 2 20.00 16.00 6.00 21.60 14.50 0.38 — — — — — 20 

2, 2 1/2 2 24.00 20.00 8.00 25.60 18.50 0.38 — — — — — 57 

3–4 2 30.00 24.00 10.00 31.60 22.50 0.38 — — — — — 93 

Approx. 

Ship 

Wt Lbs 

Reference 

Drawing 



Class 84 Combination Type 

Enclosure 

Type Size Fig. 

1, 12/3/3R/4 

4X 

Stainless 

Steel 


Mounting 

Conduit Size 

A B C D E G a K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 

0–2 3 34.13 24.63 7.56 33.00 20.00 0.38 0.88 – 1.13 0.88 – 1.13 1.13 – 1.36 1.13 – 1.36 1.36 – 1.72 70 

2 1/2–4 3 48.00 36.00 10.00 49.60 34.50 0.38 — — — — — 106 

0–2 3 36.00 24.00 10.00 37.60 22.50 0.38 — — — — — 70 

2 1/2–4 3 48.00 36.00 12.00 49.60 34.50 0.38 — — — — — 106 

Approx. 

Ship 

Wt Lbs 

Reference 

Drawing 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 




H 

I 

J 


Class 87, 88 


Dimensions 

Outline Drawings 

F 

Figure 1 

F 

B 

E 

Figure 2 

5.000 

C 

Figure 3 

C 

F 

B 

Opening for 

Conduit Hub 

Size "P" 

C 

A D G 

B 

H 

C 

K 

Mounting Hole 


L 

D 

A 

Handle 

(Optional) 

F 

E 

B 

Figure 4 

A 

D G 

A 

B 

H 

C 

K 

L 

Handle 

(Optional) 



L M L N 


For 5/16" Hardware 

F 

E 

J 


D 

G 

A 

K 

J 


17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Open air contacts 

Size 

Fig. 

Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Conduit Knockout Hub Reference 

Drawing 

F 

A B C D E F G H I J K L M 

E 

NG 

P 

1–2 1/2 1 28.50 20.00 8.06 24.00 — 10.00 27.00 5.50 8.50 11.50 — 0.5 – 0.75 1.25 – 1 0.75 – 1 1.50 

3 – 4 1 40.50 24.00 8.09 36.00 — 12.00 39.00 8.44 11.94 15.44 — 1.97 – 2.47 0.88 – 1.13 — 2.50 

5 2 72.16 20.00 10.00 71.00 16.00 2.13 70.91 — — — — — — — — 

6 2 60.00 38.00 16.00 61.60 36.50 0.75 — — — — — — — — 

Vacuum contacts 

Outline Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Conduit Knockout Hub Reference 

Size Fig. A B C D E F G H I J K L M N P Drawing 

4 2 55.97 24.38 9.69 54.81 20.25 2.13 54.72 26.19 — — 27.44 — — — — 

5 2 72.16 20.00 10.00 71.00 16.00 2.13 70.91 — — — — — — — — 

6 2 60.00 38.00 16.00 61.60 36.50 0.75 — — — — — — — — 

D 

Reduced voltage 

Size 

AutoTransformer Part Winding & Wye Delta 


Disc. & MCP Type Disc. Type MCP Type Fig. A B C D E 

2-2 1/2 1–2 1–2 1/2 3 42.00 32.00 12.00 43.60 30.50 

3-3 1/2 2 1/2–3 1/2 3–3 1/2 3 48.00 38.00 12.00 49.60 36.50 

4 4 4 3 60.00 38.00 16.00 61.60 36.50 

5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 4 90.00 30.00 20.00 16.00 24.44 

Reference 

Drawing 


All enclosures are Type 3R 

17-152 



Enclosed Contactors, Class LC and LE 


Dimensions 


Class LC and LE Non-combo 

Enclosure 

Type Contactor Rating Fig. 

1 

without 

CPT 

1 

with 

CPT 

3/3R/4/12 

without 

CPT 

4/4X 

without 

CPT 

3/3R/4/12 

with 

CPT 

4/4X 

with 

CPT 

Outline Dimensions Mounting a Conduit Size Reference 

A B C D E K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 Drawing 

LE 20/30A 3-4P 1 10.97 6.41 5.03 8.22 4.62 0.5 0.50 – 0.75 0.75 – 1 — — 

LC 30A 2-12P, LE 60A 3P 1 13.53 7.97 6.38 10.25 6 0.50 – 0.75 0.75 – 1 1 – 1.25 — — 

LE 30/60A 6-12P, LE 100A 3P 1 19.12 11.38 7.69 15.62 8.25 0.50 – 0.75 1 – 1.25 1.5 – 2 — — 

LE 200-400A 3P 2 26 17.62 12.5 25.19 15.5 0.50 – 0.75 1.25 – 1.5 1.25 – 1.5 — — 

LC 30A 2-12P, LE 20A 3-4P, 

LE 30A 3-9P, LE 60A 3-9P, 1 19.12 11.38 7.69 15.62 8.25 0.50 – 0.75 1 – 1.25 1.5 – 2 — — 

LE 100A 3P 

LE 30/60A 12P 1 24.88 13.38 8.12 21.75 9 0.50 – 0.75 1.25 – 1.5 2 – 2.5 — — 

LE 200-400A 3P 2 26 17.62 12.5 25.19 15.5 — 1.25 – 1.5 1.25 – 1.5 — — 

LE 20A 3-4P, LE 30/60A 3-9P, 

LC 30A 2-12P 

2 16 13.25 6.12 15.25 11 — — — — — 

LE 30/60A 12P 2 26 13.12 7.56 25.25 10 — — — — — 

LE 100A 3P 2 26 13.12 7.56 25.25 10 — — — — — 

LE 200-400A 3P 2 26 17.62 12.5 25.19 15.5 — — — — — 

LE 20A 3-4P, LE 30/60A 

3-9P,LC 30A 2-12P 

2 16 14 6.02 16.75 12 — — — — — 

LE 30/60A, 12P 2 24 16 8.76 22.5 14.5 — — — — — 

LE 100A 3P 2 24 16 8.76 22.5 14.5 — — — — — 

LE 200-400A,3P 2 24 20 10 22.5 18.5 — — — — — 

LE 20A 3-4P, LE 30/60A 

3-9P,LC 30A 2-12P 

2 16 13.25 6.12 15.25 11 — — — — — 

LE 30/60A, 12P 2 26 13.12 7.56 25.25 10 — — — — — 

LE 100A 3P 2 26 13.12 7.56 25.25 10 — — — — — 

LE 200-400A,3P 2 26 17.62 12.5 25.19 15.5 — — — — — 

LE 20A 3-4P, LE 30/60A 

3-9P,LC 30A 2-12P 

2 16 14 6.02 16.75 12 — — — — — 

LE 30/60A, 12P 2 24 16 8.76 22.5 14.5 — — — — — 

LE 100A 3P 2 24 16 8.76 22.5 14.5 — — — — — 

LE 200-400A,3P 2 24 20 10 22.5 18.5 — — — — — 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Class LE Combo 

Enclosure 

Type 

1, 12/3R & 

4/4X with & 

without CPT 

Type 

Fusible and 

Non-fusible Disconnect 

Contactor 


Rating Fig. A B C 

20–60A 3 24 11 8 

100A 3 24 20 8 

200A 3 46 20 10 

300A 3 76 22 13 

Circuit Breaker 20–100A 3 24 11 8 

Reference 

Drawing 

Note: Dimensions are in inches. a Mounting screw G size is 0.25". 



Enclosed Contactors, Class CLM, CM 


Dimensions 


Class CLM Non-combo 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Enclosure 

Type 

1 

without 

CPT 

1 

with CPT 

3/3R/4/12 

without 

CPT 

3/3R/4/12 

with CPT 

4/4X 

without 

CPT 

4/4X 

with CPT 

Contactor Rating 

(Class CLM) 

Fig. 

Outline Dimensions Mounting a Conduit Size Reference 

A B C D E K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 Drawing 

30–60A (2-5p) 1 10.97 6.41 5.03 8.22 4.62 0.5 0.50 – 0.75 0.75 – 1 — — 

20A (2–12p) 1 13.53 7.97 6.38 10.25 6.00 0.50 – 0.75 0.75 – 1 1 – 1.25 — — 

30–60A (6-12p) 2 16.00 17.12 7.62 15.25 14.00 0.50 – 0.75 1.25 – 1.5 1.25 – 1.5 — — 

100A (2-5p) 1 19.12 11.38 7.69 15.62 8.25 0.50 – 0.75 1 – 1.25 1.5 – 2 — — 

200A (2-5p) 1 24.88 13.38 8.12 21.75 9.00 0.50 – 0.75 1.25 – 1.5 2.5 — — 

300–400A (2-5p) 2 48.00 20.00 12.50 45.19 10.00 2.00 – 2.50 1.25 – 1.5 0.5 – 0.75 1.25 – 1.5 2 – 2.5 

20A (2–12p), 30A (2–5p) 1 19.12 11.38 7.69 15.62 8.25 0.50 – 0.75 1 – 1.25 1.5 – 2 — — 

30–60A (6–12p) 2 16.00 17.12 7.62 15.25 14.00 0.50 – 0.75 1.25 – 1.5 1.25 – 1.5 — — 

100-200A (2-5p) 2 26.00 17.62 12.50 25.19 15.50 — 1.25 – 1.5 1.25 – 1.5 — — 

300–400A (2-5p) 2 48.00 20.00 12.50 45.19 10.00 2.00-2.50 1.25 – 1.5 0.5 – 0.75 1.25 – 1.5 2 – 2.5 

20A (2–12p), 30A (2–12p), 

60A (2 - 10p) 

2 16.00 13.25 6.12 15.25 11.00 — — — — — 

100A (2-5p) 2 16.00 13.00 9.50 15.12 11.00 — — — — — 

60A (12p) 2 19.00 22.00 8.00 — — — — — — — 

200A (2-5p) 2 26.00 17.62 12.50 23.19 15.50 — — — — — 

300A -400A (3p) 2 48.00 20.00 12.50 49.00 10.00 — — — — — 

20A (2-12p), 30A (2-5p) 2 16.00 13.25 6.12 15.25 11.00 — — — — — 

30A (6-12p) 2 16.00 17.12 7.62 15.25 14.00 — — — — — 

60-100A (2-5p) 2 16.00 13.00 9.50 15.12 11.00 — — — — — 

60A (6-12p) 2 19.00 22.00 8.00 — — — — — — — 

200A (3p) 2 26.00 17.62 12.50 25.19 15.50 — — — — — 

300–400A (3p) 2 48.00 20.00 12.50 49.00 10.00 — — — — — 

20A (2–12p), 30A (2–12p), 

60A (2 - 10p) 

2 16.00 14.00 6.02 16.75 12.00 — — — — — 

100A (2-5p) 2 16.00 16.00 10.00 14.50 14.50 — — — — — 

60A (12p) 2 19.00 22.00 8.00 — — — — — — — 

200A (2-5p) 2 24.00 20.00 10.00 22.50 18.50 — — — — — 

300A -400A (3p) 2 48.00 20.00 12.50 49.00 10.00 — — — — — 

20A (2-12p), 30A (2-5p) 2 16.00 14.00 6.02 16.75 12.00 — — — — — 

30A (6-12p) 2 16.00 20.00 8.00 14.50 18.50 — — — — — 

60-100A (2-5p) 2 16.00 16.00 10.00 14.50 14.50 — — — — — 

60A (6-12p) 2 24.00 20.00 8.00 22.50 18.50 — — — — — 

200A (3p) 2 24.00 20.00 10.00 22.50 18.50 — — — — — 

300–400A (3p) 2 48.00 20.00 12.50 49.00 10.00 — — — — — 

Class CM Combo 

Enclosure 

Type 

1, 12/3R & 

4/4X with & 

without CPT 

Type 

Fusible and 

Non-fusible Disconnect 

Contactor Outline Dimensions Reference 

Rating Fig. A B C 

Drawing 

20–60A 3 24 11 8 

100A 3 24 20 8 

200A 3 46 20 10 

300A 3 76 22 13 

Circuit Breaker 20–100A 3 24 11 8 

Note: Dimensions are in inches. a Mounting screw G size is 0.25". 

17-154 



Class 11 - 3RV, SMF, MMS 



Signaling Contact 

for Class 11 - 3RV 

Typical Wiring Diagrams—Class SMF 

3RV1921-1M 

Typical Wiring Diagrams—MMS 

AC Reversing Manual Starter and 

Manual Motor Starting Switches 

AC 2-Speed Manual Motor Starting Switches 



FWD 

REV 

L1 

L2 

FWD 

(L.H. UNIT) 

REV 

(R.H. UNIT) 

HIGH 

LOW 

L1 

L2 

HIGH 

LOW 

L1 L2 L3 

T1 

T3 

COM 

FWD 

REV 

Motor 

L1 

L3 

T3 

T1 

L1 

L3 

REVERSING 

SINGLE PHASE 

3-LEAD 

REPULSION-INDUCTION 

MOTOR 

Pilot Light 

(if used) 

T1 

T2 

T3 

L1 

L2 

L3 

T1 

T2 

T3 

L1 

L2 

L3 

HIGH 

LOW 

COM 

Motor 

T1 

T3 

L1 

L3 

T1 L1 

T3 L3 

2-SPEED 

2-WINDING 

SINGLE PHASE 

MOTOR 

Pilot Lights 

(if used) 

T1 L1 

T2 L2 

T3 L3 

T11 

T12 

T13 

T1 

T2 

T3 

Motor 

T1 

T2 

T3 

L1 

L2 

L3 

Pilot Lights 

(if used) 

2-SPEED 

2-WINDING WYE CONNECTED 

3- PHASE 

MOTOR 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Reversing Manual Motor 

Starting Switch 2-Pole, 1-Phase 

Reversing Manual Starter 

3-Pole, 3-Phase 

2-Pole, 1-Phase with 

Pilot Lights 

3-Pole, 3-Phase 

3-Pole Reversing Switches 

THREE PHASE MOTOR 

LINE AND L.H. R.H. 

MOTOR LEADS UNIT UNIT 

L1 to 

L1 

Line L2 to 

L2 _ 

L3 to 

L3 

T1 to T1 

Meter T2 to T2 _ 

T3 to T3 

_ 

Pilot Light 

Leads to 

T1 T2 T3 

T1 

T3 

SINGLE PHASE CAPACITOR 

OR SPLIT PHASE MOTOR 

LINE AND 

MOTOR LEADS 

Line 

Meter 

L1 to 

L2 to 

T1 to 

T4 to 

T5 to 

T8 to 

Furnish Jumper 

Pilot Light 

Leads to 

L.H. 

UNIT 

_ 

T1 

T3 

L1 

T2 

L3 to 

_ 

R.H. 

UNIT 

L1 

L2 

_ 

T2 

T1 

T3 

SINGLE PHASE 4-LEAD 

REPULSION - INDUCTION MOTOR 

LINE AND 

MOTOR LEADS 

Line 

Meter 

L1 to 

L2 to 

T1 to 

T4 to 

T5 to 

T8 to 

Furnish Jumper 

Pilot Light 

Leads to 

L.H. 

UNIT 

_ 

T2 

L3 

T3 

T1 

L3 to 

_ 

R.H. 

UNIT 

L1 

L2 

_ 

T2 

L1 

T2 

T8 T4 

T1 T5 

T8 T1 T5 T4 

Motor 

RUN 

START 


X1 

X1 

X1 

X1 


Class 14 



3-Phase and Single Phase Magnetic Starters 

WIRING DIAGRAM 

Three Phase Magnetic Starter, Size 00–4 NEMA 00 - 4 

TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 

TO PILOT 

CONTROL DEVICE 

Single Phase Magnetic Starter ab 


IF PROVIDED 

TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 

NEMA 00 - 4 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

IF PROVIDED 

A 

WIRING DIAGRAM 3 PHASE MAGNETIC STARTER 

Three Phase Magnetic Starter with DC Coil, Sizes NEMA 00–400 - 4 

SIZE 00 - 4 

IF PROVIDED 

3 

2 

TO SUPPLY 

TO PILOT L1 L2 L3 


3 

2 

V 

V 

1 

1 

T1 

M 

M 

T1 

W 

T2 

MOTOR 

W 

T2 

MOTOR 

T3 

ESP200 

95 96 97 98 

A3+A4- 

T3 

ESP200 

95 96 97 

A3+ A4- 

98 

B 

CONTROL FUSES 

(OPTIONAL) 

B 1 96 CONTROL 

TRANSFORMER 

(OPTIONAL) 

LATE 

BREAK 

SEC FUSE 

CONTACT 

XF 

H4 

X1 

C H2 

SEC 

H3 

X2 

H1 

MAY BE 

GROUNDED BY 

CUSTOMER 

THREE PHASE MAGNETIC STARTER 

WITH D.C. COIL 

1 

CONTROL FUSES 

(OPTIONAL) 

96 CONTROL 

TRANSFORMER 

(OPTIONAL) 

SEC FUSE 

XF 

H4 

X1 

C H2 

SEC 

H3 

X2 

H1 

MAY BE 

GROUNDED BY 

CUSTOMER 

SINGLE PHASE MAGNETIC STARTER 

Solid State Overload 3-Phase SIZE 00 Sizes - 45-8 

POWER WIRING: 

USE 75°C COPPER WIRE ONLY. 

SIZE 

5 

6 

7 

8 

A 

CT RATIO 

300:5 

600:5 

750:5 

1200:5 

3 

2 

CONTACTOR 

CURRENT 

TRANSFORMER 

(WHEN USED, SEE TABLE) 

NOTES: 

A: 2CT IS LOCATED ON THE LINE SIDE 

OF CONTACTOR ON SIZE 7 STARTERS ONLY. 

V 

T1 

1 

3 

M 

T1 T2 

MOTOR 

2 

A " 

" 

INCOMING LINE 

A B C 

CIRCUIT 

PROTECTIVE 

DEVICE 

2CT 

L1/1 L2 L3 

A1 

T1 

(IF USED) 

M 

W 

T2 

A1 ESP200 A3 

95 96 97 98 

A3+ A4- 

LOAD 

A2 

1CT 2CT 3CT 

T2 

B 

T3 

1 

NOTE A 

B " 

C 

" 

" 

" 

" 

C 

CONTROL FUSES 

(OPTIONAL) 

96 

CONTROL 

TRANSFORMER 

(OPTIONAL) 

SEC FUSE 

XF 

H4 

X1 

H2 

H3 

H1 

MAY BE 

GROUNDED BY 

CUSTOMER 

REMOVE WIRE C " IF THE CONTACTOR 

COIL IS TO OPERATE ON A VOLTAGE 

OTHER THAN LINE VOLTAGE OR ON A 

SEPARATE CONTROL SOURCE. 

95 

96 

SEC 

X2 

RELAY 

(IF USED) 

O.L. 

a Warning: The ESP200 Starter and Single Phase 

Motor must be wired as shown above. For L1, L2 

do not use the middle terminal or hole. 

b Full Load Amps (FLA): Adjustment of the ESP200 

solid state overload relay accommodates the single 

phase motor. 

17-156 



Class 17, 18 


3-Phase 

Size 00–4 a 


TO SUPPLY 

TO PILOT L1 L2 L3 


NEMA 00 - 4 

IF PROVIDED 

A 

3 

2 

1 

V 

W 

M 

T1 T2 T3 

ESP200 

95 96 97 

A3+ A4- 

98 

B 

1 

CONTROL FUSES 

(OPTIONAL) 

96 CONTROL 

TRANSFORMER 

(OPTIONAL) 

SEC FUSE 

XF 

H4 

X1 

C H2 

SEC 

H3 

X2 

H1 

MOTOR 

MAY BE 

GROUNDED BY 

CUSTOMER 

3 PHASE MAGNETIC STARTER 

SIZE 00 - 4 

Size 5–8 b 

SIZE 

CT RATIO 



5 300:5 

“C” 

6 600:5 

7 750:5 

8 1200:5 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

a Remove wire “C” if control transformer is used. For 

separate control voltage source, remove jumpers 

“A” and “B” and connect source to control fuse line 

terminals. 

b Remove wire “C” if the contactor coil is to operate 

on a voltage other than line voltage or in a separate 

control source. 


Reversing Heavy Duty Starters 

Class 22 


3-Phase Solid State Overload 

3-Phase Reversing Magnetic Starter 

Sizes 00–1 WIRING 3 ⁄4 DIAGRAM 

NEMA 00 - 1 3 4 


Sizes 2–4 


NEMA 2 - 4 

TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 

TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 

3 

2 

1 

5 

V W 

FOR 

7 6 V 

REV 

W 

1 

4 

ESP200 

95 96 97 98 

A3+A4- 

A 

B 

T1 T2 T3 

T2 

T1 T3 

MOTOR 

Solid State Overload 

3 PHASE REVERSING 

Sizes 5–6 

MAGNETIC STARTER 

TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 

CONTROL FUSES 

(OPTIONAL) 

96 CONTROL 

TRANSFORMER 

(OPTIONAL) 

SEC FUSE 

XF 

H4 

X1 

C H2 

SEC 

H3 

X2 

H1 

MAY BE 

GROUNDED BY 

CUSTOMER 

V FOR W 

T1 T2 T3 

ESP200 

95 96 97 98 

A3+A4- 

MOTOR 

3 

2 

7 

A 

5 

4 

6 

V 

REV 



B 

W 

1 

1 

96 

CONTROL FUSES 

(OPTIONAL) 

CONTROL 

TRANSFORMER 

(OPTIONAL) 

SEC FUSE 

XF 

H4 

X1 

C H2 

SEC 

H3 

X2 

H1 

MAY BE 

GROUNDED BY 

CUSTOMER 



"FWD" 

CONTRACTOR 

CONTACTOR 

MECHANICAL 

INTERLOCK 

"REV" 

CONTACTOR 

CURRENT 

TRANSFORMER 

(SEE TABLE) 

O.L. 

RELAY 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

MOTOR 

REMOVE WIRE "C" IF THE CONTACTOR 





with DC Coil, WIRING Sizes DIAGRAM 00–1 3 ⁄4 

TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 

NEMA 00 - 1 3 4 


with DC Coil, Sizes 2–4 

TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 


NEMA 2 - 4 

1 

3 

5 

7 

3 

V 

FOR 

W 

5 

V 

REV 

W 

6 

CONTROL FUSES 

(OPTIONAL) 

V 

FOR 

W 

V 

REV 

W 

17-158 

2 T1 

T2 T3 4 

ESP200 

95 96 97 98 

A3+A4- 

T2 

MOTOR 

T1 T3 

LATE BREAK 


MAGNETIC STARTER W/DC COIL 

96 CONTROL 

TRANSFORMER 

(OPTIONAL) 

SEC FUSE 

XF 

H4 

X1 

MAY BE 

GROUNDED BY 

CUSTOMER 


B 

1 

C 

H2 

H3 

H1 

SEC 

X2 

2 

7 

ESP200 

95 96 97 98 

A3+A4- 

T1 T2 T3 

T1 

L.B. 

T2 

1 

T3 

MOTOR 

CONTROL FUSES 

(OPTIONAL) 

B 

L.B. 

96 

SEC FUSE 

XF 

H4 

X1 

CONTROL 

C H2 

TRANSFORMER 

SEC (OPTIONAL) 

H3 

X2 

H1 

MAY BE 

GROUNDED BY 

CUSTOMER 


MAGNETIC STARTER W/DC COIL 

4 

6


Class 25, 26 


3-Phase 


Sizes WIRING 00–1 DIAGRAM 3 ⁄4 

TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 

NEMA 00 - 1 3 4 

TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 


Sizes 2–4 


NEMA 2 - 4 

3 

2 

V W 

FOR 

ESP200 

95 96 97 98 

A3+A4- 

T1 

T2 

T3 

T2 

T1 T3 

MOTOR 

7 

6 

A 

"FWD" 

CONTRACTOR 

CONTACTOR 

5 

V 

REV 

W 



4 

1 

B 

1 

TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 

CONTROL FUSES 

(OPTIONAL) 

96 CONTROL 

TRANSFORMER 

(OPTIONAL) 

SEC FUSE 

XF 

H4 

X1 

C H2 

SEC 

H3 

X2 

H1 

MAY BE 

GROUNDED BY 

CUSTOMER 

Size 5–6 

V FOR W 

T1 T2 T3 

ESP200 

95 96 97 98 

A3+A4- 

MOTOR 

3 

2 

7 

A 

5 

4 

6 

V 

"REV" 

CONTACTOR 

REV 



B 

W 

1 

1 

96 

CONTROL FUSES 

(OPTIONAL) 

CONTROL 

TRANSFORMER 

(OPTIONAL) 

SEC FUSE 

XF 

H4 

X1 

C H2 

SEC 

H3 

X2 

H1 

MAY BE 

GROUNDED BY 

CUSTOMER 



MECHANICAL 

INTERLOCK 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

CURRENT 

TRANSFORMER 

(SEE TABLE) 

O.L. 

RELAY 





MOTOR 



Class 30 & 32 Non-Combination and Combination Starters 


1 Winding Constant Horsepower Size 0–1 3 /4 

TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 

DISCONNECT or 

CIRCUIT BREAKER 

HIGH 

A 

POSITION 

LOW SPEED 

HIGH SPEED 

L1 

T1 T2 

T6 T4 

HIGH 

HIGH 

LOW 

OL 

HIGH 

OL 

LOW LOW 

LOW 

ALL OL'S 

96 95 

L2 L3 

T3 

T5 

TOGETHER 

T4 T5 T6 

ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM 

T6 

LOW 

T4 

LOW 

T5 

2 

4 

T1 

T5 

T6 

T2 

T2 

CONSTANT HORSEPOWER 

MOTOR 

T3 

HIGH 

LOW 

3 

5 

T3 

T4 

6 LOW 

7 HIGH 

T1 

HIGH 8 

LOW 

6 

5 

4 

5 6 

4 

TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 

L1 L2 L3 

DISCONNECT or 


V 

V LOW W 

T1 T2 T3 

T6 T4 T5 

T1 T2 T3 

T6 T4 T5 

T1 

T2T1 

T3T2 

T4T3 

T5T4 

T6T5 

T6 

7 7 3 

MOTOR 

M 


TO SUPPLY 

NEMA 00 - 1 3 4 

LOW W 

A 

3 

8 1 

V HIGH W 

2 

2 

8 

V 

HIGH W 

C 

ESP200 

95 96 97 98 

OVERLOAD A3+ RELAY A4- 

95 96 

ESP200 

95 96 97 98 

OVERLOAD A3+ A4- RELAY 

95 96 

B 

A 

CONTROL FUSES 

(OPTIONAL) 

B 1 96 

CONTROL 

TRANSFORMER 

(OPTIONAL) 

1 96 CONTROL FUSES SEC FUSE 

(OPTIONAL) XF 

H4 

X1 

C H2 

CONTROL TRANSFORMER 

(OPTIONAL) 

SEC 

SEC FUSE H3 

XF 

X2 

H4 X1H1 

H2 

SEC 

MAY BE 

H3 GROUNDED BY 

CUSTOMER 

X2 

H1 

2 SPEED 3 PHASE 1 WINDING 


1 Winding Constant Horsepower Size 2–4 

TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 


NEMA 2 - 4 



5 

3 

1 

6 

VLOWW 

VHIGHW 

4 

2 

6 7 

ESP200 

A 

ESP200 

95 96 97 98 

95 96 97 98 

A3+ A4- 

A3+ A4- 

T1 T2 T3 

V L W 

B 

T6 T4 T5 

1 

CONTROL FUSES 

(OPTIONAL) 

96 

CONTROL 

TRANSFORMER 

(OPTIONAL) 

SEC FUSE 

XF 

H4 

X1 

C 

H2 

H3 

H1 

SEC 

X2 

17 

T1 

T2 

T3 

T4 

T5 

T6 

MOTOR 

MAY BE 

GROUNDED BY 

CUSTOMER 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

1 Winding Constant or Variable Torque Size 0–1 3 /4 



TO SUPPLY ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM 

L1 L2 L3 

DISCONNECT or 


T4 

LOW 

T1 

LOW 

OL HIGH 

LOW 

T2 

T3 T1 

LOW 

HIGH T5 

T2 

T6 

T3 CONSTANT TORQUE MOTOR 

HIGH 

T4 

T6 

OL 

HIGH HIGH 

T4 

T1 

T3 

A 

HIGH 

T5 T5 T2 T6 

ALL OL'S 

VARIABLE TORQUE MOTOR 

96 95 2 3 HIGH 6 

8 

LOW 

LOW 

POSITION L1 L2 L3 TOGETHER 

LOW SPEED T1 T2 T3 

HIGH SPEED T6 T4 T5 T1 T2 T3 

4 

HIGH 

5 

LOW 

7 

HIGH 

6 

5 

4 

5 6 

4 

TO SUPPLY 

TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 

L1 L2 L3 

DISCONNECT or 


WIRING WIRING DIAGRAM DIAGRAM 

3 

8 1 

V HIGH W V LOW W 

8 

B 

1 96 

7 3 

V HIGH W 

7 V LOW W 

CONTROL 

TRANSFORMER 

(OPTIONAL) 

2 

C 1 96 

CONTROL 

2 

SEC FUSESFUSE 

(OPTIONAL) XF 

ESP200 

ESP200 

H4 

X1 

OVERLOAD 95 96 RELAY 97 98 A 

OVERLOAD 95 96 RELAY 97 98 

95 A3+ A4- 96 

95 A3+ A4- 96 

CONTROL C H2TRANSFORMER 

(OPTIONAL) SEC 

T6 

T6 T4 T4 T5 T5 

T1 T1T2 

T2 T3 

T3 

SEC FUSE 

XF 

H3 

H4 

X2 

X1 

H1 

H2 

T1 

T1 

SEC 

T2 

T3 T2 

H3 MAY BE 

T4 T3 MOTOR 

GROUNDED X2 BY 

T5 T4 M 

H1 

T6 T5 

CUSTOMER 

T6 

B 

A 

NEMA 00 - 1 3 4 

CONTROL FUSES 

(OPTIONAL) 


CONSTANT OR VARIABLE TORQUE 

Note: For separate control voltage source, remove jumpers “A” and “B” and connect source to control fuse terminal. Remove jumper “C” if control transformer is used. 

17-160 



Class 30 & 32 Non-Combination and Combination Starters 


1 Winding Constant or Variable Torque Size 2–4 

TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 


NEMA 2 - 4 

5 

1 

3 

CONTROL FUSES 

(OPTIONAL) 

VHIGHW 

V LOWW 

4 

6 7 

A 

ESP200 

ESP200 

95 96 97 98 

95 96 97 98 

A3+ A4- 

A3+ A4- 

T6 T4 T5 

2 

V H W 

T1 T2 

B 

T3 

1 

96 

CONTROL 

TRANSFORMER 

(OPTIONAL) 

C 

SEC FUSE 

XF 

H4 

X1 

H2 

H3 

H1 

SEC 

X2 

T1 

T2 

T3 

T4 

T5 

T6 

MOTOR 

MAY BE 

GROUNDED BY 

CUSTOMER 

D68784002 


CONSTANT OR VARIABLE TORQUE 

2 Winding Constant Horsepower & 2 Winding Constant or Variable Torque Size 0–4 



TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 

DISCONNECT or 


LOW 

LOW 

LOW 

HIGH 

HIGH 

HIGH 

A 

POSITION L1 L2 L3 

LOW SPEED T1 T2 T3 

HIGH SPEED T11 T12 T13 

ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM 

OL 

LOW 

OL 

HIGH 

ALL OL'S 

96 95 

4 

2 

T1 

T2 

T3 

T11 

T12 

T13 

HIGH 

LOW 

T1 

T2 

T12 

T3 

T11 

T13 

TWO WINDING MOTOR 

5 

3 

LOW 

HIGH 

6 

7 

HIGH 

LOW 

8 

NEMA 2 - 4 

TO SUPPLY 


L1 L2 L3 

TO SUPPLY 


L1 L2 L3 

DISCONNECT or 


3 5 

1 

B A CONTROL FUSES 

8 

(OPTIONAL) 

V LO W 

V HI W 

2 4 

B 

1 96 

8 

CONTROL 

37 

5 6 

V W 

V HIGH W 

TRANSFORMER 

LOW 

(OPTIONAL) 

C 1 96 

SEC FUSE 

CONTROL FUSES 

2 6 7 4 

XF 

(OPTIONAL) 

T1 T2 T3 

T11 T12 T13 

H4 

X1 

ESP200 

ESP200 

OVERLOAD 95 96 RELAY 97 98 A 

OVERLOAD 

95 96 

RELAY 

97 98 

95 96 

95 96 

CONTROL CTRANSFORMER 

H2 

A3+ A4- 

A3+ A4- 

(OPTIONAL) SEC 

T1 T2 T3 

T11 T12 T13 

SEC FUSE 

XF 

H3 

H4 X1 

X2 

T1 

H2 

H1 

T2 

SEC 

T1 T3 

T2 T11 M 

H3 

X2 

T3 T12 

MAY BE 

T13 

T11 MOTOR 

H1 GROUNDED BY 

T12 

CUSTOMER 

T13 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

D68786001 


SEPARATE WINDING 

Note: For separate control voltage source, remove jumpers “A” and “B” and connect source to control fuse terminal. Remove jumper “C” if control transformer is used. 


Reduced Voltage Starters & Pump Panels 

Class 36, 37, 88 


Part Winding 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 



EMT 

17-162 


SEK 

SES 

SAW 

LMB 

SEK 

SES 

SAW 

LMB 

SEK 

SES 

SAW 

LMB 


Class 36, 37, 88 



TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 

OPTIONAL 

DISCONNECT 

OR 


L2 

OL 

1S 

1CT 

R 

L1 L3 2S 1L1 3L1 

T1 

100% 

80% 

65% 

50% 

0% 

2L1 

OL 

2CT 

OL 

2S 

R 

2S 

1L2 

1L3 

100% 

80% 

65% 

50% 

0% 

3L2 

1S 

2L2 

1S 

3L3 

T2 

* 

MOTOR 

FOR MOTOR 

HP SEE 

CONTROLLER 

NAMEPLATE 

3CT 

FOR STARTER 

SIZES 1-4, 1CT-3CT 

ARE NOT USED. 

R 

100% 

80% 

65% 

50% 

0% 

2L3 

T3 

L1 

4FU 

MR 

1S 

71 73 

74 (A1) 

(A2) 75 R 76 MR 72 

2S 

5FU 

L2 

2S 

CR1 

77 

(A1) 

1S 

(A2) 

1 

TAS 12 

L1 

2FU 

1FU 

CR1 

H1 

X1 

78 

1S 

79 

CPT 

H4 

(A1) 

MECH 

* INTLK 

(A2) 

R 

3FU 

L2 

X2 



JUMPER 

NOTE E 

1 2 

3 

CONNECT 

VOLTAGE 

AS SPECIFIED 

PER NAMEPLATE 

SUPPLIED AS REQUIRED 

3 

(A1) 

LMB 

SAW 

SES 

SEK 

TR 

MR 

LMB 

SAW 

SES 

SEK 

(A2) 

4 

OL 

(95) (96) 

X2 

2 3 

MR 

TR 

NOTC 

6 (A1) 

(A2) 

CR1 

CONNECTIONS FOR OPTIONAL DEVICES 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Note E: 

Remove jumper if thermal 

protection switch is provided. 

START 

STOP 

1 2 3 

1PB 2PB 

HAND 

OFF AUTO START 

1 2 3 

* 

2PB 

SURGE SUPPRESSOR 

(A1) 

(A1) 

CR2 

(A2) 

(A2) 

AUTO 

CONTACT 

5 

1 

1SS 

* 

OFF 

HAND AUTO 

1 

* 

3 

3 4 

ETM 

RUN/ON/ 

RUNNING 

3 4 

1LT 

1 

AUTO 

CONTACT 

5 

1SS * 

OFF ON 

1 3 

1SS * 

OL OL TRIPPED 

1 9 X2 

4LT 

MR OFF/STOP 

1 

10 X2 

5LT 

OPTIONAL DEVICES ARE FURNISHED PER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 



Class 36, 37, 88 


Wye Delta (Open Transition) 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 



17-164 



Class 36, 37, 88 


Wye Delta (Closed Transition) 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


Heavy Duty Contactors and Reversing Contactors 

Class 40, 43 


3-Phase Magnetic Contactors and Reversing Contactors 

3-Phase Contactors—Size 00–4 

3-Phase Reversing Contactors—Size 00–4 

3-Phase Contactors—Size 5, 6 

3-Phase Reversing Contactors—Size 5, 6 

TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 

"FWD" 

CONTRACTOR 

CONTACTOR 

"REV" 

CONTACTOR 

MECHANICAL 



CURRENT 

TRANSFORMER 

INTERLOCK 

RELAY 





17 

LOAD 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Single Phase Magnetic Contactors and Reversing Contactors 

Single Phase Contactors—Size 00–4 

Single Phase Reversing Contactors—Size 00–1P 

17-166 



Class 83, 84 


Standard Duplex Pump Panel (92) Duplex Panel w/o alternator (95) 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



Class 83, 84 


Duplex Panel with Relay Alternation (93) Duplex Panel with Lead Pump Transfer Switch (94) 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 



17-168 


Standard & Irrigation Pump Panels 

Class 82, 87 



Class 82 Pump Panel 

TO SUPPLY 

L1 L2 L3 

DISCONNECT 

LEGEND 

- FIELD WIRING 

- TERMINAL ON COMPONENT 

- LOAD\CONTROL TERMINAL BLOCK POINT 

LINE 

FUSES 

1L1 

M 

2L1 

OLR 

T1 

1L2 

2L2 

T2 

MOTOR 

1L3 

2L3 

T3 

OFF 

HAND AUTO 

START 

PB 

OLR 

M 

( A1) (A2) (95) (96) 

SS 

(14) 

M (13) 

AUTO AUTO 

4 RUN 5 STOP 6 



REMOVE JUMPER FOR AUTO - STOP 

Standard Class 87 Pump Panel 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



Class LC and LE Electrically Held Contactors 



LEN00B003 (20A 3 Pole) 

A1 1 /L1 3 /L2 5 L3 13 

LEN00F003 (200A 3 Pole) 

LEN00G003 (300A 3 Pole) 

LEN00H003 (400A 3 Pole) 

A1 1 /L1 3 /L2 5 /L3 13 21 31 43 

U 

A2 2 /T1 4 /T2 6 /T3 14 

A2 2 /T1 4 /T2 6 /T3 14 22 32 44 

LEN00B004 (20A 4 Pole) 

A1 1 /L1 3 /L2 5 /L3 7 /L4 

LCE00C (30A 2-12 Pole) 

LINE 

1 

LOAD 

A2 2 /T1 4 /T2 6 /T3 8 /T4 

2 

3 



LEN00C003 (30A 3 Pole) 

LEN00D003 (60A 3 Pole) 

LEN00E003 (100A 3 Pole) 

A1 

1 /L1 3 /L2 5 /L3 

13 

21 

4 

5 

6 

A1 

COIL 

A2 

17 

A2 2 /T1 4 /T2 6 /T3 14 22 

COIL 

VOLTAGE 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

LEN00C004 (30A 4 Pole) 

A1 1 /L1 3 /L2 5 /L3 7 /L4 13 21 

OPTIONAL 

AUXILIARY 

CONTACTS 

A2 2 /T1 4 /T2 6 /T3 8 /T4 14 22 

17-170 



Class LC and LE Electrically Held Contactors 


Optional Pilot Devices for Electrically Held Contactor 

OFF PB 

ON PB 

ON 

ON and OFF 

Push buttons 

L1 

FUSE * 

A2 

COIL 

A1 

FUSE 

* 

L2 

REMOTE OFF 

AUXILIARY 

CONTACT 

REMOTE 

ON 

AUXILIARY 

CONTACT 

OFF 

OFF-ON or 

OFF-AUTO 

Selector 

Switch 

L1 

FUSE 

* 

REMOTE 

DEVICE 

OFF 

SS 

AUTO 

AUXILIARY 

CONTACT 

A2 

ON 

COIL 

OFF 

A1 

FUSE 

* 

L2 

OFF-ON-AUTO 

HAND-OFF-AUTO 

Selector 

Switch 

L1 

FUSE 

* 

REMOTE 

DEVICE 

OFF 

ON 

AUTO 

AUXILIARY 

CONTACT 

A2 

ON 

COIL 

OFF 

A1 

FUSE 

* 

L2 



* -- IF USED 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


4 

HA 


Class LC (converted to mechanically held) 

LINE 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

LOAD 

OFF-ON or 

HAND-OFF-AUTO or 

OFF-AUTO 

ON-OFF-AUTO 

SELECTOR SWITCH 


6 

TABLE C : OPTIONAL 

TABLE B : OPTIONAL PILOT DEVICES FOR 2 WIRE CONTROL Wiring Diagrams 

REFER TO TABLE A FOR 

CONTROL 

VOLTAGE 

CONTROL 

VOLTAGE 

SS 

2/3 WIRE CONTROL OPTIONS ON 

OFF (AUTO) 

2-WIRE CONTROL 

REFER TO TABLE B FOR 

CONTROL CONNECTIONS 

C 

OPTIONAL "N/O" 

AUX. CONTACT 

TABLE A 


REFER TO TABLE C FOR 


NOT USED 

ELECTRONIC-MODULE 

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 

A1 

ON 

5 

A2OFF 

COIL 

AUTO 

REMOTE 

DEVICE COIL VOLTAGE 


P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 


P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 

A2 


P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 

OPTIONAL 'N/C' 

AUXILIARY CONTACT 

A2 

ON & OFF 

PUSH BUTTONS 

COIL 

OFF-ON SELECTOR 

SWITCH WITH SPRING 

COIL 

OFF 

A1 

RETURN TO CENTER 

OFF 

A1 

ON 

ON 

FUSE 

CONTROL 

VOLTAGE 

FUSE 

CONTROL 

VOLTAGE 

FUSE 

FUSE 

* 

* 

* 

* 

COIL 

VOLTAGE 

COIL 

VOLTAGE 

REM 

O 

"NC" A 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

LOAD 

LOAD 







ACT 

TABLE A 

TABLE B : OPTIONAL PILOT DEVICES FOR 2 WIRE CONTROL 


SS 



ON 

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 

OFF (AUTO) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 

TABLE B : OPTIONAL PILOT DEVICES FOR 2 WIRE CONTROL 

REFER TO TABLE B FOR 


C 

17-172 

2/3 WIRE CONTROL OPTIONS 


REFER TO TABLE C FOR 


L 

O 

C 


AUX. CONTACT 

REFER TO TABLE A FOR 


HAND-OFF-AUTO or OFF-ON or 

HAND-OFF-AUTO or AUX. CONTACT OFF-ON or 

ON-OFF-AUTO 

ON-OFF-AUTO OFF-AUTO 

OFF-AUTO 


SELECTOR SWITCH SELECTOR SWITCH 



OFF-ON SELECTOR ON & OFF 


ON & OFF 

SWITCH WITH SPRING PUSH BUTTONS 


PUSH BUTTONS 


NOT USED 

CONTROL 

VOLTAGE 

A1 

CONTROL 

VOLTAGE 

CONTROL 

VOLTAGE 

COIL 

6 

COIL VOLTAGE 

A2 


P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 

CONTROL 

VOLTAGE 

A1 

COIL 

COIL VOLTAGE 

A2 

REMOTE 

DEVICE 



ONAUTO 



ON 

(AUTO) 

AUTO 

ON & OFF 

PUSH BUTTONS 





OFF 

SS 

TABLE C : OPTIONAL PILOT DEVICES FOR 3 WIRE CONTROL 

CONTROL 

VOLTAGE 


CONTROL 

VOLTAGE 

L 

O 

C 


AUX. CONTACT 

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 

COIL 

A2 


COIL 

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 

A2 


P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 



CONTROL 

VOLTAGE 

CONTROL 

VOLTAGE 

CONTROL 

VOLTAGE 

CONTROL 

VOLTAGE 

REMOTE 

DEVICE 

OFF 

REMOTE 

OFF 

ON 

REMOTE 

ON 

REMOTE 

ON 

REMOTE 

OFF 

"NC" AUXILIARY 


OFF 

ON 

ON 

"NO" 

AUXILIARY 

OFF 

"NO" 

AUXILIARY 

ON 

OFF 

ON 

OFF 

OFF 

A2 

COIL 

"NO" 

AUXILIARY 


P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 

"NO" 

AUXILIARY 


P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 


A2 

A2 

A2 


P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 

A1 

A2 

REMOTECOIL 

OFF 

COIL VOLTAGE OFF 

ON 

REMOTE 

ON 

FUSE 

* 

"NO" 

OFF ON 

AUXILIARY 

* 

FUSE * 

FUSE 

A1 

OFF 

OFF 

A1 

ELECTRONIC-MODULE COIL 

"NC" AUXILIARY P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 

A2 

A2 

COIL 

COIL 

COIL 

COIL 

ON 

FUSE 


FUSE 

OFF 

A1 

OFF 

A1 

OFF 

A1 

OFF 

A1 

OFF 

A1 

OFF 

A1 

ON 

ON 

FUSE 

FUSE 

ON 

ON 

ON 

FUSE 

ON * 

FUSE 

FUSE 

* 

* 

* 

* 

FUSE 

* 

FUSE 

FUSE 

FUSE 

* 

* ON -- IF USED 

* 

* 

* 

FUSE * 

FUSE 

* -- IF USED 

* 

* 

COIL 

VOLTAGE 

COIL 

VOLTAGE 

COIL 

VOLTAGE 

COIL 

VOLTAGE 



"NO" 

AUXILIARY 


P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 


COIL 

VOLTAGE 

COIL 

VOLTAGE 

COIL 

VOLTAGE 

COIL 

VOLTAGE 

A2 


P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 

A2 

COIL 

COIL 

OFF 

A1 

OFF 

A1 

* 

FUSE 

ON 

* 

FUSE 

* 

FUSE 

ON 

* 

FUSE 

* -- IF USED 

COIL 

VOLTAGE 

COIL 

VOLTAGE


Mechanically Latched 20 Amp, Class CLM 


ON 

OFF 

CONTACTOR CONTROL 

VOLTAGE 

OFF 

L 

L 

C 

0 

ON 

OFF 

TYPICAL OFF-ON 


COMMON OR SEPARATE 

CONTROL LINES 

CONTROL 

MODULE 

VOLTAGE 

ON 

OFF 

2 

3 

4 

5 

CR1 

CR2 

CR2 

CR1 

3 WIRE CONTROL ACC. 48 

CR1 

CR2 

L 

0 

ON 

C 

COIL 

PILOT LIGHTS 

REQUIRE (1) EA. 

CLM4097291 

AUXILIARY 

CONTACT KIT. 

ON 


VOLTAGE 

L 


VOLTAGE 

L 

CONTROL 

MODULE 

VOLTAGE 

HAND 

OFF 

AUTO 

3 

4 

CR 

5 

CR 

CR 

0 

C 

OFF 

COIL 

L 

CONTROL 

MODULE 

VOLTAGE 

OFF 

2 

4 

CR2 

3 5 

CR1 

CR2 

CR1 

CR1 

0 

C 

OFF 

COIL 

L 

REMOTE 

CONTROL 

ON 

2 WIRE CONTROL ACC. 47 ON-OFF (FORM 3) CONTROL ACC. 49 

ON 

CONNECTIONS TO CONTROL MODULES 


VOLTAGE 

L 

MODULE 

TERMINAL 

CONNECT TO: 

CONTROL 

MODULE 

VOLTAGE 

ON-OFF 

3 

4 

5 

CR 

CR 

CR 

2 WIRE CONTROL ACC. 47 

0 

C 

OFF 

ON 

COIL 

L 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

O 

C 

CONT. STATION FOR ACC. 48 & 49 

CONT. STATION FOR ACC. 47,48 & 49 

MODULE CONTROL VOLTAGE * 

CONTACTOR CONTROL VOLTAGE 

TERMINAL O ON CONTACTOR 

" 

TERMINAL C ON CONTACTOR 

" 

* FOR 24 VDC CONTROL MODULES 

CONNECT TERMINAL 4 TO NEGATIVE (-) 

" 

" 

NOT USED 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



Mechanically Latched 30-400 Amps, Class CLM 


Mechanically Latched, CLM 30–200 Amps 

CONTROL 

VOLTAGE 

(L1) 

1 

(L2) 

X2 

H 

O 

A 

SELECTOR 

SWITCH 

CR 

REMOTE 

DEVICE 

( + ) 

CLM CONTACTOR 

CR 

CR 

ON 

OFF 

( - ) 

BLACK ( + ) 

CLMFCCK11 

RED AC 

3 

WHITE 

( - ) 

2 

RED 

AC 

L2 

RED 

ON 

OFF 



Connection Diagram for Common/Separate 

Control with Momentary Pushbutton or 

ON-OFF Selector Switch CLMOC, CLMOD, 

CLMOE, and CLMOF 

Mechanically Latched Type CLM 300 and 400 Amp 

Connection for 2-Wire Control CLMOC, 

CLMOD, CLMOE, and CLMOF 

Connection for Hand/Off/Auto Control 

CLMOC, CLMOD, CLMOE, and CLMOF 

CONTROL 

VOLTAGE 

(L1) 

1 

(L2) 

X2 

H 

O 

A 

17 

SELECTOR 

SWITCH 

CR 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

CR 

CR 

REMOTE 

DEVICE 

CLM CONTACTOR 

ON OFF 

Closing 

Trip 

Coil 

Solenoid 

Coil 

L2 

CLMHCCK11 

3 

2 

ON 

OFF 

Connection Diagram for Common/Separate 

Control with Momentary Pushbutton or 

ON-OFF Selector Switch CLMOG and 

CLMOH 

Connection for 2-Wire Control CLMOG and 

CLMOH 

Connection for Hand/Off/Auto Control 

CLMOG and CLMOH 

Control relay is required for 2-wire and Hand/Off/Auto 

Control, as shown in diagram. 

17-174 


240V 

230V 

220V 

480V 

230V 

460V 

220V 

440V 

H1 H3 H2 H4 

H1 H3 H2 H4 H1 H3 H2 H4 

H1 H3 H2 H4 

H1 H3 


460V 

440V 

240V 

H1 H3 H2 H1 H4H3 

H2 H4 

H2 H4 H1 H3 

230V 

240V 

480V 220V 

H1 H3 H2 H4 

H1 H3 H2 H4 

H1 H3 H2 H4 

H1 H3 

H1 H3 

H2 H4 

460V 

480V 440V 

H1 H3 H2 H4 

H1 H3 H2 H4 

H2 H4 

H2 H4 

H1 H3 H2 H 

H1 H3 

480V 

460V 

440V 

1 H3 H2 H4 

H2 H4 

Class MT, MTG 

Voltage Letter A ac 

240V 

240V 

480V 

230V 

230V 

460V 

220V 

440V 

220V 

240V 

480V 

H1 H3 H2 H4 H1 H1 H3 H3 H2 H2 H4 H4 

H1 H3 

H1 H3 H2 H4 

H1 H3 

H2 H4 H1 H3 

H1 H3 H2 H4 

H2 H4 

480V 

460V 

440V 

240V 

H1 H3 H2 H1 H4H3 

H2 H4 

H2 H4 H1 H3 

X2 

480V 

Voltage N/A Letter F B bc X1 

240V 

120V 

120V 

115V 

110V 

X2 

N/A 

480V 

240V120V 

120V 

115V 

110V 

F 

240V 

X2 

X1 

115V 

N/A 

24V 

F 

X2 

X2 

120V 

115V 

110V 24V 

N/A 

X1 

N/A 

F 

Voltage Letter C bc 

120V 

230V115V 


H1 H3 H2 H1 H4 H3 H2 H4 H1 H3 H2 H4 

H1 H3 H2 H4 H1 H3 H2 H4 

H2 H1 H4 H3H1 H2 H3H4 

H1 H3 H2 

H1 

H4 H2 H3 H4 H2 H4 H1 H3 H1 H2 H3 H4 H2 H4 H1 H3 H1 H2 H3 H1 H4 H2 H3 H4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H2 H4 

H1 H3 H2 H4H1 H3 H2 H4 H1 H3 H2 H4H1 H3 H2 H4 

240V 

230V 

X1 

X1 

X2 N/A 

115V 

H1 H3 H2 H 

H1 H3 

V 

V 

V 

V 

V 

V 

V 

F 

H1 H3 

F 

F 

F 

240V 

H2 H4 

N/A 

H3 

230V 

H3 

400V 

X1 

H2 H4 

460V 

H4 

X1 

X1 

H2 

415V 

X1 

H4 

X2 

120V 

Voltage Letter D b 

115V 

H1 H3 H2 H4 

H1 H3 

H1 H3 H2 H4 

X2 

X2 

H1 

H1 

X2 

X2 

X2 

H1 

H1 

N/A 

24V 

X1 

N/A 

X1 

Voltage 575V Letter H1 G a 

X2 

X3 

0V 

N/A 

H2 

120V 

115V 

110V 

208V 

115V 

N/A 

N/A 

240V 

120V 

230V 

H1 H3 H2 H4 

H1 H3 H2 H4 

H2 H4 

H1 H3 H2 H4 

H1 H3 

H2 H4 

Voltage Letter J bc 

H1 

H4 

0V 

120V 

115V 

110V 

24V 

N/A F 

X2 

N/A F 

H1 H3 

0V 

0V 

115V 

0V 

N/A 

F 

H3 

24V 

208V 

230V 

120V 

380V 

208V 

X2 

F 

X2 F 

230V 

F 

F 

X2 

FX2 

95V 

0V 

460V 

X1 24V 

X1 

N/A 

X1 N/A 

H2 H3H1 

H4 

H2 

400V 

H3 

460V 

230V 

N/A X1 

277V 

575V 

0V 

H4 

X1 

X1 

H1 

0V 

415V 

460V 

120V 

115V 

110V 

F 

X2 

X1 

115V 

N/A 

24V 

24V 

F 

X2 N/A 

230V 

115V 

Voltage Letter E ac 

H1 

N/A H1 N/A H2 N/A N/A H1 H2 

H1 H3 H2 H4 H1 H3 H1 H2 H4 H2 H3 H4 

H1 

600V 

600V 

H1 H3 H2 H4 

H1 H3 H2 H4 H1 H3 H2 H4 

H1 H3 H2 H4 575V 

575V 

550V 

550V 

H2 H4 

H1 H3 H2 H4 

H1 

H2 H3 H4 

X2 

N/A N/A H2 

H1 

600V 

H2 N/A H3 

N/A 

550V 

N/A H2 

H2 H1 H3 H4 

600V 

H2 

575V 

H3 H1H4 

550V 

208V 

120V 

115V 

110V 

115V 

F 

F 

F 

240V 

230V 

X2 

X1 

0V 

460V 

0V 

115V 

X1 

X3 X1 

H4 

H2 H3 H4 

380V 

400V 

415V 

0V 

N/A 

N/A 

F 

208V 

120V 

F 

X1 

X2 

N/A N/A 

H2 

X2 

N/A 

N/A 

H3 

H3 

H2 

230V 

208V 

H1 

H3 

460V 

95V 

230V 

0V 

Voltage Letter X2H 

277V 

0V 0V 

575V 

115V 

0V 

H4 

460V 

24V 

X1 

X2 N/A 24V 

H1 

0V 

0V 

208V 

120V 

115V 

110V 

115V 24V 

230V 380V 208V 

F 

FX2 

F 

230V 

X1 

H2 N/A H3 N/A 

H2 H3 H4 H4 

208V 

FX2 

230V 

460V 

400V 

95V 

230V 

X1 N/A 

460V 

0V 

575V 

415V 277V 

0V 

460V 

24V 

208V 

120V 

115V 

110V 

N/A X1 X1 

115V 

X1 

H1 

0V 

380V 

F 

230V 

X2 

X1 N/A 

0V 

460V 

H4 

0V 

115V 

415V 

0V 

115V 

24V 

208V 

120V 

X2 N/A 

F X1 

X3 F 

F 

F X2 

FX2 

X1 N/A 

Voltage Letter F a 

600V 

H2 N/A H1 H3 575V 

H2 N/A H3 

H2 H3 H4 

H1 

H2550V 

H3 H4 

H3 

230V 

208V 

X2 X2 

0V 

460V 

0V 

277V 

95V 

H1 

H2 

0V 

X1N/A 

Voltage F Letter X2 I 

0V 

230V 

24V 

24V 

N/A 

575V 

208V 

208V 

120V 

N/A 115V 

N/A X1 

H1 

H2 H3 H4 

F X1 

X4 X2 120V X3 X1 

X4 X2 X3 X1 

X4 X2 X3 X1 X4 X2 X3 X4 X1 X2 X3 X1 

X4 X2 X3 X1 X4 X2 X3 X1 

X2 N/A F X1 

X4 X2 X3 X1 X4 X2 X3 X1 

X2 X3 X1 F X2 X1 

110V 

220V 

110V 

220V 

110V 

220V X1 F X2 X3 

X1 F X2 X3 

H2H4 

Voltage H1 H3 Letter H2 L H1 

Voltage Letter M a 

240V 

480V 

H1 240V H2 H3 480V H4 H5 

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 

600V 

600V 

H1 H3 H2 H4 H1 H3 H2 H4 480V 575V 

480V 575V 

600V 

H1 H3 H2 216V H4 H1 460V H3 H2 550VH4 

216V 460V 550V 

480V 575V 

240V 220V 200V 440V 500V 

240V 220V 200V 440V 500V 216V 460V 550V H4 H3 H2 H4 

200V 440V 500V 

230V 208V H4 H3380V 

H2 H4 

230V 208V 380V 

240V 220V 

230V 208V 380V 

X1 

H2 H3 H4 

400V 

X2 

H1 

H1 

X2 

X3 

H4 

0V 

115V 

0V 

115V 

H3 

H2 

120V 

115V 

110V 

230V 

460V 380V 

208V 

0V 

24V 

F 

F 

H3 

460V 

F 

F 

95V 

H2 

230V 

24V 

277V 

575V 

0V 

H4 

X1 

H1 

X1 

X1 

N/A N/A H2 

230V 

F 

400V 

460V 

X1 

X1 

415V 

X1 

460V 

0V 

X2 N/A 

H1 

H1 

X2 

X3 

H4 

115V 

0V 0V 

115V 

0V 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

X1 

240V 

N/A 

F 

H3 

H1 H3 H2 

F 

H4 H3 

X3 X1 

X4 X2 X3 X1 

220V 

X4 X2 X3 X1X4 X2 X3 X1 

115V 

X4 X2 X3 X1 X4 X2X4 X3 X2X1X3 X1 X4 X2 X3 X1 

115V 

24V 

0V 

110V 

220V110V 

220V 

X1 

X1 F X2 X3 

F 

99V 91V 

99V 91V 

99V 91V 

120V 95V 85V 

120V 95V 85V 

120V 95V 85V 

130V 115V 

130V 115V 

130V 115V 

X4 X2 X3 125V 110V 

X4 X1X2 

X3 X1 

125V 110V 

125V 110V 

120V 100V 

120V 100V 

120V 100V 

X4 X2 X3 X1 X4 

X4 110V 

X2 

X2 X3 X1 

X1 

X4 X2 X3 X1 

110V 

110V 

X2X1 

X3 F X2X4 

X3 

X4 X3 X2 X1 

X3 X2 X1 

X4 X3 X2 X1 

110V 

220V 

110V 

220V 

24V 

115V 

0V 

24V 

0V 

X4 X2 

X4 X2 X3 

110V 

H3 H4 H5 

600V 

480V 575V 

460V 550V 

440V 500V 

240V 

H1 240V H2 H1H3 480V 

H4 H5 H2 H3 H4 H5 

600V 

600V H1 H3 H2 H4 

480V 575V 

480V 575V 

H1 H3 H2 H4 216V 460V 550V 

240V 220V 200V 

H1 440V H3 H2 500V H4 

216V 460V 550V 

240V 220V 200V 440V 500V H4 H3 

230V 208V 380V 230V 208V 380V 

H4 H3 H2 H4 

480V240V 

480V 

Voltage Letter P 

H1 H3 H1 H2 H3 H4 H2 H4 H1 H3 H2 H4 

H1H2 H4 H4 H3 N/A N/A H2 H4 H2 

380V 

99V 91V 

95V 85V 

X1 

99V 91V 

99V 91V 

120V 95V 85V 120V 95V 85V 

130V 115V 

130V 115V 

X4 X2 X3 X1X4 X2 X3 X1 

125V 110V 

125V 110V 

120V X4 X2100V 

X3 X1120V 

100V 

X4 X2 X3 X1 X4 X2 X4 X2 X3 X3 X1 X1 X4 X2 X3 X1 

110V 

110V 

X4 X4 X2X3X3 X1 X2 X4 X2 X3 X1 X1 

24V 

X4 X3 X2 X1 

110V 

220V 110V 

220V 

a Includes secondary 110V fuse clips 220V on sizes 50-750VA 

b Includes secondary fuse clips on sizes 50-500VA 

c Secondary fuse clips are not included on MTG 

transformers. 

X2 N/A N/A X1 



3RE4 IEC Controllers 


General information 

3RE4 Enclosed IEC Controllers 

 

Product overview 

3RE4 Enclosed IEC motor controllers 

are well suited for both industrial and 

commercial applications. They are durable 

and dependable, particularly when it 

comes to motor protection. Protecting the 

performance of motors is a critical priority 

and the 3RE4 enclosed starters are offered 

with either thermal or solid-state overload 

relays to maximize your motor protection. 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Controller Features 

General 

n UL motor horsepower rated 

n From fractional up to 60 Hp at 575 V 

n Non-combination type starters and contactors 

n Reversing and non-reversing controllers 

n Single phase and 3-phase loads 

n Thermal and solid-state overload relays 

n NEMA Type enclosures 1, 3/3R/4/12 and 4X 304 stainless steel 

n Standard size and extra larger enclosures 

n RoHS compliant 

n Standards: UL 60947-4-1 

n Certifications: cULus 

Contactor 

n Horsepower rated per UL 

n High contact reliability 

n NO and NC auxiliary contacts included as standard 

n Permanently secured with screws on mounting panel 

n Screw type terminal connections 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Overload Relay Features 

Thermal overload relays 

n Trip Class 10 

n Phase failure sensitivity 

n UL for Single and three phase loads 

n Includes NC trip contact and NO alarm contact 

n Manual and automatic RESET (selectable) 

n Switch position indicator 

n TEST function 

n STOP button 

n Sealable cover (optional) 

n Screw-type terminals 

Solid-state overload relays 

n Selectable Trip Class 5, 10, 20 and 30 

n Overload, phase failure and unbalance protection 

n Internal ground fault detection (selectable) 

n Internal power supply 

n Includes NC trip contact and NO alarm contact 


n Electrical remote RESET integrated 


n TEST function and self-monitoring 



Available Factory Mods, Field Kits, Accessories 

Factory modifications 

n Push buttons 

n Selector switches 

n Pilot lights 


Field kits and accessories 

n Push buttons 

n Selector switches 

n Pilot lights 

n Auxiliary contacts 


n Control relays and timers 

n Control circuit fuse block 

n Terminal blocks 

n etc. 

17-176 



3RE4 IEC Controllers 


3RE4 Nomenclature 

Non-Combination Controllers 



3RE4 1 2 2 – 3 A A 3 1 – 1 H Y 0 

Controller Type 

11 = Non-combination non-reversing starter,1-phase, 2-pole 

12 = Non-combination non-reversing starter,3-phase, 3-pole 

14 = Non-combination reversing starter, 3-phase, 3-pole 

16 = Non-combination non-reversing contactor 

18 = Non-combination reversing contactor 

Frame Size: UL60947-4-1 Hp Rating 

15 = S00: 1-Ph Hp (0.25@115V, 0.5@208V, 0.75@230V), 3-Ph Hp (1.5@208V, 2@230V, 3@460V, 5@575V) 

23 = S0: 1-Ph Hp (1@115V, 1@208V, 1@230V), 3-Ph Hp (2@208V, 3@230V, 5@460V, 7.5@575V) 

24 = S0: 1-Ph Hp (1@115V, 2@208V, 2@230V), 3-Ph Hp (3@208V, 3@230V, 7.5@460V, 10@575V) 

25 = S0: 1-Ph Hp (1@115V, 2@208V, 3@230V), 3-Ph Hp (5@208V, 5@230V, 10@460V, 15@575V) 

26 = S0: 1-Ph Hp (2@115V, 3@208V, 3@230V), 3-Ph Hp (7.5@208V, 7.5@230V, 15@460V, 20@575V) 



35 = S2: 1-Ph Hp (3@115V, 5@208V, 7.5@230V), 3-Ph Hp (10@208V, 15@230V, 30@460V, 40@575V) 

36 = S2: 1-Ph Hp (3@115V, 7.5@208V, 10@230V), 3-Ph Hp (15@208V, 15@230V, 40@460V, 50@575V) 



Soft Starter 

Control 

Enclosure Type and Size 

A = NEMA Type 1 - standard size 

B = NEMA Type 1 - large size a 

C = NEMA Type 3/3R/4/12 - standard size 

E = NEMA Type 4X 304 SS - standard size 


A = None 

Nominal Coil Voltage 

1 = 24 V AC 50/60Hz 

2 = 24 V DC 

3 = 110/120 V AC 50/60Hz 

4 = 208 V AC 50/60Hz 

5 = 220/240 V AC 50/60Hz 

6 = 277 V AC 60Hz 

7 = 480 V AC 60Hz 

8 = 600 V AC 60Hz 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Overload Relay Type 

0 = (none) 

1 = Thermal fixed trip Class 10 

5 = Solid-state selectable trip Class 5-10-20-30 

Overload Relay Amp Range 

0Y = No overload relay (contactor) 

See amp range selection on page 17-235. 

Special 

Y0 = (none) 

Factory modifications (See selection starting on page 17-238.) 

a Large size enclosures are not applicable for some configurations. 

Refer to product selection tables for specifics. 



3RE4 Non-Reversing Starter, 3-Phase, 3-Pole, Thermal or Solid-State Overload Relay 


Selection 


Replace the (●) with the code from the coil 

table on this page. 

Replace the () with the overload relay 

(OLR) code from this page. 

Replace the (♦♦) with the OLR current 

adjustment range from pg. 17-216. 

For factory modifications, 

see page 17-217 – 17-218. 

For accessories, see page 17-220 – 17-262. 

For replacement parts, see page 17-262. 

For dimensions, see page 17-281. 

For wiring diagrams, see page 17-284 – 17-290. 

Coil Selection (●) a 

Nominal Voltage 

Code 

24 VAC 50/60 Hz 1 

24 VDC 2 

110/120 VAC 50/60 Hz 3 

208 VAC 50/60 Hz 4 

220/240 VAC 50/60 Hz 5 

277 VAC 60 Hz 6 

480 VAC 60 Hz 7 

600 VAC 60 Hz 8 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Non-Reversing Starter, 3-Phase, 3-Pole, Thermal or Solid-State Overload Relay, Standard Enclosure 

3-Phase Motor Hp Rating per UL 

NEMA Type Enclosure (Standard Size) 

Type 1 

General Purpose, 

Indoor only 

Type 3/3R/4/12 

Weatherproof, Watertight, 

Dust-tight 

Type 4X 304 Stain. Steel 



Unused 

Auxiliary 

Contacts 

Frame 

Size 

Contactor 

(for ref. only) 

208 V 230 V 460 V 575 V Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number NO NC 

1.5 2 3 5 3RE4121–5AA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4121–5CA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4121–5EA●–♦♦Y0 1 0 S00 3RT2015 

2 3 5 7.5 3RE4122–3AA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4122–3CA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4122–3EA●–♦♦Y0 1 1 S0 3RT2023 

3 3 7.5 10 3RE4122–4AA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4122–4CA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4122–4EA●–♦♦Y0 1 1 S0 3RT2024 

5 5 10 15 3RE4122–5AA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4122–5CA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4122–5EA●–♦♦Y0 1 1 S0 3RT2025 

7.5 7.5 15 20 3RE4122–6AA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4122–6CA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4122–6EA●–♦♦Y0 1 1 S0 3RT2026 







 

Thermal overload relay Class 10 = 1 

Solid-state overload relay selectable Class = 5 

Non-Reversing Starter, 3-Phase, 3-Pole, Thermal or Solid-State Overload Relay, Large Enclosure 


NEMA Type Enclosure (Large Size) 

Type 1 


Indoor only 

 

1 

5 

Type 3/3R/4/12 


Dust-tight 

 

1 

5 




Unused 

Auxiliary 

Contacts 

Frame 

Size 

Contactor 



1.5 2 3 5 3RE4121–5BA●–♦♦Y0 

1 0 S00 3RT2015 

2 3 5 7.5 3RE4122–3BA●–♦♦Y0 1 1 S0 3RT2023 

3 3 7.5 10 3RE4122–4BA●–♦♦Y0 1 1 S0 3RT2024 

5 5 10 15 

Not applicable — Standard enclosure includes 

3RE4122–5BA●–♦♦Y0 1 1 S0 3RT2025 

extra mounting space for accessories. 

7.5 7.5 15 20 3RE4122–6BA●–♦♦Y0 1 1 S0 3RT2026 

10 10 20 25 3RE4122–7BA●–♦♦Y0 1 1 S0 3RT2027 

10 10 25 25 3RE4122–8BA●–♦♦Y0 1 1 S0 3RT2028 

 



a For 3-phase controllers, 208 - 600 V coils will be wired 

for incoming voltage. 24 and120 V coils will be wired 

as separate source or control power transformer 

secondary (if ordered). For single phase controllers, 

120 and 240 V coils will be wired for incoming voltage. 

24 V coils will be wired as separate source or control 

power transformer secondary (if ordered). 277 - 600 V 

coils do not apply. 

17-178 



3RE4 Non-Reversing Starter, 1-Phase, 2-Pole, Thermal Overload Relay 


Selection 









see page 17-217 – 17-218. 







Code 

24 VAC 50/60 Hz 1 

24 VDC 2 

110/120 VAC 50/60 Hz 3 

208 VAC 50/60 Hz 4 

220/240 VAC 50/60 Hz 5 

277 VAC 60 Hz 6 

480 VAC 60 Hz 7 

600 VAC 60 Hz 8 

Non-Reversing Starter, Single Phase, 2-Pole, Thermal Overload Relay, Standard Enclosure 

1-Phase Motor Hp 

Rating per UL 


Type 1 


Indoor only 

Type 3/3R/4/12 


Dust-tight 




Unused 

Auxiliary 

Contacts 

Frame 

Size 

Contactor 


115 V 208 V 230 V Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number NO NC 

0.25 0.5 0.75 3RE4111–5AA●1–♦♦Y0 3RE4111–5CA●1–♦♦Y0 3RE4111–5EA●1–♦♦Y0 1 0 S00 3RT2015 

1 1 1 3RE4112–3AA●1–♦♦Y0 3RE4112–3CA●1–♦♦Y0 3RE4112–3EA●1–♦♦Y0 1 1 S0 3RT2023 






3 5 7.5 3RE4113–5AA●1–♦♦Y0 3RE4113–5CA●1–♦♦Y0 3RE4113–5EA●1–♦♦Y0 1 1 S2 3RT2035 




Non-Reversing Starter, Single Phase, 2-Pole, Thermal Overload Relay, Large Enclosure 


Rating per UL 


Type 1 


Indoor only 

Type 3/3R/4/12 


Dust-tight 




Unused 

Auxiliary 

Contacts 

Frame 

Size 

Contactor 


115 V 208 V 230 V Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number NO NC 

0.25 0.5 0.75 3RE4111–5BA●1–♦♦Y0 

1 0 S00 3RT2015 

1 1 1 3RE4112–3BA●1–♦♦Y0 1 1 S0 3RT2023 

1 2 2 3RE4112–4BA●1–♦♦Y0 1 1 S0 3RT2024 


1 2 3 3RE4112–5BA●1–♦♦Y0 1 1 S0 3RT2025 


2 3 3 3RE4112–6BA●1–♦♦Y0 1 1 S0 3RT2026 

2 5 5 3RE4112–7BA●1–♦♦Y0 1 1 S0 3RT2027 

3 5 5 3RE4112–8BA●1–♦♦Y0 1 1 S0 3RT2028 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 











3RE4 Reversing Starter, 3-Phase, 3-Pole, Thermal or Solid-State Overload Relay 


Selection 









see page 17-217 – 17-218. 







Code 

24 VAC 50/60 Hz 1 

24 VDC 2 

110/120 VAC 50/60 Hz 3 

208 VAC 50/60 Hz 4 

220/240 VAC 50/60 Hz 5 

277 VAC 60 Hz 6 

480 VAC 60 Hz 7 

600 VAC 60 Hz 8 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Reversing Starter, 3-Phase, 3-Pole, Thermal or Solid-State Overload Relay, Standard Enclosure 



Type 1 


Indoor only 

Type 3/3R/4/12 


Dust-tight 




Unused 

Auxiliary 

Contacts 

Frame 

Size 

Contactor 



1.5 2 3 5 3RE4141–5AA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4141–5CA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4141–5EA●–♦♦Y0 2 2 S00 3RA2315 

2 3 5 7.5 3RE4142–3AA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4142–3CA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4142–3EA●–♦♦Y0 2 0 S0 3RA2323 

3 3 7.5 10 3RE4142–4AA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4142–4CA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4142–4EA●–♦♦Y0 2 0 S0 3RA2324 

5 5 10 15 3RE4142–5AA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4142–5CA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4142–5EA●–♦♦Y0 2 0 S0 3RA2325 

7.5 7.5 15 20 3RE4142–6AA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4142–6CA●–♦♦Y0 3RE4142–6EA●–♦♦Y0 2 0 S0 3RA2326 







 



Reversing Starter, 3-Phase, 3-Pole, Thermal or Solid-State Overload Relay, Large Enclosure 



Type 1 


Indoor only 

 

1 

5 

Type 3/3R/4/12 


Dust-tight 

 

1 

5 




Unused 

Auxiliary 

Contacts 

Frame 

Size 

Contactor 



1.5 2 3 5 3RE4141–5BA●–♦♦Y0 

2 2 S00 3RA2315 

2 3 5 7.5 3RE4142–3BA●–♦♦Y0 2 0 S0 3RA2323 

3 3 7.5 10 3RE4142–4BA●–♦♦Y0 2 0 S0 3RA2324 

5 5 10 15 3RE4142–5BA●–♦♦Y0 


2 0 S0 3RA2325 


7.5 7.5 15 20 3RE4142–6BA●–♦♦Y0 2 0 S0 3RA2326 

10 10 20 25 3RE4142–7BA●–♦♦Y0 2 0 S0 3RA2327 

10 10 25 25 3RE4142–8BA●–♦♦Y0 2 0 S0 3RA2328 

 











17-180 



3RE4 Non-Reversing Contactor, 3-Pole (for both 1-Phase and 3-Phase) 


Selection 





see page 17-217 – 17-218. 







Code 

24 VAC 50/60 Hz 1 

24 VDC 2 

110/120 VAC 50/60 Hz 3 

208 VAC 50/60 Hz 4 

220/240 VAC 50/60 Hz 5 

277 VAC 60 Hz 6 

480 VAC 60 Hz 7 

600 VAC 60 Hz 8 

Non-Reversing Contactor, 3-Pole (for both 1-Phase and 3-Phase), Standard Enclosure 


Rating per UL 


Rating per UL 


Type 1 


Indoor only 

Type 3/3R/4/12 

Weatherproof, 





Unused 

Auxiliary 

Contacts Frame 

Size 

Contactor 

(for ref. 

only) 

115V 208V 230V 208V 230V 460V 575V Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number NO NC 

0.25 0.5 0.75 1.5 2 3 5 3RE4161–5AA●0–0YY0 3RE4161–5CA●0–0YY0 3RE4161–5EA●0–0YY0 1 0 S00 3RT2015 

1 1 1 2 3 5 7.5 3RE4162–3AA●0–0YY0 3RE4162–3CA●0–0YY0 3RE4162–3EA●0–0YY0 1 1 S0 3RT2023 

1 2 2 3 3 7.5 10 3RE4162–4AA●0–0YY0 3RE4162–4CA●0–0YY0 3RE4162–4EA●0–0YY0 1 1 S0 3RT2024 

1 2 3 5 5 10 15 3RE4162–5AA●0–0YY0 3RE4162–5CA●0–0YY0 3RE4162–5EA●0–0YY0 1 1 S0 3RT2025 

2 3 3 7.5 7.5 15 20 3RE4162–6AA●0–0YY0 3RE4162–6CA●0–0YY0 3RE4162–6EA●0–0YY0 1 1 S0 3RT2026 



3 5 7.5 10 15 30 40 3RE4163–5AA●0–0YY0 3RE4163–5CA●0–0YY0 3RE4163–5EA●0–0YY0 1 1 S2 3RT2035 




Non-Reversing Contactor, 3-Pole (for both 1-Phase and 3-Phase), Large Enclosure 


Rating per UL 


Rating per UL 


Type 1 


Indoor only 

Type 3/3R/4/12 

Weatherproof, 





Unused 

Auxiliary 

Contacts 

Frame 

Size 

Contactor 

(for ref. 

only) 

115V 208V 230V 208V 230V 460V 575V Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number NO NC 

0.25 0.5 0.75 1.5 2 3 5 3RE4161–5BA●0–0YY0 

1 0 S00 3RT2015 

1 1 1 2 3 5 7.5 3RE4162–3BA●0–0YY0 1 1 S0 3RT2023 

1 2 2 3 3 7.5 10 3RE4162–4BA●0–0YY0 1 1 S0 3RT2024 

1 2 3 5 5 10 15 3RE4162–5BA●0–0YY0 


1 1 S0 3RT2025 


2 3 3 7.5 7.5 15 20 3RE4162–6BA●0–0YY0 1 1 S0 3RT2026 

2 5 5 10 10 20 25 3RE4162–7BA●0–0YY0 1 1 S0 3RT2027 

3 5 5 10 10 25 25 3RE4162–8BA●0–0YY0 1 1 S0 3RT2028 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 











3RE4 Reversing Contactor, 3-Pole (for both 1-Phase and 3-Phase) 


Selection 





see page 17-217 – 17-218. 







Code 

24 VAC 50/60 Hz 1 

24 VDC 2 

110/120 VAC 50/60 Hz 3 

208 VAC 50/60 Hz 4 

220/240 VAC 50/60 Hz 5 

277 VAC 60 Hz 6 

480 VAC 60 Hz 7 

600 VAC 60 Hz 8 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Reversing Contactor, 3-Pole (for both 1-Phase and 3-Phase), Standard Enclosure 

1-Phase 

Motor Hp 

Rating per UL 

3-Phase 

Motor Hp 

Rating per UL 


Type 1 


Indoor only 

Type 3/3R/4/12 

Weatherproof, 





Unused 

Auxiliary 

Contacts 

Frame 

Size 

Contactor 

(for ref. 

only) 

115V 230V 208V 230V 460V 575V Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number NO NC 

0.25 0.75 1.5 2 3 5 3RE4181–5AA●0–0YY0 3RE4181–5CA●0–0YY0 3RE4181–5EA●0–0YY0 2 2 S00 3RA2315 

1 1 2 3 5 7.5 3RE4182–3AA●0–0YY0 3RE4182–3CA●0–0YY0 3RE4182–3EA●0–0YY0 2 0 S0 3RA2323 

1 2 3 3 7.5 10 3RE4182–4AA●0–0YY0 3RE4182–4CA●0–0YY0 3RE4182–4EA●0–0YY0 2 0 S0 3RA2324 

1 3 5 5 10 15 3RE4182–5AA●0–0YY0 3RE4182–5CA●0–0YY0 3RE4182–5EA●0–0YY0 2 0 S0 3RA2325 

2 3 7.5 7.5 15 20 3RE4182–6AA●0–0YY0 3RE4182–6CA●0–0YY0 3RE4182–6EA●0–0YY0 2 0 S0 3RA2326 



3 7.5 10 15 30 40 3RE4183–5AA●0–0YY0 3RE4183–5CA●0–0YY0 3RE4183–5EA●0–0YY0 2 0 S2 3RA2335 




Reversing Contactor, 3-Pole (for both 1-Phase and 3-Phase), Large Enclosure 

1-Phase 

Motor Hp 

Rating per UL 

3-Phase 

Motor Hp 

Rating per UL 


Type 1 


Indoor only 

Type 3/3R/4/12 

Weatherproof, 





Unused 

Auxiliary 

Contacts 

Frame 

Size 

Contactor 

(for ref. 

only) 

115V 230V 208V 230V 460V 575V Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number NO NC 

0.25 0.75 1.5 2 3 5 3RE4181–5BA●0–0YY0 

2 2 S00 3RA2315 

1 1 2 3 5 7.5 3RE4182–3BA●0–0YY0 2 0 S0 3RA2323 

1 2 3 3 7.5 10 3RE4182–4BA●0–0YY0 2 0 S0 3RA2324 

1 3 5 5 10 15 3RE4182–5BA●0–0YY0 


2 0 S0 3RA2325 


2 3 7.5 7.5 15 20 3RE4182–6BA●0–0YY0 2 0 S0 3RA2326 

2 5 10 10 20 25 3RE4182–7BA●0–0YY0 2 0 S0 3RA2327 

3 5 10 10 25 25 3RE4182–8BA●0–0YY0 2 0 S0 3RA2328 









17-182 



Selection Tables for 3RE4 Overload Relays 

Selection Tables for 3RE4 Overload Relays 


Selection 

Selection Information 

Replace the (♦♦) within the incomplete 

3RE4 catalog number with a 

code selected from the tables below. 

The frame size must match that 

of the 3RE4 product. 

Thermal 


Solid-State 


Thermal Overload Relays, Trip Class 10, Single and Three Phase 

Features and technical characteristics: 

n Phase failure sensitivity 

n Includes NC trip contact and NO 

alarm contact 



n TEST function 

n STOP button 



Soft Starter 

Control 

Current 

Adjustment 

Range (Amp) 

Thermal 


(reference only) 

Code 

♦♦ 

Frame Size S00 

0.7 - 1 0J 3RU2116-0JB0 

0.9 - 1.25 0K 3RU2116-0KB0 

1.1 - 1.6 1A 3RU2116-1AB0 

1.4 - 2 1B 3RU2116-1BB0 

1.8 - 2.5 1C 3RU2116-1CB0 

2.2 - 3.2 1D 3RU2116-1DB0 

2.8 - 4 1E 3RU2116-1EB0 

3.5 - 5 1F 3RU2116-1FB0 

4.5 - 6.3 1G 3RU2116-1GB0 

5.5 - 8 1H 3RU2116-1HB0 

7 - 10 1J 3RU2116-1JB0 

9 - 12.5 1K 3RU2116-1KB0 

11 - 16 4A 3RU2116-4AB0 

Current 

Adjustment 

Range (Amp) 

Thermal 



Code 

♦♦ 

Frame Size S0 

1.8 - 2.5 1C 3RU2126-1CB0 

2.2 - 3.2 1D 3RU2126-1DB0 

2.8 - 4 1E 3RU2126-1EB0 

3.5 - 5 1F 3RU2126-1FB0 

4.5 - 6.3 1G 3RU2126-1GB0 

5.5 - 8 1H 3RU2126-1HB0 

7 - 10 1J 3RU2126-1JB0 

9 - 12.5 1K 3RU2126-1KB0 

11 - 16 4A 3RU2126-4AB0 

14 - 20 4B 3RU2126-4BB0 

17 - 22 4C 3RU2126-4CB0 

20 - 25 4D 3RU2126-4DB0 

23 - 28 4N 3RU2126-4NB0 

27 - 32 4E 3RU2126-4EB0 

30 - 36 4P 3RU2126-4PB0 

34 - 40 4F 3RU2126-4FB0 

Current 

Adjustment 

Range (Amp) 

Thermal 



Code 

♦♦ 

Frame Size S2 

22 - 32 4E 3RU2136-4EB0 

28 - 40 4F 3RU2136-4FB0 

36 - 45 4G 3RU2136-4GB0 

40 - 50 4H 3RU2136-4HB0 

47 - 57 4Q 3RU2136-4QB0 

54 - 65 4J 3RU2136-4JB0 

62 - 73 4K 3RU2136-4KB0 

70 - 80 4R 3RU2136-4RB0 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Solid-State Overload Relays, Selectable Trip Class 5, 10, 20 and 30, Three Phase Only 

Features and technical characteristics: 

n Overload, phase failure and unbalance 

protection 

n Internal ground fault detection (selectable) 

n Internal power supply 

n Includes NC trip contact and NO alarm 

contact 


n Electrical remote RESET integrated 


n TEST function and self-monitoring 



Current 

Adjustment 

Range (Amp) 

Solid-State 



Code 

♦♦ 

Frame Size S00 

0.32 - 1.25 4N 3RB3113-4NB0 

1 - 4 4P 3RB3113-4PB0 

3 - 12 4S 3RB3113-4SB0 

4 - 16 4T 3RB3113-4TB0 

Current 

Adjustment 

Range (Amp) 

Solid-State 



Code 

♦♦ 

Frame Size S0 

0.32 - 1.25 4N 3RB3123-4NB0 

1 - 4 4P 3RB3123-4PB0 

3 - 12 4S 3RB3123-4SB0 

6 - 25 4Q 3RB3123-4QB0 

10 - 40 4V 3RB3123-4VB0 

Current 

Adjustment 

Range (Amp) 

Solid-State 



Code 

♦♦ 

Frame Size S2 

12 - 50 4U 3RB3133-4UB0 

20 - 80 4W 3RB3133-4WB0 



3RE4 Factory Modifications 


Selection 


These tables apply to 3RE4 products. 

Replace the last two characters of the 

3RE4 catalog number (Y0), with a code selected 


Soft Starter 

Control 

Start-Stop Push Button Combinations 

Description Code (Y0) Restrictions 

(No modifications included) Y0 — 

Start-Stop Push Buttons B0 1 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, Red On Pilot Light B1 1 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light B2 1 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 208:120V B3 1, 2 and 4 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 208:120V, Red On Pilot Light B4 1, 2 and 4 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 208:120V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light B5 1, 2 and 4 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 208:24V B6 1, 3 and 4 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 208:24V, Red On Pilot Light B7 1, 3 and 4 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 208:24V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light B8 1, 3 and 4 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 240:120V C0 1 and 2 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 240:120V, Red On Pilot Light C1 1 and 2 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 240:120V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light C2 1 and 2 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 240:24V C3 1 and 3 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 240:24V, Red On Pilot Light C4 1 and 3 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 240:24V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light C5 1 and 3 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:120V C6 1, 2 and 4 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:120V, Red On Pilot Light C7 1, 2 and 4 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:120V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light C8 1, 2 and 4 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:24V D0 1, 3 and 4 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:24V, Red On Pilot Light D1 1, 3 and 4 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:24V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light D2 1, 3 and 4 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Button Combinations 



Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons D3 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, Red On Pilot Light D4 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light D5 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 208:120V D6 2, 4 and 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 208:120V, Red On Pilot Light D7 2, 4 and 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 208:120V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light D8 2, 4 and 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 208:24V E0 3, 4 and 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 208:24V, Red On Pilot Light E1 3, 4 and 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 208:24V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light E2 3, 4 and 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 240:120V E3 2 and 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 240:120V, Red On Pilot Light E4 2 and 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 240:120V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light E5 2 and 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 240:24V E6 3 and 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 240:24V, Red On Pilot Light E7 3 and 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 240:24V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light E8 3 and 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:120V F0 2, 4 and 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:120V, Red On Pilot Light F1 2, 4 and 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:120V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light F2 2, 4 and 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:24V F3 3, 4 and 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:24V, Red On Pilot Light F4 3, 4 and 5 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:24V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light F5 3, 4 and 5 

a A CPT in a NEMA type 1 enclosure with a size S00 or S0 controller 

requires a large size enclosure. A CPT in a NEMA type 1 enclosure 

with a size S2 controller requires a standard size enclosure. 

All other enclosure types may be standard size. 

Restrictions: 

1. Valid only with non-reversing controllers. 

2. Valid only with 120 V coil. 

3. Valid only with 24 VAC coil. 

4. Not valid with single-phase controllers. 

5. Not valid in NEMA Type 1 enclosures. 

17-184 





Selection 






Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch Combinations 



Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch F6 1 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, Red On Pilot Light F7 1 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light F8 1 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:120V G0 1, 2 and 4 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:120V, Red On Pilot Light G1 1, 2 and 4 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:120V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light G2 1, 2 and 4 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:24V G3 1, 3 and 4 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:24V, Red On Pilot Light G4 1, 3 and 4 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:24V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light G5 1, 3 and 4 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:120V G6 1 and 2 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:120V, Red On Pilot Light G7 1 and 2 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:120V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light G8 1 and 2 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:24V H0 1 and 3 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:24V, Red On Pilot Light H1 1 and 3 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:24V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light H2 1 and 3 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:120V H3 1, 2 and 4 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:120V, Red On Pilot Light H4 1, 2 and 4 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:120V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light H5 1, 2 and 4 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:24V H6 1, 3 and 4 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:24V, Red On Pilot Light H7 1, 3 and 4 

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:24V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light H8 1, 3 and 4 

On-Off Selector Switch Combinations 



On-Off Selector Switch J0 1 

On-Off Selector Switch, Red On Pilot Light J1 1 

On-Off Selector Switch, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light J2 1 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:120V J3 1, 2 and 4 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:120V, Red On Pilot Light J4 1, 2 and 4 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:120V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light J5 1, 2 and 4 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:24V J6 1, 3 and 4 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:24V, Red On Pilot Light J7 1, 3 and 4 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:24V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light J8 1, 3 and 4 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:120V K0 1 and 2 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:120V, Red On Pilot Light K1 1 and 2 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:120V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light K2 1 and 2 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:24V K3 1 and 3 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:24V, Red On Pilot Light K4 1 and 3 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:24V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light K5 1 and 3 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:120V K6 1, 2 and 4 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:120V, Red On Pilot Light K7 1, 2 and 4 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:120V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light K8 1, 2 and 4 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:24V L0 1, 3 and 4 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:24V, Red On Pilot Light L1 1, 3 and 4 

On-Off Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:24V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light L2 1, 3 and 4 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Restrictions: 

1. Valid only with non-reversing controllers. 








Selection 






CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch Combinations 



Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch L3 — 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, Red On Pilot Light L4 — 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light L5 — 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:120V L6 1 and 3 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:120V, Red On Pilot Light L7 1 and 3 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:120V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light L8 1 and 3 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:24V M0 2 and 3 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:24V, Red On Pilot Light M1 2 and 3 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 208:24V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light M2 2 and 3 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:120V M3 1 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:120V, Red On Pilot Light M4 1 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:120V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light M5 1 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:24V M6 2 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:24V, Red On Pilot Light M7 2 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 240:24V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light M8 2 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:120V N0 1 and 3 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:120V, Red On Pilot Light N1 1 and 3 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:120V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light N2 1 and 3 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:24V N3 2 and 3 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:24V, Red On Pilot Light N4 2 and 3 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch, CPT Std Capacity a 480/240:24V, Red On Pilot Light, Green Off Pilot Light N5 2 and 3 





Restrictions: 




17-186 



3RE4 Field Modifications and Accessories 


Selection 

Pilot Devices 

Device a 

Enclosure 

NEMA Type 

Catalog 

Number 

momentary b 3/3R/4/12 & 4X 49SDP05 

Start-Stop Push Buttons, 

1 49SDPB5 

49SDPB5 

49SDSBJ 

49SDSB4 

momentary b 3/3R/4/12 & 4X 49SDP02 

Fwd-Rev-Stop Push Buttons, 

1 NA 

1 49SDSBJ 


3/3R/4/12 & 4X 

49SDS01 

Start Push Button 

Stop Push Button 

On-Off Selector Switch 

1 49SDSB4 

3/3R/4/12 & 4X 49SDS04 

2-Position Selector Switch 

3-Position Selector Switch 

Fwd-Off-Rev Selector Switch 

1 49SDSBJ 

3/3R/4/12 & 4X 

49SDS02 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Pilot Lights 

Device a 

Enclosure 

NEMA Type 

Voltage 

Catalog 

Number 

Light module and lens color: 

RED, GREEN, and AMBER. 

Legends include: 

ON, RUN, OFF c , OLR TRIPPED d 1 

24 to 240 V AC/DC 49SDLBU 

277 V AC 49SDLBL 

Red FORWARD, Red REVERSE 

1 

3/3R/4/12 & 4X 

3/3R/4/12 & 4X 



24 to 240 V AC/DC 49SDL07RU 

277 V AC 49SDL07RL 

Green FORWARD, Green REVERSE 

Red ON 

Red OFF c 

1 

3/3R/4/12 & 4X 

3/3R/4/12 & 4X 

3/3R/4/12 & 4X 

3/3R/4/12 & 4X 

3/3R/4/12 & 4X 

3/3R/4/12 & 4X 



24 to 240 V AC/DC 49SDL07GU 

277 V AC 49SDL07GL 

24 to 240 V AC/DC 49SDL0BRU 

277 V AC 49SDL0BRL 

24 to 240 V AC/DC 49SDL0ARU 

277 V AC 49SDL0ARL 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Green ON 

3/3R/4/12 & 4X 

3/3R/4/12 & 4X 

24 to 240 V AC/DC 49SDL0BGU 

277 V AC 49SDL0BGL 

Green OFF c 

3/3R/4/12 & 4X 

3/3R/4/12 & 4X 

24 to 240 V AC/DC 49SDL0AGU 

277 V AC 49SDL0AGL 


Device Frame Size Catalog Number 

1 NO & 1 NC laterally mounted, S00 

3RH2911-1DA11 

screw terminals 

S0 and S2 

3RH2921-1DA11 

2 NO laterally mounted, 

S00 

NA 


S0 and S2 

3RH2921-1DA20 

2 NC laterally mounted, 

S00 

3RH2911-1DA02 


S0 and S2 

3RH2921-1DA02 

a 3SU 22 mm devices. Pilot lights include LED bulbs. 

b Each contactor must have a normally open (NO) 

auxiliary contact available for seal-in circuit. Order 

separately as needed. 

c To use as an OFF indicator, the contactor must have a 

normally closed (NC) auxiliary contact available for the 

circuit. Order separately as needed. 

d To use as an overload relay (OLR) trip indicator, the 

OLR must have a normally open (NO) auxiliary contact 

available for the circuit. 



3RE4 Field Modifications, Accessories, and Replacement Parts 


Selection 

Control Power Transformers a 

Device 

Frame Size 

Catalog 

Number 

Transformer Table 

Primary Volts Secondary Volts Code 

45 VA, 1-secondary fuse S00 KT*050 120 24 1 

75 VA, 2-primary and 1-secondary fuses S0 & S2 KT*075 208 24 G 

208 120 H 

240/480 24 4 

240/480 120 8 

Replace * with code from Transformer Table. 

277 24 5 

45VA CPT does not require primary fuses per NEC. 

277 120 7 

600 24 6 

600 120 9 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Control Relays and Timers ab Catalog 

Coil Voltage Table 

Device 

Number 

Voltage 

Code 

Control relay, 4 NO / 0 NC 3RH2140-1●●●0 24 VAC 50/60 Hz AB0 

Control relay, 3 NO / 1 NC 3RH2131-1●●●0 24 VDC BB4 

Control relay, 2 NO / 2 NC 3RH2122-1●●●0 110/120 VAC 50/60 Hz AK6 

ON-delay timer, 0.05 sec. – 100 hr., 24 – 240V AC/DC 3RP2525-1BW30 208 VAC 50/60 Hz AM2 

OFF-delay timer, 0.05 sec. – 100 hr., 24 – 240V AC/DC 3RP2535-1AW30 220/240 VAC 50/60 Hz AP6 

277 VAC 60 Hz — 

Replace ●●● with code from Coil Voltage Table. 

480 VAC 60 Hz AV6 

Relays and timers include screw terminals. 

Relay Timer 

600 VAC 60 Hz — 

Miscellaneous 

Device 

1-pole fuse block for control circuit, 600V / 30A, DIN rail mounted, CC fuses (not included) 

2-pole fuse block for control circuit, 600V / 30A, DIN rail mounted, CC fuses (not included) 

Ground Lug, 3 Conductor, 2-14 AWG AL/CU Wire 


3NW7513-0HG 

3NW7523-0HG 

75D28182001 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

3NW7513-0HG 8WA1808 

8WA10111DF11 MTR5 


Terminal block, 1-point unwired, DIN rail mounted, 6mm, 26A b 

8WA10111DF11 

End retainer for DIN rail b 

8WA1808 

DIN rail kit, 35mm x 5 in, for mounting optional accessories a 

MTR5 

Sealable cover for rotary dial on overload relay (10 per package) 3RV29 08-0P 

Enclosure Kits 

Device 

Contactor parts (Obtain Cat. No. from device and refer to Industrial Control Catalog). — 

Overload relay (Obtain Cat. No. from device and refer to Industrial Control Catalog). — 

Overload Relay Reset Operator for all NEMA Type enclosures 

Controller Frame Size & Type 

NR = Non-Reversing 

R = Reversing 


49MBRS 

Type 1 Type 1 Type 3/3R/4/12 Type 4X 304 S.S. 

Standard Size Large Size e Standard Size f Standard Size f 


S00 NR, S0 NR 49EC14EB110705R 49EC14GB140807R c 49EFN121006XRX 49EFW121006XRX 

S00 R, S0 R 49EC14GB140807R c 49EC14IB201208R d 49EFN121006XRX 49EFW121006XRX 

S2 NR, S2 R 49EC14IB201208R df — 49EFN141208XRX 49EFW141208XRX 

a The accessory in a NEMA type 1 enclosure requires a 

large size enclosure. All other enclosure types may be 

standard size. 

b Requires DIN rail kit or equivalent. 

c Enclosure 49EC14GB140807R requires mounting adaptor 

plate 49EFA070500XXA which is sold seperately. 

d Enclosure 49EC14IB201208R requires mounting adaptor 

plate 49EFA060800XXA which is sold seperately. 

e These large enclosures are required for certain 

accessories as indicated in the Field Modification pages. 

f These standard size enclosures include extra mounting 

space for accessories. 

17-188 



3RE4 Outline Diagrams 



E 

A 

D 

B 


C 

Soft Starter 

Control 

3RE4 Non-Combination Type Controllers 

Enclosure 


Type Contactor Rating Fig. A B C D E K1 K2 K3 

S00 NR, S0 NR 1 10.97 6.41 5.03 8.22 4.62 0.5 0.50-0.75 0.75–1 

1 (standard size) 

S00 R, S0 R 1 13.53 7.97 6.38 10.25 6.00 0.50-0.75 0.75-1 1-1.25 

S2 NR, S2 R 1 19.12 11.38 7.69 15.62 8.25 0.50-0.75 1-1.25 1.5-2 

1 (large size) 

S00 NR, S0 NR 1 13.53 7.97 6.38 10.25 6.00 0.50-0.75 0.75-1 1-1.25 

S00 R, S0 R 1 19.12 11.38 7.69 15.62 8.25 0.50-0.75 1-1.25 1.5-2 

3/3R/4/12 & 4X 304 SS 

S00 NR, S00 R, S0 NR, S0 R 2 12.00 10.00 6.00 11.30 7.44 — — — 

S2 NR, S2 R 2 14.00 12.00 8.00 13.30 9.44 — — — 

Sxx = Frame size; NR = Non-reversing; R = Reversing 

Mounting screw G is 0.25”. 

Dimensions are in inches. 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



3RE4 Wiring Diagrams 



CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17-190 






Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 






CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17-192 


Motor Starters, Soft Starters and Load Feeders 

Introduction 

Overview 

3RW30 

3RW40 

For operation in the control cabinet 

3RW soft starters for standard applications 

• Application areas 

- Fans 

- Building/construction machines 

- Escalators 

- Air conditioning systems 

- Assembly lines 

- Operating mechanisms 

3RW30 soft starters 


3RW soft starters for high-feature applications 

• Application areas 

- Pumps 

- Compressors 

- Industrial refrigerating systems 

- Conveying systems 

- Machine tools 


For enclosed applications 

Enclosures in NEMA 1, 3, 4, & 12 types 

UL/CSA listed 

3RW44 

- Pumps 

- Presses 

- Transport systems 

- Fans 

- Compressors and coolers 

• SIRIUS 3RW30 soft starters for soft starting and smooth ramp-down of threephase 

asynchronous motors 

• Performance range of up to 75 Hp (at 460 V) 

• SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters with the integral functions 

- Solid-state motor overload and intrinsic device protection and 

- Adjustable current limiting 

for the soft starting and stopping of three-phase asynchronous motors 

• Performance range of up to 300 Hp (at 460 V) 

- Fans 

- Cooling systems 

- Water transport 

- Hydraulics 

- Mills 

• In addition to soft starting and soft ramp-down, the solid-state SIRIUS 3RW44 

soft starters provide numerous functions for higher-level requirements 

• Performance range 

- Up to 900 Hp (at 460 V) in inline circuit and 

- Up to 1600 Hp (at 460 V) in inside-delta circuit 

• Complete starter includes 3RW40 or 3RW44 and CPT 

• Performance Range of up to 600 Hp (at 460 V) 

• Combination options include circuit breaker or fusible disconnect 

• Application areas: 

- Compressors 

- Pumps 

- Stamping presses 

- Cooling towers 

- Molding and extruding 

- Chippers and debarkers 

- Lumber processing 

- Pulp & paper processing 

- Conveyors 

- Textiles 

- HVAC 

Class 73/74 Enclosed 

Order No. Page 

3RW30 

3RW40 

3RW44 

Class 73/74 

17-195 

17-199 

17-207 

17-274 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


For Operation in the Control Cabinet 

3RW Soft Starters 

General Data 

Overview 

The advantages of the SIRIUS soft starters at a glance: 

• Soft starting and smooth ramp-down 1) 

• Stepless starting 

• Reduction of current peaks 

• Avoidance of mains voltage fluctuations during starting 

• Reduced load on the power supply network 

• Reduction of the mechanical load in the operating mechanism 

• Considerable space savings and reduced wiring compared 

with conventional starters 

• Maintenance-free switching 

• Very easy handling 

• Fits perfectly in the SIRIUS modular system 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

SIRIUS 3RW30 SIRIUS 3RW40 SIRIUS 3RW44 

Standard applications Standard applications High-Feature applications 

Rated current up to 50 °C A 3 ... 98 11 ... 385 26 ... 1076 

Rated operational voltage V 200 ... 480 

200 ... 600 

200 ... 690 

Motor rating at 460 V 

• Inline circuit Hp 1.5 ... 75 7.5 ... 300 15 ... 900 

• Inside-delta circuit Hp -- -- 22 ... 1600 

Ambient temperature °C -25 ... +60 

-25 ... +60 

0 ... +60 

Soft starting/ramp-down 1) 

Voltage ramp 

Starting/stopping voltage % 40 ... 100 40 ... 100 20 ... 100 

Starting and ramp-down time 7) 

s 0 ... 20 

0 ... 20 

1 ... 360 

Torque control -- -- 

Starting/stopping torque % -- 

-- 

20 ... 100 

Torque limit % -- -- 20 ... 200 

Ramp time s -- 

-- 

1 ... 360 

Integral bypass contact system 

Intrinsic device protection -- 

Motor overload protection -- 

Thermistor motor protection -- 2) 

Integrated remote RESET -- 3) 

Adjustable current limiting -- 

Inside-delta circuit -- -- 

Breakaway pulse -- 

-- 

Creep speed in both directions of rotation -- -- 

Pump ramp-down -- 

-- 

4) 

DC braking -- -- 4) 5) 

Combined braking -- 

-- 

4) 5) 

Motor heating -- -- 

Communication -- 

-- 

With PROFIBUS DP (optional) 

External display and operator module -- -- (optional) 

Operating measured value display -- 

-- 

Error logbook -- -- 

Event list -- 

-- 

Slave pointer function -- -- 

Trace function -- 

-- 

6) 

Programmable control inputs and outputs -- -- 

Number of parameter sets 1 

1 

3 

Parameterization software (Soft Starter ES) -- -- 

Power semiconductors (thyristors) 2 controlled phases 2 controlled phases 

3 controlled phases 

Screw terminals 

Spring-type terminals 

UL/CSA 

CE marking 

Soft starting under heavy starting conditions -- -- 

4) 

Configuring support Win-Soft Starter, Electronic Application Selector, Technical Assistance Tel.: 1-800-333-7421 

Function is available; -- Function is not available. 

1) Only soft starting available for 3RW30. 

2) Optional up to size S3 (device variant). 

3) Available for 3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4.; optional for 3RW40 5. and 3RW40 7.. 

4) Calculate soft starter and motor with size allowance where required. 

5) Not possible in inside-delta circuit. 

6) 7) Trace function with Soft Starter ES software. 

Actual motor start times are load dependent. 

You can find further information on the Internet at: 

www.usa.siemens.com/softstarters 

17-194 





Overview 

The SIRIUS 3RW30 soft starters reduce the motor voltage 

through variable phase control and increase it in ramp-like mode 

from a selectable starting voltage up to mains voltage. During 

starting, these devices limit the torque as well as the current and 

prevent the shocks which arise during direct starts or wye-delta 

starts. In this way, mechanical loads and mains voltage dips can 

be reliably reduced. 

Soft starting reduces the stress on the connected equipment 

and results in lower wear and therefore longer periods of troublefree 

production. The selectable start value means that the soft 

starters can be adjusted individually to the requirements of the 

application in question and unlike wye-delta starters are not 

restricted to two-stage starting with fixed voltage ratios. 1) 

The SIRIUS 3RW30 soft starters are characterized above all by 

their small space requirements. Integrated bypass contacts 

mean that minimal power loss is used at the power semiconductors 

(thyristors) after the motor has started up. This cuts down on 

heat losses, enabling a more compact design and making external 

bypass circuits superfluous. 

Various versions of the SIRIUS 3RW30 soft starters are available: 

• Standard version for fixed-speed three-phase motors, sizes 

S00, S0, S2 and S3, with integrated bypass contact system 

• Version for fixed-speed three-phase motors in a 22.5 mm 

enclosure without bypass 

Soft starters rated up to 75 Hp (at 460 V) for standard applications 

in three-phase networks are available. Extremely small 

sizes, low power losses and simple start-up are just three of the 

many advantages of this soft starter. 

Application 

The 3RW30 soft starters are suitable for soft starting of threephase 

asynchronous motors. 

Due to two-phase control, the current is kept at minimum values 

in all three phases throughout the entire starting time. Due 

to continuous voltage influencing, current and torque peaks, 

which are unavoidable in the case of wye-delta starters, for 

instance, do not occur. 


• Pumps 

• Heat pumps 

• Hydraulic pumps 

• Presses 

• Conveyors 

• Roller conveyor 

• Screw conveyors 

Soft Starter 

Control 

1) Actual motor start times are load dependent. 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Selection and ordering data 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

3RW30 18-1BB14 3RW30 28-1BB14 3RW30 38-1BB14 3RW30 47-1BB14 3RW30 03-2CB54 

Ambient temperature 40 °C Ambient temperature 50 °C Size Order No. List 

Rated Rated power of induction 

motors for rated 

operational 

current 

I 

operational voltage U e 

1) 

e 

Rated Rated power of induction 

operational 

cur- 

voltage U e 

motors for rated operational 

1) 

rent I e 

Price $ 

per PU 

PS* 

Weight 

per PU 

approx. 

230 V 400 V 500 V 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 

A kW kW kW A hp hp hp hp 

Rated operational voltage U e 200 ... 480 V 

• With screw terminals 

3.6 0.75 1.5 -- 3 0.5 0.5 1.5 -- S00 3RW30 13-1BB@4 1 unit 0.580 

6.5 1.5 3 -- 4.8 1 1 3 -- S00 3RW30 14-1BB@4 1 unit 0.580 

9 2.2 4 -- 7.8 2 2 5 -- S00 3RW30 16-1BB@4 1 unit 0.580 

12.5 3 5.5 -- 11 3 3 7.5 -- S00 3RW30 17-1BB@4 1 unit 0.580 

17.6 4 7.5 -- 17 3 3 10 -- S00 3RW30 18-1BB@4 1 unit 0.580 

• With spring-type terminals 

3.6 0.75 1.5 -- 3 0.5 0.5 1.5 -- S00 3RW30 13-2BB@4 1 unit 0.580 

6.5 1.5 3 -- 4.8 1 1 3 -- S00 3RW30 14-2BB@4 1 unit 0.580 

9 2.2 4 -- 7.8 2 2 5 -- S00 3RW30 16-2BB@4 1 unit 0.580 

12.5 3 5.5 -- 11 3 3 7.5 -- S00 3RW30 17-2BB@4 1 unit 0.580 

17.6 4 7.5 -- 17 3 3 10 -- S00 3RW30 18-2BB@4 1 unit 0.580 


25 5.5 11 -- 23 5 5 15 -- S0 3RW30 26-1BB@4 1 unit 0.690 

32 7.5 15 -- 29 7.5 7.5 20 -- S0 3RW30 27-1BB@4 1 unit 0.690 

38 11 18.5 -- 34 10 10 25 -- S0 3RW30 28-1BB@4 1 unit 0.690 


25 5.5 11 -- 23 5 5 15 -- S0 3RW30 26-2BB@4 1 unit 0.690 

32 7.5 15 -- 29 7.5 7.5 20 -- S0 3RW30 27-2BB@4 1 unit 0.690 

38 11 18.5 -- 34 10 10 25 -- S0 3RW30 28-2BB@4 1 unit 0.690 

• With screw-type or spring-type terminals 

45 11 22 -- 42 10 15 30 -- S2 3RW30 36-@BB@4 1 unit 1.200 

63 18.5 30 -- 58 15 20 40 -- S2 3RW30 37-@BB@4 1 unit 1.200 

72 22 37 -- 62 20 20 40 -- S2 3RW30 38-@BB@4 1 unit 1.200 

• With screw-type or spring-type terminals 

80 22 45 -- 73 20 25 50 -- S3 3RW30 46-@BB@4 1 unit 1.710 

106 30 55 -- 98 30 30 75 -- S3 3RW30 47-@BB@4 1 unit 1.710 

Order No. supplement for connection types 

• With screw terminals 1 

• With spring-type terminals 2) 2 

Order No. supplement for rated control supply voltage U s 

• 24 V AC/DC 0 

• 110 ... 230 V 1 

Soft starters for easy starting conditions and high switching frequency, 

rated operational voltage U e 200 ... 400 V, 

rated control supply voltage U s 24 ... 230 V AC/DC 

3 0.55 1.1 -- 2.6 0.5 0.5 -- -- 22.5 mm 

• With screw terminals 3RW30 03-1CB54 1 unit 0.207 

• With spring-type terminals 3RW30 03-2CB54 1 unit 0.188 

1) Stand-alone installation. 

2) Power connection: screw terminals. 

Note: 

Selection of the soft starter depends on the rated motor current. 

The SIRIUS 3RW30 solid-state soft starters are designed for 

easy starting conditions. J Load < 10 x J Motor . In the event of 

deviating conditions or increased switching frequency, it may be 

necessary to choose a larger device. 

Siemens recommends the use of the selection and simulation 

program Win-Soft Starter. For information about rated currents 

for ambient temperatures > 40 °C, see technical specifications 

(see technical information on page 17-235). 

17-196 





Accessories 

For soft starters Motor starter protectors Order No. List 

Type Size Size 

Price $ 

per PU 

PS* 

Weight 

per PU 

approx 

. 

kg 

Auxiliary terminals 

Auxiliary terminals, 3-pole 

3RW30 4. S3 3RT19 46-4F 1 unit 0.035 

Covers for soft starters 

Terminal covers for box terminals 

Additional touch protection to be fitted at the box terminals 

(2 units required per device) 

3RW30 3. S2 3RT19 36-4EA2 1 unit 0.020 

3RW30 4. S3 3RT19 46-4EA2 1 unit 0.025 

Terminal covers for cable lugs and busbar connections 

For complying with the phase clearances and as touch 

protection if box terminal is removed 

(2 units required per contactor) 

3RW30 4. S3 3RT19 46-4EA1 1 unit 0.040 

Link modules to motor starter protectors 

3RW30 13, S00 S0 3RA19 21-1A 10 units 0.028 

3RW30 14, 

3RW30 16, 

3RW30 17, 

3RW30 18 

3RW30 26 S0 S0 3RA19 21-1A 10 units 0.028 

3RW30 36 S2 S2 3RA19 31-1A 5 units 0.033 

3RW30 46, 

3RW30 47 

S3 S3 3RA19 41-1A 5 units 0.072 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Operating instructions 1) 

For soft starters 

3RW30 1. 

3RW30 2. 

3RW30 3. 

3RW30 4. 

S00 

S0 

S2 

S3 

1) The operating instructions are included in the scope of supply. 

Version 

Functionality 

Functions 

Covers and push-in lugs (only for 3RW30 03) 

Sealable covers For securing against 

unauthorized adjustment 

of setting knobs 

Push-in lugs 

3RP1 902 

For screw fixing 

3ZX10 12-0RW30-2DA1 

Order No. 

List 

Price $ 

per PU 

Weight 

per PU 

approx. 

kg 

3RP1 902 5 units 0.004 

3RP1 903 10 units 0.002 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

3RP1 903 





More information 

Application examples for normal starting (Class 10) 

Normal starting Class 10 (up to 20 s with 300 % I n motor ), 

The soft starter rating can be selected to be as high as the rating of the motor used. 

Application Conveyor belt Roller conveyor Compressor Small fan Pump Hydraulic pump 

Starting parameters 

• Voltage ramp and current 

limiting 

- Starting voltage % 70 60 50 40 40 40 

- Starting time s 10 10 20 20 10 10 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Note: 

These tables present sample set values and device sizes. They 

are intended only for the purposes of information and are not 

binding. The set values depend on the application in question 

and must be optimized during start-up. Actual start times are 

load dependent. 

The soft starter dimensions should be checked where necessary 

with the Win-Soft Starter software or with the help of Technical 

Assistance. 

Configuration 

The 3RW solid-state motor controllers are designed for easy 

starting conditions. In the event of deviating conditions or increased 

switching frequency, it may be necessary to choose a 

larger device. For accurate dimensioning, use the Win-Soft 

Starter selection and simulation program. 

If necessary, an overload relay for heavy starting must be selected 

where long starting times are involved. PTC sensors are 

recommended. 

In the motor feeder between the SIRIUS 3RW soft starter and the 

motor, no capacitive elements are permitted (e. g. no reactivepower 

compensation equipment). In addition, neither static systems 

for reactive-power compensation nor dynamic PFC (Power 

Factor Correction) must be operated in parallel during starting 

and ramp-down of the soft starter. This is important to prevent 

faults arising on the compensation equipment and/or the soft 

starter. 

All elements of the main circuit (such as fuses, controls and overload 

relays) should be dimensioned for direct starting, following 

the local short-circuit conditions. Fuses, controls and overload 

relays must be ordered separately. Please observe the maximum 

switching frequencies specified in the technical 

specifications. 

Note: 

When induction motors are switched on, voltage drops normally 

appear on starters of all types (direct starters, wye-delta starters, 

soft starters). The infeed transformer must always be dimensioned 

such that the voltage dip when starting the motor remains 

within the permissible tolerance. If the infeed transformer is dimensioned 

with only a small margin, it is best for the control voltage 

to be supplied from a separate circuit (independently of the 

main voltage) in order to avoid the potential switching off of the 

soft starter. 

Status graphs 

U 

U 

U 

N 

S 

ON 13/14 

t R on 

t R on 

Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation program 

With this software, you can simulate and select all Siemens soft 

starters, taking into account various parameters such as mains 

properties, motor and load data, and special application 

requirements. 

The software is a valuable tool, which makes complicated, 

lengthy manual calculations for determining the required soft 

starters superfluous. 

The Win-Soft Starter selection and simulation program can be 

downloaded from: 

http://www.siemens.de/sanftstarter > Software 

More information can be found on the Internet at: 

http://www.sea.siemens.com/softstarters 

t 

t 

NSB0_01941 

Power electronics schematic circuit diagram 

L1 

L2 

L3 

T1 

T2 

T3 

NSB0_01940 

A bypass contact system is already integrated in the 3RW30 soft 

starter and therefore does not have to be ordered separately. 

17-198 





Overview 

SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters have all the same advantages as the 

3RW30 soft starters. 



mean that minimal power is used at the power semiconductors 

(thyristors) after the motor has started up. This cuts down on 

heat losses, enabling a more compact design and making external 

bypass circuits superfluous. 

At the same time this soft starter comes with additional integrated 

functions such as adjustable current limiting, motor overload 

and intrinsic device protection, and optional thermistor motor 

protection on some models. 

Internal intrinsic device protection prevents the thermal overloading 

of the thyristors and the power section defects this can 

cause. As an option the thyristors can also be protected by 

semiconductor fuses from short-circuiting. 

Thanks to integrated status monitoring and fault monitoring, this 

compact soft starter offers many different diagnostics options. 

Up to four LEDs and relay outputs permit differentiated monitoring 

and diagnostics of the operating mechanism by indicating 

the operating state as well as for example mains or phase failure, 

missing load, non-permissible tripping time/class setting, thermal 

overloading or device faults. 


in three-phase systems are available. Extremely small 


many advantages of the SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters. 

"Increased safety" type of protection EEx e according to 

ATEX directive 94/9/EC 

The 3RW40 soft starter sizes S0 to S12 are suitable for the starting 

of explosion-proof motors with "increased safety" type of protection 

EEx e. 

See "Appendix" –> "Standards and approvals" –> "Type overview 

of approved devices for potentially explosive areas (ATEX 

explosion protection)". 

Application 

The SIRIUS 3RW40 solid-state soft starters are suitable for soft 

starting and stopping of three-phase asynchronous motors. 

Due to two-phase control, the current is kept at minimum values 

in all three phases throughout the entire starting time and disturbing 

direct current components are eliminated in addition. 

This not only enables the two-phase starting of motors up to 

300 Hp (at 460 V) but also avoids the current and torque peaks 

which occur e. g. with wye-delta starters. 


• Pumps 

• Heat pumps 

• Hydraulic pumps 

• Presses 

• Conveyors 

• Roller conveyor 

• Screw conveyors 

• Escalators 

• Small fans 

• Centrifugal blowers 

• Bow thrusters 

• Stirrers 

• Extruders 

• Lathes 

• Milling machines 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 






3RW40 28-1BB14 

3RW40 38-1BB14 

3RW40 47-1BB14 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Ambient temperature 50 °C Size Order No. List 

Rated 

operational 

current I e 

1) 

Rated power of induction motors 

for rated operational voltage U e 

Price $ 

per PU 

PS* 

Weight per 

PU approx. 

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 

A hp hp hp hp kg 



11 3 3 7.5 -- S0 3RW40 24-1BB@4 1 unit 0.770 

23 5 5 15 -- S0 3RW40 26-1BB@4 1 unit 0.770 

29 7.5 7.5 20 -- S0 3RW40 27-1BB@4 1 unit 0.770 

34 10 10 25 -- S0 3RW40 28-1BB@4 1 unit 0.770 


11 3 3 7.5 -- S0 3RW40 24-2BB@4 1 unit 0.770 

23 5 5 15 -- S0 3RW40 26-2BB@4 1 unit 0.770 

29 7.5 7.5 20 -- S0 3RW40 27-2BB@4 1 unit 0.770 

34 10 10 25 -- S0 3RW40 28-2BB@4 1 unit 0.770 

• With screw or spring-type terminals 

42 10 15 30 -- S2 3RW40 36-@BB@4 1 unit 1.350 

58 15 20 40 -- S2 3RW40 37-@BB@4 1 unit 1.350 

62 20 20 40 -- S2 3RW40 38-@BB@4 1 unit 1.350 


73 20 25 50 -- S3 3RW40 46-@BB@4 1 unit 1.900 

98 30 30 75 -- S3 3RW40 47-@BB@4 1 unit 1.900 



11 -- -- 7.5 10 S0 3RW40 24-1BB@5 1 unit 0.770 

23 -- -- 15 20 S0 3RW40 26-1BB@5 1 unit 0.770 

29 -- -- 20 25 S0 3RW40 27-1BB@5 1 unit 0.770 

34 -- -- 25 30 S0 3RW40 28-1BB@5 1 unit 0.770 


11 -- -- 7.5 10 S0 3RW40 24-2BB@5 1 unit 0.770 

23 -- -- 15 20 S0 3RW40 26-2BB@5 1 unit 0.770 

29 -- -- 20 25 S0 3RW40 27-2BB@5 1 unit 0.770 

34 -- -- 25 30 S0 3RW40 28-2BB@5 1 unit 0.770 


42 -- -- 30 40 S2 3RW40 36-@BB@5 1 unit 1.350 

58 -- -- 40 50 S2 3RW40 37-@BB@5 1 unit 1.350 

62 -- -- 40 60 S2 3RW40 38-@BB@5 1 unit 1.350 


73 -- -- 50 60 S3 3RW40 46-@BB@5 1 unit 1.900 

98 -- -- 75 75 S3 3RW40 47-@BB@5 1 unit 1.900 




Order No. supplement for rated control supply voltage U s 

• 24 V AC/DC 0 

• 110 ... 230 V AC/DC 1 

1) Stand-alone installation without auxiliary fan. 

Power connection: screw terminals. 

Note: 



easy starting conditions. J Load < 10 x J Motor . In the event of deviating 

conditions or increased switching frequency, it may be 

necessary to choose a larger device. Siemens recommends the 

use of the selection and simulation program Win-Soft Starter. For 

information about rated currents for ambient temperatures other 

than 50°C, see technical information on page 17-247 

17-200 





3RW40 28-1TB04 

3RW40 38-1TB04 

3RW40 47-1TB04 


PS* 

Weight per 

Rated Rated power of induction motors 

Price $ 

PU approx. 

operational for rated operational voltage U 

per PU 

e 

1) current I e 

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 


Rated operational voltage U e 200 ... 480 V, 

with thermistor motor protection, 

rated control supply voltage U s 24 V AC/DC 


11 3 3 7.5 -- S0 3RW40 24-1TB04 1 unit 0.770 

23 5 5 15 -- S0 3RW40 26-1TB04 1 unit 0.770 

29 7.5 7.5 20 -- S0 3RW40 27-1TB04 1 unit 0.770 

34 10 10 25 -- S0 3RW40 28-1TB04 1 unit 0.770 


11 3 3 7.5 -- S0 3RW40 24-2TB04 1 unit 0.770 

23 5 5 15 -- S0 3RW40 26-2TB04 1 unit 0.770 

29 7.5 7.5 20 -- S0 3RW40 27-2TB04 1 unit 0.770 

34 10 10 25 -- S0 3RW40 28-2TB04 1 unit 0.770 


42 10 15 30 -- S2 3RW40 36-@TB04 1 unit 1.350 

58 15 20 40 -- S2 3RW40 37-@TB04 1 unit 1.350 

62 20 20 40 -- S2 3RW40 38-@TB04 1 unit 1.350 


73 20 25 50 -- S3 3RW40 46-@TB04 1 unit 1.900 

98 30 30 75 -- S3 3RW40 47-@TB04 1 unit 1.900 

Rated operational voltage U e 400 ... 600 V, 

with thermistor motor protection, 

rated control supply voltage U s 24 V AC/DC 


11 -- -- 7.5 10 S0 3RW40 24-1TB05 1 unit 0.770 

23 -- -- 15 20 S0 3RW40 26-1TB05 1 unit 0.770 

29 -- -- 20 25 S0 3RW40 27-1TB05 1 unit 0.770 

34 -- -- 25 30 S0 3RW40 28-1TB05 1 unit 0.770 


11 -- -- 7.5 10 S0 3RW40 24-2TB05 1 unit 0.770 

23 -- -- 15 20 S0 3RW40 26-2TB05 1 unit 0.770 

29 -- -- 20 25 S0 3RW40 27-2TB05 1 unit 0.770 

34 -- -- 25 30 S0 3RW40 28-2TB05 1 unit 0.770 


42 -- -- 30 40 S2 3RW40 36-@TB05 1 unit 1.350 

58 -- -- 40 50 S2 3RW40 37-@TB05 1 unit 1.350 

62 -- -- 40 60 S2 3RW40 38-@TB05 1 unit 1.350 


73 -- -- 50 60 S3 3RW40 46-@TB05 1 unit 1.900 

98 -- -- 75 75 S3 3RW40 47-@TB05 1 unit 1.900 




1) Stand-alone installation without auxiliary fan. 

Power connection: screw terminals. 

Note: 







information about rated currents for ambient temperatures 

> 40° C, see technical information on page 17-247 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





3RW40 56-6BB44 

3RW40 76-6BB44 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


Rated 

operational 

current I e 

1) 



• 115 V AC 3 

• 230 V AC 4 

1) Stand-alone installation. 

2) Power connection: busbar connection. 

3) Control by way of the internal 24 V DC supply and direct control by means 

of PLC possible. 

Note: 







information about rated currents for ambient temperatures 

> 40° C, see technical information on page 17-247 

Price $ 

per PU 

PS* 

Weight per 

PU approx. 

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 




117 30 40 75 -- S6 3RW40 55-@BB@4 1 unit 4.900 

145 40 50 100 -- 3RW40 56-@BB@4 1 unit 6.900 


205 60 75 150 -- S12 3RW40 73-@BB@4 1 unit 8.900 

248 75 100 200 -- 3RW40 74-@BB@4 1 unit 8.900 

315 100 125 250 -- 3RW40 75-@BB@4 1 unit 8.900 

385 125 150 300 -- 3RW40 76-@BB@4 1 unit 8.900 



117 -- -- 75 100 S6 3RW40 55-@BB@5 1 unit 4.900 

145 -- -- 100 150 3RW40 56-@BB@5 1 unit 6.900 


205 -- -- 150 200 S12 3RW40 73-@BB@5 1 unit 8.900 

248 -- -- 200 250 3RW40 74-@BB@5 1 unit 8.900 

315 -- -- 250 300 3RW40 75-@BB@5 1 unit 8.900 

385 -- -- 300 400 3RW40 76-@BB@5 1 unit 8.900 

Order No. supplement for connection types 2) 


• With spring-type terminals 2 

3) 

Order No. supplement for the rated control supply voltage U s 

17-202 


Modules for RESET 1) Modules for remote RESET, electrical 




Accessories 

For soft starters Version Order No. List 

Type Size 

Price $ 

per PU 

PS* 

Weight 

per PU 

approx. 

kg 

Box terminal blocks for soft starters 

For round and flat wires 

3RW40 5. S6 • Up to 70 mm 2 3RT19 55-4G 1 unit 0.230 

• Up to 120 mm 2 3RT19 56-4G 1 unit 0.260 

3RW40 7. S12 • Up to 240 mm 2 3RT19 66-4G 1 unit 0.676 

Auxiliary terminals 

Auxiliary terminals, 3-pole 

3RW40 4. S3 3RT19 46-4F 1 unit 0.035 





3RW40 3. S2 3RT19 36-4EA2 1 unit 0.020 

3RW40 4. S3 3RT19 46-4EA2 1 unit 0.025 

3RW40 5. S6 3RT19 56-4EA2 1 unit 0.030 

3RW40 7. S12 3RT19 66-4EA2 1 unit 0.040 

Terminal covers for cable lugs and busbar connections 

3RW40 4. S3 For complying with the phase clearances 

3RT19 46-4EA1 1 unit 0.040 

and as touch protection if box 

3RW40 5. S6 3RT19 56-4EA1 1 unit 0.070 

3RW40 7. S12 

terminal is removed 

3RT19 66-4EA1 1 unit 0.130 

(2 units required per contactor) 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Sealing covers 

3RW40 2. to 

3RW40 4. 

3RW40 5. and 

3RW40 7. 

S0, 

S2, 

S3 

S6, 

S12 

3RW49 00-0PB10 1 unit 0.005 

3RW49 00-0PB00 1 unit 0.010 

Operating range 0.85 ... 1.1 x U s , 

power consumption 80 VA AC, 70 W DC, 

ON period 0.2 s ... 4 s, 

switching frequency 60/h 

3RW40 5. and 

3RW40 7. 

S6, 

S12 

• 24 ... 30 V AC/DC 3RU19 00-2AB71 1 unit 0.066 

• 110 ... 127 V AC/DC 3RU19 00-2AF71 1 unit 0.067 

• 220 ... 250 V AC/DC 3RU19 00-2AM71 1 unit 0.066 

Mechanical RESET comprising 

3RW40 5. and S6, • Resetting plungers, holders and 3RU19 00-1A 1 unit 0.038 

3RW40 7. S12 formers 

• Suitable pushbutton IP65, Ø 22 mm, 3SB30 00-0EA11 1 unit 0.020 

12 mm stroke 

• Extension plunger 3SX13 35 1 unit 0.004 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Cable releases with holder for RESET 

For Ø 6.5 mm holes in the control panel; 

max. control panel thickness 8 mm 

3RW40 5. and 

3RW40 7. 

S6, 

S12 

• Length 400 mm 3RU19 00-1B 1 unit 0.063 

• Length 600 mm 3RU19 00-1C 1 unit 0.073 

1) Remote RESET already integrated in the 

3RW40 2. to 3RW40 4. soft starters. 






Type Size 

Motor starter protectors 

Size 

Order No. 

List 

Price $ 

per PU 

PS* 

Weight 

per PU 

approx. 

kg 

Link modules to motor starter protectors 

3RW40 24, S0 S0 3RA19 21-1A 10 units 0.028 

3RW40 26 

3RW40 36 S2 S2 3RA19 31-1A 5 units 0.033 

3RW40 46, 

3RW40 47 

S3 S3 3RA19 41-1A 5 units 0.072 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Fans (to increase switching frequency and for device mounting in 

positions different from the normal position) 

3RW40 2. S0 3RW49 28-8VB00 1 unit 0.010 


3RW40 3., 

3RW40 4. 


3RW40 2. 

3RW40 3. 

3RW40 4. 

3RW40 5. 

3RW40 7. 

S2, 

S3 

S0 

S2 

S3 

S6 

S12 


They are also available on the Internet at: 


3RW49 47-8VB00 1 unit 0.020 

3ZX10 12-0RW40-1AA1 

3ZX10 12-0RW40-2DA1 

Spare parts 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Fans 

For soft starters Version Order No. List 

Type Size Rated control supply 

voltage U s 

Price $ 

per PU 

PS* 

Weight 

per PU 

approx. 

Fans 

3RW40 5.-.BB3. S6 115 V AC 3RW49 36-8VX30 1 unit 0.300 




kg 

17-204 









Application Conveyor belt Roller conveyor Small fan Pump Hydraulic pump 



limiting 

- Starting voltage % 70 60 40 40 40 

- Starting time s 10 10 10 10 10 

- Current limit value 5 x I M 5 x I M 4 x I M 4 x I M 4 x I M 

Ramp-down time s 5 5 0 10 0 

Application examples for heavy starting (Class 20) 

Heavy starting Class 20 (up to 40 s with 350 % I n motor ), 

The soft starter has to be selected at least one rating class higher than the motor used. 

Application Stirrer Centrifuge 



limiting 

- Starting voltage % 40 40 

- Starting time s 20 20 

- Current limit value 4 x I M 4 x I M 

Ramp-down time 0 0 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Note: 




and must be optimized during start-up. Actual start times are 

load dependent. 



Assistance. 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Configuration 

The 3RW solid-state soft starters are designed for easy starting 

conditions. In the event of severe conditions or increased 

switching frequency, it may be necessary to choose a larger device. 

For accurate dimensioning, use the Win-Soft Starter selection 

and simulation program. 

Where long starting times are involved, the integrated solid-state 

overload relay for heavy starting should not be disconnected. 

PTC sensors are recommended. This also applies for the smooth 

ramp-down because during the ramp-down time an additional 

current loading applies in contrast to free ramp-down. 

In the case of high switching frequencies in S4 mode, Siemens 

recommends the use of PTC sensors. For corresponding device 

versions with integrated thermistor motor protection or separate 

thermistor evaluation devices see Industrial Controls catalog 

Chapter 11 “Function Relays, Interfaces and Converters“. 



compensation equipment, PFC capacitors). In addition, 

neither static systems for reactive-power compensation nor dynamic 

PFC (Power Factor Correction) must be operated in parallel 

during starting and ramp-down of the soft starter. This is important 

to prevent faults arising on the compensation equipment 

and/or the soft starter. 

All elements of the main circuit (such as fuses and controls) 

should be dimensioned for direct starting, following the local 

short-circuit conditions. Fuses, controls and overload relays 

must be ordered separately. Please observe the maximum 

switching frequencies specified in the technical specifications. 

Note: 









soft starter. 

Power electronics schematic circuit diagram 

L1 

L2 

L3 

Status graphs 1) 





requirements. 






www.usa.siemens.com/softstarters > Software 



T1 T2 T3 

A bypass contact system and solid-state overload relay are already 

integrated in the 3RW40 soft starter and therefore do not 

have to be ordered separately. 

NSB0_001485a 

1) U n = Full Voltage 

2) U s = Starting (Initial) Voltage 

3) t R = Time Running 

4) I e = Rated operational current 

17-206 





Overview 

In addition to soft starting and soft ramp-down, the solid-state 

SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters provide numerous functions for 

higher-level requirements. They cover a performance range up 

to 900 Hp (at 460 V) in the inline circuit and up to 1600Hp (at 

460 V) in the inside-delta circuit. 

The SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters are characterized by a compact 

design for space-saving and clearly arranged control cabinet 

layouts. For optimized motor starting and stopping the innovative 

SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters are an attractive alternative with 

considerable savings potential compared to applications with a 

frequency converter. The new torque control and adjustable current 

limiting enable the High-Feature soft starters to be used in 

nearly every conceivable task. They guarantee the reliable 

avoidance of sudden torque applications and current peaks during 

motor starting and stopping. This creates savings potential 

when calculating the size of the switchgear and when servicing 

the machinery installed. Whether it’s for inline circuits or insidedelta 

circuits – the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starter offers savings especially 

in terms of size and equipment costs. 

The bypass contacts already integrated in the soft starter bypass 

the thyristors after a motor ramp-up is detected. This results 

in a further reduction in the heat loss occuring during operation 

of the soft starter. 

Combinations of various starting, operating and ramp-down 

possibilities ensure an optimum adaptation to the applicationspecific 

requirements. Operation and commissioning can be 

performed with the menu-controlled keypad and a menuprompted, 

multi-line graphical display with background lighting. 

The optimized motor ramp-up and ramp-down can be effected 

quickly, easily and reliably by means of just a few settings with a 

previously selected language. Four-key operation and plain-text 

displays for each menu point guarantee full clarity at every moment 



• IEC 60947-4-2 

• UL/CSA 

Soft Starter ES parameterization software 

Soft Starter ES software is used for the parameterization, monitoring 

and service diagnostics of SIRIUS 3RW44 High Feature 


Application 

The SIRIUS 3RW44 solid-state soft starters are suitable for the 

torque-controlled soft starting and smooth ramp-down as well as 

braking of three-phase asynchronous motors. 

Application areas, e. g. 

• Pumps 

• Fans 

• Compressors 

• Water transport 

• Conveying systems and lifts 

• Hydraulics 

• Machine tools 

• Mills 

• Saws 

• Crushers 

• Mixers 

• Centrifuges 

• Industrial cooling and refrigerating systems 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 






Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

3RW44 27-1BC44 3RW44 36-6BC44 3RW44 47-6BC44 3RW44 58-6BC44 3RW44 66-6BC44 

Ambient temperature 50 °C Order No. List 

Rated 

operational 

current I e 





2) For inside delta selection, see page 17-267. 

Note: 

Soft starter selection depends on the rated motor current. 

The 3RW44 solid-state soft starters are designed for normal 

starting (Class 10). (Inertia load of the overall operating mechanism 

J Load 40 °C and switching 

frequency. 

Price $ 

per PU 

PS* 

Weight per 

PU approx. 

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 


Inline circuits 2) , rated operational voltage 200 ... 460 V 

26 7.5 7.5 15 -- 3RW44 22-@BC@4 1 unit 6.500 

32 10 10 20 -- 3RW44 23-@BC@4 1 unit 6.500 

42 10 15 25 -- 3RW44 24-@BC@4 1 unit 6.500 

51 15 15 30 -- 3RW44 25-@BC@4 1 unit 6.500 

68 20 20 50 -- 3RW44 26-@BC@4 1 unit 6.500 

82 25 25 60 -- 3RW44 27-@BC@4 1 unit 6.500 




100 30 30 75 -- 3RW44 34-@BC@4 1 unit 7.900 

117 30 40 75 -- 3RW44 35-@BC@4 1 unit 7.900 

145 40 50 100 -- 3RW44 36-@BC@4 1 unit 7.900 

180 50 60 125 -- 3RW44 43-@BC@4 1 unit 11.500 

215 60 75 150 -- 3RW44 44-@BC@4 1 unit 11.500 

280 75 100 200 -- 3RW44 45-@BC@4 1 unit 11.500 

315 100 125 250 -- 3RW44 46-@BC@4 1 unit 11.500 

385 125 150 300 -- 3RW44 47-@BC@4 1 unit 11.500 

494 150 200 400 -- 3RW44 53-@BC@4 1 unit 50.000 

551 150 200 450 -- 3RW44 54-@BC@4 1 unit 50.000 

615 200 250 500 -- 3RW44 55-@BC@4 1 unit 50.000 

693 200 250 550 -- 3RW44 56-@BC@4 1 unit 50.000 

780 250 300 600 -- 3RW44 57-@BC@4 1 unit 50.000 

850 300 350 700 -- 3RW44 58-@BC@4 1 unit 50.000 

970 350 400 800 -- 3RW44 65-@BC@4 1 unit 78.000 

1076 350 400 900 -- 3RW44 66-@BC@4 1 unit 78.000 




1) 


• 115 V AC 3 

• 230 V AC 4 

17-208 






Rated 

operational 

current I e 



Price $ 

per PU 

970 -- -- 800 1000 3RW44 65-@BC@5 1 unit 78.000 

1076 -- -- 900 1100 3RW44 66-@BC@5 1 unit 78.000 




1) 


• 115 V AC 3 

• 230 V AC 4 



2) 

For inside delta selection, see page 17-267. 

Note: 





frequency. 

PS* 

Weight per 

PU approx. 

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 


Inline circuits 2) , rated operational voltage 400 ... 600 V 

26 -- -- 15 20 3RW44 22-@BC@5 1 unit 6.500 

32 -- -- 20 25 3RW44 23-@BC@5 1 unit 6.500 

42 -- -- 25 30 3RW44 24-@BC@5 1 unit 6.500 

51 -- -- 30 40 3RW44 25-@BC@5 1 unit 6.500 

68 -- -- 50 50 3RW44 26-@BC@5 1 unit 6.500 

82 -- -- 60 75 3RW44 27-@BC@5 1 unit 6.500 




100 -- -- 75 75 3RW44 34-@BC@5 1 unit 7.900 

117 -- -- 75 100 3RW44 35-@BC@5 1 unit 7.900 

145 -- -- 100 125 3RW44 36-@BC@5 1 unit 7.900 

180 -- -- 125 150 3RW44 43-@BC@5 1 unit 11.500 

215 -- -- 150 200 3RW44 44-@BC@5 1 unit 11.500 

280 -- -- 200 250 3RW44 45-@BC@5 1 unit 11.500 

315 -- -- 250 300 3RW44 46-@BC@5 1 unit 11.500 

385 -- -- 300 400 3RW44 47-@BC@5 1 unit 11.500 

494 -- -- 400 500 3RW44 53-@BC@5 1 unit 50.000 

551 -- -- 450 550 3RW44 54-@BC@5 1 unit 50.000 

615 -- -- 500 600 3RW44 55-@BC@5 1 unit 50.000 

693 -- -- 550 700 3RW44 56-@BC@5 1 unit 50.000 

780 -- -- 600 800 3RW44 57-@BC@5 1 unit 50.000 

850 -- -- 700 850 3RW44 58-@BC@5 1 unit 50.000 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


Rated 

operational 

current I e 





Note: 





frequency. 

Price $ 

per PU 

PS* 

Weight per 

PU approx. 

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 


Inline circuits, rated operational voltage 400 ... 690 V 

26 -- -- 15 20 3RW44 22-@BC@6 1 unit 6.500 

32 -- -- 20 25 3RW44 23-@BC@6 1 unit 6.500 

42 -- -- 25 30 3RW44 24-@BC@6 1 unit 6.500 

51 -- -- 30 40 3RW44 25-@BC@6 1 unit 6.500 

68 -- -- 50 50 3RW44 26-@BC@6 1 unit 6.500 

82 -- -- 60 75 3RW44 27-@BC@6 1 unit 6.500 




100 -- -- 75 75 3RW44 34-@BC@6 1 unit 7.900 

117 -- -- 75 100 3RW44 35-@BC@6 1 unit 7.900 

145 -- -- 100 125 3RW44 36-@BC@6 1 unit 7.900 

180 -- -- 125 150 3RW44 43-@BC@6 1 unit 11.500 

215 -- -- 150 200 3RW44 44-@BC@6 1 unit 11.500 

280 -- -- 200 250 3RW44 45-@BC@6 1 unit 11.500 

315 -- -- 250 300 3RW44 46-@BC@6 1 unit 11.500 

385 -- -- 300 400 3RW44 47-@BC@6 1 unit 11.500 

494 -- -- 400 500 3RW44 53-@BC@6 1 unit 50.000 

551 -- -- 450 550 3RW44 54-@BC@6 1 unit 50.000 

615 -- -- 500 600 3RW44 55-@BC@6 1 unit 50.000 

693 -- -- 550 700 3RW44 56-@BC@6 1 unit 50.000 

780 -- -- 600 800 3RW44 57-@BC@6 1 unit 50.000 

850 -- -- 700 850 3RW44 58-@BC@6 1 unit 50.000 

970 -- -- 800 1000 3RW44 65-@BC@6 1 unit 78.000 

1076 -- -- 900 1100 3RW44 66-@BC@6 1 unit 78.000 




Order No. supplement for the rated control supply voltage U 1) 

s 

• 115 V AC 3 

• 230 V AC 4 

17-210 


Planning and Configuration with SIRIUS 

Introduction 

Overview 

SIRIUS ES engineering software (E-SW) 

The programs of the SIRIUS ES software family enable: 

• Clearly arranged configuring of device functions and their parameters 

– online and offline 

• Efficient diagnostics functions and display of the most important 

measured values 

• Time savings through shorter startup times. 

The SIRIUS ES programs such as Motor Starter ES, 

Soft Starter ES and SIMOCODE ES are available in three versions 

which differ in user-friendliness, scope of functions and 

price (for details see the descriptions of the individual products). 

SIRIUS ES Basic Standard Premium 

Local interface on the device 

(system interface) 

Basic functions for parameterizing 

the devices 

• Parameter assignment 

• Operating 

• Diagnostics 

• Test 

Standard functionality 

• Parameterizing with the -- 

integrated graphics editor 1) 

• Creating typicals -- 

• Exporting parameters -- 

Complete functionality 

• Group functions -- -- 

• S7 Routing -- -- 

• Teleservice through MPI -- -- 

• STEP7 Object Manager -- -- 

PROFIBUS interface -- -- 

1) Depending on SIRIUS ES program. 

Application 

In addition to device-specific parameterization, the programs of 

the SIRIUS ES software family also provide the following functionality 

in a uniform look and feel. These functions are available 

in many SIRIUS ES programs. 

• Standards-conform printouts 

The programs of the SIRIUS ES software family greatly simplify 

machine documentation. Parameterization printouts according 

to EN ISO 7200 are possible. The elements to be printed 

are easy to select and compile as required. 

• Easy creation of parameter templates 

Parameter templates can be created for devices and applications 

with only minimum differences in their parameters. These 

templates contain all the parameters which are needed for the 

parameterization. In addition it is possible to specify which of 

these parameters are fixed and which can be customized, 

e. g. by the startup engineer. 

• Group function 

For the user-friendly parameterization of numerous devices or 

applications of the same type, the programs of the SIRIUS ES 

software family offer a group function which enables the parameterization 

of several devices to be read out or written 

through PROFIBUS. In conjunction with templates it is even 

possible to selectively adapt the same parameters in any 

number of parameterizations. 

• Teleservice through MPI 

The premium versions of the SIRIUS ES software families support 

the use of MPI Teleservice (comprising the Teleservice 

software and various Teleservice adapters) for remote diagnostics 

of the devices. This facilitates diagnostics and maintenance 

and it shortens response times for service purposes. 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



Introduction 

Types of delivery and license 

The programs of the SIRIUS ES software family are available as 

follows: 

• Floating license – the license for any one user at any one time 

- Authorizes any one user 

- Independent of the number of installations (unlike the single 

license which is allowed to be installed once only) 

- Only the actual use of the program has to be licensed 

- Trial license (free use of all program functions for 14 days for 

test and evaluation purposes, included on every product 

CD, available in the download file of the SIRIUS ES program 

in the Service&Support portal). 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

Following delivery versions are available in addition for the programs 

of the SIRIUS ES software family: 

• Upgrade 

Upgrade from an old to a new version with expanded functions, 

e. g. upgrade from Motor Starter ES 2006 to 

Motor Starter ES 2007 

• Powerpack 

Special pack for switching within the same software version to 

a more powerful version with more functionality, 

e. g. Powerpack Motor Starter ES 2007 for switching from 

Standard to Premium 

• Software Update Service 

To keep you up to date at all times we offer a special service 

which supplies you automatically with all service packs and 

upgrades 

Efficient engineering and startup with graphic interfaces and diagnostics 

options 

17-212 



Soft Starter ES 

Overview 

Easy and clearly arranged parameter setting of the 3RW44 soft starter 

with Soft Starter ES 2007 

Graphic presentation of measured values with the trace function (oscilloscope 

function) of Soft Starter ES 2007 Standard and Premium 

Soft Starter ES 2007 

The Soft Starter ES software permits the quick and easy parameterization, 

monitoring and diagnostics of SIRIUS 3RW44 High 

Feature soft starters for service purposes. The device parameters 

can be configured directly on the PC and transferred to the 

soft starter through a serial cable or an optional PROFIBUS interface. 

The advantages of Soft Starter ES: 

• Clearly arranged configuring of device functions and their parameters 

– online and offline 

• Effective diagnostics functions on the soft starter and display 

of the most important measured values 

• Trace function (oscilloscope function) for recording measured 

values and events (in the Soft Starter ES Standard and Premium 

software versions). 

Efficient engineering with new program versions 

The Soft Starter ES software program is available in three versions 

which differ in their user-friendliness, scope of functions 

and price. 

Soft starters ES Basic Standard Premium 

Access through the local 

interface on the device 

Parameter assignment 

Operating 

Diagnostics 

Creating templates -- 1) 

Exporting parameters -- 

Comparison functions -- 

Standards-conform printout -- 

according to EN ISO 7200 

Service data (slave pointer, -- 

statistics data) 

Access through PROFIBUS -- -- 

Group functions -- -- 

Teleservice through MPI -- -- 

S7 Routing -- -- 

STEP7 Object Manager -- -- 

1) Templates with Service Pack 1 and higher. 

More functions 

• Standards-conform printouts 

The software tool greatly simplifies machine documentation. 

Parameterization printouts according to EN ISO 7200 are possible. 

The elements to be printed are easy to select and compile 

as required. 

• Easy creation of parameter templates 

Parameter templates can be created for devices and applications 

with only minimum differences in their parameters. These 

templates contain all the parameters which are needed for the 

parameterization. In addition it is possible to specify which of 

these parameters are fixed and which can be adapted, e. g. 

by the startup engineer. 

• Group function 

For the user-friendly parameterization of numerous devices or 

applications of the same type, the programs of the SIRIUS ES 

software family offer a group function which enables the parameterization 

of several devices to be read out or written 

through PROFIBUS. In conjunction with typicals it is even possible 

to selectively adapt the same parameters in any number 

of parameterizations. 

• Teleservice through MPI 

The Soft Starter ES Premium version supports the use of MPI 

Teleservice (comprising the Teleservice software and various 

Teleservice adapters) for remote diagnostics of the devices. 

This facilitates diagnostics and maintenance, and it shortens 

response times for service purposes. 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 




Types of delivery and license 

Soft Starter ES is available as follows: 

• Floating license – the license for any one user at any one time 

- Authorizes any one user 

- Independent of the number of installations (unlike the single 

license which is allowed to be installed once only) 

- Only the actual use of the program has to be licensed 

- Trial license (free use of all program functions for 14 days for 

test and evaluation purposes, included on every product 

CD, available in the download file of the SIRIUS ES program 

in the Service&Support portal). 

Following delivery versions are available in addition for 

Soft Starter ES 2007: 

• Upgrade 

Upgrade from an old to a new version with expanded functions, 

e. g. upgrade from Soft Starter ES 2006 to 

Soft Starter ES 2007 

• Powerpack 

Special pack for switching within the same software version to 

a more powerful version with more functionality, e. g. 

Powerpack Soft Starter ES 2007 for switching from Standard 

to Premium 

• Software Update Service 

To keep you up to date at all times we offer a special service 

which supplies you automatically with all service packs and 

upgrades 

New licensing procedure 

To make licensing easier, the three versions of Soft Starter ES are 

available with immediate effect with the following license: 

14 day trial license for Premium functions: 

for test and evaluation purposes, included on every product CD, 

available also in the download file of the SIRIUS Soft Starter 

ES 2007 program at www.sea.siemens.com/softstarters. 

System requirements 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Soft Starter ES 2007 parameterization, start-up and diagnostics 

software for the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starter 

Operating system 

Processor 

RAM 

Free space on hard disk 

CD-ROM/DVD drive 

Serial interface (COM) 

PC cable/parameterization cable/connection cable 

1) SIRIUS 3RW44 with firmware version ≥ *E04*. Installed in starters 

delivered after December 2005. 

2) SIRIUS 3RW44 with firmware version ≥ *E06*. Installed in starters delivered 

after May 2006. 

3) Windows Vista Ultimate 32/ Business 32 from Soft Starter ES 2007+SP1. 

Basic/Standard 


Parameterization and service software for SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters 

• Can be run under WIN 2000/WIN XP PROF/Windows Vista Ultimate 32/Business 32 

• Without PC cable 

Premium 

Firmware version ≥ *E04* 1) Firmware version ≥ *E06* 2) 

Windows 2000 (Service Pack 3 or 4), Windows XP Professional (Service 

Pack 2), Windows Vista Ultimate 32/ Business 32 3) 

≥ Pentium 800 MHz/≥ 1 GHz (Windows Vista) 

≥ 512 MB/≥ 1 GB (Windows Vista) 

≥ 150 MB 

Yes (only when installing from CD) 

PROFIBUS communication module (optional) -- Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Version Order No. List 

Price $ 

per PU 

PS* 

Weight 

per PU 

approx. 

kg 

Soft Starter ES 2007 Basic 

Floating license for one user 

E-SW, software and documentation on CD, 

3 languages (German/English/French), 

communication through system interface 

• License key on USB stick, Class A, including CD 3ZS1 313-4CC10-0YA5 1 unit 0.230 

Soft Starter ES 2007 Standard 




communication through system interface 


17-214 





Price $ 

per PU 

Upgrade for Soft Starter ES 2006 

Floating license for one user, 


license key on USB stick, Class A, 


communication through the system interface 

Powerpack for Soft Starter ES 2007 Basic 






Software Update Service 

For 1 year with automatic extension, 

assuming the current software version is in use, 



PS* 

Weight 

per PU 

approx. 

kg 

3ZS1 313-5CC10-0YE5 1 unit 0.230 

3ZS1 313-5CC10-0YD5 1 unit 0.230 

3ZS1 313-5CC10-0YL5 1 unit 0.230 

Soft Starter ES 2007 Premium 




communication through system interface or PROFIBUS 


Upgrade for Soft Starter ES 2006 





communication through the system interface or 

PROFIBUS 

3ZS1 313-6CC10-0YE5 1 unit 0.230 

PC cables 

Powerpack for Soft Starter ES 2007 Standard 






PROFIBUS 

Software Update Service 

For 1 year with automatic extension, 

assuming the current software version is in use, 



PROFIBUS 

For PC/PG communication with SIRIUS 3RW44 soft 

starters 

ace, for connecting to 

Through the system interf 

the serial interface of the PC/PG 

3ZS1 313-6CC10-0YD5 1 unit 0.230 

3ZS1 313-6CC10-0YL5 1 unit 0.230 

3UF7 940-0AA00-0 

1 unit 0.150 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

3UF7 940-0AA00-0 

Serial/USB 

For PC/PG communication 

with SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters 

Through the system interface, for connecting to 

the USB interface of the PC/PG 

3UF7 946-0AA00-0 

1 unit 0.150 





Accessories 

For 

soft starters 

Type 

PROFIBUS communication modules 


Price $ 

per PU 

Modules can be plugged into the soft starters for 

integrating the starters in the PROFIBUS network 

with DPV1 slave functionality. 

On Y-link the soft starter has only DPV0 slave 

functionality. 

3RW49 00-0KC00 

PS* 

Weight 

per PU 

approx. 

kg 

1 unit 0.320 

3RW49 00-0KC00 

Soft Starter 

Control 

PROFINET communication modules 

For 3RW44 soft starter integration in the 

PROFINET network, suitable for devices 

with firmware version E12 or higher 

3RW49 00-0NC00 

1 unit 0.320 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

3RW49 00-0NC00 

External display and operator modules 

For indicating and operating the functions provided by 3RW49 00-0AC00 1 unit 0.320 

the soft starter using an externally mounted display and 

operator module in degree of protection IP54, N1, N12 

(e. g. in the control cabinet door) 

Connection cables 

From the device interface (serial) of the 3RW44 soft 

3RW49 00-0AC00 starter to the external display and operator module 

• Length 0.5 m, flat 3UF7 932-0AA00-0 1 unit 0.020 

• Length 0.5 m, round 3UF7 932-0BA00-0 1 unit 0.050 



Box terminal blocks for soft starters 

Box terminal blocks 

3RW44 2. Included in the scope of supply 

3RW44 3. • Up to 70 mm 2 3RT19 55-4G 1 unit 0.230 

• Up to 120 mm 2 3RT19 56-4G 1 unit 0.260 

3RW44 4. • Up to 240 mm 2 3RT19 66-4G 1 unit 0.676 

3RT19 

17-216 





Spare parts 

For 

soft starters 


Price $ 

per PU 

PS* 

Weight 

per PU 

approx. 

kg 

Type 





3RW44 2. and 

3RT19 56-4EA2 1 unit 0.030 

3RW44 3. 

3RW44 4. 3RT19 66-4EA2 1 unit 0.040 

Terminal covers for cable lugs and busbar 

connections 

3RW44 2. and 

3RT19 56-4EA1 1 unit 0.070 

3RW44 3. 

3RW44 4. 3RT19 66-4EA1 1 unit 0.130 

3RT19 .6-4EA1 


Fans 

3RW49 

For 3RW44 soft starters 

Fans 

3RW44 2. and 

3RW44 3. 

3ZX10 12-0RW44-1AA1 

115 V AC 3RW49 36-8VX30 1 unit 0.300 

230 V AC 3RW49 36-8VX40 1 unit 0.300 

3RW44 4. 115 V AC 3RW49 47-8VX30 1 unit 0.500 

230 V AC 3RW49 47-8VX40 1 unit 0.500 

3RW44 115 V AC 3RW49 57-8VX30 1 unit 0.800 

3RW44 6. 2) 5. and 230 V AC 3RW49 57-8VX40 1 unit 0.800 

3RW44 6. 3) 115 V AC 3RW49 66-8VX30 1 unit 0.300 

230 V AC 3RW49 66-8VX40 1 unit 0.300 

Soft Starter 

Control 


2) 3RW44 6. mounting on output side. 

3) For mounting on front side. 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 










Starting parameters 1) 


limiting 



- Current limit value Deactivated Deactivated 4 x I M 4 x I M Deactivated Deactivated 

• Torque ramp 

- Starting torque 60 50 40 20 10 10 

- End torque 150 150 150 150 150 150 

- Starting time 10 10 10 10 10 10 

• Breakaway pulse 

Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) 

Ramp-down mode 

Smooth rampdown 

Smooth rampdown 

Free ramp-down Free ramp-down Pump ramp-down Free ramp-down 

Soft Starter 

Control 



The soft starter has to be selected one rating class higher than the motor used. 

Application Mixer Centrifuge Milling machine 



limiting 

- Starting voltage % 30 30 30 

- Starting time s 30 30 30 

- Current limit value 4 x I M 4 x I M 4 x I M 


- Starting torque 30 30 30 

- End torque 150 150 150 

- Starting time 30 30 30 

• Breakaway pulse Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) 

Ramp-down mode Free ramp-down Free ramp-down Free ramp-down or DC braking 

Application examples for very heavy starting (Class 30) 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Very heavy starting Class 30 (up to 60 s with 350 % I n motor ), 

The soft starter has to be selected two rating classes higher than the motor used. 

Application Large fan Mill Crushers Circular saw/bandsaw 



limiting 

- Starting voltage % 30 50 50 30 

- Starting time s 60 60 60 60 

- Current limit value 4 x I M 4 x I M 4 x I M 4 x I M 


- Starting torque 20 50 50 20 

- End torque 150 150 150 150 

- Starting time 60 60 60 60 

• Breakaway pulse Deactivated (0 ms) 80 %, 300 ms 80 %, 300 ms Deactivated (0 ms) 

Ramp-down mode Free ramp-down Free ramp-down Free ramp-down Free ramp-down 

Note: 




and must be optimized during start-up. 



Assistance. 

1) Actual motor starting times are load dependent. 

17-218 





Circuit concept 

The SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters can be operated in two different 

types of circuit. 

• Inline circuit 

The controls for isolating and protecting the motor are simply 

connected in series with the soft starter. The motor is connected 

to the soft starter with three cables. 

• Inside-delta circuit 

The wiring is similar to that of wye-delta starters. The phases of 

the soft starter are connected in series with the individual motor 

windings. The soft starter then only has to carry the phase current, 

amounting to about 58 % of the rated motor current (conductor 

current). 

Comparison of the types of circuit 

Inline circuit: 

Rated current I e corresponds to the rated motor current I n , 

3 cables to the motor 

Configuration 


starting. In case of heavy starting or increased starting frequency, 

a larger device must be selected. 

For long starting times it is recommended to have a PTC sensor 

in the motor. This also applies for the ramp-down modes smooth 

ramp-down, pump ramp-down and DC braking, because during 

the ramp-down time in these modes, an additional current loading 

applies in contrast to free ramp-down. 








starter. 








The harmonic component load for starting currents must be 

taken into consideration for the selection of motor starter protectors 

(selection of release). 

Note: 









soft starter. 

Device interface, PROFIBUS DP communication module, 

Soft Starter ES parameterizing and operating software 

The 3RW44 electronic soft starters have a PC interface for communicating 

with the Soft Starter ES software or for connecting 

the external display and operator module. If the optional 

PROFIBUS communication module is used, the 3RW44 soft 

starter can be integrated in the PROFIBUS network and communicate 

using the GSD file or Soft Starter ES Premium software. 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Inside-delta circuit: 

Rated current I e corresponds to approx. 58 % of the rated motor 

current I n , 6 cables to the motor (as with wye-delta starters) 

Which circuit? 

Using the inline circuit involves the lowest wiring outlay. If the soft 

starter to motor connections are long, this circuit is preferable. 

With the inside-delta circuit there is double the wiring complexity 

but a smaller size of device can be used at the same rating. It is 

also recommended to use an isolating contactor in series with 

each motor winding. 

Thanks to the choice of operating mode between the inline circuit 

and inside-delta circuit, it is always possible to select the 

most favorable solution. 

The braking function is possible only in the inline circuit. 





CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 

Soft Starter 

Control 

System Manual for SIRIUS 3RW44 

Besides containing all important information on configuring, 

commissioning and servicing, the manual also contains example 

circuits and the technical specifications for all devices. This 

manual can be downloaded off the internet. 





requirements. 





downloaded free of charge from: 




17-220 





Soft starters for enclosed applications 

Overview 

The family of 3RW40 and 3RW44 softstarters are available in 

stand alone enclosed control designs for smooth starting and 

stopping of standard NEMA design B three phase inductive motors, 

thus eliminating physical stresses to the system and load 

while minimizing starting current. These pre-engineered enclosed 

designs offer convenience and flexibility in and UL/CSA 

certified offering. Enclosed styles are available in combination 

and non-combination configurations through 600HP and system 

voltages of 200V, 230V, 480V, and 600V. 

The Class 73 offers either the 3RW40 or 3RW44 in a non-combination 

style offering. These non-combination styles come standard 

with a choice of Type 1, 3R, 12, 4 NEMA rated enclosure, a 

control transformer, Sirius softstarter with built-in overload and 

bypass, line side power terminal block, and a reset pushbutton. 

The enclosed offering can be powerfully matched with a wide 

variety of factory modified options such as pushbutton control, 

pilot lights, metering and other control options such as isolation 

contactors and emergency start bypass starters. 3RW44 enclosed 

styles are also available with optional through the door 

keypad and Profibus communication. 

The Class 74 offering includes all of the features of the Class 73 

in a combination style design. Standard options are either a circuit 

breaker or fusible disconnect providing short circuit protection 

and soft starting in one package. 

Application 

The Class 73/74 product is a fully enclosed solid state reduced 

voltage starter designed for a wide variety of industrial applications. 

The enclosed softstarter offerings are ideal for new as well 

as existing applications where total motor controls is required. 

Proper selection based on application data is made simple following 

these easy steps: 

- Select proper RVSS by application 

• Select the 3RW40 versus the 3RW44 using the application 

info provided in the open section of the catalog 

- Select the rating chart for normal starting or sever duty starting 

• Normal starting is rated at 350% of rated motor current 

IM for 10 seconds and based on starts per hour – representative 

of a class 20 application. 

• Severe starting is rated at 350% of rated motor current 

Im for 20 seconds and based on starts per hour – representative 

of a Class 20 application 

- Select model using Motor nameplate data 

• Identify correct motor voltage column 

• Select rate current or HP row 

• Find ordering number under desired enclosure type 

column (e.g. NEMA 1) 

• Select appropriate system voltage 

- Select factory modification on page 6/40 1) 

Example: 

3RW44, N12, CB disconnect, 460V, 200HP with a start/stop and 

red run light 

Order No. 

74MT34BFAP A1 FC 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Product Nomenclature 

Class 73 and 74 Enclosed Soft Starters 

Class 

73 = Non-combination type 

74 = Combination type 

Size + Model Rating (Amps) 

3RW40 

AR = 11 

BR = 23 

CR = 29 

DR = 34 

ER = 42 

FR = 58 

GR = 62 

HR = 73 

JR = 98 

AS = 117 

BS = 145 

CS = 205 

DS = 248 

ES = 315 

FS = 385 

3RW44 

AT = 26 

BT = 32 

CT = 42 

DT = 51 

ET = 68 

FT = 82 

GT = 100 

HT = 117 

JT = 145 

KT = 180 

LT = 215 

MT = 280 

NT = 315 

PT = 385 

QT = 494 

RT = 551 

ST = 615 

TT = 693 

WT = 780 

YT = 970 

ZT = 1076 

Phases 

3 = 3 phase 

Supply Voltage 

6 = 200 

2 = 230 

3 = 380/415 

4 = 460 

5 = 575 


B = NEMA 1 

0 = NEMA 12 

D = NEMA 3R 

E = NEMA 4 

W = NEMA 4X SS 

Mod Box Type 

F = Standard 

G = Modified 


A = None 


Blank = None 

P = MCP 

T = Thermal Magnetic 

F = Fusible 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

1) 

Some modifications will require a larger ‘Modified’ box than the standard box 

e.g. Isolation contactor, space heater, etc. See page 17-234 for instructions. 

Product Category: IEC 




3RW40 Size S0-S3 Non-Combo 


Enclosed devices should be ordered by 

the FLA of the motor. 

The 3RW40 is designed for normal 

starting applications. 

For factory modifications see page 17-234. 

For complete derating and application info 

see page 17-250 

For dimensional drawings see page 17-286. 

Ideal applications for 3RW40 enclosed 

softstarters 

b Fans 

b Pumps 

b Easy starting loads starting in less than 

10 seconds 

Class 73 starters are built to UL and CSA 

standards 

Soft Starter 

Control 

3RW40 Enclosed features: 

b Available in NEMA 1,12,3R,4, and 

4 stainless steel 


b Built-in Bypass contactor 

b Voltage ramp up and ramp down 

b Current limit adjustment of 125 - 550% 

b Internal overload class 10,15,or 20 

b Internal self protection 

b Fault monitoring 

b Isolation Contactor 

3RW40 for Standard Applications 

Enclosed Non-Combination (Starter Only) 

Class 73 non-combination starters include: 

b NEMA rated enclosure 

b 3RW40 Sirius softstarter with built-in OL 

and bypass 

b Control Circuit Transformer 

b Line side power terminal block 

b Reset button 


17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Rated 

MAX HP a KW Class 10 Light Duty (350% * Ie for 10s) b 

Operating OPEN Style List List List List NEMA 4/4X List 

Current 200V 230V 460V 575V 380V (Starter Only) NEMA 1 Price $ NEMA 3R Price $ NEMA 12 Price $ NEMA 4 Price $ Stainless Steel Price $ 

11 3 3 7.5 — 6 3RW4024-1BB14 73AR3_BFA 73AR3_DFA 73AR3_0FA 73AR3_EFA 73AR3_WFA 

23 5 7.5 15 — 13 3RW4026-1BB14 73BR3_BFA 73BR3_DFA 73BR3_0FA 73BR3_EFA 73BR3_WFA 

29 7.5 10 20 — 16 3RW4027-1BB14 73CR3_BFA 73CR3_DFA 73CR3_0FA 73CR3_EFA 73CR3_WFA 

34 10 10 25 — 18 3RW4028-1BB14 73DR3_BFA 73DR3_DFA 73DR3_0FA 73DR3_EFA 73DR3_WFA 

42 10 15 30 — 23 3RW4036-1BB14 73ER3_BFA 73ER3_DFA 73ER3_0FA 73ER3_EFA 73ER3_WFA 

58 15 20 40 — 31 3RW4037-1BB14 73FR3_BFA 73FR3_DFA 73FR3_0FA 73FR3_EFA 73FR3_WFA 

62 20 20 40 — 33 3RW4038-1BB14 73GR3_BFA 73GR3_DFA 73GR3_0FA 73GR3_EFA 73GR3_WFA 

73 20 25 50 — 39 3RW4046-1BB14 73HR3_BFA 73HR3_DFA 73HR3_0FA 73HR3_EFA 73HR3_WFA 

98 30 30 75 — 52 3RW4047-1BB14 73JR3_BFA 73JR3_DFA 73JR3_0FA 73JR3_EFA 73JR3_WFA 

200V 6 6 6 6 6 

230V 2 2 2 2 2 

380V 3 3 3 3 3 

460V 4 4 4 4 4 

a Starter size is dependent on the nameplate Full Load Amps (FLA) rating of the motor. 

HPs are for reference only. Enclosed ratings are at 40°C 

Starter selection is dependent on type of application. Ie = FLA rating of motor 

17-222 


Product Category: IEC



Enclosed 3RW40 


b Available in NEMA 1, 12, 3R, 4, and 4 

stainless steel 


b Built-in bypass contactor 



b Internal overload class 10, 15, or 20 







starting applications (Class 10 

applications). 



see page 17-250. 





and bypass 

b Control circuit transformer 



For all technical information, please consult the 2006 Industrial Controls Catalog or contact your local sales support center. 




softstarters: 

b Fans 

b Pumps 

b Building/construction machines 

b Presses 

b Escalators 

b Transport systems 

b Air conditioning systems 

b Ventilators 

b Assembly lines 

Class 73 starters are built to UL and 

CSA standards. 

Rated 

MAX HP a KW Class 10 Light Duty (350% * Im for 10s) b 



117 30 40 75 — 56 3RW4055-6BB34 73AS3_BFA 73AS3_DFA 73AS3_0FA 73AS3_EFA 73AS3_WFA 

145 40 50 100 — 75 3RW4056-6BB34 73BS3_BFA 73BS3_DFA 73BS3_0FA 73BS3_EFA 73BS3_WFA 

205 60 75 150 — 112 3RW4073-6BB34 73CS3_BFA 73CS3_DFA 73CS3_0FA 73CS3_EFA 73CS3_WFA 

248 75 100 200 — 149 3RW4074-6BB34 73DS3_BFA 73DS3_DFA 73DS3_0FA 73DS3_EFA 73DS3_WFA 

315 100 125 250 — 186 3RW4075-6BB34 73ES3_BFA 73ES3_DFA 73ES3_0FA 73ES3_EFA 73ES3_WFA 

385 125 150 300 — 224 3RW4076-6BB34 73FS3_BFA 73FS3_DFA 73FS3_0FA 73FS3_EFA 73FS3_WFA 

200V 6 6 6 6 6 

230V 2 2 2 2 2 

380V 3 3 3 3 3 

460V 4 4 4 4 4 

117 — — 75 100 — 3RW4055-6BB35 73AS35BFA 73AS35DFA 73AS350FA 73AS35EFA 73AS35WFA 

145 — — 100 150 — 3RW4056-6BB35 73BS35BFA 73BS35DFA 73BS350FA 73BS35EFA 73BS35WFA 

205 — — 150 200 — 3RW4073-6BB35 73CS35BFA 73CS35DFA 73CS350FA 73CS35EFA 73CS35WFA 

248 — — 200 250 — 3RW4074-6BB35 73DS35BFA 73DS35DFA 73DS350FA 73DS35EFA 73DS35WFA 

315 — — 250 300 — 3RW4075-6BB35 73ES35BFA 73ES35DFA 73ES350FA 73ES35EFA 73ES35WFA 

385 — — 300 400 — 3RW4076-6BB35 73FS35BFA 73FS35DFA 73FS350FA 73FS35EFA 73FS35WFA 


Rated 

MAX HP a KW Class 20 Severe Duty (350% * Ie for 20s) b 



112 30 40 75 — 56 3RW4055-6BB34 73AS3_BFA 73AS3_DFA 73AS3_0FA 73AS3_EFA 73AS3_WFA 

132 40 50 100 — 75 3RW4056-6BB34 73BS3_BFA 73BS3_DFA 73BS3_0FA 73BS3_EFA 73BS3_WFA 

185 60 60 125 — 93 3RW4073-6BB34 73CS3_BFA 73CS3_DFA 73CS3_0FA 73CS3_EFA 73CS3_WFA 

205 60 75 150 — 112 3RW4074-6BB34 73DS3_BFA 73DS3_DFA 73DS3_0FA 73DS3_EFA 73DS3_WFA 

280 75 100 200 — 149 3RW4075-6BB34 73ES3_BFA 73ES3_DFA 73ES3_0FA 73ES3_EFA 73ES3_WFA 

340 100 125 250 — 186 3RW4076-6BB34 73FS3_BFA 73FS3_DFA 73FS3_0FA 73FS3_EFA 73FS3_WFA 

200V 6 6 6 6 6 

230V 2 2 2 2 2 

380V 3 3 3 3 3 

460V 4 4 4 4 4 

112 — — 75 75 — 3RW4055-6BB35 73AS35BFA 73AS35DFA 73AS350FA 73AS35EFA 73AS35WFA 

132 — — 100 125 — 3RW4056-6BB35 73BS35BFA 73BS35DFA 73BS350FA 73BS35EFA 73BS35WFA 

185 — — 125 150 — 3RW4073-6BB35 73CS35BFA 73CS35DFA 73CS350FA 73CS35EFA 73CS35WFA 

205 — — 150 200 — 3RW4074-6BB35 73DS35BFA 73DS35DFA 73DS350FA 73DS35EFA 73DS35WFA 

280 — — 200 250 — 3RW4075-6BB35 73ES35BFA 73ES35DFA 73ES350FA 73ES35EFA 73ES35WFA 

340 — — 250 300 — 3RW4076-6BB35 73FS35BFA 73FS35DFA 73FS350FA 73FS35EFA 73FS35WFA 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


HPs are for reference only. Enclosed ratings are at 40°C. 

b Starter selection is dependent on type of application. Im = FLA rating of motor. 





3RW40 Size S0-S3 Circuit Breaker 











softstarters 

b Fans 

b Pumps 


10 seconds 


standards 

Soft Starter 

Control 


b Available in NEMA 1, 12, 3R, 4, and 













b Circuit Breaker disconnect with shunt trip 


and bypass 



Enclosed Circuit Breaker Combination (Starter With Circuit Breaker Disconnect) 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Rated 




11 3 3 7.5 — 6 3RW4024-1BB14 74AR3_BFAP 74AR3_DFAP 74AR3_0FAP 74AR3_EFAP 74AR3_WFAP 

23 5 7.5 15 — 13 3RW4026-1BB14 74BR3_BFAP 74BR3_DFAP 74BR3_0FAP 74BR3_EFAP 74BR3_WFAP 

29 7.5 10 20 — 16 3RW4027-1BB14 74CR3_BFAP 74CR3_DFAP 74CR3_0FAP 74CR3_EFAP 74CR3_WFAP 

34 10 10 25 — 18 3RW4028-1BB14 74DR3_BFAP 74DR3_DFAP 74DR3_0FAP 74DR3_EFAP 74DR3_WFAP 

42 10 15 30 — 23 3RW4036-1BB14 74ER3_BFAP 74ER3_DFAP 74ER3_0FAP 74ER3_EFAP 74ER3_WFAP 

58 15 20 40 — 31 3RW4037-1BB14 74FR3_BFAP 74FR3_DFAP 74FR3_0FAP 74FR3_EFAP 74FR3_WFAP 

62 20 20 40 — 33 3RW4038-1BB14 74GR3_BFAP 74GR3_DFAP 74GR3_0FAP 74GR3_EFAP 74GR3_WFAP 

73 20 25 50 — 39 3RW4046-1BB14 74HR3_BFAP 74HR3_DFAP 74HR3_0FAP 74HR3_EFAP 74HR3_WFAP 

98 30 30 75 — 52 3RW4047-1BB14 74JR3_BFAP 74JR3_DFAP 74JR3_0FAP 74JR3_EFAP 74JR3_WFAP 

200V 6 6 6 6 6 

230V 2 2 2 2 2 

380V 3 3 3 3 3 

460V 4 4 4 4 4 




17-224 




























b Circuit breaker disconnect with shunt trip 


and bypass 



Enclosed Circuit Breaker Combination (Starter with Circuit Breaker Disconnect) 


softstarters: 

b Fans 

b Pumps 


b Presses 

b Escalators 



b Ventilators 



standards. 

Rated 




117 30 40 75 — 56 3RW4055-6BB34 74AS3_BFAP 74AS3_DFAP 74AS3_0FAP 74AS3_EFAP 74AS3_WFAP 

145 40 50 100 — 75 3RW4056-6BB34 74BS3_BFAP 74BS3_DFAP 74BS3_0FAP 74BS3_EFAP 74BS3_WFAP 

205 60 75 150 — 112 3RW4073-6BB34 74CS3_BFAP 74CS3_DFAP 74CS3_0FAP 74CS3_EFAP 

248 75 100 200 — 149 3RW4074-6BB34 74DS3_BFAP 74DS3_DFAP 74DS3_0FAP 74DS3_EFAP 

315 100 125 250 — 186 3RW4075-6BB34 74ES3_BFAP 74ES3_DFAP 74ES3_0FAP 74ES3_EFAP 

385 125 150 300 — 224 3RW4076-6BB34 74FS3_BFAP 74FS3_DFAP 74FS3_0FAP 74FS3_EFAP 

200V 6 6 6 6 6 

230V 2 2 2 2 2 

380V 3 3 3 3 3 

460V 4 4 4 4 4 

117 — — 75 100 — 3RW4055-6BB35 74AS35BFAP 74AS35DFAP 74AS350FAP 74AS35EFAP 74AS35WFAP 

145 — — 100 150 — 3RW4056-6BB35 74BS35BFAP 74BS35DFAP 74BS350FAP 74BS35EFAP 74BS35WFAP 

205 — — 150 200 — 3RW4073-6BB35 74CS35BFAP 74CS35DFAP 74CS350FAP 74CS35EFAP 

248 — — 200 250 — 3RW4074-6BB35 74DS35BFAP 74DS35DFAP 74DS350FAP 74DS35EFAP 

315 — — 250 300 — 3RW4075-6BB35 74ES35BFAP 74ES35DFAP 74ES350FAP 74ES35EFAP 

385 — — 300 400 — 3RW4076-6BB35 74FS35BFAP 74FS35DFAP 74FS350FAP 74FS35EFAP 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Enclosed Circuit Breaker Combination (Starter with Circuit Breaker Disconnect) 

Rated 




112 30 40 75 — 56 3RW4055-6BB34 74AS3_BFAP 74AS3_DFAP 74AS3_0FAP 74AS3_EFAP 74AS3_WFAP 

132 40 50 100 — 75 3RW4056-6BB34 74BS3_BFAP 74BS3_DFAP 74BS3_0FAP 74BS3_EFAP 74BS3_WFAP 

185 60 60 125 — 93 3RW4073-6BB34 74CS3_BFAP 74CS3_DFAP 74CS3_0FAP 74CS3_EFAP 

205 60 75 150 — 112 3RW4074-6BB34 74DS3_BFAP 74DS3_DFAP 74DS3_0FAP 74DS3_EFAP 

280 75 100 200 — 149 3RW4075-6BB34 74ES3_BFAP 74ES3_DFAP 74ES3_0FAP 74ES3_EFAP 

340 100 125 250 — 186 3RW4076-6BB34 74FS3_BFAP 74FS3_DFAP 74FS3_0FAP 74FS3_EFAP 

200V 6 6 6 6 6 

230V 2 2 2 2 2 

380V 3 3 3 3 3 

460V 4 4 4 4 4 

112 — — 75 75 — 3RW4055-6BB35 74AS35BFAP 74AS35DFAP 74AS350FAP 74AS35EFAP 74AS35WFAP 

132 — — 100 125 — 3RW4056-6BB35 74BS35BFAP 74BS35DFAP 74BS350FAP 74BS35EFAP 74BS35WFAP 

185 — — 125 150 — 3RW4073-6BB35 74CS35BFAP 74CS35DFAP 74CS350FAP 74CS35EFAP 

205 — — 150 200 — 3RW4074-6BB35 74DS35BFAP 74DS35DFAP 74DS350FAP 74DS35EFAP 

280 — — 200 250 — 3RW4075-6BB35 74ES35BFAP 74ES35DFAP 74ES350FAP 74ES35EFAP 

340 — — 250 300 — 3RW4076-6BB35 74FS35BFAP 74FS35DFAP 74FS350FAP 74FS35EFAP 








3RW40 Size S0-S3 Fusible 











softstarters 

b Fans 

b Pumps 


10 seconds 


standards 

Soft Starter 

Control 


b Available in NEMA 1, 12, 3R, 4, and 






b Internal overload class 10,15,or 20 







b Fusible Disconnect 

b 3RW40 Sirius softstarter with built-in 

OL and bypass 



Enclosed Fusible Combination (Starter With Fusible Disconnect) 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Rated 




11 3 3 7.5 — 6 3RW4024-1BB14 74AR3_BFAF 74AR3_DFAF 74AR3_0FAF 74AR3_EFAF 74AR3_WFAF 

23 5 7.5 15 — 13 3RW4026-1BB14 74BR3_BFAF 74BR3_DFAF 74BR3_0FAF 74BR3_EFAF 74BR3_WFAF 

29 7.5 10 20 — 16 3RW4027-1BB14 74CR3_BFAF 74CR3_DFAF 74CR3_0FAF 74CR3_EFAF 74CR3_WFAF 

34 10 10 25 — 18 3RW4028-1BB14 74DR3_BFAF 74DR3_DFAF 74DR3_0FAF 74DR3_EFAF 74DR3_WFAF 

42 10 15 30 — 23 3RW4036-1BB14 74ER3_BFAF 74ER3_DFAF 74ER3_0FAF 74ER3_EFAF 74ER3_WFAF 

58 15 20 40 — 31 3RW4037-1BB14 74FR3_BFAF 74FR3_DFAF 74FR3_0FAF 74FR3_EFAF 74FR3_WFAF 

62 20 20 40 — 33 3RW4038-1BB14 74GR3_BFAF 74GR3_DFAF 74GR3_0FAF 74GR3_EFAF 74GR3_WFAF 

73 20 25 50 — 39 3RW4046-1BB14 74HR3_BFAF 74HR3_DFAF 74HR3_0FAF 74HR3_EFAF 74HR3_WFAF 

98 30 30 75 — 52 3RW4047-1BB14 74JR3_BFAF 74JR3_DFAF 74JR3_0FAF 74JR3_EFAF 74JR3_WFAF 

200V 6 6 6 6 6 

230V 2 2 2 2 2 

380V 3 3 3 3 3 

460V 4 4 4 4 4 




17-226 

















Enclosed Fusible Combination (Starter with Fusible Disconnect) 










Class 74 combination starters include: 


b Fusible disconnect 


and bypass 




softstarters: 

b Fans 

b Pumps 


b Presses 

b Escalators 



b Ventilators 



standards. 

Rated 




117 30 40 75 — 56 3RW4055-6BB34 74AS3_BFAF 74AS3_DFAF 74AS3_0FAF 74AS3_EFAF 74AS3_WFAF 

145 40 50 100 — 75 3RW4056-6BB34 74BS3_BFAF 74BS3_DFAF 74BS3_0FAF 74BS3_EFAF 74BS3_WFAF 

205 60 75 150 — 112 3RW4073-6BB34 74CS3_BFAF 74CS3_DFAF 74CS3_0FAF 74CS3_EFAF 

248 75 100 200 — 149 3RW4074-6BB34 74DS3_BFAF 74DS3_DFAF 74DS3_0FAF 74DS3_EFAF 

315 100 125 250 — 186 3RW4075-6BB34 74ES3_BFAF 74ES3_DFAF 74ES3_0FAF 74ES3_EFAF 

385 125 150 300 — 224 3RW4076-6BB34 74FS3_BFAF 74FS3_DFAF 74FS3_0FAF 74FS3_EFAF 

200V 6 6 6 6 6 

230V 2 2 2 2 2 

380V 3 3 3 3 3 

460V 4 4 4 4 4 

117 — — 75 100 — 3RW4055-6BB35 74AS35BFAF 74AS35DFAF 74AS350FAF 74AS35EFAF 74AS35WFAF 

145 — — 100 150 — 3RW4056-6BB35 74BS35BFAF 74BS35DFAF 74BS350FAF 74BS35EFAF 74BS35WFAF 

205 — — 150 200 — 3RW4073-6BB35 74CS35BFAF 74CS35DFAF 74CS350FAF 74CS35EFAF 

248 — — 200 250 — 3RW4074-6BB35 74DS35BFAF 74DS35DFAF 74DS350FAF 74DS35EFAF 

315 — — 250 300 — 3RW4075-6BB35 74ES35BFAF 74ES35DFAF 74ES350FAF 74ES35EFAF 

385 — — 300 400 — 3RW4076-6BB35 74FS35BFAF 74FS35DFAF 74FS350FAF 74FS35EFAF 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Enclosed Fusible Combination (Starter with Fusible Disconnect) 

Rated 




112 30 40 75 — 56 3RW4055-6BB34 74AS3_BFAF 74AS3_DFAF 74AS3_0FAF 74AS3_EFAF 74AS3_WFAF 

132 40 50 100 — 75 3RW4056-6BB34 74BS3_BFAF 74BS3_DFAF 74BS3_0FAF 74BS3_EFAF 74BS3_WFAF 

185 60 60 125 — 93 3RW4073-6BB34 74CS3_BFAF 74CS3_DFAF 74CS3_0FAF 74CS3_EFAF 

205 60 75 150 — 112 3RW4074-6BB34 74DS3_BFAF 74DS3_DFAF 74DS3_0FAF 74DS3_EFAF 

280 75 100 200 — 149 3RW4075-6BB34 74ES3_BFAF 74ES3_DFAF 74ES3_0FAF 74ES3_EFAF 

340 100 125 250 — 186 3RW4076-6BB34 74FS3_BFAF 74FS3_DFAF 74FS3_0FAF 74FS3_EFAF 

200V 6 6 6 6 6 

230V 2 2 2 2 2 

380V 3 3 3 3 3 

460V 4 4 4 4 4 

112 — — 75 75 — 3RW4055-6BB35 74AS35BFAF 74AS35DFAF 74AS350FAF 74AS35EFAF 74AS35WFAF 

132 — — 100 125 — 3RW4056-6BB35 74BS35BFAF 74BS35DFAF 74BS350FAF 74BS35EFAF 74BS35WFAF 

185 — — 125 150 — 3RW4073-6BB35 74CS35BFAF 74CS35DFAF 74CS350FAF 74CS35EFAF 

205 — — 150 200 — 3RW4074-6BB35 74DS35BFAF 74DS35DFAF 74DS350FAF 74DS35EFAF 

280 — — 200 250 — 3RW4075-6BB35 74ES35BFAF 74ES35DFAF 74ES350FAF 74ES35EFAF 

340 — — 250 300 — 3RW4076-6BB35 74FS35BFAF 74FS35DFAF 74FS350FAF 74FS35EFAF 













b Multiple starting/stopping techniques 

including torque control 

b Internal overload class 5, 10, 15, 20, or 30 

b Built-in graphical LCD keypad 



b 3 parameter sets 

b Communication capable via opt. Profibus 

module 

b Programmable inputs and outputs 

b External keypad available 













and bypass 




softstarters: 

b Fans 

b Pumps 

b Conveying systems and lifts 

b Hydraulics 

b Machine tools 

b Mills saws 

b Crushers and grinders 

b Mixers 

b HVAC systems 

The 3RW44 severe duty rating table should 

be applied for high inertia applications 

such rock crushers, chippers, screw 

compressors, ect. 


standards. 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

3RW44 For High Feature Applications 


Rated 




26 7.5 7.5 15 — 12 3RW4422-1BC34 73AT3_BFA 73AT3_DFA 73AT3_0FA 73AT3_EFA 73AT3_WFA 

32 10 10 20 — 15 3RW4423-1BC34 73BT3_BFA 73BT3_DFA 73BT3_0FA 73BT3_EFA 73BT3_WFA 

42 10 15 25 — 19 3RW4424-1BC34 73CT3_BFA 73CT3_DFA 73CT3_0FA 73CT3_EFA 73CT3_WFA 

51 15 15 30 — 22 3RW4425-1BC34 73DT3_BFA 73DT3_DFA 73DT3_0FA 73DT3_EFA 73DT3_WFA 

68 20 25 50 — 37 3RW4426-1BC34 73ET3_BFA 73ET3_DFA 73ET3_0FA 73ET3_EFA 73ET3_WFA 

82 25 30 60 — 45 3RW4427-1BC34 73FT3_BFA 73FT3_DFA 73FT3_0FA 73FT3_EFA 73FT3_WFA 

100 30 30 75 — 56 3RW4434-6BC34 73GT3_BFA 73GT3_DFA 73GT3_0FA 73GT3_EFA 73GT3_WFA 

117 30 40 75 — 56 3RW4435-6BC34 73HT3_BFA 73HT3_DFA 73HT3_0FA 73HT3_EFA 73HT3_WFA 

145 40 50 100 — 75 3RW4436-6BC34 73JT3_BFA 73JT3_DFA 73JT3_0FA 73JT3_EFA 73JT3_WFA 

180 60 60 125 — 93 3RW4443-6BC34 73KT3_BFA 73KT3_DFA 73KT3_0FA 73KT3_EFA 73KT3_WFA 

215 60 75 150 — 112 3RW4444-6BC34 73LT3_BFA 73LT3_DFA 73LT3_0FA 73LT3_EFA 73LT3_WFA 

280 75 100 200 — 149 3RW4445-6BC34 73MT3_BFA 73MT3_DFA 73MT3_0FA 73MT3_EFA 73MT3_WFA 

315 100 125 250 — 186 3RW4446-6BC34 73NT3_BFA 73NT3_DFA 73NT3_0FA 73NT3_EFA 73NT3_WFA 

385 125 150 300 — 224 3RW4447-6BC34 73PT3_BFA 73PT3_DFA 73PT3_0FA 73PT3_EFA 73PT3_WFA 

494 150 200 400 — 298 3RW4453-6BC34 73QT3_BFA 73QT3_DFA 73QT3_0FA 73QT3_EFA 

551 150 200 450 — 336 3RW4454-6BC34 73RT3_BFA 73RT3_DFA 73RT3_0FA 73RT3_EFA 

615 200 250 500 — 373 3RW4455-6BC34 73ST3_BFA 73ST3_DFA 73ST3_0FA 73ST3_EFA 

693 200 250 550 — 410 3RW4456-6BC34 73TT3_BFA 73TT3_DFA 73TT3_0FA 73TT3_EFA 

780 200 250 600 — 447 3RW4457-6BC34 73WT3_BFA 73WT3_DFA 73WT3_0FA 

970 350 350 800 — 597 3RW4465-6BC34 73YT3_BFA 73YT3_0FA 

1076 350 400 900 — 972 3RW4466-6BC34 73ZT3_BFA 73ZT3_0FA 

200V 6 6 6 6 6 

230V 2 2 2 2 2 

380V 3 3 3 3 3 

460V 4 4 4 4 4 

26 — — 15 20 — 3RW4422-1BC35 73AT35BFA 73AT35DFA 73AT350FA 73AT35EFA 73AT35WFA 

32 — — 20 25 — 3RW4423-1BC35 73BT35BFA 73BT35DFA 73BT350FA 73BT35EFA 73BT35WFA 

42 — — 25 30 — 3RW4424-1BC35 73CT35BFA 73CT35DFA 73CT350FA 73CT35EFA 73CT35WFA 

51 — — 30 40 — 3RW4425-1BC35 73DT35BFA 73DT35DFA 73DT350FA 73DT35EFA 73DT35WFA 

68 — — 50 50 — 3RW4426-1BC35 73ET35BFA 73ET35DFA 73ET350FA 73ET35EFA 73ET35WFA 

82 — — 60 75 — 3RW4427-1BC35 73FT35BFA 73FT35DFA 73FT350FA 73FT35EFA 73FT35WFA 

100 — — 75 75 — 3RW4434-6BC35 73GT35BFA 73GT35DFA 73GT350FA 73GT35EFA 73GT35WFA 

117 — — 75 100 — 3RW4435-6BC35 73HT35BFA 73HT35DFA 73HT350FA 73HT35EFA 73HT35WFA 

145 — — 100 125 — 3RW4436-6BC35 73JT35BFA 73JT35DFA 73JT350FA 73JT35EFA 73JT35WFA 

180 — — 125 150 — 3RW4443-6BC35 73KT35BFA 73KT35DFA 73KT350FA 73KT35EFA 73KT35WFA 

215 — — 150 200 — 3RW4444-6BC35 73LT35BFA 73LT35DFA 73LT350FA 73LT35EFA 73LT35WFA 

280 — — 200 250 — 3RW4445-6BC35 73MT35BFA 73MT35DFA 73MT350FA 73MT35EFA 73MT35WFA 

315 — — 250 300 — 3RW4446-6BC35 73NT35BFA 73NT35DFA 73NT350FA 73NT35EFA 73NT35WFA 

385 — — 300 400 — 3RW4447-6BC35 73PT35BFA 73PT35DFA 73PT350FA 73PT35EFA 73PT35WFA 

494 — — 400 500 — 3RW4453-6BC35 73QT35BFA 73QT35DFA 73QT350FA 73QT35EFA 

551 — — 450 600 — 3RW4454-6BC35 73RT35BFA 73RT35DFA 73RT350FA 73RT35EFA 

615 — — 500 700 — 3RW4455-6BC35 73ST35BFA 73ST35DFA 73ST350FA 73ST35EFA 

693 — — 550 750 — 3RW4456-6BC35 73TT35BFA 73TT35DFA 73TT350FA 73TT35EFA 

780 — — 600 850 — 3RW4457-6BC35 73WT35BFA 73WT35DFA 73WT350FA 73WT35EFA 

970 — — 800 1000 — 3RW4465-6BC35 73YT35BFA 73YT350FA 

1076 — — 900 1100 — 3RW4466-6BC35 73ZT35BFA 73ZT350FA 

a Starter size is dependent on the nameplate Full Load Amps (FLA) rating of the motor. b Starter selection is dependent on type of application. Im = FLA rating of motor. 


17-228 


















module 

















and bypass 





softstarters: 

b Fans 

b Pumps 


b Hydraulics 


b Mills saws 


b Mixers 







standards. 

Rated 

MAX HP a KW Class 20 Severe Duty (350% * Im for 20s) b 



26 7.5 7.5 15 — 12 3RW4422-1BC34 73AT3_BFA 73AT3_DFA 73AT3_0FA 73AT3_EFA 73AT3_WFA 

32 10 10 20 — 15 3RW4423-1BC34 73BT3_BFA 73BT3_DFA 73BT3_0FA 73BT3_EFA 73BT3_WFA 

42 10 15 25 — 19 3RW4424-1BC34 73CT3_BFA 73CT3_DFA 73CT3_0FA 73CT3_EFA 73CT3_WFA 

51 15 15 30 — 22 3RW4425-1BC34 73DT3_BFA 73DT3_DFA 73DT3_0FA 73DT3_EFA 73DT3_WFA 

68 20 25 50 — 37 3RW4426-1BC34 73ET3_BFA 73ET3_DFA 73ET3_0FA 73ET3_EFA 73ET3_WFA 

82 25 30 60 — 45 3RW4427-1BC34 73FT3_BFA 73FT3_DFA 73FT3_0FA 73FT3_EFA 73FT3_WFA 

97 30 30 60 — 45 3RW4434-6BC34 73GT3_BFA 73GT3_DFA 73GT3_0FA 73GT3_EFA 73GT3_WFA 

113 30 40 75 — 56 3RW4435-6BC34 73HT3_BFA 73HT3_DFA 73HT3_0FA 73HT3_EFA 73HT3_WFA 

134 40 50 75 — 56 3RW4436-6BC34 73JT3_BFA 73JT3_DFA 73JT3_0FA 73JT3_EFA 73JT3_WFA 

175 50 60 100 — 75 3RW4443-6BC34 73KT3_BFA 73KT3_DFA 73KT3_0FA 73KT3_EFA 73KT3_WFA 

195 60 75 125 — 93 3RW4444-6BC34 73LT3_BFA 73LT3_DFA 73LT3_0FA 73LT3_EFA 73LT3_WFA 

243 75 75 150 — 112 3RW4445-6BC34 73MT3_BFA 73MT3_DFA 73MT3_0FA 73MT3_EFA 73MT3_WFA 

263 75 100 200 — 149 3RW4446-6BC34 73NT3_BFA 73NT3_DFA 73NT3_0FA 73NT3_EFA 73NT3_WFA 

326 100 125 250 — 186 3RW4447-6BC34 73PT3_BFA 73PT3_DFA 73PT3_0FA 73PT3_EFA 73PT3_WFA 

494 150 150 400 — 224 3RW4453-6BC34 73QT3_BFA 73QT3_DFA 73QT3_0FA 73QT3_EFA 

551 150 200 450 — 298 3RW4454-6BC34 73RT3_BFA 73RT3_DFA 73RT3_0FA 73RT3_EFA 

615 200 200 500 — 336 3RW4455-6BC34 73ST3_BFA 73ST3_DFA 73ST3_0FA 73ST3_EFA 

634 200 250 500 — 373 3RW4456-6BC34 73TT3_BFA 73TT3_DFA 73TT3_0FA 73TT3_EFA 

650 200 250 550 — 410 3RW4457-6BC34 73WT3_BFA 73WT3_DFA 73WT3_0FA 73WT3_EFA 

880 300 350 700 — 522 3RW4465-6BC34 73YT3_BFA 73YT3_0FA 

940 300 350 750 — 559 3RW4466-6BC34 73ZT3_BFA 73ZT3_0FA 

200V 6 6 6 6 6 

230V 2 2 2 2 2 

380V 3 3 3 3 3 

460V 4 4 4 4 4 

26 — — 15 20 — 3RW4422-1BC35 73AT35BFA 73AT35DFA 73AT350FA 73AT35EFA 73AT35WFA 

32 — — 20 25 — 3RW4423-1BC35 73BT35BFA 73BT35DFA 73BT350FA 73BT35EFA 73BT35WFA 

42 — — 25 30 — 3RW4424-1BC35 73CT35BFA 73CT35DFA 73CT350FA 73CT35EFA 73CT35WFA 

51 — — 30 40 — 3RW4425-1BC35 73DT35BFA 73DT35DFA 73DT350FA 73DT35EFA 73DT35WFA 

68 — — 50 50 — 3RW4426-1BC35 73ET35BFA 73ET35DFA 73ET350FA 73ET35EFA 73ET35WFA 

82 — — 60 75 — 3RW4427-1BC35 73FT35BFA 73FT35DFA 73FT350FA 73FT35EFA 73FT35WFA 

97 — — 60 75 — 3RW4434-6BC35 73GT35BFA 73GT35DFA 73GT350FA 73GT35EFA 73GT35WFA 

113 — — 75 100 — 3RW4435-6BC35 73HT35BFA 73HT35DFA 73HT350FA 73HT35EFA 73HT35WFA 

134 — — 75 125 — 3RW4436-6BC35 73JT35BFA 73JT35DFA 73JT350FA 73JT35EFA 73JT35WFA 

175 — — 100 150 — 3RW4443-6BC35 73KT35BFA 73KT35DFA 73KT350FA 73KT35EFA 73KT35WFA 

195 — — 125 200 — 3RW4444-6BC35 73LT35BFA 73LT35DFA 73LT350FA 73LT35EFA 73LT35WFA 

243 — — 150 200 — 3RW4445-6BC35 73MT35BFA 73MT35DFA 73MT350FA 73MT35EFA 73MT35WFA 

263 — — 200 250 — 3RW4446-6BC35 73NT35BFA 73NT35DFA 73NT350FA 73NT35EFA 73NT35WFA 

326 — — 250 300 — 3RW4447-6BC35 73PT35BFA 73PT35DFA 73PT350FA 73PT35EFA 73PT35WFA 

494 — — 400 500 — 3RW4453-6BC35 73QT35BFA 73QT35DFA 73QT350FA 73QT35EFA 

551 — — 450 550 — 3RW4454-6BC35 73RT35BFA 73RT35DFA 73RT350FA 73RT35EFA 

615 — — 500 600 — 3RW4455-6BC35 73ST35BFA 73ST35DFA 73ST350FA 73ST35EFA 

693 — — 500 650 — 3RW4456-6BC35 73TT35BFA 73TT35DFA 73TT350FA 73TT35EFA 

780 — — 550 700 — 3RW4457-6BC35 73WT35BFA 73WT35DFA 73WT350FA 73WT35EFA 

880 — — 700 850 — 3RW4465-6BC35 73YT35BFA 73YT350FA 

940 — — 750 900 — 3RW4466-6BC35 73ZT35BFA 73ZT350FA 




Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 














module 




Enclosed Combination with Circuit Breaker Disconnect 










For stocked versions see page 7/89. 




and bypass 

b Circuit breaker with disconnect 




softstarters: 

b Fans 

b Pumps 


b Hydraulics 


b Mills saws 


b Mixers 







standards. 

Rated 




26 7.5 7.5 15 — 12 3RW4422-1BC34 74AT3_BFAP 74AT3_DFAP 74AT3_0FAP 74AT3_EFAP 74AT3_WFAP 

32 10 10 20 — 15 3RW4423-1BC34 74BT3_BFAP 74BT3_DFAP 74BT3_0FAP 74BT3_EFAP 74BT3_WFAP 

42 10 15 25 — 19 3RW4424-1BC34 74CT3_BFAP 74CT3_DFAP 74CT3_0FAP 74CT3_EFAP 74CT3_WFAP 

51 15 15 30 — 22 3RW4425-1BC34 74DT3_BFAP 74DT3_DFAP 74DT3_0FAP 74DT3_EFAP 74DT3_WFAP 

68 20 25 50 — 37 3RW4426-1BC34 74ET3_BFAP 74ET3_DFAP 74ET3_0FAP 74ET3_EFAP 74ET3_WFAP 

82 25 30 60 — 45 3RW4427-1BC34 74FT3_BFAP 74FT3_DFAP 74FT3_0FAP 74FT3_EFAP 74FT3_WFAP 

100 30 30 75 — 56 3RW4434-6BC34 74GT3_BFAP 74GT3_DFAP 74GT3_0FAP 74GT3_EFAP 74GT3_WFAP 

117 30 40 75 — 56 3RW4435-6BC34 74HT3_BFAP 74HT3_DFAP 74HT3_0FAP 74HT3_EFAP 74HT3_WFAP 

145 40 50 100 — 75 3RW4436-6BC34 74JT3_BFAP 74JT3_DFAP 74JT3_0FAP 74JT3_EFAP 74JT3_WFAP 

180 60 60 125 — 93 3RW4443-6BC34 74KT3_BFAP 74KT3_DFAP 74KT3_0FAP 74KT3_EFAP 

215 60 75 150 — 112 3RW4444-6BC34 74LT3_BFAP 74LT3_DFAP 74LT3_0FAP 74LT3_EFAP 

280 75 100 200 — 149 3RW4445-6BC34 74MT3_BFAP 74MT3_DFAP 74MT3_0FAP 74MT3_EFAP 

315 100 125 250 — 186 3RW4446-6BC34 74NT3_BFAP 74NT3_DFAP 74NT3_0FAP 74NT3_EFAP 

385 125 150 300 — 224 3RW4447-6BC34 74PT3_BFAP 74PT3_DFAP 74PT3_0FAP 74PT3_EFAP 

494 150 200 400 — 298 3RW4453-6BC34 74QT3_BFAT 74QT3_DFAT 74QT3_0FAT 74QT3_EFAT 

551 150 200 450 — 336 3RW4454-6BC34 74RT3_BFAT 74RT3_DFAT 74RT3_0FAT 74RT3_EFAT 

615 200 250 500 — 373 3RW4455-6BC34 74ST3_BFAT 74ST3_DFAT 74ST3_0FAT 74ST3_EFAT 

693 200 250 550 — 410 3RW4456-6BC34 74TT3_BFAT 74TT3_DFAT 74TT3_0FAT 74TT3_EFAT 

780 200 250 600 — 447 3RW4457-6BC34 74WT3_BFAT 74WT3_DFAT 74WT3_0FAT 74WT3_EFAT 

970 350 350 800 — 597 3RW4465-6BC34 74YT3_BFAT 74YT3_0FAT 

1076 350 400 900 — 672 3RW4466-6BC34 74ZT3_BFAT 74ZT3_0FAT 

200V 6 6 6 6 6 

230V 2 2 2 2 2 

380V 3 3 3 3 3 

460V 4 4 4 4 4 

26 — — 15 20 — 3RW4422-1BC35 74AT35BFAP 74AT35DFAP 74AT350FAP 74AT35EFAP 74AT35WFAP 

32 — — 20 25 — 3RW4423-1BC35 74BT35BFAP 74BT35DFAP 74BT350FAP 74BT35EFAP 74BT35WFAP 

42 — — 25 30 — 3RW4424-1BC35 74CT35BFAP 74CT35DFAP 74CT350FAP 74CT35EFAP 74CT35WFAP 

51 — — 30 40 — 3RW4425-1BC35 74DT35BFAP 74DT35DFAP 74DT350FAP 74DT35EFAP 74DT35WFAP 

68 — — 50 50 — 3RW4426-1BC35 74ET35BFAP 74ET35DFAP 74ET350FAP 74ET35EFAP 74ET35WFAP 

82 — — 60 75 — 3RW4427-1BC35 74FT35BFAP 74FT35DFAP 74FT350FAP 74FT35EFAP 74FT35WFAP 

100 — — 75 75 — 3RW4434-6BC35 74GT35BFAP 74GT35DFAP 74GT350FAP 74GT35EFAP 74GT35WFAP 

117 — — 75 100 — 3RW4435-6BC35 74HT35BFAP 74HT35DFAP 74HT350FAP 74HT35EFAP 74HT35WFAP 

145 — — 100 125 — 3RW4436-6BC35 74JT35BFAP 74JT35DFAP 74JT350FAP 74JT35EFAP 74JT35WFAP 

180 — — 125 150 — 3RW4443-6BC35 74KT35BFAP 74KT35DFAP 74KT350FAP 74KT35EFAP 

215 — — 150 200 — 3RW4444-6BC35 74LT35BFAP 74LT35DFAP 74LT350FAP 74LT35EFAP 

280 — — 200 250 — 3RW4445-6BC35 74MT35BFAP 74MT35DFAP 74MT350FAP 74MT35EFAP 

315 — — 250 300 — 3RW4446-6BC35 74NT35BFAP 74NT35DFAP 74NT350FAP 74NT35EFAP 

385 — — 300 400 — 3RW4447-6BC35 74PT35BFAP 74PT35DFAP 74PT350FAP 74PT35EFAP 

494 — — 400 500 — 3RW4453-6BC35 74QT35BFAT 74QT35DFAT 74QT350FAT 74QT35EFAT 

551 — — 450 600 — 3RW4454-6BC35 74RT35BFAT 74RT35DFAT 74RT350FAT 74RT35EFAT 

615 — — 500 700 — 3RW4455-6BC35 74ST35BFAT 74ST35DFAT 74ST350FAT 74ST35EFAT 

693 — — 550 750 — 3RW4456-6BC35 74TT35BFAT 74TT35DFAT 74TT350FAT 74TT35EFAT 

780 — — 600 850 — 3RW4457-6BC35 74WT35BFAT 74WT35DFAT 74WT350FAT 74WT35EFAT 

970 — — 800 1000 — 3RW4465-6BC35 74YT35BFAT 74YT350FAT 

1076 — — 900 1100 — 3RW4466-6BC35 74ZT35BFAT 74ZT350FAT 




17-230 


















module 




Enclosed Combination with Circuit Breaker Disconnect 










For stocked versions see page 7/89. 




and bypass 

b Circuit breaker with disconnect 




softstarters: 

b Fans 

b Pumps 


b Hydraulics 


b Mills saws 


b Mixers 







standards. 

Rated 




26 7.5 7.5 15 — 12 3RW4422-1BC34 74AT3_BFAP 74AT3_DFAP 74AT3_0FAP 74AT3_EFAP 74AT3_WFAP 

32 10 10 20 — 15 3RW4423-1BC34 74BT3_BFAP 74BT3_DFAP 74BT3_0FAP 74BT3_EFAP 74BT3_WFAP 

42 10 15 25 — 19 3RW4424-1BC34 74CT3_BFAP 74CT3_DFAP 74CT3_0FAP 74CT3_EFAP 74CT3_WFAP 

51 15 15 30 — 22 3RW4425-1BC34 74DT3_BFAP 74DT3_DFAP 74DT3_0FAP 74DT3_EFAP 74DT3_WFAP 

68 20 25 50 — 37 3RW4426-1BC34 74ET3_BFAP 74ET3_DFAP 74ET3_0FAP 74ET3_EFAP 74ET3_WFAP 

82 25 30 60 — 45 3RW4427-1BC34 74FT3_BFAP 74FT3_DFAP 74FT3_0FAP 74FT3_EFAP 74FT3_WFAP 

97 30 30 60 — 45 3RW4434-6BC34 74GT3_BFAP 74GT3_DFAP 74GT3_0FAP 74GT3_EFAP 74GT3_WFAP 

113 30 40 75 — 56 3RW4435-6BC34 74HT3_BFAP 74HT3_DFAP 74HT3_0FAP 74HT3_EFAP 74HT3_WFAP 

134 40 50 75 — 56 3RW4436-6BC34 74JT3_BFAP 74JT3_DFAP 74JT3_0FAP 74JT3_EFAP 74JT3_WFAP 

175 50 60 100 — 75 3RW4443-6BC34 74KT3_BFAP 74KT3_DFAP 74KT3_0FAP 74KT3_EFAP 

195 60 75 125 — 93 3RW4444-6BC34 74LT3_BFAP 74LT3_DFAP 74LT3_0FAP 74LT3_EFAP 

243 75 75 150 — 112 3RW4445-6BC34 74MT3_BFAP 74MT3_DFAP 74MT3_0FAP 74MT3_EFAP 

263 75 100 200 — 149 3RW4446-6BC34 74NT3_BFAP 74NT3_DFAP 74NT3_0FAP 74NT3_EFAP 

326 100 125 250 — 186 3RW4447-6BC34 74PT3_BFAP 74PT3_DFAP 74PT3_0FAP 74PT3_EFAP 

494 150 150 400 — 224 3RW4453-6BC34 74QT3_BFAT 74QT3_DFAT 74QT3_0FAT 74QT3_EFAT 

551 150 200 450 — 298 3RW4454-6BC34 74RT3_BFAT 74RT3_DFAT 74RT3_0FAT 74RT3_EFAT 

615 200 200 500 — 336 3RW4455-6BC34 74ST3_BFAT 74ST3_DFAT 74ST3_0FAT 74ST3_EFAT 

634 200 250 500 — 373 3RW4456-6BC34 74TT3_BFAT 74TT3_DFAT 74TT3_0FAT 74TT3_EFAT 

650 200 250 550 — 410 3RW4457-6BC34 74WT3_BFAT 74WT3_DFAT 74WT3_0FAT 74WT3_EFAT 

880 300 350 700 — 522 3RW4465-6BC34 74YT3_BFAT 74YT3_0FAT 

940 300 350 750 — 559 3RW4466-6BC34 74ZT3_BFAT 74ZT3_0FAT 

200V 6 6 6 6 6 

230V 2 2 2 2 2 

380V 3 3 3 3 3 

460V 4 4 4 4 4 

26 — — 15 20 — 3RW4422-1BC35 74AT35BFAP 74AT35DFAP 74AT350FAP 74AT35EFAP 74AT35WFAP 

32 — — 20 25 — 3RW4423-1BC35 74BT35BFAP 74BT35DFAP 74BT350FAP 74BT35EFAP 74BT35WFAP 

42 — — 25 30 — 3RW4424-1BC35 74CT35BFAP 74CT35DFAP 74CT350FAP 74CT35EFAP 74CT35WFAP 

51 — — 30 40 — 3RW4425-1BC35 74DT35BFAP 74DT35DFAP 74DT350FAP 74DT35EFAP 74DT35WFAP 

68 — — 50 50 — 3RW4426-1BC35 74ET35BFAP 74ET35DFAP 74ET350FAP 74ET35EFAP 74ET35WFAP 

82 — — 60 75 — 3RW4427-1BC35 74FT35BFAP 74FT35DFAP 74FT350FAP 74FT35EFAP 74FT35WFAP 

97 — — 60 75 — 3RW4434-6BC35 74GT35BFAP 74GT35DFAP 74GT350FAP 74GT35EFAP 74GT35WFAP 

113 — — 75 100 — 3RW4435-6BC35 74HT35BFAP 74HT35DFAP 74HT350FAP 74HT35EFAP 74HT35WFAP 

134 — — 75 125 — 3RW4436-6BC35 74JT35BFAP 74JT35DFAP 74JT350FAP 74JT35EFAP 74JT35WFAP 

175 — — 100 150 — 3RW4443-6BC35 74KT35BFAP 74KT35DFAP 74KT350FAP 74KT35EFAP 

195 — — 125 200 — 3RW4444-6BC35 74LT35BFAP 74LT35DFAP 74LT350FAP 74LT35EFAP 

243 — — 150 200 — 3RW4445-6BC35 74MT35BFAP 74MT35DFAP 74MT350FAP 74MT35EFAP 

263 — — 200 250 — 3RW4446-6BC35 74NT35BFAP 74NT35DFAP 74NT350FAP 74NT35EFAP 

326 — — 250 300 — 3RW4447-6BC35 74PT35BFAP 74PT35DFAP 74PT350FAP 74PT35EFAP 

494 — — 400 500 — 3RW4453-6BC35 74QT35BFAT 74QT35DFAT 74QT350FAT 74QT35EFAT 

551 — — 450 550 — 3RW4454-6BC35 74RT35BFAT 74RT35DFAT 74RT350FAT 74RT35EFAT 

615 — — 500 600 — 3RW4455-6BC35 74ST35BFAT 74ST35DFAT 74ST350FAT 74ST35EFAT 

693 — — 500 650 — 3RW4456-6BC35 74TT35BFAT 74TT35DFAT 74TT350FAT 74TT35EFAT 

780 — — 550 700 — 3RW4457-6BC35 74WT35BFAT 74WT35DFAT 74WT350FAT 74WT35EFAT 

880 — — 700 850 — 3RW4465-6BC35 74YT35BFAT 74YT350FAT 

940 — — 750 900 — 3RW4466-6BC35 74ZT35BFAT 74ZT350FAT 




Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Enclosed Combination with Fusible Disconnect 













and bypass 

















module 






softstarters: 

b Fans 

b Pumps 


b Hydraulics 


b Mills saws 


b Mixers 







standards. 

Rated 

MAX HP a KW Class 10 Light Duty b (350% * Im for 10s) 



26 7.5 7.5 15 — 12 3RW4422-1BC34 74AT3_BFAF 74AT3_DFAF 74AT3_0FAF 74AT3_EFAF 74AT3_WFAF 

32 10 10 20 — 15 3RW4423-1BC34 74BT3_BFAF 74BT3_DFAF 74BT3_0FAF 74BT3_EFAF 74BT3_WFAF 

42 10 15 25 — 19 3RW4424-1BC34 74CT3_BFAF 74CT3_DFAF 74CT3_0FAF 74CT3_EFAF 74CT3_WFAF 

51 15 15 30 — 22 3RW4425-1BC34 74DT3_BFAF 74DT3_DFAF 74DT3_0FAF 74DT3_EFAF 74DT3_WFAF 

68 20 25 50 — 37 3RW4426-1BC34 74ET3_BFAF 74ET3_DFAF 74ET3_0FAF 74ET3_EFAF 74ET3_WFAF 

82 25 30 60 — 45 3RW4427-1BC34 74FT3_BFAF 74FT3_DFAF 74FT3_0FAF 74FT3_EFAF 74FT3_WFAF 

100 30 30 75 — 56 3RW4434-6BC34 74GT3_BFAF 74GT3_DFAF 74GT3_0FAF 74GT3_EFAF 74GT3_WFAF 

117 30 40 75 — 56 3RW4435-6BC34 74HT3_BFAF 74HT3_DFAF 74HT3_0FAF 74HT3_EFAF 74HT3_WFAF 

145 40 50 100 — 75 3RW4436-6BC34 74JT3_BFAF 74JT3_DFAF 74JT3_0FAF 74JT3_EFAF 74JT3_WFAF 

180 60 60 125 — 93 3RW4443-6BC34 74KT3_BFAF 74KT3_DFAF 74KT3_0FAF 74KT3_EFAF 

215 60 75 150 — 112 3RW4444-6BC34 74LT3_BFAF 74LT3_DFAF 74LT3_0FAF 74LT3_EFAF 

280 75 100 200 — 149 3RW4445-6BC34 74MT3_BFAF 74MT3_DFAF 74MT3_0FAF 74MT3_EFAF 

315 100 125 250 — 186 3RW4446-6BC34 74NT3_BFAF 74NT3_DFAF 74NT3_0FAF 74NT3_EFAF 

385 125 150 300 — 224 3RW4447-6BC34 74PT3_BFAF 74PT3_DFAF 74PT3_0FAF 74PT3_EFAF 

494 150 200 400 — 298 3RW4453-6BC34 74QT3_BFAF 74QT3_0FAF 

551 150 200 450 — 336 3RW4454-6BC34 74RT3_BFAF 74RT3_0FAF 

615 200 250 500 — 373 3RW4455-6BC34 74ST3_BFAF 74ST3_0FAF 

693 200 250 550 — 3RW4456-6BC34 74TT3_BFAF 74TT3_0FAF 

780 200 250 600 — 447 3RW4457-6BC34 74WT3_BFAF 74WT3_0FAF 

200V 6 6 6 6 6 

230V 2 2 2 2 2 

380V 3 3 3 3 3 

460V 4 4 4 4 4 

26 — — 15 20 — 3RW4422-1BC35 74AT35BFAF 74AT35DFAF 74AT350FAF 74AT35EFAF 74AT35WFAF 

32 — — 20 25 — 3RW4423-1BC35 74BT35BFAF 74BT35DFAF 74BT350FAF 74BT35EFAF 74BT35WFAF 

42 — — 25 30 — 3RW4424-1BC35 74CT35BFAF 74CT35DFAF 74CT350FAF 74CT35EFAF 74CT35WFAF 

51 — — 30 40 — 3RW4425-1BC35 74DT35BFAF 74DT35DFAF 74DT350FAF 74DT35EFAF 74DT35WFAF 

68 — — 50 50 — 3RW4426-1BC35 74ET35BFAF 74ET35DFAF 74ET350FAF 74ET35EFAF 74ET35WFAF 

82 — — 60 75 — 3RW4427-1BC35 74FT35BFAF 74FT35DFAF 74FT350FAF 74FT35EFAF 74FT35WFAF 

100 — — 75 75 — 3RW4434-6BC35 74GT35BFAF 74GT35DFAF 74GT350FAF 74GT35EFAF 74GT35WFAF 

117 — — 75 100 — 3RW4435-6BC35 74HT35BFAF 74HT35DFAF 74HT350FAF 74HT35EFAF 74HT35WFAF 

145 — — 100 125 — 3RW4436-6BC35 74JT35BFAF 74JT35DFAF 74JT350FAF 74JT35EFAF 74JT35WFAF 

180 — — 125 150 — 3RW4443-6BC35 74KT35BFAF 74KT35DFAF 74KT350FAF 74KT35EFAF 

215 — — 150 200 — 3RW4444-6BC35 74LT35BFAF 74LT35DFAF 74LT350FAF 74LT35EFAF 

280 — — 200 250 — 3RW4445-6BC35 74MT35BFAF 74MT35DFAF 74MT350FAF 74MT35EFAF 

315 — — 250 300 — 3RW4446-6BC35 74NT35BFAF 74NT35DFAF 74NT350FAF 74NT35EFAF 

385 — — 300 400 — 3RW4447-6BC35 74PT35BFAF 74PT35DFAF 74PT350FAF 74PT35EFAF 

494 — — 400 500 — 3RW4453-6BC35 74QT35BFAF 74QT350FAF 

551 — — 450 600 — 3RW4454-6BC35 74RT35BFAF 74RT350FAF 

615 — — 500 700 — 3RW4455-6BC35 74ST35BFAF 74ST350FAF 

693 — — 550 750 — 3RW4456-6BC35 74TT35BFAF 74TT350FAF 

780 — — 600 850 — 3RW4457-6BC35 74WT35BFAF 74WT350FAF 



17-232 





Enclosed Combination with Fusible Disconnect 













and bypass 

















module 






softstarters: 

b Fans 

b Pumps 


b Hydraulics 


b Mills saws 


b Mixers 







standards. 

Rated 




26 7.5 7.5 15 — 12 3RW4422-1BC34 74AT3_BFAF 74AT3_DFAF 74AT3_0FAF 74AT3_EFAF 74AT3_WFAF 

32 10 10 20 — 15 3RW4423-1BC34 74BT3_BFAF 74BT3_DFAF 74BT3_0FAF 74BT3_EFAF 74BT3_WFAF 

42 10 15 25 — 19 3RW4424-1BC34 74CT3_BFAF 74CT3_DFAF 74CT3_0FAF 74CT3_EFAF 74CT3_WFAF 

51 15 15 30 — 22 3RW4425-1BC34 74DT3_BFAF 74DT3_DFAF 74DT3_0FAF 74DT3_EFAF 74DT3_WFAF 

68 20 25 50 — 37 3RW4426-1BC34 74ET3_BFAF 74ET3_DFAF 74ET3_0FAF 74ET3_EFAF 74ET3_WFAF 

82 25 30 60 — 45 3RW4427-1BC34 74FT3_BFAF 74FT3_DFAF 74FT3_0FAF 74FT3_EFAF 74FT3_WFAF 

97 30 30 60 — 45 3RW4434-6BC34 74GT3_BFAF 74GT3_DFAF 74GT3_0FAF 74GT3_EFAF 74GT3_WFAF 

113 30 40 75 — 56 3RW4435-6BC34 74HT3_BFAF 74HT3_DFAF 74HT3_0FAF 74HT3_EFAF 74HT3_WFAF 

134 40 50 75 — 56 3RW4436-6BC34 74JT3_BFAF 74JT3_DFAF 74JT3_0FAF 74JT3_EFAF 74JT3_WFAF 

175 50 60 100 — 75 3RW4443-6BC34 74KT3_BFAF 74KT3_DFAF 74KT3_0FAF 74KT3_EFAF 

195 60 75 125 — 93 3RW4444-6BC34 74LT3_BFAF 74LT3_DFAF 74LT3_0FAF 74LT3_EFAF 

243 75 75 150 — 112 3RW4445-6BC34 74MT3_BFAF 74MT3_DFAF 74MT3_0FAF 74MT3_EFAF 

263 75 100 200 — 149 3RW4446-6BC34 74NT3_BFAF 74NT3_DFAF 74NT3_0FAF 74NT3_EFAF 

326 100 125 250 — 186 3RW4447-6BC34 74PT3_BFAF 74PT3_DFAF 74PT3_0FAF 74PT3_EFAF 

494 150 150 400 — 298 3RW4453-6BC34 74QT3_BFAF 74QT3_0FAF 

551 150 200 450 — 336 3RW4454-6BC34 74RT3_BFAF 74RT3_0FAF 

615 200 200 500 — 373 3RW4455-6BC34 74ST3_BFAF 74ST3_0FAF 

634 200 250 500 — 373 3RW4456-6BC34 74TT3_BFAF 74TT3_0FAF 

650 200 250 550 — 373 3RW4457-6BC34 74WT3_BFAF 74WT3_0FAF 

200V 6 6 6 6 6 

230V 2 2 2 2 2 

380V 3 3 3 3 3 

460V 4 4 4 4 4 

26 — — 15 20 — 3RW4422-1BC35 74AT35BFAF 74AT35DFAF 74AT350FAF 74AT35EFAF 74AT35WFAF 

32 — — 20 25 — 3RW4423-1BC35 74BT35BFAF 74BT35DFAF 74BT350FAF 74BT35EFAF 74BT35WFAF 

42 — — 25 30 — 3RW4424-1BC35 74CT35BFAF 74CT35DFAF 74CT350FAF 74CT35EFAF 74CT35WFAF 

51 — — 30 40 — 3RW4425-1BC35 74DT35BFAF 74DT35DFAF 74DT350FAF 74DT35EFAF 74DT35WFAF 

68 — — 50 50 — 3RW4426-1BC35 74ET35BFAF 74ET35DFAF 74ET350FAF 74ET35EFAF 74ET35WFAF 

82 — — 60 75 — 3RW4427-1BC35 74FT35BFAF 74FT35DFAF 74FT350FAF 74FT35EFAF 74FT35WFAF 

97 — — 60 75 — 3RW4434-6BC35 74GT35BFAF 74GT35DFAF 74GT350FAF 74GT35EFAF 74GT35WFAF 

113 — — 75 100 — 3RW4435-6BC35 74HT35BFAF 74HT35DFAF 74HT350FAF 74HT35EFAF 74HT35WFAF 

134 — — 75 125 — 3RW4436-6BC35 74JT35BFAF 74JT35DFAF 74JT350FAF 74JT35EFAF 74JT35WFAF 

175 — — 100 150 — 3RW4443-6BC35 74KT35BFAF 74KT35DFAF 74KT350FAF 74KT35EFAF 

195 — — 125 200 — 3RW4444-6BC35 74LT35BFAF 74LT35DFAF 74LT350FAF 74LT35EFAF 

243 — — 150 200 — 3RW4445-6BC35 74MT35BFAF 74MT35DFAF 74MT350FAF 74MT35EFAF 

263 — — 200 250 — 3RW4446-6BC35 74NT35BFAF 74NT35DFAF 74NT350FAF 74NT35EFAF 

326 — — 250 300 — 3RW4447-6BC35 74PT35BFAF 74PT35DFAF 74PT350FAF 74PT35EFAF 

494 — — 400 500 — 3RW4453-6BC35 74QT35BFAF 74QT350FAF 

551 — — 450 550 — 3RW4454-6BC35 74RT35BFAF 74RT350FAF 

615 — — 500 600 — 3RW4455-6BC35 74ST35BFAF 74ST350FAF 

693 — — 550 650 — 3RW4456-6BC35 74TT35BFAF 74TT350FAF 

780 — — 600 700 — 3RW4457-6BC35 74WT35BFAF 74WT350FAF 



Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 






Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Modification 

Available modifications in STANDARD enclosure 

3RW Version 

Enclosed Style 

Enclosure 

NEMA Type 

Push Buttons 

Start/Stop 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL A1 

Emergency Stop 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL ES 

Selector Switches 

Hand-Off-Auto 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL A3 

Hand-Off-Auto w/ start pushbutton 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL S3 

Off-On 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL A4 

Pilot Light 

Red 'On' 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL FA 

Green 'On’ 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL FB 

Red 'Run’ 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL FC 

Green 'Run’ 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL FD 

LED Bulb Upgrade d 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL FE 

Red 'Off’ 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL FJ 

Green 'Off’ 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL FK 

Amber 'Fault' 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL FL 

White 'Control Power On' 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL FW 

Red, 'On’ Push-to-Test 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL FS 

Green 'On’ Push-to-Test 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL FT 

Green 'Off’ Push-to-Test 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL FU 

Custom pilot light (state color and nameplate text) 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL FZ 

Through the Door Metering 

External keypad for 3RW44 3RW44 73/74 1,12 K1 

Elapse time meter 3RW40/44 73/74 1,12 (120V) M5 

Control Options 

Profibus Communication Module (installed-connection cable not supplied) 3RW44 73/74 ALL P1 

Profinet Communication Module (installed-connection cable not supplied) 3RW44 73/74 ALL P2 

Ground Lug - 1 Conductor 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL L10 

Alarm Package (horn, light, relay & push button) 3RW40/44 73/74 1,3R,12 M7 

Electronic 8 function timing relay (.05s - 100h) 

24V/100-127V supplied mounted and unwired 

3RW40/44 73/74 ALL TR 

Control Relay supplied mounted 

and unwired (4 pole max) 

3RW40/44 73/74 ALL 

Circuit Breaker Shunt Trip (included std in 3RW40 versions) 3RW44 74 ALL L6 

Function identification plate w/ marking as specified 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL N1 

Service Entrance Labeled 3RW40/44 74 ALL N3 

Terminal Block 3 point 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL TC3 




Emergency HP Rated Bypass Starter ab 

3RW 

Enclosure 

Version Class NEMA Type Mod Suffix 

3RW40/44 73/74 1/12/3R/4 A12 

Mod Suffix 

R04 

R22 

R40 

Available Modifications 

Requiring the MODIFIED OPTIONS Box Size 

(to be used with the selections ending in GA*) 

3RW 

Version Class 

Enclosure 

NEMA Type Mod Suffix 

Isolation Contactor 3RW40/44 73/74 1/12/3R/4 IC 

100 VA Extra CPT Capacity 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL CA 

Space Heater (120V separate control) 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL SH 

Space Heater w/ T-stat (120V separate control) 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL ST 

Lightning Arrestor 3RW40/44 73/74 ALL L 

a (A) For sizes 73YT & 73ZT, mods IC & A12 are available individually or together; 

(B) For sizes 74YT & 74ZT (combination w\CB), mods IC & A12 are only available 

individually (NOT together); (C) For sizes 74YT & 74ZT (combination w\ fusible disc), 

mods IC & A12 are NOT available individually or together. 

An isolation contactor is included with the emergency HP rated bypass starter for 

version 3RW40 soft starters. 

Isolation contactor IC is included as standard with version 3RW40 model R (4th 

character of the cat. no.) soft starters. 

d Pilot lights are transformer type as standard. For LED type bulbs, order suffix FE in 

addition to the standard device suffix(es). For example, to order red “ON” and green 

“OFF” pilot lights with LED bulbs, order FA, FK and FE. 

17-234 






Overview 

The SIRIUS 3RW30 soft starters reduce the motor voltage 

through variable phase control and increase it in ramp-like mode 

from a selectable starting voltage up to mains voltage. During 

starting, these devices limit the torque as well as the current and 

prevent the shocks which arise during direct starts or wye-delta 

starts. In this way, mechanical loads and mains voltage dips can 

be reliably reduced. 

Soft starting reduces the stress on the connected equipment 

and results in lower wear and therefore longer periods of troublefree 

production. The selectable start value means that the soft 

starters can be adjusted individually to the requirements of the 

application in question and unlike wye-delta starters are not 

restricted to two-stage starting with fixed voltage ratios. 



mean that no power loss has to be taken into the bargain at the 

power semiconductors (thyristors) after the motor has started 

up. This cuts down on heat losses, enabling a more compact 

design and making external bypass circuits superfluous. 

Various versions of the SIRIUS 3RW30 soft starters are available: 

• Standard version for fixed-speed three-phase motors, sizes 

S00, S0, S2 and S3, with integrated bypass contact system 

• Version for fixed-speed three-phase motors in a 22.5 mm 

enclosure without bypass 

Soft starters rated up to 75Hp (at 460 V) for standard applications 


sizes, low power losses and simple commissioning are just three 

of the many advantages of this soft starter. 

Function 

The space required by the compact SIRIUS 3RW30 soft starter 

is often only about one third of that required by a contactor assembly 

for wye-delta starting of comparable rating. This not only 

saves space in the control cabinet and on the standard mounting 

rail but also does away completely with the wiring work 

needed for wye-delta starters. This is notable in particular for 

higher motor ratings which are only rarely available as fully wired 

solutions. 

At the same time the number of cables from the starter to the 

motor is reduced from six to three. Compact dimensions, short 

start-up times, easy wiring and fast commissioning make themselves 

felt as clear-cut cost advantages. 

The bypass contacts of these soft starters are protected during 

operation by an integrated solid-state arc quenching system. 

This prevents damage to the bypass contacts in the event of a 

fault, e. g. brief disconnection of the control voltage, mechanical 

shocks or life-related component defects on the coil operating 

mechanism or main contact spring. 

The new series of devices comes with the "polarity balancing" 

control method, which is designed to prevent direct current 

components in two-phase controlled soft starters. On two-phase 

controlled soft starters the current resulting from superimposition 

of the two controlled phases flows in the uncontrolled phase. 

This results for physical reasons in an asymmetric distribution of 

the three phase currents during the motor ramp-up. This phenomenon 

cannot be influenced, but in most applications it is 

non-critical. 

Controlling the power semiconductors results not only in this unbalance, 

however, but also in the previously mentioned direct 

current components which can cause severe noise generation 

on the motor at starting voltages of less than 50 %. The control 

method used for these soft starters eliminates these direct current 

components during the ramp-up phase and prevents the 

braking torque which they can cause. 

It creates a motor ramp-up that is uniform in speed, torque and 

current rise, thus permitting a particularly gentle, two-phase 

starting of the motors. At the same time the acoustic quality of 

the starting operation comes close to the quality of a threephase 

controlled soft starter. This is made possible by the ongoing 

dynamic harmonizing and balancing of current half-waves 

of different polarity during the motor ramp-up. Hence the name 

"polarity balancing". 

• Soft starting with voltage ramp; the starting voltage setting 

range U s is 40 % to 100 % and the ramp time t R can be set 

from 0 s to 20 s 

• Integrated bypass contact system to minimize power loss 

• Setting with two potentiometers 

• Simple mounting and commissioning 

• Mains voltages at 50/60 Hz, 200 to 480 V 

• Two control voltage versions 24 V AC/DC and 110 to 

230 V AC/DC 

• Wide temperature range from -25 °C to +60 °C 

• The built-in auxiliary contact ensures user-friendly control and 

possible further processing within the system (for status 

graphs see page 17-245) 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Technical specifications 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Type 3RW30 1. , 3RW30 2. 3RW30 3., 3RW30 4. 

Control electronics 

Rated values 

Terminal 

Rated control supply voltage 

A1/A2 V 24 110 ... 230 24 110 ... 230 

• Tolerance 

% ±20 -15/+10 ±20 -15/+10 

Rated control supply current 

• STANDBY 

mA < 50 6 20 < 50 

• During pick-up 

mA < 100 15 < 4000 < 500 

• ON 

mA < 100 15 20 < 50 


Hz 50/60 

• Tolerance 

% ±10 

Control input 

IN 

ON/OFF 

Power consumption with version 

• 24 V DC 

mA Approx. 12 

• 110/230 V AC 

mA AC: 3/6; DC: 1.5/3 

Relay outputs 

Output 

1 

ON 13/14 

Operating indication (NO) 

Rated operational current 

A 3 AC-15/AC-14 at 230 V, 

A 1 DC-13 at 24 V 

Protection against overvoltages 

Protection by means of varistor through contact 

Short-circuit protection 

4 A gL/gG operational class; 

6 A quick (fuse is not included in scope of supply) 

Operating indications LEDs DEVICE STATE/BYPASSED/ 

FAILURE 

DEVICE STATE/BYPASSED/ 

FAILURE 

Off Green Off Green Off 

Start Green Green flashing Green Green flashing 

Bypass Green Green Green Green 

Error signals 

• 24 V DC: U < 0.75 x U s or U > 1.25 x U s Off Red Off Red 

• 110 ... 230 V AC: U < 0.75 x U s or U > 1.15 x U s Off Red Off Red 

Electrical overloading of bypass 

Yellow Red -- -- 

(reset by removing IN command) 

Missing mains voltage, phase failure, missing load Green Red Green Red 

Device fault Red Red Red Red 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Type 3RW30 1. ... 3RW30 4. 

Factory default 

Control times and parameters 

Control times 

C losing time (with connected control voltage) 

ms < 50 

C losing time (automatic/mains contactor mode) 

ms < 300 

Mains failure bridging time 

Control 

supply voltage 

ms 50 

Mains failure response time 1) 

Load circuit 

ms 

500 


• Starting time 

s 0 ... 20 7.5 

• Starting voltage 

% 40 ... 100 40 

Start-up detection 

No 

Operating mode output 13/14 

Rising edge at 

Start command ON 

Falling edge at 

Off command 

1) Mains failure detection only in standby state, not during operation. 

17-236 





Type 

3RW30 1.-.BB.4 ... 3RW30 4.-.BB.4 

Power electronics 

Rated operational voltage V AC 200 ... 480 

Tolerance 

% -15/+10 

Rated frequency Hz 50/60 

T olerance 

% ±10 

Uninterrupted duty at 40 °C (% of I e ) % 115 

Minimum load (% of I e ) % 10 (at least 2 A) 

Maximum cable length between soft starter and motor m 300 

Permissible installation height m 5000 

(derating from 1000, see characteristic curves); higher on request 

Permissible mounting position 

(auxiliary fan not available) 

10° 10° 

10° 10° 

NSB0_01897 

Permissible ambient temperature 

Operation 

°C -25 ... +60; (derating from +40) 

Storage 

°C -40 ... +80 

Degree of protection IP20 for 3RW30 1. and 3RW30 2.; 

IP00 for 3RW30 3. and 3RW30 4. 

Type 3RW30 13 3RW30 14 3RW30 16 3RW30 17 3RW30 18 

Power electronics 40 °C/50 °C/60 °C 

Load rating with rated operational current I e 

• Acc. to IEC and UL/CSA 1) , for individual mounting at 40/50/60 °C, A 3.6/3.3/3 6.5/6/5.5 9/8/7 12.5/12/11 17.6/17/14 

AC-53a 

Power loss 

• In operation after completed starting with uninterrupted rated operational 

W 0.25 0.5 1 2 4 

current (40 °C) approx. 

• During starting with 300 % I M ( 40 °C) 

W 6 13 20 20 29 

Permissible rated motor current and starts per hour 

for normal starting (Class 10) 

2) 

- Rated motor current I M , starting time 10 s 

A 3.6/3.3/3 6.5/6/5.5 9/8/7 12.5/12/11 17.6/17/14 

- Starts per hour 3) 1/h 200/150/70 87/60/50 50 85/70/60 62/46/60 

- Rated motor current I 

2) 

M , starting time 20 s 

A 3.6/3.3/3 6.5/6/5.5 9/8/7 12.5/12/11 17.6/17/14 

- Starts per hour 3) 1/h 150/100/50 64/46/28 35 62/47/37 45/32/43 

1) Measurement at 60 °C according to UL/CSA not required. 

3) For intermittent duty S4 with ON period = 30 %, T u = 40 °C, stand-alone 

2) With 300 % I M . 

installation vertical. The quoted switching frequencies do not apply for 

automatic mode. 

Type 3RW30 26 3RW30 27 3RW30 28 



• Acc. to IEC and UL/CSA 1) , for individual mounting at 40/50/60 °C, A 25.3/23/21 32.2/29/26 38/34/31 

AC-53a 

Power loss 


W 8 13 19 



W 47 55 64 




2) 


A 25/23/21 32/29/26 38/34/31 

- Starts per hour 3) 1/h 23 23 19 

2) - Rated motor current I M , starting time 20 s 

A 25/23/21 32/29/26 38/34/31 



With 300 % I M . 




Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 








• Acc. to IEC and UL/CSA 1) , for individual mounting at 40/50/60 °C, A 45/42/39 63/58/53 72/63/60 80/73/66 106/98/90 

AC-53a 

Power loss 


W 6 12 15 12 21 



W 79 111 125 144 192 




2) 


A 45/42/39 63/58/53 72/63/60 80/73/66 106/98/90 

- Starts per hour 3) 1/h 38 23 22 22 15 


A 45/42/39 63/58/53 72/63/60 80/73/66 106/98/90 



2) With 300 % I M . 




CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17-238 





Soft starters Type 3RW30 1. 3RW30 2. 3RW30 3. 3RW30 4. 

Conductor cross-sections 

Screw terminals Main conductors 

Front clamping point 

connected 

Rear clamping point 

connected 

Both clamping points 

connected 

• Solid 

2 

mm 

2 x (1 ... 2.5); 

2 x (2.5 ... 6) acc. 

to IEC 60947 

• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 2 x (1.5 ... 2.5); 

2 x (2.5 ... 6) 

Stranded 

mm 

• AWG cables 

Solid 

AWG 

Solid or stranded 

AWG 

Stranded 

AWG 

Solid 

mm 

2 x (1 ... 2.5); 

2 x (2.5 ... 6) acc. 

to IEC 60947; 

max. 1 x 10 

2 x (1 ... 2.5); 

2 x (2.5 ... 6) 

2 x (1.5 ... 16) 2 x (2.5 ... 16) 

1 x (0.75 ... 25) 1 x (2.5 ... 35) 

• 2 -- -- 1 x (0.75 ... 35) 1 x (4 ... 70) 

- 2 x (16 ... 12) 2 x (16 ... 12) 

- 2 x (14 ... 10) 2 x (14 ... 10) 1 x (18 ... 2) 1 x (10 ... 2/0) 

- 1 x 8 1 x 8 -- -- 

• 2 -- -- 2 x (1.5 ... 16) 2 x (2.5 ... 16) 

• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 -- -- 1 x (1.5 ... 25) 1 x (2.5 ... 50) 

• Stranded 

2 

mm -- -- 1 x (1.5 ... 35) 1 x (10 ... 70) 


- Solid or stranded 

AWG -- -- 1 x (16 ... 2) 1 x (10 ... 2/0) 

• Solid 

2 mm -- -- 2 x (1.5 ... 16) 2 x (2.5 ... 16) 

• Stranded 

mm2 -- -- 2 x (1.5 ... 25) 2 x (10 ... 50) 

• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 -- -- 2 x (1.5 ... 16) 2 x (2.5 ... 35) 



AWG -- -- 2 x (16 ... 2) 2 x (10 ... 1/0) 

Soft Starter 

Control 


Busbar connections 

• Tightening torque 

NM 2 ... 2.5 2 ... 2.5 4.5 6.5 

lb.in 18 ... 22 18 ... 22 40 58 

Tools PZ 2 PZ 2 PZ 2 Allen screw 4 mm 

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 

(IP00 terminal 

compartment) 

IP20 


compartment) 

Main conductors 

• Solid 

2 

mm 1 ... 4 1 ... 10 -- -- 

• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 6, end -- -- 

sleeves without 

plastic collar 


- Solid or stranded (finely stranded) AWG 16 ... 14 16 ... 10 -- -- 

- Stranded 

AWG 16 ... 12 1 x 8 -- -- 

Tools DIN ISO 2380- 

1A0; 5 x 3 

DIN ISO 2380- 

1A0; 5 x 3 

-- -- 

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 -- -- 


• With cable lug acc. to DIN 46234 or max. 

20 mm wide 

- Stranded 

2 

mm -- -- -- 2 x (10 ... 70) 

- Finely stranded 

2 mm -- -- -- 2 x (10 ... 50) 

• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG -- -- -- 2 x (7 ... 1/0) 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Soft starters Type 3RW30 1. ... 3RW30 4. 


Auxiliary conductors (1 or 2 conductors can be connected): 


• Solid 

2 

mm 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5) 

• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5) 



AWG 2 x (20 ... 14) 

- Finely stranded with end sleeve AWG 2 x (20 ... 16) 

• Terminal screws 

- Tightening torque 

NM 0.8 ... 1.2 

lb.in 7 ... 10.3 


• Solid 

mm2 2 x (0.25 ... 2.5) 


• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG 2 x (24 ... 14) 





Soft Starter 

Control 

Type 3RW30 03 


Rated values 


V 24 ... 230 AC/DC 

• Tolerance 

% ± 10 


mA 25 ... 4 

Rated frequency at AC 

Hz 50/60 

• Tolerance 

% ± 10 

Starting time s 0.1 ... 20 (adjustable) 

Starting voltage % 40 ... 100 (adjustable) 

Ramp-down time s 0 ... 20 (adjustable) 


Rated operational voltage V AC 200 ... 400 

T olerance 

% ± 10 


T olerance 

% ±10 

Uninterrupted duty (% of I e ) % 100 

Minimum load 1) (% of I e ); 

at 40 °C 

% 9 

Maximum conductor length between soft starter and motor m 100 2) 

Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529 

IP20 (IP00 terminal compartment) 




10° 

10° 

10° 10° 

NSB0_01897 


Operation 


Storage 

°C -40 ... +80 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


• Acc. to IEC and UL/CSA 1) , for individual mounting, AC-53a 

- At 40 °C 

A 3 

- At 50 °C 

A 2.6 

- At 60 °C 

A 2.2 

• Acc. to IEC and UL/CSA 1) , for butt-mounting, AC-53a 

- At 40 °C 

A 2.6 

- At 50 °C 

A 2.2 

- At 60 °C 

A 1.8 

Power loss 


W 6.5 


• At utilization of max. switching frequency 

W 3 

Permissible starts per hour 

• For intermittent duty S4, T u = 40 °C, stand-alone installation vertical 1/h 1500 

• ON period = 70 % 

% I e /s 300/0.2 



(1 or 2 conductors connectable) 

For standard screwdriver 

size 2 and Pozidriv 2 


• Main conductors 

- Solid 

mm² 1 x (0.5 ... 4); 

2 x (0.5 ... 2.5) 

- Finely stranded with end sleeve mm² 1 x (0.5 ... 2.5); 

2 x (0.5 ... 1.5) 

- Stranded 

mm² -- 

- AWG cables, 

AWG 2 x (20 ... 14) 

solid or stranded 

- Terminal screws M3, PZ2 

- Tightening torque NM 0.8 ... 1.2 

lb.in 7.1 ... 8.9 

• Auxiliary conductors 

- Solid 

mm² 1 x (0.5 ... 4); 

2 x (0.5 ... 2.5) 

- Finely stranded with end sleeve mm² 1 x (0.5 ... 2.5); 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5) 

- AWG cables, 

AWG 2 x (20 ... 14) 


- Terminal screws M3, PZ2 

- Tightening torque NM 0.8 ... 1.2 

lb.in 7 ... 8.9 

Main and auxiliary conductors 

• Solid 

2 

mm 2 x (0.25 ... 1.5) 

• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 2 x (0.25 ... 1) 

• AWG cables, 

mm 2 2 x (24 ... 16) 


1) The rated motor current (specified on the motor's name plate) should at 

least amount to the specified percentage of the SIRIUS soft starter unit's 

rated operational current I e . 

2) If this value is exceeded, problems with line capacities may arise, which 

can result in false firing. 

17-240 





Standard Parameters 

Electromagnetic compatibility Acc. to EN 60947-4-2 

EMC interference immunity 

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) EN 61000-4-2 ±4 kV contact discharge, ±8 kV air discharge 

Electromagnetic RF fields EN 61000-4-3 Frequency range: 80 ... 2000 MHz with 80 % at 1 kHz 

Degree of severity 3: 10 V/m 

Conducted RF interference EN 61000-4-6 Frequency range: 150 kHz ... 80 MHz with 80 % at 1 kHz 

Interference 10 V 

RF voltages and RF currents on cables 

• Burst EN 61000-4-4 ±2 kV/5 kHz 

• Surge EN 61000-4-5 ±1 kV line to line 

±2 kV line to earth 

EMC interference emission 

EMC interference field strength EN 55011 Limit value of Class A at 30 ... 1000 MHz, 

limit value of Class B for 3RW30 2.; 24 V AC/DC 

Radio interference voltage EN 55011 Limit value of Class A at 0.15 ... 30 MHz, 

limit value of Class B for 3RW30 2.; 24 V AC/DC 

Radio interference suppression filters 

Degree of noise suppression A (industrial applications) 

Not required 

Degree of noise suppression B (applications for residential areas) 

Control voltage 

• 230 V AC/DC Not available 1) 

• 24 V AC/DC Not required for 3RW30 1. and 3RW30 2.; 

required for 3RW30 3. and 3RW30 4. (see Table) 

1) Degree of noise suppression B cannot be obtained through the use of 

filters as the strength of the electromagnetic field is not attenuated by the 

filter. 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Soft starter type Rated current Recommended filters 1) 

Soft starters Voltage range 200 ... 480 V 

Filter type Rated current filters Terminals 

A A mm 2 

3RW30 36 45 4EF1512-1AA10 50 16 

3RW30 37 63 4EF1512-2AA10 66 25 

3RW30 38 72 4EF1512-3AA10 90 25 

3RW30 46 80 4EF1512-3AA10 90 25 

3RW30 47 106 4EF1512-4AA10 120 50 

1) The radio interference suppression filter is used to remove the conducted 

interference from the main circuit. The field-related emissions comply with 

degree of noise suppression B. Filter selection applies under standard 

conditions: 10 starts per hour, start time 4 s at 300 % I e . 

Type Number Max. Fuse Class K5, RK5, RK1 Max. Fuse Class J Short Voltage Circuit Voltage 

Standard short circuit ratings 3RW30 

3RW30 13 -- 15 A 5 kA 480 V 

3RW30 14 -- 25 A 5 kA 480 V 

3RW30 16 -- 36 A 5 kA 480 V 

3RW30 17 -- 50 A 5 kA 480 V 

3RW30 18 -- 60 A 5 kA 480 V 

3RW30 26 100 A 100 A 5 kA 480 V 

3RW30 27 125 A 125 A 5 kA 480 V 

3RW30 28 125 A 125 A 5 kA 480 V 

3RW30 36 175 A 175 A 10 kA 480 V 

3RW30 37 250 A 250 A 10 kA 480 V 

3RW30 38 250 A 250 A 10 kA 480 V 

3RW30 46 -- 300 A 10 kA 480 V 

3RW30 47 -- 350 A 10 kA 480 V 

High capacity short circuit ratings 3RW30 

3RW30 13 -- 15 A 42 kA 480 V 

3RW30 14 -- 25 A 42 kA 480 V 

3RW30 16 -- 25 A 42 kA 480 V 

3RW30 17 -- 25 A 42 kA 480 V 

3RW30 18 -- 25 A 42 kA 480 V 

3RW30 26 60 A 100 A 42 kA 480 V 

3RW30 27 60 A 125 A 42 kA 480 V 

3RW30 28 60 A 125 A 42 kA 480 V 

3RW30 36 100 A 175 A 30 kA 480 V 

3RW30 37 100 A 200 A 30 kA 480 V 

3RW30 38 100 A 200 A 30 kA 480 V 

3RW30 46 110 A 200 A 42 kA 480 V 

3RW30 47 110 A 200 A 42 kA 480 V 

For solid-state motor controller, Type 3RW301: Applicable in an enclosure with minimum overall dimensions of 200 by 120 by 200 mm. 




17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 




Fuse assignment 

The type of coordination to which the motor feeder with soft 

starter is mounted depends on the application-specific requirements. 

Normally, fuseless mounting (combination of motor 

starter protector/circuit breaker and soft starter) is sufficient. 


If type of coordination "2" is to be fulfilled, semiconductor fuses 

must be fitted in the motor feeder. 

Fused version (line protection only) 

F1 

Q21 

Q11 

M 

3~ 

NSB0_01936 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Soft starters Line protection, maximum Line contactors 

ToC 

1 Rated 

Rated current Size (optional) 

current 

Q11 F1 Q21 

Type A Type A 

Type of coordination "1" 1) : I q = 65 kA at 480 V 10 % 

3RW30 03 2) 3 3NA3 805 3) 20 000 3RT10 15 

3RW30 13 3.6 3NA3 803-6 10 000 3RT10 15 

3RW30 14 6.5 3NA3 805-6 16 000 3RT10 15 

3RW30 16 9 3NA3 807-6 20 000 3RT10 16 

3RW30 17 12.5 3NA3 810-6 25 000 3RT10 24 

3RW30 18 17.6 3NA3 814-6 35 000 3RT10 26 

3RW30 26 25 3NA3 822-6 63 00 3RT10 26 

3RW30 27 32 3NA3 824-6 80 00 3RT10 34 

3RW30 28 38 3NA3 824-6 80 00 3RT10 35 

3RW30 36 45 3NA3 130-6 100 1 3RT10 36 

3RW30 37 63 3NA3 132-6 125 1 3RT10 44 

3RW30 38 72 3NA3 132-6 125 1 3RT10 45 

3RW30 46 80 3NA3 136-6 160 1 3RT10 45 

3RW30 47 106 3NA3 136-6 160 1 3RT10 46 

1) The types of coordination are explained in more detail under "3RA1 Fuseless 

Load Feeders". 

The type of coordination "1" refers only to soft starters in combination with 

the stipulated protective device (motor starter protector/circuit 

breaker/fuse), not to any additional components in the feeder. 






2) I q = 50 kA at 400 V. 

3) No SITOR fuse required! 

Alternatively: 3NA3 803 (LV HRC00), 5SB2 21 (DIAZED), 

5SE2 206 (NEOZED). 

2) I q = 50 kA at 400 V. 

3) 3NA3 805-1 (LV HRC00), 5SB2 61 (DIAZED), 5SE2 201-6 (NEOZED) 

Fused version with 3NE1 SITOR fuses (semiconductor and line protection) 

For matching fuse bases see Catalog LV 1 under "SENTRON Switching and Protection Devices for 

F’1 

Power Distribution" ––> "Switch Disconnectors", and Catalog ET B1 under "BETA Protecting" ––> 

Q21 

"SITOR Semiconductor Fuses" or go to 

Q11 

www.siemens.com/sitor ––>"Products" ––>"BETA Protecting"––>"SITOR" 

M 

3~ 

NSB0_01937 

Soft starters All-range fuses Line contactors 

ToC 

2 Rated 

Rated current Size (optional) 

current 

Q11 F'1 Q21 

Type A Type A 


3RW30 03 2) 3 3NE1 813-0 3) 16 000 3RT10 15 

3RW30 13 3.6 3NE1 813-0 16 000 3RT10 15 

3RW30 14 6.5 3NE1 813-0 16 000 3RT10 15 

3RW30 16 9 3NE1 813-0 16 000 3RT10 16 

3RW30 17 12.5 3NE1 813-0 16 000 3RT10 24 

3RW30 18 17.6 3NE1 814-0 20 000 3RT10 26 

3RW30 26 25 3NE1 803-0 35 000 3RT10 26 

3RW30 27 32 3NE1 020-2 80 00 3RT10 34 

3RW30 28 38 3NE1 020-2 80 00 3RT10 35 

3RW30 36 45 3NE1 020-2 80 00 3RT10 36 

3RW30 37 63 3NE1 820-0 80 000 3RT10 44 

3RW30 38 72 3NE1 820-0 80 000 3RT10 45 

3RW30 46 80 3NE1 021-0 100 00 3RT10 45 

3RW30 47 106 3NE1 022-0 125 00 3RT10 46 

ToC 

1 

ToC 

2 

Type of coordination "1" 


The types of coordination are explained in more detail 

under "3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders". 

These types of coordination are indicated in the 

Technical specifications by gray backgrounds. 

17-242 





Fused version with 3NE3 SITOR fuses (semiconductor protection by fuse, line and overload protection by motor starter protector; 

alternatively, installation with contactor and overload relay possible) 

For matching fuse bases see Catalog LV 1 under "SENTRON 

Switching and Protection Devices for Power Distribution" ––> 

F3 

F1 

"Switch Disconnectors", and Catalog ET B1 under "BETA 

Protecting" ––> "SITOR Semiconductor Fuses" or go to 

Q21 

Q1 

www.siemens.com/sitor ––>"Products" ––>"BETA Protecting" 

F3 

––>"SITOR" 

Q11 

Q11 

M 

3~ 

NSB0_01938 

M 

3~ 

NSB0_01939 

Soft starters Semiconductor fuses, minimum Semiconductor fuses, maximum Semiconductor fuses, minimum 

Rated current Rated current Size Rated current Size Rated current Size 

ToC 

2 

Q11 F3 F3 F3 

Type A Type A Type A Type A 


3RW30 03 2) 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- 

3RW30 13 3.6 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3NE4 101 32 0 

3RW30 14 6.5 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3NE4 101 32 0 

3RW30 16 9 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3NE4 101 32 0 

3RW30 17 12.5 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3NE4 101 32 0 

3RW30 18 17.6 -- -- -- 3NE3 221 100 1 3NE4 101 32 0 

3RW30 26 25 -- -- -- 3NE3 221 100 1 3NE4 102 40 0 

3RW30 27 32 -- -- -- 3NE3 222 125 1 3NE4 118 63 0 

3RW30 28 38 -- -- -- 3NE3 222 125 1 3NE4 118 63 0 

3RW30 36 45 -- -- -- 3NE3 224 160 1 3NE4 120 80 0 

3RW30 37 63 -- -- -- 3NE3 225 200 1 3NE4 121 100 0 

3RW30 38 72 3NE3 221 100 1 3NE3 227 250 1 -- -- -- 

3RW30 46 80 3NE3 222 125 1 3NE3 225 200 1 -- -- -- 

3RW30 47 106 3NE3 224 160 1 3NE3 231 350 1 -- -- -- 

Soft starters Semiconductor fuses max. Semiconductor fuses min. Semiconductor fuses max. Cylindrical fuses 

Rated current Rated current Size Rated current Size Rated current Size Rated current 

ToC 

2 

Q11 F3 F3 F3 F3 

Type A Type A Type A Type A Type A 


3RW30 03 2) 3 -- -- -- 3NE8 015-1 25 00 3NE8 015-1 25 00 3NC1 010 10 

3RW30 13 3.6 -- -- -- 3NE8 015-1 25 00 3NE8 015-1 25 00 3NC2 220 20 

3RW30 14 6.5 -- -- -- 3NE8 015-1 25 00 3NE8 015-1 25 00 3NC2 220 20 

3RW30 16 9 -- -- -- 3NE8 015-1 25 00 3NE8 015-1 25 00 3NC2 220 20 

3RW30 17 12.5 -- -- -- 3NE8 015-1 25 00 3NE8 018-1 63 00 3NC2 250 50 

3RW30 18 17.6 -- -- -- 3NE8 003-1 35 00 3NE8 021-1 100 00 3NC2 263 63 

3RW30 26 25 3NE4 117 50 0 3NE8 017-1 50 00 3NE8 021-1 100 00 3NC2 263 63 

3RW30 27 32 3NE4 118 63 0 3NE8 018-1 63 00 3NE8 022-1 125 00 3NC2 280 80 

3RW30 28 38 3NE4 118 63 0 3NE8 020-1 80 00 3NE8 022-1 125 00 3NC2 280 80 

3RW30 36 45 3NE4 120 80 0 3NE8 020-1 80 00 3NE8 024-1 160 00 3NC2 280 80 

3RW30 37 63 3NE4 121 100 0 3NE8 021-1 100 00 3NE8 024-1 160 00 -- -- 

3RW30 38 72 -- -- -- 3NE8 022-1 125 00 3NE8 024-1 160 00 -- -- 

3RW30 46 80 -- -- -- 3NE8 022-1 125 00 3NE8 024-1 160 00 -- -- 

3RW30 47 106 -- -- -- 3NE8 024-1 160 00 3NE8 024-1 160 00 -- -- 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Soft starters Line contactors Motor starter protectors Line protection, maximum 

Rated current (optional) 400 V +10 % Rated current Rated current Size 

ToC 

2 

Q11 Q21 Q1 F1 

Type A Type A Type A 


3RW30 03 2) 3 3RT10 15 3RV10 11-1EA10 4 3NA3 805 3) 20 000 

3RW30 13 3.6 3RT10 15 3RV10 21-1FA10 5 3NA3 803-6 10 000 

3RW30 14 6.5 3RT10 15 3RV10 21-1HA10 8 3NA3 805-6 16 000 

3RW30 16 9 3RT10 16 3RV10 21-1JA10 10 3NA3 807-6 20 000 

3RW30 17 12.5 3RT10 24 3RV10 21-1KA10 12.5 3NA3 810-6 25 000 

3RW30 18 17.6 3RT10 26 3RV10 21-1BA10 20 3NA3 814-6 35 000 

3RW30 26 25 3RT10 26 3RV10 31-4DA10 25 3NA3 822-6 63 00 

3RW30 27 32 3RT10 34 3RV10 31-4EA10 32 3NA3 824-6 80 00 

3RW30 28 38 3RT10 35 3RV10 31-4FA10 40 3NA3 824-6 80 00 

3RW30 36 45 3RT10 36 3RV10 31-4GA10 45 3NA3 130-6 100 1 

3RW30 37 63 3RT10 44 3RV10 41-4JA10 63 3NA3 132-6 125 1 

3RW30 38 72 3RT10 45 3RV10 41-4KA10 75 3NA3 132-6 125 1 

3RW30 46 80 3RT10 45 3RV10 41-4LA10 90 3NA3 136-6 160 1 

3RW30 47 106 3RT10 46 3RV10 41-4MA10 100 3NA3 136-6 160 1 

1) The types of coordination are explained under "3RA1 Fuseless Load 

Feeders". The type of coordination "2" refers only to soft starters in combination 

with the stipulated protective device (motor starter protector/circuit 


I q = 50 kA at 400 V. 

3NA3 805-1 (LV HRC00), 5SB2 61 (DIAZED). 





Characteristic curves 

Permissible installation height 

Operational rated current I in % 

e 

105 

100 

95 

90 

85 

80 

75 

70 

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 

Mounting height in m 

At an installation height above 2000 m, the max. permissible operational 

voltage is reduced to 460 V. 

NSB0_01704 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 




The soft starter rating can be selected to be as high as the rating of the motor used 




limiting 



Note: 




and must be optimized during commissioning. 



Assistance. 

17-244 





Configuration 

The 3RW solid-state motor controllers are designed for easy 

starting conditions. In the event of deviating conditions or increased 

switching frequency, it may be necessary to choose a 

larger device. For accurate dimensioning, use the Win-Soft 

Starter selection and simulation program. 

If necessary, an overload relay for heavy starting must be selected 

where long starting times are involved. PTC sensors are 

recommended. 








starter. 

All elements of the main circuit (such as fuses, controls and 

overload relays) should be dimensioned for direct starting, following 

the local short-circuit conditions. Fuses, controls and 

overload relays must be ordered separately. Please observe the 

maximum switching frequencies specified in the technical 

specifications. 

Note: 

When induction motors are switched on, voltage drops occur as 

a rule on starters of all types (direct starters, wye-delta starters, 







soft starter. 

Status graphs 

U 

U 

U 

N 

S 

ON 13/14 

t R on 

t R on 





requirements. 









t 

t 

NSB0_01941 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Schematic circuit diagram 

L1 

T1 

A bypass contact system is already integrated in the 3RW30 soft 

starter and therefore does not have to be ordered separately. 

L2 

T2 

L3 

T3 

NSB0_01940 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Overview 

SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters have all the same advantages as the 

3RW30 soft starters. 



mean that no power loss has to be taken into the bargain at the 

power semiconductors (thyristors) after the motor has started 

up. This cuts down on heat losses, enabling a more compact design 

and making external bypass circuits superfluous. 

At the same time this soft starter comes with additional integrated 

functions such as adjustable current limiting, motor overload 

and intrinsic device protection, and optional thermistor motor 

protection. The higher the motor rating, the more important 

these functions because they make it unnecessary to purchase 

and install protection equipment such as overload relays. 

Internal intrinsic device protection prevents the thermal overloading 

of the thyristors and the power section defects this can 

cause. As an option the thyristors can also be protected by 

semiconductor fuses from short-circuiting. 

Thanks to integrated status monitoring and fault monitoring, this 

compact soft starter offers many different diagnostics options. 

Up to four LEDs and relay outputs permit differentiated monitoring 

and diagnostics of the operating mechanism by indicating 

the operating state as well as for example mains or phase failure, 

missing load, non-permissible tripping time/class setting, thermal 

overloading or device faults. 




many advantages of the SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters. 

"Increased safety" type of protection EEx e according to 

ATEXdirective 94/9/EC 

The 3RW40 soft starter sizes S0 to S12 are suitable for the starting 

of explosion-proof motors with "increased safety" type of protection 

EEx e. 

See "Appendix" –> "Standards and approvals" –> "Type overview 

of approved devices for potentially explosive areas (ATEX 

explosion protection)". 

Function 

The space required by the compact SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter 

is often only about one third of that required by a contactor assembly 

for wye-delta starting of comparable rating. This not only 

saves space in the control cabinet and on the standard mounting 

rail but also does away completely with the wiring work 

needed for wye-delta starters. This is notable in particular for 

higher motor ratings which are only rarely available as fully wired 

solutions. 

At the same time the number of cables from the starter to the motor 

is reduced from six to three. Compact dimensions, short 

start-up times, easy wiring and fast commissioning make themselves 

felt as clear-cut cost advantages. 

The bypass contacts of these soft starters are protected during 

operation by an integrated solid-state arc quenching system. 

This prevents damage to the bypass contacts in the event of a 

fault, e. g. brief disconnection of the control voltage, mechanical 

shocks or life-related component defects on the coil operating 

mechanism or main contact spring. 

The starting current of particularly powerful operating mechanisms 

can place an unjustifiable load on the local supply system. 

Soft starters reduce this starting current by means of their voltage 

ramp. Thanks to the adjustable current limiting, the 

SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starter takes even more pressure off the supply 

system. It leaves the set start ramp during the ramp-up – the 

ramp gradient is fixed by the starting voltage and the ramp time 

– as soon as the selected current limit is reached. From this moment 

the voltage of the soft starter is controlled so that the current 

supplied to the motor remains constant. This process is 

ended either by completion of the motor ramp-up or by tripping 

by the intrinsic device protection or the motor overload protection. 

As the result of this function the actual motor ramp-up can 

well take longer than the ramp time selected on the soft starter. 

Thanks to the integrated motor overload protection 

according to IEC 60947-4-2 there is no need of an additional 

overload relay on the new soft starters. The rated motor current, 

the setting of the overload tripping time (Class times) and the reset 

of the motor overload protection function can be adjusted 

easily and quickly. Using a 4-step rotary potentiometer it is possible 

to set different overload tripping times on the soft starter. In 

addition to Class 10, 15 and 20 it is also possible to switch off the 

motor overload protection if a different motor management control 

device is to be used for this function, e. g. with connection to 

PROFIBUS. 

Device versions with thermistor motor protection evaluation are 

available up to a rating of 55 kW (at 400 V). A "Thermoclick" measuring 

probe can be connected directly, as can a PTC of type A. 

Thermal overloading of the motor, open circuits and short-circuits 

in the sensor circuit all result in the direct disconnection of 

the soft starter. And if ever the soft starter trips, various reset options 

are available the same as with intrinsic device protection 

and motor load protection: manually with the reset button, automatically 

or remotely through brief disconnection of the control 

voltage. 

The new series of devices comes with the "polarity balancing" 

control method, which is designed to prevent direct current 

components in two-phase controlled soft starters. On two-phase 

controlled soft starters the current resulting from superimposition 

of the two controlled phases flows in the uncontrolled phase. 

This results for physical reasons in an asymmetric distribution of 

the three phase currents during the motor ramp-up. This phenomenon 

cannot be influenced, but in most applications it is 

non-critical. 

Controlling the power semiconductors results not only in this unbalance, 

however, but also in the previously mentioned direct 

current components which can cause severe noise generation 

on the motor at starting voltages of less than 50 %. 

The control method used for these soft starters eliminates these 

direct current components during the ramp-up phase and prevents 

the braking torque which they can cause. It creates a motor 

ramp-up that is uniform in speed, torque and current rise, 

thus permitting a particularly gentle, two-phase starting of the 

motors. At the same time the acoustic quality of the starting operation 

comes close to the quality of a three-phase controlled 

soft starter. This is made possible by the on-going dynamic harmonizing 

and balancing of current half-waves of different polarity 

during the motor ramp-up. Hence the name "polarity 

balancing". 

17-246 




As an option the thyristors can also be protected by SITOR semiconductor 

fuses from short-circuiting so that the soft starter is 

still functional after a short-circuit (type of coordination 2). Three 

LEDs are used to indicate the operating state as well as possible 

errors, e. g. non-permissible tripping time (CLASS setting), 

mains or phase failure, missing load, thermal overloading or device 

faults. 

• Soft starting with voltage ramp; the starting voltage setting 

range U s is 40 to 100 % and the ramp time t R can be set from 

0 to 20 s. 3) 

• Smooth ramp-down with voltage ramp; the running down time 

t off can be set between 0 s to 20 s. 3) 

• Solid-state motor overload and intrinsic device protection 

• Optional thermistor motor protection (up to size S3) 

• Remote reset (integrated up to size S3, optional for size S6 and 

larger) 

• Adjustable current limiting 



• Setting with potentiometers 


• Integrated status monitoring and fault monitoring 

• Mains voltages 50/60 Hz, 200 to 600 V 

• Various control voltage versions 

- Sizes S0 to S3: 

24 V AC/DC and 

110 to 230 V AC/DC 

- Sizes S6 to S12: 

115 V AC and 230 V AC. 

Control by way of the internal 24 V DC supply and direct control 

by means of PLC are possible. 

• Wide temperature range from -25 to +60 °C 

• Built-in auxiliary contacts ensure user-friendly control and possible 

further processing within the system (for status graphs 

see page 17-260) 


Type 3RW40 2. 3RW40 3., 3RW40 4. 


Rated values 

Terminal 

Rated control supply 

voltage 

A1/A2 V 24 110 ... 230 24 110 ... 230 

• Tolerance 

% ±20 -15/+10 ±20 -15/+10 


• STANDBY 

mA < 150 < 50 < 200 < 50 

• During pick-up 

mA < 200 < 100 < 5000 < 1500 

• ON without fan 

mA < 250 < 50 < 200 < 50 

• ON with fan 

mA < 300 < 70 < 250 < 70 


Hz 50/60 

• Tolerance 

% ±10 

Control inputs 

IN 

ON/OFF 


• AC 

mA Approx. 12 3/6 Approx. 12 3/6 

• DC 

mA Approx. 12 1.5/3 Approx. 12 1.5/3 

Relay outputs 

Output 1 

1) 

ON/RUN mode 13/14 Operating indication (NO) 

Output 

2 

BYPASSED 

23/24 

Bypass indication (NO) 

Output 

3 

OVERLOAD/FAILURE 95/96/98 Overload/error indication (NC/NO) 


A 3 AC-15/AC-14 at 230 V, 

A 1 DC-13 at 24 V 



1) Factory default: ON mode. 




Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Type 3RW40 5. 3RW40 7 . 


Rated values 

Terminal 


A1/A2 V AC 

115 230 115 230 

• Tolerance 

% -15/+10 -15/+10 

Rated control supply current STANDBY 

mA 15 15 

Rated control supply current ON 1) mA 440 200 660 360 


Hz 50/60 50/60 

• Tolerance 

% ±10 ±10 


IN 

ON/OFF 


mA Approx. 10 acc. to DIN 19240 


V DC 24 from internal supply dc+ or 

external DC supply (acc. to DIN 19240) through terminals and IN 

Relay outputs 

Output 

1 

ON/RUN mode2) 13/14 Operating indication (NO) 

Output 

2 

BYPASSED 

23/24 

Bypass indication (NO) 

Output 

3 

OVERLOAD/FAILURE 95/96/98 Overload/error indication (NC/NO) 


A 3 AC-15/AC-14 at 230 V, 

A 1 DC-13 at 24 V 






1) Values for the coil power consumption at +10 % U n , 50 Hz. 

Factory default: ON mode. 

3) Actual motor start times are load dependent. 





Type 3RW40 2., 3RW40 3., 3RW40 4. 


Operating indications LEDs DEVICE STATE/BYPASSED/FAILURE OVERLOAD 

Off Green Off Off 

Start Green Green flashing Off 

Bypass Green Green Off 

Ramp-down Green Green flashing Off 

Alarm signals 

I e /Class setting not permissible Green Not relevant Red flashing 

Start inhibited/thyristors too hot Yellow flashing Not relevant Off 

Error signals 

• 24 V: U < 0.75 x U s or U > 1.25 x U s Off Red Off 

• 110 ... 230 V: U < 0.75 x U s or U > 1.15 x U s Off Red Off 

Non-permissible I e /Class setting 

for edge 0 –> 1 on input IN Green Red Red flashing 

Motor protection shut-down (overload thermistor) Green Off Red 

Thermistor defective (open circuit, short-circuit) Green Off Red flickering 

Thermal overloading of the thyristors Yellow Red Off 

Missing mains voltage, phase failure, missing load Green Red Off 

Device fault Red Red Off 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Type 3RW40 5. and 3RW40 7. 


Operating indications LEDs DEVICE STATE/BYPASSED FAILURE OVERLOAD 

Off Green Off Off Off 

Start Green Green flashing Off Off 

Bypass Green Green Off Off 

Ramp-down Green Green flashing Off Off 

Alarm signals 

I e /Class setting not permissible Green Not relevant Not relevant Red flashing 

Start inhibited/thyristors too hot Yellow flashing Not relevant Not relevant Off 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 

Error signals 

U < 0.75 x U s or U > 1.15 x U s Off Off Red Off 

Non-permissible I e /Class setting 

for edge 0 –> 1 on input IN Green Off Red Red flashing 

Motor protection shut-down Green Off Off Red 

Thermal overloading of the thyristors Yellow Off Red Off 

Missing mains voltage, phase failure, missing load Green Off Red Off 

Device fault Red Off Red Off 

17-248 




Type 3RW40 . . 


Protection functions 

Motor protection functions 

Trips in the event of 

Thermal overloading of the motor 

Trip class to IEC 60947-4-1 

Class 10/15/20 10 

P hase failure sensitivity 

% > 40 

Overload warning 

No 

Thermistor protection acc. to IEC 60947-8, type A/IEC 60947-5-1 Yes 1) 

Reset option after tripping Manual/automatic/remote reset 2) 

(MAN/AUTO/REMOTE 2) ) 

Recovery 

time 

min 5 

Device protection functions 


1) Optional up to size S3 (device variant). 

2) Integrated remote reset (REMOTE) available only for 3RW40 2. to 

3RW40 4.; remote reset with 3RU19 accessory module available 

for 3RW40 5. and 3RW40 7.. 

3) Bypass protection up to size S3. 

Thermal overloading of the thyristors or 

bypass 3) 

Reset option after tripping Manual/automatic/remote reset 2) 

(MAN/AUTO/REMOTE 2) ) 

Recovery time 

• During overloading of the thyristors 

s 30 

• During overloading of the bypass 

s 60 


Control times 

Closing time (with conn ected control voltage) 

ms 

< 50 

Closing time (automatic/ma ins contactor mode) 

ms 




Type 

3RW40 2.-. .B.4, 

3RW40 3.-. .B.4, 

3RW40 4.-. .B.4 

3RW40 2.-. .B.5, 

3RW40 3.-. .B.5, 

3RW40 4.-. .B.5 

3RW40 5.-.BB.4, 

3RW40 7.-.BB.4 

3RW40 5.-.BB.5, 

3RW40 7.-.BB.5 


Rated operational voltage V AC 200 ... 480 400 ... 600 200 ... 460 400 ... 600 

Tolerance 

% -15/+10 -15/+10 -15/+10 -15/+10 

Maximum blocking voltage (thyristor) V AC 1600 1400 1800 


T olerance 

% ±10 


Minimum load (% of minimum selectable rated motor current I M ) % 20 (at least 2 A) 

Maximum cable length between soft starter and motor m 300 




• With auxiliary fan (for 3RW40 2. ... 3RW40 4.) 

Soft Starter 

Control 

• Without auxiliary fan (for 3RW40 2. ... 3RW40 4.) 

10° 10° 


Operation 


Storage 

°C -40 ... +80 

Degree of protection IP20 for 3RW40 2.; 

IP00 for 3RW40 3. and 3RW40 4. 

10° 

10° 

NSB0_01897 

-- (fan integrated in the soft starter) 

IP00 

Type 3RW40 24 3RW40 26 3RW40 27 3RW40 28 



• Acc. to IEC and UL/CSA 1) , for individual mounting at 40/50/60 °C, 

AC-53a 

A 12.5/11/10 25.3/23/21 32.2/29/26 38/34/31 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Smallest adjustable rated motor current I M 

For 

the motor overload protection 

A 5 10 17 23 

Power loss 

• In operation after completed starting with uninterrupted rated W 2 8 13 19 

operational current (40 °C) approx. 

• During starting with 300 % I M ( 40°C) 

W 17 47 55 64 


• Normal starting (Class 10) 


2) 


A 12.5/11/10 25.3/23/21 32.2/29/26 38/34/31 

- Starts per hour 3) 1/h 50 23 23 19 

2)4) - Rated motor current I M , starting time 4 s 

A 12.5/11/10 25.3/23/21 32.2/29/26 38/34/31 



2) - Rated motor current I M , starting time 4.5 s 

A 11/10/9 25.3/23/21 32.2/29/26 38/34/31 


2)4) 


A 11/10/9 25.3/23/21 32.2/29/26 38/34/31 



2) 


A 10/9/8 21/19/17 27/24/21 31/28/25 



2)4) 


A 10/9/8 21/19/17 27/24/21 31/28/25 



2) With 300 % I M . 




4) Maximum adjustable rated motor current I M , dependent on CLASS setting. 

17-250 









AC-53a 

A 45/42/39 63/58/53 72/63/60 80/73/66 106/98/90 


For 


A 23 26 35 43 46 

Power loss 

• In operation after completed starting with uninterrupted rated W 6 12 15 12 21 


• During starting with 300 % I M ( 40°C) 

W 79 111 125 144 192 




2) 


A 45/42/39 63/58/53 72/63/60 80/73/66 106/98/90 



A 45/42/39 63/58/53 72/63/60 80/73/66 106/98/90 



2) - Rated motor current I M , starting time 4.5 s 

A 42/38/34 50/46/42 56/52/46 70/64/58 84/77/70 


2)4) 


A 42/38/34 50/46/42 56/52/46 70/64/58 84/77/70 




A 38/34/30 46/42/38 50/46/42 64/58/52 77/70/63 


2)4) 


A 38/34/30 46/42/38 50/46/42 64/58/52 77/70/63 



With 300 % I M . 





Soft Starter 

Control 

Type 3RW40 55 3RW40 56 3RW40 73 3RW40 74 3RW40 75 3RW40 76 




AC-53a 

A 134/117/100 162/145/125 230/205/180 280/248/215 356/315/280 432/385/335 


For 


A 59 87 80 130 131 207 

Power loss 

• In operation after completed starting with uninterrupted rated W 60 75 75 90 125 165 


• During starting with 300 % 2) I M ( 40°C) 

W 1043 1355 2448 3257 3277 3600 




A 134/117/100 162/145/125 230/205/180 280/248/215 356/315/280 432/385/335 

- Starts per hour 3) 1/h 20 8 20 20 16 17 

2)4) 


A 134/117/100 162/145/125 230/205/180 280/248/215 356/315/280 432/385/335 

- Starts per hour 3) 1/h 7 1.4 9 8 5 5 


2) 


A 134/117/100 152/140/125 210/200/180 250/220/190 341/315/280 402/385/335 



2)4) 


A 134/117/100 152/140/125 210/200/180 250/220/190 341/315/280 402/385/335 

- Starts per hour 3) 1/h 1.2 1.7 1 6 2 2 



2) 


A 124/112/100 142/132/120 200/185/168 230/205/180 311/280/250 372/340/305 



A 124/112/100 142/132/120 200/185/168 230/205/180 311/280/250 372/340/305 



With 300 % I M . 





17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Soft Starter 

Control 

Soft starters Type 3RW40 2. 3RW40 3. 3RW40 4. 



Front clamping point 

connected 


connected 


connected 


• Solid 

2 

mm 

2 x (1.5 ... 2.5); 

2 x (2.5 ... 6) acc. to 

IEC 60947; 

max. 1 x 10 

2 x (1.5 ... 16) 2 x (2.5 ... 16) 

• With end sleeve 

2 mm 2 x (1.5 ... 2.5); 

1 x (0.75 ... 25) 1 x (2.5 ... 35) 

2 x (2.5 ... 6) 

• Stranded 

2 mm -- 1 x (0.75 ... 35) 1 x (4 ... 70) 


- Solid 

AWG 2 x (16 ... 12) 


AWG 2 x (14 ... 10) 1 x (18 ... 2) 2 x (10 ... 1/0) 

- Stranded 

AWG 1 x 8 -- -- 

• Solid 

mm2 -- 2 x (1.5 ... 16) 2 x (2.5 ... 16) 


mm2 -- 1 x (1.5 ... 25) 1 x (2.5 ... 50) 

• Stranded 

2 

mm -- 1 x (1.5 ... 35) 1 x (10 ... 70) 



AWG -- 1 x (16 ... 2) 2 x (10 ... 1/0) 

• Solid 

mm2 -- 2 x (1.5 ... 16) 2 x (2.5 ... 16) 


mm2 -- 2 x (1.5 ... 16) 2 x (2.5 ... 35) 

• Stranded 

2 

mm -- 2 x (1.5 ... 25) 2 x (10 ... 50) 



AWG -- 2 x (16 ... 2) 1 x (10 ... 2/0) 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


Busbar connections 

• Tightening torque 

NM 2 ... 2.5 4.5 6.5 

lb.in 18 ... 22 40 58 

Tools PZ 2 PZ 2 Allen screw 4 mm 

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 


compartment) 


• Solid 

2 

mm 1 ... 10 -- 

• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 1 ... 6 end sleeves without 

-- 

plastic collar 


- Solid or stranded (finely stranded) AWG 16 ... 10 -- 

- Stranded 

AWG 1 x 8 -- 

Tools DIN ISO 2380-1A0; 5 x 3 -- 

Degree of protection IP20 -- 


• With cable lug acc. to DIN 46234 or max. 

20 mm wide 

- Stranded 

2 

mm 

Finely stranded 

mm 

IP20 


compartment) 

-- 2 x (10 ... 70) 

- 2 -- 2 x (10 ... 50) 

• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG -- 2 x (7 ... 1/0) 

17-252 





Soft starters Type 3RW40 5. 3RW40 7. 




With box terminal 3RT19 55-4G (55 kW) 3RT19 66-4G 

Front clamping point • Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 16 ... 70 70 ... 240 

connected 

• Finely stranded without end sleeve mm 2 16 ... 70 70 ... 240 

2 

• Stranded 

mm 16 ... 70 95 ... 300 

• Ribbon cable conductors 

(number x width x thickness) 

mm Min. 3 x 9 x 0.8 

Max. 6 x 15.5 x 0.8 

Min. 6 x 9 x 0.8 

Max. 20 x 24 x 0.5 

• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG 6 ... 2/0 3/0 ... 600 kcmil 


connected 

• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 16 ... 70 120 ... 185 

• Finely stranded without end sleeve mm 2 16 ... 70 120 ... 185 

2 • Stranded 

mm 16 ... 70 120 ... 240 



mm Min. 3 x 9 x 0.8 

Max. 6 x 15.5 x 0.8 

Min. 6 x 9 x 0.8 

Max. 20 x 24 x 0.5 

• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG 6 ... 2/0 250 ... 500 kcmil 

Both clamping points • Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 Max. 1 x 50, 1 x 70 Min. 2 x 50; max. 2 x 185 

connected 

• Finely stranded without end sleeve mm 2 Max. 1 x 50, 1 x 70 Min. 2 x 50; max. 2 x 185 


mm Max. 2 x 70 Max. 2 x 70; max. 2 x 240 


mm Max. 2 x (6 x 15.5 x 0.8) Max. 2 x (20 x 24 x 0.5) 


• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG Max. 2 x 1/0 Min. 2 x 2/0 Max. 2 x 500 kcmil 

• Terminal screws M10 (hexagon socket, A/F4) M12 (hexagon socket, A/F5) 


NM 10 ... 12 20 ... 22 

lb.in 90 ... 110 180 ... 195 



With box terminal 3RT19 56-4G 

Front or rear clamping point • Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 16 ... 120 

connected 

• Finely stranded without end sleeve mm 2 16 ... 120 

2 

• Stranded 

mm 16 ... 120 



mm Min. 3 x 9 x 0.8 

Max. 6 x 15.5 x 0.8 

• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG 6 ... 250 kcmil 

Soft Starter 

Control 


connected 

• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 Max. 1 x 95, 1 x 120 

• Finely stranded without end sleeve 2 Max. 1 x 95, 1 x 120 

• Stranded 

mm2 Max. 2 x 120 


mm Max. 2 x (10 x 15.5 x 0.8) 


• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG Max. 2 x 3/0 



Without box terminal/busbar connection 

• Finely stranded with cable lug mm 2 16 ... 95 1) 50 ... 240 2) 

• Stranded with cable lug mm 2 25 ... 120 1) 70 ... 240 2) 

• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG 4 ... 250 kcmil 2/0 ... 500 kcmil 

• Connecting bar (max. width) mm 17 25 

• Terminal screws M8 x 25 (A/F13) M10 x 30 (A/F17) 


10 ... 14 14 ... 24 

1) When connecting cable lugs to DIN 46235, use 3RT19 56-4EA1 terminal cover for 

conductor cross-sections from 95 mm² to ensure phase spacing. 

NM 

lb.in 89 ... 124 124 ... 210 

2) When connecting cable lugs to DIN 46234, the 3RT19 66-4EA1 terminal cover 

must be used for cond. cross-sections of 240 mm² and more as well as DIN 46235 

for cond. cross-sections of 185 mm² and more to keep the phase clearance. 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Soft starters Type 3RW40 . . 




• Solid 

mm2 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5) 




AWG 2 x (20 ... 14) 




NM 0.8 ... 1.2 

lb.in 7 ... 10.3 


• Solid 

- 3RW40 2. ... 3RW40 4. mm 2 2 x (0.25 ... 2.5) 

- 3RW40 5., 3RW40 7. mm 2 2 x (0.25 ... 1.5) 


• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG 2 x (24 ... 14) for 3RW40 2. ... 3RW40 4.; 

2 x (24 ... 16) for 3RW40 5. and 3RW40 7. 




Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Standard 

Parameters 

Electromagnetic compatibility 

acc. to EN 60947-4-2 


Electrostatic discharge (ESD) EN 61000-4-2 ±4 kV contact discharge, ±8 kV air discharge 

Electromagnetic RF fields EN 61000-4-3 Frequency range: 80 ... 1000 MHz with 80 % at 1 kHz 

Degree of severity 3: 10 V/m 

Conducted RF interference EN 61000-4-6 Frequency range: 150 kHz ... 80 MHz with 80 % at 1 kHz 



• Burst EN 61000-4-4 ±2 kV/5 kHz 

• Surge EN 61000-4-5 ±1 kV line to line 

±2 kV line to earth 


EMC interference field strength EN 55011 Limit value of Class A at 30 ... 1000 MHz, 

limit value of Class B with 3RW40 2. 24 V AC/DC 

Radio interference voltage EN 55011 Limit value of Class A at 0.15 ... 30 MHz, 

limit value of Class B with 3RW40 2. 24 V AC/DC 

Radio interference suppression filters 


Not required 

Degree of noise suppression B (applications for residential 

areas) 

Control voltage 

• 110 ... 230 V AC/DC Not available 1) 

• 115/230 V AC Not available 1) 

• 24 V AC/DC Not required for 3RW40 2.; 

required for 3RW40 3. and 3RW40 4. (see table) 

1) Degree of noise suppression B cannot be obtained through the use of filters 

as the strength of the electromagnetic field is not attenuated by the 

filter. 

Soft starter type Rated current Recommended filters 1) 

Soft starters Voltage range 200 ... 480 V 

Filter type Rated current filters Terminals 

A A mm 2 

3RW40 36 45 4EF1512-1AA10 50 16 

3RW40 37 63 4EF1512-2AA10 66 25 

3RW40 38 72 4EF1512-3AA10 90 25 

3RW40 46 80 4EF1512-3AA10 90 25 

3RW40 47 106 4EF1512-4AA10 120 50 

1) The radio interference suppression filter is used to remove the conducted 

interference from the main circuit. The field-related emissions comply with 

degree of noise suppression B. Filter selection applies under standard 

conditions: 10 starts per hour, start time 4 s at 300 % I e . 

Type Number Max. Fuse Class K5, RK5, RK1 Max. Fuse Class J Short Voltage Circuit Voltage 

Standard short circuit ratings 3RW40 

3RW40 24 50 A 60 A 5 kA 600 V 

3RW40 26 100 A 100 A 5 kA 600 V 

3RW40 27 125 A 125 A 5 kA 600 V 

3RW40 28 125 A 125 A 5 kA 600 V 

3RW40 36 175 A 175 A 10 kA 600 V 

3RW40 37 250 A 250 A 10 kA 600 V 

3RW40 38 250 A 250 A 10 kA 600 V 

3RW40 46 450 A 1) 300 A 10 kA 600 V 

3RW40 47 450 A 1) 350 A 10 kA 600 V 

1) Special purpose fuse Type 3N81333-2 manufactured by Siemens covered in File E167357. 

High capacity short circuit ratings 3RW40 

3RW40 24 50 A 50 A 42 kA 600 V 

3RW40 26 60 A 100 A 42 kA 600 V 

3RW40 27 60 A 125 A 42 kA 600 V 

3RW40 28 60 A 125 A 42 kA 600 V 

3RW40 36 100 A 175 A 30 kA 600 V 

3RW40 37 100 A 200 A 30 kA 600 V 

3RW40 38 100 A 200 A 30 kA 600 V 

3RW40 46 110 A 200 A 42 kA 600 V 

3RW40 47 110 A 200 A 42 kA 600 V 




17-254 





Circuit Breaker SCCR 

Soft starters 

Q11 

Type 

ToC 

1 

Rated 

current 

Circuit Brakers 

Thermal Magnetic Instantaneous Trip Fuse 

480 V 

Type 

SCCR 

kA 

Max. 

size 

A 

600 V 

Type 

SCCR 

kA 

Max. 

size 

A 

480 V 

Type 

SCCR 

kA 

3RW40 24 11 

3RW40 26 23 

3RW40 27 29 

3RW40 28 34 

3RW40 36 42 

3RW40 37 58 

3RW40 38 62 

3RW40 46 73 

3RW40 47 98 

3RW40 55 117 FD63B 100 150 FD63B 50 150 FXD63A 100 150 FXD63A 50 150 RK5 100 200 J 100 400 

3RW40 56 145 JD63B 100 200 JD63B 50 250 FXD63A 100 250 FXD63A 50 250 RK5 100 250 J 100 500 

3RW40 73 205 JD63B 100 300 JD63B 50 300 JXD63A 100 300 JXD63A 50 300 RK5 100 250 


3RW40 75 315 LD63B 100 500 LD63B 50 450 JXD63A 100 400 JXD63A 50 400 RK5 100 600 

3RW40 76 385 LD63B 100 600 LD63B 50 600 LXD63H 100 600 LXD63H 50 600 L 100 700 

Fused version (line protection only) 

Max. 

size 

A 

600 V 

Type 

SCCR 

kA 

Max. 

size 

A 

600 V 

Type 

SCCR 

kA 

Max. 

size 

A 

600 V 

Type 

SCCR 

kA 

Max. 

size 

A 

Soft Starter 

Control 

F1 

Q21 

Q11 

M 

3~ 

NSB0_01904 

Soft starters Line protection, maximum Line contactors 

Rated current Rated current Size (optional) 

ToC 

1 

Q11 F1 Q21 

Type A Type A 

Type of coordination "1" 1) : I q = 65 kA at 600 V +5 % 

3RW40 24 12.5 3NA3 820-6 50 00 3RT10 24 

3RW40 26 25 3NA3 822-6 63 00 3RT10 26 

3RW40 27 32 3NA3 824-6 80 00 3RT10 34 

3RW40 28 38 3NA3 824-6 80 00 3RT10 35 

3RW40 36 45 3NA3 130-6 100 1 3RT10 36 

3RW40 37 63 3NA3 132-6 125 1 3RT10 44 

3RW40 38 72 3NA3 132-6 125 1 3RT10 45 

3RW40 46 80 3NA3 136-6 160 1 3RT10 45 

3RW40 47 106 3NA3 136-6 160 1 3RT10 46 

3RW40 55 134 3NA3 244-6 250 2 3RT10 55-6A.36 

3RW40 56 162 3NA3 244-6 250 2 3RT10 56-6A.36 

3RW40 73 230 2 x 3NA3 354-6 2 x 355 3 3RT10 65-6A.36 

3RW40 74 280 2 x 3NA3 354-6 2 x 355 3 3RT10 66-6A.36 

3RW40 75 356 2 x 3NA3 365-6 2 x 500 3 3RT10 75-6A.36 

3RW40 76 432 2 x 3NA3 365-6 2 x 500 3 3RT10 76-6A.36 

1) The types of coordination are explained under "3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders". 

The type of coordination "1" refers only to soft starters in combination 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Fused version with 3NE1 SITOR fuses (semiconductor and line protection) 

For matching fuse bases see Catalog LV 1 under "SENTRON Switching and Protection Devices for Power 

Distribution" ––> "Switch Disconnectors", and Catalog ET B1 under "BETA Protecting" ––> "SITOR 

F’1 

Semiconductor Fuses" or go to www.siemens.com/sitor ––>"Products" ––>"BETA Protecting"––>"SITOR" 

Q21 

Q11 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Soft 

starters 

ToC 

2 

Rated 

current 

M 

3~ 

All-range fuses 

Rated current Size 




the stipulated protective device (circuit breaker/fuse), not to any additional 

components in the feeder. 

NSB0_01905 

Line contactors 

(optional) 

Q11 F'1 Q21 

Type A Type A 


3RW40 24 12.5 3NE1 814-0 20 000 3RT10 24 

3RW40 26 25 3NE1 803-0 35 000 3RT10 26 

3RW40 27 32 3NE1 020-2 80 00 3RT10 34 

3RW40 28 38 3NE1 020-2 80 00 3RT10 35 

3RW40 36 45 3NE1 020-2 80 00 3RT10 36 

3RW40 37 63 3NE1 820-0 80 000 3RT10 44 

3RW40 38 72 3NE1 820-0 80 000 3RT10 45 

3RW40 46 80 3NE1 021-0 100 00 3RT10 45 

3RW40 47 106 3NE1 022-0 125 00 3RT10 46 

3RW40 55 134 3NE1 227-2 250 1 3RT10 55-6A.36 

3RW40 56 162 3NE1 227-2 250 1 3RT10 56-6A.36 

3RW40 73 230 3NE1 331-2 350 2 3RT10 65-6A.36 

3RW40 74 280 3NE1 333-2 450 2 3RT10 66-6A.36 

3RW40 75 356 3NE1 334-2 500 2 3RT10 75-6A.36 

3RW40 76 432 3NE1 435-2 560 3 3RT10 76-6A.36 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

ToC 

1 

ToC 

2 



The types of coordination are explained in more detail 

under "3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders". 

These types of coordination are indicated in the 

Technical specifications by gray backgrounds. 

17-256 





Fused version with 3NE3 SITOR fuses (semiconductor protection by fuse, line and overload protection by motor starter protector; 

alternatively, installation with contactor and overload relay possible) 



F3 

F1 


Q21 

Q1 


F3 

rwww.siemens.com/sitor ––>"Products" ––>"BETA Protecting" 

Q11 


Q11 

M 

3~ 

NSB0_01903 

Soft starters Semiconductor fuses, minimum Semiconductor fuses, maximum Semiconductor fuses, minimum 

Rated current Rated current Size Rated current Size Rated current Size 

ToC 

2 

Q11 F3 F3 F3 



3RW40 24 12.5 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3NE4 101 32 0 

3RW40 26 25 -- -- -- 3NE3 221 100 1 3NE4 102 40 0 

3RW40 27 32 -- -- -- 3NE3 224 160 1 3NE4 118 63 0 

3RW40 28 38 -- -- -- 3NE3 224 160 1 3NE4 118 63 0 

3RW40 36 45 -- -- -- 3NE3 224 160 1 3NE4 120 80 0 

3RW40 37 63 -- -- -- 3NE3 225 200 1 3NE4 121 100 0 

3RW40 38 72 3NE3 221 100 1 3NE3 227 250 1 -- -- -- 

3RW40 46 80 3NE3 222 125 1 3NE3 225 200 1 -- -- -- 

3RW40 47 106 3NE3 224 160 1 3NE3 231 350 1 -- -- -- 

3RW40 55 134 3NE3 227 250 1 3NE3 335 560 2 -- -- -- 

3RW40 56 162 3NE3 227 250 1 3NE3 335 560 2 -- -- -- 

3RW40 73 230 3NE3 232-0B 400 1 3NE3 333 450 2 -- -- -- 

3RW40 74 280 3NE3 233 450 1 3NE3 336 630 2 -- -- -- 

3RW40 75 356 3NE3 335 560 2 3NE3 336 630 2 -- -- -- 

3RW40 76 432 3NE3 337-8 710 2 3NE3 340-8 900 2 -- -- -- 

Soft starters Semiconductor fuses max. Semiconductor fuses min. Semiconductor fuses max. Cylindrical fuses 

ToC 

2 

M 

3~ 

NSB0_01906 

Rated current Rated current Size Rated current Size Rated current Size Rated 

current 

Q11 F3 F3 F3 F3 

Type A Type A Type A Type A Type A 


3RW40 24 12.5 3NE4 117 50 0 3NE8 015-1 25 00 3NE8 017-1 50 00 3NC2 240 40 

3RW40 26 25 3NE4 117 50 0 3NE8 017-1 50 00 3NE8 021-1 100 00 3NC2 263 63 

3RW40 27 32 3NE4 118 63 0 3NE8 018-1 63 00 3NE8 022-1 125 00 3NC2 280 80 

3RW40 28 38 3NE4 118 63 0 3NE8 020-1 80 00 3NE8 024-1 160 00 3NC2 280 80 

3RW40 36 45 3NE4 120 80 0 3NE8 020-1 80 00 3NE8 024-1 160 00 3NC2 280 80 

3RW40 37 63 3NE4 121 100 0 3NE8 021-1 100 00 3NE8 024-1 160 00 -- -- 

3RW40 38 72 -- -- -- 3NE8 022-1 125 00 3NE8 024-1 160 00 -- -- 

3RW40 46 80 -- -- -- 3NE8 022-1 125 00 3NE8 024-1 160 00 -- -- 

3RW40 47 106 -- -- -- 3NE8 024-1 160 00 3NE8 024-1 160 00 -- -- 

3RW40 55 134 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 

3RW40 56 162 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 

3RW40 73 230 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 

3RW40 74 280 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 

3RW40 75 356 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 

3RW40 76 432 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Soft starters Line contactors Motor starter protectors/circuit breakers Line protection, maximum 

Rated current (optional) 400 V +10 % Rated current 575 V +10 % Rated current Rated current Size 

ToC 

2 

Q11 Q21 Q1 Q1 F1 



3RW40 24 12.5 3RT10 24 3RV1 021-4KA10 55 -- -- 3NA3 820-6 50 00 

3RW40 26 25 3RT10 26 3RV1 021-4DA10 55 -- -- 3NA3 822-6 63 00 

3RW40 27 32 3RT10 34 3RV1 031-4EA10 55 -- -- 3NA3 824-6 80 00 

3RW40 28 38 3RT10 35 3RV1 031-4FA10 55 -- -- 3NA3 824-6 80 00 

3RW40 36 45 3RT10 36 3RV1 031-4GA10 20 -- -- 3NA3 130-6 100 1 

3RW40 37 63 3RT10 44 3RV1 041-4JA10 20 -- -- 3NA3 132-6 125 1 

3RW40 38 72 3RT10 45 3RV1 041-4KA10 20 -- -- 3NA3 132-6 125 1 

3RW40 46 80 3RT10 45 3RV1 041-4LA10 11 -- -- 3NA3 136-6 160 1 

3RW40 47 106 3RT10 46 3RV1 041-4MA10 11 -- -- 3NA3 136-6 160 1 

3RW40 55 134 3RT10 55-6A.36 3VL3 720 200 3VL3 720 200 3NA3 244-6 250 2 

3RW40 56 162 3RT10 56-6A.36 3VL3 720 200 3VL3 720 200 3NA3 244-6 250 2 

3RW40 73 230 3RT10 65-6A.36 3VL4 731 315 3VL5 731 315 2 x 3NA3 354-6 2 x 355 3 




1) The types of coordination are explained under "3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders". 

The type of coordination "2" refers only to soft starters in combination 








Motor protection tripping characteristics 

for 3RW40 (with symmetry) 

10 3 

[s] 

6 

NSB0_01488a 


for 3RW40 (with asymmetry) 

[s] 

10 3 

6 

NSB0_01705 

Tripping time 

4 

2 

Tripping Time 

4 

2 

10 2 

10 2 

6 

6 

4 

4 

Soft Starter 

Control 

2 

10 1 

1 

2 4 6 10 

x e 

Class 10 Class 15 Class 20 

2 

10 1 

0,1 

1,0 10 

x e 

Class 10 Class 15 Class 20 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



e 

105 

100 

95 

90 

85 

80 

75 

70 

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 




NSB0_01704 

17-258 









Application Conveyor belt Roller conveyor Small fan Pump Hydraulic pump 



limiting 

- Starting voltage % 70 60 40 40 40 

- Starting time s 10 10 10 10 10 

- Current limit value 5 x I M 5 x I M 4 x I M 4 x I M 4 x I M 

Ramp-down time s 5 5 0 10 0 



The soft starter has to be selected at least one performance class higher than the motor used. 

Application Stirrer Compressor Centrifuge 



limiting 




Ramp-down time 0 0 0 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Note: 







Assistance. 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Configuration 

The 3RW solid-state soft starters are designed for easy starting 

conditions. In the event of deviating conditions or increased 

switching frequency, it may be necessary to choose a larger device. 

For accurate dimensioning, use the Win-Soft Starter selection 

and simulation program. 

Where long starting times are involved, the integrated solid-state 

overload relay for heavy starting should not be disconnected. 

PTC sensors are recommended. This also applies for the smooth 

ramp-down because during the ramp-down time an additional 

current loading applies in contrast to free ramp-down. 

In the case of high switching frequencies in S4 mode, Siemens 

recommends the use of PTC sensors. For corresponding device 

versions with integrated thermistor motor protection or separate 

thermistor evaluation devices see Catalog LV 1. 








starter. 




must be ordered separately. Please observe the maximum 

switching frequencies specified in the technical specifications. 

Note: 









soft starter. 

Schematic circuit diagram 

L1 L2 L3 

T1 T2 T3 




NSB0_001485a 

Status graphs 





requirements. 






www.usa.siemens.com > Software 


www.usa.siemens.com. 

17-260 





Overview 

In addition to soft starting and soft ramp-down, the solid-state 

SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters provide numerous functions for 

higher-level requirements. They cover a performance range up 

to 900 Hp (at 460 V) in the inline circuit and up to 1600 Hp (at 

460 V) in the inside-delta circuit. 

The SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters are characterized by a compact 

design for space-saving and clearly arranged control cabinet 

layouts. For optimized motor starting and stopping the innovative 

SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters are an attractive alternative with 

considerable savings potential compared to applications with a 

frequency converter. The new torque control and adjustable current 

limiting enable the High-Feature soft starters to be used in 

nearly every conceivable task. They reliably mitagate the sudden 

torque applications and current peaks during motor starting 

and stopping. This creates savings potential when calculating 

the size of the controlgear and when servicing the machinery installed. 

Be it for inline circuits or inside-delta circuits – the 

SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starter offers savings especially in terms of 

size and equipment costs. 

The bypass contacts already integrated in the soft starter bypass 

the thyristors after a motor ramp-up is detected. This results 

in a further great reduction in the heat loss occuring during 

operation of the soft starter at rated value. 

Combinations of various starting, operating and ramp-down 

possibilities ensure an optimum adaptation to the applicationspecific 

requirements. Operation and commissioning can be 

performed with the menu-controlled keypad and a menuprompted, 

multi-line graphic display with background lighting. 

The optimized motor ramp-up and ramp-down can be effected 

quickly, easily and reliably by means of just a few settings with a 

previously selected language. Four-key operation and plain-text 

displays for each menu point guarantee full clarity at every moment 



• IEC 60947-4-2 

• UL/CSA 

Soft Starter ES parameterization software 

Soft Starter ES software is used for the parameterization, monitoring 

and service diagnostics of SIRIUS 3RW44 High Feature 


See Catalog LV 1, Chapter 12 "Planning and Configuration with 

SIRIUS". 

Function 

Equipped with modern, ergonomic user prompting the 

SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters can be commissioned quickly and 

easily using a keypad and a menu-prompted, multi-line graphic 

display with background lighting. The optimized motor ramp-up 

and ramp-down can be effected quickly, easily and reliably by 

means of just a few settings with a selectable language. Fourkey 

operation and plain-text displays for each menu point guarantee 

full clarity at every moment of the parameterization and 

operation. During operation and when control voltage is applied, 

the display field continuously presents measured values and operating 

values as well as warnings and fault messages. An external 

display and operator module can be connected by means 

of a connection cable to the soft starter, thus enabling active indications 

and the like to be read directly from the control cabinet 

door. 

The SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters are equipped with optimum 

functionality. An integral bypass contact system reduces the 

power loss of the soft starter during operation. 

This reliably prevents heating of the switchgear environment. 

The SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters have internal intrinsic device 

protection. This prevents thermal overloading of the power section's 

thyristors, e. g. due to unacceptably high closing 

operations. 

Wiring outlay for installing an additional motor overload relay is 

no longer needed as the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters perform 

this function too. In addition they offer adjustable trip classes 

and a thermistor motor protection function. As an option the thyristors 

can also be protected by SITOR semiconductor fuses 

from short-circuiting so that the soft starter is still functional after 

a short-circuit (type of coordination 2). And even inrush current 

peaks are reliably avoided thanks to adjustable current limiting. 

As a further option the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters can be upgraded 

with a PROFIBUS DP module. Thanks to their communication 

capability and their programmable control inputs and relay 

outputs the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters can be very easily 

and quickly integrated in higher-level controllers. 

In addition a creep speed function is available for positioning 

and setting jobs. With this function the motor can be controlled 

in both directions of rotation with reduced torque and an adjustable, 

low speed. 

On the other hand the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters offer a new, 

combined DC braking function for the fast stopping of driving 

loads. 

Highlights 

• Soft starting with breakaway pulse, torque control or voltage 

ramp, adjustable torque or current limiting as well as any combination 

of these, depending on load type 


• Various setting options for the starting parameters such as 

starting torque, starting voltage, ramp-up and ramp-down 

time, and much more in three separate parameter sets 

• Start-up detection 

• Inside-delta circuit for savings in terms of size and equipment 

costs 

• Various ramp-down modes selectable: free ramp-down, 

torque-controlled pump ramp-down, combined DC braking 

• Solid-state motor overload and intrinsic device protection 

• Thermistor motor protection 

• Keypad with a menu-prompted, multi-line graphic display with 

background lighting 

• Interface for communication with the PC for more accurate setting 

of the parameters as well as for control and monitoring 

• Simple adaptation to the motor feeder 


• Display of operating states and fault messages 

• Connection to PROFIBUS with optional PROFIBUS DP module 

• External display and operator module 

• Mains voltages from 200 to 690 V, 50 to 60 Hz 

• Applicable up to 60 °C (derating from 40 °C) 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Type 3RW44 . .-.BC.4 3RW44 . .-.BC.5 3RW44 . .-.BC.6 


Rated operational voltage for inline circuit V AC 200 ... 460 400 ... 600 400 ... 690 

Tolerance 

% -15/+10 -15/+10 -15/+10 

Maximum blocking voltage (thyristor) V AC 1400 1800 1800 

Rated operational voltage for inside-delta circuit V AC 200 ... 460 400 ... 600 400 ... 600 

Tolerance 

% -15/+10 -15/+10 -15/+10 

Rated frequency Hz 50 ... 60 

T olerance 

% ±10 


Minimum load (% of set motor current I M ) % 8 

Maximum cable length between soft starter and motor m 500 1) 

Permissible installation height m 5000 (derating from 1000, see characteristic curves); higher on request 


Installation type 

Stand-alone installation 

Soft Starter 

Control 


Operation 

°C 0 ... +60; (derating from +40) 

Storage 

°C -25 ... +80 

Degree of protection 

IP00 

1) At the project configuration stage, it is important to make allowance for the 

voltage drop on the motor cable up to the motor connection. If necessary, 

higher values for the rated operational voltage or current must be calculated 

accordingly for the soft starter. 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


• Acc. to IEC and UL/CSA 1) , for individual mounting at 40/50/60 °C, A 29/26/23 36/33/29 47/42/37 57/51/45 77/68/59 93/82/72 

AC-53a 


A 5 7 9 11 15 18 

For the motor overload protection 

Power loss 

• In operation after completed starting with uninterrupted rated 

operational 


W 8 10 32 36 45 55 


W 400 470 600 725 940 1160 



2) 


A 29/26/23 36/33/29 47/42/37 57/51/45 77/68/59 93/82/72 



2)4) 


A 29/26/23 36/33/29 47/42/37 57/51/45 77/68/59 93/82/72 




2) 


A 29/26/23 36/33/29 47/42/37 57/51/45 77/68/59 93/82/72 



2)4) 


A 29/26/23 36/33/29 47/42/37 57/51/45 77/68/59 93/82/72 




2) 


A 29/26/23 36/33/29 47/42/37 57/51/45 77/68/59 93/82/72 



A 29/26/23 36/33/29 47/42/37 57/51/45 77/68/59 93/82/72 




A 29/26/23 36/33/29 47/42/37 57/51/45 73/66/59 88/80/72 


2)4) 


A 29/26/23 36/33/29 47/42/37 57/51/45 73/66/59 88/80/72 

- Starts per hour 3) 1/h 4 2 4 5 1.8 0.8 

• For very heavy starting (Class 30) 

2) 


A 29/26/23 36/33/29 44/42/37 57/51/45 65/60/54 77/70/63 



2)3) 


A 29/26/23 36/33/29 44/42/37 57/51/45 65/60/54 77/70/63 

- Starts per hour 3) 1/h 1.8 0.8 3.3 1.5 2 1 


With 300 % I M . 





17-262 





Type 3RW44 34 3RW44 35 3RW44 36 



• Acc. to IEC and UL/CSA 1) , for individual mounting at 40/50/60 °C, A 113/100/88 134/117/100 162/145/125 

AC-53a 


A 22 26 32 


Power loss 


operational 


W 64 76 95 


W 1350 1700 2460 




A 113/100/88 134/117/100 162/145/125 


2)4) 


A 113/100/88 134/117/100 162/145/125 



2) 


A 113/100/88 134/117/100 162/145/125 



2)4) 


A 113/100/88 134/117/100 162/145/125 



2) 


A 113/100/88 134/117/100 162/145/125 



2)4) 


A 113/100/88 134/117/100 162/145/125 




2) 


A 106/97/88 125/113/100 147/134/122 



A 106/97/88 125/113/100 147/134/122 

- Starts per hour 3) 1/h 1.5 2 1 



A 91/84/76 110/100/90 120/110/100 


2)4) 


A 91/84/76 110/100/90 120/110/100 



With 300 % I M . 





Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 







17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Soft Starter 

Control 


• Acc. to IEC and UL/CSA 1) , for individual mounting at 40/50/60 °C, A 203/180/156 250/215/185 313/280/250 356/315/280 432/385/335 

AC-53a 


A 40 50 62 71 86 


Power loss 


operational 


W 89 110 145 174 232 


W 3350 4000 4470 5350 5860 




A 203/180/156 250/215/185 313/280/250 356/315/280 432/385/335 


2)4) 


A 203/180/156 250/215/185 313/280/250 356/315/280 432/385/335 



2) 


A 203/180/156 250/215/185 313/280/250 356/315/280 432/385/335 



2)4) 


A 203/180/156 250/215/185 313/280/250 356/315/280 432/385/335 



2) 


A 203/180/156 240/215/185 313/280/250 325/295/265 402/385/335 



2)4) 


A 203/180/156 240/215/185 313/280/250 325/295/265 402/385/335 




2) 


A 195/175/155 215/195/180 275/243/221 285/263/240 356/326/295 



A 195/175/155 215/195/180 275/243/221 285/263/240 356/326/295 

- Rtarts per hour 3) 1/h 1 5 1 3 1 



A 162/148/134 180/165/150 220/201/182 240/223/202 285/260/235 


2)4) 


A 162/148/134 180/165/150 220/201/182 240/223/202 285/260/235 



2) With 300 % I M . 





17-264 








• Acc. to IEC and UL/CSA 1) , for individual mounting at 40/50/60 °C, A 551/494/438 615/551/489 693/615/551 780/693/615 880/780/693 970/850/760 

AC-53a 


A 110 123 138 156 176 194 


Power loss 


operational 


W 159 186 220 214 250 270 


W 7020 8100 9500 11100 13100 15000 




A 551/494/438 615/551/489 693/615/551 780/693/615 880/780/693 970/850/760 


2)4) 


A 551/494/438 615/551/489 693/615/551 780/693/615 880/780/693 970/850/760 



2) 


A 551/494/438 615/551/489 693/615/551 780/693/615 880/780/693 970/850/760 



2)4) 


A 551/494/438 615/551/489 693/615/551 780/693/615 880/780/693 970/850/760 



2) 


A 551/494/438 615/551/489 666/615/551 723/693/615 780/710/650 821/755/693 



2)4) 


A 551/494/438 615/551/489 666/615/551 723/693/615 780/710/650 821/755/693 




2) 


A 551/494/438 591/551/489 633/615/551 670/634/576 710/650/590 740/685/630 



A 551/494/438 591/551/489 633/615/551 670/634/576 710/650/590 740/685/630 

- Starts per hour 3) 1/h 4 2 1 1 0.4 1 



A 500/480/438 525/489/455 551/520/480 575/540/490 600/550/500 630/580/530 


2)4) 


A 500/480/438 525/489/455 551/520/480 575/540/490 600/550/500 630/580/530 

- Starts per hour 3) 1/h 2 1 1 1 1.5 1 


With 300 % I M . 





Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Type 3RW44 65 3RW44 66 


17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Soft Starter 

Control 


• Acc. to IEC and UL/CSA 1) , for individual mounting at 40/50/60 °C, A 1076/970/880 1214/1076/970 

AC-53a 


A 215 242 


Power loss 


operational 


W 510 630 


W 15000 17500 




A 1076/970/880 1214/1076/970 

- Starts per hour 3) 1/h 30 20 

2)4) 


A 1076/970/880 1214/1076/970 



2) 


A 1076/970/880 1214/1076/970 



2)4) 


A 1076/970/880 1214/1076/970 

- Starts per hour 3) 1/h 3 0.5 


2) 


A 1020/950/850 1090/1000/920 



2)4) 


A 1020/950/850 1090/1000/920 




2) 


A 970/880/810 1030/940/860 



A 970/880/810 1030/940/860 




A 880/810/740 920/850/780 


2)4) 


A 880/810/740 920/850/780 



2) With 300 % I M . 





17-266 





3RW44 27-1BC44 3RW44 36-6BC44 3RW44 47-6BC44 3RW44 58-6BC44 3RW44 66-6BC44 

Ambient temperature 40 °C Ambient temperature 50 °C DT Order No. List 

Rated 

operational 

current 

I e 

1) 

Rated power of induction motors for Rated Rated power of induction 

rated operational voltage U e operational 


voltage U e 

current 

I e 

230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 1000 V 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 

Price $ 

per PU 

1864 630 1100 -- -- -- 1680 650 750 1500 -- C 3RW44 65-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 78.000 

2103 710 1200 -- -- -- 1864 700 850 1700 -- C 3RW44 66-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 78.000 




3) 


• 115 V AC 3 

• 230 V AC 4 

1) In the selection table, the unit rated current I e refers to the induction 

motor's rated operational current in the inside-delta circuit. 

The actual current of the device is approx. 58 % of this value. 

2) 3RW44 2. ... 3RW44 4. soft starters with screw terminals: 

delivery times } (preferred type), 

PU 

(UNIT, 

SET, 

M) 

PS* PG Weight 

per PU 

approx. 

A kW kW kW kW kW A hp hp hp hp kg 

Inside-delta circuits, rated operational voltage 200 ... 460 V 2) 

50 15 22 -- -- -- 45 10 15 30 -- } 3RW44 22-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 6.500 

62 18.5 30 -- -- -- 55 15 20 40 -- } 3RW44 23-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 6.500 

81 22 45 -- -- -- 73 20 25 50 -- } 3RW44 24-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 6.500 

99 30 55 -- -- -- 88 25 30 60 -- } 3RW44 25-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 6.500 

133 37 75 -- -- -- 118 30 40 75 -- } 3RW44 26-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 6.500 

161 45 90 -- -- -- 142 40 50 100 -- } 3RW44 27-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 6.500 




196 55 110 -- -- -- 173 50 60 125 -- B 3RW44 34-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 7.900 

232 75 132 -- -- -- 203 60 75 150 -- B 3RW44 35-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 7.900 

281 90 160 -- -- -- 251 75 100 200 -- B 3RW44 36-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 7.900 

352 110 200 -- -- -- 312 100 125 250 -- B 3RW44 43-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 11.500 

433 132 250 -- -- -- 372 125 150 300 -- B 3RW44 44-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 11.500 

542 160 315 -- -- -- 485 150 200 400 -- B 3RW44 45-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 11.500 

617 200 355 -- -- -- 546 150 200 450 -- B 3RW44 46-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 11.500 

748 250 400 -- -- -- 667 200 250 600 -- B 3RW44 47-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 11.500 

954 315 560 -- -- -- 856 300 350 750 -- C 3RW44 53-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 50.000 

1065 355 630 -- -- -- 954 350 400 850 -- C 3RW44 54-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 50.000 

1200 400 710 -- -- -- 1065 350 450 950 -- C 3RW44 55-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 50.000 

1351 450 800 -- -- -- 1200 450 500 1050 -- C 3RW44 56-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 50.000 

1524 500 900 -- -- -- 1351 450 600 1200 -- C 3RW44 57-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 50.000 

1680 560 1000 -- -- -- 1472 550 650 1300 -- C 3RW44 58-@BC@4 1 1 unit 131 50.000 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



Note: 





frequency. 





Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Ambient temperature 40 °C Ambient temperature 50 °C DT Order No. List 

Rated 

operational 

current 

I e 

1) 

Rated power of induction motors for Rated Rated power of induction 

rated operational voltage U e operational 


voltage U e 

current 

I e 

230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 1000 V 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 

1) In the selection table, the unit rated current I e refers to the induction 

motor's rated operational current in the inside-delta circuit. 

The actual current of the device is approx. 58 % of this value. 

2) Soft starter with screw terminals: 

3RW44 2. ... 3RW44 4. Delivery time A 

3RW44 5. ... 3RW44 6. Delivery time B. 



Note: 





frequency. 

Price $ 

per PU 

PU 

(UNIT, 

SET, 

M) 

PS* PG Weight 

per PU 

approx. 

A kW kW kW kW kW A hp hp hp hp kg 

Inside-delta circuits, rated operational voltage 400 ... 600 V 2) 

50 -- 22 30 -- -- 45 -- -- 30 40 A 3RW44 22-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 6.500 

62 -- 30 37 -- -- 55 -- -- 40 50 A 3RW44 23-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 6.500 

81 -- 45 45 -- -- 73 -- -- 50 60 A 3RW44 24-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 6.500 

99 -- 55 55 -- -- 88 -- -- 60 75 A 3RW44 25-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 6.500 

133 -- 75 90 -- -- 118 -- -- 75 100 A 3RW44 26-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 6.500 

161 -- 90 110 -- -- 142 -- -- 100 125 A 3RW44 27-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 6.500 




196 -- 110 132 -- -- 173 -- -- 125 150 B 3RW44 34-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 7.900 

232 -- 132 160 -- -- 203 -- -- 150 200 B 3RW44 35-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 7.900 

281 -- 160 200 -- -- 251 -- -- 200 250 B 3RW44 36-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 7.900 

352 -- 200 250 -- -- 312 -- -- 250 300 B 3RW44 43-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 11.500 

433 -- 250 315 -- -- 372 -- -- 300 350 B 3RW44 44-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 11.500 

542 -- 315 355 -- -- 485 -- -- 400 500 B 3RW44 45-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 11.500 

617 -- 355 450 -- -- 546 -- -- 450 600 B 3RW44 46-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 11.500 

748 -- 400 500 -- -- 667 -- -- 600 750 B 3RW44 47-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 11.500 

954 -- 560 630 -- -- 856 -- -- 750 950 C 3RW44 53-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 50.000 

1065 -- 630 710 -- -- 954 -- -- 850 1050 C 3RW44 54-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 50.000 

1200 -- 710 800 -- -- 1065 -- -- 950 1200 C 3RW44 55-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 50.000 

1351 -- 800 900 -- -- 1200 -- -- 1050 1350 C 3RW44 56-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 50.000 

1524 -- 900 1000 -- -- 1351 -- -- 1200 1500 C 3RW44 57-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 50.000 

1680 -- 1000 1200 -- -- 1472 -- -- 1300 1650 C 3RW44 58-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 50.000 

1864 -- 1100 1350 -- -- 1680 -- -- 1500 1900 C 3RW44 65-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 78.000 

2103 -- 1200 1500 -- -- 1864 -- -- 1700 2100 C 3RW44 66-@BC@5 1 1 unit 131 78.000 




3) 


• 115 V AC 3 

• 230 V AC 4 

17-268 






Type 3RW44 . .-.BC3. 3RW44 . .-.BC4. 

Terminal 


Rated values 


A1/A2/PE V 115 AC 230 AC 

• Tolerance 

% -15/+10 -15/+10 

Rated control supply current STANDBY 

mA 30 20 

Rated control supply current ON 

• 3RW44 2. 

mA 300 170 

• 3RW44 3. 

mA 500 250 

• 3RW44 4. 

mA 750 400 

• 3RW44 5. 

mA 450 200 

• 3RW44 6. 

mA 650 300 

Maximum current (pickup bypass) 

• 3RW44 2. 

mA 1000 500 

• 3RW44 3. 

mA 2500 1250 

• 3RW44 4. 

mA 6000 3000 

• 3RW44 5. 

mA 4500 2500 

• 3RW44 6. 

mA 4500 2500 


Hz 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 

• Tolerance 

% ±10 ±10 

Type 3RW44. . 

Terminal 




Input 

1 

IN1 

Start motor right parameter set 1 

Input 

2 

IN2 

No action 

Input 

3 

IN3 

No action 

Input 

4 

IN4 

Trip reset 

Supply 

L+/L- 

• Rated operational current 

mA Approx. 10 per input to DIN 19240 

• Rated operational voltage 

L+ 

Internal voltage: 24 V DC from internal 

supply through terminal L+ to 

IN1 ... IN4. Maximum load at L+ 

approx. 55 mA 

L- External voltage: DC external voltage 

(acc. to DIN 19240) through terminals 

L- and IN1 ... IN4 

(min. 12 V DC, max. 30 V DC) 

Thermistor motor protection input 

Input 

T1/T2 

PTC type A or Thermoclick Deactivated 

Relay outputs (floating auxiliary contacts) 

Output 

1 

13/14 

ON period 

Output 

2 

23/24 

No action 

Output 

3 

33/34 

No action 

Output 

4 

95/96/98 

Group fault 

Switching capacity of the relay outputs (auxiliary contacts) 

230 

V/AC-15 

A 3 at 240 V 

24 V/DC-13 

A 1 at 24 V 



Protection by means of varistor through relay contact 



Protection functions 

Motor protection functions 


Thermal overloading of the motor 

Trip class acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 

Class 

5/10/15/20/30 10 

P hase failure sensitivity 

% >40 

Overload warning 

Yes 

Reset and recovery Manual/Automatic Manual 

Reset option after tripping Manual/Automatic Manual 

Recovery 

time 

min. 1 ... 30 1 

Device protection functions 


Thermal overloading of the thyristors 

Reset option after tripping Manual/Automatic Manual 

Recovery 

time 

min. 0.5 

Bypass protection functions 


Thermal overloading of the bypass 

contacts 

Reset option after tripping 

Manual 

Recovery 

time 

min. 1 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Type 3RW44. . 



Control times 

C losing time (with connected control voltage) 

ms




Type 3RW44 . . 



Warnings/error signals (continued) 

Temperature sensor 

• Overload 

• Open circuit 

• Short-circuit 

Ground fault 

• Detected 

Connection abort in manual operating mode 

Max. number of starts exceeded 

I e limit value overshoot/undershoot 

Heat sink sensor 

• Open circuit 

• Short-circuit 

Quick-stop active 

Switching block defective 

I e /class setting not permissible 

No external start-up parameters received 

PAA fault 


Input 1 Motor right parameter set 1 

Input 2 

No action 

Input 3 

No action 

Input 4 

Trip reset 

Parameterizing options for control inputs 1 ... 4 

No action 

Local manual mode 

Emergency start 

Creep speed 

Quick-stop 

Trip reset 

Motor right parameter set 1 

Motor left parameter set 1 1) 





Relay outputs 

Output 1 

ON period 

Output 2 

No action 

Output 3 

No action 

Output 4 

Group fault 

Parameterizing options for relay outputs 1 ... 3 

No action 

PAA output 1 

PAA output 2 

Input 1 

Input 2 

Input 3 

Input 4 

Starting 

Operation/Bypass 

Ramp-down 

ON period 

Command motor on 

DC braking contactor 

Group warning 

Group fault 

Bus fault 

Device fault 

Power on 

Ready to start 

Motor temperature sensor 

Deactivated 

Thermoclick 

PTC type A 

1) Parameter motor left possible only in conjunction with creep mode. 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Type 3RW44 2. 3RW44 3. 3RW44 4. 3RW44 5. 

3RW44 6. 



With box terminal 3RT19 55-4G 3RT19 66-4G -- 

(55 kW) 

Front clamping • Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 2.5 ... 35 16 ... 70 70 ... 240 -- 

point connected • Finely stranded without end sleeve mm 2 4 ... 50 16 ... 70 70 ... 240 -- 

2 

• Solid 

mm 2.5 ... 16 -- -- -- 

• Stranded 

2 mm 4 ... 70 16 ... 70 95 ... 300 -- 


mm 6 x 9 x 0.8 Min. 3 x 9 x 0.8 Min. 6 x 9 x 0.8 -- 


Max. 6 x 15.5 x 0.8 Max. 20 x 24 x 0.5 

• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG 10 ... 2/0 6 ... 2/0 3/0 ... 600 kcmil -- 


connected 

• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 2.5 ... 50 16 ... 70 120 ... 185 -- 

• Finely stranded without end sleeve mm 2 10 ... 50 16 ... 70 120 ... 185 -- 

2 • Solid 

mm 2.5 ... 16 -- -- -- 


mm 10 ... 70 16 ... 70 120 ... 240 -- 


mm 6 x 9 x 0.8 Min. 3 x 9 x 0.8 Min. 6 x 9 x 0.8 -- 


Max. 6 x 15.5 x 0.8 Max. 20 x 24 x 0.5 

• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG 10 ... 2/0 6 ... 2/0 250 ... 500 kcmil -- 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

Both clamping • Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 2 x (2.5 ... 35) Max. 1 x 50, 1 x 70 Min. 2 x 50 -- 

points connected 

Max. 2 x 185 

• Finely stranded without end sleeve mm 2 2 x (4 ... 35) Max. 1 x 50, 1 x 70 Min. 2 x 50 -- 

Max. 2 x 185 

• Solid 

2 

mm 2 x (2.5 ... 16) -- -- -- 

• Stranded 

2 mm 2 x (4 ... 50) Max. 2 x 70 Max. 2 x 70 -- 

Max. 2 x 240 


mm 2 x (6 x 9 x 0.8) Max. 2 x 

Max. 2 x 

-- 


(6 x 15.5 x 0.8) (20 x 24 x 0.5) 

• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG 2 x (10 ... 1/0) Max. 2 x 1/0 Min. 2 x 2/0 -- 

Max. 2 x 500 kcmil 


M6 (hexagon M10 (hexagon M12 (hexagon -- 

socket, A/F4) socket, A/F4) socket, A/F5) 


NM 4 ... 6 10 ... 12 20 ... 22 -- 

lb.in 36 ... 53 90 ... 110 180 ... 195 -- 


With box terminal -- 3RT19 56-4G -- -- 

Front or rear clamping 

• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 -- 16 ... 120 -- -- 

point connected • Finely stranded without end sleeve mm 2 -- 16 ... 120 -- -- 


mm -- 16 ... 120 -- -- 


mm -- Min. 3 x 9 x 0.8 -- -- 


Max. 6 x 15.5 x 0.8 

• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG -- 6 ... 250 kcmil -- -- 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Both clamping 

points connected 

• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 -- Max. 1 x 95, -- -- 

1 x 120 

• Finely stranded without end sleeve mm 2 -- Max. 1 x 95, -- -- 

1 x 120 

• Stranded 

2 

mm -- Max. 2 x 120 -- -- 


mm -- Max. 2 x 

-- -- 


(10 x 15.5 x 0.8) 

• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG -- Max. 2 x 3/0 -- -- 



Without box terminal/busbar connection 

• Finely stranded with cable lug mm 2 -- 16 ... 95 1) 50 ... 240 2) 50 ... 240 2) 

• Stranded with cable lug mm 2 -- 25 ... 120 1) 70 ... 240 2) 70 ... 240 2) 

• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG -- 4 ... 250 kcmil 2/0 ... 500 kcmil 2/0 ... 500 kcmil 

• Connecting bar (max. width) mm -- 17 25 60 

• Terminal screws -- M8 x 25 (A/F13) M10 x 30 (A/F17) M12 x 40 


NM -- 10 ... 14 14 ... 24 20 ... 35 

lb.in -- 89 ... 124 124 ... 210 177 ... 310 

1) When connecting cable lugs to DIN 46235, use 3RT19 56-4EA1 terminal 

cover for conductor cross-sections from 95 mm² to ensure phase spacing. 

2) When connecting cable lugs to DIN 46234, the 3RT19 66-4EA1 terminal 

cover must be used for conductor cross-sections of 240 mm² and more as 

well as DIN 46235 for conductor cross-sections of 185 mm² and more to 

keep the phase clearance. 

17-272 





Soft starters Type 3RW44. . 




• Solid 

2 mm 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5) 




AWG 2 x (20 ... 14) 




NM 0.8 ... 1.2 

lb.in 7 ... 10.3 


• Solid 

mm2 2 x (0.25 ... 1.5) 


• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG 2 x (24 ... 16) 

Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 60947-4-2 


Electrostatic discharge (ESD) 

Electromagnetic RF fields 

Conducted RF interference 


• Burst 

• Surge 

Standard 

Parameters 

EN 61000-4-2 ±4 kV contact discharge, ±8 kV air discharge 

EN 61000-4-3 Frequency range: 80 ... 1000 MHz with 80 % at 1 kHz 

Degree of severity 3, 10 V/m 

EN 61000-4-6 Frequency range: 150 kHz ... 80 MHz with 80 % at 1 kHz 


EN 61000-4-4 ±2 kV/5 kHz 

EN 61000-4-5 ±1 kV line to line 

±2 kV line to ground 


EMC interference field strength EN 55011 Limit value of Class A at 30 ... 1000 MHz 

Radio interference voltage EN 55011 Limit value of Class A at 0.15 ... 30 MHz 

Is an RI suppression filter necessary? 


No 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 




Circuit Breaker SCCR 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Soft starters 

Q11 

Type 

ToC 

1 

Rated 

current 

Circuit Brakers 

Thermal Magnetic Instantaneous Trip Fuse 

480 V 

Type 

SCCR 

kA 

Max. 

size 

A 

600 V 

Type 

SCCR 

kA 

Max. 

size 

A 

480 V 

Type 

SCCR 

kA 

3RW44 22 11 ED63B, 100 40 ED63A, 100 40 ED63A, 50 40 RK5 100 50 J 100 100 

HEG3G 

HEM3M 

HEM3M 


HEG3G 

HEM3M 

HEM3M 


HEG3G 

HEM3M 

HEM3M 

3RW44 25 29 ED63B, 100 70 ED63A, 100 50 ED63A, 50 50 RK5 100 80 

HEG3G 

HEM3M 

HEM3M 


HEG3G 

HEM3M 

HEM3M 

3RW44 27 34 FD63B 100 150 ED63A, 100 100 ED63A, 50 125 RK5 100 150 J 100 300 

HEM3M 

HEM3M 

3RW44 34 42 FD63B 100 150 FD63B 50 150 ED63A, 100 125 FXD63A 50 150 RK5 100 200 J 100 400 

HEM3M 

3RW44 35 58 FD63B 100 150 FD63B 50 150 FXD63A 100 150 FXD63A 50 150 RK5 100 200 J 100 400 

3RW44 36 62 JD63B 100 200 JD63B 50 250 FXD63A 100 250 FXD63A 50 250 RK5 100 250 J 100 500 

3RW44 43 73 JD63B 100 300 JD63B 50 250 FXD63A 100 250 JXD63A 50 300 RK5 100 300 J 100 600 



3RW44 46 98 LD63B 100 500 LD63B 50 450 LXD63H 100 400 JXD63A 50 400 RK5 100 600 

3RW44 47 98 LD63B 100 600 LD63B 50 600 LXD63H 100 600 LXD63H 50 600 L 100 700 

3RW44 53 117 HMD6 65 800/ HMD6 50 800/ 

L 100 1000 

800 

800 

3RW44 54 145 HND6 100 1200/ HND6 50 1200/ 

L 100 1000 

900 

900 

3RW44 55 145 HND6 100 1200/ HND6 50 1200/ 

L 100 1000 

900 

900 

3RW44 56 145 HND6 100 1200/ HND6 50 1200/ 

L 100 1000 

1000 

1000 

3RW44 57 145 HND6 100 1200/ HND6 50 1200/ 

L 100 1000 

1000 

1000 

3RW44 58 145 CND6 65 1200 CND6 65 1200 

3RW44 65 205 CND6 42 1600 CND6 42 1600 

3RW44 66 248 CND6 42 1600 CND6 42 1600 

Max. 

size 

A 

600 V 

Type 

SCCR 

kA 

Max. 

size 

A 

600 V 

Type 

SCCR 

kA 

Max. 

size 

A 

600 V 

Type 

SCCR 

kA 

Max. 

size 

A 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Specified Type 

ED63A 

FXD63A 

JXD63A 

ED63B 

FD63B 

JD63B 

HND6 

Others permitted 

HED63A, HHED63A or CED63A 

HFXD63A or CFD63A 

HJXD63A or CJD63A 

HED63B, HHED63B or CED63B 

HFD63B, HHFD63B or CFD63B 

HJ63B, HHJD63B or CJD63B 

HNXD6 or CND6 

17-274 





Inline circuit fused version with 3NE1 SITOR all-range fuse (semiconductor and line protection) 

For matching fuse bases see Catalog LV 1 under "SENTRON Switching and Protection Devices for Power 

Distribution" ––> "Switch Disconnectors", and Catalog ET B1 under "BETA Protecting" ––> "SITOR 

Semiconductor Fuses" or go to www.siemens.com/sitor ––>"Products" ––>"BETA Protecting"––>"SITOR" 

Soft starters All-range fuses Line contactors 

up to 400 V 

2 x 3NE1 435-2 560 

690 +10 % 

2 x 3NE1 435-2 560 

690 +10 % 

3 x 3NE1 334-2 500 

690 +10 % 

3 x 3NE1 435-2 560 

690 +10 % 

1) If the ramp-down function "Combined braking" is selected, no braking contactor 

is required. 

If the ramp-down function "DC braking" is selected, a braking contactor 

must be used in addition (see table for type). 

For applications with large centrifugal masses (J Load > J Motor ) we recommend 

the function "DC braking". 

Braking contactors 1)2) 

(for example circuit see page 17-261) 

ToC 

2 Rated 

Rated current Voltage Size (optional) 

current 

Q11 F'1 Q21 Q91 Q92 

Type A Type A V Type Type Type 

Type of coordination "2" 3) : I q = 65 kA 

3RW44 22 29 3NE1 020-2 80 690 +5 % 00 3RT10 34 3RT15 26 -- 

3RW44 23 36 3NE1 020-2 80 690 +5 % 00 3RT10 35 3RT15 26 -- 

3RW44 24 47 3NE1 021-2 100 690 +5 % 00 3RT10 36 3RT15 35 -- 

3RW44 25 57 3NE1 022-2 125 690 +5 % 00 3RT10 44 3RT15 35 -- 

3RW44 26 77 3NE1 022-2 125 690 +5 % 00 3RT10 45 3RT10 24 3RT10 35 

3RW44 27 93 3NE1 024-2 160 690 +5 % 1 3RT10 46 3RT10 25 3RT10 36 

3RW44 34 113 3NE1 225-2 200 690 +5 % 1 3RT10 54 3RT10 34 3RT10 44 

3RW44 35 134 3NE1 227-2 250 690 +5 % 1 3RT10 55 3RT10 36 3RT10 45 

3RW44 36 162 3NE1 227-2 250 690 +5 % 1 3RT10 56 3RT10 44 3RT10 45 

3RW44 43 203 3NE1 230-2 315 600 +10 % 1 3RT10 64 3RT10 44 3RT10 54 

3RW44 44 250 3NE1 331-2 350 460 +10 % 2 3RT10 65 3RT10 44 3RT10 55 

3RW44 45 313 3NE1 333-2 450 690 +5 % 2 3RT10 75 3RT10 54 3RT10 56 

3RW44 46 356 3NE1 334-2 500 690 +5 % 2 3RT10 75 3RT10 54 3RT10 56 

3RW44 47 432 3NE1 435-2 560 690 +5 % 3 3RT10 76 3RT10 55 3RT10 64 

3RW44 53 551 2 x 3NE1 334-2 500 690 +10 % 2 3TF68 3RT10 64 3RT10 66 

3RW44 54 615 2 x 3NE1 334-2 500 690 +10 % 2 3TF68 3RT10 64 3RT10 75 

3RW44 55 693 2 x 3NE1 334-2 500 690 +10 % 2 3TF69 3RT10 65 3RT10 75 

3RW44 56 780 2 x 3NE1 435-2 560 690 +10 % 3 3TF69 3RT10 65 3RT10 75 

3RW44 57 880 6 

3RW44 58 970 6 

3RW44 65 1076 8 

3RW44 66 1214 8 

3 

3RT10 75 

3RT10 7 

3 

3RT10 75 

3RT10 7 

2 

3RT10 75 

3TF6 

3 

3RT10 76 

3TF6 

2) Additional auxiliary relay K4: 

LZX:RT4A4T30 

(3RW44 soft starter with rated control supply voltage 230 V AC), 

LZX:RT4A4S15 

(3RW44 soft starter with rated control supply voltage 115 V AC). 

3) The type of coordination "2" refers only to soft starters in combination with 



The types of coordination are explained under "3RA1 Fuseless Load 

Feeders". 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Inline circuit fused version with 3NE or 3NC SITOR semiconductor fuse 

(semiconductor protection by fuse, line and overload protection by motor starter protector/circuit breaker) 





rwww.siemens.com/sitor ––>"Products" ––>"BETA Protecting" 


Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Soft starters Semiconductor fuses, minimum Semiconductor fuses, maximum Semiconductor fuses (cylinder) 

Rated current 690 V +10 % Rated current Size 690 V +10 % Rated current Size Rated current Size 

ToC 

2 

Q11 F3 F3 F3 



3RW44 22 29 3NE4 120 80 0 3NE4 121 100 0 3NC2 280 80 22 x 58 

3RW44 23 36 3NE4 121 100 0 3NE4 121 100 0 3NC2 200 100 22 x 58 

3RW44 24 47 3NE4 121 100 0 3NE4 122 125 0 3NC2 200 100 22 x 58 

3RW44 25 57 3NE4 122 125 0 3NE4 124 160 0 

3RW44 26 77 3NE4 124 160 0 3NE4 124 160 0 

3RW44 27 93 3NE3 224 160 1 3NE3 332-0B 400 2 

3RW44 34 113 3NE3 225 200 1 3NE3 335 560 2 

3RW44 35 134 3NE3 225 200 1 3NE3 335 560 2 

3RW44 36 162 3NE3 227 250 1 3NE3 333 450 2 

3RW44 43 203 3NE3 230-0B 315 1 3NE3 333 450 2 

3RW44 44 250 3NE3 230-0B 315 1 3NE3 333 450 2 

3RW44 45 313 3NE3 233 450 1 3NE3 336 630 2 

3RW44 46 356 3NE3 333 450 2 3NE3 336 630 2 

3RW44 47 432 3NE3 335 560 2 3NE3 338-8 800 2 

3RW44 53 551 2 x 3NE3 335 560 2 3 x 3NE3 334-0B 500 2 

3RW44 54 615 2 x 3NE3 335 560 2 3 x 3NE3 334-0B 500 2 

3RW44 55 693 2 x 3NE3 335 560 2 3 x 3NE3 334-0B 500 2 

3RW44 56 780 2 x 3NE3 336 630 2 2 x 3NE3 340-8 900 2 

3RW44 57 880 2 x 3NE3 336 630 2 2 x 3NE3 340-8 900 2 

3RW44 58 970 2 x 3NE3 336 630 2 2 x 3NE3 340-8 900 2 

3RW44 65 1076 2 x 3NE3 340-8 900 2 3 x 3NE3 338-8 800 2 

3RW44 66 1214 2 x 3NE3 340-8 900 2 3 x 3NE3 338-8 800 2 

Soft starters 

Line contactors Braking contactors 1)2) 

up to 400 V 

ToC 

(for example circuit see page 17-255) 

1076 

3RT10 75 3TF68 

1214 

3RT10 76 3TF68 


is required. If the ramp-down function "DC braking" is selected, a 

braking contactor must be used in addition (see table for type). 



Motor starter protectors/ 


Line protection, maximum 

Rated current (optional) 440 V +10 % Rated current 690 V +5 % Rated current Size 

2 

Q11 Q21 Q91 Q92 Q1 F1 

Type A Type Type Type Type A Type A 


3RW44 22 29 3RT10 34 3RT15 26 -- 3RV10 41-4HA10 50 3NA3 820-6 50 00 

3RW44 23 36 3RT10 35 3RT15 26 -- 3RV10 41-4JA10 63 3NA3 822-6 63 00 

3RW44 24 47 3RT10 36 3RT15 35 -- 3RV10 41-4KA10 75 3NA3 824-6 80 00 

3RW44 25 57 3RT10 44 3RT15 35 -- 3RV10 41-4LA10 90 3NA3 830-6 100 00 

3RW44 26 77 3RT10 45 3RT10 24 3RT10 35 3RV10 41-4MA10 100 3NA3 132-6 125 1 

3RW44 27 93 3RT10 46 3RT10 25 3RT10 36 3RV10 41-4MA10 100 3NA3 136-6 160 1 

3RW44 34 113 3RT10 54 3RT10 34 3RT10 44 3VL17 16 160 3NA3 244-6 250 2 

3RW44 35 134 3RT10 55 3RT10 36 3RT10 45 3VL17 16 160 3NA3 244-6 250 2 

3RW44 36 162 3RT10 56 3RT10 44 3RT10 45 3VL37 25 250 3NA3 365-6 500 3 

3RW44 43 203 3RT10 64 3RT10 44 3RT10 54 3VL47 31 315 2 x 3NA3 354-6 2 x 355 3 





3RW44 53 551 3TF68 3RT10 64 3RT10 66 3VL67 80 800 2 x 3NA3 365-6 2 x 500 3 




3RW44 57 880 

3RT10 75 3RT10 76 

3 

3RW44 58 970 

3RT10 75 3RT10 76 

3 

3RW44 65 3 

3RW44 66 3 

3VL77 10 1000 2 x 3NA3 365-6 2 x 500 

3VL77 12 1250 3 x 3NA3 365-6 3 x 500 

3VL77 12 1250 3 x 3NA3 365-6 3 x 500 

3VL77 12 1250 3 x 3NA3 365-6 3 x 500 

2) Additional auxiliary relay K4: 

LZX:RT4A4T30 

(3RW44 soft starter with rated control supply voltage 230 V AC), 

LZX:RT4A4S15 

(3RW44 soft starter with rated control supply voltage 115 V AC). 



breaker/fuse), not to any additional components in the feeder. The types of 

coordination are explained under "3RA1 Fuseless Load Feeders". 

17-276 





Inside-delta circuit fused version with 3NE or 3NC SITOR fuses 

(semiconductor protection by fuse, lead and overload protection by motor starter protector/circuit breaker) 



"Switch Disconnectors", and Catalog ET B1 under "BETA Protecting" 

––> "SITOR Semiconductor Fuses" or go to 

www.siemens.com/sitor ––>"Products" ––>"BETA Protecting" 


Soft 

Semiconductor fuses, minimum Semiconductor fuses, maximum Semiconductor fuses (cylinder) 

starters 

ToC 

2 Rated 690 V +10 % Rated current Size 690 V +10 % Rated current Size Rated current Size 

current 

Q11 F3 F3 F3 


Type of coordination "2" 1) 

3RW44 22 50 3NE4 120 80 0 3NE4 121 100 0 3NC2 280 80 22 x 58 

3RW44 23 62 3NE4 121 100 0 3NE4 121 100 0 3NC2 200 100 22 x 58 

3RW44 24 81 3NE4 121 100 0 3NE4 122 125 0 3NC2 200 100 22 x 58 

3RW44 25 99 3NE4 122 125 0 3NE4 124 160 0 

3RW44 26 133 3NE4 124 160 0 3NE4 124 160 0 

3RW44 27 161 3NE3 224 160 1 3NE3 332-0B 400 2 

3RW44 34 196 3NE3 225 200 1 3NE3 335 560 2 

3RW44 35 232 3NE3 225 200 1 3NE3 335 560 2 

3RW44 36 281 3NE3 227 250 1 3NE3 333 450 2 

3RW44 43 352 3NE3 230-0B 315 1 3NE3 333 450 2 

3RW44 44 433 3NE3 230-0B 315 1 3NE3 333 450 2 

3RW44 45 542 3NE3 233 450 1 3NE3 336 630 2 

3RW44 46 617 3NE3 333 450 2 3NE3 336 630 2 

3RW44 47 748 3NE3 335 560 2 3NE3 338-8 800 2 

3RW44 53 954 2 x 3NE3 335 560 2 3 x 3NE3 334-0B 500 2 

3RW44 54 1065 2 x 3NE3 335 560 2 3 x 3NE3 334-0B 500 2 

3RW44 55 1200 2 x 3NE3 335 560 2 3 x 3NE3 334-0B 500 2 

3RW44 56 1351 2 x 3NE3 336 630 2 2 x 3NE3 340-8 900 2 

3RW44 57 1524 2 x 3NE3 336 630 2 3 x 3NE3 340-8 900 2 

3RW44 58 1680 2 x 3NE3 336 630 2 3 x 3NE3 340-8 900 2 

3RW44 65 1864 2 x 3NE3 340-8 900 2 3 x 3NE3 338-8 800 2 

3RW44 66 2103 2 x 3NE3 340-8 900 2 3 x 3NE3 338-8 800 2 

Soft 

starters 

Line contactors 

up to 400 V 

Motor starter protectors/ 


954 

3VL77 10 

1000 

1065 

3VL77 12 

1250 

1200 

3VL87 16 

1600 

1351 

3VL87 16 

1600 

1524 

3VL87 16 

1600 

1680 

3WL12 20 

2000 

1864 

3WL12 25 

2500 

2103 

3WL12 25 

2500 




Line protection, maximum 

ToC 

2 Rated (optional) 440 V +10 % Rated current 690 V +5 % Rated current Size 

current 

Q11 Q21 Q1 F1 

Type A Type Type A Type A 

Type of coordination "2" 1) 

3RW44 22 50 3RT10 36-1AP04 3RV10 42-4KA10 75 3NA3 824-6 80 00 

3RW44 23 62 3RT10 44-1AP04 3RV10 42-4LA10 90 3NA3 830-6 100 00 

3RW44 24 81 3RT10 46-1AP04 3RV10 42-4MA10 100 3NA3 132-6 125 1 

3RW44 25 99 3RT10 54-1AP36 3VL27 16 160 3NA3 136-6 160 1 

3RW44 26 133 3RT10 55-6AP36 3VL27 16 160 3NA3 240-6 200 2 

3RW44 27 161 3RT10 56-6AP36 3VL37 20 200 3NA3 244-6 250 2 

3RW44 34 196 3RT10 64-6AP36 3VL37 25 250 3NA3 360-6 400 3 

3RW44 35 232 3RT10 65-6AP36 3VL47 31 315 3NA3 360-6 400 3 

3RW44 36 281 3RT10 66-6AP36 3VL47 40 400 2 x 3NA3 360-6 2 x 400 3 

3RW44 43 352 3RT10 75-6AP36 3VL47 40 400 2 x 3NA3 365-6 2 x 500 3 

3RW44 44 433 3RT10 76-6AP36 3VL57 50 500 2 x 3NA3 365-6 2 x 500 3 

3RW44 45 542 3TF68 44-0CM7 3VL57 63 800 3 x 3NA3 365-6 3 x 500 3 

3RW44 46 617 3TF68 44-0CM7 3VL67 80 800 3 x 3NA3 365-6 3 x 500 3 

3RW44 47 748 3TF69 3VL67 80 800 3 x 3NA3 365-6 3 x 500 3 

3RW44 53 3 x 3NA3 365-6 3 x 500 

3 

3RW44 54 3 x 3NA3 365-6 3 x 500 

3 

3RW44 55 3 x 3NA3 365-6 3 x 500 

3 

3RW44 56 3 x 3NA3 372 3 x 630 

3 

3RW44 57 3 x 3NA3 372 3 x 630 

3 

3RW44 58 2 x 3NA3 480 2 x 1000 

4 

3RW44 65 2 x 3NA3 482 2 x 1250 

4 

3RW44 66 2 x 3NA3 482 2 x 1250 

4 

The types of coordination are explained under "3RA1 Fuseless Load 

Feeders". 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 







for 3RW44 (with symmetry) 

10 3 

Tripping time [s] 

6 

4 

2 

NSB0_01500a 


for 3RW44 (with asymmetry) 

[s] 

Tripping time 

10 3 

6 

4 

2 

NSB0_01706 

10 2 

10 2 

6 

6 

4 

4 

Soft Starter 

Control 

2 

10 1 

6 

4 

2 

10 1 

6 

4 

2 

2 

10 0 

1 

2 4 6 10 

x e 

Class 5 Class 10 Class 15 Class 20 Class 30 

10 0 

0,1 

1,0 

10 

x e 

Class 5 Class 10 Class 15 Class 20 Class 30 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



e 

105 

100 

95 

90 

85 

80 

75 

70 

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 




NSB0_01704 

17-278 








The soft starter rating can be selected to be as high as the rating of the motor used 




limiting 



- Current limit value Deactivated Deactivated 4 x I M 4 x I M Deactivated Deactivated 


- Starting torque 60 50 40 20 10 10 

- End torque 150 150 150 150 150 150 

- Starting time 10 10 10 10 10 10 

• Breakaway pulse 

Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) 

Ramp-down mode 

Smooth 

ramp-down 

Smooth 

ramp-down 

Free ramp-down Free ramp-down Pump ramp-down Free ramp-down 



The soft starter has to be selected one performance class higher than the motor used 

Application Stirrer Centrifuge Milling machine 



limiting 





- Starting torque 30 30 30 

- End torque 150 150 150 

- Starting time 30 30 30 

• Breakaway pulse Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) Deactivated (0 ms) 

Ramp-down mode Free ramp-down Free ramp-down Free ramp-down or DC braking 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Application examples for very heavy starting (Class 30) 

Very heavy starting Class 30 (up to 60 s with 350 % I n motor ), 

The soft starter has to be selected two performance classes higher than the motor used 

Application Large fan Mill Crusher Circular saw/bandsaw 



limiting 

- Starting voltage % 30 50 50 30 

- Starting time s 60 60 60 60 

- Current limit value 4 x I M 4 x I M 4 x I M 4 x I M 


- Starting torque 20 50 50 20 

- End torque 150 150 150 150 

- Starting time 60 60 60 60 

• Breakaway pulse Deactivated (0 ms) 80 %, 300 ms 80 %, 300 ms Deactivated (0 ms) 

Ramp-down mode Free ramp-down Free ramp-down Free ramp-down Free ramp-down 

Note: 







Assistance. 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 




Soft Starter 

Control 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Circuit concept 

The SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters can be operated in two different 

types of circuit. 

• Inline circuit 

The controls for isolating and protecting the motor are simply 

connected in series with the soft starter. The motor is connected 

to the soft starter with three cables. 

• Inside-delta circuit 

The wiring is similar to that of wye-delta starters. The phases of 

the soft starter are connected in series with the individual motor 

windings. The soft starter then only has to carry the phase current, 

amounting to about 58 % of the rated motor current (conductor 

current). 

Comparison of the types of circuit 

Inline circuit: 

Rated current I e corresponds to the rated motor current I n , 

3 cables to the motor 

Inside-delta circuit: 

Rated current I e corresponds to approx. 58 % of the rated motor 

current I n , 6 cables to the motor (as with wye-delta starters) 

Which circuit? 

Using the inline circuit involves the lowest wiring outlay. If the 

soft starter to motor connections are long, this circuit is preferable. 

With the inside-delta circuit there is double the wiring complexity 

but a smaller size of device can be used at the same rating. 

Thanks to the choice of operating mode between the inline circuit 

and inside-delta circuit, it is always possible to select the 

most favorable solution. 

The braking function is possible only in the inline circuit. 

Configuration 


starting. In case of heavy starting or increased starting frequency, 

a larger device must be selected. 

For long starting times it is recommended to have a PTC sensor 

in the motor. This also applies for the ramp-down modes smooth 

ramp-down, pump ramp-down and DC braking, because during 

the ramp-down time in these modes, an additional current loading 

applies in contrast to free ramp-down. 








starter. 








The harmonic component load for starting currents must be 

taken into consideration for the selection of motor starter protectors 

(selection of release). 

Note: 









soft starter. 

Device interface, PROFIBUS DP communication module, 

Soft Starter ES parameterizing and operating software 

The 3RW44 electronic soft starters have a PC interface for communicating 

with the Soft Starter ES software or for connecting 

the external display and operator module. If the optional 

PROFIBUS communication module is used, the 3RW44 soft 

starter can be integrated in the PROFIBUS network and communicate 

using the GSD file or Soft Starter ES Premium software. 

The Soft Starter ES parameterizing and operating software can 

be downloaded from 

www.usa.siemens.com > Software with a 14-day trial license. 

More information about Soft Starter ES can be found in 

Chapter 12 of Catalog LV 1. 

17-280 




Manual for SIRIUS 3RW44 

Besides containing all important information on configuring, 

commissioning and servicing, the manual also contains example 

circuits and the technical specifications for all devices. 


With this software, you can simulate and select all Siemens 

soft starters, taking into account various parameters such as 

mains properties, motor and load data, and special application 

requirements. 






downloaded from: www.usa.siemens.com > Software 


www.usa.siemens.com 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


l 



Project Planning aids 

Dimensional drawings 


3RW30 1. ... 3RW30 4. 

b 

h 

f 

g 

d 

e 

c 

a 

35 

m 

Soft Starter 

Control 

i 

NSB0_01945 

k 

Type/Dimension 

(mm) 

a b c d e f g h i k l m 

3RW30 1.-1. 95 45 62 146 126 14.4 63 5 6.5 35 85 95 

3RW30 1.-2. 95 45 62 146 126 14.4 63 5 6.5 35 85 117.2 

3RW30 2.-1. 125 45 92 146 126 14.4 63 5 6.5 35 115 125 

3RW30 2.-2. 125 45 92 146 126 14.4 63 5 6.5 35 115 150 

3RW30 3. 160 55 110 163 140 18 63 5 6.5 30 150 144 

3RW30 4. 170 70 110 181 158 22.5 85 5 10 60 160 160 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Clearances to grounded parts (mm) Lateral Top Bottom Fixing screws Tightening torques (Nm) 

3RW30 1. 5 60 40 M4 

1 

3RW30 2. 5 60 40 M4 

1 

3RW30 3. 30 60 40 M4 

1 

3RW30 4. 30 60 40 M4 

2 

3RW30 03-1. (screw terminals) 

3RW30 03-2. (spring-type terminals) 

3,1 

NSC00482 

ca. 71 

ca. 91 

1) 

81,6 

101,6 

7,2 

22,5 

5 

120 

1) For mounting onto standard mounting rail TH 35 according to EN 60715. 

2) Dimension for screw fixing. 

Screw fixing with two 3RP1 903 push-in lugs per 3RW30 03 device. 

17-282 


l 





f 

b 

h 

g 

d 

e 

c 

a 

35 

m 

i 

NSB0_01891a 

Type/Dimension (mm) a b c d e f g h i k l m 

3RW40 2.-1. 125 45 92 149 126 14.4 63 5 6.5 35 115 125 

3RW40 2.-2. 125 45 92 149 126 14.4 63 5 6.5 35 115 150 

3RW40 3. 170 55 110 165 140 18 63 5 6.5 30 150 144 

3RW40 4. 170 70 110 183 158 22.5 85 5 10 60 160 160 

k 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Clearances to grounded parts (mm) Lateral Top Bottom Fixing screws Tightening torques (Nm) 

3RW40 2. 5 60 40 M4 

1 

3RW40 3. 30 60 40 M4 

1 

3RW40 4. 30 60 40 M4 

2 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Type/Dimension (mm) a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q 

3RW40 5. 180 120 37 17 167 100 223 250 180 148 6.5 153 7 198 9 M6, 10 Nm 

3RW40 7. 210 160 48 25 190 140 240 278 205 166 10 166 9 230 11 M8, 15 Nm 


CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 

l 

3RW44 2., 3RW44 3. and 3RW44 4. for High-Feature applications 

f 

b 

o 

a 

e 

k 

i 




q 

r 

c 

d 

n 

g 

h 

Soft Starter 

Control 

NSB0_01493a 

p 

m 


(mm) 

a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r 

3RW44 2. 180 170 37 11 167 100 240 270 174 148 7.5 153 7 184 6.6 M6, 10 Nm 10 

3RW44 3. 180 170 37 17 167 100 240 270 174 148 7.5 153 7 198 9 M6, 10 Nm 10 

3RW44 4. 210 210 48 25 190 140 269 298 205 166 16 166 9 230 11 M8, 15 Nm 10 

17-284 


3RW44 5. and 3RW44 6. for High-Feature applications 

a 

u 

v 

t 

r s 

Soft Starter 

Control 

w 

q h 

o 

p 

e 

d 

f 




c 

b 

1) 

1L1 

3L2 

5L3 

g 

i 

k 

l 

1) For M12 screw, tightening torque max. 35 Nm (310 lb.in). 


(mm) 

2T1 

4T2 

6T3 

m 

a b c d e f g h i k l m 

3RW44 5. 76 40 14 20 15.5 638.5 590 -- 44 470 510 16.5 

3RW44 6. 85 50 14 -- -- 667 660 160 37.5 535 576 16.5 

n 

NSB0_01831 

ad 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 


(mm) 

n o p q r s t u v W ad 

3RW44 5. 105 253 623 -- -- -- 249 162 152 -- 290 

3RW44 6. 103 251 693 43.5 40 20 249 162 151.4 123 290 

3RW49 00-0AC00 external display and operator module 

Installation cutout for 3RW49 00-0AC00 external display and 

operator module 

DEVICE 

SIRIUS 3RW44 

SF 

55 

60 

96 

28 

29,1 

35,6 

NSB0_01829 

92 

NSB0_01830 




Class 73, 74 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Dimensions are in inches and are for reference only (not for construction). Certain styles may deviate from values indicated. 

Non-Combination Class 73 

Combination Type Class 74 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

N1, N3R, N12, N4 Standard Enclosure 

3RW40 

3RW44 

Amps A B C Ref. Drawing 

11 - 73 24 20 10 

98 36 24 10 

117-145 36 24 16 

205-315 36 30 16 

385 60 36 16 

26 - 68 24 20 16 

82 - 117 36 24 16 

145 - 215 36 30 16 

280 - 385 60 36 16 

494 - 780 90 40 18 

970 - 1076 90 48 20 

N4X Stainless Steel Standard Enclosure 


11 - 98 48 36 10 

3RW40 117-315 36 30 16 

385 60 36 16 

26 - 68 24 20 16 

82-117 36 24 12 

3RW44 145 36 30 12 

180-215 36 30 16 

280-385 60 36 12 

N1, N3R, N12, N4 Standard Enclosure 


11 - 62 36 26 8 

73 42 32 12 

3RW40 

98 42 32 12 

117 42 38 16 

145 - 248 60 38 16 

315 - 385 90 40 18 

26 - 68 36 32 16 

82 - 117 42 38 16 

145 - 215 60 38 16 

3RW44 

280 72 40 18 

315 - 384 90 40 18 

494 90 40 18 

551 - 780 90 40 18 

970 - 1076 90 40 18 

N1, N12 Fusible 


3RW44 494-780 90 48 20 

N4X Stainless Steel Standard Enclosure 


11 - 98 48 38 10 

3RW40 117 - 315 36 30 16 

385 60 36 16 

26 - 100 42 32 12 

3RW44 117 - 145 60 38 16 

180 - 385 90 40 20 

17-286 





Schematics 

3RW30 . . connection examples for control circuit 

Control using switches 

N(L-) L1 (L +) 

ON/OFF 

1) 

Automatic mode 

N(L-) 

L1(L+) 

ON/OFF 

1) 

A2 

A1 

Q11 

1 

NSB0_01914 

A2 A1 1 

Q11 

NSB0_01895 

U s 

ON 

>5 min 

NSB0_01916a 

Control by pushbutton 

N(L-) L(L+) 

OFF 

Control of a main contactor 

t 

Soft Starter 

Control 

OFF 

Q21 

N(L-) L1(L+) 

ON 

A2 A1 1 

13 NO 14 

A2 A1 1 

1) 

ON/ 

OFF 

13 NO 14 

ON 

ON 

Q11 

NSB0_01942 

Q11 

NSB0_01997 

3RW30 connection examples for main circuit 2) 

3RW30 – 3-phase motor with 

3NA/3NE fuse 

3RV motor starter protector 

F1 

3NA/3NE 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Q21 

3RT 

3RV 

Q11 

3RW30 

Q11 

3RW30 

M 

3~ 

NSB0_01943 

M 

3~ 

NSB0_01944 

1) Caution: Risk of restarting! 

When operating with a switch (ON/OFF) a new, automatic restart will take 

place automatically if the start command is still active at terminal 1. 

2) As an alternative, the motor feeder can also be installed as a fuseless or as 

a fused version. For fuse and switching device coordination, see 

"Technical specifications". 

The wiring diagrams are provided only as examples. 





3RW40 2. ... 3RW40 4. connection examples for control circuit 

Control using switches 

N(L-) L1 (L +) 

ON/OFF 

1) 

Automatic mode 

N(L-) 

L1(L+) 

ON/OFF 

1) 

Control with remote reset 

N(L-) L1 (L +) 

RESET 

ON/OFF 

1) 

A2 

A1 

Q11 

1 

NSB0_01914 

A2 A1 1 

Q11 

NSB0_01895 

A2 

A1 

Q11 

1 

NSB0_01892 

U s 

U s 

ON 

>5 min 

NSB0_01916a 

100 % 

>1,5 s 

NSB0_01915 

OFF 

t 

t 

Soft Starter 

Control 

Control of 3RW40 2. ... 3RW40 4. 

by pushbutton 

N(L-) L(L+) 


OFF 

ON 

A2 A1 1 

13 NO 14 24 NO 23 95 96 NC NO 98 

Q21 

N(L-) L1(L+) 

1) 

ON/ 

OFF 

A2 A1 1 13 NO 14 24 NO 23 

95 96 NC NO 98 

Q11 

ON 

OVERLOAD 

FAILURE 

NSB0 02007 

Q11 

RUN 

OVERLOAD 

FAILURE 

NSB0_02008 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Connection example of 3RW40 2. ... 3RW40 4. 

for PTC sensors (thermistor motor protection) 

Thermoclick 

PTC type A 

T11/T21 

Q11 

T12 

T22 

NSB0_01893 

T11/T21 

Q11 

T12 T22 

NSB0_01894 

ϑ 

ϑ 




17-288 





3RW40 5. and 3RW40 7. connection examples 

for control circuit 

Control by switch using 

internal 24 V DC supply external power supply 

3RW40 connection examples for main circuit 3) 

3RW40 – 3-phase motor with 

3NA/3NE fuse 

3RV motor starter protector/ 

3VL circuit breaker 

F1 

3NA/3NE 

Q21 

3RT 

3RV/3VL 

Q11 

3RW40 

Q11 

3RW40 

M 

3~ 

NSB0_01489b 

M 

3~ 

NSB0_01487c 


ON 

L1 N 

OFF 

Soft Starter 

Control 

A1 A2 1 

2 3 

13 NO 14 24 NO 23 95 96 NC NO 98 

ON 

Q11 

OVERLOAD 

FAILURE 

NSB0_01483b 

2) 


L1 

N 

A1 A2 1 

Q21 

ON/OFF 1) 

2 3 

13 NO 14 24 NO 23 95 96 NC NO 98 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

RUN 

Q11 

OVERLOAD 

FAILURE 

NSB0_01484b 

2) 




2) Grounding necessary for fan connection to 3RW40 5... 

3) As an alternative, the motor feeder can also be installed as a fuseless or as 

a fused version. For fuse and switching device coordination, see 


The wiring diagrams are provided only as examples. 





3RW44 connection examples for main and control circuits 

Main circuit 

Control circuit 

Possibility 1a: 

Possibility 1: 

Inline circuit with motor starter protector and SITOR fuse 


(semiconductor protection only) 

L1 

L2 

L3 

3/N/PE 400 V AC, 50 Hz 

L1 

1/N/PE 230 V AC 1) , 50 Hz 

Q1 

F2 

F3 

Q11 

L1 L2 L3 

(optional 

semiconductor 

protection fuse) 

Q11 

A1 

Stop 

S1 

2) 

Start S2 

Motor on right 

PS 1 

No action 

PTC type A 

or 

Thermoclick 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 

No action 

Reset S3 

L+ L- IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 

T1 

T2 

Soft Starter 

Control 

M1 

PE 

T1 T2 T3 

U1 V1 W1 

M 

3~ 

NSB0_01490b 

PE 

N 

PE 

96 

A2 13 14 23 24 33 34 95 98 

On period 

No 

action 

No 

action 

Group 

error 

+ 

NSB0_01494c 

Main circuit 

Possibility 1b: 

Possibility 1c: 

Inline circuit with all-range Inline circuit with line and 

protection 

SITOR fuse 

(line and semiconductor protection) (semiconductor protection only) 

1) Permissible values for main and control voltage, see "Technical 

specifications". 


Because the output is parameterized to "Motor ON", the start command is 

automatically active after the reset command and a new, automatic restart 

will take place. This applies especially in case of motor protection tripping. 

For safety reasons we recommend connecting the group error output (terminals 

95/96) in series with the output parameterized to "Motor ON". 

17-290 





Main circuit 


Inline circuit with main contactor 



Control of a main contactor and control by means of PLC 

L1 

L2 

L3 

3/N/PE 400 V AC 1) , 50 Hz 

L1 

1/N/PE 230 V AC 1) , 50 Hz 

Q1 

F2 

+24 V DC 

PLC outputs 

PLC inputs 

F3 

Q21 

Q11 

M1 

PE 

L1 L2 L3 

T1 T2 T3 

U1 V1 W1 

M 

3~ 

(optional 

semiconductor 

protection fuse) 

(optional line 

contactor if floating 

switching of the 

motor is planned) 

NSB0_01495b 

PE 

N 

Q11 A1 

PE 

Switch-on duration 

Motor right 

PS 1 

No action 

Start 2) 

No action 

No action 

No action 

(optional line contactor 

if floating switching 

of the motor is planned) 

Reset 

Trip Reset 


Group error 

A2 13 14 23 24 33 34 95 96 98 

Q21 

M 

PTC type A or 

Thermoclick 

T1 

+ 

T2 

NSB0_01496b 

Soft Starter 

Control 

1) Permissible values for main and control voltage, see "Technical 

specifications". 


The start command (e. g. from the PLC) must be reset prior to a reset command 

because a new, automatic restart will take place automatically if a 

start command is active after the reset command. This applies especially 

in case of motor protection tripping. 

For safety reasons we recommend incorporating the group error output 

(terminals 95 and 96) in the controller. 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Main circuit 


Inline circuit with ramp-down function DC braking 3) 

(for device types 3RW44 22 to 3RW44 25) 



Control of the DC braking contactor 3) 

L1 

L2 

L3 

3/N/PE 400 V AC 1) , 50 Hz 

L1 

1/N/PE 230 V AC 1) , 50 Hz 

Q1 

F2 

+24 V DC 

PLC output 

F3 

L1 L2 L3 

(optional 

semiconductor 

protection) 

M 

Start 2) 

Reset 

PTC type A or 

Thermoclick 

Q11 

T1 T2 T3 

Q91 

No action 

No action 

Reset 

Soft Starter 

Control 

M1 

PE 

Q91 

2 

U1 V1 W1 

M 

3~ 

Q91 

NSB0_01501b 

Q91 

PE 

N 

Q11 

A1 


PE 

DC braking contactor 3) 

96 

A2 13 14 23 24 33 34 95 98 

Switch-on duration Q91 No action Group error 

T1 

+ 

T2 

NSB0_01502a 

Main circuit 


Inline circuit with ramp-down function DC braking 3) 

(for device types 3RW44 26 to 3RW44 47) 



Control of the DC braking contactor 3) 

L1 

L2 

L3 

Q1 

3/N/PE 400 V AC 1) , 50 Hz 

L1 

1/N/PE 230 V AC 1) , 50 Hz 

F2 

+24 V DC 

PLC output 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

F3 

Q11 

L1 L2 L3 

T1 T2 T3 

(optional 

semiconductor 

protection) 

M 

Motor right 

PS 1 

Start 2) 

No action 

No action 

Reset 

Reset 

PTC type A or 

Thermoclick 

M1 

PE 

Q91 Q92 

3 3 

U1 V1 W1 

M 

3~ 

NSB0_01503b 

K4 

Q92 

Q91 

K4 

Q91 

Q92 

PE 

Q11 A1 L+ L- IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 

PE 

DC braking contactor 3) 

96 

A2 13 14 23 24 33 34 95 98 

Switch-on duration 

4) 

K4 

N 

No action 

Group error 

T1 

+ 

T2 

NSB0_01504a 

1) Permissible values for main and control voltage, see 










is required. 

If the ramp-down function "DC braking" is selected, a braking contactor 

must be used in addition. For type see "Fuse Assignment (Inline Circuit)" 

on pages 17-238 to 17-240. 



The output 2 must be switched over to "DC braking contactor". 

4) Auxiliary relay K4, e. g.: 

LZX:RT4A4T30 (230 V AC rated control supply voltage), 

LZX:RT4A4S15 (115 V AC rated control supply voltage). 

17-292 





Main circuit 


Possibility 4a: Possibility 4b: Possibility 4: 

Inside-delta circuit 

Change of direction of rotation for Control by means of PLC 

inside-delta circuit 

L1 

1/N/PE 230 V AC 1) , 50 Hz 

F2 

+24 V DC 

PLC outputs 

PLC inputs 

M 

Start 2) 

Reset 

PTC type A or 

Thermoclick 

PE 

N 

Q11 

PE 

A1 

Motor right 


Group error 

A2 13 14 23 24 33 34 95 96 98 

Switch-on duration No action No action 

No action 

No action 

Trip Reset 

T1 

+ 

T2 

NSB0_01498b 

Soft Starter 

Control 

1) Permissible values for main and control voltage, see 









17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 



Class 73, 74 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 

Soft Starter 

Control 

17-294 


Push SIRIUS Button ACT Pushbuttons Units and Indicator Lights Lights 

SIRUS ACT 3SU Series 

General data 

Overview 

Benefits 

Design 

Communication 

plastic 

black 

Ø 22 mm 

plastic 

metal ring 

matte 

Ø 22 mm 

Color selection 

metal 

shiny 

Ø 22 mm 

metal matte 

flat 

Ø 30 mm 

IC01_00478 

Pilot Devices 

SIRIUS ACT is available in four design lines. 

Ruggedness 

• Direct connection of the enclosure to AS-Interface or IO-Link 

• Direct connection in the control cabinet to PROFINET, IO-Link 

or AS-Interface 

• Can be integrated easily via the TIA Portal 

Easy handling 

• Degree of protection IP66, IP67, IP69 (IP69K) 

6 = Protection against the 

ingress of dust 



IP66 

IP67 

6 = Protection against powerful splashwater 

7 = Protection against temporary 

immersion 

• Self-holding function of the actuator when mounting 

• Twist prevention integrated into patented holder design 

• Stackable contact modules 

• Self-explanatory and fast installation using one hand 

• Components can be mounted with holder removed 

• No special tools required, simple size 2 screwdriver 

(cross-tip DIN ISO 87641PZD1, flat-head DIN ISO 2380-1 A/B 

1x4.5) is sufficient 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

13 

IP69 (IP69K) 



• Service life of 100 000 hours thanks to use of LEDs 

• Media resistance (chemicals) thanks to solid stainless steel 

and high-grade plastics 

• Mechanical endurance of 10 x 10 6 switching cycles 

• Suitable for use in extreme environments 

• Reliable, friction-locked fixing with just one screw 

• Design stability according to use 

• Simple geometry for mounting holes 

13/6 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2016 

9/9K = Protection against water in 

high-pressure cleaning (approx. 80 bar) 

and high water jet temperatures 

(approx. 80 °C) 

These two pages are a brief overview of the 

SIRIUS ACT 3SU Series. Please consult the 

Siemens Industrial Control products catalog for 

a complete listing of products or look for 

info online at usa.siemens.com/sirius-act 


Push Button Units and Indicator Lights 

SIRIUS ACT Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights 

SIRUS ACT 3SU Series 

General data 

Actuating and signaling elements 


Overview 

13 

1 

14 

Pilot Devices 

2 

3 

15 

16 

4 

5 

6 

7 

9 

8 

17 

10 

11 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

12 

18 

19 

20 

21 

IC01_00424b 

13 

Actuating and signaling elements Pages Modules for front plate mounting Pages 

$ Pushbuttons, illuminated pushbuttons 10/39 2 Contact modules 

10/112 

% Mushroom pushbuttons 10/41 3 LED modules 

10/116 

& Selector switches 10/42 4 AS-Interface modules 

10/118 

()* Key-operated switches, potentiometers, indicator lights 10/43 Enclosures Pages 

+, EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons, 

10/41 5 Enclosures 

10/122 

backing plates 

-. ID key-operated switches, ID keys, electronic modules 10/59 Modules for base mounting Pages 

/ Twin pushbuttons, label holders, labeling plates 10/51 6 Contact modules 

10/131 

0 Label holders, labeling plates 10/136 7 LED modules 

10/131 

Holders and labels Pages 8 IO-Link modules 

10/134 

1 Holders 10/136 9 AS-Interface modules 

10/134 

System overview of SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights 

from the plastic design line. 

Pushbuttons and indicator lights available in 4 design lines. 

Page links above reference the U.S. Industrial Controls catalog available online 

17-296 


13/8 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2016

Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 

30 mm Heavy Duty, Watertight/Oiltight, Class 52 Pushbutton complete units 

Features 

• Octagonal Mounting Nuts 

• Meets Type 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 and 

Automotive Standards 

• Heavy Duty Rated NEMA A600/P600 

Contacts 

• Positively Driven Contacts 

• Positive Indexing Selectors 

• Bifurcated Movable Contacts 

• Attractive Chrome Plating 

• Boots Not Required for Type 4 

• UL Listed File # E22655 

• CSA Certified File # LR6535 

• Touchsafe Terminals 

Application 

Oil tight pilot controls and accessories are 

designed to provide long, trouble free serv ice in 

the most demanding industrial appli cations. 

These controls are oil and dust tight and meet 

Type 3, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 specifica tions. 

Rugged 

Industrial control operators are durable one 

piece castings. Heavy duty plastic buttons 

resist oils and corrosion. Silver contacts carry 

heavy duty ratings. 

Flexible 

Accessories modify standard push buttons, 

selector switches and pilot lights. Building 

block construction of contact blocks makes 

possible many circuitry combinations. 

Industrial Appearance 

Pilot controls add luster to panels. Chrome 

plating covers exposed metal parts. 

Push Button Operators 

The Operator Base consists of a durable, one 

piece casting equipped with a heavy duty 

actuator with a stainless steel spring, a 

neoprene actuator sealing ring to prevent oil 

and dust from penetrating to the contact 

blocks, a neoprene gasket to seal operator 

mounting hole and a chrome plated lock nut. 

Mushroom Head Push Button Operators 

The Mushroom Head base construction is 

identical to the push button base. The actua tor 

is molded of high impact material for ei ther a 1 

5⁄8 inch or 2 1⁄2 inch diameter molded head. 

E-STOP Mushroom Head Operators according 

to EN 60947-5-5 Cat. No. 52BP, 52BR, 52PP, 

and 52PR, 2 Position, Twist-To-Release & 2 

Position, Push Pull Maintained operators 

provided with red operating heads and 52BJK 

contact blocks meet the requirements of EN 

60947-5-5 for Electrical Emergency Stop 

Device With Mechanical Latching Function 

(e-stop). 

Contact Blocks 

Contact Blocks have double break bifurcated 

silver contacts, with gold flashing as standard, 

which improves contact reliability. Contact 

blocks are heavy duty rated NEMA A600 and 

suitable for applications down to 5V/1MA solid 

state outputs. 52BJK offers 

Positive Opening Contacts according to IEC 

60947-5-1, Appendix K. Molded bodies and 

pushers resist arcing and tracking. All units 

have stainless steel springs that resist 

corrosion and provide strong contact pressure. 

Captive mounting screws speed panel 

assembly. 

Push Pull Operators 

Push Pull Operators combine two or three 

functions in one unit. The maintained opera tor 

has two positions, typically pull to start, push to 

stop. The momentary operator with three 

positions provides spring return from both pull 

and push positions. In addition, a three position 

push maintained, pull momen tary operator is 

available. The actuator come is 1 3/4 inch or 2 

1/2 inch diameter and is available in an 

illuminated version. 

2 Button Maintained Operator 

Maintained Push Buttons consist of two push 

buttons and a latching assembly. When 

ac tuated the button remains depressed and is 

freed only by the release operator to which it is 

linked. The button assembly adjusts for 

mounting from a 1 13⁄16 inch to a 2 5⁄8 inch 

center. 

Transformer Type Pilot Lights 

Transformer Type Pilot Lights are available with 

a 120, 240, 480 or 600 Volt primary (50/60 

Hertz) and a separate secondary winding 

which supplies reduced voltage to a minia ture 

bayonet base 6 Volt lamp. These units are 

suitable for applications where vibration is 

present and long bulb life is desirable. 

Full Voltage Type Pilot Lights 

Full Voltage Pilot Lights are available for 6,12, 

24 and 120 Volt AC and DC applications. 

Electrical Ratings 

NEMA AC Ratings 50/60Hz 

NEMA A600 10 Continuous Amps 

Volts Make Break 

120 60 6 

240 30 3 

480 15 1.5 

600 12 1.2 

VA 7200 720 


• Accessories: pages 17-321 – 17-324 

• Selector Position and Contact Operation: 

page 17-319 – 17-320. 

• Legend Plates: page 17-333. 

• Enclosures: page 17-334. 

• Technical Specifications: page 17-335. 

Resistor Type Pilot Lights 

Resistor Type Pilot Lights are available for 240 

Volt AC and DC applications. The 240 Volt 

pilot light is supplied with a 120 Volt lamp and 

a voltage dropping resistor. 

LED Type Pilot Lights 

LED’s (light emitting diodes) can be used in 

pilot lights instead of incandescent bulbs 

because of their long life (up to 10 years), 

resistance to vibration and ambient sensitivity. 

Clusted LED options are available for standard 

pilot lights only. Cluster LED options are not 

available on Push to test Pilot Lights, 

Illuminated Pushbuttons, Push-pull, or 

Twist-to-Release Operators. 

Integrated LED Module Type Pilot Lights 

The integrated LED module is available for 24, 

120, and 240 V. LED modules are vibration 

resistant and have a long life (up to 10 years). 

The integrated LED module is available for 24, 

120, and 240 V. LED modules are vibra tion 

resistant and have a long life (up to 10 yrs.). 

Selector Operators 

Selector Operators have positive action 

in dexing. Operators are available with either a 

short or long lever. The molded black lever is 

designed to accept a color insert. A white in sert is 

provided as standard. Each operator is 

equipped with a cam to actuate plungers of 

contact blocks assembled behind the op erator. 

Two, three and four position operators are 

available with seven different cams. 

Lever color inserts are available in 8 colors. 

Pilot Devices 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Indicator Light Push Button Selector Switch Selector Push Button 


Push Buttons & Signaling Devices 

30mm Water, Oil Tight & Corrosion Resistant – Class 52 

Push Button 

Selection Guid 

Momentary Push Button - Non-Illuminated 

Pilot Devices 

Part Number 

Flush Head Extended Head Large Mushroom Head 2 1/2˝ 

Small Mushroom Head 1 3/4˝ 

52 M _______ _______ _______ 

1 

a b c d e 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

a 

Code Finish 

P Chrome - Command 52 

B 

Epoxy Coated - Black Max 

b Code Type 

M 

Momentary Push Button 

c Code Style / Head Type 

8A 

8B 

9A 

9W 

9V 

Flush / Extended Cap 2 

Flush 

Extended 

Mushroom Head Metal 

Small Mushroom Head 1 3/4” (44.5mm) 

Mushroom Head Plastic 

Small Mushroom Head 1 3/4” (44.5mm) 

Large Mushroom Head 2 1/2” (63.5mm) 

1 For operator without contact blocks leave position e blank. 

2 Products available fall 2014. For current product offer please refer to the 

2010 Industrial Control Catalog. 

d 

Code Plastic Metal 

1 Black — 

e 

2 Red Red 

3 Green Green 

4 Yellow — 

5 Blue — 

6 Gray — 

7 All Color Caps — 

8 Orange — 

C — Chrome 

1 Code Contact Blocks 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

G 

H 

J 

K 

1 NO + 1 NC 

2 NO + 2 NC 

3 NO + 3 NC 

4 NO + 4 NC 

1 NC (LB) 

2 NO 

2 NC 

1NO (EM) 

1 NC 

1 NO 

17-298 


Product Category: PILO



Push Buttons 

Selection Tables 

Momentary Push Button - Non-Illumniated 

Finish 

Head Style Contacts Color Chrome Black Max 

Flush 

Extended 

Mushroom 

Head Plastic 

Ø 1 3/4” 

Mushroom 

Head Plastic 

Ø 2 1/2” 

Readily available items are in bold. 

This is a small representation of stocked items. 

Less cap 52PM8 52BM8 

Black 52PM8A1 52BM8A1 

— 

Red 52PM8A2 52BM8A2 

Green 52PM8A3 52BM8A3 

Yellow 52PM8A4 52BM8A4 

Black 52PM8A1A 52BM8A1A 

1 NO - 1 NC 

Red 52PM8A2A 52BM8A2A 

Green 52PM8A3A 52BM8A3A 

Black 52PM8A1K 52BM8A1K 

1 NO 

Red 52PM8A2K 52BM8A2K 

Green 52PM8A3K 52BM8A3K 

1 NC Red 52PM8A2J 52BM8A2J 

Black 52PM8B1 52BM8B1 

— 

Red 52PM8B2 52BM8B2 

Green 52PM8B3 52BM8B3 

1 NO 

Black 52PM8B1K 52BM8B1K 

Red 52PM8B2K 52BM8B2K 

1 NC Red 52PM8B2J 52BM8B2J 

— 

Less cap 52PM9 52BM9 

Red 52PM9W2 52BM9W2 

1 NO Green 52PM9W3K 52BM9W3K 

1 NO - 1 NC 

Black 52PM9W1A 52BM9W1A 

Red 52PM9W2A 52BM9W2A 

1 NO - 1 NC Green 52PM9W3A 52BM9W3A 

— Red 52PM9V2 52BM9V2 

Black 52PM9V1A 52BM9V1A 

1 NO - 1 NC 

Red 52PM9V2A 52BM9V2A 

Green 52PM9V3A 52BM9V3A 

Pilot Devices 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Product Category: PILO 




Non-Illuminated Push Pull 


2 & 3 Position Push-Pull Mushroom Head Devices - Non-Illuminated 

Pilot Devices 

Part Number 

Mushroom Head Metal Ø 1 3/4˝ Mushroom Head Plastic Ø 2 1/2˝ Mushroom Head Plastic Ø 1 3/4˝ 

52 _______ P _______ _______ _______ _______ 

a b c d e f 3 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

a 

Code Finish 

P Chrome-Command 52 

B 

Epoxy Coated-Black Max 

b Code Type 

P 

Push Pull 

c Code Function 

2 2 positions - maintained 1 

3 3 positions - momentary in - momentary out 

7 3 positions - maintained in - momentary out 

d 

Code Style 

A 

Small metal 1-3/4” (44.5 mm) 

W 

V 

Small plastic 1-3/4” (44.5 mm) 

Large plastic 2-1/2” (63.5 mm) 

e Code Color 

Plastic 

Metal 

1 Black — 

2 Red 1 Red 1 

3 Green Green 

4 Yellow — 

5 Blue — 

6 Gray — 

8 Orange — 

C — Chrome 

f 3 Code Contact Blocks 

2 Position 

A 1 NO + 1 NC 1 

B 2 NO + 2 NC 1 

C 3 NO + 3 NC 1 

D 4 NO + 4 NC 1 

E 

1 NC (LB) 

F 

2 NO 

G 2 NC 1 

H 

1 NO (EM) 

J 1 NC 1 

K 

1 NO 

Q 

1 NO - 1 NC (ELB) 

3 Position 

U 1 NO - 1 NC extra late break 2 

No Operating Head 

Z 

No head 

1 EMERGENCY-STOP control devices according to IEC 60947-5-5 when provided 

with red operating head and positively driven NC contact blocks. Positive 

opening contacts according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K. 

2 Blocks cannot be interchanged (stop-start circuit - pull to start, push to stop). 

3 For operator without contact blocks leave position f blank. 

17-300 





Non-Illuminated Push Pull 


2 & 3 Position Push-Pull Mushroom Head Devices - Non-Illuminated 

2 pos - maintained 

Metal Ø 1 3/4” Plastic Ø 1 3/4” Plastic Ø 2 1/2” 

Contacts Color Chrome Black Max Chrome Black Max Chrome Black Max 

Black — — 52PP2W1 52BP2W1 52PP2V1 2BP2V1 

— 

Red 52PP2A2 52BP2A2 52PP2W2 52BP2W2 52PP2V2 52BP2V2 

Green 52PP2A3 52BP2A3 52PP2W3 52BP2W3 52PP2V3 52BP2V3 

Yellow — — 52PP2W4 52BP2W4 52PP2V4 52BP2V4 

Red 52PP2A2A 1 52BP2A2A 1 52PP2W2A 1 52BP2W2A 1 52PP2V2A 1 52BP2V2A 1 

1 NO - 1 NC 

Green 52PP2A3A 52BP2A3A 52PP2W3A 52BP2W3A 52PP2V3A — 

Yellow — — 52PP2W4A 52BP2W4A 52BP2V4A 52BP2V4A 

Chrome 52PP2ACA 52BP2ACA — — — — 

Pilot Devices 

3 pos - momentary in - momentary out 




— 



Chrome 52PP3AC 52BP3AC — — — — 

1 NO - 1 NCELB 

Red 52PP3A2U 52BP3A2U 52PP3W2U 52BP3W2U 52PP3V2U 52BP3V2U 

Green 52PP3A3U 52BP3A3U 52PP3W3U 52BP3W3U 52PP3V3U 52BP3V3U 

3 pos - maintained in - momentary out 



— 

1 NO - 1 NCELB 




Chrome 52PP7AC 52BP7AC — — — — 

Red 52PP7A2U1 52BP7A2U 52PP7W2U 52BP7W2U 52PP7V2U 52BP7V2U 

Green 52PP7A3U 52BP7A3U 52PP7W3U 52BP7W3U 52PP7V3U 52BP7V3U 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

1 EMERGENCY-STOP control devices according to IEC 60947-5-5 





Illuminated Push Pull & Push Button 


2 & 3 Position Push-Pull Mushroom Head Devices - Illuminated 

Pilot Devices 

Part Number 

Mushroom Head Metal Ø 1 3/4” Mushroom Head Plastic Ø 2 1/2” Mushroom Head Plastic Ø 1 3/4” 

52 _______ P _______ _______ _______ _______ _______ 

a b c d e f g 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

a 

Code Finish 


B 


b 

Code Type 

P 

Push Pull Operator 

c 

Code Function 

2 2 positions - maintained 1 

3 3 positions - momentary in - momentary out 2 

7 3 positions - maintained in - momentary out 2 

d Code Operation 

Full Voltage 3 (AC/DC ) 

Incandescent LED 4 

B 6-8V 6V 

C 12-13V — 

D 24-28V 24-28V 

E 120V 120V 

F — 240V 

G 

H 

J 

K 

Transformer 3 

120V AC 

240V AC 

480V AC 

600V AC 

e 

Code Style / Color 

Mushroom Head Metal Ø 1 3/4” (44.5mm) 

2 Red 1 

3 Green 

5 Blue 

9 Amber 

A 

Clear 

B 

White 

Mushroom Head Plastic Ø 1 3/4” (44.5 mm) 

R Red 1 

S 

Green 

T 

Amber 

Mushroom Head Plastic Ø 2 1/2” (63.5mm) 

D Red 1 

E 

Green 

F 

Amber 

Z 

No Head (full voltage & transformer only) 

No head 

f 

Code Contact Blocks 

2 Position 

A 1 NO + 1 NC 1 

B 2 NO - 2 NC 1 

F 

2 NO 

G 2 NC 1 

J 1 NC 1 

K 

1 NO 

Q 

1 NO - 1 NC (ELB) 

1 EMERGENCY-STOP control devices according to IEC 60947-5-5 when provided with 

red operating head and positively driven NC contact blocks. 

Positive opening contacts according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, 

2 Blocks cannot be interchanged (stop-start circuit - pull to start, push to stop). 

3 Default bulb type is incandescent. For LED options, append field g. LED option not 

available on units sold “no head”. 

4 LED voltages apply to table g option code B and Y. 

6V and 120V are currently AC only. Replaced by AC/DC rated versions end of 2014. 

5 Not available in 240V. 

3 Position 

U 1 NO - 1 NC extra late break 2 

g Code Bulb Type 

Blank 

Incandescent 

B 

LED 

Y Super-Bright LED 5 

17-302 





Illuminated Push Pull 


Operator Type 

2 pos - maintained 

Metal Ø 1 3/4” Plastic Ø 1 3/4” 

Type Lamp Type Voltage Color Contacts Chrome Black Max Chrome Black Max 

Red 1 NO - 1 NC 52PP2D2AB 1 52BP2D2AB 1 52PP2DRAB 1 52BP2DRAB 1 

LED 

24V 

Green 1 NO - 1 NC 52PP2D3AB 52BP2D3AB 52PP2DSAB 52BP2DSAB 

Full Voltage 

Red 1 NO - 1 NC 52PP2D2A 1 52BP2D2A 1 52PP2DRA 1 52BP2DRA 1 

24V 

(AC/DC) 

Green 1 NO - 1 NC 52PP2D3A 52BP2D3A 52PP2DSA 52BP2DSA 

Incandescent 

1 NO - 1 NC 52PP2E2A 1 52BP2E2A 1 52PP2ERA 1 52BP2ERA 1 

120V Red 

— 52PP2E2 52BP2E2 52PP2ER 52BP2ER 

Red 1 NO - 1 NC 52PP2G2AB 1 52BP2G2AB 1 52PP2GRAB 1 52BP2GRAB 1 

LED 

120V 

Transformer 

Green 1 NO - 1 NC 52PP2G3AB 52BP2G3AB 52PP2GSAB 52BP2GSAB 

(AC) 

Red 1 NO - 1 NC 52PP2G2A 1 52BP2G2A 1 52PP2GRA 1 52BP2GRA 1 

Incandescent 120V 

Green 1 NO - 1 NC 52PP2G3A 52BP2G3A 52PP2GSA 52BP2GSA 

Pilot Devices 

Operator Type 

3 pos - momentary in - momentary out 



LED 24V Green 1 NO - 1 NCELB 52PP3D3UB 52BP3D3UB 52PP3DRUB 52BP3DRUB 

Full Voltage 

Green 1 NO - 1 NCELB 52PP3D3U 52BP3D3U 52PP3DSU 52BP3DSU 

24V 

(AC/DC) Incandescent 

Red 1 NO - 1 NCELB 52PP3D2U 52BP3D2U 52PP3DRU 52BP3DRU 

120V Red — 52PP3E2 52BP3E2 52PP3ER 52BP3ER 

Red 1 NO - 1 NCELB 52PP3G2UB 52BP3G2UB 52PP3GRUB 52BP3GRUB 

LED 

120V 

Transformer 

Green 1 NO - 1 NCELB 52PP3G3UB 52BP3G3UB 52PP3GSUB 52BP3GSUB 

(AC) 

Red 1 NO - 1 NCELB 52PP3G2U 52BP3G2U 52PP3GRU 52BP3GRU 


Green 1 NO - 1 NCELB 52PP3G3U 52BP3G3U 52PP3GRU 52BP3GRU 

Operator Type 

3 pos - maintained in - momentary out 



LED 24V Green 1 NO - 1 NCELB 52PP7D3UB 52BP7D3UB 52PP7DSUB 52BP7DSUB 

Full Voltage 

Green 1 NO - 1 NCELB 52PP7D3U 52BP7D3U 52PP7DSU 52BP7DSU 

24V 

(AC/DC) Incandescent 

Red 1 NO - 1 NCELB 52PP7D2U 52BP7D2U 52PP7DRU 52BP7DRU 

120V Red — 52PP7E2 52BP7E2 52PP7ER 52BP7ER 

Red 1 NO - 1 NCELB 52PP7G2UB 52BP7G2UB 52PP7GRUB 52BP7GRUB 

LED 

120V 

Transformer 

Green 1 NO - 1 NCELB 52PP7G3UB 52BP7G3UB 52PP7GSUB 52BP7GSUB 

(AC) 

Red 1 NO - 1 NCELB 52PP7G2U 52BP7G2U 52PP7GRU 52BP7GRU 


Green 1 NO - 1 NCELB 52PP7G3U 52BP7G3U 52PP7GRU 52BP7GRU 



17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

1 EMERGENCY-STOP control devices according to IEC 60947-5-5 





Non-Illuminated Twist-to-Release 


2 Position Twist-to-Release Devices Mushroom Head - Non-Illuminated 

Pilot Devices 

Part Number 

Plastic 1 3/4” Mushroom Head - Chrome 

Plastic 1 3/4” Mushroom Head - Black Max 

52 _______ R 8 W _______ _______ 

a b c d e f 2 

Finish Function Style Color Contacts Part Number 

Chrome 2 Position Twist-to-Release Plastic 1 3/4” Mushroom Head Red 1 NO - 1 NC 52PR8W2A 

Black Max 2 Position Twist-to-Release Plastic 1 3/4” Mushroom Head Red 1 NO - 1 NC 52BR8W2A 

Chrome 2 Position Twist-to-Release Plastic 1 3/4” Mushroom Head Red None 52PR8W2 



17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

a 

Code Finish 


B 


b 

Code Function 

R 2 Position Twist-to-Release, Maintained 1 

c 

Code Style 

8 Plastic 1 3/4” Mushroom Head 

d 

Code Lamp Type 

W 

Non-Illuminated 

e 

Code Color 

2 Red 1 

3 Green 

4 Yellow 

Z 

No head 


A 1 NO + 1 NC 1 

B 2 NO + 2 NC 1 

C 3 NO + 3 NC 1 

D 4 NO + 4 NC 1 

E 

1 NC (LB) 

F 

2 NO 

G 2NC 1 

H 

1NO (EM) 

J 1 NC 1 

K 

1 NO 

1 EMERGENCY-STOP control devices according to IEC 60947-5-5 when 

provided with red operating head and positively driven NC contact blocks. 

Positive opening contacts according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K. 

2 For operator without contact blocks leave position f blank. 

17-304 





Illuminated Twist-to-Release 


2 Position Twist-to-Release Mushroom Head Devices - Illuminated 

Part Number 

Plastic 1 3/4” Mushroom Head - Chrome 

Plastic 1 3/4” Mushroom Head - Black Max 

52 _______ R 8 _______ _______ _______ _______ 

a b c d e f g 

Pilot Devices 

Finish Style Voltage Bulb Type Color Contacts Part Number 

Chrome Plastic 1 3/4” Mushroom Head 24V LED Red 1 NO - 1 NC 52PR8DRAB 

Chrome Plastic 1 3/4” Mushroom Head 120V Incandescent Red 1 NO - 1 NC 52PR8ERA 

Chrome Plastic 1 3/4” Mushroom Head 120V LED Red 1 NO - 1 NC 52PR8GRAB 



a 

Code Finish 


B 


b 

Code Function 

R 

2 Position Twist-to-Release, Maintained 

c 

Code Style 

8 Plastic 1 3/4” Mushroom Head 


Full Voltage 2 (AC/DC) 


B 6-8V 6V 

C 12-13V — 

D 24-28V 24-28V 

E 120V 120V 

F — 240V 

G 

H 

J 

K 

Transformer 2 

120V AC 

240V AC 

480V AC 

600V AC 

e 

Code Color 

R Red 1 

S 

Green 

T 

Amber 

Z 

No head 

f 


A 1 NO + 1 NC 1 

B 2 NO + 2 NC 1 

C 3 NO + 3 NC 1 

D 4 NO + 4 NC 1 

E 1 NC (LB) 

F 

2 NO 

G 2NC 1 

H 

1NO (EM) 

J 1 NC 1 

K 

1 NO 


Blank 

Incandescent 

B 

LED 


17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

1 EMERGENCY-STOP control devices according to IEC 60947-5-5 when provided with 

red operating head and positively driven NC contact blocks. Positive 

opening contacts according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, Molded bodies. 

2 Default bulb type is incandescent. For LED options, append field g. 

LED option not available on units sold “no head.” 








Indicator Light 



Pilot Devices 

Part Number 

Plastic Lens 

Glass Lens 

52 _______ L _______ _______ _______ _______ 

a b c d e f 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

a 

Code Finish 


B 


b 

Code Type 

L 


c Code Style 

4 Plastic Lens 

5 Glass Lens 




B 6-8V 6V 

C 12-13V — 

D 24-28V 24-28V 

E 120V 120V 

F — 240V 

Transformer 1 

e 

Code Color 

2 Red 

3 Green 

5 Blue 

7 All Colors 

9 Amber 

A 

Clear 

B 

White 

N 

No Lens 

f 

Code Bulb Type 

Blank 

Incandescent 

XB 

LED 

XY Super-Bright LED 3 

G 

H 

J 

K 

120V AC 

240V AC 

480V AC 

600V AC 

1 Default bulb type is incandescent. For LED options, append field f. 

LED option not available on units sold “No Lens”. 

2 LED voltages apply to table f option code XB and XY. 

6V, 24V (Super Bright only) and 120V are currently AC only. Replaced by AC/DC rated 

versions end of 2014. 


17-306 





Indicator Lights 



Plastic Lens 

Type Lamp Type Voltage Color Chrome Black Max 

Red 52PL4D2XB 52BL4D2XB 

Green 52PL4D3XB 52BL4D3XB 

Full Voltage 

(AC/DC) 

Transformer 

(AC) 

LED 

Incandescent 

LED 

Incandescent 

24V 

120V 

24V 

120V 

120V 

480V 

120V 

240V 

480V 

Blue 52PL4D5XB 52BL4D5XB 

Amber 52PL4D9XB 52BL4D9XB 

White 52PL4DBXB 52BL4DBXB 

Red 52PL4E2XB 52BL4E2XB 

Green 52PL4E3XB 52BL4E3XB 

Amber 52PL4E9XB 52BL4E9XB 

Clear 52PL4EAXB 52BL4EAXB 

White 52PL4EBXB 52BL4EBXB 

Red 52PL4D2 52BL4D2 

Green 52PL4D3 52BL4D3 

Blue 52PL4D5 52BL4D5 

Amber 52PL4D9 52BL4D9 

White 52PL4DB 52BL4DB 

No Lens 52PL4DN 52BL4DN 

Red 52PL4E2 52BL4E2 

Green 52PL4E3 52BL4E3 

Amber 52PL4E9 52BL4E9 

No Lens 52PL4EN 52BL4EN 

Red 52PL4G2XB 52BL4G2XB 

Green 52PL4G3XB 52BL4G3XB 

Amber 52PL4G9XB 52BL4G9XB 

White 52PL4GBXB 52BL4GBXB 

Red 52PL4J2XB 52BL4J2XB 

Green 52PL4J3XB 52BL4J3XB 

White 52PL4JBXB 52BL4JBXB 

Red 52PL4G2 52BL4G2 

Green 52PL4G3 52BL4G3 

Amber 52PL4G9 52BL4G9 

White 52PL4GB 52BL4GB 

No Lens 52PL4GN 52BL4GN 

Red 52PL4H2 52BL4H2 

Green 52PL4H3 52BL4H3 

Red 52PL4J2 52BL4J2 

Green 52PL4J3 52BL4J3 

Amber 52PL4J9 52BL4J9 

Pilot Devices 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 







Illuminated Push Button & Push-to-Test 


Push Button & Push-to-Test - Illuminated 

Pilot Devices 

Part Number 

Extended Lens 

Flush Lens 

52 _______ T _______ _______ _______ _______ 

a b c d e f g 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

a 

Code Finish 


B 


b 

Code Function 

T Illuminated Push Button / Push-to-Test 1 

c 

Code Style 

6 Extended Lens 

8 Flush Lens 2 

d 

Code Operation 



B 6-8V 6V 

C 12-13V — 

D 24-28V 24-28V 

E 120V 120V 

F — 240V 

G 

H 

J 

K 

Transformer 3 

120V AC 

240V AC 

480V AC 

600V AC 

1 For push-to-test functionality, wire according to wiring diagram below. 

2 Products available fall 2014. 

e 

Code Color 

2 Red 

3 Green 

5 Blue 

7 All Colors 

9 Amber 

A 

Clear 

B 

White 

N 

No Lens 

f Code Contact Blocks 

A 

1 NO - 1 NC 

B 

2 NO + 2 NC 

C 

3 NO + 3 NC 

D 

4 NO + 4 NC 

E 

1 NC (LB) 

F 

2 NO 

G 

2 NC 

H 

1NO (EM) 

J 

1 NC 

K 

1 NO 

g 

Code Bulb Type 

Blank 

Incandescent 

B 

LED 


3 Default bulb type is incandescent. For LED options, append field g. 

LED option not available on units sold “No Lens”. 




17-308 





Illuminated Push Buttons & Push-to-Test 


Push Button & Push-to-Test - Illuminated 

Extended Lens 

Type Lamp Type Voltage Color Contacts Chrome Black Max 

Full Voltage 

(AC/DC) 

Transformer 

(AC) 

LED 

Incandescent 

LED 

Incandescent 



Red 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6D2AB 52BT6D2AB 

Green 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6D3AB 52BT6D3AB 

24V 

Blue 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6D5AB 52BT6D5AB 

Amber 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6D9AB 52BT6D9AB 

White 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6DBAB 52BT6DBAB 

120V 

Red 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6E2AB 52BT6E2AB 

Green 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6E3AB 52BT6E3AB 

Red 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6D2A 52BT6D2A 

Green 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6D3A 52BT6D3A 

24V 

Blue 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6D5A 52BT6D5A 

Amber 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6D9A 52BT6D9A 

White 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6DBA 52BT6DBA 

120V 

Red 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6E2A 52BT6E2A 

Green 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6E3A 52BT6E3A 

Red 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6G2AB 52BT6G2AB 

120V 

Green 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6G3AB 52BT6G3AB 

Amber 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6G9AB 52BT6G9AB 

White 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6GBAB 52BT6GBAB 

240V 

Red 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6H2AB 52BT6H2AB 

Green 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6H3AB 52BT6H3AB 

Red 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6G2A 52BT6G2A 

Green 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6G3A 52BT6G3A 

120V 

Amber 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6G9A 52BT6G9A 

White 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6GBA 52BT6GBA 

No Lens 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6GNA 52BT6GNA 

240V Green 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6H3A 52BT6H3A 

480V Clear 1 NO - 1 NC 52PT6JAA 52BT6JAA 

Pilot Devices 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Illuminated Push Button 


Push Button Mushroom Head Devices – Illuminated 4 

Pilot Devices 

Part Number 

Mushroom Head Metal Ø 1 3/4” Mushroom Head Plastic Ø 2 1/2” Mushroom Head Plastic Ø 1 3/4” 

52 _______ T 9 _______ _______ _______ _______ 

a b c d e f g 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

a 

Code Finish 


B 


b 

Code Type 

T 

Push Button Operator 

c 

Code Function 

9 2 positions – momentary in 




B 6-8V 6V 

C 12-13V — 

D 24-28V 24-28V 

E 120V 120V 

F — 240V 

G 

H 

J 

K 

Transformer 2 

120V AC 

240V AC 

480V AC 

600V AC 

1 Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K. 

2 Default bulb type is incandescent. For LED options, append field g. LED option not 

available on units sold “no head”. 



4 Products available fall 2014. 


e 

Code Style / Color 

Mushroom Head Metal Ø 1 3/4” (44.5mm) 

2 Red 1 

3 Green 

5 Blue 

9 Amber 

A 

Clear 

B 

White 

R 

S 

T 

Mushroom Head Plastic Ø 1 3/4” (44.5 mm) 

Red 

Green 

Amber 

Mushroom Head Plastic Ø 2 1/2” (63.5mm) 

D Red 1 

E 

Green 

F 

Amber 

Z 

No Head (full voltage & transformer only) 

No head 

f 


A 

1 NO + 1 NC 

B 

2 NO + 2 NC 

C 

3 NO + 3 NC 

D 4 NO + 4 NC 

E 

1 NC (LB) 

F 2 NO 

G 2 NC 

H 

1NO (EM) 

J 

1 NC 

K 

1 NO 


Blank 

Incandescent 

B 

LED 


17-310 





Illuminated Selector Switches 


Selector Switches – Illuminated 

Part Number 

Short Lever – Chrome 

Short Lever – Black Max 

52 S ______ 7 _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ 

a b c d e f g h i 

Pilot Devices 

Finish Style Cam Type Function Color Contacts Part Number 

Chrome Maintained 2 Position: CAM A 24-28V AC/DC No Insert None 52SA7ADN 

Chrome Maintained 2 Position: CAM A 120V AC (Transformer) No Insert None 52SA7AGN 

Chrome Maintained 3 Position: CAM C 120V AC No Insert None 52SA7CGN 



a 

Code Type 

S 

Selector Switch 

b 

Code Finish 

A Chrome - Command 52 

X 

Epoxy Coated - Black Max 

f 

Code Color 

2 Red 

3 Green 

5 Blue 

9 Amber 

A 

Clear 

N 

No Insert 

c 

Code Style 

7 Maintained 

d 

Code Function 

A 

2 Position: CAM A 

B 

3 Position: CAM B 

C 

3 Position: CAM C 

e Code Operation 



B 6-8V 6V 

C 12-13V — 

D 24-28V 24-28V 

E 120V 120V 

F — 240V 

G 

H 

J 

K 

Transformer 1 

120V AC 

240V AC 

480V AC 

600V AC 

g 


A 

1 NO - 1 NC 

E 

1 NC (LB) 

H 

1 NO (EM) 

J 

1 NC 

K 

1 NO 

h Code Contact Quantity & Location 

A CAM & C CAM 

Left 

B CAM 

Right 

0 1 — 

1 — 1 

3 2 — 

4 — 2 

i Code Bulb Type 

Blank 

Incandescent 

B 

LED 


17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

1 Default bulb type is incandescent. For LED options, append field i. 

LED option not available on units sold “no head”. 

2 LED voltages apply to table i option code B and Y. 


3 Not available in 240V. For CAM selection see page 17-319. 





Non-Illuminated Selector Switch 


Selector Switch – Non-Illuminated 

Short Lever 

Long Lever 

Pilot Devices 

Part Number 

52 S ______ 2 ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ 

a b c d e f g 2 h 2 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

a 

Code Type 

S 


b 

Code Finish 

A 

Chrome - Short Lever 

B 

X 

W 

Chrome - Long Lever 

BlackMax - Short Lever 

BlackMax - Long Lever 

c 

Code Style 

2 Non-Illuminated 

d Code Function 

A 


B 

3 Position: CAM B 

C 3 Position: CAM C 1 

D 

E 

G 

H 

3 Position: CAM D 

3 Position: CAM E 

3 Position: CAM G 

4 Position: CAM H 

e Code Type 

2 Position 

Maintained Spring Return 

A All — 

C Left Right 

3 Position 

Maintained Spring Return 

A All — 

B Center, Right Left 

C Center, Left Right 

D Center Left, Right 

f 

Code Color 

2 Red 

3 Green 

4 Yellow 

5 Blue 

6 Gray 

8 Orange 

B 

White 

N 

No Insert (Black) 

g 2 Code Contact Blocks 

A 

1 NO - 1 NC 

E 

1 NC (LB) 

H 

1 NO (EM) 

J 

1 NC 

K 

1 NO 

2 

h 

Code Contact Quantity & Location 

Left 

Right 

0 1 — 

1 — 1 

2 1 1 

3 2 — 

4 — 2 

5 2 1 

6 1 2 

7 2 2 

8 3 — 

9 — 3 

4 Position 

Maintained Position Spring Return 

A All — 

1 C CAM on spring return selectors is limited to 4 contact blocks. 

For CAM selection see page 17-319. 

2 For operator without contact blocks leave positions g and h blank. 

17-312 





Non-Illuminated Selector Switch 

Selector Switch, Non-Illuminated 1) 

Switch Position Type Chrome Black Max 

Contact Type Contact Left Right 

No Contacts — — — 

1 N.O. A O X 

M = Maintained 

S = Spring Return Short Lever Long Lever Short Lever Long Lever 

2-Position Operator 

M M 52SA2AAB 52SB2AAB 52SX2AAB 52SW2AAB 

M




Keyed Selector Switch 



Part Number 

52 S C ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ 

a b c d e f 3 g 3 h 

Pilot Devices 

17 

a 

Code Type 

S 


b 

Code Finish 

C Chrome – Command 52 

c 

Code Style 

5 Non-Standard Lock/Key 1a 

6 Standard Lock/Key 

d 

Code Function 

A 


B 

3 Postion: CAM B 

C 3 Postion: CAM C 2 

D 

3 Postion: CAM D 

E 

3 Postion: CAM E 

G 

3 Postion: CAM G 

H 

4 Postion: CAM H 

e Code Lock Type 

Maintained / 

Spring Return 

2 Position 

Key Removal 

Left 

Right 

E All Maintained X X 

F All Maintained X — 

G All Maintained — X 

X Spring from Right X — 


A 

1 NO - 1 NC 

J 

1 NC 

K 

1 NO 

E 

1 NC (LB) 

H 

1 NO (EM) 

g 3 Code Contact Quantity & Location 

Left 

Right 

0 1 — 

1 — 1 

2 1 1 

3 2 — 

4 — 2 

5 2 1 

6 1 2 

7 2 2 

8 3 — 

9 — 3 

h Code Key Type 1b 

Blank 

501CH 

X298 

550CH 

X299 

549CH 

X300 

548CH 

X301 

547CH 

X302 

506CH 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Maintained 

Position 

Spring 

Return 

3 Position 

Key Removal 

Left Center Right 

E All — X X X 

F All — X — — 

G All — — — X 

H All — — X — 

J All — X — X 

K All — X X — 

M All — — X X 

T Center, Right Left — X — 

U Left, Center Right — X — 

V Center Left, Right — X — 

W Center, Right Left — — X 

Y Center, Right Left — X X 

Z Left, Center Right X X X 

Maintained 

Position 

4 Position 

Key Removal 

Left Left Center Right Center Right 

E All X X X X 

F All X — — — 

G All — — — X 

Standard Lock/Key 

1a. See page 17-316 for replacement keys, and up-to 15 

additional uniquely keyed M - Series Lock Options available 

for use with the 52SC6 key-operated selector switches. 

1b. To order the specific lock types shown in table h, simply 

append the corresponding “X” suffix to a standard part 

number (Ordering Example: 52SC6AEX298). 

Note: Same list price applies as standard keyed locks. 

2. C CAM on spring return selectors is limited to 4 contact blocks. 

For CAM selection see page 17-319. 

3 For operator without contact blocks leave positions f and g 

blank. 

17-314 






Key-operated Selector Switch, Non-Illuminated 1) 

Switch Position Type Key Removal 

M = Maintained 

Contact Type Contact Left Right S = Spring Return Left Both 

2-Position Operator 

No Contacts — — — 

M M 52SC6AF 52SC6AE 

M


Actuators and Indicators, Customized Designs 


Special locks Switch 

Options 

Pilot Devices 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Special locks for key-operated switches 

Siemens Key-Operated Selector Switches beginning with 51SA6 

or 52SC6 can be optionally ordered with the 15 uniquely keyed 

M-Series Locks by appending the corresponding "X" suffixes 

from the table below to the catalog number. (Ordering Example 

for Lock Number M705: 52SC6CEX705). 

Note: Pricing for M - Series Locks on this page are slightly higher 

than standard lock types. 

Suffix Code 

X705 

X709 

X713 

X714 

X715 

X723 

X725 

X738 

X749 

X750 

X757 

X766 

X779 

X782 

X795 

Lock Number 

M705 

M709 

M713 

M714 

M715 

M723 

M725 

M738 

M749 

M750 

M757 

M766 

M779 

M782 

M795 

Spare Keys for Key-Operated Selector Switches 

Spare Key 

Part Number 

550CH (1 Key) 

52KEY-550CH 

549CH (1 Key) 

52KEY-549CH 

548CH (1 Key) 

52KEY-548CH 

547CH (1 Key) 

52KEY-547CH 

501CH (1 Key) 

52KEY-501CH 

506CH (1 Key) 

52KEY-506CH 

M703 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M703 

M705 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M705 

M706 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M706 

M709 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M709 

M712 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M712 

M713 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M713 

M714 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M714 

M715 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M715 

M716 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M716 

M717 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M717 

M723 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M723 

M725 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M725 

M728 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M728 

M730 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M730 

M735 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M735 

M736 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M736 

M738 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M738 

M747 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M747 

M749 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M749 

M750 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M750 

M752 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M752 

M753 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M753 

M756 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M756 

M757 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M757 

M759 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M759 

M766 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M766 

M769 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M769 

M771 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M771 

M779 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M779 

M784 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M784 

M790 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M790 

M795 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M795 

M700 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M700 

M701 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M701 

M702 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M702 

M704 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M704 

M705 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M705 

M707 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M707 

M711 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M711 

M713 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M713 

M715 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M715 

M782 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M782 

M795 (1 Key) 

52KEY-M795 

17-316 




Selector Push Button 


Selector Push Button 

Part Number 

52 S A ______ ______ ______ ______ 

a b c d e f 1 

Finish Style Function Color Contacts Part Number 

Chrome Flush Selector Push Button 2 Position CAM Q Black None 52SA3Q1 

Chrome Flush Selector Push Button 2 Position CAM R Black None 52SA3R1 

Chrome Flush Selector Push Button 2 Position CAM P Black None 52SA3P1 



Selector Push Buttons 

Pilot Devices 

a 

Code Type 

S 

Selector Push Buttons 

b 

Code Finish 

A Chrome - Command 52 

c 

Code Style 

3 Flush Button 

4 Extended Button - 1/2” 

d 

Code Function 

P 

2 Position: CAM P 

Q 

2 Position: CAM Q 

R 

2 Position: CAM R 

S 

3 Position: CAM S 

e 

Code Color 

1 Black 

2 Red 

f 

1 Code Contact Blocks 

CAM P (2 Selector Position) 

Left Center Right Contact Mounting 

N D N/A N/A N D 

Blocks Position 

J0 X O — — O O NC Left 

K0 O X — — X X NO Left 

CAM Q (2 Selector Position) 


N D N/A N/A N D Blocks Position 

J0 X X — — O O NC Left 

J1 X O — — O O NC Right 

K0 O O — — O X NO Left 

K1 O X — — O X NO Right 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

CAM R (2 Selector Position) 


N D N/A N/A N D Blocks Position 

J0 X X — — X O NC Left 

J1 X O — — X X NC Left 

K0 O O — — O X NO Right 

K1 O X — — O O NO Right 

CAM S (3 Selector Position) 


N D N D N D 

Blocks Position 

J0 X O O O O O NC Left 

J1 X O X X O O NC Right 

K0 O O O X O X NO Left 

K1 O X O O O X NO Right 

Note: X = Closed / O = Open 

1 For operator without contact blocks leave position f blank 





Special devices 


Version Ohms / color Order no. Pack 

Pilot Devices 

Potentiometer operator 50 52MA3B01 1 

2 Watts, 500 V AC/DC (NEMA Type 4) 150 52MA3B03 

250 52MA3B04 

500 52MA3B06 

750 52MA3B07 

1 K 52MA3B08 

2.5 K 52MA3B10 

5 K 52MA3B12 

10 K 52MA3B14 

15 K 52MA3B15 

25 K 52MA3B16 

50 K 52MA3B18 

100 K 52MA3B20 

150 K 52MA3B21 

250 K 52MA3B22 

500 K 52MA3B24 

1 M 52MA3B26 

1.5 M 52MA3B27 

2 M 52MA3B28 

5 M 52MA3B31 

Unit 

2 Button maintained operator black (flush) / red (flush) 52MP2A1A2 1 

black (flush) / red (extended) 52MP2A1B2 

black (flush) / yellow (mushroom) 52MP2A1W4 

green (flush) / red (flush) 

52MP2A3A2 

green (flush) / red (extended) 52MP2A3B2 

green (flush) / red (mushroom) 52MP2A3W2 

green (flush) / green (mushroom) 52MP2A3W3 

Button remains depressed when pushed less caps 52MP2 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Wobble stick 2.5” operator 

For use with 52BAJ (NC) contact block red 52ABW2 1 

green 

52ABW3 

grey 

52ABW6 

Maintained toggle operator 52ABT 1 

For use with 52BAJ (NC) contact block 

17-318 




Cam selection 


Non-illuminated and keyed selector switches (viewed from front) 

2 Selector Positions Contact Blocks CAM Mounting 

Left 

Right 

Left Right 

X 

O 

NC (52BAJ) 

A 

L or R 

O 

X 

NO (52BAK) 

A 

L or R 


Left Center Right Left Right 

X 

O 

O 

NO (52BAK) 

B 

R 

O 

O 

X 

NO (52BAK) 

B 

L 

X 

X 

O 

NC (52BAJ) 

B 

L 

O 

X 

X 

NC (52BAJ) 

B 

R 

X 

O 

X 

2NO (2-52BAK) 

B 

L and R 

X 

O 

O 

NC (52BAJ) 

C 

L or R 

O 

O 

X 

NO (52BAK) 

C 

L or R 

O 

X 

O 

NC (52BAJ) 

D 

L or R 

O 

O 

X 

NO (52BAK) 

D 

L or R 

X 

O 

O 

NO (52BAK) 

E 

L or R 

O 

X 

O 

NC (52BAJ) 

E 

L or R 

X 

O 

O 

NC (52BAJ) 

G 

L 

O 

X 

O 

NC (52BAJ) 

G 

R 

O 

O 

X 

NO (52BAK) 

G 

L or R 


Left Left Center Right Center Right Left Right 

X O 

O 

O NO (52BAK) 

H 

R 

O X 

O 

O NC (52BAJ) 

H 

L 

O O 

X 

O NC (52BAJ) 

H 

R 

O O 

O 

X NO (52BAK) 

H 

L 

Illuminated selector switches (viewed from front) 

Selector Pushbuttons (viewed from front) 


• Contact blocks are ordered separately, see page 17-319 

• Determine which table to use based upon the type of selector (non-illum selector switch-top, illum 

selector switch-middle, and selector pushbutton-bottom). 

• Find the correct number of selector positions (2, 3 or 4 positions). 

• Select the contact operation required for each selector position. X indicates the contacts are closed, 

while O indicates the contacts are open. (For the selector pushbutton, N=normal and D=depressed). 

Contact block must be assembled in position shown for each circuit application. 

• Identify the CAM letter required for the chosen contact operation (only 1 CAM can be used per selector 

switch or selector pushbutton). 

• Contact blocks must be assembled in the position shown for each circuit application. The mounting 

position is viewed from the front of the device. 

Ordering CAMs D, E or G 

• CAM D, E or G may be ordered at the same price by changing the 6th character of the selector catalog 

number. Example: Selector with D cam 52SX2DAB. 

Size Requirements 

• C CAM on spring return selectors is limited to 4 contact blocks. 

• Selector operators in enclosures are limited to depth of 1 contact block. (2 blocks wide). 


Left 

Right 

Left Right 

X 

O 

NC (52BAJ) 

A 

L 

O 

X 

NO (52BAK) 

A 

L 


Left Center Right Left Right 

O 

O 

X 

NC (52BAJ) 

B 

R 

O 

X 

O 

NO (52BAK) 

B 

R 

X 

O 

O 

NC (52BAJ) 

C 

L 

O 

O 

X 

NO (52BAK) 

C 

L 


Left 

Right 

Left Right 

N D N D 

X O 

O O 

NC (52BAJ) 

Q 

R 

X X 

O O 

NC (52BAJ) 

Q 

L 

O X 

O X 

NO (52BAK) 

Q 

R 

O O 

O X 

NO (52BAK) 

Q 

L 

X O 

O O 

NC (52BAJ) 

P 

L or R 

O X 

X X 

NO (52BAK) 

P 

L or R 

X X 

X O 

NC (52BAJ) 

R 

L 

X O 

X X 

NC (52BAJ) 

R 

R 

O X 

O O 

NO (52BAK) 

R 

R 

O O 

O X 

NO (52BAK) 

R 

L 


Left 

Center Right 

Left Right 

N D N D N D 

X O O O O O 

NC (52BAJ) 

S 

L 

X O X X O O 

NC (52BAJ) 

S 

R 

O X O O O X 

NO (52BAK) 

S 

R 

O O O X O X 

NO (52BAK) 

S 

L 

Pilot Devices 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Custom selector switch designs 


Assembled Non-illuminated Selector Switches 

• Determine contact block and location from above. 

• Select block suffix. Ex: J = 52BAJ. 

• Now select position suffix. 

• 1-52BAJ block mounted on right side, suffix will be J 1. 

• Additional suffixes allow for multiple quantities and locations. 

• Repeat process for next block if required. 

• Add list price of blocks to operator list price. 

• Consult factory for delivery. 

Pilot Devices 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 

Example 1: X O O Block Suffix Position Suffix 

O O X 

Quantity and Location 

HAND-OFF-AUTO Maintained Switch A = 1 NO - 1 NC, 52BJK Suffix Left Right 

Catalog No 52SA2CAB A 1 = 52A2CABA1 E = NC Late Break, 52BAE 0 1 — 

(52BJK block mounted on right side) H = NO Early Make, 52BAH 1 — 1 

J = NC, 52BAJ 2 1 1 

Example 2: X O O 52BAJ (L) K = NO, 52BAK 3 2 — 

O X O 52BAJ (R) 4 — 2 

O O X 52BAK (L or R) }K1 5 2 1 

G Cam required 6 1 2 

Catalog No 52SA2GAB J2 K1 = 52SA2GABJ2K1 7 2 2 

8 3 — 

9 — 3 

17-320 





Accessories and spare parts 


Version Suitable for Color Order no. 

Flush actuator lens cap 

The 52RC1 Screw-on style caps shown 

are used on the new 52BM8 & 52PM8 

Pushbutton Operators. To order Snap-on 

style replacement caps for the old style 52PA8 

& 52PX8 Pushbutton Operators change the 

4th character from “C” to “A” (i.e. 52RA1A1). 

For flush type, 

non-illuminated pushbuttons 

bag of 5 caps 

black 

red 

green 

yellow 

blue 

gray 

orange 

kit- all colors 

52RC1A1 

52RC1A2 

52RC1A3 

52RC1A4 

52RC1A5 

52RC1A6 

52RC1A8 

52RC1AN 

Extended actuator lens cap 

The 52RC1 Screw-on style caps shown 

are used on the new 52BM8 & 52PM8 

Pushbutton Operators. To order Snap-on 

style replacement caps for the old style 52PA8 

& 52PX8 Pushbutton Operators change the 

4th character from “C” to “A” (i.e. 52RA1B1). 

For extended type, 

non-illuminated pushbuttonsbag 

of 5 caps 

black 

52RC1B1 

red 

52RC1B2 

green 

52RC1B3 

yellow 

52RC1B4 

blue 

52RC1B5 

gray 

52RC1B6 

orange 

52RC1B8 

1 of each color cap 52RC1BN 

Pilot Devices 

Mushroom head cap - Plastic 

set-screw type 

replacement caps are for discontinued 

52PB9 and 52PX9 operators only 

For large 2 1/2”(63.5mm) type, 

set screw non-illuminated 

mushroom pushbuttons 

For small 1 5/8”(41.3mm) type, 

non-illuminated mushroom 

pushbuttons 

black 

52RB3E1 

red 

52RB3E2 

green 

52RB3E3 

yellow 

52RB3E4 

blue 

52RB3E5 

gray 

52RB3E6 

orange 

52RB3E8 

1 kit of each color cap 52RB3EN 

black 

52RB3D1 

red 

52RB3D2 

green 

52RB3D3 

yellow 

52RB3D4 

blue 

52RB3D5 

gray 

52RB3D6 

orange 

52RB3D8 

1 of each color cap 52RB3DN 

Mushroom head cap - Metal 

set-screw type 

For small 1 5/8”(41.3mm) type, 

set screw non-illuminated 

mushroom pushbuttons 

chrome 

red 

green 

52RB3FC 

52RB3F2 

52RB3F3 

Replacement Lens for Indicator Lights For catalog numbers starting 

with 52PL or 52BL red 52RA4S2 

Plastic green 52RA4S3 

blue 

52RA4S5 

amber 

52RA4S9 

clear 

52RA4SA 

white 

52RA4SB 

1 of each color 52RA4SN 

Glass red 52RA4T2 

green 

52RA4T3 

blue 

52RA4T5 

amber 

52RA4T9 

clear 

52RA4TA 

white 

52RA4TB 

1 of each color 52RA4TN 

Replacement Lens forPush to Test/ For catalog numbers starting 

Illuminated Pushbuttons 

with 52PT or 52BT red 52RA5S2 

The 52RA5S Raised lens caps shown are used 

on the 52BT6 & 52PT6 PTT/Illuminated 

Plastic green 52RA5S3 

Pushbutton Operators. To order Flush lens caps 

blue 

52RA5S5 

for the new style 52BT8 & 52PT8 PTT/ 

amber 

52RA5S9 

Illuminated Pushbutton Operators change the 

clear 

52RA5SA 

52RA5S prefix to 52RC5P (i.e. 52RC5P2). 

white 

52RA5SB 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

To order replacement lens for indicator lights starting with 52PA, 52PE, or 

52PX, change the 6th digit to P for plastic and G for glass. 

It is possible to retrofit catalog numbers starting with 52PA, 52PE and 52PX 

with the replacement lens. The new lens have concentric ribs for improved 

light distribution. 

To order replacement lens for push to test / illuminated pushbuttons starting 

with 52PA, 52PE, or 52PX, change the 6th digit to a P. 








Pilot Devices 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Mushroom head push pull 

illuminated plastic 

screw-on type 


illuminated metal 

screw-on type 


non-illuminated plastic 

screw-on type 


non-illuminated metal 

screw-on type 

Twist to release head 

illuminated plastic 

screw-on type 

Twist to release head 

non-illuminated plastic 

screw-on type 

For small 1 3/4” type, push-pull units red 52RC3JR 

green 

52RC3JS 

amber 

52RC3JT 

For large 2 1/2” type, push-pull units red 52RC3KR 

green 

52RC3KS 

amber 

52RC3KT 

Chrome, for small 1 3/4” type, push-pull 

units 

BlackMax, for small 1 3/4” type, push-pull 

units 

red 

green 

amber 

white 

red 

green 

amber 

white 

52RB3H2 

52RB3H3 

52RB3H9 

52RB3HB 

52RX3H2 

52RX3H3 

52RX3H9 

52RX3HB 

For small 1 3/4” type, push-pull units 

black 52RC3D1 

52BP, 52PM9 or 52BM9) green 

52RC3D3 

(catalog numbers starting with 52PP, 

red 

52RC3D2 

yellow 

52RC3D4 

blue 

52RC3D5 

gray 

52RC3D6 

orange 52RC3D8 

1 of each color 52RC3DN 

For large 2 1/2” type, push-pull units 

black 52RC3E1 

(catalog numbers starting with 52PP, 

red 

52RC3E2 

52BP, 52PM9 or 52BM9) green 

52RC3E3 

yellow 

52RC3E4 

blue 

52RC3E5 

gray 

52RC3E6 

orange 52RC3E8 

1 of each color 52RC3EN 

For small 1 3/4” type, push-pull units 

red 52RC3F2 

52BP) chrome 52RC3FC 

(catalog numbers starting with 52PP or 

green 

52RC3F3 

For small twist to release units red 52RC3RR 

green 

52RC3RS 

amber 

52RC3RT 

For small twist to release units red 52RC3R2 

green 

52RC3R3 

yellow 

52RC3R4 

Replacement lens kit for red 52RA6P2 

Illuminated selector switches 

green 

52RA6P3 

(Knob with Insert) 

blue 

52RA6P5 

amber 

52RA6P9 

clear 

52RA6PA 

white 

52RA6PB 

Lever inserts red 52RA2A2 

Short lever green 52RA2A3 

yellow 

52RA2A4 

blue 

52RA2A5 

gray 

52RA2A6 

orange 52RA2A8 

white 

52RA2AB 

Long lever red 52RA2B2 

green 

52RA2B3 

yellow 

52RA2B4 

blue 

52RA2B5 

gray 

52RA2B6 

orange 52RA2B8 

white 

52RA2BB 

For push-pull units whose catalog numbers that start with 52PX, 52PA or 52PE, replacement heads are available. 

Order from the 52RB type “Mushroom head pushbutton cap” section on page 17-319. 

17-322 








Protective boot Flush pushbutton operations clear 52AABA 

Offers protection from ice and foreign sub- 

black 

52AAB1 

stances from interfering with button operation 

Guards Non-illuminated basic pushbuttons chrome 52AAGP 

Prevents accidental operation blackmax 52AXGP 

1 5/8” mushroom pushbuttons, 1 3/4” 

chrome 

52AAGM 

push-pull units , and twist to release units blackmax 52AXGM 

Push to test/illuminated pushbutton and 

chrome 

52AAGL 

indicator lights 

blackmax 52AXGL 

EMERGENCY-STOP Lock Out 

Class 52 Illuminated Mushroom Head 

Pushbuttons; 304 Stainless Steel 

chrome (304 SS) 

52AALE 

EMERGENCY-STOP Backing Ring Yellow 90mm E-STOP Backing Ring 52AAR 

Pilot Devices 

Locknuts Non-illuminated basic pushbuttons chrome 52AANP 

Replacement front ring blackmax 52AXNP 

Non-illuminated mushroom pushbuttons chrome 52AANL 

blackmax 52AXNL 

Push-pull and twist-to-release units (only for chrome 52CANP 

push-pull units starting with 52PP or 52BP) blackmax 52CXNP 

Indicator Lights blue 52AANL 

amber 

52AXNL 

Selector switches chrome 52AANS 

blackmax 52AXNS 

Mounting Accessories Class 52 Trim Washer Kit (Set of 10 pcs) chrome 52AAQ 

Class 52 Washer Kit (Include 2-Neoprene 

Gaskets, 1-Trim Washer, 1-Index Locking Ring 

(chrome) 

52AAD 

Padlock attachments Non-illuminated basic pushbuttons flush 52AALA 

extended 52AALB 

Padlock cover 

Pushbuttons, selector switches, and 

52AALS 

Lock devices in off position 

non-illuminated mushroom heads 

Lock nut wrench All devices 52MAWB 

Hole plugs corrosion resistant 52AAH6 

steel, grey 52ABH6 

stainless steel 52ABHS 

Spare keys Class 52 Standard Keyed Selector Switch. 501CH 52KEY-501CH 

(Kit includes 1 Key) Keyed Selector Switch ordered with Suffix X302. 506CH 52KEY-506CH 

Keyed Selector Switch ordered with Suffix X301. 547CH 52KEY-547CH 




17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Grounding kit All devices 52AL109145 

Touchsafe contact blocks with gold flashing 

52 BAJ 

52 BAK 

52 BAR 

1 NO 52BAK 

1 NC 52BAJ 

1 NO - 1 NC 52BJK 

1 NO early make closes before 52BAK 52BAH 

1 NC late break opens after 52 BAJ 52BAE 

1 NO - 1 NC Reed switch; UL listed for class 1 division 2; 

52BAR 

.25A Max, 200V AC, 10 Watt max 

.5A Max, 200V DC, 10 Watt max 

1 NC extra late break 52BAU 

These can also be used with the 1 5/8” push-pull devices. 

For push-pull units starting with part numbers 52PA, 52PE or 52PX, replacement 

locknuts can be ordered using 52AANL (Chrome) and 52AXNL (BlackMax). 

Hermetically Sealed 

Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K. 







Version Suitable for Lamp 

voltage 

Color 

Order no. 

Pilot Devices 

Lamps with screw connection, miniature bayonet (BA 9s style) 

Incandescent lamps, 

Flashing, type 267 lamp (replaces 755 lamp) 51, 52 6 V 52AABNF 

6V type 755 lamp (Rated 150 mA) 51, 52 6 V 52AABN 

12V type 756 (Rated 80 mA) 51, 52 12 V 52AACN 

24V type 757 (Rated 80 mA) 51, 52 24 V 52AADN 

48V, 2W 52 48 V 3SB1902-1AP 

60V, 2W 52 60 V 3SR9424 

120V, 2.5W, type #120MB (Rated 250 mA) 52 120 V 52AAENC1 

Neon (uses resistors) type B2A (NE-51H) 52 120 V 52AAPN 

Candelabra,120V, 3W, Full voltage type 3S6/5 52 older revision styles 120 V 52AAENC 

LED bulbs 

LED, BA9s type Class 52 6 V AC/DC 52AEBm 

24 V AC/DC 52AEDm 

120 V AC/DC 52AEEm 

Super-Bright LED Class 52 6 V AC/DC 52AEBm7 

24 V AC/DC 52AEDm7 

120 V AC/DC 52AEEm7 

120 V DC 52AEVm7 

LED lighting module with integrated LED. 

Single LED (Rated 35 mA Maximum) Class 52 24 V AC/DC 52AAILm 

120 V AC 52AAIMm 

240 V AC 52AAINm 

Full voltage lighting module accessory with BA9s type lamp 

LED Class 52 6 V AC/DC 52AAFBmB 

24 V AC/DC 52AAFDmB 

120 V AC/DC 52AAFEmB 

Super-Bright LED Class 52 6 V AC/DC 52AAFBmY 

24 V AC/DC 52AAFDmY 

120 V AC/DC 52AAFEmY 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Incandescent bulb Class 52 6 V AC/DC 52AAFB 

24 V AC/DC 52AAFD 

120 V AC/DC 52AAFE 

Transformer lighting module accessory with BA9s type lamp 

LED Class 52 120 V AC 52AATGmB 

240 V AC 52AATHmB 

480 V AC 52AATJmB 

600 V AC 52AATKmB 

Super-Bright LED Class 52 120 V AC 52AATGmY 

240 V AC 52AATHmY 

480 V AC 52AATJmY 

600 V AC 52AATKmY 

Incandescent bulb Class 52 120 V AC 52AATGN 

240 V AC 52AATHN 

480 V AC 52AATJN 

600 V AC 52AATKN 

Color options: 

red 2 

green 3 

yellow/amber 4 

blue 5 

white/clear B 

Standard LED lamps are recommended for indoor applications, Super-Bright 

LED Lamps are recommended for outdoor applications. 

6V, 24V (Super Bright only) and 120V are currently AC only. 

Replaced by AC/DC rated versions end of 2014. 

17-324 






Non-Illuminated Push-Pull 

Metal Mushroom Head 


Small Plastic Mushroom Head 


Large Plastic Mushroom Head 

Pilot Devices 

Illuminated Push-Pull 


Fully Illuminated Push-Pull 


Illuminated Push-Pull 


Non-Illuminated Twist Release 

Plastic Mushroom Head 

Illuminated Twist Release 

Plastic Mushroom Head 

Illuminated Pushbutton Flush Lens 

Illuminated Pushbutton Extended Lens 

Illuminated Push to Test 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 






Non-Illuminated 


Illuminated 


Plastic Lens 

17 

Pilot Devices 

Momentary Pushbutton 

Non-Illuminated Flush Cap 


Non-Illuminated Raised Cap 


Glass Lens 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 







17-326 





Illuminated Momentary Pushbutton 






Pilot Devices 


Keyed 

Wobble Switch 

Potentiometer Switch 

Toggle Switch 

Selector Pushbutton Switch 

Flush Cap 

Selector Pushbutton Switch 

Raised Cap 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 





Momentary Pushbutton Guard 

Illuminated Push to Test Guard 

Mushroom Head Guard 

Contact Block 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 

Pilot Devices 

Large Metal Legend Plate 

Automotive Metal Legend Plate 

Large Plastic Legend Plate 

17-328 





Emergency Power Off Pushbutton (EPO) Stations 

Break Glass and Emergency Power Off Pushbutton (EPO) Stations 


Description 

Degree of 

protection 

Conduit Entry 

3/4" NPT 

No. of 

command 

points 

Contact a Legend Plate Order no. 

Class 52 Oiltight Pushbutton Stations c 

Break Glass 

Pushbutton Station 

"EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF" 

52G112FB 

"EMERGENCY OFF" 

52G113FB 

Side 

"EMERGENCY POWER OFF" 

52G114FB 

"EMERGENCY GENERATOR STOP" 52G115FB 

NEMA 4X 

1 1NO-1NC 


52G114FR 

"EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF" 52G112FR 

Rear b "EMERGENCY OFF" 

52G113FR 

"EMERGENCY GENERATOR STOP" 52G115FR 

Rear b "EMERGENCY POWER OFF" 

52G114FD 

"EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF" 52G112FD 

Side and 


52G113FD 

"EMERGENCY GENERATOR STOP" 52G115FD 

"EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF" 

52G112S 


52G113S 

NEMA 12/13 N/A 1 1NO-1NC 


52G114S 

Pilot Devices 

"EMERGENCY GENERATOR STOP" 

52G115S 

Emergency Power Off 

EPO Pushbutton Station 

NEMA 4X Side 1 1NO-1NC "EMERGENCY POWER OFF" 52C114EB 

NEMA 12/13 N/A 1 1NO-1NC "EMERGENCY POWER OFF" 52C114A 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Accessories 

Break Glass Pushbutton with 1NO-1NC, 4 Extra Glass Lens Inserts 

Break Glass Pushbutton with 1NO-1NC, 4 Extra Glass Lens Inserts, Mallet, Chain, Clip, Mounting Screw d 

Replacement Glass Lens Insert Kit (5 piece pack) 

52PM8AGA 

52PM8AGAH 

52RC1AG 

Break Glass Legend Plates e "EMERGENCY POWER OFF" 

52NL114R 

"EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF" 52NL112R 


52NL113R 

"EMERGENCY GENERATOR STOP" 

52NL115R 

EPO Legend Platee "EMERGENCY POWER OFF" 52NF214R 

Enclosure, NEMA 4X Aluminum with ANSI 61 Gray finish comes with one 3/4" - 14 NPT conduit entry in side 

of enclosure, and one Empty Command Point for fitting 30mm Round Devices. 

P30EMS01EB 

a Pushbutton Station comes with 1) 52BJK, 1NO-1NC contact rated NEMA 

A600/P600. One additional Class 52 contact block may be field installed if 

required. 

b Versions with Conduit Entry from the Rear available February 2020. 

c All Glass Break Pushbutton Stations come with 4 Extra Glass Lens Inserts. 

d Sealant is not supplied with 52PM8AGAH kits. Note: Teflon Tape or Pipe Dope 

is required on the Mallet Mounting Clip Screw when field installed in a NEMA 4X 

Enclosure. 

e For a more comprehensive list of our most common legend plates, see page 

10/238 of the Siemens IC Catalog. 



30mm Water, Oil Tight & Corrosion Resistant - Class 52 

Class 52 oiltight pushbutton stations 


Pilot Devices 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

1 unit control 

station 


station 

Actuator identification 

C = top device in station 

B = middle device in station 

A = bottom device in station 

Degree of protection Contact / voltage No. of Order no. 

command 

points 

A = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label “START” NEMA 12 1NO - 1NC 1 52C101A 

A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label “STOP” NEMA 12 1NO - 1NC 1 52C103A 

A = Momentary mushroom head red, label “STOP” NEMA 12 1NO - 1NC 1 52C104A 

A = Maintained metal mushroom head red, label 

NEMA 12 1NO - 1NC 1 52C117A 

“EMERGENCY STOP” 

A = 2 position selector switch “OFF-ON” NEMA 12 1NO - 1NC 1 52C159A 

A = 3 position selector switch “HAND-OFF-AUTO” NEMA 12 1NO - 1NC 1 52C156A 

A = Indicator light, red NEMA 12 120V Transformer 1 52C131A 

type 

A = Indicator light, green NEMA 12 120V Transformer 1 52C135A 

type 

A = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label “START” NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 1NO - 1NC 1 52C101S 

A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label “STOP” NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 1NO - 1NC 1 52C103S 

A = Momentary mushroom head red, label “STOP” NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 1NO - 1NC 1 52C104S 

A = Maintained plastic mushroom head red, label 

NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 1NO - 1NC 1 52C116S 


A = 2 position selector switch “OFF-ON” NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 1NO - 1NC 1 52C159S 

A = 3 position selector switch “HAND-OFF-AUTO” NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 1NO - 1NC 1 52C156S 

A = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label “START” NEMA 4X Fiberglass 1NO - 1NC 1 52C101X 

A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label “STOP” NEMA 4X Fiberglass 1NO - 1NC 1 52C103X 

A = Momentary mushroom head red, label “STOP” NEMA 4X Fiberglass 1NO - 1NC 1 52C104X 

A = Maintained plastic mushroom head red, label 

NEMA 4X Fiberglass 1NO - 1NC 1 52C116X 


A = 2 position selector switch “OFF-ON” NEMA 4X Fiberglass 1NO - 1NC 1 52C159X 

A = 3 position selector switch “HAND-OFF-AUTO” NEMA 4X Fiberglass 1NO - 1NC 1 52C156X 

B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label “START” 

A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label “STOP” 

NEMA 12 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

2 52C201A 


A = Momentary Mushroom head pushbutton red, 

label “STOP” 

B = Momentary flush pushbutton, label “FORWARD” 

A = Momentary flush pushbutton, label “REVERSE” 

B = Momentary flush pushbutton, label “UP” 

A = Momentary flush pushbutton, label “DOWN” 

B = Indicator light, red, label “RUN” 

A = Maintained selector switch, label 

“HAND-OFF-AUTO” 

B = Indicator light, red 

A = Indicator light, green 




A = Momentary Mushroom head pushbutton red, label 

“STOP” 




A = Maintained selector switch, label “HAND-OFF-AUTO” 




A = Momentary Mushroom head pushbutton red, label 

“STOP” 




A = Maintained selector switch, label “HAND-OFF-AUTO” 

NEMA 12 

NEMA 12 

NEMA 12 

NEMA 12 

NEMA 12 

NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 








1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

120V Transformer 

type 


type 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 


type 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 


type 

1NO, 1NC 

2 52C202A 

2 52C204A 

2 52C223A 

2 52C224A 

2 52C230A 

2 52C201S 

2 52C202S 

2 52C223S 

2 52C224S 

2 52C201X 

2 52C202X 

2 52C223X 

2 52C224X 

Pack 

Unit 

NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Enclosure is 304 SS. 

17-330 





Class 52 oiltight pushbutton stations 


Actuator identification Degree of protection Contact / 

voltage 

No. of Order no. 

command 

points 

Pack 

Unit 


station 

C = Indicator light, red 



C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label “FORWARD” 

B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label “REVERSE” 


C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label “UP” 

B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label “DOWN” 


C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label “OPEN” 

B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label “CLOSE” 


C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label “HI” 

B = Momentary flush pushbutton, black label “LOW” 
































NEMA 12 

NEMA 12 

NEMA 12 

NEMA 12 

NEMA 12 











120V 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

120V 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

120V 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

1NO, 1NC 

3 52C307A 

3 52C301A 

3 52C332A 

3 52C333A 

3 52C334A 

3 52C307S 

3 52C301S 

3 52C332S 

3 52C333S 

3 52C334S 

3 52C307X 

3 52C301X 

3 52C332X 

3 52C333X 

3 52C334X 

Pilot Devices 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 






Empty enclosures 


Pilot Devices 

Version 

Number of 

command 

points 

Degree of 

protection 

Order No. 

Standard enclosures come with 2 1/4” leg 1 NEMA Type 12/13 P30EMS01 

center for legend spacing. Automotive 1 NEMA Type 12/13 extra deep P30EMS01D 

end plates require 2 1/2 “ spacing. For 1 NEMA Type 4/4X stainless steel P30EMS014 

more than 2 contact blocks on the right or 1 NEMA Type 4/4X Fiberglass P30EMS01X 

left, use extra deep enclosure. 2 NEMA Type 12/13 P30EMS02 

2 NEMA Type 12/13 extra deep P30EMS02D 

Mounting hole arrangement 2 NEMA Type 4/4X stainless steel P30EMS024 

2 NEMA Type 4/4X Fiberglass P30EMS02X 

1 thu 4 are in one row 3 NEMA Type 12/13 P30EMS03 

6 holes are 3 down and 2 across 3 NEMA Type 12/13 extra deep P30EMS03D 

9 holes are 3 down and 3 across 3 NEMA Type 4/4X stainless steel P30EMS034 

12 holes are 4 down and 3 across 3 NEMA Type 4/4X Fiberglass P30EMS03X 

16 holes are 4 down and 4 across 4 NEMA Type 12/13 P30EMS04 


4 NEMA Type 4/4X stainless steel P30EMS044 

4 NEMA Type 4/4X Fiberglass P30EMS04X 

6 NEMA Type 12/13 P30EMS06 












Pack 

Unit 

Order Form 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

1 

2 

3 

4 

A 

Location 

B C D 

Enclosure Hole Arrangement 


To order non-standard control stations select catalog numbers 

from the previous pages, determine the required position in the 

enclosure and fill in the table below. If a special legend plate is 

required, specify description in the table. The combined list 

prices of the components is the list price of the station. 

• Select enclosure 

• Vertical or Horizontal. Outline Diagram at left starting at the 

top left-hand corner. Example: 3 unit vertical outline location 

No. 1A, 2A and 3A. 3 unit horizontal outline location No. 1A, 

1B, and 1C 

• List location No. and applicable catalog numbers in the table 

below. Use complete catalog numbers where possible 

Operator 

PB-SEL.-PL 

Accessories 

Key Lock, Boot, Etc, 

Legend Plate 

Legend or Blank 

Order No./Item No. 

Customer 

Enclosure Catalog No. 

Special Marking 


17-332 




30 mm Heavy Duty, Watertight/Oiltight, Class 52 Legend plates for Class 51 and 52 

Design 

The 30 mm legend plates are approved for the use with both Class 51 and Class 52 devices. 

Automotive legend plates require 2 1/2” mounting centers. Plastic legend plates will have white letters ingraved. 

When ordering custom engraved legend plates, specify the required inscription text. 


Inscription 

Large 

(1 1/4” x 2”) 

Order No. 

Automotive 

(2 7/16” x 2 7/16”) 

Order No. 

Large Plastic 

(2 1/16” x 2”) 

Order No. 

Automotive 

Plastic 

(2 7/16” x 2 7/16”) 

Order No. 

1 1/4 

1 5/8 

2 

2 7/16 

2 7/16 

“Blank (brushed aluminum)” 52NL02 52NA02 — — 

“Blank (red)” 52NL02R 52NA02R 52ND02R 52NE02R 

“Blank (Black)” 52NL02B 52NA02B 52ND02B 52NE02B 

Inscribed legend plates with large brushed aluminum background 

Close 52NL18 52NA18 — — 

Down 52NL10 52NA10 — — 

Emerg Stop 52NL16 52NA16 — — 

Emerg Stop (red) 52NL16R 52NA16R — — 

Fast-Slow 52NL33 52NA33 — — 

Forward 52NL05 52NA05 — — 

For-Off-Rev 52NL38 52NA38 — — 

For-Rev 52NL31 52NA31 — — 

Hand-Off-Auto 52NL37 52NA37 — — 

High 52NL07 52NA07 — — 

High-Low 52NL30 52NA30 — — 

High-Off-Low 52NL44 52NA44 — — 

In 52NL21 52NA21 — — 

Jog 52NL13 52NA13 — — 

Jog-Forward 52NL24 52NA24 — — 

Jog-Reverse 52NL25 52NA25 — — 

Low 52NL08 52NA08 — — 

Lower 52NL20 52NA20 — — 

Man-Auto 52NL35 52NA35 — — 

Off 52NL12 52NA12 — — 

Off-On 52NL26 52NA26 — — 

On 52NL11 52NA11 — — 

On-Off-Auto 52NL40 52NA40 — — 

Open 52NL17 52NA17 — — 

Open-Close 52NL34 52NA34 — — 

Open-Off-Close 52NL41 52NA41 — — 

Out 52NL22 52NA22 — — 

Pull to Start Push to Stop 52NL47 52NA47 — — 

Raise 52NL19 52NA19 — — 

Raise-Lower 52NL36 52NA36 — — 

Reset 52NL14 52NA14 — — 

Reverse 52NL06 52NA06 — — 

Run 52NL23 52NA23 — — 

Run-Jog 52NL29 52NA29 — — 

Safe-Run 52NL27 52NA27 — — 

Slow-Off-Fast 52NL39 52NA39 — — 

Start 52NL03 52NA03 — — 

Start-Jog 52NL28 52NA28 — — 

Start-Stop 52NL32 52NA32 — — 

Stop 52NL04 52NA04 — — 

Stop (red) 52NL04R 52NA04R — — 

Up 52NL09 52NA09 — — 

Up-Down 52NL49 52NA49 — — 

Up-Off-Down 52NL42 52NA42 — — 

Pilot Devices 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Inscription plates with custom engraving 

“Custom engraved 

52NL02E 52NA02E — — 

(brushed aluminum)” 

“Custom engraved (red)” 52NL02RE 52NA02RE 52ND02RE 52NE02RE 

“Custom engraved (Black)” 52NL02BE 52NA02BE 52ND02BE 52NE02BE 

Max. number of rows 2 2 2 2 

Letter height 5/32” 1/4” 5/32” 1/4” 

Characters per row 14 16 14 16 

Automotive requires 2 1/2” mounting centers 

White letters on plastic nameplate. 




30mm Heavy Duty, Watertight/Oiltight, Class 52 


Hole Arrangement 

Pilot Devices 

Standard 4-Way 

Type 4X Non-Metallic 

.190 

(5) 

1.210 

(31) 

.672 

(17) 

Type 12/13 and 4X Stainless Steel 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Enclosure Size Mounting Overall 

Units A B C G H L W J T X Y 

1 3.50 (89) 3.25 (83) 2.75 (70) 4.00 (102) 2.38 (60) 4.50 (114) 3.47 (88) 2.31 (59) 3.00 (76) 1.73 (44) 1.86 (47) 

2 5.75 (146) 3.25 (83) 2.75 (70) 6.25 (159) 2.38 (60) 6.75 (171) 3.47 (88) 2.31 (59) 3.00 (76) 1.73 (44) 1.86 (47) 

3 8.00 (203) 3.25 (83) 2.75 (70) 8.50 (216) 2.38 (60) 9.00 (229) 3.47 (88) 2.31 (59) 3.00 (76) 1.73 (44) 1.86 (47) 

4 10.25 (260) 3.25 (83) 2.75 (70) 10.75 (273) 2.38 (60) 11.25 (286) 3.47 (88) 2.31 (59) 3.00 (76) 1.73 (44) 1.86 (47) 

6 9.50 (241) 6.25 (159) 3.00 (76) 10.00 (254) 5.38 (137) 10.50 (267) 6.47 (164) 2.56 (65) 6.00 (152) 2.11 (54) 2.61 (66) 

9 9.50 (241) 8.50 (216) 3.00 (76) 10.00 (254) 7.62 (194) 10.50 (267) 8.72 (221) 2.56 (65) 8.25 (210) 2.11 (54) 2.61 (66) 

12 11.75 (298) 8.50 (216) 3.00 (76) 12.25 (311) 7.62 (194) 12.75 (324) 8.72 (221) 2.56 (65) 8.25 (210) 2.11 (54) 2.61 (66) 

16 2 ) 11.75 (298) 10.75 (273) 3.00 (76) 12.25 (311) 9.88 (251) 12.75 (324) 10.97 (279) 2.56 (65) 2 ) 10.50 (267) 2.11 (54) 2.61 (66) 

Type 12/13 Extra Deep Enclosures 


Units A B C G H L W J T X Y 

1 4.00 4.00 4.75 4.50 3.12 5.00 4.22 4.31 3.75 2.11 2.11 

2 6.00 4.00 4.75 6.50 3.12 7.00 4.22 4.31 3.75 2.11 1.98 

3 8.00 4.00 4.75 8.50 3.12 4.31 3.75 2.11 1.86 

4 10.00 4.00 4.75 10.50 3.12 11.00 4.22 4.31 3.75 2.11 1.73 

6 9.50 6.25 4.75 10.00 5.38 4.31 6.00 

9 9.50 8.50 4.75 10.00 7.62 10.50 8.25 2.11 2.61 

12 4.75 12.25 7.62 4.31 8.25 

16 2 ) 1 4.75 12.25 9.88 12.75 10.97 4.31 10.50 2.11 2.61 

Type 4X Non-Metallic 


Units A B C G H L W 

1 6.00 3.19 3.63 4.88 2.94 6.63 3.81 

2 6.00 3.19 3.63 4.88 2.94 6.63 3.81 

3 8.26 3.19 3.63 7.13 2.94 8.88 3.81 

4 10.51 3.19 3.63 9.37 2.94 

All dimensions shown in inches and (millimeters). For 

reference purposes only. Not to be used for design or 

construction purposes. 

1) Grounding stud in body of enclosure. 

2) For stainless steel add 1.75 (45) to depth. 

17-334 




30 mm Pilot Devices Technical Specifications 

Standards UL Listed File # E22655 CSA Certified File # LR6535 

Utilization Category NEMA A600/P600 

Degree of Protection 52B, 52P-, 52S-, 52M- Operators NEMA: 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 

IEC 529; IP10, IP11, IP14, IP52, IP54, IP56 and IP66 

Rated Operational Current 

Contact Blocks 

NEMA A600 – 10 Continuous Amps 

Voltage AC Make Amps Break Amps 

120V 60 6 

240V 30 3 

480V 15 1.5 

600V 12 1.2 

Total VA 7200 720 

52BAK, -BAJ , -BAH, -BAU, -BJK 

52BAR 

NEMA P600 – Rating Codes for DC Control 

Circuit Application 

Thermal Continuous Test Current Amps 5.0 

Maximum Make or Break; Current / Amps 

125V 1.10 

250V 0.55 

301-600V 0.20 

Maximum Make or Break 

Volt amperes at 300V or Less 138 

600VAC Maximum, Heavy Duty 

200VAC .25 Amp, 10 Watt Maximum 

200VDC .50 Amp, 10 Watt Maximum 

Positively driven contacts. Contact blocks are suitable for applications down to 5V/1MA low voltage applications as found in 

PLCs. 52BAR are Class 1; Division 2 Compliant 

Pilot Light 

Push-to-Test 

Illuminated 

Push-Pull 

Twist-to- 

Release 

Illuminated 

Selector 

Switch 

Dielectric Strength 

Full Voltage 

LED Module 

Transformer Type 

Full Voltage 

LED Module 

Transformer Type 

Full Voltage 

LED Module 

Transformer 

Full Voltage 

LED Module 

Transformer 

Full Voltage 

Transformer 

Mechanical Design Life Cycles 

Vibration 

Pushbuttons 

Push-Pull 

Twist-to-Release 

Selector 

Switches 

Contact Operation 

Wire Gauge 

Terminal Screw Torque 

Locknut Torque 

Temperature 

Range 

52PL4/52PL5 

or 

52BL4/52BL5 

52PT6 

or 

52BT6 

52PP2(3,7) 

or 

52BP2(3,7) 

52BR8 

or 

52PR8 

52SA7(A,B,C) 

or 

52SX7(A,B,C) 

-B (6-8V), -C (12V), -D (24V), -E (120V), -F (240V) 

-L (24V), -M (120V) -N (240V) 

-G (120V), -H (240V), -J (480V), -K (600V) 

-B (6-8V), -C (12V), -D (24V), -E (120V), -F (240V) 

-L (24V), -M (120V), -N (240V) 

-G (120V), -H (240V), -J (480V), -K (600V) 

-B (6-8V), -C (12V), -D (24V), -E (120V), -F (240V) 

-L (24V), -M (120V), - N (240V) 

-G (120V), -H (240V), -J (480V), -K (600V) 

-B (6-8V), -C (12V), -D (24V), -E (120V), -F (240V) 

-L (24V), -M (120V), - N (240V) 

-G (120V), -H (240V), -J (480V), -K (600V) 

-B (6-8V), -C (12V), -D (24V), -E (120V), -F (240V) 

-G (120V), -H (240V), -J (480V), -K (600V) 

2200V for one minute 

240V AC/DC Max. 

240V AC Max. 

600V AC Max., 50/60 Hz 


240V AC Max. 

600VAC Max., 50/60 Hz 


240V AC Max. 

600VAC Max., 50/60 Hz 


240V AC Max. 

600VAC Max., 50/60 Hz 


600V AC Max., 50/60 Hz 

Frequency 5 - 60Hz.; Disp. .030 inches, sweep 5 minutes for a duration of 30 minutes on 

each axis. Not to exceed 5.5 G’s for maximum of 1 minute. 

Momentary, Non-illuminated 

5,000,000 Operating Cycles 

Momentary, Illuminated 

300,000 Operating Cycles 

Maintained 

Momentary 

Non-illuminated 

Illuminated, Key-operated 

Standard Contact Black 

Logic Reed 

#18-12 AWG 

2-10 lb-in / 20 lb-in max; 8 lb-in recommended 

15 ft. lbs. max 

Operating 

Storage 






31F to +158F (-35C to +70C) 

40F to +185F (-40C to +85C) 

Pilot Devices 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

All parts are designed and manufactured of corrosion resistant material or are plated or painted as corrosion protection. All contact block contacts are gold 

flashed as a standard offering. Internal return spring mechanisms of operators and contact blocks of stainless steel. RoHS Compliant. 

Declaration of Conformity — The products listed below, to which this declaration relates, are in conformity with the following standards, following the 

provisions of the Low Voltage Directive (LVD) (73/23/EEC), and the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive (89/336/EEC.) 

Products: Contact Blocks: Cat Nos. 52BAE, 52BAH, 52BAJ, 52BAK, 52BAR, 52BAU and 52BJK, with suffixes. Pilot Lights: Cat Nos 52P, with suffixes. 

Operators: Cat Nos 52S or 52P, with suffixes. 

Applicable Standards: EN 60947-5-1 Low-Voltage Switchgear and controlgear. Enclosed devices meet the requirements of environmental ratings of IP10, 

IP11, IP14, IP52, IP54, and IP56. Open devices, when mounted as instructed, in environmental type IP10, IP11, IP14, IP52, IP54 or IP56 enclosures, maintain 

the environmental requirements for those enclosure types. Cat. No. 52BP, 52BR, 52PP, and 52PR, 2 Position, Twist-To-Release and 2 Position, Push 

Pull Maintained operators provided with red operating heads and 52BJK contact blocks meet the requirements of EN 60947-5-5 for Electrical Emergency 

Stop Device With Mechanical Latching Function (e-stop). 




30.5mm Pilot Device 

Class 52 convenience center 

Complete convenience center 

Catalog number: POP2017 

Complete point-of-purchase convenience center 

This starter kit features all of the devices and stand required for you to start 

selling Siemens. 

Pilot Devices 

Includes point of-purchase components: 

(8) Pilot light: Red, SB LED, 120V transformer 52PL4G2XYP 

(4) Pilot light: Red, SB LED, 24V full voltage 52PL4D2XYP 

(4) Pilot light: Red, SB LED, 120V full voltage 52PL4E2XYP 

(8) Basic pushbutton: Red extended, 1NC 52PM8B2JP 

(4) Basic pushbutton: Green flat, 1NO 52PM8A3KP 

(4) Push-Pull E-STOP: Red mushroom head 52PP2W2AP 

(4) Twist-to-Release E-STOP: Red Mushroom Head 52PR8W2AP 

(4) Selector switch: 3-pos, maintained 52SA2CABA1P 

(4) Selector switch: 2-pos, maintained 52SA2AABA1P 

(4) Illuminated pushbutton: Red, SB LED, 24V full voltage 52PT6D2AYP 

(4) Illuminated pushbutton: Red, SB LED, 120V full voltage 52PT6G2AYP 

(4) 30mm pushbutton station: 1 hole P30EMS01P 



(1) Point-of-purchase display stand 52STANDPOP 

Pilot lights 

17 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Catalog number: 

52PL4D2XYP 

Pilot light: Red, 24V full voltage 

with Super-Bright LED and two extra 

lenses in green and amber; and two 

legend plates: “On” and “Stop.” 


52PL4E2XYP 

Pilot light: Red, 120V full voltage 

with Super-Bright LED; two extra lenses 

in green and amber; and two legend 

plates: “On” and “Stop.” 


52PL4G2XYP 

Pilot light: Red, 120V transformer 

with Super-Bright LED; two extra lenses 

in green and amber; and two legend 

plates: “On” and “Stop.” 

Includes components: 

(1) Red, 24V Full Voltage, 

Pilot light, Super-Bright LED 52PL4DXY 

(1) Green lens 52RA4S3 

(1) Amber lens 52RA4S9 

(1) “On” legend 52NL11 

(1) “Stop” legend 52NL04 


(1) Red, 120V Full Voltage 

Pilot Light, Super-Bright LED 52PL4E2XY 






(1) Red, 120V Transformer 

Pilot Light, Super-Bright LED 52PL4G2XY 





Enclosures 


P30EMS01P 


P30EMS02P 


P30EMS03P 

30mm pushbutton station: 1 hole 

NEMA 12/13 (IP52/54) standard enclosure 





17-336 



30.5mm Pilot Device 

Class 52 convenience center 

Pushbuttons 

Emergency stop 


52PM8A3KP 


52PM8B2JP 


52PP2W2AP 

Basic pushbutton: Green flat 

momentary with 1NO. Includes extra 

caps in black, red, yellow and blue and 

two legend plates: “On” and “Start.” 

Basic pushbutton: Red extended 

momentary with 1NC. Includes extra caps 

in black and green and two legend plates: 

“Stop” and “Off.” 

Push-pull: Red mushroom head 

2-Pos, maintained, 1 3⁄4” mushroom head, 

1NO-1NC, includes extra 2 1⁄2” mushroom 

head, two “Stop” legends, and a 90mm 

ring inscribed with “Emergency Stop.” 


(1) Green, momentary 

pushbutton with 1NO 52PM8A3K 

(1) Black cap 52RC1A1 

(1) Red cap 52RC1A2 

(1) Yellow cap 52RC1A4 

(1) Blue cap 52RC1A5 


(1) “Start” legend 52NL03 


(1) Red, momentary extended 

head pushbutton with 1NC 52PM8B2J 

(1) Black cap 52RC1B1 

(1) Green cap 52RC1B3 

(1) “Stop” legend, red 52NL04R 

(1) “Off” legend 52NL12 


(1) Red, E-STOP with 1 3⁄4” 

mushroom head, 2-pos, 

mntd, 1NO-1NC 52PP2W2A 

(1) 2 1⁄2” mushroom head 52RC3E2 



(1) E-STOP ring legend 52AAR 

Pilot Devices 

Pushbuttons 

Emergency stop 


52PT6D2AYP 


52PT6G2AYP 


52PR8W2AP 

Illuminated pushbutton: Red 

24V full voltage, Super-Bright LED, 

1NC-1NO includes extra lenses in green 

and amber, and two blank legend plates. 

Illuminated pushbutton: Red 

120V transformer, Super-Bright LED, 

1NC-1NO includes extra lenses in green 

and amber, and two blank legend plates. 

Twist-to-release: Red mushroom head 

2-Pos, maintained, 1 3⁄4” mushroom head, 

1NO-1NC, two “Stop” legends, and a 90mm 

ring inscribed with “Emergency Stop.” 


(1) Red, illuminated pushbutton, 

24 full voltage, Super-Bright 

LED with 1NC-1NO 52PT6D2AY 



(2) Blank legend 52NL02 


(1) Red, illuminated Pushbutton, 

120V transformer, Super-Bright 

LED with 1NC-1NO 52PT6G2AY 



(2) Blank legend 52NL02 


(1) Red, E-STOP with 1 3⁄4” mushroom 

mushroom head, 2pos, mntd, 

1NO-1NC 

52PR8W2A 



(1) E-STOP ring legend 52AAR 

17 CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

Selector switch 

Display stand 


52SA2CABA1P 

Catalog Number: 

52SA2AABA1P 


52STANDPOP 

Selector switch: 

3 Position maintained, short lever, 

1NO-1NC, with two legend plates: 

“Hand-Off-Auto” and “For-Off-Rev.” 


(1) 3-Position maintained 

short lever selector switch 

with 1NO-1NC 

52SA2CABA1 

(1) “Hand-Off-Auto” legend 52NL37 

(1) “For-Off-Rev” legend 52NL38 

Selector switch: 

2 Position maintained, short lever, 

1NO-1NC, with two legend plates: 

“Forward-Reversing” and “Off-On.” 


1) 2-Position maintained 

short lever selector switch 

with 1NO-1NC 

52SA2AABA1 

(1) “Forward-Reversing” 

legend 

52NL31 

(1) “Off-On” legend 52NL26 

Point-of-purchase display stand 

Two side swivel display stand. 

POP Stand 

52STANDPOP 



Notes 

CONTROL 

PRODUCTS 

17 

Pilot Devices 

17-338 


Standby Generators 

SPEEDFAX TM 

Section 

Standby Generator 

Discontinuation — 

Phase out of all Standby 

Generators and Accessories 

Please note: Siemens Low Voltage & Products has exited the standby 

generator business. 

In 2019, we began the process with the phase out of standby generators. 

The following is what to expect during this phase out process: 

1. No new system orders will be taken after December 31, 2018. 

2. Requirements for replacement parts will continue to be supported for product 

under warranty. The timing of the support is calculated based on existing 

warranty commitments as well as expected normal product mortality life. 

If you have any questions about this announcement or have the need for 

replacement parts for an existing system please contact your Siemens sales 

representative for more information and assistance. 

18 STANDBY 

GENERATORS 


online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 



Standby Generators 

Notes 

STANDBY 

GENERATORS 

18 

18-2 


Renewable Energy Products 

SPEEDFAX TM 

Section 


Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) 

VersiCharge Features and Benefits 19-2 

VersiCharge EVSE Catalog Logic, Accessories and Modules 19-3 

VersiCharge Installation Options 19-4 

VersiCharge Outdoor Post Options 19-5 

VersiCharge Technical Features 19-6 

VersiComm Cellular Gateway 19-7 

VersiCharge 

wall mount 

Solar Photovoltaic (PV) Products (discontinued product) 19-8 

Siemens Microinverter System 

Microinverter Trunk and Drop Cabling 

Envoy Microinverter System Components 

Microinverter Accessories 

VersiComm 

Cellular 

Gateway 

VersiCharge 

with outdoor 

mounting post 

19 RENEWABLE 

ENERGY PRODUCTS 


online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 





VersiCharge Features and Benefits 

Siemens VersiCharge line offers a 

variety of residential and semi-public 

electric car charger options. 

Ranging from hardwired models, plug in alternatives, and 

a Wi-Fi enabled charger. For higher volume areas like 

apartments, townhomes, parking lots, applications where a 

wall isn’t available, or pedestal mount is preferred, there is 

a stationary post to mount the VersiCharge onto. 

Load Control 

Compatible 

n Inputs to remotely 

turn unit on or off 

n Allows for control by home 

automation system or utility 

company 

19 

RENEWABLE 


Easy, 2 Button Controls 

n Indicating Halo for easy status check 

n Left Button stops and restarts charging 

n Right Button sets 2, 4, 6, or 8 hour 

Charge Delay 

n LED Indicators for each 

Cord Management 

n Enclosure is 

designed for cord 

to be looped when 

not in use 

n Built in J-Plug 

Holster stores and 

protects plug from 

weather, debris, 

and damage 

n All VersiCharge 

units come with 

long flexible cord 

for easy charging 

Adjustable Amperage 

n Allows for changing charge rate 

to accommodate demand response 

signals, for customer preference, 

circuit capability and car charging 

rate capacity 

Hinged Lid for Speed and Ease 

n Hinged cover stays in place for 

easy maintenance 

n No components in cover mean no 

risk of damage 

n Ample spacing to work inside device 

n One hand open / close 

n Cover uses only 4 screws compared 

to up to 12 for competitors 

NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure 

n Rated for direct water spray by 

sprinklers, hoses, or any weather 

n ~50% recycled plastic content 

n Glass impregnated plastic for strength 

and fire safety 

Smart Grid Capabilities 

n The VersiCharge SG unit comes with the same standard hardware as 

the VC30GRYU but with the added benefit of Wi-Fi and a CTA2045 

module to enable communication through the Siemens Cloud. 

n Monitor and control charging status, charging schedule, and power level 

remotely through the VersiCharge SG SmartPhone App or via provided 

web pages 

n Built in metering captures real time power usage data for easy to 

understand metrics 

n The Siemens Billing-Enabled VersiCharge SG allows connection to 3rd 

party network provides using Open Charge Point Protocol (OCPP) 

19-2 




VersiCharge Catalog Logic, Accessories and Modules 

Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment 

 

Product System 

VC = Versicharge 

Smart Grid (Optional) 

SG = Optional Smart Grid configuration 

Output Amperage 

30 = 30 A 

Color 

G = Light Grey 

Open Charge 

CP = Open Charge Point Protocol (OCPP) 

Installation Option 

U = Universal (bottom/rear fed, hardwired/permanent) 

HW = Hardwired/permanent 

Wi-fi Option 

W = Included CTA2045 Wi-Fi Module 

VC SG 30 G CP U W 

VersiCharge electric vehicle chargers 

Part number 

Model 

Output 

amperage Color Feeder Location 

VC30GRYU Universal VersiCharge 30A Grey Rear/Bottom/Hardwired 

VC30GRYHW Hardwired VersiCharge 30A Grey Hardwired 

VCSG30GRYUW Wi-Fi VersiCharge 30A Grey Rear/Bottom/Hardwired 

VCSG30GCPUW OCPP & Wi-Fi VersiCharge 30A Grey Rear/Bottom/Hardwired 

Accessories 

Part number Description Color 

VCMNTGBRK Spare parts mounting bracket Black 

VCPOSTGRY Outdoor mounting post Grey 

VCPOSTGRY2 Outdoor dual mounting post Grey 

VCCMSSP Outdoor Single Cable management system Grey 

VCCMSDP Outdoor Dual Cable management system Grey 

19 RENEWABLE 





VersiCharge EVSE Installation Options 

Flexible 

Install 

Options 

Hardwired from behind 

Hardwired via bottom 

fed circuit 

240 V Plug External 240 V Plug from behind 

(Plug is hidden) 

Wall Mounted EVSE 

Outdoor Mounting Post 

tamper resistant hardware kit included 

18 

12 

49 

14.5” W x 16.0” H x 6.5” D (front of unit excluding connector) 15” 

minimum clearance recommended for connector when inserted. 

19 

RENEWABLE 


Mounting Bracket 

included with every Siemens VersiCharge 

2.5” x 16.9” 

Install at a 

minimum of 18” 

off the ground 

20 -1/2 

13 

19-4 




VersiCharge EVSE Outdoor Post Options 

Dual Post Mounting 

6” 

TM 

Siemens VersiCharge : Dual Post 

7 8 ” 

7 8 ” 

4” 

4” 

3 ” 

0.312D 

1 

3 8 ” 

2.65” 

2.65” 

2” 

1 8 

13 1/4 ” 

1.05D 

2” 

1.05D 

4” 

4” 

Part Number: US2:VCPOSTGRY2 

4” 


2” 

C 

1 1 2“ 

2 7 8“ 

12 5 8“ 

D 

D 

48” 

16 5 16“ 

C 

C 

D 

10-32 THREADED 

1/4-20 THREADED 

Right Left Front Back 

TM 

Siemens VersiCharge : Cable Management 20ft for Single Post 

Single Post: Cable management for 20ft post 

Part Number: US2:VCCMSSP 

5” 5” 

3” 3” 

” 

4” 

7 8 

3 ” 

1 8 

2” 


2” 

3” 

4” 

2” 

79” 

4” 

2” 

2.65” 

1.05D 

0.312D 

1 1 2“ 

2 7 8“ 

12 5 8“ 

C 

16 5 16“ 

10-32 THREADED 

C 

D 

C 

13 1/4 ” 

D 

19 RENEWABLE 


D 

1/4-20 THREADED 

Right Left Front Back 




VersiCharge Technical Features 

Technical Features 

Attribute 

Hardwired 

Model 

Universal 

Model 

Wi-Fi Model with option 

to customize module 

Wi-Fi Model with 

included module 

Wi-Fi and OCPP 

enable Model 

Essentials Part Number VC30GRYHW VC30GRYU VCSG30GRYU VCSG30GRYUW VCSG30GCPUW 

Input voltage 

Output Amperage 

Outpout power 

208 - 240 VAC 

30 Amps 

1.8 kW to 7.2 kW 

Standby Power Less than 6 Watts Less than 9 Watts 

Cord length 14 ft. 20 ft. 

Wall weight 12.5 lbs. 14.5 lbs. 

Dimensions 

14.5”W x 16.0”H x 6.5”D 

Enclosure NEMA 1 NEMA 4 

Plug in installation No Yes (below or behind unit) 

Permanent 

installation 

Yes 

Communication 

hardware 

N/A 

CTA2045 Interface 

without communication 

module 

CTA2045 Interface with 

communication module 

Network connection N/A Optional Wi-Fi Wi-Fi with OCPP 

Radio N/A Optional High Performing 2.4 GHz IEEE 802.11 b/g/n 

Connectivity 

N/A 

Communicated to 

vendor specific cloud 

Communicated 

through local wireless 

network to VersiCharge 

SG Cloud 

Communication through 

local wireless network 

to preferred OCPP 

networking back-end 

Metering accuracy N/A +/- 0.5% standard (custom precision variant available) 

Reporting parameters N/A Power consumption, status, events 

Demand response 

compatible 

Yes, with accessory 

Yes, with appropriate 

communications 

module 

Yes, with Opt-in 

Electrical Circuit requirement 40 Amperes* 40 Amperes** 

Infrastructure Plug NEMA 6-50 

Input power 

connections 

Line 1, Line 2, Earth Ground 

Mechanical 

Safety and 

Operational 

Recommended 

branch break 

Connector 

40 Ampere double pole (Siemens: Q240 plug in type, B240 bolt on type) 

SAE J1772 

Standards compliance UL, SAE J1772, NEC ® 625 

19 

EMC 

Operating temperature 

FCC Part 15 Class B 

-30°C to +50°C 

RENEWABLE 


Electric 

Vehicles 

Tested 

Storage temperature 

Operating humidity 

Ground fault detection 

Vehicles 

-40°C to +60°C 

Maximum 95% non-condensing 

5 mA CCID with auto retry 

BMW i3, BMW i8, Ford Focus Electric, Nissan Leaf, Mercedes B Class, Fiat 500e, GM Volt 

19-6 




VersiComm Cellular Gateway 

VersiComm: Cellular Gateway for Wi-Fi Enabled 

VersiCharge Electric Vehicle Chargers. 

All VersiComm devices feature: 

n Cellular Connection: The Siemens VersiComm device 

is an all-in-one multiprotocol intelligent node solution for 

both Wi-Fi and cellular networks. This allows VersiCharge 

SG units with Wi-Fi to connect to the node and have their 

data sent to the cloud using 4G LTE cellular data. 

n Scalable: A single VersiComm allows for up to 25 

VersiCharge SG units to connect to it. This future-proofs 

EV charging investments since extra VersiCharge SG 

units can be easily added to installations without the need 

for more cellular modems. 

n Convenient: VersiComm takes the data from multiple 

VersiCharge SG units and sends the data to the cloud 

using one 4GLTE data plan. This allows charging 

deployment owners to avoid having to keep track of 

multiple cellular plans at their chosen installation. 

n Robust Construction: The housing of the VersiComm 

is rated at NEMA 4 for indoor and outdoor use. The 

electronics inside the VersiComm unit are rated for an 

internal operating temperature range of - 25°C to +70°C. 

n Easy Installation: The VersiComm unit comes ready to 

operate when shipped. Two ordering variants include 

options for either 120V or 240V installations. 

n Dependable: Each VersiComm unit meets strict UL and 

FCC standards to ensure that the unit is built-to-last. 

Ordering Variants 

Catalog No. Description Voltage 

VC1COMMA VersiComm 4G LTE ATT 120V 

VC2COMMA VersiComm 4G LTE ATT 240V 

Catalog No. Data Plan 

VCDATA53 ATT 5GB Data Plan for 3 years 







Attribute VC1COMMA VC2COMMA 

Input voltage 120VAC 220/240VAC 

Wall weight 25 lbs. 25 lbs. 

Dimensions 12”W x 16”H x 10”D (not including antenna dimensions) 12”W x 16”H x 10”D (not including antenna dimensions) 

Standards Compliance UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 107.1 UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 107.1 

Enclosure NEMA 4 NEMA 4 

Plug in installation No No 

Permanent installation Yes Yes 

Temperature Range -25°C to +70°C -25°C to +70°C 

Operating Humidity 5% to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing) 5% to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing) 

Network connection 4G LTE 4G LTE 

Radio High Performing 2.4 GHz IEEE 802.11 b/g/n High Performing 2.4 GHz IEEE 802.11 b/g/n 

Compatible Chargers VCSG30GRYUW, VCSG30GCPUW VCSG30GRYUW, VCSG30GCPUW 

19 RENEWABLE 





Siemens Microinverters 

Please note: Siemens has discontinued 

the following products: 

n Siemens Microinverter* 

n Siemens Microinverter System* 

n Microinverter Trunk and Drop Cabling* 

n Envoy Microinverter System Components* 

n Microinverter Accessories* 

* Discontinued (Spare parts available for Warranty purposes) 

In 2019, we have started the phase out process and will eventually 

complete it for all the part numbers. 

The following is what to expect during this phase out process. 

1. No new orders will be taken on these products effective 

immediately. 

2. Requirements for replacement parts will continue to be supported 

for product under warranty. The timing of the support is calculated 

based on existing warranty commitments as well as expected 

normal product mortality life. 

If you have any questions about this announcement or have the need 

for replacement parts for an existing system, please contact your 

Siemens sales representative for more information and assistance. 

RENEWABLE 


19 

19-8 


Product Index 

Catalog Number Page(s) Catalog Number Page(s) Catalog Number Page(s) Catalog Number Page(s) Catalog Number Page(s) 

050BB1224J 8-22 

050BB1632J 8-23 

050BB2448J 8-24 

100BB1224J 8-22 

100BB1632J 8-23 

100BB2448J 8-24 

105BB1224J 8-22 

105BB1632J 8-23 

105BB2448J 8-24 

11 Series Starters and Switches 

17-10, 17-11 

12CLN500 7-195, 7-213 

14 Series NEMA Control 

17-15, 17-16, 

150BB1224J 8-22 

150BB1632J 8-23 

150BB2448J 8-24 

17 Series NEMA Combination 

Starters 17-19, 17-20, 17-21 


Starters 17-22, 17-23 

1B1N001 8-9 

1B1N002 8-9 

1B1N003 8-9 

1B1N005 8-9 

1B1N007 8-9 

1B1N010 8-9 

1B1N015 8-9 

1B1S050TP1 8-9 

1B1S075TP1 8-9 

1B1S100TP1 8-9 

1B1S167TP1 8-9 

1B1Y015TP1 8-9 

1B1Y025TP1 8-9 

1B1Y037TP1 8-9 

1BB1224J 8-22 

1BB1632J 8-23 

1BB2448J 8-24 

1D1N001 8-9 

1D1N002 8-9 

1D1N003 8-9 

1D1N005 8-9 

1D1N007 8-9 

1D1N010 8-9 

1D1N015 8-9 

1D1N105 8-9 

1D1N205 8-9 

1D1N505 8-9 

1D1N705 8-9 

1D1Y015TP1 8-9 

1D1Y025TP1 8-9 

1D1Y037TP1 8-9 

1D1Y050TP1 8-9 

1D1Y075TP1 8-9 

1D1Y100TP1 8-9 

1D1Y167TP1 8-9 

1E1U003 8-9 

1E1U005 8-9 

1E1U007 8-9 

1E1U010 8-9 

1E1U015 8-9 

1E1U025 8-9 

1F1R003 8-9 

1F1R005 8-9 

1F1R007 8-9 

1F1R010 8-9 

1F1R015 8-9 

1F1R025 8-9 

1G1R003 8-10 

1G1R005 8-10 

1G1R007 8-10 

1G1R010 8-10 

1G1R015 8-10 

1G1R025 8-10 

1G1T025TP1 8-10 

1G1T037TP1 8-10 

1G1T050TP1 8-10 

1G1T075TP1 8-10 

1G1T100TP1 8-10 

1G1T167TP1 8-10 

1H1N001 8-10 

1H1N002 8-10 

1H1N003 8-10 

1H1N005 8-10 

1H1N007 8-10 

1H1N010 8-10 

1H1N015 8-10 

1H1N025 8-10 

1H8N001 8-10 

1H8N002 8-10 

1H8N003 8-10 

1H8N005 8-10 

1H8N007 8-10 

1LPC005 8-16 

1LPC005JA 8-17 

1LPC007 8-16 

1LPC007JA 8-17 

1LPC010 8-16 

1LPC010JA 8-17 

1LPC015 8-16 

1LPC015JA 8-17 

1LPC025 8-16 

1LPC025JA 8-17 

1X1N001 8-10 

1X1N002 8-10 

1X1N003 8-10 

1X1N005 8-10 

1X1N007 8-10 

1X1N010 8-10 

1X1N015 8-10 

1X1N025 8-10 

205BB1224J 8-22 

205BB1632J 8-23 

205BB2448J 8-24 

22 Series NEMA Reversing Starters 

17-24 

24B4X26 11-25 

24B4X32 11-25 

24B4X38 11-25 

24B4X44 11-25 

24B4X50 11-25 

24B4X56 11-25 

24B4X62 11-25 

24B4X68 11-25 

24B4X74 11-25 

24NRD56 11-49 

24NRD62 11-49 

24NRD68 11-49 

24NRD74 11-49 

24NRD80 11-49 

24WD56 11-49 

24WD62 11-49 

24WD68 11-49 

24WD74 11-49 

24WD80 11-49 

24WPD56 11-49 

24WPD62 11-49 

24WPD68 11-49 

24WPD74 11-49 

24WPD80 11-49 


Reversing Starters 17-25 


Reversing Starters 17-26 

2BB1224J 8-22 

2BB1632J 8-23 

2BB2448J 8-24 

2CLD20 7-175, 7-212 

2NLK1 11-15 

2NLK18 11-11, 11-22 

2NLK2 11-15 

2NLK30 11-11, 11-22 

2NLK30A 11-11, 11-22 

2NLK42 11-11, 11-22 

2NLK42A 11-11, 11-22 

2NLK54A 11-11, 11-22 

2TA2N8750 7-128, 7-132, 7-155 

2TA3N8750 7-128, 7-132, 7-155 

2TA3NG750 7-213 

2TA4N8500 6-6, 7-128, 7-132, 7-154 

2TA4NG500 7-213 

2TA4P8500 7-128, 7-132, 7-154 

30 Series NEMA Two Speed 

Starters 17-28, 17-29 

32 Series Combination Two Speed 

Starters 17-31, 17-32, 17-33 

36 & 37 Series Auto Transformer 

Starters 17-35, 17-36, 17-37, 17-38 

36 & 37 Series Part Winding 

Starters 17-39, 17-40, 17-41, 17-42 

36 & 37 Series Wye Delta Open 

Starters 17-43, 17-44, 17-45, 17-46 

36 & 37 Series Wye Delta Closed 

Starters 17-47, 17-48, 17-49, 17-50 

3B1M150D16 8-13 

3B1M225D16 8-13 

3B1Y015D16 8-13 

3B1Y030D16 8-13 

3B1Y045D16 8-13 

3B1Y075D16 8-13 

3B1Y112D16 8-13 

3B3M150D16 8-13 

3B3M225D16 8-13 

3B3M300D16 8-13 

3B3M500D16 8-13 

3B3R003 8-13 

3B3R006 8-13 

3B3R009 8-13 

3B3R015 8-13 

3B3Y015D16 8-13 

3B3Y030D16 8-13 

3B3Y045D16 8-13 

3B3Y075D16 8-13 

3B3Y112D16 8-13 

3B5M150D16 8-13 

3B5M225D16 8-13 

3B5M300D16 8-13 

3B5M500D16 8-13 

3B5R009 8-13 

3B5R015 8-13 

3B5Y015D16 8-13 

3B5Y030D16 8-13 

3B5Y045D16 8-13 

3B5Y075D16 8-13 

3B5Y112D16 8-13 

3BB1224J 8-22 

3BB1632J 8-23 

3BB2448J 8-24 

3C3M225D16 8-13 

3C3M300D16 8-13 

3C3M500D16 8-13 

3C3Y015D16 8-13 

3C3Y030D16 8-13 

3C3Y045D16 8-13 

3C3Y075D16 8-13 

3C3Y112D16 8-13 

3C3Y150D16 8-13 

3C5M225D16 8-13 

3C5M300D16 8-13 

3C5M500D16 8-13 

3C5Y015D16 8-13 

3C5Y030D16 8-13 

3C5Y045D16 8-13 

3C5Y075D16 8-13 

3C5Y112D16 8-13 

3C5Y150D16 8-13 

3CLD20 7-175, 7-212 

3CLJ350 7-183, 7-213 

3CLJ600 7-183, 7-213 

3CLL750 7-187, 7-213 

3F1T500D16 8-11 

3F1T750D16 8-11 

3F1Y015D16 8-11 

3F1Y015TE 8-11 

3F1Y030D16 8-11 

3F1Y030TE 8-11 

3F1Y045D16 8-11 

3F1Y045TE 8-11 

3F1Y075D16 8-11 

3F1Y075TE 8-11 

3F1Y112D16 8-11 

3F1Y112TE 8-11 

3F1Y150D16 8-11 

3F1Y150TE 8-11 

3F1Y225D16 8-11 

3F1Y225TE 8-11 

3F1Y300D16 8-11 

3F1Y300TE 8-11 

3F2R003 8-11 

3F2R006 8-11 

3F2R009 8-11 

3F2R015 8-11 

3F3R003 8-11 

3F3R006 8-11 

3F3R009 8-11 

3F3R015 8-11 

3F3T000D16 8-11 

3F3T500D16 8-11 

3F3T500K13D16 8-12 

3F3T500K20D16 8-12 

3F3T500K30D16 8-12 

3F3T500K4D16 8-12 

3F3T750D16 8-11 

3F3Y015BCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y015BCHD130 8-20 

3F3Y015CHD100 8-20 

3F3Y015CHD130 8-20 

3F3Y015D16 8-11 

3F3Y015FCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y015FCHD130 8-20 

3F3Y015K13D16 8-12 

3F3Y015K20D16 8-12 

3F3Y015K30D16 8-12 

3F3Y015K4D16 8-12 

3F3Y015TE 8-11 

3F3Y030BCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y030BCHD130 8-20 

3F3Y030CHD100 8-20 

3F3Y030CHD130 8-20 

3F3Y030D16 8-11 

3F3Y030FCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y030FCHD130 8-20 

3F3Y030K13D16 8-12 

3F3Y030K20D16 8-12 

3F3Y030K30D16 8-12 

3F3Y030K4D16 8-12 

3F3Y030TE 8-11 

3F3Y045BCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y045BCHD130 8-20 

3F3Y045CHD100 8-20 

3F3Y045CHD130 8-20 

3F3Y045D16 8-11 

3F3Y045FCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y045FCHD130 8-20 

3F3Y045K13D16 8-12 

3F3Y045K20D16 8-12 

3F3Y045K30D16 8-12 

3F3Y045K4D16 8-12 

3F3Y045TE 8-11 

3F3Y075BCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y075BCHD130 8-20 

3F3Y075CHD100 8-20 

3F3Y075CHD130 8-20 

3F3Y075D16 8-11 

3F3Y075FCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y075FCHD130 8-20 

3F3Y075K13D16 8-12 

3F3Y075K20D16 8-12 

3F3Y075K30D16 8-12 

3F3Y075K4D16 8-12 

3F3Y075TE 8-11 

3F3Y112BCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y112BCHD130 8-20 

3F3Y112CHD100 8-20 

3F3Y112CHD130 8-20 

3F3Y112D16 8-11 

3F3Y112FCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y112FCHD130 8-20 

3F3Y112K13D16 8-12 

3F3Y112K20D16 8-12 

3F3Y112K30D16 8-12 

3F3Y112K4D16 8-12 

3F3Y112TE 8-11 

3F3Y150BCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y150BCHD130 8-20 

3F3Y150CHD100 8-20 

3F3Y150CHD130 8-20 

3F3Y150D16 8-11 

3F3Y150FCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y150FCHD130 8-20 

3F3Y150K13D16 8-12 

3F3Y150K20D16 8-12 

3F3Y150K30D16 8-12 

3F3Y150K4D16 8-12 

3F3Y150TE 8-11 

3F3Y225BCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y225BCHD130 8-20 

3F3Y225CHD100 8-20 

3F3Y225CHD130 8-20 

3F3Y225D16 8-11 

3F3Y225FCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y225FCHD130 8-20 

3F3Y225K13D16 8-12 

3F3Y225K20D16 8-12 

3F3Y225K30D16 8-12 

3F3Y225K4D16 8-12 

3F3Y225TE 8-11 

3F3Y300BCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y300BCHD130 8-20 

3F3Y300CHD100 8-20 

3F3Y300CHD130 8-20 

3F3Y300D16 8-11 

3F3Y300FCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y300FCHD130 8-20 

3F3Y300K13D16 8-12 

3F3Y300K20D16 8-12 

3F3Y300K30D16 8-12 

3F3Y300K4D16 8-12 

3F3Y300TE 8-11 

3F3Y500BCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y500BCHD130 8-20 

3F3Y500CHD100 8-20 

3F3Y500CHD130 8-20 

3F3Y500FCHD100 8-20 

3F3Y500FCHD130 8-20 

3F5R015 8-12 

3F5T500D16 8-12 

3F5Y015D16 8-12 

3F5Y030D16 8-12 

3F5Y045D16 8-12 

3F5Y075D16 8-12 

3F5Y112D16 8-12 

3F5Y150D16 8-12 

3F5Y225D16 8-12 

3F5Y300D16 8-12 

3G3R003 8-14 

3G3R006 8-14 

3G3R009 8-14 

3G3R015 8-14 

3G3T015D16 8-14 

3G3T030D16 8-14 

3G3T045D16 8-14 

3G3T075D16 8-14 

3G3T112D16 8-14 

3G3T150D16 8-14 

3G3T225D16 8-14 

3G3T300D16 8-14 

3G3T500D16 8-14 

3G4N015A 8-14 

3G4N030A 8-14 

3G4N045A 8-14 

3G4N075A 8-14 

3G4N112A 8-14 

3G4N150A 8-14 

3G4N225A 8-14 

3G4N300A 8-14 

3G4N500A 8-14 

3G5R003 8-14 

3G5R006 8-14 

3G5R009 8-14 

3G5R015 8-14 

3G5T015D16 8-14 

3G5T030D16 8-14 

3G5T045D16 8-14 

3G5T075D16 8-14 

3G5T112D16 8-14 

3G5T150D16 8-14 

3G5T225D16 8-14 

3G5T300D16 8-14 

3G5T500D16 8-14 

3LD20 5-4 

3LD2003-1TP53 5-2 

3LD2013-0TK5 5-3 

3LD2017-0TK1 5-3 

3LD2017-1TL1 5-3 

3LD2064 4-35, 5-6 

3LD2064-0TB51-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2064-0TB53-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2064-1GP51-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2064-1GP53-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD21 5-4 

3LD2103-0TK 5-2 

3LD2103-1TL 5-2 

3LD2103-1TP 5-2 

3LD2103-2EP 5-2 

3LD2113-0TK5 5-3 

3LD2113-1TL5 5-3 

3LD2144-0TK5 5-3 

3LD2144-1TL5 5-3 

3LD2154-0TK 5-2 

3LD2154-1TL 5-2 

3LD2154-1TP 5-2 

3LD2154-2EP 5-2 

3LD2164 4-35, 5-6 

3LD2164-0TB51-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2164-0TB53-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2164-1GP51-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2164-1GP53-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD22 5-4 

3LD2203-0TK 5-2 

3LD2203-1TL 5-2 

3LD2213-0TK5 5-3 

3LD2213-1TL53 5-3 

3LD2217-0TK1 5-3 

3LD2217-1TL1 5-3 

3LD2244-0TK5 5-3 

3LD2244-1TL53 5-3 

3LD2254-0TK 5-2 

I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 


Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX Product Catalog I-1

Product Index 


I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 

3LD2254-1TL 5-2 

3LD2264 4-35, 5-6 

3LD2264-0TB51-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2264-0TB53-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2264-1GP51-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2264-1GP53-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2264-1TS51-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2264-1TS53-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2264-2TW51-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2264-2TW53-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD23 5-4 

3LD2318-0TK1 5-3 

3LD24 5-4 

3LD2418-0TK1 5-3 

3LD25 5-4 

3LD2504-0TK 5-2 

3LD2514-0TK5 5-3 

3LD2517-0TK1 5-3 

3LD2517-1TL1 5-3 

3LD2545-0TK5 5-3 

3LD2555-0TK 5-2 

3LD2565 4-35, 5-6 

3LD2565-0TB51-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2565-0TB53-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2565-1GP51-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2565-1GP53-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD27 5-4 

3LD2704-0TK 5-2 

3LD2714-0TK5 5-3 

3LD2766 4-35, 5-6 

3LD2766-0TB51-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2766-0TB53-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2766-1GP51-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2766-1GP53-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD28 5-4 

3LD2804-0TK 5-2 

3LD2814-0TK5 5-3 

3LD2866 4-35, 5-6 

3LD2866-0TB51-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2866-0TB53-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2866-1GP51-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD2866-1GP53-0US2 4-34, 5-5 

3LD9200-5B 5-3 

3LD9200-5BF 5-3 

3LD9200-5C 5-3 

3LD9200-5CF 5-3 

3LD9220-0B 5-3 

3LD9220-0C 5-3 

3LD9220-2B 5-3 

3LD9220-2C 4-35, 5-3, 5-6 

3LD9221-0A 5-3 

3LD9221-2A 5-3 

3LD9224-1B 5-3 

3LD9224-1D 5-3 

3LD9224-3B 5-3 

3LD9224-3D 5-3 

3LD9240-0C 5-3 

3LD9240-2C 5-3 

3LD9250-0BA 5-3 

3LD9250-0CA 5-3 

3LD9250-2BA 5-3 

3LD9250-2CA 4-35, 5-3, 5-6 

3LD9251-0A 5-3 

3LD9280-0B 5-3 

3LD9280-0C 5-3 

3LD9280-2B 5-3 

3LD9280-2C 4-35, 5-3, 5-6 

3LD9284-1B 5-3 

3LD9284-1D 5-3 

3LD9284-3B 5-3 

3LD9284-3D 5-3 

3LPC009 8-16 

3LPC009JA 8-17 

3LPC015 8-16 

3LPC015JA 8-17 

3LPC022 8-16 

3LPC022JA 8-17 

3LPC030 8-16 

3LPC030JA 8-17 

3PE21 1-14 

3PE30 1-14 

3PE36 1-14 

3PE39 1-14 

3PE42 1-14 

3PE49 1-14 

3RE4 Reversing Starter 17-180, 

17-181, 17-182, 17-183, 17-184, 17-185 

3RW30 Soft Starter 17-198 


17-203, 17-204 


17-211, 17-212 

3TA12JG04 7-183, 7-213 

3TA1DG30 7-175, 7-212 

3TA1JG750 7-183, 7-213 

3TA1QR300 7-154, 7-40 

3TA2JG250 7-183, 7-213 

3TA2LG600LD 7-187, 7-213 

3TA2LG600LN 7-187, 7-213 

3TA2LG600LNPT 7-213 

3TA2MG750 7-191, 7-213 

3TA2N8750 7-128, 7-130, 7-132, 7-155 

3TA3DG02 7-175, 7-212 

3TA3FG20 7-212 

3TA3MG500 7-191, 7-213 

3TA3MG600 7-191, 7-213 

3TA3N8750 7-128, 7-130, 7-132, 7-155 

3TA3NG750 7-195, 7-213 

3TA4N8500 6-6, 6-7, 7-128, 7-130, 

7-132, 7-154 

3TA4NG500 7-195, 7-213 

3TA4NG500H 7-195, 7-213 

3TA4NG500PT 7-213 

3TA4P8500 7-128, 7-130, 7-132, 7-154 

3TA6DG04 7-175, 7-212 

3TA6FG04 7-212 

3TA6JG20 7-183, 7-213 

3TA6PG750 7-199, 7-213 

3TAW1FG350 7-212 

3TC1DG30 7-175, 7-212 

3TC1GG20 6-3, 7-153, 7-33, 7-34, 7-43 

3TC1Q1 6-3, 7-153, 7-33, 7-34, 7-43 

3TC1QR250 7-40 

3TC1QR2520 7-155 

3TC2LG600LD 7-187, 7-213 

3TC2LG600LN 7-187, 7-213 

3TC4NG500 7-195, 7-213 

3TCW1FG350 7-212 

3TW1DG20 7-175, 7-212 

3TW1FG350 7-212 

3TW1JG600 7-183, 7-213 

3UF79100AA000 7-216, 7-217 

3VA4110-4ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4110-4ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4110-4ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4110-4ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4110-4ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4110-5ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4110-5ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4110-5ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4110-5ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4110-5ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4110-6ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4110-6ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4110-6ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4110-6ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4110-6ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4111-4ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4111-4ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4111-4ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4111-4ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4111-4ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4111-5ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4111-5ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4111-5ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4111-5ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4111-5ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4111-6ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4111-6ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4111-6ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4111-6ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4111-6ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4112-4ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4112-4ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4112-4ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4112-4ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4112-4ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4112-5ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4112-5ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4112-5ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4112-5ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4112-5ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4112-6ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4112-6ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4112-6ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4112-6ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4112-6ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4120-4ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4120-4ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4120-4ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4120-4ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4120-4ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4120-5ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4120-5ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4120-5ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4120-5ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4120-5ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4120-6ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4120-6ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4120-6ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4120-6ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4120-6ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4125-4ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4125-4ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4125-4ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4125-4ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4125-4ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4125-5ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4125-5ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4125-5ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4125-5ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4125-5ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4125-6ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4125-6ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4125-6ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4125-6ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4125-6ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4130-4ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4130-4ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4130-4ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4130-4ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4130-4ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4130-5ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4130-5ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4130-5ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4130-5ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4130-5ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4130-6ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4130-6ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4130-6ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4130-6ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4130-6ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4135-4ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4135-4ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4135-4ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4135-4ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4135-4ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4135-5ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4135-5ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4135-5ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4135-5ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4135-5ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4135-6ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4135-6ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4135-6ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4135-6ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4135-6ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4140-4ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4140-4ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4140-4ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4140-4ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4140-4ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4140-5ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4140-5ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4140-5ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4140-5ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4140-5ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4140-6ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4140-6ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4140-6ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4140-6ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4140-6ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4145-4ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4145-4ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4145-4ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4145-4ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4145-4ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4145-5ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4145-5ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4145-5ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4145-5ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4145-5ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4145-6ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4145-6ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4145-6ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4145-6ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4145-6ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4150-4ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4150-4ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4150-4ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4150-4ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4150-4ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4150-5ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4150-5ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4150-5ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4150-5ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4150-5ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4150-6ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4150-6ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4150-6ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4150-6ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4150-6ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4160-4ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4160-4ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4160-4ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4160-4ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4160-4ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4160-5ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4160-5ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4160-5ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4160-5ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4160-5ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4160-6ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4160-6ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4160-6ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4160-6ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4160-6ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4170-4ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4170-4ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4170-4ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4170-4ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4170-4ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4170-5ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4170-5ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4170-5ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4170-5ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4170-5ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4170-6ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4170-6ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4170-6ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4170-6ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4170-6ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4180-4ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4180-4ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4180-4ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4180-4ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4180-4ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4180-5ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4180-5ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4180-5ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4180-5ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4180-5ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4180-6ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4180-6ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4180-6ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4180-6ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4180-6ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4190-4ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4190-4ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4190-4ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4190-4ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4190-4ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4190-5ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4190-5ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4190-5ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4190-5ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4190-5ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4190-6ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4190-6ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4190-6ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4190-6ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4190-6ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4195-4ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4195-4ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4195-4ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4195-4ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4195-4ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4195-5ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4195-5ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4195-5ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4195-5ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4195-5ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA4195-6ED14-0AA0 11-60, 7-36 

3VA4195-6ED24-0AA0 11-61, 7-36 

3VA4195-6ED34-0AA0 11-61, 7-37 

3VA4195-6ED54-0AA0 11-60 

3VA4195-6ED54-0AA0 7-36 

3VA5102-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5102-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5103-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5103-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5105-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5105-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5107-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5107-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5110-1BB21-0AA0 7-79 

3VA5110-1BB31-0AA0 7-79 

3VA5110-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5110-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5110-4EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5110-4EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5110-4ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5110-4ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5110-4ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5110-4ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5110-4EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5110-4EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5110-4GC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5110-4GD41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5110-4GF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5110-5EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5110-5EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5110-5ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5110-5ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5110-5ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5110-5ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5110-5EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5110-5EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5110-5GC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5110-5GD41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5110-5GF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5110-6EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5110-6EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5110-6ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5110-6ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5110-6ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5110-6ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5110-6EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5110-6EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5110-6GC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5110-6GD41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5110-6GF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5111-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5111-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5111-4EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5111-4EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5111-4ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5111-4ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5111-4ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5111-4ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5111-4GC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5111-4GD41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5111-5EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5111-5EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5111-5ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5111-5ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5111-5ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5111-5ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5111-5GC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5111-5GD41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5111-6EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5111-6EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5111-6ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5111-6ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5111-6ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5111-6ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5111-6GC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5111-6GD41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5112-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5112-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5112-4EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5112-4EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5112-4ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5112-4ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5112-4ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5112-4ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5112-4GC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5112-4GD41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5112-5EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5112-5EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5112-5ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5112-5ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5112-5ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5112-5ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5112-5GC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5112-5GD41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5112-6EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5112-6EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5112-6ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5112-6ED21-0AA0 7-48 

I-2 


Product Index 


3VA5112-6ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5112-6ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5112-6GC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5112-6GD41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5120-4EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5120-4EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5120-4ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5120-4ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5120-4ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5120-4ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5120-4EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5120-4EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5120-5EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5120-5EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5120-5ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5120-5ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5120-5ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5120-5ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5120-5EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5120-5EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5120-6EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5120-6EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5120-6ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5120-6ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5120-6ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5120-6ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5120-6EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5120-6EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5125-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5125-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5125-4EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5125-4EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5125-4ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5125-4ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5125-4ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5125-4ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5125-5EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5125-5EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5125-5ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5125-5ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5125-5ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5125-5ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5125-6EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5125-6EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5125-6ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5125-6ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5125-6ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5125-6ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5130-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5130-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5130-4EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5130-4EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5130-4ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5130-4ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5130-4ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5130-4ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5130-4EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5130-4EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5130-5EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5130-5EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5130-5ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5130-5ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5130-5ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5130-5ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5130-5EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5130-5EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5130-6EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5130-6EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5130-6ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5130-6ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5130-6ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5130-6ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5130-6EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5130-6EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5135-4EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5135-4EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5135-4ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5135-4ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5135-4ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5135-4ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5135-5EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5135-5EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5135-5ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5135-5ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5135-5ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5135-5ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5135-6EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5135-6EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5135-6ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5135-6ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5135-6ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5135-6ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5140-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5140-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5140-4EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5140-4EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5140-4ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5140-4ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5140-4ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5140-4ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5140-4EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5140-4EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5140-5EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5140-5EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5140-5ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5140-5ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5140-5ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5140-5ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5140-5EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5140-5EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5140-6EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5140-6EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5140-6ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5140-6ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5140-6ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5140-6ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5140-6EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5140-6EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5145-4EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5145-4EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5145-4ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5145-4ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5145-4ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5145-4ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5145-5EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5145-5EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5145-5ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5145-5ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5145-5ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5145-5ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5145-6EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5145-6EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5145-6ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5145-6ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5145-6ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5145-6ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5150-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5150-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5150-4EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5150-4EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5150-4ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5150-4ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5150-4ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5150-4ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5150-4EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5150-4EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5150-5EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5150-5EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5150-5ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5150-5ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5150-5ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5150-5ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5150-5EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5150-5EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5150-6EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5150-6EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5150-6ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5150-6ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5150-6ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5150-6ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5150-6EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5150-6EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5160-4EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5160-4EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5160-4ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5160-4ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5160-4ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5160-4ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5160-4EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5160-4EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5160-5EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5160-5EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5160-5ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5160-5ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5160-5ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5160-5ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5160-5EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5160-5EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5160-6EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5160-6EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5160-6ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5160-6ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5160-6ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5160-6ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5160-6EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5160-6EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5170-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5170-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5170-4EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5170-4EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5170-4ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5170-4ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5170-4ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5170-4ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5170-4EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5170-4EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5170-5EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5170-5EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5170-5ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5170-5ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5170-5ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5170-5ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5170-5EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5170-5EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5170-6EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5170-6EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5170-6ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5170-6ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5170-6ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5170-6ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5170-6EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5170-6EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5180-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5180-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5180-4EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5180-4EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5180-4ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5180-4ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5180-4ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5180-4ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5180-4EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5180-4EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5180-5EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5180-5EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5180-5ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5180-5ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5180-5ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5180-5ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5180-5EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5180-5EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5180-6EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5180-6EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5180-6ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5180-6ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5180-6ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5180-6ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5180-6EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5180-6EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5181-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5181-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5190-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5190-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5190-4EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5190-4EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5190-4ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5190-4ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5190-4ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5190-4ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5190-4GC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5190-4GD41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5190-5EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5190-5EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5190-5ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5190-5ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5190-5ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5190-5ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5190-5GC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5190-5GD41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5190-6EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5190-6EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5190-6ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5190-6ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5190-6ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5190-6ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5190-6GC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5190-6GD41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5191-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5191-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5195-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5195-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5195-4EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5195-4EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5195-4ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5195-4ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5195-4ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5195-4ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5195-4EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5195-4EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5195-6EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5195-5EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5195-5ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5195-5ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5195-5ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5195-5ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5195-5EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5195-5EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5195-6EC31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5195-6EC41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5195-6ED11-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5195-6ED21-0AA0 7-48 

3VA5195-6ED31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5195-6ED41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5195-6EF31-0AA0 7-49 

3VA5195-6EF41-0AA0 7-50 

3VA5210-1BB31-0AA0 11-63, 7-79 

3VA5210-1BB61-0AA0 11-63, 7-79 

3VA5210-5EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5210-5EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5210-5EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5210-5ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5210-5ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5210-5ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5210-5EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5210-5EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5210-5GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5210-5GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5210-5GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5210-6EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5210-6EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5210-6EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5210-6ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5210-6ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5210-6ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5210-6EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5210-6EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5210-6GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5210-6GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5210-6GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5210-7EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5210-7EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5210-7EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5210-7ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5210-7ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5210-7ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5210-7EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5210-7EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5210-7GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5210-7GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5210-7GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5211-5EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5211-5EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5211-5EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5211-5ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5211-5ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5211-5ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5211-5GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5211-5GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5211-6EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5211-6EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5211-6EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5211-6ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5211-6ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5211-6ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5211-6GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5211-6GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5211-7EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5211-7EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5211-7EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5211-7ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5211-7ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5211-7ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5211-7GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5211-7GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-5EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5212-5EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-5EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5212-5ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5212-5ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-5ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5212-5EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5212-5EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-5GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-5GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-5GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-6EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5212-6EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-6EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5212-6ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5212-6ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-6ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5212-6EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5212-6EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-6GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-6GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-6GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-7EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5212-7EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-7EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5212-7ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5212-7ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-7ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5212-7EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5212-7EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-7GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-7GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5212-7GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-0BB31-0AA0 11-63, 7-79 

3VA5215-0BB61-0AA0 11-63, 7-79 

3VA5215-0MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5215-0MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5215-1BB31-0AA0 11-63, 7-79 

3VA5215-1BB61-0AA0 11-63, 7-79 

3VA5215-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5215-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5215-5EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5215-5EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-5EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5215-5ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5215-5ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-5ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5215-5EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5215-5EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-5GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-5GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-5GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-6EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5215-6EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-6EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5215-6ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5215-6ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-6ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5215-6EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5215-6EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-6GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-6GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-6GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-7EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5215-7EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-7EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5215-7ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5215-7ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-7ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5215-7EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5215-7EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-7GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-7GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5215-7GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-5EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5217-5EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-5EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5217-5ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5217-5ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-5ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5217-5EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5217-5EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-5GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-5GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-5GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-6EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5217-6EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-6EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5217-6ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5217-6ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-6ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5217-6EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5217-6EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-6GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-6GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-6GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-7EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 


Product Index 


I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 

3VA5217-7EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-7EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5217-7ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5217-7ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-7ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5217-7EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5217-7EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-7GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-7GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5217-7GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-0MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5220-0MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5220-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5220-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5220-5EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5220-5EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-5EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5220-5ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5220-5ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-5ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5220-5EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5220-5EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-5GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-5GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-5GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-6EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5220-6EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-6EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5220-6ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5220-6ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-6ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5220-6EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5220-6EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-6GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-6GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-6GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-7EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5220-7EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-7EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5220-7ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5220-7ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-7ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5220-7EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5220-7EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-7GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-7GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5220-7GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5222-5EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5222-5EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5222-5EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5222-5ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5222-5ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5222-5ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5222-5GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5222-5GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5222-6EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5222-6EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5222-6EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5222-6ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5222-6ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5222-6ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5222-6GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5222-6GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5222-7EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5222-7EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5222-7EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5222-7ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5222-7ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5222-7ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5222-7GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5222-7GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-0BB31-0AA0 11-63, 7-79 

3VA5225-0BB61-0AA0 11-63, 7-79 

3VA5225-0MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5225-0MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5225-1BB31-0AA0 11-63, 7-79 

3VA5225-1BB61-0AA0 11-63, 7-79 

3VA5225-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5225-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5225-5EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5225-5EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-5EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5225-5ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5225-5ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-5ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5225-5EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5225-5EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-5GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-5GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-5GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-6EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5225-6EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-6EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5225-6ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5225-6ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-6ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5225-6EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5225-6EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-6GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-6GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-6GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-7EC31-0AA0 11-63, 7-57 

3VA5225-7EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-7EC61-0AA0 11-63, 7-56 

3VA5225-7ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5225-7ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-7ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5225-7EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5225-7EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-7GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-7GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5225-7GF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5240-5ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5240-5ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5240-5ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5240-6ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5240-6ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5240-6ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5240-7ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5240-7ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5240-7ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5245-5ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5245-5ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5245-5ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5245-6ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5245-6ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5245-6ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5245-7ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5245-7ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5245-7ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5250-5ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5250-5ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5250-5ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5250-6ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5250-6ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5250-6ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5250-7ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5250-7ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5250-7ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5260-5ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5260-5ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5260-5ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5260-6ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5260-6ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5260-6ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5260-7ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5260-7ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5260-7ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5270-5EC31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5270-5EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5270-5EC61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5270-5ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5270-5ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5270-5ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5270-5EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5270-5EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5270-6EC31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5270-6EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5270-6EC61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5270-6ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5270-6ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5270-6ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5270-6EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5270-6EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5270-7EC31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5270-7EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5270-7EC61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5270-7ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5270-7ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5270-7ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5270-7EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5270-7EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5280-5EC31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5280-5EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5280-5EC61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5280-5ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5280-5ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5280-5ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5280-5EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5280-5EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5280-6EC31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5280-6EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5280-6EC61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5280-6ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5280-6ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5280-6ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5280-6EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5280-6EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5280-7EC31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5280-7EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5280-7EC61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5280-7ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5280-7ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5280-7ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5280-7EF31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5280-7EF41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5290-5EC31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5290-5EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5290-5EC61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5290-5ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5290-5ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5290-5ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5290-5GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5290-5GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5290-6EC31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5290-6EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5290-6EC61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5290-6ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5290-6ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5290-6ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5290-6GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5290-6GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5290-7EC31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5290-7EC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5290-7EC61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5290-7ED31-0AA0 7-57 

3VA5290-7ED41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5290-7ED61-0AA0 7-56 

3VA5290-7GC41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5290-7GD41-0AA0 7-58 

3VA5320-5EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5320-5EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5320-5EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5320-5EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5320-5EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5320-5GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5320-5GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5320-6EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5320-6EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5320-6EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5320-6EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5320-6EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5320-6GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5320-6GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5320-7EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5320-7EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5320-7EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5320-7EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5320-7EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5320-7GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5320-7GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5322-5EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5322-5EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5322-5EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5322-5EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5322-5EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5322-5GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5322-5GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5322-6EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5322-6EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5322-6EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5322-6EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5322-6EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5322-6GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5322-6GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5322-7EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5322-7EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5322-7EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5322-7EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5322-7EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5322-7GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5322-7GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5325-0MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5325-0MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5325-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5325-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5325-5EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5325-5EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5325-5EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5325-5EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5325-5EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5325-5GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5325-5GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5325-6EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5325-6EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5325-6EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5325-6EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5325-6EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5325-6GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5325-6GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5325-7EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5325-7EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5325-7EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5325-7EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5325-7EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5325-7GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5325-7GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5330-5EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5330-5EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5330-5EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5330-5EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5330-5EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5330-5GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5330-5GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5330-6EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5330-6EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5330-6EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5330-6EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5330-6EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5330-6GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5330-6GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5330-7EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5330-7EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5330-7EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5330-7EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5330-7EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5330-7GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5330-7GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5335-5EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5335-5EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5335-5EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5335-5EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5335-5EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5335-5GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5335-5GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5335-6EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5335-6EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5335-6EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5335-6EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5335-6EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5335-6GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5335-6GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5335-7EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5335-7EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5335-7EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5335-7EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5335-7EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5335-7GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5335-7GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5340-0BB31-0AA0 7-79 

3VA5340-0BB61-0AA0 7-79 

3VA5340-1BB31-0AA0 7-79 

3VA5340-1BB61-0AA0 7-79 

3VA5340-5EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5340-5EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5340-5EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5340-5EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5340-5EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5340-5GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5340-5GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5340-6EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5340-6EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5340-6EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5340-6EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5340-6EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5340-6GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5340-6GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5340-7EC31-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5340-7EC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5340-7EC61-0AA0 11-66, 7-64 

3VA5340-7EF31-0AA0 7-64 

3VA5340-7EF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5340-7GC41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5340-7GF41-0AA0 7-65 

3VA5440-0MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5440-0MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5440-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5440-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5445-5EC31-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5445-5EC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5445-5EC61-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5445-5EF31-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5445-5EF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5445-5GC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5445-5GF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5445-6EC31-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5445-6EC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5445-6EC61-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5445-6EF31-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5445-6EF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5445-6GC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5445-6GF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5445-7EC31-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5445-7EC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5445-7EC61-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5445-7EF31-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5445-7EF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5445-7GC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5445-7GF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5450-0MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5450-0MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5450-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5450-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5450-5EC31-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5450-5EC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5450-5EC61-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5450-5EF31-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5450-5EF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5450-5GC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5450-5GF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5450-6EC31-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5450-6EC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5450-6EC61-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5450-6EF31-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5450-6EF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5450-6GC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5450-6GF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5450-7EC31-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5450-7EC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5450-7EC61-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5450-7EF31-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5450-7EF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5450-7GC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5450-7GF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5460-0BB31-0AA0 7-79 

3VA5460-0BB61-0AA0 7-79 

3VA5460-0MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5460-0MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5460-1BB31-0AA0 7-79 

3VA5460-1BB61-0AA0 7-79 

3VA5460-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5460-1MU31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5460-5EC31-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5460-5EC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5460-5EC61-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5460-5EF31-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5460-5EF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5460-5GC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5460-5GF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5460-6EC31-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5460-6EC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5460-6EC61-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5460-6EF31-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5460-6EF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5460-6GC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5460-6GF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5460-7EC31-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5460-7EC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5460-7EC61-0AA0 11-67, 7-69 

3VA5460-7EF31-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5460-7EF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5460-7GC41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5460-7GF41-0AA0 7-69 

3VA5560-0MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5560-1MH31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA5560-5EC32-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5560-5EC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5560-5EC62-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5560-5GC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5560-6EC32-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5560-6EC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5560-6EC62-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5560-6GC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5560-7EC32-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5560-7EC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5560-7EC62-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5560-7GC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5570-5EC32-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5570-5EC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5570-5EC62-0AA0 7-73 

I-4 


Product Index 


3VA5570-5GC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5570-6EC32-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5570-6EC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5570-6EC62-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5570-6GC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5570-7EC32-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5570-7EC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5570-7EC62-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5570-7GC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5580-0BB31-0AA0 7-79 

3VA5580-0BB61-0AA0 7-79 

3VA5580-1BB31-0AA0 7-79 

3VA5580-1BB61-0AA0 7-79 

3VA5580-5EC32-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5580-5EC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5580-5EC62-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5580-5GC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5580-6EC32-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5580-6EC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5580-6EC62-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5580-6GC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5580-7EC32-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5580-7EC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5580-7EC62-0AA0 7-73 

3VA5580-7GC42-0AA0 7-73 

3VA6004X 6-12 

3VA6004X316 6-12 

3VA6110-0HL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-0HL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-0HM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-0HM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-0HN31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-0HN41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-0KQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-0KQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-0KT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-0KT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-1MS31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA6110-5HL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-5HL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-5HM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-5HM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-5HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-52 

3VA6110-5HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6110-5HN41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-5JP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-5JP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-5JQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-5JQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-5JT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-5JT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-5KL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-5KL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-5KM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-5KM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-5KP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-5KP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-5KQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-5KQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-5KT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-5KT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-6HL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-6HL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-6HM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-6HM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-6HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-52 

3VA6110-6HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6110-6HN41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-6JP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-6JP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-6JQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-6JQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-6JT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-6JT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-6KL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-6KL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-6KM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-6KM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-6KP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-6KP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-6KQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-6KQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-6KT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-6KT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-7HL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-7HL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-7HM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-7HM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-7HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-52 

3VA6110-7HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6110-7HN41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-7JP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-7JP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-7JQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-7JQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-7JT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-7JT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-7KL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-7KL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-7KM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-7KM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-7KP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-7KP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-7KQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-7KQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-7KT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-7KT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-8HL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-8HL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-8HM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-8HM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-8HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-52 

3VA6110-8HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6110-8HN41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-8JP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-8JP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-8JQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-8JQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-8JT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-8JT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-8KL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-8KL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-8KM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-8KM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-8KP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-8KP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-8KQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-8KQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6110-8KT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6110-8KT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-0HL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-0HL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-0HM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-0HM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-0HN31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-0HN41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-0KQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-0KQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-0KT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-0KT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-5HL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-5HL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-5HM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-5HM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-5HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-52 

3VA6115-5HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6115-5HN41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-5JP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-5JP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-5JQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-5JQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-5JT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-5JT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-5KL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-5KL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-5KM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-5KM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-5KP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-5KP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-5KQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-5KQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-5KT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-5KT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-6HL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-6HL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-6HM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-6HM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-6HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-52 

3VA6115-6HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6115-6HN41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-6JP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-6JP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-6JQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-6JQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-6JT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-6JT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-6KL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-6KL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-6KM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-6KM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-6KP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-6KP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-6KQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-6KQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-6KT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-6KT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-7HL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-7HL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-7HM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-7HM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-7HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-52 

3VA6115-7HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6115-7HN41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-7JP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-7JP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-7JQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-7JQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-7JT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-7JT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-7KL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-7KL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-7KM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-7KM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-7KP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-7KP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-7KQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-7KQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-7KT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-7KT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-8HL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-8HL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-8HM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-8HM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-8HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-52 

3VA6115-8HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6115-8HN41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-8JP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-8JP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-8JQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-8JQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-8JT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-8JT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-8KL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-8KL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-8KM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-8KM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-8KP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-8KP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-8KQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-8KQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6115-8KT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6115-8KT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6125-1MS31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA6130-1MS31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA6140-1MS31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA6140-5HL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-5HL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-5HM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-5HM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-5HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-52 

3VA6140-5HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6140-5HN41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-5JP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-5JP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-5JQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-5JQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-5JT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-5JT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-5KL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-5KL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-5KM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-5KM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-5KP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-5KP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-5KQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-5KQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-5KT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-5KT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-6HL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-6HL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-6HM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-6HM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-6HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-52 

3VA6140-6HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6140-6HN41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-6JP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-6JP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-6JQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-6JQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-6JT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-6JT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-6KL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-6KL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-6KM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-6KM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-6KP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-6KP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-6KQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-6KQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-6KT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-6KT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-7HL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-7HL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-7HM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-7HM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-7HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-52 

3VA6140-7HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6140-7HN41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-7JP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-7JP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-7JQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-7JQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-7JT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-7JT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-7KL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-7KL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-7KM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-7KM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-7KP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-7KP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-7KQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-7KQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-7KT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-7KT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-8HL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-8HL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-8HM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-8HM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-8HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-52 

3VA6140-8HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6140-8HN41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-8JP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-8JP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-8JQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-8JQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-8JT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-8JT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-8KL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-8KL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-8KM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-8KM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-8KP31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-8KP41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-8KQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-8KQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6140-8KT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6140-8KT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6150-1MS31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA6160-0HL31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6160-0HL41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6160-0HM31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6160-0HM41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6160-0HN31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6160-0HN41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6160-0KQ31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6160-0KQ41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6160-0KT31-0AA0 7-52 

3VA6160-0KT41-0AA0 7-53 

3VA6170-1MS31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA6180-1MS31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA6190-1MS31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA6210-5HL31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-5HL41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-5HM31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-5HM41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-5HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-60 

3VA6210-5HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6210-5HN41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-5JP31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-5JP41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-5JQ31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-5JQ41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-5JT31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-5JT41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-5KL31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-5KL41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-5KM31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-5KM41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-5KP31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-5KP41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-5KQ31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-5KQ41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-5KT31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-5KT41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-6HL31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-6HL41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-6HM31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-6HM41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-6HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-60 

3VA6210-6HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6210-6HN41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-6JP31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-6JP41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-6JQ31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-6JQ41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-6JT31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-6JT41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-6KL31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-6KL41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-6KM31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-6KM41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-6KP31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-6KP41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-6KQ31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-6KQ41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-6KT31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-6KT41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-7HL31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-7HL41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-7HM31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-7HM41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-7HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-60 

3VA6210-7HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6210-7HN41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-7JP31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-7JP41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-7JQ31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-7JQ41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-7JT31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-7JT41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-7KL31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-7KL41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-7KM31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-7KM41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-7KP31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-7KP41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-7KQ31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-7KQ41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-7KT31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-7KT41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-8HL31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-8HL41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-8HM31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-8HM41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-8HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-60 

3VA6210-8HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6210-8HN41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-8JP31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-8JP41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-8JQ31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-8JQ41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-8JT31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-8JT41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-8KL31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-8KL41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-8KM31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-8KM41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-8KP31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-8KP41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-8KQ31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-8KQ41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6210-8KT31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6210-8KT41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6211-1MS31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA6212-1MS31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA6215-1MS31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA6220-1MS31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA6225-0HL31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-0HL41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-0HM31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-0HM41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-0HN31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-0HN41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-0KQ31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-0KQ41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-0KT31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-0KT41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-5HL31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-5HL41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-5HM31-0AA0 7-60 

I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 


Product Index 


I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 

3VA6225-5HM41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-5HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-60 

3VA6225-5HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6225-5HN41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-5JP31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-5JP41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-5JQ31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-5JQ41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-5JT31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-5JT41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-5KL31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-5KL41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-5KM31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-5KM41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-5KP31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-5KP41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-5KQ31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-5KQ41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-5KT31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-5KT41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-6HL31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-6HL41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-6HM31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-6HM41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-6HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-60 

3VA6225-6HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6225-6HN41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-6JP31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-6JP41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-6JQ31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-6JQ41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-6JT31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-6JT41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-6KL31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-6KL41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-6KM31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-6KM41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-6KP31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-6KP41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-6KQ31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-6KQ41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-6KT31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-6KT41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-7HL31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-7HL41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-7HM31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-7HM41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-7HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-60 

3VA6225-7HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6225-7HN41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-7JP31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-7JP41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-7JQ31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-7JQ41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-7JT31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-7JT41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-7KL31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-7KL41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-7KM31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-7KM41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-7KP31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-7KP41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-7KQ31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-7KQ41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-7KT31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-7KT41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-8HL31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-8HL41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-8HM31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-8HM41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-8HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-60 

3VA6225-8HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6225-8HN41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-8JP31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-8JP41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-8JQ31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-8JQ41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-8JT31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-8JT41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-8KL31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-8KL41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-8KM31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-8KM41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-8KP31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-8KP41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-8KQ31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-8KQ41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6225-8KT31-0AA0 7-60 

3VA6225-8KT41-0AA0 7-61 

3VA6320-1MS31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA6325-0HL31-0AA0 7-66, 7-67 

3VA6325-0HM31-0AA0 7-66, 7-67 

3VA6325-0HN31-0AA0 7-66, 7-67 

3VA6325-0KQ31-0AA0 7-66, 7-67 

3VA6325-0KT31-0AA0 7-66, 7-67 

3VA6325-1MS31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA6325-5HL31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-5HL41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-5HM31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-5HM41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-5HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-66 

3VA6325-5HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6325-5HN41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-5JP31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-5JP41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-5JQ31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-5JQ41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-5JT31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-5JT41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-5KL31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-5KL41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-5KM31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-5KM41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-5KP31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-5KP41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-5KQ31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-5KQ41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-5KT31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-5KT41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-6HL31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-6HL41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-6HM31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-6HM41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-6HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-66 

3VA6325-6HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6325-6HN41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-6JP31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-6JP41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-6JQ31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-6JQ41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-6JT31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-6JT41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-6KL31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-6KL41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-6KM31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-6KM41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-6KP31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-6KP41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-6KQ31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-6KQ41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-6KT31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-6KT41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-7HL31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-7HL41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-7HM31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-7HM41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-7HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-66 

3VA6325-7HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6325-7HN41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-7JP31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-7JP41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-7JQ31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-7JQ41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-7JT31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-7JT41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-7KL31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-7KL41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-7KM31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-7KM41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-7KP31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-7KP41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-7KQ31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-7KQ41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-7KT31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-7KT41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-8HL31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-8HL41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-8HM31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-8HM41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-8HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-66 

3VA6325-8HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6325-8HN41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-8JP31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-8JP41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-8JQ31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-8JQ41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-8JT31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-8JT41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-8KL31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-8KL41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-8KM31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-8KM41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-8KP31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-8KP41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-8KQ31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-8KQ41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6325-8KT31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6325-8KT41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-0HL31-0AA0 7-66, 7-67 

3VA6340-0HM31-0AA0 7-66, 7-67 

3VA6340-0HN31-0AA0 7-66, 7-67 

3VA6340-0KQ31-0AA0 7-66, 7-67 

3VA6340-0KT31-0AA0 7-66, 7-67 

3VA6340-1BB31-0AA0 7-79 

3VA6340-5HL31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-5HL41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-5HM31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-5HM41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-5HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-66 

3VA6340-5HN41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-5JP31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-5JP41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-5JQ31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-5JQ41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-5JT31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-5JT41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-5KL31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-5KL41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-5KM31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-5KM41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-5KP31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-5KP41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-5KQ31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-5KQ41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-5KT31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-5KT41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-6HL31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-6HL41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-6HM31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-6HM41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-6HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-66 

3VA6340-6HN41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-6JP31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-6JP41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-6JQ31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-6JQ41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-6JT31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-6JT41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-6KL31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-6KL41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-6KM31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-6KM41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-6KP31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-6KP41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-6KQ31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-6KQ41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-6KT31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-6KT41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-7HL31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-7HL41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-7HM31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-7HM41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-7HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-66 

3VA6340-7HN41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-7JP31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-7JP41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-7JQ31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-7JQ41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-7JT31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-7JT41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-7KL31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-7KL41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-7KM31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-7KM41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-7KP31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-7KP41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-7KQ31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-7KQ41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-7KT31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-7KT41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-8HL31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-8HL41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-8HM31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-8HM41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-8HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-66 

3VA6340-8HN41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-8JP31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-8JP41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-8JQ31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-8JQ41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-8JT31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-8JT41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-8KL31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-8KL41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-8KM31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-8KM41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-8KP31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-8KP41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-8KQ31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-8KQ41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6340-8KT31-0AA0 7-66 

3VA6340-8KT41-0AA0 7-67 

3VA6440-1MS31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA6440-5HL31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-5HL41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-5HM31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-5HM41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-5HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-70 

3VA6440-5HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6440-5HN41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-5JP31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-5JP41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-5JQ31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-5JQ41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-5JT31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-5JT41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-5KL31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-5KL41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-5KM31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-5KM41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-5KP31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-5KP41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-5KQ31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-5KQ41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-5KT31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-5KT41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-6HL31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-6HL41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-6HM31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-6HM41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-6HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-70 

3VA6440-6HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6440-6HN41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-6JP31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-6JP41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-6JQ31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-6JQ41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-6JT31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-6JT41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-6KL31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-6KL41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-6KM31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-6KM41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-6KP31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-6KP41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-6KQ31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-6KQ41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-6KT31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-6KT41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-7HL31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-7HL41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-7HM31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-7HM41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-7HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-70 

3VA6440-7HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6440-7HN41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-7JP31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-7JP41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-7JQ31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-7JQ41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-7JT31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-7JT41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-7KL31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-7KL41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-7KM31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-7KM41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-7KP31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-7KP41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-7KQ31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-7KQ41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-7KT31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-7KT41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-8HL31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-8HL41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-8HM31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-8HM41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-8HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-70 

3VA6440-8HN31-2AA0 11-58 

3VA6440-8HN41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-8JP31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-8JP41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-8JQ31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-8JQ41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-8JT31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-8JT41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-8KL31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-8KL41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-8KM31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-8KM41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-8KP31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-8KP41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-8KQ31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-8KQ41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6440-8KT31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6440-8KT41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6450-1MS31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA6460-0HL31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-0HL41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-0HM31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-0HM41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-0HN31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-0HN41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-0KQ31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-0KQ41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-0KT31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-0KT41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-1BB31-0AA0 11-57, 7-79 

3VA6460-5HL31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-5HL41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-5HM31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-5HM41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-5HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-70 

3VA6460-5HN41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-5JP31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-5JP41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-5JQ31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-5JQ41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-5JT31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-5JT41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-5KL31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-5KL41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-5KM31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-5KM41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-5KP31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-5KP41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-5KQ31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-5KQ41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-5KT31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-5KT41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-6HL31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-6HL41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-6HM31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-6HM41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-6HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-70 

3VA6460-6HN41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-6JP31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-6JP41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-6JQ31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-6JQ41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-6JT31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-6JT41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-6KL31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-6KL41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-6KM31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-6KM41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-6KP31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-6KP41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-6KQ31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-6KQ41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-6KT31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-6KT41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-7HL31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-7HL41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-7HM31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-7HM41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-7HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-70 

3VA6460-7HN41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-7JP31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-7JP41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-7JQ31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-7JQ41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-7JT31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-7JT41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-7KL31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-7KL41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-7KM31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-7KM41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-7KP31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-7KP41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-7KQ31-0AA0 7-70 

I-6 


Product Index 


3VA6460-7KQ41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-7KT31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-7KT41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-8HL31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-8HL41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-8HM31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-8HM41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-8HN31-0AA0 11-57, 7-70 

3VA6460-8HN41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-8JP31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-8JP41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-8JQ31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-8JQ41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-8JT31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-8JT41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-8KL31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-8KL41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-8KM31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-8KM41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-8KP31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-8KP41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-8KQ31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-8KQ41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6460-8KT31-0AA0 7-70 

3VA6460-8KT41-0AA0 7-71 

3VA6560-5HL32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-5HM32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-5HN32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-5JP32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-5JQ32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-5JT32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-5KL32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-5KQ32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-5KT32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-6HL32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-6HM32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-6HN32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-6JP32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-6JQ32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-6JT32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-6KL32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-6KQ32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-6KT32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-7HL32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-7HM32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-7HN32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-7JP32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-7JQ32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-7JT32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-7KL32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-7KQ32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6560-7KT32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-1MS31-0AA0 7-80 

3VA6580-5HL32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-5HM32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-5HN32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-5JP32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-5JQ32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-5JT32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-5KL32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-5KQ32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-5KT32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-6HL32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-6HM32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-6HN32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-6JP32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-6JQ32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-6JT32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-6KL32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-6KQ32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-6KT32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-7HL32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-7HM32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-7HN32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-7JP32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-7JQ32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-7JT32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-7KL32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-7KQ32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6580-7KT32-0AA0 7-74 

3VA6610-5HL32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-5HL42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-5HM32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-5HM42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-5HN32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-5HN42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-5JP32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-5JP42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-5JQ32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-5JQ42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-5JT32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-5JT42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-5KL32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-5KL42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-5KQ32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-5KQ42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-5KT32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-5KT42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-6HL32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-6HL42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-6HM32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-6HM42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-6HN32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-6HN42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-6JP32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-6JP42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-6JQ32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-6JQ42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-6JT32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-6JT42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-6KL32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-6KL42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-6KQ32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-6KQ42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-6KT32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-6KT42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-7HL32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-7HL42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-7HM32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-7HM42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-7HN32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-7HN42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-7JP32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-7JP42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-7JQ32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-7JQ42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-7JT32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-7JT42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-7KL32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-7KL42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-7KQ32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-7KQ42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA6610-7KT32-0AA0 7-77 

3VA6610-7KT42-0AA0 7-78 

3VA9033-0SB10 7-105 

3VA9033-0SB20 7-105 

3VA9034-0SB10 7-105 

3VA9034-0SB20 7-105 

3VA9038-0LB10 7-104 

3VA9038-0LB11 7-104, 7-37 

3VA9077-0NA10 11-59, 7-102 

3VA9078-0VK10 7-105 

3VA9078-0VM10 7-104 

3VA9078-0VM30 7-104 

3VA9087-0SX10 7-105, 7-86 

3VA9114-0SS10 7-106 

3VA9116-0SS10 7-106 

3VA9124-0SS10 7-106 

3VA9126-0SS10 7-106 

3VA9131-0QB00 7-93 

3VA9131-0QE10 7-94 

3VA9131-0QE20 7-94 

3VA9131-0QF10 7-94 

3VA9131-0QF20 7-94 

3VA9131-0WD10 7-95 

3VA9131-0WD20 7-95 

3VA9131-0WD30 7-95 

3VA9131-0WD31 7-95 

3VA9131-0WD40 7-95 

3VA9131-0WF20 7-95 

3VA9131-0WF30 7-95 

3VA9131-0WF31 7-95 

3VA9131-0WF40 7-95 

3VA9131-0WJ20 7-96 

3VA9131-0WJ30 7-96 

3VA9131-0WJ40 7-96 

3VA9132-0JC12 7-89 

3VA9132-0JF60 7-90 

3VA9132-0JJ12 7-89 

3VA9132-0WA00 7-95 

3VA9133-0JA11 7-37, 7-51, 7-88 

3VA9133-0JB10 7-37, 7-51, 7-88 

3VA9133-0JB11 11-62, 7-37, 7-51, 7-88 

3VA9133-0JC12 7-51, 7-89 

3VA9133-0JC18 7-89 

3VA9133-0JD10 7-37, 7-51, 7-91 

3VA9133-0JD11 11-62, 7-37, 7-51, 7-91 

3VA9133-0JF60 7-51, 7-90 

3VA9133-0JF68 7-90 

3VA9133-0JG10 7-37, 7-51, 7-88 

3VA9133-0JG11 11-59, 7-37, 7-51, 7-88 

3VA9133-0JJ12 7-51, 7-89 

3VA9133-0JK10 7-37, 7-51, 7-91 

3VA9133-0JK11 11-59, 7-37, 7-51, 7-91 

3VA9133-0QA00 7-92 

3VA9133-0QB00 7-93 

3VA9133-0QE00 7-94 

3VA9133-0QF00 7-94 

3VA9134-0JA11 7-51, 7-88 

3VA9134-0JB10 7-51, 7-88 

3VA9134-0JB11 7-51, 7-88 

3VA9134-0JC12 7-89 

3VA9134-0JD10 7-51, 7-91 

3VA9134-0JD11 7-51, 7-91 

3VA9134-0JF60 7-51, 7-90 

3VA9134-0JG10 7-51, 7-88 

3VA9134-0JG11 7-51, 7-88 

3VA9134-0JJ12 7-51, 7-89 

3VA9134-0JK10 7-51, 7-91 

3VA9134-0JK11 7-51, 7-91 

3VA9134-0QA00 7-92 

3VA9134-0QE00 7-94 

3VA9134-0QF00 7-94 

3VA9137-0CB10 7-87 

3VA9137-0CK12 7-87 

3VA9137-0CK72 7-87 

3VA9137-0EK11 7-82 

3VA9137-0EK13 7-82 

3VA9137-0EK15 7-82 

3VA9137-0EK17 7-82 

3VA9137-0EK21 7-82 

3VA9137-0EK23 7-82 

3VA9137-0EK25 7-82 

3VA9137-0EK27 7-82 

3VA9137-0EK31 7-82 

3VA9137-0EK33 7-82 

3VA9137-0EK35 7-82 

3VA9137-0EK37 7-82 

3VA9137-0FK21 7-83 

3VA9137-0FK23 7-83 

3VA9137-0FK25 7-83 

3VA9137-0FK27 7-83 

3VA9137-0FK31 7-83 

3VA9137-0FK33 7-83 

3VA9137-0FK35 7-83 

3VA9137-0FK37 7-83 

3VA9137-0GA80 7-85 

3VA9137-0GC01 7-83 

3VA9137-0GC05 7-83 

3VA9137-0GK00 7-84 

3VA9137-0HA10 7-87 

3VA9137-0HA20 7-87 

3VA9137-0LF10 7-104 

3VA9137-0PK11 7-83 

3VA9137-0PK13 7-83 

3VA9137-0PK15 7-83 

3VA9137-0PK17 7-83 

3VA9137-0PK51 7-83 

3VA9137-0PK53 7-83 

3VA9137-0PK55 7-83 

3VA9137-0PK57 7-83 

3VA9137-0VF10 7-104 

3VA9138-0DK72 7-86 

3VA9138-0DK82 7-86 

3VA9138-0DK84 7-86 

3VA9138-0LB11 11-65, 7-104 

3VA9138-0VF30 7-104 

3VA9138-0VK20 7-105 

3VA9143-0JA12 7-54, 7-62, 7-88 

3VA9143-0JB11 11-65, 7-54, 7-62, 7-88 

3VA9143-0JD11 11-65, 7-54, 7-62, 7-91 

3VA9143-0JG11 11-59, 7-54, 7-62, 7-88 

3VA9143-0JH12 7-62, 7-88 

3VA9143-0JK11 11-59, 7-54, 7-62, 7-91 

3VA9143-0KB01 7-98 

3VA9143-0KD00 7-97 

3VA9143-0KD10 7-97 

3VA9143-0KP00 7-97 

3VA9143-0KP10 7-97 

3VA9143-0SB10 7-105 

3VA9143-0SB20 7-105 

3VA9144-0JA12 7-54, 7-62, 7-88 

3VA9144-0JB11 7-54, 7-62, 7-88 

3VA9144-0JD11 7-54, 7-62, 7-91 

3VA9144-0JG11 7-54, 7-62, 7-88 

3VA9144-0JH12 7-62, 7-88 

3VA9144-0JK11 7-54, 7-62, 7-91 

3VA9144-0KB01 7-98 

3VA9144-0KD00 7-97 

3VA9144-0KD10 7-97 

3VA9144-0KP00 7-97 

3VA9144-0KP10 7-97 

3VA9144-0SB10 7-105 

3VA9144-0SB20 7-105 

3VA9147-0KT00 7-98 

3VA9147-0LF10 7-104 

3VA9147-0VF10 7-104 

3VA9148-0VF30 7-104 

3VA9151-0SS00 7-106 

3VA9151-0SS10 7-106 

3VA9154-0SS00 7-106 

3VA9156-0SS00 7-106 

3VA9164-0SS00 7-106 

3VA9166-0SS00 7-106 

3VA9167-0KB02 7-98 

3VA9177-0NA10 11-59, 7-102 

3VA9177-0TB10 11-59, 11-65, 7-101 

3VA9177-0TB50 7-101 

3VA9177-0VF40 7-83 

3VA9187-0TB60 7-101 

3VA9231-0QE10 7-94 

3VA9231-0QE20 7-94 

3VA9231-0QF10 7-94 

3VA9231-0QF20 7-94 

3VA9233-0JA11 7-59, 7-88 

3VA9233-0JA12 7-59, 7-88 

3VA9233-0JB11 7-59, 7-88 

3VA9233-0JB12 11-65, 7-59, 7-88 

3VA9233-0JC13 7-59, 7-89 

3VA9233-0JC18 7-89 

3VA9233-0JC22 7-90 

3VA9233-0JC28 7-90 

3VA9233-0JD11 7-59, 7-91 

3VA9233-0JD12 11-65, 7-59, 7-91 

3VA9233-0JF60 7-59, 7-90 

3VA9233-0JF68 7-90 

3VA9233-0JG11 7-59, 7-88 

3VA9233-0JG12 11-59, 7-59, 7-88 

3VA9233-0JH11 7-88 

3VA9233-0JH12 7-88 

3VA9233-0JJ13 7-59, 7-89 

3VA9233-0JJ22 7-59, 7-89 

3VA9233-0JK11 7-59, 7-91 

3VA9233-0JK12 11-59, 7-59, 7-91 

3VA9233-0QA00 7-92 

3VA9233-0QE00 7-94 

3VA9233-0QF00 7-94 

3VA9233-0SB20 7-105 

3VA9234-0JA11 7-59, 7-88 

3VA9234-0JA12 7-59, 7-88 

3VA9234-0JB11 7-59, 7-88 

3VA9234-0JB12 7-59, 7-88 

3VA9234-0JC13 7-59, 7-89 

3VA9234-0JC22 7-90 

3VA9234-0JD11 7-59, 7-91 

3VA9234-0JD12 7-59, 7-91 

3VA9234-0JF60 7-59, 7-90 

3VA9234-0JG11 7-59, 7-88 

3VA9234-0JG12 7-59, 7-88 

3VA9234-0JH11 7-88 

3VA9234-0JH12 7-88 

3VA9234-0JJ13 7-59, 7-89 

3VA9234-0JJ22 7-59, 7-89 

3VA9234-0JK11 7-59, 7-91 

3VA9234-0JK12 7-59, 7-91 

3VA9234-0QA00 7-92 

3VA9234-0QE00 7-94 

3VA9234-0QF00 7-94 

3VA9234-0SB20 7-105 

3VA9237-0LF10 7-104 

3VA9237-0SB30 7-105 

3VA9237-0VF10 7-104 

3VA9238-0VF30 7-104 

3VA9238-0VK20 7-105 

3VA9241-0QE10 7-94 

3VA9241-0QE20 7-94 

3VA9241-0QF10 7-94 

3VA9241-0QF20 7-94 

3VA9243-0JA12 7-54, 7-62, 7-88 

3VA9243-0JB12 11-57, 11-65, 7-54, 

7-62, 7-88 

3VA9243-0JC13 7-54, 7-62, 7-89 

3VA9243-0JC18 7-89 

3VA9243-0JC22 7-54, 7-62, 7-90 

3VA9243-0JC28 7-90 

3VA9243-0JD12 11-57, 11-65, 7-54, 

7-62, 7-91 

3VA9243-0JF60 7-54, 7-62, 7-90 

3VA9243-0JF68 7-90 

3VA9243-0JG12 11-59, 7-54, 7-62, 7-88 

3VA9243-0JH12 7-62, 7-88 

3VA9243-0JJ13 7-54, 7-62, 7-89 

3VA9243-0JJ22 7-54, 7-62, 7-89 

3VA9243-0JK12 11-59, 7-54, 7-62, 7-91 

3VA9243-0QA00 7-92 

3VA9243-0QE00 7-94 

3VA9243-0QF00 7-94 

3VA9244-0JA12 7-54, 7-62, 7-88 

3VA9244-0JB12 7-54, 7-62, 7-88 

3VA9244-0JC13 7-54, 7-62, 7-89 

3VA9244-0JC22 7-54, 7-62, 7-90 

3VA9244-0JD12 7-54, 7-62, 7-91 

3VA9244-0JF60 7-54, 7-62, 7-90 

3VA9244-0JG12 7-54, 7-62, 7-88 

3VA9244-0JH12 7-62, 7-88 

3VA9244-0JJ13 7-54, 7-62, 7-89 

3VA9244-0JJ22 7-54, 7-62, 7-89 

3VA9244-0JK12 7-54, 7-62, 7-91 

3VA9244-0QA00 7-92 

3VA9244-0QE00 7-94 

3VA9244-0QF00 7-94 

3VA9248-0VK20 7-105 

3VA9267-0KD81 7-98 

3VA9267-0KP81 7-98 

3VA9270-0WC00 7-96 

3VA9271-0WD30 7-95 

3VA9271-0WD31 7-95 

3VA9271-0WD40 7-95 

3VA9271-0WF30 7-95 

3VA9271-0WF31 7-95 

3VA9271-0WF40 7-95 

3VA9271-0WJ30 7-96 

3VA9271-0WJ40 7-96 

3VA9272-0WA00 7-95 

3VA9273-0QB00 7-93 

3VA9274-0QB00 7-93 

3VA9277-0CB10 7-87 

3VA9277-0CK12 7-87 

3VA9277-0CK72 7-87 

3VA9277-0EK11 7-82 

3VA9277-0EK13 7-82 

3VA9277-0EK15 7-82 

3VA9277-0EK17 7-82 

3VA9277-0EK21 7-82 

3VA9277-0EK23 7-82 

3VA9277-0EK25 7-82 

3VA9277-0EK27 7-82 

3VA9277-0EK31 7-82 

3VA9277-0EK33 7-82 

3VA9277-0EK35 7-82 

3VA9277-0EK37 7-82 

3VA9277-0FK21 7-83 

3VA9277-0FK23 7-83 

3VA9277-0FK25 7-83 

3VA9277-0FK27 7-83 

3VA9277-0FK31 7-83 

3VA9277-0FK33 7-83 

3VA9277-0FK35 7-83 

3VA9277-0FK37 7-83 

3VA9277-0GK00 7-84 

3VA9277-0HA10 11-65, 11-69, 7-87 

3VA9277-0HA20 11-65, 11-69, 7-87 

3VA9277-0HC10 7-87 

3VA9277-0HC15 7-87 

3VA9277-0HC20 7-87 

3VA9277-0HC30 7-87 

3VA9277-0HC35 7-87 

3VA9277-0PK11 7-83 

3VA9277-0PK13 7-83 

3VA9277-0PK15 7-83 

3VA9277-0PK17 7-83 

3VA9277-0PK51 7-83 

3VA9277-0PK53 7-83 

3VA9277-0PK55 7-83 

3VA9277-0PK57 7-83 

3VA9277-0VF40 7-83 

3VA9278-0CC10 7-87 

3VA9278-0CC20 7-87 

3VA9278-0CC30 7-87 

3VA9278-0CC40 7-87 

3VA9278-0CC50 7-87 

3VA9278-0CC60 7-87 

3VA9278-0CC70 7-87 

3VA9278-0CC80 7-87 

3VA9278-0DK72 7-86 

3VA9278-0DK82 7-86 

3VA9278-0DK84 7-86 

3VA9328-0SS10 7-106 

3VA9333-0SB20 7-105 

I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 


Product Index 


I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 

3VA9338-0LB11 11-69, 7-104 

3VA9343-0KB01 7-98 

3VA9343-0KD00 7-97 

3VA9343-0KD10 7-97 

3VA9343-0KP00 7-97 

3VA9343-0KP10 7-97 

3VA9343-0SB20 7-105 

3VA9344-0KB01 7-98 

3VA9344-0KD00 7-97 

3VA9344-0KD10 7-97 

3VA9344-0KP00 7-97 

3VA9344-0KP10 7-97 

3VA9344-0SB20 7-105 

3VA9347-0KT00 7-98 

3VA9347-0LF10 11-64, 11-68, 7-104 

3VA9347-0VF10 7-104 

3VA9348-0VF30 7-104 

3VA9367-0KB02 7-98 

3VA9368-0SS00 7-106 

3VA9373-0JB13 11-57, 11-69, 7-68, 

7-72, 7-88 

3VA9373-0JD13 11-57, 11-69, 7-68, 

7-72, 7-91 

3VA9373-0JF60 7-68, 7-72, 7-90 

3VA9373-0JF68 7-90 

3VA9373-0JG13 11-59, 7-68, 7-72, 7-88 

3VA9373-0JK13 11-59, 7-68, 7-72, 7-91 

3VA9373-0SB10 7-105 

3VA9374-0JB13 7-68, 7-72, 7-88 

3VA9374-0JD13 7-68, 7-72, 7-91 

3VA9374-0JF60 7-68, 7-72, 7-90 

3VA9374-0JG13 7-68, 7-72, 7-88 

3VA9374-0JK13 7-68, 7-72, 7-91 

3VA9374-0SB10 7-105 

3VA9377-0NA10 11-59, 7-102 

3VA9377-0SB30 7-105 

3VA9377-0TB10 11-59, 11-69, 7-101 

3VA9377-0TB50 7-101 

3VA9378-0LB10 7-104 

3VA9387-0TB60 7-101 

3VA9443-0KD00 7-97 

3VA9443-0KP00 7-97 

3VA9444-0KD00 7-97 

3VA9444-0KP00 7-97 

3VA9447-0EK11 7-82 

3VA9447-0EK13 7-82 

3VA9447-0EK15 7-82 

3VA9447-0EK17 7-82 

3VA9447-0EK21 7-82 

3VA9447-0EK23 7-82 

3VA9447-0EK25 7-82 

3VA9447-0EK27 7-82 

3VA9447-0EK31 7-82 

3VA9447-0EK33 7-82 

3VA9447-0EK35 7-82 

3VA9447-0EK37 7-82 

3VA9447-0FK21 7-83 

3VA9447-0FK23 7-83 

3VA9447-0FK25 7-83 

3VA9473-0JC23 11-59, 7-68, 7-72, 7-90 

3VA9473-0JC28 7-90 

3VA9473-0JE23 11-69, 7-68, 7-72, 7-92 

3VA9473-0JH13 7-68, 7-72, 7-88 

3VA9473-0JJ23 11-69, 7-68, 7-72, 7-89 

3VA9473-0JL23 7-68, 7-72 

3VA9473-0QA00 7-92 

3VA9473-0QB00 7-93 

3VA9473-0QC00 7-93 

3VA9473-0QE00 7-94 

3VA9473-0QF00 7-94 

3VA9474-0JA13 7-68, 7-72, 7-88 

3VA9474-0JC23 7-68, 7-72, 7-90 

3VA9474-0JE23 7-68, 7-72, 7-92 

3VA9474-0JH13 7-68, 7-72, 7-88 

3VA9474-0JJ23 7-68, 7-72, 7-89 

3VA9474-0JL23 7-68, 7-72 

3VA9474-0QA00 7-92 

3VA9474-0QB00 7-93 

3VA9474-0QC00 7-93 

3VA9474-0QE00 7-94 

3VA9474-0QF00 7-94 

3VA9477-0CB10 7-87 

3VA9477-0CK12 7-87 

3VA9477-0CK72 7-87 

3VA9477-0FH11 7-85 

3VA9477-0FH15 7-85 

3VA9477-0GA80 7-85 

3VA9477-0GC01 7-83 

3VA9477-0GC05 7-83 

3VA9477-0GC11 7-83 

3VA9477-0GC15 7-83 

3VA9477-0GF10 7-85 

3VA9477-0GF11 7-85 

3VA9477-0GF20 7-85 

3VA9477-0GF21 7-85 

3VA9478-0CX10 7-87 

3VA9478-0CX20 7-87 

3VA9478-0DK72 7-86 

3VA9478-0DK82 7-86 

3VA9478-0DK84 7-86 

3VA9487-0GB10 7-85 

3VA9487-0SC10 7-106 

3VA9573-0JB23 7-76, 7-88 

3VA9573-0JG23 7-76 

3VA9574-0JB23 7-76, 7-89 

3VA9574-0JG23 7-76 

3VA9577-0LF10 7-104 

3VA9577-0VF10 7-104 

3VA9578-0CC10 7-87 

3VA9578-0CC20 7-87 

3VA9578-0CC30 7-87 

3VA9578-0CC40 7-87 

3VA9578-0CC50 7-87 

3VA9578-0CC60 7-87 

3VA9578-0CC70 7-87 

3VA9578-0CC80 7-87 

3VA9578-0LB10 7-104 

3VA9578-0VM10 7-104 

3VA9583-0SB10 7-105 

3VA9673-0QE00 7-94 

3VA9674-0JB32 7-76, 7-89 

3VA9674-0JC24 7-76, 7-90 

3VA9674-0JC34 7-76, 7-90 

3VA9674-0JC43 7-76, 7-90 

3VA9674-0JC44 7-76, 7-90 

3VA9674-0JD32 7-76, 7-91 

3VA9674-0JE43 7-76, 7-92 

3VA9674-0JG23 7-89 

3VA9674-0JG32 7-76, 7-89 

3VA9674-0JJ24 7-76, 7-90 

3VA9674-0JJ34 7-76, 7-90 

3VA9674-0JJ43 7-76, 7-90 

3VA9674-0JJ44 7-76, 7-90 

3VA9674-0JK32 7-76, 7-91 

3VA9674-0JL43 7-76, 7-92 

3VA9674-0QA00 7-92 

3VA9674-0QB00 7-93 

3VA9674-0QC00 7-93 

3VA9674-0QE00 7-94 

3VA9677-0EK11 7-82 

3VA9677-0EK15 7-82 

3VA9677-0EK21 7-82 

3VA9677-0EK25 7-82 

3VA9677-0EK31 7-82 

3VA9677-0EK35 7-82 

3VA9677-0FK21 7-83 

3VA9677-0FK23 7-83 

3VA9677-0FK25 7-83 

3VA9677-0FK27 7-83 

3VA9677-0FK31 7-83 

3VA9677-0FK33 7-83 

3VA9677-0FK35 7-83 

3VA9677-0FK37 7-83 

3VA9677-0GA80 7-85 

3VA9677-0GC01 7-83 

3VA9677-0GC05 7-83 

3VA9677-0GK00 7-84 

3VA9677-0NA10 7-102 

3VA9877-0GF22 7-85 

3VA9877-0GF23 7-85 

3VA9970-0LF40 7-99 

3VA9977-0CH12 7-87 

3VA9977-0CH72 7-87 

3VA9977-0CH74 7-87 

3VA9977-0CH82 7-87 

3VA9977-0CH84 7-87 

3VA9977-0KB00 7-99 

3VA9977-0KC00 7-99 

3VA9977-0KD80 7-99 

3VA9977-0KP80 7-99 

3VA9977-0MA10 11-59, 7-103 

3VA9977-0MB10 11-59, 7-103 

3VA9977-0MY10 11-59, 7-103 

3VA9977-0TA10 11-59, 7-101 

3VA9977-0TA20 11-59, 7-101 

3VA9977-0TD10 11-59, 7-102 

3VA9977-0UA10 11-59, 7-102 

3VA9977-0UF10 11-59, 7-103 

3VA9978-0BA25 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BB10 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BB11 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BB12 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BB14 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BB16 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BB20 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BB24 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BB25 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BB27 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BD11 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BD12 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BD13 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BF22 7-81 

3VA9978-0BF23 7-81 

3VA9978-0BL10 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BL20 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BL30 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BL31 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BL32 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BL33 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9980-0LF20 7-86 

3VA9980-0VC10 7-105 

3VA9980-0VC20 7-105 

3VA9980-0VC30 7-105 

3VA9980-0VL10 11-64, 11-68, 

7-104, 7-86, 7-99 

3VA9980-0VL20 11-64, 11-68 

3VA9980-0VL30 11-64, 11-68, 

7-104, 7-86, 7-99 

3VA9980-0VL40 11-64, 11-68, 

7-104, 7-86, 7-99 

3VA9987-0KC10 7-99 

3VA9987-0KD81 7-98 

3VA9987-0MX10 11-59, 7-103 

3VA9987-0TC10 11-59, 7-102 

3VA9987-0TC20 11-59, 7-102 

3VA9987-0TC30 11-59, 7-102 

3VA9987-0TC40 11-59, 7-102 

3VA9987-0TE10 11-59, 7-102 

3VAE60012 6-13, 7-68, 7-72 

3VAE6001F 6-9, 7-68, 7-72 

3VAE6001S 6-9, 7-68, 7-72 

3VAE6003R 6-11, 7-68, 7-72 

3VAE6004X 7-68, 7-72 

3VAE6004X316 7-68, 7-72 

3VAE80012 6-13 

3VAE8001F 6-9 

3VAE8001S 6-9 

3VAE8003R 6-11 

3VAE8004X 6-12 

3VAE8004X316 6-12 

3VL97008BL00 7-214, 7-215 

3ZS27102CC200YH0 9-26 

3ZS27103CC000YD0 9-26 

3ZS27110CC300YA0 9-26 

3ZS27110CC300YD0 9-26 

3ZS27118CC300YA0 9-26 

3ZS27120CC300YD0 9-26 

3ZS27130CC300YD0 9-26 

3ZS27140CC300YD0 9-26 

3ZS27150CC300YD0 9-26 

3ZS27160CC300YD0 9-26 

3ZS27181CC000YH0 9-26 

3ZS27182CC000YH0 9-26 

3ZS27183CC000YH0 9-26 

3ZS67100CC900BA0 9-27 

3ZS67100CC900BC0 9-27 

3ZS67220CC900BA2 9-27 

3ZS67230CC900BA2 9-27 

3ZS67317CC900BA0 9-27 

3ZS67420CC900BA2 9-27 

3ZS67520CC900BA2 9-27 

3ZS68120CC900BA2 9-27 

3ZS68130CC900BA2 9-27 

3ZS68140CC900BA2 9-27 

3ZS68220CC900BA2 9-27 

3ZS68230CC900BA2 9-27 

3ZS68240CC900BA2 9-27 

40 Series NEMA Contactors 

17-51, 17-52 

400-5000A 13-13 

40007-01GP 2-9 

40404-02QG 2-9 

40405-015F 2-9 

40405-025 2-9 

40405-02CO 2-9 

40405-02GP 2-9 

40405-02QG 2-9 

40405-0BNU 2-9 

40405P-9WI 2-12 

40407-015F 2-9 

40407-01NU 2-9 

40407-025 2-9 

40407-02CO 2-9 

40407-02GP 2-9 

40407-02QG 2-9 

40407P-9CH 2-12 

40407P-9UE 2-12 

3VA9447-0FK27 7-83 

3VA9447-0FK31 7-83 

3VA9447-0FK33 7-83 

3VA9447-0FK35 7-83 

3VA9447-0FK37 7-83 

3VA9447-0GK00 7-84 

3VA9447-0HA10 11-59, 7-87 

3VA9447-0HA20 7-87 

3VA9448-0VK20 7-105 

3VA9457-0KD81 7-98 

3VA9583-0SB20 7-105 

3VA9583-0SB50 7-105 

3VA9584-0SB10 7-105 

3VA9584-0SB20 7-105 

3VA9670-0LF20 7-86 

3VA9671-0WD30 7-95 

3VA9671-0WD40 7-95 

3VA9671-0WE30 7-95 

3VA9671-0WE40 7-95 

3VA9671-0WF30 7-95 

3VA9978-0AA11 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0AA12 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0AA13 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0AA21 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0AA22 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9987-0TF10 11-59, 11-65, 

11-69, 7-102 

3VA9987-0TF20 11-59, 11-65, 

11-69, 7-102 

3VA9987-0TG10 11-59, 11-65, 

11-69, 7-102 

3VA9987-0TG11 7-102 

3VA9987-0UB10 7-102 

3VA9987-0UB20 7-102 

3VA9987-0UB30 7-102 

40407P-9WI 2-12 

42 & 45 Definite Purpose Control 

17-54, 17-55, 17-56, 17-57, 17-58 

42505-02RG 2-9 

42NLK18 11-11, 11-22 

42NLK30 11-11, 11-22 

42NLK30A 11-11, 11-22 

42NLK42 11-11, 11-22 

42NLK42A 11-11, 11-22 

42NLK54A 11-11, 11-22 

3VA9457-0KP81 7-98 

3VA9470-0WC00 7-96 

3VA9471-0QE10 7-94 

3VA9471-0QE20 7-94 

3VA9471-0QF10 7-94 

3VA9471-0QF20 7-94 

3VA9471-0WD30 7-95 

3VA9471-0WD31 7-95 

3VA9471-0WD40 7-95 

3VA9471-0WF30 7-95 

3VA9671-0WF40 7-95 

3VA9672-0WA00 7-95 

3VA9673-0JB32 7-76, 7-89 

3VA9673-0JC24 7-76, 7-90 

3VA9673-0JC34 7-76, 7-90 

3VA9673-0JC43 7-76, 7-90 

3VA9673-0JC44 7-76, 7-90 

3VA9673-0JD32 7-76, 7-91 

3VA9673-0JE43 7-76, 7-92 

3VA9673-0JG23 7-89 

3VA9978-0AA23 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0AB11 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0AB12 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0AB13 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0AB22 11-64, 11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0AB23 11-64, 11-68, 7-81 

3VA9987-0UC10 7-102 

3VA9987-UB10 11-59 

3VA9987-UB20 11-59 

3VAE125N12 6-13, 7-49 

3VAE125N1F 6-9, 7-49 

3VAE125N1S 6-9, 7-49 

3VAE125N3R 6-11, 7-49 

3VAE125N4X 6-12, 7-49 

3VAE125N4X316 6-12, 7-49 

43 Series NEMA Reversing 

Contactors 17-53 

44305-02CV 2-9 

44307-02CV 2-9 

44704-8265 2-10 

47604-81GP 2-10 

47604P-9CH 2-12 

47604P-9WI 2-12 

47604PB-9CH 2-12 

47605-02SP 2-10 

3VA9471-0WF31 7-95 

3VA9471-0WF40 7-95 

3VA9471-0WG30 7-95 

3VA9471-0WG40 7-95 

3VA9471-0WJ30 7-96 

3VA9471-0WJ40 7-96 

3VA9471-0WK30 7-96 

3VA9471-0WK40 7-96 

3VA9472-0WA00 7-95 

3VA9473-0JA13 7-68, 7-72, 7-88 

3VA9673-0JG32 7-76, 7-89 

3VA9673-0JJ24 7-76, 7-90 

3VA9673-0JJ34 7-76, 7-90 

3VA9673-0JJ43 7-76, 7-90 

3VA9673-0JJ44 7-76, 7-90 

3VA9673-0JK32 7-76, 7-91 

3VA9673-0JL43 7-76, 7-92 

3VA9673-0QA00 7-92 

3VA9673-0QB00 7-93 

3VA9673-0QC00 7-93 

3VA9978-0BA20 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BA21 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BA22 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BA23 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VA9978-0BA24 11-62, 11-64, 

11-68, 7-81 

3VAE250N12 6-13, 7-54, 7-56, 

7-57, 7-62 

3VAE250N1F 6-9, 7-54, 7-56, 7-57, 7-62 

3VAE250N1S 6-9, 7-54, 7-56, 7-57, 7-62 

3VAE250N3R 6-11, 7-54, 

7-56, 7-57, 7-62 

3VAE250N4X 6-12, 7-54, 

7-56, 7-57, 7-62 

3VAE250N4X316 6-12, 7-54, 

7-56, 7-57, 7-62 

47704-01NU 2-10 

47704-02 2-10 

47705-01NU 2-10 

47707-01NU 2-10 

47707-02 2-10 

48 Series NEMA Overload Relays 

17-64 

48104-02 2-10 

48105-83BU 2-10 

48504-92 2-10 

I-8 


Product Index 


7KM9300-0AE01-0AA0 11-59, 7-101 

7KM9300-0AM00-0AA0 11-59, 7-101 

7KM93000AB010AA0 9-7, 9-8 

7KM93000AE020AA0 9-7, 9-8 

7KM9900-0XA00-0AA0 9-5 

7KM9900-0YA00-0AA0 9-5 

7KM99000XA000AA0 9-7, 9-8 

7KM99000YA000AA0 9-7, 9-8 

7KT1280-5MA00 9-14, 9-16 

7KT1280-5MA01 9-14, 9-16 

7KT1280-5MA02 9-14, 9-16 

7KT1280-5MA03 9-14, 9-16 

7KT1280-5MA04 9-14, 9-16 

7KT1280-5MA05 9-14, 9-16 

7KT1280-5MA06 9-14, 9-16 

7KT1280-5MA07 9-14, 9-16 

7KT1280-5MA08 9-14, 9-16 

83 Series Non Combination Duplex 

Controller 17-67 

I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 

48704-82GP 2-10 

48707-82GP 2-10 

48805-0BNU 2-9 

48807-02NU 2-9 

49 Series Field Kits 17-102, 17-103 

4MLKA1 11-11, 11-22 

4MLKA1A 11-11, 11-22 

4MLKA1B 11-11, 11-22 

4MLKA3 11-11, 11-22 

4MLKA3A 11-11, 11-22 

4MLKA3B 11-11, 11-22 

4MLKC1 11-11, 11-22 

4MLKC1A 11-11, 11-22 

4MLKC3 11-11, 11-22 

4MLKC3A 11-11, 11-22 

505BB1224J 8-22 

505BB1632J 8-23 

505BB2448J 8-24 

52 Series Momentary Push Button, 

Non-Illuminated 17-300, 17-301 

52 Series Push-Pull Mushroom, 


52 Series Push-Pull Mushroom, 

Illuminated 17-304, 17-305 

52 Series Twist-to-Release, 

Mushroom, Non-Illuminated 17-306 

52 Series Twist-to-Release, 

Mushroom, Illuminated 17-307 

52 Series Indicator Light 

17-308, 17-309 

52 Series Push Button & Push-to- 

Test, Illuminated 17-310, 17-311 

52 Series Push Button Mushroom, 

Illuminated 17-312 

52 Series Selector Switches, 

Illuminated 17-313 

52 Series Switch Short & Long Lever, 


52 Series Keyed Selector Switch 

17-316, 17-317 

52 Series Push Button 17-319 

5BB1224J 8-22 

5BB1632J 8-23 

5BB2448J 8-24 

64690-1 2-25 

6CLE2 13-25 

6CLF1 13-25 

6CLJ1 13-25 

6CLL1 13-25 

6CLL350 7-187, 7-213 

6CLL600 7-187, 7-213 

6E62 13-25 

6F62 13-25 

6FPB01 11-77, 11-91, 13-26 

6FPB02 11-77, 11-91, 13-26 

6FPB03 11-77, 11-91, 13-26 

6FPB05 11-77, 11-91, 13-26 

6FPB10 11-77, 11-91, 13-26 

6JJ61 13-25 

6JJ62 13-25 

6LL61 13-25 

6QJ2 13-25 

6QR2 13-25 

6SCJ1 13-25 

6SCL1 13-25 

6SJL1 13-25 

6SLL1 13-25 

705BB1224J 8-22 

705BB1632J 8-23 

705BB2448J 8-24 

73 Series Enclosed Soft Starters 

17-224, 17-225, 17-230, 17-231 

74 Series Enclosed Soft Starters 

17-226, 17-227, 17-228, 17-229, 

17-232, 17-233, 17-234, 17-235 

75 Series Kits 17-122, 17-123 

7KM22002EA301DA1 9-4 

7KM22002EA301EA1 9-4 

7KM22002EA301HA1 9-4 

7KM22002EA301JA1 9-4 

7KM31200BA011DA0 9-5 

7KM31201BA011EA0 9-5 

7KM32000CA011AA0 9-6 

7KM32200BA011DA0 9-7 

7KM32201BA011EA0 9-7 

7KM42111BA003AA0 9-8 

7KM42120BA003AA0 9-8 

7KM92000AB000AA0 9-8 

7KM92000AD000AA0 9-7, 9-8 

7KM9300-0AB01-0AA0 11-59, 7-101 

84 Series Combination Duplex 

Controller 17-68, 17-69 

87 Series Pump Control Panels 

17-76, 17-77 

88 Series Pump Control Panels 

17-78, 17-79 

8UD1721-0AB11 7-84 

8UD1721-0AB15 7-84 

8UD1721-0AB21 7-84 

8UD1721-0AB25 7-84 

8UD1721-0AC11 7-84 

8UD1721-0AC15 7-84 

8UD1721-0AC21 7-84 

8UD1721-0AC25 7-84 

8UD1731-0AB11 7-84 

8UD1731-0AB15 7-84 

8UD1731-0AB21 7-84 

8UD1731-0AB25 7-84 

8UD1731-0AC11 7-84 

8UD1731-0AC15 7-84 

8UD1731-0AC21 7-84 

8UD1731-0AC25 7-84 

8UD1741-0AB11 7-84 

8UD1741-0AB15 7-84 

8UD1741-0AB21 7-84 

8UD1741-0AB25 7-84 

8UD1900-0KA10 7-86 

8UD1900-0KA20 7-86 

8UD1900-0KA30 7-86 

8UD1900-0MB01 7-86 

8UD1900-0MB05 7-86 

8UD1900-0MC01 7-86 

8UD1900-0MC05 7-86 

8UD1900-0NB01 7-86 

8UD1900-0NB05 7-86 

8UD1900-0NC01 7-86 

8UD1900-0NC05 7-86 

8UD1900-0PB01 7-86 

8UD1900-0PB05 7-86 

8UD1900-0PC01 7-86 

8UD1900-0PC05 7-86 

8UD1900-0QB01 7-86 

8UD1900-0QB05 7-86 

8UD1900-0QC01 7-86 

8UD1900-0QC05 7-86 

8UD1900-2DA00 7-85 

8UD1900-2GA00 7-85 

8UD1900-2HA00 7-85 

8UD1900-2WA00 7-85 

8UD1900-2WB00 7-85 

8UD1900-4DA00 7-85 

8UD1900-4GA00 7-85 

8UD1900-4HA00 7-85 

8UD1900-4WA00 7-85 

8UD1900-4WB00 7-85 

8US1211-4SS00 7-106 

8US1213-4AH04 7-106 

8US1213-4AP03 7-106 

8US1215-4SS00 7-106 

93-47ADAPTER 9-5, 9-7, 9-8 

958 Series NEMA Overload Relays 

17-66, 17-67, 17-69 

9804-8419 2-23 

9804-8420 2-23 

9804-8422 2-23 

9804-8423 2-23 

9804-8426 2-23 

9804-8456 2-23 

9804-8457 2-23 

9804-8459 2-23 

9804-8460 2-23 

9804-8463 2-23 

9804-8482 2-23 

9804-8483 2-23 

9804-8485 2-23 

9804-8486 2-23 

9804-8542 2-23 

9804-8543 2-23 

9804-8544 2-23 

9804-8546 2-23 

9804-8547 2-23 

9804-8548 2-23 

9804-9142 2-9 

9804-9144 2-10 

9804-9145 2-10 

9804-9146 2-10 

9804-9147 2-10 

9817-8061 2-10 

9817-9504 2-10 

9837-8200 2-22 

9837-8201 2-22 

9837-8202 2-22 

9837-8203 2-22 

9837-8204 2-22 

9837-8205 2-22 

9837-8210 2-22 

9837-8211 2-22 

9837-8212 2-22 

9837-8213 2-22 

9837-8214 2-22 

9837-8215 2-22 

9837-8220 2-22 

9837-8221 2-22 

9837-8222 2-22 

9837-8223 2-22 

9837-8224 2-22 

9837-8225 2-22 

9837-8230 2-22 

9837-8231 2-22 

9837-8232 2-22 

9837-8233 2-22 

9837-8234 2-22 

9837-8235 2-22 

9837-8240 2-22 

9837-8241 2-22 

9837-8242 2-22 

9837-8243 2-22 

9837-8244 2-22 

9837-8245 2-22 

9837-8400 2-22 

9837-8401 2-22 

9837-8402 2-22 

9837-8403 2-22 

9837-8404 2-22 

9837-8405 2-22 

9837-8410 2-22 

9837-8411 2-22 

9837-8412 2-22 

9837-8413 2-22 

9837-8414 2-22 

9837-8415 2-22 

9837-8420 2-22 

9837-8421 2-22 

9837-8422 2-22 

9837-8423 2-22 

9837-8424 2-22 

9837-8425 2-22 

9837-8430 2-22 

9837-8431 2-22 

9837-8432 2-22 

9837-8433 2-22 

9837-8434 2-22 

9837-8435 2-22 

9837-8440 2-22 

9837-8441 2-22 

9837-8442 2-22 

9837-8443 2-22 

9837-8444 2-22 

9837-8445 2-22 

9837-8500 2-22 

9837-8501 2-22 

9837-8502 2-22 

9837-8503 2-22 

9837-8504 2-22 

9837-8505 2-22 

9837-8510 2-22 

9837-8511 2-22 

9837-8512 2-22 

9837-8513 2-22 

9837-8514 2-22 

9837-8515 2-22 

9837-8520 2-22 

9837-8521 2-22 

9837-8522 2-22 

9837-8523 2-22 

9837-8524 2-22 

9837-8525 2-22 

9837-8530 2-22 

9837-8531 2-22 

9837-8532 2-22 

9837-8533 2-22 

9837-8534 2-22 

9837-8535 2-22 

9837-8540 2-22 

9837-8541 2-22 

9837-8542 2-22 

9837-8543 2-22 

9837-8544 2-22 

A01ED62 7-113 

A01ED62B 7-113 

A01ED64 7-113 

A01ED64B 7-113 

A01EDLV 7-113 

A01FD62 7-116 

A01FD64 7-116 

A01FDLV 7-116 

A01HCPL4 5-27 

A01HCPR4 5-27 

A01JLD64 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

A01JLD64B 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

A01JLDLV 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

A01MN64 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

A01MN64B 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

A01MNDLV 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

A01QR2 7-41 

A02ED62 7-113 

A02ED62B 7-113 

A02FD62 7-116 

A02FD64 7-116 

A02JLD64 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

A02JLD64B 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

A02JLDLV 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

A02MN64 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

A02MN64B 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

A02MNDLV 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

A02QR2 7-41 

A30H2408GQRLP 11-25 

A36H3008GQRLP 11-25 

A48H3612GQRLP 11-25 

A60H3612GQRLP 11-25 

ABD302 15-80 

ABD304 15-80 

ABD306 15-80 

ABD308 15-80 

ABD310 15-80 

ABD312 15-80 

ABD4024 15-80 

ABD4044 15-80 

ABD4064 15-80 

ABD4084 15-80 

ABD4104 15-80 

ABD4124 15-80 

AL1/0-NTN 15-19 

AL2/0-NTN 15-19 

AL250-NTN 15-19 

AL3/0-NTN 15-19 

AL300-NTN 15-19 

AL350-NTN 15-19 

AL4/0-NTN 15-19 

AMBL1 7-178, 7-182, 7-186, 7-190 

AMBL2 7-178, 7-182, 7-186, 7-190 

AMBL3 7-178, 7-182, 7-186, 7-190 

AMBP1 7-194, 7-198, 7-201 

AMBP2 7-194, 7-198, 7-201 

ANSI/NEMA 11-11, 11-23, 11-38, 11-49 

ASKL1 7-178, 7-182, 7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

ASKL2 7-178, 7-182, 7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

ASKL3 7-178, 7-182, 7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

ASKP3 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

ASKP4 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

ASL1/0-NTN 15-19 

ASL2/0-NTN 15-19 

ASL250-NTN 15-19 

ASL3/0-NTN 15-19 

ASL300-NTN 15-19 

ASL350-NTN 15-19 

ASL4/0-NTN 15-19 

ASWPA 7-178, 7-182, 7-186, 

7-190, 7-194, 7-198, 7-201 

ASWPB 7-178, 7-182, 7-186, 

7-190, 7-194, 7-198, 7-201 

B00ED62 7-113 

B00ED64 7-113 

B00FD64 7-116 

B00MN64 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

B01JLD64 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

B110 7-29 

B115 11-13, 7-29 

B115DF 11-14, 7-30 

B115DFH 11-14, 7-30 

B115DFHH 11-14, 7-30 

B115H 11-13, 7-29 

B115HH 11-13, 7-29 

B115HID 7-31 

B120 11-13, 7-29 

B120DF 11-14, 7-30 

B120DFH 11-14, 7-30 

B120DFHH 11-14, 7-30 

B120H 11-13, 7-29 

B120HH 11-13, 7-29 

B120HID 7-31 

B125 11-13, 7-29 

B125H 11-13, 7-29 

B125HH 7-29 

B130 11-13, 7-29 

B130H 11-13, 7-29 

B130HH 11-13, 7-29 

B130HID 7-31 

B135 11-13, 7-29 

B135H 11-13, 7-29 

B135HH 7-29 

B140 11-13, 7-29 

B140H 11-13, 7-29 

B140HH 11-13, 7-29 

B145 11-13, 7-29 

B145H 11-13, 7-29 

B145HH 7-29 

B150 11-13, 7-29 

B150H 11-13, 7-29 

B150HH 11-13, 7-29 

B155 11-13 

B155H 11-13 

B160 11-13, 7-29 

B160H 11-13, 7-29 

B160HH 7-29 

B170 11-13, 7-29 

B170H 11-13, 7-29 

B170HH 7-29 

B210 7-29 

B2100 11-13, 7-29 

B2100H 11-13, 7-29 

B2100HH 11-13, 7-29 

B2110 7-29 

B2110H 7-29 

B2110HH 7-29 

B2125 7-29 

B2125H 7-29 

B2125HH 7-29 

B215 11-13, 7-29 

B215AFC 11-14, 7-30 

B215AFCH 11-14, 7-30 

B215H 11-13, 7-29 

B215HH 11-13, 7-29 

B215HID 7-31 

B215R 11-13, 7-29 

B220 11-13, 7-29 

B220AFC 11-14, 7-30 

B220AFCH 11-14, 7-30 

B220H 11-13, 7-29 

B220HH 11-13, 7-29 

B220HID 7-31 

B220R 11-13, 7-29 

B225 11-13, 7-29 

B225H 11-13, 7-29 

B225HH 7-29 

B225R 11-13 

B230 11-13, 7-29 

B230H 11-13, 7-29 

B230HH 11-13, 7-29 

B230HID 7-31 

B230R 11-13, 7-29 

B230S 7-31 

B235 11-13, 7-29 

B235H 11-13, 7-29 

B235HH 7-29 

B235R 11-13 

B240 11-13, 7-29 

B240H 11-13, 7-29 

B240HH 11-13, 7-29 


Product Index 


I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 

B240R 11-13, 7-29 

B245 11-13, 7-29 

B245H 11-13, 7-29 

B245HH 7-29 

B245R 11-13 

B250 11-13, 7-29 

B250H 11-13, 7-29 

B250HH 11-13, 7-29 

B250R 11-13, 7-29 

B26 11-38 

B260 11-13, 7-29 

B260H 11-13, 7-29 

B260HH 11-13, 7-29 

B270 11-13, 7-29 

B270H 11-13, 7-29 

B270HH 11-13, 7-29 

B280 11-13, 7-29 

B280H 11-13, 7-29 

B280HH 11-13, 7-29 

B290 11-13, 7-29 

B290H 11-13, 7-29 

B290HH 11-13, 7-29 

B3100 11-13, 7-29 

B3100H 11-13, 7-29 

B3100HH 11-13, 7-29 

B315 11-13, 7-29 

B315H 11-13, 7-29 

B315HH 11-13, 7-29 

B32 11-38 

B320 11-13, 7-29 

B320H 11-13, 7-29 

B320HH 11-13, 7-29 

B325 11-13, 7-29 

B325H 11-13, 7-29 

B325HH 7-29 

B330 11-13, 7-29 

B330H 11-13, 7-29 

B330HH 11-13, 7-29 

B335 11-13, 7-29 

B335H 11-13, 7-29 

B335HH 7-29 

B340 11-13, 7-29 

B340H 11-13, 7-29 

B340HH 11-13, 7-29 

B345 11-13, 7-29 

B345H 11-13, 7-29 

B345HH 7-29 

B350 11-13, 7-29 

B350H 11-13, 7-29 

B350HH 11-13, 7-29 

B360 11-13, 7-29 

B360H 11-13, 7-29 

B360HH 11-13, 7-29 

B370 11-13, 7-29 

B370H 11-13, 7-29 

B370HH 11-13, 7-29 

B38 11-38 

B380 11-13, 7-29 

B380H 11-13, 7-29 

B380HH 11-13, 7-29 

B390 11-13, 7-29 

B390H 11-13, 7-29 

B390HH 11-13, 7-29 

B44 11-38 

B4X26 11-25, 11-37 

B4X32 11-25, 11-37 

B4X38 11-25, 11-37 

B4X44 11-25, 11-37 

B4X50 11-25, 11-37 

B4X56 11-25, 11-37 

B4X62 11-25, 11-37 

B4X68 11-25, 11-37 

B4X74 11-25, 11-37 

B50 11-38 

B56 11-38 

B62 11-38 

B68 11-38 

B74 11-38 

BA115AFC 11-14, 7-30 

BA115AFCH 11-14, 7-30 

BA115AFCHH 11-14, 7-30 

BA120AFC 11-14, 7-30 

BA120AFCH 11-14 

BA120AFCHH 11-14, 7-30 

BBKA52P3HW 11-49 

BBKB32 11-38, 11-49 

BBKEB32 11-49 

BBKED32 11-38, 11-49 

BBKGB32 11-38, 11-49 

BBKNB32 11-38, 11-49 

BBKQ1 11-38 

BBKQ2 11-49 

BBKQR1 11-38 

BBKQR2 11-49 

BBKQRP1FK 11-15, 11-38 

BBKQRP2FK 11-15, 11-49 

BBKVA52P3T 11-49 

BCT1036HND6 13-21 

BCT1036NXD6 13-21 

BCT1236HND6 13-21 

BCT1236NXD6 13-21 

BCT436HJD6 13-21 

BCT436JXD6 13-21 

BCT636HLD6 13-21 

BCT636LXD6 13-21 

BCT836HMD6 13-21 

BCT836MXD6 13-21 

BDH10 15-80 

BDH12 15-80 

BDP302 15-80 

BDP304 15-80 

BDP306 15-80 

BDP308 15-80 

BDP310 15-80 

BDP313 15-80 

BDP316 15-80 

BDP4024 15-80 

BDP4044 15-80 

BDP4064 15-80 

BDP4084 15-80 

BDP4104 15-80 

BE1 3-102 

BE112 3-102 

BE115 7-30 

BE1153 11-14 

BE115H 7-30 

BE115H2 11-14 

BE120 7-30 

BE1203 11-14 

BE120H 7-30 

BE120H2 11-14 

BE130 11-14, 7-30 

BE130H 7-30 

BE130H2 11-14 

BE215 11-14, 7-30 

BE215H 7-30 

BE215H2 11-14 

BE220 11-14, 7-30 

BE220H 7-30 

BE220H2 11-14 

BE230 11-14, 7-30 

BE230H 7-30 

BE230H2 11-14 

BE240 11-14, 7-30 

BE240H 7-30 

BE240H2 11-14 

BE250 11-14, 7-30 

BE250H 7-30 

BE250H2 11-14 

BE260 11-14, 7-30 

BE260H 7-30 

BE260H2 11-14 

BE4 3-102 

BE412 3-102 

BEC3100 15-83 

BEC4100 15-83 

BF115A 11-14, 7-30 

BF115AH 11-14, 7-30 

BF115AHH 11-14, 7-30 

BF120A 11-14, 7-30 

BF120AH 11-14, 7-30 

BF120AHH 11-14, 7-30 

BF125A 7-30 

BF125AH 7-30 

BF125AHH 7-30 

BF130A 11-14, 7-30 

BF130AH 11-14, 7-30 

BF130AHH 11-14, 7-30 

BF215A 11-14, 7-30 

BF215AH 11-14, 7-30 

BF220A 11-14, 7-30 

BF220AH 11-14, 7-30 

BF230A 11-14, 7-30 

BF230AH 11-14, 7-30 

BF240A 11-14, 7-30 

BF240AH 11-14, 7-30 

BF250A 11-14, 7-30 

BF250AH 11-14, 7-30 

BF260A 11-14, 7-30 

BF260AH 11-14, 7-30 

BFC3250 15-83 

BFC4250 15-83 

BFT11200B 3-31 

BFT11200BU 3-31 

BFT11400B 3-31 

BFT11400BU 3-31 

BFT11600B 3-31 

BFT11600BU 3-31 

BFT11800B 3-31 

BFT11800BU 3-31 

BFT12000B 3-31 

BFT12000BU 3-31 

BFT31200B 3-31 

BFT31200BU 3-31 

BFT31400B 3-31 

BFT31400BU 3-31 

BFT31600B 3-31 

BFT31600BU 3-31 

BFT31800B 3-31 

BFT31800BU 3-31 

BFT32000B 3-31 

BFT32000BU 3-31 

BFTM11400B 3-31 

BFTM11400BU 3-31 

BFTM11600B 3-31 

BFTM11600BU 3-31 

BFTM11800B 3-31 

BFTM11800BU 3-31 

BFTM12000B 3-31 

BFTM12000BU 3-31 

BFTM31400B 3-31 

BFTM31400BU 3-31 

BFTM31600B 3-31 

BFTM31600BU 3-31 

BFTM31800B 3-31 

BFTM31800BU 3-31 

BFTM32000B 3-31 

BFTM32000BU 3-31 

BG215 11-14, 7-31 

BG220 11-14, 7-31 

BG330 11-14, 7-31 

BK1 11-11, 11-23, 11-49 

BK1A 11-11, 11-23 

BK2 11-11, 11-23 

BK3 11-11, 11-23 

BNK2 11-38 

BOS14321 15-83 

BOS14322 15-83 

BOS14323 15-83 

BOS14324 15-83 

BOS14351 15-83 

BOS14352 15-83 

BOS14353 15-83 

BOS14354 15-83 

BOS16421 15-83 

BOS16422 15-83 

BOS16423 15-83 

BOS16424 15-83 

BOS16451 15-83 

BOS16452 15-83 

BOS16453 15-83 

BOS16454 15-83 

BPJA1GE 15-76 

BPJA5GE 15-76 

BPJB1GE 15-76 

BPJB5GE 15-76 

BPJG1GAED200NN 15-78 



BPJG1GE 15-78 




BPJG5GE 15-78 

BPJH1GAED200NN 15-78 



BPJH1GE 15-78 




BPJH5GE 15-78 

BPJK1GX02030NN 15-79 

BPJK1GX02060NN 15-79 

BPJK1GX02100NN 15-79 

BPJK1GX06030NN 15-79 

BPJK1GX06060NN 15-79 

BPJK1GX06100NN 15-79 

BPJK5GX02030NN 15-79 

BPJK5GX02060NN 15-79 

BPJK5GX02100NN 15-79 

BPJK5GX06030NN 15-79 

BPJK5GX06060NN 15-79 

BPJK5GX06100NN 15-79 

BQ1B010QLD 7-39 

BQ1B010QXD 7-39 

BQ1B015 7-38 

BQ1B015H 7-38 

BQ1B015QLD 7-39 

BQ1B015QXD 7-39 

BQ1B020 7-38 

BQ1B020H 7-38 

BQ1B020QLD 7-39 

BQ1B020QXD 7-39 

BQ1B025 7-38 

BQ1B025H 7-38 

BQ1B025QLD 7-39 

BQ1B025QXD 7-39 

BQ1B030 7-38 

BQ1B030H 7-38 

BQ1B030QLD 7-39 

BQ1B030QXD 7-39 

BQ1B035 7-38 

BQ1B035H 7-38 

BQ1B035QLD 7-39 

BQ1B035QXD 7-39 

BQ1B040 7-38 

BQ1B040H 7-38 

BQ1B040QLD 7-39 

BQ1B040QXD 7-39 

BQ1B045 7-38 

BQ1B045QLD 7-39 

BQ1B045QXD 7-39 

BQ1B050 7-38 

BQ1B050H 7-38 

BQ1B050QLD 7-39 

BQ1B050QXD 7-39 

BQ1B060 7-38 

BQ1B060H 7-38 

BQ1B060QLD 7-39 

BQ1B060QXD 7-39 

BQ1B070H 7-38 

BQ2B010QLD 7-39 

BQ2B010QXD 7-39 

BQ2B015 7-38 

BQ2B015H 7-38 

BQ2B015QLD 7-39 

BQ2B015QXD 7-39 

BQ2B020 7-38 

BQ2B020H 7-38 

BQ2B020QLD 7-39 

BQ2B020QXD 7-39 

BQ2B025 7-38 

BQ2B025H 7-38 

BQ2B025QLD 7-39 

BQ2B025QXD 7-39 

BQ2B030 7-38 

BQ2B030H 7-38 

BQ2B030QLD 7-39 

BQ2B030QXD 7-39 

BQ2B035 7-38 

BQ2B035H 7-38 

BQ2B035QLD 7-39 

BQ2B035QXD 7-39 

BQ2B040 7-38 

BQ2B040H 7-38 

BQ2B040QLD 7-39 

BQ2B040QXD 7-39 

BQ2B045 7-38 

BQ2B045QLD 7-39 

BQ2B045QXD 7-39 

BQ2B050 7-38 

BQ2B050H 7-38 

BQ2B050QLD 7-39 

BQ2B050QXD 7-39 

BQ2B060 7-38 

BQ2B060H 7-38 

BQ2B060QLD 7-39 

BQ2B060QXD 7-39 

BQ2B070 7-38 

BQ2B070H 7-38 

BQ2B080 7-38 

BQ2B080H 7-38 

BQ2B090 7-38 

BQ2B090H 7-38 

BQ2B100 7-38 

BQ2B100H 7-38 

BQ2B110 7-38 

BQ2B125 7-38 

BQ2B125H 7-38 

BQ2H015 7-38 

BQ2H020 7-38 

BQ2H030 7-38 

BQ2H040 7-38 

BQ2H050 7-38 

BQ2H060 7-38 

BQ2H070 7-38 

BQ2H080 7-38 

BQ2H090 7-38 

BQ2H100 7-38 

BQ2S060 7-146 

BQ2S100 7-146 

BQ3B015 7-142, 7-38 

BQ3B015H 7-38 

BQ3B020 7-142, 7-38 

BQ3B020H 7-38 

BQ3B025 7-38 

BQ3B025H 7-38 

BQ3B030 7-142, 7-38 

BQ3B030H 7-38 

BQ3B035 7-38 

BQ3B035H 7-38 

BQ3B040 7-142, 7-38 

BQ3B040H 7-38 

BQ3B045 7-38 

BQ3B045H 7-38 

BQ3B050 7-142, 7-38 

BQ3B050H 7-38 

BQ3B060 7-142, 7-38 

BQ3B060H 7-38 

BQ3B070 7-142, 7-38 

BQ3B070H 7-38 

BQ3B080 7-38 

BQ3B080H 7-38 

BQ3B090 7-142, 7-38 

BQ3B090H 7-38 

BQ3B100 7-142, 7-38 

BQ3B100H 7-38 

BQ3S060 7-146 

BQ3S100 7-146 

BQD1100 11-13, 7-32 

BQD115 11-13, 7-32 

BQD120 11-13, 7-32 

BQD125 11-13, 7-32 

BQD130 11-13, 7-32 

BQD135 11-13, 7-32 

BQD140 11-13, 7-32 

BQD145 11-13, 7-32 

BQD150 11-13, 7-32 

BQD155 11-13 

BQD160 11-13, 7-32 

BQD170 11-13, 7-32 

BQD180 11-13, 7-32 

BQD190 11-13, 7-32 

BQD2100 11-13, 7-32 

BQD215 11-13, 7-32 

BQD220 11-13, 7-32 

BQD225 11-13, 7-32 

BQD230 11-13, 7-32 

BQD235 11-13, 7-32 

BQD240 11-13, 7-32 

BQD245 11-13, 7-32 

BQD250 11-13, 7-32 

BQD255 11-13 

BQD260 11-13, 7-32 

BQD270 11-13, 7-32 

BQD280 11-13, 7-32 

BQD290 11-13, 7-32 

BQD3100 11-13, 7-32 

BQD315 11-13, 7-32 

BQD320 11-13, 7-32 

BQD325 11-13, 7-32 

BQD330 11-13, 7-32 

BQD335 11-13, 7-32 

BQD340 11-13, 7-32 

BQD345 11-13, 7-32 

BQD350 11-13, 7-32 

BQD355 11-13 

BQD360 11-13, 7-32 

BQD370 11-13, 7-32 

BQD380 11-13, 7-32 

BQD390 11-13, 7-32 

BQD6115 7-32 

BQD6120 7-32 

BQD6125 7-32 

BQD6130 7-32 

BQD6135 7-32 

BQD6140 7-32 

BQD6145 7-32 

BQD6150 7-32 

I-10 


Product Index 


BQD6160 7-32 

BQD6170 7-32 

BQD6215 7-32 

BQD6220 7-32 

BQD6225 7-32 

BQD6230 7-32 

BQD6235 7-32 

BQD6240 7-32 

BQD6245 7-32 

BQD6250 7-32 

BQD6260 7-32 

BQD6270 7-32 

BQD6315 7-32 

BQD6320 7-32 

BQD6325 7-32 

BQD6330 7-32 

BQD6335 7-32 

BQD6340 7-32 

BQD6345 7-32 

BQD6350 7-32 

BQD6360 7-32 

BQD6370 7-32 

BQDHBD 7-160 

BQDHT2 7-160 

BQDHT3 7-160 

BQDPLD 7-160 

BQFS1K 1-48, 7-158, 7-39 

BQFS2 1-48, 7-158, 7-39 

BR2 1-48, 7-158 

BR3 1-48, 7-158 

BR4 1-48, 7-158 

BSPD2A100 10-4 

BSPD3B100 10-4 

BSPD3C100 10-4 

BSPD3D100 10-4 

BSPD3E100 10-4 

BSPD3F100 10-4 

BSPD3G100 10-4 

BSPD3K100 10-4 

BSPD3L100 10-4 

BSPD3S100 10-4 

BSPD3T100 10-4 

BSPM2240S3G 11-106 

BSPM3480DLG 11-106 

BSPM4208WYNG 11-106 

BSPM4480WYNG 11-106 

BWJCRE211G 15-70 






BWJCTLN21GSANN 15-71 




BWJCTRN21GSANN 15-71 




BWJELEL11G 15-69 






BWJELER11G 15-69 






BWJELFL11G 15-69 






BWJELFR11G 15-69 






BWJETBR11GS 15-72 






BWJF12011GS1 15-68 

BWJF12021GS1 15-68 

BWJF12041GS1 15-68 

BWJFENN11GS 15-73 






BWJH0011G 15-74 

BWJH0012G 15-74 

BWJH0014G 15-74 

BWJJ1GXPB100NN 15-79 




BWJP02411GS1 15-68 

BWJP02415GS1 15-68 

BWJP02421GS1 15-68 

BWJP02425GS1 15-68 

BWJP02441GS1 15-68 

BWJP02445GS1 15-68 

BWJP06011GS1 15-68 

BWJP06015GS1 15-68 

BWJP06021GS1 15-68 

BWJP06025GS1 15-68 

BWJP06041GS1 15-68 

BWJP06045GS1 15-68 

BWJP12011GS1 15-68 

BWJP12015GS1 15-68 

BWJP12021GS1 15-68 

BWJP12025GS1 15-68 

BWJP12041GS1 15-68 

BWJP12045GS1 15-68 

BWJTEE211G 15-70 












BWJXENN1G 15-74 



BWJXOCN1G 15-74 



BZLF3 7-216 

BZLFBDC 7-216 

BZLFRHSE 7-216 

BZLL3 7-217 

BZLLBDC 7-217 

BZLLRHSE 7-217 

BZLM3 7-217 

BZLMRHSE 7-217 

BZLP3 7-217 

BZLPRHSE 7-217 

C01FD64 7-116 

C1A18BL100CTS 11-99 

C1A18E4125CTS 11-99 

C1A18FX250CTS 11-99 

C1A18ML125CTS 11-99 

C1A18ML250CTS 11-99 

C1A18QR225CTS 11-99 

C1A30BL100CTS 11-99 

C1A30E4125CTS 11-99 

C1A30FX250CTS 11-99 

C1A30ML125CTS 11-99 

C1A30ML250CTS 11-99 

C1A30QR225CTS 11-99 

C1A42BL100CTS 11-99 

C1A42E4125CTS 11-99 

C1A42FX250CTS 11-99 

C1A42ML125CTS 11-99 

C1A42ML250CTS 11-99 

C1A42QR225CTS 11-99 

C1C18BL100CTS 11-99 

C1C18E4125CTS 11-99 

C1C18FX250CTS 11-99 

C1C18ML125CTS 11-99 

C1C18ML250CTS 11-99 

C1C18QR225CTS 11-99 

C1C30BL100CTS 11-99 

C1C30E4125CTS 11-99 

C1C30FX250CTS 11-99 

C1C30ML125CTS 11-99 

C1C30ML250CTS 11-99 

C1C30QR225CTS 11-99 

C1C42BL100CTS 11-99 

C1C42E4125CTS 11-99 

C1C42FX250CTS 11-99 

C1C42ML125CTS 11-99 

C1C42ML250CTS 11-99 

C1C42QR225CTS 11-99 

C2E18BD100CTS 11-99 

C2E18E4125CTS 11-99 

C2E18FX225CTS 11-99 

C2E18FX250CTS 11-99 

C2E18ML125CTS 11-99 

C2E18ML250CTS 11-99 

C2E30BD100CTS 11-99 

C2E30E4125CTS 11-99 

C2E30FX225CTS 11-99 

C2E30FX250CTS 11-99 

C2E30ML125CTS 11-99 

C2E30ML250CTS 11-99 

C2E42BD100CTS 11-99 

C2E42E4125CTS 11-99 

C2E42FX225CTS 11-99 

C2E42FX250CTS 11-99 

C2E42ML125CTS 11-99 

C2E42ML250CTS 11-99 

CBCF18 7-214 

CBCM36 7-214, 7-215 

CBCP54 7-214, 7-215 

CBTF 7-214 

CBTL 7-215 

CBTM 7-215 

CBTP 7-215 

CCE125 7-111, 7-155 

CCF250 7-114, 7-155 

CCL600 7-117, 7-119, 7-121, 7-155 

CCM800K2 7-155 

CCM800K3 7-155 

CCN1200K2 7-155 

CCN1200K3 7-155 

CCQ250 7-155, 7-40 

CED62B015 7-112 

CED62B020 7-112 

CED62B030 7-112 

CED62B060 7-112 

CED62B070 7-112 

CED62B080 7-112 

CED62B090 7-112 

CED62B100 7-112 

CED62B125 7-112 

CED62S100A 7-146 

CED62S125A 7-146 

CED63A001 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

CED63A002 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

CED63A003 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

CED63A005 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

CED63A010 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

CED63A025 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

CED63A030 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

CED63A040 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

CED63A050 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

CED63A100 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

CED63A125 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

CED63B015 7-112 

CED63B020 7-112 

CED63B030 7-112 

CED63B040 7-112 

CED63B050 7-112 

CED63B060 7-112 

CED63B070 7-112 

CED63B080 7-112 

CED63B090 7-112 

CED63B100 7-112 

CED63B110 7-112 

CED63B125 7-112 

CED63S100A 7-146 

CED63S125A 7-146 

CED6N12 6-13, 7-111 

CED6N1F 6-8, 7-111 

CED6N1S 6-8, 7-111 

CED6N3R 6-10, 7-111 

CFD62B070 7-143 

CFD62B080 7-143 

CFD62B090 7-143 

CFD62B100 7-143 

CFD62B110 7-143 

CFD62B125 7-143 

CFD62B150 7-143 

CFD62B175 7-143 

CFD62B200 7-143 

CFD62B225 7-143 

CFD62B250 7-143 

CFD63A150 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

CFD63A250 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

CFD63B070 7-115, 7-143 

CFD63B080 7-115, 7-143 

CFD63B090 7-115, 7-143 

CFD63B100 7-115, 7-143 

CFD63B110 7-115, 7-143 

CFD63B12 7-115 

CFD63B125 7-143 

CFD63B150 7-115, 7-143 

CFD63B175 7-115, 7-143 

CFD63B200 7-115, 7-143 

CFD63B225 7-115, 7-143 

CFD63B250 7-115, 7-143 

CFD63H150 7-140, 7-143 

CFD63L150 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

CFD63S250A 7-146 

CFS11AUX 5-17 

CFS22AUX 5-17 

CFS361C5 5-16, 5-18 

CFS361J5 5-16, 5-18 

CFS361JLN 5-16, 5-18 

CFS361JN 5-16, 5-18 

CFS362JLN 5-16, 5-18 

CFS362JN 5-16, 5-18 

CFS362JN1 5-16, 5-18 

CFS363JLN 5-16, 5-18 

CFS363JN 5-16, 5-18 

CFS364JN 5-16, 5-18 

CFS365JN 5-16, 5-18 

CFS366J 5-16, 5-18 

CFS367L 5-16, 5-18 

CFS466J 5-18 

CFS467L 5-18 

CFSAUX1NC 5-17 

CFSAUX1NO 5-17 

CFSAUXH1 5-17 

CFSH10B12N 5-16 

CFSH10B4N 5-16 

CFSH10BL12N 5-16, 5-21 

CFSH10BL4N 5-16, 5-21 

CFSH10R12N 5-16 

CFSH10R4N 5-16 

CFSH10RL12N 5-16, 5-21 

CFSH10RL4N 5-16, 5-21 

CFSH12BL12 5-17, 5-21 

CFSH12BL4 5-17, 5-21 

CFSH12RL12 5-17, 5-21 

CFSH12RL4 5-17, 5-21 

CFSH5B12N 5-16 

CFSH5B4N 5-16 

CFSH5CDM 5-17 

CFSH5JDM 5-17 

CFSH5R12N 5-16 

CFSH5R4N 5-16 

CFSL200 5-17, 5-22 

CFSL400 5-17, 5-22 

CFSL400N 5-17, 5-22 

CFSNFPA1 5-17 

CFSNFPA2N 5-17 

CFSNFPA3N 5-17 

CFSPLK 5-17 

CFSS10200HN 5-16, 5-21 

CFSS10400HN 5-16, 5-21 

CFSS12200H 5-17 

CFSS12400H 5-17 

CFSS5200HN 5-16 

CFSS5200N 5-16 

CFSS5400HN 5-16 

CFSS5400N 5-16 

CFSSB100 5-17 

CFSSB200 5-17 

CFSSB400 5-17 

CFSSB60 5-17 

CFSSB680 5-17 

CFSTS200N 5-17 

CFSTS400N 5-17 

CFSTS680 5-17 

CFSTS6804 5-17 

CJD63B400 7-144 

CJD63B200 7-118, 7-144 

CJD63B225 7-118, 7-144 

CJD63B250 7-118, 7-144 

CJD63B300 7-118, 7-144 

CJD63B350 7-118, 7-144 

CJD63B400 7-118 

CJD63H400 7-140, 7-141, 7-144 

CJD63L400 7-140, 7-141, 7-144 

CJD63S400A 7-146 

CJT2B250 7-184 

CJT2B300 7-184 

CJT2B350 7-184 

CJT2B400 7-184 

CJT3A250 7-185 

CJT3A400 7-185 

CJT3B250 7-184 

CJT3B300 7-184 

CJT3B350 7-184 

CJT3B400 7-184 

CJT3G250 7-185 

CJT3G400 7-185 

CJT3K250 7-185 

CJT3K400 7-185 

CJT3R250 7-185 

CJT3R400 7-185 

CJT3T250 7-185 

CJT3T400 7-185 

CJT3V250 7-185 

CJT3V400 7-185 

CJT3W250 7-185 

CJT3W400 7-185 

CLD63B400 7-144 

CLD63B450 7-122, 7-144 

CLD63B500 7-122, 7-144 

CLD63B600 7-122, 7-144 

CLD63H600 7-140, 7-141, 7-144 

CLD63L600 7-140, 7-141, 7-144 

CLD63S600A 7-146 

CLKF 7-210 

CLKP 7-211 

CLM Series Lighting Control 

17-93, 17-94 

CLRSJL3 7-165 

CM Series Lighting Control 17-98 

CMD63A800 7-140, 7-141, 7-145 

CMD63B600 7-129, 7-145 

CMD63B700 7-129, 7-145 

CMD63B800 7-129, 7-145 

CMD63H800 7-140, 7-141, 7-145 

CMD63L800 7-140, 7-141, 7-145 

CMD63S800A 7-146 

CMT2B600 7-192 

CMT2B700 7-192 

CMT2B800 7-192 

CMT3A600 7-193 

CMT3A800 7-193 

CMT3B600 7-192 

CMT3B700 7-192 

CMT3B800 7-192 

CMT3G600 7-193 

CMT3G800 7-193 

CMT3K600 7-193 

CMT3K800 7-193 

CMT3R600 7-193 

CMT3R800 7-193 

CMT3T600 7-193 

CMT3T800 7-193 

CMT3V600 7-193 

CMT3V800 7-193 

CMT3W600 7-193 

CMT3W800 7-193 

CND63B100 7-133, 7-145 

CND63B120 7-133, 7-145 

CND63B800 7-145 

CND63B900 7-133, 7-145 

CND63S120A 7-146 

CNFS1AUX1 5-22 




CNFS361N 5-21 

CNFS362N 5-21 

CNFS363N 5-21 

CNFS364N 5-21 

CNFS365N 5-21 

CNFS366N 5-21 

CNFS367N 5-21 

CNFSH5BP121 5-21 

CNFSH5BP41 5-21 

CNFSH5RP121 5-21 

CNFSH5RP41 5-21 

CNFSHD1 5-21 

CNFSHD2 5-21 

CNFSHD3 5-21 

CNFSL400D 5-17, 5-22 

CNFSS103202 5-21 

CNFSS152003 5-21 

I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 


Product Index 


I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 

CNFSS153203 5-21 

CNFSS154003 5-21 

CNFSS52001 5-21 

CNFSS53201 5-21 

CNFSS54001 5-21 

CNFSTS100 5-22 

CNFSTSC200B 5-22 

CNFSTSC200T 5-22 


CNFSTSC400T 5-22 



CNKL18 11-11 

CNKL30 11-11 

CNKL42 11-11 

CNLK18 11-22 

CNLK30 11-22 

CNLK30A 11-11, 11-22 

CNLK42 11-22 

CNLK42A 11-11, 11-22 

CNLK54A 11-11, 11-22 

CNT2B100 7-196 

CNT2B120 7-196 

CNT2B800 7-196 

CNT2B900 7-196 

CNT3A100 7-197 

CNT3A120 7-197 

CNT3A800 7-197 

CNT3B100 7-196 

CNT3B120 7-196 

CNT3B800 7-196 

CNT3B900 7-196 

CNT3G100 7-197 

CNT3G120 7-197 

CNT3G800 7-197 

CNT3K100 7-197 

CNT3K120 7-197 

CNT3K800 7-197 

CNT3R100 7-197 

CNT3R120 7-197 

CNT3R800 7-197 

CNT3T100 7-197 

CNT3T120 7-197 

CNT3T800 7-197 

CNT3V100 7-197 

CNT3V120 7-197 

CNT3V800 7-197 

CNT3W100 7-197 

CNT3W120 7-197 

CNT3W800 7-197 

COMKIT3 7-216 

COMKIT4 7-217 

COMKIT5 7-217 

COMKIT6 7-216 

COMKIT7 7-217 

COMKIT8 7-217 

COMMOD21 7-216, 7-217 

COMPCA 7-120, 7-124, 7-127, 7-131, 

7-135, 7-138, 7-216, 7-217 

COMPRO20 7-216, 7-217 

CPD63B120 7-136, 7-145 

CPD63B140 7-136, 7-145 

CPD63B160 7-136, 7-145 

CPT3A120 7-200 

CPT3A160 7-200 

CPT3G120 7-200 

CPT3G160 7-200 

CPT3K120 7-200 

CPT3K160 7-200 

CPT3R120 7-200 

CPT3R160 7-200 

CPT3T120 7-200 

CPT3T160 7-200 

CPT3V120 7-200 

CPT3V160 7-200 

CPT3W120 7-200 

CPT3W160 7-200 

CQD1100 7-42 

CQD115 7-42 

CQD120 7-42 

CQD125 7-42 

CQD130 7-42 

CQD135 7-42 

CQD140 7-42 

CQD145 7-42 

CQD150 7-42 

CQD160 7-42 

CQD170 7-42 

CQD180 7-42 

CQD190 7-42 

CQD2100 7-42 

CQD215 7-42 

CQD220 7-42 

CQD225 7-42 

CQD230 7-42 

CQD235 7-42 

CQD240 7-42 

CQD245 7-42 

CQD250 7-42 

CQD260 7-42 

CQD270 7-42 

CQD280 7-42 

CQD290 7-42 

CQD3100 7-42 

CQD315 7-42 

CQD320 7-42 

CQD325 7-42 

CQD330 7-42 

CQD335 7-42 

CQD340 7-42 

CQD345 7-42 

CQD350 7-42 

CQD360 7-42 

CQD370 7-42 

CQD380 7-42 

CQD390 7-42 

CQDA1 7-35, 7-44 

CQDA1BA 7-35, 7-44 

CQDA2 7-35, 7-44 

CQDBA 7-35, 7-44 

CQDFMB1 7-161 

CQDFMB2 7-161 

CQDFMB3 7-161 

CQDOP 7-162 

CQDSMK 7-161 

CQDST12 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST120 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST120AAS 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST125 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST125DAS 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST12DAS 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST24 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST240 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST240AAS 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST24AAS 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST24DAS 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST277 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST277AAS 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST48 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST480 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST480AAS 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST48DAS 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST600 7-35, 7-44 

CQDST600AAS 7-35, 7-44 

CRHOESD 7-162 

CRHOEVD 7-162 

CRHOFSD 7-162 

CRHOFVD 7-162 

CRHOH 5-13, 7-162 

CRHOJSD 7-162 

CRHOJVD 7-162 

CRHOLMSD 7-162 

CRHOLMVD 7-162 

CRHOS06VD 5-13 

CRHOS20VD 5-13 

CTB302 15-80 

CTB304 15-80 

CTB306 15-80 

CTB308 15-80 

CTB310 15-80 

CTB313 15-80 

CTB316 15-80 

CTB4024 15-80 

CTB4044 15-80 

CTB4064 15-80 

CTB4084 15-80 

CTB4101 15-80 

D115 1-44, 7-23 

D11CEU1 7-162 

D11CEU2 7-162 

D11CFU1 7-162 

D11CFU2 7-162 

D11CJU2 7-162 

D120 1-44, 7-23 

D130 1-44, 7-23 

D140 1-44, 7-23 

D150 1-44, 7-23 

D160 1-44, 7-23 

D215 1-44, 7-23 

D220 1-44, 7-23 

D230 1-44, 7-23 

D240 1-44, 7-23 

D250 1-44, 7-23 

D260 1-44, 7-23 

DFFP01A 11-15 

DFFP1 11-11, 11-23, 11-38, 

11-49, 11-77, 11-91, 13-26 

DFFP1 11-15 

DFFP3 11-15, 11-38, 11-49 

DFFP6 11-15, 11-38, 11-49 

DFFPED01 11-15 

DFFPFD01 11-15 

DFFPJD01 11-15 

DFFPQJ01 11-15 

DFFPQJ02 11-15 

DFK1 11-15, 11-38 

DFP3AP01 11-15 

DKL2 7-162 

DKL3 7-162 

DKR2 5-9, 7-162 

DKR3 5-9, 7-162 

DS100GK 4-32 

DS200EK1 4-32 

DS200EK2 4-32 

DS200GK 4-32 

DS468GK 4-32 

DS800NK 4-32 

DT100NK 4-32 

DT200NK 4-32 

DT600NK 4-32 

DTF224 4-31, 4-33 

DTF224R 4-31, 4-33 

DTF321 4-31, 4-33 

DTF321R 4-31, 4-33 

DTF322 4-31, 4-33 

DTF322R 4-31, 4-33 

DTF323 4-31, 4-33 

DTF323R 4-31, 4-33 

DTF324 4-31, 4-33 

DTF324R 4-31, 4-33 

DTF325 4-31, 4-33 

DTF326 4-31, 4-33 

DTF361 4-31, 4-33 

DTF362 4-31, 4-33 

DTF363 4-31, 4-33 

DTF363R 4-31, 4-33 

DTF364 4-31, 4-33 

DTF364R 4-31, 4-33 

DTF365 4-31, 4-33 

DTGNF223NR 4-31, 4-33 

DTGNF223R 4-31, 4-33 

DTGNF224NR 4-31, 4-33 

DTGNF224R 4-31 

DTGNF323NR 4-31, 4-33 

DTGNF323R 4-31, 4-33 

DTGNF324NR 4-31 

DTGNF324R 4-31 

DTLNF213NR 4-31 

DTNF221 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF222 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF223 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF224 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF224R 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF225 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF225R 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF321 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF322 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF323 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF323R 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF324 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF324R 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF325 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF326 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF327 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF361 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF361J 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF361R 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF361S 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF362 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF362J 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF362R 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF362S 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF363 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF363J 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF363R 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF363S 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF364 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF364J 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF364R 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF364S 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF365 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF365R 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF366 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF366R 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF367 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF367R 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF368 4-31, 4-33 

DTNF368R 4-31, 4-33 

E0202MB1100 1-20 

E0202MB1200 1-20 

E0204ML1060F 1-20 

E0204ML1060S 1-20, 6-8 

E0204ML1125FCU 1-20 

E0204ML1125SCU 1-20 

E0303ML3100S 1-20, 6-8 

E0408ML1125F 1-19 

E0408ML1125S 1-19 

E0816ML1125F 1-19 

E0816ML1125FCU 1-19 

E0816ML1125FGB 1-19 

E0816ML1125S 1-19 

E0816ML1125SCU 1-19 

E1020MB1100FCGP 1-19 

E1224ML1100FCU 1-19 

E1224ML1100FG 1-19 

E2BMB 7-161 

E2HBL 13-19, 7-160 

E2N12 6-13, 7-111 

E2N1F 6-8, 7-111 

E2N1S 6-8, 7-111 

E2N3R 6-10, 7-111 

E2RH1 7-162 

E2RHV9 7-162 

E3030MB1400SCU 1-16 

E3030MB3400SCU 1-16 

E3030ML1400SCU 1-16 

E3030ML3400SCU 1-16 

E4242MB1300FCU 1-16 

E4242MB1300SCU 1-16 

E4242MB1400FCU 1-16 

E4242MB1400SCU 1-16 

E4242MB3300SCU 1-16 

E4242MB3400FCU 1-16 

E4242MB3400SCU 1-16 

E4242ML1400FCU 1-16 

E4242ML1400SCU 1-16 

E4242ML3400FCU 1-16 

E4242ML3400SCU 1-16 

EA 6-12, 7-111 

EB 6-12, 7-111 

EB3100S 1-20, 6-8, 7-39 

EBF1 11-11, 11-15, 11-23, 

11-38, 11-49, 11-77, 11-91 

EC1GB8 1-22 

EC1GB82 1-22 

EC2 6-12, 7-114 

EC2GB12 1-22 

EC2GB122 1-22 

EC2GB15 1-22 

EC2GB152 1-22 

EC38594 2-25, 2-51, 2-77, 3-130, 3-137 

EC38595 2-25, 2-50, 2-51, 2-77, 3-137 

EC38596 2-25, 2-50, 2-51, 

2-77, 3-130, 3-137 

EC38597 2-25, 2-50, 2-51, 

2-77, 3-130, 3-137 

EC38598 2-25, 2-50, 2-51, 

2-77, 3-130, 3-137 

EC38599 2-25, 2-50, 2-51, 2-77, 3-137 

EC38600 2-25, 2-50, 2-51, 2-77, 3-137 

EC3GB21 1-22 

EC3GB212 1-22 

EC3GB27 1-22 

EC3GB272 1-22 

EC3GB30 1-22 

EC3GB302 1-22 

EC3GB352 1-22 

EC3GB352G 1-22 

EC3PMFP1 1-22 

EC3PMFPR 1-22 

EC4 6-12, 7-118 

EC56854 2-51, 2-76, 3-130, 3-137 

EC56855 2-51, 2-76, 3-130, 3-137 

EC56856 2-25, 2-51, 2-76, 3-130, 3-137 

EC56857 2-25, 2-51, 2-76, 3-130, 3-137 

EC56858 2-25, 2-51, 2-76, 3-130, 3-137 

EC56933S 2-25, 2-51, 2-76, 3-130, 3-137 

EC5J 2-25, 2-51, 2-77 

EC5J2 2-51, 2-77 

EC64685 2-25 

EC659-0120 2-25 

EC659-0121 2-25, 2-51 

EC9747-1113 2-25, 2-51, 

2-77, 3-130, 3-137 

ECA10 15-80 

ECA8 15-80 

ECADHLCDIRLBL 1-22 

ECAFL 1-22, 3-133 

ECBC 3-131 

ECBONDSCRW 1-22 

ECBX231M 1-40, 1-48, 7-19, 7-30 

ECCP1 1-22 

ECCP3 2-25, 2-51, 2-77, 3-131, 3-137 

ECCP3U 3-138 

ECCS1 1-22 

ECCS2 1-22 

ECFRK1 2-76 

ECFRK2 2-76 

ECGB10 1-22 

ECGB101 1-22 

ECGB14 1-22 

ECGB141 1-22 

ECGB142 1-22 

ECGB20 1-22 

ECGB201 1-22 

ECGB202 1-22 

ECGB5 1-22 

ECGK 11-11, 11-23, 11-38, 11-49 

ECGLK3300 3-133 

ECGLK6300 3-133 

ECHA000 1-22, 4-22 

ECHA075 1-22, 4-22 

ECHA100 1-22, 4-22 

ECHA125 1-22, 4-22 

ECHA150 1-22 

ECHBK 3-138 

ECHC000 2-50, 2-51, 2-77 

ECHC200 2-50, 2-51, 2-77 

ECHC250 2-50, 2-51, 2-77 

ECHC300 2-50, 2-51, 2-77 

ECHCRXA 2-50, 2-51 

ECHR075 6-14 

ECHR100 6-14 

ECHR125 6-14 

ECHR150 6-14 

ECHR200 6-14 

ECHS000 1-22, 2-77, 4-22 

ECHS075 1-22, 4-22, 4-32, 6-14 

ECHS100 1-22, 4-22, 4-32, 6-14 

ECHS125 1-22, 4-22, 4-32, 6-14 

ECHS150 1-22, 4-22, 4-32, 6-14 

ECHS200 1-22, 4-22, 4-32, 6-14 

ECHS250 1-22, 4-22, 4-32, 6-14 

ECHV000 1-22, 2-77 

ECHV200 1-22, 6-14 

ECHV250 1-22, 4-22, 6-14 

ECHV300 1-22, 4-22, 6-14 

ECHV350 1-22, 4-22, 6-14 

ECHV400 1-22, 4-22, 6-14 

ECINSGB14 1-22 

ECINSGB20 1-22 

ECINSGB5 1-22 

ECJS 2-25, 3-130 

ECLCHINGE 1-22 

ECLK1 

ECLK2 

ECLK3 2-77 

ECLK1-2 1-22, 2-51 

ECLK2 1-22, 2-51 

ECLK2125 1-22 

ECLK2225 1-22 

ECLK2N 1-22 

ECLK2SC 1-22 

ECLK3 1-22, 2-51 

ECLK3225 1-22 

ECLK3N 1-22 

ECLKB1 1-22 

ECLTB1 1-24 

ECLTB2 1-24 

ECLTB3 1-24 

ECLTB4 1-24 

ECLX068M 2-51, 2-77 

ECLX069M 2-51, 2-77 

ECLX071M 2-51, 2-77 

ECLX072M 2-51, 2-77 

ECLX073M 2-51, 2-77 

ECLX074M 2-51, 2-77 

ECLX075M 2-51, 2-77 

ECLX387HD 1-24 

ECMBF125 1-22 

I-12 


Product Index 


ECMBR1 1-24, 1-48, 7-158 

ECMBR2 1-24, 1-48, 7-158 

ECMBR3 1-24, 1-48 

ECMF5 3-132 

ECMFBM1 3-132 

ECMFBM2 3-132 

ECMFC 3-133 

ECMFCS 3-131 

ECMFGN125 3-131 

ECMFH 3-132 

ECMFMC 3-132 

ECMFMC10 3-134 

ECMFMCR 3-132 

ECMFN225 3-131 

ECMFPK 3-131 

ECMFPS 3-133 

ECMFS 3-132 

ECMFTAB 3-131 

ECMFWLCLIP 3-132 

ECML3BC1 3-134 




ECMLK125 1-22 

ECMLK225 1-22 

ECMLK3125 1-22 

ECMLK3225 1-22, 3-106, 3-107, 

3-108, 3-109, 3-137 

ECMLNKOP 3-132 

ECMM5J 3-138 

ECMMBC 3-131 

ECMMBCL 3-131 

ECMMBCM 3-131 

ECMMFSP400 3-133 



ECMMGBE 3-133 

ECMMKOP 3-131 

ECMMNKOP 3-132 

ECMMQRSCR 3-133 

ECMMRCK 3-133 

ECMMRLCK 3-133 

ECMMRS 3-131 

ECMT3BC1 3-134 



ECMT5 3-132 

ECP10 15-80 

ECP6 15-80 

ECPLD1 1-40, 1-48, 7-158, 7-19, 7-30 

ECPLD1R 1-48, 7-158 

ECPLD2 1-40, 1-48, 7-158, 7-19, 7-30 

ECPLD2R 1-48, 7-158 

ECPLD3 1-48, 7-158 

ECPP 2-25, 2-51, 2-77, 3-130, 3-137 

ECQF3 1-22, 1-48, 7-158 

ECQFL1 1-22 

ECQFL2 1-22 

ECQFL3 1-22 

ECQL1 1-48, 13-19 

ECQLD3 1-48, 13-19, 7-158 

ECQLD4 1-48, 7-158 

ECQLN3 1-48, 7-158 

ECQML12 1-48, 7-158 

ECQTH2 1-48, 7-158 

ECQTH3 1-48, 7-158 

ECQTH4 1-48, 7-158 

ECRLK250 1-22 

ECSBPK01 1-25 

ECSBPK02 1-25 

ECSBPK03 1-25 

ECSBPK04 1-25 

ECSBPK05 1-25 

ECSBPK06 1-25 

ECSBPK07 1-25 

ECSBPK10 1-25 

ECSBPK11 1-25 

ECSIELATCH 1-22 

ECSMK1 1-22 

ECSN1 1-22 

ECTS2 1-22 

ECTS2W 1-22 

ECW3MMBC1 3-134 




ECW3MMUBC1 3-134 




ECW3USSBC1 3-134 



ECWML10 3-134, 3-69 

ECWML3BC1 3-134 




ECWMLC 3-134 

ECWMLPS 3-133 

ECWMLZBP 3-134, 3-69 

ECWMLZEP 3-134, 3-69 

ECWMLZFBUS 3-134, 3-69 

ECWMT3BC1 3-134 



ED21B015 7-111 

ED21B020 7-111 

ED21B025 7-111 

ED21B030 7-111 

ED21B035 7-111 

ED21B040n 7-111 

ED21B045 7-111 

ED21B050 7-111 

ED21B060 7-111 

ED21B070 7-111 

ED21B080 7-111 

ED21B090 7-111 

ED21B100 7-111 

ED22B015 7-111 

ED22B020 7-111 

ED22B025 7-111 

ED22B030 7-111 

ED22B035 7-111 

ED22B040 7-111 

ED22B045 7-111 

ED22B050 7-111 

ED22B060 7-111 

ED22B070 7-111 

ED22B080 7-111 

ED22B090 7-111 

ED22B100 7-111 

ED22S100A 7-146 

ED23B015 7-111 

ED23B020 7-111 

ED23B025 7-111 

ED23B030 7-111 

ED23B035 7-111 

ED23B040 7-111 

ED23B045 7-111 

ED23B050 7-111 

ED23B060 7-111 

ED23B070 7-111 

ED23B080 7-111 

ED23B090 7-111 

ED23B100 7-111 

ED23S100A 7-146 

ED2HPL 13-19, 7-160 

ED41B015d 7-111 

ED41B020 7-111 

ED41B025 7-111 

ED41B030 7-111 

ED41B035 7-111 

ED41B040 7-111 

ED41B045 7-111 

ED41B050 7-111 

ED41B060 7-111 

ED41B070 7-111 

ED41B080 7-111 

ED41B090 7-111 

ED41B100 7-111 

ED41B110 7-111 

ED42B020 7-111 

ED42B025 7-111 

ED42B030 7-111 

ED42B035 7-111 

ED42B040 7-111 

ED42B045 7-111 

ED42B050 7-111 

ED42B060 7-111 

ED42B070 7-111 

ED42B080 7-111 

ED42B090 7-111 

ED42B100 7-111 

ED42B110 7-111 

ED42B125 7-111 

ED42S100A 7-146 

ED42S125A 7-146 

ED43B015 7-111, 7-142 

ED43B020 7-111 

ED43B025 7-111 

ED43B030 7-111, 7-142 

ED43B035 7-111 

ED43B040 7-111, 7-142 

ED43B045 7-111 

ED43B050 7-111, 7-142 

ED43B060 7-111 

ED43B070 7-111 

ED43B080 7-111 

ED43B090 7-111 

ED43B100 7-111 

ED43B110 7-111 

ED43B125 7-111 

ED43S100A 7-146 

ED43S125A 7-146 

ED6 6-12, 7-122 

ED61B015 7-111 

ED61B020 7-111 

ED61B025 7-111 

ED61B030 7-111 

ED61B035 7-111 

ED61B040 7-111 

ED61B045 7-111 

ED61B050 7-111 

ED61B060 7-111 

ED61B070 7-111 

ED61B080 7-111 

ED61B090 7-111 

ED61B100 7-111 

ED62B020 7-111 

ED62B025 7-111 

ED62B030 7-111 

ED62S100A 7-146 

ED63A001 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

ED63A002 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

ED63A003 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

ED63A005 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

ED63A010 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

ED63A025 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

ED63A030 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

ED63A040 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

ED63A050 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

ED63A100 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

ED63A125 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

ED63B015 7-142 

ED63B020 7-111, 7-142 

ED63B025 7-111 

ED63B030 7-111, 7-142 

ED63B035 7-111, 7-142 

ED63B040 7-111 

ED63B045 7-111 

ED63B050 7-111, 7-142 

ED63B060 7-111 

ED63B070 7-111 

ED63B080 7-111 

ED63B090 7-111 

ED63B100 7-111 

ED63B110 7-111 

ED63B125 7-111 

ED63D015L 7-111 

ED63D020L 7-111 

ED63D025L 7-111 

ED63D030L 7-111 

ED63D035L 7-111 

ED63D040L 7-111 

ED63D045L 7-111 

ED63D050L 7-111 

ED63D060L 7-111 

ED63S100A 7-146 

ED63S125A 7-146 

ED6SS4 6-12, 7-111 

EE 7-118 

EGK 11-11, 11-23, 11-38, 11-49 

EJP302 15-80 

EJP304 15-80 

EJP306 15-80 

EJP308 15-80 

EJP310 15-80 

EJP313 15-80 

EJP316 15-80 

EJP4024 15-80 

EJP4044 15-80 

EJP4064 15-80 

EJP4084 15-80 

EJP4104 15-80 

ELBT118 3-102 

ELBT318 3-102 

EMC5J 2-51, 2-77 

EMOPL120MN 7-164 

EMOPL240MN 7-164 

EPSP18V 7-120, 7-124, 7-127, 7-131, 

7-135, 7-138, 7-216, 7-217 

ETB302 15-80 

ETB304 15-80 

ETB306 15-80 

ETB308 15-80 

ETB310 15-80 

ETB313 15-80 

ETB316 15-80 

ETB4024 15-80 

ETB4044 15-80 

ETB4064 15-80 

ETB4084 15-80 

ETB4101 15-80 

EWK1 11-11, 11-23, 11-38 

EWK2 11-11, 11-23, 11-38, 11-49 

EX11 7-160 

F26B 11-38 

F32B 11-38 

F353SSDTK 4-31, 4-33 

F354SSDTK 4-31, 4-33 

F355SSDTK 4-31, 4-33 

F38B 11-38 

F44B 11-38 

F50B 11-38 

F56B 11-38 

F60 11-82 

F602 11-77, 5-26 

F602D 11-91, 5-26 

F6150D 11-91 

F6162D 11-91, 13-26, 5-27 

F62B 11-38 

F657 11-77, 5-26 

F657D 11-91, 5-26 

F671 11-77, 5-26 

F671D 11-91, 5-26 

F672 11-77, 5-26 

F672D 11-91, 5-26 

F68B 11-38 

F6N12 6-13, 7-114 

F6N1F 6-8 

F6N1S 6-8, 7-114 

F6N3R 6-10, 7-114 

F6RH1 7-162 

F6RHV9 7-162 

F74B 11-38 

F75 11-82 

F860 11-96 

F875 11-96 

F890 11-96 

F90 11-82 

FBCD3 7-210 

FBCF3 7-210 

FBCJ3 7-211 

FBCL3 7-211 

FBCM3 7-211 

FCJK603 5-12 

FCJK606 5-12 

FCK203 5-12 

FCK206 5-12 

FCK606 5-12 

FCK610 5-12 

FCK620 5-12 

FCRK203 5-12 

FCRK206 5-12 

FCRK606 5-12 

FD62B070 7-114, 7-143 

FD62B080 7-114, 7-143 

FD62B090 7-114, 7-143 

FD62B100 7-114, 7-143 

FD62B110 7-114, 7-143 

FD62B125 7-114, 7-143 

FD62B150 7-114, 7-143 

FD62B175 7-114, 7-143 

FD62B200 7-114, 7-143 

FD62B225 7-114, 7-143 

FD62B250 7-114, 7-143 

FD62F250 7-114 

FD62T070 7-114, 7-115 

FD62T080 7-114, 7-115 

FD62T090 7-114, 7-115 

FD62T100 7-114, 7-115 

FD62T110 7-114, 7-115 

FD62T125 7-114, 7-115 

FD62T150 7-114, 7-115 

FD62T175 7-114, 7-115 

FD62T200 7-114, 7-115 

FD62T225 7-114, 7-115 

FD62T250 7-114, 7-115 

FD63B070 7-114, 7-143 

FD63B080 7-114, 7-143 

FD63B090 7-114, 7-143 

FD63B100 7-114, 7-143 

FD63B110 7-114, 7-143 

FD63B125 7-114, 7-143 

FD63B150 7-114, 7-143 

FD63B175 7-114, 7-142, 7-143 

FD63B200 7-114, 7-143 

FD63B225 7-114, 7-143 

FD63B250 7-114, 7-142, 7-143 

FD63F250 7-114 

FD63T070 7-114, 7-115 

FD63T080 7-114, 7-115 

FD63T090 7-115 

FD63T100 7-114, 7-115 

FD63T110 7-114, 7-115 

FD63T125 7-114, 7-115 

FD63T150 7-114, 7-115 

FD63T175 7-114, 7-115 

FD63T200 7-114, 7-115 

FD63T225 7-114, 7-115 

FD63T250 7-114, 7-115 

FD6HB1 7-160 

FD6PL1 7-160 

FD6SS4 6-12, 7-114 

FDFBEL 7-163 

FDFBEL4 7-163 

FDFBER 7-163 

FDFBER4 7-163 

FDFBFL 7-163 

FDFBFL4 7-163 

FDFBFR 7-163 

FDFBFR4 7-163 

FDFS06L 5-13 

FDFS06R 5-13 

FDFS20L 5-13 

FDFS20R 5-13 

FDH10 5-13 

FDH20 5-13 

FDS06L 5-13 

FDS06R 5-13 

FDS20L 5-13 

FDS20R 5-13 

FXD63B100 7-142 

FE100 5-13 

FE200 5-13 

FEP302 15-80 

FEP304 15-80 

FEP306 15-80 

FEP308 15-80 

FEP310 15-80 

FEP313 15-80 

FEP316 15-80 

FEP4024 15-80 

FEP4044 15-80 

FEP4064 15-80 

FEP4084 15-80 

FEP4104 15-80 

FG6N12 6-13 

FG6N1F 6-9 

FG6N1S 6-9 

FG6N3R 6-11 

FG6N4X 6-12 

FG6N4X316 6-12 

FHOE036 7-163 

FHOEBO 7-163 

HCQ62 4-21, 5-13, 5-8, 5-9, 7-163 

HCQ64 4-21, 5-8, 5-9, 7-163 

FHOEC060 7-163 

FHOEC072 7-163 

FHOEC096 7-163 

FHOEC120 7-163 

FHOEC144 7-163 

FHOF036 7-163 

FHOFBO 7-163 

FHOFC036 7-163 

FHOFC048 7-163 

FHOFC060 7-163 

FHOFC072 7-163 

FHOFC096 7-163 

FHOFC120 7-163 

FHOFC144 7-163 

FHOH 7-163 

FHOH4 7-163 

FHOHN 7-163 

FHOHN4 7-163 

FHOHS 5-13 

FHOJ036 7-163 

FHOJBO 7-163 

FHOJC036 5-13, 7-163 

I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 


Product Index 


I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 

FHOJC048 7-163 

FHOJC060 7-163 

FHOJC072 7-163 

FHOJC096 7-163 

FHOJC120 7-163 

FHOJC144 7-163 

FHOLM036 7-163 

FHOLMBO 7-163 

FHON048 7-163 

FHONBO 7-163 

FHONC048 7-163 

FHONC060 7-163 

FHONC072 7-163 

FHONC096 7-163 

FHONC120 7-163 

FHONC144 7-163 

FHOS06036L 5-13 

FHOS06036R 5-13 

FHOS06L 5-13 

FHOS06R 5-13 

FHOS20036L 5-13 

FHOS20036R 5-13 

FHOS20L 5-13 

FHOS20R 5-13 

FHVF3R 7-208 

FHVF3RB 7-208 

FHVF4X 7-208 

FHVF4XB 7-208 

FHVL3R 7-208 

FHVL3RB 7-208 

FHVL4X 7-208 

FHVL4XB 7-208 

FMHOS 7-162 

FMPG1 7-161 

FMPG2 7-161 

FMPG3 7-161 

FP9508 1-48, 7-158 

FP9555 1-48, 7-158 

FP9556 1-48, 7-158 

FR325DTK 4-31, 4-33 

FR326DTK 4-31, 4-33 

FR355DTK 4-31, 4-33 

FS060 1-51, 10-7 

FS100 1-51, 10-7 

FS140 1-51, 10-7 

FSCATV 1-52 

FSPHONE 1-52 

FSPHONE4X 1-52 

FXD62B070 7-114, 7-143 

FXD62B080 7-114, 7-143 

FXD62B090 7-114, 7-143 

FXD62B100 7-114, 7-143 

FXD62B110 7-114, 7-143 

FXD62B125 7-114, 7-143 

FXD62B150 7-114, 7-143 

FXD62B175 7-114, 7-143 

FXD62B200 7-114, 7-143 

FXD62B225 7-114, 7-143 

FXD62B250 7-114, 7-143 

FXD62S250A 7-146 

FXD63A150 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

FXD63A250 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

FXD63B060 7-142 

FXD63B070 7-114, 7-142, 7-143 

FXD63B080 7-114, 7-143 

FXD63B090 7-114, 7-142, 7-143 

FXD63B100 7-114, 7-142, 7-143 

FXD63B110 7-114, 7-143 

FXD63B125 7-114, 7-142, 7-143 

FXD63B150 7-114, 7-142, 7-143 

FXD63B175 7-114, 7-142, 7-143 

FXD63B200 7-114, 7-142, 7-143 

FXD63B225 7-114, 7-142, 7-143 

FXD63B250 7-114, 7-143 

FXD63H150 7-140, 7-143 

FXD63L150 7-140, 7-141, 7-143 

FXD63S250A 7-146 

G3042B1200GEN 1-17 

G3042L1225GEN 1-17 

G4254B1200GEN 1-17 

G4254L1225GEN 1-17 

GF01ED60 7-113 

GF01ED60B0 7-113 

GF01ED60BC 7-113 

GF01ED65 7-113 

GF01ED65B0 7-113 

GF01ED65BC 7-113 

GF221NA 4-8 

GF221NRA 4-8 

GF222NA 4-8 

GF222NRA 4-8 

GF223N 4-8 

GF223NR 4-8 

GF224N 4-8 

GF224NR 4-8 

GF321NA 4-8 

GF321NRA 4-8 

GF322NA 4-8 

GF322NRA 4-8 

GF323N 4-8 

GF323NR 4-8 

GF324N 4-8 

GF324NR 4-8 

GF325NA 4-8 

GF325NRA 4-8 

GF326NA 4-8 

GF326NRA 4-8 

GG0121FN 6-8 

GG0121SN 6-8 

GG0123RN 6-10 

GG0124XN 6-12 

GH223 4-36 

GH24 4-36 

GMBC1 3-138 

GMBC2 3-138 

GNF221A 4-8 

GNF221RA 4-8 

GNF222A 4-8 

GNF222RA 4-8 

GNF321A 4-8 

GNF321LA 4-8 

GNF321RA 4-8 

GNF321RLA 4-8 

GNF322A 4-8 

GNF322RA 4-8 

GNF323 4-8 

GNF323R 4-8 

GNF324 4-8 

GNF324R 4-8 

GNF325A 4-8 

GNF326A 4-8 

GSGK60 4-35, 5-6 

H35815-2 2-51, 2-77 

H55890 2-25 

H56476 2-25, 3-110, 3-137 

H56732 2-25, 3-110, 3-137 

H56732-M 3-110, 3-137 

H58022 2-25 

H58852 2-25 

H59676 2-25 

H60162 3-110, 3-137 

H68752-1 3-110, 3-137 

HA161234 4-21, 4-32, 5-10 

HA165678 4-21, 4-32, 5-10 

HA261234 4-21, 4-32, 5-10 

HA265678 4-21, 4-32, 5-10 

HA361234 4-21, 5-10 

HA365678 4-21, 5-10 

HAS1 7-163 

HB1B015 7-38 

HB1B020 7-38 

HB1B025 7-38 

HB1B030 7-38 

HB1B035 7-38 

HB1B040 7-38 

HB1B045 7-38 

HB1B050 7-38 

HB1B060 7-38 

HB1B070 7-38 

HB2B015 7-38 

HB2B020n 7-38 

HB2B025 7-38 

HB2B030 7-38 

HB2B035 7-38 

HB2B040 7-38 

HB2B045 7-38 

HB2B050 7-38 

HB2B060 7-38 

HB2B070 7-38 

HB2B080 7-38 

HB2B090 7-38 

HB2B100 7-38 

HB2B110 7-38 

HB2B125 7-38 

HB3B015 7-38 

HB3B020 7-38 

HB3B025 7-38 

HB3B030 7-38 

HB3B035 7-38 

HB3B040 7-38 

HB3B045 7-38 

HB3B050 7-38 

HB3B060 7-38 

HB3B070 7-38 

HB3B080 7-38 

HB3B090 7-38 

HB3B100 7-38 

HBB21 4-36 

HBB22 4-36 

HBB612 4-36 

HBB62 4-36 

HBB63 4-36 

HBB64 4-36 

HBB656 4-36 

HBB67A 4-36 

HBB68 4-36 

HBDF 7-214 

HBDL 7-215 

HBDM 7-215 

HBDP 7-215 

HBLQR 13-19, 7-160, 7-41 

HCL612 4-22 

HCL623 4-22 

HCL65678 4-22 

HCM65A 4-22 

HCM66A 4-22 

HCP327HT 5-27 

HCP327VT 5-27 

HCP328HT 5-27 

HCP328VT 5-27 

HCP367H 5-27 

HCP367HJ400 5-27 

HCP367HJ600 5-27 

HCP367V 5-27 

HCP367VJ400 5-27 

HCP367VJ600 5-27 

HCP368H 5-27 

HCP368V 5-27 

HCPHK 5-27 

HCPST120 5-27 

HCPST240 5-27 

HCPST277 5-27 

HCPST480 5-27 

HCRXA 2-77 

HCU656A 4-21 

HDK2B050L 7-176 

HDK2B060L 7-176 

HDK2B070L 7-176 

HDK2B080L 7-176 

HDK2B090L 7-176 

HDK2B100L 7-176 

HDK2B110L 7-176 

HDK2B125L 7-176 

HDK2B150L 7-176 

HDK3A060L 7-177 

HDK3A100L 7-177 

HDK3A150L 7-177 

HDK3B050L 7-176 

HDK3B060L 7-176 

HDK3B070L 7-176 

HDK3B080L 7-176 

HDK3B090L 7-176 

HDK3B100L 7-176 

HDK3B110L 7-176 

HDK3B125L 7-176 

HDK3B150L 7-176 

HDK3G060L 7-177 

HDK3G100L 7-177 

HDK3G150L 7-177 

HDK3K060L 7-177 

HDK3K100L 7-177 

HDK3K150L 7-177 

HDK3R060L 7-177 

HDK3R100L 7-177 

HDK3R150L 7-177 

HDK3T060L 7-177 

HDK3T100L 7-177 

HDK3T150L 7-177 

HDK3V060L 7-177 

HDK3V100L 7-177 

HDK3V150L 7-177 

HDK3W060L 7-177 

HDK3W100L 7-177 

HDK3W150L 7-177 

HDP3H150L 7-203 

HDP3L150L 7-203 

HDP3M150L 7-203 

HDR2S150 7-202 

HDR3S150 7-202 

HED41B015 7-112 

HED41B020 7-112 

HED41B025 7-112 

HED41B030 7-112 

HED41B035 7-112 

HED41B040 7-112 

HED41B045 7-112 

HED41B050 7-112 

HED41B060 7-112 

HED41B070 7-112 

HED41B080 7-112 

HED41B090 7-112 

HED41B100 7-112 

HED42B015 7-112 

HED42B020 7-112 

HED42B025 7-112 

HED42B030 7-112 

HED42B035 7-112 

HED42B040 7-112 

HED42B045 7-112 

HED42B050 7-112 

HED42B060 7-112 

HED42B070 7-112 

HED42B080 7-112 

HED42B090 7-112 

HED42B100 7-112 

HED42B110 7-112 

HED42B125 7-112 

HED43B015 7-112 

HED43B020 7-112 

HED43B025 7-112 

HED43B030 7-112 

HED43B035 7-112 

HED43B040 7-112 

HED43B045 7-112 

HED43B050 7-112 

HED43B060 7-112 

HED43B070 7-112 

HED43B080 7-112 

HED43B090 7-112 

HED43B100 7-112 

HED43B110 7-112 

HED43B125 7-112 

HF1104NPV 4-19 

HF1104NRPV 4-19 

HF165NRPV 4-19 

HF166NRPV 4-19 

HF221J 4-10 

HF221N 4-10 

HF221NR 4-10 

HF221S 4-10 

HF222J 4-10 

HF222N 4-10 

HF222NR 4-10 

HF222S 4-10 

HF223J 4-10 

HF223N 4-10 

HF223NR 4-10 

HF223S 4-10 

HF224J 4-10 

HF224N 4-10 

HF224NR 4-10 

HF224S 4-10 

HF225NA 4-10 

HF225NRA 4-10 

HF226NA 4-10 

HF226NRA 4-10 

HF227N 4-10 

HF227NR 4-10 

HF228N 4-10 

HF228NR 4-10 

HF261 4-11 

HF261J 4-11 

HF261R 4-11 

HF261S 4-11 

HF262 4-11 

HF262J 4-11 

HF262R 4-11 

HF262S 4-11 

HF263 4-11 

HF263J 4-11 

HF263R 4-11 

HF263S 4-11 

HF321J 4-10 

HF321JCH 4-17 

HF321N 4-10 

HF321NR 4-10 

HF321NX 4-18, 4-29 

HF321S 4-10 

HF321SCH 4-17 

HF321SS 4-18 

HF322J 4-10 

HF322JCH 4-17 

HF322JPN 4-17 

HF322N 4-10 

HF322NR 4-10 

HF322NX 4-18, 4-29 

HF322S 4-10 

HF322SCH 4-17 

HF322SS 4-18 

HF323J 4-10 

HF323JCH 4-17 

HF323N 4-10 

HF323NR 4-10 

HF323S 4-10 

HF323SCH 4-17 

HF323SS 4-18 

HF324J 4-10 

HF324N 4-10 

HF324NR 4-10 

HF324S 4-10 

HF324SS 4-18 

HF325JA 4-10 

HF325NA 4-10 

HF325NRA 4-10 

HF325SA 4-10 

HF325SSA 4-10 

HF326JA 4-10 

HF326NA 4-10 

HF326NRA 4-10 

HF326SA 4-10 

HF326SSA 4-10 

HF327J 4-10 

HF327N 4-10 

HF327NR 4-10 

HF327S 4-10 

HF328N 4-10 

HF328NR 4-10 

HF361 4-11 

HF361J 4-11 

HF361JCH 4-17 

HF361JCHW 4-17 

HF361JPN 4-17 

HF361JW 4-13 

HF361L 4-11 

HF361N 4-11 

HF361NR 4-11 

HF361NX 4-18, 4-29 

HF361PV 4-19 

HF361PVPG 4-19 

HF361R 4-11 

HF361RL 4-11 

HF361RPV 4-19 

HF361RPVPG 4-19 

HF361RW 4-13 

HF361S 4-11 

HF361SCH 4-17 

HF361SCHW 4-17 

HF361SPN 4-17 

HF361SS 4-18 

HF361SSW 4-18 

HF361SW 4-13 

HF362 4-11 

HF362J 4-11 

HF362JCH 4-17 


HF362JPN 4-17 

HF362JW 4-13 

HF362N 4-11 

HF362NR 4-11 

HF362NX 4-18, 4-29 

HF362PV 4-19 


HF362R 4-11 

HF362RL 4-11 

HF362RPV 4-19 


HF362RW 4-13 

HF362S 4-11 

HF362SCH 4-17 


HF362SPN 4-17 

HF362SS 4-18 

HF362SSW 4-18 

HF362SW 4-13 

HF363 4-11 

HF363J 4-11 

HF363JCH 4-17 


HF363JW 4-13 

HF363N 4-11 

I-14 


Product Index 


HF363NR 4-11 

HF363NX 4-18, 4-29 

HF363PV 4-19 


HF363R 4-11 

HF363RPV 4-19 


HF363S 4-11 

HF363SCH 4-17 


HF363SS 4-18 

HF363SSW 4-18 

HF363SW 4-13 

HF364 4-11 

HF364J 4-11 

HF364JW 4-13 

HF364N 4-11 

HF364NR 4-11 

HF364NX 4-18, 4-29 

HF364PV 4-19 


HF364R 4-11 

HF364RPV 4-19 


HF364S 4-11 

HF364SS 4-18 

HF364SSW 4-18 

HF364SW 4-13 

HF365A 4-11 

HF365JA 4-11 

HF365JWA 4-13 

HF365NA 4-11 

HF365NRA 4-11 

HF365RA 4-11 

HF365SA 4-11 

HF365SSA 4-11 

HF365SSWA 4-13 

HF365SWA 4-13 

HF366A 4-11 

HF366JA 4-11 

HF366JWA 4-13 

HF366NA 4-11 

HF366NRA 4-11 

HF366RA 4-11 

HF366SA 4-11 

HF366SSA 4-11 

HF367 4-11 

HF367J 4-11 

HF367N 4-11 

HF367NR 4-11 

HF367R 4-11 

HF367S 4-11 

HF368 4-11 

HF368J 4-11 

HF368N 4-11 

HF368NR 4-11 

HF368R 4-11 

HF368S 4-11 

HF461 4-16, 4-30 

HF461J 4-16, 4-30 

HF462 4-16, 4-30 

HF462J 4-16, 4-30 

HF463 4-16, 4-30 

HF463J 4-16, 4-30 

HF464 4-16, 4-30 

HF464J 4-16, 4-30 

HF63CX 4-35, 5-6 

HF661J 4-16, 4-30 

HF661S 4-16, 4-30 

HF662J 4-16, 4-30 

HF662S 4-16, 4-30 

HF663J 4-16, 4-30 

HF663S 4-16, 4-30 

HF664J 4-16, 4-30 

HF664S 4-16, 4-30 

HFB21 4-36 

HFB22 4-36 

HFB612 4-36 

HFB62 4-36 

HFB63 4-36 

HFB64 4-36 

HFB65 4-36 

HFB66 4-36 

HFB67A 4-36 

HFB68 4-36 

HFC3B100 7-204 

HFC3B150 7-204 

HFC3B175 7-204 

HFC3B200 7-204 

HFC3B250 7-204 

HFD62B070 7-115, 7-143 

HFD62B080 7-115, 7-143 

HFD62B090 7-115, 7-143 

HFD62B100 7-115, 7-143 

HFD62B110 7-115, 7-143 

HFD62B125 7-115, 7-143 

HFD62B150 7-115, 7-143 

HFD62B175 7-115, 7-143 

HFD62B200 7-115, 7-143 

HFD62B225 7-115, 7-143 

HFD62B250 7-115, 7-143 

HFD62F250 7-115 

HFD63B070 7-115, 7-143 

HFD63B080 7-115, 7-143 

HFD63B090 7-115, 7-143 

HFD63B100 7-115, 7-143 

HFD63B110 7-115, 7-143 

HFD63B125 7-115, 7-143 

HFD63B150 7-115, 7-143 

HFD63B175 7-115, 7-143 

HFD63B200 7-115, 7-143 

HFD63B225 7-115, 7-143 

HFD63B250 7-115, 7-143 

HFD63F250 7-115 

HFK2B100L 7-180 

HFK2B110L 7-180 

HFK2B125L 7-180 

HFK2B150L 7-180 

HFK2B175L 7-180 

HFK2B200L 7-180 

HFK2B225L 7-180 

HFK2B250L 7-180 

HFK3A100L 7-181 

HFK3A150L 7-181 

HFK3A250L 7-181 

HFK3B100L 7-180 

HFK3B110L 7-180 

HFK3B125L 7-180 

HFK3B150L 7-180 

HFK3B175L 7-180 

HFK3B200L 7-180 

HFK3B225L 7-180 

HFK3B250L 7-180 

HFK3G100L 7-181 

HFK3G150L 7-181 

HFK3G250L 7-181 

HFK3K100L 7-181 

HFK3K150L 7-181 

HFK3K250L 7-181 

HFK3R100L 7-181 

HFK3R150L 7-181 

HFK3R250L 7-181 

HFK3T100L 7-181 

HFK3T150L 7-181 

HFK3T250L 7-181 

HFK3V100L 7-181 

HFK3V150L 7-181 

HFK3V250L 7-181 

HFK3W100L 7-181 

HFK3W150L 7-181 

HFK3W250L 7-181 

HFP3H250L 7-203 

HFP3L250L 7-203 

HFP3M250L 7-203 

HFR2S250 7-202 

HFR3S250 7-202 

HFXD62S250A 7-146 

HFXD63S250A 7-146 

HG261234 4-21 

HG2656A 4-21 

HG61234 4-21, 4-32, 5-10 

HG656 4-32, 5-10 

HG656A 4-21 

HG678 4-21, 4-32 

HGB1B015B 7-33 

HGB1B020B 7-33 

HGB1B025B 7-33 

HGB1B030B 7-33 

HGB1B035B 7-33 

HGB1B040B 7-33 

HGB1B045B 7-33 

HGB1B050B 7-33 

HGB1B060B 7-33 

HGB1B070B 7-33 

HGB1B080B 7-33 

HGB1B090B 7-33 

HGB1B100B 7-33 

HGB1B110B 7-33 

HGB1B125B 7-33 

HGB1K015B 7-34 

HGB1K020B 7-34 

HGB1K025B 7-34 

HGB1K030B 7-34 

HGB1K035B 7-34 

HGB1K040B 7-34 

HGB1K045B 7-34 

HGB1K050B 7-34 

HGB1K060B 7-34 

HGB1K070B 7-34 

HGB1K080B 7-34 

HGB1K090B 7-34 

HGB1K100B 7-34 

HGB1K110B 7-34 

HGB1K125B 7-34 

HGB2B015B 7-33 

HGB2B020B 7-33 

HGB2B025B 7-33 

HGB2B030B 7-33 

HGB2B035B 7-33 

HGB2B040B 7-33 

HGB2B045B 7-33 

HGB2B050B 7-33 

HGB2B060B 7-33 

HGB2B070B 7-33 

HGB2B080B 7-33 

HGB2B090B 7-33 

HGB2B100B 7-33 

HGB2B110B 7-33 

HGB2B125B 7-33 

HGB2K015B 7-34 

HGB2K020B 7-34 

HGB2K025B 7-34 

HGB2K030B 7-34 

HGB2K035B 7-34 

HGB2K040B 7-34 

HGB2K045B 7-34 

HGB2K050B 7-34 

HGB2K060B 7-34 

HGB2K070B 7-34 

HGB2K080B 7-34 

HGB2K090B 7-34 

HGB2K100B 7-34 

HGB2K110B 7-34 

HGB2K125B 7-34 

HGB3B015B 7-33 

HGB3B020B 7-33 

HGB3B025B 7-33 

HGB3B030B 7-33 

HGB3B035B 7-33 

HGB3B040B 7-33 

HGB3B045B 7-33 

HGB3B050B 7-33 

HGB3B060B 7-33 

HGB3B070B 7-33 

HGB3B080B 7-33 

HGB3B090B 7-33 

HGB3B100B 7-33 

HGB3B110B 7-33 

HGB3B125B 7-33 

HGB3K015B 7-34 

HGB3K020B 7-34 

HGB3K025B 7-34 

HGB3K030B 7-34 

HGB3K035B 7-34 

HGB3K040B 7-34 

HGB3K045B 7-34 

HGB3K050B 7-34 

HGB3K060B 7-34 

HGB3K070B 7-34 

HGB3K080B 7-34 

HGB3K090B 7-34 

HGB3K100B 7-34 

HGB3K110B 7-34 

HGB3K125B 7-34 

HGG1B015L 7-43 

HGG1B020L 7-43 

HGG1B025L 7-43 

HGG1B030L 7-43 

HGG1B035L 7-43 

HGG1B040L 7-43 

HGG1B045L 7-43 

HGG1B050L 7-43 

HGG1B060L 7-43 

HGG1B070L 7-43 

HGG1B080L 7-43 

HGG1B090L 7-43 

HGG1B100L 7-43 

HGG1B110L 7-43 

HGG1B125L 7-43 

HGG2B015L 7-43 

HGG2B020L 7-43 

HGG2B025L 7-43 

HGG2B030L 7-43 

HGG2B035L 7-43 

HGG2B040L 7-43 

HGG2B045L 7-43 

HGG2B050L 7-43 

HGG2B060L 7-43 

HGG2B070L 7-43 

HGG2B080L 7-43 

HGG2B090L 7-43 

HGG2B100L 7-43 

HGG2B110L 7-43 

HGG2B125L 7-43 

HGG3B015L 7-43 

HGG3B020L 7-43 

HGG3B025L 7-43 

HGG3B030L 7-43 

HGG3B035L 7-43 

HGG3B040L 7-43 

HGG3B045L 7-43 

HGG3B050L 7-43 

HGG3B060L 7-43 

HGG3B070L 7-43 

HGG3B080L 7-43 

HGG3B090L 7-43 

HGG3B100L 7-43 

HGG3B110L 7-43 

HGG3B125L 7-43 

HH6123 4-36 

HH64 4-36 

HH65678 4-36 

HH68 4-36 

HHD61234 4-32 

HHD61234S 4-32 

HHD656 4-32 

HHED63B015A 7-112 

HHED63B020 7-112 

HHED63B025 7-112 

HHED63B030 7-112 

HHED63B035 7-112 

HHED63B040 7-112 

HHED63B045 7-112 

HHED63B050 7-112 

HHFD63B070 7-115, 7-143 

HHFD63B080 7-115 

HHFD63B090 7-115, 7-143 

HHFD63B100 7-115, 7-143 

HHFD63B110 7-115, 7-143 

HHFD63B125 7-115, 7-143 

HHFD63B150 7-115, 7-143 

HHFD63B175 7-115, 7-143 

HHFD63B200 7-115, 7-143 

HHFD63B225 7-115, 7-143 

HHFD63B250 7-115, 7-143 

HHFD63F250 7-115 

HHJD62B200 7-118, 7-144 

HHJD62B225 7-118, 7-144 

HHJD62B250 7-118, 7-144 

HHJD62B300 7-118, 7-144 

HHJD62B350 7-118, 7-144 

HHJD62B400 7-118, 7-144 

HHJD62F400 7-118 

HHJD63B200 7-118, 7-144 

HHJD63B225 7-118, 7-144 

HHJD63B250 7-118, 7-144 

HHJD63B300 7-118, 7-144 

HHJD63B350 7-118, 7-144 

HHJD63B400 7-118, 7-144 

HHJD63F400 7-118 

HHLD62B250 7-122, 7-144 

HHLD62B300 7-122, 7-144 

HHLD62B350 7-122, 7-144 

HHLD62B400 7-122, 7-144 

HHLD62B450 7-122, 7-144 

HHLD62B500 7-122, 7-144 

HHLD62B600 7-122, 7-144 

HHLD62F600 7-122 

HHLD62T450 7-122 

HHLD62T500 7-122 

HHLD62T600 7-122 

HHLD63B250 7-122, 7-144 

HHLD63B300 7-122, 7-144 

HHLD63B350 7-122, 7-144 

HHLD63B400 7-122, 7-144 

HHLD63B450 7-122, 7-144 

HHLD63B500 7-122, 7-144 

HHLD63B600 7-122, 7-144 

HHLD63F600 7-122 

HHLD63T450 7-122 

HHLD63T500 7-122 

HHLD63T600 7-122 

HJ65A 13-18, 5-26 

HJ66A 13-18, 4-20, 5-26 

HJC3B250 7-204 

HJC3B300 7-204 

HJC3B350 7-204 

HJC3B400 7-204 

HJD62B200 7-118, 7-144 

HJD62B225 7-118, 7-144 

HJD62B250 7-118, 7-144 

HJD62B300 7-118, 7-144 

HJD62B350 7-118, 7-144 

HJD62B400 7-118 

HJD62F400 7-118 

HJD62H400 7-144 

HJD63B200 7-118, 7-144 

HJD63B225 7-118, 7-144 

HJD63B250 7-118 

HJD63B300 7-118, 7-144 

HJD63B350 7-118, 7-144 

HJD63B400 7-118, 7-144 

HJD63F400 7-118 

HJD63H250 7-144 

HJG2B250L 7-184 

HJG2B300L 7-184 

HJG2B350L 7-184 

HJG2B400L 7-184 

HJG2F400 7-184 

HJG3A250L 7-185 

HJG3A400L 7-185 

HJG3B250L 7-184 

HJG3B300L 7-184 

HJG3B350L 7-184 

HJG3B400L 7-184 

HJG3F400 7-184, 7-185 

HJG3G250L 7-185 

HJG3G400L 7-185 

HJG3K250L 7-185 

HJG3K400L 7-185 

HJG3R250L 7-185 

HJG3R400L 7-185 

HJG3T250L 7-185 

HJG3T400L 7-185 

HJG3V250L 7-185 

HJG3V400L 7-185 

HJG3W250L 7-185 

HJG3W400L 7-185 

HJM3L400 7-203 

HJM3M400 7-203 

HJS2S400 7-202 

HJS3S400 7-202 

HJXD63S400A 7-146 

HL612 4-36 

HL63 4-36 

HL64 4-36 

HL65678 4-36 

HL67A 4-36 

HLC3B400 7-204 

HLC3B500 7-204 

HLC3B600 7-204 

HLC612 4-21, 5-10 

HLC63 4-21, 5-10 

HLC64 4-21, 5-10 

HLC65678 4-21, 5-10 

HLD62B250 7-122, 7-144 

HLD62B300 7-122, 7-144 

HLD62B350 7-122, 7-144 

HLD62B400 7-122, 7-144 

HLD62B450 7-122, 7-144 

HLD62B500 7-122, 7-144 

HLD62B600 7-122, 7-144 

HLD62F600 7-122 

HLD63B250 7-122, 7-144 

HLD63B300 7-122, 7-144 

HLD63B350 7-122, 7-144 

HLD63B400 7-122, 7-144 

HLD63B450 7-122, 7-144 

HLD63B500 7-122, 7-144 

HLD63B600 7-122, 7-144 

HLD63F600 7-122 

HLK2B400L 7-188 

HLK2B500L 7-188 

HLK2B600L 7-188 

HLK3A400L 7-189 

HLK3A600L 7-189 

HLK3B400L 7-188 

HLK3B500L 7-188 

HLK3B600L 7-188 

HLK3G400L 7-189 

I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 


Product Index 


I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 

HLK3G600L 7-189 

HLK3K400L 7-189 

HLK3K600L 7-189 

HLK3R400L 7-189 

HLK3R600L 7-189 

HLK3T400L 7-189 

HLK3T600L 7-189 

HLK3V400L 7-189 

HLK3V600L 7-189 

HLK3W400L 7-189 

HLK3W600L 7-189 

HLM3J600 7-203 

HLM3Y600 7-203 

HLMD62B500 7-126, 7-145 

HLMD62B600 7-126, 7-145 

HLMD62B700 7-126, 7-145 

HLMD62B800 7-126, 7-145 

HLMD62F800 7-126 

HLMD63B500 7-126, 7-145 

HLMD63B600 7-126, 7-145 

HLMD63B700 7-126, 7-145 

HLMD63B800 7-126, 7-145 

HLMD63F800 7-126 

HLMXD63B500 7-126, 7-145 

HLMXD63B600 7-126, 7-145 

HLMXD63B700 7-126, 7-145 

HLMXD63B800 7-126, 7-145 

HLR2S600 7-202 

HLR3S600 7-202 

HLV2B400L 7-188 

HLV2B500L 7-188 

HLV2B600L 7-188 

HLV3B400L 7-188 

HLV3B500L 7-188 

HLV3B600L 7-188 

HLXD63S600A 7-146 

HM6123 4-36 

HM64 4-36 

HM65 4-36 

HM66 4-36 

HM678 4-36 

HM67A 4-36 

HMBK3125HR 1-22 

HMBK3150HR 1-22 

HMBK3175HR 1-22 

HMBK3200HR 1-22 

HMBK3225HR 1-22 

HMC3B600 7-204 

HMC3B700 7-204 

HMC3B800 7-204 

HMD62B500 7-129, 7-145 

HMD62B600 7-129 

HMD62B700 7-129, 7-145 

HMD62B800 7-129, 7-145 

HMD62F800 7-129 

HMD63B500 7-129 

HMD63B600 7-129, 7-145 

HMD63B700 7-129, 7-145 

HMD63B800 7-129, 7-145 

HMD63F800 7-129 

HMG2B600L 7-192 

HMG2B700L 7-192 

HMG2B800L 7-192 

HMG2F800 7-192 

HMG3A600L 7-193 

HMG3A800L 7-193 

HMG3B600L 7-192 

HMG3B700L 7-192 

HMG3B800L 7-192 

HMG3F800 7-192, 7-193 

HMG3G600L 7-193 

HMG3G800L 7-193 

HMG3K600L 7-193 

HMG3K800L 7-193 

HMG3R600L 7-193 

HMG3R800L 7-193 

HMG3T600L 7-193 

HMG3T800L 7-193 

HMG3V600L 7-193 

HMG3V800L 7-193 

HMG3W600L 7-193 

HMG3W800L 7-193 

HMM3M800 7-203 

HMS2S800 7-202 

HMS3S800 7-202 

HMXD63B500 7-145 

HMXD63B600 7-129, 7-145 

HMXD63B700 7-129, 7-145 

HMXD63B800 7-129, 7-145 

HN22A 4-20 

HN263 4-20, 4-32, 5-9 

HN264 4-20 

HN612 4-20, 5-9 

HN623 4-20, 5-9 

HN64 4-20 

HN656A 4-20 

HN656ACB 6-5, 6-7, 6-9, 6-11, 6-12, 

6-13, 7-68, 7-72 

HN678 4-20, 4-32 

HN678A 4-20 

HN678ACB 6-9, 7-68, 7-72 

HNB612 4-36 

HNB623 4-36 

HNB64 4-36 

HNB65 4-36 

HNB66 4-36 

HNB678 4-36 

HNB67A 4-36 

HNC264 4-32 

HNC3B100 7-204 

HNC3B120 7-204 

HNC3B800 7-204 

HNC3B900 7-204 

HNC612 4-32 

HNCM65A 4-22 

HNCM66A 4-22 

HND62B100 7-145 

HND62B120 7-145 

HND62B800 7-145 

HND62B900 7-145 

HND63B100 7-133, 7-145 

HND63B120 7-133, 7-145 

HND63B800 7-133, 7-145 

HND63B900 7-133, 7-145 

HND63F120 7-133 

HND678 4-32 

HNF1104NPV 4-19 

HNF1104NRPV 4-19 



HNF261 4-12 

HNF261J 4-12 

HNF261R 4-12 

HNF261S 4-12 

HNF262 4-12 

HNF262J 4-12 

HNF262R 4-12 

HNF262S 4-12 

HNF263 4-12 

HNF263J 4-12 

HNF263R 4-12 

HNF263S 4-12 

HNF361 4-12 

HNF361J 4-12 

HNF361JCH 4-17 

HNF361JCHW 4-17 

HNF361JPN 4-17 

HNF361JW 4-13 

HNF361PV 4-19 

HNF361PVPG 4-19 

HNF361R 4-12 

HNF361RL 4-12 

HNF361RPV 4-19 

HNF361RPVPG 4-19 

HNF361RW 4-13 

HNF361S 4-12 

HNF361SCH 4-17 

HNF361SCHW 4-17 

HNF361SPN 4-17 

HNF361SS 4-18 

HNF361SSW 4-18 

HNF361SW 4-13 

HNF361X 4-18, 4-29 

HNF362 4-12 

HNF362H 4-12 

HNF362J 4-12 



HNF362JH 4-12 

HNF362JPN 4-17 

HNF362JW 4-13 

HNF362PV 4-19 


HNF362R 4-12 

HNF362RH 4-12 

HNF362RL 4-12 



HNF362RW 4-13 

HNF362S 4-12 



HNF362SH 4-12 

HNF362SPN 4-17 

HNF362SS 4-18 


HNF362SW 4-13 

HNF362X 4-18, 4-29 

HNF363 4-12 

HNF363J 4-12 



HNF363JW 4-13 

HNF363PV 4-19 


HNF363R 4-12 



HNF363S 4-12 



HNF363SS 4-18 


HNF363SW 4-13 

HNF363X 4-18, 4-29 

HNF364 4-12 

HNF364J 4-12 

HNF364JW 4-13 

HNF364PV 4-19 


HNF364R 4-12 



HNF364S 4-12 

HNF364SS 4-18 


HNF364SW 4-13 

HNF364X 4-18, 4-29 

HNF365A 4-12 

HNF365JA 4-12 

HNF365JWA 4-13 

HNF365RA 4-12, 4-8 

HNF365SA 4-12 

HNF365SSA 4-12 

HNF365SSWA 4-13 

HNF365SWA 4-13 

HNF366A 4-12 

HNF366JA 4-12 

HNF366RA 4-12, 4-8 

HNF366SA 4-12 

HNF366SSA 4-12 

HNF367 4-12 

HNF367J 4-12 

HNF367R 4-12 

HNF367S 4-12 

HNF368 4-12 

HNF368J 4-12 

HNF368R 4-12 

HNF368S 4-12 

HNF461 4-16, 4-30 

HNF461J 4-16, 4-30 

HNF462 4-16, 4-30 

HNF462J 4-16, 4-30 

HNF463 4-16, 4-30 

HNF463J 4-16, 4-30 

HNF464 4-16, 4-30 

HNF464J 4-16, 4-30 

HNF661J 4-16, 4-30 

HNF661S 4-16, 4-30 

HNF662J 4-16, 4-30 

HNF662S 4-16, 4-30 

HNF663J 4-16, 4-30 

HNF663S 4-16, 4-30 

HNF664J 4-16, 4-30 

HNF664S 4-16, 4-30 

HNG2B100L 7-196 

HNG2B120L 7-196 

HNG2B800L 7-196 

HNG2B900L 7-196 

HNG2F120 7-196 

HNG3A100L 7-197 

HNG3A120L 7-197 

HNG3A800L 7-197 

HNG3B100L 7-196 

HNG3B120L 7-196 

HNG3B800L 7-196 

HNG3B900L 7-196 

HNG3F120 7-196, 7-197 

HNG3G100L 7-197 

HNG3G120L 7-197 

HNG3G800L 7-197 

HNG3K100L 7-197 

HNG3K120L 7-197 

HNG3K800L 7-197 

HNG3R100L 7-197 

HNG3R120L 7-197 

HNG3R800L 7-197 

HNG3T100L 7-197 

HNG3T120L 7-197 

HNG3T800L 7-197 

HNG3V100L 7-197 

HNG3V120L 7-197 

HNG3V800L 7-197 

HNG3W100L 7-197 

HNG3W120L 7-197 

HNG3W800L 7-197 

HNM3M120 7-203 

HNS2S120 7-202 

HNS3S120 7-202 

HNXD63B100 7-133, 7-145 

HNXD63B120 7-133, 7-145 

HNXD63B900 7-133, 7-145 

HP61 4-20, 5-10 

HP62 4-20, 5-10 

HP63 4-20, 5-10 

HPC3B120 7-204 

HPC3B140 7-204 

HPC3B160 7-204 

HPD63B120 7-136, 7-145 

HPD63B140 7-136, 7-145 

HPD63B160 7-136, 7-145 

HPD63F160 7-136 

HPG3A120 7-200 

HPG3A160 7-200 

HPG3F160 7-200 

HPG3G120 7-200 

HPG3G160 7-200 

HPG3K120 7-200 

HPG3K160 7-200 

HPG3R120 7-200 

HPG3R160 7-200 

HPG3T120 7-200 

HPG3T160 7-200 

HPG3V120 7-200 

HPG3V160 7-200 

HPG3W120 7-200 

HPG3W160 7-200 

HPLF 7-214 

HPLG 7-160 

HPLL 7-215 

HPLM 7-215 

HPLP 7-215 

HPLQR 13-19, 7-160, 7-41 

HPS3S160 7-202 

HPX3B120 7-199 

HPX3B140 7-199 

HPX3B160 7-199 

HPXD63B120 7-136, 7-145 

HPXD63B140 7-136, 7-145 

HPXD63B160 7-136, 7-145 

HQ2100H 1-45, 3-135, 7-24 

HQ2125H 1-45, 3-135, 7-24 

HQN2150 1-45, 7-24 

HQN2150R 1-45, 7-24 

HQN2175 1-45, 7-24 

HQN2200 1-45, 7-24 

HQN2200R 1-45, 7-24 

HQR22B100 7-40 

HQR22B100H 7-40 

HQR22B125 7-40 

HQR22B125H 7-40 

HQR22B150 7-40 

HQR22B150H 7-40 

HQR22B175 7-40 

HQR22B175H 7-40 

HQR22B200 7-40 

HQR22B200H 7-40 

HQR22B225 7-40 

HQR22B225H 7-40 

HQR22B250 7-40 

HQR22B250H 7-40 

HQR23B100 3-135, 7-40 

HQR23B100H 3-135, 7-40 

HQR23B125 3-135, 7-40 

HQR23B125H 3-135, 7-40 

HQR23B150 3-135, 7-40 

HQR23B150H 3-135, 7-40 

HQR23B175 3-135, 7-40 

HQR23B175H 3-135, 7-40 

HQR23B200 3-135, 7-40 

HQR23B200H 3-135, 7-40 

HQR23B225 3-135, 7-40 

HQR23B225H 3-135, 7-40 

HQR23B250 7-40 

HQR23B250H 7-40 

HQR23S250HA 7-146 

HQS2100H 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

HQS2110H 7-25 

HQS2125H 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

HQS2150H 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

HQS2175H 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

HQS2200H 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

HQS2225H 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

HR21 4-20, 4-32, 5-9 

HR21A 4-20 

HR612 4-20, 5-9 

HR62 4-20, 4-32, 5-9 

HR63 4-20, 4-32, 5-9 

HR64 4-20, 4-32, 5-9 

HR656 5-9 

HR65A 13-18, 4-20, 5-26 

HR66A 13-18, 4-20, 5-26 

HRD63B160 7-139 

HRD63B180 7-139, 7-145 

HRD63B200 7-139, 7-145 

HRD63F200 7-139 

HRXD63B160 7-139 

HRXD63B180 7-139, 7-145 

HRXD63B200 7-139, 7-145 

HSK61 4-36, 5-10 

HSK61SSW 4-20, 4-36 

HSK623 4-36, 5-10 

HSK62SSW 4-20, 4-36 

HSK63SSW 4-20, 4-36 

HSK64 4-36, 5-10 

HSK64SSW 4-20, 4-36 

HT23 4-20, 4-32, 5-9 

HT24 4-20, 4-32, 5-9 

HT25A 13-18, 4-20, 5-26 

HT265A 13-18, 5-26 

HT26A 13-18, 4-20, 5-26 

HT63 4-20, 4-32, 5-9 

HT64 4-20, 4-32, 5-9 

HT65A 13-18, 4-20, 5-26 

HT66A 13-18, 4-20, 5-26 

I0204ML1125CU 1-48, 7-158 

I0303ML3100CU 1-48, 7-158 

ICGK 11-11, 11-23, 11-38, 11-49 

IGK 11-11, 11-23, 11-38, 11-49 

IKU12SC 9-25 

IKU4SC 9-25 

IKU6SC 9-25 

IKU8SC 9-25 

IMK1 11-11, 11-23, 11-38, 11-49 

IPBF 7-210 

IPBM 7-211 

IPBP 7-211 

J6N1 6-8, 7-118 

J6N12 6-13, 7-118 

J6N3R 6-10, 7-118 

JA0408B1150RT 2-72, 2-77 

JA0408B1150T 2-72, 2-77 

JA0408B1200RT 2-72, 2-77 

JA0408B1200T 2-72, 2-77 

JA0408B1400RLTM 2-73, 2-77 

JA0606L1200 2-72, 2-77 

JA0606L1200R 2-72, 2-77 

JA0606L1200RA 2-72, 2-77 

JA0816B1150CT 2-72, 2-77 

JA0816B1150RCT 2-72, 2-77 

JA0816B1150RTH 2-73, 2-77 

JA0816B1150TH 2-73, 2-77 

JA0816B1200CT 2-72, 2-77 

JA0816B1200RCT 2-72, 2-77 

JA0816B1200RT 2-72 

JA0816B1200RTH 2-73, 2-77 

JA0816B1200SCTM 2-75, 2-77 

JA0816B1200T 2-72 

JA0816B1200TH 2-73, 2-77 

JA0816B1350RLTM 2-73, 2-77 

JA0816B1400FD 2-76 

JA0816B1400FDS 2-76 

JA0816B1400RLTM 2-73, 2-77 

JA0816B1400SC 2-76 

JA0816B1400SCS 2-76 

JA1020B1100F 2-38, 2-73, 2-77 

JA1020B1100S 2-38, 2-73 

JA1020B1100S(Z) 2-77 

JA1212L1200FED 2-75, 2-77 

JA1212L1200SED 2-75, 2-77 

I-16 


Product Index 


JA1224B1100FEC 2-75, 2-77 

JA1224B1100SEC 2-75, 2-77 

JA1224B1125FEC 2-75, 2-77 

JA1224B1125SEC 2-75, 2-77 

JA1632B1100FEC 2-77 

JA1632B1100SEC 2-77 

JA1632B1125FEC 2-77 

JA2040B1200 2-73, 2-77 

JA2040B1200F 2-38, 2-73, 2-77 

JA2040B1200FED 2-75, 2-77 

JA2040B1200S 2-38, 2-73 

JA2040B1200S(Z) 2-77 

JA2040B1200SED 2-75, 2-77 

JA2442B1200FEC 2-75, 2-77 

JA2442B1200SEC 2-75, 2-77 

JA3040B1200SECW 2-75, 2-77 

JA3042B1200FED 2-75, 2-77 

JA3042B1200SED 2-75, 2-77 

JA3042B1225FED 2-75, 2-77 

JA3042B1225SED 2-75, 2-77 

JA3042B1400FD 2-76 

JA3042B1400FDS 2-76 

JA3042B1400SC 2-76 

JA3042B1400SCS 2-76 

JA3042B1400SD 2-76 

JA3042B1400SDB 2-76 

JA3042B1400SDL 2-73, 2-77 

JA3042B1400SDS 2-76 

JA4040B1200SECW 2-75, 2-77 

JC002AR 2-71 

JC002CS 2-71 

JC002CZ 2-71 

JC0202B1125RJB 2-71, 2-77 

JC0202B1200 2-71, 2-77 

JC0202B1200R 2-71, 2-77 

JC0202B1200RJB 2-71, 2-77 

JC0404L1400FD 2-74 

JC0404L1400FDS 2-74 

JC0404L1400RLM 2-71, 2-77 

JC0404L1400SC 2-74 

JC0404L1400SCS 2-74 

JC0406L1125FEC 2-74, 2-77 

JC0406L1125SEC 2-74, 2-77 

JC0406L1200FEC 2-74, 2-77 

JC0406L1200H 2-71, 2-77 

JC0406L1200RH 2-71, 2-77 

JC0406L1200RHJB 2-71, 2-77 

JC0406L1200SEC 2-74, 2-77 

JD62B200 7-117, 7-144 

JD62B225 7-117, 7-144 

JD62B250 7-117, 7-144 

JD62B300 7-117, 7-144 

JD62B350 7-117, 7-144 

JD62B400 7-117, 7-144 

JD62F400 7-117 

JD62T200 7-117, 7-118 

JD62T225 7-117, 7-118 

JD62T250 7-117, 7-118, 7-121, 7-122 

JD62T300 7-117, 7-118, 7-121, 7-122 

JD62T350 7-117, 7-118, 7-121, 7-122 

JD62T400 7-117, 7-118, 7-121, 7-122 

JD63B200 7-117, 7-142, 7-144 

JD63B225 7-117, 7-142, 7-144 

JD63B250 7-117, 7-142, 7-144 

JD63B300 7-117, 7-142, 7-144 

JD63B350 7-117, 7-142, 7-144 

JD63B400 7-117, 7-142, 7-144 

JD63F400 7-117 

JD63T200 7-117, 7-118 

JD63T225 7-117, 7-118 

JD63T250 7-117, 7-118, 7-121, 7-122 

JD63T300 7-117, 7-118, 7-121, 7-122 

JD63T350 7-117, 7-118, 7-121, 7-122 

JD63T400 7-117, 7-118, 7-121, 7-122 

JD6HBL 7-160 

JD6HPL 7-160 

JDTERMSHIELD 7-160 

JPD-116046 4-17 

JPD-83046 4-17 

JXD22B200 7-117, 7-144 

JXD22B225 7-117, 7-144 

JXD22B250 7-117, 7-144 

JXD22B300 7-117, 7-144 

JXD22B350 7-117, 7-144 

JXD22B400 7-117, 7-144 

JXD22S400A 7-146 

JXD23B200 7-117, 7-144 

JXD23B225 7-117, 7-144 

JXD23B250 7-117, 7-144 

JXD23B300 7-117, 7-142, 7-144 

JXD23B350 7-117, 7-142, 7-144 

JXD23B400 7-117, 7-142, 7-144 

JXD23S400A 7-146 

JXD62B200 7-117, 7-144 

JXD62B225 7-117, 7-144 

JXD62B250 7-117, 7-144 

JXD62B300 7-117, 7-144 

JXD62B350 7-117, 7-144 

JXD62B400 7-117, 7-144 

JXD62H400 7-140 

JXD63B200 7-117, 7-144 

JXD63B225 7-117, 7-144 

JXD63B250 7-117, 7-144 

JXD63B300 7-117 

JXD63B350 7-117 

JXD63B400 7-117 

JXD63H400 7-140, 7-141, 7-144 

JXD63L400 7-140, 7-141, 7-144 

JXD63S400A 7-146 

K11D255001 8-17 

K11D255002 8-17 

K11D255201 8-17 

K11D255202 8-17 

LBRA1 4-35, 5-6 

LBRA2 4-35, 5-6 

LC Series Lighting Control 17-87, 

17-88, 17-89, 17-90, 17-91 

LD1E060 6-3, 7-111, 7-154 

LD1E100 7-111, 7-154 

LD62B250 7-121, 7-144 

LD62B300 7-121, 7-144 

LD62B350 7-121, 7-144 

LD62B400 7-121, 7-144 

LD62B450 7-121, 7-144 

LD62B500 7-121, 7-144 

LD62B600 7-121, 7-144 

LD62F600 7-121 

LD62T450 7-121, 7-122 

LD62T500 7-121, 7-122 

LD62T600 7-121, 7-122 

LD63B250 7-121, 7-144 

LD63B300 7-121, 7-144 

LD63B350 7-121, 7-144 

LD63B400 7-121, 7-144 

LD63B450 7-121, 7-144 

LD63B500 7-121, 7-142, 7-144 

LD63B600 7-121, 7-142, 7-144 

LD63F600 7-121 

LD63T450 7-121, 7-122 

LD63T500 7-121, 7-122 

LD63T600 7-121, 7-122 

LD6N1 6-8, 7-122 

LD6N12 6-13, 7-122 

LD6N3R 6-10, 7-122 

LD6SS4 6-12, 7-118, 7-122 

LDK2B050L 7-176 

LDK2B060L 7-176 

LDK2B070L 7-176 

LDK2B080L 7-176 

LDK2B090L 7-176 

LDK2B100L 7-176 

LDK2B110L 7-176 

LDK2B125L 7-176 

LDK2B150L 7-176 

LDK3A060L 7-177 

LDK3A100L 7-177 

LDK3A150L 7-177 

LDK3B050L 7-176 

LDK3B060L 7-176 

LDK3B070L 7-176 

LDK3B080L 7-176 

LDK3B090L 7-176 

LDK3B100L 7-176 

LDK3B110L 7-176 

LDK3B125L 7-176 

LDK3B150L 7-176 

LDK3G060L 7-177 

LDK3G100L 7-177 

LDK3G150L 7-177 

LDK3K060L 7-177 

LDK3K100L 7-177 

LDK3K150L 7-177 

LDK3R060L 7-177 

LDK3R100L 7-177 

LDK3R150L 7-177 

LDK3T060L 7-177 

LDK3T100L 7-177 

LDK3T150L 7-177 

LDK3V060L 7-177 

LDK3V100L 7-177 

LDK3V150L 7-177 

LDK3W060L 7-177 

LDK3W100L 7-177 

LDK3W150L 7-177 

LDP302 15-80 

LDP304 15-80 

LDP306 15-80 

LDP308 15-80 

LDP310 15-80 

LDP313 15-80 

LDP316 15-80 

LDP4024 15-80 

LDP4044 15-80 

LDP4064 15-80 

LDP4084 15-80 

LDP4104 15-80 

LE Series Lighting Control 17-81, 

17-82, 17-83, 17-84, 17-85, 17-86 

LF111N 4-6 

LF111NR 4-6 

LF211N 4-6 

LF211NR 4-6 

LFK2B100L 7-180 

LFK2B110L 7-180 

LFK2B125L 7-180 

LFK2B150L 7-180 

LFK2B175L 7-180 

LFK2B200L 7-180 

LFK2B225L 7-180 

LFK2B250L 7-180 

LFK3A100L 7-181 

LFK3A150L 7-181 

LFK3A250L 7-181 

LFK3B100L 7-180 

LFK3B110L 7-180 

LFK3B125L 7-180 

LFK3B150L 7-180 

LFK3B175L 7-180 

LFK3B200L 7-180 

LFK3B225L 7-180 

LFK3B250L 7-180 

LFK3G100L 7-181 

LFK3G150L 7-181 

LFK3G250L 7-181 

LFK3K100L 7-181 

LFK3K150L 7-181 

LFK3K250L 7-181 

LFK3R100L 7-181 

LFK3R150L 7-181 

LFK3R250L 7-181 

LFK3T100L 7-181 

LFK3T150L 7-181 

LFK3T250L 7-181 

LFK3V100L 7-181 

LFK3V150L 7-181 

LFK3V250L 7-181 

LFK3W100L 7-181 

LFK3W150L 7-181 

LFK3W250L 7-181 

LFR3S250 7-202 

LG123636CTS2 2-24 

LG124848CTS2 2-24 

LGB1B015B 7-33 

LGB1B020B 7-33 

LGB1B025B 7-33 

LGB1B030B 7-33 

LGB1B035B 7-33 

LGB1B040B 7-33 

LGB1B045B 7-33 

LGB1B050B 7-33 

LGB1B060B 7-33 

LGB1B070B 7-33 

LGB1B080B 7-33 

LGB1B090B 7-33 

LGB1B100B 7-33 

LGB1B110B 7-33 

LGB1B125B 7-33 

LGB1K015B 7-34 

LGB1K020B 7-34 

LGB1K025B 7-34 

LGB1K030B 7-34 

LGB1K035B 7-34 

LGB1K040B 7-34 

LGB1K045B 7-34 

LGB1K050B 7-34 

LGB1K060B 7-34 

LGB1K070B 7-34 

LGB1K080B 7-34 

LGB1K090B 7-34 

LGB1K100B 7-34 

LGB1K110B 7-34 

LGB1K125B 7-34 

LGB2B015B 7-33 

LGB2B020B 7-33 

LGB2B025B 7-33 

LGB2B030B 7-33 

LGB2B035B 7-33 

LGB2B040B 7-33 

LGB2B045B 7-33 

LGB2B050B 7-33 

LGB2B060B 7-33 

LGB2B070B 7-33 

LGB2B080B 7-33 

LGB2B090B 7-33 

LGB2B100B 7-33 

LGB2B110B 7-33 

LGB2B125B 7-33 

LGB2K015B 7-34 

LGB2K020B 7-34 

LGB2K025B 7-34 

LGB2K030B 7-34 

LGB2K035B 7-34 

LGB2K040B 7-34 

LGB2K045B 7-34 

LGB2K050B 7-34 

LGB2K060B 7-34 

LGB2K070B 7-34 

LGB2K080B 7-34 

LGB2K090B 7-34 

LGB2K100B 7-34 

LGB2K110B 7-34 

LGB2K125B 7-34 

LGB3B015B 7-33 

LGB3B020B 7-33 

LGB3B025B 7-33 

LGB3B030B 7-33 

LGB3B035B 7-33 

LGB3B040B 7-33 

LGB3B045B 7-33 

LGB3B050B 7-33 

LGB3B060B 7-33 

LGB3B070B 7-33 

LGB3B080B 7-33 

LGB3B090B 7-33 

LGB3B100B 7-33 

LGB3B110B 7-33 

LGB3B125B 7-33 

LGB3K015B 7-34 

LGB3K020B 7-34 

LGB3K025B 7-34 

LGB3K030B 7-34 

LGB3K035B 7-34 

LGB3K040B 7-34 

LGB3K045B 7-34 

LGB3K050B 7-34 

LGB3K060B 7-34 

LGB3K070B 7-34 

LGB3K080B 7-34 

LGB3K090B 7-34 

LGB3K100B 7-34 

LGB3K110B 7-34 

LGB3K125B 7-34 

LGG1B015L 7-43 

LGG1B020L 7-43 

LGG1B025L 7-43 

LGG1B030L 7-43 

LGG1B035L 7-43 

LGG1B040L 7-43 

LGG1B045L 7-43 

LGG1B050L 7-43 

LGG1B060L 7-43 

LGG1B070L 7-43 

LGG1B080L 7-43 

LGG1B090L 7-43 

LGG1B100L 7-43 

LGG1B110L 7-43 

LGG1B125L 7-43 

LGG2B015L 7-43 

LGG2B020L 7-43 

LGG2B025L 7-43 

LGG2B030L 7-43 

LGG2B035L 7-43 

LGG2B040L 7-43 

LGG2B045L 7-43 

LGG2B050L 7-43 

LGG2B060L 7-43 

LGG2B070L 7-43 

LGG2B080L 7-43 

LGG2B090L 7-43 

LGG2B100L 7-43 

LGG2B110L 7-43 

LGG2B125L 7-43 

LGG3B015L 7-43 

LGG3B020L 7-43 

LGG3B025L 7-43 

LGG3B030L 7-43 

LGG3B035L 7-43 

LGG3B040L 7-43 

LGG3B045L 7-43 

LGG3B050L 7-43 

LGG3B060L 7-43 

LGG3B070L 7-43 

LGG3B080L 7-43 

LGG3B090L 7-43 

LGG3B100L 7-43 

LGG3B110L 7-43 

LGG3B125L 7-43 

LGMM0202B1125RJBX 2-12 

LGMM0202B1150RJBX 2-12 

LGMM0202B1200RJBX 2-12 

LJG2B250L 7-184 

LJG2B300L 7-184 

LJG2B350L 7-184 

LJG2B400L 7-184 

LJG2F400 7-184 

LJG3A250L 7-185 

LJG3A400L 7-185 

LJG3B250L 7-184 

LJG3B300L 7-184 

LJG3B350L 7-184 

LJG3B400L 7-184 

LJG3F400 7-184, 7-185 

LJG3G250L 7-185 

LJG3G400L 7-185 

LJG3K250L 7-185 

LJG3K400L 7-185 

LJG3R250L 7-185 

LJG3R400L 7-185 

LJG3T250L 7-185 

LJG3T400L 7-185 

LJG3V250L 7-185 

LJG3V400L 7-185 

LJG3W250L 7-185 

LJG3W400L 7-185 

LJS3S400 7-202 

LK11600N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK11750 3-127 

LK11750N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK12350N2 3-127, 3-129 

LK12500 3-127 

LK12500N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK12500N2E 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK12600N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK12750N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK13500 3-127 

LK13500N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK13750 3-127 

LK13750N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK13750N2E 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK14500 3-127, 3-128 

LK14500N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK14500N2E 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK15600N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK15750N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK16750N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK18500N2C 3-128, 3-129 

LK18500N2CD 3-127, 3-129 

LK18570N2A 3-129 

LK18570N2AD 3-129 

LK18750N2A 3-128 

LK18750N2AD 3-127 

LK31600N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK31750 3-127 

LK31750N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK32350N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK32500 3-127 

LK32500N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK32500N2E 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK32600N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK32750N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK33500 3-127 

LK33500N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK33750 3-127 

LK33750N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK33750N2E 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK34500 3-127, 3-128 

LK34500N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK34500N2E 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK35600N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK35750N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 


Product Index 


I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 

LK36750N2 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK38500N2C 3-127, 3-128, 3-129 

LK38500N2CD 3-127, 3-129 

LK38570N2A 3-129 

LK38570N2AD 3-129 

LK38750N2A 3-127, 3-128 

LK38750N2AD 3-127 

LKB4 13-19 

LKB6 13-19 

LKB8 13-19 

LKF4 13-18 

LKF6 13-18 

LLK2B400L 7-188 

LLK2B500L 7-188 

LLK2B600L 7-188 

LLK3A400L 7-189 

LLK3A600L 7-189 

LLK3B400L 7-188 

LLK3B500L 7-188 

LLK3B600L 7-188 

LLK3G400L 7-189 

LLK3G600L 7-189 

LLK3K400L 7-189 

LLK3K600L 7-189 

LLK3R400L 7-189 

LLK3R600L 7-189 

LLK3T400L 7-189 

LLK3T600L 7-189 

LLK3V400L 7-189 

LLK3V600L 7-189 

LLK3W400L 7-189 

LLK3W600L 7-189 

LLP1200 3-130 

LLP600 3-130 

LLR3S600 7-202 

LMAP1600 7-199, 7-211 

LMD1 6-8, 7-126 

LMD12 6-13, 7-126 

LMD3R 6-10, 7-126 

LMD62B500 7-125, 7-144 

LMD62B600 7-125, 7-144 

LMD62B700 7-125, 7-144 

LMD62B800 7-125, 7-144 

LMD62F800 7-125 

LMD62T500 7-125, 7-126 

LMD62T600 7-125, 7-126 

LMD62T700 7-125, 7-126 

LMD62T800 7-125, 7-126 

LMD63B500 7-125, 7-142, 7-144 

LMD63B600 7-125, 7-142, 7-144 

LMD63B700 7-125, 7-142, 7-144 

LMD63B800 7-125, 7-142, 7-144 

LMD63F800 7-125 

LMD63T500 7-125, 7-126 

LMD63T600 7-125, 7-126 

LMD63T700 7-125, 7-126 

LMD63T800 7-125, 7-126 

LMG2B600L 7-192 

LMG2B700L 7-192 

LMG2B800L 7-192 

LMG2F800 7-192 

LMG3A600L 7-193 

LMG3A800L 7-193 

LMG3B600L 7-192 

LMG3B700L 7-192 

LMG3B800L 7-192 

LMG3F800 7-192, 7-193 

LMG3G600L 7-193 

LMG3G800L 7-193 

LMG3K600L 7-193 

LMG3K800L 7-193 

LMG3R600L 7-193 

LMG3R800L 7-193 

LMG3T600L 7-193 

LMG3T800L 7-193 

LMG3V600L 7-193 

LMG3V800L 7-193 

LMG3W600L 7-193 

LMG3W800L 7-193 

LMS3S800 7-202 

LMXD62B600 7-125, 7-144 

LMXD62B700 7-125, 7-144 

LMXD62B800 7-125, 7-144 

LMXD63A800 7-140, 7-141, 7-144 

LMXD63B500 7-125, 7-144 

LMXD63B600 7-125, 7-144 

LMXD63B700 7-125, 7-144 

LMXD63B800 7-125, 7-144 

LMXD63L800 7-140, 7-141, 7-144 

LMXD63S800A 7-146 

LN1E100 6-3, 7-111, 7-154 

LNF222RA 4-6 

LNF222RL 4-6 

LNG2B100L 7-196 

LNG2B120L 7-196 

LNG2B800L 7-196 

LNG2B900L 7-196 

LNG2F120 7-196 

LNG3A100L 7-197 

LNG3A120L 7-197 

LNG3A800L 7-197 

LNG3B100L 7-196 

LNG3B120L 7-196 

LNG3B800L 7-196 

LNG3B900L 7-196 

LNG3F120 7-196, 7-197 

LNG3G100L 7-197 

LNG3G120L 7-197 

LNG3G800L 7-197 

LNG3K100L 7-197 

LNG3K120L 7-197 

LNG3K800L 7-197 

LNG3R100L 7-197 

LNG3R120L 7-197 

LNG3R800L 7-197 

LNG3T100L 7-197 

LNG3T120L 7-197 

LNG3T800L 7-197 

LNG3V100L 7-197 

LNG3V120L 7-197 

LNG3V800L 7-197 

LNG3W100L 7-197 

LNG3W120L 7-197 

LNG3W800L 7-197 

LNLK30A 11-11, 11-22 

LNLK42A 11-11, 11-22 

LNLK54A 11-11, 11-22 

LNS3S120 7-202 

LPDC01 11-11, 11-23, 11-38, 11-49 

LPDC02 11-11, 11-23, 11-38, 11-49 

LPG3A120 7-200 

LPG3A160 7-200 

LPG3F160 7-200 

LPG3G120 7-200 

LPG3G160 7-200 

LPG3K120 7-200 

LPG3K160 7-200 

LPG3R120 7-200 

LPG3R160 7-200 

LPG3T120 7-200 

LPG3T160 7-200 

LPG3V120 7-200 

LPG3V160 7-200 

LPG3W120 7-200 

LPG3W160 7-200 

LPS3S160 7-202 

LPX3B120 7-199 

LPX3B140 7-199 

LPX3B160 7-199 

LSCT1236 13-22 

LSCT432 13-22 

LSCT436 13-22 

LSCT632 13-22 

LSCT636 13-22 

LSCT836 13-22 

LX100FP 2-82 

LXD62B450 7-121, 7-144 

LXD62B500 7-121, 7-144 

LXD62B600 7-121, 7-144 

LXD62L600 7-140 

LXD63B450 7-121, 7-144 

LXD63B500 7-121, 7-144 

LXD63B600 7-121, 7-144 

LXD63H600 7-140, 7-141, 7-144 

LXD63L600 7-140, 7-141, 7-144 

LXD63S600A 7-146 

LXX-14 11-101 

LXX-20 11-101 

LXX-26 11-101 

LXX-32 11-101 

LXX-38 11-101 

LXX-41 11-101 

LXX-44 11-101 

LXX-53 11-101 

LXX-56 11-101 

LXX-62 11-101 

LXX-65 11-101 

LXX-68 11-101 

LXX-74 11-101 

LXX-80 11-101 

LXX-86 11-101 

LXX50-F 11-101 

LXXP-T 11-101 

MB120 1-48, 7-158 

MB9301 7-136, 7-137, 7-139 

MBK100 1-45, 7-24 

MBK100A 1-22, 1-45, 7-24 

MBK125 1-45, 7-24 

MBK125A 1-22, 1-45, 7-24 

MBK150 1-45, 7-24 

MBK150A 1-22, 1-45, 7-24 

MBK175 1-45, 7-24 

MBK200 1-45, 7-24 

MBK200A 1-22, 1-45, 7-24 

MBK225 1-45, 7-24 

MBK225A 1-22, 1-45, 7-24 

MBK3100 1-22 

MBK3125HHR 1-22 

MBK3125HR 1-22 

MBK3125R 1-22 

MBK3150HHR 1-22 

MBK3150HR 1-22 

MBK3150R 1-22 

MBK3175HHR 1-22 

MBK3175HR 1-22 

MBK3175R 1-22 

MBK3200HHR 1-22 

MBK3200HR 1-22 

MBK3200R 1-22 

MBK3225HHR 1-22 

MBK3225HR 1-22 

MBK3225R 1-22 

MBKBC1NBA 11-11, 11-22 

MBKBC3 11-11, 11-22 

MBKBC3NBA 11-11, 11-22 

MBKBL1 11-11, 11-22 

MBKBL1A 11-11, 11-22 

MBKBL3 11-11, 11-22 

MBKBL3A 11-11, 11-22 

MBKED1 11-11, 11-22 

MBKED1A 11-11, 11-22 

MBKED3 11-11, 11-22 

MBKED3100 11-12 

MBKED3100A 11-12 

MBKED3125 11-12 

MBKED3125A 11-12 

MBKED3A 11-11, 11-22 

MBKFD1 11-11, 11-22 

MBKFD1A 11-11, 11-22 

MBKFD3 11-11, 11-22 

MBKFD3150 11-12 

MBKFD3150A 11-12 

MBKFD3175 11-12 

MBKFD3175A 11-12 

MBKFD3200 11-12 

MBKFD3200A 11-12 

MBKFD3225 11-12 

MBKFD3225A 11-12 

MBKFD3250 11-12 

MBKFD3250A 11-12 

MBKFD3A 11-11, 11-22 

MBKJD1 11-11, 11-22 

MBKJD12300 11-12 

MBKJD12300A 11-12 

MBKJD12400 11-12 

MBKJD12400A 11-12 

MBKJD1300 11-12 

MBKJD1300A 11-12 

MBKJD1400 11-12 

MBKJD1400A 11-12 

MBKJD1A 11-11, 11-22 

MBKJD3 11-11, 11-22 

MBKJD32300 11-12 

MBKJD32300A 11-12 

MBKJD32400 11-12 

MBKJD32400A 11-12 

MBKJD3300 11-12 

MBKJD3300A 11-12 

MBKJD3400 11-12 

MBKJD3400A 11-12 

MBKJD3A 11-11, 11-22 

MBKNB1 11-11, 11-22 

MBKNB3 11-11, 11-22 

MBKQJ1 11-11, 11-22 

MBKQJ1A 11-11, 11-22 

MBKQJ3 11-11, 11-22 

MBKQJ3A 11-11, 11-22 

MBKQR1 11-11, 11-12, 11-22 

MBKQR1125A 11-12 

MBKQR1125HA 11-12 

MBKQR1150A 11-12 

MBKQR1150HA 11-12 

MBKQR1175A 11-12 

MBKQR1175HA 11-12 

MBKQR1200A 11-12 

MBKQR1200HA 11-12 

MBKQR1225A 11-12 

MBKQR1225HA 11-12 

MBKQR1A 11-11, 11-22 

MBKQR3 11-11, 11-12, 11-22 

MBKQR3125A 11-12 

MBKQR3125HA 11-12 

MBKQR3150A 11-12 

MBKQR3150HA 11-12 

MBKQR3175A 11-12 

MBKQR3175HA 11-12 

MBKQR3200A 11-12 

MBKQR3200HA 11-12 

MBKQR3225A 11-12 

MBKQR3225HA 11-12 

MBKQR3A 11-11, 11-22 

MBKQRC1FK 11-101 

MBKQRFK 11-11, 11-15, 11-23 

MBPG1600 7-199, 7-211 

MBPG1601 7-199, 7-211 

MBR9302 7-136, 7-137, 7-139 

MC0408B1150RGA 2-39 

MC0408B1150RT 2-38 

MC0408B1150T 2-38 

MC0408B1200JLT 2-40 

MC0408B1200RGA 2-39 

MC0408B1200RT 2-38 

MC0408B1200T 2-38 

MC0408B1400RLTM 2-41 

MC0606L1200R 2-38 

MC0606L1200RA 2-38 

MC0606L1200RAD 2-39 

MC0606L1200RGA 2-39 

MC0606L1200RJB 2-38 

MC0606L1200RN 2-38 

MC0816B1150CT 2-38 

MC0816B1150RCT 2-38 

MC0816B1150RGA 2-39 

MC0816B1150RTH 2-41 

MC0816B1150T 2-38 

MC0816B1150TH 2-41 

MC0816B1200CT 2-38 

MC0816B1200EFN 2-46, 2-75 

MC0816B1200ESN 2-46, 2-75 

MC0816B1200EST 2-46 

MC0816B1200FCTM 2-46 

MC0816B1150JLT 2-40 

MC0816B1200RCT 2-38 

MC0816B1200RGA 2-39 

MC0816B1200RT 2-38 

MC0816B1200RTB 2-38 

MC0816B1200RTD 2-39 

MC0816B1200RTH 2-41 

MC0816B1200RTZ 2-38 

MC0816B1200SCT 2-46 

MC0816B1200SCTM 2-46 

MC0816B1200T 2-38 

MC0816B1200TH 2-41 

MC0816B1350RLTM 2-41 

MC0816B1400FD 2-47 

MC0816B1400FDS 2-47 

MC0816B1400RLTM 2-41 

MC0816B1400SC 2-47 

MC0816B1400SCS 2-47 

MC0816B1400SDL 2-41 

MC0816S1200SCT 2-44 

MC1020B1100EY 2-50 

MC1020B1100F 2-38, 2-73 

MC1020B1100FZ 2-38, 2-73 

MC1020B1100S 2-38, 2-73 

MC1020B1100SZ 2-38, 2-73 

MC1212L1200FED 2-48 

MC1212L1200SED 2-48 

MC1224B1100CEY 2-50 

MC1224B1100EFC 2-46, 2-75 

MC1224B1100ESC 2-46, 2-75 

MC1224B1100FEC 2-46 

MC1224B1100SEC 2-46 

MC1224B1125 2-41 

MC1224B1125EFC 2-46, 2-75 

MC1224B1125ESC 2-46, 2-75 

MC1224B1125FEC 2-46 

MC1224B1125JLC 2-40 

MC1224B1125R 2-41 

MC1224B1125SEC 2-46 

MC1224B1200JLC 2-40 

MC1830F3100CEY 2-50 

MC2040B1150 2-41 

MC2040B1150JLC 2-40 

MC2040B1150R 2-41 

MC2040B1150RC 2-38 

MC2040B1150RJBC 2-38 

MC2040B1200 2-41 

MC2040B1200EFC 2-46, 2-75 

MC2040B1200ESC 2-46, 2-75 

MC2040B1200F 2-38, 2-73 

MC2040B1200FED 2-48 

MC2040B1200FZ 2-38, 2-73 

MC2040B1200JLC 2-40 

MC2040B1200R 2-41 

MC2040B1200RC 2-38 

MC2040B1200RJBC 2-38 

MC2040B1200S 2-38, 2-73 

MC2040B1200SED 2-48 

MC2040B1200SZ 2-38, 2-73 

MC2040S1200JLC 2-44 

MC2040S1200SZ 2-44 

MC2440B1200CEY 2-50 

MC2442B1200EFC 2-75 

MC2442B1200EFV 2-46 

MC2442B1200ESC 2-75 

MC2442B1200ESV 2-46 

MC2442B1200FEC 2-46 

MC2442B1200SEC 2-46 

MC2442B1225EFC 2-46, 2-75 

MC2442B1225ESC 2-46, 2-75 

MC2442B1225FEC 2-46 

MC2442B1225SEC 2-46 

MC2442B1250FE2 2-48 

MC2442B1400SD 2-47 

MC2442B1400SDB 2-41 

MC2442B1400SDL 2-41 

MC2442B1400SDS 2-47 

MC2442F3200CEY 2-50 

MC2442S1200FC 2-44 

MC2442S1200SC 2-44 

MC3040B1200R 2-41 

MC3040B1200SECW 2-46 

MC3040S1200SC 2-44 

MC3042B1200FED 2-48 

MC3042B1200JLC 2-40 

MC3042B1200RC 2-38 

MC3042B1200RJB 2-38 

MC3042B1200SED 2-48 

MC3042B1225FED 2-48 

MC3042B1225SED 2-48 

MC3042B1250FE2 2-48 

MC3042B1400FD 2-47 

MC3042B1400FDS 2-47 

MC3042B1400SC 2-47 

MC3042B1400SCS 2-47 

MC3042B1400SD 2-47 

MC3042B1400SDB 2-41 

MC3042B1400SDL 2-41 

MC3042B1400SDS 2-47 

MC3042S1400FC 2-45 

MC3042S1400FCL 2-45 

MC3042S1400FCS 2-45 

MC3042S1400FD 2-45 

MC3042S1400FDS 2-45 

MC3042S1400SC 2-45 

MC3042S1400SCL 2-45 

MC3042S1400SCS 2-45 

MC3042S1400SD 2-45 

MC3042S1400SDS 2-45 

MC4040B1200R 2-41 

MC4040B1200SC 2-47 

MC4040B1200SD 2-47 

MC4040B1200SECW 2-46 

MC4040S1200SC 2-44 

MCHK 11-11, 11-23 

MCS603L 5-12, 5-13 

MCS603R 5-12, 5-13 

MCS606L 5-12, 5-13 

MCS606R 5-12, 5-13 

MCS610 5-13 

MCS610L 5-12, 5-13 

MCS610R 5-12, 5-13 

MCS620 5-13 

MCS620L 5-12, 5-13 

MCS620R 5-12, 5-13 

MCSAK116 5-13 

MCSAK126 5-13 

MCSAK216 5-13 

MCSAK226 5-13 

I-18 


Product Index 


MCSAKL136 5-13 

MCSAKL236 5-13 

MCSAKR136 5-13 

MCSAKR236 5-13 

MD62B500 7-128, 7-145 

MD62B600 7-128, 7-145 

MD62B700 7-128, 7-145 

MD62B800 7-128, 7-145 

MD62F800 7-128 

MD62T500 7-128, 7-129 

MD62T600 7-128, 7-129 

MD62T700 7-128, 7-129 

MD62T800 7-128, 7-129, 7-132 

MD63B500 7-128, 7-145 

MD63B600 7-128, 7-145 

MD63B700 7-128, 7-145 

MD63B800 7-128, 7-145 

MD63F800 7-128 

MD63T500 7-128, 7-129 

MD63T600 7-128, 7-129 

MD63T700 7-128, 7-129 

MD63T800 7-128, 7-129, 7-132, 7-133 

MDTERMSHIELD 7-160 

MFCF036 7-163, 7-208 

MFCF048 7-208 

MFCF060 7-208 

MFCF072 7-208 

MFCF084 7-208 

MFCF096 7-208 

MFCF120 7-208 

MFCF144 7-208 

MFCM036 7-208, 7-209 

MFCM048 7-208, 7-209 

MFCM060 7-208, 7-209 

MFCM072 7-208, 7-209 

MFCM084 7-208, 7-209 

MFCM096 7-208, 7-209 

MFCM120 7-208, 7-209 

MFCM144 7-208, 7-209 

MFCP048 7-209 

MFCP060 7-209 

MFCP072 7-209 

MFCP096 7-209 

MFCP120 7-209 

MFCP144 7-209 

MFHG3R 7-163 

MFHG4X 7-163 

MFHM3R 7-208, 7-209 

MFHM3RB 7-208, 7-209 

MFHM3RS 7-208, 7-209 

MFHM3RSB 7-208, 7-209 

MFHM4X 7-208, 7-209 

MFHP3RS 7-209 

MFHP3RSB 7-209 

MFHP4X 7-209 

MFKF3R 7-208 

MFKG3R3 7-163 

MFKG4X3 7-163 

MFKL3R 7-208 

MFKM3R 7-209 

MFKP3RS 7-209 

MFMF 7-208 

MFMG 7-163 

MFML 7-208 

MFMM 7-209 

MFMP 7-209 

MFSFA1 7-208 

MFSFA2 7-208 

MFSLA1 7-208 

MFSLA2 7-208 

MFSPA1 7-209 

MFSPA2 7-209 

MG1 11-77 

MG1D 11-91, 13-25 

MI5404 7-161 

MI5405 7-161 

MI5406 7-161 

MI5413 7-161 

MI5444 7-161 

ML11225RJ 3-60 

ML11400RJFS 3-64 

ML12225RJ 3-60 

ML12400RJFS 3-64 

ML13100RJ 3-61 

ML13225RJ 3-61 

ML13400RJFS 3-64 

ML21125RJ 3-59 

ML21225RJ 3-60 

ML22125RJ 3-59 

ML22AB225RJ 3-60 

ML22BC225RJ 3-60 

ML22CA225RJ 3-60 

ML23100RJ 3-61 

ML23225RJ 3-61 

ML31125RJ 3-59 

ML31225RJ 3-60 

ML32125RJ 3-59 

ML32225RJ 3-60 

ML33100RJ 3-61 

ML33225RJ 3-61 

ML41125RJ 3-59 

ML41225RJ 3-60 

ML42125RJ 3-59 

ML42AB225RJ 3-60 

ML42BC225RJ 3-60 

ML42CA225RJ 3-60 

ML43100RJ 3-61 

ML43225RJ 3-61 

ML51125RJ 3-59 

ML52125RJ 3-59 

ML61125RJ 3-59 

ML62125RJ 3-59 

MLKA1 11-11, 11-15, 11-22 

MLKA1A 11-11, 11-22 

MLKA3 11-11, 11-15, 11-22 

MLKA3A 11-11, 11-22 

MLKC1 11-11, 11-22 

MLKC1A 11-11, 11-22 

MLKC3 11-11, 11-22 

MLKC3A 11-11, 11-22 

MLZ32125RJ 3-69 

MLZ42125RJ 3-69 

MLZ52125RJ 3-69 

MLZ62125RJ 3-69 

MLZF32125RJ 3-69 

MLZF42125RJ 3-69 

MLZF52125RJ 3-69 

MLZF62125RJ 3-69 

MM0202B1100ESC 2-42, 2-74 

MM0202B1100RLC 2-37 

MM0202B1125RJB 2-36 

MM0202B1125RJBX 2-36 

MM0202B1150 2-36 

MM0202B1150R 2-36 

MM0202B1150RJB 2-36 

MM0202B1150RJBX 2-36 

MM0202B1200 2-36 

MM0202B1200ESC 2-42, 2-74 

MM0202B1200JLX 2-37 

MM0202B1200R 2-36 

MM0202B1200RJB 2-36 

MM0202B1200RJBX 2-36 

MM0202B1200RLC 2-37 

MM0202B1400SC 2-42 

MM0202B1400SCL 2-42 

MM0202B1400SCS 2-42 

MM0202B1400SD 2-42 

MM0202B1400SDL 2-42 

MM0202B1400SDS 2-42 

MM0202F1100CEY 2-49 

MM0202F1100EY 2-49 

MM0202F1200CEY 2-49 

MM0202F1200EY 2-49 

MM0202L1100EY 2-49 

MM0202L1125EFC 2-42, 2-74 

MM0202L1125ESC 2-42, 2-74 

MM0202L1125RLC 2-37 

MM0202L1200CEY 2-49 

MM0202L1200EFC 2-42, 2-74 

MM0202L1200ESC 2-42, 2-74 

MM0202L1200EY 2-49 

MM0202L1200JLX 2-37 

MM0202L1200RLC 2-37 

MM0202ML1100S 2-36 

MM0202ML1125H 2-36 

MM0202S1200H 2-44 

MM0202S1200RHJ 2-44 

MM0202S1200RJB 2-44 

MM0303B3100RLC 2-37 

MM0303B3200RLC 2-37 

MM0303F3100CEY 2-49 

MM0303F3100EY 2-49 

MM0303F3200CEY 2-49 

MM0303F3200EY 2-49 

MM0303L3100EY 2-49 

MM0303L3100RLC 2-37 

MM0303L3200CEY 2-49 

MM0303L3200EY 2-49 

MM0404B11515RL 2-37 

MM0404B12010RL 2-37 

MM0404B1400RLM 2-37 

MM0404L1400FD 2-42 

MM0404L1400FDS 2-42 

MM0404L1400RLM 2-37 

MM0404L1400SC 2-42 

MM0404L1400SCS 2-42 

MM0404L1400SDL 2-37 

MM0406L1125FEC 2-42 

MM0406L1125SEC 2-42 

MM0406L1200FEC 2-42 

MM0406L1200GA 2-36 

MM0406L1200H 2-36 

MM0406L1200RGA 2-36 

MM0406L1200RH 2-36 

MM0406L1200RHJB 2-36 

MM0406L1200SEC 2-42 

MM21125 3-53 

MM21125J 3-54 

MM21125R 3-53 

MM21125RB 3-53 

MM21125RJ 3-54 

MM21125RJB 3-54 

MM21225 3-53 

MM21225J 3-54 

MM21225R 3-53 

MM21225RB 3-53 

MM21225RJ 3-54 

MM21225RJB 3-54 

MM22125J 3-55 

MM22125RJ 3-55 

MM22125RJB 3-55 

MM22225J 3-55 

MM22225RJ 3-55 

MM22225RJB 3-55 

MM31125 3-53 

MM31125J 3-54 

MM31125R 3-53 

MM31125RB 3-53 

MM31125RJ 3-54 

MM31125RJB 3-54 

MM31225 3-53 

MM31225J 3-54 

MM31225R 3-53 

MM31225RB 3-53 

MM31225RJ 3-54 

MM31225RJB 3-54 

MM32125J 3-55 

MM32125RJ 3-55 

MM32125RJB 3-55 

MM32225J 3-55 

MM32225RJ 3-55 

MM32225RJB 3-55 

MM41125 3-53 

MM41125J 3-54 

MM41125R 3-53 

MM41125RB 3-53 

MM41125RJ 3-54 

MM41125RJB 3-54 

MM41225 3-53 

MM41225J 3-54 

MM41225R 3-53 

MM41225RB 3-53 

MM41225RJ 3-54 

MM41225RJB 3-54 

MM42125J 3-55 

MM42125RJ 3-55 

MM42125RJB 3-55 

MM42225J 3-55 

MM42225RJ 3-55 

MM42225RJB 3-55 

MM51125 3-53 

MM51125J 3-54 

MM51125R 3-53 

MM51125RB 3-53 

MM51125RJ 3-54 

MM51125RJB 3-54 

MM51225 3-53 

MM51225J 3-54 

MM51225R 3-53 

MM51225RB 3-53 

MM51225RJ 3-54 

MM51225RJB 3-54 

MM52125J 3-55 

MM52125RJ 3-55 

MM52125RJB 3-55 

MM52225J 3-55 

MM52225RJ 3-55 

MM52225RJB 3-55 

MM61125 3-53 

MM61125J 3-54 

MM61125R 3-53 

MM61125RB 3-53 

MM61125RJ 3-54 

MM61125RJB 3-54 

MM61225 3-53 

MM61225J 3-54 

MM61225R 3-53 

MM61225RB 3-53 

MM61225RJ 3-54 

MM61225RJB 3-54 

MM62125J 3-55 

MM62125RJ 3-55 

MM62125RJB 3-55 

MM62225J 3-55 

MM62225RJ 3-55 

MM62225RJB 3-55 

MMBMT1 3-138 

MMBMT2 3-138 

MMCLIP 3-132 

MMCVR1 3-138 

MMCVR1R 3-138 

MMCVR2 3-138 

MMCVR2R 3-138 

MMCVRLOW 3-138 

MMCVRSCR 3-138 

MMPK11 3-138 

MMPK13 3-138 

MMPK21 3-138 

MMPK23 3-138 

MMRAIL 3-132 

MMS Series Manual Control 

Switches 17-8, 17-9 

MMSCK1 3-138 

MMSCK2 3-138 

MMSRPK 3-138 

MMZR24 3-132 

MMZR36 3-132 

MMZR48 3-132 

MMZR60 3-132 

MN22125J 3-93 

MN22225J 3-93 

MN32125J 3-93 

MN32225J 3-93 

MN42125J 3-93 

MN42225J 3-93 

MN52125J 3-93 

MN52225J 3-93 

MN62125J 3-93 

MN62225J 3-93 

MN6BL 7-160 

MN6PLD 7-160 

MND61 6-8, 7-128, 7-132 

MND612 6-13, 7-128, 7-132 

MND63 6-10, 7-128, 7-132 

MOE6120 7-164 

MOE6240 7-164 

MOF6024DC 7-164 

MOF6048DC 7-164 

MOF6120 7-164 

MOF6120/L 7-164 

MOF6125DC 7-164 

MOF6240 7-164 

MOF6240/L 7-164 

MOJ6024DC 7-164 

MOJ6048DC 7-164 

MOJ6120 7-164 

MOJ6120/L 7-164 

MOJ6125DC 7-164 

MOJ6240 7-164 

MOJ6240/L 7-164 

MOLMD6024DC 7-164 

MOLMD6048DC 7-164 

MOLMD6120 7-164 

MOLMD6120/L 7-164 

MOLMD6125DC 7-164 

MOLMD6240 7-164 

MP0406B1200R 2-11 

MP0406B1200RJL 2-11 

MP0606L1200 2-11 

MP0606L1200R 2-11 

MP0606L1200RJL 2-11 

MRS Series Manual Control 

Switches 17-8, 17-9 

MS14TB 2-11 

MS15TB 2-11 

MS17TB 2-11 

MS24TB 2-11 

MS25TB 2-11 

MS27TB 2-11 

MS44UTB 2-11 

MSE6 7-161 

MSE6100 7-161 

MSF6 7-161 

MSF650 7-161 

MSJ6 7-161 

MSK2001 13-26 

MSK2003 13-26 

MSKE1 7-161 

MSKE2 7-161 

MSKF2 7-214 

MSKF4 7-214 

MSKG4 7-161 

MSKL4 7-215 

MSKM4 7-215 

MSKP4 7-215 

MSLMD 7-161 

MSMN 7-161 

MSPR6 7-161 

MSQR3 7-161, 7-41 

MT Series Control Power 

Transformers 17-98 

MT11225 3-74 

MT12225J 3-74 

MT13225J 3-74 

MT21225 3-74 

MT22AB225J 3-74 

MT22BC225J 3-74 

MT22CA225J 3-74 

MT23225J 3-74 

MT31225 3-74 

MT32225J 3-74 

MT33225J 3-74 

MTG Series Control Power 

Transformers 17-99, 17-100 

MTRPB 7-211 

MTRPM 7-211 

MTRPN 7-211 

MTRPR 7-211 

MTRPY 7-211 

MXD62B500 7-145 

MXD62B600 7-128, 7-145 

MXD62B700 7-128, 7-145 

MXD62B800 7-128, 7-145 

MXD63A800 7-140, 7-141, 7-145 

MXD63B500 7-145 

MXD63B600 7-128, 7-145 

MXD63B700 7-128, 7-145 

MXD63B800 7-128, 7-145 

MXD63H800 7-140, 7-141, 7-145 

MXD63L800 7-140, 7-141, 7-145 

MXD63S800A 7-146 

N02SJD 7-119 

N03SJD 7-119, 7-123 

N04SJD 7-119, 7-123 

N05SLD 7-123 

N06SLD 7-123 

N06SMDA 7-130 

N07SMDA 7-130 

N08SMDA 7-130, 7-134 

N10SNDA 7-134 

N125GG 6-11, 6-3, 6-9 

N125GG4X 6-12 

N125X 6-9 

N12SNDA 7-134 

N14SPD 7-137 

N16SPD 7-137 

N2000 6-6, 6-7, 6-9 

N2250 6-9 

N2250X 6-9, 7-49, 7-54, 

7-56, 7-57, 7-62 

N250X 6-11, 6-12, 6-13, 6-4, 

6-7, 6-9, 7-114 

N250X 6-11, 6-12, 6-3, 6-4, 6-7, 6-9, 

7-49, 7-54, 7-56, 7-57, 7-62 

NBK03 11-11, 11-23 

NBK04 11-11, 11-23 

NBK05 11-11, 11-23 

NBK06 11-11, 11-23 

NBK3 11-38, 11-49 

NBK4 11-38, 11-49 

NBK5 11-38, 11-49 

NBK6 11-38, 11-49 

NBK7 11-38, 11-49 

NBK8 11-38, 11-49 

ND62B100 7-145 

ND62B120 7-132, 7-145 

ND62B800 7-132, 7-145 

ND62B900 7-132, 7-145 

I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 


Product Index 


I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 

ND62F120 7-132 

ND62T100 7-132 

ND62T120 7-132 

ND62T900 7-132 

ND63B100 7-132, 7-145 

ND63B120 7-132, 7-145 

ND63B800 7-132, 7-145 

ND63B900 7-132, 7-145 

ND63F120 7-132 

ND63T100 7-132, 7-133 

ND63T120 7-132, 7-133 

ND63T900 7-132, 7-133 

NDK2B050L 7-176 

NDK2B060L 7-176 

NDK2B070L 7-176 

NDK2B080L 7-176 

NDK2B090L 7-176 

NDK2B100L 7-176 

NDK2B110L 7-176 

NDK2B125L 7-176 

NDK2B150L 7-176 

NDK3A060L 7-177 

NDK3A100L 7-177 

NDK3A150L 7-177 

NDK3B050L 7-176 

NDK3B060L 7-176 

NDK3B070L 7-176 

NDK3B080L 7-176 

NDK3B090L 7-176 

NDK3B100L 7-176 

NDK3B110L 7-176 

NDK3B125L 7-176 

NDK3B150L 7-176 

NDK3G060L 7-177 

NDK3G100L 7-177 

NDK3G150L 7-177 

NDK3K060L 7-177 

NDK3K100L 7-177 

NDK3K150L 7-177 

NDK3R060L 7-177 

NDK3R100L 7-177 

NDK3R150L 7-177 

NDK3T060L 7-177 

NDK3T100L 7-177 

NDK3T150L 7-177 

NDK3V060L 7-177 

NDK3V100L 7-177 

NDK3V150L 7-177 

NDK3W060L 7-177 

NDK3W100L 7-177 

NDK3W150L 7-177 

NF355HDTK 4-31, 4-33 

NF355SSDTK 4-31, 4-33 

NF454DTK 4-31, 4-33 

NF454SSDTK 4-31, 4-33 

NF455DTK 4-31, 4-33 

NF456DTK 4-31, 4-33 

NF457DTK 4-31, 4-33 

NFK2B100L 7-180 

NFK2B110L 7-180 

NFK2B125L 7-180 

NFK2B150L 7-180 

NFK2B175L 7-180 

NFK2B200L 7-180 

NFK2B225L 7-180 

NFK2B250L 7-180 

NFK3A100L 7-181 

NFK3A150L 7-181 

NFK3A250L 7-181 

NFK3B100L 7-180 

NFK3B110L 7-180 

NFK3B125L 7-180 

NFK3B150L 7-180 

NFK3B175L 7-180 

NFK3B200L 7-180 

NFK3B225L 7-180 

NFK3B250L 7-180 

NFK3G100L 7-181 

NFK3G150L 7-181 

NFK3G250L 7-181 

NFK3K100L 7-181 

NFK3K150L 7-181 

NFK3K250L 7-181 

NFK3R100L 7-181 

NFK3R150L 7-181 

NFK3R250L 7-181 

NFK3T100L 7-181 

NFK3T150L 7-181 

NFK3T250L 7-181 

NFK3V100L 7-181 

NFK3V150L 7-181 

NFK3V250L 7-181 

NFK3W100L 7-181 

NFK3W150L 7-181 

NFK3W250L 7-181 

NFR451DTK 4-31, 4-33 

NFR452DTK 4-31, 4-33 

NFR453DTK 4-31, 4-33 

NFR454DTK 4-31, 4-33 

NFR455DTK 4-31, 4-33 

NFR456DTK 4-31, 4-33 

NFR457DTK 4-31, 4-33 

NG1D 11-91, 13-25 

NGB1B015B 7-33 

NGB1B020B 7-33 

NGB1B025B 7-33 

NGB1B030B 7-33 

NGB1B035B 7-33 

NGB1B040B 7-33 

NGB1B045B 7-33 

NGB1B050B 7-33 

NGB1B060B 7-33 

NGB1B070B 7-33 

NGB1B080B 7-33 

NGB1B090B 7-33 

NGB1B100B 7-33 

NGB1B110B 7-33 

NGB1B125B 7-33 

NGB1K015B 7-34 

NGB1K020B 7-34 

NGB1K025B 7-34 

NGB1K030B 7-34 

NGB1K035B 7-34 

NGB1K040B 7-34 

NGB1K045B 7-34 

NGB1K050B 7-34 

NGB1K060B 7-34 

NGB1K070B 7-34 

NGB1K080B 7-34 

NGB1K090B 7-34 

NGB1K100B 7-34 

NGB1K110B 7-34 

NGB1K125B 7-34 

NGB2B015B 7-33 

NGB2B020B 7-33 

NGB2B025B 7-33 

NGB2B030B 7-33 

NGB2B035B 7-33 

NGB2B040B 7-33 

NGB2B045B 7-33 

NGB2B050B 7-33 

NGB2B060B 7-33 

NGB2B070B 7-33 

NGB2B080B 7-33 

NGB2B090B 7-33 

NGB2B100B 7-33 

NGB2B110B 7-33 

NGB2B125B 7-33 

NGB2K015B 7-34 

NGB2K020B 7-34 

NGB2K025B 7-34 

NGB2K030B 7-34 

NGB2K035B 7-34 

NGB2K040B 7-34 

NGB2K045B 7-34 

NGB2K050B 7-34 

NGB2K060B 7-34 

NGB2K070B 7-34 

NGB2K080B 7-34 

NGB2K090B 7-34 

NGB2K100B 7-34 

NGB2K110B 7-34 

NGB2K125B 7-34 

NGB3B015B 7-33 

NGB3B020B 7-33 

NGB3B025B 7-33 

NGB3B030B 7-33 

NGB3B035B 7-33 

NGB3B040B 7-33 

NGB3B045B 7-33 

NGB3B050B 7-33 

NGB3B060B 7-33 

NGB3B070B 7-33 

NGB3B080B 7-33 

NGB3B090B 7-33 

NGB3B100B 7-33 

NGB3B110B 7-33 

NGB3B125B 7-33 

NGB3K015B 7-34 

NGB3K020B 7-34 

NGB3K025B 7-34 

NGB3K030B 7-34 

NGB3K035B 7-34 

NGB3K040B 7-34 

NGB3K045B 7-34 

NGB3K050B 7-34 

NGB3K060B 7-34 

NGB3K070B 7-34 

NGB3K080B 7-34 

NGB3K090B 7-34 

NGB3K100B 7-34 

NGB3K110B 7-34 

NGB3K125B 7-34 

NGG1B015L 7-43 

NGG1B020L 7-43 

NGG1B025L 7-43 

NGG1B030L 7-43 

NGG1B035L 7-43 

NGG1B040L 7-43 

NGG1B045L 7-43 

NGG1B050L 7-43 

NGG1B060L 7-43 

NGG1B070L 7-43 

NGG1B080L 7-43 

NGG1B090L 7-43 

NGG1B100L 7-43 

NGG1B110L 7-43 

NGG1B125L 7-43 

NGG2B015L 7-43 

NGG2B020L 7-43 

NGG2B025L 7-43 

NGG2B030L 7-43 

NGG2B035L 7-43 

NGG2B040L 7-43 

NGG2B045L 7-43 

NGG2B050L 7-43 

NGG2B060L 7-43 

NGG2B070L 7-43 

NGG2B080L 7-43 

NGG2B090L 7-43 

NGG2B100L 7-43 

NGG2B110L 7-43 

NGG2B125L 7-43 

NGG3B015L 7-43 

NGG3B020L 7-43 

NGG3B025L 7-43 

NGG3B030L 7-43 

NGG3B035L 7-43 

NGG3B040L 7-43 

NGG3B045L 7-43 

NGG3B050L 7-43 

NGG3B060L 7-43 

NGG3B070L 7-43 

NGG3B080L 7-43 

NGG3B090L 7-43 

NGG3B100L 7-43 

NGG3B110L 7-43 

NGG3B125L 7-43 

NGSD060 7-216 

NGSF100 7-216 

NGSF150 7-216 

NGSJ250 7-216, 7-217 

NGSL400 7-217 

NGSM600 7-217 

NGSN800 7-217 

NGSP120 7-217 

NGSP160 7-217 

NJG2B250L 7-184 

NJG2B300L 7-184 

NJG2B350L 7-184 

NJG2B400L 7-184 

NJG2F400 7-184 

NJG3A250L 7-185 

NJG3A400L 7-185 

NJG3B250L 7-184 

NJG3B300L 7-184 

NJG3B350L 7-184 

NJG3B400L 7-184 

NJG3F400 7-184, 7-185 

NJG3G250L 7-185 

NJG3G400L 7-185 

NJG3K250L 7-185 

NJG3K400L 7-185 

NJG3R250L 7-185 

NJG3R400L 7-185 

NJG3T250L 7-185 

NJG3T400L 7-185 

NJG3V250L 7-185 

NJG3V400L 7-185 

NJG3W250L 7-185 

NJG3W400L 7-185 

NJJ2B250L 7-184 

NJJ2B300L 7-184 

NJJ2B350L 7-184 

NJJ2B400L 7-184 

NJJ3B250L 7-184 

NJJ3B300L 7-184 

NJJ3B350L 7-184 

NJJ3B400L 7-184 

NLK2B400L 7-188 

NLK2B500L 7-188 

NLK2B600L 7-188 

NLK3A400L 7-189 

NLK3A600L 7-189 

NLK3B400L 7-188 

NLK3B500L 7-188 

NLK3B600L 7-188 

NLK3G400L 7-189 

NLK3G600L 7-189 

NLK3K400L 7-189 

NLK3K600L 7-189 

NLK3R400L 7-189 

NLK3R600L 7-189 

NLK3T400L 7-189 

NLK3T600L 7-189 

NLK3V400L 7-189 

NLK3V600L 7-189 

NLK3W400L 7-189 

NLK3W600L 7-189 

NMG2B600L 7-192 

NMG2B700L 7-192 

NMG2B800L 7-192 

NMG2F800 7-192 

NMG3A600L 7-193 

NMG3A800L 7-193 

NMG3B600L 7-192 

NMG3B700L 7-192 

NMG3B800L 7-192 

NMG3F800 7-192, 7-193 

NMG3G600L 7-193 

NMG3G800L 7-193 

NMG3K600L 7-193 

NMG3K800L 7-193 

NMG3R600L 7-193 

NMG3R800L 7-193 

NMG3T600L 7-193 

NMG3T800L 7-193 

NMG3V600L 7-193 

NMG3V800L 7-193 

NMG3W600L 7-193 

NMG3W800L 7-193 

NNG2B100L 7-196 

NNG2B120L 7-196 

NNG2B800L 7-196 

NNG2B900L 7-196 

NNG2F120 7-196 

NNG3A100L 7-197 

NNG3A120L 7-197 

NNG3A800L 7-197 

NNG3B100L 7-196 

NNG3B120L 7-196 

NNG3B800L 7-196 

NNG3B900L 7-196 

NNG3F120 7-196, 7-197 

NNG3G100L 7-197 

NNG3G120L 7-197 

NNG3G800L 7-197 

NNG3K100L 7-197 

NNG3K120L 7-197 

NNG3K800L 7-197 

NNG3R100L 7-197 

NNG3R120L 7-197 

NNG3R800L 7-197 

NNG3T100L 7-197 

NNG3T120L 7-197 

NNG3T800L 7-197 

NNG3V100L 7-197 

NNG3V120L 7-197 

NNG3V800L 7-197 

NNG3W100L 7-197 

NNG3W120L 7-197 

NNG3W800L 7-197 

NPG3A120 7-200 

NPG3A160 7-200 

NPG3F160 7-200 

NPG3G120 7-200 

NPG3G160 7-200 

NPG3K120 7-200 

NPG3K160 7-200 

NPG3R120 7-200 

NPG3R160 7-200 

NPG3T120 7-200 

NPG3T160 7-200 

NPG3V120 7-200 

NPG3V160 7-200 

NPG3W120 7-200 

NPG3W160 7-200 

NPX3B120 7-199 

NPX3B140 7-199 

NPX3B160 7-199 

NR26 11-38 

NR32 11-38 

NR38 11-38 

NR44 11-38 

NR50 11-38 

NR56 11-38 

NR62 11-38 

NR68 11-38 

NR74 11-38 

NXD62B100 7-132, 7-145 

NXD62B120 7-132, 7-145 

NXD62B900 7-132, 7-145 

NXD63B100 7-132, 7-145 

NXD63B120 7-132, 7-145 

NXD63B900 7-132, 7-145 

NXD63S120A 7-146 

OFCK620 5-12 

OFCK661 5-12 

P1224B3100CU 1-13 

P1224L3125CU 1-13 

P1718MC250A 11-10 

P1718MC250AT 11-10 

P1718MC250C 11-10 

P1718MC250CT 11-10 

P1718MC400A 11-10 

P1718MC400C 11-10 

P1730MC250A 11-10 

P1730MC250AT 11-10 

P1730MC250C 11-10 

P1730MC250CT 11-10 

P1730MC400A 11-10 

P1730MC400AT 11-10 

P1730MC400C 11-10 

P1730MC400CT 11-10 

P1742MC250A 11-10 

P1742MC250AT 11-10 

P1742MC250C 11-10 

P1742MC250CT 11-10 

P1742MC400A 11-10 

P1742MC400AT 11-10 

P1742MC400C 11-10 

P1742MC400CT 11-10 

P1754MC250AT 11-10 

P1754MC250CT 11-10 

P1754MC400AT 11-10 

P1754MC400CT 11-10 

P1A18BL100ATS 11-19 

P1A18BL100ATST 11-19 

P1A18FX250ATS 11-19 

P1A18FX250ATST 11-19 

P1A18JX400ATS 11-19 

P1A18MC250A 11-10 

P1A18MC250AT 11-10 

P1A18MC250C 11-10 

P1A18MC250CT 11-10 

P1A18MC400A 11-10 

P1A18MC400C 11-10 

P1A18ML125ATS 11-19 

P1A18ML125ATST 11-19 

P1A18ML250ATS 11-19 

P1A18ML250ATST 11-19 

P1A18ML400ATS 11-19 

P1A18QR225ATS 11-19 

P1A18QR225ATST 11-19 

P1A30BL100ATS 11-19 

P1A30BL100ATST 11-19 

P1A30FX250ATS 11-19 

P1A30FX250ATST 11-19 

P1A30JX400ATS 11-19 

P1A30JX400ATST 11-19 

P1A30MC250A 11-10 

P1A30MC250AT 11-10 

P1A30MC250C 11-10 

P1A30MC250CT 11-10 

P1A30MC400A 11-10 

P1A30MC400AT 11-10 

P1A30MC400C 11-10 

P1A30MC400CT 11-10 

P1A30ML125ATS 11-19 

P1A30ML125ATST 11-19 

I-20 


Product Index 


P1A30ML250ATS 11-19 

P1A30ML250ATST 11-19 

P1A30ML400ATS 11-19 

P1A30ML400ATST 11-19 

P1A30QR225ATS 11-19 

P1A30QR225ATST 11-19 

P1A42BL100ATS 11-19 

P1A42BL100ATST 11-19 

P1A42FX250ATS 11-19 

P1A42FX250ATST 11-19 

P1A42JX400ATS 11-19 

P1A42JX400ATST 11-19 

P1A42MC250A 11-10 

P1A42MC250AT 11-10 

P1A42MC250C 11-10 

P1A42MC250CT 11-10 

P1A42MC400A 11-10 

P1A42MC400AT 11-10 

P1A42MC400C 11-10 

P1A42MC400CT 11-10 

P1A42ML125ATS 11-19 

P1A42ML125ATST 11-19 

P1A42ML250ATS 11-19 

P1A42ML250ATST 11-19 

P1A42ML400ATS 11-19 

P1A42ML400ATST 11-19 

P1A42QR225ATS 11-19 

P1A42QR225ATST 11-19 

P1A54BL100ATST 11-19 

P1A54FX250ATST 11-19 

P1A54JX400ATST 11-19 

P1A54MC250AT 11-10 

P1A54MC250CT 11-10 

P1A54MC400AT 11-10 

P1A54MC400CT 11-10 

P1A54ML125ATST 11-19 

P1A54ML250ATST 11-19 

P1A54ML400ATST 11-19 

P1A54QR225ATST 11-19 

P1A66BL100ATST 11-19 

P1A66FX250ATST 11-19 

P1A66JX400ATSN 11-19 

P1A66ML125ATST 11-19 

P1A66ML250ATST 11-19 

P1A66ML400ATSN 11-19 

P1A66QR225ATST 11-19 

P1C18BL100ATS 11-19 

P1C18BL100ATST 11-19 

P1C18FX250ATS 11-19 

P1C18FX250ATST 11-19 

P1C18JX400ATS 11-19 

P1C18ML125ATS 11-19 

P1C18ML125ATST 11-19 

P1C18ML250ATS 11-19 

P1C18ML250ATST 11-19 

P1C18ML400ATS 11-19 

P1C18NB125ATS 11-19 

P1C18NB125ATST 11-19 

P1C18QR225ATS 11-19 

P1C18QR225ATST 11-19 

P1C30BL100ATS 11-19 

P1C30BL100ATST 11-19 

P1C30FX250ATS 11-19 

P1C30FX250ATST 11-19 

P1C30JX400ATS 11-19 

P1C30JX400ATST 11-19 

P1C30ML125ATS 11-19 

P1C30ML125ATST 11-19 

P1C30ML250ATS 11-19 

P1C30ML250ATST 11-19 

P1C30ML400ATS 11-19 

P1C30ML400ATST 11-19 

P1C30NB125ATS 11-19 

P1C30NB125ATST 11-19 

P1C30QR225ATS 11-19 

P1C30QR225ATST 11-19 

P1C42BL100ATS 11-19 

P1C42BL100ATST 11-19 

P1C42FX250ATS 11-19 

P1C42FX250ATST 11-19 

P1C42JX400ATS 11-19 

P1C42JX400ATST 11-19 

P1C42ML125ATS 11-19 

P1C42ML125ATST 11-19 

P1C42ML250ATS 11-19 

P1C42ML250ATST 11-19 

P1C42ML400ATS 11-19 

P1C42ML400ATST 11-19 

P1C42NB125ATS 11-19 

P1C42NB125ATST 11-19 

P1C42QR225ATS 11-19 

P1C42QR225ATST 11-19 

P1C54BL100ATST 11-19 

P1C54FX250ATST 11-19 

P1C54JX400ATST 11-19 

P1C54ML125ATST 11-19 

P1C54ML250ATST 11-19 

P1C54ML400ATST 11-19 

P1C54NB125ATST 11-19 

P1C54QR225ATST 11-19 

P1C66BL100ATST 11-19 

P1C66FX250ATST 11-19 

P1C66JX400ATSN 11-19 

P1C66ML125ATST 11-19 

P1C66ML250ATST 11-19 

P1C66ML400ATSN 11-19 

P1C66NB125ATST 11-19 

P1C66QR225ATST 11-19 

P1CONACPHCU 11-11, 11-23 

P1CONBPHAL 11-11, 11-23 

P1CONBPHCU 11-11, 11-23 

P1E18BD100ATS 11-19 

P1E18BD100ATST 11-19 

P1E18FX225ATST 11-19 

P1E18FX250ATS 11-19 

P1E18FX250ATST 11-19 

P1E18JX400ATS 11-19 

P1E18MC250A 11-10 

P1E18MC250AT 11-10 

P1E18MC250C 11-10 

P1E18MC250CT 11-10 

P1E18MC400A 11-10 

P1E18MC400C 11-10 

P1E18ML125ATS 11-19 

P1E18ML125ATST 11-19 

P1E18ML250ATS 11-19 

P1E18ML250ATST 11-19 

P1E18ML400ATS 11-19 

P1E18NB125ATS 11-19 

P1E18NB125ATST 11-19 

P1E30BD100ATS 11-19 

P1E30BD100ATST 11-19 

P1E30FX225ATST 11-19 

P1E30FX250ATS 11-19 

P1E30FX250ATST 11-19 

P1E30JX400ATS 11-19 

P1E30JX400ATST 11-19 

P1E30MC250A 11-10 

P1E30MC250AT 11-10 

P1E30MC250C 11-10 

P1E30MC250CT 11-10 

P1E30MC400A 11-10 

P1E30MC400AT 11-10 

P1E30MC400C 11-10 

P1E30MC400CT 11-10 

P1E30ML125ATS 11-19 

P1E30ML125ATST 11-19 

P1E30ML250ATS 11-19 

P1E30ML250ATST 11-19 

P1E30ML400ATS 11-19 

P1E30ML400ATST 11-19 

P1E30NB125ATS 11-19 

P1E30NB125ATST 11-19 

P1E42BD100ATS 11-19 

P1E42BD100ATST 11-19 

P1E42FX225ATST 11-19 

P1E42FX250ATS 11-19 

P1E42FX250ATST 11-19 

P1E42JX400ATS 11-19 

P1E42JX400ATST 11-19 

P1E42MC250A 11-10 

P1E42MC250AT 11-10 

P1E42MC250C 11-10 

P1E42MC250CT 11-10 

P1E42MC400A 11-10 

P1E42MC400AT 11-10 

P1E42MC400C 11-10 

P1E42MC400CT 11-10 

P1E42ML125ATS 11-19 

P1E42ML125ATST 11-19 

P1E42ML250ATS 11-19 

P1E42ML250ATST 11-19 

P1E42ML400ATS 11-19 

P1E42ML400ATST 11-19 

P1E42NB125ATS 11-19 

P1E42NB125ATST 11-19 

P1E54BD100ATST 11-19 

P1E54FX225ATST 11-19 

P1E54FX250ATST 11-19 

P1E54JX400ATST 11-19 

P1E54MC250AT 11-10 

P1E54MC250CT 11-10 

P1E54MC400AT 11-10 

P1E54MC400CT 11-10 

P1E54ML125ATST 11-19 

P1E54ML250ATST 11-19 

P1E54ML400ATST 11-19 

P1E54NB125ATST 11-19 

P1E66BD100ATST 11-19 

P1E66FX225ATST 11-19 

P1E66FX250ATST 11-19 

P1E66JX400ATSN 11-19 

P1E66ML125ATST 11-19 

P1E66ML250ATST 11-19 

P1E66ML400ATSN 11-19 

P1E66NB125ATST 11-19 

P1SCRWS 11-11, 11-23 

P1X18MC250A 11-10 

P1X18MC250AT 11-10 

P1X18MC250C 11-10 

P1X18MC250CT 11-10 

P1X18MC400A 11-10 

P1X18MC400C 11-10 

P1X30MC250A 11-10 

P1X30MC250AT 11-10 

P1X30MC250C 11-10 

P1X30MC250CT 11-10 

P1X30MC400A 11-10 

P1X30MC400AT 11-10 

P1X30MC400C 11-10 

P1X30MC400CT 11-10 

P1X42MC250A 11-10 

P1X42MC250AT 11-10 

P1X42MC250C 11-10 

P1X42MC250CT 11-10 

P1X42MC400A 11-10 

P1X42MC400AT 11-10 

P1X42MC400C 11-10 

P1X42MC400CT 11-10 

P1X54MC250AT 11-10 

P1X54MC250CT 11-10 

P1X54MC400AT 11-10 

P1X54MC400CT 11-10 

P2442B3150CU 1-13 

P2442L3200CU 1-13 

P2A18BL100ATS 11-32 

P2A18BQ125ATS 11-32 

P2A18FX250ATS 11-32 

P2A18JX400ATS 11-32 

P2A18LX600ATS 11-32 

P2A18ML125ATS 11-32 

P2A18ML250ATS 11-32 

P2A18ML400ATS 11-32 

P2A18ML600ATS 11-32 

P2A18QR225ATS 11-32 

P2A30BL100ATS 11-32 

P2A30BQ125ATS 11-32 

P2A30FX250ATS 11-32 

P2A30JX400ATS 11-32 

P2A30LX600ATS 11-32 

P2A30ML125ATS 11-32 

P2A30ML250ATS 11-32 

P2A30ML400ATS 11-32 

P2A30ML600ATS 11-32 

P2A30QR225ATS 11-32 

P2A42BL100ATS 11-32 

P2A42BQ125ATS 11-32 

P2A42FX250ATS 11-32 

P2A42JX400ATS 11-32 

P2A42LX600ATS 11-32 

P2A42ML125ATS 11-32 

P2A42ML250ATS 11-32 

P2A42ML400ATS 11-32 

P2A42ML600ATS 11-32 

P2A42QR225ATS 11-32 

P2A54BL100ATS 11-32 

P2A54BQ125ATS 11-32 

P2A54FX250ATS 11-32 

P2A54JX400ATS 11-32 

P2A54LX600ATS 11-32 

P2A54ML125ATS 11-32 

P2A54ML250ATS 11-32 

P2A54ML400ATS 11-32 

P2A54ML600ATS 11-32 

P2A54QR225ATS 11-32 

P2A66BQ125ATS 11-32 

P2A66FX250ATS 11-32 

P2A66JX400ATS 11-32 

P2A66ML125ATS 11-32 

P2A66ML250ATS 11-32 

P2A66ML400ATS 11-32 

P2A66ML600ATS 11-32 

P2A66QR225ATS 11-32 

P2A78BQ125ATS 11-32 

P2A78FX250ATS 11-32 

P2A78ML125ATS 11-32 

P2A78ML250ATS 11-32 

P2A78ML400ATS 11-32 

P2A78ML600ATS 11-32 

P2A78QR225ATS 11-32 

P2A90BQ125ATS 11-32 

P2A90ML125ATS 11-32 

P2A90ML250ATS 11-32 

P2A90ML400ATS 11-32 

P2A90ML600ATS 11-32 

P2A90QR225ATS 11-32 

P2BK1 11-38 

P2BK2 11-38 

P2BK3 11-38 

P2C18BL100ATS 11-32 

P2C18FX250ATS 11-32 

P2C18JX400ATS 11-32 

P2C18LX600ATS 11-32 

P2C18ML125ATS 11-32 

P2C18ML250ATS 11-32 

P2C18ML400ATS 11-32 

P2C18ML600ATS 11-32 

P2C18NB125ATS 11-32 

P2C18QR225ATS 11-32 

P2C30BL100ATS 11-32 

P2C30FX250ATS 11-32 

P2C30JX400ATS 11-32 

P2C30LX600ATS 11-32 

P2C30ML125ATS 11-32 

P2C30ML250ATS 11-32 

P2C30ML400ATS 11-32 

P2C30ML600ATS 11-32 

P2C30NB125ATS 11-32 

P2C30QR225ATS 11-32 

P2C42BL100ATS 11-32 

P2C42FX250ATS 11-32 

P2C42JX400ATS 11-32 

P2C42LX600ATS 11-32 

P2C42ML125ATS 11-32 

P2C42ML250ATS 11-32 

P2C42ML400ATS 11-32 

P2C42ML600ATS 11-32 

P2C42NB125ATS 11-32 

P2C42QR225ATS 11-32 

P2C54BL100ATS 11-32 

P2C54FX250ATS 11-32 

P2C54JX400ATS 11-32 

P2C54LX600ATS 11-32 

P2C54ML125ATS 11-32 

P2C54ML250ATS 11-32 

P2C54ML400ATS 11-32 

P2C54ML600ATS 11-32 

P2C54NB125ATS 11-32 

P2C54QR225ATS 11-32 

P2C66FX250ATS 11-32 

P2C66JX400ATS 11-32 

P2C66ML125ATS 11-32 

P2C66ML250ATS 11-32 

P2C66ML400ATS 11-32 

P2C66ML600ATS 11-32 

P2C66NB125ATS 11-32 

P2C66QR225ATS 11-32 

P2C78FX250ATS 11-32 

P2C78ML125ATS 11-32 

P2C78ML250ATS 11-32 

P2C78ML400ATS 11-32 

P2C78ML600ATS 11-32 

P2C78NB125ATS 11-32 

P2C78QR225ATS 11-32 

P2C90ML125ATS 11-32 

P2C90ML250ATS 11-32 

P2C90ML400ATS 11-32 

P2C90ML600ATS 11-32 

P2C90NB125ATS 11-32 

P2C90QR225ATS 11-32 

P2E18BQ100ATS 11-32 

P2E18E4125ATS 11-32 

P2E18FX225ATS 11-32 

P2E18FX250ATS 11-32 

P2E18JX400ATS 11-32 

P2E18LX600ATS 11-32 

P2E18ML125ATS 11-32 

P2E18ML250ATS 11-32 

P2E18ML400ATS 11-32 

P2E18ML600ATS 11-32 

P2E30BQ100ATS 11-32 

P2E30E4125ATS 11-32 

P2E30FX225ATS 11-32 

P2E30FX250ATS 11-32 

P2E30JX400ATS 11-32 

P2E30LX600ATS 11-32 

P2E30ML125ATS 11-32 

P2E30ML250ATS 11-32 

P2E30ML400ATS 11-32 

P2E30ML600ATS 11-32 

P2E42BQ100ATS 11-32 

P2E42E4125ATS 11-32 

P2E42FX225ATS 11-32 

P2E42FX250ATS 11-32 

P2E42JX400ATS 11-32 

P2E42LX600ATS 11-32 

P2E42ML125ATS 11-32 

P2E42ML250ATS 11-32 

P2E42ML400ATS 11-32 

P2E42ML600ATS 11-32 

P2E54BQ100ATS 11-32 

P2E54E4125ATS 11-32 

P2E54FX225ATS 11-32 

P2E54FX250ATS 11-32 

P2E54JX400ATS 11-32 

P2E54LX600ATS 11-32 

P2E54ML125ATS 11-32 

P2E54ML250ATS 11-32 

P2E54ML400ATS 11-32 

P2E54ML600ATS 11-32 

P2E66E4125ATS 11-32 

P2E66FX225ATS 11-32 

P2E66FX250ATS 11-32 

P2E66JX400ATS 11-32 

P2E66ML125ATS 11-32 

P2E66ML250ATS 11-32 

P2E66ML400ATS 11-32 

P2E66ML600ATS 11-32 

P2E78E4125ATS 11-32 

P2E78FX225ATS 11-32 

P2E78FX250ATS 11-32 

P2E78ML125ATS 11-32 

P2E78ML250ATS 11-32 

P2E78ML400ATS 11-32 

P2E78ML600ATS 11-32 

P2E90E4125ATS 11-32 

P2E90ML125ATS 11-32 

P2E90ML250ATS 11-32 

P2E90ML400ATS 11-32 

P2E90ML600ATS 11-32 

P30EM Series Empty Enclosure 17-334 

P3030B3125CU 1-13 

P3042B3100CU 1-13 

P3054B3200CU 1-13 

P3054L3200CU 1-13 

P3A56FD250ATS 11-45 

P3A56JD400ATS 11-45 

P3A56LD600ATS 11-45 

P3A56ML250ATS 11-44 

P3A56ML400ATS 11-44 

P3A56ML600ATS 11-44 

P3A56ML800ATS 11-44 

P3A62FD250ATS 11-45 

P3A62JD400ATS 11-45 

P3A62LD600ATS 11-45 

P3A62ML250ATS 11-44 

P3A62ML400ATS 11-44 

P3A62ML600ATS 11-44 

P3A62ML800ATS 11-44 

P3A68FD250ATS 11-45 

P3A68JD400ATS 11-45 

P3A68LD600ATS 11-45 

P3A68ML250ATS 11-44 

P3A68ML400ATS 11-44 

P3A68ML600ATS 11-44 

P3A68ML800ATS 11-44 

P3A74FD250ATS 11-45 

P3A74JD400ATS 11-45 

P3A74LD600ATS 11-45 

P3A74ML250ATS 11-44 

P3A74ML400ATS 11-44 

P3A74ML600ATS 11-44 

P3A74ML800ATS 11-44 

P3A80FD250ATS 11-45 

P3A80JD400ATS 11-45 

P3A80LD600ATS 11-45 

P3A80ML250ATS 11-44 

P3A80ML400ATS 11-44 

P3A80ML600ATS 11-44 

P3A80ML800ATS 11-44 

I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 


Product Index 


I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 

P3B56FD250ATS 11-45 

P3B56JD400ATS 11-45 

P3B56LD600ATS 11-45 

P3B56ML250ATS 11-44 

P3B56ML400ATS 11-44 

P3B56ML600ATS 11-44 

P3B56ML800ATS 11-44 

P3B62FD250ATS 11-45 

P3B62JD400ATS 11-45 

P3B62LD600ATS 11-45 

P3B62ML250ATS 11-44 

P3B62ML400ATS 11-44 

P3B62ML600ATS 11-44 

P3B62ML800ATS 11-44 

P3B68FD250ATS 11-45 

P3B68JD400ATS 11-45 

P3B68LD600ATS 11-45 

P3B68ML250ATS 11-44 

P3B68ML400ATS 11-44 

P3B68ML600ATS 11-44 

P3B68ML800ATS 11-44 

P3B74FD250ATS 11-45 

P3B74JD400ATS 11-45 

P3B74LD600ATS 11-45 

P3B74ML250ATS 11-44 

P3B74ML400ATS 11-44 

P3B74ML600ATS 11-44 

P3B74ML800ATS 11-44 

P3B80FD250ATS 11-45 

P3B80JD400ATS 11-45 

P3B80LD600ATS 11-45 

P3B80ML250ATS 11-44 

P3B80ML400ATS 11-44 

P3B80ML600ATS 11-44 

P3B80ML800ATS 11-44 

P3BK1 11-49 

P3C56FD250ATS 11-45 

P3C56JD400ATS 11-45 

P3C56LD600ATS 11-45 

P3C56ML250ATS 11-44 

P3C56ML400ATS 11-44 

P3C56ML600ATS 11-44 

P3C56ML800ATS 11-44 

P3C62FD250ATS 11-45 

P3C62JD400ATS 11-45 

P3C62LD600ATS 11-45 

P3C62ML250ATS 11-44 

P3C62ML400ATS 11-44 

P3C62ML600ATS 11-44 

P3C62ML800ATS 11-44 

P3C68FD250ATS 11-45 

P3C68JD400ATS 11-45 

P3C68LD600ATS 11-45 

P3C68ML250ATS 11-44 

P3C68ML400ATS 11-44 

P3C68ML600ATS 11-44 

P3C68ML800ATS 11-44 

P3C74FD250ATS 11-45 

P3C74JD400ATS 11-45 

P3C74LD600ATS 11-45 

P3C74ML250ATS 11-44 

P3C74ML400ATS 11-44 

P3C74ML600ATS 11-44 

P3C74ML800ATS 11-44 

P3C80FD250ATS 11-45 

P3C80JD400ATS 11-45 

P3C80LD600ATS 11-45 

P3C80ML250ATS 11-44 

P3C80ML400ATS 11-44 

P3C80ML600ATS 11-44 

P3C80ML800ATS 11-44 

P3D56FD250ATS 11-45 

P3D56JD400ATS 11-45 

P3D56LD600ATS 11-45 

P3D56ML250ATS 11-44 

P3D56ML400ATS 11-44 

P3D56ML600ATS 11-44 

P3D56ML800ATS 11-44 

P3D62FD250ATS 11-45 

P3D62JD400ATS 11-45 

P3D62LD600ATS 11-45 

P3D62ML250ATS 11-44 

P3D62ML400ATS 11-44 

P3D62ML600ATS 11-44 

P3D62ML800ATS 11-44 

P3D68FD250ATS 11-45 

P3D68JD400ATS 11-45 

P3D68LD600ATS 11-45 

P3D68ML250ATS 11-44 

P3D68ML400ATS 11-44 

P3D68ML600ATS 11-44 

P3D68ML800ATS 11-44 

P3D74FD250ATS 11-45 

P3D74JD400ATS 11-45 

P3D74LD600ATS 11-45 

P3D74ML250ATS 11-44 

P3D74ML400ATS 11-44 

P3D74ML600ATS 11-44 

P3D74ML800ATS 11-44 

P3D80FD250ATS 11-45 

P3D80JD400ATS 11-45 

P3D80LD600ATS 11-45 

P3D80ML250ATS 11-44 

P3D80ML400ATS 11-44 

P3D80ML600ATS 11-44 

P3D80ML800ATS 11-44 

P3E56FD250ATS 11-45 

P3E56JD400ATS 11-45 

P3E56LD600ATS 11-45 

P3E56ML250ATS 11-44 

P3E56ML400ATS 11-44 

P3E56ML600ATS 11-44 

P3E56ML800ATS 11-44 

P3E62FD250ATS 11-45 

P3E62JD400ATS 11-45 

P3E62LD600ATS 11-45 

P3E62ML250ATS 11-44 

P3E62ML400ATS 11-44 

P3E62ML600ATS 11-44 

P3E62ML800ATS 11-44 

P3E68FD250ATS 11-45 

P3E68JD400ATS 11-45 

P3E68LD600ATS 11-45 

P3E68ML250ATS 11-44 

P3E68ML400ATS 11-44 

P3E68ML600ATS 11-44 

P3E68ML800ATS 11-44 

P3E74FD250ATS 11-45 

P3E74JD400ATS 11-45 

P3E74LD600ATS 11-45 

P3E74ML250ATS 11-44 

P3E74ML400ATS 11-44 

P3E74ML600ATS 11-44 

P3E74ML800ATS 11-44 

P3E80FD250ATS 11-45 

P3E80JD400ATS 11-45 

P3E80LD600ATS 11-45 

P3E80ML250ATS 11-44 

P3E80ML400ATS 11-44 

P3E80ML600ATS 11-44 

P3E80ML800ATS 11-44 

P3F56 11-49 

P3F56FD250ATS 11-45 

P3F56JD400ATS 11-45 

P3F56LD600ATS 11-45 

P3F56ML250ATS 11-44 

P3F56ML400ATS 11-44 

P3F56ML600ATS 11-44 

P3F56ML800ATS 11-44 

P3F62 11-49 

P3F62FD250ATS 11-45 

P3F62JD400ATS 11-45 

P3F62LD600ATS 11-45 

P3F62ML250ATS 11-44 

P3F62ML400ATS 11-44 

P3F62ML600ATS 11-44 

P3F62ML800ATS 11-44 

P3F68 11-49 

P3F68FD250ATS 11-45 

P3F68JD400ATS 11-45 

P3F68LD600ATS 11-45 

P3F68ML250ATS 11-44 

P3F68ML400ATS 11-44 

P3F68ML600ATS 11-44 

P3F68ML800ATS 11-44 

P3F74 11-49 

P3F74FD250ATS 11-45 

P3F74JD400ATS 11-45 

P3F74LD600ATS 11-45 

P3F74ML250ATS 11-44 

P3F74ML400ATS 11-44 

P3F74ML600ATS 11-44 

P3F74ML800ATS 11-44 

P3F80 11-49 

P3F80FD250ATS 11-45 

P3F80JD400ATS 11-45 

P3F80LD600ATS 11-45 

P3F80ML250ATS 11-44 

P3F80ML400ATS 11-44 

P3F80ML600ATS 11-44 

P3F80ML800ATS 11-44 

P3S56 11-49 

P3S62 11-49 

P3S68 11-49 

P3S74 11-49 

P3S80 11-49 

P4242B3150CU 1-13 

P4260B3200CU 1-13 

P4260B3225CU 1-13 

P4260B3225TCU 1-13 

P4260L3225CU 1-13 

P460NV 11-82 

P460NVD 11-82 

P460NVDD 11-82 

P460NVHG 11-82 

P460NVV 11-82 

P460NVVHG 11-82 

P460V 11-82 

P460VD 11-82 

P460VDD 11-82 

P460VHG 11-82 

P460VV 11-82 

P460VVHG 11-82 

P475NV 11-82 

P475NVD 11-82 

P475NVDD 11-82 

P475NVHG 11-82 

P475NVV 11-82 

P475NVVHG 11-82 

P475V 11-82 

P475VD 11-82 

P475VDD 11-82 

P475VHG 11-82 

P475VV 11-82 

P475VVHG 11-82 

P490NV 11-82 

P490NVD 11-82 

P490NVDD 11-82 

P490NVHG 11-82 

P490NVV 11-82 

P490NVVHG 11-82 

P490V 11-82 

P490VD 11-82 

P490VDD 11-82 

P490VHG 11-82 

P490VV 11-82 

P490VVHG 11-82 

P4A60JX400ATS 11-73 

P4A60LX600ATS 11-73 

P4A60M1800ATS 11-73 

P4A60ML101ATS 11-73 

P4A60ML120ATS 11-73 

P4A60ML400ATS 11-73 

P4A60ML600ATS 11-73 

P4A60ML800ATS 11-73 

P4A75JX400ATS 11-73 

P4A75LX600ATS 11-73 

P4A75M1800ATS 11-73 

P4A75ML101ATS 11-73 

P4A75ML120ATS 11-73 

P4A75ML400ATS 11-73 

P4A75ML600ATS 11-73 

P4A75ML800ATS 11-73 

P4A90JX400ATS 11-73 

P4A90LX600ATS 11-73 

P4A90M1800ATS 11-73 

P4A90ML101ATS 11-73 

P4A90ML120ATS 11-73 

P4A90ML400ATS 11-73 

P4A90ML600ATS 11-73 

P4A90ML800ATS 11-73 

P4B60JX400ATS 11-73 

P4B60LX600ATS 11-73 

P4B60M1800ATS 11-73 

P4B60ML101ATS 11-73 

P4B60ML120ATS 11-73 

P4B60ML400ATS 11-73 

P4B60ML600ATS 11-73 

P4B60ML800ATS 11-73 

P4B75JX400ATS 11-73 

P4B75LX600ATS 11-73 

P4B75M1800ATS 11-73 

P4B75ML101ATS 11-73 

P4B75ML120ATS 11-73 

P4B75ML400ATS 11-73 

P4B75ML600ATS 11-73 

P4B75ML800ATS 11-73 

P4B90JX400ATS 11-73 

P4B90LX600ATS 11-73 

P4B90M1800ATS 11-73 

P4B90ML101ATS 11-73 

P4B90ML120ATS 11-73 

P4B90ML400ATS 11-73 

P4B90ML600ATS 11-73 

P4B90ML800ATS 11-73 

P4C60JX400ATS 11-73 

P4C60LX600ATS 11-73 

P4C60M1800ATS 11-73 

P4C60ML101ATS 11-73 

P4C60ML120ATS 11-73 

P4C60ML400ATS 11-73 

P4C60ML600ATS 11-73 

P4C60ML800ATS 11-73 

P4C75JX400ATS 11-73 

P4C75LX600ATS 11-73 

P4C75M1800ATS 11-73 

P4C75ML101ATS 11-73 

P4C75ML120ATS 11-73 

P4C75ML400ATS 11-73 

P4C75ML600ATS 11-73 

P4C75ML800ATS 11-73 

P4C90JX400ATS 11-73 

P4C90LX600ATS 11-73 

P4C90M1800ATS 11-73 

P4C90ML101ATS 11-73 

P4C90ML120ATS 11-73 

P4C90ML400ATS 11-73 

P4C90ML600ATS 11-73 

P4C90ML800ATS 11-73 

P4D60JX400ATS 11-73 

P4D60LX600ATS 11-73 

P4D60M1800ATS 11-73 

P4D60ML101ATS 11-73 

P4D60ML120ATS 11-73 

P4D60ML400ATS 11-73 

P4D60ML600ATS 11-73 

P4D60ML800ATS 11-73 

P4D75JX400ATS 11-73 

P4D75LX600ATS 11-73 

P4D75M1800ATS 11-73 

P4D75ML101ATS 11-73 

P4D75ML120ATS 11-73 

P4D75ML400ATS 11-73 

P4D75ML600ATS 11-73 

P4D75ML800ATS 11-73 

P4D90JX400ATS 11-73 

P4D90LX600ATS 11-73 

P4D90M1800ATS 11-73 

P4D90ML101ATS 11-73 

P4D90ML120ATS 11-73 

P4D90ML400ATS 11-73 

P4D90ML600ATS 11-73 

P4D90ML800ATS 11-73 

P4E60JX400ATS 11-73 

P4E60LX600ATS 11-73 

P4E60M1800ATS 11-73 

P4E60ML101ATS 11-73 

P4E60ML120ATS 11-73 

P4E60ML400ATS 11-73 

P4E60ML600ATS 11-73 

P4E60ML800ATS 11-73 

P4E75JX400ATS 11-73 

P4E75LX600ATS 11-73 

P4E75M1800ATS 11-73 

P4E75ML101ATS 11-73 

P4E75ML120ATS 11-73 

P4E75ML400ATS 11-73 

P4E75ML600ATS 11-73 

P4E75ML800ATS 11-73 

P4E90JX400ATS 11-73 

P4E90LX600ATS 11-73 

P4E90M1800ATS 11-73 

P4E90ML101ATS 11-73 

P4E90ML120ATS 11-73 

P4E90ML400ATS 11-73 

P4E90ML600ATS 11-73 

P4E90ML800ATS 11-73 

P4F60JX400ATS 11-73 

P4F60LX600ATS 11-73 

P4F60M1800ATS 11-73 

P4F60ML101ATS 11-73 

P4F60ML120ATS 11-73 

P4F60ML400ATS 11-73 

P4F60ML600ATS 11-73 

P4F60ML800ATS 11-73 

P4F75JX400ATS 11-73 

P4F75LX600ATS 11-73 

P4F75M1800ATS 11-73 

P4F75ML101ATS 11-73 

P4F75ML120ATS 11-73 

P4F75ML400ATS 11-73 

P4F75ML600ATS 11-73 

P4F75ML800ATS 11-73 

P4F90JX400ATS 11-73 

P4F90LX600ATS 11-73 

P4F90M1800ATS 11-73 

P4F90ML101ATS 11-73 

P4F90ML120ATS 11-73 

P4F90ML400ATS 11-73 

P4F90ML600ATS 11-73 

P4F90ML800ATS 11-73 

P5470B3225CU 1-13 

P5470L3225CU 1-13 

P560NV 11-96 

P560NVD 11-96 

P560NVDD 11-96 

P560NVHG 11-96 

P560V 11-96 

P560VD 11-96 

P560VDD 11-96 

P560VHG 11-96 

P575NV 11-96 

P575NVD 11-96 

P575NVDD 11-96 

P575NVHG 11-96 

P575V 11-96 

P575VD 11-96 

P575VDD 11-96 

P575VHG 11-96 

P590NVD 11-96 

P590NVDD 11-96 

P590NVHG 11-96 

P590V 11-96 

P590VD 11-96 

P590VDD 11-96 

P590VHG 11-96 

P5A60M1800ATS 11-86 

P5A60ML101ATS 11-86 

P5A60ML120ATS 11-86 

P5A60ML800ATS 11-86 

P5A60N1120ATS 11-86 

P5A75M1800ATS 11-86 

P5A75ML101ATS 11-86 

P5A75ML120ATS 11-86 

P5A75ML800ATS 11-86 

P5A75MS120ATS 11-87 

P5A75MS400ATS 11-87 

P5A75MS600ATS 11-87 

P5A75MS800ATS 11-87 

P5A75N1120ATS 11-86 

P5A90M1800ATS 11-86 

P5A90ML101ATS 11-86 

P5A90ML120ATS 11-86 

P5A90ML800ATS 11-86 

P5A90MS120ATS 11-87 

P5A90MS400ATS 11-87 

P5A90MS600ATS 11-87 

P5A90MS800ATS 11-87 

P5A90N1120ATS 11-86 

P5B60M1800ATS 11-86 

P5B60ML101ATS 11-86 

P5B60ML120ATS 11-86 

P5B60ML800ATS 11-86 

P5B60N1120ATS 11-86 

P5B75M1800ATS 11-86 

P5B75ML101ATS 11-86 

P5B75ML120ATS 11-86 

P5B75ML800ATS 11-86 

P5B75MS120ATS 11-87 

P5B75MS400ATS 11-87 

P5B75MS600ATS 11-87 

P5B75MS800ATS 11-87 

P5B75N1120ATS 11-86 

P5B90M1800ATS 11-86 

P5B90ML101ATS 11-86 

P5B90ML120ATS 11-86 

P5B90ML800ATS 11-86 

P5B90MS120ATS 11-87 

P5B90MS400ATS 11-87 

P5B90MS600ATS 11-87 

P5B90MS800ATS 11-87 

P5B90N1120ATS 11-86 

P5C60M1800ATS 11-86 

P5C60ML101ATS 11-86 

P5C60ML120ATS 11-86 

P5C60ML800ATS 11-86 

P5C60N1120ATS 11-86 

P5C75M1800ATS 11-86 

P5C75ML101ATS 11-86 

P5C75ML120ATS 11-86 

I-22 


Product Index 


P5C75ML800ATS 11-86 

P5C75MS120ATS 11-87 

P5C75MS400ATS 11-87 

P5C75MS600ATS 11-87 

P5C75MS800ATS 11-87 

P5C75N1120ATS 11-86 

P5C90M1800ATS 11-86 

P5C90ML101ATS 11-86 

P5C90ML120ATS 11-86 

P5C90ML800ATS 11-86 

P5C90MS120ATS 11-87 

P5C90MS400ATS 11-87 

P5C90MS600ATS 11-87 

P5C90MS800ATS 11-87 

P5C90N1120ATS 11-86 

P5D60M1800ATS 11-86 

P5D60ML101ATS 11-86 

P5D60ML120ATS 11-86 

P5D60ML800ATS 11-86 

P5D60N1120ATS 11-86 

P5D75M1800ATS 11-86 

P5D75ML101ATS 11-86 

P5D75ML120ATS 11-86 

P5D75ML800ATS 11-86 

P5D75MS120ATS 11-87 

P5D75MS400ATS 11-87 

P5D75MS600ATS 11-87 

P5D75MS800ATS 11-87 

P5D75N1120ATS 11-86 

P5D90M1800ATS 11-86 

P5D90ML101ATS 11-86 

P5D90ML120ATS 11-86 

P5D90ML800ATS 11-86 

P5D90MS120ATS 11-87 

P5D90MS400ATS 11-87 

P5D90MS600ATS 11-87 

P5D90MS800ATS 11-87 

P5D90N1120ATS 11-86 

P5E60M1800ATS 11-86 

P5E60ML101ATS 11-86 

P5E60ML120ATS 11-86 

P5E60ML800ATS 11-86 

P5E60N1120ATS 11-86 

P5E75M1800ATS 11-86 

P5E75ML101ATS 11-86 

P5E75ML120ATS 11-86 

P5E75ML800ATS 11-86 

P5E75MS120ATS 11-87 

P5E75MS400ATS 11-87 

P5E75MS600ATS 11-87 

P5E75MS800ATS 11-87 

P5E75N1120ATS 11-86 

P5E90M1800ATS 11-86 

P5E90ML101ATS 11-86 

P5E90ML120ATS 11-86 

P5E90ML800ATS 11-86 

P5E90MS120ATS 11-87 

P5E90MS400ATS 11-87 

P5E90MS600ATS 11-87 

P5E90MS800ATS 11-87 

P5E90N1120ATS 11-86 

P5F60M1800ATS 11-86 

P5F60ML101ATS 11-86 

P5F60ML120ATS 11-86 

P5F60ML800ATS 11-86 

P5F60N1120ATS 11-86 

P5F75M1800ATS 11-86 

P5F75ML101ATS 11-86 

P5F75ML120ATS 11-86 

P5F75ML800ATS 11-86 

P5F75MS120ATS 11-87 

P5F75MS400ATS 11-87 

P5F75MS600ATS 11-87 

P5F75MS800ATS 11-87 

P5F75N1120ATS 11-86 

P5F90M1800ATS 11-86 

P5F90ML101ATS 11-86 

P5F90ML120ATS 11-86 

P5F90ML800ATS 11-86 

P5F90MS120ATS 11-87 

P5F90MS400ATS 11-87 

P5F90MS600ATS 11-87 

P5F90MS800ATS 11-87 

P5F90N1120ATS 11-86 

PAKMCVRL 3-138 

PAKMCVRR 3-138 

PB224 13-17 

PB226 13-17 

PB228 13-17 

PB424 13-17 

PB426 13-17 

PB428 13-17 

PB444 13-17 

PB446 13-17 

PB448 13-17 

PB60 11-82 

PB75 11-82 

PB860 11-96 

PB875 11-96 

PB890 11-96 

PB90 11-82 

PBD860 11-96 

PBD875 11-96 

PBD890 11-96 

PBP32 13-20 

PC2637 7-165 

PC2638 7-165 

PC2657 7-165 

PC2658 7-165 

PC4753 7-165 

PC4754 7-165 

PC5660 7-165 

PC5661 7-165 

PC5662 7-165 

PC5663 7-165 

PC5664 7-165 

PC5666 7-165 

PC5777 7-165 

PC5778 7-165 

PCCJD 7-165 

PCCLD 7-165 

PD63B120 7-136, 7-145 

PD63B140 7-136, 7-145 

PD63B160 7-136, 7-145 

PD63F160 7-136 

PD63T120 7-136 

PD63T140 7-136 

PD63T160 7-136 

PDS-CTHC-024 9-24 

PDS-CTHC-034 9-24 

PDS-CTHC-044 9-24 

PDS-CTHC-064 9-24 

PDS-CTHC-084 9-24 

PDS-CTHC-206 9-24 

PDS-CTHC-306 9-24 

PDS-CTHC-406 9-24 

PDS-CTRC-012 9-25 

PDS-CTRC-021 9-25 

PDS-CTRC-022 9-25 

PDS-CTRC-031 9-25 

PDS-CTRC-032 9-25 

PDS-CTRC-041 9-25 

PDS-CTRC-042 9-25 

PDS-CTRC-051 9-25 

PDS-CTRC-061 9-25 

PDS-CTRC-081 9-25 

PDS-CTRC-084 9-25 

PDS-CTRC-101 9-25 

PDS-CTRC-104 9-25 

PDS-CTRC-124 9-25 

PDS-CTRC-164 9-25 

PDS-CTRC-204 9-25 

PDS-CTRC-326 9-25 

PDS-CTRC-426 9-25 

PDS-CTSC-013 9-24 

PDS-CTSC-021 9-24 

PDS-CTSC-031 9-24 

PDS-CTSC-03R 9-24 

PDS-CTSC-042 9-24 

PDS-CTSC-062 9-24 

PDS-CTSC-083 9-24 

PDS-CTSC-123 9-24 

PDS-CTSC-163 9-24 

PDS-CTSC-200 9-24 

PE4630 13-17, 13-18, 13-19 

PE4840 13-17, 13-19 

PEGB42 13-20 

PF224 13-18 

PF226 13-18 

PF424 13-18 

PF426 13-18 

PF444 13-18 

PF446 13-18 

PF4606 13-17, 13-18, 13-19 

PF4809 13-17, 13-19 

PI1224L3125CU 1-14 

PI2442B3150CU 1-14 

PI2442L3200CU 1-14 

PI3042B3100CU 1-14 

PI3054B3200CU 1-14 

PI3054L3200CU 1-14 

PI4260B3200CU 1-14 

PI4260L3225CU 1-14 

PI5470B3225CU 1-14 

PI5470L3225CU 1-14 

PL2616 7-165 

PL2617 7-165 

PL4762 7-165 

PL4763 7-165 

PL5680 7-165 

PL5796 7-165 

PL5797 7-165 

PL9698 7-165 

PL9699 7-165 

PLL44 13-20 

PLL46 13-20 

PLL48 13-20 

PLW10 13-20 

PMS13 13-20 

PMS15 13-20 

PMS5 13-20 

PMS6 13-20 

PMS8 13-20 

PN1212L1125C 1-7 

PN1224B1100C 1-6 

PN1224L1125C 1-7 

PN1224L1200C 1-7 

PN1632B1100C 1-6 

PN1632L1125C 1-7 

PN2020B1100C 1-6 

PN2020L1125C 1-7 

PN2040B1100C 1-6 

PN2040B1150C 1-6 

PN2040B1200C 1-6 

PN2040L1125C 1-7 

PN2040L1150C 1-7 

PN2040L1200C 1-7 

PN2424B1100C 1-6 

PN2448L1125C 1-7 

PN2448L1200C 1-7 

PN3030B1100C 1-6 

PN3030B1125C 1-6 

PN3030B1150C 1-6 

PN3030L1200C 1-7 

PN3048B1200 1-6 

PN3048B1200C 1-6 

PN3048B1200S14 1-11 

PN3048L1125C 1-7 

PN3048L1200 1-7 

PN3048L1200C 1-7 

PN4040B1200 1-6 

PN4040B1200C 1-6 

PN4040L1125C 1-7 

PN4040L1200 1-7 

PN4040L1200C 1-7 

PN4060B1200 1-6 

PN4060B1200C 1-6 

PN4060B1200S14 1-11 

PN4060L1200C 1-7 

PN4264B1225C 1-6 

PN4264L1225C 1-7 

PN5482B1200C 1-6 

PN5482B1225C 1-6 

PN5482L1225C 1-7 

PNW0816B1150TC 1-6 

PNW0816B1200TC 1-6 

PNW0816L1200TC 1-7 

PNW1212L1125C 1-7 

PNW1224B1100C 1-6 

PNW1224L1125C 1-7 

PNW1224L1200C 1-7 

PNW1224L1225C 1-7 

PNW1632B1100C 1-6 

PNW1632L1125C 1-7 

PNW2020B1100C 1-6 

PNW2040B1150C 1-6 

PNW2040B1200C 1-6 

PNW2040L1150C 1-7 

PNW2040L1200C 1-7 

PNW3048B1100C 1-6 

PNW3048B1125C 1-6 

PNW3048B1150C 1-6 

PNW3048B1200C 1-6 

PNW3048L1125C 1-7 

PNW3048L1200C 1-7 

PNW4040B1200C 1-6 

PNW4040L1200C 1-7 

PNW4264B1225C 1-6 

PNW4264L1225C 1-7 

PQ2612 13-17, 13-18, 13-19 

PQ2630 13-17, 13-18, 13-19 

PQ2816 13-17, 13-19 

PQ2840 13-17, 13-19 

PQ4612 13-17, 13-18, 13-19 

PQ4630 13-17, 13-18, 13-19 

PQ4818 13-17, 13-19 

PQ4840 13-17, 13-19 

PRD6N1 6-8, 7-137 

PSDP32 13-20 

PSFFJ6 13-19 

PSFJL6 13-19 

PSP32 13-20 

PT1224L3125 1-14 

PT2442X3150 1-14 

PT2442X3200 1-14 

PT3042B3100 1-14 

PT3054X3200 1-14 

PT4260X3200 1-14 

PT4260X3225 1-14 

PT5470X3225 1-14 

PTE 13-21 

PUG14 13-20 

PUG26 13-20 

PW1224L3125CU 1-13 

PW2442L3200CU 1-13 

PW3054B3200CU 1-13 

PW3054L3200CU 1-13 

PW4260B3200CU 1-13 

PW4260L3225CU 1-13 

PXD63B120 7-136, 7-145 

PXD63B140 7-136, 7-145 

PXD63B160 7-136, 7-145 

PXD63S160A 7-146 

Q110 1-41, 7-20 

Q1100S 1-43, 7-22 

Q115 1-41, 7-20 

Q115DFH 1-40, 7-19 

Q115DFHH 1-40, 7-19 

Q115DFN 1-40, 7-19 

Q115H 1-41, 7-20 

Q115HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q115HID 1-43, 7-22 

Q120 1-41, 7-20 

Q120DFN 1-40, 7-19 

Q120H 1-41, 7-20 

Q120HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q120HID 1-43, 7-22 

Q125 1-41, 7-20 

Q125H 1-41, 7-20 

Q125HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q130 1-41, 7-20 

Q130H 1-41, 7-20 

Q130HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q130HID 1-43, 7-22 

Q135 1-41, 7-20 

Q135H 1-41, 7-20 

Q135HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q140 1-41, 7-20 

Q140H 1-41, 7-20 

Q140HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q145 1-41, 7-20 

Q145H 1-41, 7-20 

Q145HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q150 1-41, 7-20 

Q150H 1-41, 7-20 

Q150HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q1515 1-42, 7-21 

Q1515NC 1-42, 7-21 

Q1520 1-42, 7-21 

Q1520NC 1-42, 7-21 

Q160 1-41, 7-20 

Q160H 1-41, 7-20 

Q160HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q170 1-41, 7-20 

Q170H 1-41, 7-20 

Q170HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q2020 1-42, 7-21 

Q2020NC 1-42, 7-21 

Q2030 1-42, 7-21 

Q210 1-41, 7-20 

Q2100 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q2100H 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q2100HH 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q2110 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q2110H 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q2110HH 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q2125 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q2125B 1-45, 7-24 

Q2125BH 1-45, 7-24 

Q2125H 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q2125HH 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q2125S 1-43, 7-22 

Q215 1-41, 7-20 

Q2150B 1-45, 7-24 

Q2150BH 1-45, 7-24 

Q21515CT 1-42, 7-21 

Q21515CT2 1-42, 7-21 

Q21520CT 1-42, 7-21 

Q21525CT 1-42, 7-21 

Q21530CT 1-42, 7-21 

Q21530CT2 1-42, 7-21 

Q21535CT 1-42, 7-21 

Q21540CT 1-42, 7-21 

Q21545CT 1-42, 7-21 

Q21550CT 1-42, 7-21 

Q215AFC 1-40, 7-19 

Q215AFCH 1-40, 7-19 

Q215AFCN 1-40, 7-19 

Q215H 1-41, 7-20 

Q215HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q215HID 1-43, 7-22 

Q215R 1-41, 7-20 

Q2175B 1-45, 7-24 

Q2175BH 1-45, 7-24 

Q220 1-41, 7-20 

Q2200B 1-45, 7-24 

Q2200BH 1-45, 7-24 

Q22020CT 1-42, 7-21 

Q22020CT2 1-42, 7-21 

Q22025CT 1-42, 7-21 

Q22030CT 1-42, 7-21 

Q22035CT 1-42, 7-21 

Q22040CT 1-42, 7-21 

Q22045CT 1-42, 7-21 

Q22050CT 1-42, 7-21 

Q22050CT2 1-42, 7-21 

Q220AFC 1-40, 7-19 

Q220AFCH 1-40, 7-19 

Q220AFCN 1-40, 7-19 

Q220H 1-41, 7-20 

Q220HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q220HID 1-43, 7-22 

Q220R 1-41, 7-20 

Q2225B 1-45, 7-24 

Q2225BH 1-45, 7-24 

Q225 1-41, 7-20 

Q225H 1-41, 7-20 

Q225HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q230 1-41, 7-20 

Q23020CT2 1-42, 7-21 

Q23025CT2 1-42, 7-21 

Q23030CT 1-42, 7-21 

Q23030CT2 1-42, 7-21 

Q23050CT2 1-42, 7-21 

Q230H 1-41, 7-20 

Q230HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q230HID 1-43, 7-22 

Q230R 1-41, 7-20 

Q230S 1-43, 7-22 

Q235 1-41, 7-20 

Q235H 1-41, 7-20 

Q235HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q240 1-41, 7-20 

Q24020CT2 1-42, 7-21 

Q24030CT2 1-42, 7-21 

Q24040CT2 1-42, 7-21 

Q240H 1-41, 7-20 

Q240HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q240R 1-41, 7-20 

Q245 1-41, 7-20 

Q245H 1-41, 7-20 

Q245HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q250 1-41, 7-20 

Q250H 1-41, 7-20 

Q250HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q250NN 1-43, 7-22 

Q250R 1-41, 7-20 

Q250S 1-43, 7-22 

Q260 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q260H 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q260HH 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q260NN 1-43, 7-22 

Q260S 1-43, 7-22 

Q270 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q270H 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q270HH 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q280 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q280H 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q280HH 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q290 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 


Product Index 


I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 

Q290H 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q290HH 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q3015 1-42, 7-21 

Q3020 1-42, 7-21 

Q3030 1-42, 7-21 

Q3030NC 1-42, 7-21 

Q3100 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q3100H 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q3100HH 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q315 1-41, 7-20 

Q315H 1-41, 7-20 

Q315HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q320 1-41, 7-20 

Q320H 1-41, 7-20 

Q320HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q325 1-41, 7-20 

Q325H 1-41, 7-20 

Q325HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q330 1-41, 7-20 

Q330H 1-41, 7-20 

Q330HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q335 1-41, 7-20 

Q335H 1-41, 7-20 

Q335HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q340 1-41, 7-20 

Q340H 1-41, 7-20 

Q340HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q345 1-41, 7-20 

Q345H 1-41, 7-20 

Q345HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q350 1-41, 7-20 

Q350H 1-41, 7-20 

Q350HH 1-41, 7-20 

Q360 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q360H 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q360HH 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q370 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q370H 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q370HH 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q380 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q380H 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q380HH 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q390 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q390H 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

Q390HH 1-41, 3-135, 7-20 

QA115AFC 1-40, 7-19 

QA115AFCH 1-40, 7-19 

QA115AFCHH 1-40, 7-19 

QA115AFCN 1-40, 7-19 

Q115DF 1-40, 7-19 

QA120AFC 1-40, 7-19 

QA120AFCH 1-40, 7-19 

QA120AFCN 1-40, 7-19 

QC1 3-130 

QC4 3-130 

QE115 1-40, 7-19 

QE115H 1-40, 7-19 

QE120 1-40, 7-19 

QE120H 1-40, 7-19 

QE130 1-40, 7-19 

QE130H 1-40, 7-19 

QE215 1-40, 7-19 

QE215H 1-40, 7-19 

QE220 1-40, 7-19 

QE220H 1-40, 7-19 

QE230 1-40, 7-19 

QE230H 1-40, 7-19 

QE240 1-40, 7-19 

QE240H 1-40, 7-19 

QE250 1-40, 7-19 

QE250H 1-40, 7-19 

QE260 1-40, 7-19 

QE260H 1-40, 7-19 

QF115A 1-40, 7-19 

QF115AH 1-40, 7-19 

QF115AHH 1-40, 7-19 

QF115AN 1-40, 7-19 

QF120A 1-40, 7-19 

QF120AH 1-40, 7-19 

QF120AHH 1-40, 7-19 

QF120AN 1-40, 7-19 

QF130A 1-40, 7-19 

QF130AH 1-40, 7-19 

QF130AHH 1-40, 7-19 

QF130AN 1-40, 7-19 

QF215A 1-40, 7-19 

QF215AH 1-40, 7-19 

QF220A 1-40, 7-19 

QF220AH 1-40, 7-19 

QF230A 1-40, 7-19 

QF230AH 1-40, 7-19 

QF240A 1-40, 7-19 

QF240AH 1-40, 7-19 

QF250A 1-40, 7-19 

QF250AH 1-40, 7-19 

QF260A 1-40, 7-19 

QF260AH 1-40, 7-19 

QF3 13-19 

QG215 1-43, 7-22 

QG220 1-43, 7-22 

QG320 1-43, 7-22 

QN2150 1-45, 7-24 

QN2150H 1-45, 7-24 

QN2150R 1-45, 7-24 

QN2150RH 1-45, 7-24 

QN2175 1-45, 7-24 

QN2175H 1-45, 7-24 

QN2175R 1-45, 7-24 

QN2175RH 1-45, 7-24 

QN2200 1-45, 7-24 

QN2200H 1-45, 7-24 

QN2200R 1-45, 7-24 

QN2200RH 1-45, 7-24 

QPJ3125 1-45, 7-24 

QPJ3150 1-45, 7-24 

QPJ3200 1-45, 7-24 

QR22B100 7-40 

QR22B125 7-40 

QR22B150 7-40 

QR22B175 7-40 

QR22B200 7-40 

QR22B225 7-40 

QR22B250 7-40 

QR23B100 3-135, 7-40 

QR23B125 3-135, 7-40 

QR23B150 3-135, 7-40 

QR23B175 3-135, 7-40 

QR23B200 3-135, 7-40 

QR23B225 3-135, 7-40 

QR23B250 7-40 

QR2N12 6-13, 7-40 

QR2N1F 1-20, 6-9 

QR2N1S 1-20, 6-9, 7-40 

QR2N3R2 1-20 

QR2N3R3 1-20, 6-11, 7-40 

QR2N4X 6-12, 7-40 

QR2N4X316 6-12, 7-40 

QRH22B100 7-40 

QRH22B125 7-40 

QRH22B150 7-40 

QRH22B175 7-40 

QRH22B200 7-40 

QRH22B225 7-40 

QRH22B250 7-40 

QRH23B100 3-135, 7-40 

QRH23B125 3-135, 7-40 

QRH23B150 3-135, 7-40 

QRH23B175 3-135, 7-40 

QRH23B200 3-135, 7-40 

QRH23B225 3-135, 7-40 

QRH23B250 7-40 

QS2100 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QS2100H 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QS2100HH 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QS2110 7-25 

QS2110H 7-25 

QS2110HH 7-25 

QS2125 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QS2125H 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QS2125HH 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QS2150 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QS2150H 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QS2150HH 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QS2175 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QS2175H 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QS2175HH 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QS2200 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QS2200H 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QS2200HH 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QS2225 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QS2225H 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QS2225HH 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QSA1515SPD 1-50, 7-28 

QSA2020SPD 1-50, 7-28 

QSH2100 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QSH2110 7-25 

QSH2125 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QSH2150 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QSH2175 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QSH2200 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QSH2225 3-135, 3-136, 7-25 

QSPD2A065P 10-5 

QSPD3B065 10-5 

QSPD3C065 10-5 

QSPD3D065 10-5 

R1632L1125 1-18 

R1632L1125CU 1-18 

R1632L1125W 1-18 

R2424L1125 1-18 

R2424L1125CU 1-18 

R2424L1125W 1-18 

R2442L1125 1-18 

R2442L1125CU 1-18 

R2442L1125CUW 1-18 

R2442L1125W 1-18 

R3042L1200 1-18 

R3042L1200CU 1-18 

R3042L1200CUW 1-18 

R3042L1200W 1-18 

RAG24 1-22 

RC(1)23B 11-103 

RCW(1)23B 11-103 

RD63B160 7-139 

RD63B180 7-139, 7-145 

RD63B200 7-139, 7-145 

RD63F200 7-139 

RD63T160 7-139 

RD63T180 7-139 

RD63T200 7-139 

RE0816ML1100J 1-21 

RE0816ML1100K 1-21 

RE1224ML1125J 1-21 

RE1224ML1125K 1-21 

REC3100G 15-83 

REC4100G 15-83 

RFC3250G 15-83 

RFC4250G 15-83 

RHFF 7-206 

RHFFEM 7-206 

RHFL 7-206 

RHFLEM 7-206 

RHOCQVD 7-162 

RHOEBO 7-162 

RHOFBO 7-162 

RHOH 5-13, 7-162, 7-84 

RHOH4 7-84 

RHOH4C 7-84 

RHOH62 7-162 

RHOHC 7-84 

RHOJBO 7-162 

RHOLMBO 7-162 

RHONBO 7-162 

RHONSD 7-162 

RHONSSD 7-162 

RHONSVD 7-162 

RHONSXD 7-162 

RHONVD 7-162 

RHOS06 5-13 

RHOS20 5-13 

RHOSSD 7-162 

RHOSVD 5-13, 7-162 

RHOSXD 7-162 

RHSFA1F 7-206 

RHSFA2F 7-206 

RHSLA1 7-206 

RHSLA1F 7-206 

RHSLA2 7-206 

RHSLA2F 7-206 

RHSMA1 7-207 

RHSMA2 7-207 

RHSPA1 7-207 

RHSPA2 7-207 

RHVF12 7-206 

RHVF79H 7-206 

RHVFBM 7-206 

RHVL12 7-206 

RHVLBM 7-206 

RHVM12 7-207 

RHVM12H 7-206, 7-207 

RHVM3RH 7-206, 7-207 

RHVM4XH 7-206, 7-207 

RHVM79H 7-206, 7-207 

RHVMBM 7-207 

RHVMEMH 7-206, 7-207, 7-84 

RHVMS02 7-206, 7-207 

RHVMS12 7-206, 7-207 

RHVMS16 7-206, 7-207 

RHVMS24 7-206, 7-207 

RHVP3RH 7-207 

RHVP4XH 7-207 

RHVP79H 7-207 

RHVPBM 7-207 

RHVPEMH 7-207, 7-84 

RHVPS03 7-207 

RHVPS12 7-207 

RHVPS24 7-207 

RS2641 7-165 

RS2642 7-165 

RS2643 7-165 

RS2644 7-165 

RS4755 7-165 

RS4756 7-165 

RS5773 7-165 

RS5774 7-165 

RS5783 7-165 

RS5784 7-165 

RS5785 7-165 

RS5786 7-165 

RS5787 7-165 

RS5788 7-165 

RV321G 15-83 

RV322G 15-83 

RV323G 15-83 

RV324G 15-83 

RV361G 15-83 

RV362G 15-83 

RV363G 15-83 

RV364G 15-83 

RV421G 15-83 

RV422G 15-83 

RV423G 15-83 

RV424G 15-83 

RV461G 15-83 

RV462G 15-83 

RV463G 15-83 

RV464G 15-83 

RXD63B160 7-139 

RXD63B180 7-139, 7-145 

RXD63B200 7-139, 7-145 

RXD63S200A 7-146 

S01ED60 7-113 

S01ED62A 7-113 

S01ED62AA 7-113 

S01ED62AB 7-113 

S01ED62B 7-113 

S01FD60 7-116 

S01JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S01JLD62A 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S01MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S01MN64A 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S01QR2 7-41 

S01QR2A 7-41 

S02ED62A 7-113 

S02ED62AA 7-113 

S02ED62AB 7-113 

S02ED62B 7-113 

S02MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S03ED60 7-113 

S03ED62A 7-113 

S03ED62AA 7-113 

S03ED62AB 7-113 

S03ED62B 7-113 

S03FD60 7-116 

S03JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S03JLD62A 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S03MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S03MN64A 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S04ED60 7-113 

S04ED64A 7-113 

S04ED64AB 7-113 

S04ED64B 7-113 

S04FD60 7-116 

S04JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S04MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S04MN64A 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S06FD60 7-116 

S06MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S07ED60 7-113 

S07ED62A 7-113 

S07ED62AA 7-113 

S07ED62AB 7-113 

S07ED62B 7-113 

S07FD60 7-116 

S07JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S07JLD62A 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S07MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S07MN64A 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S07QR2 7-41 

S07QR2A 7-41 

S09ED60 7-113 

S09ED62A 7-113 

S09ED62AA 7-113 

S09ED62AB 7-113 

S09ED62B 7-113 

S09FD60 7-116 

S09JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S09JLD62A 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S09MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S11ED60 7-113 

S11ED62A 7-113 

S11ED62AA 7-113 

S11ED62AB 7-113 

S11ED62B 7-113 

S11FD60 7-116 

S11JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S11JLD62A 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S11MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S11MN64A 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S1224B3100 1-15 

S1224L3125 1-15 

S1224L3200 1-15 

S13ED60 7-113 

S13ED62A 7-113 

S13ED62AA 7-113 

S13ED62AB 7-113 

S13ED62B 7-113 

S13FD60 7-116 

S13JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S13JLD62A 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S13MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S13MN64A 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S15ED60 7-113 

S15ED64A 7-113 

S15ED64AB 7-113 

S15ED64B 7-113 

S15FD60 7-116 

S15JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S15JLD64A 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S15MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S15MN64A 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S16ED60 7-113 

S16ED62A 7-113 

S16FD60 7-116 

S16JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S16JLD62A 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S16MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S16MN64A 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

S17ED60 7-113 

S17FD60 7-116 

S17JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S1836L3150 1-15 

S18ED60 7-113 

S18JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

S2442B3150 1-15 

S2442L3150 1-15 

S2442L3200 1-15 

S26B 11-38 

S3030B3100 1-15 

S3042B3100 1-15 

S3042B3125 1-15 

S3054B3150 1-15 

S3054B3200 1-15 

S3054L3200 1-15 

S32B 11-38 

S35815-2 2-25 

S38B 11-38 

S3VA52PR 13-25 

S3VA52T 11-77 

S3VA52TD 11-91, 13-25 

S4242B3150 1-15 

S4242B3225 1-15 

S4260B3200 1-15 

S4260L3225 1-15 

S44B 11-38 

S50B 11-38 

S5470L3225 1-15 

S56B 11-38 

S62B 11-38 

S68B 11-38 

S69623 2-25 

S69685-1 2-25 

S74B 11-38 

SA1E025 6-3, 7-111, 7-154 

SBL 11-77 

SBLBD 11-91, 13-25 

SBMIQR 7-161, 7-41 

SC150C 2-8 

SC250C 2-8 

SC350C 2-8 

SCCPB-1-100CF 11-109 

I-24 


Product Index 


SCCPB-1-15CF 11-109 

SCCPB-1-20CF 11-109 

SCCPB-1-30CF 11-109 

SCCPB-1-40CF 11-109 

SCCPB-1-50CF 11-109 

SCCPB-1-60CF 11-109 

SCCPB-1-70CF 11-109 

SCCPB-1-90CF 11-109 

SCCPB-2-100CF 11-109 

SCCPB-2-15CF 11-109 

SCCPB-2-20CF 11-109 

SCCPB-2-30CF 11-109 

SCCPB-2-40CF 11-109 

SCCPB-2-50CF 11-109 

SCCPB-2-60CF 11-109 

SCCPB-2-70CF 11-109 

SCCPB-2-90CF 11-109 

SCCPB-3-100CF 11-109 

SCCPB-3-15CF 11-109 

SCCPB-3-20CF 11-109 

SCCPB-3-30CF 11-109 

SCCPB-3-40CF 11-109 

SCCPB-3-50CF 11-109 

SCCPB-3-60CF 11-109 

SCCPB-3-70CF 11-109 

SCCPB-3-90CF 11-109 

SCE 11-77 

SCED 11-91 

SCF 11-77 

SCFD 11-91 

SCJ 11-77 

SCJD 11-91 

SCJD6A200LI 7-119 

SCJD6A200LIG 7-119 

SCJD6A200LSI 7-119 

SCJD6A200LSIG 7-119 

SCJD6A300LI 7-119 




SCJD6A400LI 7-119 




SCJD6B200LI 7-119 

SCJD6B200LIG 7-119 

SCJD6B200LSI 7-119 

SCJD6B200LSIG 7-119 

SCJD6B300LI 7-119 




SCJD6B400LI 7-119 




SCL 11-77 

SCLD 11-91 

SCLD6A300LI 7-123 

SCLD6A300LIG 7-123 

SCLD6A300LSI 7-123 

SCLD6A300LSIG 7-123 

SCLD6A400LI 7-123 




SCLD6A500LI 7-123 




SCLD6A600LI 7-123 




SCLD6B300LI 7-123 

SCLD6B300LIG 7-123 

SCLD6B300LSI 7-123 

SCLD6B300LSIG 7-123 

SCLD6B400LI 7-123 




SCLD6B500LI 7-123 




SCLD6B600LI 7-123 




SCMD6A600LI 7-130 

SCMD6A600LIG 7-130 

SCMD6A600LIGH 7-130 

SCMD6A600LIH 7-130 

SCMD6A600LSI 7-130 

SCMD6A600LSIG 7-130 

SCMD6A600LSIGH 7-130 

SCMD6A600LSIH 7-130 

SCMD6A700LI 7-130 








SCMD6A800LI 7-130 








SCMD6B600LI 7-130 

SCMD6B600LIG 7-130 

SCMD6B600LIGH 7-130 

SCMD6B600LIH 7-130 

SCMD6B600LSI 7-130 

SCMD6B600LSIG 7-130 

SCMD6B600LSIGH 7-130 

SCMD6B600LSIH 7-130 

SCMD6B700LI 7-130 








SCMD6B800LI 7-130 








SCND6A100LI 7-134 

SCND6A100LIG 7-134 

SCND6A100LIGH 7-134 

SCND6A100LIH 7-134 

SCND6A100LSI 7-134 

SCND6A100LSIG 7-134 

SCND6A100LSIGH 7-134 

SCND6A100LSIH 7-134 

SCND6A120LI 7-134 








SCND6A800LI 7-134 








SCND6B100LI 7-134 

SCND6B100LIG 7-134 

SCND6B100LIGH 7-134 

SCND6B100LIH 7-134 

SCND6B100LSI 7-134 

SCND6B100LSIG 7-134 

SCND6B100LSIGH 7-134 

SCND6B100LSIH 7-134 

SCND6B120LI 7-134 








SCND6B800LI 7-134 








SCT1236 13-22 

SCT432 13-22 

SCT436 13-22 

SCT632 13-22 

SCT636 13-22 

SCT836 13-22 

SDG 11-77 

SDGD 11-91, 13-25 

SE6 11-77 

SE6D 11-91 

SEAFB 7-210 

SEAFM 7-210 

SEAFN 7-210 

SEAFR 7-210 

SEAFY 7-210 

SEALB 7-211 

SEALM 7-211 

SEALN 7-211 

SEALR 7-211 

SEALY 7-211 

SEAMB 7-211 

SEAMM 7-211 

SEAMN 7-211 

SEAMR 7-211 

SEAMY 7-211 

SEBD 13-25 

SEBKP1P2P3V1 11-11, 11-23, 11-38, 

11-49 

SEBKP2V1 11-38 


SEBKP2V3 11-38, 11-49 





SEBKRP1V1 11-11, 11-23 

SEBKRP1V2 11-11, 11-23 

SEBKRP1V3 11-11, 11-23 

SEBKRP1V4 11-11, 11-23 

SEBKRP1V5 11-11, 11-23 

SEBP4V1 11-77, 11-91 

SEBP4V2 11-77, 11-91 

SEBP4V3 11-77, 11-91 

SEBP5V1 11-91 

SEBP5V2 11-91 

SEBP5V3 11-91 

SEBP5V4 11-91 

SF6 11-77 

SF6D 11-91 

SFG 11-77 

SFGD 11-91, 13-25 

SGB2 11-77 

SGB2D 11-91, 13-25 

SHJD6A200LI 7-119 

SHJD6A200LIG 7-119 

SHJD6A200LIGH 7-119 

SHJD6A200LIH 7-119 

SHJD6A200LSI 7-119 

SHJD6A200LSIG 7-119 

SHJD6A200LSIGH 7-119 

SHJD6A200LSIH 7-119 

SHJD6A300LI 7-119 








SHJD6A400LI 7-119 








SHJD6B200LI 7-119 

SHJD6B200LIG 7-119 

SHJD6B200LIGH 7-119 

SHJD6B200LIH 7-119 

SHJD6B200LSI 7-119 

SHJD6B200LSIG 7-119 

SHJD6B200LSIGH 7-119 

SHJD6B200LSIH 7-119 

SHJD6B300LI 7-119 








SHJD6B400LI 7-119 








SHLD6A300LI 7-123 

SHLD6A300LIG 7-123 

SHLD6A300LSI 7-123 

SHLD6A300LSIG 7-123 

SHLD6A400LI 7-123 




SHLD6A500LI 7-123 




SHLD6A600LI 7-123 




SHLD6B300LI 7-123 

SHLD6B300LIG 7-123 

SHLD6B300LSI 7-123 

SHLD6B300LSIG 7-123 

SHLD6B400LI 7-123 




SHLD6B500LI 7-123 




SHLD6B600LI 7-123 




SHMD6A600LI 7-130 

SHMD6A600LIG 7-130 

SHMD6A600LIGH 7-130 

SHMD6A600LIH 7-130 

SHMD6A600LSI 7-130 

SHMD6A600LSIG 7-130 

SHMD6A600LSIGH 7-130 

SHMD6A600LSIH 7-130 

SHMD6A700LI 7-130 








SHMD6A800LI 7-130 








SHMD6B600LI 7-130 

SHMD6B600LIG 7-130 

SHMD6B600LIGH 7-130 

SHMD6B600LIH 7-130 

SHMD6B600LSI 7-130 

SHMD6B600LSIG 7-130 

SHMD6B600LSIGH 7-130 

SHMD6B600LSIH 7-130 

SHMD6B700LI 7-130 








SHMD6B800LI 7-130 








SHND6A100LI 7-134 

SHND6A100LIG 7-134 

SHND6A100LIGH 7-134 

SHND6A100LIH 7-134 

SHND6A100LSI 7-134 

SHND6A100LSIG 7-134 

SHND6A100LSIGH 7-134 

SHND6A100LSIH 7-134 

SHND6A120LI 7-134 








SHND6A800LI 7-134 








SHND6B100LI 7-134 

SHND6B100LIG 7-134 

SHND6B100LIGH 7-134 

SHND6B100LIH 7-134 

SHND6B100LSI 7-134 

SHND6B100LSIG 7-134 

SHND6B100LSIGH 7-134 

SHND6B100LSIH 7-134 

SHND6B120LI 7-134 








SHND6B800LI 7-134 








SHPD6A140LI 7-137 

SHPD6A140LIG 7-137 

SHPD6A140LSI 7-137 

SHPD6A140LSIG 7-137 

SHPD6A160LI 7-137 

SHPD6A160LIG 7-137 

SHPD6A160LSI 7-137 

SHPD6A160LSIG 7-137 

SHPD6B140LI 7-137 

SHPD6B140LIG 7-137 

SHPD6B140LSI 7-137 

SHPD6B140LSIG 7-137 

SHPD6B160LI 7-137 

SHPD6B160LIG 7-137 

SHPD6B160LSI 7-137 

SHPD6B160LSIG 7-137 

SIRIUS ACT 3SU 17-297, 17-298 

SJ1 11-77 

SJ1D 11-91 

SJ2D 11-91 

SJD6A200LI 7-119 

SJD6A200LIG 7-119 

SJD6A200LIGH 7-119 

SJD6A200LIH 7-119 

SJD6A200LSI 7-119 

SJD6A200LSIG 7-119 

SJD6A200LSIGH 7-119 

SJD6A200LSIH 7-119 

SJD6A300LI 7-119 

SJD6A300LIG 7-119 


SJD6A300LIH 7-119 

SJD6A300LSI 7-119 



I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 


Product Index 


I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 


SJD6A400LI 7-119 

SJD6A400LIG 7-119 


SJD6A400LIH 7-119 

SJD6A400LSI 7-119 




SJD6B200LI 7-119 

SJD6B200LIG 7-119 

SJD6B200LIGH 7-119 

SJD6B200LIH 7-119 

SJD6B200LSI 7-119 

SJD6B200LSIG 7-119 

SJD6B200LSIGH 7-119 

SJD6B200LSIH 7-119 

SJD6B300LI 7-119 

SJD6B300LIG 7-119 


SJD6B300LIH 7-119 

SJD6B300LSI 7-119 




SJD6B400LI 7-119 

SJD6B400LIG 7-119 


SJD6B400LIH 7-119 

SJD6B400LSI 7-119 




SJG 11-77 

SJG1D 11-91, 13-25 

SJG2D 11-91, 13-25 

SL0420 4-22 

SL6 11-77 

SL6D 11-91 

SLD6A300LI 7-123 

SLD6A300LIG 7-123 

SLD6A300LSI 7-123 

SLD6A300LSIG 7-123 

SLD6A400LI 7-123 

SLD6A400LIG 7-123 

SLD6A400LSI 7-123 


SLD6A500LI 7-123 

SLD6A500LIG 7-123 

SLD6A500LSI 7-123 


SLD6A600LI 7-123 

SLD6A600LIG 7-123 

SLD6A600LSI 7-123 


SLD6B300LI 7-123 

SLD6B300LIG 7-123 

SLD6B300LSI 7-123 

SLD6B300LSIG 7-123 

SLD6B400LI 7-123 

SLD6B400LIG 7-123 

SLD6B400LSI 7-123 


SLD6B500LI 7-123 

SLD6B500LIG 7-123 

SLD6B500LSI 7-123 


SLD6B600LI 7-123 

SLD6B600LIG 7-123 

SLD6B600LSI 7-123 


SLEC32***0ED2 15-46 

SLEC32***0GED2 15-46 

SLEC32***0IGED2 15-46 

SLEC34***0ED4 15-46 

SLEC34***0GED4 15-46 

SLEC34***0IGED4 15-46 

SLEC36***0ED6 15-46 

SLEC36***0GED6 15-46 

SLEC36***0IGED6 15-46 

SLEC42***0ED2 15-46 

SLEC42***0GED2 15-46 

SLEC42***0IGED2 15-46 

SLEC44***0ED4 15-46 

SLEC44***0GED4 15-46 

SLEC44***0IGED4 15-46 

SLEC46***0ED6 15-46 

SLEC46***0GED6 15-46 

SLEC46***0IGED6 15-46 

SLEC52***0ED2 15-46 

SLEC52***0GED2 15-46 

SLEC52***0IGED2 15-46 

SLEC54***0ED4 15-46 

SLEC54***0GED4 15-46 

SLEC54***0IGED4 15-46 

SLEC56***0ED6 15-46 

SLEC56***0GED6 15-46 

SLEC56***0IGED6 15-46 

SLEL36***0CED6 15-47 

SLEL36***0GCED6 15-47 

SLEL36***0IGCED6 15-47 

SLEL46***0CED6 15-47 

SLEL46***0GCED6 15-47 

SLEL46***0IGCED6 15-47 

SLEL56***0CED6 15-47 

SLEL56***0GCED6 15-47 

SLEL56***0IGCED6 15-47 

SLFC36***0FXD6 15-46 

SLFC36***0GFXD6 15-46 

SLFC36***0IGFXD6 15-46 

SLFC362500FXD6 15-46 

SLFC362500GFXD6 15-46 

SLFC362500IGFXD6 15-46 

SLFC46***0FXD6 15-46 

SLFC46***0GFXD6 15-46 

SLFC46***0IGFXD6 15-46 

SLFC462500FXD6 15-46 

SLFC462500GFXD6 15-46 

SLFC462500IGFXD6 15-46 

SLFC56***0FXD6 15-46 

SLFC56***0GFXD6 15-46 

SLFC56***0IGFXD6 15-46 

SLFL36***0CFD6 15-47 

SLFL36***0GCFD6 15-47 

SLFL36***0IGCFD6 15-47 

SLFL362500CFD6 15-47 

SLFL362500CGFD6 15-47 

SLFL362500ICGFD6 15-47 

SLFL46***0CFD6 15-47 

SLFL46***0GCFD6 15-47 

SLFL46***0IGCFD6 15-47 

SLFL462500CFD6 15-47 

SLFL462500GCFD6 15-47 

SLFL462500IGCFD6 15-47 

SLFL56***0CFD6 15-47 

SLFL56***0GCFD6 15-47 

SLFL56***0IGCFD6 15-47 

SLG 11-77 

SLGD 11-91, 13-25 

SLJ2600 15-52 

SLJ6600 15-52 

SLJC36***0GJXD6 15-46 

SLJC36***0IGJXD6 15-46 

SLJC36***0JXD6 15-46 

SLJC46***0GJXD6 15-46 

SLJC46***0IGJXD6 15-46 

SLJC46***0JXD6 15-46 

SLJL36***0CGJD6 15-47 

SLJL36***0CJD6 15-47 

SLJL36***0ICGJD6 15-47 

SLJL46***0CJD6 15-47 

SLJL46***0GCJD6 15-47 

SLJL46***0IGCJD6 15-47 

SLJL562000CJD6 15-47 

SLJL562000GCJD6 15-47 

SLJL562000IGCJD6 15-47 

SLJLS56***0CJD6 15-47 

SLJLS56***0GCJD6 15-47 

SLJLS56***0IGCJD6 15-47 

SLLCS36***0GLXD6 15-46 

SLLCS36***0IGLXD6 15-46 

SLLCS36***0LXD6 15-46 

SLLCS46***0GLXD6 15-46 

SLLCS46***0IGLXD6 15-46 

SLLCS46***0LXD6 15-46 

SLLLS36***0CLD6 15-47 

SLLLS36***0CMD6 15-47 

SLLLS36***0GCLD6 15-47 

SLLLS36***0GCMD6 15-47 

SLLLS36***0IGCLD6 15-47 

SLLLS36***0IGCMD6 15-47 

SLLLS46***0CLD6 15-47 

SLLLS46***0CMD6 15-47 

SLLLS46***0GCLD6 15-47 

SLLLS46***0GCMD6 15-47 

SLLLS46***0IGCLD6 15-47 

SLLLS46***0IGCMD6 15-47 

SLM1D 11-91, 13-25 

SLMCS36***0GMXD6 15-46 

SLMCS36***0IGMXD6 15-46 

SLMCS36***0MXD6 15-46 

SLMCS46***0GMXD6 15-46 

SLMCS46***0IGMXD6 15-46 

SLMCS46***0MXD6 15-46 

SLPGR3140G 15-52 

SLR2030 15-52 

SLR2060 15-52 

SLR2100 15-52 

SLR2200 15-52 

SLR2400 15-52 

SLR2600 15-52 

SLR6030 15-52 

SLR6060 15-52 

SLR6100 15-52 

SLR6200 15-52 

SLR6400 15-52 

SLR6600 15-52 

SLT2100 15-52 

SLT2200 15-52 

SLT2400 15-52 

SLT2600 15-52 

SLT6100 15-52 

SLT6200 15-52 

SLT6400 15-52 

SLT6600 15-52 

SLVB*3210 15-52 

SLVB*3210G 15-52 

SLVB*3210IG 15-52 

SLVB*3220 15-52 

SLVB*3220G 15-52 

SLVB*3220IG 15-52 

SLVB*3230 15-52 

SLVB*3230G 15-52 

SLVB*3230IG 15-52 

SLVB*3240 15-52 

SLVB*3240G 15-52 

SLVB*3240IG 15-52 

SLVB*3250 15-52 

SLVB*3250G 15-52 

SLVB*3250IG 15-52 

SLVB*3260 15-52 

SLVB*3260G 15-52 

SLVB*3260IG 15-52 

SLVB*3610 15-52 

SLVB*3610G 15-52 

SLVB*3610IG 15-52 

SLVB*3620 15-52 

SLVB*3620G 15-52 

SLVB*3620IG 15-52 

SLVB*3630 15-52 

SLVB*3630G 15-52 

SLVB*3630IG 15-52 

SLVB*3640 15-52 

SLVB*3640G 15-52 

SLVB*3640IG 15-52 

SLVB*3650 15-52 

SLVB*3650G 15-52 

SLVB*3650IG 15-52 

SLVB*3660 15-52 

SLVB*3660G 15-52 

SLVB*3660IG 15-52 

SLVB*4210 15-52 

SLVB*4210G 15-52 

SLVB*4210IG 15-52 

SLVB*4220 15-52 

SLVB*4220G 15-52 

SLVB*4220IG 15-52 

SLVB*4230 15-52 

SLVB*4230G 15-52 

SLVB*4230IG 15-52 

SLVB*4240 15-52 

SLVB*4240G 15-52 

SLVB*4240IG 15-52 

SLVB*4250 15-52 

SLVB*4250G 15-52 

SLVB*4250IG 15-52 

SLVB*4260 15-52 

SLVB*4260G 15-52 

SLVB*4260IG 15-52 

SLVB*4610 15-52 

SLVB*4610G 15-52 

SLVB*4610IG 15-52 

SLVB*4620 15-52 

SLVB*4620G 15-52 

SLVB*4620IG 15-52 

SLVB*4630 15-52 

SLVB*4630G 15-52 

SLVB*4630IG 15-52 

SLVB*4640 15-52 

SLVB*4640G 15-52 

SLVB*4640IG 15-52 

SLVB*4650 15-52 

SLVB*4650G 15-52 

SLVB*4650IG 15-52 

SLVB*4660 15-52 

SLVB*4660G 15-52 

SLVB*4660IG 15-52 

SLVB*5210 15-52 

SLVB*5210G 15-52 

SLVB*5210IG 15-52 

SLVB*5220 15-52 

SLVB*5220G 15-52 

SLVB*5220IG 15-52 

SLVB*5230 15-52 

SLVB*5230G 15-52 

SLVB*5230IG 15-52 

SLVB*5240 15-52 

SLVB*5240G 15-52 

SLVB*5240IG 15-52 

SLVB*5250 15-52 

SLVB*5250G 15-52 

SLVB*5250IG 15-52 

SLVB*5610 15-52 

SLVB*5610G 15-52 

SLVB*5610IG 15-52 

SLVB*5620 15-52 

SLVB*5620G 15-52 

SLVB*5620IG 15-52 

SLVB*5630 15-52 

SLVB*5630G 15-52 

SLVB*5630IG 15-52 

SLVB*5640 15-52 

SLVB*5640G 15-52 

SLVB*5640IG 15-52 

SLVB*5650 15-52 

SLVB*5650G 15-52 

SLVB*5650IG 15-52 

SMB6R 1-48, 7-158 

SMBKED1 11-15 

SMBKED3 11-15 

SMBKFD1 11-15 

SMBKFD3 11-15 

SMBKJD1 11-15 

SMBKJD3 11-15 

SMBKLD1 11-15 

SMBKLD3 11-15 

SMD6A600LI 7-130 

SMD6A600LIG 7-130 

SMD6A600LIGH 7-130 

SMD6A600LIH 7-130 

SMD6A600LSI 7-130 

SMD6A600LSIG 7-130 

SMD6A600LSIGH 7-130 

SMD6A600LSIH 7-130 

SMD6A700LI 7-130 

SMD6A700LIG 7-130 


SMD6A700LIH 7-130 

SMD6A700LSI 7-130 




SMD6A800LI 7-130 

SMD6A800LIG 7-130 


SMD6A800LIH 7-130 

SMD6A800LSI 7-130 




SMD6B600LI 7-130 

SMD6B600LIG 7-130 

SMD6B600LIGH 7-130 

SMD6B600LIH 7-130 

SMD6B600LSI 7-130 

SMD6B600LSIG 7-130 

SMD6B600LSIGH 7-130 

SMD6B600LSIH 7-130 

SMD6B700LI 7-130 

SMD6B700LIG 7-130 


SMD6B700LIH 7-130 

SMD6B700LSI 7-130 




SMD6B800LI 7-130 

SMD6B800LIG 7-130 


SMD6B800LIH 7-130 

SMD6B800LSI 7-130 




SMF Manual Control 17-6, 17-7 

SMLKA1 11-15 

SMLKA3 11-15 

SMMBQMK 13-26 

SMMCEMK 13-26 

SMMEDMK 13-26 

SMMFDMK 13-26 

SMMHEMK 13-26 

SMMNGMK 13-26 

SMMQRMK 13-26 

SMMTFMK 13-26 

SMND 11-91, 13-25 

SMU-CT-011 9-25 

SMU-CT-021 9-25 

SMU-CT-025 9-25 

SMU-CT-02R 9-25 

SMU-CT-031 9-25 

SMU-CT-041 9-25 

SMU-CT-061 9-25 

SMU-CT-081 9-25 

SMU-CT-123 9-25 

SN1212L1125 1-10 

SN1224B1100 1-9 

SN1224L1125 1-10 

SN1224L1200 1-10 

SN1632B1100 1-9 

SN1632B1125 1-9 

SN1632B1150 1-9 

SN1632B1200 1-9 

SN1632L1125 1-10 

SN1632L1150 1-10 

SN2020B1100 1-9 

SN2020L1125 1-10 

SN2040B1100 1-9 

SN2040B1150 1-9 

SN2040B1200 1-9 

SN2040C1200 1-11 

SN2040L1125 1-10 

SN2040L1150 1-10 

SN2040L1200 1-10 

SN205CX 2-8 

SN211AR 2-8 

SN2424B1125 1-9 

SN2424C1125 1-11 

SN2424L1125 1-10 

SN2448B1100 1-9 

SN2448B1150 1-9 

SN2448B1200 1-9 

SN2448L1125 1-10 

SN2448L1150 1-10 

SN2448L1200 1-10 

SN251CR 2-8 

SN3030B1100 1-9 

SN3030B1125 1-9 

SN3030B1150 1-9 

SN3030L1200 1-10 

SN3048B1100 1-9 

SN3048B1125 1-9 

SN3048B1150 1-9 

SN3048B1200 1-9 

SN3048B1200S06 1-11 

SN3048C1200 1-11 

SN3048L1125 1-10 

SN3048L1200 1-10 

SN3048L1200L50 1-11 

SN305CX 2-8 

SN311AR 2-8 

SN351CR 2-8 

SN4040B1200 1-9 

SN4040C1200 1-11 

SN4040L1125 1-10 

SN4040L1200 1-10 

SN4060B1200 1-9 

SN4060B1200S06 1-11 

SN4060L1225 1-10 

SN411AR 2-8 

SN4264B1200 1-9 

SN4264B1225 1-9 

SN4264L1225 1-10 

SN451CR 2-8 

SN5482B1200 1-9 

SN5482B1225 1-9 

SN5482L1225 1-10 

SNB 11-77 

SNBD 11-91, 13-25 

SND6A100LI 7-134 

I-26 


Product Index 


I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 

SPD6B140LIG 7-137 

SPD6B140LSI 7-137 

SPD6B140LSIG 7-137 

SPD6B160LI 7-137 

SPD6B160LIG 7-137 

SPD6B160LSI 7-137 

SPD6B160LSIG 7-137 

SPT1 3-102 

SPT3 3-102 

SQR 11-77 

SQRC 11-77, 11-91, 13-26 

SQRD 11-91 

SRSS 2-25, 2-76, 3-130 

SRSTD 2-25, 2-51, 2-77, 3-130 

SRSW 2-25, 2-51, 2-76, 2-77, 3-130 

SS251CR 2-8 

SS351CR 2-8 

SS451CR 2-8 

SSBP 7-211 

SSBPH 7-211 

SSCJ 11-77 

SSCL 11-77 

SSCLD 11-91 

SSH075 4-22 

SSH100 4-22 

SSH125 4-22 

SSH150 4-22 

SSH200 4-22 

SSH250 4-22 

SSH300 4-22 

SSH350 4-22 

SSH400 4-22 

SSJ1 11-77 

SSJ1D 11-91 

SSL6 11-77 

SSL6D 11-91 

SSMND 11-91, 13-25 

SSRK33 5-13 

SSRK34 5-13 

SND6A100LIG 7-134 

SND6A100LIGH 7-134 

SND6A100LIH 7-134 

SND6A100LSI 7-134 

SND6A100LSIG 7-134 

SND6A100LSIGH 7-134 

SND6A100LSIH 7-134 

SND6A120LI 7-134 

SND6A120LIG 7-134 


SND6A120LIH 7-134 

SND6A120LSI 7-134 




SND6A800LI 7-134 

SND6A800LIG 7-134 


SND6A800LIH 7-134 

SND6A800LSI 7-134 




SND6B100LI 7-134 

SND6B100LIG 7-134 

SND6B100LIGH 7-134 

SND6B100LIH 7-134 

SND6B100LSI 7-134 

SND6B100LSIG 7-134 

SND6B100LSIGH 7-134 

SND6B100LSIH 7-134 

SND6B120LI 7-134 

SND6B120LIG 7-134 


SND6B120LIH 7-134 

SND6B120LSI 7-134 




SND6B800LI 7-134 

SND6B800LIG 7-134 


SND6B800LIH 7-134 

SND6B800LSI 7-134 




SNW0816B1200T 1-9 

SNW0816L1200T 1-10 

SNW1212L1125 1-10 

SNW1224B1100 1-9 

SNW1224B1125 1-9 

SNW1224B1200 1-9 

SNW1224L1125 1-10 

SNW1224L1200 1-10 

SNW1224L1225 1-10 

SNW1632B1100 1-9 

SNW1632L1125 1-10 

SNW2020B1100 1-9 

SNW2040B1125 1-9 

SNW2040B1150 1-9 

SNW2040B1200 1-9 

SNW2040C1200 1-11 

SNW2040L1125 1-10 

SNW2040L1150 1-10 

SNW2040L1200 1-10 

SNW2424B1125 1-9 

SNW2424C1125 1-11 

SNW2424L1125 1-10 

SNW3048B1125 1-9 

SNW3048B1150 1-9 

SNW3048B1200 1-9 

SNW3048C1200 1-11 

SNW3048L1125 1-10 

SNW3048L1200 1-10 

SNW4040B1150 1-9 

SNW4040B1200 1-9 

SNW4040C1200 1-11 

SNW4040L1200 1-10 

SNW4264B1225 1-9 

SNW4264L1225 1-10 

SPD6A140LI 7-137 

SPD6A140LIG 7-137 

SPD6A140LSI 7-137 

SPD6A140LSIG 7-137 

SPD6A160LI 7-137 

SPD6A160LIG 7-137 

SPD6A160LSI 7-137 

SPD6A160LSIG 7-137 

SPD6B140LI 7-137 

STRLB24DC 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

STRLC60DC 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

STRLD125DC 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

STRLE250DC 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

STRLM60 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

STRLN120 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

STRLS277 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

STRLV600 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

STRPB24DC 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

STRPC60DC 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

STRPD125DC 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

STRPE250DC 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

STRPM60 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

STRPN120 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

STRPS277 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

STRPV600 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

SW1224B3100 1-15 

SW1224L3125 1-15 

SW1224L3200 1-15 

SW1836L3150 1-15 

SW2442B3150 1-15 

SW2442L3150 1-15 

SW2442L3200 1-15 

SW3054B3200 1-15 

SW3054L3200 1-15 

SW4242B3225 1-15 

SW4260B3200 1-15 

SW4260L3225 1-15 

SX087M 2-82 

SX302A1 15-11 

SX302A2 15-11 

SX302A3 15-11 

SX302C1 15-11 

SX302C2 15-11 

SX302C3 15-11 

SX304A1 15-11 

SX304A2 15-11 

SX304A3 15-11 

SX304C1 15-11 

SX304C2 15-11 

SX304C3 15-11 

SX306A1 15-11 

SX306A2 15-11 

SX306A3 15-11 

SX306C1 15-11 

SX306C2 15-11 

SX306C3 15-11 

SX308A1 15-11 

SX308A2 15-11 

SX308A3 15-11 

SX308C1 15-11 

SX308C2 15-11 

SX308C3 15-11 

SX310A1 15-11 

SX310A2 15-11 

SX310A3 15-11 

SX310C1 15-11 

SX310C2 15-11 

SX310C3 15-11 

SX312A1 15-11 

SX312A2 15-11 

SX312A3 15-11 

SX312C1 15-11 

SX312C2 15-11 

SX312C3 15-11 

SX313A1 15-11 

SX313A2 15-11 

SX313A3 15-11 

SX313C1 15-11 

SX313C2 15-11 

SX313C3 15-11 

SX316A1 15-11 

SX316A2 15-11 

SX316A3 15-11 

SX316C1 15-11 

SX316C2 15-11 

SX316C3 15-11 

SX320A1 15-11 

SX320A2 15-11 

SX320A3 15-11 

SX320C1 15-11 

SX320C2 15-11 

SX320C3 15-11 

SX325A1 15-11 

SX325A2 15-11 

SX325A3 15-11 

SX325C1 15-11 

SX325C2 15-11 

SX325C3 15-11 

SX330A1 15-11 

SX330A2 15-11 

SX330A3 15-11 

SX330C1 15-11 

SX330C2 15-11 

SX330C3 15-11 

SX332A1 15-11 

SX332A2 15-11 

SX332A3 15-11 

SX332C1 15-11 

SX332C2 15-11 

SX332C3 15-11 

SX340A1 15-11 

SX340A2 15-11 

SX340A3 15-11 

SX340C1 15-11 

SX340C2 15-11 

SX340C3 15-11 

SX350C1 15-11 

SX350C2 15-11 

SX350C3 15-11 

SX402A1 15-11 

SX402A2 15-11 

SX402A3 15-11 

SX402C1 15-11 

SX402C2 15-11 

SX402C3 15-11 

SX404A1 15-11 

SX404A2 15-11 

SX404A3 15-11 

SX404C1 15-11 

SX404C2 15-11 

SX404C3 15-11 

SX406A1 15-11 

SX406A2 15-11 

SX406A3 15-11 

SX406C1 15-11 

SX406C2 15-11 

SX406C3 15-11 

SX408A1 15-11 

SX408A2 15-11 

SX408A3 15-11 

SX408C1 15-11 

SX408C2 15-11 

SX408C3 15-11 

SX410A1 15-11 

SX410A2 15-11 

SX410A3 15-11 

SX410C1 15-11 

SX410C2 15-11 

SX410C3 15-11 

SX412A1 15-11 

SX412A2 15-11 

SX412A3 15-11 

SX412C1 15-11 

SX412C2 15-11 

SX412C3 15-11 

SX413A1 15-11 

SX413A2 15-11 

SX413A3 15-11 

SX413C1 15-11 

SX413C2 15-11 

SX413C3 15-11 

SX416A1 15-11 

SX416A2 15-11 

SX416A3 15-11 

SX416C1 15-11 

SX416C2 15-11 

SX416C3 15-11 

SX420A1 15-11 

SX420A2 15-11 

SX420A3 15-11 

SX420C1 15-11 

SX420C2 15-11 

SX420C3 15-11 

SX425A1 15-11 

SX425A2 15-11 

SX425A3 15-11 

SX425C1 15-11 

SX425C2 15-11 

SX425C3 15-11 

SX430A1 15-11 

SX430A2 15-11 

SX430A3 15-11 

SX430C1 15-11 

SX430C2 15-11 

SX430C3 15-11 

SX432A1 15-11 

SX432A2 15-11 

SX432A3 15-11 

SX432C1 15-11 

SX432C2 15-11 

SX432C3 15-11 

SX440A1 15-11 

SX440A2 15-11 

SX440A3 15-11 

SX440C1 15-11 

SX440C2 15-11 

SX440C3 15-11 

SX450C1 15-11 

SX450C2 15-11 

SX450C3 15-11 

SX502A1 15-11 

SX502A2 15-11 

SX502A3 15-11 

SX502C1 15-11 

SX502C2 15-11 

SX502C3 15-11 

SX504A1 15-11 

SX504A2 15-11 

SX504A3 15-11 

SX504C1 15-11 

SX504C2 15-11 

SX504C3 15-11 

SX506A1 15-11 

SX506A2 15-11 

SX506A3 15-11 

SX506C1 15-11 

SX506C2 15-11 

SX506C3 15-11 

SX508A1 15-11 

SX508A2 15-11 

SX508A3 15-11 

SX508C1 15-11 

SX508C2 15-11 

SX508C3 15-11 

SX510A1 15-11 

SX510A2 15-11 

SX510A3 15-11 

SX510C1 15-11 

SX510C2 15-11 

SX510C3 15-11 

SX512A1 15-11 

SX512A2 15-11 

SX512A3 15-11 

SX512C1 15-11 

SX512C2 15-11 

SX512C3 15-11 

SX513A1 15-11 

SX513A2 15-11 

SX513A3 15-11 

SX513C1 15-11 

SX513C2 15-11 

SX513C3 15-11 

SX516A1 15-11 

SX516A2 15-11 

SX516A3 15-11 

SX516C1 15-11 

SX516C2 15-11 

SX516C3 15-11 

SX520A1 15-11 

SX520A2 15-11 

SX520A3 15-11 

SX520C1 15-11 

SX520C2 15-11 

SX520C3 15-11 

SX525A1 15-11 

SX525A2 15-11 

SX525A3 15-11 

SX525C1 15-11 

SX525C2 15-11 

SX525C3 15-11 

SX530A1 15-11 

SX530A2 15-11 

SX530A3 15-11 

SX530C1 15-11 

SX530C2 15-11 

SX530C3 15-11 

SX532A1 15-11 

SX532A2 15-11 

SX532A3 15-11 

SX532C1 15-11 

SX532C2 15-11 

SX532C3 15-11 

SX540A1 15-11 

SX540A2 15-11 

SX540A3 15-11 

SX540C1 15-11 

SX540C2 15-11 

SX540C3 15-11 

SX550C1 15-11 

SX550C2 15-11 

SX550C3 15-11 

SXDRA1 15-26 

SXDRA2 15-26 

SXDRA3 15-26 

SXDRA4 15-26 

SXDRA5 15-26 

SXDRA6 15-26 

SXDRA7 15-26 

SXDRC1 15-26 

SXDRC2 15-26 

SXDRC3 15-26 

SXDRC4 15-26 

SXDRC5 15-26 

SXDRC6 15-26 

SXDRC7 15-26 

SXSK 15-46, 15-52 

SXSS1 15-26 

SXSS2 15-26 

SXSS3 15-26 

SXSS4 15-26 

SXTH1 15-25 

SXTH2 15-25 

SXTH3 15-25 

SXTH4 15-25 

SXWH1 15-27 

SXWH2 15-27 

SXWH3 15-27 

SXWH4 15-27 

TA12JG04 7-213 

TA1DG30 6-4, 6-7, 7-212 

TA1E6125 6-3, 7-111, 7-154 

TA1FD350A 6-4, 6-7, 7-114, 7-154 

TA1JG750 7-213 

TA1L6750 7-117, 7-119, 7-121, 7-155 

TA1Q1 1-48, 7-153, 7-158, 7-39 

TA1QR300 6-3, 6-7 

TA2J630 7-119, 7-154 

TA2J6500 6-4, 6-5, 6-7, 7-117, 

7-119, 7-121, 7-154 

TA2JG250 7-213 

TA2JG250PT 7-213 


Product Index 


I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 

TA2K500 5-27, 7-125, 7-128, 7-130, 

7-132, 7-154 

TA2MG750 7-213 

TA2N750 7-125, 7-154 

TA3DG02 7-212 

TA3FG20 7-212 

TA3H750 5-27 

TA3K500 5-27, 6-5, 6-6, 6-7, 7-125, 

7-128, 7-130, 7-132, 7-154 

TA3MG500 7-213 

TA3MG500PT 7-213 

TA4H500 5-27 

TA4P750 7-136, 7-155, 7-199, 7-213 

TA5P500 6-7 

TA5P600 6-6, 7-136, 7-137, 

7-154, 7-199, 7-213 

TA6DG04 7-212 

TA6ED06 7-155 

TA6FD04 7-155 

TA6FG04 7-212 

TA6GG04 7-155 

TA6JD20 7-155 

TA6JG20 7-213 

TA6R600 7-136, 7-137, 7-139, 

7-154, 7-199, 7-213 

TAW1FG350 6-4, 6-7, 7-212 

TBNK4 15-20 

TBNK6 15-20 

TBNK8 15-20 

TC1DG30 7-212 

TC1ED6150 7-111, 7-155 

TC1FD350 7-114, 7-155 

TC1J6600 7-117, 7-119, 7-121, 7-155 

TC1JG750 7-183, 7-213 

TC1Q1 1-48, 7-33, 7-34, 7-39, 

7-43, 7-153, 7-158 

TC2J6500 7-117, 7-119, 7-121, 7-155 

TC2JG250 7-183, 7-213 

TC2K500 5-27, 7-128, 7-130, 7-132, 

7-155 

TC3K350 5-27 

TC3MG500 7-191, 7-213 

TC5R600 6-6, 6-7, 7-136, 7-137, 

7-139, 7-155, 7-199, 7-213 

TCE3 7-165 

TCF29B 11-102 

TCF3 7-165 

TCF41B 11-102 

TCF47B 11-102 

TCF59B 11-102 

TCH65K 1-48, 7-158 

TCJ3 7-165 

TCL3 7-165 

TCM3 7-165 

TCN3 7-165 

TCS29B 11-102 

TCS41B 11-102 

TCS47B 11-102 

TCS59B 11-102 

TCW1FG350 7-212 

TFAK32 15-83, 5-26 

TFAK35 15-83, 5-26 

TFAK42 15-83, 5-26 

TFAK45 15-83, 5-26 

TFAK72 4-20, 5-27 

TFAK75 4-20, 5-26, 5-27 

TFAK82 4-20, 5-27 

TFP223 5-29 

TFP224 5-29 

TFP323 5-29 

TFP324 5-29 

TFP363 5-29 

TFP364 5-29 

THEL 7-217 

THEM 7-217 

THEP 7-217 

TL137NP 2-16 

TL137RT 2-16 

TL137U2P 2-16 

TL137UP 2-16 

TL137UP-LP 2-16 

TL137US 2-16 

TL138GUP 2-16 

TL17US 2-16 

TL1F3F7UP 2-16 

TL1F3F7US 2-16 

TL1F3F7US2 2-16 

TL1F77NT 2-16 

TL1F77RB 2-16 

TL1F7US 2-16 

TL37US 2-16 

TL577NT 2-16 

TL577US 2-16 

TL5F77NT 2-16 

TL5F77RB 2-16 

TL5F77RT 2-16 

TL5F8G8GUS 2-16 

TL77NB 2-16 

TL77NT 2-16 

TL77RB 2-16 

TL77RT 2-16 

TL77US 2-16 

TLATVP 2-16 

TLAWATER 2-16 

TLK14Q 8-27 

TLK15Q 8-27 

TLK34Q 8-27 

TLK35Q 8-27 

TLK36Q 8-27 

TLK37Q 8-27 

TLK38Q 8-27 

TLK39Q 8-27 

TMK606 5-12 

TMK610 5-12 

TMK610C 5-12 

TMK620 5-12 

TMK620C 5-12 

TMKJ 7-213 

TMKJ3 7-213 

TNKD 7-212 

TNKD3 7-212 

TNKF 7-212 

TNKF3 7-212 

TNKG3 7-153, 7-43 

TNKL 7-213 

TNKL3 7-213 

TNKM 7-213 

TNKM3 7-213 

TNKP 7-213 

TNKP3 7-213 

TPS3 01 10-8 

TPS3 02 10-9 

TPS3 03 1-51, 10-10 

TPS3 03 DC 10-11 

TPS3 05 10-12 

TPS3 06 10-13 

TPS3 09 10-14 

TPS3 11 10-15 

TPS3 12 10-16 

TPS3 15 10-17 

TPS3 L1 10-8 

TPS3 L12 10-16 

TPS3 L15 10-17 

TPS3 L2 10-9 

TPS3 L5 10-12 

TPS3 L6 10-13 

TSLF3 7-210 

TSLL3 7-211 

TSLM3 7-211 

TSLP3 7-211 

TSSF3 7-210 

TSSG3A 7-160 

TSSL3 7-211 

TSSM3 7-211 

TSSP3 7-211 

TW1DG20 7-212 

TW1FG350 7-212 

TW1JG600 7-213 

TWB15J 8-27 

TWB75J 8-27 

U01ED60 7-113 

U01ED62A 7-113 

U01ED62AA 7-113 

U01ED62AB 7-113 

U01ED62B 7-113 

U01FD60 7-116 

U01JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U01JLD62A 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U01JLD62AA 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U01MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U01MN64A 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U01MN64AA 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U02ED60 7-113 

U02ED62A 7-113 

U02ED62AA 7-113 

U02ED62AB 7-113 

U02ED62B 7-113 

U02FD60 7-116 

U02JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U02JLD62A 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U02JLD62AA 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U02MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U02MN64A 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U02MN64AA 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U03ED60 7-113 

U03ED62A 7-113 

U03ED62AA 7-113 

U03ED62AB 7-113 

U03ED62B 7-113 

U03JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U03JLD62A 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U03JLD62AA 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U03MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U03MN64A 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U03MN64AA 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U04MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U04MN64A 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U04MN64AA 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U06ED60 7-113 

U06ED64A 7-113 

U06ED64AB 7-113 

U06ED64B 7-113 

U06FD60 7-116 

U06JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U06JLD64A 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U06JLD64AA 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U06MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U07MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U07MN64A 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U07MN64AA 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U08ED60 7-113 

U09MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U09MN64A 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U09MN64AA 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U10ED60 7-113 

U10ED62A 7-113 

U10ED62AA 7-113 

U10ED62AB 7-113 

U10ED62B 7-113 

U10FD60 7-116 

U10JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U10JLD62A 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U10JLD62AA 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U11MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U11MN64A 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U11MN64AA 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U12ED60 7-113 

U12ED62A 7-113 

U12ED62AA 7-113 

U13ED60 7-113 

U13ED62A 7-113 

U13ED62AA 7-113 

U13ED62AB 7-113 

U13ED62B 7-113 

U13FD60 7-116 

U13JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U13JLD62A 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U13JLD62AA 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U14ED60 7-113 

U14ED62A 7-113 

U14ED62AA 7-113 

U14ED62AB 7-113 

U14ED62B 7-113 

U14FD60 7-116 

U14JLD6 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U14JLD62A 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U14JLD62AA 7-120, 7-124, 7-127 

U15MN6 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U15MN64A 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U15MN64AA 7-131, 7-135, 7-138 

U16ED60 7-113 

U16ED64A 7-113 

U16ED64AB 7-113 

U16ED64B 7-113 

U16FD60 7-116 

UA2311-0PGP 2-7 

UA2311-0PQG 2-7 

UA2717-YPDN 2-7 

UA2717-YPGP 2-7 

UA2717-YPQG 2-7 

UA2717-YPZA 2-7 

UA3311-0PGP 2-7 

UA3311-0PQG 2-7 

UA3717-YPDN 2-7 

UA3717-YPGP 2-7 

UA3717-YPZA 2-7 

UA4311-0PGP 2-7 

UA4311-0PQG 2-7 

UA4719-YPDN 2-7 

UA4719-YPGP 2-7 

UA4719-YPQG 2-7 

UA4719-YPZA 2-7 

UA5719-KPDN 2-7 

UA5719-KPGP 2-7 

UA6719-KPQG 2-7 

UA6719-KPZA 2-7 

UAB111-0PCH 2-12 

UAB111-100 2-12 

UAB111-125 2-12 

UAB111-XG 2-12 

UAB317-0PCH 2-12 

UAB417-150 2-12 

UAB417-200 2-12 

UAB417-XG 2-12 

UAB417-XPG 2-12 

UAB877-200 2-12 

UAB877-PG 2-12 

UAP317-PPWI 2-12 

UAPB317-PPWI 2-12 

UAS817-PPGP 2-6 

UAS818-PGNM 2-6 

UAS877-PG 2-6 

UAS877-PPCV 2-6 

UAS877-PPDN 2-6 

UAS877-PPGP 2-6 

UAS877-PPZ 2-6 

UAS877-PPZA 2-6 

UAS917-XJCA 2-6 

UAT111-0G 2-5 

UAT111-0GF 2-5 

UAT111-0JCA 2-5 

UAT111-0MXA 2-5 

UAT111-0PDN 2-5 

UAT111-0PGP 2-5 

UAT111-0PQG 2-5 

UAT111-0PV 2-5 

UAT111-0PZA 2-5 

UAT111-PG 2-5 

UAT121-0BCO 2-5 

UAT121-0GWR 2-5 

UAT121-BBCO 2-5 

UAT121-BGWR 2-5 

UAT121-BM 2-5 

UAT121-PBCO 2-5 

UAT121-PGWR 2-5 

UAT317-0FP 2-6 

UAT317-0G 2-6 

UAT317-0GF 2-6 

UAT317-0MXA 2-6 

UAT317-0PDN 2-6 

UAT317-0PGP 2-6 

UAT317-0PQG 2-6 

UAT317-0PZA 2-6 

UAT317-DGZ 2-6 

UAT327-0GWR 2-6 

UAT327-0MCO 2-6 

UAT417-0PQG 2-6 

UAT417-PG 2-6 

UAT417-XFP 2-6 

UAT417-XG 2-6 

UAT417-XGDU 2-6 

UAT417-XGF 2-6 

UAT417-XPCV 2-6 

UAT417-XPQG 2-6 

UAT427-PMCO 2-6 

UAT427-XMWR 2-6 

UAT517-PDG 2-6 

UAT618-XGNM 2-6 

UBT20 2-81 

UBT30 2-81 

UBT40 2-81 

UBT50 2-81 

UCP1216 2-82 

UE145 15-81, 15-82 

UE155 15-81, 15-82 

UE175 15-81, 15-82 

UE195 15-81, 15-82 

UE275 15-81, 15-82 

UE295 15-81, 15-82 

UEC3100G 15-83 

UEC4100G 15-83 

UEW1216 2-82 

UF145 15-81, 15-82 

UF155 15-81, 15-82 

UF175 15-81, 15-82 

UF195 15-81, 15-82 

UF275 15-81, 15-82 

UF295 15-81, 15-82 

UFC3250G 15-83 

UFC4250G 15-83 

UFS145 15-81, 15-82 

UFS179 15-81, 15-82 

UFS275 15-82 

UFS279 15-81, 15-82 

UH145 15-81, 15-82 

UH155 15-81, 15-82 

UH175 15-81, 15-82 

UH195 15-81, 15-82 

UH275 15-81, 15-82 

UH295 15-81, 15-82 

UH302AB 15-81 

UH302CB 15-82 

UH304AB 15-81 

UH304CB 15-82 

UH306AB 15-81 

UH306CB 15-82 

UH308AV 15-81 

UH308CV 15-82 

UH310AV 15-81 

UH310CV 15-82 

UH312AV 15-81 

UH312CV 15-82 

UH313AV 15-81 

UH313CV 15-82 

UH316AV 15-81 

UH316CV 15-82 

UH320AV 15-81 

UH320CV 15-82 

UH325AV 15-81 

UH325CV 15-82 

UH330AV 15-81 

UH330CV 15-82 

UH340AV 15-81 

UH340CV 15-82 

UH350AV 15-81 

UH350CV 15-82 

UH360CV 15-82 

UH365CV 15-82 

UH502AB 15-81 

UH502CB 15-82 

UH504AB 15-81 

UH504CB 15-82 

UH506AB 15-81 

UH506CB 15-82 

UH508AV 15-81 

UH508CV 15-82 

UH510AV 15-81 

UH510CV 15-82 

UH512AV 15-81 

UH512CV 15-82 

UH513AV 15-81 

UH513CV 15-82 

UH516AV 15-81 

UH516CV 15-82 

UH520AV 15-81 

UH520CV 15-82 

UH525AV 15-81 

UH525CV 15-82 

UH530AV 15-81 

UH530CV 15-82 

UH540AV 15-81 

UH540CV 15-82 

UH550AV 15-81 

UH550CV 15-82 

UH560CV 15-82 

UH565CV 15-82 

UJ100 15-80 

UK1000TA 2-51, 2-76, 2-77 

UK350TA 2-51, 2-76, 2-77 

UK600TA 2-51, 2-76, 2-77 

ULK1350 2-82 

ULK1500 2-82 

ULK2500 2-82 

ULT10SP 2-82 

ULT20 2-81 

ULT30 2-81 

ULT40 2-81 

ULT50 2-81 

UMBCVR 2-82 

UMCVR 2-82 

UPB12 2-81 

UPB3 2-81 

UPB6 2-81 

US2:9410D24VDC 9-9 

US2:9410DC 9-9 

US2:9410DCAN 9-9 

US2:9410R24VDC 9-9 

US2:9410RC 9-9 

US2:9410SK 9-9 

US2:9410T24VDC 9-9 

I-28 


Product Index 


US2:9410TC 9-9 

US2:948DCAB10 9-9 

US2:948DISP96 9-9 

US2:948M2AO4AI 9-9 

US2:948M2DO6DI 9-9 

US2:94PMAK 9-9 

US2:94PMHWK 9-9 

US2:94PMHWKDC 9-9 

US2:94PMRDHWK 9-9 

US2:ECPLD3R 1-48, 7-158 

US2:ENCL3124001TCX 9-12 

US2:ENCL3148012TCX 9-12 

US2:ENCL3224001TCX 9-12 

US2:ENCL3248012TCX 9-12 

US2:MDBM 9-23 

US2:MDBMD 9-23 

US2:MDBMIP 9-23 

US2:MDBMIPD 9-23 

US2:PWRSP4A 9-7, 9-8 

US2:SCTHMC0100U 9-23 

US2:SCTHMC0200U 9-23 

US2:SCTHSC0050U 9-23 

US2:SCTR161310U 9-23 

US2:SCTR241310U 9-23 

US2:SCTR361310U 9-23 

US2:SCTSCL0600U 9-23 

US2:SCTSCL1000U 9-23 

US2:SCTSCM0100U 9-23 




US2:SCTSCS0050U 9-23 

US2:SCTSCS0100U 9-23 

US2:SEM303ENCL1 9-21 


US2:SEM303ENCL1D 9-22 

US2:SEM303ENCL1DS 9-22 





































US2:SEM3CAB10FT 9-14 

US2:SEM3CAB12INCH 9-14 






US2:SEM3CONTROLLER 9-14, 9-15 

US2:SEM3PHAMETER 9-14, 9-16 

US2:SEM3PLAMETER 9-14, 9-16 

US2:SEM3RACK15 9-14, 9-15 

US2:SEM3RACK21 9-14, 9-15 

US2:SEM3RACK3 9-14, 9-15 

US2:SEM3RACK6 9-15 

US2:SEM3RACK9 9-14, 9-15 

US2:SEM3SCCT1200 9-14, 9-16 

US2:SEM3SCCT125 9-14, 9-16 

US2:SEM3SCCT1600 9-14, 9-16 

US2:SEM3SCCT2000 9-14, 9-16 

US2:SEM3SCCT250 9-14, 9-16 

US2:SEM3SCCT400 9-14, 9-16 

US2:SEM3SCCT50 9-14, 9-16 

US2:SEM3SCCT600 9-14, 9-16 

US2:SEM3SCCT800 9-14, 9-16 

US2:SEM3TOUCHP12 9-22 





US2:SEM3TP12AEN 9-22 

US2:SEM3TP12AENUL 9-22 

US2:SEM3TP12SEN 9-22 

US2:SEM3TP12SENUL 9-22 









UV321G 15-83 

UV322G 15-83 

UV323G 15-83 

UV324G 15-83 

UV361G 15-83 

UV362G 15-83 

UV363G 15-83 

UV364G 15-83 

UV421G 15-83 

UV422G 15-83 

UV423G 15-83 

UV424G 15-83 

UV461G 15-83 

UV462G 15-83 

UV463G 15-83 

UV464G 15-83 

UVRLA12DC 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

UVRLB24DC 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

UVRLC48DC 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

UVRLD125DC 7-178, 7-182, 7-186, 

7-190, 7-219 

UVRLE250DC 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

UVRLG60DC 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

UVRLL24 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

UVRLN120 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

UVRLP208 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

UVRLR240 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

UVRLS277 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

UVRLT415 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

UVRLU480 7-178, 7-182, 

7-186, 7-190, 7-219 

UVRPA12DC 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

UVRPB24DC 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

UVRPC48DC 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

UVRPD125DC 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

UVRPE250DC 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

UVRPG60DC 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

UVRPN120 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

UVRPP208 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

UVRPR240 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

UVRPS277 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

UVRPT415 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

UVRPU480 7-194, 7-198, 7-201, 7-219 

UVS210 2-80 

UVS310 2-80 

UVS311B 2-80 

UVS410 2-80 

UVS411B 2-80 

UVS510 2-80 

UVS511B 2-80 

UX001WL 2-50 

UX005B 2-25, 2-50 

V2A2211LR 5-23 

V2A3211 5-23 

V2B2211LR 5-23 

V2B2212LR 5-23 

V2B2222LR 5-23 

V2B3211 5-23 

V2B3211R 5-23 

V2B3212 5-23 

V2B3212R 5-23 

V2B3222 5-23 

V2B3222R 5-23 

V2E2203LR 5-23 

V2E2204LR 5-23 

V2E3203 5-23 

V2F3204 5-23 

V2F3204MS 5-23 

V7A2211__ 5-24 

V7A3211 5-24 

V7B2211_ 5-24 

V7B2211LR 5-24 

V7B2212LR 5-24 

V7B2212LRR 5-24 

V7B2222_ 5-24 

V7B2222__ 5-24 

V7B3211 5-24 

V7B3211R 5-24 

V7B3212 5-24 

V7B3212R 5-24 

V7B3222 5-24 

V7B3222R 5-24 

V7E2204__ 5-24 

V7E2223LR 5-24 

V7E2233__ 5-24 

V7E2603LR 5-25 

V7E2611LR 5-25 

V7E2612LR 5-25 

V7E3202 5-24 

V7E3203 5-24 

V7E3223 5-24 

V7E3233 5-24 

V7E3233R 5-24 

V7E3601 5-25 

V7E3602 5-25 

V7E3603 5-25 

V7E3611 5-25 

V7E3611R 5-25 

V7E3612 5-25 

V7E3622 5-25 

V7E3622R 5-25 

V7E3623 5-25 

V7E3633 5-25 

V7E3633R 5-25 

V7F3204 5-24 

V7F3205A 5-24 

V7F3244R 5-24 

V7F3604 5-25 

V7F3604R 5-25 

V7F3605A 5-25 

V7F3644 5-24 

V7F3644J 5-25 

V7FBB65A 5-26 

V7H2205A 5-24 

V7H2206A 5-24 

V7H3205A 5-24 

V7H3206A 5-24 

V7H3605A 5-25 

V7H3606A 5-25 

V7HBB65A 5-26 

V7HBB66A 5-26 

VB357TL 5-25 

VB358TL 5-25 

VB610 13-26, 5-26 

VB6150 13-26 

VB657 13-26, 5-26 

VB671 13-26, 5-26 

VBFCL3 5-26 

VBFCL4 5-26 

VBFS321 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS321F 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS322 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS322F 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS361 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS361F 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS361FPV 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS361PV 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS362 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS362F 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS362FPV 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS362PV 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS363 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS363F 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS363FPV 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS363PV 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS364 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS364F 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS365 5-11, 5-8 

VBFS366 5-11, 5-8 

VBH1 5-9 

VBH112 5-9 

VBH14 5-9 

VBH14X 5-9 

VBH2 5-9 

VBH24X 5-9 

VBH2R 5-9 

VBHM1 5-8 

VBHM2 5-8 

VBHM2X 5-8 

VBLK1 5-9 

VBLK2 5-9 

VBLK3 5-9 

VBLK4 5-9 

VBNFS361 5-11, 5-8 

VBNFS361F 5-11, 5-8 

VBNFS361FPV 5-11, 5-8 

VBNFS361PV 5-11, 5-8 

VBNFS362 5-11, 5-8 

VBNFS362F 5-11, 5-8 

VBNFS362FPV 5-11, 5-8 

VBNFS362PV 5-11, 5-8 

VBNFS363 5-11, 5-8 

VBNFS363F 5-11, 5-8 

VBNFS363FPV 5-11, 5-8 

VBNFS363PV 5-11, 5-8 

VBNFS364 5-11, 5-8 

VBNFS364F 5-11, 5-8 

VBNFS365 5-11, 5-8 

VBNFS366 5-11, 5-8 

VBRHK1232 5-26 

VBRHK41 5-26 

VBRHK42 5-26 

VBRL4 5-26 

VBWK1 5-9 

VBWK2 5-9 

VBWK3 5-9 

VC1COMMA 19-7 

VC2COMMA 19-7 

VC30GRYHW 19-3 

VC30GRYU 19-3 

VCCMSDP 19-3 

VCCMSSP 19-3 

VCDATA103 19-7 




VCDATA53 19-7 

VCDATA55 19-7 

VCMNTGBRK 19-3 

VCPOSTGRY 19-3 

VCPOSTGRY2 19-3 

VCSG30GCPUW 19-3 

VCSG30GRYUW 19-3 

VF357TL 5-25 

VF358TL 5-25 

VMS325B 5-24 

VMS325T 5-24 

VMS326B 5-24 

VMS326T 5-24 

VMS365B 5-25 

VMS365T 5-25 

VMS366B 5-25 

VMS366T 5-25 

W01FD64 7-116 

W0202MB1100CU 1-20 

W0202MB1150CU 1-20 

W0202MB1200CU 1-20 

W0202ML1200CU 1-20 

W0204MB1100 1-19 

W0204ML1060 1-20, 6-10 

W0204ML1125CU 1-20 

W02FD64 7-116 

W0303ML3100 1-20, 6-10 

W03FD64 7-116 

W0404MB1150CTS 1-19 

W0404MB1200CT 1-19 

W0404MB1200CTS 1-19 

W0406ML1225CU 1-20, 6-10 

W0408L1125SPA50 1-19 

W0408L1125SPA60 1-19 

W0408ML1125 1-19 

W0606ML1400CU 1-16 

W06FD64 7-116 

W0816ML1125CU 1-19 

W10FD64 7-116 

W13FD64 7-116 

W14FD64 7-116 

W16FD64 7-116 

W3030MB1400CU 1-16 

W3030ML1400CU 1-16 

W3042B1200GEN 1-17 

W3042L1225GEN 1-17 

W4242MB1400CU 1-16 

W4242MB3400CU 1-16 

W4242ML1400CU 1-16 

W4242ML3400CU 1-16 

W43000 5-26 

W43002 5-26 

W48762 5-26 

W48763 5-26 

W48764 5-26 

W48765 5-26 

W49818 15-83, 5-26 

W49819 15-83, 5-26 

W49827 15-83, 5-26 

W49828 15-83, 5-26 

W49830 15-83, 5-26 

W49832 15-83, 5-26 

W53045 6-11, 6-12, 6-13, 6-3, 

6-4, 6-7, 6-9 

W55365 15-83, 5-26 

W55366 15-83, 5-26 

W56623 5-26 

W56626 15-83 

W56627 15-83 

W56628 15-83, 5-26 

W56629 15-83, 5-26 

W60992 6-11, 6-13, 6-4, 6-7, 6-9, 7-118 

W60993 6-11, 6-12, 6-13, 6-5, 

6-7, 6-9, 7-122 

W62890 15-76 

W63231 15-83 

W63232 15-83 

W63233 15-83 

W63623 6-11, 6-13, 6-5, 6-6, 

6-7, 6-9, 7-126, 7-128, 7-132 

W68101 15-76 

WB11000B 3-17 

WB11000BU 3-17 

WB11000C 3-15 

WB11000CNH 3-15 

WB11000CU 3-15 

WB11000CUNH 3-15 

WB11000T 3-17 

WB11000TNH 3-17 

WB11000TU 3-17 

WB11000TUNH 3-17 

WB11200B 3-17 

WB11200BU 3-17 

WB11200C 3-15 

WB11200CNH 3-15 

WB11200CU 3-15 

WB11200CUNH 3-15 

WB11200T 3-17 

WB11200TNH 3-17 

WB11200TU 3-17 

WB11200TUNH 3-17 

WB11400B 3-15 

WB11400BU 3-15 

WB11400T 3-15 

WB11400TNH 3-15 

WB11400TU 3-15 

WB11400TUNH 3-15 

WB11600B 3-15 

WB11600BU 3-15 

WB11600T 3-15 

WB11600TNH 3-15 

WB11600TU 3-15 

WB11600TUNH 3-15 

WB11800B 3-15 

WB11800BU 3-15 

WB11800W 3-15 

WB11800WNH 3-15 

WB11800WU 3-15 

WB11800WUNH 3-15 

WB12000B 3-15 

WB12000BU 3-15 

WB12000W 3-15 

WB12000WNH 3-15 

WB12000WU 3-15 

WB12000WUNH 3-15 

WB1200B 3-17 

WB1200BU 3-17 

WB1200C 3-15 

I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 


Product Index 


I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 

WB1200CNH 3-15 

WB1200CU 3-15 

WB1200CUNH 3-15 

WB1200T 3-17 

WB1200TNH 3-17 

WB1200TU 3-17 

WB1200TUNH 3-17 

WB1250B 3-17 

WB1250BU 3-17 

WB1250C 3-15 

WB1250CNH 3-15 

WB1250CU 3-15 

WB1250CUNH 3-15 

WB1250T 3-17 

WB1250TNH 3-17 

WB1250TU 3-17 

WB1250TUNH 3-17 

WB1300B 3-17 

WB1300BU 3-17 

WB1300C 3-15 

WB1300CNH 3-15 

WB1300CU 3-15 

WB1300CUNH 3-15 

WB1300T 3-17 

WB1300TNH 3-17 

WB1300TU 3-17 

WB1300TUNH 3-17 

WB1350B 3-17 

WB1350BU 3-17 

WB1350C 3-15 

WB1350CNH 3-15 

WB1350CU 3-15 

WB1350CUNH 3-15 

WB1350T 3-17 

WB1350TNH 3-17 

WB1350TU 3-17 

WB1350TUNH 3-17 

WB1400B 3-17 

WB1400BU 3-17 

WB1400C 3-15 

WB1400CNH 3-15 

WB1400CU 3-15 

WB1400CUNH 3-15 

WB1400T 3-17 

WB1400TNH 3-17 

WB1400TU 3-17 

WB1400TUNH 3-17 

WB1450B 3-17 

WB1450BU 3-17 

WB1450C 3-15 

WB1450CNH 3-15 

WB1450CU 3-15 

WB1450CUNH 3-15 

WB1450T 3-17 

WB1450TNH 3-17 

WB1450TU 3-17 

WB1450TUNH 3-17 

WB1500B 3-17 

WB1500BU 3-17 

WB1500C 3-15 

WB1500CNH 3-15 

WB1500CU 3-15 

WB1500CUNH 3-15 

WB1500T 3-17 

WB1500TNH 3-17 

WB1500TU 3-17 

WB1500TUNH 3-17 

WB1600B 3-17 

WB1600BU 3-17 

WB1600C 3-15 

WB1600CNH 3-15 

WB1600CU 3-15 

WB1600CUNH 3-15 

WB1600T 3-17 

WB1600TNH 3-17 

WB1600TU 3-17 

WB1600TUNH 3-17 

WB1700B 3-17 

WB1700BU 3-17 

WB1700C 3-15 

WB1700CNH 3-15 

WB1700CU 3-15 

WB1700CUNH 3-15 

WB1700T 3-17 

WB1700TNH 3-17 

WB1700TU 3-17 

WB1700TUNH 3-17 

WB1800B 3-17 

WB1800BU 3-17 

WB1800C 3-15 

WB1800CNH 3-15 

WB1800CU 3-15 

WB1800CUNH 3-15 

WB1800T 3-17 

WB1800TNH 3-17 

WB1800TU 3-17 

WB1800TUNH 3-17 

WB1900B 3-17 

WB1900BU 3-17 

WB1900C 3-15 

WB1900CNH 3-15 

WB1900CU 3-15 

WB1900CUNH 3-15 

WB1900T 3-17 

WB1900TNH 3-17 

WB1900TU 3-17 

WB1900TUNH 3-17 

WB2150BQR 1-20 

WB2200BQR 1-20 

WB2225BQR 1-20 

WB3100 1-20, 6-10, 7-39 

WB31000B 3-18 

WB31000BU 3-18 

WB31000C 3-16 

WB31000CNH 3-16 

WB31000CU 3-16 

WB31000CUNH 3-16 

WB31000T 3-18 

WB31000TNH 3-18 

WB31000TU 3-18 

WB31000TUNH 3-18 

WB31200B 3-18 

WB31200BU 3-18 

WB31200C 3-16 

WB31200CNH 3-16 

WB31200CU 3-16 

WB31200CUNH 3-16 

WB31200T 3-18 

WB31200TNH 3-18 

WB31200TU 3-18 

WB31200TUNH 3-18 

WB31400B 3-16 

WB31400BU 3-16 

WB31400T 3-16 

WB31400TNH 3-16 

WB31400TU 3-16 

WB31400TUNH 3-16 

WB31600B 3-16 

WB31600BU 3-16 

WB31600T 3-16 

WB31600TNH 3-16 

WB31600TU 3-16 

WB31600TUNH 3-16 

WB31800B 3-16 

WB31800BU 3-16 

WB31800W 3-16 

WB31800WNH 3-16 

WB31800WU 3-16 

WB31800WUNH 3-16 

WB32000B 3-16 

WB32000BU 3-16 

WB32000W 3-16 

WB32000WNH 3-16 

WB32000WU 3-16 

WB32000WUNH 3-16 

WB3200B 3-18 

WB3200BU 3-18 

WB3200C 3-16 

WB3200CNH 3-16 

WB3200CU 3-16 

WB3200CUNH 3-16 

WB3200T 3-18 

WB3200TNH 3-18 

WB3200TU 3-18 

WB3200TUNH 3-18 

WB3250B 3-18 

WB3250BU 3-18 

WB3250C 3-16 

WB3250CNH 3-16 

WB3250CU 3-16 

WB3250CUNH 3-16 

WB3250T 3-18 

WB3250TNH 3-18 

WB3250TU 3-18 

WB3250TUNH 3-18 

WB3300B 3-18 

WB3300BU 3-18 

WB3300C 3-16 

WB3300CNH 3-16 

WB3300CU 3-16 

WB3300CUNH 3-16 

WB3300T 3-18 

WB3300TNH 3-18 

WB3300TU 3-18 

WB3300TUNH 3-18 

WB3350B 3-18 

WB3350BU 3-18 

WB3350C 3-16 

WB3350CNH 3-16 

WB3350CU 3-16 

WB3350CUNH 3-16 

WB3350T 3-18 

WB3350TNH 3-18 

WB3350TU 3-18 

WB3350TUNH 3-18 

WB3400B 3-18 

WB3400BU 3-18 

WB3400C 3-16 

WB3400CNH 3-16 

WB3400CU 3-16 

WB3400CUNH 3-16 

WB3400T 3-18 

WB3400TNH 3-18 

WB3400TU 3-18 

WB3400TUNH 3-18 

WB3450B 3-18 

WB3450BU 3-18 

WB3450C 3-16 

WB3450CNH 3-16 

WB3450CU 3-16 

WB3450CUNH 3-16 

WB3450T 3-18 

WB3450TNH 3-18 

WB3450TU 3-18 

WB3450TUNH 3-18 

WB3500B 3-18 

WB3500BU 3-18 

WB3500C 3-16 

WB3500CNH 3-16 

WB3500CU 3-16 

WB3500CUNH 3-16 

WB3500T 3-18 

WB3500TNH 3-18 

WB3500TU 3-18 

WB3500TUNH 3-18 

WB3600B 3-18 

WB3600BU 3-18 

WB3600C 3-16 

WB3600CNH 3-16 

WB3600CU 3-16 

WB3600CUNH 3-16 

WB3600T 3-18 

WB3600TNH 3-18 

WB3600TU 3-18 

WB3600TUNH 3-18 

WB3700B 3-18 

WB3700BU 3-18 

WB3700C 3-16 

WB3700CNH 3-16 

WB3700CU 3-16 

WB3700CUNH 3-16 

WB3700T 3-18 

WB3700TNH 3-18 

WB3700TU 3-18 

WB3700TUNH 3-18 

WB3800B 3-18 

WB3800BU 3-18 

WB3800C 3-16 

WB3800CNH 3-16 

WB3800CU 3-16 

WB3800CUNH 3-16 

WB3800T 3-18 

WB3800TNH 3-18 

WB3800TU 3-18 

WB3800TUNH 3-18 

WB3900B 3-18 

WB3900BU 3-18 

WB3900C 3-16 

WB3900CNH 3-16 

WB3900CU 3-16 

WB3900CUNH 3-16 

WB3900T 3-18 

WB3900TNH 3-18 

WB3900TU 3-18 

WB3900TUNH 3-18 

WBM11200B 3-17 

WBM11200BU 3-17 

WBM11200C 3-15 

WBM11200CNH 3-15 

WBM11200CU 3-15 

WBM11200CUNH 3-15 

WBM11200T 3-17 

WBM11200TNH 3-17 

WBM11200TU 3-17 

WBM11200TUNH 3-17 

WBM11400B 3-15 

WBM11400T 3-15 

WBM11400TNH 3-15 

WBM11400TUNH 3-15 

WBM11600B 3-15 

WBM11600T 3-15 

WBM11600TNH 3-15 

WBM11600TUNH 3-15 

WBM11800B 3-15 

WBM11800BU 3-15 

WBM11800W 3-15 

WBM11800WNH 3-15 

WBM11800WU 3-15 

WBM11800WUNH 3-15 

WBM12000B 3-15 

WBM12000BU 3-15 

WBM12000W 3-15 

WBM12000WNH 3-15 

WBM12000WU 3-15 

WBM12000WUNH 3-15 

WBM31200B 3-18 

WBM31200BU 3-18 

WBM31200C 3-16 

WBM31200CNH 3-16 

WBM31200CU 3-16 

WBM31200CUNH 3-16 

WBM31200T 3-18 

WBM31200TNH 3-18 

WBM31200TU 3-18 

WBM31200TUNH 3-18 

WBM31400B 3-16 

WBM31400BU 3-16 

WBM31400T 3-16 

WBM31400TNH 3-16 

WBM31400TU 3-16 

WBM31400TUNH 3-16 

WBM31600B 3-16 

WBM31600BU 3-16 

WBM31600T 3-16 

WBM31600TNH 3-16 

WBM31600TU 3-16 

WBM31600TUNH 3-16 

WBM31800B 3-16 

WBM31800BU 3-16 

WBM31800W 3-16 

WBM31800WNH 3-16 

WBM31800WU 3-16 

WBM31800WUNH 3-16 

WBM32000B 3-16 

WBM32000BU 3-16 

WBM32000W 3-16 

WBM32000WNH 3-16 

WBM32000WU 3-16 

WBM32000WUNH 3-16 

WBT312X200 3-28 

WBT312X200NH 3-28 

WBT312X200U 3-28 

WBT312X200UNH 3-28 

WBT312X250 3-28 

WBT312X250NH 3-28 

WBT312X250U 3-28 

WBT312X250UNH 3-28 

WBT312X300 3-28 

WBT312X300NH 3-28 

WBT312X300U 3-28 

WBT312X300UNH 3-28 

WBT312X350 3-28 

WBT312X350NH 3-28 

WBT312X350U 3-28 

WBT312X350UNH 3-28 

WBT312X400 3-28 

WBT312X400NH 3-28 

WBT312X400U 3-28 

WBT312X400UNH 3-28 

WBT312X450 3-28 

WBT312X450NH 3-28 

WBT312X450U 3-28 

WBT312X450UNH 3-28 

WBT312X500 3-28 

WBT312X500NH 3-28 

WBT312X500U 3-28 

WBT312X500UNH 3-28 

WBT312X600 3-28 

WBT312X600NH 3-28 

WBT312X600U 3-28 

WBT312X600UNH 3-28 

WBT324X1000 3-28 

WBT324X1000NH 3-28 

WBT324X1000U 3-28 

WBT324X1000UNH 3-28 

WBT324X1200 3-28 

WBT324X1200NH 3-28 

WBT324X1200U 3-28 

WBT324X1200UNH 3-28 

WBT324X200 3-28 

WBT324X200NH 3-28 

WBT324X200U 3-28 

WBT324X200UNH 3-28 

WBT324X250 3-28 

WBT324X250NH 3-28 

WBT324X250U 3-28 

WBT324X250UNH 3-28 

WBT324X300 3-28 

WBT324X300NH 3-28 

WBT324X300U 3-28 

WBT324X300UNH 3-28 

WBT324X350 3-28 

WBT324X350NH 3-28 

WBT324X350U 3-28 

WBT324X350UNH 3-28 

WBT324X400 3-28 

WBT324X400NH 3-28 

WBT324X400U 3-28 

WBT324X400UNH 3-28 

WBT324X450 3-28 

WBT324X450NH 3-28 

WBT324X450U 3-28 

WBT324X450UNH 3-28 

WBT324X500 3-28 

WBT324X500NH 3-28 

WBT324X500U 3-28 

WBT324X500UNH 3-28 

WBT324X600 3-28 

WBT324X600NH 3-28 

WBT324X600U 3-28 

WBT324X600UNH 3-28 

WBT324X700 3-28 

WBT324X700NH 3-28 

WBT324X700U 3-28 

WBT324X700UNH 3-28 

WBT324X800 3-28 

WBT324X800NH 3-28 

WBT324X800U 3-28 

WBT324X800UNH 3-28 

WBT324X900 3-28 

WBT324X900NH 3-28 

WBT324X900U 3-28 

WBT324X900UNH 3-28 

WBTM324X12 3-28 

WBTM324X12NH 3-28 

WBTM324X12U 3-28 

WBTM324X12UNH 3-28 

WC2040B1T1 3-80 

WC2040B1T1R 3-81 

WC2040B1T1RJ 3-81 

WC2040B1T1RJB 3-81 

WC2040B1T2 3-80 

WC2040B1T2R 3-81 

WC2040B1T2RJ 3-81 

WC2040B1T2RJB 3-81 

WC2040B1T3 3-80 

WC2040B1T3R 3-81 

WC2040B1T3RJ 3-81 

WC2040B1T3RJB 3-81 

WC2040B1T4 3-80 

WC2040B1T4R 3-81 

WC2040B1T4RJ 3-81 

WC2040B1T4RJB 3-81 

WC2040B1T5 3-80 

WC2040B1T5R 3-81 

WC2040B1T5RJ 3-81 

WC2040B1T5RJB 3-81 

WC2040B1T6 3-80 

WC2040B1T6R 3-81 

WC2040B1T6RJ 3-81 

WC2040B1T6RJB 3-81 

WC2040B1T7 3-80 

WC2040B1T7R 3-81 

WC2040B1T7RJ 3-81 

WC2040B1T7RJB 3-81 

WC2040B1T8 3-80 

WC2040B1T8R 3-81 

WC2040B1T8RJ 3-81 

WC2040B1T8RJB 3-81 

WC2040B1T9 3-80 

I-30 


Product Index 


WC2040B1T9R 3-81 

WC2040B1T9RJ 3-81 

WC2040B1T9RJB 3-81 

WC2040B2T1J 3-80 

WC2040B2T1RJ 3-81 

WC2040B2T1RJB 3-81 

WC2040B2T2J 3-80 

WC2040B2T2RJ 3-81 

WC2040B2T2RJB 3-81 

WC2040B2T3J 3-80 

WC2040B2T3RJ 3-81 

WC2040B2T3RJB 3-81 

WC2040B2T4J 3-80 

WC2040B2T4RJ 3-81 

WC2040B2T4RJB 3-81 

WC2040B2T5J 3-80 

WC2040B2T5RJ 3-81 

WC2040B2T5RJB 3-81 

WC2040B2T6J 3-80 

WC2040B2T6RJ 3-81 

WC2040B2T6RJB 3-81 

WC2040B2T7J 3-80 

WC2040B2T7RJ 3-81 

WC2040B2T7RJB 3-81 

WC2040B2T8J 3-80 

WC2040B2T8RJ 3-81 

WC2040B2T8RJB 3-81 

WC2040B2T9J 3-80 

WC2040B2T9RJ 3-81 

WC2040B2T9RJB 3-81 

WCL2040B1T1RJ 3-84 

WCL2040B1T2RJ 3-84 

WCL2040B1T3RJ 3-84 

WCL2040B1T4RJ 3-84 

WCL2040B1T5RJ 3-84 

WCL2040B1T6RJ 3-84 

WCL2040B1T7RJ 3-84 

WCL2040B1T8RJ 3-84 

WCL2040B1T9RJ 3-84 

WCL2040B2T1RJ 3-84 

WCL2040B2T2RJ 3-84 

WCL2040B2T3RJ 3-84 

WCL2040B2T4RJ 3-84 

WCL2040B2T5RJ 3-84 

WCL2040B2T6RJ 3-84 

WCL2040B2T7RJ 3-84 

WCL2040B2T8RJ 3-84 

WCL2040B2T9RJ 3-84 

WCL2442B3T1RJ 3-84 

WCL2442B3T2RJ 3-84 

WCL2442B3T3RJ 3-84 

WCL2442B3T4RJ 3-84 

WCL2442B3T5RJ 3-84 

WCL2442B3T6RJ 3-84 

WCL2442B3T7RJ 3-84 

WCL2442B3T8RJ 3-84 

WCL2442B3T9RJ 3-84 

WCT2040B1T1 3-87 

WCT2040B1T2 3-87 

WCT2040B1T3 3-87 

WCT2040B1T4 3-87 

WCT2040B1T5 3-87 

WCT2040B1T6 3-87 

WCT2040B1T7 3-87 

WCT2040B1T8 3-87 

WCT2040B1T9 3-87 

WCT2040B2T1J 3-87 

WCT2040B2T2J 3-87 

WCT2040B2T3J 3-87 

WCT2040B2T4J 3-87 

WCT2040B2T5J 3-87 

WCT2040B2T6J 3-87 

WCT2040B2T7J 3-87 

WCT2040B2T8J 3-87 

WCT2040B2T9J 3-87 

WCT2442B3T1J 3-87 

WCT2442B3T2J 3-87 

WCT2442B3T3J 3-87 

WCT2442B3T4J 3-87 

WCT2442B3T5J 3-87 

WCT2442B3T6J 3-87 

WCT2442B3T7J 3-87 

WCT2442B3T8J 3-87 

WCT2442B3T9J 3-87 

WEB11000B 3-21 

WEB11000BU 3-21 

WEB11200B 3-21 

WEB11200BU 3-21 

WEB1200B 3-21 

WEB1200BU 3-21 

WEB1250B 3-21 

WEB1250BU 3-21 

WEB1300B 3-21 

WEB1300BU 3-21 

WEB1350B 3-21 

WEB1350BU 3-21 

WEB1400B 3-21 

WEB1400BU 3-21 

WEB1500B 3-21 

WEB1500BU 3-21 

WEB1600B 3-21 

WEB1600BU 3-21 

WEB1700B 3-21 

WEB1700BU 3-21 

WEB1800B 3-21 

WEB1800BU 3-21 

WEB1900B 3-21 

WEB1900BU 3-21 

WEB31000B 3-22 

WEB31000BU 3-22 

WEB31200B 3-22 

WEB31200BU 3-22 

WEB3200B 3-22 

WEB3200BU 3-22 

WEB3250B 3-22 

WEB3250BU 3-22 

WEB3300B 3-22 

WEB3300BU 3-22 

WEB3350B 3-22 

WEB3350BU 3-22 

WEB3400B 3-22 

WEB3400BU 3-22 

WEB3500B 3-22 

WEB3500BU 3-22 

WEB3600B 3-22 

WEB3600BU 3-22 

WEB3700B 3-22 

WEB3700BU 3-22 

WEB3800B 3-22 

WEB3800BU 3-22 

WEB3900B 3-22 

WEB3900BU 3-22 

WEBM11200B 3-21 

WEBM11200BU 3-21 

WEBM31200B 3-22 

WEBM31200BU 3-22 

WELB107E 3-102 

WELB112 3-102 

WELB118 3-102 

WELB307E 3-102 

WELB312 3-102 

WELB318 3-102 

WEP10612 3-109 

WEP2211 3-109 

WEP2212EV 3-109 

WEP3311 3-109 

WEP4212 3-109 

WEP4312 3-109 

WEP4411 3-109 

WEP4412 3-109 

WEP4511 3-109 

WEP4611 3-109 

WEP6412 3-109 

WEP6511 3-109 

WEP6512 3-109 

WEP6611 3-109 

WEP6612 3-109 

WEP8612 3-109 

WES11200BU 3-37 

WES1400BU 3-37 

WES1600BU 3-37 

WES1800BU 3-37 

WES31200BU 3-37 

WES3400BU 3-37 

WES3600BU 3-37 

WES3800BU 3-37 

WET11200BU 3-47 

WET1400BU 3-47 

WET1800BU 3-47 

WET31200BU 3-47 

WET3400BU 3-47 

WET3800BU 3-47 

WF2030 1-53 

WF2030GFCI 1-53 

WF2030PL 1-53 

WF2060 1-53 

WF2060GFCI 1-53 

WF2060PL 1-53 

WMEP 3-130 

WMK11400R 3-77 

WMK11600R 3-77 

WMK12400RJ 3-77 

WMK13400RJ 3-77 

WMK13600RJ 3-77 

WMK22400RJ 3-77 

WMK23400RJ 3-77 

WML11225RJ 3-60 

WML11400RJ 3-62 

WML11400RJFS 3-64 

WML11400RJH 3-62 

WML12225RJ 3-60 

WML12400RJ 3-62 

WML12400RJFS 3-64 

WML12400RJH 3-62 

WML13100RJ 3-61 

WML13225RJ 3-61 

WML13400RJ 3-62 

WML13400RJFS 3-64 

WML13400RJH 3-62 

WML21125RJ 3-59 

WML21225RJ 3-60 

WML21400RJ 3-62 

WML22125RJ 3-59 

WML22400RJ 3-62 

WML22AB225RJ 3-60 

WML22BC225RJ 3-60 

WML22CA225RJ 3-60 

WML23100RJ 3-61 

WML23225RJ 3-61 

WML23400RJ 3-62 

WML31125RJ 3-59 

WML31225RJ 3-60 

WML32125RJ 3-59 

WML32225RJ 3-60 

WML33100RJ 3-61 

WML33225RJ 3-61 

WML41125RJ 3-59 

WML41225RJ 3-60 

WML42125RJ 3-59 

WML42AB225RJ 3-60 

WML42BC225RJ 3-60 

WML42CA225RJ 3-60 

WML43100RJ 3-61 

WML43225RJ 3-61 

WML51125RJ 3-59 

WML52125RJ 3-59 

WML61125RJ 3-59 

WML62125RJ 3-59 

WMLZ32125RJ 3-69 

WMLZ42125RJ 3-69 

WMLZ52125RJ 3-69 

WMLZ62125RJ 3-69 

WMLZF32125RJ 3-69 

WMLZF42125RJ 3-69 

WMLZF52125RJ 3-69 

WMLZF62125RJ 3-69 

WMM21125 3-53 

WMM21125J 3-54 

WMM21125R 3-53 

WMM21125RB 3-53 

WMM21125RJ 3-54 

WMM21125RJB 3-54 

WMM21225 3-53 

WMM21225J 3-54 

WMM21225R 3-53 

WMM21225RB 3-53 

WMM21225RJ 3-54 

WMM21225RJB 3-54 

WMM22125J 3-55 

WMM22125RJ 3-55 

WMM22125RJB 3-55 

WMM22225J 3-55 

WMM22225RJ 3-55 

WMM22225RJB 3-55 

WMM31125 3-53 

WMM31125J 3-54 

WMM31125R 3-53 

WMM31125RB 3-53 

WMM31125RJ 3-54 

WMM31125RJB 3-54 

WMM31225 3-53 

WMM31225J 3-54 

WMM31225R 3-53 

WMM31225RB 3-53 

WMM31225RJ 3-54 

WMM31225RJB 3-54 

WMM32125J 3-55 

WMM32125RJ 3-55 

WMM32125RJB 3-55 

WMM32225J 3-55 

WMM32225RJ 3-55 

WMM32225RJB 3-55 

WMM41125 3-53 

WMM41125J 3-54 

WMM41125R 3-53 

WMM41125RB 3-53 

WMM41125RJ 3-54 

WMM41125RJB 3-54 

WMM41225 3-53 

WMM41225J 3-54 

WMM41225R 3-53 

WMM41225RB 3-53 

WMM41225RJ 3-54 

WMM41225RJB 3-54 

WMM42125J 3-55 

WMM42125RJ 3-55 

WMM42125RJB 3-55 

WMM42225J 3-55 

WMM42225RJ 3-55 

WMM42225RJB 3-55 

WMM51125 3-53 

WMM51125J 3-54 

WMM51125R 3-53 

WMM51125RB 3-53 

WMM51125RJ 3-54 

WMM51125RJB 3-54 

WMM51225 3-53 

WMM51225J 3-54 

WMM51225R 3-53 

WMM51225RB 3-53 

WMM51225RJ 3-54 

WMM51225RJB 3-54 

WMM52125J 3-55 

WMM52125RJ 3-55 

WMM52125RJB 3-55 

WMM52225J 3-55 

WMM52225RJ 3-55 

WMM52225RJB 3-55 

WMM61125 3-53 

WMM61125J 3-54 

WMM61125R 3-53 

WMM61125RB 3-53 

WMM61125RJ 3-54 

WMM61125RJB 3-54 

WMM61225 3-53 

WMM61225J 3-54 

WMM61225R 3-53 

WMM61225RB 3-53 

WMM61225RJ 3-54 

WMM61225RJB 3-54 

WMM62125J 3-55 

WMM62125RJ 3-55 

WMM62125RJB 3-55 

WMM62225J 3-55 

WMM62225RJ 3-55 

WMM62225RJB 3-55 

WMMB11200 3-99 

WMMB1400 3-99 

WMMB1800 3-99 

WMMB31200 3-99 

WMMB3400 3-99 

WMMB3800 3-99 

WMMBK 3-130 

WMN22125J 3-93 

WMN22225J 3-93 

WMN32125J 3-93 

WMN32225J 3-93 

WMN42125J 3-93 

WMN42225J 3-93 

WMN52125J 3-93 

WMN52225J 3-93 

WMN62125J 3-93 

WMN62225J 3-93 

WMP024U 3-34 

WMP024UNH 3-34 

WMP02U 3-34 

WMP02UNH 3-34 

WMT11225 3-74 

WMT12225J 3-74 

WMT13225J 3-74 

WMT21225 3-74 

WMT22AB225J 3-74 

WMT22BC225J 3-74 

WMT22CA225J 3-74 

WMT23225J 3-74 

WMT31225 3-74 

WMT32225J 3-74 

WMT33225J 3-74 

WN2060 1-53 

WN2060GFCI 1-53 

WN2060PL 1-53 

WN2060PLX 1-53 

WNAS2060 1-53 

WNAS2060GFCI 1-53 

WNAS2060PL 1-53 

WP10612 3-106 

WP10612RJ 3-107 

WP10612RJB 3-108 

WP2211 3-106 

WP2211RJ 3-107 

WP2211RJB 3-108 

WP26 11-38 

WP260 11-82 

WP275 11-82 

WP290 11-82 

WP32 11-38 

WP3311 3-106 

WP3311RJ 3-107 

WP3311RJB 3-108 

WP38 11-38 

WP4212 3-106 

WP4212RJ 3-107 

WP4212RJB 3-108 

WP4312 3-106 

WP4312RJ 3-107 

WP4312RJB 3-108 

WP44 11-38 

WP4411 3-106 

WP4411RJ 3-107 

WP4411RJB 3-108 

WP4412 3-106 

WP4412RJ 3-107 

WP4412RJB 3-108 

WP4511 3-106 

WP4511RJ 3-107 

WP4511RJB 3-108 

WP4611 3-106 

WP4611RJ 3-107 

WP4611RJB 3-108 

WP50 11-38 

WP5411 3-106, 3-109 

WP5411RJ 3-107 

WP5411RJB 3-108 

WP56 11-38 

WP62 11-38 

WP6412 3-106 

WP6412RJ 3-107 

WP6412RJB 3-108 

WP6511 3-106 

WP6511RJ 3-107 

WP6511RJB 3-108 

WP6512 3-106 

WP6512RJ 3-107 

WP6512RJB 3-108 

WP6611 3-106 

WP6611RJ 3-107 

WP6611RJB 3-108 

WP6612 3-106 

WP6612RJ 3-107 

WP6612RJB 3-108 

WP68 11-38 

WP74 11-38 

WP860 11-96 

WP8612 3-106 

WP8612RJ 3-107 

WP8612RJB 3-108 

WP875 11-96 

WP890 11-96 

WPB224 13-17 

WPB226 13-17 

WPB228 13-17 

WPB424 13-17 

WPB426 13-17 

WPB428 13-17 

WPB444 13-17 

WPB446 13-17 

WPB448 13-17 

WPC2211RJB 3-108 

WPC4212RJB 3-108 

WPC4312RJB 3-108 

WPF224 13-18 

WPF226 13-18 

WPF424 13-18 

WPF426 13-18 

WPF444 13-18 

WPF446 13-18 

WPFK1 3-137 

WPFK10 3-137 

WPFK11 3-137 

WPFK12 3-137 

I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 


Product Index 


I 

PRODUCT 

INDEX 

WPFK13 3-137 

WPFK2 3-137 

WPFK3 3-137 

WPFK4 3-137 

WPFK5 3-137 

WPFK6 3-137 

WPFK7 3-137 

WPFK8 3-137 

WPFK9 3-137 

WPL10612RJ 3-110 

WT12400PUNH 3-50 

WT1400PU 3-50 

WT1400PUNH 3-50 

WT1800PU 3-50 

WT1800PUNH 3-50 

WT31200PU 3-50 

WT31200PUNH 3-50 

WT31600PU 3-50 

WT31600PUNH 3-50 

WT32000PU 3-50 

WXB3350NU 3-25 

WXB3400N 3-25 

WXB3400NU 3-25 

WXB3450N 3-25 

WXB3450NU 3-25 

WXB3500N 3-25 

WXB3500NU 3-25 

WXB3600N 3-25 

WXB3600NU 3-25 

WXB3700N 3-25 

WPL4212RJ 3-110 

WPL4312RJ 3-110 

WPL4412RJ 3-110 

WPL6412RJ 3-110 

WPL6512RJ 3-110 

WPL6612RJ 3-110 

WPL8612RJ 3-110 

WPLK2400 3-106, 3-107, 3-108, 3-137 

WPLK2600 3-106, 3-107, 3-108, 3-137 

WT32000PUNH 3-50 

WT32400PU 3-50 

WT32400PUNH 3-50 

WT3400PU 3-50 

WT3400PUNH 3-50 

WT3800PU 3-50 

WT3800PUNH 3-50 

WTB11200CU 3-43 

WTB11200CUNH 3-43 

WTB11600CU 3-43 

WXB3700NU 3-25 

WXB3800N 3-25 

WXB3800NU 3-25 

WXB3900N 3-25 

WXB3900NU 3-25 

WXBM11200N 3-25 

WXBM11200NU 3-25 

WXBM31200N 3-25 

WXBM31200NU 3-25 

WXS1400NU 3-40 

WPRLK600 3-106, 3-107, 3-108, 

3-109, 3-137 

WPRLK750 3-106, 3-107, 3-108, 

3-109, 3-137 

WPSK1000 3-109, 3-137 

WPSK400 3-109, 3-137 

WPSK600 3-109, 3-137 

WPSK800 3-109, 3-137 

WPUG14 13-20 

WPUG26 13-20 

WTB11600CUNH 3-43 

WTB12000BU 3-43 

WTB12000TU 3-43 

WTB12000TUNH 3-43 

WTB12400BU 3-43 

WTB12400TU 3-43 

WTB12400TUNH 3-43 

WTB1400CU 3-43 

WTB1400CUNH 3-43 

WTB1800CU 3-43 

WXS1600NU 3-40 

WXS1800NU 3-40 

WXS3400NU 3-40 

WXS3600NU 3-40 

WXS3800NU 3-40 

XEQH 15-76 

XMFMKIT 10-7 

xGB1B015B 11-13 

xGB1B020B 11-13 

xGB1B025B 11-13 

WS11200BU 3-34 

WS1400CU 3-34 

WS1400CUNH 3-34 

WS1600CU 3-34 

WS1600CUNH 3-34 

WS1800CU 3-34 

WS1800CUNH 3-34 

WS31200BU 3-34 

WS3400CU 3-34 

WS3400CUNH 3-34 


WTB31200CU 3-43 

WTB31200CUNH 3-43 

WTB31600CU 3-43 

WTB31600CUNH 3-43 

WTB32000BU 3-43 

WTB32000TU 3-43 

WTB32000TUNH 3-43 

WTB32400BU 3-43 

WTB32400TU 3-43 

xGB1B030B 11-13 

xGB1B035B 11-13 

xGB1B040B 11-13 

xGB1B045B 11-13 

xGB1B050B 11-13 

xGB1B060B 11-13 

xGB1B070B 11-13 

xGB1B080B 11-13 

xGB1B090B 11-13 

xGB1B100B 11-13 

WS3600CU 3-34 

WS3600CUNH 3-34 

WS3800CU 3-34 

WS3800CUNH 3-34 

WSC150C 2-7 

WSC250C 2-7 

WSC350C 2-7 

WSN251CR 2-7 

WSN351CR 2-7 

WSN451CR 2-7 

WTB32400TUNH 3-43 

WTB3400CU 3-43 


WTB3800CU 3-43 


WTBN31200CU 3-97 

WTBN31200CUNH 3-97 

WTBN3400CU 3-97 


WTBN3600CU 3-97 

xGB1B110B 11-13 

xGB1B125B 11-13 

xGB2B015B 11-13 

xGB2B020B 11-13 

xGB2B025B 11-13 

xGB2B030B 11-13 

xGB2B035B 11-13 

xGB2B040B 11-13 

xGB2B045B 11-13 

xGB2B050B 11-13 

WSP1 3-102 

WSP3 3-102 

WSPD1B10A 3-90 





WSPD1N10A 3-90 




WTBN3800CU 3-97 


WXB11000N 3-25 

WXB11000NU 3-25 

WXB11200N 3-25 

WXB11200NU 3-25 

WXB1200N 3-25 

WXB1200NU 3-25 

WXB1250N 3-25 

xGB2B060B 11-13 

xGB2B070B 11-13 

xGB2B080B 11-13 

xGB2B090B 11-13 

xGB2B100B 11-13 

xGB2B110B 11-13 

xGB2B125B 11-13 

xGB3B015B 11-13 

xGB3B020B 11-13 

xGB3B025B 11-13 



WSPD3B10B 3-90 

WSPD3B10C 3-90 







WXB1250NU 3-25 

WXB1300N 3-25 

WXB1300NU 3-25 

WXB1350N 3-25 

WXB1350NU 3-25 

WXB1400N 3-25 

WXB1400NU 3-25 

WXB1450N 3-25 

WXB1450NU 3-25 

WXB1500N 3-25 

xGB3B030B 11-13 

xGB3B035B 11-13 

xGB3B040B 11-13 

xGB3B045B 11-13 

xGB3B050B 11-13 

xGB3B060B 11-13 

xGB3B070B 11-13 

xGB3B080B 11-13 

xGB3B090B 11-13 

xGB3B100B 11-13 



WSPD3N10B 3-90 

WSPD3N10C 3-90 







WXB1500NU 3-25 

WXB1600N 3-25 

WXB1600NU 3-25 

WXB1700N 3-25 

WXB1700NU 3-25 

WXB1800N 3-25 

WXB1800NU 3-25 

WXB1900N 3-25 

WXB1900NU 3-25 

WXB31000N 3-25 

xGB3B110B 11-13 

xGB3B125B 11-13 



WSX019 2-25 

WT11200PU 3-50 

WT11200PUNH 3-50 

WT11600PU 3-50 

WT11600PUNH 3-50 

WT12000PU 3-50 

WT12000PUNH 3-50 

WT12400PU 3-50 

WXB31000NU 3-25 

WXB31200N 3-25 

WXB31200NU 3-25 

WXB3200N 3-25 

WXB3200NU 3-25 

WXB3250N 3-25 

WXB3250NU 3-25 

WXB3300N 3-25 

WXB3300NU 3-25 

WXB3350N 3-25 

I-32 


Technical 

SPEEDFAX TM 

TSection 


Types of Power Distribution Systems T-2 – T-4 

Ground Fault Protection T-5 – T-10 

Overcurrent Protection and Coordination T-11 

System Analysis T-12 

Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Technology T-13 

Series-Connected Combination Ratings T-14 

Harmonics / K-factor Ratings T-15 – T-16 

Table 1: 

Ampacities of Insulated Conductors T-17 

Table 2: 

Correction Factors for Ambient Temperatures T-17 

Table 4A: 

Motor Full-Load Currents of 

Three Phase AC Induction Type Motors T-18 

Table 4B: 

Motor Full-Load Currents in Amperes, 

Single Phase AC T-18 

Table 4C: 

Motor Full-Load Currents in Amperes, DC T-18 

Table 4D: 

Conversion Table of Polyphase Design T-18 

Table 5: 

Normal-Load and Fault Currents of 

Three Phase Transformers T-18 

Table 6: 

Electrical Formulas for Finding Amperes, 

Horsepower Kilowatts, and kVA T-19 

Table 7: 

Grounding Electrode Conductor for 

AC Systems T-19 

Table 8: 

Minimum Size Grounding Conductors for 

Grounding Raceways and Equipment T-19 

Capacitor Circuit Conductors T-20 

Conversion Table T-21 


online to the 


version of 


SPEEDFAX. 

T TECHNICAL 


Siemens Industry, Inc. SPEEDFAX Product Catalog T-1

Technical 

Types of Power Distribution Systems 

Selection 

T 

TECHNICAL 

There are several basic considerations 

which must be included by the system 

design engineer to select and design the 

best power distribution system which will 

supply power to both present and future 

loads most economically. Among these 

are: 

b Safety 

b Reliability 

b Maintenance 

b Flexibility 

b Voltage Regulation 

b Initial Investment 

b Simplicity of Operation 

The characteristics of electrical service 

available at the building site, the types of 

loads, the quality of service required, and 

the size and configuration of building are 

also important factors that will influence 

system design and circuit arrangement. 

Four basic circuit arrangements are used 

for the distribution of electric power. They 

are the radial, primary selective, secondary 

selective, and secondary network circuit 

arrangements. The following discussion of 

these circuit arrangements covers both 

the high-voltage and low-voltage circuits. 

The reader should recognize that the highvoltage 

circuits and substations may be 

owned by either the utility company or the 

building owner, depending upon the 

electric rates, the practice, and 

requirements of the particular electric 

utility serving the specific building site. 

Radial System 

If power is brought into a building at 

utilization voltage, the simplest and the 

lowest cost means of distributing the 

power is to use a radial circuit 

arrangement. The radial system is the 

simplest that can be used, and has the 

lowest system investment. It is suitable for 

smaller installations where continuity of 

service is not critical. 

The low voltage service entrance circuit 

comes into the building through service 

entrance equipment and terminates at a 

main switchgear assembly, switchboard or 

panelboard. Feeder circuits are pro vided to 

the loads or to other subswitchboards, 

distribution cabinets, or panelboards. 

Figure 1 shows the two forms of radial 

circuit arrangements most frequently 

used. Under normal operating conditions, 

the entire load is served through the 

single incoming supply circuit, and in the 

case of high voltage service, through the 

transformer. A fault in the supply circuit, 

the transformer, or the main bus will 

cause an interruption of service to all 

loads. A fault on one of the feeder or 

branch circuits should be iso lated from the 

rest of the system by the circuit protective 

device on that circuit. Under this 

condition, continuity of service is 

maintained for all loads except those 

served from the faulted circuit. 

The need for continuity of service often 

requires multiple paths of power supply as 

opposed to the single path of power 

supply in the radial system. 

Figure 2. Expanded Radial System—Single 

Primary Feeder 

A fault in a primary feeder in the 

arrangement shown in Figure 2 will cause 

the main protective device to operate and 

interrupt service to all loads. If the fault 

were in a transformer, service could be 

restored to all loads except those served 

from that transformer. If the fault were in 

a primary feeder, service could not be 

restored to any loads until the source of 

trouble had been eliminated. Since it is to 

be expected that more faults will occur on 

the feeders than in the transformers, it 

becomes logical to consider providing 

individual circuit protection on the pri mary 

feeders as shown in Figure 3. This 

arrangement has the advantage of 

Figure 3. Expanded Radial Systems 

individual Primary Feeder Protection 

making it possible to limit outages due to 

a feeder or transformer fault to the loads 

associated with the faulted equipment. If 

circuit breakers are used for primary 

feeder protection, the cost of this system 

will be high. Even if fused switches are 

used, the cost of the arrangement of 

Figure 3 will exceed the cost of the 

arrangement of Figure 2. 

Primary Selective System 

The circuit arrangement of Figure 4 

provides means of reducing both the 

extent and duration of an outage caused 

by a primary feeder fault. This operating 

feature is provided through the use of 

duplicate primary feeder circuits and load 

interrupter switches that permit 

connection of each secondary substation 

transformer to either of the two primary 

feeder circuits. Each primary feeder circuit 

must have sufficient capacity to carry the 

total load in the building. 

Figure 4. Primary Selective Systems 

Figure 1. Radial Systems 

T-2 


Technical 


Selection 

Under normal operating conditions, the 

appropriate switches are closed in an 

attempt to divide the load equally 

between the two primary feeder circuits. 

Then, should a primary feeder fault occur, 

there is an interruption of service to only 

half of the load. Service can be restored to 

all loads by switching the deenergized 

transformers to the other primary feeder 

circuit. The primary selective switches are 

usually manually oper ated and outage 

time for half the load is determined by the 

time it takes to accomplish the necessary 

switching. An automatic throwover 

switching arrangement could be used to 

avoid the interruption of service to half the 

load. However, the additional cost of the 

automatic feature may not be justified in 

many applications. If a fault occurs in a 

secondary substation transformer, service 

can be restored to all loads except those 

served from the faulted transformer. 

The higher degree of service continuity 

afforded by the primary selective 

arrangement is realized at a cost 

somewhat higher than a simple radial 

system due to the extra primary cables 

and switchgear. 

Secondary Selective System 

Under normal conditions, the secondary 

selective arrangement of Figure 5 is 

operated as two separate radial systems. 

The secondary tie circuit breaker in each 

secondary substation is normally open. 

The load served from a secondary 

selective substation should be divided 

equally between the two bus sections. If a 

fault occurs on a primary feeder or in a 

transformer, service is interrupted to all 

loads associated with the faulted feeder or 

transformer. Service may be restored to all 

secondary buses by first opening the main 

secondary switch or circuit breaker 

associated with the faulted transformer 

and primary feeder, and then closing the 

tie breaker. The two transformer 

secondary circuit breakers in each 

substation should be interlocked with the 

secondary tie breaker in such a manner 

that all three cannot be in the closed 

position simultaneously. This prevents 

parallel operation of the two transformers 

and thereby minimizes the interrupting 

duty imposed on the secondary switching 

devices. It also eliminates the possibility of 

interrupting service to all loads on the bus 

when a fault occurs in either a pri mary 

feeder or a transformer. 

The cost of the secondary selective 

system will depend upon the spare 

capacity in the transformers and primary 

feeders. The minimum transformer and 

primary feeder capacity will be determined 

Figure 5. Secondary Selective System 

Using Close-Coupled Double-Ended 

Substation 

by essential loads that must be served 

under emergency operating conditions. If 

service is to be provided for all loads 

under emergency conditions, then each 

primary feeder should have sufficient 

capacity to carry the total load, and each 

transformer should be capable of carrying 

the total load in each substation. 

This type of system will be more 

expensive than either the radial or primary 

selective system, but it makes restoration 

of service to all essential loads possible in 

the event of either a primary feeder or 

transformer fault. The higher cost results 

from the duplication of transformer 

capacity in each secondary substation. 

This cost may be reduced by shedding 

nonessential loads. 

A modification of the secondary selective 

circuit arrangement is shown in Figure 6. 

In this arrangement there is only one 

transformer in each secondary substation, 

but adjacent substations are 

interconnected in pairs by a normally open 

low voltage tie circuit. When the primary 

feeder or transformer supplying one 

secondary substation bus is out of service, 

the essential loads on that substation bus 

can be supplied over the tie circuit. The 

operating aspects of this system are 

somewhat complicated if the two 

substations are separated by distance. 

The best arrangement is to use closecoupled, 

double-ended substations. 

Secondary Network System 

Many buildings with radial distribution 

systems are served at utilization voltage 

from utility secondary network systems. 

The network supply system assures a 

relatively high degree of service reliability. 

The utility network may take the form of a 

Figure 6. Secondary Selective System 

Using Two Single-Ended Substations 

With Cable or Bus Tie 

distributed network or a spot network. If 

the building demand is in the order of 750 

kVA or higher, a spot network will often be 

established to serve the building. In 

buildings where a high degree of service 

reliability is required, and where spot 

network supply may not be available, the 

distributed secondary network system is 

often used. This is particularly true of 

institutional buildings such as hospitals. 

The network may take the form of several 

secondary substations interconnected by 

low voltage circuits. However, the most 

common practice is to use some form of 

the spot network circuit arrangement. 

Figure 7. Simple Spot Network System 

A simple spot network, such as shown in 

Figure 7, consists of two or more identical 

transformers supplied over separate 

primary feeder circuits. The transformers 

are connected to a common low voltage 

T TECHNICAL 


Technical 


Selection 

T 

TECHNICAL 

bus through network protectors and are 

operated in parallel. A network protector 

is an electrically operated power circuit 

breaker controlled by network relays in 

such a way that the circuit breaker 

automatically opens when power flows 

from the low voltage bus toward the 

transformer. When voltages in the 

system are such that power would flow 

toward the low voltage bus from the 

transformer, it will close automatically. 

Network protectors are normally 

equipped with relays which operate for 

faults in the network transformer or high 

voltage feeder only. The network is often 

operated on the assumption that 

network failure will “burn” open. 

Network protectors without 

supplementary protection do not meet 

the requirements of the NEC for 

overcurrent, ground fault, or short circuit 

protection. Protection of the network or 

collector bus may be added by providing 

sensing devices, including ground fault 

detection, with tripping of the network 

protectors. The most common use of the 

network protector, however, has been by 

utilities in vaults where failure of the 

network devices could cause damage 

limited to the vault. High integrity design 

involving wide phase separation and the 

use of “catastrophe” fusing minimize the 

danger and extent of a network failure. A 

conventional circuit breaker with time 

overcurrent and instantaneous trip 

devices plus network relays can meet 

the NEC requirements. However, the full 

reliability of the network may be 

compromised since selectivity between 

these devices is difficult to obtain. 

Under normal operating conditions, the 

total load connected to the bus is shared 

equally by the transformers. Should a 

fault occur in a transformer or on a primary 

feeder, the network protector 

associated with the faulted transformer 

or feeder will open on reverse power 

flow to isolate the fault from the low 

voltage bus. The remaining transformer 

or transformers in the substation will 

continue to carry the load and there will 

be no interruption of service to the loads, 

except for a voltage dip during the time 

that it takes for the protective equipment 

to operate. 

If only two transformers are used in a 

spot network substation, each 

transformer must be capable of carrying 

the total load served from the low 

voltage bus. The amount of spare 

transformer capacity in the substation 

can be reduced by using a primary 

selective switching arrangement with 

each transformer, or by using three or 

more transformers. If the primary 

selective switching arrangement is used, 

the total load can be about 160 percent 

of the nameplate rating of one of the 

transformers. This produces an overload 

on one transformer until such time as 

the remaining transformer can be 

switched to the other feeder in the case 

of a primary feeder fault. 

The interrupting duty imposed on the 

low voltage protective devices in a spot 

network substation is higher than in 

radial, primary selective, or secondary 

selective substations having the same 

load capability because of the spare 

transformer capacity required in the spot 

network substation and because the 

transformers are operated in parallel. 

Figure 8. Secondary Network System 

The spare transformer capacity, the 

network protectors, and the higher 

interrupting duty will make the secondary 

network arrangement much more 

expensive than the other arrangements. 

At the same time, these elements make 

the reliability of the network system 

greater than for the other system 


The secondary network may also 

take the form shown in Figure 8. 

In this arrangement there is only 

one transformer in each secondary 

substation, and the substations are 

interconnected by normally closed 

low voltage tie circuits. The tie circuits 

permit interchange of power between 

substations to accommodate unequal 

loading on the sub stations and to provide 

multiple paths of power flow to the 

Figure 9. Primary Selective Secondary 

Network System 

various load buses. In normal operation, 

the substations are about equally loaded 

and the current flowing in the tie circuits 

is relatively small. However, if a network 

protector opens to isolate a transformer 

on a primary feeder fault, the load on the 

associated bus is then carried by the 

adjacent network units and is supplied 

over the tie circuits. This arrangement 

provides for continuous power supply to 

all low voltage load buses, even though a 

primary feeder circuit or a transformer is 

taken out of service. 

In the network arrangement in Figure 9, 

if there were three incoming primary 

feeder circuits and three transformers, 

the combined capacity of two of the 

transformers should be sufficient to carry 

the entire load on the three substations 

on the basis that only one feeder is out 

of service at one time. Generally, these 

transformers would all have the same 

ratings. With this arrangement, as with 

the spot network arrangement, a 

reduction in spare transformer capacity 

can be achieved, if a primary selective 

switching arrangement is used at each 

substation transformer. However, if three 

or more primary feeder circuits are 

available, the reduction in transformer 

capacity achieved through the use of a 

primary selective arrangement may be 

small. 

Cable ties or busway ties, as shown in 

Figures 8 and 9, will require careful 

consideration of load distribution during 

contingencies and of the safety aspects 

with regard to backfeeds. Key or other 

mechanical interlocking of switches or 

circuit breakers may be essential. 

T-4 


Technical 

Ground Fault Protection 

Selection 

The term “low magnitude” arcing ground 

fault is a deceptive description of this 

type fault. What is meant by this is 

that the fault current magnitude is low 

compared to that of a bolted fault. Even 

so, the arc energy released at the point 

of the fault can cause much damage and 

may result in a fire. A ground fault is an 

insulation failure between an energized 

conductor and ground. A phase-to-ground 

arcing fault, unlike a phase-to-phase 

bolted fault, is a high-impedance type 

fault. The factors that contribute to this 

high impedance are the resistance of the 

arc and the impedance of the return path. 

This return path is usually metal conduit, 

raceway, busway housing or switchboard 

frames. Another contributing factor is the 

spasmodic nature of the arc. The circuit 

breaker or fuse protecting the circuit 

detects the fault current, but the actual 

ground fault current magnitude is ever 

changing due to arc elongating blowout 

effects, self-clearing attempts and arc 

reignition. 

These current limiting effects make the 

circuit breaker or fuse incapable of 

detecting the actual damage that is 

occurring. This is not to imply that these 

devices are inadequate. The problem is 

one of system protection because the 

circuit breaker must be adjusted (or fuse 

size selected) so as to hold without 

tripping under momentary overload 

conditions, such as motor starting current 

or transformer inrush current. Therefore, 

the circuit breaker or fuse cannot open 

quickly enough under relatively low 

magnitude faults to limit the arcing 

damage. 

Figure 10 illustrates the basic problem. 

Shown is a typical distribution system 

with a 1600 ampere main service 

entrance unit with a circuit breaker 

(single line “a”) or fused service 

protector (single line “b”). A ground fault 

of 1500 amperes on the bus would affect 

but would not open either device. A 4000 

ampere ground fault would be cleared in 

approximately 35 seconds by the circuit 

breaker and in 230 seconds by the fuse. 

To allow a fault of this magnitude to 

persist for this length of time would 

create more than 92,000 kW seconds of 

arc energy. As a result of tests made, it 

has been determined that an arc with a 

value of 1050 kW seconds of energy 

would vaporize about 1.0 cubic in. of 

copper or 2.5 cubic in. of aluminum. 

Obviously a fault of the magnitude 

shown in Figure 10 could cause a 

considerable amount of damage. 

The nature of low-level arcing ground 

faults makes impractical their detection 

Figure 10. Ground Fault Protection 

by a traditional overcurrent devices. To 

complete total protection of the system 

against all possible types of faults, other 

means are utilized to detect ground fault 

currents, including: 

b Zero sequence method 

b Source ground current (or ground 

return) method 

b Residual connection method 

Zero Sequence Method 

This is commonly used when ground 

fault protection is provided for equipment 

employing electromechanical trip 

devices. The scheme uses a core balance 

type current transformer (ground sensor) 

which encircles all phase conductors (and 

neutral on four wire system) to detect 

ground faults. 

The operation of this system is such that 

under normal operating conditions (eg., 

no ground fault on the system) there is 

no output from the ground sensor to the 

tripping relay because the vector sum of 

all the currents through the sensor 

window is zero. 

(I a + l b + I c + I n = 0) 

If a ground fault occurs on the system, 

there is now an additional current (I g ) 

seen by ground sensor which returns to 

the source by a path other than through 

the sensor window. The sensor now 

sees an unbalance caused by Ig and 

operates the ground relay which trips the 

circuit protector. 

(I a + l b + l c + I n = I g ) 

The ground sensor is located 

downstream from the point at which the 

system is grounded and can be mounted 

either on the line side or load side of the 

main disconnect device. This method can 

be used on incoming main disconnect or 

on feeders. 

T TECHNICAL 


Technical 


Selection 

Source Ground Current (or Ground 

Return) Method 

This method of detecting the ground 

fault current Ig locates the ground 

sensor on the neutral connection to 

ground at the service entrance. This 

means that the ground sensor only 

detects ground fault current. This type of 

detection has some limitations because 

it is detecting the ground fault return 

current. On multiple source systems 

with multiple connections to ground, this 

ground fault current can return by more 

than one path, therefore, some 

sensitivity in detecting these faults 

would be lost. 

Residual Connection Method 

Current sensors, one on each of the 

phase conductors and on the neutral 

conductors, are connected in common. 

This common (or residual connection) 

measures the vector summation of the 

phase currents and the neutral current. 

Under normal conditions, this vector 

summation will be zero, and no current 

will be applied to the ground relay. 

If a fault involving ground occurs, the 

current summation is not equal to zero. 

Current flows into common connection 

which is applied to the relay. This 

method of detecting ground fault current 

is used in circuit breakers with electronic 

trip device. 

Figure 11. Schematic for Zero Sequence 

Figure 12. Schematic for Source Ground Current 

GFS = Ground Fault Sensor 

GFP = Ground Fault Protection 

(Relay or Trip Unit) 

T 

TECHNICAL 

Residual Ground Current 

Sensing 

3-Wire System 

This system is used with electronic trip 

units, and always includes three current 

sensors mounted on the circuit breaker. 

A trip element is connected in series 

with each sensor to provide phase 

overcurrent protection. By adding a 

ground trip element in the residual 

(neutral) circuit of the three current 

sensors, it will sense ground fault current 

only, and not load current. This permits 

more sensitive settings to protect 

against low magnitude ground faults. 

This scheme is shown in Figure 14. 

Under normal conditions, the vector sum 

of the current in all of the phases equals 

zero. No current would flow in the GND 

element, which is also true under the 

condition of a phase-to-phase fault. 

A phase-to-ground fault would cause a 

current to flow in the GND trip element. 

If the magnitude of this current exceeds 

the pickup setting for the required time, 

the trip unit will operate to trip the 

breaker. 

Figure 13. Schematic for Residual Method 

Figure 14. Schematic for Ground Protection on 3-Wire Systems, Residual Sensing 

T-6 


Technical 


4-Wire System 

To avoid false tripping, a fourth current 

sensor is connected in the neutral 

conductor to sense normal neutral 

current. This fourth sensor is connected 

so that it cancels the normal neutral 

current which is developed in the residual 

circuit as shown in Figure 15. 

Under normal conditions, the vector sum 

of the current in all phases equals the 

neutral current. Disregarding the effects 

of the neutral sensor connection, the 

neutral current would flow through the 

GND element. Since this is normal 

neutral current, pickup of the GND 

element is not desired. Therefore, the 

neutral sensor is added to sense the 

same neutral current as the GND sensor 

— but opposite in polarity. The result is a 

circulating current between the phase 

sensing current sensors and the neutral 

sensor, with no current flowing through 

the GND sensor. This is similar to a 

differential relay circuit. When a phase-toground 

fault occurs, the vector sum of 

the phase currents will no longer equal 

the neutral current because the ground 

Figure 15. Schematic for Ground Protection on 4-Wire Systems, Residual Sensing 

fault current returns via the ground bus 

and bypasses the neutral. If the 

magnitude of the phase-to-ground 

Selection 

current exceeds the pickup setting of the 

GND element for the required time, the 

trip unit will operate to open the breaker. 

Types Of Coordinated Ground Fault Tripping Systems 

There are two types of Coordinated 

Ground Fault Systems: 

b Time / Current Selective 

b Zone Selective (Zone Interlock) 

Time / Current Selective 

In this system the time / current 

characteristics of the Ground Fault 

Protection (GFP) devices used with each 

disconnect are coordinated so that the 

nearest disconnect supplying the ground 

fault location will open. Any upstream 

disconnects remain closed and continue 

to supply the remaining load current. Each 

set of GFP devices should have a 

specified time-current operating 

characteristic. When disconnects are 

connected in series, each downstream 

device should use a time-current setting 

that will cause it to open and clear the 

circuit before any upstream disconnect 

tripping mechanism is actuated. The timecurrent 

bands of disconnects in series 

must not overlap and must be separated 

from each other sufficiently to allow for 

the clearing time of each disconnecting 

means used. The time / current selective 

system is recommended for applications 

where damage levels associated with the 

time / current settings used are tolerable. 

This type of system does not require 

interlocking wiring between the GFP 

devices associated with main feeder and 

branch disconnecting devices. 

Figure 16, on the next page, illustrates 

time / current selective coordination in a 

system involving a 4000 ampere main 

circuit breaker and a 1600 ampere feeder 

circuit breaker in an incoming service 

switchboard. These feed a distribution 

switchboard with a 600 ampere subfeeder 

to a 100 ampere branch breaker. 

The system is coordinated so that only 

the circuit breaker nearest the location of 

the ground fault trips. 

Zone Selective (Zone Interlock) 

In this system each disconnecting means 

should open as quickly as possible when 

a ground fault occurs in the zone where 

this disconnect is the nearest supply 

source. 

The GFP device for an upstream 

disconnecting means should have at least 

two modes of operation. If a ground fault 

occurs between it and the nearest 

downstream disconnect, it should operate 

in its fast tripping mode. 

When a ground fault occurs beyond the 

downstream disconnect, the downstream 

GFP device should open in its fast 

tripping mode and simultaneously 

send a restraining signal to the upstream 

device and transfer that device to a timedelay 

tripping mode. The upstream timedelay 

tripping characteristic selected 

should be such that the downstream 

disconnect will open and clear the circuit 

before the upstream disconnect tripping 

mechanism is actuated. The time-current 

characteristic of the upstream device 

should be such as to offer backup 

protection in the event of malfunction of 

the downstream equipment. 

Alternatively, a restraining signal from a 

downstream device may be used to 

prevent the tripping of an upstream 

disconnect on ground fault instead of 

causing it to operate in the time-delay 

tripping mode. This may be done where 

backup protection is less important than 

continuity of service to critical loads 

supplied by the upstream unit. There are 

very few instances in which this is 

justified, and a careful study of the entire 

system should be made before using this 

type of interlocking. 

For a zone selective system, the timecurrent 

bands of disconnects in series, 

although used only for backup protection, 

should not overlap and should be 

separate from each other sufficiently to 

allow for the opening time of each 

disconnecting means used. 

T TECHNICAL 


Technical 


Selection 

Time/Current Selective Ground Coordination 

Figure 17. Zone Interlocking Scheme 

T 

Figure 16. Fully Coordinated Multizone GFP System 

The zone selective or zone interlock 

system provides fast tripping of the 

nearest disconnect upstream of the 

ground fault. The damage level is the 

lowest that is possible because the 

ground fault is cleared as quickly as the 

protective equipment can respond and 

the disconnect can open. Additional 

interlocking wiring and circuity for 

sending and receiving the restraining 

signals are required. 

The zone selective or zone interlock 

scheme is for those few special 

applications where exceptionally fast 

tripping is necessary for all feeders 

throughout the entire system to reduce 

damage. Note that although the relay 

time can be reduced appreciably, the 

circuit breaker mechanism and arcing 

time (plus safety margin) will still be 

present. 

Zone Selective Operation (Figure 17): 

a) Relay-1 will sense a ground fault at 

A when it exceeds 10 amperes. It 

will instantly initiate tripping of the 

Branch breaker and send restraining 

signals (transfer from instantaneous 

operation to time-delayed operation) 

to Relay-2 and Relay-3 (Relay-2 and 

Relay-3 will then back up Relay-1 on 

a time coordinated basis). Relay-4 

will be restrained by Relay-2 if 

ground fault exceeds 100 amperes. 

b) Relay-2 will sense a ground fault at 

B when it exceeds 100 amperes. It 


Sub-Feeder breaker and send 

restraining signals to Relay-3 and 

Relay-4. 

c) Relay-3 will sense a ground fault at 

C when it exceeds 400 amperes. It 


Feeder breaker and send a 

restraining signal to Relay-4. 

d) Relay-4 will sense a ground fault at 

D when it exceeds 800 amperes. It 


Main breaker. 

TECHNICAL 

T-8 


Technical 


Typical Application Diagrams 

Figures 18 through 23 on this and the 

facing page show the basic methods of 

applying ground fault protection (GFP). 

Other types of distribution systems will 

require variations of these methods to 

satisfy other system conditions. 

These diagrams show circuit breakers as 

the disconnects. Any disconnecting 

means can be utilized, providing it is 

suitable for use with a ground fault 

protection system as indicated in the 

scope of this application guide. The 

examples do not show protection against 

a ground fault on the supply side of the 

main disconnect. 

Sensing device and disconnect locations 

define zones of protection. Source side 

Selection 

and ground return sensors provide 

protection only on the load side of associated 

disconnects. If a vector summation 

method is used and its sensors are 

located on load side of a disconnect, the 

zone between a source and actual sensor 

location becomes the responsibility of 

the next upstream protective device. 

Table 17.2 Recommendations for Figures 18-23 

Ground 

Fault 

Protection Figure Sensing Method 

On Main 

Disconnect Only 

On Main and 

Feeder 

Disconnects 

On Main, Feeder, 

and Selected 

Branch 

Disconnects with 

Zone Selective 

Interlocking 

Double-Ended 

System with 

Protection on 

Main and On Tie 

and Feeder 

Disconnects 

18 Vector 

Summation 

19 

Ground Return 

20 

21 

22 

23 

Main and Feeders– 

Vector Summation 

Main – Ground Return 

Feeders – Vector 

Summation 

Main and feeders 1-3 – 

Vector Summation 

MCC branch feeder A – 

Zero Sequence 

Main and Tie – Ground 

Return 

Feeders – Vector 

Summation 

Additional 

Ground 

Points 

Must not be downstream. 

May be upstream 

None 

Must not be downstream of 

main ground fault sensor. 

May be upstream. 

None 

Must not be downstream of 

main ground fault sensor. 

May be upstream. 

None 

Recommended 

Use 

Minimum protection only per 

Section 230-95 for the 

National Electric Code 

Improved service continuity 

is required 

Improved service continuity 

and minimum arcing fault 

damage are required and 

protection is needed on 

branch circuits. 

Double-ended systems with 

ground fault protection on 

tie disconnect where 

maximum continuity of 

service is essential. 

Selectivity 

Limited selectivity depends 

on location of fault and rating 

of overcurrent devices on the 

upstream side of fault. 

Main will allow feeder to trip 

for faults downstream of 

feeder sensors, but main will 

trip if feeder fails to operate. 

Main and feeder 1-3 will 

provide delayed backup 

protection if fault is 

downstream of MCC branch 

feeder A. Main will provide 

delayed backup protection if 

fault is downstream of sensors 

for feeders 1-3. Main will trip 

on fastest curve if fault is 

upstream of sensors for 

feeders 1-3. 

When operating with tie 

disconnect open, main will 

provide delayed backup 

protection if fault is 

downstream from feeder 

sensors. When operating 

with the tie disconnect 

closed, the tie will trip before 

the main, thus sectionalizing 

the bus. 

Ground Fault Protection on Main Disconnects Only 


T TECHNICAL 


Technical 


Selection 

Ground Fault Protection on Main and Feeder Disconnects 


Ground Fault Protection on Main, Feeder and Selected 

Branch Disconnects with Zone Selective Interlocking 

Double-Ended System with Ground Fault Protection on 

Main and on Tie and Feeder Disconnects 

Note: Interlocking 

Supplementary interlocking is 

required but will vary depending 

on equipment used. 

Figure 22 

Figure 23 

TECHNICAL 

T 

T-10 


Technical 

Overcurrent Protection and Coordination 

Selection 

Coordination of a power distribution 

system requires that circuit protective 

devices be selected and set so that 

electrical disturbances, such as over-loads 

or short circuits, will be cleared promptly 

by isolating the faulted equipment with 

minimum service disruption of the 

distribution system. Time / Current 

Characteristic Curves are available for 

circuit protective devices, such as circuit 

breakers and fuses, which show how 

quickly they will operate at various values 

of overload and short circuit current. 

Coordination can be obtained by 

comparing these curves for each device in 

series in the system. 

In developing the system, it will be noted 

that many compromises must be made 

between the various objectives: 

1. System reliability. 

2. Continuity of service. 

3. Equipment and system protection. 

4. Coordination of protective devices. 

5. System cost. 

Preliminary steps in Coordination study: 

A) One-line diagram: used as a base on 

which to record pertinent data and 

information regarding relays, circuit 

breakers, fuses, current transformers, and 

operating equipment while at the same 

time, providing a convenient 

representation of the relationship of circuit 

protective devices with one another. 

B) Short-circuit study: record all applicable 

impedances and ratings; using these 

values, a short-circuit study is made to 

determine currents available at any 

particular point in the system. 

C) Determine maximum load currents 

which will exist under normal operating 

conditions in each of the power-system 

circuits, the transformer magnetizing 

inrush currents, and times, and the 

starting currents, and accelerating times of 

large motors. These values will determine 

the maximum currents which circuit 

protective devices must carry without 

operating. The upper boundary of current 

sensitivity will be determined by the 

smallest values resulting from the 

following considerations: 

1) Maximum available short-circuit 

current obtained by calculation. 

2) Requirements of applicable codes 

and standards for the protection of 

equipment such as cable, motors, 

and transformers. 

3) Thermal and mechanical limitations 

of equipment. 

D) Time / current characteristic curves of 

all the protective devices to be coordinated 

must be obtained. These should be 

plotted on standard log-log coordination 

paper to facilitate the coordination study. 

Mechanics Of Achieving Coordination: 

The process of achieving coordination 

among protective devices in series is 

essentially one of selecting individual units 

to match particular circuit or equipment 

protection requirements, and of plotting 

the time/current characteristic curves of 

these devices on a single overlay sheet of 

log-log coordination paper. 

The achievement of coordination is a trialand-error 

routine in which the various 

time / current characteristic curves of the 

series array of devices are matched one 

against another on the graph plot. 

When selecting protective devices one 

must recognize ANSI and NEC 

requirements and adhere to the limiting 

factors of coordination such as load 

current, short-circuit current, and motor 

starting. The protective devices selected 

must operate within these boundaries 

while providing selective coordination 

Figure 24. Coordination of Example System 

where possible. Selective coordination is 

usually obtained in low voltage systems 

when the log-log plot of time / current 

characteristics displays a clear space 

between the characteristics of the 

protective devices operating in series, 

that is, no overlap should exist between 

any two time/current characteristics if 

full selective coordination is to be 

obtained. Allow ance must be made for 

relay overtravel and for relay and fuse 

curve accuracy. Quite often the 

coordination study will stop at a point 

short of complete selective coordination 

because a compromise must be made 

between the competing objectives of 

maximum protection and maximum 

service continuity. 

Computer Aided Coordination: 

The philosophy discussed above applies 

to the “classical” practice of performing 

coordination studies manually. Today, 

however, there are numerous personal 

computer software programs available 

for performing coordination studies. 

T TECHNICAL 


Technical 

System Analysis 

Selection 

T 

General 

Proper system design requires that the 

system be coordinated so the interrupting 

capacity and / or short circuit withstand 

capabilities of the various components in 

the system are not exceeded for any 

operating situation. Good practice also 

requires that the system be selective, that 

is, that the minimum portion of the 

system be inter rupted on occurrence of a 

fault. The need for selectivity must always 

be balanced against the requirements of 

economics and coordination with the 

overall process needs. 

At the conceptual phase of a project, 

several distribution system alternatives 

should be considered, and examined both 

technically and economically. This study 

should include sufficient detail for a 

thorough understanding of the system 

alternatives. The conceptual study should 

determine the optimal distribution system 

configuration for the project, on which 

definitive design can proceed. 

At all stages of design, the principal 

objectives of personnel safety, equipment 

protection, process continuity, fault 

clearing, and service continuity should be 

considered. 

In designing a new or modified 

distribution system, the following types of 

system studies may be needed: 

1. Short Circuit Studies: three phase, 

line-to-line, and line-to-ground faults 

can be calculated for both close-andlatch 

and interrupting conditions, 

necessary for checking interrupting 

device and related equipment ratings, 

and setting protective devices. 

2. Circuit Breaker Application Studies: 

consider the AC and DC decrements 

in the fault current, and the speed of 

the various medium voltage circuit 

breakers, to determine close-and-latch 

and interrupting duties. 

3. Protective Device Coordination 

Studies: determine characteristics 

and settings of protective devices, 

e.g., relays, trip devices, fuses, etc. 

The coordination study should provide 

a balance between protection of 

system equipment and continuity 

of service. 

4. Load Flow Studies: calculate voltages, 

phase angles, real and reactive 

power, line and transformer loadings 

under simulated conditions to aid in 

determining the performance of a 

new or revamped system during the 

planning stage. 

5. Motor Starting Studies: determine 

severity of voltage dips and adequacy 

of load accelerating torque when starting 

large motors on a weak system. 

Today, most studies are performed using 

computers. Some specialized studies 

require large computing resources, but 

many studies can now be performed on 

personal computers. A wide variety of 

software packages are available. In 

addition, many specialty firms exist which 

provide engineering service to perform 

such studies. 

Short Circuit Calculations 

The single-line diagram serves as the 

starting point for the system study and 

selection of equipment ratings. The 

single-line must be modified to show all 

power sources and capacities, and 

system impedances. Sources of short 

circuit current include utility connections, 

local generation, and all rotating machines 

connected to the system at the instant 

the fault occurs. The system study should 

consider various fault types (line-to-line 

and line-to-ground) and fault locations. 

The value of normal load current in a 

circuit depends on the load connected, 

and is essentially independent of the 

capacity of the power system. On the 

other hand, the short circuit current 

depends almost entirely on the capacity 

of the power system, not the size of the 

load. 

The total fault current consists of a 

symmetrical AC component, 

superimposed on a DC (offset) 

component. Hence, the total fault current 

is asymmetric with respect to the current 

axis. The value of the DC component 

depends on the point of the voltage wave 

at which the fault was initiated. For 

system studies, it is assumed that the 

fault is initiated at the worst point, to 

produce a “fully offset” fault current. This 

is illustrated in Figure 25. 

Short circuit currents are determined by 

the system impedance, including both 

reactance and resistance. The effect of 

the reactance is to cause the initial fault 

current to be high, with the fault current 

declining as time proceeds. This is 

represented as the summation of a DC 

component which decays relatively 

rapidly over time, and an AC component, 

which decays at a slower rate. The rate of 

decay of the components depends on the 

system X / R ratio. 

Since the reactance of rotating machines 

varies with the time from fault initiation, 

the short circuit calculations must use the 

appropriate machine reactance values. 

Subtransient reactance (X” d ) governs 

current flow for approximately the first 6 

cycles of a fault. Then, transient 

reactance (X’ d ) determines current flow 

up to around 30-120 cycles, depending on 

the machine. After this, synchronous 

reactance (X d ) applies, but studies 

seldom use this value as faults are not 

usually allowed to persist for this length 

of time. 

For transformers, the actual tested value 

of the transformer impedance is used. If 

this is not available, use design 

impedance adjusted to the minimum 

value allowed by manufacturing tolerance 

of + – 7.5%. For example, a 5.75% design 

unit has a tolerance range of 5.32-6.18%, 

and 5.32% would be used in a system 

study prior to manufacture. 

TECHNICAL 

Figure 25. Structure of Asymmetrical Current Wave (Fully Offset) 

T-12 


Technical 

Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Technology 

Selection 



The technology of Siemens Sentron ® 

fuseless current limiting circuit breakers 

was developed to meet the demands of 

modern distribution systems. It is 

not uncommon for today’s systems to 

have prospective short circuit currents 

approaching 200,000 amperes. Users 

demanded the protection and flexibility 

afforded by circuit breakers, without 

the nuisance and expense of fuse 

replacement. 

Underwriters Laboratories, in UL489- 

2.4A, defines a fuseless current limiting 

circuit breaker as one that “does not 

employ a fusible element, and that when 

operating within its current-limiting range, 

limits the let-through l 2 t to a value less 

than the l 2 t of a half-cycle wave of the 

symmetrical prospective current.” 

l 2 t is an expression which allows 

comparison of the energy available as a 

result of fault current flow. As used in 

current limiting discussions, l 2 t refers to 

the energy released between the initiation 

of the fault current and the clearing of the 

circuit. 

Figure 26 relates the “prospective l 2 t” to 

the energy allowed by a Sentron current 

limiting circuit breaker, or “let-through 

l 2 t”. The upper curve represents the 

maximum I 2 the circuit can produce, 

unaltered by the presence of any 

protective device. The lower curve 

illustrates the reduction in energy 

allowed when Sentron current limiting 

circuit breakers are used. 

Figure 26. Reduction of l 2 t Let-Through 

with Current-Limiting Technology 

Figure 27. Current Limitation 

Figure 27 illustrates how the Sentron 

circuit breaker limits the energy under 

fault conditions. The upper curve 

illustrates the first half-cycle wave of 

prospective fault current. To qualify as 

truly current limiting, the circuit breaker 

must prevent the current value from 

reaching the maximum value that it 

would reach if the circuit breaker were 

not connected in the circuit. 

The Sentron circuit breakers use the 

“blow-apart” contact principle to 

accomplish current limitation. This 

principle is based on the electro-magnetic 

repulsion of adjacent conductors which 

carry current in opposite directions. 

The contact arms are arranged to create 

opposing magnetic fields. As fault current 

rises, magnetic repulsion forces the 

contacts to separate completely. The 

higher the fault current, the faster this 

“blow-apart” action occurs. 

As figure 27 illustrates, the energy letthrough 

with the current limiting Sentron 

circuit breaker is decreased significantly. 

This provides better protection for 

downstream equipment, and reduces 

damage. 

Applications and Ratings 

Sentron current limiting circuit breakers 

are designed for use in load centers, 

power panelboards, distribution 

switchboards, secondary unit 

substations, and all types of individual 

enclosures where the available fault 

currents exceed the interrupting ratings 

of heavy duty and extra-heavy duty 

molded case circuit breakers. 

Sentron circuit breakers have ratings of 

15 through 1600 amperes, 240 through 

600 volts AC, with up to 200,000 

symmetrical amperes interrupting rating. 

T TECHNICAL 


Technical 

Series-Connected Combination Ratings 

Series-Connected Rating 

A series-connected rating can be assigned 

to a combination of compo nents — 

typically circuit breakers — which has 

been tested in combination to a higher 

interrupting rating than that of the lowest 

rated protective device of the 

combination. These ratings must be 

substantiated by extensive UL testing. 

General 

Article 110.9 of the 2011 National 

Electrical Code states the following: 

“Equipment intended to interrupt current 

at fault levels shall have an interrupting 

rating not less than the nominal circuit 

voltage and the current that is available 

at the line terminals of the equipment. 

Equipment intended to interrupt current 

at other than fault levels shall have an 

interrupting rating at nominal circuit 

voltage not less than the current that 

must be interrupted.” 

The difference between the phrases “at 

fault levels” and “at other than fault 

levels” is the part of the Code which 

makes series-connected systems 

possible. For example, the traditional 

method of satisfying the Code was to 

select each breaker in the series with an 

interrupting rating equal to or greater than 

the prospective fault current. The 

interrupting rating of a circuit breaker — 

stated in RMS symmetrical amperes — is 

the amount of short circuit current the 

device can safely interrupt and continue to 

function as a circuit breaker. 

Thus, if the prospective fault current at the 

line terminals of a panelboard is 100,000A 

RMS symmetrical, this traditional method 

would require that all the circuit breakers 

within the panelboard be rated at 

100,000A RMS symmetrical or greater 

interrupting capacity. This is illustrated in 

Figure 28. In the traditional system, both 

the main and the feeder breaker are 

subjected to several short circuit peaks. 

In a series-connected system, however, 

the individual components (or circuit 

breakers) have already been tested in 

series and the combination has been 

given an interrupting rating equal to or 

greater than various prospective fault 

currents which are available. The 

combination, therefore, acts as a single 

entity, and performs the same protective 

function as individual circuit breakers in 

the traditional method. The difference is 

that combinations in series-connected 

systems contain devices with lower 

interrupting ratings. 

Siemens circuit breakers used in series 

combinations which have passed 

extensive tests required by Underwriters 

Laboratories are listed in the UL 

Recognized Component Directory 

according to manufacturer’s name and 

type. The listing means that such circuit 

breakers are UL Recognized for the series 

interrupting ratings as noted in the 

Directory, and that they can be used as an 

entity to meet Article 110.9 of the NEC. 

Using the previous example, if the 

prospective fault current at the line 

terminals of the panelboard is 100,000 

amperes RMS symmetrical, the seriesconnected 

method would involve 

selecting a specific combination from the 

UL Recognized Component Directory with 

a rating of 100,000 amperes RMS 

symmetrical or greater interrupting 

capacity. That combination might include 

individual components which have lower 

individual interrupting ratings than 100,000 

amperes RMS symmetrical. 

However, all the components in the 

combination have been tested together 

and form an entity that will safety interrupt 

the prospective fault current of the 

particular situation being examined as long 

as the interrupting rating listed matches 

the prospective fault current. 

Selection 

With the advent of fuseless current 

limiting circuit breakers such as Sentron, 

another important development in seriesconnected 

combinations has emerged. 

Because of the fuseless current limiting 

circuit breaker’s extremely fast interrupting 

capability, this device provides more 

control over high prospective fault 

currents than traditional series-connected 

systems. 

The concept behind using fuseless current 

limiting circuit breakers as a component in 

a series-connected system is twofold: (1) 

higher interrupting ratings, and (2) 

increased control over peak current (i p ) and 

energy let-through (I 2 t). 

For example, a current limiting circuit 

breaker is placed at the side closest to the 

source of power and rated according to 

the prospective fault current available at 

the line-side terminals. In effect, doing this 

places a “shroud of protection” over the 

downstream components. Because of the 

inherent high interrupting capability of the 

current limiting circuit breaker, the breaker 

itself meets or exceeds the prospective 

short circuit current. Because of its current 

limiting action the prospective I 2 t never 

reaches downstream components. This is 

illustrated in Figure 29. 

It is important to recognize that the 

current limiting circuit breaker be an 

individual component in a UL tested 

combination, and that it is the combination 

itself — current limiting circuit breaker 

plus other circuit breakers — that forms 

entity specified in day-to-day applications. 

For specific series-connected 

combinations that have met UL 

requirements and are listed in the UL 

Recognized Component Directory, check 

with your local Siemens sales office listed 

on the back cover. Since the Directory is 

updated every six months, please check 

for additional combinations which may 

have been tested and approved. 

TECHNICAL 

T 

Figure 28 — Without Current Limiting 

Figure 29 — Series-Connected Protective Scheme With Current 

Limiting Main Circuit Breaker 

T-14 


Technical 

Harmonics / K-factor Ratings 

Non-Linear Loads 

When a sinusoidal voltage is applied to a 

linear load, the resultant current 

waveform takes on the shape of a sine 

wave as well. Typical linear loads are 

resistive heating and induction motors. 

In contrast, a non-linear load either: 

b Draws current during only part of the 

cycle and acts as an open circuit for 

the balance of the cycle, 

or 

b Changes the impedance during the 

cycle, hence the resultant waveform is 

distorted and no longer conforms to a 

pure sine wave shape 

In recent years, the use of electronic 

equipment has mushroomed in both 

offices and industrial plants. These 

electronic devices are powered by 

switching power supplies or some type 

of rectifier circuit. Examples of these 

devices used in offices are: computers, 

fax machines, copiers, printers, cash 

registers, UPS systems, and solid-state 

ballasts. In indus trial plants, one will find 

other electronic devices such as variable 

speed drives, HID lighting, solid-state 

starters and solid-state instruments. They 

all contribute to the distortion of the 

current waveform and the generation of 

harmonics. As the use of electronic 

equipment increases and it makes up a 

larger portion of the electrical load, many 

concerns are raised about its impact on 

the electrical power supply system. 

Selection 

Voltage of Current Waveform for Linear Loads (Sine Wave) 

Typical Current Waveform of Switching Power Supply 

A Non-Linear Current and Its Fundamental, Plus 3rd and 5th Harmonic Components 

Harmonics 

As defined by ANSI / IEEE Std. 519-1992, 

harmonic components are represented 

by a periodic wave or quantity having a 

frequency that is an integral multiple of 

the fundamental frequency. Harmonics 

are voltages or currents at frequencies 

that are integer multiples of the 

fundamental (60 Hz) frequency: 120 Hz, 

180 Hz, 240 Hz, 300 Hz, etc. Harmonics 

are designated by their harmonic number, 

or multiple of the fundamental frequency. 

Thus, a harmonic with a frequency of 180 

Hz (three times the 60 Hz fundamental 

frequency) is called the 3rd harmonic. 

Harmonics superimpose themselves on 

the fundamental waveform, distorting it 

and changing its magnitude. For instance, 

when a sine wave voltage source is 

applied to a non-linear load connected 

from a phase-leg to neutral on a 3-phase, 

4-wire branch circuit, the load itself will 

draw a current wave made up of the 

60 Hz fundamental frequency of the 

voltage source, plus 3rd and higher order 

odd harmonic (multiples of the 60 Hz 

fundamental frequency), which are all 

Figure 30 — Effect of Harmonics on Current Waveform 

gen erated by the non-linear load. Total 

Harmonic Distortion (THD) is calculated 

as the square root of the sum of the 

squares of all harmonics divided by the 

normal 60 Hz value. 

This yields an RMS value of distortion as 

a percentage of the fundamental 60 Hz 

waveform. 

Therefore, it is the percentage amount of 

odd harmonics (3rd, 5th, 7th ,..., 25th,...) 

present in the load which can affect the 

transformer, and this condition is called a 

“Non-Linear Load” or “Non-Sinusoidal 

Load”. To determine what amount of 

harmonic content is present, a K-Factor 

calculation is made instead of using the 

THD formula. The total amount of 

harmonics will determine the percentage 

of non-linear load, which can be specified 

with the appropriate K-Factor rating. 

T TECHNICAL 


Technical 

Harmonics / K-factor Ratings 

Typical Symptoms of Harmonic 

Problems 

b Distribution / lighting transformers 

overheating even when measured load 

current is within transformer rating 

b Neutral cable / bus overheating even 

with balanced load 

b Fuses blowing and circuit breakers 

tripping at currents within rating 

Effect Of Harmonics On Transformers 

Non-sinusoidal current generates extra 

losses and heating of transformer coils 

thus reducing efficiency and shortening 

the life expectancy of the transformer. 

Coil losses increase with the higher 

harmonic frequencies due to higher eddy 

current loss in the conductors. 

Furthermore, on a balanced linear power 

system, the phase currents are 120 

degrees out of phase and offset one 

another in the neutral conductor. But with 

the “Triplen” harmonics (multiple of 3) 

the phase currents are in phase and they 

are additive in this neutral conductor. This 

may cause installations with non-linear 

loads to double either the size or number 

of neutral conductors. 

Table 17.5 

Type 

K4 

K13 

K20 

K30 

Linear 

Load 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

K-Factor Ratings 

Non- 

Linear 

Load 

50% 

100% 

125% 

150% 

Total K- 

Factor 

Load Valve 

4.0 

13.0 

20.0 

30.0 

Measurement of Harmonics 

For existing installations, the extent of 

the harmonics can be measured with 

appropriate instruments commonly 

referred to as “Power Harmonic 

Analyzers”. This service is offered by 

many consulting service organizations. 

For new construction, such information 

may not be obtainable. For such 

situations, it is best to assume the worse 

case condition based on experience with 

the type and mix of loads. 

Sizing Transformers for Non-Linear 

Loads 

ANSI / IEEE C57.110-2008 has a 

procedure for de-rating standard 

distribution transformers for non-linear 

loading. However this is not the only 

approach. A transformer with the 

appropriate K-Factor specifically designed 

for non-linear loads can be specified. 

K-Factors 

K-Factor is a ratio between the additional 

losses due to harmonics and the eddy 

losses at 60 Hz. It is used to specify 

transformers for non-linear loads. Note 

that K-Factor transformers do not 

eliminate harmonic distortion; they 

withstand the non-linear load condition 

without overheating. 

Calculating K-Factor Loads 

1. List the kVA value for each load 

category to be supplied. Next, assign a 

K-factor designation that corresponds 

to the relative level of harmonics 

drawn by each type of load. Refer to 

Table 17.7. 

Table 17.7 

Description 

Estimating K-Factor Loads 

Incandescent Lighting 

Electric Resistance Heating 

Motors (without solid state drives) 

Control Transformers / Electromagnetic Control Devices 

Motor-Generators (without solid state drives) 

Standard Distribution Transformers 

Electric Discharge Lighting (HID) 

UPS with Optional Input Filter 

Welders 

Induction Heating Equipment 

PLCs and Solid State Controls 

Telecommunications Equipment (PBX) 

UPS without Input Filtering 

Multiwire Receptacle Circuits in General Care Areas of Health Care Facilities, 

Schools, etc. 

Multiwire Receptacle Circuits Supplying Testing Equipment on an Assembly Line 

Main-Frame Computer Loads 

Solid State Motor Drives (variable speed drives) 

Multiwire Receptacle Circuits in Critical Care Areas in Hospitals 

Multiwire Receptacle Circuits in Industrial, Medical and Educational Laboratories 

Multiwire Receptacle Circuits in Commercial Office Spaces 

Small Main-Frames (mini and micro) 

Typical loads and K-Factor values for estimating purposes only. 

2. Multiply the kVA of each load or load 

category times the Index of Load 

K-rating (I LK ) that corresponds to the 

assigned K-factor rating. This result is 

an indexed kVA-I LK value. 

KVA x I LK = kVA-I LK . 

3. Tabulate the total connected load kVA 

for all load categories to be supplied. 

4. Next, add-up the kVA-I LK values for all 

loads or load categories to be supplied 

by the transformer. 

5. Divide the grand total kVA-I LK value by 

the total kVA load to be supplied. This 

will give an average I LK for that combination 

of loads. Total kVA-I LK / Total 

kVA = average I LK . 

6. From Table 17.7 find the K-factor rating 

whose I LK is equal to or greater than 

the calculated I LK . 

K-Factor 

K1 

K4 

K13 

K20 

Selection 

I LK 

0.00 

25.82 

57.74 

80.94 

K30 123.54 

TECHNICAL 

T 

T-16 


Technical 

Table 1 

Copper Conductors 

Aluminum Conductors 

Copper-Clad Aluminum Conductors 

60°C 75°C 90°C 60°C 75°C 90°C 

Size (140°F) (167°F) (194°F) (140°F) (167°F) (194°F) Size 

Types Types Types Types Types Types 

TBS 

TBS, 

SA 

SA, SIS, 

SIS 

THHN 

AWG RHW FEP RHW THHW AWG 

Kcmil THW FEPB THHW THW-2, THWN-2, Kcmil 

THWN RHH THW RHH, RHW-2 

XHHW THHN THWN USE-2 

TW USE THHW TW XHHW XHH, XHHW 

UF ZW XHHW UF USE XHHW-2, ZW-2 

0018 — — 014 — — — — 

0016 — — 018 — — — — 

0014 b 015 020 025 — — — — 

0012 b 020 025 030 015 020 a 025 a 12 

0010 b 030 035 040 025 030 a 035 a 10 

0008 040 050 055 035 040 045 8 

0006 055 065 075 040 050 055 6 

0004 070 085 095 055 065 075 4 

0003 085 100 115 065 075 085 3 

0002 095 115 130 075 090 100 2 

0001 110 130 145 085 100 115 1 

0000 1 ⁄0 125 150 170 100 120 135 0000 1 ⁄0 

0000 2 ⁄0 145 175 195 115 135 150 0000 2 ⁄0 

0000 3 ⁄0 165 200 225 130 155 175 0000 3 ⁄0 

0000 4 ⁄0 195 230 260 150 180 205 0000 4 ⁄0 

250 215 255 290 170 205 230 250 

300 240 285 320 195 230 260 300 

350 260 310 350 210 250 280 350 

400 280 335 380 225 270 305 400 

500 320 380 430 260 310 350 500 

600 350 420 475 285 340 385 600 

700 385 460 520 315 375 425 700 

750 400 475 535 320 385 435 750 

800 410 490 555 330 395 440 800 

900 435 520 585 355 425 480 900 

1000 455 545 615 375 445 500 1000 

1250 495 590 665 405 485 545 1250 

1500 525 625 705 435 520 585 1500 

1750 545 650 735 455 545 615 1750 

2000 555 665 750 470 560 630 2000 

General 

NEC Table 310.15(B)(16) (formerly Table 310.16) Allowable Ampacities of Insulated Conductors Rated Up to and Including 

2000 Volts, 60°C Through 90°C (140°F Through 194°F), Not More Than Three Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway, 

Cable, or Earth (Directly Buried), Based on Ambient Temperature of 30°C (86°F) a 

Table 2 

Correction Factors for Ambient Temperature Over 30°C (86°F) Based on NEC Table 310.15(B)(2)(A) 

Ambient For ambient temperature over 30°C, (86°F) multiply the ampacities shown above by the appropriate factor Ambient 

Temperature°C shown below. Temperature°F 

10 or less 1.29 1.20 1.15 1.29 1.20 1.15 50 or less 

11-15 1.22 1.15 1.12 1.22 1.15 1.12 51-59 

16-20 1.15 1.11 1.08 1.15 1.11 1.08 60-68 

21–25 1.08 1.05 1.04 1.08 1.05 1.04 69–77 

26–30 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 78–86 

31–35 .91 .94 .96 .91 .94 .96 87–95 

36–40 .82 .88 .91 .82 .88 .91 96–104 

41–45 .71 .82 .87 .71 .82 .87 105–113 

46–50 .58 .75 .82 .58 .75 .82 114–122 

51–55 .41 .67 .76 .41 .67 .76 123–131 

56–60 — 0.58 .71 — 0.58 .71 132–140 

61-65 — 0.47 0.65 — 0.47 0.65 141-149 

66-70 — 0.33 0.58 — 0.33 0.58 150-158 

71-75 — — 0.50 — — 0.50 159-167 

76-80 — — 0.41 — — 0.41 168-176 

81-85 — — 0.29 — — 0.29 177-185 

T TECHNICAL 

aRefer to 310.15(B)(2) for the ampacity correction factors 

where the ambient temperature is other than 30°C (86°F) 

bRefer to 240.4(D) for conductor overcurrent protection 

limitations. 


Technical 

General 

T 

TECHNICAL 

Table 4A 

Table 4B 

Motor Full-Load Currents of Three Motor Full-Load Currents 

Phase AC Induction Type Motors a In Amperes, Single Phase, AC 

Motor 

Horsepower 115V 230V 

Rating 

Current in Amperes 

00 1 ⁄6 4.4 2.2 

Horsepower 208V 230V 460V 575V 00 1 ⁄4 5.8 2.9 

000 1 ⁄4 1.11 .96 .48 .38 00 1 ⁄3 7.2 3.6 

00 

000 1 ⁄3 1.34 1.18 .59 .47 

⁄2 9.8 4.9 

00 3 ⁄4 13.8 6.9 

000 1 ⁄2 2.4 2.2 1.1 .9 01 16 8 

000 3 ⁄4 3.5 3.2 1.6 1.3 01 1 ⁄2 20 10 

001 4.6 4.2 2.1 1.7 

02 24 12 

03 34 17 

001 1 ⁄2 6.6 6 3 2.4 

05 56 28 

002 7.5 6.8 3.4 2.7 07 1 ⁄2 80 40 

003 10.6 9.6 4.8 3.9 10 100 50 

005 16.7 15.2 7.6 6.1 

007 1 ⁄2 24.2 22.0 11.0 9.0 

010 30.8 28.0 14.0 11.0 

015 46.2 42.0 21.0 17.0 

020 59.4 54 27 22 

025 74.8 68 34 27 

030 88 80 40 32 

040 114 104 52 41 

050 143 130 65 52 

060 169 154 77 62 

075 211 192 96 77 

100 273 248 124 99 

125 343 312 156 125 

150 396 360 180 144 

200 528 480 240 192 

250 —0 —0 302 242 

300 —0 —0 361 289 

350 —0 —0 414 336 

400 —0 —0 477 382 

450 —0 —0 515 412 

500 —0 —0 590 472 

aValues may vary depending on manufacturer, 

type of motor and NEMA design. 

For full load currents of 200 volt motors, increase the 

corresponding 230 volt motor full-load current by 

15 percent. 

Table 5 Notes: 

1. Primary source available is assumed as 500 MVA at the 

primary of the transformer with a source circuit X/R 

ratio of 12. 

2. Motor contribution is included in the table at twice the 

full-load current for 208 volt transformers and at 4 

times the full-load current for 240 volt and 480 volt 

transformers. These values are derived from the 

assumption that 208 volt systems are 50% motor load 

and 240 and 480 volt systems are 100% motor load. 

3. All short circuit current values are in symmetrical 

RMS amperes. 

Table 4C 

Motor Full-Load Currents 

In Amperes, DC 

Horsepower 120V 240V 

00 1 ⁄4 3.1 1.6 

00 1 ⁄3 4.1 2.0 

00 1 ⁄2 5.4 2.7 

00 3 ⁄4 7.6 3.8 

01 9.5 4.7 

01 1 ⁄2 13.2 6.6 

02 17 8.5 

03 25 12.2 

05 40 20 

07 1 ⁄2 58 29 

10 76 38 

Table 4D 

Conversion Table of Polyphase Design B, C, D, and E Maximum Locked-Rotor 

Currents for Selection of Disconnecting Means and Controllers as Determined 

from Horsepower and Voltage Rating and Design Letter For use only with 

Sections 430-110, 440-12, 440-41, and 455-8(c) of the National Electric Code. 

Maximum Motor Locked-Rotor Current Amperes 

Two and Three Phase Design B, C, D, and E 

Rated 115 Volts 200 Volts 208 Volts 230 Volts 460 Volts 575 Volts 

HP B, C, D E B, C, D E B, C, D E B, C, D E B, C, D E B, C, D E 

000 1 ⁄2 40 40 23 23 22.1 22.1 20 20 10 10 8 8 

000 3 ⁄4 50 50 28.8 28.8 27.6 27.6 25 25 12.5 12.5 10 10 

001 60 60 34.5 34.5 33 33 30 30 15 15 12 12 

001 1 ⁄2 80 80 46 46 44 44 40 40 20 20 16 16 

002 100 100 57.5 57.5 55 55 50 50 25 25 20 20 

003 —0 —0 73.6 84 71 81 64 73 32 36.5 25.6 29.2 

005 —0 —0 105.8 140 102 135 92 122 46 61 36.8 48.8 

007 1 ⁄2 —0 —0 146 210 140 202 127 183 63.5 91.5 50.8 73.2 

010 —0 —0 186.3 259 179 249 162 225 81 113 64.8 90 

015 —0 —0 267 388 257 373 232 337 116 169 93 135 

020 —0 —0 334 516 321 497 290 449 145 225 116 180 

025 —0 —0 420 646 404 621 365 562 183 281 146 225 

030 —0 —0 500 775 481 745 435 674 218 337 174 270 

040 —0 —0 667 948 641 911 580 824 290 412 232 330 

050 —0 —0 834 1185 802 1139 725 1030 363 515 290 412 

060 —0 —0 1001 1421 962 1367 870 1236 435 618 348 494 

075 —0 —0 1248 1777 1200 1708 1085 1545 543 773 434 618 

100 —0 —0 1668 2154 1603 2071 1450 1873 725 937 580 749 

125 —0 —0 2087 2692 2007 2589 1815 2341 908 1171 726 936 

150 —0 —0 2496 3230 2400 3106 2170 2809 1085 1405 868 1124 

200 —0 —0 3335 4307 3207 4141 2900 3745 1450 1873 1160 1498 

250 —0 —0 —00 —00 —00 —00 —00 —00 1825 2344 1460 1875 

300 —0 —0 —00 —00 —00 —00 —00 —00 2200 2809 1760 2247 

350 —0 —0 —00 —00 —00 —00 —00 —00 2550 3277 2040 2622 

400 —0 —0 —00 —00 —00 —00 —00 —00 2900 3745 2320 2996 

450 —0 —0 —00 —00 —00 —00 —00 —00 3250 4214 2600 3371 

500 —0 —0 —00 —00 —00 —00 —00 —00 3625 4682 2900 3746 

Table 5 

Normal-Load and Fault Currents of Three Phase Transformers 

Transformer 

Characteristics 

AC Voltage 3-Phase 

3-Phase 208V 240V 480V 

Normal Load Short Normal Load Short Normal Load Short 

kVA % Continuous Circuit Continuous Circuit Continuous Circuit 

Rating Impedance Amperes Current Amperes Current Amperes Current 

112.5 3.90 312 8,007 271 6,940 135 3,470 

150 3.70 416 11,253 361 9,753 180 4,876 

225 4.70 625 13,288 541 11,517 271 5,758 

300 4.50 834 18,505 722 16,038 361 8,019 

500 4.50 1388 30,842 1203 26,730 601 13,365 

750 5.75 2080 36,206 1804 31,379 902 15,689 

1000 5.75 2780 48,275 2406 41,838 1203 20,919 

1500 5.75 4162 72,412 3610 62,575 1805 31,379 

2000 5.75 —00 —0 0 0 4812 83,676 2406 41,838 

2500 5.75 —00 —0 0 0 6010 104,596 3008 52,298 

T-18 


Technical 

Table 6 

Electrical Formulas for Finding Amperes, Horsepower, Kilowatts and kVA 

Alternating Current 

To Find Single Phase Two Phase a , Four Wire Three Phase Direct Current 

Kilowatts 

I x E x pf I x E x 2 x pf I x E x 1.73 x pf I x E 

1000 1000 1000 1000 

kVA 

I x E I x E x 2 I x E x 1.73 

1000 1000 1000 

Horsepower I x E x % EFF x pf I x E x 2 x % EFF x pf I x E x 1.73 x % EFF x pf I x E x % EFF 

(Output) 746 746 746 746 

Amperes when 

HP x 746 HP x 746 HP x 746 HP x 746 

Horsepower 

E x % EFF x pf 2 x E x % EFF x pf 1.73 x E x % EFF x pf E x % EFF 

is Known 

Amperes when 

KW x 1000 KW x 1000 KW x 1000 KW x 1000 

Kilowatts 

E x pf 2 x E x pf 1.73 x E x pf E 

is Known 

Amperes when kVA x 1000 kVA x 1000 kVA x 1000 

kVA is Known E 2 x E 1.73 x E 

General 

Average Efficiency and Power Factor 

Values of Motors 

When the actual efficiencies and power 

factors of the motors to be controlled are 

not known, the following approximations 

may be used. 

Efficiencies: 

DC motors, 35 horsepower 

and less 80% to 85% 

DC motors, above 

35 horsepower 85% to 90% 

Synchronous motors 

(at 100% power factor) 92% to 95% 

“Apparent” Efficiencies 

( = Efficiency x Power Factor); 

Three phase induction motors, 

25 horsepower and less 70% 

Three phase induction motors 

above 25 horsepower 80% 

These figures may be decreased 

slightly for single phase and two phase 

induction motors. 

Table 7 b 

aIn three wire, two phase circuits the current in 

the common conductor is 1.41 times that in either 

other conductor. 

Fault-Current Calculation on Low- 

Voltage AC Systems 

In order to determine the maximum 

interrupting rate of the circuit breakers in 

a distribution system it is necessary to 

calculate the current which could flow 

under a three phase bolted short circuit 

condition. For a three phase system the 

maximum available fault current at the 

secondary side of the transformer can be 

obtained by use of the formula: 

I SC = 

kVA x 100 

KV x √3 x % Z 

where: 

I SC = Symmetrical RMS amperes of 

fault current. 

kVA = Kilovolt-ampere rating of 

transformers. 

KV = Secondary voltage in kilovolts. 

% Z = Percent impedance of primary line 

and transformer. 

Table 5 on page T-18 has been prepared to 

list the symmetrical RMS fault current 

which is available at the secondary 

terminals of the transformer. 

Grounding Electrode Conductor for AC Systems (From NEC Table 250–66) 

Size of Largest Service Entrance Conductor or Equivalent Area Size of Grounding 

for Parallel Conductors 

Electrode Conductor 

Aluminum or 

Aluminum or Copper 

Copper Clad 

Copper Clad Aluminum Copper Aluminum 

2 or smaller 1/0 or smaller 8 6 

1 or 1/0 2/0 or 3/0 6 4 

2/0 or 3/0 4/0 or 250 kcmil 4 2 

Over 3/0 to 350 kcmil Over 250 kcmil to 500 kcmil 2 1/0 

Over 350 kcmil to 600 kcmil Over 500 kcmil to 900 kcmil 1/0 3/0 

Over 600 kcmil to 1100 kcmil Over 900 kcmil to 1750 kcmil 2/0 4/0 

Over 1100 kcmil Over 1750 kcmil 3/0 250 kcmil 

bAdditional information and exceptions are stated in 

Article 250 — Grounding, National Electrical Code. 

Table 8 b 

Minimum Size Grounding Conductors 

for Grounding Raceways and 

Equipment (From NEC Table 250–122) 

Rating or Setting of 

Size 

Automatic Overcurrent 

Aluminum or 

Device in Circuit Ahead 

Copper 

of Equipment, Conduit Copper Clad 

etc., Not Exceeding Wire Aluminum 

(Amperes) Number Wire Number 

15 14 12 

20 12 10 

30 10 8 

40 10 8 

60 10 8 

100 8 6 

200 6 4 

300 4 2 

400 3 1 

500 2 1/0 

600 1 2/0 

800 1/0 3/0 

1000 2/0 4/0 

1200 3/0 250 kcmil 

1600 4/0 350 kcmil 

2000 250 kcmil 400 kcmil 




5000 700 kcmil 1200 kcmil 

6000 800 kcmil 1200 kcmil 

Note: Where necessary to comply with 250.4(A)(5) or (B) 

(4), the equipment grounding conductor shall be sized 

larger than given in this table. 

T TECHNICAL 

E = Volts I = Amperes 

% EFF = Per Cent Efficiency pf = Power Factor 



Capacitor Circuit Conductors 

Application 

Article 460.8 (NEC) 

The ampacity of capacitor circuit 

conductors shall not be less than 135% 

of the rated current of the capacitor. The 

ampacity of conductors that connect a 

capacitor to the terminals of a motor or 

to motor circuit conductors shall not be 

less than one-third the ampacity of the 

motor circuit conductors and in no case 

less than 135% of the rated current of 

the capacitor. 

Application 

Circuit breakers and switches for use 

with capacitors must have a current 

rating in excess of rated capacitor current 

to provide for overcurrent from 

overvoltages at fundamental frequency 

and harmonic currents. Use the following 

percent of capacitor current rating to size 

circuit breaker or fused and non-fused 

switches. 

b Enclosed Circuit Breakers 150% 

(Includes derating factor for enclosure) 

b Fused and non-fused 165% 

switches 

Due to switching surges, and possible 

overcurrent related to overvoltage and 

harmonics, Siemens recommends using 

150% of the capacitor current rating to 

size a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker 

for overload protection. 

If the circuit breaker is to be applied in an 

ambient greater than the marked rated 

ambient, it may be necessary to derate 

the continuous current rating. This is also 

true for applications where harmonic 

components are present. A basic formula 

to use for calculation of the capacitor 

current rating is as follows (assuming 

three phase application): 

Capacitor (Kvar) x 1000 

(Voltage / 1.732) x 3 

The interrupting rating of the circuit 

breaker or fuse must be selected to 

match the system fault current available 

at the point of the capacitor application. 

TECHNICAL 

T 

T-20 


Technical 

Fraction, Decimal, and Millimeter Equivalents 

Conversion Tables 

Fractions to Decimals to Millimeters 

Fractions Decimals Millimeters 

1/64 0.015625 0.397 

1/32 0.03125 0.794 

3/64 0.046875 1.191 

1/16 0.0625 1.588 

5/64 0.078125 1.984 

3/32 0.09375 2.381 

7/64 0.109375 2.778 

1/8 0.1250 3.175 

9/64 0.140625 3.572 

5/32 0.15625 3.969 

11/64 0.171875 4.366 

3/16 0.1875 4.763 

13/64 0.203125 5.159 

7/32 0.21875 5.556 

15/64 0.234375 5.953 

1/4 0.2500 6.350 

17/64 0.265625 6.747 

9/32 0.28125 7.144 

19/64 0.296875 7.541 

5/16 0.3125 7.938 

21/64 0.328125 8.334 

11/32 0.34375 8.731 

23/64 0.359375 9.128 

3/8 0.3750 9.525 

25/64 0.390625 9.922 

13/32 0.40625 10.319 

27/64 0.421875 10.716 

7/16 0.4375 11.113 

29/64 0.453125 11.509 

15/32 0.46875 11.906 

31/64 0.484375 12.303 

1/2 0.500 12.700 

33/64 0.515625 13.097 

17/32 0.53125 13.494 

35/64 0.546875 13.891 

9/16 0.5625 14.288 

37/64 0.578125 14.684 

19/32 0.59375 15.081 

39/64 0.609375 15.478 

5/8 0.6250 15.875 

41/64 0.640625 16.272 

21/32 0.65625 16.669 

43/64 0.671875 17.066 

11/16 0.6875 17.463 

45/64 0.703125 17.859 

23/32 0.71875 18.256 

47/64 0.734375 18.653 

3/4 0.7500 19.050 

49/64 0.765625 19.447 

25/32 0.78125 19.844 

51/64 0.796875 20.241 

13/16 0.8125 20.638 

53/64 0.828125 21.034 

27/32 0.84375 21.431 

55/64 0.859375 21.828 

7/8 0.8750 22.225 

57/64 0.890625 22.622 

29/32 0.90625 23.019 

59/64 0.921875 23.416 

15/16 0.9375 23.813 

61/64 0.953125 24.209 

31/32 0.96875 24.606 

63/64 0.984375 25.003 

1 1.000 25.400 

Millimeters to Inches a 

Millimeters Inches Millimeters Inches 

0.1 0.0039 46 1.8110 

0.2 0.0079 47 1.8504 

0.3 0.0118 48 1.8898 

0.4 0.0157 49 1.9291 

0.5 0.0197 50 1.9685 

0.6 0.0236 51 2.0079 

0.7 0.0276 52 2.0472 

0.8 0.0315 53 2.0866 

0.9 0.0354 54 2.1260 

55 2.1654 

1 0.0394 56 2.2047 

2 0.0787 57 2.2441 

3 0.1181 58 2.2835 

4 0.1575 59 2.3228 

5 0.1969 60 2.3622 

6 0.2362 61 2.4016 

7 0.2756 62 2.4409 

8 0.3150 63 2.4803 

9 0.3543 64 2.5197 

10 0.3937 65 2.5591 

11 0.4331 66 2.5984 

12 0.4724 67 2.6378 

13 0.5118 68 2.6772 

14 0.5512 69 2.7165 

15 0.5906 70 2.7559 

16 0.6299 71 2.7953 

17 0.6693 72 2.8346 

18 0.7087 73 2.8740 

19 0.7480 74 2.9134 

20 0.7874 75 2.9528 

21 0.8268 76 2.9921 

22 0.8661 77 3.0315 

23 0.9055 78 3.0709 

24 0.9449 79 3.1102 

25 0.9843 80 3.1496 

26 1.0236 81 3.1890 

27 1.0630 82 3.2283 

28 1.1024 83 3.2677 

29 1.1417 84 3.3071 

30 1.1811 85 3.3465 

31 1.2205 86 3.3858 

32 1.2598 87 3.4252 

33 1.2992 88 3.4646 

34 1.3386 89 3.5039 

35 1.3780 90 3.5433 

36 1.4173 91 3.5827 

37 1.4567 92 3.6220 

38 1.4961 93 3.6614 

39 1.5354 94 3.7008 

40 1.5748 95 3.7402 

41 1.6142 96 3.7795 

42 1.6535 97 3.8189 

43 1.6929 98 3.8583 

44 1.7323 99 3.8976 

45 1.7717 100 3.9370 

T TECHNICAL 

a0.001" = 0.0254 mm 

1 mm = 0.03937" 


Technical 

Notes 

TECHNICAL 

T 

T-22

Speedfax 2017

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?